The Geneva Bible

The Bible and Holy Scriptures conteyned in the Olde and Newe Testament. Translated according to the Ebrue and Greke, and conferred with the best translations in diuers languges. VVith moste profitable annotations vpon all the hard places, and other things of great importance as may appeare in the epistle to the reader
Bible. English. Geneva.
1561
Approx. 8915 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 580 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
Text Creation Partnership,
Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
2005-10 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
A10675
STC 2095
ESTC S121352
99856535
99856535
22103
This keyboarded and encoded edition of the
work described above is co-owned by the institutions
providing financial support to the Early English Books
Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is
available for reuse, according to the terms of Creative
Commons 0 1.0 Universal. The text can be copied,
modified, distributed and performed, even for
commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
Early English books online.
(EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A10675)
Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 22103)
Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1475-1640 ; 1649:03)
The Bible and Holy Scriptures conteyned in the Olde and Newe Testament. Translated according to the Ebrue and Greke, and conferred with the best translations in diuers languges. VVith moste profitable annotations vpon all the hard places, and other things of great importance as may appeare in the epistle to the reader
Bible. English. Geneva.
Whittingham, William, d. 1579.
Gilby, Anthony, ca. 1510-1585.
Sampson, Thomas, 1517?-1589.
[2], 432 [i.e., 448]; 114 [i.e., 115], [9] leaves
[s.n.],
Printed at Geneva :
M.D.LXII. [1562, i.e. 1561]
The Geneva version, translated by William Whittingham, Anthony Gilby, Thomas Sampson, and perhaps others. With the Apocrypha.
Place of publication and actual publication date from STC.
Some leaves lacking in number only.
The New Testament, with title "The Newe Testament of our Lord Iesus Christ", has separate register and foliation and imprint date M.D.LXI.
Includes index.
On 8 January 1561 John Bodley was granted a 7-year licence for sole printing of the Geneva version in England; see Patent Roll, 3 Eliz., pt. 13, m.34--Cf. STC.
Imperfect; cropped affecting margins.
Reproduction of the original in the University of Illinois (Urbana-Champaign Campus). Library.
Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl,
TEI @ Oxford.
EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
Keying and markup guidelines are available at the Text Creation Partnership web site.
eng
2000-00
TCPAssigned for keying and markup
2001-07
Apex CoVantageKeyed and coded from ProQuest page images
2005-03
Ben GriffinSampled and proofread
2005-03
Ben GriffinText and markup reviewed and edited
2005-04
pfsBatch review (QC) and XML conversion
THE BIBLE AND HOLY SCRIPTVRES CONTEYNED IN THE OLDE AND NEWE TESTAMENT.
TRANSLATED ACCORDING TO THE EBRVE and Greke, and conferred With the best translations in diuers langages.
VVITH MOSTE PROFITABLE ANNOTATIONS vpon all the hard places, and other things of great importance as may appeare in the Epistle to the Reader.
This is the message vvhiche vve haue heard of him, and declare vnto you, that God is the light, and in him is no darkenes.
Iohn. 1.
〈◊〉
.
NO MAN LIGHTETH A CANDELL, FOR TO PVT IT VNDER A BVSHELL, BVT VPON THE CANDELSTICKE.
MATTHEVV. V.
If vve vvalke in the light as he is in the light, vve haue felovvship one vvith another, and the blood of Iesus Christ clenseth vs from all sinne.
Iohn. 1. Vers. 7.
PRINTED AT GENEVA. M.D.LXII.
THE NAMES AND ORDER OF ALL THE Bookes of the olde and nevve Testament vvith the nombre of their chapters, and the leafe vvhere thei begyn.
Genesis chapters
50
leafe
5
Prouerbes chap.
31
leafe
238
Exodus
40
27
Ecclesiastes
12
247
Leuiticus
27
47
The song of
Nombres
36
61
Salomon
8
251
Deuteronomie
34
79
Isaiah
66
252
Ioshua
24
94
Ieremiah
52
274
Iudges
21
105
Lamentations
5
298
Ruth
4
116
Ezekiel
48
300
1 Samuel
31
117
Daniel
12
323
2 Samuel
24
131
Hosea
14
330
1 Kings
22
136
Ioel
3
333
2 Kings
25
141
Amos
9
335
1 Chronicles
29
154
Obadiah
1
337
2 Chronicles
36
167
Ionah
4
338
The prayer of Manasseh, apocryphe
181
Micah
7
339
Ezra
10
182
Nahum
3
340
Nehemiah
13
186
Habakkuk
3
1
Ester
10
192
Zephaniah
3
2
Iob
42
196
aggai
2
343
Psalmes
150
207
Zechariah
14
344
Malachi
4
348
THE BOOKES CALLED APOCRYPHA.
1 Esdras
9
349
Baruc with the epistle of
2 Esdras
16
356
Ieremiah
6
404
Tobit
14
367
The song of thre children
407
Iudeth
16
371
The storie of Susanna
408
The rest of Esther
6
378
The idole Bel and the dragon
409
Wisdome
19
379
1 Maccabees
16
410
Ecclesiasticus
51
386
2 Maccabees
15
423
THE BOOKES OF THE NEVVE TESTAMENT.
Matthewe
28
2 1 Timotheus
6
89
Marke
16
16 2 Timotheus
4
90
Luke
24
25 Titus
3
91
Iohn
21
39 Philemon
1
92
The Actes
28
49 To the Ebrewes
13
93
The Epistle of Paul to
The Epistle of
the Romains
16
64 Iames
5
97
1 Corinthians
16
70 1 Peter
5
99
2 Corinthians
13
76 2 Peter
3
100
Galatians
6
80 1 Iohn
5
101
Ephesians
6
82 2 Iohn
1
102
Philippians
4
84 3 Iohn
1
103
Colossians
4
85 Iude
1
103
1 Thessalonians
5
87 Reuelation
20
104
2 Thessalonians
3
88
TO THE MOSTE VERTVOVS AND NOBLE QVENE ELISABET, Quene of England, France, and Ireland, &c. Your humble subiects of the English Churche at Geneua, vvish grace and peace from God the Father through Christ Iesus our Lord.
HOW hard a thyng it is, and what great impedimentes let, to entreprise any worthie act, not only dailie experience sufficiently sheweth [moste noble and vertuous Quene] but also that notable prouerbe doeth confirme the same, whiche admonisheth vs, that all things are hard whiche are faire and excellent. And what entreprise can there be of greater importance, and more acceptable vnto God, or more worthie of singuler1. Cor. 3. 17. commendation, then the buildyng of the Lords Temple, the house1. Tim. 3. 14.
Ephes 1. 22. of God, the Churche of Christ, Whereof the Sonne of God is the head and perfection?Ebr. 3. 6.
When Zerubbabel went about to builde the material Temple, accordyng to the commandementEzra. 4. of the Lord, what difficulties and stayes daily arose to hinder his worthy indeuours, the bookes of Ezza and Esdras playnely witnesse: how that not onely he
〈◊〉
and the people of1. Esdr. 2, 16. God were sore molested with forein aduersaries [whereof some maliciously warred against them, and corrupted the Kings officers: and others craftely practised vnder pretence of religion]
〈◊〉
. 4. 7. but also at home with domesticall enemies, as false Prophetes, craftie worldlings,Ezra. 4. 2. faint hearted soldiers, and oppressors of their brethren, who aswell by false doctrine and lyes, as by subtil counsel, cowardies, and extortion, discouraged the heartes almoste of all: soNehem 6. 10. that the Lords worke was not only interrupted and left of for a long tyme, but scarcely at theNechem. 6. 18. length with great labour and danger after a sort broght to passe.
Whiche thing when we weight a right, and consider earnestly how muche greater charge God hath laid vpon you in makyng you a builder of his spirituall Temple, we can not butNehem.
〈◊〉
. 1. partely
〈◊〉
, knowing the crafte and force of Satan our spiritual enemie, and the weakenes and vnabilitie of this our nature: and partely be feruent in our prayers toward God that heIohn. 2. 10. wolde bryng to perfection this noble worke whiche he hathe begon by you: and thereforeEzra. 3. 12. we indeuour our selues by all meanes to ayde, and to bestowe our whole force vnder your graces standard, whome God hath made as our Zerubbabell for the erectyng of this moste2. Cor. 2
〈◊〉
. excellent Temple, and to plant and maynteyn his holy worde to the aduancement of his glorie, for your owne honour and saluation of your soule, and for the singuler comfort of that great flocke which Christ Iesus the great shepherd hath
〈◊〉
with his precious blood, andEbr. 13. 20. committed vnto your charge to be fed both in body and soule.1. Pet. 1. 19.
Considering therefore how many enemies there are, whiche by one meanes or other, asThe enemies whi che labour to stay religion. the aduersaries of Iudah and Beniamin went about to stay the buildyng of that Temple, so labour to hinder the course of this buildyng [whereof some are Papistes, who vnder pretenceEzra. 4. 1.
2. Tim. 4. 10. of fauoring Gods worde, traiterously seke to erect idolatrie and to destroy your maiestie:Amos. 7. 12. some are wordlings, who as Demas haue forsaken Christ for the loue of this worlde: others3. Iohn. 9. are ambicious prelats, who as Amasiah and Diotrephes can abide none but them selues:Act 19. 24.
The necessitie of gods worde for the reforming of religion. and as Demetrius many practise sedition to maynteyne their errors] we persuaded our selues that there was no way so expedient and necessarie for the preseruation of the one, and destruction of the other, as to present vnto your Maiestie the holy Scriptures faithfully and playnely translated accordyng to the langages wherein they were first written by the holy Gost. For theIohn 1.
〈◊〉
. worde of God is an euident token of Gods loue and our assurance of his defence, wheresoeuer it is obediently receyued: it is the tryall of the spirits: and as the Prophet saieth, It is as1. Iohn. 14. 23.
〈◊〉
. 23. 29. a fyre and hammer to breake the stonie heartes of them that resist Gods mercies offred by the preachyng of the same. Yea it is sharper then any two edged sworde to examine the veryEbr. 4. 12. thoghtes and to iudge the affections of the heart, and to discouer whatsoeuer lyeth hid vnder hypocrisie and wolde be secret from the face of God and his Churche. So that this must be theThe grounde of true religion. first fundacion and ground worke, according whereunto the good stones of this building must be framed, and the euill tried out and reiected.
Now as he that goeth about to lay a fundacion surely, first taketh away such impedimentesAl impediments must be taken away. as might iustely ether hurt, let or difforme the worke: so is it necessarie that your graces zeale appeare herein, that nether the craftie persuasion of man, nether worldly policie, or naturall
feare dissuade you to roote out, cut downe and destroy these wedes and impedimentes whiche do not onely deface your building, but vtterly indeuour, yea and threaten the ruine thereof. For when the noble Iosias entreprised the like kinde of worke, among other notable and many2. king. 23 15.
2,
〈◊〉
. 34
〈◊〉
. things he destroyed, not onely with vtter confusion the idoles with their appertināces, but alsoIosias zeale and true
〈◊〉
to God. burnt [in signe of detestation] the idolatrous priests bones vpon their altars, and put to death the
〈◊〉
prophetes and sorcerers, to performe the wordes of the Lawe of God: and therfore
〈◊〉
. 3. 5. the Lord gaue him good successe and blessed him wonderfully, so long as he made GodsLeui.
〈◊〉
. 6. worde his line and rule to followe, and enterprised nothyng before he had inquired at theDeut. 18. 11.
2. Chro. 35. 22. mouth of the Lord.
And if these zealous beginning seme dangerous and to brede disquietnes in your dominions,2. Chro. 14. 5. and
〈◊〉
. 5. yet by the storie of Kyng Asa it is manifest, that the quietnes and peace of kingdomesWherein standeth the
〈◊〉
of kingdomes. standeth in the vtter abolishing of idolatrie, and in aduancing of true religion: for in his dayes Iudah lyued in rest and quietnes for the space of fyue and thirtie yere, till at length he began2. Chro. 15. 8. to be colde in the zeale of the Lord, feared the power of man, imprisoned the Prophet of God, and oppressed the people: then the Lord sent hym warres, and at length toke hym away by death.
Wherefore great wisdome, not worldelie, but heauenly is here required, whiche yourWhat
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
and the
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. grace must earnestly craue of the Lord, as did Salomon, to whome God gaue an vnderstandyng heart to iudge his people a right, and to discerne betwene good and bad. For if God for the furnishing of the olde temple gaue the Spirit of wisdome and vnderstanding to them that shulde be the workemen thereof, as to Bezaleel, Aholiab, and Hiram: how muche more will1 king. 3. 9. he indewe your grace and other godly princes and chefe gouernours with a principall Spirit,2.
〈◊〉
. 1. 10. that you may procure and commande things necessarie for this moste holy Temple, forese andExod. 31. 1.
〈◊〉
. kyng 7. 14. take hede of things that might hinder it, and abolish and destroy whatsoeuer might
〈◊〉
and ouerthrowe the same?
Moreouer the maruelous diligence & zeale of Iehoshaphat, Iosiah, and Hezekiah are by theDiligence & zeale are necessarie to builde
〈◊〉
spedely. singuler prouidence of God left as an example to al godly rulers to reforme their countreys and to establish the worde of God with all spede, lest the wrath of the Lord fall vpon them for the neglecting thereof. For these excellent Kings did not onely imbrace the worde promptely and2. Chro. 34. 21. ioyfully, but also procured earnestly and commanded the same to be taught, preached and2. Chro. 34.
〈◊〉
.
A solemne othe for the mayntenance of Gods
〈◊〉
. mainteyned through all their countreys and dominions, byding them and all their subjectes bothe great and smale with solemne protestations and couenantes before GOD to obey the worde, and to walke after the waies of the Lord. Yea and in the daies of Kyng Asa it was enacted2. Chro. 15. 13. that whosoeuer wolde not seke the Lord God of Israel, shulde be slayne, whether he wereAn act against thē that obeied not Gods
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Chro. 17. 7. and 19. 5. smale or great, man or woman. And for the establishing hereof and performance of this solem ne othe, aswel Priests as Iudges were appointed and placed through all the cities of Iudah to instruct the people in the true knollage and feare of God, and to minister iustice accordyng to the worde, knowing that, except God by his worde dyd reigne in the heartes and soules, allWhat policie
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
religion. mans diligence and indeuors were of none effect: for without this worde we can not discerne betwene iustice, and iniurie, protection and oppression, wisdome and foolishnes, knollage and ignorance, good and euill. Therefore the Lord, who is the chefe gouernour of his ChurcheDeut. 6. 6. &
〈◊〉
. 18. Gods worde must go before, or
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in vaine. willeth that nothyng be attempted before we haue inquired thereof at his mouth. For seing he is our God, of duetie we must giue him this preeminence, that of our selues we entreprise nothing, but that whiche he hath appointed, who onely knoweth all things, and gouerneth them as may best serue to his glorie and our saluation. We ought not therefore to preuent hym,We must
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
with God.
〈◊〉
. 30. 2. or do any thing without his worde, but assone as he hath reuciled his will, immediately to put it in execution.
Now as concernyng the maner of this building, it is not accordyng to man, nor after theThe maner of building is as God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
bed by his
〈◊〉
Isa
〈◊〉
. 8. wisdome of the flesh, but of the Spirit, and according to the worde of God, whose wais are diuers from mans wais. For if it was not lawfull for Moses to builde the material Tabernacle after any other sorte then God had shewed him by a patern, nether to prescribe any other Exod. 25. 4. ceremonies and lawes then suche as the Lord had expresly commanded: how can it be lawfullAct 7.
〈◊〉
. to procede in this spiritual building any other waies, then
〈◊〉
Christ the Sonne of God, who
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. is bothe the fundacion, head and chief corner stone thereof, hathe commanded by his worde?
〈◊〉
5 32.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 11. And for asmuche as he hath established and left an order in his Churche for the buildyng vp of his body, appoictyng some to be Apostles, some Prophetes, others Euangelistes, some pastors, and teachers, he signifieth that euery one accordyng as he is placed in this body whiche is the Churche, ought to inquire of his ministres concernyng the will of theOf
〈◊〉
we
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
con cerning the will of the Lord and knollage of his worde. Lord,
〈◊〉
is reueiled in his worde. For they are, saieth Ieremiah, as the mouth of the Lord: yea he promiseth to be with their mouth, and that their lippes shall kepe knollage, and that the trueth and the law shalbe in their mouth. For it is their office chefely to vnderstand the Scriptures and teache them. For this cause the people of Israell in matters of difficultie vsed to aske the Lord ether by the Prophets, or by the meanes of the hie Priest, who bare Vrim & Thummin, which were tokens of light and knollage, of holines & perfection which shulde be in the hie Priest. Therfore when Iehoshap hat toke this order in the Churche
of Israel, he appointed Amariah to be the chief concernyng the worde of God, because he wasIere. 15 19. moste expert in the Lawe of the Lorde, and colde gyue counsel and gouerne accordyng vnto theExod. 4. 12. same. Els there is no degre or office which may haue that autoritie and priuiledge to decise concerningMala. 2. 7. Gods worde, excepte with all he hath the Spirit of God, and sufficient knollage and iudgementIudg. 1.
〈◊〉
. &
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. sam. 10 22. to define according thereunto. And as euery one is indued of God with greater giftes, so1. Sam. 9. 9. ought he to be herein chefely heard, or at least that without the expresse worde none be heard:2. kyng. 22. 13.
Exod. 28. 30. for he that hathe not the worde, speaketh not by the mouthe of the Lord. Agayne, what daungerVVhat is requisite in them that must giue counsel by Goddes worde. it is to do any thynge, seme it neuer so godly or necessarie, without consultyng with Goddes mouth, the examples of the Israelites, deceiued hereby through the Gibeonites: and of Saul, whose intention semed good and necessarie: and of Iosiah also, who for greate considerations was moued for the defence of true Religion and his people, to fight agaynste Pharaoh NechoIere. 23. 16. Kyng of Egypt, may sufficiently admonish vs.Iosh. 9. 14.
Laste of all [moste graciōus Quene] for the aduancement of this buyldyng and rearyng vp of1. Sam.
〈◊〉
. 11.
2. Chron. 35. 20. the worke, two things are necessarie, First, that we haue a lyuely and sted fast faith in Christ Iesus,The settyng vp of the buylding. Ephes. 3. 17. who must dwel in our heartes, as the only meanes and assurance of our saluation: for he is the ladder that reacheth from the earth to heauen: he lifteth vp his Churche and setteth it in the heaGene.
〈◊〉
. 12. uenly places: he maketh vs lyuely stones and buildeth vs vpon him selfe: he ioyneth vs to hymIohn. 1. 15. selfe as the membres and body to the head: yea he maketh him selfe ād his Church one Christ.1 Pet. 2. 5.
2. Cor. 12.
〈◊〉
. The next is, that our faith bring forthe good fruites, so that our godly conuersation may serue vs as a witnes to confirme our election and by an example to all others to walke as apperteyneth2 Peter. 1. 10.
Ephes 4. 1. to the vocation whereunto they are called: leste the worde of God be euillRom. 2. 12. spoken of, and this buyldyng be stayed to growe vp to a iuste heyght, whiche can not be without the greate prouocation of Gods iuste vengeance and discouragyng of many thousandes through all the worlde, if they shulde se that our life were notholy and agreable to our profession. For the eyes of all that feare God in al places beholde your countreyes as2. Thess. 1. 7. an example to all that beleue, and the prayers of all the godly at all tymes are directed to God for the preseruation of your maiestie. For consideryng Gods wonderfull mercies towarde you at all seasons, who hathe pulled you out of the mouth of the lyons, and howe that from your 2. Tim 3.
〈◊〉
. youth you haue bene broght vp in the holy Scriptures, the hope of all men is so increased, that they can not but looke that God shulde bryng to passe some wonderful worke by your grace to the vniuersall comforte of hys Churche. Therefore euen aboue strength you muste she we your selfe strong and bolde in Gods matters: and thogh Satan lay all his power and crafte together to hurt and hinder the Lordes building: yet be you assured that God will fight from heauen againsteReuel. 12. 9. this great dragon, the ancient serpent, whiche is called the deuill and Satan, till he haue accomplishedEphes. 4. 27. the whole worke and made his Churche glorious to hym selfe, without spot or wrincle. For albeit all other kingdomes and monarchies, as the Babylonians, Persians. Grecians and Romaines haue fallen and taken end: yet the Churche of Christe euen vnder the Crosse hathe from the begynning of the worlde bene victorious, and shalbe euerlastyngly, Trueth it is, that sometyme it semeth to be shadowed with a cloude, or driuen with a stormie persecution, yet suddenly the beames of Christ the sunne of iustice shine and bryng it to light and libertie. If for a tyme it lye couered with ashes, yet it is quickely kindeled agayne by the wynde of Gods Spirit: thogh it seme drowned in the sea, or parched and pyned in the wildernes, yet GOD giueth euer good successe, for he punysheth enemyes, and deliuereth hys, nourisheth thē and still preserueth them vnder hys wyngs. This Lord of Lordes and King of kings who hath euer defended his, strengthen, comfort and preserue your maiestie, that you maye be able to builde vp the ruines of Gods house to hys glorie, the discharge of your conscience, and to the comfort of all them that loue the commyng of Christ Iesus our Lord. From Geneua. 10. April. 1561.
TO OVR BELOVED IN THE LORD THE BRETHREN OF ENGLAND, Scotland, Ireland, &c. Grace, mercie and peace, through Christ Iesus.
BEsides the manifolde and continuall benefites whiche almyghtie God bestoweth vpon vs, bothe corporall and spirituall, we are especially bounde [deare brethren] to giue him thankes without ceasing for hys great grace and vnspeakable mercies, in that it hathe pleased hym to call vs vnto this meruelous lyght of his Gospel, and mercifully to regarde vs after so horrible back esliding and falling away from CHRIST to ANTICHRIST, from lyght to darcknes, from the liuing God to dumme and dead idoles, and that after so cruell murther of Gods Saintes, as alas, hathe bene among vs, we are not altogether cast of, as were the Israelites, and many others for the like, or not so manifest wickednes, but receiued againe to gra ce with moste euident signes and tokens of Gods especialloue and fauour. To the intent therefore that we may not be vnmyndefull of these greate merecies, but seke by all meanes [accordyng to ourduetie] to be thank efull for the same, it behoueth vs so to walke in his feare and loue, that all the dayes of our life we maye procure the glorie of his holy name. Now forasmuche as thys th ing chefely is atteyned by the knollage and practising of the worde of God [which is the light to our paths, the keye of the kyngdome of heauen, our comforte in affliction, our shielde and sworde against Satan, the schoole of all wisdome, the glasse wherein we beholde Gods face, the testimonie of his fauour, and the only foode and nourishement of our soules] we thoght that we colde bestowe our labours and studie in nothyng whiche colde be more acceptable to God and comfortable to his Church then in the translating of the holy Scriptures into our natiue tongue: the which thing, albeit that diuers heretofore haue indeuored to atchieue: yet consideryng the infancie of those tymes and imperfect knollage of the tongues, in respect of thys rype age and cleare light whiche God hath now reueiled, the translations required greatly to be perused and reformed. Not that we vendicat anything to our selues aboue the least of our brethren [for God knoweth wyth what feare & tremblyng we haue bene nowe, for the space of two yeres & more daye and nyght occupied herein] but beyng earnestly desired, and by diuers, whose learnyng and godlines we reuerence, exhorted, and also incouraged by the ready willes of suche, whose heartes God lyke wise touched, not to spare any charges for the fortherance of suche a benefite and fauour of God towarde his Churche [thogh the tyme then was moste dangerous and the persecution sharpe and furious] we submitted our selues at length to their godly iudgementes, and seing the great oportunitie and occasions, whiche God presented vnto vs in this Church, by rea son of so many godly and learned men: and suche diuersities of translations in diuers tongues, we vnder toke this great and wonderful worke [with all reuerence, as in the presence of God, as intreating the worde of God, whereunto we thinke ourselues vnsufficient] whiche nowe God according to his diuine prouidence and mercie hath directed to a moste prosperous end. And this we may with good conscience protest, that we haue in euery point and worde, accordyng to the, measure of that knollage whiche it pleased almightie God to giue vs, faithfully rendred the text, and in all hard places most syncerely expounded the same. For God is our witnes that we haue, by al meanes indeuored to set forthe the puritie of the worde and right sense of the holy Gost for the edifying of the brethren in faith and charitie.
Now as we haue chiefely obserued the sense, and laboured alwayes to restore it to all integritie: so haue we most reuerently kept the proprietie of the wordes, considering that the Apostles who spake and wrote to the Gentiles in the Greke tongue, rather constrayned them to the liuely phrase of the Ebrewe, then entreprised farre by mollifying their langage to speake as the Gen tiles did. And for this and other causes we haue in many places reserued the Ebrewe phrases, notwithstanding that they may seme somewhat hard in their eares that are not wel practised and also delite in the swete sounding phrases of the holy Scriptures. Yet lest ether the simple shulde be discouraged, or the malicious haue any occasion of iust cauillation, seing some translations read after one sort, and some after another, whereas all may serue to good purpose and edification, we haue in the margent noted that diuersitie of speache or readyng whiche may also seme agreable to the mynde of the holy Gost and propre for our langage with this marke".
Againe where as the Ebrewe speache semed hardly to agre with ours, we haue noted it in the margent after thys sorte", vsing that whiche was more intelligible. And albeit that many of the Ebrewe names be altered from the olde texte, and restored to the true writing and first original, whereof they haue their signification, yet in the vsual names litle is changed for feare of troublyng the simple readers. Moreouer whereas the necessitie of the sentence required any thyng to be added [for suche is the grace and proprietie of the Ebrewe and Greke tongues, that it can
not but ether by circumlocution, or by adding the verbe or some worde be vnderstand of them that are not wel practised therein] we haue put in the text with another kynde of lettre, that it may easely be discerned from the common lettre. As touching the diuision of the verses, we haue followed the Ebrewe examples, which haue so euen from the beginnyng distinct thē. Which thing as it ismoste profitable for memorie: so doeth it agre with the best translations, & is moste easie to finde out both by the best Concordances, and also by the cotations which we haue diligently herein perused and set forth by this starre*. Besides this the principal matters are noted and distincted by this marke. ¶ Yea and the arguments both for the booke and for the chapters with the nombre of the verse are added, that by all meanes the reader might be holpen. For the which cause also we haue set ouer the head of euery page some notable worde of sentence whiche may greatly further aswel for memorie, as for the chief point of the page And considering how hard a thing it is to vnderstand the holy Scriptures, ād what errors, sectes & heresies growe dailie for lacke of the true knollage thereof, and how many are discouraged [as they pretend] because they can not atteine to the true ād simple meaning of the same, we haue also indeuored bothe by the diligent reading of the best commentaries, and also by the conference with the godly and learned brethren, to gather brief annotations vpon all the hard places, aswel for the vnderstanding of suche wordes as are obscure, and for the declaration of the text, as for the application of the same as may moste apperteine to Gods glorie and the edification of his Church Forthermore whereas certeyne places in the bookes of Moses, of the Kings and Ezekiell semed so darke that by no description they colde be made easie to the simple reader, we haue so set them forthe with figures and notes for the ful declaration thereof, that they whiche can not by iudgement, being holpen by the annotations noted by the lettres a b c, &c. atteyn thereunto, yet by the perspectiue, and as it were by the eye may sufficiently knowe the true meaning of all suche places. Whereunto also we haue added certeyne mappes of Cosmographie which necessarely serue for the perfect vnderstanding and memorie of diuers places and countreys, partely described, and partely by occasion touched, bothe in the olde and newe Testament. Finally that nothing might lacke which might be boght by labors, for the increase of knowlage and forthe rance of Gods glorie, we haue adioyned two moste profitable tables, the one seruing for the interpretation of the Ebrewe names: and the other conteyning all the chefe and principal matters of the whole Bible: so that nothing [as we trust] that any colde iustely desire, is omitted. Therefore, as brethrē that are partakers of the same hope and saluatiō with vs, we beseche you, that this riche perle and inestimable treasure may not be offred in vayne but as sent from God to the people of God, for the increase of his kingdome, the comfort of his Churche, and discharge of our conscience, whome it hath pleased him to raise vp for this purpose, so you wolde willingly receyue the worde of God, earnestly studie it and in all your life practise it, that you may now appeare in dede to be the people of God, not walking any more according to this worlde, but in the frutes of the Spirit, that God in vs may be fully glorified through Christ Iesus our Lord, who lyueth and reigneth for euer. Amen.
From Geneua. 10. April. 1561.
THE FIRST BOKE OF MOSES called This worde signifieth the beginning and generacion of the creatures. Genesis.
THE ARGVMENT.
MOses in effect declareth the thing, which are here chiefly to be considered: First that the worlde & al things therein were created by God, and that man being placed in this great tabernacle of the worlde to beholde Gods wonderfull workes, and to praise his Name for the infinite graces,
〈◊〉
with he had endued him fel willingly from God through disobedience: who yet for his owne mercies sake restored him to life, and confirmed him in the same by his promes of Christ to come, by whome he shulde ouercome Satan, death and hel. Secondely, that the wicked, vnmindefull of Gods moste excellent benefites, remained still in their wickednes, and so falling most horribly from sinne to sinne, prouoked God [who by his preachers called them continually to repentance] at length to destroye the whole worlde. Thirdly, he assureth vs by the examples of Abrahā &, Izhák, Iakob and the rest of the Patriarkes, that his mercies neuer faile them whome he chuseth to be his Churche, and to professe his Name in earth, but in all their afflictions and persecutions he euer
〈◊〉
them, sendeth comforte, and deliuereth them. And because the beginning, increase, preseruation and successe thereof might be onely attributed to God, Moses sheweth by the examples of Rain, I shmaél, Esaú and others, which were noble in mans iudgement, that this churche dependeth not on the estimacion and nobilitie of the worlde, and also by the fewenes of them, whiche haue at al times worshipped him purely according to his worde, that it standeth not in the multitude, but in the poore and despised, in the smale flocke and litle nomber, that man in his wisdome might be confounded, and the Name of God euer more praised.Act. 14 15. & 17. 24
CHAP. I.
1 God created the heauen and the earth. 3. The light and the darkenes. 8 The firmament. 9 He separateth the water from the earth. 16 He createth the sunne, the moone and the starres. 21 He createth the fish, birdes, beastes. 26 He createth man and giueth him rule ouer all creatures 29 And prouideth nourriture for man and beast.
1 IN theFirst of all and besore that a nie creature was God made heauen & earth of nothing. Psal. 33 6. & 156. 5. Eccles. 18. 1. beginnyng * God created theEbr. 11. 3. heauen & the earth
2 And the earth wasAs a rude
〈◊〉
& without anie
〈◊〉
in it: for the waters coue red all. without forme & voyde, &Darkenes couered the depe waters: for
〈◊〉
yet the light
〈◊〉
c eated. darkenes (was) vpō the depe, & the Spirit of GodHe mainteined this cosuse heape by his secret power. moued vpon the waters.
3 Then God said, * Let there be light: & there wasThe light was made before ether sunne or moone was crea ted: herefore we must not attribute that to the creatures that are Gods
〈◊〉
which conely appertcineth
〈◊〉
god light.Psal. 33. 6 & 136. 5. Iere. 10. 12. & 51. 15.
4 And God sawe the light that it was good, and God separated the light from the darkenes.
5 And God called the light, Daye, and the darkenes, he called Night.The 1 day. So the euening and the morning were the first day.
6 ¶ Againe God said, * Let there be aOr, spreadyng ouer and ayre. firmament in the middes of the waters: and let it separate the waters from the waters.Psal. 149 4.
7 Then God made the firmament, and parted the waters, which wereAs the sea and riuers, frō those waters that are in the cloudes, which are vphol dé by Gods power, lest they sould ouer whelme the
〈◊〉
. vnder the firmamēt from the waters which were * aboue the firmament, and it was so.Psal. 3. 7. & 89. 11.
8 And God called the firmament,That is, the re gion of the ayre, and all
〈◊〉
is aboue vs. Heauen.The 2 day. So the euening and the morning were the seconde day.
9 ¶ God said againe, * Let the waters vnder the heauen be gathered into one place, and letthe drye land appeare, and it was so.
10 And God called the drye land, Earth, and he called the gathering together of the waters, Seas: and God sawe that it was good.
11 Then God said,So that we se it is the
〈◊〉
po wer of Gods worde that maketh the earth
〈◊〉
, which cls naturally is baren. Let the earth budde forthe the budde of the herbe, that sedeth sede, the frutefultre, which beareth frute accordingPsal.
〈◊〉
. 7. to his kinde, which (maie haue) hie sedeDeut. 4. 19. in itself vpon the earth, and it was so.
12 And the earth broght forthe the budde of the herbe, that sedeth sede according to his kinde, also the tre that yeldeth frute, which hathe his sede in it selfe according to his kinde: and GodThis sentence is so oft repeared to signifie that God made all his creatures to serue to his glorie, & to the profit of man: but for sinne
〈◊〉
were
〈◊〉
sed, yet to the elect, by Christ they are restored & serue to their welth. sawe that it was good.
13The 3. day. So the euening and the morning were the third daie.
14 ¶ And God said, * Let there beBy the
〈◊〉
he meaneth the sūne, the moone & the slarres. lightes in the firmament of the heauē, toWhich is the at tificial day, from the sunne rising to the going downe. separate the daie from the night, and let them be forOf things apperteining to na tural and political ordres and seasons. signes, and for seasons, and for daies and yeres.
15 And let them be for lightes in the firmamēt of the heauen to giue light vpon the earth, and it was so.
16 God thē made twoTo wit, the sunne and the moone: and here he speaketh as man iudgeth by his eye: for els the moone is les se then the planete Saturnus. great lightes: the grea ter lightTo giue it sufficient light, as in
〈◊〉
appoin ted for the same, to serue to mans vse, Iere. 31. 35. to rule the daie, and the lesse light to rul the night the (made) also the starres.
17 And God set them in the firmament of the heauen, to shine vpon the earth,
18 And to * rule in the daie, and in the night, & to separate the light from the darkenes: and God sawe that it was good.
19I he 4 day. So the euening and the morning were the fourth daie.
20 Afterwarde God said, Let the waters bring forthe in abundance (euerie)As fish and wormes which slide, swimme or crepe. creping thing that hatheEbr the soule of life. life: and let the foule flie vpon the earth in theEbr face of the
〈◊〉
. open firmament of the heauen.
21 Then God created the great whales, & euerie thing liuing and mouing. which theThe fish & fou les had both
〈◊〉
beginning, whe rein we se that nature
〈◊〉
place to Gods wil, forasmuche as the one, sorte is made to flie aboue in the ayre & the other to swimme
〈◊〉
in the water. waters broght forthe in abundance, according to their kinde, & euerie fethered foule accor ding to his kinde: and God sawe that it was good.
22 Then GodThat is, by the vertue of his worde he gaue power to his creatures to ingendre. blessed them, saying, Bring forthe frute and multiplie, and filthe waters in the seas, and letthe foule multiplie in the earth.
23The 5 day. So the euening and the morning were the
fifte day.Chap.
〈◊〉
. and
〈◊〉
6.
24 ¶ Moreouer God said, Let the earth bring1. Cor.
〈◊〉
. 7. forthe theEbr. soule of lif. liuing thing according to hisColos. 3. 10. kinde, cattel, and that which crepeth, ād the beast of the earth, according to his kinde, & it was so.
25 And God made the beast of the earth accor ding to his kinde, and the cattel according to his kinde, and euerie creping thing of the earth according to his kinde: and God sawe that it was good.
26 Furthermore God said, *God commanded the water and the earth, to bring forthe other creatures: but of man he saith, Let vs make: signifying that God taketh counsel with his wisdome & vertue, purposing to make an excel lent worke aboue all the rest of his creation. Let vs make man in ourThis image & licknes of God in man is expounded. Ephes. 4. 24. Where it is writen, that man was created after God in righteousnes ād true holines meaning by these two wordes all perfection, as wisdo me, trueth, innocentie,
〈◊〉
, &c. wisdo, 2.
〈◊〉
, Eccles. 17 1. image according to our lickenes, and let them rule ouer the fish of the sea, ād ouer the foule of the heauen, and ouer the beastes and ouer all the earth, and ouer euerie thing that crepeth and moueth on the earth.
27 * Thus God created the man in his image: in the image of God created he him: he created them * male and female.
28 And GodThe propagacion of man is the blessing of God,
〈◊〉
. 128. Chap. 8. 17 & 91. blessed them, and God said to them, * Bring forthe frute and multiplie, and filthe earth, and subdue it, and rule ouer the fish of the sea and ouer the soule of the heauen, and ouer euerie beast that moueth vpon the earth.
29 And God said, Beholde, I haue giuen vntoMarth. 19. 4. youGods great liberalitie to man taketh away all excuse of his ingratitude. euerie herbe bearing sede, which is vpon all the earth, and euerie tre, wherein is the frute of a tre bearing sede: * (that) shalbe to you for meat.
30 Likewise to euerie beast of the earth, and to euerie foule of the heauen, and to euerie thing that moueth vpon the earth, which ha the life in it selfe, euerie grene herbe (shalbe)Chap. 9
〈◊〉
. for meat, and it was so.Exod. 3. 17.
31 * And God sawe all that he had made, and loEcel es. 39. 21. it was very good.The 6. day. So the euening and theMar. 7. 37. morning were the sixt day.Chap. 11.
CHAP. II.
2 God resteth the seuenth day, and sanctifieth it. 15 He setteth man in the garden. 22 He createth the woman. 29 Mariage is ordeined.
1 THus the heauens and the earth were finished, and all theThat is, the in numerable abun dance of creaturesin heauen & earth. Exod. 20. 11. & 31. 17. Eb. 4. 4 hoste of them,
2 For in the seuenth day God ended his worke which he had made, and the seuenth daye heFor he had now finished his creacion, but his prouidence stil watched ouer his creatures and gouerneth them. rested from all his worke, which he had made.
3 So Godblessed he seuenth day, andAppointed it to be kepe holy, that man might therein consider the excellencie of his workes & Gods goodnes towards him. sanctified it, because that in it he had rested from all his worke, which God had created and made.
4 ¶These are theOr, the original and beginning. generacions of the heauens and of the earth; when thei were created, in the day that the Lord God made the earth and the heauens,Chap. 21 15,
5 And euerieOr, tre, as. plant of the field, before it was in the earth, and euerie herbe of the field, be fore it grewe: for the Lord God had not cau sed it toGod onely openeth the heauens &
〈◊〉
them, he sendeth drought and raine according to his good pleasure raine vpon the earth, nether (was there) a man to til the grounde,
6 But a myst went vp from the earth, & watred all the earth.
7 ¶The Lord God also made the manHe sheweth whereof mans bodye was created, to the intent that man shulde not glorie in the
〈◊〉
of his owne nature. of the dust of the grounde, and breatched in his face breath of life, and the man was a liuing soule.
8 And the Lord God planted a garden Eastwarde inThis was the name of a
〈◊〉
, as some thinke, in
〈◊〉
moste pleasant and abundant in all things. Eden, and there he put the man whome he had made.
9 [For out of the grounde made the Lord God to growe euerie tre pleasant to the sight, and good for meat: theWhich was a signe
〈◊〉
the life receaued of God tre of life also in the middes of the garden,That is, of miserable experien ce, which came by
〈◊〉
God. Eccle 24 35. ād the tre of knowledge of good and of euil.
10 And out of Eden went a riuer to water the garden, and from thence it was deuided, and became into foure heades.
11 The name of one (is) * Pishon: the same cō
passeth the whole landWhich
〈◊〉
is a countrey
〈◊〉
ning to Persia Estwarde and enclineth towarde the west. of Hauiláh, where (is) golde.
12 And the golde of that land is good: there (is) alsoOr
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ne, or perle. bdelium, and the onix stone.
13 And the name of the seconde riuer (is) Gihon: the same compasseth the whole land of
〈◊〉
sayth it is the name of a tre
Or, Ethiopia. Cush.
14 The name also of the the third riuer (is)Or,
〈◊〉
. Hid dék el: this goeth towarde the Eastside of
〈◊〉
Asshur: and the fourth riuer isOr,
〈◊〉
. Peráth]
15 ¶ThenOr,
〈◊〉
. the Lord God toke the man, and put him into the garden of Eden, that he mightGod wolde not haue man ydle, thogh as
〈◊〉
there was no nede to labour. dresse it and kepe it.
16 And the Lord GodSo that man might
〈◊〉
there was a
〈◊〉
reigne
〈◊〉
, to w omehe owed obedience. commanded the man, saying, Thou shalt eat frely of euerie tre of the garden,
17 But as touching the tre of knowledge of Good and euil, thou shalt not eat of it: forEbr in the day. whensoeuer thou eatest thereof, thou shalt dye theBy this
〈◊〉
he meaneth the separaciō of man from God,
〈◊〉
is our life and chief felicitie:
〈◊〉
also that our disobedience is the cause thereof. death.
18 Also the Lord God said, It is not good that the man shuld be him selfe alone: I wil make him an helpeEbr. before him mete for him.
19 So the Lord God formed of the earth euerie beast of the field, and euerie foule of the heauen, and broght (them) vnto theBy mouing them to come
〈◊〉
submit them selues to Adám. man to se how he wolde call (them): for howsoeuer the man named the liuing creature, so was the name thereof.
20 The man therefore gaue names vnto all cat tel, and to the foule of the heauen, ād to euerie beast of the field: but for Adám foūde he not an helpe mete for him.
21 ¶Therefore the Lord God caused an heauie slepe to fall vpon the man: and whiles he slept, he toke one of his rybbes and closed vp the flesh in steade thereof.
22 And the rybbe which the Lord God had taken from the man,Ebr
〈◊〉
. made he aSignifying, that mankinde was perfit,
〈◊〉
the woman
〈◊〉
created, which before
〈◊〉
like an vnpersit buylding. 1. Cor.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. woman, and broght her to the man.Mat.
〈◊〉
5. Mar. 10
〈◊〉
. Cor. 6. 16.
23 Then the man said, Ephes 5. 3. This now is bone of my bones, and flesh of my flesh. She shalbe calledOr. Man nes, be cause she cōmeth of man: for in Ebr Ish. is man, and Ishah the woman. woman, because she was taken out of man.
24 *Therefore shal man leaueSo that maria ge requireth a greater
〈◊〉
of vs towarde our wiues, then otherwise we are bounde to shewe to our parents. his father and his mother, and shal cleaue to his wife, and they shalbe one flesh.
25 And they were bothe naked, the man and his wife, and were notFor before sinne entred, all things were honest &
〈◊〉
. ashamed
THE SITVACIOM OF THE GARDEN OF EDEN,
La grand Armenie.
"Or armenia the great.
Terre de Haniláh.
"Or, land of Hauiláh.
La cheute d'Euphrates.
"Or the fall of Euphrates.
La cheute de Tygris.
"Or the fall of Tygris.
Le golfe de lamer Persique.
"Or, the golfe of the Persian sea.
Because mencion is made in the tenth verse of this
〈◊〉
chapter of the riuer that watered the garden we muste note that Euphrates and Tygris called in
〈◊〉
Perath and Hiddekel, were called but one riuer where they ioyned together, cls they had foure heades: that is. two at their springs, and two where they fel into the Persian sea In this countrey and moste plentiful land Adám dwelt, and this was called Paradise: that is, a garden of pleasure, because of the frutefulnes and abundan ce thereof. And whereas it is said that Pishon compasseth the land of Hauilah, it is meant of Tygris, which in some place, as it passed by diuers places, was called by sondry names, as some time Diglitto, in other places Pasitygris, & of some Phasin or Pishon. Likewise Euphrates towarde the countrey of Cushor Ethiopia, or Arabia was called Gihon. So that Tygris and Euphrates [which were but two riuers, and some time when they ioyned together, were called after one name] were according to diuers places called by these foure names, so that they might seme to haue bene foure diuers riuers.
CHAP. III.
1 The woman seduced by the serpent, 6
〈◊〉
her hous
〈◊〉
to sinne. 14 They thre are punished. 15 Christ is promised. 19 Man is dust. 22 Man is cast out of paradise.
1 NOw Wisdo 2. 25. the serpent was moreAs
〈◊〉
can change himselfe into an Angel of light, so did he abuse the wisdome of the
〈◊〉
to deceaue man. subtil then anie beast of the field, whiche the Lord God had made: and heGod suffered
〈◊〉
to make the
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
and to speakein him said to the woman, Yea, hathe God in dede said, Ye shal not eat of euerie tre of the garden?
2 And the woman said vnto the serpent, We eat of the frute of the trees of the garden,
3 But of the frute of the tre, which is in the middes of the garden, God hathe said, Ye shal not eat of it, nether shal ye touche it,In douting of Gods
〈◊〉
earning she yelded to Satan. lest ye dye.
4 Then 2. Cor. 11. 3. the serpent said to the woman, Ye shal notThis is Satans
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, to cause ye
〈◊〉
to feare Gods threatenings. dye at all.
5 But God doeth knowe, that when ye shal eat thereof, your eyes shalbe opened, and ye shalbe as gods,As though he knowing good and euil,
6 So the woman [seing that the tre was good for meat, and that it was pleasant to the eyes and a treto be desired to get knowledge] toke of the
〈◊〉
thereof, and did * eat, and gaue also to her housband with her, and hehulde say, God doeth not forbid you to eat of the fru e, saue that he knoweth that if you shulde eat thereof, you
〈◊〉
be like to him. did eat.
7 Then the eyes of them bothe were opened and theyThey began to fele their miserie but they soght not to God for redemie. knewe that they were naked, and
〈◊〉
. 25.
〈◊〉
. they sewed figtre leaues together, and made1, Timo,
〈◊〉
, 14. them seluesEbr. things to girdeabout them to hide their
〈◊〉
. breeches.
〈◊〉
Not
〈◊〉
muche to please his wife as moued by am bicion at her per suasion.
8 Afterwarde they heard the voyce of the Lord God walking in the garden in theOr, winde. coole of the day, and the man and his wifeThe sinful con sci nce
〈◊〉
Gods presence. hid them selues from the presence of the Lord God among the trees of the garden.
9 But the Lord God called to the man, and said vnto him, Where art thou?
10 Who said, I heard thy voyce in the garden, and was afraied: because I wasHis hypocrisie appearethin that he hid the cause of his nakednes, which was the
〈◊〉
of Gods commandement. naked, therefore I hid my self,
11 And he said, who tolde thee, that thou wast naked? Hast thou eaten of the tre, whereof I commanded thee that thou shuldest not eat in no case?
12 Then the man said, The woman which thouHis wickedues and lacke of true repentance appearethin this that he burdeneth God with his faute, because he had giuen him a wife. gauest (to be) with me, she gaue me of the tre, and I did eat.
13 And the Lord God said to the woman, Why hast thou done this? And the woman said,In stead of con fessing her sinne she increaseth it by accusing the serpent. The serpent beguyled me, and I did eat.
14 ¶ Then the Lord God said to the serpent,He arked the reason of Adam and his wife, be cause he wolde
〈◊〉
not the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
him
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Because
〈◊〉
hast done this, thou art cursed aboue all cattel, and aboue euerie beast of the field: vpon thy belly shalt thou go, and n dust shalt thou eat all the dayes of thy life.
15 I wil also o put enimitie betwene thee and the woman, and bet wene thy sede and her sede. He shal breake thine phead, and thou shalt q bruise his heele.
16 ¶ Vnto the woman he said, I wil greately in crease thyThe Lord comfor
〈◊〉
Adam by the promes of the
〈◊〉
sed sede, and also
〈◊〉
the body for
〈◊〉
sinne, which the soule shulde
〈◊〉
bene
〈◊〉
for, that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
hauing
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
, might
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. sorowes, and thy conceptions. In
sorowe shalt thou bring forthe children, & thy desire (shal be subiect) to thine housbād and he shal * rule ouer thee.
17 ¶ Also to Adám he said, Because thou hast obeied the voyce of thy wife, and hast eaten of the tre [whereof I commanded thee, say
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. ing, Thou shalt not eat of it]The
〈◊〉
of Gods co
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the cause
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
mankinde and all other creatures were subiect to the curse. cursed (is) the earth for thy sake in sorowe shalt thou eat
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
not ouercome hem. of it all the dayes of thy life.
18 These are
〈◊〉
the natural frutes of the earth, but procede of the corruption of sinne. Thornes also, & thy
〈◊〉
shal it bring forthe to thee, and thou shalt eat the herbe of the field.
19 In the sweat of thy face
〈◊〉
thou eat bread til thou returne to the earth: for out of it
〈◊〉
thou taken, because thou art dust, & to dust shalt thou returne.
20 [And the man called his wiues name
〈◊〉
, because she was the mother of all liuing.]
21 Vnto Adám also and to his wife did the lord GodOr gaue
〈◊〉
knowledge to make them selues
〈◊〉
make coates of skinnes, & clothed them.
22 ¶ And the Lord God said,By this
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
Adams
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
was fallen by ambition Beholde, the mā is become as one of vs, to knowe good & euil. And now lest he put forthe his hand andAdam depriued of life lost also the signe thereof. take also of the tre of life and eat and1. Cor. 4. 4. liue for euer.
23 Therefore the Lord God sent him forthe from the garden of Eden, to til the earth, whence he was taken.
24 Thus he cast out man, and at the Eastside of the gardē of Eden he set the Cherubims and the blade of a sworde shaken, to kepe the waye of the tre of life.
CHAP. IIII.
1 The generacion of mankinde. 8 Kain killeth Habel. 23
〈◊〉
a tyrant encourageth his feareful wiues. 26 True religion is restored.
1 AFterwarde the man knewe Heuáh his wife, whichMans
〈◊〉
state of
〈◊〉
, and Gods blessing were not
〈◊〉
abolished through
〈◊〉
, but the
〈◊〉
or
〈◊〉
thereof was chan ged. conceiued and bare Káin & said, I haue obteined a manThat is
〈◊〉
to the Lords promes as Chap. 3. 15. some read. To the Lord, as reioycing for the sonne, which she had bor ne, whome she wolde offer to the Lord as the first
〈◊〉
of her birth by the Lord
2 And againe she broght forthe his brother Hábel, and Hábel was a keper of shepe, and Káin was a tiller of the grounde.
3 ¶ And in processe of time it came to passe that Káin broght an This declareth that the father instructed his childiē in the knowledge of God, and also how god gaue thē sacrifices to signifie their saluacion: albeit they were
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
of the tre of life. oblation vnto the Lord of the frute of the grounde.
4 And Habél also him selfe broght of the first frutes of his shepe, and of the fat of them, and the Lord had respect vnto * Hábel, & to his offring.
5 But vnto
〈◊〉
and to his offring he had no Because he was an hypocrite and
〈◊〉
onely for an ourwarde shew without
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
. regarde wherefore Káin was exceding wroth, and his countenance fel downe.
6 Then the Lord said vnto Káin, Why art thou wroth? and why is thy countenance cast downe?
7 If thou dowel, shalt thou not be Bothe thou & thy sacrificeshalbe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. accepted and if thou doest not wel, sinne lieth at theEbr. 11. 4.
Sinne shal
〈◊〉
torment thy
〈◊〉
. dore: also vnto thee his g The
〈◊〉
of the first
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to Kain ouer Habel. desire (shalbe sub iect) and thou shalt rule ouer him.
8
〈◊〉
Then Káin spake to
〈◊〉
his brother. And * when they were in the field, Kain ro se vp against Habél his brother, and slewe him.
9 Then the Lord said vnto Káin, Where is Ha bel thy brother? Who answered, I can notVVisdo. 10. 3.
〈◊〉
. 23 35 1,
〈◊〉
. 3. 12. Iud 21 tel, This is the nature of the
〈◊〉
When thei are reproued of their
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
to neglect God and despite him. Am I my brothers keper.
10 Againe he said, What hast thou done? the God reuengeth the Wrongs of his Saints, thogh none
〈◊〉
for the iniquitie it selfe
〈◊〉
for vengeance. voyce of thy brothers blood cryeth vnto me from the grounde.
11 Now therefore thou art cursed The earth shal be a witnes against thee which
〈◊〉
receiued that blood, which
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
cruelly shed. from the earth, which hathe opened her mouth to re ceiue thy brothers blood from thine hand
12 Whē thou shalt til the grounde, it shal not henceforthe yelde vnto thee her strength: aThous halt neuer
〈◊〉
rest: for thine heart shalbe in
〈◊〉
feare
〈◊〉
care. vagabonde and a renne gate shalt thou be in the earth.
13 Then Káin said to the Lord,He burdeneth God as a cruel iudge, because he did punish him so sharpely.
Or, my sinne is greater then can be pardoned. My punishe ment is greater, then I can beare.
14 Beholde, thou hast cast me out this day fró the earth, and from thy face shal I be hid, and shalbe a vagabonde and a
〈◊〉
gate in the earth, & whosoeuer findeth me, shal slaye me.
15 Then the Lord said vnto him, Douteles
〈◊〉
slayeth Káin, he shalbeNot for the loue he bare to Káin, but to suppresse murther. punished seuen folde. And the Lord set aA visible signe of Gods
〈◊〉
that other shulde feare. marke vpon Káin, lest anie man finding him shulde kil him.
16 Then Káin went out from the presence of the Lord and dwelt in the land of Nod towarde the Eastside of Eden.
17 Káin also knewe his wife, which conceiued and bare Henóch: and he buylt a Thinking the reby to be sure & to haue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
sion to
〈◊〉
Gods
〈◊〉
against him. citie and called the name of the citie by the name of his sonne, Henóch,
18 And to Henôch was borne Irád, and Irád begate Mehuiaél, and Mehuiaél begate Methushaél, and Methushaêl begate Lamech.
19 ¶ And Lámech toke to him The lawful
〈◊〉
of maria ge, which is that two shuld be one flesh, was first cor rupt in the house of Kain by Lamech. two wiues: the name of the one (was) Adáh, ād the name of the other Zillàh.
20 And Adáh bare Iabál, who was theOr
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. father of suche as dwel in the tentes, and of suche as haue cattel.
21 And his brothers name (was) Iubál, who was the father of all that playe on the harpe andOr, flutes and pipes. organes,
22 And Zillâh also bare Tubal-káin, who wroght cunningly euerie crafte of
〈◊〉
and of yron: and the sister of Tubal-káin (was) Naamáh.
23 Then Lámech said vnto his wiues Adáh and Zilláh, Heare my voyce, (ye) wiues of Lamech:
〈◊〉
vnto my speche: His wiues
〈◊〉
that all men hated him for his crueltie were
〈◊〉
therefore he braggeth that there is none so
〈◊〉
that were able to resist,
〈◊〉
he were already wounded. for I wold
〈◊〉
a man in my wounde, and a yong man in mine hurt.
24 If Kâin shalbe auenged seuen folde, truely Lamech, He
〈◊〉
at Gods sufferance is Kain iesting an thogh God
〈◊〉
suffren one to punish him, and yet giue him licence to murther others. seuentie times seuen folde.
25 ¶ And Adám knewe his wife againe, and she bare a sonne, and she called his name Sheth: for God, (said she,) hathe appointed me another sede for Habél, because Kâin slewe him.
26 And to the same Sheth also there was borne
a sonne, and he called his name Enōsh, Then began men toIn these dayes God began to mo ue the hearts of the godlie to resto re religion, which along time by the wicked had bene suppressed. call vpon the Name of the Lord.
CHAP. V.
1 The genealogie. 5 Age and deathe of Adam, 6 His suc cession vnto Nóah and his children.
1 THis is theOr, rehearsal of the stocke. boke of the generacions of Adám. In the day that God created Adám, in theRead Chap. 1, 26. lickenes of God made he him
2 Male and female created he thé, and blessed them, and called their nameBy giuing them bothe one name, he noteth the inseparable
〈◊〉
of man and
〈◊〉
. Adám in the day that they were created.
3 ¶ Now Adám liued an hundreth and thirtie yeres and begate a childe in his owneAswel concerning his creation, as his corruption.
〈◊〉
. Chro. 1, 1. lickenes after his image, and called his name Sheth.
4 * And the dayes of Adám, after he had begotten Sheth, were eight hundreth yeres, and he begate sonnes and daughters.
5 So all the dayes that Adám liued, were nine hundreth and thirtie yeres: and he dyed.
6 AndHe proueth Adams generation by thē, which came of Sheth, to she we which is the true Church, and al so what care God had ouer the same from the beginning, in that he cō tinued euer his gra ces toward it by a cōtinual successiō. Sheth liued an hundreth, and fyue yeres, and be gate Enósh.
7 And Sheth liued, after he begate Enósh, eight hundreth and seuen yeres, and be gate sonnes and daughters.
8 So all the dayes of Sheth wereThe chief cause of long life in the first age was the multi plication of mankinde that according to Gods commandement at the beginning the worlde might be increased with people, whiche might vniuersally praise his Name. nine hundreth and twelue yeres: and he dyed.
9 ¶ Also Enósh liued ninety yeres & begate Kenán.
10 And Enósh liued, after he begate Kenán, eight hundreth and fiftene yeres, and begate sonnes and daughters.
11 So all the daies of Enósh were nine hundreth and fiue yeres: and he dyed.
12 ¶ Like wise Kenán liued seuentie yeres, & begate Mahala Ieel.
13 And Kenán liued, after he begate Mahalaleél, eight hūdreth and fourty yeres, and be gate sonnes and daughters.
14 So all the dayes of Kenán were nine hundreth and ten yeres: and he dyed.
15 ¶ Mahalaleél also liued sixty & fiue yeres and begate Iéred.
16 Also Mahalaleél liued, after he begate Iéred, eight hundreth and thirty yeres, and begate sonnes and daughters.
17 So all the dayes of Mahalaléel were eight hundreth ninety and fiue yeres: and he dyed.
18 ¶ And Iéred liued an hundreth sixty and two yeres, and begate Henóch.
19 Then Iéred liued, after he begate Henóch eight hundreth yeres, and begate sonnes and daughters.
20 So all the dayes of Iéred were nine hundreth sixty and two yeres: & he dyed.
21 ¶ * Also Henóch liued sixty and fiue yeresEccl. 44. 15. and begate Methushélah.ebr. 11. 5.
22 And HenóchThat is, he led an vpright and go
〈◊〉
. walked with God, after he begate Methushélah, thre hundreth hundreth yeres and begate sonnes and daughters.
23 So all the daies of Henóch were thre hundreth sixty and fiue yeres.
24 And Henōch walked with God; and he was no more (sene:) forTo
〈◊〉
that the re was a better li fe prepared, and to be a testimonie of the immortalitie of soules & bodies As to
〈◊〉
whe re he became, is mere curiositie. God token him away.
25 Methushélah also liued an hundreth eighty and seuen yeres, and begate Lámech.
26 And Methushélah liued, after he begate Lámech, seuen hundreth eighty and two ye res, and begate sonnes and daughters.
27 So all the dayes of Methushélah were nine hundreth sixty and nine yeres: and he dyed.
28 ¶ Then Lámech liued an hundreth eighty and two yeres, and begate a sonne.
29 And called his name Nōah, saying, This sa me shalLaméch had respect to the promes, Chap. 3, 15. & desired to sethede
〈◊〉
, which shul de be sent, and vet sawe but a figure thereof he also spa ke this by the Spirit of prophecie, because Noah deli uered the Church, and preserued it by his obedience. comforte vs concerning our wor ke and sorowe of our hands, as touching the earth, which the Lord hathe cursed.
30 And Lámech liued, after he begate Nóáh, fiue hundreth ninety and fiue yeres, and begate sonnes and daughters.
31 So all the dayes of Lámech were seuen hundreth seuenty and seuen yeres: and he dyed.
32 And Noah was fiue hundreth yere olde. And Nóah begate Shem, Ham and Iápheth
CHAP. VI.
3 God threateneth to bring the flood. 5 Man is altogether corrupt 18 Nóah is preserued in the Arke, which he was commanded to make.
1 SO when men began to be multiplied vpon the earth, and there were daughters borne vnto them.
2 Then theThe children of the godlie, which began to degenerate. sonnes of God
〈◊〉
the daughters Those that came of wicked
〈◊〉
as of Kain. of men that they wereHauing more re spect to their beau tie, & to worldely cōsiderations, thē to their maners, & godlines. faire, and they toke them wiues of all that they liked.
3 Therefore the Lord said, My Spirit shal not alwayBecause man co de not be wonne by Gods lenitie &
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, whe reby he shoue to
〈◊〉
him, he wolde no longer stay his
〈◊〉
. striue with man, because he is bu flesh, & his dayes shal be anWhich terme God gaue man to repent before he wolde destroy the earth, 1 Per. 3. 20. hundreth and twentie yeres.
4 There wereOr, tyrants. gyantes in the earth in those dayes: yea, and after that the sonnes of God came vnto the daughters of men, and they had borne them children, these were mightie men, which in olde time were men ofWhich vsurped au toritie ouer others & did degenerate from that simplicitie, wherein
〈◊〉
fathers liued. renoume.
5 ¶ When the Lord sawe that the wickednes of man was great in the earth, & all the ima ginacions of the thoghts of his * heart (we re) onely euil continually.
6 Then itGod doethneuer repent, but he spea keth after our capa citie because he did destroy him, & in that, as it were did disauo we him to be his creature. repēted the Lord, that he had ma de man in the earth, and he was sorie in his heart.
7 Therefore the Lord said, I wil destroye frō
Chap. 8 21. mat 19 19 the earth the man, whome I haue created, from manGod declareth how muche he de testeth sinne seing the punishmēt thereof extendeth to the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. to beast, to creping thing, and to the foule of the heauen: for I repent that I haue made them.
8 But NóahGod mercifull vnto him. founde grace in the eyes of the Lord.
9 ¶ These are theOr, historie, generacions of Nóah. Nóah was a iuste and vpright man in his time, (and) walked with God.
10 And Nóah begate thre sonnes, Shem, Ham
and Iápheth.
11 The earth also was corrupt before God: for the earth was filled withMeaning that al were giuen to the contempt of God and oppression of their neighbours. crueltie.
12 Then God loked vpon the earth, and beholde, it was corrupt: for all flesh had corrupt his way vpon the earth.
13 And GOD said vnto Nóah,
〈◊〉
, I will destroy mankinde. An end of all flesh is come before me: for the earth is filled with crueltie through thé: and beholde, I wil destroye them with the earth."Or, oppression and wickednes.
14 ¶ Make thee an Arke ofEbr.
〈◊〉
. pine trees: thou shalt makeEbr.
〈◊〉
. cabine in the Arke, and shalt pytch it within and without with pytch.
15 AndOr, of this
〈◊〉
. thus shalt thou make it: The length of the Arke shal be thre hundreth cubites, the breadth of it fiftie cubites, and the height of it thirtie cubites.
16 A windowe shalt thou marke in the Arke, and in cubite shalt thou finish, it aboue, and the dore of the Arke shalt thou set in the side thereof: thou shalt make it with theThat is, of thre heightes, asappca reth in this
〈◊〉
lowe seconde and third (roume.)
17 And I beholde, I wil bring a flood of waters vpon the earth to destroye all flesh, wherein is the breath of life vnder the heauen: al that is in the earth shall perish.
18 But with thee wilTo the intent that in this great enterprise &
〈◊〉
kings of the whole worlde thou maist be cō
firmed, that thy faith faile not. establish my couenant, and thou shalt go into the Arke, thou, and thy sonnes, and thy wife, and thy sonnes wiues with thee,
19 And of euerie liuing thing, of all flesh two of euerie sorte shalt thou cause to come into the Arke, to kepe (thē) aliue with thee: they shalbe male and female.
20 Of the foules after their kinde, and of the cattel after their kinde, of euerie crepyng thing of the earth after his kinde, two of euerie sorte shall come vnto thee, that thou maiest kepe (them) aliue.
21 And take thou with thee of all meat that is eaten: and thou shalt gather it to thee, that itEbr. 11. 7. may be meat for thee and for them.
22 * Nóah therefore did according vnto all, that God cōmanded him: (euen)That is, he obeyd Gods commandemēt in all points. so did he.
A B The
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
hundreth cubites.
A. C. The breadeth fisty.
D. E. The height thirty.
E. The windowe a cubite long.
F. The dore.
G. H. I. I. The thre
〈◊〉
CHAP. VII.
1 Nóah and entre into the Arke. 20 The flood destroyeth all the rest vpon the
〈◊〉
.
1 ANd the Lord said vnto Nôah, Entre thou and all thine house into the Arke: for1. Pet. 2. 5. thee haue I sene *In respect of the rest of the
〈◊〉
, and because he had a de sire to serue God & liue
〈◊〉
. righteous before me in this age.
2 Of euerieWhiche might be offred in
〈◊〉
i fice, whereof six were sor breed and the seuenth for sacrifice. cleane beast thou shalt take to thee by seuens, the male and his female: but of vncleane beastes by couple the male and his female.
3 Of the foules also of the heauen by seuens, male and female, to kepe sede aliue vpon the whole earth.
4 For seuen dayes hence I will cause it raine vpon the earth fourthy dayes, and fourty nights, and al the substance that I haue made will I destroye from of the earth.
5 * Nôah therefore did accordyng vnto allMat 24. 37.
Luk.
〈◊〉
. 26. that the Lord commanded him.1. Pet. 3. 20.
6 And Nôah (was) six
〈◊〉
yeres olde, whē the flood, of waters was vpon the earth.
7 ¶ So Nôah entred and his sonnes, & his wife and his sonnes wiues with him into the Arke because of the waters of the flood.
8 Of the cleane beastes, and of the vncleane beastes, and of the foules, and of all that crepeth vpon the earth.
9 ThereGod compelled them to present thé seluesto Noah as thei did before to Adā, when he gaue thē names. came two and two vnto Nōah into the Arke, male and female, as God had commanded Nôah.
10 And so after seuen dayes the waters of the flood were vpon the earth.Chap. 2. 19.
11 ¶ In the six hundreth yere of Noahs life in theWhich was about the beginning of Maie, when all things did
〈◊〉
florish. seconde moneth, the seuententh day of the moneth, in the same day were all theBothe the waters in the earth did ouer slowe, & also the cloudes powred
〈◊〉
fountaines of the great depe broken vp, and the windowes of heauen were opened.
12 And the raine was vppon the earth fourty dayes and fourty nights.
13 In the selfe same day entred Nôah with Shem and
〈◊〉
and Iápheth, the sonnes of Nôah, and Noahs wife, and the thre wiues of his sonnes with the into them Arke.
14 They and euerie beast after his kinde, and all cattel after their kinde, and euerie thyng that crepeth and moueth vpon the earth after
〈◊〉
kinde, (and) euerie foule after his kinde, (euen) euerie birde of euerie fether.
15 For they came to Nôah īto the Arke, two & two,Euerie Huyng thing that God wolde haue to be preserued on earth, came into the Arke to
〈◊〉
of al flesh wherein is the breath of life
16 And they entryng in, came male and female
of all flesh, as God had commanded him: and the LordSo
〈◊〉
Gods
〈◊〉
power defended him against the rage of the
〈◊〉
waters. shut him in.
17 Thē the flood was fourty dayes vpon the earth, & the waters were īcreased, & bare vp the Arke which was lifte vp aboue the earth
18 The waters also waxed strong, and were increased excedingly vpon the earth, and the Arke went vpon the waters.
19 The watersEbr.
〈◊〉
ve ry mightie. preuailed so excedingly vpon the earth, that all the high mountaines, that are vnder the whole heauen, were couered.
20 Fiftene cubites vpwarde did the waters preuaile, whē the mountaines were couered
21 *Then all flesh perished that moued vponWisd.
〈◊〉
. 4. the earth, bothe foule and cattell and beast,
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 28. and euerie thing that crepeth and moueth vpom the earth, and euerie man.
22 Huerie thing in whose nostrels the spirit of life did breathe, whatsoeuer they were in the dryeland, they dyed.
23 SoThat is, God. he destroyed euerie thing that was vpon the earth, from mā to beast, to the creping thing, and to the foule of the heauen: they were euen destroyed from the earth, & Noah onely
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
it
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
onely, and to
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
. remained, and they that were with him in the Arke.
24 And the waters preuailed vpon the earth an hundreth and fiftie dayes.1. Pet. 3. 20.
CHAP. VIII.
13 The
〈◊〉
ceaseth. 16 Nóah is commanded to come for the of the Arke with his. 20 He sacrificeth to the Lord. 22 God promiseth that all things shall continue in their
〈◊〉
ordre.
1 NOw GodNot that God
〈◊〉
his at
〈◊〉
time, but
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
then he
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. remembred Nôah andIf God remem ber
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to be
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
? euerie beast, and althe cattel that was with him in the Arke: therfore God made a winde to passe vpon the earth, & the waters ceased
2 The fountaines also of the depe and the
〈◊〉
of heauen were stopped and the
〈◊〉
from heauen was restrained.
3 And the waters returned from aboue the earth, going and returning: and after the end of the hundreth and fiftieth day the waters abated.
4 And in theWhich
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
of October. seuenth moneth, in the seuententh day of the moneth, the ArkeOr, stayed rested vpon the mountaines ofOr,
〈◊〉
. Ararát.
5 And the waters were going and decreasing vntil the
〈◊〉
was the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
. tēth moneth: in the tenth moneth and in the first day of the moneth were the toppes of the mountaines sene.
6 ¶ So
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. after fourty dayes, Nôah opened the windowe of the Arke, which he had made.
7 And sentforth aThe
〈◊〉
is sent forthe &
〈◊〉
. rauen, whiche went out going forth and returning, vntill the waters were dryed vp vpon the earth.
8 Againe he sent a
〈◊〉
sendeth the
〈◊〉
. doue from him, that he might se if the waters were diminished frō of the earth.
9 But the doue founde no rest for the sole of her foote: therefore
〈◊〉
returned vnto hym into the Arke [for the waters (were) vppon the whole earth] and heIt is like, that the
〈◊〉
did
〈◊〉
to & fro, restyng on the Arke, but
〈◊〉
not in to it as the
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. put forth his hand and toke her, and pulled her to him into the Arke.
10 And he abode yet other seuen dayes, and againe he sent forthe the doue out of the Arke.
11 And the doue came to him in the euenyng, and lo, in herOr, bil. mouthe (was) anwhiche was a signe that the wa ters were muche diminished: for the oliuers grow not on the hie mountaines. oliue leafe that she had pluct: whereby Nôah knewe that the waters were abated frō of the earth
12 Notwithstanding he waited yet other seuē dayes, and sent forth the doue, which returned not againe vnto him any more.
13 ¶And in the six hundreth and one yere, in the first (daie) of theCalled Ebrew Abib, cōtcining
〈◊〉
of Marche, & parte of April. first moneth the waters were dryed vp from of the earth: and Nôah remoued the couering of the Arke & loked & beholde, the vpper parte of the grounde was drye.
14 And in the seconde moneth, in the seuen and twentieth day of the moneth was the earth drye.
15 ¶Then God spake to Nôah, saying.
16 Noah declareth his obediēce in that he wold not departe out of the Arke with out Gods expres se
〈◊〉
, as he did not entre in without the same. Go forthe of the Arke, thou and thy wife, & thy sonnes & thy sonnes
〈◊〉
with thee.
17 Bring forthe with thee euerie beast that is with thee, of al flesh, (bothe) foule & cattel and euerie thing that crepeth and moueth vpon the earth, that they maye brede abundantly in the earth, * and bring forthe frute and increase vpon the earth.Chap. 1. 22. & 9. 1.
18 So Nôah came forthe, and his sonnes, and his wife, and his sonnes wiues with him.
19
〈◊〉
beast, euerie creping thing, and deuerie foule, all that moueth vpō the earth after their kindes went out of the Arke.
20 ¶Then NôahFor sacrifices, whiche were as an
〈◊〉
of their faith wherby they vsed to giue thankes to God for his bene fites. buylt an altar to the Lord and toke of euerie cleane beast, and of euerie cleane foule, and offred burnt offrings vpon the altar.
21 And the Lord smelled aOr, aswete sauour.
That is thereby he shewed hym selfe appeased, & his angre to
〈◊〉
Chap. 6. 5. sauour of rest, & the Lord said in his heart, I wil henceforthe curse the ground no more for mans cause: for the imaginacion of mans* heart (is) euil, (euen) frō his youth: nether wil I smite anie more all things liuing, as I haue done.
〈◊〉
. 15. 19.
22 HereafterThe ordre of nature destroyed by the flood is re stored by Gods promes. sede time and haruest, and colde and heate, and sommer and winter, and daye and night shal not cease, so long as the earth remaineth.
CHAP. IX.
1 The confirmaciō of mariage. 3 Permission of meates. 6 The power of the sworde. 14 The raine bowe isthe signe of Gods
〈◊〉
. 21 Nóah is drunkē and mocked of hys sonne, whome he curseth. 29 The age & death of Nóah.
1 ANd GodGod increased them with
〈◊〉
& declared vnto them his counsel as touching the replenishing of the earth. blessed Nóah and his sonnes, and said to them, Bring forthe frute, and multiplie, and replenish the earth.
2 Also theBy the vertue of this cōmandement
〈◊〉
age not so muche against mā asthey wolde, yea and many serue to his vse thereby. feare of you, and the dread of you shalbe vpon
〈◊〉
beast of the earth, & vpō
〈◊〉
foule of the heauen, vpon al that moueth on the earth, and vpon all the fishes of the sea: into your hand are they deliuered.
3 EuerieBy this permission man may with a good con science vse the
〈◊〉
of God for his necessitie Chap. 1. 29. thing that moueth ād liueth, shalbe meat for you: as the * grene herbe, haue I giuen you all things.
4 *That is, liuyng
〈◊〉
and the fleshe of beastes that are strāgled and hereby all
〈◊〉
is for bid den. But flesh with the life thereof, (I meane,)Leui. 17. 14. with the blood thereof, shall ye not eat.
5 That is, I will take vengeance for your bloode. For surely I wil require your blood, wherein your liues (are:) at the hand of euery beast wil I require it: and at the hand of man, (euē) at the hand of a mansOr, neighbour. brother will I require the life of man.
6 Whoso * shedeth mans blood,Not onelye by the
〈◊〉
are, but
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
God
〈◊〉
vp one
〈◊〉
to kill another. by man shall his blood be shed: for in the
〈◊〉
to kil man is to deface Gods image, and so iniurie is not onelye done to mā, but to God. image of GodMat. 26. 52. hathe he made man.Reuel. 13. 10.
7 But bryng forthe frute and multiplie: growe plentifully in the earth, and increase therein.
8 ¶God spake also to Nôah and to his sonnes with him, saying.
9 Beholde, I, euen I establishe myTo assure you that the worlde shalbe no more destroyed by a flood. couenant with you, and with yourThe children whiche are not yet borne, are cō prehended in Gods couenant made with
〈◊〉
fathers. sede after you.
10 And with euerie liuing creature that is with you, with the foule, with the cattel, and with euerie beast of the earth with you frō al that go out of the Arke, vnto euerie beast of the earth.
11 * And my couenaunt will I establishe wyth you, that frome henceforthe all fleshe shall not be rooted out by the waters of the flood nether shall there be a flood to destroye the earth any more.
12 Then God said, This is the token of the couenant which I make betwene me and you,
〈◊〉
. 54. 9. and betwene euerie liuing thing, that is with you vnto perpetual generacions.
13 I haue set myHereby we se that signes or sacramentes ought not to be separat from the worde. bowe in the cloude, and it shalbe for a signe of the couenant betwene me and the earth.Eccles. 43. 12.
14 And when * I shall couer the earth wyth a cloude, & the bow shal be sene in the cloud.
15 Then wil I remember myVVhen mē shal se my bowe in the heauen, they shal knowe that I haue not forgotten my couenant with them. couenāt, which is betwene me and you, and betwene euerie liuing thyng in all fleshe, and there shalbe no more waters of a flood to destroye all flesh.
16 Therfore the bow shalbe in the cloude, that I may se it, and remember the euerlasting co uenāt betwene God, and euerie liuing thing in all flesh that is vpon the earth.
17 God said yet to Nōah,God doeth repeat this the oftner to confirme Noahs fayth so muche more. This is the signe of the couenant, whiche I haue established betwene me and all flesh that is vpon the earth.Chap.
〈◊〉
. 28.
18 ¶Now the sonnes of Nôah goyng forthe of the Arke, were Shem and Ham and Iápheth. And Ham is the father of Canáan.
19 These are the thre sonnes of Nóah, and of them was theThis declareth what was the vertue of Gods blessing, when he said, Increase & bring forth. whole earth ouerspred.
20Or, Noahbegā againe. Nóah also began (to be) an housband man and planted a vinearde.
21 And he dronke of the wine and wasThis is set befo re oure eyes to shewe what an horrible thynge dronkennes it. dronken, and was vncouered in the middes of his tent.
22 And when Ham the fatherOf whom came the Canaanites that wicked nation, who were also cursed of God. of Canáam sawe the nakednes of hys Father,In derision ād contempt of hys father. he tolde hys two brethren without.
23 Then toke Shem and Iápheth agarment, and put it vppon bothe their shulders and went backward, and couered the nakednes of their father with their faces backe warde: so they sawe not their fathers nakednes.
24 Then Nóah awoke frome hys wyne, and knewe what his yonger sonne had done vnto hym.Or, enlarge, or cause to returne.
25 And said,He pronoūceth as a Prophete the curse of God against all them, that honour not their
〈◊〉
: for Ham and his posteritie were accursed. Cursed (be) Canáan: aThat is, a moste vile slaue. seruant of seruantes shal he be vnto his brethren.
26 He sayd moreouer, Blessed (be) the Lorde GOD of Shem, and let Canaan be hys seruant.
27 GodHe declareth that the
〈◊〉
, whiche came of Iapheth ād were separated frome the Church, shuld be ioyned to the same by the persuasion of Gods Spirit and preachyng of the Gospel. persuade Iápheth, that he may dwel in the tentes of Shem, and let Canáan be his seruant.
28 ¶ And Nóah liued after the flood thre hundreth and fifty yeres.
29 So all the dayes of Noah were nyne hundreth and fifty yeres: and he dyed.
CHAP. X.
1 The increase of mankynde by Nóah and his sonne. 10 The beginning of cities, countreis and nations,
1 NOwe these are theThese generations are here
〈◊〉
partely to declare the maruelous increase in so smal a time and also to set forth their great
〈◊〉
fulnes of Goddes
〈◊〉
towarde their fathers. generacions of the sonnes of Noah, Shem, Ham and Iapheth: vnto whom sonnes were borne after the flood.
2 The sonnes of Iápheth (were) Gomer, and Magog, andOf Madai, and Iauan came the Medes & Grekes Madái, and Iauán, and Tubál and Méshech, and Tirás.
3 And the sonnes of Gómer, Ashkenáz, and Ri pháth and Togarmáh.
4 Also the sonnes of Iauán, Elisháh and Tarshish, Kittim, and Dodanim.
5 Of these were theThe Iewes so call all
〈◊〉
whiche separated frome thē by by sea, as Grecia, Italie, &c. which were giuen to the chyldren of Iapheth, of whō came the
〈◊〉
. yles of the Gentiles deuided in their landes, euerie man after hys tongue, (and) after their families in their nacions.
6 ¶ Moreouer the sōnes of Ham (were)Of Cush and Mizraim came the Ethiopians and Egyptians. Cush, and Mizráim, and Put, and Canáan.
7 And the sonnes of Cush, Sebá and Hauiláh, and Sabtáh, and Raamáh, and Sabtechá: also the sonnes of Raamáh (were) Shebá and Dedán.
8 And Cush begate Nimród, who began to beMeanynge, a cruel
〈◊〉
and tyrant. mighty in the earth.
9 He was a myghty hunter before the Lorde, wherefore it is said,His tyrannie came into a pro uerbe as hated bothe of God ād man: for he passed not to cōmit
〈◊〉
euen in Gods presence. As Nimród the myghty hunter before the Lord.
10 And the begynning of hys kyngdome was Babél, and Erech, and Accád, and Calnéh, in the landFor there was an other citie in Egypt called also Babél. of Shinár.
11 Out of that lande came Asshur, and buylded Niniuéh, and theOr, the stretes of the citie. citie Rehobóth, and Cálah:
12 Résen also betwene Niniuéh ād Cálah: this is a great citie.
13 And Mizráim begateOf Lud came the Lydians. Ludim, and Anamim, and Lehabim, and Naphtuhim.
14 Pathrusim also, and Casluhim [out of whom came the Philistims] andOr, the Cappadecians. Caphtorims.
15 ¶ Also Canáan begate Zidón his first borne, and Heth.
16 And Iebusi, and Emori, and Girgashi.
17 And Hiui, and Arki, and Sini,
18 And Aruadi, and Zemari, and Hamathy: and afterwarde were the families of the Canaanites spred abroad.
19 Then the border of the Canaanites was from Zidón, as thou commest to Gerár vntil Azzáh, and as thou goest vnto Sodóm, and Gomoráh, and Admáh, and Zeboiim, euen vnto Lásha.
20 These are the sonne of Ham accordyng to their families, according to their tongues in their countreis (and) in their nacions.
21 ¶ VntoIn his stocke the Churche Was preserued therefore Moses leaueth of speakyng of Iapheth and Ham, and intreateth of Shem mo re at large. Shem also the father of all the sonnesOf Whome came the EbreWes or Iewes. of Eber, and Elder brother of Iápheth were children borne.
22 *The sonnes of Shem (were) Elám and Asshur, and Arpachshád, and Lud, and Arám.
23 And the sonnes of Arám, Vz and Hul, and Géther and Mash.
24 Also Arpachshád begate Shélah; and Shélah begate Eber.
25 Vnto Eber also were borne two sonnes: the1. Chro. 8. 17. name of the one (was) Péleg: for in his dayes was the earthThys diuision came by the diuersitie of languages, as appeareth. chap.
〈◊〉
. 9. diuided: and his brothers name (was) Ioktán.
26 Then Ioktán begate Almodád and Shéleph; and Hazarmáueth, and Iérab,
27 And Hadorám, and Vzál, and Dickláh.
28 And Obál, and Abimaél. and Shebá.
29 And Ophir, and Hauiláh, and Iobáb, al these (were) the sonnes of Ioktán.
30 And their dwellyng was frō Meshá; as thou goest vnto Sephara mount of the East.
31 These are the sonnes of Shem according to their families; according to their tongues, in their countreis and nacions.
32 These are the families of the sōnes of Nôah after their generacions among their people: andOr, of these came diuers naciōs VVisd. 10. 8. out of these were the nacions diuided in the earth after the flood.
CHAP. XI.
〈◊〉
The building of Babél was the cause of the
〈◊〉
of tongues 10 The age and generacion of Shem vnto Abrā 31 Abrahams departure frome Vr with in father Térah, Sarai and Lot. 32 The age and death of Térah.
1 THen the whole earth was of one *lāguage and one speache.
2 AndIn the yere an hundreth and thirtie after the floode. asTo Wit, Nimrod and his companie. they went frome theThat is, frome Armenia, Where the Arke stayed. Easte, they founde a plaine in the lande ofVVhiche Was after Warde called Caldea. Shinâr, and there they abode.
3 And they sayd one to an other, Come let vs make brycke, and burne it in the fire. So they had brycke for stone, and slyme had they in steade of morter.
4 Also they said, Go to, let vsThey Were mo ued With pride and ambition, thinkyng to preferre their owne glorie to Gods honour. builde vs a citie and a tower, whose toppe (may reache) vnto the heauen, that we may get vs a name, lest we be scatred vpon the whole earth.
5 But the LordMeanyng, that he declared by effect: that he knew
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
: for Gods power is
〈◊〉
Where. came downe, to se the citie ād tower, whiche the sonnes of men buylded.
6 And the Lord said,God speaketh this in
〈◊〉
because of their foolis he
〈◊〉
& enterprise. Beholde, the people (is) one, and they all haue one language, and this they begynne to do, nether can they now be stopped from whatsoeuer they haue imagined to do.
7 Come on,He speaketh, as thogh he toke counsel with his owne wisedome and power: to wit, with the Sonne and holy Gost: signifying the greatnes ād
〈◊〉
of the punishement. let vs go downe, andBy thys
〈◊〉
plague of the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
, appeareth Gods horrible iudgement agaynste mans pride and vaine glorie. there
〈◊〉
their language, that euerie one perceiue not an others speache.
8 So the Lord scattred them frome thence vppon all the earth, and they left of to buylde the citie.
9 Therefore the name of it was calledOr, confusion. Babél, because the LORDE did there confounde the language of all the earth: frome thence then did the LORDE scater them vpon all the earth.
10 ¶ * These are the generacionsHe returneth to the genealogie of Shem, to come to the historie of Abram, Wherein the Churche of God is described Whicheis Moses prīcipal purpose of Shem: Shem (was) an hundreth yere olde, and begate Arpachshád two yere after the flood.
11 And Shem liued, after he begate Arpachshád, fiue hundreth yeres, and begate sonnes and daughters.
12 Also Arpach shád liued siue and thirty yeres; and begàte Shélah.1. Chron. 1. 17.
13 And Arpachshád liued, after he begate Shélah, foure hundreth and thre yeres, âd begate sonnes and daughters.
14 And Shélah liued thyrty yeres, and begate Eber.
15 So Shélah liued, after he begate Eber, foure hundreth and thre yeres, andbe gate sonnes and daughters.
16
〈◊〉
Eber liued foure and thirty yeres, and begate Péleg.
17 So Eber liued, after he begate Péleg, foure hundreth and thirty yeres, and begate sonnes and daughters.
18 And Péleg liued thirty yeres, and begate Reu.
19 * And Péleg liued, after he begate Reu, two1. Chro. 1. 29. hundreth and nine yeres, and begate sonnes and daughters.
20 Also Reu liued two and thirty yeres, and be gate Serug.
21 So Reu lyued, after he begate Serug, two hundreth and seuen yeres, ād begate sonnes and daughters.
22 More ouer Serug liued thirty yeres, and begate Nahór.
23 And Serug liued, after he begate Nahór, two hundreth yeres, and begate sonnes and daughters.
24 And Nahór liued nine and twenty yeres, ād begate Térah.
25 So Nahôr lyued, after he begate Térah, an hundreth and ninetene yeres, and begate sonnes and daughters.
26 *So Têrah liued seuentie yeres, and begate1. Chro. 1. 26. Abrám, Nahór, and Harán.Iosh, 24. 2.
27 ¶Now these are the generacions of Térah, Térah begateHe maketh mē cion firste of Abram, not because he was the firste borne, but for the historie, which properly apperteineth vn to hym. Abrám, Nahór, and Harán: and Harán begate Lot.
28 Then Harán dyed before Térah hys father in the lande of hys natiuitie, in Vr ofEbr. Casdim. the Caldees.
29 So Abrám and Nahór toke them wiues, the name of Abrams wyfe (was) Sarái, and the name of Nahors wife Milcáh, the daughter of Harán, the Father of Milcáh, and the Father ofSome thinke that thys Iscah was Sarai. Iscáh.
30 But Sarái was barren, (and) had no childe.
31 ThenAlbeit the
〈◊〉
cle of God came to Abram, yet the honour is giuen to Térah, because he was the fathers. Térah toke Abrâm hys sonne, and Lot the sonne of Harán, hys sonnes sonne and Sarái hys daughter in lawe, hys sonneIosh. 24. 2.
Nehe. 9. 7. Abrams wyfe: and they departed togetherIudi. 5. 6. from Vr of the Caldees, to * go into the landAct. 7. 4. of Canáan, and they came toVVhiche was a citie of Mesopotamia. Harán, and dwelt there.
32 So the dayes of Tárah were two hundreth and fiue yeres, and
〈◊〉
dyed in Harán.
CHAP. XII.
1 Abrám by Gods commandement goeth to Canaian. 3 Christ is promised. 7 Abram buyldeth altars for exercise and declaration of his faith among the infidelles. 10 Because of the derthe he gooth into Egypt. 15 Pharaóh taketh his wife, and is punished.
1 FOr the Lord had said vnto Abrám, *From the slood to
〈◊〉
were thre hundreth thre score & thre yere. GetAct. 7. 3. thee out of thy countrey, and from thy kinred, and from thy fathers house vntoIn appointing him no certeine place he proueth so much more his faith & obediēce. the land that I will she we thee.
2 And I wil make of thee a greate nacion, and wil blesse thee, and make thy name great, & thou shalt beThe World shal recouer by thy sede, whiche is Christ, the blessīg whiche they lost in Adám. a blessing.
3 I wil also blesse thē that blesse thee, & curse them that curse thee, and in thee shall all families of the earth be blessed.
4 So Abrám departed, euen as the Lord spake vnto him, and Lot went with him. [And Abrám was seuenty and fiue yere olde, when he departed out of Harán]
5 Then Abrám toke Sarái his wife, and Lot his brothers sonne, and al their substāce that they possessed, and theMeaning aswel seruants as cattel soules that they had gotten in Harán, and they departed, to go to the
〈◊〉
of Canáan: & to the land of Canáan they came.
6 ¶So AbrámHe wandred to & fro in the land before he colde finde a setling place: thus God
〈◊〉
the faith of his children. passed through the land vnto the place of Shechém, and vnto theOr, oke groue. plaine of Moréh [and theWhiche was a cruel and
〈◊〉
nation, by whome God kept his in a cōtinuall exercise. Canaanite (was) then in the land]
7 And the Lord appeared vnto Abrám, & said Vnto thy sede wil I giue this land. And there builded he anIt was not ynough for hym to worship God in his heart, but it was expedient to declare by out ward profession his faith before mē, whereof this
〈◊〉
was a signe altar vnto the Lord, whiche appeared vnto him.
8 Afterward remouingBecause of the troubles that he had among that wicked people. thence vnto a mountaine Eastward frome Beth-él, he pitched his tent hauing Beth-él on the Westside, and Haái on the East: and there he buylt anAnd so serued the true God and renounced al
〈◊〉
latrie. altar vnto the Lord, and called on the name of the Lord.
9 Thus the children of God may loke for no
〈◊〉
in this Worlde, but must waite for the heauenlie rest and
〈◊〉
Againe Abram went forth going and iourneing to warde the South.
10 ¶Then there came aThis was a new trial of Abrams faith: whereby we se that the end of one
〈◊〉
is the beginning of an other. famine in the land: therefore Abrám went downe into Egypt, to so iourne there: for there was a greate famine in the land.
11 And when he drewe nere to entre into Egypt, he said to Sarái his wife, Be holde now I know that thou art a faire woman to loke vpon.
12 Therefore it wil come to passe, that when the Egyptians se thee, thei wil say, She is his wife: so wil they kill me, but they will kepe thee aliue.
13 Say, I pray thee, that thou art myBy this we maie learne not to vse
〈◊〉
meanes, nor to put others in
〈◊〉
to saue our selues, readverse twentie albe it it maie appeare that Abrā feared not so muche death, as that, if he shuld diewith out issue, Gods
〈◊〉
shulde not haue taken place wherein appeared aweake faith sister that I may fare wel for thy sake, and that myEbr. that my soule maie liue. life may be preserued by thee.
14 ¶Now, when Abrám was come into Egipt the Egyptians beheld the woman: for she was very faire.
15 And the princes of Pharaóh sawe her, and commended her vnto Pharaóh: so the woman wasTo be his wif. taken into Pharaohs house:
16 Who intreated Abrám wel for her sake, and he had shepe, and beues, and he asses, and men seruantes and maide seruantes, and she asses, and camelles.
17 But the LordThe Lord toke the
〈◊〉
of this poore stranger against a mightie king: and as he is euer careful ouer his, so did he
〈◊〉
serue
〈◊〉
. plagued Pharaóh & his house with great plagues, because of Sarái Abrams wife.
18 Then Pharaôh called Abrám and said, Why hast thou done this vnto me? Wherefore didest thou not tell me, that she was thy wife?
19 Why say dest thou, She is my sister, that I shulde take her to be my wife? Now therefore beholde thy wife, take (her) and go thy way?
20 And Pharaôh gaue menTo the entent that none shulde hurt hym
〈◊〉
in his persone or goods. commandement concernyng hym: and they conueied hym forthe, and his wife, and all that he had.
CHAP. XIII.
I Abrám departeth out of Egypt. II Lot departeth from him
〈◊〉
The
〈◊〉
of the Sodomites. 14 The promes made to Abrám is renued. 18 Abrám buildeth an altar to the Lord.
1 THenHisgreat riches gotten in Egypt hindred
〈◊〉
not to followe his vocation. Abrâm went vp from Egypt, he, & his wife, and all that he had, and Lot with him towarde the South.
2 And Abrám (was) very riche in cattell, in siluer and in golde.
3 And he went on hisiourney from the South towardHe calleth the place by that name, whichwas after
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
it Chap. 28. 19.
〈◊〉
, to the place where his tent had bene at the beginning, betwene Beth-él and Haái.
4 Vnto the place of the * altar, whiche he hadChap. 12. 7. made there at the first: and there Abrám called on the Name of the Lord.
5 ¶ Lot also, who went with Abrám, had shepe cattel and tentes.
6 So that the land colde notThis incōmoditie came by their riches, whiche brake
〈◊〉
& asit were, the bond of
〈◊〉
. beare them, that they might dwel to gether: for their*substā
ce was great, so that they colde not dwel together.
7 Also there was debate betwene the herdmenChap. 36. 7. of Abrams cattell, and the herdmen of Lots cattel, [and theWho
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
might blaspheme God and destroie them. Cananites and the Perizzites dwelled at that time in the land.]
8 Then said Abrám vnto Lot, Let there be noHe curteth of the occasion of contention: therfore the euil ceaseth. strife, I pray thee, betwene thee & me nether betwene mine herdmen and thine herd men: for we be brethren.
9 Is not the whole land before thee? departe I pray thee frō me: if thou wiltAbrā resigneth his owne right to
〈◊〉
peace. take the left hand, thē I wil go to the right: or if thou go to the right hand, then I wil take the left.
10 So when Lot lifted vp his eies, he sawe that all the plaine of Iordén was watered euerie where: [(for) before the Lord destroyed Sodôm and Gomorâh, (it was) as theWhich was
〈◊〉
Edē. Chap. 2. 10. garden of the Lord, like the land of Egypt, as thou goest vnto Zôar.]
11 Then Lot chose vnto him all the plaine of Iordén and toke his iourney from the East: and they departed theThis was
〈◊〉
by Gods
〈◊〉
that onely
〈◊〉
& his
〈◊〉
might dwel in the land of Canán. one from the other.
12 Abrám dwelled in the land of
〈◊〉
, and Lot abode in the cities of the plaine, & pitched his ten teuen to Sodôm.
13 Now the men of Sodôm (were) wicked and exceadingLot thinking to
〈◊〉
paradise
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. sinners against the Lord.
14 ¶ Then the Lord said vntoThe Lord comforted him, lest he shulde haue taken thoght for the departure of his nepheu. Abrám, [after that Lot was departed from him] Lift vp thi ne eies now, and loke from the place, where thou art, Northward, and Southward, and Eastward, and Westward:
15 For all * the land, which thou seest, wil I giueChap. 12. 7. & 15. 1. & 26 4. vnto thee and to thy sede forMeaning, a
〈◊〉
time, and til the cōming of Christ as Exod. 21. 6. euer,Deut. 34 4.
16 And I wil make thy sede, as the dust of the earth: so that if a man can nomber the dust of the earth, then shal thy sede be nombred.
17 Arise, walke throught the lād, in the lenghtDeu. 15. 17. thereof, and bredth thereof: for I wil giueIci. 2. 20. and spiritually this is re ferred to the true children of Abrā borne according to the promes & not according to the flesh, which are heires of the true land of
〈◊〉
. it vnto thee.
18 Then Abrám remoued his tent, and came and dwelled in the plaine of Mamré,
〈◊〉
is in Hebrôn, and buylded there an altar vnto the Lord.
CHAP. XIIII.
12 In the ouer throwe of Sodóm Lot is taken prisoner. 16. Abrám deliuereth him. 18 Melchi-zédek commeth to mere him.
〈◊〉
Abram wolde not be enriched by the King of Sodóm.
1 ANd in the daies of Amraphél King ofThat is, of Babilon: by Kings here meaning them,
〈◊〉
were gouernors
〈◊〉
cities. Shinar, Arióch King of Ellasar, Ched orlaômer King of Elám, and Tidál King of theOf a people ga
〈◊〉
of diuers countries. nacions:
2 (These men) made warre with Berá King of Sodom, and with Birshá King of Gomoráh, Shináb King of Admáh, & Shemebér King of Zeboilm, and the King of Belá, which is Zôar.
3 All theseAmbicion is the chief cause of
〈◊〉
among princes. ioyned together in the vale of
〈◊〉
, of the labored fieldes. Siddîm, which is theCalled also the
〈◊〉
Sea, or the lake
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vnto
〈◊〉
and Gemoráh. salte Sea.
4 Twelue yeres were they subiect to Chedor laômer, but in the thirtenthe yere they rebelled.
5 And in the fourtenth yere came Chedorlaômer, and the Kings that were with him, and smote the Rephaims in Ashterôth karnaîm, and the Zuzims in Ham, and the Emims inOr, plaine. Shauéh Kiriatháim.
6 And the Horites in their mount Seir, vnto the plaine of Parā, which is by the wildernes
7 And thei returned and came to En-mishpát which is Kadésh, andOr, destroied. smote all the countrie of the Amalekites, ād also the Amorites that dwelled in Hazezon-tamár.
8 Then went out the King of Sodóm, and the King of Gomoráh, and the King of Admáh and the King of
〈◊〉
, and the King of Bê la, which is Zôar: and thei ioyned battel with them in the vale of Siddim:
9 (To wit,) with Chedor-laômer King of Elám, and Tidál King of nacions, and
〈◊〉
King of Shinâr, and Ariôh King of Ellasár: foure Kings against fiue.
10 Now theAnd
〈◊〉
was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
with water and so was called the salt Sea. vale of; Siddim was ful of slyme pittes, and the Kings of Sodôm and, Gomoráh fledOr, were discon
〈◊〉
. and fel there: and the residue fled to the mountaine.
11 Then thei toke all the substance of Sodôm and Gomoráh, and all their vitailes and went their waie.
12 TheiThe godlie are plagued manie times with the wicked: therfore their companie is dangerous. toke Lot also Abrams brothers sonne and his substance [for he dwelt at Sodôm] and departed.
13 ¶ Then came one that had escaped, & tolde Abrám the Ebrewe, which dwelt in the plaine of Mamré the Amorite, brother of Eshcôl and brother of Anér, which wereGod moued them to ioyne with Abrám, & preserued him from their idola trie and supersti tions. confederat with Abrám.
14 When Abrám heard that his brother was taken, he broght forthe of them that were borne and broght vp in his house, thre hundreth & eightene, & pursued the vnto Dan."Or, armed.
15 Thē he, and his seruantes diuided themselues against thē by night, and smote them and pursued them vnto Hobáh, which is on the left side ofEbr.
〈◊〉
. Damascus.
16 And he recouered all the substāce, and also broght againe his brother Lot, & his goods, and the women also and the people.
17 ¶ After that he returned from the slaughter of Chedor-laômer and of the Kings that we re with him, came the King of Sodom for the to mete him in the valley of Shauéh, which is the * Kings dale.2. Sam. 18. 18.
Ebr. 7 3.
18 And * Melchi-zedek King of ShalémFor Abram and his soldiors refection, & not to offer sacrifice. broght forthe bread and wine: and he was a Priest of the moste high God.
19 Therfore heIn that Melchi zédekfed Abrā, le declared him selfe to represēt a King: and in that he blessed him, the high Priest. blessed him, saying, Blessed (art thou;) Abrám, of God moste high posses sor of heauen and
〈◊〉
,
20 And blessed (be) the moste high God, which hathe deliuered thine ennemies into thine hand. * And (Abrám) gaue him tithe of all.
21 Then the King of Sodóm said to Abrám, GiEbr. 7. 8. ue me theEbr. soules. personnes, and take the goods to thy selfe.
22 And Abrám said to the King of Sodôm,Or, I haue swor ne. I haue lift vp mine hand vnto the Lord the moste high God possessor of heauen and earth.
23
〈◊〉
. If I take frō thee a threde &c. read 1. That I wil not take of all that is thine, so muche as a threde or shoulachet, lest thou shuldest saie, I haue made, Abrámriche,Sam. 14. 44.
24 He wolde not that his liberalitie shuld be hurt ful vnto others. Saue onely that, which the yong men haue eaten, and the partes of the men which went with me, Anêr, Eshcôl, and Mamré: let them take their partes.
CHAP. XV.
1 The Lord is Abrahams defence and rewarde. 6 He is iustified by faith. 13 The seruitude and deliuerance out of Egypt is declared. 18 The land of Canáan is promised the
〈◊〉
time.
1 AFter these things, theOr, the Lord spake to Abrám Nomb. 12. 6. worde of the Lord came vnto Abrā in a * visiō, saying Feare not, Abrám, I am thy buckler (and, thinePsal. 16 6. exceading * great rewarde.
2 And Abrám said,His feare was not onely lest he shulde not haue children, but lest the promes of the blessed sede shulde not be ac complished in him. O Lord God, what wilt thou giue me, seing I go childeles, and the stuarde of mine house (is) this Eliézer of Damascus?
3 Againe Abrám said, Beholde, to me thou hast giuen no sede: wherfore lo, a seruant of mine house shalbe mine heire.
4 Then beholde, the worde of the Lord came vnto him, saying, He shal not be thine heire but one that shal come out of thine owne bowelles, he shalbe thine heire.
5 Moreouer he broght him forthe and said, * Loke vp now vnto heauen, and tell the starres, if thou be able to nombre them: and he said vnto him, So shall thy sede be.
6 And (Abrám) * beleued the Lord, and heRom. 4. 18. counted that to him for righteousnes.Rom. 4 3.
〈◊〉
. 2. 2.
7 Againe he said vnto him, I am the Lord, thatGal. 3. 6. broght thee out of * Vr of the Caldees, toChap. 11. 28. giue thee this land to inherit it.
8 And he said, O Lord God,This is a particular mocion of Gods Spirit whi che is not lawful for all to follow in asking signes: but was permitted to some by a peculiar
〈◊〉
, as to Gideon and
〈◊〉
. whereby shall I knowe that I shal inherit it?
9 Then he said vnto him, Take me an heyfer of thre yeres olde, and a she goate of thre yeres olde, and a ramme of thre yeres olde, a
〈◊〉
doue also and a pigion.
10 So he toke al these vnto him, andThis was the
〈◊〉
custome in making
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. 34. 18. diuided them in the middes, and laied euerie pece one against an other: but the birdes diuided he not.
11 Then foules fel on the carkases, & Abrám droue them awaie.To the whiche God added these condicions, that Abrams posteritie shulde be as torne in peces,
〈◊〉
after they shuld be coupled together: also that it shulde be assalted, but yet deliuered.
12 And when the sunne went downe, there fel an heauei slepe vpon Abrâm: and lo,Ebr. a feare of great darkenes. a verie feareful darcknes fel vpon him.
13 Then he said to Abrám, * Knowe this of a suretie, that thy sede shall be a stranger in a land, that is not theirs,Counting from the birthe of Izhak to their departure out of Egypt which decl a reth that God wil suffer his to be af flicted in this worlde. foure hundreth yeres, and shal serue them: and they shall entreate them euill.
14 Not withstanding the nacion, whome they shal serue, wil I iudge: & afterward shal theyAct. 7. 6. come out with great substance.
15 But thou shalt go vnto thy fathers in peace (and) shalt be buryed in a good age.
16 And in theOr, after foure hundreth yeres. fourthe generacion they shall come hether againe: for the Thogh God suf fre the Wicked for a time, yet his vengeāce falleth vpon thē, when the measure of their wickednes is ful. wickednes of the Amorites is not yet ful.
17 Also when the sunne went downe, there was a darckenes: and beholde, a smoking furnace, and a fire brande, whiche went betwene those peces.
18 * In that same day the Lord made a coueuant with Abrám, saying, Vnto thy sede haue I giuen this land, * from the riuer of Egipt vnto the great riuer, the riuerEbr. Perath. Euphrates.Chap. 12. 7. 13. 15. 26
19 The Kenites, and the Kenizites, and the4. Deut. 4. 4. Kadmonites.1. Kyng. 4. 21.
2. Chro. 9.
〈◊〉
.
20 And the Hittites, and the Perizzites, and the Repahîms.
21 The Amorites also, and the Canaanites and the Girgashites, and the Iebusites.
CHAP. XVI.
1 Sarái being barren giueth Hagár to Abrám. 4 Whiche conceiueth & despiseth her dame: 6 And being il hande led fleeth. 7 The Angel comforteth her. 11. 12 The name and maners of her sonne. 13 She calleth vpon the Lord, whome she findeth true.
1 NOwIt semeth that she had respect to Gods promes, which colde not be accomplished without issue. Sarái Abrams wife bare him no children, & she had a maide an Egiptian Hagār by name.
2 And Sarái said vnto Abrám, Beholde now, the Lord hatheShe faileth in binding Gods power to the cō
mon ordre of na ture, as thogh God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
her
〈◊〉
in her
〈◊〉
. restrayned me from childe bearing. I pray thee go in vnto my maide: it may be that I shallEbr. be builded
〈◊〉
her. receiue a childe by her. And Abram obeied the voice of Sarái.
3 Then Sarái Abrams wife toke Hagár her maide the Egyptian, after Abrám had dwelled ten yere in the land of Canáan, and gaue her to her housband Abrám for his wife.
4 ¶ And he went in vnto Hagár, and she conceiued, and when she sawe that she had con ceiued, her dame wasThis
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
what
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
any thing against the word or God. despised in her eies.
5 Then Sarái said to Abrám,Ebr. mine
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vpon thee. Thou doest me wrong, I haue giuen my maide into thy bosome, and she seeth that she hath conceiued and I am despised in her eies: the Lord iudge betwene me and thee.
6 Then Abrám said to Sarâi, Beholde, thy maide (is) in thineOr, power. hand: do with her as it pleaseth thee. Then Sarái delt roughly with her: wherefore she fled from her.
7 ¶ But the
〈◊〉
was Christ
〈◊〉
verse 10 & chap. 18, 13. Angel of the Lord founde her beside a fountaine of water in the wildernes by the fountaine in the way to Shur.
8 And he said, Hagár Sarais maide, whence comest thou? and whether wilt thou go? And she said, I flee from my dame Sarâi.
9
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of the Lord said to her,God reiecteth none estat of
〈◊〉
ple in their
〈◊〉
ries, but sendeth them comfort. Returne to thy dame, and humble thy self vn der her handes.
10 Againe the Angel of the Lord said vnto her I wil so greatly encrease thy sede, that it shal not be nombred for multitude.
11 Also the Angel of the Lord said vnto her. Se thou art with childe, and shalt beare a sonne and shalt cal his name Ishma-él: for the Lord hathe heard thy tribulation.
12 And he shal be aOr, feare and cruel, or, as, a wilde asse. wilde man: his hand (shalbe) against euerie man, & euerie mans hand against him * andThat is, the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
be a peculiar peo ple by them selues and not a portion of an other people. he shall dwell in the presenceChap. 25. 17. of all his brethren.
13 Then she called the name of the Lord, that spake vnto her, Thou God lokest on me: for she said,She rebuketh her owne dulnes and acknowledgeth Gods graces who was present with her euery where. Haue I not also here loked after him that seeth me?
14 * Wherefore the well was called,Or, the well of the liuing and seing me. Beér-la hai-roi, lo, (it is) betwene Kadésh and Béred.
15 ¶ And Hagárbare Abrám a sonne, & Abrám called his sonnes name, whiche Hagár bare, Ishmaél.
16 And Abrám (was) foure score and sixe yereChap. 24 62. olde, when Hagár bare him Ishmaél.
CHAP. XVII.
5 Abrams name is changed to confirme him in the promes 8 The land of Canáan is the fift time promised. 12 Circumcision is instituted. 15 Sarái is named Saráh. 18 Abraham prayeth for Ishmaél. 19 Izhak is promised.
1 WHen Abrám was ninety yere olde and nine, the Lorde appeared to Abrám, and said vnto hym, I am GODOr, almightie. all sufficient,Chap. 5. 22. * walke before me, and be thouOr, without hi pocrisie. vpright.
2 And I will make my couenant betwene me and thee, and I will multiply thee exceadingly.
3 Then Abrám felon his face, and God talked with hym, saying.
4 Beholde, I (make) my couenant with thee, & thou shalt be aNot only according to the fles he, but of a farregreater mul titude by faith. father of manie nacions.
5 Nether shall thy name anie more be called,
Abrám, but thy name shalbeThe changing of his name is a seale to confirme Gods
〈◊〉
vn to him. Abrahám: * for a father of manie nacions haue I made thee.
6 Also I wil make thee exceading fruteful, ādRom. 4. 17. wil make nacions of thee: yea, Kings shal procede of thee.
7 Moreouer I wil establish my couenant betwene me and thee, and thy sede after thee inRom. 4. 37. their generacions, for an * euerlasting coueChap, 13. 11. nant, to be God vnto thee and to thy sede after thee.
8 And I wil giue thee and thy sede after thee the land, wherein thou art a stranger, euen al the land of Canáan, for an euerlasting posses sion, and I wil be their God.
9 ¶ Againe God said vnto Abrahám, Thou also shalt kepe my couenant, thou, and thy sede after thee in their generacions.
10
〈◊〉
is called
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, because it
〈◊〉
the co
〈◊〉
hathe the promes of grace
〈◊〉
to it: Which phrase is commune to all sacraments. This is my couenant, which ye shal kepe betwene me and you, and thy sede after thee * Let euerie man childe among you be circumcised:
11 That is, ye shal circumcise theThat priuie parte is
〈◊〉
sed to shewe that all that is begotten of mā is
〈◊〉
and must be mortified. foreskin of your flesh, and it shal be a * signe of the couenantAct. 7 8. betwene me and you.
12 And euerie man childe of eight daies olde among you, shalbe circumcised in your generacions, aswel he that is borne in (thine) house, as he that is boght with money of any stranger, which is not of thy sede.Rom 4. 11.
13 He that is borne in thine house, and he that is boght with thy money, must nedes be circumcised: so my couenant shal be in your flesh for an euerlasting couenant.
14 But the vn circumcisedAlbeit women were not
〈◊〉
cised, yet were they partakers of Gods promes: for vnder the mankinde all was co secrated and here is decla red, that whosoe
〈◊〉
contemneth the signe, despiseth also the pro mes. man childe, in who se slesh the foreskinne is not circumcised, euen that personne shal be cut of from his people, (because) he hathe broken my couenant.
15 ¶ After ward God said vnto Abrahám, Sarai thy wife shalt thou not call Sarâi, butOr,
〈◊〉
, or, princesse. Saráh (shalbe) her name.
16 And I wil blesse her, and wil also giue thee a sonne of her, yea, I wil blesse her and she shalbe (the mother) of nations: Kings (also) of people shal come of her.
17 Then Abrahám fel vpon his face, andWhich proceded of a soden ioye, and not of
〈◊〉
. laughed, and said in his heart, Shal a childe be borne vnto him, that is an hundreth yere olde? and shal Saráh that is ninety yere olde beare?
18 And Abrahám said vnto God,
〈◊〉
Oh, thatChap. 18. 10. and
〈◊〉
2. Ishmaél might liue in thy sight.
19 Then God said, *Saráh thy wife shal beare thee a sonne in dede, and thou shalt call his name Izhák: and I wil establish my couenāt with him for anThe
〈◊〉
couenāt is made with the
〈◊〉
of the Spirit: and with the
〈◊〉
of the fleshe is made the tempo ral promes, as was promised to
〈◊〉
. euerlasting couenant, (and) with his sede after him.
20 And as concerning Ishmaél, I haue heard thee: lo, I haue blessed him, and wil make him fruteful, and wil multiplie himEb. greatly
〈◊〉
. exceadingly twelue princes shal he be get, and I wil make a great nacion of him.
21 But my couenant wil I establish with Izhák which Saráh shal beare vnto thee, the next * yere at this season.
22 And he left of talking with him, and GodChap, 21,
〈◊〉
. went vp from Abrahám.
23 ¶ Then Abrahám toke Ishmaél his sonne and all that were borne in his house, and all that was boght with his money, (that is,) euerie man childe among the men of Abrahams house, andThei were wel instructed which obeied to be circumeised without resi stāce: which thīg declareth that masters in their houses ought to be as preachers to their families, that from the hiest to the lowest they may obey the wil of God. he circumcised the foreskinne of their flesh in that self same day, as God had commanded him.
24 Abrahám also him selfe was ninety yere olde and nine, when the foreskinne of his flesh was circumcised.
25 And Ishmaél his sonne was thirtene yere olde, when the foreskinne of his flesh was circumcised.
26 The selfe same day was Abrahám circumci sed, and Ishmaél his sonne:
27 And all the men of his house, (bothe) borne in his house, and boght with money of the stranger, were circumcised with him.
CHAP. XVIII.
3 Abraham receiueth thre Angels into his house. 10. Izhak is promised againe. 12 Sarah laugheth. 18. Christ is promised to all nations. 19 Abraham taught his familie to knowe God. 21 The destruction of Sodom is declared vnto Abraham. 23 Abraham prayeth for them.
1 A Gaine the Lord * appeared vnto him in"Ebr. 13. 2. theOr, oke groue. plaine of Mamré, as he sate in his tent dore about the heate of the day.
2 And he lift vp his eies, and loked: and lo, threThat is, thre Angels in mans shape. men stode by him, and when he sawe (them) he ran to mete them from the tent dore, and bowed him selfe to the grounde.
3 And he said,Speaking to one of them, in whome appeared to be most
〈◊〉
: for he thoght thei had benemen. Lord, if I haue now found fauour in thy sight, go not, I praie thee, from thy seruant.
4 Let a litle water, I pray you, be broght, andFor men vsed because of the great heat to go bare foted in those parties. wash your fete, and rest your selues vnder thetre.
5 And I wil bring a morsel of bread, that you may comfort your heartes, afterwarde ye shal go your waies: for therfore are yeAs sent of God that I shulde do my duetie to you come to your seruant. And they said, Do euen as thou hast said.
6 Then Abrahám made haste into the tent vnto Saráh, and said, Make ready at once threEbr. Seimi measures of fine meale: knede it, and make cakes vpon the herthe.
7 And Abrahám ran to the beastes, and toke a tender and good calfe, and gaue it to the seruant, who hasted to make it ready.
8 And he toke butter and milke, and the calfe which he had prepared, and set before them and stode him selfe bythem vnder the tre, &For as God gaue them bodies for a time, so gaue he them the fa culties thereof, to walke, to eat and drinke, and suche like. thei did eat.
9 ¶ Then thei said to him, Where is Saráh thy wife? And he answered, Beholde, (she is) in the tent.
10 And he said, * I wil certeinly come againe vnto thee according to the timeThat is, when shes halbe deliue red, or when the childe shal come into this life. of life: and lo, Saráh thy wife shal haue a sonne: and SaráhChap. 17. 19 and
〈◊〉
, 2. Rom. 9.
〈◊〉
heard in the tent dore, which was be
hinde him.
11 [Now Abrahám and Saráh (were) olde and stryken in age, (and) it ceased to be with Saráh after the maner of women]
12 Therfore SaráhFor she rather had respect to theordre of nature, thē beleued the premes of God. laughed within her selfe, saying, After I am waxed olde, *and my lord also, shal I haue lust?
13 And the Lord said vnto Abrahám, Wherfore did Saráh thus laugh, saying, Shal I certeinly1. Pet. 3. 6. beare a childe, which am olde?
14 [Shal anie thing be hard to the Lord? at the"Or, hid. time appointed wil I returne vnto thee, (euen) according to the time of life, and Saráh shal haue a sonne.]
15 But Saráh denied, saying, I laughed not: for she was afraied. And he said, It is not so: for thou laughedst.
16 ¶ Afterward the men did rise vp from thēce and loked to ward Sodóm: and Abrahám wēt with them to bring them out the waie.
17 And the
〈◊〉
the Ebre we worde which we call Lord sheweth that this Angel was Christ: for this worde is onely applied to God. Lord said, Shal I hide from Abra ham that thing which I do,
18 Seing that Abrahám shalbe in dede a great and a mightie nacion, and * all the nacions of the earth shal be blessed in him?
19 For I knowe himHe sheweth that fathers oght bothe to knowe Gods iudgemēts and to declare them to their children. that he wil commandeChap. 12. 13. and. 21. 17. his sonnes and his housholde after him, that thei kepe the waie of the Lord, to do righteousnes and iudgement, that the Lord maie bring vpon Abrahám that he hathe spoken vnto him.
20 Then the Lord said, Because the crie of Sodôm and Gomoráh is great, & because their sinne is exceading grieuous,
21 I wilGod speaketh after the facion of men: that is, I wil entre into iudgement with good aduis. go downe now, and se whether thei haue done altogether according to thatFor
〈◊〉
sinnes crie for vengean ce though none accuse vs. crie, which is comevnto me: and if not, (that) I maie knowe.
22 And the men turned thence and went toward Sodôm: but Abrahám stode yet before the Lord.
23 Then Abrahā drewe nere, & said, Wilt thou also destroie the righteous with the wicked?
24 If there be fiftie righteous within the citie, wilt thou destroie ād not spare the place for the fiftie righteous that are therein?
25 Be it farre from thee from doing this thing, to slay the righteous with the wicked: and that the righteous shuld be euen as the wicked, be it farre from thee, shal not the iudge of all the worldeEbr. do iudgement? do right?
26 And the Lord answered, If I shal finde in So domGod declareth that his iudgements were done with great mercie, forasmuche as all were so corrupt, that not onely fiftie, but ten righteous mē colde not be foun de there: and also that the wicked are spared for the righteous sake. fifty righteous within the citie, then wil I spare all the place for their sakes.
27 Then Abrahám answered and said, Beholde now, I haue begonne to speake vnto my Lord, and I amHereby we learne, that the
〈◊〉
we approche vnto God, the more doeth our miserable estate appeare, and the more are we
〈◊〉
. but dust and asihes.
28 If there shal lacke fiue of fiftie righteous, wilt thou destroie all the citie for fiue? And he said, If I finde there fiue and fourty, I wil not destroie it.
29 And he yet spake to him againe, and said, what if there shalbe founde fourtie? Then he answered, I wil not do it for fourties sake.
30 Againe he said, Let not my Lord now be angry that I speake, What if thirtie be founde there? Then he said, I wil not do it, if I finde thirtie there.
31 Moreouer he said, Beholde, now I haue begonne to spake vnto my Lord, What if twen tie be founde there? And he answered, I will not destroie it for twenties sake.
32 Then he said, Let not my Lord be now angrie, and I will speake but thisIf God refused not the prayer for the wicked Sodomites, euen to the sixt request, how much more wil he grāte the praiers of the godlie for the afflicted Churche. once, What if ten be founde there? And he answered, I will destroie it for tens sake.
33 ¶ And the Lord went his waye when he had left communing with Abrahám, and Abrahā returned vnto his place.
CHAP. XIX.
¶ 3 Lot receiueth two Angels into his house. 4 The filthy lustes of the Sodomites. 16 Lot is deliuered 24 Sodom is destroied. 26 Lots wife is made a piller of salt. 33 Lots daughters lye with their father, of whome come Moab and Ammon.
1 ANd in the euening their came two
〈◊〉
we se Gods prouident care in preseruīg his: albeit he reueileth not hym selfe to all a
〈◊〉
for Lot had but two Angels and Abrahám thre. Angels to Sodôm: and Lot sate at the gate of Sodôm, and Lot sawe (them,) and rose vp to mete them, and he bowed him selfe with his face to the grownd.
2 And he said, Se my Lords I praye you turne in now into your seruants house, and tarie all night, and * wash your fete, and yeChap, 18, 4. shall rise vp early and go your waies. Who said, Naie, but we will abide in the strete all night.
3 ThenThat is be praied them so instantly. he preased vpon them earnestly, and they turned into him, and came to his house and he made them a feast, and did bake vnleauened bread, and theyNot for that they had
〈◊〉
, but because the time wasnot yet come that they wolde reuei le themselues. did eat.
4 But before they went to bed, the men of the citie, (euen) the men of Sodôm compassed the house round about from the yong to the olde,Nothīg is more dangerous, thē to dwel where sinne reigneth: for
〈◊〉
corrupteth all al the people from (al) quarters.
5 Who crying vnto Lot said to him, Where are the men, whiche came to thee this night? bring them out vnto vs that we maie know them.
6 Then Lot went out at the dore vnto them, and shut the dore after him.
7 And said, I praie you, my brethren, do not (so) wickedly.
8 Be holde now, I haue twoHe deserueth praise in defending his guestes, but he is to be blamed ī seking vnlauful meanes daughters, which haue not knowen man: then wil I bring out now vnto you, and do to them as semeth you good: onely vnto these men do nothyng
〈◊〉
I shulde preserue thē
〈◊〉
all iniurie. for therefore are they come vnder the shadowe ōf my rofe.
9 Then they said, Awaie hence, and they said He is come alone as a stranger, and shall he iudge and rule? we wil now deale worse with thee then with them. So they preased sore vp ō Lot
〈◊〉
himself, & came to breake the dore2. Pet. 27.
10 But the men put forthe their hand and pulled Lot into the house to them and shut to the dore.
11 * Then they smote the men that were at theWisd. 19.
〈◊〉
dore of the house with blindenes bothe smale and great, so that thei were wearie inEbr. finding. seking the dore.
12 ¶Then the men said vnto Lot, Whome, hast thou yet here? ether sonne in lawe or thy sō
nes, or thy daughters, or whatsoeuer thou hast in the citie, bring it out of this place.
13 For weThis proueth that the Angels are ministers, aswel to execute Gods
〈◊〉
, as to declare hisfauour wil destroie this place, be cause the * crie of them is great before the Lord, and the Lord hathe sent vsto destroie it.
14 Then Lot went out and spake vnto his son nes in lawe, whichOr, shulde
〈◊〉
. maried his daughters, & said, Arise, get you out of this place: for theChap. 18. 20. Lord wil destroie the citie: but he semed to his sonnes in lawe as thogh he had mocked
15 ¶And when the morning arose, the
〈◊〉
hasted Lot, saying, Arise, take thy wife, & thy two daughtersEbr. which are founde. which are here, lest thou be destroied in the punishment of the citie.
16 And (as) heThe mercie of God striueth to ouercome mans
〈◊〉
in following Gods
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. prolonged the time, * the men caught both him and his wife, and his two daughters by the handes [the Lord being mercifull vnto hym] and they broght hym forthe, and set him without the citie.
17 ¶And when they had broght thē out, (theWisd. 10. 6. Angel) said: escape for thy life:He
〈◊〉
hym to flee from Gods iudgements, and not to be sorie to depart frome that riche countrei & ful of vaine pleasures. loke not behinde thee, nether tarie thou in al the plaine escape into the mountaine, lest thou be destroyed.
18 And Lot said vnto them, Not so, I praie thee my Lord.
19 Beholde now, thy seruant hathe founde grace in thy sight, and thou hast magnified thy mercie, whiche thou hast shewed vnto me in sauyng my life: and I can not escape in the mountaine, lest (some) euil take me, & I die.
20 Se now this citie hereby to flee vnto whiche is a litle one: Oh let me escape thither: is it not aThogh it be litle, yet it is greate ynough to saue my life: Wherein he offendeth in chosing another place
〈◊〉
the Aungel had appointed him. litle one, and my soule shall liue?
21 Then he said vnto him, Beholde, I haue receiuedEbr. thy face. thy request also concernyng thys thing, that I will not ouerthrowe this citie, for the whiche thou hast spoken.
22 Haste thee, saue thee there: for I can doBecause Gods commendement was to destroye the citie and to saue Lot. no thing till thou be come thether. Therefore the name of the citie was calledWhich before was called
〈◊〉
. Chap. 14. 2. Zôar.
23 ¶The sunne did rise vpon the earth, when Lot entred into Zôar,
24 Then the Lord * rained vpon Sodôm and vpon Gomoráh brimstone, and fire frō the Lord out of heauen.
25 And ouerthrewe those cities and all theDeut. 29.
〈◊〉
. plaine, and all the inhabitants of the cities,Isai. 13. 19.
〈◊〉
50. 40. and that that grewe vpon the earth.Ezech. 16 49.
26 ¶Now his wife behinde him loked backe
〈◊〉
. 11. 8. and was turned into aAs touching the bodie
〈◊〉
: and this was a notable monument of Gods vengeance to all them that passed that may. piller of salt.
〈◊〉
. 4. 11.
Luk. 7. 29.
27 ¶And Abrahám rising vp early in the morningIude. 7. (went) to the place, where he had stand before the Lord, and loking toward Sodôm and Gomoráh and toward al the land of the plaine.
28 Beholde, he sawe the smoke of the land mounting vp as the smoke of a fornace.
29 ¶But yet when God destroied the cities of the plaine, God thoght vpon Abrahā, and sent Lot out from the middes of the destruction,
〈◊〉
he ouerthrew the cities wherein Lot dwelled.
30 ¶Then Lot went vp from Zôar, and dwelt in the mountaine with his two daughters: for heHauing before felt Gods marcie he durst not prouoke him againe by
〈◊〉
amōg the wicked. feared to tarie in Zóar, but dwelt in a caue, he, and his two daughters.
31 And the elder said vnto the yonger, Our father is olde, and there is not a man in theMeaning, in the countrei, which the Lord had now destroied. earth to come in vnto vs after the maner of all the earth.
32 Come, we wil make our fatherFor except he had bene ouer come with wine he wolde neuer haue done the abominable act. drinke wine, and lye with him, that we maie preserue sede of our father.
33 So thei made their father drinke wine that night, and the elder went and laie with her father: but he perceiued not, nether when shelaie downe, nether when she rose vp.
34 And on the morow the elder said to the yon ger, Beholde, yester night laie I with my father: let vs make him drinke wine this night also, and go thou (and) lye with him, that we maieEbr. kepe aline. preserue sede of our father.
35 So thei made their father drinke wine that night also, and the yonger arose, & laie with him, but he perceiued not, when she laie downe, nether when she rose vp,
36 Thus wereThus God permitted him to fall moste horribly in the solitarie mountaynes whome the wickednes of Sodō colde not ouercome. both the daughters of Lot with childe by their father.
37 And the elder bare a sonne, and she called his name Moáb: the same is the father of theWho as they were
〈◊〉
in moste horrible incest, so were they and their posteritie vile & wicked. Moabites vnto this daie.
38 And the yonger bare a sonne also, and she called his nameThat is, sonne of my
〈◊〉
, that thei rather reioy ced in their
〈◊〉
then repented for the same. Ben-ammi: the same is the father of the Ammonites vnto this daie.
CHAP. XX.
1 Abraham dwelleth as a stranger in the land of Gerar 2 Abimélech taketh awaie his wife. 3 God reproueth the King. 9 And the King, Abraham. 11 Sarah is restored with great giftes. 17 Abraham praieth, and the King and his are healed.
1 AFterwarde Abrahám departed thence toward the South countrie and dwelled betwene Cadésh andWhich was toward Egypt. Shur, and soiourned in Gerár.
2 And-Abrahám said of Saráh his wife,Abrahám had now twise fallen into this
〈◊〉
: suche is mans frailtie. She is my sister. Them Abimélech King of Gerár sent and toke Saráh.
3 But God came to Abimélech in a dreame by night and said to him, Beholde,So greatly God detesteth the bre ache of mariage. thou art but dead, because of the womā, which thou hast taken: for she is a mans wife.
4 [Notwithstanding Abimélech had not yet come nere her] And he said, Lord, wilt thou slaie euenThe infideles confessed
〈◊〉
Godwold not pu nish but for iust occasion: therfore when soeuer he punisheth, the occasion is iust. the righteous nacion?
5 Said not he vnto me, She is my sister? yea, and she her selfe said, He is my brother: with an vprightAs one failing by ignorance, & notdoing
〈◊〉
of purpose. minde, andNot thinking to do any man harme. innocent hands haue I done this.
6 And God said vnto him by a dreame, I knowe that thou did est this euē with an vpright minde, and IGod by his ho lie Spirit
〈◊〉
them that offend by ignorance, that thei fall not into grea ter
〈◊〉
ce. kept thee also that thou shuldest not sinne against me: therfore suffred I thee not to touche her.
7 Now then deliuer the man his wife againe: for he is aThat is, one to whome God reueileth him self familiarly. Prophet, and heFor the prayer of the godlie is of force towards God. shal praye for thee that thou mayestliue: butif thou deliuer
her not againe, be sure that thou shalt die the death, thou, and all that thou hast.
8 Then Abimélech rising vp early in the morning called all his seruantes, & tolde all these thyngesEbr, in their ea res vnto them, and the men were sore afraide.
9 Afterward Abimélech called Abrahám, and said vnto him, What hast thou done vnto vs? & what haue I offended thee, that thou hast broght on me and on myThe wickednes of the King bringeth Gods wrath vpon the whole realine. kingdome (this) great sinne? thou hast done things vnto me that ought not to be done.
10 So Abimélech said vnto Abrahám, What sawest thou that thou hast done this thing?
11 Then Abrahám answered, Because I thoght (thus,) Surely theHe sheweth that no
〈◊〉
can be
〈◊〉
for where the feare of God is not, feare of God (is) not in this place, and they wil slay me for my wiues sake.
12 Yet in very dede she is myBy sister, he meaneth his cosin germain, and by daughter,
〈◊〉
nece: for to the
〈◊〉
vse these
〈◊〉
des. sister: for she is the daughter of my father, but not the daugh ter of my mother, and she is my wife.
13 Now when God caused me to wandre out of my fathers house, I said them to her, This is thy kindenes that thou shalt shewe vnto me in all places where we come, * Say thouChap. 12.
〈◊〉
of me, He is my brother.
14 Then toke Abimélech shepe and beues ād men seruantes, and women seruantes, and gaue them vnto Abrahám, and restored him Saráh his wife.
15 And Abimélech said, Behold, my land (is)Or, is at thy
〈◊〉
. before thee: dwel where it pleaseth thee.
16 Likewise to Sarâh he said, Beholde, I haue giuen thy brother a thousand peces of siluer beholde, he is theSuch an head, as with whome thou
〈◊〉
be
〈◊〉
from all dangers. vaile of thine eies to all that are with thee, and to all (others:) and she wasGod caused this
〈◊〉
king to reproue her, because she dissembled,
〈◊〉
God had giuen her a hous
〈◊〉
as her vaile and defense. thus reproued.
17 ¶Thē Abrahàm praied vnto God, and God healed Abimélech, and his wife, & his maid seruants: and they bare children.
18 For the LordHad taken away from them the gift of conceiuing. had shut vp euerie wombe of the house of Abimélech, because of Saráh Abrahams wife.
CHAP. XXI.
2 Izhak is borne. 9 Ishmaél mocketh Izhik. 14 Hagaris cast out with her sonne. 17 The Angel comforteth Hagar. 22 The couenant betwene Abimélech & Abraham.
1 NOw the Lord visited Saráh, as he had saidCha. 17. 19. & 18. 10 and did vnto her * according as he hadAct. 7. 8. promised.Gal. 4 23.
2 For * Saráh conceiued, and bare Abrahám aEbr.
〈◊〉
. 11. sonne in hisTherefore the miracle was greater. olde age, at the same seasō that God tolde him.
3 And Abrahám called his sonnes name that was borne vnto him, which Saráh bare him, Izhák.
4 Then Abrahám circumcised Izhák his sonne, when he was eight daies olde, * as GodChap. 17. 12. had commanded him.
5 So Abrahám was an hūdreth yere olde, whē his sonne Izhák was borne vnto him.
6 ¶Then Saráh said, God hathe made me to re ioyce: all that heare wil reioyce with me.
7 Againe she said,She
〈◊〉
herselfe of ingra
〈◊〉
that she did not
〈◊〉
the Angel. Who wolde haue said to Abrahám, that Saráh shulde haue giuen children sucke? for I haue borne him a sonne in his olde age.
8 Then the childe grewe and was weaned: and Abrahám made a great feast the same day that Izhák was weaned.
9 ¶And Saráh sawe the sonne of Hagár the Egyptian [which she had borne vnto Abraham]He derided Gods promes made to
〈◊〉
, which the Apost le, calleth
〈◊〉
. mocking.
10 Wherefore she said vnto Abrahám, Cast out this bond woman and her sonne: for the sonne of this bond womā shal not be heire with my sonne Izhák.
〈◊〉
. 4
〈◊〉
.
11 And this thing was very grieuous in Abrahams sight, because of his sonne.
12 ¶But God said vnto Abrahám, Let it not be grieuous in thy sight for the childe, and for thy bond woman: in all that Saráh shal saie vnto thee, heare her voyce for in Izhák shal thy sede beThe promised sede shalbe coun ted from Izhák and not from Ishmaél. called.
13 As for the sonne of the bond womā, I wil ma ke himThe Ishmaelites shal come of him. a naciō, also, because he is thy sede.
14 So Abrahám arose vp early in the morningRom. 9 7. and toke bread, and a bottel of water, andEbr, 11. 18. gaue it vnto Hagár, putting it on her shulder and the childe (also,) andTrue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
all
〈◊〉
ral
〈◊〉
to obey Gods commandement. sent her away: who departing wandred in the wildernes of Beer-shéba.
15 And when the water of the bottelwas spent she cast the childe vnder a certeinetre.
16 Then she went and sate her ouer against (him) a farre of about a bowe shote: for she said I wil not se the death of the childe, and she sate downe ouer against (him,) and lift vp her voyce and wept.
17 Then GodFor his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
made to Abrahám, and not because the childehad discrerion and iudgement to pray. heard the voyce of the childe, and the Angel of God called to Hagár from heauen, and said vnto her, What aileth thee Hagár? feare not, for God hathe heard the voyce of the childe where he is.
18 Arise, take vp the childe, and holde him in thine hand: for I wil make of him a great people.
19 And GodExcept God open our eies, we can
〈◊〉
, nor vse the meanes which are before vs. opened her eies, and she sawe a well of water so she went and filled the bottel with water, and gaue the boye drinke.
20 So God wasAs touching outwarde things God can sed him to
〈◊〉
. with the childe and he grewe and dwelt in the wildernes, and was anOr, slot in the bowe and was an hunter. archer.
21 And he dwelt in the wildernes of Parán, and his mother toke him a wife out of the land of Egypt.
22 ¶And at that same time Abimélech and Phichôl his chief captaine spake vnto Abra hám, saying, God (is) with thee in all that thou doest.
23 Now therefore sweare vnto me here by God, that thou wilt not
〈◊〉
. deale falsly with me, or lye. hurt me, nor my children, nor my childrens children: thou shalt deale with me, and with the countrie, where thou hast bene a stranger, according vnto the kindenes that I haue shewed thee.
24 Then Abrahám said, I wilSo that it is a lauful thing to ta ke an othe in matters of importance, for to iustifie the
〈◊〉
and to assure others of our siucericie. sweare.
25 And Abrahám rebuked Abimélech for a well of water, which Abimelechs seruants had violently taken away.
26 And Abimélech said,Wicked
〈◊〉
do many euils vnknowen to their masters. I knowe not who hathe done this thing: also thou toldest me not, nether heard I (of it) but this daie.
27 Then Abrahám toke shepe, and beues, and gaue them vnto Abimélech: and they two made a couenant.
28 And Abraham set seuen lambes of the flocke by themselues.
29 Then Abimélech said vnto Abrahám, What meane these seuen lambes, which thou hast set by themselues?
30 And he answered, Because thou shalt receiue of mine hand (these) seuen lambes, that it may be a witnes vnto me, that I haue digged this well.
31 Wherefore the place is called
〈◊〉
, well of the
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
, of seuen meaning
〈◊〉
. Beer-shéba, because there thei bothe sware.
32 Thus made they aThus we se that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, as touching out
〈◊〉
things, may make peace with the wickid that knewe not the true God couenant at Beershéba
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and Phichôl his chief captaine rose vp, and turned againe vnto the land of the Philistims.
33 ¶ And Abrahám planted a groue in Beershé ba, andThat is, he worshiped God in all points of
〈◊〉
religion. called there on the Name of the Lord, the euerlasting God.
34 And Abrahám was a strâger in the Philistims land a long season.
CHAP. XXII.
1. 2. The faith of
〈◊〉
is proued in offring his sonne Izhák. 8. Izhák is a figure of Christ. 20 The generacion of Nahór Abrahams brother, of whome commeth
〈◊〉
.
1 ANd after these things God did * proue
〈◊〉
. 11. 17. Abrahám, and said vnto him, Abrahám. Who answered,
〈◊〉
. Lo, 1. Here am I.
2 And he said, Take now thine onely sonne Izhák whome thou louest, and get thee vnto the lande ofWhich
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
feare of god, in the which place he was ho nored: and Salomon afterward
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
. Moriáh, andHerein
〈◊〉
the chiefest point of his tentation, seing he was cō
manded to offre vp him in whome God had pro mised to blesse all the
〈◊〉
of the worlde. offre him there for a burnt offring vpon one of the mountai nes, which I wil she we thee.
3 Then Abrahám rose vp early in the morning, and sadled his asse, and toke two of his seruants with him, and Izhák his sonne, and cloue wood for the burnt offring, and rose vp and went to the place, which God had tolde him.
4 ¶ Then the third day Abrahám lift vp his eies, and sawe
〈◊〉
place a farre of,
5 And
〈◊〉
vnto his
〈◊〉
, Abide you here with the asse: for I and the childe wil go yonc He
〈◊〉
not but God wolde accomplish his
〈◊〉
thogh he shulde sacrifice
〈◊〉
sonne. der and worship, & come againe vnto you.
6 Then Abraham toke the wood of the burnt offring, and laied it vpon Izhák his sonne, & he toke the fire in his hand, and the knife: and they went bothe together.
7 Then spake Izhák vnto Abrahám his father, and said, My father. And he answered, Here am I, my sonne. And he said, Beholde the fire and the wood, but where is the lambe for the burnt offring?
8 Then Abrahám answered, My sonne, God wilThe
〈◊〉
way to ouercome all tentations is to rest vpon Gods prouidence. prouide him a lābe for a burnt offring: so they went bothe together.
9 When they came to the place which God had shewed him, Abraham buylded an altar there, and couched the wood, andFor it is like that his father had declared to
〈◊〉
Gods command
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
he shewed him self
〈◊〉
. bound Izhák his sonne * and laied him on the altar vpon the wood.
10 And Abrahám stretching forthe his hand, toke the knife to kil his sonne.I am. 2. 21.
11 But the Angel of the Lord called vnto him from heauen, saying, Abrahám, Abrahám. And he answered, Here am I.
12 Then he said, Lay not thine hand vpon the childe, nether do anie thing vnto him: for now IThat is, by thy
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thou hast declared thy liuelie faith. knowe that thou fearest God, seing for my sakeOr, and hast not with holden thine onelie sonne from me. thou hast not spared thine one ly sonne.
13 And Abrahám lifting vp his eies, loked: and beholde, there was a ram behinde (him) caught by the hornes in a bushe, then Abraham went and toke the ram & offred him vp for a burnt offring in the stede of his sonne.
14 And Abrahám called the name of that placeOr, The Lord wil se, or prouide. Iehouáh-iireh, as it is said this day, In the mount wil the LordThe name is changed, to shewe that God do the both se & prouide
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for his, and also
〈◊〉
is sene and felt in time
〈◊〉
. be sene.
15 ¶ And the Angel of the Lord cryed vnto Abrahám from heauen the seconde time,
16 And said, By
〈◊〉
, that there is no greater them he. my selfe haue I sworne [saith the Lord] because thou hast done this thing, and hast not spared thine onely sonne,
17 Therefore wil I surely blesse thee, and wil greatly multiplie thysede, as the starres of the heauen, and as the sande which is vpon the seashore, and thy sede shal possesse theOr, holdes. gate of his ennemies.Chap. 12. 3 & 18. 18
18 * And in thy sede shal all the nacions of theEccl. 44. 25.
Act. 3. 25. earth be blessed, because thou hast obeiedGal. 3. 8. my voyce.
19 Then turned Abrahám againe vnto his seruants, and they rose vp and went together to Beer-shéba: and Abrahám dwelt at Beershéba.
20 ¶ And after these things one tolde Abrahā, saying, Beholde Milcàh, she hathe also borne children vnto thy brother Nahôr:
21 (To wit,) Vz his eldest sonne, & Buz his brother, and Kemuél
〈◊〉
father ofOr, of the Syrians. Arám,
22 And Chésed and Hazon, and Pildásh, and Iidláph, and Bethuél.
23 And Bethuél begate Rebekáh: these eight did Milcáh beare to Nahôr Abrahams brother.
24 And hisConcubine is often times taken in the good parte for those women which were inferior to the wiues. concubine called Reumáh, she bare also Tébah and Gáhan and Tháhash & Maacháh.
CHAP. XXIII.
2, Abrahám lamenteth the death of Saráh. 4 He bieth a field, to bury her, of the Hittites. 13 The equitie of Abra hám. 19 Saráh is buryed in Machpelah.
1 WHen Saráh was an hundreth twenty and seuen yere olde [Ebr. the yeres of the life of
〈◊〉
. so long liued she.]
2 Then Saráh dyed in Kiriath-arbá: the same is Hebrón in the land of Canáan, and Abraham came to mourne for Saráh and to wepe for her.
3 ¶ Then AbrahámThat is when he had mourned so the godlie may
〈◊〉
, if they passe not measure: and the natural affections is commendable. rose vp from the sight of his corps, and talked with theEbr. sonnes of Hethe. Hitties saying
4 I am a stranger, and a foriner among you, giue
me a possession of buryal with you, that I may bury my dead out of my sight.
5 Then the Hittites aunswered Abraham, saying vnto him.
6 Heare vs, my Lord: thou art a princeThat is, godlie or excellent for the Ebrewes so speake of all thinges that are notable, because all excellencie co
〈◊〉
of God. of God amonge vs: in the chiefest of our sepulchres bury thy dead: none of vs shall forbid thee his sepulchre, but thou mayest bury thy dead (therein.)
7 Then Abraham stode vp, and bowed hym selfe before the people of the lande of the Hittites.
8 And he communed with them, saying, If it beEbr. is your soule. your mynde, that I shall bury my dead out of my sight, heare me, and intreat for me to Ephron the sonne of Zohar.
9 That he wolde giue me the caueOr, double caue, because one was within an other. of Machpelah, which he hathe in the end of his field: that he wolde giue it me for as mucheEbr. Vnfull siluer. money as it is worthe, for a possession to bury in among you.
10 [For Ephron dwelt among the Hittites] thē Ephron the Hittite aunswered Abraham in the audience of all the Hittites thatMeanynge, all the citizens and inhabitants. went in at the gates of his citie, saying.
11 No, my Lord, heare me: the field giue I thee, and the caue, that therein is, I giue it thee: (euen) in the presence of the sonnes of my people giue I it thee, to bury thy dead.
12 Then AbrahamTo shewe that he had them in good estimacion and reuerence. bowed hym selfe before the people of the land.
13 And spake vnto Ephron in the audience of the people of the countrey, saying, Seyng thou (wilt giue it,) I praye thee, heare me, I will giue the price of the field: receyue it of me, and I wil bury my dead there.
14 Ephron then aunswered Abraham, saying vnto him.
15 My Lorde, hearken vnto me: the lande (is worthe) foure hundrethThe commen shekel is
〈◊〉
20. pēce, so them 400. shekels mount to 33. li. 6. shill, and 8. pēce, after 5. shil. sterl. the once. shekels of siluer: what (is) that betwene me & thee? bury therfore thy dead.
16 So Abraham heark ened vnto Ephron, and Abraham weyed to Ephron the siluer, which he had named, in the audience of the Hittites, (euen) foure hundreth siluer shekels of currant money among marchantes.
17 ¶ So the field of Ephrō (which was) in Mach pelah, and ouer agaynste Mamré, (euen) the field ād the caue that was therein, and all the trees that were in the field, which were in all the borders round about, was made sure.
18 Vnto Abraham for a possession, in the sight of the Hittites, (euen) of all that
〈◊〉
, citizens. went in at the gates of his citie.
19 And after thys, Abraham buryed Sarah hys wyfe in the caue of the field of Machpelah ouer agaynste Mamré: the same is Hebron in the land of Canaan.
20 Thus bothe the field and the caue, that is therein, was made sure vnto Abraham for a possession of buryalThat is, all the people
〈◊〉
the sale. by the Hittites.
CHAP. XXIIII.
2 Abraham causeth his seruant to sweare to take a wife for Izhak in his owne kinred. 12 The seruāt prayeth to God. 34 His fidelitie towarde his master. 50 The friendes of Rebekah commit the matter to God. 58 They aske her consent and she agreeth. 67 And is maryed to Izhak.
1 NOw Abraham was olde, (and)Ebr. come into dayes. striken in yeres, and the Lord had blessed Abraham in all things.
2 Therefore Abraham said vnto hys eldest seruant of his house, whiche had the rule ouer all that he had, *VVhiche
〈◊〉
dec ared the seruants obedience towardes his master, and the masters power ouer the seruant. Put nowe thine hande vnder my thygh.Chap. 47. 29.
3 And I will make theeThis
〈◊〉
that an othe may be required in a lawful cause. sweare by the Lorde God of the heauen, and God of the earth, that thou shalte not take a wyfe vnto my sonne of the daughters of the Cananites among whome I dwel.
4 But thou shalte go vnto myHe Wolde not that is sonne shulde mary out of the
〈◊〉
familie: for the inconuenients that come by marying with the vngodlie are set for the in sondrie places of the Scri ptures. countrie, and to my kynred, and take a wife vnto my sonne Izhak.
5 And the seruant sayd to hym, What if the wo man wyll not come with me to this land? shal I bring thy sonne againe vnto the land from whence thou camest?
6 To whome Abraham answered, Beware that thou bring not my sonneLest he shulde lose the inheritā
ce promised. thether againe.
7 ¶ The Lorde God of heauen, who toke me from my fathers house, and frome the lande where I was borne, and that spake vnto me, and that sweare vnto me, saying, * Vnto thy sede wyl I giue this land, he shal send his Angell before thee, and thou shalt take a wyfeChap. 12. 7. and
〈◊〉
. 15 and 15. 18. and 26, 4. vnto my sonne from thence.
8 Neuertheles if the woman will not followe thee, then shalt thoubeEbr. innocent. discharged of this mine othe: onely bring not my sonne thether agayne.
9 Then the seruaunt put hys hande vnder the thygh of Abraham hys master, and sware to him for this matter.
10 ¶ So the seruaunt toke ten camels of the camels of hys master, and departed: for he (had) all his masters goods in his hande, and so he arose, and went toOr,
〈◊〉
, or Syria of the two floods: to wit: of Tygris and Euphrates. Aram Naharaim, vn to theThat is, to Charan. citie of Nahor.
11 And he made his camels toEbr. to bowe their knees. lie downe with out the citie by a well of water, at euen aboute the tyme that women come out to drawe water.
12 And he said, OHe groundeth his prayer vpon Goddes promes made to hysmaster. Lord God of my master Abra hā, I beseche thee,Or, cause me to
〈◊〉
. send me good spede this day, & shewe mercie vnto my master Abrahā
13 Lo, I stande by the well of water, whiles the mens daughters of thys citie come oute to drawe water.
14 The seruāt moued by Gods Spi rit desired to be assured by a signe, whether GOD prospered
〈◊〉
iourney
〈◊〉
no. Graunt that the maide, to whome I saye, Bowe downe thy pitcher, I pray thee, that I may drinke: if she say, Drinke, and I wil giue thy camels drinke also: may be she that thou hast ordeined for thy seruant Izhak: and ther by shall I knowe that thou hast she wed mercie on my master.
15 ¶ Nowe yet he had left speak yng, beholde,GOD giueth good successe to al things that are vnder taken for the glorie of his Name and according to his word Rebekah came out, the daughter of Bethuél, sonne of Milcah the wyfe of Nahor Abrahams brother, and her pitcher vppon her shulder.
16 [And the maide was very faire to loke vppon, a virgine and vnknowen of man] and sheHere is declared that GOD euer heareth the pray ers of hys, and granteth their re questes. went downe to the well, and filled her pitcher, and came vp.
17 Then the seruant ran to mete her, and sayd, Let me drincke, I praye thee a litle water of thy pitcher.
18 And she said, DrinkeEb my Lorde. syr: and she hasted, ād let downe her pitcher vp ō her hand and gaue him drinke.
19 And when the had giuen hym drinke, she said, I wil drawe water for thy camels also vn til theyEbt. haue made a end of drynkyng. haue dronken ynough.
20 And she poured out her pitcher into the trogh spedelye, and ranne agayne vnto the well to drawe water, and she drewe for all his camels.
21 So the man wondred at her, and helde hys peace, to wit, whether the Lorde had made his iourney prosperous or not.
22 And when the camels had left drinking the man toke a goldenOr, earing.
God permitted manie thynges both in apparell and other things which are no We forbid: specially When they apper teine not to our
〈◊〉
. abillement ofThe golden she kel is here ment and not that of
〈◊〉
. halfe a (shekel) weight, ād two bracelettes for her hands, of ten shekels weight of golde.
23 And he sayd, Whose daughter art thou? tell me, I praye thee, Is there roume in thy Fathers house for vs to lodge in?
24 Then she said to hym, I am the daughter of Bethuél the sonne of Milcáh whom she bare vnto Nahôr.
25 Moreouer she said vnto hym, We haue lytter also and prouander ynough, and roume to lodge in.
26 And the man bowed him selfe and worship ped the Lord.
27 And sayd, Blessed (be) the Lorde God of my master Abrahâm, which hath not with drawen his mercieHe boasteth not his good fortune (as do the Wicked) but acknollageth that God hathe dealt mercifully with his master in keping promes. and his trueth from my master: (for) when I was in the waye, the Lorde broght me to my masters brethrens house.
28 And the maide ran and told them of her mo thers house according to these wordes.
29 ¶Now Rebek áh had a brother called Labán, and Labán ran vnto the man to the wel.
30 For when he had sene the earynges and the bracelettes in his sisters hands, and when he heard the wordes of Rebekáh his sister, saying, Thus sayd the man vnto me, then he went to the man, and loFor he Waited on Gods hande, Who had no We heard his
〈◊〉
. he stode by the camels at the well.
31 And he sayd, come in thou blessed of the Lorde wherfore standest thou without, seing I haue prepared the house, and roume for the camels.
32 ¶Thē the mā came into the house, andTo Wit, Laban. he vnsadeled theThe gentle incerteinement of strangers vsed among the
〈◊〉
fathers. camels and broght litter and prouander for the camels, ād water to washe his fete, & the mēs fete that were with him.
33 Afterward the meat was set before him: but he sayd, IThe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
o We to their ma sters,
〈◊〉
thē to preferre their masters busines to their owne necessitie. will not eat, vntill I haue sayd my message: And he said, Speake on.
34 Then he said, I am Abrahams seruant.
35 And the Lord hathTo blesse
〈◊〉
here to enriche; or encrease with substance, as the text in the same verse decla
〈◊〉
. blessed my master wonderfully, that he is become great: for he hath giuen him shepe, and beues, and siluer, and golde, and men, seruantes, and maide seruantes, and camels, and asses.
36 And Saráh my masters wife hathe borne a sonne to my master, when she was olde, and vnto him hathe he giuen all that he hathe.
37 Nowe my master made me sweare, saying, Thou shalte not take a wife to my sonne of the daughters of theThe Canaanites were
〈◊〉
& therfore the god, lie colde not ioy ne with them in mariage. Canaanites, in whose land I dwel:
38 But thou shalt go vnto myMeaning amōg his kinse folkes, as ver. 40. fathers house & to my kynred, & take a wife vnto my sonne.
39 Then I said vnto my master, What if the wo man wil not followe me?
40 Who aunswered me, The Lorde, before whom I walke, wil send his Angel with thee, and prosper thy iourney, and thou shalt take a wife for my sonne of my kindred ād my fathers house.
41 Then shalt thou be discharged ofVVhiche by mine autoritie I caused thee to make. mine othe, when thou commest to my kinred: and if they giue thee not one, thou shalte be fre from mine othe.
42 So I came this daye to the well, and sayd, O Lord, the God of my master Abrahā, if thou now prosper myOr,
〈◊〉
. iourney which I go.
43 Beholde, *I stand by the wel of water: whenVerse
〈◊〉
. a virgine commeth forthe to drawe water, and I saie to her, Giue me, I praye thee, a litle water of thy pitcher to drinke.
44 And she saye to me, Drinke thou, and I will also drawe for thy camels, let her be the wife, whiche the Lorde hatheOr,
〈◊〉
prepared for my masters sonne.
45 And before I had made an end of speaking in myneSignifiyng that this
〈◊〉
was not spoken by the
〈◊〉
, but
〈◊〉
meditate in his heart. hearte, beholde, Rebekáh came forthe, and her pitcher on her shuldre, and she went downe vnto the well, and drewe wa ter. Then I sayd vnto her, Giue me drinke, I praye thee.
46 And she made haste, and toke downe her pitcher from her (shulder,) ād said, Drinke, and I will giue thy camels drynke also. So I dranke, ād she gaue the camels drinke also.
47 Then I asked her, and said, Whose daughter art thou? And she aunswered, The daughter of Bethuél Nahors sonne, whome Milcáh bare vnto hym. Then I put the abillement vpon her face, and the bracelettes vppon her handes:
48 He she weth what is our duetie, when we haue receiued anie benefite of the Lord.And I bowed downe and worshipped the Lorde, and blessed the Lord God of my master Abrahám, whiche had broght me theEbr. in the way of trueth. ryght waye to take my masters brothers daughter vnto his sonne.
49 Now therefore, if ye will dealeYf you frely and faythfully gyue your daughter to my masters sonne. mercifully and truely with my master, tel me: and if not, tel me that I may turne me to theThat is, that I may prouide els where. right hād or to the left.
50 Thē answered Labán & Bethuél, said,So sone as they
〈◊〉
that it is Gods ordinan ce they yelde. this thing is proceded of the Lord: we cā not ther fore say vnto thee, (nether) euil nor good.
51 Beholde, Rebekáh (is)Or, as thy
〈◊〉
mandement. before thee, take (her) & go, that she may be thy masters sonnes wife, euen as the Lord hatheOr,
〈◊〉
. said.
52 And when Abrahams seruaunt heard their
wordes, he bowed him selfe towarde the earth vnto the Lord.
53 Then the seruāt toke forth iewels of siluer, and iewels of golde, and raiment, and gaue to Rebekáh: also vnto her brother & to her mother he gaue giftes.
54 Afterwarde they did eat & drinke, (bothe) he, and the men that were with him, & taried all night, and when they rose vp in the morning, he said, *Let me departe vnto my master.Vers. 56. & 59.
55 Then her brother and her mother answered, Let the maide abide with vs, at the leastEbr. dayes, or ten. ten dayes: then shal she go.
56 But he said vnto them, Hindre you me not, seing the Lord hath prospered my iourney: send me away, that I may go to my master.
57 Then they said, We will call the maide, and askeThis sheweth that
〈◊〉
haue not autoritie to mary their children without cō
〈◊〉
of the parties herEbr. her mouth consent.
58
〈◊〉
they called Rebekáh, and said vnto her, Wilt thou go with this man? And she answered, I wil go.
59 So they let Rebekâh their sister go, and her nourse, with Abrahams seruant and his men.
60 And they blessed Rebekáh, and said vnto her, Thou art our sister, grow into thousand thousandes, and thy sede possesse theThat is, let it be
〈◊〉
ouer his enemies: whi che blessing is, fully
〈◊〉
in Iesus Christ. gate of his enemies.
61 ¶ Then Rebekâh arose, and her maides, & rode vpon the camels, and followed the mā and the seruant toke Rebekáh, & departed
62 Now Izhák came from the way of * Beér-lahái-roi,Chap. 16. 14. and
〈◊〉
. 10. [for he dwelt in the South coūtrey]
63 And Izhák went out toThis was the exercise of the godlie fathers to meditate Gods promises and to pray for the accō
〈◊〉
: thereof pray in the field toward the euening: who lift vp his eies and loked, and beholde, the camels came.
64 Also Rebekáh lift vp her eyes, and when she sawe Izhák, she lighted downe from the camel.
65 [For she had said to the seruant, Who is yonder mā, that cōmeth in the field to mete vs? And the seruant had said, It is my master] So she tokeThe custome was, that the spouse was brogh to her housband, her head beyng couered in token of
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
, a vaile and couered her.
66 And the seruant tolde Izhák all thyngs, that he had done.
67 Afterward Izhák broght her into the tent of Saráh his mother, & he toke Rebekáh, & she was his wife, and he loued her: so Izhák wasOr, had left
〈◊〉
for his mother, comforted after his mothers (death.)
CHAP. XXV.
1 Abrahám taketh Keturáh to wife, & getteth many children. 6 Abrahám giueth al his goods to Izhák. 12 The genealogie of I
〈◊〉
. 25 The birth of Iaakób & Esau. 30 Esau selleth his birth right for a messe of potage.
1 NOW Abrahám had takenWhiles Sarāh was yet aliue. him another wife called
〈◊〉
.
2 Which bare him Zimrán, and Iokshán, and Medán, and Mideán, and Ishbák, & Shúah.
3 And Iokshán begate Shebá and Dedán *1,
〈◊〉
. 32. And the sonnes of Dedán were Asshurim, & Letushim, and Leummim.
4 Also the sonnes of Mideán (were) Epháh, & Ephér, & Hanóch, & Abidá, and Eldáah, all these were the sonnes of Keturáh.
5 ¶ And Abrahám gaueEbr. all that he had. all his goods to Izhák.
6 But vnto theFor by the ver
〈◊〉
of Gods word he had not onely Izháh, but begat many mo. sonnes of theReade. Chap. 22. 24. concubines, whiche Abrahám had, AbrahámTo
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
that els might haue come because of the heritage. gaue giftes, and sent them a way from Izhák his sonne [while he yet liued] East ward to the East countrey.
7 And this is the age of Abrahams life, whiche he liued, an hundreth seuenty and fiue yere.
8 Thē Abrahám yelded the spirit, and dyed in a good age, an olde man, and of great yeres, and wasHereby the An
〈◊〉
signified that man by death pe rished not wholy: but as the sou les of the godlie liued after in per petualioye, so the soules of the wicked in
〈◊〉
peine. gathered to his people.
9 And his sonnes, Izhák and Ishmaél buryed him in the caue of Machpeláh in the field of Ephrôn sonne of Zóhar the Hittite, before Mamré.
10 Which field Abrahám boght of the Hittites, where Abrahám was buryed with Saráh his wife.
11 ¶ And after the death of Abrahá God blessedChap. 6 24. and 24. 62. Izhák his sonne, * and Izhák dwelt by Beér-lahái-roi.
12 ¶ Now these are the generaciōs of Ishmaél Abrahams sonne, whom Hagár the Egiptiā Sarahs hand maide bare vnto Abrahám.
13 * And these are the names of the sonnes of1. Chro. 1, 19. Ishmaél, name by name, accordyng to their kinreds: theEbr.
〈◊〉
borne. eldest sonne of Ishmaél (was) Nebaiôth, then Kedár, and
〈◊〉
, and Mibsám.
14 And Mishmá, and Dumáh, and Massâ.
15 Hadár, and Temá, Ietúr, Naphish, and Kédemah.
16 These are the sonnes of Ishmaél, and these are their names, by their townes and by their castels: (to wit) twelue princes of their nations.
17 [And these are the yeres of the life of Ishmaél, an hundreth thirti and seuen yere, and he yelded the spirit, and dyed, and was gathe red vnto hisWhiche dwelt among the Arabians, and were separat from the blessed sede. people]
18 And they dwelt from Hauiláh vnto Shur, that is to wardes Egypt, as thou goest to Asshúr, (Ishmaél) dweltHe meaneth
〈◊〉
his lot fel to dwel among his brethren, as the Angel promised Chap. 16 12. in the presence of all his brethren."Or, his let fel.
19 ¶ Like wise these are the generacions of Izhák Abrahams sonne. Abrahám begate Izhák.
20 And Izhák was fourty yere olde, when he toke Rebekáh to wife, the daughter of Bethuél theOr, Syrian of Mesopotamia. Aramite of Padán Arám, (and) sister to Labán the Aramite.
21 And Izhak prayed vnto the Lorde for hys wife, because she was baren, and the Lord was intreated of him, and Rebekáh his wife conceiued.
22 But the childrenOr, hurt one
〈◊〉
other. stroue together within her: therefore she said, Seing (it is) so, why amThat is, with childe, seing one shal destroye ano ther. I thus? wherfore she wētFor that is the onely refuge in all our miseries. to aske the Lord
23 And the Lord said to her, two nations (are) in thy wombe, & two maner of people shalbe deuided out of thy bowels, and the one people shalbe mightier then the other, andRom. 9. 10. the * elder shal serue the yonger.
24 ¶ Therefore when her time of deliuerance was fulfilled,
〈◊〉
, twines (were) in her wombe.
25 So he that came out first was red, and he was all ouer as a rough garment, & they called his name Esáu.
26 * And afterwarde came his brother out, &Eze. 12. 3. his hand held Esáu by the hele: thereforeMat. 1. 2. his name was called Iaak ôb. Now Izhák was thre score yere olde when (Rebekáh) bare them.
27 And the boyes grewe, and Esáu (was) a cun ning hunter, and
〈◊〉
. a man of the held. liued in the fields: but Iaakôb was aOr, simple and innocent, plaine man, and dwelt in tentes
28 And Izhák loued Esáu, forEbr. venison in his mouthe. venison (was) his meat, but Rebek áh loued Iaak ôb.
29 Now Iaakôh sodde pottage, ād Esáu came from the field and was
〈◊〉
.
30 Then Esáu said to Iaak ôb,Or, fede me quickely. Let me eat, I pray thee, of that (pottage) so red, for I am weary. Therfore was his name called Edôm.
31 And Iaakôb said, Sel me euen now thy birth right.
32 And Esáu said, Lo, I am almost dead, what (is) then thisThe reprobat esteme not Gods benefites except they fele thē pre
〈◊〉
, and therefore
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
pleasures birthright to me?
33 Iaakôb then said, Sweare to me euen now. And he sware to him, * andThus the
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
cōmo
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
i
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
: but the children of God do the coun trary. solde his birthright vnto Iaakôb.
34 Then Iaakôb gaue Esáu bread and pottage of lentiles: and he did eat and drinke and rose vp, and went his way: So Esáu contemned (his) birthright.
CHAP. XXVI.
1 God prouideth for Izhák in the famine. 3 He renueth his promes. 9 The king blameth him for denying his wife. 14 The Philistims hate him for his riches. 15
〈◊〉
his welles. 16 And driue him away. 24 God comforteth him 31 He maketh alliance with Abimélech.
1 ANd there was a famine in theIn the land of Canán. land besides the first famine that was in the dayes of Abrahám, Wherefore Izhák went to
〈◊〉
King of the Philistims vnto
〈◊〉
.
2 For the Lord appeared vnto him, and said,Gods
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
watched to direct the Wayes of his chil dren. Go not downe into Egypt, (but) abide in the land which I shal shewe vnto thee.
3 Dwel in thisland, and I wil be with thee, and wil blesse thee: for to thee, and to thy sede IChap. 13. 15. & 15. 18 wil giue all these * countreis: and I will performe the othe whiche I
〈◊〉
vnto Abrahā thy father.
4 Also I wil cause thy
〈◊〉
to multiplie as the starres of heauen, and wil giue vnto thy sede al these countreis: and in thy sede shal al theChap. 123. &
〈◊〉
. 18. & 22. 19. & 21. 14 nacions of the earth be * Blessed.
5 Because that AbrahámHe
〈◊〉
Abrahās obediē
ce because Izhak shuld be the
〈◊〉
readie to follow the
〈◊〉
: for as God made this promes of his fre mercie, so doeth the confirmation thereof procede of the same foun
〈◊〉
. obeied my voyce and kept mineEbr. my keping ordinance, my commandementes, my statutes, and my Lawes.
6 ¶ So Izhák dwelt in Gerár.
7 And the men of the place asked (him) of his wife, and he said, She is my sister: for heWhereby we se that feare and distrust is found in the most faith full. feared to say, She is my wife, lest, (said he,) the men of the place shulde kill me, because of Rebekáh: for she was beautiful to the eie.
8 So after he had bene there long time, Abimélech King of the Philistims loked out at a windowe, and lo, he sawe IzhákOr shewyng some familiar signe of loue
〈◊〉
by it might be knowen that she was his wife. sportyng with Rebekáh his wife.
9 Then Abimélech called Izhák, and said, Lo, she is of a suretie thy wife, and why saidest thou, She is my sister? To whome Izhák answered, Because I thoght (this,) It maie be that I shal die for her.
10 Then Abimélech said, Why hast thou done this vnto vs? one of the people had almost liē by thy wife, so shuldest thou haue broghtIn al ages men were persuaded that Gods vengeance shulde light vpō wedlok breakers. sinne vpon vs.
11 Then Abimélech charged all his people, saying, He that toucheth this man, or his wife, shal die the death.
12 Afterward Izhák sowed in that land & foun de in the same yere anOr, an hūdreth measures. hundreth folde by estimacion: and so the Lord blessed him.
13 And the man waxed mightie, &Ebr. he went forth going and increasing. stil increased, til he was exceading great.
14 For he had flockes of shepe, and herdes of cattel, and a mightie housholde: therefore the Philistims hadThe malicious enuie alwaies the graces of Godin others. enuie at him.
15 In so muche that the Philistims stopped & filled vp with earth all the wells whiche his fathers seruants digged in his father Abrahams time.
16 Then Abimélech said vnto Izhák, Get thee from vs, for thou art mightier thē we a great deale.
17 ¶ Therefore Izhák departed thence & pit ched his tent in theThe Ebrewe worde signifieth a
〈◊〉
, or vallei where water
〈◊〉
any time rūneth valley of Gerár, and dwelt there.
18 And Izhák returning, digged the welles of water, whiche they had digged in the dayes of Abrahám his father: for the Philistims had stopped them after the death of Abrahā and he gaue them the same names, whiche his father gaue them.
19 Izháks seruants then digged in the valley, and found there a well ofOr, stringing. liuing water.
20 But the herd men of Gerár did striue with Izháks herd men saying, The water is ours: therefore called he the name of the wellOr, Contention
〈◊〉
. Esek, because they were a strief with hym.
21 Afterward they digged another well, and stroue for that also, and he called the name of itOr, batred. Sitnáh.
22 Then he remoued thence, and digged an other well, for the whiche they stroue not: therfore called he the name of itOr, largenes, roume. Rehobôth and said, Because the Lord hathe now made vs roume, we shal encrease vpon the earth.
23 So he went vp thence to Beer-shéba.
24 And the Lord appeared vnto hym the same night, and said, I am the GodGod assureth Iz
〈◊〉
against all feare by rehersing the promes made to Abrahā
of Abrahā thy father: feare not, for I am with thee, and will blesse thee and multiplie thy sede for my seruant Abrahams sake.
25 Then he buylt anTo signifie that he wolde serue none
〈◊〉
her God, but God of his fa ther Abrahám. altar there, and called vpon the name of the Lord, and there spred his tent: where also Izhaks seruants digged a well.
26 ¶ Then came Abimélech to him from Gerár and Ahuzzáth (one) of his friends, and
Phicôl the captaine of his armie.
27 To whome Izhák sayd, Wherefore come ye to me, seyng ye hate me and haue put me awaye from you?
28 Who answered, We sawe certeinly that the LORDE was with thee, and we thoght (thus,) Let there be no we an othe betwene vs, (euē) betwene vs & thee, and let vs make a couenant with thee.
29 ThouThe Ebrewes in swearyng begyn commonly with If, and vnderstand the
〈◊〉
: that is that God shal punish him that breaketh the othe: here the wycked shewe that they are afrayed
〈◊〉
that come to them with they wold do to other. shalte do vs no hurte, as we haue not touched thee, and as we haue done vnto thee nothyng but good, and sent thee awaie in peace: thou now, the blessed of the Lord, (do this.)
30 Then he made them a feaste, and they did eat and drinke.
31 And they rose vp betymes in the mornyng, and sware one to an other: then Izhák let them go, and they departed from hym in peace.
32 And that same daye Izhaks seruantes came and tolde him of a wel, which they had digged, & said vnto him, We haue found water.
33 So he called itOr, othe. Shibáh: therefore the name of the citie is calledOr, the well of the othe. Beer-shéba vnto thys daye.
34 ¶ Nowe when Esáu was fourtie yere olde, he toke to wyfe Iudith, the daughter of Beeri an Hittite, and Bashemáth the daughter of Elón an Hittite (also.)
35 And they * wereOr, disobediē, and rebellious. a grief of minde to IzhakChap. 27. 46. and to Rebekáh.
CHAP. XXVII.
8 Iaakob getteth the blessyng from Esau by hys mothers counsel 38 Esau by
〈◊〉
moueth hys Father to pitie him. 41 Esau hateth Iaakoh and threateneth his death, 43 Rebekah sendeth Iaakob awaie.
1 ANd when Izhák was olde, and hys eyes were dimme [so that he colde not se] he called Esáu hys eldest sonne, and sayd vnto him, My sonne. And he aunswered hym,Ebr. Lo,
〈◊〉
. I am here.
2 Then he sayd, Beholde, I am nowe olde (and) knowe not the day of my death:
3 Wherefore nowe, I praie thee take thine instruments, thy quiuer and thy bowe, and get thee to the field, that thou mayestEbr. hurt. take me some venison.
4 Then make me sauourie meat, such as I loue, and bring it me that I may eat, (and) that myThe carnal affe ction, whiche he bare to his sonne made him forget that which God spake to his wife. soule maie blesse thee, before I dye.
5 [Now Rebekáh heard, when Izhák spake toChap. 25. 23. Esáu his sonne] and Esáu went into the fielde to hunt for venison, and to bring it,
6 ¶ Then Rebekáh spake vnto Iaakób her sonne, saying, Beholde, I haue heard thy Father talking with Esáu thy brother, saying.
7 Bryng me venison, and make me sauourie meat, that I maye eat and blesse thee before the Lord, afore my death.
8 Nowe therefore, my sonne, heare my voyce in that which I commande thee.
9 This subtiltie is blame worthie because she shuld haue caried till God had performed his promes. Get thee now to the flocke, and bryng me thence two good kyds of the goates, that I may make pleasant meat of them for thy Father, such as he loueth.
10 Then thou shalte bring it to thy father, and he shall eat, to the intent that he maie blesse thee before his death.
11 But Iaakob sayd to Rebekáh hys mother, Beholde, Esáu my brother (is) rough, and I am smothe.
12 My father maie possibly fele me, and I shall semeEbr. before his eyes. to him to be aOr, as thogh I wolde deceyue hym. mocker: so shal I bring a curse vpon me, and not a blessing.
13 But hys mother sayd vnto him,Or, I wil take the dāger on me
The assurance of Goddes decre made her bolde. Vpon me (be) thy curse, my sonne: onely heare my voy ce, and go and bring me (them.)
14 So he went and fet (them,) and broght (thē) to his mother: and his mother made pleasant meat, such as his father loued.
15 And Rebekáh toke faire clothes of her Elder sonne Esáu, which were in her house, ād clothed Iaakób her yonger sonne:
16 And she couered hys hands and the smothe of his necke with the skinnes of the kyds of the goates.
17 Afterwarde she put the pleasaunt meat and bread, which she had prepared, in the hand of her sonne Iaakób.
18 ¶ And when he came to his father, he sayd, My father. Who answered, I am here: who art thou, my sonne?
19 And Iaakób sayd to hys Father,Althogh Iaakob was assured of this blessinge by fayth: yet he did euill to seke it by lies and the more because he abuseth Gods Na me therunto. I am Esáu thy first borne, I haue done as thou badest me, arise, I praie thee: sit vp and eat of my venison, that thy soule maie blesse me.
20 Then Izhák said vnto his sonne, Howe hast thou founde it so quickly my sonne? Who said, Because the Lorde thy God broght it to mine hand.
21 Againe said Izhak vnto Iaakób, Come nere nowe, that I may fele thee, my sonne, whether thou be that my sonne Esáu or not.
22 Then Iaakób came nere to Izhak hys father, and he felt hym and sayd, TheThis declareth that he suspected some thynge, yet God wolde not haue hys decre altred. voyce (is) Iaakobs voyce, but the handes (are) the of Esáu.
23 [For he knewe him not, because his handes were rough as hys brother Esaus handes: wherefore he blessed him]
24 Againe he said, Art thou that my sonne Esáu? Who answered,Ebr. I am. Yea.
25 Then said he, Bryng it me hether, and I will eat of my sonnes venison, that my soule may blesse thee. And he broght it to him & he ate: also he broght him wine, and he dranke.
26 Afterwarde his father Izhák said vnto him, Come nere now, and kisse me, my sonne.
27 And he came nere and kyssed hym. Then he smelled the sauour of hys garments, and blessed hym, and sayd, Beholde, the smell of my sonne (is) as the smell of a field, which the Lord hathe blessed.
28 *God giue thee therefore of the dewe ofEbr. 11. 20. heauen, and the fatnes of the earth, and plen tie of wheat and wine.
29 Let people be thy seruauntes, and nacions bowe vnto thee: be Lord ouer thy brethren, and let thy mothers children honour thee, cursed (be he) that curseth thee, and blessed
(be he) that blesseth thee.
30 ¶ And when Izhák had made an ende of blessynge Iaakób, and Iaakób was scace gone out frome the presence of Izhák hys father, then came Esau his brother from hys hunting.
31 And he also prepared sauourie meate and broght it to his father, and said vnto his father, Let my father arise, ād eat of his sonnes venison, that thy soule may blesse me.
32 But his father Izhák said vnto him, Who art thou? And he answered, I am thy sonne, (euē) thy first borne Esáu.
33 Then Izhák wasIn perceiuyng his
〈◊〉
our, by appointing his hey re against Gods sentence pronounced before. stricken wyth a meruelous great feare, and said, Who (and) where (is) he (that) hunted venison, and broght it me, and I haue eat
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. of all before thou camest? and I haue blessed hym,
〈◊〉
he shall be blessed.
34 When Esáu heard the wordes of his father, he cried out with a great crye and bitter, out of measure, and sayd vnto hys father, Blesse me, (euen) me also, my father.
35 Who answered, Thy brother came with sub tiltie, and hathe taken away thy blessing.
36 Then he sayd, Was he not iustely calledIn the chap. 25. he was so
〈◊〉
because he helde hys brother by the
〈◊〉
, as
〈◊〉
he ouerthrowe him: and
〈◊〉
he is here called
〈◊〉
ouerthrower, or
〈◊〉
. Iaakób? for he hathe deceiued me
〈◊〉
two tymes: he toke my birthright, and lo, nowe hath he taken my blessing. Also he said, hast thou not reserued a blessing for me?
37 Then Izhák aunswered, and sayd vnto Esau, Beholde, I haue made hym
〈◊〉
Izhak did
〈◊〉
as he was the minister and prophete of God. thy Lord, and all hys brethren haue I made hys seruantes: also with wheat and wyne haue I furnished hym, and vnto thee nowe what shall I do, my sonne?
38 Then Esáu said vnto hys father, Hast thou"Or, I am also (thy, sonne) but one blessing my father? blesse me, (euē) me also, my father: and Esau listed vp hysEbr. 12. 16. voyce, and * wept.
39 Then Izhák
〈◊〉
father answered, and sayd vnto hym, Beholde, the fatnes of the earth shalbe thy dwel'ynge place, and (thou shalte haue) of the de we of heauen from aboue.
40 And by thy sworde shalt thou liue, ād shaltBecause thine ennemies shalbe rounde aboute thee. be thy brothersVVhiche was
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
po
〈◊〉
the Idume ās: who were
〈◊〉
for a time to
〈◊〉
ād
〈◊〉
came to
〈◊〉
. seruant. But it shall come to
〈◊〉
, whē thou shalt get the mastrie, that thou shalt breake his yoke from thy necke.
41 ¶ Therefore Esáu hated Iaakôb, because of the blessyng, wherewith his father blessed him. And
〈◊〉
thoght in his minde, * The day es of mourning for my father wil come short ly, then
〈◊〉
one ly
〈◊〉
from
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for seare of
〈◊〉
. wil slay my brother Iaakob.
〈◊〉
.. 10.
42 And it was tolde to Rebekáh of the words of Esáu her elder sonne, and she sent and called Iaakób her yonger sonne, and sayd vnto him, Beholde, thy brother EsáuHe hath good hope to recouer his birthright by killing thee. is comforted against thee, (meaning) to kil thee.
43 Now therefore my sonne, heare my voyce: arise, and flee thou to Harán to my brother Labán.
44 And tary with him a while vntil thy brothers fearcenes beswaged.
45 And till thy brothers wrath turne away from thee, and he forget the things, whiche thou hast done to
〈◊〉
then will I send and take thee frome
〈◊〉
: why shulde I beFor the wicked sonne will kyll the godlie: & the plague of GOD will afte: warde light on the wicked sonne. depriued of you bothe in one day?
46 Also
〈◊〉
sayd to Izhák, * I am weary of my lyfe, for theVVhiche were Esaus wiues. daughters of Heth. If Iaakôb
〈◊〉
a wife of the daughters of HethChap. 26. 35. lyke these of the daughters of the lande,Hereby she per suaded Izhak to agre to
〈◊〉
departyng. what auaileth it me to liue?
CHAP. XXVIII.
1 Izhak
〈◊〉
biddeth Iaakob to take a wise of the Canaanites.
〈◊〉
Esau taketh a wife of the daughters of Ishmael against
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
wil 12 Iaakoh in the way to Harā seeth a
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
to heauen.
〈◊〉
Christ is promised. 20 Iaakob asketh of God onely meat and clothing.
1 THen Izhak called laakob andThys seconde blessing Wa, to
〈◊〉
laakobs faith, lest he shuld thinke that hys father had giuen it Without Gods motion. blessed hym, and charged hym; and sayd vnto hym, Take not a wyfe of the daughters of Canáan.
2 Arise, * get thee to * Padán Arám to the houOze. 12. 12. se or
〈◊〉
thy mothers father, and thenceChap. 24. 10. take thee a
〈◊〉
of the daughters of
〈◊〉
"
〈◊〉
, all almightie. thy mothers brother.
3 And God al
〈◊〉
blesse thee, and make thee to encrease, and multiplie thee, that thou maiest be a multitude of people.
4 And gyue thee the blessynge of Abraham, (euen) to thee and to thy sede wyth thee, that thou maiest inherite the land [wherein thou
〈◊〉
aThe godlie fathers Were put in minde
〈◊〉
, that they
〈◊〉
but stiangers in thys worlde:
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vp their eyes to the heauens where thei shuld haue a sure dwel lyng. stranger] whiche God gaue vnto Abraham.
5 Thus Izhak sent forthe Iaakôb, and he went to Padan Arám vnto Labán sonne of Bethuél the Aramite, brother to Rebekah, Iaakobs and Eiaus mothers.
6 ¶ When Esáu sawe that Izhák had blessed
〈◊〉
, and sent him to Padán Arám, to fet hym a wife thence, and giuen hym a charge when he blessed him, saying, Thou shalt not take a wife of the daughters of Canáan.
7 And (that) Iaakôb had obeied his father and his mother and was gone to Padán Aram:
8 Also Esáu seyng that the daughters of Canáan displeased Izhak his father.
9 Then went Esau to Ishmaél, and tokeOr, beside hys wiues. vnto the wiues, (whiche he had,) Mahaláth the daughter of
〈◊〉
here by to haue recon
〈◊〉
him selfe to his father, but all in vaine: for he ta keth not awaye the cause of the euill. Ishmaél Abrahams sonne, the sister of Nabaióth, to be his wife.
10 ¶ Now Iaakób departed from Beer-sheba, and went to Harán.
11 And he came vnto a (certeine) place, and taried there all nyght, because the sonne was downe, and toke of the stones of the place and layed vnder hys heade and slepte in the same place.
12 Then he dreamed, and be holde, there stode aChriste is the ladder whereby God ād man are ioyned together, and by whome the Angels mini ster vnto vs: all graces by hym are giuen vnto vs, ād we by him ascende into hea uen. ladder vppon the earth and the top of it reached vp to heauen: and lo, the Aungels of God went vp and downe by it.Chap. 35. 1. and 48. 3
13 * And beholde, the Lorde stode aboue it, and sayd, I am the Lorde God of Abraham, thy father, and the God of Izhak: the land, vpon thee whiche thou slepest,He felte the sor ce of this promes onelys by
〈◊〉
for al his
〈◊〉
time he was but a
〈◊〉
ger in this land. will] giue thee and thy sede.
14 And thy sede shal be as the dust of the earth,
and thou shalt spreade abrode* to the West,Deut. 12. 20. and 19. 14. and to the East, and to the North, and to the South, and in thee and in thy sede shall al theChap. 12. 35. & 18. 18. & 22. 18. & 25. 4 * families of the earth be blessed.
15 And lo, I am with thee, and will kepe thee whither soeuer thou goest, ād wil bring thee againe into this land: for I
〈◊〉
will not forsake thee vntil I haue performed that, that I haue promised thee.
16 ¶ Then Iaakôb awoke out of his slepe, and said, Surely the Lord is in this place, and I was not aware.
17 And he wasHe was touched with godlie feare and rcuerence. afraid and said, How fearefull is this place! this is none other but the house of God, and this is the gate of heauen.
18 Then Iaakôb rose vp early in the mornyng and toke the stone that he had laied vnder his head, andTo be a remébrance onely of the
〈◊〉
shewed vnto him. set it vp (as) a piller, & powred oyle vpon the top of it,
19 And he called the name of that placeOr
〈◊〉
house of God. Beth-él: notwithstanding the name of the citie was at the first called Luz.
20 Then Iaakob vowed a vowe, saying; IfHe bindeth not God
〈◊〉
this
〈◊〉
but acknollageth hys infirmitie, & promiseth to be thā
kefull. God wil be with me, and wil kepe me in this iourney which I go, and will giue me bread to eat, and clothes to put on:
21 So that I come again vnto my fathers house in safety, then shal the Lord be my God.
22 And this stone, with I haue set vp (as) a piller shalbe Gods house: and of all that thou shalt giue me, wil I giue the tenth vnto thee.
CHAP. XXIX.
13 Iaakób commeth to Labán and serueth seuen yere for Rahél 23 Leah broght to his bed in stede of Rahèl 27 He serueth seuen yere more for Rahél. 32 Leáh conceyueth and beareth foure sonnes,
1 THen IaakôbThat is, he went forthe on his iourney. lift vp his fete and came in to the
〈◊〉
. to the lād of the
〈◊〉
of the East East countrey.
2 And as he loked about be holde there was a wel in the field,Thus he was di rected by the one ly prouidence of God who broght him also to
〈◊〉
house. and lo, thre flockes of shep lay therby [for at that wel were the flockes watered] and there was a greate stone vpon the welles mouthe.
3 And thither were all the flockes gathered, and they rolled the stone from the welles mouthe, and watered the shepe, and put the stone againe vpon the welles mouthe in his place.
4 And Iaakôb said vnto them, MyIt semeth that in those daies the custome was to call euen strāgers brethren. brethren, whence be ye? And they aunswered, We are of Harán.
5 Then he said vnto them, Knowe ye Labán the sonne of Nahor? Who said, We knowe him.
6 Againe he said vnto them,Or, is he in pea
〈◊〉
? by the whāche worde the Ebrewes signifie al
〈◊〉
. Is he in good helth? And they answered, (He is) in good helth, and beholde, his daughter Rahéll commeth with the shepe.
7 Then he said, Lo, (it is) yet hie day, nether (is it) time that the cattel shuld be gathered together: watter ye the shepe & go fede (thē.)
8 But they said, We may not vntill all the flockes be broght together, and til (that mē) rolle the stone from the welles mouthe, that we may water the shepe.
9 ¶ While he talked with them, Rahél also ca me with her fathers shepe, for she kept thē.
10 And assone as, Iaakôb, sawe Rahél the daugh ter of Labán his mothers brother, and the shepe of Labán his mothers brother, then came Iaakób nere, and rolled the stone from the welles mouth, and watered the flocke of Labán his mothers brother.
11 And Iaakôb kissed Rahél, and lift vp his voyce and wept.
12 [For Iaakôb Rahél, that he was her fathersOr, nepheu. brother, and that he was Rebekahs sonne] then she ran and tolde her father.
13 And when Labán heard tel of Iaakôb his sisters sonne, he ran to mete him, and embra sed him and kissed him, and broght him to his house: and he tolde LabánThat is, the cause why he departed from his fathers house, & what he sawe in the way. all these things.
14 To whome Labán said, Wel, thou art myThat is, of my blood & kinred bone and my flesh, and he abode with him the space of a moneth.
15 ¶ For Labán said vnto Iaakób, Thogh thou be my brother, shuldest thou therefore serue me for noght? tel me, what (shalbe) thy wages?
16 Now Labán had two daughters, the elder called Leáh, and the yonger called Rahél.
17 And Leáh was tender eyed, but Rahél was"Or,
〈◊〉
eied beautiful and faire.
18 And Iaakôb loued Rahél, and said, I wil serue thee seuen yeres for Rahél thy yonger daughter.
19 Thé Labán answered, It is better that I giue her thee, then that I shulde giue here to ano ther man: abide with me.
20 And Iaakób serued seuen yeres for Rahél, and they semed vnto him but aMeaning; after that the yeres were accomplished. fewe daies, because he loued her.
21 ¶ Then Iaakôb said to Labán, Giue (me) my wife that I maie go in to her: for myHebr. my daies are ful. terme is ended.
22 Wherefore Labán gathered together all the men of the place, and made a feast.
23 But when the euening was come, he tokeh The cause why Iaakob was deceiued was, that in olde time the wife was couered with a vaile when she was broght to her housband in signe of chastitie and shame fastnes. Leáh his daughter and broght her to him & he went in vnto her.
24 And Labán gaue his maide Zilpáh to his daughter Leáh, (to be) her seruant.
25 But when the morning was come, be holde, it was Leáh. Then said he to Labán, Wherefore hast thou done thus to me? did not I serue thee for Rahél? wherefore then hast thou be guiled me?
26 And Labán answered, It is not theHe estemed mo re the
〈◊〉
that he had of Iaakobs seruice thē other his promes or the maner of the countrie, thogh he alledged
〈◊〉
for his
〈◊〉
maner of this place, to giue the yonger before the elder.
27 Fulfil seuen yeres for her, and we wil also giue thee this for the seruice, which thou shalt serue me yet seuen yeres more.
28 Thē Iaakôb did so, and fulfilled her seuen yeres, so he gaue him Rahél his daughter to (be) his wife.
29 Labán also gaue to Rahél his daughter Bilháh his maide (to be) her seruant.
30 So entred he in to Rahél also, and loued also
Rahél more then Leáh, and serued hym yet seuen yeres mo.
31 ¶ When the Lord sawe that Leáh was despised, heHebr. opened her wombe. made herThis declareth, that oft times they, whiche are despised of men, are fauored of God. frutefull: but Rahéll (was) baren.
32 And Leáh conceiued and bare a sonne, and she called his name Reubén: for she said, Because theHereby appeareth, that she had recours to God in her
〈◊〉
Lord hathe loked vpon my tribulacion, now therefore mine housband wilFor
〈◊〉
are a
〈◊〉
cause
〈◊〉
mutual loue betwene man and wife. loue me.
33 And she conceiued againe and bare a sonne and said, Because the Lord heard that I was hated, he hath therfore giuē me this (sonne) also, and she called his name Simeón.
34 And she conceiued againe and bare a sonne, and said, Now at this time wil my housband kepe me companie, because I haue borne him thresonnes: therefore was his name called Leui.
35 Moreouer she conceiued againe and bare a sonne, saying, Now wil
〈◊〉
Or, es a fosse. praise the Lord: * therefore she called his name Iudáh, andEbr.
〈◊〉
from bearing.
Mat. 1. 2 left bearing.
CHAP. XXX.
4. 9. Rahél and Leáh being bothe baren giue their maide vnto their housband, & theibeare him children. 15 Leáh giueth man drakes to Rahél that Iaakób mightlie with her. 27 Labán is enriched for Iaakóbs sake. 43 Iaakób is made very riche.
1 ANd when Rahél sawe that she bare Iaakôb no
〈◊〉
, Rahèl enuied her sister, and said vnto Iaakób, Giue me children, or els I dye.
2 Then Iaakobs angre was kindeled against
〈◊〉
, and he said, Am I inIt is onely God that
〈◊〉
baren and
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
fore I am
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
. Gods stede, whiche hath with holden from thee the frute of the wombe?
3 And she said, Beholde my maide Bilháh, go in to her, and she shal beare vpon myI will receiue her child:
〈◊〉
my
〈◊〉
, as thogh
〈◊〉
were mine owne. knees andEbr. I shalbe buylded. I shall haue children also by her.
4 Then she gaue him Bilháh her maide to wife and Iaakob went in to her.
5 So Bilháh conceiued & bare Iaakôb a sonne
6 Then said Rahél, God hathe giuen sentence on my side, and hathe also heard my voyce, and hathe giuen me a sonne: therfore called she is name. Dan.
7 And Bilháh Rahels maide cōceiued againe, and bare Iaakôb the seconde sonne.
8 Then Rahél said, WithEbr.
〈◊〉
of God.
The arrogancie of mans nature appeareth in that
〈◊〉
contemneth her
〈◊〉
, after she hath receiued this benefit of God to beare chil dren. excellent wrestlings haue I wrestled with my sister & haue gotten the vpper hand: and she called hys name,
〈◊〉
.
9 And when Leáh sawe that she had left bearing, she toke Zilpáh her maide, ād gaue her Iaakób to wife.
10 And Zilpáh Leahs maide bare Iaakôb a sonne.
11 Then said Leáh,That is, God doeth increase me with a multi tude of children: for so Iaakob doeth expounde this name Gad. A companie cometh: and she called his name Gad.
12 Againe Zilpáh Leahs maide bare Iaakób another sonne.
13 Then said Leáh, Ah, blessed am I, for the daughters wil blesse me, and she called hisChap. 49. 9. name, Ashér.
14 ¶ Now Reubén went in the dayes of the wheat haruest and foundWhich is a kin de of herbe who se
〈◊〉
hath a certeine
〈◊〉
of the figure of a man. mandrakes in the field and broght them vnto his mother Leáh Then said Rahél to Leáh, Giue me, I pray thee, of thy sonnes man drakes.
15 But she answered her, Is it a smale matter forthee to take mine housbād, except thou take my sonnes mādrakes also? Then said Ra hél, Therefore he shal slepe with thee this night for thy sonnes mandrakes.
16 And Iaakob came from the field in the euening, and Leáh went out to mete him, and said, Come in to me, for I haueEbr bying I ha ue boght. boght and payed for thee with my sonnes mandrakes: and he slept with her that night.
17 And God heard Leáh and she conceiued, and bare vnto Iaakôb the fift sonne.
18 Then said Leáh, God hathe giuen (me) my rewarde, because I gaue myIn
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
her faure, she
〈◊〉
as if God had rewarded her therefore. maide to my housband, and she called his name Issachár.
19 After, Leáh conceiued againe, and bare Iaakôb the sixt sonne.
20 Thē Leáh said, God hathe endued me with a good dowrie: now wil mine housbād dwel with me, because I haue borne him six sonnes: and she called his name Zebulún.
21 After that, she bare a daughter, and she called her name Dináh.
22 ¶ And God remembred Rahél, and God heard her,Or, made
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. and opened her wombe.
23 So she conceiued and bare a sonne, and said God hathe taken away myBecause
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of Gods blessing, who said,
〈◊〉
se and multiplie:
〈◊〉
was counted as a
〈◊〉
. rebuke.
24 And she called his name Ioseph, saying The Lord wil giue me yet another sonne.
25 ¶ And assone as Rahél had borne Ioséph, Ia akôb said to Labán, Send me away that I may go vnto my place and to my countrey.
26 Giue (me) my wiues and my children, for whome I haue serued thee, and let me go: for thou knowest what seruice I haue done thee
27 To whome Labán answered, If I haue now founde fauour in thy sight, (tarie:) I haueOr, tried by experience. perceiued that the Lord hathe blessed me forthy sake.
28 Also he said, Appoint vnto me thy wages, and I wil giue it (thee.)
29 But he said vnto him, Thou knowest, what seruice I haue done thee, and in what taking thy cattel hathe beneOr, with
〈◊〉
. vnder me.
30 For the litle, that thou had dest before I came, is increased into a multitude: & the Lord hathe blessed theeEbr. at my fote. by my comming: but now when shalThe ordre of nature requireth that euerie one prouide for his owne familie. I trauel for mine owne hou se also?
31 Then he said, What shalt giue thee? And Iaakôb answered, Thou shalt giue me nothing at all: if thou wilt do this thing for me, I wil returne, fede, (and) kepe thy shepe.
32 I wil passe through all thy flockes this day, (and)or, separat
〈◊〉
separat from them all the shepe with litle spottes and great spottes, and allOr,
〈◊〉
. blacke lambes among the shepe, and the great spotted, and litle spotted among the goatesThat which shal her eafter be thus spotted. and it shalbe my wages.
33 So shal myGod shal testi fiefor my righteous dealing by rewarding my labours. righteousnes answere for me
hereafter, when it shal come for my rewarde before thy face, and euerie one that hathe not litle or great spottes among the goates, and blacke among the shepe, the same shalbeOr, counted theft. theft with me.
34 Thē Labán said, Go to, wolde God it might be according to thy saying.
35 ThereforeOr, Laban. he toke out the same day the he goates that were party coloured and with great spottes, and all the she goates with litle and great spottes, (and)all that had white in them, and all theOr, red, or, brownt. blacke among the shepe, and put them in the keping of his sonnes.
36 And he set thre daies iourney betwene him selfe and Iaakób, and Iakōb kept the rest of Labans shepe.
37 ¶ Then IaakôbIaakob herein v ed no deceit: for it was Gods commandement as he declareth in the next chapter, ver. 9 and
〈◊〉
. toke roddes of
〈◊〉
popular, and of hasel, and of the chesnut tre, & pilled white strakes in them, and made the white appeare in the roddes.
38 Then he put the roddes, which he had pilled, in the gutters (and) watering troghes, when the shepe came to drinke, before the shepe: [for thei were in heate, when thei came to drinke]
39 And the shepeOr, conceiued. were in heate before the roddes, and (afterward) broght forthe yong of party colour, and with smale and great spottes.
40 And Iaakôb parted these lombes, and turned the faces of the flocke towards (these lambes) party coloured & all maner of blacke, among the shepe of Labán: so he put his owne flockes by them selues, and put them not with Labans flocke.
41 And in euerie ramming tyme of theAs they which toke the ram about Septembre & broght for the about marche: so the feblereinmar
〈◊〉
, and lambde in Septembre. stronger shepe, Iaakôb laied the roddes before the eies of the shepe in the gutters that thei might conceiue before the roddes.
42 But when the shepe were feble, he put thē not in: and so the febler were Labans, and the stronger Iakobs.
43 So the man encreased excedingly, and had manie flockes, and maide seruants, and men seruants, and camels and asses.
CHAP. XXXI.
1 Labans children murmure against Iaakob. 3 God commaudeth him to returne to his countrey. 14 The care of God for Iaakoh. 19
〈◊〉
stealeth her fathers idoles. 23 Laban followeth Iaakob. 44 The couenant betwene Laban and Iaakob.
1 NOw he heard theThe children
〈◊〉
inwordes that which the father dissem bled in heart for the couetous think that what soeuer thei can not
〈◊〉
, is pluct from them. wordes of Labans son nes, saying, Iaakôb hathe taken away all that was our fathers, & of our fathers goods hathe gotten all this honour.
2 Also Iaakob behelde the countenance of Labán,Ebr. and lo, not he with him, as yesterday & yet yesterday. that it was not towards him as in times past:
3 And the Lord had said vnto Iaakob, Turne againe in to the land of thy fathers, ād to thy kinred, and I wil be with thee.
4 Therefore Iaakôb sent and called Rahél & Leáh to the field vnto his flocke.
5 Then said he vnto them, I se your fathers countenance, that it is not towarde me as it was wonte, and theThe God who me my father wors hipped. God of my father hathe bene with me.
6 And ye knowe that I haue serued your father with all my might.
7 But your father hathe deceiued me, & changed my wagesOr, many time. ten times: but God suffred him not to hurt me.
8 If he thus, said, The spotted shalbe thy wages, thē all the shepe bare spotted: and if he said thus, The partie coloured shal be thy reward, thē bare all the shepe particoloured.
9 Thus hatheThis declareth that the thing, which
〈◊〉
did before, was by Gods
〈◊〉
, and not through deceite. God take en awaie your fathersOr, cattel. substance, and giuen it me,
10 ¶ For in ramming time
〈◊〉
lifted vp mine eies and sawe in a dreame, and beholde, the he goates leaped vpon the she goates, that were partie coloured with litle and great spottes spotted.
11 And the Angel of God said to me in a dreame, Iaakôb. And I answered, Lo, I am here.
12 And he said, lift vp now thine eies, and se all the he goates leaping vpon the she goates that are partie coloured, spotted with litle and great spottes: for I haue sene all that Labân doeth vnto thee.
13 This Angel was Christ which appeared to Iaakob in
〈◊〉
& hereby appeareth he had
〈◊〉
his wiues the feare of God: for he talketh as thogh they knewe this thing. I am the God of Beth-él, where thou * anointedst the piller, where thou vowedst a vowevnto me, Now arise, get thee out of this countrei and returne vnto the land where thou wast borne.
14 Then answered Rahél and Leáh, and said vnto him, Haue we anie more porcion and enheritance in our fathers house?
15 Doeth not he count vs as strangers? for he hatheFor they were giuen to Iaakob in recompence of his
〈◊〉
which was a kinde of saie. solde vs, and hathe eaten vp and consumed our monie.
16 Therefore all the riches, which God hathe taken from our father, is ours and our childrens: now then whatsoeuer God hathe said vnto thee do it.
17 ¶ Then Iaakób rose vp, and set his sonnes and his wiues vpon camels.
18 And he caried awaie all his flockes, and all his substance which he had gotten, (to wit,) his riches, which he had gotten in Padán Arám, for to go to Izhák his father vnto the land of Canáan.
19 When Labán was gone to shere his shepe, then Rahél stale her fathersFor so the wor de here signifieth because Labán calleth the good vers. 30. idoles.
20 Thus IaakôbOr, went away priuely from La ban. stale awaie the heart of Labán the Aramite: for he tolde him not that he fled.
21 So fled he with all that he had, and he rose vp, and passed theOr,
〈◊〉
. riuer, and set his face toward mount Gileád.
22 The third day after was it tolde Labán, that Iaakób fled.
23 Then he toke hisOr, kinsfolkes, and friends. brethren with him, and followed after him seuen dayes iourney, andOr, ioyned with him. ouer toke him at mount Gileád.
24 And God came to Labán the Aramite in a dreame by night, and said vnto
〈◊〉
, Take hede that thou speake not to IaakôbEbr. from good to euil. ought saue good.
25 ¶ Then Labán ouertoke Iaakôb, and Iaakób
had pitched his tent in the mount: and Labán also with his brethren pitched vpon mount Gileád.
26 Then Labán said to Iaakôb, What hast thou done?Or, conueighed thy selfe away priuely. thou hast euen stollen away mine heart and caried away my daughters as thogh they had bene taken captiues with the sworde.
27 Wherefore diddest thou flee so secretly and steale away from me, and diddest not tel me, that I might haue sent thee forthe with mirth and with songs, with timbrel and with harpe?
28 But thou hast not suffred me to kisse my sonnes and my daughters: now thou hast done foolishly in doing (so.)
29 I amEbr. power isin mine hand. able to do you euil: but theHe was an idolater, & therfore wold not acknollage the God of Iaakob for his God. God of your father spake vnto me yester night, saying, Take hede that thou speake not to Iaakób ought saue good.
30 Now thogh thou wentest thy way, because thou greatly longedst after thy fathers house: (yet) wherefore hast thou stollen my gods?
31 Thē Iaakób answered, and said to Labān, Because I was afraid, and thoght that thou woldest haue taken thy daughters frō me.
32 (But) with whome thou findest thy gods,Or,let him dye let him not liue. Serche thou before our brethren what I haue (of thine,) and take it to thee [but Iaakób wist not that Rahél had stollen them]
33 Then came Labán into Iaakobs tent, and into Leahs tent, and into the two maides ten tes, but founde (them) not, so he went out of Leahs tent, and entred into Rahels tent.
34 [Now Rahél had taken the idoles and put th̄em in the camelsOr, strawe, or saddle. litter and sate downe vpon them] and Labàn serched all the tent, but founde (them) not.
35 Then said she to her father,Ebr. let not angre be in the eyes of my Lord. My lord, be not angry that I can not rise vp before thee: for the custome of women (is) vpon me: so he serched, but found not the idoles.
36 ¶Thē Iaakôb was wroth, and chode with Labán: Iaakób also answered and said to Labán, What haue I trespaced? what haue I offended, that thou hast pursued after me?
37 Seing thou hast serched all my stuffe, what hast thou founde of all thine housholde stuf fe? put it here before my brethren and thy brethren, that they may iudge betwene vs bothe.
38 This twenty yere I haue bene with thee: thine ewes and thy goates haue notOr, bene
〈◊〉
cast their yong, and the rams of thy flocke haue I not eaten.
39Ebr. the torne, or taken by pray Whatsoeuerwas torne (of beastes,) I broght it not vnto thee, (but) made it good my selfe: * of mine hade diddest thou require it, (wereExod. 22. 12. it) stollen by day or stollen by night.
40 I was in the day consumed with heat, and with frost in the night, and myOr, I ssept not. slepe departed from mine eies.
41 Thus haue I bene twenty yere in thine hou se, and serued thee fourtenth yeres for thy two daughters, and six yeres for thy shepe, and thou hast changed my wages ten times.
42 Except the God of my father, the God of Abrahám, and theThat is, the God whome Izhâk did feare & reuerence. feare of Izhák had bene with me, surely thou haddest sent me away now empty: (but) God behelde my tribulacion, and the labour of mine handes, and rebuked (thee) yester night.
43 Then Labán answered, & said vnto Iaakób, These daughters are my daughters, and these sonnes are my sonnes, and these shepe are my shepe, and all that thou seest, is mine, and what can I do this day vnto these my daughters, or to their sonnes which they haue borne?
44 Now thereforeHis conscience reproued him of his misbehauiour toward Iaakob & therefore moued him to seke peace. come and let vs make a co uenant, I and thou, which may be a witnes betwene me and thee.
45 Then toke Iaakób a stone, and set it vp (as) a piller:
46 And Iaakôb said vnto his brethren, Gather stones: who broghtstones, & made an heape and they did eat there vpon the heape.
47 And Labán called itOr, The heape of witnes. Iegār-sahaduthá, and Iaakób called itThe one nameth the place in the Syrian tō
gue, & the other in the Ebrewe tongue, Galeéd.
48 For Labán said, This heape is witnes betwene me & thee this day: therefore he called the name of it Galeéd. Also (he called it)
40Or, watch tower. Mizpâh, because he said, The LordTopunish he the trespacer. loke betwene me and thee, when we shalbe depar ted one from another,
50 If thou shalt vexe my daughters, or shalt takeNature compelleth him to condemne that vice, wherunto through couetousnes heforced Iaakob. wiues beside my daughters: (there is) no man with vs, beholde, God (is) witnes betwe ne me and thee.
51 Moreouer Labán said to Iaakób, Beholde this heape, and beholde, the piller, which I haue set betwene me and thee,
52 This heape (shalbe) witnes, and the piller (shalbe) witnes, that I wil not come ouer this heape to thee, and that thou shalt not passe ouer this heape & this pillervnto me for euil.
53 The God of Abrahám, and the God ofBeholde, how the idolaters mingle the true God with their sayned gods. Nahor, and the God of their father be iudge be twene vs: but Iaakób sware by theMeaning, by the true God whome Izhák worshipped. feare of his father Izhák.
54 Then Iaakób did offre a sacrifice vpon the mount, and called his brethren to eatOr, meat. bread and they did eat bread, and taried all night in the mount.
55 And early in the morning Labán rose vp and kissed his sonnes and his daughters, andWese that there is euer some, sede of the knollage of God in the heartes of the wicked. blessed them, and Labán departing, wentvnto his place againe.
CHAP. XXXII.
1 God comforteth Iaakob by his Angels. 9. 10 He praieth vnto God confessing his vnworthines. 13 He sendeth presentes vnto Esau. 24. 28 He wrestled with the Angel who nameth him Israél.
1 NOw Iaakób went forthe on his iourney and the Angels of God met him.
2 And when Iaakób sawe them, he said,He acknollageth Gods
〈◊〉
: who for the preseruation of his sendeth hostes of Angels. This is Gods host, and called the name of the same placeOr, Tentes. Mahanáim.
3 Then Iaakób sent messengers before hym to Esáu his brother, vnto the land of Seirinto the countrey of Edōm:
4 To whome he gaue commandement saying Thus shal ye speake to myHe reuerenced his brother in worlde he things because he chiefe ly loked to be preferred to the spiritual promes Lord Esáu: Thy seruant Iaakób saith thus, I haue bene a strā ger with Labán and taried vnto this time.
5 I haue beues also and asses, shepe, and men seruantes, and women seruantes, and haue sent to shewe my lord, that I may finde grace in thy sight.
6 ¶So the messengers came againe to Iaakób saying, We came vnto thy brother Esáu, and he also commeth against thee & foure hundreth men with him.
7 Then Iaakób wasAlbeit he was cōforted by the Angels, yet the
〈◊〉
of the fleshe doeth
〈◊〉
. greately afraid, and was sore troubled, and deuided the people that was with him, and the shepe, and the beues, and the camels into two companies.
8 For he said, if Esáu come to the one companie and smite it, the other companie shall escape.
9 ¶Moreouer Iaakób said, O God of my father Abrahám, and God of my father Izhák: Lord, whiche said est vnto me, Returne vnto thy countrey and to thy kinred, and I wil do thee good.
10 I am notEbr. I am lesse thē al thi mercies worthie of the least of al the mer cies and all the trueth, which thou hast shewed vnto thy seruant: For with myThat is, poore. and without all prouision. stafe came I ouer this Iordén, and now haue I gotten two bandes.
11 I pray thee, Deliuer me frome the hand of my brother, frō the hand of Esáu: for I feare him, lest he wil come and smite me, (and) the
〈◊〉
Meaning, he will put all to death: this prouerbe commeth of them whiche kille the birde together with her yong ones. mother vpon the children.
12 For thou saidest, I wil surely do thee good, and make thy sede as the sand
〈◊〉
of the sea, whiche can not be nombred for multitude.
13 ¶ And hetaryed there the same night, and toke of that whiche came to hand, aNot distrusting Gods assistance, but vsing suche meanes as God had giue him. presente for Esáu his brother:
14 Two hundreth she goates and twenty he goates, two hūdreth ewes & twētie rāmes:
15 Thirthy milche camels with their coltes fourtie kine, and ten bullockes, twentie she asses and ten foles.
16 So he deliuered them into the hand of his seruantes, euerie droue by them selues, and said vnto his seruants, Passe before me, and put a space betwene droue and droue.
17 And he commanded the formest, saying, if Esáu my brother mete thee, and aske thee, saying, Whose (seruant) art thou? & whither goest thou? & whose are these before thee?
18 Then thou shalt say, (they be) thy seruant Iaakóbs: it is a present sent vnto my Lorde Esáu: and beholde, he hym selfe also is behinde vs.
19 So like wise commanded he the seconde & the third, and all that followed the droues, saying, After this maner, ye shall speake vnto Esáu, when ye finde him.
20 And ye shal say moreouer, Beholde, thy seruāt Iaakôb (cōmeth) after vs [for he thoght, IHe thoght it no losse to depar te with these goods, to the intent he might fol low the vocatiō wherunto God called him. will appease his wrath with the presente that goeth before me, and afterwarde I wil se his face: it may be that he wilEbr. receiue my face. accept me]
21 So went the present before him: but he taried that night with the companie.
22 And he rose vp the same night, and toke his two wiues, and his two maides, and his eleuē children, and went ouer the forde Iabbók.
23 And he toke them, and sent them ouer the riuer, and sent ouer that he had.
24 ¶ When Iaakób was left: him self alone, the re wrestled aThat is, God in forme of man. man with him vnto the breaking of the day.
25 And he sawe that he colde notFor God assaileth his with the one
〈◊〉
hand, and vpholdeth them with the other. preuaile against him: therefore he touched the holow of his thigh, ād the holow of Iaakobs thigh was losed, as he wrestled with him.
26 And he said, Let me go, for the morning appeareth, Who answered, * I wil not let theeOze. 12, 4. go except thou blesse me.
27 Then said he vnto him, What is thy name? And he said, Iaakób.
28 Then said he, * Thy name shal be called IaakóbChap. 35, 10. no more, but Israél: because thou hast hadGod gaue Iaa kob
〈◊〉
power to ouercome and also the praise of the victorie. power with God, thou shalt also preuaile with men.
29 Then Iaakób demanded, saying, Tel me, I pray thee, thy name. And he said, Wherefore now doest thou aske my name? And he blessed him there.
30 And Iaakob called the name of the place, Peniel: for, (said he) I haue sene God face to face, and myOr,
〈◊〉
. life is preserued.
31 And the sunne rose to him as he passed Peniélrand heThe faithful so ouer come their tentations, that theifele the
〈◊〉
thereof, to the in tent that
〈◊〉
shulde not glorie, but in their humilitie. halted vpon his thigh.
32 Therefore the children of Israél eat not of the sinew that shranke in the holow of the thigh, vnto this day: because he touched the sinew that shrank e in the holow of Iaakobs thigh.
CHAP. XXXIII.
4. Esáu and Iaakob
〈◊〉
and are agreed. 11 Esau receiueth his gifts. 19 Iaakob byeth a possession, 20 And buyldeth an altar.
1 ANd as Iaakob lift vp his eies, and loked, beholde Esau came, & with him foure hundreth men: and heThat if the one part were assailed, the other might escape. deuided the children to Leah, and to Rahèl, and to the two maides.
2 And he put the maides, and their children formost, and Leáh and her children after, and Rahél, and Iosph hindermost.
3 So he went before thē &By this
〈◊〉
he partly did reuerence to his brother, and partely praied to God to mitigate Esaus Wrath. bowed him selfe to the grounde seuen times vntil he came nere to his brother.
4 Then Esau ran to mete him and embraced him, and fel on his necke and kissed him, & thei wept.
5 And he lift vp his eies, and sawe the women, and the children, & said, Who are these with thee? And he answered, (Thei are) the children whome God of his grace hathe giuen thy seruant.
6 Then came the maides nere, thei, and their children, andIaakob and his familie are the image of the Church vnder the yoke of
〈◊〉
, whiche for feare are broght
〈◊〉
sub iection. bowed them selues.
7 Leáh also with her children came nere and made obeissance: and after Ioseph & Rahél drewe nere and did reuerence.
8 Then he said, What meanest thou by al this droue, which I met? Who answered, (I haue sent it,) that it maie finde fauour in the sight of my Lord.
9 And Esau said, I haue ynough, my brother: kepe that thou hast to thy selfe.
10 But Iaakób answered, Nay, I pray thee: if I haue founde grace now in thy sight, then receiue my present at mine hand: forIn that that his brother imbraced him so louin gly, contrary to his expectation, be accepted it as a plaine signe of Gods presence. I haue sene thy face, as thogh I had sene the face of God, because thou hast accepted me.
11 I praye thee take myOr, gift. blessing, that is broght thee: for God hathe had mercie on me, and therefore I haue all thyngs: so heBy earnest
〈◊〉
. compelled him, and he toke it.
12 And he said, Let vs take our iourney & go, and I wil go before thee.
13 Then he answered him, My Lord knoweth that the children (are) tendre, and the ewes and kine with yong vnder mine hand: and if they shulde ouer driue them one day, all the flocke wolde dye.
14 Let now my Lord go before his seruant, & I wil driue softly, accordyng to the passe of the cattell, whiche is before me, and as the children be able to endure, vntilHe promised that which (as se meth) his mynde was not to performe. I come to my Lord vnto Seir.
15 Then Esau said, I wil leaue thē some of my folke with thee. And he answered, What (ne
〈◊〉
) this? let me finde grace in the sight of my Lord.
16 ¶ So Esáu returned, (and went) his way that same day vnto Seir.
17 And Iaakôb went forwarde towarde Succôth, & buylt him an house, & made booths for his
〈◊〉
: therefore he called the name of the placeOr, tentes. Succōth.
18 ¶ Afterwarde, Iaakôb came safe to Shechē a citie, which is in the land of Canáan, when he came fromOr, Mesopotamia. Padán Arám, and pitched before the citie.
19 And there he boght a parcel of grounde, where he pitched his tent, at the hād of the sonnes of Hamôr Shechems father for an hundrethOr, lambes, or, money so marked. pieces of money.
20 And he set vp there an altar, and calledHe calleth the signe the thyng, whiche it signifieth, in
〈◊〉
that God had mightely deliuered hym. it, The mightie God of Israél.
CHAP. XXXIIII.
2
〈◊〉
is rauished. 8 Hamór asketh her in mariage for his sonne. 22 The Shechemites are circumcised at the request of Iaakobs sonnes, and the persuasion of Hamór
〈◊〉
The whore dome is reuenged. 28 Iaakób reproueth his sonnes.
1 THen Dináh the daughter of Leáh, whiche she bare vnto Iaakób,This example teacheth that to much libertie is not to be giuen to youthe. went out to se the daughters of that countrey.
2 Whome when Shechém the sonne of Hamôr the Hiuite lord of that coūtrye sawe, he toke her, and lay with her, andEbr. hūbled her defiled her.
3 So his heart claue vnto Dináh the daughter of Iaakôb: and he loued the maide, andEbr. speake to the heart of the maide. spake kindely vnto the maide.
4 Then said Shechém to his father Hamór, saying,This proueth that the consent of parents is requisite in mariage, seing the very infideles did also obserue it as a thing necessarie. Get me this maide to wife.
5 [Now Iaakôb heard that he had defiled Dináh his daughter, and his sonnes were with his cattel in the field: therefore Iaakób helde his peace, vntil they were come]
6 ¶ Then Hamôr the father of Shechém went out vnto Iaakôb to commune with him.
7 And when the sonnes of Iaakób were come out of the field and heard it, it, grieued the men, and they were very angrie, because he had wroghtOr, folie. vilennie in Israél, in that he had lien with Iaakobs daughter:Ebr. and it shal not be so
〈◊〉
. whiche thing ought not to be done.
8 And Hamór communed with them, saying, The soule of my sonne Shechém longeth for your daughter: giue her him to wife, I pray you.
9 So makeOr, mariages. affinitie with vs: giue you, daugh ters vnto vs, and take our daughters vnto you,
10 And ye shal dwel with vs, and the land shal be before you: dwel, and do your busines in it, and haue your possessions therein.
11 Shechém also said vnto her father and vnto her brethren,Or, grant my request. Let me finde fauour in your eies, and I wil giue whatsoeuer ye shal appoint me.
12 Eb. multiply gre atly the dowry. Aske of me abundantly bothe dowrie and giftes, ād I wil giue as ye appoint me, so that ye giue me the maide to wife.
13 Then the sonnes of Iaakób answered Shechém and Hamór his father, talking among them selues deceitfully, because he had defiled Dinàh their sister,
14 And they said vnto them,They made the holy ordinance of God a
〈◊〉
to Cōpasse their wicked purpose. We can not do this thing, to giue our sister to an vncircumci sed man: for that were aAs it is abomi natiō for thē
〈◊〉
are baptized to ioine with infidels. reprofe vnto vs.
15 But in this wil we consent vnto you, if ye wil be as we (are,) that euerie man childe among you beTheir faute
〈◊〉
the greater, in that they make religion a
〈◊〉
for their craft. circumcised:
16 Then wil we giue our daughters to you, and we wil take your daughters to vs, and wil dwel with you, and be one people.
17 But if ye wil not hearken vnto vs to be circumcised, then wil we take our daughter and departe.
18 Now their wordes pleased Hamór, and Shechém Hamors sonne.
19 And the yong man deferde not to do the thing because he loued Iakobs daughter: he was also the moste set by of all his fathers house.
20 ¶ Then Hamór and Shechém his sonne wēt vnto theFor the people vsed to assemble there, and iustice was also ministred. gate of their citie, and communed with the men of their citie, saying,
21 These men areThus many pretend to speake for a publike profit, whē they only speake for their owne
〈◊〉
gaine and commoditie. peaceable with vs: and that they may dwel in the land, and do their affaires therein [for beholde, the land hathe roume ynough for thē] let vs take their daughters to wiues, and giue them our daughters.
22 Onely herein wil the men consent vnto vs for to dwel with vs, and to be one people, if all the men children among vs be circumcised as they are circumcised.
23 Shal notThus thei lacke no kinde of persuasion, whiche preferre their owne commodi ties before the common welth. their flockes and their substance & al their cattel be ours? onely let vs consent (herein) vnto thē, and they wil dwel with vs.
24 And vnto Hamor, and Shechém his sonne hearkened all that went out of the gate of his citie: and all the men children were circumcised (euen) al that went out of the gate of his citie.
25 And on the third day [when they were fore) two of the sonnes of Iaakôb,For they were the chief of the companie. Simeôn, and Leui, Dinahs brethren toke ether of thē his sworde and went into the
〈◊〉
boldely, and sleweThe people are punished with their wicked princes. euerie male.Chap. 46 6.
26 They slewe also Hamôr and Shechém his sonne with theEbr.
〈◊〉
of the sworde. edge of the sworde, & toke Dináh out of Shechems house, and went their way.
27 (Again) the (other) sonnes of Iaakób came vpon the dead, and spoiled the citie, because they had defiled their sister.
28 They toke their shepe, and their beues, & their asses, and whatsoeuer was in the citie, and in the fields.
29 Also they caried away captiue and spoiled all their goods, and all their children & their wiues, and al that was in the houses.
30 Then Iaakób said to Simeon, and Leui, ye haue troubled me, & made meOr, to be
〈◊〉
. stinke amóg the inhabitants of the land, (aswel) the Canaanites, as the Perizzites, and I being fewe in nombre, they shall gather thē selues together against me, and slay me, (and) so shall I, and my house be destroied.
31 And they answered, Shulde he abuse our sister as a whore?
CHAP. XXXV.
1 Iaakób at Gods commandement goeth vp to Beth-il. 2 He reformeth his housholde 8 Deboráh dyeth.
〈◊〉
The land of Canáan is promised him 18 Rahél dyeth in labour. 22 Reubén lieth with his fathers cōcubine. 30 The death of Izhák.
1 THenGod is euer at hand to succour his in their troubles. God said to Iaakôb, Arise, go vp to Beth-
〈◊〉
& dwel there, & make there an altar vnto God, that appeared vnto thee, * when thou fleddest from Esáuthy brother.Chap 28. 13.
2 Then said Iaakôb vnto his housholde & to all that were with him, Put away the strange gods that are among you, andThat by this outward act thei shulde
〈◊〉
their in ward re pentance. clense your selues, and change your garments:
3 For we wil rise and go vp to Beth-él, & I will make an altar there vnto God, which heard me in the day of my tribulacion, & was with me in the way whiche I went.
4 And they gaue vnto Iaakôb all the strange gods, which (were) in their hands, & all theirFor therein was some signe of su perstition as in tablets ād Agnus deis. earings which were in their eares, and Iaakôd hid them vnder an oke, which was by Shechém.
5 Then they went on their iourney, and theThus not with standyng the
〈◊〉
. e that came before God deliuered Iaakob feare of God was vpon the cities, that were round about them: so that they did not followe after the sonnes of Iaakôb.
6 ¶ So came Iaakôb to Luz, whiche is in the land of Canáan: [the same is Beth-él] he and all the people that was with him.
7 And he buylt there an altar, and * had calledChap.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. the place, The God of Beth-él because that God appeared vnto him there, when he fled from his brother.
8 Then Deboráh Rebekahs nourse dyed, and was buryed beneth Beth-él vnder an oke: & he called the name of it Allôn bachúth."Or, oke of
〈◊〉
.
9 ¶ Againe God appeared vnto Iaakôb, after he came out of Padán Arám, & blessed hym.
10 More ouer God said vnto him, Thy name is Iaakôb: thy name shal be no more called IaakôbChap.
〈◊〉
. 28. but * Israél shalbe thy name: and he cal led his name Israél.
11 Againe God said vnto him, I am God al sufficient,"Or,
〈◊〉
. growe, and multiplie a nation and a multitude of nations shal spring of thee, and Kings shal come out of thy Ioynes.
12 Also I wil giue the land, which I gaue to Abrahám and Izhák, vnto thee: and vnto thy
〈◊〉
after thee wil I giue that land.
13 So GodAs God is said to descend, when he
〈◊〉
some
〈◊〉
of his presence: so he is said to ascende, when the vision is ended. ascended from him in the place where he had talked with him.
14 And Iaakôb set vp a piller in the place where he talked with him, a piller of stone, and powred drinke offring thereon: also he powred oyle thereon.
15 And Iaakôb called the name of the place, where God spake with him, Beth-él.
16 ¶ Then they departed frō Beth-él, & when there wasThe Ebrewe worde
〈◊〉
as much
〈◊〉
as one
〈◊〉
go from
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
is taken
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
a days
〈◊〉
. about halfe a daies iourney of grounde to come to Ephráth, Rahél trauailed, and in trauailing she was in peril.
17 And when she was in peines of her labour, the mid wife said vnto her,
〈◊〉
not: for thou (shalt haue) this sonne also.
18 Thē as she was about to yelde vp the goste [for she dyed] she called his name Ben-ony, but his father called him Beniamin.
19 Thus dyed Rahél, and was buryed in the way to Ephráth, which is Beth-
〈◊〉
.
20 And Iaakôb set aThe anciens fa thers vsed this
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
their hope the resurrection to come, whiche was not general ly
〈◊〉
. piller vpon her graue: This is the piller of Rahels graue vnto this day.
21 ¶ Then Israél went forwarde, and pitched his tent beyonde Migdal-éder.
22 Now, when Israél dwelt in that land Keubē went, andThis teacheth that the fathers were not chosen for their merites out by Gods one ly mercies, whose election by their
〈◊〉
was not changed. laye * with Bilháh his fathers cócubine, and it came to Israels eare. And Iaakôb had twelue sonnes.
23 The sonnes of Leáh Reubén Iaakobs eldest sonne, and Simeón, and Leui, and Iudáh, and Issachár, and Zebulún.
24 The sonnes of Rahél: Ioséph and Beniamin.Chap. 48. 7.
25 And the sonnes of Bilháh Rahels maide Dan and
〈◊〉
.
26 And the sonnes of Zilpáh Leahs maide Gad, and Ashér, these are the sonnes of Iaakôb whiche were borne him in Padán Arám.
27 ¶ Then Iaakôb came vnto Izhák his father to Mamré a citie of Arbáh: this is Hebrôn, where Abrahám and Izhák were strangers.
28 And the dayes of Izhák were an hundreth and foure score yeres.
29 And Izhák gaue vp the goste and dyed, and
was * gathered vnto his people, being olde,Chap. 25. 8. and ful of daies: and his sonnes Esáu, & Iaakôb buryed him.
CHAP. XXXVI.
2 The wiues of Esáu. 7 Iaakób and
〈◊〉
are riche. 9. The
〈◊〉
of Esáu. 24 The finding of mules.
1 NOw these are theThis genealogie declareth that
〈◊〉
was
〈◊〉
sed
〈◊〉
, and that his fathers blessing toke place inworldelie thyngs. generations of Esáu, whiche is Edóm.
2 Esáu toke his wiues of theBesides those Wiues Whereof is spoken. daughter of Ca náan: Adáh the daughter of Elôn an Hittite, and Aholibamáh the daughter of Anáh, the daughter of Zibeôn an
〈◊〉
.
3 And (toke) Basemáth
〈◊〉
daughter, sister of Nebaiôth.
4 And * Adáh bare vnto Esáu, Eliphâz, and BaChap. 26. 34. semáth bare Reuél.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 29.
5 Also Aholibomáh bare
〈◊〉
, & Iaalám, and Kōrah: these are the sonnes of Esáu whiche were borne to him in the land of Canáan.
6 So Esáu toke his wiues and his sonnes, and his daughters, and al the soules of his house, and his flockes, and all his cattel, and all his substance, whiche he had gotten in the land of Canáan, &
〈◊〉
appeareth Gods
〈◊〉
, which cau seth the wicked to giue place to the
〈◊〉
that Iaakob might en ioye Canaan according to Gods promes. went into (an other) countrey from his brother Iaakôb.
7 For their riches were so great that they cold not dwel together, and the land, wherein they were strangers, colde not receiue them because of their flockes.
8 * Therefore dwelt Esáu in mount Seir: thisIosh. 24. 4. Esáu is Edóm.
9 So these are the generacions of Esáu father ofOr, the Edomites. Edôm in mount Seir.
10 These are the names of Esaus sonnes:* Elipház,1. Chro. 1. 35. the sonne of Adáh, the wife of Esau, (ād) Reuél the sonne of Bashemáth, the wife of Esáu.
11 And the sonnes of Eliphâz were Temân, Omâr, Zephon, and Gatám, and Kenàz.
12 And Timná was cōcubine to Elipház Esaus sonne, and bare vnto Elipház, Amalék: these be the sonnes of Adáh Esaus wife."Or,
〈◊〉
.
13 ¶ And these are the sōnes of Reuél: Nàhath and Zérah, Shammah, ād Mizzáh: these were the sonnes of Bashemáth Esaus wife."Or,
〈◊〉
.
14 ¶ And these were the sonnes of Aholibamah the daughter of Anáh, daughter of Zibeôn Esaus wife: for she
〈◊〉
vnto Esáu, Ieúsh, and Iaalám, and Kōrah.Or, chief men.
15 These wereIf Gods promes be so sure
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, whiche are not of
〈◊〉
housholde, how muche more wil he performe the same to vs? Dukes of the sonnes of Esáu the sonnes of Elipház, the first borne of Esáu duke Temán, duke Omár duke Zephô, duke Kenaz.
16 Duke Kórah, duke Gatám, duke Amalék: these are the dukes (that came) of Elipház in the land of Edōm: these were theOr,
〈◊〉
. sonnes of Adáh.
17 ¶ And these are the sonnes of Reull Esaus sonne: duke Náhath, duke Zérah, duke Shā
mah, duke Mizzáh: these are the dukes (that came) of Reuél in the land of Edôm: these are theOr, nephewes. sonnes of Bashemâth Esaus wife.
18 ¶ Like wise these were the sonnes of Aholibamáh Esaus wife: Duke Ieúsh, duke Iaalám duke Kōrah: these dukes (came) of
〈◊〉
, the daughter of Anáh Esaus wife.
19 These are the children of Esáu, and these are the dukes of them: This (Esáu) is Edôm.1. Chro. 1. 38.
20 ¶ * These are the sonnes of Seir the Horite, whichBefore
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
did there in habit, inhabited the land (before,) Lotán, and Shobál, and Zibeôn, and Anáh.
21 And Dishon, and Ezer, and Dishán: these are the dukes of the Horites, the sonnes of Seir in the land of Edôm.
22 And the sonnes of Lotan were, Hori and Hemám, and Lotans sister (was) Timná.
23 And the sonnes of Shobál were these: Aluán, and Manábath, and Ebál, Shephó, And
〈◊〉
.
24 And these are the sonnes of Zibeón: bothe Aiah, and Anáh: this was Anáh that foundeWho not contented
〈◊〉
: hose
〈◊〉
of beasles, which God had
〈◊〉
, foūd
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of mules
〈◊〉
wene the asse and the mare mules in the wildernes, as he fed his father Zibeons asses.
25 And the childrē of Anáh were these: Dishon and Aholibamáh, the daughter of Anah.
26 Also these are the sonnes of Dishán: Hemdán, and Eshbán, and Ithrán, and Cherán.
27 The sonnes of Ezer are these:
〈◊〉
, and Zaauán, and Akán.
28 The sonnes of Dishân are these: Vz, & Arán
29 These are the dukes of the
〈◊〉
: duke Lotán, duke Shobál, duke Zibeō, duke Anáh
30 Duke
〈◊〉
, duke Ezer, duke Dishán: these be the dukes of the Horites after their dukedomes in the land of
〈◊〉
.
31 ¶ And these are theThe wicked
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
sodenly to honour, & perish as quickely: but the inheritāce of the children of God continneth euer. Psal. 101. 28. Kings that reigned in the lād of Edôm, before there reigned (any) King ouer the children of Israél.
32 Then Béla the sonne of Beôr reigned in Edôm, and the name of his citie (was) Dinhábah.
33 And when Béladyed, Iobáb the sonne of Zérah of Bozrá reigned in his stede.
34 When Iobáb also was dead, Hushám of the land of Temani reigned in his stede.
35 And after the death of Hushám. Hadád the sonne of Bedád, which slewe
〈◊〉
in the field of Moáb, reigned in his stede, and the name of his citie (was) Auith.
36 When Hadàd was dead, then Samláh of Masrekáh reigned in his stede.
37 When Samláh was dead, Shaúl ofWhiche citie is by the riuer Euphrates. Rehobóth by the riuer, reigned in his stede.
38 When Shaúldyed, Baal-hanán the sonne of"Or, nere. of Achbôr reigned in his stede.
39 And after the death of Baalhanán the sōne of Achbôr, Hadád reigned in his stede, and the name of his citie (was) Páu: & his wiues name Mehetabél the daughter of Matréd, the daughter of Mezaháb.
40 Then these are the names of the dukes of Esáu according to their families, their places (and) by their names: duke Timnā, duke Al uáh, duke Iethéth.
41 Duke Aholibamáh, duke Eláh, duke Pinō.
42 Duke Kenáz, duke Temā, duke Mibzár.
43 Duke Magdiél, duke Iram: these be the dukes of Edôm, according to their habitacions, in the land of their inheritance. This Esâuis the Father ofi Of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
. Edóm.
CHAP. XXXVII.
2 Ioseph accuseth his brethren. 5 He dreameth and is hated of his brethren. 28 They sel him to the Ishmaclites. 5. 34 Iaakób
〈◊〉
Ioseph.
1 IAakób nowe dwelt in the land, wherin his father was a stranger, in the lād of Canáan.
2 These are theThat is, the sto rie of such things as came to hym and his familie, as chap. 5. 1. generaciōs of Iaakób, (whē) Ioséph was seuententh yere olde: he kepte shepe with his brethren, and the childe was with the sonnes of Bilháh, and with the sonnes of Zilpáh, his fathers wiues. And Ioséph broght vnto their father their euilOr, slander.
He complained of the euil wordes and
〈◊〉
, which thei spake and did againste hym. saying.
3 Nowe Israél loued Ioséph more then all hys sonnes, because he begate hym in hys olde age, and he made hym a coate of manyOr, pieces. colours.
4 So when his brethren sawe that their father loued hym more then all his brethren, then they hated hym, and colde not speake peaceably vnto him.
5 ¶ And IoséphGod reueiled to him by a drea me, what
〈◊〉
come to passe. dreamed a dreame, and tolde hys brethren, who hated hym so muche the more.
6 For he said vnto them, Heare, I pray you, this dreame whiche I haue dreamed.
7 Beholde nowe, we were bindyng sheues in the middes of the fielde: & lo, my shefe arose and also stode vpryght, and beholde, your sheues compassed rounde about, and did reuerence to my shefe.
8 Then his brethren said to hym, What, shalt thou reigne ouer vs, and rule vs? or shalt thou haue altogether dominió ouer vs? Andd The more that GOD she
〈◊〉
him
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ble to his, the mo re
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
malice of the wicked rage against them. they hated him so muche the more, for his dreames, and for his wordes.
9 ¶ Agayne he dreamed an other dreame, and tolde it his brethren, and said, Beholde, I haue had one dreame more, and beholde, the sunne and the moone and eleuen starres dyd reuerence to me.
10 Then he tolde it vnto his father and to hys brethren, and his fatherNot despising the
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
se
〈◊〉
to appease his brethren. rebuked hym, and said vnto him, What is this dreame, whiche thou hast dreamed? shal I, and thy mother, ād thy brethren come in dede and fall on the grounde before thee?
11 And his brethren enuied him, but his fatherOr, kepte
〈◊〉
.
He knewe that God was
〈◊〉
of the dreame,
〈◊〉
hevnder stode
〈◊〉
the meaning noted the saying.
12 ¶ Then his brethren went to kepe their fathers shepe in Shechém.
13 And Israél sayd vnto Ioséph, Do not thy bre thren kepe in Shechém? come and I wil send thee to them.
14 And he answered hym, I am here. Then he said vnto hym, Go now, se whether it be wel with thy brethren, and howe the flockes prosper, and bryng me worde agayne, so he sent him frome the vale of Hebron, and he came to Shechém.
15 ¶ Then a man founde hym, for lo, he was wandryng in the fielde, and the man asked him, saying, What sek est thou?
16 And he aunswered, I seke my brethren: tell me, I pray thee, where they kepe (shepe.)
17 And the man said, Thei are departed hence: for I heard them say, Let vs go vnto Dothán. Then went Ioséph after hys brethren, and found them in Dothán.
18 And when they saw him a far of, euen before he came at them, theyThy holy
〈◊〉
couereth no
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, as do vaine writers
〈◊〉
make vice vertue. conspired against him for to slaie him.
19 For they said one to an other, Beholde, thisOr, masler of dreames. dreamer commeth.
20 Come now therefore, and let vs slaye hym, and cast him into some pit, and we wil say, A wicked beast hathe deuoured him: then we shal se, what wil come of his dreames.
21 * But when Reubén heard (that,) he deliueredChap. 42. 22. him out of their hands, and said,Ebr. let vs not smite his life. Let vs not kil him.
22 Also Reubén sayde vnto them, Shed not blood. (but) caste him into thys pit that is in the wildernes, and lay no hande vpon hym. (Thus he said,) that he mightd eliuer him out of their hande, and restore him to his father againe.
23 ¶ Nowe when Ioséph was come vnto hys brethren, they stript Ioséph out of his coat, his party coloured co ate that was vpon him.
24 And they toke him, ād castTheir
〈◊〉
appeareth in this that thei fea red man more then God: and thoght it was not murther, if they shed not his blood: or els had an excuse to couer their
〈◊〉
him into a pit, and the pit (was) empty, without water in it.
25 Then they sat them downe to eat bread: and they lift vp their eyes and loked, and beholde, there came a company of Ishmeelites from Gileád, and their camels laden with spicerie, and rosen, and myrrhe, and were going to carie it downe into Egypt.
26 Then Iudáh sayd vnto his brethren, What auaileth it, if we slaye our brother, thogh we kepe his blood secret?
27 Come and let vs sel him to the Ishmeelites, and let not our handes be vpon hym for he is our brother (and) our fleshe: and hys brethren obeyed.
28 Then the * Midianites marchant men passedVVisd. 10. 13. by, and they drewe forthe, and lyft IoséphPsal. 105. 17. out of the pit, and sold Ioséph vnto theMoses writing according
〈◊〉
the opinion of them whiche toke the
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
to be
〈◊〉
one, doeth here confounde their names
〈◊〉
as also appeareth vers. 36. and chap. 30.
〈◊〉
or els he was
〈◊〉
offred to the Mi dianites, but sold to the Is
〈◊〉
. Ishmeelites for twentie (pieces) of siluer: who broght Ioséph into Egypt.
29 ¶ Afterwarde Reubén returned to the pit, and beholde, Ioséph (was) not in the pit: thē he rent his clothes.
30 And returned to hys brethren, and sayde, The childe is not (yonder,) and I, whether shall I go?
31 And they toke Iosephs coate, and killed a kid of the goates, and depped the coate in the blood.
32 So they sent that party coloured coate,To wit, the messengers whi che were
〈◊〉
. and they broght it vnto their father, and say de, This haue we founde: se now, whether it be thy sonnes coate, or no.
33 Then he knewe it and said, (It is) my sonnes coat: a wicked beast hathe * deuoured him:Chap. 41.
〈◊〉
. Ioséph is surely torne in pieces.
34 And Iaak ób rent his clothes, and put sackcloth about his loynes, and sorowed for his sonne a long season.
35 Then all his sonnes and al his daughters rose vp to comforte hym, but he wolde not be
be comforted, but sayd,Or, I wil mour
〈◊〉
for hym so long as I liue. Surely I will go downe into the graue vnto my sonne mourning: so his father wept for him.
36 And the Medianites solde hym into Egypt vnto PotiphárVVhich worde doeth not alway signifie him, that is gelded, but also him that is in some hygh dignitie. an Eunuche of Pharaohs (ād) hisOr, captaine of the garde. chief stuarde.
CHAP. XXXVIII.
2 The mariage of Iudáh. 29 The trespasse of Er and Onán and the vengeance of God that came therupon. 18 Iudáh lycth with his daughter in lawe Tamár. 29. 30 The birth of
〈◊〉
and Zarah.
1 ANd at that tymeMoses describeth the genealo gie of Iudah because the
〈◊〉
shulde come of him. Iudáh wente downe from his brethren, ād turned into a man called Hiráh an Adullamite.
2 And Iudáh sawe there the daughter of a man called * Shuáh aVVhiche affinitie not withstan ding was condē ned of God. Canaanite: and he toke1. Chro. 2. 3. her (to wife,) and went in vnto her.
3 So she conceyued and bare asonne; and he called his name Er.
4 * And she conceiued againe, ād bare a sonne,Nomb. 26. 9. and she called his name Onán.
5 Moreouer she bare yet a sonne, whome she called Sheláh: and (Iudáh) was at Chezib when she bare him.
6 Then Iudáh toke a wife to Er his first borne (sonne) whose name (was) Tamár.
7 * Nowe Er the first borne of Iudáh was wickedNom. 26. 19. in the sight of the Lorde: therefore the Lord slewe him.
8 Then Iudáh sayd to Onán; Go in vnto thy brothers wife, and do the office of a kinsman vnto her, ād raiseThis ordre was for the preseruatiō of the stocke, that the child begotten by the seconde brother shulde haue the first whiche is in the newe
〈◊〉
abolished. vp sede vnto thy brother.
9 And Onan knewe that the sede shuld not be his: therefore when he went in vnto his brothers wife, he spilled it on the groúde, lest he shulde giue sede vnto his brother.
10 And it was wicked in the eies of the Lorde, which he did: wherefore he slewe him also.
11 Then sayd Iudáh to Tamár his daughter in law,For she colde mary in any other familie so longe as Iudah wolde reteyne her in his. Remaine a widow in thy fathers house, til Sheláh my sonne growe vp [for he thoght (thus,) Lest he die as well as his brethren] So Tamár went and dwelt in her fathers house.
12 ¶ And in processe of time also the daughter of Shuáh Iudahs wyfe dyed. Then Iudáh, when heEbr. was comforted. had left mourning, went vp to his shepe sherers to Timnáh, he, and his neyghbour Hirah the Adullamite.
13 And it was tolde Tamar, saying, Beholde, thy father in lawe goeth vp to Timnah, to shere his shepe.
14 Then she put her widowes garmentes of from her, and couered (her) with a vaile, and wrapped her selfe, and sate downe inOr, in the dore of the foil
〈◊〉
or, where were two waies. Petháh-enaim, which is by the way to Timnáh, because she sawe that Sheláh was growen, and she was not giuen vnto him to wife.
15 Whē Iudáh sawe her, iudged her an whore: for she had couered her face.
16 And he turned to the way, towards her, and said, Come, I pray thee, let me lye with thee, [for heGod had won derfully blinded him that he cold not knowe her by her talke. knewe not that she was his daughter in lawe] And she aunswered, What wilt thou giue me forto lie with me?
17 Then sayd he, I will send thee a kid of the goates from the flocke, and she said, (Wel) if thou wilt giue me a pledge, til thou send it.
18 Then he sayd, What is the pledge that I shall giue thee? And she aunswered, Thy signet, and thyOr, tyre of thine head. cloke, and thy staffe that is in thine hand. So he gaue it her, and lay by her, and she was with childe by him.
19 Then she rose, and went and put her vayle from her and put on her widowes rayment.
20 Afterwarde Iudáh sent a kid of the goates by the hande of hisThat his wicked nes might not be knowen to others. neighbour the Adullamite, for to receiue his pledge from the womans hand: but he founde her not.
21 Then asked he the men of that place, saying, where is the whore, (that sate) in
〈◊〉
by the way side? And they answered, There was no whore here.
22 He came therefore to Iudáh againe, ād said, I can not finde her, and also the men of the place said, There was no whore there.
23 Then Iudáh said, Let her take it to her, lest we beEbr. in contēp.
He feareth mā more then God. shamed: beholde, I sent this kid, ād thou hast not founde her.
24 ¶ Nowe after thre moneths, one tolde Iudáh, saying, Tamárthy daughter in law hath played the whore, and lo, with playing the whore, she is greate with chylde. Then Iudah sayd, Bryng ye her forthe and let her beWe se that the lawe, which was writen in manheart, taught thē that whoredome shulde be punished with deathe albeit no lawe as yet was giue. burnt.
25 When she was broght forthe, she sent to her father in lawe, saying, By the man, vnto whome these thynges (perteine,) am I with childe: and sayd also, Loke, I praye thee, whose these are, the seale, and the cloke, and the staffe.
26 Then Iudáh knewe (them,) and said, She isThat is, she ought rather to accuse me then I her. more righteous: then I for (she hath done it) because I gaue her not to Sheláh my sonne. So he laye with herFor the horrour of the sinne condēned him. no more.
27 ¶ Nowe, when the time was come that she shulde be deliuered, beholde, there (were) twinnes in her wombe.
28 And when she was in trauel, (the one) put out his hand: and the midwife toke and bounde a red (threde) aboute his hand, saying, This is come out first.
29 But whē heTheir
〈◊〉
sinne was signified by this mon struous birth. plucked his hād backe againe, lo, his brother came out, and (the midwife) said, Howe hastOr the separa tion betwene thee and thy bro ther. thou broken the breache vp ó thee? and his name was called * Phárez.
30 And afterwarde came out hys brother that (had) the red (threde) about his hand, ād his name was called Zárah.1.
〈◊〉
. 2. 4.
Mat. 1. 3.
CHAP. XXXIX.
1 Ioséph is solde to Potiphár. 2 God prospereth him. 7 Poti phas wife tempteth him. 13. 20 He is accused and cast in prison. 21 God sheweth him fauour.
1 NOwe Ioséph was broght downe into Egipt: and PotiphárRead, chapter 37. 36. an Eunuche of Pha raohs [(and his) chief stuarde an Egyptian] boght hym at the hande of the Ishmeelites, which had broght him thether.
2 And the LordThe fauour of God is the founteine of all prosperite. was with Ioséph, and he was a man that prospered and was in the house of his master the Egyptian.
3 And his master sawe that the Lord (was) with him, and that the Lord made all that he did to prosper in his hand.
4 So Ioséph founde fauour in his sight, and serued him: and he made himBecause God prospered him: and so he made religion to serue his profite. ruler of his house, and put all that he had in his hand.
5 And from that time that he had made him ruler ouer his house and ouer all that he had the LordThe wicked are blessed by the companie of the godlie. blessed the Egyptians house for Iosephs sake: and the blessing of the Lord was vpon all that he had in the house, and in the field.
6 Therefore he left all that he had in Iosephs hand,For he was assured that all things shulde prosper wel: ther fore he ate and dranke and toke no care. and toke accompte of nothing (that was) with him, saue onely of the bread which he did eat. And Ioséph was a faire personne, and wel fauoured.
7 ¶ Now therefore after these things, his masters wife cast her eyes vpō Ioséph, and said,In this word he declareth the somme whereun to all her flatteries did rend. Lye with me.
8 But he refused and said to his masters wife, Beholde, my master knoweth not what (he hathe) in the house with me, but hathe committed all that he hathe to mine hand.
9 There is no man greater in this house then I: nether hathe he kept any thing from me, but only thee, because thou art his wife: how then can I do this great wickednes and (so) sinne againstThe feare of God preserued him against her continual tentations. God?
10 And albeit she spake to Ioséph day by day, yet he hearkened not vnto her, to lye with her, (or) to be in her companie.
11 Then on a certeine day (Ioseph) entred into the house, to do his busines: and there was no man of the housholde in the house:
12 Therefore she caught him by his garment, saying, Slepe with me: but he left his garmēt in her hand and fled, and got him out.
13 Now when she sawe that he had left his gar ment in her hand and was fled out,
14 She called vnto the men of her house, and tolde thē, saying, Beholde, he hathe broght in an Ebre we vnto vs
〈◊〉
, to do vs vilennie & shame. to mocke vs: who came into me for to haue slept with me: but IThis declareth that where incontinencie is, thereunto is ioy ned extreme impudencie and craft. cryed with a loude voyce.
15 And when he heard that I lift vp my voyce and cryed, he left his garment with me, and fled away, and got him out.
16 So she layed vp his garment by her, vntil her lord came home.
17 Then she tolde himOr, after this maner. according to these wordes, saying, The Ebrewe seruant, which thou hast brogt vnto vs, came into me to mocke me.
18 But assone as I lift vp my voyce and cryed, he left his garment with me, aud fled out.
19 Then when his master heard the wordes of his wife, which she tolde him, saying, After this maner did thy seruant to me, his angre was kindled.
20 And Iosephs master toke him and put him inEbr. in the prison house.
His cuil intreat mēt in the prisō may be gathered of the Psal. 105. 18 prison, in the place, where the Kings prisoners lay bounde: and there he was in prison.
21 But the Lord was with Ioséph, andEbr. inclined mercie vnto him shewed him mercie, and got him fauour in the sight of theOr, lord. master of the prison.
22 And the keper of the prison commited to Iosephs hand all the prisoners that were in the prison, andThat is, nothing was done without his cō
mandement. whatsoeuer they did the re, that did he.
23 And the keper of the prison loked vnto nothing that was vnder his hand, seing that the Lord (was) with him: for whatsoeuer he did, the Lord made it to prosper.
CHAP. XL.
8 The interpretation of dreames is of God. 12. 19 Ioséph expoundeth the dreames of the two prisoners. 23 The in gratitude of the butler.
1 ANd after these things, the butler of the King of Egypt and his baker offended their lord the king of Egypt.
2 And Pharaóh was angry against his twoOr, Eunuches, the worde signifieth them that were in high esla
〈◊〉
, or, them that were gelded. officers, against the chief butler, and against the chief baker.
3 Therefore he put them in warde in his chief stuardes house, in the prison (and) place whe reGod worked many wonderful meanes to de liuer his. Ioséph was bounde.
4 And the chief stuarde gaue Ioséph charge ouer them, and he serued them: and they con tinued a season in warde:
5 ¶ And they bothe dreamed a dreame, ether of them his dreame in one night,That is, euerie dreame had his interpretation, as the thing after ward declared. eche one according to the interpretatio of his dreame (bothe) the butler & the baker of the King of Egypt, which were bounde in the prison.
6 And when Ioséph came in vnto them in the morning, and loked vpon them, he holde, they were sad.
7 And he asked Pharaohs officers, that were with him in his masters warde, saying, WhereforeEbr. why are your faces euil. loke ye so sadly to day?
8 Who answered him, We haue dreamed, (eche one) a dreame, & there is none to inter pret the same, Thē Ioséph said vnto thē,Can not God raise vp suche as shal interpret suche things? Are not interpretations of God? tel thē me now.
9 So the chief butler tolde his dreame to Ioséph, ād said vnto him, In my dreame, beholde, a vine (was) before me,
10 And in the vine (were) thre branches, and as it budded, her floure came forthe: and the clusters of grapes waxed ripe.
11 And (I had) Pharaohs cup in mine hand, and I toke the grapes, and wrong them into Pha raohs cup, and I gaue the cup into Pharaohs hand.
12 Then Ioséph said vnto him, ThisHe was assured by the Spirit of God that his interpretation was true. is the interpretation of it: The thre branche are thre dayes.
13 Within thre dayes shal Pharaóh lift vp thine head, and restore thee vnto thineEbr. place. office, and thou shalt giue Pharaohs cup into his hand after the olde maner, when thou wast his butler.
14 But haue me in remembrance with thee, when thou art in good case, and she we mercie, I pray thee, vnto me, andHe refused not the meanes to be deliuered, which he thoght God had appointed. make mencion of me to Pharaóh, that thou maiest bring me out of this house.
15 For I was stollen away by theft out of the
land of the Ebrewes, and here also haue I done nothing, wherefore they shulde put meOr, in the pit. in the dungeon.
16 And when the chief baker sawe that the in terpretacion was good, he said vnto Ioséph, Also me thoght in my dreame that I had threThat is, made of white twigges or, as some read baskets ful of ho les. white baskets on mine head.
17 And in the vppermost basket there (was) of all maner baken meates for Pharaōh: and the birdes did eat them out of the basket vpon mine head.
18 Then Ioséph answered, ād saidHe sheweth that the ministers of God oght not to conceile that, which God reueileth vnto them. This is the interpretacion thereof: The thre baskets are thre dayes.
19 Within thre daies shal Pharaóh take thine head from thee, and shal hang thee on a tre, and the birdes shal eat thy flesh frō of thee.
20 ¶ And so the third day, (which was) PharaohsWhich was an occasion to appoint his officers and so to ex amine them that were in prison. birthday, he made a feast vnto all his seruantes: and he lifted vp the head of the chief butler, and the head of the chief baker among his seruantes.
21 And he restored the chief butler vnto his butlership, who gaue the cup in to Pharaohs hand,
22 But he hanged the chief baker, as Ioséph had interpreted vnto them.
23 Yet the chief butler did not remembre Ioséph, but forgat him.
CHAP. XLI.
20 Pharaohs
〈◊〉
are expounded by Ioséph. 40. He is made ruler ouer all Egypt. 51. He hathe two sonnes: Manasseh and Ephraim. 54. The famine beginneth throughout the worlde.
1 ANdEbr. at the end of two yeres of daies. two yeres after, Pharaóh also This dreame was not so muche for Pharaoh as to be a meane to deliuer Ioséph and to prouide for his Church. drea med, and beholde, he stode by a riuer,
2 And lo, there came out of the riuer seuen goodlie kine and fatfleshed, and thei fed in aOr,
〈◊〉
place. medow:
3 And lo, seuen other kine came vp after them out of the riuer, euilfauoured and leane fleshed, and stode by the (other) kine vpon the brinke of the riuer.
4 And the euil fauoured and leane fleshed kine did eat vp the seuen welfauoured and fat kine: so Pharaóh awoke.
5 Againe he slept, and dreamed theAll these mea nes God vsed to deliuer his seruāt, and to bring him in to fauour and
〈◊〉
. seconde time: & beholde, seuen eares of corne grewe vpon one stalke, ranke and goodlie.
6 And lo, seuen thinne eares, and blasted with the East winde, sprang vp after them.
7 And the thinne eares deuoured the seuen ranke and ful eares, then Pharaóh awaked, and lo, (it was) a dreame.
8 Now when the morning came, his spirite wasThis
〈◊〉
was ynoughto teache him, that this vision was sent of God. troubled: therefore he sent and called all the sothesaiers of Egypt, and all the wise men thereof, and Pharaóh tolde them his dreames: butThe wise of the worlde vnderstand not Gods secrets, but to his seruants his Wil is reueiled. none colde interpret them to Pharaóh.
9 Then spake the chief butler vnto Pharaóh, saying, IHe confesseth his
〈◊〉
against the King, before he speake of Ioséph. call to minde my fautes this day.
10 Pharaóh being angry with his seruantes, put me in warde in the chief stuardes house, (bothe) me and the chief baker.
11 Then we dreamed a dreame in one night, (bothe) I, and he: we dreamed eche man according to the interpretaciō of his dreame.
12 And there (was) with vs a yong man, an Ebrewe, seruāt vnto the chief stuarde, whome when we tolde, he declared our dreames toRead Chapter. 40. 5. vs, to euerie one he declared according to his dreame.
13 And as he declared vnto vs, so it came to pas se: (for) he restored me to mine office, and hanged him.
14 * Then sent Pharaóh, andThe wicked se ke to the Prophets of God in their necessitie, whome in their prosperitie they abhorre. called Ioséph,Psal. 105. 20. and they broght him hastely out of prison, and he shaued him, and chāged his raiment, and came to Pharaóh.
15 Then Pharaóh said to Ioséph, I haue dreamed a dreame, and no man can interpret it, and I haue heard say of thee, (that when) thou hearest a dreame, thou cāst interpret it.
16 And Ioséph answered Pharaóh, saying,As thogh he wolde say, If I in terpret thy drea me, it cometh of God and not of me. Without me God shalEbr. answer peace. answer for the welth of Pharaóh.
17 And Pharaóh said vnto Ioséph, In my dreame, beholde, I stode by the bāke of the riuer
18 And lo there came vp out of the riuer seuen fatfleshed, and wel fauoured kine, and thei fed in the medow.
19 Also lo, seuen other kine came vp after thē poore & veryEbr. naught. euil fauoured, & leanefleshed I neuer sawe the like in all the land of Egypt for euil fauoured.
20 And the leane and euil fauoured kine did eat vp the first seuen fat kine.
21 And when theyEbr.
〈◊〉
gone into theirs inwarde partes, had eaten them vp, it colde not be knowen that they had eaten them, but they were stil as euil fauoured, as they were at the beginning: so did I awake.
22 Moreouer I sawe in my dreame, and beholde, seuen eares sprang out of one stalke, ful and faire.
23 And lo, seuen eares, withered, thinne, (and) blasted with the East winde, sprang vp after them.
24 And the thinne eares deuoured the seuen good eares. Now I haue tolde the sothesaiers and none can declare it vnto me.
25 ¶ Then Ioséph answered Pharaóh, (Bothe) Pharaóhs dreames are one.Bothe his drea mes tend to on end. God hathe she wed Pharaóh, what he is about to do.
26 The seuen good kine are seuen yeres, and the seuen good eares are seuen yeres: this is one dreame.
27 Like wise the seuen thinne and euil fauoured kine, that came out after them, are seuen yeres: and the seuen emptie eares blasted with the East winde are seuen yeres of famine.
28 This is the thing, which I haue said vnto Pharaóh, that God hathe shewed vnto Pharaóh, what he is aboute to do.
29 Beholde, there come seuen yeres of greatOr, abundance and saturitie. plentie in all the land of Egypt.
30 Againe, there shal arise after them seuen yeres of famine, so that all the plentie shalbe forgottten in the land of Egypt, and the famine
shal consume the land:
31 Nether shal the plentieOr, they shal
〈◊〉
no more thep leatie. be knowen in the land, by reasō of this famine that (shal come) after: for it shalbe exceading great.
32 And therfore the dreame was doubled vnto Pharaóh the secōd time, because the thīg is established by God, and God hasteth to performe it.
33 Now therefore let PharaóhThe office of a true Prophet is not only to shew the euilsto come but also the reme dies for the same prouide for a man of vnderstanding and wisdome, and set him ouer the land of Egypt.
34 Let Pharaóh make and appoint officers ouer the land, ād take vp the fifte parte of the land of Egyptin the seuen plenteous yeres.
35 Also let them gather all the fode of these good yeres that come, and lay vp corne vnder the hand of Pharaóh for fode, in the cities, and let them kepe (it.)
36 So the fode shalbe for the prouision of the land, against the seuen yeres of famine, whiche shalbe in the land of Egypt, that the lād perish not by famine.
37 ¶ And the saying pleased Pharaôh and all his seruantes.
38 Then said Pharaóh vnto his seruantes, Can we finde (suche) a man as this, in whome (is) theNone shuld be preferred to honour that haue not gifts of God mete for the same Spirit of God.
39 Then Pharaóh said to Ioséph, For as muche as God hath shewed thee al this, there is no man of vnderstanding, or of wisdome lyke vnto thee.Psal. 105. 21.
40 * Thou shalt be ouer mine house, ād at thy1. Mac. 2
〈◊〉
.
Ebr. mouthe.
Some read, The people shal kisse
〈◊〉
: that is, shal obey thee in all things. worde shall al my people be armed, onelyAct. 7. 10. in the Kings throne wil I be aboue thee.
41 Moreouer Pharaóh said to Ioséph, Beholde I haue set thee ouer all the land of Egypt.
42 And Pharaóh toke of hisOr, his signes. ring frome his hand, and put it vpō Iosephs hand, & araied him in garments of fine linen and put a golden cheine about his necke.
43 So he set him vpon theEbr. seconde
〈◊〉
. best charet that he had, saue one: & they cryed before himIn signe of ho
〈◊〉
Which Word some expounde, tender father, or father of the kīg, or knele downe. Abréch, & placed him ouer al the lād of Egipt
44 Againe Pharaóh said vnto Ioséph, I am Pha raóh, & without thee shal no man lift vp his hand or his fote in al the land of Egypt.
45 And Pharaóh called Iosephs nameOr, the expounder, of secrets. Zaphnáth-paaneáh: and he gaue hym to wife Asenáth the daughter of Poti-phérahOr, priest. prince of On, then went Ioséph abroad in the land of Egypt.
46 ¶ And Ioséph (was)His age is men cioned bothe to shewe that his autoritie came of God, & also that he suffred imprisonment and exi le twelue yeres and mo. thirty yere olde whē he stode before Pharaóh Kyng of Egypt: and Ioséph departing from the presence of Pharaóh, went through out all the land of Egypt.
47 And in the seuen plenteous yeres the earthEbr. made for gatherings. broght forthe store.
48 And he gathered vp al the fode of the seuē plenteous yeres, whiche were in the land of Egypt, and layed vp fode in the cities: the fode of the field, that was rounde about (eue ry) citie, layed he vp in the same.
49 So Ioséph gathered wheat, like vnto the sand of the sea in multitude out of measure, vntil he left nombring: for (it was)
〈◊〉
nombre.
50 Now vnto Ioséph were borne* two sonnesChap. 46. 20. and 48. 5. [before the yeres of famine came] whiche Asenáth the daughter of Poti-phérah prince of On bare vnto hym.
51 And Ioséph called the name of the first borne Manasseh: for God, (said he,) hathe made me forget all my labour and all myNot Withstanding that his
〈◊〉
house was the true Churche of God: yet the companie of the Wicked and prosperitie caused him to forget it.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 16. fathers housholde.
52 Also he called the name of the seconde Ephráim: for God, (said he,) hath made me fru teful in the land of mine affliction.
53 ¶ So the seuen yeres of the plentie that was in the land of Egypt were ended.
54 * Then began the seuen yeres of famine to come, accordyng as Ioséph had said: and the famine was in al landes; but in all the land of Egypt wasOr, fode. bread.
55 At the length al the land of Egypt was affamished ād the people cryed to Pharaóh for bread. And Pharaóh said vnto all the Egyptians, Go to Ioséph: whathe saith to you, do ye.
56 When the famine was vpon all the land, Ioséph opened all (places,) wherein (the store was) and solde vnto the Egyptians: for the fa mine waxed sore in the land of Egypt.
57 And all countreisOr, came to
〈◊〉
to Ioséph. came to Egyptto bye corne of Ioséph, because the famine was sore in all landes.
CHAP. XLII.
3 Iosephs brethren come into Egypt to bye corhe. 7 He knoweth them, and tryeth them. 24. 25. Simeón is put in prison. 26 The other returne to their father to fet Beniamin.
1 THenThis storie sheweth plainely that al thingsare gouerned by Gods prowidence for the profite of his Churche. Iaakób sawe that there was fode in Egypt, and Iaakób said vnto his sonnes, WhyAs men destitute of counsell. gaze ye one vpon another?
2 And he said, Behold, I haue heard that there is fode in Egypt, *Get you downe thether and bye vs fode thence, that we may liue, and not dye.
3 ¶ So went Iosephs ten brethren downe toAct. 7. 12. bye corne of the Egyptians.
4 But Beniamin Iosephs brother wolde not Iaakób send with his brethren: for he said, Lest death shuldeEbr. shuld
〈◊〉
him. befall him.
5 And the sonnes of Israél came to bye fode among thē that came: for there was famine in the land of Canáan.
6 Now Ioséph was gouerner of the land who solde to all the people of the land: then Iosephs brethren came, and bowed their face to the grounde before him.
7 And whē Ioséph sawe his brethrē, he kne we them, andThis dissc̄bling is not to be sollowed, nor any
〈◊〉
facts of the father snot
〈◊〉
ouedby Gods Worde. made him selfe strange toward them, and spake to them roughly, & said vnto them, Whence come ye? Who answered, Out of the land of Canáan, to bye vitaile.
8 [Now Ioséph knewe his brethren, but they knewe not him.
9 And Ioséph remēbred the * dreames, whichChap. 37.
〈◊〉
. he dreamed of them] and he said vnto them, Ye are spies, (and) are come to se theEbr nakednes, or,
〈◊〉
.
weakenes of the land.
10 But they said vnto him, Nay, my Lord, but to bye vitaile thy seruantes are come.
11 We are al one mans sonnes: we meane trnely, and thy seruantes are no spies.
12 But he said vnto them, Nay, but ye are come to sethe weakenes of the land.
13 And they said, We thy seruantes are twelue brethren, the sonnes of one man in the land of Canáan: and beholde, the yongest (is) this day with our father, and one is not."Or is, dead.
14
〈◊〉
Ioséph said vnto thē, This is it that I spake vnto you, saying, Ye are spies.
15 Hereby ye shalbe proued:The egyptians which were ido
〈◊〉
vsed to
〈◊〉
by their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for biddeth to sweare bi ary
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
: yet
〈◊〉
dwelling
〈◊〉
the wicked
〈◊〉
of their corruptions. (by) the life of Pharaóh, ye shal not go hence, except your yongest brother come hether.
16 Send one of you whiche may fet your brother, and ye shal be kept in prison, that your wordes may be proued, whether there be trueth in you: or els (by) the life of Pharaóh ye are but spies.
17 So he put them in warde thre dayes.
18 Then Ioséph said vnto them the third day, This do, and liue: (for) IAnd
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
. feare God.
19 If ye be true men, let one of your brethren be bounde in your prison house, (and) go ye, carie fode (for) the famine of your houses:
20 * But bring your yonger brother vnto me,Chap.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. that your wordes may be tried, and that ye die not: and they did so.
21 ¶ And they said one to an other,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
acknowledge
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
other wise they wolde dissemble Chap.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. We haue verely sinned against our brother, in that we sawe the
〈◊〉
of his soule, when he besoght vs, & we wolde not heare (him:) therfore is this trouble come vpon vs,
22 And Reubén answered thē, saying, Warned I not you, saying, *Sinne not against the child and ye wolde not heare? and lo, hisGod will take vengeance vpon vs, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
measure. blood is now required.
23 [And they were not aware that Ioséph vnderstode them: for heEbr.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thē. spake vnto them by an interpreter.]
24 Then he turned from them, andThogh he shewed him selfe
〈◊〉
gorous, yet hys
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. wept and turned to them againe, and communed with them, and
〈◊〉
Simeôn from among them, and bounde him before their eyes.
25 ¶ So Ioséph commanded that they shulde
〈◊〉
their sackes with wheat, and put
〈◊〉
mans money againe in his sacke, & giue thē vitaile for the iourney: and thus did he vnto them.
26 And they laied their vitaile vpon their asses and departed thence.
27 And as one of them opened his sacke for to giue his asse prouandre in the ynne, he espied his money: for lo, it was in his sackes mouthe.
28 Then he said vnto his brethren, My money is restored? for lo, it is euen in my sacke. And their hearts
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. failed them, & they wereBecause
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
accused them of their
〈◊〉
, thei thoght God wolde
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them to
〈◊〉
by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. astonished, and said one to an other, What is this (that) God hathe done vnto vs?
29 ¶ And they came vnto Iaakób their father vnto the land of Canáan, and tolde hym all that
〈◊〉
be fallen them, saying.
30 The man, (who is) Lord of the land, speake roughly to vs, and put vs (in prison) as spies of the countrey.
31 And we said vnto him, We are true men, (and) are not spies.
32 We be twelue brethren,
〈◊〉
of our father: one is
〈◊〉
, can not be founde. not, and the yongest (is) this day with our father in the land of Canáan.
33 Then the Lord of the countrey said vnto vs Hereby shal I knowe if ye be true mē: Leaue one of your brethren with me, & take (fode) for the famine of your houses and departe.
34 And bring your yongest brother vnto me, that I may knowe that ye are no spies, but true men: (so) wil I deliuer you your brother and ye shal occupie in the land.
35 ¶ And as they empted their sackes, beholde euerie mans būdel of monei was in his sacke and when they and their father sawe the bū
dels of their money, they were afraied.
36 Then
〈◊〉
their father said to them, Ye haue robbed me of my children: Ioséph is not, and Simeôn is not, and ye wil take Benia min: all these thingsOr, light vpon me. are againstFor thei semed not to be touched with any loue
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
, which increased his sorowe: & partely as
〈◊〉
he suspected thē for Ioséph. me.
37 Then Reubén answered his father, saying, Slay my two sōnes, if I bring him not to thee againe: deliuer him to mine hand and I will bring him to thee againe.
38 But he said, My sonne shall not go downe with you: for his brother is dead, & he is left alone: if death come vnto him by the way, which ye go, thē ye shal bring my graie head with sorowe vnto the graue.
CHAP. XLIII.
13 Iaakób suffreth Beniamin to departe with his children 13 Simeon is deliuered out of prison. 30 Ioseph goeth aside and wepeth, 32 They feast together.
1 NOw greatThis was a great tentation to Iaakob to suffre so great
〈◊〉
ne in that land, where God had promised to bles se him. famine (was) in the land.
2 And when they had eaten vp the vitaile which they had broght from Egypt, their father said vnto them, Turne againe, (and) bye vs a litle fode.
3 And Iudáh answered him, saying, The man charged vs by an othe, saying, *Neuer se myChap. 42. 20. face, except your brother (be) with you.
4 If thou wilt send our brother with vs, we wil go downe, and by thee fode:
5 But if thou wilt not send (him,) we will notChap. 42. 20. go downe: for the man said vnto vs, * Loke me not in the face, except your brother (be) with you.
6 And Israél said, Wherefore delt ye so euill with me, as to tel the man, whether ye had yet a brother or no?
7 And they answered, The man asked straitly ofOr, of our
〈◊〉
and condition. our selues and of our kinred, saying, Is your father yet aliue? haue ye (any) brother? And we tolde himEbr. to the mouthe of these wordes: that is
〈◊〉
thing which he asked vs. according to these wordes: colde we know certeinly that he wolde say, Bring your brother downe?
8 Thē said Iudáh to Isráel his father, Send the boye with me, that we may rise and go, and that we may liue and not dye bothe we, and thou, and our children.
9 I wil be suretie for him: of mine hand shalt
thou require him. * If I bring hym not toChap. 44.
〈◊〉
. thee, and set him before thee,Ebr. I wil sinne
〈◊〉
thee. then let me beare the blame for euer.
10 For except we had made this tarying doutles by this we had returned the secōde time
11 Then their father Israél said vnto them, If (it must nedes be) so nowe, do thus: take of the best frutes of the land in your vessels, & bring the man a present, a litle rosen, and a"Or, swere smel les. litle honie, spices and
〈◊〉
, nuttes, and almondes.
12 And takewhen we are in
〈◊〉
or danger God forbiddeth not to vse alhonest mea nes to better or estate & conditiō
double money in your hand, and the money, that was broght againe in your sackes mouthes: carie it againe in your hand lest it were some ouer sight.
13 Take also your brother and arise, (and) go againe to the man.
14 AndOur chief trust ought to be in God and not in worldly meanes God almightie giue you mercie in the sight of the man, that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
deliuer you your other brother, & Bēiamin: but I shalbe He speaketh these wordes not so muche of
〈◊〉
, as to make hissonnes more careful to bryng againe their bro ther.robbed of my childe, as I haue bene.
15 ¶ Thus the men toke this present, and toke twise so muche money in their hands with Beniamin, and rose vp, and went downe to Egypt and stode before Ioséph.
16 And when Ioséph sawe Beniamin with thē, he said toOr, the ruler of his house. his stuard, Bring these men home and kil meat and make readie: for the men shall eat with me at noone.
17 And the man did as Ioséph bad, and broght the men vnto Iosephs house.
18 Now when the men were broght into Iosephs house thei wereSo the Iudgement of God pres sed their
〈◊〉
. afraied, and said Because of the money, that came in our sackes mouths at the first time, are we broght, that he maieEbr. role him selfe vpon vs. pike a quarel against vs, andEbr. cast him
〈◊〉
vpon
〈◊〉
. laye some thing to our charge, & bring vs in bondage and our asses.
19 Therefore came they to Iosephs stuard, and communed with hym at the dore of the house.
20 And said, Oh syr, * we came in dede downeChap. 42.
〈◊〉
. hether at the first time to bye fode.
21 And as we came to an ynne and opened our sackes, beholde, euerie mans money was in his sackes mouth (euen) our money in ful weight, but we haue broght it againe in our hands.
22 Also other money haue we broght in our handes to bye fode (but) we can not tel, who put our money in our sackes.
23 And he said,Or, you are wel Peace be vnto you, feare not:Not withstanding the corruptions of Egypt yet Ioseph taught his familie to feare God. your God and the God of your father hath giuen you that treasure in your sackes, I had your money: & he broght forth Simeō to thē.
24 So the man led thē in to Iosephs house, and gaue them water to wash their fete, & gaue their asses prouander.
25 And they made redy their present against Ioséph came at none, [for they heard saie, that they shulde eat bread there.]
26 When Ioséph came home they broght the present into the house to him, which was in their hands, & bowed downe to the grounde before him.
27 And he asked them of (their)Ebr. peace. prosperitie & said, Is your father the olde mā, of whome ye tolde me, in good health? is he yet aliue?
28 Who answered, Thy seruant our father is in good helth, he is yet aliue: ād they bowed downe, and made obeisance.
29 And he lifting vp his eies, be helde his brother Beniamin hisFor they two onely were borne of
〈◊〉
. mothers sonne, and said, Is this your yonger brother, of whome ye tolde me? And he said, God be merciful vnto thee, my sonne.
30 And Ioséph made haste [for hisEbr. bowels. affection was inflamed toward his brother, and soght (where) to wepe] ād entred into his chambre and wept there.
31 Afterward he washed his face, & came out, & refrained him selfe, & said, Set onEbr. bread. meat.
32 And theyTo signifie his dignitie. prepared for him by him selfe, and for them by thē selues, and for the Egyptians, which did eat with him, by them selues, because the Egyptians might not eat bread with the Ebrewes: for that was anThe nature of the superstitious is to condemne all other in respect of them sel ues. abominacion vnto the Egyptians.
33 So they sate before him: the eldest according vnto his age, and the yongest according vnto his youthe, and the men marueiled among them selues.
34 And thei toke meases from before him and (sent) to them: but Beniamins mease was fiue times so muche as anie of theirs: and thei dronkeSome time this worde
〈◊〉
to be dronken, but here it is
〈◊〉
, that thei had ynough, and
〈◊〉
of the best wine. & had of the best drinke with him.
CHAP. XLIIII,
15 Ioséph accuseth his brother of theft. 33 Iudáh offreth him selfe to be seruant for
〈◊〉
.
1 AFterwarde he commanded his stuard, saying,
〈◊〉
the mens sackes with fode; as muche as thei can cary, and put euerie mans money in
〈◊〉
sackes mouthe.
2 AndWe may not by this example vse any vnlawful practises, seing God hathe commanded vs to walke in simpli citie. put my cup, (I meane) the siluer cup, in the sackes mouthe of the yongest, and his corne money. And he did according to the commandement that Ioséph gaue (him,)
3 And in theEbr. the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. morning the men were sent away, thei, and their asses.
4 And when thei went out of the citie not far re of, Ioséph said to his stuard, Vp, followe af ter the men: and when thou doest ouertake them, say vnto them, Wherefore haue ye rewarded euil for good?
5 Is that not (the cup,) wherein my lord, drinketh?Because the people thoght he colde denine, he
〈◊〉
to him selfe that knowledge: or els he faineth that he consulted with so the saiers
〈◊〉
which simulation is worthy to bereproued. and in the which he doeth deuine & prophecie? ye haue done euil in so doing.
6 ¶ And when he ouertoke thē, he said those wordes vnto them.
7 And thei answered him, Wherfore saieth my Lord suche wordes? God, forbid that thy seruants shulde do suche a thing.
8 Beholde, the money which we found in our sackes mouthes, we broght againe to thee out of the lād of Canáan: how then shuld we steale out of thy lordes house siluer, or golde
9 With whomesoeuer of thy seruants it be founde, let him dye, ād we also wil be my lords bondmen.
10 And he said, Now then let it be according
vnto your wordes: he with whom it is foūde shal be my seruant, and ye shal beEbr. innocent. blameles.
11 Then at once euerie man toke downe his sacke to the grounde, and euerie one opened his sacke.
12 And he searched and began at the eldest & left at the yongest: and the cup was founde in Beniamins sacke.
13 Then theyTo signifie how greatly the thing displeased them, & how sory thei were for it. rent their clothes, & laded euerie man his asse, & went againe into the citie
14 ¶ So Iudah and his brethren came to Iosephs house [for he (was) yet there] and they
〈◊〉
before him on the grounde.
15 Thē
〈◊〉
said vnto thē, What acte is this whiche
〈◊〉
haue done? Knowe ye not that suche a man as I, can deuine and prophecie
16 Then said Iudah, What shall we say vnto my Lord? what shall we speake? and how can we iustifie ourselues?If we
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
dent cause of our affliction, let vs loke
〈◊〉
the secret counsell of God,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vs iustly for our sin nes. God hath founde out the wickednes of thy seruants: beholde we (are) seruants to my Lord, bothe we, and he, with whome the cup is founde.
17 But he answered, God forbid, that I shulde do
〈◊〉
, (but) the man, with whome the cup is founde, he shal be my seruant, and go ye in peace vnto your father.
18 Then Iudah drewe nere vnto him, and said, Oh my Lord, let thy seruant now speake a worde in my Lords eares, & let not
〈◊〉
wrath be kindled against thy seruant: for thou art euenEqual in
〈◊〉
: or, next vn to the King. as Pharaoh.
19 My Lord asked his seruants, saying, * Haue ye a father, or a brother.Chap. 42. 13.
20 And we answered my Lord, We haue a father that is
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
a yongEbr. childe of his olde age.
〈◊〉
, (which he begat) in his age: and his brother is dead, and he alone is left of his mother and his father loueth him.
21 Now thou said est vnto thy seruants, Bryng hym vnto me, that I mayOr, that I may se him. set mine eie vpon him.
22 And we answered my Lord, The childe can not departe from his father: for if he leaue his father, (his
〈◊〉
) wolde dye.
23 Then saidest thou vnto thy seruāts, * ExceptChap. 43.
〈◊〉
. your yonger brother come downe with you loke in my face no more.
24 So when we came vnto thy seruant our father, & shewed hym what my Lord had said.
25 And our father said vnto vs, Go againe, bye vs a litle fode.
26 Then we answered, We can not go downe: (but) if our yongest brotherEbr. be with vs. go with vs, thē wil we go downe: for we may not se the mās face, except our yongest brother be with vs
27 Then thy seruant my father said vnto vs, Ye knowe that myRahél bare to Iaakob Ioséph and Beniamin. wife bare me two (sonnes)
28 And the one went out from me, and I said, Of a surety he is torne in pieces, and I sawe him not since.
29 Now ye take this also away from me: if death take him, thenYe shall cause me to dye for
〈◊〉
, ye shal bring my gray head in soro we to the graue.
30 Now therefore, whē I come to thy seruant my father, and the childe (be) not with vs [seing that hisEbr his soule is bonde to his sou le. life dependeth on the (childes) life]
31 Then when he shal se that the childe (is) not (come,) he wil dye: so shal thy seruants bring the gray head of thy seruant our father with soro we to the graue.
32 Doutles thy seruant became suretie for the childe to my father, and said, * If I bring himChap. 43. 9. not vnto thee againe, thē I wil beare the blame vnto my father for euer.
33 Now therefore, I pray thee, let (me) thy seruant bide for the childe, (as) a seruant to my Lord, and let the childe go vp with his brethren.
34 ForMeaning, he had rather remai ne there
〈◊〉
then to
〈◊〉
and se his father in heauines. how can I go vp to my father, if the childe (be) not with me, onles I wolde se the euil that shal come on my father?
CHAP. XLV.
1 Ioseph makerh him selfe knowen to his brethren 8 He sheweth that all was done by Gods prouidence. 18 Pharaóh commandeth him to send for his father. 24 Ioséph exhorteth his brethren to cōcorde. 27 Iakób reioyceth.
1 THen Ioséph colde not refraine him selfe before all that stode by him, but he criedNot that he was
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, but that he wolde couer his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Haue forthe euerie man frō me. And there taried not one with him, while Ioséph vttered himselfe vnto his brethren.
2 And he wept and cryed, (so) that the Egyptiās heard: the house of Pharaóh heard also.
3 Then Ioséph said to his brethren, I am Ioséph: doeth my father yet liue? But his brethren colde not answer him, for thei were astonished at his presence.
4 Againe Ioséph said to his brethren, Come nere, I pray you, to me. And thei came nere.Act. 7. 13. And he said, * I am Ioséph your brother, whome ye solde into Egypt.
5 Now therefore be notThis example reacheth, that we must by all meanes comfort thē, which are truely humbled and wounded for their sinnes. sad, nether grieued with your selues, that ye solde me hether: * for God did send me before you for (your) preseruation.
6 For now two yeres of famine (haue bene) through the land, and fiue yeres (are) behinde,Chap. 50. 20. wherein nether (shal be) earing nor haruest.
7 Wherefore God sent me before you to preserue your posteritie in this land, and to saue you aliue by a great deliuerance.
8 Now then you sent not me hether, butAlbeit Godde test sinne, yet
〈◊〉
turneth
〈◊〉
wickednes to serue to his
〈◊〉
rie. God who hathe made me a father vnto Pharaóh, and lord of all his house, and ruler through out all the land of Egypt.
9 Haste you and go vp to my father, and tel him, Thus saieth thy sonne Ioséph, GOD hathe made me lord of all Egypt: come dow ne to me, tary not.
10 And thou shalt dwel in the land of Gôshen, and shalt be nere me, thou and thy children, and thy childrens children, and thy shepe, & thy beastes, and all that thou hast.
11 Also I wil nourish thee there [for yet (remaine) fiue yeres of famine] lest thou perish through pouertie, thou and thy housholde, and all that thou hast.
12 And beholde, your eies do se, and the eies
of my brother Beniamin, thatThat is, that I speake in your owne langage & haue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. my mouth speaketh to you.
13 Therefore tel my father of all mine honour in Egypt, and of all that ye haue sene, and ma ke haste, and bring my father hether.
14 Then he fel on his brother Beniamins necke, & wept, & Beniamin wept on his necke,
15 Moreouer he kissed all his brethren, and wept vpō them: and afterwarde his brethren talked with him.
16 ¶And the
〈◊〉
. voice. tydings came vnto Pharaohs house, so that thei said, Iosephs brethren are come: and it pleased Pharaoh wel, and his seruants.
17 Then Pharaóh said vnto Ioséph, Say to thy brethren, This do ye, lade your beàstes and departe, go to the land of Canáan,
18 And take your father, and your housholdes and come to me, and I wil giue you the The moste plentiful grounde. best of the land of Egypt, and ye shal eat of the The chiefest
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
. fat of the land.
19 And I commande thee, Thus do ye, take you charets out of the lād of Egypt for your children, and for your wiues, and bring your father and come.
20 Also Eb. let not your eye spare your vessels, regard not your stuffe: for the best of all the land of Egypt is yours.
21 And the children of Israél did so: ād Ioséph gaue them charets according to the cōmandement of Pharaoh he gaue them vitaile also for the iourney.
22 He gaue them all, none except, change of raiment: but vnto Beniamin he gaue thre hundreth pieces of siluer, and fine sutes of rayment.
23 And vnto his fatherOr, he sent asmuch to wit, siluer, as vers, 22 & ten asses. likewise he sentten he asses laden with the best things of Egypt, & ten she asses ladē with wheat, and bread, and meat for his father by the way.
24 So sent he his brethren a way, and thei departed: and he said vnto them, Seing he had remitted the fau te done toward him, he wolde not that thei shuld accuse one an other. Fal not out by the way.
25 ¶Then thei went vp from Egypt, and came vnto the land of Canáan vnto Iaakób their father,
26 And tolde him, saying, Ioséph (is) yet aliue and he also is gouerner ouer all the land of Egypt, and (Iaakobs) heart As one betwe ne hope & feare. failed: for he beleued them not.
27 And thei tolde him all the wordes of Ioséph which he had said vnto them: but when he sawe the charets, which Ioséph had sent to cary him, then the spirit of
〈◊〉
their father reuiued.
28 And Israél
〈◊〉
, (I haue) ynough: Ioséph my sonne (is) yet aliue: I wil go and se him yer I dye.
CHAP. XLVI.
1 God assureth Iaakob of his
〈◊〉
into Egypt. 27 The nombre of his
〈◊〉
when he went into Egypt. 29
〈◊〉
meteth his father.
〈◊〉
He teacheth his brethren what to answer to Pharaoh.
1 THen Israél toke his iourney with all that he had, and came to Beer-
〈◊〉
, and Whereby he both signified, that he
〈◊〉
hip ped the true God and
〈◊〉
t at he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
heart
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of that land, from whence present
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
him. offred sacrifice vnto the God of his father Izhák.
2 And God spake vnto Israél in a vision by night, saying, Iaakób, Iaakób. Who answered, I am here.
3 Then he said, I am God, the God of thy father, feare not to go downe into Egypt: for I wil there make of thee a great nation.
4 I wil
〈◊〉
thee by my
〈◊〉
. go downe with thee into Egypt, and I wil also
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. bring thee vp againe, and Ioséph shal Shal shut
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
when thou
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to him that was moste
〈◊〉
or
〈◊〉
of the kinred. put his hand vpon thine eies.
5 Then Iaakób rose vp from Beer-shébâ: and the sonnes of Israél
〈◊〉
Iaakób their father, and their children, and their wiues in the charets, which Pharaóh had sent to cary him.
6 And thei toke their
〈◊〉
and their goods, which they had gottē in the land of Canáan
〈◊〉
. 24. 4. and came into Egypt, (bothe) * Iaakób andPsal. 105. 23. all his sede with him,Isa. 52. 4.
7 His sonnes and his sonnes sonnes with him, his daughters and his sonnes daughters, and all his sede broght the with him into Egypt.
8 ¶ And these are the names of the children of Israél, which came into Egypt, (euen) Iaakób and his sonnes: * Reubén Iaakobs firstExod. 1 2. and. 6. 14.
〈◊〉
. 26 5. borne.
9 And the sonnes of Reubén Hanóch, and1.
〈◊〉
. 5.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and Hezrón and Carmi.
10 ¶And the sonnes of * Simeón: Iemuél, andExod. 6. 15. Iamin, and O had, and Iachin, and Zóhar, and1. Chr. 4. 24. Shaul the sonne of a Canaanitish woman.1. Chr. 6. 1.
11 ¶Also the sonnes of * Leui: Gershón, Koháth and Merari.
12 ¶Also the sonnes of * Iudáh: Er, and Onán,1. Chro. 2. 3. & 4.
〈◊〉
Chap. 38. 3. and Sheláh, and Phárez, and Zérah: [but Er, and Onán dyed in the land of Canáan] And the sonnes of Phárez (were) Hezrón and Hamúl.
13 ¶Also the sonnes of * Issachár: Tolá, and1. Chro. 7. 1. Phuuáh, and Iob, and Shimron.
14 ¶Also the sonnes of Zebulún: Séred, and Elon, and Iahleél.
15 These be the sonnes of Leah, which she bare vnto Iaakob in Padan Aram, with his daugh ter Dinah. All theOr, persones. soules of his sonnes & his daughters (were) thirty and thre.
16 ¶
〈◊〉
the sonnes of Gad: Ziphion, and Haggi, Shuni, and Ezbon, Eri, and Arodi, and Areli.
17 ¶Also the sonnes of * Ashér: Iimnah, and1. Chro. 7. 30. Ishuah and
〈◊〉
, and Beriah, and Sérah their sister. And the sonnes of Beriah: Héber, and Malchiél.
18 These are the children of Zilpah, whome Laban gaue to Leah his daughter: and these shebare vnto Iaakob, (euen) sixtene soules.
19 The sonnes of
〈◊〉
Iaakobs wife (were) Ioséph, and Beniamin.
20 ¶And vnto Ioséph in the land of Egypt were borne Manasséh, and Ephraim, whichChap. 41. 50. * Asenath the daughter of Poti-phérah prince1.
〈◊〉
. 7. 6, & 8.
〈◊〉
. of On bare vnto him.
21 ¶Also the sonnes of * Beniamin: Bélah, and Bécher, and Ashbél, Gera, and Naaman,
Ehi, & Rosh, Mupppim, & Huppim, & Ard.
22 These are the sonnes of Rahél, which were borne vnto Iaakób, fourtene soules in all.
23 ¶ Also the sonnes of Dan: Hushim.
24 ¶ Also the sonnes of Nep htali: Iahzeél, and Guni, and lézer, and Shillém.
25 These are the sonnes of Bilháh, which Labán gaue vnto Rahél his daughter, and she bare these to Iaakób, in all, seuen soules.
26 All the * soules, that came with Iak ōb intout. 10. 21. Egypt, which came out of his" loynes [beside
〈◊〉
thightes, Iakobs sonnes wiues] (were) in the whole, thre score and sixe soules.
27 Also the sonnes of Ioséph, which were borne him in Egypt, (were) two
〈◊〉
: (so) that all the soules of the house of Iaakób, which came into Egypt, (are) seuentie.
28 ¶ Then he sent Iudàh before him vnto Ioseph, to direct his way vnto Góshen, and
〈◊〉
, to prepare a place. they came into the land of Goshen.
〈◊〉
bounde his es.
29 Then Ioséph" made ready his charet and went vp to Goshen to mete Israél his father, and presented him selfe vnto him, and fel on his necke, and wept vpon his necke a" good
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, or
〈◊〉
. while.
30 And Israél said vnto Ioséph, Now let me dye, since I haue sene thy face, (
〈◊〉
) that thou art yet aliue.
31 Then Ioséph said to his brethren, and to his fathers house, I wil go vp ād shewe Pharáoh and tel him, My brethren and my fathers house, which were in the land of Canáan, are come vnto me,
32 And the men (are) e shepherdes, and becauseWas not
〈◊〉
of his
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
thei of basse
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. they are shepherdes, they haue broght their shepe and their cattel, and all that thei haue.
33 And if Pharaóh call you, and aske you, What is your trade?
34 Then ye shal say, Thy seruants are men occupiedI suffreth
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
that they
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to him. about cattel, frō our childhode euen vnto this time, bothe we and our fathers: that ye may dwel in the land of Góshen: for euerie shepekeper is an f abominacion vnto the Egyptians.
CHAP. XLVII.
7 Iaakób commeth before Pharaoh, and telleth him his age. 11 The land of Goshen is giuen him. 22 The idola
〈◊〉
priests haue huing of the King. 28
〈◊〉
age, when he dyeth
〈◊〉
Ioséph sweareth to bury him with his fathers.
1 THen came Ioséph and tolde Pharaōh, & said, My father, and my brethren, and their shepe, and their
〈◊〉
, and all that they haue, are come out of the land of Canáan, & beholde, they are in the land of
〈◊〉
.
2 And Ioséph toke parte of his brethren, euen a fiue men, and presented thē vnto Pharaóh.the King
〈◊〉
assured
〈◊〉
come
〈◊〉
ma people
〈◊〉
.
3 Thē Pharaóh said vnto his brethren, What is your trade? And thei answered Pharaóh, Thy seruants (are) shepherdes, both we and our fathers.
4 Thei said moreouer vnto Pharaóh, For to soiourne in the land are we come: for thy ser uants haue no pasture for (their) shepe, so sore is the famine in the land of Canáan. Now therefore, we pray thee, letthy seruants dwel in the land of Gōshen.
5 Then spake Pharaóh to Ioséph, saying, Thy father and thy brethren are come vnto thee.
6 TheIosephs great
〈◊〉
appeareth in that he Wolde enterpri se nothing with out the Kings
〈◊〉
mandement. land of Egypt is before thee: in the best place of the land make thy father and thy brethren dwel: let them dwel in the land of Gōshen: and if thou knowest that there be men of actiuitie among them, make them rulers ouer my cattel.
7 Ioséph also broght Iaak ób his father, and set him before Pharaóh. And IaakōbEbr. blessed. saluted Pharaōh.
8 Then Pharaōh said vnto Iaakōb, Ebr. how many daies are the
〈◊〉
of thy life. How olde art thou?
9 And Iaakōb said vnto Pharaōh, The whole time of my * pilgrimage (is) an hundreth andEbr. 11. 9. thirty yeres: fewe and euil haue the dayes of my life bene, and I haue not atteined vnto the yeres of the life of my fathers, in he dayes of their pilgrimages.
10 And IaakōbEbr. blessed. toke leaue of Pharaōh, and departed from the presence of Pharaōh.
11 ¶ And Ioséph placed his father, and his bre thren, and gaue them possession in the land of Egypt, in the best of the land, (euen) in the land ofWhich was a citie in the contrey
〈◊〉
Goshen. Ramesés, as Pharaōh had commanded.
12 And Ioséph nourished his father, and hisExod. 1. 11. brethren, and all his fathers housholde with bread, euenSome read, that he fed
〈◊〉
as litle babes, be cause they colde not prouide for thē selues against that famine. to the yong children.
13 ¶ Now there was no bread in all the land: for the famine (was) exceading sore: so that the land of Egypt and the land of Canáan were famished by the reason of the famine.
14 And Ioséph gathered all the money, that was founde in the land of Egypt, and in the land of Canáan, for the corne which they boght, andWherein he bothe declareth his fidelitie towarde the King and his minde
〈◊〉
from
〈◊〉
. Ioséph laied vp the money in Pharaohs house.
15 So when money failed in the land of Egyt, and in the land of Canáan, then all the Egyptians came vnto Ioséph, and said, Giue vs bread: for why shulde we dye before thee? for (our) money is spent.
16 Then said Ioséph, Bring your cattel, and I wil giue you for your cattel, if (your) money be spent.
17 So they broght their cattel vnto Ioséph, & Ioséph gaue them bread for the horses, and forthe flockes of shepe, and for the herdes of cattel, and for the asses: so he fed thē with bread for all their cattel that yere.
18 But when the yere was ended, they came vnto him the next yere, and said vnto him, We wil not hide from my lord, that since our money is spent, and my lord hathe the herdes of the cattel, there is nothing left in the sight of my lord, but our bodies and our grounde.
19 Why shal we perish in thy sight, bothe we, and ourFor except the
〈◊〉
be
〈◊〉
and sowen,
〈◊〉
heth and is,
〈◊〉
it were dead. land? bye vs and our land for bread, and we & ourland wil be bonde to Pharaoh: therefore giue vs sede, that we may liue and
not dye, and that the land go not to waste.
20 So Ioséph boght all the land of Egypt for Pharaóh: for the Egyptians solde euerie mā his groūde because the famine was sore vppon them: so the land became Pharaohs.
21 And heBy this changing they
〈◊〉
that thei had nothing of their owne, but receiued all of the
〈◊〉
liberalitie. remoued the people vnto the cities,Ebr. ende of the border. from one side of Egypt euen to the other.
22 Onely the land of the Priests boghthe not: for the Priests had an ordinarie of Pharaōh, and they did eat their ordinarie, which Pharaōh gaue them: wherefore they solde not their grounde.
23 Then Ioséph said vnto the people, Behold, I haue boght you this day and your land for Pharaōh:
〈◊〉
, (here is) sede for you: so we therfore the grounde.
24 And of the encrease ye shall gyue the fifte parte vnto Pharaōh, and foure partes shal be yours for the sede of the fielde, and for your meat, and for them of your housholdes, and for your children to eat.
15 Then they aunswered, Thou hast saued our liues: let vs finde grace in the sight of my Lorde, and we wil be Pharaohs seruants.
26 Then Ioséph made it a law ouer the land of Egypt vnto this day, that Pharaōh shuld haue the fift (parte,)Pharaoh in pro uiding for idolatrous priestes, shalbe a condem nation to all thē whiche neglect the true ministers of Goddes worde. except the lande of the Priestes onely, which was not Pharaohs.
27 ¶ And Israéld welt in the land of Egypt, in the conntrey of Góshen: and they had their possessions therein, and grewe and multiplied exceadingly.
28 Moreouer, Iaakób liued in the lād of Egypt seuentene yeres, so that the whole age of Iaa kób (was) an hundreth fourtie ād seuen yere.
29 Now when the time drewe nere that Israel muste dye, he called his sonne Ioséph, and said vnto hym, If I haue nowe founde grace in thy sight, put thine hand nowe vndermy thigh, and deale mercifully and truely with me: bury me not, I pray thee, in Egypt.
30 But when I shallHereby he protested
〈◊〉
the died in
〈◊〉
fayth of his fathers,
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
to hope for the promised land. slepe wyth my Fathers, thou shalte cary me out of Egypt, and bury me in their burial. And he answered, I wil do as thou hast said.
31 Thē he said, Sweare vnto me. And he sweare vnto him. And IsráelHe reioyced that Ioseph had promised hym, and
〈◊〉
hym selfe vp vpon his pillowe, praised GOD, read. 1. worshipped to warde the beds head.
CHAP. XLVIII.
1 Ioséph with his two sonnes
〈◊〉
his sicke father. 3 IaakobChro. 29. 10. rehearseth Gods promes. 5 He receiueth Iosephs, sonnes as his. 19 He preferreth the yonger. 21 He prophecieth their returne to Canáan.
1 AGaine after this, one sayd to Ioséph, Lo, thy father is sicke: thē he toke with him hisIoseph more estemeth that his children shulde be receiued into Iaakobs familie,
〈◊〉
Was the Churche of God, then to enioye al the treasors of Egypt. two sonnes, Manasséh and Ephráim.
2 Also one tolde Iaak ób, and said, Behold, thy sonne Ioséph is come to thee, & Israél toke hys strength vnto hym & sate vpon the bed
3 Then Iaak ób sayd vnto Ioséph, GODOr, al
〈◊〉
. almyghtye appeared vnto me at * Luz in theChap. 28. 13. land of Canáan, and blessed me.
4 And he said vnto me; Beholde, I will make thee fruteful, and wil multiplie thee, and will make a greate * nombre of people of thee,Chap. 41. 50. ād wil giue this land vnto thy sede after theeIosh. 13. 7. for anVVhich is true in the carnall
〈◊〉
vnto the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
, and in the spiritual for euer. euerlasting possession.
5 ¶ And no we thy two sonnes, Manasséh and Ephráim, whiche are borne vnto thee in the lande of Egypte, before I came to thee into Egypt, shalbe mine, as Reubén and Simeón are mine.
6 But thy lignage, whiche thou hast begotten after them, shalbe thyne: they shalbe called after the names of their brethren in their enheritance.
7 Now when I came from Padán, Rahél* dyedChap. 35. 19. vpon myne hande in the land of Canáan, by the way when (there was) but halfe a dayes iourney of grounde to come to Ephráth: and I buryed her there in the waye to Ephráth: the same (is) Beth-léhem.
8 Then Israél behelde Iosephs sonnes ād said, Whose are these?
9 And Ioséph said vnto his father, They are my sonnes, whicheThe faithfull acknowledge all benefits to come of Gods fre mercies. God hathe giuen me here, then he said, I praye thee, bring them to me, that I may blesse them:
10 [For the eyes of Israél were dim for age, so that he colde not (welse)] Then he caused them to come to hym, and he kyssed them and embraced them.
11 And Israél sayd vnto Ioséph, I had not thoght to haue sene thy face: yetlo, God hathe shewed me also thy sede.
12 And Ioséph toke them away frō his knees, and did reuerenceEbr. his face to the grounde. downe to the ground.
13 Then toke Ioseph them bothe, Ephráim in his right hand toward Israels left hande, and Manasséh in hys left hande towarde Israels right hand, so he broght (them) vnto him.
14 But Israél stretched out his right hand, and laid it onGods
〈◊〉
is oft times
〈◊〉
to mans, & he preferreth that Whiche man
〈◊〉
. Ephraims head, whiche was the yonger, and his left hande vpon Manassehs head [directing his hands of purpose] for Ma nasséh (was) the elder.
15 ¶ * Also he blessed Ioséph and sayd, TheEbr. 11. 21. God, before whome my fathers Abrahám and Izhák did walke, the GOD, whyche hathe fed me all my life long vnto this daye, (blesse thee.)
16 TheThys Angeil muste be vnderstand of Christ, as Chap. 31.
〈◊〉
. and 32. 1. Angell, whyche hathe deliuered me from all euill, blesse the children, and let myLet them be taken as my children. name be named vppon them, and the name of my fathers Abrahám and Izhák, that they maye growe as fishe into a multitude in the middes of the earth.
17 But when Ioseph sawe that his father layd his right hand vpon the head of Ephráim, itIoseph faileth in binding Gods grace to the
〈◊〉
of nature. displeased him: and he stayed hys Fathers hande to remoue it from Ephraims head to Manassehs head.
18 And Ioséph said vnto his father, Not so my father, for this is the eldest: put thy right hand vpon his head.
19 But hys father refused, and sayd, I knowe well, my sonne, I knowe well: he shalbe also a people, and he shalbe great likewise: but his yonger brother shalbe greater thē he; ād
his sede shalbe ful of nations.
20 So he blessed them that daye, and sayd, In thee Israél shal blesse, ād say, God make thee asIn whō Gods graces
〈◊〉
manifestly appeare. Ephráim and as Manasséh, and he set Ephráim before Manasséh.
21 Then Israél said vnto Ioséph, Behold, I dye, and God shalbe with you, and bryng you againe vnto the land ofVVhiche they had by fayth
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
. your fathers.
22 Moreouer, I haue giuen vnto thee one porcion aboue thy brethren, whichBy my
〈◊〉
, whom God spa red for my sake. I gate out of the hand of the Amorite by my sworde ād by my bowe.
CHAP. XLIX.
1 Iaakób blesse all hys sonnes by name, and sheweth them what is to come. 29 He will be buryed wyth his fathers. 33 He dyeth.
1 THen Iaakób called his sonnes, and sayd, Gather your selues together, that I maye tell you what shall come to you in theVVhen GOD shal bryng you out of Egypt. laste dayes.
2 Gather your selues together, and heare, ye sonnes of Iaakób, and hearken vnto Israél your father.
3 ¶ Reubén myne eldest sonne, thou art myBegottē in my youthe. myght, and the begynning of my strength,If thou hadest not lost thy birth
〈◊〉
by thyne
〈◊〉
. the excellencie of dignitie, and the excellencie of power.
4 (Thou wast) light as water: thou shalt not be excellent, because thou went est vp to thy fathers bed: then did est thou defile my bed, (thy dignitie) is gone.
5 ¶ Simeon and Leui, brethrē (in euil,) theOr, their swor des were instrumēts of violence instrumēts of crueltie are in their habitaciōs.
6 Into their secret let not my soule come: myOr
〈◊〉
meaning that he nether cōsented to them in word
〈◊〉
thoght. glorie, be not thou ioyned wyth theyr assemblie: for in theyr wrath they slewe aThe Shechemites. chap. 34. 26. man, and in theyr selfe wyll they digged downe a wall.
7 Cursed be their wrath, for it was fearce, and their rage, for it was cruel: I willFor Leui had no parte, and Simeon was vnder Iudah Ios. 19. 1. deuide thē in Iaakób, and scater them in Israél.
8 ¶ Thou Iudáh, thy brethren shal praise thee: thyne hande (shalbe) in the necke of thyne ennemyes: thy fathers sonnes shallAs was verified in Dauid and Christ. bowe downe vnto thee.
9 Iudáh, (as) a lions whelpe shalte thou come vp frome the spoile, my sonne. He shall lye downe (and) couche as a lyon, and as alyonesseHis enemies shal so feare him Who shall ster him vp?
10 TheOr, kingdome. sceptre shal not departe from Iudáh, nor a lawe giuer from betwene his fete, vntillVVhich is Christ the
〈◊〉
, the geuer of all prosperitie: who shal call the Gentiles to saluation. Shilōh, come, and the people (shalbe) ga thered vnto him.
11 He shall bynde hys asse fole vnto theA countrey moste abundant with vines and pastures is promised him. vine, and his asses colte vnto the best vine, he shall washe hys garment in wine, and his cloke in the blood of grapes.
12 His eyes (shalbe) red with wine, and hys tethe white with milke.
13 ¶ Zebulum shall dwel by the sea side, and he (shalbe) an hauen for shyppes: hys border (shalbe) vnto Zidon.
14 Issachár (shalbe)Ebr. An asse of great bones.
His force shalbe
〈◊〉
, but he shall want courage to resist his ennemies. a strong asse, couchynge downe betwene two burdens.
15 And he shal se that rest is good, and that the land is pleasant, and he shal bowe his shulder to beare, and shalbe subiect vnto tribute.
16 ¶ DanShal haue the honour of a tribe shal iudge his people as one of the tribes of Israél.
17 Dan shalbe aThat is, full of subteltie. serpent by the way, and adder by the path, byting the horse heles, so that his ryder shal fall back warde.
18 Seing the mise ries that his
〈◊〉
shuld fal into, he brasteth out in praier to GOD to remedie it. O Lord, I haue waited for thy saluacion.
19 ¶ Gad, an host of men shall ouercome hym, but he shal ouercome at the last.
20 Concerning Ashér, hisHe shal abunde in corne ād pleasant frutes. bread (shalbe) fat, and he shal giue pleasures for a King.
21 ¶ Naptali (shalbe) a hynde let go, giuingOuer comyng more by faire wordes then by force. goodlie wordes.
22 ¶ Ioseph (shalbe)Ebr. a sonne of increase. a fruteful bough, (euen) a fruteful bough by the well side: theEbr. daughters smale boughes shal runne vpon the wall.
23 As his
〈◊〉
, Potiphar, and others. And the archers grieued hym, and shot (against him,) and hated him.
24 But hys bowe abode stronge, and the handes of hys armes were strengthened, by the handes of the myghtie (God) of Iaakōb, of whome (was) the feeder (appointed by) theThat is God. stone of Israél.
25 (Euen) by the God of the father, who shall helpe thee, and by the almyghtie, who shall blesse thee with heauenlye blessyngs from aboue, with blessyngs of the depe, that lyeth beneath, with blessyngs of the brests, and of the whome.
26 The blessyngs of thy father shalbeIn as muche as he was more nere to the accomplishement of the promes, and it had bene more often cōfirmed. stronger then the blessynges of mine elders: vnto the end of the hilles of the worlde they shalbe on the head of Ioséph, and on the toppe of the head of hym that wasEther in dignitie, or when he was solde from his
〈◊〉
. separat frome his brethren.
27 ¶ Beniamin shall rauine (as) a wolfe: in the mourning he shall deuoure the praye, and at night he shal diuide the spoile.
28 ¶ All these are the twelue tribes of Israél, and thus their father spake vnto them, and blessed them: euerie one of them blessed he with a seueral blessing.
29 And he charged them and sayd vnto them, I am ready to be gathered vnto my people: * bury me with my Fathers in the caue thatChap. 47. 39. is in the field of Ephron the Hittite.
30 In the caue that is in the fielde of Machpeláh besides Mamré in the lande of Canáan: which (caue) Abrahám boght with the field of Ephrón the Hittite for a possession to bury in.
31 There they buryed Abrahám and Saráh his wyfe: there they buryed Izhák, and Rebekáh his wife: and there I buryed Leáh.
32 The purchase of the field & the caue that is therein (was boght) of the childrē of Heth.
33 Thus Iaakob made an end of giuing charge to hys sonnes, andVVherby is signified howe quietly he dyed. plucked vp his fete into the bed and gaue vp the gost, and was gathered to his people.
CHAP. L.
12 Iaakób is buryed. 19 Ioséph forgiueth his brethren. 23. He seeth his childrens children. 25 He dyeth.
1 THen Ioséph fel vpon his fathers face and wept vpon him, and kissed him.
2 And Ioséph commanded hys seruauntes the
He meaneth them that enbau med the dead
〈◊〉
buryed them. phisicions, to enbaume his father, and the phisicions enbaumed Israél.
3 So fourty daies were accomplished [for so long did the daies of them that were enbaumed last] and the Egyptians be wailed himThey were more excessiue in
〈◊〉
thē the faithful. seuenty daies.
4 And when the daies of his mourning were past, Ioséph spake to the house of Pharaóh, saying, If I haue now founde fauour in your eies, speak, I pray you, in the eares of Pharaóh, and say,
5 My father made me * sweare, saying, Lo, IChap. 47. 29. dye, buri me in my graue, which I haue made me in the land of Canaan: now therefore let me go, I praie thee, and bury my father and I wil come againe.
6 Then Pharaóh said, Go vp and bury thy father,The very infideles wolde haue other performed. as he made thee to sweare.
7 ¶ So Ioséph went vp to bury his father, and with him went all the seruantes of Pharaóh, (bothe) the elders of his house and all the elders of the land of Egypt.
8 Likewise all the house of Ioséph, and his brethren, and his fathers house: onely their childrē, and their shepe, and their cattel left they in the land of Goshen.
9 And there went vp with him bothe charets and horsemen: and they were an exceading great companie.
10 And they came toOr, the corne floure of Atad, Gōren Atád, which is beyonde Iordén, ād there they made a great and exceading sore lamētacion: & he mourned for his father seuen daies.
11 And when the Canaanites the inhabitants of the land sawe the mourning in Gore Atád they said, This is a great mourning vnto the Egyptians: wherefore the name thereof was calledOr, the
〈◊〉
of the Egyptians. Abél Mizráim, which is beyonde Iordén.
12 So his sonnes did vnto him according as he had commanded them:
13 * For is sonnes caried him into the land ofAct. 7. 16. Canáan, and buryed him in the caue of the field of Machpelah, which (caue) * AbrahámChap. 23. 16. boght with the field, to beOr, a possessiō. a place to bury in, of Ephron the Hittite besides Mamré.
14 ¶ Then Ioséph returned into Egypt, he & his brethren, and all that went vp with him to bury his father, after that he had buryed his father.
15 And when Iosephs brethren sawe that their father was dead, they said,An euil conscience is neuer fully at rest. It may be that Ioséph wil hate vs, and wil paye vs againe all the euil, which we did vnto him.
16 Therefore they sent vnto Ioseph, saying, Thy father commanded before his death, saying,
17 Thus shal ye say vnto Ioséph, Forgiue now, I pray thee, the trespace of thy brethren, & their sinne: for they rewarded thee euil. And now, we pray thee, forgiue the trespace of the seruants of thy fathersMeaning, that they which haue
〈◊〉
God shulde be ioyned in mo ste sure loue. God. And Ioséph wept, whenOr, the messengers. they spake vnto him.
18 Also his brethren came vnto him, and fel downe before his face, and said, Beholde, we be thy seruantes.
19 To whome Ioséph said, Feare not: for am not I vnderwho by the good successe semeth to remit it, and therefore
〈◊〉
ought not to be reuenged by me God?
20 When ye thoght euil against me, God disposed it to good, that he might bring to passe, as it is this day, and saue muche people aliue.
21 Feare not now therefore, I wil nourish you and your children: and he comforted them, and spakeEbr. to their heart. kindely vnto them.
22 ¶ So Ioséph dwelt in Egypt, he and his fathers house: and Ioséph liued anWho, not with standing
〈◊〉
hare rule in Fgypt about foure score yeres, yet was ioyned with the Church of God in faith and religion. Ebr. 11. 22. hundreth and ten yere.
23 And Ioséph sawe Ephraims children, euen vnto the third generacion: also the sonnes of Machir the sonne of Manaséh were broght vpon Iosephs knees.
24 And Ioseph said vnto his brethren, * I am ready to dye, and God wil surely viset you, and bring you out of this land vnto the land which he sware vnto Abrahám, vnto Izhák, and vnto Iaakób.
25 And Ioséph toke an othe of the children of Israél, saying,He speaketh this by the spirit of prophecie,
〈◊〉
his brethren, to haue ful trust in Gods promes for their deliuerance. God wil surely viset you, and ye shal cary my bones hence.
26 So Ioséph dyed, when he was an hundreth and ten yere olde: and they enbaumed him and put him in a chest in Egypt.
THE SECONDE BOKE of Mosés, called Exodus.
THE ARGVMENT.
AFTER that Iaakób by Gods commandement Gen. 46. 3, had, broght his familie into Egypt, where they remained for the space of foure hundreth yeres, and of seuenty persones grewe to an infinite nombre, so that the King and the countrey grudhed and endeuored bothe by tyrannie and cruel slauery to suppresse them: the Lord according to his promes. Gen. 15. 14 had compassion of his Church and deliuered them, but plagued their ennemies in moste strange and sondry sortes And the more that the tyrannie of the wicked enraged against his Church, the more did his heauy iudgements increase against them, til Pharaóh and his armie were drowned in the same Sea, which gaue an entrie and passage to the childrē of God. But as the ingratitude of man is great, so did they immediatly forget Gods wonderful benefites: & albeit he had giuen them the Passeouer to be a signe and memorial of the same, yet they fel to distrust, and tempred God with sondry murmurings and grudgings against him and his ministers: sometime moued with ambition, sometime for lacke of drincke or meate to content their lustes, sometime by idolatrie, or suche like. Wherfore God visited them with sharpe roddes and plagues that by his corrections they might seke to him for remedy against his scourges and earnestly
〈◊〉
them for
〈◊〉
rebellions and wickednes. And because God loueth thē to the end, whome he hathe once begonne to loue, he punished them not according to their desertes, but dealt with them in great mercies, and euer with newe benefites
labored to ouercome their malice: for he stil gouerned them and gaue thē his worde and Law, bothe concerning the maner of seruing him, and also the forme of iudgements and ciuil policie: to the intent that thei shulde not serue God after their owne inuentions, but according to that ordre, which his heauenlie wisdome had appointed.
CHAP. I.
2 childrē of Iaakób that came into Egypt 8 The newe Pharaóh oppresseth them. 12 The prouidence of God towarde them 15 The Kings commandement to the mid wiues. 22 The sonnes of the Ebrewes are commanded to be cast into the riuer.
1 NOwMoses describeth the Wonderful ordre that God
〈◊〉
in performing his promes to Abraham. these are the names of the childrē of Israel, which came in to Egypt [euerie man and hisGen. 15. 14. housholde came (thither) with laakób.]
2 Reubén, Simeon, Leui, and Iudáh,
3 Issachár, Zebulún and Beniamin,
4 Dan, and Naphthali, Gad and
〈◊〉
.
5 So all theOr, persones, Gen. 46 28. soules, that came out of the loynes of Iaakób, were * seuētie soules: IoséphDeut. 10. 22. was in Egypt already.
6 Now Ioseph dyed and all his
〈◊〉
, and that whole generacion.Act. 7. 17.
7 ¶ And the* children of Israél broght forthe frute and encreased in abundance, and were multiplied, and were exceading mightie, so that theHe meaneth the
〈◊〉
of Gos hen. land was ful of them.
8 Then there rose vp a newe King in Egypt, whoHe considered not how God had preserued Egypt for Iosephs sake. knewe not Ioséph.
9 And he said vnto his people, Beholde, the people of the children of Israél (are) greater and mightier then we.
10 Come, let vs worke wisely with them, lest they multiplie and it come to passe, that if there be warre, they ioyne them selues also vnto our enemies, and fight against vs, andIn to
〈◊〉
, and so we shal
〈◊〉
our
〈◊〉
. get them out of the land.
11 Therefore did they set taske masters ouer them, to kepe them vnder with burdens, and they buylt the cities
〈◊〉
and Raamsés for theOr, corne and
〈◊〉
. treasures of Pharaóh.
12 But the more they vexed thē, the more they multiplied and grewe: thereforeThe more that God
〈◊〉
his, the more doeth the wicked inuie them. they were more grieued against the children of Israél.
13 Wherefore the Egyptians by crueltie caused the children of Israél to serue.
14 Thus they made thē weary of their liues by sore labour in claye & in
〈◊〉
, & in all worke in the field, with all maner of bondage,Ebr wherwith
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them selues of them by
〈◊〉
. which they laied vpon them moste cruelly.
15 ¶ Moreouer the King of Egypt commāded the mid
〈◊〉
of the Ebrewe women, [of which the ones names wasThese
〈◊〉
to haue bene the chief
〈◊〉
the rest. Shiphráh, and the name of the other Puáh]
16 And said, When ye do the office, of a midwife to the women of the Ebrewes & se thē on theirOr, seates wher vpon they
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
. stolles, if it be a sonne, thē ye shal kil him: but if it be a daughter, then let her liue.
17 Notwithstāding the mid wiues feared God, and did not as the King of Egypt cōmanded them, but preserued aliue the men children.
18 Then the King of Egypt called for the mid wiues, and said vnto them, Why haue ye done thus, and haue preserued aliue the men children?
19 And the mid wiues answered Pharaóh, Because the EbreweTheir disobedience herein was lawful, but their
〈◊〉
euil. women (are) not as the women of Egypt: for they are liuelie, and are deliuered
〈◊〉
the mid wife come at them.
20 God therefore
〈◊〉
the midwiues, & the people multiplied & were very mightie.
21 And because the mid wiues feared God, ther fore heThat is, God increased the families of the Israelites by their meanes. made them houses.
22 Then Pharaóh charged al his people, saying Euerie man childe that is borne,When
〈◊〉
can not preuaile by craft, thei brast for the into open rage, cast ye into the riuer, but reserue euerie maid childe aliue.
CHAP. II.
2 Moses is borne and cast into the flagges. 5 He is taken vp of Pharaohs daughter and kept. 12 He killeth the Egyptian. 15
〈◊〉
fleeth and
〈◊〉
a wife 23 The Israelites crye vnto the Lord.
1 THen there went aThis
〈◊〉
was called
〈◊〉
, W omaried
〈◊〉
. man of the house of Leui, & toke (to wife) a daughter of Leui.
2 And the woman conceiued and bare a sonne
〈◊〉
. 6. 20. and when she sawe that he was faire, *
〈◊〉
Act. 7. 20. hid him thre moneths.
〈◊〉
. 11. 23.
3 But when she colde no longer hide him, she toke for him an arke (made) of rede, & daubed it with slime and with pitch, andCommitting him to the proui dence of God, W om she colde nor kepe from the rage of the tyrant. laid the childe therein, and
〈◊〉
(
〈◊〉
) among the bulrushes by the riuer brinke.
4 Now his sister stode a far of, to wit what wolde come of him.
5 ¶ Then the daughter of Pharaóh came downe to wash her in the riuer, and her maidens walked by the riuers side: and when she sawe the arke among the bulrushes, she sent
〈◊〉
maid to fet it.
6 Then she opened it, and sawe it was a childe and beholde, the babe wept: so she had compassion on it, and said, This is one of the Ebrewes children.
7 Then said his sister vnto Pharaohs daughter Shal I go and call vnto thee a nurce of the Ebrewe women to
〈◊〉
thee the childe?
8 And Pharaohs daughter said to her, Go. So the maid went & called theMans counsel can not hindre
〈◊〉
, which God hathe determined shal come to passe. childesmother.
9 To whome Pharaohs daughter said, Take this childe away, and nurce it for me, and I wil rewarde thee. Then the woman toke the childe and nurced him.
10 Now the childe grewe, and she broght him vnto Pharaohs daughter, and he was as her sonne, and she called his name Mosés, becau se, said she, I drewe him out of the water.
11 ¶ And in those dayes, when Mosés wasThat is, was
〈◊〉
vere olde. growen, he went forthe vnto his brethrē, &Act. 7. 23. loked on their burdēs: also he sawe an Egyptiā smiting an Ebrewe one of his brethren.
12 And he lokedEbr. thus and thus rounde about, and when he sawe no man, heBeing assured that God had appointed him to deliuer the Israelites, slew the Egyptiā, and hid him in the sand.
13 Againe he came forthe the seconde day andAct 7. 25.
beholde, two Ebrewes stroue: and he sayd vnto him that dyd the wrong, Wherefore smitest thou thy felowe?
14 And he answered, Who made thee a man of autoritie and a iudge ouer vs? Think est thou to kyll me, as thou killedst the Egyptian? Then MosesThogh by hys feare he
〈◊〉
hys
〈◊〉
, yet faith couered it.
〈◊〉
. 11. 27. feared and said, Certeinly this thing is knowen.
15 Now Pharaoh heard this matter, and soght to slay Mosés: therefore Moses fled frome Pharaoh, and dwelt in the land of Midián, and he sate downe by a well.
16 And theOr, prince. Priest of Midian had seuen daughters, whiche came and drewe (water,) and filled the troghes, for to water their fathers shepe.
17 Then the shepherdes came and droue them away: but Mosés rose vp andEbr. saued thē. defended thē, and wattered their shepe.
18 And when they came to Reuél theirOr, grande father. father, he said, How are ye come so sone to day?
19 And they sayd, A man of Egypt deliuered vs frome the hande of the shepherdes, and also drewe vs water ynough, and wattered the shepe.
20 Thē he said vnto hys daughters, And where is he? why haue ye so left the man?VVherin he declared a thankful minde, which wolde recompen ce the
〈◊〉
done vnto his. call hym that he may eat bread.
21 And Mosés agreed to dwell with the man: who gaue vnto Mosés Zipporáh his daughter:Chap.
〈◊〉
. 3.
22 And she bare a sonne,* whose name he called
〈◊〉
: for he said, I haue bene a stranger in a strange land.
23 ¶ Then in processe of time, the Kyng of Egypt dyed, and the
〈◊〉
of Israél sighed for the bondage andGod humbleth his by
〈◊〉
, that they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vnto him, and receiue the
〈◊〉
of his promes. cryed: and their crye for the bondage came vp vnto God.
24 Then God heard their mone, and God remembred his couenant with Abrahám, Izhák, and Iaak ob.
25 So God loked vpon the children to Israél, and GodHe iudged their
〈◊〉
: or, acknow ledged them to be his. had respect vnto them.
CHAP. III.
1 Mosés kepeth shepe, and God appeareth vnto hym in a bush. 10 He sendeth him to deliuer the childrē of Israél. 14 The name of God. 16 God teacheth him what to do.
1 WHen Mosés kept the shepe of Iethro hys father in lawe, Priest of Midian, and droue the flocke to the backeside of"Or, far within the desert. the desert, and came to theIt was so called after the Lawe was giuen. Mountaine of God,Called also Sinay. Horéb.
2 Then the Angell of the Lorde appeared vnto him in a flame offyre, out of the middes of aThis signifieth that the
〈◊〉
is not consumed by the fier of afflictions, because GOD is in the middes thereof. bushe: and he loked, and beholde, the bushe burned with fyre, and the bushe was not consumed.
3 Therefore Mosés sayd, I wyll turne aside nowe, and se this great sight, why the bushe burneth not.
4 And when theVVhome he called the Angel,
〈◊〉
. 2. Lord sawe that he turned aside to se, God called vnto hym out of the middes of the bushe, and said, Mosés, Mosés. And he answered, I am here.
5 Then he sayd, Come not hither;Resigne thy selfe vp to me Ruth. 4. 7.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. put thy shooes of thy fete: for the place whereon thou standest isBecause of my presence. holy grounde.
6 Moreouer he said, * I am the God of thyfather,Mat. 22. 32. the GOD of Abrahám, the God of Izhák,Act. 7. 32. and the GOD of Iaakob. Then Mosés hid hys face: for he wasFor sinne
〈◊〉
seth mā to
〈◊〉
Gods iustice. afrayed to loke vppon God.
7 ¶ Then the Lord sayd, I haue surely sene the trouble of my people, whiche are in Egypt, and haue heard their crye, because of theirVVhose
〈◊〉
was intollerable. taske masters: for I knowe their sorowes,
8 Therefore I am come downe to deliuer them out of the hande of the Egyptians; and to brynge them out of that lande into a good land and a large, into a land thatMoste plentiful of all
〈◊〉
. floweth with milke and hony, (euen) into the place of the Canaanites, and the Hittites, and the Amorites, and the Perizzites, ād the Hiuites, and the Iebusites.
9 He hearde before, but nowe he wolde reuenge it, And nowe lo, the crye of the chyldren of Israél is come vnto me, and I haue also sene the oppression, wherewith the Egyptians oppresse them.
10 Come now therefore, and I will send thee vnto Pharaóh, that thou maiest bring my peo ple the children of Israél out of Egypt.
11 ¶ But Mosés said vnto God, Who amHe doeth not fully disobeye GOD, but acknowledgeth his owne weakenes. I, that I shulde go vnto Pharaóh, and that I shulde bring the children of Israél out of Egypt?
12 And he answered,Nether feare thine own weak nes, nor Pharaohs tyrannie. Certeinly I wil be with thee: and this shalbe a token vnto thee, that I haue sent thee, After that thou hast broght the people out of Egypt, ye shal serue God vpon this Mountaine.
13 Then Mosés said vnto God, Behold, (whē) I shall come vnto the children of Israél, and shal say vnto them, The God of your fathers hathe sent me vnto you: if they say vnto me, What is hys Name? what aunswere shall giue them?
24 And GOD aunswered Mosés, IThe God whiche haue euer bene, am and shalbe: the God almyghtie, by whom al things haue their being, and the God of mercie mindeful of my promes. AM that I AM. Also he sayd, Thus shalte thou saye vnto the chyldren of Israél, I am hathe sent me vnto you.
15 And God spake further vnto Mosés, Thus shalte thou saye vnto the children of Israél, The Lorde God of your fathers, the God ofReues. 1. 4. Iaakób hathe sent me vnto you: this is my Name for euer, and this is my memorial vnto all ages.
16 Go and gather the Elders of Israél together, and thou shalt saye vnto them, The LORD God of your fathers, the God of Abrahám, Izhák, and Iaakób appeared vnto me, and sayde,Ebr. in visiting haue
〈◊〉
. I haue surely remembred you, and that which is done to you in Egypt.
17 Therefore I did saye, I wyll bryng you out of the affliction of Egypte vnto the land of the Canaanites, and the Hittites, and the Amorites, and the Perizzites, and the Hiuites, and the Iebusites, vnto a land that floweth with milke and hony.
18 Then shal they obeye thy voyce, and thou ād the Elders of Israél shal go vnto the King of Egypt, and saye vnto hym, The LORD
praye the enowe therefore, let vs go thre"Or, appeared vnto vs. dayes iourney in the wildernes, that we mayBecause Egypt was ful of idolatrie, God wolde appoint them a place where thei
〈◊〉
serue him purely. sacrifice vnto the Lord our God.
19 ¶ But I knowe, that the Kyng of Egypt wil not let you go, but by strong hand.
20 Therefore wil I stretch out mine hand and smite Egypt with all my wonders, whiche I will do in the middes thereof: and after that shal he let you go.
21 And I will make this people to be fauored of the Egyptians: so that when ye go, ye shal not go emptie.
22 This exemple
〈◊〉
not be followed generally thogh at Gods commandement they did it
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
some
〈◊〉
of their labours. For euerie woman shall aske of her neigh bour, and of herOr, in whose houses he
〈◊〉
neth. that soiourneth in her house, iewels of siluer and iewels of golde and raiment, and ye shal put them on your sonnes, and on your daughters, and shall spoile the Egyptians.
CHAP. IIII.
3 Moses rod is turned into a serpēt 6 His hād, is leprous 9 The water of the riuer is turned into blood. 14 Aaron is giuen to helpe Mosés. 21 God hardeneth Pharaóh. 25 His wife circumciseth her sonne. 27 Aaron meteth with Mosés, and they come to the Israelites and are beleued.
1 THen Mosés aunswered, and said,God beareth with Moses dou
〈◊〉
, because he was not al togegether without
〈◊〉
. But lo, they wil not beleue me, nor heark en vnto my voyce: for they wilsay, The Lorde hathe not appeared vnto thee.
2 And the Lord said vnto him, What is that in thine hand? And he answered, A rod.
3 Then said he, Cast it on the grounde. So he cast it on the grounde, ād it was (turned) into a serpent: and Mosés fled from it.
4 Againe the Lord said vnto Mosés, Put for the thine hand, and take it by the taile. Then he put for the his hand and caught it, and it (was turned) into a rod in his hand.
5 (Do thys)This power to worke miracles was to confirme his doctrine, and to assure him of his vocation. that they may beleue, that the Lord God of their fathers, the God of Abrahám, the God of Izhák, and the God of Iaakób hathe appeared vnto thee.
6 ¶ And the Lord said furthermore vnto him, Thrust nowe thine hande into thy bosome. And he thrust his hand into hys bosome, and when he toke it out (agayne,) beholde, hys hand wasOr, white as snowe. leprous as snow.
7 Moreouer he sayd, Putthine hand into thy bosome agayne. So he put his hand into hys bosome againe, and pluckt it out of hys bosome, and beholde, it was turned agayne as his (other) flesh.
8 So shal it be, if they will not beleue thee, nether obeyOr, the wordes consirmed by the first signe. the voyce of the firste signe, yet shal they beleue for the voyce of the seconde signe.
9 But if they will not yet beleue these two signes, nether obey vnto thy voyce, then shalt thou take of theBecause
〈◊〉
thre signes shuld be sufficient witnesses to proue that Moses shuld deliuer Goddes people. water of the riuer, and powre it vpon the drye lande: so the water which thou shalt take out of the riuer, shalbe (turned) to blood vpon the drye land.
10 ¶ But Mosés sayd vnto the Lorde, Oh my Lord, I am not eloquent,Ebr. frome yesterday, and yet yesterday. nether at any time (haue bene,) nor yet since thou haste spoken vnto thy seruaunt: but I amEbr. heauie of mouthe. slowe of speache and slow of tongue.
11 Then the Lorde said vnto hym, Who hathe giuen the mouth to man? or who hathe made the domme, or the deafe, or hym that seeth, or the blinde? haue not I the Lord?
12 Therefore go nowe, and * I wyll be withMat. 10, 19, and 12. 13. thy mouth, and will teache thee what thou shalt say.
13 But he sayd, Oh my Lorde, send, I pray thee, by theOr, ministerie. hand (of hym,) whome thouThat is, of the Messias: or some other, that is more mete
〈◊〉
. shuldest send.
14 Then the Lorde wasThogh we pro
〈◊〉
God iustly to anger, yet he wil neuer reiect hys. very angry with Mosés, and said, Do not I knowe Aarón thy bro ther the Leuite, that he him self shal speak? for lo, he commeth also forthe to mete thee, and when he seeth thee, he wilbe glad in his heart.
15 Therefore thou shalt speake vnto him, andThou shalt
〈◊〉
him what to say. put these wordes in his mouth, and I wilbe with thy mouth, and with his mouth, and wilteache you what ye ought to do.
16 And he shalbe thy spokesman vnto the peo ple: he shalbe, (euē) he shalbe as thy mouth, and thou shalt be to him asMeaning as a wise counsellor and full of Gods Spirit. God.
17 Moreouer thou shalt take this rod in thine hand, where with thou shalt do miracles.
18 ¶ Therefore Mosés went and returned to Iethró his father in lawe, and sayd vnto him, I pray thee, let me go, and returne to myOr, kinssolke, and lignage. brethren, whiche are in Egypt, and se whether they be yet aliue. Then Iethró sayd to Mosés, Go in peace.
19 [For the Lorde had said vnto Mosés in Midian, Go, returne to Egypt: for they are all dead which went about to kil thee.]
20 Then Mosés toke his wife, and his sonne, andEbr. caused thē to ride. put them on an asse, and returned to warde the land of Egypt, and Mosés toke theVVher by he wroght the miracles. rod of God in hys hand.
21 And the LORD sayd vnto Mosés, When thou art entred and come into Egypte agayne, se that thou do al the wonders before Pharaoh, whiche I haue put in thine hande: but I wilBy reteynyng my spirit and de liuering him vnto Satā to increa se his malice. harden his heart, and he shall not let the people go.
22 Then thou shalt say to Pharaóh, Thus sayth the Lorde, Israél (is) my sonne, (euen) myMeaning,
〈◊〉
dere vnto him. first borne.
23 Wherefore I say to thee, Let my sonne go, that he may serue me: if thou refuse to let him go, beholde, I will slay thy sonne (euen) thy first borne.
24 ¶ And as he was by the way in the ynne, the Lord met him, andGod punished with sicknes for neglectynge
〈◊〉
Sacrament. wolde haue killed him.
25 Then Zipporáh toke a sharpe knife, andThis acte was extraordinarie for Mosés was sore sicke & God euen then required it. cut awaye the fore skinne of her sonne, and cast it at his fete, and sayd, Thou (art) in dede a bloodie housband vnto me.
26 So
〈◊〉
departed from hym. Then she sayd, O bloodye housband [because of the circumcision]
27 ¶ Then the Lorde sayd vnto Aaron, Go mete Mosés in the wildernes, And he went God of the Ebrewes hathOr, the Angel. met with vs: we
and met him in theOr,
〈◊〉
, Mount of God, and kissed him.
28 Then Mosés tolde Aarón all the wordes of the Lord, who had sent him, & all the signes where with he charged him.
29 ¶ So went Moses and Aaron, and gathered all the Elders of the children of Israél.
30 And Aarón tolde all the wordes, which the Lord had spokenvnto Mosés, and he did the miracles in the sight of the people,
31 And theSo that Moses had now experience of Gods promes that he shulde haue good successe. people beleued, and when they heard that the Lord had visited the children of Israél, and had loked vpon their tribulacion, they bowed downe, and worshipped.
CHAP. V.
1 Moses and Aaron do their message to Pharaoh, who letteth not the people of Israel departe but oppresseth them more and more. 20 They crye out vpō Moses and Aaron therefore, and Moses complaineth to God.
1 THen afterward Mosés and Aaron went ād said toFaith
〈◊〉
meth feare, and maketh men bol de in their vocation. Pharaóh, Thus saith the Lord God of Israél, Let my people go, that they maieAnd offre sacrifice. celebrate a feast vnto me in the wildernes.
2 And Pharaóh said, Who is the Lord, that I shulde heare his voyce, & let Israél go? I kno we not the Lord, nether wil I let Israél go.
3 And they said,Or, God hathe met vs. We worship the God of the Ebrewes: we pray thee, suffre vs to go thre daies iournei in the desert and to sacrifice vn to the Lord our God, lestEbr. lest he mete vs With pestilence. he bring vpon vs the pestilence or sworde.
4 Then said the King of Egypt vnto them, Mosés and Aarón, why cause ye the people to cease from their workes? get you to your burdens.
5 Pharaóh said furthermore, Beholde, muche people (is) now in the land, and yeAs thogh ye Wolde rebel. make them leaue their burdens.
6 Therefore Pharaoh gaue commandement the same day vnto the taske masters of the people, and to theirWhich Were of the Israelites and had charge to se them do their
〈◊〉
. officers, saying,
7 Ye shal giue the people no more strawe, to make bricke [as in time past] (but) let them go and gather them straw them selues:
8 No withstanding lay vpon them the nombre of bricke, which they made in time past, diminish nothing thereof: for they be idle, therefore thei crye, saying, Let vs go to offre sacrifice vnto our God.
9 The more cruelly that tyrants rage, the
〈◊〉
is Gods helpeLay more worke vpon the men, and cause them to do it, and let them notregardeOf Moses and Aaron. vaine wordes.
10 ¶Then went the taske masters of the people and their officers out, and tolde the people, saying, Thus saith Pharaóh, I wil giue you no more straw.
11 Go your selues, get you straw where ye can finde it, yet shal nothing of your labour be diminished.
12 Then were the people scatred abrode throughout all the land of Egypte, for to gather stubble in stede of straw.
13 And the taske masters hasted them, saying,Ebr. the Worke of a day
〈◊〉
his day Finish your dayes worke" euerie dayes taske as (ye did) when ye had straw.
14 And the officers of the children of Israéll, which Pharaohs taske masters had set ouer them, were beaten, and demanded, Wherefore haue ye not fulfilled your taske in making brick yesterday & today, as ī times past
15 ¶ Then the officers of the children of Israél came, and cryed vnto Pharaóh, saying, Wherefore dealest thou thus with thy seruants?
16 There is no straw giuen to thy seruants, & they say vnto vs, Make bricke: & lo, thy seruants are beaten, andOr, thy people the Egyptians are in the faut. thy people is blamed.
17 But he said,
〈◊〉
. idle, ye are idle. Ye are to muche idle: therefore ye say, Let vs go to offre sacrifice to the Lord.
18 Go therefore now (and) worke: for there shal no straw be giuē you, yet shal ye deliuer the whole tale of bricke.
19 Then the officers of the children of IsraélOr, loked said on them, Which said. sawe thē selues in an euil case, because it was said, Ye shal diminish nothing of your brick (nor) of euerie dayes taske.
20 ¶And they met Mosés and Aarón, whiche stode in their way as they came out frome Pharaóh.
21 To whome they said, The Lordloke vpon you and iudge: for ye haue made our sauour to *stincke before Pharaóh and before hisRead, Gen. 34 30. seruants, in that ye haueIt is grieuous thing to the seruants of God to be accused of euil, specially of their brethren, When thei do as their duetie requireth. put a sworde in their hand to slay vs.
22 Wherefore Mosés returned to the Lord, & said, Lord, why hast thou afflicted this people? wherefore hast thou thus sent me?
23 For since I came to Pharaóh to speake in thy Name, he hath vexed this people, & yet thou hast not deliuered thy people.
CHAP. VI.
3 God renueth his promes of the deliuerāce of the Israelites. 9 Mosés speaketh to the Israelites, but they beleue him not. 10 Mosés And Aarō are sent againe to Pharaoh 14 The genealogie of Reubén, Simeon, and Leui, of whome came Mosés and Aaron.
1 THen the Lorde said vnto Mosés, Now shalt thou se, what I wil do vnto Pharaoh for by a strong hand shall he let them go, and euenEbr. in a strong hand. be constreined to driue them out of his land.
2 Moreouer God spake vnto Mosés, and said vnto him, I am the Lord.
3 And I appeared vnto Abrahám, to Izhák, & to laak ób by (the Name) of Almightie God"Or, a l sufficient but by my NameWhereby
〈◊〉
signifieth that he Wil erforme in dede that, Which he promised to their fathers: for this Name decla reth that he is cō stant & Wil, performe his pmes. Iehouáh was I not knowē vnto them.
4 Furthermore as I made my couenant with them to giue them the land of Canáan, the land of their pilgremage, wherein they were strangers:
5 So I haue also heard the groning of the chil dren of Israél, whome the Egyptians kepe in bondage, and haue remembred my couenant.
6 Wherefore say thou vnto the children of Israél, I am the Lorde, and I wil bring you out from the burdens of the Egyptians, and will
deliuer you out of their bondage, and wil redeme you in a stretched out arme, & in great iudgementes."Or, plagues.
7 Also I wilHe meaneth, as touching the out Ward
〈◊〉
: for election to life euerlasting is immutable. take you for my people, and wil be your God: then ye shall knowe that I the Lord your God bring you out from the bur dens of the Egyptians.
8 And I wil bring you into the land whiche IEbt. liftvp mine hand, sware that I wolde giue to Abrahám, to Izhák and to Iaakôb, and I wil giue it vnto you for a possession: I am the Lord.
9 ¶ So Mosés tolde the children of Israél thus but thei heark enedSo hard a
〈◊〉
it is to shewe
〈◊〉
obedience vnder the crosse. not vnto Mosés, for an guish of spirit and for cruel bondage.
10 Then the Lorde speake vnto Mosés, saying.
11 Go speake to Pharaōh King of Egypt, that he let the children of Israél go out of his lād.
12 But Mosés spake before the Lorde, saying, Beholde, the children of Israél hearken not vnto me, how then shal Pharaóh heare me, whiche am ofOr,
〈◊〉
& rude in speach & by this Worde (
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
) is signified the Whole corruption of mans nature. vncircumcised lippes?
13 Then the Lord spake vnto Mosés and vnto Aarōn, & charged thē (to go) to the children of Israél and to Pharaōh King of Egypt, to bring the children of Israél out of the land of Egypt.
14 ¶ These be theThis
〈◊〉
s he Weth of Whome Moses and
〈◊〉
came heades of their fathers hou ses: the sonnes of Reubén the first borne of Israél (are) Hanōch and Pallú. Hezrōn & Carmi: these are the families of Reubén.
15 Also the sonnes of Simeón: Iemuéll and Iamin, and O had, and Iachin, and Zōar, and Shaull the sonnes of a Canaanitish woman: these are the families of Simeōn.
16 ¶ These also are the names of the sonnes of
〈◊〉
in their generacions: Gershōn, and Koháth and Merari [and the yeres of the lifef For he Was. 42.
〈◊〉
olde, When he came into Egypt, and there liued. 94. os Leui (were) an hundreth thirty and seuē yere]
17 The sonnes of Gershōn (were) Libni and Shimi by their families.
18 And the sonnes of Koháth, Amrám & Izhár and Hebrōn and Vzziél, [and Koháth liued an hundreth thirty and thre yere]
19 Also the sonnes of Merari (were) Mahali & Mushi: these are the families of Leui by their kinreds.
20 And Amrám toke Iochébed hisWhiche kinde of mariage Was after in the lawe forbidden. fathers sister to his wife, and she bare him Aarōn & Mosés [and Amrám liued and hundreth thirtyLeuit. 18.
〈◊〉
. and seuen yere]
21 ¶ Also the sonnes of Izhár:Mosés and he Were
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, Whose rebellion Was pu nished, Nom. 16. 1 Kórah, and Néphegh, and Zichri.
22 And the sonnes of Vzzièl: Mishaél, and Elzaphán, and Sithri.
23 And Aarōn toke Elishēba daughter ofWho Was a
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
. Nomb. 2. 3. Amminadáb, sister of Nahashōn to his wife which bare him Nadáb, and Abihú, Eleazár and Ithamár.
24 Also the sonnes of Kōrah: Assir, and Elkanáh, and Abiasáph: these are the families of the
〈◊〉
.
25 And Eleazár Aarons sonne toke hym (one) of the daughters of Putiél to his wife, which bare him * Phinehās: these are the principalNomb. 25. 10. fathers of the Leuites through out their families.
26 These are Aarōn and Mosés to whome the Lord said, Bring the children of Israél out of the land of Egypt, according to theirFor
〈◊〉
fami lies Were so great, that they might be compa red to armies. armies.
27 These are that Mosés & Aarōn, which spake to Pharaōh King of Egypt, that they might bring the children of Israēl out of Egypt.
28 ¶ And at that time when the Lord spake vn to Mosēs in the land of Egypt,
29 When the Lord, (I say,) spake vnto Mosés, saying, I am the Lord, speake thou vnto Pharaōh the King of Egypt all that I say vnto thee,
30 Then Mosés said before the Lord, Beholde I am ofThe disobedien ce both of Moses & of the people sheweth that their deliuerance came onely of Gods fre
〈◊〉
. vncircumcised lippes, and how shal Pharaōh heare me?
CHAP. VII.
3 God hardeneth Pharaohs heart.
〈◊〉
Moses and Aaron do the miracles of the serpent, and the blood: and Pharaohs sorcerers do the like.
1 THen the Lord said to Mosēs, Beholde, I haue made thee PharaohsI haue giuen thee power and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
spea ke in my name and to
〈◊〉
my
〈◊〉
vpon him. God, and Aa rōn thy brother shalOr, shal speake for thee (before Pharaoh) be thy Prophet.
2 Thou shalt speake all that I cōmanded thee and Aarôn thy brother shal speake vnto Pharaóh, that he suffre the children of Israél to go out of his land.
3 But I wil harden Pharaohs heart, and multiplie my miracles and my wondres in the land of Egypt.
4 And Pharaōh shal not hearken vnto you, that I may lay mine hand vpon Egypt, and bring out mine armies (euen) my people, the children of Israél out of the land of Egypt, by greatTo strengthen̄ Mosés faith, God promiseth againe to punis he moste sharpely
〈◊〉
oppression of his Church. iudgements.
5 Then the Egyptians shalk now that I am the Lord, when I stretch forth e mine hand vpon Egypt, and bring out the children of Israél from among them.
6 So Mosés and Aarōn did as the Lord commanded them, (euen) so did they.
7 [Now Mosés wasMoses liued in affliction and bannis hemēt 40 yere before he enioyned his office to deliuer. foure score yere olde, & Aarōn foure score and thre, when thei spake vnto Pharaōh]
8 ¶ And the Lord had spoken vnto Mosés & Aarón, saying,
9 If Pharaōh speake vnto you, saying, SheweGods people, a miracle for you, then thou shalt say vnto Aarōn, Take thyrod and cast it before Pharaōh, (and) it shal be (turned) into a serpent."Or, dragon.
10 ¶ Then went Mosés and Aarón vnto Pharaōh, and did euen as the Lord god commanded: and Aarōn caste forthe his rod before Pharaōh and before his seruants, and it was (turned) into a serpent.
11 Then Pharaōh called also for the wise men andIt semeth that these Were lannes and
〈◊〉
read. 2. Tim. 3. 8. so euer the Wicked maliciously resist the trueth of God. sorcerers: and those charmers also of Egypt did in like maner with their enchantements.
12 For they cast downe euerie man his rod, and thei were (turned) into serpents: but Aarons rod deuoured their rods.
13 So Pharaohs heart was hardened, and he hearkned not to them, as the Lord had said
14 ¶ The Lord then said vnto Mosés, Pharaohs heart is obstinat, he refuseth to let the people"Or, he any & dul go.
15 Go vnto Pharaōh in the morning, [lo, he wil come vnto the water] & thou shalt stand & mete him byTo Wit, the
〈◊〉
Nilus. the riuers brinke, and the rod which was turned into a serpent, shalt thou take in thine hand.
16 And thou shalt say vnto him, The Lord God of the Ebrewes hath sent me vnto thee, saying, Let my people go, that they may serue me in the wildernes: and beholde, hitherto thou woldest not heare.
17 Thus saith the Lorde, In this thou shalt knowe that I am the Lorde: beholde, I will smite with the rod that is in mine handvpon the water that is in the riuer, and it shalbe turned to blood.
18 And the fish that is in the riuer shall dye, & the riuer shal stinke, and it shalOr, they shalbe Weary, &
〈◊〉
to drinke. greue the Egyptians to drinke of the water of the
〈◊〉
.
19 ¶ The Lord then spake to Mosés, Say vnto Aarón, Take thy rod, and stretche out thine hand ouer the waters of Egypt, ouer their streames, ouer their riuers, & ouer their pon des, and ouer all pooles of their waters, and they shalbeThe
〈◊〉
plague. blood, and there shalbe blood through out all the land of Egypt, bothe in (vessels) of wood, and of stone.
20 So Mosés and Aarōn did euen as the Lorde commanded: * and he lift vp the rod, andChap. 17.
〈◊〉
. smote the water that was in the riuer in the sight of Pharaōh, and in the sight of his seruants: and all the water that was in the riuer, was turned into blood.
21 And theTo signifie that it was a true miracle, & that God plagued them in that, Which Was moste necessarie for the preseruation of life. fish that was in the riuer dyed, and the riuer stanke: so that the Egyptians colde not drinke of the water of the riuer: & there was blood through out all the land of Egypt.
22 And the enchanters of Egypt did likewise with their sorceries: & the heart of Pharaōhg In outward ap pearance & after
〈◊〉
the. 7. dayes Were ended. was hardened: so that he did not hearken vn to them, as the Lord had said.
23 Then Pharaōh returned, and went againe into his house,Ebr. he set not his heart at all thereunto. nether did this yet entre into his heart.
24 All the Egyptians thē digged round about the riuer (for) waters to drinke: for they cold not drinke of the water of the riuer.
25 And (this) continued fully seuen daies after the Lord had smitten the riuer.
CHAP. VIII.
6 Ftogges are sent. 13 Mosés praieth and they dye. 17 Lyce are sent, wherby the sorcerers acknowledge Gods power 24 Egypt is plagued with noysom flies 30 Mosés praieth againe. 32 But Pharaohs heart is hardened.
1 AFterwarde the Lorde said vnto Mosés, Go vnto Pharaōh, and tell him, Thus saith the Lord, Let my people go, that they may serue me:
2 And if thou wilt notlet them go, beholde, I wil smite all thy countrey withThere isnothig so Weake, that God cā not cause to ouercome the greatest power of man. frogges.
3 And the riuer shal scrall ful of frogges, whiche shall go vp and come into thine house: and into thy chambre, where thou slepest, & vpon thy bed, and into the house of thy seruants, and vpon thy people, and into thine ouens, andOr, vpon thy dogh or, into thine
〈◊〉
. into thy kneadyng troghes.
4 Yea, the frogges shall climbe vp vppon thee, and on thy people, and vpon al thy seruants.
5 ¶ Also the Lord said vnto Mosés, Say thouvn to Aarōn, Stretche thine hand with thy rod vpon the streames, vpon the riuers, and vpon the pondes, and cause frogges to come vp vpon the land of Egypt.
6 Then Aarōn stretched his hand vppon the waters of Egypt, and theThe seconde plague. frogges came vp and couered the land ofBut Goshen, Where Godspeo ple dwelt Was excepted. Egypt.
7 And the sorcerers did like wise with their sorceries, and broght frogges vp vpon the land of Egypt.
8 Then Pharaoh called for Mosés & Aarōn, & saidNot loue, but
〈◊〉
causeth the very
〈◊〉
to seke vnto God. Pray ye vnto the Lord that he may take away the frogges frō me, and from my people, ād I wil let the people go, that they may do sacrifice vnto the Lord.
9 And Mosés said vnto Pharaōh,Ebr. Haue
〈◊〉
honour ouer me. As concerning me, euen commande when I shal praye for thee, and for thy seruāts, and for thy people, to destroye the frogges from thee, and from thine houses, that they may remaine in the riuer onely.
10 Thē he said, To morowe. And he answered Be itEbr. according to thy Worde. as thou hast said, that thou maiest know, that there is none like vnto the Lord our God.
11 So the frogges shal departe from thee, and from thine houses, and from thy seruants, & from thy people: onely they shal remayne in the riuer.
12 Then Mosés and Aarōn went out frome Pharaōh: and Mosēs cryed vnto the Lorde"Or, Iaidvpon concerning the frogges, which he had sent vnto Pharaōh.
13 And the Lord did accordyng to the saying of Mosés: so the froggesIn things of this life God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the praiers of the iust for the vngodly. died in the houses in the townes, and in the fields.
14 And they gathered thē togither by heapes and the land stanke (of them.)
15 But when Pharaōh sawe that he had rest (giuen him,) he hardened his heart, & hearkened not vnto thē, as the Lord had said.
16 ¶ Againe the Lorde said vnto Mosés, Say vnto Aarōn Stretche out thy rod, & smite the dust of the earth, that it may be (turned) toThe third plague. lyce through out all the land of Egypt.
17 And they did so: for Aarōn stretched out his hand with his rod, and smote the dust of the earth: and lyce came vpon man & vpō beast: al the dust of the earth was lyce throughout all the land of Egypt.
18 Now the enchanters assaied lykewise with their enchantments to bring forth lyce, but theyGod confounded their Wisdom &
〈◊〉
in a thing most vile. colde not, so the lyce were vpon man and vpon beast.
19 Then said the enchanters vnto Pharaōh,
This isThey acknowledged that this was done by Gods power and not by sorcerie. the finger of God. But Pharaōhs, heart remained
〈◊〉
, ād he hearckened not vnto them, as the Lord had said.
20 ¶ Moreouer the Lord said to Mosés, Rise vp early in the morning, and stand before Pharaóh [lo, he wil come forth vnto the water] and say vnto him, Thus saith the Lorde, Let my people go, that they may serue me.
21 Els, if thou wilt not let my people go, beholde,"Or, a multitude of venimous beasts, as serpents &c. I will send swarmes of flies bothe vpon thee, and vpon thy seruants, and vpon thy people, and into thine houses: and the houses of the Egyptians shalbe ful of swarmes of flies, and the grounde also whereon they are.
22 But the land of Gō shen, where my people are wil I cause to beOr, I will seperat. wonderful in that day, so that no
〈◊〉
of flies shalbe there, that thou
〈◊〉
know that I am the Lord in the middes of theOr, land of Egypt. earth.
23 And I wil make a deliuerance of my people from thy people: to morowe shal this miracle be.
24 And the Lord did so: for there cameThe fourth pla gue. great swarmes of flies into the house of Pharaóh, and (into) his seruāts houses, so that through all the land of Egypt the earth was corrupt by the swarmes of flies.
25 Then Pharaóh called for Mosés and Aarōn, and said, Go, do sacrifice vnto your God in this land.
26 But Mosés answered, It is not mete to do so for (then) we shulde offre vnto the Lord our God (that, whiche is) anFor the Egyptiās W rshipped
〈◊〉
beasts, as the
〈◊〉
, the shepe & such like, whiche the
〈◊〉
offred
〈◊〉
. abominacion vnto the Egyptians. Lo, can we sacrifice the abomination of the Egyptians before their eies and they not stone vs?
27 Let vs go thre dayes iourney in the desert, and sacrifice vnto the Lord out God, as he hathe commanded vs.
28 And Pharaoh said, I will let you go, that ye may sacrifice vnto the Lord your God in the wildernes: butSo that wicked prescribe vnto Gods messengers how farre they shal go. go not farre away, pray for me.
29 And Mosés said, Beholde, I wil go out from thee, and pray vnto the Lord, that the swarmes of flies may departe from Pharaóh, frō his seruāts, and from his peoples to morow: but let Pharaóh from henceforthHe colde not iudge his beart, but yet he charged him to do this vnfainedly. deceiue no more, in not suffring the people to sacrifice vnto the Lord.
30 So Mosés went out from Pharaóh & prayed vnto the Lord.
31 And the Lorde did according to the saying of Mosés, and the swarmes of flies departed from Pharaóh, from his seruants, and frome his people, (and) there remained not one.
32 Yet PharaóhWhere God gi meth not faith, no miracles can pre
〈◊〉
. hardened his heart euen thē also, and did not let the people go.
CHAP. IX.
1 The moraines of beaftes. 10 The plague of botches and sores. 23 The horrible haile, thundre, & the lightenyng. 26 The land of Góshen euer is excepted 27 Pharaóh cōfesseth his wickednes. 33 Mosés praieth for him 35 Yea is he obstinat.
1 THen the Lorde said vnto Mosés, Go to Pharaoh, and tell him, Thus saith the Lorde God of the Ebrewes, Let my people go, that they may serue me.
2 But if thou refuse to let (them) go, and wilt yet holde them stil.
3 Beholde, the hand of the Lord is vpon thy flocke whiche is in the field: (for) vpon the horses, vpon the asses, vpon the camels, vpō the cattell, and vpon the shepe (shalbe) aThe fift plague. mighty great moraine.
4 And the Lord shal doHe shal declare his
〈◊〉
iudgement against his ennemies, & hie fauour towards his children. wōderfully betwene the beastes of Israél, & the beastes of Egipt: so that there shal nothing dye of al (that per teineth) to the children of Israél.
5 And the Lord appointed a time, saying, To moro we the Lorde shall finish this thyng in this land.
6 So the Lord did it on the moro we, & all the cattel of Egypt dyed: but of the cattel of the children of Israél dyed not one.
7 Then PharaóhInto the land of Goshē, where the Israelites dwelled. sent, and be holde, there was not one of the cattel of the Israelites dead: & the heart of Pharaōh was obstinat, & he did not let the people go.
8 ¶ And the Lord said to Mosés, & to Aarón,"Or, imbere. Take your handful of ashes of the fornace, and Mosés shal sprinkle them towarde the heauen in the sight of Pharaóh.
9 And they shalbe (turned) to dust in all the land of Egypt: and it shalbe as a scab breaking out into blisters vpon man and vppon beast throughout all the land of Egypt.
10 Then they toke asshes of the fornaces, and stode before Pharaóh: and Mosés sprinkled them towarde the heauen, and there cameThe sixt plague. a scab breaking out into blisters vpon man, and vpon beast.
11 And the sorcerers colde not stand before Mosés, because of the scab: for the scab was vpon the enchanters, and vpon althe Egiptians.
12 And the Lord hardened the heart of Pharaóh, and he hearkened not vnto them, * asChap. 4. 21. the Lord had said vnto Mosés.
13 ¶ Also the Lorde said vnto Mosés, Rise vp earely in the morning, & stand before Pharaoh, and tel him, Thus saith the Lorde God of the Ebrewes, Let my people go, that thei may serue me.
14 For I wil at this time send all my plagues vponSo that thine owne
〈◊〉
shall cōdēne thee of ingratitude & malice. thine heart, and vpon thy seruants, and vpon thy people, that thou maiest knowe that there is none like me in all the earth.
15 For now I will stretche out mine hand, that I may smite thee and thy people with the pestilence: and thou shalt perish frome the earth.
16 And in dede, * for this cause haueOr, set thee vp. I appointedRom. 9. 17. thee, toOr, to shewe thee. shewe my power in thee, and to declaremyThat is, that all the worlde may magnifie my power
〈◊〉
comming thee. Name throughout althe worlde.
17 Yet thou exaltest thy selfe against my people, and lettest them not go.
18 Beholde, tomorowe this time I will cause
to raine a mightie great haile, suche as was not in Egypt since the fundation thereof was laid to this time.
19 Send therefore now, (and (Here we se, thogh Gods wrath be kindeled yet there is a cer tein mercie shewed euen to his ennemies. gather thy eat tel, and all that thou hast in the field: (for) vpon all the men, and the beastes, which are founde in the field, and not broght home, the haile shal fall vpon them and they shal dye.
20 Suche (then) as feared the worde of the Lord among the seruantes of Pharaóh, made his seruants and his cattel flee into the houses:
21 But suche asEbr. set not his heart to. regarded not theThe worde of the minister is called the worde of God. worde of the Lord, left his seruants, and his cattel in the field.
22 ¶ And the Lord said to Mosés, Stretche forthe thine hand toward heauen, that there may be haile in all the land of Egypt, vpon man and vpon beast, and vpon all the herbes of the field in the land of Egypt.
23 Then Mosés stretched out his rod toward heauen, and the Lord sent thundre, &The seuenth plague. haile and
〈◊〉
. fire walked. lightening vpon the grounde: and the Lord caused haile to raine vpon the land of Egypt.
24 So there was haile, and fire mingled with the haile, so grieuous, as there was none throughout all the land of Egypt, sinceOr, since it was inhabited. it was a nation.
25 And the haile smote throughout all the lād of Egypt all that was in the field, bothe man and beast: also the haile smote all the herbes of the field, and brake to pieces all the trees of the field.
26 Onely in the lād of Góshen [where the chil dren of Israél were] was no haile.
27 Then Pharaóh sent and called for Moses and Aarón, and said vnto them, IThe wicked confesse, their sin nes to their condemnation, but they
〈◊〉
not beleue to obteine remission. haue now sinned: the Lord is righteous, but I and my pe ple are wicked.
28 Pray ye vnto the Lord [for it is ynough] that there be no moreEbr, voices of God. mightie thunders and haile, and I wil let you go, and ye shal tary no longer.
29 Then Mosés said vnto him, Assone as I am out of the citie, I wil spreade mine handes vn to the LORD, (and) the thunder shal cease nether shal there be any more haile, that thou maiest know that the earth is the Lords.
30 Now I knowe that thou, and thy seruantes feare the Lord God,Meaning that when they haue their request, thei are neuer the bet
〈◊〉
. before I pray.
31 [And the flaxe, and the barly were smitten: for the barly was eared, and the flaxe was bolled.
32 But the wheat and the ryewere not smitten for they wereOr, lare sowen. hid in the grounde.]
33 Then Mosés went out of the citie from Pharaóh and spred his hands to the Lord, & the thundre and the haile ceased, nether rained it vpon the earth.
34 And when Pharaóh saw that the raine and the haile and the thundre were ceased, he sinned againe, and hardened his heart (bothe) he, and his seruants.
35 So the heart of Pharaōh was hardened: nether wolde he let the children of Israél go, as the Lord had saidEbr. by the hād of
〈◊〉
. by Mosés.
CHAP. X.
7 Pharaohs seruants counsel him to let the Israelites departe. 13 Greshoppers destroye the coūtrey. 16 Pharaoh confesseth his sinne. 22
〈◊〉
is sent. 28 Pharaóh forbiddeth Mosés to come any more in his presence.
1 AGain the Lord said vnto Mosés, Go toChap. 4. 24. Pharaóh: for* I haue hardened his heart and the heart of his seruants, that I might worke these my miraclesOr, in his presence. in the middes of his (realme.)
2 And that thou maiest declare in theThe
〈◊〉
shuld be so great that they shulde he spoken of for euer, where also we se the
〈◊〉
of parēts toward their children. eares of thy sonne, and of thy sonnes sonne, what things I haue done in Egypt, & my miracles, whiche I haue done among them: that ye may know that I am the Lord.
3 Then Mosés and Aarōn came vnto Pharaóh, and said vnto him, Thus saith the Lord God of the Ebrewes, How long wilt thou refuseThe end of afflictions is, to hū
ble our selues with the true repentance vnder the hand of God, to humble thy selfe before me? Let my peo ple go, that they may serue me.
4 But if thou refuse to let my people go, beholde, tomorowe wil I bringOr, locustes. greshoppers into thy coastes.
5 And they shall couer the face of the earth, that a man can notse the earth: ād they shall eat the residue whiche remaineth vnto you, and hath escaped from the haile, & thei shal eat all your trees that bud in the field.
6 And they shal fil thine houses, and al thy seruant houses, and the houses of al the Egyptians, as nether thy fathers, not thy fathers fath ers haue sene, since the time they were vpon the earth vnto this day So he returned and went out from Pharaōh.
7 Then Pharaohs seruants said vnto him How long shall he beOr, snare. anMeanyng, the occasion of all these euils: so are the godlie euer charged, as Elias was by Acháb offence vnto vs let the men go, that they may serue the Lorde their God: wilt thou first knowe Egypt is destroyed.
8 So Mosés and Aaarōn were broght againe vnto Pharoōh, and he said to them, Go serue the Lord your God, but who are they that shall go?
9 And Mosés answered, We will go with our yong and with our olde, with our sonnes & with our daughters, with our shepe & with our cattel wil we go: for we (must celebrate) a feast vnto the Lord.
10 And he said vnto them, LetThat is, I wolde the Lorde were no more affectio ned toward you thē I am minded to let you go. the Lord so be with you, as I will let you go and your children: beholde, for
〈◊〉
is prepared for you Some read,
〈◊〉
entēd some mischief. euill is before your face.
11 (It shal) not (be) so: now go ye (that are) men. and serue the Lord: for that was your desire Then they were thrust out from Pharaohs presence.
12 ¶ After, the Lord said vnto Mosés, Stretche out thine hand vpon the land of Egypt for the greshoppers, that they may come vpon the land of Egypt, and eat all the herbes of the land, (euen) all that the haile hathe left.
13 Then Mosés stretched forthe his rod vpon the land of Egypt: and the Lord broght an East winde vpon the land all that day, and all that night: & in the morning the East winde broght the The eight pla gue. greshoppers.
14 So the greshoppers went vp vpon all the land of Egypt, and remained in all quatersOr, he caused them to remaine of Egypt: so grieuous greshoppers, lyke to these were neuer before, nether after them shalbe suche.
15 For they couered al the face of the earth, so that the land was darcke: and they did eat al the herbes of the land, & all the frutes of the trees, which the haile had left, so that there was no grene thyng left vpon the trees, nor among the herbes of the field throughout al the land of Egypt.
16 Therefore Pharaôh called for The wicked in
〈◊〉
seke to
〈◊〉
for helpe, albeit they hate and de test them. Mosés and Aaron in haste, and said, I haue sinned against the Lorde your GOD, and against you.
17 And nowe forgiue me my sinne onely this once, and pray vnto the Lord your GOD, that he may take away from me this death onely.
18 (Moses) then went out from Pharaōh, and praied vnto the Lord.
19 And the Lord turned a mightie strōg West winde, and toke away the greshoppers, and violently cast thē into the The water semeth red because the sand or grauel is red: the Ebrewes calit the Sea of bulrusshes red Sea, (so that) there remained not one greshopper in all the coast of Egypt.
20 But the Lord hardened Pharaohs heart, & he did not let the children of Israél go.
21 ¶ Againe the lord said vnto Mosés, Stretche out thine hand to ward heauen, that there, may be vpon the land of Egypt darckenes, euen darcknes that may be Because it was so thicke. felt.
22 Then Mosés stretched forth his hād toward heauen, and there was a The ninth pla gue. blacke* darcknes in all the land of Egypt thre days,
23 No man sawe an other, nether rose vp fromWisd. 17. 2. the place where he was (for) thre dayes: * but all the children of Israél had light whereWisd
〈◊〉
. 1. they dwelt.
24 Then Pharaóh called for Moses, and said, Go, serue the Lorde: onely your shepe and your cattel shal abide, and your childrē shall go with you.
25 And Mosés said, Thou must giue vs also sacrifices, and burnt offrings that we may do (sacrifice) vnto the Lord our God.
26 Therefore our cattell also shall go with vs: there shal not an The ministers of God
〈◊〉
not to yelde one
〈◊〉
to the wicked, as touching there charge. hoofe be left, for thereof must we take to serue the Lord ourgod: nether do we knowe That is, with
〈◊〉
beastes or how many. how we shall serue the Lord, vntil we come thither.
27 [But the Lord hardened Pharaohs heart & he wolde not let them go]
28 And Pharaôh said vnto him, Get thee from me: loke thouse my face no more: for when soeuer thou commest in my sight, thou shalt Thogh before he confessed Mo ses iust, yet
〈◊〉
his owne conscience he threateneth to put him to death. dye.
29 Then Moses said, Thou hast said well: from hence for the wil I se thy face no more.
CHAP. XI.
1 God promiseth their departure. 2 He willeth them to borrow their neighbours iewels. 3 Moses was estemed of all saue Pharaoh 5 He signifieth the death of the first borne.
1 NOw [the Lord had said vnto Mosés, Yet wil I bring one plague more vpon Pharaóh, and vpon Egypt: after that he wil let you go hence: when he letteth you go, he shal
〈◊〉
any condition, but with haste and violence. at once chase you hence.
2 Speake thou now to the people, that euerie man Or, borrowe. require of his neighbour, and euerie woman of her neighbour * iewels of siluerChap 3. 22. and iewels of golde.
3 And the Lord gaue the people fauour in theEccl. 45. 1. sight of the Egyptians: also * Moses (was)
〈◊〉
great in the land of Egypt, in the sight of Pharaohs seruants, and in the sight of the people.]
4 Also Mosés said, Thus saith the Lord, * About midnight wil I go out into the middes of Egypt.
5 And all the first borne in the land of Egypt shal dye, from the first borne of Pharaóh that sitteth on his throne, vnto the first borne of the maid seruant, that is at From the
〈◊〉
to the lowest. the mille, and all the first borne of beastes.
6 Then there shal be a great crye throughout all the land of Egypt, suche as was neuer none like, nor shal be.
7 But against none of the childrē of Israél shal a dog moue his tongue, nether against man nor beast, that ye may knowe that the Lord putteth a difference betwene the Egyptians and Israél.
8 And all these thy seruantes shal, come downe vnto me, and fall before me, saying, Get thee out,
〈◊〉
all the people that That is, vnder thy power and gouernement. are at thy fete, and after this wil I depart. So he went out from Pharaóh very angry.
9 And the Lord said vnto Mosés, Pharaōh shal not heare you, God hardeneth the heartes of the reprobat, that his glorie thereby might be the more see for the. that my wonders may be multiplied in the land of Egypt.
10 So Mosés and Aarón did all these wonders before Pharaôh: but the Lord hardened Pharaohs heart, and he suffred not the children of Israél to go out of his land.Rom. 9. 17.
CHAP. XII.
1 The Lord instituteth the Passeouer. 26 The fathers must teache their children the mysterie thereof. 29 The first borne are slaine. 31 The Israelites are driuen out of the land. 35 The Egyptians are spoiled. 37 The nom bre that departeth out of Egypt. 40 How long thei were in Egypt.
1 THen the Lord spake to Moses and to Adrôn in the land of Egypt, saying,
2 This Called Nisan, conteining
〈◊〉
of Marche and parte of April. moneth (shal be) vnto you the beginning of moneths: it (shalbe) to you the first As
〈◊〉
the obseruation of feastes: as
〈◊〉
other policies, theirekened frō Septembre. moneth of the yere.
3 Speake ye vnto all the Congregacion of Israél, saying, In the tenth of this moneth let euerie mātake vnto him a lambe according to the house of the As the fathers of the hous holde had great or smale families. fathers, a lambe for an house.
4 If the housholde be to litle for the lambe, he shal take his neighbour, which is next
vnto his house, according to the nombre of the persones: euerie one of you, according to his He shal take so many as are suficient to eat the lambe. eating shal make your compt for the lambe.
5 Your lambe shalbe without blemish, a male of a yere olde: ye shal take it of the lambes, or of the kiddes.
6 And ye shal kepe (it) vntil the fourtenth day of this moneth: then Euerie one in his house. all the multitude of the Congregacion of Israél shal kil it Ebr, betwene the two euenings or
〈◊〉
. at euen.
7 After thei shal take of the blood and strike it on the two postes, and on the vpper doore post of the houses where thei shal eat it.
8 And thei shal eat the flesh the same night, roste with fyre, and vnleauened bread with sower (herbes) thei shal eat it.
9 Eat not there of rawe, boiled nor sodden in water, but roste with fyre, bothe his That is, al that may be
〈◊〉
. head, his fete, and his purtenance.
10 And ye shall reserue nothing of it vnto the morning: but that, which remaineth of it vnto the moro we, shal yé burne with fyre.
11 ¶And thus shal ye eat it, Your loynes girded your shoes on your fete, and your staues in your hands, and ye shal eat it in haste: (for) The
〈◊〉
be was not the
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
signified it: as sacrements are not the thing itselfe, which
〈◊〉
do represent but signifie it. it is the Lords Passeouer.
12 For I wil passe through the land of Egypt the same night, and wil smite all the first bor ne in the land of Egypt, bothe man and beast and I wil execute iudgement vpon all the Or, princes, or, idoles. gods of Egypt. I (am) the Lord.
13 And the blood shalbe a token for you vpon the houses where ye are: so when I se the blood, I wil passe ouer you, and the plague shal not be vpon you to destruction, when I smite the land of Egypt.
14 And this day shalbe vnto you a Of the benefite receiued for your deliuerance. remēbran ce: and ye shal kepe it an holy feast vnto the Lord, through out your generacions: ye shal kepe it holy by an ordinance That is, vntil
〈◊〉
cōming: for then ceremonies had an end. for euer.
15 Seuen daies shal ye eat vnleauened bread, & in any case ye shal put away leauen the first day out of your houses: for whosoeuer eateth leauened bread from the first day vntil the seuenth day, that persone shal be cut of from Israél.
16 And in the first day (shalbe) an holy
〈◊〉
, calling together of the
〈◊〉
ple to serue God assemblie: also in the seuenth day shal be an holy assemblie vnto you: no worke shalbe done in them, saue about that which euerie mā must eat: that onely may ye do.
17 Ye shal kepe also (the feast) of vnleauened bread: for that same day I wil bring your armies out of the land of Egypt: therefore ye shal obserue this day, throughout your poste ritie, by an ordinance for euer.
18 ¶In the first (moneth) and the fourtenth day of the moneth at
〈◊〉
in olde ti me so thei compted, beginning the day at sunne set til the next day at the same time. euen, ye shal eat vnleauened bread vnto the one and twentieth of the moneth at euen.
19 Seuen dayes shal no leauen be founde in your houses: for whosoeuer eateth leauened bread, that persone shalbe cut of from the Congregacion of Israél: whether he be a stranger, or borne in the land.
20 Ye shal eat no leauened bread: (but) in all your habitacions shal ye eat vnleauened bread.
21 ¶ Then Mosés called all the Elders of Israél, and said vnto them, Chose out and take you for (euerie) of your housholdes a lambe and kil the Passeouer.
22 And take a * bunche of hyssope, and did itEb.
〈◊〉
, 28. in the blood that is in the bassen, and strike the Or, transome or vpper dore poste. lintel, and the Or, two side postes, dore chekes with the blood that is in the bassen, and let none of you go out at the dore of his house, vntil the morning.
23 For the Lord wil passe by to smite the Egyptians: and when he seeth the blood vpon the lintel and on the two dore chekes, the Lord wil passe ouer the dore, and wil not suffre the The Angelsent of God to kil the first borne. destroyer to come into your houses to plague (you.)
24 Therefore shal ye obserue this thing as an ordinance (bothe) for thee and thy sonnes foreuer.
25 And when ye shal come into the The land of
〈◊〉
. land, which the Lord wil giue you, as he hathe promised, then ye shal kepe this Or, ceremonie. seruice.
26 * And when your children aske you, WhatIosh, 4. 6. seruice is
〈◊〉
ye (kepe?)
27 Then ye shal say, It is the sacrifice of the Lords Passeouer, which passed ouer the hou ses of the children of Israel in Egypt, when he smote the Egyptians, and preserued our houses. Then the people Thei
〈◊〉
God thankes for so great a benefite. bowed them selues, and worshipped.
28 So the children of Israél went, and did as the Lord had commāded Mosés and Aarón: so did thei.
29 ¶ Now at * midnight, the Lord The tenth plague. smote allChap. 11. 4. the first borne in the land of Egypt, from the firstborne of Pharaóh that sate on his throne, vnto the * firstborne of the captiue thatWisd 18. 5. was in prison, & all the firstborne of beastes.
30 And Pharaóh rose vp in the night, he, and all his seruants and all the Egyptians: and there was a great crye in Egypt: for there (was) Of these houses, whèrein any first borne was ether of men or
〈◊〉
. no house where there (was) not one dead.
31 And he called to Mosés and to Aarôn by night, and said, Rise vp, get you out from among my people, bothe ye, and the children of Isráel, and go serue the Lorde as ye haue said.
32 Take also your shepe and your cattel as ye haue said, and departe, and Pray for me. blesse me also.
33 And the Egyptians did force the people, be cause thei wolde send them
〈◊〉
of the land in haste: for thei said, We dye all.
34 Therefore the peoples toke thei dowe before it was leauened, (euen) their dowe bounde in clothes vpon their shulders.
35 And the children of Israél did according to the saying of Mosés, and thei asked of the Egyptians * iewels of siluer and iewels ofChap. 3. 22. & 11. 2. golde, and raiment.Iosh. 24. 6.
36 And the Lord gaue the people fauour in the
sight of the Egyptians: & theiOr, lent them. grāted their request: so thei spoiled the Egyptians.
37 Then the * children of Israél toke theirNomb. 33. 3. iourney fromWhich was a citie in Gos hen. Gen. 47. 11. Ramesês to Succóth about six hundreth thousand men of fote, beside children.
38 AndWhich were strangers, and not borne of the
〈◊〉
. a great multitude of sundry sortes of people went out with them, and shepe, and beues, and cattel in great abundance.
39 And thei baked the dowe which thei broght out of Egypt, (and made) vnleauened takes: for it was not leauened, because they were thrust out of Egypt, nether colde they tary, nor yet prepare them selues vitailes.
40 So the dwelling of the children of Israél, while thei dwelled in Egypt, (was) * foure
〈◊〉
15. 16. hundreth and thirty yeres.
〈◊〉
. 7. 6.
Galat. 3. 17.
41 And when theFrom Abrahās departing from Vr in
〈◊〉
vnto the departing of the children of Israel from
〈◊〉
, are 430. yere. foure hundreth and thirty yeres were expired, euen the selfe same day departed all the hostes of the Lord out of the land of Egypt.
42 It (is) a night to be kept (holy) to the Lord because he broght them out of the land of Egypt: this is that night of the Lord, which al the childrē of Israél musti kepe throughout their generacions.
43 Also the Lord said vnto Mosés and Aarón, This is the lawe of the Passeouer:Except he be circumcised and onely professe your religion. no stranger shal eat thereof.
44 But euerie seruant that is boght for money when thou hast circumcised him, then shal he eat thereof.
45 A stranger or an hyred seruant shal not eat thereof.
46 * In one house shal it be eaten: thou shaltNomb. 9. 22. cary none of the flesh out of the house, * netherIohn. 9. 36. shal ye breake a bone thereof.
47 All the Congregacion of Israél shal obserue it.
48 But if a stranger dwel with thee, and wil obserue the Passeouer of the Lord, let him circumcise all the males, that belong vnto him, and then let him come and obserue it, and he shalbe as one that is borne in the land for none vncircumcised persone shal eat the reof.
49 OneThei that are of the hous holde of God, must be al ioyned in one faith & religion. law shalbe to him that is borne in the land, and to the stranger that dwelleth among you.
50 Then all the children of Israél did as the Lord commanded Mosés and Aarón: so did thei.
51 And the selfe same day did the Lord bring the children of Israél out of the land of Egypt by their armies.
CHAP. XIII.
1 The first borne are offred to God. 3 The memorial of their deliuerance. 8. 14 An exhortacion to teache their children to remembre this deliuerance. 17 Why thei are led by the wildernes. 19 The bones of Ioséph. 21 The piller of the cloude and of the fire.
1 ANd the LORD spake vnto Mosés, saying.Chap. 22. 29. & 34. 19.
2 *Sanctifie vnto me all the first borne: (that is)Leu. 27. 26. euerie one that (first) openeth the wombe amongNom. 3. 13. & 8. 16. the children of Israél, as wel of man as of beast: (for) it is mine.
3 ¶Then Mosés said vnto the people, * RemembreLuk. 2. 23.
Exod. 23. 3. this day in the which ye came out of Egypt, out of theEbr. house of seruants. house ofWhere thei were in moste cruel slauerie. bondage: for by a mightie hand the Lord broght you out from thence: therefore no leauened bread shalbeTo signifie that thei had not leasure to leauin their bread. eaten.
4 This day come ye out in the moneth of
〈◊〉
par te of Marche & parte of April, when
〈◊〉
began to ripe
〈◊〉
that countrey. Abib.
5 ¶ Now when the Lord hathe broght thee into the land of the Canaanites, and Hittites, and Amorites, and Hiuites, and Iebusites [which he sware vnto thy fathers, that he wolde giue thee, a land flowing with milke and hony] then thou shalt kepe this seruice in this moneth.
6 Seuen daies shalt thou eat vnleauened bread and theBothe the seuēth and the first day were holy, as chap. 12. 16. seuenth day (shalbe) the feast of the Lord.
7 Vnleauened bread shalbe eaten seuen daies and there shal no leauened bread be sene with thee, nor yet leauen be sene with thee in all thy quarters.
8 ¶ And thou shalt shewe thy sonneWhē thou doest
〈◊〉
the feast of vnleauened bread. in that day, saying, (This is done,) because of that which the Lord did vnto me, when I came out of Egypt.
9 And it shal be a signe vnto theeThou shalt haue continual remembrance thereof, as
〈◊〉
Voldest of a thing that is in thing hand of before thine eies. vpon thine hand, and for a remembrance betwene thine eies, that the Lawe of the Lord may be in thy mouth: for by a strong hand the Lord broght thee out of Egypt.
10 Kepe therefore this ordinance in his season appointed from yere to yere.
11 ¶ And when the Lord shal bring thee into the land of the Canaanites, as he sware vnto thee and to thy fathers, and shal giue it thee.
12 *Then thou shalt set a parte vnto the LordChap. 22 29. &
〈◊〉
. 19. all that (first) openeth the wombe: also euerieEzech. 44.
〈◊〉
. thing that (first) doeth open (the wombe, and) commeth forthe of thy beast: the males (shalbe) the Lords.
13 But euerie first fole of anThis is also vn
〈◊〉
of the horse and other beastes, which were not offred in sacrifice. asse, thou shalt redeme with a lambe: and if thou redeme him not, then thou shalt breake his necke: like wise al the first borne of man among thy sonnes shalt thouBy offring a cleane beast in sa
〈◊〉
, Leui. 12 6. bye out.
14 ¶ And when thy sonne shal aske theeOr, here afterwardes. tomorowe, saying, What is this? thou shal then say vnto him, With a mightie hand the Lord broght vs out of Egypt, out of the house of bondage.
15 For when Pharaôh was hard hearted against our departing, the Lord then slewe all the first borne in the land of Egypt: from the first borne of man euen to the first borne of beast therefore I sacrifice vnto the Lord all the ma les that (first) opē the wombe, but all the first borne of my sonnes I redeme.
16 And it shalbe as a token vpon thine hand, and asOr, signes of re membrance. frountelets betwene thine eies, that the Lord broght vs out of Egypt by a mightie hand.
17 ¶ Nowe when Pharaôh had let the people go, God caried them not by the way of the Philistims countrey,Or, because. thogh it (were) nerer: [for God said, Lest the people repent when they seVVhich the Phi
〈◊〉
wolde haue made againste them by
〈◊〉
them the passable. warre, and turne againe to Egypt.
18 But God made the people to go about by the way of the wildernes of the red Sea: and the children of Israél went vpThat is, not priuely,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and as the worde doeth signifie,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ordre by
〈◊〉
and fiue. armed out of the land of Egypt.
19 [And Mosés toke the bones of Ioséph with hym: for he had made the children of Israél sweare, saying, * God wil surely visite you, and ye shall take my bones away hence with you]Gene. 50 25.
20 ¶ So they toke their iourney from Succóth,Iosh 24. 32. and camped in Ethám in the edge of the wil dernes.
21 * And the Lord went before them by dayeNom. 14. 14.
Deut.
〈◊〉
. 13. in a piller of aTo
〈◊〉
them from the heat of the sunne. cloude to leade them thePsal. 78 14. way, and by nyght in a piller of fyre to gyue1. Cor. 10. 1. them lyght, that they myght go bothe by day and by night.
22 * He toke not away the piller of the cloudeNehe. 9. 19. by day, nor the piller of fyre by nyght from before the people.
CHAP. XIIII.
4. 8 Pharaohs heart is hardened, and pursueth the Israelites. 11 The
〈◊〉
striken with feare murmure agaynste Moses. 21 He deuideth the Sea. 23. 27 The Egyptians followe and are drowned.
1 THen the LORDE spake vnto Mosés, saying.
2 Speake to the children of Israél, that theyFrom
〈◊〉
the countrey of the
〈◊〉
. returne and campe beforeSo the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
before thē, moū
〈◊〉
on ether side, and the ennemie at their backe: yet they obeyed God and were deliuered. Pi-hahiróth, betwene Migdól and the Sea, ouer agaynst * Baal-zephón: aboute it shall ye campe by the Sea.
3 For Pharaóh will saye of the children of Israél, They are tangled in the land: the wilder nes hathe shut them in.
4 And I wyll harden Pharaohs hearte that he shall followe after you: so I wilBy punishyng hys
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. get me honour vpon Pharaôh, and vpon all his hoste: the Egyptians also shall know that I am the Lord: and they did so.
5 ¶ Then it was tolde the Kynge of Egypte, that the people fled: and the heart of Pharaōh and of his seruants was turned agaynst the people, and they sayd, Why haue we thys done, and haue let Israél go out of our seruice?
6 And he made ready his charets, and toke his people with him.
7 And toke six hundreth chosen charets, andIosephus writeth that besides these charetes there were 50000 horsemen, and 200000,
〈◊〉
. all the charets of Egypt, and captaines ouer euerie one of them.
8 [For the Lorde had hardened the hearte of Pharaóh King of Egypt, and he followed after the children of Israél: but the children of Israél went out with anVVith greate ioye and boldenes. hye hand]Iosh. 24. 6.
9 * And the Egyptians pursued after them, and1. Mac. 4. 9. all the horses (and) charets of Pharaoh, and his horsemen and hys hoste ouertoke them camping by the Sea, beside Pi-hahiroth, before Baal-zephon.
10 And when Pharaoh drewe nie, the children of Israéllift vp their eyes, and beholde, the Egyptians marched after them, and they were soreThey, whyche a
〈◊〉
before in their deliuerance
〈◊〉
, being now in dā ger are
〈◊〉
and murmure. afrayed: wherefore the children of Israél cryed vnto the Lord.
In this figure foure chiefes points are to be considered, first that the Churche of God is euer subiect in this worlde to the Crosse and to be afflicted after one sorte or other. The second, that the ministers of God followyng their vocation shalbe euill spoken of, and murmured agaynste, euen of them that pretend the same cause and Religion that they do. The third, that God deliuereth not hys Churche incontinently out of dangers, but to exercise their fayth and pacience continueth theyr troubles, yea and often
〈◊〉
augmenteth them as the Israelites were nowe
〈◊〉
lesse hope of theyr lyues then when they were in
〈◊〉
. The fourth point is, that when the dangers are moste great, then Gods helpe is moste ready to succour: for the Israelites had on ether side them, huge rockes and mountaines, before them the Sea, behind them most cruel ennemies, so that there was no way left to escape to mans iudgement.
11 And they sayde vnto Moses, Haste thou broght vs to dye in the wildernes, because there were no graues in Egypte? wherefore haste thou serued vs thus, to cary vs out of Egypte.
12 Did not we tel thee thys thyng in Egypte, saying, LetSuch is the impaciencie of the
〈◊〉
, that it can not abide Gods appointed time. vs be in reste, that we may serue the Egyptians? for it had bene better for vs to serue the Egyptians, then that we shulde dye in the wildernes.
13 Then Mosés sayde to the people, Feare ye not, stande still, and beholdeOr, deliuerāce. the saluacion of the LORDE whiche wyll shewe to you thys daye. For the Egyptians, whome ye haue sene thys daye, ye shall neuer se them agayne.
14 The Lorde shall fight for you: thereforeOnly put your
〈◊〉
in GOD
〈◊〉
grudging or douting. holde you your peace.
15 ¶ And the Lorde sayd vnto Mosés, WhereforeThus intentations faith
〈◊〉
againste the flesh, and
〈◊〉
wyth inwarde gronyngs
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
. cryest thou vnto me? speake vnto
the chyldren of Israéll that they go forwarde:
16 Andlyft thou vp thy rod, and stretche vp thyne hand vpon the Sea and deuide it, and let the children of Israél go on drye grounde through the middes of the Sea.
17 Andl, beholde I wyll harden the hearte of the Egyptians that they may followe them, and I wyll get me honour vpon Pharaóh, and vpon all his hoste, vpon his charets, and vppon his horsemen.
18 Then the Egyptians shall knowe that I am the Lorde, when I haue gotten me honour vpon Pharaōh, vpon his charets, and vpon his horsemen.
19 [And the Angell of God, whiche went before the hoste of Israél, remoued and went behinde them: also the piller of the cloude went from before them, and stode behinde them.
20 And came
〈◊〉
the campe of the Egyptians and the campe of Israél: it was bothe a cloude and darckenes, yet gaue itThe cloude sheweth lyght to the Israelites, but to the Egyptiās it was darck nes, so that their two hostes colde not ioyne
〈◊〉
. lyght by nyght, so that all the nyght long the one came not at the other]
21 And Mosés stretched forthe his hand vpon the Sea, and the LORD caused the Sea to runne backe by a stronge East winde all the nyght, and made the Seadrye lande: for theIosh. 4, 23. waters were * deuided.Psal. 114. 3.
22 Then the * chyldren of Israél went throughePsal. 78. 13.
1. Cor. 10. 1. the middes of the Sea vppon the dryeEbr. 11. 29. grounde, and the waters (were) a wall vnto them on the ryght hande, and on
〈◊〉
hande.
23 And the Egyptians pursued and wente after them to the middes of the, Sea, (euen) all Pharaohs horses, hys charetes, and hys horsemen.
24 No we in the mornyngeVVhiche was about the thre last houres of the nyght. watche, when the LORDE loked vnto the hoste of the
〈◊〉
, out of the firy and cloudy pyller, he stroke the hoste of the Egyptians wyth feare.
25 For he toke of their charet wheles, and they draue them with muche a do: so that the"Or, heauely. Egyptians (euerie) one said, I wil flee
〈◊〉
the face of Israél: for the Lorde fighteth for them against the Egyptians.
26 ¶ Then the Lorde sayd to Mosés, Stretche thine hande vpon the Sea, that the waters may returne vpon the Egyptians, vpon their
〈◊〉
and vpon their horsemen.
27 Then Mosés stretched forthe his hand vppon the Sea, and the Sea returned to his force early in the mornyng, and the Egyptians fled against it: but the Lord
〈◊〉
the Lorde by the water saued his,
〈◊〉
by the water drowned his enemies. ouerthrew the Egyptians in the middes of the Sea.
28 So the water returned and couered the charets and the horsemen, (euen) all the hoste of Pharaóh that came into the Sea after them: there remained not one of them.
29 But the chyldren of Israél walked vppon drye lande through the myddes of the Sea, and the waters (were) a wall vnto them on their right hand, and on their left.
30 Thus the LORDE saued Israél the same
〈◊〉
out of the hande of the Egyptians and Israél sawe the Egyptians dead vpon the Sea bancke.
31 And Israél sawe the myghtyHebr. hand. power, which the Lord shewed vpon the Egyptians: so the people feared the Lordād beleued the Lord, and hisThat is, the do ctrine which
〈◊〉
taught them in the Name of
〈◊〉
Lord. seruant Mosés.
CHAP. XV.
1. 20. Mosés with the men and women sing prayses vnto God for their deliurance. 23 The people murmure. 25 At the prayer of Mosés the bitter waters are swete. 26 God
〈◊〉
the people
〈◊〉
.
1 THenPraising God for the ouerthrowe of hyennemyes and their deliuerāce. sang * Mosés and the chyldren of Israél this song vnto the Lorde, and sayd in thys maner, I will sing vnto the Lorde: for he hathe triumphed gloriously: the horseVVisd. 10. 24. and him that rode vpon him hathe he ouerthrowen in the Sea.
2 The Lord(is) my strength andOr, the
〈◊〉
of my
〈◊〉
of prayse. praise, and he is become my saluacion. He is my God, and I wilTo worshyp him therin. prepare him a tabernacle, (he is) my fa thers God, and I wil exalt him.
3 The Lord (is) aIn battel he
〈◊〉
euer. man of warre, his
〈◊〉
constant in his promes. Name (is) Iehouáh.
4 Pharaohs charets and his hoste hathe he cast into the Sea: his chosen captaines also were drowned in the red Sea.
5 The depths haue couered them, they sancke to the bothome as a stone."Or, power.
6 Thy ryght hand, Lord, is glorious in power: thy ryght hande, LORD, hathe bruised the ennemie.
7 And in thy greate glorye thou haste ouerthrowen them that rose
〈◊〉
Those, that are ennemyes to Gods people, are his ennemies. thee: thou sentest forthe thy wrath, whiche) consumed them as the stubble.
8 And by the blaste of thy nostrels the waters were gathered, the floodes stode styll as an heape, the depths congeled together in the Or, in the depth of the Sea. heart of the Sea.
9 The ennemie sayd, I will pursue, I wil ouertake (them,) I wil deuide the spoile, my luste shalbe satisfied vpon them, I wyll drawe my sworde, mine hand shal destroy them.
10 Thou blewest with thy winde, the Sea couered them, they sancke as lead in the mightye waters.
11 Who is lyke vnto thee, ô LORD, among theFor so, often
〈◊〉
the Scripture
〈◊〉
the mightie men of the worlde. Gods! who is lyke thee (so) glorious in holynes,VVhich oughtest to be praised with all feare and reuerence, fearefull in prayses, shewynge wonders!
12 Thou stretchedst out thy ryght hande, the earth swalowed them.
13 Thou wilt by thy mercie carye thys people, (which) thou deliueredst: thou wilbring (thē) in thy strength vnto thine holyThat is, into the lande of Cha naan: or into
〈◊〉
-zion. habitacion.
14 The people shal heare (and) be afraied: soro we shal come vpon the inhabitants of Palestina.
15 Then the dukes of Edôm shalbe amased & trembling shal come vpon the great men of Moāb: all the inhabitants of Canáan shall waxe faint hearted.
16 *Feare and dread shal fall vpon them: because
〈◊〉
. 2. 25. of theOr, forthi great power. greatnes of thine arme, theyIosh. 2. 9. shalbe stil as a stone, til thy people passe, ô Lord: til this people passe, (which) thou hast purchased.
17 Thou shalt bring them in, and plant them in the mountaine of thineWhich was moūt
〈◊〉
, whe re afterward the Temple was buylt. inheritance, (which is) the place (that) thou hast prepared
〈◊〉
Lord, for to dwel in, (euen) the sanctuarie, ô Lord, (which) thine hands shal establish.
18 The Lord shal reigne for euer and euer.
19 For Pharaohs horses went with his charets and horsmē into the Sea, & the Lord broght the waters of the Sea vpon them: but the children of Israél went on drye land in the middes of the Sea.
20 ¶ And Miriám the prophetesse sister of Aarōn toke a timbrel in her hand, and all the women came out after her with timbrels &
〈◊〉
their great ioye which custome the Iewes
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
solennites. daunces.
21 And MiriámBy singing the like song of than kes giuing. answered the men, Singye vn to the Lord: for he hathe triūphed gloriously: the horse and his rider hathe he ouerthrowen
〈◊〉
. 11.34. & 21.21: but it ought not to be a cloke to couer our wāten dances. in the Sea.
22 Then Mosés broght Israél from the red Sea aud they wēt out into the wildernes of Shur: and they went thre dayes in the wildernes, and founde no waters.
23 And when they came to Maráh, they colde not drinke of the waters of Maráh, for they were bitter: therefore the name of the place was calledOr, Biternes. Maráh.
24 Then the people murmured against Mosés, saying, What shal we drinke?
25 And he cryed vnto the Lord, and the Lord
〈◊〉
. 38.5. shewed him a * tre, (which) whē he had cast into the waters, the waters were swete: there he made them an ordinance and a lawe, and there heThat is, God, or, Moses in Gods name. proued them,
26 And said, If thou wilt diligently hearken, (ô Israel,) vnto the voyce of the Lord thy God, and wilt do that, which isWhich is, to do that onely that God
〈◊〉
right in his sight, and wilt giue eare vnto his commande ments, and kepe all his ordinances, then wil I put none of these diseases vpō thee, which I broght vpon the Egyptians: for I (am) the Lord that healeth thee.
27 ¶ * And they came to Elim, where (were)Nomb. 33.9. twelue founteines of water and seuentieOr, date trees. pal me trees, & they cāped there by the waters.
CHAP. XVI.
1 The Israelites come to the desert of Sin, and murmure against Mosés and Aarón. 13 The Lord
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and Manna. 17 The seuenth day Manna colde not be founde. 32 It is kept for a remembrance to the
〈◊〉
.
1 AFterward all the Congregacion of the children of Israél departed from Elim, and came to the wildernes ofThis in the eight place wherein they had camped: their is an other place called zin, which was the 33 place, wherin they cā
ped: and is also called Kadésh. Sin, [which is betwene Elim and Sinái] the fiftenth day of the secōde moneth after thei departing out of the land of Egypt.
2 And the whole Congregacion of the children of Israél murmured against Mosés and against Aaron in the wildernes.
3 For the children of Israél said to them OhNomb. 33.36. that we had dyed by the hand of the Lord in the land of Egypt, when we sate by the flesh So hard a thing it is to the flesh not to
〈◊〉
against God, when the belly is pinched. pottes, when we ate bread (our) bellies ful for ye haue broght vs out into this wildernes, to kil this whole companie with famine.
4 ¶ Then said the Lord vnto Mosés, Beholde, I wil cause bread to raine from heauen to you, and the people shal go out, and gather that that is sufficient for euerieTo signifie, that they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
depēd vpon Gods
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
day to day. day, that I may proue them, whether they wil walke in my Lawe or no.
5 But the sixt day they shal prepare that, which thei shal bring (home,) and it shalbe twise as muche as they gather daiely.
6 Then Mosés and Aarôn said vnto all the children of Israél, At euen ye shal knowe; that the Lord broght you out of the land of Egypt:
7 And in the morning ye shal se the glorie of the Lord:He gaue them not Manna because they murmured, but for his promes sake. for he hathe heard your grudgings against the Lord: and what are we that ye haue murmured against vs?
8 Againe Mosés said, At euen shal the Lord giue you
〈◊〉
to eat, and in the morning your fil of bread: for the Lord hathe heard your murmurīgs, which ye murmure against him: for what are we? your murmurings (are) not against vs, but against theHe that contemneth Gods ministers contemneth God him self. Lord.
9 ¶ And Mosés said to Aarón, Say vnto all the Congregaciō of the childrē of Israél, Drawe nere before the Lord: for he hathe heard your murmurings.
10 Now as Aarón spake vnto the whole Congregacion of the children of Israél, they loked toward the wildernes, and beholde, the glorie of the Lord appeared* in a cloude.Chap. 13.21.
11 [For the Lord had spoken vnto Mosés, saying,
12 * I haue heard the murmurings of the children
〈◊〉
. 45.4. of Israél: tel them (therefore) and say,Or, in the
〈◊〉
light. At euen ye shal eat flesh, and in the morning ye shalbe filled with bread, & ye shal knowe that I am the Lord your God]
13 And so at euen the *
〈◊〉
came and coueNom.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. red the campe: & in the morning the dewe laye rounde about the hoste.
14 *And when the dewe that was fallen wasNomb 11.7.
Psal.78.24. ascended, beholde, a smale rounde thingWisd.16.20. (was) vpon the face of the wildernes, smale as the hore frost on the earth.
15 And when the childrē of
〈◊〉
saue it, they said one to another, It isWhich
〈◊〉
a
〈◊〉
, por tion,
〈◊〉
gift: also
〈◊〉
prepared. MAN, for they wist not what it was. And Mosés said vnto them, * This is the bread which the Lord hathe giuen you to eat.Ioh.631.
16 ¶ This is the thing which the Lord hathe1. Cor.
〈◊〉
. 3. commanded:
〈◊〉
of it euerie man according to his eatingWhich
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
a
〈◊〉
le of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
an Omer forEbr for an head a man (accor ding) to the nombre of your persones
〈◊〉
man shal take for thē which are in his tent.
17 And the children of Israél did so, and gathe red, some more, some lesse.
18 And when they did measure it with an Omer2. Cor. 8.
〈◊〉
. *he that had gathered muche, had nothing
ouer, and he that had gathered litle, had noGod is a riche feder of all, and none can iustely complaine. lacke: (so) euerie man gathered according to his eating.
19 Moses then said vnto them, Let no man reserue thereof til morning.
20 Notwithstanding thei obeid not Mosés: but some of thē reserued of it til morning, and it was ful of wormes, andNo creature is so pure but being abused it turneth to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
stanke: therefore Mosés was angry with them,
21 And they gathered it euerie morning, euerie man according to his eating: for whē the heat of the sunne came, it was melted.
22 ¶ And the sixt day they gatheredWhich portiō shulde serue for the Sabbath and the day before. twise so muche bread, two Omers for one man: then all the rulers of the Congregacion came and tolde Mosés.
23 And he answered them, This is that, which the Lord hathe said, To moro we (is) the rest of the holy Sabbath vnto the Lord: bake that (to daie) which ye wil bake, and seche that which ye wil sethe, and all that remaineth, lay it vp to be kept til the morning for you.
24 And they laied it vp til the morning, as Mo sés bade, and it stanke not, nether was there any worme therein.
25 Then Mosés said, Eat that to day: for to day (is) the Sabbath vnto the Lord: to day ye shal notGod toke away the
〈◊〉
from their labour, to signifie how holy he wolde haue the Sabbath kept. finde it in the field.
26 Six dayes shal ye gather it, but in the seuenth day (is) the Sabbath: in it there shalbe none.
27 ¶ Notwithstanding, thereTheir
〈◊〉
was so great, tha thei did expresly against Gods commandement. wēt out (some) of the people in the seuenth day for to gather, and they founde none.
28 And the Lord said vnto Mosés, How long refuse ye to kepe my commandements, and my lawes?
29 Beholde, how the Lord hathe giuē you the Sabbath: therefore he giueth you the sixt dai bread for two dayes: tary (therefore) euerie man in his place: let no man go out of his pla ce the seuenth day.
30 So the people rested the seuenth day.
31 And the house of Israél called the name of it, MAN. and it was likeIn forme and
〈◊〉
, but not in colour. to coriandre sede, (but) white: and the taste of it was like vntoNomb.
〈◊〉
. 7. wafers (made) with hony.
32 And moses said, This is that which the Lord hathe commanded, Fil an Omer of it, to kepe it for your posteritie: that they may se the bread where with I haue fed you in wildernes, when I broght you out of the land of Egypt.
33 Moses also said to Aarōn, Take aOf this
〈◊〉
read. Ebr. 9. 4. pot and put an Omer ful of MAN therein, and set it before the Lord to be kept for your posteritie.
34 As the Lord commanded Mosés: so Aarón laied it vp before theThat is the Ar ke of the
〈◊〉
to Wit, after that the Arke was made. Testimonie to be kept.
35 And the children of Israél did eat MAN *Iosh. 5 12. fourty yeres, vntil they came vnto a land inhabited:Nehe. 9. 35. they did eat MAN vntil they cameIudith. 5. 15. to the borders of the land of Canáan.
36 The Omer (is) the tenth part of theWhich
〈◊〉
conteined about ten pottels. Epháh.
CHAP. XVII.
1 The Israelites come into Rephidim and grudge for water. 6 Water is giuen them out of the rocke.
〈◊〉
Mosés hol deth vp his hands, and they
〈◊〉
the Amalekites.
1 ANd all the Congregaciō of the children of Israél departed from the wildernes of Sin, by their iourneis at theEbr. at the mou the. cōmandemēt of the Lord, and camped inMosés hereno
〈◊〉
not euerie place, where thei camped, as. Nom.
〈◊〉
. but one ly those places where some notable thing
〈◊〉
done. Rephidim, whe re (was) no water for the people to drinke.
2 * Wherefore the people contended with Mosés, and said, Giue vs water that we may drinke. And Mosés said vnto them, Why cō
tend ye with me? wherefore do yeWhy distrust you God? Why loke you not for succour of him without murmuring against vs? tempt the Lord?Nomb. 20 4.
3 So the people thirsted there for water, and the people murmured against Mosés, and said, Wherefore hast thou thus broghtvs out of Egypt to kil vs and our children and our cattel with thirst?
4 And Mosés cryed to the Lord, saying, What shall do to this people? for they be almost ready toHow readie the people are for their owne matters to slay the true prophets and how slow thei are to reuen ge Gods cause against his ennemies and false
〈◊〉
? stone me.
5 And the Lord answered to Mosés, Go before the people, and take with thee of the Elders of Israél: and thy rod, wherwith thou * smotest the riuer, take in thine hand, & go.
6 *Beholde, I wil stand there before thee vpon the rocke in Horéb, and thou shalt smite on the rocke and water shal come out of it, thatChap. 7. 20. the people may drinke. And Mosés did so inNomb. 20. 9. the sight of the Elders of Israél.
〈◊〉
. 11. 4.
7 And he called the name of the place,Or, Tentacion. MassáhPsal. 78. 15. &
〈◊〉
. 41. andOr,
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
, because of the cōtention1. Cor. 10. 4. of the children of Israél, and because they had tempted the Lord, saying,
〈◊〉
theWhen in aduer sitie we thinke God to be absent, We neglect his promes and make him a lier. Deut. 25. 17. Wisd. 11. 3. Lord among vs, or no?
8 ¶ * Then cameWho came of Eliphás, sonne of
〈◊〉
. Ge. 36. 12 Amalék and foght with Israél in Rephidim.
9 And Mosés said to Ioshúa, Chuse vs out men and go fight with Amalék: to moro we I wil stand on the top of theThat is, Horéb, Which is also called Sinnái. hil with the rod of God in mine hand.
10 So Ioshúa did as Mosés bade him, and foght with Amalék: and Mosés, Aarón, and Hur, went vp to the top of the hil.
11 And when Mosés held vp his hand, Israél
〈◊〉
: but when he let his handSo that wese how
〈◊〉
a thing it is
〈◊〉
te in prayer. downe, Amalék preuailed.
12 Now Mosés hands were heauy: therefore they toke astone and put it vnder him, & he sate vpon it: and Aarón and Hur staied vp his hands, the one on the one side, and the other on the other side: so his hands were steady vntil the going downe of the sunne.
13 And Ioshúa discōfited Amalék and his people with the edge of the sworde.
14 ¶ And the Lord said to Mosés, Write thisNomb. 24 20.
1. Sam. 15. 3. for a remembranceIn the boke of the lawe. in the boke, andEbr. put it in the eares of
〈◊〉
. rehearse it to Ioshúa: for * I wil vtterly put out the remembrance of Amalék from vnder heauen.
15 [And Mosés buylte an altar and called the name of it,That is, the Lord is my banner: as he declared by holding vp his rod and his hands. Iehouáh-nissi]
16 Also he said,Ebr. The hand of the Lord
〈◊〉
the throne. The Lord hathe sworne, that
she wil haue warre with Amalék from generacion to generacion.
CHAP. XVIII.
1 Iethro commeth to se Mosés his sonne in lawe. 8 Mosés telleth him of the Wonders of Egypt. 9 Iethró reioyceth an d offreth sacrifice to God. 14 Mosés obeieth his coun sel in appointing officers.
1 WHen Iethró the * Priest of Midian MoChap. 2, 16. sés father in lawe heard all that GOD had done for Mosés, and for Israél his people, (and) how the Lorde hath broght Israél out of Egypt.
2 Thē Iethro the father in law of Mosés toke Zipporáh Mosés wife, [after he hadIt may seme that he sent her backe to her father for her impaciencie, lest she shuld be a lest to his
〈◊〉
Which Was so dágerous. Chap. 4.
〈◊〉
. sent her away]
3 And her two sonnes, [whereof the one was called Gershōm: for he said, I haue bene an aliant in a strange land:
4 And the name of the other (was) Eliezer: for the God of my father, (said he, was) mine helpe, and deliuered me from the sworde of Pharaōh]
5 And Iethró Mosés father in lawe came with his two sonnes, and his wife vnto Mosés into the wildernes, where he camped by theHoreb is called the moūt of God because God Wroght many miracles there. mount of God.
6 And heThat is, he sent messengersto say vnto him. said to Mosés, I thy fatherin lawe Iethró am come to thee, and thy wife & her two sonnes with her.
7 ¶ And Mosés went out to mete his father in lawe, and did obeissance and kissed him, & eche asked other of hisEbr. of peace. wel fare: and they came into the tent.
8 Then Mosés tolde his father in lawe all that the Lord had done vnto Pharaôh, and to the Egyptians for Israels sake, (and) all the trauaile that had come vnto them by the way, and (how) the Lord deliuered them.
9 And Iethrô reioyced atal the goodnes, whiche the Lord had shewed to Israél, (and) because he had deliuered them out of the hād of the Egyptians.
10 Therfore Iethró said,Wherby it is euident that he Worshipped the true God & ther fore Mosés
〈◊〉
not to mary
〈◊〉
daughter. Blessed (be) the Lord who hath deliuered you out of the hand of the Egyptians, and out of the hand of Pharaóh: who hathe (also) deliuered the people from vnder the hand of the Egyptians.
11 Now I knowe that the Lord is greater thē
Chap. 1. 10. al the gods:* for as they haue dealt proudelyAlso ver. 16. 22. with them, (so are theyFor they, that drowned the chil dren of the Israelites, perished thē selues by Water. recompensed.)Chap. 5. 7.
12 Then Iethrō Mosés father in lawe tokeChap. 14. 18. burnt offringes and sacrifices (to offre) vnto God. And Aarón and all the Elders of Israél came to eat bread with Mosés father in lawThey are inthat lace, Where the
〈◊〉
Was
〈◊〉
: for parte Was burnt and the rest eaten. before God.
13 ¶ Now on the morowe, when Mosés sate to iudge the people, the people stode aboute Mosés from morning vnto euen.
14 And whén Mosés fatherin lawe sawe al that he did to the people, he said, What is this that thou doest to the people? why sittest thou thy selfe alone, and al the people stand about thee from morning vnto euen?
15 And Mosés said vnto his father īlaw, Becau se the people come vnto me to sekeThat is, to knowe Gods Wil and to haue iusti ce executed. God.
16 When they haue a matter, they come vnto me, and I iudge betwene one and other, and declare the ordinances of God, and his lawes.
17 But Mosés father in law said vnto him, The thing, which thou doest, is not wel.
18 Thou bothe
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
. weariest thy selfe greatly, & this people that is with thee: for the thing (is) to heauie for thee: thou art not able to do it thy selfe alone.
19 * He are now myOr, counsel. voyce, [I will giue theeDeut. 1. 9. counsel, and God shalbe with thee] be thou for the people toIudge thou in
〈◊〉
causes, Whi che can not be decided but by consultyng With God. God warde; and reporte thou the causes vnto God.
20 And admonish them of the ordinances, and of the lawes, and shewe them the way, wherein they must walke, & the worke that they must do.
21 Moreouer prouide thou among al the peo pleWhat maner of men ought to be chosen to be are office. men of courage, fearing God, men dealing truely, hating couetousnes: and appoint (suche) ouer them (to be) rulers ouer thousandes, rulers ouer hundreths, rulersouer fifties, and ruler ouer tens.
22 And let them iudge the people at al seasons: but euerie great matter let them bring vnto thee, and let them iudge all smale causes: so shall it be easier for thee, when they shall beare (the burden) with thee.
23 If thou do this thing, [and God (so) commande thee] bothe thou shalt be able to endure, and all this people shall also go quietly to their place.
24 So MosésGodlie counsel ought euer to be obeied thogh it come our inferiors: for to suche God often times giueth Wisdome to humble them that are exalted. obeied the voyce of his father in lawe and did all that he had said:
25 And Mosés chose men of courage out of al Israél, and made them heades ouer the people, rulers ouer thousandes, rulers ouer hundreths, rulers ouer fifties, & rulers ouer tens.
26 And they iudged the people at all seasons, (but) they broght the hard cause vnto Mosés: sor they iudged all smale matters them selues.
27 Afterward MosésRead the occasion, Nom. 10. 19. let his father in lawe departe, and he went into his contrey.
CHAP. XIX.
1 The Israelites come to Sinai. 5 Israél is chosen frō
〈◊〉
all other nations 8 The people promes to obey God. 12
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
the hil dyeth 16 God appeareth vnto Mosés vpon the mount in thunder and lightening.
1 IN theWhich Was in the beginning of the mouth
〈◊〉
, conteynyng parte ofmay and parte of lune. third moneth, after the children of Israél were gone out of the land of Egypt the sameThat
〈◊〉
departed from Rephidim. day came they into the wildernes Sinái.
2 For they departed from Rephidim & came to the desert ofsinái, and camped in the wildernes: euen there Israél camped before the mount.
3 * But Moses went vp vnto God, for the LordAct. 7. 38. had called out of the mountvnto him, saying Thus shalt thou say to the house ofGod called
〈◊〉
Israél, therefore the house of Iaakob, and the people of Israéll,
〈◊〉
onely God people. Iaakób and tel the children of Israél.
4 * Ye haue sene what I did vnto the Egyptiās and (how) I caryed you vponFor the egle by flyinghie, is out of danger, & in carying her birdes rather on her Wings them in het talentsdeclareth her loue. egles wings, and haue broght you vnto me.
5 Now therefore* if ye wil heare my voyce inDeut,29.2. dede, and kepe my couenant, then ye shalbe my chief treasure aboue all people, * thogh all the earth be mine.
6 Ye shalbe vnto me also a kingdome, of* Priestes, and an holy nation, These (are) the wordes whiche thou shalt speake vnto theDeut.5.2. children of Israél.Deut.10.14.
7 ¶Mosés then came & called for the EldersPsal.24.1.
1.Pet 2 9. of the people, & proposed vnto thē all theseReue.1.6. things, which the Lord commanded him.Chap.24.3.
8 And the people aunswered altogether, andDeu.5 27. & 26.17 Iosh, 24.16. said, *Al that the Lord hath commanded, we will do. And Mosés reported the wordes of the people vnto the Lord.
9 And the Lorde said vnto Mosés, Lo, I come vnto thee in a thick e cloude, that the people may heare, whiles I talk e with thee, and that they may also beleue thee for euer, [for Mosés had tolde the wordes of the people vnto the Lord]
10 Moreouer the Lord said vnto Mosés, Go to the people, andTeache thē to be pure in heart as they she we them selues out Wardly cleaneby
〈◊〉
. sanctifie them to daye and to morowe, and let them washe theyr clothes.
11 And let them be ready on the third daie: for the third daye the Lorde will come downe in the sight of all the people vppon mount Sináy:
12 And thou shalt set markes vnto the people rounde about, saying, Tak e hede to your sel ues that ye go not vp to the mount, nor touche the bordre of it: whosoeuer toucheth the* mount shal surely dye.
〈◊〉
, 12.20.
13 No hand shal touche it, but he shall be stoned to death, or strick enthrough with dartes: whether it be beast or man, he shall not liue: when theOr,
〈◊〉
. horne bloweth long, they shall come vpOr, towarde. into the mountaine.
14 ¶Then Mosés went downe frō the mount vnto the people, and sanctified the people, and they washed their clothes.
15 And he said vnto the people, Be ready on the third daye, (and) come not at (your)
〈◊〉
giue your selues to prayer and abstinence, that you may at this time attend onely vpon the Lord.1.Cor.7.5. wiues.
16 And the third daye, when it was mornyng, there was thunders & lightnins, & a thicke cloude vpon the mount, & the sound of the trumpet exceding loude, so that all the people, that was in the campe, was afraid.
17 Then Mosés broght the people out of the tents to mete with God, & they stode in the nether part of the mount.
18 *And mount Sinái (was) all on smoke, becauseDeut.4.13. the Lord came downe vpon it in fire, & the smoke there of ascended, as the smoke of a fornace, and all the mount'God vsed these fearfull signes that is Lawe shuld be had in
〈◊〉
reuerence and his maiestie the more
〈◊〉
. trembled excedingly.
19 And when the sound of the trumpet blewe long, and waxed louder and louder, Mosés spake, and God answered him byMe gaue autori tie to Mosés by
〈◊〉
Wordes, that the people night
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. voyce.
20 [For the Lorde came downe vpon mount Sinái on the top of the mount] and whē the Lorde called Mosés vp into the top of the mount Mosés went vp.
21 Then the Lord said vnto Mosés, Go down, charge the people, that they breake not (their boūdes, to go vp) to the Lord to gaze, lest manie of them perish.
22 And let theOr, rulers. Priests also whiche come to the Lorde be sanctified, lest the LordeOr, breake
〈◊〉
vpon them. destroye them.
23 And Mosés said vnto the Lord, The people can not come vp into the mount Sinai: for thou hast chaged vs, saying, Set markes on the mountaine, and sanctifie it.
24 And the Lord said vnto him, Go, get thee downe, and come vp, thou, and Aarón with thee: but let not theNether dignitie nor
〈◊〉
haue autoririe to passe the boundes, that Gods Worde
〈◊〉
scribeth. Priestes and the people breake (their boundes) to come vp vnto the Lord, lest he destroye them.
25 So Mosés went downe vnto the people, and tolde them.
CHAP. XX.
2 The commandements of the first table. 12. The commā dements of the seconde. 18 The people afraid are comforted by Mosés. 23. Gods of siluer and golde are againe forbiden. 24. Of what sort the altar ought to be.
1 THen GOD,When Moses and Aaron Were gone vp, or had passed
〈◊〉
boundes of the people God spake thus out of the mount Horéb, that all the people heard spake all these wordes, saying,
2 *I am the Lord thy God, which haue broght thee out of the
〈◊〉
of Egypt, out of the hou se ofOr, seruants. bondage.
3 Thou shalt haue none other godsTo Whose
〈◊〉
all things are open. before me. Deut.5.6.
4 *Thou shalt make thee no grauen image, nePsal.81.11. ther anie similitude (of things) that are in heauen aboue, nether that are in the earth beneth, nor that are in the waters vnder the earth.Leuit.26.1.
Psal 97.7.
5 Thou shalt notBy this
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
all
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
ce and Worship to idoles is forbidden. bowe downe to them, nether serue them: for I am the Lord thy God, aAnd Wil be reuenged of the contemners of mine honour. ielouse God, visiting the iniquitie of the fathers vpon the children, vpon the third (generacion) and vpon the fourth of them that hate me:
6 And shewing mercie vntoSo ready is
〈◊〉
rather to she We mercie then to punish, Leu.19.12. thousandes to them that loue me and kepe my commandements.
7 *Thou shalt not take the Name of the Lord thy GOD inEther by swea ring falsely or rashly
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ning, vaine: for the Lord wil not holde him giltles that taketh his Name inDeut.5.12. vaine.Mat.5.28.
8 Remembre the Sabbath daie,Which is, by
〈◊〉
the spiritual rest, by hearing Gods Worde, and resting frō Worde lie trauailes. to kepe it holy,
9 *Six daies shalt thou labour, and do all thy worke,
10 But the seuenth daie (is) the Sabbath of the Lord thy God: (in it) thou shalt not do anie worke, thou, nor thy sōne, nor thy daughter, thy man seruant, nor thy maid, nor thy beast,Chap.23.12. nor thy stranger that is within thyOr, eitie. gates.Ezek,20.12.
11 *For in six daies the Lord made the heauen and the earth, the sea, and all that in themGen.2 2. is, and rested the seuenth daie: therefore theDeut.5.16.
Mat.15.4. LORD blessed the Sabbath daie, and hallowedEphe.6.2. it.
12 ¶* Honour thyBy the Which is ment all that haue autoritie
〈◊〉
. father and thy mother, that thy daies maie be prolonged vpon the land, which the Lord thy God giueth thee.Mat.5.16.
13 *Thou shal notBut loue & preserue thy brothers life. kil.
14 Thou shalt notBut be pure in heart, Word and dede. commit adulterie.
15 Thou shal notBut studie to saue his goods. steale.
16 Thou shalt not beare falseBut further his good name, and spake trueth Rom. 7.7. witnes against thy neighbour.
17 *Thou shalt notThou maiest not so muche as wishe his hinderance ī anie thīg. couet thy neighbours house, nether shalt thou couet thy neighbours wife, nor his man seruāt, nor hismaid, nor his oxe, nor his asse, nether any thyng that is thy neighbours.
18 ¶And all the peopleOr, heard. sawe the thunders, and theEbr. fire
〈◊〉
. lightenings, and the sound of the trumpet, and the mountaine smokyng, and when the people sawe it they fled and stode a farre of.
19 And said vnto Mosés, * Talke thou with vsDeut.5.24. & 18.16.Ebr. 12.18. and we wil heare: but let not God talke with vs, lest we dye.
20 Then Mosés said vnto the people, Feare not: for God is come toWhether you Wil obey hispre
〈◊〉
as you
〈◊〉
sed, Chap. 19.8. proue you, and that his feare may be before you, that ye sin ne not.
21 So the people stode a far of, but Mosés drewe nere vnto darcknes where God (was)
22 ¶And the Lorde said vnto Mosés, Thus thou shalt say vnto the children of Israél, Ye haue sene that I haue talked with you from heauen.
23 Ye shal not make (therefore) with me gods of siluer, nor gods of golde: you shall make you none.
24 *An altar of earth thou shalt make vnto meChap.27.8. & 38.7 Leui.3.1. and thereon shalt offre thy burnt offrings, & thy * peace offrings, thy shepe, and thine oxen: in all places, where I shal put the remē brance of my Name, I will come vnto thee, and blesse thee.
25 *But if thou wilt make me an altar of stoneDeut.27.5. thou shalt not buylde it of hewen stones: forIosh.8.55. (if) thou lift vp thy tole vpon thē, thou hast pollutedEbr. it, that is, the stone. them.
26 Nether shalt thou go vp by steppes vnto mine altar, that thyWhiche might be by his stoupīg or flyeng abroad of his clothes, filthines be not discoue red thereon.
CHAP. XXI.
Temporal and ciuile ordināce appointed by God, touching seruitude murthers, and wronges: the obseruatiō wherof doeth not iustifie a man, but are giuen to bridel our cor rupt nature, which els wolde breake out into all mischief and crueltie.
1 NOw these are the lawes, whiche thou shalt set before them:
2 *If thou bye an Ebrewe seruant, he shal serueLeui.25.39. six yeres, and in the seuenth he shal go outDeut.15.12. fre,Paying no
〈◊〉
for his libertie. for nothing.Iere.14.14.
3 If he cameNot hauing Wife nor childrē
him selfe alone he shall go out him selfe alone: if he (were) maried, then his wife shal go out with him.
4 If his master hathe giuen him a wife, & she hathe borne him sonnes or daughters, the wife and her children shalbe herTil her time
〈◊〉
seruitude
〈◊〉
pired, Whiche might be the seneth yere or the
〈◊〉
. masters, but he shal go out him self, alone.
5 But if the seruant say thus, I loue my master, my wife and my children, I will not go out fre.
6 Then his master shall bryng hym vnto theEbr. gods. Iudges, and set him to theWhere the iud ges sate. dore, or to the poste, and his master shall bore his eare through with a nawle, and he shal serue him forThat is, to the yere of
〈◊〉
, Which Was euerie
〈◊〉
yere. euer.
7 ¶Likewise if a manConstreined ether by
〈◊〉
, or els, that the master shuld ma ry her. sel his daughter to be a seruant, she shal not go out as the men seruants do.
8 If she please not her master, who hathe betrothed her to him selfe, them shallBy giuing another money to bye her of hym. he cause to bye her: he shal haue no power to sel her to a strange people, seing heOr, defloured her. despised her.
9 But if he hath betrothed her vnto his sonne he shal deale with herThat is, he shal giue her
〈◊〉
according to the custome of the daughters.
10 If he takeFor his sonne. him another (wife,) he shal not diminish her fode, herrayment, and recompence of her virginitie.
11 And if he do not theseNether mary her him self, nor giue an other mo ney to bye her, nor bestowe her vpon his sonne. thre vnto her then shall she go out fre, paying no money.
12 ¶*He that smiteth a man, and he dye, shall dye the death.
13 And if a mā hath not laied waite, butThogh a mā be killed at
〈◊〉
yet it is Gods pro uidence, that it shulde so be. GodLeui.24.17. hathe offred (him) into his hand, * then I wil appointe thee a place whither he shall flee.
14 But if a man come presumpteously vppon his neighbour to slaye hym with guile thou
〈◊〉
.18.2. shalt take him from mineThe holines of the place ought not to defend the murther. altar that he may dye.
15 ¶Also he that smitteth his father or his mother, shal dye the death.
16 ¶And he that stealeth a man, and selleth him, if it be founde with hym, shall dyethe death.
17 ¶*And he that curseth his father or his mother, shal dye the death.
18 ¶When men also striue together, and one smite another with aEther far of him or nere. stone, or with the fist, and he dye not, but lieth in bed.
19 If he rise againe and walke without vpon his staffe, then shall he that smote hym goBy the ciuile iustice. quite, saue onely he shall beare his chargesO, losing of his time. for his restyng, and shall pay for hys healing.
20 ¶And if a man smite his seruāt, or his mayd with a rod, and he die vnder his hand, he shal be surely punished.
21 But if he continue a day, or two dayes he shal notBy the ciuile Magistrate, but before God he is a murtherer. be punished: for he (is) his money
22 ¶Also if men striue and hurt a woman with childe, so that her childe departe from her, andOf the mother of childe. deathe followe not, he shall be surely punished accordyng as the womans housband shal appoint him, or he shal pay as theOr,
〈◊〉
. Iudge determine.
23 But if death followe, then thou shalt payeLeui.24.20. life for life.Deut.19 20.
24 * The
〈◊〉
of this lawe onely belonged to the Magistrat. Eye for eye, tothe for tothe, hand forMar
〈◊〉
. 5. 33. hand, fote for fote.
25 Burning for burning, wonde for wonde, stripe for stripe.
26 ¶And if a man smite his seruant in the eye, or his maid in the eye, and hathe perished it, he shal let him go fre for his eye.
27 Also if he smiteSo God reuengeth
〈◊〉
in most least things out his seruants tothe, or
his may destothe, he shal let him go out fre for his tothe.
28 ¶ If an oxe gore a man or a woman, that heGene. 9. 5. dye, the * oxe shalbeIf the heast be punished, muche more shal the murtheres. stoned to death, and his flesh shal not be eaten, but the owner of the oxe (shal go) quite.
29 If the oxe were wonte to push in times past and it hathe beneOr, testified to his. tolde his master, and he hathe not kept him, and after he killeth a man or a woman, the oxe shal be stoned and his owner shal dye also.
30 If there be sea to him aBy the next of the kinred of him that is so slayne. summe of money then he shal pay the ranson of his life, what soeuer shalbe laied vpon him.
31 Whether he hathe gored a sonne, or gored a daughter, he shal be iudged after the same maner.
32 If the oxe gore a seruant or a mayd, he shal giue vnto their master thirtyRead Gen. 23. 15. shecles of siluer, and the oxe shalbe stoned.
33 ¶ And when a man shal open a well, or whē he shal dig a pit and couer it not, and an oxe or an asse fall therein,
34 The owner of the pit shalThis lawe forbiddeth not one ly not to hurt, but to beware lest any be hurt. make it good, (ād) giue money to the owners thereof, but the dead (beast) shalbe his.
35 ¶ And if a mans oxe hurt his neighbours oxe that he dye, then thei shal sel the liue oxe, and deuide the money thereof, ād the dead (oxe) also thei shal deuide.
36 Or if it be knowen that the oxe hathe vsed to push in times past, and his master hathe not kept him, he shal pay oxe for oxe, but the dead shalbe his owne.
CHAP. XXII.
1 Of theft. 5 Dommage. 7 Lending. 14 Borrowing. 16.
〈◊〉
of maides. 18 Withcraft 26 Idolatrie. 21 Support of strangers widows, and fatherles. 25 vsurie 28. Re uerence to Magistrates.
1 IF a man steale anEther great heast of the heard or a smale beast of the
〈◊〉
. oxe or a shepe, and kil it or sel it, he shal restore fiue oxen for the oxe, * and foure shepe for the shepe.
2 ¶ If a these be foundeBreaking an house to entre in
〈◊〉
vndermining. breaking vp, and be2. Sam. 11. 6. smitten that he dye, no blood (shalbe shed) for him.
3 (But) if it beEbr. When the sunne riseth vpō him. in the day light,He shalbe put to death. blood (shalbe shed) for him: (for) he shulde make ful restitution: if he had not (where with,) thē shulde he be solde for his theft.
4 If the theft be foundeEbr. in his bād. with him, aliue, [whe ther it be oxe, asse, or shepe] he shal restore the double.
5 ¶ If a man do hurt field, or vineyarde, and put in his beast to fede in another mans field, he shal recompence of the best of his owne field, and of the best of his owne vineyarde.
6 If fyre breake out, and catch in the thornes and the stackes of corne, or the standing cor ne, or the fleld be consumed, he that kindeled the fire shal make ful restitution.
7 ¶ If a
〈◊〉
deliuer his neighbour money or stuffe to kepe, and it be stolen out of his hou se, if the thefe be found, he shal paye the double.
8 If these be not founde, then the master of the house shall be broght vnto theEbr. gods. Iudges (to feare,) whether he hatheThat is, Whether he hathe stollen. put his hand vnto his neighbours good, or no.
9 In all maner of trespasse, whether it be for oxen, for asse, for shepe, for rayment, or
〈◊〉
any maner of lost thing, which an other chalengeth to be his, the cause of both (parties) shall come before the Iudges, (and) whome the Iudges cōdemne, he shal pay the double vnto his neighbour.
10 If a mā deliuer vnto his neighbour to kepe asse, or, oxe, or shepe, or any beast, and it dye or beEbr. broken. hurt, or taken away by enemies (and) no man se it.
11 They shulde sweare by the Name of the Lord. An othe of the Lorde shalbe betwene them twaine, that he hathe not put his hand vnto his neighbours good, and the owner of it shall take (the othe,) and he shall not make it good:
12 *But if it be stollen from him, he shal makeGen. 31. 39, restitution vnto the owner thereof.
13 If it be torne in pieces, he shall bryngHe shall shewe some parte of the beast. recorde (and) shal not make that good (which is) deuoured.
14 ¶ And if a man borowe (ought) of his neigh bour, & it be hurt, or els die, the owner therof not being by, he shal surely make it good
15 If the owner therof be by he shal not make it good (for) if it (be) an hired thing, itHe that hyred it shalbe
〈◊〉
by paying the
〈◊〉
. came for his hire.
16 ¶ * And if a man entise a mayd that is notDeut. 12. 28. betrothed, and lye with her, he shal endowe her, and take her to his wife.
17 If her father refuse to giue her to him, he shall pay money, accordyng to the dowrie of virgines.
18 ¶ Thou shalt not suffre a witche to liue.
19 ¶ Whosoeuer lieth with a beast, shall dye the death.
20 ¶ * He that offreth vnto (any) gods, (saue)Deut. 13. 13. vnto the Lord onely, shalbe slaine.1. Mac. 2. 24.
21 ¶ * Moreouer thou shalt not do iniurie toLeui. 19. 33. a stranger, nether oppresse him: for ye were strangers in the land of Egypt.
22 ¶ * Ye shall not trouble any widowe, norzach. 7. 10. fatherles childe.
23 If thou vexe or trouble suche, and so he call and crye vnto me, I will surely heare his crye.
24 Then shall my wrath be kindeled, and I will kill you with the sworde, and yourThe iust plague of God vpon the oppressers. wiues shall be widowes, and your children fatherles.
25 ¶ * If thou lend money to my people, (thatLeui. 25. 37.
Deut 23. 19. is) to the poore with thee, thou shalt not bePsal. 15. 5. as an vsurer vnto hym: ye shall not oppresse him with vsurie.
26 If thou take thy neighbours rayment to pledge, thou shalt restore it vnto him before the sunne go downe.
27 For that is his couering onely, (and) this is his garment for his skin: wherein shall he slepe? therefore when heFor colde and necessitie. cryeth vnto me, I wil heare him: for I am mercifull.
28 ¶ * Thou shalt not railes vpon the Iudges,Act. 23. 5. nether speake euill of the ruler of thy people.
29 ¶ ThineThine abundāce of thy corne oyle and Wine. abundance and thy licour shalt thou not kepe
〈◊〉
. * The first borne of thy sonnes shalt thou giue me.Chap. 13. 2. & 34. 19
30 Likewise shalt thou do with thine oxen & with thy shepe: seuen dayes it shalbe with his damne, (and) the eight day thou shalt giue it me.
31 ¶ Ye shalbe an holy people vnto me, * netherLeui.
〈◊〉
. 8.
Ezek. 44. 31. shall ye eat any fleshe that is torne (of beastes) in the field: ye shal cast itAnd so haue no thing to do with it. to the dog
CHAP. XXIII.
2 Not to followe the multitude. 13 Not to make mention of the strange gods. 14 The thre solemne feastes. 20. 23. The Angel is promised to leade the people 25 what God promiseth, if they obey him 29 God wil cast out the Canaanites by litle, and litle, and why.
1 THou shalt notOr, reporte a false
〈◊〉
. receiue a false tale, nether shalt thou put thine hand with the wicked, to be aOr, cruel. false witnes.
2 ¶ Thou shalt not followe a multitude to do euil, netherEbr. answer. agre in a cōtrouersieDo that which is godlie thogh few do fauour it to decline after many and ouerthrow (the trueth.)
3 ¶ Thou shalt not esteme a poore man in his cause.
4 ¶ If thou mete thine enemies oxe, or his asse going a straye, thou shaltIf we be bōde to do good to our ennemies beast, much more to our ennemie him selfe. bring him to him againe.
5 If thouse thine enemiesIf God cōmāde to helpe our ene mies asse vnder his burden, will hesuffre vs to cast downe our brethren with heauie burdens. asse lying vnder his burdē, wilt thou cease to helpe him? thou shalt helpe him vp againe with it.
6 ¶ Thou shalt not ouerthrowe the right ofMat 5. 44. thy poore in his sute.
7 Thou shalt kepe thee farre from a false matter, and shalt not slay theWhether thou be magistrate: or art cōmanded by the magistrate. innocent and the righteous: for I will not iustifie a wicked man.
8 ¶ * Thou shalt take no gift: for the gift blin deth theEbr seing. wise, and peruerteth the wordes of the righteous.
9 ¶ Thou shalt not oppresse a stranger: for yeDeut. 16. 19.
Eccle. 20. 32. know theFor in that that he is a stranger, his heart is soriful ynough. heart of a strāger, seing ye were strangers in the land of Egypt.
10 *Moreouer, six yeres thou shalt sowe thy land, and gather the frutes thereof.
11 But the seuenth yere thou shalt let it restLeui. 25. 3. & 26. 43. Deut. 15. 1. and lye still, that the poore of thy people may eat, and what they leaue, the beastes of the field shall eat. In like maner thou shalt do with thy vineyarde, (and) with thine oliue trees.
12 *Six daies thou shalt do thy worke, and inChap. 20. 8.
Deut. 5. 12. the seuēth day thou shalt rest, that thine oxe, and thine asse may rest, and the sonne of thy maid and the stranger may be refreshed.
13 And ye shal take hede to all things that I haue said vnto you: and ye shal makeNether
〈◊〉
swe a ring by thē, nor speaking of thē. Psal. 16 4. no mē cion of the name of other gods, nether shall it be heard out of thy mouth.
14 ¶ Thre times thou shalt kepe a feast vntoEphe. 5. 3. me in the yere.
15 Thou shalt kepe the feastThat is,
〈◊〉
, in remembrance that the Aung el passed ouer & spa red the Israelites when he
〈◊〉
the first borne of the Egyptians. of vnleauened bread: thou shalt eat vnleauened bread seuē dayes, as I commanded thee, in the season of the moneth of Abib: for in it thou camest out of Egypt: and none shal appeare before me emptie:
16 TheWhich is, witsontide, in token that the law was giuen. 50 dayes after they departed from Egypt. feast also of the haruest of the first frutes of thy labours, which thou hast sowē in the field: & theThis is, the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
, signifying that they dwelled. 40. yere vnder therents or the tabernacles in wildernes. feast of gathering (frutes) in the end of the yere, when thou hast gathered in thy labours out of the field.
17 (These) thre times in the yere shall all thy men children appeare before the Lorde Iehouáh.
18 Thou shalt not offre the blood of my sacri fice withNo leauened bread shalbe thē in thine house. leauened bread: nether shall the fat of my sacrifice remaine vntil the morning.
19 The first of the first frutes of thy land thou shalt bring into the house of the Lord thy God: (yet) shalt thou not seeth a kid in hisMeaning that no frutes shulde be taken before iust time: &
〈◊〉
by
〈◊〉
brideled
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
& wantō appetites. mothers milke.
20 ¶ Beholde, I send an Angel before thee, to kepe in the way, and to bring thee to the pla ce whiche I haue prepared.
21 Beware of him, and heare his voyce (and) prouoke him not: for he will not spare your misdedes, because myI wil giue him mine
〈◊〉
, and he shall gouerne you
〈◊〉
my Name. Names is in him.
22 But if thou hearken vnto his voyce, and do all that I speake, then I will be an enemie vnto thine enemies, and wil afflict them that afflict thee.
23 For mine Angel* shall go before thee, andChap. 33. 2.
Deut. 7. 21. bring thee vnto the Amorites, & the HittitesIosh. 24.
〈◊〉
. and the Perizzites, and the Canaanites, the Hiuites, and the Iebusites, and I wil destroye them.
24 Thou shalt not bowe downe to their gods, nether serue them, nor do after the workes of them: butGod
〈◊〉
his onely not to worship idoles, but to destroye them. vtterly ouerthrowe them, and breake in piece their images.
25 For ye shall serue the Lord your God, and he shal blesse thyThat is, al thīgs necessarie for this present life. bread and thy water, and I wil take al sickenes away from the middes of thee.Deut. 7. 14.
26 ¶ *There shal none cast their frute nor be barren in thy land: the nombre of thy dayes wil I fulfil.
27 I wil send myI will make them afraid at thy comming. feare before thee, and will destroy all the people among whome thou shalt go: and I will make all thine enemies (turne) their backes vnto thee:
28 And I wil send hornets before thee, which shal driue out the Hiuites, the Canaanites, & the Hittites from thy face.
29 I wil not cast them out from thi face in one yere, lest the land growe to a wildernes: and the beastes of the field multiplie against thee.
30 By litle and litle I will driue them out from thy face vntil thou encrease, & inherite the land.
31 And I wil make thy coastes from the red Sea vnto the seaCalled the sea of Syria. of the Philistims, and from theOf Arabia called deserta. desert vnto theTo wit,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Riuer: for I wil deliuer the inhabitants of the land into your hand, and thou shalt driue them out from thy face.
32 *Thou shalt make no couenant with them,Chap. 34. 15.
Deut. 7. 2. nor with their gods?
33 Nether shall they dwell in thy land, lest thei make thee sinne against me: for if thou serue their gods, surely it shall be thyEbr. offence, or
〈◊〉
. destruction.
CHAP. XXIIII.
3 The people promis to obey God. 4 Mosés writeth the ciuile lawes. 9. 13. Mosés returneth into the mountaine. 14 Aarón and Hur haue the charge of the people. 18 Mosés was 40 dayes and. 40 nights in the mountaine.
1 NOw he hadWhen he called him vp to the mountaine to giue him the lawes, beginnīg at the 20. Chap. hitherto. said vnto Mosés, Come vp to the Lord, thou, and Aarón, Nadáb, &
〈◊〉
, and seuenty of the Elders of Israél, & ye shal worship a far of.
2 And Mosés him selfe alone shall come nere to the Lord, but they shal not come nere, ne ther shall the people go vp with him.
3 ¶ When he hadreceiued these lawes
〈◊〉
mount
〈◊〉
. After ward Mosés came & tolde the peo ple all the wordes of the Lorde and all theEbr.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
lawes: and all the people answered with one voyce, and said, * All the things whiche the Lord hathe said, wil we do.Chap. 19. 8.
4 And Mosés wrote al the wordes of the LordChap. 20 24. and rose vp early, and set vp an*altar vnder"Or, a the
〈◊〉
of the moūtaine. the mountaine, & twelue pillers accordyng to the twelue tribes of Israél.
5 And he sent yongFor as yet the
〈◊〉
was not giuē to Leui. men of the children of Israêl, which offred burnt offrings of beues, & sacrificed peace offrings vnto the Lord.
6 Then Mosés toke halfe of the blood, and put it in basens, and halfe of the blood he sprinkled on the altar,
7 After he toke theOr, of the boke of the Lawe. boke of the couenant, and read it in the audience of the people: who said, All that the Lord hath said, we will do, and be obedient.1.
〈◊〉
. 1. 2.
8 Then Mosés toke the*blood, and sprinkledEbr 9. 20. it on the people, & said, BeholdeWhich blood signifieth that the couenāt bro ken can not be
〈◊〉
without blood sheding. blood of the couenant, which the Lorde hathe made with you concernyng all these things.
9 ¶ Then went vp
〈◊〉
and Aaron, Nadáb, &
〈◊〉
, and seuenty of the Elders of Israél
10 And theyAs
〈◊〉
as their
〈◊〉
colde behold his
〈◊〉
. sawe the God of Israél, & vnder his fete (was) as it were aEbr. bricke worke. worke of a Saphir stone, & as the verie heauen whē it is cleare
11 And vpon the nobles of the children of Israél heHe made them not afraid
〈◊〉
pu nished them. laid not his hand: also they sawe God andThat is
〈◊〉
did eat and drinke.
12 ¶ And the LordThe seconde time. said vnto Mosés, Comevp to me into the mountaine, and be there, and I wil giue theeSignifyeng the hardenes of our hearts, except God do Write his law
〈◊〉
by his Spirit.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. tables of stone, and the Lawe and the commandement, which I haue writ ten, for to teacheTo wit, the people. them.
13 Thē Mosés rose vp and his minister Ioshúa and Mosés went vp into the mountaine ofEzek.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
2.
Cor. 3. 3. God.Ebr. 8. 10. & 10. 16.
14 And said vnto the Elders, Tarie vs here
〈◊〉
we come againe vnto you: and beholde, Aaron, and Hur (are) with you: whosoeuer hathe anie matters, let him come to them.
15 Then Mosés went vp to the mount, and the cloude couered the mountaine.
16 And the glorie of the Lorde abode vppon mount Sinái, and the cloude coueredOr, him. it six daies: and the seuenth day he called vnto Mo sés out of the middes of the cloude.
17 And the sight of the glorie of the lord (was) likeThe lord appea rethlike deuouring fire to
〈◊〉
men: but to thē that he draweth
〈◊〉
his Spirit,
〈◊〉
is like pleasant
〈◊〉
. consuming fire on the top of the moun taine, in the eies of the children of Israél.
18 And Mosés entred into the middes of the cloude, and went vp to the mountaine: and Mosés was in the * mount fourty dayes and fourty nightes.Chap. 34. 28.
CHAP. XXV.
2 The voluntarie gifts for the making of the Tabernacle.Deut. 9. 9. 10 The forme of the Arke. 17 The Mercisent. 23 The Table.
〈◊〉
The Cádelsticke 40 Allmust be done according to the patern.
1 THen the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying.
2 After the moral and iudiciall lawe he giueth them the ceremo niall lawe, that nothing shuld be left to mans inuention. Speake vnto the children of Israél, that they receiue an offring for me: of * euerie man, whose heart giueth it frely, ye shal take the offring for me.
3 And this is the offring which ye shallFor the buylding and vse of the Tabernacle. take of them, golde, and siluer, and brasse.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
4 Or,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. And blewe silke, and purple, and skarlet, and fine linen, and goates (heere.)
5 And ramme skins coulored red, & the skins of badgers, and the woodWhiche is thoght to be a kinde of cedar, whiche will not rot. Shittim.
6 Oyle for the light, spices for
〈◊〉
for the
〈◊〉
. anoyting oyle and for the perfume of swete sauour.
7 Onix stones, and stones to be set in the * Ephod, and in the * brest plate.
8 Also they shal make me aA place bothe to offe sacrifice and to heare the Lawe. Sanctuarie, that IChap. 28. 4. may dwel among them.Chap 28 15.
9 According to all that I she we thee, euen so shal ye make the forme of the Tabernacle, & the facion of all the instruments thereof.
10 ¶They shal make also an * Arke of ShittimChap. 37. 1. wood, two cubites and an halfe long, and a cubite and an halfe broad, and a cubite and an halfe hie.
11 And thou shal ouerlaie it with pure golde: within and without shalt thou ouerlaie it, & shalt mak evpō it aOr, circle and a bordre. crowne of golde rounde about.
12 And thou shalt cast foure rings of golde for it, & put them in the foureOr, fete. corners thereof: that is, two rings (shalbe) on the one side of it, and two rings on the other side thereof.
13 And thou shalt make barres of Shittim wood, and couer them with golde.
14 Then thou shalt put the barres in the rings by the sides of the Arke, to beare the Arke with them.
THE ARKE OF THE TESTIMONIE.
A B The length, two cubites and an halfe.
B C. The breadth a cubite and an halfe.
A D The height a cubite and an halfe.
E E The golden crow ne aboue the Arke.
F The foure rynges of golde in the foure corners.
G. The barres couered wyth golde to putte through the ryngs to cary the Arke.
H The inner parte of the Arke where the Testimonie was put.
I The Mercie
〈◊〉
, whyche was the coueryng of the Arke: where were the two Cherubims, and whence the oracle
〈◊〉
.
15 The barres shal be in the rings of the Arke: they shall not be taken away from it.
16 So thou shalt put in the Arke theThe stone tables, the rod of Aaron and Man na, Whiche Were a testimonie of Gods presence. Testimo nie which I shall giue thee.
17 Also thou shalt make aOr, coueryng: or, propitiatorie
There God appeared mercyfully vnto them: and this Was a figure of Christ. Merciseat of pure golde, two cubites and an halfe long, and a cubite and an halfe broad.
18 And thou shalte make two Cherubims of golde: of worke beaten out with the
〈◊〉
shalt thou make them at the two endes of the Merciseat.
19 And the one Cherub shalt thou make at the one end, and the other Cherub at the other ende: of (the matter) of the Mercise at shall ye make the Cherubims, on the two endes thereof.
20 And the Cherubims shall stretche their wyngs on hie, coueryng the Merciseat with their wings, and their faces one to an other: to the Merciseat ward shall the faces of the Cherubims be.
21 And thou shalt put the Merciseat aboue vppon the Arke, and in the Arke thou shalt put the Testimonie, which I wil giue thee.
22 And there I wilOr, wil
〈◊〉
with thee. declare my selfe vnto thee, and frome aboue the Merciseat * betwene the two Cherubims, whiche are vpon theNom.
〈◊〉
. 89. Arke of the Testimonie, I wyll tell thee all things which I will giue thee in commandement vnto the children of Israel.
THE TABLE OF THE SHEWE BREAD.
A B The heyght a cubite ād an halfe.
B C The length two cubites.
C D The breadth a cubite.
E A crowne of gold aboue and beneth separated the one from the other by a border of an hād breadth thycke, whyche declareth that the table was an hande breadth thicke.
F The foure rings.
G The barres to cary the table which were put through the rings.
H Dishes wherein the shewe breade was put.
I The twelue cakes or loaues called the shewe bread.
K The goblets or couerings.
L The incense cuppes.
23 ¶ * Thou shalt also make a table of ShittimChap. 37. 10. wood, of two cubites lōg, & a cubite broad, and a cubite and an half hie:
24 And thou shalt couer it with pure golde, ād make therto a crown of gold round about.
25 Thou shalt also make vnto it a border of fou"Or, an
〈◊〉
bread. re fingers round about: & thou shalt make a goldē crown round about the border therof
26 After, thou shalt make for it foure rings of golde, ād shalt put the rings in the foure cor ners that are in the foure fete thereof.
27 Ouer agaynst the border shall the rings be for places for barres, to beare the Table.
28 And thou shalt make the barres of Shittim wood, ād shalt ouerlay them with golde, that the Table may be borne with them.
29 Thou shalte make alsoTo sette
〈◊〉
bread vpon. dyshes for it, and (incens) cups for it and couerings for it, and goblets, wherewith it shal be couered, (euē) of fine golde shalt thou make them.
30 And thou shalte set vpon the Table shewebread before me continually.
THE CANDELSTICKE.
Because the facion of the candelstick is so plaine and euident, it nedeth not to describe the particular partes thereof accordyng to the ordre of lettres. Onely where as it is sayd in the 34 verse, that there shal be foure bowles or cuppes in the candelsticke it muste be vnderstande of the shaft or shanke: for there are but thre for euerie one of the other braunches. Also the knoppes of the candelsticke are those whyche are vnder the braunches as they issue out of the shaft on ether side.
31 ¶ * Also thou shalt make a Candelsticke ofChap. 37. 17. pure golde: ofIt shall not be molton, but beaten, out of the lumpe of golde With the hāmer. worke beaten out with the hammer shal the Candelsticke be made, his shaft, and his brāches, his bolles, his knops: and his floures shal be of the same.
32 Six branches also shal come out of the sides of it: thre branches of the Candelsticke out of the one side of it, ād thre branches of the Candelsticke out of the other side of it.
33 Thre bolles like vnto almondes, one knop and (one) floure in one branche: and thre bolleslyke almondes in the (other) branche, one knop and (one) floure: so through out the six branches that come out of the Candelsticke.
34 And in the (shaft) of the Candelsticke (shalbe) foure bolles lyke vnto almondes, hys knops and his floures.
35 And (there shalbe) a knop vnder two branches (made) therof: & a knop vnder two brā ches (made) thereof: and a knop vnder two branches (made) therof according to the six brāches comming out of the Candelsticke.
36 Their knops and their braunches shalbe thereof: all this shalbe one beaten worke of pure golde.
37 And thou shalt make the seuen lampes therof, & the lāpes therof shalt thou put theron, to giue light toward that that is before it.
38 Also the snoffets and snoffedishes thereof (shalbe) of pure golde.
39 OfThis Was thē talent
〈◊〉
of the temple ād Waied 120 poūd. a talent of fine golde shalt thou make it with all these instruments.
40 * Loke therefore that thou make (them) after their facion, that was shewed thee inEbr. 8. 9. the mountaine.Act. 7. 14.
THE FIRST COVERING OF THE TABERNACLE.
A B C D The ten curtaines, which were eight and twentie cubites long of Cherubin worke.
AE The breadth of a curtaine was foure cubites, and so the ten were fourtie cubites broad.
F G Two curtaines and an halfes so that the whole laid together declareth that the tabernacle was thirtie cubites long and twelue broad.
F H Taches or hokes to tie the curtaines together.
CHAP. XXVI.
1 The forme of the Tabernacle and the appertinances. 23 The place of the Arke, of the Merciseat of the Table, and of the Candelsticke.
1 AFterward thou shalt make the Tabernacle with ten curtaines of finetwined linen, and blewe silke, and purple, & skarlet: and in them thou shalt make Cherubims ofThat is, of most connyng or fine Worke. broidred worke.
2 The length of one curtaine (shalbe) eight & twentie cubites, and the breadth of one cur taine, foure cubites: euerie one of the curtaines shal haue one measure.
3 Fiue curtaine shalbe coupled one to another: and the (other) fiue curtains shalbe coupled one to an other.
4 And thou shalt make strings of blewe silke vpon the edge of the one curtaine, (whiche is) in the seluedgeOn the side that the curtaines might be tied together. of the coupling: & likewise shalt thou make in the edge of the (other) curtaine in the seluedge, in the secōde coupling.
5 Fiftie strings shalt thou make in one curtaine, and fiftie stringes shalt thou make in the edge of the curtaine, whiche is in theIntying together bothe the sides. secōde coupling: the strings (shalbe) one right against an other.
6 Thou shalt make also fiftieOr, hokes. taches of golde & couple the curtaines one to another with the taches, and it shalbe oneOr,
〈◊〉
. tabernacle.
THE CVRTAINES OF GOATES HEERE.
These eleuen curtaines of goates heere were put aboue the other ten, & the eleuenth hanged before the entrie of the Tabernacle loke E. These also were. 30 cubites long and the other but eight and twenty, and therefore on the Southe side they were a cubite longer then the other, loke A. and also another on the North side, that the boardes might be couered.
7 ¶ Also thou shalt make curtaines of goates (heere,) to be alest raine and wether shulde marreit, couering vpon the Tabernacle: thou shalt make them (to the nomber) of eleuen curtaines.
8 The length of a curtaine (shalbe) thirtie cubites, and the breadth of a curtaine foure cubites: the eleuen curtaines (shalbe) of one measure,
9 And thou shalt couple fiue curtaines by thē selues, and the six curtaines by them selues: but thou shalt double theThat is, fiue on the one side, and fiue on the other & the sixt shulde hang ouer the dore of the Tabernacle. sixt curtaine vpō the fore fronte of the couering.
10 And thou shalt make fifty strings in the edge of one curtaine in the seluedge of the coupling, and fifty strings in the edge of the (other) curtaine in the seconde coupling.
11 Likewise thou shalt make fiftyOr, boke. taches of brasse, and fasten them on the strings, & shalt couple the coueryng together, that it may be one.
12 And theFor these curtaines were two cubites longer thē the curtaines of the Tabernacle: so that they were sider by a cubite on bothe sides. remnant that resteth in the curtaine of the couering, (euen) the halfe curtaine that resteth, shalbe left at the backe side of the Tabernacle.
13 That the cubite on the one side, and the cubite on the other side of that whiche is left in the length of the curtaines of the couering, may remaine on ether side of the Tabernacle to couer it.
14 Moreouer for that coueryng thou shalt' make aTo be put vpon the couerīg, that was made of goa tes heere. coueryng of rams skins died red and a coueringThis was the thirde coueryng for the Tabernacle. of badgers skins aboue.
15 ¶ Also thou shalt make boardes for the Tabernacle of Shittim wood to stand vp.
THE TABERNACLE.
A M Twentie boardes on the Southe side and twentie on the North side.
E R The length of
〈◊〉
one ten cubites, & the breadth a cubite and an halfe.
F K & N I Declare that all the boardes ioyned together made
〈◊〉
cubites, whiche was the length of the
〈◊〉
. Iosephus
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
boarde was an handfull thicke.
16 Ten cubites (shalbe) the length of a boarde & a cubite & an halfe cubite the breadth of one boarde.
17 Two tenons (shalbe) in one boarde set in ordre as the fete of a ladder, one against an other: thus shalt thou make for al the boardes of the Tabernacle.
18 And thou shalt make boardes for the Tabernacle, (euen) twentie boardes on the Southe side, euen ful Southe.
19 And thou shalt make fourtieOr, bassepieces Wherein Were the mortaises for the
〈◊〉
. sockets of siluer vnder the twentie boardes, two sockets vnder one boarde for his two tenons, and two sockets vnder an other boarde for his two tenons.
20 In like maner on the other side of the Tabernacle towarde the North side (shalbe) twentie boardes.
21 And their fourtie sockets of siluer, two sockets vnder one boarde, and two sockets vnder another boardes.
22 And on the side of the Tabernacle, toward the West shalt thou make six boardes.
23 Also two boardes shalt thou make in the corners of the Tabernacle in the two sides.
24 Also they shalbeThe
〈◊〉
Wo de
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
declaring that they
〈◊〉
be so perfect & Wel ioined as Were possible ioyned beneth, and likewise they shalbe ioyned aboue to a ring: thus shal it be for them two: thei shalbe for the two corners.
25 So they shalbe eight boardes hauing sockets of siluer (euen) sixtene sockets, (that is) two sockets vnder one boarde, & two sockets vnder an other boarde.
26 ¶ Then thou shalt make fiue barres of Shit tim wood for the boardes of one side of the Tabernacle.
27 And fiue barres for the boardes of the other side of the Tabernacle: also fiue barres for the boarde of the side of the Tabernacle towarde the Westside.
28 And the midle
〈◊〉
shall go through the middes of the boardes, from end to end.
29 And thou shalt couer the boarde with golde and make their rings of golde, for places for the barres, and thou shalt couer the barres with golde.Chap.
〈◊〉
. 9. &
〈◊〉
30 So thou shalt rere vp the Tabernacle * accordyngEbr. 8. 5. to the facion thereof, whiche wasAct. 7. 44. shewed thee in the mount.
31 ¶ Moreouer thou shalt make a vaile of blewe silke, and purple, and skarlet, and fine twined linē: thou shalt make it of broydred worke with Cherubims.
32 And thou shalt hang it vpon foure pillers of Shittim wood couered with golde, [whoseSome read, hea des of the pillers hokes shalbe of golde] (standing) vpō foure sockets of siluer.
33 ¶ Afterward thou shalt hang the vaileEbr. vnder the hokes meanyng that it shuld hāg downe Ward frō the hokes. on the hokes, that thou maiest bring in thither (that is) [within the vaile] the Arke of the Testimonie: and the vaile shall make you a separacion betwene the Holy place and theWhereunto the hie Priest onely
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
a yere. moste Holy place.
34 Also thou shalt put the Merciseat vpon the Arke of the Testimonie in the most Holy place.
35 And thou shalt set the TableMeaning in the holy place. without the vaile, & the Cādelsticke ouer against the Table on the Southside of the Tabernacle, and thou shal set the Table on the North side.
36 Also thou shalte make anThis hanging or
〈◊〉
Was betwene the holy place and there Where the people Were. hangyng for the dore of the Tabernacle of blewe silke, and purple, and skarlet, and fine twined linen wroght with nedle.
37 And thou shalt make for the hanging fiue pillers of Shittim, and couer thē with golde: their heades (shalbe) of golde, and thou shalt cast fiue sockets of brasse for them.
CHAP. XXVII.
1 The altar of the burnt offring. 2 The courte of the Tabernacle. 10 The lampes continually burning.
1 MOreouer thou shalt make theFor the burnt offrings. altar of Shittim wood, fiue cubites long and fiue cubites broad [the altar shalbe foure square] and the height there of thre cubites.
2 And thou shalt make it hornes in the foure corners thereof: the hornes shalbe of itOf the same Wood and matter, not fastened vnto it. selfe, and thou shalt couer it with brasse.
3 Also thou shalt make his ashpannes for hys ashes and his besoms, and his basens, and his fleshokes, and hisOr,
〈◊〉
. censers: thou shalt make all the instruments therof of brasse.
THE ALTAR OF BVRNT OFFRING.
A B The length conteining fiue cubites.
A D The height thre cubites.
B C The breadth asmuche.
E The foure hornes or foure corners.
F The grate, whiche was put within the altar, and whereupon the sacrifice was burnt.
G
〈◊〉
rings
〈◊〉
lift vp the grate by,
〈◊〉
they
〈◊〉
the ashes.
H The barres to cary the altar.
I The rynges through the whiche the barres were put.
K Ashpans, besoms, fleshokes, basens and: suche instruments apparteining to the altar.
4 And thou shalt make vnto it a
〈◊〉
(lyke)Ebr. net. networke of brasse: also vpon that" grate shalt thou make foure brasen rings vpon the foure corners thereof.
5 And thou shalt put it vnder the compasse of the altar beneth, that the grate may be in the middes of the altar.
6 Also thou shalte make barres for the altar, barres, (I say,) of Shittim wood, ād shalt couer them with brasse.
7 And the barres thereof shalbe put in the rings, the which barres shalbe vpon the two sides of the altar to beare it.
8 Thou shalt make the (altar) holow (betwene) the boardes: as (GOD) shewed thee in the mount, so shal they make it.
9 ¶ Also thou shalt make theThis was the
〈◊〉
entrie into the Tabernacle, where the people abode. court of the ta bernacle in the Southside, euē ful South: the courte shal haue curtaines of fine twined lynē, of an hūdreth cubites long, for one side.
10 And it shall haue twentie pillers, with their twentie sockets of brasse: the heades of the pillers, and theirThey were cer
〈◊〉
hopes or circles for to
〈◊〉
the piller. filets (shalbe) siluer.
11 Likewise on the North side in length (there shalbe) hangyngs of an hundreth (cubites) longe, and the twentie pillers thereof with their twentie sockets of brasse: the heades of the pillers and the filets (shalbe) siluer.
12 ¶ And the breadth of the courte on the Westside (shal haue) curtains of fiftie cubits, (with) their ten pillers ād theirten sockets.
13 And the breadth of the courte, East warde ful East (shal haue)Meanyng
〈◊〉
or
〈◊〉
cu bites. fiftie cubites.
14 Also hangings of fiftene cubites (shalbe) on the (one)Of the dore of the courte. side (with) their thre pillers and their thre sockets.
15 Like wyse on the other side (shalbe) hangings of fiftene cubites, (with) their thre pillers, and their thre sockets.
16 ¶ And in the gate of the courte (shalbe) a vaile of twentie cubites, of blewe silke, and purple, and skarlet, and fine twined linen wroght with nedle, (with) the foure pillers thereof and their foure sockets.
17 All the pillers of the courte shall haue filets of siluer rounde aboute, (with) their heades of siluer, and their sockets of brasse.
18 ¶ The length of the court (shalbe) an hundreth cubites, and the breadth fiftieEbr.
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
. at ether end, and the heyght fiue cubites, (and the hangings) of fine twined linen, and their sockets of brasse.
19 All the vessels of the Tabernacle for all maner seruice thereof, and al theOr, stakes wherewyth the
〈◊〉
were fastened to the grounde. pins thereof, and all the pins of the courte (shalbe) brasse.
20 ¶ And thou shalt commande the children of Israél, that they bring vnto thee pure oyle oliueSuche as commeth frome the oliue, when it is first pressed or
〈◊〉
. beaten for the light, that the lampes may alwaye burne.
21 In the Tabernacle of the Congregacion without the vaile, which is before the Testimonie,"Or, ascēde vp. shall Aarōn ād his sonnes dresse them from euening to morning before the Lorde, for a statute for euer vnto their generacions (to be obserued) by the children of Israel.
CHAP. XXVIII.
1 The Lorde calleth Aarōn and hys sonnes to the Priesthode.
4 Their garmentes. 12. 29 Aarón entreth in to the Sanctuarie in the name of the children of Israel. 30 Vrim and Thummim. 38 Aarón beareth the iniquitie of the Israelites offrings.
1 ANd cause thou thy brother Aarón to come vnto thee and his sonne with him, frome among the children of Israél, that he may serue me in the Priests office: (I meane) Aarón, Nadáb, and Abihu, Eleazár, and Ithamár Aarons sonne.
2 Also thou shalt make holy garments for Aarón thy brother,VVhereby his office maye be knowen to be glorious & excellent. glorious and beautiful.
3 Therfore thou shalte speake vnto allEbr. wise in heart. conning men, whome I haue filled with the spirite of wisdome, that they make Aarons gar ments toVVhiche is, to separate him frō the rest. consecrate him, that he may serue me in the Priests office.
THE GARMENTS OF THE HIGH PRIEST.
A The Ephod, or vpmost coate, whiche was like clothe of golde and was girded vnto hym, wherein was the brest plate with the
〈◊〉
stones, which was tied aboue with two cheines to two onix stones ād beneth with two laces
B The robe which was next vnder the Ephod, whereunto were ioined the pomegranates and belles of golde.
C The tunicle or broydred coate, which was vnder the robe and longer then it: and was also with out sleues.
4 Now these shalbe the garments, which they shal make, a brest plate, ād aA shorte and streict coate with out sleeues put vpmost vpon his garmēts to kepe them close vnto hym. Ephod, & a robe ād a broydred coat, a mitre, ād a girdle, so (these) holy garmēts shal they make for Aarōn thy brother, and for his sonnes, that he may serue me in the Priests office.
5 Therefore they shall take golde, and blewe silke, and purple, and skarlet, and fine linen.
6 ¶And they shall make the Ephod of golde, blewe silke, and purple, sharlet, and fine twined linen of broydred worke.
7 The two shulders therof shalbe ioined toge ther by their two edges: so shal it be closed.
8 And theVVhiche went aboute hys vpmost coat. embroydred garde of the same Ephod, whiche shalbe vpon hym, shalbe of the selfe same worke and stuffe, (euen) of golde, blewe silke, ād purple, and skarlet, ād fine twined linen.
9 And thou shalt take two onix stones, and gra ue vpon them the names of the chyldren of Israél.
10 Six names of thē vpon the one stone, and the six names that remaine, vpon the seconde stone, according toAs they were in age, so shulde they be grauen in ordre. their generacions.
11 Thou shalt cause to graue the two stones ac cordyng to the names of the children of Israél by a grauer of signets, that worketh and graueth in stone, and shalt make them to be set and embossed in golde.
12 And thou shalt put the two stones vpon the shulders of the Ephod, (as) stones ofThat
〈◊〉
might remembre the Israelites to God warde. remē
brance of the chyldren of Israél: for Aarón shal beare their names before the Lord vpō his two shulders for a remembrance.
13 So thou shalt make bosses of golde.
14 ¶And two cheynes of fine goldeOf the bosses at the ende, of wrethed worke shalte thou make them, and shalt fasten the wrethed cheines vpon the bosses.
15 ¶Also thou shalte make the brest plate ofIt was so
〈◊〉
led, because the hie Priest colde not giue sentence in iudgement without that on his breast. iudgement with broydred worke: lyke the worke of the Ephod shalt thou make it: of golde, blewe silke, and purple, and skarlet, and fine twined linen
〈◊〉
thou make it.
16 The description of the brest plate. Foure square it shalbe (ād) double, an hand bred long an hand bred broad.
17 Then thou shalte set it full of places for stones, (euen) foure rowes of stones: the ordre (shalbe this,) a ruby, a topaze, and a O, sardcine. carbū cle in the first rowe.Or, emeraude.
18 And in the seconde rowe (thou shalt set) an Or, carbuncle. emeraude, a saphir, and a Or, iasper. diamond.
19 And in the thirde rowe a turkeis, an achate, and an hematite.
20 And in the fourte rowe a Ebr, tars
〈◊〉
chrysolite, an onix, and a iasper: and they shalbe set in gold in their embossements.
21 And the stones shalbe accordyng to the names of the children of Israél, twelue, according to their names, grauen as signets, euerie one after hys name, (and) they shalbe for the twelue tribes.
22 ¶ Then thou shalte make vppon the brest plate two cheines at the endes of wrethen worke of pure golde.
23 Thou shalt make also vpon the brest plate two rings of golde, and put the two rings on VVhich are vp̄ moste towarde the shulder. the two endes of the brest plate.
24 And thou shalt put the two wrethen cheines of golde in the two rings in the endes of the brest plate.
25 And the (other) two endes of the two wrethen (cheines,) thou shalte fasten in the two embossements, and shalt put (them) vpon the shulders of the Ephod on the foreside of it.
26 ¶ Also thou shalt make two rings of golde,
which thou shalt put in the Which are beneth. two (other) endes of the brest plate, vpon the border there of, to ward the inside of the Ephod.
27 And two (other) rings of golde thou shalt make, and put them on the two sides of the Ephod, beneth in the fore parte of it ouer against the coupling of it vpon the broydred garde of the Ephod.
28 Thus they shal binde the brest plate by his rings vnto the rings of the Ephod, with a lace of blewe silke, that it may be (fast) vpon the broydred garde of the Ephod, and that the brest plate be not losed frō the Ephod.
29 So Aarón shal Aaron shal not entre into the holy place in his owne name
〈◊〉
in the name of all the childrē of Israel. beare the names of the chil dren of Israél in the brest plate of iudgement vpon his heart, when he goeth into the holy place, for a remembrance continually before the Lord.
30 ¶ Also thou shalt put in the brest plate of iudgemēt the Vrim signifieth light, and Thummim perfe ction: declaring that the stones of the
〈◊〉
plate were
〈◊〉
clea re, and of perfect beautie: by
〈◊〉
also is ment kno
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, shewing what vertues
〈◊〉
required in the Priests. Vrim & the Thúmim, which shalbe vpon Aarons heart, when he goeth in before the Lord: and Aarón shal be are the iudgement of the children of Israél vpon his heart before the Lord continually.
31 ¶ And thou shalt make the robe of the Ephod altogether of blewe silke.
32 And the hole for his heade shalbe in the middes of it, hauing an edge of wouen worke rounde about the coller of it: so it shalbe as the coller of an habergeō that it rent not.
33 ¶ And beneth vpō the skirtes thereof thou shalt make pomgranates of blewe silke, and purple, and skarlet, round about the skirtes thereof and belles of golde betwene them round about:
34 (That is,) * a golden bel and a pomgranateEccle.
〈◊〉
. 10. a golden bel & a pomgranate rounde about vpon the skirtes of the robe.
35 So it shalbe vpon Aarón, when he ministreth and his sound shalbe heard, when he goeth into the holy place before the Lord, & when he commeth out, and he shal not dye.
36 ¶ Also thou shalt make a plate of pure golde, and graue theron, as signets are grauen, Holines
〈◊〉
to the Lord:
〈◊〉
he is moste
〈◊〉
, and nothing vnholy may
〈◊〉
before him. HOLINES TO THE LORD,
37 And thou shalt put it on a blewe silk elace, and it shalbe vpon the mitre: (euen) vpō the fore fronte of the mitre shal it be.
38 So it shalbe vpō Aarons forehead, that Aarón may
〈◊〉
offring colde not be so perfect, but some faute wolde be therein: which sinne the hie Priest bare and
〈◊〉
God. be are the iniquitie of the offrings which the children of Israél shal offre in all their holy offrings: ād it shalbe alwaies vpon his forehead, to make them acceptable before the Lord.
39 Likewise thou shalt embroydre the fine linen coat, and thou
〈◊〉
make a mitre of fine linen, but thou shalt make a girdel of nedle worke.
40 Also thou shalt make for Aarons sonnes coates, and thou shalt make them girdels, & bonets shal thou make them for glorie and comelines.
41 And thou shalt put them vpon Aarōn thy brother, and on his sonnes with him, & shalt anoynt them, and That is,
〈◊〉
them, by giuing thē things to offre, and ther by admit them
〈◊〉
their office. fil their hands, & sanctifie them, that they may ministre vnto me in the Priests office.
42 Thou shalt also make them linen breches to couer their priuities: from the loynes vnto the thighs shal they reache.
43 And they shalbe for Aarón and his sonnes when they come into the Tabernacle Or, of wither. of the Congregacion, or when they come vnto the altar to minister in the holy place, that they In not hidyng their nakednes. commit not iniquitie, and so dye (This shabe) a lawe for euer vnto him and to hys sede after hym.
CHAP. XXIX.
1 The maner of consecrating the Priests. 38 The cōtinual sacrifice. 45 The Lord promiseth to dwel amōg the children of Israél.
1 THis thyng also shalt thou do vnto them when thou consecratest them to be myLeuit. 9. 2. Priestes, * Take a yong calfe, and two rams without blemish.
2 And vnleauened bread and cakes vnleauened tempered with oyle, and wafers vnleauened anointed with oyle: [of fine wheat flower shalt thou make them]
3 Then thou shalt put thē in one basket, and To offre them in sacrifice. present them in the basket with the calfe and the two rams.
4 And shalt bryng Aarón and his sonnes vnto the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, and wash them with water.
5 Also thou shalt take the garments, and put vpon Aarón the tunicle, and the robe of the Whiche was next vnder the Ephod. Ephod, and Ephod, and the brest plate, and shalt close (them) to hym with the broydred garde of the Ephod.
6 Then thou shalt put the mitre vppon hysChap. 28. 36. head thou shalt put the holy * crowne vpon the mitre.Chap. 30.
〈◊〉
.
7 And thou shalt take the anointyng * oyle, and shalt powre vpon his head, and anoint him.
8 And thou shalt bring his sonnes, and put coates vpon them.
9 And shalt gird them with girdels, (bothe) Aarón and his sonnes: and shalt put the bonets on them, and the Priestes office shalbeChap. 28. 41. theirs for a perpetuallawe: thou * shalt also Or, consecrat them. fil the hands of
〈◊〉
, and the hands of his sonnes.
10 After thou shalt present the calf before the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, * & AaronLeuit. 1. 3. and his sonnes shall Signifying that the
〈◊〉
was also offred for them, & that thei did approue it. put their hand vppon the head of the calf.
11 So thou shalt kill the calf before the Lorde at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
12 Then thou shalt take of the blood of the calf, and put it vpon the hornes of the altar with thy finger, and shalt powre al (the rest) of the blood at the fote of the altar.
13 * Also thou shalt take al the fat that couerethLeuit. 3. 3. the inwardes, and the kall, (that is) on the liuer, and the two kidneis, and the fat that is vpon thē, and shalt burne them vpon the altar.
14 But the flesh of the calf, and his sking, and his doūg shalt thou burne with fire without the hoste: it is a
〈◊〉
. sinne. sinne offring.
15 ¶Thou shalt also take one ram, and Aarón and his sonnes shal put their hands vpon the head of the ram.
16 Thē thou shalt kil therā, & take his blood and sprinkle it round about vpon the altar.
17 And thou shalt cut the ram in pieces, & wash the inwardes of him and his legges, & shalt put them vpon the pieces thereof, & vpon his head.
18 So thou shalt burne the whole ram vpó the altar, (for) it is a burnt offring vnto the LordOr a
〈◊〉
of rest, which causeth the
〈◊〉
of God to
〈◊〉
. for a swete sauo ur: it is an offring made by sire vnto the Lord.
19 ¶And thou shalt take the other ram, and Aarón and his sonnes shall put their hands vpon the head of the ram.
20 Then shalt thou kill the ram, and take of his blood and put itMeaning the soft and
〈◊〉
parte of the
〈◊〉
vpon the lap of Aarons
〈◊〉
, and vpō the lap of the right eare of his sonnes, and vpon the thumbe of their right hand, and vpon the great toe of their right fote, and shalt sprinkle the blood vpon the altar round about.
21 And thou shalt take of the blood that isWherewith the
〈◊〉
must be sprinkled. vpon the altar, and of the anointing oyle, & shalt sprinkle it vpon Aaron, and vpon his garments, and vpon his sonnes, and vpon the garments of his sonnes with him: so he shalbe halowed, ād his clothes, & his sonnes and the garments of his sonnes with hym.
22 Also thou shalt take of the rams the fat and the rópe, euen the fat that couereth the inwardes & the kal of the liuer, & the two kidneis, & the fat that is vpon thē and the right shulder, [for it is theWhiche is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the consecration of the
〈◊〉
Priesi. ram of consecration.
〈◊〉
23 And one loaf of bread, and one cake of bread (tēpered) with oyle, & one wafer, out of the basket of the vnleauened (bread) that is before the Lord.
24 And thou shalt put all this in the hands of Aaron, and in the hand of his sonnes, and shalt shake them to and fro before the Lord
25 Againe, thou shalt receiue them of their hands, and burne thē vpon the altar besides the burnt offring for a swete sauour before the Lord: (for) this is an offring made by fire vnto the Lord.
26 Likewise thou shalt take the brest of the rā of the consecracion, whiche is for Aarón, &g This
〈◊〉
the Priest
〈◊〉
moue towarde the East, West, North & South. shalt shake it to h and fro before the Lorde, and it shalbe thy parte.
27 And thou shalt sanctifie the brest of the shaken offrings & the shulder of theSo called, becau
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
was not one lyshakē to & fro but also
〈◊〉
vp heaue offrings, which was shaken to and fro, & whiche was hcaued vp of the ram of the consecracion, which (was) for Aarón, and whiche (was) for his sonnes.
28 And Aarón and his sonnes shal haue it by a statute for euer, of the children of Israél: for it is an heaue offring, and it shalbe an heaue offringe of the children of Israél, of theirWhiche were
〈◊〉
of thankes giuing to God for his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. peace offrings, (euen) their heaue offryng to the Lord.
29 ¶And the holy garments, which (appertey ne) to Aarón, shalbe his sonnes after him, to be anointed therein, and to be consecrat therein.
30 That sonne that shalbe Priest in his stede, shal put them on seuen dayes when he cometh into the Tabernacle of the Cógregacion to minister in the holy place.
31 ¶So thou shalt take the ram of the consecracion, and sethe his flesh in the holy place.
32 * And Aarón and his sonnes shal eat the fleshLeu. 8.
〈◊〉
. & 20.
〈◊〉
Mat. 12. 4. of the ram, and the bread that is in
〈◊〉
basket at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
33 So they shal eat these things,That is, by the sacrifices. whereby their atonement was made, to consecrat thē (and) to sanctifie thē: but a stranger shal not eate (thereof,) because they are holy things,
34 Now if ought of the flesh of the cōsecratiō, or of the bread remaine vnto the morning, then thou shalt burne the rest with fire: it shal not be eatē, because it is an holy thing.
35 Therefore shalt thou do thus vnto Aarón and vnto his sonnes, according to all things, which I haue commanded thee: seuen daies shalt thouEbr fil
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. consecrat them.
36 And shalt offer euerie day a calf or a sinne offring, forTo appease Gods
〈◊〉
that sinne
〈◊〉
be pardonned. reconciliation: and thou shalt clense the altar, when thou hast offred, vpon it for reconciliation, and shalt anoint it, to sanctifie it.
37 Seuen daies shalt thou clense the altar, and sanctifie it, so the altar shalbe moste holy (&) whatsoeuer toucheth the altar, shalbe holy.
38 ¶ * Now this is that which thou shalt presentNum. 28.
〈◊〉
. vpon the altar: (euen) two lambes of one yere olde, day by day continually.
39 The one lambe thou shalt presēt in the mor ning, and the other lambe thou shalt present at euen.
40 And with the one lambe, aThat is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
read, cha.
〈◊〉
. 16. tenth parte of fine floure mingled with the fourte parte of anWhich is about a
〈◊〉
. Hin of beaten oile, and the fourte parte of an Hin of wine, for a drinke offring.
41 And the other lambe thou shalt present at euen: thou shalt do thereto according to the offring of the morning, ād according to the drinke offring thereof, (to be) a burnt offring for a swete sauoure vnto the Lord.
42 (This shal be) a continual burnt offring in your generations at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion before the Lord where I wilOr,
〈◊〉
my selfe to
〈◊〉
. make appointment with you, to speake there vnto thee.
43 There I wil appoint with the children of Israél, and (the place) shalbe
〈◊〉
by myBecause of my glorious presence. glorie.
44 And I wil sanctifie the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and the altar: I wil sanctifie also Aaròn and his sonnes to be my Priests.
45 And I wil * dwel among the children of Israél,Leu. 26. 12. and wil be their God.2, Cor
〈◊〉
. 16.
46 Then shal they knowe that I am the Lord their God, that broght them out of the land
of Egypt, that I might dwel among them:It is I the Lord that am their God. I am the Lord their God,
CHAP. XXX.
1 The altar of incense. 13 The summe that the Israelites shuld pay to the Tabernacle. 16 The brasen Lauer 23 The anointing Oyle. 34 The making of the perfume.
1 FVrthermore thou shalt make an altarVpō the which the swete perfume was burnt, vers, 34. for swete perfume, of Shittim wood thou shalt make it.
2 The length therof a cubite and the breadth thereof a cubite [it shalbe foure square] and the height thereof two cubites: the hornes thereof (shalbe)Of the same wood & matter, of the same,
3 And thou shalt ouerlaie it with fine golde, (bothe) the top thereof and the sides thereof roūd about, & his hornes: also thou shalt make vnto itOr, a circle and bordre. a crowne of gold rounde about.
THE ALTAR OF SWETE PERFVME.
This altar was one cubite long, and one cubite broad, and in height was two cubites: the rest may be vnderstand by the formed figures.
4 Besides this thou shalt make vnder this crowne two golden rings on ether side: (euē) on euerie side shalt thou make (them) that
〈◊〉
may be as places for the barres to beare it with all.
5 The which barres thou shalt make of Shittim wood, and shalt couer them with golde.
6 After thou shalt set itThat is, in that Sanctuarie, and not in the
〈◊〉
of all. before the vaile, that is nere the Arke of Testimonie, before the Merciseat that is vpon the Testimonie, where I wil appoint with thee.
7 And Aarón shal burne thereon swete incense euerie morning: when heMeaning whē he
〈◊〉
them, and
〈◊〉
the oyle. dresseth the lampes thereof, shal he burne it.
8 Like wise at euen, when Aarón setteth vp the lampes thereof, he shal burne incense: (this) perfum (shalbe) perpetually before the Lord throughout your generations.
9 Ye shal offre noOther wise made them this, which is described. strange incense thereon, nor burnt sacrifice, nor offring, netherpowre
〈◊〉
drinke offringBut it must onely
〈◊〉
to burne perfume. thereon.
10 And Aarōn shal make reconciliation vpon the hornes of it once in a yere with the blood of the sinne offring (in the day) of reconciliation: once in the yere shal he make reconciliation vpon it throughout your generations this is moste holy vnto the Lord.
11 Afterward the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying,
12 * When thou takest the summe of the childrenNomb. 1. 2. 3. of Israél after their nombre, then they shal giue euerie manWherby he te stified that he re demed his life which he had for fait, as is declared by Dauid. a redemption of his life vnto the Lord, when thou tellest thē, that there be no plague among them when thou countest them.
13 This shal euerie man giue, that goeth into the nombre, half a shekel, after theThis shekel valued two commune shekels: & the
〈◊〉
valued about.
〈◊〉
. pence after 5.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. the once of siluer Leui. 27. 25. shekel2. Sam, 24.
〈◊〉
. of the Sanctuarie: [* a shekel (is) twenty geráhs] the halfe shekel (shalbe) an offring to the Lord.
14 Al that are nombred from twenty yere olde and aboue, shal giue an offring to the Lord.
15 The riche shal not passe, and the poore shalNomb. 3.
〈◊〉
. not diminish from halfe a shekel, when yeEzek. 45. 12. shal giue an offring vnto the Lord,That God shuld be merciful vnto you. for the redemption of your liues.
16 So thou shalt take the money of the redemption of the children of Israél, and shalt put it vnto the vse of the Tabernacle of the Con gregacion, that it may be a memorial vnto the children of Israél before the Lord for the redemption of your liues.
THE LAVER OF BRASSE.
A The fundation or fote of the Lauer.
B The Lauer, Because Mosés describeth not the maner of this Lauer, this figure is made after the facion of Salomons. which semeth to be moste agreable to this, 1. King 7. 38. saue in stede of wheles are put barres to beare it, as in the other figures also appeareth.
17 ¶ Also the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying,
18 Thou shalt also make a lauer of brasse, and his fote of brasse to wash, and shalt put it bet wene the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and the altar, and shalt put water therein,
19 For Aarōn and his sonnes shalSignifiing that he that commeth to God, must be washed from all sinne and cor ruption. wash their hands and their fete thereat.
20 When they go into the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, or when they go vnto the altar to minister (and) to make the perfume of the burnt offring to the Lord, they shal wash them selues with water, lest they dye.
21 So they shal wash their hands and their fete that they dye not: and (this) shalbe to the man ordinanceSo long as the priest hode shal last. for euer, (bothe (vnto him and to his sede throughout their generacions.
22 ¶ Also the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying,
23 Take thou also vnto thee, principal spices of the moste pure myrrhe fiue hundrethWaying so muche. (shekels,) of swete cinamon halfe so muche, (that is,) two hundreth and fiftie, and of swe teIt is a kinde of reede of a very swete sauour within, and is vsed in
〈◊〉
and odours. calamus, two hundreth, and fiftie:
24 Also of cassia fiue hūdreth, after the shekel of the Sanctuarie, and of oile oliue an* Hin.
25 So thou shalt make of it the oile of holy oin tement, (euen) a moste precious ointementChap 29. 40. after the arte of the apotecarie: this shalbe the oile of holy ointement.
26 And thou shalt anoint theAll
〈◊〉
which apparteine to the Tabernacle. Tabernacle of the Congregation therewith, and the Arke of the Testimonie:
27 Also the Table, and all the instruments ther of, and the Candelsticke, with all the instruments thereof, and the altar of incense:
28 Also the altar of burnt offring with all his instruments, and the lauer and his fote.
29 So thou shalt sanctifie them, and they shalbe moste holy: all that shal touche them, shal be holy.
30 Thou shalt also anoint Aarón and his sonnes, and shalt consecrat them, that they may ministre vnto me in Priests office.
31 More ouer thou shalt speake vnto the children of Israél, saying, This shal be an holy ointing oyle vnto me throughout your generacions.
32 None shal anointNether at their burials nor other wise. mans flesh there with, ne ther shal ye make any composition like vnto it: (for) it is holy, (and) shalbe holy vnto you.
33 Whosoeuer shal make the like ointemēt, or whosoeuer shal put any of it vponEther a stranger, oran Israeli te,
〈◊〉
onely the Priests. a stranger, euen he shalbe cut of from his people.
34 And the Lord said vnto Mosés, Take vnto thee (these) spices, pure myrrhe andIn Ebrewe, Shehéleth: which is a swete kinde of gumme and
〈◊〉
as the naile. cleare gumme and galbanum, (these) od oures with pure frankincense, of echelike weight:
35 Then thou shaltmake of thē perfume composed after the arte of the apotecary, mingled together, pure (and) holy.
36 And thou shalt beae it to pouder, and shalt put of it before (the Arke) of the Testimonie in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, where I wil make appointement with thee: it shalbe: vnto you moste holy.
37 And ye shal not make vnto you any cōposition like this perfume, which thou shalt ma ke: it shalbe vnto thee holy for theOnely de dicat to the vse of the Tabernacle. Lord.
38 Whosoeuer shal make like vnto that to smel thereto, euen he shal be cut of from his people.
CHAP. XXXI.
2 God maketh Bezaleel and Aboiiáb mete for his worke. 13 The Sabbath day is the signe of our sanctification. 18 The tables written by the finger of God
1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying,
2 Beholde, II haue
〈◊〉
and made
〈◊〉
. haue called by name, Bezaleél,Chap. 35.
〈◊〉
. the sonne of Vri, the sonne of
〈◊〉
of the tribe of Iudáh,
3 Whome I haue filled with the Spirit of God in wisdome, & in vnderstanding and in know ledge and in allThis
〈◊〉
that handicrafts are the gifts of Gods
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and therefore ought to be estemed. workemanship:
4 To finde out curious workes to worke in golde, and in siluer, and in brasse,
5 Also in the art to set stones, and to carue in timber, (and) to worke in all maner of worke manship.
6 And beholde, I haue ioyned with him Aholiab the sonne of Ahisamáh of the trible of Dan, and in the heartes of all that areI haue instructed them, and in creased their knowledge. wise hearted, haue I put wisdome to make al that I haue commanded thee:
7 (That is,) the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, and the Arke of the Testimonie, and the Merciseat that shalbe thereupon, with all in struments of the Tabernacle:
8 Also the Table and the instruments thereof and theSo called because of the comming and
〈◊〉
vsed therein, or because the who
〈◊〉
was beaten out of one piece. pure Candelsticke with all his instruments, and the Altar of perfume:
9 Likewise the Altar of burnt offring with all his instruments, and the Lauer with his fote:
10 Also the garmentes of the ministration, and the holy garments for Aarón the Priest, and the garmēts of his sonnes, to minister in the Priests office,
11 And theWhich onely was to annoint the Priests & the instruments of the Tabernacle, & not to burne. anointing oyle, and swete perfume for the Sanctuarie: according to all that I haue commanded thee, shal they do.
12 ¶ Afterward the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying,
13 Speake thou also vnto the childrē of Israél and say,Thogh I commande these wor kes to be done,
〈◊〉
wil
〈◊〉
not that you breake my Sabbath
〈◊〉
. Notwithstanding kepe ye my Sab baths: for it is a signe betwene me and you in your generations, that ye may knowe that I the Lord do sanctifie you.Chap. 20. 8.
14 *Ye shal therefore kepe theGod
〈◊〉
this point becau se the whole ke ping of the Lawe standeth in the true vse of the Sabbath, which is to cease from our workes, and to obey the wil of God. Sabbath: forEzek. 20. 12. it is holy vnto you: he that defileth it, shall dye the death: therfore whosoeuer worketh therein, the same persone shalbe euen cut of from among his people.
15 Six dayes shal men worke, but in the seuenth day (is) the Sabbath of the holy rest to the Lord: whosoeuer doeth any worke in the Sabbath day, shal dye the death.
16 Wherefore the children of Israél shal kepe the Sabbath, that they may obserue theOr, Sabbath. rest through out their generations for an euerla sting couenant.
17 It is a signe betwene me and the children of Israél for euer *for in six dayes the LordGen. 1. 31, &
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
made the heauen and the earth, and in the seuenth
〈◊〉
From creating his creatures, but not from gouerning and preseruing them. he ceased, and rested.
18 Thus [when the Lorde had made an end of communing with Mosés vpon mount Sinai] *he gaue him two TablesWherby he declared his will to his people. of the Testimonie,Deur. 9. 19. (euen) tables of stone, written with the finger of God.
CHAP. XXXII.
4 The Israelites impute their
〈◊〉
to the calf. 14 God is appaised by Mosés prayer. 19 Mosés breaketh the Tables. 27 He slayeth the idolaters. 32 Mosés zeale for the people.
1 BVt when the people sawe, that Mosés taried long or he came downe frō the moū taine, the people gathered the selues together against Aarôn, and said vnto him, Vp,The rote of
〈◊〉
latrie is, when men thinke that God is not at had except they se him carnally, make vs gods to go before vs: for of this Mo sés [the mā that broght vs out of the land of Egypt] we know not what is become of hi.
2 And Aarōn said vnto them,Thinking that they wolde rather for go idolatrie, thēto resigne their moste precious iewels. Plucke of the golden earinges, whiche are in the eares of your wiues, of your sinnes, & of your daugh ters, and bring them vnto me.
3 Then all the people pluckte from thē
Such is the rage of idolaters, that thei spare no cost to satisfie their wicked desires. selues the golden earings, which were in their eares, and they broght (them) vnto Aarōn.
4 *Who receiued them at their hands, and facioned it with the grauing tole, and made of it aThey smelled of their leuen of Egypt, where they sawe calues, oxen, & serpēts worshipped 1. King 12, 28. molten calf: then they said, *These bePsal. 106. 19. thy gods, ô Israél, which broght thee out of the land of Egypt.
5 When Aarôn sawe (that,) he made an altar before it: and Aarôn proclaimed, saying, To morowe (shalbe) the holy day of the Lorde.
6 So they rose vp the next day in the morning, & offred burnt offrigs, & broght peace1. Cor. 10. 7. offrings: also *the people sate them downe to eat and drinke, and rose vp to playe.
7 ¶ Then the Lord said vnto Mosés, *Go, get the downe: for thy people which thou hast broght out of the land of Egypt, hath corrupted (their waies.)
8 TheyWhereby we sewhat
〈◊〉
we haue to pray earnestly to God to kepe vs in his
〈◊〉
obedience & to send vs good guides. are sone turned out of the way, whiche I commanded thē: (for) they haue made them a molten calf, and haue worshipped it, and haue offred thereto, saying, *These be thy gods, ô Israél, whiche haue broght thee out of the land of Egypt.
9 Againe the Lord said vnto Mosés, *I haue1. king. 12. 28.
Chap. 33. 3. sene this people, and beholde, it is a stifneckedDeut. 9. 13. people.
10 NowGod sheweth that the prayers of the godly
〈◊〉
his punishment. therfore let me alone, that my wrath may waxe hote against them, for I will consume them: but I wil make of thee a mightie people.
11 *But Mosés praied vnto the Lord his God,Psal, 100, 23. & said, O Lorde, why doeth thy wrath waxe hote against thy people, whiche thou hast broght out of the land of Egypt, with great power and with a mightie hand?Nomb. 14. 13,
12 *Wherefore shal the EgyptiansOr, blaspheme. speake, & say, He hathe broght them out maliciously for to slay them in the mountaines, & to con sume them from the earth? turne frome thy fearce wrath, andOr, repent. change thy minde from this euil toward thy people.
13 RemembreThat is, thy promes made to
〈◊〉
. Abrahám, Izhák, and Israél thy seruants, to whome thou swarest by thine owne selfe, and saidest vnto them, *I wilGen. 12 7 & 15. 7. & 48. 16. multiplie your sede, as the starres of the heauen, and all this land, that I haue spoken of, wil I giue vnto your sede, and thei shal inherit it foreuer.
14 Then the Lord changed his minde from the euil, which he threatened to do vnto his people.
15 So Mosés returned and went downe from the mountaine with the two. Tables of the Testimonie in his hand: the Tables (were) written on bothe their sides, euē on the one side and on the other were thei written.
16 And these Tables were the worke of God, andAll these repé
〈◊〉
shewe how
〈◊〉
a thing thei defrauded them sel ues of by their idolatrie. this writing was the writting of God grauen in the Tables.
17 And when Ioshúa heard the noise of the people, as thei showted, he said vnto Mosés, (There is) a noise of warre in the hoste.
18 Who answered, It is not the noise of them that haue the victorie, nor the noise of them that are ouercome: (but) I do heare the noise of singing.
19 Nowe, assone as he came nere vnto the hoste, he sawe the calf and the dancing: so Mosēs wrath waxed hote, and he cast the Tables out of his hands, and brake them in pieces beneth the mountaine.
20 *After, he toke the calf, which they had ma
〈◊〉
. 9. 21. de, and burned it in the fire, and ground it vnto powder, and strowed it vpon the water, and made the childrē of IsraélPartely to
〈◊〉
pite them of their idolarrie & partely that thei shulde haue none occasion to
〈◊〉
member
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
warde. drinke of it.
21 Also Mosés said vnto Aarón, What did this people vnto thee, that thou hast broght so great a sinne vpon them?
22 Then Aarón answered, Let not the wrath of my lord waxe fearce: thou knowest this people, that thei are (euen set) on mischief.
23 And thei said vnto me, Make vs gods to go before vs: for we knowe not what is become of this Mosés [the
〈◊〉
that broght vs out of the land of Egypt.]
24 Then I said to them, Ye that haue golde, plucke it of: and thei broght it me, and I did cast it into the fire, and (thereof) came this calf.
25 Mosés therefore sawe that the people wereBothe
〈◊〉
of Gods fauour, and an occasion to their enemies to speake
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
their God. naked [for Aarón had made them naked vnto (their) shame among their enemies]
26 And Mosés stode in the gate of the cāp, and said, Who (perteineth) to the Lord? (let him come) to me. And all the sonnes of Leui gathered them selues vnto him.
27 Then he said vnto thē, Thus saith the Lord, God of Israél, Put euerie man his sworde by his side: go to & fro, frō gate to gate, through the hoste, andThis fact did so please God, that he turned the curse of Iaakob against Leui, to a blessing. slay euerie man his brother, and euerie man his companion, and euerie man his neighbour.
28 So the children of Leui did as Mosés had commanded: and there fel of the people theDeut. 33. 9. same day about thre thousand men.
29 [For Mosés had said, Consecrat your hands
vnto the Lord this day, euen euerie man vpō hisIn reuenging Gods glorie we must hauenorespect to persone, but put of all
〈◊〉
affection. sonne, and vpon his brother, that there may be giuen you a blessing this day]
30 And when the mornyng came, Mosés said vnto the people. Ye haue committed a grieuous crime: but now I wil go vp to the Lord if I may pacifie (him) for your sinne.
31 Mosés therfore went againe vnto the Lord and said, Oh, this people haue sinned a great sinne and haue made them gods of golde.
32 Therefore now if thou pardone their sinne (thy mercie shall appeare:) but if thou wilt not, I pray thee, rase meSo muche estemed the glorie of God, that he preferred it euen to his owne saluation. out of thy boke, whiche thou hast written.
33 Then the Lord said to Mosés, Whosoeuer hathe sinned against me, I will put him out of myI will make it knowen that he was neuer predestinat in mine eternal coūsel to life euerlastyng. booke.
34 Go now therefore, bryng the people vnto the place whichel cōmanded thee: beholde mine Aungell shall go before thee, but yet in the day of my visitacion I willThis declareth how grieuous a sinne idolatrie is seyng that at Mo sés prayer God wolde not fully
〈◊〉
it. viset their sinne vpon them.
35 So the Lorde plagued the people, because they caused Aarôn (to make) the calf which he made.
CHAP. XXXIII.
2 The Lord promiseth to send an Angel before his people 4 They are sad because the Lord denieth to go vp with them. 9 Mosés talketh familiarely with God. 13 He prayeth for the people. 18 And desireth to se the glorie of the Lord.
1 AFterward the Lord said vnto Mosés, Departe,The land of Canaan was compassed with hilles: so they, that entred into it, must passe vp by the
〈◊〉
. go vp from hence, thou, and the people [whiche thou hast broght vp out of the land of Egypt] vnto the land whiche I sware vnto Abrahám, to Izhák & to Iaak ob saying, * Vnto thy sede wil I giue it.
2 And * I will send an Angel before thee andGen. 12. 7.
Exod. 21. 27. wil cast out the Canaanites, the Amorites,Iosh 24. 11. and the Hittites, & the Perizzites, the Hiuites,Deut, 7. 21. and the Iebusites:
3 To a land, (I say,) that floweth with milke and hony: for I wil not go vp with thee, *becauseChap. 32. 9. thou art a stifnecked people, lest I conDeut. 9. 13. sume thee in the way.
4 And when the people heard this euil tidings they sorowed, and no man put on his best rayment.
5 [For the Lorde had said to Mosés, Say vnto the children of Israél, Ye are a stifnecked people, I wil come sodenly vpō thee, & consume thee: therefore now put thy costely rayment from thee, that I may knowThat ether may shewe
〈◊〉
, if thou repent, or els punish thy rebellion. what to do vnto thee]
6 So the children of Israél laied their good rayment frō thē, (after Mosés came downe) from the mount Horéb.
7 Then Mosés toke (his) tabernacle, and pitched it without the hoste far of frō the host and called itThat is, the Tabernacle of the Congregacion: so
〈◊〉
because the people resorted thether, whē they shulde be in structed of the Lords wil. Ohel-moéd. And when anye did seke to the Lorde, he went out vnto the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, whiche was without the hoste.
8 And when Mosés went out vnto the Ta'ber nacle, al the people rose vp, and stode euerie man at his tent dore, and loked after Mosés vntil he was gone into the Tabernacle.
9 And assone as Mosés was entred into the Tabernacle, the cloudy piller descended and stode at the dore of the Tabernacle, and (the Lord) talked with Mosés.
10 Now when all the people sawe the cloudy piller stand at the Tabernacle dore, all the people rose vp, and worshipped euerie man in his tent dore.
11 And the Lord spake vnto Mosés,Moste plainely and
〈◊〉
of all others, Nomb. 12. 7. face to face, as a man speaketh vnto his friend. After he turned againe into the hoste, but his seruāt Ioshúa the sonne of Nun a yong man departed not out of the Tabernacle.
12 ¶ Then Mosés said vnto the Lord, Se, thou saiest vnto me, Lead this people fourth and thou hast not shewed me whome thou wilt send with me: thou hast said moreouer, I kno we thee byI care for thee and wil preserue thee in this thy
〈◊〉
. name, and thou hast also founde grace in my sight.
13 Now therefore, I pray thee, if I haue founde fauour in thy sight, she we me now thy way, that I may knowe thee, (and) that I may finde grace in thy sight: consider also that this nacion (is) thy people.
24 And he answered, MyEbr face.
Signifiyng that the Israelites shulde excel through Gods fa uour all other people,
〈◊〉
. 16. presence shal go (with thee,) and I wil giue thee rest.
15 Then he said vnto him, If thy presence go not (with vs,) cary vs not hence.
16 And wherein now shal it be knowen, that I and thy people haue founde fauour in thy sight? shal it not be when thou goest with vs? so I, and thy people shal haue preeminence before all the people that are vpon the earth.
17 And the Lord said vnto Mosés, I wil do this also that thou hast said: for thou hast founde grace in my sight, and I knowe thee by name.
18 Againe he said, I beseche thee, shewe me thyThy face, thy substāce, and thy maiestie. glorie.
19 And he answered, I wil make all myMy
〈◊〉
& fatherlie care. good go before thee, and I wilRead chap. 34. vers. 6. 7. proclaime the Na me of the Lord before the. *for I wil sheweFor finding nothing in man that can deserue mercie, he wil frely saue his. mercie to whome I wil shewe mercie, andRom. 9 15. wil haue compassion on whome I wil haue compassion.
20 Further more he said, Thou canst not se my face, for there shal no man se me, andFor Mosés sawe not his face in ful maiestie, but as mans wea kenes colde beare. liue.
21 Also the Lord said, Beholde, (there is) a place byIn mount
〈◊〉
réb. me, and thou shalt stande vpon the rocke:
22 And while my glorie passeth by, I wil put thee in a cleft of the rocke, & wil couer thee with mine hand whiles I passe by.
23 After I wil take away mine hand, and thou shalt semySo muche of my glorie as in this
〈◊〉
life thou art
〈◊〉
to se. backe partes: but my face shall not be sene.
CHAP. XXXIIII.
1 The Tables are renued. 6 The description of God 12. All felowship with idolaters is forbidden. 18 The thre feasts, 28 Moses is 40. daies in the mount. 30. His face shineth, and
〈◊〉
couereth it with a vaile,
1 ANd the Lord said vnto Mosés, *Hewe
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. thee two Tables of stone, like vnto the
first, and I wil write vpō the Tables the wor des that were in the first Tables which thou brakest in pieces.
2 And be ready in the morning, that thou maiest come vp early vnto the mount of Sinai, andEbr, stand
〈◊〉
waite there for me in the top of the mount.
3 But let no man come vp with thee, nether let anie mā be sene throughout al the mount nether let the shepe nor cattell fede before this mount.
4 ¶ Then MosésOr, polished. hewed two Tables of stone like vnto the first, & rose vp early in the morning, and went vp vnto the mount of Sinái, as the Lord had commanded him, and toke in his hand two Tables of stone.
5 And the Lord descended in the cloude, and stode with him there, and proclaimed the Name of the Lord.
6 So the Lorde passed before his face, andThis ought to be
〈◊〉
to the Lord and not to Mosés proclaiming: as Chap 13. vers. 19. cryed, The Lord, the Lord, strong, mercifull, and gracious slow to angre, and abundant in goodnes and trueth.
7 Reseruing mercie for thousands, forgiuing iniquitie, and transgression and sinne, & notEbr. not making innocent. making (the wicked) innocent, * visiting the iniquitie of the fathers vpon the childrē
Deut. 5. 9. and vpon the childrens children, vnto the
〈◊〉
. 32. 18. third and fourth (generacion.)
8 Then Mosés made haste and bowed him self to the earth, and worshipped.
9 And said, ô Lorde, I praye thee, if I haue founde grace ī thy sight, that the Lord wolde now go with vs [Seing the people are thus of na ture, the rulers ha ue nede to cal vpon God, that he wolde al waisbe present with his Spirit. for it is a stifnecked people] and pardone our iniquitie and our sinne and take vs for thine enheritance.
10 And he answered, Beholde, * I will make a couenant before althy people, (and) will do meruels, suche as haue not bene done in allDeut. 5. 2. the world, nether in al nations: & all the peo ple amōg whome thou art, shalse the worke of the Lorde: for it is a terrible thing that I wil do with thee.
11 Kepe diligently that whiche I commande thee this day, beholde, I will cast out before thee the Amorites, and the Canaanites, & the Hittites, and the Perizzites, and the Hiuites, and the Iebusites.
12 * Take hede to thy self, that thou make noDeut. 7.
〈◊〉
. compact with the inhabitants of the land whither thou goest, lest they be the cause ofIf thou followe their wickednes, and pollute thy selfe with their
〈◊〉
. ruine among you:
13 But ye shall ouerthrowe their altars, and breake their images in pieces, & cut downe theirWhiche pleasant places they chosed for their idoles. groues.
14 [For thou shalt bowe downe to none other god, because the Lord, whose Name (is) *Ielous, is a ielous God.]Chap. 20. 5.
15 Lest thou make a * cōpact with the inhabitantsChap. 23. 32. of the land, & when they go a whoringDeut. 7. 2. after their gods, and do sacrifice vnto their gods (some man) call thee and thou * eat of
〈◊〉
. Cor. 8. 10. his sacrifice:
16 And (lest) thou take of their* daughters vnto
〈◊〉
. kyng.
〈◊〉
. 2. thy sonnes, ād their daughters go a whoring after their gods, and make thy sonnes go a whoring after their gods.
17 Thou
〈◊〉
make thee no gods ofAs golde, siluer
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
any thing that is mol ten. metal.
18 ¶ The feast of vnleauened bread shalt thou kepe: seuē dayes shalt thou eat vnleauened bread, as I commanded thee, in the time of the * moneth of Abib: for in the moneth ofChap. 13. 4. Abib thou camest out of Egypt.
19 * Euerie (male,) that (first) openeth theChap. 13. 3. & 22 29
〈◊〉
. 44. 30. wombe (shalbe) mine also the first borne of thy flocke shalbe reconed (mine, bothe) of beues and shepe.
20 But the first of the asse thou shalt bye out with a lambe: and if thou redeme (him) not, then thou shalt breake his necke: al the first borne of thy sonnes shalt thou redeme, and none shal appeare before meWith out of fring some thing empty.
21 ¶ Six dayes thou shalt worke, and in the seuenth day thou shalt rest: bothe in earyng time, and in the haruest thou shalt rest.
22 ¶ * Thou shalt also obserue the feast of wekesChap. 23. 16. (in the time) of the first frutes of wheat haruest, and the feast of gathering (frutes) inWhich was in September,
〈◊〉
the sunne declined, which in the counte of politicall things they called the ende of
〈◊〉
yere. the end of the yere.
23 ¶ Thrise in a yere shal al your men children appeare before the Lorde Iehouáh God of Israel.
24 For I wil cast out the nacions before thee, and enlarge thy coastes, so that no man shallGod
〈◊〉
to defend them and theirs which obey his commā
dement. desire thy land, when thou shalt come vp to appeare before the Lorde thy God thrise in the yere.
25 Thou shalt not offer the blood of my sacrifice with leauen, nether shal ought of the sacrifice of the feast of Passeouer be left vnto the mornyng.
26 The first
〈◊〉
frutes of thy land thou shalt bring vnto the house of the Lorde thy God: (yet) shalt thou notRead chap. 23. 19, Deut. 24 21. se the a kid in his mothers milke.
27 And the Lord said vnto Mosés, Write thouChap. 24. 18. these wordes: for after the tenoure of* theseDeut. 9. 9. wordes I haue made a couenant with thee & with Israél.
28 So he was there with the LordeThis miracle was to confirme the, autoritie of the Lawe, and ought no more to be followed then other
〈◊〉
. fourtie daies and fourtie nights, (and) did nether eat bread nor drinke water and he wrote in the Tables * the wordes of the couenant, (
〈◊〉
) the tenOr, wordes. commandements.
29 ¶So when Mosés came downe frō mountDeut. 4. 13. Sinái, the two Tables of the Testimonie (were) in Mosés hand, as he descended from the mount: [now Mosés wist not that the skin of his face shone bright, after that (God) had talked with him]
30 And aarôn and all the children of Israél loked vpon Mosés, & beholde the skin of his face shone bright, and they wereRead. afraide to come nere him.2. Cor. 3. 7.
31 But Mosés called them: and Aaron and al the chief of the Congregacion returned vnto him: and Mosés talked with them.
32 And after ward al the childrē of Israél came nere, and he charged them with all that the Lord had said vnto him in mount Sinái.
33 So Mosés made an end of communyng with them, *ād had put a couering vpon his2. Cor. 3. 13. face.
34 But when Mosés cameWhich was in the Tabernacle of the Congregaciō
before the Lorde to speake with hym, he toke of the couering vntil he came out: then he came out, & spake vnto the children of Israél that whiche was commanded.
35 And the children of Israél sawe the face of Mosés, how the skin of Mosés face shone bright: therefore Mosés put the coueryng vpon his face, vntil he wentto speake with (God.)
CHAP. XXXV.
2 The Sabbath. 5 The fre gifts are required. 21 The readines of the people to
〈◊〉
. 30 Bezale él and Aholiáb are praised of Mosés.
1 THen Mosés assembled all the Congregacion of the children of Israél, & said vnto thē, These are the wordes whiche the Lorde hathe commanded, that ye shulde do them:
2 *Six dayes thou shalt worke, but the seuēthChap. 20. 8. day shall be vnto you the holyWherein ve shal rest from all bodelie worke. Sabbath of rest vnto the Lord: whosoeuer soeuer doeth (anye) worke therein, shal dye.
3 Ye shall kindle no fire throughout all your habitations vpon the Sabbath day.
4 ¶ Againe, Mosés spake vnto al the Congregacion of the children of Israél, saying, This is the thing which the Lorde commandeth, saying.
5 Take from among you an offring vnto the Lorde: whosoeuer is of a * willing heart, letChap. 25.
〈◊〉
. him bring this offring to the Lord, (namely) golde, and siluer, and brasse.
6 Also blewe silke, and purple, and skarlet, & fine linen, and goates (heere.)
7 And rams skins died red, and badgers skins with Shittim wood:
8 Also oyle for light, and spices for the anointing oyle, and for the swete incense.
9 And onix stones, and stones to be set in the Ephōd, and in the brest plate.
10 And al the wiseRead. hearted among you, shallChap. 28. 3. come and make al that the Lord hath commanded:
11 (That is) the* Tabernacle, the pauilliō therof,Chap. 26. 31. and his couering, & his taches & his boardes, his barres, his pillers and his sockets.
12 The Arke, and the barres thereof: the Merciseat, and the vaile thatWhich
〈◊〉
before the Merci seat that it colde not
〈◊〉
. couereth (it.)
13 The Table, and the barres of it, and all the instruments thereof, and the shewe bread:
14 Also the Candelsticke of light and his instruments and his lampes with the oyle for the light:
15 * Likewise the Altar of perfume & his barres,Chap. 30. 1. and the anointing oyle, and the swete in cense, & the vaile of the dore at the entryng in of the Tabernacle.
16 The * Altar of burnt offring with his brasenChap. 27. 1. grate, his barres and all his instruments, the Lauer and his fote.
17 The hangins of the courte, his pillers and his sockets, and the vaile of the gate of the courte.
18 The pins of the Tabernacle, and the pinsof the courte with their cordes.
19 TheSuch as
〈◊〉
to the serui ce of the Tabernacle. ministryng garments to ministre in the holy place, (and) the holy garments for
〈◊〉
the Priest, and the garments of his sonnes, that they may ministre in the Priests office.
20 ¶ Then all the Congregacion of the children of Israél departed frome the presence of Mosés.
21 And euerie one, whose heartsEbr, lifted him vp. encouraged him, and euerie one, whose spirit made hym willing, came, (and) broght an offring to the Lord, for the worke of the Tabernacle of the Congregaciō, and for al his vses, and for the holy garments.
22 Bothe men and women, as many as were fre hearted, came (and) broghOr, bokes. taches & earings, and rings, & bracelets, al (were) iewels of golde: & euerie one that offred an offring of golde vnto the Lord.
23 Euerie man also, which had blewe silke, and purple, and skarlet, and fiue linen, and goats (heere,) and rams skins died red, & badgers skins, broght (them.)
24 Al that offred an oblation of siluer and of brasse, broght the offrings vnto the Lord: & euerie one, thatEb. with whom was founde. had Shittim wood for anie maner worke of the ministraciō broght (it)
25 And al the women that wereWhiche were witty &
〈◊〉
. wise hearted did spin with their handes; and broght the spun worke, (euen) the blewe silke, and the purple, the skarlet, and the fine linen.
26 Like wise all the women,That is, which were good spinners. whose heartes were moued with knowledge, spun goates (heere.)
27 And the rulers broght onix stones, and stones to be set in the Ephod, and in the brest plate:
28 Also spice, and oyle for light, and for the *Chap. 30, 23. anointing oyle, and for the swete perfume.
29 Euerie man & woman of the children of Israél, whose hearts moued them willingly to bring for all the
〈◊〉
which the Lord had commanded them to makeVsing
〈◊〉
as a ministers thereof. by the hand of Mosés, broght a fre offring to the Lord.
30 ¶ Then Mosés said vnto the children of Israél, Beholde, *the Lord hath called by nameChap. 31,
〈◊〉
. Bezaleél the sonne of Vri, the sonne of Hur of the tribe of Iudáh.
31 And hath filled himOr, with the spirit of God. with an excellēt spirit of wisdome, of vnderstanding, & of knowledge, and in all maner worke.
32 To finde out curious workes, to worke in golde, and in siluer, and in brasse.
33 And in grauing stones to set them, and in karuing of wood, (euen) to make anie maner of fine worke.
34 And he hathe put in his heart that he may teache (other:) bothe he, and Aholiáb the sonne of Abisamách of the tribe of Dan:
35 Thē hathe he filled with wisdome of heart to worke all maner
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
grauing, or
〈◊〉
, or such like Chap,
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. of conning* and broydred, & nedle worke: in blewe silke, and in
purple, in skarlet, and in fine linen and weauing, (euen) to do almaner of worke and sub tile inuentions.
CHAP. XXXVI.
5 The great readines of the people, in somuche that he cō
manded
〈◊〉
to cease. 8 The curtaines made. 19 The coue rings. 20 The boardes. 31 The barres. 35 And the vaile.
1 THen wroght Bezaleél, and Aholiáb, and allEbr. wyse in heart. connyng men, to whome the Lorde gaue wisdome, and vnderstandyng, to know how to worke all maner worke for the seruice of theBy the
〈◊〉
rie he meaneth here all the Tabernacle. Sanctuarie, according to all that the Lord had commanded.
2 For Mosés had called Bezaleél, and Aholiáb, ād all the wise hearted men, in whose hearts the Lord had giuen wisdome, (euen) as manie as their heartes encouraged to come vnto that worke to worke it.
3 And they receiued of Mosés all the osfryng which the children of Israél had broght for the worke of the seruice of the Sanctuarie, to make it: alsoMeanyng the
〈◊〉
. they broght still vnto hym fre gifts euerie morning.
4 So all the wise men, that wroght all the holy worke, came euerie man from his worke which they wroght.
5 And spake to Mosés, saying, The people bring toA rare example and notable to se the people so ready to serue God with their goods. muche, (and) more then ynough for the vse of the worke, whiche the Lorde hathe commanded to be made.
6 Then Mosés gaue a commandement, and they caused it to be proclaimed throughout the hoste, saying, Let nether man nor woman prepare anie more worke for the oblacion of the Sanctuarie. So the people were stayed from offring.
7 For the stuffe they had, was sufficient for all the worke to make it, and to muche.
8 * All the conning men therefore among theChap. 26. 4. workemē, made (for) the Tabernacle ten cur taines of fine twined linen, ād of blewe silke, and purple, ād
〈◊〉
:VVhich were
〈◊〉
pictures with wyngges in the forme of children. Cherubims of broydred worke made they (vpon) them.
9 The length of one curtaine (was) twenty and eyght cubites, and the breadth of one curtaine foure cubites: (and) the curtaines were all of one cise.
10 And he coupled fiue curtaines together, ād other fiue coupled he together.
11 And he made stryngs of blewe silke by the edge of one curtaine, in the seluedge of the coupling: lykewise he made on the side of the (other) curtaine in the seluedge in the seconde coupling.
12 * Fiftie strings made he in the one curtaine,Chap. 26. 10. and fiftie stryngs made he in the edge of the (other) curtaine, whiche was in the seconde coupling: the strings were set one agaynst an other.
13 After, he made fiftieOr,
〈◊〉
. taches of golde, and coupled the curtaines one to an other with the taches: (so) was it one Tabernacle.
14 ¶ Also he made curtaines of goates (heere) for theOr, pauillion. couering vpon the Tabernacle: he made thē (to the nomber) of eleuē curtaines.
15 The length of one curtaine (had) thirty cubites, and the breadth of one curtaine foure cubites: the eleuen curtaines (were) of one cise.
16 And he coupled fiue curtaines by themselues, and six curtaines by themselues.
17 Also he made fiftie strings vpon the edge of (one) curtain in the seluedge in the coupling and fiftie stryngs made he vpon the edge of the (other) curtaine in the secōde coupling.
18 He made also fiftie taches of brasse to couple the coueryng that it might be one.
19 And he made aThese two were aboue the couering of goates heere. coueryng vpon the pauillion of rams skins died red, and a coueryng of badgers skins aboue.
20 ¶ Likewise he made the boardes for the Ta bernacle of ShittimAnd to beare vp the curtaines of the Tabernacle. wood to stand vp.
21 The length of a boarde (was) ten cubites, and the breadth of one boarde (was) a cubite, and an halfe.
22 One boarde had two tenons, set in ordre as the fete of a ladder, one againste an other: thus made he for all the boardes of the Tabernacle.
23 So he make twentie boardes for the South side of the Tabernacle, euen ful South.
24 And fourtie
〈◊〉
of siluer made he vnder the twentie boardes, two sockets vnder the boarde for his two tenons, and two sockets vnder another boarde for his two tenons.
25 Also for the other side of the Tabernacle towarde the North, he made twentie boardes.
26 And their fourtie sockets of siluer, two sockets vnder one boarde, and two sockets vnder another boarde.
27 Likewise towardesOr toward the sea whiche was the sea called me
〈◊〉
west warde frome Ierusalem. the Westside of the Ta bernacle he made six boardes.
28 And two boardes made he in the corners of the Tabernacle, for
〈◊〉
side.
29 And they were*
〈◊〉
beneth, and lykewiseChap. 26. 24. were made sure aboue with a ring: thus he did to bothe in bothe corners.
30 So there were eyght boardes and their sixtene sockets of siluer, vnder euerie boarde two sockets.
31 ¶ After, he made* barres of Shittim wood,Chap. 25.
〈◊〉
. and 30.
〈◊〉
. fiue for the boardes in the one side of the Ta bernacle.
32 And fiue barres for the boardes in the other side of the Tabernacle, and fiue barres for the boarde of the Tabernacle on the side towarde the West.
33 And he made the middest barre to shote through the boardes, frome the one end to the other.
34 He ouerlaied also the boardes with golde, and made theyr ryngs of golde for places for the barres, and couered the barres wyth golde.
35 ¶ Moreouer he made aVVhiche was betwene the Sā
ctuarie and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of all. vaile of blewe silke, and purple, and of skarlet, and of fine twined linen: with Cherubims of broydred worke made he it:
36 And made thereunto foure pillers of
〈◊〉
,
and ouerlaied them with golde: whoseOr, heades. hokes (were also) of golde, and he caste for them foure sockets of siluer.
37 And he made anVVhich was betwene the court and the Sanctuarie. hanging for the Tabernacle dore, of blewe silke, ād purple, ād skarlet, and
〈◊〉
wined linen, (and) nedle worke.
38 And the fiue pillers of it with their hokes, and ouerlayed their chapiters and theirOr, grauen bor ders. filets with golde, but their fiue sockets (were) of brasse.
CHAP. XXXVII.
1 The Arke. 6 The Merciseat. 10 The Table. 17 The Candelstickc. 25 The Altar of incense.
1 AFter thys, Bezaleél made the * Arke ofChap. 25. 10. Shittim wood, two cubites and an halfe long, and a cubite and an halfe broade, and a cubite and an halfe hie:
2 And ouerlayed it with fine golde within and without, and made aLyke battelments. crowne of golde to it round about.
3 And caste for it foure ryngs of golde for the foure corners of it: that is, two rings for the one side of it, and two rynges for the other side thereof.
4 Also he made barres of Shittim wood, and co uered them with golde.
5 And put the barres in the ryngs by the sides of the Arke, to beare the Arke.
6 ¶ And he made the * Merciseat of pure golde:Chap. 25. 17. two cubites and an halfe (was) the length thereof, and one cubite and an halfe the breadth thereof.
7 And he made two Cherubims of golde, vpon two ends of the Merciseat: (euen) of worke beaten with the hammer made he them.
8 One Cherub on the one end, and an other Cherub on the other end:Of the selfe same
〈◊〉
that the Mertiseat Was. of the Merciseat made he the Cherubims, as the two endes thereof.
9 And the Cherubims spred out their wyngs on hie, and couered the Merciseat with their wings, and their faces (were) one towardes an other: toward the Merciseat were the faces of the Cherubims.
10 ¶ Also he made the Table of Shittim wood: two cubites (was) the length thereof, and a cubite the breadth therof, and a cubite and an halfe the height of it.
11 And he ouerlaied it with fine golde, & made therto a crowne of golde round about.
12 Also he made thereto a border of anOr, foure fingers hand breadth rounde about, and made vpon the border a crowne of golde round about.
13 And he cast for it foure rings of golde, and put the rings in the foure corners that (were) in the foure fete thereof.
14 Againste the border were the rings, as places for the barres to beare the Table.
15 And he made the barres of Shittim wood, and couered them wyth golde to beare the Table.
16 * Also he made the instruments for the TableChap. 25. 23. of pure golde: dishes for it, and (incens) cups for it, and goblets for it, and couerings for it, where with it shulde be couered.
17 ¶ Like wyse he made the Candelsticke of pure golde: of worke beaten out with the hammer made he the Candelsticke: (and) hysshafte, and hys branche, hys bolles, hys knops, and his floures were of one piece.
18 And six branches came out of the sides ther of: thre branches of the Candelsticke out of the one side of it, and thre branches of the Candelsticke out of the other side of it.
19 In one branche thre bolles made lyke almondes, a knop and a floure: and in an other branche thre bolles made lyke almondes, a knop and a floure: (and) so throughout the six branches that proceded out of the Candelsticke.
20 And vpon the Candelsticke (were) foure bolles after the faciō of almōdes, the knops thereof and the floures thereof.
21 That is, vnder euerie two branches a knop (made) therof, and a knop vnder the second branche thereof, and a knop vnder the third branche thereof, accordyng to the six branches comining out of it.
22 Their knops and their branches were of the same: it was all one * beaten worke ofChap. 25. 38. pure golde.
23 And he made for it seuen lampes with the snuffets, and snufdishes therof of pure gold.
24 Of aRead chapter, 25. 39. talent of pure golde made he it with all the instruments thereof.
25 Furthermore he made the * perfume altarChap. 30. 34. of Shittim wood: the length of it (was) a cubite, and the breadth of it a cubite [it was square] and two cubites hie, (and) the hornes thereof was of the same.
26 And he couered it with pure golde, bothe the top and the sides there of rounde about, and the hornes of it, and made vnto it a crowne of golde round about.
27 And he made two rings of golde for it, vnder the crowne thereof in the two corners of the two sides thereof, to put barres in for to beare it therewith.
28 Also he made the barres of Shittim wood, and ouerlaied them with golde.
29 And he made the holy * anoyntyng oyle,Chap. 30.
〈◊〉
. and the swete pure incense after the apotecaries arte.
CHAP. XXXVIII.
1 The Altar of burnt offrings. 8 The brasen Lauer. 9 The Courte. 24 The summe of that the people offred.
1 ALso he made the altar of the burnt offring * of Shittim woode: fiue cubitesChap. 27.
〈◊〉
(was) the length thereof, and fiue cubites the breadth thereof: (it was) square and thre cubites hie.
2 And he made vnto it hornes in the foure cor ners thereof: the hornes thereof were of the same, and he ouerlaied it with brasse.
3 Also he made al the instruments of the Altar:Chap. 27.
〈◊〉
the * ashpans, and the besomes, and the basins, the fleshokes, and theOr, fyre
〈◊〉
censers: all the instruments thereof made he of brasse.
4 Moreouer he made a brasen grate wroght like a net to the Altar, vnder the compas of
beneth in theSo that the grid
〈◊〉
or gra te was halfe so hie as the altar, and stode within it. middes of it,
5 And cast foure rings of brasse for the foure ends of the grate to put barres in.
6 And he made the barres of
〈◊〉
wood, & couered them with brasse.
7 The which barres he put into the rings on the sides of the altar to beare it with all, and made it holowe (within) the boardes.
8 ¶ Also he made the Lauer of brasse, and the fote of it of brasse of theR. Kimhisaith that the women broght their loking glasses, which were of
〈◊〉
or fine
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
them frely vnto the vse of the Ta bernacle: which was a bright thīg and of great ma iestie. glasses of the women that did assemble and came together at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
9 ¶ Finally he made the courte on the Southside ful Southe: the hangings of the courte (were) of
〈◊〉
twined linen, hauing an hundreth cubites.
10 Their pillers (were) twentie, and their brasen sockets twentie: the hokes of the pillers and their filets (were) of siluer.
11 And on the Northside (the hangings were) an hundreth cubites: their pillers twentie, & their sockets of brasse twentie, the hokes of the pillers and their filets of
〈◊〉
.
12 On the Westside also (were) hangings of fiftie cubites, their ten pillers with their ten sockets: the hokes of the pillers and their filets of siluer.
13 And toward the Eastside, ful East, (were hangings) of fiftie cubites.
14 The hangings of the one side (were) fiftene cubites, their thre pillers, and their thre sockets:
15 * And of the other side of the courte gateChap. 27. 14. on bothe sides (were) hangings of fiftene cubites, (with) their thre pillers and their thre sockets.
16 All the hangings of the courte round about (were) of fine twined linen:
17 But the
〈◊〉
of the pillers (were) of brasse: the hokes of the pillers and their filets of siluer, and the couering of their chapiters of siluer: and all the pillers of the courte were hooped about with siluer.
18 (He made) also the hanging of the gate of the courte of nedle worke, blewe silke, and purple, and skarlet, and fine twined linen euen twentie cubites long, and fiue cubites in height and breadth,Ebr. ouer against. like the hangings of the courte.
19 And their pillers (were) foure with their foure sockets of brasse: their hokes of siluer and the couering of their chapiters, ād their filets of siluer.
20 But all the * pins of the Tabernacle and ofChap. 27.
〈◊〉
. the courte round about (were) of brasse.
21 ¶ These are the partes of the Tabernacle, (I meane,) of the Tabernacle of the Testimonie, which was appointed by the commandement of Mosés for the office of theThat the Leuites might haue the charge there of, and minister in the same, as did Eleazer and Ithamár. Leuites by the hand of Ithamár sonne to Aaron the Priest.
22 So Bezaleél the sonne of Vri the sonne of Hur of the tribe of Iudáh, made all that the Lord commanded Mosés.Nomb. 3. 4.
23 And with him Aholiáb sonne of Ahisamách of the tribe of Dan, aAs a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. cunning workeman and an embroyderer and a worker of nedleChap.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. worke in blewe silke, and in purple, and in skarlet, and in
〈◊〉
linen.
24 All the golde that was occupied in all the worke wroght for the holy place [which was the golde of the offring] was nine and twentie talents, and seuen hundreth and thir tie shekels, according to the shekel of the Sanctuarie.
25 But the siluer of them that were nombred in the Congregacion, (was) an hundreth talents, and a thousand seuen hundreth seuentie and fiue shekels, after the shekel of the Sanctuarie.
26 AOr, halfe a
〈◊〉
. portion for a man, (that is,) halfe a shekel after the shekel of the Sanctuarie, for all them that were nombred from twentie yere olde and aboue, among six hundreth thousand, and thre thousand, and fiue hundreth and fiftie men.
27 Moreouer there were an hundreth talents of siluer, to cast the sockets of the Sanctuarie, and the sockets of the vaile: an hundreth sockets of an hundreth talens, a talent for a socket.
28 But he made the hokes for the pillers of a thousand seuen hundreth and seuentie and fiue (shekels) and ouerlaied their chapiters, and made filets about them.
29 Also the brasse of the offring (was) seuentieRead the weigh of a
〈◊〉
, talents, and two thousand, and foure hundreth shekels.
30 Whereof he made the sockets to the doreChap.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. of the Tabernacle of the Congregation and the brasen Altar, and the brasengrate which was for it, with all the instruments of the Altar,
31 And the sockets of the courte round about and the sockets for the courte gate, and all the * pins of the Tabernacle, and all the pinsChap.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. of the courte round about.
CHAP. XXXIX.
1 The apparel of Aarón and his sonnes. 32 All that the Lord commanded, was made, and finished. 43 Mosés blesseth the people.
1 MOreouer they madeAs couerings for the
〈◊〉
, the Candelsticke, the Altars and suche like. garments of ministration to ministre in the Sanctuarie of blewe silke, and purple, and skarlet: thei * made also the holy garments for Aarón, as the Lord had commanded Mosés.Chap.
〈◊〉
. 10. & 35. 19.
2 So he made the Ephód of golde, blewe silke and purple, and skarlet, and fine twined linen.
3 And they did beate the golde into thin plates, and cut it into wiers, to worke it in the blewe silke and in the purple, and in the skar let, & in the fine linē, with broydred worke.
4 For the which thei made shulders to couple together: (for) it was closed by the two edges thereof.
5 And the broydred garde of his Ephód that was vpon him, was of the same stuffe, and of like worke: (euen) of golde, of blewe silke, &
purple, and skarlet, and fine twined linen, as the Lord had commanded Mosés.
6 ¶ And they wroght * (two) onix stones closedChap 28 9. in ouches of golde, and graued, asThat is of very sine and curious Workmanship. signets are grauen, with the names of the children of Israél,
7 And put thē on the shulders of the Ephód, (as) stones for a * remembrance of the childrenChap 28.
〈◊〉
. of Israél, as the Lord had commanded Mosés.
8 ¶ Also he made the brest plate of broydred worke like the worke of the Ephód (to wit) of golde, blewe silke, and purple, and skarlet, and fine twined linen.
9 They made the brest plate double, and it was square, an hand breadth long, & an hand breadth broad: (it was also) double.
10 And they filled it with foure rowes of stones. The ordre (was thus,)
〈◊〉
ruby, a topaze, & a carbuncle in the first rowe.
11 And in the seconde rowe, an emeraude, a saphir, and a diamond:
12 Also in the third rowe,Or, a
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
stone autors Write that it
〈◊〉
of the vrine of the beast called
〈◊〉
. a turkeis, an a chate and an hematite:
13 Like wise in the fourte rowe, a chrysolite, an onix, and a iasper: closed and set in ouches of golde.
14 So the stones (were) according to the names of the children of Israél, (euen) twelueThat is euerie tribe had his name Written in a stone, after their names, grauē like signets euerie one after his name accordig to the twelue tribes
15 After, they made vpon the brest place cheines at the endes, of wrethen worke and pure golde.
16 They made also two bosses of golde, & two golde rings, and put the two rings in the two corners of the brest plate.
17 And they put the two wrethen cheines of golde in the two rings, in the corners of the brest plate.
18 Also the two (other) endes of the two wrethen cheines they fastened in the two bosses and put them on the shulders of the Ephód vpon the fore fronte of it.
19 Likewise they made two rings of golde, & put them in the two (other) corners of the brest plate vpon the edge of it, which was on the inside of the Ephód.
20 They made also two (other) golden rings, & put them on the two sides of the Ephod, beneth on the fore side of it and ouer against his coupling aboue the broydred garde of the Ephód.
21 Then they fastened the brest plate by his rings vnto the rings of the Ephód, with a lace of blewe silke, that it might be (fast) vpō the broydred garde of the Ephód, and that the brest plate shulde not be losed from the Ephód, as the Lord had commanded Mosés.
22 ¶ Moreouer he made the robe of theWhich Was next vnder the Ephod. Ephód of wouen worke, altogether of blewe silke.
23 AndWhere he shuld put through his head. the hole of the robe (was) in the middes of it, as the coller of an habergeon, with an edge about the coller, that it shulde not rent.
24 And they made vpon the skirtes of the robe pomegranates, of blewe silke, & purple, and skarlet, and (fine linen) twined.
25 They made also * belles of pure golde, andChap. 28. 3
〈◊〉
. put the belles betwene the pomegranates vpon the skirtes of the robe rounde about betwene the pomegranates.
26 A bel and a pomegranate, a bel and a pomegranate round about the skirtes of the robe to minister in, as the Lord had commanded Mosés.
27 ¶ After, they made coates of fine linen, of wouen worke for Aarón and for his sonnes.
28 And the mitre of fine linen, and goodlie bon nets of fine linen, and linen * breches of fineChap. 28. 4. twined linen,
29 ¶ And the girdel of fine twined linen, and of blewe silke, and purple, and skarlet, (euē) of nedle worke, as the Lord had commanded Mosés.
30 ¶ Finally thei made the plate for the holy crowne of fine golde, and wrote vpon it a superscription (like) to the grauing of a signet * HOLINES TO THE LORD.Chap. 28. 3.
31 And thei tied vnto it a lace of blewe, silke to fasten it on hye vpon the mitre, as the Lord had commanded Mosés.
32 ¶ Thus was all the worke of the Tabernacle, (euen) of the * Tabernacle of the CōgregacionChap. 27.
〈◊〉
. finished: and the children of Israél did according to all that the Lord had commanded Mosés: so did thei.
33 ¶ Afterwarde thei broght the Tabernacle vnto Mosés, the Tabernacle and all his instru mēts, his taches, his boardes, his barres, and his pillers, and his sockets,
34 And the couering of rammes skins died red and the couerings of badgers skinnes, and theSo called, because it hanged before the
〈◊〉
seat and
〈◊〉
it from sight. couering vaile,
35 The Arke of the Testimonie, and the barres there of, and the Merciseat.
36 The Table, with all the instruments thereof,Chap. 35. 12. and the she we bread,
37 The pure Candel sticke, the lampes thereof (euen) the lampesOr, Which Aa ron dressed and
〈◊〉
With oyle euerie morning. set in ordre, and all the in struments thereof, and the oyle for light:
38 Also the golden Altar and the anointing oyle and the swete incens, and the hanging of the Tabernacle dore,Chap. 30. 7.
39 The brasen Altar with his grate of brasse, his barres and all his instruments, the Lauer and his fote.
40 The curtaines of the court with his pillers and his sockets, and the hāging to the courte gate, (and) his cordes, and his pinnes, and all the instruments of the seruice of the Tabernacle, (called) the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
41 (Finally,) the ministring garmente to serue in the Sanctuarie, (and) the holy garmēts for Aarón the Priest, and his sonnes garments to minister in the Priests office,
42 According to euerie point that the Lord hadSignifiyng that in Gods matters man may nether adde nor
〈◊〉
nish. cōmanded Mosés, so the children of Israél
made all the worke.
43 And Mosés behelde al the worke, and beholde, they had done it as the Lord had commanded: so had they done: and MosésPraised God for the peoples diligence and praied for them. blessed them.
CHAP. XL.
1 The tabernacle with the apperteinances is reared vp. 34 The glorie of the Lorde appeareth in the cloude couering the Tabernacle.
1 THen the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying.
2 In theAfter that Mo sés had bene. 40. daies & 40 nights inthe mount that is, frō the beginning of August to the 10. of Sept. he came downe, & caused this worke to be done: whiche being finished, was set vp in Abib, whiche moneth conteineth half Marche & halfe April Read chap. 26. 35. (first) day of the first moneth in the (very) first (of the same) moneth shalt thou set vp the Tabernacle, (called) the Tabernacle of the Congregacion:
3 And thou shalt put therein the Arke of the Testimonie, and couer the Arke with the vaile.
4 Also thou shalt bryng in the * Table, and set it in ordre as it doeth require: thou shalt also bryng in the Candelsticke, and light his lampes.
5 And thou shalt set the incense AltarThat is, the altar of perfume, or to
〈◊〉
incense on. of golde before the Arke of the Testimonie, & put theThis hangyng or vaile was betwene the Sanctuarie and the
〈◊〉
. hangyng at the dore of the Tabernacle.
6 Moreouerthou shalt set the burnt offryng Altar before the dore of the Tabernacle (cal led) the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
7 And thou shalt set the Lauer betwene the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and the Altar, and put water therein.
8 Then thou shalt appoint the courte round about, ād hang vp the hanging at the courte gate.
9 After, thou shalt take the anointing oyle, & anoint the Tabernacle, and al that is therein, and halowe it with al the instruments therof that it may be holye.
10 And thou shalt anoint the Altar of the burnt offring, and al his instruments, and shalt sanctifie the Altar, that itmay be an altar moste holy.
11 Also thou shalt anoint the Lauer & his fote, and shalt sanctifie it.
12 Then thou shalt bring Aarōn & his sonnes vnto the dore of the Tabernacle of the Con gregacion, and wash them with water.
13 And thou shalt put vppon Aarōn the holy garments, and shalt anoint him, and sanctifie hym that he may minister vnto me in the Priests office.
14 Thou shalt also bring his sonnes, and cloth them with garments.
15 And shalt anoint them as thou diddest anoint their father, that they may minister vnto me in the Priests office: for their anointyng shal be (a signe,) that the priesthodeTill bothe the priesthode & the ceremonies shuld ende, whiche was at Christes comming. shalbe euerlastyng vnto them throughout their generacions.
16 So Mosés did according to al that the Lord had commanded him: so did he.Nomb. 7. 1.
17 ¶ * Thus was the Tabernacle reared vp the first day of the first moneth inAfter thei came out of Egypt. the seconde yere.Nomb. 7 1.
18 Then Mosés reared vp the Tabernacle and fastened his sockets, and set vp the boardes thereof, and put in the barres of it, and reared vp his pillers.
19 And he spred the couering ouer the Tabernacle, and put the coueryng of that couering on hie aboue it, as the Lorde had commanded Mosés.
20 ¶ And he toke and put theThat is, the tables of the Lawe Chap. 31. 18. and 34. 20. Testimonie in the Arke, and put the barres in (the rings) of the Arke, and set the Merciseat on hie vpon the Arke.
21 He broght also the Arke into the Tabernacle, and hanged vp the * coueryng vaile,Chap. 35, 12. and couered the Arke of the Testimonie, as the Lord had commanded Mosés.
22 ¶ Furthermore he put the Table in the Tanacle of the Congregacion in the Northside of the Tabernacle, without the vaile.
23 And set the bread in ordre before the Lord as the Lord had commanded Mosés.
24 ¶ Also he put the Candelsticke in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion ouer against the Table towarde the Southside of the Tabernacle.
25 And heOr, setvp. lighted the lampes before the Lord as the Lord had commanded Moses.
26 ¶ Moreouer he set the golden Altar in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion before the vaile.
27 And burnt swete incense thereon, as the Lord had commanded Mosés.
28 ¶ Also he hanged vp the vaile at theBetwene the Sanctuarie & the courte. dore of the Tabernacle.
29 After, he set the burnt offryng Altar (without) the dore of the Tabernacle, (called) the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, & offred the burnt offring and the sacrifice thereon, as the Lord had commanded Mosés.
30 ¶ Likewise he set thē Lauer betwene the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, and the Altar, and powred water therein to wash with.
31 So Mosés, and Aarôn, and his sonnes, washed their hands and their fete thereat.
32 When thei went into the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, and when they approched to the Altar, they washed, as the Lorde had commanded Mosés.
33 Finally he reared vp the court round about the Tabernacle and the Altar, and hāged vp the vaile at the court gate: so Mosés finished the worke.Nomb 9. 15.
34 ¶ * Then the cloude couered the Taberna1. king 8. 10. cle of the Congregacion, and the glorie of the Lord filled the Tabernacle.
35 So Mosés colde not entre into the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, because the cloude abode thereon, and the glorie of the Lord filled the Tabernacle.
36 Now when the cloude ascended vp frome the Tabernacle, the children of Israél went forwarde in all their iourneis.
37 But if the cloude ascended not, then they iourneied not til the day that it ascended.
38 ForThus the presence of God pre serued & guided thē night & day til they came to the lād promised the cloude of the Lorde (was) vpō the
Tabernacle by day, & fire was in it by night, in the sight of al the house of Israél, through out all their iorneies.
THE THIRD BOKE OF Mosés, calledBecause in this boke is chiefly in treated of the Leuites, & of things perteining to their office. Leuiticus.
THE ARGVMENT.
AS God daily by moste singular benefites declared him selfe to be min deful of his Church: so he wolde not that they shulde haue anie occasion to trust ether in them selues, or to depend vpon others for lacke of temporal things, or ought that belonged to his diuine seruice and religion. Therefore he ordeined diuers kindes of oblations and sacrifices, to assure them of forgiuenes of their offenses. [if they offred them in true faith and obedience] Also he appointed their Priests and Leuites, their apparel, offices, conuersation and portion: he shewed
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
shulde obserue, & in what times. Moreouer he declared by these sacrifices ād ceremonies that the
〈◊〉
of sinne is death, & that without the blood of Christ the innocent Lābe there can be no forgiuenes of sinnes. And because they shulde giue no place to their owne inuentions [which thing God moste detesteth as appeareth by the terrible exāple of Nadáb & Abihū] he prescribed euen to the least things, what they shulde do, as what beastes they shulde offre & eat: what diseases were contagious and to be auoyded: what ordre they shulde take foral maner of
〈◊〉
and pollution: whose companie they shulde
〈◊〉
: what mariages were
〈◊〉
: and what
〈◊〉
lawes were profitable. whiche things declared, he promised fauour and blessing to them that kept his Lawes, and threatened his curse to them that
〈◊〉
them.
CHAP. I.
2 Of burnt offrings for particular persons.
〈◊〉
10. & 14 The maner to offre burnt offringes aswell of bullokes, as of shepe and birdes.
1 NOw theHereby Mosés declareth that he
〈◊〉
nothyng to the people but that which here ceiued of God. Lord called Mosés, & spake vnto him out of the Tabernacle of the Cōgregaciō, saying
2 Speake vnto the children of Israél, & thou shalt say vnto thē, If anie of you offer a sacrifice vnto the Lorde, ye shall offer you sacrifice ofSo they colde
〈◊〉
of none other sort, but of those Which Were commanded. cattel, (as) of beues and of the shepe.
3 * If his sacrifice (be) a burnt offring of the herde, he shal offer a male without blemish,Exod. 29. 10. presenting him of his owne voluntary wil at the dore of theMeanīg Within the court of the
〈◊〉
. Tabernacle of the Congre gacion before the Lord.
4 And he shal put his hand vpon the head of the burnt offring and it shalbe acceptedEbr. to him. to (the Lord,) to be his atonement.
5 AndThe Priest or
〈◊〉
. he shall kill the bullocke before the Lord, & the Priestes Aarons sonnes shal offer the blood, and shall sprinkle it round about vpō theOf the burnt of
〈◊〉
. Exod, 27. 1. altar, that is by the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
6 Then shall he fley the burnt
〈◊〉
and cut it in pieces.
7 So the sonnes of Aarón the Priest shall put fire vpō the altar, and lay the wood in ordre vpon the fire:
8 Then the Priestes Aarons sonnes shal lay the partes in ordre, the head & the kall vpō the"Or, the body of the breast or the
〈◊〉
. wood that is in the fire which is vpō the altar
9 But the in wardes thereof & the legs therof he shal wash in water, & the Priest shal burne all on the altar: (for) it is a burnt offryng, an oblation made by fire a swete sauourOr a sauour of rest, Which pacifieth the angre of the Lord. vnto the Lord.
10 ¶ And if his sacrifice for the burnt offrīg (be) as of the flockes [(as) of the shepe, or of the goates] he shal offer a male without blemish
11 Read vers. 5. And he shal kil it on the Northside of the altar Before the altar of the Lord. before the Lord, and the Priestes Aarons sonnes shal sprinkle the blood thereof round about vpon the Altar.
12 And he shall cut it in Ebr. into his pieces. pieces, (separatyng) his head and his Or, fat. kall and the Priest shall lay them in ordre vpon the wood that (lieth) in the fire which is on the altar:
13 But he shal wash the in wardes, and the legs with water, & the Priest shal offer the whole and burne it vpon the altar: (for) it is a burnt offring, an oblation made by fire for a swete sauour vnto the Lord.
14 ¶ And if his sacrifice (be) a burnt offring to the Lord of the foules, thē he shal offer his sa crifice of the turtle doues, or of the yong pigeons.
15 And the Priest shal bring it vnto the altar, & The
〈◊〉
Worde signifieth to pinch of With the nayle wring the necke of it a sunder, and burne it on the altar: and the blood there of shal be shed vpon the side of the altar.
16 And he shall plucke out his mawe with his"Or, strained, or pressed. fethers, and cast them beside the altar on the On the side of the courtegat in the pānes, Which stode With ashes Exod. 27. 3. East part in the place of the ashes.
17 And he shall cleaue it with his wings, (but) not deuide it a sundre: & the Priest shal burne it vpon the altar vpō the wood that is in the fire: (for) it is a burnt offrīg, an oblatiō made by fire for a swete sauour vnto the Lord.
CHAP. II.
1 The meat offring is after thre sortes: of fine floure vnbaken. 4 Of bread baken. 14 And of corne in the eare.
1 ANd when anie wil offer a Because the burnt offring cold not be With out the meat offring. meat offring vnto the Lord, his offring shalbe of fine floure, and he shal poure oyle vpon it, & put incenseth ereon.
2 And shall bring it vnto Aarons sonnes the Priests, & The Priest. he shal take thēce his handful of the floure, & of the oyle with al the incense, and the Priest shal burne it for a To signifie that God remembreth him that offreth. memoriall vpon the altar: (for) it is an offring made by fire for a swete sauour vnto the Lord.
3 * But the remnant of the meat offryng (shalEccle. 7. 34. be) Aarons & his sonnes: (for) it is Therfore none colde eat of it but the Priests. most holy of the Lords offrings made by fire.
4 ¶ If thou bring also a meat offring baken in the ouen, (it shalbe) an vnleauened cake of fine floure mingled with oyle, or an vnlea uened wafer anointed with oyle.
5 ¶ But if thy Which is a gift offred to God to pacifie him. meat offring (be) an oblation of the friyng pan, it shalbe of fine floure vnleauened, mingled with oyle.
6 And thou shalt parte it in pieces, and powre oyle thereon: (for) it is a meat offring.
7 ¶ And if thy meat offring (be) an oblation (made) in the caudron, it shalbe made of fine floure with oyle.
8 After, thou shalt bring the meat offring [that is made of these things] vnto the Lord, and shalt present it vnto the Priest, and he shal bring it to the altar,
9 And the Priest shal take from the meat offringVers. 2. a * memorial of it, & shal burne it vponExod. 29. 18, the altar: (for) it is an oblation * made by fire for a swete sauour vnto the Lord.
10 But that which is left of the meat offring, (shalbe) Aarons & his sonnes: (for it is) moste holy of the offrings of the Lord made by fire.
11 All the meat offrings which ye shal offer vnto the Lord, shalbe made without leauen: for ye shal nether burne leauen nor hony in any offring of the Lord made by fire.
12 ¶ (In) the oblation of the first frutes ye shal offer That is, frutes, Which are swete as hony, ye may offer. them vnto the Lord, but they shal not be burnt But
〈◊〉
for the Priests. Mar. 9. 49. vpon the altar for a swete sauour.
13 [All the meat offrings also shalt thou season with * salt, nether shalt thou suffre the salt of the Which thei Were bound (as by a couenant) to vse in all sacri fice, couenant of thy God to be lacking frō thy meat offring, (but) vpon all thine oblations thou shalt offer salt]
14 If then thou offer a meat offring of thy first frutes vnto the Lord, thou shalt offer for thyNomb. 18.
〈◊〉
. meat offring of thy first frutes * eares of corEzek, 43. 24. or it meaneth a sure and pure couenant. ne dried by the fire, and wheat beaten out of Or,
〈◊〉
eares for the Worde signifieth a
〈◊〉
field. the grene eares.
15 After, thou shalt put oyle vpon it, and laieChap. 23. 14. incense thereon: (for) it is a meat offring.
16 And the Priest shal burne the memorial of it (euen) of that that is beaten and of the oyle of it with all the incense thereof: (for) it is an offring vnto the Lord made by fire.
CHAP. III.
1 The maner of peace offrings, and beasts for the same. 17. The Israclites may nether eat fat, nor blood.
ALso if his oblation (be) a A
〈◊〉
of thākesgiuing offred for peace & prosperitie ether generally or pat ticularly. peace offring, if he wil offer of the droue [whether it be male or female] he shal offer suche as is without blemish, before the Lord,
2 And shal put his hand vpon the head of his offring, and kil it at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion: and Aarons sonnes the Priests shal sprinckle the blood vpon the altar round about.
3 So he shal offer One parte Was burnt, an other Wasto the Priests and the third to him that offred. Exod 29. 29. (parte) of the peace offrigs (as) a sacrifice made by fire vnto the Lord, (euen) the * fat that couereth the inwardes, and all the fat that is vpon the inwardes,
4 He shal also take away the two kidneis, and the fat that is on them, and vpon Or, the Which kidneis are nere the
〈◊〉
. the flanks and the kall on the liuer with the kidneis.
5 And Aarons sonnes shal burne it on the altar with the burnt offring, whiche is vpon the wood, that is on the fire: (this is) a sacrifice made by fire for a swete sauourvnto the lord
6 ¶ Also if his oblation (be) a peace offring vn to the Lord out of the flocke, whether it be In the peace of fring it Was indifferent to offre ether male or female, but in the burnt offring onely the male: so
〈◊〉
be offred no birdes,
〈◊〉
in the burnt offring they might: all there Was
〈◊〉
With fire, & in the peace offting but a parte male or female, he shall offer it without blemish.
7 If he offer a lambe for his oblation, then he shall bring it before the Lord.
8 And lay his hand vpon the head of his offring, and shall kill it before the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, and Aarons sonnes shal sprinkle the blood therof round about vpon the altar.
9 After, of the peace offrings he shal offer The bu
〈◊〉
offring Was Wholy consemed, & of the offring made by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the in Wardes &c. Were burnt: the shulder & breast, With the two chawes and the ma We Were the Priests, & the rest his that offred. an offring made by fire vnto the Lord: he shall take awai the fat thereof, & the rumpe altogether, hard by the backe bone, and the far that couereth the inwardes, and all the fat that is vpon the inwardes.
10 Also he shall take away the two kidneis, with the fat that is vpō thē, & vpō the * flāks and the kal vpon the liuer with the kidneis.
11 Then the Priest shal burne it vpon the altar (as) the meat of an offrings made by fire vnto the Lord.
〈◊〉
. 4.
12 ¶ Also if his offring (be) a goat, then shal he offer it before the Lord.
13 And shall put his hand vpon the head of it, and kil it before
〈◊〉
at the Northside of the altar, Chap. 1. 1. the Tabernacle of the Cō gregacion, and the sonnes of Aarón shall sprinkle the blood thereof vpon the altar roundabout.
14 Then he shal offer there of his offring (euē) an offring made by fire vnto the Lord, the fat that couereth the inwardes, & al the fat that is vpon the inwardes.
15 Also he shal take away the two kidneis, and the fat that is vpon thē, and vpon the flanks and the kal vpon the liuer with the kidneis.
16 So the Priest shal burne thē vpon the altar, (as) the meat of an offring made by fire for a swete sauour: * all the fat (is) the Lords.Chap. 7. 25.
17 (This shalbe) a perpetual ordināce for your generacions, throughoutal your dwellings (so that) ye shal eat nether By eatyng fat, Was ment to be carnal & bi blood eatyng, Was signified crueltie. fat nor * blood.
CHAP. IIII.
1 The offring for sinnes done of ignorāce. 3 For the PriestGene. 9. 4.
Chap. 2. 23. 13 The Congregacion. 22 The ruler. 27 And the priuate man.
1 MOreouer the Lord speake vnto Mosés, saying.
2 Speake vnto the children of Israél, saying, If Ebr. a soule. anie shall sinne through That is of negli gēce or ignorāce, specially of the ceremonial lawe for otherwise the punishments for crimes are ap pointed according to the trans gression. ignorāce, in anie of the commandements of the Lord [which oughtnot to be done] but shal do (cōtrarie) to anie of them.
3 If the Meaning the
〈◊〉
Priest. Priest that is anointed do sinne [according to the sinne of the people] thē shall he offer, for his sinne which he hath sinned, a yong bullocke without blemish vnto the Lord for a sinne offring.Nomb. 15. 22.
4 And he shal bring the bullocke vnto the dore
of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion before the Lord, and shal put his hand vpō the bullocks head, andHereby confes sing that he deserued the same punishment which the beast
〈◊〉
. kil the bullocke before the Lord.
5 And the Priest that is anointed shal take of the bullocks blood, and bring it into the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
6 Then the Priest shal dip his finger in the blood, and sprinkle of the blood seuen times before the Lord, before the vaile of theWhich was betwene the
〈◊〉
of all and the Sanctuarie. San ctuarie:
7 The Priest also shal put (some) of the blood before the Lord, vpō the hornes of the altar of swete incens, which is in theWhich was in the courte meaning by the Tabernacle the San ctuarie: and in the, end of this verse it is taken for the courte. Tabernacle of the Congregacion, then shal he powre * all (the rest) of the blood of the bullocke at the fote of the altar of burnt offring, which is at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
8 And he shal take away all the fat of the bullockeChap. 5. 9. for the sinne offring: (to wit,) the fat that couereth the inwardes, and all the fat that is about the inwardes.
9 He shal take away also the two kidneis, and the fat that is vpon them, and vpō the flanks and the kall vpon the liuer with the kidneis.
10 As it was taken away from the bullocke of the peace offrings, and the Priest shal burne them vpon the altar of burnt offring.
11 *But the skin of the bullocke, and all hisExod. 29. 19.
Nomb. 19. 5. flesh, with his head, and his legs, and his inwardes, and his doung (shal he beare out)
12 So he shal cary the whole bulocke out ofEbr. 13. 11. the* hoste vnto a cleane place, where the ashes are powred, and shal burne him on the wood in the fire where the ashes are cast out shal he be burnt.
13 ¶ And if theThe multitude excuseth not the sinne. whole Congregacion of Israél shal sinne through ignorance, and thing be * hid from the eies of the multitude, and haueChap 52. done (against) anie of the commandements of the Lord which shulde not be done and haue offended:
14 When the sinne which they haue committed shalbe knowen, then the Congregacion shal offre a yong bullocke for the sinne, and bring him before the Tabernacle of the Cō gregacion,
15 And theFor all the peo ple colde not lay on their hands: therefore it was
〈◊〉
that the Anciens of the people did it in
〈◊〉
name of all
〈◊〉
Congregaciō
Elders of the Congregacion shal put their hands vpon the head of the bulloc ke before the Lord, andOr, the
〈◊〉
. he shal kil the bullocke before the Lord,
16 Then the Priest that is anointed, shal bring of the bullocks blood into the Tabernacle of the Congregacion,
17 And the Priest shaldip his finger in the blood and sprink le it seuen times before the Lord (euen) before the vaile.
18 Also he shal put (some) of the blood vpon the hornes of the altar, which is before the Lord, that is in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion: then shal he powre all the (rest) of the blood at the fore of the altar of burnt offring, which is at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
19 And he shal take al his fat from hym, andOr, make
〈◊〉
, fume With it. burne it vpon the altar.
20 And (the Priest) shal do with this bullocke, as he did with the bullocke for (his) sinne: so shal he do with this: so the Priest shal make an atonement for them, and it shalbe forgiuen them.
21 For he shal carie the bullocke without the hoste, and burne him as he burned the first bullocke (for) it is an offring for the sinne of the Congregacion.
22 ¶ When a ruler shall sinne, and do through ignorance (against) anie of the commandements of the Lord his God, which shuld not be done and shal offende.
23 If one shewe vnto him his sinne whiche he hathe committed, then shal he bring for hys offring anOr, the male goat of the folde he goat without blemish.
24 And shal lay his hand vpon the head of the he goat, and kil it inThat is the Priest shal kill it for it Was not lawful for anie out of that office to kil the beast. the place where he shulde kil the burnt offring before the Lord (for) it is a sinne offring.
25 Then the Priest shal take of the blood of the sinne offring with his finger, and put it vpon the hornes of the burnt offring altar, & shall powre (the rest) of his blood at the fote of the burnt offring altar.
26 And shal burne all his fat vpon the altar, as the fat of the peace offring: so the Priest shal make anWherein he re presented Iesus Christ. atonement for hym, concernyng his sinne, and it shal be forgiuen him.
27 ¶Likewise if anie of theOr, priuate
〈◊〉
sone. people of the land shal sinne through ignorance in doing (against) anie of the commandements of the Lorde, whiche shulde not be done, and shal offend.
28 If one she we him his sinne which he hathe committed, thē he shal bring for his offringOr, the female of the goates. a
〈◊〉
goat without blemish for his sinne whiche he hathe committed.
29 Read vers. 24. And he shal lay his hand vpon the head of the sinne offring, and slay the sinne offring in the place of burnt offring.
30 Then the Priest shall take of the blood thereof with his finger, and put it vpon the hornes of the burnt offring altar, and powre all (the rest) of the blood thereof at the fote of the altar.
31 And shall take away all his fat, as the fat of the peace offrings is takē away, & the Priest shall burne it vpon the altar for a * sweteExod. 29.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
vnto the Lorde, and the Priest shall make an atonement for him, & it shalbe forgiuen him.
32 And if he bring a lābe for his sinne offring, he shal bring a female without blemish.
33 And shal lay hisMeaning that the punishmēt of his sinne shulde be laid vpō that breast, or that he had receiued all things of God, & offred this
〈◊〉
gly. hand vpon the head of the sinne offring, and he shal slay it for a sinne of fring in the place where he shulde kill the burnt offring.
34 Then the Priest shall take of the blood of the sinne offring with his finger, and put it vpon the hornes of the burnt offring altar, and shal powre al (the rest) of the blood ther of at the fote of the altar.
35 And he shal take away all the fat thereof, as the fat of the lambe of the peace offrings is taken a way: thē the Priest shal burne it vpon the altarOr besides the burnt offrings, Which Were daily offred to the Lord. with the oblations of the Lord made by fire, and the Priest shal make an atonement for him concerning his sinne that he hathe committed, and it shalbe forgiuen him.
CHAP. V.
1 Of him that testifieth not the trueth, if he heare another sweare falsely. 4 Of him that voweth rashely. 15 Of him that by ignorance withdraweth anie thing dedicate to the Lord.
1 ALso ifEbr. a soule. anie haue sinned, (that is) ifOr, if the iudge hathe taken an othe of anie other. he haue heard the voyce of an othe, and he can be a witnes, whether he hathe sene orWhereby it is commanded to beare Witnes to the trueth and di sclose the
〈◊〉
of the Vngodly. knowen of it, if he do not vtter it, he shal be a re his iniquitie:
2 Ether if one touche anie vncleane thing, whether it be a carion of an vncleane beast, or a carion of vncleane cattel, or a carion of vncleane creping things, and is not ware of it yet he is vncleane, and hathe offended:
3 Ether if he touche anie vnclennes of man [whatsoeuer vnclennes it be, that he is defiled with] & is not ware of it, & after cōmeth to the knowledge of it, he hathe sinned:
4 Ether if anieOr vowe rashely Without iust examinatiō of the circūstan ces, & not know ing What shalbe the issue of the same. sweare, and pronounce with his lippes to do euil, or to do good whatsoeuer it be that a man shal pronounce with an othe and it be hid frō him, & after knoweth that he hathe offēded in one of these (points)
5 Whē he hathe sinned in anie of theseWhich haue bene mencioned before in this chapter. things then he shal confesse that he hathe sinned therein.
6 Therefore shal he bring his trespasse offring vnto the Lord for his sinne which he hathe committed, (euen) a female from the flocke (be it) a lābe or a she goat for a sinne offring, and the Priest shal make an atonement for him, concerning his sinne.
7 ButEbr. is his hand can not touche, meaning for his pouertie. if he be not able to bring a shepe, he shal bring for his trespasse which he hathe committed, two turtle doues, or two yong pigeōs vnto the Lord, one for a sinne offring and the other for a burnt offring.
8 So he shal bring them vnto the Priest, who shal offer the sinne offring first, and * wringChap. 1. 15. the necke of it a sundre, but not plucke it cleane of.
9 After he shal sprinkle of the blood of the sinne offring vpon the side of the altar, and the rest of the blood shalOr, powred. be shed at the fote of the altar: (for) it is a sinne offring.
10 Also he shal offer the seconde for a burnt offringOr, according to the lawe. as the maner is: so shal the PriestOr declare him to be purged of that sinne. make an atonement for him [for his sinne which he hathe committed] and it shalbe forgiuen him.
11 ¶But if he * be not able to bring two turtle doues, or two yong pigeons, then he that ha the sinned, shal bring for his offring, the tēth parte of anWhich is about a pottel. Epháh of fine floure for a sinne offring, he shal put noneAs in the meat offring. oyle thereto nether put anie incense thereon: for it is a sinneChap. 2. 1. ne offring.
12 Then shal he bring it to the Priest and the Priest shal take his handeful of it for the * remembranceChap. 2. 2. thereof, and burne it vpon theChap. 4 35. altar *with the offrings of the Lord made by fire: (for) it is a sinne offring.
13 So the Priest shal make an atonement for him, as touching his sinne that he hathe cō
mitted in one of these (points,) and it shal be forgiuen him: and (the remnant) shalbe the Priests, as the meat offring.
14 ¶And the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying,
15 If anie persone transgresse & sinne through ignoranceAs touching the first
〈◊〉
or
〈◊〉
, due to the Priests &
〈◊〉
(by taking awaie) things consecrated vnto the Lord; he shal then bring for his trespasse offring vnto the Lord a rā without blemish out of the flocke, (worthe) two shekels of siluerBy the estimatiō of the Priest. by thy estimation after the shekel of the Sanctuarie, for a trespasseChap. 27. 12. offring.
16 So he shal restore that wherein he hathe offended, (in taking awaie) of the holy thing, and shal put the fift parte more thereto, and giue it vnto the Priest: so the Priest shal make an atonemēt for him with the ram of the tres passe offring, and it shalbe forgiuen him.
17 ¶Also if anie sinne and * do (against) anie ofChap. 4. 2. the commandements of the Lord, which ought not to be done, and knowe not andThat is, afterWard remēbreth that he hathe sinned When his conscience doeth accuse him. sinne and beare his iniquitie.
18 Then shal he bring a ram without blemish out of the flocke, in thy estimation (worth *Exod. 30.
〈◊〉
. two shekels) for a trespasse offring vnto the Priest: and the Priest shal make an atonemēt for him cōcerning hisEls if his sinne against God come of malice he must die, ignorance wherein he erred, and was not ware: so it shal be forgiuen him.
19 This is the trespasse offring for the trespasseNomb. 15. 30. committed against the Lord,
CHAP. VI.
6 The offring for sinnes which are done willingly. 9 The lawe of the burnt offrings. 13 The fire must abide euermore vpon the altar. 14 The lawe of the meat offring. 20. The offrings of Aarón, and his sonnes.
1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying,
2 If anie sinne & cōmit a trespasse against the Lord, & denie vnto his neighbour that, which was takē him to kepe, or that which was put to himTo bestowe & occupie for the vse of him that gaue it. of trust, or doeth byBy anie guile or vnlauful meanes. robberie, or by violēce oppresse his neighbour.
3 Or hathe found that which was lost, and denieth it, and sweareth falsely, * for anie of (these) things that a man doeth,Wherein he can not but sinne: or, Wherein a man accustometh to sinne by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
such like thing. wherein he sinneth:
4 When, I say, he thus sinneth and trespasseth, he shal then restore the robbery that he rob bed, or the thing taken by violence which he toke by force, or the thing which was deliuered him to kepe, or the lost thing which he founde,
5 Or for whatsoeuer he hathe sworne falsely, he shal bothe restore it in the whole * summe,Nomb. 5. 7. and shal adde the fift parte more thereto, (and) giue it vnto him to whome it perteineth, the same day that he offreth for his
trespasse.
6 Also he shal bring for his trespasse vnto the Lord, a ram without blemish out of the *Chap 5 15. flocke in thy estimatiō (worthe two shekels) for a trespasse offring vnto the Priest.
7 And the Priest shal make an atonement for him before the Lord, and it shal be forgiuen him, whatsoeuer thing he hathe done, and trespassed therein.
8 ¶ Then the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying,
9 Commande Aarón and his sonnes, saying, This is theThat is, the
〈◊〉
which ought to be obserued therin. lawe of the burnt offring, [it is the burnt offring because it burneth vpon the altar all the night vnto the morning, and the fire burneth on the altar]
10 And the Priest shal put on his linnen garment, and shal put on his linnen breches vponVpon his secret partes. his flesh, and take away the ashes when the fire hathe consumed the burnt offringExod. 28. 43. vpon the altar, and he shal put them beside theIn the as hepan nes appointed for that vse. altar.
11 After he shal put of his garments, and put on other raiment, and cary the ashes forthe without the hoste vnto a cleane place.
12 But the fire vpō the altar shal burne thereō (and) neuer be put out: wherefore the Priest shal burne wood on it euerie morning, & lay the burnt offring in ordre vpon it, & he shal burne thereon the fat of the peace offrings.
13 The fire shal euer burne vpon the altar, (and) neuer go out.
14 ¶*Also this is the lawe of the meat offring,Chap. 2.
〈◊〉
. which Aarons sonnes shal offer in the presenceNomb. 15. 4. of the Lord, before the altar.
15 He shal euen take thence his handful of fine floure of the meat offring and of the oyle, and all the incens which (is) vpon the meat offring and shalt burne it vpon the altar for a swete sauour, (as) a * memorial thereforeChap. 2. 9. vnto the Lord:
16 But the rest thereof shal Aarōn and his sonnes eat: it shalbe eaten without leauen in the holy place: in the courte of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion they shal eat it.
17 It shal not beO: kned with leauen and after baken. baken with leauen: I haue gi uen it for their porcion of mine offrings ma de by fire: (for) it is as the sinne offring and as the trespasse offring.
18 All the males among the children of Aarōn shal eat of it: It (shalbe) a statute for euer in your generacions concerning the offrings of the Lord, made by fire: * whatsoeuer tou
〈◊〉
. 29. 37. cheth them shalbe holy.
19 ¶ Againe the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying,
20 This is the offring of Aarōn and his sonnes which they shal offer vnto the Lord in the day when he is anointed: the tenth parte of an * Epháh of fine floure, for a meat offringExod. 16. 36.
So oft as the hie Priest shal be
〈◊〉
and anointed. perpetual: halfe of it in the morning, and halfe thereof at night.
21 In the friyng pan it shalbe made withoyle: thou shalt bring it fried, (and) shalt offer theOr, fried. bakē pieces of the meat offring for a swete sauour vnto the Lord.
22 And the Priest that isHis sonne that shal succede him. anointed in his stede, among his sonnes shal offer it: (it is) the Lords ordinance for euer, it shal be burnt altogether.
23 For euerie meat offring of the Priest shal be (burnt) altogether, it shal not be eaten.
24 ¶
〈◊〉
the Lord spake vnto Mosēs saying,
25 Speake vnto Aarōn, and vnto his sonnes, & say, This is the lawe of the sin offring, In the place where the burnt offring is killed, shal the sin offring be killed before the Lord, (for) it is moste holy.
26 The Priest that offreth this sin offring, shal eat it: in the holy place shal it be eaten, in the courte of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
27 Whatsoeuer shal touche the flesh thereof shalbe holy: and whē there droppeth of the blood there of vpō aMeaning the gament of the
〈◊〉
. garmēt thou shalt wash that where on it droppeth in the holy place.
28 Also the earthen pot that it is sodden in, shalbe broken, but if it be sodden in a brasen pot, it shal bothe be scouredād washed withWhich was in the lauer, water.
29 All the males among the Priests shal eat thereof, (for) it is moste holy.Exod 30. 16.
30 * But no sin offring, whose blood is broghtChap 4. 5. into the Tabernacie of the Congregació toEbr. 13. 11. make reconciliation in the holy place, shal be eaten, (but) shal be burnt in theOut of
〈◊〉
campe. fire.
CHAP. VII.
1 The lawe of the trespasse offring 11. Also of the peace offrings. 23 The fat and the blood may not be eaten.
1 LIkewise this is the lawe of theWhich is
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
sinnes, and sum as are committed by ignorance. trespasse offring, it is moste holy.
2 In the placeAt the
〈◊〉
gate. where they kilthe burnt offring, shal they kil the trespasse offring, and the blood thereof shal he sprinkle round about vpon the altar.
3 All the fat thereof also shalThe Priest. he offer, the rū
pe and the fat that couereth the in wards.
4 After he shal take away the two kidneis, with the fat that is on them & vpon the slāks and the kall on the liuer with the kidneis.
5 Then the Priest shal burne them vpon the altar, for an offring made by fire vnto the Lord: this is a trespasse offring.
6 All the males among the Priests shal eat the re of, it shalbe eaten in the holy place, (for) it moste holy.
7 As the sin offring (is) the trespasse offring, oneThe same
〈◊〉
monies not with standing that this worde trespasse signifieth lesse then sinne. lawe serueth for bothMeaning the rest which is
〈◊〉
and not burnt. that wherewith the Priest shal make atonement, shalbe his.
8 Also the Priest that offreth anie mans burnt offring, shal haue the skin of the burnt offring, which he hathe offred.
9 And all the meat offring that is baken in the ouen, and that is dressed in the pan, & in the frying pan, shalbe the Priests that offreth it.
10 And euerie meat offring mingled with oyle, and that isBecause it had no oyle nor licour. drie, shal perteine vnto all the sonnes of Aarón, to all like.
11 Furthermore this is the lawe of the peace offrings, which he shal offer vnto the Lord.
12 If he offer it toPeace offrings conteine a confession and than kes giuing for a benefite receyued, and also a vowe, and fre offring to receyue abenesite. giue thankes, then he shal offer for his thankes offring, vnleauened cakes mingled with oyle, and vnleauened wafers anointed with oyle, and sine floure fried (with) the cakes mingled with oyle.
13 He shall offre (also) hys offring with cakes of leauened bread, for his peace offrings, to giue thankes.
14 And of all the sacrifice he shall offre one (cake) for an heaue offryng vnto the Lorde, (and) it shalbe the Priests that sprinkleth the blood of the peace offrings.
15 Also the flesh of his peace offrings, for than kes giuing, shalbe eaten the same day that it is offred: he shall leaue nothyng thereof vntil the morning.
16 But if the sacrifice of hys offrynge (be) aIf he made a
〈◊〉
to offre: for
〈◊〉
the sles he of the peace
〈◊〉
must be
〈◊〉
the same day. vowe, or a fre offring, it shalbe eate the same day that he offreth his sacrifice: and so in the morning the residue thereof shalbe eaten.
17 For asmuch of the offred flesh as remaineth vnto the third day, shalbe burnt with fire.
18 For if anie of the flesh of his peace offrings be eaten in the third day, he shal not be acce pted that offreth it, nether shall it be reckoned vnto him, (but) shalbe an abominacion: therefore the persone that eateth of it shalThe sinne: wher fore he offred shal remaine. beare his iniquitie.
19 The fleshe also that toucheth anie vncleaneAfter it be sacrificed. thyng, shall not be eaten, (but) burnt with fire: butOf the peace offrynge, that is cleane. of this fleshe all that be cleane shal eat thereof.
20 But if anie eat of the flesh of the peace offrings that perteineth to the Lorde, hauyng his* vnclennes vpon him, euen the same perChap. 15.
〈◊〉
. sone shal be cut of from his people.
21 Moreouer when anie toucheth anie vncleane thyng, as the vnclennes of man, or of an vncleane be ast, or of anie filthie abominacion, and eat of the flesh of the peace offrings, which perteineth vnto the Lorde, euen that persone shal be cut offrom his people.
22 ¶ Agayne the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying, Speake vnto the children of Israél, and saye, *Ye shall eat no fat of beues, nor ofChap. 3 17. shepe, nor of goates.
24 Yet the fat of the dead beast, and the fat of that, which is torne (with beastes,) shalbe occupied to anie vse, but ye shal not eat of it.
25 For whosoeuer eateth the fat of the beast, of the whiche he shall offer an offring made by fire to the Lord, euen the persone that eateth, shal be cut of from his people.Gen. 9. 4.
26 Nether * shall ye eat anie blood, ether ofChap. 17. 14. foule, or of beast in all yourd wellings.
27 Euerie persone that eateth anie blood, euen the same persone shalbe cut of frome hys people.
28 ¶ And the Lord talked with Mosés, saying.
29 Speake vnto the children of Israél, and say, He that offreth hys peace offrings vnto the Lord, shal bring his gift vnto the Lord of his peace offrings.
30 HisAnd shulde not send it by another. hands shall bring the offrings of the Lorde made by fire: (euen) the fat with the breast shal he bring, that the beast may be *Exod. 29.
〈◊〉
. shaken to and fro before the Lord.
31 Then the Priest shall burne the fat vpon the altar, and the breast shal be Aarons and hys sonnes.
32 And the right shulder shall ye giue vnto the Priest for an heaue offring, of your peace offrings.
33 The same that offreth the blood of the peace offrings, and the fat, among the sonnes of Aaron, shall haue the ryght shulder for hys parte.
34 For the beast shaken to and fro, and the shulder lifted vp, haue I taken of the children of Israél, (euen) of their peace offrings, and haue giuen them vnto Aarón the Priest and vnto hys sonnes by a statute for euer frō among the children of Israél.
35 ¶ This is theThat is, his pri uiledge, rewarde and portion. anointyng of Aarôn, and the anointyng of his sonnes, concernyng the offrings of the Lorde made by fire, in the daye whē he presented them to serue in the Priests office vnto the Lord.
36 The which (portions) the Lord commāded to gyue them in the daye that the anointed them from among the children of Israél, by a statute for euer in their generacions.
37 This is (also) the lawe of the burnt offryng, of the meat offring, and of the sinne offring, and of the trespasse offring, and of theVVhiche sacrifice was offred whē the Priests were consecrated, Exod. 29. 22. consecrations, and of the peace offrings.
38 Which the Lord commanded Mosés in the mount Sinái, when he commanded the children of Israél to offer their giftes vnto the Lord in the wildernes of Sinái.
CHAP. VIII.
12 The anointing of Aarón, and his sonnes, with the sacrifice con ceinyng the same.
1 AFterwarde the Lorde spake vnto Mosés, saying.Exod. 28. 4.
2 * Take Aarón and his sonnes with hym, and the garments, and the * anointing oyle, andExod. 31. 24. a bullocke for the sin offring, and two rams, and a basket of vnleauened bread.
3 And assemble all the companie at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
4 So Mosés did as the Lord had commanded him, and the companie was assembled at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregaciō.
5 Then Mosés said vnto the companie, * ThisExod 29. 4. is the thyng whiche the Lorde hathe commanded to do.
6 And Mosés broght Aarón and his sonnes, ād washed them with water.
7 And put vpon him the coat, and girded him with a girdel, ād clothed him with the robe, and put the Ephōd on him, which he girded with the broydred garde of the Ephód, and bonde it vnto him therewith.
8 After he put the brest plate thereon, and putExod. 28.
〈◊〉
. in the brest plate * the Vrim and the
〈◊〉
.
9 Also he put the mitre vpon his head, and put vpon the mitre on the fore fronte the golden plate, (ād) theSo called becau
〈◊〉
this superscription, Holines to the Lorde, was grauen in it. holy crowne, as the Lord
had commanded Mosés.
10 [Now Mosés had taken the anointing oyle, and anointed theThat is, the
〈◊〉
liest of all, the
〈◊〉
and the court. Tabernacle, and that was therein, and sanctified them.
11 And sprink led thereof vpon the altar seuen times, and anointed the altar and all hys instruments, and the lauer, and hys fote, to sanctifie them.]
12 * And he powred of the anoynting oyle vpponEccles.
〈◊〉
. 18. Aarons head, and anointed hym, to sanctifiePsal. 133. 2. him.
13 After, Mosés broght Aarons sonnes, and put coates vpon them, and girded them with gir dels, and put bonets vpon their heades, as the Lord had commanded Mosés.
14 * Then he broght the bullocke for the sinExod. 29. 1. offryng, and his sonnes put their handes vppon the head of the bullocke for the sinne offring.
15 And Mosés slewe hym, and toke the blood, which he put vpon the hornes of theOf the burnt offryng. Altar round about with his finger, ād purified the Altar, and powred (the reste) of the blood at the fote of the Altar: so he sanctifiedTo offre for the sinnes of the people. it, to make reconciliation vpon it.
16 Then he toke all the fat that was vpon the inwardes, and the kall of the liuer and the two kidneis, with their fat, which Mosés bur ned vpon the Altar.
17 But the bullocke and hysIn other burnt
〈◊〉
, whiche are not of
〈◊〉
, or offrynge for hym selfe, the Priest hath the skinne. Chap. 7. 8. hyde, and hys flesh, and his doung, he burnt with fire without the hoste as the Lorde had commanded Mosés.
18 ¶ Also he broght the ram for the burnt offryng, and Aaron and hys sonnes put their hands vpon the head of the ram.
19 So Mosés killed it, and sprinkled the blood vpon the Altar round about.
20 And Mosés cut the ram in pieces, ād burnt the head with the pieces, and the fat.
21 And washed the inwardes ād the legs in water: so Mosés burnt the ram euerie whit vpō the Altar (for) it was a burnt offrynge for a swete sauour, whiche was made by fire vnto the Lord, as the Lord had cōmanded Mosés.
22 ¶ * After, he broght the other ram, the ramExod. 29.
〈◊〉
. of consecracions, and Aarōn and his sonnes laied their hands vpon the head of the ram.
23 Whyche MosésMoses did this because that the Priests were not yet
〈◊〉
in their office. slewe, and toke of the blood of it, and put it vppon the lap of Aarons ryght eare, and vppon the thombe of his right hand, and vpon the great toe of his ryght fote.
24 Then Mosés broght Aarons sonnes, and put of the blood on the lap of theyr ryght eares, and vpon the thumbes of their ryght hands, and vpon the great toes of their right fete, and Mosés sprinkled (the reste) of the blood vpon the Altar round about.
25 And he toke the fat and the rumpe, and all the fat that was vpon the inwardes, and the kall of the liuer, and the two kidneis wyth their fat, and the right
〈◊〉
.
26 Also he toke of the basket of the vnleauened bread that was before the Lord, one vnleauened cake and a cake of oyled breade, and one wafer, and put them on the fat, and vpon the right shulder.
27 So he put * all in Aarons handes, and in hysExod. 29. 24. sonnes hands, and shoke it to and fro before the Lord.
28 After, Mosés toke them out of their hands, and burnt them vpon the Altar for a burnt offryng: (for) these were consecracions for a swete sauour which were made by fire vnto the Lord.
29 Likewise Mosés toke the breast of the ram of consecracions and shoke it to and fro before the Lord: (for) it was Mosés * portion,Exod. 29. 20. as the Lord had commanded Mosés.
30 Also Mosés toke of the anointing oyle, and of the blood which was vpon the Altar, and sprinkled it vpon Aarón, vpon
〈◊〉
garments, and vpon his sonnes, and on hys
〈◊〉
garments with him: so he sanctified Aarón, hys garments, and his sonnes, and his sonnes garments with him.
31 ¶ Afterward Mosés sayd vnto Aarón and hisg At the dore of the courte. sonnes, Sethe the fleshe at the dore of the gExod. 29. 32. Tabernacle of the Congregacion, and thereChap. 28. 9. * eat it with the bread that is in the basket of consecracions, as I cōmanded, saying, Aarón and his sonnes shal eat it.
32 But that which remaineth of the fleshe and of the bread, shal ye burne with fire.
33 And ye shalte not departe from the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion seuenExod 29
〈◊〉
. dayes, vntil the dayes of your consecracions be at an end: *for seuē daies, (said the Lord,) shal heEbr. fill your hands. consecrate you.
34 AsOr, as I haue done. he hathe done thys day: (so) the Lorde hathe commanded to do, to make an atonement for you.
35 Therefore shall ye abide at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion daye and nyght, seuen dayes, and shal kepe the watch of the LORD, that ye dye not: for so I am commanded.
36 So Aarôn and his sonnes did all things whiche the Lord had commanded by the
〈◊〉
commissiō giuen to
〈◊〉
hand of Mosés.
CHAP. IX.
8 The first offrings of Aarón. 22 Aaron blesseth the people 23 The glorie of the Lorde is sheweth. 24 The fire commeth from the Lord.
1 ANd in theAfter their cō
secration: for the seuen dayes befo re, the Priestes were consecrate. eyght daye Mosés called Aarón, and hys sonnes, and the Elders of Isráel.
2 *Thē he said vnto Aaron, Take thee a yongExod.
〈◊〉
. 1. calf for aAaron entreth into the possession of the Priest hode and
〈◊〉
the foure principal sacrifices: the burnt offrynge, the sin offryng, the peace offrings, and the meat offring. sinne offring, ād a ram for a burnt offring, (bothe) without blemish, and bring (them) before the Lord.
3 And vnto the children of Israél thou shalte speake, saying, Take ye an he goat for a sinne offring, and a calf, and a lambe both of a yere olde, without blemish for a burnt offring:
4 Also a bullocke, ād a ram for peace offrings, to offer before the Lord, and a meat offring mingled with oyle: for to day the Lorde will
appeare vnto you.
5 ¶ Then thei broght that which Mosés commanded before the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, and all the assemble drewe nere and stode before theBefore the altar, where his glorie appeared. Lord.
6 [For Mosés had said, This is the thing, which the Lord commanded that ye shulde do, and the glorie of the Lord shal appeare vnto you.]
7 Then Mosés said vnto Aarôn, Drawe nere to the Altar, and offer thy sin offring, and thy burnt offring, and make an atonement forRead for the vnderstāding of this place, thee & for the people: offer also the offring of the people, and make an atonement forEbr 5. 3. & 7. 27. them, as the Lord hathe commanded.
8 ¶ Aarón therefore went vnto the Altar, and killed the calf of the sin offring, which was for him self.
9 And the sonnes of Aaron broght the blood vnto him, ād he dipt his finger in the blood, and put it vpon the hornes of the Altar, and powred (the rest) of the blood at the fote of the Altar.
10 But the fat and the kidneis and the kall of the liuer of the sin offring, heThat is, he laied them in ordre, & so
〈◊〉
were burnt when the Lord sent downe
〈◊〉
. burnt vpon the Altar, as the LORD had commanded Mosés,
11 The flesh also and the hyde he burnt with fire with out the hoste.
12 After, he slewe the burnt offring, and Aarons sonnes broght vnto him the blood, which he sprinkled round about vpon the Altar.
13 Also thei broght the burnt offring vnto him with the pieces thereof, and the head, and he burnt (them) vpon the Altar.
14 Likewise he did wash the inwardes and the legs, andAll this must be
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
preparacion of the
〈◊〉
which were burnt
〈◊〉
. burnt (them) vpon the burnt offring on the Altar.
15 ¶ Then he offred the peoples offring, and toke a goat, which was the sin offring for the people, and slewe it, and offred it for sinne,Vers. 24. as the first:
16 So he offred the burnt offring, and prepared it, according to the maner.
17 He presented also the meat offring, and filled his hand thereof, and * beside the burntExod, 29.
〈◊〉
. sacrifice of the morning he burnt (this) vpon the Altar.
18 He slewe also the bullocke, and the ram for the peace offrings, that was for the people, and Aarons sonnes broght vnto him the blood, which he sprinkled vpon the Altar round about,
19 With the fat of the bullocke, and of the ram the rumpe, and that which couereth the inwardes and the kidneis, and the kall of the liuer.
20 So thei laied the fat vpon the breasts, and he burnt the fat vpon the Altar.
21 But theOf the bullocke and the ram. breasts and the right shulder Aarôn shoke to & fro before the Lord, as the Lord had commanded Moses.
22 So Aarón lift vp his hand towarde the people, and blessed thē, andBecause the altar was nere the Sanctuarie which was the vpper end therefore he is said to come downe. came downe from offring of the sinne offring, and the burnt offring, and the peace offrings.
23 After, Mosés and Aarón went into the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and came out, andOr praied for the people. blessed the peole, *and the glorie of the Lord appeared to all the people.2. Mac 2 11.
24 *And there came a fire out from the LordGen. 4.
〈◊〉
. and consumed vpon the Altar the burnt offring1. king. 18.
〈◊〉
.
2. Chro. 7. 1. and the fat: which when all the people2. Mac. 2. 11. sawe, theiOr, gaue a shou te for ioye. gaue thankes, & fel on their faces.
CHAP. X.
2 Nadáb and Abihu are burnt. 6 Israél murneth for thē, but the Priests might not. 9 The Priests are forbidden wine.
1 BVt *Nadáb and Abihú, the sonnes of Aarôn,Nomb. 3. 4. & 26. 62. toke ether of them his censor, and1. Chro. 24. 2. put fire therein, and put incens thereupon, and offredNot taken of the altar which was sent frō hea uē, and endured tyll the
〈◊〉
of Babylon. strange fire before the LORD, which he had not commanded them.
2 Therefore a fire went out from the Lord, and deuoured them: so thei dyed before the Lord.
3 Then Mosés said vnto Aarôn, This is it that the Lord spake, saying, I wil beI wil punish thē
〈◊〉
serue me otherwise then I haue commanded not
〈◊〉
the chief, that the people may feare and praise my iudgements. sanctified in them that come nere me, and before all the people I wil be glorified: but Aarón helde his peace.
4 And Mosés called Mishaél and Elzaphán the sonnes of Vzziél, the vncle of Aarón, and said vnto them, Come nere, cary yourOr, cosines. brethren from before the Sanctuarie out of the hoste.
5 Then thei went, and caryed them in their coates out of the hoste, as Mosés had commanded.
6 After, Mosés said vnto Aarón and vnto Eleazar and I thamar his sonnes,As thogh ye lamented for thē preferring your ca nal affection to Gods
〈◊〉
iudgement. Vncouer not your heades, nether rent your clothes, lest ye dye, and lest wrath come vpon all the people: but let your brethren, all the house of Israél be waile the burning which the LordDeut. 14. 1. &
〈◊〉
. 9. hatheIn destroying Nadáb and Abihu the chief, and menacing the rest except thei repent. kindled.
7 And go not ye out from the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, lest ye dye: for the anointing oyle of the Lord (is) vpon you: and thei did according to Mosés commandement.
8 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Aarôn, saying,
9 Thou shalt not drinke wine norOr, drinke that maketh dronke. strong drinke, thou, nor thy sonnes with thee, when ye come into the Tabernacle of the Congre gacion, lest ye dye: (this is) an ordinance for euer throughout your generacions,
10 That ye may put difference betwene the holy, and the vnholy, and betwene the cleane and the vncleane,
11 And that ye may teache the children of Israél all the statutes which the Lord hathe cō manded them by theOr, commissiō. hand of Mosês.
12 ¶ Then Mosés said vnto Aarôn and vnto Eleazár and to Ithamár his sonnes that were left, Take the meat offring that remaineth of the offrings of the Lord, made by fire, and eat it without leauen beside the altar: for it is moste holy:
13 And ye shal eat it in the holy place, because
it is thy duetie and thy sonnes duetie of the offrings of the Lord made by fire: for so I am commanded.
14 Also* the shaken breast and the heaue shulExod. 29 24, der shal ye eat in a cleane place: thou, and thy sonnes, and thyFor the breast and shulders of the peace
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
b: broght to their families so that their dau gh
〈◊〉
might eat of them as also of the
〈◊〉
of first
〈◊〉
, the first borne, and the Easter
〈◊〉
read Chap.
〈◊〉
. 12. daughters with thee: for thei are giuen as thyOr, right or
〈◊〉
tion.
〈◊〉
and thy sonnes duetie, of the peace offrings of the children of Israél.
15 The heaue shulder, and the shaken breast shal they bring with the offrings made by fire of the fat, to shake (it) to and fro before the Lord, and it shal be thine and thy sonnes with thee by alawe for euer, as the Lord hathe commanded.
16 ¶* And Mosés soght the goat that was offred for sinne, and lo, it was burnt: therefore2 Mac. 2. 11. he was angry with Eleazár and Ithamár the sonnes of Aarón, which wereAnd not consumed as
〈◊〉
and Abibu. left (aliue,) saying,
17 Wherefore haue ye not eaten the sin offring in the holy place, seing it is moste holy? and (God) hathe giuen it you, to beare the iniqui tie of the Congregacion, to make an atonement for them before the Lord.
18 Beholde, the blood of it was not broght within the holy place: ye shulde haue eaten (it) in the holy place, *as I commanded.Chap. 6. 26.
19 And Aarôn said vnto Mosés, Beholde, this dayThat is,
〈◊〉
, and Abihu. haue they offred their sin offring and their burnt offring before the Lord, and suche things (as thou knowest) are come vnto me: if I had eaten the sin offring to day shulde it haue bene accepted in the sight of the Lord?
20 So when Mosés heard (it,) he wasMosés bare With his insirmi
〈◊〉
Conselering his great so: Ow but doth not lea ue an example to forgiue them that maliciously
〈◊〉
the commandement of God. content.
CHAP. XI.
1 Of beastes, fishes and birdes, which be cleane, and which be vncleane.
1 AFter, the Lord spake vnto Mosés and to Aarón, saying vnto them,
2 Speake vnto the children of Israél, and say,Gene. 7. 2. *These are the beastes which yeOr, Whereof ye may eat. shal eat, amongDeut. 14 4. all the beastes that are on the earth.Act. 10. 14.
3 Whatsoeuer parteth theHe noteth fou re sortes of beastes: some chewe the cud onely, & some haue onely the fore cleft: others nethe cheWe the cud nor haue the house clefe: the fourthe bothe chewe the cud and haue the hoofe denided Which may be eaten. hoofe, and is clouen foted, and chaweth the cud among the beastes, that shal ye eat:
4 But of them that chewe the cud, or deuide the hoofe onely, of them ye shal not eat: as the camel, because he cheweth the cud, and deuideth not the hoofe, he shalbe vncleane vnto you.
5 Like wise the conie, because he cheweth the cud and deuideth not the hoofe, he shalbe vncleane to you.
6 Also the hare, because he cheweth the cud, and deuideth not the hoofe, he shalbe vncleane to you.
7 *And the swine, because he parteth the2. Mac. 6 18. hoofe and is clouenfoted, but cheweth not the cud, he shalbe vncleane to you.
8 Of theirGod Wolde that herby for a time thei shulde be discerned as his people from the Gentiles. flesh shal ye not eat, and their carkeis shal ye not touche: (for) thei shalbe vncleane to you.
9 ¶These shal ye eat, of all that are in the waters: whatsoeuer hathe finnes and skales in the waters, in the seas, or in the riuers, them shal ye eat.
10 But all that haue not fins nor skales in the seas, or in the riuers, of all thatAs litle fish ingendred of the slime. moueth in the waters and of allAs thei Which come of generation. liuing things that are in the waters, thei shalbe an abominacion vnto you.
11 Thei, I say, shalbe an abominacion to you: ye shal not eat of their flesh, but shal abhorre their carkeis.
12 Whatsoeuer hathe not fins nor skales in the waters, that shalbe abominacion vnto you.
13 ¶These shal ye haue also in abominacion among the foules, thei shal not be eaten: (for) thei are an abominaciō, the egle, and theOr, gryphin as is in the greke. go shauke, and the osprey:
14 Also the vultur, and the kite after his kinde,
15 And all rauens after their kinde:
16 The ost riche also, and the night crowe, and theOr, cockoW. se amea we, & the hauke after his kinde:
17 The litle owle also, and the cormorant, and the great owle.
18 Also the redshanke and the pelicane, and"Or, porphyrie. the swanne:
19 The storke also, the heron after his kinde, and the lap wing, and the backe:
20 Also euerie foule that crepeth (and) goeth vpō all foure, suche shalbe an abominacion vnto you.
21 Yet these shal ye eat: of euerie foule that cre peth, (and) goeth vpon all foure whichOr, haue no bo Wings on their fete. haue their fete & leggs all of one to leape with all vpon the earth,
22 Of them ye shal eat these, the grashoper after his kinde, and theThese Were cer teine kindes of grashopers, Which are not now proprely knowen. solean after his kinde the hargol after his kinde, and the hagab after his kinde.
23 But all (other) foules that crepe (&) haue fou re fete, thei (shalbe) abominacion vnto you.
24 For by suche ye shalbe polluted: whosoeuer toucheth their carkeis, shalbevncleane vnto the euening.
25 Whosoeuer alsoOut of the campe. beareth of their carkeis, shal wash his clothes, and be vncleane vntil euen.
26 Euerie beast that hathe clawes deuided, & is not clouen foted, not cheweth the cud, suche"Or, hathe not his fote clouen in two. shalbe vncleane vnto you: euerie one that toucheth them, shalbe vncleane.
27 And whatsoeuer goeth vpon his pawes among al maner beastes that goeth on all fou re, suche shalbe vncleane vnto you: whoso doeth touche their carkeis shalbe vncleane vntil the euen.
28 And he that beareth their carkeis, shal wash his clothes, and be vncleane vntil the euen (for) suche shalbe vncleane vnto you.
29 ¶Also these shalbe vncleane to you amōg the things that crepe and moue vpon the earth, the weasel, and the mouse, and theThe grene frog that sitteth on the busshes, frog, after his kinde:
30 Also the rat, and the lizard, and the chameleon, and the stellio, and the molle.
31 These shalbe vncleane to you amōg all that crepe: whosoeuer doeth touche them when they be dead, shalbe vncleane vntil the euen
32 Also whatsoeuer anie of the dead carkeises of them doeth fall vpon, shalbe vncleane, whether it be vessell of wood, or raiment, orAs a bottel or bag. skin, or sacke: whatsoeuer vessel it be that is occupied, it shalbe put in the water as vncleane vntill the euen, and (so) be purified.
33 But euerie earthen vessel, whereinto anie of them falleth, whatsoeuer is with in it shal be vncleane, and * ye shal breake it.Chap. 6. 28.
34 All meate also that shalbe eaten, if anye (suche) water come vpō it, shalbe vncleane: and all drynke that shalbe dronke in all (suche) vessels shalbe vncleane.
35 And euerie thyng that their carkeis fall vppon: shalbe vncleane: the fornais or the pot shalbe broken: (for) they are vncleane, and shalbe vncleane vnto you.
36 Yet the fountaines and welles where there is plentye of water shal be cleane: but that whycheSo muche of the Water as tou cheth it. toucheth their carkeises shal be vncleane.
37 And if there fall of their dead carkeis vpon anie sede, whiche vseth to be sowen, it shal be cleane.
38 But if anieHe speaketh of sede, that is laied to flepe before it be sowen. water be powred vpon the sede, and there fall of their dead carkeis thereon, it shalbe vncleane vnto you.
39 If also anie beast, where of ye may eat, dye, he that toucheth the carkeis thereof shalbe vncleane vntil the euen.
40 And he that eateth of the carkeis of it, shal wash hys clothes and be vncleane vntill the euen: he also that beareth the carkeis of it, shall washe his clothes, and be vncleane vntill the euen.
41 Euerie crepyng thynge therefore that crepeth vpon the earth shalbe an abominacion, (and) not be eaten.
42 Whatso euer goeth vppon the breast, and whatsoeuer goeth vppon all foure, or that hathe manie fete among all creping thyngs that crepe vpon the earth, ye shal not eat of them, for they shalbe abominacion.
43 Ye shall not pollute your selues wyth anye thing that crepeth, nether make your selues vncleane with thē, nether defile your selues thereby: ye shal not, I say, be defiled by them
44 For I am the Lorde your God: be sanctified therefore, and beHe sheweth Why GOD dyd chuse them to be hys people. holy, for I am holy, and defile not your selues wyth anye crepynge thing, that crepeth vpon the earth.
45 For I am the Lorde that broght you out of the land of Egypt, to be your God, and that you shulde be holy, for I am holy.
46 Thys is the lawe of beastes, and of foules, and of euerie liuing thing that moueth in the waters, and of euerie thing that crepeth vppon the earth.
47 That there maye be a difference betwene the vncleane and cleane, and betwene the beast that may be eaten, and the beast that ought not to be eaten.
CHAP. XII.
2 A lawe howe women shulde be purged after theyr deliuerance.
1 ANd the Lorde spake vnto Mosés, saying.
2 Speake vnto the children of Israél, and say, When a womā hathe broght forthe sede, and borne a manchilde, she shall be vncleaneSo that the hous hande for that tyme colde not resorte to her. seuen dayes, like as she is vncleane when she is put a parte for herOr, sloures. * disease.
3 [* And in the eyght day the foreskin of the (childes) flesh shalbe circumcised]Chap. 15. 19.
4 And she shall continue in the bloode of herLuke. 2. 21.
Iohn. 7. 22. purifiyng threBesides the first seuen dayes. and thirty dayes: she shall touche noAs sacrifice or suche like. halowed thyng, nor come in to theThat is,
〈◊〉
the courte gate, till after fourty dais. Sanctuarie, vntill the tyme of her purifiyng be out.
5 But if she beare a mayde chylde, then she shalbe vncleane twoTwise so longe as if she bare a man childe. wekes, as when she hathe her disease: and she shall continue in the blood of her purifiyng thre score and six dayes.
6 Nowe when the dayes of her purifiyng are out, [whether it be for a sonne or for a daughter] she shal bryng to the Priest a lambe of one yere olde for a burnt offrynge, and a yonge pigeon or a turtle doue for a sin offryng, vnto the dore of theVVhere the burnt offrynges Were Wonte to be offred. Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
7 Who shal offer it before the Lord, and make an atonement for her: so she shalbe purged of the issue of her blood this is the lawe for her that hathe borne a male or female.
8 But if sheEbr. if her hand finde not the Worthe of a lam be. be not able to bring a lambe, she shal bring two * turties, or two yong pigeōs: the one for a burnt offryng, and the otherLuke. 2. 24. for a sin offring: and the Priest shal make an atonement for her: so she shalbe cleane.
CHAP. XIII.
2 What considerations the Priest ought to obserue in iudging the Ieprosie. 29 The blacke spot or skab. 47 and the leprie of the garment.
1 MOreouer the Lorde spake vnto Mosés, and to Aarón, saying.
2 The man that shall haue in the skin of hys fleshe a swellyng or a skab, or a white spot, so that in the skin of his fleshThat it may be suspected to be the leptie. it be like the plague of leprosie, then he shalbe broght vnto Aarón the Priest, or vnto one of his son nes the Priests.
3 And the Priest shall loke on the sore in the skin of (his) fleshe: if the heere in the sore be turned into white, and the sore seme to beThat is,
〈◊〉
in, and be lower then the reste of the skin. lower then the skin of his flesh, it is a plague of leprosie: therefore the Priest shalloke on him, andEbr. shall pollute him. pronounce him vncleane:
4 But if the white spot be in the skyn of hys fleshe, and seme not to be lower then the skin, nor the heere thereof be turned vnto white, then the Priest shal shut vp (hym that hathe) the plague, seuen dayes.
5 After, the Priest shall loke vpon hym the seuenth daye: and if the plague semeEbr in his eies. to hym to abide still, and the plague growe not in the skin, the Priest shal shut him vp yet seuen
dayes more.
6 Then the Priest shal loke on him againe the seuenth daye, and if the plagueAs hauing the
〈◊〉
kin drawen to gether, or blackishe. be darcke, and the sore growe not in the skin, then the Priest shalEbr. shal clense hym. pronounce him cleane, (for) it is ask ab: therefore he shall washe his clothes, and be cleane.
7 But if the skab growe more in the skin, after that he is sene of the Priest, for to be purged, he shalbe sene of the Priest yet againe.
8 Then the Priest shal cōsider, and if the skabOr, be spred abroade. growe in the skin, then the Priest shall pronounce himAs touchynge his bodely disease was not
〈◊〉
ted hym for sin before GOD, thogh it were the punishment of
〈◊〉
. vncleane: (for) it is leprosie.
9 ¶ When the plague of leprosie is in a man, he shalbe broght vnto the Priest.
10 And the Priest shall se (hym:) and if the swel ling (be) white in the skin, and haue made the heere white, and there be rawe fleshe in the swelling.
11 It is an olde leprosie in the skin of his flesh: and the Priest shal pronounce him vncleane, and shall not shut him vp, for he is vncleane.
12 Also if the leprosie
〈◊〉
, bud. breake out in the skin, and the leprosie couer all the skin of the pla gue, from hys head euen to his fete, wheresoeuer the Priest loketh.
13 Then the Priest shall consider: and if the leprosie couer all his flesh, he shal pronounce the plague to beFor it is not that contagious leprie that infecteth, but a kind of s kirfe, which hathe not the fles he rawe as the leprosie. cleane, because it is al turned into whitenes: (so) he shalbe cleane.
14 But if (there be) rawe flesh on him when he is sene, he shalbe vncleane.
15 For the Priest shall se the rawe flesh, and declare him to be vncleane: (for) the rawe flesh isThat is, declareth that the slesh is not soūde but is in danger to be leprous. vncleane, (therefore) it is the leprosie.
16 Or if the rawe fleshe change and be turned into white, then he shal come to the Priest.
17 And the Priest shall beholde hym: and if the sore be changed into white, then the Priest shall pronounce the plague cleane, (for) it is cleane.
18 ¶ The fleshe also in whose skin there isOr, impostume a bile and is healed.
19 And in the place of the bile there be a white swellyng, or a white spot some what reddish, it shalbe sene of the Priest.
20 And when the Priest seeth it, if it appeare lower then the skin, and the heere thereof be changed into white, the Priest then shall pronounce himNone were exempted, but yf the Priest pronō ced him vncleane, he was put out from among the people: as
〈◊〉
by Marie the prophetesse. Nōb. 12. 14. and by kyng Ozias. 2. Chr. 26. 20 vncleane: (for) it is a plague of leprosie, broken out in the bile.
21 But if the Priest loke on it and there be no white heeres therein, and if it be not lower then the skin, but be darcker, thē the Priest shal shut him vp seuen dayes.
22 And if it spread abroade in the
〈◊〉
, the Priest shall pronounce him vncleane, (for) it is a sore.
23 But if the spot continue in hys place, and growe not, it is a burning bile: therefore the Priest shal declare him to be cleane.
24 ¶ If there be anie flesh, in whose skin there is an hote burnyng, and the quicke fleshe of the burnyng haue aIf he haue a white spotte in that place, where the burning was and was after healed. white spot, some what reddishe or pale.
25 Then the Priest shalloke vpon it: and if the the heere in that spot be chāged into white: and it appeare lower then the skin, it is a leprosie broken out in the burning: therefore the Priest shal pronoūce him vncleane: (for) it is the plague of leprosie.
26 But if the Priest loke on it, and there be no white heere in the spot, and be no lower thē the (other) skin, but be darcker, then the Priest shal shut him vp seuen dayes.
27 After, the Priest shall loke on hym the seuenth daye: if it be growen abroade in the skinne, then the Priest shal pronounce hym vncleane: (for) it is the plague of leprosie.
28 And if the spot abide in his place, not grow ing in the skin, but is darcke, it is aOr, swelling rising of the burnyng: the Priest shall therefore declare hym cleane, for it is the drying vp of the burnyng.
29 ¶ If also a man or woman hathe a sore on the head or in the beard.
30 Then the Priest shall se the sore: and if it appeare lower then the skin, and there be in it a smale yeloweVVhiche was not
〈◊〉
to be there, or els smaler then in any other parte of the body. heere, then the Priest shall pronounce him vncleane: (for) it is a blacke spot, and leprosie of the heade or of the beard.
31 And if the Priest loke on the sore of the blac kespot, ād if it seme not lower then the skin nor haue anie blacke heere in it, then the Priest shall shut (vp hym, that hathe) the sore of the blacke spot, seuen daies.
32 After, in the seuenth day the Priest shalloke on the sore: and if the blacke spot grow not, and there be in it no yelowe heere, and the blacke spotsme not lower then the skin.
33 Then he shalbe shauen, but (the place) of the blacke spot shal he not shaue: but the Priest shal shut vp (him, that hath) the blacke spot, seuen dayes more.
34 And the seuenth day the Priest shal loke on the blacke spot: and if the blacke spot grow not in the skin, nor seme lower then the (othen) skin, then the Priest shal clense him, ād he shal wash his clothes, and be cleane.
35 But if the blacke spot growe abroade in the flesh after his clensing.
36 Then the Priest shall loke on it: and if the blacke spot growe in the skin, the Priest shall notHe shall not care whether the yelowe heere be there, or no. seke for the yelowe heere: (for) he is vncleane.
37 But if the blacke spot seme to him to abide, and that blacke heere growe therem, the blacke spot is healed, he (is) cleane, and the Priest shal declare him to be cleane.
38 ¶ Furthermore if there be many white spots in the skin of the flesh of man or woman.
39 Then the Priest shall consider: and if the spottes in the skin of their fleshe be somewhat darcke and white withall, it is but a white spot broken out in the skin: (therefore) he is cleane.
40 And the man whose heere is fallen of hys head (and) is balde, is cleane.
41 And if his head close theBy sickenes, or anie other
〈◊〉
uenience. heere on the fore
parte, and be balde before, he is cleane.
42 But if there be in the balde head, or in the balde fore heade a white reddish sore, it is a leprosie springing in his balde head, or in his balde forehead.
43 Therefore the Priest shalloke vpon it, & if the rising of the sore be white reddish in his balde head, or in his balde fore head, appearing like leprosie in the skin of the flesh.
44 He is a leper and vncleane: (therefore) the Priest shall pronounce hym altogether vncleane: (for) the sore (is) in his head.
45 The leper also in whome the plague is, shal haue his clothesIn signe of sorowe &
〈◊〉
. rent, and his head bare, & shal put a couering vpon hisEther in
〈◊〉
of mourning, or for
〈◊〉
of infecting others. lippes, & shall crye, (I am) vncleane, (I am) vncleane.
46 As long as the disease (shalbe) vpon hym, he shalbe polluted, (for) he is vncleane: he shal dwel alone,* without the campe (shal)Nomb. 5.
〈◊〉
his habitacion (be.)2. kin. 15. 5.
47 ¶ Also the garment that the plague of leprosie is in, whether it be a wollen garment or a linen garment.
48 Whether it be in the warpe or in the woofe of linen or of wollen, ether in a skin or in anie thing made of skin.
49 And if the sore be grene or some what reddish in the garment or in the skin, or in the warpe, or in the woofe, or in anie thing that is made ofWhether it be garment, vessel, or instrument. skin, it is a plague of leprosie & shalbe shewed vnto the Priest.
50 Then the Priest shal se the plague, and shut vp (it that hathe) the plague, seuen dayes.
51 And shall loke on the plague the seuenth day: if the plague growe in the garment or in the warpe, or in the woofe, or in the skin or in anie thing that is made of skin, that pla gue (is) a freating leprosie and vncleane.
52 And he shall burne the garment, or the warpe, or the woofe, whether it be wollē or linen, or aniething that is made ofskin, wherein the plague is: for it is a freating leprosie (therefore) it shalbe burnt in the fire.
53 If the Priest yet se that the plagueBut abide still in oneplace, as
〈◊〉
. 38. growe not in the garment, or in the woofe, or in whatsoeuer thing of skin it be.
54 Then the Priest shall commande them to wash the thing wherein the plague is, and he shall shut it vp seuen dayes more.
55 Againe the Priest shall loke on the plague, after it is washed: and if the plague, haue not chāged hisBut remaine as it did before. colour, thoght the plague spred no further, it is vncleane: thou shalt burne it in the fire (for) it is a freat in warde,Or whether it be in anie bare place before or behind. whether (thespot) be in the bare place of the whole, or in parte thereof.
56 And if the Priest se that the plague be darcker, after that it is washed, he shal cut it out of the garment, or out of the skin, or out of the warpe, or out of the woofe.
57 And if it appeare still in the garment or in the warpe, or in the woofe, or in anie thyng made of skin, it is a spreading (leprie,) thou shalt burne the thing wherein the plague is, in the fire.
58 If thou hast washed the garment or the war pe, or the woofe, or whatsoeuer thing of skin it be, if the plague be departed there from, then shal it be washedTo the intent be might be sure that the leprosie was departed & that all occasion of
〈◊〉
might be taken away. the seconde time, and be cleane.
59 This is the lawe of the plague of leprosie in a garment of wollen or linen, or in the warpe or in the woofe, or in anie thing of skin, to make it cleane or vncleane.
CHAP. XIIII.
3 The clēsing of the leper. 34 And of the house that he is in.
1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying,Mat 8. 1.
Mar. 1. 40.
2 *This is theOr the ceremonie whiche shalbe vsed in his purgation. lawe of the leper in the day ofLuk 5 12. his clensing: that is, he shalbe broght vnto the Priest,
3 And the Priest shal go out of the campe, and the Priest shal consider (him:) and if the plague of leprosie be healed in the leper,
4 Then shal the Priest commande to take for (him) that is clensed, twoOr, litle birdes. sparo wes aliue &Of birdes which were per mitted to be eaten. cleane, and ceder wood and askarlet (lace,) and hyssope.
5 And the Priest shal commande to kil one of the birdes ouerRunning water, of the fountaine. pure water in an earthen vessel.
6 After, he shal take the liue sparowe with the cedar wood, and the skarlet (lace,) and the hyssope, and shal dip them and the liuing sparowe in the blood of the sparowe slaine, ouerthe pure water,
7 And he shal sptinkle vpon him, that must be clensed of his leprosie, seuen times, and clen se him, and shalSignifing that he that was ma de cleane, was set at libertie, & restored to the companie of othērs. let go the liue sparowe into the broade field.
8 Then he that shalbe clensed, shal wash his clothes, and shaue of all his heere, and wash him selfe in water, so he shalbe cleane: after that shal he come into the hoste, but shal tarie without his tent seuen dayes.
9 So in the seuenth day he shal shaue of all his heere (bothe) his head, and his beard, and his
〈◊〉
browes: euen all his heere shal he shawe and shal wash his clothes and shal wash his flesh in water: so he shalbe cleane.
10 Then in the eight day he shal take two he lambes withoutWhich hath no
〈◊〉
in anie member. blemish, and an ewe lambe of an yere olde without blemish, and thre tenth deales of fine floure for a meat offring, mingled with oyle,This measure in Ebrewe is called, log, and con teineth six eggs in measure. and a pinte of oyle.
11 And the Priest that maketh him cleane shal bring the man which is to be made cleane, ād those things, before the Lord, at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
12 Then the Priest shal take one lambe, and offer him for a trespasse offring, and the pinteExod. 29. 24. of oyle, and * shake them to and fro before the Lord.
13 And he shal kil the lambe in the place where the sinne offring and the burnt offring areChap. 7. 1. slaine, (euen) in the holy place: for as the * offring is the Priests, (so) is the trespasse offring: (for) it is moste holy.
14 So the Priest shal take of the blood of the
trespasse offring, and put it vpon the lap of the right eare of him that shalbe clensed, and vpon the thumbe of his right hand, and vpon the great toe of his right fote.
15 The Priest shal also take of the pinte of oyle, and powre it into the palme of his left hand.
16 And the Priest shal dip hisEbr. the finger of his right hand right finger in the oyle that is in his left hand, and sprinkle of the oyle with his finger seuē times before the Lord.
17 And of the rest of the oyle that is in his hād shal the Priest put vpon the lap of the right eare of him that is to be clensed, and vpon the thumbe of his right hand, and vpon the great toe of his right fote,Ebr. vpon the blood of the
〈◊〉
pas
〈◊〉
. where the blood of the tres pas offring (was put.)
18 But the remnant of the oyle that is in the Priestes hand, he shal powre vpon the head of him that is to be clensed: so the Priest shal make an atonement for him before the Lord.
19 And the Priest shal offer the sin offring and make an at onement for him that is to be clen sed of his vnclennes: then after shall he kil the burnt offring.
20 So the Priestshal offer the burnt offring and the meat offring vpó the altar: and the Priest shal make an atonement for him: so he shal be cleane.
21 ¶But if he be poore, and
〈◊〉
. his hand can not take
〈◊〉
. g
〈◊〉
is an
〈◊〉
, read. notable, then he shal bring one lambe for a trespas offring to be shaken,
〈◊〉
his reconciliation, & ag tenth deale of fine floure mingled with oyle, for aExod. 16 16. meat offring, with a pinte of oyle.
22 Also two turtle doues, or two yong pigeons as he is able, whereof the one shalbe a sin offring, and the other a burnt offring,
23 And he shal bring them the eight day for his clensing vnto the Priest at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion before the Lord.
24 Then the Priest shal take the lambe of the trespas offring, and the pinte of
〈◊〉
, and the Priest shalO
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them as the
〈◊〉
that is shaken to and fro. shake them to and fro before the Lord.
25 And he shal kil the lambe of the trespas offring, and the Priest shal take of the blood of the trespas offring, and put it vpon the lap of his right eare that is to be clensed, and vpon the thumbe of his right hand, and vpon the great toe of his right fote.
26 Also the Priest shal powre of the oyle into the palme of his owneEbr. in to
〈◊〉
palme of
〈◊〉
Priests left hand. left hand.
27 So the Priest shal with his right finger sprin kle of the oyle that is in his left hand, seuen times before the Lord.
28 Then the Priest shal put of the oyle that is in his hand, vpon the lap of the right eare of him that is to be clensed, and vpon the thum be of his right hand, and vpon the great toe of his right fote: vpō the place
〈◊〉
, where the blood of the tres pas offring was put, as
〈◊〉
. 17. of the blood of the trespas offring.
29 But the rest of the oyle that is in the Priests hand, he shal put vpon the head of him that is to be clensed to make an atonement for him before the Lord.
30 Also he shal present one of the turtle doues or of the yong pigeons,Whether of thē be can get. as he is able.
31 Suche, I say, as he is able, the one for a sin offring, and the other for a burnt offringOr, besides the meat offring. with the meat offring: so the Priest shal make an atonement for him that is to be clensed before the Lord.
32 This is theThis ordre is appointed for, the
〈◊〉
man. lawe of hym whiche hathe the plague of leprosie, who is not able in hys clensing (to offre the whole.)
33 ¶The Lorde also spake vnto Mosés and to Aarôn, saying.
34 When ye be come vnto the land of Canáan which I giue you in possession, if IThis declareth that no plague nor punishement commeth to mā without gods pro vidence and his
〈◊〉
. send the plague of leprosie in an house of the land of your possession.
35 Then he that oweth the house, shall come land tel the Priest, saying, Me thinke there is like a plague (of leprosie) in the house.
36 Then the Priest shall commande them to empty the house before the Priest go into it to se the plague, that all that is in the house be not made vncleane, & then shal the Priest go in to se the house.
37 And he shall marke the plague: and if the plague (be) in the walles of the house, & that there beOr, blacknes,
〈◊〉
hollow strakes. depe spots, grenish orreddishe, which seme to belower then the wall.
38 Then the Priest shall go out of the house to the dore of the house, and shal cause to shut vp the house seuen daies.
39 So the Priest shall come againe the seuenth day and if he se that the plague be increased in the walles of the house,
40 Then the Priest shall commande them to take away the
〈◊〉
wherein the plague (is,) and they shall cast them into aOr, Polluted. foule place without the citie.
41 Also he shall cause to scrape the house within round about, & powre the dust, that they haue pared of, without the citie inWhere cariōs were cast & other filth that the peo ple might not be there with infected. an vncleane place.
42 And they shal take other stones, & put thē in the places of those stones, and shall take other mortar, to plaister the house with.
43 But if the plague come againe and breake out in the house, after that he hathe taken away the stones, and after that he hath scraped and plaistred the house.
44 Then the Priest shall come and see: and if the plague growe in the house, it is a freating leprosie in the house: it is (therefore) vncleane.
45 And he shallThat is, he shal commande it to be pulled downe as ver. 40. breake downe the house, with the stones of it, and the timber there of and all theOr, dust. mortar of the house, and he shall carie them out of the citie vnto an vncleane place.
46 More ouer he that goeth into the house all the while that it is shut vp, he shalbe vncleane vntil the euen.
47 He also that slepeth in the house shal wash his clothes: he likewise that eateth in the
house, shal wash his clothes.
48 But if the Priest shall come and se, that the plague hathe spred no further in the house, after the house be plaistered, the Priest, after shal pronounce that house cleane, for the plague is he aled.
49 Then shal he take to purifie the house, two sparowes, and cedar wood,
〈◊〉
semeth that this was a lace or string to bind the hyssope to the wood, and so was made a sprinkie: the Apostle to the Ebrewes, calleth it skarlet wolle. & skarlet (lace) and hyssope.
50 And he shall kill one sparowe ouer pure water in an earthen vessel.
51 And shal take the cedarwood, & the hissope and the skarlet (lace) with the liue sparo we, and dip them in the blood of the slaine sparowe, and in the pure water, & sprinkle theEhr. 9. 19. house seuen times:
52 So shal he clense the house with the blood of the sparowe and with the pure water, & with the liue sparowe, and with the cedar wood, and with the hyssope, and with the skarlet (lace.)
53 Afterwarde he shall let go the liue sparowe out of theEbr citie. towne into theEbr. on the face of the field. broade fieldes so shall he make atonement for the house, and it shalbe cleane.
54 This is the lawe for euerie plague of lepro sie and * blacke spot.Chap.13.30.
55 And of the leprosie of the garment, and of the house.
66 And of theOr, rising, swelling, and of the skab, and of the white spot.
57 This is the lawe of the leprosie to teacheEbr. in the day of the vncleane, and in the day of the cleane. when (athing) is vncleane, and when it is cleane.
CHAP. XV.
2. 19 The maner of purging the vncleane issues bothe of men and women. 31 The children of Israél must be sepa tate from all vnclennes.
1 MOre ouer the Lord speake vnto Mosés, and to Aarón, saying.
2 Speake vnto the children of Israél, and say vnto them, Who soeuer hathe an issue from hisWhose sede ether in slepyng, or els of weakenes of nature issueth at his secret parte. flesh, is vncleane, (because) of his issue.
3 And this shalbe his vnclennes in his yssue: (when) his flesh auoideth his issue, or if his flesh be stopped from his yssue, this is hisOr the thyng wherefore he shalbe vncleane. vnclennes.
4 Euerie bed whereon he lieth that hath the issue, shalbe vncleane, and euerie thing whe reon he sitteth, shalbe vncleane.
5 Whosoeuer also toucheth his bed, shall wash his clothes, and wash him self in water, and shalbe vncleane vntil the euen.
6 And he that sitteth on anie thing, whereon he sate that hathe the issue, shall washe his clothes, and wash himself in water, and shall be vncleane vntil the euen.
7 Also he that toucheth the flesh of him that hathe the issue, shal wash his clothes, & wash himselfe in water, and shalbe vncleane vntill the euen.
8 If he also, that hathe the issue, spit vpon him that is cleane,On whome the vncleane man spat. he shall wash his clothes, and wash himselfe in water, & shall be vncleane vntil the euen.
9 And whatThe worde signifieth euerie thing whereon a man rideth. saddle soeuer he rideth vpō that hathe the yssue, shalbe vncleane.
10 And whosoeuer toucheth anie thyng that was vnderhym, shalbe vncleane vnto the euen: & he that beareth those (things,) shall wash his clothes, ād wash him self in water, and shal be vncleane vntil the euen.
11 Like wise whomesoeuer he toucheth that hath the issue [& hath not washed his hands in water] shall washe his clothes and washe him selfe in water, and shal be vncleane vntil the euen.
12 * And the vessel of earth that he toucheth,Chap. 6. 28. which hath the issue, shalbe broken: & euerie vessel of wood shalbe rinsed in water.
13 But if he that hathe an issue, beThat is, to be restored to his old state, & be healed thereof. clensed of his yssue, then shall he count hym seuen dayes for his clensing, and wash his clothes, and wash his flesh in pure water: so shal he be cleane.
14 Then the eight day he shall take vnto hym two turle doues or two yong pigeons, and come before the Lord at the dore of the Ta bernacle of the Congregacion, & shall giue them vnto the Priest.
15 And the Priest shall make of the one of thē a sinne offring, and of the other a burnt offring: so the Priest shall make an atonement for him before the Lord, for his yssue.
16 Also if anie mans issue of sede departe from him, he shall wash al hisMeaning
〈◊〉
his bodie. flesh in water, and be vncleane vntill the euen.
17 And euerie garment, & euerie skin whereupon shalbe issue of sede, shalbe euen washed with water, & be vncleane vnto the euen.
18 If he that hath an issue of sede, do lie with a woman, they shall bothe washe them selues with water, and be vncleane vntil the euen.
19 ¶Also when a woman shall haue an yssue, (and) her issue in herOr, secret parte flesh shalbe blood, she shalbe put aparte seuen daies: & whosoeuer toucheth her, shalbe vncleane vnto the euē.
20 And whatsoeuer she lieth vpon inThat is, when she hathe her floures, whereby she is separat frō her housbād, frō the tabernacle & from touching of anie holy thyng. her separacion, shalbe vncleane, and euerie thyng that she sitteth vpon, shalbe vncleane.
21 Whosoeuer also toucheth her bed, shal wash his clothes, & wash him selfe with water, and shalbe vncleane vnto the euen.
22 And whosoeuer toucheth anie thyng that she sate vpon, shall wash his clothes, & wash him selfe in water, and shalbe vncleane vnto the euen.
23 So that whether he touche her bed, or anie thing where on she hathe sit, he shalbe vncleane vnto the euen.
24 And if a man lie with her, and (the floures) of her separacionIf anie of her
〈◊〉
did one ly touche him in the bed:
〈◊〉
els the man that
〈◊〉
with such a woman shulde dye. touch him, he shalbe vn cleane seuen daies, & al the whole bed whereon he lieth, shalbe vncleane.
25 Also whē a womās issue of blood runneth long time besides the time of herEbr. separacion. floures, or when she hathe an issue, longer then herChap 20. 18. floures, all the daies of the yssue of her vnclennes she shalbe vncleane, as in the time of her floures.
26 Euerie bed where on she lieth [as long as her issue lasteth] shalbe to her as herShalbe vncleane as the bed whereon she lay when she had her natural disease. bed of her separacion: and whatsoeuer she sitteth vpō, shalbe vncleane, as her vnclennes whē she is put a parte.
27 And whosoeuer toucheth these (thyngs,) shalbe vncleane, and shal wash his clothes, and wash him selfe in water, and shalbe vncleane vnto the euen.
28 But if she be clensed of her issue, then she shallAfter the time that she is recouered. counte her seuen daies, and after, she shalbe cleane.
29 And in the eight day she shal take vnto her two turtles or two yong pigeons, and bring them vnto the Priest at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
30 And the Priest shal make of the one a sinne offring, & of the other a burnt offring, & the Priest shal make an atonemēt for her before the Lord, for the yssue of her vnclennes.
31 Thus shal yeSeing that God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
, puritie & clennes we can not
〈◊〉
his, except our
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
be purged with the blood of lesus
〈◊〉
. separate the childrē of Israél from their vnclennes, that they dye not in their vnclennes, if they defile my Tabernacle that is among them.
32 This is the lawe of him that hathe an yssue, and of him frome whome goeth an yssue of sede whereby he his defiled:
33 Also of her that is sicke of her floures, and of him that hathe a running issue, whether it be man or woman, & of him that lieth with her which is vncleane.
CHAP. XVI.
2 The Priest might not at all times come into the moste holy place. 8 The scape goat. 14 The purging of the San ctuarie. 17 The clēsing of the Tabernacle. 21 The Priest confesseth the sinnes of the people. 29 The feast of clensing sinnes.
1 FVrthermore the Lord spake vnto Mosés, * after the death of
〈◊〉
two sonnes of Aarón,Chap. 10. 1. when they came (to offer) before the Lord, and dyed:
2 And the Lord said vnto Mosés, Speake vnto
〈◊〉
. 30. 10. Aarón thy brother, * that he come not atThe hie Priest entred into the Holiest of all but once a yere, euen in the moneth of September.
Ebr. 9. 7. al times in to the Holy place within the vaile before the Merciseat, whiche is vppon the Arke, that he dye not: for I will appeare in the cloude vpon the Merciseat.
3 After this (sort) shall Aarôn come into the Holy place (euen) with a yong bullocke for a sinne offring, & aram for a burnt offryng.
4 He shall put on the holy linen coat, and shal haue linen breches vpon hisOr,
〈◊〉
. flesh, & shalbe girded with a linen girdel, and shal couer his head with a linen mitre: these are the holy garments: therefore shal he wash his flesh in water, when he doeth put them on.
5 And he shall take of the Congregacion of the children of Israél, two he goates for a sinne offring, and a ram for a burnt offrying.
6 Then Aarón shal offer the bullocke for hysEbr. 9. 7. sinne offryng, * and make an atonement for him selfe, and for his house.
7 And he shal take the two he goates, & present thē before the Lord at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
8 Then Aarón shall cast lots ouer the two he goates: one lot for the Lorde, and the other for theIn Ebreweit is called Azazél, which some say is a mountaine nere Sinai whether this goat was sent but rather it is called the scape goat be cause he was not offred, but sent into the
〈◊〉
, as vers, 21. Scape goat.
9 And Aarón shal offer the goat, vpon which the Lords lot shall fall, and make him a sinne offring.
10 But the goat, on which the lot shal fal to be the Scape goat, shalbe presēted aliue before the Lord, to make reconciliacion by hym, (and) to let him go [as a Scape goat] into the wildernes.
11 Thus Aarôn shal offer the bullocke for his sinne offring, and make a reconciliacion for him selfe, and for his house, and shal kil the bullocke for his sinne offring.
12 And he shal take a censer ful of burning coles from of the Altar before the Lord, & his handefull of swete in cens beaten small, and bring (it) within theThe Holiest of all. vaile.
13 And shal put the in cens vpō the fire before the Lord, that theOr, thesmoke' cloude of the in cens may couer the Merciseat that is vponOr, Arke. the Testimonie: so he shal not dye.Ebr. 1. 13. & 10. 4. Chap. 4. 6.
14 And he shal * take of the blood of the bullocke, * & sprinkle it with his finger vpō the MerciseatThat is, on the side which was to
〈◊〉
the peo ple: for the head of the
〈◊〉
stode. Westward Eastward: and before the Merci seat shall he sprinkle of the blood with hys finger seuen times.
15 ¶ Then shall he kill the goat that is the peoples sinne offryng, and bryng his blood within the vaile, and do with that blood, as he did with the blood of the bullocke, and sprinkle it vpon the Merciseat, and before the Merciseat.
16 So he shall purge the Holy place from the vnclennes of the children of Israél, & from their trespasses of all their sinnes: so shall he do also for the Tabernacle of the Congrega cionPlaced among them which are vncleane. placed with them, in the middes of their vnclennes.
17 * And there shal be no man in the TabernacleLuk. 1. 10. 17. of the Congregacion, when he goeth in to make an atonemēt in the Holy place, vntil he come out, and haue made an atonemēt for him selfe, and for his housholde, and for all the Congregacion of Israél.
18 After, he shal go out vnto theWhere vpō the
〈◊〉
incense & perfume was offred. Altar that is before the Lorde, and make a reconciliacion vpon it, and shall take of the blood of the bullocke, and of the blood of the goat, and put it vpō the hornes of the Altar round about:
19 So shal he sprinkle of the blood vpō it with his finger
〈◊〉
times, and clense it, and halo we it from the vnclennes of the children of Israél.
20 ¶ When he hathe made an end of purgyng the Holyplace, and the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, and the altar, then he shall bring the liue goat:
21 And Aarón shal put bothe his hands vpon the head of the liue goat, and confesse ouer him all the iniquities of the children of Israél, and al their trespasses, in all their sinnes,
putting themHerein this goat is a true figure of lesus Christ, who beareth the sinnes of the people, Isa. 53. 4. vpon the head of the goat, and shal send (him) away [by the hand of a man appointed] into the wildernes.
22 So the goat shal beare vpon him all their iniquities intoEbr. the land of separacion. the lād that is not in habited & he shal let the goat go into the wildernes.
23 After, Aarón shal come into the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, and put of the linen clothes, which he put on when he went into the Holy place, and leaue them there.
24 He shal wash also his flesh with water inIn the court where was the Lauer. the Holy place, and put on his owne raiment and come out, and make his burnt offring,Exod. 30. 18. and the burnt offring of the people, and make an atonement for him self, and for the people.
25 Also the fat of the sinne offring shal he bur ne vpon the Altar.
26 And he that caryed forthe the goat, (called) the Scape goat, shal wash his clothes, and wash his flesh in water, and after that shal co me into the hoste.
27 Also the bullocke for the sinne offring, and the goat for the
〈◊〉
offring [whose blood was broght to make a reconciliacion in the Holy place] shal one * cary out without theChap. 6. 10. hoste to be burnt in the fire, with their skinsEbr. 13. 11. and with their flesh, and with their doung.
28 And he that burneth them shal
〈◊〉
his clo thes, and wash his flesh in water, and afterwarde come into the hoste.
29 ¶ So this shalbe an ordinance for euer vnto you: the tenth (day) of theWhich was Tisri, and ans we
〈◊〉
to parte of September and parte of October seuenth moneth ye shalMeaning by abstinence and fasting. humble your soules, and do no wor ke at all, whether it be one of the same countrey or a stranger that soiourneth among you.
30 For that * day shal the Priest make an atonementChap. 21. 7. for you to clense you: ye shal be clea ne from all your sinnes before the Lord.
31 This shal be aOr a rest which ye shal kepe mostediligently. Sabbath of rest vnto you, and ye shal humble your soules, by an ordinance for euer.
32 And the PriestWhome the Priest snalanoint by Gods commandement to succede in his fathers
〈◊〉
. whome he shal anoint, and whome he shal consecrate [to minister in his fathers stede] shal make the atonement, and shal put on the linen clothes and holy vestments,
33 And shal purge the holy Sanctuarie and the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, and shall clense the Altar, and make an atonement for the Priests and for all the people of the Congregacion.
34 And this shalbe an euerlasting ordinance vnto you, to make an atonement for the chilExod. 30. 10. dré of
〈◊〉
for all their sonnes * once a yere:Ebr. 9. 7. and as the Lord commanded Mosés, he did.
CHAP. XVII.
4 All sacrifices
〈◊〉
be broght to the dore of the Tabernacle. 7 To deuils may they not offer. 10 They not eat blood.
1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying,
2 Speake vnto Aarón, and to his sonnes, and to all the children of Israél, and say vnto thē, This is the thing which the Lord hatheLest thei shuld practise that ido
〈◊〉
, which thei had learned among the
〈◊〉
. commanded, saying.
3 Who so euer (he be) of the house of Israél thatTo make a sacrifice or
〈◊〉
thereof. killeth a bullocke, or lambe, or goat in the hoste, or that killeth it out of the hoste.
4 And bringeth it not vnto the dore of the Ta bernacle of the Congregaciō to offer an offring vnto the Lord before the Tabernacle of the Lorde,I do asmuch ab horre it asthoght he had killed a man, as Isa. 66.
〈◊〉
. blood shalbe imputed vnto that
〈◊〉
hath shed blood, wherfore that man shalbe cut of from among his people.
5 Therefore the children of Israél shall bryng their offryngs, whiche they wolde offerWheresoeuer
〈◊〉
were moued with solish de
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
it. abroad in the field, and present thē vnto the Lorde at the
〈◊〉
of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion by the Priest, and offer them for peace offrings vnto the Lord.
6 Then the Priest shall sprinkle the blood vpon the altar of the Lorde before the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion,Exod. 29. 18. and burne the fat for a * swete sauour vntoChap.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. the Lord.
7 And they shall no more offer their offryngs vntoMeaning what soeuer is not the true God.
〈◊〉
, after whome they haue gone aFor idolatrie is spirituall whordome, because faith towarde God is broken. who ring: this shalbe an ordinance for euer1. Cor, 10. 20. vnto them in their generacions.Psal.
〈◊〉
. 5.
8 ¶ Also thou shalt say vnto them, Whosoeuer (he be) of the house of Israél, or of the stran gers which soiourne among thē, that offreth a burnt offring or sacrifice.
9 And bringeth it not vnto the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion to offer it vnto the Lord, euen that man shal be cut of from his people.
10 ¶ Like wise whosoeuer (he be) of the house of Israél, or of the strangers that soiourne among them, that eateth anie blood, I will euen setI will declare my wrath taking vengeāce on him as Chap 20. 3. my face against that persone that eateth blood, and wil cut him of frō among his people:
11 For the life of the flesh is in the blood, and I haue giuen it vnto you (to offer) vpon the altar, to make an atonement for you soules: for this blood shall make an atonement for the soule.
12 Therefore I said vnto the children of Israél None of you shall eat blood: nether the stranger that soiourneth among you, shall eat blood.
13 Moreouer whosoeuer (he be) of the children of Israél, or of the strangers that soiourne among them, which by huntyng taketh anie beast or foule that maye beWhich the law
〈◊〉
to be eaten because it is cleane. eatē he shal powre out the blood thereof, and couer it with dust:
14 For the life of al flesh is his blood,
〈◊〉
(ioyned) with his life: therefore I said
〈◊〉
the children of Israél, * Ye shall eat
〈◊〉
bloodGen. 9 5. of noOr, liuing creature. flesh: for the life of all
〈◊〉
is the blood thereof: whosoeuer eateth it, shal be cut of.
15 And euerie person that eateth it which dieth (alone,) or that which is torne (with beastes) whether it be one of the same countrey or a stranger, he shal both wash his clothes, and washe him selfe in water, and be vncleane
vnto the euen: after he shalbeOr, coūted clea ne. cleane.
26 But if he wash (them) not, nor wash hisOr, him selfe. flesh then he shal beareOr, the
〈◊〉
of his sinne. his iniquitie.
CHAP. XVIII.
3 The Israelites ought not to folow the maner of the Egyptians and Canaanites, 6 The mariages that are vnlawful.
1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying, 2 Speake vnto the children of Israél, and say vnto them, I am the Lord your God.
3 After theYe shalpreser ue your selues from these abominations following, which the
〈◊〉
and Canaanites vse. doings of the land of Egypt, wherein ye dwelt, shal ye not do: ād after the maner of the land of Canáan, whither I wil bring you, shal ye not do, nether walke in their ordinances,
4 (But) do after my iudgements, and kepe mine ordinances, to walke therein: I am the Lord your God.
5 Ye shal kepe therefore my statutes, and my iudgements, * which if a man do, he shal thē
Ezek. 20. 11. liué in them:And therefore ye ought to serue me alone, as my people. I am the Lord.Rom. 10. 5.
6 ¶ None shal come nere to anie of the kinredGal. 3 12. of his flesh toThat is, to lie with her, thogh it be vnder title of mariage. Chap.
〈◊〉
. 11. vncouer (her) shame: I am the Lord.
7 Thou shalt not vncouer the shame of thy father, nor the shame of thy mother: (for) she is thy mother, thou shalt not discouer her shame.
8 * The shame of thy fathers
〈◊〉
is thy step mother. wife shalt thou not discouer: (for) it is thy fathers shame.
9 Thou shalt not discouer the shame of thyEther by father or mother, borne in mariage or otherwise. sister the daughter of thy father, or the daughter of thy mother, whether she be bor ne at home, or borne without: thou shalt not discouer their shame.
10 The shame of thy sonnes daughter, or of thy daughters daughter, thou shalt not, I say vncouer their shame: for it is thyThei are her children whose shame thou
〈◊〉
vncouered. shame.
11 The shame of thy fathers wiues daughter, begotten of thy father [(for) she is thy sister] th ou shalt not, (I say,) discouer her sname.
12 * Thou shalt not vncouer theOr, secrets. shame of thyChap. 29. 20. fathers sister: (for) she is thy fathers kinsewoman.
13 Thou shalt not discouer the shame of thy mothers sister: for she is thy mothers kinsewoman.
14 * Thou shalt not vncouer the shame of thyChap. 20 20.
Which thine vncle doeth discouer. fathers brother: (that is,) thou shalt not go into his wife, (for) she is thineEbr thy fathers
〈◊〉
wife. Chap. 20 12. ante.
15 * Thou shalt not discouer the shame of thy daughter in lawe: (for) she is thy sonnes wife: (therefore) shalt thou not vncouer her shame.Chap. 20 18.
16 *
〈◊〉
shal not discouer the shame of thyBecause the ido laters, among whome Gods people had dwelt and shulde dwel were giuen to these
〈◊〉
in cests, God chargeth his to beware of the same
〈◊〉
hers wife: (for) it is thy brothers shame.
17
〈◊〉
shalt not discouer the shame of the wife
〈◊〉
of her daughter, nether shalt thou take her sonnes daughter, nor her daughters daughter, to vncouer her shame: (for) they are (thy) kinsfolkes, (&) it were wickednes.
18 Also thou shalt not take a wife with her sister, during her life, toBy seing thine affection more
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
sister then to her. vexe (her,) in vncouering her shame vpon her.
19 *Thou shalt not also go vnto a woman to vnChap. 20. 18. couer her shame, as lōgas she is putOr whiles she hath her floures aparte for her disease.
20 Moreouer, thou shalt not giue (thy) selfe to thy neighbours wife by carnall copulation, to be defiled with her.Chap. 20. 2.
21 * Also thou shalt not giue thyEbr. of thy sede. children to2. kin. 23 10.
Or, to make thē passe. offer (them) vntoWhiche was an idole of the Ammonites, vnto whome they bur ned ād sacrificed their children. Molech, nether shalt thou defile the Name of thy God: (for) I am the Lord.
22 Thou shalt not lie with the male as one lieth with a woman: (for) it is abominacion.
23 * Thou shalt not also lie with anie beast to be defiled there with, nether shal anie womā
2. king. 23. 10. stand before a beast, to lie downe thereto:Chap. 20 15. (for) it isOr, confusion abominacion.
24 Ye shal not defile your seluesin anie of these things: for in al these the nacions are defiled which I wil cast out before you:
25 And the land is defiled: therefore I wilI wil punishe the land
〈◊〉
suche
〈◊〉
mariages &
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
suffied. visit the wickednes thereof vpon it, & the landHe compareth the wicked to euil humours and
〈◊〉
, whiche
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
& oppresse
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
muste be cast out by
〈◊〉
. shal womet out her inhabitants.
26 Ye shall kepe therefore mine ordinances, and my iudgements, and commit none of these abominacions, (aswel) he that is of the same countrey, as the stranger that soiourneth among you.
27 [For all these abominacions haue the men of the land done, which were before you, & the land is defiled:
28 And shall not the land spue you out if ye defile it, as itBothe for their wicked mariages vnnatural copulations, Idolairie or spiriauall whoredome with Molech, & suche like
〈◊〉
spued out the people that were before you?]
29 For whosoeuer shall commit anie of these abominacions, the persones that do (so) shalEther by
〈◊〉
uile sword, or by some plague that God wil send vpon suche. be cut of from among their people.
30 Therefore shall ye kepe mine ordinances that ye do not anie of the abominable customes, which haue bene done before you, and that ye defile not your selues therein: (for) I am the Lord your God.
CHAP. XIX.
1 A repeticion of sondrie lawes and ordinances.
1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying.
2 Speake vnto al the Cōgregacion of the children of Israél, & say vnto thē, *Ye shal beChap. 11. 44. & 20 7.
〈◊〉
. Pet. i. 16.
That is voide of al
〈◊〉
, ido
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of soule and body. holy, for I the Lord your God (am) holy.
3 ¶ Ye shall feare euerie man is mother & his father, and shall kepe my Sabbaths: (for) I am the Lord your God.
4 ¶ Ye shall not turne vnto idoles, nor make you molten gods: I am the Lord your God.
5 ¶ And when ye shal offer a peace offring vn to the Lord, ye shal offer itOf your
〈◊〉
accorde. frely.
6 * It shalbe eaten the day ye offer it, or on theChap. 7. 16. morowe: and that whiche remaineth vntill the third day, shal be burnt in the fire.
7 For if it be eaten the third day, it shalbe vncleane, it shal not beTo
〈◊〉
, of God accepted.
8 Therefore he that eateth it, shall beare his iniquitie, because he hathe defiled the halowed thing of the Lorde, and that persone shal be cut of from his people.
9 ¶ * When ye reape the haruest of your land,Chap. 23. 22. ye shal not reape euerie corner of your field nether shalt thou gather theOr, gatherings and leauings. glainyngs of
thy haruest.
10 Thou shalt not gather the grapes of thy vineyarde (
〈◊〉
) nether gather euery grape of thy vineyarde (but) thou shalt leaue them for the poore & for the stranger: I am the Lord your God.
11 ¶ Ye shal not steale, netherIn that which is commited to your
〈◊〉
. deale falsely, netherlie one to another.
12 ¶ * Also ye shal not sweare by my NameExod. 20. 7 deut. 5 11.
〈◊〉
. 5. 34. falsely, nether shalt thou defile the Name of thy God: I am the Lord.
13 ¶ Thou shalt not do thy neighbourOr, oppresse him by violence. wrong nether robbe (him) * The worckemans hire shal not abide with thee vntil the morning.Deut. 24, 4.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
15.
14 ¶ Thou shalt not curse the deafe, * netherDeut. 27. 18. put a stumbling blocke before the blinde, but shalt feare thy God: I am the Lord.Exod. 23. 3. deut.
〈◊〉
. 17. &. 16. 16.
15 ¶ Ye shal not do vniustely ī iudgemēt, * thou
〈◊〉
. 24, 23. I am. 2, 2. shalt not fauour the persone of the poore, nor honour the persone of the mighty (but) thou shalt iudge thy neighbour iustly.
16 ¶ Thou shalt notAs a
〈◊〉
backbiter or quarelpiker. walke (about) withtalcs among thy people. Thou shalt notBy consenting to his death, or cō
〈◊〉
with the wicked. stand against the blood of thy neighbour I am the Lord.
17 ¶ Thou shalt not hate thy brother in thi ne heart (but) thou shalt plainely rebukc thy neighbour,Ebr. suffre not sinne vpon him. & suffre him not to sinne
18 ¶ Thou shalt not auenge, nor be mindefulMat. 5 45. (of wrong) against the childrē of thy peo
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 9.
gal. 5. 14. ple. * but shalt louc thy neighbour as thy
〈◊〉
. 2, 8. selfe: I am the Lord.
19 ¶ Ye shal kepe mine ordinances. Thou shalt not let thy cattel gendre withAs a horse to leape an asse, on amule a mare. (others) of diuers kīdes. Thou shalt not sowe thy field with mingled (sede) nether shal a garment of diuers things (as) of linen and wollen come vpon thee.
20 ¶ Whosoeuer also lieth & medleth with a woman that is abonde maid, affianced to a housbād, & not redemed, nor fredome giuē her,Ebr. a
〈◊〉
shalbe. Some read they shalbe beaten. she shalbe scourged (but) they shal not dye, because she is not made fre.
21 And he shal bring for his trespas offring vnto the Lord, at the dore of the Taberna cle of the Congregation, a ram for a trespas offring.
22 Then the Priest shal make an atonement for him with the rā of the trespas offring before the Lord, concerning his sinne which he hath done, & pardō shal be giuen him for his sinne which he hathe cōmitted
23 ¶ Also when ye shal come into the land, and haue planted eucrie tre for meat, yeIt shalbe
〈◊〉
, as that thing which is
〈◊〉
circumcised shal counte the frute thereof as vncircumcised: thre yere shal it be vncircumcised vnto you, it shal not be eaten.
24 But in the fourth yere all the frute there of shal be holy to the praise of the Lord.
25 And in the fift yere shal ye eat of the frute of it that it mayOr, that God may multiplie. yelde to youthe encrease there of: I am the Lord your God.
26 ¶ Ye shal not eat (the flesh) with the blood ye shal not vse which craft, norTo measure luckie or
〈◊〉
. obserue times.
27 * Ye shal notAs did the Gentiles in signe of mourning. cut round the corners ofChap.
〈◊〉
. 5. your heades, nether shalt thouOr cut, or teare Deut 14. 1. marre the tuftes of thy beard.
28 * Ye shal not cut your flesh for theEbr. soule, or persone. dead nor make anie printe of aBy
〈◊〉
your bodies or
〈◊〉
markes therin. marke vpon you: I am the Lord.
29 ¶ Thou shalt not make thy daughter commen, to cause her to be aAs did the Cy prians, and Locrenses. whore, lest the land also fall to whoredome and the land be ful of wickednes.
30 ¶ Ye shal kepe my Sabbaths and reueren ce my Sanctuarie:
〈◊〉
the Lord.
31 ¶ Ye shal not regarde them that worke with spirits, * nether sothesaiers: ye shal not seke (to them) to be defiled by them: I am the Lord your God.
32 ¶ Thou shaltIn token of
〈◊〉
. rise vp before the horehed and honour the persone of the olde man, and dread thy God: I am the Lord.
33 ¶ And if a stranger soiourne with thee in your land, ye shal notOr, do him wrong. vexe him.
34 * (But) the stranger that dwelleth withExod 22. 21. you shalbe as one of your selues, & thou shal loue him as thy selfe: for ye were strā
gers in the land of Egypt: I am the Lord your God.
35 ¶ Ye shal not do vniustly in iudgement, inAs in
〈◊〉
the grounde,
〈◊〉
. 11. 1, & 16
〈◊〉
. & 20. 10.
〈◊〉
. line, in weight, or in measure.
36 * You shal haue iuste balances, true weigh tes, a trueBy these two measures he mea neth all other of Ephah, read. Ephah, & a true Hin. I am the Lord your God, which haue broght you out of the land of Egypt.
37 Therefore shal ye obserue all mine ordinances,Exod. 16. 36. & of
〈◊〉
. Exod. 29. 40. and all my iudgements, and do them: I am the Lord.
CHAP. XX.
2 They that giue of their sedeto Molech, must dye. 6. They that haue recours to sorcerers 19 The man that committeth adulterie. 11 Incest, or fornication with the kinred or affinitie. 24 Israel a peculiar people to the Lord.
1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying.
2 Thou shalt say also to the children of Israel,Chap 18.
〈◊〉
* Whosoeuer (he be) of the children of Israel, or of the strangers that dwel in Israél, that giueth his children vntoBy Molech he meaneth anie kinde of idole. Chap. 18. 21. Molech, he shal dye the death, the people of the land shal stone him to death.
3 And IRead
〈◊〉
. 18.
〈◊〉
wil set my face against that man & cut him of from among his people, because he hath giuen his children vnto Mō lech, for to defile my Sāctuarie, and to pol lute mine holy Name.
4 And if theThogh the people be negligent todo their duetie and defend
〈◊〉
right, yet he
〈◊〉
not susfre wickednes to go vnpunished. people of the landhide their eyes (&) winke at that mā when he giueth his children vnto Mólech, & kil him not.
5 Then wil I set my face against that man, and against his familie, and wil cut him of, and all that go a whoring after him to cō mit whoredome with Mólech, from amōg their people.
6 ¶ If anie turne after suche as worke with spirits, & after so the saiers, to go aTo esteme
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
or coniurers is spiritual whoredome or
〈◊〉
. whoring after them, then wil I set my face against that persone, and wil cut him of from among his people.
7 ¶ Sanctifie your selues therefore, * and beChap.
〈◊〉
. 44. holy, for I am the Lord your God.1 pet. 1. 16.
8 Kepe ye therefore mine ordināces, & do thē. I am the Lord which doeth sāctifie you
9 ¶ * If (there be) anie that curseth his fatherExod. 21. 17. or his mother, he shal dye the deathprou 20. 20. (seing) he hathe cursed his father & hismat.
〈◊〉
. 4. mother,He is worthy to dye. his blood (shalbe) vpon him.
10 ¶ * And the mā that cōmitteth adulterieDeut. 22 22. with another mans wife, because he hatheioh. 8. 4. commited adulterie with his neighbours wife, the adulterer & the adulteres shal dye the death.
11 And the man that lieth with his fathers wife (because) he hathe vncouered his fathers * shame, theishal bothe dye: theirChap. 18. 8. blood (shalbe) vpon them.
12 Also the man that lieth with his daughter in lawe, they bothe shal dye the death, they haue wroghtOr, confusion. abominacion, their blood (shalbe) vpon them.
13 * The man also that lieth with the male, asChap. 18. 22. one lieth with a woman, they haue bothe committed abomin a ciō: they shal dye the death, their blood (shalbe) vpon them.
14 Likewise he that taketh a wife & her motherIt is an execrable and detestable thing. committeth wickednes: thei shal
〈◊〉
ne him and them with fire, that there be no wickednes among you.
15 * Also the mā that lieth with a beast, shalChap. 18. 9. dye the death, and ye shal slay the beast.
16 And if a woman come to anie beast, and lie there with, then thou shalt kil the woman and the beast: they shal dye the death their blood (shalbe) vpon them.
17 Also the man that taketh his sister, his fathers daughter, or his mothers daughter, and seeth her shame & she seeth his shame it is vilennie: therefore they shalbe cut of in the sightEbr. in the eies of the children of their people. of their people (because) he hathe vncouered his sisters shame, he shal beare his iniquitie.
18 * The man also that lieth with a womanChap. 18. 19. hauing herOr, floures. disease, & vncouereth her sha me (and) openeth her fountaine, & she opē the fountaine of her blood, thei shalbe euē bothe cut of from among their people.
19 Moreouer thou shalt not vncouer the sha me of thy mothers sister, * nor of thy fathers sister, because he hathe vncouered hisEbr. flesh. kin: they shal beare their iniquitie.
20 Likewise the man that lieth with his fathers brothers wife, and vncouereth his vncles shame: they shal beare their iniquitie (and) shal dyeThey shalbe cut of from their people and their children shal be taken as bastards and not counted among the
〈◊〉
. childles.
21 So the man that taketh his brothers wife, cōmitteth fil thines (because) he hathe vncouered his brothersRead Chap. 18. 16. shame: they shalbe childles.Chap 18
〈◊〉
.
22 ¶ Ye shal kepe therefore all mine * ordinancesChap. 18. 25. and all my iudgemēts, and do thē, that the land, whither I bring you to dwel therein, * spue you not out.
23 Wherefore ye shal not walke in the maners of this nacion which I cast out befo re you: for they haue committed all these things, * therefore I ab horred them.Deut. 9. 5,
24 But I haue said vnto you, ye shal inherit their land, and I wil giue it vnto you to pos sesse it (euen) a lād thatFul of abundance of all things. floweth with milke and honie I am the Lord your God, which haue separated you from (other) people.
25 * Therefore shal ye put difference betweneChap. 11. 3. cleane beastes & vncleane, and betweDeut. 14. 4. ne vncleane foules and cleane: nether shal
〈◊〉
By eating them
〈◊〉
to my commandement. defile your selues with beastes and fou les, nor with anie (creping thing) that the grounde bringeth for the, which I haue separated from you as vncleane.
26 Therefore shal ye be * holie vnto me: forVers, 7. I the Lord am holie & I haue separated you frō (other) people, that ye shulde be mine.
27 ¶ * And if a man or woman haue a spirit ofDeut. 18. 7. diuinacion, or sothe saying in them, they1 Sam. 28, 7. shal dye the death: they shal stone them to death, their blood (shalbe) vpon them.
CHAP. XXI.
2 For whome the Priests may lamēt 6 How pure the Priest ought to be bothe in them selues and in their familie.
1 ANd the Lord said vnto Mosés, Speake vnto the Priestes the sonnes of Aarón and say vnto them, Let none beBy touching the dead, lamen ting, or being at their burial. defiled by the dead among his people,
2 But by his kin semā that is nere vnto him: (to wit) by his mother, or by his father, or by his sōne, or by his daughter, or by his brother.
3 Or by his sister aFor being maried she semed to be cut of from his familie. maid, that is nere vnto him, which hathe not had a housband for herEbr. he may be defiled. he may lament.
4 He shal not lament for theOnely the Priest was permitted to mourne for
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
kinred. prince amōg his people, to pollute himselfe.
5 Thei shal not make * balde partes vpon their head, nor shaue of the lockes of their beard, nor make anie cuttigs ī their flesh.
6 They shalbe holy vnto their God, and notChap. 19. 27. pollute the Name of their God for the sacrifices of the Lord made by fire, (and) the bread of their God thei do offer: therefore they shalbe holy.
7 Thei shal not take to wife an whore, orVVhich hathe an euil name or is defamed, one polluted, nether shal thei marie a wo man diuorced from her housbád: for suche one (is) holy vnto his God.
8 Thou shaltThou shalt coū
te them holy and reuerence them. sanctifie him therefore, for he offreth theThe shewe bread. bread of thy God: he shal be holy vnto thee: for I the Lord, which sanctifie you am holy.
9 ¶ If a Priests daughter fall to playe the whore, she polluteth her father (therefore) shal she be burnt with fire.
10 ¶ Also the hie Priest among his brethren, [vpon whose head the anointingoyle was powred, and hathe consecrated his hand to put on the garmēts] shal notHe shal vse no suche ceremonies as the mourners obserued. vncouer his head, nor rent his clothes,
11 Nether shal he go to anieOr, to the houses of the dead. dead body, nor make him selfe vncleane by his father or by his mother.
12 Nether shal he go out of theTo go to the dead. Sanctuarie, nor pollute the holyplace of his god: for the
For by his annointing he was preferred to the other Priests, and therfore coldenotlament the dead,
〈◊〉
he shulde haue polluted his holy ointingcrowne of the anointing oyle of his God (is) vpon him: I am the Lord.
13 Also he shall take a maid vnto his wife:
14 (But) a widowe, or a diuorced woman, or a polluted, (or) an harlot, these shall he not mary, but shall take a mayde of his owneNot onely of his tribe but of all Israél. people to wife:
15 Nether shal he defile hisBy mariyng anie vnchaste or defamed womā. sede amonge his people: for I am the Lord whiche sanctifie him.
16 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying.
17 Speake vnto Aarón, and say, Whosoeuer of thy sede in their generaciōs hath anie blemishes, shall not preace to offer the breade of his God:
18 For whosoeuer hathe anie blemish, shall not come nere: (as) a man blinde or lame, or that hatheVVhich is deformed or bruised. a flat nose, or that hath anyAs not of equal proporciō, or hauing in nō
bre more or lesse. misshapen (membre.)
19 Or a man that hathe a broken fote, or a broken hand,
20 Or (is) croke backt, or bleare eied,Or that hath a web, or perle. or hathe a blemish in his eie, or be skiruie, or skabbed, or haue (his) stones broken.
21 None of the sede of Aarôn the Priest that hathe a blemish, shal come nere to offer the sacrifices of the Lord made by fire, hauing a blemish: he shall not preace to offer theAs the shewe bread, and meat offrings. bread of his God.
22 The bread of his God, (euen) of theAs of sacrifice for sinne. most holy, andAs of the
〈◊〉
and firste frutes. of the holy shal he eat:
23 But he shal not go in vnto theIn to the
〈◊〉
. vaile, nor come nere the altar, because he hath ablemish, lest he pollute my Sāctuaries: for I am the Lord that sanctifie them.
24 Thus spake Mosés vnto Aarón, and to his sonnes, and to all the children of Israél.
CHAP. XXII.
5 VVho ought to abstaine from eating the things that were offred. 19 VVhat oblacions shulde be offred.
1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying,
2 Speake vnto Aarôn, and to his sonnes, that they beMeaning that the Priests absteine from eating, so long as thei are polluted separated from the holy things of the childrē of Israel, & that they pollute not mine holy name in those things which they halowe vnto me: I am the Lord.
3 Say vnto them, Whosoeuer (he be) of all your sede among your generacions after you, thatTo eat thereof
〈◊〉
toucheth the holy things which the childrē of Israél halowe vnto the Lord hauing his vnclēnes vpō him, euē that persone shal be cut of frō my sight: I the Lord
4 *Whosoeuer also of the sede of Aarón is
〈◊〉
. 15. 2. a leper, or hath a running issue, he shal not eat of the holy things vntil he be cleane: and whoso toucheth any that isBy touching
〈◊〉
aniedead thinge or
〈◊〉
at
〈◊〉
of the dead. vncleane (by reasō) of the dead, or a man whose issue of sederunneth from him,
5 Or the man that toucheth anie creping thing, whereby he may be made vncleane, or a man, by whome he maye take vnclennes,Ebr accordyng to all his vnclennes. whatsoeuer vnclennes he hathe.
6 The persone that hathe touched such, shall therefore be vncleane vntill the euen, and shal not eat of the holy things,Or, vn. ill. excepte
〈◊〉
haue washed his flesh with water.
7 But when the sunne is downe, he shall be cleane, and shal afterward eat of the holy things: for it is hisOr, bread. fode.
8 *Of a beast that dyeth, or is rent, (withExod 22.
〈◊〉
. beasts,) whereby he may be defiled, he shalEzek. 44. 31. not eat: I am the Lord.
9 Let them kepe therefore mine ordinance, lest they beare (their) sinne for it, & dye for it, if they defile it: I the Lord sanctifie them.
10 There shal noVVhich is not of the tribe of Leui. strāger also eat of the holy thīg, netherSome read, the seruant whiche had his eare bored and wolde not go fre. the gest of the Priest, nether shal an hired seruant eat of the holy thing:
11 But if the Priest bie anie with money, he shal eat of it, also he that is borne in his house: they shal eat of his meat.Exod. 21. 6.
12 If the Priests daughter also be maried vnto aVVho is not of the Priests kinted. stranger, she may not eat of the holy offrings.
13 Notwithstanding if the Priests daughter be a widow or diuorced, & haue no childe, but is returned vnto her fathers house, she shal eat of her fathers bread, as she did inChap. 10. 14. her* youth: but there shal no stranger eate thereof.
14 ¶ If a mā eat of the holy thing vn wittingly he shal put theHe shall giue that and a
〈◊〉
parte ouer. fifte parte therunto, & giue it vnto the Priest with the halowed thing.
15 So they shal not defile the holy thinges of the childrē of Israél, which they offer vnto the Lord.
16 Nether cause the (people) to beare the iniquitie (of their)For if they did not offer for their
〈◊〉
, the people by their example might commit the like offence. trespas while thei eat their holy thing: for I the Lord do halow them.
17 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying,
18 Speake vnto Aarón, and to his sonnes, & to all the children of Israél, and say vnto them, Whosoeuer (he be) of the house of Israél, or of the strangers in Israél, that will offer his sacrifice for all their vowes, and for all their fre offrings, whiche they vse to offer vnto the Lord for a burnt offring.
19 (Ye shall offer) of your fre minde a male without blemish of the beues, of the shepe, or of the goates.
20 Ye shal not offer anything that hath a ble mish: for that shal not be acceptable for youDeute. 15. 20.
21 * And whosoeuer bringeth a peace offringEccles. 35.
〈◊〉
. vnto the Lord accōplish his vowe, or for a fre offring, of the beues, or of the shepe, his fre offring shal be perfect, no blemish shalbe in it.
22 Blinde, or broken, or maimed, or hauyng aOr, ware. wēne, or s kiruie, or skabbed: these shal ye not offer vnto the Lord nor make an offring by fire of these vpon the altar of the Lord,
23 Yet a bullocke, or a shepe that hath (anie *membre) superfluous, or lacking, sucheChap. 21.
〈◊〉
, maiest thou present for a fre offring, but for a vowe it shal not be accepted.
24 Ye shal not offer vnto the Lord that whiche is bruised or crushed, or broken, or cut away, nether shal ye make (an offring thereof) in your land.
25 NetherYe shall not receiue anie vnperfect thing of a stranger, to make it the Lords offrings whiche he calleth the breade of the Lord. of the hand of a stranger shal ye offer the bread of your GOD of anie of these, because their corrupciō (is) in thē, there is a blemish in thé: (therefore) shall they not be accepted for you.
26 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying
27 Whē a bullocke, or a shepe, or a goat shal be broght forth, it shal be euen seuē daies vnder his damme: and from the eight day for the, it shalbe accepted for a
〈◊〉
made by fire vnto the Lord.
28 As for the cowe or the ewe, ye shall not *kil her, and her yong (bothe) in one day.Deute. 22. 6.
29 So when ye will offer a thanke offrynge vnto the Lord, ye shal offer willingly.
30 The same day it shal be eatē, ye shal leaue *none of it vntil the morow: I am the lordChap. 7. 15.
31 Therefore shall ye kepe my commandements and do them: (for) I am the Lord.
32 Nether shall yeFor whosoeuer doeth otherwise then God commandeth, polluteth his name. pollute mine holy Name, but I will be halowed amóg the children of Israél, I the Lord sanctifie you.
33 Which haue broght you out of the land of Egypt, to be your God: I am the Lord.
CHAP. XXIII.
2 The feasts of the Lord. 3 The Sabbath. 5 The
〈◊〉
. 6 The feast of vnleauened bread. 10 The feast of first frutes. 16 VVitsontide. 24 The feast of blowing trompets. 34 The feast of tabernacles.
1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying
2 Speake vnto the childrē of Israél, and say vnto them, The feasts of the LORD whiche ye shall call the holyOr, conuocaciō. assemblies, (euen) these are my feasts.
3 *Six daiesOr, ye may worke. shal worke be done, but in theExod. 20. 9. seuenth daye (shalbe) the Sabbath of rest, an holyOr, assemblie. conuocaciō: ye shal do no work (therein,) it is the Sabbath of the Lord, in all your dwellings.
4 ¶ These are the feasts of the Lord, (and) holy conuocacions, whiche ye shall proclame in theirFor the
〈◊〉
was kept euerie weke, and
〈◊〉
were
〈◊〉
kept once
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. seasons.
5 In the first moneth, (and) in the fourtēth (day) of the moneth at euening (shalbe) the Passeouer of the Lord.
6 And on the fiftenth daye of this moneth (shalbe) the feast* of vnleauened breadeExod. 2. 15. vnto the Lord: seuen daies ye shal eat vnleauenedNomb. 28. 17. bread.
7 In the first day ye shal haue an holy cōuocaciō: ye shal do noOr
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
one
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. seruile work (therin)
8 Also ye shal offer sacrifice made by fire vnto the Lord seuen daies, (and) in theThe first day of the east and the
〈◊〉
were kept holy: in the rest
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
work, excep: anie feast
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. edeled, as
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of voleau ned bread the
〈◊〉
enth day,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
feaste of sheaues the
〈◊〉
day. seuenth day (shalbe) an holy conuocaciō: yeExod. 12. 16. shal do no seruile worke (therein.)
9 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying,
10 Speake vnto the children of Israél, and say vnto them, When ye be come into the land, which I giue vnto you, & reape the haruest therof, thē ye shal bring
〈◊〉
, an emer: reade. Deut, 24. 19. a sheafe of the first frutes of your haruest vnto the Priest.
11 And he shall shake the sheafe before the Lorde, that it maye be acceptable for you: the
〈◊〉
after theThat is, the seconde Sabbath of the Passeouer. Sabbath, the Priest shal shake it.
12 And that day whē ye shake the sheafe, shall ye prepare a lambe without blemish of aRuth. 2. 15. yere olde, for a burnt offrīg vnto the lordPsal. 129. 7.
13 And the meat offring therof (shalbe) twoVVhiche is, the fift parte of an Ephah or two omers. read. tenth deales of fine floure mingled with oyle, for a sacrifice made by fire vnto the Lord of swete sauour: & the drink offring theros the fourth partRead Exod. 29 40. of an Hin of wine.
14 And ye shal eat nether bread nor parchedExod. 16. 16. corne,
〈◊〉
Or, ful
〈◊〉
. grene eares vntil the self same day that ye haue broght an offring vnto your God: (this shal be) a lawe for euer in your generaciōs & in all your dwellings.
15 Ye shal count also to you frō the morow after theThat is, the seuenth daye after the firste Sabbath of the Passeouer. Sabbath, (euē) frō the day that ye shall brings the sheafe of the shake offring, seuē
Or, weekes. Sabbaths thei shal be cōplete.
16 Vnto the morow after the seuenth Sabbath shal ye nōbre fifty daies: then ye shal bring a new meat offring vnto the Lord.
17 Ye shall brynge out of your habitacions breade for the shake offring: thei shal be two (loaues) of two tenth deales of
〈◊〉
floure, (which) shal be baken withBecause the Priest shulde eat them, as
〈◊〉
. 7. 13. and thei shuld not be offred to the Lord vppon the altar. leauen for first frutes vnto the Lord.
18 Also ye shal offer with the bread seuen lā
bes with out blemish of one yere olde, and a yong bullocke and two rams, they shall be for a burnt offring vnto the Lord, with their meat offrings and their drinke offringes, for a sacrifice made by fire of a swete sauour vnto the Lord.
19 Then ye shal prepare an he goat for a sin offring, and two lambes of one yere olde for peace offrings.
20 And the Priest shal shake them to and fro with the bread of the firste frutes before the Lord (&) with the two lābes thei shalbe holy to the Lord, for theThat
〈◊〉
offred to the Lord, and the rest shuld be for the Priests. Priest.
21 So ye shal proclame the same day, (that) it may be an holy conuocacion vnto you: ye shal do no seruile worke (therein: it shalbe) an ordinance for euer in al your dwellings, throughout your generacions.
22 ¶* And whē you reape the haruest of yourChap. 19. 9. lād, thou shalt not rid cleane the cornersDeute. 24. 19. of thy field whē thou reapest, nether shalt thou make any after gathering of thi har uest, (but) shalt leaue thē vnto the poore & to the strāger: I am the Lord your God.
23 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying,
24 Speake vnto the children of Israél, & say, In theThat is, aboute the end of Septē
ber. seuenth moneth, (and) in the firste (daye) of the moneth shall yeOr an holy day to the Lord haue a Sabbath, for the remembrance ofVVhich blowing was to put them in rememb āce of the manifolde feasts that were in that monethe, and of the Iubile. blowing the trompets, an holy conuocacion.
25 Ye shal do no seruile worke (therin,) but offer sacrifice made by fire vnto the Lord.
26 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying,
27 The *tenth also of this seuenth moneth shalbe a day of recōciliation: it shal be an holy conuocacion vnto you, and ye shallBy fasting. hūble your soules, & offer sacrifice madeChap
〈◊〉
. 10. by fire vnto the Lord.Nomb. 29. 7.
28 And ye shal do no work that same day: for
it is a day of reconciliacion, to make an atonement for you before the Lord your God.
29 For euerie persone that humbleth not him selfe that same day, shal euen be cut of, from his people.
30 And euerie persone that shal do anie work that same day, the same persone also will I destroye from among his people.
31 Ye shal do no maner worke (therefore: this shalbe) a lawe for euer in your generacions, (throughout) all your dwellings.
32 This shalbe vnto you a Sabbath of rest, and ye shal hūble your soules: in the ninth (day) of the moneth at euen, from o euen to euenWhich
〈◊〉
anight & a day: yet thei toke it
〈◊〉
their naturall day. shall yeEbr. rest your Sabbath. celebrate your Sabbath.
33 ¶And the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying,
34 Speake vnto the children of Israél, and say, *In the fiftenth day of this seuenth moneth (shalbe) for seuen daies the feast of TabernaclesNomb. 39.
〈◊〉
. vnto the Lord.Iohn. 7. 37.
35 In the first day (shalbe) an holy conuocaciō: ye shal do no seruile worke (therein.)
36 Seuen daies ye shal offer* sacrifice made byExod. 29. 18. fire vnto the Lorde, (and) in the eight daye shalbe an holy conuocacion vnto you, and ye shal offer sacrifices made by fire vnto the Lord: it is theOr a day wherin the people are staved from all worke. solemne assemblie, ye shall do no seruile worke (therein.)
37 These are the feastes of the Lord [which ye shall call holy conuocacions] to offer sacrifice made by fire vnto the Lord, (as) burnt offring, and meat offring,Or peace
〈◊〉
. sacrifice, and drinke offrings, euerie one vpon his day.
38 Beside the Sabbaths of the Lord, and beside your giftes, and beside all your vowes, and beside all your fre offrings, whiche ye shall giue vnto the Lord.
39 But in the fiftienth day of the seuenth moneth, when ye haue gathered in the frute of the land, ye shall kepe an holy feast vnto the Lord seuen daies: in the first day (shalbe) aOr a solemne feast. Sabbath: likewise in the eight day (shalbe) a Sabbath.
40 And ye shall take you in the first daye the frute of goodlie trees, branches of palme trees, and the boughes ofOr, of bowes thicke with leaues. thicke trees, and willowes of the broke, and shal reioyce before the Lord your God seuen daies.
41 So ye shall kepe this feast vnto the Lorde seuen daies in the yere, by a perpetual ordinance through your generacions: in the seuenth moneth shal you kepe it.
42 Ye shal dwel in boothes seuē daies al that are Israelites borne, shal dwel in boothes,
43 That your posteritie maye knowe that I haue made the children of Israél to dwel inIn the wildernes forasmuche as thei wolde not credit
〈◊〉
& Caléb, when thei returned frome spying the land of Canaan. boothes, when I broght them out of the land of Egypt: I am the Lord your God.
44 So Mosés declared vnto the children of Israél the feastes of the Lord.
CHAP. XXIIII.
2 Theoyle for the lampes. 5 The shewebread. 14 The blas phemer shalbe stoned.
〈◊〉
He that killed shalbe killed.
1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying.
〈◊〉
read Exo. 27. 20
2 a Commande the childrē of Israél that thei bring vnto thee pure oyle oliue beatē, for the light, to cause the lampes to burne continually.
3 Without the vaileVVhiche vaile separated the Ho liest of all,
〈◊〉
was the Arke of the testimonie, frome the Sanctuarie. of the Testimonie, in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, shal Aarôn dresse them, bothe euē and morning before the Lord alwaies: (this shalbe) a law for euer through your generacions.
4 He shal dresse the lampes vppon the* pureExod. 31. 8. Candelsticke before the Lord perpetually.
5 ¶Also thou shalt take fine floure, and bakeExod.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. tweleue* cackes thereof: twoThat ist wo Omers: read. tenth deales shal be in one cake.
6 And thou shalt set thē in two rowes, six inExod. 16,
〈◊〉
. a rowe vpō the pure table before the Lord.
7 Thou shalt also put pure in cense vpon the rowes, thatFor it was
〈◊〉
euerie Sabbath when the bread was taken away. in stede of the breade it may be for a remembrāce, (and) an offring made by fire to the Lord.
8 Euerie Sabbath he shall put them in rowes before the Lord euermore, (receauing thē) of the children of Israél for an euerlasting couenant.Exod. 29.
〈◊〉
.
9 *And the (bread) shalbe Aarōs and his sonnes,Chap. 8. 31. and thei shal eat it in the holy place:Mat. 12.
〈◊〉
. for it is most holy vnto him of the offrings of the Lord made by fire by a perpetual ordinance.
10 ¶And there wentOut of his
〈◊〉
. out among the children of Israél the sonne of an Israelitish woman, whose father was an Egyptian: & this sonne of the Israelitish womā, & amā of Israél stroue together in the hoste.
11 So the Israelitish womās sonneBy swearing or dispiting God. blasphemed the Name (of the Lord,) and cursed, & they broght him vnto Mosés [his mothers name also was Shelomith, the daughter of Dibri, of the tribe of Dan.]
12 And they* put him in warde, till he toldeNomb. 15.
〈◊〉
. them the minde of the Lord.
13 Then the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying,
14 Bring the blasphemer with out the hoste, and let all that heard him,* put their hādsDeut.
〈◊〉
. 9. & 17. 7. vpon his head, and let al the Congregaciō stone him.
15 And thou shalt speake vnto the children of Israél, saying, Whosoeuer curseth his God, shalShalbe punis hed. beare his sinne.
16 And he that blasphemeth the name of the Lord, shal be put to death: all the Congregacion shallstone him to death: as well the strāger, as he that is borne in the land: whē he blasphemeth the Name (of the Lord,) let him be slaine.
17 ¶* He also thatEbr. smiteth the soule of anie man killeth anie man, he shalbeExod. 21. 12.
Deut 19. 4. put to death.
18 And he that killeth a beast, he shal restore it,Ebr.
〈◊〉
for soule. beast for beast.
19 Also if a man cause (anie) blemish in hys neighbour: as he hathe done, so shall it be done to him:
20 *Breache for breache, eie for eie, to theExod. 21. 24. for to the such a blemish as he hath madeDeut. 19.
〈◊〉
. in anie, suche shalbe repaied to him.Mar. 5.
〈◊〉
.
21 And he that killeth a beast shal restore it:
but he that killeth a man shalbe slaine.
22 Ye shal haue* one la we: it shalbe aswel forExod. 12. 49. the stranger as for one borne in the countrey: for I am the Lord your God.
23 ¶ ThenBecause the punis hement was not yet appointed by the Lawe for the blasphemet, Mosés consulted with the Lord, and
〈◊〉
the people what God commāded. Mosés tolde the childrē of Israél, and they broght the blasphemer out of the hoste, and stond him with stones: so the children of Israél did as the Lord had commanded Mosés.
CHAP. XXV.
2 The Sabbath of the seuenth yere. 8 The Iubile in the fiftieth yere. 14 Not to oppresse their brethren. 23 The sale, and redeming of lands, houses and persones.
1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés in moūt Sin ai, saying,
2 Speake vnto the children, of Israél, and say vnto them, When ye shall come into theExod. 23. 10. land which I giue you, the* land shall
〈◊〉
. shal rest a rest. kepe Sabbath vnto the Lord.
3 The Iewes began the count of this yere in September: for then all the frutes were gathered. Six yeres thou shalt sowe thy field, and six yeres thou shalt cut thy vineyarde, and gather the frute thereof.
4 But the seuenth yere shalbe a Sabbath of rest vnto the land: (it shalbe) the Lords Sab bath: thou shalt nether sowe thy field, nor cutthy vineyarde.
5 That which groweth of itBy reason of the corne that sel out of the eares the yere past. owne accorde of thy haruest, thou shalt not reape, nether gather the grapes that thou hasteOr, which thou hast separated from thy selfe, &
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
to GOD for the poore. lefte vnlaboured: (for) it shalbe a yere of reste vnto the land.
6 And theThat which the lande
〈◊〉
for the in her rest. rest of the land shalbe meate for you, (euen) for thee, and for thy seruant, & for thy maid, & for thy hyred seruāt, & for the stranger that soiourneth with thee:
7 And for thy cattel, and for the beastes that are in thy land shall all the increase therof be meat.
8 ¶ Also thou shalt nomber seuenOr, weekes. Sabbaths of yeres vnto thee, (euen) seuen times seuē yere: & the space of the seuen Sabbaths of yeres wil be vnto the nine & fourty yere.
9 In the beginnynge of the
〈◊〉
yere was the
〈◊〉
. so called, because the ioyfull tidings of libertie was publikely proclaimed by the sounde of a corner. Then thou shalt cause to blowe the trumpet of the Iubile in the tenth (day) of the seuenth moneth: euen in the day of the recō ciliacion shal ye make the trumpet blowe, throughout all your land.
10 And ye shall halowe that yere, (euen) the fiftieth yere, and proclaime libertie in the land to all theVVhiche were in
〈◊〉
inhabitants there of: it shal be the Iubile vnto you, and ye shal returne euerie man vnto his
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
hulde nether
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
, or families dimini
〈◊〉
nor
〈◊〉
. possession, and euerie man shal returne vnto his familie.
11 This fiftieth yere shalbe a yere of Iubile vnto you: ye shall not sowe, nether reape that which groweth of it self, nether gather (the grapes) therof, that are left vnlaboured.
12 For it is the Iubile, it shall be holy vnto you: ye shal eat of the increase thereof out of the field.
13 In the yere of this Iubile, ye shall returne euerie man vnto his possession.
14 And when thou sellest ought to thy neigh bour, or byest at thy neighbours hande, ye shalBy deceit or otherwise. not oppresse one another:
15 (But) according to the nōber ofIf the Iubile to come be nere, thou shalt sel better cheape: if it be farre of, dearer. yeres after the Iubile thou shalt bye of thy neighbour: (also) according to the nōber of the yeres of the reuenues, he shal sel vnto thee
16 According to the multitude of yeres, thou shalt encrease the price therof, and accordynge to the fewnes of yeres, thou shalt abate the price of it: for the nomber ofAnd not the ful possession of the land. frutes doeth he sel vnto thee.
17 Oppresse not ye therefore anie man hys neighbour, but thou shalt feare thy God: for I am the Lord your God.
18 ¶ Wherefore ye shal obey mine ordināces, and kepe my Lawes, and do them, and ye shalwel in the landOr, boldely without feare. in saftie.
19 And the land shal giue her frute, & ye shall eat your fil, and dwel therein
〈◊〉
.
20 And if ye shal say, What shal we eat the seuēth yere, for we shal not sowe, nor gatherin our increase?
21 I wilEbr. I wil commande. send my blessings vppon you in the sixt yere, and it, shal bring forthe frute for thre yeres.
22 And ye shalsowe the eight yere, and eate of the old frute vntil the ninth yere: vntil the frute therof come, ye shal eat the olde.
23 ¶ Also the lād shal not be sold to beIt colde not be solde for euer, but must returne to the familie in the Iubile. cut of (frō the familie:) for the land is mine, (&) ye be but strangers and soiourners with me.
24 Therfore in al the land of your possession ye shalYe shall sel it on condiciō that it maye be
〈◊〉
. grante a redempciō for the land.
25 ¶ If thy brother be impouerished, and sel his possession, thē his redemer shall come, (euen) his nere kinsman, and bye out that which hisOr, kinsman. brother solde.
26 And if he haue no redemer, butEbr. his hand hathe gotten. hath gotten and founde to bye it out,
27 Thē shal heAbating the money of the yeres past, and paying for the rest of the yeres to come. counte the yere'of his sale, & restore the ouer plus to the mā, to whom he solde it, so shal he returne to his possessiō.
28 But if he can not get sufficient to restore to him, then that whiche is solde, shall remaine in the hand of him that hath boght it, vntill the yere of the Iubile: and in the Iubile it shal comeFrom his hāds that boght it. out, and he shal returne vnto his possession.
29 Likewise if a man sel a dwelling house in a walled Citie, he maye bye it out againe within a whole yere after it is solde: within a yere may he bye it out:
30 But if it be not boght out within the space of a full yere, then the house that is in the walled Citie, shalbe stablished,That is, for euer
〈◊〉
ver, 23. as cut of (from the familie,) to him that boght it, throughout his generacions: it shal not-go out in the Iubile.
31 But the houses of villages, whiche haue no wallesrounde about them, shal be estemed as the field of the countrie: they may be boght out againe, and shalOr, returne. go out in the Iubile.
32 Not with stāding, the cities of the Leuites, (&) the houses of the cities of their posses siō, may the Leuites redemeEbr. for euer. at al seasons.
33 And if a man purchase of the Leuites the house that was solde, and the citie of their possessiōshal go out in the Iubile: for that houses of the cities of the leuites are their possession among the children of Israél.
34 But the field of theVVhere the Le uites kept their cattel. suburbes of their cities, shal not be solde: for it is their perpe tual possession.
35 ¶ Moreouer if thy brother be impouerished, &In ebr. it is if his hand shake, meaning if he stretch for the his hand for helpe as one in miserie Exod. 22. 25. fallen in decay with thee, thou shalt releue him, and (as) a stranger and soiourner, so shal he liue with thee.
36 * Thou shalt take no vsurie of him, nor vantage, but thou shalt feare thy God, that thy brother may liue with thee.Deut. 23. 19.
37 Thou shalt not giue him thy money to vsuprouerb. 28. 8.
ezek 18, 8 & 22, 12. rie, not lend him thy vitailes for increase.
38 I am the Lord your God, which haue broght you out of the lād of Egypt, to gi ue you the lād of canaā (&) to be your God
39 ¶ * If thy brother also (that dwelleth) byExod. 11, 2. thee, be impouerished, and be solde vntoDeut, 15, 12. thee, thou shalte not compel hym to serueier, 34, 14. as abonde seruant,
40 (But) as an hyred seruant, and as a soiour ner he shal be with thee: he shal serue thee vnto the yere of the Iubile.
41 Thē shal he departe from thee (bothe) he, and his children with him, and shal returne vnto his familie, and vnto the possession of his fathers shal he returne:
42 For they are my seruāts, whome I broght out of the lād of Egypt: they shal notVnto perpetual seruitude. be solde as bonde men are solde.
43 * Thou shalt not rule ouer him cruelly,Eph 6. 9. but shalt feare thy God.Col. 4, 1.
44 Thy bonde seruant also, and thy bonde maid, which thou shalt haue (shalbe) of the heathen that are rounde aboute you of them shal ye bye seruants and maids.
45 And moreouer of the children of the strā
gers, that are soiourners among you, of thē shal ye bye, and of their families that are with you, which they begate in your land: these shalbe yourFor thei shal not be boghtout at the Iubile. possession.
46 So ye shal take them as inheritance for your children after you, to possesse them by inheritance, ye shal vse their labours for euer: but ouer your brethren the chil dren of Israél ye shal not rule one ouer another with crueltie.
47 ¶ If aEbr. If his hād take holde. soiourner or a stranger (dwelling by the get (riches) & thy brother by him be impouerished, and sel him selfe vnto the strāger or soiourner (dwellīg) by thee or to the stocke of the strangers familie.
48 After that he is solde, he may be boght out: one of his brethren may bye him out
49 Or his vncle, or his vncle sonne may bye him out, or (anie) of the kinred of his flesh amōg his familie, may redeme him: ether if he canIf he be able. get (so muche) he may bye him selfe out.
50 Then he shal reken with his byer from the yere that he was solde to him, vnto the ye re of Iubile: and the money of his sale shal be according to the nomber ofVVhich remaine yet to the Iubile. yeres: according to the time of an hyred seruant shal he be with him.
51 If there be manie yeres behinde, accordīg to thē he shal giue againe for his deliuerā ce, of the money that he was boght for.
52 If there remayne but fewe yeres vnto the yere of Iubile, thē he shal counte with him ād according to his yeres giue againe for his redemption.
53 He shalbe with him yere by yere as an hyred seruant: he shal not rule cruelly ouer him in thyThou shal
〈◊〉
suffie him to in treat him rigorously, if thou knoweit. sight.
54 And if he be not redemed thus, he shal go out in the yere of Iubile, he and his children with him.
55 For vnto me the children of Israél (are) ser uants: they are my seruants, whome I haue broght out of the land of Egypt: I am the Lord your God.
CHAP. XXVI.
1 Idolatrie forbidden. 3 A blessing to them that kepe the commandements. 14 The curfse to those that breake them. 42 God promiseth to remembre his couenant.
Exod 20, 4.
1 YE shal make you none idoles nor grauenDeut. 5. 8.
Psal 97, 7. image, nether reare you vp anieq Or stone
〈◊〉
anie imagerie. * piller, nether shal ye set" anie image of stone in your lād to bowe downe to it: for I am the Lord your God.Chap. 19. 30.
2 Ye shal kepe my Sabbaths, and reuerence my Sanctuarie: I am the Lord.Deut. 28,
〈◊〉
.
3 ¶ * If ye walke in mine ordinances, and kepe my commandements, and do them,
4 I wil then send youBy promising abundance of earthly things he stirreth the mindes to consider the richest: easures of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. raine in due season, and the land shal yelde her increase, and the trees of the field shal giue their frute.
5 And your threshing shal reache vnto the vintage, and the vintage shal reache vnto so wing time, and you shal eat your breadIob 11, 19. in plēteousnes, & * dwel in your lād safely
6 And I wil send peace in the land, & ye shal slepe and none shal make you afraied: also IEbr. I wil cause the euil beast to cease. wil rid euil beasts out of the lād and the
〈◊〉
halhaue no warre. sworde shal not go through your land.
7 Also ye shal chase your enemies, and they shal fall before you vpon the sworde.
8 * And fiue of you shal chase an hundreth,Iosh 23, 10. and an hundreth of you shal put ten thou sand to flight, and your enemies shal fall before you vpon the sworde.
9 ForEbr I wil turne vnto you. I wil haue respect vnto you, & make you encrease, & multiplie you, andPerfourme that which I haue pro mised. establish my couenant with you.
10 Ye shal eat also olde store, & cary out olde because of the newe.Ezek. 37, 28.
2 Cor. 6, 16.
11 * And I wil set myVVil be daily present with you Tabernacle among you and my soule shal not lothe you.
12 Also I wil walke among you, and I wil be your God, and ye shal be my people.
13 I am the lord your God which haue broght you out of the land of Egypt, that ye shul de not be their bondmē, & I haue brokenDeut, 28. 15. theI haue set you at ful liberti where as before ye were as beasts tied in bandes. bondes of your yoke, and made you go vpright.lament.
〈◊〉
, 176
mal 2. 2.
14 ¶ * But if ye wil not obey me, nor do all
these commandements,
15 And if ye shal despise mine ordināces, ether if your soule abhorre my Lawes, so that ye wil not do all my commādements, but breake myVVhich I made with you in cho sing you to be my people couenant,
16 Then wil I also do this vnto you, I will appoint ouer youOr, an hasty pla gue. fearfulnes, a consumption, and the burning ague to consume the eies, and make the heart heauie, and you shal sowe your sede in vaine: for your enemies shal eat it.
17 And I wil setRead. Chap. 17, 10. my face against you, and ye shal, fall before your enemies, and they that hate you, shal reigne ouer you,* and ye shalProuerb. 28. 1. flee when none pursueth you,
18 And ifye wil not for these (things) obey me then wil I punish youThat is, more extremely. seuen times more, according to your sinnes,i Ye shal haue drought &
〈◊〉
nes, Agge 1. 10.
19 And I wil breake the pride of your power, and I wil make your heauen as yron, and your earth as brasse:
20 And yourOr, labour. strēght shalbe spent in vaine: ne ther shal your land giue her increase, nether shal the trees of the land giue their frute.
21 ¶ And if ye walkeOr, as some
〈◊〉
, by
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
my
〈◊〉
to chance and
〈◊〉
. stubbernely against me, and wil not obey me, I wil then bring seuen times mo plagues vpon you, according to your sinnes.
22 I wil also send wilde beastes vpō you, which shalOf your
〈◊〉
a. king 17, 25. spoile you, and destroy your cattel, & make you fewe in nomber: so your hye Because none dare passe thereby for feare of beastes. wayes shalbe desolate.
23 Yet if by these ye wil not be reformed by me, but walke stubbern ely against me,2 Sam. 22.
〈◊〉
.
24 Then wil I also walke* stubbernely againstPsal. 17, 26. you, and I wil smite you yet seuen times for your sinnes:
25 And I wil send a sworde vpon you, that shal auenge the quarel of my couenat and whē ye are gathered in your cities, I wil send the pestilence among you, and ye shal be deliuered into the hand of the enemie.
26 Whēl shal breake theThat is the
〈◊〉
, wherby the
〈◊〉
is susteined, Ezek 4, 16. & 5. 16. staffe of your bread then ten women shal bake your bread in one
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
sufficient for ten families. ouen, & they shal deliuer your bread againe by weight, and ye shal eat, but not be satisfied.
27 Yet if ye wil not for this obey me, but walk against me stubbernely,
28 Then wil I walke stubberly in (mine) angre against you, & I wil also chastice you seuē times (more) according to your sinnes.
29 And ye shal eat the flesh of your sonnes, & the flesh of your daughters shal ye deuoure
30 I wil also destroye your hie places, & * cut away your images, and cast your carkeises2 Chro 34. 7. vpon the bodies of your idoles, & my soule"Or, carions. shal abhorre you.
31 And I wil make your cities desolate, and bring your Sāctuarie vnto noght, andI wil not accept your
〈◊〉
. wil not smel the sauour of your swete odoures
32 I wil also bring the land vnto a wildernes and your enemies, which dwel therein, shal be astonished there at.
33 Also I wil scatter you among the heathen andSignifiyng that none enemie can come withont Gods sending. wil drawe out a sworde after you & your land shalbe waste, and your cities shalbe desolate.
34 Then shal the land enioye her * SabbathsChap. 25, 2. as long as it lieth voyde, and ye shalbe in your enemies land: then shal the land rest and enioye her Sabbaths.
35 All the daies that it lieth voyde, it shal rest, because it did not rest in yourVVhich I commanded you to kepe. Sabbaths, when ye dwelt vpon it.
36 And vpon them that are left of you, I wil send euen aOr, co wardnes faintenes into their hearts in the land of their enemies, & the sounde of a leafe shaken shal chase them, and they shalAs if their enemies did chase them. fiee as fleing from a sworde, and they shal fall, no man pursuing them.
37 They shal fall also one vpon an other, as before a sworde, thogh none pursue them and ye shal not be able to stād before your enemies:
38 And ye shal perish among the heathen, & the land of your enemies shal eat you vp.
39 And they that are left of you, shal pine away for their iniquitie, in your ennemies lands, & for the iniquities of their fathers shal they pine away withForasmuche as they are culpable of their fathers
〈◊〉
, they shalbe punished as wel as their fathers. them also.
40 Then thei shal confesse their iniquitie, & the wickednes of their fathers for their trespas, which they haue trespassed agaist me, and also because thei haue walked stubbernely against me,
41 Therefore I wil walke stubbernely against them, and bring them into the land of their enemies: so thē their vncircumcised hearts shal be humbled, and thē they shal willingly beare (the punishemēt of) their"Or praye
〈◊〉
their sinne. iniquitie.
42 Then I wil remembre my couenant with Iaakob, and my couenant also with Izhak and also my couenant with Abraham wil I remember, and wil remember the land.
43 VVhiles they are
〈◊〉
, and without repentance. The lād also (in the meane season) shalbe left of them, & shal enioye her Sabbaths while she lieth waste without thē, but they shal willingly suffre (the punishment of) their iniquitie, because thei dispised my la wes, & because their soule abhorred mine ordinances.Deut. 4. 31.
44 Yet notwithstanding this, whē they shalbeRom. 11, 19. in the land of their enemies,* I wil not cast thē away, nether wil I abhorre thē, to destroy thē vtterly (nor) to breake my couenāt with thē: for I am the Lord their God
45 But I wil remēbre for them theMade to
〈◊〉
forefathers. couenāt of olde when I broght them out of the land of Egypt in the sight of the heathē that I might be their God I am the Lord.
46 These are the ordinances, & the iudgements, & the lawes, which the Lord made betwene him, and the children of Israél in mountFifty daiesafter they cameout of Egypt.
〈◊〉
, by the hand of Mosés.
CHAP. XXVII.
2 Of diuers vowes, and the redemption of the same. 28 A thiug separate from the vse of man can not be solde, nor redemed but remaineth to the Lord.
1 MOreouer the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying,
2 Speake vnto the childrē of Israel, & say vnto thē. If anie mā shal make aAs of his sonne or his daughter., vowe of a persone vnto the Lord, byVVhich are the Priest. thy estimaciō
3 Then thy estimaciō shalbe (thus) a malefrō twenty yere olde vnto sixty yere olde shal be by thy estimaciō euen fiftyRead the value of the shekel, Exod. 30. 13. shekels of siluer, after the shekel of the Sanctuarie.
4 But if it be a female, then thy valuacion shalbe thirty shekels.
5 And from fiue yere olde to twenty yere ol dethy valuaciō shalbe for the male twēty shekels, & for
〈◊〉
female ten shekels.
6 But from aHe speaketh of those vowes whereby the fathers dedicated their children to God, which were not of suche force, but thei might be redemed from them. moneth olde vnto fiue yere ol de, the price of the male shalbe fiue shekels of siluer, and thy price of the female, thre shekels of siluer.
7 And from sixty yere olde and aboue, if (he be) a male, then thy price shal be siftene shekels, and for the female ten shekels.
8 But if he be poorerIf he be not able to pay after thy valuacion. then thou hast estemed (him) them shal he presēt him selfe before the Priest, & the Priest shal value him, according to the abilitie of him that vow ed (so) shal the Priest value him.
9 And if (it be) aVVhich is cleane Chap. 11. 1. beast, whereof men bring an offring vnto the Lord, all that one giueth of suche vnto the Lord, shal be holy.
10 He shal not alter it nor change it, a good for a bad, nor a bad for a good: and if he change beast for beast, then (both) this & that, which was chāged for it, shalbeThat is
〈◊〉
to the Lord holy
11 And if (it be) anie vncleane beast, of which men do not offer a sacrifice vnto the Lord he shal then present the beast before the Priest.
12 And the Priest shal value it, whether it be good or bad (ād) as thou valuest it (which art) the Priest, so shal it be.
13 But if he wil bie it againe, then he shal giue the fift parte of it more, aboue thy valuacion.
14 ¶ Also whē a mā shal dedicate his house to be holy vnto the Lord, thē the Priest shall value it, whether it be good or bad, (&) as the Priest shal prise it,Ebr. so shal is stand. so shal the value be.
15 But if he that sanctified it, wil redeme his house, then he shal giue therto the fift part of money more then thy estimacion, and it shalbe his.
16 If also a man dedicate to the Lord anie grounde of his inheritāce, then shalt thou esteme it according to theValuing the price thereof according to these de that is sowen
〈◊〉
by the sede that
〈◊〉
doeth yelde. sede thereof: an
〈◊〉
is a measure conteining to.
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
of Ephap. Homer of barlie sede (shalbe) at fiftie shekels of siluer.
17 If he dedicate his field (immediately) from the yere of Iubile, it shalbe worthe as thou doest estemeit.
18 But if he dedicate his field after the Iubile, then the Priest shal reken hym the moneyExod. 16. 16. according to the yeres that remaine vnto the yere of Iubile, and it shalbe abbated by thy estimacion.
19 And if he that dedicateth it, wil redeme the field, then he shal put the fift parte of the price, that thou estemedst it at, theren̄
to, and it shal remaine his.
20 And if he wil not redeme the filed, but (the Priest)For their owne
〈◊〉
or godlie vses. sel the field to another man, it shal be redemed no more.
21 But the field shalbe holie to the Lord when it goeth out in the Iubile, as a filedThat is, which is dedicate to the Lord with a cur se to him that doeth turne it to his priuate vse. separe te from commune vses: the possession ther of shalbe the Priests.
22 If a mā also dedicate vnto the Lord a field which he hathe boght, which is not of theNom. 21, 2 deut. 13. 15. Iosh. 6. 17. grounde of his inheritance.
23 Then the Priest shal set the price to him asVers 22. * thou estemest it, vnto the yere of Iubile, and he shal giueThe Priests valuacion. thy price the same day (as a thing) holy vnto the Lord.
24 (But) in the yere of Iubile, the field shal returne vnto him, of whome it was boght: to him (I say) whose inheritāce the lād was
25 And all thy valuacion shalbe according to the skekel of * the Sanctuarie: a shekel cō
Exod. 30. 13. nom. 3, 47. ezek 45, 12. teineth twenty gerahs,
26 ¶ * Notwithstanding the first borne of theExod.
〈◊〉
, 2. & 22. 29. hom. 3. 13. beastes, because it is the Lords first borne, none shal dedicate suche be it bullocke, or shepe (for) it is theIt was the Lors already. Lords.
27 But if it be an vncleane beast, then he shal redeme it by thy valuacion and giue the fift parte more thereto: & if it be not rede med, then it shal be solde, according to thy estimacion.
28 * Notwithstāding, nothing separate frō
Iosh, 6,
〈◊〉
, the commune vse that a man doeth separate vnto the Lord of all that he hathe [whether it be man or beast, or land of his inheritance] may be solde nor redemed: (for) euerie thing separate from the commune vse is moste holy vnto the Lord.
29 Nothing separate from the cōmune vse which shalbe separate from man shal be redemed (but) dye theIt shal remaine
〈◊〉
redē
ption. death.
30 Also all the tithe of the lād (bothe) of the sede of the ground (&) of the frute of the
〈◊〉
is the Lords (it is) holy to the Lord.
31 But if a man wil redeme (anie) of his tithe, he shal adde theBesides the
〈◊〉
lue of the thing itselfe. fift parte thereto.
32 And euerie tithe of bullocke, and of shepe (and) of all that goeth vnder theAl that which is nombred that is euerie tenth, as he falleth by ta le without acception or respect. rod the tenth shalbe holy vnto the Lord.
33 He shal not loke if it be good or bad nether shal he change it: els if he change it, bothe it, and that it was changed with all shalbe holy (and) it shal not be redemed.
34 These are the commādements which the Lord commanded by Mosés vnto the chil dren of Israel in mount Sinai.
THE FOVR THE BOKE OF Mosés, calledSo called becau se of the diuersitie and multitude of nombrings which are here chiefly
〈◊〉
Nombers.
THE ARGVMENT.
FOrasmuche as God hathe appointed that his Church in this worlde shalbe vnder the crosse, bothe because they shulde learne not to put their trust in worldely things, and also fele his comforte, when all other helpe faileth: he did not straight way bring his people, after their departure out of Egypt, into the land which he promised them: but led them to and fro for the space of fourtie yeres, and kept them in continual exercises before they enioyed it, to trye their faith, & to teache them to forget the worlde and to depend on him. VVhich tryal did greately profit to discerne the wicked and the hypocrites from the faithful and true seruants of God, who serued him with pure heart, where as the other preferring their carnal affections to Gods glorie, and making religion to serue their purpose, murmured when they lacked to content their lustes and despisest them whome God had appointed rulers ouer them. By reason whereof they prouoked Gods terrible iudgements against them, and are set forthe as a moste norable example for all ages to be ware how they abuse Gods worde, preferre their owne lustes to his wil or despise his ministers. Not withstanding God is euer true in his promes, and gouerneth his, by his holy Spirit, that ether they fall not to suche inconueniences, or els returne to him quickely by true repentance, and therefore he continueth his graces toward them, he giueth them ordinances and instructions, aswel for religion as out ward policie: he preserueth them against all craft and conspiracie, and giueth them manifolde vi ctories against their enemies. And to auoyd all controuersies that might arise, he taketh away the occasions by diuiding among all the tribes: bothe the land which they had wonne and that also which he had promised as semed best to his god lie wisdome.
CHAP. I.
1 Mosés and Aaron with the twelue princes of the tribes are commanded of the Lord to nomber them that are able to go to warre. 49 The Leuites are exempted for the seruice of the Lord.
1 THe Lord spake agai ne vnto Mosés ī the wildernes ofIn that place of the wildernes that was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to mount
〈◊〉
. Sinai, in the Tabernacle of the Cōgregaciō, in the first (day) of theVVhich
〈◊〉
part of April and parte of
〈◊〉
. seconde moneth, in the seconde yere after they were come out of the land of Egypt, saying.
2 * Take ye the summe of all the Congregaciō
Exod. 30. 12. of the children of Israel, after their familiers (&) housholdes of their fathers with the nōber of their names (to with) all the males,Ebr by their
〈◊〉
. man by man:
3 From twentie yere olde and aboue, all that go forthe to the warre in Israél, thou & Aaron shal nōber them, throughout their armies.
4 And with you shalbeThat is, the
〈◊〉
man of euerie tribe. men of euerie tribe suche (as are) the heads of the house of their fathers.
5 And these are the names of the men that shalAnd assist you when ye nomber the people. stand with you, of (the tribe of) Reu bén, Elizur, the sonne of Shedeúr:
6 Of Simeòn, Shelumiél the sonne of Zurishaddai:
7 Of Iudah, Nahshōn the sonne of Ammin a dab:
8 Of Issachar, Net haneél, the sonne of Zuar
9 Of Zebulún, Eliab, the sonne of Helón:
10 Of the children of Ioséph: of Ephraim, Elishama the sonne of Ammihud: of Manasséh, Gamliél, the sonne of Pedahzúr:
11 Of Benianim, Abidan the sonne of Gideo ni:
12 Of Dan, Ahiézèr, the sonne of Ammishad dai:
13 Of Ashér, Pagiél, the sonne of Ocran:
14 Of Gad, Eliasaph the sonne of Deuél:
15 Of Naphtali, Ahira the sonne of Enan.
16 These were famous in the Congregaciō,Or captaines & gouerners. princes of the tribes of their fathers (and) heades ouer thousands in Israél.
17 ¶ Thē Mosés and Aarôn toke these men which are expressed by (their) names.
18 And they called all the Congregacion to gether, in the first (day) of the seconde mo neth, who declaredIn shewing euerie man his tribe, & his ance
〈◊〉
. their kīreds by their families (and) by the houses of their fathers according to the nomber of (their) names, from twentie yere olde & aboue man by man.
19 As the Lord had commanded Mosés, sohe nombred them in the wildernes of Sinai.
20 So were the sonnes ofThese are the names of the twelue
〈◊〉
first of
〈◊〉
Reubén Israels eldest sonne by theirgeneraciōs, by their families (&) by the houses of their fathers according to the nomber of (their) names, man, euerie male from twentie yere olde and aboue, as many asOr, as
〈◊〉
ble to beare we apons. went forthe to warre:
21 The nomber of them (I say) of the tribe of Reubén (was) six & fourtie thousand, & fi ue hundreth.
22 Of the sonnes ofSimeon. Simeón by their gene raciōs, by their families (and) by the hou ses of their fathers, the summe thereof by the nomber of (their) names, man by man euerie male from twentie yere olde and aboue, all that went for the towarre:
23 The summe of them (I say) of the tribe of Simeón (was) nine and fiftie thousand, & thre hundreth.
24 ¶ Of the sonnes ofGad. Gad by their generaciōs, by their families (and) by the houses of their fathers, according to the nom ber of (their) names, from twentie yere ol de and aboue, al that went forth to warre
25 The nomber of them (I say) of the tribe of Gad (was) fiue and fourtie thousand: & six hundreth and fiftie.
26 ¶ Of the sonnes ofIudah. Iudàh by their gene raciōs, by their familiers (and) by the hou ses of their fathers, according to the nō
ber of (their) names, from twentie yere ol de & aboue, all that went forthe to warre
27 The nomber of them (I say) of the tribe of Iudàh (was) threscore and fourtene thousand and six hundreth.
28 ¶ Of the sonnes
〈◊〉
of Issachar by their generacions,
by their families, (and) by the houses of their fathers, according to the nomber of (their) names, from twētie yere olde & aboue, all that went forth to warre:
29 The nomber of them (also) of the tribe of Issa char (was) foure and fiftie thousand & foure hundreth.
30 ¶ Of the sonnes ofzebulun. Zebulún, by their generacions, by their families, (and) by the houses of their fathers, according to the nomber of (their) names, from'twétie yere olde & aboue, all that wēt forth to warre:
31 The nomber of them (also) of the tribe of Zebulún (was) seuen and fiftie thousand & foure hundreth.
32 ¶ Of the sonnes of Ioséph, (namely) of the sonnes ofEphraim Ephráim by their generaciōs, by their families, (and) by the houses of their fathers, according to the nomber of (their) names, from twentie yere olde & aboue, all that went forthe to warre:
33 The nomber of them (also) of the tribe of Ephráim (was) fourtie thousande and fiue hundreth.
34 ¶ Of the sonnes ofManasseh Manasséh by theyr generacions, by their families, (&) by the houses of their fathers, according to the nomber of (their) names, from twentie yere olde and aboue, all that went forthe to warre:
35 The nomber of them (also) of the tribe of Manasséh (was) two and thirtie thousand and two hundreth.
36 Of the sonnes ofBeniamin. Beniamin by their generacions, by their families, (and) by the houses of their fathers, accordyng to the nomber of (their) names, frome twentie yere olde and aboue, all that went forthe to warre:
37 The nomber of them (also) of the tribe of Beniamîn (was) fiue and thirtie thousande and foure hundreth.
38 Of the sonnes ofDan. Dan by their generacions, by their families, (&) by the houses of their fathers, according to the nomber of (their) names, from twentie yere olde & aboue, all that went forthe to warre:
39 The nomber of them (also) of the tribe of Dan (was) threscore and two thousand and seuen hundreth.
40 ¶ Of the sonnes ofAshér. Ashér by their
〈◊〉
, by their families, (&) by the hou ses of their fathers, according to the nomber of (their) names, from twētie yere olde and aboue, all that went forthe to warre:
41 The nomber of them (also) of the tribe of Ashér (was) one and fourtie thousand and fiue hundreth.
42 ¶ Of the children ofNaphtali. Naphtali, by theyr generaciōs, by their families, (and) by the houses of their fathers accordynge to the nomber of (their) names, from twētie yere olde and aboue, all that went to the warre.
43 The nomber of them (also) of the tribe of Naphtali, (was) thre and fiftie thousand, & foure hundreth.
44 These are theOr, ful counte. summes which Mosés, and Aarôn nombred, and the Princes of Israél: the tweluemen, (whiche) were euerie one for the house of their fathers.
45 So (this) was all the summe of the sonnes of Israél, by the houses of their fathers, from twentie yere olde and aboue, all that went to the warre in Israél.
46 And all they were in nomber six hundreth and thre thousand, fiue hundreth & fiftie.
47 But the Leuites, after the tribes of their fathers were not nombred amongVVhiche were warriers, but were appointed to the vse, of the Tabernacle. them.
48 For the Lordhad spoken vnto Mosés, and said,
49 Onely thou shalt not nomber the tribe of Leui, nether take the summe of them among the children ofisraél:
50 But thou shalt appoint the Leuites ouer the Tabernacle of the Testimonie, & ouer all the instruments thereof, and ouer all things that belong to it they shal beare the Tabernacle, and all the instruments thereof, and shal minister in it, and shallEbr,
〈◊〉
, dwell round about the Tabernacle.
THE FIGVRE OF THE TABERNACLE ERECTED, AND OF THE TENTES PITCHED ROVNDE ABOVT IT.
A B The lenght of the court, of an hundreth cubites on the Southe side, which in this figure is called midi: in the whiche spacewere twentie pillers of fiue cubites high, to the which were tied the curtaines, to shut and close vp the court: the North side called Septentrion was all a like. C D The Westside called Occident, was fiftie cubites broad, wherein were ten pillers of like height with the other, whereunto were fastened the curtaines to close that side. The Eastside also called Orient was fiftie cubites broad. A B.
Thus the court was fiftie cubites longer then it was broad. Thei entred into the court on the Eastside and before the gate was an hanging of twentie cubites long. F G fastened on foure pillers, and on the sides thereof to make it close, were curtaines of fiftene cubites lōg.
E F and G H, whiche on euerie side
〈◊〉
fastened on thre pillers, as this figure sufficiently declareth.
51 And when the Tabernacle goeth forthe, the Leuites shall take it downe: and when the Tabernacle is to be pitched, the Leuites shal set it vp: for the
〈◊〉
is not of the tribe of Leui. stranger that cometh nere, shal be slaine.
52 Also the children of Israél shal pitch their tentes, euerie man in his campe, and euerie man vnder his standerd throughout their armies.
53 But the Leuites shal pitch rounde aboute the Tabernacle of the Testimonie, lest vē
geanceBy not hauynge due
〈◊〉
to the
〈◊〉
of the Lord. come vpon the Congregacion of the children of Israél, and the Leuites shall take the charge of the Tabernacle of the Testimonie.
54 So the children of Israél did accordynge to all that the Lord had commanded Mosés: so did thei.
CHAP. II.
2 The ordre of the tents, and the names of the captaines of the Israelites.
1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés, and to Aarón, saying,
2 In the twelue
〈◊〉
Were foure
〈◊〉
stāderds so that euery thre
〈◊〉
had theyr standerd, Euerie man of the children of Israél shall cāpe by his standerd, (&) vnder the ensigne of their fathers house: farre of about the Ta bernacle of the cōgregaciō shal thei pitch
3 On the Eastside towarde the rising of the sunne, shal thei of the standerd of the hoste of Iudáh pitch according to their armies: and Nahshón the sonne of Amminadáb (shalbe)Or, prince. captaine of the sonnes of Iudáh.
4 And his hoste and the nomber of thē (were) seuenty and foure thousande and six hundreth.
5 Next vnto him shall they of the tribeIudah,
〈◊〉
and zebulun the sonnes of Leah Were of the
〈◊〉
standerd. of Issachár pitche, and Nethaneél the sonne of Zuár (shalbe) the captaine of the sonnes of Issachár:
6 And his hoste, and the nomber thereof (were foure) and fiftie thousand, and foure hundreth.
7 (Then) the tribe of Zebulún, and Eliáb the sonne of Helón, captaine ouer the sonnes of Zebulún:
8 And his hoste, and the nomber therof seuē and fiftie thousand and foure hundreth:
9 The whole nomber of theOf them Which Were conteined vnder that name. hoste of Iudáh (are) an hundreth foure score and six thousand, and foure hundreth according to their armies: thei shal first set forthe.
10 ¶ On the Southside (shalbe) the stāderd of the hoste
〈◊〉
and Simeon the sonnes of Leah, and
〈◊〉
the sonne of zilpah her maid, Were of the seconde standerd. of Reubē according to their armies, & the captaine ouer the sōnes of Reubén (shalbe) Elizúr the sonne of Shedeúr.
11 And his hoste, and the nomber thereof six and fourtie thousand and fiue hundreth.
12 And by him shal the tribe of Simeō pitch, and the captaine ouer the sonnes of Simeòn (shalbe) Shelumiél the sonne of Zurishaddái:
13 And his hoste, & the nomber of thē, nine
and fiftie thousand and thre hundreth.
14 And the tribe of Gad, and the captaine ouer the sonnes of Gad (shalbe) Eliasáph the son ne of Deuel:
15 And his hoste and the nomber of them (were) fiue and fourtie thousand, six hūdreth and fiftie.
16 All the nomber of the campe of Reubén (were) an hundreth and one and fiftie thousand, and foure hūdreth and fiftie according to their armies, ād thei shal set forthe in the seconde place.
17 ¶ Then the Tabernacle of the Congregacion shal go (with) the hoste of the Leuites, in theBecause it mightbe in equal distance
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and all indifferently haue recours thereunto. middes of the campe as thei haue pit ched, so shal theigo forwarde, euerie man in his ordre according to their standerds.
18 ¶Because
〈◊〉
and Manasséh
〈◊〉
the place of Ioséph their father, thei are taken to be Rahels children: so thei and Beniamin make the third standerd. The standerd of the campe of Ephráim (shalbe) toward the West accordīg to their armies: and the captaine ouer the sonnes of Ephráim (shalbe) Elishamā the sonne of Am mihúd:
19 And his hoste and the nomber of thē (were) fourtie thousand and fiue hundreth.
20 And by him (shalbe) the tribe of Manasséh, and the captaine ouer the sonnes of Manasséh (shalbe) Gamliél the sonne of Pedahzūr:
21 And his hoste and the nomber of them (were) two and thirtie thousand and two hundreth.
22 And the tribe of Beniamin, and the captaine ouer the sonnes of Beniamin (shalbe) Abidan the sonne of Gideoni:
23 And his hoste, and the nomber of them (were) fiue and thirtie thousand and foure hundreth.
24 All the nomber of the campe of Ephráim (were) an hundreth and eight thousand and one hūdreth according to their armies, and thei shal go in the third place.
25 ¶The standerd of the hoste ofDan and Naph
〈◊〉
the sonnes of
〈◊〉
Raels maidwith
〈◊〉
the sonne of
〈◊〉
make the fourth standerd. Dan (shalbe) toward the North according to their armies: and the captaine ouer the children of Dan (shalbe) Ahiézer the sonne of Ammishaddái:
26 And his hoste and the nomber of them (were) two and thre score thousand and seuen hundreth.
27 And by him shal the tribe of Ashér pitch, and the captaine ouer the sonnes of Ashér (shalbe) Pagiél the sonne of Ocrán.
28 And his hoste and the nomber of them (were) one and fourtie thousand and fiue hundreth:
29 Then the tribe of Naphtali, and the captai ne ouer the children of Naphtali (shalbe) Ahirá the sonne of Enán:
30 And his hoste and the nomber of them (were) thre and fiftie thousand and foure hundreth.
31 All the nomber of the hoste of Dan (was) an hundreth and seuen and fiftie thousand and six hundreth: thei shal go hinmoste with their standerds.
32 ¶These are theWhich Were of twentie yeres and aboue. summes of the children of Israél by the houses of their fathers, all the nomber of the hoste, according to their armies, six hundreth and thre thousand, fiue hundreth and fiftie.
33 But the Leuites were not nombred among the children of Israél, as the Lord had commanded Mosés.
34 And the children of Israél did according to all that the Lord had commanded Mosés: so thei pitched according to theirFor vnder euerie one of the foure principal standerds Were
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to kepe euerie ban de in ordre; standerds, and so thei iourneyed euerie one with his families, according to the houses of their fathers.
CHAP. III.
6 The change and office of the Leuites. 12 35. Why the Lord separated the Leuites for him self. 16 Their nomber, families and captaines. 40 The first borne of Israél is redemed by the Leuites. 47 The ouer plus is redemed by money.
1 THese also were theOr, families &
〈◊〉
. generacions of Aarón and Mosés, and in the day that the Lord spake with Mosés in mount Sinái.
2 So these are the names of the sonnes of Aarón, * Nadáb the first borne, and Abihú, EleaExod.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. zár, and Ithamár.
3 These are the names of the sonnes of Aarón the anointed Priests, whome (Moses) did *Exod. 27.
〈◊〉
consecrate to minister in the Priests office.Leu. 10. 1.
4 * And Nadáb and Abihú dyedOr, before the Altar. before theChap. 26. 61. Lord, when thei offred * strange fire before1. Chro. 24.
〈◊〉
. the Lord in the wildernes of Sinái, and had no children: but Eleazár and Ithamár seruedLeui. 9. 24. in the Priests office in theWhiles their father liued. sight of Aarōn their father.
5 Then the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying,
6 Bring the tribe of Leui, andOffer them vn to Aaron for the vse of the Tabernacle. set them before Aarôn the Priest that thei may serue him,
7 And take the charge with him,
〈◊〉
the char ge of the whole CongregacionWhich apperteined to the exe cuting of the hie Priests comman dement, to the ouer sight of the people, & to the seruice of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. before the Tabernacle of the Congregacion to do the seruice of the Tabernacle.
8 Thei shal also kepe all the instruments of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, and (haue) the charge of the children of Israél to do the seruice of the Tabernacle.
9 And thou shalt giue the Leuites vnto Aarón and to hisAarons sonnes the Priests serued in the Sanctuarie in praying for the people and offring
〈◊〉
the Leuites serued for the inferior vses of the same. sonnes: (for) thei are giuen him frely from among the children of Israél.
10 And thou shalt appoint Aarōn and his sonnes to execute their Priests office: and theAnie that Wolde Minister, not being a Leuite. stranger that commeth nere, shal be slaine.
11 ¶Also the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying,
12 Beholde, I haue euen taken the Leuites frō among the children of Israél for all the first borne, that openeth the matrice among the childrē of Israél, & the Leuites shalbe mine.
13 Because all the first borne are mine: for the same day, that I smote all the first borne in theExod.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
& 34.
〈◊〉
land of Egypt, * I sanctified vnto me all theLeui 27. 26. first borne in Israél, bothe man and beast: mineChap. 8. 16. thei shalbe: I am the Lord.Luk. 2. 23.
14 ¶Moreouer the Lord spake vnto Moses in the wildernes of Sinái, saying,
15 Nomber the children of Leui after the houses of their fathers, in their families: euerie
male from a moneth olde and aboue shalt thou nomber.
16 * Then Mosés nombred them accordingExod. 6 17.
Chap. 26 57. to the worde of the Lord, as he was commanded.1. Chron. 6. 11. and 23. 6.
17 And these were the sonnes of Leui byGen. 46, 11. their names, * Gershón, and Koháth, and Merari.
18 Also these are the names of the sonnes of Gershón by their families: Libni and Shimei.
19 The sonnes also of Koháth by their families: Amrám and Izehár, Hebrón, and Vzziél.
20 And the sonnes of Merari by their families: Mahli and Mushi. These are the families of Leui, according to the houses of their fathers.
21 Of Gershón (came) the familie of the Libnites and the familie of the Shimeites: these are the families of the Gershonites.
22 The summe whereof [Onelie nombring the male children. after the nomber of all the males from a moneth olde and aboue] was counted seuen thousand and fiue hundreth.
23 ¶ The families of the Gershonites shal pitch behinde the Tabernacle Westwarde.
24 The captaine and ancient of the houseOr, father. of the Gershonites (shalbe) Eliasáph the son ne of Laél.
25 And the charge of the sonnes of Gershon in the Tabernacle of the Congregaciō (shalbe) theTheir charge Was to cary the couerings and hangings of the Tabernacle. Tabernacle, and the pauillion, the coue ring thereof, and the vaile of the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion,
26 And the hanging of the courte, and the vaile of the dore of the courte, which is nere the Tabernacle, and nere the Altar round about, and the cordes of it for all the seruice thereof.
27 ¶ And of Koháth (came) the familie of the Amramites, and the familie of the Izeharites and the familie of the Hebronites, and the fa milie of the Vzzielites: these are the families of the Kohathites.
28 The nomber of all the males from a moneth olde and aboue (was) eight thousand and six hundreth, hauing theDoing euerie one his duetie in the Sanctuarie. charge of the Sanctuarie.
29 The families of the sonnes of Koháth shal pitch on the Southside of the Tabernacle.
30 The captaine & ancient of the house, (and) families of the Kohathites (shalbe) Elizaphán the sonne of Vzziél:
31 And their charge (shalbe) theThe chief
〈◊〉
Within the Sanctuarie Were committed to the Kohathites. Arke, and the table, and the candelsticke, and the altars, and the instruments of the Sanctuarie that they minister with, and the vaile, and all that serueth thereto.
32 And Eleazárthe sonne of Aarón the Priest (shalbe)Or, prince of princes. chief captaine of the Leuites, (hauing) the ouersight of them that haue the charge of the Sanctuarie.
33 ¶ Of Merarî (came) the familie of the Mahlites, and the familie of the Mushites: these are the families of Merari.
34 And the summe of them, according to the nomber of all the males, from a moneth olde & aboue (was) six thousand & two hundreth.
35 The captaine and the ancient of the house of the families of Merari (shalbe.) Zuriél the sóne of Abihail: thei shal pitch on the North side of the Tabernacle.
36 And in the charge and custodie of the sonnes of Merari (shalbe)The WoodWorke and the rest of the
〈◊〉
ments Were cō
mitted to their charge. the boardes of the Tabernacle, and the barres thereof, and his pillers, and his sockets, & all the instruments thereof, and all that serueth thereto,
37 With the pillers of the court round about, with their sockets, and their pins and their cordes.
38 ¶ Also on the forefront of the Tabernacle toward the East, before the Tabernacle, (I say,) of the Congregacion Eastwarde shal Mosés and Aaron and his sonnes pitch, hauing the charge of the Sanctuarie,That none shulde entre into the
〈◊〉
contratie to Gods appointement. and the charge of the children of Israél: but the stran ger that commeth nere, shalbe slaine.
39 The whole summe of the Leuites, which Mosés and Aarón nombred at the commandement of the Lord throughout their families, (euen) all the males from a moneth olde and aboue, (was) two and twentieSo that the
〈◊〉
borne of the chil dren of
〈◊〉
Were moby
〈◊〉
. thousand.
40 ¶ And the Lord said vnto Mosés, Nomber all the first borne that are males among the children of Israél, from a moneth olde and aboue, and take the nomber of their names.
41 And thou shalt take the Leuites to meSo that now the
〈◊〉
shulde satisfie vnto the Lord for the first borne of Israél, saue for the 273. Which Were mo then the Leuites, for Whome they payed money. for all the first borne of the children of Israél [I (am) the Lord] and the cattel of the Leuites for all the first borne of the cattel of the children of Israél.
42 And Mosés nombred, as the Lord comman ded him, all the first borne of the children of Israél.
43 And all the first borne males rehearsed by name [from a moneth olde and aboue, according to their nomber were two and twentie thousand, two hundreth seuentie and thre.
44 And the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying,
45 Take the Leuites for all the first borne of the children of Israél, and the cattel of the Leuites for their cattel, & the Leuites shalbe mine, [I am the Lord]
46 And for the redeming of the two hundreth seuentie and thre, which are mo then the Leuites of the first borne of the children of Israél]
47 Thou shalt also take fiue shekels for euerie persone: after the weight of the SanctuarieExod 30.
〈◊〉
. shalt thou take it: * the shekel (conteineth)Leu. 27.
〈◊〉
. twentie gerahs.Chap. 18. 16.
Ezek. 45.
〈◊〉
48 And thou shalt giue the money, where with the odde nomber of them is redemed, vnto Aarón and to his sonnes.
49 Thus Mosés toke the redempcion of them that were redemed, being mo then the Leuites:
50 Of theOf the two hundreth
〈◊〉
& thre, Which Were more then the
〈◊〉
. firstborne of the children of Israél
toke he the money: (euen) a thousande thre hundreth thre score and fiue (shekels) after the shekel of the Sanctuarie.
51 And Mosés gaue the money of them that were redemed, vnto Aarōn ād to his sonnes accordyng to the worde of the Lorde, as the Lord had commanded Mosés.
CHAP. IIII.
5 The offices of the Leuites, when the hoste remoued. 46 The nomber of the thre families of Koháth, Gershon, and Merari.
ANd the Lorde spake vnto Mosés, and to Aarón, saying.
2 Take the summe of the sonnes of Koháth from among the sonnes of Leui, after their families, (and) houses of their fathers.
3 FromThe Leuites Were nombred after thre sortes: first at a moneth olde When they Were consecrate to the Lord: next at 25 yere olde When they Were apointed to serue in the Tabernacle, and at 30 yere old to beare the
〈◊〉
of the Tabernacle. thirtie yere olde and aboue euen vntil fiftie yere olde, all that entre into the assemblie to do the worke in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
4 This shalbe the office of the sonnes of Koháth in the Tabernacle of the Congregaciō (about) the Holiest of all.
5 ¶ When the hoste remoueth, then Aarôn and his sonnes shall come and take downeVVhiche deuided the Sanctuarie from the Holiest of all. the coueryng vaile, and shall couer the Arke of the Testimonie there with.
6 And they shall put thereon a couerynge of badgers skins, ād shall spread vpon it a cloth altogether of blewe silke, and put toThat is, put thē vpon their shulders to carie it: for the barres of the Arke coldne uer be remoued. the barres thereof.
7 And vpon the * table of shewe (bread) they shall spread a cloth of blewe silke, and put thereon the dishes, and the (incens) cups, ād goblets, and couerings to couer it with, ād the bread shalbe the eon continually.Exod
〈◊〉
. 15.
8 And they shal spread vpon them a coueringExod 25 30.
〈◊〉
Meaning to co uer the bread. of skarlet, and couer the same with a coueryng of badgers skins, aud put to, the barres thereof.
9 Then they shall take a cloth of blewe silke, and couer the * candelsticke of lyght wythExod. 25. 14.
Exod. 25. 38. his lampes and his snoffers, * and hys snoffedishes, and all the oyle vessels thereof, which they occupie about it.
10 So they shall put it, and all the instruments thereof in coueryng of badgers skins, and put it vpon theThe Ebrewe Worde signifieth an instrumente made of two staues
〈◊〉
barres, barres.
11 Also vpon the goldenVVhich Was to burne incense: read Exod. 30. 1. altar they shal spread a cloth of blewe silke, and couer it with a coueryng of badgers skins, and put to the barres thereof.
12 And they shal take al the instruments of the ministerie wherewith they minister in the Sā ctuarie, and put (them) in a cloth of blewe silke, and couer them wyth a coueryng of badgers skins, and put them on the barres.
13 Also they shal take away the ashes from theOf the burnt offring. altar, and spread a purple cloth vpon it.
14 And shal put vpō it all the instruments therof, which they occupie about it: the censers the fleshhokes and the besomes, and the basens, (euen) all the instrumentes of the altar: and they shall spread vpon it a coueryng of badgers skins, and put to the barres of it.
15 And when Aarôn and his sonnes haue made an end of coueryng theThat is, in folding vp the thīgs of the
〈◊〉
, as the Arke. &c. Sanctuarie, and all the instruments of the Sanctuarie, at the remouing of the hoste, afterwarde the sonnes of Koháth shall come to beare it, but they shalnotBefore it be couered. touche (anie) holy thynge lest they dye. Thys is the charge of the sonnes of Koháth in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
16 ¶ And to the office of Eleazār the sonne of Aarón the Priest (perteineth) the oyle for the light, and the * swete incens and theVVhiche Was offred at
〈◊〉
and euenyng. dailieExod. 30. 34. meat offring, and the * anointing oyle, (with) the ouersight of all the Tabernacle, and of all that therein is, (bothe) in the SanctuarieExod. 30.
〈◊〉
. and in all the instruments thereof.
17 ¶ And the Lorde spake vnto Mosés and to Aarón, saying.
18 Ye shal notCommitting by your negligence that the holye thinges be not Welwrapped, ād so they by touchynge thereof perish. cut of the tribe of the families of the Kohathites from among the Leuites:
19 But thus do vnto them, that they may liue and not dye, when they come nere to the moste holy thyngs: let Aarón and his sonnes come and appoint
〈◊〉
Wing What parte
〈◊〉
man shal beare. them, euerie one to hys office, and to his charge.
20 But let them not go in, to se when the Sanctuarie is folden vp, lest they dye.
21 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying.
22 Take also the summe of the sonnes of Gershón, euerie one by the houses of their Fathers throughout their families:
23 From thirtie yere olde and aboue, vntil fiftie yere olde shalt thou nombre them, al thatVVhich Were receiued into the companie of thē that ministred in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion. entre into the assemblie for to do seruice in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
24 This shalbe the seruice of the families of the Gershonites, to serue and to beare.
25 They shall beare the curtaines of the Tabernacle, and the Tabernacle of the Congre gacion, hys coueryng, and the coueryng of badgers skins, that is on hie vpon it, and the vayle of theVVhiche vaile hanged
〈◊〉
the Sanctuarie & the court. dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion:
26 The curtaines also of the court, & the vaile of the entryng in of the gate of the court,VVhiche court compasied bothe the
〈◊〉
of the Congrega cion ād the altar of burnt offring whiche is nere the Tabernacle and nere the altar round about, with their cordes, and all the instruments for their seruice, and all that is made for them: so shall they serue.
27 At the commandement of Aarón and hys sonnes shall all the seruice of the sonnes of the Gershonites be done, in all their charges and in all their seruice, and ye shal appointe them to kepe all their charges.
28 This is the seruice of the families of the son nes of the Gershonites in the Tabernacle of the Congregaciō, and their watch (shalbe) vnder theVnder the char ge ād ouersight. hande of Ithamár the sonne of Aarón the Priest.
29 ¶ Thou shalt nomber the sonnes of Merari by their families, (ād) by the houses of their fathers.
30 From thirtie yere olde and aboue, euen vnto fiftie yere olde shalt thou nōber them, all that entre into the assemblie, to do the seruice
of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
31 And this is their office (and) charge accordynge to all their seruice in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion: the * boardes of theExod. 26. 3. Tabernacle with the barres thereof, and hys pillers, and his sockets.
32 And the pillers round about the court, with their sockets and their pins, and their cordes, with all their instrumentes, euen for all their seruice, and byYe shall make an inuentorie of all the thynges, Which ye cōmit to their charge. name ye shall rekē the instruments of their office (and) charge.
33 This is the seruice of the families of the son ne of Merari, accordynge to all their seruice in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion vnder the hande of Ithamár the sonne of Aarón the Priest.
34 ¶ Then Mosés and Aaron and the princes of the Congregacion nombred the sonnes of the Kohathites, by their families and by the houses of their fathers.
35 From thirtie yere olde and aboue, euen vnto fiftie yere olde, all that entre into the assemblie for the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
36 So theEbr. The nombred of them. nombers of them throughout their families were two thousand, seuen hūdreth and fiftie.
37 These are the nombers of the families of the Kohathites, all that serue in the Taberna cle of the Congregacion, which Mosés and Aaron did nomber according to the commā ment of the Lord by theGOD
〈◊〉
Moses to be the minister and executer therof. hand of Mosés.
38 Also the nombers of the sonnes of Gershón throughout their families & houses of their fathers.
39 From thirtie yere olde and vpwarde, euen vnto fiftie yere olde: all that entre into the assemblie for the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
40 So the nombers of them by their families, (and) by the houses of their fathers (were) two thousand six hundreth and thirtie.
41 These are the nōbers of the families of the sonnes of Gershon: of all thatVVhiche Were
〈◊〉
age to serue therein, that is, betwene 30 and,
〈◊〉
. did seruice in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, whom Mosés and Aaron did nomber according to the commandement of the Lord.
42 ¶ The nombers also of the families of the sonnes of Merari by their families, (and) by the houses of their fathers.
43 From thirtie yere olde and vpward, euen vn to fiftie yere olde: all that entre into the assemblie for the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
44 So the nombers of them by their families were thre thousand, and two hundreth.
45 These are the summes of the families of the sonnes of Merari, whome Mosés and Aaron nombred according to the commandement of the Lord, by the hand of Mosés.
46 (So) all the nombers of the Leuites, whiche Mosés, and Aaron, and the princes of Israél nombred, by their families and by the houses of their fathers.
47 From thirtie yere olde and vpwarde, euen to fiftie yere old, euerie one that came to doVVhosoeuer of the Leuites that had any maner of charge in the Tabernacle. his duetie, office, seruice and charge in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
48 So the nombers of them were eight thousand fiue hundreth and foure score.
29 According to theEbr. According to the mouthe, or Worde. cōmādemēt of the Lord by the hād of Mosés did (Aarō) nōber thē euerie according to his seruice, and according to his charge, Thus (were) they of that tribe nōbred, as the Lord cōmādedSo that Moses nether added not diminished frō that Whiche the Lorde commanded him. Mosés.
CHAP. V.
2 The Leprous and the polluted shalbe cast forthe. 6 The purging of sinne 15 The
〈◊〉
of the suspect wife.
1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying.
2 Commande the chyldren of Israél that
〈◊〉
. 13. 3. they * put out of the hoste euerie leper, andLeuit. 15. 2. euerie one that hathe * an issue, and whosoeuerLeuit. 21. 1. is defiled by * the dead.
3 Bothe male and female shall ye put out:Or, in a
〈◊〉
out of the hoste. out of the host shall ye put them, that they defile not theirThere Were thre maner tentes, of the Lord, of the Leuites, & of the Israelites. tentes among whome I dwel.
4 And the childrē of Israél did so, and put thē out of the hoste, euen as the Lord had commanded Mosés, so did the children of Israél.
5 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying.Leuit. 6. 3.
6 Speake vnto the children of Israél, * When a man or womā shal commit ame sinneCommit
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
faute Willingly. that men commit, and trāsgresse against the Lord, when that persone shall trespas.
7 Then they shall confesse their sinne whiche they haue done, and shal restore the dommaLeuit, 6. 5. ge thereof * with his principall, and put the fift part of it more thereto, ād shal giue it vnto him, against whome he hathe trespassed.
8 But if theIf he be dead, to Whome the Wrong is done, ād also haue no kins man. man haue no kinsman, to whome he shulde restore the dommage, the dommage shalbe restored to the Lord for the Priests vse, besides the ram of the atonemēt, whereby he shall make atonement for him.
9 And euerie offring of all theOr, thyngs
〈◊〉
to the Lord as first frutes, &c Leuit, 10. 12. holy thyngs of the children of Israél, whiche they bring vnto the Priest, shalbe * his.
10 And euerie mans halowed thyngs shal be his: (that is,) whatsoeuer anie mā giueth the Priest, it shalbe his.
11 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying.
12 Speake vnto the children of Israél, and say vnto them, If anie mansBy breakynge the band of mariage, ād playing the harlot. wife turne to euil, and commit a trespas against him.
13 So that another man lie with her fleshly, and it be hid from the eyes of her housband, and kept close, and yet she be defiled, and there be no witnes agaynst her, nether she taken with the maner.
14 Ebr. If the Spirit of ielousie co me vpon him. If he be moued with a ielous minde, so that he is ielous ouer his wife, which is defiled, or if he haue a ielous minde, so that he is ielous ouer his wife, whiche is not defiled.
15 Then shall the man bryng hys wyfe to the Priest, and bryng her offryng with her, the tenth parte of an Epháh of barly meale, (but) he shall not powreOnely in the sinne offring, ād this offring of
〈◊〉
Were nether oyle not incense offred. oyle vpon it, nor put incens thereon: for it is an offryng of ielousie, an offring for a remembrance, callynge the sinne toOr making the sinne knowen, & not purging it minde:
16 And the Priest shall bryng her, and set her
before the Lord.
17 Then the Priest shal takeWhich also is called the Water of purifica tiō or sprinkling, read Chap. 19. 9. the holy water in an earthē vessel, & of the dust that is in the floure of the Tabernacle, (euen) the Priest shal take it and put it into the water.
18 After, the Priest shall set the women before the Lorde, and vncouer the womans head and put the offryng of the memorial in her hand: it is the ielousie offring, and the Priest shall haue bitter (and)It Was so called by the effect, because it declared the Womā to be accursed and tur ned to her destruction. cursed water in his hand.
19 And the Priest shall charge her by an othe, and say vnto the woman, If no man haue lien with thee, nether thou hast turned to vnclē
nes from thine housband, be fre from this bitter (and) cursed water.
20 But if thou hast turned frō thine housbād, and so art defiled, & some man hath lien with thee beside thine housband.
21 [Thē the Priest shal charge the womā with an othe of cursing, and the Priest shall say vn to the woman] The Lord make thee to beBothe because she had cōmitted so
〈◊〉
a faut & for Ware her selfe in denying the same. accursed and detestable for the othe among thy people, and the Lord cause thy thigh toEbr. to falle. rott, and thy belly to swell:
22 And that this cursed water maie go into thy bowels, to cause thy belly to swell, and thy thigh to rott. Then the woman shal answer,That is, be it so as thou Wishest, as Psal, 41 14. Amen, Amen.
23 After, the Priest shall write these curses in a boke, and shallShal Wash the curses, Which are Writen, into the Water
〈◊〉
the vessel blot them out with the bitDeut. 27. 14. ter water.
24 And shall cause the woman to drinke the bitter & cursed water, and the cursed water, (turned) into bitternes, shall entre into her.
25 Then the Priest shall take the ielousie offring out of the womans hand, & shall shake the offring before the Lord, and offer it vpō the altar.
26 And the Priest shall take (an handful) of the offring for aOr, persume. memoriall thereof, and burne it vpon theWhere the in cense Was offred altar, and afterward make the woman drinke the water.
27 When he hath made her drinke the water, [if she be defiled and haue trespassed against her housbād] then shal the cursed water (tur ned) into bitternes, entre into her, & her belly shal swel, & her thigh shal rott, & the woman shalbe accursed among her people.
28 But if the woman be not defiled, but beOr, innocent. cleane, she shal be fre & shal cōceiue & beare
29 This is the lawe of ielousie, when a wif tur neth from her housband and is defiled.
30 Or whē a mā is moued with a ielous minde being ielous ouer his wife, thē shal he bring the woman before the Lorde, and the Priest shal do to her according to all this lawe.
31 And the man shalbeThe mā might accuse his Wife, and not be
〈◊〉
. fre frō sinne, but this woman shal beare her iniquitie.
CHAP. VI.
2 The lawe of the consecration of the Nazarites. 24 The maner to blesse the people.
1 ANd the Lorde speake vnto Mosés, saying.
2 Speake vnto the children of Israél, and say vnto them, When a man or a woman doeth separate thē selues to vowe a vowe of aWhich separa ted them selues frō the Worlde, & dedicated
〈◊〉
selues to God: Whiche figure Was
〈◊〉
in Christ. Na zarite to separate (him selfe) vnto the Lorde.
3 He shal absteine from wine & strōg drinke, and shall drinke no sowre wine nor sowre drinke, nor shal drink anie licour of grapes nether shal eat fresh grappes nor dried.
4 As long as his
〈◊〉
endureth, shall he eat nothing that is made of the wine of the vine, nether the kernels, nor the huske.
5 While he is separate by his vowe, the * rasureIudg. 13 5.
2. Sam. 1. 11. shall not come vpō his head, vntill the dayes be out, in the which he separateth (him self) vnto the Lord, he shalbe holie, & shallet the lockes of the heere of his head growe.
6 Duryng the time that he separateth hym selfe vnto the Lorde, he shall come at noAs at
〈◊〉
or mournings. dead body:
7 He shal not make him selfe vncleane at the death of his father, or mother, brother, or sister: for the consecracion of his God is vponIn that he
〈◊〉
his heere to growe, he signified that be Was
〈◊〉
to God his head.
8 All the dayes of his separacion he shalbe holy to the Lord.
9 And if anie dye sodenly by hym, or he beware, then theWhiche long heere is a sig ne that he is dedicate to God. head of his consecracion shalbe defiled, and he shal shaue his head in the day of his clensing: in the seuenth day he shal shaue it.
10 And in the eight day he shall bryng two turtles, or two yong pigeons to the Priest, at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
11 Then the Priest shall prepare the one for a sin offring, and the othe, for a burnt offring and shal make an atonemēt for him because he sinned byBy being present, Where the dead Was. the dead: so shal he halowe his head the same day.
12 And he shallBeginning at the eight day, When he is purified. consecrate vnto the Lord the daies of his separacion, & shal bring alambe of a yere olde for a trespas offring, & the firstSo that he shal beginne his vowe a newe. dayes shalbe voyde: for his consecracion was defiled.
13 ¶ This thē is the lawe of the Nazarite Whē the time of his consecracion is out, he shall come to the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
14 And he shal bring his offring vnto the Lord, an he lambe of a yere olde without blemish for a burnt offring, and a she lambe of a yere olde with out blemish for a sin offring, and a ram without blemish for peace offrings.
15 And a basket of vnleauened bread, of * cakesLeu. 2. 15. of fine floure, mingled with oyle, and wafers of vnleauened bread anointed with oyle, with their meat offring, & their drinke offrings:
16 The which the Priest shall bring before the Lord, and make his sin offring and his burnt offring.
17 He shal prepare also the ram for a peace offring vnto the Lord, with the basket of vnleauened bread, and the Priest shal make hisAct 21. 24. meat offring, and his drinke offring.
18 And * the Nazarite shall shaue the headIn token the his vowe is
〈◊〉
ded. of
his consecracion at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, and shal take the heere of the head of his consecracion, andFor the heere, Which Was con secrate to the Lord might not be cast into anie prophane place. put in the fire, whiche is vnder the peace offring.
19 Then the Priest shal take the sodē shulder of the ram, and an vnleauened cake out of the basket, and a wafer vnleauened, and put them vpon the hands of the Nazarite, after he hath shauen his consecracion.
20 And the Priest shall * shake them to andExod. 29. 27. fro before the Lord: this is an holy thyng for the PriestOr, With the breast. besides the shaken breast, & besides the haue shulder: so afterward the Naza rite may drinke wine.
21 This is the lawe of Nazarite, which he hath vowed, (and) of his offryng vnto the Lorde for his consecracionAt the least he shal do this if he be
〈◊〉
to offre no more. besides that that he is able to bring: according to the vowe which he vowed, so shal he do after the lawe of his consecracion.
22 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying.
23 Speake vnto Aarōn and to his sonnes, saying, Thus shal yeThat is pray for them. blesse the childrē of
〈◊〉
, and say vnto them.Eccle. 36. 19.
24 The Lord blesse thee, an kepe thee.
25 The Lord make his face shine vpon thee, and be merciful vnto thee.
26 The Lord lift vp his countenance vpō thee and giue thee peace.
27 So they shal put myThey shall pray in my Name for them. Name vpon the children of Israél, and I wil blesse them.
CHAP. VII.
2 The heades of princes of Israél offre at the setting vp of the Tabernacle. 10 And at the
〈◊〉
of the altar. 89 God speaketh to Mosés from the Merciseat.
1 NOw whē Mosés had finished the settingExod. 40. 18. vp of the Tabernaele, and * anointed it and sanctified it, and all the instrumentes thereof, and the altar with al theOr, vessels. instrumēts thereof, and had anointed them and sanctified them.
2 Then theOr, captaines. princes of Israél, heades ouer the houses of their fathers [they were the princes of the tribes, who were ouer them that were nombred] offred.
3 And broght their offring before the Lorde, sixLike horslitters to kepethe things that Were caryed in them from Wether. couered charets, and twelue oxen: one charet for two princes, and for euerie one an oxe, and they offred them before the Tabernacle.
4 And the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying.
5 Take (these) of them, that they may be to do theThat is, to carie things and
〈◊〉
in. seruice of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, and thou shalt giue them vn to the Leuites, to euerie man accordyng vnto his office.
6 So Mosés toke the charets and the oxen, & gaue them vnto the Leuites:
7 Two charets and foure oxen he gaue to the sonnes of Gershón, accordyng vnto theirFor their vse to cary With. office.
8 And foure charets and eight oxen he gaue to the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
according vnto their office, vnder the hand of Ithamár the sonne of Aarón the Priest.
9 But to the sonnes of Koháth he gaue none,The holie thinge of the Sā
ctuarie must be caryed vpō their shulders ād not drawē With oxē Chap. 4. 15 because the charge of the Sanctuarie belonged to them, (which) they did beare vpō (their) shulders.
10 ¶ The princes also offred in theThat is, When the first sac ifice Was offred therupon by Aaron
〈◊〉
. 9. 1. dedicacion for the altar in the day that it was anoin ted: then the princes offred their offryng be fore the altar.
11 And the Lord said vnto Mosés, One prince one day, and another prince another day shall offer their offryng, for the dedicacion of the altar.
12 ¶ So then on the first day didThe offring of Nashon.
〈◊〉
the sonne of Amminadáb of the tribe of Iudáh offer his offring.
13 And his offring (was) a siluer charger of an hundreth & thirty (shekels) weigh, a siluer boule of seuenty shekels after the shekel of the Sanctuarie, bothe ful of fine floure, mingled with oyle, for a * meat offring.Leuit. 2. 1.
14 An (incens) cup of golde of ten (shekels,) ful of incens.
15 A yong bullocke, a ram, a lambe of a yere olde for a burnt offring.
16 An he goat for a sin offring.
17 And for peace offrings, two bullockes, fiue rams, fiue he goates, ād fiue lambes of a yere olde: this was the offring of Nahshôn the sonne of Amminadáb.
18 ¶ The second dayThe offr yng of
〈◊〉
. Nethaneél, the sonne of Zuár, prīce of (the tribe) of Issachár did offer
19 Who offred for his offring a siluer charger of an hundreth and thirty (shekels) weight, a siluer boule of seuenty shekels after the shekell of the Sanctuarie, bothe full of fine floure, mingled with oyle, for a meat offring
20 An (incens) cup of golde of ten (shekels,) ful of incens.
21 A yong bullocke, a ram, a lambe of a yere olde for a burnt offring.
22 An he goat for a sin offring.
23 And for peace offrings, two bullockes fiue rams, fiue he goates, fiue lābe of a yere olde: this was the offring of Nethaneél the sonne of Zuár.
24 ¶ The third dayThe offryng of Eliáb.
〈◊〉
the sonne of Helō prince of the children of Zebulún (offred.)
25 His offring (was) a siluer charger of an hundreth & thirty (shekel) weight, a siluer boule of seuenty shekels, after the shekell of the Sanctuarie, bothe ful of fine floure, mingled with oyle, for a meat offring.
26 A golden (incens) cup often (shekels,) full of incens.
27 A yong bullocke, a ram, a lambe of a yere olde for a burnt offring.
28 An he goat for a sin offring.
29 And for peace offrings, two bullockes, fiue rams, fiue he goates, fiue lambes of a yere olde: this was the offring of Eliáb the sonne of Helôn.
30 ¶ The fourth dayThe offryng of Elizur, Elizúr the sonne of Shedeúr prince of the children of Reubén (offred.)
31 His offring (was) a siluer charger of an hundreth and thirty (shekels) weight, a siluer boule of seuenty shekels, after the shekel of the Sanctuarie, bothe ful of fine floure, mingled with oyle, for a meat offring,
32 A goldē (incēs) cup of tē (shekels) ful of incēs.
33 A yong bullocke, a ram, a lambe of a yere olde for a burnt offring,
34 An he goat for a sin offring,
35 And for a peace offring, two bullockes, fiue rams, fiue he goates, and fiue lambes of an yere olde: this was the offring of Elizúr the sonne of Shedeúr.
36 ¶ The fift dayThe offring of
〈◊〉
. Shelumiél the sonne of Zurishaddái, prince of the children of Siméon (offred.)
37 His offring (was) a siluer charger of an hundreth and thirty shekels weight, a siluer boule of seuenty shekels, after the shekel of the Sanctuarie, bothe ful of fine floure, mingled with oyle for a meat offring,
38 A golden (incens) cup of ten (shekels) ful of incens,
39 A yong bullocke, a ram, a lambe of a yere olde for a burnt offring,
40 An he goat for a sin offring,
41 And for a peace offring, two bullockes, fiue rams, fiue he goates, fiue lābes of a yere olde this was the offring of Shelumiél the sonne of Zurishaddái.
42 ¶ The sixt dayThe offring of Eliasáph. Eliasáph the sōne of Deuél prince of the children of Gad (offred.)
43 His offring (was) a siluer charger of an hun dreth & thirty (shekels) weight, a siluerboule of seuentie shekels, after the shekel of the Sanctuarie, bothe ful of fine floure, mingled with oyle for a meat offring,
44 A golden (incens) cup of ten (shekels) ful of incens,
45 A yong bullocke, a ram, a lambe of a yere olde, for a burnt offring,
46 An he goat for a sin offring,
47 And for a peace offring, two bullocks, fiue rams, fiue he goates, fiue lābes of a yere olde: this was the offring of Eliasáph the sonne of Deuél.
48 ¶ The seuenth dayThe
〈◊〉
of Elishamá. Elishamá the sonne of Ammiúd prince of the children of Ephrá im (offred.)
49 His offring (was) a siluer charger of an hun dreth, and thirtie (shekels) weight, a siluer boule of seuentie shekels, after the shekel of the Sanctuarie, bothe ful of fine floure, mingled with oyle, for a meat offring,
50 A golden (incens) cup of ten (shekels,) ful of incens,
51 A yong bullocke, a ram, a lambe of a yere olde for a burnt offring,
52 And he goat for a sin offring,
53 And for a peace offring, two bullocks, fiue rams, fiue he goates, fiue lābes of a yere olde this was the offring of Elishamá, the sonne of Ammiúd.
54 ¶ Then eyght day (offred)The offring of Gamliél. Gamliél the sonne of Pedazur, prince of the children of Manasséh.
55 His offring (was) a siluer charger of an hundreth and thirtie (shekels) weight, a siluer boule of seuentie (shekels,) after the shekel of the Sanctuarie, bothe ful of fine floure, mingled with oyle for a meat offring,
56 A golden (incens) cup of ten (shekels) ful of incens,
57 A yong bullocke, a ram, a lambe of a yere olde for a burnt offring,
58 An he goat for a sin offring,
59 And for a peace offring, two bullockes, fiue rams, fiue he goates, fiue lābes of a yere olde: this was the offring of Gamliél the sonne of Pedazúr.
60 ¶ The ninth dayThe offring of Abidán. Abidán the sonne of Gideoni prince of the children of Beniamin (offred.)
61 His offring (was) a siluer charger of an hundreth & thirty (shekels) weight, a siluer boule of seuenty shekels, after the shekel of the San ctuarie, both ful of fine floure, mingled with oyle for a meat offring,
62 A golden (incens) cup of ten (shekels,) ful of incens,
63 A yong bullocke, a ram, a lambe of a yere olde for a burnt offring,
64 An he goat for a sin offring,
65 And for a peace offring two bullocks, fiue rams, fiue he goates, fiue lābes of a yere olde: this was the offring of Abidán the sonne of Gideoni.
66 ¶ The tenth dayThe offring of
〈◊〉
. Ahiézer the sonne of Am mishaddái, prince of the children of Dan (offred.)
67 His offring (was) a siluer charger of an hun dreth & thirty (shekels) weight, a siluerboule of seuenty shekels, after the shekel of the San ctuarie, bothe ful of fine floure, mingled with oyle for a meat offring,
68 A golden (incens) cup of ten (shekels) ful of incens.
69 A yong bullocke, a ram, a lambe of a yere olde for a burnt offring,
70 And he goat for a sin offring,
71 And for a peace offring, two bullocks, fiue rams, fiue he goates, fiue lābes of a yere olde this was the offring of Ahiézer the sonne of Ammishaddái.
72 ¶ The eleuenth dayThe offring of Pagiél, or Phegiel. Pagiél the sonne of Ocrán, prince of the children of Asher (offred.)
73 His offrings (was) a siluer charger of an hun dreth & thirty (shekels) weight, a siluer boule of seuenty shekels, after the shekel of the Sanctuarie, bothe ful of fine floure, mingled with oyle for a meat offring,
74 A golden (incens) cup of ten (shekels) ful of incens.
75 A yong bullocke, a ram, a lābe of a yere olde for a burnt offring'
76 An he goat for a sin offring.
77 And for a peace offring, two bullocks, fiue rams, fiue he goates, fiue lambes of a yere olde: this was the offring of Pagiél the sonne
of Ocrán.
78 The twelueth dayThe offring of
〈◊〉
. Ahirā the sonne of Enān, prince of the children of Naphtali (offred.)
79 His offring (was) a siluer charger of an hundred and thirtie (shekels) weight, a siluer boule of seuentie shekels, after the shekel of the Sanctuarie, bothe ful of fine floure, mingled with oyle, for a meat offring,
80 A golden (incens) cup often (shekels,) ful of incens,
81 A yong bullocke, a ram, a lambe of a yere olde, for a burnt offring.
82 An he goat for a sinne offring,
83 And for peace offrings two bullockes, fiue rams, fiue he goats, fiue lambes of a yere olde: this was the offring of Ahirá, the sonne of Enān.
84 This was theThis was the offring of the princes, when Aaron did dedicate the Altar. dedicacion of the Altar by the princes of Israél, when it was anointed: twelue chargers of siluer, twelue siluer boules, twelue (incens) cups of golde,
85 Euerie charger, (conteining) an hundreth and thirtie (shekels) of siluer, and euerie bou le seuentie: all the siluer vessel (cōteined) two thousand and foure hūdreth (shekels,) after the
〈◊〉
of the Sanctuarie.
86 Twelue (incens) cups of golde ful of incens, (conteining) ten shekels euerie cup, after the shekel of the Sanctuarie: all the golde of the (incens) cup (was) an hundreth and twentie (shekels.)
87 All the bullockes for the burnt offring (were) twelue bullockes, the rams twelue, the lambes of a yere olde twelue, with their meat offrings, and twelue he goats for a sinne offring.
88 And all the bullockes for the peace offrings (were) foure and twentie bullockes, the rams sixtie, the he goats sixtie, the lambes of a yere olde sixtie: this was the dedicacion of the Altar, after that it wasBy Aaron. anointed.
89 And when Mosés went into theThat is, the Sanctuarie. Taberna cle of the Congregacion, to speake with (God,) he heard the voyce of one speaking vnto him frō the Merciseat, that was vpon the Arke of the TestimonieAccording as he had promised Exod. 25. 22. betwene the two Cherubims, and he spake to him.
CHAP. VIII.
2 The ordre of the lampes. 6 The purifying and offring of the Leuites. 24 The age of the Leuites, when thei are receiued to seruice, and when thei are dimissed.
1 ANd the LORD spake vnto Mosés, saying,
2 Speake vnto Aarôn, and say vnto him When thou lightest the lampes, the seuen lampes shal giue light towarde theTo that parte which is ouer against the Candelsticke, Exod. 25.
〈◊〉
. forefront of the Candelsticke.
3 And Aarón did so, lighting the lampes there of toward the forefront of the Candelsticke as the Lord had commanded Mosés.
4 And this was the worke of the Candelsticke (euen) of golde beaten out with the hammer,Exod. 25 18. bothe the shaft, and the floures thereof * was beaten out with the hammer:And not set to gether of diuers pieces. according to the paterne, which the Lord had she wed Mosés, so made he the Candelsticke.
5 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying,
6 Take the Leuites from among the children of Israél, and purifie them.
7 And thus shalt thou do vnto them when thou purifiest them, SprinkleIn Ebrewe, it is called the water of sinne, because it is made to purge sinnes as. water of puri fication vpon them and let them shaue all their flesh, and wash their clothes: so thei shalbe cleane.
8 Then thei shal take a yong bullocke withChap. 19. 9. his meat offring of fine floure, mingled with oyle, and another yong bullocke shalt thou take for a sinne offring.
9 Then thou shalt bring the Leuite sbefore the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, and assembleThat
〈◊〉
maiest do this in presence of them all. all the Congregacion of the children of Israél.
10 Thou shalt bring the Leuites also before the Lord, and theMeaning, certeine of them in the name of the whole. children of Israél shal put their hands vpon the Leuites.
11 And Aarón shal offer the Leuites before the Lord, as a shake offring of the children of Israél, that thei may execute the seruice of the Lord.
12 And the Leuites shal put their hands vpon the heades of the bullockes, and make thou the one a sinne offring, ād the other a burnt offring vnto the Lord, that thou maiest make an atonement for the Leuites.
13 And thou shalt set the Leuites before Aarón and before his sonnes, and offer them as a shake offring to the Lord.
14 Thus thou shalt separate the Leuites from amōg the children of Israél, and the Leuites shalbe * mine.Chap. 3. 45.
15 And afterward shal the Leuites go in to serue in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, and thou shalt purifie them and offer them, as a shake offring.
16 For thei are frely giuen * vnto me from amongChap. 3. 9. the children of Israél, forThat
〈◊〉
, they that are the first borne. suche as opē anie wombe: for all the firstborne of the children of Israél haue I taken thē vnto me.
17 * For all the firstborne of the children of IsraélExod. 13. 2. are mine, bothe of man and of beast: sinceLuk. 2 20. the day that I smote euerie firstborne in the land of Egypt, I sanctified them for my self.
18 And I haue taken the Leuites for all thefirst borne of the children of Israél,
19 And haue giuen the Leuites as a gift vnto Aarón, and to his sonnes from among the children of Israél, to do the seruice of theWhich seruice the Israelites shulde els do. children of Israél in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, and to make an atonement for the children of Israél, that there be no plague among the children of Israél, when the children of Israél come nere vntoBecause the Le
〈◊〉
go into the Sanctuarie in their name; the Sanctuarie.
20 ¶ Then Mosés and Aarōn and all the Congregacion of the children of Israél did with the Leuites, according vnto all that the Lord had commanded Mosés concerning the Leuites: so did the children of Israél vnto them.
21 So the Leuites were purified, and washed their clothes, & Aarón offred thē as a shake offring before the Lord, and Aarôn made an atonement for them, to purifie them.
22 And after that, went the Leuites in to do their seruice in the Tabernacle of the Cōgre gacionIn their presē
ce, to serue them before Aarón & before his sonnes: as the Lord had commanded Mosés concer ning the Leuites, so they did vnto them.
23 ¶ And the Lord speake vnto Mosés, saying,
24 This also (belongeth) to the Leuites: from fiue and twentie yere olde and vpwarde, they shall go in, to execute (their) office in the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
25 And after the age of fiftie yere, they shall cease from executyng theSuch office as was peineful, as to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ens & suche like. office, and shall serue no more:
26 But they shal ministerIn singing psal
〈◊〉
, instructing, counselling and kepyng the things in ordre. with their brethren in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion to kepe things commited to their charge, but they shall do no seruice: thus shalt thou do vnto the Leuites touching their charges.
CHAP. IX.
2 The Passeouer is commended againe 13 The punishmēt of him that kepeth not the Passeouer. 15 The cloude cō
ducteth the Israelites through the wildernes.
1 ANd the Lorde speake vnto Mosés in the wildernes of Sinái, in the first moneth of the seconde yere, after they were come out of the land of Egypt, saying.Exod. 12. 1,
Leui. 23. 5.
2 The children of Israél shall also celebrateNomb. 28. 16. the * Passeouer at the time appointed therunto.Deut. 16. 2.
Exod. 12. 6.
Deut. 16. 6.
3 In the fourtenth day of this moneth at * euen, ye shalkepe it in his due season: accordyng toEuen in all pointes as the Lord hath institute it. all the ordinances of it, and accordyng to all the ceremonies thereof shall ye kepe it.
4 Then Mosés spake vnto the children of Israél, to celebrate the Passeouer.
5 And they kept the Passeouer in the fourtenth day of the first moneth at euen in the wildernes of Sinái: according to all that the Lord had commanded Mosés, so did the chil dren of Israél.
6 ¶ And certeine men were defiledBy
〈◊〉
a corps, or being at the buryal. by a dead mā, that they might not kepe the Passeouer the same day: and they came before Mosés and before Aarôn the same day.
7 And those men said vnto him, We are defiled by a dead man: wherefore are we kept backe that we may notOr
〈◊〉
the Passeouer the fourthen day of the first
〈◊〉
offer an offring vnto the Lorde in the time thereunto appointed among the children of Israél?
8 Then Mosés said vnto them, Stand still, and I wil heare what the Lord wil commande con cerning you.
9 ¶ And the Lord speake vnto Mosés, saying.
10 Speake vnto the children of Israél, and say, If anie among you, or of your posteritie shalbe vncleane by the reason of a corps, or be in a long iourney,And can not come where the Tabernacle is, when others kept it. he shal kepe the Passeouer vnto the Lord.
11 In the fourtenth day of theSo that the vncleane, and thei that are not at home, haue a mo neth longer
〈◊〉
vnto them. seconde moneth at euen thei shal kepe it: with vnleauened bread and sowre herbes shal thei eat it.
12 They shall leaue none of it vnto the morning, * nor breake anie bone of it: accordingExod. 12. 46. to all the ordināce of the Passeouer shal theiIohn. 29.
〈◊〉
. kepe it.
13 But the man that is cleane and is not in aWhen the Passeouer is celebrat iourney, and is negligent to kepe the Passeouer, the same persone shalbe cut of from his people: because he broght not the offring of the Lord in his due season, that man shal beare hisOr,
〈◊〉
of his
〈◊〉
. sinne.
14 And if a stranger dwel among you, and wil kepe the Passeouer vnto the Lord, as the ordinance of the Passeouer, and as the manerExod. 12. 49. thereof (is,) so shal he do: * ye shal haue one lawe bothe for the stranger, and for him that was borne in the same land.
15 ¶ * And when the Tabernacle was reared vpExod. 40. 34. a cloude couered the Tabernacle, (namely) the Tabernacle of the Testimonie: & at euen there was vpon the Tabernacle, as theLike a
〈◊〉
: read, Exod 13. 21, appearance of fire vntil morning.
16 So it was alwaie: the cloude couered it (by day,) and the appearance of fire by night.
17 And when the cloude was taken vp from the Tabernacle, then afterward the children of Israél iourneied: and in the place where the cloude abode, there the childrē of Israél pitched their tentes.
18 At theEbr. mouthe. commandement of theWho taught them what to do by the cloude. Lord the children of Israél iourneied, and at the commandemēt of the Lord thei pitched: as long as the cloude abode vpon the Tabernacle, *1. Cor. 10. 1. theyEbr. camped. laye stil.
19 And when the cloude taryed stil vpon the Tabernacle a long time, the children of Israél kept theThei waited when the Lord wolde signifie ether their
〈◊〉
ture, or their abo de by the cloude. watch of the Lord, and iour neyed not.
20 So when the cloude abodeEbr. dayes of nombre. a fewe daies vpon the Tabernacle, thei abode in their tents, according to the commandement of the Lord: for they iourneyed at the comman dement of the Lord.
21 And thogh the cloude abode vpon the Tabernacle from euen vnto the morning, ye (if) the cloude was taken vp in the morning, then they iourneyed: whether by day or by night the cloude was taken vp, then they iourneyed.
22 Or if the cloude taried two dayes or a moneth, or a yere vpon the Tabernacle, abidingExod. 40. 36. thereon, the children of Israél * abode stil, & iourneied not: but when it was taken vp, they iourneyed,
23 At the commandement of the Lord they pitched, and at the commandement of the Lord they iourneyed, keping the watch of the Lord at the commandement of the Lord by theVnder
〈◊〉
char ge and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Mosés. hand of Mosés.
CHAP. X.
2 The vse of the siluer trumpettes. 11 The Israelites departe from Sinai. 14 The captaines of the hoste are nōbred. 30 Hobáb refuseth to go with Mosés his sonne in lawe.
1 ANd the Lorde speake vnto Mosés, saying.
2 Make thee two trumpets of siluer: of anOr of worke beaten out
〈◊〉
the hammer. whole piece shalt thou make thē, that thou maiest vse them for the assemblyng of the Congregacion, and for the departure of the campe.
3 And when they shal blowe with thē, all the Congregacion shal assemble to thee before the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
4 But if they blowe with one, then the princes, (or) heads ouer the thousands of Israéll shall come vnto thee.
5 But if ye blowe an alarme, then the campe of them that pitche on theThat is, the hoste of
〈◊〉
& they that are vn der his ensigne. East parte, shal go forwarde.
6 If ye blowe an alarme the seconde time, thē the hoste of them that lie on theMeanyng the hoste of Reubén Southside shal marche: (for) they shal blowe an alarme when they remoue.
7 But in assemblyng the Congregacion, ye shall blowe with out an alarme.
8 And the sonnes of Aarón the Priest shallSo that onely the Priest muste blowe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, so long as the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
lasted. blowe the trumpets, and ye shal haue them as a lawe for euer in your generacions.
9 And whē ye go to warre in your land against the enemie that vexeth you, ye shal blow an alarme with the trumpets, & ye shal be remē bred before the Lord your God, and shall be saued from your enemies.
10 Also in the day of yourWhen ye reioy ce that God hath remoued anie plague. gladnes, & in your feast daies, and in the beginnyng of your monethes, ye shal also blowe the trumpetsOr, when you offer burnt offrings. ouer your burnt sacrifices, and ouer your peace offrings, that they may be a remembrance for you before your God: I am the Lord your God.
11 ¶ And in the seconde yere, in the seconde moneth, (and) in the twentieth (day) of the moneth the cloude was taken vp from the Tabernacle of the Testimonie.
12 An the children of Israél departed on theirOr, in kepyng this ordre in their iourney. iourneis out of the desert of Sinái, and the cloude rested in the wildernes of Parán.
13 So theyFrom
〈◊〉
to Parán. first toke their iourney at the cō
mādemēt of the Lord, by the hād of Mosés.Chap. 33. 1.
14 ¶ * In the first place wēt the standerd of the hoste of the children of Iudáh, accordyngChap. 2. 3. to their armies: and * Nashón the sonne ofChap. 1. 7. Amminadáb (was) ouer his bande.
15 And ouer the bande of
〈◊〉
tribe of the chil dren of Issachár (was) Nethaneél the sonne of Zuár.
16 And ouer the bande of the tribe of the children of Zebulún (was) Eliáb the sonne of Helón.
17 When the Tabernacle was taken downe, then the sonnes of Gershón, and the sonnes of Merari went forwarde bearingWith all the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. the Tabernacle.
18 ¶ After, departed the standerd of the hoste of Reubén according to their armies & ouer his bande (was) Elizúr the sonne of Shedeúr
19 And ouer the bande of the tribe of the chil dren of Siméon (was) Shelumiél the sonne of Surishaddái.
20 And ouer the bande of the tribe of the children of Gád (was) Eliasáph the sonne of Deuél.
21 The Kohathites also went forwarde andVpon their shulders. bare the * Sanctuarie, and theThe
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
. (former) didChap. 4. 4. set vp the Tabernacle against they came.
22 ¶ Then the standerd of the hoste of the chil dren of Ephráim went forwarde according to their armies, and ouer his bande (was) Elishamá the sonne of Ammiúd.
23 And ouer the bande of the tribe of the sonnes of Manasséh (was) Gamliél the sonne of Pedazúr.
24 And ouer the bande of the tribe of the sonnes of Beniamin (was) Abidán the sonnes of Gideoni.
25 ¶ Last, the stāderd of the hoste of the childrē of Dan marched,Leauing none behind nor anie of the former that fainted in the way. gathering all the hostes according to their armies: and ouer his bāde (was) Ahiézer the sonne of Ammishaddái.
26 And ouer the bande of the tribe of the children of Ashér (was) Pagiél the sonne of Ocrán.
27 And ouer the bande of the tribe of the children of Naphtali (was) Ahirá the sonne of Enán.
28 This was the ordre of their ho ste when theire moued. These were the remouings of the children of Israél according to their armies, whē they marched.
29 ¶ After, Mosés said vntoSome thinke that Reuél,
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
, and keni were all one kymhi saith that Reuél was
〈◊〉
father: so Hobáb was Mo sés father in law. Hobáb the sonne of Reuél the Midianite, the father in lawe of Mosés, We go into the place, of which the Lord said, I wil giue it you: Come thou with vs, & we wil do thee good: for the Lord hathe promised good vnto Israél.
30 And he answered him, I wil not go: but I wil departe to mine owne countrey, and to my kinred.
31 Then he said, I praye thee, leaue vs not: for thou knowest our camping places in the wil dernes: therefore thou maiest beEb. eyes vnto vs our guide.
32 And if thou go with vs, what goodnes the Lorde shall shewe vnto vs, the same will we shewe vnto thee.
33 ¶ So they departed from theMount
〈◊〉
or
〈◊〉
. mount of the Lord, thre daies iourney: and the Arke of the couenant of the Lord went before them in the thre daies iourney, to searche out a resting place for them.
34 And the cloude of the Lord (was) vpon thē by day, when they went out of the campe.
35 And when the Arke went forwarde, MosésPsal. 68. 2. said, *Declare thy might & power. Rise vp, Lord, and let thine enemies be scatered, and let them that hate thee, flee before thee.
36 And when it rested, he said, Returne, ô Lord to theEbr. to the ten thousand thousands. manie thousands of Israél.
CHAP. XI.
1 The people murmureth, and is punished with fire. 4 The people lusteth after
〈◊〉
. 6 They lothe Manna. 11 The weake faith of Mosés. 16 The Lord deuideth the burthē of Mosés to seuenty of the Ancientes. 31 The Lord sendeth quaiies. 33 Their lust is punished.
1 WHen the people becameEbr. as iniust cō plainers. murmurersEbr. it was euill in the eares of the Lord. it displeased the Lord: and the Lord: heard it, therefore his wrath was kindled, and the fire of the Lord burnt among themPsal. 78.
〈◊〉
, and * cōsumed the vt most parte of the hoste
2 Then the people cryed vnto Mosés: & whē Mosés prayed vnto the Lorde, the fire was quenched.
3 And he called the name of that placeOr, burning. Taberáh, because the fire of the Lord burnt among them.
4 ¶ And a nomber ofWhich were of those strangers that came out of
〈◊〉
with thē Exod. 12. 18. people that was amōg them, fel a lusting, andFrom God. turned away, & the children of Israél also wept and said, Who shal giue vs flesh to eat,
5 We
〈◊〉
the fish which we did eat in Egypt forFor a smale pri ce, or good cheap naught, the cucumbers, and the pepons, and the lekes, and the onions, and the garleke:
6 But now our soule isFor the gready lust of flesh. dried away, we can se nothing but this MAN.Exod. 16. 31.
7 [The MAN also was as * coriander sede, &Wisd. 16.
〈◊〉
.
Psal. 78. 24. his coulour like the coulour ofWhiche is, a white perle or precious
〈◊〉
. bdelium.Ioh. 6. 31,
8 The people went about and gathered it, and ground it in milles, or bet it in morters, and baked it in a cauldron, and made cakes of it, and the taste of it was like vnto the taste of freshoyle.
9 And whē the dewe fel downe vpō the hoste in the night, the MAN fel with it]
10 ¶ Then Mosés heard the people wepe throughout their families, euerie man in the dore of his tente, and the wrath of the Lorde was grieuously kindled: also Mosés was grieued.
11 And Mosés said vnto the Lorde, Wherefore hast thouOr, euil intreated. vexed thy seruant? and why haue I not foundeOr, wherein haue I displeased thee. fauour in thy sight, seing thou hast put the charge of all this people vpon me?
12 Haue IAm I
〈◊〉
father, that
〈◊〉
may haue the charge of thē but I? conceiued al this people? or haue I begotten them? that thou shuldest say vnto me, Cary them in thy bosome [as a nurse bea reth the sucking childe] vnto theOf Canáan pro mised by an othe to our fathers. land, for the which thou swarest vnto their fathers?
13 Where shulde I haue flesh to giue vnto all this people? for they wepe vnto me, saying, Giue vs flesh that we may eat.
14 I am not able to beare all this people alone for it is to heauie for me.
15 Therfore if thou deale thus with me, I pray thee, if I haue founde fauour in thyI had rather die thē to se my grief and
〈◊〉
thus daily increase by their rebellion.
〈◊〉
sight, kill me, that I beholde not my miserie.
16 ¶ Then the Lorde said vnto Mosés, Gather vnto me seuenty men of the Elders of Israél whome thou knowest, that they are the Elders of the people, and gouerners ouer thē, and bryng them vnto the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, and let them stand there with thee.
17 And I wil come downe, and talke with thee there,I wil distribut my Spirit among them, as I haue done to thee. & take of the Spirit, whiche is vpon thee, and put vpon them, and thei shal beare the burthē of the people with thee: so thou shalt not beare it alone.
18 Furthermore thou shalt say vnto the people,
〈◊〉
your selues that ye be not vncleane. Be sanctified against tomorowe, and ye shall eat fleshe: for you haue wept in the eares of the Lorde, saying, Who shal giue vs flesh to eat? for we were better in Egypt: therefore the Lorde will giue you flesh, and ye shal eat.
19 Ye shal not eat one day not two dayes, nor fiue daies, nether ten daies, nor twētie daies.
20 But a whole moneth, vntil it come out at your nostrels, and be lothesome vnto you, because ye haueOr,
〈◊〉
him of because ye refused Māna whi che he appointed as most mere for you. contemned the Lorde, whiche isWho leadeth &
〈◊〉
you. among you; and haue wept before hym, saying, Why came we hither out of Egypt?
21 And Mosés said, Six hūdreth thousand fotemen (are there) of the people,Of whome I haue the charge. amōg whom I am: and thou saiest, I wil giue thē flesh, that they may eat a moneth long.
22 Shal the shepe and the beues be slaine for them, to finde them? ether shall all the fish of the sea be gathered together for them to suffise them?Isa,
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
23 And the Lorde sayd vnto Moses, Is * the Lordes hand shortened? thou shalt se now whether my worde shall come to passe vnto thee, or no.
24 ¶ So Mosés went out, and tolde the people the wordes of the Lord, and gathered seuēty men of the Elders of the people, and set thē round about the Tabernacle.
25 Then the Lord came downe in a cloude, & speake vnto him, andOr,
〈◊〉
as vers. 17. toke of the Spirit, that was vpon him, and put it vpon the seuē
ty Ancient men: and when the Spirit rested vpon them, then they prophecied, and did notFrom that day the Spirit of pro phecie did not faile them; cease.
26 But there remained two of the men in the hoste: the name of the one (was) Eldád, & the name of the other Medád, and the Spirit rested vpon them, [for they were of thē that were writen, and went not out vnto the Tabernacle] and they prophecied in the hoste
27 Then there ran a yong man, and tolde Mosés, and said, Eldád ād Medād do prophecie in the hoste.
28 And Ioshúa the sonne of Nun the seruant of Mosés one of hisOr, a yong mā whome he had chosen from hys youthe. yong men, answered and said, My Lorde Mosés,Suche blinde Zeale was in the Apostles. forbid them.
29 But Mosés said vnto him, Enuyest thou for my sake? yea, wolde God that all the Lords people (were) Prophetes (and) that the LordMar. 9. 38. wolde put his Spirit vpon them.Luk.
〈◊〉
.
30 And Mosés returned into the hoste, he and the Elders of Israél.
31 Then there went forth a winde frō the Lord and * broght quailes from the Sea, & let thē
Exod. 16.
〈◊〉
.
Psal. 78. 25. fall vpon the campe, a dayes iourney on this side, and a dayes iourney on the other side, round about the hoste, & (they were) about two cubites about the earth.
32 Then the people arose, all that day, and all the night, and all the next day and gathered the quailes: he that gathered the least, gathered
tenOf Homer read Leui 27
〈◊〉
. also it signifieth an hea pe, as Exod. 8. 14. Iudg. 15. 15. Hommers full, and they spred them abroade for their vse round about the hoste.
33 While the flesh was yet betwene their teth before it was chewed, euē the wrath of the Lord was kindled against the people, & the Lord * smote the people with an exceadyng
〈◊〉
. 78.
〈◊〉
. great plague.
34 So the name of the place was called,Or,
〈◊〉
of lust. Kibróth-hattaauáh: for there they buryed the people that fel a lusting.
35 From Kibróth-hattaauáh the people toke their iourney to Hazeróth, and abode at
〈◊〉
zeróth.
CHAP. XII.
1 Aaron and Miriam grudge against Mosés 10 Miriām is striken with leprosie, and healed at the prayer of Mosés.
1 AFterward Miriám and AaarōnOr murmured. spake against Mosés, because of the woman of Ethiopia whome he had maried [for he had mariedzipporáh was a Midianite, and because Midián bordered on Ethiopia, it is some time in the Scripture
〈◊〉
vnder this name Eccle. 41. 4. woman of Ethiopia]
2 And they said, What? hath the Lord spoken but onely by Mosés? hathe he not spoken al so by vs: and the Lord heard (this.)
3 [But Mosés (was) a very*And so bare with their
〈◊〉
, althogh he knewe them. meke man, aboue all the men that were vpon the earth]
4 And by and by the Lord said vnto Mosés, & vnto Aarón & vnto Miriā, Come out ye thre vnto the Tabernacle of the Congregacion: and they thre came forthe.
5 Then the Lorde came downe in the piller of the cloude, and stode in the dore of the Tabernacle, and called Aarón and Miriám, and they bothe came forthe.
6 And he said, Heare now my wordes, If there be a Prophet of the Lorde among you, I wil be knowen to him by aThese were the two ordinarie meanes. vision, (and) wil speake vnto him by dreame,
7 My seruant Mosés (is) not so, who is faithfull inIn all Israél whiche was hys Church. al mine house.
8 Vnto him wil I speake * mouth to mouthe,Exod. 33. 11. and by vision, and not in darke wordes, but heSo farre as
〈◊〉
man was able to cōprehende, whi che he calleth his backe partes. shall se the similitude of the Lorde, wherefore thē were ye not afraied to speake against my seruant, (euen) against Mosés?
9 Thus the Lord was very angry with them, &Exod. 33. 23. departed.
10 Also the cloude departed from theFrom the dore of the Tabernacle. Tabernacle, and behold, Miriám (was) leprous like snowe: and Aarón loked vpon Miriám, and beholde, (she was) leprous.
11 Then Aarōn said vnto Mosés, Alas, my Lord I beseche thee, lay not the sinne vpon vs, which we haue foolishly committed & wherein we haue sinned.
12 Let her not, I pray thee, be as oneAs a child that commeth
〈◊〉
of his mothers belly dead, hauyng as it were but the skin. dead, of whome the flesh is half consumed, when he commeth out of his mothers wombe.
13 Then Mosés cryed vnto the Lord, saying, O God, I befeche, heale her now.
14 ¶ And the Lord said vnto Mosés, If her fa ther hadIn
〈◊〉
displeasure. spit in her face, shulde she not ha ue bene ashamed seuē dayes? let her be * shut out of the hoste seuen dayes, & after she shal
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 46. be receiued.
15 So Miriám was shut out of the hoste seuen dayes, and the people remoued not, til Miriám was broght in againe.
CHAP. XIII.
4 Certeine men are sent to searche the land of Canaān. 24 They bring of the frute of the land. 31 Caléb comforteth the people against the discouraging of the other spies.
1 THen afterward the people remoued frō Hazerōth, and pitched in the wildernes ofThat is, in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, which
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Parān.
2 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying.
3 After the
〈◊〉
ple had required it of Mosés, as it is Deut. 1.
〈◊〉
. Send thou men out to searche the land ofChap.
〈◊〉
. 18. Canáan whiche I giue vnto the children of Israél: of euerie tribe of their fathers shall ye send a man, (suche as are) all rulers amongThen the
〈◊〉
spake
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to do. them.
4 Then Mosés sent them out of the wildernes of Parán at the commandement of the Lord all those men wereOr,
〈◊〉
. heades of the children of Israél.
5 Also their names are these: of the tribe of Reubén, Shamu a the sonne of Zaccúr:
6 Of the tribe of Simeōn, Shaph at the sonne of
〈◊〉
:
7 Of the tribe of Iudáh, Caléb the sonne of Iephunnéh:
8 Of the tribe of Issachár, Igáll the sonne of Ioséph:
9 Of the tribe of Ephráim,Or,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Oshéa the sonne of Nun:
10 Of the tribe of Beniamin, Palti the sonne of Raphū:
11 Of the tribe of Zebulūn, Gaddiél the sonne of Sodi:
12 Of the tribe of Ioséph, (to wit,) of the
〈◊〉
of Manasséh, Caddi the sonne of Susi:
13 Of the tribe of Dan, Ammiél the sonne of Gemalli:
14 Of the tribe of Dan, Ammiél the sonne of Michaél:
15 Of the tribe of Naphtali, Nahbi the sonne of Vophsi:
16 Of the tribe of Gad, Geuéll the sonne of Machi.
17 These are the names of theWhich in
〈◊〉
were
〈◊〉
according to the twelue
〈◊〉
. men, whiche Mosés sent to spie out the land: & Mosés cal led the name of Oshéa the sonne of Nun Iehoshúa.
18 So Mosés sent them to spie out the land of Canáan, and said vnto thē. Go vp this way
〈◊〉
Or, high
〈◊〉
. toward the South, and go vp into the moun taines.
19 And consider the land what it is, & the people that dwel therein, whether they be strōg or weake, ether few or many.
20 Also what the lād (is) that they dwelin, whe ther it be
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. good or bad: and what cities (thei be,) that they dwel in, whether they dwel in tentes, or in walled townes:
21 And what the land (is:) whether it be fat or leane, whether there be trees therein, or not And be of good courage, and bring of the frute of the land [for then (was) the time of the first ripe grapes]
22 ¶ So they went vp, and searched out the
land, frome the wildernes ofVVhich was in the wildernes of Paran. Zin vnto Rehob, to go to Hamáth.
23 And their ascended toward the South, and came vnto Hebron, where
〈◊〉
Ahimān, Sheshái and Talmái, the sonnes ofVVhich were a kinde of giantes. Anāk. AndDeclaring that
〈◊〉
thereof: also Abrahā,
〈◊〉
, Izhak and Iaakob
〈◊〉
bu ryed there. Hebron was
〈◊〉
ylt seuen yere before Zoan in Egypt.
24 * Then they came to the riuer of Eshcol, ād cut downe thence a branche with one clustre of grapes, and they bare it vpon a barre betwene two, and (broght) of the pomegranatesDeut. 1. 24. and of the figges.
25 That place was called the
〈◊〉
, the valley of Eshcol, that is of grapes. riuer Eshcol because of the clustre of grapes, which the chil dren of Israél cut downe thence.
26 Then after fourty dayes they turned againe from searching of the land.
27 And they went and came to Mosés and to Aaron and vnto all the Congregacion of the children of Israél, in the wildernes ofCalled also
〈◊〉
berna. Parán, to Kadésh, and broght to them, and to all the Congregacion tydings, and shewed them the frute of the land.
28 And they toldeThat is, Mosés. him, and sayd, We came vnto the land whether thou hast sente vs, and surely it floweth with * milke and honie: andExod 33. 3. here is of the frute of it.
29 Neuertheles the people be strong that dwel in the land, and the cities (are) walled and exceading great and moreouer, we sawe theAhiman, She shai, ād Talmai, whome Caleb
〈◊〉
afterward. sonnes of Anák there.
30 The Amalekites dwell in the Southe countrey, and the Hittites, and the Iebusites, and the Amorites dwell in the mountaines, and the Canaanites dwell by the Sea and by the coste of Iordén.
31 Then Caléb stilled the peopleOr, murmuring against Moses. before Mosés, and said, Let vs go vp at once, ād possesse
〈◊〉
: for vndoutedly we shal ouercome it.
32 But the men, that went vp with hym, sayd, We be not able to go vp against the people: for they are stronger then we.
33 So they broght vp an euyll reporte of the land which they had searched for the childrē of Israél, saying, The lāde which we haue gone through to searche it out, is a land thatThe gyantes were so cruell that they spoiled and killed one another, and those that came to them. eateth vp the inhabitantes thereof: for all the people that we sawe in it, are men of great stature.
34 For there were sawe gyantes, the sonnes of Anák, (whiche come) of the gyantes, so that we semed in our sight lyke greshoppers: and so we were in their sight.
CHAP. XIIII.
2 The people murmure against Moses. 10 They wolde haue stoned Caléb and Ioshua. 13 Moses pacifieth God by his prayer. 45 The people that wolde entre into the land, contrarie to Gods wil, are slaine.
1 THen all the Congregacion lifted vp their voyce, and cryed: andSuche as were affrayed at the reporte of the ten spies. the people wept that nyght.
2 And all the children of Israél murmured against Mosés and Aaron: and the whole assemblie sayd vnto them, Wolde God we had dyed in the land of Egypte, or in this wildernes: wolde God we were dead.
3 Wherefore nowe hathe the Lord broght vs into this lande to fall vpon the sworde? our wiues, and our children shal beTo our enemies the
〈◊〉
. a pray: were it not better for vs to returne into Egypt.
4 And they said one to another, Let vs make a captaine and returne into Egypt.
5 Then Mosés and AarōnLamenting the people and pray ing for them. fell on their faces before all the assemblie of the Congregaciō of the children of Israél.
6 * And Ioshua the sonne of Nun, and CalēbEccle. 46. 9. the sonne of Iephunnéh (two) of them that1. Mac 2.
〈◊〉
. searched the land,For sorowe, hearynge their
〈◊〉
. rent their clothes.
7 And spake vnto all the assemblie of the children of Israél, saying, The lande whiche we walked through to searche it, is a very good land.
8 If the Lord loue vs, he will bring vs into this land, and giue it vs, which is a land that floweth with milke and honie.
9 But rebell not ye agaynst the Lorde, nether feare ye the people of the lande: for they are (but)VVe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ouercome thē
breade for vs: theyr shielde is departed from them, and the Lord is with vs, feare them not.
10 And all the multitude said,This is the condition of them that wolde persuade in Goddes cause, to be
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
. Stone thē with stones: but the glorie of the Lorde appeared in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, before all the children of Israél.
11 And the Lorde said vnto Mosés, How long will this people prouoke me, and how long will it be, yer they beleue me, for all the signes which I haue shewed among them?
12 I wil smite them with the pestilēce destroye them, and will make thee a greater nacion and mightier then they.
13 But Mosés said vnto the Lorde, * When theExod. 32.
〈◊〉
. Egyptians shall heare it, [for thou broghtest thys people by thy power frome among them.]
14 Then they shall saye to the inhabitantes of this land, [(for) they haue heard that thou, Lord, art among this people, (and) that thou, LORD, art seneEbr. eye to
〈◊〉
face to face, and that thy cloude standeth ouer them, and that thou*Exod. 13. 21. goest before them by day time in a piller of a cloude, and in a piller of fire by night.
15 That thou wilte kyll thys people asSo that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
escape. one man: so the heathen whiche haue heard the fame of thee, shall thus say.
16 Because the Lorde was not * able to bryngDeut. 9. 28. this people into the lande, whiche he sware vnto them, therefore hathe he slayne them in the wildernes.
17 And now, I beseche thee, let the power of my Lorde be great, accordyng as thou haste spoken, saying.
18 The LORDE is * slowe to angre, and ofExod. 14.
〈◊〉
. greate mercye, and * forgyuyng iniquitie,Psal. 103. 8. and sinne, but not makyng (the wicked) innocent,Psal. 142.
〈◊〉
. and * visiting the wickednes of theExod. 20.
〈◊〉
. and 34.
〈◊〉
. fathers vpon the children, in the thirde and fourth (generacion.)
19 Be merciful, I beseche thee, vnto the iniquitie of people, according to thy great mercy,
and as thou hast forgiuen this people frome Egypt, euen vntill nowe.
20 And the Lord said, I haue forgiuenIn that he
〈◊〉
not them
〈◊〉
, but lefte theyr posteritie and certeine to entre. it, according to thy request.
21 Notwithstandynge, as I liue, all the earth shalbe filled with the glorie of the Lord.
22 For al those men whiche haue sene my glorie, and my miracles which I did in Egypt, ād in the wildernes, and haue tempted me thisThat is, sondrie times and often. ten times, and haue not obeyed my voyce.
23 Certeinely they shal not se the land, whereof I sware vnto their fathers: nether shall anie that prouoke me, se it.
24 But my seruant * Caléb, because he had anIosh. 14. 6. otherA meke ād obedient spirit ād not rebellious. spirit, ād hathe folowed me stil, euen hym will I bryng into the land, whether he went, and his sede, shall inherit it.
25 Nowe the Amalekites and the CanaanitesAnd lie in wait for your. remaine in the valley: (wherfore) turne back tomorowe, and get you into theFor I will not defend you. wildernes, by the way of the red Sea.
26 ¶ After, the Lord spake vnto Mosés and to Aarōn, saying.
27 * How long (shall I suffre) this wicked multitudePsal. 106. 26. to murmure agaynst me? I haue heard the murmurynges of the children of Israél, which they murmure against me.
28 Tel them, As * I liue [sayeth the Lord] I willChap. 26 65. and 32. 10. surely do vnto you, euen as ye haue spoken in mine eares.
29 Your carkeises shall fall in thys wyldernes,Deut. 1. 35. and all you that were * counted through all your nombers, frome twentie yere olde and aboue, which haue murmured against me.
30 Ye shal not doutles come into the land, for the whiche I * lifted vp mine hand, to makeGen. 14.
〈◊〉
. you dwell therein, saue Caléb the sonne of Iephunnéh, and Ioshua the sonne of Nun.
31 But your children, [which ye said shulde be a praye] them wyll I bryng in, and they shall knowe the land whiche ye haue refused.
32 But euen your carkeises shall fall in thys wildernes.
33 And your chyldren shallThe worde signifieth, to be shepherdes, or to and fro. wander in the wildernes, fourtie yeres, and shal beare yourYour infidelitie and disobedience against God Ezek. 4. 6. whoredomes, vntill your carkeises be wasted in the wildernes.
34 After the nomber of the dayes, in the whiche ye searched out the land, (euen) fourtie dayes, * euerie daye for a yere, shall ye bearePsal. 95. 10. your iniquitie, for * fourtie yeres, and ye
〈◊〉
my promes be true or no. shal fele my breache of promise.
35 I the Lord haue sayd, Certeinely I wyll do so to all this wicked companie, that are gathered together against me: (for) in this wildernes they shalbe consumed, and there they shal dye.
36 And the men whyche Mosés had sent to searche the lande (which,) when they came againe, made all the people to murmure agaynste hym, and broght vp a slander vpon the land.]
37 Euen those men that did bring vp that vyle1. Cor. 10. 10. slander vpon the land, * shal dye by a plagueEbr. 3. 10. before the Lord.
〈◊〉
. 5.
38 But Ioshua the sonne of Nun, and Caléb the sonne of Iephunnéh, of those mē that went to searche the land, shal liue.
39 ¶ Then Mosés tolde these sayings vnto all the children of Israél, ād the people sorowed greatly.
40 * And they rose vp earely in the mornyng,Deut. 1. 41. and gat them vp into the top of the mountaine, saying, Lo, we be ready, to go vp to the place which the Lorde hathe promised: for we haueThey
〈◊〉
thei sinned by re bellyng againste God, but
〈◊〉
not they
〈◊〉
in going vp with out Gods commandement. sinned.
41 But Mosés sayd, Wherefore transgresse ye thus the commandement of the Lord? it wil not so come wel to passe.
42 Go not vp [for the LORD is not among you] lest ye be ouerthrowen before your enemies.
43 For the Amalekites and the Canaanites (are) there before you, and ye shal fal by the sworde: for in as muche as ye are turned awaye from the Lord, the Lord also wil not be with you.
44 Yet they presumedThey colde not be stayed by
〈◊〉
meanes. obstinatly to go vp to the top of the mountaine: but the Arke of the couenant of the Lord, and Mosés departed not out of the campe.
45 Then the Amalekites and the Canaanites, whyche dwelt in that mountaine, came downe and smote them, * and consumedDeut. 1. 44. them vnto Hormáh.
CHAP. XV.
2 The offrings whiche the
〈◊〉
shulde offer whē they came into the land of Canáan. 32 The punishment of him that brake the Sabbath.
1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying.Leu.
〈◊〉
. 10.
2 Speake vnto the children of Israél, and say vnto them, * When ye become into theInto the lande of Canaan. lande of your habitacions, whiche I gaue vnto you.
3 And wyll make an offrynge by fire vnto theLeu. 22. 21. Lord, a burnt offring or a sacrifice *Or, separate. to fulfil a vowe, or a fre offring, or in your feastes,Exod. 29. 18. to make a * swete sauour vnto the Lorde of the heard, or the flocke.Leuit. 2.
〈◊〉
.
4 Then * let him that offereth hys offring vnto the Lord, bryng a meat offryng of a tenth deale of fine
〈◊〉
, mingled with the fourth parte of anRead
〈◊〉
29. 40. Hin of yole.
5 Also thou shalte prepare the fourthe parte of an Hin of wine to be powred on a lambe, (ap poīted) for the burnt offring or (any) offring
6 And for aram, thou shalt for a meat offring, prepare two tenth deales of fine floure, mingled with the third parte of an Hin of oyle.
7 And for aThe licour was so called, because it was powred on the thynge that was offred. drynke offryng, thou shalt offer the third parte of an Hin of wine, for a swete sauour vnto the Lord.
8 And when thou preparest a bullocke for a burnt offrynge, or for a sacrifice to fulfill a vowe or a peace offring to the Lord.
9 Then let him offer with the bullocke a meat offring ofOr, thre
〈◊〉
thre tenth deales of fine floure, mingled with halfe an Hin of oyle.
10 And thou shalt bryng for a drynke offryng
halfe an Hin of wine, for an offring made by fire of a swete sauour vnto the Lord.
11 Thus shal it be done for a bullocke, or for aram, or for a lambe, or for a kid.
12 Accordyng to the nōberEuerie sacrifice of beastes must
〈◊〉
their meat offring &
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, according to this proportion that ye prepare (to offer,) so shal ye do to euerie one according to their nomber.
13 All that are borne of the countrey, shall do these things thus, to offer an offring made by fire of swete sauour vnto the Lord.
14 And if a stranger soiourne with you, or who soeuer be among you in your generacions, & will make an offryng by fire of a swete sauour vnto the Lord, as ye do, so he shall do.
15 * One ordināce (shalbe) both for you of theExod. 12. 49. Congregacion, & also for the stranger thatChap. 9. 14. dwelleth (with you,) euen an ordinance for euer in your generacions: as you are, so shall the stranger be before the Lord.
16 One lawe one maner shall serue bothe for you and for the strāger that soiourneth with you.
17 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying.
18 Speake vnto the children of Israél, and say vnto them, When ye become into the land, to the which I bring you.
19 And whē ye shal eat of the bread of the lād ye shal offer an heaue offring vnto the Lord.
20 Ye shal offer vp a cake of the first of yourWhich is made of the first corne ye gather. dowe for an heaue offring: * as the heaue offring of the barne, so ye shal lift it vp.Leui. 23. 14.
21 Of the first of your dowe ye shal giue vnto the Lorde an heaue offring in your generacions.
22 ¶ And if yeAs by ouer sight or
〈◊〉
, read. haue erred, and not obserued al these commandementes, whiche the Lorde hathe spoken vnto Mosés.Leu. 4. 2.
23 (Euen) all that the Lord hathe commanded you by the hand of Mosés, from the first day that the Lord commanded Mosés & henceforward among your generacions.
24 And if so be that ought be cōmitted, ignorantly of theSome read frō the eyes of the
〈◊〉
: that is, which is hid from the Congregacion. Congregacion, then all the Congregacion shall giue a bullocke for a burnt offring, for a swete sauour vnto the Lord, with the meat offring and drinke offring thereto, according to the * maner, and an he go at for a sin offring.Leu. 4. 1.
25 And the Priest shall make an atonement for all the Congregacion of the children of Israél, and it shalbe forgiuen thē: for it is igno rance: and they shall bryng their offryng for an offring made by fire vnto the Lorde, and their sinne offring before the Lord for their ignorance:
26 Then it shalbe forgiuen all the Congregacion of the children of Israél, & the stranger that dwelleth among them: for al the people (were) in ignorance.
27 ¶ * But if anie one personne sinne through
〈◊〉
. 4. 27. ignorance, then he shal bring a she go at of a yere olde for a sinne offring.
28 And the Priest shal make an atonement for the ignorant personne, when he sinneth by ignorance before the Lord, to make reconciliacion for him: & it shalbe forgiuen him.
29 He that is borne among the children of Israél, and the stranger that dwelleth among thē, shal haue bothe one lawe, who so doeth sinne by ignorance.
30 ¶ But the persone that doeth oughtEbr. with an
〈◊〉
hand:
〈◊〉
is in contempt of God. presumptuously, whether he be borne in the land, or a strāger, the same blasphemeth the Lorde: therefore that
〈◊〉
shalbe cut of from among his people.
31 Because he hath dispised the worde of the Lord, and hathe broken his commandement that persone shalbe vtterly cut of hisHe shal susteine the punishemēt of his sinne. iniqui tie shalbe vpon him.
32 ¶ And while the children of Israél were in the wildernes, they founde a man that gathe red stickes vpon the Sabbath day.
33 And they that foūde him gathering stickes broght him vnto Mosés and to Aarón, and vnto all the Congregacion.
34 And they put him in * warde: for it was notLeui. 24. 12. declared what shulde be done vnto him.
35 Then the Lorde said vnto Mosés, This man shall dye the death: and let all the multitude stone him with stones without the hoste.
36 And all the Congregacion broght hym without the hoste, and stoned hym with stones, and he dyed, as the Lord had commanded Mosés.
37 ¶ And the Lord speake vnto Mosés, saying.
38 Speake vnto the children of Israél, and byd them that they * make thē fringes vpon theDeut, 22. 12.
Mat. 23. 5. borders of their garments throughout their generacions, and put vpon the frings of the borders a rybande of blewe silke.
39 And shal haue the frings, that when ye loke vpon then, ye may remember all the commandementes of the Lord, and dothē: and that ye seke not after your owne heart, nor after your owne eies, after the which ye go aBy
〈◊〉
Gods commandementes & following your owne fantasies. whoring:
40 That ye may remember and do al my commandements, and be holy vnto your God.
41 I am the Lord your God which broght you out of the land of Egypt, to be your God: I am the Lord your God.
CHAP. XVI.
1 The rebellion of Korah. Dathán & Abrám. 31 Kórah & his companie perisheth. 41 The people the next day mur mure. 49. 14700. are slaine for murmuring.
1 NOw * Kórah the sonne of Izhār, the sonneChap. 27. 3.
Eccle. 45. 22. of Koháth, the sonne of LeuiOr, toke other with him. went aIude. 11. parte with Dathán, and Abirám the sonnes sonnes of Eliáb, and On the sonne of Péleth the sonnes of Reubén:
2 And they rose vpOr, before Mo sé. against Mosés, with certeine of the children of Israél, two hundrethChap. 26. 9, and fiftie captaines of the assemblie, * famous in the Congregacion and men of renoume.
3 Who gathered thē selues together against Mosés, and against Āarón, and said vnto thē,Or, let it
〈◊〉
you meaning to haue abused them thus long. (Ye take) to muche vpon you, seing all the Congregacion is holy,All area like holy therefore none
〈◊〉
to be preferred aboue other: thus the wicked reason against Gods ordinance. euerie one of them, and the Lord (is) among them: wherfore thē
lift ye your selues aboue the Congregacion of the Lord?
4 But when Mosés heard it, he fel vpon hys face.
5 And spake to Kōrah & vnto al his companie saying, Tomorowe the Lord wil shewe who is his, and who is holy, & who ought to approche nere vnto him: & whome he hatheTo be the Priest and to offer. chosen, he wil cause to come nere to him.
6 This do (therefore) Take you censers (both) Kōrah, and all his companie,
7 And put fire therein, and put in cens in them before the Lorde tomorowe: and the man whome the Lorde doeth chose, the same shalbe holy:He laieth the same to their charge iuslely, wherewith they wrōgf ully char ged him. (ye take) to muche vpon you, ye sonnes of Leui.
8 Againe Mosés said vnto Kōrah, Heare, I pray you, ye sonnes of Leui.
9 Semeth it a smal thing vnto you that the God of Israél hathe separated you from the multitude of Israél, to take you nere to him self, to do the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Lord, and to stand before the Congregaciō and to minister vnto them?
10 He hathe also taken thee toTo serue in the Congregacion, a in the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. him, & al thy brethren the sonnes of Leui with thee, and seke ye the office of the Priest also?
11 For which cause, thou, and all thy companie are gathered together against the Lord: and what is Aarōn, that ye murmure against him?
12 ¶ And Mosés sent to call Dathán, & Abirám the sonne of Eliáb: who answered, We will not come vp.
13 Is it a small thyng that thou hast broght vs out
〈◊〉
they spake
〈◊〉
preferring Egipt to Canaán. of a land that floweth with milke and hony, to kil vs in the wildernes, except thou make thy selfe Lord and ruler ouer vs also?
14 Also thou hast not broght vs vnto a lande that floweth with milke & honie, nether giuen vs inheritance of fieldes and viney ardes wilt thouWilt thou make them that searched the lād beleue that they sawe not that,
〈◊〉
thei sawe Gen. 4 4. put out the eies of these men? we wil not come vp.
15 Then Mosés waxed verie angrie, and said vn to the Lord, * Loke not vnto their offryng, I haue not taken so muche as an asse frō them nether haue I hurte anie of them.
16 And Mosés said vnto Kōrah, Bethou, and al thy cōpanieAt the dore of the Tabernacle. before the Lord: (both) thou, they, and Aarōn tomorowe:
17 And take euerie man his censor, and put incens in them, and bryngye euerie man his censor before the Lorde, two hundreth and fiftie censors: thou also and Aarōn, euerie one his censor.
18 So they toke euerie man his censor, and put fire in them, & laied incens thereon, & stode in the dore of the Tabernacle of the Cōgregacion with Mosés and Aarôn.
19 And Kōrah gathered all the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the faction. multitude against thē vnto the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion: then the glorie of the Lord appeared vnto all the Congregacion.
20 And the Lorde speake vnto Mosés and to Aarón, saying.
21 Separate your selues frō amōg this Congre gacion, that I may consume thē atonce.
22 And they fell vpon their faces and said, O God the God of the spirits,Or, of
〈◊〉
creatures. of al flesh, hath not one man (onely) sinned, and wilt thou be wrath with all the Congregacion?
23 And the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying.
24 Speake vnto the Congregacion and say, Get you away from about the Tabernacle of Kórah, Dathán, and Abirám.
25 Then Mosés rose vp, & went vnto Dathán, and Abiram, & the Elders of Israél followed him.
26 And he spake vnto the Congregacion, saying, Departe, I pray you, from the tentes of these wicked men, and touche nothing of theirs, lest ye perishWith thē that haue
〈◊〉
so manie sinnes. in all their sinnes.
27 So they gate them away frō the Tabernacle of Kôrah, Dathán, & Abirám on euerie side: and Dathán, and Abirám came out & stode in the dore of their tentes with their wiues, and their sonnes, and their litle children.
28 And Mosés said, Hereby ye shall knowe that the Lorde hathe sent me to do all these workes: for (I haue) not (done them) of mine owneI haue not forged
〈◊〉
of mine owne braine. minde.
29 If these men dye the commune death of all men, or if they be visited after the visitacion of all men, the Lord hath not sent me.
30 But if the Lorde makeOr, shewea strange sight. a newe thing, and the earth open her mouth, & swalow thē vp with all that they haue, and they go downeOr, hel. quicke intoOr, depe and darcke places of the earth. the pit, thē ye shal vnderstand that these men haue prouoked the Lord.
31 ¶ And as sone as he had made an end of spaking all these wordes, euen the grounde claue a sunder that was vnder them.
32 And the earth * opened her mouthe, andChap. 27. 3.
Deut. 11. 6. swalowed them vp, with their families, andPsal. 106. 17. all the men thet were with Kórah, and all their goods.
33 So they and all that they had, went downe aliue into the pit, & the earth couered thē: so they perished frō among the Congregacion
34 And al Israél that were about them, fled at the crye of thē: for thei said, (Let vs
〈◊〉
,) lest the earth swalo we vs vp.
35 But there came out a fire from the Lord, & consumed the two hundreth and fiftie men that offred the incens.
36 ¶ And the Lord speake vnto Mosés, saying.
37 Speake vnto Eleazár, the sonne of Aaron the Priest, that he take vp the censers out of the burning, āds kater the fire beyonde (the altar:) for they are halowed.
38 The censers, (I say,) of these sinners, (that destroyedwhich were the occasion of their owne death. them selues: & let them make of thē broad plates for a couering of the Altar: for they offred thē before the Lord, therfore they shalbe holy, and they shalbeOf Gods iudgements against rebelle. a signe vn to the children of Israél.
39 Thē Eleazár the Priest toke the brasen censers, which they, that were burnt, had offred and made broad plates of them for a couering
of the Altar.
40 (It is) a remembrance vnto the children of Israél, that no stranger whiche is not of the sede of Aaron, come nere to offer incens before the Lorde, that he be not lykeVVho presumed aboue hys vocacion. Kórah and his companie, as the Lord said to hym by the hand of Mosés.
41 ¶ But on the morowe all the multitude of the children of Israél murmured against Mosés and agaynst Aarōn, saying, Ye haue killed the people of the Lord.
42 And when the Congregacion was gathered agaynst Mosés and agaynste Aarón, then theyOr, fled: to wit Moses and
〈◊〉
. turned theyr faces toward the Tabernacle of the Congregacion: and beholde, the cloude couered it, and the glorie of the Lord appeared.
43 Then Mosés and Aarón were come before the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
44 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Moses, saying.
45 Get you vp frome among this Congregacion: for I will consume them quickely: then they fel vpon their faces.
46 And Mosés said vnto Aarón, Take the cen ser and put fire therein of theFor it was not lauful to
〈◊〉
anie other fire, but of the Altar of burnt offring. Altar, and put (therein) incens, and go quickely vnto the Congregacion, and make an atonement for them: for there is wrath gone out frome the Lord: the plague is begonne.Leuit. 10. 1.
47 Then Aarón toke as Mosés commaunded him, and ran into the middes of the Congregacion, and beholde, theGod had begon ne to punishe them. plague was begonne among the people, and he put in incens, and made an atonemēt for the people.
48 And when he stode betwene the dead, and thē that were aliue, theGOD drewe backe his hande and ceased to pu nis he them. plague was stayed.
49 So they dyed of this plague fourtene thousand and seuen hundreth, beside them that dyed in the conspiracie of Korah.
50 And Aarōn went againe vnto Mosés before the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, and the plague was stayed.
CHAP. XVII.
2 The twelue rods of the twelue princes of the tribes of Israél. 9 Aarons rod buddeth, and beareth blossoms. 10 For a testimonie against the rebellious people.
1 ANd the Lord spake vntoVVhile he was in the doute of the Tabernacle. Mosés, saying.
2 Speake vnto the children of Israél, and take of euerie one of them a rod, after the house of their fathers, of all their princes according to the familie of their fathers, (euē) twelue rods: (and) thou shalte write euerie mans name vpon his rod.
3 And write Aarons name vpon the rod of Leui: for euerie rod (shalbe) for the head of the house of their fathers.
4 And thou shalt put them in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, before (the Arke) of the Testimonie, * where I wyll declare myExod.
〈◊〉
. 22. selfe to you.
5 And the mans rod, whome ITo be the chief Priest. chose, shal blos som: and I wil make cease from me the grudgyngs of the children of Israél, which grudge against you.
6 ¶ Then Mosés spake vnto the children of Israél, and all their princes gaue him a rod, one rod for euerie prince, according to the houses of their fathers, (euen) twelue rods, ād the rodThogh Iosephs
〈◊〉
was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in the
〈◊〉
of thē lande, yet here it is but one and Leui maketh
〈◊〉
. of Aaron (was) among their rods.
7 And Mosés laid the rods before the Lorde in the Tabernacle of the Testimonie.
8 And when Mosés on the morowe went into the Tabernacle of the Testimonie, beholde, the rod of AaronTo declare that God did chose the houses of Leui to serue hym in the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
nacie. for the house of Leui was budded, and broght for the buddes, and broght forth blossoms and bare ripe almondes.
9 Then Mosés broght out all the rods frome before the Lord vnto all the children of Israél: and they loked vpon them, and toke euerie man his rod.
10 ¶ After, the Lord sayd vnto Mosés, * BryngEbr. 9. 4. Aarons rod againe before the Testimonie to be kepte for a token to the rebellious chyldren, ād thou shalt cause theirGrudging that Aaron shuld be hie Priest. murmurings to cease from me, that they dye not.
11 So Mosés did as the Lorde had commanded him: so did he.
12 ¶ And the children of Israél spake vnto Mo sés, saying, Beholde,The Chalde text describeth thus their
〈◊〉
VVe dye by the sword: the earth swalloweth vs vp, the
〈◊〉
doeth cōsume vs. we are dead, we perish, we are all lost.
13 Whosoeuer commeth nere, or approcheth to the Tabernacle of the Lord, shal dye: shall we be consumed and dye?
CHAP. XVIII.
1. 7 The office of Aaron and his sonnes. 2 with the Leuites. 8 The Priests parte of the offrings. 20 God in their portion. 26 The Leuites haue the tithes, and offer the tenthes thereof to the Lord.
1 ANd the Lord said vnto Aarōn, Thou, and thy sonnes and thy fathers house wyth thee, shal beareIf you trespas in anie thing cō cerning the ceremonies of the Sā
〈◊〉
, or your office,
〈◊〉
halbe punished. the iniquitie of the Sanctua rie: bothe thou and thy sonnes with thee shal beare the iniquitie of your Priests office.
2 And brynge also wyth thee thy brethren of the tribe of Leui of the familie of the father, whiche shalbe ioyned wyth
〈◊〉
, and minister vnto thee: but thou, and thy sonnes with thee (shal minister) before the Tabernacle of the Testimonie.
3 And they shallThat is, the thyngs, whiche are committed to
〈◊〉
, whiche thou doest enioyne them. kepe thy charge, euen the charge of all the Tabernacle: but they shall not come nere the instruments of the Sanctuarie, nor to the altar, lest they dye, bothe they and you.
4 And they shal be ioyned with thee and kepe the charge of the Tabernacle of the Cōgre gacion for all the seruice of the Tabernacle: and noVVhiche was not of the
〈◊〉
of Leui. stranger shal come nere vnto you.
5 Therefore shall ye kepe the charge of the Sanctuarie, and the charge of the altar: so there shall fall no more wrath vpon the chil dren of Israél.
6 For lo, I haue * taken your brethren the LeuitesChap. 3.
〈◊〉
from among the childrē of Israel (whiche) as a gift of yours, are giuen the Lorde, to do the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
7 But thou, ād thy sonnes with thee shal kepe your Priests office for all things of the altar, and within the vaile: therefore shal ye serue:
(for) I haue made your Priests officeOr, a gift. an office of seruice: therefore the stranger that commeth nere, shal be slaine.
8 ¶ Agayne the Lorde spake vnto Aarôn, Beholde, I haue giuen thee the keping of mineAs the firste frute, first borne, and the tenthes. offrings, of all the halowed thyngs of the children of Israél: vnto thee I haue gyuen them for the anoyntynges sake, and to thy sonnes, for a perpetual ordinance.
9 This shalbe thine of the most holie things, (reserued) from theThat whiche was not burned, shulde be the Priests. fire: all their offryng of all their meat offryng, and of all their sin, offring, and of all their trespas offring, whiche they bryng vnto me, that shalbe moste holy vnto thee and to thy sonnes.
10 In the mostThat is, in the Sanctuarie, betwene the
〈◊〉
and the Holiest of all. holy place shalt thou eat it: eue rie male shal eat of it: it is holy vnto thee.
11 This also shalbe thine: the heaue offringe of their gift, with all the shake offrings of the children of Israél: I haue giuen them vnto thee and to thy sonnes and to thyRead Leuite. 10. 14. daughters with thee, to be a duetie for euer: all the cleane in thine house shall eat of it.
12 All theThat is, thy chiefest, or the best. fat of the oyle, and all the fat of the wine, and of the wheat, whiche they shal offer vnto the Lord for their first frutes, I haue giuen them vnto thee.
13 And the firste rype of all that is in theyr land, whiche they shall bring vnto the Lord, shalbe thyne: all the cleane in thyne house shal eat of it.
14 * Euerie thing separate from the communeLeuit. 27. 28. vse in Israél, shal be thine.
15 All that (first) openeth the * matrice of anieExod. 13. 2. and 22. 29. fleshe, whiche they shal offer vnto the Lord,Leuit. 27. 26. of man or beast, shalbe thyne: but the firsteChap. 3. 13. borne of man shalte thou redeme, and the firste borne of the vncleane beast shalt thou redeme.
16 And those that are to be redemed, shalt thou redeme frome the age of a moneth, according to thy estimation, for the money of fiue shekels, after the shekel of the Sanctuarie, *Exod. 30. 13. which is twentie gerahs.Leuit. 27. 25.
17 But the firste borne of a kowe, or the firsteChap. 3. 17. borne of a shepe, or the firste borne of aEzek. 45. 12. go at shalte thou notBecause they are appointed for sacrifice. redeme: (for) they are holy: thou shalte sprynkle theyr bloode at the altar, and thou shalt burne theyr fat: (it is) a sacrifice made by fire for a swete sauour vnto the Lord.Exod. 29.
〈◊〉
.
18 And the fleshe of them shalbe thyne, * asLeuit. 7.
〈◊〉
. the
〈◊〉
breaste, and as the ryght shulder shalbe thine.
19 All the heaue offryngs of the holy thynges whyche the children of Israél shal offer vnto the Lord, haue I giuen thee, and thy sonnes, and thy daughters wyth thee, to be a duetie for euer: (it is) a perpetual couenantThat is, sure, stable, and
〈◊〉
. of salt before the Lorde, to thee and to thy sede with thee.
20 ¶ And the Lorde said vnto Aarón, Thou shalt haue none inheritance in theirOf Canaam. land, neDeut. 10. 9. and
〈◊〉
8 2. ther shalt thou haue anie parte among them:Ios g. 13. 14. * I am thy parte and thine inheritance amōg
〈◊〉
. 44. 28. the children of Israél.
21 For beholde, I haue giuen the children of Leui all the tenth in Israél for an inheritance, for their seruice whiche they serue in the Ta bernacle of the Congregacion.
22 Nether shall the chyldren of Israél anye moreTo ser ue ther
〈◊〉
in: for the Leuites are put in their place. come nere the Tabernacle of the cō gregacion, lest they susteine sinne, and dye.
23 But the Leuites shall do the seruice in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, and they shal beareIf they faile in their office, they shalbe punished. their sinne: (it is) a lawe for euer in your generaciōs, that among the childrē of Israél they possesse none enheritance.
24 For the tithes of the children of Israél, whiche they shall offer as an offrynge vnto the Lorde, I haue gyuen the Leuites for an inheritance: therefore I haue sayd vnto them, Among the children of Israél ye shall possesse none inheritance.
25 ¶ And the Lorde spake vnto Mosés, saying.
26 Speake also vnto the Leuites and say vnto them, When ye shall take of the children of Israél the tithes, whiche I haue giuen you of them for your inheritance, then shalye take an heaue offring of that same for the Lord, (euen) the tenth parte of the tithe.
27 And your heaue
〈◊〉
shalbe rekened vn to you, as theAs acceptable as the
〈◊〉
of youre
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, or vineyarde. corne of the barne, or as the abundance of the wine presse.
28 So ye shall also offer an heaue offryng vnto the Lorde of all your
〈◊〉
, whiche ye shall receiue of the children of Israél, and ye shal giue thereof the Lords heaue offring to Aarôn the Priest.
29 Ye shal offer of all yourVVhiche ye
〈◊〉
ue
〈◊〉
of the children of Israel. gifts all the Lords heaue offrynges: of all theRead vers. 12. fat of the same (shalye offer) the holy things thereof.
30 Therefore thou shalt say vnto them, When ye haue offred the fat there of, then it shalbe counted vnto the Leuites, as the encrease of the corne floore, or as the encrease of the wine presse.
31 And ye shalt eat it in allAs is in the. 11. vers. places, ye, and your housholdes: for it is your wages for your seruice in the Tabernacle of the Congregaciō.
32 And ye shalYe shal not be punished therefore. beare no sinne by the reason of it, when ye haue offred the fat of it: nether shall ye pollute the holyThe offringes which the Israelites haue offred to God. things of the children of Israél, lest ye dye.
CHAP. XIX.
2 The sacrifice of the red kow. 9 The sprinkling water. 11 He that toucheth the dead. 14 The man that dyeth in a tent.
1 ANd the Lord spake to Mosés, and to Aarón, saying.
2 Accordyng
〈◊〉
this lawe and ce remonie, ye shal sacrifice the red kowe. This is the ordināce of the lawe, which the Lord hathe commanded, saying, Speake vnto the children of Israél that they bring thee a red kowe with out blemish, wherein is no spot, vpon the which neuer came yoke.
3 And ye shall giue her vnto Eleazár the Priest, that he may bryng her * without the hoste,Ebr.
〈◊〉
. 11. and cause her toBy another Priest. be slaine before his face.
4 Thē shal Eleazár the Priest take of her blood
with his * finger, & sprinkle it before the TaEbr. 9. 13. bernacle of the Congregacion seuen times.
5 And cause the kowe to be burnt in his sightExod. 29. 13. with her * skin, and her flesh, and her blood,Leuit. 4. 11. and her doung shal he burne (her.)
6 Then shal the Priest take ceder wood, & hissope & skarlet (lace,) & cast thē in the middes of the fire where the kowe burneth.
7 Then shall theMeaning Eleazár. Priest wash his clothes, and he shal wash his flesh in water, & then come into the hoste, and the Priest shalbe vncleane vnto the euen.
8 Also he thatThe
〈◊〉
Priest who killed her and burned her. burneth her, shall washe his clothes in water, and wash his flesh in water and be vncleane vntil euen.
9 And a man, (that is) cleane, shal take vp the ashes of the kowe, & put them with out the hoste in a cleane place: & it shalbe kept for the Congregacion of the children of Israél forOr the water of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
that they that were
〈◊〉
for their vn clennes, were sprinkled therewith and made cleane. a spriakling water: it is a sinne offring.
10 Therefore he that gathereth the ashes of the kowe, shal wash his clothes, & remaine vncleane vntil euē: & it shalbe vnto the children of Israél, & vnto the stranger that dwel leth among them a statute for euer.
11 He that toucheth the dead bodie of anieChap 8. 7. man, shalbe vncleane euen seuen daies.It is also called holy water, because it was ordeined to an ho ly vse. Chap.
〈◊〉
17.
12 He shall purifie him selfewith the sprin kling water. there with the third day, & the seuēth day he shalbe cleane but if he purifie not him selfe the third day, then the seuenth day he shal not be cleane.
13 Whosoeuer toucheth the corps of anie mā that is dead, and purgeth not him selfe, defileth the Tabernacle of the Lord, & that persone shalbeSo that he shulde not be estemed to be of the
〈◊〉
people, but as a
〈◊〉
and excommuni cate persone. cut of from Israél, because the sprinkling water was not sprinkled vppon him: he shalbe vncleane, and his vnclennes (shal remaine) stil vpon him.
14 This is the
〈◊〉
, Whē a man dyeth in a tent all that come into the tent, & al that is in the tent, shalbe vncleane seuen dayes.
15 And all the vessels that be open, whiche haue noEbr, a couering of cloth. coueryng fastened vpō thē, shalbe vncleane.
16 Also who soeuer toucheth one that is slaine with a sworde in the sield, or a dead persone or a bone of a dead man, or a graue, shalbe vncleane seuen dayes.
17 Therefore for an vncleane persone they shall take of the burnt ashes of theOf the red kowe burnt for sinne. sin offring, andWater of the
〈◊〉
or riuer pure water shalbe put thereto in a vessel.
18 And aOne of the Priest whiche is cleane. cleane persone shal take hyssope & dip it in the water, and sprinkle it vpon the tent, and vpon al the vessels, and on the persones that were therein, and vpon him that touched the bone, or the slaine, or the dead, or the graue.
19 And the cleane persone shal sprinkle vpon the vncleane the third day, and the seuenth day, and he shal purifie him selfe the seuenth day, andBecause he had bene among thē that were vncleane: or elshad touched the water, as vers,
〈◊〉
. wash his clothes, and wash him self in water, and shalbe cleane at euen.
20 But the man that is vncleane and purifieth not himselfe, that persone shalbe cut of frō among the Congregacion, because he hathe defiled the Sanctuarie of the Lord: and the sprinkling water hathe not bene sprinkled vpon him: (therefore) shal he be vncleane.
21 And it shalbe a perpetual lawe vnto them, that he that sprinkleth the sprinkling water shal wash his clothes: also he that toucheth the sprinkling water, shalbe vncleane vntil euen,
22 And whatsoeuer the vncleane persone toucheth, shalbe vncleane: ād the persone that touchethThat is vhcleane. (him,) shalbe vncleane vntil the euen.
CHAP. XX.
1 Miriám dyeth, 2 The people murmure. 8 They haue water out of the rocke. 14.
〈◊〉
denyeth the Israelites passage. 25. 28 The death of Aarón, in whose rowme Eleazár succedeth.
1 THen the children of Iraél came with the whole Congregacion to the desert of
〈◊〉
in the firstThis was four tie yeres after their departure from
〈◊〉
. moneth, and the people abode at Kadésh: whereMosés and A
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
sister. Miriám dyed, and was buryed there.
2 But there was no water for the Congregacion, and theyAnother rebel
〈◊〉
was in
〈◊〉
phidim. assembled thē selues against Mosés and against Aarón.
3 And the people chode with Mosés, and spake,Exod. 17 and this was in Kadésh. saying, Wolde God we had perished, *Chap. 11 33. when our brethren dyed before the Lord.Exod. 17.
〈◊〉
.
4 * Why haue ye thus broght the congregacion of the Lord vnto this wildernes, that (both) we, and our cattel shulde dye there?
5 Wherefore now haue ye made vs to come vp from Egypt, to bring vs into this miserable place, (which is) no place of sede, nor figs nor vines, nor pomgranates? nether is there anie water to drinke.
6 Then Mosés and Aarón went from the assem blie vnto the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, and fel vpon their faces: and the glorie of the Lord appeared vnto them.
7 And the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying,
8 Take theWhere with thou didest mira cles in Egypt, & didest deuide the Sea. rod, and gather thou and thy bro ther Aarón the Congregacion together, and speake ye vnto the rocke before their eies, and it shal giue forthe his water, and thou shalt bring them water out of the rocke: so thou shalt giue the Congregacion, and their beastes drinke.
9 Then Mosés toke the rod from before the Lord, as he had commanded him.
10 And Mosés and Aarón gathered the Congregacion together before the rocke, and (Moses) sayd vnto thē, Heare now, yerebels:The punishmēt which followed hereof, declared that Mosés and Aaron beleued not the Lords promes as appea reth vers. 12. shal we bring you water out of this rocke?
11 Then Mosés lift vp his hand, and with his rod he smote the rocket wise, and the water came out abundantly: so the Congregacion and their beasts dranke.
12 ¶ Agayne the Lord spake vnto Mosés and to Aarón, Because ye beleued me not, toThat the children of Israél shulde beleue & acknowledgemy power, and so honour me. sanctifie me in the presence of the children of Israél therefore ye shal not bring this Congregacion into the land which I haue
giuen them.
13 This is the waterOr, strife, and contencion. of Meribáh, because the children of Israél stroue with the Lord, and heBy shewyng him self almigh tie & maint eyning his
〈◊〉
. was sanctified in them.
14 ¶ Then Mosés sent messengers from Kadésh vnto the King ofBecause Iaakob or Israél was Esaus brother, who was called Edom. Edôm, (saying) Thus saith thy brother Israél, Thou knowest all the trauaile that we haue had.
15 How our fathers went downe into Egypt, & we dwelt in Egypt a long time, where the Egyptians handled vs euill and our fathers.
16 But when we cryed vnto the Lord, he heard our voyce, and sent an Angel, & hath broght vs out of Egypt, & beholde, we are in the citie Kadésh, in thine vtmost boader.
17 I pray thee that we may passe through thy countrey: we wil not go through the fieldes
〈◊〉
the vineyardes, nether wil we drinke of the water of the welles: we will go by theOr, bie way. kynges way, and nether turne vnto the right hand nor to the left, vntill we be past thy borders.
18 And Edóm answered him,Or, come not. Thou shalt not passe by me, lest I come out against thee with the sworde.
19 Then the children of Israél said vnto hym, We wil go vp by the hie way and if I and my cattel drinke of thy water, I will then paye for it: I will onely [without anie harme] go through on my fete.
20 He answered againe, Thou shalt not go through Thē Edōm came out against hym"Or, the Erke mites. with much people, & with a mighty power
21 Thus Edóm denied to giue Israél passage through his countrie: wherefore IsraélTo passe by another way. turned way from him.
22 ¶ And when the children of Israél with all the Congregacion departed from * Kadésh,Chap. 33. 37. they came vnto the mount Hor.
23 And the Lord spake vnto Mosês and to Aarón in the mount Hor nere the coste of the land of Edôm, saying.
24 Aarôn shalbeRead. gathered vnto his people: for he shall not entre into the land, whicheGen. 25. 28. I haue giuen vnto the children of Israél, because yeOr,
〈◊〉
, disobeied my commandement at the waterOr,
〈◊〉
. of Meribáh.
25 Take * Aarón and Eleazár his sonne, andChap. 33. 38. bring them vp into the mount Hor.Deut.
〈◊〉
. 50.
26 And cause Aarôn to put of his garments and put them vpon Eleazár his sonne: for Aarón shall be gathered (to his fathers,) and shall dye there.
27 And Mosés did as the Lord had cōmanded and thei went vp into the mount, Hor, in the sight of all the Congregacion.
28 And Mosés put of Aarons clothes, & put thē vpō Eleazar his sonne: * so Aaron dyed there
〈◊〉
. 10. 6. in the top of the mount: and Mosés & Eleazárand 31. 50. came downe from of the mount.
29 When al the Cōgregacion sawe that Aarôn was dead, all the house of Israél weptOr,
〈◊〉
. for Aarón thirtie dayes.
CHAP. XXI.
3 Israél vainquisheth King Arád. 6 The firy serpentes are sent for the rebellion of the people. 24. 33, Sihón and Og are ouercome in battel.
1 WHen King * Arâd the Canaanite,Chap 33. 43. which dwelt toward the South, heard tel that Israél came by theBy that way which their
〈◊〉
that searched the dangers,
〈◊〉
to be moste safe. waie of the spies then foght he against Israél, & toke of them prisoners.
2 So Israél vowed a vowe vnto the Lord, and said, If thou wilt deliuer (and) giue this people into mine hand, thē I wil vtterly destroye their cities.
3 And the Lord heard the voyce of Israél, and deliuered (them) the Canaanites: and they vtterly destroyed them and their cities, and called the name of the placeOr,
〈◊〉
. Hormáh.
4 ¶ After, they departed from the mount Hor by the way of the red Sea, toFor they were forbidden to destroie. compasse the land of Edóm: and the people were sore grie ued because of the way.Deut. 2. 5.
5 And the people spake against God and against Mosés, (saying,) Wherefōre haue ye broght vs out of Egypt, to dye in the wildernes? for (here is) nether bread nor water, andChap. 11. 7. our soule * lotheth this lightMeaning Man̄ na, which they thoght did not
〈◊〉
. bread.
6 * Wherefore the Lord sentFor
〈◊〉
that were
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
with, were so inflamed with the heat thereof, that they dyed. firy serpentes among the people which stong the people: so that manie of the people of Israél dyed.Wisd. 16. 1.
7 Therefore the people came to Mosés and1.
〈◊〉
. 10. 9. said, We haue sinned: for we haue spoken against the Lord, and against thee: praye to the Lord, that he take away the serpēs from vs: and Mosés prayed for the people.
8 And the Lord said vnto Mosés, Make thee a firy serpent, and set it vpOr, vpon a
〈◊〉
for a signe, that as manie as are bitten, may loke vpon it, & liue.
9 * So Mosés made a serpent of brasse, and set2. king. 18. 4. it vp for a signe: and when a serpent had bittenIoh. 3. 14. a man, then he
〈◊〉
to the serpent of brasse, andOr, recouered. liued.Chap. 33. 47.
10 * And the children of Israél departed thence and pitched in Obôth.
11 ¶ And they departed from Obôth, and pitchedOr, in the Lead pes of Abarim, or,
〈◊〉
. in Iie-abarim, in the wildernes which is before Moáb on the Eastside.
12 ¶ They remoued thence, and pitched vpon the riuer of Záred.
13 ¶ Thence they departed, and pitched on the other side of Arnón, which is in the wildernes, and commeth out of the costes of the Amorites: [for Arnôn (is) the border of Moáb, betwene the Moabites and the Amorites]
14 Wherefore it shalbe spoken in the boke ofWhich
〈◊〉
to be the boke of the Iudges, or as some thinke, abo ke which is lost. the battels of the Lord,Or, (How God destroyed) Vaheb (the citie) with a whirle winde, and the vallies of Arken. what thing he did in the red Sea, and in the riuers of Arnón,
15 And (at) the streame of the riuers that goeth downe to the dwelling of Ar, and heth vpon the border of Moáb.
16 ¶ And from thence (they turned) to Beér: the same is the well where the Lord said vnto Mosês, Assemble the people, and I wil giue them water.
17 ¶ Then Israél sang this song,Or, Spring. Rise vp well,Ye that receiue the commoditie thereof, giue prai se for it. sing ye vnto it.
18 The princes digged this well, the captaines
of the people digged it, euē theMosés and Aa ron heades of the people onely smote the rocke with the rod or
〈◊〉
, which gaue water as a well, that where depe digged. lawe giuer, with their staues. And from the wildernes (they came) to Máttanáh,
19 ¶ And frō Mattanáh to Nahaliél, and from Nahaliél to Bamóth,
20 ¶ And from Bamóth in the valley, that is in the plaine of Moáb, to the top of Pisgáh that loketh toward Ieshimón.
21 ¶ Then Israél sent messengers vnto Sihón, King of the Amorites, saying,
22 * Let me go through thy land: we wil not
〈◊〉
. 2 26. turne aside into the fields, nor into the vineyardes,Iudg. 11. 19. nether drinke of the waters of the welles: we wil go by the kings way, vntil we be past thy countrei.
23 * But Sihōn gaue Israél no licence to passeDeut. 29. 7. through his countrey, but Sihôn assembled all his people, and went out against Israél into the wildernes: and he came to Iahôz, and foght against Israél.
24 * But Israél smote him with the edge of theIosh. 12. 2.
Psal. 134. 11. sworde, and conquered his land, from ArnónAmos 29. vntoThe riuer. Iabôk, (euen) vnto the children of Am môn: for the border of the children of Ammôn (was)For the people were talle and
〈◊〉
like gyāts. strong.
25 And Israél toke all these cities, and dwelt in all the cities of the Amorites in Heshbôn &Deut. 2 20. in all theEbr. daughters. villages thereof,
26 ForFor
〈◊〉
it had be ne the Moabites the Israelites might not haue possessed it. Heshbôn was the citie of Sihón the King of the Amorites, which had foght before time against the King of the Moabites, and had taken all his land out of his hand, (euen) vnto Arnōn.
〈◊〉
, 2. 9.
27 Wherefore they that spake in prouerbes, say, Come to Heshbón, let the citie of Sihôn be buylt and repared:
28 ForMeaning war te. a fire is gone out of Heshbôu, (aud) a flame from the citie of Sihôn, and hathe con sumed Ar of the Moabites, (and) the lords of Bamóth in Arnôn.
29 Wo be to thee, Moáb: ô people of
〈◊〉
was the Idole of the
〈◊〉
, Chemósh, thou art vndone: he hathe suffred his sónes to be pursued, & his daughters (to be) in1. king. 11. 33: who was not able to defende his wor shippers, which toke
〈◊〉
idole for their father. captiuitie to Sihôn the king of the Amorites.
30 TheirEbr. light. empire is lost from
〈◊〉
vnto Dibôn, and we haue destroyed them vnto Nôphah, which (reacheth) vnto Medebá.
31 ¶ Thus Israél dwelt in the land of the Amorites.
32 And Mosés sent to search out Iaazér, & they toke the townes belonging thereto, and roted out the Amorites that were there.
33 ¶ * And they turned and went vp toward BaDeut. 3. 1. & 29. 3. shán:
〈◊〉
Og the King of Bashán came out against them, he, and all his people, to fight at Edréi,
34 Then the Lord said vnto Mosés, Feare him not: for I haue deliuered him into thine hād and all his people, and his land: * and thouPsal.
〈◊〉
. 12. shalt do to him as thou didest vnto Sihón the King of the Amorites, which dwelt at Heshbòn,
35 They smote him therefore, and his sonnes, and all his people, vntil there was none left him: so they conquered his land.
CHAP. XXII.
5 King
〈◊〉
sendeth for Balaám to curse the Israelites. 12. The Lord forbiddeth him to go. 22 The Angel of the Lord meteth him, and his asse speaketh. 38 Balaám
〈◊〉
that he wil speake nothing, but that which the Lord putteth in his mouthe.
1 AFter, the children of Israel departed and pitched in the pleine of Moáb on theBeing at
〈◊〉
, it was beyonde Iorddén: but
〈◊〉
re the
〈◊〉
were, it was on this side. other side of Iordén from Ierichô.
2 ¶ Now Balák the sonne of Zippôr sawe all that Israél had done to the Amorites.
3 And the Moábites were sore afraiede of the people, because they were manie, and MoábOr, was vexed. freated against the children of Israél.
4 Therefore Moáb said vnto theWhich were the heades and gouerners. Elders of Midián, Now shal this multitude licke vp all that are rounde about vs, as an oxe licketh vp the grasse of the field: and Balák the sonne of Zippor (was) King of the Moabites at that time.
5 * He sent menssengers therefore vnto BalaámIosh. 24. 9. the sonne of Beôr to Pethôr [which is by theTo wit,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
tes,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
this citie Pethor. riuer of the land of the children of his folke] to call him, saying, Beholde there is a people come out of Egypt, which couer the face of the earth, and lie ouer against me.
6 Come now therefore, I pray thee, (and) curse me this people [for they are stronger then I] so it may be that I shal be able to smite thē and to driue them out of the land: for I knowe that he, whome thou blessest, is blessed, and he whome thou cursest, shalbe cursêd.
7 And the Elders of Moáb, and the Elders of Midién departed, hauingThinking
〈◊〉
bribe him which giftes to curse the Israelites, (the rewarde) of the sooth saying in their hand, and thei came vnto Balaám, and tolde him the wordes of Balák.
8 Who answered them, Tary here this night, and I wil giue you an answer, as the Lord shal say vnto me. SoWhome before he called
〈◊〉
meaning, the go oerners, and, after calleth them seruants: that is, subiectes to their king. the princes of Moâb abode with Balaám.
9 Then God came vnto Balaám, & said, What men are these with thee?
10 And Balaám said vnto God, Balák the sonne of Zippúr, King of Moáb hathe sent vnto me, (saying,)
11 Beholde, (there is) a people come out of Egypt & couereth the face of the earth: come nowe, curse them for my sake: so it may be that I shal be able to ouercome them in battel, and to driue them out.
12 And GodHe warned him by a dreame that he shulde not consent to the kings wicked request. said vnto Balaám, Go not thou with them, nether curse the people, for they are blessed.
13 And Balaám rose vp in the morning, and said vnto the princes of Balák, Returne vnto your land: for the Lord hathe refused to giue
〈◊〉
he shewed him selfe willing couerousnes had so blinded his heart. me leaue to go with you.
14 So the princes of Moáb rose vp, and went vnto Balák, and said, Balaám hathe refused to come with vs.
15 ¶ Balák yet sent againe mo princes, and mo re honorable then they.
16 Who came to Balaám, and said to him, Thus saieth Balák the sonne of Zippôr,The wicked seke by al means to forther their naughty enterprises, thogh thei knowe that God is against them. Be not
thou stayed, I pray thee, from comming vnto me.
17 For I wil promote thee vnto great honour, and wil do whatsoeuer thou sayest vnto me: come therefore, I pray thee, curse me this people.
18 And Balaám answered, and sayd vnto the seruantes of Balák, *If Balák wolde giue meChap. 24. 13. his house ful of siluer and golde, I can not go beyonde the worde of the Lord my God, to do lesse or more.
19 But nowe, I pray you, tary here this night, that I may wit, what the Lord wil say vnto meBecause he tem pted God to require him contra ry to his cōmandement, his petition was granted, but it turned to his owne condemnation. more.
20 And God came vnto Balaám by night, and said vnto him, If the men come to call thee, rise vp, (and) go with them: but onely what thing I say vnto thee, that shalt thou do.
21 So Balaám rose vp early, and sadled his asse and went with the princes of Moáb.
22 And the wrath of God was kindled, because heMoued rather with couetousnes, then to obey God. went: and the Angel of the Lord stode in the way to be against him, as he rode vpon his asse, and his two seruantes (were) with him.2. Pet. 2 16.
23 And* when the asse sawe the Angel of theIude. 11, Lord stād in the way, and his sworde drawen in his hand, the asse turned out of the waie & went into the field, but Balaám smote the asse, to turne her into the way.
24The second time. Againe the Angel of the Lord stode in a path of the vineyardes, (hauing) a wall on the one side, and a wall on the other.
25 And when the asse sawe the Angel of the Lord, she thrust her selfe vnto the wall, and dasht Balaams fote against the wall: wherefo re he smote her againe.
26 Then the
〈◊〉
of the Lord went further, and stode in a narowe place, where was no way to turne, (ether) to the right hand, or to the left.
27 And when the asse sawe the Angel of the Lord, sheOr, fel. lay downe vnder Balaám therefore Balaám was very wrath, and smote the asse with a staffe.
28 Then the LordGaue her power to speake. opened the mouth of the asse, and she said vnto Balaám, What haue I done vnto thee, that thou hast smitten me nowe thre times?
29 And Balaám said vnto the asse, Because thou hast mocked me: I wolde there were a sword in mine hand, for now wolde I kil thee.
30 And the asse said vnto Balaám, Am not I thine asse, which thou hast ridden vponSince thon hast bene my master. sin ce thy first time vnto this day? haue I vsed at anie time to do thus vnto thee? Who said, Nay.
31 And the LordFor whose eyes the Lord doeth not open, they can nether se his angre, nor his loue. opened the eies of Balaám, and he sawe the Angel of the Lord standing in the way with his sworde drawen in his hand: then he bowed him selfe, and fel flat on his face.
32 And the Angel of the Lord said vnto him, Wherefore hast thou now smitten thine asse thre times? beholde, I came out to withstand thee, because (thy)Bothe thy heart is corrupt & thine
〈◊〉
wicked. way is not straight before me.
33 But the asse sawe me, and turned fro me now thre times: for els, if she had not turned fro me, surely I had euen now slaine thee, and sa ued her aliue.
34 Then Balaám said vnto the Angel of the Lord, I haue sinned: for I wist not that thou stodest in the wayOr, before me, or, to
〈◊〉
me. against me: now therefore if it displease thee, I wil turneEb.
〈◊〉
wil
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ne to me. home againe.
35 But the Angel said vnto Balaám, Go with the men: butBecause his he
〈◊〉
was euil his charge was renued that he shulde not pretend ignorance. what I say vnto thee, that shalt thou speake. So Balaam went with the princes of
〈◊〉
.
36 And when Balák heard that Balaám came, he wēt out to mete him vnto a citie of Moáb which is in theNere the place where the Israelites camped. border of Arnôn, euen in the vtmost coste.
37 Then Balák said vnto Balaàm, Did I not send for thee to call thee? wherefore camest thou not vnto me? am I not able in dede to promo te thee vnto honour.
38 And Balaám made answer vnto Balák, Lo, I am come vnto thee, and can I now sayOf my
〈◊〉
I can speake nothing: only what God reueleth that wil I
〈◊〉
, seme it good or bad. anie thing at all? the worde that God putteth in my mouth, that shal I speake.
39 So Balaàm went with Balák, and thei came vnto the citie ofOr, of
〈◊〉
a populous citie. Huzôth.
40 Then Balák offred bullockes, and shepe, & sent (thereof) to Balaám, and to the princes that were with him.
41 And on the morow Balák toke Balaám, and broght him vp into the hie places ofWhere the ido le Baál was worshiped. Baál, that thence he might se the vtmost parte of the people.
CHAP. XXIII.
1 Balaám causeth seuen Altars to be buyle. 5 God teacheth him what to answer. 8 In stede of cursing he blesseth Israél. 19 God is not like man.
1 ANd Balaám said vnto Balák, Buylde me here seuen altars, and prepare me here seuen bullockes, and seuen rams.
2 And Balák did as Balaám said, andFor among the
〈◊〉
the Kings oft times vsed to sacrifice, as did the Priests. Balák ād Balaám offred on (euerie) altar a bullocke and a ram.
3 Then Balaám said vnto Balák, Stand by the burnt offring, and I wil go, if so be that the Lord wil come (and) mete me: and whatsoeuer he sheweth me, I
〈◊〉
thee: so heOr, wēt vphier. wēt forthe alone.
4 And GodAppeared vnto him, met Balaám, and (Balaám) said vnto him, I haue prepared seuen altars, and haue offred vpon (euerie) altar a bullocke and a ram.
5 And the LordTaught him what to say. put an answer in Balaams mouth, and said, Go againe to Balák, and say on this wise.
6 So when he returned vnto him, lo, he stode by his burnt offring, he, and all the princes of Moáb.
7 Then he vttered hisOr, prophecie. parable, and said, Balák the King of Moáb hath broght me fromOr, Syria. Arám out of the mountaines of the East, (saying) come, curse Iaakób for my sak come
andCause that all men may hate and detest thē. detest Israél.
8 How shall I curse, where God hathe not cur sed? or how shall I detest, (where) the Lorde hathe not detested?
9 For from the top of the rocks I did se hym, and frome the hils I did be holde him: lothe people shald wel by thē selues, and shall not be rekened among theBut shal haue religiō & lawes aparte. nacions.
10 Who can tell theThe infinite multitude, as the dust of the earth dust of Iaakôb, and the nomber of the fourth part of Israél? Let meThe feare of Gods iudgemēts caused hym to wish to be ioyned to the housholde of Abrahám thus the wicked haue their
〈◊〉
wounded whē they consider Gods
〈◊〉
. dye the death of the righteous, and let my last end be like his.
11 Then Balák said vnto Balaám, What hast thou done vnto me? I tok thee to curse mine enemies, and beholde, thou hast blessed thē altogether.
12 And he answered, and said, Must I not take hede to speake that, whiche the Lord hathe put in my mouth?
13 And Balák said vnto him, Come, I pray thee, with me vnto another place, whence thou maiestse thē, and thou shalt se but the vt most parte of them, and shalt not sethem all: therefore curse thē out of that place for my sake.
14 ¶ And he broght him intoOr, into the field of thē that
〈◊〉
wit, lest the enemy shuld approche. Sede-sop him to the top of Pisgáh and built seuen altars, and offred a bullocke, & a ram on (euerie) altar.
15 After, he said vnto Balák, Stand here by thy burnt offryng, and I will
〈◊〉
(the Lorde) yonder.
16 And the Lord met Balaám, and* put an answerChap. 22. 35. in his mouth, and said, Go againe vnto Balák, and saie thus.
17 And when he came to him, behold, he stode by his burnt offring, & the princes of Moâb with him: so Balák said vnto him, What hath the Lord said?
18 And he vttered his parable, and said, Rise vp, Balák, and heare: hearken vnto me, thou sonne of Zippôr.
19Gods enemies are compelled to co fesse that his gouernement is iuste,
〈◊〉
, & without change or
〈◊〉
, God (is) not (as) man, that he shulde lie, nether (as) the sonne of man that he shulde repent: hath he said, and shall he not do it? and hathe he spoken, and shall he not accomplish it?
20 Beholde, I haue receiued (commandement) to blesse: for he hathe blessed, and I can not alter it.
21 He seeth none iniquitie in Iaakób, nor seeth no transgression in Israél: the Lord his God (is) with him, & theThey triumphe as victorious Kings ouer their enemies. ioyful shoute of a King (is) among them.
22 God broght thē out of Egypt their strēgth (is) as an vnicorne.
23 For (there is) no
〈◊〉
in Iaakób, nor soothsaying in Israél:Considering what God shall worke this
〈◊〉
the deliu
〈◊〉
ce of his people all the worlde shall wonder. according to this time it shalbe said of Iaakób and of Israél, What hathe God wroght?
24 Beholde, the people shal rise vp as a lion, & lift vp him self as a yong lion: he shall not lye downe, til he eat of the praie, & til he drinke the blood of the slaine.
25 ¶ Then Balák said vnto Balaám, Nether curse, nor blesse them at all.
26 But Balaám answered, and said vnto Balak, Tolde not I thee, saying, All that the Lord speaketh, that must I do?
27 ¶ Againe Balák said vnto Balaám, Come, I pray thee, I wil bring thee vnto anotherThus the wicked imagine of God, that, that which he wil not grante in one place he wil do it in another. place, if so be it wil Please God, that thou maiest thence curse them for my sake.
28 So Balák broght Balaám vnto the top of Peór, that loketh toward Ieshmón.
29 Then Balaám said vnto Balák, Make me he re seuen altars, and prepare me here seuen bullockes, and seuen rams.
30 And Balák did as Balaám had said, & offred a bullocke and a ram on (euerie) altar.
CHAP. XXIIII.
5 Balaám prophecieth of the great prosperitie that shulde come vnto Israél: 17 Also of the comming of Christ 20. The destruction of the Amalekites, and of the Kenites.
1 WHen Balaám sawe that it pleased the LOKD, to blesse Israél, then he wentChap. 23.
〈◊〉
. not, *as certeine times before, to fet diuinacions, but set his face towarde theWhere the Israelites camped. wildernes.
2 And Balaám lift vp his eies, and loked vpon Israél, which dwelt according to their tribes and the Spirit of God came vpon him.Chap.
〈◊〉
. 7.
3 *And he vttered his parable, and said, Balaám the sonne of Beór hathe said, & the man, whose eiesHis eies were shutvp before in respect of the cleare visions which he sawe after: some read, were open. were shut vp, hathe said,
4 He hathe said, which heard the wordes of God, and sawe the vision of the Almightie, andThogh he laye as in a slepe, yet the eies of his minde were
〈◊〉
. falling (in a trance) had his eies opened.
5 ¶ How goodlie are thy tents, ô Iaakób, (and) thine habitacions, ô Israél?
6 As the valleis, are thei stretched forthe, as gardens by the riuers side, as theOr, tentes. aloe trees, which the Lord hathe planted, as the cedars beside the waters.
7 TheHis
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
shalbe verie
〈◊〉
water droppeth out of his bucket, and his sede (shalbe) in many waters, and his King shalbe hier thenWhich name was commen to the kings of Ama
〈◊〉
. Agág, and his kingdome shalbe exalted.
8 God broght him out of Egypt: his strength (shalbe) as an vnicorne: he shal eat the nacions his enemies, and bruise their bones, and shoote them through with his arrowes.
9 *He coucheth (and) lieth downe as a yongGen. 49. 9. lyon, and as a lyon: who shal stirre him vp? blessed is he that blesseth thee, and cursed is he that curseth thee.
10 Then Balák was verie angry with Balaám, andIn token of an ger. smote his hands together: so Balák said vnto Balaám, I sent for thee to curse mine enemies, and beholde, thou hast blessed them now thre times.
11 Therefore now flee vnto thy place: I thoght surely to promote thee vnto honour, but lo, theThis the wicked burden God when thei can not
〈◊〉
their wicked entreprises. Lord hathe kept thee backe from honour.
12 Then Balaàm answered Balák, Tolde I not also thy messengers, which thou sentest vnto me, saying,
13 If Balák wolde giue me his house ful of siluer and golde, I can not passe the commādement
of the Lord, to do (ether) good or bad of mine owne minde? what the Lord shal cō
mande, that same wil I speake.
14 And now beholde, I go vnto my people: come, I wilEbr. counsel.
He gaue also wicked counsel to cause to Israelites to sinne, that therby God might forsake them. Chap. 31. 16 aduertise thee what this people shal do to thy folke in the later daies.
15 And he vttered his parable, & said, Balaám the sonne of Beór hathe said, and the man whose eies were shut vp, hathe said.
16 He hath said that heard the wordes of God and hath the knowledge of the moste high, and sawe the vision of the Almightie, & falling (in a trance) had his eies opened:
17 I shal se him, but not now: I shal be hold him but not nere: there shal come aMeaning Christ starre of Iaa kôb, and ascepter shal rise of Israél, & shall smite theThat is, the princes. coastes of Moáb, & destroye all the sonnes ofHe
〈◊〉
subdue all that
〈◊〉
: for of Shéth came Noáh, & of Noáh all the worlde. Shéth.
18 And Edôm shal be possessed, & Seir shal be a possession to their enemies: but Israéll shall do valiantly.
19 He also that shall haue dominion (shal be) of Iaakôb, and shal destroye the remnant of theOf the Edonutes. citie.
20 ¶ And when he loked on Amalèk, he vttered his parable, and said, Amalék (was) theThe
〈◊〉
first made warre against Is raél, as Cha. 14. 45 first of the nacions: but his later end (shall come) to destruction.
21 And he loked on theOr, Midianites Kenites, and vttered his parable, & said, Strong is thy dwellyng place, andMake thy self as strong as thou
〈◊〉
. put thy nest in the rocke.
22 Neuertheles,Or, thou kain shalt. the Kenite shal be spoiled vn til Ashúr cary thee away captiue.
23 Againe he vttered his parable, and said, Alas,Some read Oh who shal not pe
〈◊〉
, when the enemie, that is Antichrist, shall set him selfe vp as God. who shall liue when GOD doeth this?
24 The shippes also shal (come) from the coastes ofThe Grecians, and Romains, Chittim and subdue Asshúr, & shall sub due Ebér, andMeaning Eber or the Iewes, for rebellīg against God. he also (shall come) to destruction.
25 Then Balaâm rose vp, and went and returned to his place: and Balák also went hys way.
CHAP. XXV.
2 The people committeth fornicacion with the daughters of Moáb. 9 Phinehás killeth Zimri and Cozbi. 11 God maketh his couenant with Phinehás. 17 God commandeth to kil the Midianites.
1 NOw whiles Israél abode in Shittim, the people began to commit whoredome with theWith the woman. daughters of Moáb:
2 Which called the people vnto the sacrifice of their gods, and the people ate, & bowed downe to their gods.
3 And IsraélWorshipped the idole of the Moabites which was in the hil Peor. coupled him self vnto Baál Peór wherefore the wrath of the Lorde was kindled against Israél:
4 And the Lorde said vnto Mosés, * Take all the heades of the people, and hang them vpDeut 4.
〈◊〉
.
Or, 22. 17.
Or, to the Lord before the LordOpenly in the
〈◊〉
of all. against the sunne, that the indignacion of the Lords wrath may be turned from Israél.
5 Then Mosés said vnto the Iudges of Israéll, Euerie one slay hisLet him se exe cucion done of them that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
der his charge. ment that were ioyned vnto Báal Peór.
6 ¶ And beholde, one of the children of Israél came and broght vnto his brethren a Midianitish woman in the sight of Mosés, and in the sight of all the Congregacion of the chil dren of Israél,Repēting that thei had
〈◊〉
God. who wept before the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
7 * And when Phinehás the sonne of EleazárPsal. 106. 30. the sonne of Aarón the Priest sawe it, he rose1. Mac. 2. 54. vp from the middes of the Congregacion, and toke aOr, iaueling. speare in his hand,
8 And followed the man of Israél into the tent and thrust them bothe through: (to wit,) the man of Israél, and the woman,Or, in her tent. Chald. & Grek, in her secrets. through her belly: so the plague ceased from the children of Israél.
9 * And there dyed in that plague, foure and1. Cor. 10. 8. twentie thousand.
10 Then the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying,Psal. 106. 30.
11 * Phinehás the sonne of Eleazár, the sonne of Aarón the Priest, hathe turned mine anger away from the children of Israél, while heHe was
〈◊〉
to mainteine my glorie. was zelous for my sake among them: therefore I haue not consumed the children of Israél in my ielousie.
12 Wherefore saye (to him,) Beholde, * I giueEccle. 45. 24. vnto him my couenant of peace,1. Mac. 2, 54.
13 And he shal haue it, and his sede after him, (euen) the couenant of the Priests office for euer, because he was zelous for his God, and hathe made anHe hathe
〈◊〉
Gods wrath. atonement for the children of Israél.
14 And the name of the Israelite (thus) slayne, which was killed with the Midianitish woman, (was) Zimri the sonne of Salú, princeEbr of the house of the father. of the familie of the Simeonites.
15 And the name of the Midianitish woman, that was slaine, (was) Cozbi the daughter of Zur, who (was) head ouer the people of his fathers house in Midián.
16 ¶ Againe the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying,
17 * Vexe the Midianites, and smite them:Chap. 31. 2.
18 For they trouble you with theirCausing you to commit both corporal and spiritual
〈◊〉
by Balams counsel. wiles, where with thei haue beguiled you a concer ning Peôr, & as cōcerning their sister Cozbi the daughter of a prince of Midián, which was slaine in the day of the plague becauseChap.
〈◊〉
, 16. of Peór.
〈◊〉
. 2. 14.
CHAP. XXVI.
2 The Lord commandeth to nomber the children of Israél in the plaine of Moáb, from twenty yere olde and aboue. 57 The
〈◊〉
and their families. 64 None of them, that were nombred in Sinái, go in to Canaán saue Caléb and Ioshua.
1 ANd so after theWhich came for their whoredome and
〈◊〉
. plague, the Lord spake vnto Mosés, and to Eleazár the sonne of Aarón the Priest, saying,
2 Take the nomber of all the Congregacion of the children of Israél * from twenty yereChap. 1.
〈◊〉
. olde and aboue through out their fathers houses, all that go forthe to warre in Israél.
3 So Mosés and Eleazár the Priest spake vnto them in the plaine of Moâb, by IordénWhere the riuer is nere to
〈◊〉
. (towarde) Ierichó, saying,
4 From twenty yere olde and aboue (ye shal
nomber the people,) as the * Lord had comChap. 1. 1. manded Mosés, and the children of Israél, when they came out of the land of Egypt.
5 ¶ * Reubén the first borne of Israél: the childrē
Gen. 46 9. ofReubén. Reubén (were:) Hanôch, (of whomeExod. 6 14. came) the familie of the Hanochites, (and)
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
5. 1. of Pallú the familie of the Palluites:
6 Of Hesrôn, the familie of the Hesronites: of Carmî, the familie of the Carmites.
7 These are the families of the Reubenites: and they were in nomber thre and fourtie thousand, seuen hundreth and thirty.
8 And the sonnes of Pallú, Eliáb:
9 And the sonnes of Eliáb, Nemuél, and Dathán, and Abirám: this Dathán and Abirám were famous in the Congregacion, and * stroue against Mosés and againste AarônChap. 16. 2. inIn that rebelliō whereof Korah was head. the assemblie of Kôrah, whē they stroue against the Lord,
10 And the earthe opened her mouthe, and swalowed them vp with Kôrah, when the Cōgregacion dyed, what time the fire cō
sumed two hundreth and fifty men, who wereThat is, for an exāple the other shulde not
〈◊〉
and rebelle against Gods ministers. for a signe:
11 Not withstanding, (all) the sonnes of Kôrah dyed not.
12 ¶ And the children ofSimeon. Simeòn after their families (were:) Nemuél, (of whome came) the familie of the Nemuelites: of Iamin, the familie of the Iaminites: of Iachin, the fami lie of the Iachinites:
13 Of Zérah, the familie of the Zarhites: of Shaúl, the familie of the Shaulites.
14 These are the families of the Simeonites: two and twenty thousande and two hundreth.
15 ¶ The sonnes ofGad. Gad after their families (were:) Zephôn, (of whome came) the fami lie of the Zephonites: of Haggi, the familie of the Haggites: of Shuni, the familie of the Shunites:
16 Of Ozni, the familie of the Oznites: of Eri, the familie of the Erites:
17 Of Arōd, the familie of the Arodites: of Arelî, the familie of the Arelites.
18 These are the families of the sonnes of Gad, according to their nombers, fourty thousand and fiue hundreth.
19 ¶ The sonnes ofIudah. Iudáh, Er and Onán: but Er and Onán dyed in the land ofBefore Iaakob went into Egypt. Canáan.
20 So were the sonnes of Iudáh after theyr
〈◊〉
38. 3. & 7. families: of Sheláh (came) the familie of the Shelanites: of Phárez, the familie of the Pharzites, of Zérah, the familie of the Zarhites.
21 And the sonnes of * Pharéz (were:) of Hesrôn,Gen.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. the familie of the Hesronites: of Hamúl, the familie of the Hamulites.
22 These are the families of Iudáh, after their nombers, seuēty and six thousand and fiue hundreth.
23 ¶ The sonnes of
〈◊〉
. Issachár, after their families (were:) Tolá, (of whom came) the familie of the Tolaites: of Puá, the familie of the Punites:
24 Of Iashúb the familie of the Iashubites: of Shimrôn the familie of the Shimtonites.
25 These are the families of Issachár, after their nombers, thre score and foure thousand and thre hundreth.
26 ¶ The sonnes ofZebulun. Zebulún, after theyr families (were:) of Séred, the familie of the Sardites: of Elón, the familie of the Elonites: of Iahleél, the familie of the Iahleelites
27 These are the families of the Zebulunites, after their nombers, thre score thousande and fiue hundreth.
28 ¶ The sonnes of Ioséph, after their families (were)Manasséh. Iosh. 17 1. Manasséh and Ephráim.
29 The sonnes of Manasséh (were:) of * Machir, the familie of the Machirites: & Machir begate Gileád: of Gileád (came) the familie of the Giliadites.
30 These are the sonnes of Gileád: (of) Iezér, the familie of the Iezerites: of Hélek, the familie of the Helekites:
31 Of Asriél, the familie of the Asrielites: of Shéchem, the familie of the Shichmites.
32 Of Shemidá, the familie of the Shemidaites: of Hépher, the familie of the Hepherites.
33 ¶ And * Zelophehád the sonne of HépherChap. 37. 1. had no sonnes, but daughters: and the names of daughters of Zelophehád (were) Mahláh, and Noáh, Hogláh, Milcáh and Tirzáh.
34 These are the families of Manasséh, and the nomber of them, two and fifty thousād and seuen hundreth.
35 ¶ These are the sonnes ofEphraim. Ephráim after their families: of Shuteláh (came) the familie of the Shuthalhites: of Bechér, the familie of the Bachrites: of Táhan, the familie of the Tahanites.
36 And these are the sonnes of Shuteláh: of Erán the familie of the Eranites.
37 These are the families of the sonnes of Ephráim after their nombers, two & thirtie thousand & fiue hundreth, these are the sonnes of Ioséph after their families.
38 ¶ (These are) the sonnes ofBeniamin. Beniamin after their families: of Belá (came) the familie of the Balcites: of Ashbél, the familie of the Ashbelites: of Ahirám, the familie of the Ahiramites:
39 Of Shuphám, the familie of the Shuphamites: of Huphám, the familie of the Huphamites.
40 And the sonnes of Belá were
〈◊〉
and Naamán: (of Ard came) the familie of the Ardites, of Naamán, the familie of the Naamites.
41 These are the sonnes of Beniamin after their families, and their nombers, fiue and fourty thousand and six hundreth.
42 ¶ These are the sonnes ofDan. Dan after their families: of Shuhám (came) the familie of the Shuhamites: these are the families of Dan after their householdes.
43 All the families of the Shuhamites (were)
after their nombers, thre score and foure thousand, and foure hundreth.
44 ¶ The sonnes of
〈◊〉
. Ashér after their families (were:) of Iimnáh, the familie of the Iimnites: of Isui, the familie of the Isuites: of Beriáh, the familie of the Beriites.
45 The sonnes of Beriáh (were,) of Hebér the familie of the Heberites: of Malchiél, the familie of the Malchielites.
46 And the Name of the daughter of Ashér (was) Sárah.
47 These are the families of the sonnes of Ashér after their nombers, thre and fifty thousand and foure hundreth.
48 ¶ The sonnes ofNaphtali. Naphtali, after their families (were) of Iahzéel, the families of the Iahzeelites: of Guni, the familie of the Gunites.
49 Of Iézer, the familie of the Izrites: of Shillém, the familie of the Shillemites.
50 These are the families of Naphtali according to their housholdes, and their nōber, fiue and fourty thousand & foure hūdreth.
51 These are theThis is the third time that they are nōbred. nombers of the childrē of Israél: six hundreth, and one thousand, seuē hundreth and thirty.
52 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying,
53 Vnto these the land shal be deuided for an inheritance, accordynge to the nomber ofOr,
〈◊〉
. names.Chap. 33. 54.
54 * To manie thou shalt giue the more in heritāce, and to fewe thou shalt giue lesse inheritance: to euerie one according to his nomber shalbe giuen his inheritance.
55 Notwithstanding, the land shal be * deuidedIosh. 11. 23. by lot: according to the Names of the tribes of their fathers they shal inherit:
56 According to the lot shall the possession therof be deuided betwene manie & fewe.
57 ¶* These also (are) the nombers of the Leuites,Exod. 6. 17. after their families: of Gershôn (came) the familie of the Gershonites: of Koháth the familie of the Kohathites: of Merari the familie of the Merarites.
58 These are the families of Leui, the familie of the Libnites: the familie of the Hebronites: the familie of the Mahlites: the fami lie of the Mushites: the familie of the Korhites: and Koháth begate Amrám.
59 And Amrans wife was called * IochébedExod. 2. 2. & 6. 20. the daughter of Leui, whiche was borne vnto Leui in Egypt: and she bare vnto Amrā Aarón, and Mosés, and Miriám their sister.
60 And vnto Aarôn were borne Nadáb, and Abihú, Eleazár, and Ithamár.
61 * And Nadáb and Abihú dyed because theiLeu. 10. 2.
Chap. 3 4. offred strange fire before the Lord.1. Chro. 24. 2.
62 And their nombers were thre and twenty thousand, all males from a moneth olde & aboue: for they were not nombred among the children of Israél, because there was none inheritance giuen them amonge the children of Israél.
63 ¶These are the nombers of Mosés and Eleazár the Priest which nombred the children of Israél in the plaine of Moáb, nere Iordén, (toward) Ierichô.
64 And among these there was not a man of them,VVherein appeareth the
〈◊〉
power of GOD, that so wonderfully increased his people. whome Mosés and Aarôn the Priest nombred, when they tolde the children of Israél in the wildernes of Sinái.
65 For the Lord said of them, * They shall dye in the wildernes: so there was not left a mā
Chap. 14. 28. of them, saue Caléb the sonne of Iephunnéh,1. Cor. 10. 6. and Ioshúa the sonne of Nun.
CHAP. XXVII.
1 The Lawe of the heritage of the daughters of Zelophehád. 12 The land of promes is shewed vnto Mosés 16 Mosés praieth for a gouerner to the people. 18 Ioshûa is appointed in his stede.
1 THen came the daughters of * Zelophehád,Chap, 26. 33. & 36. 11 the sonne of Hépher, the sonne ofTessal. 17.
〈◊〉
. Gileád, the sonne of Machir, the sonne of Manasséh, of the familie of Manasséh, the sonne of Ioséph, [& the names of his daugh ters were these, Mahláh, Noáh, & Hogláh, and Milcáh, and Tirzáh.]
2 And stode before Mosés, and before Eleazár the Priest, and before the princes, and all the assemblie, at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, saying,
3 Our father * dyed in the wildernes, and heChap. 16. 1. & 31. was not amonge the assemblie of thē that were assembled against the Lord in the cō
panie of Kôrah, but dyed in hisAccording as all men dye, forasmuche as they are sinners. sinne, and had no sonnes.
4 Wherefore shulde the Name of our father be taken awaye from amōg his familie, because he hathe no sonne? giue vs a possession among the brethren of our father.
5 Thē Mosés broght theirThat is, their matter to be
〈◊〉
, to knowe what he shulde determine, as he did all hardmatters. cause before the Lord,
6 And the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying,
7 The daughters of Zelophehád speak right: thou shalt giue thē a possessiō to inherite amōg their fathers brethré, & shalt turne the inheritāce of their father vnto them.
8 Also thou shalt speake vnto the childrē of Israél, saying, If a man dye and haue no sonne, then ye shall turne his inheritance vnto his daughter.
9 And if he haue no daughter, ye shall giue his inheritance vnto his brethren.
10 And if he haue no bretheren, ye shall giue his inheritance vnto his Fathers brethren.
11 And if his father haue no bretheren, ye shal giue his inheritāce vnto his next kinseman of his familie, and he shall possesse it: and (this) shall be vnto the children of Israél a lawe ofMeaning an ordinance to iudge by. iudgement, as the LORD hathe commanded Mosés.
12 ¶ Againe the Lord said vnto Mosés, * GoDeut. 32.
〈◊〉
. vp into this mount of Abarim, and behold the land which I haue giuen vnto the children of Israél.
13 And when thou hast sene it, thou shalt be gathered vnto thy people also, * as AarônChap. 20. 24. thy brother was gathered.
14 Forye were * disobedient vnto my wordeChap. 20. 12,
in the desert of Zin, in the strife of the assemblie, to sanctifie me in the waters before their eies. * That is the water ofOr, strife. MeribáhExod, 17. 7. in Kadésh in the wildernes of Zin.
15 ¶Thē Mosés spake vnto the Lord, saying
16 Let the Lord God ofWho as he hath created so he go uerneth the heartes of all men. the Spirits of all fleshe appointe a man ouer the Congregacion,
17 Who mayThat is, gouerne them and do his duetie, as 2, chro. 1. 19. go out and in before them, & lead them out and in, that the Congregacion of the Lord be not as shepe, whiche haue not a shepherd.
18 And the Lord said vnto Mosés, Take thee Ioshúa the sonne of Nun, in whome is the Spirit, andAnd so appoint him gouernour. put thine hands vpon him,
19 And set him before Eleazár the Priest, & before all the Congregacion, & giue him a charge in their sight.
20 AndCommend him to the people as mete for the office, and appointed by God. giue him of thy glorie, that all the Congregacion of the children of Israél may obeie.
21 And he shall stand before Eleazár the Priest, who shal aske counsel for him * byExod. 28. 30. theAccordvnge to his office: signifiing that the ciuile magistrat colde execute nothing but that whiche he knew to be the will of God. iudgemēt of Vrim before the Lord: at his worde they shal go out, and at his worde they shal come in, (bothe) he, and all the children of Israél with him and all the Congregacion.
22 So Mosés did as the Lord had commāded him, and he toke Ioshúa, and set him before Eleazár the Priest, and before all the Congregacion.
23 Then he put his hands vpon him, & gaue him aHow he shulde gouerne him selfe in his office. charge, as the Lord had spoken by the hand of Mosés.
CHAP. XXVIII.
4 The daiely sacrifice. 9 The sacrifice of the Sabbath. 11 Of the Moneth. 16 Of the Passeouer. 26 Of the firste frutes.
1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying
2 Commande the children of Israél, and say vnto thē, Ye shal obserue to offer vnto me in their due season mine offring (and)By breade, he meaneth all maner of sacrifice, Exod. 29.
〈◊〉
. my bread, for my sacrifices made by fire for a swete sauour vnto me.
3 Also thou shalt say vnto thē, * This is the offring made by fire which ye shal offer vn to the Lord, two lābes of a yere old without spot, daily, for a cōtinual burnt offrīg
4 One lambe shalt thou prepare in the morning, and the other lambe shalt thou pre pare at euen.
5 * And the tenth part of an * Epháh of fineExod. 16. 35. floure for a * meate offring mingled withLeui. 2. 1. the fourth parte of an * Hin of beatē oyle.Exod 29. 40.
6 (This shalbe) a dailie burnt offring, as was made in the moūt Sinái for a swet sauour: (it is) a sacrifice made by fire vnto the lord
7 And the drinke offring therof the fourth parte of an Hin for one lambe: in the holy place cause to powre the drinke offringe vnto the Lord.
8 And the other lambe thou shalt prepare at euē: as the meat offring of the morning & as the drinke offring therof shalt thou prepare (thisThe meate offring and
〈◊〉
offring of the eue ning sacrifice. for) an offring made by fire of swete sauour vnto the Lord.
9 But on the Sabbath day (ye shal offer) two lambes of a yere olde, without spot, and twoOf the measure Ephah. tenth deales of fine floure for a meat offring mingled with oyle, and the drinke offring thereof.
10 (This is) the burnt offring of euerie Sabbath, beside theVVhiche was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
day at morning and at euening. continual burnt offring, and drinke offring thereof.
11 ¶ And in the beginning of your moneths, ye shall offer a burnt offringe vnto the Lord, two yōg bullockes, and a ram, and seuē lambes of a yere olde, without spot,
12 And thretenth deales of fine floure for a meat offring mingled with oyle for one bullocke, and two tenth deales of fine floure for a meat offring, mingled with oyle for one ram,
13 And a tenth deale of fine floure mingled with oyle for a meat offring vnto one lā
be, for a burnt offring of swete sauour: (it is) an offring made by fire vnto the Lord.
14 And theirThat is, the
〈◊〉
that shal be powred vpon the sacrifice. drinke offrings shalbe halfe an Hin of wine vnto one bullocke, & the third parte of an Hin vnto a ram, and the fourth parte of an Hin vnto a lambe: this is the burnt offringe of euerie moneth, throughout the moneths of the yere.
15 And one he goate for a sin offring vnto the Lord shalbe prepared, besides the cō
tinual burnt offring, & his drinke offring.
16 * Also the fourtenth daye of the firste monethExod. 12.
〈◊〉
. & 23. 15. (is) the Passeouer of the Lord.Leu. 23. 5.
17 And in the fiftēth day of the same moneth is the feast: seuen daies shall vnleauened bread be eaten.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 7.
18 In the * first day (shalbe) an holyOr solemne
〈◊〉
semblie. cōuocacion, ye shal do no seruile worke (therin.)
19 But ye shal offer a sacrifice made by fire for a burnt offring vnto the Lord, two yong bullockes, one ram, and seuen lambes of a yere old: se that they be without blemish.
20 And their meat offringe (shall be) of fine floure mingled with oyle thre tenth deales shalye prepare for a bullocke, and two tenth deales for a ram:
21 One tenth deale shalt thou prepare for euerie lambe, (euen) for the seuē lambes.
22 And he goat for a sin offring, to make an atonement for you.
23 Ye shal prepare these, beside the burnt offring in the morning, which is a continual burnt sacrifice.
24 After this maner ye shal prepare through out all the seuen dayes, for theEbr. bread. mainteining of the offring made by fire for a swete sauour vnto the Lord: it shal be done beside the continual burnt offring and drinke offring thereof.
25 And in the seuenth daye ye shall haue an holy conuocacion, (wherein) ye shal do no seruile worke.
26 ¶Also in the day of your first frutes, when ye bring a new meat offrīg vnto the Lord,
according to In counting seuen wekes from the Passeouer to witsontide, as Leuit,
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. your wekes ye shall haue an holy conuocacion, and ye shall do no seruile worke (in it:)
27 But ye shal offer a burnt offring for a swete sauour vnto the Lord, two yōg bullockes, aram, and seuen lambes of a yere olde,
28 And their meat offring of fine floure mingled with oyle, thre tenth deales vnto a bullocke, two tenth deales to aram,
29 And one tenth deale vnto euerie lambe throughout the seuen lambes.
30 And an he goat to make an atonemēt for you:
31 [Ye shall do (this) besides the continuall burnt offring, and his meat offringe,]Ebr. they shalbe to you. se they be without blemish, with their drink offring.
CHAP. XXIX.
1 Of the thre principal feastes of the seuenth moneth: to wit, the feast of trumpets. 7 The feast of reconciliaciō. 12 And the feast of Tabernacles.
1 MOreouer in the first (day) of theVVhich
〈◊〉
parte of Septēber, and parte of October. seuēth moneth ye shal haue an holy cōuocatiō: ye shal do no seruile work (therin:) *itLeui. 23, 24. shalbe a day of blowing the trumpets vnto you.
2 And ye shall make a burnt offrynge for a swete sauour vnto the Lord: one yong bullocke, one ram, (and) seuē lambes of a yere olde, without blemish.
3 And their meat offring (shal be) of fine floure mingled with oyle, thre tenth deales vnto the bullocke, and two tēth deales vnto the ram.
4 And one tenth deale vnto one lambe,
〈◊〉
the seuen lambes.
5 And an he goat for a sin offringe to make an atonement for you.
6 Beside the burnt offring of theVVhiche muste
〈◊〉
offred in the beginning of eue rie moneth. moneth, & his meat offring, and the continualVVhiche is for
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
. burnt offring, and his meat offring and the drink offrings of the same, accordynge to their maner, for a swete sauour, (it is) a sacrifice made by fire vnto the Lord.
7 ¶ And ye shal haue in the tēth (day) of theLeui. 16. 30. & 23. 27. seuenth moneth, an holy Whiche is the feast of reconciliacion. conuocacion: & ye shal humble your soules, (and) shall not do anie worke (therein:)
8 But ye shal offer a burnt offring vnto the Lord for a swete sauour: one yōg bullocke, a ram, and seuen lambes of a yere olde: se they be with out blemish.
9 And their meat offring shalbe of fine floure mingled with oyle, thre tenth deales to a bullocke, (and) two tenth deales to aram,
10 One tenth deale vnto euerie lābe, through out the seuen lambes,
11 An he goat for a sin offring, [beside the sin offring to make the atonement and the cō tinualThat is, offred
〈◊〉
mornynge and euening. burnt offring and the meat offringe thereof] and their drinke offrings.
12 ¶ And in the fiftenth daye of the seuenth moneth ye shal haue an holy
〈◊〉
the feast of the Tabernacles. conuocaciō: ye
〈◊〉
do no seruile worke (therin,) but ye shal kepe afeast vnto the Lord seuē dayes.
13 And ye shal offer a burnt offrings for a sacrifice made by fire of swete sauour vnto the Lord, thirtene yōg bullockes, two rams (and) fourtene lambes of a yere olde: they shalbe without blemish.
14 And their meat offring shalbe of fine floure mingled with oyle, thre tenth deales vnto euery bullocke of the thirtene bullockes, two tenth deales to ether of the two rams,
15 And one tēth deale vnto eche of the fourtene lambes,
16 And one he goat for a sin offring, beside the continual burnt offring, his meat offrynge and his drinke offring.
17 ¶ And theThe second day of the feast of Tabernacles. secōde day (ye shal offer) twelue yong bullockes, two rams, fourtene lābes of a yere olde without blemish.
18 With their meate offring and their drinke offrings for the bullockes, for the rams, & for the lambes according to their nomber, after the maner,
19 And an he goat for a sin offring [beside the continual burnt offringe and his meate offring] and their drinke offrings.
20 ¶Also theThe third
〈◊〉
third day (ye shal offer) eleuē bullockes, two rams, and fourtene lambes of a yere olde with out blemish,
21 With their meat offring and their drinke offrings, for the bullockes, for the rams, & for the lambes, after their nomber according to theAccording to the ceremonies appointed thereunto. meat.
22 And an he goat for a sin offring, beside the continual burnt offring, and his meate offrings and his drinke offring.
23 ¶ And theThe fourte day. fourth daye (ye shall offer) tene bullockes, two rams, (and) fourtene lambes of a yere olde with out blemish.
24 Their meat offring and their drinke offerings, for the bullockes, for the rams, and for the lambes according to their nomber after the maner,
25 And an he goat for a sin offring, beside the continual burnt offring, his meat offrynge and his drinke offring.
26 ¶In theThe
〈◊〉
day. fifth day also (ye shall offer) nine bullockes, two rams, (and) fourtene lābes of a yere olde without blemish,
27 And their meat offringe and theyr drynke offrings for the bullockes, for the rams, & for the lambes according to their nomber, after the maner,
28 And an he goate for a sin offringe, beside the continual burnt offring and his meate offring and his drinke offring.
29 ¶And in theThe sixt day. sixt day (ye shall offer) eight bullockes, two rams, (and) fourtene lābes of a yere olde without blemish,
30 And their meat offring, and their drinke offrings for the bullockes, for the rams, & for the lambes according to their nomber, after the maner,
31 And an he goat for a sin offring, beside the continual burnt offring, his meat offrynge and his drinke offrings.
32 ¶In theThe seuenth day. seuenth day also (ye shall offer) seuen bullockes, two rams (and) fourtene lambes of a yere olde without blemish,
33 And their meate offring and their drynke offrings for the bullockes, for the rams, and for the lambes according to their nomber, after their maner,
34 And an he goat for a sin offrynge, beside the cōtinual burnt offring, his meat offring and his drinke offring.
35 ¶In theThe eight day.
〈◊〉
. 23. 36. eight day, ye shal haue* a solemne assemblie: ye shall do no seruile worke (therein,)
36 But ye shal offer a burnt offring, a sacrifice made by fire for a swete sauour vnto the Lord, one bullocke, one ram, (and) seuen lambes of a yere olde with out blemish,
37 Their meat offrynge and their drinke offringes for the bullocke, for the ram, and for the lambes according to their nōber, after the maner,
38 And an he goat for a sin offring, beside the continual burnt offring, and his meate offring, and his drinke offring.
39 These things ye shal do vnto the Lorde in your feastes, beside yourBeside the sacrifices that you shal vower or offer of your owne mindes. vo wes, and your fre offrings, for your burnt offrings, and for your meat offrings, and for your drinke offrings and for your peace offrings.
CHAP. XXX.
3 Concerning vowes. 4 The vowe of ths maid. 7 Of the wife. 10 Of the widow, or deuorced.
1 THen Mosés spake vnto the children of Israél according to all that the Lorde had commandedEbr.
〈◊〉
. him.
2 Mosés also spake vnto the heades of the tribesBecause they myghte declare them to the Israelites. concerning the children of Israél, saying, This is the thing whiche the Lord hathe commanded,
3 Whosoeuer vo weth a vowe vnto the Lord, or sweareth an othe to binde himEbr. his soule. selfe by a bonde, he shall not breake hisEbr. violate his worde. promes, (but) shal do according to al that proceadeth out of his mouth.
4 If a womā also vowe a vow vnto the Lord, and binde her selfe by a bonde, (beinge) in her fathers house, in the time of her youth,
5 And her father heare her vowe and bonde, where with she hathe bounde her selfe, and her father holde his For in so doing he doeth approue her. peace concernynge her, then all her vowes shall stand and euerie bonde, wherewith she hath bounde her selfe, shall stand.
6 But if her By not approuing or consēting to her vowe. father disalowe her the same day that he heareth al her vowes & bōdes, wherewith she hath bounde her self, they shal not be of value, & the Lord will forgiue her, because her father disalowed her.
7 And if she haue an housband when she voweth or
〈◊〉
by othe, or solemne promise. pronounceth (ought) with her lippes, wherewith she bindeth her selfe.
8 If her housband heard it and holdeth hys peace cōcerning her, the same day he heareth it, then her vowe shall stande, and her bondes wherewith she bindeth her selfe shal stand in effect.
9 But if her housbād disalowe her the same day that he heareth it, then shall he make her vowe which she hathe made, and that that she hathe pronounced with her lippes, wherwith she bōde herFor she is in
〈◊〉
of her housband, and can performe nothing without his consent. self, of none effect: and the Lord will forgiue her.
10 But euerie vowe of a widowe, and of her that is deuorced [wherewith she hath bonde her selfe] shal stand inFor they are not vnder the autoritie of themā. effect with her.
11 And if she vowed in her hous bandes Her housband being aliue. house, or bonde her selfe streictly wyth an othe,
12 And her housband hathe heard it, & helde his peace concerning her, not disalowing her, then all her vowes shal stand, and euerie bonde, wher with she bounde her selfe, shal stand in effect.
13 But if her housband disanulled them, the same day that he heard them, nothing that proceaded out of her lippes concernyng her vowes or concerningEbr. the bondes of her soule. her bondes, shal stand in effect: (for) her housband hath disanulled thē: and the Lord wil forgiue her
14 (So) euerie vowe, and euerie othe (or) bonde, (made) toTo
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
selfe by
〈◊〉
, or other bodelye exercises. humble the soule, her housband may stablish it, or her housband may breake it.
15 But if her housband holde his peace concerning her fromAnd warne her not the same day that he heareth it, as
〈◊〉
. 9. day to day, them he stablisheth all her vowes and all her bondes which she hathe made: he hathe confirmed them because he helde his peace concerning her the same day that he heard (thē.)
16 But if heNot the same day he heard thē, but some day after, the sinne shalbe imputed to him and not to her. breake them after that he hath hearde them, then shall he beare her iniquitie.
17 These are the ordinances which the Lord commanded Mosés, betwene a man & his wife, (&) betwene the father & his daughter, (being) yong in her fathers house.
CHAP. XXXI.
8 Fiue Kings of Midián and Balaám are slaine. 18 Onelye the maides are reserued aliue. 27 The praye is equally deuided. 49 A present giuen of Israél
1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés, sayingChap. 25. 17.
2 * Reuenge the children of Israél of the Midianites, (and) afterward shalt thou be * gathered vnto thy people.Chap. 27.
〈◊〉
.
3 And Mosés spake to the people, saying, Harnes some of you vnto warre, and let them go against Midián, to execute the vē
geance of the LordAs he had commanded. Chap. 25. 17. declaring also that the iniurie done against his people is done against him. against Midián.
4 A thousād of euerie tribe through out all the tribes of Israéll, shall ye send to the warre.
5 So there were taken out of the thousands of Israél, twelue thousande prepared vnto warre, of euerie tribe a thousand.
6 And Mosés sent them to the warre, (euen) a thousand of euerie tribe, and (sent) For his
〈◊〉
zeale that he
〈◊〉
to the Lord. thē with Phinehás the sonne of Eleazár the Priest to the warre & the holy instruments:Chap. 25. 13. that is, the trūpets to blow (were) in his hād
7 And they warred against Midián, as the
Lord had commanded Mosés, and slue all the males.
8 They slue also the Kings of Midián among them that were slaine: * Eui and Rékem, &Iosh. 13. 21. Zur, and Hur and Réba fiue Kinges of Midián, and they slueThe false prophet who gaue counsell how to cause the Israelites to offende their God. Balaám the sonne of Beór with the sworde:
9 But the children of Israél toke the women of Midián prisoners, and their children, & spoyled all their cattell, and all their flockes, and all their goods.
10 And they burnt all their cities, wherein they dwelt, & all theirOr, palaces and gorgious buyldings. villages with fire.
11 And they toke all the spoyle and all the praye (bothe) of men and beastes.
12 And they broght the
〈◊〉
the women and litle children captiues and that which they had taken, & the spoyle vnto Mosés and to Eleazár the Priest, and vnto the Congregacion of the children of Israél, into the cāpe in the plaine of Moáb, which was by Iordén (toward) Ierichō.
13 ¶Then Mosés and Eleazár the Priest, and all the princes of the Congregaciō went out of the campe to mete them.
14 And Mosés was angry with the captaines of the hoste, with the captaines ouer thou sands, and captaines ouer hundreds, whiche came from the warre and battell.
15 And Mosés said vnto them, What; haue ye saued all theAs thogh he said, Ye ought to haue spared none Chap. 25. 2. women?
16 Beholde, * these caused the children of Israél through the * counsel of Balaám to commit a trespas against the Lord,For worshipping of Peor. as cō
cerning2. Pet. 2. 15. Peôr, and there came a plague among the Congregacion of the Lord.
27 Now therefore, * slay all the males amógIudg. 21. 11. the
〈◊〉
is, all the men children. children, and kil all the women that haue knowen men by carnal copulation.
18 But all the womē children that haue not knowen carn all copulatió, kepe aliue for your selues.
19 And ye shal remaine without the hoste seuen dayes, all that haue killed any persone, * and all that haue touched anie dead,Chap 19. 11. (and) purifie bothe your selues and your prisoners the third day and the seuenth.
20 Also ye shall purifie euerie garment and all that is made of skins and all worke of goates heere, & all things made of wood.
21 ¶And Eleazár the Priest sayde vnto the men of warre, which went to the battell, This is the ordinanceOr, cōteined in the Lawe. of the lawe whiche the Lord * commanded Mosés,
22 As for golde, and siluer, brasse, yrō, tynne,Chap. 19. 12. and lead:
23 (Euen) all that may abide the fire, ye shall make it go through the fire, and it shal be cleane: yet, it shal beThe third daye and before it be
〈◊〉
purified with * the water of purificacion: and all that suffreth not the fire, ye shall cause to passe by theChap. 19. 9.
It shalbe washed water.
24 Ye shall wash also your clothes the seuēth day, and ye shalbe cleane: and afterwarde ye shal come into the Hoste.
25 ¶And the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying,
26 Take the summe of the praie that was taken, (bothe) of persones and of cattell, thou and Eleazár the Priest, and the chief fathers of the Congregacion.
27 And deuide the praieThe praie is firste deuided equally among al. betwene the soldiers that went to the warre, and all the Congregacion.
28 And thou shalt take a tribute vnto the Lord of theOf the praie that falleth to the soldiers. men of warre, which wēt out to battell: one persone of fiue hundreth, (bothe) of the persones, and of the beues, and of the Asses, and of the shepe.
29 Ye shal take it of their halfe and giue it vnto Eleazár the Priest, (as) an haue offring of the Lord.
30 But of the halfe of the children of Israél thou shalt takeThe Israelites whiche had not bene at warre, of euerye fiftieth paied one to the Lord: and the soldiers, one of euerie fiue hundreth. one, taken out of fiftie, (bothe) of the persones, of the beues, of the asses, and of the shepe, (euen) of all the cattell: and thou shalt giue them vnto the Leuites, which haue the charge of the Tabernacle of the Lord.
31 And Mosés and Eleazár the Priest did as the Lord had commanded Mosés.
32 And the bootye, (to wit,) the rest of the praie which the mē of warre had spoiled, was six hundreth seuentie and fiue thousand shepe,
33 And seuentie and two thousand beues,
34 And thre score and one thousand asses,
35 And two and thirtie thousande persones, in all of women that hadEbr. not knowē the bed of man. lyen by no man.
36 And the halfe, (to wit,) the parte of them that went out to warre touching the nomber of shepe, was thre hundreth seuen and thirtie thousand, and fiue hundreth.
37 And theThis is the por cion that the sol diers gaue to the Lord. Lords tribute of the shepe was six hundreth and seuentie and fiue.
38 And the beues (were) six and thirtie thou sand, wherof the Lords tribute (was) seuē
tie and two.
39 And the asses (were) thirtie thousand and fiue hundreth, whereof the Lords tribute (was) thre score and one:
40 AndMeaning of the maides, or virgines whiche had not companied withman. of persones sixtene thousād, wherof the Lords tribute (was) two and thirtie persones.
41 And Mosés gaue the tribute of the Lords, offring vnto Eleazár the Priest, as the lord had commanded Mosés.
42 And of theOf that part which was giuen vnto them, in deuiding the spoile. halfe of the children of Israél, which Mosés deuided from the men of warre,
43 [For the halfe that perteined vnto the Congregacion] was thre hundreth thirtie and seuen thousand shepe and fiue hundreth,
44 And six and thirtie thousand beues,
45 And thirtie thousand asses, and fiue hundreth,
46 And sixtene thousand persones,
47 Mosés, I say, toke of the halfe that perteined vnto thewhich had not bene at warre. children of Israél, one taken out of fiftie, (both) of the persones &
〈◊〉
the cattel, and gaue thē vnto the Leuites,
which haue the charge of the Taber nacle of the Lord, as the Lord had commā ded Mosés.
48 ¶ Then the capitaines which were ouer thousāds of the hoste, the captaines ouer the thousands, and the captaines ouer the hundreds came vnto Mosés.
49 And said to Mosés, Thy seruants haue taken the summe of the men of warre which are vnderEbr vnder out hands. our autoritie, & there lacketh not one man of vs.
50The captaines by this fre offring acknowledge the great benefit of God in preseruīg his peo ple. We haue therefore broght a present vn to the Lord, what euerie man founde of iewels of golde, bracelets, & cheines, rings eare rings, and ornaments of the legs, to make an atonement sor our soules before the Lord.
51 And Mosés & Eleazar the Priest toke, the golde of them (and) all wroght iewels.
52 And all the golde of the offring that thei offred vp to the Lord, [of the captaines ouer thousands and hundreds] (was) sixte ne thousand seuen hundreth and fiftie she kels.
53 [(For) the men of warre had spoiled, euerie man for himAnd gaue no porcion to their captaines. self.]
54 And Mosés and Eleazar the Priest toke the golde of the captaines ouer the thousands, and ouer the hundreds, and broght it into the Tabernacle of the Congregacion for aThat the Lord might remember the children of Israêl. memorial of the children of Israél before the Lord.
CHAP. XXXII.
2 The request of the Reubenites and Gaditee. 16 And their promes vnto Mosés. 20 Mosés granteth their request. 33 The Gadites, Reubenites, and halfe the tribe of Manasseh, conquer & buylde cities on this side Iordén.
1 NOw the children ofReubèn came of Leah, and Gad of zilpah her hād maide. Reubén, and the childrē of Gàd had an exceadig great multitude of cattel and they sawe the lād of Iazér, and the land ofVVhich mounteine was so named of the heape of stories that Iaakob made as a signe of the coue uenant betwene him and Laban, Gene. 11. 43. Gilead, that it was an apt place for cattel.
2 Then the children of Gad, and the childrē of Reubén came, and spake vnto Mosés and to Eleazar the Priest, & vnto the prin ces of the congregacion saying.
3 (The land of) Ataroth, and Dibon, and Iazér, and Nimrah, and Heshbon, & Elealého and Shebam, and Nebô, and Beon,
4 Which countrey the Lord smote before the Cōgregaciō of Israél, is a land (mete) for cattel, and thy seruants haue cattel:
5 Wherefore, said thei, If we haue founde grace in thy sight, let this land be giuen vnto thy seruāts for a possession (&) bring vs not ouer Iordén.
6 And Mosés said vnto the children of Gad and to the children of Reuben, Shal your brethren go to warre and ye tary here?
7 Wherefore nowEbr breake. discourage ye the heart of the children of Israél to go ouer into the land, which the Lord hathe giuen
〈◊〉
8 Thus did your fathers when I sent them from
〈◊〉
-barnéa to se the land.Chap. 13. 24.
9 For * when they went vp euen vnto the"Or,
〈◊〉
, ryuer of Eshcól, and sawe the land: they discouraged the heart of the children of Israél, that thei wolde not go into the lād, which the Lord had giuen them.
10 And the Lords wrath was kindled the same day, and he did sweare saying.
11Ebr if anie o the men. None of the mē that came out of Egypt * from twentie yere olde and aboue, shal se the land for the which I sware vn to Abraham,Chap. 14. 28. to Iyhak, and to Iaakob, because thei haue notOr perseuered and continned. wholie folowed me:
12 Except Caléb the sonne ôf Iephunnéh the Kenesite, and Ioshúa the sonne of Nun: for thei haue constantly folowed the Lord.
13 And the Lord was vere angry with Israél, and made them wander in the wildernes fortie yeres, vntil all the generacion that had doneBecause thei murmured, nether wolde beleue their report, which tolde the truet has concerning the land. euil in the sight of the Lord we re consumed.
14 And beholde, ye are risen vp in your fathersteade (as) an encrease of sinneful mē stil to augment the fearce wrath of the Lord, toward Israél.
15 For if ye turne away from following him, he wil yet againe leaue (the people) in the wildernes, andBy your occasion. ye shal destroye all this folke.
16 And thei went nere to him and said, We wil buylde shepe foldes here for ourshepe (and for our cattel, and cities for our chil dren.
17 But we our selues wil be ready armed (to go) before the children of Israél, vntil we haue broght them vnto theirIn the land of of Canaan. place: but our children shal dwel in the defenced cities. because of the inhabitants of the lād.
18 We wil not returne vnto our houses, vntil the children of Israél haue inherited, euerie man his inheritance.
19 Nether wil we inherit with then beyonde Iordén and on that side, because our inhe ritance is fallen to vs on this side IordénIosh.
〈◊〉
. Eastward.
20 ¶ * And Mosês said vnto them, If ye wil do this thing, & go armedBefore the Arke of the Lord. before the Lord to warre:
21 And wil go euerie onê of you in harnes ouer Iordén before the Lord, vntil he hathe cast out hisThat is, the inhabitants of the land. enemies from his sight:
22 And vntil the land be subdued before the Lord, then ye shal returne and be innocēt toward the Lord, and toward Israél: and this land shal be your possessionThe Lord wil grante you this land which ye require. before the Lord.
23 But if ye wil not do so, beholde, ye haue sin ned against the Lord & be sure that your sinnéYe shal asseuredly be punished for your sin ne. wil finde you out.
24 Builde you (then) cities for your children and foldes for your shepe, and do that ye haue spoken.
25 Then the children of Gad and the childrē of Reubén spake vnto Moses, saying, Thy seruants wil do as my lord commandeth,
26 Our children, our wiues, our shepe, and
all our cattel shal remaine there in the cities of Gilead,
27 But * thy seruantes wil go euerie one armedIosh. 4. 12. towarre before the Lord for to fight as my lord sayeth.
28 So concerning them MosésMosés gaue charge that is pro mes made to the
〈◊〉
and others shulde be performed after his death, so that thei
〈◊〉
not theirs. commāded Eleazar the Priest, & Ioshúa the sonne of Nun, and the chief fathers of the tribes of the children of Israél:
29 And Mosés said vnto them, If the childrē of Gad, and the Children of Reubén, wil go with you ouer Iordén, all armed to fight before the Lord, then when the lād is subdued before you, ye shal giue them the land of Gilead for a possession:
30 But if thei wil not go ouer with you armed, then thei shal haue their possessions among you in the land of Canaan.
31 And the children of Gad, and the children of Reubén answered, saying, As theThat is attributed to the lord which his messenger speaketh Lord hathe said vnto thy seruants, so wil we do
32 We wil go armed before the Lord into the land of Canaan: that the possession of our inheritance (may be) to vs on this side Ior dén.
33 * So Mosès gaue vnto then (euen) to theDeut. 3. 11. children, of Gad, and to the childrē of Reuiosh.
〈◊〉
. 8. & 22, 4. bén, and to half the tribe of Manasséh the sonne of Ioséph the kingdome of Sihôn King of theThe Amorities dwelled on bothe sides of Iordén,
〈◊〉
here hemaketh mencion of them that dwelt on this side, and
〈◊〉
, 10. 12 he speaketh of them that inhabited be yonde
〈◊〉
. Amorites, and the kingdome of Og, King of Bashan, the land with the cities thereof and coastes, euen the ci ties of the countrey round about.
34 ¶ Then the children of Gad buylt Dibón and Atarôth, and Aroér,
35 And Atrōth, Shophan, and Iazér, and Iogbehah.
36 And Beth-nimràh, and Beth-haran, defenced cities: also shepe foldes.
37 And the children of Reubén built Heshbō and Elealéh, and Kiriathàim,
38 And Nebo, and Baal meon, & turned their names, & Shibmah and gaue other names vnto the cities which they built.Gene. 50.
〈◊〉
.
39 And the children * of Machir the sonne of Manasséh went to Gilead, & toke it & put out the Amorites that dwels therein.
40 Thē Mosés gaue Gilead vnto Machir the sonne of Manassah, and he dwelt therein.
41 * And Iaîr the sonne of Manasséh went &
〈◊〉
. 3. 14. toke the smal townes thereof, and called themThat is the vil lages
〈◊〉
. Hauoth Iair.
42 Also Nobah went and toke Kenath, with the villages thereof and called it Nobah, after his owne name.
CHAP. XXXIII.
1 Two and fourtie iourne is of Israel are nombred 52 They are commanded to kil the Canaanites.
1 THese are theFrom whence they
〈◊〉
, & whether they ca
〈◊〉
. iourneis of the childrē of Israél, which wēt out of the land of Egypt according to their bandes vnder the hand of Mosés and Aaron.
2 And Moses wrote their goīg out by their iourneyes according to the commandement of the Lord: so these are the iourneies of their going out.
3 Now they * departed from Ramesés theExod. 12. 37. first moneth (euen) the) fiftenth day of the first moneth, on the morowe after the Pas seouer (and) the children of Israél went out with an hie hand in the sight of all the Egyptians.
4 [For the Egyptiās buried all their first bor ne, which the Lord had smitten among them: vpon theirEthermeaning their, idoles, or their men of autoritie. gods also the Lord did execution.]
5 And the children of Israel remoued from Ramesés, and pitched in Succoth.
6 And they departed from * Succoth, andExod. 13. 20. pitched in Etham, which is in the edge of the wildernes.
7 And they remoned from Ethàm, and turned againe vntoAt the comman dement of the Lord
〈◊〉
Exod. 14. 2. Pi-hahiroth, which is before Baal-zephon, and pitched before migdol.
8 And they departed from before hahiroth and * wēt through the middes of the SeaExod. 15. 22. into the wildernes, and went thre dayes iourney in the wildernes, of Etham, and pitched in Marah.
9 And they remoued from Marah, and came vnto * Elim, and in Elim were twelue foun tains of wator, and seuent y palme trees,Exod 15. 27. and they pitched there.
10 And they remoued from Elim, and cāped by the red Sea.
11 And they remoued from the red Sea, and laye in the * wildernes of Sin.Exod. 16.
〈◊〉
.
12 And they toke their iourney out of the wildernes of Sin, and set vp their tentes in Dophkah.
13 And they departed from Dophkah & lay in Alush.
14 And they remoued from Alúsh, and lay in * Rephidim, where was no water for the people to drinke.Exod. 7. 1.
15 And they departed from Rephidim, & pitched in the * wildernes of Sinai.
〈◊〉
. 19. 1.
16 And they remoued from the desert of Sinai, and pitched * in Kibroth Hattaauah.
17 And they departed from Kibroth Hattaauah,Chap. 11. 34. and lay at Hazeroth.
18 And they departed from Hazeroth, and pitchet at Rithmah.
19 And they departed from Rithmah, & pit? ched at Rimmon Parez.
20 * And they departed from Rimmon Parez,Chap. 11. 35. & 13.
〈◊〉
and pitchet in Libnah.
21 And they remoued from Libnah, and pitched in Rissah.
22 And they iournied from Rissah, and pitched in Kehelathah.
23 And they wont from Kehelathah, and pit ched in mount Shapher.
24 And they remoued froūt mount Shapher, aud lay in Haradah.
25 And they remoued from Haradah, & pitched in Makheloth,
26 And they remoued from Makheloth, and
This mappe properly apperteineth to the 33 Chap. of Nombres.
This mappe declareth the way, which the Israélites went for the space of fourtie yeres from Egypt through the wildernes of Arabia, vntil they
〈◊〉
into the land of Canaan, as it is mencioned in Exod. Nomb. & Deut. It cōteineth also the 42 places where they pitched their tentes, which are named Nomber. 33 with the obseruacion of the degrees, concerning the length and the breadth, and the places of their abode set out by nombers.
say in Tahath.
27 And they departed from Tahath, & pitched in Tarah.
28 And they remoued from Taràh, & pitched in Mithkah.
29 And they went from Mithkah, & pitched in Hashmonah.
30 And they departed from Hashmonah: and lay in Moseróth.
31 And they departed from Moserôth, and pitched in Bene-iaakan,
32 And they remoued from Bene-iaakan, & lay in Hor-hagidgad.
33 And they went from Hor-hagidgad, and pitched in Iotbathah.
34 And they remoued from Iotbathah, and lay in Ebronah.
35 And they departed from Ebronah, and lay in Ezion-gaber.Chap. 20. 22.
36 And they remoued from Ezion-gaber, and pitched in the * wildernes of Zin, which is Kadésh.
37 And they remoued from Kadésh, and pitched in mount Hor in the edge of the lādChap. 20. 25.
Deut. 32. 50. of Edóm.
38 * [And Aarón the Priest went vp in to mount Hor at the commandement of the Lord, and died there, in the fourtieth yere after the children of Israél were come out of the land of Egypt, in the first day of the
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
call Ab & answereth to part of
〈◊〉
& part of August. fifth moneth.
39 And Aarôn was an hundreth, and thre & twētie yere olde, whē he died in moūt HorChap. 21.
〈◊〉
.
40 And * King Arad the Canaanite, which dwelt in the South of the land of Canaan heard of the comming of the children of Israél].
41 And they departed from mounte * Hor, and pitched in Zalmonah.
42 And they departed from Zalmonah, andChap. 21. 10 pitched in Punón.
43 And they departed from Punón, and pitched in Obóth.
44 And they departed from Obóth, and pitched in Iie-abarim, ī the borders of MoabRom. 25 4.
45 And they departed from * Iim, and pitched in Dibón-gad,
46 And theiremoued from Dibón-gad, and lay in Almón-diblathaim.
47 And they remoued from Almón-diblathaim, and pitched in the mounteines of Abarim before Nebô.
48 And they departed from the mounteines of Abarim, and pitched in theOr field. playne of Moàb, by Iorden (toward) Ierichô.
49 And they pitched by Iordén, from Bethieshimôth vnto * Abel-shittim in the plaiChap. 21. 1. ne of moab.
50 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés in the plaine of Moab, by, Iordén (toward) Ierichô saying,
51 Speake vnto the children of Israél, and say vnto them, * When ye are come ouer IordénDeut 7 a.
〈◊〉
. 11. 11. to entre in to the land of Canaan.
52 Ye shal then driue out all the inhabitants of the land before you, & destroy all theirVVhich were set vp in
〈◊〉
hie places to worship. pictures, & breake a sunder all their images of metal, & plucke downe all their hie places.
53 And ye shal possesse the land and dwel the rein: for I haue giuen you the land to possesse it.
54 And ye shal inherit the land by lot accordīgChap. 25.
〈◊〉
. to your families: * to the more ye shal giue more inheritance, & to the fewer the lesse inheritance, where the lot shal fall to anie man, that shalbe his according to the tribes of your fathers shal ye inherit.
55 But if ye wil not driue out the inhabitants of the land before you, then those which ye let remaine of them, shal be *Or
〈◊〉
. prickes inIosh.
〈◊〉
. 13. your eies, and thornes in your sides, & shaliudg. 2. 3. vexe you in the land wherein ye dwel.
56 Moreouer, it shal come to passe, that I shal do vnto you, as I thoght to do vnto them.
CHAP. XXXIIII.
The coactes and borders of the land of Canáan.
〈◊〉
Certeine men are assigned to deuide the land.
1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying,
2 Commande the children of Israél, and say vnto them, When ye come into the lād of Canaan, this is theMeaning the description of the land. land that shal fal vn to your inheritance (that is) the land of Canaan with the coastes thereof.
3 * And your Southquarter shalbe from the wildernes of Zin to the borders of Edôm:Iosh. 15.
〈◊〉
. so that your Southquarter shalbe from the salt Sea coast Eastward:
4 And the border shal cōpasse you from the Southe to Maaleh-akrabbim, and reache to Zin, and go out from the Southe to Ka"Orascending vp of
〈◊〉
. desh-barnea: thence it shal stretch to Hazar-addar, and go along to Azmôn.
5 And the border shal compasse from Azmō vnto theVVhich was Nilus. or, as some thinke Rhinocorura. riuer of Egypt, and shal go out to the sea.
6 And your Westquarter shal be the greatVVhich is called Mediterraneum. sea: euer that border shalbe your Westcoast.
7 And this shal be your Northquarter: ye shal marke out your border from the great sea (vnto) mountVVhich is a
〈◊〉
nere
〈◊〉
and Sidon and not that Hor in the wildernes where Aaron dyed. Hor.
8 From mount Hor ye shal point out til it co me vnto Hamath, and the end of the coast shalbe at Zedad.
9 And the coast shal reache out to Ziphrō, & go out at Hazar-enan, this shalbe your Northquarter.
10 Andye shal marke out your Eastquarter from Hazar-enan to Shepham.
11 And the coast shal go downe from Shephā to Riblah, and from the Eastside of Ain: and the same border shal descend and go out at the side of the Sea ofVVhich in the Gospel is called the lake of Genuazereth. Chinneréth Eastwarde.
12 Also that border shal go downe to Iordén and leaue at the salt Sea this shalbe your land with the coastes thereof round about
13 ¶ Then Mosés, commanded the children
of Israel, saying, This is the land which ye shal inherit by lot, which the Lord commā ded to giue vnto nine tribes and halfe the tribe.Chap. 32. 33.
14 * For the tribe of the children of Reubéniosh. 14. 2. according to the housholdes of their fathers, and the tribe of the children of Gad according to their fathers housholdes, & halfe the tribe of Manasseh, haue receiued their inheritance.
15 Two tribes and an halfe tribe haue receiued their inheritance on this side of Iordén (toward) Ierichó ful East.
16 ¶ Againe the lord speake to Mosés, sayīg.
17 These are the names of the men which shal deuide the land vnto you: Eleazar the Priest, and Ioshú a the sonne of Nun,
18 And ye shal take also a One of the heades or chiefe mē of
〈◊〉
tribe. prince of euerie tribe to deuide the land.
19 The names also of the men are these: Of the tribe of Iudah, Caléb the sonne of Iephunnéh.
20 And of the tribe of the sonnes of Simeón Shemuél the sonne of Ammihúd.
21 Of the tribe of Beniamin, Elidad the sonne of
〈◊〉
.
22 Also of the tribe of the sonnes of Dan, the prince Bukki, the sonne of Iogli.
23 Of the sonnes of Ioseph of the tribe of the sonnes of Manasséh, the prince Hanniél the sonne of Ephód.
24 And of the tribe of the sonnes of Ephraim, the prince Kemuél, the sonne of Shiph tan.
25 Of the tribe also of the sonnes of Zebulûn the prince Elizaphā, the sonne of Parnach
26 So of the tribe of the sonnes of Issachar, the prince Paltiél the sonne of Azzan.
27 Of the tribe also of the sónes of Ashér, the prince Ahihúd the sonne of Shelomi,
28 And of the tribe of the sonnes of Naphta li, the prince Pedahél, the sonne of Ammihúd.
29 These are they: whome the Lord comman ded to And be iudges ouer euerie piece of grounde that shulde fall to
〈◊〉
by lot, to
〈◊〉
that all things might be done orderly & without
〈◊〉
. deuide the inheritance vnto the children of Israél, in the land of Canaan.
CHAP. XXXV.
2 Vnto the Leuites agre giuen cities and suburbes. 11. The cities of refuge. 16 The lawe of murther. 30 For one mās witnes shal no man be condemned.
1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés in the plaine of Moab by Iordén (toward) Ierichó saying.
2 * Commande the children of Israél, thatIosh. 21. 2. they giue vnto the Because
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
no inheritan ce assigned them in the land of Canaan. Leuites of the inheritance of their possession, God wolde haue them
〈◊〉
through all the land because the people might be preserued by thé in thou obedience of God & his lawe. cities to dwel in ye shal giue also vnto the Leuites the suburbes of the cities round about them.
3 So they shal haue the cities to dwe in, and their suburbes shalbe for their cattel, and for their substance, & for all their beastes.
4 And the suburbes of the cities, which ye shal giue vnto the Leuites, from the wal of the citie outwarde (shalbe) a thousand cu bites round about.
5 And ye shal measure, without the citie of the Eastside, So that in all were thre thousand, and in the compasse of these two thousand they might plant & sowe. two thousand cubites: and of the Southside, two thousand cubites: & of the Westside, two thousand cubites: & of the Northside, two thousand cubites: & the citie (shalbe) in the middes, this shalbe (the measure) of the suburbes of their cities
6 And of the cities which ye shal giue vntoDeut. 4.
〈◊〉
. the Leuites, * (there shalbe) six cities for reiosh. 21. 3. fuge, which ye shal appoīt, that he which killeth, may flee thither: and to them ye shal adde two and fourty cities mo.
7 All the cities which ye shal giue to the Leuites (shalbe) eight and fourtie cities: thē (shal ye giue) with their suburbes.
8 And concerning the cities which ye shal giue, of the possession of the children of Is raél: of many ye shal take mo, and of fewe ye shal take lesse: euerie one shal giue of his cities vnto the Leuites, according to his inheritance, which he inheriteth.
9 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés, saying
10 Speake vnto the children of Israél, andExod. 21. 18. say vnto them, * When ye be come ouerDeut. 19. 2. Iordén into the land of Canaan,iosh. 20 1.
11 Ye shal appoint you cities, to be cities of refuge for you, that he slayer which slayeth anie persone vn warres, may flec thither.
12 And these cities shalbe for you a refuge from the Meaning, from the next of the kīred who ought to
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
se. auenger, that he which killeth, dye not, vntil he stand before the Congre gacion in iudgement.
13 And (of) the cities which ye shal giue, six cities shal ye haue for refuge.
14 Ye shal appoint thre Among the
〈◊〉
. on this side Iordén and ye shal appoint thre cities in the landGadites, and halfe the tribe of
〈◊〉
. of Canàan which shalbe cities of refuge,
15 These six cities shalbe a refuge for the chil dren of Israél, and for the stranger, & for him that dwelleth among Ebr among
〈◊〉
you, that euerie one which killeth anie persone vn war res, may flee thither.
16 * And if one VVittingly, and willingly. smite an other with an īstruExod. 21, 14. ment of yron that he dye, he (is) a murthe rer (and) the murtherer shal dye the death.
17 Also if he smite him by casting a That is, with a big and dangerous stone in
〈◊〉
with a stone of his hand. stone, where with he may be slaine, and he dye, he is a murtherer (and) the murtherer shal dye the death.
18 Or if he smite him with an hād weapon of wood, where with he may be slaine, if he dye, he is a murtherer, (and) the murtherer shal dye the death.
19 The reuenger of the blood him selfe shal slay the murtherer: when he meteth him, he shal slay him.
20 But if he trust him * of hate, or hurle at him by laying of wait, that he dye,Deut. 19.
〈◊〉
.
21 Or smite him through enemitie. with his hand, that he dye, he that smote him shal dye the death (for) he is a murtherer there uenger of the blood shal slay the murtherer when he meteth him.
22 But if he punished him
〈◊〉
sodenly. Exod.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. vnaduisedly, and * not of hatred, or cast vpon him anie
Ebr.
〈◊〉
. thing, without saying of wait.
23 Or anie stone [whereby he might be slaine] and sawe him not, or caused it to fall vpon him, and he dye, and was not his ene mie, nether soght him anie harme.
24 Then the Congregacion shal iudge betwene the slayer & the That is, his next kindman. auēger of blood according to these lawes,
25 And the Gongregacion shal deliuer the slayer out of the hand of the auenger of blood, and the Congregacion shal restore him vnto the citie of his refuge, whither he was fled: and he shal abide there vnto the death of the Vnder this
〈◊〉
re is declared that our sinnes colde not be remitted but by death of the hie Priest Iesus Christ. hie Priest, which is anoin ted with the holy oyle.
26 But if the slayer come without the borders of the citie of his refuge, whither he wasfled,
27 And the reuenger of blood find him with out the borders of the citie of his refuge, and the reuenger of blood slay the By the sentence of the iudge. murtherer, he shal be giltles.
28 Because he shulde haue remained in the ci tie of his refuge, vntil the death of the hye Priest: and after the death of the hye Priest: the slayer shal returne vnto the lād of his possession.
29 So these things shalbe a A lawe to iudge murthers done, ether of purpuse or vnaduisedly. lawe of iudgemēt vnto you, through your generacions in all your dwellings.
30 Whosoeuer killeth anie persone, the (iudDeut. 17. 6. & 19 15. ge) shal slay the murtherer, through * witMatt. 18. 16. nesses: but * one witnes shal not testifie a2. Cor. 13. 1. gainst a persone to cause him to die.
31 Moreouer ye shal take no recompēse for the life of the murtherer, which is Which purposing hath cōmitted murther. worthie to die: but he shal be put to death.
32 Also ye shal take no recompense for him that is fled to the citie of his refuge, that he shuld come againe, and dwel in the land before the death of the hie Priest.
33 So ye shal not pollute the land where in ye shal dwel Or murther. for blood defileth the land: and the land can not be So God is minful of the blood wrōgfully shed that he maketh his domme crea tures to demande veng eance the
〈◊〉
. clensed of the blood that is shed therin, but by the blood of him that shed it.
34 Defile not therefore the land which ye shal in habite, for I dwel in the middes thereôf: for I the Lord dwel amōg the childrē of Israél.
CHAP. XXXVI.
6 An ordre for the mariage of the daughters of zelophe had. 7. The inheritance colde not be giuen from one tribe to another.
1 THen It semeth that the tribes contē
ded who might mary these daugh ters to haue their inheritance: and therefore the son nes of Ioséph pro posed the
〈◊〉
to Mosés. the chief fathers of the familie of the sonnes of Gilead, the sonne of Machir the sonne of Manasséh, of the families of the sonnes of Ioséph, came, and spake before Mosés, and before the princes, the chief fathers of the children of Is raél.
2 And said, * The Lord commanded Meanīg
〈◊〉
myChap. 27. 1. lord to giue the land to inherite by lot toIosh. 17.
〈◊〉
. the children of Israél: and my lord was commanded by the Lord, to giue the inheritā
ce of Zelophehad our brother vnto his daughters.
3 If they be maried to anie of the sonnes of the (other) tribes of the children of Israél then shal their inheritāce be taken away from the inheritance of our fathers & shal be put vnto the inheritance of the tribe where of they shalbe: so shal it be taken a way from the lot of our inheritance.
4 Also when the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
at no time it
〈◊〉
returne
〈◊〉
the Iubile all things returned to their owne
〈◊〉
bes. Iubile of the children of Israél commeth, then shal their inheritance be put vnto the inheritance of the tribe whereof they shalbe so shal their inheri tance be taken away from the inheritance of the tribe of our fathers.
5 Then Mosés commanded the children of Israél, according to the worde of the lord saying, The tribe of the sonnes of Ioséph haue sayd For the tribe colde not haue cō tinued if the inheritance which was the maintenance thereof shulde haue bene abalienated to others. dwel.
6 This is the thing that the Lord hathe commanded, concerning the daughters of Zelophehad, saying, They shal be wiues; to whome they thinke best, onely to the familie of the tribe of their father shal they mary:
7 So shal not the inheritance of the childrē of Israél remoue from tribe to tribe, for euerie one of the children of Israél shal ioy ne him selfe to the inheritance of the tribe of his fathers,
8 And euerie daughter that possesseth anie VVhen there is no male to inherite inheritance of the tribes of the children of Israel, shal be wife vnto one of the fami lie of the tribe of her father that the children of Israél may enioye euerie man the inheritance of their fathers.
9 Nether shal the inheritance go about frō tribe to tribe: but euerie one of the tribes of the children of Israél shal sticke to his owne inheritance.
10 As the Lord commanded Mosés, sodid the daughters of Zelophehad.
11 For * Mahlàh, Tirzah, and Hoglah, & Milcah,Chap. 27.
〈◊〉
and Noàh the daughters of Zelophehàd were maried vnto their fathers brothers sonnes,
12 They were wyues (to certeine) of the fami lies of the sonnes of Manasséh the sonne of Ioséph, so their inheritance remained in the tribe of the familie of their father.
13 These are the Touching the ceremonial and iudicial lawes. commandemēts and lawes which the Lord commanded by the hand of Mosés, vnto the children of Israél in the plaine of Moab, by Iordén (toward) Iericho.
THE FIFTH BOKE OF MOSES calledThat is a
〈◊〉
de lawe: so called, because the Lawe which God gaue in moun Sinai, is here repeared as thogh it were a newe Law and this boke is a cō
mentarie or exposition of the tem commandements. Deuteronomie.
THE ARGVMENT.
THe wonderful loue of God toward his Churche is liuely set forthe in this boke. For albeit through their ingratitude and sundry rebellions against God, for the space of forty yeres, Deut. 9. 7. they had deserueth to haue bene cut of from the nomber of his people, and for euer to haue bene depriued of the vse of his holy worde, and sacramēts: yet he did euer preserue his Church euen for his owne mercies sake, and wolde stil haue his Name called vpon among them wherefo re he bringeth them into the land of Cánaan, destroyeth their enemies giueth them their countrey townes, and goodes, and exborteth them by the example of their fathers (whose infidelitie, idolatrie, adulteries, murmurings and rebellion, he had moste sharpely punished to feare and obey the Lord, to embrace and kepe his lawe without adding ther vnto or dimi nishing there from. For by his worde be wolde he knowento be their God, and they his people, by his worde he wolde gouerne his Churche, & by the same they shulde learne to obey him by his worde he wolde discerne the false Prophet from the true light from darknes, error from knollage, and his owne people from all other natiōs and infideles: teaching them thereby to refuse & detest, destroy and abolish what soeuer is not agreable to his holy wil, seme it other wise neuer so good or precious in the eyes of man And for this cause God promised to raise vp Kings and gouuernours for the setting for the of this worde and preseruacion of his Churche giuing vnto them an especial charge for the executing thereof, whome the refore be willeth to exercise thē selues diligently in the continual studie and meditation of the same that they might learne to feare the Lord loue their subiects abhorre couetousnes and vice, and whatsoeuer offendeth the maiestie of God And as he had to fore instructed their fathers in all things apperte
〈◊〉
, bothe to his spiritual seruice, & also for the maintenant of that societie which is betwene men: so he prescribeth here anewe, all suche lawes & ordināces which ether cōcerne his di uine seruice or els are necessarie for a comon weale: appointing vnto euerie estate and degre their charge and
〈◊〉
: aswel how to rule and liue in the feare of God as to nourish friendeship towarde their neighbours and to preserue that or
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
God hathe established among men threatening with all moste horrible plagues to them that transgresse his commandements and promising all blessing and felicitie to suche as obserue and obey them.
CHAP. I.
2 A brefe reharsal of things done before, from Horéb vnte Kadesh-bernea. 32 Mosés reproueth the people for their incredulite. 44 The Israelites are ouer come by the Amorites because they fought against the commandemēt of the Lord.
1 THESE be the wordes which Mosés spake vnto all IsraélonIn the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
. this side
〈◊〉
in the wildernes,b So that the wildernes was betwene the Sea & this plaine of Moab. in the plaine, ouer against that red Sea, betwene Paran & Tophel, and Laban, & Hazeroth, and Di-za hab.
2 (There are) eleuen daies iourney fromIn
〈◊〉
, or
〈◊〉
, forty yeres before this the lawe was giuen but because all that were then of
〈◊〉
and iudgement were now dead Mosés repeareth the
〈◊〉
to the youth which ether thē were not borne. or had not iudge ment. Ho reb vnto Kadésh-barnea, by the way of mount Seir.
3 And it came to passe in the first day of the eleuenth moneth, in the forteth yere, that Mosés spake vnto the children of Israél according vnto al that the Lord hade giuē him in commandement vnto them.
4 After that he had slaineBy
〈◊〉
exam ples of Gods sa uour their mindes are prepared to receiue the Law. * Sihôn the King of the Amorites which dwelt in Heshbon, and Og King of Bashan, which dwelt at Ashtaroth in
〈◊〉
.
5 On this side Iordén in the land of MoabThe second
〈◊〉
. began Mosés to declare this Law saying,Nom
〈◊〉
, 24.
6 The Lord our God spake vnto vs inIn the seconde yere, and seconde moneth. Horéb, saying, Ye haue dwelt long ynough in this mount,
7 Turne you and departe, and go vnto theNom 20.
〈◊〉
. mounteine of the Amorities, and vnto all places nere therunto in the plaine, in the mounteine, or in the valley: bothe South ward, and to the sea side, to the land of the Canaanites, and vnto Lebanon (euen) vnto the great riuer, the riuer
〈◊〉
Euphrates, Perath.
8 Beholde, I haue set the land before you: goin & * possesse that land which the LordGene.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. & 17. 7. sware vnto your fathers, Abraham, Izhak and Iaakob, to giue vnto them & to their sede after them.
9 ¶ And I spakeBy the consel of
〈◊〉
my father in lawe.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
19 vnto you the same time, saying, I am not able to beare you my selfe alone:
10 The lord your God hatheNot so muche by the
〈◊〉
of nature, as
〈◊〉
. multiplied you and beholde, ye are this day as the starres of heauen in nomber:
11 [The Lord God of your fathers make you: a thousand times so manie mo as ye are, & blesse you, as he hathe promised you]
12 How can I aloneSignifying how great a burden it is, to gouerne the people. beare your cumbrance and your charge, and your strife?
13 Bring you men of wisdome and of vnderstanding, andVVhose godlines and vp right nes is knowen. knowen amōg your tribes, and I wil make them rulers ouer you:
14 Then ye answered me and said, The thing is good that thou hast commanded (vs) to do.
15 So I toke the chief of your tribes
〈◊〉
what sort of mē ought to haue a publike charge, read Exod, 18. wise & knowen men, and made them rulers ouer you, captaines ouer thousands, and captai nes ouer hundreds, and captaines ouer fif ty, & captaines ouer ten, and officers amōg your tribes.
16 And I charged your iudges that same time saying, Heare the (controuersies) betweneIoh. 7.
〈◊〉
. your brethren, and * iudge righteously be twene euerie man and his brother, and the stranger that is with him.
17 Ye shal haue no respect of persone in iudgement,Leui. 19. 13. * but shall heare the small aswelChap. 16. 19 as the great: ye shal not feare the face1.
〈◊〉
. 17. 7. of man for the iudgement isAnd you are his
〈◊〉
. Gods: andProu. 24. 5.
iam. 2. 2. the cause that is to hard for you, bring vn to me and I wil heare it.
18 Also I commanded you the same time all the things which ye shulde do.
19 ¶ Then we departed from Horeb, and wēt
through all that greate and terrible wildernes, [as ye haue sene] by the way of the mounteine of the Amorites, as the Lorde our God commanded vs: and we came to Kadesh barnéa.
20 AndSo that the faut was in them sel nes that they dyd not soner possesse the inheritance promised. I said vnto you, ye are come vnto the mounteine of the Amorites, whiche the Lord our God doeth giue vnto vs.
21 Beholde, the Lord thy God hath layed the land before thee: go vp (and) possesse it, as the Lord the God of thy fathers hathe said vnto thee: feare not, nether be discouraged
22 ¶Read
〈◊〉
. 23. 1. Then ye came vnto me euerie one, and said, We will send men before vs, to search vs out the land & to bring vs word againe, what way we must go vp by, and vnto what cities we shal come.
23 So the saying pleased me well, and I toke twelue men of you, of euerie tribe one.
24 * Who departed, and went vp into theNon. b.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. mounteine, and came vnto theOr, valley of the cluster of grapes. riuer Eshcôl, and searched out the (land.)
25 And toke of the frute of the land in their handes, and broght it vnto vs, and broght vs worde againe, andTo wit, Caléb, and
〈◊〉
: Mosés
〈◊〉
the better part to the greater, that is, two to ten. said, It is a good land, whiche the Lord our God doeth giue vs.
26 Not withstanding, ye wolde not go vp, but were disobedient vnto the commandemēt of the Lord your God,
27 And murmured in your tentes, and said, Because the LordSuche was the Iewes vn thankefulnes, that they counted Gods especial loue
〈◊〉
hated vs, therefore hathe he broght vs out of the land of Egypte, to deliuer vs into the hand of the Amorites, & to destroy vs.
28 Whether shal we go vp? ourThe other ten, not Caléb and Ioshua. brethrē haue discouraged our heartes, saying, The people (is) greater, and taller then we: the Cities (are) great and walled vp to heauē and moreouer we haue fene the sonnes of the * Anakims there.Nomb. 13. 29.
29 But I sayde vnto you, Dread not, nor be afraid' of them.
30 The Lord your God,Declaring that to renounce our owne force, and constantly to followe our vocation, and depend on the Lord, is the true, boldnes, and agreable to God. who goeth before you, he shall fight for you, according to all that he did vnto you in Egypt before your eyes.
31 And in the wildernes, where thou hast sene how the Lord thy GOD bare thee, as a man doeth beare his sonne, in all the waye whiche ye haue gone, vntill ye came vnto this place.
32 Yet for all this ye did not beleue the Lorde your God,
33 * Who went in the waye before you, toExod
〈◊〉
. 21. searche you out a place to pitche your tē
tes in, in fire by nighte, that ye mighte se what way to go, and in a cloude by day.
34 Then the Lorde heard the voyce of your wordes, and was wroth, and sware, saying,
35 * Surely there shal not one of these men ofNomb. 14. 23. this froward generacion, se that good lād, which I sware to giue vnto your fathers.
36 Saue Caléb the sonne of Iephunneh: he
〈◊〉
. 14. 6. shall se it, * and to him will I giue the lande that he hathe troden vpō, and to his children, because he hathe constātly followed the Lord.
37 * Also the Lord was angry with me for yourNom 20. 12. & 27. 14. sakes, saying, * Thou also shalt not go in thither,Chap. 3. 26. & 4.
〈◊〉
. & 34. 4.
38 But Ioshúa the sonne of Nun which standethVVhiche ministreth vnto thee. before thee, he shal go in thither: incourage him: for he shall cause Israél to inherit it.
39 Moreouer, yourVVhiche were vnder twēry yere olde, as Nō. 14.
〈◊〉
. children, whiche ye said shulde be a praye, and your sonnes, whiche in that daye had no knowledge betwene good and euill, they shall go in thither, and vnto them will I giue it, and they shall possesse it.
40 But as for you, turne backe, & take your iourney into the wildernes by i the waye of the red Sea.
41 Then ye answered and said vnto me, We haue sinned against the Lord,This declareth mansnature, who wil do that whiche God forbiddeth, and wil not do that with he commandeth. we will go vp, and fight, according to all that the Lord our God hathe commanded vs: and ye armed you euerie man to the warre, and were ready to go vp into the mounteine.
42 But the Lord said vnto me, Say vnto thē, Go not vp, nether fight, [for I amSignifying that man hathe no strength, but whē God is at hand to helpe him. not amōg you] lest ye fall before your enemies.
43 And when I tolde you, ye wolde not heare, but rebelled against the commandement of the Lord, and were presumpteous, and went vp into the mounteine.
44 Then the Amorites which dwelt in that mounteine came out against you, and chased you [as bees vse to do] and destroyed you in Seir, (euen) vnto Harmáh.
45 And when ye came againe, ye wept before the LORD, but the Lord wolde notBecause ye rather shewed your
〈◊〉
, then true
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
lamē ting the losse of your brethèren, then
〈◊〉
for your sinnes. heare your voyce, nor incline his eares vnto you.
46 Soye abode in Kadésha longe time, according to the time that ye had remained (before.)
CHAP. II.
1 Israél it is forbidden to fight with the Edomites. 9 Moabites. 19 And Ammonites. 33 Sihón King of Heshbón is discomfited.
1 THenThey obeyed, after that GOD had chastised thē. we turned, and toke our iourney into the wildernes, by the waye of the red Sea, as the Lord spake vnto me: and we compassed mount Seir aEight and thirtie yere, as ver. 14. long time.
2 And the Lord spake vnto me, saying,
3 Ye haue compassed this mountaine longe ynough: turne you Northwarde.
4 And warne thou the people, saying, Ye shal go through theThis was the seconde times for before they had caused the Israelites to
〈◊〉
. coast of your brethrē the children of Esáu, whiche dwell in Seir, & they shal be afraid of you: take ye good hede therefore.
5 Ye shall not prouoke them: for I will notNomb. 20. 21. giue you of their land so muche as a fote breadth, * because I haue giuen mount SeirGen. 36. 8. vnto Esau for a possession.
6 Ye shall bye meate of them for money to eate, and ye shall also procure water of thē
for money to drinke.
7 For the Lordthy God hatheAnd giuē thee meanes
〈◊〉
thou maiest make recompence also God will direct thee by his prouidence, as
〈◊〉
hathe done. blessed thee in all the workes of thine hand: he knoweth thy walking through this greate wildernes, and the Lord thy God hathe bene with thee this fortie yere, (and)
〈◊〉
thou hast lacked nothing.
8 And whē we were departed from our brethren the children of Esáu whiche dwelt in Seîr, through the waye of theOr, wildernes. plaine, from Eláth, & from Ezion-gáber, we turned and went by the way of the wildernes of Moáb.
9 Then the Lord said vnto me, Thou shalt notOr, besiege. vexe Moáb, nether prouoke them to battel: for I wil not giue thee of their land for a possession, because I haue giuen Ar vnto the childrenVVhiche were the Moabites and Ammonites. of Lot for a possession.
10 TheSignifying that as these gyants were driuen out for their sinnes: so the wicked whē
〈◊〉
sinnes are
〈◊〉
can not auoide Gods plagues. Emims dwelt therein in times past, a people great, and many, and tall, as the Anakims.
11 They also were taken for gyantes as the Anakims: whom the Moabites cal Emims.
12 The Horims also dwelt in Seir before time, whome the children of Esáu chased out and destroyed them before thē, and dwelt in their stede: as Israél shall do vnto the land of his possessiō, which the Lord hath giuen them.
13 Now rise vp, (said I,) and get you ouer theNom. 21. 12. riuer * Zéred: and we went ouer the riuer Zéred.
14 TheHe sheweth hereby, that as God is
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
promes: so
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
are not in vaine. space also wherein we came frome Kadesh-barnéa vntill we were come ouer the riuer Zeréd, (was) eight and thirtie yeres, vntil all the generacion of the mē of warre were wasted out frome amonge the hoste, as the Lord sware vnto them.
15 For in dede theHis plague and punishement to destroye all that were
〈◊〉
yere olde and aboue. hande of the Lorde was against them, to destroye them from amōg the hoste, til they were consumed.
16 ¶ So when all the men of warre were cō
sumed and dead from among the people:
17 Then the Lord spake vnto me, saying,
18 Thou shalt go through Ar the coaste of Moáb this day:
19 And thou shalt come nere ouer agaynste the children of Ammôn: (but) shalt not lay siege vnto them, nor moue warre againste them: for I wil not giue thee of the land of the children of Ammôn (anie) possession: for I haue gyuen it vnto the children of Lot for a possession.
20 That also was taken for a land
〈◊〉
called thē
〈◊〉
Rephaims:
〈◊〉
is,
〈◊〉
or phisicians to heale &
〈◊〉
vices: but were in dede zamzummims, that is, wicked and abominable. of gyāts: (for) gyants dwelt therein a fore time, whome the Ammonites called Zamzummims:
21 A people (that was) great, and many, and tall, as the Anakims: but the LORD destroyed them before thē, & they succeded them in their inheritance, and dwelt in their stede:
22 As he did to the children of
〈◊〉
whiche dwell in Seir, when he destroyed the Horims before them, and they possessed thē, and dwelt in their stede vnto this day.
23 And the Auims whiche dwelt in Hazerîm (euē) vntoOr, Gaza. Azzáh, the Caphtorims which came out of Caphtor destroyed them, and dwelt in their stede.
24 ¶ Rise vp (therefore, said the Lord:) take your iourney, and passe ouer the riuer Arnón: beholde, I haue giuen into thy hand Sihón: theAccording to his promes made to
〈◊〉
. Amorite, King of Heshbôn, & his land: begin to possesse it and prouoke him to battell.Gen. 15. 21.
25 This
〈◊〉
willThis declareth that the heartes of men are in Gods hāds ether to be made faint, or bolde. begin to send thy feare & thy dread, vpon all people vnder the heauens, whiche shall heare thy fame and shal tremble and quake before thee.
26 Then I sent messengers out of the wildernes of Kedemóth vnto Sihōh King of Heshbôn, with wordes of peace, saying,
27 ¶ * Let me passe through thy land: I wil goNom. 21. 21. by the hie way: I wil nether turne vnto the righthand nor to the left.
28 Thou shalt sel me meat for money, for to eat, and shalt giue me water for money for to drinke: onely I will go through on my fote,
29 [As theBecause nether intreaty nor exā
ples of others colde moue him, he colde not complaine of his iuste destruction. children of Esáu whiche dwell in Seir, and the Moabites whiche dwell in Ar, did vnto me] vntill I be come ouer Iordén, into the land whiche the LORD our God giueth vs.
30 But Sihôn the Kynge of Heshbôn wolde not let vs passe by him: for the LORD thy God hadGod, in his
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
doeth not onelie appoint the ends, but the meanes tending to the same. hardened his spirit, & made hys heart obstinate, because he wolde deliuer him into thine hād, as (appeareth) this day
31 And the Lorde sayde vnto me, Beholde, I haue begonne to giue Sihón and his land before thee: begin to possesse and in herite his land.
32 * Then came out Sihōn to mete vs, hymNomb. 21. 23. self with all his people to fight at Iaház,
33 But the Lord our God deliuered himEbr. beforevs. into our power, & we smote him, and his sonnes and all his people.
34 And we toke all his cities the same time, and destroyed euerie citie, men, andGod had
〈◊〉
Canaan and therfore he wold not that anie of the wicked race shuld be preserued. women, and children: we let nothing remaine
35 Onely the cattel we toke to our selues, & the spoile of the cities which we toke.
36 From Aroér, whiche is by the bāke of the riuer of Arnôn, and (from) the Citie that is vpon the riuer, euē vnto Gileád: there was not one citie that escaped vs (for) the Lord our God deliuered vp allOr, into our hand. before vs.
37 Onelye vnto the lande of the children of Ammôn thou camest not, (nor) vnto anye place of theOr,
〈◊〉
. riuer Iabbók, nor vnto the Cities in the mountaines, nor vnto whatsoeuer the Lord our God forbade vs
CHAP. III.
3 Og King of Bashán is slaine. 11 The bignes of his bed. 18 The Reubenites and Gadites are commanded to go ouer Iordén armed before their brethren. 21 Ioshúa is made captaine. 27 Mosés is permitted to se the land, but not to enter, albeit he desired it.
1 THen we turned, and wentvp by the wayNomb. 21. 33. of Bashán: * and Og Kinge of BashánTherfore
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of the Lord, they had
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of his parte to fight agaynste him.
Chap. 29. 7. came out against vs, he, and all his people to fight at Edréi.
2 And the Lord said vnto me, Feare him not, for I will deliuer him, and all his people, and his land into thine hande, and thou shalt do vnto him, as thou diddest vnto *Sihôn King of the Amorites, which dweltNomb. 21. 24. at Heshbón.
3 So the Lord our God deliuered also vntoNomb. 21.
〈◊〉
. our hand, *Og the King of Bashán, and all his people: and we smote him, vntill none was left him (aliue,)
4 And we toke all his Cities the same tyme, nether was there a Citie whiche we toke not from them, (euē) thre score cities, (&) all the countrey of Argôb, the kingedome of Og in Bashán.
5 All these cities (were) fenced with hie walles, gates and barres, besideAs villages and smale townes. vn walled townes a great many.
6 And we ouerthrewe them, as we did vnto Sihôn King of Heshbòn, destroying euerie citie, (with) men,Because this was
〈◊〉
appointemēt, therfore it maye not be iudged cruel. women, and children.
7 But all the cattel and the spoile of the Cities we toke for our selues.
8 Thus we toke at that time out of the hand of two Kings of the Amorites, the lād that was on this side Iordén frome the riuer of Arnôn vnto mount Hermón:
9 [Which Hermón the Sidonians call Shiriôn, but the Amorites call it Shenir.]
10 All the cities of the plaine and all Gileád, and all Bashán vnto Salcháh, and Edréi, Cities of the kyngedome of Og in Bashán.
11 For onelie Og Kynge of Bashán remayned of the remnant of the gyants,The more
〈◊〉
that thys gyant was, the
〈◊〉
occasion had they to glorifie God for the victorie. whose bed (was) a bed of yron: is it not at Rabbáth amonge the children of Ammon? the length thereof (is) nine cubites, and foure cubites the bredth of it, after the cubite of a man.
12 And this land (which) we possessed at that time, from Aroér, whiche is by the riuer ofNomb. 32.
〈◊〉
. Arnón, and halfe mount Gileád, * and the cities thereof, gaue I vnto the Reubenites and Gadites.
13 And the rest of Gileád, and all Bashán, the kingdome of Og, gaue I vnto the half tribe of Manasséh: (euen) all the countrey of Argób with all Bashán, whiche is called, The land of gyantes.
14 Iair the sonne of Manasséh toke all the countrey of Argôb, vnto the coastes of Geshuri, and called them after hys owne name, Bashán, Hauoth Iair vntoMeaning whē he
〈◊〉
this
〈◊〉
. this day.
15 And I gaue (parte) of Gileád vnto Machir.
16 And vnto the Reubenites and Gadites I gaue (the rest) of Gileád, and vnto the riuer of Arnón, halfe the riuer and the borders, euen vnto the riuerVVhiche
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
frome the
〈◊〉
. Iabbók, (which is) the border of the children of Ammón:
17 The plaine also and Iordén, and the borders from Chinnéreth euen vnto the Sea of the plaine, (to wit,) the salt SeaOr, at
〈◊〉
. vnder the springs of Pisgáh East warde.
18 ¶ And I commandedThat is, the
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
Manasseh, as
〈◊〉
. 32 21. you the same tyme, saying, The Lord your God hathe giué you this land to possesse it: ye shall go ouer armed before your brethren the children of Israél, all men of warre.
19 Your wiues on elie, and your childrē, and your cattel [for I know that ye haue much cattell] shall abide in your cities, whiche I haue giuen you,
20 Vntill the Lord haue giuen rest vnto your bretheren as vnto you, and that they also possesse the land, which the Lord your God hathe giuen them beyonde Iordén: thē shal ye * returne euerie man vnto his possessiō,Iosh. 22. 4. which I haue giuen you.
21 ¶ * And I charged Ioshûa the same tyme,Nomb. 27. 18. saying, Thine eies haue sene all that theSo that the victories came not by your owne
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, th or
〈◊〉
. Lord your God hathe done vnto these two Kings: so shal the Lord do vnto al the kingdomes whither thou goest.
22 Ye shal not feare them: for the Lorde your God he shall fight for you.
23 And I besoght the Lorde the same tyme, saying,
24 O Lord God, thou haste begonne to shew thy seruant thy greatnes and thy mightye hand: for where is there a God in heauē or in earth, that canHe
〈◊〉
according to the commō and corrupt speeche of them whiche actr bure that power vnto
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
: apperteineth vnto God. do like thy workes, and like thyOr, wonders. power?
25 I pray thee let me go ouer and sethe good land that is beyonde Iordén, that goodlieHe meaneth zion,
〈◊〉
the temple shulde be buylt and GOD honored. mountaine, and Lebanôn.
26 But the Lord was angry with me for your sakes, and wolde not heare me: & the Lord said vnto me, Let it suffice thee, speake no more vnto me of this matter.
27 Get thee vp into the top of Pisgáh, andAs before he sawe by the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
the good mountaine, which was zion, so here hys eyes were
〈◊〉
vp aboue the
〈◊〉
of nature to beholde all the
〈◊〉
of Canaan. lift vp thine eyes Westward, & Northward, and Southward, and Eastward, and behold it with thine eyes, for thou shalt not go ouer this Iordén:
28 But charge Ioshúa, and in courage him, & bolden him: for he shal go before this people, and he shal deuide for inheritāce vnto them, the land which thou shalt se.
29 So we abode in the valley ouer agaynste Beth-Peôr.
CHAP. IIII.
1 An exhortaciō to obserue the Law without adding therto or diminishing. 6 Therein standeth our wisedome. 9 VVe must teache it to our children. 15 No image ought to be made to worship. 26 Threatenings against them that forsake the Lawe of God. 37 God chose the sede because he loued theyr Fathers, 43 The thre Cities of refuge
〈◊〉
1 NOw therefore hearken, ô Israél, vnto the ordināces and to the lawes which I teach you toFor this doctrine
〈◊〉
not in bare
〈◊〉
knowledge, but in practise of life. do, that ye may liue and go in, and possesse the land, which the LORD God of your fathers giueth you.
2 Ye shallThinke not to be more wise thē I am. put nothynge vnto the worde which I commāde you, nether shal ye takeGod wil not be serued by halues, but wil haue full obedience. ought there from, that ye may kepe the
commandements of the Lord your GOD which I commande you.
3 YourGoddes iudgements executed vpon other ido laters ought to serue for our instruction. eyes haue sene what the Lorde did because of Baal-Peôr, for all the men that followed Baal-Peôr, the Lord thy GOD hath destroyed euerie one from amōg you,
4 But ye that didAnd were not idolaters. cleaue vnto the Lord your God, are aliue euerie one of you this day.
5 Beholde, I haue taught you ordinances, and lawes, as the Lord my God commanded me, that ye shuld do euen so with in the land whither ye go to possesse it.
6 Kepe them therefore, and do them: for that is yourBecause all men naturally desire wisedome, he sheweth how to
〈◊〉
vnto it. wisdome, and your vnderstanding in the sight of the people, which shal heare all these ordinances, and shall say,Or, surely. Onely this people (is) wise, and of vnderstanding (and) a great nacion.
7 For what nacion (is so) great, vnto whome the Gods come so nere vnto them, as the Lord our God (isHelping vs, and deliuering vs out of all dangers. nere vnto vs,) in all that we call vnto him for?
8 And what nacion (is so) great, that hath ordinances and lawes so righteous, as al this Lawe, whiche I set before you this day?
9 But take hede to thy selfe, andHe addeth all these wordes to she we that we can neuer
〈◊〉
carefull ynough to kepe the Lawe of GOD and to teache it to our posteritie. kepe thy soule diligently, that thou forget not the things which thine eyes haue sene, & that they departe not out of thine heart, all the daies of thy life: but teache thē thy sonnes and thy sonnes sonnes.
10 (Forget not) the day that thou stodest before the Lord thy God in Horéb, when the Lord said vnto me, Gather me the people together: & I wil cause thē heare my words, that they maye learne to feare me all the dayes that they shal liue vpon the earthe, and that they may teache their children:Exod. 19 18.
11 Then came you nere and * stode vnder the mountaine and the mountaineThe Lawe was giuen with fearefull miracles, to declare both that God was the autor thereof, and also that no flesh was able to abide
〈◊〉
of the same. burnt with fire vnto the middes of heauen, (and there was) darcknes, cloudes and mist.
12 And the Lord spake vnto you out of the middes of the fire, (and) ye heard the voyce of the wordes, but sawe no similitude, saue a voyce.
13 Then he declared vnto you his couenant which he commanded you toGod ioineth this condicion to his couenant. do, (euen) the ten commandements, and wrote them vpon two tables of stone.
14 ¶ And the Lord commanded me that same time, that I shulde teache you ordinances and Lawes, which ye shulde obserue in the land, whither ye go, to possesse it.
15 Take therfore good hede vnto yourEbr.
〈◊〉
. selues: for ye sawe noSignifying that destructiō is prepared for all thē that
〈◊〉
anye image to represēt God. image in the daye that the Lord spake vnto you in Horéb out of the middes of the fire:
16 That ye corrupt not your selues, & make you a grauen image (or) representacion of anie figure: (whither it be) the likenes of male or female.
17 The likenes of anie beast that is on earth (or) the likenes of anie fethered foule that flieth in the aire:
18 (Or) the likenes of any thing that crepeth on the earthe, (or) the likenes of anie fishe that is in the waters beneth the earth.
19 And lest thou lift vp thine eyes vnto heauen, and when thou seest the sunne & the moone and the starres with all the hoste of heauen, shuldest be driuen to worshippe them and serue them, whiche the Lord thy God hatheHe
〈◊〉
appointed
〈◊〉
for to
〈◊〉
man. distributed to all people vnder the whole heauen.
20 But the Lord hath taken you and broght you out of theHe hathe deliuered you out of moste miserable
〈◊〉
, and frely chosen you for his children. yrō fornace: out of Egypt to be vnto him a people (and) inheritance, as (appeareth) this day.
21 And the Lord was angry with me for your wordes, and sware that I shuld not go ouer Iordén, and that I shulde not go in vnto that good land, whiche the Lord thy God giueth thee for an inheritance.
22 For I muste dye in this land, and shall not go ouer Iordén, butMosés good
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
: in that that he, being depriued of such an excellent treasure, doeth not enuie them that muste enioyeit. ye shall go ouer, and possesse that good land.
23 Take hede vnto your selues, lest ye forget the couenant of the Lord your God which he made with you, & (lest) ye make you any grauen image, (or) likenes of anie thing, as the Lord thy God hathe charged thee.
24 For the Lord thy GOD is aTo those that come not vnto him with loue & reuerence, but
〈◊〉
against him. consuming fire, (and) a ielous God.
25 ¶ When thou shalt beget chyldren and childrens children, and shalt haue remaynedEbr.
〈◊〉
. 29. long in the lande, if yeMeaning hereby al supersticion and
〈◊〉
of the true
〈◊〉
of God. corrupte your selues, and make any grauē image, (or) likenes of anie thynge, and worke euill in the sight of the Lord thy GOD, to prouoke him to angre,
26 IThogh
〈◊〉
wolde absolue you, yet the
〈◊〉
creatures shalbe witnesses of your
〈◊〉
. call heauen and earth to record against you this day, that ye shall shortely perishe from the land, wherunto ye go ouer Iordē, to possesse it: ye shal not prolōg your daies therein, but shal vtterly be destroyed.
27 And the Lord shalSo that his
〈◊〉
shall make
〈◊〉
former blessings of none effect. scatter you among the people, and ye shalbe left fewe in nomber amonge the nacions, whether the LORD shal bring you:
28 And there ye shall serue Gods, (euen) the worke of mans hand, wood, & stone, which nether se, nor heare, nor eat, nor smel.
29 But if frome thence thou shalt seke the Lord thy God, thou shalt finde him, if thou seke him with all thineNot with outward shewe
〈◊〉
ceremonie, but with a true confession of thy fautes. hearte, and with all thy soule.
30 When thou arte in tribulacion, and all these things are come vpon thee,Ebr. in the later dayes. at the lēgth, if thou returne to the Lord thy God, and be obedient vnto his voyce,
31 [For the Lord thy God is a mercifull God] he wil not forsake thee, nether destroy thee nor forget the couenant of thy Fathers, which heTo certifie them the more of the assurance of their saluacion. sware vnto them.
32 For inquire now of the daies that are past, which were before thee, since the day that GOD created man vpon the earthe, andMans
〈◊〉
is partelye cause that he knoweth not God. (aske) frō the one end of heauen vnto the other, if there came to passe suche a greate
thinge as this, or whether anie suche like thing hathe bene heard.
33 Did euer people heare the voyce of God speakynge out of the middes of a fire, as thou hast heard, and liued?
34 Or hath God assayed to go and take him a nacion from among nacions, byBy so manifesle
〈◊〉
that none cold dout ther of. tentacions, by signes, and by wonders, and by warre, and by a mighty hand, & by a stretched out arme, and by great feare, according vnto all that the Lord your God did vnto you in Egypt before your eyes?
35 Vnto thee it was shewed, that thou mightestHe sheweth the cause, why GOD wroght these miracles. knowe, that the Lord he is God, (&) that there is none but he alone.
36 Out of heauē he made thee heare his voice to instruct thee, & vpō earth he shewed thee his greate fire, and thou heardest his voyce out of the middes of the fire.
37 And becauseFrelve, and
〈◊〉
of their desertes. he loued thy fathers, therfore he chose their sede after them, and hathe broght thee out of Egypte in hys sight, by his mighty power,
38 To thrust out nacions greater and mightier then thou, before thee, to bring thee in, (and) to giue thee their land for inheritance as (appeareth) this day.
39 Vnderstand therefore this day, and consider in thine heart, that the Lord, he is God in heauen aboue, and vpon the earthe beneth there (is) none other.
40 Thou shalt kepe therefore his ordinan ces, and his commandements whiche I cō
mande thee this day, that it mayGod promiseth rewarde not for our
〈◊〉
, but to incourage vs, and to assure vs that our labour shal not be lost. go well with thee, and with thy childrē after thee, and that thou maiest prolonge thy dayes vpon the earth, whiche the Lord thy God giueth thee foreuer.
41 ¶ Thē Mosés separated thre cities on this side of
〈◊〉
towarde the sonne rising:
42 That the slayer shulde flee thither, which had killed his neighbour at vnwares, and hated him not in time past, mighte flee, I say, vnto one of those
〈◊〉
, and liue:
43 (That is,) *Bézerin the wildernes, in the
〈◊〉
. 20. 8. plaine countrey of the Reubenites & Ramôth in Gileád among the Gadites: & Golán in Bashán among them of Manasséh.
44 ¶ So this is the lawe which Mosés set before the children of Israél.
45 These are theThe articles and pointes of the
〈◊〉
. witnesses, and the ordinā
ces, and the Lawes which Mosés declared to the children of Israél after they came out of Egypt,
46 On this side Iordén, in the valey ouer againste Beth peôr, in the lande of Sihón Kynge of the Amorites, whiche dwelt at Heshbôn, whome Mosés and the chyldren of Israél * smote, after they were come outNomb 21. 24. of Egypt:Chap. 1. 4.
47 And they possessed his land, and the land of * Og King of Bashán, two Kings of theNomb.
〈◊〉
. 33. Amorites, whiche were on this side IordénChap. 3.
〈◊〉
. toward the sonne rising:
48 From Aroér, which is by the banke of the theriuer Arnōn, euen vnto mount Siōn, which is Hermón,
49 And all the plaine by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, euē vntoThat is, the salt Sea. the Sea, of the plaine, vnder the * springs of pisgáh.Chap. 3. 17.
CHAP. V.
5 Mosés is the meane betwene God & the people. 6 The Lawe is repeted. 23 The people are afrayde at Goddes voyce. 29 The Lord wisheth that the people wolde feare him. 32 They muste nether decline to the ryghte hand nor left.
1 THen Mosés called, all Israél, and sayde vnto them, Heare ô Israél the ordinances and the Lawes whiche IEbr. I speake in your eares. propose to you this day, that ye maye learne them, & take hede to obserue them.
2 *The Lord our God made a couenant withExod. 19 5. vsin Horéb.
3 The LordeSome read. GOD made not this couenāt, that is, in suche ample sorte and with suche signes and wonders. made not this couenant with our fathers, (onelye,) but with vs, (euen) with vs all here a liue this day.
4 The Lorde talked with youSo plainely that you nede not to doute thereof. face to face in the mount, out of the middes of the fire.
5 [At that time I stode betwene the Lorde and you, to declare vnto you the worde of the Lord for ye were afraide at the sight of the fire and went not vp in the mount] and he said,
6 ¶ * I am the Lord thy GOD, whiche haueExod. 20. 2.
Leu. 16. 1. broght thee out of the land of Egypte, frō
Psal. 96. 7. the house ofOr, seruants. bondage.
7 Thou shalt haue noneGod bindeth vs to serue him only without supersti ciō and idolatrie other Gods before my face.
8 Thou shalt make
〈◊〉
no grauen image, (or) anie likenes (of that) that is in heauen aboue, or which is in the earthe beneth, or that is in the waters vnder the earth.
9 Thou shalt nether bowe thy self vnto thē, nor serue them for * I the Lord thy GodExod 34. 7.
Ierem. 32. 18. am aThat is, of hys honour, not
〈◊〉
it to be giuen to other. ielous God, visiting the iniquitie of the fathers vpon the children, euen vnto the third and fourth (generacion) of them that hate me:
10 And shewing mercie vnto thousandes of them thatThe
〈◊〉
degre to kepe the commandements is, to loue God. loue me, and kepe my cōmandements.
11 Thou shalt not take the Name of the Lord thy God in vaine: for the Lord will not holde him giltles, that taketh his name in vaine.
12 Kepe the Sabbath daye, to sanctifie it, as the Lord thy God hathe commāded thee.
13 Six daiesMeaning,
〈◊〉
God
〈◊〉
six daies to our labours, that we ought willinglye to dedicat the
〈◊〉
to serue him wholy. thou shalt labour, and shalt do all thy worke:
14 But the seuenth daye (is) the Sabbath of the Lord thy God: thou shalt not do anye work (
〈◊〉
,) thou, nor thy sonne, nor thy daughter, nor thy man seruante, nor thy maide, nor thine oxe, nor thine asse, nether anie of thy cattel, nor the stranger that is within thy gates: that thy man seruant & thy maide may rest aswel as thou.
15 For, remember that thou wast a seruant in the land of Egypt, and (that) the Lord the God broght thee out thence by a mightye
hand and a stretched out arme: therefore the Lord thy God commanded thee to obserue the Sabbath day.
16 ¶Not for a shew but with true obedience, and due reuerence. Honour thy father and thy mother, as the Lord thy God hathe commanded thee that thy daies may be prolonged, and that it may go wel with thee vppon the lande, which the Lord thy God giueth thee.
17 * Thou shalt not kil.Matth. 5.
〈◊〉
Luk 18. 20.
18 * Nether shalt thou commit adulterie.Rom. 13 9.
19 * Nether shalt thou steale.
20 Nether shalt thou beare false witnes against thy neighbour.
21 * Nether shaltHe speaketh not onely of that
〈◊〉
will, but that there be no motion or affection. thou couet thy neighboursRom. 7. 7. wife, nether shalt thou desire thy neighbours house, his field, nor his man seruāt, nor his maid, his oxe, nor his asse, nor ought that thy neighbour hathe.
22 ¶ These wordes the Lorde spake vnto all your multitude in the mounte out of the middes of the fire, the cloude & the darknes, with a great voyce, &Teaching vs by his example to be
〈◊〉
with his worde and adde nothing thereto. added no more (thereto:) and wrote them vpō two tables of stone, and deliuered them vnto me.
23 And when ye heard the voyce out of the middes of darknes, [for the mountaine did burne with fire,] then ye came tó me, all the chief of your tribes, and your Elders:
24 And ye said, Beholde, the Lord our GOD hath shewed vs his glorie & his greatnes, & * we haue heard his voice out of the middesExod. 19. 19. of the fire: we haue sene this day that God doeth talke with man, and he * liueth.Chap. 4. 33.
25 Now therefore, why shuld we dye: for this greate fire will consume vs if we heare the voyce of the Lord our God anye more, we shal dye.
26 For whatOr, man. flesh (was) there euer, that heard the voyce of the liuynge GOD speaking out of the middes of the fire as we (haue,) and liued?
27 Go thou nere and heare all that the Lord our GOD saith: and declare thou vnto vs all that the Lord our God sayeth vnto thee * and we will heare it, and do it.
28 Then the Lord hearde the voyce of your
〈◊〉
20. 19. wordes, when ye spake vnto me: and the Lord said vnto me, I haue heard the voyce of the wordes of this people, whiche they haue spokē vnto thee: they haue wel said, all that they haue spoken.
29 OgHe requireth of vs nothing but obedience, shewing also that of our selues we are vn willing therevnto. that there were suche an hearte in them to feareme, and to kepe all my cō
mandementes alway: that it might go wel with them, & with their children for euer.
30 Go, say vnto thē, Returne you into your tentes.
31 But stand thou here with me, and I wil tell thee all the commandements, and the ordinances, and the Lawes, whiche thou shalt teache them that they may do them in the land which I giue them to possesse it.
32 Take hede therefore, that ye do as the Lord your GOD hathe commanded you:Ye shall
〈◊〉
adde nor
〈◊〉
. turne not a side to the ryghte hand nor to the left,
33 (But) walke in all the wayes whiche the Lord your God hath commanded you, that ye mayAs by
〈◊〉
, God
〈◊〉
vs all
〈◊〉
so of disobeying God procede all
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. liue, and that it may go well with you: and that ye may prolong your dayes in the land whiche ye shall possesse.
CHAP. VI.
1 An exhortation to feare God, and kepe his commandements. 5 whiche is, to loue him with all thine hearte. 7 The same muste be taught to the posteritie. 16 Not to tempt God. 25 Righteousnes is conteined in the Lawe.
1 THese now are the commandements, ordinances, and Or,
〈◊〉
. Lawes, which the Lord your God commanded (me) to teach (you,) that ye might do them in the land whether ye go to possesse it:
2 That thou myghtestA reuerēr feare and loue of God, is the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to kepe gods commandements feare the Lorde thy God, and kepe all his ordinances, and hys commandements which I commande thee, thou, and thy sonne, and thy sonnes sonne all the dayes of thy life, euen that thy dayes may be prolonged.
3 He are therefore, ô Israél, and take hede to do it, that it may go wel with thee, and that ye maye in crease mightelyeVVhiche
〈◊〉
abundance of all thinges
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in the lande that floweth with milke and hony, as the lord God of thy fathers hath promised thee
4 Heare, ô Israél, The Lorde our GOD (is) Lord onely.
5 And *thou shalt loue the Lord thy GODMatt 22. 37.
Mar. 12. 29. with all thine heart, and with all thy soule,Luk. 10. 27. and with all thy might.
6 *And these wordes which I commāde theeChap. 11. 18. this day, shalbe in thine heart.
7 And thou shaltSome read,
〈◊〉
shalt
〈◊〉
them vpon thy childrēs to wit, that they may printe them more depely in memorie. rehearse them continually vnto thy children, and shalt talke of thē when thou tariest in thyne house, and as thou walk est by the waye, and when thou lyest downe, and when thou risest vp:
8 And thou shalt binde them for a signe vpō thine hand, and they shalbeOr, signes of
〈◊〉
membrance. as frontelets betwene thine eyes.
9 Also thou shalt write them vpon theThat whē thou
〈◊〉
in, thou maiest remember them. postes of thine house, and vpon thy gates.
10 And when the Lord thy God hath broght thee into the lande, whiche he sware vnto thy fathers, Abrahám, Izhák, and Iaakób, to giue to thee, with great and goodly cities which thou buyldedst not,
11 And houses ful of all maner of goods whiche thou filledst not, and wels digged whiche thou diggedst not, vine yardes and oliue trees which thou plantedst not, & (whē) thou hast eaten and art ful.
12
〈◊〉
not welthē and ease cause thee forget Gods mercies, wherby thou waste
〈◊〉
out of miserie. Beware lest thou forget the Lord, which broght thee out of the land of Egypte, frō the house of bondage.
13 Thou shalt feare the Lord thy God, & serue him, and shaltVVe must
〈◊〉
God, serue
〈◊〉
onely, and
〈◊〉
sehis Name, whiche is done by swearing lawefully. sweare by his Name.
14 Ye shal not walke after other gods, (after anie) of the gods of the people which are round about you,
15 [For the Lorde thy God is a ielous GOD among you:] lest the wrathe of the Lorde
thy God be kindeled against thee: and de stroy thee from the face of the earth.
16 ¶ Ye shal notBy douting of his power refusing lawful mea nes, and abusing his graces. tempt the Lord your God, as ye did tempt himin
〈◊〉
:
17 (But) ye shal kepe diligently the commandements of the Lord your God, and his te stimonies, and his ordinances which he hathe commanded thee,
18 And thou shalt do that which is right and good in theHere he
〈◊〉
all mans good
〈◊〉
. sight of the Lord: that thou maiest prosper, and that thou maiest go in and possesse that good lād which the Lord sware vnto thy fathers,
19 To cast out all thine enemies before thee, as the lord hathe said.
20 WhenGod requireth not onely that we serue him all
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, but also that we take
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
our
〈◊〉
may
〈◊〉
his glorie. thy sonne shal aske thee in time to come, saying, What meane these testimonies, and ordinances, and lawes, which the Lord our God hathe commanded you?
21 Then thou shalt say vnto thy sonne, We were Pharaosh bōdmen in Egypt but the Lord broght vs out of Egypt with a migh ty hand.
22 And the Lord shewed signes and wonders great and euil vpon Egypt, vpon Pharaoh, and vpon all his housholde, before our eyes.
23 AndNothing ought to moue vs more to true obedience them the great benefites which we haue receiued of God. broght vs out from thēce, to bring vs in, and to giue vs the land whiche he sware vnto our fathers.
24 Therefore the Lord hathe commanded vs to do all these ordinances, (and) to feare the Lord our God, that it may go euer wel with vs (and) that he may preserue vs a liue as at this present.
25 Moreouer, this shalbe ourBut because
〈◊〉
colde fully obey the lawe we must haue our
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to be instified by faith. rigtheousnes before the Lord our God, if we take hede to kepe all these commandements, as he hathe commanded vs.
CHAP. VII.
1 The Israélites may make no couenant with the Gentiles 5 They must destroy the idoles. 8 The election depēdeth on the freloue of God. 19. The experience of the power of God ought to cōsirme vs. 25 To auoide all occasion of
〈◊〉
1 WHen the Lord thy God shal bring thee into the lād whither thou goest to possesse it, * and shal roote out manieChap. 31. 8. nations before thee: the Hittites, and the Girgashites, and the Amorites, and the Ca naánites, and the Perizzites, and the Hiuites, and the Iebusites, seuen nacions grea ter and mightier then thou.
2 And the Lord thy God shal giue themInto thy
〈◊〉
. before thee, then thou shalt smite thē: thou shalt vtterly destroy thē: thou shalt make no * couenant with them, nor haue compassion
〈◊〉
. 23. 32. & 34. 12. on them.
3 Nether shalt thou make mariages with thē, nether giue thy daughter vnto his sō
ne nor take his daughter vnto thy sonne.
4 ForOr, anie of thē, they wil cause thy sonne to turne a way from me, and to serue other gods: thē wil the wrath of the Lord waxe hote a gainst you and destroy thee sodenly.
5 But thus ye shal deale with them,God wolde
〈◊〉
his seruice pure without all
〈◊〉
ceremonies and super
〈◊〉
. Ye shal ouerthrowe their altars, & breake downe their pillers, and ye shal cut downe their groues, and burne their grauen images with fire.Chap. 14. 2. & 26. 8.
6 * For thou art an holy people vnto theExod. 19. 5. Lord thy God, * the Lord thy God hathe1
〈◊〉
. 2. 9. chosen thee, to be a precious people vnto him selfe, aboue all people that are vpon the earth.
7 The lord did not set his loue vpon you, nor chose you, because ye were mo in nomber then anie people: for ye were the fewest of all people.
8 But because the LordFrely, finding no cause in you more then in others so to do. loued you, and because he wolde kepe the othe which he had sworne vnto your fathers, the Lord ha the broght you out by a mighty hād and deliuered you out of the house of bondage from the hand of Pharaóh King of Egypt
9 That thou maiest knowe,And so
〈◊〉
difference betwene him and idoles. that the Lord thy God, he is God, the faithful God which kepeth couenant and mercie vnto them that loue him and kepe his commandements (euen) to a thousand generacions,
10 And rewardethMeaning, manifestly, or in this life. them to their face that hate him, to bring them to destruction he wil not deferre to rewarde him that hateth him, to his face.
11 Kepe thou therefore the commandemēts and the ordinances, and the lawes, which I commande thee this day to do them.
12
〈◊〉
For if ye hearken vnto these lawes, and obserue and do them, then the Lord thy God shal kepe with thee the couenant, & theThis
〈◊〉
it grounded vpō his fregrace ther fore in recompensing their obe dience he hathe respect to his mer cie and not to their merites. mercy which he sware vnto thy fathers.
13 And he willoue thee, and blesse thee, and multiplie thee: he wil also blesse the frute of thy wombe, and the frute of thy land: thy corne and thy wine, and thine oyle & the increase of thy kine, and the flockes of thy shepe in the land, which he sware vnto thy fathers to giue thee.
14 Thou shalt be blessed aboue all people, * there shalbe nether male nor female barenExod. 23.
〈◊〉
. among you, nor among your cattel.
15 Moreouer, the Lord wil take away from thee all in firmities, and wil put none of the euil diseases of * Egypt [which thou knowest] vpon thee, but wil send thē vpō
Exod. 9. 14. all that hate thee.
16 Thou shalt therefore consume all people: which the Lord thy God shal giue thee:VVe ought
〈◊〉
to be merciful where God commādeth seuericie Exod. 23. 33. thine eie shal not spare thē, nether shalt thou serue their gods, for that shal be thy * destruction.
17 If thou say in thine heart, These nacions are mo then I how can I cast them out?
18 Thou shalt not feare them (but) remember what the Lord thy God did vnto Pharaóh, and vnto all Egypt:
19 The greatOr plagues,
〈◊〉
trials, as Chap. 29. 3. Exod.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
. tentacions which thine eyes sa we, and the signes and wonders, and the mightie hand and stretched out arme, whe reby the Lord thy God broght thee out:
so shal the Lord thy God do vnto all the people, whose face thou fearest.
20 * Moreouer, the Lord thy God wil sendExod. 23. 28.
There is not so smale a creature, which I wil not arme to fight on thy side against them. homettes amōg them vntil they that areiosh. 24. 12. left, and hide them selues from thee, be de stroied.
21 Thou shalt not feare them: for the Lord thy God (is) amōg you, a God mighty and dreadful.
22 Andth Lord thy God wil roote out these nacions before thee by litle and litle: thou maist not consume them at once, lest the So that it is your commoditie that God accomplish not his
〈◊〉
so sone as you wol de wish. beastes of the field increase vpon thee.
23 But the Lord thy God shal giue them befo re thee, and shal destroy thē with a mighty destruction, vntil they be broght to noght
24 And he shal deliuer their Kings into thine hand, and thou shalt destroy their name from vnder heauen: there shal no man be able to stand before thee, vntil thou hast destroied them.
25 The grauen images of their gods shal yeIosh. 7. 1. burne with fire (and) * couet not the siluer2. mat. 12. 40. and golde (that is) on them nor take it vn to thee, lest thou And be intised to idolattie. be snared there with: for it is an a bominacion (before) the Lord thy God.
26 Bring not therefore abominacion into thine house, lest thou be accursed like it, (but) vtterly abhorre it, & counte it mosteLeuit 27.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 21. 3. abominable: for it is * accursed.
CHAP. VIII.
2 God humbleth the Israelites to trie what they haue in their heart. 5 God chasticeth them as his
〈◊〉
14 The heart ought no to be proude for Gods benefites 19 The
〈◊〉
of Gods benesites causeth destruction,
1 YE shal kepe all the commandements which I commande thee this day, for Shewing that
〈◊〉
is not ynough to
〈◊〉
the wor de, except we ex
〈◊〉
it by exam ple of life. to do them: that ye may
〈◊〉
, and be mul tiplied, and go in & possesse the lād which the Lord sware vnto yourfathers.
2 And thou shalt remēber all the way which the Lord thy God led thee this fourty yere in the wildernes, for to humble thee and to VVhich is de clared in afflictions,
〈◊〉
by
〈◊〉
, or by
〈◊〉
against Gods visitation. proue thee, to knowe what was in thine heart, whether thou woldest kepe his cō
mandements or no.
3 Therefore he hūbled thee, and made thee hungry, & fed thee with Man, which thou knewest not, nether did thy fathers know it, that he might teache thee that man liueth nor by Man liue:
〈◊〉
by
〈◊〉
, but by the power of God, which giueth it strength to
〈◊〉
vs. bread onely, but by euerie (worde) that proceadeth out of the mouth of the Lord, doeth a man liue.
4 Thy rayment waxed not olde vpon thee, nether did thy fote As they that go
〈◊〉
foted. swel those fourtie yeres.
5 Knowe therefore in thine heart, that as a man nourtereth his sonne, so the Lord thy God So that his
〈◊〉
are
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
fatherly loue
〈◊〉
vs. nourtereth thee.
6 Therefore shalt thou kepe the commande ments of the Lord thy GOD, that thou maiest walke in his wayes, and feare him.
7 For the Lord thy god bringeth thee into a good land, a land in the which are riuers of water and fountaines, and Or, merey. dephtes that spring out of vale is and mountaines
8 A land of wheat and barley, and of vineyardes, and fig trees, and pomgranates a land of oyle oliue and honey:
9 A land wherein thou shalt eat bread without scarcetie, nether shalte thou lacke anie thing therin. a lād VVhere there are mines of
〈◊〉
. whose stones (are) yron, and out of whose mountains thou shalt digge brasse.
10 And when thou hast eaten and filled thy self, thou shalt For to receiue Gods benefites, and not to be thankful, is to cō
tenne GOD in them. blesse the Lord thy God for the good land, which he hath giuen thee.
11 Beware that thou forget not the Lord thy God, not keping his commandements, & his lawes, and his ordinances, which I commande thee this day:
12 Lest (when) thou hast eaten and filled thy selfe, & hast buylt goodly houses & dwelt (therein)
13 And thy beastes, and thy shepe are increa sed, and thy siluer and golde is multiplied, and all that thou hast is encreased.
14 Then thine heart By attributing Gods benefites to thine owne wisdome and labour or to good
〈◊〉
. be lifted vp and thou forget the Lord thy God, which broght the out of the land of Egypt, from the hou se of bondage.
15 Who was thy guide in the great and terri ble wildernes
〈◊〉
(wherein were) firy serpēts and scorpions, and drought, where (was) no water, * who broght forthe water for thee, out of the rocke of flinte:Nomb. 20.
〈◊〉
.
16 Who fed thee in the
〈◊〉
with * Mā,Exod. 16. 15. which thy fathers knewe not,] to humble thee, and to proue thee, that he might do thee good at thy latter end,
17 (Beware) lest thou say in thine heart, My power, and the strength of mine owne hād hathe prepared me this abundance.
18 But remember the Lord thy God: for it is he which If things
〈◊〉
ning this
〈◊〉
pro cede onely of Gods
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
spiritual gifts and life
〈◊〉
. giueth thee power to get substance to establish his couenant which he sware vnto thy fathers, as (appeareth) this day.
19 And if thou forget the Lord thy God, and walke after other gods, and serue them, & worship thē, I
〈◊〉
take to
〈◊〉
the heauen and the earth as
〈◊〉
. 4. 26. testifie vnto you this day that ye shal surely perish.
20 As the nacions which the Lord destroyeth before you, so ye shal perish, because ye wolde not be obedient vnto the voyce of the Lord your God.
CHAP. IX.
4 God doeth them not good for their owne righteousnes, but for his owne sake, 7 Mosés putteth them in
〈◊〉
of their sinnes. 17 The two tables are broken. 16, Mosés prayeth for the people.
1 HEare o Israél, Thou shalt passe ouer Iordén Meaning shortely. this day, to go in (and) to pos sesse nacions greater and mightier then thy selfe (and) cities great and walled vp to heauen,
2 A people great and tal (euen) the childrē
of the Anakims, whome thou knowest, &
(of whome) thou hast By the report of the spies. heard (say) Who can stand before the children of Anák?Nomb.
〈◊〉
. 20.
3 Vnderstand therefore that this day the Lord thy God is he which To guide thee & gouerne thee. goeth ouer be fore thee (as) a consuming fire: he shal destroy, them and he shal bring them downe before thy face? so thou shalt cast thē out and destroye them sodenly, as the Lord hathe said vnto thee,
4 Speake not thou in thine heart [after that the Lord thy God hath cast them out befo rethee] saying, For my Man of him sel fe can deserue no thing but Gods
〈◊〉
if God spa re anie it cōmeth of his great mercie. righteousnes the Lord hathe broght me in to possesse this land; but for the wickednes of these nacions the Lord hathe cast them out before thee.
5 (For) thou entrest not to inherit their land for thy righteousnes, or for thy vp right heart, but for the wickednes of those nacions, the Lord thy God doeth cast them out before thee & that he might perfourme the worde which the Lord thy GOD sware vnto thy fathers, Abrahám, Izhák, and Iaákob.
6 Vnderstand therefore, that the Lord thy God giueth thee not this good lād to possesse it for thy righteousnes: for thou art a Like
〈◊〉
oxen wich wil not endure their masters yoke. stifnecked people.
7 ¶ Remēber, and forget not, how thou prouokedst the Lord thy God to angre in the wildernes: He proueth by the length of rime, that their rebellion was
〈◊〉
great, and intolerable. since the day that thou didest depart out of the lād of Egypt vntil ye came vnto this place ye haue rebelled agaīst the Lord.
8 Also in Horêb ye prouoked the Lord to an gre so that the Lord was
〈◊〉
with you (euen) to destroy you.
9 When I was gone vp in to the mount, to receiue the tables of stone, the tables (I say) of the couenāt, which the Lord made with you: &* I a bode in the mount forty dayesExod. 24. 18. &. 14. 28. and fortie nightes (and) I nether ate bread nor yet dranke water:
10 * Then the Lord deliuered me two tablesExod. 31. 18. of stone written with the That is
〈◊〉
culously, and not by the
〈◊〉
of mē. finger of God, and in them (was conteined) according to all the wordes which the Lord had said vn to you in the mounte out of the middes of the fire, in the day of the assemblie,
11 And when the fortie dayes & fortie nightes were ended, the Lord gaue me the two tables of stone, the table (I say) of the coue nant.
12 And the Lord said vnto me, * Arise, get
〈◊〉
. 32. 7. the downe quickely from hence: for thy people which thou hast broght out of Egypt, haue So sone as mā declineth
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of God his waies are cor
〈◊〉
. corrupt (their wayes) thei are sone turned out of the way, which I commanded them thei haue made them a molten image.
13 Furthermore, the Lord spake vnto me, saying, I haue
〈◊〉
this people, & behold, it is a stifnecked people.
14 Signifying that the praiers of the faithful are a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
Gods
〈◊〉
that he con
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
all. Let me alone, that I may destroye thē, & put out their name from vnder heauen, & I wil make of thee a mightie nacion, and greater then thei be.
15 So I returned, and came downe from the Mount [and the Moūt burnt with fire and the two Tables of the couenant (were) in my two hands]
16 Then I loked, and beholde, ye had sinned against the Lord your God (for) ye had made you a molten calf (and) had turned quic kely out of theThat is from the Lawe wherein he
〈◊〉
what is the cause of our
〈◊〉
. way which the Lord had commanded you.
17 Therefore I toke the two Tables, and cast them out of my two hands, and brake thē before your eies.
18 And I fel downe before the Lord: fortie daies, and fortie nights, as before: I nether ate bread nor dranke water, because of all your sinnes, which ye had committed; in doing wickedly in the sight of the Lord in that ye prouoked him vnto wrath.
19 [For I was afraied of the wrath and indignacion, where with the Lord was moued against you (euen) to destroye you] yet the Lord heard me at that time also.
20 Likewise the Lord was verie angry with Aaron (euen) toVVhereby he sheweth what danger thei are in that haue auto ritie, and
〈◊〉
not wickednes. destroye him: but at that time I praied also for Aarón.
21 And I toke your sinne (I meane) the calfe which ye had made, and burnt him with fire, and stamped him and grounde him smale, euen vnto verie dust: and I cast the dust thereof into the riuer, that descended out of theHorēb, or
〈◊〉
. Mount.
22 Also * in Taberah and in * Massáh * and in Kibrothhattaauáh ye prouoked theNom. 11. 1. Lord to angre.Exod. 17. 7.
23 Likewise when the Lord sent you fromNomb
〈◊〉
. 34, Kadesh-barnéa, saying, Govp, and possesse the land which I haue giuen you, then ye At the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
. rebelled against the commandement of the Lord your God, and beleued him not nor hearkened vnto his voyce.
24 Ye haue bene rebellions vnto the Lord, since the daie that I knewe you.
25 Then I fel downe before the Lord VVhereby is signified that requi
〈◊〉
earnest continuāce in
〈◊〉
. fortie daies and fortie nights, as I fel downe (before) because the Lord, had said that he wolde destroye you,
26 And I praied vnto the Lord & said, O Lord God, destroye not thy people and thine in heritāce, which thou hast redemed through thy greatnes whome thouhast broght out of Egypt by a mightie hand.
27 The
〈◊〉
in their praier
〈◊〉
de on Gods promes, and confesse their sinnes. Remēber thy seruāts Abrahám, Izhák, & Iaakób: loke not to the stuburnes of his people, nor to their wickednes, nor to their sinne.
28 Lest the countrey, whence thou broghtestNom. 14. 16. thē, say, * Because the Lord was not able to bring them into the land which he pro mised them, or because he hated thē, he ca ried thē out, to slaye thē in the wildernes.
29 Yet thei are thy people, and thine inheritance, which thou broghtest out by thy mightie power, & by thy stretched out arme
CHAP. X.
5 The seconde tables put in the Arke. 8 The tribe of Leui is dedicate to the seruice of the Tabernacle. 12 What the Lord requireth of his, 16 The circumcision of the heart. 17 God regardeth not the persone, 21 The Lord is the praise of Israél.
1 IN the same time the
〈◊〉
said vnto me, * Hewe thee two Tables of stone lykeExod. 34. 1. vnto the first, and come vp vnto me into the Moūt, & make thee an Arke of wood
2 And I wil write vpon the Tables the wordes that were vpon the first Tables, which thou brakest, and thou shalt put thē in the Arke.
3 And I made an Arke of VVhich wood is of long continuance. shittim wood, and he wed two Tables of stone like vnto the first, and went vp into the Mountaine, and the two Tables in mine hand.
4 Then he wrote vpō the Tables according to the first writing [the ten commandements, which the Lord spake vnto you in the Mount out of the middes of the fire, in the daye of the VVhen you we re assembled to receiue the Lawe assēblie] and the Lord gaue them vnto me.
5 And I departed, and came downe from the Mount, and put the Tables in the Arke which I made & there thei be, as the Lord commanded me.
6 ¶ And the childré of Israel toke their iour ney from Beereth of the children of Iaakā to This mountaine was
〈◊〉
called Hor. Mosen where Aaron dyed: and was buryed, & Eleazár his sonne became Prièst in his steade.Nomb. 20. 28.
7 ¶ From thence thei departed vnto Gudgodáh, and from Gudgodáh to Iotbáth a land of running waters.
8 ¶ The same time the
〈◊〉
separated the tribe of Leui to beare the Arke of the couenant of the Lord (and) to stand before the Lord, to That is to offer
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the Lawe to the people. minister vnto him, & to bles se in his Name vnto this day.
9 Wherefore Leui hathe no partenor inheritance, with his brethren (for) the Lord is his
〈◊〉
god
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
kob, Gene.
〈◊〉
, 7, vnto
〈◊〉
. inheritance, as the Lord thy God hathe promised him.
10 And I taried in the Mountas at the first time, fortie daies and fortie nights, and the Lord heard me at that time also (and) the Lord wolde not destroye thee.
11 But the Lord said vnto me, Arise, go for the in the iourney before the people, that thei may go in and possesse the land which I sware vnto their fathers to giue vnto them,
12 ¶ And now, Israél, what doeth the Lord thy GodFor all our sinnes and
〈◊〉
God re quireth nothing but to
〈◊〉
to him and obey hī. require of thee, but to feare the Lord thy God, to walke in all his
〈◊〉
, & to louc him, and to serue the lord thy God with all thine heart, & with all thy soule?
13 That thou kepe the commandements of the Lord, and his ordinances, which I commande thee
〈◊〉
day for thy welth?
14 Beholde, heauen, and the heauen of heauēs (is) the Lords thy God, and the earth, with all that therein is.
15 Althogh he was Lord of hea
〈◊〉
and earth yee wolde he chuse none but you. Notwithstanding, the Lord set his delite in thy fathers to loue them, and dyd cho se their sede after them (euen) you aboue all people, as (appeareth) this day.
16 Cut of all your euil affections. Circūcise therefore the foreskin of your heart, and harden your neks no more.
〈◊〉
. 4. 4.
17 For the Lord your God is God of gods, & Lord of Lords, a great God, mightie & terrible, which accepteth no * persones nor2 Chro. 19. 7. taketh rewarde:iob. 34. 19.
18 Who doeth right vnto the fatherles androm. 2. 11. widowe, and loueth the stranger, giuing him folde and rayment.
19 Loue ye therefore the strāger: for ye were strangers in the Land of Egypt.
20 * Thou shalt feare the Lord thy God: thouChap. 6. 13. shalt serue him, and thou shalt cleaue vnto
〈◊〉
. 4. 10. him, and Read Chap.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
shalt sweare by his Name.
21 He is thy praise, and he is thy God, that ha the done for thee these great and terrible things, which thine eies haue sene.
22 Thy fathers wēt downe into Egypt * withGene. 46. 27. seuentie persones, and now the Lord thyExod. 1. 5.
Gene. 15 5. God hathe made thee, as the * starres of the heauen in multitude.
CHAP. XI.
1 An exhortacion to loue God, and kepe his
〈◊〉
to The praises of
〈◊〉
18 To meditate continually the worde of God. 19 To
〈◊〉
it vnto the children. 26 Blessing & cursing.
1 THerefore thou shalt loue the Lord thy God, and shalt kepe that, which he cō
mandeth to be kept that is, his ordinances, and his Lawes, & his commandements alwaie.
2 And Ye, VVhich haue sene Gods gra ces with your eies ought rather to be moued, thē your children if haue onely heard of then. consider this day [(for I speake not) to your childrē, which haue nether know en nor sene] the chastisement of the Lord your God, his greatnes, his mightie hand and his stretched out arme,
3 And his signes, and his actes, which he did in the middes of Egypt vnto Pharaoh the King of Egypt and vnto all his land:
4 And what he did vnto the hoste of the Egy ptians, vnto their horses and to their charetes, when he caused the waters of the red Sea to ouerfloe them, as they pursued after you, and the Lord destroyed them vnto this day:
5 And Aswel concer ning
〈◊〉
benefites as his correctiōs. what he did vnto you in the wildernes, vntil ye came vnto this place:
6 And what he did vnto Dathán and Abirám the sonnes of Eliáb the sonne of Reubén, when the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed them with their householdes & their tents, and all their substance that Ebr. was
〈◊〉
their fete. thei had in the middes of all Israél.
7 For your eies haue sene all the great actes of the Lord which he did.
8 Therefore shal ye kepe Because ye haue felt both his
〈◊〉
and his benefites. all the commandements, which I commande you this day, that ye may be strong, and go in and possesse the land whether ye go to possesse it
9 Also that ye may prolong (your) daies in the land, which the Lord sware vnto your fathers, to giue vnto them and to their sede (euē) a land that floweth with milke and honie.
10 ¶ For the land whether thou goest to pos sesse it, is not as the land of Egypt, from whence ye came, where thou sowedst thy sede, and waterest it with Or, labour. thy As by making gutters for the water to come out of the
〈◊〉
Nilus to water the land. fete as a garden of herbes:
11 But the land whether ye go to possesse it, (is) a land of mountaines and valleis (and drinketh water of the raine of heauen.
12 This land doeth the Lord thy God care for the eies of the Lord thy God (are) alwaies vpon it from the beginning of the yere, euen vnto the end of the yere.
13 ¶ If ye shal hearken therefore vnto my cō mandements, which I commāde you this day, that ye loue the Lord your God and serue him with all your heart, and with all your soule.
14 I also wil giue raine vnto your land in due time, In thesede time and toward
〈◊〉
. the first raine and the latter, that thou maiest gather in thy wheat, and thy wine, and thine oyle:
15 Also I wil send grasse in thy fields for thy cattel, that thou maiest eat, and haue ynough.
16 (But) bewarre lest your heart By diuising to your selues foolish
〈◊〉
ac cording to your owne fantasies. deceaue you, and lest ye turne aside, & serue other gods, and worship them,
17 And (so) the angre of the Lord be kindled against you, & he shutvp the heauen, that there be no raine, and that your land yel de nother frute, and ye perish quickely from the goodlād, which the Lord giueth you.
18 ¶ Therefore shalye lay vp these my wordes in your heart & in your soule, & * binde them for a signe vpon your hand, thatChap. 6. 6. they maie be as a frontelet betwene your eyes.
19 And ye shal * teache them your children,Chap. 4,
〈◊〉
. & 6. 6. speaking of thē, when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou walkest by the way and whē thou liest downe, and when thou risest vp.
20 And thou shalt write them vpon the postes of thine house and vpon thy gates,
21 That your dayes maie be multiplied, and the dayes of your childrē, in the landwhich the Lord sware vnto your fathers to giue them, aslong as As long as the heauens endure. the heauens are aboue the earth.
22 ¶ For if ye kepe diligently all these commandements, which I commande you to do (that is) to loue the Lord your God to walke in all his waies, and to cleaue vnto him.
23 Then wil the Lord cast out all these naciōs before you, & ye shal possesse great naciōsIosh. 1. 3. and mightier then you.
24 * Al the places wheron the soles of This was accō
plished ī Dauids and Salomons time. your fete shal treade, shalbe yours, your coast shalbe from the wildernes and from Leba nôn, and from the Riuer (euen) the riuer Perâth, vnto the vttermost Called mediter raneum. Sea.
25 No man shal stand against your (for) the Lord your God shal cast the feare & dread of you vpon all the land that ye shal tread vpon, as he hathe said vnto you.
26 ¶ Beholde, I set before you this day a blessing and a curse:
27 * The blessing, if ye obey the commandementsChap. 28. 2, & 30, 1. of the Lord your God which I commande you this day:
28 And the curse, if ye wil not obey the commandements of the Lord your God, but turne out of the way, which I cōmande you this day, to go after other gods, which ye haue not He
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
which
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
wich is
〈◊〉
to follow that which is vncertei ne. knowen.
29 ¶ When the Lord thy God therefore hathe broght thee into the land, whether thou goest to possesse it, then thou shalt put the * blessing vpon mount Gerizim, & the curse vpon mount Ebál.Chap 27. 13.
30 Are they not beyonde Iordén on that parIosh 8. 33. te, Meaning in Samaria. where the sunne goeth downe in the land of the Canaanites, which dwel in the plaine ouer agaīst Gilgál, beside the groue of Moréh.
31 For ye shal passe ouer Iordên, to go in to"Or, plaine. possesse the land, which the Lord your God giueth you, and ye shal possesse it, and dwel therein.
32 Take hede therefore that ye * do all theChap.
〈◊〉
commandements and the lawes, which I set before you this day.
CHAP. XII.
1 Te destroy the idolatrous places. 5. 8. To serue God where be commandeth and as he commandeth and not as men fantasie. 19 The Leuites must be nourished 31. Idolaters burnt their children to theie gods. 32 To addenothing to Gods worde.
1 THese are the ordinances & the lawes, which ye shal obserue & do in the land [which the Lord God VVherby
〈◊〉
are admonished to seke none other God. of thy fathers giueth thee to possesse it] as long as ye liue vpon the earth.
2 * Ye shal vtterly
〈◊〉
allthe places: whe rein the nacions
〈◊〉
ye shal possesse, serChap. 7. 5. ued their gods vpon the hie mountains & vpō the hilles, and vndereuerie grene tre.
3 * Also ye shal ouerthrowe their altars, andIudg. 2. 2. breake downe their pillers, & burne their VVherein they sacrificed to
〈◊〉
idoles. groues with fire: and ye shal hewe downe the grauen images of their gods, and abo lish their names out of that place.
4 Ye shal Ye shal not
〈◊〉
ue the Lordwith superstitions. not so do vnto the Lord your God,
5 But ye shal seke the place which the Lord your god shal * chose out of all your tribes1. Kin. 8. 29.
2. Chro. 6. 5. &. 7.
〈◊〉
to put his Name there (and) there to dwel, and thether thou shalt come,
6 And ye shal bring thether your burnt offrings, & your sacrifices, & your tithes, & the Meaning the first
〈◊〉
. offring of your hands, & your vowes and your fre offrings & the first borne of your kine and of your shepe.
7 And there ye shal eat VVhere his Arke shalbe. before the Lord
your God, and ye shal reioyce in all that ye put your handvnto (bothe) ye, and your housholdes, because the Lord thy God ha the blessed thee.
8 Ye shal not do after all these thīgs that we doNot that, they sacrified after their
〈◊〉
, but that God wolde be serued more purely in the land of Canaan. here this day (that is) euerie man whatsoeuer semeth him good in his owne eyes.
9 For ye are not yet come to rest, and to the inheritāce which the Lord thy God giueth thee.
10 But when ye go ouer Iordên, and dwel in the land, which the Lord your God hathe giuen you to inherit, and (when) he hathe giuen youIt had not bene ynough to conquer, except God had
〈◊〉
thē in rest vuder his
〈◊〉
. rest from all your enemies rounde about, and ye dwel in safetie.
11 Whē there shalbe a place which the Lord your God shal chose, to cause his Name to dwel there, thether shal ye bring all that I commande you: your burnt offrings, and your sacrifices, your tithes, and the offring of your hāds, and all yourOr that which ye chuse out for your vowes. special vowes which ye vow vnto the Lord:
12 And ye shal reioyce before the Lord your God, ye, & your sōnes and your daughters, and your seruants, and your maidens, andChap. 10 9. the leuite that is within your gates:
〈◊〉
for he hathe no parte nor inheritāce with you
13 Take hede that thou offer not thy burnt offrings in euerie place that thou seest:
14 But in the place which the Lord shalAs was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
by the placing of the Ar ke, as in Shiloh.
〈◊〉
yeres or as so me write, more
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
yeres, & in other places
〈◊〉
the tēple was buylt. cho se in one of thy tribes, there thou shalt offer thy burnt offrings, & there thou shalt do all that I commande thee.
15 Notwithstāding thou maist kil & eat flesh in all thy gates, what so euer thine heart desireth, according to theAs God hathe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ee power and
〈◊〉
. blessing of the Lord thy God which he hathe giuen thee, (bothe) the vncleane & the cleane may eat thereof,
〈◊〉
one might
〈◊〉
at home aswel the
〈◊〉
appointed
〈◊〉
sacrifice as the
〈◊〉
. as of the roe bucke, & of the bart
16 Onely ye shal not eat the blood (but) pow re it vpon the earth as water.
17 ¶ Thou maiest not
〈◊〉
within thy gates theMeaning what soeuer was
〈◊〉
to the Lord, might not be
〈◊〉
but where he had appointed. tithe of thy corne,
〈◊〉
of thy wine, nor of thine oyle; nor the first borne of thy kine, nor of thy shepe, nether anie of thy vowes which thou vowest, nor thy fre offrings, nor the offring of thine hands.
18 But thou shalt eat it before the Lord thy God, in the place which the Lord thy God shal chose, thou, and thy sonne, and thy daughter, and thy seruant, & thy maid, & the Leuite, that is within thy gates: and thou shalt reioyce before the Lord thy God, in al that thou puttest thine hand to.Ecclesia. 7. 32.
19 * Beware, that thou forsake not the Leuite, as long as thou liuest vpon the earth.
20 ¶ When the Lord thy God shal enlarge
〈◊〉
. 28. 14. thy border, * as he hathe promised thee,Chap. 19. 9. and thou shalt say, I wil eat flesh, [because thine heart lōgeth to catflesh] thou maist eat flesh, what soeuer thine heart desireth.
21 If the place which the Lord thy God hathe chosen to put his Name there, be far from thee, then thou shalt kil of thy bullockes and of thy shepe which the Lord hathe giuen thee, as I haue commanded thee: and thou shalt eat in thy gates, what soeuer thine heart desireth.
22 Euen as the roe bucke and the hart is eaten, so thou shalt eat them (bothe) the vncleane and the cleane shal eat of thē alike
23 Only beEbr. be strong or constant, sure that thou eat not the blood for the bloodBecause the life of beasts is in their blood. is the lyfe, and thou maist not eat the life with the flesh.
24 (Therefore) thou shalt not eat it (but) powreit vpon the earth as water.
25 Thou shalt not eat it, that it may go wel with thee, and with thy childrē after thee when thou shalt do that which is right in the sight of the Lord:
26 But thineThat which thou wilt offer is in
〈◊〉
. holy things which thou hast, & thy vowes thou shalt take vp, and come vnto the place which the Lord shal chose.
27 And thou shalt make thy burnt offrings of the flesh, and of the blood vpon the altar of the Lord thy God, and the blood of thine offrings shal be powred vpon the altar of the Lord thy God, and thou shalt eat the flesh.
28 Take hede, and heare all these wordes which I cōmand thee, that it may goGod by
〈◊〉
bindeth himselfe to do good to then that obey his worde. wel with thee, and with thy childrē after thee for euer, when thou doest that which is good and right in the sight of the Lord thy God.
29 ¶ Whē the Lord thy God shal destroy the nacions before thee, whether thou goest to possesse them, and thou shalt possesse them and dwel in their land,
30 Beware, lest thou be taken inBy following their superstitiôs and idolatries, & thinking to serue me thereby. a snare after them, after that they be destroyed be fore thee
〈◊〉
, and lest thou aske after their gods, saying. How did these nacions serue their gods, that I may do so likewise?
31 Thou shalt not do so vnto the Lord thy God: for all abominacion, which the Lord hateth, haue they done vnto their gods: for they haueThey thoght nothing to deare to offer to their idoles. burned bothe their sonnes and their daughters with fire to their gods
32 (Therefore) what soeuer I commande you take hede you do it: * thou shalt put nothingChap. 4. 2. thereto, nortake ought therefromios h. 1. 7.
prouer. 36. 6.
CHAP. XIII.
5 The inticers to idolatrie must be
〈◊〉
, seme they neuer
〈◊〉
, 22.
〈◊〉
. so holy, 6 So nere of kinred or frendship. 12 Or great in multitude or power.
1 IF there arise among you a prophet or a dreamer of
〈◊〉
saith, that he hathe things reueiled vnto him in
〈◊〉
mes. dreames, [and giue thee a signe or wondre,
2 And the signe and the wondre, which he hathe tolde thee, come to passe] saying,He sheueth whereunto
〈◊〉
false prophet
〈◊〉
tend. Let vs go after other gods, which thou hast not knowen, and let vs serue them,
3 Thou shalt not hearken vnto the wordes of the prophet, or vnto that dreamer of dreames: for the Lord your GodGod ordeineth all these things that his may be knowen. proueth you, to knowe whether ye loue the Lord your god with all your heart, and with all your soule.
4 Ye shal walke after the Lord your God &
feare him, & shal kepe his commandements and hearken vnto his voyce, & ye shall serue him, and cleaue vnto him.
5 But that prophet, or that dreamer of dreames he shalBeing conuict by, testimonies, and condemned by the iudge. be slaine, because he hath spoken to turne you away from the Lorde your God [whiche broght you out of the land of Egipt, & deliuered you out of the house of bondage] to thrust thee out of the way, whe rein the Lord thy God commanded thee to walke: so shalt thou take the euil away forth of the middes of thee.
6 ¶ IfAl natural affections must giue place to Gods honour. thy brother, the sonne of thy
〈◊〉
mother, or thine owne sonne, or thy daughter, or the wife (that lieth) in thy bosome, or thy frende which is as thine owneWhome thou louest asthy life. soule, entice theese cretly, saying, Let vs go & serue other gods, [which thou hast not knowen, thou, (I say,) nor thy fathers]
7 (Anie) of the gods of the people which are rownde about you, nere vnto thee or far of from thee, from the one end of the earthe vnto the other:
8 Thou shalt not consent vnto him, nor heare him, nether shall thine eye pitie him, nor shewe mercie, nor kepe him secret:
9 But thou shalt euē kill him:Asthe witnes is charged. thine hād shalbe first vpon him to put him to death, & thē
Chap. 11. 7. the hands of all the people.
10 And thou shalt stone him with stones, that he dye [because he hathe gone about to thrust thee away from the Lord thy GOD, which broght thee out of the land of Egipt, from the house of bondage]
11 That * all Israél may heare and feare, and doChap. 17. 13. no more anie such wickednes as this among you.
12 ¶ If thou shalt heare say [concernyng anie of thy cities which the Lord thy God hathe giuen thee to dwelin]
13 Ebr. childrē of
〈◊〉
.Wicked men are gone out from among you, & haue drawen away the inhabitants of their citie, saying, Let vs go and serue other gods, which ye haue not knowen.
14 ThenWhich art appointed to se fautes punished. thou shalt seke, & make searche & & enquire diligently: and if (it be) true, (and) the thing certeine, that suche abominacion is wroght among you.
15 Thou shalt euē slaye the inhabitāts of that citie with the edge of the sworde: destroy it vtterly, and al that is therein, and the cattell thereof with the edge of the sworde.
16 AndSignifying that no idolatrie isso execrable, nor more
〈◊〉
to be punished, then of thē, whiche once
〈◊〉
God. thou shalt gather all the spoile of it into the middes of the strete therof, & burne with fire the citie & all the spoile thereof euerie whit, vnto the Lorde thy God: and it shalbe an heape for euer: it shall not be built againe.
17 And there shal cleaue nothing of theOf the spoyle of that idolatrous and cursed citie Read. dam ned thing to thine hand, that the Lord maye turne from the fearcenes of his wrath, and shewe thee mercie, ād haue compassion on thee and multiplie thee, as he hathe sworne vnto thy fathers:
18 * When thou shalt obey the voyce of theChap. 7. 26. Lord thy God, and kepe all his commandements which I commande thee this day, that thou do that which is right in the eies of the Lord thy God.
CHAP. XIIII.
1 The maners of the Gentiles in marking thē selues for the dead, may not be followed. 4 What meates are cleane to be eaten, and what not. 29 The tithes for the Leuites, stranger fatherles and widowe.
1 YEare the children of the Lord your God * Ye shall not cut your selues, nor make
〈◊〉
. 19. 28. you (anie) bladnes betwene your eies for the dead.
2 * For thou art an holy people vnto the LordChap. 7. 6 & 26. 18 thy God, and the Lord hathe chosen thee to be aTherfore thou oughtest not to
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of the Gentils. precious people vnto him selfe, aboue all the people that are vpon the earth.
3 ¶ Thou shalt eat no maner of abominaciō.
4This ceremonial
〈◊〉
instru cted the Iewes to seke a spiritual purenes, euen, in their meat & drinke. These are beasts, whiche ye shal
〈◊〉
, the befe the shepe, and the goat.
5 The hart, and the roe bucke, and the bugle and the wilde goat, and the vnicorne, & the wilde oxe, and the chamois.
6 And euerie beast that parteth the hoofe, and cleaueth the clift into two clawes, and (is) of the beasts that cheweth the cud, that shall ye eat.
7 But these ye shal not eat, of thē that chewe the cud, and of them that deuide & cleaue the hoofe (onely:) the camel, nor the hare, nor the cony: for they chewe the cud, but deuide not the hoofe: (therfore) they shalbe vncleane vnto you:
8 Also the swine, because he deuideth the hoofe, and cheweth not the cud, shalbe vncleane vnto you: ye shal not eat of their flesh nor touche their dead cark eises.
9 ¶* These ye shal eat, of al that are in the waters:Leuit. 11. 20. all that haue finnes & scales shall ye eat.
10 And whatsoeuer hath no finnes nor scales, ye shall not eat: it shalbe vncleane vnto you.
11 ¶ Of all cleane birdes ye shall eat:
12 But these are they, where of ye shall not eat: the egle, nor the goshawke, nor the osprey.
13 Nor the glead nor the kite, nor the vulture, after their kinde.
14 Nor all kinde of rauens.
15 Nor the ostriche, nor the night crowe, nor theOr,
〈◊〉
. semeaw, nor the hawke after her kinde.
16 Nether the litle owle, nor the greate owle, nor the redshanke.
17 Nor the pellicane, nor the swanne, nor the cormorant:
18 The storcke also, & the heron in his kinde, nor the lap wing, nor * the backe.
〈◊〉
. 11. 20.
19 And euerie creping thing that flieth, shalbe vncleane vnto you: it shal not be eaten.
20 (But) of all cleane foules ye may eat.
21 Ye shall eat of nothing thatBecause their blood was not shed, but
〈◊〉
neth in them. dyeth alone, but thou shalt giue it vnto theWhiche is not of thy religion. strāger that is within thy gates that he may eat it: or thou maiest sel it vnto a strāger: for thou art an ho ly people vnto the Lord thy God Thou shaltExo. 23.
〈◊〉
& 34
〈◊〉
not * seeth a kid in his mothers milke.
22 Thou shaltThe tithes were ordeined for the maintenance of the Leuites, whi che had none inheritance. giue the tithe of al the increase of thy sede, that commeth forth of the field yere by yere.
23 And thou shalt eat before the Lorde thy God [in the place whiche he shall chose to cause his Name to dwell there] the tithe of thy corne, of thy wine, & of thine oyle, & the first borne of thy kyne & of thy shepe, that thou maiest learne to feare the Lorde thy God alway.
24 And if the way be to long for thee, so that thou art not able to cary it, because the place is far from thee, where the Lord thy God shal chose to set his Name,When he shall giue the abilitie. when the Lorde thy God shal blesse thee.
25 Thē shalt thou make it in money, and take the money in thine hand, & go vnto the place which the Lord thy God shal chose."Or, binde vp.
26 And thou shalt bestow the money for what soeuer thine heart desireth: whether it be oxe, or shepe, or wine or strong drinke, or whatsoeuer thine heart desireth:After the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
receiued the Lords parte. & shalt eat it there before the Lord thy God, & reioyce (bothe) thou, and thine housholde.
27 And the Leuite that is within thy gates shalt thou not for sake: for he hathe nether parte nor inheritance with thee.
28 ¶ At the end of thre yere thou shaltBesides the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that were giuē to the
〈◊〉
, these were laide vp in store for the poore. bring for the all the tithes of thine encrease of the same yere, and lay it vp with in thy gates.
29 Then the Leuite shall come, because he hathe no parte nor inheritance with thee, & the strāger, & the fatherles, and the widowe whiche are within thy gates, and shalt eat, & be filled, that the Lord thy God may blesse thee in all the worke of thine hand whiche thou doest.
CHAP. XV.
1 The yere of releasing of debts. 5 God blesseth them that kepe his commandements. 7 To helpe the poore 12 The fredome of seruāts. 19 The
〈◊〉
borne of the
〈◊〉
must be offred to the Lord.
1 AT the terme of seuen yeres thou shalt make a fredome.
2 And this is the maner of the fredom: euerieHe shall onely release his
〈◊〉
whiche are not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for that
〈◊〉
. creditour shal quite the lone of his hād whi che he hathe sent to his neighbour: he shall not aske it againe of his neighbour, nor of his brother: for (the yere) of the Lordes fredome is proclamed.
3 Of a stranger thou maist require it: but that which thou hast with thy brother, thine hād shall remit:
4
〈◊〉
if thy
〈◊〉
be riche, he may be
〈◊〉
to pay. Saue whē there shalbe no poore with thee for the Lord shal blesse thee in the land, whiche the Lorde thy God giueth thee, for an inheritance to possesse it:
5 So that thou hearken vnto the voyce of the Lord thy God to obserue and do all these commandements, whiche I commande thee this day.
6 For the Lord thy God hathe blessed thee, as he hathe promised thee: and* thou shalt lendChap. 28. 12. vnto manie nacions, but thou thy selfe shalt not borowe, and thou shalt reigne ouer
〈◊〉
nacions, and they shall not reigne ouer thee.
7 ¶ If one of thy brethrē with thee be pooreOr,
〈◊〉
of thy' cities. within anie of thy gates in thy land, which the Lord thy God giueth thee, thou shalt not harden thine heart, nor shut thine hand frō thy poore brother:
8 * But thou shalt open thine hand vnto him,
〈◊〉
. 5. 42. & shalt lend him sufficient for his nede whicheLuk.
〈◊〉
. 34. he hathe.
9 Beware that there be not a wicked thoght in thine heart, to say, The seuenth yere, that yere of fredome is at hand: therforeEbr. thyne
〈◊〉
is euill. it grieueth thee to loke on thy poore brother, & thou giuest him noght, and he crie vnto the Lord against thee, so that sinne be in thee:
10 Thou shalt giue him, and let it not grieueEbr, let not thine heart be euil. thine heart to giue vnto him: for because of this the Lord thy God shall blesse thee in all thy workes, and in all that thou puttest thine hand to.
11To
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Because there shalbe euer (some) poore in the land, therefore I commande thee, saying
〈◊〉
. 26. 11. Thou shaltThoushalt be liberal. open thine hand vnto thy brother, to thy nedie, and to thy poore in thy land.
12 ¶* If thy brother an Ebre we sel him self toExod. 21. 2. thee, or an Ebrewesse, and serue thee six yere
〈◊〉
. 34. 14. euen in the seuenth yere thou shalt let hym go fre from thee.
13 And when thou sendest him out fre from thee, thou shalt not let him go away emptie
14 (But) shaltIn token that
〈◊〉
doest acknowledge the
〈◊〉
whiche God hathe giuen thee by his labours. giue him a liberall rewarde of thy shepe, and of thy corne, and of thy wine thou shalt giue him of that where with the Lord thy God hathe blessed thee.
15 And remember that thou wast a seruant in the land of Egypt, and the Lord thy God deliuered thee: therefore I cōmande thee this thing to day.
16 And if he
〈◊〉
vnto thee, I will not go away from thee, because he loueth thee and thine house, (and) because he is wel with thee.Exod. 21. 6,
17 * Then shalt thou take a naule, & perce his eare through against the dore, ād he shalbe thy seruantTo the
〈◊〉
of Iubile. for euer: and vnto thy mayd seruant thou shalt do likewise.Leuit. 25. 40.
18 Let it not grieue thee, whē thou lettest him go out fre frō thee: for he hathe serued thee six yeres, (whiche is) the double worthe ofFor the hired seruāt serued but thre yeres, and he six. an hired seruant: and the Lord thy God shall blesse thee in all that thou doest.
19 ¶* Al the first borne males that come of thyExod. 34. 19. cattel, and of thy shepe, thou shalt sanctifie vnto the Lord thy God,For they are the Lords. Thou shalt do no worke with thy first borne bullocke,
〈◊〉
sheare thy first borne shepe.
20 Thou shal eat it before the Lorde thy God yere by yere, in the place whiche the Lorde shal chofe, (bothe) thou, & thine houshold.
〈◊〉
. 22.
〈◊〉
.
21 *But if there be anie blemish therein, (as ifChap. 17 1. it be) lame, or blinde, or haue anie euil faut,
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 14. thou shalt not offer it vnto the Lord thy God
22 (But) shalt eat it within thy gates: the vncleane, and the cleane (shall eat it) alīke, Thou shalt aswel eat them, as the
〈◊〉
, ād other wilde
〈◊〉
. as
the roe bucke, and as the heart.
23 Onely thou shalt not eat the blood therof, (but) powre it vpon the grounde as water.
CHAP. XVI.
1 Of Easter. 10 Witsontide. 13 And the feast of tabernacles. 18 What officers ought to be ordeyned. 21
〈◊〉
forbidden.
1 THou shalt kepe the moneth ofRead Exod.
〈◊〉
. 4. Abib and thou shalte celebrate the Passe ouer vnto the Lorde thy God: for in the moneth of Abib the Lorde thy God broght thee out of Egypt by night.
2 Thou shalte thereforeThou shalt eat the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. offer the Passe ouer vnto the Lorde thy God, of shepe and bullockes * in the place where the Lorde shall chose to cause his Name to dwel.
3 Thou * shalt eat no leauened bread with it:Exod. 12. 14. (but) seuen dayes shalt thou eat vnleauened bread there with, (euen) the bread ofVVhiche signified that
〈◊〉
which thou had dest in Egypt. tribulacion: for thou camest out of the land of Egypt in haste, that thou maiest remember the day when thou camest out of the land of Egypt, all the dayes of thy life.
4 And there shall be no leauen sene wyth thee in all thy coastes seuen dayes long: nether shall there remayne the nyght anie of the flesh vntill the morning which thou offredst the first day at euen.
5 Thou maiestThis was chief ly
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
the temple was buylt. not offer the Passeouer within anie of thy gates, which the Lorde thy God giueth thee:
6 But in the place whiche the Lorde thy God shall chose to place hys Name, there thou shalt offer theVVhiche was
〈◊〉
to put them in remembrance of their deliuerance out of Egypt: and to continue them in the hope of
〈◊〉
sus Christe: of whome this
〈◊〉
was a figure. Passeouer at euen, aboute the going downe of the sunne, in the season that thou camest out of Egypt.
7 And thou shalte roste and eat it in the place whiche the Lord thy God shall chose, and shalt returne on the morowe, and go vnto thy tentes.
8 Six dayes shalt thou eat vnleauened breade, and the seuenth day (shalbe) a solemne assem blie to the Lord thy God: thou shalte do no worke (therein.)
9 ¶ Seuen wekes shalte thouBegynnyng at the next
〈◊〉
after the
〈◊〉
, Leui. 23.
〈◊〉
. nomber vnto thee, and shalte begyn to nomber the seuen wekes, when thou begynst to put the sickel to the corne.
〈◊〉
. 13. 4.
10 And thon shalte kepe the feast of wekes vnto the Lord thy God,Or, as thou art able, willingly. (euen) a fre gift of thyne hand, which thou shalt giue vnto the Lorde thy God, as the Lorde the God hathe blessed thee.
11 And thou shalt reioyse before thy Lord thy God, thou and thy sonne, and thy daughter, and thy seruant, and thy maid, and the
〈◊〉
that is within thy gates, and the stranger, and the fatherles, and the widow, that are among you, in the place which the Lordthy God shal chose to place his Name there.
12 And thou shalt remember that thou wast a seruant in Egypt: therefore thou shalt obserue and do these ordinances.
13 ¶ Thou shaltThat is, the
〈◊〉
day of the seuēth moūth Leu. 21. 14 obserue
〈◊〉
feast of the Tabernacles seuen daies, when thou hast gathe red in thy corne, and thy wine.
14 And thou shalt reioyce in thy feaste, thou, and thy sonne, and thy daughter, and thy seruant, and thy mayd, and the Leuite, and the stranger, and the fatherles, and the widowe, that are within thy gates.
15 Seuen daies shalt thou kepe a feast vnto the Lord thy God in the place which the
〈◊〉
shal chose: whē the Lord thy God shal blesse thee in all thine increase, ād in all the workes of thine hāds, thou shalt in anie case be glad.
16 ¶ * Thre tymes in the yere shall all the malesExod. 23.
〈◊〉
. and 34. 20. appeare before the Lord thy God in theEccles. 16. 6. place which he shal chose: in the feast of the vnleauened bread, & in the feast of the weks, and in the feast of the Tabernacles: and they shal not appeare before the Lord empty.
17 Euerie man (shall gyue) accordyng to the gift of hysAccordyng to the abilite that God hathe giuen hym. hande, and accordynge to the blessing of the Lord thy God, which he hath giuen theé.
18 ¶He gaue autoritie to that people for a tyme to chuse them selues
〈◊〉
. Iudges and officers shalt thou make thee in all thy cities, whiche the Lord thy God gi ueth thee, throughout thy tribes: and they shall iudge the people with ryghteous iudgement.
19 Wrest not thou the Lawe, nor respect anye persone, nether take reward: for the reward blindeth the eyes of the wise, ād peruerteth the wordes of the iust.
20 That whichThe
〈◊〉
muste constantly followe the
〈◊〉
of the Lawe, and in nothynge decline from
〈◊〉
. is iust and right shalt thou followe, that thou maiest liue, and possesse the land which the Lord thy God giueth thee.
21 ¶ Thou shalt plante thee no groue of anie trees nere vnto the altar of the Lorde thy God, which thou shalt make thee.
22 Thou shalte set thee vp noOr, image. piller, whiche thing the Lord thy God hateth.
CHAP. XVII.
2 The punishment of the idolater. 9 Hard controuersies are broght to the Priest and the iudge. 12 The contemner muste dye. 15 The election of the Kyng. 16 and 17. What things he ought to auoide. 18 And what he ought to imbrace.
1 THou shalt offer vnto the Lorde thy God no bullocke nor shepe wherein isThou shalt not serue God for facions sake, as hypocrites do. blemish (or) anie euill fauored thyng: for that is an abominacion vnto the Lord thy God.
2 ¶If there be found among you in anie of thy cities, whiche the Lord thy God giueth thee, man orShewinge
〈◊〉
the crime cā not be excused by the
〈◊〉
of the persone. woman that hathe wroght wicked nes in the sight of the Lord thy God, in trans gressing his couenant.
3 And hathe gone and serued other gods, and worshipped them: as the sunne, or the moone, or anie of the hoste of heauen, whiche I haue notVVhereby he condemneth all
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
of God whi che he hathe
〈◊〉
commanded. commanded.
4 And it be tolde vnto thee, & thou hast heard it, then shalte thou inquire diligently: and if (it be) true, (and) the thing certeine, that suche abominacion is wroght in Israél.
5 Then shalte thou bryng forthe that man, or that woman [whyche haue committed that wicked thynge] vnto thy gates, (whether it be) man or woman, ād shalt stone them with
stones, til they dye.
6 *At the mouth of two or thre witnesses shalNomb. 35. 30.
Chap. 19
〈◊〉
. he that is worthy of death, dye: (but) at theMat. 18. 16. mouth of one witnes, he shal not dye.2. Cor. 13. 1.
7 The hands of theVVhereby they
〈◊〉
that thei testified the truth witnesses shalbe first vpon him, to kil him: and afterwarde the háds of all theTo
〈◊〉
a cō
〈◊〉
consent to mainteine Gods honour and true
〈◊〉
. people: so thou shalt take the wicked away from among you.
8 ¶If there rise a matter to hard for thee in iudgement betwene blood and blood, betwene plea and plea, betwene plague & plague, in the matter of cōtrouersie within thy gates, then shalt thou arise, and go vp vnto the place which the Lord thy GOD shal chose,
9 And thou shalt come vnto the Priests of the Leuites, and vnto theVVho shal giue
〈◊〉
as the Priestes counsell him by the Law of God. iudge that shalbe in those dayes, and aske, & thei shal she we thee the sentence of iudgement,
10 And thou shalt do according to that thing which they of that place [which the Lord hathe chosen] shewe thee, and thou shalt obserue to do according to all that they informe thee.
11 According to the Lawe, which they shal teach thee, and according to the iudgement whiche they shall tell thee, shalteThou shalte obey their sentence that the
〈◊〉
maye haue an end. thou do: thou shalt not decline from the thyng whiche they shall shewe thee, (nether) to the right hand, nor to the left.
12 And that man that will do presumpteously, not heark enyng vnto the Priest [that standeth before the Lorde thy God toSo long as he is the true minister of God, and pronounceth according to his word minister there] or vnto the iudge, that man shal dye, and thou shalt take away euil from Israél.
13 So all the people shall heare and feare, and do no more presumpteously.
14 ¶When thou shalte come vnto the lande whiche the Lord thy God giueth thee, and shalt possesse it, and dwel therein, if thou say, I wil set a King ouerme, like as all the nacions that are about me.
15 (Thē) thou shalt make him King ouer thee, whome the Lord thy God shal chose: from amonge thy brethren shalte thou make a King ouer thee: thou shalt not set aVVho is not of thy nacion; leste he change true re ligion into
〈◊〉
, and bring thee to
〈◊〉
. stranger ouer thee, which is not thy brother.
16 In anie wise he shal not prepare him manie horses, nor bring the people againe toTo reuenge their
〈◊〉
, ād to take them of their best horses. Egy pte for to increase the nōber of horses, seing the Lord hathe said vnto you, Ye shal hence forthe go no more againe that way.
17 Nether shall he take hym manie wiues, lest1. King. 10.
〈◊〉
. his heartFrom the Law of God. turne away, nether shal he gather him muche siluer and golde.
18 And when he shall sit vppon the throne of his kyngdome, then shall he write hym thisMeaning, the Deuteronomie. Lawe repeted in a boke, by theHe shall
〈◊〉
it to be writ by them, or he shal write it by their example. Priests of the Leuites.
19 And it shalbe wyth hym, and he shall read therein all dayes of hys lyfe, that he maye learne to feare the Lorde his God, (and) to kepe all the wordes of this Lawe, and these ordinances, for to do them:
20 That hys heart be not lyfted vp aboue hysVVhereby
〈◊〉
mēt, that kynges ought so to loue their subiects, as nature byndeth one brother
〈◊〉
loue another. brethren, and that he turne not frome the commandement, to the ryght hande or the left, (but) that he maye prolong hys dayes in hys kyngdome, he, and hys sonnes in the middes of Israél.
CHAP. XVIII.
3 The portion of the Leuites. 6 Of the Leuite comming frome another palce. 9 To auoyde the abominacion of the
〈◊〉
. 15 God wil not leaue them without a true Prophete. 20 The false prophete shalbe slayne. 22 How he may be knowen.
1 THe Priestes of the Leuites, (and) all the tribe of Leui * shall haue no parte nor inheritanceNomb. 18.
〈◊〉
.
Chap. 10. 9. wyth Israél, * (but) shall eat the1. Cor. 9. 13. offrings of the Lorde made by fire, and hisThat is, the Lords parte of his inheritance. inheritance.
2 Therefore shall they haue no inheritance among their brethren: (for) the Lorde is their inheritance, as he hathe said vnto them.
3 ¶And thys shalbe the Priests duetie of the people, that they, whyche offer sacrifice, whether (it be) bullocke or shepe, shall giue vnto the Priest theThe
〈◊〉
shulder. Nomb. 18. 18. shulder, ād the two chekes, and the mawe.
4 The firste frutes (also) of thycorne, of thy wine, and of thine oyle, and the firste of the flece of thy shepe shalt thou giue him.
5 For the Lorde thy God hathe chosen hym out of all thy tribes, to stande and minister in the Name of the Lorde, him, and hys sonnes for euer.
6 ¶ Also when a Leuite shall come out of anie of thy cities of Israél, where he remained, and come wythMeaning, to
〈◊〉
ue God vnfained lye, and not to seke ease. all the desire of hys hearte vnto the place, whyche the LORD shall chose.
7 He shall then minister in the Name of the Lord his God, as al his brethren the Leuites, whiche remaine there before the Lorde.
8 They shall haue lyke porcions to eatNot
〈◊〉
to lyue of him selfe. beside that whiche commeth of hys sale of his patrimonie.
9 When thou shalt come into the land whiche the Lorde thy God giueth thee, thou shalte not learne to do after the abominacions of those nacions.
10 Let none be founde amonge you that maketh his sonne or his daughter to
〈◊〉
they were purged by thys
〈◊〉
of passyng betwe ne two fires. go throu ghe the fire, (or) that vseth witchcraft, (or) a regarder of times, or a marker of the flying of foules, or a sorcerer.
11 Or * a charmer, or that counselleth wythLeuit. 20. 27.
1. Sam. 28. 7. spirits, or a so the sayer, or that * asketh coun sell at the dead.
12 For all that do suche thyngs (are) abominacion vnto the Lorde, and because of these abominacions the Lord thy God doeth caste them out before thee.
13 Thou shalt beVVithout
〈◊〉
crisie, or mixture of false religion. vpryght therefore with the Lord thy God.
14 For these nacions whiche thou shalt possesse, hearken vnto those that regarde the tymês, and vnto sorcerers:Ebr. but
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. as for thee, the Lord thy God hathe not suffered thee so.
15 ¶ * The Lord thy God wil raise vp vnto theeAct. 7. 37.
aMeanyng a continual succession of Prophets til Christ the end of all Prophetes come. Prophet like vnto me, frō amōg you (euē) of thy brethren: vnto him ye shall hearken.
16 According to all that thou desiredst of the Lorde thy God in Horéb, in the day of the assemblie, when thou saidest, * Let me heareExod 20. 19. the voyce of my Lord God no more, nor se this great fire anie more, that I dye not.
17 And the Lord said vnto me, They haue wel spoken.
18 * I wil raise thē vp a Prophet from among
〈◊〉
. 1.
〈◊〉
. their brethren like vnto thee, & will put myActe. 3. 21. wordes in hisWhich promes is not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to Christ, but to all
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his Names. mouth, & he shall speake vnto them all that I shal commande him.
19 And whosoeuer will not hearken vnto my wordes, which he shall speake in my Name,Isa. 59. 21. I wilBy executyng punishment vpō him. require it of him.
20 But the prophet that shal presume to spake a worde in my Name, whiche I haue not commanded him to speake, or that spaketh in the name of other gods, euen the same prophet shaldye.
21 And if thou thinke in thine heart, How shall we knowe the worde which the Lord hathe not spoken?
22 When a prophet speaketh in the Name of the Lord, if the thingVnder this
〈◊〉
note he
〈◊〉
all the other
〈◊〉
. follow not nor come to passe, that is the thyng whiche the Lorde hathe not spoken, (but) the prophet hathe spoken it presumpteously: thou shalt not (therefore) be afrayed of him.
CHAP. XIX.
2 The franchised townes. 14 Not to remoue thy Neighbours
〈◊〉
. 16 The punishment of him that heareth false witnes.
1 WHen the Lorde thy God * shall rooteChap. 12. 29. out the nacions, whose land the Lorde thy GOD giueth thee, and thou shalt posselfe them, and dwel in their cities, & in their houses.
2 * Thou shalt separate thre cities for thee inExod 21.
〈◊〉
.
Nomb
〈◊〉
. 29. the middes of thy land which the Lord thy
〈◊〉
. 20. 2. God giueth thee to possesse it.
3 Thou shaltMake an open and readie way prepare thee the waie, & deuide the coastes of the land, whiche the Lord thy God giueth thee to inherit, into thre partes that euerieWhich
〈◊〉
against his will, &
〈◊〉
no
〈◊〉
in his
〈◊〉
. manslayer may fleeth ether.
4 ¶This also is the cause wherefore the
〈◊〉
shall flee thether, and liue: who so killeth his neighbour ignorantly, and hated him not in time passed:
5 As he that goeth vnto the wood with hys neighbour to hewe wood, & his hand striketh with the axe to cut downe the tre, if the head slip from the helue, and hitte his neighbour that he dyeth, the sameThat murther be not once committed vpon
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
flee vnto one of the cities, and liue.
6 Lest the* auenger of the blood followe after the manslaier, while his heart is chafed, andNomb. 35 12. ouertake hym, because the way is long, and slay him, althogh he be notOr, can not be iudgeth to death worthi of death because he hated him not in time passed.
7 Wherefore I commande thee, saying, Thou shalt appoint out thre cities for thee.
8 And when the Lord thy God
〈◊〉
goest ouer
〈◊〉
to possesse the who le lād of
〈◊〉
. enlargeth thy coastes [as he hath sworne vnto thy fathers] and giueth thee al the land which he promised to giue vnto thy fathers.
9 [If thou kepe all these commandements to do them, whiche I commande thee this day: (to wit,) that thou loue the Lord thy GOD, and walke in his waies for euer] * thē shaltIosh. 20. 7. thou adde thre cities mo for thee besides those thre.
10 That innocent blood be not shed within thy land, whiche the Lorde thy God giueth thee to inherit,Lest thou be punished for innocent blood. lest blood be vpon thee.
11 ¶ But if a man hate his neighbour, and laye waite for him, and rise against him, and smite any man that he dye, and flee vnto any of these cities.
12 Then theThe
〈◊〉
. Elders of his citie shall send and fet hym thence, and deliuer hym into the hands of the auenger of the blood, that he may dye.
13 ThineThen whosoeuer pardoneth murther,
〈◊〉
against the worde of God. eie shal not spare him, but thou shalt put away (the crye) of innocent blood from Israél, that it may go wel with thee.
14 ¶ Thou shalt not remoue thy neighbours marke, whiche they of olde time haue set in thine inheritance, that thou shalt inherit in the land, whiche the Lorde thy God giueth thee to possesse it.
15 ¶ * One witnes shal not rise again a man forChap. 17. 6.
Mat. 18 16. any trespas, or for any sinne, or for any fauteIoh. 8. 17. that he offendeth in, * (but) at the mouth of2. Cor.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. two witnesses or at the mouthe of thre witnessesEbr. 10. 28. shall the matter be stablished.
16 ¶ If a false witnes rise vp against a man to accuse him of trespasse.
17 Thē bothe the men whiche striue together shall stand before theGods presence is where
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
are assembled. Lord, (euen) before the Priests, and the Iudges, whiche shalbe in those daies.
18 And the Iudges shall make diligent inquisicion: & if the witnes be founde false, (and) hathe giuen false witnes against his brother
19 * Thē shal ye do vnto him as he had thoghtProu. 19. 5. to do vnto his brother: so thou shalt take euilDan. 13.
〈◊〉
. away for the of the middes of thee.
20 And the rest shal heare (this,) and feare, and shall hence for the commit no more any such wickednes among you.
21 Therefore thine
〈◊〉
shal haue no cōpassion (but) * life for life, eie for eie, to the for to the,Exod. 21.
〈◊〉
. hand for hand, fote for fote.Leuit,
〈◊〉
. 20.
〈◊〉
. 5.
〈◊〉
.
CHAP. XX.
3 The
〈◊〉
of the Priest when the Israelites go to battel. 3 The exhortacion of the office shewyng who shulde go to battel. 10 Peace must first be proclamed. 19 The trees that beare frute, must not be destroyed.
1 WHenMeaning vpon iuste
〈◊〉
: for God
〈◊〉
not his people to sight whē it
〈◊〉
good to thē
thou shalt go forthe to warre against thine enemies, and shaltse horses and charets, (and) people mo then thou, be not afraied of thē: for the Lord thy God (is) with thee, which broght thee out of the land of Egypt.
2 And when ye are come nere vnto the battel, then the Priest shall come forthe to speake vnto the people.
3 And shal say vnto thē, Heare, ô Israél: ye are
〈◊〉
this day vnto battell against your
〈◊〉
:Chap.
〈◊〉
. 7. * let not your hearts faint, nether feare nor be amased, nor adread of them.
4 For the Lord your GodIs present to
〈◊〉
you with his
〈◊〉
and power. goeth
〈◊〉
you, to fight for you against your enemies, (and) to saue you.
5 ¶And let the officers speake vnto the people, saying, What man (is there) that
〈◊〉
buylt a newe house, and hath notFor when they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
in an house they gaue thankes to God,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
had that
〈◊〉
by his grace. dedicate
〈◊〉
let him go and returne to his house lest he dye in the battell, and an other man dedicate it.
6 And what man (is there) that hathe planted a vineyard, and hathThe
〈◊〉
worde
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ne
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. not eaten of the
〈◊〉
? let him go and returne againe vnto his house lest he dye in the battel, and another eat the frute.
7 And what mā (is there) that hath
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. 19.
〈◊〉
. a wife, and hathe not
〈◊〉
her? let him go, & returne againe vnto his house, lest he dye in battel, and another man take her.
8 And let the officers spake further vnto the people, and say, *Whosoeuer is afraied andIudg. 7
〈◊〉
. faint hearted, let him go and returne vnto his house, lest his brethrens heart faint like his heart.
9 And after that the officers haue made an end of spakīg vnto the people, thei shal make ca ptaines of the armie to gouerne the people.
10 ¶When thou comest nere vnto a citie to
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 22. fight against it, *thou shalt offer it peace.Chap 2. 26.
11 And if it answer thee againeIf it accept peace. peaceably, & open vnto thee, then let all the people that is founde therein, be tributaries vnto
〈◊〉
, and serue thee.
12
〈◊〉
if it wil make no peace with thee, but make warre against thee, then thou shalt be siege it.
13 And the Lorde thy God shall deliuer it into thine hands, and thou shal smite al the males thereof with the edge of the sworde.
14 Onely the women, and the children, * andIos.
〈◊〉
, 2. the cattel, and all that is in the
〈◊〉
, (euen) al the spoile thereof shalt thou take vnto thy selfe, and shalt eat the spoile of thine enemies, whiche the Lord thy God hath giuen thee.
15 Thus shalt thou do vnto al the cities, which are a great way of from thee, which are notf For God had ap
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
shuld be
〈◊〉
oyed, & made the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of his
〈◊〉
. of the cities of these
〈◊〉
nacions here.
16 But of the cities of this people, whiche the Lord thy God shal
〈◊〉
thee to inherit, thou shalt saue no persone aliue.
17 But shalt vtter'y destroye them: (to wit,) theChap. 7. 1.
〈◊〉
, and the Amorites, the Canáanites, and the Perizzites, the Hiuites, and the
〈◊〉
sites, as the Lord thy God hathe commāded thee.
18 That they teache you not to do after all their abominacions, which they haue done vnto their gods, & (so) ye shuld sinne against the Lord your God.
19 ¶Whē thou hast besieged a citie long time and made warre against it to take it destroye not the trees thereof, by smiting an axe into them: for thou maiest eat of them therefore thou shalt not cut them downe to further thee in the siege [for theSome read For
〈◊〉
an shalbe in steade of the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
, to come out in the siege against thee tre of the field is mans (life)]
20 Onely those trees, which thou knowestare not for meat, those shalt thou destroye and cut downe, and make sortes against the citie that maketh warre with thee, vntill thou subdue it.
CHAP. XXI.
2 Inquisition for murther. 11 Of the woman taken in
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
birth right can not be changed for affectiō 18
〈◊〉
disobedient childe. 23 The bodie may not hang all
〈◊〉
.
1 IF one be foundeThis Lawe declareth
〈◊〉
hor rible a thing mur ther is,
〈◊〉
that for one man a whole
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
punished, except a remedy be founde. slayne in the land, which the Lorde thy God giueth thee to possesse it, lying in the field, (and) it is not knowen who hathe slayne him.
2 Then thine Elders & thy Iudges shall come forthe, and measure vnto the cities that are round about him that is slayne.
3 And let the
〈◊〉
of that citie, which is next vnto the slayne man, take out of the droue an
〈◊〉
that hathe not bene put to labour, nor hathe drawen in the yoke.
4 And let the Elders of that citie bring the heiser vnto aOr rough, stonie
〈◊〉
blood
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
a so
〈◊〉
place,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
make
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the fact, vailey, which is nether eared, nor sowen, and strike of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
there in the valley.
5 Also the Priests the sonnes of Leui [whome the Lord thy God hathe chosen to
〈◊〉
, and to
〈◊〉
in the Name of the Lord] shall come forthe, and by their word shall al strife and plague be
〈◊〉
.
6 And all the Elders of that citie that came nere to the slayne man, shall
〈◊〉
their hands ouer the heifer that is beheaded in the valley:
7 And shall testifie, and say, Our hands haue not
〈◊〉
this blood, nether haue our eies sene it.
8 This was the
〈◊〉
, whiche the Priests made in the audience of the people. O Lord, be merciful vnto thy people Israél whome thou hast redemed, and lay no innocent blood to the charge of thy people Israél, and the blood shalbe forgiuen them.
9 So shalt thou take away (the crye) of innocent blood frō thee, when thou shalt do that which is right in the sight of the Lord.
10 ¶When thou shalt go to warre against thine enemies, and the Lord thy God shall deliuer them into thine hands, and thou shalt take them captiues.
11 And
〈◊〉
se among
〈◊〉
captiues a beautiful woman, and hast a desire vnto her, & woldest take her to thy wife.
12 Then thou shalt bring her home to thine house, and she shall shaue her head, & pared Signifying that her former life must be changed
〈◊〉
they
〈◊〉
be ioyned to the people of God. her nailes.
13 And he shall put of the garment that she was taken in, and she shall remaine in thine house, and bewaile her father and her mothere As hauing
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and countrey. a moneth long: ād after that shalt thou go into her, and mary her, and she shal be thy This onely was permitted in the
〈◊〉
otherwise the
〈◊〉
colde not mary strangers. wife.
14 And if thou haue no fauour vnto her, then thou maiest let her go whether she wil, but thou shalt not sel her for money, nor make marchandise of her, because thou hast hum bled her.
15 ¶ If a man haue two wiues, one loued and anotherThis declareth that the
〈◊〉
of wiues
〈◊〉
of a corrupt affection. hated, and they haue borne him children, bothe the loued and also the hated: if the first borne be the sonne of the hated.
16 Then when the time commeth, that he appointeth his sonnes to be heyres of that which he hathe, he may not make the
〈◊〉
of the beloued first borneOr, while the sonne of the hated liueth, before the sonne of the hated, which is the first borne:
17 But he shal acknowledge the sonne of the hated for the first borne, and giue himAs muche as to
〈◊〉
of the others. dou ble porcion of all that he hathe: for he is the first of his strength, and toExcept he be vnworthy, as was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. him belongeth the right of the first borne.
18 If anie man haue a sonne that is stubburne and disobedient, which wil not hearken vnto the voyce of his father, nor the voyce of hisFor it is the mothers
〈◊〉
also to instruct her children. mother, and they haue chastened him, and he wolde not obey them,
19 Then shal his father and his mother take him, and bring him out vnto the Elders of his citie, & vnto the gate of the place where he dwelleth,
20 And shal say vnto the Elders of his citie, This our sonne is stub burne and disobediēt, (and) he wil not obey our admonicion: he is aryotour, and a dronkard,
21 Then all the men of his citie shalWhich death was also appoin ted for
〈◊〉
and idolaters: so that to disobey the parents is moste horrible. stone him with stones vnto death: so thou shalt take away euil from amōg you, that all Israél may heare it and feare.
22 ¶ If a man also haue commited a trespas worthy of death, and is put to death, & thou hangest him on a tre,
23 His body shal not remaineFor Gods Lawe by his death is satisfied, and
〈◊〉
abhorreth
〈◊〉
. all night vpon the tre, but thou shalt bury him the same day for the* curse of God (is) on him that is hanged. Defile not therefore thy land, which theGal. 3. 13. Lord thy God giueth thee to in her it.
CHAP. XXII.
1 He commandeth to haue care of our neighbours goods 5 The woman may not weare mans apparel, nor man the womans. 6 Of the dam and her yong birdes. 8. Why thei shulde haue batel ments. 9 Not to mixe diuers kinds together. 13 Of the wife not being founde a virgine. 22 The punishement of adulterie.
1 THou * shalt not se thy brothers oxe norExod. 23. 4. his shepe go astray, andAs thogh thou sawest it not. withdrawe thy selfe from them, (but) shalt bring them againe vnto thy brother.
2 And if thy brother be notShewing the brotherly affection must be shewed, not one ly to them that dwel
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vnto vs, but also to them which are
〈◊〉
. nere vnto thee, or if thou knowe him not, then thou shalt bring it into thine house, and it shal remaine with thee, vntil thy brother seke after it: thē shalt thou deliuer it to him againe.
3 In like maner shalt thou do with hisMuche more art thou bounde to do for thy neighbours
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
, and so shalt thou do with his raiment, and shalt so do with alloste things of thy brother which he hathe loste: if thou hast found them, thou shalt not withdrawe thy selfe (from them.)
4 ¶ Thou shalt notse thy brothers asse nor his oxe fall downe by the way, and withdrawe thy selfe from them, (but) shalt lifte them vp with him.
5 ¶ TheFor that were to
〈◊〉
ordre of nature, & to despite God. woman shal not we are that which
〈◊〉
vnto the man,
〈◊〉
shal a man put on womās raiment: for al that do so, (are)
〈◊〉
vnto the Lord thy God.
6 ¶ If thou finde a birdes nest in the way, in anie tre, or on the ground, (whether they be) yong or egges, and the dam sitting vpon the yong, or vpon the egges,If God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
done to li I birdes,
〈◊〉
muche more
〈◊〉
man made accor ding to his images. thou shalt not take the dam with the yong,
7 (But) shalt in anie
〈◊〉
let the dam go and take the yong to thee, that thou maiest prosper and prolong thy dayes.
8 ¶ When thou buy
〈◊〉
a newe house, thou shalt make a batelmēt on thy roof, that thou lay not blood vpon thine house, if anie man fall thence.
9 ¶ Thou shalt notThe
〈◊〉
of this
〈◊〉
, to walke in simpli
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
to be
〈◊〉
of newe
〈◊〉
. so we thy vineyard with diuers kindes of sedes, lest thou defile the in crease of the sede which thou hast so wen, & the frute of the vineyarde.
10 ¶ Thou shalt not plowe with an oxe and an asse together.
11 ¶ Thou shalt not weare (agarmēt) of diuers sortes, as of wollen and linen together.
12 ¶ * Thou shalt make thee
〈◊〉
vpon theNomb.
〈◊〉
. 38. foure quarters of thy vesture, where with thou couerest thy selfe.
15 ¶ If a man take a wife, and when he hathe lien with her, hate her,
14 And lay
〈◊〉
slanderous things vnto charge,g That is, be
〈◊〉
occasion that she is standred. and bring vp an
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vpon her, and say, I toke this wife, and when I came to her I found her not a
〈◊〉
.
15 Then shal the father of the maid and her mother take and bring the signes of the mai des virginitie vnto the Elders of the
〈◊〉
to the gate.
16 And the maides father shal say vnto the Elders, I gaue my
〈◊〉
vnto this man
〈◊〉
wife, and he hateth her:
17 And lo, he laieth slanderous things vnto her charge, saying, I found not thy daughter a maid: lo, these (are the tokens) of my daughters virginitie: and they shal spreade theMeaning the
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of her
〈◊〉
were. vesture before the Elders of the citie.
18 Then the Elders of the citie shal take that man and chastice him,
19 And shal condemne him in an hundreth (she kels) of siluer, and giue them vnto the fatherFor the
〈◊〉
of the childe re doundeth to the shame of the parents: therefore he was recompenced when she
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. of the maid, because he hathe broght vp an euil name vpō a maid of Israél: and she shalbe his wife, and he may not put her away all his life.
20 ¶ But if this thing be true, that the maide be not found a virgin,
21 Then they shal bring forthe the maide to the dore of her fathers house, and the men of her citie shal stone her with stones to death: for she hathe wroght follie in Israél, by
playing the whore in her fathers house: so thou shalt put euil away from among you.
22 ¶ * If a man be found lying with a womanLeuit. 20. 10. maried to a man, then they shal dye euen bo the twaine: (to wit) the man that lay with the wife, ād the wife: so thou shalt put away euil from Israél.
23 ¶ If a maide be betrothed vnto an housbād and a man
〈◊〉
her in the towne and lie with her,
24 Then
〈◊〉
bring them bothe out vnto the gates of the same citie, and shal stone thē with stones to death: the maide because
〈◊〉
cryed not, (being) in the citie, and the man, because he hathe humbled his neighbours"Or, defiled. wife: so thou shalt put away euil from amōg you.
25 ¶ But if a man finde a betrothed maide in the field, and
〈◊〉
her, ād lye with her, then the man that lay with her, shal dye alone:
26 And vnto the maide thou shalt do nothing, because there is in the maide noOr no sinne worthy death. cause of death: for as when a man riseth against his neighbour and
〈◊〉
him to death, soMeaning that the innocent
〈◊〉
not be punished. is this matter.
26 For he
〈◊〉
her in the fields: the betrothed maide cryed, and there was no man to succour her.
28 ¶ * If a man finde a maide that is not betrothed,Exod. 22. 16. and take her, and lye with her, and they be founde,
29 Then the man that lay with her, shal giue vnto the maides father fifty (shekels) of siluer: and she shal be
〈◊〉
wife, because he hathe humbled her: he can not put her away all his life.
30 ¶ No man shalHe shal not lye with his step mo ther: meaning he reby allother de grees forbidden. take his fathers wife, nor shal vncouer his fathers skirt.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
CHAP. XXIII.
1 What men might not be admitted to office. 9 What they ought to auoide when they go to warre. 15 Of the fugitiue seruant. 17 To
〈◊〉
all kinde of whoredome. 19 Of
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
Of vowes. 24 Of the neighbours vine and corne.
1 NOne that is hurt by bursting, or that hathe his
〈◊〉
membre cut of,Ether to bears office or to
〈◊〉
a wife. shal entre into the Congregacion of the Lord.
2This was to cause them to liue chastely, that their
〈◊〉
might not be reiected. A bastard shal not entre into the Congregacion of the Lord: euen to his tenth generacion shal
〈◊〉
not entre into the Congregacion of the Lord.
3 * The
〈◊〉
and the Moabites shal not entre into the Congregacion of the LordNomb. 22. 5.
Nehem. 13.
〈◊〉
. euen to their tenth generacion shal they not entre into the Congregacion of the Lord for euer.
4 Because theyHereby he con demneth all, that further nor the children of God in their vocation met you not with bread and water in the way, whē ye came out of Egypt and because they hired against thee Balaám the sonne of Beór, of Pethórin Aram-naharáim, to curse thee.
5 Neuertheles, the Lord thy God wolde not hearken vnto Balaám, but the Lord thy God turned the curse to a blessing vnto thee, because the Lord thy God loued thee.
6 ThouThou shalt ha ue nothing to do with them. shalt not seke their peace nor their prosperitie all thy daies for euer.
7 ¶ Thou shalt not abhorre an Edomite: for he is thy brother, nether shalt thou abhorre an Egyptian, because thou wast a stranger in his land.
8 The children that are begottenIf the fathers haue
〈◊〉
their idolatrie, and receiued
〈◊〉
. of them in their third generacion, shal entre into the Congregacion of the Lord.
9 ¶ When thou goest out with the hoste against thine enemies, kepe thee then from all wickednes.
10 ¶ If there be among you anie that is vnclea ne by that which commeth to him by night he shal go out of the hoste, and shal not entre into the hoste,
11 But at euen he shal wash (him selfe) with water, and when the sunne is downe, he shal entre into the hoste.
12 ¶ Thou shalt haue a place also without the hoste whether thou shaltFor the
〈◊〉
of nature, resorte,
13 And thou shalt haue a paddle among thy weapons, and when thou woldest sit downe without, thou shalt digthere with, and returning thou shaltMeaning hereby that his peo ple shulde be pu
〈◊〉
he in soule and body. couer thine excrements.
14 For the Lord thy God walketh in the middes of thy campe to deliuer thee, and to giue (thee) thine enemies before thee: therefore thine hoste shalbe holy, that he se no filthy thing in thee and turne away from thee.
15 ¶ Thou shalt notThis is ment of the
〈◊〉
then who fled for their masters
〈◊〉
and imbraced the
〈◊〉
religion. deliuer the seruant vnto his master, which is escaped from his master vnto thee,
16 He shal dwel with thee, (euen) among you, in what place he shal chose, in one of thy "cities where it liketh him best: thou shalt
〈◊〉
. gates. not vexe him.
17 ¶ There shalbe no whore of the daughters of Israél, nether shal there be a whore keper of the sonnes of Israél.
18 Thou shalt nether bring theForbidding he reby that anie gaine gotten of
〈◊〉
things, shulde be applied to the
〈◊〉
of God Mic. 1. 7. hire of a who re, nor the price of a dog into the house of the Lord thy God for anie vowe: for euen bothe these (are) abominaciō vnto the Lord thy God.
19 ¶ * Thou shalt not giue to vsurie to thy brother:Exod. 22. 25.
Leu. 25. 36. (as) vsurie of money, vsurie of meat, vsu rie of anie thing that is put to vsurie.
20 Vnto aThis was permitted for a time for the hardenes of their heart. stranger thou maiest lend vpon vsurie, but thou shalt not lend vpon vsurie vnto thy brother, that the Lord thy God mayIf thou shewe thy charitie to thy
〈◊〉
, God
〈◊〉
declare his loue toward thee, blesse thee in all that thou settest thine hand to, in the land whether thou go est to possesse it.
21 ¶ When thou shalt vowe
〈◊〉
vnto the Lord thy God, thou shalt not be slacke to pay it: for the Lord thy God wil surely require it of thee, and (so) it shulde be sinne vnto thee.
22 But when thou absteinest from vowing it shalbe no sinne vnto thee.
23 That which is gone out of thy lippes, thou shaltIf the vowe be
〈◊〉
and godly. kepe and performe, as thou hast vowed it willingly vnto the Lord thy God: (for) thou hast spoken it with thy mouth.
24 ¶ When thou commest vntoBeing hiredfor to labour. thy neighbours vine yard, then thou maiest eat grapes at thy pleasure, as muche as thou wilt: but thou shalt put none in thyTo bring home to thine house. vessel.
25 When thou commest into thy neighbours corne * thou maiest plucke the eares with
〈◊〉
, 12. 1. thine hand, but thou shalt not moue a sickle to thy neighbours corne.
CHAP. XXIIII.
1 Diuorcement is permitted. 5 He that is newly maried is exempted from warre. 6 Of the pledge 14 Wages must not be reteined. 16 The good must not be punished for the bad. 17 The care of the stranger, fatherles and widowe.
1 WHen a man taketh a wife, and marieth her, if so be she finde no fauour in his eyes, because he hath espied some filthines in herHereby God approueth not that light diuotcement, but permitteth it to auoide further inconuenience. then let him write her a bil of diuorcement, and put it in her hand, and send her out of his house.
2 And when she is departed out of his house, and gone her way, and mary with an other man.Matth. 10. 7.
3 And if the later housband hate her, & write her a letter of diuorcement, & put it in her hand, & sent her out of his house, or if the later man dye which toke her to wife:
4 (Then) her first housband, whiche sent her away, may not take her againe to be his wif, after that she isSeing that by dimitting her, he iudged her to be vncleane and
〈◊〉
. defiled: for that (is) abominacion in the sight of the Lord, & thou shalt not cause the land to sinne, whiche the Lord thy God doeth giue thee to inherit.
5 ¶ When a man taketh a newe wife, he shall not go a warfare,That thei might learne to knowe one anothers cō
ditions & so after warde liue in godly peace. nether shalbe charged with anie busines, but shalbe fre at home one yere, and reioyce with his wife whiche he hathe taken.
6 ¶ No man shall take the nether nor the vpperNor aniething whereby a man
〈◊〉
his liuing milstone to pledge: for this gage is (his) liuyng.
7 ¶ If anie man be found stealing anie of his brethren of the children of Israél, and maketh marchādise of him, or selleth him that these shall dye, so shalt thou put euill away from among you.
8 ¶ Take hede of the * plague of leprosie, that
〈◊〉
. 13. 2, thou obserue diligently, and do accordyng to all that the Priests of the Leuites shall teache you: take hedeye do as I commanded them.
9 Remember what the Lord thy God did vnto * Myriám by the way after that ye wereNomb. 12. 10. come out of Egypt.
10 ¶ Whē thou shalt aske againe of thy neigh bour anie thing lent, thou shalt no goAs thogh thou woldest appoint what to haue, but shalt receiue what he may
〈◊〉
. into his house to fet his pledge.
11 But thou shalt stand without, and the man that borowed it of thee, shal bring the pledge out of the dores vnto thee.
12 Furthermore if it be a poore bodie, thou shalt not slepe with his pledge.
13 (But) shalt restore him the pledge when the sunne goeth downe, that he may slepe in his rayment, and blesse thee: & it shalbe righteousnes vnto thee,Thogh he
〈◊〉
de be vnthankeful, yet God wil not forget it. before the Lord thy God
14 ¶ Thou shalt not oppresse an hired seruant that is nedy and poore, (nether) of thy brethren, nor of the stranger that is in thy land within thy gates.
15 * Thou shalt giue him his hire for his day, neLeui.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
Tob. 4.
〈◊〉
ther shal the sunne go downe vpon it: for he is poore, and there with susteineth his life: lest he crye against thee vnto the Lord, and it be sinne vnto thee.
16 ¶ * The fathers shal not be put to death for2. King. 4.
〈◊〉
.
2. Chro. 25. 4. the children, nor the children put to death
〈◊〉
. 31. 29. for the fathers, but euerie man shalbe put toEzech. 18. 20. death for his owne sinne.
17 ¶ Thou shalt not peruert the right of theBecause the world did least esteme these sortes of people, the refore God hathe moste care ouer them. stranger, (nor) of the fatherles, nor take a widowes raiment to pledge.
18 But remember that thou wast a seruant in Egypt, and how the Lord thy God deliuered thee thence therefore I commande thee to do this thing.
19 ¶ * When thou cuttest downe thine haruestLeu. 19. 9. & 23. 22. in thy field, and hast forgotten a sheafe in the field, thou shalt not go againe to fet it, (but) it shalbe for the stranger, for the fatherles, and for the widow: that the Lord thy God may blesse thee in all the workes of thine hands.
20 When thouOr, gatherest thine oliues. beatest thine oliue tre, thou shalt not go ouer the boughes againe, (but) it shalbe for the stranger, for the fatherles, & for the widow.
21 When thou gatherest thyOr, the grapes of thy vineyarde vineyard, thou shalt not gather the grapes cleane after thee, (but) thei shalbe for the stranger, for the fatherles and for the widow.
22 And remember that thou wastGod iudged then not mindeful of his benefite, except they were beneficial vnto others. a seruant in the land of Egypt: therefore I commande thee to do this thing.
CHAP. XXV.
3 The beating of the offenders. 5 To raise vp sede to the kinseman. 11 In what case a womans hand must be cut of. 13 Of iust weights, and measures. 19 To destroy the Amalekites,
1 WHen there shal be strife betwene men and they shal come vnto iudgement,Whether
〈◊〉
be a plaintife or none, the magistrates ought to trie out fautes & punishe according to the crim and sentence shalbe giuen vpon them, and the righteous shalbe iustified, ād the wicked condemned,
2 Then if so be the wicked be worthy to be beatē, the iudge shal cause him to lye downeWhen
〈◊〉
me
〈◊〉
not death. and to be beaté before his face, according to his trespas, vnto a certeine nomber.
3 The iewes of
〈◊〉
after ward toke one awaie, Forty (stripes) shal he cause him to haue ād not past, lest if he shulde excede ād beat him aboue that with manie stripes, thy brother shulde appeare despised in thy sight.2. Cor. 11. 24.
4 ¶ * Thou shalt not mosel the oxe that treadeth2. Cor. 9 9. out the corne.1. Tim. 5. 18.
Ruth. 4. 3.
5 ¶ * If brethren dwel together, and one ofMatt. 22. 24.
Mar. 12. 19. thé dye and haue no childe, the wife of the
〈◊〉
. 20. 27. dead shal not mary without: (that is) vnto a stranger; but hisBecause
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
worde signifieth not the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and the Worlde,
〈◊〉
signifieth a bro her, is taken also for a kinseman: it semeth that it is not
〈◊〉
that the naturall brother shuld ma
〈◊〉
his brothers wif, but some other of the kinred, that was in that degre which might mary. kinseman shal go in vnto her, and take her to wife, ād do the kinsmans office to her.
6 And the first borne whiche she beareth, shal succede in the name of his brother whi che is dead, that his name be not put out of Israél.
7 And if the mā wil not take his kinse woman then let his kinswoman go vp to the gate vnto the Elders, and say, My kinsman refuseth to raise vp vnto his brother a name in Israél: he will not do the office of a kinsman vnto me.
8 Then the Elders of his citie shal call him, & comen with him: if he stand and say, I will not take her.
9 Then shal his kinswoman come vnto him in the presence of the Elders, & lose his shooe from his fote, & spit in his face, & answer, & say, So shal it be done vnto that mā, that will not buyld vp his brothers house.
10 And his name
〈◊〉
be called in Israél, The house of him whose shooe is put of.
11 ¶This
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that god ly
〈◊〉
fastnes be preserued:
〈◊〉
It is an horrible thing to se a wo man pasis hame When men striue together, one with another, if the wife of the one come nere, for to rid her housband out of the hands of him that smiteth him, and put for the her hand, & take him by his priuities.
12 Then thou shalt cut of her hand: thine ere shall not spare her.
13 ¶ Thou shalt not haue in thy bagge two ma ner ofEbr.
〈◊〉
and stone. weightes, a great and a small.
14 Nether shalt thou haue in thine house diuerseEbr.
〈◊〉
and ephah: read. measures, a great and a small.
15 (But) thou shalt haue a right & iust weightExod. 16. 36. a perfit & a iust measure shalt thou haue, that thy dayes may be lengt hened in the lande, whiche the Lord thy God giueth thee.
16 For all that do such things, (and) all that do vnrighteously, (are) abominacion vnto the Lord thy God.
17 ¶ * Remember what Amalék did vnto theeExod. 17.
〈◊〉
. by the way, whē ye were come out of Egipt
18 How he met thee by the way, & smote the hindmost of you, all that were feble behind thee, when thou wast fainted and weary, & he feared not God.
19 Therefore, when the Lorde thy God hathe giuen thee rest from al thine enemies round about in the lande, whiche the Lorde thy God giueth thee for an inheritance to possesse it, (then) thou shalt put out theThis was parte ly accōplished by Saul, about, 450. yeres afterward remem brance of Amalék from vnder heauen: forget not.
CHAP. XXVI.
3 The offring of the first frutes. 5 what thei must protest when they offer them. 12 The
〈◊〉
of the third yere 13 Their protestariō in offring it. 19 To what honour God
〈◊〉
thē which acknowledge him to be their Lord.
1 ALso when thou shalt come into the land whiche the Lord thy GOD giueth thee for inheritance, and shalt possesse it & dwell therein.
2 By this ceremo mie they acknow ledge that they receiued the lād of Canáan as fre gift of God. Then shalt thou take of the first of all the frute of the earth, and bryng it out of the land that the Lorde thy God giueth thee, and put it in a basket, and go vnto the place whiche the Lorde thy GOD shall chose toTo be called vpon, seruer, and worshipped spiritually, place his Name there.
3 And thou shalt come vnto the Priest, that shalbe in those daies, and say vnto him, I acknowledge this day vnto the Lord thy GodChap. 12. 5. that I am come vnto the countrey which the Lord sware vnto our fathers for to giue vs.
4 Then the Priest shal take the basket out of thine hand, and set it downe before the altar of the Lord thy God.
5 And thou shalt answer and say before the Lord thy God, aMeaning Iaakob who
〈◊〉
20 yeres in Sytia Syriā (was) my father, who being ready to perish (for hūgre,) wēt downe into Egypt, and soiourned there with a smale companie, and grewe there vnto a nacion great, mighty,Onely by
〈◊〉
mercie, and not by their fathers desernings. and ful of people.
6 And the Egyptians vexed vs, and troubled vs, and laded vs with cruel bondage.
7 But when weAlledging the promises made to our fathers, Abrahám, Izhák and Iaakob. cryed vnto the Lord God of our fathers, the Lord heard ourvoyce, and lo ked on our aduersitie, and on our labour and on our oppression.
8 And the Lord broght vs out of Egypt in a mightie hand, and a stretched out arme, with great terriblenes, both in signes & wonders.
9 And he hathe broght vs into this place, and hathe giuen vs this land, (euen) a land that floweth with milke and hony.
10 And now, lo, IIn token of a thankful heart, and mindful of this
〈◊〉
. haue broght the first frutes of the land which thou, ô Lord, hast giuen me, and thou shalt set it before the Lord thy God, and worship before the Lord thy God.
11 And thou shalt reioyce in al the good things which the Lord thy God hathe giuen vnto thee and to thine
〈◊〉
thai God giueth vs not goods for curselues onely, but for their vses also, which are
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
charge. housholde, thou and the Leuite, and the stranger that is among you.
12 ¶ When thou hast made an end of tithing all the tithes of thine increase, the third yere, (which is) the yere of tithing, and hast giuen it vnto the Leuite, to the stranger, to the fatherles and to the widowe, that they may eat within thy gates, and be satisfied,
13 Then thou shaltwithout hypo crisie. say before the Lord thy God, I haue broght the halowed thing out of mine house, and also haue giuen it vnto the Leuites and to the strangers, to the fatherles and to the widowe, according to all thy* cō
mandementsChap. 14. 27. which thou hast commanded me: I haueOf
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
. transgressed none of thy comman dements, nor for gotten (them.)
14 I haue not eaten there of in myOr, for
〈◊〉
cessitie. mourning nor suffred ought to perishBy putting thē to anie prophane vse. through vnclen nes, nor giuē ought ther of for the dead (but) haue hearkened vnto the voyce of the Lord my God: I haue doneAs farre as my sinneful nature wolde suffer: for els, as Dauid and Paul say where is not one iust, Psal. 14. 4. after al that thou hast commanded me.
15 Loke downe from thine holy habitacion, (euen) from heauen, and blesse thy people Israél, and the land which thou hast giuen vsRom. 3. 10. [as thou swarest vnto our fathers] the land that floweth with milke and honie.
16 ¶ This day the Lord thy God doeth cōmande thee to do these ordinances, and lawes: kepe them therefore, and do them withwith a good and simple conscience. all thine heart, and with all thy soule.
17 * Thou hast set vp the Lord this day to beChap. 7. 6. & 14. 2.
thy God, and to walke in his wayes, and to kepe his ordinances, and his commandements, and his lawes, and to hearken vnto his voyce.
18
〈◊〉
that there is a mutual bonde betwene God and his peo ple. And the Lord hathe set thee vp this day, to be a precious people vnto him [as he hathe promised thee] and that thou shuldest kepe all his commandements.
19 And to make thee * high aboue all nacionsChap 4. 7. [which he hathe made] in praise, and in nameChap. 7. 6. and in glorie, * and that thou shuldest be
〈◊〉
. 13. 11. an holie people vnto the Lord thy God, as he hathe said.
CHAP. XXVII.
2 They are commanded to write the Law vpon stones for a remembrance. 5. Also to buylde an altar. 13 The cursings are giuen on mount Ebál.
1 THen Mosés with the Elders of IsraélAs Gods minister and charged with the same. commanded the people, saying, Kepe all the commandements, which I commande you this day.
2 And whē ye shal passe ouer Iordén vnto the land which the Lord thy God giueth thee, thou shalt setthee vp great stones, & plaister them with plaister,
3 God wolde that his Law shul de be set vp in the
〈◊〉
of the land of Caná an, hat all that loked thereon might knowe that the landwas dedicate to his seruice. And shalt write vpon them all the wordes of this Lawe, when thou shalt come ouer, that thou maiest go into the land which the Lord thy God giueth thee: a lād that floweth with my lke and hony, as the Lord God of thy fathers hathe promised thee.
4 Therefore when ye shal passe ouer Iordén, ye shal set vp these stones, which I commande you this day in mount Ebál, & thou shalt plaister them with plaister.
5 *And there shalt thou buyld vnto the LordExod. 20. 25. thy God an altar, (euē) an altar of stones: thouIosh, 8. 31. shalt lift noneThe altar shul de not be curiously wroght, because it shulde
〈◊〉
we but for a time: for God wolde haue but one altar in Iudáh. yron (instrument) vpon them.
6 Thou shalt make the altar of the Lord thy God of whole stones, & offer burnt offrings thereon vnto the Lord thy God.
7 And thou shalt offer peace offrings, and shalt eat there and reioyce before the Lord thy God:
8 And thou shalt write vpon the stones all the wordes of this Lawe,That euerie one may wel read it and vnder stand it. wel, and plainly.
9 ¶ And Mosés and the Priests of the Leuites spake vnto all Israél, saying, Take hede and heare, ô Israél: this day thou art become the people of the Lord thy God.
10 ThouThis condition God hathe boun de theevnto that if thou wilt be his people, thou must kepe his Lawes. shalt hearken therefore vnto the voyce of the Lord thy God, and do his commandements and his ordināces, which I commande thee this day.
11 ¶ And Mosés charged the people the same day, saying,
12 These shal stand vpon mount Gerizzim, to blesse the people when ye shal passe ouer Iordén: Simeôn, and Leui, and Iudáh, and Issa chár, andMeaning Ephráim and
〈◊〉
. Ioséph, and Beniamin.
13 And these shal stand vpon
〈◊〉
Ebál toSignifying, that if they wolde not obey God for loue, they shulde be made to obey for fear. curse: Reubén, Gâd, and Ashér, and Zebulún Dan, and
〈◊〉
.
14 And the Leuites shal answer and say vnto all the men of Israél with a loude voyce,
15 ¶ Cursed be the mā that shal make anie carued or moltē
Vnder this he conteineth al the corruption of Gods seruice and the transgressiō of the first table. image, (which is) an abominaciō vnto the Lord, the worke of the hāds of the craftesmā, and putteth it in a secret place: And al the people shal answer, and say: So be it.
16 Cursed be he thatOr, contemne
〈◊〉
and this a perteineth to the seconde table. curseth his father and his mother: And all the people shal say: So be it.
17 Cursed be he that remoueth his neighboursHe
〈◊〉
all iniuries and
〈◊〉
. marke: And all the people shal say: So be it.
18 Cursed be he that maketh theMeaning, that helpeth not and conseleth not his neighbour. blinde go out of the way: And all the people shal say: So be it.
19 Cursed be he that hindreth the right of the stranger, the fatherles, and the wido we: And all the people shal say: So be it.
20 Cursed be he that lieth with his fathers wif for he hathe vncouered his fathersIn committing vilenit against him. skirt: And all the people shal say: So be it.
21 Cursed be he that lieth with anie beast: And all the people shal say: So be it.
22 Cursed be he that lieth with his sister, the daughter of his father, or the daughter of his mother: And all the people shal say: So be it.
23 Cursed be he that lieth with hisMeaning his wiues mother. mother in lawe: And all the people shal say: So be it.
24 Cursed be he that smiteth his neighbourFor God, that seeth in secret, wil reueng it. secretly: And all the people shal say: So be it.
25 *Cursed be he that tak eth a rewarde to put to death innocent blood: And all the peopleEzek. 22. 12. shal say: So be it.
26 *Cursed be he that confirmeth nor all theGala. 3. 10. wordes of this Lawe, to do them: And all the people shal say: So be it.
CHAP. XXVIII.
1 The promises to them that obey the commandements. 15. The threatenings to the contrarie.
1 IF *thou shalte obey diligently the voyceLeu. 26. 3. of the Lorde thy God, and obserue and do all his commandements, whiche I commande thee this daye, then the Lorde thy GOD wilHe wil make thee the moste ex cellent of all peo ple. set thee on hygh aboue all the nacions of the earth.
2 And al these blessings shal come on thee, andWhen thou
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thy selfe
〈◊〉
en,
〈◊〉
thee, if thou shalt obey the voyce of the Lord thy God.
3 Blessed shalt thou be in theTl.
〈◊〉
shalt liue welthely. citie, and blessed also in the field.
4 Blessed
〈◊〉
be the frute
〈◊〉
children and succession. of thy body, and the frute of thy ground, and the frute of thy cattel, the increase of thy kine, and the flockes of thy shepe.
5 Blessed shal be thy basket and thy dough.
6 Blessed shalt thou be, whenAll thine entre p ises shal haue good successe. thou comest in, and blessed also when thou goest out.
7 The Lord shall cause thyne enemies that rise against thee, to fall before thy face: they shal come out against thee one way, and shal flee before theeMeaning, manie waies. seuen wayes.
8 The Lorde shall commande the blessing (to be) with thee in thy store houses, and in all that thou
〈◊〉
thineGod wil blesse vs, if we do out
〈◊〉
, and not be
〈◊〉
. hād to, & will blesse thee in the land which the Lord thy Godgiueth
thee.
9 The Lord shal make thee an holy people vnto him selfe, as he hathe sworne vnto thee, if thou shalt kepe the commandements of the Lord thy God, and walke in his waies.
10 Thē all people of the earth shal se that the Name of the Lord isIn that he is thy God & thou art his people. called vpon ouer thee and they shal be afraid of thee.
11 And the Lord shal make thee plenteous in goods, in the frute of thy body, and in the frute of thy cattel, and in the frute of thy ground, in the land which the Lord swarevn to thy fathers, to giue thee.
12 The Lord shal open vnto thee his good treasure, (euen) theFor nothing in the earth is profitable, but when God sendeth his blessings from heauen. heauen to giue rayne vnto thy land in due season, and to blesse all the worke of thine hands: & thou shalt lend vnto many nacions, but shalt not borowe thy self,
13 And the Lord shal make thee the head, and not theOr, the lowest tayle, and thou shalt be aboue onely and shalt not be beneth, if thou obey the commandemēts of the Lord thy God, which I commande thee this day, to kepe and to do (them.)
14 But thou shalt not decline from anie of the wordes, which I commande you this day, (ether) to the right hand or to the left, to go after other gods to serue them.Leu. 26. 14.
15 ¶ * But if thou wilt not obey the voyce ofLament. 2. 16. the Lord thy God, to kepe and to do all hismala. 2. 2. commandements and his ordinances, whichBaru. 1, 20. I commande thee this day, thē all these curses shal come vpon thee, and ouertake thee.
16 Cursed shalt thou be in the towne, and cursed also in the field.
17 Cursed shal thy basket be, and thyOt, store. dough.
18 Cursed shal be the frute of thy body, ād the frute of thy land, the increase of thy kine, ād the flockes of thy shepe.
19 Cursed shalt thou be when thou comest in, and cursed also when thou goest out.
20 The Lord shal send vpon thee cursing, trou ble, andOr, rebuke. shame, in all that which thou settest thine hād to do, vntil thou be destroyed and perish quickely, because of the wicked nes of thy workes whereby thou hast forsaken me.
21 The Lord shal make the pestilence cleaue vnto thee vntil he hathe cōsumed thee from the land, whether thou goest to possesse it.Leui. 16. 11.
22 * The Lotd shal smite thee with a consumption, and with the feauer, and with a burning ague, and with seruent heat,Or, drought. and with the sword, and with blasting, and with the milde we, and they shal pursue the vntil thou perish.
23 And thine heauen that is ouer thine head, shalbeIt shal giue thee no more moysture, then if
〈◊〉
were of brasse. brasse, and the earth that is vnder thee, yron.
24 The Lord
〈◊〉
giue thee for the raine of thy land, dust and ashes: (euen) fromOr, out of the ayre, as dust raised with winde. heauen shal it come downe vpon thee, vntil thou be destroyed.
25 (And) the Lord shal cause thee to fall before thine enemies: thou shalt come out one way against them, and shalt flee seuen wayes before them, and shalt beSome read thou shalt be a terrour and feare when thei shal heare how God hathe plagued thee. scatered through all the kingdomes of the earth.
26 And thyThou shalt be cursed bothe in thy life ād in thy death: for the buryal is a
〈◊〉
of the resurrection,
〈◊〉
signe for thy
〈◊〉
kednes
〈◊〉
lacke. carke is shal be meat vnto all foules of the ayre, and vnto the beastes of the earth, and none shal fray them away.
27 The Lord wil smite thee with the botche of Egypt, and with the emeroides, and with the skab, and with the itche, that thou canst not be healed.
28 And the Lord shal smite thee with madnes, and with blindnes, and with astonying of heart.
29 Thou shalt also grope at noone daies, as theIn things moste euident and
〈◊〉
thou
〈◊〉
lacke
〈◊〉
and iudgement. blinde gropeth in darckenes, and shalt not prosper in thy waies: thou shalt neuer but be oppressed with wrong, and be poulled euermore and no man shal succour (thee.)
30 Thou shalt betrothe a wife, and another mā shal lie with her: thou shalt buylde an house, and shalt not dwel therein: thou shalt plant a vineyarde and shalt notEbr. make
〈◊〉
commune. eat the frute.
31 Thine oxe shal be slayne before thine eies, and thou shalt
〈◊〉
eat there of: thine asse shal be wiolently taken away before thy face, ād shal not be restored to thee: thyshepe shalbe giuen vnto thine enemies, and no man shall rescue (them) for thee.
32 Thy sonnes and thy daughters shalbe giuen vnto another people, and thine
〈◊〉
Whē they shal
〈◊〉
frō
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. shal stil loke for them, euen til they fall out, and there shal be no power in thine hand.
33 The frute of thy land and all thy labours shal a people, which thou knowest not, ear, and thou shalt neuer but suffer wrong, and violence alway:
34 So that thou shalt be mad for the sight which thine eies shal se.
35 The Lord shal smite thee in the knees, and in the thighes, with a
〈◊〉
botche, that thou canst not be healed: euen from the sole of thy fote vnto the top of thine head.
36 The Lord shal bring thee and thyAs he did Ma nasséh,
〈◊〉
, zedechias and others. King [which thou shalt set ouer thee] vnto anacion, which nether thou nor thy fathers haue knowen, and there thou shalt serue other gods: (euen) wood and stone,
37 And thou shalt * be a wonder, a prouerbe &
〈◊〉
. 24. 9. & 25.
〈◊〉
a commune talke among al people, whether the Lord shal cary thee.
〈◊〉
. 6. 15.
38 * Thou shalt cary out muche sede into theAg. 1. 6. field, and shalt gather but litle in: for the greshoppers shal destroye it.
39 Thou shalt plante a vineyarde and dresse it, but shalt nether drinke of the wine, nor gather (the grapes): for the wormes shal eat it.
40 Thou shalt haue oliue trees in al thy coastes but shalt not anoint thy self with the oyle: for thine olines shalOr, be shaken, before thei be ripe. fall.
41 Thou shalt beget sonnes, and daughters, but shalt not haue them: for thei shal go into captiuitie.
42 All thy trees and frute of thy landVnder one kin de he conteineth all the
〈◊〉
, Which
〈◊〉
the frutes of the land: and this is an euident token of Gods curse. shal the greshopper consume.
43 The stranger that is among you, shal clime aboue thee vp on hye, and thou shalt come downe beneth alowe.
44 He shall lend thee, and thou shalte not lend hym: he shalbe the head, and thou shalt be the tayle.
45 Moreouer, all these curses shal come vpon thee, and shall pursue thee ād ouertake thee, till thou be destroyed, because thou obeyedst not the voyce of the Lorde thy God, to kepe his comman dements, and his ordinan ces, whiche he commanded thee:
46 And they shalbe vponGods plagues shalbe
〈◊〉
signes that he is offended with thee. thee for signes and wonders, and vpon thy sede for euer.
47 Because thou seruedst not the LORD thy God with ioyfulnes and with a good hearte for the abundance of all thyngs.
48 Therefore thou shalte serue thine enemies which the Lord shal send vpon thee, in honger ād in thrust, and in nak ednes, ād in nede of al things: and he shal put a yoke of yron vpon thy necke vntil he haue destroyed thee
49 The Lord shall bryng a nacion vpon thee from far. (euen) from the end of the worlde, flying (swift) as an egle: a nacion whose tongue thou shalt not vnderstand:
50 A nacion of aOr, barbarous, cruel, or impudent. fierce countenance, whiche wil not regarde the persone of the olde, nor haue compassion of the yong.
51 The same shal eat the frute of thy cattel, and the frute of thy lande vntyll thou be destroyed, and he shall leaue thee nether wheat, wine, nor oyle, (nether) theOr,
〈◊〉
borne of thy bullockes. increase of thy kyne, nor the flockes of thy shepe, vntill he haue broght thee to noght.
52 And he shall besiege thee in all thy cities, vntil thine hye and strong walles fal downe, wherein thou trustedst in all the land: and he shall besiege thee in all thyOr, gates. cities throughout all thylande, whiche the Lorde thy God hathe giuen thee.
53 * And thou shalt eat the frute of thy bodie:Leui. 26 29.
2. kyng. 6. 29. (euen) the flesh of thy sonnes ād thy daughters,Lamen 4. 10. whiche the Lorde thy God
〈◊〉
giuenBaruk. 2. 3. thee, duryng the siege and straitnes wherein thine enemie shal in close thee:
54 (So that) the man [that is tender and excedingChap.
〈◊〉
. 9. deintie among you] * shalbe grieued at his brother and at his wife, (that lyeth) in his bosome, and at the remnant of his children, whiche he hathe yet left.
55 For feare of gyuynge vnto anie of them of the fleshe of his children, whom he shal eat, because he hathe nothynge left hym in that siege, and straitnes, wherewith thyne enemie shalbesiege thee in allthy cities.
56 The tender and deintieAs came to passe in the dayes of Ioram, kynge of Israel, 2. kyng. 6. 29. and when the Romaines besieged
〈◊〉
. woman amonge you, whiche neuer wolde venture to set the sole of her fote vpon the grounde [for her softenes and tendernes] shalbe grieued at her housbande, (thatlyeth) in her bosome, and at her sonne, and at her daughter.
57 And at herHungre shal so bite her, that she shal be ready to eat her childe be fore it be
〈◊〉
, afterbyrth [that shall come out from betwene herfete] and at her chyldren, whiche she shal beare: for when all thyngs lacke, she shal eat them secretly, duryng the the siege and straitnes, where with thine enemie shal besiege thee in thy cities.
58 ¶ If thou wilte not kepe and doFor he that offendeth in one,
〈◊〉
giltie of all.
〈◊〉
. 2. 10. all the wordes of thys Lawe [that are written in thys boke] and feare thys glorious and feare full name the Lord thy God.
59 Then the Lord wil make thy plagues wonderfull, and the plagues of thy sede, (euen) great plagues and of long continuance, and sore diseases, and of long durance.
60 Moreouer, he will bryng vpon thee all the diseases of Egypt, whereof thou wast afrayed, and they shal cleaue vnto thee.
61 And euerie sickenes, and euerie plague, whiche is notDeclaring that God hathe infinite meanes to plague the
〈◊〉
, besides thē that are
〈◊〉
rie or
〈◊〉
. written in the boke of thys Lawe, wil the Lorde heape vpon thee, vntill thou be destroyed.
62 And ye shalbe left fewe in nomber, where ye were as the * starres of heauen in multitude, because thou woldest not obey the voyChap. 10. 22. ce of the Lord thy God.
63 And as the Lord hathe reioyced ouer you, to do you good, and to multiplie you, so he wyll reioyce ouer you, to destroye you, and brynge you to noght, and ye shalbe rooted out of the lande, whether thou goest to possesse it.
64 And the Lord shal
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
it is a singular gift of God to be in a place where as we may worship God purely and declare our fayth and religion. scatter thee among all people, from the one end of the worlde vnto the other, ād there thou shalt serue other gods, whiche thou hast not knowen nor thy fathers, (euen) wood and stone.
65 Also among these nacions thou shalt finde no rest, nether shall the sole of thy fote haue rest: for the Lord shal giue thee there a trembling heart, and (lokyng to returne) til thine eies fall out, and a sorowfull minde.
66 And thy lyfe shallOr, thou shalte be in dout of thy
〈◊〉
. hang before thee, and thou shalt feare bothe nyght and daye, and shalt haue none assurance of thy life.
67 In the mornynge thou shalte saye, Wolde God it were euenyng, and at euenynge thou shalt say, Wolde God it were mornyng, for the feare of thine heart, whiche thou shalte feare, and for the sight of thyne eies, whiche thou shalt se.
68 And the Lorde shall bryng thee into Egypt agayne withBecause they were vnmindeful of that miracle, when the Sea gaue place for them to
〈◊〉
through, shippes by the way, whereof I sayd vnto thee, Thou shalt se it no more agayne: and there ye shall sel your selues vnto your enemyes for bondemen and bounde women, and there (shalbe) no byer.
CHAP. XXIX.
2 The people are exhorted to obserue the cōmandements. 10 The whole people from the hiest to the lowest are cō prehēded vnder gods couenāt. 19 The punishmēt of him that flatereth him selfe in his wickednes. 24 The cause of Gods wrath against his people.
1 THese are theThat is, the
〈◊〉
, or
〈◊〉
. wordes of the couenaunt whiche the Lorde commanded Mosés to make with the children of Israél in the lande of Moáb beside the couenant which he had made with them inAt the first giuing of the Law. which was fourtie yeres before. Horéb.
2 ¶ And Mosés called all Israél, and sayd vnto
them, Ye haue sene all that the Lord did before your eies in the land of Egypt vnto Pha raóh and vnto all his seruaunts, and vnto all his land.
3 TheThe
〈◊〉
of my power. great tentacions which thine eies haue sene, those great miracles and wonders.
4 Yet the LORDE hathe notd He sheweth that it is
〈◊〉
in mans power to vnderstande the
〈◊〉
of God it
〈◊〉
be not giuen him from
〈◊〉
. giuen you an heart to perceiue, and eies to se, and eares to heare, vnto this day.
5 And I haue led you fourtie yere in the wildernes: your clothes are not waxed olde vppon you, nether is thy shooe waxed olde vppon thy fote.
6 Ye haue eaten noMade by mans arte, but menna, whiche is called the breade of Angels. breade, nether dronke wine, nor strong drinke, that ye might know, how that I am the Lord your God.
7 After ye came vnto thys place, and Sihón Kyng of Heshbón, and Og Kyng of Bashán came out agaynste vs vnto battell, and we slewe them.
8 And toke their land, and gaue it for an inheritance vnto the Reubenites, and to the Gadites, and to the halfe tribe of Manasséh.Chap. 4. 6.
9 *Kepe therefore the wordes of thys couenant and do them, that ye may prosper in all that ye shall do.
10 Ye stand this day euerie one of you before the Lorde yourVVho knoweth your heartes, ād
〈◊〉
ye may not thinke to dis
〈◊〉
with him God: your heades of your tribes, your Elders and your officers, (euen) all the men of
〈◊〉
:
11 Your children, your wiues, and thy stranger that is in thy campe from the hewer of thy wood, vnto the drawer of thy water.
12 That thou shuldestAlludynge to them, that when they made a sure couenant, deuided a beaste in
〈◊〉
, and past betwene the par
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Gen.
〈◊〉
. 10. passe into the couenaunt of the Lorde thy God, and in to his othe whiche the Lord thy God maketh with thee this day.
13 For to establish thee this day a people vnto himself, ād that he may be vnto thee a God, as he hathe sayd vnto thee, and as he hathe sworne vnto thy fathers, Abrahám, Izhák, and Iaakób.
14 Nether make I this couenant, and this othe with you onely.
15 But (as wel) with him that standeth here with vs this day before the Lord our God, as with himMeaning, their
〈◊〉
. that is not here with vs this day.
16 For ye knowe, howe we haue dwelt in the land of Egypt, & how we passed through the middes of the nacions, which ye passed by.
17 And ye haue sene their abominacions and their idoles [wood, and stone, siluer and golde] which were among them.
18 That there shulde not be among you man nor woman, nor familie, nor tribe, whiche
〈◊〉
Suche sinne, as the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thereof myg
〈◊〉
choke and destroye you. shulde turne his heart away thys day frome the Lord our God, to go and serue the gods of these nacions, (and) that there shulde not be among you i (anie) roote that bryngeth fourth gall and worme wood.
19 So that when he heareth the wordes of this curse, heOr, flatter. blesse him selfe in hys hearte saying, I shall haue peace, althogh I walke accordynge to the stubbernes of myne owne heart, thus addingFor as he that is
〈◊〉
, desireth to
〈◊〉
muche, so he that followeth his ap petites,
〈◊〉
by all meanes,
〈◊〉
yet can not be sa tisfied. dronk ennes to thirst.
20 The Lord will not be mercyfull vnto hym, but then the wrath of the Lorde and hysielousie shall smoke against that man, and euerie curse that is written in thys boke, shall lyght vpon hym, and the Lorde shall put out his name from vnderheauen.
21 And the Lord shall separate hym vnto euill out of all the tribes of
〈◊〉
, accordyng vnto al the curses of the couenant, that is written in the boke of this Lawe.
22 So that the generaciō to come, (
〈◊〉
) yourl Gods plagues vpon them that rebell agaynste hym, shalbe so strange, that all ages shalbe astonied. children, that shall ryse vp after you, and the stranger that shall come from a farre lande, shall saye, when they shall se the plagues of this lande, and the diseases thereof, wherewith the Lorde shal smite it:
23 [(For) all that lande (shall) burne with brimstone and salt it shal not be sowen, nor bring fourth, nor anie grasse shal growe therin, like as in the ouerthrowing of *Sodom, and Gomoráh,Gene. 19.
〈◊〉
. Admáh, and Zeboim, which the Lord ouerthrewe in his wrath and in his angre]
24 Then shall all nacions saye, * Wherefore1. Fyng 9.
〈◊〉
Iere. 22, 8. hathe the Lorde done thus vnto this lande? how fearce (is) this great wrath?
25 And they shal answer, Because they haue for sakē the couenant of the Lord God of their fathers, which he had made with them, whē he broght them out of the land of Egypt.
26 And went and serued others gods and wor shipped thē: (euen) gods which they knewe not, andOr, which
〈◊〉
not giue them a lande to possesse. which had giuen them nothing.
27 Therefore the wrath of the Lorde waxed hote agaynst this land, to bring vpon it euerie curse that is written in this boke.
28 And the Lorde hathe rooted them out of their land in angre, and in wrath, and in great indignacion, and hathe caste them into another land, as (appeareth) this day.
29 TheMosés hereby reproueth
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, which seke those things that are
〈◊〉
knowen to God and their
〈◊〉
, that regarde
〈◊〉
that, whiche God
〈◊〉
reueiled vnto thē, as the Lawe. secret thyngs (belong) to the Lorde our God, but the things reueiled (belong) vn to vs, and to our children for euer, that we may do all the wordes of this Law.
CHAP. XXX.
1 Mercie shewed when they repent. 6 The Lord doeth circumcise the heart.
〈◊〉
All excuse of ignorance is taken away. 19 Life and death is set before them. 20 The Lorde is their life which obey him.
1 NOw when all these things shall come vppō thee, (ether) the blessing or the curse which I haue set before thee, ād thou shaltBy callynge to remembraunce, both his mercies and his plagues. turne into thine heart, among all the naciōs whether the Lord thy God hath driuē thee.
2 And shalt returne vnto the Lorde thy God, and obey hys voyce in all that I commande thee this day: thou, and thy children with all thineIn true repentance is none by pocrisie. heart and with all thy soule.
3 Then the Lorde thy God will cause thy' captiues to returne, and haue compassion vpon thee, and will returne, to gather thee out of all the people, where the Lord thy God had scatered thee.
4 Thogh thou werest caste vnto the vtmost parte ofEuen to the worldes end. heauen, from thence will the Lord thy God gatherthee, ād from thence wil he
And bring thee into thy
〈◊〉
take thee.
5 And the Lord thy God wil bring thee into the land which thy fathers possessed, and thou shalt possesse it, and he wil shewe thee fauour, and wil multiplie thee aboue thy fathers.
6 And the Lord thy God wilGod wil purge all
〈◊〉
wieked affections: which
〈◊〉
is
〈◊〉
in thine ow
〈◊〉
power to do. circumcise thine heart, and the heart of thy sede, that thou maist loue the Lord thy God with all thine heart, and with all thy soule, that thou maist liue.
7 And the Lord thy God wil lay all these curses vpon thine enemies, and on them, that hate thee, and that persecute thee.
8 If we wil haue God to worke in vs with his holy Spirit, we must
〈◊〉
againe to
〈◊〉
by
〈◊〉
. Returne thou therefore, & obey the voice of the Lord, and do all his commandements, which I commande thee this day.
9 And the Lord thy God wil make thee plenteous in euerie worke of thine hand, in the frute of thy body, and in the frute of thy cattel, and in the frute of the land for thy welth for the Lord wil turne againe andHe meaneth not that God is subiect to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, to:
〈◊〉
to be sad but he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
that be
〈◊〉
vnto vs. reioyce ouer thee to do thee good, as he reioyced ouerthy fathers,
10 Because thou shalt obey the voyce of the Lord thy God, in keping his commandemēts and his ordinances, which are written in the boke of this Lawe, when thou shalt returne vnto the Lord thy God with all thine heart and with all thy soule.
11 ¶ For this cōmandement which I commande thee this day, isThe Law is so
〈◊〉
that none can
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. nothid frō thee, nether is it farre of.
12 It is not in heauen, that thou shuldest say, * Who shal go vp for vs to heauen, and bringRom. 10. 6. it vs, and cause vs to heare it, that we may do it?
13 Nether is it beyonde theBy heauen and the
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
places most
〈◊〉
distant. sea, that thou shul dest say, Who shal go ouer the sea for vs, and bring it vs, and cause vs to heare it, that we may do it?
14 But the
〈◊〉
the Lawe and the Gospel. worde is verie nere vnto thee: (euen) in thy mouth and in thine heart, for toBy
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
. do it.
15 Beholde, I haue set before thee this day life and good, death and euil.
16 In that I commande thee this day,So that to
〈◊〉
and obey God, is onely life and
〈◊〉
. to loue the Lord thy God, to walke in his wayes, ād to kepe his commandements, and his ordinances, and his lawes that thou maiestHe
〈◊〉
the septomises to signifie that it is for our profit that we loue hī, and not for his. liue and be multiplied, and that the Lord thy God may blesse thee in the land, whether thou goest to possesse it.
17 But if thine heart turne away, so that thou wilt not obey, but shalt be seduced and wor ship other gods, and serue them,
18 I pronounce vnto you this day that ye shal surely perish, ye shal not prolong your dayes in the land whether thou passest ouer Iordén to possesse it.Chap. 4 26.
19 * I call heauen and earth to recorde this day against you, (that) I haue set before you life and death, blessing and cursing, therforeThat
〈◊〉
, loue & obey God: which thing is not in mans power, but Gods spiritonely worketh it in his elect. chose life, that (bothe) thou and thy sede may liue,
20 By louing the Lord thy God, by obeying his voyce, and by cleauing vnto him: for he is thy life, and the length of thy dayes: that thou maist dwel in the land which the Lord sware vnto thy fathers, Abrahám, Izhák and Iaakób, to giue him.
CHAP. XXXI.
2. 7 Mosés preparing him selfe to dye, appointeth
〈◊〉
to rule the people. 9 He giueth the I
〈◊〉
to the Leuites, that they shulde read it to the people. 19 God giueth thē a song as a witnes betwene him and them. 23 God
〈◊〉
Ioshúa, 29 Mosés
〈◊〉
them that they wil rebel after his death.
1 THen Mosés went and spake these wordes vnto all Israél,
2 And said vnto them, I am an hundreth and twentie yere olde this day: II can no
〈◊〉
execute mine office. can no more go out and in: also the Lord hathe said vnto me, * Thou shalt not go ouer this Iordén.Nomb. 20. 12.
3 The Lord thy God he wil go ouer beforeChap. 3. 26. thee. he wil destroy these naciōs before thee and thou shalt possesse thē. * Ioshúa, he shalNombb. 27. 18. go before thee, as the Lord hathe said.
4 And the Lord shal do vnto them, as he dyd to * Sihôn and to Og Kings of the AmoritesNomb. 21. 24. and vnto their land whome he destroyed.
5 And the Lord shal giue themInto your han des. before you that ye may do vnto them according vnto euerie * commandement, which I haue cō
manded you.Chap. 7. 2.
6 Plucke vp your hearts therefore, and be"Or, be of good
〈◊〉
. strong: dread not, nor be afrayd of them: for the Lord thy God him selfe doeth go with thee: he wil not fayle thee, nor forsake thee.
7 ¶ And Mosés called
〈◊〉
, and said vnto him in the sight of all Israél, BeFor he
〈◊〉
must gouerne the people,
〈◊〉
nede to be
〈◊〉
to represse
〈◊〉
and constant to mainteine vertue. of a good courage and strong: for thou shalt go with this people vnto the land which the Lord hathe sworne vnto their fathers, to giue thē, and thou shalt giue it them to inherit.
8 And the Lord him selfe
〈◊〉
Signifying that man can neuer be of good courage,
〈◊〉
he be persuaded of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and assistance. go before thee: he wilbe with thee: he wil not fayle thee, nether forsake thee: feare not (
〈◊〉
re,) nor be discomforted.
9 ¶ And Mosés wrote this Lawe, and deliuered it vnto the Priestes the sonnes of Leui [which bare the Arke of the couenāt of the Lord] and vnto all the Elders of Israél,
10 And Mosés cōmanded them, saying, *Euerie seuenth yere* when the yere of fredomeNehem. 8. 2.
Chap. 15. 1. (shalbe) in the feast of the
〈◊〉
:
11 When all Israél shal come to appeareBefore the
〈◊〉
ke of the couenant, which was the signe of Gods presence, and
〈◊〉
figure of Christ. befo re the Lord thy God, in the place which he shal chose, thou shalt read this Lawe before all Israél that they may heare it.
12 Gather the people together: men, and women, and children, and thy stranger that is within thy gates, that they may heare, and that they may learne, and feare the Lord your God, and kepe, and obserue all the wordes of this Lawe,
13 And that their children which Which were not borne when the. Lawe was giuen. haue not knowē it, may heare it, & learne to feare the Lord your God, as long as ye liue in the land, whether ye go ouer Iordén to possesse it.
14 ¶ Then the Lord said vnto Mosés, Beholde thy dayes are come, that thou must dye: Call Ioshúa, and stand ye in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion that I may giue him aOr, commande ment. charge so Mosés and Ioshúa went, and stode in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
15 And the Lord appeared in the Tabernacle, in the piller of a In a cloude that was facioned like a piller. cloude: and the piller of the cloude stode ouer the dore of the Tabernacle.
16 ¶ And the Lord said vnto Mosés, Beholde, thou shalt slepe with thy fathers, and this people wil rise vp, and go a whoring after the gods of a strange land [whether they go] (to dwel) therein, and wil forsake me, & breake my couenāt which I haue made with them.
17 Wherefore my wrath wil waxe hote against them at that day, and I wil forsake them, and wilThat is, I wil take my fauour from them: as to turne his face to ward vs, is to shewe vs his
〈◊〉
. hide my face from thē: then they shalbe consumed, and many aduersities and tribula cions shal come vpon them: so then they wil say, Are not these troubles come vpon me, because God is not with me?
18 But I wil surely hide my face in that day, because of all the euil, which they shal commit in that they are turned vnto other gods.
19 Now therefore write ye thisTo preserue you & your children from idola trie, by
〈◊〉
Gods bene
〈◊〉
. song for you, and teache it the children of Israél: put it in their mouthes, that this song may be my witnes against the children of Israél.
20 For I wil bring them into the land [which I sware vnto their fathers] that floweth with milke and honie, and they shal eat, and fil them selues, and waxe fat:For this is the nature of flesh, no lōger to obey God, then it is vnder the rod. then shal they turne vnto other gods, and serue them, and contemne, and breake my couenant.
21 And then when manie aduersities and tribulacions shal come vpon them, this song shalThat these euils are come vpon thē because they for
〈◊〉
me. answer them to their face as a witnes: for it shal not be forgotten out of the mouthes of their posteritie: for I knowe their imaginacion, which they go about enē now before I haue broght them into the land which I sware.
22 ¶ Mosés therefore wrote this song the same day and taught it the children of Israél.
23 And (God) gaue Ioshúa the sonne of Nun a
〈◊〉
. 1. 5. charge, and said, * Be strong, and of a good courage: for thou shalt bring the children of Israél into the land, which I sware vnto thē, and I wil be with thee.
24 ¶ And when Mosés had made an end of writing the wordes of this Lawe in a boke vntil he had finished them,
25 Then Mosés cōmanded the Leuites, which barethe Arke of the couenant of the Lord, saying,
26 Take the boke of this Law, and putye it in the side of the Arke of the couenant of the Lord your God, that it may be there for aOf thine
〈◊〉
, when
〈◊〉
shalt turne away from the doctrine
〈◊〉
therein. witnes against thee.
27 For I knowethy rebellion & thy stiffe necke: beholde, I being yet aliue with you this day, ye are rebellious against the Lord: how muche more then after my death?
28 Gather vnto me all the Elders of your tribes, and yourAs gouerners iudges, and magi strates. officers, that I may speake these wordes in their audience, and call heauen and earth to recorde against them.
29 For I am sure that after my death ye wil vtterly be corrupt and turne from the way, which I haue commanded you: therefore euil wil come vpon you at the length, because ye wil commit euil in the sight of the Lord by prouoking him to angre through theBy
〈◊〉
worshiping ima ges, which are the worke
〈◊〉
your hands. worke of your handes.
30 Thus Mosés spake in the audience of all the Congregacion of Israél the wordes of this song, vntil he had ended them.
CHAP. XXXII.
7 The song of Mosés conteining Gods benefites toward the people. 15 And their in gratitude toward him 20 God menaceth them. 21 And speaketh of the vocation of the Gentiles. 46 Mosés commandeth to teache the Lawe to the children. 48 God fore warneth Mosés of his death.
1 HEarkenyeAs witnesses of this peoples ingratitude. heauens, and I wil speake: and let the earth heare the wordes of my mouth.
2 MyHe desireth that he may spea ke to Gods glorie, and that the
〈◊〉
, as the grene grasse, may receiue the dewe of his
〈◊〉
. doctrine shal drop as the raine, (and) my speache shal stil as doeth the dewe, as the shoure vpon the herbes, and as the great raine vpon the grasse.
3 For I wil publishe the Name of the Lord: giue ye glorie vnto our God.
4 Perfect is the worke of theThe Ebrewe worde is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that God
〈◊〉
is mightie faithful, and con stant in his
〈◊〉
. mighty God: for all his wayes (are) iudgement. God is true and without wickednes: iust, and righteous is he.
5 They haue corrupted them selues toward him by their vice, not being his children, (but) a frowarde and crooked generacion.
6 Do ye so rewarde the Lord, ô foolish people and vnwise? is not he thy father, that hathe boght thee? he hatheNot according to the commune creation, but by a new
〈◊〉
by his Spirit. made thee, and proportioned thee.
7 ¶ Remember the dayes of olde: consider the yeres of so manie generacions: aske thy father, and he wil shewe thee: thine Elders, & they wil tel thee.
8 When the most
〈◊〉
(God) deuided to the
〈◊〉
cions their inheritance, when he separated the sonnes of Adám, he appointed the borders of the When God by his prouidence deuided the worl de, he lent for a time that portiō to the
〈◊〉
which shulde after be an inheritance for all people
〈◊〉
. people according to the nomber of the children of Israél.
9 For the Lords porciō (is) his people: Iaakób (is) the lot of his inheritance.
10 He founde him in the land of the wildernes in a waste, and roaring wildernes: he led him about, he taugh thim, (and) kept him as the apple of his eye.
11 As an egle stereth vp her nestTo treache thē to flie. flotereth ouer her birdes, stretcheth out her wings, taketh them, (and) beareth them on her wings,
12 (So) the Lord alone led him and there was no Or, god of stran ge nacion. strange god with him.
13 He caried him vp to the hie places of theMeaning of the land of Cana an, which was hie, in respect of Egypt. earth, that he might eat the frutes of the fields and he caused him to suckeThat is, abundāce of al things euen in the very rockes. hony out of the stone and oyle out of the hard rocke:
14 Butter of kine, and milke of shepe with fat
of the lambs, and rams fed Bashán, and goates, wyth the fat of the graynes of wheat, and the redEbr. blood. licour of the
〈◊〉
haste thou dronke.
15 ¶ But (he that shulde haue bene)He
〈◊〉
what is the principal end
〈◊〉
our
〈◊〉
. vpryght, when he waxed fat, spurned wyth hys hele: thou att fat, thou art grosse, thou art laden with fatnes: therfore he forsoke God (that) made him, and regarded not the strong God of his saluacion.
16 They prouoked hym withBy changynge hys
〈◊〉
for their superstitiōs strange (gods:) they prouoked hym to angre wyth abominacions.
17 They offred vnto deuils, not to God, (but) to gods whom they knew not:Scripture calleth newe
〈◊〉
man
〈◊〉
teth, be the error neuer so olde. newe (gods) that came newly vp, whome theyr fathers feared not.
18 Thou hast forgotten the myghtie GOD, (that) begate thee, and haste forgotten God that formed thee.
19 The Lord then sawe it, and was angry, for the prouocacion of hisHe calleth
〈◊〉
Gods
〈◊〉
, not to honour
〈◊〉
, but to
〈◊〉
them from what dignitie they are
〈◊〉
. sonnes and of hys
〈◊〉
.
20 And he said, I will hide my face from them, I will se what their end shalbe: for they are a frowarde generacion, children in whome is no fayth.
21 They haue moued me to ielousie with (hat which is) not God: they haue prouoked me to angre with theyr vanities: * and I wyllRom. 10. 19. moue them to ielousie with (those whiche are) noVVhich I haue
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
my Lawes vnto them. people: I will prouoke them to angre with a
〈◊〉
nacion.
22 For fire is kyndled in my wrath, and shall burne vnto the bothome of hell, and shall consume the earth with her increase, and set on fire the fundacions of the mountaines.
23 I will send plagues vppon them: I will bestowe mine arrowes vpon them.
24 (They shalbe) burnt with hunger, and consumed wyth heat, and with bitter destruction: I will also send the teeth of
〈◊〉
vpon them, with the venime of serpents (
〈◊〉
) in the dust.
25 The sworde shallThey shalbe
〈◊〉
bothe in the fielde and at home. kill them without, and in the chambers feare bothe the
〈◊〉
man and the yong womā, the suckeling with the man of graye heere.
26 I haue said, I wolde scatter them abroade: I wolde make their remembrance to cease frō among men.
27 Saue that I feared the furie of the enemie, lest their aduersaires shulde
〈◊〉
to se the godly affli cted, and attribu tyng that to thē selues whiche is wroght by Gods hande. waxe proude, (and) lest they shulde saye, Our hye hand and not the Lord hathe done all this.
28 For they are a nacion voyde of counsel, nether is there (anie)
〈◊〉
in them.
29 Oh that they were wise, (then) they wolde vnderstand this: they woldeThey wolde consider the felicitie, that was prepared for thē, if they had obeyed God. consider their later
〈◊〉
.
30 Howe shulde one chase a thousande, and two putten thousand to flight, except their strong God had solde them, and the Lorde hadOr, deliuered them to theyr enemie. shut them vp?
31 For their God (is) not as our God, euen our enemies being iudges.
32 For their vine (is) of the vine of Sodom, and of the vines of Gomoráh: their grapes (are) grapes of gall, their clusters (be) bitter.
33 TheirThe
〈◊〉
of the wicked are as poyson,
〈◊〉
to God ād dangerous
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. wine (is) the poyson of dragons, and the cruel gall of aspes.
34 Is not this laid in store with me, (and) sealed vp among my treasures?
35 * Vengeance and recopense are mine: their
〈◊〉
. 28 1. fote shall slide in due time: for the daye ofRom. 12. 19.
Ebr. 10. 30. their destruction is at hand, and the thinges that shal come vpon them, make haste.
36 For the Lorde shall iudge his people, andOr, change his minde. repent toward his seruantes, when he seeth that their power is gone, and noneVVhen nether strong nor weake in a
〈◊〉
remaine. shut vp (in holde) nor
〈◊〉
(abroad.)
37 When men shal say, Where are their gods, their myghtie God in whome their trusted?
38 Whyche did eat the fat of their sacrifices, (and) did drynke the wyne of theyr drynke offrynge
〈◊〉
hym ryse vp, and helpe you: let
〈◊〉
be your refuge.
39 Beholde now, for I, I am he, and there is no Gods
〈◊〉
me: * I
〈◊〉
, ād giue life: I wounde,1 kyng. 2. 6.
Tob. 23. 2. and I make whole: * nether is there (anie)VVisd. 16. 13. that can deliuer out of mine hand.
40 For IThat is, I sweare, read. Ge. 14.
〈◊〉
lift vp mine hand to heauen, and say, I
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
euer.
41 If I whet my glitteryng sworde, and myne hand take holde on iudgement, I wil execute vengeance on mine enemies, and wyll rewarde them that hate me.
42 I wyll make mine arrowes dronke wyth blood, [and my worde shall eat flesh] for the blood of the
〈◊〉
, and of the captiues, whē I beginne to take vengeance of the enemie.
43 * Ye nations, prayse hys people: for he willRom.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. auenge theVVhether the bloode of Gods
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
shed for they sinnes, or trial
〈◊〉
theyr fayth,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to reuēge it. blood of hys seruauntes, and wyll execute vengeance vpon hys aduersaries, and wil be merciful vnto his land, (and) to his people.
44 ¶ Then Mosés came and spake all the wordes of this song in the audience of the people, he andOr, Ioshua. Hoshéa the sunne of Nun.
45 When Mosés had made an end of speaking all these wordes to all Israél.
46 Then he said vnto them, * Set your heartsChap. 6. 6. and 11. 18. vnto all the wordes which I testifie agaynst you this daye, that ye may commande them vnto your children, that they may obserue and do all the wordes of this Lawe.
47 For it is noFor
〈◊〉
wil performe my
〈◊〉
s vnto you.
〈◊〉
55. 10. vaine worde concerning you, but it is your life, and by this worde ye shall prolong your dayes in the land, whether ye go ouer lordén to possesse it.
48 * And the Lord spake vnto Mosés the selfeNom. 27.
〈◊〉
. same day, saying.
49 Go vp into this mountaine of Abarim, vnto the mount Nebó, whiche is in the land of Moáb, that is ouer agaynst Ierichô: and beholde the land of Canáan, whiche I giue vnto the children of Israél for a possession.
50 And dye in the mount whyche thou goestGene.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
20.
〈◊〉
. and
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. vp vnto, and thou shalte be * gathered vnto thy people, * as Aarôn thy brother dyed in
mounte Hor, and was gathered vnto hys people.
51 Because ye * trespassed agaynst me amongNomb. 20. 12. and 27. 14. the children of Israél, at the watersOr, of strife. of Meribáh. at Kadésh in the wildernes of Zin: for yeYe were not earnest and constant to maintei ne mine honour. sanctified me not among the children of Israél.
52 Thou shalt therfore se the land before thee, but shalt not go thither, (I meane,) into the land which I giue the children of Israél.
CHAP. XXXIII.
1 Mosés before his death blesseth all the tribes of Israél. 26 There is no God like to the God of Israél. 29 Nor anie people like vnto his.
1 NOw this is theThis blessinge
〈◊〉
not onelye a simple prayer, but an assurance of the effect thereof. blessing where with Mosés the man of God blessed the children of Israél before his death, and said.
2 The LORD came from Sinái, and rose vp from Seir vnto them, (and) appeared clearely from mount Parán, and he came with tenMeaning, infinit Angels. thousandes of Saintes, (and) at hys ryght hand a firy Lawe for them.
3 Thogh he loue the people, (yet)Ebr. his Saintes that is the children of Israel. all thy Saintes are in thine hands: and they are hum bled atAs thy disciples. thy fete, to receiue thy wordes.
4 Mosés commanded vs a Lawe for anTo vs and
〈◊〉
successors. inheritance of the Congregacion of Iaakób.
5 Thē
Or, Moses. he was among theOr, Israel. righteous (people, as) King, when the heades of the people, ād the tribes of Israél were assembled.
6 ¶ LetReuben shalbe one of the tribes of Gods people, thogh for his sin ne his honour be diminished and hys familie but smale. Reubén liue, and not dye, thogh hys men be a small nomber.
7 ¶ And thus (he blessed) Iudáh, ād said, Heare, ô Lorde, the voice of Iudáh, and bryng hym vnto hys people: hys handes shalbe sufficient for hym, if thou helpe hym against hisg Signifying that he
〈◊〉
hardely
〈◊〉
Iaakobs' promes. ennemies.
8 ¶ And of Leui he sayd, Let thy * Thummim and thine Vrim be with thine holy one, whō
Gene. 49. 8. thou didest proue in Massáh, (and) didestExod 28. 30. cause him to striue at the waters of Meribáh
9 Who sayd vnto hys father and to hys mother,He
〈◊〉
Gods glorie to all
〈◊〉
affection. I haue not sene hym, nether knewe he hys brethren,
〈◊〉
knewe hys owne children: for they obserued thy worde, and keptExod. 32. 29. thy couenant.
10 They shall teache Iaakób thy iudgements, and Israél thy Lawe: they shall put in cens before thy face, and the burnt offring vpon thine altar.
11 Blesse, ô Lorde, hys substance, and
〈◊〉
the worke of his hands:He declareth that the ministers of God haue manie enemies, and
〈◊〉
haue nede to be
〈◊〉
yed for. smite through the loines of them that rise agaynste him, and of thē that hate him, that they rise not againe.
12 ¶ Of Beniamin he said, The beloued of the Lord shalBecause the
〈◊〉
shulde be
〈◊〉
in zion, whiche was in tribe of Beniamin, he sheweth that God shulde
〈◊〉
with him
〈◊〉
. dwel in safety by him: (the Lord) shal couer hym all the day long, and dwel betwene his shulders.
13 ¶ And of Ioséph he said, Blessed of the Lord is (his) land for the swetenes of heauen, for the dewe, andOr,
〈◊〉
. for the depth lying beneth.
14 And for the swete increase of the sunne, ād for the swete increase of the moone.
15 And for (the swetenes) of the top of the ancient mountaines, and for the swetenes of the olde hilles.
16 And for the swetenes of the earth, and abū dance thereof: and the good will of him that dwelt in theVVhiche was God appearyng vnto Moses. bushe, shal come vpō the head of Ioséph, and vpon the top of the head of him that was * separated (from) his brethrē.Exod. 3. 2.
17 His beautie (shalbe like) his first borne bullocke,Gene. 49. 26. andOr, strength. his hornes (as) the hornes of an vnicorne: with them he shal smite the people together, (euē) the ends of the worlde: these are also the ten thousands of Ephráim, and these are the thousands of Manasséh.
18 ¶ And of Zebulun he sayd, Reioyce, Zebulun, in thyIn thy prosperous viages vpō the sea. going out, and (thou,) Ishachar, in thy tentes.
19 They shall call the people vnto theOr, moūtzion. mountaine:Gene. 49. 13. there they shall offer the sacrifices of ryghteousnes: forThe tribe of
〈◊〉
bulun. they shall sucke of the abundance of the sea, and of the treasures hid in the sand.
20 ¶ Also of Gad he said, Blessed be he that enlargeth Gad: he dwelleth as a lion, that catcheth for his pray the arme with the head.
21 And he locked to hym selfe at the begynnyng, because there was a porcion of theSo that the por tion of the Gadites, and others on this side lorden was Gods, thogh it was not so
〈◊〉
. Lawe giuer hid: yet he shall come wyth the heads of the people, to execute the iustice of the Lord, and his iudgements with Israél.
22 ¶ And of Dan he said, Dan (is) aliōs whelpe he shal leape from Bashán.
23 ¶ Also of Naphtali he sayd, ô Naphtali, satisfied with fauour, and filled with the blessing of the Lorde, possesseMeanyng, nere the sea. the West and the South.
24 ¶ And of Ashér he said, Ashér (shalbe) blessed with childrē: he shalbe acceptable vnto his brethren, and shal dip his fote in oyle.
25 Thy shooes (shalbe)Thou shalt be stronge, or thy
〈◊〉
full of metal. It semeth that Simeon is left out because he was vnder Iu dah, and his porcion of his inheritāce. Iosh. 19 9. yron and brasse, and thy strength (shall continue) as long as thou liuest.
26 ¶ There is none like God, ô righteous (peo ple,) which rideth vpō the heauēs for thine helpe, and on the cloudes in his glorie.
27 The eternal God (is thy) refuge, and vnder (his) armes thou arte for euer: he shall caste out the enemie before thee, and will say, destroye (them.)
28 Then IsraélVVho was plē
tifull in issue as a founteine. the founteine of Iaakób shall dwell alone in safety in a land of wheat and wine: also his heauens shall drop the dewe.
29 Blessed art thou, ô Israél: who is lyke vnto thee, ô people saued by the Lord, the shylde of thine helpe, and whiche is the sworde of thy glorie? thereforeThine enemies for feare shal lie and faine to be in subiection. thine enemies shalbe in subiection to thee, and thou shalte tread vpon their hie places.
CHAP. XXXIIII.
1 Mosés seeth all the lande of Canáan. 5 He dyeth. 8 Israél wepeth. 9 Ioshua succedeth in Mosés rowme. 10 The prayse of Mosés.
1 THen Mosés went from the plaine of Moáb vp into mountVVhich was a parte of mounte Abatim. Nebō vnto the top of Pisgáh that is ouer agaynste Ierichó: andNomb. 27. 12. the Lorde shewed hym * all the lande of Gileád,Chap.
〈◊〉
. 27. vnto Dan.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 2.
〈◊〉
.
2 And al Naphtali & the land of Ephráim and Manasséh, and all the land of Iudáh, vnto the vtmostCalled, Mediterraneum. sea:
3 And the South, & the plaine of the valley of Ierichó, the citie of palme trees, vnto Zoár.
4 And the Lord said vnto him, * This is theGen. 12. 7. & 13. 15. land which I sware vnto Abrahám, to Izhák and to Iaak ob, saying, I will giue it vnto thy sede I haue caused thee to se it with thine eyes, but thou shalt not go ouer thither.
5 So Mosés the seruant of the Lorde dyed there in the land of Moáb, according to the worde of the Lord.
6 AndTo wit, the An gel of the Lord.
〈◊〉
. 9. he buryed him in a valley in the land of Moáb ouer against Beth-peôr, but no man knoweth of his sepulchre vntoThat the iewes might
〈◊〉
haue occasion thereby to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. this day.
7 Mosés was now an hundreth & twenty yere olde when he dyed: his eye was not dimme nor his naturall force abated.
8 And the children of Israél wept for Mosés in the plaine of Moáb thirty dayes: so the dayes of weping and mournyng for Mosés were ended.
9 AndHereby appeareth the fauour of God that
〈◊〉
not his Chur che
〈◊〉
of a
〈◊〉
. Ioshúa the sonne of Nun was full of the spirit of wisdome: for Mosés had put his hands vpon him. And the children of Israéll were obedient vnto him, and did as the Lord had commanded Mosés.
10 But there arose not a Prophet since in Israél like vnto Mosés [whome the Lord kneweVnto whome the Lord did reueile him selfe
〈◊〉
plainely. face to face.]
11 In all the miracles and wonders which the Lord sent him to do in the land of Egypt before Pharaóh and before al his seruants, and before all his land.
12 And in all that mightyMeaning,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
power of God working by Mosés in the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. hand and all that great feare, which Mosés wroght in the sight of all Israél.
THE BOKE OF IOSVA
THE ARGVMENT.
IN this boke the holy Gost setteth moste liuely before our eyes the accomplishement of Gods promes, who as he promised by the mouthe of Mosés, that a Prophet shulde be raised vp vnto the people like vnto him whome he willeth to obey. Deut. 18. 15. so he sheweth him selfe here true in his promes, as at al other times, & after the death of Mosés his faithful seruant, he raiseth vp Ioshúa to be ruler and gouernour ouer his people, that nether they shulde be discouraged for lacke of a captaine, nor haue occasion to distrust Gods promises hereafter. And because that Ioshúa might be confirmed in his vocation, and the people also might haue none occasion to grudge, as thogh he were not approued of God: he is adorned with moste excellent giftes and
〈◊〉
of God, bothe to gouerne the people with counsel, and to defend
〈◊〉
with strength, that he lacked nothing whiche ether belonged to a valiant captaine or a faithfull minister. So he ouercometh all difficulties and bringeth them into the land of Canáan: the whiche according to Gods ordinance he deuideth among the people and appointeth their borders: he establisheth lawes and ordinances, and putteth them in remembrance of Gods manifolde benefites, assuring them of his grace and fauour, if they obey God, and contrariewise of his
〈◊〉
and vengeance, if they
〈◊〉
him. This historie doeth represent Iesus Christ the true Ioshúa, who leadeth vs into eternal felicitie, which is signified vnto vs by this land of canáan From the beginning of the Genesis to the end of this boke are conteined 2597 yeres. For from Adám vnto the flood are 1656 from the flood vnto the departure of Abrahám
〈◊〉
of Caldea, 363. and from thence to the death of Ioseph 290. So that the Genesis conteineth 2390. Exodus 140. the other thre bokes of Moses 40. Ioshúa 27. So the whole maketh 2597 yeres.
CHAP. I.
2 The Lord incourageth Ioshua to inuade the lād. 4. The borders and limites of the land of the Israelites. 5 The Lord promiseth to assist Ioshua, if he obey his worde. 11. Ioshua commandeth the people to prepare them selues to passe ouer Iordén, 12 And exhorteth the Reubenites to execute their charge.
1
〈◊〉
after theThe beginning of this boke dependeth on the last chap of Deut, which was writen by Ioshua as a preparacion to his historie. death of Mosés the seruāt of the Lord, the Lord spake vnto Ioshúa the sonne of Nun, Mosés minister, saying,
2 Mosés my sernant is dead: now therefore arise, go ouer this Iordén, thou, and all this people, vnto the land which I giue them, (that is,) to the children of Israél.Chap. 14. 9.
3 * Euerie place that the sole of your fote shal treade vpon, haue I giuen you, as I said vntoDeut. 11. 24. Mosés.
4 * From theOf zin, called Kadésh and Parán. wildernes and this Lebánón euen vnto the great Riuer, the riuerOr, Euphrates, Peráth: all the land of theMeaning the whole land of Canáan. Hittites, euen vnto the greatCalled,
〈◊〉
. sea toward the going downe of the sunne, shal be your coast.
5 There shal not a man be able to withstand thee all the dayes of thy life: as I was withEbr. 13.
〈◊〉
. Mosés, (so) wil I be with thee: * I wil not lea ue thee, nor forsake thee.
6 Be strong and of a good courage: for vnto this people shalt thou deuide the land for an inheritance, which I sware vnto their fathers to giue them.
7 Onely be thou strong,Or, growe
〈◊〉
& stronger. and of a moste valiant courage, that thou maiest obserue and do according to all the' Lawe which MosésDeut. 5. 32. my seruant hathe commanded thee: * thou shalt not turne away from it to the right hād nor to the left, that thou maiestHe sheweth wherein consisteth true
〈◊〉
ritie, euē to obey the word of God prosper whethersoeuer thou goest.
8 Let not this boke of the Lawe departe out of thy mouth, but meditate therein day andShewing that it was not possible to gouerne wel without cō
tinual studie of Gods worde. night, that thou maiest obserue and do according to all that is writtē therein: for then shalt thou make thy way prosperous, & then shalt thouOr, gouerne
〈◊〉
sely. haue good successe.
9 Haue not I commanded thee, saying, Be strong and of a good courage, feare not nor be discouraged? for I the Lord thy God (wil be) with thee, whethersoeuer thou goest.
10 ¶ Then Ioshúa commanded the officers of the people, saying,
11 Passe through the hoste, and commande the people, saying, Prepare you vitailes: forMeaning from the day that this was proclaimed.
after thre daies ye shal passe ouer this Iordē, to go in to possesse the land, which the Lord your God giueth you to possesse it.
12 ¶ And vnto the Reubenites, and to the Gadites, & to halfe the tribe of
〈◊〉
spake Ioshúa, saying.
13 * Remēber the worde, which Mosés the serNomb. 32. 20. uant of the Lorde commanded you, saying, The Lord your God hathe giuen you rest, & hathe giuen you this
〈◊〉
belonged to
〈◊〉
the king of the Amo
〈◊〉
, & Oh king of
〈◊〉
. land.
14 ¶ Your wiues, your children, & your cattel shall remaine in the land which Mosés gaue you onOr,
〈◊〉
or de,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. this side Iordén: but ye shal go ouer before your brethren armed, all that be men of warre, and shal helpe them.
15 Vntill the Lord haue giuen your brethren rest, as well as to you, and vntil they also shall possesse the land, which the Lord your God giueth thē: then shal ye returne vnto the land of your possession & shal possesse it, whiche (land) Mosés the Lords
〈◊〉
By your request but yet by Gods
〈◊〉
appointement. Deut. 33 21. gaue you on this side
〈◊〉
towarde the sunne rising.
16 Then they answered Ioshúa, saying, Al that thou hast commanded vs, we wil do, & whethersoeuer thou sendest vs, we wil go.
17 As we obeyed Mosés in all things,They do not onely promise to
〈◊〉
hym
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
God is with him: but to helpe to
〈◊〉
al that
〈◊〉
against him. so will we obey thee: onely the Lord thy GOD, be with thee as he was with Mosés.
18 Whosoeuer shal rebelle against thy cōman dement, & wil not obey thy wordes in al that thou cōmandest him, let him be put to death onely be strong and of good courage.
CHAP. II.
1 Ioshúa sendeth mē to spie
〈◊〉
, whome Raháb hideth 11 She consesseth the God of Israél, 12 She requireth a signe for
〈◊〉
deliuerance. 21 The spies returne to Ioshúa with comfortable tidings.
1 THen Ioshúa the sonne of Nun sent out ofWhich is
〈◊〉
was in the plaine of
〈◊〉
nere
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. Shittim two men to spie secretly, saying Go, ve we the land, & (also) Ierichó: and they went, and * came into anOr, tauerners houses, or
〈◊〉
. harlots house namedEbr. 11. 21. Raháb, and lodged there.
〈◊〉
. 2 25.
2 Then reporte was made to the Kyng of Ierichó, saying, Beholde, there came men hether to night, of the children of Israél, to spie out the countrey.
3 And the King of Ierichô sent vnto Rahāb, saying,
〈◊〉
the wicked se the hand of God vpon thē yet they repent
〈◊〉
, but seke how the: may by their power resist his meanes. Bring forth the men that are come to thee, (and) whiche are entred into thine house: for they be come to searche out all the land.
4 [But the woman had taken the two men, & hid them] Therefore said she thus, There came men vnto me, but I wist not whence they were.
5 And when they shut the gate in the darcke the men went out, whether the men went I wote not: followe ye after thē quickely, for ye shall ouertake them.
6 [But she had broght thē vp to theMeaning vpō the
〈◊〉
for thē their houses were
〈◊〉
, aboue, so that they might do their busines thereupon. roofe of the house, and hyd them with the stalkes of flaxe, whiche she had spread abroade vpon the roofe.]
7 And certeine men pursued after them, the way to Iordén, vnto the fourdes, and assone as thei which pursued after them, were gone out, thei shut the gate.
8 ¶ And before thei were a slepe, she came vp vnto them vpon the roofe,
9 And said vnto the men, I knowe that the Lord hathe giuen you the land, and that theFor so God promised, feare of you is fallen vpon vs, and that all the inhabitants of the land faint becauseDeut. 28. 7. of you.Chap. 5. 1.
10 For we haue heard, how the Lord * dryedExod. 14. 21. vp the water of the read Sea before you, whē you came out of Egypt, and what you did vnto the two Kings of the Amorites, that were on the other side Iordén, vnto * SihōnNomb. 21, 24. and to Og, whome ye vtterly destroyed:
11 And whē we hearde it, our heartesOr,
〈◊〉
. did faint and there remained no moreOr, spirit. courage in anie because of you: for
〈◊〉
appeareth the great mercie of God, that in this commune
〈◊〉
he welde drawe a moste miserable
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
his Name. the Lord your God, he is the God in heauen aboue, and in earth beneth.
12 Now therefore, I pray you, sweare vnto me by the Lord, that as I haue shewed you mercie, ye wil also shewe mercie vnto my fathers house, and giue me a true token.
13 And that ye wil saue aliue my father and my mother, and my brethren, and my sisters, and all that thei haue: and that ye wil deliuer ourOr, liue. soules from death.
14 And the men answered her,We
〈◊〉
you on peine of our liues. Our life for you to dye, if ye vtter not this
〈◊〉
busines: & when the Lord hathe giuen vs the land, we wil deale mercifully and truely with thee.
15 Thē she let them downe by a corde through the windowe: for her house (was) vpon the towne wall, and she dwelt vpon the wall.
16 And she said vnto them, Go you into theWhich was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the citie. mountaine, lest the pursuers mete with you, and hyde your selues there thre daies, vntil the pursuers be returned: thē afterward may ye go your way.
17 And the men said vnto her,We shal be dis charged of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, if thou
〈◊〉
performe this condicion that followeth: for so shalt thou and thine be deliuered. We wil be bla mels of this thine othe, which thou hast made vs
〈◊〉
.
18 Beholde, when we come into the land, thou shalt binde this corde of red threde in the windowe, whereby thou lettest vs downe, & thou shalt bring thy father and thy mother, & thy brethren, and al thy fathers housholde home to thee.
19 And whosoeuer then doeth go out at the dores of thine house īto the streat,He shal be giltie of his owne death. his blood shal be vpon his head, & we will be gylteles: but whosoeuer shal be with thee in the house, his blood shalbe on our head, if anie hand touche him:
20 And if thou vtter this ourSo that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thinke to escape by the
〈◊〉
me meanes. matter, we wil be quit of thine othe, which thou hast made vs sweare.
21 And she answered, According vnto your wordes so be it: then she sent them away, ād they departed, and she bounde theOr,
〈◊〉
coulored, red corde in the windowe.
22 ¶ And they departed, and came into the mo untaine, and there abode thre daies, vntil the pursuers were returned: and the pursuers
soght them throughout all the way, but founde them not.
23 So the two men returned, and descended from the mountaine, & passedTo wit, the riuer
〈◊〉
. ouer, & came to Ioshúa the sonne of Nun, and tolde hym all things that came vnto them.
24 Also they said vnto Ioshúa, Surely the Lord hathe deliuered into our hands all the land: for euen all the inhabitants of the countrey faint because of vs.
CHAP. III.
3 Ioshúa commandeth them to departe when the Arke remoueth. 7 The Lord promiseth to exalt Ioshúa before the people. 9 Ioshuas exhortation to the people. 16 The waters parte a sunder whiles the people passe.
1 THen Ioshúa rose verie early, and they remoued from Shittim, and came toWhiche according to the Ebrewes was in Marche, & about 40. daies after Mosés death. Iordén, he, & al the children of Israél, & lodged there, before they went ouer.
2 And afterWhiche time was giuen for to prepare thē
〈◊〉
. Chap. 1. 11. thre daies the officers went throughout the hoste.
3 And commanded the people, saying, When yese the Arke of the couenant of the Lord your God, and the Priests of the Leuites bea ring it, ye shall departe from your place, and go after it.
4 Yet there shalbe a space betwene you & it, aboutOr, a myle. two thousand cubites by measure: ye shal not come nere vnto it that ye may know the way, by the which ye shal go: for ye haue not gone this way in times past.
5 [Now Ioshúa had said vnto the people, *
〈◊〉
. 20, 7. Sanctifie your selues: for tomorow the LordNomb.
〈◊〉
, 18.
1. Sam. 15. 5. wil do wonders among you.]Chap. 7. 13.
6 Also Ioshúa speake vnto the Priests, saying, Take vp the Arke of the couenāt, & go ouer before the people: so they toke vp the Arke of the couenant, & went before the people.
7 ¶ Then the Lord said vnto Ioshúa, This day wil I begin to magnifie thee in the sight of al Israél, which shal knowe, that * as I was withChap. 15. Mosés, so wil I be with thee.
8 Thou shalt therefore commāde the Priests that beare the Arke of the couenant, saying, When ye are come to the drinke of the waters
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
in the cha nel, where the streame had rūne as vers. 17. of Iordén, ye shall stand still in Iordén.
9 ¶ Then Ioshua said vnto the children of Israél, Come
〈◊〉
, and heare the wordes of the Lord your God.
10 And Ioshúa said, Hereby ye shall knowed By this miracle in deuiding the water. that the liuing God is among you, & that he wil certeinly cast out before you the Canaanites, and the Hittites, and the Hiuites, and the Perizzites, and the Gergashites, and the Amorites, and the Iebusites.
11 Beholde, the Arke of the couenant of the Lorde of all the worlde passeth before you into Iordén.
12 Now therefore take frome among youWhiche shulde set vp twelue stones in remem brance of the
〈◊〉
. twelue men out of the tribes of Israél out of euerie tribe a man.
13 And assone as the soles of the fete of the Priests [that beare the Arke of the Lord God the Lord of all the worlde] shall stay in the waters of Iordén, the waters of Iordē shalbe cut of: for the waters that come frō aboue, *Psal. 114.
〈◊〉
. shall stand still vpon an heape.
14 ¶ Then when the people were departed from their tentes to go ouer Iordén, the Priests bearing the * Arke of the couenant,Act. 7.
〈◊〉
. (went) before the people.
15 And as they that bare the Arke came vnto Iordén, and the fete of the Priests that bare the Arke were dipped in the brinke of theEccl. 24. 36. water, [* for Iordén vseth to fil al hisBecause the
〈◊〉
was
〈◊〉
med at this
〈◊〉
to be
〈◊〉
, the miracle is so muche the greater. bākes all the times of haruest]
16 Then the waters that came downe frome aboue; stayed (and) rose vpon an heape, and departed far frō the citie of Adám, that was beside Zaretán: but the (waters) that came downe towarde the Sea of the wildernes, (euen) the salt Sea, failed (and) were cut of: so the people went right ouer against Ierichō.
17 But the Priests that bare the Arke of the couenant of the Lord, stode drye within Iordē
Ether tarying till the people were past, or as
〈◊〉
read, sure, as thogh they had bene vpon the drye land. ready prepared, and all the Israelites went ouer drye, vntill all the people were gone cleane ouer through Iordén.
CHAP. IIII.
2 God commāded Ioshua to set vp twelue stones in Iordén 18 The waters returne to their olde course. 20 Other twelue stones are set vp in Gilgál. 21 This miracle must be declared to the posteritie.
1 ANd when all the people were wholly gone * ouer
〈◊〉
, [after the Lord hadDeut. 27. 8. spoken vnto Ioshúa, saying.
2 Take you twelue men out of the people, out of euerie tribe a man.
3 And commāde you them, saying, Take you hence out of the middes of Iordén, out of the place where the Priests stode in aAs Chap. 3. 17. readines, twelue stones, whiche ye shall take away with you, and leaue them in theMeaning the place where
〈◊〉
shulde
〈◊〉
. lodging, where you shall lodge this night.]
4 Then Ioshúa called the twelue men, whome he had prepared of the children of Israéll, out of euerie tribe a man.
5 And Ioshúa said vnto them, Go ouer before the Arke of the Lord your God, euē through the middes of Iordén, and take vp euerie man of you a stone vpon his shulder according vnto the nomber of the tribes of the children of Israél.
6 That this may be a signe among you, that when yourGod cōmādeth that not onely we our selues pro fit by his wōderful
〈◊〉
, but that our posteritie may knowe the cause thereof and glorifie his Name. children shal aske their fathers in time to come, saying, What (meane) you by these stones?
7 Then ye may answer them, That the waters of Iordén were cut of before the Arke of the couenant of the Lord: (for) when it passed through Iordén, the waters of Iordén were cut of: therefore these stones are a memorial vnto the children of Israél for euer.
8 Then the children of Israél did euen so, as Ioshúa had commanded, & toke vp twelue stones out of the middes of Iordē, as the lord had said vnto Ioshûa, according to the nomber of the tribes of the children of Israél, & caried thē a way with thē vnto the lodging, and layed them downe there.
9 And Ioshua setvpBesides the twelue stones whiche were caried by the tribes and set vp in Gigál. twelue stones in the mid des of Iordén, in the place where the fete of the Priests, whiche bare the Arke of the couenant, stode, and there haue they cōtinued vnto this day.
10 ¶ So the Priest, which bare the Arke, stode in the middes of Iordén, vntill euerie thyng was finished that the Lord had commanded Ioshúa to say vnto the people, according to all that Mosés charged Ioshua: thē the people hasted and went ouer.
11 When all the people were cleane passed ouer, the Arke of the Lord went ouer also, & the PriestsMeaning in the presence or sight of the people. before the people.
12 * And the sonnes of Reubén, & the sonnes of Gad, and halfe the tribe of Manasséh wētNomb. 33.
〈◊〉
. ouer before the children of Israél armed, as Mosés had charged them.
13 Euen fourty thousand prepared for warre, went before theThat is, the Arke. Lord vnto battell, into the plaine of Ierichó.
14 That day the Lord magnified Ioshúa in the sight of al Israél, & theyOr, reuerenced him. feared him, as they feared Mosés al dayes of his life.
15 And the Lord spake vnto Ioshúa, saying.
16 Commande the Priests that beare theBecause the Ar ke
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and the tables of the Law conteined
〈◊〉
signified
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his people. Arke of the Testimonie, to come vp out of Iordén.
17
〈◊〉
therefore commanded the Priests, saying Come ye vp out of Iordén.
18 And when the Priests that bare the Arke of the
〈◊〉
of the Lord were come vp out of the middes of Iordén, & assone as the soles of the Priests fete were set on the drye land, the waters of Iordén returned vnto their place, and
〈◊〉
ouer al the bankes thereof, as they did before.
19 ¶ So the people came vp out of Iordén the tenth (day) of the first moneth, & pitched inh Called A
〈◊〉
or
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
parte of Marche, &
〈◊〉
of April Gilgál, in the Eastside of
〈◊〉
.
20 Also the twelue stones, whiche they toke out of Iordén, did
〈◊〉
pitche in Gilgál.
21 And he speake vnto the children of Israél, saying, When your children shall
〈◊〉
their fathers in time to come, & say What (meane) these stones?
22 Then ye shal shewe your children, and say, Israél came ouer this
〈◊〉
on drye land:
23 For the Lord your God dryed vp the waters of
〈◊〉
before you, vntil ye were gone ouer, as the Lord your God did the red Sea,Exod. 14. 11. * which he dryed vp before vs, till we were gone ouer.
24 That all the people of theGods
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for
〈◊〉
condemnatiō to the wicked, and
〈◊〉
vp his to
〈◊〉
hym, and obey him. worlde may know that the hand of the Lord is mightie, that ye might feare the Lord your God continually.
CHAP. V.
1 The Canaanites are afraide of the
〈◊〉
. 2 Circumcision is commanded the seconde
〈◊〉
. 10 The
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
kept. 12 Manna ceaseth. 13 The Angel appeareth vnto Ioshúa.
1 NOw when al the Kings of theThe Amorites were on both sides
〈◊〉
wherof two kings were
〈◊〉
already on the side to ward
〈◊〉
. Amorites which were beyonde
〈◊〉
West ward and all the Kings of the Canaanites, whiche were by the Sea, heard that the Lord had dryed vp the waters of Iordén before the children of Israél vntill they were gone ouer their heart fainted: & there was no courage in them anie more because of the children of Israél.
2 ¶ That same time the Lord said vnto Ioshūa * Make thee sharpe kniues,For now théy had left it of, about. 40. yeres. (and) returne,Exod. 4. 25. and circumcise the sonnes of Israéll the second time.
3 Then Ioshúa made hym sharpes kniues and circumcised the sonnes of Israél inGilgál was so called, because
〈◊〉
were there circumcised. the hill of the foreskinnes.
4 And this is the cause why Ioshúa circumcised al the people (euen) the males that came out of Egypt, because all the men of warre were dead in the wildernes by the way after they came out of Egypt.
5 For al the people that came out were circū
cised: but all the people that were borne in the wildernes by the way after they came out of Egypt, wereFor they loked daily to remoue at the Lords
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
which
〈◊〉
they that were newe
〈◊〉
, colde not do without great danger. not circumcised.
6 For the childre of Israél walked fourty yeres in the wildernes, til al the people of the men of warre that came out of Egypt were consumed, because they obeyed not the voyce of the Lorde: vnto whome the Lorde sware, that he wolde not shewe thē the land, * whiche
〈◊〉
. 14 21. the Lord had sworne vnto their fathers that he wolde giue vs, (euen) a land that sloweth with milke and honie.
7 So their sonnes whome he raised vp in their steade, Ioshúa circumcised: for they were vn circumcised, because they circumcised thē not by the way.
8 And when they had made an end of circuncising all the people, they abode in the places in the campe til theyFor their
〈◊〉
was so grieuous, that they were not able to remoue. were whole.
9 After, the Lord said vnto Ioshúa, This day I haue taken away theBy bringing you into this pro mised land contrary to the wicked opiniō of the Egyptians: or the foreskin, whereby you were like to the Egyptians shame of Egypt from you: wherefore he called the name of that place Gilgál, vnto this day.
10 ¶ So the children of Israél abode in Gilgál, and kept the feast of the Passe ouer the fourtenth day of the moneth at euē in the plaine of Ierichô.
11 And they did eat of the corne of the lād on the morow after the Passeouer, vnleauened bread, and parched corne in the same day.
12 And the Man ceased on the morowe after they had eaten of the corne of the land, nether had the childré of Israél Man anie more but did eat of the frute of the lād of
〈◊〉
that yere.
13 ¶ And when Ioshúa was by Ierichō, he lift vp his eyes and loked: and beholde there stode a * man against him, hauing a swordeExod
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. drawen in his hand: and Ioshúa went vnto him, and said vnto him, Art thou on our side or on our aduersaries?
14 And he said, Nay, but (as) a captaine of the host of the Lord am I now come: thē: Ioshūa fel on his face to the earthe, andIn that
〈◊〉
Ioshua worshipeth him, he acknollageth hym to be God: and in that that he calleth himselfe the Lords captaine, he declareth him selfe to be Christ did worship, and said vnto him, What saith my Lorde vnto his seruant?
15 And the captaine of the Lords hoste said vnto
Ioshúa, * Lose thy shooe of thy fote: forExod. 3. 5. the place whereon thou standeth, is holy, &Ruth 4. 7. Ioshúa did so.Act. 7. 33.
CHAP. VI.
3 The Lord instructed Ioshúa what he shulde do, as touching Iericho. 6 Ioshūa commādeth the Priests & warriers what to do. 20 The walles fall. 22 Raháb is saued. 24 All is burnt saue golde and metal. 26 The curse of him that buyldeth the citie.
1 NOw Ierichō wasThat none colde go out. shut vp, andThat none colde come in. closed,For feare of the Israelites. because of the children of Israél: none might go out nor entre in.
2 And the Lorde said vnto Ioshúa, Beholde, I haue giuen into thine hand Ierichó and the King thereof, (and) the strong men of warre.
3 All ye therefore (that be) men of warre, shall compasse the citie,
〈◊〉
going round about the citieEuerie day. once: thus shal you do six dayes:
4 And seuen Priests shall beare seuen trompets ofThat the conquest might not be assigned to manspower, but to the mercie of God, which with most weake thyngs can ouer come, that whichesemeth moste strong. rams hornes before the Arke: and the seuenth day ye shall compasse the citie seuen times, and the Priests shal blowe with the trompets.
5 And when they make a long (blast) with the rams horne, and ye heare the sounde of the trompet, all the people shall shoute with a greate shoute: then shall the wall of the citie fall downe flat, & the people shal ascend vp, euerie man streight before him.
6 ¶ Then Ioshúa the sonne of Nun called the Priests and said vnto thē, Take vp the Arke of the couenant, and let seuen Priests beare seuen trompets of rams hornes before the Arke of the Lord.
7 But he said vnto the people,This is chiefely ment by the Reubenites,
〈◊〉
, &
〈◊〉
the tribe of
〈◊〉
. Go and compasse the citie: & let him that is armed, go forthe before the Arke of the Lord.
8 ¶ And when Ioshúa had spoken vnto the people, the seuen Priests bare the seuen trō
pets of rams hornes, and went forth before the Arke of the Lorde, and blewe with the trompets, and the Arke of the couenant of the Lord followed them.
9 ¶ And the men of armes went before the Priests, that blewe the trompets: then theMeaning
〈◊〉
rewarde. Wherein was the standerd of the tribe of Dan. gathering (hoste) came after the Arke, as they went and blewe the trompets.
10 [Now Ioshúa had commanded the people saying, Ye shall not shout, nether make anieNomb. 10.
〈◊〉
. noyse with your voice, nether shal a worde procede out of your mouth, vntil the day that I say vnto you, Shoute, then shall ye shoute.]
11 So the Arke of the Lord cōpassed the citie, and went aboute itFor that day. once: then they returned into the hoste, and lodged in the campe
12 And
〈◊〉
rose early in the morning, and the Priests bare the Arke of the Lord:
13 Also seuen Priest bare seuen trompets of rams hornes, and went before the Arke of the Lorde, and going blewe with the trompets: and the men of armes went before thē, but theThe tribe of Dā was so called, be cause it
〈◊〉
last, ād gathered vp whatsoeuer was
〈◊〉
of others gathering (hoste) came after the Arke of the Lorde, as they went and blewe the trompets.
14 And the second day thei compassed the citie once, and returned into the hoste: thus they did six dayes.
15 And when the seuenth day came, they rose early, euen with the dawning of the day, and compassed the citie after the same manerBesides
〈◊〉
day once for the space of six dayes. seuen times: onely that day they compassed the citie seuen times.
16 And when the Priests had blowen the trom pets the seuenth time, Ioshúa said vnto the people, Shoute: for the Lord hathe giuē you the citie.
17 And the citie shalbeThat is, appoin ted wholly to be
〈◊〉
. an execrable thing, (bothe) it, and all that are therein, vnto the Lord: onely Raháb the harlot shal liue, she, & all that are with her in the house: for she * hidChap. 2. 4. the messengers that we sent.
18 Not withstanding be ye ware of the
〈◊〉
ble thing, lest ye make your selues execrable & in taking of the execrable thing make alsoLeu. 27. 21. the hoste of Israél * execrable, & trouble it.Nomb. 21. 2.
19 But all siluer, and golde, and vessels of brasseDeut. 13. 15. and yron shalbeAnd therefo re can not be put to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vse, but must be first molten, and then serue for the Tabernacle. consecrate vnto the Lord, (and) shal come into the Lords treasurie.
20 So the people shoured, when they had blowen trōpets: for when the people had heard the sounde of the trompet, they shoutedEbr. 11. 30. with a great shoute: and the * wall fel downe flat: so the people went vp into the citie, eue rie man streight before him: * and they toke1. Mac. 12.
〈◊〉
. the citie.
21 And they vtterly destroyed all that was in the citie, bothe man and woman, yong, and olde, and oxe, and shepe, and asse, with the edge of the worde.
22 But
〈◊〉
had said vnto the two men that had spied out the countrey, Go into the
〈◊〉
house, and bring out thence the woman and all that she hathe, * as ye sware to her.Chap. 2. 14.
23 So the yong men that were spies, * went inEbr. 11. 31. and broght out Raháb, and her father and her mother, and her brethren, and al that she had: also they broght out all her familie, and put themFor it was not
〈◊〉
for strangers to dwel among the
〈◊〉
, til they
〈◊〉
purged. without the hoste of Israél.
24 After they burnt the citie with fire, and all that was therein: onely the siluer & the golde & the vessels of brasse and yron, they put vnto the treasure of theMeaning Tabernacle. house of the Lord.
25 So Ioshúa saued Raháb the harlot, and her fathers housholde, and all that she had, and sheFor she was maried to
〈◊〉
prince of the
〈◊〉
of Iudáh. dwelt in Israél euen vnto this day, because
〈◊〉
had hid the messengers, which Ioshúa sent to spie out Ierichó.Mat. 1. 5.
26 ¶ And Ioshúa sware at that time, saying, Cur sed be the man before the Lord, that riseth vp, and buyldeth this citie Ierichó:He shal builde it to the
〈◊〉
of all his stocke, which thing was fulfilled in
〈◊〉
of Bethél. he shal lay the fundacion thereof in his eldest sonne and in his yongest sonne shal he set vp the gates of it.
27 So the Lord was with Ioshúa, and he was famous through all the worlde.1. King. 16. 34.
CHAP. VII.
1 The Lord is angry with Achán. 4 They of Ai put the Israelites to flight. 6 Ioshua prayeth to the Lord. 16 Ioshua inquireth out him that sinned, & stoneth him & all his.
1 BVt the children of Israél committed a trespasse in theIn taking the which was commanded to be de stroied. excommunicate thyng: for * Achán the sonne of Carmi, the sonne of Zabdi, the sonne of Zérah of the tribe ofChap. 22. 20. Iudáh toke of the excommunicate thyng:1. Chro. 2. 7. wherefore the wrath of the Lorde was kindled against the children of Israél.
2 And Ioshúa sent men from Ierichó toThis was a citie of the Amori tes:
〈◊〉
there was another so called among the Ammonites. Ai, whiche is beside Bethauén, on the East side of Beth-él, and spake vnto them, saying, Go vp, and vewe the countrey, And the went vp, and vewed Ai.Ierem. 49 3.
3 And returned to Ioshúa, and said vnto him,The first Ai iscal led Aiah. Let not all the people go vp, (but) let as itIsa. 10. 28. were two or thre thousand men go vp, and smite Ai, and make not all the people to labour thether, for they are fewe.
4 So there went vp thether of the people about thre thousand men, and they fled befo re the men of Ai.
5 And theGod wolde by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
make thē more earnest to search out & punish the sinne committed men of Aismote of them vpon a thirtie and six men: for they chased thē from before the gate vnto Shebarim, & smote thē in the going downe: wherefore the heartes of the people melted away like water.
6 ¶Then Ioshúa rent his clothes, and fell to the earth vpon his face before the Arke of the Lord, vntil the euentide, he, & the Elders of Israél, and put dust vpon their heades.
7 And Ioshúa said, Alas, ô Lord God, wherfore hast thou broght this people ouer Iordē, to deliuer vs into the hand of the Amorites, & to destroy vs? wolde God we had bene content to dwel on theThis infirmitie of his faith sheweth how we are inclined of
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
other side Iordén.
8 Oh Lorde, what shal I say, when Israél turne their backes before their enemies?
9 For the Canaanites, and all the inhabitants of the land shall heare of it, and shal compasse vs, and destroy our name out of the earth: and what wilt thou do vnto thy mightieWhen thyne enemie shal blaspheme thee, and say, that thou wast not able to defend vs
〈◊〉
them. Name.
10 ¶And the Lord said vnto Ioshúa, Get thee vp: wherfore liest thou thus vpon thy face?
11 Israél hath sinned, and they haue transgressed my couenant, which I commanded thē: for they haue euen taken of the excommunicate thing, and haue also stollen, and dissem bled also, and haue put it euen with their owne stuffe.
12 Therfore the childrē of Israél can not stāde before their enemies (but) haue turned their backes before their enemies, because they be execrable: nether will I be with you anie more, except yeThen to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vnpunished is, to re
〈◊〉
God willingly. destroy the excommunicate from among you.
13 Vp (therefore,) sanctifie the people, and say Sanctifie your selues against tomorowe: for thus saith the Lord God of Israél, (There is) an execrable thing among you, ô Israéll, (therefore) ye can not stand against your enemies, vntill ye haue put theMeaning the man that
〈◊〉
of the thing
〈◊〉
. execrable thing from among you.
14 In the morning therefore ye shal come according to your tribes, and the tribe which the Lord taketh, shall come accordyng to the families, and the familie which the Lord shal take, shal come by the housholds: and the housholde which the Lord shal take, shal come man by man.
15 And he that isThat is,
〈◊〉
gyltie, ether by lottes, or by the iudgement of
〈◊〉
. taken with the excommunicate thing, shalbe burnt with fire, he, and all that he hathe, because he hathe transgressed the couenant of the Lord, and because he hathe wroght foly in Israél.Nomb. 27. 21.
16 ¶So Ioshúa rose vp early in the morning & broght Israél by their tribes: and the tribe of Iudáh was taken.
17 And he broght the families of Iudáh, and toke the familie of the Zathites, & he broght the familie of the Zathites, man by man, and Zabdi was taken.
18 And he broght his housholde, man by man, and Achán the sonne of Carmi, the sonne of Zabdi, the sonne of Zérah of the tribe of Iudáh was taken.
19 Then Ioshúa said vnto Achán, My sonne, I beseche thee, giue glorie to the Lord God of Israél, andBy declaring the trueth: for God is
〈◊〉
when the
〈◊〉
is confessed. make confession vnto him, and shewe me now whatthou hast done: hide it not from me.
20 And Achán answered Ioshúa, and said, In dede, I haue sinned against the Lord God of Israél, and thus, and thus haue I done.
21 I sawe among the spoyle a goodlySuche a riche garment as the stares of Babylon did weare. Babylo nish garment, and two hundreth shekels of siluer, and a wedge of golde of fyftie shekles weight, and I coueted them, and toke them: and beholde, they lye hid in the earth in the middes of my tent, and the siluer vnder it.
22 ¶Then Ioshúa sent messengers, which ran vnto the tent, and beholde, it was hid in his tent, and the siluer vnder it.
23 Therefore they toke them out of the tent, and broght them vnto Ioshúa, and vnto all the children of Israél, and layed them before the Lord.
24 Then Ioshúa toke Achán theOr, neuewe. sonne of Zé rah, and the siluer, and the garment and theSome read, a plate: others, a rod, and some
〈◊〉
tongue. wedge of golde and hisThis iudgement onely apperteineth to God, and to who me he
〈◊〉
it: to man he hathe commanded not to punis he the childe for the fathers
〈◊〉
Deut. 24. 16. sonnes, and his daughters, and his oxen, and his asses, and his shepe, and his tent, and all that he had: and all Israél with him broght them vnto the valley of Achôr.
25 And Ioshúa said,He declareth that this is Gods iudgement, because he had offended, and caused others to be staine. In as much as thou hast troubled vs, the Lord shal trouble thee this day: and all Israél thre we stones at him, and burned them with fire, ād stoned them with stones.
26 And they cast vpon him a great heape of stones vnto this day: and (so) the Lord turned from his fearce wrath: therefore he called the name of that place, The valley of Achōr, vnto this day.
CHAP. VIII.
3 The siege. 19 And winning of Ai. 19 The King thereof is hanged. 30 Ioshúa setteth vp an altar. 32 He writeth the Lawe vpon stones. 35 And readeth it to all the people.
1 AFter, the Lord said vnto Ioshūa, *FeareDeut. 7. 18. and 21. 23. not, nether be thou faint hearted: take all the men of warre with thee and a rise, go
vp to Ai: beholde, I haue giuen into thine hand the King of Ai, and his people, & his citie, and his land.
2 And thou shalt do to Ai, and to the Kyng thereof, as thou didest vnto* Ierichô andChap. 6. 21. to the king therof: neuertheles the spoyle thereof and *the cattell thereof shall yeDeute. 20. 14. take vnto you for a pray: thou shalt lye in waite against the Citie on theMeaning on the
〈◊〉
, as vers. 9. backside thereof.
3 ¶Then Ioshūa arose, and all the men of warre to go vp agaynste Ai: and Ioshúa chose out thirtye thousande strong men, (and) valiant, and sent them awaye by night.
4 And he commanded them, saying, Behold, yeGod woldenot destroye Ai by miracle, as
〈◊〉
, to the
〈◊〉
that other natiōs mighte
〈◊〉
the power and policie of his people. shal lye in wait against the citie on the backside of the citie go not very far from the citie, but be ye all in a readines.
5 And I and all the people that are with me, wil approche vnto the citie: and whē they shal come out against vs, as they did at the first time, then wil we flee before them.
6 For thei wil come out after vs, til we haue broght them out of the citie for they will say, They flee before vs as at the first tyme: so we wil flee before them.
7 Then you shal rise vp from lying in waite andOr; driue out (the inhabitants) of the citie. destroye the citie, for the Lord your God wil deliuer it into your hand.
8 And when ye haue taken the citie, ye shal set it on fire: according to the commādement of the Lord shal ye do: behold, I haue charged you.
9 ¶Ioshúa then sent them forthe, and they went to lie in waite, and abode betwene Beth-él and Ai, on the Westside of Ai: but Ioshúa lodged that nyghte
〈◊〉
the rest of the
〈◊〉
. amonge the people.
10 And Ioshúa rose vp early in the morning, andThat is, vewed them and set thē in a ray. nombred the people and he and the Elders of Israél went vp before the people (against) Ai.
11 Also all the men of warre that were with him went vp and drue nere, and came against the citie, & pitched on the Northside of Ai: and there was a valley betwene them and Ai.
12 And he toke aboute fiue thousande men,He sent
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, that the other whiche lay in ambush, might not be discouered and set them to lie in wait betwene Bethél and Ai, on the Westside of the citie.
13 And the people set all the hoste that was on the Northside against the Citie, & the liers in wayte on the West, against the Citie: (and) Ioshúa went the same night into theTo the intent that they in the citie mighte the better discouer his armie. middes of the valley.
14 ¶And when the King of Ai sawe it, then the men of the citie hasted & rose vp early, and went out against Israél to battell, he & all his people at the time appointed, before the plaine: for he knewe not that (anie) lay in wait against him on the backside of the citie.
15 Then Ioshúa and all IsraélAs they which
〈◊〉
to flee for
〈◊〉
. (as) beatē before thē, fled by the way of the wildernes.
16 And all the people of the citie were called together, to pursue after them: & thei pursued after Ioshúa, and were drawen away out of the citie,
17 So that there was not a man left in Ai, nor in Beth-él, that went not out after Israéll: and they left the Citie open, and pursued after Israél.
18 Thē the Lord said vnto Ioshūa,Or,
〈◊〉
vp the baner, to signifie when they shall inuade the citie. Stretche out the speare that is in thine hād toward Ai: for I will giue it into thine hande: and Ioshúa stretched out the speare that he had in his hand, towarde the citie.
19 And thei that lay in waite, arose quickely out of their place, and ran assone as he had stretched out his hande, and they entred into the citie, and toke it, and hasted, and set the citie on fire.
20 And the men of Ai loked behinde them, and saweit: for lo, the smoke of the Citie ascended vpOr, toward the heauen. to heauen, and they had noOr, place. power to flee this way or that way: for the people that fled to the wildernes, turned backe vpon the pursuers.
21 When Ioshúa and all Israél sawe that they that lay in wayte, had taken the citie, and that the smoke of the Citie mounted vp, then they turned againe and slewe the mē of Ai.
22 Also theVVhiche came out of the ābushe. other issued out of the Citie against them: so were they in the middes of Israél, these (being) on the one side, & the rest on the other side: & they slewe them,Deute. 7. 2. so that they let none of them * remayne nor escape.
23 And the Kynge of Ai they toke aliue, and broght him to Ioshúa.
24 And when Israél had made an end of slaying all the inhabitāts of Ai in the field, (that is,) in the wildernes, where they chased them, and when they were all fallen on the edge of the sword, vntil they were consumed, all the Israelites returned vnto Ai, &For the fire, whiche they had before set in the citie, was not to consume it, but to signifie vnto Ioshua that they were entred. smote it with the edge of the sworde.
25 And all that fell that day, bothe of men & women, were twelue thousande, euen all the men of Ai.
26 For Ioshúa drewe not his hand backe againe which he had stretched out with the speare, vntil he had vtterlye destroyed all the inhabitants of Ai.
27 *Onely the cattell and the spoyle of thisNomb. 30. 22. citie, Israél toke for a pray vnto them selues, according vnto the word of the Lord, which he commanded Ioshûa.
28 And Ioshúa burnt Ai, & made it an heape forThat it coldene uer be
〈◊〉
againe. euer, (and) a wildernes vnto this day.
29 And the Kynge of Ai he hanged on a tre, vnto the euening. And assone as the sunne was downe, Ioshúa commandedAccording as it was commanded. Deut. 21. 23. that thei shuld take his carkeis downe from the tre, and cast it at the entring of the gate of the citie, and * lay thereon a greate heape ofChap. 7.
〈◊〉
. stones, (that remaineth) vnto this day.
30 ¶Then Ioshúa buylt an altar vnto the
Lord God of Israél, in mount Ebál,
31 As Mosés the seruant of the Lorde had commanded the children of Israél, as it is written in the *boke of the Law of Mosés,Exod. 20. 25.
Deute. 27. 5. an altar of whole stone, ouer which no mā had lift an yron: and they offred thereon burnt
〈◊〉
vnto the Lord, & sacrificed peace offrings.
32 Also he wrote there vpon the stones, aMeaning the ten commandements, which are the summe of the whole Law. rehearsall of the Lawe of Mosés, which he wrote in the presence of the chyldren of Israél.
33 And all Israél [and their Elders, and officers and their iudges stode on this side of the Arke, & on that side, before the Priests of the Leuites, which bare the Arke of the couenant of the Lord] aswel the stranger, as he that is borne in the countrey: halfe of thē (were) ouer against mount Gerizim, and halfe of thē ouer against mount Ebál, *as Mosés the seruant of the Lorde hadDeut. 11. 29. & 27. 12. commanded before, that they shuld blesse the people of Israél.
34 Then afterwarde he red all the wordes of the Lawe, the blessings and cursings, according to all that is written in the boke of the Lawe.
35 There was not a worde of all that Mosés had commanded, whiche Ioshúa red not before all the Congregacion of Israél,Deut.
〈◊〉
. 12. *aswell (before) the women and the chyldren, asSo
〈◊〉
yong nor olde, man nor woman were exempted frome hearing the word of the Lord. the stranger that was cōuersant among them.
CHAP. IX.
1 Diuers Kings assemble them selues against Ioshúa. 3 The craft of the Gibeonites. 15 Ioshúa maketh a league with them. 23 For their craft they are cōdemned to perpetual sclauerie.
1 ANd when all the Kings thatIn respect of the plaine of Moab. were beyond Iordén, in the mountaines and in the valleis, and by all the coastes of theThe maigne
〈◊〉
called
〈◊〉
. great Sea ouer against Lebanón [(as) the Hittites, and the Amorites, the Canaanites, the Perizzites, the Hiuites, and the Iebusites] heard thereof,
2 They gathered them selues together, to fight against Ioshúa, & against Israél with oneEbr. one mouth. accord.
3 ¶*But the in habitants of Gibeōn hearde2. Sam.
〈◊〉
. 1. what Ioshúa had done vnto Ierichō, and to Ai.
4 And therefore they wroght
〈◊〉
: for they went, and fained them selues embassadours, and toke olde sackes vpon theyr asses, and olde bottels for wine, both rent andBecause they were all worne. bounde vp,
5 And olde shooes and clouted vppon their fete: also the raiment vpon them (was) olde, and all their prouision of bread was dried, and mouled.
6 So they came vnto Ioshúa into the hoste to Gilgál, and said vnto him, and vnto the men of Israél, We be come frome a farre countrey? nowe therefore make a league with vs.
7 Then the men of Israél said vnto theFor the Gibeonites and the Hiuites
〈◊〉
people. Hiuites, It may be that thou dwellest among vs, how thē can I make a league with thee?
8 And they said vnto Ioshúa, We are thy seruants. Then Ioshúa said vnto them, Who are ye? and whence come ye?
9 And they answered him, From a verye far countrey thy seruants are come forEuen the idolaters for feare of death wil
〈◊〉
to honor the true God and receiue his reli. ion. the Name of the Lord thy God: for we haue heard his fame and all that he hathe done in Egypt,
10 And all that he hathe done to the two Kings of the Amorites that were beyonde Iordén, to Sihōn King of Heshbōn, and to Og King of Bashán, whiche were at Ashtaróth.
11 Wherefore our Elders, and all the inhabitants of our countrey spake to vs, saying, Take vitailesEbr. in
〈◊〉
hand. with you for the iour ney, and go to mete them, and say vnto thē, We are your seruants: now therfore make ye a league with vs.
12 This ourThe
〈◊〉
lacke no arte nor spare no lies
〈◊〉
set forth their policie, when they wil deceiue the seruants of God. bread we toke it hot with vs for vitailes out of our houses, the daye we departed to come vnto you: but now behold, it is dried, and it is mouled.
13 Also these bottels of wine which we filled, (were) new, and
〈◊〉
, they be rent, and these our garments and our shooes are olde, by reason of the exceding great iourney.
14 ¶And theSome thinke that the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of their
〈◊〉
, and so made a league with them. men accepted (their tale) cō
cerning their vitailes, and counseled not with the mouth of the Lord.
15 So Ioshúa made peace with thē, and made a league with them, that he wolde suffer them to liue: also the Princes of the Cōgregacion sware vnto them.
16 ¶But at the end of thre daies, after they had made a league with them, they hearde that they were their neighbours, and that they dwelt among them.
17 And the children of Israél toke theyrFrom Gilgal. iourney, and came vnto their Cities the third day, and their cities (were) Gibeōn, & Chephirah, and Beerōth & Kiriathiearim.
18 And the children of Israél slewe them not, because the Princes of the Congregacion had sworne vnto them by the Lord GOD of Israél: wherefore all the CongregacionFearing
〈◊〉
for their faute the plague of GOD shulde haue light vpon them all. murmured against the Princes.
19 Then all the princes said vnto all the Cō
gregacion, We haue sworne vnto them by the Lord God of Israél: now therefore we may not touche them.
20 (But) this we wil do to them, and let them liue, lest the wrath be vppon vs because of theThis doeth not establishe
〈◊〉
othes, but sheweth Gods mercye toward his, whiche
〈◊〉
not punish them for this faute. othe which we sware vnto them.
21 And the Princes said vnto them agayne, Let them liue, but thei shal he we wood, and drawe water vnto all the Congregacion, as the Princes appoint them.
22 Ioshūa then called them, and talked with them, and said, Wherefore haue ye beguiled vs, saying, We are verie farre from you, when ye dwelamong vs?
23 Now therefore ye are cursed, and there shal none of you be freed from being bondmen, and hewers of wood, and drawers, of water forFor the vses of the Tabernacle, & of the temple when it shalbe buylt. the house of my God.
24 And they aunswered Ioshúa and said, Because it was tolde thy seruants, that the Lord thy God had * commanded hys seruant Mosés to giue you all the lande, andDeut. 17. 1. to destroy all the inhabitants of the land out of your sight, therefore we were exceding sore afraid for our liues at the presē
ce of you, and haue done this thing:
25 And beholde now we are in thine hand: do as it semeth good and right in thyne eyes to do vnto vs.
26 Euen so did he vnto them, and deliuered them out of theVVho were minded to put them to death for feare of Gods wrath. hand of the children of Israél, that they slewe them not.
27 And Ioshúa appointed thē that same daie (to be) hewers of wood, and drawers of water for the Congregacion, and for theThat is for the sacrifices. altar of the Lord vnto this day, in the place which he shulde chuse.
CHAP. X.
1 Fiue Kings make warre against Gibeón whom Ioshúa discomfiteth. 11 The Lord rained hailestones and slewe manie. 12 The sunne standeth at Ioshuas prayer. 26 The fiue Kings are hanged. 29 Many mo cities and Kinges are destroyed.
1 NOw when Adoni-zédek King of Ierusalém had heard how Ioshúa had takē Ai and had destroyed it, [* (for) as he hadChap. 6.
〈◊〉
. done to Ierichò and to the Kinge thereof, so he had done to * Ai & to the King therof]Chap. 8.
〈◊〉
. and how the inhabitants of Gibeón had made peace with Israél, and were amonge them,
2 Then thei feared excedingly: for Gibeón was a great citie, as one of the roial cities: for it was greater then Ai, and all the men thereof (were) mightie.
3 WhereforeThat is, Lord of iustice: so tyrants take to them selues glorious names,
〈◊〉
in dede theibe verie enemies against God and all iustice. Adoni-zédek King of Ierusalém sent vnto Hohám King of Hebrón, and vnto Piram Kynge of Iarmúth, and vnto Iapia Kynge of Lachish, and vnto Debir King of Eglón, saying,
4 Come vp vnto me, and helpe me, that we maye smite Gibeón: for they haue made peace with Ioshúa and with the childrē of Israél.
5 Therefore the fiue Kings of the Amorites, the King of Ierusalém, the King of Hebrō, the King of Iarmúth, the King of Lachish, (and) the King of Eglón gathered themselues together, and went vp, they with all their hostes, and besieged Gibeón, & madeSo enuious the wicked are,
〈◊〉
any departe from their hande. warre against it.
6 And the men of Gibeón sent vnto Ioshúa, (euen) to the hoste to Gilgál, saying, Withdrawe not thine hand frome thy seruants: come vp to vs quickly, and saue vs, & helpe vs: for all the Kings of the Amorites which dwelin the mountaines, are gathered together against vs,
7 So Ioshúa ascended from Gilgál, he, and all the people of warre with him, and all the men of might.
8 ¶And the Lord said vnto Ioshúa,Lest Ioshua
〈◊〉
haue thoght that God had sent this great power againste hym for his vnlawful league with the
〈◊〉
, the Lord here
〈◊〉
him. Feare thē not: for I haue giuen them into thine hād: none of them shal stand against thee.
9 Ioshúa therefore came vnto them sodenly: (for) he went vp from Gilgál all the night.
10 And the Lord discomfited them before Israél, and slewe them with a great slaughter at Gibeōn, and chased them along the way that goeth vp to Beth-horôn, and smote them to Azekáh and to Makkedáh.
11 And as thei fled from before Israél, (and) were in the going downe to Beth-horôn, the Lord cast down great stones from heauen vpon them, vntil Azekáh, & thei dyed: (they were) more that dyed with theSo we se that all thinges serue to execute Gods vēgeance againste the wicked. haylestones, then they whome the children of Israél slewe with the sworde.
12 ¶Then spake Ioshúa to the Lorde, in the day when the Lord gaue the Amorites before the children of Israél, and he sayde in the sight of Israél, * Sunne, staye thou inIsa. 28. 21. Gibeón, and thou moone, in the valley ofEccles. 46. 5. Aialón.
13 And the sunne abode, and the moone stode stil, vntil the people auenged them selues vpon their enemies: [Is not this written in the boke ofSome read, in the boke of the righteous, meaning Mosés, The Chalde texte readeth in the boke of the Lawe
〈◊〉
it is like that it was a boke thus named whiche is now lost. Iashér] so the sunne abode in the middes of the heauen, and hasted not to go downe for a whole day.
14 And there was no day like that before it, nor after it, that the Lord heard the voyce of a man: for the LordBy taking away the ennemies hearts & destroying them with hailestones. fought for Israél.
15 ¶After, Ioshúa returned, and all Israéll with him vnto the campe to Gilgál:
16 But the fiue Kings fled and were hid in a caue at Makkedáh.
17 And it was tolde Ioshúa, saying, The fiue Kings are founde hyd in a caue at Makkedáh.
18 Then Ioshúa said, Roule great stones vpō the mouthe of the caue, and set men by it for to kepe them.
19 But stande ye not still: followe after your ennemies, andEbr. cut of all their traine, or
〈◊〉
. smite all the hindemoste, suffre them not to enter into their Cities: for the Lord your God hathe giuen them into your hand.
20 And when Ioshúa and the children of Israél had made an end of slaying them with an exceding great slaughter til they were consumed, and the rest that remayned of them were entred into walled cities,
21 Then all the people returned to the campe, to Ioshua at Makkedáh inOr, in safetie so that none gaue them as much
〈◊〉
an euil worde. peace: no man moued his tongue against the childrē of Israél.
22 After, Ioshúa said, Open the mouth of the caue, and bring out these fiue Kings vnto me forthe of the caue.
23 And they did so, and broght out those fiue Kings vnto him forthe of the caue, (euen) the King of Ierusalém, the Kinge of Hebrōn, the King of Iarmúth, the Kynge
of Lachish, (and) the King of Eglōn.
24 And when they had broght out those Kynges vnto Ioshúa, Ioshúa called for all the men of Israél, and said vnto the chief of the men of warre, which wēt with him, Come nere, set your fete vpō theSignifying What shulde become of the rest of Gods enemies, seing that Kyngs them selues Were not spared. neckes of these Kings: and thei came nere and set their fete vpon their neckes.
25 And Ioshûa said vnto them, Feare not, nor be faint hearted, (but) be strong and of a good courage: for thus wil the Lord do to all your enemies, against whome ye fight.
26 So then Ioshûa smote them, and slewe them, and hanged them on fiue trees, and thei hanged still vpon the trees vntill the euening.
27 And at the goynge downe of the sunne, Ioshûa gaue cōmandement, that thei shuld take * them downe of the trees, and casteDeute. 21. 23. them into the caue [wherein thei had beneChap. 8. 29. hid] and thei layed great stones vpon the caues mouth, (which remaine) vntil this day
28 ¶ And that same day Ioshûa toke
〈◊〉
taketh Makkedah. Makkedáh and smote it with the edge of the sworde, and the King there of destroyed he with them, andOr, euerye persone. all the soules that were therein, he let not remayne for he did toChap. 6.
〈◊〉
. the Kynge of Makkedáh * as he had
〈◊〉
vnto the King of Ierichō.
29 Then Ioshûa went from Makkedáh, and al Israél with him vnto Libnáh, and fought against Libnáh.
30 And the Lord gaueLibnah is taken. it also and the Kyng thereof into the hand of Israél & he smote it with the edge of the sworde, and all theOr, persones. soules that were therein: he let none remaine in it for he did vnto the King therof, as he had done vnto the King of Iericho.
31 ¶ And Ioshúa departed from Libnáh, and all Israél with him vnto Lachish, and besieged it, and assalted it.
32 And the Lord gaue
〈◊〉
is takē. Lachish into the hād of Israél, which toke it the seconde day, & smote it with the edge of the sworde, and all the soules that were therein, according to all as he had done to Libnáh.
33 ¶ Then Horám King ofThe King of Gézer is slayne. Gézer came vp to helpe Lachish: but Ioshúa smote him and his people, vntil none of his remained.
34 ¶ And from Lachish Ioshúa departed vntoEglon is taken Eglón, and all Israél with him, and they besieged it, and assalted it,
35 And they toke it the same day, and smote it with the edge of the sworde, and all the soules that were therein he vtterly destroyed the same day, according to all that he had done to Lachish.
36 Then Ioshūa went vp from Eglon, and all Israél with him vnto Hebrō, & thei fought against it.
37 And when they had taken
〈◊〉
is takē. it, they smote it with the edge of the sworde, & the King thereof, and all the Cities thereof, and all thesoules that were therein: he left none remainyng, accordynge to all as he had done to Eglōn: for he destroyed it vtterly, and all the soules that were therein.
38 ¶ So Ioshúa returned, and all Israéll wyth him to Debir, and fought against it.
39 And when he had takenDebit is takē. it, and the King therof, and all the cities therof, thei smote them with the edge of the sworde, and vtterlye destroyed all the soules that were therein, he let none remaine: as he dyd to Hebrón, so he did to Debir, & to the King thereof, as he had also done to Libnáh, & to the King thereof.
40 ¶ So Ioshúa smote all the hyll countreis, and the South countreis, and the valleis, and theSome read, As hedoth, Which
〈◊〉
the descentes of the hils. hill sides, and all their Kynges, & let none remayne, but vtterlye destroyed euery soule, as the Lord God of Israél had commanded.
41 And Ioshúa smote them from Kadeshbarnéa euen vnto Azzáh, and al the countrey of Goshén, euen vnto Gibeôn.
42 And all these Kinges, and their lande did Ioshúa take atIn one battel. one time, because the lord God of Israél fought for Israél.
43 Afterwarde, Ioshúa & all Israél with him returned vnto the campe inWhere the Arke Was, there to giue thankes for
〈◊〉
victories. Gilgál.
CHAP. XI
2 Diuers Kinges and Cities, and countreis ouercome by Ioshúa. 15 Ioshúa did all that
〈◊〉
bad commanded him 20 God hardeneth the ennemies heartes that they might be destroyed.
1 ANd when Iabin Kynge of Hazōr had heard this, then heThe more that Gods power appeareth, the more the wicked rage against it. sent to Iobáb King of Madón, and to the King of Shimrón, and to the King of
〈◊〉
,
2 And vnto the Kynges that were by the North in the mountaines, and plaines towarde the Southside ofVVhiche the Euengelistes call the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
, or
〈◊〉
. Cin nerôth, and in the valleis, and in the borders of Dor Westwarde,
3 (And) vnto the Canaanites, (both) by East, and by West, and vnto the Amorites, and Hittites, and Perizzites, and Iebusites in the mountaines, and vnto the Hiuites vnderVVhiche was mount
〈◊〉
, as Deut. 4. 48. Hermôn in the land of Mizpéh:
4 And they came out and all theyr hostes with them, manye people as the sand that is on the seashore for multitude, with horses and charets exceding many.
5 So all these Kings met together, and came & pitched together at the waters of Meróm, for to fight against Israél.
6 ¶ Then the Lord said vnto Ioshúa, Be not afraid for them: for to morowe about this time will I deliuer them all slayne before Israél thou shaltThat nether thei
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to the vse of Warre, nor the
〈◊〉
shulde put their trust in them. hough their horses, and burne their charets with fire.
7 Thē came Ioshúa and all the men of warre with him agaynste them by the waters of Merón sodenly, and fel vpon them.
8 And the Lord gaue them into the hande of Israél and they smote them, and chased them vnto greate Zidón, and vntoVVhiche signifieth, hot Waters, or accordynge to some, brine
〈◊〉
. Misrephothmáim, and vnto the valley of Mizpéh Eastwarde, and smote them
vntil thei had none remaining of them.
9 And Ioshúa did vnto thē as the Lord bade him: he houghed their horses, and burnt their charets with fire.
10 ¶ At that time also Ioshúa turned backe, and toke Hazór, and smote the King therof with the sworde: for Hazór before time was the head of all those kingdomes.
11 Moreouer they smote all theBothe men, Women & children. persones that were therein wyth the edge of the sword, vtterly destroying (all,) leauing none aliue, and he burnt Hazór with fire.
12 So all the cities of those Kynges, and all the Kynges of them dyd Ioshua take, and smote them with the edge of the sworde, (and) vtterly destroyed thē, * as Mosés theNomb
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. seruant of the Lord had commanded.Deute
〈◊〉
. 2.
13 But Israél burnt none of the cities that stode still in theirVVhiche Were stronge by situation and not hurt by Warre. strengthe, saue Hazōr onely, that Ioshûa burnt.
14 And all the spoyle of these Cities and the cattell the children of Israél toke for their praye, but they smote eueryeAll mankinde. man with the edge of the sworde vntil they had destroyed them, not leauing one a liue.
15 ¶ As the Lord * had commāded Mosés hisExod. 34. 11.
Deute. 7. 2. seruant, so did Mosés * cōmande Ioshúa, & so did Ioshûa: he left nothing vndone of all that the Lord had commanded Mosés.
16 So Ioshúa toke all this land of the mountaines, and all the South, and all the land of Goshén, and the lowe countrey, and the plaine, and theThat is, Samaria mountaine of Israél, and the lowe countrey of the same,
17 From the mountSo called, becau se it Was bare and without trees. Halák, that goeth vp to Seir, euen vntoOr, the valley of God. Baalgádin the valley of Lebanōn, vnder mount Hermôn: & all their Kynges he toke, and smote them, & slewe them.
18 Ioshúa made warre longe tyme wyth all those Kings,
19 Nether was there anye Citie that madeChap. 9 3. peace with the children of Israél, * saue those Hiuites that inhabited Gibeôn: all (other) they toke by battel.
20 For it came of the Lord, toThat is, to
〈◊〉
them ouer to thē selues: and therefore thei cold not but rebelle agaīst GOD and seke their owne
〈◊〉
. harden their heartes that they shulde come agaynste Israél in battell to the intente that they shulde destroye them vtterlye (and) shewe them no mercy, but that they shuld bring them to noght: as the Lord had commanded Mosés.
21 ¶ And that same season came Ioshúa, and destroyed the Anakims out of the mountaines: (as) out of Hebrō, out or Debir, out of Anáb, and out of all the mountaines of Iudáh, and out of all the mountaines' of Israél: Ioshûa destroyed them vtterly with theircities.
22 There was no Anakim left in the land of the children of Israél: onely in Azzáh,Out of the W i che came Goliath in Gath, and in Ashdód were they left.
23 So Ioshûa toke the whole land, according1. Sam. 17. 4. to all that the Lord had said vnto Mosés: and Ioshûa gaue it for an inheritance vnto Israél * according to their porciōs throughNom. 26.
〈◊〉
. their tribes: then the land was at rest without warre.
CHAP. XII.
8. 7. What Kings Ioshúa and the children of Israél killed on bothe sides of Iordén, 24 Whiche were in nomber thirtie and one.
1 ANd these are the Kynges of the land, whiche the children of Israél smote & possessed their land, on theFrom
〈◊〉
Where Ioshua cā
ped. other side Iordén towarde the rising of the sunne, frome the riuer Arnôn, vnto mount Hermôn, and all the plaine Eastward.
2 *Sihôn King of the Amorites, that dweltNomb. 21. 24.
Deuter. 3. 6. in Heshbôn, hauing dominion from Aroér, which is beside the riuer of Arnôn, & from the middle of the riuer, and frome halfe Gileád vnto the riuer Iabbok, in the border of the children of Ammôn.
3 And from the plaine vnto the sea of Cinneróth Eastward, and vnto the Sea of theOr, Wildernes. plaine, euē the salt Sea Eastward, the way to Bethieshimôth, and from the South vnder theOr, hil sides. springs of * Pisgáh.Deut. 3. 17. & 4. 49.
4 ¶ They (conquered) also the coaste of OgDeuter.
〈◊〉
. 11. Kynge of Bashán of the * remnant of theChap. 13. 12. gyāts, which dwelt at Ashtaróth, & at Edréi
5 And reigned in mount Hermôn, and in Salcáh, and in all Bashán, vnto the border of the Geshurites, and the Maachathites, and halfe Gileád, euen the border of Sihō King of Heshbôn.
6 Mosés the seruante of the Lorde, and the children of Israél smote them: * Mosés alsoNomb 32.
〈◊〉
. the seruāt of the Lord gaue (their land) forDeut. 3. 12.
Chap. 13. 8. a possessiō vnto the Reubenites, & vnto the Gadites, & to halfe the tribe of Manasséh.
7 ¶ These also are the Kings of the coūtrey, whiche Ioshúa and the children of Israēll smote on this side Iordén, Westward, from Baal-gád in the valley of Lebanō, euē vnto the moūtRead Chap. 11 vers. 11. Halák that goeth vp to Seir, & Ioshúa gaue it vnto the tribes of Israél for a possession, according to their porcions:
8 In the mountaines, and in the valleis, and in the plaines, and in theOr, in Ashdoth. hil sides, & in the wildernes, & in the South, (where were) the Hittites, the Amorites, & the Canaanites, the Perizzites, the Hiuites, & the Iebusites.
9 ¶ * The Kynge of Ierichô (was) one: * theChap. 6. 2. King of Ai which is beside Beth-êl, one:Chap. 8 29.
10 The * King of Ierusalêm, one: the King ofChap. 10. 23. Hebrôn, one:
11 The King of Iarmûth, one: the Kynge of Lachish, one:
12 The King of Eglôn, one: the * King of Gêzer,Chap. 10. 33. one:
13 The * King of Debir, one: the King of Géder,Chap. 10. 39. one:
14 The Kynge of Hormáh, one: the Kyng of Arád, one:
15 The * King of Libnáh, one: the Kynge ofChap. 10. 30. Adullám, one:
16 The * King of Makkedáh, one? the KyngChap. 10. 29.
Chap. 10.
〈◊〉
. of Beth-él, one:
17 The King of Tappuáh, one: the Kynge of Hépher, one:
18 The Kinge of Aphék, one: the Kynge of Lasharón, one:
19 The Kyng of Madon, one: the * Kynge ofChap. 11. 10. Hazór, one:
20 The Kynge of Shimron merón, one: the King of Achsháph, one:
21 The King of Taanách, one: the Kynge of Megiddo, one:
22 The Kynge of Kedésh, one: the Kynge of Iokneám ofOr, nere vnto Carmél. Carmél, one:
23 The King of Dor, in the countrey of Dor, one: the * Kynge of the nacions of Gilgál,Gen. 14. 1. one:
24 The Kynge of Tirzáh, one, all the Kinges (were) thirty and one.
CHAP. XIII.
3 The borders and coastes of the land of Canáan. 8 The possession of the Reubenites, Gadites, and of halfe the tribe of Manasséh. 14 The Lord is the inheritance of Leui. 22 Balaám was slaine.
1 NOw when Ioshúa was olde, (and)Beinge almoste an hundreth and
〈◊〉
yere olde. striken in yeres, the Lord said vnto hym, Thou art olde andEbr. commen into yeres. growen in age, & there remayneth excedynge muche lande to beAfter that the enemies are ouer come. possessed:
2 This is the lande that remayneth, all theOr, borders. regions of the Philistims, and all Geshuri,
3 FromEbr. Shihor. Nilus whiche isEbr. vpon the face of Egypt. in Egypte, euen vnto the borders of Ekrón Northward: this is counted of the Canaanites, euē fiue lordeshippes of the Philistims, the Azzithites, and the Ashdodites, the Eshk elonites, the Gittites, and the Ekronites, & the Auites:
4 From the Southe, all the lande of the Canaanites, and theEbr. Mearab. caue that is beside the Sidonians, vnto Aphék, (and) to the borders of the Amorites:
5 And the land of the Giblites, and all Lebanōn, towarde the sunnerising fromOr, the plaine of Gad. Bahalgad vnder mount Hermón, vntil one come to Hamáth.
6 All the inhabitantes of the mountaines from Lebanō vntoRead Chap. 11,
〈◊〉
. Misrephothmáim, (&) all the Sidonians, I wil cast them out from before the children of Israél: onely deuide thou it by lot vnto the Israelites, to inherit, as I haue commanded thee.
7 Now therefore deuide this land to inherit, vnto the nine tribes, and to the halfe tribe of Manasseh.
8 (For) with (halfe) there of the Reubenites and the Gadites haue receiued their inheritance, * which Mosés gaue them beyondNomb. 32. 33. Iordén Eastward, euen as Mosés the seruātDeut. 3. 13. of the Lord had giuen them,Chap. 22. 4.
9 From Aroér that is on the brinke of the riuer Arnón, and from the citie that is in the middes of theOr, valley. riuer, and all the plaine of Medebá vnto Dibōn,
10 And all the Cities of Sihón Kynge of the Amorites, which reigned in Heshbō, vnto the borders of the children of Ammón,
11 And Gileád, & the borders of the Geshurites and of the Maachathites, & all moūt Hermón, with all Bashán vnto Salcáh:
12 All the kingdome of Og in Bashan, which reygned in Ashtaróth and in Edréi [who remained of the * rest of the gyantes] forDeut. 3. 11. chap. 12. 4. these did Mosés smite, and cast them out.
13 But the childrē of IsraélBecause thei destroyed not all as God had cōmanded, they that remained, weresna res and pricks to hurt thē, Nō. 33.
〈◊〉
. chap. 23. 13. Iud. 2. 3. expelled not the Geshurites nor the Maachathites but the Geshurites and the Maachathites dwell among the Israelites euen vnto this day.
14 Onely vnto the tribe of Leui he gaue none inheritance, (but) the sacrifices of the Lord God of Israél areLeui shall liue by the sacrifices. his inheritance, as he said vnto him.Nomb. 18. 21.
15 ¶ Mosés then gaue vnto the tribe of the children of Reuben (inheritāce,) according to their families.
16 And their coast was from Aroér, that is on the brinke of the riuer Arnón, and frome the Citie that is in the middes of the riuer, and all the plaine which is by Medebá:
17 Heshbón with all the cities thereof, that are in the plaine: Dibón &Or, hieplaces of Baal. Bamoth-báal, and Beth-baal-meôn:
18 And Ia hazáh, & Kedemoth & Mepháath:
19 Kiriatháim also, and Sibmáh, and Zerethshahár in the mount ofOr, the
〈◊〉
. Deut.
〈◊〉
. 17. Emek:
20 And Beth-peor, and * Ashdoth pisgáh, & Beth-ieshimoth:
21 And all the cities of the plaine: and all the kyngedome of Sihon Kinge of the Amorites, whiche reigned in Heshbon, whome Mosés smote * with the Princes of Midián,Nomb. 31. 8. Eui, and Rekém, and Zur, and Hur, & Réba, the dukes of Sihon, dwelling in the countrey.
22 AndSo that bothe they, which obeyed wicked counsell and the wicked
〈◊〉
peris hed by the iust
〈◊〉
of God, Balaám the sonne of Be or the southsayer did the children of Israél slaye wyth the sworde, among them that were slaine.
23 And the border of the children of Reubén was Iordén with the coastes, this was the inheritance of the children of Reubén according to their families, with the Cities and their villages.
24 ¶ Also Mosés gaue (inheritance) vnto the tribe of Gad, (euen) vnto the chyldren of Gád according to their families.
25 And their coastes were Iazér, and all the Cities of Gileád and halfe the lande of the children of Ammon vnto Aroér, whiche is before Rabbáh:
26 And from Heshbō vnto Ramoth, Mizpéh, and Betonim: & frome Mahanáim vnto the borders of Debir.
27 And in the valley Beth-arám, and Bethnimráh, and Succoth, and Zaphon, the rest of the kyngdome of Sihon Kyng of Heshbon, vnto Iordén and the borders euē vnto the Sea coast of Cinéreth,That is, in the land of Moab. beyonde Iordén Eastward.
28 This is the inheritance of the children of Gad, after their families, with the cities & their villages.
29 ¶ Also Mosés gaue (inheritance) vnto the
halfe trihe of Manasséh: and this belonged to the halfe tribe of the children of Manasséh according to their families.
30 And their border was from Mahanaim. (euen) all Bashán (to wit) all the king dome of Og King of Bashán, and all the townes of Iair which are in Bashán, threscore cities,
31 And halfe Gileád, and Ashtaróth, & Edréi cities of the kingdome of Og in Bashán,Nom. 32. 39. * (were giuen) vnto theMeaning, his neweues and po steritie. children of Machir the sonne of Manasséh, to halfe of the children of Machir after their families,
32 These are the heritages, which Mosés did distribute in the plaine of Moáb beyonde Iordén, (towarde) Ierichó Estwarde.
33 * But vnto the tribe of Leui Mosés gaueChap. 18. 7. none inheritance (for) the Lord God of Is raél is their inheritance, * as he said vnto them.Nomb. 18 20,
CHAP. XIIII.
2 The land of Canáan was deuided among the nine tribes and the halfe 6 Caléb requireth the heritage that was promised him 13 Hebrón was giuen him.
1 THese also are the (places) which the children of Israél inherited in the land of Canáan, * which Eleazár the Priest, andNomb. 34. 17, Ioshúa the sonne of Nun and the chief fathers of the tribes of the childrē of Israél, distributed to them,
2 * By the lot of their inheritāce, as the LordNomb. 26. 55. & 33. 54. had commanded by the hand of Mosés, to giue to the nine tribes, and the halfe tribe
3 For Mosés had giuen inheritance vntoAs Reuben & Gad and halfe the tribe of Manasséh two tribes and halfe tribe beyōde Iordén but vnto the Leuites he gaue none inheritance among them.
4 For the children of Ioséph wereSo thoght Leui lacked, yet were there stil welue tribes by this meanes. two tribes Manasséh and Ephraim: therefore they gaue no parte vnto the Leuites in the land, saue cities to dwel in, with the su burbes of the same for their beastes and their substance.
5 * As the Lord had commanded Mosés, so the children of Israél did when they deuidedNomb. 35. 2. the land.
6 ¶ Then the children of Iudáh came vnto Ioshúa in Gilgál: and Caléb the sonne of Iephunnéh the Kenezite said vnto him Thou knowest what the Lord said vnto Mosés the man of God, concerningVVhich was, that they two onely shulde enter into the land. me and thee in Kadersh-barnéa.
7 Fourty
〈◊〉
olde was I, when Mosés the seruant of the Lord sent me from Kadeshbarnéa to espy the land, and I broght him worde againe as (I thoght) in mine heart.
8 But byVVhich were the ten other spies. brethren that went vp with me, discouraged the heart of the people: yet I followed stil the Lord my God.
9 Wherefore Mosés sware the same day, saying, Certeinly the land whereon thy fete haue troden, shalbe thine inheritance and thy childrens for euer, because thou hast followed constantly the LORD my GOD.
10 Therefore beholde now, the Lord hathe kept me aliue, as he promised: this is the fourty and fift yere since the Lord spake this thing vnto Mosés, while the children of Israél wandred in the wildernes: & now lo, I am this day fourscore & fiue yere olde
11 And yet am as * strong at this time, as IEccles. 46. 11. was when Mosés sent me: as strōg as I was then, so strong am I now, (ether) for warre orEbr. to go
〈◊〉
, and come in. for gouernement.
12 Now therefore giue me this mountaine where of the Lord spake in that day [for thou heardest in that daie, how theOr, gyante. Anakims (were) there, and the cities great & walled]This he spake of
〈◊〉
and not of
〈◊〉
. if so be the Lord wil be with me, that I may driue them out, as the Lord said
13 Then Ioshúa blessed him, and gaue vnto Caléb the sonne of Iephūnéh, Hebrôn for an inheritance.
14 * Hebrón therefore became the inheritan1.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 56. ce of Caléb the sonne of Iephunnéh the Kenezite, vnto this day: because he followed constantly the Lord God of Israél.
15 And the name of * Hebrón (was) beforetime,Chap. 15. 13. Kiriath-arbá: which (Arbá) was a
〈◊〉
for his power or
〈◊〉
. great man among the Anakims: thus the land ceased from warre.
CHAP. XV.
1 The lotte of the children of Iudáh and the names of the cities and villages of the same. 13 Calebs portion. 18 The request of Achsah.
1 THis then was the lot of the tribe of the children of Iudáh by their families:Nomb. 34. 3. (euen) * to the border of Edóm & the wildérnesNomb. 33. 36. of * Zin, Southward on the Southcoast.
2 And their Southborder was the salt Sea coast, fromThe Ebrewe worde
〈◊〉
tongue, whereby is ment ether the
〈◊〉
of the Sea that commeth in to the land, or a rocke or caphe that goeth into the Sea. the point that loketh South ward.
3 And it wēt out on the Southside toward Maaleth-akrabbim, and went along to Zin, and ascended vp on the Southside vnto Kadesh-barnéa, and wēt along to Hezrón, and went vp to Adár, and fet a compasse to Karkáa.
4 From thence went it a long to Azmón, and reached vnto the riuer of Egypt, and the end of that coast was on the Westside this shalbe your Southcoast.
5 Also the Eastborder shalbe the salt Sea, vnto theMeaning the mouth of the riuer where it
〈◊〉
neth into the salt Sea. end of Iordén, and the border on the North quarter from the point of the Sea, (and) from the end of Iordén.
6 And this border goeth vp to Beth-hoglá, and goeth along by the Northside of Beth-arabáh, so the border from thence goeth vp to theVVhic was a marke to parte their countreyes stone of Bohán the sonne of Reubén,
7 Againe this border goet̄h vp to Debir from the valley of Achor, and Northwarde turning toward Gilgál, that lyeth before the going vp to
〈◊〉
, which is on the Southside of the riuer: also this border goeth vp to the waters ofOr the founteine of the sunne. En-shémesh, &
endeth at * En-rogél.
8 Then this border goeth vp to the valley1. King. 1. 9. of the sonne of Hinnôm, on the Southside of the Iebusites: the same is Ierusalém also this border goeth vp to the top of the mountaine that lieth before the valley of Hinnôm Westward, which is by the end of the valley of theEbr. Rephraim. gyantes North ward.
9 So this border compasseth from the top the mountaine vnto the founteine of the water of Nephtôah, and goeth out to the cities of mount Ephrôn and this border draweth to Baaláh, which isOr, the citie of Woods. Kiriath-iearim.
10 Then this border compasseth from Baaláh Westward vnto mount Seir, and goeth alōg vnto the side of mount Iearim, which is Chesalón on the Northside: so it commeth downe to Beth-shémesh, and goeth to Timnáh.
11 Also this border goeth out vnto the side of Ekrôn North ward: and this border draweth Shicrôn, & goeth along to mount Baaláh, and stretcheth vnto Iabneél: and the endes of this coastare to theMeaning to W ard Syria. Sea.
12 And the Wéstborder (is) to the great Sea: so this border shalbe the bōdes of the chil dren of Iudáh round about, according to their families,
13 ¶ And vnto Caléb the sóne of Iephunnéh did Ioshûa giue a parte among the childrē of Iudáh, as the Lord cōmanded him (euen) * Kiriath-arba of the father of Anák whicheChap. 14. 15. in Hebrôn.
14 And CalébThis was done after the death of Ioshua. droue thence thre sonnes of Anák, Sheshái, and Ahimán, and Talmái, the sonnes of Anák.Iud. 1. 10.
15 And he went vp then ce to the in habitāts of Debir and the name of Debir before ti me (was) Kiriath-sépher.
16 Them Caléb said, He that
〈◊〉
Kiriath sepher, and taketh it, euē to him wil I giue Achsah his daughter to wife.
17 And Othniél, the sonne of Kenaz, theOr, cousin. brother of Caléb toke it & he gaue him Achsáh his daughter to wife.
18 And as she went in (to him) she moued him to aske of her father a fieldBecause her
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
long. & she lighted of her asse, and Caléb said vnto her, What wilt thou.
19 Then she answered,Or, Grante me this petition. Giue me a blessing: for thou hast giuē
Because her coū trey was baren, she desired of her father a field that had springs. me the South countrei giue me also springs of water And he gaue her the sprīgs aboue & the sprīgs benethe
20 This shalbe the inheritance of the tribe of the childrē of Iudáh according to their families.
21 And the vtmost cities of the tribe of the children of Iudáh, toward the coastes of Edôm Southward were Kabzeél, and Eder and Iagûr,
22 And Kináh, and Dimonáh: and Adadáh,
23 And Kédesh, and Hazôr, and Ithnán,
24 Ziph, and Télem, and Bealôth.
25 And Hazôr, Hadattath, and Kerioth, Hesron [which is Hazor]
26 Amám, and Shemá, and Moladáh.
27 And Hazár, Gaddáh, and Heshmôn, and Beth-palet,
28 And Hasar-shuál, and Beershéba, and Biziothiáh,
29 Baaláh, and Iim, and Azem,
30 And Eltolád, and Chesil,VVhich before Was called zephath. Iud. 1. 17. and Hormáh.
31 And Ziklâg, & Madmanná, & Sansannáh.
32 And Lebaoth, and Shilhim, and Ain, and Rimmôn: all (these) cities (are) twenty and nine with their villages.
33 ¶ In thé lowe countrey (were) Eshtaol, & Zoreáh, and Ashnáh,
34 And Zanoáh, and En-gannim, Tappúah, and Enám,
35 Iarmúth, and Adullám, Socôh, and Azekàh
36 And Sharáim, and Adithaim, and Gederáh, & Gederotháim: fourtene cities with their villages,
37 Zenám, and Hadasháh, and Migdal-gád,
38 And Dileám, and Mizpéh, and Ioktheél,
39 Lachish, and Bozkáth, and Eglon.
40 And Cabbôn, and Lahmám, and Kithlish,
41 And Gederoth, Beth-dagon, and Naamâh, and Makkedàh: sixtene cities with their villages.
42 Lebnáh, and Ethêr, and Ashàn,
43 And liphtah, and Ashnáh, and Mezib.
44 And Keilah and Aczib, and Mareshah: nine cities with their villages.
45 Ekron with herEbr, daughters townes and her villages
46 From Ekron, euen vnto the Sea, all that lieth about Ashdod with their villages.
47 Ashdod with her townes and her villages Azzáh with her townes and her villages, vnto theMeaning
〈◊〉
as chap.
〈◊〉
. 3. riuer of Egypt, and the great sea (was their) coast.
48 ¶ And in the mountaines (were) Shamis, & Iattir, and Socoh,
49 And Dannah, andVVhich is also called
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
her. Vers. 15, Kiriath-sannath, [which is Debir]
50 And Anab, and Ashtemoh, and Anim,
51 And Goshen, and Holon, and Giloh: eleuen cities with their villages.
52 Arab, and Dumah, and Eshean,
53 And Ianum, and Beth-tappuah, and Aphekah.Chap. 14. 10.
54 And Humtah, and * Kiriath-arba [which is Hebron] and Zior: nine cities with their villages.
55 Maôn, Carmêl, and Ziph, and Iuttah.
56 And Izreēl, and Iork deam, and Zanoah.
57 Kain Gibeah, and Timnah: ten cities with their villages.
58 Halhûl, Beth-zûr and Gedor.
59 And Maa ráh, and Beth-auoth, and Eltekon: six cities with their villages.
60 Kiriath-báal, which is Kiriath-iearim and Rabbáh two cities with their villages.
61 ¶ In the wildernes (were) Beth-arabáh Middin, and Secacáh.
62 And Nibshán, and theOf this
〈◊〉
the salt Sea hathe his name. citie of salt, and En-gedî: six cities with their villages.
63 Neuertheles, the Iebusites that were the
This
〈◊〉
doeth apperteine to the Chap. 15 of Ioshua.
inhabitants of Ierusalém, colde not the children of Iudáh castThat is vtterly thogh they
〈◊〉
the moste parre, and burnt their
〈◊〉
Iudg. 1. 8. out, but the Iebusites dwel with the children of Iudáh at Ierusalém vnto this day.
CHAP. XVI.
1 The lot or parte of Ephraim. 10 The Canaanite dwelled among them.
1 ANd the lot fel to theThat is, to Ephraim and his children for Manassehs porcion
〈◊〉
. children of Ioséph from Iordén by Ierichô vnto the water of Ierichô Eastwarde, (and) to the wildernes that goeth vp from Ierichô by the mount Beth-él:Iudg 1. 25.
2 And goeth out from Beth-él to * Luz, and runneth alōg vnto the borders of Archia tároth.
3 And goeth downe Westward to the coaste of Iaphleti, vnto the coast of Bethhorón the nether, & to Gézer: & the endsOf their inheri tance. there of are at the Sea.
4 So the children of Ioséph, manasséh and EphráimSeuerally, first Ephraim & then
〈◊〉
. toke their inheritance.
5 ¶ Also the borders of the children of Ephráim according to their families, euen the borders of their inheritāce on the East side, were Atróh addár, vnto Beth-horón the vpper.
6 And this border goeth out to the Sea vn to Michmetháh on the Northside, and this border returneth Eastwarde vnto Taanáth shilóh, and passeth it on the Eastside vnto Ianóhah.
7 And goeth downe from Ianóhah to Ataroth, and Naaráth, and cometh to Ierichó,For so farre the coasts reache. and goeth out at Iordén.
8 And this border goeth from Tappúah Westward vnto the riuer Kanáh, and the ends thereof are at the Sea: this is the inheritance of the tribe of the children of Ephraim by their families.
9 And theBecause Ephraims tribe was farre
〈◊〉
then Manasséh, therefore he had mo cities. separate cities for the children of Ephráim (were) among the inheritance of the children of Manasséh: all the cities with their villages.
10 And they cast not out the Canaanite that dwelt in Gézer, but the Canaanite dwelleth amōg the Ephraimites vnto this day and serue vnder tribute,
CHAP. XVII.
1 The porciō of the halfe tribe of Manasséh. 3 The daugh ters of Zelophehab 13 The Canaanites ate become tribu taries 14 Manasséh and Ephraim require a greater porcion of heritage.
〈◊〉
. 46. 14.
1 THis was also the lot of the tribe of Manasséh: for he was the * first borne of Io seph (to wit) of Machirthe first borne of Manasséh (and) the father of Gileád: now because he was a man of warre, he had Gileád and Bashán.Nomb. 28. 29.
2 And also * of theFor the other halfe tribe had their porcion beyonde lordén. rest of the sonnes of Ma nasséh by their families (euen) of the sonnes of Abiézer, & of the sonnes of Hélek, and of the sonnes of Azriél, and of the son nes of Shéchem, and of the sonnes of Hépher, and of the sonnes of Shemidá: theseNom. 26. 33. & 27.
〈◊〉
and. 36. 7. (were) the males of Manasséh, the sonne of Ioséph according to their families.
3 ¶ * But Zelophehád the sonne of Hépher, the sonne of Gileád, the sonne of Machir, the sonne of Manasséh, had no sonnes, but daughters: and these are the names of his daughters. Malháh, and Noáh, Hoglah, Milcháh and Tirzáh:
4 Which came before Eleazár the Priest, and before Ioshúa the sonne of Nun, and before the princes, saying, The Lord commanded Mosés to giue vs an inheritance among ourAmong
〈◊〉
of our tribe. brethrē therefore according to the commandement of the Lord he gaue thē an inheritance among the brethrē of their father.
5 And there fel ten porcions toIn the land of
〈◊〉
: fiue to the males and other fiue to the daughters of zelophehad. Manasséh, beside the land of Gileád & Bashán, which is on the otherside Iordén.
6 Because the daughters of Manasséh did inherit among his sonnes: and Manassehs other sonnes had the land of Gileád.
7 ¶ So the borders of Manasséh were from Ashér to Michmetháh that lieth before Shechém, and this border goeth on the right hand, euen vnto the inhabitants of En-tappúah.
8 The lād of Tappúah belōged to Manasséh butMeaning the
〈◊〉
tie it selfe. Tappuah beside the border of Manas séh (belongeth) to the sonnes of Ephráim.
9 Also this border goeth downe vnto theOr the broke of reedes. riuer Kanáh Southward to the riuer: the se cities of Ephráim (are) among the cities of Manasséh: and the border of Manasséh (is) on the Northside of the riuer, and the ends of it are at theThat isto
〈◊〉
the maiguelea. Sea.
10 The South perteineth to Ephráim, and the North to Manasséh, and the Sea is his border: and they met together inIn the tribe of Asher, and
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
. Ashér Northward, and in Issachár Eastward.
11 And Manasséh had in Issachár and in Ashár Beth-sheán, and her townes, and I bleám, & her townes, and the inhabitants of Dor with the townes thereof, and the inhabitants of En-dór with the townes thereof and the inhabitāts of Thaanách with her townes, and the inhabitants of Megiddó with the townes of the same (euen) thre countreis.
12 Yet the children of ManasséhFor at the first they lacked
〈◊〉
, and alter agreed with thē on condicion cō
trary to Gods
〈◊〉
. colde not destroy those cities, but the Canaanites dwelled stil in that land.
13 Neuertheles, when the children of Israél were strong they put the Canaanites vnder tribute, but cast them not out wholly
14 Then the children of Ioséph spake vnto Ioshúa, saying. Why hast thou giuen me but one lot, & one porcion toinherit, seing I am a great people, for as muche as the Lord hatheAccording to my
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
prophecie. blessed me hetherto?
15 Ioshúa then answered them, If thou be mu che people, get thee vp to the wod, & cut (trees) forthy selfe there in the land of the Perizzites, and of the gyans,If this mount be not large ynough why doest not
〈◊〉
more by destroying Gods enemies, as he
〈◊〉
the commanded. if mount Ephráim be to naro we for thee.
16 Then the children of Ioséph said, The mountaine wil not be ynough for vs: and
all the Canaanites that dwel in the lowe countrey haue charets of yrō, aswel they in Beth-shean, and in the townes of the same, as they in the valley of Izreél.
17 And Ioshúa spake vnto the house of Ioséph, to Ephráim, and to Manasséh, saying Thou art a great people, and hast great power (and) shalt not haue one lot.
18 Therefore mountaine shalbe thine: for it is a wood, and thou shalt cut it downe: and the ends of it shalbe thine,So that thon shalt enlarge thy portion thereby. & thou shalt cast out the Canaanites, thogh they haue yron charets (and) thogh they bestrong.
CHAP. XVIII
2 The Tabernacle set in Shilóh. 4 Certeine are sent to deuide the land to the other seuen tribes. 11 The lot of the children of Beniamin.
1 ANd the whole Congregacion of the childrén of Israél came together at Shilóh: for they set vp theFor they had now
〈◊〉
remoued it from Gilgal and set it vp in Shiloh. Tabernacle of the Congregacion there, after the land was subiect vnto them.
2 Now there remained among the children of Israél seuē tribes, to whomeAs Eleazar, Ioshau and the heades of the
〈◊〉
had done to Iudah Ephraim and
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
. they had not deuided their in heritance.
3 Therefore Ioshúa said vnto the children of Israél, How long are ye so slacke to en tre and possesse the land which the Lord God of your fathers hathe giuen you?
4 Giue from among you for (euerie) tribe thre men, that I may send them, and that they may rise, and walke through the lād and distribue it according toThat is, into seuen portions, to euerie
〈◊〉
one. their inheritance, and returne to me,
5 And that they may deuide it vnto them into seuen partes, [Iudáh shal abide in his coast at the South, and the house of Ioséph shalFor these had their inheritance already appointed. stand in their coastes at the North]
6 Ye shal describe the land therefore into seuen partes, and shal bring them hether to me, and I wil cast lottes for you here be fore theBefore the Arke of Lord. Lord our God.
7 But the Leuites shal haue no part among you: for theThat is,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
Chap. 13. 14. Priesthode of the Lord is their inheritance: also Gad and Reubén & halfe the tribe of Manasséh haue receiued their inheritance beyonde Iordén Eastward, which Mosés the seruāt of the Lord gaue them.
8 ¶ Then the mē arose, and went their way: and Ioshúa charged them that went to describe the land, saying, Departe, and go through the land, andBy writing the names of euerie countrey & citie. describe it, and returne to me that I may here cast lots for you before the Lord in Shilôh.
9 So the men departed, and passed through the land, and described it by cities into se uen partes in a boke, and returned to Ioshúa into the campe at Shilóh.
10 ¶ Then IoshúaThat euerie one shulde becontent with Gods appointement. cast lots for them in Shilôh before the Lord, and there Ioshúa deuided the land vnto the children of Israél according to their porcions,
11 ¶ And the lot of the tribe of the childrē of Beniamin came forthe according to their families, and the coast of their lot layTheir inheritan ce bordered vpon Iudah & Ioséph. betwene the children of Iudáh, and the childrén of Ioséph.
12 And their coast on the Northside was from Iordén, and the border went vp to the side of Ierichó on the Northparte, & went vp through the mountaines Westward, and the endes there of are in the wil dernes of Beth-auén:
13 And this border goeth along from thence to Luz, (euen) to the Southside of Luz [the same isVVhich was in the tribe of
〈◊〉
: another
〈◊〉
was in the tribe of Beniamin. Beth-él] and this border de scendeth to Arroth-addár, nere the moūt that lieth on the Southside of Beth horon the nether.
14 So the border turneth, and compasseth the corner of the Sea South ward, from the moūt that lieth before Beth-horón South ward: and the ends thereof are at Kiriath báal [which is Kiriath-iearim] a citie of the children of Iudáh: this is the Westquarter.
15 And the South quarter (is) from the end of Kiriath-iearim, and this border goeth outOr, to the Sea. Westward, and cometh to the fonteine of waters of Nephtóah.
16 And this border descendeth at the end of the mountaine, that lieth before the valley of Ben-hinnóm, which is in the valley"Or, Rephaim of the* gyantes North ward, and descē deth into tho valley of Hinnóm by the side ofOr, Ierusalém Iebusi South ward, & goeth downe to En-rogél,
17 And cōpasseth from the North, and goeth for the toVVhich is in the tribe of
〈◊〉
. En-shémesh, and stret cheth to Gelilóth, which is to ward the going vp vn to Adommim. & goeth downe to the * stoChap. 15. 6. ne of Bóhan the sonne of Reubén.
18 So it goeth along to the side ouer against the plaine Northward, and goeth downe into the plaine.
19 After, this border goeth along to the side of Beth-hogláh Northward: and the ends thereof (that is,) of the border, reache to the point of the salt Sea Northward (and) to theTo the very
〈◊〉
, where the riuer runneth in to the sait Sea. end of Iordén South ward: this is the South coast.
20 Also Iordén is the border of it on the East side this is the in heritance of the children of Beniamin by the coastes thereof round about according to their families.
21 Now the cities of the tribe of the childrē of Beniamin according to their families, are Ierichó, and Beth-hogláh, and the valley of Keziz.
22 And Beth-arabáh, and Zemaràim, and Beth-él,
23 And Auim, and Paráh, and Ophráh,
24 And Chephár, Ammonái, and Ophnî, and Gabá: twelue cities with their villages.
25 Gibeón, and Ramáh, and Beeróth,
26 And Mizpéh, and Chephirah, and Mo záh,
27 And Rékem, and Irpeél, and Taraláh.
28 And Zelá, Eléph, and Iebusi, [which isVVhich was not wholy in the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
but part of it was also in the
〈◊〉
of Iudah. Ierusalém] Gibeáth, (and) Kiriáth: fourtene cities with their villages: this is the in heritance of the children of Beniamin accor ding to their families.
CHAP. XIX.
1 The porcion of Simeón. 10 Of Zebulún 17 Of Issachar, 24 Of Asher. 32 Of Naphtali, 40 Of Dan, 49 The possession of ioshua.
1 ANd the secōde lot came out to Simeôn, (euen) for the tribe of the children of Simeón according to their families, and their inheritance was in theAccording to Iaakobs prophecie, that he shulde
〈◊〉
a mong, the other tribes. middes of the in heritance of the children of Iudáh,
2 Now thei had in their inheritance, Beershéba, and Shéba, and Moladáh,
3 And Hazar-shuál, and Baláh, and Azem,
4 And Eltolád, and Bethúl, and Hormáh,
5 And Ziklág, and Beth-marca both, and Hazar susáh,
6 And Beth-lebaóth, and Sharuhén: thirtene cities with their villages.
7 Ain, Remmon, and ether, and Ashán: foure cities with their villages,
8 And all the villages that were round about these cities, vnto Baalath beér, (and)Or
〈◊〉
. Rámath South warde: this is the inheritā ce of the tribe of the children of Simeón according to their families.
9 Out of the porcion of the children of Iudáh (came (the in heritāce of the childrē of Simeón: for the parte of the children of Iudáh was toBut this large
〈◊〉
was giuen thē by Gods prouidence, to de
〈◊〉
increa sein time to come. muche for them: therefore the children of Simeón had their inheritā
ce within their inheritance.
10 ¶ Also the third lot arose for the children of Zebulún according to their families: & the coaste of their inheritance came to Sarid.
11 And their border goeth vpMeaning towarde the great Sea. Westwarde, euen to Maraláh: and reacheth to Dabbásheth: & meteth with the riuer that lyeth before Iokneám.
12 And turneth frō Sarid Eastwarde to warde the sonne rising vnto the border of
〈◊〉
tabôr, and goeth out to Daberáth, and ascendeth to Iaphia,
13 And from thence goeth along Eastwarde towarde the sunne rising to gittáh hépher to Ittáh kazin, and goeth for the to Rimmôn, and turneth to Neáh.
14 And this border compasseth it on the Northside to Hannathôn, and the ends thereof are in the valley of Iiphtah-él,
15 And Kattáth, and Nahallál, and Shimrón, and Idaláh, &There was a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in the tribe of
〈◊〉
. Beth-léhem: twelue cities with their villages.
16 This is the inheritance of the children of Zebulún according to their families (that is) these cities and their villages.
17 ¶ The fourthe lot came out to Issachár, (euen) for the children of Issachár according to their families.
18 And their coast was Izreélah, and Chesulloth, and Shuném,
19 And Haphraráim, and Shión, and
〈◊〉
ráth.
20 And Harabbith, and
〈◊〉
, and Abez,
21 And reméth, &There was
〈◊〉
nother
〈◊〉
of this name in the tribe of
〈◊〉
for vnder diuers
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
had allone name and were distine ted by the
〈◊〉
onely. En-gannim, and En-had dáh, and Beth-pazzéz.
22 And this coast reacheth to Tabôr, and Shahazimáth, and Beth-shémesh, and the ends of their coast reache to Iordén: sixtene cities with their villages.
23 This is the inheritance of the tribe of the children of Issachár according to their families: (that is) the cities, and their villages.
24 ¶ Also the fifte lot came out for the tribe of the childrē of Ashér according to their families.
25 And their coast was Helcáth, and Hali, & Béten, and Achsháph,
26 And Allammélech, and Amád, and
〈◊〉
and came to Carmél Westwarde, and to Shihôr libnáth,
27 And turneth towarde the sunne rising to Beth-dagôn, and commeth to
〈◊〉
to the tribe of
〈◊〉
, which
〈◊〉
more Eastwarde. Zebulún, and to the valley of Iiphtah-él, towarde the Northside of Beth-emék, and Neiél, and goeth out on the left side of Cabúl.
28 And to Ebrón, and Rehób, and Hammón, and Kanáh vnto great Zidōn.
29 Then the coast turneth to Ramáh and to the strong citie ofVVhich was
〈◊〉
, a strong citie in the Sea. Zor, and this border turneth to Hosáh, and the endes there of are at the Sea from Hebél to Achzib,
30 Vmmáh also and Aphék, and Rehób: two and twentie cities with their villages.
31 This is the inheritance of the tribe of the children of Ashér according to their families (that is) these cities and their villages.
32 ¶ The sixt lot came out to the children of Naphtali, (euen) to the children of Naphtali according to their families.
33 And their coast was fromThese cities were in the coū
trey of zaanannim. Héleph (and) from Allôn in Zaanannim, & Adaminékeb and Iabneél, euen to Lakúm, and the ends thereof are at Iordén.
34 So this coast turneth Westwarde to Aznoth tabór, and goeth out from thence to Huk kôk, and reacheth to Zebulún on the Southside, & goeth to Ashér on the Westside, and to IudáhOr, euen vnto
〈◊〉
. by Iordén towarde the sunnerising.
35 And the strong cities (are) Ziddim, Zer, and Hammáth, Rak káth, andOf the which the lake of Gennezareth had his name. Cinnéreth,
36 And Adamáh, and Ramáh, and Hazôr.
37 And Kédesh, and Edrei, and En-hazôr,
38 And Irôn, and Migdal-él, Horém, and Bethanáh, & Beth-shémesh: nintene cities with their villages.
39 This is the inheritance of the tribe of the children of Naptalî according to their families (that is) the cities and their villages.
40 ¶ The seuenth lot came out for the tribe of the children, of Dan according to their
families.
41 And the coast of their inheritance was, Zoráh, and Eshtaól, and Ir-shémesh.
42 And Shaalabbin, and Aiialón, and Ithláh,
43 And Elôn, and Temnáthah, and Ekron.
44 And Eltekéh, & Gibbethôn, and Baoláh,
45 And Iehúd, and Bene-berák, and Gathrim môn.
46 And Me-iarkón, and Rakkôn, with the border that lyeth beforeCalled Ioppe. Iápho.
47 But the coastes of the children of Danfel out (to litle) for thē: therefore the chil drē of Dan went vp toAccording as Iaakob had prophecied. fight against Lenshem, and toke it, and smote it with the edge of the sworde, and possessed it, andGen. 49 17. dwelt therein, and called Léshem, * Dan,Iud. 18. 9. after the name of Dan their father.
48 This is the inheritāce of the tribe of the children of Dan according to their families (that is) these cities and their villages.
49 ¶ Whē thei had made an end of deuiding the land by the coastes thereof, then the children of Israél gaue an inheritance vnto Ioshúa the sonne of Nun among them.
50 According to the worde of the Lord
〈◊〉
gaue him the citie which he asked (euen) * Timnath-seráh in mount Ephráim: andChap. 24. 30. he buylt the citie and dwelt therein.
51 * These are the heritages which EleazárNomb. 34. 17. the Priest, and Ioshúa the sonne of Nun, & the chief fathers of the tribes of the children of Israél deuided by lot in Shilôh befo re the Lord at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion: so thei made an end of deuiding the countrey.
CHAP. XX.
2 The Lord commandeth Ioshúa to appoint cities of refu ge. 3 The vse thereof 7 And their names.
1 THe Lord also speake vnto Ioshúa, saying,
2 Speake to the children of Israél, and say, * Appoint you cities of refuge, where ofExod 21 13. I spake vnto you by the hand of Mosés,nomb.
〈◊〉
. 9.
deut. 19 2.
3 That the slayer that killeth any personeAt vnwares. and bearing him no grudge. by ignorance (and) vn wittingly, mayflee thether, and thei shal be your refuge from the auenger of blood.
4 And he that doeth flee vnto one of those cities, shalstand at the entring of the gate of the citie, and shal she we his causeEbr. in the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
. to the Elders of the citie: and thei shal receiue him into the citie vnto them, and giue him a place, that he may dwel with them
5 And if theThat is, the nerest kinsman of him that is
〈◊〉
auenger of blood pursue after him, thei shal not deliuer the slayer into his hand because he smote his neighbour ignorantly, nether hated he him before time.
6 But he shal dwel in that citie vntil he stand before the Congregacion inTil his cause we reproued. iudgement * (or) vntil the death of the hye Priest thatNomb. 35. 25: shalbe in those daies then shal the slayer returne, and come vnto his owne citie, & vnto his owne house (euen) vnto the citie from whence he fled.
7 ¶ Then thei appointed Kédesh inOr,
〈◊〉
Galil in mount Naphtali, and Shechêm in moūt Ephráim, and Kiria th-arbá, [which is Hebrôn] in the mountaine of Iudáh.
8 And on the otherside Iordén (to warde) Ierichô Eastwarde, thei appointed * BézerDeut. 4. 49. in the wildernes vpon the plaine, out ofChap. 10. 9. the tribe of Reuhén, and Ramóth in Gileád out of the tribe of Gad, and Golán in Bashán, out of theOut of the half tribe of Manasseh be yonde lot dén. tribe of Manasséh.
9 These were the cities appointed for all the children of Israél, and for the strāger that soiourned among them, that whosoeuer killed any persone ignorantly, might flee thether, and not dye by the hand of the auēger of blood, vntil he stode before theBefore the Iudges. Congregacion.
CHAP. XXI.
41 The cities giuen to the Leuites, in nomber eight & four tie. 44 The Lord according to his promes gaue the children of Israél rest.
1 THen came theOr, the chief of the fathers. principal father of the Leuites vnto Eleazár the Priest, and vnto Ioshûa the sonne of Nun, and vnto the chief fathers of the tribes of the children of Israél.
2 And spake vnto them at Shilôh in the lād of Canáam, saying, * The Lord commandedBy Mosēs, by whose
〈◊〉
God shewed his power. by the hād of Mosés, to giue vs citiesNomb. 32.
〈◊〉
. to dwelin, with the suburbes there of for our cattel.
3 So the children of Israél gaue vnto the Le uites, out of their inheritance at the commandement of the Lord these cities with their suburbes.
4 And the lot came out for the families of theHe meaneth them that were Priests: for some were but leuites Kohathites & the children of Aarôn the Priest (which were) of the Leuites, had by lot, out of the tribe of Iudáh, and out of the tribe of Simeón, and out of the tribe of BeniaminEuerie tribe gaue mo or fewer cities according as their
〈◊〉
ce was great or litle, Nomb. 35. 8. thirtene cities.
5 And the rest of the children of Koháth (had) by lot out of the families of the tribe of Ephráim, and out of the tribe of Dan, and out of the halfe tribe of Manasséh, ten cities.
6 Also the children of Gershón (had) by lot out of the families of the tribe of Issachár, and out of the tribe of Ashér, and out of the tribe of Naphtali, and out of the halfe tribe of Manasséh in Bashán, thirtene cities.
7 The children of Merari according to their families (had) out of the tribe of Reubén, and out of the tribe of Gad, and out of the tribe of Zebulúm, twelue cities.
8 So the children of Israél gaue by lot vnto the Leuites these cities with their suburbes, as the Lord had commanded by the hand of Mosés.
9 ¶ And they gaue out of the tribe of the children of Iudáh, and out of the tribe of the children of Sime ôn these cities which are here named.
10 And they were the childrens ofFor Aaron came of Rohath, & therefore the Priests office remained in that
〈◊〉
milie. Aarôn (being) of the families of the Kohathites
(and) of the sonnes of Leui, [for their was the first lot.]
11 So they gaue thē Kiriath-arbá of the father of Anók [whiche is Hebrôn] in the mountaine of Iudáh, with the suburbes of the same round about it.
12 [But the land of the citie, and the villagesChap, 14. 14. thereof, gaue they to * Caléb the sonnes of3. Chro, 6. 16. Iephunnéh to be his possession.]
13 ¶ Thus they gaue to theThat is the Priest of the fami lie of the kohathites, of whon e Aaron was chief children of Aarón the Priest, a citie of refuge for the slayer, (euen) Hebrón with hersuburbes, and Libnáh with her suburbes.
14 And Iattir with her suburbes, & Eshtemòa and her suburbes.
15 And Holon with her suburbes, and Debir with her suburbes.
16 And Am with her suburbes, & Iuttáh with her suburbes, Beth-shemesh with her suburbes: nine cities out of those two tribes.
17 And out of the tribe of Beniamin (they gaue) Gibeō with herThe suburbes werea thousand
〈◊〉
from the wal of the citie rounde
〈◊〉
. Nomb. 35. 4. suburbes, Géba with her suburbes.
18 Anathoth with her suburbes, & Almôn with her suburbes: foure cities.
19 All the cities of the children of Aarôn Priests (were) thirtene cities with their suburbes.
20 ¶ But to the families of the children of Koháth of the Leuites,That were not Priests. whiche were the rest of the children of Kohath [for the cities of their lot were out of the tribe of Ephráim.]
21 They gaue them the citie of refuge for the slayer,Hebron & Shechém were the two
〈◊〉
of refuge
〈◊〉
the kohathites. Shechém with her suborbes in mounte Ephráim, and Gézer with her suburbes.
22 And Kibzáim with her suburbes, and Bethhorôn with her suburbes: foure cities.
23 And out of the tribe of Dan, Eltekéh with her suburbes, Gibethôn with her suburbes.
24 Aiialón with her suburbes, Gath-rimmôn with her suburbes: foure cities.
25 And out of theWhiche dwelt in Canáan. halfe tribe of Manasséh, Tanách with her suburbes, and Gath-rimmō with her suburbes: two cities.
26 All the cities for the other families of the children of Koháth (were) ten with their suburbes.
27 ¶ Also vnto the children of Gershôn of the families of the Leuites, (they gaue) out of the halfe tribe of Manasséh, the citie of refuge for the slayer,Golán and kédesh were the cities of refuge vnder the Gersho nites. Golân in Bashán with her suburbes, and Beeshteráh with her suburbes: two cities.
28 And out of the tribe of Issachŕ, Kishō with her suburbes, Daberéh with her suburbes.
29 Iarmúth with her suburbes, En-gānim with her suburbes: foure cities.
30 And out of the tribe of Ashér, Mishál with her suburbes, Abdôn with her suburbes.
31 Helkáh with her suburbes, & Rehób with her suburbes: foure cities.
32 And out of the tribe of Napthali, the citie of refuge for the slayer, Kédesh inOr, galile. in Galil with her suburbes, and Hammoth-dôr with her suburbes, and Kartán with her suburbes thre cities.
33 Al the cities of the Gershonites accordyng do their families, (were) thirtene cities with their suburbes.
34 ¶ Also vnto the families of the children of Merari theThey are here called the rest, be cause they are last nombred, &
〈◊〉
was the yongest brother, Genes. 46. 11. rest of the Leuites, (they gaue) out of the tribe of Zebulun, Iokneâm with her suburbes, (&) Kartáh with her suburbes.
35 Dimnáh with her suburbes, Nahaláll with her suburbes: foure cities.
36 And out of the tribe of Reubē,Bézer and Ra moth were the cities of refuge vnder the Merarites & beyonde Iorden. Bezer with her suburbes, & Iahazáh with her suburbes.
37 Redemôth with her suburbes, & Mepháath with her suburbes: foure cities.
38 And out of the tribe of Gad (they gaue) forChap. 20. 8. a citie of refuge for the slayer, Ramôth in Gilead with her suburbes, and Mahanáim with her suburbes.
39 Heshbón with her suburbes, (and) Iazér with her suburbes: foute cities in al.
40 So all the cities of the children of Merari according to their families [which were the rest of the families of the Leuites] were by their lot, twelne cities.
41 (And)
〈◊〉
the cities of the LeuitesThus accordig to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
were
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
out
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
which God vsed to this end, that his people might be instructed in the true religion within the possession of the children of Israéll (were) eight and fourtie with their suburbes.
42 These cities lay euerie one (seuerally) with their suburbes rounde about them: so were all these cities.
43 ¶ So the Lorde gaue vnto Israél all the lād, which he had sworne to giue vnto their fathers: and they possessed it, and dwelt therein.
44 Also the Lord gaue them rest round about accordyng to all that he had sworne vnto their fathers: and there stode not a man of all their enemies before them: (for) the Lorde deliuered all their enemies into their hand.
45 * There failed nothyng of all the goodChap. 23. 15. things, whiche the Lord had said vnto the house of Israél, (but) all came to passe.
CHAP. XXII.
1 Reubén Gad, and the halfe tribe of Manasséh are sent againe to their possessions. 10 They buylde an altar for a memorial. 15 The Israelites reproue thē. 21 Their answer for defense of the same.
1 THenAfter that the
〈◊〉
the land of
〈◊〉
. Ioshúa called the Reubenites, and the Gadites, and the halfe tribe of Manasséh.
2 And said vnto them. Ye haue kept all that Mosés the seruant of the LordWhich was to go armed
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
. commāded you, and haue obeyed my voyce in all that I commanded you:Nomb. 32.
〈◊〉
.
3 Ye haue not forsaken your brethren this long season vnto this day, but haue diligētly kept the commandement of the Lord your God.
4 And now the Lorde hathe giuen rest vnto your brethren as he promised them: therefore now returne ye and go to your tentes, to the land of your possession, which MosésNomb. 32. 33. the seruant of the Lorde * hathe giuen youChap.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
beyonde Iordén.
5 But take diligen thede, to do the commandement and Lawe, which Mosés the seruant of the Lord commanded you: (that is,)* thatDeut. 10. 12. ye He shewest wherein consisteth the
〈◊〉
of the Lawe. loue the Lord your God, and walke in al his wayes, and kepe his commandements, & cleaue vnto him, and serue him with al your heart and with all your soule.
6 So Ioshúa He commēded them to God and prayed for them blessed them and sent thē away, and they went vnto their tents.
7 ¶ Now vnto (one) halfe of the tribe of Manasséh Mosés had giuen (a possession) in Bashán: & vnto the (other) halfe thereof gaue Ioshúa amōg their brethrē on this side Iordén Westward: therefore when Ioshúa sent thē away vnto their tentes, and blessed thē.
8 Thus he speake vnto them, saying, Returne with muche riches vnto your tentes, & with a great multitude of cattel, with siluer and with golde, with brasse & with yron & with great abundāce of raimēt: deuide the spoyle of your enemies with yourWhich remained at home and went not to the warre. brethren.
9 ¶ So the children of Reubén, and the children of Gad, and halfe the tribe of ManasséhNomb. 31. 27. returned, and departed from the childrē
1. Sam. 30.
〈◊〉
. of Israél from Shilôh [which is in the land of Canáan] to go vnto the countrey of Gileád to the land of their possession, whiche they had obteined, according to the worde of the Lord by the hand of Mosés.
10 ¶ And when they came vnto Ebr. Geliléeh, which
〈◊〉
also was
〈◊〉
Candan
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
dwelling there were called Canaanites. the borders of Iordén [which are in the land of Canáan] then the children of Reubén, and the children of Gad, and the halfe tribe of Manasséh buyltThat is beyōde Iordén: for some time the whole
〈◊〉
on both sides of Iordén is ment by
〈◊〉
there an altar by Iordén, a great altar to se to.
11 ¶ When the children of Israél heard saye, Beholde, the children of Reubén, & the chil dren of Gad, & the halfe tribe of
〈◊〉
haue buylt an altar in the forefront of the land of Canâan vpon the borders of Iordén at the passage of the children of Israél:
12 When the children ofisraél heard it, then the whole Congregacion of the children of Israél gathered them together at Shiloh to go vpSuch now was their zeale, that they wold rather lose their liues, then suffer the true religion to be changed or corrupted. to warre against them.
13 Then the children of Israél sent vnto the children of Keubén, and to the children of Gad, and to the halfe tribe of Manasséh into the land of Gileád, Phinehás the sonne of Eleazár the Priest.
14 And with him ten princes, of euerie chief house a prince, according to all the tribes of Israél? for euerie one (was) chief of their fathers housholde among the Or, multitude. thousandes of Israél.
15 ¶So they went vnto the children of Reubén, & to the children of Gad, & to the halfe tribe of Manasséh, vnto the land of Gileád, and spake with them, saying.
16 Thus saith Not onely of the
〈◊〉
, but also of the commune people. the whole Congregacion of the Lord, What transgression is this that ye haue transgressed against the God of Israél, to turne away this day from the Lorde, in that ye haue buylt you an altar for to rebell this day against the Lord?
17 Haue we to litle for the wickednes * ofNomb, 25. 4. Peor, whereof we are notMeaning, God is not
〈◊〉
pacified, for asmuche as no punishemēt can be sufficient for such wickednes and idolattie clensed vnto this day, thogh a plague came vpon the Congregacion of the Lord?
18 Ye also are turned away this day frome the Lord: and seyng ye rebel to day against the Lord, euen tomorowe he wilbe wrath with all the Congregacion of Israél.
19 Not withstāding if the land of your possession be In your iudgement. vncleane, come ye ouer vnto the land of the possession of the Lord, wherein the Lords Tabernacle dwelleth, and take possession among vs: butTo vse anie other seruice then God hath appoin ted is, to rebel against God. rebel not against the Lorde, nor rebel not against vs in buyldyng you an altar, beside the altar of the Lord our God.
20 Did not Achā the sonne of Zérah trespasse1. Sam 15.
〈◊〉
. grieuously in the execrable thyng, & wrath felon * all the Congregacion of Israél? andChap. 7. 5. this man alone Signifying, that if manie offred for one
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, for the faute of manie al shulde suffre. perished not in his wickednes.
21 ¶Then the children of Reubén, & the children of Gad, and halfe the tribe of Manasséh answered, and said vnto the heades ouer the thousandes of Israél.
22 The Lord God of gods, the Lord God of gods, he knoweth, and Israél him selfe shall knowe: if by rebellion, or by transgression against the Lord (we haue done it) saue thou vs not this day.
23 If we haue buylt vs an altar to returne away from the Lord, ether to offer thereon burnt offryng, or meat offryng, or to offer peace offryngs thereon, let the Lord Let him
〈◊〉
vs. him self require it:
24 And if we haue not (rather) done it for feare of (this) thing, saying, In time to come your children might say vnto our children, What haue ye to do with the Lorde God of Israél?
25 Forthe Lorde hathe made Iordén a border betwene vs and you, ye children of Reubén, and of Gad: therfore ye haue no parte in the Lord: so shal your children make our childrē
Or, to
〈◊〉
backe frome the true God. cease from fearing the Lord.
26 Therefore we said, We wil now go about to make vs an altar, not for burnt offring, nor for sacrifice.
27 But for a * witnes betwene vs and you, andGen. 31. 48.
Chap. 24. 27. betwene our generaciōs after vs, to execute the seruice of the Lorde before hym in our burnt offrings, and in our sacrifices, and in our peace offrings, and that your children shulde not say to our childrē in time to come Ye haue no parte in the Lord.
28 Therefore said we, If so be that they shulde (so) say to vs or to ourThey
〈◊〉
wonderfull care that they
〈◊〉
towarde their
〈◊〉
, that they might lyue in the true
〈◊〉
ce of God, generacions in time to come, thē wil we answer, Beholde the facion of the altar of the Lorde, whiche our fathers made, not for burnt offring nor for sacrifice, but it is a witnes betwene vs and you.
29 God forbid, that we shuld rebel against the Lorde, and turne this day away frome the Lorde to buylde an altar for burnt offryng,
(or) for meat offryng, or for sacrifice, saue the altar of the Lorde our God, that is before his Tabernacle.
30 ¶And when Phineás the Priest, and the prin ces of the Congregacion ād heads ouer the thousandes of Israél whiche were with him, heard the wordes, that the children of Reubén, and children of Gad, and the children of Manasséh spake, Ebr. it was good in theyr eyes. they were wel content.
31 And Phine hás the sonne of Eleazár the Priest sayd vnto the children of Reubén and to the children of Gad, and to the children of Manasséh, This day we perceiue, that the Lord is By preseruyng vs and gouernyng vs. amōg vs, because ye haue not done this trespas against the Lorde: now eyeVVhome if ye had offended, he wolde haue punished with you haue deliuered the children of Israél out of the hand of the Lord.
32 ¶Then Phinehas the sonne of Eleazâr the Priest with the princes returned frome the children of Reubén, and from the children of Gad, out of the lande of Gileád, vnto the land of Canâan, to the children of Israel, and broght them answer.
33 And the saying pleased the chyldren of Israél: and the children of Israél Or, praised. blessed God, and Ebr. said. minded not to go agaynst them in battel, for to destroye the land, wherein the chil dren of Reubén, and Gad dwelt.
34 Then the chyldren of Reubén, and the chyldren of Gad called the altar Or, witnes. (Ed:) for it shalbe a witnes betwene vs, that the Lorde (is) God.
CHAP. XXIII.
2 Ioshua exhorteth the people, that they ioyne not them selues to the Gentiles. 7 That they name not their idoles. 14 The promes, if they feare GOD. 15 And threatenings, if they forsake him.
1 ANd a long season after that the Lord had giuen rest vnto Israél from all their enemies round about, and Ioshua was olde, and Ebr. commen into yeres. striken in age.
2 Then Ioshua called all Israêl, (and) their Elders, and their heades, and their iudges, and their officers, and said vnto them, I am olde, (and) striken in age.
3 Also ye haue sene al that the Lord your God hathe done vnto all these nacions Your eyes bearing witnes. before you, howe the LORD your God hym selfe hathe fought for you.
4 Beholde, I haue Or, ouerthrow en these nacions. deuided vnto you by lot these nacions, that remaine, to be an in heritance according to your tribes, from Iordén, with all the nacions that I haue destroyed, euen vnto the great SeaEbr. at the sunne set. Westward.
5 And the Lord your God shal expelVVhiche yet re maine and are not ouercome, as Chap. 13. 2. them be fore you, and cast them out of your sight, and ye shal possesse their land, as the Lorde your God hathe said vnto you.
6 Be ye therfore of a valiant conrage, to obser ue and do all that is written in the boke of the Lawe of Mosés, * that ye turne notthereDeut. 5. 32. and 28. 4. from to the right hand nor to the left.
7 Nether company wyth these nacions: (that is,) with them whiche areAnd not yet subdued. left with you, nether make * mencion of the name of their
〈◊〉
. 16.
〈◊〉
. gods, Let not the Iudges admit an othe, which
〈◊〉
s hall sware by their idoles. nor cause to sweare (by them,) nether serue them nor bowe vnto them.
8 But sticke fast vnto the Lorde your God, as ye haue done vnto this day.
9 For the Lorde hathe caste out before your great nacions and myghty, and no man hath stand before your face hetherto.
10 * One man of you shal chase a thousand: forLeuit. 26. 8. the Lord you God, he fighteth for you, as heDeu. 32. 30. hathe promised you.
11 Take good hede therefore vnto yourEbr.
〈◊〉
. selues, that ye loue the Lord your God.
12 Els, if ye go backe, and cleaue vnto the rest of these nacions: (that is,) of thē that remaine with you, and shallOr, be of their
〈◊〉
. make mariages with them, and Or, haue conuersacion with them. go vnto them, and they to you.
13 Knowe ye for certeine, that the Lord your God will cast out no more of these nacions from before you: * but they shall be a snareExod. 23 33. and destruction vnto you, and a whip onNom. 3. 55.
Deut. 7. 15. your sides, and thrones in your Meaning, they shalbe a continuall grief vnto you, and so the cause of your de struction. eyes, vntill ye perish out of this good land, whiche the Lord your God hathe giuen you.
14 And beholde, this day do I I dye according to the course of nature. entre into the waye of all the worlde, and ye knowe in all yourMost
〈◊〉
Chap. 21. 45. heartes and in all your soules, that * nothyng hath failed of al the good thynges whiche the Lorde your God promised you, (but) all are come to passe vnto you: nothing hathe failed thereof.
15 Therefore as allOr, promises. good things are come vppon you, which the Lorde your God promised you, so shall the Lorde bryng vpon you euerieOr, threatnyngs. euill thing, vntill he haue destroyed you out of this good land, which the Lord your God hathe giuen you.
16 When ye shallHe sheweth that
〈◊〉
euil can come vnto man, except he offend God by disobedience. transgresse the couenaunt of the Lorde your God, whiche he comman ded you, and shall go, and serue other gods, and bowe your selues to them, then shal the wrath of the Lorde waxe hote agaynst you, and ye shall perish quickly out of the good land which he hathe giuen you.
CHAP. XXIIII.
2 Ioshua rehearséth Gods benefites. 14 And exhorteth the people to feare God. 25 The league renued betwen God and the people. 29 Ioshua dyeth. 32 The bones of Ioséph are
〈◊〉
. 33 Eleazár dyeth.
1 ANd Ioshua assembled (agayne) all theThat is, the nine tribes and the halfe. tribes of Israél to Shechem, and called the Elders of Israêl, and their heades, and their iudges, and their officers, and they pre sented them selues beforeBefore the Arke, whiche was
〈◊〉
to Shechem, when they went to bury
〈◊〉
sephs bones. God.
2 Then Ioshua said vnto all the people, Thus saith the Lord God of Israêl, * Your fathers dwelt beyonde theEuphrates
〈◊〉
Mesopotamia Gene. 11. 26. flood in old time, (euē) Térah the father of Abrahám, ād the Father of Nachór, and serued other gods.Gene. 11. 31.
〈◊〉
. 5. 6.
3 And I toke your father Abrahám from beyonde the flood, and broght hym through all the lande of Canáan, and multiplied hys sede, and * gaue him Izhák.Gene. 21. 2. and
〈◊〉
. 26.
4 And I gaue vnto Izhák, Iaakób and Esáu: and I gaue vnto * Esáu mount Seir, to posesseGene. 36. 8.
Gene. 46.
〈◊〉
. it: but * Iaakôb and hys chyldren wente
downe into Egypt.
5 * I sent Mosés also and Aaron, and I plaguedExod. 3. 10. Egypt: and whē I had (so) done among them, I broght you out.
6 So I * broght your fathers out of Egypt, andExod. 12. 37. ye came vnto the Sea, and the Egyptians pur sued after your fathers with charrets ād horsemen vnto * the red Sea.Exod. 14. 9.
7 Then they cryed vnto the Lord, and he put Or, a cloude. a darcknes betwene you and the Egyptians, and broght the Sea vpon them, and couered them: so your eyes haue sene what I haue done in Egypte: also ye dwelt in the wildernesEuen fourtie yeres. a long season.
8 After I broght you into the land of the Amo rites, whiche dwelt beyonde Iordén, * andNom. 21. 29. they fought with you: but I gaue them into your hand, and ye possessed their countrey, and I destroyed them out of your sight.
9 * Also Balák the sonne of Zippor Kynge ofNom. 22. 5. Moáb arose and warred agaynst Israél, andDeut. 23. 4. sent to call Balaám the sonne of Beór for to curse you.
10 But
〈◊〉
wold not heare Balaā: therfore he bles sed you, and I deliuered you out of his hād.
11 And ye went ouer Iordén, and came vnto Ierichó, and theBecause it was the chief citie, vnder it he conteyneth all the
〈◊〉
: els they of the citie fought not. Chap 3. 14. men of Ierichó, fought against you, the Amorites, and the Perizzites, and the Canaanites, and the Hittites and the Girgashites, the Heuites and the Iebusites, and I deliuered them into your hand.
12 And I sent * hornets before you, which cast them out before you, (euen) the two Kings of the Amorites, (and) not with thy sworde,Exod.
〈◊〉
. 28.
Deut. 7. 20. nor with thy bowe.Chap. 11.
〈◊〉
.
13 And I haue giuen you a lande, wherein ye did not labour, ād cities which ye buylt not, and ye dwel in them, and eat of the vine yardes and oliue trees, whiche ye planted not.
14 Nowe thereforeThis is the true vse of Gods bene fites, to learne thereby to feare and serue hym with an vpright conscience. feare the Lorde, and serue hym in vpryghtenes and in trueth, and put away the gods, whiche your fathers serued beyonde the flood and in Egypt, and ser ue ye the Lord.
15 AndEbr. if it be euil in your sight. if it seme euyll vnto you to serue the Lord, chuse you this day whom ye wil serue, whether the gods whiche your fathers serued [that were beyonde the floode] or the gods of the Amorites, in whose land ye dwel:This
〈◊〉
vs that if all the worlde wold go from God, yet euerie one of vs particularlye is bonde to cleaue vnto him. but I and mine house wil serue the Lord.
16 Then the people answered and sayd, God forbid, that we shulde forsake the Lorde, to serue other gods.
17 For the Lord our GOD, he broght vs and our fathers out of the land of Egypt, frome the house of bondage, and he dyd those great miracles in our sight, and preserued vs in all the waye that we went, and among all the people through whome we came.
18 And the Lorde did cast out before vs all the people, euen the Amorites whiche dwelt in the lande: (therefore) will we also serue the Lord,Howe muche more are we bonde to serue God in Christ, by whome we haue receiued the redemption of
〈◊〉
soules? for he is our God.
19 And Ioshua sayd vnto the people, Ye can not serue the Lord: for he is an holy God: he is a ielous God: he will not pardon your iniquitie nor your sinnes.
20 If ye forsake the Lorde and serue straunge gods, * then he will returne and bring euillChap. 23.
〈◊〉
. vpon you, and consume you, after that he hathe done you good.
21 And the people said vnto Ioshua, Nay, but we will serue the Lord.
22 And Ioshua sayd vnto the people, Ye are witnessesIf you do
〈◊〉
contrarie, your owne
〈◊〉
shall condemne you. agaynste your selues, that ye haue chosen you the Lord, to serue him: and they said, (We are) witnesses.
23 Then put away now, (sayd he,) the strange
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
heartes ād
〈◊〉
wise. gods which are among you, and bow your hearts vnto the Lord God of Israél.
24 And the people said vnto Ioshua, The Lord our God will we serue, and his voyce wil we obey.
25 So IoshuaBy
〈◊〉
God and the peo ple together: also he repeated the
〈◊〉
ād threatnings out of the
〈◊〉
. made a couenant with the people the same day, and gaue them an ordinan ce and lawe in Shechém.
26 And Ioshua wrote these wordes in the boke of the Lawe of God, and toke a great stone, and pitched it there vnder anOr, alme. oke that was in the Sanctuarie of the Lord.
27 And Ioshua sayd vnto all the people, Beholde, this stone shalbe a witnes vnto vs: for itRather then
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
shulde not be punyshed, the
〈◊〉
creatures shall crye for vengeance. hathe heard all the wordes of the Lorde which he spake with vs: it shalbe therefore a witnes against you, lest ye deny your God.
28 Then Ioshúa let the people departe, euerie man vnto his inheritance.
29 And after these things Ioshua the sonne of Nun, the seruant of the Lord dyed, beyng an hundreth and ten yeres olde.
30 And they buryed him in the border of hys inheritance in * Timnath-seráh, whiche isChap. 19. 50. in mount Ephráim, on the Northside of mount Gáash.
31 And IsraélSuche are the people common ly as
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
are. serued the Lorde all the dayes of Ioshua, and all the dayes of the Elders that ouer lyued Ioshua, and whiche had knowen all the
〈◊〉
of the Lorde that he had done for Israél.
32 And the * bones of Ioséph, which the chilGene. 50. 25. dren of Israél broght out of Egypt, buryedExod. 13. 19. they in Shechém in a parcell of grounde which laak ob boght of the * sonnes of HamórGene. 33. 19. the father of Shechém, for an hūdreth pieces of siluer, and the children of Ioséph had them in their inheritance.
33 Also Eleazár the sonne of Aarón dyed, whō they buried inEbr.
〈◊〉
Phinehas. the hill of Phinehás his sonne, which was giuē him in mount Ephraim.
THE BOKE OF IVDGES
THE ARGVMENT.
ALbeit there is nothing that more prouoketh Gods wrath, then mās ingratitude, yet
〈◊〉
there nothing so displeasant, and heinous that can turne backe Gods loue from his Churche for now when the Israelites were entred into the land of Canáan, & sawe the trueth of Gods promes performed, in stead of acknowledging his greate benefites & giuyng thankes for the same, they fel to moste horrible obliuion of Gods graces, contrarie to their solemne promes made vnto Ioshúa, & so prouoked his vengeance [as muche as in thē stode] to their vtter destruction. Whereof as they had moste euident signes by the mutabilitie of their state: for he suffered thē to be moste cruelly vexed & tormented by tyrants: he pulled thē from libertie, & cast them into
〈◊〉
, to the intent they might fele their owne miseries & so cal vnto him & be deliuered. Yet to shewe that his mercies indure for euer, he raised vp from time to time suche as shulde deliuer thē and assure thē of his fauour & grace, if they wolde turne to him by true repentāce. And these deliuerers the Scriptures calleth Iudges, because they were executers of Gods iudgements, not, chosen of the people nor by succession, but raised vp, as it se med best to God, for the gouernance of his people. They were twelue in nōber besides [Ioshúa, and gouerned frō Ioshúa vnto Saúl the first King of Israél. Ioshúa & these vnto the tyme of Saúl ruled. 336 yeres. In this boke are manie notable points declared, but two especially: first, the battel that the Churche of God hathe for the maintenance of true religion against idolatrie and superstition: next, what great danger that commune wealth is in when as God giueth not a magistrate to reteine his people in the purenes of religion and his true seruice.
CHAP. I.
1 After Ioshúa was dead Iudáh was constitute captaine. 6 Adoni-bézek is taken. 14 The request of Achsah. 16 The children of Keni. 19 The Canaanites are made tributaries, but not destroyed.
1 AFter that Ioshúa was dead, the children of IsraélBy the iudgement of Vrim: read. Exo. 28. 30. asked the Lord saying,Who shalbe our Captaine. Who shal goNomb. 27. 1. vp for vs against the1. Sam. 28. 6, Canaanites, to fight first against them?
2 And the Lorde said, Iudáh shall go vp beholde, I haue giuen the land into his hand.
3 And Iudáh said vnto Simeón hisFor
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
had their inheritāce within the tribe of
〈◊〉
. brother, Come vp with me into my lot, that we may fight against the Canaanites: and I like wise wil go with thee into thy lot: so Simeon went with him.Iosh,
〈◊〉
. 1.
4 Then Iudáh went vp, and the Lord deliuered the Canaanites, and the Perizzites into their hands, and they slew of them in Bézek ten thousand men.
5 And they foundeOr, the lord of Bézek. Adoni-bézek in Bézek: and they fought against him, and slewe the Canaanites, and the Perizzites.
6 But Adoni-bézek fled, & they pursued after him, and caught him, &This was Gods iust iudgemēt, as the tyrant hym selfe confesseth, that as he had done, so did he receiue. cut of the thumbes of his hands and of his fete,
7 And Adoni-bézek said Seuētie Kings hauing the thūbes of their hands & of their fete cut of, gathered (bread) vnder mytable: as I haue done, so God hathe rewarded me so theyLeuit, 24. 19. broght him to Ierusalém, and there he dyed.
8 [Now the children of Iudáh had fought against Ierusalém, and had taken it and smitten it with the edge of the sworde, and had set theWhich was afterward buylt again, & possessed by the
〈◊〉
. citie on fire]
9 ¶ Afterwarde also the childrē of Iudáh went downe to fight against the Canaanites, that
〈◊〉
. Sam, 5, 6. dwelt in the mountaine, and towarde the South, and in the lowe countrey.
10 And Iudáh wēt against the Canaanites, that dwelt in Hebrón, which Hebrón before timeIosh 15. 14. was called * Kiriath-arbá: and they sleweThese threwere gyants, & the chil dren of Anák. She shái, and Ahiman and Talmái.
11 And from thence he went to the inhabitants of Debir, and the name of Debit in olde, time (was) Kiriath-sépher.
12 And Caléb said, He that smiteth Kiriathsépher, and taketh it, euen to him will I giue Achsâh my daughter to wife.
13 And Othniél the sonne of Kenáz Calebs yonger brother toke it, to whome he gaue Achsáh his daughter to wife.
14 And when she came (to him,) she moued him to aske of her father a field,Read. Iosh, 15.
〈◊〉
. and she lighted of her asse, and Caléb said vnto her, What wilt thou?
15 And she answered him, Giue me a blessing: for thou hast giuē me a South contrey, giue me also springs of water: and Caléb gaue her the springs aboue and the springs beneth.
16 ¶ And the children ofThis was one of the
〈◊〉
of Moses father in lawe read.
〈◊〉
Mosés father in lawe went vp out of the citie of the palmetrees with the children of Iudáh, intoNomb. 10. 29. the wildernes of Iudáh, that lieth in the South of Arád, and went and dwelt among the people.
17 But Iudah went with Simeón his brother, and they slewe the Canaanites that inhabited Zepháth, and vtterly destroyed it, and called the name of the citie * Hormáh.Nomb. 21. 3.
18 Also Iudáh tokeThese cities & others were afterward possessed of the
〈◊〉
. Azzáh with the coastes thereof, & Askelōn with the coastes thereof and Ebrón with the coastes thereof.
19 And the Lord was with Iudáh, and he possessed1. Sam. 6. 17. the mountaines: for he coldenot driue out the inhabitants of the valleys, because they had charets of yron.
20 And they gaue Hebrón vnto Caléb, as *Nomb. 14. 24.
Iosh. 14. 13. & 15. 14 Mosés had said, and he expelled thence the thre sonnes of Anák.
21 But the children of Beniamin did not cast out the Iebusites, thatFor after that the tribe of Iudáh had burnt it they built it againe. inhabited Ierusalém: therefore the Iebusites dwel with the children of Beniamin in Ierusalem vnto this day.
22 ¶ They also that were of the house of Ioseph, went vp to Beth-él, and the Lord (was) with them.
23 And the house of Ioséph caused to vewe Beth-él [and the name of the citie before time (was) * Luz.]Gen. 28. 19.
24 And the spies sawe a man come out of the citie, and they said vnto him, Shewe vs we pray thee, the way into the citie, * and weIosh. 2.
〈◊〉
wil she we the mercie.
25 And when he had shewed them the way into the citie, they smote the citie with the edge of the sword, but they let the man and all his housholde departe.
26 Then the man went into the land of the Hittites, and buylt a citie, & called the name thereof Luz, which is the name thereof vnto this day.
27 ¶*Nether did Manasséh destroy Beth sheánIosh. 17. 11. with her townes, nor Taanách with her tow nes, nor the inhabitants of Dor with her townes, nor the inhabitants of Ibleám with her townes, nether the inhabitants of Megiddó with her to wnes:Wherefore God permitted the Ca naanites to dwel
〈◊〉
in the land, read. but the Canaanites dwelled stil in that land.
28 Neuertheles when Israél was strong, they put the Canaanites to tribute, and expelledChap. 3. 4. them not wholly:
29 ¶*Likewise Ephraim expelled not the CanaanitesIosh. 16. 10. that dwelt in Gézer, but the Canaanites dwelt in Gézer among them.
30 ¶Nether didThat is thetri be of zebulun, as is also to be vnderstande of the test. Zebulún expel the inhabitants of Kitrôn, nor the inhabitants of Nahalol, but the Canaanites dwelt among them and became tributaries.
31 ¶Nether did Ashér cast out the inhabitants of Acchô, nor the inhabitants of Zidòn, nor of Ahlâb, nor of Achzib, nor of Helbáh, nor of Aphik, nor of Rehôb.
32 But the Asherites dwelt among the Canaanites the inhabitāts of the land: for they did not driue themBut made thē pay
〈◊〉
as the others did. out.
33 ¶Nether did Naphtali driue out the inhabi tants of Beth-shémesh, nor the inhabitats of Beth-anáth, but dwelt among the Canaanites the inhabitants of the land: neuertheles the inhabitants of Beth-shémesh, & of Bethanáth became tributaries vnto them.
34 And the AmoritesOr, afflicted thē
droue the children of Dan into the mountaine: so that they suffred them not to come downe to the valley.
35 And the Amorites dwelt stil in mount Héres"Or, wolde dwel in Aiialôn, and in Shaalbim, and whē theMeaning, whē he was stronger them they. hand of Iosephs familie preuailed, thei became tributaries:
36 And the còast of the Amorites was frome Maaleh-akrabbim, (euen) fromWhiche was a citie in Arabia, or, as some read, from the rocke. Sélah and vp warde.
CHAP. II.
2 The Angel rebuketh the people, because they had made peace with the Canaanites.
〈◊〉
The Israelites fel to idolatrie after Ioshuas death. 14 They are deliuered into the enemies hands. 16 God deliuereth them by Iudges. 22 why God suffred idolaters to remaine among them.
1 ANd anThat is messen ger, or Prophet, as some thinke,
〈◊〉
. Angel of the Lord came vp frō Gilgál to
〈◊〉
, and said, I made you to go vp out of Egypt, and haue broght you vnto the land which I had sworne vnto your fathers, and said, I will neuer breake my couenant with you.
2 * Ye also shall make no couenant with theDeut. 7. 2.
Deut. 12. 3. inhabitants of this land, * (but) shal breake downe their altars: but ye haue not obeyed my voyce. Why haue ye done this?
3 Wherfore, I said also, I wil not cast them out before you, but they shalbe * (as thornes) vnIosh. 23. 13. to your sides, and their gods shalbeOr, Weeping. your destruction.
4 And whē the Angel of the Lord spake these wordes vnto all the children of Israél, the people lift vp their voyce, and wept.
5 Therefore they called the name of that place,
〈◊〉
Bochim, and offred sacrifices there vnto the Lord.
6 ¶Now when Ioshûa hadAfter that he had deuided to euery men his porcion by lot. sent the people away, the children of Israél went euerie mā into his inheritance to possesse the land.
7 And the people had serued the Lord all theIosh, 24. 28. dayes of Ioshua, and all the daies of the Elders that out lyued Ioshûa, which had sene al the greatMeaning, the wonders and mi racles. workes of the Lord that he did for Israél.
8 But Ioshûa the sonne of Nun the seruant of the Lord dyed, when he was an hundreth & ten yeres olde.
9 And thei buried him in the coastes of his inheritance, inHéres by turnyng the
〈◊〉
backward is
〈◊〉
, as. Timnath-héres in mount Ephraim, on the Northside of mount Gáash.
10 And so all that generacion was gathered vn to their fathers, and an other generacion aroseIosh, 24. 30. after them, whiche nether knewe the Lord, nor yet the workes, which he had one for Israél.
11 ¶Then the children of Israél thy wickedly in the sight of the Lord, and serued
〈◊〉
is, al maner of idoles. Baalim.
12 And forsoke the Lord God of their fathers which broght thē out of the land of Egypt, and followed other gods, (euen) the gods of the people that were round about them, and bowed vnto them, and prouoked the Lord to angre.
13 So they forsoke the Lord, and serued Báall andThese were idoles, which had the forme of an eweor shepe among the Sidonians. Ashtaroth.
14 And the wrath of the Lord was hote against Israél, and he deliuered them into the hands of spoilers, that spoiled them, and he * soldePsal. 44.
〈◊〉
. them into the hands of their enemies roundIsa. 50. 1. about them, so that they colde no longer stand before their enemies.
15 In all their enterprises. Whetherso euer they went out, theThe vengeance hād of the Lord was sore against them, as the Lord had said, and as the Lorde had sworne vnto them: so he punished them sore.
16 ¶Notwithstanding, the Lorde raised vpOr, Magistrates Iudges, whicheEbr. saued. deliuered them out of the hands of their oppressers.
17 But yet they wolde not obey their Iudges: for they went a whoring after other gods, & worshipped them, (and) turned quickely out of theMeaning, from the true religion. way, wherein their fathers walked, obeying the commandements of the Lord: they did not so.
18 And when the Lord had raised them vp Iud ges, the Lord was with the Iudge, and deliue red them out of the hand of their enemies al the daies of the Iudge [for the LordEbr. repented. had cō
passions of their gronings,Seing their crueltie. because of thē that oppressed them and tormented them.]
19 Yet * when the Iudge was dead, thei returned, Chap. 3.
〈◊〉
. andEbr. corrupte them selues. did worse then their fathers, in fol lowing other gods to serue thē and worship them: thei ceased not from their owne inuen cions, nor from their rebellious way.
20 Wherefore the wrath of the Lord was kinled against Israél, and he said, Because this people hathe transgressed my couenant, which I commāded their fathers, and hathe not obeyed my voyce,
21 Therefore wil I no more cast out before them any of theAs the
〈◊〉
Iebusites, Amorites, &c. nacions, Ioshúa which left when he dyed,
22 That through them I maySo that bothe outwarde enemies and false Prophets are but a tryal to proue our
〈◊〉
, Deut. 13. 3. proue Israél, whether they wil kepe the way of the Lord to walke therein, as their fathers kept it, or not.
23 So the Lord left those nacions, and droue them not out immediatly, nether deliuered them into the hand of Ioshúa.
CHAP. III.
1 The Canaanites were left to trye Israél 9 Othniél deliuereth Israél. 21 Ehúd killeth King Eglón. 31 Shamigár killeth the Philistims.
1 THese now are the nacions which the Lord left, that he might proue Israél by them [(euen) as many (of Israel) as had not knowen all theWhich were acheued by the handof God, and not by the power of man. warres of Canâan,
2 Onely to make the generacions of the children of Israél to knowe, and to teache them warre, which douteles their predessessors kneweFor thei trusted in God and hefought for thē. not]
3 Fiue princes of the Philistims, and all the Ca naanites, and the Sidonians, and the Hiuites that dwelt in mount Lebanôn, from mount Báal hermôn vnto one come to Hamáth.
4 And these remained to proue Israél by them to wit, whether thei wolde obey the cōman dements of the Lord, which he commanded their fathers by the hand of Mosés.
5 And the children of Israél dwelt among the Canaanites, the Hittites, and the Amorites, and the Perizzites, and the Hiuites, and the Iebusites,
6 And thei tokeContrary to Gods commandement. their daughters to be their wiues, and gaue their daughters to their son nes, and serued their gods.
7 ¶So the childrē of Israél did wickedly in the sight of the Lord, and forgate the Lord their God, and serued Baalim, andTrees or woods erected for idolatrie. Asheróth.
8 Therefore the wrath of the Lord was kindled against Israél, ād he solde them into the hand of Chushán rishatháim King of Arám "Or, Mesoporamia. naharáim, and the children of Israél serued Chushán rishatháim eight yeres.
9 And when the children of Israél cryed vnto the Lord, the Lord stirred vp a sauiour to the children of Israél, and he saued them, (euen) Othniél the sonne of Kenáz, Calebs yonger brother.
10 And theHe was stirred vp by the Spirit of the Lord. Spirit of the Lord came vpon him and he iudged Israél, and went out to warre: and the Lord deliuered Chushán rishatháim King ofOr, Syria. Arám into his hand, and his hand Preuailed against Chushân rishatháim.
11 So the land hadrestThat is, 32. vnder Ioshua, & 8. vnder Othnièl. fourtie yeres, and Othniêl the sonne of Kenáz dyed.
12 ¶Thē the children of Israél againe commit ted wickednes in the sight of the Lord: and the LordSo that the ene mies of Gods people haue no power ouer thē, but by Gods appointement. strēgthened Eglôn King of Moáb against Israél, because thei had committed wickednes before the Lord.
13 And he gathered vnto him the children of Ammôn, and Amalék, and went and smote Israél, & thei possessed the citie of palmetrees.
14 So the children of Israél serued Eglón King of Moáb eightene yeres.
15 But when the children of Israél cryed vnto the Lord, the Lord stirred them vp a sauiour Ehúd the sonne of Gerá the sonne ofOr,
〈◊〉
. Iemni a manOr,
〈◊〉
handed lame of his righthand: and the children of Israél sent a present by him vnto Eglôn King of Moáb.
16 And EhúdOr, caused a dagger to be ma de. made him a dagger with two edges of a cubite length, and he did girde it vnder his rayment vpon his right thigh,
17 And he presented the gift vnto Eglon King of Moáb [and Eglôn (was) a very fatman]
18 And when he had now presented the present, he sent away the people that bare the present,
19 But he turned againe from theOr, as some read, from the places of idoles. quarris, that whereby Gilgál, and said, I haue a secret errand vnto thee, ô King. Who said, KepeTil all be depar ted, silence: and all that stode about him, went out from him.
20 Then Ehúd came vnto him, [and he sate alone in a somer parler, which he had] and Ehúd said, I haue a message vnto thee from God. Then he arose out of his throne,
21 And Ehud put for the his lefthand, and toke the dagger from his right thigh, and thrust it into his belly,
22 So that the hafte went in after the blade: and the fat closed about the blade, so that he colde not drawe the dagger out of his belly, but the dirt came out.
23 Then Ehúd gate him outOr,
〈◊〉
. into the porche, and shut the dores of the parler vpon him, and locked them.
24 And when he was gone out, his seruants came: whoseing that the dores of the parler were locked, thei said,Ebr. he couereth
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Surely he doeth his easement in his somer chambre.
25 And thei taryed til thei were ashamed: and seing he opened not the dores of the parler, theitoke the key, and opened thē, & beholde their lord was fallen dead on the earth.
26 So Ehúd escaped [while thei taryed] & was passed the quarris, and escaped vnto Seirâth.
27 And when he came (home,)Or, caused the trumpet to be blowen. he blewe a trumpet in mount Ephráim, and the childrē of Israél went downe with him from the moNomb. 20. 2. untaine, and he went before them.
28 Then said he vnto them, Followe me: for the Lord hathe deliuered your enemies, (euen) Moáb into your hand. So they went downe after him, and toke the passages of Iordén toward Moáb, and suffred not a man to passe ouer.
29 And they slew of the Moabites the same time about ten thousand men, allOr, strong, and big bodied. fed men, and all (were) warriours, and there escaped not a man.
30 So Moâb wasEbr. humbled. sub dued that day, vnder the hand of Israél: and theMeaning, the Israelites. land had rest fourescore yeres.
31 ¶ And after him was Shamgár the sonne of Anáth, which slewe of the Philistims sixe hundreth men with an oxeSo that it is not the nomber, not the meanes that God regardeth, when he wil get the victorie. goade, and he also deliuered Israél.
CHAP. IIII.
1 Israél sinne and are giuen into the hands of Iabie. 4 De boráh iudgeth Israél and exhorteth Barak to deliuer the people. 15 Sisera fleeth. 17 And is killed by Iaél,
1 ANd the children of IsraélEbr. added, or
〈◊〉
to do euil. began againe to do wickedly in the sight of the Lord when
〈◊〉
was dead.
2 And the Lord solde them into the hand ofThere was an
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, who
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
killed and
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
Hazor, Iosh
〈◊〉
, 13. Iabin King of Canáan, that reigned in Hazôr, whose chief captaine (was called) Siserá, which dwelt inThat is, in a wood, or strong place. Haro shéth of the Gētiles.
3 Then the children of Israél cryed vnto the Lord: [for he had nine hundreth charets of yron, & twentie yeres he had vexed the children of Israél very sore]
4 ¶ And at that time Deboráh a Prophetesse the wife of LapidôthBy the Spirit of prophecie, resoluing of controuersies, and de claring the wil of God. iudged Israél.
5 And this Deboráh dwelt vnder a palme tre, betwene Ramáh & Beth-él in mount Ephráim, and the children of Israél came vp to her foriudgement.
6 Then she sent and called Baráh the sonne of Abinóam out of Kédesh of Naphtali, ād said vnto him, Hathe not the Lord God of IsraélAnd reueiled vnto me by the Spirit
〈◊〉
prophe
〈◊〉
commanded, (saying,) Go, & drawe toward moūt Tabor, and take with thee ten thousād men of the children of Naphtali and of children of Zebulún?
7 And I wil drawe vnto thee to the *
〈◊〉
, valiey. riuer
〈◊〉
. 83. 10. Kishón Siserá, the captaine of Iabins armie with his charets, and his multitude, and wil deliuer him into thine hand.
8 And Barák said vnto her,
〈◊〉
his owne weakenes and his enemies power, he desireth the Prophetesse to go with himto
〈◊〉
him of Gods wil
〈◊〉
time to time. If thou wilt go with me, I wil go: but if thou wilt not go with me, I wil not go.
9 Then she answered, I wil surely go with thee but this iourney that thou takest, shal not be for thine honour: for the Lord shal sel Siserá into the hand of a woman. And Deboráh arose and went with Barák to Kédesh.
10 ¶ And Barák called Zebulún and Naphtali to Kédesh, andOr, he led after him 10000. men. he went vp on his fete with ten thousand men, and Deboráh went vp with him.
11 [Now Héber the Kenite, which was of theOr, posteritie. Nomb 10. 20.
〈◊〉
. from kain. children of * Hobáb the father in law of Mosés, was departed from the" Kenites, and pitched his tentMeanin g, that he
〈◊〉
a great parte of that countrey. vntil the plaine of Zaanaim which is by Kédesh]
12 Thē they she wed Siserá, that Barák the sōne of Abinóam was gone vp to mount Tabór.
13 And Siserá called for all is charets, (euen) nine hundreth charets of yron, and all the people that were with him frō Haroshéth of the Gentiles, vnto the riuer Kishôn.
14 Then Deboráh said vnto Barák,She stil encou rageth him to this entreprise by assuring him of Gods
〈◊〉
and aide. Vp: for this is the day that the Lord hathe deliuered Sisera into thine hand. Is not the Lord gone out before thee? so Barák went downe from mount Tabôr, and ten thousand men after him.
15 And the Lord destroyed Siserá and all his charets, and all his hoste with the edge of the sworde, before Barák, so that Siserá ligh ted downe of his charet, and fled away on his fete.
16 But * Barák pursued after the charets, andPsal. 83. 10. after the hoste vnto Haroshéth of the Gentiles: & al the host of Siseráfel vpon the edge of the sworde: there was not a man left.
17 Howbeit, Siserá fled away on his fete to the tent of laél the wife ofWhose
〈◊〉
were strangers, but
〈◊〉
the true God, and therefo re were ioyned with
〈◊〉
. Hebér the Kenite: [for peace (was) betwene Iabin the King of Hazór, and betwene the house of Hebér the Kenite]
18 And Iaél went out to mete Sisera, and said vnto him, Turne in, my Lord, turne into me: feare not. And when he had turned in vnto her into her tent, she couered him with aOr,
〈◊〉
. mantel.
19 And he said vnto her, Giue me, I pray thee, a litle water to drinke: for I am thirsty. AndChap. 5.
〈◊〉
she opened * a bottle of milke and gaue him drink e, and couered him.
20 Againe he said vnto her, Stande in the dore of the tent, and when anie man doeth come and enquire of thee, saying, IsTo wit, Siserá. anie man here thou shalt say, Nay.
21 Then Iaél Hebers wife toke aThat is, the pin ne or stake, whereby it was faste ned to the
〈◊〉
. nayle of the tent, and toke an hammer in her hand, and went so ftly vnto him, and smote the naile into his temples, and fastened it into the groun de, [for he was fast a slepe, and wearie] and (so) he dyed.
22 And beholde, as Barák pursued after. Siserá Iaél came out to mete him, and said vnto him, Come, and I wil she we thee the man, whome thou sekest: and when he came into her (tent) beholde, Siserá laySo he sawe the a womā had the honour, as Debo ráh prophecied. dead, and the naile in his temples.
23 So God broght downe Iabin the King of Canáan that day before the childrē of Israél.
24 And the hand of the children of IsraélEbr.
〈◊〉
: and was strong. pro spered, and preuailed against Iabin the King of Canáan, vntil they had destroyed Iabin King of Canáan.
CHAP. V.
1 The song and thankesgiuing of Deborab and Barak after the victorie.
1 THen sang Deboráh, and Barák the sonne of Abinóam the same day, saying,
2 Praiseye the Lord for the auenging of Israél and for theTo
〈◊〉
, the two tribes of zebulun and Naph
〈◊〉
. people that offred them selues willingly.
3 Heare, ye Kings, heark en ye princes: I, (euē) I wil sing vnto the Lord: I wil sing praise vnto the Lord God of Israél.Deut. 4. 11.
4 Lord, * whē thou wentest out of Seir, when thou departedst out of the field of * EdómDeut. 2. 1.
the earth trembled, and the heauens rained, the cloudes also dropped water.
5 * The mountaines melted before the Lord,Psal. 97. 5. * (as did) that Sinâi before the Lord God ofExod. 19. 18. Israél.
6 In the dayes of * Shamgár the sonne of Anáth,Chap. 3
〈◊〉
. in the dayes of* Iaél the hye waye wereChap. 4. 18.
Forfeare of the enemies. vnoccupied, and the trauelers walked through by wayes.
7 The to wnes were not inhabited: they decayed, (I say,) in Israél, vntil I Deboráh came vp, whiche rose vp aMiraculously
〈◊〉
vp of God to
〈◊〉
, & deliuer them. mother in Israél.
8 They chosene we gods: then (was) warre in the gates, Was there aThey had no heart to resist their enemies. shilde or speare sene among fourtie thousand of Israél?
9 Mine heart (is set) on the gouerners of Israél (and) on them that are willing among the people: praise ye the Lord.
10 Speake ye that ride onYe gouerners. white asses, ye that dwelAs in dāger of your enemies. by Midin, & that walke by the waye
11 For the noyse of the archers (appaised) amōg theFor now you may drawe water without feare of your enemies. drawers of water: there shal they rehearse the righteousnes of the Lorde, his righteousnes of his to wnes in Israél: thē did the people of the Lord go down to the gates
12 Vp Deboráh, vp, arise, (and) sing a song: arise Barák, and leadTo wit them that kept thy people in captiuitie. thy captiuitie captiue, thou sonne of Abinóam.
13 For they that remaine, haue dominiō ouer the mightie of the people: the Lorde hathe giuen me dominion ouer the strong.
14 Of EphráimIoshua first fought against Amalék, & Saul destroyed him. their roote (arose) against Amalék: (&) after thee, Ben-iamin (shal fight) against thy people, (ô Amalek:) of Machir came rulers, and of Zebulún they that hādle the penne of theEuen the learned did helpe to fight. writer.
15 And the Princes of Issachár were with Deboráh, &Euē the whole
〈◊〉
. Issachár, & also Barák: he was set on his fete in the valley: for the diuisions of Reubén (were) greatThey merueiled, that they came not ouer Iordén to helpe them. thoghtes of heart.
16 Why abodest thou amōg the shepe foldes, to heare the bleatings of the flockes? for the diuisions of Reubén (were) great thogh tes of heart.
17 She reproueth althē that came not to helpe their brethren in their
〈◊〉
. Gileádabode beyonde Iordén: and why doeth Dan remaine in shippes? Ashér sate on the seashore, and taried in hisEther by beating of thesea, or by mining. decayed places.
18 (But) the people of Zebulún and Naphtali haue ieoparde their liues vnto the deathe in the hye places of the field.
19 The Kings came (and) fought: thē fought the Kings of Canáan in Taanách by the waters of Megiddó: they receiued no gaine ofThey wanne nothing, but lost
〈◊〉
. money.
20 They fought from heauē, (euen) the starres in their co urses fought against Siserá.
21 The riuer KishónAs a besome doeth thesil the of the house. swept them away, that ancient riuer the riuer Kishón, ô my soule, thou hast marched valiantly.
22 Thē were the horsehoufes brokē with the oft beating together of their mighty (men.)
23 Curse yeIt was a
〈◊〉
nere Tabor, where they
〈◊〉
. Mereôz: [said the Angell of the Lord] curse the inhabitāts thereof, because they came not to helpe the Lorde, to helpe the Lord against the mightie.
24 Iaél the wife of Hebér the Kenite shal be blessed aboue (other) women: blessed shal she be aboue women (dwelling) in tents.
25 He asked water, (and) she gaue him milke: she broght fortheSome read churned milke in a great cup. butter in a lordly dish.
26 She put her hand to the naile, and her right hand to the worke mans hammer: with the hammer smote she Siserá: she smote of his head, after she had wounded, and pearsed his temples.
27 He bowed him downe at her fete, he fel downe, and lay stil: at her fete he bowed him downe, & fel: and when he had sonke downe he lay thereEbr. destroyed. dead.
28 The mother of Siserá loked out at a windo we, and cryed through the lattesse, Why is his charet so long a comming? why tary theOr, fere. wheles of his charets?
29 Her wise ladyes answered her, Yea.That is, she com
〈◊〉
her selfe. She answered her selfe with her owne wordes,
30 Haue they not gotten, (and) they deuide the spoyle? euerie man hathe a maide or two Siserá hathe a praye of diuers couloured (garments,) a pray of sondry coulours made of nedle worke: of diuers coulours of nedle worke on bothesides,Because he was chief of the armie. for the chief of the spoyle.
31 So let all thine enemies perish, ô Lord: but they that loue him, shal be as theShal growe daily more and more in Gods fa
〈◊〉
. sunne when he riseth in his might, and the land had
〈◊〉
fortie yeres.
CHAP. VI.
1 Israél is oppressed of the Midianites for their wickednes. 14 Gideon is sent to be their deliuerer. 37 He asketh a signe.
1 AFterward the children of Israél commit ted wickednes in the sight of the Lord and the Lord gaue them into the handes of Midián seuen yeres.
2 And the hand of Midián preuailed against Israél,For feare of the Midianites thei fled into the
〈◊〉
of themo
〈◊〉
(and) because of the Midianites the children of Israél made them dennes in the mountaines, and caues, and strong holdes.
3 When Israél had sowen, then camevp the Midianites, the Amalekites, and they of theOr, of kedém. East, and came vpon them,
4 And camped by them, and destroyed the frute of the earth, euen til thou come vntoEuen almost the whole countrey. Azzáh, and left no foode for Israél, nether shepe, nor oxe, nor asse.
5 For they went vp, and their' cattel, and came with their tentes as gre
〈◊〉
in multitude: so that they and their camels were without nomber: and they came into the land to destroye it.
6 So was Israél excedingly impouerished by the Midianites: therefore theThis is the end of Gods punishe ments, to call his to repentance that they may seke for helpe of him. children of Israél cryed vnto the Lord.
7 ¶ And when the children of Israél cryed vnto the Lord because of the Midianites,
8 The Lord sent vnto the children of Israél a Prophet, who said vnto them, Thus sayeth the Lord God of Israél, I haue broght you
vp from Egypt and haue broght you out of the house of bondage.
9 And I haue deliuered you out of the hand of the Egyptians, and out of the hand of all that oppressed you, and haue cast them out before you, and giuen you their land.
10 And I said vnto you, I am the Lorde your2. king. 17. 39. God: * feare not the gods of the AmoritesIere. 10. 2. in whose land you dwel: but you haue not obeyed my voyce.
11 ¶And the Aungel of the Lorde came, and sate vnder the oke whiche was in Ophráh, that perteined vnto
〈◊〉
the father of the Ezrites, and his sonne Gideôn threashed wheat by the winepresse,Or, to prepare his flight. to hide it frō the Midianites.
12 Then the Angel of the Lord appeared vnto him, and said vnto him, The Lord (is) with thee, thou valiant man.
13 To whome Gideōn aunswered,This came not of distrust, but of weakenes of faith, which is in the moste perfect for no man in this life can haue aperfect faith, but the children of God haue a true faith, whereby they be iustified. Ah my Lord, if the Lorde be with vs. why then is al this come vpon vs? and where be al his miracles whiche our fathers tolde vs of, and said, Did not the Lord bryng vs out of Egypt? but now the Lord hathe forsak en vs and deliuered vs into the hand of the Midianites.
14 And theThat is, Christ appearing
〈◊〉
visible forme. Lordloked vpon him, and said, Go in this thyWhiche I haue giuen thee. might, and thou shalt saue Israél out of the hands of the Midianites: haue not I sent thee?
15 And he answered hym, Ah my Lord, whereby shal I saue Israéll? beholde, myOr, familie. father is poore in Manasséh, and I am the least in my fathers house.
16 Then the Lord said vnto him, I wil therfore be with thee, & thou shalt smite the Midianites, as one man.
17 And he answered him, I pray thee, if I haue founde fauour in thy sight, then shewe meSo that we se how the
〈◊〉
is enemie vnto Gods vocation, whiche can not be persuaded without signes. a signe, that thou talk est with me.
18 Departe not hence, I pray thee, vntil I come vnto thee, & bring mine offring, & lay it before thee, And he said, I will tary vntill thou come againe.
19 ¶Then Gideôn wentin, and made ready a kid, and vnleauened bread of anOf Epháh read Exod 16. 36. Epháh of floure, and put the flesh in a basket, and put the broth in a pot, & broght it vnto him vnder the oke, and presented it.
20 And the Angel of God said vnto him, Take the flesh and the vnleauened bread, and lay them vpon this stone, and powre out the broth: and he did so.
21 ¶Then the Angel of the Lorde put forthe the end of the staffe that he held in his hand and touched the fleshe, and the vnleauened bread: and there arose vp fireBy the power of God
〈◊〉
, as in the
〈◊〉
of Helias. out of the stone, and consumed the flesh and the vnlea uened bread: so the Angel of the Lorde departed out of his sight.1. king. 18. 38.
22 And when Gideon perceiued that it was an Angel of the Lorde, Gideôn then said, Alas, my Lorde God: * for because I haue
〈◊〉
. 33 20. sene an Angell of the Lorde face to face,
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
, 22. (I shal dye.)
23 And the Lord said vnto him, Peace be vnto thee: feare not, thou shalt not dye.
24 Then
〈◊〉
made an altar there vnto the Lord, and called it,Or, the Lord
〈◊〉
peace. Iehouáh shalôm: vnto this day it is in Ophráh, of the father of the Ezrites.
25 ¶And the same night the Lord said vnto him Take thy fathers yong bullocke, & another bullockeThat is, as the Chalde text
〈◊〉
, fed
〈◊〉
yeres. of seuen yeres olde, and destroy the altar of Báal that thy father hathe, and cut downe the groue that is by it.
26 And buylde an altar vnto the Lord thy God vpon the top of this rocke, in a plaine place and take the seconde bullocke, and offer a burnt offring with the wood of theWhich growed aboue Baals altar. groue, which thou shalt cut downe.
27 Then Gideón toke ten men of his seruants, and did as the Lord bade him: but because he feared to do it by day for his fathers housholde and the men of the citie, he did it by night.
28 ¶And when the men of the citie arose early in the morning, beholde, the altar of Bâal was broken, and the groue cut downe that was by it, and theMeaning the fat bul, which was kept to be offredvnto
〈◊〉
. seconde bullocke offred vpon the altar that was made.
29 Therefore they said one to another, Who hathe done this thing? and when they inquired and asked, they said, Gideon the sonne of Ioàsh hathe done this thing.
30 Then the men of the citie said vnto Ioâsh, Bring out thy sonne, that he may dye: for he hathe destroyed the altar of Bâal, and hathe also cut downe the groue that was by it.
31 And Ioâsh said vnto all that stode by him, Wil ye pleade Baals cause? or wil ye saue himThus we
〈◊〉
to iust
〈◊〉
them, that are zelous of Gods cause, though all the multitude be against vs. he that wil contend for him, let him dye or the morning. If he be God, let him pleade for him selfe against him that hathe cast downe his altar.
32 And in that day was Gideôn called Ierubbâal, that is, Let Báal plead for him selfe because he hathe broken downe his altar.
33 Then all the Midianites and the Amalekites and they of the East, were gathered toge ther, and went and pitched in the valley of Izreêl.
34 But the Spirit of the LordEbr. clad
〈◊〉
Nomb. 10. 3. came vpon Gideôn, * and he blewe a trumpet, andThe familie of Abiézer, whereof he was AbiézerChap 3. 27. was ioyned with him.
35 And he sent messengers through out all Manasséh, which also was ioyned with him, and he sent messengers vnto Ashér, and to Zebulún and to Naphtali, and they came vp to me te them.
26 Then Gideôn said vnto God,This
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
not of infidelitie, but that he might be confirmed in his vocation, If thou wilt saue Israél by mine hand, as thou hast said,
37 Beholde, I wil put a fleece of wolle in the threshing place: if the dewe come on the fleece onely, and it be drye vpon all the earth then shal I be sure, that thou wilt saue Israél by mine hand, as thou hast said.
38 And so it was: for he rose vp early on the morowe, and thrust the fleece together, and
wringed the dewe out of the fleece, ād filled a bowle of water.
39 Againe Gideón said vnto God, Be not angry with me, that * I may speake once moreGen. 18. 32. let me proue once againe, I pray thee, with thee fleece: let it now be drye onely vpon the fleece, and let dewe be vpon all the grounde.
40 And God did so that same night: for it wasWhereby he was assured that it was a miracle of God. drye vpon the fleece onely and there was dewe on all the grouude.
CHAP. VII.
2 The Lord commandeth Gideón to send a way a great parte of his companie. 22 The Midianites are discomfited by a wonderous sort. 25 Oréb and Zeéb are slaine.
1 THen * Ierubbáal [who is Gideôn] roseChap. 8. 38. vp early and all the people that were with him, and pitched besideEbr. Enharod. the well of Harod, so that the hoste of the Midianites was on the Northside of them in the valley by the hil ofEbr. Hammoréb. Moréh.
2 And the Lord said vnto Gideōn, The people that are with thee, are to manie for me to giue the Midianites into their hādes, lest Israél make theirGod wil not that anie creature depriue him of his glorie. vante against me, and say, Mine hand hathe saued me.
3 Now therefore proclayme in the audience of the people, and say, * Whoso is timerousDeut. 20. 5.
1. Mac.
〈◊〉
. 56. or feareful, let him returne, and departe early from mount Gileâd. And there returned of the people which were at mount Gileád, two and twentie thousand: so ten thousand remained.
4 And the Lord said vnto
〈◊〉
, The people are yet to manie: bring them downe vnto the water, and I wilI wil giue thee a proose to knowe thē, that shal go with thee. trye them for thee there: and of whome I say vnto thee, This man shal go with thee, the same shal go with thee: and of whomesoeuer I say vnto thee, This man shal not go with thee, the same shal not go.
5 So he broght downe the people vnto the water. And the Lord said vnto Gideôn, As manie as lappe the water with their tongues as a dog lappeth, them put by themselues, & euerie one that shal bowe downe his knees to
〈◊〉
thē departe, as
〈◊〉
for this enterprise. drinke, (put a parte.)
6 And the nomber of them that lapped (by putting) their hāds to their mouthes, (were) thre hundreth men: but all the remnant of the people kneled downe vpon their knees to drinke water.
7 ¶Then the Lord said vnto Gideón, By these thre hundreth men that lapped, wil I saue you, and deliuer the Midianites into thine hand: and let all the (other)That is the one and thirtie thou sand, and 700, people go eue rie man vnto his place.
8 ¶So the people toke vitailesEbr. in their hands. with them, and their trumpets: and he sent all the rest of"Or, incouraged Israél, euerie man vnto his tent, ādreteined the thre hundreth men: and the hoste of Midiân was beneth him in a valley.
9 ¶And the same night the Lord said vnto him, Arise,Thus the Lord by diuers meanes doth strengthen him that he faint not in so great an enterprise. get thee downe vnto the hoste: for I haue deliuered it into thine hand.
10 But if thou feare to go downe, (then) go thou, and Phuráh thy seruant downe to the hoste,
11 And thou shalt hearken, what they say, and so shal thine hands be strong to go downe vnto the hoste. Then went he downe and Phuráh his seruant vnto the outside of the souldiars that were in the hoste.
12 ¶And the Midianites, and the Amalekites and all * they of the East, lay in the valley likeChap. 6.
〈◊〉
grashoppers in multitude, and their camels (were) without nomber, as the sand which is by the seaside for multitude.
13 And when Gideôn was come, beholde, a man tolde a dreame vnto his neighbour, and said, Beholde, I dreamed a dreame, andlo, aSome read,
〈◊〉
trembling
〈◊〉
of barley
〈◊〉
meaning that one of no repura cion shulde make their great ar mie to tremble. cake of barley bread tombled from aboue in to the hoste of Midiān, and camevnto a tent and smote it that it fel, & ouerturned it, that the tent fel downe.
14 And his fellowe answered, and said, This is nothing els saue the sworde of Gideôn the sonne of Ioásh a man of Israél: (for) into his hand hathe God deliuered Midiân and althe hoste.
15 ¶ When Gideôn heard the dreame tolde, & the interpretacion of the same, heOr, gaue God thankes, as it is in the Chalde text. worship ped, and returned vnto the hoste of Israél, & said, Vp: for the Lord hathe deliuered into your hand the hoste of Midian.
16 And he deuided the thre hundreth men into thre bandes, and gaue euerie man a trumpet in his hand with emptie pitchers, andOr,
〈◊〉
brands. lampesThese weake meanes God vsed, to signifie that the
〈◊〉
victorie came of him. within the pitchers.
17 And he said vnto them, Loke on me, and do like wise, whē I come to the side of the hoste: euen as I do so do you.
18 When I blowe with a trumpet and all that are with me, blowe ye with trumpets also on euerie side of the hoste, & say,That is, the victorie shalbe the Lords & Gideōs his seruant. For the Lord and for Gideón.
19 ¶So Gideôn and the hundreth men that were with him, came vnto the outside of the hoste in the beginning of the middle watche and they raised vp the watchemen, and they blewe with their trumpets, and brake the pit chers that were in their hands.
20 And the thre companies blewe with trumpets and brake the pitchers, and held the lampes in their left hands, and the trumpets in their right hands to blowe with all: & they cryed, TheShal destroy the enemies. sworde of the Lord & of Gideō.
21 And they stode, euerie man in his place rounde about the hoste: and all the hosteOr, broke their
〈◊〉
. ranne, and cryed, and fled.
22 And the thre hundreth blewe with trumpets,Isa. 9 4. and * the Lord set euerie mans sworde vpon hisThe Lord
〈◊〉
sed the Midianites to kil one another. neighbour, and vpon all the hoste: so the hoste fled to Beth-hashittáh in Zereráh, (and) to the border of Abél meholáh vnto Tabbáth.
23 Then the men of Israél being gathered together out of
〈◊〉
, and out of Ashêrand out of all Manasséh pursued after the Midianites.
24 And Gideón sent menssengers vnto all mount Ephráim, saying, Come downe against the Midianites, and take before them theMeaning, the passages or the foordes, that thei shulde not escape. waters vnto Beth-baráh, and Iordén. Then all the men of Ephráim gathered together and toke the waters vnto Beth-baráh, and Iordén.
25 And they toke two * princes of the Midianites,Psal. 83. 12. Oréb and Zeéb, and slewe Oréb vponIsa. 10. 26. the rocke Oréb, and slewe Zeéb atThese places had their names of the actes that were done there the wine presse of Zeéb, and pursued the Midianites, and broght the heades of Oréb and Zeéb to Gideón beyonde Iordén.
CHAP. VIII.
1 Ephráim murmureth against Gideón. 2 who apeaseth them. 4 He passeth the Iordén. 16 He reuengeth him selfe on them of Succòth and Penuél. 27 He maketh an
〈◊〉
which was the cause of idolatrie, 30 Of Gideons sonnes and of his death.
1 THen the men of Ephráim said vnto him,They began to
〈◊〉
because he had the glorie of the victorie. Why hast thou serued vs thus that thou calledst vs not, when thou wentest to fight with the Midianites? and they chode with him sharpely.
2 To whome he said, What haue I now done in comparison ofWhich haue
〈◊〉
two prin ces. Oréb and zeéb. you? is notThis Iast act of the whole tribe is more famous, then the whole enterprise of one man of one fami lie. the gleaning of grapes of Ephráim better, them the vintage of Abiézer?
3 God hathe deliuered into your hands the princes of Midián, Oréb and Zeéb: and what was I able to do in comparison of you? and when he had thus spoken, then their spirits abated to ward him.
4 ¶ And Gideon came to Iordén to passeouer, he, and the thre hundreth mē that were with him, weary, yet pursuing (them.)
5 And he said vnto the men of Succóth, Giue,d Or, some
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. I pray you, morsels of bread vnto the peopleEbr. that are at my fete. that folowe me [for they be weary] that I may followe after Zébah, and Zalmunná Kings of Midián.
6 And the princes of Succóth said, Are theBecause
〈◊〉
hast
〈◊〉
an handful,
〈◊〉
thou to haue ouercome the whole. hands of Zébah and Zalmunná now in thine hands, that we shulde giue bread vnto thine armie?
7
〈◊〉
then said, Therefore when the Lord hathe deliuered Zébah and Zalmunná into mine hand, I wil
〈◊〉
. beat in pieces. teare your flesh with thornes of the wildernes and with breers.
8 ¶ And he went vp thence to Penuél, and spa ke vnto them likewise, and the men of Penuél answered him, as the men of Succóth answered.
9 And he said also vnto the men of Penuél, When I come againe
〈◊〉
gotten
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. in peace, I wil breake downe this towre.
10 ¶ Now Zébah and Zalmunná (were)A
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
beyonde 10. dén. in Kar kór, and their hostes with them, about fiftene thousand, all that were left of all the hostes of them of the East: for there was slayne an hundreth and twentie thousand men, that drewe swordes.
11 ¶ And Gideón went through them that dwelt inHe went by the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the Arab ans dwelt in tentes. tabernacles on the Eastside of Nóbah & Iogbeháh, & smote the hoste: for the hoste was careles.
12 And when Zébah and Zalmunná fled, he followed after them, and toke the two Kings of Midián, Zébah and Zalmunná, and discō
fited all the hoste.
13 ¶ So Gideón the sonne of Ioásh returned from battel,Some read before the sunne rose vp. the sunne being (yet) hie,
14 And toke a seruant of the men of Succôth, and inquired of him: and heOr, described. wrote to him the princes of Succôth and the Elders there of, (euen) seuentie and seuen men.
15 And he came vnto the men of Succóth, and said, Beholde Zébah and Zalmunná, by whomeye vp braided me, saying, Are the hands of Zébah and Zalmunná already in thine hands, that we shulde giue bread vnto thy weary men?
16 Then he toke the Elders of the citie, & thor nes of the wildernes & breers, andEbr, brake in pieces, 28 one thres heth corne. 1. king. 12. 25. did teare the men of Succôth with them.
17 Also he brake downe the towre of * Penuél and slewe the men of the citie.
18 ¶ Then said he vnto Zébah and Zalmunná, What maner of men were they, whome ye slew at Tabór? and they answered,Or, they werè like vnto thee. As thou art, so were they: (euerie) one was like the children of a King.
19 And he said, They were my brethren, euen myWe came all our of one belly: therefore I will be reuenged. mothers children: as the Lord liueth, if ye had saued their liues, I wolde not slay you.
20 Then he said vnto
〈◊〉
his first borne son ne, Vp, and slay them: but the boy drewe not his sworde: for he feared, because he was yet yong.
21 Then Zébah and Zalmunná said, Rise thou, and fall vpon vs: forMeaning, that they wolde be rid out of their paine at once, or els to haue a valiant man to
〈◊〉
them to death. as the man is, (so is) his strength. And Gideón arose and slewe Zébah and Zalmunná, and toke away theOr, collers. ornamēts that were on their camels neckes,
22 ¶ Then the men of Israél said vnto Gideôn, Reigne thou ouervs, bothe thou, and thy son ne, and thyThat is, thy posteritie. sonnes sonne: for thou hast deliuered vs out of the hand of Midián.
23 And Gideón said vnto them, I wil norreigne ouer you, nether shal my childe reigne ouer you, (but) the Lord shalHis intent was to shewe him selfe thankeful for this victorie by restoring of religion, which, because it was not according as God had cōmanded, turned to their destruction. reigne ouer you.
24 Againe Gideón said vnto them, I wolde desire a request of you, that you wolde giue me euerie man the earings of his praye [for they had golden earings because they were Ismaelites]
25 And they answered, We wil giue them. And they spred a garment, and did cast therein euerie man the earings of his praye.
26 And the weight of the golden earings that he required, was a thousand and seuen hundreth (shekels) of golde, beside collers,Or, swete balles and iewels, and purple raiment that was on the Kings of Midián, and beside the cheines, that were about their camels neckes.
27 And Gideón made anThat is, suche things as perceined to the vse of the tabernacle. Ephôd thereof, and put it in Ophráh his citie: and all Israél went a whoring there after it, which was the destruction of Gide ón and his house.
28 Thus was Midián broght lowe before the childré of Israél, so that they lift vp their heades nomore: and the countrey was in quietnes fortye yeres in the dayes of Gideòn.
29 ¶ Then Ierubbáal the sonne of Ioásh wēt, and dwelt in his owne house.
30 And Gideón had seuentie sonnesEbr. Which came out of his thigh. begotten of his body: for he had manie wiues.
31 And his concubine that was in Shechém, bare him a sonne also, whose name he called Abimélech.
32 So Gideōn the sonne of Ioásh dyed in a good age, and was buryed in the sepulchre of Ioásh his father in Ophráh, of theWhich citie belonged to the familie of the Ezrites. Father of the Ezrites.
33 But when Gideôn was dead, the children of Israél turned away and went a whoring after Baalim, and madeThat is Baal, to whome they had bounde them selues by couenant. Baal-berith their God.
34 And the children of Israél remembred not the Lord their God, whiche had deliuered them out of the hands of all theyr ennemies on euerie side.
35 NetherThey were vnmindeful of God, and vnkynd towerde him, by whome they had receiued so greate
〈◊〉
. shewed they mercye on the house of Ierubbáal, (or) Gideón, according to all the goodnes whiche he had shewed vnto Israêl.
CHAP. IX.
1 Abimélech vsurpeth the kyngedome, and putteth hys brethren to death. 7 Iothám proposeth a parable. 23 Hatred betwene Abimélech & the Shechemites. 26 Gaál conspireth against him, and is ouercome. 53 Abimélech is wounded to death by a woman.
1 THen Abimélech the sonne of Ierubbáal went to Shechém vnto hisTo practise with his kinsfolkes for the arteinynge of the kingdome. mothers brethren, and communed with them, and with all the familie, (and) house of hss mothers father, saying,
2 Say, I pray you, in the audience of all the mē of Shechém, whether is better for you, that all the sonnes of Ierubbáal, which are seuentie persones, reigne ouer you, ether that one reigne ouer you? Remember also, that I am yourOf your kinted by my mothers side. bone, and your flesh.
3 Then his mothers brethren spake of hym in the audiēce of all the men of Shechém, all these wordes: and their heartes were moued to folowe Abimélech: for said thei, He is our brother.
4 And they gaue him seuentie pieces of siluer out of the house of Baal-berith, wherewith Abimélech hiredOr, idle felowes and vacabonds. vaine and light fellowes which followed him.
5 And he went vnto his fathers house at Ophráh, andThus tyrants to
〈◊〉
he theyr vsurped power spare not the innocent blood, sle we his brethren, the sonnes of Ierubbâal, (aboute) seuentye persones vpon one stone: yet Iothám the yongest sonne of Ierubbáal was left for he hid him selfe.1. King. 10. 7.
6 ¶ And all the men of Shechém gathered2 Chron. 21. 4. together with all the house ofVVhich was as the to wne house or comō hal, whiche he calleth the towre of Shechē.
〈◊〉
. 49. Millo, and came and made Abimélech Kynge in the plaine, where the stone was erected in Shechém.
7 And when they tolde it to Iothám, he wēt and stode in the tope of mount Gerizim, and lift vp his voyce, and cryed, and sayde vnto them, Hearken vnto me, you men of Shechém, that GOD maye hearken vnto you.
8 By this parable he declared, that those that are not ambitious, are moste worthy of honour, and that the ambitious abuse their honor bothe to theyr owne destructiō and others. The trees went for the to anointe a Kyng ouer them, and said vnto the oliue tre, Reigne thou ouer vs.
9 But the oliuetre said vnto them, Shulde I leaue my fatnes, where with by me thei honour God and man, and go to auance me aboue the trees?
10 Then the trees said to the fig tre, Come thou, (and) be King ouer vs.
11 But the fig tre answered them, Shuld I forsake my swetenes, and my good frute, and go to auan ceme aboue the trees?
12 Then said the trees vnto the vyne, Come thou (and) be King ouer vs.
13 But the vine said vnto them, Shuld I leaue my wine, whereby I cheare God and man, and go to auance me aboue the trees?
14 Then said all the trees vnto theOr, thistel, or breere. bramble, Come thou (and) reigne ouer vs.
15 And the bramble said vnto the trees, If ye wil in dede anoint me king ouer you, come, and put your trust vnder my shadow: and if not, theAbimélech shal destroye the nobles of Shechém. fire shal come out of the bramble, and consume the cedres of Lebanôn.
16 Now therefore, if ye do truely and vncorruptly to make Abimélech King, and if ye haue dealt wel with Ierubbáal and with his house, and haue done vnto him, according to the deseruing of his hands,
17 [For my father fought for you, andEbr. he caste hys life farre frome him. aduentured his life, and deliuered you out of the hands of Midián.
18 And ye are risen vp agaynste my Fathers house this day, and haue slayne his childré, (about) seuentie persones vpon one stone, and haue made Abimélech the sonne of his maide seruant, King ouer the men of Shechém, because he is your brother.]
19 If ye then haue delt truelye and purely with Ierubbáal, & with his house this daye, thenThat he is your King, and you his subiectes. reioyce ye with Abimélech, and let him reioyce with you.
20 But if not, let a fire come out from Abimélech, and consume the men of Shechém and the house of Millô: also let a fire come forthe frome the men of Shechém, and from the house of Millô, and consume Abimélech.
21 And Iothám ranne away, and fled, & went to Beér & dwelt there for feare of Abimélech his brother.
22 So Abimélech reygned thre yere ouer Israél.
23 But GodBecause the peo ple consēted with the kinge in sheding innocent blood: therefore God: destroyeth bothe the one & the other. sent an euil Spirit betwene Abimélech, and the men of Shechém: and the men of Shechém brake their promes to Abimélech,
24 That the crueltie towarde the seuentie sonnes of Ierubbáal and their blood might
come and be laide vpon Abimélech theyr brother, which had slayne them, and vpon the mē of Shechém, which had aided him to kil his brethren.
25 So the men of Shechém set men in waite for him in the tops of the mountaines: who robbed all that passed that way by them: & it was tolde Abimélech.
26 Then Gáal the sonne of Ebéd came with his bretheren, and they went to Shechém: and the men of Shechém put their confidē
ce in him.
27 Therefore theiBefore
〈◊〉
afrayed of Abimélechs power, and durst not go out of the citie. went out into the fielde, and gathered in their grapes and troade them, and made merye, and went into the house of their gods, and did eat & drinke, and cursed Abimélech.
28 Then Gáal the sonne of Ebéd said, Who is Abimélech? and who is Shechém, that we shulde serue him? Is he not the sonne of Ierubbáal? & Zebūl is his officer? Serue rather the men of Hamór the father of Shechém: for why shulde we serue him?
29 Now wolde God this people were vnder mine hand: then wolde I put away Abimélech. And he said toBraggingly as thogh he had bene present, or to his captaine zebul. Abimélech, Increase thine armie, and come out.
30 ¶ And when Zebúl the ruler of the Citie heard the words of Gáal the sonne, of Ebéd his wrath was kindled.
31 Therefore he sent messen gers vnto AbimélechEbr. craftely. priuely, saying, Beholde, Gáal the sonne of Ebéd and his bretheren be come to Shechém, and beholde, thei fortifie the citie against thee.
32 Now therefore arise by night, thou & the people that is with thee, and lye in wayte in the field.
33 And rise early in the morning as soone as the sunne is vp, and assalt the Citie: and when he and the people that is with hym, shal come out against thee, do to himEbr. What thine hand can finde. what thou canst.
34 ¶ So Abimélech rose vp, and all the people that were with him by night: and they laie in waite against Shechém in foure bādes.
35 Then Gáal the sonne of Ebéd went out and stode in the entring of the gate of the citie: and Abimélech rose vp, and the folke that were with him, from liyng in waite.
36 And when Gáal sawe the people, he said to Zebúl, Beholde, there come people downe from the tops of the mountaines: and Zebúl say de vnto hym, TheThou art
〈◊〉
of a
〈◊〉
. shadowe of the mountaines seme men vnto thee.
37 And Gáal spake againe, and said, Se, there come folke downeEbr. by the nauel. by the middle of the land, and an other band cometh by the way of the plaine ofOr, charmers. Meonenim.
38 Then said Zebúl vnto him, Where is now thy mouthe, that said, Who is Abimélech, that we shulde serue him? Is not this the people that thou haste despised? Go out now, I pray thee, and fight with them.
39 And GáalAs theyr cap taine. went out before the men of Shechém, and fought with Abimélech.
40 But Abimélech pursued him, and he fled before him, and manye were ouerthrowen and wounded, euen vnto the entrynge of the gate.
41 And Abimélech dwelt at Arumáh: & Zebúl thrust out Gáal and his bretheren that they shulde not dwel in Shechém.
42 ¶ And on the morowe, the people went out into the fielde: whiche was tolde Abimélech.
43 And he toke theVVhich were of his companie. people, and deuyded them into thre bandes, and laid waite in the fields, and loked, and behold, the people were come out of the citie, and he rose vp against them, and smote them.
44 And Abimélech, and the bādes that were with him, russhed forwarde, and stode in the entring of the gate of the citie: & the two other bandes ranne vpon all the people that were in the field and slewe them.
45 And when Abimélech had fought against the citie all that day, he toke the citie, and slewe the people that was therein, and destroyed the citie and sowedThat is shulde bevnfruteful and neuer serue to any vse. salt in it.
46 ¶ And when all the men of the towre of Shechém heard it, thei entred into an hold of the house of the GodThat is, of Baalbetith, as Chap. 8. 41. Berith.
47 And it was tolde Abimélech, that all the men of the towre of Shechém were gathered together.
48 And Abimélech gate hym vp to mount Zalmôn, he and all the people that were with him: and Abimélech toke axes wyth him and cut downe boughes of trees and toke them, and bare them on his shulder, and said vnto the folke that were with him, What ye haue sene me do, make hast, (and) do like me.
49 Then all the people also cut downe euery man his bough, and followed Abimélech, and put them to the holde, & set the holde on fire with thē: so all the mē of the towre of ShechémMeanyng, that all were destroyed, aswelthey in the towre as the other. dyed also, about a thousand men and women.
50 ¶ Then went Abimélech to Tebéz, and besieged Tebéz, and toke it.
51 But there was a stronge towre within the Citie, and thether fled all the men and women, and all the chief of the Citie, and shut it to them, and went vp to the top of the towre.
52 And Abimélech came vnto the towre and fought against it, and went hard vnto the dore of the towre to setit on fire.
53 But a certaine woman * caste a piece of a1. Sam. 11. 21. milstone vpon Abimélechs head, & brake his braine pan.
54 Then Abimélech called hastely his page that bare his harnes, and sayde vnto hym, Drawe thy sworde &
〈◊〉
me, that men say not of me, A woman slewe him. And his pageThus God by suche miserable death
〈◊〉
vegeance on
〈◊〉
in this life. thrust him through, and he dyed.
55 And when the men of Israéll sawe that Abimélech was dead, they departed euery
man vnto his owne place.
56 Thus God rēdred the wickednes of Abimélech, whiche he did vnto his Father, in
〈◊〉
his seuenty brethren.
57 Also all the wickednes of the mē of Shechém did God bring vppon their heades. So vpon them came theFor making a
〈◊〉
their King. curse of Iothám the sonne of Ierubbáal.
CHAP. X.
2 Tolá dyeth. 5 Iair also dyeth. 17 The Israelites are pu nished for their sinnes. 10 Thei crye vnto God, 16 And he hathe pitie on them.
1 AFter Abimélech there arose to defend Israél, Tolá, the sonne of Puáh, the sonne ofOr, his vncle. Dodó, a man of Issachár whiche dwelt in Shamir in mount Ephráim.
2 And heOr, gouerned. iudged Israél thre and twētie yere and dyed, and was buryed in Shamir.
3 ¶ And after him arose Iair a Gile a dite, and iudged Israél two and twentie yere.
4 And he had thirtie sonnes thatSignifying, thei were
〈◊〉
of autoritie. rode on thirty assecoltes, and thei had thirty cities, which are calledOr, the townes of
〈◊〉
, as
〈◊〉
. 3. 14. Hauoth-Iair vnto this day, and are in the land of Gileád.
5 And Iair dyed, and was buryed in Kamón.
6 ¶ * And the children of Israél wroght wickednesChap. 2 11. and 3. 7. & 4. 1. & 6. 1. & 13. 1. againe in the sight of the Lord, &Chap. 2.
〈◊〉
. serued Baalim and *
〈◊〉
, and the Gods ofOr, Syria, Arám, and the Goddes of Zidón, and the gods of Moáb, and the Goddes of the chyldren of Ammōn, and the gods of the Philistims, and forsoke the Lorde and serued not him.
7 Therefore the wrath of the Lord was kindled against Israél, andOr, deliuered, he solde them into the handes of the Philistims, and into the hands of the children of Ammôn:
8 Who from that yere vexed and oppressed the chyldren of Israél eyghtene yeres,As the Reubenitas,
〈◊〉
, & halfe the tribe of
〈◊〉
. (euen) all the children of Israél that were beyonde Iordén, in the land of the Amorites, which is in Gileád.
9 Moreouer the chyldren of Ammón went ouer Iordén to fight against Iudáh, and against Beniamin, and against the house of Ephráim: so that Israél was sore tormented.
10 Then the children of IsraélThei prayed to the Lord and cō
fessed their sinnes cryed vnto the Lord, saying, We haue sinned againste thee, euen because we haue forsaken our owne God, and haue serued Baalim.
11 And the LordBy
〈◊〉
thē vp some
〈◊〉
as Chap. 6, 8. said vnto the children of Israél, (did not I deliuer you) from the Egyptians & from the Amorites,
〈◊〉
the children of Ammôn and from the Philistims?
12 The Zidonians also, and the Amale kites, and the Maobites did oppresse you, and ye cryed to me and I saued you out of theyr hands.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
15.
13 Yet ye * haue forsaken me, & serue other
〈◊〉
. 2. 13. Goddes: wherefore I will deliuer you nomore.
14 Go, and crye vnto the gods whiche ye haue chosen: let them saue you in the time of your tribulacion.
15 And the children of Israél sayde vnto the Lorde, We haue sinned: do thou vnto vs what soeuer please thee: onelye we praye thee to deliuer vsThat is, frō this present danger. this day.
16 Then they put away the strange gods frō amōg thē andThis is true repentance to put away the euill, & to serue GOD a right. serued the Lord: & his soule was grieued for the miserie of Israél.
17 Then the chyldren of Ammôn gathered thē selues together, & pitched in Gile ád: and the children of Israél assembled them selues, and pitched in Mizpéh.
18 And the people (and) princes of Gileád said one to an other, Whosoeuer will begin the battel against the children of Ammón, the same shal be * head ouer al the inhabitantsChap. 11. 6. of Gileád.
CHAP. XI.
2 Iphtáh being chased awaye by his bretheren, was after made captaine ouer Israél. 30 He maketh a rashe vowe. 32 He vainquisheth the Ammonites. 39 And sacrificeth his daughter according to his vowe.
1 THen Gileád begate Iphtáh, and Iphtáh the Gileadite wasEbr. a man o mightie force. a valiant man, but the sonne of anOr, vitailer. harlot.
2 And Gileads wife bare him sonnes, & whē the womans chyldren were come to age, they thrust out Iphtáh, and said vnto him, Thou shalt not inherit in our fathers house for thou art the sonne of aThat is, of
〈◊〉
harlot, as
〈◊〉
. strāge womā.
3 Then Iphtáh fled from his bretheren, and dwelt in the lande ofVVhere the gouernour of the
〈◊〉
was cailed Tob. Tob: and there gatheredydle felowes to Iphtáh, andIoyned wyth hym, as
〈◊〉
thinke,
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
, went out with him.
4 ¶ And in processe of time the chyldren of Ammôn made warre with Israél.
5 And when the children of Ammôn fought with Israél,Or, ambassadours,
〈◊〉
for that purpose. the Elders of Gileád went to fet Iphtáh out of the land of Tob.
6 And they said vnto Iphtáh,Men oft tymes are constrained to desire
〈◊〉
of them, whom ebefore thei haue refused. Come and be our captaine, that we may fight with the children of Ammôn.
7 Iphtáh then aunswered the Elders of Gileád, Did not ye hate me, andOft tymes those things, which mē reiect, God choseth to do greate enterprises by. expell me out of my Fathers house? how then come you vnto me now in time of your tribulacion?
8 Then the Elders of Gileád said vnto Iph táh, Therfore we turne againe to thee now, that thou maiest go with vs, & fight against the children of
〈◊〉
, and be our heade ouer all the inhabitants of Gileád.
9 And Iphtáh said vnto the Elders of Gileád, If ye brīg me home againe to fight against the children of Ammôn, if the Lorde gyue them before me, shall I be your head?
10 And the Elders of Gileád said to Iphtáh, The LordEbr. be the
〈◊〉
. be witnes betwene vs, if we do not according to thy wordes.
11 Then Iphtáh went with the Elders of Gileád, and the people made hym heade and captaine ouer them: and Iphtáh rehearsed all his wordes before the Lord in Mizpéh.
12 ¶ Then Iphtáh sent messengers vnto the Kynge of the chyldren of Ammôn, saying,
What hast thou to do with me, that thou art come against me, to fight in my land?
13 And the King of the children of Ammón answered vnto the messengers of Iphtáh, *Because Israél toke my land, when theyNomb. 21. 13. came vp from Egypte, from Arnôn vnto Iabbôk, and vnto Iordén: now therfore restore those (lands)Ebr. in peace. quietly.
14 Yet Iphtáh sent messengers againe vnto the King of the children of Ammón,
15 And said vnto him, Thus saith Iphtáh, *IsraélDeure. 2. 9. toke not the land of Moáb, nor the land of the children of Ammōn.
16 But when Israél came vp from Egypt, and walked through the wildernes vnto the red Sea, then they came to Kadésh.
17 * And Israél sent messengers vnto theNomb. 20. 29. King of Edóm, saying, Let me, I pray thee, go through thy lād: but the King
〈◊〉
Edóm wold not consent: and also they sent vnto the King of Moáb, but he wolde not therfore Israél abode in Kadésh.
18 Then thei went through the wildernes, & compassed the land of Edôm, and the land of Moáb, and came by the Eastside of the land Moáb, and pit ched on the other side of Arnon, * & came not within the coast ofNomb. 21.
〈◊〉
, & 22 24. Moáb: for Arnō (was) the border of Moáb.Deut. 2. 26.
19 Also Israél * sent messengers vnto Sihón, King of the Amorites, the King of Heshbō, and Israél said vnto him, Let vs passe, we pray thee, by the land vnto ourOr, countrey. place.
20 But SihonHe trusted them not to go through his coun trey. consented not to Israél, that he shulde go through his coast but Sihôn gathered all his people together, and pitched in Iaház, and fought with Israé.
21 And the Lord God of Israél gaue
〈◊〉
& all his folke into the handes of Israél, and they smote them: so Israél possessed all the land of the Amorites, the inhabitantes of that countrey:
22 And they possessed all the coaste of theDeute, 2. 36. Amorites, from Arnón vnto Iabbôk, and from the wildernes euen vnto Iordén.
23 Now therefore the Lord GOD of Israél hath cast out the Amorites before his people Israél, and shuldest thou possesse it?
24 Woldest not thou possesse that whyche Chemôsh thy God giueth thee to possesse? So whome so euer theFor We ought more to beleue & obey God, then thou thine idoles Nomb. 22. 2. Lord our God driueth out before vs, them will we possesse.
25 * And art thou now farre better then Balák the sonne of Zippór Kynge of Moáb? did he not striue with Israél & fight againstDeute. 23. 4. them,Iosh. 24. 9.
26 When Israél dwelt in Heshbōn and in her townes, and in Aroér and in her townes, and in all the Cities that are by the coasts of Arnôn, thre hundreth yeres? why did ye not then recouerMeaning theyr ownes. them in that space?
27 Wherefore, I haue not offended thee: but thou doest me wrong to warre against me. The Lord the IudgeTo punishe the offender. be iudge thys daye betwene the children of Israél, & the children of Ammón.
28 How beit the King of the children of Ammôn hearkened not vnto the wordes of Iphtáh, which he had sent him.
29 ¶Then theThat is, the Spirit of strength & zeale. Spirit of the Lord came vpon Iphtáh, and he passed ouer to Gileád and to Manasséh, and came to Mizpéh in Gileád, and from Mizpéh in Gileád he went vnto the children of Ammôn.
30 And IphtáhAs the Apostle commēdeth Iptah for his Worthy entreprise in deliueryng the people. Ebr. 13. 32: so by his rashe vowe & Wicked performance of the same, his victorie Was defaced: and here We se that the sinnes of the Godlye do not vtterly extin guish their faith. vowed a vowe vnto the Lord, & said, If thou shalt deliuer the children of Ammôn in to mine hands,
31 Thē that thinge that commeth out of the dores of mine house to mete me, when I come home in peace from the children of Ammôn, shall be the Lords, and I will offer it for a burnt offring.
32 And so Iphtáh went vnto the children of Ammôn to fight against them, & the Lord deliuered them into his hands.
33 And he smote them from Aroér euen tyll thou come to Minnith, twentie cities, and so forthe toOr, the plaine. Abél of the vineyardes, with an exceding great slaughter. Thus the children of Ammon were humbled before the children of Israél.
34 ¶ Now whē Iphtáh came to Mizpéh vnto his house, beholde, his daughter came out to mete him withAccordyng to the maner after the victorie. timbrels and daunces, whiche was his onely childe: he had none other sonne, nor daughter.
35 And whē he sawe her, heBeinge ouercome With blynde zeale, and not cō
sidering Whether the vowe Was lawful or no. rent his cloths, & said, Alas my daughter, thou hast broght me lowe, and art of them that trouble me: for I haue opened my mouthe vnto the Lord, and can not go backe.
36 And she said vnto him, My father, if thou haste opened thy mouthe vnto the Lorde, do with me as thou hast promysed, seynge that the Lord hathe auenged thee of thine enemies the children of Ammón.
37 Also she said vnto her father, Do thus muche for me: suffre me two moneths, that I may go to the mountaines and
〈◊〉
it Was coū
ted as a shame in Israél, to dye Without childrē, and therfore they reioyced to be maryed. bewaile my virginitie, I and my fellowes.
38 And he said, Go and he sent her away two monethes: so she went with her companions, and lamented her virginitie vppon the mountaines.
39 And after the end of two monethes, she turned againe vnto her Father, who dyd with her according to his vowe which he had vowed, and she had knowen no man, & it was a custome in Israél.
40 The daughters of Israel went yere by yere to lament the daughter of Iphtáh the Gileadite, foure dayes in a yere.
CHAP. XII.
6 Iphtáh killeth two and fortie thousand Ephraimites. 8 After Iphtáh succedeth Ibzán, 11 Elón. 13 And Abdón.
1 ANd the men of Ephráim gathered thē selues together, and wētAfter they had passed Iorden. North ward & said vnto Iphtáh, Wherfore wētest thou to fight against the childrē of Ammón, and
didst not callThus ambicion enuieth Goddes Worke in others, as they did also againste Gideon, Chap. 8. 1. vs to go with thee? we will therfore burne mine house vpō thee with fire.
2 And Iphtáh said vnto them, I and my people were at greate strife with the children of Ammón, and when I called you, ye deliuered me not out of their hands.
3 So when I sawe that ye deliuered me not,That is, I ventured mylyfe, and Whē mans helpe fayled, I put my trust only in God I put my life in mine hands, & went vpō the children of Ammón: so the Lord deliuered them into mine hands. Wherefore thē are ye come vpō me now to fight againste me?
4 Then Iphtáh gathered all the mē of Gileád, and fought with Ephráim: & the men of Gileád smote Ephráim, because they sayde, Ye Giliadites are run agates of EphráimYeran from vs & chose Gilead, & now in respect of vs, ye are nothing. among the Ephraimites, (and) among the Manassites.
5 Also the Giliadites toke the passages of Iordén before the Ephraimites, and when the Ephraimites that were escaped, sayde, Let me passe, then the men of Gileád said vnto him, Arte thou an Ephraimite? If he said, Nay,
6 Then said they vnto him, Say nowVVhiche signifieth, the fall, of Waters, or an are of corne. Shibbôleth: and he said, Sibbôleth: for he colde not so pronounce: then they toke him, & slewe him at the passages of Iordén: and there fel at that time of the Ephraimites two and forty thousand.
7 And Iphtáh iudged Israél six yere: thē dyed Iphtáh the Giliadite, & was buried in (one) of the cities of Gileád.
8 After him
〈◊〉
thynke that this was
〈◊〉
the housband of
〈◊〉
. Ibzán of Beth-léhem iudged Israél,
9 Who had thirtie sonnes & thirtie daughters, (which) he sent out, and toke in thirtie daughters from abroad for hys sonnes, and he iudged Israél seuen yere.
10 Then Ibzán dyed, & was buryed at Bethléhem.
11 ¶And after him iudged Israél Elôn, a Zebulonite, and he iudged Israél ten yere.
12 Then Elôn the Zebulonite dyed, and was buryed in Aiialônin the countrey of Zebulûn.
13 ¶And after him Abdón the sonne of Hillél the Pirathonite iudged Israél.
14 And he had fortie sonnes and thirtieEbr. sonnes sonnes. neuews that rode on seuētieOr,
〈◊〉
. assecoltes and he iudged Israél eight yeres.
15 Then dyed Abdón the sonne of Hillél the Pirathonite, and was buryed in Pirathôn, in the lande of Ephráim, in the mount of the Amalekites.
CHAP. XIII.
1 Israél for their wickednes is oppressed of the Philistims. 3 The Angell appeareth to Manoahs wife. 16 The Angei commandeth him to sacrifice vnto the Lord. 24 The birth of Samson.
1 BVt the children of Israél continued toChap.
〈◊〉
. 11. & 7. 7. & 4. 1. & 6 1. &
〈◊〉
. 6 commit * wickednes in the sight of the Lord, and the Lord deliuered thē into the hands of the Philistims fortie yere.
2 Then there was a man in Zoráh of the familie of the Danites, named Manôah; whose wife wasSignifying that their deliuerance came onelye of God and not by mans power. baren, and bare not.
3 And the Angel of the Lord appeared vnto the woman, & said vnto her, Beholde now, thou art baren, and bearest not: but thou shalt conceiue, and be are a sonne.Nomb. 6 2
4 And nowe therefore beware * that thou drinke no wine, nor strong drinke, nether eat anie vncleane thing.
5 For lo, thou shalt conceiue and beare a1. Sam. 1. 11. sonne, & no rasor shal * come on his head: for the child shalbe aMeanyng, he shuld be separate from the Worlde and dedicate to God. Nazarite vnto God from his birth: and he shal begin to saue Israél out of the hands of the Philistims.
6 ¶Then the wife came, and wold her housband, saying, A man of God came vnto me, and the facion of him was like the facion of the Angel of God excedingIf
〈◊〉
he not able to abide the sight of an Angel how much lesse the presence of God? fearful, but I asked him not whence he was, nether tolde he me his name,
7 But he said vnto me, Behold, thou shalt cō
ceiue, & beare a sonne, and now thou shalt drinke no wine, nor strong drinke, nether eat anie vnclean e thing: for the childe shal be a Nazarite to GOD from his byrth to the day of his death.
8 Then ManóahHe
〈◊〉
him selfe ready to obey Gods wil, & therefore desireth to know
〈◊〉
. prayed to the Lorde and said, I praye thee, my Lorde, let the man of God, whome thou sentest, come agayne now vnto vs, and teach vs what we shall do vnto the childe when he is borne.
9 And God heard the voyce of Manōah, and the Angell of God came againe vnto the wife, as she sate in the fielde, but Manôah her housband was not with her.
10 ¶And the wife made haste and ranne, and shewed her housband and said vnto hym, Beholde, the man hath appeared vnto me, that came vnto meIt semeth that the Angel appeared vnto her twise in one day. to day.
11 And Manôah arose & went after his wife, and came to theHe calleth him man, because he so
〈◊〉
, but he was Christ the eternall
〈◊〉
, which at his time appointed became man. man, and said vnto hym, Arte thou the man that spakest vnto the woman? and he said, Yea.
12 Then Manôah said, Now let thy saying, come to passe: (but) how shall we ordre the childe, and do vnto him?
13 And the Angel of the Lord said vnto Manòah, The woman must be ware of all that I said vnto her.
14 She may eat of nothing that cometh of the vinetre: she shal not drink wine nor strong drinke, nor eat anieAnie thing forbidden by the Lawe. vncleane thinge: let her obserue all that I haue cōmanded her.
15 Manóah then said vnto the Angell of the Lord, I pray thee, let vs reteine thee, vntil we haue made ready a kid for thee.
16 And the Angel of the Lord said vnto Manōah, Thogh thou make me abydes I wyll not eat of thy bread, and if thou wilt make a burnt offring, offer it vnto theShewing that he soght not
〈◊〉
owne honor, but Gods, whose messenger he was. Lord: for Manôah knewe not that it was an Angell of the Lord.
17 Againe Manôah said vnto the Aungell of the Lord. What is thy name, that when thy saying is come to passe, we may honor thee?
18 And the Angel of the Lord said vnto him, Why ask est thou thus after my name, whiche isOr,
〈◊〉
secret?
19 Then Manôah toke a kid with a meat offring, and offred it vpon a stone vnto the Lord: and (the Angell) did
〈◊〉
sent fire
〈◊〉
heauen to consumetheir sacrifice, to
〈◊〉
e their faith in his promes. wonderously, whiles Manóah and his wife lokedon.
20 For when the flame came vp toward heauen from the altar, the Angel of the Lord ascended vp in the flame of the altar, and Manóah and his wife beheld it, and fell on their faces vnto the ground.
21 [So the Angel of the Lord did no more appeare vnto Manóah and hys wife.] Then Manôah knewe that it was an Angell of the Lord.
22 And Manòah said vnto his wife, *We shalExod 33. 20. surely dye, because we haue sene God.Chap. 6. 22.
23 But his wife said vnto him, If the LORD wolde kill vs, he wolde not haue receyued aThese graces that We haue receiued of God, & his accepting of our obedic̄ce, are sure tokens of his loue toward vs, so that nothynge can hurt vs. burnt offring, and a meat offring of our hands, nether wolde he haue shewed vs all these things, nor wolde now haue tolde vs anie suche.
24 ¶And the wife bare a sonne, and called his name Samsón: and the childe grewe, & the Lorde blessed him.
25 And the Spirit of the Lord began toOr, to come vpō hym at diuers times. strēgthen him in the hoste of Dan, betwene Zoráh, and Eshtaól.
CHAP. XIIII.
2 Samsón desireth to haue a wife of the Philistims. 6 He killeth alyon. 12 He propoundeth a riddle. 19 He kylleth thirtie. 20 His wife sorsaketh him and taketh another.
1 NOw Samsón went downe to Timnáth, and sawe a woman in Timnáth of the daughters of the Philistims,
2 And he came vp and tolde his father and his mother, and said, I haue sene a woman in Timnáth of the daughters of the Philistims: now thereforeEbr. take her for me to Wife. giue me her to wife.
3 Then his father and his mother said vnto him, Is thereThogh his parenes did iustelye reproue him, yet it appareth that this Was the secret Worke of the Lord, vers 4. neuer a wife amonge the daughters of thy brethren, and among all my people, that thou muste go to take a wife of the vncircumcised Philistims? And Samson said vnto his father, Giue me her, for she pleaseth me wel.
4 But his father and his mother knewe not that it came of the Lord, that he shuld seke an occasion agaynste theTo fight against them for the deliuerance of Israél. Philistims: for at that time the Philistims reygned ouer Israél.
5 ¶Then went Samsón and his father & hys mother downe to Timnáth, and came to the vineyardes at Timnáth: and be holde, a yong lyon roared vpon him.
6 And the Spirit of the LordVVhereby he had strength and boldenes. came vppon him, and he tare him, as one shuld haue rent a kid, and had nothing in his hand, nether tolde he his father nor hys mother what he had done.
7 And he went downe, and talked wyth the woman whiche was beautifull in the eyes of Samsón.
8 ¶And within a (fewe) dayes, when he returnedOr, to take her to his Wife. to receiue her, he went aside to se the carkeis of the lyon: and behold, there was a swarme of bees, and hony in the body of the lyon.
9 And he toke there of in his hands, & went eating, and came to his father and to hys mother, and gaue vnto them, and they did eat: but he tolde not thē, that he had takē the hony out of the bodie of the lyon.
10 So his father wēt downe vnto the womā, and Samsōn made there aMeaning,
〈◊〉
he was maried. feast: for so vsed the yong men to do.
11 And whenThat is, her parents or friendes. they sawe him, they broght thirtie companions to be with him.
12 Then Samsón said vnto them, I will now put forthe a ridle vnto you: and if you can declare it me within seuē dayes of the feast, & finde it out, I wil giue you thirtie shetes, and thirtieTo Weare at feastes or solemne dayes. change of garments.
13 But if you can not declare it me, then shal ye giue me thirtie shetes and thirtie change of garments. And they answered him, Put forthe thy ridle, that we may heare it.
14 And he said vnto them, Out of the eater came meate, and out of the stronge came swetnes: and they colde not in thre dayes expounde the ridle.
15 And whē the seuenth day wasOr, drew neres for it Was the fourthe day. come, thei said vnto Samsons wife, Entise thine housband, that he maye declare vs the ridle, lest we burne thee and thy fathers house with fire. Haue ye called vs,Or, to impouerishe vs. to possesse vs? is it not (so?)
16 And Samsons wife wept before hym, and said, Surely thou hatest me and louest me not: for thou hast put forthe a ridle vnto theVnto thē Which are of my nacion children of my people, and haste not tolde it me. And he said vnto her, Beholde, I haue not tolde it my father, nor my mother, and shal I tel it thee?
17 Then Samsons wife wept before himOr, to the seuenth day, beginning at the fourth seuen dayes, while theyr feaste lasted: and when the seuenth day came, he tolde her, because she was importunate vppon hym: so she tolde the ridle to the children of her people:
18 And the men of the citie said vnto him the seuenth day before the sonne wēt downe, What is sweter, then honie? and what is stronger then alyon? Then said he vnto thē,If ye had not vsed the helpe of my Wife. If ye had not plowed with my heiffer, ye had not founde out my ridle.
19 And the Spirit of the Lord came vpō him, and he went downeVVhich Was one of the fiue chief cities of the Philistims. to Ashkelón, & slewe thirtie men of them and spoiled them, and gaue change of garments vnto thē, which expounded the ridle: and hys wrathe was kindled, & he wēt vp to his fathers house.
20 Then Samsons wife was (giuen) to his cō
panion, whome he had vsed as his friend.
CHAP. XV.
4 Samsóntieth firebrandes to the foxe tailes. 6 The Phili. stims burnt his father in lawe and his wife. 15 With the
iawe bone of an asse he killeth a thousand men. 19 Out of a great to the in the iawe God gaue him water.
1 BVt within a while after, in the time of wheat haruest, Samsón visited his wife with a kid, saying, I wilThat is, I Wil vse her as my Wife. go into my wife into the chamber: but her father wolde not suffre him to go in.
2 And her father said, I thoght that thou had dest hatted her: therefore gaue I her to thy companion. Is not her yonger sister fairer then she? take her, I pray thee, in stead of the other.
3 Then Samsón said vnto them, Now am I moreFor through his father in laws oc casion, he Was moued againe to take vengeance of the Philistims. blameles then the Philistims: there fore wil I do them displeasure.
4 ¶And Samsón went out, & toke thre hū
dreth foxes, and toke fire brands, & turned them taile to taile, and put a firebrand in the middes betwene two tailes.
5 And when he had set the branders on fier, he sent them out into the standing corne of the Philistims, and burnt vp bothe theOr, that Which Was reaped and gathered. rickes and the standing corne with the vineyardes (and) oliues.
6 Then the Philistims said, Who hathe done this? And they answered, Samson the sonne in lawe of theOr, the citizen of Timnath. Timnite, because he had ta ken his wife, and giuen her to his companion. Thē the Philistims came vp &So the Wicked punish not vice forloue of iustice but for feare of danger, Which els might come to them. burnt her and her father with fire.
7 And Samson said vnto them, Thogh ye ha ue done this, yet wil I be auenged of you, and then I wil cease.
8 So he smote them hippe and thigh with a mighty plague: then he went and dwelt in the toppe of the rocke Etám.
9 ¶Then the Philistims came vp, & pitched in Iudáh, andOr, camped. were spred abroad in Léhi.
10 And the men of Iudáh said, Why are ye come vp vnto vs? And they answered, ToAnd, so being our
〈◊〉
, to punishe him. binde Samsón are we come vp, and to do him as he hathe done to vs.
11 Then thre thousand men of Iudáh went to the toppe of the rocke Etám, and said to Samsón, Knowest thou not that the Philistims are rulers ouer vsSuche Was their grosse ignora ce that they iudged Gods great benefite to be a plague vnto them. Wherefore then hast thou done thꝰ vnto vs? And he answe red them, As they did vnto me, so haue I done vnto them.
12 Againe they said vnto him, We are come to binde thee, and to deliuer thee into the hand of the Philistims. And Samsón said vn to them; Sweare vnto me, that ye wil not fall vpon me your selues.
13 And they answered him, saying, No but we wil binde thee andThus they had rather betray their brother,
〈◊〉
vse the meanes that God had giuē for their deliuerance. deliuer thee vnto their hand, but we wil not kil thee. And they bound him with two newe cordes, & broght him from the rocke.
14 When he came to Leui, the Philistims shou ted against him, and the Spirit of the Lord came vpon him, and the cordes that were vpon his armes, became as flaxe that was burnt with fire: for the bandes losed from his hands.
15 And he found aThat is of an
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. newe iawe bone of an asse and put forthe his hand, and caughtit, & slewe a thousand men there with.
16 Thē Samsón said, With the iawe of an asse (are) heapes vpon heapes with the iawe of an asse haue I slayne a thousand men.
17 And when he had left speaking, be cast away the iawe bone out of his hand, & cal led that place,Or, the
〈◊〉
vp of the iawe. Ramath-Léhi.
18 And he was sore a thirst, &VVherehy appeareth, that he did these things in faith, and so
〈◊〉
a true
〈◊〉
to glorifie God & deliuer his coun trey. called on the Lord, and said, Thou hast giuen this great deliuerance into the hand of thy seruant: and now shal I die for thirst, and fall into the hands of the vn circumcised.
19 Then God brake the cheeke toothe, that was in the ia we, and water came thereout: and when he had dronke, his Spirit came againe, and he was reuiued, wherefore the name thereof is called,Or, the fountai ne of him that prayed. En-hakkoré, wich is in Lébi vnto this day.
20 And he iudged Israél in the dayes of the Philistims twentie yeres.
CHAP. XVI.
1 Samsón carieth away the gates of Azzáh 18 He was deceiued by Deliláh 30 He pulieth downe the house vpòn the Philistims and dyeth with them.
1 THen went Samsôn toOne of the 5.
〈◊〉
cities of the Philistims. Azzah, ād sawe thereOr,
〈◊〉
. an harlot, andThat is he lodged With her. went in vnto her
2 And it was tolde to the Azzanites, Samson is come hether. And they went about, and layed wait for him all night in the gate of the citie, & were quiet all the night, saying (Abide)Or to the light of the morning. til the morning earely, and we shal kil him,
3 And Samsón slept til midnight; and arose at midnight, and toke the dores of the ga tes of the citie, and the two postes and lift them away with the barres; and put them vpon his shulders, and caried them vp to the top of the mountaine that is before Hebron.
4 ¶And after this he loued a woman by the
〈◊〉
, plaine. riuer of Sorék, whose name was Deliláh:
5 Vnto whome came the princes of the Phi listims, and said vnto her, Entise him, and se wherein his great strēgth (lieth) and by what meane we may ouer come him, that we may binde him, and punishe him, and euerie one of vs shal giue thee eleuen hun drethOf the value of a shekel, read Gene. 23. 15. (shekels) of siluer.
6 ¶And Deliláh said to Samsōn, Telme, I pray thee, wherein thy great strength (lieth) and where with thou mightest be bounde, to do thee hurt.
7 Samsôn then answered vnto her, If they binde me with seuenOr, now Withe greene cordes that were neuer dryed, them shal I be weake, & be as an other man.
8 And the princes of the Philistims broght her seuen greene cordes that were not drye, and she bound him there with.
9 [And she hadCerteine Philistims in a secret chamber. men lying in waite with her in the chamber] Then she said vnto him, The Philistims (be) vpō thee. Samsón. And he brake the cordes, as a thread of to we is broken, whenVVhen
〈◊〉
meth noreit. it feleth fire so his strenght
〈◊〉
not knowen.
10 ¶ After Deliláh said vnto Samsón, Se thou hast mocked me and tolde me lies. I pray thee now,Thogh her
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
tended to make him, lose hislile, yet his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
so
〈◊〉
him that he colde not beware. tel me where with thou mightest be bound.
11 Then he answered her, If they binde me with newe ropes that neuer were occupied, then shal I be weake, and be as another man.
12 Deliláh therefore toke newe ropes, and bount him there with, and said vnto him, The Philistims be vpon thee, Samsōn [and men lay in wait in the chāber] & he brake them from his armes, as a threade.
13 ¶ Afterward Deliláh said to Samson, Hetherto thou hast be guiled me, and tolde me lies: tel me how thou mightest be boūdIt is
〈◊〉
if
〈◊〉
giue
〈◊〉
to our wicked af fections, but at length we
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. And he said vnto her, If thou
〈◊〉
seuen lockes of mine head with the threa des of the woufe.
14 And she fastened it with a pinne, and said vnto him. The Philistims (be) vpon thee, Samsón. And he awoke out of his slepe, & went away with theOr be ame. pinne of the webbe & the woufe.
15 Againe she said vnto him. How canst thou say,For this Samson vsed to saye, I leue thee. I loue thee, when thine heart is not with me? thou hast mocked me these thre times, and hast not tolde me wherein thy great strength (lieth)
16 And because she was importunate vpon him with her wordes continually, & vexed him, his soule was peined vnto the death
17 Therefore he tolde her all his
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
immoderate affections
〈◊〉
a wicked woman caused
〈◊〉
lose
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and become
〈◊〉
vnto
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
haue
〈◊〉
. heart, and said vnto her, There neuer came rasor vpō mine head for I am a Nazarite vnto GOD from my mothers wombe: therefore if I be shauen, my strength wil go from me, & I shalbe weake, and be like all (other) men.
18 And when Deliláh sawe that he had tolde her all his heart, she sēt, and called for the Princes of the Philistims, saying, Come vp once (againe) for he hathe shewed me all his heart. Then the princes of the Philistims came vp vnto her, & broght the money in their hands.
19 And she made him slepe vpon her knees, and she called a man, and made him to shaue of the seuen lockes of his dead, and she began to vexe him, and his strenght wasNot for the losse of his
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
for the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
God, which was the cause that God departed
〈◊〉
him. gone from him.
20 Then she said. The Philistims (be) vpon thee Sāson. And he awoke out of his slepe, and thoght, I wil go out now as at other times and shake my selfe but he knewe not that the Lord was departed from him.
21 Therefore the Philistims toke him, and put out his eies, and broght him downe to Azzáh, and bound him with fetters and he did grinde in the prison house.
22 And the heere of his head began to
〈◊〉
had he not his strength agai ne, til he had called vpon God, &
〈◊〉
him
〈◊〉
. growe againe after that it was shauen.
23 Then the princes of the Philistims gathered them together for to offer a great sacrifice vnto Dagón their god, and to
〈◊〉
: for
〈◊〉
said, Our god hathe deliuered Samsôn our enemie into our hands.
24 Also when the people saw him, they praised their god: for they said, Our god hath deliuered into our hands our enemie and destroier of our coūtrey, which hathe slaine manie of vs.
25 And when their heartes were mery, they said, Call Samsôn, that he may make vs pastime. So they called Samsôn out of the pri son house, and he
〈◊〉
by Gods iust
〈◊〉
they are made sta
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
, which neglect their vocation in defending the
〈◊〉
. was a laughing stocke vnto them, and they set him betwene the pillers.
26 Then Samsôn said vnto the seruant that led him by the hand, Lead me, that I may touche the pillers that the house stādeth vpon, and that I may leane to them.
27 [Now the house was ful of men and women, & there (were) all the princes of the Philistîms: also vpō the roofe (were) about thre thousand men & women that behelde while Samson Or,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. played]
28 Thē Samsôn called vnto the Lord and said, ô Lord God, I pray thee, thinke vpon me: ô God, I beseche thee, strengthen me at this time onely, that I maye beEbr. take one vengeance. at onceAccording to my
〈◊〉
, which is
〈◊〉
execute Gods iudgements vpon the wicked. auenged of this Philistims for my two eyes.
29 And Samsón layed holde on the two middle pillers whereupon the house stode and on which it was borne vp, on the one with his right hād, and on the other with his left.
30 Then said Samsón, He speaketh not this of dispai re, humbling him selfe for
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and the offence thereby giuen. Let me lose my life with the Philistims: & he bowed him with all his might, and the house fel vpon the princes and vpon all the people that were therein, so the dead which he slue at this death were mo then they which he had slayne in his life.
31 Then his brethren, and all the house of his father came downe and toke him, and broght him vp & buryed him betwene Zoráh & Eshtaòl, in the sepulchre of Manóah his father: now he had iudged Israél twentie yeres.
CHAP. XVII
3 Michahs mother according to her vowe made her sonne two idoles. 5 He made his sonne a Priest for his idoles. 10 And after he hired a Leuite.
1 THereSome
〈◊〉
this
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in the time of
〈◊〉
, or as
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
after
〈◊〉
. was a man of mount Ephráim, whose name was Micháh.
2 And he said vnto his mother, The eleuen hundreth (shekels) of siluer that were takē from thee, for the which thou cursedst, and spakedst it, euen in mine hearing beholde the siluer (is) with me, I toke it. Then his mother said. Blessed be my sonne of the Lord.
3 And when he had restored the eleuen hū
dreth (shekels) of siluer to his mother, his mother said, I had dedicate the siluer to the Lord of mine hād for my sōne, to makeContrary to the commandement of God and
〈◊〉
religion
〈◊〉
vnder
〈◊〉
they forsoke the Lord and fel to Idolatrie. a grauen and molten image. Now therefore I wil giue it thee againe,
4 And whē he had restored the money vnto
4 And whē he had restored the money vnto his mother, his mother toke two hūdreth (shekels) of siluer, and gaue them to the founder, which made thereof agrauen and molten image, and it was in the house of Micháh.
5 And this man Micháh had an house of gods, & made an *
〈◊〉
wolde serue bothe God & idoles Ephód, & * Tera phim,Chap. 8. 27. andEbr. filled the hand of one. consecrated one of his sonnes, who was his Priest.
6 In those daies there was no For where there is no magistrat
〈◊〉
God, there can be, no true religion, nor
〈◊〉
. King in IsraêlGene. 31. 19. (but) euerie man did that, which wasOse. 3. 4. good in his owne
〈◊〉
.
7 ¶ There was also a yongman out of Beth léhem Iudáh,VVhich Bethléhem, was in the tribe of Iudah. of the familie of Iudáh: who was a Leuite, and soiourned there.
8 And the mā departed out of the citie (euē) out of Beth-léhem Iudáh, to dwel where he colde finde (a place) & as he iourneied, he came to mount Ephráim to the house of Micháh.
9 And Micháh, said vnto him, Whence commest thou? And the Leuite answered him,For in these dayes the seruice of God was corrupt in all estates and the Leuites were not loked vnto. I (come) from Beth-léhem Iudáh, and go to dwel where I may finde (a place.)
10 Then Micháh said vnto him, Dwel with me, and be vnto me a father and a Priest, & I wil giue thee then (
〈◊〉
) of siluer by yere, and a sure of apparel, and thy meat and drinke. So the Leuite went in.
11 And the Leuite was
〈◊〉
that he
〈◊〉
the true worshiping of God for to mainteine his owne belly. content to dwel with the man, and the yong man was vnto him as one of his owne sonnes.
12 And Michàh consecrated the Leuite, and the yōg man was his Priest, and was in the house of Micháh.
13 Then said Micháh, Now I knowe that the Lord wil be Thus the
〈◊〉
persuade thē
〈◊〉
of Gods fauour when in deede
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them. good vnto me, seing I haue a Leuite to my Priest.
CHAP. XVIII.
2 The children of Dan send men to searche the land. 11 Then come the six hundreth and take the gods & the Priest of Micháh awaie. 27 They destroy
〈◊〉
. 28 Thei buyld it
〈◊〉
. 30 And
〈◊〉
vp idolatrie.
1 IN those dayes there was no Meaning no
〈◊〉
Magistrat to
〈◊〉
he vice
〈◊〉
to Gods worde. King in Israél, & at the same time the tribe of Dan soght them an in heritance to dwel in
〈◊〉
for vnto that time (
〈◊〉
) their in heritance had not fallen vnto them among the tribes of Israél,
2 Therefore the childrē of Dan sent of their familie: fiue men out of their coastes (euē) men expert in warre, out of Zoráh and Esh taól, to vewe the land and searche it out,b For the
〈◊〉
which
〈◊〉
gaue them, was not sufficient for all their tribe. and said vnto them, Go (and) searche out the land. Thē thei came to moūt Ephráim to the house of Michah and lodged there
3 When thei
〈◊〉
in the house of Micháh, thei knewe the Thei knewe him by his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
he was a stranger there. voyce of the yong man the Leuite: and being turned in thether, thei said vnto him.
〈◊〉
Who broght thee hether? or what makest thou in this place? & what hast thou (do to) here?
4 And he answered them, Thus and thus de a leth Micháh with me, and hathe hired me and I am his Priest.
5 Againe thei said vnto him, Aske counsel now of god, that we may knowe whether the way which we go, shal be prosperoús.
6 And the Priest said vnto them,
〈◊〉
God gran teth the idolaters
〈◊〉
their requests to their destruction that
〈◊〉
in errors. Go in pea ce: for the Lord guideth your way which ye go.
7 Then the fiue men departed and came to Laish, and sawe the people that were ther in, whiche dwelt careles, after the maner of the Zidoniās, quiet & sure, because no manEbr. made them ashamed. made any trouble in the lād, or vsur ped any dominion: also they were far frō the Zidonians, and had nobusenes with (other) men.
8 ¶ So thei came againe vnto their brethrē to Zoráh and Eshtaol: and their brethren said vnto them, What haue ye (done?)
9 And thei answered, Arise, that we may go vp against them: for we haue sene the land and surely it is very good, and Lose ye this good occasion through your
〈◊〉
. do ye sit stil? be not shouthful to go, and enter to possesse the land.
10 [If ye wil go, ye shal come vnto a careles people, and the countrey (is) large] for God hat he giuen it into your hand (It is) a place which doeth lacke nothing that is in the worlde.
11 ¶ Then there departed thence of the fami lie of the Danites, from Zoráh and from Eshtaol, six hundreth men appointed with instruments of warre.
12 And thei went vp, and pitched in
〈◊〉
in Iudáh: wherefore they called that
〈◊〉
,Or the tentes of Dan. Mahaneh-Dan vnto his day: and it is behinde Kiriáthiearim.
13 And
〈◊〉
went thence vnto mount Ephráim, and came to the house of Micháh.
14 Then answered the fiue men, that went to spie out the countrey of
〈◊〉
, & said vnto their brethren, Because thei before had good
〈◊〉
, thei
〈◊〉
de the their brethren shulde be encouraged by hearing the same tidings. Knowe ye not, that there is in these houses and Ephod, & Teraphim and a grauen and a molten image? Now therefore consider what ye haue to do.
15 And thei turned the therwarde and came to the house of the yong man the Leuite, (euen) vnto the house of Micháh, and saluted him peaceably.
16 And the six hundreth men appointed with their weapons of ware, which were of the children of Dan, stode by the entring of the gate.
17 Then the fiue men that went to spie out the land, went in thether (and) toke the So supersticion blinded thē that thei
〈◊〉
Gods power was in these idoles, and that shulde haue good succes by them thogh by violence and rob bery thei did take them awaye. grauen image and the Ephód, and the Teraphim, and the molten image: and the Priest stode in the entring of the gate with the six hundreth men, that were appointed with weapons of warre,
18 And the other went into Michahs house and set the grauen image, the Ephod, and the Teraphim, and the molten image, Then said the Priest vnto them, What do ye?
19 And thei answered him, Holde thy peace: laye thine hand vpen thy mouth, and come with vs to be our father and Priest, Whether is it better that thou shuldest be a Priest vnto the house of one man, or that thou shuldest be a Priest vnto a tribe and to a familie in Israél?
20 And the Priests heart was glad, and he toke the Ephod and the Teraphim, and the grauen image, and went among the
〈◊〉
the six hundreth men. people.
21 And they turned and departed, and put the children and the cattel, and the substā ceSuspecting them that did pursue them. before them.
22 ¶ When thei were farre of from the house of
〈◊〉
, the men that were in the houses nere to Michahs house, gathered together, and pursued after the children of Dan,
23 And cryed vnto the children of Dan who turned their faces: and said vnto Micháh What ayleth thee, that thou makest an outcrye?
24 And he said, Ye haue takē. away myThis declareth what opinion the
〈◊〉
haue of their idoles. gods which I made and the Priest, and go your waies and what haue I
〈◊〉
?
〈◊〉
then say ye vnto me, What aileth
〈◊〉
?
25 And the
〈◊〉
of Dan said vnto him, Let not thy voyce be heard among vs, lestEbr who haue their
〈◊〉
bitter an gry fellowes runne vpon thee, and thou lose thy life with the liues of thine housholde.
26 So the
〈◊〉
of Dan went their
〈◊〉
: and when Micháh
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
they were to strong for him, he turned, and went backe vnto his house.
27 And thei toke theMeaning, the
〈◊〉
, as
〈◊〉
. 18. things which he had, and came vnto Laish vnto a quiet people and without mistrust, and smote thē with the edge of the sworde, & burnt the citie with fire:
28 And there was none toOr,
〈◊〉
thē. helpe, becauseVVhich
〈◊〉
was called Gesarea
〈◊〉
. Laish was
〈◊〉
from Zidôn, and they had no busides with (other) mē: also it was in the valley that lyeth by Beth-rehôb.
29 After they buylt the citie, and dwelt therein,
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 47.
30 * And called the name of the citie
〈◊〉
, after the name of
〈◊〉
their father which was borne vnto Israél
〈◊〉
howbeit the
〈◊〉
of the cities was Laish at the beginning.
30 Then the children of
〈◊〉
set them vp theThus in
〈◊〉
of giuing
〈◊〉
to God thei attributed the victorie to their
〈◊〉
, & honored them therefore. grauen image: and Ionathán the sonne of
〈◊〉
, the sonne of
〈◊〉
and his sonnes were the Priests in the tribe of the Danites vntil the day of theThat is, til the Arke was taken. 1. Sam. 5. 1. captiuitie of the land.
31 So they set them vp the grauen image, which Micháh had made, all the while the house of God was in Shiloh.
CHAP. XIX.
1 A Leuites wife being an harlot,
〈◊〉
her housband, and he toke her againe. 25 At Gibeah she was moste
〈◊〉
abused to the death 29 The Leuite cutteth her in
〈◊〉
and sendeth
〈◊〉
to the twelue tribes.
1 ALso in those daies, * when there wasChap. 17. 6. &
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. no King in Israél, a certaine Leuite dwelt on the side of mount Ephraim, and toke to wife a * concubine out of Beth-léGene. 25. 6. hem Iudáh.
2 And his concubine played the whore,Ebr. besides him to wit, with others. there, and went away from him vnto her fathers
〈◊〉
to Beth-léhem Iudáh: and there continued the space of foure moneths.
3 And her housband arose and went after her to speakéEbr. to
〈◊〉
heart. friendly vnto her, and to bring her againe (he had) also his seruant with him, and a couple of asses: and she broght him vnto her fathers house: and when the yong womans father sawe him, he reioycedOr, at his meting. of his comming.
4 And his father in lawe, the yong womans father reteined him: and he abode with him thre daies: so they did eat and drinke and lodged there.
5 ¶ And when the fourth day came, thei arose early in the morning, andEbr. rose vp. he prepared to departe thē the yong womās father said vnto his sonne in lawe,Or,
〈◊〉
. Comforte thine heart with a morsel of bread, and then go your way.
6 So they sate downe, and did eat and drink bothe of them together. And theThat is his
〈◊〉
father. yong womans father said vnto the man, Be content, I pray thee, & tary all night, and let thine heart be mery.
7 And when the man rose vp to departe, his father in laweOr compelled him. was earnest: therefore he returned and lodged there.
8 And he arose vp early the fifte day to de parte, and the yong womans father said,Meaning, that
〈◊〉
shulde
〈◊〉
him selfe with
〈◊〉
, as, vers.
〈◊〉
. Comforte thine heart, I pray thee, and they taryed vntil after midday, and they bothe did eat.
9 Afterwarde when the man arose to departe with his concubine and his seruant, his father in lawe, the yong womans father said vnto him, Beholde now, the dayEbr. is weake dra weth towarde euē I pray you tary all night beholdeOr, the day
〈◊〉
. the sunne goeth to rest: lodge here, that thine heart
〈◊〉
be mery, and to morowe get you early vpon your way, & go to thyTo wit, to the
〈◊〉
or citie
〈◊〉
dwelt. tent.
10 But the man wolde not tary, but arose & departed, and came ouer against Iebûs, (which is Ierusalém) and his two asses laden, and his concubine (were) wit him.
11 When thei were nereto Iebús
〈◊〉
the day
〈◊〉
was sore spent, and the seruant said vnto his master, Come, I pray thee, and let vs turne into this citie of the Iebusites, and lodge all night there.
12 And his master answered him,Thoght in these daies
〈◊〉
were most
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, yet very necessirie colde not compel them
〈◊〉
haue to do with them that professed not the
〈◊〉
God. We wil not turne into the citie of strangers that are not of the children of Israél, but we wil go forthe to Gibeáh,
13 And he said vnto his seruant, Come, and let vs drawe nere to one of these places that we may lodge in Gibeáh or in Ramáh
14 So they went forwarde vpon their way, and the sunne went downe vpō them nere to Gibeáh, which is Beniamin.
15 ¶ Then thei turned thether to go in and lodge in Gibeáh & when he came, he fate him downe in a strete of the citie: for there was no man thatOr, gathered
〈◊〉
. toke them into his hou se to lodging.
16 And beholde, there came an olde mā from his worke out of the field at euen, and the man was of mount Ephraim, but dwelt in Gibeáh and the men of the place were the children ofThat is, of the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
. Iemini.
17 And when he had lift vp his eyes, he sawe aOr a man wal king. way faring man in the stretes of the citie
〈◊〉
then ths olde man sayd, Whether goest thou, and whence camest thou?
18 And he answered him, We came from Bet-léhem Iudáh, vnto the side of mount Ephráim: from thence am I
〈◊〉
and I went to Beth-léhem Iudáh, and go (now) to theTo Shiloh or
〈◊〉
, where the Arke was. house of the Lord: and no man receiueth me to house,
19 Althoght we haue strawe and prouandre for our asses, and also bread and wine for me and thine handmayd, and for the boy that is with thy seruāt we lacke nothing
20 And the olde man said,Or be of good comfort. Peace be with the: as for all that thou lackest (shalt thou finde) with me onely abide not in the stret all night.
21 ¶ So he broght him into his house, and gaue foddre vnto the asses: &
〈◊〉
washed their fete, and did eat and drinke.
22
〈◊〉
as they were making their hearts mery, beholde, the men of the citie,Ebr men of Belial that is giuen to all wickednes wicked men beset the house round about, andTo the
〈◊〉
they might break it. smote at the dore, and spake to this olde man the master of the house, saying, Bring forthe the man that came into thine hou se that we may knowe him.
23 And * this man the master of the house,Gene, 19. 8. went out vnto them, and said vnto them, Naye my brethren, do not so wickedly, I pray you seing that this man is come into mine house, do not this vilanie.
24 Beholde (here is) my daughter, a virgine, and his concubine: them wil I bring out now,That is, abuse them. and humble them, and do with thē what semeth you good, but to this man do not this vilanie.
25 But the men wolde not hearken to him: therefore the man toke his concubine, & broght her out vnto them & they knewe her and abused her all the night vnto the morning, & when the day began to spring they lét her go.
26 So the womā came in the dawning of the day, andShe fell downe dead as, vers. 17. fel downe at the dore of the mās house were her lord was, til the light day.
27 And herOr, housband. lord arose in the morning, and opened the dores of the house, and went out to go his way, and beholde, the woman his concubine (was)Or fallen. dead at the dore of the house and her hand (lay) vpon the thresholde.
28 And he said vnto her, Vp and let vs go but she answered not. Then he toke her vp vpon the asse, and the man rose vp, and went vnto his
〈◊〉
home vnto
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. place.
29 And when he was come to his house, he toke a knife, and laid hand on his concubine, and deuided her in pieces with her bones into twelue partes, and send her through all quarters of Israél.
30 And all that sawe it, said, There was noFor
〈◊〉
was like the sin of
〈◊〉
for the with God ra ned downe sire and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
from heauen. suche thing done or sene since the time that the children of Israél came vp from the lād of Egypt vnto this day: considere the mat ter, consult and giue sentence.
CHAP. XX.
1 The Israelites assemble in Mizpéh, to whome the Leuite declareth his wrong. 13 They sent for them that did the the vilenie. 25 The Israelites are twise ouercome. 26 And at length get the victorie.
〈◊〉
. 10. 9.
1 THen * all the children of Israél wēt out and the Congregacion was gathered together asThat is, all with one consent one man from Dan to Beér shéba, with the land of Gileàd, vnto theTo aske counsel Lord in Mizpéh.
2 And theEbr corners. chief of all the people (and) all the tribes of Israél assembled in the Congregacion of the people of God foure hū dreth thousand fotemē thatMeaning men able to handle their weapon. drewe sword
3 [Now the children of Beniamin heard that the children of Israél were gone vp to Miz péh] Then the childrē of IsraélTo the Leuite. said, How is this wickednes commited?
4 And the same Leuite, the womans housband that was slaine, answered and said, I came vnto Gibeáh that is in Beniamin with my concubine to lodge.
5 And the menOr chief or lords. of Gibeáh arose against me and beset the house round about vpon me by night, thinking to haue slaine me, and haue forced my cōcubine that she is dead
6 Then I toke my concubine, and cut her in pieces, and sentThat is, her pieces, to
〈◊〉
tribe a
〈◊〉
, Chap. 19. 9. her through out all the countrey of the in heritance of Israél: for they haue committed abominacion and vilenie in Israél,
7 Beholde, ye are all children of Israél: giue your aduise, and counsel herein.
8 Then all the people arose as one man, saying, There shal not a man of vs go to his tent, nether anieturne into hisBefore we haue reuenged
〈◊〉
wickednes. house.
9 But now this is that thing which we wil do to Gibeáh (we wil go vp) by lot against it.
10 And we wil take ten men of the hundreth throughout all the tribes of Israél, and an hundreth of the thousand, and a thousand of ten thousand to bringThese onely shulde haue the charge to prouide for
〈◊〉
for
〈◊〉
. vitaile for the people that they may do [when they come to Gibeáh of Beniamin] according to all the vilenie, that it hathe done in Israél
11 ¶ So all the men of Israél were gathered against the citie, knit together, as one mā
12 And the tribes of Israél sent men through all theThat is
〈◊〉
familie of the
〈◊〉
. tribe of Beniamin, saying, What wickednes is this that cōmitted amōg you
13 Now therefore deliuer vs those wicked men which are in Gibeáh, that we may put them to death, and put away euil from Israél: but the children of Beniamin
〈◊〉
they wolde not
〈◊〉
the wicked to be punis hed, they
〈◊〉
them sel ues to maintaine them in their euil and therefore we re all
〈◊〉
punished. wolde not obey the voyce of their brethren the children of Israél.
14 But the children of Beniamîn gathered them selues together out of the cities vnto Gibeáh, to come out and fight against the children of Israél.
15 ¶ And the children of Beniamin were nom bred at that time out of the cities six and twentie thousand men that drewe sworde beside the inhabitants of Gibeáh, which were nōbred seuen hundreth chosen men.
16 Of all this people (were) seuen hundreth chosen men, being * left handed: all theseChap 3.
〈◊〉
. coldesling stones at an heere breadth, and not faile.
17 ¶ Also the men of Israél, beside Beniamin the nombred foure hūdreth thousand mē that drewe sworde, euen all men of warre.
18 And the children of Israél arose, and went vpThat is, to the
〈◊〉
, which was in
〈◊〉
some thinke, in Mizpeh, as
〈◊〉
, 1. to the house of God, & asked of God, saying, Which of vs shal go vp first to fight against the children of Beniamin? And the Lord said, Iudáh (shalbe) first.
19 Then the children of Israél arose vp early and camped against Gibeáh.
20 And the men of Israél went out to battel against Beniamin: and the men of Israél put them selues in array to fight against them beside Gibeáh.
21 And the children of Beniamin came out of Gibeáh, and slewe downe to the grounde of the Israelites that dayThis God permitted, because the Israelites partely trusted to muche in their strength, and partely God wolde by this meanes punish their sinnes, two and twentie thousand men.
22 And the people, the mē of Israél plucked vp their hearts, and set their battel againe in array in the first day.
23 [For the children of Israél had gone vp & wept before the Lord vnto the euening and hadasked of the Lord, saying, Shal I go againe to battel against the children of Beniamin my brethren? & the Lord said, Go vp against them]
24 ¶ Then the children of Israél came nere against the children of Beniamin the seconde day.
25 Also the seconde day Beniamin came forthe to mete them out of Gibeáh, and slewe downe to the grounde of the children of Israél againe eightene thousand mē:Ebr, all they drawing the
〈◊〉
. all they colde handle the sworde.
26 Then all the children of Israél went vp & all the people came also vnto the house of God, and wept & sate there before the Lord and fasted that day vnto the euening and offred burnt offrings and peace offrings before the Lord.
27 And the children of Israél asked the Lord [forTo wit, in Shiloh. there (was) the Arke of the co uenant of God in those dayes,
28 And Phine hás the sonne of Eleazár: the sonne of AarónOr serued in the Priests
〈◊〉
at those daiestfor the Iewes write, that he liued thre hundreth yeres. stode before it at that time] saying, Shal I yet go anie more to battel against the children of Beniamin my brethren, or shal I cease? And the Lord said, Go vp: for tomorowe I wil deliuer thē into your hand.
29 And Israél set men to lye in wait round about Gibeáh.
30 And the children of Israél wēt vp against the children of Beniamin the third day, and put them selues in array against Gibeáh, as at others times.
31 Then the children of Beniamin comming out against the people, wereBy the politie of the children of Israél. drawē from the citie: and they began to smite of the people and kil as at other times (euen) by the wayes in the field [whereof one goeth vp to the house of God: and the other to Gibeáh] vpon a thirtie men of Israél.
32 [For the children of Beniamin said, They are fallen before vs, as at the first. But the children of Israél said, Let vs flee and plucke them away from the citie vnto the hieMeaning crosse wayes or
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. wayes]
33 And all the mē of Israêl rose vp out of their place, and put them selues in array at Baal tamar: and the men that lay in waite of the Israelites came for the of their place (euē) out of the medowes of Gibeáh.
34 And they came ouer against Gibeáh, ten thousand chosen men of all Israél, and the battel was sore: for they knewe not that theThey
〈◊〉
not, that Gods iudgement
〈◊〉
at hād to
〈◊〉
them. euil was nere them.
35 ¶ And the Lord smote
〈◊〉
before Israél, and the children of Israél destroyed of the Beniamites the same day fiue and twentie thousand and an hundreth men: all they colde handle the sworde.
36 So the childrē of Beniamin sawe that they were striken downe: for the men of IsraélRetired to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
after. gaue place to the Beniamites, because they trusted to the men that lay in wait, which they had laid beside Gibeáh.
37 And they that lay in waite hasted, and brake forthe towarde Gibeáh, and the em bushementOr, made along sounde with a trumpet. drewe them selues along, & smote all the citie with the edge of the sworde.
38 Also the men of Israél had appointed a cer taine time with the embushments, that they shulde make a great flame (&) smoke rise vp out of the citie.
39 And when the men of Israél retired in the battel, Beniamin began toFor they were waxen hardy by the two former victories. smite and kil of the men of Israél about thirtie persones: for they said, Surely they are strikē downe before vs, as in the first battel.
40 But when the flame began to arise out of the citie (as) a piller of smoke, the Beniamites loked backe, and beholde, the flame of the citie began to ascende vp to heauen.
41 Then the men of Israél turnedAnd withstode their enemies. againe, & the men of Beniamin were astonied: for they saw that euil was nere vnto them.
42 Therefore they fled before the men of
Israél vnto the waye of the wildernes, but the battell ouertoke them: also they whiche (came out) of the cities, slewe u among thē.i For they were compassed in on
〈◊〉
side.
43 (Thus) they compassed the Beniamites, about, (and) chased themOr, droue them from their reste. at ease, and ouerran them, euen ouer agaynste Gibeah on the Eastside.
44 And there were slaine of Beniamin eyghtene thousande men, whiche were all men of warre.
45 And they turned and fled to the wildernes vnto the rocke of Rimmón: and the (Israelites)They slewe them by one and one, as they were
〈◊〉
abroad. glained of them by the way fiue thousand men, and pursued after them vnto Gidóm, and slewe two thousand men of them.
46 So that all that were slayne that daye of Beniamin, wereBesides eleuen hūdreth that had
〈◊〉
slaine in the former battelles. fiue and twentie thousand men that drewe sworde, which were all men of warre.
47 But six hundreth men turned and fled to the wyldernes, vnto the rocke of Rimmón and abode in the rocke of Rimmón foure moneths.
48 Then the men of Israél returned vnto the children of Beniamin, and smote them with the edge of the sworde from the men of the citie vnto the beastes, and all that came to hand: also they set on fire all theIf they belonged to the Beniamites. cities that they colde come by.
CHAP. XXI.
1 The Israelites sweare that they wil not mary their daughters to the
〈◊〉
. 10 They slay them of Iabésh Gilead, and giue their virgines to the Beniamites. 21 The Beniamites take the daughters of Shiloh.
1 MOreouer the
〈◊〉
of IsraélThis othe came of
〈◊〉
and not of iudgemet for after they brake it, in shew ing secretly the meanes to mary wyth certaine of their daughters. sware in Mizpéh, saying, None of vs shall giue hys daughters vnto the Beniamites to wife.
2 And the people came vnto the house of God and abode there till euen before God, and lift vp their voices, and wept with great lamentacion.
3 And said, ô Lorde God of Israél, why is thys come to passe in Israél, that this day one tribe of Israél shulde want?
4 ¶And on the morowe the people rose vp and made there anAccordyng to their custome, when they wold consult with the Lorde. altar, and offred burnt offrings and peace offrings.
5 Then the children of Israél sayd, Who is he among all the tribes of Israél, that came not vp with the Congregacion vnto the Lorde? for they had made a great othe concernyng him that came not vp to the Lorde to Mizpéh, saying. Let hym dye the death.
6 And the children of IsraélOr, repented that they had de stroyed their
〈◊〉
thren, as appeareth vers. 15. were sorie for Beniamin their brother, and said, There is one tribe cut of from Israél this day.
7 Howe shall we do for wiues to them that remaine, seyng we haue sworne by the Lord, that we wil not giue them of our daughters to wiues?
8 Also they said, Is there anie of the tribes of Israél thatCondemnyng them to be fauters of vice, whiche wolde not
〈◊〉
their hande to punish it. came not vp to Mizpéh to the Lorde? and beholde, there came none of Iabésh Gileád vnto the hoste (and) to the Con gregacion.
9 For when the people were
〈◊〉
, beholde, none of the inhabitantes of labésh Gileád were there.
10 Therefore the Congregacion sent thether twelue thousande men of theEbr. children of strength. moste valiant, and commanded them, saying, Go, and smite the inhabitantes of
〈◊〉
Gilead with the edge of the sworde, bothe women and children.
11 *And this is it that ye shal do: ye shall vtterlyNomb. 31. 17. destroye all the males and all the women that haue lien by men.
12 And they found among the inhabitants of Iabésh Giléad foure hundreth maydes, virgins that had knowen no man by lying with anie male: and they broght them vnto the host to Shilóh, which is in the land of Canaā
13 ¶Thē the whole CongregacionTo wit,
〈◊〉
foure monethes after the discomfiture Chap. 20. 47 sent and spake wyth the chyldren of Beniamin that were in the rocke of Rimmón, and calledOr, friendly. peaceably vnto them:
14 And Beniamin came againe at that tyme, ād they gaue them wiues whiche they had saued aliue of the women of Iabésh Gileád: but they had notFor there lacked two hundreth. so ynough for them.
15 And the people were sory for Beniamin, because the Lorde had made a breache in the tribes of Israél.
16 Therefore the Elders of the Congregacion sayd, Howe shall we do for wines to the remnant? for the women of Beniamin are destroyed.
17 And they said, (There must be) anBeniamin must be reserued to haue the twelfe
〈◊〉
in the inheritance of
〈◊〉
. inheritā ce for thē that be escaped of Beniamin, that a tribe be not destroyed out of Israél.
18 Howbeit we may not gyue them wiues of our daughters: for the children of Israél had sworne, saying, Cursed be he, that giueth a wife to Beniamin.
19 Therefore they said, Beholde, there is a feast of the Lord euerie yere in Shilóh (in a place,) whiche is on theHe describeth the place where the maides vsed yerely to dance, as the maner thē was, and to syng psalmes, ād songs of Gods workes emongs them. Northside of Beth-él, and on the Eastside of the waye that goeth vp from Beth-él to She chém, and to the South of Lebonáh.
20 Therefore they commanded the children of Beniamin, saying, Go, and lye in waite in the vineyardes.
21 And when ye se that the daughters of Shilóh come out to dance in dances, then come ye out of the vineyardes, and catche you euery man a wife of the daughters of Shiloh, and go into the land of Beniamin.
22 AndThogh they thoght hereby to persuade men that they kepte their othe, yet before GOD it was broken. when their fathers or their brethren come vnto vs to complaine, we will say vnto them, Haue pitie on them for our sakes, because we reserued not to eche man hys wife in the warre, and because ye haue not giuen vnto them hetherto, ye haue sinned.
23 And the children of Beniamin did so, and toke wiues of them that danced accordyng to theirMeanyng, two hundreth. nomber: whyche they toke, and went away, and returned to their inheritance, ād repaired the cities and dwelt in them.
24 So the children of Israél departed thence
at that tyme, euery man to his tribe, and to his familie, and went out from thence euerie man to his inheritance.
25 * In those dayes there was no King in Israél,Chap. 17.
〈◊〉
. and
〈◊〉
1. and
〈◊〉
. 1. (but) euerie man did that whiche was good in his eyes.
THE BOKE OF RVTH
THE ARGVMENT.
THis boke is intiteled after the name of Ruth: whiche is the principall persone spoken of in this
〈◊〉
. Wherein also figuratiuely is set forthe the state of the Churche whiche is subiect to manifolde afflictions, and yet at length God giueth good and ioyfull yssue: teachyng vs to abide with pacience till God deliuer vs out of troubles. Herein also is described howe Iesus Christ, who accordyng to the fleshe ought to come of Dauid, proceded of Ruth, of whome the Lorde Iesus did vouchesaue to come, notwithstandyng she was a Moabite of base cōdicion, & a stranger from the people of God: declaryng vnto vs thereby that the Gentiles shulde be sanctified by hym and ioyned with his people, and that there shulde be but one shepefolde, and one shepherde. And it semeth that this historie apperteineth to the time of the Iudges.
CHAP. I.
1 Elimelech goeth with his wife and childrē into the land of Moáb. 3 He and his sonnes dye. 19 Naomi and Ruth come to Beth-
〈◊〉
.
1 IN the tyme that the iudgesEbr. iudged. ruled, there was a dearth in theIn the land of Canaan. lād, & a man of BethléhemIn the tribe of
〈◊〉
, whiche was also called Bethlehem
〈◊〉
, because there was another citie so called in the tribe of zebulun. Iudáh went for to soiourne in the countrey of Moáb, he, and hys wife, and his two sonnes.
2 And the name of the man (was) Elimélech, and the name of his wyfe, Naomi: and the names of his two sonnes, Mahlon, and Chilion, Ephrathites of Beth-léhem Iudáh: and when they came into the land of Moáb, they continued there.
3 Then Elimélech the housbande of Naomi dyed, ād she remained with her two sonnes.
4 Whiche toke them wyues of theBy this wonderful prouidence of God Ruth became one of Gods houshold, of whome Christ same. Moabites: the ones name (was) Orpáh, and the name of the other Ruth: and they dwelled there about ten yeres.
5 And Mahlón and Chilion dyed also bothe twaine: so the woman was left (destitute) of her two sonnes, and of her housband.
6 ¶ Then she arose with her daughters in law, and returned from the countrey of Moáb: for she had hearde saye in the countrey of Moáb, that the Lorde hadBy sending thē
〈◊〉
againe. visited his people, and giuen them bread.
7 Wherefore she departed oute of the place where she was, and her two daughters in lawe, with her, and they went on theyr waye to returne vnto the land of Iudáh.
8 Then Naomi sayd vnto her two daughters in lawe, Go, returne eche of you vnto her own mothers house: the Lord shewe fauour vnto you, as ye haue done with the dead, and with me.
9 The Lorde grante you, that you may findeHereby it appea reth that Naomi by dwellyng among idolaters was waxē, colde in the true zeale of God, which ra ther hath respect to the
〈◊〉
of the body then to the comforte of the soule. rest, ether of you in the house of her houshand. And when she kissed them, they lift vp their voyce and wept.
10 And they said vnto her, Surely we will returne with thee vnto thy people.
11 But Naomisaid, Turne agayne, my daughters: for what cause will you go with me? are there anie mo sonnes in my wombe, that they may be your housbands?
12 Turne againe, my daughters: go your way: for I am to olde to haue an housband, if I shuld say, I haue hope, (and) if I had an housband this night yea, if I had borne sonnes.
13 Wolde ye tary for them, til they were of age? wolde ye be differred for them from taking of housbands? nay my daughters: for it grieueth meOr, more
〈◊〉
you. muche for your sakes that the hād of the Lorde is gone out against me.
14 Then they lift vp their voyce, and wept againe, and OrpáhVVhen
〈◊〉
leaue & departed kissed her mother in law, but Ruth abode still with her.
15 And (Naomi) said, Beholde, thy sister in lawe is gone backe vnto her people and vnto her gods:No
〈◊〉
can preuaile
〈◊〉
turne thē backe from God whom he hathe
〈◊〉
to be his. returne thou after thy sister in law.
16 And Ruth answered, Intreat me not to leaue thee, nor to departe from thee: for whither thou goest, I will go: and where thou dwellest, I will dwel: thy people (shalbe) my people, and thy God my God.
17 Where thou dyest, wil I dye, and there wil I be buried, the Lord do so to me and more also, if (ought) but death departe thee and me.
18 ¶ When she sawe that she was stedfastly minded to go with her, she left speaking vnto her.
19 So they went bothe vntyll they came to Beth-léhē: & when they were come to Bethléhem, it wasVVhereby appeareth that
〈◊〉
was of a
〈◊〉
familie and of good
〈◊〉
noised of them through all the citie, and they said, Is not this Naomi?
20 And she answered them, Call me notOr, beautifull. Nao mi, (but) call meOr, bitter. Mará: for the Almyghtie hathe giuen me muche bitternes.
21 I went out full, ād the Lord hath caused, me to returne empty: why call ye me Naomi, seyng the Lord hath hūbled me, and the Almyghty hathe broght me vnto aduersitie.
22 So Naomi returned and Ruth the Moabitesse her daughter in law with her, when she came out of the coūtrey of Moáb: and they came to Beth-léhem in the begynnyng ofVVhich was
〈◊〉
the moneth
〈◊〉
, that
〈◊〉
parte of March and parte of April. barly haruest.
CHAP. II.
1
〈◊〉
gathered corne in the fieldes of Boaz. 15 The gentlnes of Boaz toward her.
1 THen Naomis housband had a kynsman, one of greatBothe for vertue,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
riches. power of the familie of Elimélech, and his name (was) Bóaz.
2 And Ruth the Moabitesse sayde vnto Naomi,
I pray thee, let me go to the field, andThis her humi litiedeclareth her great affection to wardher mother in lawe, for as muche as she spa reth no painful diligence to get bothe their liuings. ga ther eares of corne after him, in whose sight I find fauour. And she said vnto her, Go my daughter.
3 ¶ And she went, & came and gleaned in the field after the reapers, and it came to passe, that she met with the portion of the field of Boaz, who was of the familie of Elimélech.
4 And beholde, Bóaz came from Beth-léhem, and said vnto the reapers, The Lord (be) with you: and thei answered him, The Lord blesse thee.
5 Thē said Bôaz vnto his seruant that was appoīted ouerthe reapers, Whose maid is this?
6 And the seruant that was appointed ouer the reapers, answered, and said, It is the Moabitish mayd, that came with Naomi out of the countrey of Mōab:
7 And she said vnto vs, I pray you, let me gleane and gather after the reapersOr, certaine handefuls. among the sheaues: so she came, and hathe continued from that time in the morning vnto now, saue that she taried a litle in the house.
8 ¶ Then said Bóaz vnto Ruth, Hearest thou, my daughter? go to none other field to gather, nether go from hence: but abide here by my maidens.
9 That is, Take hede in
〈◊〉
field thei doreape. Let thine eyes be on the field that they do reape, and go thou after the (maidens) Haue I not charged the seruants, that they touche thee not? Moreouer when thou art a thirst, go vnto the vessels and drinke of that which the seruants haue drawen.
10 Then she fel on her face, and bowed her self to the ground, and said vnto him, How haue I foūd fauour in thine eyes, that thou shuldest knowe me, seing I amEuen of the Moabites, which are enemies to Gods people. a stranger?
11 And Bôaz answered, and said vnto her, All is tolde and shewed me that thou hast done vnto thy mother in law, since the death of thine housband, and how hast left thy father and thy mother, and the land where thou wast borne, & art come vnto a people which thou knewest not in time past.
12 The Lord recompence thy worke and a ful reward be giuen thee of the Lord God of Israél, vnder whose
〈◊〉
that she shal neuer want
〈◊〉
thing if she put her trust in God and liue vnder his protection. wings thou art come to trust.
13 Then she said, Let me finde fauour in thy sight, my lord: for thou hast comforted me, and spoken comfortably vnto thy maid, thogh I be not like to one of thy maids.
14 And Bôaz said vnto her, At the meale time come thou hither, and eat of the bread, and dip thy morsel in the vinegre. And she sate beside the reapers, and he reached her parched corne: and she did eat, and was
〈◊〉
, andwhiche she broght home to her mother in lawe. left thereof.
15 ¶ And when she arose to gleane, Bóaz commanded his seruants, saying, Let her gather among the sheaues, and do not rebuke her.
16 Also let fall (some) of the sheaues for her, & let it lie, that she may gather it vp, and rebuke her not.
17 So she gleaned in the field vntil euening, and she threshed that she had gathered, & it was about an * Epháh of barly.Exod. 16
〈◊〉
.
18 ¶ And she toke it vp, and went into the citie and her mother in lawe sawe what she had gathered: also sheTo wit, of
〈◊〉
bagg, as is in the Chalde. toke forthe, and gaue to her that which she had reserued, whē she was suffised.
19 Thē her mother in lawe said vnto her Where hast thou gleaned to day? & where wroghtest thou? blessed be he, that knewe thee. And she shewed her mother in lawe, with whome she had wroght, and said, The mans name with whome I wroght to day, is Bóaz.
20 And Naomi said vnto her daughter in lawe, Blessed be he of the Lord: for he ceaseth not to do good to the liuing and to theTo my
〈◊〉
band and
〈◊〉
when they were aliue, and now to vs. dead. Againe Naomi said vnto her, The man is nere vnto vs, and of our affinitie.
21 And Ruth the Moabitesse sayde, He sayde also certainly vnto me, Thou shalt be with my seruants, vntil they haue ended all mine haruest.
22 And Naomi answered vnto Ruth her daughter in lawe, It is best, my daughter, that thou go out with his maids, that theiOr, fall vpon thee. mete thee not in an other field.
23 Then she kept her by the maids of Bōaz, to gather vnto the end of barly haruest, and of wheat haruest, andOr, returned to her mother in lawe. dwelt with her mother in lawe.
CHAP. III.
1 Naomi giueth Ruth counsel. 8. She
〈◊〉
at Bōaz fete 12 He acknowledgeth him selfe to be her kinseman.
1 AFterward Naomi her mother in law said vnto her, My daughter, shal not I sekeMeaning,
〈◊〉
she Wolde prouide her of an housband, with whome she might
〈◊〉
. rest for thee, that thou maiest prosper?
2 Now also is not Bōaz our kinsman, with whose maids thou wast? beholde, he winoweth barly to night in theOr, in the barne. floore.
3 Wash thy selfe therefore, and anoint thee, and put thy raiment vpon thee, and get thee downe to the floore: let not theBoaz, not yet anie other. man knowe of thee, vntil he haue left eating & drinking.
4 And when he shal slepe, marke the place where he layeth him downe, and go, and vncouerthe place of his fete, & lay thee downe and he shal tel thee what thou shalt do.
5 And she answered her, All that thou biddest me, I wil do.
6 ¶ So she went downe vnto the floore, and did according to all that her mother in lawe bade her.
7 And when Bóaz had eaten, and dronken, &That is, had re freshed himselfe among his
〈◊〉
uants. cheared his heart, he went to lie downe at the end of the heape of corne, and she came softely, and vncouered the place of his fete, and lay downe.
8 And at midnight the man was afraiedOr, turned him
〈◊〉
from one side to another. and caught holde: & lo, a woman lay at his fete.
9 Then he said, Who art thou? And she answered, I am Ruth thine hād maide: spread there fore the wing of thy garment ouer thine hand maid: for thou art the kinseman.
10 Then said he, Blessed be thou of the Lord my daughter: thou hastThou she
〈◊〉
thyselfe
〈◊〉
time to time more vertuous. she wed more good
nes in the latter end, then at the beginning, in as muche as thou folowedst not yong men were they poore or riche.
11 And now, my daughter, feare not: I wil do to thee all that thou requirest: for al the citie of my people doeth knowe, that thou art a vertuous woman.
12 And now, it is true that I am thy kinsman, howbeit there is a kinseman nearer then I.
13 Tary to night, and when morning is come, if heIf he wil take thee to be his wife by the title of affinitie, accor ding to Gods law, wil do the duetie of a kinseman vnto thee, wel, let him do the kinsmans duetie: but if he wil not do the kinsemans parte, thē wil I do the duetie of a kinsman, as the Lord liueth: slepe vntil the morning.Deut. 25 5.
14 ¶ And she lay at his fete vntil the morning: and she arose before one colde knowe another: for he said, Let no man knowe, that a woman came in to the floore.
15 Also he said, bring theOr, mantel. shete that thou hast vpon thee, and holde it. And when she helde it, he measured six (measures) of barly, and laied them on her, and went into the citie.
16 And when she came to her mother in law, she said,Perceyuing by her cominghome that he had not taken her to his
〈◊〉
, she was astonied. Who art thou, my daughter? And she tolde her all that the man had done to her.
17 And said, These six (measures) of barly gaue he me: for he said to me, Thou shalt not come empty vnto thy mother in lawe.
18 Then said she, My daughter, sit stil, vntil thou knowe how the thing wil fall: for the man wil not be in rest, vntil he hathe finished the matter this same day.
CHAP. IIII.
1 Bóaz speaketh to Ruths next kinseman touching her mariage. 7 The ancient custome in Israél. 10 Bóaz maryeth Ruth. of whome he begetteth Obéd. 18 The gene ration of Phárez.
1 THen went Bóaz vp to theWhich was the place of iudgement. gate, and sate there, and beholde, the kinseman, of whome Bôaz had spoken, came by: and he said,The Ebrewes here vse two wordes which haue no propre signification, but serue to note a certaine persone as we say, ho, syrray, or ho, suche one. Ho, suche one, come, sit downe here. And he turned, and sate downe.
2 Then he toke ten men of the Elders of the citie, and said, Sit ye downe here. And they sate downe.
3 And he said vnto the kinseman, Naomi, that is come againe out of the countrei of Moáb wil sel a parcel of lād, which was our brother Elimélechs.
4 And I thoght to aduertise thee, saying, Bye it before theOr, inhabitāts. assistās, and before the Elders of my people. If thou wiltredeme it, redeme it: but if thou wilt not redeme it, tel me: for I knowe that there is noneFor thou art the next of the kinne. besides thee to redeme it, and I am after thee. Then he answered, I wil redeme it.
5 Then said Bōaz, What day thou byest the field of the hand of Naomi, thou must also bye it of Ruth the Moabitesse the wife of the dead, to sterre vp the name of the dead, vpon hisThat his inheritance might beare his name that is dead. inheritance.
6 And the kinsman answered, I cannot redeme it, lest I destroy mine owne inheritance: redeme my right to thee, for I cannot redeme it.
7 Now this was the maner beforetime in Israél, concerning redeming and changing, for to stablish all things: a man did plucke of his shooe, and gaue it his neighbour, and this was a sureThat he had re signed his right, Deut. 25. 9. witnes in Israél.
8 Therefore the kinsman said to Bôaz, Bye it for thee: and he drue of his shooe.
9 And Bóaz said vnto the Elders and vnto all the people, Ye are witnesses this day, that I haue boght all that was Elimélechs, and all that was Chiliōns and Mahlóns, of the hand of Naomi.
10 And moreouer, Ruth the Moabitesse the wife of Mahlón, haue I boght to be my wife to sterre vp the name of the dead vpon his in heritance, and that the name of the dead be not put out from among his brethren, and from the gate of hisOr, of the
〈◊〉
where he remai ned. place: ye are witnesses this day.
11 And al the people that were in the gate, and the Elders said, (We are) witnes: the Lord make the wife that cometh into thine house like Rahél and like Leáh, which twaine did buyld the house of Israél: & that thou maiest do worthely inEphráthah and
〈◊〉
are bothe one. Ephráthah, and be famous in Beth-léhem,
12 And that thine house be like the house ofGen. 38. 29. Phárez [* whome Thamár bare vnto Iudáh] of the sede which the Lord shal giue thee of this yong woman.
13 ¶ So Bóaz toke Ruth, and she was his wife: and when he went invnto her, the Lord gaue that she conceiued, and bare a sonne.
14 And the women said vnto Naomi, Blessed (be) the Lord, which hathe not left thee this day without a kinsman, andHe shal leaue a continnal
〈◊〉
. his name shal be continued in Israél.
15 And this shal bring thy life againe, and cherish thine olde age: for thy daughter in lawe which loueth thee, hathe borne vnto him, & she is better to thee thenMeaning, manie sonnes. seuen sonnes.
16 And Naomi toke the childe, and layed it in her lap, and became nource vnto it.
17 And (the women) her neighbours gaue it a name, saying, There is a childe borne to Naomi, and called the name thereof Obéd: the same was the father of Ishái, the father of Dauid.2. Chro. 2. 4.
18 ¶ These now are the generacions of *This generalo gie is broght is to proue that Dauid by succession came of the house of
〈◊〉
. PháMatth. 1. 3. rez: Phárez begate Hezrón,
19 And Hezrón begate Ram, and Ram begate Amminadáb,
20 And Amminadáb begate Nahshón, and Nahshōn begate Salmáh,
21 And Salmón begate Bōaz, and Bōaz begate Obéd,
22 And Obéd begate Ishái, and Ishái begate Dauid.
THE FIRST BOKE OF Samuél.
THE ARGVMENT.
ACcordyng as God had ordeined Deut. 17. 14. that when the Israelites shulde be in the land of Canáan, he wolde appoint them a King: so here in this first boke of Samuel is declared the state of this people vnder their firste Kinge Saul, who not content with that ordre, whiche God had for a time appointed for the gouernement of his Church, deman ded a Kinge, to the intent they myght be as other nacions and in a greater assurance as they thoght: not because they myght the better thereby serue God, as being vnder the safegarde of him, whiche did represent Iesus Christ the true deliuerer: therefore he gaue them a tyrant and an hypocrite to rule ouer them, that they myght learne, that the persone of a King is not sufficient to defend them, except God by his power preserue & kepe thē. And therefore he punisheth the ingratitude of his people and sendeth them continuall warres bothe at home and abroad. And because Saul, whome of nothing God had preferred to the honour of a King, did not acknoledge Gods mercie towarde him, but rather disobeyed the worde of God and was not zealous of his glorie, he was by the voyce of God put downe from his state, and Dauid the true figure of Messiah placed in his steade, whose pacience, modestie, constancie, persecucion by open enemies, fained friends, and dissembling flatterers are left to the Church and to euery member of the same, as a paterne and example to beholde their state and vocacion.
CHAP. I.
1 The genealogie of Elkanáh father of Samuél. 2 His two wiues. 5 Hannah was baren and prayed to the Lorde. 15 Her answer to Eli 20 Samuél is borne. 24 She doeth dedicate hym to the Lord.
1 THere was a mā of one of the twoThere were two Ramaths, so that in this citie in mount Ephraim were zophī: that is, the learned men ād Pro phets. Ramathaim Zophim, of moūt Ephráim, whose name (was) Elkanáh the sonne of Ierohám, the sonne of Elihu, the sonne of Tohu, the sonne of Zuph, an Ephrathite:
2 And he had two wiues: the name of one (was) Hannáh, and the name of the other Peninnáh: and Peninnáh had children, but Hannáh had no children.Deut. 16, 16.
3 * And this man went vp out of his citie eue ry yere, to worship and to sacrifice vnto the Lorde of hostes inFor 'the Arke was there at that times. Shiloh, where were the two sonnes of Eli, Hophni and Phine has Priests of the Lord.
4 And on a day, when Elkanáh sacrificed, he gaue to Peninnáh his wife and to all her sonnes and daughters porcions.
5 But vnto Hannáh he gaue a worthySome read, a porcion with an
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. porcion: for he loued Hannáh, and the Lorde had made her baren.
6 ¶ And her aduersarie vexed her sore, for asmuche as she vp braided her, because the Lord had made her baren.
7 [And so did he yere by yere] (and) as ofte as she went vp to the house of the Lorde, thus she vexed her, that she wept and did not eat.
8 Then sayd Elkanáh her housbande to her, Hannáh, why wepest thou? and why eatest thou not? and why is thyne hearte troubled? am not I better to thee then tenLet this suffice thee that I loue thee no lesse, thē if thou hadest many children. sonnes?
9 So Hannáh rose vp after that they had eaten and dronke in Shiloh [and Eli the Priest sate vpon a stole by one of the postes of theThat is, of the house, where the Arke was. Temple of the Lord,]
10 And she was troubled in her mynde, and praied vnto the Lord, and wept sore:
11 Also she vowed a vowe, and said, O Lorde of hostes, if thou wilt loke on the trouble of thine handmayd, and remember me, and not forget thine handmayd, but giue vnto thine handmayd a manchilde, then I wil giue himNomb. 6. 5. vnto the Lord all the dayes of his
〈◊〉
, * andIudg. 13. 5. there shall no raser come vpon his head.
12 And as she continued praying before the Lord, Eli marked hermouth.
13 For Hannáh spake in her heart: her lyppes dyd moue onelye, but her voyce was not hearde: therefore Eli thoght she had bene dronken.
14 And Eli sayd vnto her, Howe longe wilt thou be dronken? Put awayEbr. thy wine thy dronkenes from thee.
15 Then Hannah aunswered and said, Nay my Lorde, (but) I am a womanEbr. of an hard spirit. troubled in spirite: I haue dronke nether wine nor strong drinke, but haue * powred out my soule beforePsal. 42. 5. the Lord.
16 Count not thine handmaydEbr. for a daughter of Belial. for a wicked woman: for of the abundance of my complaynt and my grief haue I spoken hitherto.
17 Then Eli answered, and said, Go in peace, and the God of Israéll graunt thy peticion that thou hast asked of him.
18 She said againe, Let thine handmaid findeThat is, praye vnto the Lorde for me. grace in thy sight: so the woman went her way, and did eat, and loked no more sad.
19 ¶ Then they rose vp early, and worshipped before the Lorde, and returned, and came to their house to Ramah. Nowe Elkanah knewe Hannah his wife, and the LordeAccording to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
on. remembred her.
20 For in processe of time Hannah conceiued, and bare a sonne, and she called his name Samuél, Because, (sayd she,) I haue asked him of the Lord.
21 ¶ So the manThis Elkanah was a Leuite. 1. Chro. 6. 27. and as some write, once a yeré they accustomed to appea re before the Lord with
〈◊〉
familie. Elkanah and all hys house went vp to offer vnto the Lorde the yerelie sacrifice, and his vowe:
22 But Hannah went not vp: for she sayd vnto her housband, (I will tary) vntil the chylde be weined, then I wyll bryng hym that he may appeare before Lorde, and there abide for euer.
23 And Elkanah her housband said vnto her, Do what semeth thee best: tary vntyll thou hast weined hym: onely the Lorde accomplyshehys
Because her prayer toke effect, therefore it fwas
〈◊〉
the Lords promes. worde, So the woman abode, and gaue her sonne sucke vntyll she weined hym.
24 ¶ And when she had weined him, she toke hī with her with thre bullockes & an* EphahExod. 16 36. of floure and a bottle of wine, and broghtEbr. a childe. hym vnto the house of the Lorde in Shiloh, and the childe was" yong.
25 And they slewe a bullocke, and broght the childe to Eli.
26 And she said, Oh my Lord, as thyThat is, moste certeinly. soule liueth, my Lorde, I am the woman that stode with thee here praying vnto the Lord.
27 I prayed for this childe, and the LORDE hathe giuen me my desire whyche I asked of hym.
28 Therefore also I haueEbr. lente. giuen hym vnto the Lorde: as long as he liueth he shalbe giuen vnto the Lord: and heMeanyng, Eli gaue thankes to God for her. worshipped the Lord there.
CHAP. II.
1 The song of Hannah. 12 The sonnes of Eli, wicked. 13 The newe custome of the Priests. 18 Samuel ministreth before the Lord: 20 Eli blesseth Elkanah and his wife. 23 Eli reproueth his sonnes. 27 God sendeth a Prophet to Eli. 31 Eli is menaced for not chastising his children.
1 ANd HannahAfter that she had obteined a sonne by praier, she gaue thākes. prayed, and sayde, Myne heart reioyceth in the Lord, myneI haue recouered strength and glorie by the benefit of the Lord horne is exalted in the Lorde: my mouth isI can answere them, that reproue my barrennes enlarged ouer myne enemies, because I reioyce in thy saluacion.
2 There is none holy as the Lorde: yea, there is none besides thee, and there is no GOD like our God.
3 SpeakeIn that ye condemne my
〈◊〉
, ye, shewe your pride against God. no more presumpteously: let not arrogancie come out of your mouth: for the Lorde (is) a God of knowledge, and by hym enterprises are established.
4 The bowe (and) the myghtie men are broken, and the weake haue girde them selues with strength.
5 They that were full, are hyred forthe forThey sel their labours for necessarie
〈◊〉
. bread, and the hongrie are no more (hired,) so that baren hathe borneOr, many. seuen: and she that had many children, is feble.Deut. 32. 39.
6 * The Lord killeth and maketh aliue: bryngethVVisd. 16. 13.
Tob 13. 2. downe to the graue and raiseth vp.
7 The Lord maketh poore and maketh riche: bringeth lowe, and exalteth.
8 * He reyseth vp the poore out of the duste,Psal, 113. 70 and lifteth vp the begger from the donghil, to set (them) amongeHe preferreth to honour and putteth downe according to his owne
〈◊〉
mans iudgemet be
〈◊〉
. princes, and to make them inherite the seat of glorie: for the pillers of the earth are theTherefore he may dispose all things according to his will. Lords, and he hath set, the worlde vpon them.
9 He wyll kepe the fete of hys Sainctes, and the wicked shall kepe silence in darckenes: for in (
〈◊〉
owne) myght shall no man be strong.
10 The LORDES aduersaries shalbe destroyed, and out of heauen shal he * thunderChap, 7. 10. vpon them: the LORDE shall iudge the endes of the worlde, and shall gyue power vnto hysShe grounded her prayer on le sus Christ which was to come. Kynge, and exalte the horne of hys Anointed.
11 And Elkanah went to Ramáh to his house, and the childe did minister vpon the LordeIn all that Eli commāded him. before Eli the Priest.
12 ¶ Nowe the sonnes of Eli (were) wycked men (and)That is, they neglected his ordinance. knewe not the Lord.
13 For the Priests custome towarde the people (was this:) when anyman offred sacrifice, the PriestesOr, sonne. boy came, while the fleshe was sething and a fleshoke with thre teeth in the hand.
14 And thrust it into the kettle, or into the caldren, or into the pan, or into the pot:Transgressinge the ordre appoin ted in the Law, Leuit. 7. 31. for their bellies sake all that the fleshoke broght vp, the Priest toke for him felf: thus they did vnto all the Israelites, that came thether to Shilóh.
15 Yea, before they burnt theVVhiche was commanded first to haue bene offred to God. fat, the Priests boy came and sayd to the man thar offred, Giue me fleshe to rost for the Priests: for he wil not haue sodden flesh of thee, but rawe.
16 And if any man said vnto hym, Let them burne the fat accordynge to theOr, Lawe. custome, then take as much as thine heartNot passinge for their owne profite so GOD might be serued aryght. desireth: then he wolde answer, No, but thou shalte giue it nowe: and if thou wilt not, I will take it by force.
17 Therefore the sinne of the yong men was very great before the Lorde: formenSeing the
〈◊〉
ble abuse therof. abhorred the offring of the Lord.
18 ¶ Nowe Samuél being a yong childe ministred before the Lorde, girded with a linnen * Ephód.Exod. 28. 4,
19 And his mother made him a lytle coate, and broght it to hym from yere to yere, when she came vp with her housband, to offer the yerely sacrifice.
20 And Eliblessed Elkanáh and his wife, and said, The Lord giue theesede of this woman, forOr, for the thig that she
〈◊〉
lent to the Lord: to wit Samuel. the peticion that she asked of the Lord: and they departed vnto their place.
21 And the Lorde visited Hannáh, so that she conceiued, and bare thre sonnes, and two daughters. And the childe Samuél grewe before the Lord.
22 ¶ So Eli was very olde, and heard all that his sonnes did vnto all Israél, and how they laye with the women thatVVhiche
〈◊〉
(as the Ebrewes write) after their trauel, when
〈◊〉
came to be purified, read. Exod. 38. 8. Leui. 12. 6. assembled at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion.
23 And he said vnto them, Why do ye suche things? for of all this people I heare euill reportes of you.
24 (Do no more,) my sonnes: for it is no good reporte that I heare, (which is,) that ye make the Lords people toBecause thei
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
their due tie to God, ver. 17 trespasse.
25 If one man sinne againste an other, the iudge shal iudge it: but if a man sinne against the Lord, who will pleade for him? Notwithstandyng they obeyed not the voyce of their father, because the LordSo that to obey good admonitions is Gods mercie, and to disobey them, is
〈◊〉
iuste iudgement for sinne. wolde slaye them.
26 ¶ [Nowe the
〈◊〉
Samuél profited and grewe ād was in fauour both with the Lord, and also with men.]
27 And there came a man of GOD vnto Eli and said vnto him, Thus saieth the Lord, did
not I plainely appeare vnto the house of thy s father, when they were in Egypt in Pharohs
〈◊〉
wit,
〈◊〉
. house?
28 And I chose him out of all the tribes of Israél to be my Priest, to offer vpon mine altar, and to burne incence, and to weare an Ephó before me, and * I gaue vnto the house of thyLeuit. 10. 14. father al the offrings made by fire of the chil dren of Israél.
29 Wherefore haue youWhy haue you
〈◊〉
my sacrifices, and as it were trod them vnder fete. kiked against my sacrifice and mine offring, whiche I commanded in my Tabernacle, and honorest thy chil dren aboue me, to make your selues fat of the first frutes of al the offrings of Israél my people?
30 Wherefore the Lord God of Israél sayth, I said, that thine house and the house of thy father shulde walke before me for euer: but nowe the Lord saith,Godg promises are onely effectual to suche as he giueth constā cie vnto, to feare and obey him. It shall not be so: for them that honour me, I wil honour, and thei that despise me, shall be despised.
31 Beholde, the dayes come, that I wil cut of thineThy power and autoritie, arme, and the arme of thy fathers house, that there shall not be an olde man in thine house.
32 And thouThy posteritie shal se the glorie of the chief Priest translated to ano ther, whome they shall
〈◊〉
. 1. kyng. 2. 27. shalt se (thine) enemie in the habitation (of the Lord) in al things where with (God) shal blesse Israél, and there shal not be an olde man in thine house for euer.
33 Neuertheles, I wil not destroy euery one of thine from mine altar, to make thine eyes to faile, and to make thine heart sorowful: & all the multitude of thine house shallOr, when they come to meanes age. dye (when they be) men.
34 And this shalbe a signe vnto thee, that shall come vpon thy two sonnes Hophni & Phinehás: in one day they shall dye bothe.
35 And I will sterre me vp aMeaning zadok,
〈◊〉
succeded
〈◊〉
, & was
〈◊〉
figure of Christ. faithfull Priest, that shal do according to mine heart and according to my minde: and I wil buylde him a sure house, and he shall walke before mine Anointed for euer.
36 And all that are left in thine house, shall come andThat it shal be inferior vnto him bowe downe to him for a piece of siluer and a morsel of bread, and shall say, Appoint me I pray thee, to one of the Priests offices, that I may eat a morsel of bread.
CHAP. III.
1 There was no manifest vision in the time of Eli. 4 The Lord calleth Samuél thre times. 11 And sheweth what shal come vpon Eli and his house. 18 The same declareth Samuél to Eli.
1 NOw the childe Samuél
〈◊〉
vnto the LordThe Chalde text readeth whiles Eli liued. hefore Eli: and the worde of the Lord wasBecause there were very fewe Prophetes to declare it. precious in those dayes: for there was no manifest vision.
2 And at that time, as Eli laye in hisIn the court next to the Tabernacle. place, his eyes begā to waxe dimme that he colde not se.
3 And yet theThat is the
〈◊〉
pes which burnt in the night. light of God went out Samuél slept in the temple of the Lord, where the Arke of God was.
4 Then the LordIosephus writeth that Samuél was twelue yere olde, when the Lorde appeared to him. called Samuél: and he said, Here I am.
5 And he ran vnto Eli, and said, Here am I, fôr thou calledst me. But he said, I called thee not: go againe (and) slepe. And he went and slept.
6 And the Lord called once againe, Samuél. And Samuél arose, and went to Eli and said, I am here: for thou didest call me. And he answered, I called the not, my sonne: go againe (and) slepe.
7 Thus (did) Samuél, before he kneweBy vision. the Lord, and before the worde of the Lord was reueiled vnto him.
8 And the Lord called Samuél againe the third time: and he arose, and went to Eli, and said, I am here: for thou hast called me. Then EliSuche was the corruption of those times that the chief Priest was become
〈◊〉
and negligent to vnderstand the Lords appearing. perceiued that the Lord had called the childe.
9 Therefore Eli said vnto Samuél, Go (and) slepe: & if he call thee, then say, Speake Lord for thy seruant heareth. So Samuél went, and slept in his place.
10 ¶ And the Lord came, & stode, and called as at other times, Samuél, Samuél, Thē Samuél answered, Speake, for thy seruant heareth.
11 ¶ Then the Lord said to Samuél, Beholde, I wil do a thing in Israél, whereof whosoeuer shal heare, his two eares shalGod declareth what soden feare shal come vpon men when they shal heare that the Arke is
〈◊〉
and also the Elis house destroyed. tingle.
12 In that day I wil raisevp against Eli al things which I haue spoken concerning his house: when I begin, I wil also make and end.
13 And I haue tolde him that I wil iudge his house for euer, for the iniquitie which he knoweth, because his sonnes ran into a slander, and he stayed them not.
14 Now therefore I haue sworne vnto the hou se of Eli, that the wickednes of Elis house, shal not be purged with sacrifice nor offringMeaning, that his
〈◊〉
shulde neuer en ioye the chief Priests office. for euer.
15 Afterwarde Samuél slept vntil the morning, and opened the doores of the house of the Lord, and Samuél feared to shewe Eli the vision.
16 ¶ Then Eli called Samuél, and said, Samuel my sonne. And he answered, Here I am.
17 Then he said, What is it, that (the Lord) said vnto thee? I pray thee, hide it not from me. GodGod punishe thee after this & that sort, except thoutel metrueth Ruth. 1. 17. do so to thee, and more also, if thou hide anie thing from me, of all that he said vnto thee.
18 So Samuél tolde him euerie whit, and hid no thing from him. Then he said, It is the Lord: let him do what semeth him good.
19 ¶ And Samuél grewe, and the Lord was with him, and let none of his wordesThe Lord accomplished what soeuer he had said. fall to the ground.
20 And all Israél from Dan to Beershéba kneweOr, that Samuél was the faithful Prophet of the Lord. that faithful Samuél (was) the Lords Prophet.
21 And the Lord appeared againe in Shilôh: for the Lord reueiled him selfe to Samuél in Shilôh byEbr. by the wor de of the Lord. his worde.
CHAP. IIII.
1 Israél is ouercome by the Philistims. 4 They do fet the Arke, wherefore the Philistims do feare. 10 The Arke of the Lord is taken. 11 Eli and his children dye. 19 The death of the wife of Phinehás the some of Eli.
1 ANd Samuél speake vnto all Israél:
〈◊〉
the departure of the Israelites out of Egipt vnto the time of Samuél are about 390. yere. and Israél went out against the Philistims to battel and pitched besideOr, stone of helpe. Chap. 7. 12. Ebén ézer: and the Philistims pitched in Aphék.
2 And the Philistims put them selues in array against Israél: and when they ioyned the bat tel, Israéll was smitten downe before the Philistims: who slewe of the armie in the field about foure thousand men.
3 So when the people were come into the campe, the Elders of Israél said,For it may
〈◊〉
that this warre was vnder taken by Samuéls commandement. Wherefore hathe the Lorde smitten vs this day before the Philistims? let vs bring the Arke of the couenant of the Lord out of Shilóh vnto vs, that when it commeth among vs, it may saue vs out of the hand of our enemies.
4 Then the people sent to Shilóh, and broght from thence the Arke of the couenāt of the Lord of hostes, whoFor he vsed to appeare to
〈◊〉
betwene the
〈◊〉
ouer the Arke of the couenant. dwelleth betwene the Cherubims: and there (were) the two sonnes of Eli, Hophni, and Phinehás, with the Arke of the couenant of God.
5 And when the Arke of the couenant of theExod 25 vers. 17. Lord came into the hoste, al Israél showted a mighty showte, so that the earth rāg againe
6 And when the Philistims heard the noise of the showte, they said, What meaneth the sounde of this mighty showte in the hoste of the Ebrewes? & they vnderstode, that the Arke of the Lord was come into the hoste.
7 And the Philistims were afraid, & said, God is come into the hoste: therefore said theyBefore we fought against men, & now God is come to fight against vs. wo vnto vs for it hath not bene so hertofore
8 Wo vnto vs, who shall deliuer vs out of the hand of these mighty Gods? these are the Gods that smote the Egyptians with all the plagues in theFor in the red Sea in the wilder nes the Egyptiās were destroyed, whiche was the last of all his plagues. wildernes.
9 Be strong and play the men, ô Philistims that ye be no seruants vnto the Ebrewes, *as thei haue serued you: be valiant therefore, and fight.
10 And the Philistims fought, and Israéll wasIudg, 13. 1. smitten downe, and fled euerie man into his tent: & there was an excedyng great slaughter: for there fel of IsraélDauid alluding to this place Psal. 77 63. saieth they were consumed with fire meaning they were sodēly destroyed. thirtie thousand fotemen.
11 And the Arke of God was taken, & the two sonnes of Eli, Hophni, and Phine hás dyed.
12 And there ran a man of Beniamin out of the armie, and came to Shiloh the same day with his clothesIn token of sorrow & mourning. rent, and eatth vppon his head.
13 And when he came, lo, Eli
〈◊〉
vpon a seate by the way side, waiting: for his heartLest it shulde be taken of the enemies. feared for the Arke of God: and when the man came into the citie to tel it, all the citie cryed out.
14 And when Eli heard the noise of the crying, he said, What meaneth this noise of the tumult? and the man came in hastely, and tolde Eli.
15 [Now Eli (was) fourescore, and eightene yere olde, and * his eyes were dimme that heChap. 3. 2. colde not se.]
16 And the man said vnto Eli, I came from the armie, and I fled this day out of the hoste: & he said, What thing is done, my sonne?
17 Then the messenger answered and said, Israél is fled before the Philistims, and there hathe bene also a great slaughter among the people: & moreouer thy two sonnes, Hophni and PhinehásAccording, as God had a
〈◊〉
said. are dead, and the Arke of God is taken.
18 ¶ And when he had made mencion of the Arke of God, (Eli) fel from his seate backwarde by the side of the gate, and his necke was broken, and he dyed: for he was an olde man and heauye: andOr, gouerned. he had iudged Israél fortie yeres.
19 And his daughter in law Phinehás wife was with childe (nere)Or, to
〈◊〉
out. her trauel: and when she heard the report that the Arke of God was taken, and that her father in lawe and her housband were dead, sheAnd setled her body toward her traúel. bowed her selfe, and traueled: for her paines came vpon her.
20 And about the time of her death, the women that stode about her, said vnto her, Feare not: for thou hast borne a sonne: but she answered not, nor regarded it.
21 And she named the childe Ichabód, saying,"Or, No glorie, or, where is the glorie. The glorie is departed from Israél, because the Arke of God was taken, and because of her father in lawe and her housband.
22 She said againe,She vttered her great sorrowe by repeting her wordes. The glorie is departed frō Israél: for the Arke of God is taken.
CHAP. V.
2 The Philistims
〈◊〉
the Arke into the house of Dagón which idole fel downe before it. 6 The men of Ashdód are plagued. 8 The Arke is caryed into Gath and after to Ekrón.
1 THen the Philistims toke the Arke of God and caryed it from Ebén ézer vntoWhich was one of the fiue principal cities of the Philistims. Ashdōd,
2 Euen the Philistims toke the Arke of God, and broght it into the house ofWhich was their chief idole, & as some write from the nauil downwarde was like a fishe and vpwarde like a man. Dagōn, and set it by Dagōn.
3 And when they of Ashdōd rose the next day in the morning, beholde, Dagōn was fallen vpon his face on the grounde before the Arke of the Lord, and they tokevp Dagón, and set him in his place againe.
4 Also they rose vp early in the morning the next day, & beholde, Dagón was fallen vpon his face on the grounde before the Arke of the Lord, and the head of Dagōn and the two palmes of his hands (were) cut of vpon the thresholde: onely the stumpe of Dagón was left to him.
5 Therefore the Priests of Dagón, and all that come into Dagons houseThus in steade of acknowledging the true God by this
〈◊〉
, they fall to a farther supersticion Psal. 78. 66 treade not on the thresholde of Dagón in Ashdód, vnto this day.
6 But the hand of the Lord was heauy vpon them of Ashdōd, and destroyed thē, & smote them with * emerods, (bothe) Ashdōd, and the coastes thereof.
7 And whē the men of Ashdōd sawe this, they said, Let not the Arke of the God of Israél abide with vs: for his hand is sore vpon vs ād vpon Dagōn our god.
8 They sent therefore and gathered all the princes of the Philistims vnto them, and saidThogh they had felt Gods power and were affraied thereof, yet they wolde farthert: ie him, whiche thyng God turned to their destruction and his glorie. What shall we do with the Arke of the God of Israél? And they answered, Let the Arke of the God of Israél be caried about vnto Gath: and they caried the Arke of the God of Israél about.
9 And when they had caried it about, the hand of the LORD was against the citie with a very greate destruction, and he smote the men of the citie bothe small and greate, and they had emerods in their secret partes.
10 ¶ Therefore they sent the Arke of GOD to Ekrōn: and assone as the Arke of GOD came to Ekrōn, the Ekronites cryed out, saying, They haue broght the Arke of the GOD of Israél to vs to slay vs, and our people.
11 Therefore they sent, and gathered together all the princes of the Philistims & said, SendThe wicked when they fele
〈◊〉
hand of God, grudge & reiecte him, where the godli humble thē selues and crye for mercie. away the Arke of the God, of Israél, & let it returne to his owne place, that it slay vs not and our people: for there was a destruction (and) death through out all the citie, (and) the hand of God was very sore there.
12 And the men that dyed not, were smitten with the emerods: and the crye of the citie went vp to heauen.
CHAP. VI.
1 The time that the Arke was with the Philistims whiche they sent againe with a gift. 12 It commeth to Bethshémesh. 17 The Philistims offer golden emerods. 19 The men of Beth-shémesh are stricken for loking into the Arke.
1 SO the Arke of the Lord was in the countrey of the PhilistimsThei thoght by continuance of time the plague wolde haue ceased and so wolde haue kept the Arke stil. seuen monethes.
2 And the Philistims called the Priestes and the soth sayers, saying What shal we do with the Arke of the Lord? tel vs where with we shall send it home againe?
3 And they said, If you send away the Arke of the God of Israél, send it not away emptie, but giue vnto itThe idolaters confesse there is a true God, who punisheth sinne iustely. a sinne offring: then shal ye be healed, and it shalbe knowē to you, why his hand departeth not from you.
4 Then said they, What shalbe the sinne offring, which we shal giue vnto it? And they answered, Fiue golden emerods & fiue golden mice, according to the nomber of the Princes of the Philistims: for one plague (was) on you all, and on your princes.
5 Wherefore ye shall make the similitudes of your emerods, and the similitudes of your mice that destroye the land: so ye shall giue glorie vnto the God of Israél, that he may take his hand from you, & from yourThis is
〈◊〉
iudgement vpon the
〈◊〉
that knowig the true God they worship him not a right. gods and from your land.
6 Wherefore then shulde ye harden your heartes, as the Egyptians and Pharaôh hardened their heartes, when he wroght wonderfully among them, * did they not let thē
Exod. 12. 31. go, and they departed?
7 Now therefore make a newe carte, and take two melche kine, on whome there hathe come no yoke: and tye the kine to the carte and bring the calues home from them.
8 Then take the Arke of the Lord, and set it vpon the carte, and put theMeaning the goldē emerods & the golden mice. iewels of golde whiche ye giue it for a sinne offring in a coffer by the side thereof, and send it away, that it may go.
9 And take hede, if it go vp by the way of his owne coast to Beth-shémesh, it isThe God of Israél. he that did vs this greate euil: but if not, we shall knowe then, that it is not his hād that smote vs, (but) it was aThe wicked attribute almost
〈◊〉
thing to fortune and chance, whereasin dede there is nothyng done without Gods
〈◊〉
uidence & decree chance that happened vs.
10 And the men did so: for they toke two kine that gaue milke, and tyed them to the carte and shut the calues at home.
11 So they set the Arke of the LORD vpon the carte, and the coffer with the mice of golde, and with the similitudes of their emerods.
12 And the kine wēt the streight way to Bethshémesh, and kept one path, and lowed as they went, and turned nether to the right hand nor to the left: also the princes of the Philistims went afterFor the triall of the
〈◊〉
. thē, vnto the borders of Beth-shémesh.
13 Now they of Beth-shémesh were reaping their wheat haruest in the valley, and they lift vp their eyes, and spyed the Arke, and reioyced when they sawe it.
14 ¶ And the carte came into the fielde of Ioshúa a Bethshemite, and stode stil there, there was also a great stone, andTo wit, themê of Bethshémesh, whiche were Israelites. they claue the wood of the carte and offred the kine for a burnt offring vnto the Lord.
15 And the Leuites toke downe the Arke of the Lord, and the coffer that was with it, wherein the iewels of golde were, and put them on the great stone, and the men of Beth-shémesh offred burnt offring, and sacrificed sacrifices that same day vnto the Lord.
16 And when the fiue princes of the Philistims had sene it, they returned to Ekrón the same day.
17 ¶ So these are the golden emerods, whiche the Philistims gaue for a sinne offring to the Lorde: forThese were the fiue principal cities of the Philistims which were not al conquered vnto the time of Dauid. Ashdód one, for Gazá one, for Askelón one, for Gath one, (and) for Ekrón one.
18 And golden mice, according to the nomber of all the cities of the Philistims, (belōging) to the fiue princes, bothe of walled townes and of townes vnwalled, vnto the greate (stone) of Abél, whereó thei set the Arke of"Or, the plaine, or lamentacion. the Lord: (which stone remaineth) vnto this day in the field of Ioshua the Beth-shemite.
19 And he smote of the men of Beth-shémesh because theyFor it was not lauful to
〈◊〉
ether to touch or to se it, saue onely to Aaron and his sonnes. had loked in the Arke of the Lord: he slewe euen among the people fiftie thousand men and thre score and ten men & the people lamēted, because the Lord had slaine the people with so great a slaughter.Nomb. 4. 15. &
〈◊〉
.
20 Wherefore the men of Beth-shémesh said who is able to stand before this holy Lorde God? and to whome shall he go from vs?
21 And they sent messengers to the inhabitants of Kyriath-iearim, saying, The Philistims haue broght againe the Arke of the LORD: come ye downe (and) take it vp to you.
CHAP. VII.
1 The Arke is broght to Kiriath-iearim. 3 Samuél exhorteth the people to forsake their sinnes and
〈◊〉
to the Lord. 10 The Philistims fight against Israél and are ouercome. 16 Samuél iudgeth Israél.
1 THen the men of A citie in the tribe of Iudáh, called also
〈◊〉
báal. Kiriath-iarim came, & toke vp the Arke of the Lord, & broght it into the house of Abinadáb in the hil: and they sanctified Eleazár his sonne, to kepeIosh. 15. 60. the Arke of the Lord.
2 [For while the Arke abode in Kiriath-iearim, the time was long, for it was twentie yeres] and all the house of Israél lamented Lamented for their sinnes and followed the Lord. after the Lord.
3 ¶ Thē Samuél spake vnto al the house of Israél, saying, If ye become againe vnto the Lord with your hearte, * put away the strāgeIosh. 24. 15. gods from among you, and * Ashtaróth, andIudg. 2. 13. direct your hearts vnto the Lord, and serue him * onely, and he shall deliuer you out ofDeut. 6. 4.
Mat. 4. 10. the hand of the Philistims.
4 Then the children of Israéll did put away *Iudg. 2 11, Baalim and Ashtarôth, and serued the Lorde onely.
5 And Samuél said, Gather all Israél to For Shiloh was now desolate, because the Philistims had taken thence the
〈◊〉
. Mizpéh, and I wil pray for you vnto the Lorde.
6 And they gathered together to Mizpéh, & The
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
hathe, that they drewe water out of their heart that is wept abū dantly for their sinnes. drewe water and powred it out before the Lord, and fasted the same day, and said there We haue sinned against the Lorde. And Samuél iudged the chyldren of Israéll in Mizpēh.
7 When the Philistims heard that the children of Israéll were gathered together to Mizpéh, the princes of the Philistims went vp against Israél: and when the children of Israél heard that, they were afraied of the Philistims.
8 And the children of Israél said to Samuéll, Cease not to Signifying that iu the prayers of the godlie there ought to be a vehement zeale, crye vnto the Lorde our God for vs, that he may saue vs out of the hand of the Philistims.
9 Then Samuél toke a sucking lambe, and offred it all together for a burnt offring vnto the Lord, & Samuél cryed vnto the Lord for Israél, and the Lord heard him.
10 And as Samuél offred the burnt offring, the Philistims came to fight against Israél: but the Lord According to the prophecie of Hannáh San. uels mother. thundred with a great thūdre that day vpon the Philistims, and scatred them: so they were slaine before Israél.
11 And the men of Israél went from Mizpéh,Chap. 2. 10. and pursued the Philistims, and smote them vntil (they came) vnder Beth-car.
12 Then Samuél toke a stone and pitched it betwene Mizpéh and Whiche was a great rocke ouer against Mizpéh. Shen, and called the name thereof, Ebénézer, & he said Hitherto hathe the Lord holpen vs.
13 ¶ So the Philistims were broght vnder, and they came no more agayne into the coastes of Israéll: and the hande of the LORDE was agaynste the Philistims all the dayes of Samuél.
14 Also the cities which the Philistims had taken from Israél, were restored to Israél, frō Ebrón euen to Gath: and Israél deliuered the coastes of the same out of the hands of the Philistims: and there was peace betwene Israél and the Meaning, the Philistims. Amorites.
15 And Samuél iudged Israél all the dayes of his life.
16 And went about yere by yere to Beth-él, & Gilgál and Mizpéh, and iudged Israél in all those places.
17 Afterward he returned to Ramáh: for there was his house, & there he iudged Israél: also he buylt an Which was
〈◊〉
contrarie to the Lawe: for as yet a certeine place was not
〈◊〉
ted. altar there vnto the Lord.
CHAP. VIII.
1 Samuél maketh his sōnes iudges ouer Israél, who follow not his steppes. 5 The Israelites aske a King.
〈◊〉
Samuél declareth in what state they shuld be vnder the King. 19 Notwithstāding they aske one stil, and the Lord willeth Samuél to grant vnto them.
1 WHen Samuéll was no we become olde, he Because he was not able to
〈◊〉
the charge. made hys sonnes iudges ouer Israél.
2 [And the name of his eldest sonne was Who was also called Vashni. Ioél and the name of the seconde Abia'h] (euen) iudges in Beer-shéba.1. Chro. 6. 28.
3 And his sonnes walked not in his waies butDeut. 16. 19. turned aside after lucre and * toke rewardes, and peruerted the iudgement.
4 ¶ Wherefore all the Elders of Israèl gathered them together, and came to Samuél vnto For there his house was. Ramáh.
5 And sayd vnto hym, Beholde, thou art olde,Chap. 7. 17.
Ose. 13. 10. and thy sonnes walke not in thy wayes: *Act. 13. 21. make vs nowe a King to iudge vs like all nacions.
6 But the thing Because they were not
〈◊〉
with the ordre that God had ap pointed, but wolde be gouer ned as were the Gentiles. displeased Samuél, whē they said, Giue vs a King to iudge vs: and Samuéll prayed vnto the Lord.
7 And the Lorde said vnto Samuél, Heare the voice of the people in all that they shall say vnto thee: for they haue not cast thee away, but they haue cast me away, that I shuld not reigne ouer them.
8 As they haue euer done since I broght them out of Egypt euen vnto this day, [and haue forsaken me, and serued other gods] euen so do they vnto thee.
9 Now therefore hearken vnto their voyce: howbeit yet To proue if they wil forsake their wicked purpose testifie vnto them and she we thē the maner of the King that shall reigne ouer them.
10 ¶ So Samuéll tolde all the wordes of the Lorde vnto the people that asked a Kyng of hym.
11 And he said, This shalbe the Not the kings haue this autoritie by their office but that suche as reigne" in Gods wrath shulde vsurpe this ouer their brethren contrary to the Law. maner of the King that shal reigne ouer you: he will take your sonnes, and appoint them to his charets, and to be his horsmen, and (some) shall runne before his charet.Deut. 17.
〈◊〉
12 Also he will make them his captaines ouer thousandes and captaines ouer fifties, and to eare his grounde, and to reape his haruest, & to make instruments of warre, & the things that serue for his charets.
13 He wyll also take your daughters and make them apoticaryes, and cookes and bakers.
14 And he will take your fieldes, and your vineyardes, and your best oliue trees, & giue them to his seruants.
15 And he wil take the tenth of your sede, and of your vineyardes, and giue it to his Or, chief officers. Eunuches, and to his seruants.
16 And he will take your men seruants, and your maid seruants, and the chief of your yong men, and your asses, and put them to his worke.
17 He wil take the tenth of your shepe, ād ye shalbe his seruants.
18 And ye shal crye out at that day, because of your King, whome ye haue chosen you, and the Lord wil not Because ye repet not for vour sinnes, but because ye smart for your afflictions, where into ye cast your selues willingly. heere you at that day.
19 But the people wolde not heare the voyce of Samuél, but did say, Nay, but there shalbe a King ouer vs.
20 And we also wil be like all (other) nacions, and our King shal iudge vs, & go out before vs, and fight our battels.
21 Therfore whē Samuél heard all the wordes of the people, he rehearsed thē in the eares of the Lord.
22 And the Lorde said to Samuél, Or, grant their request. Hearken vnto their voyce, and make them a King. And Samuél said vnto the men of Israêl, Go euerie man vnto his citie.
CHAP. IX.
Saúl seking his fathers asses, by the counsel of his seruant goeth to Samuél 9 The Prophets called Seers. 15 The Lord reueileth to Samuél Sauls comming commanding to
〈◊〉
him King. 22 Samuél bringeth Saul to the feast.
1 THere was now a man of Beniamin That is, bothe valiant and riche Chap. 14. 51. migh tie in power named * Kish the sonne of
〈◊〉
. Chro. 8. 23. Abiél, the sonne of Zerór, the sonne of Bechoráth, the sonne of Aphiah, the sonne of a man of Iemini.
2 And he had a sonne called Saúl, a So that it might semè that God approued their request ī appointing
〈◊〉
suche a persone. godly yong man and a faire: so that among the children of Israél there was none goodlier then he: from the shulders vp ward he was hier then anie of the people.
3 And the Asses of Kish Saules father were lost therefore Kish said to Saúl his sonne, Take now one of the seruants with thee, & arise, go, and Al these circū
stāces were meās to serue vnto Gods prouidēce, whereby Saul (thogh not approued of God) was made king. seke the asses.
4 So he passed through mount Ephráim and went through the land of Shalisháh, but they found them not. Then they went through the land of Shalim, and (there they were) not he went also through the land of Iemini, but they found them not.
5 When they came to the land of
〈◊〉
was Ramath, zophim the citie of Samuél. Zuph, Saúl said vnto his seruant that was with him, Come and let vs returne, lest my father leaue (the care) of asses, and take thoght for vs.
6 And he said vnto him, Beholde now, in this citie is a man of God, and he is an honorable man: all that he saieth commeth to passe: let vs now go rhither, if so be that he can shewe vs what way we may go.
7 Then said Saúl to his seruant, Wel then let vs go: but what shal we bring vnto the man? For the Or, vitailes. bread is spent in our vessels, & there is no present to bring to the man of GOD: what haue we?
8 And the seruant answered Saúl againe, and said, Beholde, I haue found about me the fourth parte of a Which is
〈◊〉
fiue pence read. shekle of siluer: that wil I giue the man of God, to tel vs our way.
9 [Before time in Israél when a man went to sekeGen. 23. 15. an answer of God, thus he spake, Come and let vs go to the So called becau se he foresawe
〈◊〉
to come. Seer: for (he that is called) now a Prophet, was in the olde time called a Seer]
10 Thē said Saúl to his seruant, Wel said, come let vs go: so they went into the citie where the man of God was.
11 ¶ And as thei were going vp the hie way to the citie, they founde maydes that came out to drawe water, and said vnto them, Is there here a Seer?
12 And they answered them, and said, Yea: lo, (he is) before you make haste now, for he came this day to the citie: for there is an That is a feast
〈◊〉
thē offring which shulde be kepe in an hie place of the
〈◊〉
appointed for that vse. offring of the people this day in the hie place.
13 When ye shall come into the citie, ye shall finde him streight way yet he come vp to the hie place to eat: for the people wil not eat vntil he come, because he wil That is, giue thankes, and distribute the meat according to their custome. blesse the sacrifice: and then eat they that be bidden to the feast: now therefore go vp: for euen now shal ye finde him.
14 Then they went vp into the citie, and when they were come into the middes of the citie, Samuél came out against them, to go vp to the hie place.
15 ¶ * But the Lord had reueiled to Samuél Ebr. in his care. secretlyChap. 15. 1.
Act. 13. 21. [a day before Saúl came] saying,
16 Tomorowe about this time I wil send thee a man out of the land of Beniamin? him shalt thou anoint to be gouernour ouer my people Israél, that he may Not withstanding their wickednes, yet God was euer mindful of his
〈◊〉
tance. saue my people out of the hands of the Philistims: for I haue loked vpon my people, and their crye is come vnto me.
17 When Samuél therefore sawe Saúl, the LORD answered him, Se, this is the man whome I speake to thee of, he shall rule my people.
18 Then went Saúl to Samuél in the middes of the gate, and said, Tel me, I pray thee, where the Seers house is.
19 And Samuél answered Saúl, and said, I am the Seer: go vp before me vnto the hie place,
for ye shal eat with me to day, and tomoro we I wil let thee go, and wil tel thee all that is in thine Meaning, all that thou desirest to knowe. heart.
20 And as for thine asses that were lost thre dayes ago, care not for them: for they are founde, and Whome doeth Israél desire to be their King but thee on whome (is set) all the desire of Israél? is it not vpon thee and on all thy fathers house?
21 ¶ But Saúl answered, and said, Am not I the sonne of Iemini of the smalest tribe of Israél? and my familie (is) the least of all the families of the tribe of Beniamin. Wherfore then speakest thou so to me?
22 And Samuél toke Saúl and his seruant, and broght them into the Where the feast was. chamber, and made them sit in the chiefest place among them that were bidden: which were about thirtie persones.
23 And Samuél said vnto the cooke, Bring forthe the portion which I gaue thee, & where of I said vnto thee, Kepe it with thee.
24 And the cooke toke vp the shoulder, and that which was That is, the shoulder with the breast, which the Priest had for his familie in all peace offrings Leui 10. 14. vpon it, and set it before Saúl. And (Samuel) said, Beholde, that which is left, set it before thee (and) eat: for hitherto hath it bene kept for thee, saying, Also I That bothe by the assembling of the people, and by the meat pro pared for thee, thou mighest vnderstande that I knewe of thy comming. haue called the people. So Saúl did eat with Samuél that day.
25 And when they were come downe frō the hie place into the citie, he communed with Saúl vpon the top of the house:
26 And when they arose early about the spring of the day, Samuél called Saúl to the To speake with him secretly: for the houses were flat aboue. top of the house, saying, Vp, that I may send thee away. And Saúl arose, and they went out, bothe he, and Samuél.
27 And when they were come downe to the end of the
〈◊〉
, Samuél said to Saúl, Bid the seruant go before vs, [and he went] but stand thou stil now, that I may she we thee Gods comman dement as concerning thee. the worde of God.
CHAP. X.
6 Saúl is anointed King by Samuél. 9 God changeth Sauls heart and he prophecieth 17 Samuél assembleth the people, and sheweth thē their sinnes 21
〈◊〉
is chosen King by lot. 25 Samu lwriteth the Kings office.
1 THen Samuél toke a viole of In the Lawe this anointing
〈◊〉
the gifts of the holy Gost, whiche were ne cessarie for them that shulde rule. Gen 35 20. oyle and powred it vpon his head, and kissed him and said, Hathe not the Lord anointed thee to be gouernour ouer his inheritance?
2 When thoushalt departe from me this day, thou shalt finde two men by * Rahels sepulchre in the border of Beniamin, euen at Zelzáh, and thei wil say vnto thee, The Samuél confir meth him by the signes that God hathe appointed him king. asses which thou wentest to seke, are founde: and lo, thy father hathe left the care of the asses, and soro weth for you, saying, What shal I do for my sonne?
3 Then shalt thou go forthe from thence and shalt come to the plaine of Tabōr, and there"Or, oke. shal mete thee thre men going vp to God to Beth-él: one carying thre kiddes, ād another carying thre loaues of bread, and another carying a bottle of wine:
4 And thei wil aske thee Ebr. of peace. if all be wel, and wil giue thee two (loaues of) bread, which thou shalt receiue of their hands.
5 After that shalt thou come to the Which was an hieplace in the citie kiriathiearim, where the
〈◊〉
was. hil of God where is the garisons of the Philistims: and when thou art come thether to the citie, thou shaltmete a companie of Prophets cō
Chap. 7. 1. ming downe from the hye place with a viole, and atymbrel, and a pipe, and an harpe before them, and they shall prophecie.
6 Then the Spirit of the Lord wil come vpon thee, and thou shalt prophecie with thē, & shalt be turned into another man.
7 Therefore when these signes shall come vnto thee, do as occasion shall
〈◊〉
: for God (is) with thee.
8 And thou shalt go downe before me to Gilgál: and I also wil come downe vnto thee to offer burnt offrings, and to sacrifice sacrifices of peace. * Tary for me seuen daies, till
〈◊〉
. 13. 8. I come to thee and shewe thee what thou shalt do.
9 And when he had turned his Ebr. shoulder. backe to go frome Samuéll, God gaue hym another He gaue him suche vertues as were mete for a king. heart: and all tose tokens came to passe that same day.
10 ¶ And when they came thether to the hill, behold, the companie of Prophets met him and the Spirit of God came vpon him, and he Or, sang
〈◊〉
prophecied among them.
11 Therefore all the people that knewe hym before, when thei sawe that he prophecied among the Prophets, said eche to other? What is come vnto the sonne of Kish? * isChap. 19. 24. Saúl also among the Prophets?
12 And one of the same place answered, & said But who is their Meaning, that prophecie commeth not by succession, but is given,
〈◊〉
whome it pleaseth God. father? Therefore it was a prouerbe,
〈◊〉
Saúl also among the Noting thereby him that frome lowe degre commeth sodenly to honour. Prophets?
13 And when he had made an end of prophecying, he came to the hie place.
14 And Sauls vncle said vnto him, and to his seruant. Whether went ye? And he said, To seke the asses: and when we sawe that they were no where, we came to Samuél.
15 And Sauls vncle said, Tel me, I pray thee, what Samuél said vnto you,
16 Then Saúl said to his vncle, He tolde vs plainely that the asses were founde: but con cerning the kingdome where of Samuél spake, tolde he him not.
17 ¶ And Samuéll Both to
〈◊〉
vnto then their faute in asking a king, and also to shew Gods sentence therein. assembled the people vnto the Lord in Mizpéh.
18 And he said vnto the childrē of Israél, Thus saith the Lorde God of Israéll, I haue broght Israél out of Egypt, and deliuered you out of the hand of the Egyptians, and out of the hands of al king domes that troublee you.
19 But ye haue this day cast away your God, who onely deliuereth you out of al your aduersities and tribulacions: and ye said vnto him,? No,) but appoint a King ouer vs. Now therefore" stand ye before the Lord according to your tribes, and according to your thousands.
20 And when Samuél had gathered together,
all the tribes of Israél, the tribe of Beniamin was That is, by
〈◊〉
of lot. taken.
21 Afterwarde he assembled the tribe of Be niamin according to their families, & the families of Matri was taken. So Saúl the sonne of Kishe was taken, and when they soght him, he colde not be founde.
22 Therefore thei asked the Lord againe, if that man shuld yet come the ther. And the Lord answered, Beholde, he As thogh he were vnworthy and vn willing. hathe hid him selfe among the stuffe.
23 And thei ranne, and broght hym thence: and when he stode amonge the people, he was hier then anye of the people from the shoulders vp warde.
24 And Samuél said to all the people, Seye not him, whome the Lorde hathe chosen, that there is none like him among all the people? And all the people showted and said Ebr let the King liue. God saue the King.
25 Then Samuél tolde the people As it is writen in
〈◊〉
the duety of the kingdome, and wrote it in a boke,Chap. 17. 15. and layed it vp before the Lord, & Samuél sent all the people awaye euerye man to his house.
26 Saúl also went home to Gibeáh, and there followed him a band of men, whose hearts God had touched,
27 But the wicked mē said, How shal he saue vs? So they despised him, and broght hym no presentes: but he Bothe to
〈◊〉
sedition, and also to winne them by pacience. helde his tongue.
CHAP. XI.
1 Nahásh the
〈◊〉
warreth against Iabésh Gileád, who asketh helpe of the Israelites. 6 Saúl promiseth helpe. 11 The Ammonites are slayne. 14 The kyngedome is renued
1 THen Nahásh the Ammonite After that Saul was chosen king: for feare of whome
〈◊〉
asked a king, as Cha. 12. 12 came vp, and besieged Iabésh Gileád and all the men of Iabésh say de vnto Nahásh. Make a couenant with vs, and we will be thy seruants.
2 And Nahásh the Ammonite answered thē, On this condicion will I make a couenant with you, that I maye thruste out all your This declareth, that the more nere that tyrants are to their destru ction, the more cruel thei are. right eyes, and brynge that shame vppon all Israél.
3 To whome the Elders of Iabésh said, Giue vs seuen daies respet, that we maye send messengers vnto all the coastes of Israél: and then if no man deliuer vs, we will come out to thee.
4 ¶ Then came the messengers to Gibeāh of Saúl, and tolde these tidings in the eares of the people: and all the people lift vp theyr voyces and wept.
5 And behold, Saūl came followyng the cattel out of the fielde, and Saūl said, What aileth his people, that thei wepe? And thei tolde him the tidings of the men of Iabésh
6 Then the Spirit of God God gaue hym the
〈◊〉
of strength and courage to go agaīst this
〈◊〉
. came vpon Saúl, when he heard those tidings, and he was exceding angry,
7 And tooke a yoke of oxen, and hewed thē in pieces, and sent them throughout all the coastes of Israél by the hands of messengers, saying, Whosoeuer commeth not forth after Saúl, and after He addeth Samuél, because Saul was not yet approued of all. Samuél, so shal his oxen be serued. And the feare of the Lord fell on the people, and thei came out Ebr, as one mā. with one consent.
8 And when he nombred them in Bezék the childrē of Israél were thre hundreth thousand mē: and the men of Iudáh thirty thousand.
9 Then Meanynge, Saul and Samuel. thei said vnto the messengers that came, So say vnto the men of Iabésh Gileád, Tomorowe by thē the sunne be hote, ye shall haue helpe. And the messengers came and shewedit to the men of Iabésh, which were glad.
10 Therefore the men of Iabésh said, Tomorowe we will come out vnto That is, to the
〈◊〉
ites, dissēbling that they had hope of
〈◊〉
. you, and ye shal do with vs all that pleaseth you.
11 ¶ And when the morowe was come, Saúl put the people in thre bands, & they came in vpon the hoste in the morning watche, and slewe the Ammonites vntill the heate of the daye: and they that remained, were scattered, so that two of thē were not left together.
12 Thē the people said vnto Samuél, By this victorie the Lord wonne the heartes of the people to Saul. Who is he that say de, Shall Saúl reigne ouer vs? bring those men that we may slaye them.
13 But Saúl sayde, There shall no man By shewynge
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
to ouer
〈◊〉
their malice. dye this daye: for to daye the Lord hath saued Israél.
14 ¶ Then said Samuél vnto the people, Come, that we maye go to Gilgál, and renue the kingdome there.
15 So all the people wēt to Gilgál, and made Saúl King there before the Lord in Gilgál: and there thei offred In signe of thākesgiuing for the
〈◊〉
. peace offringes before the Lord: and there Saúl and all the mē of Israél reioyced excedingly.
CHAP. XII.
1 Samuél declaring to the people his integritie, reproueth their ingratitude. 19 God by miracle causeth the people to confesse their sinne. 20 Samuél exhorteth the people to followe the Lord.
1 SAmuél then said vnto all Israél, Behold, I haue I haue granted your peticion. hearkened: vnto your voyce in all that ye said vnto me, and haue appointed a King ouer you.
2 Now therefore beholde, (your) King walketh To
〈◊〉
in peace & warre. before you, and I am olde and graye headed, and beholde, my sonnes (are) wyth you and I haue walked before you frome my childehode vnto this day.Eccles. 46.
〈◊〉
.
3 Beholde, here I am: * beare recorde of me before the Lord and before his Anointed. God wold that this confession shuld be a paternefot all thē that haue any charge or office. Whose oxe haue I taken? or whose asse haue I taken? or whome haue I done wrōg to? or whome haue I hurte? or of whose hād haue I receiued any bribe, to blynde myne eyes therwith, and I will restore it you?
4 Then thei said, Thou hast done vs no wrōg nor haste hurt vs, nether haste thou taken ought of any mans hand.
5 And he said vnto them, The Lord is
〈◊〉
against you, and hisYour Kynge, who is anointed by the commandement of the Lord. Anointed is witnes this day, that ye haue found noght in mine hands. And they answered, (He is) witnes.
6 Thē Samuél said vnto the people, It is the LORD thatOr, exalted. made Mosés and Aarôn, and that broght your fathers out of the land of Egypt.
7 Now therefore stand stil, that I may reasō with you before the Lord according to all theOr, benefites. righteousnes of the Lord, whiche he shewed to you and to your fathers.Gen.
〈◊〉
. 5.
8 * After that Iaabók was come into Egypt, and your fathers cryed vnto the Lord, thē
Exod. 4. 16. the Lord * sent Mosés and Aarón whiche broght your fathers out of Egypte, and made them dwell in this place.Iudg. 4. 2.
9 * And when thei forgate the Lord theyr God, he solde them into the hand of SiseráCaptaine of Iabinshoste Kynge of
〈◊〉
. captaine of the hoste of Hazór and into the hand of the Philistims, and into the hād of the King of Moáb, & thei foght against them.
10 And thei cryed vnto the Lorde, and said, We haue sinned, because we haue for saken the Lord, and haue serued Baalim and Ashtarōth. Now therefore deliuer vs out of the hands of our enemies, & we wil serue thee.
11 Therefore the Lord sent IerubbáalThat is, Samson, andIudg. 13. 25. Bedán and * Iphtáh, and * Samuél, and deliueredIudg. 7. 32.
Iudg. 11. 1. you out of the hāds of your enemiesChap. 4. 1. on euerie side, and ye dwelled safe.
12 Notwithstanding when you sawe, that Nahásh the King of the children of Ammō came against you, ye said vnto me,Ieauing God to seke helpe of man, Chap. 8. 3. No, but a King shal reigne ouer vs: whē yet the Lord your God was your King.
13 Now therefore beholde the King whome ye haue chosen (and) whome ye haue desired: lo therefore, the Lord hath set a King ouer you.
14 If ye wil feare the Lord and serue him, and heare his voyce, and not disobey the word of the Lorde, bothe ye, and the King that reigneth ouer you, shalHe shal be preserued as they that followe the
〈◊〉
wil. followe the Lord your God.
15 But if ye will not obey the voyce of the Lord, but disobey the Lords mouthe, then shal the hand of the Lord be vpon you, and on yourMeaning, the gouernours. fathers.
16 Now also stand and se this great thynge which the Lord wil do before your eyes.
17 Is it not nowe wheate haruest? I will call vnto the Lord, and he shal send thundre & raine, that ye maye perceiue and se, how that your wickednes isIn that ye haue for
〈◊〉
him, who hath all power in his hand, for a mortale man. greate, whiche ye haue done in the sight of the Lorde in asking you a King.
18 Then Samuél called vnto the Lorde, and the Lord sent thundre and rayne the same day: and all the people feared the Lord & Samuél excedingly.
19 And all the people said vnto Samuél, Pray for thy seruāts vnto the Lord thy GOD, that we dye not? for we haue sinned in asking vs a King, besideNot onelye at
〈◊〉
times, but now chiefely. all our (other) sinnes.
20 ¶ And Samuél said vnto the people, Feare not, [ye haue in dede done all this wickednes,He sheweth that there is no sinne so great, but it shal be
〈◊〉
, if the sinner turne
〈◊〉
to God. yet departe not from followynge the Lord, but serue the Lord with all your heart,
21 Nether turne ye backe: for (that shulde be) after vaine things whiche can not profite you, nor deliuer you, for they are but vanitie.]
22 For the Lord will not forsake his people for his great Names sake: because it hathe pleased the Lord to make youOf his fremercie, & not of your merites, and therfore he will not forsake you. his people
23 Moreouer God forbid, that I shulde sinne agaynste the LORD, and cease praying for you, but I will shewe you the good and right way.
24 Therefore feare you the Lord, and serue him in the trueth with all yourVnfainedly and without hypocrisie. heartes, and consider how greate thyngs he hathe done for you.
25 But if ye do wickedly, ye shal perish, both ye, and your King.
CHAP. XIII.
3 The Philistims are smittē of Saúl and Ionathán. 13 Saúl being disobedient to Gods commandement is shewed of Samuél that he shal not reigne. 19 The greate slauerie, wherein the Philistims kept the Israélites.
1 SAúl now had bene KingVVhiles these things were done one yere, and he reignedBefore he
〈◊〉
vpon him the
〈◊〉
of a king. two yeres ouer Israél.
2 Then Saūl chose him thre thousand of Israél: and two thousande were with Saúl in Michmásh, and in mount Beth-él, and a thousand were with Ionathán in Gibeáh of Beniamin: and the rest of the people he sent euerie one to his tent.
3 And Ionathán smote the garison of the Philistims, that was in theOf
〈◊〉
, where the
〈◊〉
was, Chap. 10. 5. hill: & it came to the Philistims eares: and Saúl blewe theThat euerie one shulde prepare them selues to
〈◊〉
. trumpet through out all the land, saying, Heare, ô ye Ebrewes.
4 And al Israél heard say, Saúl hath destroyed a garison of the Philistims: wherfore Israél was had in abominacion with the Philistims: and the people gathered together after Saūl to Gilgál.
5 ¶ The Philistims also gathered them selues together to fight with Israél, thirtye thousand charets and six thousande horsemé: for the people (was) like the sand whiche is by the seas side in multitude, & came vp, and pitched in Michmásh Eastwarde fromVVhich was also called Bethel, in the tribe of Beniamin. Beth-áuen.
6 And when the men of Israél sawe that they were in a straite [(for the people were in di stresse)] the people hid them selues in caues, and in holdes, and in rockes, and towres, and in pittes.
7 And (some) of the Ebrewes went ouer Iordén vnto the land ofVVhere the two tribes & the halfe remained. Gad and Gileád: and Saúl was yet in Gilgál, and all the people for feare followed him.
8 And he taried seuē dayes, according vnto the time that Samuél had appointed: but Samuél came not to Gilgál, therefore the people wereThinking that the absence of the Prophet was a signe, that they shulde lose the victorie. scatred from him.
9 And Saūl said, Bring a burnt offring to me and peace offrings and he offred a burnt offring.
10 And assone as he had made an ende of offring the burnt offring, beholde, Samuél came: and Saúl went forthe to mete hym, to
〈◊〉
. blesse him. salute him.
11 And Samuél said, What haste thou done? Thē Saúl said, Because I sawe that the people wasThogh these causes seme
〈◊〉
in mans iudgement: yet because they had not the worde of God, they turned to his
〈◊〉
. scatred from me, and that thou camest not within the dayes appointed, & that the Philistims gathered them selues together to Michmásh,
12 Therfore said I, The
〈◊〉
will come downe now vpon me to Gilgál, and I haue not made supplicaciō vnto the Lord. I was bolde therfore and offred a burnt offring.
13 And Samuēl said to Saūl, Thou hast done foolishly: thou hast not kept the commā
demēt of the Lord thyVVho willed thee to obey him and rest vpon the wordes spokē by his Prophet. God, which he cō
manded thee: for the Lord had now stablished thy kingdome vpon Israél for euer.
14 But now thy kingdome shal not cōtinue: the Lord hath soght him aThat is,
〈◊〉
man after his owne hearte, and the Lord hathe cōmanded him to be gouernour ouer his people, because thou haste not kept that whiche the Lord had commanded thee.
15 ¶ And Samuél arose, and gate him vp from GilgálinAnd wēt to his citie
〈◊〉
. Gibeáh of Beniamin: and Saūl nombred the people that were found with him, about six hundreth men.
16 And Saúl and Ionathán his sonne, & the people that were founde with them, had their abiding in Gibeáh of Beniamin: but the Philistims pitched in Michmásh.
17 And there came out of the hoste of the PhilistimsOr, the destroyer to wit, the captaine came out with thre bands. thre bādes to destroy, one bāde turned vnto the way of Ophráh vnto the land of Shuál,
18 And another bande turned towarde the way to Beth-horōn, and theSo that to mās iudgement these thre armies wold haue ouer runne the whole countrey. thirde bāde turned toward the waye of the coast that loketh toward the valley of Zeboim, toward the wildernes.
19 Then there was no smith found through out all the land of Israél: for the Philistims said, Lest the Ebrewes make them swordes or speares.
20 Wherefore all the Israelites went downe to the Philistims, to sharpen euerie mā his share, his mattocke, and his axe & his weding hooke.
21 Yet they had a file for the shares, and for the mattockes, and for the pickeforkes, & for the axes and for to sharpē the goades.
22 So when the day of battel was come, there was netherTo declare that the victorie onely came of God and not by their force sworde nor speare founde in the hands of anie of the people that were with Saúl and with Ionathán: but (onelye) with Saúl & Ionathán his sonne was there founde.
23 And the garisō of the Philistims came out to the passage of Michmásh.
CHAP. XIIII.
14 Ionathán and his armour bearer put the Philistims to flight. 24 Saúl hindeth the people by an othe, not to eat til euening. 32 The people eat with the blood. 38 Saúl wolde put
〈◊〉
to death. 45 The people delyuer him.
1 THen on a daye Ionathán the sonne of Saúl said vnto the yong man that bare hys armour,By this example God wold declare
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that the
〈◊〉
did not consist in mul
〈◊〉
or
〈◊〉
, but onely came of his grace. Come and let vs go ouer toward the Philistims garison, that is yonder on the otherside, but he tolde not hys father.
2 And Saúl taryed in the border of Gibeáh vnder a pomegranate tre, whiche was in Migrōn, and the people that were wyth him, (were) about six hundreth men.
3 And Ahiáh the sonne of Ahitúb, * IchabodsChap. 4. 21. brother, the sonne of Phine hás, the sonne of Eli, was the Lords Priest in Shilōh, and ware an Ephōd: and the people knew not that Ionathán was gone
4 ¶ Now in the way whereby Ionathā soght to go ouer to the Philistims garison, there was aOr, a like
〈◊〉
sharpe rocke on the one side, and a sharpe rocke on the other side: the name of the one (was) called Bozēz, and the Name of the other Séneh.
5 The one rocke stretched from the North toward Michmásh, & the other (was) from the South toward Gibeáh.
6 And Ionathán said to the yonge man that bare his armour, Come, and let vs go ouer vnto the garison of theseTo
〈◊〉
, the Phi
〈◊〉
. vn circumcised: it may be that the Lord wil worke with vs: for it isOr, none can let the Lord. not hard to the Lord * to saue with manie, or with fewe.2 Chro. 14.
〈◊〉
.
7 And he that bare his armour, said vnto him, do all that is in thine heart: go where it pleaseth thee: beholde,I will followe thee whether soeuer thou goest. I am with thee as thine heart desireth.
8 Then said Ionathán, Beholde, we go ouer vnto those men, and will shewe our selues vnto them.
9 This he
〈◊〉
by the Spirit of
〈◊〉
, for asmuch as hereby GOD gaue him assurā
ce of the victorie. If they say on this wise to vs, Tarie vntill we come to you, then we wil stād still in our place, and not go vp to them.
10 But if they say, Come vp vnto vs, then we wil go vp: for * the Lord hathe delyuered1
〈◊〉
. 4.
〈◊〉
. them into our hand: and this shalbe a signe vnto vs.
11 So they bothe shewed them selues vnto the garison of the Philistims: and the Philistims said, Se, the Ebrewescome out of theThus they spake contempteously, and by
〈◊〉
. holes wherein they had hid them selues.
12 And the men of the garison answered Ionathán, and hys armour bearer, and sayd, Come vp to vs: for we wyll shewe you a thynge. Then Ionathán said vnto hys armour bearer, Come vp after me: for the Lord hathe deliuered them into the hande of Israél.
13 So Ionathán went vp vponThat is, he crept vp, or went vp with all hast his hands and vpon his fete, and his armour bearer after him: and (some) fel before Ionathán, & his armour bearer slewe (others) after him.
14 So theThe secōde was when they slewe one another, and the third whē the
〈◊〉
chased them. firste slaughter which Ionathán
and his armour bearer made, was aboute twentie men within that compasse, as it were within halfe an acre of land whyche two (oxen plowe.)
15 And there was a feare in the hoste, (and) in the field, and amōg all the people: the garison also, & they that went out to spoile, were afrayed them selues: and the eartheIn that the insc̄
sible
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ble for feare of Gods iudgement, it declareth how terrible his
〈◊〉
shalbe againste his ennemies. trembled: for it was (stricken) with feare by God.
16 ¶ Then the watchmē of Saúl in Gibeáh of Beniamin sawe: and behold, the multitude was discomfited, and smiten as they went.
17 Therefore said Saúl vnto the people that were with him, Searche now and se, who is gone frome vs. And when they had nombred, beholde, Ionathán, and hys armour bearer were not there.
18 And Saúl said vnto Ahiáh, Brynge hither the Arke of God [for the Arke of God was at that time with the children of Israél.]
19 ¶ And while Saul talked vnto the Priest, the noise, that was in the hoste of the Philistims, spred farther abroade, and en creased therefore Saúl say de vnto the Prieste,Let the Ephod alone: for I haue no leasure nowe to aske counsell of God, Nō 27.
〈◊〉
. Withdrawe thine hand.
20 And Saúl was assembled with all the people that were with him, and they came to the battell: and beholde, * euerye mans sworde was against his fellowe, (and) thereIudg. 7. 21. was a very great discomfiture.2. chro. 20 23.
21 Moreouer the Ebrewes that were with the Philistims before time, and were come with thē into all partes of the hoste, euen they also turned to be with theThogh before for
〈◊〉
of the Philistims they declared thē seues as enemies to their brethren. Israelites that were with Saúl and Ionathán.
22 Also all the men of Israél whiche had hid them selues in mount Ephráim when they heard, that the Philistims were fled, they followed after them in the battel.
23 And so the Lord saued Israél that day: and the battel continued vnto Beth-áuen.
24 ¶ And at that time the men of Israél were pressed (with hunger:) for Saúl charged the people with an othe, saying,Suche was his hypocricie and arrogansie, that hethoght
〈◊〉
attri
〈◊〉
to his policie that whiche God had giuen by the hand of lonathā. Cursed be the man that eatethEbr. bread. foode til ny ght, that I may be auēged of mine enemies: so none of the people tasted (anie) sustenance.
25 And all they of the land came to a wood. where hony lay vpon the ground.
26 And the people came into the wood, and beholde, the hony dropped, and no man, moued his hand to his mouth: for the people feared theThat
〈◊〉
, the punishement, if they brake their othe. othe.
27 But Ionathán heard not when hys father charged the people with the othe: wherefore he put forthe the end of the rod that was in his hand, and dipt it in an hony cōbe and put his hand to his mouthe, and hysVVhiche were dimme before for wearines and hungre. eyes receyued sight.
28 Then answered one of the people, and said, Thy father made the people to sweare saying, Cursed be the man that eateth sustenance thys daye: and the people wereOr, wearie. faint.
29 Then said Ionathán, My father hatheBv making this cruel lawe. troubled the land: se now how mine eyes are made cleare, because I haue tasted a litle of this hony:
30 How muche more, if the people had eatē to day of the spoile of their enemies which they founde? for had there not bene now a greater slaughter among the Philistims?
31 ¶ And they smote the Philistims that day, from Michmásh to Aiialón: and the people were exceding faint.
32 So the people turned to the spoyle, and toke shepe, and oxen, and calues, and slewe them on the grounde, and the people did eat them * with the blood.Leu. 7. 26.
〈◊〉
19. 26.
33 Then men tolde Saúl, saying, Beholde, theDeu. 12. 16. people sinne against the Lord, in that thei eate with the blood. And he said, Ye haue trespassed:That the blood of the beasts that shall be staine, maye be pressed out vpon it. roule a greate stone vnto me this day.
34 Againe Saúl said, Go abroade among the people, and bid them bring me euerie man his oxe, and euery man his shepe, and slaye them here, and eate and sinne not against the Lord in eating with the blood. And the people broght euery mā his oxe in hys hand that night and slewe them there.
35 Then Saúl made an altar vnto the Lorde, (and) thatOr, of that stone began he to build an altar. was the first altar that he made vnto the Lord.
36 ¶ And Saúl said, Let vs go downe after the Philistims by night, and spoyle them vntil the morning shine, and let vs not leaue a mā of them. And they said, Do whatsoeuer thou thinkest best. Then said the Priest, Let vsTo aske counsel of him. drawe nere hither vnto God.
37 So Saúl asked of God, (saying,) Shall I go downe after the Philistims? wilt thou deliuer them into the hāds of Israél? But he answered him not at that time.
38 ¶ And Saúl said, * AllEbr. corners: ye chief of the people,Iudg 20. 2. come ye hither, and knowe, and se by whome this sinne is done this day.
39 For as the Lord liueth, whiche saueth Israél, thogh it be (done) by Ionathán my sonne, he shall dye the death. But none of all the people answered him.
40 Then he said vnto all Israél, Be ye on one side, and I and Ionathán my sonne will be on the other side. And the people said vnto Saúl, Do what thou thinkest best.
41 Then Saúl said vnto the Lord God of Israél, GiueCause the lot to fall on him that hathe broken the othe: but he doeth not consider
〈◊〉
presumption in commanding the same othe. a perfet (lot.) And Ionathán & Saúl were taken, but the people escaped.
42 And Saúl said, Cast (lot) betwene me & Ionathán my sonne, And Ionathán was taken.
43 Then Saúl said to Ionathán, Tell me what thou hast done. And Ionathán tolde hym, and said, I tasted a litle hony with the end of the rod, that was in mine hand, and lo, I must dye.
44 Againe Saúl answered, God do so & more also, vnles thou dye the death, Ionathán.
45 Aud the people sayde vnto Saúl,The people thogh it their duecie to
〈◊〉
him, who of igno rāce had but broken a rash lawe, and by whome they had receiued so great a benefite. Shall Ionathán dye, who hathe so mightelye deliuered
Israél? God for bid. As the Lorde liueth there shal not one heere of his heade fall to the grounde: for he hathe wroght with God this day. So the people deliuered Ionathán that he dyeth not.
46 Then Saúl came vp from the Philistims: & the Philistims went to their owne place.
47 ¶ So Saúl helde the kyngedome ouer Israél, and foght against all his enemies on euerie side, against Moáb, and against the children of Ammón, and against Edóm, and against the Kings of Zobáh, and agaynste the Philistims: and whethersoeuer he wēt, heOr, oucreame them. handled them as wicked men.
48 He gathered also an hoste and smoteAs the Lord had
〈◊〉
, Deu. 25. 17. Amalék, & deliuered Israél out of the háds of them that spoiled them.
49 Now the sonnes of Saúl were Ionathán,Called also Abi nadab, Chap. 31. 2. and Ishui, and Malchishúa and the names of his two daughters, the elder was called Meráb, and the yonger was namedVVhich was the wife of Dauid, Chap. 18. 27. Michál.
50 And the name of Sauls wife was Ahinóam the daughter of Ahimáaz and the name of his chief captaine wasVVhome Ioab the captaine of Dauid slewe, 2. Sain. 3. 27. Abnér the sonne of Ner, Sauls vncle.
51 And Kish (was) Sauls father: and Ner the father of Abnér (was) the sonne of Abiél.
52 And there was sore warre against the Philistims all the dayes of Saúl, andAs Samuél had forewarned, chap 8. 11. whomesoeuer Saúl sawe to be a stronge man, and mete for the warre, he toke him vnto him.
CHAP. XV.
3 Saúl is commanded to slay Amalék. 9 He spareth Agág and the best things. 19 Samuél reproueth him. 28 Saúl is reiected of the Lord, and his kingdome giuen to another. 33 Samuél heweth Agág in pieces.
1 AFterwarde Samuél said vnto Saúl, *Chap. 9. 16. The Lord sent me to anoint thee King ouer his people ouer Israél: nowe thereforeBecause be hath preferred thee to this honour, thou art boūd to obey him. obey the voyce of the wordes of the Lord.
2 Thus saith the Lord of hostes, I remember what Amaléh did to Israél, * how theyExod. 17. 14. layed (wait) for them in the waye, as theyNomb. 24. 20. came vp from Egypt.
3 Nowe (therefore) go, and smite Amalék, & destroye ye all that perteineth vnto thé, and haue no compassion on thē, butThat this might be an example of Gods vengeance against them that deale c uelly with
〈◊〉
people. slay bothe man and woman, bothe infante and suckeling, bothe oxe, and shepe, bothe camel, and asse.
4 ¶ And Saúl assembled the people, andOr, knewe their nomber by the lambes, whiche they broght. nō
bred them in Tel aim, two hundreth thousand fotemen, and ten thousand men of Iudáh.
5 And Saúl came to a citie of Amalék,Or, foght in the valley. and set watch at the riuer.
6 And Saúl said vnto theVVhiche were the posteritie of Iethro Moses father in lawe. Kenites, Go, departe, (and) get you downe from amonge the Amalekites, lest I destroye you wyth them: for ye shewedFor
〈◊〉
came to
〈◊〉
them and gaue thē good counsel. Exo. 18. 19 mercy to all the children of Israél, when they came vp frome Egypt: and the Kenites departed from among the Amalekites.
7 So Saúl smote the Amalekites from Hauiláh as thou commest to Shur, that is before Egypt,
8 And toke Agág the King of the Amalekites aliue, & destroyed all the people with the edge of the sworde.
9 But Saúl and the people spared Agág, and the better shepe, and the oxen, and the fat beastes, and the lambes, and all that was good, and they wolde not destroye them: but euery thing that was vile and noght worthe, that they destroyed.
10 ¶ Then came the worde of the Lord vnto Samuél, saying,
11 ItGod in his eternal counsel neuer changeth nor repenteth, as ver. 29.
〈◊〉
he semeth to vs to
〈◊〉
, when anyething goeth
〈◊〉
to his temporal election. repenteth me that I haue made Saúl King: for he is turned from me, and hathe not performed my commandements. And Samuél was moued, and cryed vnto the Lord all night.
12 And when Samuél a rose early to mete Saúl in the morning, one tolde Samuél, saying, Saúl is gone to Carmél: and beholde, he hathe made him there a place, from whēce he returned, & departed, & is gone downe to Gilgál.
13 ¶ Then Samuél came to Saúl, & Saúl said vnto him, Blessedbe thou of the lord, I haue fulfilled theThis
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
, to be impudent against th trueth to condemne others, and
〈◊〉
themseiues. commandement of the Lord.
14 But Samuél said, What meaneth then the bleating of the shepe in mine eares, & the lowing of the oxen which I heare?
15 And Saúl answered, They haue broght thē from the Amalekites for the people spared the best of the shepe, and of the oxen to sacrifice them vnto the Lord thy God, and the remnant haue we destroyed.
16 Againe Samuél said to Saúl, Let me tell thee what the Lorde hathe said to me thys night. And he said vnto him, Say on,
17 Then Samuél said, When thou wastMeaning of base condition,
〈◊〉
chap. 9.
〈◊〉
. litle in thine owne sight, waste thou not made the head of the tribes of Israél? for the Lord anointed thee King ouer Israél.
18 And the Lord sent thee on a iourney, and said, Go, and destroye those sinners the Amale kites, and fight againste them, vntill thou destroye them.
19 Now wherefore hast thou not obeyed the voyce of the Lord, but hast turned to the praye, and hast done wickedly in the sight of the Lord?
20 And Saúl said vnto Samuél, Yea, IHest ādeth
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in his owne defēse both against God and his owne conscience. haue obeyed the voyce of the Lorde, and haue gone the way which the Lord sent me, and haue broght Agág the Kinge of Amalék, and haue destroyed the Amalekites.
21 But the people toke of the spoyle, shepe, and oxen, and the chiefest of the thynges which shulde haue bene destroyed, to offer vnto the Lord thy God in Gilgál.
22 And Samuél said, Hathe the Lord as great pleasure in burnt offrings and sacrifices, as when the voyce of the Lord is obeied? behold, * to obey is better then sacrifice, andEccles. 4. 17.
Ose. 6. 7. to hearken (is better) thē the fat of rāmes.Mat. 9. 13.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
23 ForGod hateth nothing more then the disobedience of his commādement, thogh the intēt seme neuer so good to man. rebellion (is as) the sinne of witchcraft, and transgression is wickednes and idolatrie. Because thou hast cast away the worde of the Lord, therefore he hathe cast away thee from being King.
24 Then Saúl said vnto Samuél, I haue sinned for I haue transgressed the commandemēt of the Lord, and thy wordes, because I feared the people, and obeied their voyce.
25 Now therfore, I pray thee, take away myThis was not true repentance, but
〈◊〉
, fearing the losse of his kingdome. sinne, and turne againe with me, that I may worship the Lord.
26 But Samuél said vnto Saúl, I wil not returne with thee: for thou hast cast awaye the worde of the Lord, and the Lord hathe cast awaye thee, that thou shalt not be Kynge ouer Israél.
27 And as Samuél turned him self to go away, he caught the lap of his coat, and it rent.
28 Then Samuél said vnto him, The LORD hathe rent the kingedome of Israél from thee this daye, and hathe gyuen it to thyThat is, to Dauid. neighbour, that is better then thou.
29 For in dede theMeaning God, who
〈◊〉
& preferreth his. strength of Israél wyll not lie nor repent: for he is not a man that he shulde repent.
30 Then he said, I haue sinned: but honour me, I pray thee, before the Elders of my people, & before Israél, & turne again with me, that I may worship the Lord thy God.
31 ¶ So Samuél turne againe, and followed Saúl: and Saúl worshiped the Lord.
32 Then said Samuél, Bring yehither to me Agág the king of the Amale kites: & Agág came vnto himOr, in
〈◊〉
. pleasantly, and Agág said, Truely theHe suspected nothing lesse, thē death, or as some
〈◊〉
, he passed not for death. bitternes of death is passed.
33 And Samuél said, * As thy sworde hathe made women childeles, so shal thy mother be childeles among other womē. And Samuél
〈◊〉
. 17. 11. hewed Agág in pieces before theNomb. 14. 45. Lordin Gilgál.
34 ¶ So Samuél departed toVVhere his house was. Ramáh, & Saúl went vp to his house to Gibeáh of Saúl.
35 And Samuél came nomore toThogh Saul came where Samuel was, Chap. 19, 22 se Saúl vntill the day of his death but Samuél mourned for Saúl, and the LordAs ver. 11. repented that he made Saúl King ouer Israél.
CHAP. XVI.
1 Samuél is reproued of God, and is sent to anoint Dauid. 7 God regardeth the heart. 13 The Spirite of the Lorde commeth vpon Dauid. 14 The wicked Spirit is sent vpō Saúl 19 Saúl sendeth for Dauid.
1 THe Lord then said vnto Samuél, How long wilt thou mourne for Saúl,Signifying, that we ought not to she we our selues more
〈◊〉
then God, not to lamēt them, whome
〈◊〉
casteth of. seing I haue cast him awaye from reigning ouer Israél? fil thine horne with oyle and come, I wil send thee to Ishái the Bethlehemite: for I haue prouided me a Kyng among his sonnes.
2 And Samuél said, How can I go? for if Saúl shal heare it, he wil kil me. Then the Lord answered, Take an heiferEbr. in thyne hand. with thee, and say, I am comeThat is, to make a peace offryng, whiche might be done thogh the Arke was not there. to do sacrifice to the lord.
3 And call Ishái to the sacrifice, and I will shew thee what thou shalt do, & thou shalt anoint vnto me him whome I name vnto thee.
4 So Samuél did that the Lord bade him, and came to Beth-léhem, and the Elders of the towne wereFearing, lest some grieuous crime had bene committed, because the Prophet was not wonte to come thether. astonied at his comming, & said, Commest thou peaceably?
5 And he answered, Yea: I am come to do sacrifice vnto the Lord: sāctifie your selues, and come with me to the sacrifice. And he sanctified Ishái and his sonnes, and called them to the sacrifice.
6 And when they were come, he loked on Eliáb, and said, Surely the LordsThinking, the Eliab had bene appointed of God to be made king. Anointed is before him.
7 But the Lord said vnto Samuél, Loke not on his countinance, nor on the height of his stature, because I haue refused him, for (God seeth) not as man seeth: for man loketh on the outward appearance, but the Lord beholdeth the * heart.1. Chro. 28. 29.
8 Then Ishái called Abinadáb, & made himIerem. 11. 20. & 17. 10. & 20. 12. come before Samuél. And he said, NetherPsal. 7. 10. hathe the Lord chosen this.
9 Then Ishái made Shammáh come. And he said, Nether yet hath the Lord chosē him.
10 Againe Ishái made hys seuen sonnes to come before Samuél: and Samuél said vnto Ishái, The Lord hath chosen none of these.
11 Finally Samuél said vnto IsháiEbr. are the chil dren ended. Are there no more children (but these?) And he said, There remaineth yet a litle one behinde, that kepeth the shepe. Then Samuél said vnto Ishái, * Send and fet him: for we will not sit downe, til he be come hither.2. Sam. 7. 8.
Psal. 78.
〈◊〉
& 89. 21.
12 And he sent, and broght him in: and he was ruddie, and of a good countināce, and comelie visage. And the Lord said, Arise, (&) anoint him: for this is he.
13 Then Samuél toke the horne of oyle, and anointed him in the middes of his brethrē. And the * Spirit of the LordOr, prospeced. came vponAct 7. 46.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. Dauid, from that daye forwarde: then Samuél rose vp, and went to Ramáh.
14 ¶But the Spirite of the Lorde departed from Saúl, and anThe wicked spirits are at Gods commandenēt to execute his wyll against the wicked. euil spirit (sent) of the Lord vexed him.
15 And Sauls seruants said vnto him, Behold now, the euil spirit of God vexeth thee.
16
〈◊〉
our Lord therfore commande thy seruants, (that are) before thee, to seke a mā, that is a conning player vpon the harpe: that when the euil spirit of God commeth vpon thee, he maye playe with his hand, & thou maiest be eased.
17 Saúl then said vnto his seruants, Prouide me a man, I pray you, that can play wel, and bring him to me.
18 Then answered one of his seruantes, and said, Beholde, I haue sene aThogh Dauid was now anointed Kinge by the Prophet yet God woide
〈◊〉
him in sōdry sortes before he had the vse of his kingdome. sonne of Ishái, a Beth-lehemite, that can play, & is strong, valiāt & a mā of warre & wise in matters, & a comely persone, & the Lord is with him.
19 Wherfore Saúl sent messēgers vnto Ishái, and said, Send me Dauid thy sonne, whiche is with the shepe.
20 And Ishái toke an asse (laden) with bread and a flagō of wine and a kid, and sent thē by the hand of Dauid his sonne vnto Saúl
21 And Dauid came to Saúl, andOr, serued him. stode before him: and he loued him very wel, and he was his armour bearer.
22 And Saul sent to Ishai, saying, Let Dauid now remaine with me? for he hathe foun de fauour in my sight.
23 And so when the (euil) spirit of God came vpon Saul, Dauid toke an harpe and played with his hande, and Saul wasGod wolde that Saul shulde recei ue this benefite as at Dauids hād that his condemnation might be the more euident for his cruel hate towarde him. refreshed, and was eased: for the euil spirit departed from him.
CHAP. XVII.
1 The Philistims make warre against Israel. 10 Goliath defieth Israél. 17 Dauid is sent to hys brethren
〈◊〉
The strength and boldenes of Dauid.
〈◊〉
The Lorde saueth not by sworde nor
〈◊〉
. 50 Dauid killeth Goliath and the Philistims flee.
1 NOw the Philistims gathered their armies to battel, and came together to Shochóh, which is in Iudáh, & pitched bet wene Shochôh & Azekáh,Or in Ephes dammin. in the coast of Dammim.
2 And Saúl, and the men of Israél assembled, and pitched in the valleyOr, of the eke. of Eláh, and put them selues in battel array to mete the Philistims.
3 And the Philistims stode on a mountaine on the one side, and Israél stode on a mountaine on the otherside: so avalley was betwene them.
4 ¶ Then came a man betwene themBetwene the two campes. bothe out of the tentes of the Philistims, na med Goliàth of Gath: his height (was) six cubits and a hand breadth.
5 And had an helmet of brasse vpon his head and aOr, coate of plate. brigan dine vpon him: and the weight of his brigandine (was) fiue thousandThat is,
〈◊〉
. lib. 4 onces after halfe an once the shekel. and 600. snekels weight amounteth to 18. shekels of brasse,
6 And he hadOr, greaues. bootes of brasse vpon his leg ges, & a shilde of brasse vpō his shoulders
7 And the shafte of his speare (was) like a weauers beame: & his speare head (weyed)lib. 3. quarters. six hundreth shekels of yron: and one bea ring a shilde went before him.
8 And he stode, and cryed against the hoste of Israél, and said vnto them, Why are ye come to set your battel in array? am not I a Philistim, and you seruants to Saúl? chose you a mā for you, and let him come downe to me.
9 If he be able to fight with me, andEbr. smiteme. kil me me, then wil we be your seruants: but if I ouercome him, and kil him, then shalye be our seruants, and serue vs.
10 Also the Philistim said, I defie the hoste of Israél this day: giue me a man, that we may fightOr hand
〈◊〉
. together.
11 When Saúl and all Israél heard those wordes of the Philistim, they were discouraged and greatly afrayed.Chap. 16. 1.
12 ¶ Now this Dauid (was) the * sonne of an Ephrathite of Beth-léhem Iudah, named Ishái, which had eight sonnes: andO. be was
〈◊〉
among them
〈◊〉
bare office. this man was taken for anolde mā in the dayes of Saúl.
13 And the thre eldest sonnes of Ishái went and followed Saúl to the battel: and the names of his thre sonnes that went to bat tel (were) Eliàb the eldest, & the next Abinadáb, and the third Shammáh.
14 So dauid was the least: and the thre eldest went after Saúl.
15 Dauid alsoTo serue
〈◊〉
, as
〈◊〉
. 16. ver 19. went, but he returned from Saúl to fede his fathers shepe in Beth-léhem.
16 And the Philistim drewe nere in the morning: and euening, and continued fourtie dayes.
17 And Ishái said vnto Dauid his sonne,Thogh Ishai ment one thing,
〈◊〉
Gods prouidē ce
〈◊〉
Dauid to another end. Take now for thy brethren an Epháh of this parched corne, and these ten cakes, and runne to the hoste to thy brethren.
18 Also cary these ten fressh cheses vnto the captaines, & loke how thy brethren fare, and receiue theirIf they haue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
for their necessitie,
〈◊〉
it out. pledge.
19 [Then Saúl and they, and all the men of Israél (were) in the valley of Eláh, fighting with the Philistims]
20 ¶ So Dauid rose vp early in the morning and left the shepe with a keper, and toke and went as Ishái had commanded him, & came within the compasse of the hoste: & the hoste went out in array, and showted in the battel.
21 For Israél and the Philistims had put them selues in array armie a gainst armie.
22 And Dauid left the things, which he bare, vnder the hands of the keper of theEbr. vessels. cariage, and ran into the hoste, and came, & asked his brethrenEbr. of peace. how they did.
23 And as he talked with them, beholde, the man (that was) betwene the two (armies,) came vp, [whose name (was) Goliáth the Philistim of Gath] out of theOr, valleye. armie of the Philistims, and spakeAs are aboue
〈◊〉
hearsed ver.
〈◊〉
. & 9. suche wordes, and Dauid heard them.
24 And all the men of Israél, when they sawe the mā, ran away from him, and were sore afrayed.
25 For euery man of Israél said, Sawe ye not this man that cometh vp? euen to reuile Israél is he come vp: and to him that killeth him, wil the King giue great riches, andIosh. 15. 18. wil giue him his * daughter, yea and make his fathers houseFrom taxes, & payments. fre in Israél.
26 ¶ Then Dauid spake to the men that stode with him, and said, What shalbe done to the man that killeth this Philistim, and ta keth away theThis dishonour that he doeth to Israél. shame from Israél? for who is this vn circumcised Philistim, that he shulde reuile the hoste of the liuing God?
27 And the people answered him after this maner, saying, Thus shal it be done to the man that killeth him.
28 And Eliáh his eldest brother he art when he spake vnto the men, and Eliáb was very angry with Dauid, and said, Why camest
thou downe hether and with whome hast thou left those fewe shepe in the wildernes? I knowe thy pride & the malice of thine heart, that thou art come downe to se the battel.
29 Then Dauid said, What haue I now done? Is there not aFor his
〈◊〉
sending was a iu ste occasion, and also he felt him self in wardly mo ued by Gods Spirits. cause?
30 And he departed from him into the presence of another, and spake of the same maner, and the people answered him according to the former wordes.
31 ¶ And thei that heard the wordes which Dauid spake, rehearsed them before Saúl, which caused him to be broght.
32 So Dauid said to Saúl, Let no mans heart faile him, because of him: thy seruant wil go, and fight with this Philistim.
33 And Saúl said to Dauid, Thou art notHere Satan pro ueth Dauids faith by the insidelitie of Saul. able to go against this Philistim to fight with him: for thou art a boye, and he is a man of warre from his youth.
34 And Dauid answered vnto Saul, Thy seruant kept his fathers shepe, and the re ca me aDauid by the ex perience that he hathehad in time past of Gods helpe, nothing douteth to: ouercome this danger seing he was zea lous for Gods honour. lyon and likewise a beare, and toke a shepe out of the flocke.
35 And I went out after him and smote him, and toke it out of his mouth: and when he arose against me, I caught him by the bear de, and smote him, and slewe him.
36 So thy seruant slewe bothe the lyon, and the beare: therefore this vncircumcised Philistim shalbe as one of them, seing he hath railed on the hoste of the liuing God.
37 ¶ Moreouer Dauid said, The Lord that deliueredme out of the pawe of the lyon, and out of the pawe of the beare, he wil deliuer me out of the hand of this Philistim. Then Saúl said vnto Dauid,For by these exampleshe sawe that the power God was with him. Go, and the Lord be with thee.
38 And Saúl put his rayment vpon Dauid, and put an helmet of brasse vpon his head and put a bringandine vpon him.
39 Then girded Dauid his sworde vpon his rayment, andOr assayed. began to go: for he neuer proued it, & Dauid said vnto Saúl, I cannot go with these? for I am not accustomed, wherefore Dauid put them of him.
40 Then toke he hisTo the intent that by these weake meanes God might only be knowen to be the aut our of this victorie. staffe in his hand, and chose him fiue smothe stones out of a brooke, and put thē in his shepherdesbag or skrippe, and his sling (was) in his hand, and he drewe nere to the Philistim.
41 ¶ And the Philistim came and drewe nere vnto Dauid, and the man that bare the shield (went) before him.
42 Now when the Philistim loked about and sawe Dauid, he disdeined him: for he was but yong, ruddy and of a comely face.
43 And the Philistim said vnto Dauid, Am I a dog, that thou commest to me with staues And the PhilistimHe sware by his gods that he wolde
〈◊〉
him. cursed Dauid by his gods.
44 And the Philistim said to Dauid, Come to me, and I wil giue thy flesh vnto the foules of the heauen, and to the beastes of the field.
45 ¶ Then said Dauid to the Philistim, Thou cōmest to me with a sworde, & with a spea re, and with a shield, but I come to thee in the Name of the Lord of hostes, the God of the hoste of Israél, whome thou hast railed vpon.
46 ThisDauid being assured bothe of
〈◊〉
cause and of his calling prophecieth of the destru ction of the Philistims. day shal the Lord close thee in mine hand, and I shal smite thee, & take thine head frō thee and I wil giue the carkeises of the hoste of the Philistims this day vnto the foules of the heauen, and to the beastes of the earth, that all the worlde may knowe that Israél hathe a God,
47 And that all this assemblie may knowe, that the Lord saueth not with sworde nor with speare (for the battel is the Lords) & he wil giue you into our hands.
48 And when the Philistim arose to come and drawe nere vnto Dauid, DauidBeing moued with a feruent zeale to bereuen ged vpon this blasphemer of God Name. hasted & ran to fight against the Philistim.
49 And Dauid put his hand in his bag, and to ke out a stone, and slang it and smote the Philistim in his
〈◊〉
, that the stone stic ked in his fore head, and he fel groueling to the earth.
50 So Dauid * ouer came the Philistim with aEcclesi 47 4. sling and with a stone, and smote the Philistim,1. mac 4. 30. and slewe him, when Dauid had no sworde in his hand.
51 Then Dauid ran, and stode vpon the Philistim, and toke his sworde and drewe it out of his sheath: and slewe him, and cut of his head there with, So when the Philistims sawe, that their champion was dead, they fled.
52 And the men of Israél and Iudáh arose, and showted, and followed after the Philistims vntil thei came to theOr, Gai thecitie valley, and vnto the gates of Ekrón: and the Philistims fel downe wounded by the way of Shaaráim, euen to Gath and to Ekrön.
53 And the children of Israél returned from pursuing the Philistims, and spoile their tents.
54 And Dauid toke the head of the Philistim, and broght it to Ierusalém, and put his ar mour in hisOr house at Bethléhem. tent.
55 ¶ Whē Saûl sa we Dauid go forthe against the Philistim, he said vnto Abnér the captaine of his hoste, Abner,That is of what familie and tribe is he: or els, he had forgotten Da uid,
〈◊〉
he had receiued so great a benefit by him whose sonneis this yong man? and Abner, answered, As thy soule liueth, ô King, I can not tel.
56 Then the King said, Enquire thou whose sonne this yong man is.
57 And when Dauid was returned from the slaughter of the Philistim, thē Abner toke him, and broght him before Saul with the head of the Philistim in his hand.
58 And Saûl said to him, Whose sōne artthou thou yong man? And Dauid answered, I am the sonne of thy seruant Ishái the Bethle hemite.
CHAP. XVIII.
1 The amitie of Ionathán and Dauid, 8 Saúl enuieth
Dauid for the praise that the women gaue him. 11. Saul wolde haue stayne Dauid. 17 He promiseth him Meráb to wife, but giueth him Michal 27 Dauid deliuereth to Saúl two hundreth foreskinnes of the Philistims. 29 Saul feateth Dauid, seing that the Lord
〈◊〉
with him.
1 ANd when he had made an end of speaking vnto Saúl, theHis affection was fully bent toward him. soule of Ionathán was knit with the soule of Dauid, and Ionathán loued him, as his owne soule.
2 And Saúl toke him that day, and wolde not let him returne to his fathers house.
3 Then Ionathán and Dauid made a couenāt for he loued him as his owne soule.
4 And Ionathán put of the robe that was vpon him, and gaue it Dauid, and his garments, euē to his sworde, and to his bowe, and to his girdle.
5 And Dauid went out whether soeuer Saúl sent him (and) behaued him selfeThat is, be prospered in all his domgs. wisely: so that Saúl set him ouer the men of warre, and he was accepted in the sight of all the people, and also in the sight of Sauls seruants.
6 ¶ When thei came againe, and
〈◊〉
returned frō the slaughter of theTo wit, Goliath Philistim the women came out of all cities of
〈◊〉
singing and dansing to mete King Saúl, with timbrels, with (instruments of)
〈◊〉
, and with rebecks.
7 And the womenEbr. answered playing. sang by cours in their playe, & said,* Saúl hathe slayne his thou sand, and Dauid his ten thousand.Chap
〈◊〉
. 11. & 29. 5.
8 Therefore Saúl was exceding wrath, andEccles, 47. 7. the saying displeased him, and he said Thei haue ascribed vnto Dauid ten thousand, and to me thei haue ascribed (but)? thousand, and (what can he haue) more saue the kingdome?
9 Wherefore SaúlBecause he bare him enuie and hatted. had an eye on Dauid frō that day forwarde.
10 ¶ And on the morowe, the euil spirit of God came vpon Saul, and heThat is spake as a man beside him selfe for so thepeo ple abused this worde whē thei colde not vnderstand. prophecied in the middes of the house: & Dauid plaied with his hand like as at other times, and there (was) a speare in Sauls hand.
11 And Saúl to ke the speare, and said, I wil smite Dauid (through) to the wall. But Dauid auoyed twise out of his presence.
12 And Saúl was afraied of Dauid, because the lord was with hī, & was departer frō Saúl.
13 Therefore Saul put him from him, and made him a captaine ouer a thousand, and he wentMeaning he was captaine
〈◊〉
the people. out and in before the people.
14 And Dauid behaued him selfe wisely in all his waies for the Lord (was) with him.
15 Wherefore when Saúl sawe that he was ve ry wise, he was afraied of him.
16 For all Israél and Iudáh loued Dauid becau se he went out and in before them.
17 ¶ Then Saúl said to Dauid, Beholde mine eldest daughter Meráb, her I wil giue thee to wife: onely be a valiant sonne vnto me, andFight against them the warre
〈◊〉
Gods
〈◊〉
. fight the Lords battels? for Saúl thoght, Mine hand shal not be vpon him, but the hād of the Philistīs shalbe vpō him.
18 And Dauid answered Saúl What am I? and what is my life (or) the familie of my father in Israél, that I shuldebe sonne in lawe to the King?
19 How
〈◊〉
whē Meráb Sauls daughter shulde haue bene giuen to Dauid,By whome
〈◊〉
had
〈◊〉
sonnes
〈◊〉
Dauid put to death at the re quest of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
nites. she was giuen vnto Adriél a Meholathite to wife.
20 ¶ Then Michál Sauls daughter loued Dauid: and thei shewed Saúl, and the thing pleased him.2
〈◊〉
. 21 8.
21 Therefore Saul said, I wil giue him herz that she may be aSo his hypocrisie
〈◊〉
for vnderpretence of
〈◊〉
he soght his destruction. snare to him, and that the hand of the Philistims may be against hi Wherefore Saúl said to Dauid, Thou shalt this day be my sonne in lawe in the one of the twaine.
22 And Saúl commāded his seruants. Speake with Dauid secretly, and say, Beholde, the King hathe a fauour to thee, and all his ser uants loue thee: be now therefore the Kings sonne in lawe.
23 And Sauls seruants spake these wordes in the eares of Dauid. And Dauid said,Meaning that he was not able to endowe his wife with riches Semeth it to you a light thing to be a Kings sonne in lawe, seing that I am a poore mā and of small reputacion,
24 And thē Sauls seruants broght him word againe, saying Suche wordes spake Dauid
25 And Saúl said, This wise shal ye say to Dauid, The King desireth no do wrie, but an hundreth foreskinnes of the Philistims, to be auenged of the Kings enemies: for Saúl thoght to make Dauid fall into the hands of the Philistims.
26 And when his seruants tolde Dauid these wordes, it pleased Dauid wel, to be theBecause he
〈◊〉
him
〈◊〉
able
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the Kings request Kings sonne in lawe: and the daies were not expired.
27 After warde Dauid arose with his men and went and slewe of the Philistims two hundreth men and Dauid broght their foreskinnes, andMeaning Dauid & his
〈◊〉
thei gaue them wholy to the King that he might be the Kings sonne in lawe therefore Saúl gaue him michál daughter to wife.
18 Then Saúl sawe, and vnderstode that the Lord (was) with Dauid, and that Michál the daughter of Saûl loued him.
29 Then Saúl was more and moreTo be depriued of his kingdome. afraied of Dauid, and Saúl became alway Dauids enemy.
30 And when the princes of the Philistims went for the, at their going for thethat is
〈◊〉
had better
〈◊〉
against the Phi listims then
〈◊〉
men. Dauid behaued him selfe more wisely then all the seruantes of Saúl, so that his name was mu che set by.
CHAP. XIX.
2 Ionathan declareth to Dauid the wicked purpose of Saúl. 11 Michal his wife saueth him 18 Dauid commeth to Samuél 23 The Spirit of prophecie commeth en Saúl.
1 THen Saúl spake to Ionathan his sonne and to all his seruants, that they shulde
〈◊〉
Saul soght Dauids
〈◊〉
secretly, but now his hypocrisie
〈◊〉
steth forth
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. kil Dauid: but Ionathán Sauls sonne
had a great fauour to Dauid.
2 And Ionathán tolde Dauid saying, Saūl my father goeth about to slaye thee now therefore, I pray thee, take hede vnto thy selfe vnto the morning, and abide in a secret (place) and hide thy selfe.
3 And I wil go out, and stand by my father in the field where thouThat I may giue thee warning what to do. art, and wil commune with my father of thee, and I wil se what (he saith) and wil tel thee.
4 ¶ And Ionathan spake good of Dauid vn to Saúl his father, and said vnto him, Let not the King sinne against his seruant, against Dauid: for he hathe not sinned against thee, but his workes haue bene to thee very good.
5 For heEbr. be put his soule in his hand. did * put his life in danger, and slewe the Philistim, and the Lord wroght aIudg. 12. 3. great saluacion for all Israél thou sawest1. samu. 27 21.
psalm,
〈◊〉
. 109. it, and thou reioysedst: wherefore then wilt thou sinne against innocent blood, & slaye Dauid with out a cause?
6 Then Saúl hearkened vnto the voyce of Ionathán, and SaūlVVhat soeuer he pretended
〈◊〉
, yet his heart was ful of malice. sware, As the Lord liueth he shalt not dye.
7 So Ionathán called Dauid and Ionathán shewed him all those wordes, and Ionathán broght Dauid to Saúl, and he was in his presence as in times past.
8 ¶ Againe the warre began, & Dauid wēt out and foght with the Philistims, & slewe them with a great slaughter, and they fled from him.
9 ¶ And the euil Spirit of the Lord was vpō Saúl, as he sate in his house hauing his spea re in his hand, and DauidHe plaide on his harpe to
〈◊〉
the rage of the euil Spirit, as Chap. 16. 23. played with his hand.
10 And Saūl entended to smite Dauid to the wall with the speare: but he turned aside out of Sauls presence, and he smote the speare against the wall? but Dauid fled, & eschaped the same night.
11 Saūl also sent messengers vnto Dauids house, to watche him, and to slaye him in the morning & Michál Dauids wife tolde it him, saying, If thou saue not thy self this night, tomorowe thou shalt be slaine.
12 So MichálThus God mouedbothe the son ne and daughter of this tyrand to fauour Dauid
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
let Dauid downe through a windowe: and he went, and fled, and escaped.
13 Then Michāl toke an image and layed it in the bed, and put a pillowe stuffed with goates (heere) vnder thé head of it, and co uered it with a cloth.
14 And when Saúl sent messen gers to take Dauid, she said, He is sicke.
15 And Saúl sent the messengers againe to se Dauid, saying, Bring him to me in theBeholde, how the
〈◊〉
to accomplish their
〈◊〉
nether
〈◊〉
de othe not frēdship, God nor man. bed, that I may slaye him.
16 And when the messengers were come in, beholde, an image (was) in the bed, with a pillowe of goates (here) vnder the head of it.
17 And Saúl said vnto Michàl, Why hast thou mocked me, so and sent away mine enemy that he is eschaped? And Michál answered Saúl, He said vnto me, Let me go, or els I wil kil thee.
18 ¶ So Dauid fled, and escaped, and came to Samuél to Ramáh, and tolde him all that Saúl had done to him: and he and Samuél went and dwelt in
〈◊〉
was a schole where the worde of God was studyed,
〈◊〉
to Ramah. Naiōth.
19 But one tolde Saūl, saying, Beholde, Dauid (is) at Naioth in Ramáh.
20 And Saúl sent messengers to take Dauid and whē they sawe a cōpanie of Prophets prophecying, and Samuel standingBeing their chief
〈◊〉
. as ap pointed ouer them, the Spirit of God fel vpon the messengers of Saúl, and they alsoChanged their mindes and
〈◊〉
sed God. prophecied.
21 And when it was tolde Saūl, he sent other messēgers, and they prophecied likewise: againe Saūl sent the third messengers, & they prophecied also.
22 Then went he him self to Ramáh, and came to a great wel that is in Sechū, & he asked and said, Where are Samuel and Dauid? and one said, Beholde (they be) at Naiōth in Ramáh.
23 And heVVith a minde to persecute them went thither (euen) to Naiòth in Ramáh, and the Spirit of God came vpon him also, and he wēt prophecying vntil he came to Naiōth in Ramáh.
24 And he stript of hisHis kingly appa rel. clothes, and he prophecied also before Samuél, & felHe hūbled him selfe as other did Chap. 10. 11. downe naked all that day and all that night, ther fore theye say, * Is Saúl also amonge the Prophetes.
CHAP. XX.
2 Ionathān comforteth Dauid. 3 They renue their league 33 Saul wolde haue killed Ionathán 38 Ionathán aduertiseth Dauid by thre arrowes of his fathers fury.
1 ANd Dauid
〈◊〉
Saul was stayed a day and a night by Gods prouidence, that Dauid might hauetime to eschape fled from Naioth in Ramáh and came and said before Ionathán, What haue I done? what (is) mine iniquitie and what sinne haue I committed before thy father, that he seketh my life?
2 And he said vnto him God forbid, thou shalt not dye: beholde, my father wil do nothing great nor smale, but he wilEbr. reueile it in mine care. shew it me and why shulde my father hide this thing from me: he wil not do it.
3 And Dauid sware againe and said, Thy father knoweth that I haue founde grace in thine eyes: therefore he thinketh, Iona thán shal not knowe it, lest he be sory: but in dede, as the Lord liueth and as thy soule liueth,
〈◊〉
is but aI am in great daughter of death steppe betwene me and death.
4 Then said Ionathán vnto Dauid, Whatsoe uer thy souleEbr. sayeth. requireth, that I wil do vnto thee.
5 And Dauid said vnto Ionathán, Beholde tomorowe is theAt what time there shulde be a solenne sacrifice. Nomb. 28. 11. to the which they addest peace offrings and feasts. first day of the moneth, and I shulde sit with the King at meat: but let me go, that I may hide my selfe in the fields vnto the third (day) at euen,
6 If thy father make men ciō of me, thē say Dauid asked leaue of me, that he mighte
go to Beth-léhē to his owne citie: for there is aRead, Chap. 1.
〈◊〉
yerely sacrifice for all that familie.
7 And if he say thus, It is wel, thy seruāt shal haue peace but if he be āgry, be sure that wickednes is concluded of him.
8 So shalt thou she we mercy vnto thy seruant, * for thou hast ioyned thy seruantChap. 18. 3. & 23. 18. into a couenant of the Lord with thee, & if there be in me iniquitie, slaye thou me: for why shul dest thou bring me to thy father?
9 ¶ And Ionathan answered, Godkepe that from thee: for if I knewe that wickednes wereThat he were fully determined
〈◊〉
father do fauour me. cōcluded of my father to come vpō thee, wolde not I tel it thee?
10 Then said Dauid to Ionathán, Who f shal tel me? how (shal I knowe) if thy father answere thee cruelly?
11 And Ionathán said to Dauid, Come and let vs go out into the field: and they twaine went out into the field,
12 Then Ionathàn said to Dauid, O Lord God of Israél, when I haue groped my fathers minde tomorowe at this time (or) within this thre dayes, and if it bewel with Dauid and I then send not vnto thee, and she we it thee.
13 The LordThe Lord
〈◊〉
he me moste grieuously, do so and muche more vnto Ionathán: but if my father haue minde to do thee euil, I wil she we thee also, and send thee away, that thou maiest go in peace: & the Lord be with thee as he hathe bene with my father.
14 Like wise (I require) not whiles I
〈◊〉
: (for I dout not) but thou wilt shewe me the mer cy of the LordI knowe that if thou werest now preferred to the
〈◊〉
, thou woldest not destroy me, but shewe thy
〈◊〉
friendly to my posteritie. (that I dye not)
15 But (I require) that thou cut not of thy mer cie from mine house for euer? no not whē the Lord hat he destroyed the enemies of Dauid euerie one from the earth.
16 So Ionathán made a bōde with the house of Dauid (saying) Let the Lord require it at the hands of Dauids enemies.
17 And againe Ionathán sware vnto Dauid, because he loued him [for he loued him as his owne soule]
18 Then said Ionathán to him, Tomorowe is the first day of the mon eth: and thou shaltOr,
〈◊〉
, be looked for, for thy place shalbe empty.
19 Therefore thou shalt hide thy selfe thre dayes (then) thou shalt go downe quicke ly and come to the placewhere thou didest hide thy selfe when this matter was in hād and shalt remaine by the stone
〈◊〉
. of the way because it serued as a signe to shewe the way to them that pas sed by. Ezél.
20 And I wil shoote thre arrowes on the side thereof, as thogh I shot at a marke.
21 And after I wil send a boy (saying) Go, seke the arrows. If I say vnto the boy, Se the arrowes are on this side thee, bring them, and come thou: for it is
〈◊〉
. peace. wel with thee & no hurt (as) the Lord liueth.
22 But if I say thus vnto the boy, Beholde, the arrowes are beyonde thee: go thy way: for theThe
〈◊〉
is the
〈◊〉
of thy
〈◊〉
Lord hathe sent the away.
23 As touching the thing which thou and I haue spoken of, beholde, the Lord (be) betwene thee and me for euer.
24 ¶ So Dauid hid him selfe in the field: and when the first day of the moneth came, the King sate to eat meat.
25 And the King sate, as at other times vpon his seat, euen vpon his seat by the wall and Ionathán arose, & Abn ér sate by Sauls side but Dauids place was empry.
26 And Saúl said nothing that day: for he thoght, Some thin g hathe be fallen him thoght he wereYet he mighs haue somebusine to let him. cleane (or els) because he was not purified.
27 But on the morowe which was the secōd day of the moneth, Dauids place was emp tie againe: and Saūl said vnto Ionathán his sonne, Wherefore cōmeth not the son ne ofThus he
〈◊〉
contempteously of Dauid. I shái to meat, nether yester day nor to day?
28 And Ionathán answered vnto Saūl, Dauid required of me (that he might go) to Bethlēhem.
29 For he said, Let me go, I pray thee: for our familie (offreth)That is a peace offring. a sacrifice in the citie, & my brother hathe sent for me? therefore now if I haue found fauour in thine eyes, let me go, I pray thee: and se myMeaning all his
〈◊〉
. brethrē, this is the cause that he cōmeth not vnto the Kings table.
30 Then was Saúl angry with Ionathan, and said vnto him, ThouThou are euer contrary vnto me as the mother is. sonne of the wicked rebellious woman, do not I knowe, that thou hast chosen the sonne of I shái to thy confusion and to the confusion (&) shame of thy mother?
31 For as long as the sonne of Ishái liueth vpon the earth, thou shalt not be stablished, nor thy kingdome: wherefore now send and fet him vnto me, for heEbr. sonne of death. shal surely dye.
32 And Ionathán answered vnto Saúl his father, and said vnto him, Wherefore shal heFor it were
〈◊〉
great tyrannie to put one to death and not to sheue the cause why. dye? what hathe he done?
33 And Saúl cast a speare at him to
〈◊〉
him, whereby Ionathán knewe, that it was de termined of his father to slaye Dauid.
34 So Ionathán arose frō the table in a great angre, and did eat no meat the second day of the moneth: for he was sory for Dauid, (and) because his father had reueiled him.
35 On the next morning therefore Ionathán wēt out in to the field,For this was the third day as it was a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. at the time appoin ted with Dauid, and a litle boy with him.
36 And he said vnto his boy, Runne now, seke the arrowes which I shoote, and as te boy ran, he shot an arrowe beyonde him.
37 And when the boy was come to the place where the arrowe was that Ionathán had shot: Ionathán cryed after the boy, & said, Is not the arrowe beyond thee?
38 And Ionathán cryed after the boy,By these wordes he had monished Dauid what
〈◊〉
ought
〈◊〉
do. Make spede, haste (and) stand not stil: and
〈◊〉
Boy gathered vp the arrowes, and came to his master.
39 But the boy knewe nothing: onely Ionathán and dauid knewe the mater.
40 Then Ionathán gaue hisEbr.
〈◊〉
bowe and arrowes vnto the boy that was with him, & said vnto him, Go, carie thē into the citie.
41 ¶ Assone as the boy was gone Dauid arose out of a place that was towarde theIt semeth that he had shot
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of the stone, lest the
〈◊〉
shulde
〈◊〉
espied Dauid,
〈◊〉
VVhich othe he callethin the
〈◊〉
verse the
〈◊〉
of the Lord. South, and fel on his face to the ground, & bowed him selfe thre times: and they kyssed one an other, and wept bothe twaine til Dauid exceded.
42 Therefore Ionathán said to Dauid,
〈◊〉
in peace: that which we hauet sworne bothe of vs in the Name of the Lord saying, The Lord be betwene me and thee, & betwene my seede and betwene thy seede (let it stand) for euer.
43 And he arose & departed, and Ionathán went into the citie.
CHAP. XXI.
1 Dauid
〈◊〉
to Nob to
〈◊〉
the Priest. 6 He getteth of him the shewbread to satisfie his hungre. 7. Doég Sauls seruāt was present. 10 Dauid
〈◊〉
to King Achish. 13 And there
〈◊〉
him selfmad.
1 THen came Dauid toVVhere the Arke then was to aske counsel of the Lord. Nob, to Ahimeléch the Priest, and Ahimeleh was astonyed at the meting of Dauid, and said vnto him, Why art thou alone, and no mā with thee?
2 And Dauid said to Ahimeléch the Priest. TheThese infilmities that we se in the saints of God teache vs that
〈◊〉
hathe his iustice in him sel fe, but receiued it of Godsmercie. King hathe commanded me a cer tei ne thing, and hathe said vnto me, Let no man knowe where about I send thee, and what I haue commanded thee, and I haue appointed my seruāts to suche (and) suche places.
3 Now therefore if thou hast oght vnder thine hand, giue me fiue (cakes of) bread, or what commeth to hand.
4 And the Priest answered Dauid: and said, There is no commune bread vnder mine hand, but here is * halo wed bread, if theExod.
〈◊〉
. 30. yong mē haue kept them selues, at leastLeu. 24. 5. fromIf they
〈◊〉
not companied with their wiues. women.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
5 Dauid then answered the Priest, and said vnto him, Certeinly women haue bene separate from vs these two orthre dayes sin ce I came out, and theThat is their bo dies. vessels of the yong men were holy thogh the way were prophane, & howmuche more thenshal (euery one)Shalbe more ca reful to kepe his vesselholy when he shal haue eatē of thisholy foode be sanctified this day in the vessel?
6 So the Priest gaue him halowed (bread) for there was no bread there, saue the shewbread that was taken frō before the Lord to put hote bread there, the day that it was taken away.
7 [And there was the same day one of the ser uants of SaúlTarying to worship before the Arke. abiding before the Lord na med Doég the Edomite, theOr,
〈◊〉
of them that kept Sauls
〈◊〉
. chiefest of Sauls herdemen]
8 And Dauid said vnto Ahimélech, Is there not here vnder thine hand a speare or a sworde: for I haue nether broght my swor de normine harnes with me, because the Kings busines required haste.
9 And the Priest said, The sworde of Goliath the Philistim, whome thou slewest in the * valley of Eláh, beholde, it is wrapt in aChap. 17. 2. clothe behinde theBehinde
〈◊〉
place Where the hie Priests garmentlay. Ephōd: if thou wilt take that to thee, take it: for there is none other saue that here, and Dauid said, There is none to that, giue it me.
10 And Dauid arose and fled the same day from theThat isout of Sauls dominion. presence of Saúl, and went to A chish the King of Gath,
11 And the seruants of Achish said vnto himChap. 17. 9. Is not this Dauid the * King of the land? did they not sing vnto him in dances, saying,Chap. 18. 7 & 29.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 47. 7. * Saūl hathe slaine his thousand, & Da uid his ten thousand?
12 And DauidEbr. put these wordes in his heart. considered these wordes, and was sore afraid of Achish the King of Gath.
13 And he changed his behauiour before thē and fained him selfe mad in their hands, andBy making
〈◊〉
kes and
〈◊〉
. scrabled on the dores of the gate, & let his spetle fall downe vpon his bearde.
14 Then said Achish vnto his seruants, Lo, ye se the man is beside him selfe, wherefore haue ye broght him to me?
15 Haue I nede of mad men, that ye haue broght this fellowe to play the mad māin my presēce?Is hemete to be in a kings
〈◊〉
se. shal he come into mine house
CHAP. XXII.
1 Dauid hideth him selfe in a caue. 2 Many that were in trouble came vnto him. 9 Doég accuseth Ahimeléch. 18 Saúl causeth the Priests to be
〈◊〉
20 Abiathár eschapeth.
1 DAuid therefore departed thence, and saued him selfe in the caueVVhich was in the
〈◊〉
Iudah and nere to Bethléhem. of Adullám and when his brethren and all his fathers house heard it, they went downe thi ther to him.
2 And there gathered vnto him all men that were in trouble and all men that were indet, and all those that were vexed in minde and he was theirOr
〈◊〉
. prince, and there were with him about foure hundreth men.
3 ¶ And Dauid went thence to Mizpéh inFor there was another so called in Iudah. Moáb, and said vnto the King of Moáb, I pray thee, let my father, and my mother come (& abide) with you: til I knowe what God wil do for me.
4 And heFor he feared the rage of Saul against his house. broght them before the King of Moáb, and they dwelt with him all the while that Dauid kept him selfe inThat is in
〈◊〉
, which was a strong holde. the holde.
5 And the Prophet Gad said vnto Dauid, Abide not in the holde (but) departe & go into the land of Iudáh. Thē Dauid departed and came into the forest of Háreth.
6 And Saúl heard that Dauid wasThat a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
went on him. discouered, and the men that were with him, and Saúl remained in Gibeáh vnder a tre in Ramáh, hauing his speare in his hand, and all his men stode about him.
7 And Saul said vnto his seruants that stode about him, Heare now ye sonnesYe that are of my
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
. of Iemini, wil the sonne of Isháigiue euerie one of your fields and vineyards? wil he make you all captaines ouer thousands, and captaines
ouer hundreths?
8 That all ye haue conspired against me, and there is nonne that telleth me that my sonne hathe made a couenant with the sonne of Ishái? and there is none of you that is sory for me, or sheweth me, that myHerby he wold persuade the that this conspiracio was moste
〈◊〉
, where the sonne conspired against the father and the seruāt against hismaster. sonne hath stirred vp my seruant to lye in wait against me, as (appeareth) this day.
9 ¶ Then answered Doég the Edomite [who was appointed ouer the seruants of Saúl] & said, I sawe the sonne of Ishái when he came to Nob, to Ahimélech the sonne of Ahitúb.
10 Who asked counsel of the Lord for him & gaue him vitails, and he gaue him also the sworde of Goliáth the Philistim.
11 Then the King sent to call Ahimélech the Priest the sonne of Ahitúb, & all his fathers house, (to wit)Whiche were the
〈◊〉
of the house of Eli, whose house God
〈◊〉
to punishe. the Priests that were in Nob and they came all to the King.
12 And Saúl said, Heare now thou sonne of Ahitūb. And he answered, Here I am, my Lord.
13 Then Saūl said vnto him, Why haue ye conspired against me, thou & the sonne of Ishái, in that thou hast giuē him vitaile, & a sworde and hast asked counsel of God for him, that he shulde rise against me, and lye in waite as appeareth this day?
14 ¶ And Ahimélech answered the King, and said, Who is so faithful among al thy seruāts as Dauid, (being) also the Kings sonne in lawe, and goeth at thy commandement, and is honorable in thine house?
15 Haue I not at other times also whē he had great
〈◊〉
, cōsulted with the Lorde for
〈◊〉
Haue I this day first begon to aske counsel of God for him? be it far from me, let not the King impute any thing vnto his seruant, nor to all the house of my father: for thy seruant knewe nothing of all this, lesse nor more.
16 Then the Kyng said, Thou shalt surely dye, Ahimélech, thou, and all thy fathers house.
17 And the King said vnto theOr,
〈◊〉
. sergents that stode about him, Turne, and slaye the Priests of the Lord, because their hand also is with Dauid, and because they knewe when he fled, and shewed it not to me. But the seruāts of the KingFor they knew that they ought not to obey the wicked cōmandement of the king in slaying the innocents. wolde not moue their hands to fall vpon the Priests of the Lord.
18 Then the King said to Doég, Turne thou & fal vpon the Priests. And
〈◊〉
the Edomite turned, and ran vpon the Priests, & slew that same day foure score and fiue persones that did weare a linen Ephod.
19 Also Nob the citie of the Priests smote he with the edge of the sworde, bothe man, & woman, bothe childe and suck lin, bothe oxe and asse, and shepe with the edge of the sworde.
20 But one of the sonnes of Ahimélech the sonne of Ahitúb [whose name (was) Abiathār]This was Gods
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
according to his
〈◊〉
preserued some of the house of Eli. escaped and fled after Dauid.
21 And Abiathār shewed Dauid, that Saūl had slaine the Lords Priests.
22 And Dauid said vnto Abiathār, I knewe itChap. 2. 33. the same day, whē Doêg the Edomite (was) there, that he wolde tel Saūl, I am the cause (of the death) of all the persones of thy fathers house.
23 Abide thou with me, (and) feare not: for
〈◊〉
"Or, he that taketh thy life shal take mine also. that seketh my life, shal seke thy life also: for with me thou shalt be in sauegarde.
CHAP. XXIII.
5 Dauid chaseth the Philistims from Keiláh. 13 Dauid departeth from Keiláh, and remaineth in the wildernes of Ziph. 16 Ionathán
〈◊〉
Dauid. 28 Sauls enterpri se is broken in pursuing Dauid.
1 THen they tolde Dauid, saying, Beholde, the Philistims fight againstWhiche was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
. Keiláh, and spoyle the barnes.
2 Therefore Dauid asked counsel of the LordIosh. 15. 44. saying, Shall I go and smite these Philistims? And the Lord answered Dauid, Go & smite the Philistims, and saue Keiláh.
3 And Dauids men said vnto him, Se, we be afraied here inThat is, in the middes of
〈◊〉
much more whē we come to the borders against our
〈◊〉
. Iudáh, how muche more if we come to Keiláh against the hoste of the Philistims?
4 Then Dauid asked counsell of the Lorde againe. And the Lord answered him, & said, Arise, go downe to Keiláh: for I will deliuer the Philistims into thine hand.
5 ¶ So Dauid and his men went to Keiláh, & soght with thè Philistims, and broght away theyr cattel, and smote them with a greate slaughter: thus Dauid saued the inhabitants of Keilah.
6 [And when Abiathár the sonne of AhimélechChap. 22. 20. * fled to Dauid to Keiláh, he broght anBy Gods
〈◊〉
dence the Ephod was preserued & kept with Dauid the true king. EphódEbr. in his hand with him.]
7 ¶ And it was tolde Saûl that Dauid was come to Keiláh, and Saúl said, God hathe deliue red him into mine hand: for he is shut in, seing he is come into a citie that hathe gates and barres.
8 Then Saúl called all the people together to warre, for to go downe to Keiláh, & to besiege Dauid and his men.
9 ¶ And Dauid hauyng knowledge that Saúl imagined mischief against him, said to Abiathár the Priest,To cōsult with the lord by
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
. Bring the Ephód.
10 Then said Dauid, O Lorde God of Israél, thy seruant hathe heard, that Saul is about to come to Keiláh to destroy the citie for my sake.
11 Will the Lords of Keiláh deliuer me vp into his hand? and wil Saul come downe, asthy seruant hathe heard? O Lord God of Israèl, I beseche thee, tel thy seruant. And the Lorde said, He wil come downe.
12 Then said Dauid, Wil theOr,
〈◊〉
lords of Keiláh deliuer me vp and the men that are with me into the hand of Saūl? And the Lorde said, They wil deliuer thee vp.
13 ¶ Then Dauid and his men, whiche were about six hundreth, arose, ād departed out of Keiláh, and went whither they colde. And"Or, to & fro,
〈◊〉
hauing no certe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to go to it was tolde Saūl, that Dauid was fled frome Keilāh, and he left of his iourney.
14 And Dauid abode in the wildernes inOr, strōg places holdes, and remained in a mountaine in the wildernes of Ziph. And Saúl soght him euerie day, but GodNo power
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
can
〈◊〉
against Gods
〈◊〉
, but whenhe
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
deliuered him not into his hand.
15 And Dauid sawe that Saul was come out for to seke his life: and Dauid (was) in the wildernes of Ziph in the wood.
16 ¶And Ionathán Sauls sonne arose, & went to Dauid in the wood, and comfottedEbr.
〈◊〉
hande. him in God.
17 And said vnto him, Feare not: for the hand of Saūl my father shall not finde thee, and thou shalt be
〈◊〉
assureth Dauid that God will accomplish hīs promes & that
〈◊〉
father striueth against
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
conscience. Kyng ouer Israél, and
〈◊〉
shalbe next vnto thee: and also Saūl my father knoweth it.
18 So they twaine made a couenāt before the Lord: and Dauid Did remaine in the wood: but Ionathán went to his house.
19 ¶Then came vp the Ziphims to Saúl to Gibeáh, sauyng, Doeth not
〈◊〉
hide him selfe by vs in holdes, in the wood in the hill of Hachiláh, whiche is on the right sideOr, of the Wildernes. of Ieshimon?
20 Now therefore ô King, come downe accor ding to all that thine heart can desire, and our parte (shalbe) to deliuer hym into the Kings hands.
21 Then Saúl said,The Lorde recompence this friendship.
〈◊〉
ye blessed of the Lorde: forye haue had compassion on me.
22 Go, I pray you, and prepare yet better:
〈◊〉
and se his place where heEbr. where his fote hathe bene.
〈◊〉
, (and) who hathe sene him there: for it is said to me, He is subtile, and crafty.
23 Setherefore, & knowe all the secret places where he hideth himselfe, and come ye againe to me with the certentie, and I will go with you: and if he be in theIn your
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
, whi che is in
〈◊〉
. land, I will
〈◊〉
him out throughout al the
〈◊〉
of Iudáh.
24 Then they arose and went to Ziph before Saúl, but Dauid and his men (were) in the wildernes of Maôn, ī the plaine on the right hand of Ieshimôn.
25 Saúl also and his ment went to
〈◊〉
him, & they tolde Dauid: wherfore he came downe vnto a rocke, & abode in the wildernes ofWhich was also in the tribe of Indáh. Iosh. 15. 5. Maón. And whesaúl heard that, he followed after Dauid in the wildernes of Maón.
26 And Saúl & his ment went on the one side of the mountaine, and Dauid & his men on the other side of the mountaine: and Dauid made haste to get from the presence of Saul for Saūl and his men compassed Dauid and his men round about, to take them.
27 But there came aThus the Lord cā
〈◊〉
backe the bridel
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
, & deliuer his out of
〈◊〉
lions mouthe. messenger to Saūl, saying, Haste thee, and come: for the Philistims haue inuaded the land.
28 Wherefore Saúl returned from pursuing, Dauid, and went against the Philistims, Therefore they called that place,That isthe stone of
〈◊〉
, because there they deuided them
〈◊〉
one frome another. Sela-ham wáh lekoth.
CHAP. XXIIII.
1 Dauid hid in a caue a
〈◊〉
Saúl.
〈◊〉
He sheweth to Saúl his
〈◊〉
. 18 Saúl acknowledgeth his
〈◊〉
, 22 He cau seth Dauid to sweare vnto him to be fauorable to his.
1 ANd Dauid went thence, and dwelt inThat is,
〈◊〉
places,
〈◊〉
were defensed by nature. holdes at En-gédi.
2 When Saūl was returned from the Philistims they tolde him, saying, Beholde, Dauid (is) in the wildernes ofA citie of
〈◊〉
. Iosh. 15. 62. Engédi.
3 Then Saul toke thre thousand chosen men out of all Israél, and went to seke Dauid and his men vpon the rockes (among) the wilde goates.
4 And he came to the shepecoates by the way where there was a caue & Saúl went inEbr. to couer
〈◊〉
fete. to do his easement: and Dauid & his men sate in theEbr. in the sides inward partes of the caue.
5 And the men of Dauid said vnto him, Se, the day isHere wese how ready we
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
promes, if the
〈◊〉
, serue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
litle. come, whereof the Lord said vn to
〈◊〉
, Beholde, I will deliuer thine enemie into thine hand, and thou shalt do to him as it shall seme good to thee. Then Dauid
〈◊〉
and cut of the lappe of Sauls garment priuely.
6 And afterward DauidFor seing is was his owne
〈◊〉
uate cause
〈◊〉
that he had touched his enemie. was touched in his heart, because he had cut of the lappe which was on Sauls (garment.)
7 And he said vnto his mē, The Lord kepe me from doing that thing vnto my master the Lords Anointed, to lay mine hand vpon him: for he is the Anointed of the Lord.
8 So Dauid ouer came his seruants with these wordes, and suffred them not to arise against Saul: so Saúl rose vp out of the caue & went away.
9 ¶Dauid also arose afterward, and went out of the caue, and cryed after Saúl, saying, O my Lord the King. And when Saúl loked be hinde him, Dauid
〈◊〉
his face to the earth, and
〈◊〉
him selfe.
10 And Dauid said to Saúl,
〈◊〉
to the salse report of thē that said, Dauid was Sauls enemie he
〈◊〉
him selfe to be his friend. Wherefore giuest thou an eare to mens wordes, that say, Beholde,
〈◊〉
seketh euil against thee?
11 Beholde, this day thine eyes haue sene, that the Lord had deliuered thee, this day into mine hand in the caue, ad some bade me kil thee, but I had compassion on thee, & said, I wil not lay mine hand on my master: for he is the Lords Anointed.
12 Moreouer my father, beholde: beholde, I say, the lappe of thy garment in mine hand: for when I cut of the lappe of thy garment, I killed thee not. Vnderstand & se, that there is nether euill nor wickednes in me, nether haue I sinned against thee, yet thou huntest after my soule to take it.
13 The Lord be iudge betwene thee and me, and the Lord auenge me of thee, and let not mine hand be vpon thee.
14 Accordyng as theOr, the prouerbe
〈◊〉
an ancien man. olde prouerbe saith, Wickednes procedeth frō the wicked, but mine hand be not vpon thee.
15 After whome is the King of Israél come out after whome doest thou pursue? after a dead dog, (and) after a flye?
16 The Lorde therefore be iudge, and iudge betwene thee and me, and se, and pleade my cause, &Ebr. iudge. deliuer me out of thine hand.
17 When Dauid had made an end of speaking these wordes to Saul, Saul sayd,Thogh he was a most cruel enemie to Dauid, yet by his great gen
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ce
〈◊〉
hym to
〈◊〉
. Is thys thy voyce, my sonne Dauid? and Saullift vp hys voyce, and wept.
18 And sayd to Dauid, Thou art more ryghteous then I: for thou hast rendred me good, and I haue rendred thee euil.
19 And thou hast shewed this daye, that thou hast dealt wel with me: forasmuche as when the Lord had closed me in thine hands, thou killedstme not.
20 For who shall finde hys
〈◊〉
, and let hym departeEbr. a good waye. fre? wherefore the Lordrendre thee good for that thou haste done vnto me this day.
21 For now behold, IThogh this tyrant saw and cō fessed the fauour of God towar de Dauid, yet he cea seth not to perse
〈◊〉
him against his
〈◊〉
conscience. knowe that thou shalt be Kynge, and that the kyngdome of Israél shalbe stablished in thine hand.
22 Sweare now therfore vnto me by the Lord, that thou wilt not destroy my seede after me, and that thou wilt not abolish my name out of my fathers house.
23 So Dauid sw are vnto Saul, and Saul went home: but Dauid and his men went vp vnto the holde.
CHAP. XXV.
1 Samuél dyeth. 3 Nabal and Abigail. 38 The Lord killeth Nabal 43 Abigail and
〈◊〉
Dauids wiues. 44 Michal is giuen to Phalti.
1 THen * Samuél dyed, and all Israél assembled,Chap. 28. 3.
Eccles.
〈◊〉
. 23. and mourned for hym, and buryed hym in hysThat is, among his owne kinred owne house at Ramáh: And Dauid arose and went downe to the wildernes of Parán.
2 Nowe inMaon ād Carmel were
〈◊〉
in the tribe of lu dah,
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
was in Galile. Maōn (was) a man, who had hys possession in Carmél, and the man was excedyng myghty and had thre thousand shepe, and a thousand goates: and he was sheryng his shepe in Carmél.
3 The name also of the man (was) Nabál, and the name of hys wife Abigáil, and she was a woman of singular wisdome, and beautifull, but the man (was) churlish, and euil conditio ned, and was of the familie of Caléb.
4 And Dauid heard in the wildernes, that Nabál did shere his shepe.
5 Therefore Dauid sent ten yong men, and Dauid said vnto the yong men, Go vp to Car mél, and go to Nabál, and aske him in my na me
〈◊〉
. of
〈◊〉
. how he doeth.
6 And thus shal ye saySome read, so maiest thou liue in prosperitie the nexte yere,
〈◊〉
thou. &c.
Ebr,
〈◊〉
. for salutation, Bothe thou, and thine house, and all that thou hast, be in peace, welth, and prosperitie.
7 Behold, I haue heard, that thou hast sherers: nowe thy shepherds were with vs, and we did them no hurt, nether did they misse anie thing all the while they were in Carmél.
8 Aske thy seruants and they will shewe thee. Wherefore let these yong
〈◊〉
finde fauour in thyne eyes: [for we come in a good season] gyue, I praye thee, whatsoeuerVVhatsoeuer thou haste ready for vs. commeth to thine hande vnto thy seruants, and to thy sonne Dauid.
9 ¶And when Dauids yonge men came, they tolde Nabál al those wordes in the name of Dauid, and helde their peace.
10 Then Nabál aunswered Dauids seruaunts, and sayde, Who is Dauid? and who is theThus the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, in stede of releuing the necessitie of Gods children, vse to reuile their personnes and condemne their cause. sonne of Ishai? there is manie seruants nowe a dayes, that breake away euerye man from hys master.
11 Shall I then take my bread, and my water, and my fleshe that I haue kylled for my sherers, and giue it vnto men, whome I knowe not whence they be?
12 ¶So Dauids seruauntes turned their waye, and went againe, and came, and tolde him all those things.
13 And Dauid said vnto hys men, Girde euery man hyssworde (aboute him.) And they girded euerye man hys sworde: Dauid also girded hys sworde. And about foure hundreth men went vp after Dauid, and two hundreth abode by theEbr.
〈◊〉
cariage.
14 Nowe one of the seruauntes tolde Abigail Nabals wife, saying, Behold, Dauid sent messengers oute of the wildernes to salute our master, and heEbr. droue the awaye. rayled on them.
15 Notwithstanding the men were very goodVVhē we kepte our shepe in the wyldernes of Paran. vnto vs, and we had no displeasure nether missed we any thing as long as we were conuersant with thē, when we were in the fields.
16 They were as a wall vnto vs bothe by night and by daye, all the while we were with thē keping shepe.
17 Now therfore take hede, and se what thou shalt do: for euillEbr. is accomplished. wil surely come vpon our master, and vpon all hys familie: for he is so wicked that a man can not speake to him.
18 ¶Then Abigail made haste, and toke two hundrethEbr. bread. cakes, and two bottles of wine, and fiue shepe ready dressed, and fiue measures of parched corne, and an hundrethOr,
〈◊〉
. frailes of raisins, and two hundreth of figges, and laded them on asses.
19 Then she said vnto her seruants, Go ye before'me: beholde, I will come after you: yet she toldeBecause she knewe his crooked nature, that he wolde rather haue perished, then consented to her
〈◊〉
not her housband Nabál.
20 And as she rode on her asse, she came downe by a secret place of the mountaine, and beholde, Dauid and hys men came downe against her, and she met them.
21 And Dauid sayd, In dede I haue kept all in vaine that this fellowe: had in the wildernes, so that nothyng was missed of all that perteined vnto hym: for he hathe required me euil for good.
22 So and more also do God vnto the enemies of Dauid: (for) surely I wyll not leaue of all that he hathe, by the dawnyng of the daye, (anie) thatMeanyng by thys prouerbe, that he wolde de stroy both
〈◊〉
and great. pisseth against the wall.
23 And when Abigail sawe Dauid, she hasted and lyghted of her asse, and fell before Dauid on her face, and bowed her selfe to the grounde.
24 And fel at his fete, and said, Oh, my Lorde, I (haue committed) the iniquitie, and I praye thee, let thine handmaid speakeEbr. in
〈◊〉
caues. to thee, ād heare thou the wordes of thine handmayd.
25 Let not my Lord, I pray thee, regarde this
wicked man Nabal: for as hys name is, so is he:Or, foole. Nabal (is) hys name, and foly (is) wyth him: but I thine hādmayd sawe not the yong men of my Lord whome thou sentest.
26 Nowe therefore my Lorde, as the Lorde liueth, and as thy soule lyueth [the Lorde, (I say,) that hathe with holden thee from comming to (shed) blood, and thatThat is, that thou shuldest not be reuenged of thine enemie. thyne han de shuld (not) saue thee] so now thine enemies shalbe as Nabál, and they that intende to do my Lord euil.
27 And nowe, thysOr, present. blessynge whiche thyne handmayd hathe broght vnto my Lorde, let it be giuen vnto the yonge men, that
〈◊〉
. Walke as the
〈◊〉
. followe my Lord.
28 I praye thee, forgiue the trespasse of thyne handmayd: for the Lorde wil make my Lord aConfirme hys kingdome to his
〈◊〉
. sure house, because my Lord fighteth the battels of the Lord and none euil hath bene founde in theeEbr. from thy dayes. in all thy life.
29 YetTo Wit, Saul. a man hathe risen vp to persecute thee, and to seke thy soule, but the soule my Lord shalbe bounde in theGod shal preserue thee longe in his seruice ād destroye thyne enemies. bundel of lyfe with the LORDE thy GOD: and the soule of thine enemies shall (God) caste out, as out of the midle of a sling.
30 And when the LORD shall haue done to my Lorde all the good that he hathe promised thee, and shall haue made thee ruler ouer Israél.
31 Then shall it be no grief vnto thee, nor offence of mynde vnto my LORDE, that he hathe not shed blood causeles, nor that my Lorde hatheThat he hathe not auēged him selfe, Whyche things Wold haue
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
. (not) preserued him selfe: and when the Lord shall haue dealt wel with my Lord, remember thine handmayd.
32 Then Dauid sayd to Abigail, Blessed be the Lorde God of Israél, whiche sent thee thys day to mete me.
33 And blessed be thy counsel, and blessed be thou, whiche haste kept me this daye from commyng to (shed) blood,Read vers. 26. and that myne hand hathe (not) saued me.
34 For in dede, as the Lorde God of Israél liueth,He attributeth it to the Lordes mercie, and not to him selfe that he Was stayed. who hathe kept me backe from hurtyng thee, excepte thou haddest hasted and met me, surely there had not bene left vnto Nabal by the dawning of the day, (any) that pisseth against the wall.
35 Then Dauid receyued of her hande that whiche she had broght him, and said to her, Go vp in peace to thine house: beholde, I haue hearde thy voyce, and haue
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
thy face. granted thy peticion.
36 ¶So Abigail came to Nabal, and beholde, he made a feast in his house lyke the feast of a Kyng, and Nabals hearte was mery within hym, for he was very dronken: wherefore she tolde hymFor he had no
〈◊〉
to cōsider or giue thankes for this great be nefite of deliuerance. nothynge, nether lesse nor more, vntill the morning arose.
37 Then in the mornyng when the wine was gone out of Nabal, his wife tolde hym those wordes, and his heart dyed within him, and he was likeFor feare of the great danger. a stone.
38 And about ten dayes after, the Lord smote Nabal, that he dyed.
39 ¶Nowe when Dauid hearde, that Nabal was dead, he sayd, Blessed be the Lorde that hatheOr, reuenged. iudged the cause of my rebuke of the hand of Nabal, and hathe kepte his seruant from euill: for the Lorde hathe recompensed the wyckednes of Nabal vppon hys owne head. Also Dauid sent to commune with Abigail toFor he had experience of her greate godlynes, Wisedome and humilitie. take her to his wife.
40 And when the sernauntes of Dauid were come to Abigail to Carmél, theyFor he had experience of her greate godlynes, Wisedome and humilitie. pake vnto her, saying, Dauid sent vs to thee, to take thee to his wife.
41 And she arose, and bowed her selfe on her face to the earth, and sayd, Beholde, let thy handmayd be a seruant to washe the fete of the seruants of my Lord.
42 And Abigail hasted, and arose, ād rode vppon an asse, and her fiue maydesEbr, Went at her fete. followed her, and she went after the messengers of Da uid, and was his wife.
43 Dauid also toke Ahinóam of *Izreél, andIosh. 15. 55. they were bothe his wiues.
44 Now Saul had giuē * Michál his daughter2. Sam. 3.
〈◊〉
. Dauids wife to Phalti the sonne of Laish, whiche was ofVVhiche
〈◊〉
place borderyng on the countrey of the Moabites, Gallim.
CHAP. XXVI.
1 Dauid was discouered vnto Saul by the ziphims. 12 Dauid taketh awaye Sauls speare, and a pot of water that stode at his head. 21 Saul confesseth his sinne.
1 AGayne the Ziphims came vnto Saul to Gibeáh, saying, * Doeth not Dauid hideChap. 23.
〈◊〉
. hym selfeOr, in
〈◊〉
. in the hill of Hachiláh beforeOr, the Wildernes. Ieshimón?
2 Then Saul arose, and went downe to the wildernes of Ziph, hauing thre thousandThat is, of the most skilfull and valiant soldiers. chosen men of Israèl with hym, for to seke Dauid in the wildernes of Ziph.
3 And Saul pitched in the hyll of
〈◊〉
, whyche is before Ieshimon by the waye side. Nowe Dauid abode in the wildernes, and he sawe that Saul came after hym into the wildernes.
4 [For Dauid had sent out spies, and vnderstode, that Saul was comeOr, to a
〈◊〉
teine place. in very dede.]
5 Then Dauid arose, and came to the place where Saul had pitched, and (when) Dauid behelde the place where Saul lay, and *AbnérChap. 14. 50. and 17.
〈◊〉
. the sonne of Ner whyche was his chief captaine, [for Saullay in the forte, and the people pitched round about him.]
6 Then spake Dauid, and sayd to Ahimélech theVVho Was a stranger and not an
〈◊〉
Hittite, and to Abishái the sonne of Zeruiáh, brother toWho afterward Was Dauides chief captaine. Ioáb, saying, Who will go downe with me to Saul to the hoste? Then Abishái sayd, I will go downe with thee.
7 So Dauid and Abishái came downe to the people by nyght: and beholde, Saullaye sleping within the forte, & his speare did sticke in the grounde at hisOr, bilsler. head: and Abnér and the people lay rounde about him.
8 ¶ Then sayd Abishái to Dauid, God hathe closed thyne enemie into thine hande thys day: now therefore, I pray thee, let me smite him once with a speare to the earth, and I wil
not smite himMeaning, he Wolde make him sure at one stroke againe.
9 And Dauid said to
〈◊〉
, Destroye him not: for who can lay his handTo Wit, in his owne priuate cause: for
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
kings at Gods appoint ment. on the Lords anointed, and be giltles?
10 Moreouer Dauid said, As the Lord liueth, ether the Lord shal smite him, or his day shall come to dye, or
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
descende into battel, and perish.
11 The Lord kepe me from laying mine hand2. king 9. 24. vpon the Lords anointed: but, I pray thee, ta ke now the speare that is at his head, & the pot of water, and let vs go hence.
12 So Dauid toke the speare and the pot of water from Sauls head, and thei gate them away, & no man sawe it, not marked it, uether did any awake, but thei were all a slepe: forEbr. the heaue slepe of the lord Was fallen vpon them. the Lord had sent a dead slepe vpon them.
13 Then Dauid went into the other side, and stode on the toppe of an hil a far of, a great space being betwene them.
14 And Dauid cryed to the people, and to Abnér the sonne of Ner, saying,Ebr. answerest. Hearest thou not Abnér? Then Abnér answered, and said, Who art thou that cryest to the King?
15 ¶And Dauid said to Abnér, Artnot thou aEstemed moste valiāc, and mete to saue the king. man? & who is like thee in Israél? wherefore then hast thou not kept thy lord the King? for there came one of the folke in to destroye the King thy lord.
16 This is not wel done of thee: as the Lord liueth, ye areEbr. sonnes of death. worthy to dye, because ye haue not kept your master the Lords
〈◊〉
& now se where the Kings speare is, ād the pot of water that was at his head.
17 And Saúl knewe Dauids voyce, and said, Isg Hereby it appeareth, that the hypocrite
〈◊〉
Dauid against his owne
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
to his
〈◊〉
. this thy voyce, mysonne Dauid? And Dauid said, It is my voyce, my lord Ô King.
18 And he said, Wherefore doeth my lord thus persecute his seruant? for what
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
done? or what euil is in mine hand:
19 Now therefore, I
〈◊〉
thee, let my lord the King heare the wordes of his seruant. If the Lord haue stirred thee vp against me,Let his
〈◊〉
towarde vs be pacified by
〈◊〉
. let him smel the sauour of a sacrifice: but if the children of men (haue done it,) cursed be thei before the Lord: for thei haue cast me out this day from abiding in the inheritance of the Lord, saying, Go, serue otherAs muche as laye in thē they compelled him to
〈◊〉
, because they forced him to
〈◊〉
to the
〈◊〉
. gods.
20 Now therefore let not my blood fall to the earth before the face of the Lord: for the King of Israél is come out to seke a slye, as one wolde hūt a partriche in the moūtaines.
21 Then said Saúl, I haue sinned: come againe, my sonne Dauid: for I wil do thee nomore harme, because my soule wasBecause thou
〈◊〉
my life this day. precious in thine eyes this day: beholde, I haue done foolishly, and haue erred excedingly.
22 Thē Dauid answered, and said, Beholde the Kings speare, let one of the yong men come ouer and fet it.
23 And let the Lord rewarde euerie man accor ding to hisThus he protestech his innocen
〈◊〉
toward Saul, not defending his iustice in the sight of God, in Whose presence none is righteous Psal. 14. 3 & 130. 3. righteousnes ād faithfulnes: for the Lord had deliuered thee into (mine) hāds this daie, but I wolde not lay mine hād vpon the Lords anointed.
24 And beholde, like as thy life was muche set by this day in mine eyes: so let my life be set by in the eyes of the Lord, that he may deliuer me out of all tribulacion.
25 Then Saúl said to Dauid, Blessed art thou, my sonne Dauid: for thou shalt do great things, and also preuaile. So Dauid went his way, and Saúl returned to hisTo Gibeáh of Beniamin. place.
CHAP. XXVII.
2 Dauid fleeth to Achish King of Gath, who giueth him Ziklág. 8 Dauid destroyeth certeine of the Philistims. 10 Achish is deceyued by Dauid.
1 ANd Dauid said in his heart, I shal nowDauid
〈◊〉
Gods prote ction, and therefore fleeth vnto the idolaters, Who Were enemies to Gods people. perish one day by the hand of Saúl: is it not better for me that I saue my selfe in the land of the Philistims, and that Saúl may haue no hope of me to seke me anie more in all the coastes of Israél, and (so) escape out of his hand?
2 Dauid therefore arose, and he, and the six hundreth men that were with him, went vnto Achish the sonne of Maóch King of Gáth.
3 And DauidThus God by his prouidence changeth the ene mies hearts and maketh them to fauour his, in their
〈◊〉
dwelt with Achish at Gath, he and his men, euerie man with his housholde Dauid with his two wiues, Ahinóam the Izrcelite, and Abigáil Nabals wife the Carmelite.
4 And it was tolde Saúl that Dauid was fled to Gath: so he soght nomore for him.
5 And Dauid said vnto Achish. If I haue now founde grace in thine eyes,Let thine of
〈◊〉
sappoint me a place. let them giue me a place in some (other) citie of the countrey, that I may dwel there: for why shulde thy seruant dwel in the (head) citie of the kingdome with thee?
6 Then Achish gaue him Ziklág that same day therefore Ziklág perteineth vnto the Kings of Iudáh vnto this day,
7 ¶AndEbr. the
〈◊〉
, of the dayes. the time that Dauid dwelt in the coūtrey of the Philistims, was foure moneths and certeine dayes.
8 Then Dauid and his men went vp, and inuaded theThese Were the Wicked
〈◊〉
, Whome God had appointed to be de stroyed. Geshurites, and the Girzites and the
〈◊〉
kites: for they inhabited the land from the beginning, (from the way,) as thougoest to Shur, euen vnto the land of Egypt.
9 And Dauid smote the land, and left nether man nor woman aliue, and toke shepe, and oxen, and asses, and camels, and apparel, and returned and came to Achish.
10 And Achish said,Or, against Whome. Where haue ye bene a rouing this day? and Dauid answered, Against the Southe of Iudáh, and against the Southe of theWhich Were a familie
〈◊〉
the tribe of
〈◊〉
, 1. Chro. 2. 9. Ierameelites, and against the Southe of the Kenites.
11 And Dauid saued nether man nor woman aliue, to bring thē to Gath, saying, Lest they shulde telon vs, and say, So did Dauid, and so (wil be) his maner all the while that he dwelleth in the countrey of the Philistims.
12 And Achish beleued Dauid, saying,
〈◊〉
, he doeth
〈◊〉
rely
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
He hathe made his people of Israél vtterly to abhorre him: therefore he shalbe my seruant for euer.
CHAP. XXVIII.
2 Dauid hathe the chief charge promised about Achish. 8 Saul consulteth with a witche, and she causeth him to speake with Samuél, 18 who declareth his ruine.
1 NOw at that time the Philistims assembled their bandes and armie to fight with Israél: therefore Achish said to Dauid,Albeit it Was a great
〈◊〉
to Dauid to fight against the people of God, yet suche Was his infirmitie, he
〈◊〉
not deny him. Be sure, thou shalt go out with me to the battel, thou, and thy men.
2 And Dauid said to Achish, Surely thou shalt knowe what thy seruant can do. And Achish said to Dauid, Surely I wil make thee keper of mine head foreuer.
3 * [Samuél was then dead, and all Israél hadChap. 23. 1. lamented him, and buryed him in Ramáh his owne citie: and Saúl hadAccording to the
〈◊〉
of God. Exod. 22. 18. and Deut. 18. 10. put away the sorcerers, and the sothesayers out of the land]
4 Then the Philistims assembled them selues, and came, and pitched in Shunem: and Saúl assembled all Israél, and they pitched in Gilbóa.
5 And when Saúl sawe the hoste of the Philistims, he was afrayed, and his heart was sore astonied.
6 Therefore Saúl asked counsel of the Lord, & the Lord answered him not, nether by drea mes, nor byMeaning the hie Priest, Exod. 28. 30. Vrim, nor yet by Prophetes.
7 ¶Then said Saúl vnto his seruants, Seke me a woman that hathe a familiar spirit, that I may go to her, and aske of her. And his seruants said to him, Beholde, there is a woman at En-dor that hathe a familiar spirit.
8 Then SaúlHe seketh not to God in his mi
〈◊〉
but is led by Satan to vnlaWful meanes Which in is conscience he
〈◊〉
changed him selfe, and put on other raiment, and he went, & two men with him, and they came to the woman by night: and he said, I pray thee, coniecture vnto me by the familiar spirit, and bring me him vp whome I shal name vnto thee.
9 And the womā said vnto him, Beholde, thou knowest what Saúl hathed one, how he hath destroyed the sorcerers, and the sothesayers out of the land: wherefore then sek est thou to take me in a snare to cause me to dye?
10 And Saúl sware to her by the Lord, saying, As the Lord liueth, noOr, punishemēt harme shal come to thee for this thing.
11 Then said the woman, Whome shal I bring vp vnto thee? And he answered, Bring me vpHe speaketh ac cording to his grosse ignorance not considering the state of the Saints after this life, and howe Satan hathe no power ouer thē. Samuél.
12 And when the woman sawe Samuél, she cryed with a loude voyce, & the woman spake to Saúl, saying, Why hast thou deceiued me? for thou art Saúl.
13 And the King said vnto her, Be not a frayed: for what sawest thou? And the woman said vnto Saúl, I saweOr, an excellent persone. gods ascending vp out of the earth.
14 Then he said vnto her, What facion is he of? And she answered, An olde man cometh vp lapped in a mantel: and Saúl knewe that it wasTo his imaginacion albeit it Was Satan, Who to blinde his eyes toke vpon him theforme of Samuél, as he can do of an Angel of light. Samuél, and he enclined his face to the ground, and bo wed him selfe.
15 ¶And Samuél, said to Saúl, Why hast thou disquieted me, to bring me vp? Then Saúl answered, I am in great distresse: for the Philistims make warre against me, and God is departed from me, and answereth me nomore, netherEbr. by the hād of Prophets. by Prophetes nether by dreames: therefore I haue called thee, that thou mayest telme, what I shal do.
16 Then said Samuél, Wherefore then doest thou aske of me, seing the Lord is gone from thee, and is thine enemie?
17 Euen the Lord hathe done toThat is, to Da uid. him, as he spake * by mineOr, ministerie hand for the Lord wil rentChap. 15. 28. the kingdome out of thine hand, and giue it thy neighbour Dauid.
18 Because thou obeiedst not the voyce of the Lord, nor executedst his fearce wrath vpon the Amalekites, therefore hathe the Lord done this vnto thee this day.
19 Moreouer the Lord wil deliuer Israél with thee into the hands of the Philistims:Ye shal be dead Chap.
〈◊〉
. 6. and tomorowe shalt thou and thy sonnes be with me, and the Lord shal giue the hoste of Israél into the hands of the Philistims.
20 Then Saúl fel streyght way al a long on the earth, and was soreThe Wicked, When they heare Gods
〈◊〉
, tremble and dispaire, but can not seke for mercie by repentance. afrayed because of the wordes of Samuél, so that there was no strēgth in him: for he had eaten no bread all the day nor all the night.
21 Then the woman came vnto Saúl, and sawe that he was sore troubled, and said vnto him Se, thine handmayd hathe obeyed thy voyce, and II haue ventured my life. haue put my soule in mine hand, & haue obeyed thy wordes which thou saidest vnto me.
22 Now therefore, I pray thee, hearken thou also vnto the voyce of thine handmaid, and let me set a morsel of bread before thee, that thou mayest eat and get thee strength, and go on thy iourney.
23 But he refused, and said, I wil not eat but his seruants and the
〈◊〉
together compelled him, and he obeied their voyce: so he arose from the earth, and sate on the bed.
24 Now the woman had a fat calfe in the house, and she hasted, and killed it, and toke flou re and kneaded it, and baked of itBecause it required haste. vnleauened (bread).
25 Then she broght them before Saúl, and before his seruants: and when they had eaten, they stode vp, and went away the same night.
CHAP. XXIX.
4 The princes of the Philistims cause Dauid to be sent backe from the battel against Israél, because they distrusted him.
1 SO the Philistims were gathered together with all their armies in Aphék: and the Israelites pitchedOr, in Ala. by the founteine which is in Izreél.
2 And theOr, captalnes. princes of the Philistims went for the byAccording to their bandes, or ensignes. hundreths and thousands, but Dauid and his men came behinde with Achish.
3 Thē said the princes of the Philistims, What (do) these Ebrewes (here?) And
〈◊〉
said vnto the princes of the Philistims, Is not this Dauid the seruant of Saúl the King of Israél,
who hathe bene with me these dayes,Meaning, a
〈◊〉
tyme, that is foure monethes, & certeme dayes Chap. 27, 7. or these yeres, and I haue foūde nothing in him since heEbr. fell, as Gen. chap. 25, 18. dwelt with me vnto this day?
4 But the princes of the Philistims were wroth with him, and the princes of the Philistims said vnto him, *Send this fellowe backe, that1. Chro. 12, 19. he may go againe to his place whiche thou hast appointed him, & let him not go downe with vs to battel, lest that in the battel he be an aduersarie to vs: for where with shulde he obteine the fauour of his master? shulde it not be with theWolde not
〈◊〉
receiue him to fa
〈◊〉
, if he colde betrayevs? Chap. 18, 7. & 21, 11 heads of these men?
5 Is not this Dauid, of whome they sang in dā ces, saying, *Saúl slewe his thousand, and Dauid his ten thousand?
6 ¶Then Achish called Dauid, & said vnto him As the Lorde liueth, thou hast bene vpright and good in my sight, when thouThat is, Was
〈◊〉
With me. wentest out and in with me in the hoste, nether haue I founde euil with thee, since thou camest to me vnto this daye, butEbr. thou
〈◊〉
not good
〈◊〉
the eyes of the princes. the princes do not fauour thee.
7 Wherefore now returne, and go in peace, that thou displease not the princes of the Philistims.
8 ¶And Dauid said vnto Achish, But what haue I done? and what hast thou founde in thy seruát as long as I haue bene with thee vnto this day, that I mayThis dissimula cion can not be
〈◊〉
: for it
〈◊〉
him to go againste the people of God. not go and fight against the enemies of my lord the King?
9 Achishthen answered, and said to Dauid, I knowe thou pleasest me, as an Angel of God but the princes of the
〈◊〉
haue said, Let him not go vp with vs to battel.
10 Wherefore now rise vp early in the morning with thyWith them that fled vnto thee from Saul. masters seruāts that are come with thee: and when ye be vp early, assone as ye haue light, departe.
11 So Dauid and his men rose vp early to departe in the morning, and to returne into the land of the Philistims: and the Philistims wēt vp to Izreél.
CHAP. XXX.
1 The Amalekites burne Ziklag. 5 Dauids two wiues are taken prisoners. 6 The people wolde stone him. 8 He alketh counsel of the Lord and pursuing his enemies, recouereth the praye. 24 He deuideth it equally, 26 And sendeth parte to his friends.
1 BVt when Dauid and his men were come to
〈◊〉
After that he de
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the third day, the Amalekites had inuaded vpō the South, eué vnto Ziklàg and hadThat is, destroyed the citie. smitten Ziklág, and burnt it with fire,
2 And had taken the women that were therein prisoners, bothe small and great, (and) slewe not a man, but caryed them away, and went their wayes.
3 ¶So Dauid and his men came to the citie, and beholde, it was burnt with fire, and theirFor these onely remained in the citie, When the men Were gone to Warre. wiues, and their sonnes, and their daughters were taken prisoners.
4 Then Dauid and the people that was with him, lift vp their voyces and wept, vntil they colde wepe nomore.
5 Dauids two wiues were taken prisoners also, Ahinōam the Izreelite, and Abigail the wife of Nabál the Carmelite.
6 And Dauid was in great sorowe: for the peo pleThus We se,
〈◊〉
in troubles & ad
〈◊〉
We do not cōsider Gods prouidēce, but like raging
〈◊〉
bothe our owne duetie and concēne Gods ap pointment ouer vs. entēded to stone him, because the heartes of all the people were vexed
〈◊〉
man for his sonnes and for his daughters: but Dauid comforted him selfe in the Lord his God.
7 ¶And Dauid said to Abiathár the Priest Ahi melechs sonne, I pray thee, bring me the Ephód. And Abiathár broght the Ephód to Dauid.
8 Then Dauid asked counsel at the LORD, saying, Shal I followe after this companie? shal I ouertake them? And he answered him, Followe: for thou shalt surely ouertake thē, andThogh GOD seme to leaue vs for a time, yet if We trust in him, We shalbe sure to finde comforte. recouer all.
9 ¶So Dauid and the six hundreth men that were with him, went, and came to the riuer
〈◊〉
, where a parte of them abode:
10 But Dauid and foure hundreth mē followed [for two hundreth abode behinde, being to wearye to go euer the riuer
〈◊〉
].
11 And they founde an Egyptian in the field, and broght him to Dauid, & gaue himGod by his prouidēce bothe pro uided for the necessitie of this poore stranger, & mad him a guide to Dauid to accō plishe his enterprise. bread and he did eat, and they gaue him water to drinke.
12 Also they gaue him a fewe figs, and two clu sters of rainsins: and when he had eaten, his spi rit came againe to him: for he had eaten no bread, nor dronke anie water in thre dayes, and thre nights.
13 ¶And Dauid said vnto him, To whome belongest thou? and whence art thou? And he said, I am a yong man of Egypt, and seruant to an Amalekite: and my master left me thre dayes ago, because I fel sicke.
14 We roued vpon the South of Chéreth, and vpon the (coast) belonging to Iudáh, and vpon the South of Caléb, ād we burnt Ziklág with fire.
15 And Dauid said vnto him, Canst thou bring me to this compagnie? And he said,For othes Were in all ages had in moste reuerence euen among the heathen. Sweare vnto me by God, that thou wilt nether kil me, nor deliuer me into the hands of my master, and I wil bring thee to this companie.
16 ¶And when he had broght him thither, beholde, they lay scatered abroade vpon all the earth,The Wicked in their pompe and pleasures
〈◊〉
not the
〈◊〉
of God, Which is then at hand to smire them. eating and drinking, and dansing, because of all the great pray that thei had takē out of the land of the Philistims, and out of the land of Iudáh.
17 And Dauid smote them from the twilight euen vnto the eueningSome reade, and vnto the moro We of the two (
〈◊〉
nings:) that is, thre dayes. of the next moro we so that there eschaped not a man of them, sa ue foure hundreth yong men, whiche rode vpon camels, and fled.
18 And Dauid recouered all that the Amalekites had take: also Dauid rescued his two wiues.
19 And they lacked nothing, small or great, sonne or daughter, or of the spoyle of all that they had taken away: Dauid recouered them all.
20 Dauid also toke all the shepe, and the oxē, (and) they draue them before his cattel, and said, This is DauidsWhich the Amalekites had taken of others, ād Dauid from thē besides the goods of
〈◊〉
. praye.
21 ¶ And Dauid came to the two hundreth mē that were to wearie for to folowe Dauid: whome they had made also to abide at the riuer Besór: and they came to mete Dauid, and to mete the people that were with him: so when Dauid came nere to the people, he saluted them.
22 Then answered all the euil and wicked of the men that went with Dauid, and said, Because they went not with vs, therefore wil we giue them none of the praye, that we haue recouered, saue to euery man hisVnder these are comprehended the cattel and goods, which ap perteined to eue
〈◊〉
man. wife and his children: therefore let them cary thē away and departe.
23 Then said Dauid, Ye shal not do so, my brethren, with that which the Lord hathe giuen vs, who hathe preserued vs, and deliuered the companie that came against vs, into our handes.
24 For who wil obey you in this matter? but as his parte (is) that goeth downe to the battel, so (shal) his parte (he), that tarieth by the stuffe: they shal parte alike.
25 Some referre these wordes to Dauid, that he al ledged an old custome ād
〈◊〉
, as
〈◊〉
it were
〈◊〉
, It is
〈◊〉
he now & hathe bene euer. So from that day forward he made it a statute and a lawe in Israél, vntil this day.
26 ¶ When Dauid therefore came to Ziklág, he sent of the pray vnto the Elders of Iudáh and to his friends, saying, Se, (there is) ablessing for you of the spoyle of the enemies of the Lord.
27 He sent to them of Beth-él, and to them of South Ramoth, and to them of
〈◊〉
,
28 And to them of
〈◊〉
, and to them of Siphmōth, and to them of Eshtemōa,
29 And to them of Rachál, and to them of the cities of the
〈◊〉
, and to thē of the cities of the Kenites,
30 And to them of Hormáh, and to them of Chot-ashán, and to them of Athách,
31 And to them of Hebrón, andShewing him selfe mindeful of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to wards him. to all the places where Dauid and his men had hanted.
CHAP. XXXI.
4 Saúl killeth him selfe. 6 His children are
〈◊〉
in the battel. 12
〈◊〉
men of
〈◊〉
toke downe his body, which was hanged on the wall.
1 NOw * the Philistims foght against Israél8. Chro. 10, 1. and the men of Israél flod away from the Philistims, and thei fel downeOr,
〈◊〉
. wounded in mount Gilbóa.
2 And the Philistims preassed sore vpon Saul and his sonnes, and slewe Ionathán, and Abinadáb, and Malchishúa Sauls sonnes.
3 And when the battel went sore against Saúl, the archers and bowemenEbr
〈◊〉
him hit him, and he was soreOr, afraied. wounded of the archers.
4 Then said Saúl vnto his armour bearer,So we se that his
〈◊〉
life hath a desperate end, as is comonly sene in thē, that persecute the chil dren of God. Drawe out thy sworde, & thrust me through there with, lest the vncircumcised come and thrust me through and mocke me: but his armour bearer wolde not, for he was sore afrayed. Therefore Saúl toke a sworde and fel vpon it.
5 And when his armour bearer sawe that Saúl was dead, he fel likewise vpon his sworde, and dyed with him.
6 So Saúl dyed, and his thre sonnes, and his ar mour bearer, and all his men that same day to gether.
7 ¶ And when the men of Israél that were on the other side of the
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
valley, and they of the othersideThe tribes of
〈◊〉
and Gad and halfe the tribe of
〈◊〉
. Iordén sawe that the men of Israél were put to flight, and that Saúl and his sonnes were dead, then thei left the cities, & ran away: and the Philistims came and dwelt in them.
8 ¶ And on the moro we when the Philistims were come to spoyle them that were slaine, they founde Saul and his thre sonnes lying in mount Gilbóa.
9 And they cut of his head, and stripped him out of his armour, and sent into the land of the Philistims on euerie side, that they shuldIn token of victorie and trium
〈◊〉
. publish it in the temple of their idoles, and among the people.
10 And they layed vp his armour in the house of Ashtarōth, but they hāged vp his body on the wall of Beth-shan.
11 ¶ When the inhabitants ofWhome he had deliuered from their enemies, Chap. 11, 12. Iabésh Gileád heard, what the
〈◊〉
had done to Saúl,
12 Then they arose [as manie as were strong men] and went all night and toke the body of Saúl, ād the bodies of his sonnes, from the
〈◊〉
. 34, 5. wall of Beth-shan, and came to Iabésh, and *2. Sam 2, 4. burnt them there,
13 And toke their bones & * buryed thē vnder a tre at Iabésh, andAccording to the custome of
〈◊〉
. fasted seuen dayes.
THE SECONDE BOKE of Samuél.
THE ARGVMENT.
THis boke and the former beare the title of Samuel, because they conteine the conception, natiuitie, and the whole cour se of his life, and also the liues and actes of two Kings, to wit, of Saúl and Dauid, whome he
〈◊〉
and consecrated Kings by the ordinance of God. And as the first boke conteineth those things, which God broght to passe among this people vnder the gouernement of Samuel and Saúl: so this seconde boke declareth the noble actes of Dauid, after the death of Saúl, when he began to reigne, vnto the end of his kingdome: and how the same by him was wonderfully augmented: also his great troubles and dangers, whiche he susteined bothe within his house and without: what horrible and dangerous insurrections, vprores, and treasons were wroght againste him, partelye by false
〈◊〉
, fained friends and flatterers, and partelye by some of his owne children and people: and how by GODDES assistance he ouercame al difficulties, and enioyned
his kingdome in rest and peace. In the persone of Dauid the Scripture setteth forth Christ Iesus the chief. King, who came of Dauid according to the flesh, and was persecuted on euery side with outward and inward enemies, aswel in his own persone, as in his members, but at length he ouercometh all his enemies and giueth his Churche victorie againste all power bothe spiritual and temporal: and so reigneth with them, King for euermore.
CHAP. I.
4 It was tolde Dauid of Sauls death. 15 He causeth him to be staine that broght the tydings. 19 He lamenteth the death of Saul and Ionathan.
1 AFter the death of Saūl, when Da uid was returned from the *
〈◊〉
. Sam 30, 17. slaughter of the Amalekites and had bene two dayes in Ziklág,
2 Beholde, a man came the third day out of the hoste from Saúl with hisSeming to lament the ouerthrowe of the people of Israel. clothes rent, and earth vpon his head: and when he came to Dauid, he fel to the earth, and did obeissance.
3 Then Dauid said vnto him, Whence cōmest thou? And he said vnto him, Out of the hoste of Israél I am escaped.
4 And Dauid said vnto him, What is done? I pray thee, tel me. Then he said, that the people is fled from the battel, and many of the people are ouerthrowen, and dead, and also Saúl and Ionathán his sonne are dead.
5 And Dauid said vnto the yong man, that told it him, How knowest thou that Saúl and Io nathán his sonne be dead?
6 Then the yong mā that tolde him answeredAs I fled in the chase. As I came to mount Gilbóa, beholde, Saúl leaned vpon his speare, and lo, the charets &Or,
〈◊〉
. horsemen followed hard after him.
7 And when he loked backe, he sawe me, and called me. And I answered, Here am I.
8 And he said vnto me, Who art thou? And I answered him, I am an
〈◊〉
was an
〈◊〉
borne, but renoūced his
〈◊〉
& ioyned with the
〈◊〉
. Amalekite.
9 Then said he vnto me, I pray thee, come vpon me, and slaye me: for anguish is come vpō me, because myI am sory, because I am yet aliue. life is yet whole in me
10 SoEbr. I stode vpō him. I came vpon him, and slewe him, & be cause I was sure that he colde not liue, after that he had fallen, I toke the crowne that was vpon his head, and the bracelet that was on his arme, and broght them hither vnto my Lord,
11 Then Dauid toke holde on his clothes, * &Chap. 3, 31. & 13, 31. rent them, and like wise all the men that were with him.
12 And they mourned and wept, and fasted vntil euen, for Saúl and for Ionathán his sonne and for the people of the Lord, and for the house of Israél, because they were slaine with the sworde.
13 ¶After the
〈◊〉
he examined him againe. Afterward Dauid said vnto the yong mā that tolde it him, Whence art thou? And he answered, I am the sonne of a strangeran Amalekite.
14 And Dauid said vnto him, * How wast thou
〈◊〉
, 105, 15. not afraied, to put forthe thine hand to destroy the Anoynted of the Lord?
15 Then Dauid called one of his yong men, & said, Go nere, and fall vpō him. And he smote him that he dyed.
16 Thē said Dauid vnto him,Thou art
〈◊〉
punished for thy faute. Thy blood be vpō thine owne head, forthine owne mouth hathe testified against thee, saying, I haue slaine the Lords anointed.
17 ¶ Then Dauid mourned with this lamentation ouer Saúl, and ouer Ionathán his sonne,
18 [Also he bade them teache the children of Iudáh toThat they might be able to mach their
〈◊〉
the Philistims in that artIos h. 10. 13. shoote, as it is writen in the boke of *Or,
〈◊〉
. Iashér]
19 O noble Israél,Meaning Saul. Mich.
〈◊〉
. 10. he is slaine vpon thy hie places: how are the mighty ouerthrowen?
20 * Tel it not in Gath, nor publish it in the stre tes of Ashkelôn, lest the daughters of the Phi listims reioyce, lest the daughters of the vncir cumcised triumphe.
21 Ye mountaines of Gilbóa, vpon you (be) ne ther dewe not raine, norLet their fertile fieldes be
〈◊〉
bring forth no frute to offre to the Lord. (be there) fields of offrings: for there the shield of the mightie is cast downe, the shield of Saúl, as thogh he had not bene anoynted with oyle.
22 The bowe of Ionathán neuer turned backe nether did the sworde of Saúl returne empty from the blood of the slaine, and from the fat of the mighty.
23 Saúl and Ionathán were louely and pleasant in their
〈◊〉
, and in their deathes they were notThey dyed bothe together in Gilboa. deuided: they were swifter the negles, they were stronger then lions.
24 Ye daughters of Israél, wepe for Saul, which clothed you in skarlet,As riche garments, and costly iewels. with pleasures, and hanged ornaments of golde vpon your apparel.
25 How were the mighty slaine in the middes of the battel? ô Ionathán, thou wast slaine in thine hie places.
26 Wo is me for thee, my brother Ionathán: very kinde hast thou bene vnto me: thy loue to me was wonderful, passing the loue ofEther towarde their hous bā
des, or their children. women: how are the mighty ouerthrowen, and the weapons of warre destroyed?
CHAP. II.
4 Dauid is anoynted King in Hebrón. 9 Abnér maketh Ish-bosheth King ouer Israél. 15 The battel of the seruāts of Dauid and Ish-bosheth. 32 The buryal of Asahél.
1 AFter this DauidBy the meanes of the hie Priest, as.
〈◊〉
Sam. 23. 2. & 2. Sam. 5. 19. asked counsel of the Lord, saying, Shal I go vp into anie of the cities of Iudah? And the Lord said vnto him, Go vp. And Dauid said, Whither shal I go? He then answered, VntoWhich citie was also called
〈◊〉
. Hebrōn.
2 So Dauid went vp thither and his two wiues also, Ahinóam the Izreelite, and Abigáil NabalsIos h. 14, 15. wife the Carmelite.
3 And Dauid broght vp the men that were withIn the time of his
〈◊〉
. him, euerie man with his housholde, & they dwelt in the cities of Hebrōn.
4 ¶ Thē the men of Iudáh came, & there they anointed Dauid King ouer the house of Iudáh.1. Sam. 31,
〈◊〉
, And they tolde Dauid, saying, * that thē men of Iabésh Gileád buryed Saúl.
5 And dauid sent messengers vnto the men of Iabésh Gileád, and said vnto them,
〈◊〉
sed are ye of the Lord, that ye haue shewed suche kindenes vnto your lord Saúl, that you haue buryed him.
6 Therefore now the Lord shewe mercie andAccording to his promes which is to recompence them that are merciful. trueth vnto you: and I wil recompence you this benefite, because ye haue done this thing.
7 Therefore now let your hands be strong, & be you valiant: albeit your master Saúl be dead, yet neuerthelesse the house of Iudáh hathe anointed meSo that you shal not want a captaine and a defender, King ouer them.
8 ¶ But Abnér the sonne of Ner that was captaine of Sauls hoste, toke Ish-bôsheth the sonne of Saúl, & broght him to Mahanáim.
9 And made him King ouer Gileád, and ouer the Ashurites, and ouer Izreél, and ouer Ephráim, and ouer Beniamin and ouerOuer the eleuen tribes. all Israél.
10 Ish-bôsheth Sauls sonne was fourty yere olde when he began to reigne ouer Israél, & reigned two yere: but the house of Iudáh fol lowed Dauid.
11 [And the time which Dauid reigned in Hebrôn ouer the house of Iudáh, (was) seuen yere and sixAfter this time was expired, he reigned ouer all the countrey 33.
〈◊〉
. Chap 5. 5. monethes]
12 ¶ And Abnér the sonne of Ner, and the seruants of Ish-bôsheth the sonne of Saūl went out of Mahanáim to Gibeōn.
13 And Ioab the sonne of Zeruiah, and the seruants of Dauid went out and met one an other by the poole of Gibeôn: and they sate downe, the one on the one side of the poole. and the other on the other side of the poole.
14 Then Abnér said to Ioâd, Let the yong men now arise, andLet vs se how they can handle their weapon. playe before vs. And Ioáb said, Let them arise.
15 Then there arose and went ouer twelue of Beniamin by nomber, which perteined to Ish-bósheth the sonne of Saúl, and twelue of the seruants of Dauid.
16 And euerie one caughtMeaning, his aduersarie. his fellowe by the head, and (thrust) his sworde in his fellowes side, so they fel downe together: wherefore the place was calledOr, the field of
〈◊〉
men. Helkathhazzurim which is in Gideón.
17 And the battel was exceding sore that same day: for Abnér and the men of IsraélAfter that the se foure & twentie were
〈◊〉
. fel before the seruants of Dauid.
18 And there were thre sonnes of Zerniáh there Ioáb, and Abishái, and Asahél. And Asahél was as light on foote as a wilderoe.
19 And Asahél followed after Abnér, and in going he turned nether to the right hand nor to the left from Abnér.
20 Then Abnér loked behinde him, and said, Art thou Asahél? And he answered, Yea.
21 Then Abnér said, Turne thee ether to the right hand or to the left, and take one of the yong men, and take thee his weapons: but"Or, spoile. Asahél wolde not departe from him.
22 And Abnér said to Asahél, Departe from meWhy doest thou prouoke me to kil thee? wherefore shulde I smite thee to the groūd how then shulde I be able to holde vp my fa ce to Ioáb thy brother?
23 And whē he wolde not departe, Abnér with the hindre end of the speare smote him vnder theSome read, in those partes, where as the liuely partes lye: as the heart, the lungs, the
〈◊〉
the milt, and the gall. fift (rib), that the speare came out behinde him: and he fel downe there, and dyed in his place. And as manie as came to the place where Asahél fel downe and dyed, stode stil.
24 Ioáb also and Abishái pursued after Abnér: and the sunne went downe, when they were come to the hil Ammáh, that lieth before Giah, by the way of the wildernes of Gibeō.
25 And the children of Beniamin gathered thē selues together after Abnér, and were on an heape and stode on the top of an hil.
26 Then Abnér called to Ioáb, and said, Shal theShal we
〈◊〉
make an end of
〈◊〉
. sworde deuoure for euer? knowest thou not, that it wil be bitternes in the latter end? how long thē shal it be, or thou bid the people returne from following their brethren?
27 And Ioáb said, As God liueth, if thou haddest notIf thou hadest not prouoked thē to battel, as vers. 14. spoken, surely euen in the morning the people had departed euerie one backe from his brother.
28 ¶ So Ioáb blewe a trumpet, and all the peo ple stode stil, & pursued after Israél nomore, nether foght they anie more.
29 And Abnér & his men walked all that night through theOr, wildernes. plaine, & went ouer Iordén, ād past through all Bithrôn til they cameOr, to the
〈◊〉
. to Mahanáim.
30 Ioáb also returned backe from Abnér: and when he had gathered all the people together, there lacked of Dauids seruants ninete ne men and Asahél.
31 But the seruāts of Dauid had smitten of Ben iamin, and of Abners men, (so that) threThus God wolde confirme Dauid in his kīg dome by the destruction of his
〈◊〉
. hun dreth and threscore men dyed.
32 And they toke vp Asahél, and buryed him in the sepulchre of his Father, whiche was in Beth-léhem: and Ioáb and his men went all night, and (when they came) to Hebrón, the daye arose.
CHAP. III.
1 Long warre betwene the houses of Saúl & Dauid. 2 The childrē of Dauid in Hebrón. 12 Abnér turneth to Dauid. 27 Ioab killeth him.
1 THere was thenThat is, with out
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
two yeres, whiche was the whole reigne of Ishbosheth. long warre betwene the house of Sail & the house of Dauid: but Dauid waxed stronger, and the house of Saúl waxed weaker.
2 ¶ And vnto Dauid were children borne in Hebrón: and his eldest sonne was Amnon of Ahinôam the Izreelite.
3 And his secōde, (was)VVho is called also Daniel. Chileáb of Abigáil the wife of Nabál the Carmelite: ād the third1. Chro. 3.
〈◊〉
. Absalôm the sonne of Maacáh the daughter of Talmái the King of Geshúr,
4 And the fourth, Adoniiáh the sonne of Aggith, and the fifth, Shephaciáh the sonne of Abitâl,
5 And the sixt, Ithreám by Egláh Dauids wife: these were borne to Dauid inVVithin seuen yeres and six mo neths. Hebrôn.
6 ¶ Now while there was warre betwene the house of Saúl ād the house of Dauid, Abnér made all his power for the house of saul.
7 And Saúl had a concubine named Rizpáh, the daughter of Aiiáh. And (Ish-bôsheth) said to Abnér, Wherefore hast thou gone in to my fathers concubine?
8 Then was Abnér very wrothe for the wordes of Ish-bôsheth, and said, Am I aDoest thou este me me no more then a dog, for al my seruice done to thy fathers houses dogs head, which against Iudâh do shewe mercy this day vnto the house of Saúl thy father, to his brethren, and to his neighbours, and haue not deliuered thee into the hand of Dauid that thou chargest me this day with a fante concerning this woman?
9 We se how the wicked can not abide to be admonished of their
〈◊〉
, but seke their
〈◊〉
sure,
〈◊〉
go about to bring thē from their wickednes. So do God to Abnér, and more also, except as the Lord hathe sworne to Dauid, euen so I do to him,
10 To remoue the kingdome from the house of Saúl, that the throne of Dauid may be stablished ouer Israél, and ouer Iudáh, euen frō Dan to Beer-shéba.
11 And he durst nomore answer to Abnér: for he feared him.
12 ¶ Then Abnér sent messengers to DauidOr,
〈◊〉
. on his behalfe, saying, Whose is the land? Who shulde (also) say, Make couenant with me, & beholde, mine hand (shalbe) with thee to bring all Israél vnto thee.
13 Who said, Wel, I wil make a couenant with thee: but one thing I require of thee, that is, that thou se not my face except thou bring Michál Sauls daughter when thou commest to se me.
14 ¶ Thē Dauid sent messengers to Ishbósheth Sauls sonne, saying, Deliuer me my wife Michál, which I maried for* an hundreth foreskinnes1. Sam. 18. 27. of the Philistims,
15 And Ish-bôsheth sent, and toke her frō her housband * Phaltiél the sonne of Láish.1. Sam. 25. 44.
16 And her housband went with her, and came weping behinde her, vnto Bahurim: then said Abnér vnto him, Go, (and) returne. So he returned.
17 ¶ And Abnér hadRather for malice that he bare towarde
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, then for loue he bare to Dauid. communicacion with the Elders of Israél, saying, Ye soght for Dauid in times past, that he might be your King.
18 Now then do it: for the Lord hathe spoken of Dauid, saying, By the hand of my seruant Dauid I wil saue my people Israél out of the hands of the Philistims, and out of the hands of all their enemies,
19 Also Abnér spakeEbr in the cares of
〈◊〉
. to Beniamin, and afterwarde Abnér went to speake with Dauid in Hebrôn, (concerning) all that Israél was content with, and the wholeWho chalenged the kingdome, because of their father Saul. house of Beniamin.
20 So Abnér came to Dauid to Hebrón, hauing twenty men with him, and Dauid made a feast vnto Abnér, and to the men that were with him.
21 Then Abnér said vnto Dauid, I wil rise vp, & do gather all Israél vnto my lord the King that thei may make a couenant with thee, & that thou maiest reigne ouer all that thiné heart desireth. Then Dauid let Abnér depar te, who wentOr, without harme. in peace.
22 ¶ And beholde, the seruants of Dauid and Ioáb cameFrom
〈◊〉
against the Philistims. from the campe, and broght a great pray with them [but Abnér was not with Dauid in Hebrôn: for he had sent him away, and he departed in peace]
23 When Ioáb, and all the hoste that was with him were come, men tolde Ioáb, saying, Abnér the sonne of Ner came to the King, and he hathe sent him away, and he is gone in peace.
24 Thē Ioáb came to the King, and said,Here appeareth the malicious minde of Ioáb, who wolde haue had the king to stay Abnér for his priuate
〈◊〉
. What hast thou done? beholde, Abnér came vnto thee, why hast thou sent him away, and he is departed?
25 Thou knowest Abnér the sonne of Ner: for he came to disceiue thee, and to knowe thy out going and ingoing, and to knowe all that thou doest.
26 ¶ And when Ioáb was gone out from Dauid, he sent messengers after Abnér, which broght him againe from the well of Siriáh vnknowing to Dauid.
27 And when Abner was come againe to Hebrón, * Ioáb toke him aside in the gate to1. King. 2. 3. speake with him
〈◊〉
, secretly, peaceably, and smote him vnder the fift (ryb,) that he dyed, for the blood of * Asahél his brother.Chap. 2. 23.
28 And when afterwarde it came to Dauids ea re, he said, I and my kingdome areThe Lord kno weth that I did not consent to his death. giltles before the Lord for euer, concerning the blood of Abnér the sonne of Ner.
29 Let the blood fall on the head of Ioáb, and on al his fathers house, that the house of Ioáb be neuer without some that haue running yssues, or lepre, or that leaneth on a staffe, or that doeth fal on the sworde, or that lacketh bread.
30 [So Ioáb andAbishái is said to stay him with Ioáb, because he consented to the murther. Abishái his brother slewe Abnér, because he had slayne their brother Asahél at Gibeôn in battel]
31 And Dauid said to Ioáb, and to all the people that were with him, Rent your clothes, and put on sacke cloth, and mourneMeaning, before the corps. before Abnér: and King dauid him self followed the beare.
32 And when thei had buryed Abnér in Hebrôn, the king lift vp his voyce, and wept beside the sepulchre of Abnér, and all the people wept.
33 And the King lamented ouer Abnér, and said, Dyed
〈◊〉
He declareth that Abnér dyed not as a wretch or vile persone, but as a
〈◊〉
man might do, being
〈◊〉
rouslv
〈◊〉
by the wicked. a foole dyeth?
34 Thine hands were not boūde, nor thy feete tyed in fetters of brasse: (but) as a man falleth before wicked men, (so) didest thou fall. And all the people wept againe for him.
35 Afterwarde all the people came to cause Da uid eatAccording to their custome, which was to
〈◊〉
at buryals. meat while it was yet day, but Dauid sware, saying, So do God to me and more also, if I taste bread, or ought els til the sun ne be downe.
36 And all the people knewe it, and itIt is expedient sometime not onely to conceine inwarde sorrow, but also that it may appeare to others to the intē: that they may be satisfied. pleased them: as whatsoeuer the King did, pleased al the people.
37 For all the people and all Israél vnderstode that day, how that it was not the Kings
dede that Abnér the sōne of Ner was slayne.
38 And the King said vnto his seruants, Knowe not, that there is a prince and a great man fallen this day in Israél?
39 And I am this day weake & (ne wely) anointed King: & these men the sonnes of Zeruiáh be toOr, cruel. hard for me: the Lord reward the doer of euil according to his wickednes.
CHAP. IIII.
5 Baanáh and Rechab slaye
〈◊〉
. bósheth the sonne of Saúl 12. Dauid commandeth them to be slayne.
1 ANd when SaulsThat is, Ishbosheth sonne heard that Abnér was dead in Hebrón, thē his hands wereMeaning, that he was
〈◊〉
ged. feble, and all Israél was a frayed,
2 And Sauls sonne had two men that were captaines of bands: the one called Baanáh, and the other called Recháb, the sonnes of Rimmón a Beerothite of the children of Beniamin. [forThe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
was in the
〈◊〉
of Beniamin,
〈◊〉
h 18. 21. Beerôth was reckened to Beniamin,
3 Because the Beerothites fled to
〈◊〉
the death of Saul, for
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
. Gittáim, &
〈◊〉
there vnto this day]
4 And Ionathán Sauls sonne had a sonne that was lame on his feete: he was fiue yere olde when the tidings came of Saúl and Ionathán out of Israél: then his nourse toke him, and fled away. And as she made haste to flee, the childe fell, and began to halt, and his name was Méphibosheth.
5 And the sonnes of Rimmón the Beerothite Recháb and Baanáh went and came in the heate of the day to the house of Ish-bosheth [who slept on a bed at noone]
6 And beholde, Recháb and Baanáh his brother came into the middes of the house, (as) theyThei disguised them selues as
〈◊〉
, whi h came to bye wheat. wolde haue wheat, and theyThere is nothing so vile and dāgerous, which the wicked wil noten treprise in
〈◊〉
of lucre and fauour. smote him vnder the fift (rib,) and fled.
7 For when they came into the house, he slept on his bed in his bed chāber, and they smote him, and slewe him, and beheaded him, and toke his head, and gate them away through theOr, wildernes. plaine all the night.
8 And thei broght the head of Ish-bósheth vnto Dauid to Hebron, and said to the King, Beholde the head of Ish-bósheth Sauls sonne thine enemie, who soght after thy life: & the Lord hathe auenged my lord the King this day of Saúl and of his seed.
9 Then Dauid answered Recháb and Baanáh his brother, the sonnes of Rimmón the Beerothite, and said vnto thē, As the Lord liueth who hathe deliuered my soule out of all aduersitie?
10 When one * tolde me, and said that Saúl wasChap. 1.
〈◊〉
. dead, [thinking to haue broght good tidings]
〈◊〉
toke him and
〈◊〉
, him in Ziklág, who thoght that I wolde haue giuen him a rewarde for his tidings:
11 HowFor asmuche
〈◊〉
nether the exam ple of him that
〈◊〉
Saul,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to their master, nor the innocencie of the persone,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the place, nor time did moue them, they
〈◊〉
most
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. muche more, when wicked men haue slayne a righteous persone in his owne howse, (and) vpon his bed? shal I not now therefore require his blood at your hand, & take you from the earth?
12 Then Dauid commanded his yong men, and they slewe them, and cut of their hands and their feete, and hanged them vp ouer the poole in Hebrō: but they toke the head of Ish-bósheth, & buryed it in the sepulchre of * Abnér in Hebrôn.Chap. 3. 32.
CHAP. V.
3
〈◊〉
is made King ouer all Israél. 7 He taketh the forte of Zión 19 He asketh counsel of the Lord. 20 And ouercometh the Philistims twise.
1 THen * came all the tribes of Israél to Dauid1. Chro. 11, 1. vnto Hebrón, and said thus, Beholde, we are thyWe are of thy kinred, and most nere ioyned
〈◊〉
to thee. bones and thy flesh.
2 And in time past when Saúl was our King, thou leddest Israēl in and out: and the Lord hathe said to thee, * Thou shalt feede myPsal, 78, 71. people Israél, and thou shalt be a captaine ouer Israél.
3 So all the Elders of Israel came to the King to Hebrón: and King Dauid made a couenant with them in HebrónThat is, taking the Lord to witnes: for the Arke was as yet in As bin adabs house. before the Lord: and they anointed Dauid King ouer Israél.
4 ¶ Dauid (was) thirty yere olde when he began to reigne: (and) he reigned fourty yere.
5 In Hebrón he reigned ouer Iudáh * seuenChap. 2.
〈◊〉
. yere, and six moneths: and in Ierusalém he reigned thirty and thre yeres ouer all Israél and Iudáh.
6 ¶ The King also and his men went to Ierusalém vnto the Iebusites, the inhabitāts of the land: who spake vnto Dauid, saying, Except thou take away theThe children of God called idoles blinde & lame guides, therefore the
〈◊〉
ment, that the shulde proue that their gods were nether blinde nor lame. blinde and thé lame, thou shalt not come in hither: thinking that Dauid colde not come thither.
7 But Dauid toke the forte of Zión: this is the citie of Dauid.
8 Now Dauid had said the same day, Who soeuer smiteth the Iebusites, and getteth vp to the gutters and (smitteth) the lame & blinde whiche Dauids soule hateth, (I wil preferre1. Chro. 116. him:) * therefore they said, The blinde & the lame shal notThe
〈◊〉
shul de entre no more into that place. come into that house.
9 So Dauid dwelt in that forte, & called it the citie of Dauid, ād Dauid buylt round about it, fromHe buylt
〈◊〉
the towne
〈◊〉
rounde about to his owne house, 1. Chro. 11. 8. Milló, and inwarde.
10 And Dauid prospered and grewe: for the Lord God of hostes (was) with him.
11 ¶ Hirám also King ofEbr. zor. Tyrus sent messengers to Dauid, and cedar trees, and carpenters, and masons for walles: and thei buylt Dauid an house.
12 Then Dauid knewe, that the Lord had stablished him King ouer Israél, and that he had exalted his kingdome for his people Israels sake.
13 And Dauid toke him mo * concubines and1. Chro. 3
〈◊〉
. wiues out of Ierusalém, after he was come from Hebrón, and mo sonnes and daughters were borne to Dauid.
14 * And these be the names of the sonnes that1. Chro. 3. 5. were borne vnto him in Ierusalém: Shammúa and Shobáb, and Nathán, and Salomón.
15 And Ibhár, and Elishúa, and Népheg, and Iaphia,
16 And Elishamá and Eliad á, and
〈◊〉
.1. Chro.
〈◊〉
, 8, &
〈◊〉
. 16.
17 ¶ * But when the Philistims heard that they
had anointed Dauid Kynge ouer Israél, all the Philistims came vp to seke Dauid and whē Dauid heard, he wēt downe to a forte.
18 But the Philistims came, and spred them selues in the valley of Repháim.
19 Then DauidBy
〈◊〉
the Priest. asked counsel of the Lord, saying, Shall I go vp to the Philistims? wilt thou delyuer them into myne hands? And the Lord answered Dauid, Go vp: for I will doutles deliuer the Philistims into thyne hands.
20 ¶ * Then Dauid came to Baal perazim, &
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 21. smote them there, and said, The LORD hathe deuided mine ennemies a sondre before me, as waters be deuided a sódre: therfore he called the Name of that place,Or, the plaine of diuisions. Baal-perazim.
21 And there they left their images, and Dauid and his men * burnt them.
22 Againe the Philistims came vp, and spred1,
〈◊〉
. 14. 12. them selues in the valley ofMeaning, the
〈◊〉
of gyants,
〈◊〉
Dauid called Baalperazim because of his victorie. Repháim.
23 And when Dauid asked counsell of the Lord, He answered, Thou shalt not go vp, (but) turne about behinde thē, & come vpō them ouer against the mulbery trees.
24 And when thou hearest the noyse of one going in the toppes of the mulbery trees, then remoue: for then shal the LORD go out before thee, to smite the hoste of the Philistims.
25 Then Dauid did so as the Lord had commanded him, and smote the Philistims frō Géba, vntil thou come toVVhich was in the tribe of
〈◊〉
, but the Philistims did possesse it. Gázer.
CHAP. VI.
3 The Arke is broght forthe of the house of Abinadáb. 7 Vzzáh is striken, and dyeth. 14 Dauid danceth before it. 16 And is therfore despised of his wife Michál.
1 AGayne Dauid gathered together all theOr, chief. chosen men of Israél, (euē) thirtie thousand,
2 * And Dauid arose and went with all the1. Chro
〈◊〉
, 5. people that were with himThis was a citie in Iudah called also
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. 15. 9. from Baalé of Iudáh to bring vp from thence the Arke of God, whose name is called by the Name of the Lord of hostes, that dwelleth vpō it betwene the Cherubims.
3 And they put the Arke of God vpō a newe carte, and broght it out of the house of Abinadáb that was inVVhich was an hie place of the citic of Baalé. Gibeáh. And Vzzáh & Ahió the sonnes of Abinadáb did driue the newe carte.
4 And when they broght the Arke of God out of the house of *
〈◊〉
, that was1. Sam. 7, 2. at Gibeáh, Ahiô went before the Arke.
5 And Dauid & al the house of IsraélPraised God, &
〈◊〉
psalmes. played before the LORD on all (instrumentes) made of fire, and on harpes, and on psalteries, and on timbrels, and on corners, and on cymbals.1. Chro.
〈◊〉
10.
6
〈◊〉
* And when they came to Nachons thre sling floore, Vzzáh put his hād to the Arke of God, & helde it: for the oxē did shake it.
7 And the Lord was very wroth with Vzzáh, & GodHere we se what danger it is to follow good intentions,
〈◊〉
do anie thinge in Gods
〈◊〉
with out his expresse
〈◊〉
. smote him i the same place for his faute, & there he dyed by the Arke of God.
8 And Dauid was displeased, because the Lorde hadEbr. made
〈◊〉
. smitten Vzzáh: and he called the name of the placeOr, the diuision of Vzzah. Pérez Vzzáh vntill this day.
9 Therefore Dauid that day feared the Lord, and said, How shall the Arke of the Lorde come to me?
10 So Dauid wolde not bring the Arke of the Lord vnto him into the citie of Dauid, but Dauid caryed it into the house of ObededōmWho was a Le
〈◊〉
, &
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
15. 21. a
〈◊〉
.
11 And the Arke of the Lord cōtinued in the house of Obed-edóm the Gittite, thre moneths, and the Lord blessed Obed-edóm, & all his housholde.
12 ¶ And one tolde Kynge Dauid, saying, *1. Chro. 15. 25. The Lordhath blessed the house or Obededôm, and all that he hathe, because of the Arke of God: therefore Dauid went andMeaning he cau sed the
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
, it according to the
〈◊〉
. broght the Arke of God from the house of Obed-edóm, into the citie of Dauid with gladnes.
13 And when they that bare the Arke of the Lord had gone six pases, he offred an oxe, and a fat beast.
14 And Dauid danced before the Lord with all his might, and was girded with a linenVVich a
〈◊〉
like to the
〈◊〉
garment. Ephôd.
15 So Dauid & all the house of Israél, broght the Arke of the Lord with showting, and sounde of trumpet.
16 And as the Arke of the LORD came into the citie of Dauid, Michál Sauls daughter loked through a windowe, and sawe King Dauid leape, and dance before the Lord, & sheThe worldlings are not able to cō
〈◊〉
the mocions that moue the children of God. despised him in her heart.
17 And when they had broght in the Arke of the Lord, they set it in his place, in the middes of the tabernacle that Dauid had pitched for it? thē Dauid offred burnt offrings, and peace offrings before the Lord
18 And assone as Dauid had made an ende of offring burnt offrings and peace offrings, he * blessed the people in the Name of the1. Chro. 16. 2. Lord of hostes.
19 And gaue among all the people, (euen) amōg the whole multitude of Israél, aswel to the women as men, to euerie one a cake of bread, and a piece of flesh, and a bottel (of wine) so al the people departed euerie one to his house.
20 ¶ Thē Dauid returned toi That is, to praye for his house, as he had done
〈◊〉
the people. blesse his house, and Michál the daughter of Saúl came out to mete Dauid, and said, O how gloryous was the Kynge of Israél thys daye, which was vncouered to daye in the eyes of the maidens of his seruants, as a foole vn couereth him selfe.
21 Then Dauid said vnto Michál,It was for
〈◊〉
worldely affectiō, but onely for that zeale that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to Gods glorie. (It was) before the Lorde, whiche chose me rather then thy father, and all his house, and commanded me to be ruler ouer all the people of the Lord, (euen) ouer Israél: and therefore wil I play before the Lord,
22 And will yet be more vile then thus, and
wil be lowe in mine owne sight, and of the very same maid seruants, whiche thou hast spoken of, shal I be had in honour.
23 Therefore Michál the daughter of Saúl hadVVhiche was a punishement, because she mocked the seruāt of God no childe, vnto the day of her death.
CHAP. VII.
2 Dauid wolde buylde God an house, but is forbidden by the Prophet Nathán. 8 God putteth Dauid in minde of his
〈◊〉
. 12 He promiseth continuance of his kingdome and posteritie.
1 AFterwarde* when the King sate in his1. Chro. 17 2. house and the Lord had giuen him rest round about from all his enemies.
2 The King said vnto Nathán the Prophet, Beholde, now I dwel in an house of cedar trees, & the Arke of God remaineth within theVvithin the Tabernacle couered with
〈◊〉
, Exod. 26. 7. curtaines.
3 Then Nathán said vnto the King, Go, and do all that is in thine hearte: for the Lorde (is) with thee.
4 ¶ And the same nyght the worde of the Lord came vnto Nathán, saying,
5 Go, and tel my seruant Dauid, Thus saieth the Lord,Meanyng, he shulde
〈◊〉
: yet Nathan
〈◊〉
according tomās iudgement & not by the Spirite of prophecie, permit ted him. Shalt thou buyld me an house for my dwelling?
6 For I haue dwelt in no house since the time that I broght the children of Israél out of Egypt vnto this day, but haue walked in a tent and tabernacle.
7 In all the (places) wherein I haue walked with all the children of Israél, spake I one worde with anie of the tribes ofAs concernyng the
〈◊〉
of an house:
〈◊〉
that without Goddes expresse worde nothynge ought to be
〈◊〉
. Israél when I commāded (the iudges) to fede my people Israél? or said I, Why buylde ye not me an house of cedar trees?
8 Now therefore so say vnto my seruant Dauid, Thus sayeth the LORD of hostes, *I1. Sam. 16.
〈◊〉
. toke thee from the shepecote followyngPsal. 78. 70. the shepe, that thou mightest be ruler ouer my people, ouer Israél.
9 And I was with thee wheresoeuer thou hast walked, and haue destroyed all thine enemies out of thy sight, and haue made thee aI haue made thee famous through all the worlde. great name, like vnto the name of the great men that are in the earth.
10 [Also I wil appoint a place for my people Israél, and wil plant it, that they may dwell in a place of their owne, & moueHe promiseth them quietnes, if they will walke in his feare and obedience. nomore, nether shal wicked people trouble them anie more as before time,
11 * And since the time that I set iudges ouer my people of Israél] and I wil giue thee rest from all thine enemies: also the Lord telleth thee, that he wil make thee an house.
12 * And when thy dayes be fulfilled, thou1. King. 8. 20, shalt slepe with thy fathers, and I wil set vp thy seede after thee, which shall procede out of thy body, and wil stablish his kingdome.
13 *He shal buyld an house for my Name, &1 king. 5. 5. & 6. 12. I will stablishe the throne of his kingdome1.
〈◊〉
22.
〈◊〉
.
Ebr. 1 5. for euer.Psal. 89 31.
14 *I wil be his father, & he shalbe my sonne: and * if he sinne, I wil chasten him with the That is, gentely, as fathers vse to chastice their children. rod of men, and with the plagues of the children of men.
15 But my mercy shal not depart away from him, as I toke it from Saúl whome I haue put away before thee.
16 And thine house shalbe stablished and thy kingdome for euer before thee, (euen) thy throne shalbeThis was begon in Salomon as a figure, but accomplished in Christ. stablished for euer.
17 According to all these words, and according to all this vision, Nathán spake thus vnto Dauid.
18 Then King Dauid went in, and sate before the Lord, and said, Who am I, ô Lord God, and what is myne house, that thou haste broght me hitherto?
19 And this was yet a small thing in thy sight, ô Lord GOD, therefore thou hast spoken also of thy seruāts house for a great while: butEhr, is this the lawe of man? doeth this apperteine toCometh not this rather of thy fre mercie, thē of any worthines that can be in man? mā, ô Lord God?
20 And what can Dauid say more vnto thee? for thou, Lord God, knowest thy seruant.
21 For thy wordes sake, and accordynge to thine owne hearte hast thou done all these great things, to make them knowen vnto thy seruant.
22 Wherefore thou art great, ô Lord GOD for there is none like thee, nether is there anie God besides thee, accordynge to all that we haue heard with our eares.
23 *And what one people in the earthe isDeut. 4. 7. like thy people, like Israél? whose GOD went and redemed them to him selfe, that they might be his people, & that he might make him a name, and do forO Israél. you greate things, and terrible for thyAnd inheritā
ce, which is Israél land, ô Lorde, (euen)
〈◊〉
thy people, whome thou redemest to thee out of Egypt, (from) theFrom the Egyptians and theyr
〈◊〉
. nacions, and their Gods?
24 For thou hastHe sheweth that Gods fre election is the onely cause, why the
〈◊〉
were
〈◊〉
to be his people. ordeined thy people Israél to be thy people for euer: and thou Lord art become their God.
25 Now therefore, ô Lord God, confirme for euer the worde that thou hast spoken cō
cerning thy seruant and his house, and do as thou hast said.
26 And let thy Name be magnified for euer by them that shall say, The Lord of hostes (is) the GOD ouer Israél: & let theThis praier is moste effectuall, when we chiefly seke Gods glorie, and the accomplishement of his promes. house of thy seruant Dauid be stablished before thee.
27 For thou, ô Lord of hostes, God of Israél, hast reueiled vnto thy seruāt, saying, I will buyld thee an house: therefore hathe thy seruantEbr. founde hys heart disposed. bene bolde to praye thys prayer vnto thee.
28 Therefore now, ô Lord God, [(for) thou art God, and thy wordes be true, and thou hast tolde this goodnes vnto thy seruant.]
29 Therefore now let it please thee to blesse the house of thy seruant, that it may cōtinue for euer before thee: for thou, ô Lorde God, hastTherefore
〈◊〉
beleue it shall come to passe. spokē it: & let the house of thy seruāt be blessed for euer, with thy blessing.
CHAP. VIII.
1 Dauid ouercommeth the Philistims, and other strange
nacions, and maketh them tributaries to Israél.
1 AFter this now, Dauid smote the Philistims,1. Chro 18. 1. and subdued them, and Dauidpsal. 60. 2. tokeOr, methegammah. the bridle of bondage out ofSo that thei paied no more
〈◊〉
. the hand of the Philistims.
2 And he smote Moáb, and measured them with a corde, and cast them downe to the ground: he measured them withHe slewe two partes, as it pleased him and reserued the third. two cordes to put them to death, and with one ful corde to kepe them aliue: so became the Moabites Dauids seruāts, & broght gifts.
3 ¶ Dauid smote also Hadadézer the sonne of Rehób King of Zobáh as he wēt toOr,
〈◊〉
. recouer his border at the riuerEbr,
〈◊〉
. Euphrátes.
4 And Dauid to ke athousand and seuen hū
dreth horsemen, and twentye thousande fotemē, andOr, hoght the horses of the charets. destroyed all the charets, but he reserueth an hundreth charets of them
5 ¶ Then cameOr, the Sycide. the Aramites ofOr, of Damascus: that is, which dwelt nere Damascus. Dammések to succour Hadadézer King of Zobáh, but Dauid slewe of the Aramites two & twentie thousand men.
6 And he put a garison inIn that parte of Syria, where Damascus was. Arám of Dāmések: and the Aramites became seruantes to Dauid,They payed
〈◊〉
tribute. and broght giftes. And the Lord saued Dauid wheresoeuer he went.
7 And Dauid toke the shields of golde that belonged to the seruants of Hadadézer, & broght them toFor the vse of the temple. Ierusalém.
8 And out of Betáh, and Berothái [cities of Hadadézer] Dauid broght exceding much brasse.
9 ¶ Then Tôiking ofOr, Antiochia. Hamáth heard how Dauid had smitten all the hoste of Hadadézer,
10 Therefore Tói sent Iorám his sonne vnto King Dauid,Ebr. to aske
〈◊〉
. to salute him, and toEbr. blesse him.
〈◊〉
seing Dauid victorious, he was glad to intreat of peace. reioyce with him because he had foght against Hadadézer, and beaten him [for Hadadézer had warre with
〈◊〉
] whoEbr. in his hand. broght with him vessels of siluer, and vessels of golde and vessels of brasse.
11 And King Dauid did dedicate them vnto the Lord with the siluer and golde that he had dedicate of all the nacions, whiche he had subdued:
12 OfOr, Syria, or
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
, and of Moáb, and of the children of Ammón, and of the Philistims, and of Amalék, and of the spoyle of Hadadézer the sonne of Rehôb King of Zobáh.
13 So Dauid gate a name after that he returned, and had slaine of the Aramites in the Or, in Gemélah valley of salt eightene thousand men.
14 And he put a garison in Edom: throughout all Edóm put he soldiers, and all they of Edôm became Dauids seruantes: and the Lord kept DauidOr, in all his entreprises. whether soeuer he went.
15 Thus Dauid reigned ouer all Israél, and executedHe gaue iudgement in
〈◊〉
, and was merciful towarde the people. iudgement and iustice vnto all his people.
16 And Ioáb the sonne of Zeruiáh (was) ouer the hoste, and Ioshaphát the sonne of Ahilúd wasOr, writer of Chronicles. recorder.
17 And Zadok the sonne of Ahitúb, and Ahimélech the sonne of Abiathár (were) the Priests, and Seraiáh the scribe.
18 And Benaiahú the sonne of IehoiadaOr, was ouer the Cherethites. and theThe Cherethites and Pelethites were as the kings garde, and had charge of his persone. Cherethites and the Pelethites, and Dauids sonnes were chief rulers.
CHAP. IX.
9 Dauid restoreth all the landes of Saúl to Miphibósheth the sonne of Ionathán. 10 He appointed Zibá to se to the profit of his landes.
1 ANd Dauid said, Is there yet anye man left of the house of Saúl, that I maye shewe him mercy forBecause of mine
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
made to Ionathā. Ionathans sake?
2 And there was of the housholde of Saúl a seruant whose name was Zibá, and when1. Sam. 20
〈◊〉
. they had called him vnto Dauid, the Kyng said vnto him, Art thou Zibá? And he said, I thy seruant (am he.)
3 Then the King said, Remaineth there yet none of the house of Saúl, on whome I may shewe theSuche mercie, as shal be acceptable to God. mercy of God? Zibá then aunswered the Kynge, Ionathán hathe yet a sonne * lame of his feete.Chap 4. 4.
4 Then the King said vnto him, Where is he? And Zibá said vnto the King, Behold, he is in the house of Machir the sonne of Ammiél of Lo-debár.
5 ¶ Then King Dauid sent, & toke him out of the house of Machir the sonne ofVVho was also called Bham, the father of Bathsheba Dauids wife. Ammiél of Lo-debár.
6 Now when Mephibósheth the sonne of Ionathán, the sonne of Saúl was come vnto Dauid, he fell on his face, & did reuerence. And Dauid said, Mephibósheth? And he answered, Beholde thy seruant.
7 Then Dauid said vnto him, Feare not: for I will surely shewe thee kindnes for Ionathán thy fathers sake, and wil restore thee all theOr lands. fields of Saúl thy father, and thou shalt eat bread at my table continually.
8 And he bowed him selfe, and said, What is thy seruant, that thou shuldest loke vpon sucheMeaning, a despised
〈◊〉
. a dead dog as I am?
9 Then the King called Zibá Sauls seruant, and said vnto him, I haue giuen vnto thy mastersOr, nephewe. sonne all that perteined to Saúl and to all his house.
10 Thou therefore andBe ye prouident
〈◊〉
, and gou rners of his lāds that they may be profitable. thy sonnes, and thy seruants shall till the lande for hym, and bring in that thy masters sonne may haue foode to eat. And Mephibósheth thy masters sonne shal eat bread alwaye at my table [now Zibá had fiftene sonnes, and twē
tie seruants.]
11 Then said Zibá vnto the King, According to all that my Lord the Kynge hathe commanded his seruāt, so shal thy seruant do, That Mephibosheth maye haue all things at commandemēt as becommeth a kings sonne. that Mephibósheth may eat at my table, as one of the Kings sonnes.
12 Mephibosheth also had a yonge sonne named Michá, and all that dwelled in the house of Zibá, (were) seruantes vnto Mephibósheth.
13 And Mephibósheth dwelt in Ierusalém: for he did eat continually at the Kings table, and was lame on bothe his feete.
CHAP. X.
4 The messengers of Dauid are vilainously entreated of the King of Ammón. 7 Ioáb is sent agaynste the Ammonites.
1 AFter this, the * King of the childrē of1. Chro. 19. 2. Ammón dyed, and Hanūn hys sonne reigned in his stede.
2 Then said Dauid, I will shewe kyndenes vnto Hanūn the sonne of Nahásh, as hys fatherThe children of
〈◊〉
are not vnmindeful of a benefit receiued. shewed kindnes vnto me. And Da uid sent his seruants to comforte hym for his father. So Dauid seruants came into the land of the children of Ammōn.
3 And the princes of the children of Ammōn said vnto Hanún their Lord,Ebr; In thine eyes doeth Dauid Thinkest thou that Dauid doeth honourthy father, that he hath sent cōforters to thee? hathe not Dauid (rather) sent his seruants vnto thee,Their arrogant malice wold not suffer them to se the simplicitie of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
therefore theyr counsel turned to the destruction of their countrey. to searche the citie, and to spie it out, and to ouerthrowe it?
4 Wherefore Hanún toke Dauids seruants, and shaued of the halfe of their bearde, & cut of their garments in the middle, euen to their buttockes, and sent them away.
5 ¶ When it was tolde vnto Dauid, he sent to mete them [for the men were excedingly ashamed] and the King said, Tarie at Ierichó, vntill your beardes be growen, then returne.
6 ¶ And when the children of Ammón sawe that theyThat they had deserued Dauids displeasure, for the iniurie done to his ambassadours. stanke in the sight of Dauid, the children of Ammón sent & hired theOr, Syrians. Aramites of the house of Rehób, and the Aramites of Zobá, twentie thousand footemē, and of King Maacáh a thousand men, and of
〈◊〉
twelue thousand men.
7 And when Dauid heard of it, he sent Ioáb, and all the hoste of the strong men.
8 And the children of Ammón came out, and put their armie in array at the entring in of the gate: and the Aramites ofThese were diuers partes of the countrey of Syria whereby appeareth that the Syriās serued, where they mighte haue
〈◊〉
, as now the
〈◊〉
. Zobá, & of Rehob, and of Ish-tób, and of Maacáh, (were) by them selues in the field.
9 When Ioáb sawe that the fronte of the battell was agaynste hym before and behinde, he chose of all the choise of Israél, and put them in arraye agaynste the Aramites.
10 And the rest of the people he delyuered into the hand of Abishái his brother, that he might put them in arraye agaynste the children of Ammón.
11 And he said, If the Aramites be stronger then I, thou shalt helpe me, and if the children of Ammon be to strong for thee, I wil come and succour thee.
12 Be strong & let vs be valiant forHere is declared wherefore warre ought to be vnder taken: for the defence of true religion and Goddes people. our people, and for the cities of our God, and let the Lord do that which is good in his eyes.
13 Then Ioáb, and the people that was with him, ioyned in battell with the Aramites, who fled before him.
14 And when the children of Ammōn sawe that the Aramites fled, they fled also before
〈◊〉
, and entred into the Citie, so Ioáb returned frō the children of Ammōn, and came to Ierusalém.
15 ¶ And when the Aramites sawe that they were smitten before Israél, they gathered them together.
16 AndOr,
〈◊〉
. Hadarézer sent, and broght out the Aramites that were beyonde theOr,
〈◊〉
. Riuer: & they came to Helám, and Shobách the captaine of the hoste of Hadarézer (went) before them.
17 When it was shewed Dauid, then he gatheredMeanyng; the greatest parte. all Israél together, and passed ouer Iordén and came to Helám: and the Aramites set them selues in array againste Dauid, and foght with him:
18 And the Aramites fled before Israél: and Dauid destroyedVVhiche were the chiefest and moste
〈◊〉
for in all he destroyed, 7000. as 1. Chro. 19. 18. or, the soldiers which were in 700. charets. seuen hundreth charets of the Aramites, & fourtie thousand horsemen, and smote Shobách the captaine of his hoste, who dyed there.
19 And whē all the Kings, (that were) seruāts to Hadarézer, sawe that they fell before Israél, they made peace with Israél, & serued them, & the Aramites feared to helpe the children of Ammōn anie more.
CHAP. XI.
1 The citie Rabbáh is besieged. 4 Dauid committeth adulterie. 17 Vriáh is slaine. 27 Dauid marieth Bathshéba.
1 ANd when the yere wasThe yere follow ing aboute the spring time. expired in the time whē Kings go forth (to battell,) Dauid sent * Ioáb, and his seruants wyth him, and all Israél, who destroyed the children of Ammōn, and besieged Rabbáh: but Dauid remained in Ierusalém.
2 ¶ And when it was euenyng tide, Dauid arose out of hisVVhereupon he vsed to rest at after none, as was red of
〈◊〉
bed, and walked vppon the roofe of the Kings palace: and frome the roofe he sawe a woman washing her selfe and the woman was very beautifullChap. 4, 7. to loke vpon.
3 And Dauid sent and inquired what womā it was: and (one) said, Is not this Bethshéba the daughter of Eliám, wife to Vriáh theVVho was not an Israelite borne but conuerted to the true religion. Hittite?
4 Then Dauid sent messengers, & toke her awaye: and she came vnto him and he laye with her: [now she was * purified from herLeui. 15. 19. & 18. 19. vnclennes] & she returned vnto her house.
5 And the womā cōceiued therfore she sent andFearing left she shulde be stoned according to the Law. tolde Dauid, & said, I am with childe.
6 ¶ Then Dauid sent to Ioáb, (saying,) Send me Vriáh the Hittite. And Ioáb sent Vriáh to Dauid.
7 And whē Vriáh came vnto him, Dauid demanded him how Ioáb did, & how the people fared, and how the warre prospered.
8 Afterward Dauid said to Vriáh,Dauid thoght that if Vriah
〈◊〉
with his wife, his faute mighte be cloked. Go down to thine house, & wash thy feete. So Vriáh departed out of the Kings palace, and the King sent a present after him.
9 But Vriáh slept at the dore of the Kynges palace with all the seruants of his Lord, & went not downe to his house.
10 Then they tolde Dauid, saying, Vriáh
went not downe to his house: and Dauid said vnto Vriáh, Comest thou not from thy iourney? why didest thou not go downe to thine house?
11 Then Vriáh answered Dauid,Hereby GOD wold touche Dauids conscience, that
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his seruant, he wolde declare him self so fo: get full of GOD and
〈◊〉
to hys seruant. The Arke of Israél, and Iudáh dwel in tentes: and my Lords Ioáb and the seruantes of my Lorde abide in the open fields: shal I then go into mine house to eat and drinke, and lie with my wife? (by) thy life, & (by) the life of thy soule, I wil not do this thing.
12 Then Dauid said vnto Vriáh, Tarie yet this daye, and tomorowe I will send thee awaie. So Vriáh abode in Ierusalē that day, and the morowe.
13 Then Dauid called him, and he did eate & drinke before him, & he made himHe made hym
〈◊〉
more liberallv them he was wonte to do thinking hereby he wold haue lyē by his wife. drōke: and at euen he went out to lie on his couche with the seruants of his Lord, but wēt not downe to his house.
14 And on the morowe Dauid wrote a letter to Ioáb, and sent it by the hand of Vriáh.
15 And he wroteEbr. saying. thus in the letter,Except God
〈◊〉
vpholde vs with his mightie spirit, the most perfect fall head long into all vice
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Put ye Vriáh in the forefronte of the strength of the battell, and recule ye backe from him, that he may be smitten, and dye.
16 ¶ So when Ioáb besieged the citie, he assigned Vriáh vnto a place, where he knew that strong men (were.)
17 And the men of the citie came out, and foght with Ioáb: and there fell of the people of the seruāts of Dauid, and Vriáh the Hittite also dyed.
18 Then Ioáb sent and tolde Dauid all the things concerning the warre,
19 ¶ And he charged the messenger, saying, Whē thou hast made an end of telling the matters of the warre vnto the King,
20Or, Thou shalt do
〈◊〉
if. And if the Kinges angre arise, so that he say vnto thee, Wherefore approched ye vnto the citie to fight? knewe ye not that they wolde hurle from the wall?
21 Who smote Ahimélech sonne ofMeanyng, Gideon, Iudg. 9 12. Ierubésheth? did not a woman caste a piece of a milstone vpon him from the wall, and he dyed in Thebēz? why went you nye the wal? Then say thou, Thy seruāt Vriáh the Hittite is also dead.
22 ¶ So the messenger went, and came and shewed Dauid al that Ioáb had sēt him for.
23 And the messenger said vnto Dauid, certeinly the men preuailed agaynste vs, and came out vnto vs into the fielde, but weEbr. were
〈◊〉
them. pursued thē vnto the entring of the gate.
24 But the shooters shot frō the wall against thy seruants, and (some) of the Kings seruants be dead: and thy seruant Vriáh the Hittite is also dead.
25 Then Dauid said vnto the messēger,He dissembleth with the messenger, to the intent that nether
〈◊〉
cruel commandement, nor
〈◊〉
wicked obediēce
〈◊〉
be
〈◊〉
. Thus shalt thou say vnto Ioáb, Let not this thing trouble thee: for the sworde
〈◊〉
Ebr. so and so. one as wel as another: make thy battell more strong against the citie and destroy it, and encourage thou him.
26 ¶ And when the wife of Vriáh heard that her housband Vriáh was dead, she mourned for her housband.
27 So when the mourning was paste, Dauid sent and toke her into his house, & she became his wife, and bare him a sonne: but the thing that Dauid had done,Ebr. was
〈◊〉
in the eyes of the Lord. displeased the Lord.
CHAP. XII.
1 Dauid reproued by Nathán confesseth his sinne. 18 The child cōceiued in adulterie, dyeth. 24 Salomón is borne. 26 Rabbah is taken. 31 The citizens are grieúously punished.
1 THen the LordBecause Dauid
〈◊〉
no we drowned in sinne, the louing
〈◊〉
of God,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
not his to perishe, waketh his
〈◊〉
science by this
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, &
〈◊〉
hym to
〈◊〉
. sent Nathán vnto Dauid, who came to him, and sayde vnto him, There were two men in one Citie, the one riche, and the other poore.
2 The richeman had exceding manye shepe and oxen:
3 But the poore had none at all, saue one litle shepe which he had boght, & nourished vp: and it grewe vp with him, & with his children also, and did eat of his owne morsels, and dranke of his owne cup, and slept in his bosome, & was vnto him as his daughter
4 Now there came aOr, wayfaring man. stranger vnto the riche man, whoOr, spared. refused to take of his owne shepe, and of his owne oxen to dresse for the stranger that was come vnto him, but toke the poore mans shepe, and dressed it for the man that was come to him.
5 ThenEbr. The angre of Dauid was kindeled. Dauid was exceding wrothe with the man, and said to Nathan, As the Lorde liueth, the man that hathe done this thing,Ebr. is the childe of deathe. shall surely dye,
6 And he shal restore the lābe * foure folde,Exod. 22. 1. because he did this thing, and had no pitie thereof.
7 Then Nathan said to Dauid, Thou art the man. Thus sayth the Lord God of Israél, * I1. Sam. 16.
〈◊〉
. anointed thee King ouer Israél, and deliuered thee out of the hand of Saúl,
8 And gaue thee thy LordsFor Dauid succeded Saul in hys kingdome. house, and thy LordsThe
〈◊〉
vnderstand thys of
〈◊〉
& Michal, or of Rizpah and Michal. wyues into thy bosome, and gaue thee the house of Israél, and of Iudáh, and wolde more ouer [if (that had bene) to litle] haue giuen theeThat is, greater things then these for Gods loue and benefites inc
〈◊〉
toward his, if by their ingratitude thei stay him not. suche and suche things.
9 Wherefore hast thou despised the cōmandement of the Lord, to do euil in his sight? thou hast killed Vriáh the Hittite with the sworde, and hast taken his wife (to be) thy wife, and hast slaine him with the sword of theThou hast most cruelly giuen him into the hands of Gods enemies. children of Ammón.
10 Now therefore the sworde shal neuer departe from thine house, because thou hast despised me, and taken the wife of Vriáh the Hittite to be thy wife.
11 Thus saith the Lord, Beholde, I will raise vp euill agaynste thee out of thine owne house, & will * take thy wiues before thineDeut. 28. 30. eyes, and giue them vnto thy neyghbour,Chap. 16. 22. and he shall lye with thy wiues in the sight of thisMeaning, openly. as
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. sunne.
12 For thou didest it secretlye: but I wyll do this thing before all Israél, and before the sunne.
13 Then Dauid said vnto Nathán, * I haue
〈◊〉
, 47. 13. sinned against the Lord. And Nathán said vnto Dauid, The Lord also hathFor the Lorde seketh but that the sinner wolde turne to him. put away thy sinne, thou shalt not dye.
14 How beit because by this dede thou hast caused the ennemies of the Lord toIn saying, that the Lord hathe appointed a wicked mā to reigne ouer his people. blaspheme, the childe that is borne vnto thee shal surely dye.
15 ¶ So Nathán departed vnto his house: & the Lord stroke the childe that Vriahs wife bare vnto Dauid, and it was sicke.
16 Dauid therefore besoght GOD for the childe, and fasted andTo wit, to hys priuie chamber. went in, and laye all night vpon the earth.
17 Thē the Elders of his house arose (to come) vnto him, & to cause him to rise from the grounde: but he wolde not, nether did he eatThinking by his instant
〈◊〉
that God wolde haue restored his childe, but GOD had otherwise de termined. meat with them.
18 So on the seuenth day the childe dyed: & the seruāts of Dauid feared to tel him that the childe was dead: for they said, Behold, while the childe was aliue, we spake vnto him, and he wolde not hearken vnto our voyce: how then shal we say vnto him, The childe is dead,Ebr and he wil do him selfe euill. to vexe (him) more?
19 But when Dauid sawe that hys seruantes whispered, Dauid perceiued that the child was dead therfore Dauid said vnto his seruants, Is the childe dead? And they said, He is dead.
20 Then DauidShewing that our lamentations oughtnot to be
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
mo derate, and that we muste prayse God in all hys doings. arose from the earthe, and washed and anointed him selfe, and changed his apparel, & came into the house of the Lord, and worshiped, & afterward came to his owne house, and bade that
〈◊〉
shuld set bread before him, and he did eat.
21 Then saidAs they which considered not that God grāteth manie thinges to the sobbes &
〈◊〉
of the faithful. his seruants vnto him, What thynge is this, that thou haste done? thou did est fast and wepe for the childe, while it was aliue, but when the childe was dead,
〈◊〉
did est rise vp, and eat meat.
22 And he said, While the child was yet aliue, I fasted, and wept for I said, Who can tell (whether) GOD will haue mercie on me, that the childe may liue?
23 But now beynge dead, wherefore shulde I nowe fast?By this
〈◊〉
he appaised his sorowe. Can I bring him againe anye more? I shall go to hym, but he shall not returne to me.
24 ¶ And Dauid comforted Bath-shéba hys wife, & went in vnto her, and lay with her, * and she bare a sonne,To wit, thelord, 1. Chro 22. 9. and he called hysMat. 1. 6. name Salomôn: also the Lord loued him.
25 For (the Lord) had sent by Nathán theTo call him Salomon. Prophet thereforeMeaning, Dauid. * he called his name Iedidiáh, because the Lord (loued him.)
26 ¶ Then Ioáb foght agaynste Rabbáh of1. Chro. 22 9. the children of Ammón, and toke theOr, the chief citie. citie of the kingdome.
27 Therefore Ioáb sent messengers to Dauid, saying, I haue foght againste Rabbáh, and haue taken the citie ofThat is, the chief citie, and where all the conduits are, is a good as taken. waters.
28 Now therefore gather the rest of the people together, and besiege the Citie, that thou maiest take it, lestEbr. my namebe called vpon it. the victorie be attributed to me.
29 So Dauid gathered all the people together, and went against Rabbáh, and besieged it, and toke it.
30 * And he toke their Kings crowne from1. Chro. 20. 2. his head, [which wayed aThat is
〈◊〉
pounde after the waight of the
〈◊〉
talent. talent of golde, with precious stones] & it was (set) on Dauids head and he broght away the spoyle of the citie in exceding great abundance.
31 And
〈◊〉
caryed awaye the people that was therein, and put them vnderSignifying, that as thei were
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of God, so he put them to cruell death. sawes, and vnder yron harowes, & vnder axes of yrō, and caste them into the tyle kylne: euen thus did he with all the cities of the chyldren of Ammón. Then Dauid and all the people returned vnto Ierusalém.
CHAP. XIII.
14 Amnón Dauids sonne
〈◊〉
his sister Tamár. 19 Tamár is comforted by her brother Absalóm. 29 Absalóm therefore killeth Amnón.
1 NOw after this so it was, that Absalôm the sonne of Dauid hauing a fayre sister, whose name (was)Tamarwas Absaloms sister both by father and mother, and
〈◊〉
onely by father. Tamár, Amnôn the sonne of Dauid loued her.
2 And Amnon was so sore vexed, that he fel sick for his sister Tamár for she was aAnd therefore kept in herfathers house, as virgines were accustomed. virgin, & it semed harde to Amnôn to do any thing to her.
3 But Amnôn had a friende called Ionadáb, the sonne of Shimeáh Dauids brother: and Ionadáb was a very subtile man.
4 Who said vnto him, Why (arte) thou the Kings sonne so leane from day to day? wilt thou not tel me? Thē Amnôn answered him, I loue Tamár my brother Absaloms sister.
5 And Ionadáb said vnto him,Here we se that there is no
〈◊〉
wicked, that
〈◊〉
lacke counsel to further it. Lye downe on thy bed, and make thy selfe sicke: and when thy father shal come to se thee, say vnto him, I pray thee, let my sister Tamár come, and giue me meat, and let her dresse meat in my sight, that I may se it, and eat it of her hand.
6 ¶ So Amnôn laye downe, & made him self sicke: and when the King came to se him, Amnôn said vnto the King, I pray thee, let Tamár my sister come, and make me a couple ofMeaning, some delicate and
〈◊〉
. cakes in my sight, that I may receiue meat at her hand.
7 Then Dauid sent home to Tamár, saying, Go now to thy brother Amnōs house, and dresse him meat.
8 ¶ So Tamár went to her brother Amnōs house, and he laye downe: and she tokeOr, paste. floure, and kneadit, and made cakesin his sight, and did bake the cakes.
9 And she toke a panne, andThat is, she serued them on a dishe. powred them out before him, but he wolde not eate. Thē Amnôn said, Causeye euery man to go out fromFor the wicked are ashamed to do that before mē whiche they are not afrayed to
〈◊〉
the sight of God. me: so euery man wēt out from him.
10 Then Amnôn said vnto Tamár, Bring the meat into the chamber, that I maye eat of thine hād. And Tamár toke the cakes whiche she had made, and broght thē into the chamber to Amnôn her brother.
11 And when she had set them before hym
to eat, he toke her, and said vnto her, Come, lye with me, my sister.
12 But-she answered him, Naye my brother do not force me for no such thing * ought to be done in Israél: commit not this folieLeui. 18. 9.
13 And I,Or, How shal I put away my shame. whether shal I cause my shame to go: and thou shalt be as oneAs a lewde & wicked persone. of the fooles in Israél: now therefore, I pray thee, speak to the King, for he wil not denye me vnto thee.
14 How beit he wolde not he arken vnto her voyce, but being stronger then she, forced her, and lay with her.
15 Thē Amnôn hated her excedingly, so that the hatred, where with he hated her, was greater then the loue, where with he had loued her, and Amnôn said vnto her, Vp, get thee hence.
16 And she answered him,
〈◊〉
, for this cause There (is) no cause: this euil [to put me away] is greater thē the other that thou didest vnto me but he wolde not heare her,
17 But called hisOr, boye. seruant that serued him, & said, Put this woman now out from me: & locke the dore' after her.
18 [And she had a garment ofFor that which was of diuers coa
〈◊〉
or pieces, in those dayes was had in greatest estimacion. Gene. 37. 3. iudg. 5. 30. diuers coulers vpon her: for with suche garmēts were the Kings daughters that were virgins appa reled] Then his seruant broght her out, and locked the dore after her.
19 And Tamár put a
〈◊〉
on her head & rent the garment of diuers coulers which was on her, and layed her hand on her head, & went her way crying.
20 And Absalôm her brother said vnto her, Hathe Amnôn thy brother bene with thee
〈◊〉
For thogh he
〈◊〉
ceiued soden vengeance in his heart, yet he
〈◊〉
bled it til occasiō serued, and comforted his sister. Now yet beistyl, my sister, he is thy brother let not this thing grieue thine heart. So Tamár remained desolate in her brother Absaloms house.
21 ¶ But when King Dauid heard all these things, he was very wrothe.
22 And Absalom said vnto his brother Amnôm nether good nor bad: for Absalôm ha ted Amnôn, because he had forced his sister Tamár.
23 ¶ And after the time of two yeres, Absalôm had shepe sherers inOr, in the plaine of Hazor. Baal-hazôm which is beside Ephráim, andTo wit, to a banke, thinking thereby to fulfil his wicked purpose. Absalôm called all the Kings sonnes.
24 And Absalôm came to the King and said Beholde now, thy seruant hathe shepe sherers: I pray thee, that the King with his ser uants wolde go with thy seruant.
25 But the King answered Absalōm, Nay my sonne, I pray thee, let vs not go all, lest we be chargeable vnto thee. Yet Absalôm laye sore vpon him: howbeit he wolde not go, butEbr. blessed. thanked him.
26 Then said Absalôm, But, I pray thee, shal not my brother
〈◊〉
to the king that Am non was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vnto him. Amnôn go with vs, And the King answered him, Why shulde he go with thee?
27 But Absalōm was instant vpon him, and he sent. Amn on with him, and all the Kings children.
28 ¶ Now had Absalóm commanded his seruants, saying, Marke now when Amnons heatt is mery with wine, and when I say vnto you, Smite Amnôn, kil him, feare not for haue not
〈◊〉
is the pride of the wicked masters,
〈◊〉
in all their wicked commandemēts they think to be obeyed. I commanded you be bolde therefore, and play the men.
29 And the seruants of Absalôm did vnto Amnôn, as Absalôm had commanded, and all the Kings sonnes arose, and euery man gate him vp vpon his mule, and fled.
30 ¶ And while thei were in the way, tidings came to Dauid, saying, Absalom hathe slay ne all the Kings sonnes, and there is not one of them left.
31 Then the King arose, and tare his garmēts and lay on theLamenting as he
〈◊〉
felt the wrath of Godvpō his house. grounde, and all his seruants stode by with their clothes rent.
32 And Ionadáb the sonne of Shimeád Dauids brother answered and said. Let not my
〈◊〉
. 12. 10. lord suppose that they haue slayne all the yong men the Kings sonnes: for Amnon onely is dead,Ebr. because it was put in
〈◊〉
mouche. because Absalom had reported (so) since he forced his sister Tamār.
33 Now therefore let not my lord the KingOr take it to heart. take the thing so grieuously, to thinke that all the Kings sónes are dead:Or, but. for Am non onely is dead.
34 ¶ Then Absalom fled: and the yong man that kept the watche, lift vp his eyes, and loked, and beholde, there came muche peo ple by the way of the hil sideOr, one after an other. behinde him
35 And Ionadáb said vnto the King, Beholde, the Kings sonnes come, as thy seruant said,That onely Am non is dead. so it is.
36 And assone as he had left speaking behold the Kings sonnes came, and lift vp their voyce, and wept: and the King also and all his seruants wept excedingly sore.Chap. 3.
〈◊〉
37 But Absalom fled away, and went toFor Maachah his mother was the
〈◊〉
of this Talmai. Talmái the sonne of Ammihúr King of Geshúr & (Dauid) mourned for his sóne eueryday.
38 So Absalom fled, and went to Geshûr, and was there thre yeres,
39 And King DauidOr, ceased. desired to go forthe vnto Absalom, because he was pacified cō cerning Amnôn, seing he was dead.
CHAP. XIIII.
2 Absalom
〈◊〉
reconcilied to his father by the subteltie of Ioab 24 Absalom maynot se the Kings face 25 The beau tie of Absalom 30 He causeth Ioabs corne to be burnt, & is broght to his fathers presence.
1 THen Ioáb the sonne of Zeruiáh perceiued, that the KingsThat the kynge fauoured him. heart was towarde Absalom,
2 And Ioáb sent to Tekoah, and broght thence aOr, wise. subtile woman, and said vnto her, I pray thee, faine thy selfe to mourne, & now put on morning apparel, &In token of mournyng: for they vsed
〈◊〉
intynge to seme chearefull. anoint not thy selfe with oyle: but be as a woman that had now long time mourned for the dead.
3 And come to the King, and speake of this maner vnto him [for IoábEbr. put worde in her mouthe. taught her what
the shulde say]
4 ¶ Then the woman of Tekoáh spake vnto the King, and fel downe on her face to the grounde, and did obeisance, & saidEbr. Saue. Helpe ô King.
5 Then the King said vnto her. What ayleth thee? And she answered. I am in dede aEbr. a widowe woman. widowe, and mine housband is dead:
6 And thine hand mayd had twoVnder this parable she describeth the death of Ammon by Absalom. sonnes & they two stroue together in the field: [& there was none to parte them] so the one smote the other, and
〈◊〉
him.
7 And beholde, the whole familie is risen against thine hand mayd, and thei said, De liuer him that smote his brother, that we may kil him for theBecause he hathe slayne his bro ther, he oght to
〈◊〉
slayne according to the Lawe. soule of his brother whome he slewe, that we may destroy the heire also: so they shal quenchemy sparkle which is left, and shal not leane to mineGene 9, 6. housband nether name nor posteritie vpō
Exod. 21. 12, the earth.
8 And the King said vnto the woman, Go to thine house, & I wil giue a charge for thee
9 Then the woman of Tekóah said vnto the King, My lord, ó King, thisAs touching the
〈◊〉
of the Lawe which punisheth blood, let me beare the blame. trespasse (be) on me, and on my fathers house, and the King and his throne (be)" giltles.
10 And the King said, Bring him to me that speaketh against thee, and he shal touche thee nomore.
11 Then said she, I pray thee, let the KingSweare that thei shal not reuenge the blood, which are
〈◊〉
in nom ber. re member the Lord thy God, that thou wol dest not suffer many reuengers of blood to destroy, lest thei slaye my sonne. And he answered. As the Lord liueth, there shal not one heere of thy sōne fall to the earth
12 Then the woman said, I pray thee, let thine hand maid speake a worde to my lord the King, And he said, Say on.
13 Then the woman said, Wherefore thē hast thouVVhy doest thou giue contrary sentence in
〈◊〉
sonne absalom? thoght suche a thing against the people of God? or (why) doeth the King, as one which is fautie, speake this thing, that he wil not bring againe his banished:
14 For we must nedes dye, and (we are) as wa ter spilt on the grounde, which can not be gathered vp againe: nether doeth GodOr, accept. spare anie persone, yet doeth he appointGod hathe prouided Waies as sanctuaries to saue then
〈◊〉
times whome man iud geth worthy death. meanes, not to cast out frō him him that is expelled.
15 Now therefore that I am come to speake of this thing vnto my lord the King, (the cause is) that the peopleFor I thoght they wolde kil this mine heit. haue made me afraide therefore thine hand maid said, Now wil I speake vnto the King: it may be that the King wil performe the request of his handmaid.
16 For the King wil beare, to deliuer his hād maid out of the hand of the mā that wolde destroye me, and also my sonne frō the inheritance of God.
17 Therefore thine hand maid said, The word of my Lord the King shal nowe be" comfortable: for my Lord the King is euen as an k Angel of God in hearing of good and bad: therefore the Lord thy God be with thee.
18 Then the King answered, and said vnto the woman, Hide not from me I pray thee, the thīg that I shal aske thee. And the wo mā said, Let my lord the King now speake
19 And the King said, Is not
〈◊〉
not
〈◊〉
done this
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
counsel of
〈◊〉
the hand of Ioáb with thee in all this? then the woman answered, and said. As thy soule liueth, my lord the King, I wil not turne to the right hand nor to the left from oght that my lord the King hathe spoken? for euen thy seruant Ioáb bade me, and he put all these wordes in the mouthe of thine hand maid
20 For to the intent that I shuldeBy
〈◊〉
rather in a
〈◊〉
ble then
〈◊〉
. change the forme of speache, thy seruant Ioáb hathe done this thing: butOr, none
〈◊〉
de
〈◊〉
from the King. my lord is wise according to the wisdome of an Angel of God to vnderstand all things that are in the earth.
21 ¶ And the King said vnto Ioáb, Beholde now, I haueI haue' granted thy request. done this thing: go then and bring the yong man Absalôm againe.
22 And Ioáb fel to the grounde on his face, and bowed himselfe, andEbr. blessed. thanked the King. Then Ioáb said, This day thy seruāt knoweth, that I haue founde grace in thy sight, my LORD the King, in that the King hathe fulfilled the request of his seruant.
23 ¶ And Ioàb arose, and went to Geshûr, & broght Absalòm to Ierusalêm.
24 And the King said, Let himCouering hereby his affection, and shewing
〈◊〉
parte of iustice to please the people turne to his owne house: and not se my face. So Absalôm turned to his owne house, & sawe not the Kings face.
25 Now in all Israél there was none to be so muche praised for beautie as Absalôm frō the sole of his foote euen to the top of his head there was noblemish in him.
26 And when he polled his head [for at euerie yeres end he polled it: because it was to heauy for him, therefore he polled it] he weighed the heere of his head at two hundrethVVhich weig hed 6
〈◊〉
. 4 once after halfe
〈◊〉
on ce the shekei. shekels by the Kings weight.
27 And Absalóm had thre sonnes, and one daughter named Tamár, which was a faire woman to loke vpon.
28 ¶ So Absalóm dwelt the space of two yeres in Ierusalém, & sa we not the Kings face.
29 Therefore Absalóm sent for Ioáb to send him to the king, but he wolde not come to him: and when he sent againe, he wolde not come.
30 Therefore he said vnto his seruants, Beholde, Ioáb hathe aOr, possession. field by my place, andb The wicked
〈◊〉
impacientin, their affections, and spare no vnlawful meanes to
〈◊〉
them. hathe barly therein: go, and set it
〈◊〉
on fire and Absaloms seruants set the field on fire
31 Then Ioáb arose, and came to Absalôm vnto his house, and said vnto him, Wherefore haue thy seruants burnt my field with fire?
32 And Absalôm answered Ioáb, Beholde, I sent for thee, saying, Come thou hither, and I wil send thee to the King for to
say, Wherefore am I come from Geshúr? It had bene better for me to haue bene there stil now therefore let me se the Kings face: andIf I haue offended by reuenging my sisters dishonour thus the wicked iustisie them selues in their euil. if there be anie trespasse in me, let him kil me.
33 Then Ioáb came to the King, and tolde him: and he called for Absalóm, who came to the King, and bowed him selfe to the grounde on his face before the King: and the King kissed Absalom.
CHAP. XV.
2 The practises of Absalom to aspire to the Kingdome. 14 Dauid and his flee. 31 Dauids prayer. 34 Hushái is sent to Absalom to discouer his counsel.
1 AFter this AbsalômEhr, made him. prepared him cha rets and horses, and fiftie men toVVhich were as agarde to setfor te his estate. run ne before him.
2 And absalom rose vp early, and stode hard by the entring in of the gate, and euerie man that had anieOr cōtrouersie. matter: and came to the King for iudgement, him did Absalôm call vnto him, and said, Of what citie art thou? And he answered, Thy seruant (is) of one of theThat is nothing of what citie or place he was. tribes of Israél.
3 Then Absalóm said vnto him, Se thy matters are good and righteous, but there is no mā (deputed) of the King to heare thee
4 Absalóm said more ouer,Thus by slander flatterie and faire promises the wicked seke preferrement. Oh that I were made Iudge in the land, that euerie man which hathe anie matter or controuersie, might come to me, that I might do him Iustice.
5 And when anie man came nere to him, & did him obeisance, he put forthe his hand, and toke him, an kissed him.
6 And on this maner did Absalóm to all Israél, that came to the King for iudgement so AbsalômBy insiting thē
〈◊〉
his father to him selfe. stale the heartes of the men of Israél.
7 ¶ And afterCounting from the time that the Israelites had asked a king of Samuél. fortie yere, Absalom said vnto the King, I pray thee, let me go to Hebrón, and rendre my vowe which I haue vowed vnto the Lord.
8 For thy seruant voweda vowe when I remained in Geshúr: in Arám, saying, If the Lord shal bring me againe in dede to Ierusalém, I wilBy offring a peace offring, which was lawful to do in anie place. serue the Lord.
9 And the King said vnto him, Go in peace. So he arose, and went to Hebrôn.
10 ¶ Then Absalôm sent spies throughout all the tribes of Israél, saying, When ye heare the sounde of the trumpet, ye shal say, Absalôm reigneth in Hebrón.
11 ¶ And with absalôm went two hundreth men out of Ierusalém, that wereAnd byd to his feast in Hebron. called: & they went in their simplicitie, knowing nothing.
12 Also Absalôm sent for Ahithōphel the Gilonite Dauids counseler,c from his citie Gilóh: while he offred sacrifices: and the treasō was great: for the peopleEbr. went & increased. encrea sed stil with Absalóm.
13 ¶ Then came a messenger to Dauid, saying The hearts of the men of Israél are turned after Absalôm.
14 Then Dauid said vnto all his seruants that were with him at Ierusalém, Vp, and let vs flee, for we shal not escape srō
VVhose heart he sawe that Satan had so possessed, that he wolde
〈◊〉
ue no
〈◊〉
vnattempted. Absalom: make spede to departe, lest he come sodenly and take vs, and bring euil vpon vs, and smite the citie with the edge of the sworde.
15 And the Kings seruants said vnto him, Beholde, thy seruants (are ready to do) according to all that my lord the King shalEbr. chose. appoint.
16 So the King departed & all his housholdeEbr. at his feete. after him, and the King left ten concubines to kepe the house.
17 And the King wēt forthe & all the people after him, and taryed in aOr house. placeTo wit, from Ierusalém. farre of.
18 And all his seruants went about him, and all theThese were as the kings garde, or as some write his counselers. Cherethites and all the Pelethites and all the Gittites (euen) sixe hūdreth men which were come after him frō Gath, went before the King.
19 Then said the King toVVho as some write, was the kings sonne of Gath. Ittai the Gittite, Wherefore commest thou also with vs? Re turne and abide with the King, for thou art a stranger: departe thou therefore to thy place.
20 Thou camest yesterday, and shulde cause thee to wander to day and go with vs? I wil go whither I can: therefore returne thou and cary againe thyMeaning them of his familie. brethrē mercie andGod require thee thy
〈◊〉
dship and fidelitie trueth (be) with thee.
21 And Ittái answered the King, and said As the Lord liueth, and as my lord the King liueth, in what place my lord the King shalbe, whether in death or life, euē there surely wil thy seruant be.
22 Then Dauid said to Ittái, Come, and go forwarde. And Ittái the Gittite went, and all his men, and all the children that were with him.
23 And all the countrey wept with a loude voyce: andTo wit, the six hundreth men. all the people went forward: but the King passed ouer the brooke Kidrón: and all the people wēt ouer to warde the way of the wildernes.
24 ¶ And lo, Zadók also (was there) and all the Leuites with hym,VVhich was the charge of the kohathire 9. Nō. 4. 4. bearing the Arke of the couenāt of God: & they set downe the Arke of God, & Abiathár wentTo standby the Arke. vp vntil the people were all come out of the citie.
25 Then the King said vnto Zadok, Carie the Arke of God againe into the citie, if I shal finde fauour in the eyes of the Lord, he wil bring me againe, & shewe me (bothe) it, and theOr his tabernacle. Tabernacle thereof.
26 But if he thus say, I haue no delite in thee, beholde,The faithful in all their afflictiōs shewe them selues obedient to Gods wil. here am I, let him do to me as semeth good in his eyes.
27 The King said againe vnto Zadok the Priest. Art not thou a * Seer? returne into the citie in peace, and your two sonnes with you (to wit) Ahimáaz thy sonne, and
〈◊〉
Sam. 9. 9. Ionathán the sonne of Abiathar.
28 Beholde, I wil tarie in the fieldes of the wildernes, vntil there come some worde
from you to be tolde me.
29 Zadök therefore and Abiathár, caryed the Arke of God againe to Ierusalém, & they taried there.
30 And Dauid went vp the mount of oliues and wept as he went vp, and had his headVVhich asshes and dust in signe of sorrowe. couered, and went barefooted: and all the people that was with him, had euerie man his head coucred, and as they wēt vp they wept.
31 Then one tolde Dauid, saying, Ahithôphél is one of them that haue conspired with Absalōm & Dauid said, ô Lord, I pray the turne theThe counsel of the
〈◊〉
worlde
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
more harme then the open force of the enemie. counsel of Ahithopel into foolishnes.
32 ¶ Then Dauid came to the toppe of the mount where he worshiped God and beholde, Hushai the Archite came against him with his coate torne, & hauing earth vpon his head,
33 Vnto whome Dauid said, If thou go with me, thou shalt be a burthen vnto me.
34 But if thou returne to the citie, & say vnto Absalōm, I wil be thyThough Hushai dissembled here at the
〈◊〉
, yet may we not vse this example to excuse our dissimulacion. seruant, ô King, [as I haue bene in time past thy fathers seruant so wil I now be thy seruant] then thou maiest bring me the counsel of Ahithophel to noght.
35 And hast thou not there with thee Zadóh and Abiathár the Priests, therefore whatsoeuer thou shalt heare out of the Kings house, thou shalt shewe to Zadok & Abiathár the Priests.
36 Beholde, there are with them their two sonnes? Ahimáaz Zadoks (sonne) and Ionathán Abiathars (sonne) by them also shal ye send me euerie thing that ye can heare.
37 So Hushai Dauids friend went into the citie: and Absalom came into Ierusalém.
CHAP. XVI.
1 The infidelitie of Ziba. 5 Shimei cuiseth Dauid. 16. Hushái cometh to Absalōm. 21 The counsel of Ahithóphel for the concubines.
1 WHen Dauid was a litle past theVVhich was the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
. toppe (of the hil) beholde, Zibá the seruantChap 15 30. of Mephibó sheth met him with a couple of asses sadled, and vpon them two hundreth (cakes) of bread, and one hundreth bunshes of raisins, and an hundreth ofOr fig cakes. dryed figges, and a bottel of wine.
2 And the King said vnto Zibá, What meanest thou by these: And Zibá said, They beCommunely there are no viler
〈◊〉
then they, which vnder
〈◊〉
of frendship accuse
〈◊〉
. asses for the Kings housholde to ride, on and bread and dryed figges for the yong men to eat, and wine, that the faint may drincke in the wildernes.
3 And the King said, But where is thymasters sonne? Then Zibá answered the, King Beholde, he remaineth in Ierusalém: for he said, This day shal the house of Israél resto reme the kingdome of my father.
4 Then said the King to Zibá, Beholde, thine are all that (perteined) vnto Mephibôsheth. And Ziba said," I beseche thee, let me finde grace in thy sight, my lord, ô King.
5 ¶ And whē King Dauid came toVVhich was a citie in the tribe of Beniamin. Bahurim beholde, thence came out a man of the fa milie of the house of Saúl, named Shimei the sōne of Gerá. & he came out, & cursed.
6 And he cast stones at Dauid, and at all the seruants of King Dauid: and all the people & all the men of warre (were) on hisThat is rounde about him. right hand, and on his left.
7 And thus said Shimei whē he cursed, Come forthe, come forthe thouEbr. man of blood. murtherer, and wicked man."Ebr man of Belial.
8 The Lord hathe broght vpon thee all the
〈◊〉
him as thogh by his meanes Ish bosheth & Abnér were slaine. blood of the house of Saúl in whose stead thou hast reined: and the Lord hathe deliue red the kingdome into the hand of Absalōm thy sonne: and be holde, thou art (taken) in the wickednes, because thou art a murtherer.
9 Then said Abishái the sonne of Zeruiáh vnto the King, Why doeth this * dead dog1. Sam. 24. 15. and Chap. 3. 8. ge curse my lord the King? let me go, I pray thee, and take away his head.
10 ¶ But the King said, What haue I to do with you ye sonnes of Zeruiáh: for he curseth, even because the Lord hatheDauid felt that this was the iudgement of God for his sinne, and therefore hūbleth him
〈◊〉
to his rod. biddē him curse Dauid: who darre then say, Whe refore hast thou done so?
11 And Dauid said to Abishái, and to all his seruants, Beholde, my sonne which came out of mine owne bowels, seketh my life: then how muche more now may this sóne of
〈◊〉
? Suffre him to curse: for the Lord hathe bidden him.
12 It may be that the Lord wil loke on Or my teares.mine affliction, andMeaning that the Lord wil sēt comfort to his when they areop pressed. do me good for his cursing this day.
13 And as Dauid and his men went by the way, Shimei went by the side of the mountaine ouer against him, and cursed as he went, and threwe stones against him, and cast dust.
14 Then came the King & all the people that were with him weary, and refreshed them seluesTo wit, at Bahurim. there.
15 ¶ And Absalōm, and all the people, the men of Israél came to Ierusalém, and Ahithóphel with him.
16 And whē Hushái the Archite Dauids friēd was come vnto Absalom, Hushái said vnto Absalom,Ebr. Let the king liue. God saue the King, God saue the King.
17 Then Absalōm said to Hushai, Is this thy kindenes to thyMeaning Dauid friend? Why wētest thou not with thy friend?
18 Hushái then answered vnto Absalōm, Nay but whome the Lord, and this people, and all the men of Israél chuse, his wil I be, and with him wil I dwell.
19 AndEbr. the secōde time. moreouer vnto whome shal I do ser uice? not to his sōne? as I serued before thy father, so wil I before thee.
20 ¶ Then spake Absalōm to Ahithōpel, Giue counsel what we shal do.
21 AndSuspecting the change of the kingdome, and so his owne ouer throwe, he giueth suche counsel as might moste hindre his fathers reconciliation: and also declare to the people that Absalom was in hiest
〈◊〉
ritie. Ahithóphel said vnto Absalōm, Go in to thy fathers concubines, which he
hathe left to kepe the house: and when all Israél shal heare, that thou artab horred of thy father, the hands of all that are with thee shalbe strong.
22 So they spred Absalōm a tent vpon the top of the house, and Absalōm went in to his fathers concubines in the sight of all Israél.
23 And the counsel of Ahithōphel which he counseled in those dayes, was like as one had askedIt was so estemed for the
〈◊〉
thereof. counsel at the oracle of God: so (was) all the counsel of Ahithōphel bothe with Dauid and with Absalōm.
CHAP. XVII.
7 Ahithophels counsel is ouerthrowen by Hushai. 14. The Lord had so ordeineth 19 The Priest sonnes are hid in the well. 22 Dauid doeth ouer Iordén. 23 Ahithophel hangeth himselfe. 27 Thei bring vitails to Dauid.
1 MOreouer Ahithōphel said to AbsalōmThe wicked are so gredy to execute their malice that they leaue none occasion, that may further the same. Let me chuse out now twelue thousand men and I wil vp and follow after Da uid this night,
2 And I wil come vpon him: for he is weary, and weake handed: so I wil feare him and all the people that are with him, shal flee, and I wil smite the King onely.
3 And I wil bring againe all the people vnto thee (and) when all shal returne, [Meaning Dauid. the mā whome thou seket (being slaine)] all the people shalbe in peace.
4 And the sayingEbr. was right in the eyes of Ab salom. pleased Absalōm wel, and all the Elders of Israél.
5 Then said Absalōm, Call now Hushái the Archite also, & let vs heare like wiseEbr. what is in his
〈◊〉
. what he sayeth.
6 So when Hushái came to Absalōm, Absalóm spake vnto him, saying, Ahithophel hatheOr, giuen suche counsel. spoken thus: shal we do after saying, or no tel thou?
7 Hushái then answered vnto Absalōm, The counsel that Ahithóphel hathe giuen, is not
〈◊〉
sheueth him selfe faithful to Dauid, in that he reproueth this wicked counsel and purpose. good at this time.
8 For, said Hushái, thou knowest thy father, is a valiant warriar, and wil not lodge with the people.
9 Beholde, he is hid now in some caue, or in some place: and thogh some of them he"Or,
〈◊〉
all night. ouer throwe nat the first yet the (people) shal heare, & say, The people that followe Absalōm, beEbr. haue a brea che, or ruine. ouerthrowen.
10 Then he also that is valiant whose heart is as the heart of a lion, shalEbr. meit. shrinke & faint for all Israel knoweth, that thy father is is valiant, and they which he with him, stowte men.
11 Therefore my counsel is, that all Israél be gathered vnto thee from Dan euen to Beer-shéba as the sand of the sea in nomber, & that thou go to battel in thine owne persone.
12 So shal we come vpon him in some place, where we shal finde him, andOr, we wil cápe against him. we wil vpon him as the dewe falleth on the ground & of all the men that are with him, we wil not leaue him one.
13 Moreouer if he be gotten into a citie, thē shal all the mē of Israél bring ropes to that citie, and we wil drawe it into thee riuer, vntil there be not one smale stone found there.
14 ¶ Then Absalōm and all the men of Israél said, The counsel of Hushái the Archite is better, then the counsel of Ahithóphel: for the LORD hadOr commāded. determined to destroy theThat counsel which
〈◊〉
good ād the first to Absolom. good counsel of Ahithophel, that the Lord mightFor by the
〈◊〉
of Hus hai
〈◊〉
went to the battel where he was destroyed. bring euil vpon Absalōm.
15 Then said Hushái vnto Zadōk and to AbiaVers. 4. that the Priests, Of this and that maner did Ahithōphel and the Elders of Israél counsel Absalōm: and thus and thus haue I counseled.
16 Now therefore send quickly, and shewe Diuid, saying, Tary not this night in the fields of the wildernes, but rather get theeThat is, ouer Ior den. ouer, least the King be deuoured and all the people that are with him.
17 Now Ionathán and Ahimáaz abode by En-rogél. [for they might not be sene to come into the citie] and a maid went, and tolde them, and they went and shewed King dauid.g Meaning, the message frō their fathers.
18 Neuertheles a yong man sawe them, and tolde it to Absalōm, therefore they bothe departed quickly, & came to a mans house in Bahurim, who had a well in his court, into the which they went downe.
19 And
〈◊〉
God sendeth succour to his in their greatest dangers. the wise toke and spred a couering ouer the welles mouthe, & spred grounde cornethereon, that the thing shulde not be knowen.
20 And when Absaloms seruants came to the wife into the house, they said, Where is Ahimáaz and Ionathán? And the woman answered them, They be gone ouer theThe chalde text readeth, now they haue passed the Iordén. broke of water. And when they had soght them, and colde not finde them, they returned to Ierusalém.
21 And assone as they were departed, the other came out of the well, and went and tolde King Dauid, and said vnto him, Vp, and get you quickly ouer the water: forTo wit, to pursue thee with all haste. suche counsel hathe Ahithōphel giuen against you.
22 Then Dauid arose, and all the people that were with him, and they went ouer IordénThey
〈◊〉
all night, and by morning had all their companie passed ouer. vntil the dawning of the day, so that the relacked not one of them, that was not come ouer Iordén.
23 ¶ Now when Ahithōphel sawe that his co unsel was not followed, he sadled his asse, & arose, & he went home vnto his citie, and put his housholde in ordre, andGods vengeā
ce euen in this life is powred on them which are enemie traicours or persecuters for his Church. hanged him selfe, and dyed, and was buried in his fathers graue.
24 Then
〈◊〉
came to Mahanáim. And Absalōm passed ouer Iordén, he, and all
the men of Israél with him.
25 And Absalóm made Amasá captaine of the hoste in the stead of Ioáb: which Amasá was a mans sonne named Ithrá an
〈◊〉
that went in to Abigál the daughter ofVVho was also called
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Dauids fathers. Nahásh, sister to Zeruiáh Ioabs mother.
26 So Israél and Absalóm pitched in the land of Gileáh.
27 ¶ And when Dauid was come to Mahanáim, Shobi the sonne of Nahásh out of Rabbáh of the children of Ammón, and Machir the sonne of Ammiél out of Lodebár, and Barzelái the
〈◊〉
out of Rogél.
28 God shewed him selfe mosteli berale to his whē they seme to be vtterly
〈◊〉
. (Broght) beds, and basens, and earthen vessels, and wheat, and barly, and floure, & parched corne, and beanes, and lentils, & parched corne.
29 And they broght hony, and butter, and shepe, and chese of kine for Dauid and for the people that were with him, to eat: for they said, The people is hungry, and weary, and thirsty in the wildernes.
CHAP. XVIII.
2 Dauid deuideth his armie into thre partes. 9 Absalóm is hanged slaine and cast in a
〈◊〉
. 33 Dauid lamenteth the death of Absalóm.
1 THen DauidFor
〈◊〉
of the Reubenites,
〈◊〉
& of the halfe tribe, colde not beare the insolencie of the sonne against the father, and therefore ioyned with Dauid. nombred the people that were with him, and set ouer thē captaines of thousands and captaines of hundreths.
2 And Dauid sent forthe the third parte of the people vnder the hād of Ioáb, and the third parte vnder the hād of Abishái Ioabs brother the sōne of Zeruiáh: & the (other) third parte vnder the hand of Ittái the Gittite, and the King said vnto the people I wil go with you my selfe also.
3 But the people
〈◊〉
, Thou shalt not go forthe: for if we
〈◊〉
away, they wil not regarde vs, nether wil they passe for vs, thogh halfe of vs were slaine, but thouSygnifying that a good gouernour ought to be so deare vnto his people, that
〈◊〉
wil rather lose their
〈◊〉
, then that ought shuld come vnto him. art now worthe ten thousand of vs: there fore now it is better that thou succour vs out of the
〈◊〉
.
4 Then the King said vnto them, What semeth you best, that I wil do. So the King stode by the gate side, and all the people came out by hundreths and by thousands
5 And the King cōmanded Ioáb and Abishái, and Ittai, saying (Entreate) the yong man Absalòm gently for my sake, and all the people hearde whē the King gaue all the captaines charge concerning Absalóm,
6 So the people went out into the field to meete Israél, & the battel was in theSo called because the
〈◊〉
as somesay fed their cattel beyon de
〈◊〉
in this wood. wood of Ephráim?
7 Where the people of Israél were slaine be fore the seruants of Dauid: so there was a great: slaughter that day (euen) of twentie thousand.
8 ¶ For the battel was skatred ouer all the countrey: and the wood deuoured muche more people that day, then did the sworde.
9 ¶ Now Absalōm met the seruants of Dauid and Absalóm rode vpō a mule, and the mule came vnder a great thicke oke: and his head caught holde of the oke, and he he was taken vpThis is a terri ble example of Gods vengeance against them that are rebels or disobediēce to their parents. betwene the heauen & the earthe: & the mule that was vnderhim went away.
10 And one that sawe it tolde Ioáb, saying, Beholde, I sawe Absalom hāged in an oke.
11 Then Ioáb said vnto the mā that tolde him And hast thou in de de sene? why then didest not thou there smite him to the groūd and I wolde haue giuē theeten k (shekels,) of siluer, and a girdle?Gen. 23. 13.
12 Then the man said vnto Ioàb, Thogh I shuldeEbr.
〈◊〉
mine hand. receiue a thousand (shekels) of siluer in mine hand, yet wolde I not lay mine hand vpō the Kings sonne: for in our hea ring the King charged thee, and Abishai, & Ittai, saying, Bewarre, lest anie (touche) the yong man Absalóm.
13 If I had done it (it had bene) theEbr. alye
〈◊〉
my soule. danger of my life: for nothing can be hid from the King: yea thou thy selfe woldest haue bene against me.
14 Then said Ioáb, I wil not thus tary with thee. And he toke thre dartes in his hand and thrust themEbr. in the heart of Absalom. through Absalóm, while he was yet aliue in the middes of the oke.
15 And ten seruants that bare Ioábs armour, compassed about and smote Absalom, and slewe him.
16 Then Ioáb
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
hadpiti of the people which was sedu
〈◊〉
by Absaler
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. blewe the trumpet, and the people returned from pursuing after Israél: for Ioáb helde backe the people.
17 And they toke Absalom, and cast him into a great
〈◊〉
God tur
〈◊〉
his vaine glo rie to shame. pit in the wood, & layed a mighty great heape of stones vpon him: and all Israél fled euerie one to his tent.
18 Now Absalóm in his life time had taken & reared hī vp a piller, which is in the * KingsGen. 14. 17, dale: for he said, I haue noIt semeth that God had punished him in taking away is childrē
〈◊〉
. 14. 27. sonne to kepe my name in remembrance, and he called the piller after his owne name, and it is cal led vnto this day, Absaloms place.
19 ¶ Then said Ahimáaz the sonne of Zabók I pray thee, let me runne, & beare the King tidings that the Lord hatheEbr. iudged. deliuered him out of the hand of his enemies.
20 And Ioábsaid vnto him, ThouFor Ioab baré a good affection to Ahimaaz, and douted how Dauidwold takethe reporte of Absaloms death. shalt not be the messenger to day, but thou shalt beare tidings another time, but to day thou shalt beare none: for the Kings sonne is dead.
21 Then said Ioáb to Cushi, Go, tel the King, what thou hast sene. And Cushi bowed himselfe vnto Ioáb, and ran.
22 Then said Ahimáaz the sonne of Zadók againe to Ioáb What, I pray thee, if I also runne after Cushi? And Ioáb said, Wherefore now wilt thou runne, my sonne, seing that thou hast no tidings to bring?
23 Yet what if I runne? Then he said vnto him Runne. So Ahimáaz ranne by the way of the plaine, and ouerwent Cushi?
24 Now Dauid sat betwene the twoHe sate in the gate of the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
. gates.
And the watcheman went to the top of the gate vpon the wall, and lift vp hys eyes and sawe, ād behold, a man came running alone.
25 And the watcheman cryed, and tolde the Kyng. And the Kyng sayde, If he be alone,Ebr. tidinges are in his mouth he bryngeth tydyngs. And he came apase, and drewe nere.
26 And the watchemen sawe an other man runnynge, and the watcheman called vnto the porter, and said, Beholde, (another) man runneth alone. And the Kyng sayd, He also bringeth tidings.
27 And the watcheman said,Ebr. Ise the running. Me thinketh the
〈◊〉
of the formost (is) lyke the running of Ahimáaz the sonne of Zadok, Then the Kyng said, He is aHe had experience of hys
〈◊〉
. Chap. 17 21, good man, and commeth with good tidings.
18 And Ahimáaz called, and sayde vnto the King, Peace (be with thee:) and he fel downe to the earth vpon his face before the Kyng, and said, Blessed be the Lorde thy God, who hatheOr, deliuered vp. shut vp the men that lifte vp their hands against my Lord the King.
29 And the King said, Is the yong man Absalóm safe? And Ahimáaz answered, Whē Ioáb sent the KingsTo wit, Chushi, who was an Ethiopian. seruant, and (me) thy seruāt, I sawe a great tumulte, but I knew not what.
30 And the Kynge sayd vnto hym, Turne aside, (and) stand here, so he turned aside and stode still.
31 And beholde, Cushi came, and Cushi said,Ebr. tidings it broght. Tidings, my Lorde the King: for the Lorde hath deliuered thee this day out of the hand of all that rose against thee.
32 Then the King said vnto Cushi, Is the yong man Absalom safe? And Cushi aunswered, The enemies of my Lorde the King, and all that rise agaynste thee to do thee hurt, be as that yong man is.
33 And the Kyng wasBecause he considered both the iudgement of God againste his sinne, and colde not other wyse hide his fatherly affection toward his sonne. moued, and went vp to the chamber ouer the gate, and wept: and as he went, thus he said, O my sonne Absalóm, my sonne, my sonne Absalóm: wolde GOD I had dyed for thee, ô Absalōm, my sonne, my sonne.
CHAP. XIX.
7 Ioáb encourageth the King. 8 Dauid is restored. 23 Shimei is pardoned. 24 Mephibosheth meeteth the King. 39 Barzelai departeth. 41 Israél
〈◊〉
with Iudah.
1 ANd it was tolde Ioáb, Beholde, the King wepeth and mourneth for Absalōm.
2 Therefore theEbr. saluation, or, deliuerance. victorie of that day was turned into mourning to all the people: for the people heard say that daye, The Kynge sorro weth for his sonne.
3 And the people went that day into the citieOr, by stealthe. secretly, as people confounded hide them selues when they flee in battel.
4 So the KyngeAs they do that mourne. hid his face, and the Kynge cryed with a low de voyce, My sonne Absalóm, Absalóm my sonne, my sonne.
5 ¶ Then Ioáb came intoAt Mahanaim the house to the King and said, Thou hast shamed this day the faces of all thy seruants, which this day haue saued thy life, and the liues of thy sonnes ād of thy daughters, and the liues of thy wiues, and the liues of thy concubines.
6 In that thou louest thine enemies, and hatest the friends: for thou hast declared this day, that thou regardest nether thyOr, captaines. princes nor seruants: therefore this day I perceiue, that if Absalóm had liued, and we all had dyed this daye, that then it wolde haueEbr. bene right in thine eyes. pleased thee wel.
7 Nowe therefore vp, come out, and speakeEbr. to the heart of thy
〈◊〉
. comfortably vnto thy seruants: for I sweare by the Lorde, except thou come out, there wil not tary one man with thee this night: ād that wil be worse vnto thee, then all the euil that fel on thee from thy youthe hetherto.
8 Then the Kyng arose, and sate in theVVhere the moste resorte of the people hāted gate: and they tolde vnto all the people, saying, Beholde, the King doeth sit in the gate: and all the people came before the King: for Israél had fled euerie man to his tent.
9 ¶ Thē all the people were atEuerie one bla med another ād stroue who shuld firste bryng hym home. strife through out all the tribes of Israél, saying, The King saued vs out of the hand of our enemies, and he deliuered vs out of the hande of the Philistims, and nowe he is fled out of the lande for Absalóm.
10 And Absalóm, whome we anointed ouer vs, is dead in battel: therefore why are ye so slowe to bring the King againe?
11 But Kynge Dauid sent to Zadōk and to Abiathár theThat thei shuld reproue the negligence of the Elders,
〈◊〉
the people were so for warde. Priests, saying, Speake vnto the Elders of Iudáh and say, Why are ye behind to bryng the King againe to his house, [for the sayinge of all Israéll is come vnto the King, (euen) to his house]
12 Ye are my brethren: my bones and my flesh are ye: wherefore then are ye the laste that bring the King againe?
13 Also say ye to Amasá, Art thou not my bone and my fleshe? God do so to me and more also, if thou be not captaine of the hoste to me for euer in theBy this policie Dauid thogh that by Winning of the
〈◊〉
, he shulde haue the hearte of all the people. roume of Ioáb.
14 So he bowed the heartes of all the men of Iudáh, as of one man: therefore they sent to the Kyng, saying, Returne thou with all thy seruants.
15 ¶ So the Kyng returned, and came to Iordén. And Iudah came to Gilgál, for to go to meete the Kynge, (and) to conduct him ouer Iordén.
16 ¶ AndVVho had before
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Chap. 16.
〈◊〉
. Shimei the sonne of Gerá, the sonne of Iemini, which was of Bahurim, hasted ād came downe with the mē of Iudah to meete Kyng Dauid.
17 And a thousande men of Beniamin wyth hym, and * Zibá the seruant of the house ofChap. 16.
〈◊〉
. Saul, and his fiftene sonnes and twentie seruants with hym: and they went ouer Iordén before the King.
18 And there went ouer abote to carie ouer the Kings housholde, ād to do him pleasure. Then Shimei the sonne of Gerá fell before the King, when he was come ouer Iordén.
19 And said vnto the Kyng, Let not my LordeChap. 16.
〈◊〉
. impute * wickednes vnto me, nor remember
the thyng that the seruant didFor in hys aduersitie he Was hys moste
〈◊〉
enemie, and now in his prosperitie seketh by flat terie to crepe into
〈◊〉
. wickedly when my Lorde the King departed out of Ierusalem, that the Kynge shulde take it to hys heart.
20 Forthy seruaunt doeth knowe, that I haue done amisse: there fore beholde: I am the first this day of
〈◊〉
house ofBy Ioséph he meaneth
〈◊〉
, Manasseh, ād Beniamin (Wher of he Was) becau se these threwere vnder one standerd. Nomb. 2. 18. Ioséph, that am come to go do wne to meete my Lorde the Kyng.
21 But Abishái the sonne of Zeruiah answered, and said, Shal not Shimei dye for this, because he cursed the Lordes anointed?
22 And Dauid sayd, What haue I to do with you, ye sonnes of Zeruiáh, that this daye ye shulde be aduersaries vnto me? shal there anie man dye this day in Israél? for do not I know, that I am this day King ouer Israél?
23 Therefore the Kynge sayde vnto Shimei Thou shalt not dye, and the King sweare vnto him.
24 ¶ And Mephibosheth the sonne of Saul came do wne to meete the King, and had nether washed his feete, nor dressed his beard, nor washed his clothes frome the tyme the King departed, vntill he returned in peace.
25 And whenVVhen
〈◊〉
beyng at Ierusalem had met the king. he was come to Ierusalém and met the King, the King said vnto him, Wherfore wentest not thou wyth me, Mephibosheth?
26 And he aunswered, My Lorde the King, my seruaunt disceiued me: for thy seruaunt said, I wolde haue mine asse sadled to ride thereon for to go with the Kyng, because thy seruant (is) lame.
27 And he hathe * accused thy seruaunt vntoChap. 16. 3. my Lorde the King: but my Lorde the Kyng (is) as anAble for
〈◊〉
Wisdome to iud ge in al matters. Angell of GOD: do therefore thy pleasure.
28 For all my fathers house wereVVorthy to
〈◊〉
for Sauls
〈◊〉
to Ward
〈◊〉
. but dead men before my Lorde the Kynge, yet didest thou set thy seruant among them that did eat at thine owne table: what right therefore ha uel yet to crye
〈◊〉
more vnto the King?
29 And the King said vnto him, Why speakest thou anie more of thy matters? I haue sayd, Thou, and Zibá deuide theDauid did euil in takynge hys lands from hym before he knewe the cause, but muche Worse, that knowynge the trueth, he did not restore them lands.
30 And Mephibōsheth sayd vnto the Kynge, Yea, let him take all, seyng my LORDE the King is come home in peace.
31 ¶ Then Barzillai the Gileadite came downe from Rogelim, and went ouer Iordén with the King, to conduct him ouer Iordén.
32 Now Barzillái was a very aged man, (euen) foure score yere olde, and he had prouided the King of sustenance, while he lay at Maha naim: for he was a mā of very great substāce.
33 And the Kynge said vnto Barzillai, Come ouer with me, and I will feede thee with me
〈◊〉
Ierusalém.
34 And Barzillai sayd vnto the Kyng,Ebr. how manydayes are the yeres of my life. Howe long haue I to lyue, that I shulde go vp with the King to Ierusalém?
35 I am thys day fourescore yere olde: and can I discerne betwene good or euill? Hathe thy seruaunt anie taste in that I eat or in that I drinke? Can I heare anie more the voice of singyng men and women? wherefore then shulde thy seruant be anie more aHe thoght it not meete to receiue benefites of him to Whome he Was not able to do seruice againe. burthen vnto my Lorde the King?
36 Thy seruant will go a litle way ouer Iordén with the Kyng, and why wil the King recompence it me with suche a rewarde?
37 I pray thee, let thy seruaunt turne backe againe, that I may dye in mine owne citie, and (be buryed) in the graue of my father and of my mother: but beholde thy seruantMy
〈◊〉
. Chimhám, let him go with my Lord the King, and do to him what shal please thee.
38 And the King answered, Chimhám shall go with me, and I wil do to him that thou shalt be content with: and whatsoeuer thou shaltOr,
〈◊〉
. require of me, that wil I do for thee.
39 So all the people went ouer Iordén: and the King passed ouer: and the Kyng kissed Barzillai, andOr, bad; hym fare Well. blessed him, and he returned vnto his owne place.
40 ¶ Then the King went toVVhere the tribe of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
hym. Gilgal, ād Chim ham went with hym, and all the people of Iudah conducted the Kynge, and also halfe the people ofVVhich had taken parte With the King. Israél.
41 And be holde, all the men of Israél came to the King, and said vnto the King, Why haue our brethren the men of Iudáh stolen thee awaye, and haue broght the Kynge and his housholde, and all Dauids men with him ouerTo Warde
〈◊〉
salem. Iordén?
42 And al the men of Iudáh answered the men of Israél, Because the King is nere of kin to vs: and wherefore nowe be ye angry for this matter? haue we eaten of the Kings (cost,) or haue we taken anie bribes?
43 And the men of Israél answered the men of Iudah, and sayde, We haue ten partes in the Kyng, and haue also more (ryght) to Dauid then ye, Why then did ye despise vs,Or, haue
〈◊〉
We
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to bryng home the king.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. that our aduise shulde not be first had in restoring our King? And the wordes of the men of Iudah were fearcer then the wordes of the men of Israél.
CHAP. XX.
Shéba raiseth Israél against Dauid. 10 Ioab killeth Amasa traiterously. 22 The head of Shéba is deliuered to Ioab. 23 Dauids chief officers.
1 THen there was comeVVhere the ten tribes
〈◊〉
against
〈◊〉
, thither a wicked man [named Shéba the sonne of Bichri, a man of Iemini] and he blewe the trumpet, and sayd, We haue no parte inAs they of
〈◊〉
say. Dauid, nether haue we inheritance in the sonneHe thoght by speaking contem preously of the king, to stirre the people rather to sedicion. of Ishai: euery man to his tentes, ô Israél.
2 So euery man of Israél went from Dauid and followed Shébathe sonne of Bichri: but the men of Iudah claue faste vnto their Kynge, fromFrom Gilgal, Whiche Was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Iordén euen to Ierusaléw.
3 When Dauid then came to hys house to Ierusalém, the King toke the ten women (his) * concubines, that he had left behinde himChap. 16. 12. to kepe the house, and put them in warde, and fed them: but laye no more with them: but they were enclosed vnto the day of their
death, liuing in widowhode.
4 ¶ Thē said the King toVVho Was his chief captaine in Ioabs roume, Chap. 19,
〈◊〉
. Amasá, Assemble me the men of Iudáh within thre dayes, and be thou here present.
5 So Amasá went to assemble Iudáh, but he taried longer then the time which he had ap pointed him.
6 Thē Dauid said to Abishái, Now shall Shéba the sonne of Bichri do vs more harme then (did) Absalóm: take thou (therefore) thy
〈◊〉
them Which had bene vnder Ioáb, or Dauids men. lords seruants and followe after him, lest he get him walled cities, and escape vs.
7 And there went out after him Ioabs men, and the * Cherethites and the Pelethites, andChap
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. all the mightie men: and thei departed out of Ierusalém, to followe after Shébathe sonne of Bichri.
8 When thei were at the great stone, which is
〈◊〉
Gibeón, Amasá wēt before them, & IoabsWhich Was his coat, that he vsed to Weare in the Warres. garment, that he had put on, was girded vnto him, & vpō it was a sworde girded, which hanged on his loines in the sheath, and as he went, it vsed to falle out.
9 And Ioáb said to Amasá,
〈◊〉
thou inEbr peace. health my brother? and Ioáb toke Amasá by the beard with the right hand to kisse him.
10 But Amasá to
〈◊〉
no hede to the sworde that was in Ioabs hand: for therewith he smote him in the fift (rib,) and shed out his bowels to the groūde, &Ebr. doubled not his stroke. smote him not the secōde time: so he dyed, then Ioáb & Abishái his bro ther followed after Shéba the sōne of Bichri
11 And one of Ioabs menHe stodeby
〈◊〉
at Ioabs ap pointement. stode by him, & said He that fauoreth Ioáb, and he that is of Dauids parte, (let him go) after Ioáb.
12 And Amasá walowed in blood
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of the way: & when the man sawe that all the people stode stil, he remoued Amasá out of the way into the field, and cast a
〈◊〉
vpon him, because he sawe that euery one that came by him, stode stil.
13 When he was remoued out of the way, euery man went after Ioáb, to followe after Shé ba the sonne of Bichri.
14 And he went through all the tribes of Israél vnto Abél, andVnto the citie
〈◊〉
, Which Was
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Bethmaacháh & all (
〈◊〉
) of Berim: and thei gathered together, and went also after him.
15 So thei came, & be sieged him in
〈◊〉
, (
〈◊〉
to) Bethmaacháh: and thei cast vp a
〈◊〉
against the citie, & the people thereof stode on the ramper, and all the people that was with Ioáb,That is, he Wēt about to ouerthrowe it. destroyed and cast downe the wall.
16 Then cryed a wise woman out of the citie, Heare, heare, I pray you, say vnto Ioáb, come thou hither, that I may speake with thee.
17 And when he came nere vnto her, the woman said, Art thou Ioáb? And he answered, Yea. And she said to him, Heare the wordes of thine handmayd. And he answered, I do heare.
18 Then she spake thus,She sheweth that the olde custome Was not to destroie a
〈◊〉
, be fore peace Was of fred, Deur, 20, 11. Thei spake in the old time, saying, Thei shulde aske of Abél, and so haue
〈◊〉
continued.
19 I amShe speaketh in the name of the
〈◊〉
. (one) of them, that are peaceable (and) faithful in Israél: and thou goest about to destroye a citie, and a mother in Israél: why wilt thou deuoure the inheritance of the Lord?
20 And Ioáb answered, and said, God forbid, God forbid it me, that I shulde deuoure, or destroye it.
21 TheHearing
〈◊〉
te tolde him, he gaue place to
〈◊〉
son and
〈◊〉
onely him that Was
〈◊〉
of the treason. matter is not so, but a man of mount Ephráim [Shéba the sonne of
〈◊〉
by name] hathe lift vp his hand against the King, (euen) against Dauid: deliuer vs him onely, & I wil departe from the citie. And the woman said vnto Ioáb, Beholde, his head shalbe throwen to thee ouer the wall.
22 Then the woman went vnto all the people with her wisdome, and thei cut of the head of Shéba the sōne of Bichri, & cast it to Ioáb then he blewe the trumpet, andEbr. the i
〈◊〉
scatered. theiretired frō the citie, euery man to his tent: and Ioáb returned to Ierusalém vnto the King.Chap. 8, 16
23 ¶ * Thē Ioáb (was) ouer all the hoste of Israél and Banaiáh the sonne of Iehoiadá ouer the Cherethites and ouer the Pelethites,
24 And Adorám ouer the tribute, and Ioshaphát the sonne of Ahilúd the recorder,
25 And Sheiá (was) scribe, and Zadōk and Abiathár the Priests,
26 And also Irá the Iairite (was)Ether in dignitie or
〈◊〉
chief about Dauid.
CHAP. XXI.
1 Thre deare yeres 9 The vengeance of the sinnes of Saúl lighteth on his seuen sonnes, which are hanged. 15 Foure great battels, which Dauid had against the Philistims.
1 THen there was a famine in the dayes of Dauid, thre yeresEbr. yere after
〈◊〉
. together: and DauidEbr. soght the
〈◊〉
of the Lord. asked counsel of the Lord, and the Lord answered, (It is) for Saúl, and for (his) bloodie house, because he slewe theThinking to
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
these Were not of the seede of Abrahā. Iosh. 9, 39. Gibeonites.
2 Then the King called the Gibeonites, & said vnto them [Now the Gibeonites were not of the children of Israél, but * a
〈◊〉
of the Amorites, vnto whome the children of Israél had sworne: but Saúl soght to slaye thē for his zeale toward the children of Israel & Iudáh]
3 And Dauid said vnto the Gibeonites,VVhere With may your Wrath be appeased, that you may pray to God to
〈◊〉
this plague
〈◊〉
his people? What shal I do for you, and wherewith shal I make the atonement, that ye may blesse the inheritance of the Lord?
4 The Gibeonites then answered him, We wil haue no siluer nor gold of Saúl nor of his house, nether for vs shalt thou kilSaue onely of
〈◊〉
stocke. anie man in Israél. And he said, What ye shal say, that wil I do for you.
5 Then they answered the King, The mā that consumed vs and that imagined euil
〈◊〉
vs, (so that) we are destroyed from remaining in anie coste of Israél,
6 Let seuen men of hisOf Sauls kinsemen. sonnes be deliuered vnto vs, and we wil hang them vpTo pacifie
〈◊〉
Lord. vnto the Lord in Gibeáh of Saul, the Lords chosen. And the King said, I wil giue them.
7 But the King had compassion on Mephibō sheth the sōne of Ionath án the sonne of Saūl
because of the * Lords othe, that was betwene1. Sam. 18. 3, them, (euen) betwene Dauid and Iona thán the sonne of Saúl.
8 But the King toke the two sonnes of Rizpáh the daughter of
〈◊〉
, whome she bare vnto Saúl, (euen) Armoni & Mephibósheth and the fiue sonnes ofHere Michál is named for Merab Adriels Wife as appeareth. 1. Sam. 18, 19. for Michal Was the Wife of
〈◊〉
, 1. Sam. 25, 44, & neuer had
〈◊〉
, 2. Sam. 6, 23 Michál, the daughter of Saúl, whome she bare to Abriél the sonne of Barzillái the Meholathite.
9 And he deliuered them vnto the hāds of the Gibeonites, which hāged them in the moun taine before the Lord: so theyEbr.
〈◊〉
. dyed (all) seuen together, and they were slaine in the time of haruest: in theWhich Was in the moneth Abib or Nisan, Which
〈◊〉
parte of Marche and parte of April. first (dayes,) & in the beginning of barly haruest.
10 Then Rizpáh the daughter of Aiáh tokeTo make
〈◊〉
a tent,
〈◊〉
she prayed to God to turne away his Wrath. sack cloth and handged it vp for her vpō the rocke, from the beginning of haruest, vntil
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the cause of this famine, God by sending of raine
〈◊〉
Wed that he Was paci
〈◊〉
. water dropped vpon them from the heauē, and suffred nether the birdes of the aire to light on them by day, nor beastes of the field by night.
11 ¶ And it was tolde Dauid, what Rizpáh the daughter of Aiáh the concubine of Saúl had done.
12 And Dauid went and toke the bones of Saúl and the bones of Ionathán his sonne frō the citizens of Iabésh Gilead, which had stollen them from the strete of Beth shán, where the Philistims had * handged them, when the Phi1. Sam. 31, 10. listims had slaine Saúl in Gilbōa.
13 So he broght thence the bones of Saúl and the bones of Ionathán his sonne, and thei gathered the bones of them that were hanged
14 And the bones of Saúl and of Ionath án his sonne buryed they in the countrie of Beniamin in Zelāh, in the graue of Kish his father: and when they had performed all that the King had commanded, God was thenFor Where the magistrat suffreth fautes vnpu
〈◊〉
, there the plague of God
〈◊〉
vpon the land. appeased with the land.
15 ¶ Againe the Philistims had warre with Israél: and Dauid went downe, and his seruāts with him, and they foght against the Philistims, and Dauid fainted.
16 Then Ishi-benōb which was of the sonnes ofThat is, of the race of
〈◊〉
. Harapháh [(the head) of whose speare wayed thre hundrethVVhich
〈◊〉
to nine pounde thre quarters. shekels of brasse] euen he being girded with a newe (sworde,) thoght to haue slaine Dauid.
17 But Abishái the sonne of Zeruiáh succoured him, and smote the Philistim, and killed him. Then Dauids men sware vnto him, saying, Thou shalt go no more out with vsto battel, lest thou quenche theFor the glorie and Welth of the countrey stādeth in the
〈◊〉
of the godly magistrate. light of
〈◊〉
.
18 ¶ And after this also there was a battel with the Philistims at
〈◊〉
Gézer, &
〈◊〉
is called zip
〈◊〉
, 1. Chro. 20, 4. Gob, then Sibbechái the Hushathite slewe Saph, which was one of the sonnes of Harapháh.
19 And there was yet (another) battel in Gob with the Philistims, where Elhanáh the sōne of Ioare-oregim, a Bethlehemite sleweThat is, Lahmi the brother of Go háth,
〈◊〉
Da
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, 1.
〈◊〉
. 10, 5. Goliáth the Gittite: the staffe of whose speare (was) like a weauers beame.
20 After warde there was also a battel in Gath, where was a man of (a great) stature, and had on euerie hand six fingers, & on euerie foote six toes, foure and twentie in nomber: who was also the sonne of Harapháh.
21 And when he reuiled Israél, Ionathán the sonne of * Shimá the brother of Dauid slewe1. Sam. 16, 9. him.
22 These foure were borne to Harapháh in Gath, and dyed by the hand of Dauid and by the hands of his seruants.
CHAP. XXII.
2 Dauid after his victories
〈◊〉
God. 8 The angre of God toward the wicked. 44 He prophecieth of the reiection of the Iewes, and vocacion of the Gentiles.
1 ANd Dauid spake the wordes of thisIn token of the Wonderful benefites, that he recei ued of God. song vnto the Lord, what time the Lord had deliuered him out of the hands of all his enemies, and out of the hand of Saúl.
2 And he said, * The Lord is myBy the diuersitie of these
〈◊〉
names, he sheweth how his faithwas strēgthned in all tentacions. rocke andPsal. 18, 2. my forteresse, and he that deliuereth me.
3 God (is) myOr, rocke. strength, in him wil I trust: my shield, and the horne of my saluacion, my hie towre (and) my refuge: my sauiour, thou hast saued me from violence.
4 I wil call on the Lord, who is worthy to be praised: so shal I be safe from mine enemies.
5 For theAs Dauid (Who Was the figure of Christ) Was by Gods power deliuered
〈◊〉
all dā gers: so Christ & his Churche shal ouercome
〈◊〉
greuous dāgers, tyrānie, & death. pangs of death haue compassed me: the floods of vngodlines haue made me afraide.
6 The soro wes of the graue compassed me about: the snares of death ouertoke me.
7 (But) in my tribulation did I call vpon the Lord, and crye to my God, and he did heare my voice out of his temple, and my crye (did enter) into his eares.
8 Then the earth trembled and quaked: the fundacions of the heauens moued, & shoke because he was angry.
9 That is, cloudes and vapors. Smoke went out at his no strels, and consumingLightening ād thundering. fire out of his mouth: coles were kind led there at.
10 HeSo it semeth When the aire is darke. bowed the heauens also, & came downe and darkenes (was) vnder his feete.
11 And he rode vponTo flie in a mo ment through the Worlde. Cherúb and did flye, & he was sene vpon the wings of the winde.
12 And he made darknes a tabernacle rounde about him, (euen) the gatherings of waters, (and) the cloudes of the aire.
13 At the brightnes of his presenceBy this
〈◊〉
of a tempest he declareth the power of God against his enemies. the coles of fire were kindled.
14 The Lord thundred from heauen, and the moste hye gaue his voyce.
15 He shot arrowes also, and scatred them: (to wit,) lightning, and destroyed them.
16 TheHe alludeth to the miracle of the red Sea. chanels also of the sea appeared, (euē) the fundations of the worlde were discouered by the rebuking of the Lord, (and) at the blast of the breath of his nostrels.
17 He sent from aboue, (&) toke me: he drewe me out of manie waters.
18 He deliuered me from my strong enemie, (and) from thē that hated me: for they were to strong for me.
19 TheyI Was so
〈◊〉
, that all meanes semed to faile. preuented me in the day of my calamitie, but the Lord was my stay.
20 And broght me forthe into a large place: he deliuered me; because he fauored me.
21 The Lorde rewarded me accordyng to myTo Warde Saul and myne enemies. right eousnes: according to the purenes of mine hands he recompenced me.
22 For I kept the wayes of the Lorde, and did notI attempted nothynge Without his com
•••
dement. wickedly against my God.
23 For all his lawes (were) before me, and hys statutes: I did not departe there from.
24 I was vpright also to warde hym, and haue kept me from my wickednes.
25 Therefore the Lord did rewarde me, according to my ryghteousnes, accordyng to my purenes before his eyes.
26 With the godlye thou wilt she we thy selfe godlie: with thy vpright mā thou wilt
〈◊〉
thy selfe vpright.
27 With the pure thou wilt she we thy selfe pure, and with theTheir Wickednes is cause, that that thou semest to forget thy
〈◊〉
mercie. frowarde thou wilt she we thy selfe fro warde.
28 Thus thou wilt saue the poore people: but thyne eyes (arc) vpon the hautie to humble (them.)
29 Surely thou art my light, ô Lorde: and the Lord willighten my darkenes.
30 For by thee haue I brokē through an host, and by my God haue I leaped ouer a wal.
31 The way of God isThe maner that God vsech to sue cour hys, neuer faileth. vncorrupt: the worde of the Lord is tryed (in the fire:) he is a shield to all that trust in him.
32 For who is God besides the Lord? and who is mighty, saue our God?
33 God is my strength in battell, and maketh my way vpright.
34 He maketh my feete likeHe vseth extra ordinarie meanes to make me Winne most strōg holdes. hindes (feete,) and hathe set me vpon mine hie places.
35 He teacheth mine handes to fight, so that a bowe of brasse is broken with mine armes.
36 Thou haste also giuen me the shield of thyOr, steele. saluacion, and thy louynge kindenes hathe caused me to increase.
37 Thou haste enlarged my steppes vnder me, and mine heeles haue not slid.
38 I haue pursued mine enemies and destroyed them, and haue not turned againe vntil I had consumed them.
39 Yea, I haue cōsumed them and thrust them through, and they shal not arise, but shall fall vnder my feete.
40 For thou hasteHe acknowled geth that GOD Was the autor of his victories, Who gaue hym strength. girded me with power to battel, (and) them that arose against me, hast thou subdued vnder me.
41 And thou haste giuen me the neckes of mine enemies, that I myght destroye them that hate me.
42 They loked aboute, but there was none to saue (them, euen) vnto theThe Wicked in their necessitie are compelled to slieto God, but it is to late. Lord, but he answered them not.
43 Then did I beate them as smal as the dust of the earth: I did tread them flat as the clay of the streete, (and) did spread them abroad.
44 Thou hast also deliuered me from the con tencions of myMeaning, of the Iewes, Who conspired againste me. people: thou hast preserued me to be the head ouer nacions: the people whiche I knewe not, do serue me.
45 StrangersNot Willirgly obeying me,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
y. shalbe in subiection to me: assone as they heare, they shal obey me.
46 Strangers shall shrinke awaye, and feare in their priuie chambers.
47 Let the LORD liue,Let him shewe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
he is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of all the
〈◊〉
. and blessed (be) my strength: and God, (euen) the force of my sal uacion be exalted.
48 (It is) God that giueth me (power) to reuē
ge me, and sub due the people vnder me.
49 And rescueth me from mine enemies: [thou also haste lift me vp frome them that rose against me, thou haste deliuered me from the cruel man.
50 Therefore I wil praise thee, ô Lord, amongRom.
〈◊〉
9. the * nacions, and wil sing vnto thy Name.]
51 (He is) the towre of saluacion for his King, and she weth mercy to his Anointed, (euen) to Dauid, and to his seede * for euer.Chap 7
〈◊〉
.
CHAP. XXIII.
1 The last wordes of Dauid. 6 The wicked shalbe plucked vp as thornes. 8 The names and facts of his mighty men. 15 He desired water and wolde not drinke it.
1 THese also be theVVhiche he spake after that he had made the Psalmes. laste wordes of Dauid, Dauid the sonne of Ishai sayth, euen the man who was set vp on hie, the Anointed of the God of Iaakób, and the swete singer of Israél saith.
2 The Spirit of the Lord spake by me, and his worde (was) in myMeanyng,
〈◊〉
speake
〈◊〉
but by the
〈◊〉
of Gods
〈◊〉
. tongue.
3 The God of Israél spake to me, the strength of Israél said, (thou shalt) beare rule ouer mē, being iust, (and) ruling in the feare of God.
4 Euen as the mourning light when the sunne riseth, the mourning, I say, without clouds, (so shal mine house be, and not) as theVVhiche groWeth quickely and fadeth sone. grasse of the earth (is) by the bright raine.
5 For so shal not mine house (be) with God: for he hathe made with me an euerlasting coueuant, perfite in all points, and sure: therefore all mine health and whole desire (is) that he will not make itBut that my kingdome maye
〈◊〉
for euer acco dyng to his promes. growe (so.)
6 But the wicked (shalbe) euerie one as thornes thrust away, because they cannot betaken with hands.
7 But the man that shall touche them, muste be defensed with yron, or with the shaft of aspeare: and they shalbe burnt with fire in the same place.
8 ¶ These (be) the names of the mighty men whome Dauid had. He that sate in the seate ofAs one of the
〈◊〉
o nsel. wisdome beynge chief of the princes, was Adinō of Ezni, he slewe eight hundreth1.
〈◊〉
. 11. 12. at one time.
9 And after hym (was) * Eleazár the sonne of1. Chro. 11. 27. Dodó, the sonne of Ahohi, one of the thre worthies with Dauid, whē theyOr, affailed With danger of their
〈◊〉
. defied the Philistims gathered thereto battell, whē the men of Israél wereMeining, fled from the battel. gone vp.
10 He arose and smote the Philistims vntil his hande was weary, and his handBy a crampe
〈◊〉
came of Wearines and straining. claue vnto the sworde: and the Lorde gaue great victorie the same day, and the people returned after him onely to spoile.
11 After hym (was) * Shammáh the sonne of1. Chro. 11.
〈◊〉
. Agé the Hararite: for the Philistims assembled
at a towne, where was a piece of a field full of lentils, and the people fled from the Philistims.
12 But he stode in the middes of the field, and defended it, and slewe the Philistims: so the Lord gaueVVho hathe ne ther respecte to manie nor sewe, When he Will shewe his power great victorie.
13 ¶ Afterwarde thre of the thirty captaines went downe, and came to Dauid in the haruest time vnto the caue of Adullam, and the hoste of the Philistims pitched in the valleyOr, Gyants. of Repháim.
14 And Dauid (was) then in an holde, and the garison of the Philistims (was) then in Bethléhem.
15 And DauidBeynge ouercome With Wea rines and
〈◊〉
. longed, and sayd, Oh, that one wolde giue me to drinke of the water of the well of Beth-léhem, whiche is by the gate.
16 Then the thre mightie brake into the hoste of the Philistims, and drewe water out of the well of Beth-léhem that was by the gate, and toke and broght it to Dauid, who wolde not drinke thereof, butBirdeling hys affection, and also desiring God not to be offended for the ras he enterprise. powred it (for an offring) vnto the Lord.
17 And said, O Lorde, be it far frome me, that I shulde do this, (Is) not this the blood of the men that went in ieopardy of their lyues? therefore he wolde not drynke it. These things did these thre mighty men.
18 ¶ * And Abishai the brother of Ioab, the1. Chro. 11. 20. sonne of Zeruiáh, was chief among the thre, and he lifted vp his speare against thre hundreth,Ebr. slaine. and slewe them, and he had the name among the thre.
19 For he was moste excellent of the thre, and was the captaine, but he atteined not vnto (the first) thre.
20 And Benaiah the sonne of Iehoiadá the sonne ofOr, Ishai. a valiant man, whiche had done many actes, (and was) of Kabzeel, slewe two stronge men of Moáb: he went downe also, and slewe a lion in the middes of a pit in the time of snowe.
21 And he slewe an Egyptian aOr, a comely man. man of great stature, and the Egyptian (had) aVVhiche Was bigge as a Weauers
〈◊〉
. 1. Chro. 11. 23. speare in his hande: but he went downe to him with a staffe, and plucked the speare out of the Egy ptiās hād, & slewe him with his own speare.
22 These thyngs did Benaiah the sonne of Iehoiada, and had the name among the thre worthies.
23 He was honorable amongHe Was more valiant then the 30
〈◊〉
followe, ād not so
〈◊〉
as the 6 before. thirty, but he atteyned not to the (firste) thre: and Dauid made him of his counsel.
24 ¶ * Asahél the brother of Ioáb (was) one of the thirty: Elhanán the sonne of Dodó ofChap. 2. 18. Beth-léhem.
25
〈◊〉
the Harodite: Eliká the Harodite.1. Chro. 11. 27.
26 Hélez the *Or, Pelenite Paltite: Ira the sonne of Ikkésh the Tekoite:
27 Abiézer the Anethothite:
〈◊〉
of these had two names, as appeareth. Mebunnai the Husathite:
28 Zalmon an Ahohite: Maharái the Netophathite:1. Chro. 11 ād also many more are there
〈◊〉
.
29 Héleb the sonne of Baanáh a Netophathite: Ittái the sonne of Ribái of Gibeah of the children of Beniamin.
30 Benaiah the Pitathonite: Hiddái of the riuer of Gaásh:
31 Abi-álbon the Arbathite: Azmáueth the Barhumite:
32 Elihabá the Shaalbonite: (of) the sonnes of Iashén, Ionathan:
33 Shammah the Hararite: Ahiam the sonne of Sharar the Hararite.
34 Eliphélet the sonne of Ahasbai the sonne of Maachathi: Eliam the sonne of Ahithophel the Gilonite:
35 Hezráithe Carmelite: Paarái the Arbite.
36
〈◊〉
the sonne of Nathan of Zobah: Bani the Gadite:
37 Zélek the Ammonite: Naharai the Beerothite, the armour bearer of Ioáb the sonne of Zeruiáh:
38 Irathe Ithrite: Garéb the Ithrite:
39 Vriiah the Hittite,These came to Dauid ād helped to restore him to his kingdome. thirty and seuen in all.
CHAP. XXIIII.
1 Dauid causeth the people to be nombred. 10 He repenteth, and chuseth to fall into Gods hands. 15 Seuentie thousand perish with the pestilence.
1 ANd the wrath of the Lorde wasBefore they Were plagued Wyth famine. Chap. 21 1. agayne kindled agaynste Israél, andThe Lord permitted Satan,
〈◊〉
1. Chro. 21. 1. he moued Dauid against them, in that he said, Go, nom ber Israél and Iudáh.
2 For the Kyng
〈◊〉
to Ioáb the captaine of the hoste,
〈◊〉
was with hym, Go spedely now through all the tribe of Israél, frome Dan euen to Beer-shéba and nomber ye the people, that
〈◊〉
may knowe theBecause he did this to trie hys power and so to trust therein, it offēded God, els it Was lawfull to nomber the
〈◊〉
. Exod. 30. 12. nomber of the people.
3 And Ioab said vnto the King, The Lord thy God increase the people an hundreth folde mo then they
〈◊〉
, and that the eyes of my Lorde the King may
〈◊〉
it: but why doeth myNomb. 1. 2. Lord the Kyng desire this thing?
4 Notwithstanding the Kinges worde preuailed against Ioab and against the captaines of the hoste: therefore Ioáb and the captaines of the hoste went out from the presence of the Kyng, to nomber the people of Israēl.
5 ¶ And they passed ouer Iordén, and pitched in Aroér at the ryght side of the citie that is in the middes of theOr, riuer. valley of Gad and toward Iazér.
6 Then they came to Gileád, and toOr, to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
land newly inhabited. Tahtimhodshi, so they came to Dan Iaān, and so about to Zidon.
7 And came to the forteresse ofOr, zor. Tyrus and to all the cities of the Hiuites and of the Canaanites, and went toward the South of Iudah, euen to Beer-shéba.
8 So when they had gone about all the lande, they returned to Ierusalém at the end of nine moneths and twentie dayes.
9 ¶ And Ioab deliuered the nomber (and) summe of the people vnto the Kynge: and there were in IsraélAccordyng
〈◊〉
Ioabs
〈◊〉
for in all there Were eleuen hundreth thousand. 1.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. eight hūdreth thousād strōg men that drewe swordes, and the men of Iudah were
〈◊〉
vn der
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
: for
〈◊〉
they had but
〈◊〉
re hundreth and seuētie thousād. fiue hundreth thousand mén.
10 Then Dauids heart smote hym, after that he had nombred the people: and Dauid said2. Chro. 21. 5.
vnto the Lord, I haue sinned excedingly in that I haue done: therefore now, Lord, I beseche thee, take away the trespasse of thy ser uant: for I haue done very foolishly.
11 ¶ And when Dauid was vp in the morning, the word of the Lord came vnto the Prophet Gad DauidsVVhome God had appointed for Dauid and his time. Seer, saying,
12 Go, and say vnto Dauid, Thus sayth the Lord I offre thee thre things, chose thee which of them I shal do vnto thee.
13 So Gad came to Dauid, and shewed him, & said vnto him, Wilt thou thatFor 3. yeres of
〈◊〉
Were past for the
〈◊〉
matter: this Was the 4 yere, to the Which shulde ha ue
〈◊〉
added
〈◊〉
3.
〈◊〉
. e 3. Chro. 21, 12. seuen yeres fa mine come vpō thee in thy land, or wilt thou flee thre moneths before thine enemies, they following thee, or that there be thre dayes pestilence in thy land? now aduise thee and se, what answer I shal giue to him that sent me.
14 ¶ And Dauid said vnto Gad, I am in a wonderful straite: let vs fall now into the hand of the Lord, [for his mercies (are) great] and let me not fall into the hand of man.
15 So the Lord sent a pestilence in Israél, from the morning euē to the time appointed: and there dyed of the people fromFrō the one side of the countrey to the
〈◊〉
. Dan euē to Beer-shéba seuentie thousand men.
16 And when the Angel stretched out his hand1. Sam. 15, 11. vpon Ierusalém to destroy it, the Lord * repented of the euil, and said to the Angel that destroyed the people, It is sufficient,The lord spared this place, because he had cho sen it to buylde his temple there. holde now thine hand. And the Angel of the Lord was by the threshing place of Araunáh the Iebusite.
17 And Dauid spake vnto the Lord [when he sawe the Angel that smote the people] and said, Beholde, I haue sinned, yea, I haue done wickedly: but these shepe, what haue theyDauid sawe not the iust cause Why God plagued the people, and therefore he offreth him selfe
〈◊〉
Gods corrections as the onely cause of this euil. done? let thine hād, I praye thee, be against me and against my fathers house.
18 ¶ So Gad came the same day to Dauid, and said vnto him, Go vp, teare an altar vnto the Lord in the threshing floore of Araunáh the Iebusite.
19 And Dauid [according to the saying of Gad] went vp, as the Lord had commanded.
20 And Araunáh loked, and sawe the King and his seruants cōming towarde him, and Araunáh went out, and bowed him selfe before the King on his face to the grounde,
21 AndCalled also Ornān, Araunah said, Wherefore is my lord the King come to his seruant? Then Dauid1. Chro. 21, 20. answered, To bye the threshing floore of thee, for to buylde an altar vnto the Lord, that the plague may cease from the people.
22 Then Araunáh said vnto Dauid, Let my lord the King take and offer what semeth him good in his eyes: beholde the oxen for the burnt offring, & charets, and the instruments of the oxen for wood.
23 And these things did AraunāhThat is, abundātly, for as some Write, he Was king of
〈◊〉
before Dauid Wanne the
〈◊〉
(as) a King giue vnto the King: and Araunāh said vnto the King, The Lordthy God befauorable vn to thee.
24 Then the King said vnto Araunáh, Not so, but I wil by it of thee at a price, and wil not offer burnt offring vnto the Lord my God of that whiche doeth cost me nothing. So Dauid boght the treshing floore, and the oxen forSome Write, that euery tribe gaue 50, Which make. 600, or that after Warde he boght as muche as came to 550 shekels, 1. Chro. 21 25. fiftie shekels of siluer.
25 And
〈◊〉
buy t there an altarvnto the Lord and offred burnt offrings and peace offrings and the Lord was appeased toward the land, and the plague ceased from Israél.
THE FIRST BOKE OF the Kings.
THE ARGVMENT.
BEcause the children of God shulde loke for no continual rest and quietnes in this worlde, the holy Gost setteth before our eyes in this boke the varietie and change of things which came to the people of Israél from the death of Dauid Salomón and the rest of the Kings, vnto the death of Aháb. declaring how that florishing kingdomes, except they be preserued by Gods protection, [who then fauoreth them when hisworde is truely set forthe, vertue estemed, vice punished and concorde mainteined] fall to decay and come to naught: as appeareth by the diuiding of the kingdome vnder Robohám, and Ierobohám, which before were but all one people, and now by the iuste punishment of God were made two whereof Iudáh and Beniamin claue to Robohám: and this was called the kindome of Iudah, & the otherten tribes helde with Ieroboham, and this was called the kingdome of Israél. The King of Iudah had his throne in Ierusalém, and the King of Israél in Samaria, after it was buylte by
〈◊〉
Ahabs father. And because our Sauiour Christ according to the stocke of Dauid, the genealogie of the Kings of Iudah is here described, from Salomon to Iorám the sonne of Iosaphat, who reigned ouer Iudah in Ierusalém, as Ahab did ouer Israél in Samaria.
CHAP. I.
3 Abishag kepeth Dauid in his extreme age. 5 Adoniiah vsurpeth the kingdome. 30 Salomon is anointed King. 50 Adoniiah fleeth to the altar.
1 NOw whē King Dauid wasHe Was about 70 yere olde, 2. Sam. 5. 4. olde and striken in yeres, they couered him with clothes, but noFor his natural
〈◊〉
Was Worne away With trauels. heate came vnto him.
2 Wherefore his seruants said vnto him, Let there be soght for my lord the King a yong virgin, and let herOr, serue him, stand before the King and cherish him: and let her lye in thy bosome, that my lord the King may get heate.
3 So they soght for a faire yong maid through out all the coastes of Israél, and founde one AbishágWhich
〈◊〉
Was in the tribe of Issachár. a Shunammite, and broght her to the King.
4 And the maid was exceding faire, and cherished the King, & ministred to him, but the
King knewe her not.
5 ¶ Then Adoniiáh the sonne of Haggith exal ted him selfe, saying, I wil be King. And he gate him charets and horsemen, andRead, 2. Sam.
〈◊〉
, 1. fifty men to runne before him.
6 And his father wolde not displease him from hisEbr. daies. childehode, to say, Why hast thou done so? And he was a very goodly man, and (his mother) bare him next after Absalōm.
7 AndEbr. his Wordes Were
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
he toke counsel of Ioab the sonne of Zeruiáh, and of Abiathār the Priest: and they They toke
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
& followed him. helped forward Adoniiáh.
8 But Zadōk the Priest, and Benaiáh the sonne of Iehoiadā, and Nathán the Prophet, & Shimei, & Rei, & the men of might which were with Dauid, were not with Adoniiáh.
9 Then Adoniiáh
〈◊〉
shepe and oxen, & fat cattel by the stone of Zohéleth, which is byOr, the
〈◊〉
ai
〈◊〉
. En-rogél, and called all his brethren the Kings sonnes, and all the men of Iudáh the Kings seruants,
10 But Nathán the Prophet, and Benaiáh, and theAs the Cherethi
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
. mighty men, and Salomōn his brother he called not.
11 Wherefore Nathán spake vnto Bath-shēba the mother of Salomōn, saying, Hast thou2. Sam. 3, 4. not heard, that Adoniiáh the sonne * of Haggiith doeth reigne, & Dauid our lord knoweth it not?
12 Now therefore come, (and) I will now giue thee counsel, how to saue thine owneFor adoniiáh Wil destroy thee and thy sonne, if he reigne. life, and the life of thy sonne Salomon.
13 Go, and get thee in vnto King Dauid, and say vnto him, did est not thou, my lord, o King, sweare vnto thine handmaid, saying, Assured ly Salomón thy sonne shal reigne after me, & he shal sit vpon my throne? why is then Adoniiáh King?
14 Beholde, while thou yet talk est there with the King, I also wil come in after thee, andBy
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
things, as may further the same,
〈◊〉
wordes.
15 ¶ So Bath-shéba went in vnto the King into the chamber, and the King was very olde, & Abishāg the Shunammite ministred vnto the King.
16 And Bath-shéha bowed and made obeissan ce vnto the King. And the King said, What is thy matter?
17 And she answered him, My lord, thou swarest by the Lord thy God vnto thine handmaid, (saying,) Assuredly Salomón thy sonne shal reigne after me, and he shal sit vpon my throne.
18 And beholde, now (is) Adoniiáh King, and now, my lord, ò King, thou
〈◊〉
it not.
〈◊〉
The king
〈◊〉
worne With age, cold not attend to the affaires of the realme,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
many
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
kept
〈◊〉
frō the king.
19 And he hathe offred many oxen, and fat cattel, and shepe, and hathe called all the sonnes of the King, and Abiathār the Priest, & Ioáb the captaine of the hoste: but Salomōn thy seruant hathe he not bidden.
20 And thou my lord, ô King, (knowest) that the eyes of
〈◊〉
(are) on thee, that thou shuld est tel thē, who shulde sit on the throne of my lord the King after him.
21 Forels when my lord the King shall slepe with his fathers, I and my sonne Salomōn shalbeAnd so
〈◊〉
to death as Wicked
〈◊〉
. reputedEbr, sinners. vile.
22 And lo, while she yet talked with the King Nathān also the Prophet came in.
23 And they tolde the King, saying, Beholde, Nathán the Prophet. And whē he was come into the King, he made
〈◊〉
before the King vpon his faceAcknowledging him to be the true and Wor thy king appointed of God as the figure of his Christ. to the grounde.
24 And Nathán said, My lord, ö King, hast thou said, Adoniiáh shal reigne after me, and he shal sit vpon my throne?
25 For he is gone downe this day, and hathe slaine many oxen, and fat cattel, and shepe, & hathe called all the Kings sonnes, and the captaines of the hoste, and Abiathár the Priest and beholde, they eat and drinke before him and say,Ebr. let the king
〈◊〉
liue. God saue King Adoniiāh.
26 But me thy seruant, and Zadōz the Priest & Benaiáh the sonne of Iehoiadá, and thy seruant Salomōn hathe he not called.
27 Is this thing done by my lord the King, and thou hast not shewed it vnto thyMeaning that he ought in such affaires enterpri se nothing except he had
〈◊〉
With the Lord. seruant, who shulde sit on the throne of my lord the King after him?
28 ¶ Then King Dauid answered, and said, Call me Bath-shéba. And she came into the Kings presence, and stode before the King.
29 And the King sware, saying, As the Lord liueth, who hathe redemed my soule out of all aduersitie.
30 That as IMoued by the
〈◊〉
of God so to do because he
〈◊〉
that Sa lomon shulde be the figure of Christ. sware vnto thee by the Lord God of Israél, saying, Assuredly Salomon thy sonne shal reigne after me, and he shal sit vpon my throne in my place, so wil I certeinly do this day.
31 Then Bath-shébā bowed her face to the earth, and did reuerence vnto the King, and said God saue my lord King Dauid for euer.
32 ¶ And King Dauid said, Call me Zadók the Priest, and Nathán the Prophet, and Benaiáh the sonne of Iehoiadá. And they came before the King.
33 Then the King said vnto them, Take with you theMeaning, the kings seruants & suche as Were of his garde. seruants of your lord, & cause Salo mōn my sonne to ride vpon mine owne mule and cary him downe to Gihōn.
34 And let Zadók the Priest and Nathān the Prophet anoint him there King ouer Israél, and blowe yethe trumpet, and say, God saue King Salomōn.
35 Then come vp after him, that he may come and sit vp on my throne: and he shal be King in my steade: for I haueEbr. cōmanded. appointed him to be prince ouer Israél and ouer Iudāh.
36 Then Benaiáh the sonne of Iehoiadá answe red the King, and said, So be it, (and) the Lord God of my lord the KingEbr. say so. ratifie it.
37 As the Lord hathe bene with my Lord the King, so be he with Salomōn, and exalt his throne aboue the throne of my lord King Dauid.
38 So Zadōk the Priest, and Nathán the Prophet, and Benaiáh the sonne of Iehoiadá, & the Cherethites and the Pelethites went downe, & caused Salomōn to ride vpō King
Dauids mule, and broght him to Gihōn.
39 And Zadok the Priest toke an horne ofWhere With they accustomed to anoint the Priestes and the holy instruments Exod. 30. 23 oyle out of the Tabernacle, and anointed Salomón: and thei blewe the trumpet, & all the people said, God saue King Salomon.
40 And all the people came vp after him, and the people piped with pipes and reioyced with great ioye, so that the earthEbr. brake. rang with the sounde of them.
41 ¶ And Adoniiáh and all the gestes that were with him, heard it: [and they had made an end of eating] and when Ioáb heard the sounde of the trumpet, he said, What meaneth this noise and vprore in the citie?
42 And as he yet spake, beholde, Ionathán the sonne of Abiat hār the Priest came: and Adoniiáh said, Come in: for thou artEbr. a man of power. a worthy man, and bringestHe praised Ionathán thinking to haue heard cō
〈◊〉
newes,
〈◊〉
God Wroght things contrary to his expectatiō and so did beat downe his pride. good tidings.
43 And Ionathán answered, and said to Adoniiáh, Verely our lord King Dauid hathe ma de Salomōn King.
44 And the King hathe sent with him Zadōk the Priest, & Nathān the Prophet, & Benaiáh the sonne of Iehoiadá, and the Cherethites, and the Pelethites, and they haue caused him to ride vpon the Kings mule.
45 And Zadók the Priest, and Nathán the Prophet haue anointed him King in Gihōn: and thei are gone vp from thence with ioye, and the citie is moued: this is the noise that ye ha ue heard.
46 And Salomón also sitteth on the throne of the kingdome.
47 And more ouer the Kings seruants cameTo salute him and to pray and praise God for him. to blesse our lord King Dauid, saying, God make the name of Salomón more famous then thy name, and exalt his throne aboue thy throne: therefore the King worshiped vpon theHe gaue God thankes for the good successe. bed.
48 And thus said the King also, Blessed be the Lord God of Israél, who hathe made one to sit on my throne this day, euen in my sight.
49 Then al the gestes that were with Adoniiah were afraied, and rose vp, & went eueryman his waye.
50 ¶ And Adoniiāh fearing the presence of Salomon, arose and went, and toke holde on the hornes of theWhich Dauid his father had
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
. altar.
51 And one tolde Salomōn, saying, Beholde, Adoniiáh doeth feare King Salomōn: for lo, he hathe caught holde on the hornes of the altar, saying, Let King Salomon sweare vnto me this day, that he wil not slaye his seruant with the sworde.
52 Thē Salomon said, If he wil shewe him selfe a worthy man, there shal not an here of him fall to the earth, but if wickednes be found in him, he shal dye.
53 Then King Salomōn sent, and thei broght him from the altar, and he came ād did obeisance vnto King Salomón. And Salomōn said vnto him, Go to thine house.
CHAP. II.
1 Dauid exhorteth Salomōn, and giueth charge as concerning Ioáb, Barzillái, and Shimei 10 The death of Dauid 17 Adoniiah asketh Abishāg to wife. 25 He is slayne 35. Zadok was placed in Abiathars roume.
1 THen the daies of Dauid drewe nere that he shulde dye, and he charged Salomōn his sonne, saying,
2 I go theI am ready to dye, as all men must. waie of all the earth: be strong therefore, and she we thy felfe a man.
3 And take hede to theHe sheweth howhard a thing it is to
〈◊〉
, and that none can do it
〈◊〉
, ex cept he obey God
〈◊〉
. 29. 9. charge of the Lord thy God, to walke in his waies, and kepe his statutes, and his commandements, & his iudgements, and his testimonies, as it is written in the Lawe of Mosés, that thou maiest *Or, do Wisely. prosper in all that thou doest, and in eueryIos h. 1. 7. thing whereunto thou turnest thee,
4 That the Lord may confirme his worde which he spake vnto me, saying, If thy sonnes take hede to their way, that thei walke before me inAnd Without hypocrisie. trueth, with all their hearts, & with all their soules, *Ebr. a man shal not be cut of to thee from of the throne. thou shalt not [said2. Sam. 7. 12. he] want one of thy (posteritie) vpon the throne of Israél.
5 Thou knowest also what Ioáb the sonne of
〈◊〉
did to me, and what he did to the2. Sam. 3. 27. two captaines of the hostes of Israél, vnto *2. Sam. 20. 10. Abnér the sonne of Ner, and vnto * Amasā the sonne of Iethér: whome he slewe, andHe
〈◊〉
his blood in time of peace, as if there had bene Warre. shed blood of battel in peace, andHe put the bloody sworde into his
〈◊〉
. put the blood of warre vpon his girdle that was about his
〈◊〉
, and in his shooes that were on his feete.
6 Do therefore according to thy wisdome, & let thou not his hoare head go downe to the graue in peace.
7 But shewe kindenes vnto the sonnes of *2. Sam. 19. 31. Barzillái the Gileadite, and let them be amōg them that eat at thy table:That is, they delt mercifully With me. for sothei came to me when I fled from Absalóm thy brother.
8 ¶ And beholde, with thee * (is) Shimei the2. Sam. 16. 5. sonne of Gerá, the sonne of
〈◊〉
, of Bahurim, which cursed me with an horrible curse in the day when I went to Mahanáim: but he came downe to meete me at Iordén, and I sware to him by the Lord, saying, * I wil not2. Sam. 19 23. slaye thee with the sworde.
9 But thou shalt not count him innocent: for thou art a wiseman, and knowest what thou oughtest to do vnto him: therfore thou shalt cause his hoare head to go downe to the gra ue with blood.g Let him be pu nis hed With death
10 So * Dauid slept with his fathers, and was buryed in the citie of Dauid.Act. 2. 39 and 13. 16.
11 And the dayes which Dauid * reigned vpon2. Sam. 5. 4. Israél, (were) fourtie yere: seuē yeres reigned he in Hebron, and thirty and thre yeres reigned he in Ierusalém.
12 ¶ * Then sate Salomōn vpon the throne of2. Chro. 29. 23. Dauid his father, and his kingdome was stablished mightely.
13 And Adoniiáh the sonne of Haggith came to Bath-shébathe mother of Salomōn: and she said,For she feared lest he Wolde Wor ke treasō against the King. Commest thou peaceably? And he said, Yea.
14 He said moreouer, I haue a sure vnto thee. And she said, Say on.
15 Then he said, Thou knowest that the kingdome was mine, and that all Israél setIn signe of their fauour and consent. their faces on me, that I shulde reigne: how beit the kingdome is turned away, and is my bro thers: for it came to him by the Lord.
16 Now therefore I aske thee one request,Ebr. cause not my face to
〈◊〉
away. refuse me not. And she said vnto him, Say on.
17 And he said, Speake, I pray thee, vnto Salomōn the King, [for he wil not say thee naye] that he giue me Abishāg the Shunammite to wife.
18 And Bath-sheba said, Wel, I wil speake for thee vnto the King.
19 ¶ Bath-shéba therefore went vnto King Salomōn, to speake vnto him for Adoniiáh: and the King rose to meete her, ādIn token of re tierence, and that others by his example might haue
〈◊〉
in greater honour. bowed him selfe vnto her, and sate downe on his throne: and he caused a seat to be set for the Kings mother, and she sate at his right hand.
20 Then she said, I desire a smale request of thee, say me not naye. Then the King said vnto her, Aske on, my mother: for I wil not say thee naye.
21 She said then, Let Abishág the Shunámite be giuen to Adoniiáh thy brother to wife.
22 But King Salomōn answered and said vnto his mother, And why doest thou aske Abishág the Shunamite for Adoniiáh? aske for him theMeaning, that if he shulde haue granted
〈◊〉
, which was so deare to his father, he wolde afterwarde haue aspired to the kingdome. kingdome also: for he is mine elder brother, and hathe for him bothe Abiathar the Priest, and Ioáb the sonne of Zeruiāh.
23 Then King Salomōn sware by the Lord saying, God do so to me and more also, if Adoniiáh hathe not spoken this worde against his owne life.
24 Now therefore as the Lordliueth, who hathe established me, and set me on the throne of Dauid my father who also hathe made me an house, as he * promised, Adoniiáh shal surely2. Sam. 7. 12. dye this day.
25 And King Salomón sent by the hand of Benaiáh the sonne of Iehoiadá, and heOr, fel vpō him. smote him that he dyed.
26 ¶ Then the King said vnto Abiathār the Priest, Go to Anathoth vnto thine owneOr,
〈◊〉
. fields: for thou artEbr. a man of death. worthy of death: but I wil not this day kil thee, because thouwhen he fied before Absalom 2. Sam. 15. 24. barest the Arke of the Lord God before Dauid my father, and because thou hast suffred in all, where in my father hathe bene afflicted.
27 So Salomón cast out Abiathár from being Priest vnto the Lord, that he might * fulfil1. Sam 2. 31. the wordes of the Lord, which he spake against the house of Eli in Shilōh.
28 ¶ Then tidings came to Ioáb: [for Ioáb hadHe toke
〈◊〉
parte whē he wolde haue vsurped the king dome. turned after Adoniiáh, but he turned not after Absalōm] and Ioáb fled vnto the Tabernacle of the Lord, and caught holde on the hornes of the altar.Chap. 1. 7.
29 And it was tolde King Salomōn, that Ioáb was fled vnto the Tabernacle of the Lord, & beholde, (he is) by theThinking to be saued by the holines of the place. altar. Then Salomōn sent Benaiáh the sonne of Iehoiadá, saying, Go, fall vpon him.
30 And Benaiāh came to the Tabernacle of the Lord, and said vnto him, Thus saith the King Come out. And he said, Naye, but I wil dye here. Then Benaiáh broght the King worde againe, saying, Thus said Ioáb, and thus he answered me.
31 And the King said vnto him, Do as he hathe said, andFor it was lawful to take the wilful murtherer from the altar. smite him, & burye him, that thou maiest take away the blood, which Ioáb shed causeles, from me and from the house of my father.Exod. 21. 14.
32 And the Lord shal bring his blood vpon his owne head: for he smote two men more righ teous and better then he, and slewe thē with the sworde, and my father Dauid knewe not (to wit,) * Abnér the sonne of Ner, captaine of the hoste of Israél, and * Amasá the sonne2. Sam, 3. 27.
2. Sam. 20. 10, of Iethér captaine of the hoste of Iudáh.
33 Their blood shal therefore returne vpon theIoáb shalbe
〈◊〉
stely punished for the blood that he hathe cruelly shed. head of Ioáb, and on the head of his sede for euer: but vpon Dauid, and vpon his sede, and vpō his house, and vpon his throne shal there be peace for euer from the Lord.
34 So Benaiáh the sonne of Iehoiadá went vp, and smote him, and slewe him, and he was bu ryed in his owne house in the wildernes.
35 And the King put Benaiáh the sonne of Iehoiadá in his roume ouer the hoste: and the King set Zadok theAnd so
〈◊〉
the office of the hie Priest from the house of Eli, & restored
〈◊〉
to the house of Phinehas. Priest in the roume of Abiathár.
36 ¶ Afterwarde the King sent, and called Shimei, and said vnto him, Buylde thee an house in Ierusalém, and
〈◊〉
there, and departe not thence anie whether.
37 For that day that thou goest out, and passest ouer the riuer of Kidron, knowe assuredly, that thou shalt dye the death: thy blood shal be vpon thine owne head.
38 And Shimei said vnto the King, The thing is good: as my Lord the King hathe said, so wil thy seruant do. So Shimei dwelt in Ierusalém many dayes.
39 And after thre yeres two of theThus God appointeth the waies and meanes to bring his iuste iudgements vpon the wicked. seruants of Shimei fled away vnto Achish sonne of Maa cháh King of Gath: and thei tolde Shimei, saying, Beholde, thy seruants (be) in Gath.
40 And Shimei arose, and sadled his asse, and went to Gath to Achish, to seke his seruants: andHis couetous minde moued him rather to venture his life, then to lose his worldely profit, which he had by his
〈◊〉
. Shimei went, and broght his seruants from Gath.
41 And it was tolde Salomōn, that Shimei had gone from Ierusalēm to Gath, and was come againe.
42 And the King sent and called Shimei, and said vnto him, Did I not make thee to sweare by the Lord, and protested vnto thee, saying That day that thou goest out, and walk est anie whether, knowe assuredly that thou shalt dye the death? And thou said est vnto me The thing is good, (that) I haue heard.
43 Why then hast thou not kept the othe of the Lord, & the commandement where with I charged thee?
44 The King said also to Shimei,For thogh thou woldest
〈◊〉
, yet thine owne conscience wold accuse thee, for re uiling and doing wrong to my father. Thou knowest al the wickednes where unto thine2. Sam. 16.
〈◊〉
.
heart is priuie, that thou didest to Dauid my father: the Lord therefore shal bring thy wic kednes vpon thine owne head.
45 And let King Salomón be blessed, and the throne of Dauid stablished before the Lord foreuer.
46 So the King commanded Benaiáh the sonne of Iehoiada: who went out and smote him that he dyed. And the kingdome wasBecause all his enemies were de stroied. stablished in the hand of Salomón.
CHAP. III.
1 Salomón taketh Pharachs daughter to wife. 5 The Lord appeareth to him & giueth him wisdome. 17 The pleating of the two harlottes, & Salomons sentence therein.
1 SAlomōn * thē made affinitie with Pharaóh
〈◊〉
. Chron. 1. 1. King of Egypt, and toke Pharaohs daugh ter; and broght her into theWhich was Beth-lehem. citie of Dauid vntil he had made an end of buylding his owne house and the house, of the Lord, and the wall of Ierusalem round about.
2 Onely the people sacrificed inWhere altars were appointed before the Temple was buylt to offer vnto the Lord the hie places, because there was no house buylt vnto the Name of the Lord, vntil those dayes.
3 And Salomon loued the Lord, walking, in the ordinances of Dauid hisFor his father had commanded him to obey the Lord and Walke in his Wayes. father: onely he sa crificed and offred incense in the hie places.
4 And the King went toFor there the Tabernacle was. 2. Chro. 1. 3. Gibeōn to sacrifice there, for that was the chief hie place a thou sand burnt offrings did Salomōn offer vponChap. 2. 3 that altar.
5 In Gibeōn the Lord appeared to Salomon in a dreame by night: and God said Aske what I shal giue thee.
6 And Salomō said. Thou hast shewed vnto thy seruant Dauid my father great mercy,Or, as he walked. when he walked before thee in trueth, and in righteousnes, and in vprightnes of heart with thee: and thou hastThou hast performed thy promes. kept for him this great mercy; and hast giuen him a sonne, to sit on his throne, as (appeareth) this day.
7 And now, ô Lord, my God, thou hast made thy seruant King instead of Dauid, my father and I am but a yong childe, and knowe not how toThat is, to be haue my selfe in executing this charge of ruling go out and in.
8 And thy seruant (is) in the middes of thy peo ple, which thou hast chosen, euē a great peo ple which can not be tolde nor nombred for multitude.
9 * Giue therefore vnto thy seruant anOr, obedient. vnder2. Chro. 1. 10. stāding heart, to iudge thy people, that I may discerne betwene good and bad: for who is able to iudge this thyWhich are so
〈◊〉
in nōber. mighty people?
10 And this pleased the Lord wel, that Salomōn had desired this thing?
11 And God said vnto him, Because thou hast asked this thing, and hast not asked for thy selfe long life, nether hast asked riches for thy selfe, nor hast asked the life of thineThat is, that thine enemies shulde dye. enemies, but hast asked for thy selfe vnderstan ding to heare iudgement,
12 Beholde, I haue done according to thy wor des: lo, I haue giuen thee a wise and an vnderstanding heart, so that there hath bene none like thee before thee, nether after thee shall arise the like vnto thee.
13 And I haue also * giuen thee that, whicheMatt. 6, 33.
Wisdo. 7, 11. thou hast not asked, bothe riches & honour so that among the Kings thereOr, hathe
〈◊〉
vene. shalbe none like vnto thee all thy dayes.
14 And if thou wilt walke in my wayes, to kepe mine ordinances and my commandements,Chap. 15, 5. * as thy father Dauid did walke, I wil prolōg thy dayes.
15 And when Salomon awoke, beholde, it wasHe knewe that God had appeared vnto him in a dreame. a dreame, and he came to Ierusalem, & stode before the Arke of the couenant of the Lorde, and offred burnt offrings and made peace offrings, and made a feast to all his seruants.
16 ¶ Then came twoOr,
〈◊〉
. harlottes vnto the King andBy this exāple it appeareth that God kept promes with Salomon in granting him wisdome. stode before him.
17 And the one woman said, Oh my lord, I and this woman dwel in one house, & I was deliuered of a childe with her in the house.
18 And the third day after that I was deliuered this woman was deliuered also: and we were in the house together: no stranger (was) with vs in the house, saue we twaine.
19 And this womans sonne dyed in the night: for she ouerlay him.
20 And she rose at midnight, andShe stale the quicke childe away, because she might bothe auoide the shame and punishemēt. toke my sonne from my side, while thine handmaid slept, and layed him in her bosome, and layed her dead sonne in my bosome.
21 And when I rose in the morning to giue my sonne sucke, beholde, he was dead: and whē I had wel considered him in the morning, be holde, it was not my sonne, whome I had borne.
22 Then the other woman said, Nay, but my sonne liueth ād thy sonne is dead: againe she said, No, butthy sōne is dead, and mine a liue: thus they spake before the King.
23 Thē said the King, She sayth, this that liueth is my sonne, & the dead is thy sonne: and the other saith, Naye, but the dead is thy sonne, and the liuing is my sonne.
24 Then the King said,Except God giue iudges vnderstanding, the impudēcie of the trespacer shal ouer throwe the iust cause of the innocent. Bring me a sworde: & they
〈◊〉
out a sworde before the King.
25 And the King said, Deuide ye the liuing childe in twaine, ād giue the one halfe to the one and the other halfe to the other.
26 Then spake the woman, whose the liuing childe was, vnto the King, for her
〈◊〉
was kindled toward her sonne, and she said, Oh my lord, giue her the liuing childe, andHer motherly affection herein appeareth that she had rather en dure the
〈◊〉
of the lawe, thēse her childe
〈◊〉
slaine. slay him not: but the other said, Let it be nether mine nor thine, but deuide it.
27 Then the King answered, and said, Giue her the liuing childe, and slay him not: this is his mother.
28 And all Israél heard the iudgement, whiche the King had iudged, & they feared the King for they sawe that the wisdome of God was in him to do iustice.
CHAP. IIII.
2 The princes and rulers vnder Salomón. 22 The purueyan ce for his vitailes. 26 The nomber of his horses 32
〈◊〉
bokes and writings.
1 ANd King Salomón was King ouer all Israél.
2 And these wereThat is, his chief officers. his princes,He was the sonne of
〈◊〉
and zadoks Azariáh the sonne of Zadōk the Priest,
3 Elihōreph and Ahráh the sonnes of Shishá scribes, Iehoshaphát the sōne of Ahilúd, the recorder,
4 And Benaiáh the sonne of Iehoiadá (was) ouer the hoste, and Sadōk andNot Abiathár, whome Salomō had put from his office, Chap. 2, 27, but another of that name. Abiathár Priests,
5 And Azariáh the sonne of Nathān (was) ouer the officers, and Zabúd the sonne of Nathán Priest (was) the Kings friend,
6 And Ahishár was ouer the housholde: and *Chap. 5, 14. Adonirám the sonne of Abdá (was) ouer the tribute.
7 ¶ And Salomón had twelue officers ouer all Israél, which prouided vitailes for the King and his housholde: eche man had a moneth in the yere to prouide vitailes.
8 And these are their names: the sonne of Hur in mount Ephráim:
9 The sonne of Dekár in Makáz, and in Shaal bim and Beth-shémesh, and Elōn (and) Beth"Or, Elon in Bethauan. hanán
10 The sonne of Hésed in Arubōth, to whome perteined Sochoh, and all the land of Hépher:
11 The sonne of Abinadáb in all the region of Dor, which had Tapháth the daughter of Sa lomón to wife.
12 Baaná the sonne of Ahilúd in Taanách, and Megiddô, and in all Beth-sheán, which is by Zartánah beneth Izreél, from Beth-sheánOr, to the plaine, to Abel-meholáh, euē til beyonde ouer against Iokmeám:
13 The sonne of Gēber in Ramōth Gileád, and his were the townes ofwhich townes bare lairs name, because he toke thē of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, Nob. 32. 41. Iair, the sonne of Manasséh, which are in Gileád, and vnder him was the region of Argōb whiche is in Bashán: threscore great cities with walles & barres of brasse.
14 ¶ Ahinadáb the sonne of Iddó (had) to Mahanáim:
15 Ahimāaz in Nephtali, and he toke Basmáth the daughter of Salomón to wife:
16 Baanáh the sonne of Hushái in Ashér and in Alóth:
17 Iehoshaphát the sonne of Parúah inSalomon obserued not the diuision that Ioshua mad, but deuided it as might best serue for his purpose. Issachár.
18 Shimei the sonne of Eláh in Beniamin:
19 Gebér the sonne of Vri in the countrei of Gileád, the land of Sihōn King of the Amori tes, and of Og King of Bashán, and was officer alone in the land.
20 Iudáh and Israél (were) manie, as the sand of the sea in nomber,They liued in all peace and securitie. eating, drinking, and ma king meary.
21 * And Salomon reigned ouer all kingdomesEccles. 47. 15. from thewhiche is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Riuer (vnto) the land of the Philistims, and vnto the border of Egypt, ād they broght presentes, and serued Salomōn all the dayes of his life.
22 And Salomons vitailes for one day were thir tieEbr. Corim. measures of fine floure, and threscore measures of meale:
23 Ten fat oxen, and twentie oxen of the pastu res, and an hundreth shepe, beside hartes, and buckes, and bugles, and fat foule.
24 For he ruled in all (the region) on the other side of the Riuer, from Tiphsáh euen vntoOr, Gaza. Azzáh, ouer all theFor they were all
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to him. Kings on the other side the Riuer: and he had peace rounde about him on euerie side.
25 And Iudáh and Israél dwelt with out feare, euerie man vnder his vine, and vnder his fig tre, fromThroughout all Israél. Dan, euen to Beershéba, all the dayes of Salomon.
26 ¶ And Salomōn had * fortie thousand stalles2. Chro. 9. 25. of horses for his charets, and twelue thou sand horsemen.
27 And these officers prouided vitaile for King Salomōn, and for all that came to King Salo mōs table, euerie man his moneth, (and) they suffred to lacke nothing.
28 Barly also and strawe for the horses & mules broght they vnto the place where the officers were, euerie mā according to his charge.
29 ¶ * And God gaue Salomōn wisdome andEccles. 47. 16, vnderstanding exceding muche, and aMeaning, great vndestāding and able to comprehend all things. large heart, euen as the sand that is on the sea shore.
30 And Salomons wisdome excelled the wisdome of all the children of theTo wit the phi losophers & astro nomers, which were iudged moste wise. East and all the wisdome of Egypt.
31 For he was wiser then anie man: (yea,) then were Ethán the Ezrahite, then Hemán, then Chalcōl, then Dardá the sonnes of Mahōl: and he was famous throughout all nacions rounde about.
32 And Salomōn spake thre thousandwhich for the most parte are thoght to haue perished in the captiuitie of Babilon prouerbes: and his songs were a thousand & fiue.
33 And he speake of trees, from the cedar tre that is in Lebanón, euen vnto theFrom the hiest to the lowest. hyssope that springeth out of the wall: he spake also of beastes, and of foules, & of creping things and of fishes.
34 And there came of all people to heare the wisdome of Salomōn, from all Kings of the earth, which had heard of his wisdome.
CHAP. V.
1 Hitám sendeth to Salomon, and Salomon to him purposing to buylde the house of God. 6 He prepareth stuffe for the buylding. 13 The nomber of the workemen.
1 ANd Hirám King ofOr,
〈◊〉
Tyrus sent his seruants vnto Salomōn, [for he had heard that they had anoynted him King in the roume of his father] because Hiram had euer loued Dauid.
2 * Also Salomōn sent to Hirám, saying,2. Chro. 20. 2.
3 Thou know est that Dauid my father colde not buylde an house vnto the Name of the Lord his God, for the warres which were about him on euerie side, vntil the Lord had putOr, his enemies. them vnder the soles of his fete.
4 But now the Lord my God hathe giuen meHe declareth that he was bounde to set forthe Gods glorie, for asmuche as the Lord had sent him rest & peace. 2. Sam. 7. 13. rest on euerie side, (so that) there is nether aduersarie, nor euil to resiste.
5 And beholde, I purpose to buylde an house vnto the Name of the Lord my God, * as the1. Chro. 22, 10.
Lord spake vnto Dauid my father, saying, Thy sonne, whome I wyll set vppon thy throne for thee, he shall buylde an house vnto my Name.
6 Now therefore commāde, that they hewe me cedar trees out of Lebanōn, & my seruants shalbe with thy seruants, and vnto thee will I giue the This was hys equitie, that he wold not receiue a benefite without some recompence. hire for thy seruants, accordyng to all that thou shalt appoint: for thou know est that there are none amōg vs, that can he we timbre like vnto the Sidonians.
7 ¶ And whenIn
〈◊〉
is pre figurate the vocacion of the
〈◊〉
, who shulde helpe to buylde the Spiritual tē
ple. Hirám heard the wordes of Salomon, he reioyced greatlye, and sayd, Blessed be the Lord this daye, whiche hath giuen vnto Dauid a wise sonne ouer thys mightie people.
8 And Hirám sent to Salomō, saying, I haue considered the thyngs, for the which thou sentest vnto me, and wyll accomplishe all thy desire, concerning the cedar trees and firre trees.
9 My seruants shal bring them downe from Lebanōn to the sea: and I wil conueie thē by seaOr,
〈◊〉
. in rafts vnto the place that thou shalt shewe me, and will cause them to be discharged there, and thou shalt receyue them now thou shalt do me a pleasure to minister foode for
〈◊〉
my seruants are
〈◊〉
aboute thy busines. my familie.
10 So Hirám gaue Salomōn cedar trees and firre trees, (euen) his ful desire.
11 And Salomón gaue Hirám twentie thousandEbr. Corim. measures of wheat for foode to hys housholde, and twentie measures ofOr, pure. beaten oyle. Thus much gaue Salomōn to Hirám yere by yere.
12 ¶ And the Lord gaue Salomōn wisedome as he * promised him. And there was peaceChap. 3. 12. betwene Hirám and Salomón, & theyAs touching the furniture of wood, and
〈◊〉
. two made a couenant.
13 ¶ And King Salomón raised a summe out of all Israél, and the summe was thirtye thousand men:
14 Whome he sent to Lebanon, ten thousād a moneth by course they were a moneth in Lebanon, and two moneths at home. AndChap. 4. 6. * Adonirám (was) ouer the summe.
15 And Salomōn had seuentie thousand that bare burdēs, and foure score thousand masons in the mountaine,
16 Besides theOr, master of the
〈◊〉
. princes, whome Salomón appointed ouer the work, (euen) thre thousand and thre hundreth, whiche ruled the people that wroght in the worke.
17 And the King commanded them, and thei broght greate stones and costly stones to make the fundacion of the house, (euen) hewed stones.
18 And Salomons workemen, and the workemen of Hirám, and theThe Ebrewes worde is
〈◊〉
, whiche some say, were excelient
〈◊〉
. masons hewed and prepared timbre and stones for the buylding of the house.
CHAP. VI.
1 The buylding of the Temple and the forme thereof. 12 The promes of the Lord to Salomón.
1 ANd * in the foure hundreth and foure2. Chro. 3.
〈◊〉
. score yere [after the children of Israél were come out of the land of Egypte] and in the fourth yere of the reigne of Salomō ouer Israél, in the monethVVhich
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
te of April and part of May. Zif, [whiche is the seconde moneth] he buylt the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
by is mēt the temple & the
〈◊〉
. house of the Lord.
2 And the house which King Salomōn buylt for the Lord, was thre score cubites long, and twentie broad, and thirty cubites hie.
3 And theOr the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the people prayed, whyche was before the place where the
〈◊〉
burnt off ings
〈◊〉
. porche before the Tēple of the house (was) twentie cubites long according to the breadth of the house, and ten cubites broade before the house.
4 And in the house he made windowes,O,: o open and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. broade (without,) and narowe (within.)
5 And by the wal of the house he made
〈◊〉
, losts. galleries rounde aboute, euen by the walles of the house rounde aboute the Temple and
〈◊〉
God spake betwene the
〈◊〉
, called also the moste holy place. the oracle, and made chambres round about.
6 The nether most gallerie (was) fiue cubites broade, and the middlemost six cubites broade, & the thirde seuen cubites broad: for he made Whiche were
〈◊〉
stones comming out of the wall, as stayes for the beames to rest vpon. restes rounde about without the house, that (the beames) shulde not be fastened in the walles of the house.
7 And whē the house was buylt, it was buylt of stone perfit, (before) it was broght, so that there was nether hammer, nor axe, nor any toole of yron heard in the house, while it was in buylding.
8 The dore of the myddleOr, gallerie. chambre was in the ryght side of the house, and men went vp wyth windyng steires into the middlemost, and out of the myddlemoste into the third.
9 So he buylt theIn Exodus it is called the Tabernacle: and the tē
ple is there called the
〈◊〉
, and the oracle the most holy place. house and finished it, and cieled the house being va wted with cieling of cedar trees.
10 And he buylt the galleries vppon all the (wall) of the house of fiue cubites height, & they were ioyned to the house with beames of cedar.
11 And the worde of the Lord came to Salomon, saying,
THE TEMPLE VNCOVERED.
The cause why we vncouered and set open the Tēple, without setting forth the wall that is before it, is, that the ordre of those thynges that are within, might be sene more liuely.
A B. The length of the Temple of threscore cubites.
A C. The breadth of twentie cubites within, and not measuring the thickenes of the walles. This also was the length of the porche without the Temple.
C D The height of thirtie cubites.
E F The chambers of the Priestes, which compassed about the Temple on thre sides. South, West and North and were of thre heights.
G H. The breadth of the porche, ten cubites.
I The windowes of the Temple.
K The firste chamber was fiue cubites broad.
L. The seconde six.
M The third seuen.
N O P. The refts or stayes of the walle which barevp the postes that did separat chamber from chāber.
Q. The holy place.
R. The holiest of all, where the Arke of the couenant was Y
S. The gate to enter into the moste holy place.
T. The fiue Candel stickes on euerie side of the Temple.
V. The ten tables on bothe sides for the shewe bread.
X The incense altar.
12 Concerning this house which thou buyldest, if thou wilt walke in myne ordinances, and execute my iudgements, and kepe all my commandements, to walke in thē, then wyll I performe vnto thee my promes,2. Sam. 7. 13. *whiche I promised to Dauid thy father.
13 And I willAccordynge as hepromised
〈◊〉
Moses, Exo. 25. 22. dwell among the chyldren of Israél, and will not forsake my people Israél.
14 So Salomōn buylt the house & finished it,
15 And buylt the walles of the house within, with bordes of cedre tre from the pauement of the house vntoMeaning vnto the roofe, whiche was also cieled. the walles of the cieling, and within he couered them with wood and couered the floore of the house with plankes of firre.
16 And he buylt twentie cubites in the sides of the house with bordes of cedre, frome the floore to the walles, and he prepared a (place) within it for the oracle, (euen) the moste holy place.
17 But theFor when he spake of the house in the first
〈◊〉
, he ment both the oracle and the Tē ple. house, that is, the temple before it was fourtie cubites (long.)
18 And the cedre of the house within was kerued withOr, wilde
〈◊〉
knoppes, and grauen with flowres: all (was) cedre, (so that) no stone
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
20 And the place of the oracle within (was) twentie cubites long, and twentie cubites broad, and twentie cubites hie, and he couered it with pure golde, and couered the altar with cedre.
21 So Salomōn couered the house within with pure golde: and heEbr. he drewe through
〈◊〉
of golde before. shut the place of the oracle with chaines of golde, and couered it with golde.
22 And he ouerlaied the house with golde,Meaning thealtar of incense, Exod. 30. 8. vntill all the house was made perfite, also he couered the whole altar, that was before the oracle, with golde.
23 And within the oracle he made two Cherubims ofOr, pine tree. oliue tre, ten cubites hie.
24 The wing also of the one Cherúb (was) fiue cubites, and the
〈◊〉
of the other Cherúb (was) fiue cubites. frō the vttermost part of (one) of his wings vnto the vttermost part of the (other) of his wings, (were) ten cubites
25 Also the other Cherúb was of ten cubites: bothe the Cherubims were of one measure and one syse.
26 (For) the height of the one Cherúb (was) ten cubites, & so (was) the other Cherúb.
27 And he put the Cherubims within the inner house, * & the Cherubims stretchedExod. 25. 20. out their wings, so that the wing of the one touched the one wall, and the wing of the other Cherúb touched the other wall: &
〈◊〉
(other) wings touched one another
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the house.
THE TEMPLE COVERED.
This figure
〈◊〉
the great court separated into thre partes, whose separation was made of thre orders of hewen stone and one of cedre bordes. In the firste court towarde the V Vest was the Temple A. The seconde court B. was for the Priests, called the inner court. In this stode the altar of burnt offring. D. which was twentie cubites long and asmuche broad, and ten of length. 2. Chr. 4 1. There was also ten
〈◊〉
: fiue on the one side, and fiue on the other E. and on the Southe side stode the Sea F. 2. Chro. 4. 2. C. the court of the people, whiche 2. Chro. 4. 9. is called the great porche, & Act. 3. 11. the porche of Salomón. This court is oft in the new Testament taken for the Temple, Matt. 21. 23. Act. 3 2. In this court Christ preached, and chased thence then that boght and solde. G A skaffolde of brasse, whereon Salomón praied that the people might se him, and the better vnderstande him: it was fiue cubites long,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
broad, and thre of height 2. Chro. 6. 13. H. the gate on the Eastside, called the gate of Sur, or Seir 2. Kin. 11. 6 and the gate of the fundacion. 2. Chr 23. 5, It is also called beautifull Act. 3. 2. because the Prince entred onelye thereat into the court, and not the people. Ezek. 44. 3
〈◊〉
the people entred in by the Southe gate and
〈◊〉
gate.
28 And heFor the other which Moses mad of beaten golde, were takē a way with the other iewels by their enemies, whome god permitted diuers tymes to ouercome them for their great sinnes. ouerlaied the Cherubims wyth golde.
29 And he carued all the walles of the house round about with grauen figures of Cherubims and of palme trees, and grauē flowres within and without.
30 And the floore of the house he couered with golde within and without.
31 An in the entrynge of the oracle he made (two) dores of oliue tre: (and) the vpper poste (and) side postes (were) fiue square.
32 The two dores also (were) of oliue tre, and he graued them with grauing of Cherubims and palme trees, and grauē flowres, and couered them with golde, and layedSo that the facion of the
〈◊〉
worke might
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. thine golde vpon the Cherubims and vpō the palme trees.
33 And so made he for the dore of the Temple postes of oliue tre foure square.
34 But the two dores (were) of firre tre, the two sides of the one dore (were)Or, solding. round, & the two sides of the other dore (were) round.
35 And he graued Cherubims, & palme trees and carued flowres and couered the carued worke with golde, finely wroght.
36 ¶And he buylt the VVhere the
〈◊〉
were, and was thus called in respecte of the great
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
is called Act
〈◊〉
. the
〈◊〉
of Salomon, where the people vsed to pray. court within with thre rowes of hewed stone, & one rowe of beames of cedar.
37 In the fourth yere was the fundacion of the house of the Lord laied in the moneth of Zif:
38 And in the eleuenth yere in the moneth of
〈◊〉
conteineth part of Octo ber and parte of Nouember. Bul, [which is the eight moneth] he finished the house with all the furniture thereof, and in euerie point: so was he seuē yere in buylding it.
CHAP. VII.
1 The buylding of the houses of Salomón. 15 The excellent workemanship of Hirám in the pieces whiche he made for the Temple.
1 BVt Salomón was buylding hys owne house* thirtene yeres, andAfter he had
〈◊〉
the Temple. finished allChap. 9. 10. his house.
THE FIRST FIGVRE OF THE KINGS HOVSE IN THE WOOD OF LEBANON.
This figure is made without wal or porche, that the ordre of the pillers within might be sene.
A. B. The length of an hundreth cubites.
B. C. The breadth of fifty.
A. D. The height of thirtie.
E. F. G. H. The foure rowes of pillers.
I. The postes whiche stayed on the pillers.
THE SECONDE FIGVRE OF THE SAME HOVSE.
This seconde figure sheweth the maner of the house without, and the porche thereof, whiche was fiftie cubites long.
A. B. and thirtie broad. C. D.
2 He buylt also an houseFor the beautie of the place and greate abundance of cedre trees that went to the buylding thereof, it was compared to mount Lebanon in Syria: this house hevsed in sommer for pleasure and recreacion. (called) the forest of Lebanón, an hundreth cubites long, and fiftie cubites broade, & thirtie cubites hie, vpon foure rowes of cedre pillers, and cedre beames (were laied) vpon the pillers.
3 And it was couered aboue with cedre vpō the beames, that lay on the fourtie & fiue pillers, fiftene in a rowe.
4 And the windowes (were) in thre rowes, & windowe (was)
〈◊〉
were as many, & like proporciō on the one side as on the other, and at
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
euen threin arowe one aboue another. against windowe in thre rankes.
5 And all the dores, & the side postes (with) the windowes were foure square, and windowe was ouer againste windowe in thre rankes.
6 And he made a porche of pillers fiftie cubites long, and thirtie cubites broade, and the porche was beforeBefore the pillles of the house. them, (euē) before them (were) thirtie pillers.
7 ¶ Then he made a porcheFor hys house, which was a
〈◊〉
. for the throne, where he iudged, (euen) a porche of iudgemēt, and it was cieled with cedre from pauement to pauement.
8 And in his house, where he dwelt, (was) an other hall more in warde then the porche whiche was of the same worke. Also Salomon made an house for Pharaohs daughter [* whome he had taken to wife] like vntoChap.
〈◊〉
. 1. this porche.
9 All these wereOr, precious. of costelye stones, hewed by measure, (and) sawed with sawes within and without, from the fundacion vntoVVhiche were rests and staies for the beames to lie vpon. the (stones) of anOr, spanne. hande breadth, and on the outside to the great courte.
10 And the fundaciō (was) of costely stones, (and) great stones, (euen) of stones of ten cubites, and stones of eight cubites.
11From the funda cion vp ward. About also (were) costely stones, squared by rule, and (boardes) of cedre.
12 ¶ And the great courte round about (was) with thre rowes of hewed stones, & a rowe of cedre beames:As the Lordes house was buylt, so
〈◊〉
this: onely the great court of Salomons house was vncouered. so (was it) to the inner courte of the house of the Lord, and to the porche of the house.
13 ¶ Then King Salomōn sent, and fet (one) Hirám out ofOr, zor. Tyrus.
14 He was a widowes sonne of the tribe of Naphtali, his father being a mā of Tyrus, (and) wroght in brasse:
〈◊〉
whē God will haue his glorie
〈◊〉
for the, he raiseth vp men & giueth them excellent giftes
〈◊〉
the accomplishement of the same Exod. 31. 2. he was ful of wisedome, and vnderstanding, and knowledge to worke all maner of worke in brasse who came to King Salomōn, and wroght all hys worke.
15
〈◊〉
For he cast two pillers of brasse: the height of a piller was eightene cubites, & a threade of twelue cubites did compasseEbr. the
〈◊〉
ether of the pillers.
16 And he made two,Or,
〈◊〉
. chapiters of molten
brasse to set on the toppes of the pillers: the height of one of the chapiters (was) fiue cubites, and the height of the other chapiter (was) fiue cubites.
THE FORME OF THE PILLER.
A B. The height of a piller
〈◊〉
cubites: the compasse of a piller was twelue cubites.
D E. The height of the chapiter or rounde balle vpō the piller of fiue cubites height.
G. In the middes were two rowes of pomegranates: the rest is the networke and
〈◊〉
delices or roses
17 He made grates like networke, andOr, cordes
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. writhen worke like chaines for the chapiters that were on the toppe of the pillers, (euē) seuen for the one chapiter, and seuen for the other chapiter.
18 So he made the pillers and two rowes of pomegranates rounde aboute in the one grate to couer the chapiters that were vpon the toppe. And thus did he for the other chapiter.
19 And the chapiters that were on the toppe of the pillers (were) afterAs was sene cō
munely wroght in costelie
〈◊〉
. lilye worke in the porche, foure cubites.
20 And the chapiters vppon the two pillers (had) also aboue,Or,
〈◊〉
about the middes. ouer against the bellyeOr, beyonde. within the network (pomegranates:) for two hundreth pomegranates were in the (two) rankes about vpponEbr. the seconde. ether of the chapiters.
21 And he set vp the pillers in theVVhiche was in the
〈◊〉
courte
〈◊〉
the Tem ple and the ora cie porche of the Temple. And when he had set vp the right piller, he called the name thereofThat is, he will stablishe, to wit, his promes to warde this house. Iachin: and when he had set vp the left piller, he called the name thereofThat is, in
〈◊〉
: meaning, the power therof shal
〈◊〉
. Bōaz.
22 And vppon the top of the pillers (was) worke of lilyes so was the workemanship of the pillers finished.
23 ¶ And he made a moltenSo called for the hugenes of the vessel. sea ten cubites wide from brim to brim, round in compasse, and fiue cubites hie, and a line of thirtie cubites did compasse it about.
THE SEA OR GREAT CALDRON.
A B. Ten
〈◊〉
from one side to the other.
C D. The height of fiue cubites.
F. The two
〈◊〉
, which cō
passed the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and were
〈◊〉
with
〈◊〉
heades
〈◊〉
wherein were pipes to auoyde the water.
24 And vnder the brim of it (were) knoppes like wilde cucumers compassing it rounde about, ten in one cubite, cō
passing the sea * round about: and the two rowes of knoppes were cast, whē
〈◊〉
. Chro. 4. 3. it was molten.
25 It stode on twelue bulles, thre loking towarde the North, and thre towarde the West, and thre toward the South, and thre towarde the East: & the sea (stode) aboue vpon them, and all their hinder partes were inwarde.
26 It wasOr, a spanne. an hand breadth thicke, and the brim thereof was like the worke of the brim of a cup with flowres of lilies: it conteyned two thousandeBath & Ephah
〈◊〉
to be bothe one measure. Baths.
27 ¶ And he made tene bases of brasse,
〈◊〉
. 45, 11. euerye Bath conteined about ten pottels. one base (was) foure cubites long, and foure cubites broade, and thre cubites hie.
28 ¶ And the worke of the bases was on this maner, They had borders, and the borders (were) betwene the ledges:
29 And on the borders that were betwene the ledges, were lyons, bulles and Cherubims: & vpō the ledges there was a base aboue: and beneth the lyons, and bulles were addicions made of thinne worke.
30 And euery base had foure brasē wheles, & plates of brasse: & the foure corners hadEbr.
〈◊〉
. vn dersetters: vnder the caldron were vndersetters moltē at the side of euery addicion.
31 AndThe mouthe
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
base
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
entred into the chapiter, or piller that bare vp the
〈◊〉
. the mouth of it (was) within the cha piter and aboue (to measure) by the cubite: for the mouth thereof (was) rounde made like a base, and it was a cubite and halfe a cubite: and also vpon the mouth thereof (were) grauē workes, whose borders (were) foure square, (and) not rounde.
32 And vnder the borders (were) foure wheles, & the axeltrees of the wheles (ioyned) to the base: and the height of a whele (was) a cubite and halfe a cubite.
33 And the facion of the wheles was like the
facion of a charet whele, their axeltrees, and their naues and their
〈◊〉
, rings. felloes, & their spokes (were) all molten.
34 And foure vndersetters (were) vppon the foure corners of one base: (and) the vndersetters thereof were of the base (it selfe.)
35 And in the toppe of the base was a roundeVVhich was called the piller, chapiter, or sinale base, Wherein the caldron stode. cōpasse of halfe a cubite hie round about and vpon the toppe of the base the ledges thereof and the borders thereof (were) of the same.
36 And vpon the tables of the ledges thereof, and on the borders thereof he did graue Cherubims, lyons and palmetrees, on the side of euery one, & addiciōs round about.
37 Thus made he the ten bases, (Thei) had all one casting, one measure, (and) one syse.
38 ¶ Then made heTo kepe Waters for the vse of the sacrifices. tene caldrons of brasse, one caldron conteined fourtie Baths: and euery caldron (was) foure cubites, one caldron (was) vpon one base throughout the ten bases.
39 And he set the bases, fiue on the right side of the house, and fiue on the left side of the house. And he set the sea on the right side of theTo Wit, of the Tēple or Sanctuarie. house Eastward toward the South.
40 ¶ And Hirám made caldrons, & besomes & basens, and Hirám finished all the worke that he made to Kynge Salomón for the house of the Lord:
41 To wit, two pillers and (two) bowels of the chapiters that were on the toppe of the two pillers, and two grates to couer the two bowles of the chapiters whiche were vpon the toppe of the pillers,
42 And foure hundreth pomegranates for the two grates, euen two rowes of pomegranates for euerie grate to couer the two bowles of the chapiters, that were vpon the pillers,
43 And the ten bases, and ten caldrons vpon the bases,
THE FORME OF THE CALDRONS.
A B C. The b se Whereupon stode the caldrōs which were thre cubites long
C B Foure cubites broade.
B E. Thre cubites high.
F. The imposement and figures of lions, bulles, Cherubims.
G The border of wo kmāship folding to and fro.
H. The foure whe les, whiche had a cubite and an half of height.
I. The foure stayes or vpholds, which Were vpō the base wherupō the caldron stode.
K. The round bothom of a cubite & halflong, which did vpholde the caldron in the middes,
L. The caldron.
44 And the sea, & twelue
〈◊〉
vnder that sea.
45 And pottes, and besoms and basens & all these vessels, whichBy this Name also Hirā the King of Tyrus was cal led. Hirám made to King Salomōn for the house of the Lord, were of shining brasse.
46 In the plaine of Iordén did the King caste thē inOr, thicke
〈◊〉
. clay betwene Succôh and Zarthán.
47 And Salomō left (to weigh) all the vessels because of the exceding abundāce, nether cold the weight of the brasse be counted.
48 So Salomón made all the vessels that perteined vnto the house of the Lord, theThis Was done accordyng, to the forme that the Lorde prescribed vnto Moses in Exodus. golden altar, & the golden table, whereon the shewbread was,
49 And the candelstickes, fiue at the ryghte side, and fiue at the left, before the oracle of pure holde, and the flowres, and the lā
pes, and the snoffers of golde,
50 And the bowles,Some take thys for some instrument of musike. and the hookes, & the basens, and the spoones, and the
〈◊〉
of pure golde, and the hinges of golde for the dores of the house within, (euē) for the most holy place, (and) for the dores of the house, (to wit,) of the Temple.
51 So was finished all the work that King Salomón made for the house of the Lord, and2. Chro. 5.
〈◊〉
. Salomōn broght in the things which * Da uid his father had dedicated: the siluer, & the gold & the vessels, (&) layed thē amōg the treasures of the house of the Lord.
CHAP. VIII.
4 The Arke is borne into the Temple. 10 A cloude filleth the Temple. 15 The King
〈◊〉
the people.2. Chro. 5. 2.
1 THen * King Salomōn assembled the Elders of Israél, euen all the heads of the tribes, the chief fathers of the childrē of Israél vntoEbr. Salomon. him in Ierusalém, for toFor Dauid broght it frome Obededom and placed it in the
〈◊〉
Which he had made for it, 2 Sam. 6. 17. bryng vp the Arke of the couenant of the Lorde from the citie of Dauid, which is Ziōn.
2 And all the men of Israél assembled vnto Kyng Salomón at the feast in the moneth ofConteining part of S e ember and pa re of October, in the Which moneth they helde th
〈◊〉
feasts, Nom, 29.
〈◊〉
. Ethanim, which is the seuēth moneth.
3 And all the Elders of Israél came and the Priest s toke the Arke?
4 They bare the Arke of the Lord, and they bare the Tabernacle of the Congregaciō, and all the holy vessels that were in the Ta bernacle: those did the Priests and Leuites bring vp.
5 And King Salomōn and all the Congregacion of Israél, that were assembled vnto him, (were) with him before the Arke,
〈◊〉
shepe & beeues, whiche colde not be tolde, nor nombred for multitude.
6 So theThat is, the Kohathi es, Nō. 4. 5. Priests broght the Arke of the couenāt of the Lord vnto his place, into the oracle of the house, into the most holy place, euē vnder the wings of the Cherubims.
7 For the Cherubims stretched out theyr wings ouer the place of the Arke, and the Cherubims couered the Arke, and the barres thereof aboue.
8 And theyThei drew them onely
〈◊〉
so farre as they mighte be sene: for they myghte not pull them altogether out, Exo. 25. 15. drewe out the barres, that the ends of the barresmight appeare out of the Sanctuarie before the oracle, but thei were not sene without and there they are vnto this day.
9 Nothing (was) in the ArkeFor it is like thatthe enemies When they had the Arke in their hands, toke away the rod of Aaron and the pot With Man. sawe the two tables of stone which Mosés had put there at Horéb, where the Lord made a couenāt with the children of Israél, whē he broght them out of the land of Egypt.
10 And when the Priests were come out of the Sanctuarie, the * cloude filled the houExod. 40. 34. se of the Lord.
11 So that the Priests colde not stand to minister, because of the cloude for the glorie of the lord had filled the house of the lord2 Chro. 6. 1.
12 Then spake Salomón, The Lord * said, that he wolde dwel in the darcke cloude.
13 I haue buylt thee an house to dwel in, an habitacion for thee to abide in forHe spake according to the teno of Gods promes, Which Was cōdiciona ly, that they shulde serue him a right. euer.
14 ¶ And the King turned his face, and blessed all the Congregacion of Israel: for all the Congregacion of Israél: stode (there.)
15 And he said, Blessed be the Lord God of Israél, who spake with his mouth vnto Dauid my father, and hathe with his hand fulfilled it, saying.
16 Since the day that I broght my people Israél out of Egypt, I chose nocitie of all the tribes of Israél, to buylde an house that my Name might he there: but I haue chosen *2. Sam. 7.
〈◊〉
. Dauid to be ouer my people Israél.
17 And it was in the heart of Dauid my father to buyld an house to the Name of the Lord God of Israél.
18 And the Lord said vnto Dauid my father, Where as it was in thine heart to buylde an house vnto my Name, thou didest wel, that thou wast so minded.
19 Neuertheles thou shalt not buylde the house: but thy sonne, that shal come out of thy loynes he shal buylde the house vnto my Name.
20 And the lord hathe made" good his word"Ebr. confirmed. that he spake: and I am risen vp in the roume of Dauid my father, and sit on the throne of Israél, as the Lord promised, and haue buylt the house for the Name of the Lord God of Israél.
21 And I haue prepared therein a place for the Arke, wherein is theThe two tables Wherein the articles of the couenant were Written. couenant of the Lord which he made with our fathers, whē he broght thē out of the land of Egypt.
22 ¶ Then Salomón stode before * the altar of the Lord in the sight of all the Congre gacion of Israél, and stretched out his hād towarde heauen,2.
〈◊〉
. 2.
〈◊〉
.
23 And said, * O Lord God of Israél there is no god like thee in heauē aboue, or in the earth beneth, thou that kepest couenant and mercy with thy seruants that walke before thee with
〈◊〉
and Without all hypocrysie. all their heart.
24 Thou that hast kept with thy seruant Dauid my father that thou hast promised him for thou spakest with thy mouth and hast fulfilled it with
〈◊〉
hand as appeareth this day.
25 Therefore now, Lord Codof Israél, kepe with thyseruāt Dauid my father that thou
〈◊〉
. 1. 4. hast promised him, saying, * Thou shalt not want a man in my fight to sit vpō the throne of Israél: so that thy children take hede to their way, that they walke before me, as thou hast walked in my sight.
26 And now, ô God of Israél, I pray thee, let thy worde be verified, which thou spakest vnto thy seruant Dauid my father.
27 He is rauished With the admira cion of Gods mer cies
〈◊〉
being incomp
〈◊〉
le and Lo d
〈◊〉
al Wil become familiar with men. Is it true in dede that god wil dwel on the earth? beholde, the heauens, & the heauens of heauens are not able to containe thee: how muche more (vnable) is this house that I haue buylt?
28
〈◊〉
haue thou respect vnto the prayer of thy seruant, and to his supplicatiō, ô Lord my G O D, to heare the crye and prayer which thy seruant prayeth before thee this day,
29 That thine eyes may be open toward this house, night and day (euen) towarde theDeut. 12 11. place whereof thou hast said, * My Name shal be there: that thou mayest hearken vnto the prayer which thy seruāt prayeth in this place.
30 He are thou therefore the supplicacion of thy seruant, & of thy people Israél which pray in this place, and heare thouOr from. in the place of thine habitacion (euen) in heauē, and when thou hearest, haue mercy.
31 ¶ When a man shal trespasse against his neighbour, andTo
〈◊〉
theindge, or
〈◊〉
. he lay vpon him an ot lie to cause him to sweare, andEbr. the othe. the swearer shal come before thine altar in this house,
32 Then heare thou in heauen, andThat is, make it knowen. do & iudge thy seruants. that thou condemne the wicked to bring his way vpon his head, ād iustifie the righteous, to giue him according to his righteousnes.
33 ¶ When thy people Israél shalbe ouerthrowen before the enemie, because they haue sinned against thee and turne againe to thee, andAcknowledge thy iust iudgemēt and praise thee. confesse thy Name, and pray and make supplication vnto thee in this house.
34 Then heare thou in heauen, and be merciful vnto the sinne of thy people Israél, and bring them againe vnto the land, which thou gauest vnto their fathers.
35 ¶ When heauen shalbeSo that there be a drought to destroy the frutes of the land. shut vp, and there shalbe no raine because they haue sinned against thee and shal pray in this place, & confesse thy Name, and turne f om their sin ne, when thou doest afflict them,
36 Then heare thou in heauen, and pardonne the sinne of thy seruants and of thy people Israél [when thou hast taught them the good way wherein they may walke] and giue raine vpō the land that thou hast giuen to thy people to inherit.
37 ¶ When there shalbe famine in the land, when there shalbe pestilence, when there shalbe blasting mildewe, greshopper (or) caterpiller, when their enemie shal besiege them in theEbr in the land of their gates. cities of their lād (or) anie plague (or) anie sickenes,
38 (Then) what prayers (and) supplication so
euer shalbe made of anie man (or) of all thy people Israél, whē euerie one shal knowe the plague in his owne
〈◊〉
sucheare most mete to receiue
〈◊〉
mercies. heart, and stretch for the his hands in this house.
39 Heare thou then in heauen, in thy dwelling place, and be merciful, and do, and giue euerie man according to all his wayes as thou knowest his heart [for thou onely knowest the hearts of al the childrē of mē]
40 That they may feare thee as long as they liue in the lād which thou gauest vnto our fathers.
41 Moreouer as touching theHe
〈◊〉
suche as shulde be
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
to serue the true God. stranger that is not of thy people Israél, who shal come ōut of a farre coūtrei for thy Names sake.
42 [When they shal heare of thy great Name, and of thy mighty hand, and of thy stretched out arme] and shal come & pray in this house,
43 Heare thou in heauen thy dwelling place and do according to all that the stranger calleth for vnto thee, that all the people of the earth may knowe thy Name, & feare thee, as do thy people Israél: and that they may knowe, that thyThat this is the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
whereby
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
be worshiped. Name is called vpon in this house which I haue buylt.
44 ¶ When the people shal go out to battel against their enemie by they way that thou shalt send them, and shal pray vnto the Lord * (towarde) the way of the citie which thou hast chosen, and (towarde) the house that I haue buylt for thy Name,
45 Heare thou then in heauen their prayer & supplication, andOr, mainteine their right. iudge their cause.
46 If they sinne against thee [* for
〈◊〉
is no2. Chro. 6. 36. man that sinneth not] and thou be angry
〈◊〉
. 7. 21. with them, and deliuer them vnto the enemies,1.
〈◊〉
. 1. 7. so that they carie them away prisō
ners vnto the land of the enemies: ether farre or nere.
47 YetOr, if they repent. if they turne againe vnto their heart in the land [to the whith they be caryed away captiues] and returne and pray vnto theeThogh the temple was the chief place of prayer, yet
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
not them that be ing let with
〈◊〉
caal vpon him in other places. in the land of them that caryed them away captiues, saying, We haue sinned, we haue transgressed, and done wickedly.
48 If they turne
〈◊〉
vnto thee with all their heart, and with all their soule in the land of their enemies, which led thē away captiues, and pray vnto thee (towarde)As Dauid did, Dan. 6. 10. the way of their land, which thou gauest vnto their fathers (and towarde) the citie which thou hast chosen, and the house, which I haue buylt for thy Name.
49 Then heare thou their
〈◊〉
and their supplicacion in heauē thy dwelling place,
〈◊〉
Or, auenge their wrong. and * iudge their cause,
50 And be merciful vnto thy people that ha ue sinned against thee, and vnto all their iniquities [wherein they haue transgres sed against thee] and cause that thei, which led them away captiues, mayHe vnderstode
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
God of enemies wolde make f iends vnto them
〈◊〉
did cōuert vnto him. haue pitie & compassion on them.
51 For they be thy people, and thine inheritance, which thou broghtest out of Egypt from the middes of the yron fornace.
52 Let thine eies be open vnto the prayer of thy seruant, & vnto the prayer of thy peo ple Israél, to hearken vnto them, in all that they call for vnto thee.
53 For thou didest separate them to thee frō among all people of the earth for an inheExod. 19
〈◊〉
. ritance, as thou saidest by the hand of Mo sés thy seruāt, when thou broghtest our fa thers * out of Egypt, ô Lord God.
54 And when Salomon had made an end of praying all thisSalomon is asigure of
〈◊〉
, who continually is the Mediator betwene God & his Christ. prayer and supplicacion vnto the Lord, he arose from before the altar of the Lord, frō kneling on his knees and stretching of his hands to heauen.
55 And stode and blessed all the Congregacion of Israél with a loude voyce, saying,
56 Blessed be the Lord that hathe giuen rest vnto his people Israél, according to all that he promised: there hathe
〈◊〉
failed one worde of all his good promes which he pro mised, by the hand of Mosēs his seruant,
57 The lord our God be with vs, as he was with our fathers, that he forsake vs not. nether leaue vs.
58 That he mayMe
〈◊〉
that man of him
〈◊〉
is
〈◊〉
vn to God, and that all obedience to his lawe procedeth
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. bowe our hearts vnto him, that we may walke in all his waies, and ke pe his cōmandements, & his statutes, and his lawes, which he cōmāded our fathers.
59 And these my wordes, which I haue praied before the Lord, be nere vnto the Lord our God
〈◊〉
and nighte, that he defende the cause of his seruant & the cause of his peo ple IsraélEbr. the thing of a day in his day. alway as the matter requireth.
60 That all the people of the earth may knowe, that the lord is God & none other
61 Let your heart therefore be perfit with the Lord our God to walke in his statutes & to kepe his commandemēts, as this day
62 ¶ Then the King and all Israél with him of fred sacrifice before the Lord,
63 * And Salomón offred a sacrifice of peace2.
〈◊〉
. 7.
〈◊〉
. offrings which he offred vnto the Lord (to wit) two and twentie thousand beeues, & an hundreth and twentie thousand shepe so the King and all the children of Israél dedicated theBefore the oracle, where the
〈◊〉
was. house of the Lord.
64 The same day did the King halowe the mi dle of the courte, that was before the house of the Lord: for there he offred burnt of frings, and the meat offrings, and the fat of the peace offrings because the * brasen2. Chro. 7. 7. altar that was before the Lord, was to litle to receiue the burnt offrings, and the meat offrings, and the fat of the peace of frings.
65 And Salomón made at that time a feast and all Israél with him, a very great Congregacion, euen from the entring in ofThat is, from North to South
〈◊〉
all the countrey. Hamath vnto the riuer of Egypt, before the Lord our God,Seuen dayes for the feast. seuen dayes and seuen dayes (euen) fourtene dayes.
66 And the eight day he sent the people awaye: and theyEbr. blessed, thanked the Kinge? and
vnto their tentes ioyous and with glad heart, because of all the goodnes that the Lord had done for Dauid his seruant, and for Israél his people.
CHAP. IX.
2 The Lord appeareth the seconde time to Salomon. 11 Sa lomón giueth cities to Hirám. 20 The Canaanites beco me tributaries.
〈◊〉
He sendeth fort he an anie for golde
1 WHen * Salomō had finished the buyl2. Chro. 7. 11. ding of the house of the Lord, and and the Kings palace, and all that Salomō desired and minded to do.
2 Then the Lord appeared vnto Salomōn the secōde time, as he * appeared vnto him at Gibeōn.Chap.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
3 And the Lord said vnto him, I haue heard thy prayer and thy supplicatiō, that thou hast made before me: I haue halowed this house [which thou hast buylt] to * put myChap. 8. 29. Name there for euer, and mine eyes, andDeut. 12. 11. mine heart shal be there perpetually.
4 AndIf thou walke in myfeare, and with drawe thy selfe from the cō
mune
〈◊〉
of men which follow their
〈◊〉
. if thou wilt walke before me [as Da uid thy father walked in purenes of heart and in righteousnes] to do according to all that I haue commanded thee (and) kepe my statutes, and my iudgements,
5 Then wil I stablish the throne of thy king dome vpon Israél for euer as I promised to Dauid thy father, saying, * Thou shalt not2. Sam. 7. 12. want a man vpon the throne of Israél.1. Chro.
〈◊〉
. 10,
6 (But) if ye and your children turne away from me, and wilGod
〈◊〉
that disobedience against him is the cause of his displeasure, and so of all miserie. not kepe my comman dements (and) my statutes [which I haue set before you] but go & serue other gods and worship them,
7 Then wil I cut of Israél from the land, which I haue giuen them: and the house which I haue halowed * for my Name, wil
〈◊〉
. 7. 14. I cast out of my sight, and Israél shalbe aThe worlde shal
〈◊〉
of you a mocking
〈◊〉
for the
〈◊〉
contempt &
〈◊〉
of Gods
〈◊〉
ralbenes. tes. prouerbe, and a commune talke among all people.
8 Euen this hie house shalbe (so) euerie one that passeth by it, shalbe a stonied, ād shall hisse, and they shal say, * Why hathe the Lord done thus vnto this land and to thisDeut.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. house?
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. 8.
9 And they shal answer, Because they forsoke the Lord their God, which broght their fathers out of the land of Egypt, and haue taken holde vpon other gods, and haue worshiped them, and serued them, therefore hathe the Lord broght vpon them all this euil.2. Chro.
〈◊〉
. 1.
10 * And at the end of twentie yeres, when Salomón had buylded the two houses, the house of the Lord, and the Kings palace,
11 [(For the which) Hirám the King ofOr, zor. Tyrus had broght to Salomō timber of cedre and firre trees, and golde, and whatsoeuer he desired] then King Salomón gaue to Hirám twentie cities in the land of Galil,
12 And * Hirám came out from Tyrusto sethe
〈◊〉
Or
〈◊〉
. cities which Salomón had giuen him, and they pleased him not.
13 Therefore he said, What cities are these which thou hast giuen me, my brother? And he called them the land ofOr, dirtie,
〈◊〉
baren. Cabúl vnto this day.
14 And Hiram had sent the KingFor his tribute towarde the buyl ding. six scoreThe common talent was about
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
weight. talents of golde.
15 ¶ And this is the cause of the tribute why King Salomō raised tribute (to wit) to buyl de the house of the Lord, & his owne house andMillo mas as the towne house or place of assemblie which was open aboue. Milló, and the wall of
〈◊〉
, and Hazōr, and Megiddō, and Gezér.
16 Pharaóh King of Egypt had come vp, and taken Gezer, and burnt it with fire, and slewe the Canaanites, that dwelt in the ci tie, & gaue it for a presēt vnto his daughter Salomons wife.
17 [Therefore Salomōn buylt Gezér and Beth-horón the nether,
18 And Baaláth and Tamór in the wildernes of the land.
19 And all the citiesCitie for his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
of store, that Salomón had, euen cities for charets, and cities for horsemen, and (all) that Salomón desired & wolde buyld in Ierusalém, and in Lebanon and in all the land of his dominion]
20 All the people that wereThese were as bondmen and payed, what was required ether labour or money. left of the Amorites,
〈◊〉
, Perizzittes, Hiuites, and
〈◊〉
, which were not of the children of Israél.
21 (To wit) their children that were left after them in the land whome the children of Is raél were not able to destroye, those did Salomón make tributaires vnto this day.
22 But of the children of Israél did SalomónLeui. 25.
〈◊〉
. * make no bondmen: but they were men of warre and his seruants, and his princes and his captaines, and rulers of his charets and his horsemen.
23 These were the princes of the officers, that were ouer Salomóns worke (euen (fii The ouersers of Salomons
〈◊〉
were deuided
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. partes. the first conteined. 3300. the seconde 300. and the 3,250, which were
〈◊〉
: so here are conteined the two last parts, which make
〈◊〉
ue hundreth and fiftie, and they ruled the people that wroght in the worke.
24 ¶ And Pharaohs daughter came vp from the citie of Dauid vnto the house which (Salomón) had buylt forher: then did he buylde Millô.
25 And thrise a yere did Salomón offer burnt offrings and peace offrings vpon the altar which he buylt vnto the Lord and he burnt incense vpon (the altar) that was before the Lord, when he had finished the house.
26 ¶ Also King Salomón made a nauie of ship pes in Ezeon-geber, which is beside Eloth and the brincke of the red Sea in the land of Edóm.
27 And Hirám sent with the nauie his
〈◊〉
uāts, that were mariners, & had knowled ge of the sea, with the seruants of Salomon.
28 And thei came to Ophir and fet from thē
ceIn the 2. Chro. 8. 18. is made men cion
〈◊〉
mo which seme to ha ue bene employed for their charges. foure hundreth and twenty talents of golde and broght it to King Salomon.
CHAP. X.
1 The quene of Sabā commeth to heare the wisdome of Salomon 18 His royal throne. 23 His power and magnificence.
1 ANd the * quene of: Shebá hearing the2. Chro. 9. 1. fame of Salomon [concerning the Namat.
〈◊〉
. 42. me of the Lord] came to proue him with
〈◊〉
. 11.
〈◊〉
.
a Iosephus saith that she was que ne of
〈◊〉
. and that Sheba was the name of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
, which is anyland of
〈◊〉
hard questions.
2 And she came to Ierusalém with a very great traine, and camels that bare swete o dors, and golde exceding muche, and precious stone: and she came to Salomón, and communed with him of all that was in her heart.
3 And Salómon declared vnto her all her questions: nothing was hid from the King, which he expounded not vnto her.
4 Then the quene of Shebá sawe all Salomons wisdome, and the house that he had buylt.
5 And theThat is the who le ordre, and trade of
〈◊〉
house. meat of his table, and the sitting of his seruants, and the ordre of his ministers, and their apparel, and his drinking vessels, and his burnt offrings, that he offred in the house of the Lord, &Ebr. there was no morespirit in her. she was greatly astonied.
6 And she said vnto the King, It was a true worde that I heard in mine owne land of thy sayings, and of thy wisdome.
7 How beit I beleued not this reporte, til I came, and had sene it with mine eyes: but lo, the one halfe was not tolde me (for) thou hast more wisdome and prosperitie, then I haue heard by reporte.
8 Happy are thy men, happy are these thy seruants, which stand euer before thee, & heare thy
〈◊〉
muche more happie are they,
〈◊〉
heare, the wisdome of God reueiled in his worde. wisdome.
9 Blessed by the Lord thy God, whichIt is a chief signe of Gods fauour, whē godlie and
〈◊〉
rulers sit in the throne of iustice. loued thee, to set thee on the throne of Israél, because the Lord loued Israél for euer and make thee King, to doThis is the cause why Kings are appointed. equitie and righteousnes.
10 And she gaue the King six score talents of golde, and of swete odors exceding muche and precious stones. There came no more suche, abundance of swete odors, as the quene of Shebá gaue to King Salomón.
11 The nauie also of Hirám [that caried golde from Ophir] broght likewise great plēty2. Chro. 9. 10. of * Almuggim trees from Ophir and pre cious stones.
12 And the King made of the Almuggim trees pillers for the house of the Lord, and for the kings place, & made harpes & psalteries for singers. There came no more suche Almuggim trees, nor were anie more sene vnto this day.
13 And King Salomón gaue vnto the quene of Sheba what soeuer she wolde aske, besides that, which Salomō gaue herEbr. by the hād of the King. of his king lie liberalitie: so she returned & went to her owne countrey (bothe) she, and her seruants.
14 Also the weight of golde, that came to Sa lomon in one yere, was six hundreth threEvod. 25
〈◊〉
. score and six * talents of golde,
15 Beside that (he had) of marchant men and of the marchandises of them that solde spi ces, and of all the Kings of Arabia, and of the princes of theTo
〈◊〉
, of arabia which for thei
〈◊〉
abundance of all
〈◊〉
was called, happy. countrey.
16 And King Salomon made two hundreth targats of beaten golde, six hūdreth (shekels) of golde went to a targat:
17 And thre hūdreth shields of beaten golde thre pounde of golde went to one shield and the King put thē in the * house of the wood of Lebanôn.Chap. 7. 2.
18 ¶ Then the King made a great throne of yuerie, and couered it with the best golde
19 And the throne had six steps, and the top of the throne (was) round behinde, & there wereAs the chaire bowes,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to leane vpon. stayes on ether side on the place of the throne, and two lions standing by the stayes.
20 And there stode twelue lions on the six steps on ether side: there was not the like (made) in any kingdome.
The Royal Throne of
〈◊〉
.
21 And all King Salomons drinking vessels (were) of golde, & all the vessels of the hou se of the wood of Lebanōn (were) of pure golde none (were) of siluer (for) it was nothing estemed in the daies of Salomón.
22 For the King had on the sea the nauie of Tharshish with the nauie of Hirám: once in thre yere came the nauie ofBy
〈◊〉
is ment Cilicia, which was abun dant in varietie of precious things Tharshish, and broght golde & siluer, yuerie, & apes and peacockes.
23 So King Salomon exceded all the Kings of the earth bothe in riches & in wisdome
24 And all the worlde soght to se Salomón to heare is wisdome, which God had put in his heart,
25 And thei broght euery man his present, vessels of siluer, and vessels of golde, and raiment, and armour, and swete odors, hor ses and mules, from yere to yere.
26 Then Salomón gathered together * charets2. Chro. 1, 14. & horsemen: and he had a thousand & foure hundreth charets, & twelue thousād horsemen, whome he placed in the charets cities and with the Kings at Ierusalem.
27 And the KingOr, be made siluer as plenteous as stones. gaue siluer in Ierusalem as stones, and gaue cedres as the wilde figtrees that growe abundātly in the plaine
28 Also Salomón had horses broght out of Egypt, and fine liuen:Or, for the companie of the Kings marchants did receiue as a nomber at a price the Kings marchants receiued the liuen for a price.
29 There came vp and went out of Egypt (some) charet (worthe) sixhūdreth (shekels) of siluer: that is, one horse, an hundreth & fiftie: and thus they broght (horses) to all the Kings of the Hittites ād to the King of Arám by theirEbr. handes. meanes.
CHAP. XI.
1 Salomón hathe a thousand wiues and concubines, which bring him to idolatrie. 14 His God raiseth vp aduersaries against him 43 He dyeth.Deut. 17. 17.
eccles. 47. 2.
1 BVt King Salomón loued * manyVVhich were idolatries. outlandish women: bothe the daughter of Pharaóh (and) the women of Moáb, Ammon, Edóm, Zidón and Heth.
2 Of the nacions, whereof the Lord had saidExod 34. 16, vnto the children of Israél, * Go not ye in to them, nor let them come in to you (for) surely they wil turne your hearts after their gods, to them, (I say) did Salomôn ioyne in loue.
3 And he had seuen hundreth wiues (that were)Or, quenes. princesses and thre hundrethTo whome
〈◊〉
no dowry. cō
cubines, & hiswiues turned away his heart
4 For when Salomón was olde, his wiues tur ned his heart after other gods, so that his heart was notHe serued not God with a pure heart. perfit with the Lord his God, as (was) the heart of Dauid his fatherIudg. 3. 13.
5 For Salomón followed * Ashtarôth the god of the Zidonians, andVVho was also called Molech. Milcóm thevers. 7. read, 2, King, 23. 10. abominacion of the Ammonites.
6 So Salomō wroght wickednes in the sight of the Lórd, but continued not to follow the Lord, as (did) Dauid his father.
7 Then did Salomón buylde an hieplace for Chemôsh theThus the Scripture
〈◊〉
, whatsoeuer man doeth reuerence and
〈◊〉
as God abominacion of Moah, in the mountaine that is ouer against Ierusalém, and vnto Molech the abominacion of the children of Ammon.
8 And so did he for all his out landish wiues which burnt incense and offred vnto their gods.
9 Therefore the Lord was angry with Salomón, because he had turned his heart frō
Chap. 3. 5. &. 9. 3. the Lord God of Israél, * which had appearedChap, 6, 12. vnto him twise,
10 And had giuen him a * charge concerning this thing, that he shulde not followe other gods: but hekept not that, which the lord had commanded him.
11 Wherefore the Lord said vnto Salomón, Forasmuche asThat thou hast forsaken me and worshiped idoles Chap. 12, 15. this is done of thee, and thou hast not kept my couenant, and my statutes [which I commanded thee] * I wil surely rent the kingdom thee, and will giue it to thy seruant.
12 Notwithstanding in thy daies I wil not do it, because of Dauid thy father, but I wil rent it out of the hand of thy sonne:
13 Howbeit I wil not rent all the Kingdome (but) wil giue oneBecause the tribes of Iudah and Beniamin had their possessions mixed, thei are he re taken as one tribe. tribe to thy sonne, because of Dauid my seruant, and because of Ierusalém, which I haue chosen.
14 ¶ Then the Lord stirred vp an aduersarie vnto Salomón (euen) Hadád the Edomite, of the KingsOf the King of Edoms stocke. seede, which was in Edōm.
15 * For when Dauid was in Edóm: and Ioáb2. Sam. 8. 34. the captaine of the hoste had smitten all the males in Edóm, and was gone vp toOf the Edountes. bury thei slayne,
16 [For six moneths did Ioáb remaine there, and all Israél, til he had destroyed all the males in Edóm]
17 Then this HadádThus God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
this idolater
〈◊〉
be a scourge to
〈◊〉
his peoples sinnes. fled and certeine other Edomites of his fathers seruants with him to go into Egypt, Hadád being yet a litle childe,
18 And theyarose out of Midián: and came to Parán, and toke men with them out of Parán, & came to Egypt vnto Pharaoh King of Egypt, which haue him an house, and appointed him vitailes, and gaue him lād.
19 So HadádGod broght him to honour that is power might be more able to compasse his enterpri ses against Salomons house. foūde great fauour in the sight of Pharaoh, and he gaue him to wife the si ster of his owne wife (euē) the sister of Tah penés the quene.
20 And the sister of Tahpenés bare him Genu báth his sonne, whome Tahpenés vayned in Pharaohs house: and Genubáth was in Pharaohs house among the sonnes of Pharaoh.
21 And when Hadád heard in Egypt, that Da uid slept with his fathers, and that Ioáb the captaine of the hoste was dead, Hadad said to Pharaóh, Let me departe, that I may go to mine owne countrey.
22 But Pharaóh said vn to him, what hast thou lacked with me, that thou woldest thus go to thine owne countrey? And he answe2. Sam. 8.
〈◊〉
. red, Nothing, but in any wise let me go.
23 ¶ * And God stirred him vp (another) aduersaire, Rezón the sōne of Eliadáh, whichVVhen Dauid had disconfired Hadadézer and his armie. fled from his Lord Hadadézer King of Zobáh.
24 And he gathered men vnto him, and had bene captaine ouer the companie, when Dauid slewe them. And thei went to Damascus and dwelt there,To wit the mē whome
〈◊〉
had gathered vnto him. and thei made him King in Damascus:
25 Therefore was he an aduersaire to Israél all the daies of Salomón: besides the euil that Hadád (did) he also abhorred Israél, & reigned ouer aram.2. Chro. 13.
〈◊〉
,
26 ¶ * And Ieroboám the sonne of Nebat an Ephrathite of Zeréda Salomons seruant [whose mother was called Zeruáh a widowe] lift vp his hand against the King.
27 And this was the cause that he lift vp (his) hand against the King, (When) Salomôn buylt Millō, he repared the broken places of the citie of Dauid his father.
28 And this man Ieroboám was a man of strength and courage, and Salomon seing that the yong man was mete for the work
he made himHe was ouerseer of Salomons workes for the tribe of
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
. ouerseer of all the laboure of the house of Ioséph.
29 And at that time, when Ieroboám went out of lerusalém, the Prophet Ahiiáh the Shilonite founde him in the way, hauing a newe garment on him, and thei two were alone in the field.
30 Then Ahiiáh caugh the newe garmēt that was on him, andBy these visible signes the Prophetes wolde mo re depely
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
into their hearts, to whome
〈◊〉
e sent.
〈◊〉
it in twelue pieces,
31 And said to Ieroboám, Take vnto thee ten pieces: for thus sayth the Lord God of Israél, Beholde, I wil rent the kingdome out of the hands of Salomon, and wil giue ten tribes to thee.
32 But he shal haue one tribe for my seruant
〈◊〉
sake, and for Ierusalém the citie, which I hane chosen out of all the tribes of Israel.
33 Because thei haue forsaken me, and haue worshiped Ashtaróth the god of the Zidonians, and Chemosh the god of the Moabites, and Milcom the god of the Ammonites, and haue not walked in my wayes [toOr, to do that, that pleaseth me. do right in mine eyes, and my statutes and my lawes] as (did) Dauid his father.
34 But I wil not take the whole kingdome
〈◊〉
of his hand: for I wil make him prince all his life long for Dauid my seruāts sake whome I haue chosen (and) who kepe my
〈◊〉
and my statutes.
35 * But I wil take the kingdome out of hisChap. 12. 19. sonnes hand, and wil giue it vnto the (euē) the ten tribes.
36 And vnto his sonne wil I giue one tribe that Dauid my seruant maye haue aHe hathe respect
〈◊〉
the Mes siah,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
be
〈◊〉
bright
〈◊〉
that shul le shine through all the worlde. light alwaie before me in Ierusalém the citie, which I haue chosen me, to put my Name there.
37 And I wil take thee, and thou shalt reigne
〈◊〉
in all that thy soule. euen as thine heart desireth, and shalt be King ouer Israel.
38 And if thou hearken vnto all that I commande thee, and wilt walke in my waies, and do right in my sight, to kepe my statu tes and my commandements, as Dauid my seruant did, then wil I be with thee, and buylde thee a sure house, as I buylt vnto Dauid, and wil giue Israél vnto thee.
39 And I wil forFor this
〈◊〉
that Salomon hath
〈◊〉
this afflictthe seede of DauidFor
〈◊〉
whole spiritual kingdome was restored in Messiah. but not for euer.
40 ¶ Salomón soght therefore to kil Ieroboám, and Ieroboám arose, and fled into Egypt vnto Shishak King of Egypt, and was in Egypt vntil the death of Salomón.
41 And the rest of the wordes of Salomón, & all that he did, & his wisdome, are thei not written in the
〈◊〉
boke, as is thoght, was lost in their captiuitie boke of the actes of Salomōn?
42 The thime that Salomôn reigned in Ierusalém ouer all Israél was fourtie yere.
43 And Salomón slept with his fathers and was buryed in the citie of Dauid his father and Rehoboám his sonne reigned in his steade.
CHAP. XII.
1 Rehoboā succedeth Salomón. 8 He refuseth the connsel of the
〈◊〉
20 Ieroboám reigneth ouer Israél. 21 God commandeth Rohoboam not to fight. 28 Ieroboām ma keth golden calues.
1 ANd * Rehoboám went to Shechém: for2
〈◊〉
. 10.
〈◊〉
. all Israél were come to Shechém, to make him King.
2 And when Ieroboám the sonne of Nebát heard of it [who was yetin Egypt] * whether Ieroboam had fled from King Salomō andOr,
〈◊〉
from Egypt. dwelt in Egypt.
3 Then thei sent and called him: and Ieroboam and all the Congregacion of Israél came, and spake vnto Rehoboam, saying.
4 Thy father made our * yoke grieuous seruitudeChap. 4. 7. of thy father, and his sore yoke which he put vpon vs,
〈◊〉
vs not withso great
〈◊〉
ges which weare not able
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. lighter, and we wil serue thee.
5 And he said vnto them, Departe yet for thre dayes, then come againe to me And the people departed.
6 And King Rehoboám toke counsel with the olde men thatOr, had
〈◊〉
of his
〈◊〉
counsellers. had stande before Salomon his father, while he yet liued, and said, What coūsel giue ye that I may make an answer to this people?
7 And thei spake vnto him, saying, If thou be aThei
〈◊〉
him
〈◊〉
, here was no way
〈◊〉
inne the peoples hearts but to grante them their iuste
〈◊〉
. seruant vnto this people this day, & serue them, and answer them, and speake kinde wordes to them, thei wil be thy seruants for euer.
8 But he forsoke the counsel that the olde men had giuen him, and asked counsel of the yong men, that had bene broght vp with him, and waited on him.
9 And he said vnto them,There is nothig
〈◊〉
for
〈◊〉
, that are in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
their affections. and
〈◊〉
counsel. What counsel gi giue ye, that we may answer this people, which haue spoken to me, saying,
〈◊〉
the yoke, which thy father did put vpon vs, lighter?
10 Then the yong men that were broght vp with him, spake vnto him, saying, Thus shalt thou say vnto this people, that haue spoken vnto thee, and said, Thy father ha the made our yoke heauie, but make thou it lighter vnto vs (euen) thus shalt thou say vnto them, My * least parte shalbeI am muche mo re able to kepe you in subiection then my father was. bigOr, litle
〈◊〉
. ger then my fathers loynes.
11 Now where as my father did burden you with a grieuous yoke I wil yet make your yoke heauier: my father hathe chastised you with rods, but I wil correct you with scourges.
12 ¶ Then Ieroboam and all the people came to Rehoboám the third day, as the King hadThe people declare their
〈◊〉
in this, that they wolde atempt
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
fore the King had giuen then iuste occasion. appointed saying, Come to me agai ne the third day.
13 And the King answered the people sharpely, and left the olde mens counsel that thei gaue him.
14 And spake to them after the counsel of the young men, saying, My father made your yoke grieuous, and I wil make your
yoke more grieuous: my father hath chastised you with rods, but I wil correct you with scourges.
15 And the Kynge hearkened not vnto the people for
〈◊〉
the Lord was the
〈◊〉
. it was the ordinance of the Lord, that he might performe his saying, whiche the Lord had spoken by * Ahiiáh the Shilonite vnto Ieroboám the sonne ofChap. 11, 11. Nebát.
16 So when all Israél sawe that the King regarded them not, the people aunswered the King thus, saying, What porcion haue we inThogh
〈◊〉
can se were good, yet it is most hard for the people to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, as
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
wordes declare. Dauid? we haue none inheritance in the sonne of Ishái. To your tents, ô Israél: now se to thine owne house, Dauid. So Israél departed vnto their tents.
17 Howbeit ouer the childrē of Israél, which dwelt in the cities of Iudáh, did Rehoboám reigne still.
18 ¶ Now the King Rehoboám sent Adorám the receiuer of the tribute, and all Israél stoned him to death: thē King Rehoboám
〈◊〉
. strēgthened him selfe. made spede to get him vp to his charet, to flee to Ierusalém.
19 And Israél rebelled against the house By the iuste iudgement of GOD for Salomons sinnes. of Dauid vnto this day.
20 ¶ And when all Israél had heard that Ieroboám was come agayne, they sent and called him vnto the assemblye, and made him Kynge ouer all Israél none followed the house of Dauid, but the tribe of Iudáh * onely.Chap. 11. 13.
21 And when Rehoboám was come to Ierusalém, he For
〈◊〉
yet he perceiued not
〈◊〉
the Lord had so appointed it. gathered all the house of Iudáh with the tribe of Beniamin an hundreth & foure score thousand of chosen men [whiche were good warriours] to fight against the house of Israél and to bryng the kingdome againe to Rehoboám the sonne of Salomón.
22 * But the worde of God came vnto Shemaiáh2.
〈◊〉
. 11.
〈◊〉
. the That is,
〈◊〉
Prophet. man of God, saying,
23 Speake vnto Rehoboám the sonne of Salomōn King of Iudáh, and vnto all the house of Iudáh and Beniamin, & the remnant of the people, saying,
24 Thus sayth the VVho of his iust iudgement wyll
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
he the
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
hys mercie spare the innocent people. Lord, Ye shal not go vp, nor fight against your brethren the chyldren of Israél:
〈◊〉
euerye man to hys house: for this thing is done by me. They obeied therefore the worde of the Lorde and returned, and departed, according to the worde of the Lord.
25 ¶ Then Ieroboám buylt Shechē in mount Ephráim, and dwelt therein, and wēt from thence, and buylt Penuél.
26 And Ieroboám thoght in his heart, Now shall the kingdome returne to the house of Dauid.
27 If this people go vp & do sacrifice in the house of the Lord He
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
people shulde haue by this meanes bene entised to rebelle against him. at Ierusalém, thē shall the heart of this people turne againe vnto their Lord, (euen) to Rehoboâm Kynge of Iudáh: so shall they kill me and go againe to Rehoboám King of Iudáh.
28 Whereupon the King toke counsell, and made two calues of golde, & said vnto thē, So
〈◊〉
a the
〈◊〉
per su
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
when they wyl make a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to their
〈◊〉
. It is to muche for you to go vp to Ierusalém: beholde, ô Israél, thy Gods, whiche broght thee vp out of the land of Egypt.
29 And he set the one in Beth-él, & the other set he in Dan.
30 And this thing turned to sinne: for the people wēt [because of the one] euē to Dā
31 Also he made an That is, a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
altars were
〈◊〉
for
〈◊〉
. house of hye places, and made Priests of the lowest of the people, whiche were not of the sonnes of
〈◊〉
.
32 And Ieroboám made a feast the Because hewold
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
hynde the peo
〈◊〉
deuocion to his idolatrie, he made a newe holy daye, besides those that the Lord had
〈◊〉
in the Lawe.
〈◊〉
day of the eight moneth, like vnto the feast that is in Iudáh, and offred on the altar. So did he in Beth-él and offred vnto the calues that he had made: and he placed in Beth-él the Priests of the hie places, which he had made.
33 And he offred vppon the altar, whiche he had made in Beth-él, the fiftenth day of the eight moneth [(euē) in the moneth which he had forged of his owne heart] and made a solemne feast vnto the chyldren of Israél: & he wēt vp to the altar, to burne incēse.
CHAP. XIII.
1 Ieroboám is reprehended of the Prophet. 4 His hande dryeth vp. 15 The Prophet is seduced. 24 And is killed of alyon. 33 The obstinacie of Ieroboám.
1 ANd beholde, there cameThat is, a Prophet. a man of God out of Iudáh [by the commandement of the Lord] vntoNot that that was called
〈◊〉
in Beniamin, but another of that name. Beth-él, and Ieroboám stode by the altar to offer in cense.
2 And he cryed against the altar by the commandement of the Lord, and said, O altar, altar, thus sayth the Lord, Behold, a childe shall be borne vnto the house of Dauid, * Iosiáh by name, and vpon thee shal he sacrifice2. King. 23. 17. the Priestes of the hie places that burne in cense vppon thee, and they shall burne mens bones vpon thee.
3 And he gaue a signe the same time, saying, This is theBy this signe ye shal
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the Lord hathe sent me. signe, that the LORD hathe spoken, Beholde, the altar shal rent, & the
〈◊〉
that are vpon it, shal
〈◊〉
, be powred cut. fall out.
4 And when the King had heard the saying of the man of God, whiche he had cryed against the altar in Beth-él, Ieroboám stretched out his hand from the altar, saying, The wicked rage agaynste the
〈◊〉
of God, when they declare them Gods iud gements. Lay holde on him: but his hand whiche he put for the agaynste him, dryed vp, and he colde not pull it in againe to him.
5 The altar also claue a sundre, & the asshes fel out from the altar, accordynge to the signe, which the man of God had giuen by theEbr. mouthe.
〈◊〉
of the Lord.
6 Then the Kyng aunswered, and said vnto the man of GOD,Thogh the wicked humble them selues for a tyme, when they fele Gods iudgemēts, yet after they
〈◊〉
turne to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
malice and declare that they
〈◊〉
but vile hypocrites. I beseche thee, praye vnto the Lord thy God, and make intercession for me, that mine hand may be restored vnto me. And the man of God besoght the Lord, and the Kings hand was restored, & became as it was a fore.
7 Then the King said vnto the man of God,"Or, take
〈◊〉
nance. Come home with me, that thou maist dine,
and I will giue thee a rewarde.
8 But the man of God said vnto the King, If thou woldest giue me halfe thine house, I wolde not go in with thee, nether wolde I eat bread nor drinke water in this place.
9 For soOr, be charged
〈◊〉
wit, an Angel. was it charged me by the worde of the Lord, saying,Seing he had the expresse Word of God, he ought not to haue declined there from, nether for the persuasion of man nor Angel. Eate no breade nor drink water, nor turne againe by the same way that thou camest.
10 So he went another way and returned not by the way that he came to Beth-él.
11 ¶ And an olde Prophet dwelt in Beth-él & his sonnes came, & tolde him all the workes, that the mā of God had done that day in Beth-él, & the words which he had spokē vnto the King, tolde they their father.
12 And their father said vnto thē, What way went he? and his sonnesEbr, loked, shewed him what waye the man of God went, whiche came from Iudáh.
13 And he said vnto his sonnes, Sadle me the asse, Who, sadled hym the asse, and he rode thereon,
14 And went after the man of GOD, and founde him sitting vnder an oke: and he said vnto him, Art thou the man of GOD that camest from Iudáh? And he said,Ebr. I am, Yea.
15 Then he said vnto him,That he did of a simple mind, thin
〈◊〉
it his duetye to declare friendship to a Prophet Come home with me, and eat bread.
16 But he answered, I may not returne wyth thee, nor go in with thee, nether will I eate bread nor drinke water with thee in thys place.
17 For it was charged me by the word of the Lord, (saying,) Thou shalt eate no breade, nor drinke water there, nor turne agayne to go by the way that thou wentest.
18 And he said vnto him, I am a Prophet also as thou art, and anHis faute is here double: firste in that that he
〈◊〉
not the Prophet to obey gods expresse commā
dement: and next that he fayneth to haue a reuelacion
〈◊〉
the contrary. Angel spake vnto me by the worde of the Lord, saying, Brynge him agayne with thee into thyne house, that he maye eat bread and drinke water: (but) he lied vnto him.
19 So he went againe with him, and did eate bread in his house, and dranke water.
20 And as they sate at the table, the word of the LORD came vnto the Prophet, that broght him againe.
21 And he cryed vnto the man of GOD that came from Iudáh, saying, Thus sayth the Lord,God Wolde reproue his foly by hym, Who Was the occasion to bring him into error. Because thou haste disobeyed the mouthe of the Lord, and hast not kept the commandement, whiche the Lord thy God commanded thee,
22 But camest backe againe, and haste eaten bread & dronke water in the place [whereof he did say vnto thee, Thoushalt eat no bread nor drinke anie water] thy carkeis shall not come vnto the sepulchre of thy fathers.
23 ¶ And when he had eaten bread & dronk, he sadled him the asse, to wit, to the Prophet whome he had broght againe.
24 And when he was gone,By this feareful example, God setteth forthe, how dāgerous a thing it is for mē to behaue them selues coldely, or deceitfully in their char ge Whereunto God hathe called them. a lyon met him by the way, and slewe him, and hys bodye was cast in the way, and the asse stode therby: the lyon stode by the corps also.
25 And beholde, men that passed by, sawe the cark eis cast in the way, & the lyon stāding by the corps: and they came and tolde it in the towne where the olde Prophet dwelt.
26 And when the Prophet, that broght hym backe againe from the way, heard therof, he said, It is the mā of God, who hath bene disobediēt vnto the commandemēt of the Lord therefore the Lord hathe delyuered him vnto the lyon, which hathe rent hym and slaine him, according to the worde of the Lord, which he spake vnto him.
27 ¶ And he spake to his sonnes, saying, Sadle me the asse. And they sadled him.
28 And he went and founde his body cast in the way, and the asse and the lyon stode by the corps: and the lyon hadTo declare that this was onely the iudgement of God: for if
〈◊〉
had done it for hungre, he wolde also haue
〈◊〉
the body. not eaten the body, nor torne the asse.
29 And the Prophet toke vp the body of the man of God, and layed it vppon the asse, and broght it agayne, and the olde Prophet came to the citie, to lament and bury him.
30 And he layed hys bodye in hysVVhich he had prepared for him selfe. owne graue, and they lamented ouer hym, (saying,) Alas, my brother.
31 And when he had buryed him, he spake to his sonnes, saying, When I am dead, burye ye me also in the sepulchre, wherein the man of God is buryed: lay my bones beside his bones.
32 For that thynge whiche he cryed by the worde of the Lord against the altar that is in Beth-él, and against all the houses of the hie places, which are in the cities of Sama ria, shal surely come to passe.
33 (Howbeit) after this, IeroboámSo the Wicked profit not by gods
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
go backewarde & become Worse & worse 2. Tim. 3.
〈◊〉
. conuerted not from his wicked waye, but turned againe, and made of the lowest, Who wold mightEbr. sil hic hand, consecrate him selfe, and be of the Priests of the hie places.
34 And this thinge turned to sinne vnto the house of Ieroboám, euen to roote it out, & destroy it from the face of the earth.
CHAP. XIIII.
1 Ieroboam sendeth his wife disguised to Ahiiah the Prophet, who declareth vnto hym the destruction of hys house. 22 Iudah is punished by Shishak.
1 AT that time Abiiāh the sonne of Ieroboám fel sicke.
2 And Ieroboā said vnto his wife, Vp, I pray thee,His owne conscience bare
〈◊〉
Witnes, that the Prophet of GOD Wolde not satisfie his affectiōs Whiche was a wicked man. and disguise thy selfe, that they knowe not that thou art the wife of Ieroboám, and go to Shilóh: for there is Ahiiáh the Prophet, which tolde me * that I shuld be King ouer this people,
3 And takeEbr. in thine hand. withAccordynge to the custome Whē they
〈◊〉
to aske counsel of Prophetes, 1. Sam, 9. 7. thee tene loaues andChap. 11. 31. craknels, and a bottell of hony, and go to him: he shall tell thee what shal become of the yong man.
4 And Ieroboams wife did so, and a rose, and went to Shilóh, and came to the house of
Ahiiáh: but Ahiiáh colde not se, for hysEbr.
〈◊〉
stode. sight was decayed for his age.
5 Then the Lord said vnto Ahiiáh, Beholde, the wife of
〈◊〉
commeth to aske a thing of thee for her sonne, for he is sicke: thus and thus shalt thou say vnto her (for) when she cōmeth in, she shal feine her selfe (to be)Then the wyfe of
〈◊〉
. another.
6 Therefore when Ahiiáh heard the sounde of her fete as she came in at the dore, he said, Come in, thouFor God oft
〈◊〉
discloseth vnto his the crafte and
〈◊〉
of the Wicked. wif of Ieroboám: why feinest thou thus thy selfe to be another? I am sent to thee (with) heauy tidings.
7 Go, tel Ieroboā, Thus saith the Lord God of Israél, Forasmuche as I haue exalted
〈◊〉
waste but a seruant. thee from among the people, & haue made thee prince ouer my people Israél,
8 And haue rent the king dome away from the house of Dauid, and haue giuē it thee, and thou hast not bene as my seruant Dauid, which kept my commandements, and followed me with all his hearte, and dyd onely that which was right in mine eyes,
9 But hast done euil aboue all that were before thee [for thou hast gone & made thee other gods, &To Wit, two
〈◊〉
. molten images, to prouoke me, and hast cast me behinde thy backe.]
10 Therefore beholde, I wil bring euil vpon the house of Ieroboám, & will cut of from Ieroboám him that *Euery male
〈◊〉
to the dogs. 1. Sam. 25 22. pisseth against theChap. 21. 21. & 2. wall, aswel him thatAswel him that is in the stronge holde, as him that is abroad. is shut vp, as him thatKing 9 8. is left in Israél, and wil swepe away the rē
nant of the house of Ieroboám, as a man swepeth away doung, til it be all gone.
11 The dogs shal eat him of Ieroboās (stock) that dyeth in the citie, & the foules of the aire shall eat him that dyeth in the fielde:They shal lacke the honour of buryal in token of Gods maledictio. for the Lord hathe said it.
12 VP therfore and get thee to thine house: for when thy feete entre into the citie, the childe shal dye.
13 And al Israél shal mourne for him, & bury him: for he onelye of Ieroboám shall come to the graue, because in him there is foundIn the middes of the Wicked God hathe some, on Whome he doeth bestow his mercies. some goodnes to warde the Lord God of Israél in the house of Ieroboám.
14 Moreouer, the LORD shal stir hym vp a King ouer Israél, whiche shall destroy the house of Ieroboám in that day:The Lord wyll beginne to destroy it out of hād what? yea, euen now.
15 For the Lord shall smite Israél, as when a rede is shaken in the water, and he shall wede Israél out of this good lande, whiche he gaue to their fathers, and shall scatre them beyonde theMeaning,
〈◊〉
. Riuer, because they haue made them groues, prouokyng the Lord to angre.
16 And he shal giue Israél vp, because of the sinnes of Ieroboám, who did sinne, andThe people shal not be excused,
〈◊〉
they do euill at the
〈◊〉
of theyt
〈◊〉
. made Israél to sinne.
17 ¶ And Ieroboams wife arose, & departed, and came to Tirzáh, and when she came to the thresholde of the house, the yong man dyed,
18 And they buryed him, and all Israél lamē
ted him, accordynge to the worde of the Lord, which he spake by the hande of hys seruant Ahiiáh the Prophet.
19 And the rest of Ieroboams actes, how he warred, and how he reigned, beholde, thei are writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Israél.
20 And the dayes whiche Ieroboám reigned, were two and twentie yere and heThe Lord
〈◊〉
him and he
〈◊〉
2, Chro. 13. 20. slept with his fathers, and Nadáb his sonne reigned in his steade.
21 ¶ Also Rehoboám the sonne of Salomón reigned in Iudáh. Rehoboám was one and fourtie yere olde, when he begā to reigne, and reigned seuenteneAnd dyed
〈◊〉
fore
〈◊〉
aboute yeres. yere in Ierusalém the citie, which the Lord did chuse out of all the tribes of Israél, to put hys Name there: and his mothers name was Naamáh an Ammonite.
22 And Iudâh wroght wickednes in the sight of the Lord: and they prouoked him more with their sinnes, which they had committed, then all that which their fathers hadOr, besides a that their
〈◊〉
had done by the sinnes. done.
23 For they also made them hie places, and images, and groues on euery hye hyll, and vnder euerie grenetre.
24 There were also SodomitesVVhere
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
reygneth,
〈◊〉
horrible vices
〈◊〉
committed till
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Gods
〈◊〉
iudgemēt
〈◊〉
them
〈◊〉
. in the lande, they did according to all the abomin aciōs of the nacions, whiche the Lord had caste out before the children of Israél.
25 ¶ And in the fift yere of King Rehoboám Shishák King of Egypt came vp agaynste Ierusalém,
26 And toke the treasures of the house of the Lord, & the treasures of the Kings house, and toke awaye all also he caried away all the shields of golde * whiche Salomon hadChap. 10. 16. made.
27 And Kynge Rehoboám made for them brasē shields, and committed thē vnto the hāds of the chief of the garde, which waited at the dore of the Kings house.
28 And when the King went into the house of the Lorde, the garde bare thē, & broght them againe into the garde chamber.
29 And the reste of the actes of Rehoboám, and all that he did, are they not writen inVVhiche bokes were called the bokes of Shemaiah and Iddo the Propheces, the boke of the Chronicles of the Kyngs of Iudáh?
30 And there was warre betwene Rehoboám and IeroboámThat is, all the dayes of
〈◊〉
boams life. continually.
31 And Rehoboám slept with his fathers, &2. Chro. 12 15. was buryed with his fathers in the citie of Dauid his mothers name (was) Naamáh anVVhose
〈◊〉
Rehoboā hee sonne followed. Ammonite. And Abiiám his sonne reigned in his steade.
CHAP. XV.
1 Abiiám reigneth ouer Iudáh. 9 Also succedeth in hys roume. 16 The battell betwene Asá and Baasha. 24 Iehoshaphát succedeth
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
Nadab succedeth Ieroboā 28 Baash
〈◊〉
killeth Nadab.2. Chro. 11.
〈◊〉
1 ANd in the eightene yere of King * Ieroboám the sonne of Nebár, reygned Abiiám ouer Iudáh.
2 Threyere reigned he in Ierusalém, and his mothers name (was) Maacháh the daughter of a Abishalōm.Some thinke
〈◊〉
this Was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
3 And he walked in all the sinnes of hys father, which he had done before hym: and his heart was not perfit with the Lord hys God as the heart of Dauid his father.
4 But for Dauids sake did the Lord his God gyue him a b lyght in Ierusalém, and set vpMeaning, a
〈◊〉
to reygne
〈◊〉
Iudah. his sonne after him, and established Ierusalém,
5 Because Dauid did that whiche was ryght in the sight of the Lord, and turned frome nothing that he commanded him, all the dayes of his life, * saue onely in the matterSam. 11.4. & 12. 9. of Vriáh the Hittite.
6 And there was warre betwene Rehoboám and Ieroboám as long as he liued.
7 The rest also of the actes of Abiiám, and all that he did, are thei not writē in the * bokeChro. 13. 3. of the Chronicles of the Kings of Iudah? there was also warre betwene Abiiām, and Ieroboám.
8 And Abiiām slept with his fathers, & they buryed him in the citie of Dauid: and Asá his sonne reigned in his steade.
9 ¶* And in the twentie yere of Ieroboám
〈◊〉
. Chro. 14.3. King of Israél reigned Asá ouer Iudáh.
10 He reigned in Ierusalém one and fourtie yere, & his c mothers name (was) Maacháh,That is, his grand
〈◊〉
, as Dauid
〈◊〉
times called
〈◊〉
of them,
〈◊〉
grand
〈◊〉
he Was. the daughter of Abishalōm.
11 And Asá did right in the eyes of the Lord, as (did)
〈◊〉
his father.
12 And he toke away the Sodomites out of the land, and put awaye all the idoles that his fathers had made.
13 And heNether
〈◊〉
nor
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to be
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, When they
〈◊〉
God and become
〈◊〉
, but
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
. put downe Maacháh his mother also from herestate, because she had made an idole in a groue and Asá destroyed her idoles, and burnt thē by the broke Kidrō.
14 But they put not downe the hye places. Neuertheles Asas heart was For in that that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them to worship God in other places, then
〈◊〉
had appointed
〈◊〉
came of ignorance and not of
〈◊〉
. vpright with the Lord all his dayes.
15 Also he broght in the holy vessels of hys father, and the thynges that he had dedicate vnto the house of the Lord, siluer, and golde and vessels.
16 ¶ And there was warre betwene Asā and Baashá King of Israél all their dayes.
17 Thē Baashá King of Israél went vp against Iudáh, and buyltOf the same purpose that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
because the people shuld not go vp to Ierusalé
〈◊〉
they shulde
〈◊〉
Asa. Ramáh, so that he wolde let none go out or in to Asá Kynge of Iudáh.
18 Then Asá toke all the siluer and the gold that was left in the treasures of the house of the Lord, and the treasures of the Kings house, and deliuered them into the hands of his seruants, and King Asásent them to * Ben-hadád the sonne of Tabrimón, the2. Chro. 16.
〈◊〉
. sonne of Hezión King ofOr, Syria. Arám that dwelt at Damascus, saying,
19 (There is) a couenant betwene me & thee, (and) betwene my father and thy father: beholde, I haue sent vnto thee a present of siluer, and golde: come, breake thy couenant with Baashá Kynge of Israél, that he mayAnd
〈◊〉
no longer. departe from me.
20 So Ben-hadád hearkened vnto King Asá, and sent the captaines of the hostes, which he had agaynste the Cities of Israél, and smote Iión, and Dan, & Abélbethmaacháh, and all Cinnerōth, with all the lande of Naphtali.
21 And when Baashá heard thereof, he left buylding of Ramáh, and dwelt in Tirzáh.
22 Then King AsáOr, made a proclamation. assēbled all Iudáh,Ebr. none innocent. none excepted, and they toke the stones of Ramáh, and the timber thereof, wherewith Baashá had buylt, and King Asá buylt with them Géba of Beniamin and Mizpáh.
23 And the rest of all the actes of Asá, and all his might and all that he did, & the cities which he buylt, are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kinges of Iudáh? but in his olde age he was diseased in hisHe had the
〈◊〉
and put his trust rather in phi
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in the Lord. feete.
24 And Asá slept with hys fathers, and was buryed with his fathers in the citie of Dauid hisHis great grand father. father, And Ieho shaphát his sonne reigned in his steade.2. Chro. 16. 12.
25 And Nadáb the sonne of Ieroboám began to reigne ouer Israél the seconde yere of Asá King of Iudáh, and reigned ouer Israél two yere.
26 And he did euill in the sight of the Lord, walking in the way of his father, & in hys sinne wherewith he made Israél to sinne.
27 And Baashá the sonne of Ahiiáh of the house of Issachár conspired against him, & Baashá slewe him at Gibbethón, whiche belonged to the Philistims: for Nadab and all Israél laied siege to Gibbethón.
28 Euen in the third yere of Asa King of Iudah did Baasha slaye hym, and reygned in his steade.
29 And when he was King, heSo God stirred vp one tyrant to punishe the wickednes of another. smote all the house of Ieroboam, he left none aliue to Ieroboam, vntill he had destroyed him, according to the * word of the Lord which heChap. 14. 10. spake by his seruant Ahiiah the Shilonite,
30 Because of the sinnes of Ieroboam which he cōmitted, & wherewith he made Israél to sinne, by hisBy causing the people to commit ido latric with his calues, and so prouoking GOD to
〈◊〉
. prouocation, wherewith he prouoked the Lord God of Israél.
31 And the residue of the actes of Nadab and all that he did, are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kynges of Israél?
32 And there was warre betwene Asa & Baasha King of Israél, all their dayes.
33 In the third yere of Asa King of Iudah, began Baasha the sonne of Ahiiah to reygne ouer all Israél inVVhiche Was the place Where the Kings of Israél remained. Tirzah, (and reygned) foure and twentie yeres.
34 And he did euil in the sight of the Lorde, walking in the way of Ieroboam, and in his sinne, where with he made Israél to sinne.
CHAP. XVI.
1 Of Baasha. 6 Elah 9 Zimri. 16 Omri. 31 Achab marieth Iezebél. 34 Ierichó is buylt againe.
1 THen the worde of the Lorde came to Iehú the sonne of Hanáni against Baashá, saying,
2 Thus spake Iehu to Baasha in the Name of the lord. For asmuche as I exalted thee out of the dust, & made thee captaine ouer my people Israél, and thou hast walked in the waye of Ieroboám, and hast made my people Israél to sinne, to prouoke me with their sinnes,
3 Beholde, I will take away the posteritie of Baashá, and the posteritie of his house, and wil makeMeanyng, the house of Baasha. thine house like the * house of Ieroboám the sonne of Nebát.
4 * He that dyeth of Baashas (stoke) in theChap 19. 29. citie, him shall the dogs eat: and that manChap. 14. 10. of him which dyeth in the fieldes, shall the foules of the ayre eat.
5 And the rest of the actes of Baashá & what he did, and hisOr,
〈◊〉
. power, are they not writen in the boke of the * Chronicles of the2. Chro. 16.
〈◊〉
. Kings of Israél?
6 So Baashá slept with his fathers, and was buryed in Tirzáh, and Eláh his sonne reigned in his steade.
7 AndThat is, the Prophet did his message. also by the hande of Iehū the sonne of Hanáni the Prophet came the worde of the Lord to Baashá, and to his house, that he shulde be like the house of Ieroboam, euen for all the wickednes that he dyd in the sight of the Lord, in prouoking hym with the worke of his hands, and because he killedMeaning, Nadab Ietoboams sonne. him.
8 ¶ In the six and twentie yere of Asá Kyng of Iudáh began Eláh the sonne of Baashá to reigne ouer Israél in Tirzah, (& reigned) two yere.
9 And hys seruante Zimri, captaine of halfe his charets conspired agaynste him, as he was in Tirzah drinking, til he was drōken in the house ofThe Chalde text hathe thus, Drinking till he Was dronken in the
〈◊〉
ple of Arza the idole by his house in Tirzah. Arza stuarde of his house in Tirzah.
10 And Zimri came and smote him & kylled him in the seuen and twentye yere of Asa King of Iudah, and reigned in his steade.
11 ¶ And when he was King, and sate on hys throne, he slewe all the house of Baasha, not leauing thereof one to pisse agaynst a wall, net her of hys kinsfolkes nor of hys friends,
12 So did Zimri destroye all the house of Baasha, according to the word of the Lord which he spake against Baasha by the hād of Iehú theBoth Hanani his father & he were Prophetes. Prophet,
13 For all the sinnes of Baasha, and sinnes of Elah his sonne, which they sinned & made Israél to sinne, and prouoked the LORD God of Israél with their vanities.
14 And the rest of the actes of Elah, and all that he did, are they not writē in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Israél?
15 ¶ In the seuen & twentie yere of Asa King of Iudah did Zimri reygne seuen dayes in Tirzah, & the people was then in the hosteWhich siege had continued frome the time of
〈◊〉
Ieroboams
〈◊〉
. besieging Gibbethón, which (belonged) to the Philistims.
16 And the people of the hoste hearde say, Zimri hathe conspired, and hath also slaine the King. Wherefore all Israél made Omri the captaine of the hoste King ouer Israél that same day, (euen) in the hoste.
17 Then Omri went vp from Gibbethón, and all Israél with hym, and they besiegedWhere zimri kept him selfe in holde. Tirzah.
18
〈◊〉
when Zimri sawe, that the Citie was takē, he wēt into the palace of the Kings house, andEbr. burnt the kings house vpō him. burnt him selfe and the Kings house with fire, (and) so dyed,
19 For his sinnes which he sinned, in doynge that which is euill in the sight of the Lord, in walking in the waye of Ieroboam, and in his sinnes whiche he did, causing Israél to sinne.
20 And the rest of the actes of Zimri, and hys treason that he wroght, are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Israél?
21 Then were the people of Israél deuyded into two partes: (for)That is, the people whiche were not at the siege of Gibbethon for there they had chosen Omri. half the people followed Tibni the sonne of Ginath to make him King, & the other half followed Omri.
22 But the people that followed Omri, preuailed agaynst the people that followed Tibni the sonne of Ginath so Tibni dyed, and Omri reigned.
23 In the one and thirtie yere of Asa Kynge of Iudah began Omri to reigne ouer Israél, (& reigned) twelue yere. Six yere reigned he in Tirzah.
24 And he boght the mountaineOr,
〈◊〉
. Samaria of one Shémer for two talēts of siluer, & built in the mountaine, and called the name of the citie, which he built, after the name of Shémer, Lord of the mountaine Samaria.
25 But Omri did euil in the eyes of the Lord, and didFor suche is the
〈◊〉
of idola trie, that the
〈◊〉
ion therof
〈◊〉
daily increase, and the elder it is, the more abominable it is before God & his Church. worse then all that were before him.
26 For he walked in all the waye of Ieroboam the sonne of Nebat, and in his sinnes where with he made Israél to sinne in prouoking the Lord God of Israél with theyr vanities.
27 And the rest of the actes of Omri, that he did, and his strength that he shewed, are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Israél?
28 And Omri slept with his fathers, and was buryed inHe was the first king that was bu ryed in Samaria, after that the kings house was burnt in Tirzah. Samaria: and Ahab hys sonne reigned in his steade.
29 Now Ahab the sonne of Omri began to reigne ouer Israél, in the eight and thirtie yere of Asa Kyng of Iudah: and Ahab the sonne of Omri reigned ouer Israél in Samaria two and twentie yere.
30 And Ahab the sonne of Omri did worse in the sight of the Lord then all that were before him.
31 For was it a light thing for him to walke in the sinnes of Ieroboam the sonne of Nebat, excepte he toke Iezebél also the daughter of Eth-baal Kynge of the Zidonians toBy whose meanes he fell to all wicked, & strāge idolatrie, & cruell persecution. wife, and went and ferued Baal,
and worshiped him?
32 Also he reared vp an altar to Báal in the house of Báal, whiche he had buylt in Samaria.
33 And Aháb made a groue, and Aháb proceded, and did prouoke the Lord GOD of Israél more then all the Kinges of Israél that were before him.
34 In his dayes did Hiél the Bethelite buildeRead Iosh. 6. 26 Ierichō: he laied the fundacion thereof in Abirám his eldest sonne, and set vp the gates therof in his yongest sonne Segúb, according to the word of the Lord which he spakeEbr. by the hand of Ioshua. by Ioshúa the sonne of Nun.
CHAP. XVII.
1 Eliáh forewarneth of the famine to come. 4 He is fed of
〈◊〉
. 9 He is sent to Zarepháth, where he restoreth his hostesse sonne to life
1 ANd Eliáh the Tishbite one of the inhabitants of Gileád said vnto Aháb, * As the Lord GOD of Israél liueth, before
〈◊〉
, 48. 7.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 6. whome IThat is, whome I serue. stand, there shalbe nether dewe nor rayne these yeres, butBut as I shall declare it by gods reuelation. according to my worde.
2 ¶ And the worde of the Lord came vnto him, saying,
3 Go hence, and turne thee Eastwarde, and hide thy selfe in theOr, broke. riuer Cherith, that is ouer against Iordén,
4 And thou shalt drinke of the riuer: and I haue commāded theTo strengthē his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, God promiseth to fede him miraculously rauens to feede thee there.
5 So he went and did accordynge vnto the worde of the Lord for he went, and remained by the riuer Cherith that is ouer agaīst Iordén.
6 And the rauens broght him bread & flesh in the morning, and bread and fleshe in the euening, and he dranke of the riuer.
7 And after a while, the riuer dryed vp, because there fel no raine vpon the earth.
8 ¶ And theAs the troubles of the Saints of God
〈◊〉
many, so his mercie is euer
〈◊〉
hand to deliuer
〈◊〉
. worde of the Lord came vnto him, saying,
9 * Vp, (and) get thee to Zarephát, which is in Zidon, and remaine there behold, I haue commanded a widowe there to sustayne thee.Luk. 4. 25.
10 So he arose, and went to Zarepháth: and when he came to the gate of the citie, beholde, the widowe was thereAll this was to strengthen the faith of Eliah to the intent that he shulde
〈◊〉
vpon nothing worldly, but onely trust on Gods prouidence. gatheryng stickes: and he called her, & said, Bring me, I praye thee, a litle water in a vessell, that I may drinke.
11 And as she was goynge to fet it, he called to her, & said, Bring me, I pray thee, a morsel of bread in thine hand.
12 And she said, As the Lord thy God lyueth, I haue not a cake, but euen an handefull of meale in a barel, & a litle oyle in a cruse & beholde, I am gatheringEbr. two. a fewe stickes for to go in, and dresse it for me and my sonne, that we may eat it, andFor there is no hope of any more sustenance, dye.
13 And Eliáh said vnto her,
〈◊〉
not, come, do as thou hast said, but make me thereof a litle cake firste of all, and bryng it vnto me, and afterwarde make for thee, and thy sonne.
14 For thus saith the Lord GOD of Israél,God receiueth no
〈◊〉
for the vse of his, but he promiseth a moste ample recō pōse for the same. The meale in the barel shal not be wasted, nether shal the oyle in the cruse be diminished, vnto the time that the Lord sēd raine vpon the earth.
15 So she went, and did as Eliáh said, and she did eat: so did he and her houseThat is, till
〈◊〉
had raine &
〈◊〉
on the earth, for a certeine time.
16 The barel of the meale wasted not, nor the oyle was spent out of the cruse, according to the worde of the Lord, whiche he spake by the hand of Eliáh.
17 ¶ And after these thynges, the sonne of the wife of the house fel sicke, & hys sicknes was so sore,Or, that he dyed. that there was no
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
whether she had learned by hys
〈◊〉
prouidēce to make him her
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
& comforte. breath left in him.
18 And she said vnto Eliáh, What haue I to do with thee, ô thou man of God? art thou come vnto me to call my sinne to remembrance, and to slaye my sonne?
19 And he said vnto her: Giue me thy sonne, & he toke him out of her bosome, and caried him vp into a chāber, where he abode, and laied him vpon his owne bed.
20 Then he called vnto the Lord, and said, O Lord my GOD, hast thouHe was afraide,
〈◊〉
Gods Name shulde haue bene blasphemed & his ministers
〈◊〉
, excepte he shulde haue
〈◊〉
his mercies, as he had begonne them, specially while he there remained. punished also this widowe, with whome I soiourne, by killing her sonne?
21 And he stretched him selfe vpon the child thre times, and called vnto the Lorde, and said, O Lord my GOD, I pray thee, let this childes soule come in to him againe.
22 Thē the Lord heard the voyce of Eliáh, & the soule of the chylde came into hym againe, and he reuiued.
23 And Eliáh toke the childe, & broght him downe out of the chamber into the house, and deliuered him vnto his mother, and Eliáh said, Beholde, thy sonne liueth.
24 And the woman said vnto Eliah, NowSo hard a thyng it is to depend on God, excepte we be
〈◊〉
by miracles. I knowe that thou art a man of GOD, and that the worde of the Lord in thy mouthe is true.
CHAP. XVIII.
1 Eliah is sent to Ahab. 13 Obadiah hideth an hundreth Prophetes. 40 Eliiah killeth all Baals Prophetes. 45 He obteineth raine.
1 AFter many daies, the word of the Lord came to Eliiáh, in theAfter that he departed
〈◊〉
the riuer Cherith. third yere, saying, Go, shewe thy selfe vnto Aháb, and I wil send raine vpon the earth.
2 And Eliiáh went to shewe him selfe vnto Aháb, and (there was) a great famine in Samaria.
3 And Aháb called Obadiah the gouernour of his house: [and ObadiahGod had begone to worke hys feare in his eart, but had not yet broght hym to that knowledge, whiche is also requisit of the godly: that is, to professe hys
〈◊〉
openly. feared GOD greatly.]
4 For whē Iezébel destroyed the Prophetes of the Lord, Obadiah toke an hundreth Prophetes, & hid them, by fiftie in a caue, and he fed them with bread and water.
5 And Ahab sayde vnto Obadiah, Go in to the land, vnto all the fountaines of water,
and vnto all the riuers, if so be that we may finde grasse to saue the horses and the mules a liue, lest we depriue (the land) of the beastes.
6 And so thei deuided the land betwene thē to walke through it Aháb went one way by him selfe, and Obadiáh went another way by him selfe.
7 ¶ And as O badiáh was in the way, beholde Eliiáh God
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
the wicked for the godly sake, and cause h
〈◊〉
h to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Obadiah, that the
〈◊〉
might be knowē to be granted for Gods
〈◊〉
. en
〈◊〉
. met him, and he knewe him, and fel on his face, and said, Art not thou my Lord Eliiáh?
8 And he answered him, Yea, go tel thy lord Beholde, Eliiáh (is here.)
9 And he said what haue I sinned, that thou woldest deliuer thy seruant into the hand of Ahàb, to slaye me?
10 As the Lord thy God liueth, there is no na cion or kingdome, whether my lord hathe not sent to seke thee: and when they said, He is not here, he toke an othe of the kingdome & nacion, if thei had not founde thee.
11 And now thou saist, Go, tel thy lord, Beholde, Eliiáh (is here.)
12 And when I am gone from thee, the Spirit of the Lord shal cary thee into some place that I do not knowe. so when I come and tel Aháb, if he can not finde thee, then wil he kil me: but I thy seruantI am none of the wicked
〈◊〉
, that thou shuldest procure vnto me suche dis pleasure, but serue God & fauour his children. feare the Lord from my youth.
13 Was it not tolde my Lord, what I did when Iezebél slewe the Prophetes of the Lord, how I hidde an hundreth men of the Lords prophetes, by fifties in a caue, and fed them with bread and water?
14 And now thou saiest, Go, tel thy Lord: Beholde, Eliáh (is there) that he may slaye me.
15 And Eliiáh said, As the Lord of hostes liueth, before whome I stand, I wil surely sheweBy my
〈◊〉
wil declare that thou hast tolde him the
〈◊〉
my selfe vnto him this day.
16 ¶ So Obadiáh went to mete Aháb, and tolde him: and Aháb went to mete Eliiáh.
17 And when Aháb sawe Eliiáh, Aháb said vnto him, Art thou he that troubleth Israél?
18 And he answered, I haue not troubled Israél, butThe true ministers of God oght not onely not to suffer the
〈◊〉
to be
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, but to reproue boldly the wicked sklan
〈◊〉
without respect of persone thou, and thy fathers house, in that ye haue for saken the commandemēts of the Lord, and thou hast followed
〈◊〉
.
19 Now therefore send, and gather to me all Israél vnto mount Carmél, and the prophe tes of Báal foure hundreth and fiftie & the prophetes of the groues foure hundreth, which eat at Iezebels table.
20 ¶ So Ahab sent vnto all the children of Israél, & gathered the prophetes together vnto mount Carmel.
21 And Eliiáh came vnto all the people, and said, How long
〈◊〉
in re ligion, and make it not as a thing
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
followe God or Ball, or whether ye
〈◊〉
God wholly or in
〈◊〉
. halt ye betwene two opinions? If the Lord be God followe him: but if Báal be he, then go after him. And the people answered him not a worde.
22 Then said Eliiáh vnto the people, I onely remaine a Prophet of the Lord: but Baals prophetes are foure hundreth & fiftie mē.
23 Let them therefore giue vs two bullocks, and let them chuse the one, and cut him in pieces, and laye him on the wood, but put no fyre (vnder) and I wil prepare the other bullocke, and laye him on the wood, and wil put no fire (vnder)
24 Then call ye on the name of your god, & I wil call on the Name of the Lord: and then the God that answerethBy sending downe fire from heauen to
〈◊〉
the sacrifice. by fyre let him be God. And all the people answered, and said, It is wel spoken.
25 And Eliiáh said vnto the prophetes of Báal Chuse you a bullocke, and prepare him first, [for ye are many] and call on the name of your gods, but put no fyre (vnder.)
26 So thei toke the one bullocke, that was giuen them, and they prepared it, and called on the name of Baal, from morning to noone, saying O Baal, heare vs: but there was no, voyce, noranie to answer: and theiAs
〈◊〉
with some strange
〈◊〉
. leapt vpon the altar that was made.
27 And at noone Eliiah mocked them, and said, Crye loud: for he is aYou esteme him as a god. god: ether he
〈◊〉
or pursueth (his enemies) or is in his iourney, or it may be that he slepeth & must beHe
〈◊〉
their beastly madnes, which thinke that by anie instance or sure the dead and vile idoles can helpe their worshipers in their necessities. a waked.
28 And they cryed loude, and cut them selues as their maner was, with kniues and lancets, til the blood
〈◊〉
out vpon them.
29 And whē mydday was passed, and thei had prophecied vntil the offring of the (euening) sacrifice, there was nether voyce, nor one to answer, nor anie that regarded.
30 And Eliiah said vnto all the people, Come to me. And all the people came to him. And he repared the altar of the Lord that was broken downe.
31 And Eliiáh toke twelue stones according to the nomber of the tribes of the sonnes of Iaakob [vnto whome the worde of the
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. lord came, saying, * Israél shalbe thy name]2. king. 17 34.
32 And with the stones he buylt an altar in the
〈◊〉
of the Lord: and he made a ditche rounde about the altar, as great as wolde conteine twoEbr, Sats, which
〈◊〉
thinke conteine about
〈◊〉
pottels & a third parte a piece. measures of sede.
33 And he put the wood in order, and hewed the bullocke in pieces, and layed him on the wood,
34 And said, Fil foure barels with water, and powre it on the burnt offring and on the wood, Againe he said, Do so againe. And thei did so the seconde time. And he said, Do it the third time. And thei did it the third time.
35 And the water ran rounde about the altar andHereby he declared the excellēr power of God who
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
colde mak the fyre burne euen in the water to the intent thei shulde haue none occasion to
〈◊〉
that he is the
〈◊〉
lie God. he filled the ditche with water also.
36 And when they shulde offer the (euening) sacrifice, Eliiáh the Prophetcame, and said Lord God of Abraham, Izhak and of Israél let it be knowen this day, that thou art the God of Israél, and that I am thy seruāt, and that I haue done all these things at thy commandement.
37 He are me, ô Lord, heare me, and let this people knowe that thou art the lord God and that thou hast turned their heart againeThogh God suffer his to
〈◊〉
in blindenes and error for a
〈◊〉
, yet at the length he
〈◊〉
them home to him by some
〈◊〉
signe & worke. at the last.
38 Then the fire of the Lordfel, and cōsumed the burnt offring, and the wood, and the stones, and the dust, and licked vp the water that was in the ditche.
39 And when all the people sawe it, thei fel on their faces, and said, The Lord is God, the Lord is God.
40 And Eliiáh said vnto them, Take the prophetes of Báal, letHe commāded them that as they were truely persuaded to
〈◊〉
the onely God: so thei welde serue him with all their power and destroye the idolaters his enemies not a man of them escape. And they toke thē, & Eliiáh broght them to the broke Kishón, and slewe thē there.
41 ¶ And Eliiáh said vnto Aháb, Get thee vp, eat and drinke, for (there is) a sounde of muche raine.
42 So Aháb went vp to eat and to drinke, & Eliiah went vp to the top of Carmél: and he crouched vnto the earth, and put his fa ce betwene his knees.
43 And said to his seruant, Go vp now and loke towarde the way of the Sea. And he went vp, and loked, and said, There is nothing Againe he said, Go againeAs Gods Spirit moued him to pray so was he strengthened by the same, that he did not
〈◊〉
, but continued
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
he had obteined. seuen times.
44 And at the seuenth time he said, Beholde, there ariseth a litle cloude out of the sea like a mans hand. Then he said, Vp, & say vnto Aháb, Make readie (thy charet) and get thee downe, that the raine stay thee not.
45 AndOr, here and there. in the meane while the heauen was blacke with cloudes and winde, and there was a great raine. Then Aháb went vp and came to Izreél.
46 And the hand of the Lord was on Eliiáh, and he girded vp his loynes, and ranHe was so
〈◊〉
with Gods Spirit, that he ran
〈◊〉
then the charet was able to runne before Aháb til he came Izreél.
CHAP. XIX.
5 Eliiáh fleing from Iezébel, is nourished by the Angel of God. 15 He is cōmāded to anoint Hazaél, Iehu, & Elishá.
1 NOw Aháb tolde Iezebel all that Eliiáh had done, and how he had slayne all theTo wit, of Baal. prophetes with the sworde.
2 Then Iezébel sent a messēger vnto Eliiáh saying,Thogh the wicked rage against Gods childrē yet he holdeth them backe that they can not execute
〈◊〉
malice. The gods do so to me and more also, if I make not thy life like one of their liues by to morowe this time.
3 ¶ When he sawe that, he arose and wentOr whether his minde led him. for his life, and came to Beer-shéba, which is in Iudáh, and left his seruant there.
4 But he went a daies iourney into the wildernes and came and sate downe vnder a iuniper tre, and desired that he might dye and said, It is now ynought: ô Lord,So hard a thing it is to
〈◊〉
our
〈◊〉
in affliction that the saincts colde not ouercome the same. take my soule, for I am no better, thē my fathers
5 And as he laie and slept vnder the iuniper tre, be holde now, an Angel touched him, and said vnto him, Vp, (and) eat.
6 And when he loked about beholde, there was a cake baken on the coles, and a pot of water at his heade? so he did eat and drinke, and returned and slept.
7 And the Angel of the Lord came againe the seconde time, and touched him, and said, Vp (&) eat forHe declareth that except God had nourished him mitaculously it had not bene possible for him to haue gone this iourney. thou a great iourney.
8 ¶ Then he a rose, and did eat and drinke, and walked in strength of that meat fourtie daies and fourtie nights, vnto Horéb the mount of God.
9 And there he entred into a caue, and lodged therein & beholde, the Lord spake to him, and said vnto him, What doest thou here, Eliiáh?
10 And he answered, I haueHe complaineth that the more zealous that he shewed him self to mainteine Gods glorie, the more crue'ly was hepersecured. bene very ielous for the God of hoste: for the children of Israél haue forsaken thy couenant, broken downe thine altars, and slayne thy Prophetes with the sworde, * & I onely am left, and thei seke my life to take it away.
11 And he said, Come out, and stand vpon theRom. 11. 12. the mount before the Lord. And beholde, the Lord went by, and a mightie strong winde rent the moūtaines, and brake the rockes before the Lord (but) the Lord wasFor the nature of man is notable to come nere vnto God, if he shul de appeare in his strength and ful maiestie, and
〈◊〉
of his mercie he submitteth
〈◊〉
selfe to our capacitie. not in the winde and after the winde (ca me) an earthquake (but) the Lord was not in the earthquake:
12 And after the earthquake (came) fyre (but) the Lord was not in the fyre. & after the fyre (came) a stil and soft voyce.
13 And when Eliiáh heard it, he couered his face with his mantel, and went out, & stode in the entring in of the caue, & beholde (there came) a voyce vnto him, and said, What doest thou here Eliiáh?
14 And he answered, I haue bene very ielous for the Lord God of hostes,VVe ought not to depend on the multi ude in mal teining
〈◊〉
glo rie, but because our dueri: so requireth, We oght to do it. because the children of Israél haue forsakē thy couenant, cast downe thine altars, and slaine thy Prophetes with the sworde, and Ionely am left: and they seke my life to take it a way.
15 And the Lord said vnto him, Go returne by the wildernes vnto Damascus, and when thou commest (there) anoynt Hazaél King ouerOr, Syria. Arám.
16 And Iehú the sonne of Nimshi shalt thou anoynt Kynge ouer Israél: and Elisha the sonne of Shaphar of Abél Meholáh shalt thou anoynt to be Prophet in thy roume.
17 And
〈◊〉
him that escapeth from the sworde2. king. 9.
〈◊〉
. of Hazaél, shal Iehú slaye and him that escapetheccles. 48. 8. from the sworde of Iehú, shal Elisha slay.
18 Yet wil * I leaue seuen thousand in Israél,Rom. 11. 4. (euen)He declareth that Wicked dissemblers and idolaters are not his. all the knees that haue not bowed vnto Báal, and euerie mouthe that hathe not kissed him.
19 ¶ So he departed thence, and founde Elishá the sonne of Shaphat who was plow ing with twelue yoke of oxen before him, and was with the twelft: and Eliiáh went towards him, and cast his mantel vpon him.
20 And he left the oxen, and ran after Eliiáh and said, i Let me I pray thee, kisse my
father and my mother, and then I wil followe thee. Who answered him Go, returue for what haue I done to thee?
21 And when he went backe againe frō him, he toke a couple of oxen, and slewe them and sod their flesh with theHe wolde nor slay til wood was broght, so great was his desire to
〈◊〉
we his vocacion. instrumens of the oxen, and gaue vnto the people, and they did eat: then he arose and went after Eliiáh, and ministred vnto him.
CHAP. XX.
1 Samaria is besieged. 13 The Lord promiseth the victorie to Ahab by a Prophet. 31 The King of Israél made peace with Ben hadad, and is reproued therefore by the Prophet.
"Or, Syris.
1 THen Ben-ha dād the King of Aram assē
bled all his armie, and two and thirtieThat is gouernours, and rulers of
〈◊〉
. Kings with him, with horses, and charets and went vp, and besieged Samaria, and
〈◊〉
Or,
〈◊〉
. foght against it.
2 And he sent messengers to Ahab King of Israél, into the citie.
3 And said vnto him, Thus sayeth Ben-hadád Thy siluer and thy golde his mine: also thy women, & thy faire children are mine.
4 And the King of Israél answered, and said My lord King, according to thy saying,I am content to obey and pay tribute. lam thine, and all that I haue.
5 And whē the messengers came againe they said, Thus commandeth Ben hadád, and sayth, When I shal send vnto thee, and commande, thou shalt deliuer me thy siluer and thy golde, and thy women and thy childrē,
6 He wolde not accept his
〈◊〉
wet
〈◊〉
he did
〈◊〉
of hand deliuer
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
: for he
〈◊〉
tan
〈◊〉
, how to make
〈◊〉
against him. Or els I wil send my seruants vnto thee by tomorow this time and they shal searche thine house, and the houses of thy seruants and what soeuer is pleasant in thine eyes, they shal take it in their hands, and bring it a way.
7 Then the King of Israél sent for all the Elders of the land, and said, Take hede, I pray you, and se how he seketh mischief for he sent vnto me for my wiues, and for my children, and for my siluer, and for my golde, and I denyed him not.
8 And all the elders & all the people said to him,
〈◊〉
They thoght it their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
liues then to
〈◊〉
to that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, onely
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of a tyrant. not vnto him nor consent
9 Wherefore he said vnto the messengers of Ben-hadád. Tel my lord the King, All that thou didest send for to thy seruant at the first time, that I wil do, but this thing I may not do. And the messengers departed, and broght him an answer.
10 And Ben-hadad sent vnto him, and said, The gods do so to me and more also if the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
shal
〈◊〉
be
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
pray, that is worthe anie thing when they shalbe so manie dust of Samaria be ynough to all the people that followe me for euerie man an hād ful.
11 And the King of Israél answered, and said Tel (him) Let not him that girdeth (his har
〈◊〉
)
〈◊〉
hīselfe, as he that
〈◊〉
not
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
be
〈◊〉
. putteth it of.
12 And when he heard that tidings, as he was with the King drinking in the pauilions
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. he said vnto his seruāts,
〈◊〉
forthe (your engines) and theiset thē against the citie.
13 ¶ And Behold, there came a Prophet vnto Aháb King of Israél, saying, Thus saith the Lord, Hast thou sene all this great multitu de? beholde, I wil deliuer it into thine hand this day, that thou maiest knowe,Before God went about with signes and miracles to pul Ahab from his
〈◊〉
and now againe with wonderful victories. that I am the Lord.
14 And Ahàb said: By whome? And he said, Thus saith the Lord, By the seruants of the princes of the prouinces. He said againe, Who shal ordre the battel? And he answered, Thou.
15 ¶ Then he nombred the seruants of the princes of the prouinces, and they were two hundreth, two and thirtie: & after thē he nombred the whole people of all the children of Israél (euen) seuen thousande.
16 And they went out at noone? but Ben-hadád did drinke til he was dronken in the tents, (bothe) he and the Kings (for) two & thirtie Kings helped him.
17 So theThat
〈◊〉
yong mē
〈◊〉
in the
〈◊〉
of princes seruāts of the princes of the prouinces went out first and Ben-hadád sent out, and they shewed him, saying, There are men come out of Samaria.
18 And he said, Whether they be come out for peace, take thē aliue, or whether they be come out to fight, take them yet aliue.
19 So they came out of the citie (to wit), the seruants of the Princes of the prouinces, and the hoste which followed them.
20 And they slewe euerie one hisEbr. man. enemie: & the
〈◊〉
. Syrians. Aramites fled, & Israél pursued them But Ben-hadád the King of Arám escaped on an horse with (his)VVith them
〈◊〉
were appointed for the preseruacion of his persone. horsemen.
21 And the King of Israél wēt out, and smote the horses and charets, and with a great slaughter slewe he the Aramites.
22 [For there had come a Prophet to the King of
〈◊〉
, and said vnto him, Go, be of good courage, and consider, and take hede what thou doest: for whē the yere is gone about, the King of Arám wil come vp against thee]
23 ¶ Then the seruants of the King of Arám said vnto him, TheirThus the wicked blaspheme God in their
〈◊〉
whome not withstanding he suffreth not vnpunished. gods are gods of the mountaines, and therefore they ouer came vs: but let vs fight against them in in the, plaine, and douteles we shal ouerco me them.
24 And this do, Take the Kinge away, euerie one out of his place, and place captaines for them.
25 And nomber thy selfe an armie, like the ar me that thou hast lost, with suche horses and suche charets, and we wil fight against them in the plaine, and douteles we shal ouercome them: and he hearkened
〈◊〉
their voyce, and did so.
26 And after the yere was gone about, Benhadád nombred the Aramites, and went vp to Aphék to fight against Israél.
27 And the children of Israél were nombred, and were allAll they which were in the battel of the
〈◊〉
yere
〈◊〉
. 15. assembled and went against them, and the children of Israel pitched before thē, like two litle flockes
of kiddes: but the Aramites filled the countrey.
28 And there came a man of God, and spake vnto the King of Israél, saying, Thus sayth the Lord Because the Aramites haue said, The Lord is the God of the mountaines, & not God of the valleis, therefore wil I deliuer all this great multitude into thine hand, and ye shal knowe thatVVho am of like power in the the valley,
〈◊〉
I am on the hills, & can aswel destroy a multitude with fewe as with ma nie. I am the Lord.
29 And they pitched one ouer against the other seuen dayes, and in the seuenth day the battel was ioyned: and the children of Israél slewe of the Aramites an hundreth thousand fotemen in one day.
30 But the rest fled to Aphék into the citie: and there fel a wall vpon seuen and twen tie thousand men that were left and Benhadád fled into the citie, and came intoEbr. from cham ber to chamber. a secret chamber.
31 ¶ And his seruantes said vnto him, Beholde now, we haue heard say that the Kings of the house of Israél are merciful Kings: we pray thee, let vs put sacke cloth about ourIn signe of submission, and that we
〈◊〉
deserued death, if he, wil punishe vs with rigour. loynes, and ropes about our heades, and go out to the Kings of Israél: it may be that he wil saue thy life.
32 Then they girded sacke cloth about their loynes and (put) ropes about their heades and came to the King of Israél, and said, Thy seruant Ben-hadád saith. I pray thee let me liue and he said, Is he yet aliue? he is my brother.
33 Now the men toke diligent hede,Or and caught it of him. if they colde catche (anie thing) of him, and made haste, and said, Thy brotherHe is aliue. Benhadah. And he said, Go, bring him. So Ben-hadáh came out vnto him, and he caused him to come vp vnto the charet.
34 And (Ben-hadád) said vnto him, The cities, which my father toke from thy father, I wil restore, and thou shalt make stretes for thee inThou
〈◊〉
appoint in my chief
〈◊〉
what thou
〈◊〉
, and I wil, obey thee. Damascus, as my father did in Sa maria. Then (said Ahab) I wil let thee go with thy couenant. So he made a couenant with him and let him go.
35 ¶ Then a certeine man of the
〈◊〉
of the discples children of the Prophetes said vnto his neighbour by the commandement of the Lord,By this external signe he wolde more liuely touche the kings heart. Smite me, I pray the. But the mārefused to smite him.
36 Then said he vnto him, Because thou hast not obeyed the voyce of the Lord, behold, assone as thou art departed from me, a lyon shalBecause thou hast transgressed the commandement of the Lord slay thee. So when he was depar ted from him, a lyon found him and slewe him.
37 Then he found another man, and said Smite me, I pray thee, And the man smote him, & in smiting wounded (him.)
38 So the Prophet departed, and waited for the King by the way, ād disguysed him self with
〈◊〉
vpon his face.
39 And when the King came by, he cryed vnto the King, and said,By this parable he maketh Ahab condemne him selfe who made a couenant with Gods enemie, & let him escape, whome God had appointed to be slaine. Thy seruant went into the middes of the battel and beholde there went away a man, whome (another) man broght vnto me, and said Kepe this man if he be lost and want, thy life shal go for his, orels thou shalt paye a talent of siluer.
40 And as thy seruant had here and there to do he was gone: & the King of Israél said vnto him, So shal thy iudgement be: thou hast giuen sentence.
41 And he hasted, and toke the asshes away from his sace: and the King of Israel knew him that he was of the Prophetes.
42 And he said vnto him, Thus saith the Lord * Because thou hast let go out of (thine)Chap. 22. 38. hands a mā whome I appointed to dye thy life shal go for his life, and thy people for his people.
43 And the King of Israél went to his house heauy and in displeasure, and came toOr, Shomeron. Sa maria.
CHAP. XXI.
8 Iezébel commandeth to kil Nabóth for the vineyard. that refused to sel to Ahab. 19
〈◊〉
reproueth
〈◊〉
, and he
〈◊〉
.
1 AOr, at this time Fter these things Nabóth that Izreeli te had a vineyarde in Izreél, hard by the place of Aháb King of Samaria.
2 And Aháb spake vnto Nabóth, saying,Thogh Ahabs
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
condemned by the holy Spirit,
〈◊〉
he was not sor gorous that he wold take frō ano her man his right without ful recompence Giue me thy vineyarde, that I may make me a garden of herbers thereof, because it is nere by mine house: and I wil giue thee for it a better vineyarde then it is (or) if it please thee, I wil giue thee the worthe of it in money.
3 And Naboth said to Aháb, The Lord kepe me from giuing the inheritance of my fathers vnto thee.
4 Then Aháb came into his house heauy and in displeasure, because of the word which Naboth the Izreelite had spoken vnto him for he had said, I wil not giue thee the inheritance of my fathers, and he layThus the wicked consider not what is iust and lauful, but fret inwardely, when they can not haue their in
〈◊〉
appetites satisfied vpon his bed and turned his face and wolde eat no bread.
5 Then Iezébel his wife came to him & said vnto him, Why is thy spirit so sad that thou
〈◊〉
no bread?
6 And he said vnto her, Because I spake vnto him, Giue me thy vineyarde for money, or if it please the, I wil giue thee (another) vineyarde for it, but he answered, I wil not giue thee my vineyarde.
7 Then Iezébel his wife said vnto him,As thogh she said thou knowest not what it is to reigne Comman de, &
〈◊〉
not. Doest thou now gouerne the kingdome of Israél? vp, eat bread, andEbr. let
〈◊〉
heart be mery. be of good chere, I wil giue thee the vineyard of Naboth the Izreelite.
8 ¶ So she wrote letters in Ahábs name, & sealed them with his seale: and sent the let ters vnto the Elders, & to the nobles that were in his citie dwelling with Nabōth.
9 And she wrote in the letters, saying, Proclaime a d fast: and set Nabōth among the
chief of the people.
10 And set two wicked men before him, and let thē witnes against him, saying, Thou didest blaspheme God and the King: then cary him out, & stone him that he may dye
11 And the e men of his citie (euen) the Elders and gouernours, which dwelt in his citie,Thus the worldelings con trary to Gods cō mandemēt, who willeth not to cō sent to the sheding of innocent blood, obey rather the wicked commandements of princes thē the iust Lawes of God, did as Iezébel had sent vnto them as it was written in the letters, which she had sent vnto them.
12 They proclaimed a fast, and set Nabóth among the chief of the people.
13 And there came two wicked men and sate before him: and the wicked mē witnessed against Nabóth in the presence of the peo ple, saying, Nabóth didEbr. blesse, blaspheme God, and the King. Then they caryed him away out of the citie, and stoned him with stones, that he dyed.
14 Then they sent to Iezébel, saying, Nabóth is stoned and is dead.
15 ¶ And when Iezébel heard that Nabóth was stoned and was dead, Iezébel said to Aháb,This example of monstreouscrueltie the holy Gost
〈◊〉
to vs to the intēt that we shulde abhorre all tyrannie, and specially in them, whome nature & kinde shulde mouero be
〈◊〉
and inclined to mercie. Vp (and) take possession of the vineyard of Nabóth the Izreelite, which he refused to giue thee for money: for Nabóth is not aliue, but is dead.
16 And when Aháb heard that Nabôth was dead he rose to go downe to the vineyard of Nabōth the Izreelite, to take possessiō of it.
17 ¶ And the worde of the Lord came vnto Eliiáh the Tishbite saying,
18 Arise, go downe to mete Aháb King of Israél which is in Samaria, lo (he is) in the vi neyarde of Nabóth, whether he is gone downe to take possession of it.
19 Therefore shalt thou say vnto him. Thus saith the Lord,
〈◊〉
thou thinke to haue anie aduantage by mutthering of an
〈◊〉
? Hast thou killed, and also gotten possession? And thou shalt speake vnto him, saying, Thus sayth the LordThis was fulfilled in loram his
〈◊〉
, as
〈◊〉
. Kin 9. 25 In the place where dogs licked the blood of Naboth, shal dogs lick euē thy blood also.
20 And Aháb said to Eliiáh, Hast thou founde me, ô mine enemie: And he answered, I haue founde (thee) for thou hast solde thy sel fe to worke wickednes in the sight of the Lord.
21 * Beholde, I wil bring euil vpon thee, andChap. 14. 16. wil take away thy posteritie, and wil cut
〈◊〉
. King. 9 8. of from Aháb him that * pisseth against the
〈◊〉
. Sam. 25. 22.
Chap. 14. 10. wall, aswel him that is * shut vp, as him that is left in Israél.
22 And I wil make thine house like the houseChap. 15. 29. of * Ieroboám the sonne of Nebár, and likeChap. 16.
〈◊〉
. the house of * Baashá the sonne of Ahiiáh. for the prouocatiō where with thou hast prouoked, and made Israél to sinne.
23 And also of Iezéebe, spake the Lord, saying * The dogs shal eat Iezébel,Or, forteresse, or possession. by the walla. kin. 9 33. of Izreél.
24 The dods shal eat him of Ahabs (stocke) that dyeth in the citie: and him that dyeth in the fields, shal the foules of the ayre eat
25 But there was none like Aháb, who didBy the wicked counsel of his wife, he became vile idolater and crud murtherer, as one that gaue him selfe wholly to serue sinne. sell him selfe, to worke wickednes in the sight of the Lord whome Iezébel his with prouoked.
26 For he did exceding abominably did following idoles, according to all that the Ammorites did whome the Lord cast out before the children of Israél.
27 Now when Aháb heard those wordes, he rent his clothes and put sacke cloth vponEbr. his
〈◊〉
. him and fasted and lay in sackeloth and wentIn token of mourning or, as some read
〈◊〉
foted. softely.
28 And the worde of the Lord came to Eliiáh the Tishbite saying.
29 Seest thou how Aháb is humbled before me? because he submitteth him selfe before me, I wil not bring that euil in his dayes (but) in hisMeaning, in
〈◊〉
tarns time, sonnes dayes will bring euil vpon his house.2 kin. 9. 26.
CHAP. XXII.
2 Iehoshaphāt and Aháb fight against the King of Syria.
〈◊〉
Michaiah sheweth the King what shalbe the successe of their entreprinse 24 Zeadiiah the false prophet smiteth him. 34 Ahab is slaine. 40 Ahazia his sonne succedeth. 41 The reigne of Iehoshaphat. 51 and Ioram his sonne.2 Chro.
〈◊〉
. 1.
1 ANd * they cōtinuedBenhadad the king of Syria and Ahab made a peace,
〈◊〉
indured
〈◊〉
yeres thre yere without warre betwene Arám and Israél.
2 And in the third yere did Iehoshaphát the King of IudáhTo se and visite him. come downe to the King of Israél.
3 [Then the king of Israél said vnto his seruants, Knowe ye not thatThe kings of Sy ria kept
〈◊〉
before this league was made by Bē
hadah: therefore he thoghtnot him selfe boūle there by to restore it. Ramóth Gileád was ours? and we staye, & take it not out of the hand of the King of Arám?]
4 And he said vnto Iehoshaphát, Wilt thou go with me to battel against Ramóth Gileád? And Iehoshaphat said vnto the King of Israél,I am ready to ioyne and go with thee, and all mine is at thy cō
mandement. I am as thou art, my people as thy people and mine horses as thine horses.
5 Then Iehoshaphát said vnto the King of Israél,He semed that he wolde not go to the warre, except God approued it, yet when Michah counseled the contrarie wolde not obey. Aske counsel, I pray thee, of the Lord to day.
6 Then the King of Israél gathered theMeaning, the false prophetes. which were
〈◊〉
rers & serued for lucre, whome
〈◊〉
had assembled & kept after the
〈◊〉
of those whome Elias flewe. Prophetes vpon a foure hundreth men, and said vnto them, Shal I go against Ramoth Gileád to battel, or shal I let it alone? And they said, Go vp: for the Lord shal deliuer it into the hands of the King.
7 And Iehoshaphát said, Is there here neuer a Prophet of theIehoshaphat did not, acknow ledge the false Prophetes to be Gods ministers but did
〈◊〉
them. Lord more, that we might in quire of him.
8 And the King of Israél said vnto Iehoshaphát, There is yet one man [Micháiah the sonne of Imláh] by whome we may aske counsel of the Lord, butVVhereby we se that thewicked can not abide to heare the trueth
〈◊〉
hate the
〈◊〉
of God & moleste them. I hate him: for he doeth not prophecie good vnto me but euil. And Iehoshaphát said, Let not the King say so.
9 Then the King of Israél called anRead Gen. 3 7. 36. Eunuche, and said. Call quickely Micháiah the sonne of Imláh.
10 And the King of Israél and Iehoshaphát the King of Iudáh sate ether (of them)
〈◊〉
his throne in theirIn their kinglie apparel. apparel in the voyde
place at the entring in of the gate of Samaria, and all the Prophetes prophecīed before them.
11 And Zidkiiáh the sonne of Chenaanáh ma de himThe true prophe tes of God were accustomed to vsesignes for the confirmacion of their doct. ine. hornes of yron, & said, Thus sayth the Lord, With these shalt thou push the Aramites, vntil thou hast consumed them.
12 And all the Prophetes prophecied so, saying, Go vp to Ramoth Gileád, and pros per: for the Lord shal deliuer it into theIsa. 20, 2. Iere 7. 2. Kings hand.VVhere in the false Prophetes did imitate thē, thinking thereby to make their doctrine more commendable.
13 ¶ And the messenger that was gone to call Michálah spake vnto him, saying, Behold now, the wordes of the Prophetes (declare) good vnto the King withEbr. mouthe.
This is the cō
mune argument of the wicked, who thinke that none shulde speake against a thing, if the greater parte approue it be they neuer so vngodlie. one accorde: let thy worde therefore, I pray thee be like the worde of one of thē, & speake thou good.
14 And Micháiah said, As the Lord liueth, what soeuer the Lord sayth vnto me: that wil I speake.
15 ¶ So he came to the King, and the King said vnto him, Micháiah, shal we go agaīst Ramoth Gilead to battel, or shal we leaue of? And he answered him,He speaketh this in derision, because the king attributed so
〈◊〉
to the false prophetes, meaning that by experiēce he shulde trye that thei were but flatters. Go vp, and pro sper: and the Lord shal deliuer it into the hand of the King.
16 And the King said vnto him, How oft shal I charge thee, that thou tel me nothing but that which is true in the Name of the Lord.
17 Then he said, I sawe all Israél scatred vpon the mountaines as shepe that had no shepherd. And the Lord said,It is better thei returne home, thē to be punished &
〈◊〉
, because thei take warre in hand without Gods counsel and approbacion. These haue no master, let euery mā returne vnto his house in peace.
18 [And the King of Israel said vnto Iehosha phar, Did I not tel thee, that he wolde pro phecie no good vnto me, but euil?]
19 Againe he said. Heare thou therefore the worde of the Lord, I sawe the Lord sit on his throne, and all themeaning, his Angels. hoste of heauē stode about him on his right hand and on his left hand.
20 And the Lord said, Who shalOr, persuade & deceiue. entise Aháb that he may go and fall at Ramóth Gilead And one said on this maner: and another said on that maner.
21 Then there came forthe a spirit, &Here wese that thogh the deuil he euer readie to bring vs
〈◊〉
destru ction, yet he hathe no further power then God giueth him. stode before the Lord, and said, I wil entise him. And the Lord said vnto him, Where with?
22 And he said, I wil go out, and be aI wil cause all his prophetes to
〈◊〉
. false spi rit in the mouthe of all his prophetes. Thē he said. Thou shalt entise him, & shalt also preuaile: go forthe, and do so.
23 Now therefore beholde, the Lord hathe put a lying spirit in the mouthe of all the2. Chro. 18. 23. se thy prophetes, and the Lord hathe appointed euil against thee.
24 Then
〈◊〉
the sonne of Chenaanáh came nere & smote Micháiah on the chek and said, *Thus the wicked wolde seme that none were in the fauour of God, but they, & that God hathe
〈◊〉
uen his graces to none so muche as to them. When went the Spirit of the Lord from me, to speake vnto thee?
25 And Micháiah said, Beholde, thou shalt se in that day, when thou shalt go from chā
ber to chamber to hide thee.
26 And the King of Israel said, Take Micháiah and cary him vnto Amon the gouern our of the citie, and vnto Ioásh the Kings sōne
27 And say, thus sayth the King, Put this mā in the prison house, & fede him withLet him hepyned away
〈◊〉
hungre and
〈◊〉
ied with a small portion of bread and
〈◊〉
. bread of affliction, and with water of affliction, vntil I returne in peace.
28 And Micháiah said, If thou returne in pea ce, the Lord hathe not spok en by me. And he said,That when ye shal se these things come to passe, ye may giue God the
〈◊〉
& knowe that I am his true prophet. Hearken all ye people.
29 So the King of Israél and Iehoshaph át the King of Iudáh wēt vp to Ramôth Gileáe.
30 And the King of Israél said to Iehoshaphát I wil change mine apparel, and wil entre into the battel, but put thou on thine apparel. And the King of Israél changed him selfe, and went into the battel.
31 And the King of Aram commāded his two and thirtie captaines ouer his charrets, saying, Fight nether with smal, nor great, saue onely against the King of Israel.
32 And when the captaines of the charets sa we Iehoshaphát they said, Surely it is the King of Israél, and they turned to fight against him and IohoshaphátThat is, to the Lord for helpe. cryed.
33 And when the captaines of the charets sawe that was not the King of Israél, they turned backe from him.
34 Then a (certeine) man drue a boweOr in his
〈◊〉
and ignorantly. mightely and smote the King of Israél betwene the ioyntesEbr.
〈◊〉
betwe ne the brig ādine. of his brigandine, Wherefore he said vnto his charet man, Turne thine hand and cary me out of the hoste: for I amEbr. sicke. hurt.
35 And the battell encreased that day, & theTo
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
king
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. King stode stil in his charet against the Aramites, and dyed at euen: and the blood ran out of the wounde into the middes of the charet.
36 And there went a proclamation through our theO the
〈◊〉
. hoste about the going downe of the sunne, saying, Euery man to his
〈◊〉
, & euery man to his owne countrei.
37 So the King dyed, and was broght to Samaria, & they buried the King in Samaria.
38 And one washed the charet in the poole of Samaria and the doggs licked vp his blood [&Or the
〈◊〉
washed it. they washed his armour (accordīg) *vnto the worde of the Lord which he spake.Chap. 21. 19.
39 Concerning the rest of the actes of Aháb and all that he did, and the yuorie house, which he buylt, and all the cities that he buylt, are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Israél?
40 So Aháb slept with his fathers, and Ahaziáh his sonne reigned in his steade.
41 ¶* And Iehoshaphat the sonne of Asábe2. Chro. 20. 31. gan to reigne vpon Iudáh in the fourth yere of Ahàb King of Israél.
42 Iehoshaphát was fiue and thirtie yere olde when he began to reigne, and reigned fiue and twentie yere in Ierusalém. And his mo thers name was Azubáh the daughter of
Shilhi.
43 And he walked in all the wayes of Asá his father, and declined not there from, but did that which was right in the eyes of the Lord NeuerthelesMeaning that he was led with an error, thinking that they might
〈◊〉
sacrifice to the Lord in those pla ces, as wel as hei did before the Tē ple was buylt. the hie places were not taken away: (for) the people offred stil and burnt in cense in the hie places.
44 And Iehoshaphát made peace with the King of Israél.
45 Concerning the rest of the actes of Iohosha phát, and his worthie de des that he did, and his battels which he foght, are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Iudáh?
46 And the Sodomites, which remained in the dayes of his father Asá, he put cleane out of the land.
47 There was then no King in Edōm: theIn the time of this king Idumea was subiect to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
& was gouer ned, by whome
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
appointed. deputie (was) King.
48 Iehoshaphāt made shippes ofBy
〈◊〉
the Scripture mea neth
〈◊〉
& all the Sea called Me
〈◊〉
errancum. Tharshish to saile toIosephus writeth that
〈◊〉
is in
〈◊〉
, where the
〈◊〉
& Arabiēs
〈◊〉
for golde. Ophir for golde, but they wēt not, for the shippes were broken at Eziôn Gáber
49 Then said Ahaziáh the sonne of Aháb vnto Iehoshaphát, Let my seruants go with thy seruants in the shippes. But Iehoshaphát wolde not.
50 And Iehoshaphát did slepe with his fathers and was buryed with his fathers in the citie of Dauid his father and Iehorám his sonne reigned in his steade.
51 ¶ Ahaziáh the sonne of Aháb began to reigue ouer Israél in Samaria, the seuententh yere of Iehoshaphát King of Iudáh, and reigned two yeres ouer Israél.
52 But he did euil in the sight of the Lord, and walked in the way of his father, and in the way of his mother, and in the way of Ieroboám the sonne of Nebár, which made Israél to sinne.
53 For he serued Báal and worshipped him, and prouoked the Lord God of Israél vnto"Cr, in all pointes as his father did. wrath, according vnto all that his father had done.
THE SECONDE BOKE of the Kings.
THE ARGVMENT.
THis seconde boke conteineth the actes of the Kings of Iudah and Isiaél: to wit, of Israél, from the death of Ahab vnto the last King Hoshéa, who was imprisonned by the King of Assyria, and his
〈◊〉
, Samaria taken, and then ten tribes by the iuste plague of God for their idolatrie and disobedience to God led
〈◊〉
captiuitie. And also of Iudah, frō the reigne of Iehoram sonne of Iehoshaphat vnto Zedechia who for contemning the
〈◊〉
cōmandement by his Prophetes & negle cting his sundry
〈◊〉
by famine & other meanes was taken by his enemies, sawe his sonnes moste cruelly slaine be fore his face, & his owne eyes put out, as the Lord had declared to him besore by his Prophet
〈◊〉
: and also by the iuste vengeance of God for contempt of his worde Ierusalém was destroyed the Temple burnt, and he and all his people were led
〈◊〉
captiues into Babylon. In this boke are notable examples of
〈◊〉
fauour towardes those rulers and people which obey his Propheres and
〈◊〉
his worde: and contrary wise of his plagues towardes those commune weales which neglect his ministers and do not obey his commandements.
CHAP. I.
〈◊〉
Ahaziah by a fall falleth sicke & consulteth with Baalzebúb 3 He is reproued by Eliiah. 10 The
〈◊〉
ouer fiftie were sent to Eliiah wherof two were burnt with fire from heauen by his prayer. 17 Ahaziah dyeth, and Ieho ram his brother succedeth him.
1 THē Moáb rebelled against
〈◊〉
after the death of Aháb:
2 AndSo that he was punished for his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
two
〈◊〉
: for the Moabites, which
〈◊〉
to pay him
〈◊〉
, rebelled, ād he fel downe at a great which was vpō his house to giue
〈◊〉
; Ahaziáh fel through the lattesse windowe in his vpper chamber which was in Samaria: so he was sicke: thē he sent
〈◊〉
, to whome he said, Go, (and) enquire ofThe
〈◊〉
, which dwelt at Ekron, worship ped this idole, which signifieth the god of flies, thinking that he colde preserue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the biting of
〈◊〉
: or els he was so called, because flies were
〈◊〉
ingreat
〈◊〉
of the blood of the
〈◊〉
that were offred to that idole. Baal-zebub the god of Ekrōn, if I shal recouer of this my disease.
3 Then the Angel of the Lord said to Eliiáh the Tishbite, Arise, (and) go vp to mete the messengers of the King of Samaria, and saye vnto thē,He sheweth that idolaters haue not the true God for els they wold seke to none but to him alone. Is it not because there is no God in Israél, that ye go to inquire of Baal-zebúb the god of Ekron?
4 Wherefore thus sayth the Lord, Thou shalt not come downe frō the bed on which thou art gone vp but shalt dye the death. So Eliiáh departed.
5 And the messengers retourned vnto him, to whome he said, Why are ye now returned?
6 And they answered him, There came a man and met vs, and said vnto vs, (Go, and) retur ne vnto the King which sent you, and say vn to him, Thus sayth the Lords,Ignorance is the mother of er ror and idolatrie Is it not because there is no God in Israél, that thou sen dest to enquire of Baal-zebúb the God of Ekrō? Therefore thou shalt not come downe frō the bed, on which thou art gone vp, but shalt dye the death.
7 And he said vnto them, What maner of man was he which came and met you, and tolde you these wordes?
8 And they said vnto him, He was anSome thinke that this is ment of his garments whiche were tough and made of
〈◊〉
. heerie man, and girded with a girdle of lether about his loynes. Then said he, It is Eliiáh the Tishbite.
9 Therefore (the King) sent vnto him a captaine ouer fiftie with his fifty (men,) who went vp vnto him: (for) beholde, he sate on the top peTo wit, Carmel of a mountaine, and he said vnto him, O man of God, the King hathe commanded (that) thou come downe.
10 But Eliiáh answered, and said to the captaine ouer the fiftie, If that I be a man of God, let fyre come downe from the heauen, and deuo ure thee and thy fyftie,He declareth what power Gods worde hath in the mouthe of his seruants, whē they threaten Gods iudgemēts against the wicked. So fyre came
downe from the heauen and deuoured him and his fiftie.
11 Againe also he sent vnto him another captaine ouerfiftie, with his fifty. Who spake, and said vnto him,He spake this in mockery, and therefore prouoked Gods wrath so muche the more. O man of God, thus the King commandeth, Come downe quickly.
12 But Eliiáh answered and said vnto them,Meaning, that God wolde shewe by effect whether he was a true Pro phet or not. If I be a man of God, let fyre come downe frō the heauen, and deuoure thee and thy fiftie. So fyre came downe from the heauen, and deuoured him and his fiftie.
13 ¶ Yet againe he sent the third captaine ouer fifty with his fifty. And the third captaine ouer fifty wēt vp and came, & fel on his knees before Eliiáh, and besoght him, & said vnto him, O man of God, I pray thee, let myWhich humble my selfe before God & his seruāt life and the life of these thy fifty seruantes be That is, spare my life & let me not dye as the other two. precious in thy sight.
14 Beholde, there came fyre downe from the heauen and deuoured the two former captai nes ouer fifty with their fifties: therefore let my life now be precious in thy sight.
15 And the Angel of the Lord said vnto 'Eliiáh, Go downe with him, beThus the Lord giueth boldenes to his that they feare not the threatnings of ty rants, whiche otherwise of them selues are afraide to do Gods message. not afrayd of his presence. So he arose, and went downe with him vnto the King.
16 And he said vnto him, Thus saith the Lord, Because thou hast sent messengers to inquire of Baal-zebúb the God of Ekrōn, [was it not because there was no God in Israél to inquire of his worde] therefore thou shalt not come downe of the bed, on which thou art gone vp but shalt dye the death.
17 So he dyed according to the worde of the Lord which Eliiáh had spoken. AndIehoshaphát going to battel against the Syriās, made his sonne Iehorám king in the 17 yere of his reigne: and in the 18 yere,
〈◊〉
was the seconde yere of his sonne
〈◊〉
the sonne of
〈◊〉
reigned in
〈◊〉
: & in the
〈◊〉
the yere of this Iehorám Iehoshap
〈◊〉
& the kingdome of Iudáh was con
〈◊〉
to his son ne. Iehorám begā to reigne in his steade, in the secon de yere of Iehorám the sōne of Iehoshaphát King of Iudáh, because he had no sonne.
18 Concerning the rest of the actes of Ahaziáh that he did,
〈◊〉
thei not written in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Israél?
CHAP. II.
8 Eliiáh deuideth the waters with his cloke 11 He is taken vp into heauen. 13 Elisha taketh his cloke & deuideth
〈◊〉
dén. 20 The bitter & venemous waters are healed. 23 The children that mocke
〈◊〉
, are rent in pieces with beares
1 ANd whē the Lord wolde take vp Eliiáh into heauē by a whirle wind, Eliiáh wēt with Elishá fromWhich was that place where the
〈◊〉
of Israél were
〈◊〉
after they came ouer Iordén and had
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
veres in
〈◊〉
wil
〈◊〉
, as
〈◊〉
. 5, 9 Gilgál.
2 Then Eliiáh said to Elishá, Tary here, I pray thee: for the Lord hath e sent me to Beth-él. But Elishá said, As the Lord liueth, & as thy soule liueth, I wil not leaue thee. So they came downe to Beth-él.
3 And theSo called because they are be gotten as it were a newe by the heauēlie doctrine children of the Prophetes that were at Beth-él, came out to Elishá, and said vnto him, Knowest thou that the Lord wil take thy master frō
That is, from being any more thine head, for to be as the head, is to be the master, as to be at the fete is to be a
〈◊〉
. thine head this day? And he said, Yea, IFor the Lord had reueiled it vnto him. knowe it: hold ye your peace
4 Againe Eliiáh said vnto him, Elishá, tary here I pray thee: for the Lord hathe sent me to Ierichō. But he said, As the Lord liueth, and as thy soule liueth, I wil not leaue thee. So thei came to Ierichō.
5 And the childrē of the Prophetes that were atNot onely at Bethél, but at Iericho and other places were there Prophetes which had scholars, whome they instructed & broght vp in the true feate of God. Ierichō, came to Elishá, & said vnto him, Knowest thou, that the Lord wil take thy master from thine head this day? And he said, Yea, I knowe it: holde ye your peace.
6 Moreouer Eliiáh said vnto him, Tary, I pray thee, here: for the Lord hathe sent me to Iordén. But he said, As the Lord liueth, & as thy soule liueth, I wil not leaue thee. So they went bothe (together.)
7 And fiftie men of the sonnes of the Prophetes went and stode on the other side afarre of and thei two stode by Iordén.
8 Then Eliiáh toke his cloke, and wrapt it together, and smote theTo wit, of Iordén. waters, and they were deuided hether and thether, and thei twaine went ouer on the drye land.
9 Now when thei were passed ouer, Eliiáh said vnto Elishá, Aske what I shal do for thee before I be taken from thee. And Elishá said I pray thee, Let thy SpiritLet thy Spirit haue double force in me, because of these dangerous times: or let me haue twise so muche as the rest of the Prophetes: or thy spirit
〈◊〉
deuided into thre partes,
〈◊〉
me haue two. be double vpon me.
10 And he said, Thou hast askest an hard thing (yet) if thou se me when I am taken from thee, thou shalt haue it so: and if not, it shal not be.
11 And as thei went walking and talking, beholde, there (appeared) a charet of fyre, and horses of fyre, and did separate them twaine * So Eliiah went vp by a whyrle winde intoEccles. 48, 13.
Thus God hath left a testimonie in all ages bothe before the Lawe & in the time of the Gospel of resurrection. heauen.1. Mac 2, 58.
12 And Elishá sawe it, and he cryed, My father, my father, the charet of Israél, and the horsemen thereof: and he sawe him no more: and he toke his (owne) clothes, and rent them in two pieces.
13 ¶ He toke vp also the cloke of Eliiāh that fel from him, and returned, and stode by the banke of Iordén.
14 After, he toke the cloke of Eliiáh, that fel from him, and smote the waters, and said, Where is the Lord God of Eliiáh, and he him selfe? Againe also he smote the waters, and thei were separated this waye and that waye and Elisha went ouer.
15 And when the children of the Prophetes, whiche were at Ierichó, sawe him on the otherside, they said,The Spirit of prophecie is giuē to him, as it was to Eliiáh. The Spirit of Eliiáh doeth rest on Elishá: and they came to mete him, & fel to the grounde before him.
16 And said vnto him, Beholde now, there be with thy seruants fiftie strong men: let them go, we pray thee, and seke thyMeaning, Eliiáh: for thy thoght his
〈◊〉
had bene cast in some mountaine master, if so be the Spirit of the Lord hathe taken him vp, and cast him vpon some mountaine, or into some valley. But he said,Because the fact was extraordina rie, thei douted where he was become, but
〈◊〉
was assured that he was takē vp to God. Ye shal not send.
17 Yet they were instant vpon him, til he was ashamed: wherefore he said, Send. So thei
〈◊〉
fiftie mē, which soght thre daies, but founde him not.
18 Therefore thei returned to him, [for he taried at Ierichó] and he said vnto them, Did not I say vnto you, Go not?
19 ¶ And the men of the citie said vnto Elishá,
Beholde, we pray thee: the situacion of this citie is pleasant, as thou, my lord, seest, but the water (is) noght, and the groundeOr, killeth the inhabitants. baren
20 Then he said, Bring me a newe cruse, & put salt therein. And they broght it to him.
21 And he went vnto the spring of the waters, and cast thereThus God gaue him power, euen
〈◊〉
to nature to make that water profitable for mans vse, which before was hurt ful. the salt, and said, Thus saith the Lord, I haue healed this water: death shal no more come thereof, nether barennes (to the grounde.)
22 So the waters were healed vntil this day, according to the word of Elishá which he had spoken.
23 ¶ And he went vp from thēce vnto Beth-él. And as he was going vp the waye, litle children came out of the citie, and mocked him, and said vnto him, Come vp, thou balde head come vp, thou balde head.
24 And he turned backe, and loked on them andPerceiuing their malicious heart against the Lord and his worde, he desireth God to take vengeāce of that
〈◊〉
done vnto him. cursed them in the Name of the Lord. And two beares came out of the forest, and tare in pieces two and fourtie children of them.
25 So he went from thence to mount Carmél, and from thence he returned to Samaria.
CHAP. III.
1 The reigne of Iehorám. 6 He and Iehoshaphát go to warre against Moáb, which rebelled. 13 Elishá reproueth him, 17 And giueth their hoste water 24 The Moabites are ouercome. 27 Their King sacrificeth his sonne.
1 NOw Iehorám the sonne of Aháb began to reigne ouer Israél in Samaria, theRead the annotacion in the
〈◊〉
. Chap. & 17. verse. eightēth yere of Iehoshap hát King of Iudah and reigned twelue yeres.
2 And he wroght euil in the sight of the Lord, but not like his father nor like his mother: for he toke away the image of Báal that his father had made.
3 Neuertheles, he cleaued vntoHe sacrificed to the goldē calues, that Ieroboám had made. the sinnes of Ieroboám, the sonne of Nebát, which made Israél to sinne, (and) departed not there from
4 ¶ ThenThis was done after that Dauid had made the Mo abites tributaries to his successers. Meshá King of Moáb had store of shepe, and rendred vnto the King of Israél an hundreth thousand lambes, and an hundreth thousand rams with the woll.
5 But whē Aháb was deade, the King of Moáb rebelled against the King of Israél.
6 Therefore King Iehorám went out of Samaria the same season, and nombred all Israél,
7 And went, and sent to Iehoshaphát King of Iudáh, saying, The King of Moáb hathe rebelled against me: wilt thou go with me to battel against Moáb? And he answered, I wil go vp: (for)Read
〈◊〉
, king. 22 4. I am, as thou art, my people, as thy people, (and) mine horses as thine horses
8 Then said he, What way shal we go vp? And he answered, The way of the wildernes of Edóm.
9 ¶ So went the King of Israél and the King of Iudáh, and theMeaning, the Viceroy or Lieutenāt of the king of Iudáh, read 1. king. 22, 48. King of Edóm, and when they had compassed the way seuē daies, they had no water for the hoste, nor for the cattel thatEbr. that were at their fete. followed them.
10 Therefore the King of Israél said, Alas, that the Lord hathe called these thre Kings, to giue them into the hand of Moáb.
11 But Iehoshaphát said, Is there not here a Pro phet of the Lord, that we may inquire of the Lord by him? And one of the Kings of Israels seruāts answered, & said, Here is Elishá the sōne of Shaphát, whichThat is, who was his seruant. powred water on the hands of Eliiáh.
12 Then Iehoshaphát said,He is able to in struct vs what is Gods wil in this point. The worde of the Lord is with him. Therefore the King of Israél, and Iehoshaphát, & the King of Edóm went downe to him.
13 And Elishá said vnto the King of Israél,He knewe that this wicked king wolde haue but vsed his coūsel to serue his turne, & therefore he disdained to answer him. What haue I to do with thee? Get thee to the Prophetes of thy father and to the Prophetes of thy mother. And the King of Israél said vnto him.The wicked este me not the seruants of God, but whē they are driuen by very necessitie and feare of the present dā ger. Naye: for the Lord hathe cal led these thre Kings, to giue them into the hand of Moáb.
14 Thé Elishá said, As the Lord of hostes liueth in whose sight I stand, if it were not, that I regarde the presence of Iehoshaphát the King of Iudáh, I woldeGod suffreth his worde to be declared to the wic ked, because of the godlie that are among them. not haue loked towarde thee, nor sene thee.
15 But now bring me a minstrel. And when the minstrelHe singeth sōgs to gods glori, & so stirred vp the Pro phetes heart to prophecie. played, the hand of the Lord came vpon him.
16 And he said, Thus said the Lord, Make this valley ful of dyches.
17 For thus saith the Lord, Ye shal nether se winde not se raine, yet the valley shal be filled with water, that ye may drinke, (bothe) ye and your cattel, and your beastes.
18 But this is aHe wil not onely miraculous ly giue you waters, but your ene mies also into your hand. small thing in the sight of the Lord: for he wil giue Moáb into your hand.
19 And ye shal smite euerie strong towne and euerie chief citie, and shal fel euerie fayre tre and shal stop all the fountaines of water; andThogh God be stowe his benefites for a time vpō his enemies yet he hathe his seasons, when he wil take them away, to the iutēt thei might se his vengeāce, which is prepared against them. marre euerie, good field with stones.
20 And in the morning when the meat offring was offred, behold, there came water by the way of Edóm: and the countrey was filled with water.
21 And when all the Moabites heard that the Kings were come vp to fight against them, thei gathered all that was ableEbr. to
〈◊〉
him selfe with a girdle. to put on harnes, and vp warde, and stode in (their) border.
22 And thei rose early in the morning, when the sunne arose vpon the water; and the Moabites sawe the water ouer against them; as red as blood.
23 And thei said,The
〈◊〉
ioye of the wicked is but a preparacion to their destructiō, which is at hand. This is blood: the Kings are surely slayne, and one hathe smiten another: now therefore, Moáb, to the spoile.
24 And when thei came to the hoste of Israél, the Israelites arose vp, and smote the Moabi tes, so that thei fled before them, but theyMeaning, they followed them in to the townes. inuade them, and smote Moáb.
25 And they destroyed the cities: and on all the good field euerie mā cast his stone, and filled them, and thei stopte all the fountaines of water, and felled all the good trees: onely inWhich was one of the principal cities of the Móabites, wherein they left nothing but the walles. Kiz-haráseth left they the stones thereof: how beit thei went about it with shings, and smote it.
26 And when the King of Moáb sawe that the battel was to sore for him, he toke with him seuen hundreth men that drewe the sworde to breake through vnto the King of Edōm: but thei colde not.
27 Then he toke his eldest sonne, that shulde haue reigned in his steade, &Some referre it to the King of Edoms sonne, whome they say he had taken in that
〈◊〉
, but rather it semed to be his owne sonne, whome he offred to his gods to pacifie them, which barbarous crueltie moued the Israelites hearts of pitie to departe. offred him for a burnt offring vpon the wall: so that Israél was sore grieued, and thei departed frō him, and returned to their countrey.
CHAP. IIII.
4 God increaseth the
〈◊〉
to the poore widowe by Elishá. 12
〈◊〉
obteineth for the Shunamite a sonne at Gods hād 28 who dying.
〈◊〉
He raiseth him vp againe. 40 He maketh
〈◊〉
the pottage, 42 And
〈◊〉
the loaues.
1 ANd one of the wiuesRead Chap. 2,
〈◊〉
. of the sonnes of the Prophetes cryed vnto Elisha, saying, Thy seruant mine
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
is dead, and thou knowest that thy
〈◊〉
didAnd therefore fel not into
〈◊〉
by
〈◊〉
or prodigalitie, but by the hand of the Lord. feare the Lord and the creditoutBecause I am poore and not able to pay. come to take my two sonnes to be his
〈◊〉
.
2 Then
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vnto her, What shal I do for thee? tel
〈◊〉
hast thou at home. And she said,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Thus God
〈◊〉
his many times to be broght to
〈◊〉
necessitie, before he succo, thē that afterwarde they may the more praise his mercie. hathe nothing at home, saue a
〈◊〉
of oyle.
3 And he said, Go, and borowe thee vessels, abroade of all thy neighbours, empty evessels (and) spare not.
4 And when thou art come in thou shalt shut the dore vpon thee and vpon thy sonnes, & powre out intoThe Prophet de clareth hereby vnto her, that God neuer faileth to prouide for his seruants, their wiues & children if they trust in him. al those vessels and set aside those that are ful.
5 So she departed from him, and shut the dore vpon her, and vpon her sonnes. And they broght to her, and she powred
〈◊〉
.
6 And when the vessels were ful, she said vnto her sonne, Bring me yet a vessel. And he said vnto her, There is no movessels And the oyleTo augment & increase in the vessels. ceased.
7 Then she came and tolde the man of God. And he said, Go, (and) sel the oyle, and pay thē that thou art in det vnto, and liue thou and thy children of theGod here did not onely prouide for his seruant that his ders shulde he payed, & so kept his doctrine and profession without slander, but also for his wife and children. rest.
8 ¶ And on a time Elishá came to Shunen, and there a woman of great (estimation) cōstrained him to eat bread: and as he passed by, he turned in thether to eat bread.
9 And she said vnto her housband, Beholde, I knowe now, that this is an holie mā of God that passeth by vs continually.
10 Let vs makeVVhich shulde be separate from the rest of the house, that he might more cō
modiously giue him selfe to study and prayers. him a
〈◊〉
chāber, I pray thee with walles, and let vs set him there a bed and a table and a stole, and a candlesticke, that he may turne in thether when he commeth to vs.
11 ¶ And on a day, he came thether and turned into the chamber, and laye therein,
12 And said to Gehazi his seruāt, Call this Shu nammite: and when he called her, she stode before him.
13 Then he said vnto him, Say vnto her now, Beholde, thou hast had all this great care for vs,Thus the seruants of God are not vnthankful fór the benefites they receyue. what shal we do for thee? Is there anie thing to be spokē for thee to the King or to the captaine of the hoste? And she answered II am
〈◊〉
with that that God hathe sent me, and can wāt nothing that one cā do for another dwel among mine owne people.
14 Againe he said, What is then to be done for her? Thē Gehazi answered, In dede she hathWhich then was a reproche and therefore he wold that his master shulde pray to God for here that she might be fruteful. no sonne, and her housband is olde.
15 Then said he, Call her. And he called her, and she
〈◊〉
in the dore.
16 And he said, * At this time appointed, according to the time of life, thou shalt embrace a sonne. And she said, Oh my lord, thou man of God, do not lye vnto thine handmaid.
17 So the woman conceiued, and bare a sonneGen. 18, 10. at that same season, according to the time of life, that Elishá had said vnto her.
18 ¶ And when the childe was growen, it fel on a day, that he went out to his father, (and) to the reapers.
19 And he said to his father,His headaked sore, and therefore he cryed thus. Mine head, mine head. Who said to (his) seruant, Beare him to his mother.
20 And he toke him and broght him to his mo ther, and he sate on her knees til noone, and dyed.
21 Then she went vp, and layed him on the bed of the man of God, and shut (the dore) vpon him, and went out.
22 ¶ Then she called to her housband, and said Send with me, I pray thee, one of the yong mē, and one of the asses: for I wil haste to the man of God, and come againe.
23 And he said, Wherefore wilt thou go to him to day? (it is) netherFor at
〈◊〉
times
〈◊〉
people were wonte to resorte to the Pro phetes for doctri nt and,
〈◊〉
. newe moone nor Sabbath day. And she answered,Ebr. peace. All shalbe wel.
24 Then she sadled an asse, and said to her seruāt, Dryue, and go forwarde: stay not for me to get vp, except I bid thee.
25 ¶ So she went, and came vnto the man of God to mount Carmél. And when the man of God saw herOr, farte of. ouer against him, he said to Gehazi his seruant, Beholde, the Shunammite.
26 Runne now, I say, to mete her, and say vnto her, Art thou in helthe? is thine housband in helthe? (&) is the childe in helthe? And shean swered, We are in helthe.
27 And when she came to the man of God vnto the mountaine, sheIn token of hu militie and ioy that she had
〈◊〉
with him. caught him by his fete: and Gehazi went to her, to thrust her away: but the man of God said, Let her alone for her soule isEbr. her soule is in bitternes. vexed within her, and the Lord hathe
〈◊〉
it frō me, and hathe not tolde it me.
28 Thē she said, Did I desire a sonne of my lord? did I not say? Disceiue me not.
29 Then he said to Gehazi, Girde thy loynes, and take my staffe in thine hand, and go thy way:Make suche spede that nothīg may let thee in the way, Luk. 10, 4. if thou mete anie, salute him not: and if anie salute thee, answer him not: and lay my staffe vpon the face of the childe.
30 And the mother of the childe said, As the Lord liueth, and as thy soule liueth, I wil not leaue thee. Therefore he arose, and followed her.
31 But Gehazi was gone before them, and had layed the staffe vpō the face of the child, but
he nether spake nor heard: wherefore he returned to mete hym and tolde hym, saying, The childe is not waken.
32 ¶ Then came Elisha into the house, and beholde, the childe was dead, and layed vpon his bed.
33 He went in therfore, and shut the dore vpon them twaine, and prayed vnto the Lord.
34 After he went vp, andThe lyke did Eliiah to the widowes sonne at Sarepta. 1. King. 17. 21. and S. Paul. Act, 20. to signifying care that ought to be in them,
〈◊〉
: beare the worde of God and are distributers of the spiritual life. lay vpon the childe, and put his mouthe on his mouthe, and his eyes vpon hys eyes, and hys hands vpon his hands, and stretched him selfe vpon him, and the fleshe of the childe waxed warme.
35 And he went (from him,) and walked vp ād downe in the house, and went vp and spred him selfe vpon him: then the childe neesedMeanynge, oftentimes. seuen times, and opened his eyes.
36 Then he called Gehazi, and sayd, Call thys Shunammite. So he called her, whiche came in vnto hym. And he sayd vnto her, Take thy sonne.
37 And she came, and fel at his fete, and bowed her selfeto the grounde, and toke vp her sonne, and went out.
38 Afterwarde Elisha returned to Gilgal, and a famine (was) in theThat is, in the lande of Israel. land, and the children of the Prophetes dwelt with hym, And he sayd vnto hys seruaunt, Set on the great pot, and seethe pottage for the children of the Prophetes.
39 And one went out into the fielde, to gather herbes, ād founde, (as it were,) a wilde vine, and gathered thereofVVhiche the
〈◊〉
call
〈◊〉
, ād is most vehemēt and daungerous in purgyng. wilde gourdes hys garmentfull, and came and shred them into the pot of pottage: for they knewe it not.
40 So they powred out for the men to eat: and when they did eat of the pottage, they cried out, and said, Othou man of GodThey feared that they were poysoned, becau se of the bitterres. death (is) in the pot: and they colde not eat (thereof.)
41 Then he said, Bryng meale. And he caste it into the pot, and said, Powre out forthe peo ple, that they maye eat: and there was none euil in the pot.
42 ¶ Then came a man from Baal-shalisha, and broght the man of God bread of the first fru tes, (euen) twentie loaues of barly, and full eares of corne in the huske. And he said, Giue vnto the people, that they may eat.
43 And his seruant answered, Howe shulde I set this before an hundreth men? He sayd agayne, Giue it vnto the people that they may eat: for thus sayth the Lord, They shall eat, and thereIt is not the
〈◊〉
of bread that sarissieth, but the blessing that God giueth. shal
〈◊〉
.
44 So he set it before them, and they did eat, and left ouer, accordynge to the worde of the Lorde.
CHAP. V.
1 Naamán the Syrian is healed of his leprosie. 16 Elisha refuseth his gifts. 27 Gehazi is striken with leprosie, becau se he toke money, and rayment of Naaman.
1 NOwe was there one Naaman captaine of the hoste of the Kynge of Aram, a greate man, and honorable in the sight of his Lord, because that by hym the Lorde hadHere appeareth that among the insideles GOD hath his and also that the infideles haue them in esti mation, whiche do good to their countrey. deliuered the Aramites. He also was a mightie man (and) valiant, (but) a lepre.
2 And the Aramites had gone out by bandes, and had taken a litle maide of the land of
〈◊〉
, and she
〈◊〉
. she was before. serued Naamans wife.
3 And she said vnto her masters, Wolde GOD my Lorde (were) with theMeanynge,
〈◊〉
ha. Prophete that is in Samaria, he wolde soone
〈◊〉
hym of his leprosie.
4 AndThat is, Naamā tolde it to the king of Syria. he went in, and tolde hys Lorde, saying, Thus and thus sayd the mayd that is of the land of Israél.
5 And the King of Aram said, Go thy way thether, and I will send a letter vnto the King of Israél. And he departed, andTo giue this as a
〈◊〉
to the Prophet. toke
〈◊〉
in his hād with him ten talents of siluer, and six thousand (pre ces) of golde, and ten change ofraiments.
6 And broght the letter to the Kynge of Israél to this effect, Now when this letter is come vnto thee, vnderstande, that I haue sent thee Naaman my seruant, that thou may est heale him of his leprosie.
7 And when the King of Israél had red the letter, he rent his clothes, and said, Am I God, to kill and to giue life, that he doeth send to me, that I shulde heale a man from his lepro sie? wherefore considre, I praye you, and se how he sek eth a quarel against me.
8 But when Elisha the man of God had heard that the King of Israél had rent his clothes, he sent vnto the King, saying,The Propher re
〈◊〉
the king because he dyd not consider that God was true in his
〈◊〉
and therefore wolde not leaue
〈◊〉
Church
〈◊〉
of a Prophete, whose prayers he wolde heare, and to whome other shulde haue recourse for comforte. Wherefore haste thou rent thy clothes? Let hym come no we to me, and he shall knowe, that there is a Prophetin Israél.
9 ¶ Then Naaman came with his horses, and with his charets, and stode at the dore of the house of Elishá.
10 And Elisha sent a messenger vnto hym, saying, Go and wash thee in lordén seuen times, and thy flesh shal come againe to thee, and thou shalt be cleansed.
11 But Naaman wasMans reason
〈◊〉
, whē it cōsidereth one ly the signes and
〈◊〉
things and hathe not re garde to the worde of God,
〈◊〉
is there conteined. wroth and went awaye, and said, Beholde, I thoght with my selfe, He will surely come out, and stand, and call on the Name of the Lorde hys God and put his hand on the place, and heale the leprosie.
12 Are not Abanáh and Pharpar, riuers of Damascus, better then all the waters of Israél? maye I not washe me in them, and be cleansed? So he turned, and departed in displeasure.
13 But his seruants came, and spake vnto him, and said,This declareth that seruauntes
〈◊〉
to reuerē
ce and loue their masters as childrē their fathers, and like wise ma sters towarde their
〈◊〉
must be affectioned as towarde their children. Father, (if) the Prophete had commanded thee a great thing, woldest thou not haue it? howe muche rather then, when he saith to thee, Wash, and be cleane?
14 Then went he downe, and * washed hym selfe seuen times in Iordén, accordyng to the saying of the man of God: and hys fleshe came agayne, lyke vnto the fleshe of a litle childe, and he was cleane.
15 ¶ And he turned againe to the man of God,Luke. 4. 27. he, and all his companie, and came and stode before hym and sayd, Beholde, now I knowe that (there is) no GOD in all the worlde but in Israél: nowe therefore, I pray thee, takeEbr. blessing. a
rewarde of thy seruant.
16 But he sayde, As the Lorde lyueth [before whome I stande] I will not receiue it. And he wolde haue constrained hym to receiue it,So the Lord cō mandeth that they that receiue f eely shuld giue also freely. but refused.
17 Moreouer Naaman said. Shall there not be giuen to thy seruant two mules loade of this earth? for thy seruaunt wil hence forthe offer nether burnt sacrifice, nor
〈◊〉
vnto anie other God, saue vnto the Lord.
18 Herein the Lorde beHe feleth hys
〈◊〉
woū
ded in being pre sent atidoles ser uice, ād therfore
〈◊〉
God to forgiue him, lest others by his example might fall to
〈◊〉
: for as for his owne part he
〈◊〉
that he will neuer serue anye, but the true God merciful vnto thy seruaunt, that when my master goeth into the house of Rimmōn, to worship there, and lea neth on mine hande, and I bowe my selfe in the house of Rimmón: when I do bowe down, (I saye,) in the house of Rimmón, the LORDE be mercyfull vnto thy seruaunt in this point.
19 Vnto whome he sayd,The prophete did not approue his act,
〈◊〉
after the cōmune maner of
〈◊〉
, he biddeth him fare well. Go in peace. So he departed from him about halfe a dayes Iour ney of grounde.
20 And Gehazi the seruant of Elisha the man of God said, Beholde, my master hathe spared thys Aramite Naaman, receyuynge not those things at his hande that he broght: as the Lord liueth, I will run after him, and take some what of him.
21 So Gehazi followed spedely after Naaman. And when Naamán sawe him running after hym,Declaring therby what honour and
〈◊〉
he bare to the Prophet his master. he lyght downe frome the charet to mete him, and said, Is all wel?
22 And he answered, All is wel: my master hath sent me, saying, Beholde, there become to me, euen nowe frome mounte Ephraim two yong men of the children of the Prophetes: giue them, I praye thee, a talent of siluer, and two change of garments.
23 And Naaman said, Yea, take two talents: and he compelled hym, and bounde two talents of siluer in two bags, with two change of gar ments, ād gaue them vnto two of his seruats, that they might beare them before him.
24 And when he came toOr,
〈◊〉
, or,
〈◊〉
ets place. the to wre, he toke them out of their handes, and layed them in the house, and sent away the men:Naamans seruanies. and they departed.
25 ¶ Then he went'in, and stode before his ma ster. And Elisha said vnto him, Whence (commest thou,) Gehazi? And he said, Thy seruant went no whether.
16 But he said vnto him,VVas not I pre sent with thee in spirit. Went not mine heart (wyth thee) when the man turned agayne from his charet to mete thee? Is this a tyme to take money, and to receiue garments,That is, money to by possessions with: meanyng, that it, is
〈◊〉
ble in the seruants of God to haue couetous mindes. ād oliues, and vine yardes, and shepe, and oxen, and men seruants, and maid seruant?
27 The leprosie therefore of Naamán shall cleaue vnto thee, andTo be an exam ple to al suche, as by whose
〈◊〉
GODS worde might be
〈◊〉
. to thy sede for euer. And he went out frome hys presence a lepre (white) as snowe.
CHAP. VI.
6 Elisha maketh yron to swimme
〈◊〉
the water. 8 He discloseth the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
counsell to the King of Israél. 13 Who
〈◊〉
certeine to take
〈◊〉
, were kepte fast in Samaria. 24 Samaria is besieged and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
famine.
1 ANd the childrē of the Prophets said vnto Elisha, Beholde, we praye thee, the place where we dwel with thee, is to litle for vs.
2 Let vs now go to Iordén, that we may take thence euerie man aOr a piece of woode sit to buylde with. beame, and make vs a place to dwel in. And he answered, Go.
3 And one sayd, vouchesafe, I praye thee, to go with thy seruaunts. And he aunswered, I wil go.
4 So he went with them, and when they came to Iordén, they cut downe wood.
5 And as one was felling of a tre, theOr, the
〈◊〉
head. yron fel into the water: then he cryed, and said, Alas master, it was but borowed.
6 And the man of God said, Where fel it? And he shewed him the place. Then he cut down (a piece) of wood, and castin thether, and he caused the yron toGod wroght this
〈◊〉
usly to
〈◊〉
me the
〈◊〉
of Elisha,
〈◊〉
whom he had giuen suche abūdance of his
〈◊〉
. swimme.
7 Then he said, Take it vp to thee. And he stret ched out his hand, and toke it.
8 Then the Kyng of Aram warred agaynst Israél and toke counsel with his seruants, and said, InMeaning, that he wolde lye in ambus he & take the
〈◊〉
at
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. suche and suche a place (shal be) my campe.
9 Therefore the man of GOD sent vnto the Kyng of Israél, saying, Beware thou go not ouer to suche a place: for there the Aramites are come downe.
10 So the King of Israél sent to the place whiche the man of God tolde hym, and warned
〈◊〉
of, andThe wicked cō spire
〈◊〉
so
〈◊〉
, but God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
it
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
and cause their counsel to
〈◊〉
disclosed. saued hym selfe frome thence, not once, nor twise.
11 And the hearte of the Kynge of Aram was troubled for this thyng: therefore he called his seruants and said vnto them, Will ye not shewe me, whiche of vs (be wrayeth our coū sell) to the King of Israél?
12 Then one of his seruauntes sayd, None, my Lorde, ô King, but Elisha the Prophet that is in Israél, telleth the Kynge of Israél, (euen) the wordes that thou speakest in theThere is
〈◊〉
so secrete that thou
〈◊〉
go about, bu he knoweth
〈◊〉
, ād
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. vn to his King. priuie chamber.
13 And he said, Go, and espie where he is, that I may send and fetch him. And one told him, saying, Beholde, (he is) in Dothan.
14 ¶ So he sent the ther horses, and charets, ād aThoght
〈◊〉
had bene nothing in mans
〈◊〉
to haue takē Elisha, yet
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ked euer doute and
〈◊〉
they a e neuer able to prepare power ynough, thogh it be but against one, or a
〈◊〉
. mightie hoste: and they came by night, ād compassed the citie.
15 And when the seruaunt of the man of God arose early to go out, beholde, an hoste compassed the citie wyth horses and charets. Then his seruant said vnto him, Alas master, how shal we do?
16 And he aunswered,For he was assured of
〈◊〉
helpe, and that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
camped aboute
〈◊〉
godlie to
〈◊〉
them. Feare not: for they that be with vs, are mo then they that be with them.
17 Then Elisha prayed, and sayd, Lorde, I beseche thee, open his eyes,That he maye beholde
〈◊〉
thou hast prepared and
〈◊〉
to rescue vs. that he maie see. And the Lorde opened the eyes of the seruant, and he loked, and beholde, the mountaine was full of horses and charets of fyre round about Elisha.
18 SoMeaning, the
〈◊〉
riās his enemies, whyche came downe, thinking them selues
〈◊〉
of hym. they came downe to hym, but Elishá prayed vnto the Lorde, and said, Smite this people, I pray thee, with blindenes. And he
thē with blindenes, according to the worde of Elishá.
19 And Elishá said vnto them, This is not the way, nether is this the citie: followe me, and I wil lead you to the mā whome ye seke. But heThus he did being led by the Spirit of God and not because he soght his owne reuengance, but onely
〈◊〉
forthe the
〈◊〉
of God led them to Samaria.
20 And when they were come to Samaria, Elishá said, Lord, open their eyes that they may se. And the Lord opened their eyes, and they sawe, and beholde, (they were) in the middes of Samaria.
21 And the King of Israél said vnto Elishá whē he sawe them,The wicked vse
〈◊〉
& graue wordes to wordes the seruants of God, when they thinke to haue
〈◊〉
cōmoditie by them, thogh in their heart they
〈◊〉
them. My father, shal I smite them, shall smite them?
22 And he answered, Thou shalt not smite thē do est thou not smite them that thou hast taken with thy sworde, & with thy bowe? (but) set bread and water before them, that they may eat and drinke and go to their master.
23 And he made great preparacion for thē: and when they had eaten and droken, he sent thē away: and they went to their master. So the bands of Arám cameFor this
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and the
〈◊〉
wroght by the Prophet, did more preuaile for commune
〈◊〉
, then if they had bene ouercomein battel for they returned no more at that time to
〈◊〉
against Israél,
〈◊〉
in that Kings daves. no more into the land of Israél.
24 But afterwarde Ben-hadád King of Arám gathered all his hoste, and wēt vp, & besieged Samaria.
25 So there was a great famine in Samaria: for lo, they besieged it vntil an asses head was at foure score (pieces) of siluer, and the fourth parte of a kab of doouesThe
〈◊〉
write, that they burned it in the siege for lacke of wood. doung at fiue (pie ces) of siluer.
26 And as the King of Israél was going vpon the wall, there cryed a woman vnto him, say ing, Helpe, my lord, ô King.
27 And he said, (Seing) the Lord doeth not succourthee, how shulde I helpe thee with the Meaning, a nie kinde of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
cotne & wine, &c. barne, or with the wine presse?
28 Also the King said vnto her, What aileth thee And she answered, This woman said vnto me Giue thy sonne, that we may eat him to day, and we wil eat my sonne tomorowe.
29 * So we sod my sonne, and did eat him: andDeut. 26, 57. I said to her the day after, Giue thy sonne, that we may eat him, but she hathe hid her sonne.
30 And when the King had heard the wordes of the woman, he rent his clothes, [and as he went vpon the wall, the people loked, and beholde, he had sacke clothOr, vnder his clothes. withinThus
〈◊〉
, when they fele Gods
〈◊〉
, thinke to please him
〈◊〉
ceremo
〈◊〉
, whome in
〈◊〉
they wil not knowe vpon his flesh]
31 And he said, God do so to me and more also if the head of Elishá the sonne of Shaphát shal stand on him this day.
32 [Now Elishá sate in his house, and the Elders sate with him] And (the King) sent a man before him: (but) before the messenger came to him, he said to the Elders, Se ye not how thisMeaning, Ieho
〈◊〉
Achabs son ne who killed the Prophetes & caused Naboth to bestoned. murtherers sonne hathe sent to take away mine head? take hede when the messen ger commeth, (and) shut the dore, and hādle him roughly at the dore: is not the sound of his masters fete behind him?
33 While he yet talked with them, beholde, the messenger came downe vnto him, and said, Beholde, this euil commeth of the Lord: So the weked fall
〈◊〉
a rage & desperation, if they finde not so deine remedy against their
〈◊〉
. shulde I attend on the Lord any longer?
CHAP. VII.
1 Elishā prophecieth plentie of vitaile and other things to Samaria. 6 The Syrians runne away and haue no man following them. 17 The prince that wolde not beleue the worde of Elisha is troden to death.
1 THen Elishá said, Heareye the worde of the Lord: thus saith the Lord,The godlie are euer
〈◊〉
of Gods helpe in their necessities, but the
〈◊〉
& houres are onely reueled by Gods Spirit. Tomorowe this time a measure of fine floure (shalbe) solde for a shekel, and two measures of barly for a shekel in the gate of Samaria.
2 Then a prince, on whose hand the KingTo whome the King gaue the charge and ouer fight of
〈◊〉
, as
〈◊〉
. 17. lea ned, answered the man of God, and said, Thogh the Lord wolde makeHe
〈◊〉
ocketh at the
〈◊〉
wordes, saying that if God
〈◊〉
downe
〈◊〉
. from
〈◊〉
that this colde
〈◊〉
co me to
〈◊〉
. windowes in the heauen, colde this thing come to passe? And he said, Beholde, thou shalt se it with thine eyes, but thou shalt notThy inside
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, when thou shalt se
〈◊〉
miracle and yet not be partaker the
〈◊〉
. eat thereof.
3 Now there were foure leprouse men at the For it was cō
manded in the Lawe that they slulde dwel a parte and not among there brethren, Leui.
〈◊〉
46. entring in of the gate: and they said one to another, Why sit we here vntil we dye?
4 If we say, We wil entre into the citie, the famine is in the citie, and we shal dye there: ād
〈◊〉
we sit here, wedye also. Now therefore come, and let vs fall into the campe of the Aramites: if thei saue our liues, we shal liue: and if they kil vs, we are but dead.
5 So they
〈◊〉
vp in the twilight, to go to the campe of the Aramites: and when thei were come to the vtmoste parte of the campe of the Aramites, lo, there was no man there.
6 For the Lord had caused the campe of the Aramites to heare aThus God
〈◊〉
not great preparation to destroy the wicked, thogh
〈◊〉
be neuer so many for he can
〈◊〉
them with a sma le noise or shaking of a leafe. noise of charets and a noise of horses, (and) a noise of a great armie so that they said one to another, Beholde, the King of
〈◊〉
hathe hired against vs the Kings of the Hittites, and the Kings of the Egyptians to come vpon vs.
7 Wherefore they arose, & fled in the twilight and left their tentes and their horses, & their
〈◊〉
, (euen) the campe as it was, and
〈◊〉
wicked nede no greater
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
their owne conscience to
〈◊〉
them. fled for their
〈◊〉
.
8 And when these lepers came to the vtmost part of the campe, they entred into one tent, and did eat and drinke, and caried thence siluer and golde, and raiment, and went and hid it: after they returned, and entred into another tent, and caried thence (also,) and went, and hid it.
9 Then said one to another, We do not wel: this day is a day of good tidings, and we holde our peace, if we tary til day light, someOr, we shalbe punished for our faute. mischief wil come vpon vs. Now therefore come, let vs go, and tel the Kings housholde.
10 So they came, and called vnto the porters of the citie, and tolde thē, saying, We came to the campe of the Aramites, and lo, there was no man there, nether voyce of man, but horses tyed and asses tyed: and the tētes (are) they were.
11 And the porters cryed and declared to the Kings house within.
12 Then the King arose in the night, and said vnto his seruants,He
〈◊〉
the Prophetes wordes, and ther fore colde beleue nothing, as thei which are more
〈◊〉
thē godlie
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
more perils then nedeth. I wil shewe you now,
what the Aramites haue done vnto vs. They knowe that we are asfamished, therefore they are gone out of the campe to hide them selues in the field, saying, When thei come out of the citie, we shal catche them aliue, and get into the citie.
13 And one of his seruants answered, and said, Let men take now fiue of the horses that remaine, and are left in the (citie,) [beholde, they are euen as all theThere are no more left, but thei, or the rest are consumed with the
〈◊〉
as the rest of the people. multitude of Israél that are left therein: beholde, (I say,) they are as the multitude of the Israelites that are cosumed] and we wil send to se.
14 So they tokeOr, two horses of the charet, which were accu
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
drawe in the
〈◊〉
. two charets of horses, and the King sent after the hoste of the Aramites, saying, Go and se.
15 And they went after them vnto Iordén, and lo, all the way was ful of clothes and vessels which the Aramites had cast from them in their haste and the messengers returned, and tolde the King.
16 Then the people went out and spoiled the campe of the Aramites: so a measure of fine floure was at a shekel, and two
〈◊〉
of barly at a shekelWhich he spake by the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. 1. according to the worde of the Lord.
17 And the King gaue the prince [on whose hand he leaned] the charge of the gate, & the peopleAs the people preased out of the gate
〈◊〉
runne to the Syrians
〈◊〉
where they had heard was meat, and great spoile
〈◊〉
. trode vpon him in the gate, and he dyed, as the mā of God had said, which spake it, when the King came downe to him.
18 And it came to passe, as the man of God had spoken to the King, saying, Two measures of barly at a shek el & a
〈◊〉
of fine floure shalbe at a shek el, tomorowe about this time in the gate of Samaria.
19 But the prince had answered the mā of God and said, Thogh the Lord wolde make windowes in the heauē, colde
〈◊〉
come so to passe? And he said, Beholde, thou shalt se it with thine eyes, but thou shalt not eat thereof.
20 And so it came vnto him: for the people trode vpon him in the gate, and he dyed.
CHAP. VIII.
1
〈◊〉
prophecieth vnto the Shunammire the dearth of seuen yere. 12 He
〈◊〉
to Hazaél that he shalbe King of Syria
〈◊〉
Hereigneth after
〈◊〉
16 Iehorā reigneth ouer Iudah. 20 Edóm falleth from Iudah. Oho ziah succedeth
〈◊〉
.
1 THen spake Elishá vnto the womā, * whoseChap. 4,
〈◊〉
. sonne he had restored to life, saying, Vp, and go, thou, and thine house, and soiourne where thouVVhere
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
a commodious place to dwel, where as
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. canst soiourne: for the Lord hathe called for a famine, and it cōmeth
〈◊〉
vpon the land seuen yeres.
2 And the womā arose, and did after the saying of the man of God, and went bothe she and her housholde and soiourned in the land of the Philistims seuen yeres.
3 ¶ And at the seuen yeres end, the woman returned out of the land of the Philistims and went outThat is to complaine on th m which had taken her possessions whiles she was
〈◊〉
. to call vpō the King for her house and for her land.
4 And the King talked with Gehazi the seruant of the man of God, saying, Tel me, I praye thee, all the great actes, that Elishá hathe done.
5 And as he toldeGods wonder ful prouidence appeareth in this that
〈◊〉
caused the king to be de sirous to heare of him, whome before
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ned, and also he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
an
〈◊〉
to the poure widowes sure. the King, how he had restored one dead to life, beholde, the woman, whose sonne he had raised to life, called vpō the King for her house and for her land. Thē Gehazi said, My lord, ô King, this is the woman, and this is her sonne, whome Elishá restored to life.
6 And when the King asked the woman, she tolde him: so the King appointed her an Eunuche, saying, Restore thou all that are hers, and all theThe king caused that to be iuslely restored which was wrongfully l. olden from her. frutes of (her) Iádes since the day she left the land, euen vntil this time.
7 ¶Then Elishá came to Damascus, and Benhadád the King of Arám was sicke, and one tolde him, saying, The man of God is come hether.
8 And the King said vnto Hazaél, Take a present in thine hand, and go mete the man of GOD, that thou maiest inquire of the Lord by him, saying, Shal I recouer of this disease?
9 ¶ So Hazaél went to mete him, and toke the present in his hand, & of euerieOf all the chief est and precious things of the countrey. good thing of Damascus, (euen) the burden of fourty ca mels, and came and stode before him, and said, Thy sonne Ben-hadád King of Arám ha the sent me to thee, saying, Shal I recouer of this disease?
10 And Elishá said to him, Go, (and) say vnto him, Thou shaltMeaning that he shulde recouer of this disease:
〈◊〉
he knewe that this messenger Hazael shul de
〈◊〉
him to obteine the king dome. recouer: howbeit the Lord
〈◊〉
snewed me, that he shal surely dye.
11 And he loked vpon him sted fastely til (Hazaél) was ashamed, and the man of GOD wept.
12 And Hazaél said, Why wepeth my lord? And he answered, Because I knowe the euil that thou shalt do vnto the children of Israél: (for) their strong citie s shalt thou set on fyre, and their yong men shalt thou slay with the sworde, and shalt dashe their infants (against the stones,) and rent in pieces their women with childe.
13 Then Hazaél said, What? is thy seruant aThat I shulde be
〈◊〉
al
〈◊〉
& pitie. dog, that I shulde do this great thing? And Elishá answered, The Lord hathe shewed me, that thou shalt be King of Arám.
14 ¶So he departed from Elishá, and came to his master, who said to him, What said Elishá to thee? And he answered, He tolde me that thou shuldest recouer.
15 And on the morow he toke a thicke cloth and dipt it in water, andVnder
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
or ease him, he slyffed him with this
〈◊〉
. spread it on his face, and he dyed: and Hazaél reigned in his steade.
16 ¶ * Now in the fifte yere of Iorám the sonne of Aháb King of Israél, and of Iehoshaphát King of Iudáh,Read Chap. 1. 17. Iehorám the sonne of Iehoshaphát KING of Iudáh beganHe was confir med in his king dome after his fathers death, to reigne.
17 He was two and thirtie yere olde, when he began to reigne: and he reigned eight yere in Ierusalém.
18 And he walked in the wayes of the Kings
of Israél, as did the house of Aháb: for theThe holy Gost sheweth hereby what danger it is to ioyne with infideles. daughter of Aháb was his wife, and he did euil in the sight of the Lord.
19 Yet the Lord wolde not destroy Iudáh, for Dauid his seruants sake, * as he had promised him to giue him a light (and) to his children2. Sam. 7. 13. for euer.
20 ¶In those dayes EdómWhich had bene subiect frō Dauids time vntil this time of Iehorám. rebelled from vnder the hand of Iudáh, and made a King ouer them selues.
21 Therefore Iorám went to Zair, and all his charets with him, and he arose by night, and smote the Edomites which were about him with the captaines of the charets, and the people fled into their tentes.
22 So Edóm rebelled from vnder the hand of Iudáh vnto this day, thenThis was a citie in Iudáh giuē to the Leuites, Ios h.
〈◊〉
. and af ter turned from King Iehorám be cause of his
〈◊〉
. Libnáh rebelled at that same time.
23 Cōcerning the rest of the actes of Iorám & all that he did, are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kingof Iudáh?
24 And Iorám
〈◊〉
with his fathers, and was buryed with his fathers in the citie of Dauid. And * Ahaziáh his sonne reigned in his2. Chro. 22. 1. steade.
25 ¶In the twelft yere of Ioràm the sonne of Aháb King of Israél did Ahaziáh the sonne of Iehorám King of Iudáh begin to reigne.
26 Which is to be vnderstand, thathe was made King, when his father reigned, but after his fathers death he was
〈◊〉
King, whē he was fourtie two yere olde, as 2. Chro. 22. 2. Two and twentie yere olde was Ahaziáh whē he begā to reigne, & he reigned one yere in Ierusalém, & his mothers name (was) Athaliáh the daughter of Omri King of Israél.
27 And he walked in the way of the house of Aháb, and did euil in the sight of the Lord like the house of Aháb: for he was the sonne in lawe of the house of Aháb.
28 And he wēt with Iorám the sonne of Aháb to warre against Hazaél King of Arám inWhich was
〈◊〉
in the tribe of Gad beyon del ordén. Ramóh Gileád, & the Aramites smote Iorā.
29 And King Iorám returned to be healed inThis is a citie belonging to the tribe of
〈◊〉
. Izreél of the wounds which the Aramites had giuen him at Ramáh, when he foght against Hazaél King of Arám And Ahaziáh the sonne of Iehorám King of Iudah went downe to se Iorám the sonne of Aháb in Izreél, because he was sicke.
CHAP. IX.
6 Iehú is made King of Israél. 24 And killeth Iehorám the King thereof, 27 And Ahaziah, otherwise called Ochozias the King of
〈◊〉
. 33 And causeth Iezebel to be cast downe out of a window, and the dogs did eat her.
1 THen Elishá the Prophet called one of the children of the Prophetes, and said vnto him, *Prepare thy sel fe to go
〈◊〉
aboutthy busines for in those coun treis they vsed long garments, which they tucked vp, when they went about earnest busines. Girdeth y loynes and take this boxe1. Kin. 19. 27 of oyle in thine hand, ād get thee to Ramóth Gileád.
2 And when thou cōmest thether, loke where (is)Iehú the sonne of Ieho shaphát, the sonne of Nimshi, and go, and make him arise vp from among his brethren, and lead himEbr. from cham ber to chamber. to a secret chamber.
3 Then take the boxe of oyle, and powre it on his head, and say, Thus sayeth the Lord, I haue anointed thee for King ouer Israél, thē open the dore, & flee without anie tarying.
4 So the seruant of the Prophet gate him to Ramóth Gileád.
5 And when he came in, beholde, the captaines of the armie were sitting. And he said, I haue a message to thee, ô captaine. And Iehú said, Vnto which of all vs? And he answered, To thee, ô captaine.
6 And he arose, and went into the house, and he powred the oyle on his head, and said vnto him, Thus saith the Lord God of Israél, I haueThis annointing was for Kings,
〈◊〉
& Propheteswhich were all figures of Messiáh, in whome these thre offices were accomplished. anointed thee (for) King ouer the peo ple of the Lord, (euen) ouer Israél.
7 And thou shalt smite the house of Aháb thy master, that I may auenge the blood of my seruants the Prophetes, and the blood of all the seruants of the Lord * of the hand of Iezébel.1. King. 25. 21.
8 For the whole house of Aháb shalbe destroyed:1. Kin 14 10. & 21. 21. and * I wil cut of from Aháb, him that maketh water against the wal, aswel him that1. King. 14. 10. and 21. 30. is shut vp, as him that is left in Israél.1. King. 16. 3.
9 And I wil make the house of Aháb like the house * of Ieroboám the sonne of Nebát, and like the house * of Baashá the sonne of Ahiiáh.
10 And the dogs shal eat Iezébel in the field of Izreél, and there shalbe none to burye her. And he opened the dore, and fled.
11 ¶Then Iehú came out to theThat is, the rest of the armie, whome he called before, his brethren
〈◊〉
. 2. seruants of his lord. And (one) said vnto him, Is all well? wherefore came thisIn this estimation the worlde haue the ministers of God not withstanding for asmuche as the worlde hathe euer standered the children of God, (yea they called the sonne of God a deceiuer and said he had the deuil) therefo re they oght not to be discouraged. mad fellowe to thee? And he said vnto them, Ye knowe the man, and what his talke was.
12 And thei said, It is false, tel vs it now. Then he said, Thus and thus spake he to me, saying Thus saith thelord, I haue anointed thee for King ouer Israél.
13 Then they made haste, and toke euerie man his garment, and put it vnder him on the top of the staires, and blewe the trumpet, saying, Iehú is King.
14 So Iehú the sonne of Iehoshaphat the sonne of Nimshi conspired against Ioram [Now Ioram kept Ramoth Gileád, he and all Israél because ofhazaél King of Arám.Chap. 2.
〈◊〉
.
15 And * King Iorám returned to be healed in Izreél of the woundes, which the Aramites had giuen him, when he foght with Hazaél King of Arám] and Iehú said, If it be your mindes, let no man departe and escape out of the citie, to go and tel in Izreél.
16 So Iehú gate vp into a charet, and went to Izreél: for Iorám laye there, andGod had thus ordeined, as is red 2. Chro. 22. 7. that this wicked and
〈◊〉
King, who was more ready to gratifie wicked
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
en to obey the wil of God, shulde perish with him, by whose
〈◊〉
he thoght to haue bene stronger. Ahaziáh King of Iudáh was come downe to se Ioram.
17 And the watcheman that stode in the towre in Izreél, spyed the companie of Iehú as he came, and said, I se a companie. And Iehoram said, Take a horseman and send to mete thē, that he may say, Is it peace?
18 So there went one on horsebacke to mete him, & said, Thus saith the King, Is it peace? And Iehú said, What hast thou to do with peace?Or, followeme. turne behinde me. And the watcheman tolde, saying, The messenger came to them, but he commeth not againe.
19 Then he sent out another on horsebacke, which came to them, and said, Thus saith the King, Is it peace? And Iehú answered, What hast thou to do with peace? turne behinde me.
20 And the watchman tolde, saying, He came to them (also,) but commeth not againe, and the marching (is) like the marching of Iehú the sonne of Nimshi: for he marchethAs one that went earnestly about his enterprise. furiously.
21 ¶Then
〈◊〉
said, Make readie: and his charet was made readie. And Iehoram King of Israél and Ahaziah King of Iudah went out ether of thē in his charet against Iehú, &
〈◊〉
him in the field of Nabōth the Izréelite.
22 And when Iehoram sawe Iehú, he said, Is it peace, Iehú? And he answered, WhatMeaning that
〈◊〉
muche as God is their enemie because of their sinnes, that he wil euer
〈◊〉
vp some to reuen ge his cause. peace? the whoredomes of thy mother Iezébel, & her witch craftes (are) yet in great nōber.
23 Then Iehorám
〈◊〉
his hand, and fled, & said to Ahaziáh, O Ahaziáh, (there is) treasō.
24 But lehú toke abowe in his hand, and smote1. King.
〈◊〉
. 23. lehorám betwene the shulders, that the arowe went through his heart: and he fel downe in his charet.
25 Thē said (Iehú) to Bidkār a captaine, Take, (and) cast him in some place of the field of Naboth the
〈◊〉
: for I remember that when I & thou rode together after Aháb his father, the LordOr, spake this prophecieagainst him. layed this burdē vpō him.
26 *
〈◊〉
I haue sene yesterday the blood of
〈◊〉
, and the blood of hisBy this place it is
〈◊〉
, that Iezebel caused bothe
〈◊〉
& his sonnes to be put to death that
〈◊〉
might enioye his
〈◊〉
more quietly: forels
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
might haue claimed possession. sonnes, said the Lord, and I wil render it thee in this field, saith the Lord: now therefore take (and) cast him in the field, according to the worde of the Lord.
27 But when Ahaziáh the King of Iudáh sawe this, he fled by the way of the garden house: and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
after him, and said, Smite him also in the charet: (and thei smote him) in the going vp to
〈◊〉
, which is by Ibleám. And he fled toAfter that he was wounded in
〈◊〉
he fled to M giddo which was a citie of
〈◊〉
. Megiddo, and there dyed.
28 And his sernants caryed him in a charet to Ierusalém, and buryed him in his sepulchre with his fathers in the citie of Dauid.
29 ¶And in theThat is,
〈◊〉
whole yeres: for Chap. 8. 25. before when he said that he began to reigne
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
yere of Iorám, he taketh parte of the yere for the whole. eleuenth yere of Iorám the sonne of-Aháb, began Ahaziáh to reigne ouer Iudáh.
30 And when Iehú was come to Izreél, Iezébel heard of it, and
〈◊〉
her face, ād tired her head,Being of an hautie and
〈◊〉
nature, she wolde stil
〈◊〉
her
〈◊〉
state and dignitie. and loked out at a wyndow.
31 And as
〈◊〉
entred at the gate, she said, HadAs thogh she wolde say, Can any
〈◊〉
, or any that riseth against his superior, haue good
〈◊〉
. Zimri peace, which slewe his master?1. King 16. 10.
32 And he list vp his eyes to the windowe, and said, Who is on my side, who? Then two (or) thre of herOr, chief seruants Eunuches loked vnto him.
33 And he said, Cast her downe: and they cast her downe,This he did by the
〈◊〉
of the Spirit of God that her blood shulde be shed, that had
〈◊〉
the blood of
〈◊〉
, to be a spēctacle and example of Gods
〈◊〉
to all tyrants. and he sprinkled of her blood vpon the wall, and vpon the horses, and he trode her vnder fote.
34 And whē he was come in, he did eat & drinke, & said, visite now yonder cursed woman, and bury her: for she is aTo
〈◊〉
, of the King of zidon. Kings daughter.
35 And thei went to bury her, but thei founde no more of her then the skul and the fete, &1 King 16.
〈◊〉
. the palmes of her hands.
36 Wherefore they came againe & tolde him. And he said, This is the worde of the Lord, which he spakeEbr. by the hand of. by his seruant Eliiáh the Tishbite, saying, * In the field of Izreél shal the dogs eat the flesh of Iezébel.1. King.
〈◊〉
. 23.
37 And the carkeis of Iezébel shalbe as doung vpon the grounde in the field of Izreél, so that none shal say,Thus Gods iud gements appeare euen in this worlde against them that suppresse his worde and perse cute his seruants. This is Iezébel.
CHAP. X,
6 Iehú causeth the seuentie sonnes of Aháb to be
〈◊〉
. 13 And after that fourty and two of Ahaziahs brethren. 25 He killeth also al thepriests of Báal, 35 After his death his sonne reigneth in his steade.
1 AHáb had now seuentieThe Scripture vseth co cal them sonnes which are ether children, or nephewes. sonnes in Samaria. And Iehú wrote letters, and sent to Samaria vnto the rulers of Izreél, (and) to the Elders, and to the bringers vp of Ahabs children, to this effect,
2 Now when this letter commeth to you, [for ye haue with you your masters sonnes, ye haue with you bothe charets and horses, & a defensed citie, and armour]
3 Consider therefore which of your masters sonnes is best and moste mete, andHe wrote this to picue them
〈◊〉
thei wolde take his parte or no. set him on his fathers throne, and fight for your masters house.
4 But thei were excedingly a fraied, and said, Beholde, two Kings colde not stand before him, how shal we then stand?
5 And he that was gouernour of (Ahabs) house and he that ruled the citie, and the Elders, & the bringers vp of the children sent to Iehú, saying, We are thy seruāts, and wil do all that thou shalt byd vs: we wil make no King: do what
〈◊〉
good to thee.
6 ¶Then he wrote another letter to them, saying,
〈◊〉
ye be mine, and wil obey my voyce,God as a iuste iudge punis
〈◊〉
the wicked children of wicked parents vnto the thirde and fourt generacion. take the heades of the men (that are) your masters sonnes, and come to me to Izreél by tomorowe this time. [Now the Kings sonnes (euen) seuenty persones (were) with the great men of the citie, which broght them vp]
7 And when the letter came to them, they toke the Kings sonnes, and slewe the seuenty persones, and laied their heades in baskets, and sent them vnto him to Izreél.
8 ¶Then there came a messenger and tolde him, saying, Thei haue broght the heades of the Kings sonnes. And he said, Let them lay them on two heapes at the entring in of the gate vntil the morning.
9 And when it was day, he went out, and stode and said to all the people, Ye beYe can not
〈◊〉
stely
〈◊〉
me for the Kings death, seing ye haue done the like to his posteritie for the Lord commandedme, and moued you to execute this his iudgement. righteous: beholde, I conspired against my master, and slewe him: but who slewe all these?
10 Knowe now that there shal fall vnto the earth nothing of the worde of the Lord, which the Lord spake concerning the house of Aháb: for the Lord hathe broght to passe the things that he spakeEb, by the hand of. by his seruant * Eliiáh.
11 So Iehú slewe all that remayned of the hou1. King.
〈◊〉
. 29 se of Aháb in Izreél, and all that were great with him, and his familiars and hisMeanirg which
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
priests. priests,
so that he let none of his remaine.
12 ¶ And he arose, and departed and came to Samaria. (And) as Iehú was in the waye by an house where the shepherdes did shere,
13 He met with the brethren of Ahaziáh King of Iudáh and said, Who are ye? And thei answered, We are the brethren of Ahaziáh, and go downe to salute the children of the King and the children of the Quene.
14 And he said, Take them aliue. And thei toke them aliue, and slewe them at the well be side the house where the shepe are shorne, (euen) two and fourtie men, and heThus Gods ven geance is vpon them that haue any parte or familiaritie with the wicked left not one of them.
15 ¶ And when he was departed thence, he met with Iehonadáb the sonne of Recháb comming to mete him, and heFor he feared God and lamented the wickednes of those times therefore
〈◊〉
was glad to ioyne with him: of Recháb read.
Or, praised God for him. blessed him and said to him, Is thine heart vpright, as mine heart is toward thine? And Iehonadáb an swered, Yea, douteles. (Then) giue me thine hand. And when he had giuen him his hand he toke him vp to him into the
〈◊〉
.
16 And he said, Come with me, and se the zealeIerem.
〈◊〉
. 2. that I haue for the Lord: so they made him ryde in his charet.
17 And when he came to Samaria, he slewe all that remained vnto Ahàb in Samaria, til he had destroyed him, according to the worde of the Lord, which he spake to Eliiáh.
18 Then Iehú assembled all the people, & said vnto them, Aháb seruedHere Báal is ta
〈◊〉
for Ashteroth the idole of the zidonians,
〈◊〉
Iezebel caused to be wor shiped, as it is also so vsed. Báal a litle, (but) Iehú shal serue him muche more.
19 Now therefore call vnto me all the prophe tes of Báal, all his seruants, and all his priests, & let not a man be lack ing: for I haue a great sacrifice for Báal: who soeuer is lacking, he shal not liue. But Iehú did it by a subtilitie to1. King. 16. 32. and 22. 54. destroye the seruants of Báal.
20 And Iehú said,Ebr.
〈◊〉
. Proclaime a solemne assem blie for Báal. And thei proclaimed it.
21 So Iehú sent vnto all Israél, and all the seruants of Báal came, and there was not a man left that came not. And thei came into the house of Báal, and the house of Báal was ful from end to end.
22 Then he said vnto him that had the charge of the vestrie, Bring forthe vestements for all the seruants of Báal. And he broght thē out vestements-
23 And when Iehú went, and Iehonadáb the sonne of Recháb into the house of Báal, he said vnto the seruants of Báal, Searche diligently, and loke, lest there be here with you (any) of theThus God wolde haue his seruants preserued, and idolaters destroyed: as in his Lawe he
〈◊〉
expresse cōmandement. seruants of the Lord, but the seruants of Báal onely.
24 And when thei went in to make sacrifice & burnt offring, Iehú appointed fourescore mē without, and said, If anie of the men whome I haue broght into your hands, escape,Or, he shal dye for him. his
〈◊〉
(shalbe) for his soule.Deut.
〈◊〉
.
25 And when he had made an end of the burnt offring, Iehú said to the garde, and to the captaines, Go in, slaye them, let not a man come out. And they smote them with the edge of the sworde. And the garde, and the captaines cast them, out, and went vnto thewhich citie was nere to Samaria. citie, (where was) the temple of Báal.
26 And they broght out the images of the tem ple of Báal, and burnt them.
27 And they destroyed the image of Báal, and threwe downe the house of Báal, and made aiakes of it vnto this day.
28 So Iehú destroyed Báal out of Israél.
29 But from the sinnes of Ieroboám the sonne of Nebát which made
〈◊〉
to sinne, Iehú departed not from them, (nether from) the golden calues that were in Beth-éland that were in Dan.
30
〈◊〉
And the Lord said vnto Iehú, Because thou hast diligētly executed that which was right in mine eyes, (and) hast donevnto the house of Aháb according to all things that were in mine heart, (therefore) shal thyThus God approueth and rewardeth his zeale, in
〈◊〉
Gods iudgement albeit hiswicked nes was afterward punished. sonnes vnto the fourte (generacion) sit on the throne of Israél.
31 But Iehú regarded notto walke in the lawe of the Lord God of Israél with all his heart: (for) he departed not from the sinnes of Iero boám, which made Israél to sinne.
32 In those dayes the Lord began to lothe Israél,"Or, to cut them of. and Hazaél smote them in all the coastes of Israél,
33 From Iordén Eastwarde, (euen) all the land of Gileád, the Gadites, and the Reubenites, and them that were of Manasséh, from Aroér [which is by the riuer Arnōn] and Gileád and
〈◊〉
.
34 Concerning the rest of the actes of Iehú, and all that he did, and all his valiant dedes, are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Israél?
35 And Iehu slept with his fathers, and they bu ryed him in Samaria, and
〈◊〉
his sonne reigned in his steade.
36 And the time that Iehú reigned ouer Israél in Samaria is eight and twentie yeres.
CHAP. XI.
1 Athaliah putteth to death all the Kings sonnes, except Ioash the sonne of Ohoziah. 4 Ioash is appointed King 15
〈◊〉
causeth
〈◊〉
to be
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
He maketh a couenant
〈◊〉
God and the people. 18 Baal and2. Chro. 22.
〈◊〉
. his priests are destroyed.
1 THen * Athaliah the mother of Ahaziáh when she saw that her sonne was dead, she arose and destroyed all theMeaning all the posteritie of
〈◊〉
haphát, to whome the king dome apperteined, thus God vsed the crueltie of this woman to destroye the whole familie of Aháb. Kings sede.
2 But
〈◊〉
bathe daughter of King Iorám, (and) sister to AhaziáhThe Lord pro mised to mainteine the familie of Dauid and not to quenche the light thereof: therefore he moued the heart of Ieho shéba to preserue him. toke loásh the sonne of Ahaziàh, and stale him from amc̄g the Kings sonnes that shulde be slaine, (bothe) him and his nource, (keping thē) in the bedWhere the Priests did lye. chamber, and they hid him from Athaliah, so that he was not slaine.
3 And he was with her hid in the house of the Lord six yere: and Athaliáh did reigne ouer the land.
4 ¶ * And the seuenth yereThe chief Priest
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
hous band. Iehoiadá sent & toke the captaines
〈◊〉
hundreths, with (other) captaines and them of the garde, and2. Chro. 23. 3. caused thē to come vnto him into the house of the Lord, and made a couenant with thē, &
toke an othe of thē in the house of the Lord and shewed them the Kings sonne.
5 And he commanded them, saying, This is it that ye must do, The third parte ofOf the Leuites which had charge of the keping of the Temple & kept watche by course. you, that cometh on the Sabbath, shal
〈◊〉
none shulde come vpō them, while they were crowning the king. warde towarde the Kings house.
6 And (another) third parte in the gate ofCalled the Last
〈◊〉
of the Temple. Sur and (another) third parte in the gate behinde them of the garde: and ye shal kepe watche
〈◊〉
, that none
〈◊〉
his ordre. in the house of Massáh.
7 And two partes of you, (that is,) all thatWhose charge is ended. go out on the Sabbath day, shal kepe the watche of the house of the Lord about the King.
8 And ye shal compasse the King round about euerie man with his weapon in his hand, and whosoeuer commeth within the ranges, let him be slaine: be you with the King, as he goeth out and in.
9 ¶And the captaines of the hundreths did according to all that Iehoiadá the Priest cō
manded, and they toke euerie man his men that entred in (to their charge) on theRead
〈◊〉
. 5. and 7. Sabbath with them that went out (of it) on the Sabbath, and came to Iehoiadá the Priest.
10 To wit, Iehoiadá. And the priest gaue to the captaines of hundreths the speares and the shields that were King Dauids, and were in the house of the Lord.
11 And the garde stode, euerie man with his weapons in his hand, from the right side of the house to the left side, about the altar and about the house, round about the King.
12 Then he broght outThat is, Ioásh, which had bene kept secret six ye res. the Kings sonne, and put the crowne vpon him & (gaue him)Meaning, the
〈◊〉
of God,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his throne is
〈◊〉
. the Testimonie, and they made him King: also they anointed him, and clapt their hands, & said, God saue the King.
13 ¶ And whē Athaliáh heard the noyse of the running of the people, she came in to the people in the house of the Lord.
14 And when she loked, beholde, the King sto de by awhere the
〈◊〉
place was in the Temple. piller, as the maner was, ād the prin ces and the trumpeters by the King, and all the people of the land reioyced, & blue with trumpets. Then Athaliáh rent her clothes, & cryed, Treason treason.
15 But Ichoiadá the Priest commanded the captaines of the hundreths that had the rule of the hoste, and said vnto them, Haue her fortheOr, out of the Temple. of the ranges, & he thatTo take his parte.
〈◊〉
her, let him dye by the sworde for the Priest had said, let her not be slayne in the house of the Lord.
16 Then they layed hāds on her, & she wēt by the way, by the which the horses go to the house of the King, and there was she slaine.
17 And Iehoiadá made a couenāt betwene the Lord andThat bothe the king and the peo ple shulde main teine the true
〈◊〉
of God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
all
〈◊〉
. the King, & the people, that they shulde be the Lords people: like wise betwene theThat
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
gouerne,
〈◊〉
they obey in the feare of God. King and the people.
18 Then all the people of the land went into the house of Báal, and destroyed it with his altars, & his images brake they downe courageously, & slewe
〈◊〉
the priest of Báal before theEuen in the place where he had blasphemed God and thoght to haue
〈◊〉
by his
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
God powred his vengeance vpon him.
〈◊〉
: and theTo wit, Iehoiadá. Priest set a garde ouer the house of the Lord.
19 Then he toke the captaines of hundreths, and the (other) captaines, and the garde, and all the people of the land: and they broght the King from the house of the Lord, and ca me by the way ofthe gate of the garde to the Kings house: and he sate him downe on the throne of the Kings.
20 And all the people of the land reioyced, & the citie was in quiet,Which by
〈◊〉
crueltie and persecucion had vexed the whole land before. for they had slaine Athaliáh with the sworde beside the Kings house.
21 Seuen yere olde was Iehoásh when he began to reigne.
CHAP. XII.
6 Iehoásh maketh prouision for the repairing of the Tem ple. 16 He stayeth the King of Siria by a present from comming against Ierusalém. 20 He is killed by two of his seruants.
1 IN* the seuenth yere of Iehú Iehoásh began2
〈◊〉
. 14. to reigne, and reigned fourty yeres in Ierusalém, and his mothers name was Zibiáh of Beer-shéba.
2 And
〈◊〉
did that which was good in the sight of the Lord all his time thatSo long as
〈◊〉
giue
〈◊〉
to the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of God they
〈◊〉
. Iehoiadá the Priest taught him.
3 ButSo hard a thing it is for them,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
be broght to the perfit obe dience of God. the hie places were not taken away: for the people offred yet and burnt incense in the hie places.
4 ¶And Iehoásh said to the Priests, All the siluer of dedicate things that be broght to the house of the Lord, (that is,) the money of them that are vnder theThat is, the mo ney of redēptiō. Exod. 30.
〈◊〉
: also the money which the Priest valued the
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. 27 2, and their
〈◊〉
liberalitie. counte, the money that euerie man is set at, (and) all the money that one
〈◊〉
willingly, and bringeth into the house of the Lord,
5 Let the Priests take it to them, euerie man of his acquaintāce: and they shal repaire the brokenFor the Temple which was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
fiftie and
〈◊〉
yeres before, had many things decaied in it, bothe by the negligence
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and also by the wickednes of the idolaters. places of the house, wheresoeuer anie decaye is found.
6 ¶ Yet in the thre and twentieth yere of King Iehoásh the Priests had not minded that which was decayed in the Temple.
7 Then King Iehoásh called for Iehoiadá the Priest, and the (other) Priests, and said vnto them, Why repaire ye not the ruines of the Temple? now thereforeHe taketh from them the ordering of the money because of their
〈◊〉
. receiue nomore money of your acquaintance, excepte ye deliuer it to (repaire) the ruines of the Tēple.
8 So the Priests consented to receiue nomore money of the people, nether to repaire the decayed places of the Temple.
9 Then Iehoiadá the Priest toke a chest and bored an hole in the lid of it, and set it beside the altar, on theThat is, on the Southside. rightside, as euerie man commeth into the Temple of the Lord. And the Priests that kept theOr, vessel. dore, put there in all the money that was broght into the house of the Lord.
10 And when they sawe there was muche money in the chiest, the Kings secretary came vp and the hie Priest, and put it vp after that they had tolde the money that was founde in the house of the Lord,
11 And they gaue the money made ready into
the handes of them,For the Kynge had
〈◊〉
other which were
〈◊〉
for that purpose. that vndertoke the worke, (and) that had the ouersight of the house of the Lorde: and they payed it out to the carpenters and buylders that wroght vpon the house of the Lord.Chap. 21. 5.
12 And to the masons and hewers of stone, ād to bye tymber and hewed stone, to repaire that was decayed in the house of the Lorde, and for all that whiche was layed out for the reparacion of the Temple.
13 How beit there wasFor these men had onelye the charge of the reparacion of the Temple, and the reste of the money was broght to the King, who caused these afterwarde to be made. 2. Chron. 24. 14. not made for the house of the Lorde bowles of siluer, instruments of musike, basons, trumpets, nor anie vessels of golde, or vessels of siluer of the money that was broght into the house of the Lord.
14 But they gaue it to the workemen, whiche repaired there with the house of the Lord.
15 Moreouer, they rekened not with the men, into whose handes they deliuered that money to be bestowed on workemen: for they dealt faithfully.
16 The money of the trespasse offrynge and the money of the sinne offrynges was not broght into the house of the Lorde: (for) it was the Priests.
17 ¶ Then came vp Hazaél King of Arám, and foght agaynst Gath and toke it, and Hazaél set his face to go vp to Ierusalém.
18 And Iehoásh Kynge of Iudáh toke all theAfter the death of Iehoiada Ioash fel to idolatrie therfore god reiecteth him, ād stirreth vp hys enemie agaynste him, whome be pacified with the treasures of the Temple: for God wolde not be serued with those gifts, seing the Kings heart was wicked. hallowed things that Iehoshaphát, and Ieho rám, and Ahaziáh his fathers Kings of Iudah had dedicate, and that he himselfe had dedicated, and all the golde that was founde in the treasures of the house of the Lord and in the Kings house, and sent it to Hazaél Kynge of Aram, and he departed
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
19 Concernynge the rest of the actes of Ioash and all that he did, are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kynges of Iudáh?
20 ¶ And hys seruants arose and wroght treason, andBecause he had put zacharie the sonne of
〈◊〉
to death. 2. Chro 24. 25. slewe Ioásh in the house ofRead. 2. Sam.
〈◊〉
9. Millo, when he came downe to Sillá.
21 Euen
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. Iozachár the sonne of Shimeath, and Iehozabád the sonne of Shommér hys seruants smote him, ād he dyed: ād they buried hym with hys fathers in the citie of Dauid. And Amaziah his sonne reigned in his steade
CHAP. XIII.
3 Iehoahaz the sonne of Iehu is deliuered into the handes of the Syrians. 5 He prayeth vnto God and is deliuered
〈◊〉
Ioash hys sonne reigneth in hys steade. 24 Hazaél dyeth. 26 Elisha dyeth.
1 IN the thre and twentieth yere of Ioash the sonne of Ahaziah Kynge of Iudah, Iehoahaz the sonne of Iehu began to reigne ouer Israél in Samaria, (and he reigned) seuentene yere.
2 And he did euill in the sight of the Lord, and followed the sinnes of Ieroboam the sonne of Nebat, whiche made Israél toBy worshipping the calues, whiche
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Israel. sinne, (ād) departed not therefrom:
3 And the Lord was angry with Israél, and deliuered them into the hand of Hazaél Kyng of Aram, and into the hand of Benhadad the sonne of Hazaél, all
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
liued. (his) dayes.
4 And Iehoahaz besoght the Lorde, and the Lorde heard him: for he sawe the trouble of Israél, wherewith the Kyng of Aram troubled them.
5 [And the Lorde gaue Israél aTo wit, Ioash the sonne of Iehoahaz. deliuerer, so that they came out from vnder the subiection of the Aramites. And the childrē of IsraélSafely ād with out danger. dwelt in their tentes as
〈◊〉
. as yesterdaye and before yesterday. before time.
6 Neuertheles they departed not from the sinnes of the house of Ieroboam whiche made Israél sinne, (but) walked in them, euen theVVherein they did
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
, and which the Lord had
〈◊〉
to be destroyed. groue also remained stil in Samaria]
7 For he had left of the people to Iehoahaz but fiftie horsemen, and ten charets, and ten thousand fotemen, because the KingThat is,
〈◊〉
and Benhadad his sonne, as
〈◊〉
3. read of Hazaél Chap. 8. 12. of Aram had destroyed them, ād made them likeDeut. 16. 20. dust beaten to poudre.
8 Concernyng the rest of the actes of Iehoahaz and all that he did, and his valiant dedes, are they not writen in the boke of the Chro nicles of the Kings of Israél?
9 And Iehoahaz slept with his fathers, and they buryed him in Samaria, and Ioash his sonne reigned in his steade.
10 ¶ In the seuen and thirtieth yere of Ioash KyngHis chief purpose is to
〈◊〉
the kingdome of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
God
〈◊〉
his promes made to the house of Dauid but by the way he sheweth how
〈◊〉
was afflicted and punished for their greate
〈◊〉
who thogh they had now degene rat, yet God both by sending
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and diuers punishements did cal them vnto hym againe. of Iudah began Iehoash the sonne of Iehoahaz to reigne ouer Israél in Samaria, (and reigned) sixtene yere.
11 And did euil in the sight of the Lorde: (for) he departed not from all the sinnes of Ieroboam the sonne of Nebat that made Israél to sinne, but he walked therein.
12 Concernyng the rest of the actes of Ioash and al that he did, and his valiant dedes (and) how he foght against Amaziah King of Iudah, are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the King of Israél?
13 And Ioash slept with his fathers, and Ieroboā sate vpon his seat: and Ioash was buried in Samaria among the Kings of Israél.
14 ¶ Whē Elisha fel sicke of his sicknes, wherof he dyed, loash the Kynge of Israél came downe vnto him, and wept vpon his face, ād said,Thus they vsed to call the Prophetes and seruants of God by whome God bles sed his people, as chap. 2. 12.
〈◊〉
that by their
〈◊〉
thei did
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
theyr countrey; then by force of armes. O my father, my father, the charet of Israél, and the horsemen of the same.
15 Then Elisha sayd vnto hym, Take a bowe and arowes. And he toke vnto him bowe and arowes.
16 And he sayd to the Kyng of Israél, Put thine hand vpon the bowe. And he put his hande vpon it. And Elisha put his hands vpon the Kings hands.
17 And sayd, Open the windoweThat is, toward Syria, so that he did not only pro phecie with wor des, but also confirmed hym by these signes that he
〈◊〉
haue the victorie. Eastwarde. And when he had opened it, Elisha sayd, Shote. And he shot. And he sayd, (Beholde) the arowe of the Lordes deliuerance and the arowe of deliuerance against Aram: for thou shalt smite the Aramites in Aphék, till thou hast consumed them.
18 Agayne he sayd, Take the arowes. And he toke them. And he said vnto the King of Israél, Smite the ground. And he smote thrise, and ceased.
19 Then the mā of God wasBecause he semed content to haue victorie againste the enemies of God for
〈◊〉
, or thrise
〈◊〉
had not a zeale to ouercome them
〈◊〉
and to destroy them vtterly. angry with him,
and said, Thou shuldest haue smiten fiue or sixtimes, so thou shuldest haue smiten Aram, til thou hadest consumed it, where nowe thou shalt smite Aram but thrise.
20 ¶ So Elisha dyed, and they buryed him, And (certeine) bands of the Moabites came into the land that yere.
21 And as they were burying a man, beholde, they sawe the souldiers: therefore they cast the man into the sepulchre of Elisha. And when the man was downe, and touched the bones of Elisha, * heBy this miracle God confirmed the autoritie of Elisha whose do ctrine in his lyfe they contem ned, that at this sight they myght returne and imbra ce the same doctrine. reuiued and stode vpō
Eccles. 48. 14. hys fete.
22 ¶ But Hazaél King of Aram vexed Israél all the dayes of Iehoahaz.
23 Therefore the Lorde had mercie on them, and pitied them, and had respect vnto them because of his couenant with Abraham, Izhák, and Iaak ób, and wolde not destroy thē, nether cast he them from him asThat is, vntill their sinnes were come to a full measure, & there was no more hope of amende ment. yet.
24 So Hazaél the King of Aram dyed: ād Benhadad his sonne reigned in his steade.
25 Therefore Iehoash the sonne of Iehoahaz returned, ād toke out of the hand of Ben-hadád the sonne of Hazaél the cities which he had taken away by warre out of the hand of Iehoahaz his father: (for) thre times did Ioash beat him, and restored the cities vnto Israél.
CHAP. XIIII.
1 Amaziah the King of Iudah putteth to death them that slewe hys father. 7 And after smiteth Edom. 15 Ioash dyeth, and Ieroboam his sonne succedeth him. And after him reigneth Zachariah.
1 THe seconde yere of Ioash sonne of Iehoa haz King of Israél reigned * Amaziah the2. Chap. 25. 1. sonne of Ioash King of Iudah.
2 He was fiue and twentie yere olde when he began to reigne, and reigned nine and twentie yere in Ierusalém, and his mothers name (was) Iehoadan of Ierusalém.
3 And he dydIn the beginning of his reigne he
〈◊〉
to haue an outward shewe of godlines, but afterward he became an idolater, and worshipped the idoles of the
〈◊〉
means. vpryghtlye in the sight of the lord, yet not like Dauid his father, (but) did ac cording to all that Ioash his father had done.
4 Notwithstanding the hie place were not taken away: (for) as yet the people did sacrifice and burnt incense in the hie places.
5 ¶ And when the kyngdome was confirmed in his hand, * he slewe his seruāts which hadChap. 12. 20. killed the King his father.
6 But the children of those that did slay (him,) heBecause theine
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
not were
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
their fathers in that act. slewe not, accordyng vnto that that is, written in the boke of the Lawe of Mosés, wherein the Lorde commaunded, saying, * The fathers shal not be put to death for the children,
〈◊〉
the children put to death forDeut. 24. 16.
Ezek 18. 20. the fathers: but euerie man shal be put to death for his owne sinne.
7 He slewe (also) ofFor the
〈◊〉
ans, whome Dauid had broght to subiection, did rebelle in the time of
〈◊〉
sonne of
〈◊〉
. Edom in the valley of salt ten thousand, and tokeOr, the to wre, or, tocke. (the citie) of Sela by warre, and called the name thereof Ioktheél vnto this day.
8 ¶ Then Amaziah sent messengers to Iehoash the sonne of Iehoahaz, sonne of Iehu Kyng of Israél, saying, Come,Let vs fight hād
〈◊〉
hand and
〈◊〉
it by battel, and not destroye one anothers cities. let vs se one another in the face.
9 Then Iehoash the Kynge of Israél sent to Amaziah Kynge of Iudah, saying, The thistle that is in Lebanon, sent to theBy
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Iohoash
〈◊〉
him selfe to a cedre to because of hys greate kingdome ouer ten tribes, ād Amaziah to a thist le, because he ruled but ouer two tribes, and the wilde beasts are Iehoashs soudiers that spoiled the cities of Iudah. cedre that is in Lebanon, saying, Giue thy daughter to my sonne to wife: and the wilde beast that was in Lebanón, went and trode down the thistle.
10 (Because) thou haste smiten Edom, thine heart hathe made thee proude:Brag of the victorie, so that thou
〈◊〉
at home ād
〈◊〉
me not. brag of glorie, and tarye at home, why doest thou prouoke to (thyne) hurt, that thou shuldest fall, and Iudah with thee?
11 But Amaziah wolde not heare: therfore Iehoash King of Israél went vp: ād he ād Amaziah King of Iudah sawe one another in the face at Beth-shemesh which is in Iudah.
12 And Iudah was put to the worse before Israél, ād they fled euery man to their tentes.
13 But Iehoash Kyng of Israél toke Amaziah King of Iudah, the sonne of Iehoash the son ne of Ahaziah, at Beth-shemesh, andOr, broght him came to Ierusalém, and brake downe the wall of Ierusalém from the gate of Ephraim to the coner gate, foure hundreth cubites.
14 And he toke all the golde and siluer, and all the vessels that were founde in the house of the Lorde, and in the treasures of the Kings house, and the children that were inThat is, which the Israelites had giuen to them of Iudah for
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
tance of peace. hostage, and returned to Samaria.
15 Concerning the rest of the actes of Iehoash which he did and his valiant dedes, and how he soght with Amaziah Kynge of Iudah, are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Israél?
16 And Iehoash slepte with hys fathers, and was buryed at Samaria among the Kyngs of Israél: and Ieroboám hys sonne reigned in his steade.
17 ¶ And Amaziah the sonne of Ioash King of Iudah, liued after the death of Iehoash sonne of Iehoahaz King of Israél fiftene yere.
18 Concernyng the rest of the actes of Amaziah, are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Iudah?
19 But they wroght treason against him in Ieru salém, and he fled toVVhiche citie Roboam built in Iudah for a forte resse. 1. Chro. 11. 9 Lachish, but they sent after him to Lachish, and slewe him there.
20 And they broght hym on horses, and he was buryed at Ierusalém with his fathers in the citie of Dauid.
21 Then al the people of Iudah tokeVVho is also called Vzziah. 2. Chro. 26. 1. Azariah, which was sixtene yere olde, and made hym King for his father Amaziah.
22 He buyltVVhich is also called Elanon or Eloth. Elath, and restored it to Iudah, after that the King slept with his fathers.
23 ¶ In the fiftenth yere of Amaziah the sonne of Ioash Kyng of Iudah, was Ieroboam the sonne of Ioash made Kyng ouer Israél in Samaria, (and reigned) one and fourtie yere.
24 And he did euill in the sight of the Lorde: (for) he departed not from all theBecause this ido latrie was so vile and almost incre dible, that men shuld forsake the lyuing GOD to worship calues, the worke of mans hande, ther fore the Scripture doeth
〈◊〉
rimes repeat it in the reproche of all idolaters. sinnes of Ieroboam the sonne of Nebat, which made Israél to sinne.
25 He restored the coast of Israél, from the entring of Hamach, vnto the Sea of the wilder
nes, according to the word of the Lord God of Israél, which he spakeEbr. by the hand of. by his seruant Ionáh the sōne of Amittái the Prophet, which was of Gath Héphet.
26 For the Lord sawe the exceding bitter affliction of Israél, so that there was noneRead. 1. King. 14, 10. shut vp, nor any left, nether yet any that colde helpe Israél.
27 Yet the LordEbr. had not spoken. had not decreed to put out the name of Israél from vnder the heauen, therefore he preserued them by the hand of Ieroboám the sonne of Ioásh.
28 Concerning the rest of the actes of Ieroboā and all that he did, and his valiant dedes, (&) how he foght, and how he restored Damascus, andWhich was also called
〈◊〉
of Syria, or
〈◊〉
. Hamáth to Iudáh in Israél, are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Israél?
29 So Ieroboám slept with his fathers, (euen) with the King of Israél, and Zachariáh his sonne reigned in his steade.
CHAP. XV.
1 Azariáh the King of Iudáh be commeth a leper. 3 Of Iotham, 10 Shallúm, 14 Menahém. 23 Pekahiáb. 30 Vzziáh. 31 Iotham. 38 And Aház.
1 IN theEbr. in thetwen
〈◊〉
yere and se uenth yere. seuē and twentieth yere of Ieroboā King of Israél, began Azariáh, sonne of Amaziáh King of Iudáh to reigne.
2 Sixtene yere olde was he, when he was made King, and he reigned two and fiftie yere in Ierusalém: and his mothers name was Iecholiáh of Ierusalém.
3 And he didSo long she gaue
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
the Prophet. vprightly in the sight of the Lord, according to all that his father Amaziáh did.
4 But the hie places were not put away: (for) the people yet offred, and burned incense in the hie places.
5 And the LordHis father and grād father were
〈◊〉
by their subiects & seruāts & he, because he wolde
〈◊〉
the Priests office
〈◊〉
co Gods ordinance, was smitē
〈◊〉
by the hand of God with the leprosie, 2,
〈◊〉
. 26 21. smote the King: and he was a leper vnto the day of his death, and dwelt in an house aparte, & Iothám the Kings sonne gouerned the house, (and)As viceroy or deputie to his father. iudged the peoof the land.
6 Concerning the rest of the actes of Azariáh, and all that he did, are they not written in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Iudáh?
7 So Azariáh slept with his fathers and they buryed him with his fathers in the citie of Dauid, and Iothám his sonne reigned in his steade.
8 ¶ In the eight and thirtieth yere of Azariáh King of Iudáh did Zachariáh the sonne of Ieroboám reigne ouer Israél in Samaria sixHe was the
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
from Iehu, who reigned according to Gods pro mes, but in him God began to execute
〈◊〉
against the house of
〈◊〉
. monethes.
9 And did euil in the sight of the Lord, as did his fathers: (for) he departed
〈◊〉
from the sin nes of Ieroboám the sōne of Nebát, which made Israél to sinne.
10 And Shallúm the sonne of Iabésh conspired against him, and smote him in the sight of the people, and killed
〈◊〉
was the last in Israél, that had the king dome by succession, saue onely
〈◊〉
the son ne of
〈◊〉
who reigned but two yeres. him, and reigned in his steade.
11 Concerning the rest of the actes of Zachariáh, beholde, thei are written in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Israél.
12 This was the * worde of the Lord, which heChap. 10, 10. spake vnto Iehú, saying, Thy sonnes shal sit on the throne of Israél vnto the forte (generacion) after thee. And it came so to passe.
13 ¶ Shallúm the sonne of Iabésh began to reigne in the nine and thirtieth yere of Vzziáh King of Iudáh: and he reigned the space of a moneth in Samaria.
14 For Menahém the sonne of Gadi went vp from Tirzáh, and came to Samaria, & smote Shallum the sonne of Iabēshin Samaria, and slew him, and reigned in his stead.
15 Concerning the rest of the actes of Shallúm and the treason which he wroght, beholde, they are writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Israél.
16 ¶ Then Menahém destroyedVVhiche was a citie of Israél that wolde not receiue him to be King. Tiphsáh, and all that were therein, and the coasts thereof frō Tirzáh, because they opened not to him, and he smote it, and ript vp all their women with childe.
17 The nine, & thirtieth yere of Azariáh King of Iudáh, begā Menahém the sonne of Gadi to reigne ouer Israél, (and reigned) ten yeres in Samaria.
18 And he did euil in the sight of the Lord, and departed not all his dayes from the sinne of Ieroboám the sonne of Nebát, which made Israél to sinne.
19 ¶ Thē Phul the King of
〈◊〉
came against theThat is, of Israél land: and Menahém gaue Phul a thousandIn steade of seking helpe of God, he went about by
〈◊〉
to purchase the fauour of this King being an in fidele, & therefore God for
〈◊〉
him & Phulsone after warde brake pro mes, destroyed his countrey
〈◊〉
led his people away captiue. talents of
〈◊〉
, that his hand might be with him, and establish the kingdome in his hand.
20 And Menahém exacted the money in Israél, that all men of substāce shulde giue the King of
〈◊〉
fifty shek els of siluer a piece: so the King of Asshúr returned and taried not therein the land.
21 Concerning the rest of the actes of Menahém, and all that he did, are they not written in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Israél?
22 And Menahém slept with his fathers, and Pekahiáh his sonne did reigne in his stead.
23 ¶ In the fiftieth yere of Azariáh King of Iudàh, began Pekahiáh the sonne of Menahém to reigne ouer Israél in Samaria, (& reigned) two yere.
24 And he did euil in the sight of the Lord: (for) he departed not from the sinnes of Ieroboā the sonne of Nebát, whiche made Israél to sinne.
25 And Pekáh the sonne of Remaliáh, his captaine conspired against him, and smote him in Samaria in the place of the Kings palace withWhich were of the same conspiracie. Argób and Ariéh, and with him fifty men of the Gileadites: so he killed him, and reigned in his steade.
26 Cōcerning the rest of the actes of Pekahiáh and all that he did, beholde, they are writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Israél.
27 In the two and fiftieth yere of Azariáh King
of Iudáh began Pékah the sonne of Remaliáh to reigne ouer Israél in Samaria, (and rei gned) twentie yere:
28 And he did euil in the sight of the Lord: (for) he departed not from the sinnes of Ieroboám the sonne of Nebát, that made Israél to sinne.
29 In the dayes of Pékah King of Israél,For God
〈◊〉
vp
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
against Israél for their sinnes,
〈◊〉
, Chro. 5, 26. came Tigláth Pilesér King of Asshúr, & toke Iiôn, and Abél, Beth-maacháh, and Iánoah, and Kedésh, and Hazór, and Gileád, and Galiláh, (and) all the land of Naphtali, and caried thē away to Asshúr.
30 And Hoshéathe sonne of Eláh wroght trea son against Pékah the sonne of
〈◊〉
, & smote him, and slewe him, and reigned in his steade in the twentieth yere of Iothám the sonne of Vzziáh.
31 Concerning the rest of the actes of Pékah, and all that he did, beholde, they are written in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Israél.
32 ¶*In the second yere of Pékah the sonne
〈◊〉
Chro 27, 1. of Remaliáh King of Israél, begā lothám son ne ofOr,
〈◊〉
. Vzziáh King of Iudáh to reigne.
33 Fiue and twentie yere olde was he, when he began to reigne, and he reigned sixtene yere in Ierusalē: & his mothers name was Ierushá the daughter of Zadok.
34 And he did vprightly in the sight of the Lord: he did accordingHe sheweth that his
〈◊〉
Was not suche, but that he had many and great fautes. to all that his father Vzziah had done.
35 But the hie places were not put away: (for) the people yet offred & burnt incense in the hie places: he
〈◊〉
the hiest gate of the house of the Lord.
36 Cōcerning the rest of the actes of Iothám, & all that he dyd, are thei not written in the bo ke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Iudáh?
37 InAfter the death of
〈◊〉
. those dayes the Lord began to send against Iudáh Rezin the King of Arám, andVVhich slewe of
〈◊〉
in one day six score
〈◊〉
fighting men, 2, Chro. 28, 6 because they had forsaken the true God. Pekáh the sonne of
〈◊〉
.
38 And
〈◊〉
slept with his fathers, and was buryed with his fathers in the citie of
〈◊〉
his father, and Aház his sonne reigned in his steade.
CHAP. XVI.
1 Aház King of Iudah consecrateth his sonne in fyre 5 Ierusalém is besieged. 9 Damascus is taken &
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
11 Idolatrie. 19 The death of Abaz. 20
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
him.
1 THe seuententh yere of Pekáh the sonne of Remaliáh,This Was a Wicked sonne of a
〈◊〉
father, as of him againe came godlie
〈◊〉
, and of him Wicked
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that God in the end shewed him
〈◊〉
, thus We sehow vrcer
〈◊〉
it is to depend on the dignitie of our fathers. Aház the sóne of Iothám King of Iudah began to reigne.
2 Twentie yere olde was Acház, when he began to reigne, and he reigned sixtene yere in Ierusalém, and did not vprightely in the sight of the Lord his God, like Dauid his father:
3 But walked in the way of the Kings of Israél yea, & made his sonne toThat is, offred him to
〈◊〉
, or madehim to passe betwene two fyres, as the maner of the
〈◊〉
Was, Leu. 21, 18. Deu. 18,
〈◊〉
. go throw the fyre, after the abominatiōs of the heathē, whome the Lord had cast out before the children of Israél.
4 Also he offred and burnt incense in the hie places and on the hilles, and vnder euerie grenetre.
5 *Then Rezin King of Arám, and Pekáh son ne of Remaliáh King of Israél came vp to Ierusalem to fight: and they besieged Aház,Isa. 7,
〈◊〉
. but colde not ouercomeFor the Lord preserued the
〈◊〉
ād his people for his promes sa ke made to
〈◊〉
. him.
6 At the same time Rezin King of Arám restoredWhich
〈◊〉
Azariáh had taken
〈◊〉
the Aramites and fortified it, Chap. 14, 22. Eláth to Arám, and droue the Iewes frō Elāth: so the Aramites came to Eláth, and dwelt there vnto this day.
7 Then Aház sentContrary to the
〈◊〉
of the Prophet, Isai, Isa 7, 4 messengers to Tigláth Pilesár King of Asshúr,
〈◊〉
, I am thy seruant and thy sonne: come vp, and deliuer me out of the hand of the King of Arám, and out of the hand of the King of Israél which rise vp against me.
8 And Aház toke the siluer and the golde that was founde in theThus he spared not to spoile the Temple of God to haue succour of men, and Wold not once lift his heart towards God to desire his helpe,
〈◊〉
yet
〈◊〉
his prophetes counsel. house of the Lord, and in the treasures of the Kings house, and sent a present vnto the King of Asshúr.
9 And the King of
〈◊〉
consented vnto him and the King of Asshúr went vp against
〈◊〉
, and when he had taken it, he caried the people away to Kir, and slewe Rezin.
10 And King Aház wēt vnto Damascus to mete Tiglath Pilesár King of Asshúr: and when King Aház sawe the altar that was at Damascus, he sent to Vriiáh the Priest the patern of the altar, and the faciō of it, & all the worke man ship thereof.
11 And
〈◊〉
the Priest made an altarWese that there is no prince so Wicked, but he
〈◊〉
finde
〈◊〉
& false mini sters to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. in all pointes like to that which King Aház had sent from Damascus, so did Vriiáh the Priest against King Aház came from Damascus.
12 So when the King was come from Damascus, the King sawe the altar: and the King drewe nere to the altar and offredEther offrings for peace or prosperitie, or of
〈◊〉
kes giuing, as Leui 3, 1, or
〈◊〉
meaning them
〈◊〉
ning & euening offring,
〈◊〉
. 29, 38. Nom 28,
〈◊〉
thus he
〈◊〉
the meanes and the altar Whiche God had commā ded by Salomon to serue God after his owne
〈◊〉
. thereon.
13 And he burnt his burnt offring, and his meat offring, and powred his drink
〈◊〉
, and sprinkled the blood of his peace offrings be sides that altar,
14 And (set it) by the brasen altar which was be fore the Lord, and broght it in farther before the house betwene the altar and the house of the Lord, and set it on theThat is, at the right hand as mē Went into the Temple. Northside of the altar.
15 And King Aház commanded Vriiáh the Priest and said, Vpon the great altar set on fyre in the morning the burnt offring, and in the euen the meat offring, & the Kings burnt offring and his meat offring, with the burnt offring of all people of the land, and their meat offring, and their drink offrings: and powre thereby all the blood of the burnt of fring, and all the blood of the sacrifice, and theHere he establisheth by
〈◊〉
dement his owné Wicked procedings, and doeth abolish the commandemēt & ordinance of God. brasen altar shalbe for me to inquire (of God.)
16 And Vriiáh the Priest did according to all that King Aház had commanded.
17 And King Aház brake the borders of the bases, and toke the caldrons from of them, and toke downe the sea from the brasen oxē that were
〈◊〉
, and put it vpō a pauemēt of stones.
18 And theOr
〈◊〉
, Wherein they lay on the Sabbath Whiche had serued their Weeke in the
〈◊〉
, and so depar ted home. vaile for the Sabbáth [that they had made in the house] and the Kings entrie
without turned he to the house of the Lord, Ether to flatter the Kinge of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
he shuld thus se him change the ordinance of God, or els that the Tem ple might be are
〈◊〉
for hym if the King shulde sodenly
〈◊〉
his house.because of the King of Asshum.
19 Concernynge the rest of the actes of Ahaz, which he did, are they not writē in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Iudah?
20 And Ahaz slept with his fathers, and was buried with his fathers in the citie of Dauid, ad Hezekiah his sonne reigned in his steade.
CHAP. XVII.
3 Hoshea Kyng of Israél is taken. 4 And he and all hys realme broght to the Assirians. 18 For their idolatrie. 24 Lions destroye the Assirians that dwelt in Samaria. 29 Euerie one worshiped the God of his nation. 35 Contrary to the commandement of God.
1 IN the twelfte yere of Aház Kynge of Iudáh began Hoshéa the sonne of Elah to reygne in Samaria ouer Israél, (and reygned) nine yeres.
2 And he did euill in the sight of the Lorde,Thogh he
〈◊〉
ted no newe ido
〈◊〉
or
〈◊〉
as others did yet he soght for helpe at the Egypti ans Whiche God had forbidden. but not as the Kinges of Israél, that were before him.
3 And Shalmanéser Kynge of Asshur came vp against him, and Hoshea became hys seruāt, and gaue him presents.
4 And the Kynge of Asshur founde treason in Hoshea: for he had sent messengers to So Kyng of Egypt, and broght no present vnto the Kyng of Asshur,For he had pay ed
〈◊〉
for the space of eyght yeres. as (he had done) yerely: therefore the Kyng of Asshur shut hym vp, and put him in prison.
5 Then the Kyng of Asshur came vp throughout all the land, and went against Samaria, & besieged it thre yere.
6 ¶*In the ninth yere of Hoshéa, the King ofChap. 18. 10. Asshúr toke Samaria, and caryed Israél away vnto Asshúr, and put them in Haláh, and in Habór by the riuer of Gozán, & in the cities of theFor at this time the Medes and
〈◊〉
Were subiect to the As
〈◊〉
. Medes.
7 For when the children of Israél
〈◊〉
forth at length the cau se of this
〈◊〉
plague and perpetual
〈◊〉
to admonish all people and nacions to cleaue to the Lord God, & onely Worship him for feare of like iudgement. sinned against the Lord their God, which had broght them out of the land of Egypt, from vnde the hand of Pharaoh King of Egypt, and fea red other gods.
8 And walked according to the facions of the heathē, whome the Lord had cast out before the children of Israél, and (after the maners) of the Kings of Israél, which they vsed,
9 And the children of Israél had done secretly things that were not vpright before the Lord their God, and throughout al their cities had buylt hie places, (bothe) from the to wre
〈◊〉
, throughout all their
〈◊〉
. of the wache, to the defensed citie,
10 And had made them images & groues vpon euerie hie hil, and vnder euerie geenetre,
11 And there burnt incense in all the hie place as did the heathen, whome the Lord had taken away before them, and wroght wicked things to angre the Lord,
12 And serued idoles: whereof the Lord had said vnto them, *Ye shal do no suche thing,Deut. 4. 19.
13 Notwithstāding the Lord testified to Israél, and to IudáhEbr, by the hand of. by all the Prophetes, and by
〈◊〉
. 18
〈◊〉
. and, 25. all the Seers, saying, * Turne from your euil
〈◊〉
, and,
〈◊〉
. 15. waies, and kepe my commandements (and) my statutes, according to al the Lawe, which I commanded your fathers, and which I sent to you by my seruants the Prophetes.
14 Neuertheles they wolde not obey, * butDeut. 31. 27. hardened their neckes, lyke to the neckes of theirSo that to alled ge the
〈◊〉
of our fathers
〈◊〉
great
〈◊〉
, excepte We can proue that they Were godlye, is but to declare that We are the Wicked. fathers, that did not beleue in the Lord their God.
15 And they refused his statutes and hys couenant, that he made with their fathers, and hys testimonies [where with he witnessed vnto them] and they followe vanitie, and be came vaine, and followed the heathen that were rounde about them: cōcerning whom, the Lord had charged them, that they shuld not do like them.
16 Finally they left the commaundementes of the Lorde their God, and made them moltenExod. 32. 8. images, * (euen) two calues, ād made a groue,King. 12. 28. and worshiped all theThat is, the
〈◊〉
, the moone and starres. hoste of heauen, and serued Baal.
17 And they made their sonnes ād their daughDeut. 4. 19. tersRead. Chap. 16.
〈◊〉
. passe through the fyre, and vsed witch craft and enchantements, yea,Read of thys phrase. 1. King,
〈◊〉
. 20. and 25. solde them selues, to do euill in the sight of the Lorde, to angre him:
18 Therefore the Lorde was excedyng wroth wyth Israél, and put them out of hys sight, (and) none was left but the tribe of IudahNo Whole tribe Was lefte
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and they of
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
remained, Were counted Wyth Iudah. onely.
19 Yet
〈◊〉
kept not the commandementes of the lord their God, but walked according to the facion of Israél, which they vsed.
20 Therefore the Lorde cast of all the sede of Israél, and afflicted them, and deliuered them into the hands of spoylers, vntill he had cast them out of hisOut of the
〈◊〉
Where he sheWWed the greatest tokens of his pre sence and fauour m That is, God cut of the
〈◊〉
bes.
〈◊〉
. King. 12. 16. sight.
21 m For he cut of Israél from the house of Da uid, and they made Ierobo am the sonne of Nebat Kyng: and Ierobo am drewe Israél away from following the Lord and made thē sinne a great sinne.
22 For the children of Israél walked in all the sinnes of Ieroboam, whiche he did, (and) departed not therefrom.
23 Vntill the Lorde put Israél away out of hys sight, as he had saidEbr. by the hand of. by all his seruants the * Prophetes, and caryed Israél awaye out ofIere. 25 9. their land to Asshur vnto this day.
24 And the Kynge of Asshur broght folke from Babél, and fromOf these peoples came the Sa
〈◊〉
, Where of mencion is so muche made in the Gospell, and With Whom the Iewes Wolde ha ue nothynge to do. Iohn 4. 9. Cuthah, and from Aua, and from Hamath, and frome Sepharuaim, and placed them in the cities of Samaria in steade of the chyldren of Israél: so they possessed Samaria, and dwelt in the cities thereof.
25 ¶ And at the begynning of their dwellyng there, theyThat is, they serued hym
〈◊〉
: therfore, lest
〈◊〉
shuld blaspheme him, as thogh the re Were no God, because he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
sed the
〈◊〉
, he sheweth his mightie power among them by this straunge punishment. feared not the Lord: therefore the Lorde sent lyons among them, whiche slewe them.
26 Wherefore they spake to the Kyng of Asshur, saying, The nacions which thou hast re moued, and placed in the cities of Samaria, knowe not the maner of the God of the lād: therefore he hathe sent lyons among them, and beholde, they slay them, because they knowe not the maner of the God of the lād.
27 Then the King of Asshur commanded, saying, Carye thether one of the priests, whom ye broght thence, and let hym go and dwell there, and teache them the maner of the GodThat is, howe to Worship hym thus the Wicked rather then to Iose their commodities, Will
〈◊〉
to allreligions. of the countrey.
28 So one of the priests, whiche they had caryed from Samaria, came and dwelt in Beth-él, and taught them how they shuld feare the Lord.
29 Howbeit euerie nacion made their gods, ād put them in the houses of the hie places, whiche the Samaritans had made, euerie nacion in their cities, wherein they dwel.
30 For the men of Babél madeMeanyng, that euery countrey
〈◊〉
thas idole Which Was most estemed in that place Whence they came. Succoth-Benoth: and the men of Cuth made Nergal, ād the men of Hamath made Ashima.
31 And the
〈◊〉
made Nibhaz, and Tartak: and the Sepharuims burnt their children in the fyre to Adrammélech, and Anammèlech the gods of Sepharuaim.
32 Thus they feared the Lorde, and appointed out Priests out of them selues for the hie pla ces, who prepared for them (sacrifices) in the houses of the hie places.
33 TheyThat is, thei had a certeine knowledge of God and feared him, because of the punishment, but they continued still
〈◊〉
, as do the Pa pists, Which Wor ship bothe God and idoles: but this is not to feare God as appeareth vers. 34. feared the Lorde, but scrued their gods after the maner of the nacions whome they caryed thence.
34 Vnto this day they do after the olde maner: they nether feare God, nether do afterHe meaneth this by, the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, to Whome he had giuen his
〈◊〉
. their ordinances nor after their customes, nor after the Lawe, nor after the commandement, which the Lorde commanded the children of Iaakōb, * whome he named Israél.
35 And with whom the Lord had made couenant, and charged them, saying, *Feare none other gods, nor bowe your selues to thē nor serue them, nor sacrifice to them.
36 But feare the Lorde which broght you out of the land of Egypt with great power, and a stretched out arme: him feare ye, and worshipGene. 32. 28.
1. King. 18.
〈◊〉
. him, and sacrifice to him.Iudg. 6. 10.
37 Also kepe ye diligently the statutes and the
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 2. ordinances, and the Lawe, and the commandement, which he wrote for you, that ye do them continually, and feare not other gods.
38 And forget not the couenaunt that I haue made with you, nether feare ye other gods.
39 But feare the Lord your God, ād he wil deliuer you out of the hāds of all your enemies.
40 How beit they obeyed not, but did after their olde custome.
41 So theseThat is, these
〈◊〉
, Which Were sent into
〈◊〉
by the
〈◊〉
. nacions feared the Lord, and serued their images (also:) so (did) their childrē, and their childrens children: as did their fathers, (so) do they vnto this day.
CHAP. XVIII.
4
〈◊〉
King of Iudah putteth downe the brasen serpēt, & destroyeth the idoles. 7 And prospereth. 11 Israél is caryed away captiue. 30 The blasphemie of Saneherib.
1 NOw in *the third yere ofhoshéa, sonne2. Chro. 28. 27 and. 29. 1. of Eláh Kynge of Israél, Hezekiáh the sonne of Aház Kynge of Iudah began to reygne.
2 He was fiue and twentie yere olde when he began to reigne, and reigned nine and twentie yere in Ierusalém, His mothers name also was Abi the daughter of Zachariah.
3 And he didAlthogh they of Iudah Were giuen to
〈◊〉
and impietie as they of
〈◊〉
Were,
〈◊〉
GOD for hys
〈◊〉
sake Was merciful vnto the
〈◊〉
ne of Dauid: and yet hys iudgement towarde the other, prouoked them to
〈◊〉
. vpryghtly in the sight of the Lorde, accordyng to all that Dauid hys father had done.
4 He toke awaye the hie places, and brake the images, and cut downe the groues, and brake in pieces the * brasen serpent that Mosés had made: for vnto those dayes the children of Israél did burne incense to it, and he called itThat is, a piece of brasse thus he calleth the
〈◊〉
by
〈◊〉
, Which
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Was set vp by the Worde of God, and mira cleswere Wroght by it: yet When it Was abused to idolatrie, thys good Kyng destroyed it, not
〈◊〉
king it Wor thie to be called a
〈◊〉
, but a piece of
〈◊〉
. Nehushtan.
5 He trusted in the Lorde God of Israél: so that after hym was none lyke him among all the Kings of Iudah, nether were there anie suchNomb. 21. 8. before him.
6 For he claue to the Lord (and) departed not frome hym, but kept hys commandements, which the Lord had commanded Mosés.
7 So the Lorde was with him, (and) he prospered in all thyngs, which he toke in hande: also he rebelled against the Kings of Asshur, and serued him not.
8 He smote the Phiiistims vnto Azzah, and the coastes thereof,Read
〈◊〉
17. 9. from the watche to wre vn to the defensed citie.
9 ¶ * And in the fourte yere of Kynge Hezekiah, [whiche was the seuenth yere of Hoshea sonne of Eláh Kynge of Israél] Shalmanéser King of Asshur came vp against Samaria,Chap. 17. 3. and besieged it.
10 And after thre yeres they toke it, (euen) in the sixtyere of Hezekiah: that is, * the ninthChap. 17. 6. yere of
〈◊〉
Kyng of Israél was Samaria taken.
11 Then the King of Asshur did cary away Israél vnto Asshur, and put them in Haláh and in Habór, (by) the riuer of Gozán, and in the cities of the Medes.
12 Because they wolde not obey the voyce of the Lord their God, but transgressed hys couenant: (that is,) all that Mosés the seruaunt of the Lord had commanded, and wolde nether obey nor do them.
13 ¶ * Moreouer, in the fourtenth yere of2. Chro. 32.
〈◊〉
.
Isa. 36. 1. Kynge Hezekiah Saneherib King of Asshur
〈◊〉
. 48. 19. came vp agaynste all the strong cities of Iudah, and toke them.
14 Then Hezekiah Kyng of Iudah sent vnto the King of Asshur to Lachish, saying,As hys
〈◊〉
Was before praised, so his Weake nes is here see forth that none shulde glotie in him selfe. I haue offended: departe frome me, (and) what thou layest vpon me, I will be are it. And the the Kynge of Asshur appointed vnto Hezekiah King of Iudah thre hundreth talents of siluer, and thirty talents of golde.
15 Therefore Hezekiah gaue all the siluer that was founde in the house of the Lorde, and in the treasures of the Kings house.
16 At the same season did Hezekiah put of (the plates) of the dores of the Temple of the Lorde, and the pillers [whiche the said Heze kiah Kynge of Iudah had couered ouer] and gaue them to the King of Asshur.
17 ¶ And the Kynge of Asshur sentAfter
〈◊〉
yeres When He zekiah ceased to send the tribute
〈◊〉
by the King of the Assi rians, he sent hys captaines and
〈◊〉
mie against him Tartan, and Rab-saris, and Rab shakeh from Lachish to King Hezekiah with a great host against
Ierusalém. And they went vp, and came to Ie rusalém, and when they were come vp, they stode by the conduite of the vpper poole, which is by the path of the fullersfield,
18 And called to the King. Then came out to them Eliakim the sonne of Hilkiāh, whiche was stewarde of the house, and Shebnáh the chanceller, and loáh the sonne of Asáph theOr,
〈◊〉
of Chronicles,
〈◊〉
, se cretarie. recorder.
19 And Rabshakéh said vnto them, Tel ye Hezekiáh, I pray you, Thus sayth the great King (euen) the great King of Asshúr, What confidence is this wherein thou trusted?
20 Thou thinkest, Surely I haueEbr. talke of the lippes. eloquence,Thou thinkest that Wordes Wil
〈◊〉
to persuade thy people, or to moue my master (but) counsel and strēgth (are) for the warre On whome then doest thou trust, that thou rebellest against me?
21 Lo, thou trustest now in this broken staffe ofrede, (to wit), onEgypt shal not onely be able not to succour thee, but shalbe an
〈◊〉
vnto thee. Egypt, on which if a mā leane, it wil go into his hand, and pearce it: so (is) Pharaóh King of Egypt vnto all that trust on him.
22 But if ye say vnto me, We trust in the Lord our God, is not that he whose hie places, & whose altars Hezekiáh hatheThus the idolaters thinke that Gods religion is destroyed, When supersticion and idolattie are reformed. taken away, and hath said to Iudáh and Ierusalém, Ye shal worship before this altar in Ierusalém?
23 Now therefore giue
〈◊〉
that it Was best for him to yelde to the King of Assyria, because his power Was so small that he had not men to
〈◊〉
two thousād horses. hostages to my lord the King of Asshúr, and I wil giue thee two thousand horses, if thou he able to set riders vpon them.
24 For how canst thou despise anie captaine of the least of my masters seruants, & put thy trust on Egypt for charets and horsemen?
25 Am I now come vp without theThe Wicked alwayes in their prosperitie flatter, thē selues, that God
〈◊〉
fauour thē. Thus
〈◊〉
spea
〈◊〉
to feare Ezek
〈◊〉
that by re
〈◊〉
him, he shulde
〈◊〉
God. lord to this place, to destroye it? the lord said to me, Go vp against this land, and destroy it.
26 Then Eliakim the sonne of Hilkiáh and Shebnáh, and Ioáh said vnto Rabshakéh, Speake, I pray thee, to thyseruāts in theOr, Syrians. Ara mites language, for we vnderstand it, & talke not with vs in the Iewes tongue, in the audié ce of the people that are on the wall.
27 But Rabshakéh said vnto them, Hathe my master sent me to thy master and to thee to spake these wordes, & not to the men which sit on the wall, that they may eat their owne doung, and drinkeEbr. the
〈◊〉
of their
〈◊〉
. their owne pisse with you.
28 So Rabshakéh stode and cryed with aloude voyce in the Iewes language, and spake, saying, Heare the wordes of the great King, of the King of
〈◊〉
.
29 Thus sayth the King, Let not Hezekiáh disceiue you: for he shal not be able to deliuer youOr, by his hand. out of mine hand.
30 Nether let Hezekiáh make you to trust in the Lord, saying, The Lord wil surely deliuer vs, and this citie shal not be giuen ouer into the hand of the King of Asshur.
31 Heark en not vnto Hezekiáh: for thus saith the King of
〈◊〉
, MakeEbr. blessing: meaning the con
〈◊〉
of peace. appointement with me, and come out to me, that euerie mā may eat of his owne vine, and euerie man of his owne figtre, and drinke
〈◊〉
man of the water of his owne well,
32 TilHe maketh him selfe so sure that he Wil not
〈◊〉
them truce except they rendre them selues to him to
〈◊〉
led away
〈◊〉
. I come, and bring you to a land like your owne land, (euen) a land of wheat and wine, a land of bread and vineyardes, a land of oliues oyle, and hony that ye maye liue & not dye: & obey not Hezekiáh, for he disceiueth you, saying, The Lord wil deliuer vs.
33 Hathe anié of the gods of the nacions deliuered his land out of the hand of the King of Asshur?
34 Where is the god of Hamáh, and of Arpád? where is the god of Sepharuáim, Hená and Iuáh? how haue they deliuered Samaria out of mine hand?
35 Who are they among all the gods of the nacions, that haue deliuered their land out of mine hand, that theThis is an execrable
〈◊〉
against the true God, to make him equal With the idoles of other nacions therefore God did moste
〈◊〉
ly punish it. Lord shulde deliuer Ie rusalém out of mine hand?
36 But the people held their peace, and answered not him a worde: for the Kings commandement was, saying, Answer ye him not.
37 Then Eliakim, the sonne of Hilkiáh which was stewarde of the house and Shebnáh the chāceller, & Ioah the soune of Asaph the recorder came to Hezekiah with their clothes rent, & tolde him the wordes of Rabshakéh.
CHAP. XIX.
6 God promiseth Isaiah victorie to Hezekiáh, 35 The An gel of the Lord
〈◊〉
an hundreth and
〈◊〉
score and fiue thousand men of the Assyriās.
〈◊〉
Saueherib is killed of his owne
〈◊〉
.
1 ANd * when King Hezekiah heard it, heIsa.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
rent his clothes and put on sacke clothe and came into the house of the Lord,
2 And sent Eliakim which was the stewarde of the house, and Shebnah the chanceller, & the Elders of the Priests clothed in sacke clotheTo heare some newe prophecie and to haue comforte of him. to Isaiah the Prophet the sonne of Amóz.
3 And they said vnto him, Thus sayth Hezekiah, This day is a day of tribulacion and of rebuke, and blasphemie: for the children are come toThe dangers are so great that We can nether auenge this blasphemie, nor helpe our selues, no more them a Woman in her trauel. the birth, and there is no strength to bring forthe.
4 If so be the Lorde thy GOD hathe heard all the wordes of Rabsnakéh, whome the King of Asshúr his master hathe sent to raile on the liuing God, and to reproche him with wordes which the Lord thy God hathe heard them lift thou vp (thy) prayer for theMeaning for
〈◊〉
, Which onely remained of all the cities of
〈◊〉
. remnant that are left.
5 ¶ So the seruants of King Hezekiah came to Isaiah.
6 And Isaiah said vnto them, So shal ye say to your master, Thus sayth the Lord, Be not afrayed of the wordes which thou hast heard where with the seruauts of the King of Asshúr haue blasphemed me.
7 Beholde, I wil send a blastThe Lord
〈◊〉
With one
〈◊〉
blowe away all the strength of man and turnē is into dust, vpon him, and he shal heare a noyse, & returne to his owne land: & I wil cause him to fall vpon the swor de in his owne land.
8 So Rabshakéh returned, and founde the King of Asshúr fighting against Libnah: for
〈◊〉
had heard that he was departed from
Lachish.
9 That is, Saneherib. He heard also men say of Tirhákah King ofOr, blacke Mores Ethiopia,For the Kings of Ethiopia and Egypt ioyned together against the King of Assy tia because of his
〈◊〉
of other countreys. Beholde, he his come out to fight against thee: he therefore departed and sent (other) messengers vnto Hezekiáh, saying,
10 Thus shal ye speake to Hezekiáh King of Iudáh, and say, Let not thyThe
〈◊〉
nere that the Wicked are to their
〈◊〉
, the mo re they blaspheme. God disceiue thee in whome thou trustest, saying, Ierusalém shal not be deliuered into the hand of the King of
〈◊〉
.
11 Beholde, thou hast heard what the Kings of
〈◊〉
haue done to all lands, how they haue destroyed them: and shalt thou be deliuered.
12 Haue the gods of the heathen deliuered them which my fathers haue destroyed? (as) Gozan, and Harán, and Rézeph, and the children of Eden, which were in Thelasár?
13 Where is the King of Hamáth, and the King of Arpád, and the King of the citie of Sepharuáim, Hená and Iuá?
14 ¶ So Hezekiáh receiued the letter of the hand of the messengers, and red it: and Hezekiáh went vp into the house of the Lord, and Hezekiáh spred it before theBefore the Arke of the coue
〈◊〉
. Lord.
15 And HezekiáhHe sheweth What is the true
〈◊〉
and succour in all dangers,
〈◊〉
Wit, to flee to the Lord by ernest prayer. prayed before the Lord, & said, O Lord God of Israél, which dwellest betwene the Cherubims, thou art very God alone ouer all the kingdomes of the earth: thou hast made the heauen and the earth.
16 Lord,Shewhy effect that thou Wilt not suffer
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to be blasphemed. bowe downe thine eare, and heare: Lord open thine eyes and beholde, and heare the wordes of Saneherib, who hathe sent to blaspheme theBy this title he discerneth God from all idoles and false gods. liuing God.
17 Trueth it is, Lord, that the Kings of Asshúr haue destroyed the nacions and their lands.
18 And haue set fyre on their gods: for they were no gods, but the worke of mans hands (euen) wood and stone: therefore they destroyed them.
19 Now therefore, O Lord our God, I beseche thee, saue thou vs out of his hand, that all theHe sheweth for What end the faithful
〈◊〉
of God to be deliue red: to Wit, that he may be glorified by their deliuerance. kingdomes of the earth may knowe, that thou, ô Lord, art onely God.
20 ¶ Then Isaiáh the sonne of Amōz sent to Hezekiáh, saying, Thus sayth the Lord God of Israél, I haue heard that which thou hast prayed me, concerning Saneherib King of Asshúr.
21 This is the worde that the Lord hathe spoken against him, OBecause as yet Ierusalém had not bene taken by the enemie, therefore he calleth her virgine. virgine, daughter of Zión, he hathe despised thee, (and) laughed thee to scorne: ô daughter of Ierusalém, he hathe shaken his head at thee.
22 Whome hast thou railed on? and whome hast thou blasphemed? and against whome hast thou exalted thy voyce, & lifted vp thine eyes on hye? (euen)God counteth that iniurie done to him, and Will reuenge it Which is done to
〈◊〉
of his Saintes. against the Holy one of Israél.
23 By thy messengers thou hast railed on the Lord, and said, By the multitude of my charets I am come vp to the top of the mountaines, by the sides of Lebanón, and wil cut downe the hie cedres thereof, and the faire fyrre trees thereof, and I wil go into theMeaning
〈◊〉
, Which Isaiáh calleth the hight of his borders, to Wit, of Iudáh, Isa. 37, 24. lodging of his borders, and into the forest ofOr, pleasant countrey. his Cármel.
24 I haue digged, and dronke the waters of others, and with the plant of my feete haue I dryed all theOr, the Waters of cities besieged floods closed in.
25 Hast thou not heard, how I haue of olde time made it, and haue formed it long ago?He declareth that for asmuche as he is the autor and beginning of
〈◊〉
Church, he Wil neuer suffer it vtterly to be de stroyed, as other cities and kingdomes. and shulde I nowe bring it, that it shulde be destroyed, (and layed) on ruinous heapes, (as) cities defensed?
26 WhoseThus he describeth the Wicked, Which for a time florish, and afterWarde fade and decay like flowres inhabitāts haue small power, (and) are afraied, and confoūded: they are like the grasse of the field, & grene herbe, (or) grasse on the house toppes, or as corne blasted before it be growen.
27 I knowe thy dwelling, yea, thy goying out and thy comming in, and thy fury againste me.
28 And because thou ragest against me, and thy tumult is come vp to mine eares, I wil put mineI Wil bridel thy rage and turne thee to & frō as pleaseth me. hoke in thy nostrels, and my bridel in thy lipes, and wil bring thee backe againe the same way thou camest.
29 And this shalbe aGod did not onely promes him the victorie, but giueth him
〈◊〉
signe to confirme his faith. signe vnto thee, (ō Hezekiáh,) Thou shalt eat this yere such things as growe of them selues, and the next yere suche as growe without sawing, and the third yere sowe ye & reape, and plant vineyardes, and eat the frutes thereof.
30 And the remnāt that is escaped of the house of Iudáh, shal againe takeThe Lord Wil multiplie
〈◊〉
nōber that small
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
that is escaped. roote downewarde, and beare frute vpwarde.
31 For out of Ierusalém shal go a remnant, and some that shal escape out of mount Zión: theThe loue, that God beareth toWard his Church shal ouercome the counsels and
〈◊〉
of men. zeale of the Lord of hostes shal do this.
32 Wherefore thus saith the Lord, concerning the King of Asshúr, He shal not entre in to his citie, nor shote an arow there, nor come before it with shield, nor cast a mount against it:
33 (But) he shal returne the way he came, and shal not come into this citie, sayth the Lord.
34 For I wil defend this citieto saue it for mine owne sake, and for Dauid my seruants sake.Isa. 37, 36.
35 ¶ * And the same night the Angel of the LordTobi, 1,
〈◊〉
.
Eccl.
〈◊〉
, 24. went out and smote in the campe of Asshúr1. Mac. 7, 41. an hundreth foure score and fyue thousand:2. Mac, 8, 19. so when they rose early in the morning, beholde, they were all dead corpses.
26 So Saneherib King of Asshúr departed, and went his way, and returned, and dwelt in Niniuéh.
37 And as he was in the temple worshiping Nisrōch his God, Adramélech and Sharézer his sonnesThis Was the iuste iudgemēt of God for his blasphemie, that he shulde be slaine before that idole Whome he preferred to the liuing God, and by them, by Whome he ought by natu re to haue bene defended. slewe him with the sworde: and they escaped into the land of Ararát, ad Esarhaddōn his sonne reigned in his steade.
CHAP. XX.
1 Hezehiáh is sicke, and receyueth the signe of his health. 12 He receyueth rewardes of Berodách, 13 Sheweth his treasures, and is reprehended of Isaiah. 22 He dyeth and Manasséh his sonne reigneth in his steade.
1 ABout that time * was Hezekiáh sicke vn2. Chro. 32 24. to death: and the Prophet Isaiáh the sonIsa. 38.
〈◊〉
. ne of Amōz came to him, and said vnto him,Eccles. 48. 46. Thus sayth the LORD, Put thine house in an ordre: for thou shalt dye, and not liue.
2 Then he turned his face to theThat his minde might not be troubled. wall, and prayed to the Lord, saying,
3 I beseche thee, ô Lord, remember now, how I haue walked before thee in trueth & with aMeaning, With out al hypocrisie. perfit heart, and haue done that which is good in thy sight: & HezekiáhNot so muche for his owne death, as for feare that idolatrie shulde be restored, Which he had destroyed, & so Gods Name be dis honored. wept sore.
4 ¶ And a fore Isaiáh was gone out into the middle of the court, the worde of the Lord came to him, saying,
5 Turne againe, and tel Hezekiáh the captaine of my people, Thus sayth the Lord God of Dauid thy father, I haue heard thyBecause of his vnfained repentance and prayer God turned away his Wrath. prayer, (and) sene thy teares: beholde, I haue healed thee, (and) the third day thou shalt go vp to theTo giue thankes for thy deliuerance. house of the Lord,
6 And I wil adde vnto thy dayes fiftene yere, and wil deliuer thee and this citie out of the hand of the King of Asshúr, and wil defend this citie for mine owne sake, and for Dauid my seruants sake.
7 Then Isaiáh said, Take aHe declareth that
〈◊〉
God can heale Without other medecenes, yet he
〈◊〉
that he Wil not haue these in ferior meanes cō
remned. lompe of drye figs And they toke it, and layed it on the
〈◊〉
, and he recouered.
8 ¶ For Hezekiáh had said vnto Isaiáh, What (shalbe) the sigue that the Lord wil heale me and that I shal go vp into the house of the Lord the third day?
9 And Isaiáh answered, This signe shalt thou haue of the Lord, that the Lord wil do that he hathe spoken, (Wilt thou) that the
〈◊〉
go forwarde ten degrees, or go bicke ten degrees?
10 And Hezekiáh answered, It is a light thing for the shadowe to passe forwarde ten degrees: not so (then,) but let the shadoweLet the sunne go so manie degrees backe that the houres may be so manie the fewer in the Kings dial. go backe ten degrees.
11 And Isaiáh the Prophet called vnto the Lord, and he broght againe the shadowe ten degrees backe by the degrees
〈◊〉
by it had gone downe in theWhich dial Was set in thetop of the
〈◊〉
that Aház had made. dial of Aház.
12 ¶ * The same season Berodách Baladán the sonne of Baladán King of
〈◊〉
, sent letters and aMoued With the fauour that God shewed to Hezekiák, and also because he had declared him selfe enemie to
〈◊〉
his enemie Which Was now destroied. present to Hezekiáh: for he had heard how that Hezekiáh was sicke.
13 And Hezekiáh heard thē, and shewed them all his treasure house, (to wit,) the siluer, and the golde, and the spices, and the precious ointmēt, and all the house of his armour, and al that was founde in his treasures: there was nothing in his house, and in all hisBeing moued With ambition and vaine glorie and also because he semed
〈◊〉
ce in the
〈◊〉
of him that Was Gods enemie and an insidele. realme, that Hezekiáh she wed them not.
14 Then Isaiáh the Prophet came vnto King Hezekiáh, and said vnto him, What said thesemen? and from whence came they to thee? And Hezekiáh said, They be come from a farre countrey, (euen) from Babél.
15 Then said he, What haue they sene in thine house? And Hezekiáh answered, All that is in mine house haue they sene: there is nothing among my treasures, that I haue not shewed them.
16 And Isaiáh said vnto Hezekiáh, Heare the worde of the Lord.
17 Beholde, the dayes come, that all that is in thine house, and whatsoeuer thy fathers haue2. King. 24 1. ād
〈◊〉
. 13.
〈◊〉
laied vp in store vnto this day, * shal be caried into Babél: Nothing shal beleft, saith the
〈◊〉
. 27. 19. Lord.
18 And of thy sonnes, that shal procede out of thee, (and) which thou shalt be get, shal they take away, and they shalbe eunuches in the place of the King of Babél.
19 Then Hezekiáh said vnto Isaiáh, The word of the Lord which thou hastHe acknowled geth Isaiáh to be
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Prophet of God, and ther
〈◊〉
humbleth him selfe to his Worde. spokē, is good for said he, Shal it not (be good,) ifSeing that God hathe shewed me this fauour to grant me quiet. nes during my life: for he Was afraied lest the enemies shulde haue had occasion to reioyce, if the Church had decaied in his time, because he had restored religion. peace and trueth be in my dayes?
20 Concerning the rest of the actes of Hezekiáh, & all his valiāt dedes, and how he made a poole and a condite, & broght water into the citie, are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Iudàh?
21 And Hezekiáh slept with his fathers: and Manasséh his sonne reigned in his steade.
CHAP. XXI.
3 King Manasséh restoreth idolatrie. 16 And vseth great
〈◊〉
18 He dyeth and Amon his sonne succedeth, 23 who is killed of his owne seruants. 26 After him
〈◊〉
Iosiah.
1 MAnasséh * was twelue yere olde when he2. Chro. 33.
〈◊〉
. began to reigne, and reigned fiftie and fiue yere in Ierusalém: his mothers name also was Hephzi-báh.
2 And he did euil in the sight of the Lord after the abominacion of the heathen whome the * Lord had cast out before the childrenDeut. 18. 9. of Israél.
3 For he went backe and buylt the hie placesChap. 18. 4. * which Hezekiàh his father had destroied: and he erected vp altars for Báal, and made a groue, as did Aháb King of Israél, and worshiped all the hoste of heauen and serued them.
4 Also he * buylt altars in the house of the LordIere. 32. 34.
2. Sam. 7.
〈◊〉
, of the which the Lord said, * In Ierusalém wil I put my Name.
5 And he buylt altars for all the hoste of the heauen in the two courtes of the house of the Lord.
6 And he caused his sonnesRead Chap. 16. 3 to passe through the fyre, and gaue him selfe to witch craft and sorcerie, and he vsed them that had fami liar spirits and were sothe sayers, and did mu che euil in the sight of the Lord to
〈◊〉
him.
7 And he set the image of the groue, that he had made, in the house, where of the Lord had said to Dauid and to Salomōn his sonne, * In this house, ād in Ierusalém, which I haue1. King. 8. 29. & 9. 3.
2. King 7. 10. chosen out of all the tribes of Israél, wil I put my Name for euer.
8 Nether wil I make the feete of Israél moue anie more out of the land, which I gaue their fathers: so that they wilTherefore seing thei obeyed not the comman dement of God, they Were iustly cast for the of that land Which thei had but on condicion. obserue and do all that I haue commanded them, (and) according to all the Lawe that my seruant Mosés
commanded them.
9 Yet they obeyed not, but Manasséh led thē out of the way, to do more wickedly then did the heathen people, whome the Lord de stroyed before the children of Israél.
10 Therefore the Lord spake by his seruants the Prophetes, saying,
11 * Because that Manasséh King of Iudáh hathe
〈◊〉
. 15. 4. done suche abominacions, and hathe wroght more wickedly then all that the Amorites [which were before him] did, and ha the made Iudáh sinne also with his idoles.
12 Therefore thus saith the Lord God of Israél Beholde, I wil bring an euil vpon Ierusalém and Iudáh, that whoso heareth of it, bothe his eares shalMeaning, that whosoeuer shall heare of this great plague, shal be astonis hed. tingle.
13 And I wil stretch ouer Ierusalém the lineAs I haue destroyed Samaria and the house of Aháb, so wil destroye Iudáh. of Samaria, and the plommet of the house of Aháb: and I wil wipe Ierusalém, as a man wipeth a dish, which he wipeth, and turneth it vpside downe.
14 And I wil forsake theMeaning Iudáh and
〈◊〉
, which were one ly left of the rest of the tribes. remnant of mine inheritance, and deliuer them into the hand of their enemies, and the, shalbe robbed and spoiled of all their aduersaries,
15 Because they haue done euil in my sight, and haue prouoked me to angre, since the time their fathers came out of Egypt vntil this day
16 Moreouer Manasséh
〈◊〉
The Ebrewes write that he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the Prophet, who was his fatherin Lawe. innocent blood exceding muche, til her eplenished Ierusalém from corner to corner, beside his sinne where with he made Iudáh to sinne, and to do euil in the sight of the Lord.
17 Concerning the rest of the actes of Manasséh, and all that he did, and his sinne that he sinned, are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Iudáh?
18 And
〈◊〉
slept with his fathers, and was buryed in the garden of his owne house (euen) in the garden of Vzzá: and Amón his sonne reigned in his steade.
19 ¶ * Amon was two and twentie yere olde,2. Chro. 33. 20. when he begā to reigne, and he reigned two yere in Ierusalem: his mothers name also was Meshullémeth the daughter of Harúz of Iotbáh.
20 And he did euil in the sight of the Lord, as his father Manasséh did.
21 For he walked in all the waie, that his father walked in, and serued theidoles that his father serued, and worshiped them.
22 And he forsoke the Lord God of his fathers and walked not in theThat is, according to his commandements. way of the Lord.
23 And the seruants of Amún conspired against him, and slewe the King in his owne house.
24 And the people of the land slewe all them that had conspired against King Amón, and the people made Iosiáh his sonne King in his steade.
25 Concerning the rest of the actes of Amón, which he did, are they not writē in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Iudáh?
26 AndOr, he buryed him, to wit, Iosiáh his sonne. they buryed him in his sepulchre in the gardē of Vzzá: and Iosiáh his sonnes reigned in his steade.
CHAP. XXII,
4 Iosiáh repareth the Temple. 8 Helkiáh findeth the boke of the Lawe and causeth it to be presented to Iosiáh, 12. who sendeth to Huldah the prophetesse to inquire the Lords wil.
1 IOsiáh was * eight yere olde when he began2. Chro. 34.
〈◊〉
. to reigne, and he reigned one and thirtie yere in Ierusalém. His mothers name also was Iedidáh the daughter of Adaiáh of Bozcáth.
2 And he did vprightly in the sight of the Lord andHis zeale was prophecied of, & his name mencioned by Iaddo the Prophet, more then thre hun dreth yeres before. 1. King. 13. 2. & being but eight yere olde, he soght the God of his father Dauid 2. Chro. 34. 3. walked in all the wayes of Dauid his father, and bowed nether to the right hand, nor to the left.
3 ¶ And in the eightenth yere of King Iosiáh, the King sent Shaphán the sonne of Azaliáh the sonne of Meshullám the chanceller to the house of the Lord, saying,
4 Go vp to Hilkiáh the hie Priest, that he mayOr, coyne, as vers. 9 summe the siluer which is broght into the house of the Lord, which the kepers of theOr, vessel.
Certeine of the Priests were appointed to this of fice, as Chap. 12 9. dore haue gathered of the people.
5 And let themFrom the time of
〈◊〉
for the space of 224. yeres the Temple remained without reparation through the
〈◊〉
of the Priests, this decla reth that they that haue a charge and execute it not, ought to haue it taken from them deliuer it into the hand of them that do the worke, (and) haue the ouer sight of the house of the Lord: let them giue it to them that worke in the house of the Lord, to repaire the decaied places of the house:
6 (To wit,) vnto the artificers and carpenters and masons, and to bie tymber, and hewed stone to repaire the house.
7 Howbeit let no rekenynge be made wyth them of the money, that is deliuered into their hand: for they dealeSo God prouided him of faith ful seruāts, seing he went about so zealously to set forthe the worke of God. faithfully.
8 And Hilkiah the hie Priest sayd vnto Shaphan the chanceller, I haue founde theThis was the copie that Mosés left them, as appeareth. boke of the Lawe in the house of the Lord: and Hilkiah gaue the boke to Shaphan, and he red it.
9 So Shaphan the chāceller came to the King,2. Chro. 34. 14. and broght him worde againe, and sayd, ThyWhich ether by the negligence of the Priests had be ne lost, or els by the Wickednes of idolatrous Kings had bene abolished. seruauntes haueEbr. melted. gathered the money, that was founde in the house, and haue deliuered it vnto the hands of thē that do the worke, (and) haue the ouersight of the house of the Lorde.
10 Also Shaphan the chanceller shewed the King, saying, Hilkiah the Priest hathe deliuered me a boke. And Shaphan redit before the King.
11 And when the King had heard the wordes of the boke of the Lawe, he rent his clothes
12 Therefore the King commaunded Hilkiah the Priest, and Ahikam the sonne of Shaphā, and Achbor the sonne of Michaiah, and Sha phan the chanceller, and Asahiah the Kings seruaunt, saying.
13 Go ye (and)Meaning to some Prophet whome God reueleth the know ledge of things vnto, as
〈◊〉
. 21.
〈◊〉
thogh at other times they inqui red the Lord by Vrim and Thum mim. inquire of the Lorde for me, and for the people, and for all Iudah, concernynge the wordes of thys boke that is founde: for greate is the wrath of the Lorde that is kindled agaynste vs, because our fathers haue not obeyed the wordes of thys boke, to do accordyng vnto all that which
is writen therein for vs.
14 ¶ So Hilkiáh the Priest and Ahikám, and Achbór and Shaphán, and Asahiáh went vnto Huldáh the Prophetesse the wife of Shallūm, the sonne of Tikuáh, the sonne of Harhás keper of the wardrobe: [and she dwelt in Ierusalém in theOr, the
〈◊〉
of doctrine which was
〈◊〉
to the Temple, & where the
〈◊〉
assembled to intreat the Scuptures, & the doctrine of the Prophetes. colledge] and they communed with her.
15 And she answered them, Thus sayth the Lord God of Israél, Tel the man that sent you to me.
16 Thus sayth the Lord, Beholde, I wil bring euil vpon this place, and on the inhabitans thereof, (euen) all the wordes of the boke which the King of Iudáh hathe red,
17 Because they haue forsaken me, and haue burnt incense vnto other gods, to anger me with all theThe workes of mans hād here si gnifie all that mā muenteth beside the word of God which are
〈◊〉
in Gods seruice. workes of their hāds: my wrath also shalbe kindled against this place, and shal not be quenched.
18 But to the King of Iudáh, who sent you to in quire of the lord, so shal ye say vnto him, Thus sayth the Lord GOD of Israél, The wordes that thou hast heard, (shal come to passe.)
19 (But) because thine heart didMeaning that he
〈◊〉
repent, as they, that do not repent are said to hardē their heart. Psal. 5. 8. melt, and thou hast humbled thy selfe before the LORD, when thou heardest what I spake against this place, and against the inhabitants of the same, (to wit,) that it shulde be destroyed and accused, and hast rent thy clothes and wept before me, I haue also heard it, sayth the Lord.
20 Beholde therefore, I wil gather thee to thy fathers, and thou shalt be putin thy graue inVVhereupon we may gather that the angre of God is ready agaīst the wicked whē God taketh his seruants out of this worlde. peace, and thine eyes shal not se all the euil which I wil bring vpō this place. Thus they broght the King worde againe.
CHAP. XXIII.
2 Iosiáh readeth the Lawe before the people. 3 He maketh a couenant with the Lord. 4 He putteth downe the idoles, after he had killed their priests.
〈◊〉
He kepeth Passeouer. 24 He destroyeth the coniurers. 29 He was killed in Megiddó, 30 And his sonne Iehoaház reigneth in his steade. 33 After he was taken, his sonne Iehoiakim was made King.
1 THen * the KingBecause he sawe the great plagues of God that were
〈◊〉
, he knewe no more spedie waye to auoide thē, then to turne to God by repentance, whiche can not come but of faith and faith by hearing of the
〈◊〉
of God. sent, and there gathered
〈◊〉
. Chro.
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. vnto him all the Elders of
〈◊〉
and of
〈◊〉
rusalém.
2 And the King went vp into the house of the Lord, with all the men of Iudáh and all the in habitāts of Ierusalém with him, & the Priests and Prophetes, & all the people bothe small & great: & he red in their eares all the wordes of the boke of the couenāt, which was foūd in the house of the Lord.
3 And the King stode byWhere the king had his place, Chap.
〈◊〉
, 4. the piller, and made aAs Ioshua did,
〈◊〉
. 24, 22. couenant before the Lord, that they shuld walke after the Lord, and kepe his comman dements, and his testimonies, and his statutes with all (their) heart, and with all (their) soule, that they might accōplish the wordes of this couenant writen in this boke. And all the people stode to the couenant.
4 Then the King commanded Hilkiáh the hie Priest and theMeaning then which were next in dignitie to the hie Priests. Priests of the secōd ordre and the kepers of the dore, to bring out of the Temple of the Lord all the vessels that were made for Báal, and for the groue, and for all the hoste of heauē, and he burnt them without Ierusalém in the fields of Kedrón, and caryedIn contempt of that altar, which
〈◊〉
had there buylt to sacrifice to his calues. the powdre of them into Beth-él.
5 And he put downe theMeaning the priests of Báal which were called Chemirims, ether because thei weare black garments, or els were smoked with burning in cense to idoles. Chemerim, whome the Kings of Iudáh founded to burne incense in the hie places, (and) in the cities of Iudáh, and about Ierusalém, and also them that burnt incense vnto Báal, to the sunne and to the moone, and to the planets, and to all the hoste of heauen.
6 And he broght out theHe remoued that groue which idolaters for deuotion had planted nere vnto the Temple, contrarie to the cōmandement of the Lord,
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 20, or as some read, the similitude of a groue which was
〈◊〉
in the Temple. groue from the Tē
ple of the Lord without Ierusalém vnto the valley Kedrón, and burnt it in the valley Kedrón, and stampt it to powdre, and cast the dust thereof vpon theBothe in contempt of the idoles, and reproche of them which had worshiped them in their liues. graues of the children of the people.
7 And he brake downe the houses of the sodo mites, that were in the house of the Lord, where the women woue hangings for the groue.
8 Also he broght all the priestes out of the cities of Iudáh, and defiled the hie places whe re the priests had burnt incense, (euen) from Géba to Beer-shéba, and destroied the hie places of the gates, that were in the entring in of the gate of Ioshúa the gouernour of the citie which was at the left hand of the gate of the citie.
9 Neuertheles the priests of the hie placesBecause that those that had forsakē the Lord to serue idoles, were not mete to minister in the seruice of the Lord for the instructiō of others. ca me not vp to the altar of the Lord in Ierusalém, saue onely thei did eat of the vnleauened bread among their brethren.
10 He defiled alsoWhich was a valley nere to Ierusalém, & signifieth a
〈◊〉
, because they
〈◊〉
on the
〈◊〉
while their children were burning, that their crye shulde not be heard, where after Iosiáh commanded carious to be cast. Tōpheth, which was in the valley of the childrē of
〈◊〉
that no man shulde maketh his sonne or his daughter passe through the fyre to Mōlech.
11 He put downe also theThe idolatrous Kings had dedica te horses and cha rets to the sunne ether to carie the image thereof about as the heathen did, or els to sacrifice then, as a sacrifice moste agreable. horses that the Kings of Iudáh had giuen to the sunne at the entring in of the house of the Lord by the chamber of Nethan-mélech the eunuche, which was (ruler) of the suburbes, and burnt the charets of the sunne with fyre.
12 And the altars that were on the top of the chamber of Aház, which the Kings of
〈◊〉
had made, & the altars which Manasséh had made in the two
〈◊〉
of the house of the Lord, did the King breake downe, and hasted thence, and cast the dust of them in theOr, valley. brooke Kedrōn.
13 Moreouer the King defiled the hie places that were before Ierusalē & on the right hād of theThat was the mount of oliues, su called because it was ful of
〈◊〉
. mount of corruption [which * Salomón the King of Israél had buylt for Ashtō
reth theidole of the Zidoniās & for Chemósh the idole of the Moabites, & for Milchō the abomination of the children of Ammón]
14 And he brake the images in pieces, and cut1. King. 11. 7. downe the groues and filled their places with the bones of men.
15 FurthermoreWhich Ie: obo am had buylt in Israél, the altar that was at Beth-él, (&) the hie place made by Ieroboā the sonne1. King. 12. 28.
of Nebát, which made Israél to sinne, bothe this altar and also the hie place brake he do wne, and burnt the hie place, (and) stampt to powder and burnt the groue.
16 And as Iosiáh turned him selfe, he spied the graues, that were in the mount, and sent and toke the bones out of the graues, and burnt them vpon the altar, and polluted it, according to the worde of the Lord that theAccording to the prophecie of
〈◊〉
, 1. King,
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
man of God proclaimed whiche cryed the same wordes.
17 Then he said, What title is that which I se? And the men of the citie said vnto him, (It is) the sepulchre of the mā of God, which came from Iudáh, and tolde these things that thou hast done to the altar of Beth-él.
18 Thē said he, Let him alone: let none remoue his bones. So his bones were saued with the bones of theMeaning the
〈◊〉
whiche came after him, and caused him to eat cōtrary to the cōmandemēt of the Lord, whiche were both two buried in one graue, r. King, 13, 31. Prophet that came from Samaria.
19 Iosiáh also toke away all the houses of the hie places, which were in the cities of Sama ria, which the King of Israél had made to an gre (the Lord,) and did to them according to all the factes that he had done in Bethél.
20 And he sacrificed all the priests of the hie places, that were there vpon the altars, and burnt mens bones vpon them, and returned to Ierusalém.
21 ¶ Then the King commanded all the people saying, * Kepe the Passeouer vnto the Lord2, Chro.
〈◊〉
1. your God, * as it is writtē in the boke of this3, Esdr. 1,
〈◊〉
.
Exod. 12, 3. couenant.Deut. 16, 2.
22 And there was no Passeouer holdenFor the multitude and zoale of the people with the great prepara tion. like that frō the dayes of the Iudges that iudged Israél, nor in all the dayes of the Kings of Israél, and of the Kings of Iudáh.
23 And in the eightenth yere of King Iosiáh was this Passeouer celebrated to the Lord in Ierusalém.
24 Iosiáh also toke away them that had familiar spirits, and the sothesayers, and the images, and the idoles, and all the abominacions that were espied in the land of Iudáh and in Ierusalém, to performe the wordes of the *Leui, 20, 27. Lawe, which were writen in the boke thatDeut, 18,
〈◊〉
. Hilkiáh the Priest founde in the house of the Lord.
25 Like vnto him was there no King before him, that turned to the Lord with all his heart and with all his soule, and with all his might according to all the Lawe of Moses, nether after him arose there anie like him.
26 Notwithstanding the Lord turned not from theBecause of the wicked hearts of the people which worde not turne vnto him by repentance. fearcenes of his great wrath where with he was angrie against Iudáh, because of all the prouocacions where with Manasséh had prouoked him.
27 Therefore the Lord said, I wil put Iudáh also out of my sight, as I haue put away Israél, and wil cast of this citie Ierusalém, whiche I haue chosen, and the house where of I said, *1 King,
〈◊〉
23, &
〈◊〉
3 My Name shalbe there.2. King, 7, 10.
28 Concerning the rest of the actes of Iosiáh and all that he did, are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Iudáh?
29 ¶ * In his dayes Pharaōh Nechoh King of2.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. Egypt wēt vp against the King of Asshúr to the riuer Peráth. And King Iosiáh
〈◊〉
he passed through his comtrey, he feared lest he wolde
〈◊〉
done him hame, and there fore wolde haue
〈◊〉
him, yet
〈◊〉
consulted not with the Lord, and therefore
〈◊〉
slaine. went against him, whome when (Pharaóh) sawe, he slewe him at Megiddô.
30 Then his seruants caried him dead from Me giddó, and broght him to Ierusalém, and buryed him in his owne sepulchre. And the peo ple of the land toke Iehoaház the sonne of Iosiáh, and annointed him, & made him King in his fathers steade.
31 * Iehoaház (was) thre and twentie yere olde
〈◊〉
Chro. 36. 1. when he began to reigne, and reigned thre moneths in Ierusalém. His mothers name also was Hamutál the daughter of Ieremiáh of Libnáh.
32 And he did euil in the sight of the Lord, according to all that hisMeaning, the wicked Kings before. fathers had done.
33 And Pharaóh Nechóh put him in bondsWhich was An tiochia in Syria, called also Hamáth. at Ribláh in the land of Hamáth,Or, that he shul de not
〈◊〉
. while he reigned in Ierusalém, and put the land to a tribute of an hundreth talents of siluer, and a talent of golde.
24 ¶ And Pharaóh Nechóh made Eliakim the sonne of Iosiáh King in steade of Iosiáh his father, and turned his name to Iehoiakim, & toke Iehoaház away, which when he came to Egypt, dyed there.
35 And Iehoiakim gaue the siluer and the golde to Pharaóh, and taxed the land to giue the money, according to the commandement of Pharaóh: he leuyed of Euerie man of the people of the land, according to his vallue, siluer and golde to giue vnto Pharaóh Nechóh.
36 Iehoiakim was fiue and twentie yere olde, when he began to reigne, and he reigned ele uen yeres in Ierusalém. His mothers name also was Zebudah the daughter of Pedaiáh of Rumáh.
37 And he did euil in the sight of the Lord, according to all that his fathers had done.
CHAP. XXIIII.
1 Iehoiakim made subiect to Nebuchad nezzár rebelleth. 3 The cause of his ruine and all Iudahs. 6 Iehoiachin rei gneth. 15 He and his people are caryed vnto Babylon. 17. Zedekiah is made King.
1 IN hisIn the end of the third yere of his
〈◊〉
, and in the beginning of the fourte, Dan. 1. 1. dayes came Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél vp, and Iehoiakim became his ser uant thre yere: afterwarde he turned, and rebelled against him.
2 And the Lord sent against him bandes of the Caldees, and bandes of the Aramites, andChap. 20. 17. & 21. 27. bandes of the Moabites, and bandes of the Ammonites, and he sent them against Iudáh to destroye it, * according to the worde of the Lord, which he spake by his seruants the Prophetes.
3 Surely by theThogh God vsed these wicked tyrants to execute his iuste iudgements, yet they are not to be excused, becau se thei proceded of ambicion and malice. commandement of the Lord came this vpon Iudáh, that he might put thē out of his sight for the sinnes of Manasséh, according to all that he did,
4 And for the innocent blood that he shed, [for he filled Ierusalē with innocēt blood] therefore the Lord wolde not pardone it.
5 Concerning the rest of the actes of Iehoiakim, and all that he did, are thei not writē in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Iudáh?
6 So IehoiakimNot that hewas buryed with hvs fathers, but he dyedin the way, as they led him prisoner
〈◊〉
Babylon: read Ierem,
〈◊〉
. 19. slept with his fathers, and Iehoiachin his sonne reigned in his steade.
7 ¶ And the King of Egypt came no more out of his land: for the Kyng of Babél had taken from the riuer of Egypte, vnto the riuerOr, Euphrates. Peráth,
〈◊〉
that perteined to the King of Egypt.
8 ¶ Iehoiachin (was) eightene yere old, whē he began to reigne, and reigned in Ierusalém thre moneths. His mothers name also (was) Nehushtá, the daughter of Elnathán of Ierusalém.
9 And he did euill in the sight of the Lord, according to all that his father had done.
10 * In that time came the seruantes of Nebuchad-nezzárDan. 1. 1. King of Babél vp agaynst Ierusalém so the citie was besieged.
11 And Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél came against the citie, and his seruantes did besiege it.
12 Then Iehoiachin the King of IudáhThat is, yelded him selfe vnto him by the counsel of
〈◊〉
. came out against the King of Babél, he, and his mother, and his seruants, and his princes, and his eunuches: and the King of Babél toke him in the eight yereIn the reigne of the Kynge of Babylon. of his reigne.Chap. 20. 17.
13 * And he caryed out thence all the threasuresIsa. 39. 6. of the house of the Lord, and the treasures of the Kings house, and brake all the vessels of golde, which Salomón Kynge of Israél had made in the Temple of the Lord, as the Lord had said.
14 And he caryed away all Ierusalém, and all the princes, and all the stronge men of warre, (euen) ten thousand into captiuitie, and all the workemen, and connyng men: so none remained sauyng the poore people of the land.
15 * And he caryed a way Iehoiachin into Babél,2. Chro. 36. 10, Esther 2, 6. and the Kings mother, and the Kings wiues, and his eunuches, and the mightye of the land caryed he away into captiuitie from Ierusalém to Babél,
16 And all the men of warre, (euen) seuen thousand, and carpenters, and lockesmithes a thousand all that were strong and apt for warre, did the King of Babél bryng to Babél captiues.
17 ¶ * And the King of Babél made Mattaniáh
〈◊〉
. 37. 1.
〈◊〉
52. 1. his vncle King in his steade, and chā
ged his name to Zedekiáh.
18 Zedekiah was one and twētie yere olde, when he began to reigne, and he reygned eleuen yeres in Terusalē. His mothers name also was Hamutál the daughter of Ieremiáh of Libnáh.
19 And he did euil in the sight of the Lord, according to all that Iehoiakim had done.
20 Therfore certeinely the wrath of the Lord was against Ierusalém and Iudáh vntill he cast them out of hisOut of Ierusalém and Iudah
〈◊〉
Babylon. sight. And Zedekiáh rebelled against the King of Babél.
CHAP. XXV.
1 Ierusalém is besieged of Nebuchad nezzár, and taken. 7 The sonnes of Zedekiáh are slayne before his eyes, & after are his owne eyes put out. 21 Iudáh is broght to Babylón, 25 Gedoliah is slayne. 27 Iehoiachin is exalted.
1 ANd * in the
〈◊〉
is, of zedekiah ninthe yere of his reigne,Iere
〈◊〉
30. 1. &
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. theVVhich
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
cal
〈◊〉
, and it
〈◊〉
part of December and parte of Ianuarie. tenth (moneth and) tenth day of the moneth Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél came, he, and all his hoste against Ierusalém, and pitched against it, & thei buyltOr, amount. fortes against it rounde about it.
2 So the citie was besieged vnto the eleuēth yere of King Zedekiáh.
3 And the ninth (day) of the moneth the famine wasIn so muche that the
〈◊〉
did eat their
〈◊〉
. sore in the citie, so that there was no bread for the people of the land.
4 Then the citie was broken vp, and all theLament. 4. 10. men of warre (fled) by night, by the way of theVVhiche was a
〈◊〉
dore or some secret gate to issue our at. gate, (which is) betwene two walles that was by the Kings garden: nowe the Caldees (were) by the citie rounde about: (and the King) went by the way of the wildernes.
5 But the armie of the Caldees pursued after the King, and toke him in the deserts oflerichó, and all hys hoste was scatred from him.
6 Then they toke the King, and caryed him vp to the Kyng of Babél to Ribláh, where theyOr condemned him for his per iurie and treason, 1. Chro. 36.
〈◊〉
. gaue iudgement vpon him.
7 And they slewe the sonnes of Zedekiáh before his eyes, and put out the eyes of Zedekiáh, and bounde him in chaines, and caryed him to Babél.
8 ¶ And in the fift moneth, (and)Ieremie
〈◊〉
Cha.
〈◊〉
. 12, the
〈◊〉
daye, because the fyre continued f ō the seuenth daye to the tenth. seuenth (day) of the moneth, whiche was the nintēth yere of King Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél, came Nebuzar-adánOr, captaine of the garde. chief steward (and) seruant of the King of Babél, to Ierusalém,
9 And burnt the house of the Lord, and the Kings house, and all the houses of Ierusalém, and all the great houses burnt he with fyre.
10 And all the armie of the Caldees that were with the chief stewarde, brake downe the walles of Ierusalém rounde about.
11 And the rest of the people that were left in the citie, and those that were fled andVVhile the
〈◊〉
geindured. fallen to the King of Babél, with the remnant of the multitude, did Nebuzar-adán chief stewarde carye away captiue.
12 But the chief stewarde left of the poore of the land to dresse the vines, and to tyll the land.
13 * Also the pillers of brasse that were in theChap. 20. 17. house of the Lord, and the bates, and theIere. 27. 22. brasen Sea that was in the house of the Lord, did the Caldees breake, and caryed the brasse of them to Babél.
14 The pottesOf these read Exod. 27.
〈◊〉
also and the besomes, and
the instruments of musike, and the incense asshes, and all the vessels of brasse that thei ministred in, toke they away.
15 And the asshe pannes, and the basens, (& all) that was of golde, & that was of siluer, toke the chief stewarde away,
16 With the two pillers, one Sea and the bases, which Salomōn had made for the house of the Lord: the brasse of all these vessels was without weight.
17 * The height of the one piller was eightene
〈◊〉
. King 7.
〈◊〉
.
Ierem 52. 21. cubites, and the chapiter there on (was)2. Chro 3. 15. brasse, and the height of the chapiter (was) with networke thre cubites, & pomegranates vpon the chapiter rounde about, all of brasse: and like wise (was) the secōde piller with the networke.
18 And the chief stewarde toke Seraiáh the chief Priest, and Zephaniáh theThat is, one appointed to succede in the hie Priestes row me, if he were sicke or els otherwise letted. seconde Priest, and the threkepers of the dore.
19 And out of the citie he toke an eunuche that had the ouersight of the mē of war e, andlet emie maketh mencion of
〈◊〉
, but here he speaketh of them
〈◊〉
were the chiefest. fiue men of them that were in the Kings presence, which were founde in the Citie, and Sophēr captaine of the hoste, who mustred the people of the lande, and threscoremen of the people of the lande, that were founde in the citie.
20 And Nebuzar-adán the chief stewarde toke them, and broghtthem to the Kyng of Babél to Ribláh.
21 And the King of Babél smote them, and slewe them at Ribláh in the lande of Hamáth. So Iudáh was caryed a waye captrue out of his owne land.
22 * Howbeit there remayned people in theIere. 40. 5. & 9. land of Iudáh, whome Nebuchad nezzár King of Babél left, and made Gedaliáh the sonne of Ahikám the sonne of Shaphā ruler ouer them.
23 Then when all the captaines of the hoste and (their) mē heard, that the King of Babél had made Gedaliáh gouernour, they came to Gedaliáh to Mizpáh, to wit, Ishmaél the sonne of Nethaniáh, and Iohanā the sonne of Káreah, & Seraiáh the sonne of Tanhúmeth the Netophathite, and Iaazaniāh the sonne of Maachathi, they and their men.
24 And GedaliáhThat is, he did exhorte them in the Name of the Lord, accordynge to Ieremies counsel to submit thē selues to Nebuchadnezzar, seing it Was the reueled will of the Lord. sware to them, & to their men, and said vnto them, Feare not to be the seruants of the Caldees: dwell in the land, and serue the King of Babēl, and ye shal be wel.
25 * But in the seuenth moneth Ishmaēl the sonne of Nethaniáh the sonne of Elishamā of the Kings sede, came, and ten men with him, and smote Gedaliáh, and he dyed, and so did he the Iewes, and the Caldees that were with him at Mizpāh.
26 Then all the people both small and great and the captaines of the armie arose, andIere. 41. 1. came toCōtrary to
〈◊〉
counsel, lerem. 40. 41, & 42. 43. Egypt: for they were afrayed of the Caldees.
27 Not withstanding in the seuen and thirtieth yere after,Thus long was he, his wife, & hys children in Babylon, whome
〈◊〉
sonne, after hisfa thers death, preferred to honour: thusby Gods prouidēce of the sede of Dauid was
〈◊〉
euen vnto Christ. Iehoiachin King of Iudáh was caryed away in the twelft moneth (and) the seuen and twentith (daye) of the moneth, Euil-merodách King of Babél in
〈◊〉
yere that he began to reygne, did lift vp the head of Iehoiachin Kynge of Iudāh out of the prison.
28 And
〈◊〉
kindely to him, & sethis throne aboue the throne of the Kings that were
〈◊〉
him in Babél,
29 And changed his prison garments: and he
〈◊〉
continually eat bread before him, all the dayes of his life.
30
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
(was) a continuall
〈◊〉
o Meaning, that he had an
〈◊〉
in the court.
〈◊〉
him by the King, euerie daye a
〈◊〉
, all the dayes of his life.
THE FIRST BOKE OF THE Ebr. wordes of dayes. Chronicles, Or, of thynges omitted, to Wit, in the bokes of the Kings. or Paralipoménon.
THE ARGVMENT.
THe Iewes comprehend bothe these bokes in one, whiche the Greciansbecause of the lenght deuide into two: and they are called Chronicles, because they note
〈◊〉
the histories from
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
from their captiuitiein Babylón. But these are not those bokes of
〈◊〉
, whiche are so oftmencioned in the bokes of Kynges of Iudáh and Israél, whiche did at large set forth the storie of both the kingdomes, &
〈◊〉
perished in the captiuitie: but an abbridgement of the same, and were gathered by Esra, as the Iewes write, after their returne from Babylon. This first boke conteineth a brief rehearsall of the children of Adám vnto Abrahám, Izhak,
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
twelue Patriarches, chiefly of ludah and of
〈◊〉
reigne of Dauid, because Christ came of him according to the flesh And
〈◊〉
itsetteth forthe more amply his actes, bothe concerning ciuil gouernement, and also the administracion, and care of things concerning religion, for the good successe whereof he rcioyceth, and giueth thankes to the Lord.
CHAP. I.
1 The genealogie of Adam and Noah vntill Abraham. 27 And from Abraham to Esau. 35 His children. 43 Kyngs and dukes came of him.
1 ADám,Meanynge that Sheth was Adās sonne and Enos h Sheths sonne. Sheth, Enōsh,
2 Kenán, Mahalaleél, Iéred
3 Henōch, Methushélah, Laméch,
4 Nōah,It had bene sufficic̄t to haue named Shē, of whome came Abrahā and Dauid, but be cause the worlde was restored by these thre, menciō is also made of Ham and Iapheth Gen. 10 2. Shem, Ham, and Iápheth.
5 ¶ * The sonnes of Iápheth (were) Gōmer and Magóg, and Madai, and Iauán, & Tubál, and Mēshech, and Tirās.
6 And the sonnes of Gómer, Ashchenáz, & Or, Riphath. Iphāth and Togarmáh.
7 Also the sonnes of Iauán, Elisháh and Tarshisháh, Kittim, and Or, Rodanim. Dodanim.
8 ¶ The sonnes of Ham (were) Cush & Mizráim, Put and Canáan.
9 And the sonnes of Cush, Sibá and Hauilāh, and Sabtá, and Raamáh, and Sabtechá. Also the sonnes of Raamáh (were) Shebá and Dedán.
10 And Cush begateVVho firste did lift vp him selfe aboue others, Gen. 10, 8. Nimrōd, who begā to be mighty in the earth.
11 And Mizráim begate Ludim and Anamim, Lehabim and Naphtuhim:
12 Pathrusim also, and Casluhim, of whome came the Philistims, and Caphtorim.
13 Also Canáan begate Zidon his first borne, and Heth,
14 And the Iebusite, and the Amorite, & the Girgashite,
15 And the Hiuite, and the Arkite and the Simite,
16 And the Aruadite, and the Zemarite, and the Hamathite.
17 ¶ * The sonnes of Shem (were) Elám andGen. 10. 22. & 11. 10. Ashúr, and Arpachshád, and Lud, andOf whom came the Syrians, and therefore thei are called Aramites throughout al the Scripture. Aram, and Vz, and Hul and Géther, and Méshech.
18 Also Arpachshad begate Shélah, and Shélah begateOf him came the Ebrewes whiche were afterwarde called
〈◊〉
of Israél, which was
〈◊〉
and Iewes of Iudah, because of the excellencie of that tribe. Eber.
19 Vnto Eber also were borne two sonnes: the name of the one (was) Péleg: for in hys dayes was the earth deuided: and his, brothers name (was) Ioktan.
20 Then Ioktan begate Almodad & Shéleph, and Hazermaueth and Ierah.
21 And Hadoram and Vzal and Diklah,
22 And Ebal, and Abimaél, and Sheba,
23 And
〈◊〉
, & Hauilah and Iobab: all these were the sonnes of loktan.
24 He repeateth Shē againe, because he wold come to the stock of
〈◊〉
Shem, VVho came of Shem, and of him Shélah. Arpachshad, Shélah,
25 Eber, Péleg,
〈◊〉
,
26 Serūg, Nahōr, Terah,
27 * Abram, which is Abraham.
28 ¶ The sonnes of Abraham (were) Izhak, & Ishmaél.Gen. 16. 11. & 17.
〈◊〉
. & 21. 2.
29 These are their generacions. *The eldestGen 25. 13. sonne of Ishmaél (was) Nebaioth, and Kedar, and Adbeél, and Mibsam,
30 Mishma, and Dumah,
〈◊〉
, Or,
〈◊〉
Hadad, and Tema,
31 Ietūr,
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
: these are the sonnes of Ishmaél.
32 ¶ And Keturah AbrahamsRead
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
cōcubine barc sonnes, Zimran, and Iokshan, and Medan, and Midian, and Ishbak, and Shúah: & the sonnes of Iokshan, Sheba, aud Dedan.
33 And the sonnes of Midian (were) Ephah, and Ephar, and Henōch, and Abida, & Eldaah: * all these are the sonnes of
〈◊〉
.Gen. 25. 4.
34 * And Abraham begate Izhak: the sonnesGen. 21 2. of Izhak, Esau, and Israél.
35 ¶ The sonnes of Esau wereThese
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
mothers, Read. * Eliphaz, Reuēl, and
〈◊〉
, and Iaalam, and Kōrah.
36 The sonne of Eliphaz, Teman, and Omar,
〈◊〉
. 36. 4.
Or
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Zephi, and Gatam, Kenaz, and
〈◊〉
was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
: read.
〈◊〉
.,
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
Timna, &Gen. 36, 4. Amalék.
37 The sonnes of Reuél, Nahath, Zérah, Shā
mah and Mizzah.
38 And the sonnes ofHe is also called
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
mount
〈◊〉
, Gene.
〈◊〉
. 20. Seir, Lotan, and Shobal, and Zibeon, and Anah, and Dishōn, & Ezēr and Dishan.
39 And the sonnes of Lotan, Hori, and Homam, and Timna Lotans sister.
40 The sonnes of Shobal (were) Alian, & Manahath, and Ebal, Shephi, and Onam. And the sonnes of Zibeōn, Aiah and
〈◊〉
.
41 The sonne of Anah (was) Dishōn. And the sonnes of Dishōn, Amram, and Eshbā, and Ithran, and Cheran.
42 The sonnes of Ezér (were) Bilhan, & Zaauan, (and) Iaakan. The sonnes of
〈◊〉
(were) Vz, and Aran.
43 ¶ And these
〈◊〉
theHe maketh mē
cion of the Kings that came of
〈◊〉
accordynge to Goddes
〈◊〉
made to Abrahā concerning hym, that Kings shuld come of him. These eight Kings reigned one after another in Idumeavnto the time of
〈◊〉
, who cō
quered their coun trey. Kings that reigned in the land of Edom, before a King reigned ouer the children of Israél, (to wit,) Béla the sonne of Beōr, and the name of his Citie (was) Dinhabah.
44 Then Béla dyed, and Io bab the sonne of Zērah ofVVhich was the principal
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
. Bozrah reigned in his steade.
45 And when Iobab was dead, Hussham of the land of the Temanites reygned in hys steade.
46 And when Hussham was dead, Ha dad the sonne of Bedad which smote Midian in the field of Moab, reigned in his stead, and the name of his citie (was) Auith.
47 So Hadad dyed, & Samlah of Mashrecah reigned in his steade.
48 And Samlah dyed, & Shaúl of Rehobōth by the riuer reigned in his steade.
49 And when Shaúl was dead, Baal-hanan the sonne of Achbór reigned in his steade.
50 And Baal-hanan dyed, and Hadad reigned in hys steade, and the Name of hys Citie (was)Or, Pau. Pai, and his wiues name Mehetabél the daughter of Matréd the daughter of Mezahab.
51 Hadad dyed also, and there were dukes in Edōm, duke Timna, dukeOr,
〈◊〉
. Aliah, duke Iethéth,
52 Duke Aholibamah, duke Elah, duke Pinō.
53 Duke Kenaz, duke Teman, duke Mibzar,
54 Duke Magdiél, duke Irā: these were the dukes of Edōm.
CHAP. II.
2 The genealogie of
〈◊〉
vnto Ishai the Father of Dauid
1 THese are the sonnes of Israél: * Reubén,Gen. 29. 32. & 30.
〈◊〉
. & 35. 18. Simeón, Leui and Iudáh, Isshachár, andGen. 38. 3. & 46. 12. Zebulún,Chap. 4. 1.
2 Dan, Ioséph, & Beniamin, Naphtali, Gad, and Ashér.
3 * The sonnes ofThogh Iudah was not I aakobs eldest sonne, yet he first beginneth at him, because he wold come to the genealogie of Dauid, of whome came Christ. Iudáh, Er, and Onán, and Shelah. These thre were borne to hym of the daughter of Shúa the Cananite: but Er the eldest sonne of Iudah was euyll in the sight of the Lord, and he slewe him.
4 * And Thamar his daughter in lawe bareGen. 38. 29. him Pharez, & Zérah: (so) all the sonnes ofMat. 1. 3. Iudah were fyue.
5 * The sonnes of Pharez, Hezrón & Hamúl.Ruth. 4. 18.
6 The sonnes also of Zerah (were)Or, zabdi. Zimri, &Of these read 1. Ethan, and Heman, and Calcól, and Dara,Kings 4. 31. which were fiue in all.
7 And the sonne of Carmi,Or, Achan. * Achar that trouIos h. 7. 1. bled Israél, transgressing in the thing excommunicate,
8 The sonne also of Ethan, Azariah.
9 And the sonnes of Hezrōn that were borne vnto him, Iérahmeél, andwhome S. Mat. Ram & Chelubai.calleth Aram, Mat. 1. 3.
10 And Ram begate Aminadab, and Aminadab begate NashōnThat is, chief of the familie. prince of the childrē of Iudah,
11 And Nahshōn begate Salma, & Salma begate Bóaz,
12 And Bōaz begate Obēd, and Obēd begateOr, Iesse. Ishai,
13 * And Ishai begate his eldest sonne Eliab,1 Sam. 16 19. & 17 12. and Abinadab the seconde, andOr,
〈◊〉
. Shimma the third,
14 Nathaneél the fourt, Raddai the fift,
15 Ozém the sixt, (and) Dauid the seuent.
16 Whose sisters (were) Zeruiah and Abigail. And the sonnes of Zeruiah, Abishai, & Ioab and Asahél.
17 And Abigail bare Amasa: and the father of Amasa (was) Iethér an Ishme elite.
18 ¶ AndVVho was called the sonne of Hezron vers. 9. Calēb the sonne of Hezrōn begate Ieriōth of Azubáh (his) wyfe, and her sonnes are these, Ieshér, and Shobab, and Ardōn.
19 And when Azubah was dead, Caléb toke vnto him Ephrath, which bare him Hur.
20 * And Hur begate Vri, and Vri begate Bezaleél.Exod, 31. 2.
21 And afterward came Hezrō to the daughter of Machir the father ofVVho was prince of mounte
〈◊〉
ad, read. Nomb.
〈◊〉
. 40. Gilead, & toke her when he was threscore yere olde, and she bare him Segúb.
22 And Segúb begate Iair, which had thre & twentie cities in the land of Gilead.
23 And Gesshúr with Aram toke the townes of IairThat is, the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the townes fromelairs children. from them, (and) Kenath and the townes thereof, (euen) threscore cities. All these were the sonnes of Machir, the father of Gilead.
24 And after that Hezrōn was dead atWhiche was a towne named of the housband and wife, called also Bethlehem Ephra tah. Caléb Ephratah, then Abiah Hezrons wyfe bare him also Ashūr theMeaning the chief and prince father of Tekōa.
25 And the sonnes of Ierameél the eldest sonne of Hezrón were Ram the eldest, then Bunah and Orēn and Ozén (and) Ahiiah.
26 Also Iera hmeél had another wife named Atarah, which was the mother of Onam.
27 And the sonnes of Ram the eldest sonne of Ierahmeél were Maaz, and Iamin and Ekar.
28 And the sonnes of Onam were Shammai and Iada. And the sonnes of Shammai, Nadab and Abishūr.
29 And the name of the wife of Abishúr (was) called Abiahil, and she bare him Ahban and Molid.
30 The sonnes also of Nadab (were) Séled & Appaim: but Séled dyed without children.
31 And the sonne of Appaim (was) Ishi; and the sonne of Ishi, Sheshan, and the sonne of Sheshan,who dyed whiles his father was alyue and therefore it is said, ver. 34. that Sheshan had no sonnes. Ahlai,
32 And the sonnes of Iada the brother of Shammai (were) Iéther and Iona than: but Iéther dyed without children.
33 And the sonnes of Ionathan (were) Péleth and Zara. These were the sonnes of Ierahmeél.
34 And Sheshan had no sonnes, but daughters. And Sheshan had a seruant that was an Egyptian named Iarha.
35 And Sheshan gaue hys daughter to Iarha hys seruant to wyfe, and she bare hym Attai.
36 And Attai begate Nathan, and Nathā begate Zabad,
37 And Zabad begate Ephlal, and Ephlal begate Obéd.
38 And Obéd begate Iehú, and Iehú begate Azariah.
39 And Azariah, begate Hélez, and Hélez begate Eleasah.
40 And Eleasah begate Sisamai, and Sisamai begate Shallūm,
41 And Shallūm begate Iekamiah, and Iekamiah begate Elishamo.
42 Also the sonnes of Caléb, the brother of Ierahmeél, (were) Mesha his eldest sonne, which wasThat is, the chief gouernor or prince of the ziphims, because the prince ought to haue a father lie care and affection toward his people. the father of Ziph: and the son nes of Mareshah the father of Hebron.
43 And the sonnes of Hebrōn (were) Kórah and Tappūah, & Rēkem begate Shammai.
44 And Shéma begate Raham the father of Iorkoam: and Rékem begate Shammai.
45 The sonne also of Shammai (was) Maōn: and Maōn (was) the father of Beth-zúr.
46 And Ephah aThis difference was betwene the wife and the concubine, that the wife was taken with certeine solemnities of mariage, and her chil dren did
〈◊〉
the concubine had no solemnities in mariage, nether did her children inherit, but had a porcion of goods or money giuen them. Iosh. 15. 17. concubine of Caléb bare Haran and Moza, and Gazéz Harā also begate Gazéz.
47 The sonnes of Iahdai (were) Régem, and Iotham, and Geshan, and Pélet, and Ephah, and Shaaph.
48 Calebs concubine Maachah bare Shéber and Tirhanah.
49 She bare also Shaaph, the father of Madmannah, (and) Sheua the father of Machbenah, and the father of Gibea. * And Ach sah was Calebs daughter.
50 ¶ These were the sonnes of Caléb the sonne of Hur the eldest sonne of Ephratah
Shobál the father of Kiriáth-iearim.
51 Salmá the father of Beth-léhem, (&) Haréph the father of Beth-gadér.
52 And Shobál the father of Kiriáth-iearim had sonnes, and heOr, he that sawe the halfe, because the prince ought to ouerse
〈◊〉
subiectes. was the ouerseer of halfe Hammenōth.
53 And the families of Kitiáth-iearim (were) the Ithrites, and the Puthites, and the Shu mathites, and the Mishraites, of thē came the Zarreathites, and the Eshtaulites.
54 The sonnes of Salmá of Beth-léhem, and the Netophathite, theMeaning, the chief & principal. crownes of the house of Ioab, andOr, the zorites, the halfe of the Manahthites. halfe the Manahthites (and) the Zorites.
55 And the families of thewhiche were men learned and expert in the law Scribes dwelling at Iabéz, the Tirathites, the Shimmeathites, the Shuchathites, which are theRead. Nomb. 10 29. & Iudg. 1. 16. Kenites, that came of Hammáth the father of the house of Recháb.
CHAP. III.
1 The genealogie of Dauid, and of his posteritie vnto the sonnes of Iosiáh.
1 THese also were the sonnes ofHe returneth to the genealogie of Dauid, to shewe that Christ came of his stocke. Dauid, which were borne vnto him in Hebrō: the eldest Amnón of Ahinōam, the Izraelitesse the secondwhich 2. Sam. 3. 3. is called Cheleab borne of her, that was
〈◊〉
wife the Carinelite. Daniél of Abigáil the Carmelitesse.
2 The thyrde Absalóm the sonne of Maacháh daughter of Talmái Kynge of Geshūr: the fourt Adoniiáh the sonne of Haggith:
3 The fift Shephatiáh of Abitál: the sixt Ithreám by Egláh his wife.
4 (These) six were borne vnto him in Hebrō: and there he reigned seuē yere and six moneths: and in Ierusalém he reigned thre & thirtie yere.
5 And these foure were borne vnto hym in Ierusalém, Shimeá, and Shobáb, and Nathán, &Onely Salomon was Dauids natu ral sonne, the other thre were Vriahs, whome Dauid made hys by adoption he that was begotten in adultetie & dyed the eight daye, is not rekenedamōg Dauids sonnes. Salomōn ofCalled also Bath shéba the daughter of Eliā: so thei gaue them diuerse names. Bathshúa the daugh ter of Ammiél:
6 Ibhár also, andElishama, or Elis hua. 2. Sam. 5. 15. & Eliphélet dyed and Dauidnamed those sonnes, whi che were next bor ne, by the same names: in the boke of Kings his children are mencioned whiche werealiue, & here bothe they that were aliue & dead Elishamá, and Eliphálet,
7 And Nōgah, and Népheg, and Iaphia,
8 And Elishamá, and Eliada, and Eliphélet, nine (in nomber.)
9 (These are) all the sonnes of Dauid, besides the sonnes of the concubines, and Thamar their sister.
10 ¶ And Salomons sonne (was) Rehoboam, whose sonne (was) Abiah, (and) Asa hys sonne, (and) Iehoshaphat his sonne.
11 (And) Ioram his sonne, (and) Ahaziah hys sonne, (and) Ioash his sonne,
12 (And) Amaziah his sonne, (&) Azariah hys sonne, (and) Iotham his sonne,
13 (And) Ahaz his sonne, (and) Hezekiah hys sonne, (and) Manasséh his sonne,
14 (And) Amón his sonne, (and) Iosiah hys sonne.
15 ¶ And of the sonnes of Iosiah, theSo called because he was
〈◊〉
to the dignitie royal before his brother Iehoiakim, which was the elder. eldest (was)Or, Iekoahaz. Iohanan, the seconde Iehoiakim, the thirde Zedekiah, (and) the fourt Shallúm.
16 And the sonnes of Iehoiakim (were) Ieconiah, his sonne, (and) Zedekiah his sonne.
17 And the sonnes of Ieconiah. Assir (and) Shealtiél his sonne:
18 Malchiram also and Pedaiah, and Shenazar,2. King. 23. 3. Iecamiah, Hoshama, and Nedabiah.
19 And the sonnes of Pedaiah (were)S. Matt. saith that zerobabél was sonne of zelathiél, meanyng that he was his ne ue we accordynge to the Ebrewe speaches for
〈◊〉
was Pedaiahe sonne. Zerub babél, and Shimmeŕ and the sonnes of Zerubbabél (were) Meshullam, and Hananiah and Shelomith their sister,
20 And Hashubah, and Ohél, and Berechiah, and Hazadiah, and Iushabhésed, fiue (in nō ber.)
21 And the sonnes of Hananiah (were) Pelatiah, and Iesaiah: the sonnes of Rephaiah, the sonnes of Arnan, the sonnes of Obadiah, the sonnes of Shechaniah.
22 And the sonne of Shecaniah (was) Shemaiah: & the sonnes of Shemaiah (were) Hattúsh and Igeal, and Bariah, and Neariah & Shaphat,So that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
sonne, &
〈◊〉
fiue his
〈◊〉
& in all were
〈◊〉
. six.
23 And the sonnes of Neariáh (were) Elioenai, and Hezekiiah, and Azrikam, thre.
24 And the sonnes of Elioenai (were) Hodaiah, and Eliashib, and Pelaiah, and Akkúb, and Iohanan, and Delaiah and Anani, seuen.
CHAP. IIII.
1 The genealogie of the sonnes of Iudáh. I Of Ashúr, 9 Of Iabéz and his prayer. II Of Chelúb. 24 And Simeō: their habitacions. 38 And conquests.
1 THeMeaning, thev came of Iudah, as neuewes and kins men: for onelye Pharez was hys natural sonne. sonnes of Iudah (were) * Pharez, Hezrón, and Carmi, and Hur, and Shobal.
2 And Reaiah the sonne of Shobal begate Iahath, and Iahath begate Ahumai, and LahadGon.; 8. 29. & 46. 12 Chap. 2. 4. these are the families of the Zoreathites.
3 And these were of the father of Etam, Izreél, and Ishma and Idbash: and the Name of their sister (was) Hazlelepóni.
4 And Penuél (was) the father of Gedór, and Ezér the father of Hushah: these are the sonnes of Hur theThe first borne of his mother, and not the eldest
〈◊〉
ne of his father. eldest sonne of Ephratah, the father of Beth-léhem.
5 But Ashúr the father of Tekōa had two wiues, Heleah, and Naarah.
6 And Naarah bare him Ahuzam, & Hépher, and Temeni and Haashtari: these were the sonnes of Naarah.
7 And the sonnes of Heleah (were) Zéreth, Iezóhar and Ethnan.
8 Also Coz begate Anúb, and Zobebah, and the families of Aharhél the sonne of Harúm,
9 But Iabéz was more honorable then hys bretheren: and hys mother called hys nameOtherwise called Othniel, Iudg. 3. 13. Iabéz, saying, Because I bare him in sorowe.
10 And Iabéz called on the God of Israél, saying, Ifthou wilt blesse me in dede, and enlarge my coastes; andIt is to be vnder stand, that then he wold accomplish his vowe which he made. (if) thine hande be with me, and thou wilt cause me (to be deli uered) from euil, that I be not hurt. And God granted the thing that he asked.
11 ¶ And Chelúb the brother of Shuah begate Mehir, which was the father of Eshton.
12 And Eshtón begate Beth-raphá, and Pascáh, and Tehinnáh the father of the citie of Nahash: these are the men of Recháh.
13 ¶ And the sonnes of Kenáz (were) Othniél & Zeraiáh, & the sonne of Othniél, Hatháth
14 And Meonothái begate Ophráh. And Seraiáh begate Ioáb theThe lord of that valley where the artificers dyd worke. father of the valley of craftesmen: for they were craftesmen,
15 ¶ And the sonnes of Caléb the sonne ofCalled also
〈◊〉
. Iephunnéh (were) Irá, Eláh, and Náam. And the sonne of Eláh (was) Kenáz.
16 And the sonnes of Iehaleél (were) Zipn, & Zipháh, Tiriá, and Asareél.
17 And the sonnes of Ezráh (were) Iéther and Méred, and Ephér, and Ialon, and he begate Miriám, and Shammái, and Ishbáh the fa ther of Eshtemōa.
18 Also hisOr, shebare, mea ning the seconde wife of Ezrah. wife Iehudiiáh bare Iéred the father of Gedor, and Héber the father of Sochō, and Iekuthiél the father of Zanōah: and these are the sonnes of Bithiáh the daughter of PharaóhOr, of whome he had Méred. which Méred toke.
19 And the sonnes of the wife of Hodiah, the sister of Naham the father of Keilah (were) the Garmites, and Eshtemōa the Maachathite.
20 And the sonnes of Shimón (were) Amnōn and Rinnah, Ben-hanam and Tilōn. And the sonnes of Ishi (were) Zohéth, and Benzohéth.Gen. 38.
〈◊〉
21 ¶ * The sonnes of Shelah, the sonne of Iudah (were) Er, the father of Lecah, & Laadah the father of Mareshah, and the families of the housholdes of thē that wroght fine linen in the house of Ashbéa.
22 And Iokim and the men of Chozeba and Ioash, and Saraph, which had the dominiō in Moab, andOr, of the inhabitants of Léhem.
〈◊〉
Léhem. (These) also are ancient things.
23 These were potters, and dwelt amonge plants and hedges:Thei were King
〈◊〉
gardiners and serued him in his workes. there thei dwelt with the King for his worke.
24 * The sonnes of Simeōn (were) Nemuél, and Iamin, Iarib, Zérah, (and)His sonne Ohad is here omitted. Shaúl.Gen. 46. 10.
Exod. 6. 15.
25 Whose sonne (was) Shallúm, (&) his sonne Mibsam, (and) his sonne Mishma.
26 And the sonnes of Mishma, Hamuél (was) his sonne, Zacchúr his sonne, (and) Shimei his sonne.
27 And Shimei had sixtene sonnes, and six daughters, but his brethren had not many children, nether was all their familie like to the children of Iudah in multitude.
28 And they dwelt atThese cities belonged to the tribe of Iudah. Iosh. 19. 1. and were gyven to the tribe of Simeon. Beer-shéba, & at Moladah, and at Hazar Shual,
29 And at Bilhah, and at Ezém, and at Tolad.
30 And at Bethuél, and at Hormah, and at Ziklag,
31 And at Beth-marcabōth, and at Hazar Susim, at Beth-birei, & at Sha araim, these were their cities vnto the reigne ofThen
〈◊〉
restored them to the tribe of Iudah Dauid.
32 And their townes (were) Etám, and Ain, Rimmon, and Tōchē, and Ashan, fiue cities.
33 And all their to wnes that were rounde about these cities vnto Baal, These are their habitations and the declaration of theyr genealogie,
34 And Meshobab and Iamlēch, and Ioshah the sonne of Amashiah,
35 And Ioél and Iehu the sonne of Ioshibiah, the sonne of Seraiah, the sonne of Asiél,
36 And Elionai, and Iaakobah, and Ieshohaiah, anh Asaiah, and Adiél and Iesimiél and Benaiah,
37 And Ziza the sonne of Shiphéi, the sonne of Allon, the sonne of Iedaiah, the sonne of Shimri, the sonne of Shemaiah.
38 These were famous princes in their families, and increased greatlye theyr fathers houses.
39 And theyFor the tribe of Simeon was so greate in
〈◊〉
that in the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
they soght new dwellings vnto Gedor, whiche is in the tribe of Dan. went to the entring in of Gedór, euen vnto the East side of the valley, to seke pasture for their shepe.
40 And thei found fat pasture and good, and a wide land, bothe quiet and frutefull: for they of Ham had dwelt there before.
41 And these described by name, came in the dayes of Hezekiáh King of Iudah, & smote theyr tents, and the inhabitāts that were founde there, and destroyed them vtterly vnto this day, and dwelt in theyr rowme, because there was pasture there for theyr shepe.
42 And besides these, fiue hundreth men of the sonnes of Simeōn went to mount Seir, and Pelatiáh, (and) Neariah, & Rophaiah, and Vzziél the sonnes of Ishi (were) theyr captaines,
43 And the rest of Amalék that hadAnd were not
〈◊〉
by Saul and Dauid. escaped, and they dwelt there vnto this day.
CHAP. V.
1 The birth right taken from Reubén and giuen to the sonnes of Ioséph. 3 The genealogie of Reubén. 11 And Gad. 23 And of the halfe tribe of
〈◊〉
.
1 THe sonnes also of Reubén the eldest sonne of Israél [for he was the eldest, * but had defiled his fathers bed, (therfore)Gen. 35. 22. & 49. 4. his birthright was giuē vnto theBecause they were made two tubes, they had a double portion. sonnes of Ioséph the sonne of Israél, so that the genea logie is not rekened after (his) birthright.
2 For Iudah preuailed aboue hys brethren, & of him (came)That is, he was the chiefest of all the tribes according to
〈◊〉
prophecie, Gen. 49 8. & because Christ shulde come of him. the prince, but the birthright (was) Iosephs.]
3 * The sonnes of Reubén the eldest sonne of Israél (were) Hanōch, and Pallú, Hezrōn and Carmi.Gen. 46. 9.
4 The sonnes of Ioél, Shemaiah hys sonne,Exod. 6. 14. Gog his sonne, (and) Shimei his sonne,Nomb 26. 5.
5 Michah his sonne, Reaiah his sonne, (and) Baal his sonne,
6 Beerah his sonne: whome Tilgath Pilneéser King of AsshūrTo wit, in the time of Vzziah King of Israél,
〈◊〉
Kings,
〈◊〉
29. caryed awaye: he was a prince of the Reubenites.
7 And when hys bretheren in theyr families rekened the genealogie of theyr generacions, Ieiel and Zechariah (were) the chief,
8 And Bela the sonne of Azaz, the sonne
of Shéma, the sonne of Ioél, which dwelt inThese place were beyonde
〈◊〉
toward the east in the lād giuen to the Reu
〈◊〉
Aroér, euen vnto Nebô and Báal: meōn
9 Also Eastwardc he in habited vnto the entring in of the wildernes from the riuer Or, Euphrates. Perath: for they had muche cattel in the land of Gilead.
10 And in the dayes of Saúl they warred with theThe Ishmaelites
〈◊〉
came of
〈◊〉
Abrahams cō
〈◊〉
. Hagarims, which fell by their hands: and they dwelt in their tents in all the East partes of Gileád.
11 ¶ And the children of Gad dwelt ouer against them in the land of Bashan, vnto Salcháh,
12 Ioél (was) the chiefest, and Shapham the seconde but Iaanái and Saphar (were) in Baashān,
13 And their brethren óf the house óf their fathers were Michaél, & meshullám, & She bá, & Sorái, and Iacán & Zia, & Ebér, seuen,
14 These are the children of Abiháil, the son ne of Huri, the sonne of Iaroáh, the sonne of Gileád, the sonne of Michaél, the sonne of Ieshishái, the sonne of Iahdō, the sonne of Buz.
15 Ahi the sonne of Abdiél, the sonne of Guni (was) chief of the housholde of their fathers.
16 And they dwelt in Gileád inBothe the hole countrey and one peculiar citie were called by this Name Bashā
Bashán, 'and in the townes thereof, and in all the subur bes of Shatōn, by their borders.
17 All these were
〈◊〉
by genealogies in the dayes of Iothám King of Iudáh, and in the dayes of Ieroboám King of Israél.
18 ¶ The sonnes of Reubén and of Gad, and of halfe the tribe of
〈◊〉
of those that were valiant men, able to beare shield and sworde, and to drawe a bowe, exercised in warre, were foure and fourtie thou sand, seuen hundreth and threscore, that went out to the warre.
19 And they made warre with the Hagarims, withThese
〈◊〉
were the sonnes of Ishmaél. Gene.
〈◊〉
. 13 Ietur, and Naphish and Nodab.
20 And they wereTo wit by the Lord that gaue them the victorie holpen against them, & the Hagarims were deliuered into their hand, and all that were with them for thei cryed to God in the battel, and he heard them, because they trusted in him,
21 And they led a way their cattel (euen) their camels fiftie thousand, & two hundreth, & fiftie thousand shepe, and two thousand asses, and ofEbr. soules of
〈◊〉
. persones an hundreth thou sand.
22 For many fel downe wonded, because the warre (was) of God. And they dwelt in their steades vntil theMeaning the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of therē tribes vnder
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. captiuitie.
23 And the children of the halfe tribe of Manasséh dwelt in the land, from Bashán vnto Other
〈◊〉
led Baalgad. Báal Hermon, and Senir, and vnto monnt Hermōn (for) they increased,
24 And these were the heades of the housholdes of their fathers, euen
〈◊〉
and Ishi, and Eliél and Azriél, & Ieremiah, and Hodauiáh, and Iahdiél, strong men, valiāt (and) famous, heapes of the housholdes of their fathers,
25 But they transgressed against the God of their fathers, and wēt a whoring after the gods of the people of the land, whome God had destroied before them,
26 And God of IsraélThus God stirred vp the wicked and vsed thē as instruments to execute his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
against sinners althogh they were led with malice and
〈◊〉
. stirred vp the spirit of Pul King of Asshúr, & the spirit of Tilgáth Pilneesér King of Ashúr, and he caried thē awaye (euen) the Keubenites and the Gadites, and the halfe, tribe of Manasséh, and broght them vnto * Haláh and Habōr, and Haró, and to the riuer Gozán, vnto this2. king. 18.
〈◊〉
. day.
CHAP. VI.
10 The genealogie of the sonnes of Leui. 31 Their ordre in the ministerie of the Tabernacle 49
〈◊〉
and his sonnes Priests. 54. 57. Their habitations.
1 THe sonnes of Leui (were) Gershon. Koháth, and Merari.Gene 46
〈◊〉
2 * And the sonnes of Koháth, Amrám, IzharExod. c.
〈◊〉
.
chap.
〈◊〉
. and Hebron and Vzziel.
3 And the children of Amrám: Aarōn, and Mosēs and Miriam, And the sonnes of Aarōn,Leuit. 10. 1. * Nadáb, and Abihú, and * Eleazar, andNomb. 20
〈◊〉
. Ithamár.
4 Eleazar begate Phinehas Phinehás begate Abishúa,
5 And Abishúa begate Bukki, and Bukki be gate Vzzi,
6 And Vzzi begate Zerahiáh, and Zerahiáh begate Meraióth,
7 Meraiōth begate Amariah and Amariah begate Ahitub.
8 And Ahitúb begateVVhich was he Priest after
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
was de posed, according to the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
the Priest. Zadōk, and Zadok be gate Ahimáaz.
9 And Ahimáaz begateVVhich was he Priest after
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
was de posed, according to the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
the Priest. Azariah, and Azariab begate Iohanan,
10 And Iohanan begate Azariah [it was he1. Sam. 2.
〈◊〉
. that wasAnddid valiātly
〈◊〉
King Vzziah, who wolde haue vsurped the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
in the house that Salomón buylt in Ierusalém]
11 And Azariah begate Amariah, & Amariah begate Ahituh.
12 And Ahitúh begate Zadók, and Zadok begate Shallúm,
13 And Shallúm begate Hilkiah, and Hilkiah begate Azariah,
14 And Azáriah begate Seraiah, and Seraiah begate Iehozadak.
15 And Iehozadak departed when the Lordc That is, he was led
〈◊〉
captiuitie with his father
〈◊〉
the hie Priest. 2. King, 25. 18. caried a way into
〈◊〉
Iudah and Ierusalém by the hand of Nebuchad-nezzar.
16 ¶ The sonnes of Leui (were (Gershom Kohath and Merari,
17 And these be the names of the sonnes of Gershōm, Libni, and Shimei.
18 And the sonnes of Koháth (were) Amrám, and Izhàr, and Hebron and Vzziel.
19 The sonnes of Merari, Mahli and Mushi, and these are the families of Leui concerning their fathers.
20 Of Gershon, Libni his sonne, Iahath his sō
ne, Zimmah his sonne.
21 Ioah his sonne Iddo his sonne, Zerah his sonne Ieaterai his sonne.Exod. 6.
〈◊〉
.
22 The sonnes of Kohath'VVho semeth to be
〈◊〉
Izhar. Aminadeb his sō
Nomb. 16. 1. ne, * Korah his sonne. Assir His sonne.
23 Elkanáh his sonne, and Ebiasáph his sonne, And Assir his sonne.
24 Taháts his sonne, Vriél his sonne, Vzziáh his sonne, and Shaúl his sonne.
25 And the sonnes of Elkanáh, Amasai, and Ahimoth.
26 Elkanáb, the sonnes of Elkanáh, Zophái his sonne, and Nahath his sonne,
27 Eliáh his sonne, Ierohám his sonne, Elkanáh his sonne.
28 And the sōnes of Samuél, the eldestVVho is also cal led Ioel.
〈◊〉
. Sam. 8.
〈◊〉
and the
〈◊〉
. verse of this chapter. Vash ni then Ahiáh.
29 ¶ The sonnes of Merari (were) Mahli, Libni his sonne, Shrmei his sonne, Vzzah his sonne.
30 Shimea his sonne, Haggiáh his sonne: Asa. iah his sonne.
31 And these be they whome Dauid set for to sing in the house of the Lorde, after that the Arke hadAfter it was broght to that pla ce where the Tē
ple shulde be
〈◊〉
and was nomore caryed to and fro. rest.
32 And thei ministred before the Tabernacle euen the Tabernacle of the Congregatiō withRead Exod. 27.
〈◊〉
. singing, vntil Salomon had buylt the house of the Lord in Ierusalém: then they continued in their office, according to their coustume.
33 And these ministred with their children, of the sonnes of Kohath, Heman a singer: the sonne of Ioél, the sonne of Shemuél,
34 The sonne of Elkanah, the sonne of Ieroham, the sonne of Eliél, the sonne of Tóah.
35 The sonne of Zuph, the sonne of Elka nah, the sonne of Mahath, the sonne of Amasai,
36 The sonne of Elkanah, the sonne of Ioél, the sonne of Azariah, the sonne of Zephaniah.
37 The sonne of Tahath, the
〈◊〉
, nephew. sonne of Assir, the sonne of Ebiasaph, the sonne of Kórah.
38 The sonne of Izhar, the sonne of Kohath, the sonne of Leui, the sonne of Israél.
39 And hisOr, cousin. brotherMeaning the cousin of Heman.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. Asaph stode on his right hand: (and) Asaph was the sonne of Berechiah, the sonne of Shiméa.
40 The sonne of Michaél, the sonne of Baashiah, the sonne Malchiah.
41 The sonne of Ethni, the sonne of Zerah the sonne of Abiah,
42 The sonne of Ethan, the sonne of Zimmah the sonne of Shimei,
43 The sonne of Iahath, the sonne of Gershóm, the sonne of Leui.
44 And their brethren the sonnes of Merari (were) on the left hand (euen) Ethan the sonne of Kishi, the sonne of Abdi, the son ne of Mallúch,
45 The sōne of Hashabiah the sonne of Ama ziah, the sonne of Hilkiah.
46 The sonne of Amzi, the sonne of Bani, the sonne of Shamer,
47 The sonne of Mahli, the sonne of Mushi, the sonne of Merari, the sonne of Leui.
48 ¶ And theirThe
〈◊〉
are called The singers brethren because they came of the same stocke. brethren the Leuites wereRead appointed vnto all the seruice of the TabernacleNomb. 4. 4. of the house of God,
49 But Aarōn and his sonnes burnt incense vpon the altar of burnt offring, and on the altar of incense, for all that was to do in the moste holy place, and to make an ato nement for Israel, according to all that Mosés the seruant of God had commanded.
50 These are also the sonnes of Aarōn, Eleazar his sonne, Phine has his sonne,
〈◊〉
his sonne,
51 Bukki his sonne, Vzzi his sonne, Zerahiah his sonne.
52 Meraiōth his sonne, Amariah his sonne, Ahitūh his sonne,
53 Zadoh his sonne (and) Ahimaaz his sonne,
54 ¶ And these are theOr, cities which were giuen to the Leuites. dwelling places of them through out their townes & coastes, (euen) of the sonnes of Aarón for the fami lie of the Kohathites, for theThei were first appointed & prepared for. lot was theirs.
55 So thei gaue themVVhich was also called,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Gene. 23.
〈◊〉
. Hebrôn in the land of Iudah and the suburbes thereof rounde about it.
56 But the field of the citie, and the villagesIosh. 11. 12. thereof thei gaue to Calléb the sonne of Iephunneh.
57 And to the sonnes of Aarōn they gaue the cities (of Iudah) forThat he
〈◊〉
had killed a man might flee thereunto for succor til his cause were tryed. Deut. 19. 2. refuge (euen) Hebrón and Libna with their
〈◊〉
, and Iattir, and Eshtemōa with their suburbes.
58 AndVVhich Iosua calleth Helon. Hilén with her suburbes, (and) Debir with her suburbes,
59 And Ashan and her suburbes, and Bethshémesh and her suburbes:Iosh. 24. 15.
60 ¶ And of the tribe of Beniamin, Geba and her suburbes, andOr, Almon, Iosh. 21. 18. Alemeth with her suburbes, and anathôth with her suburbes all their cities were thirtene cities by their families.
61 And vnto the sonnes ofThat is, thei gaue a portion to the
〈◊〉
, which were the remnant of the tribe of Leui,
〈◊〉
of the halfe tribe of Manasseh & out of Ephraim. Kohath the remnant of the familie of the tribe (euen) of the halfe tribe of the halft of manasséh, by lot ten cities.
〈◊〉
. 66.
62 And to the sonnes of Gershōm according to their families out of the tribe of Issachar, and out of the tribe of ashér, and out of the tribe of Naphtali, and out of the tribe of Manasséh in Bashan, thirtene cities,
63 Vnto the sonnes of Merari according to their families out of the tribe of Reubén, and out of the tribe of Gad, and out of the tribe of Zebulém, by lot twelue cities.
64 Thus the children of Israél gaue to the Leuites cities with their suburbes.
65 And they gaue by lot out of the tribe of the children of Iudah, and out of the tribe of the children of Simeon, and out of tribe of the children of Beniamin these Cities, which thei called by (their) names.
66 And they of the familes of the sonnes of Kohath, had cities (and) their coastes out of the tribe of Ephraim.Iosh.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
67 * And they gaue vnto them cities of refuge,
Shechem in mount Ephraim, and her suburbes, and Gezér and her suburbes.
68 Iokmeam also and her suburbes, and Beth horōn with her suburbes.
69 And Aialón & her suburbes, &
〈◊〉
rimmôn and her suburbes.
70 And out of the halfe tribe of ManasséhOr, Tanach. Iosh. 21. 25. Aner and her suburbes, andOr, Gathtimmō. Bileam and her suburbes, for the families of the remnant of the sonnes of Kohath.
71 Vnto the sonnes ofVVho in the first verse is called also Gershon. Gershom out of the familie of the halfe tribe of Manasséh, Golan in Bashàn, and her suburbes, andOr,
〈◊〉
Iosh. 21. 27. Ashtarôth with her suburbes.
72 And out of the tribe of Issachár,Or Kishon. Iosh. 21. 28. Kédesh and her suburbes, Daberáth and her subur bes.
73 Or, Iarmuth, Iosh. 21. 2. 9 Ramóth also and her suburbes, andOr, Engaanim, Iosh. 21 29. Aném with her suburbes,
74 And out of the tribe of Ashér, Mashal and her suburbes, And Abdōn and her suburbes,
75 And Hukōk and her suburbes, and Rehōb and her suburbes,
76 And out of the tribe of Naphtali,
〈◊〉
in Galilea and her suburbes, &Or, Helkah. Iosh. 21. 31. Hammôn and her suburbes, andOr, Ammethdor, Iosh.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. Kiriathaim and her suburbes.
77 Vnto the rest of the children of Merari (were giuen) out of the tribe of Zebulun,Or Karian, Iosh. 21. 32. Rimmon and her suburbes,Or, Iokneam. Tabor and her suburbes,"Or, Kartah, Iosh.
〈◊〉
. 34.
78 And on the otherside Iordén (by) Ierichó, (euen) on the Eastside of Iordén, out of the tribe of Keubén, Bézer in the wildernes with her suburbes, & Iahzáh with her suburbes,
79 And Redemôth with her suburbes, and Mepháath with her suburbes,
80 And out of the tribe of Gad Ramoth in Gileád with her suburbes, and Nahanáim with her suburbes,
81 And Heshbōn with her suburbes, and Iaazér with her suburbes,
CHAP. VII.
1 The genealogie of Issachár. Beniamin. 13 Naphtali. 14. Manasséh. 20 Ephráim. 30 And Ashér.
1 ANd the sonnes of Issachár (were) Tolá &Or,
〈◊〉
. Puáh,VVho also is cal led Iob. Iashúb, and Shimron, foure,Gen. 46. 13,
2 And the sonnes of Tolá, Vzzi, & Rephaiah and Ieriél, and Iahmái, and Iibsám, and Shemuél, heades in the housholdes of their fathers. Of Tolá (were) valiant mē of warre in their generaciōs,That is their nomber was foun de thus great whē Dauid nombred the people. 2. whose nomber (was) in the daies of Dauid two and twentie thousand, and six hundreth.Sam. 24. 1,
3 And the sonne of Vzzi (was) Izrahaiáh, & the sonnes of Izrahaiah, Michaél, & Obadiáh, & Ioél, & Isshiáh,Meaning, the foure sonnes and the father. fiue men all princes
4 And with them in their generacions after the housholde of their fathers (were) bands of men of warre: for battel, six and thirtie thousand for thei had many wiues & chil dren.
5 And their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. brethren among all the families of Issachár (were) valiant men of warre rekened in all by their genealogies foure score and seuen thousand.
6 ¶ The (sonnes) of Beniamin (were) Béla, & Bécher, andCalled also Ash bél Gen.
〈◊〉
. 23. Iediaél,VVhich were the chief: for
〈◊〉
there were seuen in all, as appeareth, Gen. 46. 21. thre.
7 And the sonnes of Béla, Ezbón, and Vzzi,Nomb. 26.
〈◊〉
. and Vzziél, and Ierimôth, &
〈◊〉
, fiue heads of the housholdes of their fathers, valiant men of warre, and were rekened by their genealogies, two and twētie thousand & thirtie and foure.
8 And the sonnes of Béchér, Zemiráh, and Ioásh, and Eliézer, and Elioenái, and Omri, and Ierimōth, & Abiáh, and Anathoth, & A laméth: all these were the sōnes of Bechér
9 And thei were nombred by their genealo gies according to their generaciōs, and the chief of the houses of their fathers, valiāt men of warre, twentie thousand and two hundreth.
10 And the sonne of Iediaél (was) Bilhan, and the sonnes of Bilhan, Ieúsh, and Beniamin, and Ehúd, and Chenaanáh, and Zethan, & Tharshish, and Ahishahar.
11 All these were the sōnes of Iediaél, chief of the fathers, valiant men of ware, seuentene thousand and two hundreth, marching in battel aray to the warre.
12 And Shuppim, and Huppim (were) the sonnes ofOr,
〈◊〉
. Ir, (but) Hushim (was) the sōneMeaning
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
was
〈◊〉
the sōne of Beniamia min, but of Dan, Gene
〈◊〉
. 21. ofOr of
〈◊〉
, another.
13 ¶ The sonnes of Naphtali, Iahziél, and Gu ni, and Iezér, andOr Shillom. ShallúmThese
〈◊〉
of Dan and
〈◊〉
li, which were the sonnes of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Gen. 46. 23. of the sonnes of Bilhah.
14 The sōne of Manasséh (was) Ashriél whomeGene. 46.
〈◊〉
. she bare vnto him (but) his concubine of Arābare Machir the * father of Gilead.
15 And Machir toke to wife (the sister) of Hup pim and Shuppim, and the name of their si ster was Maacháh. And the name of the
〈◊〉
Nomb. 26. 31.
Iosh. 17. 1. conde (sonne) was Zelophehad, and Zelophehad had daughters.
16 And Maachah the wife of Machir bare a sonne, and called his nameOr,
〈◊〉
. Peresh, andNomb. 26. 30. the name of his brother was Shéresh: and his sonnes (were) Vlam and Rakem.
17 And the sonne of Vlam (was) Bedan, These were the sonnes of Gilead the sōne of Machir, the sonne of Manasséh.
18 AndMeaning the si ster of Gilead. his sister Molécheth bare Ishôd, and Abiézer, and Mahalah.
19 And the sonnes of Shemida (were) Ahian, and Shechem, and Likhi, and Aniam.
20 ¶ The sonnes also of Ephraim (were) Shuthelah, and Béred his sonne, and Tahath his sonne, and his sonne
〈◊〉
, and Tahath his sonne.
21 And Zabad his sonne, and Shuthélah his sō ne, and Ezér, and Elead: and the men ofVVhich was one of the fiue princi pal cities of the Philistims,
〈◊〉
we the Ephraimites. Gath that were borne in the land, slewe them, because thei came downe to take away
〈◊〉
catel.
22 Therefore Ephraim their father mourned many dayes, and his
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. brethren came to cō forte him.
23 And when he went in to his wife, she conceiued, and bare him a sonne, and he called his name Beriáh, because affliction was in his house.
24 And hisOr,
〈◊〉
. daughter (was) Sheráh, which buylt Beth-horōn the nether, aud the vpper, and Vzzén Sheerah.
25 And Rephéh (was) hisTo wit, of Ephraim. sōne, and Résheph and Telah his sonne, and Tahan his sonne,
26 Laadán his sonne, Ammihúd his sonne, Elishama his sonne,
27 Non his sonne, Iehoshua his sonne.
28 And their possessions and their hahitaciōs (were) Beth-él, and the villages thereof, & Eastwarde Naaran, and Westwarde Gezér with the villages thereof, Shechém also &"Or,
〈◊〉
. the villages thereof, vnto * Azzah and the villages thereof.
29 And by the places of the children of Manasséh, Beth-shean and her villages, Taanach and her villages. Megiddó and her villages, Dor and her villages. In those dwelt the children of Ioséph the sonne of Israél.Gen. 46. 17.
30 ¶ * The sonnes of Ashér (were) Imnah, & Isuah, and Ishuai, & Bēriáh, & Serah their sister.
31 And the sonnes of Beriah, Héber, and Mal chief, which is the father of Birzauith,
32 And Héber begate Iaphlét, and Shomér, and Hotham, and Shūah their sister.
33 And the sonnes of Iaphlét (were) Pasach, &Or,
〈◊〉
. Bimhál, and Ashuath: these were the chil dren of Iaphlét.
34 And the sonnes of Shamér, Ahi and Rohgah, Iehubbah, and Aram.
35 And the sonnes of his brother Helem were Zophah, and
〈◊〉
and Shelesh and Amal
36 The sonnes of Zophah, Suah, and Harnephér, and Shual, and Beri, and Imrah.
37 Bézer and Hod, and Shemma, and Shilshah and Ithran, and Beera.
38 And the sonnes of Iéther, Iephunneh, and Pispa and Ara.
39 And the sonnes of Vlla, Harah, and Haniél and Rizia.
40 All these were the children of
〈◊〉
, the heads of their fathers houses, noble men, valiant men of warre (and) chief princes, & thei were rekened by their genealogies for warre and for battel to the nomber of six and twentie thousand men.
CHAP. VIII.
2 The sonne of Beniamin. 33 And race of Saúl.
1 BEniamin alsoHe continueth in the description of set tribe of Beniamin, because his purpose is to the forthe the genealogie of Saul. begate Bela his eldest sō
ne. Ashbél the seconde, and Aharah the thirde,
2 Nohah the fourthe, and Kapha the fifte.
3 And the sonnes of Béla were Addar, and Gera, and Abihúd,
4 And Abishua, and Ha aman and Ahoóh,
5 And Gera, and Shephuphan, and Huran.
6 ¶ And these are the sonnes of Ehud: these were the chief fathers of those that inhabited Géba: andMeaning the in habitants of the
〈◊〉
Geba. they were caryed a way captiues to Monathath.
7 And Naaman, and Ahiah, and Gera, he caryed them away captiues: andTo wit,
〈◊〉
. he begate Vzza and Ahihúd.
8 And Shaharaim begate (certeine) in the countrey of Moab, after he had sentAfter he had put away his two Wiues. away Hushim and Baara hīs wiues.
9 He begate, I say, of Hodésh his wife, Iobab and Zibia, and Mesha, aud Malcham,
10 And Ieúz and Shachia and Mirma: these were his sonnes (and) chief fathers.
11 And of Hushi he begate Ahithúb & Elpaal.
12 And the sonnes of Elpaal (were) Eber, and Misham and Shamed [which buylt Ono, & Lod, and the villages thereof]
13 And Beriah and Shema [which were the chief fathers among the inhabitants of Aialon they draue away the inhabitants of Gath]
14 And Ahiô, Shasak and Ierimôth.
15 And Sebadiah, and Arad, and Ader,
16 And Michaél, and Ispah, and
〈◊〉
, the son nes of Beriah,
17 And Zebadiah, and Meshullam, and Hizki, and Heber,
18 And Ishmerai and Ezliah, and Ioah, the sō nes of Elpaal,
19 Iakim also, and Zichri, and Sabdi,
20 And Elienai, and Zillethai, and Eliél.
21 And
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. Adaiah, and Beraiah, and Shimrath the sonnes of Shimei.
22 And Ishpan, and Eber, and Eliél,
23 And Abdôn, and Zichri, and Hanaan,
24 And Hananith, and Elam, and Antothiiah,
25 Iphedeiah & Penuel the sonne of Shashak
26 And Shansherai, & Shehariah & Athaliah,
27 And Iaareshiah, and Eliah, and Zichri, the sonnes of Ieroham.
28 These were the chiefThe chief of the tribe of
〈◊〉
that swel in
〈◊〉
. fathers according to their generacions (euen) princes, which dwelt in Ierusalém.Chap. 9. 33.
29 And at * Gibeōn dwelt the father of Gibeō, & the name of his wife (was) Maacháh
30 And his eldest sonne (was) Abdon, then Zur, and Kish, and Báal, and Nadah,
31 And Gidor, and Ahió, and Zacher.
32 And Mikloth begate Shimeah: these also dwelt with their brethren in Ierusalém, (euen) by their brethren.
33 AndVVho in the. Ner begate Kish, and Kish begate Saúl, and Saúl begate Ionathan, and Malchishúa,1. Sam. 9. 1 is called Abiel. and Abinadah, andHe is also named
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, 2. Samu. 2. 9. Eshbaal,
34 And the sonne of Ionathan (was)He is likewise called Mephibosheth, 2 Sam.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
Meribbaal, and Merib-baal begate Micah.
35 And the sonnes of Micah (were) Pithon, & Melech, and Tarea and Ahaz,
36 And Ahaz begate Iehoadah, and Iehoadah begate Aleméth, and Azmaueth, and Zimri and Zimri begate Moza,
37 And Moza begate Bineah, whose sonne (was) Raphah (and his sonne Eleasah (and) his sonne Azél.
38 And azel had six sonnes, whose names are these, Azriham, bocherú and Ishimael,
and Sheariáh, and Obadiáh, and Hanán: all these were the sonnes of Azél.
39 And the sōnes of Eshek his brother (were) Vlam his eldest sonne, I húsh the seconde, and Eliphélet the third.
40 And the sonnes of Vlám (were) valiant mē of warre which shot with the bowe, & had manie sonnes & nephewes, an hūdreth & fiftie all these were of the sōnes Beniamin.
CHAP. IX.
1 All Israél and
〈◊〉
nombred. 10 Of the Priest, and Leui tes. 11. 18 And of their offices.
1 THus all Israél were nombred by their genealogie: and beholde, thei are writen in the boke of the Kings of Israél and of Iudáh (and) they were
〈◊〉
he hathe described their genealogies before they went into captiuitie, & now he describeth their historie after their returne. caryed away to Babél for their transgression.
2 ¶ And the chief in habitants that dwelt in their owne possessions (and) in their owne cities (euen) Israél the Priests, the Leuites, and theMeaning the Gabionites which seruedin the Tem ple, read. Nethinims.
3 And in Ierusalém dwelt of the children of Iudáh, and of the children of Beniamin, and of the children of Ephráim, and Manasséh.
4 Vthái the sonne of Amihúd the sonne of
〈◊〉
sh. 9. 23. Omrithe sonne of Imri, the sonne of
〈◊〉
: of the children of Parez, the sonne of Iudáh.
5 And of Shiloni, Asaiáh the eldest, and his sonnes.
6 And of the sonnes of Zeráh, Ieuél & their brethren six hundreth and ninetie.
7 And of the sonnes of Beniamin, Sallú, the sonne of Meshullám, the sōne of Hodauiáh the sonne of Hasenuáh,
8 And Ibneiáh the sonne of Ierohám, and Eláh the sonne of Vzzi, the sonne of Michri, and Meshullám the sonne of Shephatiáh, the sonne of Neuél, the sōne of Ibniiáh
9 And the brethrē according to their gene racions nine hundreth fiftie & six: all these mē wereOr, chief of the samilies, chief fathers in the housholdes of their fathers,
10 ¶ And of the Priest, Iedaiáh, and Iehoiarib and Iachin,
11 And Azariáh the sonne of Hilkiah, the son ne of Meshullám, the sonne of Zadók, the sonne of Meraioth, the sōne of Ahitúh theThat is, he was the
〈◊〉
Priest. chief of the house of God.
12 And Adaiáh the sonne of Ierohám, the son ne of Pashhúr, the sonne of Malchiiáh, and Measái the sonne of Adiél, the sonne of Iahzérah, the sonne of Meshullám, the sonne of Meshillemith, the sonne of
〈◊〉
,
13 And their brethren the chief of the housholdes of their fathers a thousand, seuen hundreth and thre score valiant men, for theTo ferue in the Temple euerie
〈◊〉
according to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. worke of the seruice of the house of God.
14 ¶ And of the Leuites, Shemaiàh, the sonne of
〈◊〉
, the sonne of Azrikám, the sōne of Hashabiáh of the sonnes of Merari
15 And Bakbakkár, Heresh and Galál, and Mettaniah the sonne of Michá, the sonne of Zichri, the sonne of Asáph.
16 And Obadiáh the sonne of Shemaiáh, the sonne of Galál, the sonne of Ieduthún, and Berechiáh, the sonne of Asá, the sonne of Elkanáh, that dwelt in the villages of the Netophathites.
17 ¶ And the porters (were) Shallúm, and Ak kūb, and Talmon, and Ahimán, and their brethren: Shallūm (was) the chief.
18 For they were porters to this time by cō
panies of the children of Leui vnto the
〈◊〉
called because the king came into
〈◊〉
Temple thereby, and not the commune people. Kings gate Eastwarde.
19 And Shallum the sonne of Kore the sonne of Ebiasáph the sonne of Koráh, and his brethren the Korathites [of the house of their father] (were) ouer the worke (and) office to kepe the gates of theTheir charge wa that none shulde entre into these places which were onely appointed
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
in. Tabernacle so their families (were) ouer the hoste of the Lord, keping the entrie.
20 And Phinehás the sonne of Elea zár was their guide, and the Lord (was) with him.
21 Zechariáh the sōne of Meshelemiáh (was) the porter of the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion,
22 All these were chosen for porters of the gates, two hundreth and twelue, which were nombred according to their genea logies by their townes, Dauid established these and Samuél the Seer
〈◊〉
, for their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. in their pertual office,
23 So they and their children had the ouersight of the gates of the house of the Lord euen of the house of the Tabernacles by wardes.
24 The porters were in foure quarters Eastward, Westward. Northward & Southward
25 And their brethren (which were) in their townes came atThey serued Wekely. as Eick, 4. 10. seuen dayes from time to time with them.
26 For these foure chief porters were in perpetual office, and were of the Leuites and had charge of the
〈◊〉
, openyng of the dores. chamber, and of the treasures in the house of God.
27 And they laye round about the house of God, because the charge (was) theirs, and they caused it to be opened euerie mornīg
28 And certeine of them had the rule of the ministring vessels: for they broght them in by tale, and broght them out by tale.
29 Some of them also were appointed ouer the instruments, and ouer all the vessels of the Sanctuarie: and of theVVhereof the meat
〈◊〉
was made. floure, and the wine, and the oyle, and the incense, & the swete odours.
〈◊〉
. 2. 1.
30 And certeine of the sonnes of the Priests made ointments of swete odours.
31 And Mattihiáh one of the Leuites which was the eldest
〈◊〉
of Shallúm the Karhite, had the charge of the thīgs that were made in the fryingpan.
32 And other of their brethren the sonnes of Kohath had the ouersight of the *: shewExod. 23. 30. bread to prepare it euerie Sabbath.
33 And these are the singers the chief fathers of the Leuites (which dwelt) in the cham bers,But were continually
〈◊〉
in singing
〈◊〉
to God. and had none other charge, for
they had to do in that busines day and night.
34 These were the chief fathers of the Leuites According to their generacions, and the principal which dwelt at Ierusalém.
35 * And in Gibeón dweltOr,
〈◊〉
. the father of Gibeón,
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. Ieiél, and the name of his wife (was) Maacháh.
36 And his eldest sonne (was) abdón, then Zur and Kish, and Báal, and Ner, and Nadáb,
37 And Gedôr, and Ahió, and Zechariàh, and Miklóth.
38 And Miklóth begate Shimeám: they also dwelt with their brethren at Ierusalém, (euen) by their brethren.
39 And * Ner begate Kish, and Kish begate1. Sam. 14. 51.
chap. 8 33. Saúl, and Saúl begate Ionathàn and Malchishúa, and Abinadáb and Eshbáal.
40 And the sonne of Ionathan (was) Meribbáal, and Merib-báal begate Micáh.
41 And the sonnes of Micáh (were) Pithon, & Melech and Tahréa.
42 And Aház begateVVho was also called Ichoadah. Iaráh, and Iaráh begate Alémech, and Azmaneth and Zimri, and Zimri begate Mozá.chap. 8. 6.
43 And Mozá begate Bineá, whose sonne, (was) Repheiáh, and his sonne (was) Eleasáh (and) his sonne Azel.
44 And Azél had six sonnes, whose names are these, Azrikam, Bocherú, and Ismaél, and Sheariáh, and Obadiáh, and Hanán: these are the sonnes of Azél.
CHAP. X.
1 The battel of Saúl against the Philistims. 4 In which he dveth. 5 And his sonnes also. 13 The cause of Sauls death.
1 THen * the Philistims foght against Israél3. Sam.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
and the men of Israél fled before the Philistims, and fel downe slaine in mount Gilbóa.
2 And the Philistims pursued after Saúl and after his sonnes, and the Philistims smote Ionathán, and Abinadah, and Malchishúa the sonnes of Saúl.
3 And the batttel was sore against Saúl, and the archers hit him, and he wasEbr.
〈◊〉
. wounded of the archers.
4 Thē said Saúl to his armour bearer, Drawe out thy sworde, ād thrust me
〈◊〉
the rewith, lest these vncircumcised come and mocke at me: but his armour bearer wolde not for he was sore afraid: therefore Saúl toke the sworde and fel vpon it.
5 And when his armour bearer sawe that Saul was dead, he fel like wise vpō the sword and dyed.
6 So Saúl dyed and his thre sonnes, and all his house, they dyed together.
7 And when all the men of Israél that were in the valley, sawe how they fled, and that Saúl and his sonnes were dead, they forso ke their cities, and fled away, and the Philistims came, and dwelt in them,
8 And on the morowe when the Philistims came to spoile them that were slaine, they found Saúl and his sonnesEbr. fallen, lying inmount Gilbôa.
9 And when they had stript him, they toke his head and his armour, and sent them in to the land of the Philistims round about, to publish it vnto their idoles, and to the people.
10 And they laied vp his armour in the house of their god, and set vp his head in the hou se of
〈◊〉
was the
〈◊〉
of the Phili
〈◊〉
, and frō the belly downe ward had the for me of a fish & vp warde of a man. Dragón.
11 ¶ When all thei of Iabésh Gileád heard all that the Philistims had done to Saúl,
12 Then they arose [all the valiant men] and toke the body of Saúl, and the bodies of his sonnes, and broght them to Iabésh, & buryed the bones of them vnder an oke in Iabésh, and fasted seuen dayes.
13 So Saúl dyed for his transgression, that he committed against the Lord, * (euē) against1. Sam. 15.
〈◊〉
. the worde of the Lord, which he kept not and in that he soght and asked counsel of aOr, witche and forteresse. * familiar spirit.
14 And asked not of the Lord: therefore he1. Sam. 28. 8. slewe him, and turned the kingdome vnto Dauid the sonne of Ishái.
CHAP. XI.
3 After the death of Saúl is Dauid anointed in Hebrón. 5 The Iebusites rebell against Dauid, from vhome he taketh the towre of Zión. 6 Ioáb is made captaine. 10 His valiant men.
1 THen * all IsraélThis was
〈◊〉
the death of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Sauls sō
ne when Dauid had
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Iudah seuen yeres and six moneths in Hebron. 2. Sam. 5. 5. gathered them selues2. Sam. 5.
〈◊〉
. to Dauid vnto Hebron, saying, Behold we are thy bones and thy flesh.
2 And in time past, euen whē Saúl was King thou leddest Israél out and in: and the lord thy God said vnto thee, Thou shalt fede my people Israél: and thou shalt be captaine ouer my people Israél.
3 So came all the Elders of Israél to the King to Hebron, and Dauid made a couenant with them in Hebrón before the Lord. And they anointed Dauid King ouer Israél, *1.
〈◊〉
. 16. 13. according to the worde of the lord by the hand of Samuél.
4 ¶ And Dauid and all Israél went to Ierusa lém, which is Iebus, where (were) the Iebusites, the inhabitants of the land.
5 And the inhabitants of Iebús said to Dauid, Thou shalt not come in hither, Neuer theles Dauid toke the towre of Ziō, which is the citie of Dauid,2. Sam. 5.
〈◊〉
.
6 And dauid said, * Whosoeuer smiteth the Iebusites first, shal be the chief and captaine. So Ioáb the sonne of Zeruiáh went first vp, and was captaine.
7 And Dauid dwelt in the towre: therefore thei called it the citie of Dauid.2 Sam. 5.
〈◊〉
8 * And he buylt the citie on euerie side, frō Millo euē round about: and Ioáb repaired the reft of the citie.
9 And Dauid prospered: and grewe: for the Lord of hostes (was) with him.2. Sam. 25.
〈◊〉
10 ¶ * These also are chief of the valiant men that were with Dauid and ioyned their for ce with him in his kingdome with all
〈◊〉
,
to make him King ouer Israél, according to the worde of the Lord.
11 And this is the nomber of the valiant men whome Dauid had Iashobeám the: sonne of Hachmons, theMeaning the
〈◊〉
excellent and best estemed for his
〈◊〉
some read, the chief of the princes. chief among thirty: he lift vp his speare against thre hūdreth, (whome) he slewe at one time.
12 And after him (was) Eleazar the sonne ofOr, his vncle. Dódo the Ahohite, which was one of the thre valiant men.
13 He was with Dauid at Pas-dammim, and there the Philistims were gathered together to battel: and there was a parcel of ground ful of barly, and the people fled before the Philistims.
14 And thei stode in the middes of the field,This act is
〈◊〉
to Shamáh 2 Sam. 23. 11. and saued it, and slewe the Philistims: so the Lord gaue a great victorie.Which semeth was the chiefest of these.
15 ¶ And thre of theThat is
〈◊〉
and his two companions. thirtie captaines went to a rocke to Dauid, into the caue of Adullám. And the armie of the Philistims camped in the valley of Rephaim.
16 And when Dauid (was) in the holde, the Phi listims garison (was) at Beth-léhem.
17 And Dauid longed, and said, * Oh, that one2. Sam. 23. 15. wolde giue me to drinke of the water of the well of Beth-léhem that is at the gate.
18 Then these thre brake thorowe the hoste of the Philistims, and drewe water out of the well of Beth-léhem that was by the gate, & toke it and broght it to Dauid: but Dauid wolde not drinke of it, but powred it (for an oblacion) to the Lord,
19 And said, Let not my God suffer me to do this: shulde I drinke theThat is, this wat r, for the which they ventured their blood. blood of these mēs liues: for they haue broght it with the ieopar dye of their liues: therefore he wolde not drinke it: these things did these thre mightie men.
20 ¶ And Abshái the brother of Ioáb, he was chief of the thre, and he lift vp his speare against thre hundreth, (and) slewe them, and had the name among the thre.
21 Among the thre he was more honorable2. Sam, 23. 19. then the two, & he was their captaine: * but he attained not vnto the (first) thre.
22 Benaiáh the sonne of Iehoiadá [the sonne of a valiāt man] which had done manie actes (and was) of Kabzeél, he slewe twoOr,
〈◊〉
. strong men of Moáb: he went downe also & slewe a lion in the middes of a pit in time of snow.
23 And he slewe an Egyptian, a man of great stature, (euen) fiue cubites long, & in the Egy ptians hand (was) a speare like a weauers be ame: & he went downe to him with a staffe, & plucked the speare out of the Egyptians hand, and slewe him with his owne speare.
24 These things did Benaiáh the sonne of Iehoiadá, and had the name among the thre worthies.
25 Beholde, he was honorable among thirtie, but he attained not vnto theMeaning, those thre which broght the water to Dauid. (first) thre. * And Dauid made him of his counsel.
26 ¶ These also (were) valiant men of warre, Asahél the brother of Ioáb, Elhanán the son2. Sam
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. ne of Dodô of Beth-léhem,
27 Called also
〈◊〉
mimoah. Shammóth the Harodite, Hélez the Pelonite,
28 Irá the sonne of Ikkésh the Tekoite, Abiézér2. Sam. 23. 25. the Antothite,
29 He is also called
〈◊〉
. Sibbecái the Husathite: Ilái the Ahohite,
30 Maharái the Netophathite, Héled the sonne2. Sam. 23, 27. of Baanáh the Netophathite,
31 Ithái the sonne of Ribái of Gibeáh of the children of Beniamin, Benaiáh the Pirathonite,
32 Hurái of the riuers of Gáash, Abiél the Arbathite,
33 Azmáueth the Baharumite, Elihabá the Sha albonite,
34 The sonnes of Hashém the Gizonite, Ionathán the sonne of Shagéh the Harite,
35 Ahiám the sonne of Sacár the Hararite, Eliphál the sonne of Vr,
36 Hépher the Mecherathite, Ahiiáh the Pelonite,
37 Hezró the Carmelite, Naarai the sonne of Ezbai,
38 Ioél the brother of Nathán, Mibhár the son ne of Haggeri,
39 Zélek the Ammonite, Nahrái the Berothite, the armour bearer of Ioáb, the sonne of Zeruiáh,
40 Ira the Ithrite, Garib the Ithrite,
41 Vriáh the Hittite, Zabád the sonne of Ahlái.
42 Adiná the sonne of Shiza the Reubenite, a captaine of the Reubenites, and thirtie with him,
43 Hanan the sonne of Maachah, and Ioshaphat the Mithnite,
44 Vzia the Ashterathite, Shama and Ieiél the sonnes of Otham the Aroerite,
45 Iediaél the sonne of Shimri, and Ioha his brother the Tizite,
46 Eliél the Mahauite, and Ieribai and Ioshauiah the sonnes of Elnaam, and Ithmah the Moabite,
47 Eliél and Obéd, and Iaasiél the Mesobaite.
CHAP. XII,
1 Who they were that went with Dauid when he fled from Saúl. 14 Their valiantnes. 23 Thei that came vnto him vnto Hebrón out of euerie tribe to make him King.
1 THese also are they that came to Dauid toTo take his par te against Saul who persecuted him. Zik lag, while he was yet kept close, because of Saúl the sonne of Kish: and they were among the valiant and helpers of the battel.
2 Thei were weaponed with bowes, and colde vse the right and the left hand with stones & with arrowes (and) with bowes, (ād were) of SaulsThat is, of the tribe of Beniamin whereof Saul was, & wherein were excellent throwers with
〈◊〉
. brethren, (euen) of Beniamin.
3 The chief (were) Ahiézer, and Ioash the sonnes of Shemaah a Gibeathite, and Ieziél, and Pélet the sonnes of Asmaueth, Berachah and Iehú the Antothite,
4 And Ishmaiah the Gibeonite, a valiant manIudg 20. 16. among thirtie, and aboue thirtie, and Ieremiah, and Iehaziél, and Iohanan, and Ioshabad the Gederathite,
5 Eluzai, and Ierimoth, and Bealiah, and Shemariah, and Sephatiah, the Haruphite,
6 Elkanah, and Ishiah, and Azariél, and Ioézer Iashobeam of Hakorehim,
7 And Ioelah, and Zébadiah, the sonnes of Ieroham ofOr, Gedud. Gedór.
8 And of the Gadites there separed them selues some vnto Dauid into the holde of the wildernes, valiant men of warre, (and) men of armes, (and apt) for battel, which colde handleOr,
〈◊〉
. speare and shield, & their faces (were like) the faces ofMeaning fearce, and terrible. lyons, and (were) like the roes in the mountaines in swiftenes,
9 Ezér the chief, Obadiah the seconde Eliab the third,
10 Or, Mas
〈◊〉
. Mishmanàh the fourte, Ieremiáh the fifte,
11 Attái the sixt, Eltél the seuente,
12 Iohanán the eight, Elzabád the ninte,
13 Ieremiáh the tente, Macbannái the eleuente.
14 These were the sonnes of Gad, captaines of the hoste: one of the least (colde resist) an hun dreth, and the greatest a thousand.
15 These are they that went ouer Iordén in thewhich the Ebrewes called Nisán or Abid, conceining halfe Marche and halfe April, when Iordén was won te to ouerflowe
〈◊〉
bankes, read.
〈◊〉
. 3. 15. first moneth when he had filled ouerall his bankes, & put to flight all them of the valley towarde the East and the West.
16 And there came of the childrē of Beniamin and Iudáh to the holde vnto Dauid,
17 And Dauid went out to mete them, and answered and said vnto them, If ye be come pea ceably vnto me to helpe me, mine heart shal be knit vnto you, but if you (come) to betray me to mine aduersaries, (seing) there is no wickednes in mine handes, the God of our fathers beholde it, and rebuke it.
18 And theThe spirit of boldenes and courage moued him to speake thus. spirit came vpon Amasái, which was the chief of thirtie, (and he said,) Thine (are we,) Dauid, & with thee, ô sōne of Ishái Peace, peace be vnto thee, and peace be vnto thine helpers: for thy God helpeth thee. Then Dauid receiued them, and made them captaines of the garison.
19 ¶ And of Manasséh (some) fel to Dauid, whē he came with the Philistims against Saúl to battel, but theyThey came one ly to helpe Dauid and nor to succour the Philistims. which we re enemies to their countrey. helped thē not: for the prin ces of the Philistims * by aduisement sent him away, saying, He wil fall to his master Saúl Or, on the ieopardie of our heades. for our heades.
20 As he went to Zik lág, there fel to him of Manasséh, Adnáh, and Iozabád, and Iediaél,3. Sam 29. 4. and Michaél, and Iozabád, and Elihú, and Ziltái, heades of the thousands that were of Manasséh.
21 And thei helped Dauid againstTo wir, of the
〈◊〉
which had burned the citie
〈◊〉
, that bande: for thei were all valiant men and were ca ptaines in the hoste.
22 For at that time day by day there came to2. Sam 30. 9. Dauid to helpe him, vntil it was a great hoste like the hoste ofMeaning, migh tie or strong: for the Ebrewes say a thing is of God when it is excellent. God.
23 And these are the nombers of the captaines that were armed to battel, (and) came to Dauid to Hebrón to turne the kingdome of Saúl to him, according to the worde of the Lord.
24 The children of Iudah that bare shield andOr, buckler. speare, (were) six thousand and eight hundreth armed to the warre.
25 Of the children of Simeôn valiant men of warre, seuen thousand and an hundreth.
26 Of the children of Leui foure thousand and six hundreth.
27 And Iehoiadá (was) the chief of them ofOf, the Leuites which came by descent of Aa ron. Aarôn: and with him thre thousand and seuen hundreth.
28 And Zadók a yong man very valiant, and of his fathers housholde (came) two and twentie captaines.
29 And of the children of Beniamin the brethren of Saúl thre thousand: for a great parte of them vnto that timeThat is, the greatest nomber toke Sauls parte. kept the warde of the house of Saúl.
30 And of the children of Ephrāim twentie thousand, and eight hundreth valiant men (and) famous men in the housholde of their fathers.
31 And of the halfe tribe of Manasséh eightene thousand, which were appointed by name to come and make Dauid King.
32 And of the children of Issachar which were men that had vnderstāding of theMen of good
〈◊〉
, which knewe at all times what was to be done. times, to knowe what Israél ought to do: the heades of them (were) two hundreth, & all their bre thren were at their commandement.
33 Of Zebulún that went out to battel, expert in warre, (and) in all instruments of warre, fiftie thousandOr,
〈◊〉
them sel ues in array. which colde set the battel in aray: they were not ofEbr. heart and heart. a double heart.
34 And of Naphtali a thousand captaines, and with them with shield and speare seuen and thirtie thousand.
35 And of Dan expert in battel, eight and twen tie thousand, and six hundreth.
36 And of Ashér that went out to the battel and were trained in the warres, fourtie thousand.
37 And of the otherside of Iordén of the Reubenites and of the Gaddites, and of the halfe tribe of Manasséh with all instruments of warre to fight with, an hundreth and twentie thousand.
38 So that his whole hoste were thre hundreth twentie & two thousand, two hundreth twenty and two All these men of warreOr, fight in their aray. that colde lead an armie, came withOr, with a good courage. vpright heart to Hebron to make Dauid King ouer all Israél: and all the rest of Israél (was) of one accorde to make Dauid King:
39 And there they were with Dauid thre dayes eating and drinking: for theirTherest of the Israelites. brethrē had prepared for them.
40 Moreouer they that were nere them vntil Issachár, and Zebulún, and Naphtali broght bread vpon asses, and on camels, and on mules, and on oxen, (euen) meat, floure, figges, and reisins, and wine and oyle, and beues and shepe abundantly: for there was ioye in Israél.
CHAP. XIII.
7 The Arke is broght againe from
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
ém. 9 Vzza dyeth because he touched it.
1 ANd Dauid counseled with the captaines of thousands and of hundreths, (and)
with all the gouernours.
2 And Dauid sayd to all the Congregacion to Israél, If it seme good to you, and that it pro cedeth of the Lorde our God, we wil send to and fro vnto our brethren, that are left in all the lande of Israél [for wyth them are the Priestes and the Leuites in the cities (and) their suburbes] that they may assemble them selues vnto vs.
3 And we will bryng againe theHis firste care was 10 restore re ligiō, which had in Saules dayes bene corrupted and neglected. Arke of our God to vs: for we soght not vnto it in the dayes of Saúl.
4 And all the Congregacion answered, Let vs do so: for the thyng semed good in the eyes of all the people.
5 ¶ * So Dauid gathered all Israél together2. Sam. 6. 2. fromOr, Nilns, Shihor in Egypt, euen vnto the entring of Hamath, to bryng the Arke of God fromThat is, frome Gibea, where the inhabitantes of Kiriathiearim had placed it in the house of Abi nadab. 2. Sam 6. 3 Kiriath-iearim.
6 And Dauid went vp and all Israél toOr,
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. Baalath, in Kiriath-iearim, that was in Iudah, to bring vp from thence the Arke of God the Lorde that dwelleth betwene the Cherubims, where his name is called on.
7 And they caried the Arke of God in a newe2. Sam. 6. 2. cart out of the house of Abinadab: and Vzzá and AhioThe sonne of
〈◊〉
. guided the cart.
8 And Dauid and al Israél played beforeThat is, before the Arke where God
〈◊〉
him selfe: so that the signe is takē for the thyng signified, which is cō
mune to al sacra
〈◊〉
bothe in the olde ād new testament. God with all (their) might, bothe with songs and with harpes, and with violes, and with timbrels and with cimbales and with trompets.
9 ¶ And when they came vnto the thresshyng floore ofCalled also, Nachon. 2, Sam. 6. 6. Chidon, Vzza put forthe his hand to holde the Arke, for the oxen did shake it.
10 But the wrath of the Lorde was kindled against Vzzá, and he smote hym, because he layed his hande vpon the Arke: so he dyed thereBefore the
〈◊〉
for vsurping that whiche did not appertein to his vocation: for this charge was giuē to the Priests.
〈◊〉
God.
11 And Dauid was angrie, because the Lorde had made a breache in Vzza, and he called the name of that place Pérez-vzza vnto this day.
12 And Dauid feared God that daye, saying,Nom 4. 15. so that nere all good intentions are con demned, excepte they be comman ded by the word of God. How shal I bring in to me the Arke of God?
13 Therefore Dauid broght not the Arke to him into the citie of Dauid, but caused it to turne into the house ofWho was a Le
〈◊〉
and called Gittite, because he had dwelt at Gath. Obed Edom the Gittite.
14 So the Arke of God remained in the house of Obéd Edóm, (euen) in his house thre mo neths: and the Lord blessed the house of Obéd Edóm, and all that he had.
CHAP. XIIII.
2 Hiram sendeth wood and
〈◊〉
to Dauid. 4 The names of his chyldren. 8. 14. By the counsel of GOD he goeth against the Philistims and ouercommeth them. 15 God fighteth for him.
1 THen * sent Hiram the Kynge ofEbr. zor. Tyrus2. Sam. 3.
〈◊〉
. messengers to Dauid, and cedre trees, with masons and carpenters to buylde him an house.
2 Therefore Dauid knewe that the Lord had confirmed hym Kyng ouer Israél, (and) that his kingdome was lift vp on hie, because of hisBecause of Goddes promes made to the peo ple of Israel. people Israél.
3 ¶ Also Dauid toke mo wiues at Ierusalém, ād Dauid begate mo sonnes and daughters.
4 And these are the names of the children whi che he had at Ierusalém, Shammua, and Shobab, Nathan, and Salomon.
5 And Ibhar, and Elishua, andElpalet ād No gah are not men
〈◊〉
. 2. Sam 5. 14. so there are but eleuen and here thirtene. Elpalet.
6 And Nogah, and Nepheg and Iaphia.
7 And Elishama, andOr, Eliada.
〈◊〉
, and Eliphalet.
8 But when the Philistims heard that Dauid was anointed King ouer Israél, all the Philistims came vp to seke Dauid. And when Dauid heard, he went out against them.
9 And the Philistims came, and spred them selues in the valley of Rephaim.
10 Then Dauid asked counsel at God, saying, Shall I go vp agaynst the Philistims, and wilt thou deliuer them into mine hande? And the Lorde said vnto him, Go vp: for I will deliuer them into thine hand.
11 So they came vp to Baal-perazim and Dauid smote them there: and Dauid sayd, God hath deuided mine enemies with mine hād, as waters are deuided: therefore they called the name of that place,That is, the valley of diuisions, because the enemies were disper sed there lyke
〈◊〉
. Baal-perazim.
12 And there they had left their gods: and Dauid said, Let them euen be burnt with fyre.
13 Againe the Philistims came and spred them selues in the valley.
14 And when Dauid asked againe counsell at God, God said to him, Thou shalt not go vp after them, (but) turne away from them, that thou maiest come vpon them ouer againste the mulbery trees.
15 And when thou hearest the noyse of one goyng in the toppes of the mulbery trees, then go out to battell: for GOD is gone forthe before thee, to smite the hoste of the Philistims.
16 So Dauid did as God had commanded him: and they smote the hoste of the Philistims from Gibeon euen to Gézer.
17 And the fame of Dauid went out into all lands and the Lord broght the feare of hym vpon all nacions.
CHAP. XV.
1 Dauid prepareth an hoste for the Arke. 4 The nomber and ordre of the Leuites. 16 The singers are chosen out among them. 25 They bring agayne the Arke with ioye. 29 Dauid dancing before it, is despised of hys wife Michal.
1 ANd (Dauid) made hym houses in theThat was in the place of the citie called zion. citie of Dauid, and prepared a place for the Arke of GOD; and pitched for it2. Sam. 5. 8. a tent.
2 Then Dauid said, * None ought to cary theNomb. 4. 2. Arke of God, but the Leuites: for the Lordeand 20. hathe chosen them to beare the Arke of the Lorde, and to minister vnto him for euer.
3 ¶ And Dauid gathered all Israél together to Ierusalém to bryng vp theFrom the
〈◊〉
of Obed Edō. Arke of the Lorde vnto his place, whyche he had ordeined2. Sam. 6. 10. for it.
4 And Dauid assembled the sonnes of Aaron,
and the Leuites.
5 Of the sonnes of Kohath Vriél the chief, and hisOr, kinsmen. brethren six score.
6 Of the sonnes of Merari, Asaiah the chief, ād his brethren two hundreth and twentie.
7 Of the sonnes of Gershom, Ioél the chief, and his brethren an hundreth and thirtie.
8 Of the sonne ofVVho was the sonne of Vzziel, the
〈◊〉
sonne of Kohath. Exod 6. 21. and Nomb. 3. 10. Elizaphan, Shemaiah the chief, and his brethren two hundreth.
9 Of the sonnes ofThe third sōne of Kohath. Exod 6.
〈◊〉
. Hebrōn, Eliél the chief, and his brethren foure score.
10 Of the sonnes of Vzziél, Amminadab the chief, ād his brethren an hūdreth & twelue.
11 ¶And Dauid called Zadok and Abiathar the Priestes, and of the Leuites, Vriél, Asaiah and Ioél, Shemaiah, and
〈◊〉
, and Amminadab:
12 And he said vnto them, Ye are the chief fathers of the Leuites:Prepare your selues, and
〈◊〉
pu re, absteine from all things where by ye myght be polluted, and so not able to come to the Tabernacle. sanctifie your selues, and your brethren, and bring vp the Arke of the Lorde God of Israél vnto the (place) that I haue prepared for it.
13 For * because ye were not there at the first, the Lord our God made a breach among vs: for we soght him not after (due)Accordynge as he hathe appoin ted in the Law. ordre.Chap. 13. 10.
14 So the Priestes and the Leuites sanctified thē selues to bring vp the Arke of the Lorde God of Israél.
15 ¶And the sonnes of the Leuites bare the Arke of God vpon their shulders with the barres, as Mosés had commanded, * accordingExod. 25. 15. to the worde of the Lord.
16 And Dauid spake to the chief of the Leuites, that they shulde appointe (certeine) of their brethren to singe withThese
〈◊〉
and other
〈◊〉
. Whi che they obserued, were instructions of their in fancie, which
〈◊〉
tinued to the cō
ming of Christ. instrumentes of musike, with violes and harpes, and cymbales, that they might make a sounde, and lift vp their voyce with ioye.
17 So the Leuites appointed Heman the sonne of Ioél, and of his brethren Asáph the sonne of Bereechiah, and of the sonnes of Merari their brethren, Ethan the sonne of Kushaiah
18 And with them their brethren in theVVhiche were
〈◊〉
in dignitie. seconde degre, Zechariah, Ben, and Iaaziél, and Shemiramoth, and Iehiél, and Vnni, Eliab, and Benaiah, and Maasiah, and Mattithiah, and Elipheleh, and Mikneah, and Obed Edóm, and Ieiél the porters.
19 So Heman, Asaph and Ethan (were) singers to make a sounde with cymbales of brasse.
20 And Zechariah, and Aziél, and Shemiramoth, and Iehiél, and Vnni, and Eliab, and Maashiah, and Benaiah with violes onThis was an instrument of
〈◊〉
, or a certeine tune,
〈◊〉
they accustomed to sing Psalmes. Alamōth.
22 And Mattithiah, and Elipheléh, and Mikneah, and Obéd Edóm, and Ieiél, and Azaziah, with harpes,VVhiche was the eight tune, ouer
〈◊〉
which he that was moste excellent hadde charge. vppon Sheminith lenazzéah.
21 But Chenaniah the chief of the Leuites hadTo wit, to appoint psalme., ād songes to them
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. the charge, bearing the burden in the charge, for he was able to instruct.
23 And Berechiah and Elkanah were porters for the Arke.
24 And Shecaniah and Iehoshaphat and Nethane él and Amashai, and Zachariah, and Benaiah, and Eliézer the Priestes did blowe with trumpets before the Arke of God, and Obéd Edóm and Ieriah (were) portersVVith Berechiah and Elkanah. Vers. 23. for the Arke.
25 * So Dauid and the Elders of Israél and the2. Sam. 6. 12. captaines of thousandes went to bryng vp the Arke of the couenant of the Lord from the house of Obéd Edōm with ioye.
26 And because that GodThat is, gaue them strength to execute, their office. helped the Leuites that bare the Arke of the couenant of the Lorde, they offredBesides the bul locke and the fat beast, which Dauid offred at eue rye sixte passe. 2. Sam. 6.
〈◊〉
. seuen bullockes and seuen rams.
27 And Dauid had on him a linen garment, as all the Leuites that bare the Arke, and the singers and Chenaniah that had the chief charge of the singers: and vpon Dauid (was) a linenRead. 2. Sam. 6. 14. Ephód.
28 Thus all Israél broght vp the Arke of the Lords couenant with shouting and soūde of trumpets ād with cornets, ād with cymbales, making a sounde with violes ād with harpes
29 And when the Arke of theIt was so called because it put
〈◊〉
Israelites in remēbrance of the
〈◊〉
couenant made with them. couenaunt of the Lorde came into the citie of Dauid, Michál the daughter of Saul loked out at a win dowe, and sawe Kyng Dauid dancynge and playing, and * she despised him in her heart.
CHAP. XVI.
1 The Arke being placed, they offer sacrifices. 4 Dauid ordeineth2. Sam. 6. 16. Asaph and his brethren to minister before the Lorde. 8 He appointeth a notable Psalme to be sung in praise of the Lord.
1 SO * they broght in the Arke of God, and2. Sam. 6. 17. set in the middes of the Tabernacle that dauid had pitched for it, & they offred burnt offrings and peace offrings before God.
2 And when Dauid had made an end of offring the burnt offring ād the peace offrings, heHe called vpon the Name of god desiring hym to prosper the people, ād giue good
〈◊〉
to their beginnings. blessed the people in the Name of the Lord.
3 And he dealt to euerie one of Israél both mā and woman, to euerie one a cake of bread, and a piece of flesh, and a bottel of (wine.)
4 And he appointed certeine of the Leuites to minister before the Arke of the Lord, and toTo
〈◊〉
, Gods benefites toward his people. rehearse and to thanke ād praise the Lord God of Israél.
5 Asaph the chief, and next to hym Zechariah, Ieiél, and Shemiramoth, and Iehiél, and Mattithiah, and Eliab, and Benaiah, and Obéd Edóm, euen Ieiél with instruments, violes and harpes, and Asaph to make a sounde with cymbales.
6 (And) Benaiah and Iahaziél Priestes, with trumpets continually before the Arke of the couenant of God.
7 Then at that time Dauid didDauid gaue thē this Psalme to praise the Lord, signifyinge that in all our entreprises the Name of God ought to be praysed and called vpon. appoint at thePsal. 105.
〈◊〉
.
Isa. 12. 4. biginnyng to giue thankes to the Lorde by the hand of Asaph and his brethren.
8 * Praise the Lorde (and) call vpon his Name: declare hisVVhere of this is the
〈◊〉
that he hath chosen hym selfe a Churche to call vpon his Name. workes among the people.
9 Sing vnto hym, sing prayse vnto hym, (and) talke of all hisVVho of hys
〈◊〉
prouidence hathe chosen a
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
to Abraham to be of his children. wonderful workes.
10 Reioyce in his holy Name: let the hearts of them that seke the Lord reioyce.
11 Seke the Lord and his strength: seke his face continually.
12 Remember his maruelous workes that he hathe done, his wōders, and theIn ouer comming
〈◊〉
, which iudgemēts were declared by Gods mouthe to Mosés. iudgemēts of his mouth,
13 O sede of Israél his seruant, ô the children of Iaak ôb hisMeaning hereby that the promes of adoption onely
〈◊〉
to the Church. chosen.
14 He is the Lord our God: his iudgements (are) throughout all the earth.
15 Remember his couenant for euer, (and) the worde, which he commanded to a thousand generacions:
16 * Whiche he made with Abrahám, and hisGen. 22, 16.
Luk. 1, 73. othe to Izhák:ebr. 6, 17.
17 And hathe confirmed it to Iaakōb for a Lawe, (and) to Israél for an euerlasting couenant,
18 Saying, To thee wil I giue the land of Canáan, theEbr. coarde, whereby parcels of lands were me
〈◊〉
. lot of your inheritance.
19 When ye wereMeaning, from the time that Abrahám
〈◊〉
, vnto the time, that Iaakob wēt
〈◊〉
Egypt for famine. fewe in nomber, yea, a very fewe, and strangers therein,
20 And walke about
〈◊〉
nacion to nacion, and from (one) kingdome to another people.
21 He suffred no man to do them wrong, but rebukedAs Pharaoh &
〈◊〉
. Kings for their sakes, saying,
22 Touche not mineMine elect peo ple & thē whome I haue sanctified anointed, and do myTo whome God decla ed his worde, &
〈◊〉
de clared it to their
〈◊〉
. Prophetes no harme.
23 *Sing vnto the Lord all the earth:
〈◊〉
his saluacion from day to day.
24 Declare his glorie among the nacions, and his wonderful workes among all people.
25 For the Lord (is) great and muche to be praised, and he is to be feared aboue all gods.Psal.
〈◊〉
1.
26 For all the gods of the people (are)His strong faith appeareth herein that thogh all the worlde wolde follow idoles, yet he wolde cleaue to the liuing God. idoles but the Lord made the heauens.
27 Praise and glorie (are) before him: power & beautie (are) in his place.
28 Giue vnto the Lord, ye families of the people: giue vnto the Lord glorie and power.
29 Giue vnto the Lord the glorie of his Name: bring an offring and come before him, (and) worship the Lord in the glorious Sanctuarie.
30 Hūble vour s lues vnder the mightie hand of God. Tremble ye before him, all the earth: surely the worlde shal be stable (and,) not moue.
31 Let theHe exhorteth the dumme creatures to reioyce with him in cō sidering the great nes of the grace of God. heauens reioyce, and let the earth be glad, and let them say among the nacions The Lord reigneth.
32 Let the sea roare, and all that therein is: let the field be ioyful and all that is in it.
33 Let the trees of the wood thē reioyce at the presence of the Lord: for he commeth toTo restore all things to their estate.
〈◊〉
the earth.
34 Praise the Lord, for he is good, for his mercie (endureth) for euer.
35 And say ye, Saue vs, ô God, our saluacion, & gather vs, and deliuer vs from the heathen, that we may praise thine holy Name, andHe estemeth this to be the chiefest felicitie of man. glorie in thy praise.
36 Blessed (be) the Lord God of Israél for euer and euer: and let all people say,He willeth all the people bothe in heart and
〈◊〉
to cōsent to these praises. So be it, and praise the Lord.
37 ¶Then he left there before the Arke of the Lords couenant Asáph and his brethren to minister continually before the Arke, that which was to be done euerie day:
38 And Obéd Edóm and his brethrē, thre score and eight: and Obéd Edóm the sonne of Ieduthún, and Hosáh (were) porters.
39 And Zadōk the Priest and his brethren the Priests (were) before the Tabernacle of the Lord, in the hie place that was at Gibeōn,
40 To offer burnt offrings vnto the Lord, vpon the burnt offring altar cōtinually, in the mor ning and in the euening, euen according vnto all that is written in the Lawe of the Lord which he commanded Israél.
41 And with themWith zadok and the rest of the Priests. were Hemán, & Ieduthún and the rest that were chosen, [which were appointed by names] to praise the Lord, because his mercie (endureth) for euer.
42 Euen with them (were) Hemán and Ieduthún to make a sounde with the cornets and with the cymbales, with excellent instrumēts of
〈◊〉
. and the sonnes of Ieduthún were at the gate.
43 And all the people departed, euerie man to his house: and Dauid returned toDeclaring that after ou.
〈◊〉
to God we are
〈◊〉
bounde to our owne house, for the which as
〈◊〉
al
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
we ought to pray vnto God and in struct our families to praise his Name. blesse his house.
CHAP. XVII.
3 Dauid is forbidden to buylde an house vnto the Lord. 12 Christ is promised vnder the figure of Salomón. 18 Dauid
〈◊〉
thankes. 23 And prayeth vnto God.
1 NOw *afterwarde whē Dauid dwelt in his2. Sam. 7, 2. house, he said to Nathán the Prophet, Be
〈◊〉
, I dwel in an house ofVVel buylt and faire. cedre trees, but the Arke of the Lords couenant remaineth vnderThat is, in tents couered with skinnes. curtaines.
2 Then Nathán said to Dauid, Do
〈◊〉
yet God had not reueled to the
〈◊〉
what he purposed concerning
〈◊〉
therefore seing God fauored Da uid, he spake what he thoght. all that is in thine heart: for God is with thee.
3 And the sameAfter that Nathán had spoken to Dauid. night euen the worde of God came to Nathán, saying,
4 Go, and tel Dauid my
〈◊〉
, Thus saith the Lord, Thou shalt not buylde me an house to dwel in:
5 For I haue dwelt in no house, since the day that I broght out the children of Israél vnto this day, but I haue bene fromThat is, in a
〈◊〉
which remoued to and fro. tent to tent, and from habitacion (to habitacion.)
6 Wheresoeuer I haueMeanig, where soeuer his Arke went, which was a signe of his pre sence. walked with all
〈◊〉
, spake I one worde to anie of the iudges of Israél [whome I commanded to fede my peo ple] saying, Why haue ye not buylt me an house of cedre trees?
7 Now therefore thus shalt thou say vnto my seruant Dauid, Thus saith the Lord of hostes I toke thee from the shepe coateOf a shepherd of shepe I made thee a shepherd of men, so that thou camest not to this dignitie through thine owne merites, but by my pure grace. (&) from following the shepe, that thou shuld est be a prince ouer my people Israél.
8 And I haue bene with thee whethersoeuer thou hast walked, & haue destroyed all thine enemies out of thy sight, & haueOr, gotten thee fame. made thee a name, like the name of the great men that are in the earth.
9 [Also I wil appoint a place for my people Israél, and
〈◊〉
themsure that they shal not remoue. wil plant it, that they may dwel in their place, and moue nomore: nether shal theEbr. sonnes of
〈◊〉
wicked peopleOr, consume. vexe then anie more, as at the beginning,
10 And since the time that I commanded iudges ouer my people Israél] And I wil subdue
all thine enemies: therefore I say vnto thee, that the Lord wilVVil giue thee great posteritie. buylde thee an house.
11 And when thy dayes shalbe fulfilled to go with thy fathers, then wil I raise vp thy sede after thee, which shal be of thy sonnes, and wil stablish his kingdome.
12 He shal buylde me an house, & I wil stablish his throne forThat is', vnto the comming of Christ: for then these figures shulde cease. euer.
13 I wil be his father and he shalbe my sonne, & I wil not take my mercie away, from him, as I toke it from him that was beforeWhich was Saul thee.
14 But I wil establish him in mine house, and in my kingdome for euer, and his throne shalbe stablished for euer,
15 According to all these wordes, and according to all this vision. So Nathán spake to King Dauid.
16 ¶ And Dauid the KingHe went into the tent where the
〈◊〉
was, she wing what we ought to do when we receiue anie benefites of the Lord. went in andOr,
〈◊〉
. sate before the Lord and said, Who am I, ô Lord God, and what is mine house, that thou hast broght meMeaning, to this
〈◊〉
estate. hetherto.
17 Yet thou esteming this a smale thing, ô God hast, also spokē concerning the house of thy seruant for a great while, and hast regarded me according to the estate of a man ofThou hast promised a kingdome that shal continue to me and my
〈◊〉
, and that Christ shal procede of me. hye degre, ô Lord God.
18 What can Dauid (desme) more of thee for the honour of thy seruant? for thou knowest thy seruant.
19 O Lord, for thy seruants sake, euen according to thineFrely, and accor ding to the purpose of thy wil, without anie deseruing. heart hast thou done all this great thing to declare all magnificence.
20 Lord, there (is) none like thee, nether is (there) anie God besides thee, according to all that we haue heard with our eares.
21 Moreouer what one nacion in the earth (is) like thy people Israél, whose God went to re deme then (to be) his people, & to make thy self a Name, (& to do) great & terrible things by casting our naciōs frō before thy people whome thou hast deliuered out of Egypt?
22 For thou hast ordeined thy people Israél to be thine owne people for euer, & thou Lord art become their God.
23 Therefore now Lord, let the thing that thou hast spoken concerning thy seruant and cō
cerning his house, be confirmed for euer, and do as thou hast said,
24 And let thy Name be stable and magnified for euer, that it may be said, The Lord of hostes, God of Israél, (is) the God ofThat is, he she weth him selfe in dedeto be their God, by deliuering them frō dangers, & preser uing them. Israél, and let the house of Dauid thy seruant be sta blished before thee.
25 For thou, ô my God, hastThou hast decla red vnto me by Nathán the Prophet. reueled vnto the eare of thy seruāt, that thou wilt buylde him an house: therefore thy seruant hatheEbr. hathe foūde bene bolde to pray before thee.
26 Therefore now Lord [(for) thou artAnd canst not brake promes. God, and hast spoken this goodnes vnto thy seruant]
27 Now therefore, it hathe pleased thee to bles se the house of thy seruant, that it may be before thee for euer: for thou, ô Lord, hast blessed it, and it shalbe blessed for euer.
CHAP. XVIII.
1 The battel of Dauid against the Philistims, 2 And agaīst Moab, 3 Zobáh, 5 Arám. 12 And Edóm.
1 ANd after this Dauid smote the Philistims and subdued them, and tokeVVhich, 2. Sam. 8, 1. is called the bridle of bōdage, because it was a strong towne, & kept the countrey tounde about in subiection. Gath, and the villages thereof out of the hand of the Philistims.
2 And he smote Moáb, and the Moabites became Dauids seruants, andOr, payed tribute. broght giftes.
3 ¶ And Dauid smoteOr,
〈◊〉
. Hadarézer King of Zobáh vnto Hamáth, as he went to stablish his border by the riuerOr, Euphrates. Peráth.
4 And Dauid toke from him a thousand charets, and seuen thousand horsemen, and twē
tie thousand fotemen, and * destroyed all the charets, but he reserued of thē an hundreth charets.
5 ¶ Then came the Aramites of Damascus to succour Hadarézer King of Zobáh, but Dauid slewe of the Aramites two and twentie thousand.
6 And Dauid put (a garison) in Arám ofOr,
〈◊〉
. Damascus, and the Aramites became Dauids ser uants, and broght giftes: and the LordThat is, in all things that he en terprised. preserued Dauid wheresoeuer he went.
7 And Dauid toke the shields of gold that were of the seruants of Hadarézer, and broght thē to Ierusalém.
8 And fromVVhich 2. Sam. 8, 8. are called
〈◊〉
& Berothái. Tabháth, and from Chun [cities of Hadarézer] broght Dauid exceding much brasse, where with Salomōn made the brasen * Sea, and the pillers and the vessels of1. King, 7. 23.
Iere. 52, 20. brasse.
9 ¶ Then Tōu King of Hamáth heard how Da uid had smiten all the hoste of Hadarézer King of Zobáh.
10 Therefore he sentCalled also
〈◊〉
, 2, Sam. 8, 10. Hadóram his sonne to King Dauid, to salute him, & to reioyce with him, because he had foght against Hadarézer, and beaten him [for Tōu had warre with Hadarézer] (who broght) all vessels of golde and siluer and brasse.
11 And King Dauid did dedicate them vnto the Lord, with the siluer and golde that he broght from all the nacions, fromBecause the Edo mices and the Sy rians ioyned their power together, it is said 2. Sam. 8, 12, that the
〈◊〉
were spoiled. Edóm, and from Moáb, and from the children of Ammón, and from the Philistims, and from Amalék.
12 ¶ And Abishái the sonne of Zeruiáh smote of Edōm in the salte valleyVVhich is vnder stand that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
twelue thousand, as is in the title of the threscore psal. &
〈◊〉
the rest. eightene thousand,
13 And he put a garison in Edōm, and all the Edomites became Dauids seruāts: & the Lord preserued Dauid wheresoeuer he went.
14 So Dauid reigned ouer all Israél, and executed iudgement and iustice to all his people.
15 And Ioáb the sonne of Zeruiáh was ouer the hoste, and
〈◊〉
the sonne of Ahilúd recorder,
16 And Zadók the sonne of Ahitúb, and Abimélech the sonne of Abiathār (were) the Priests, andOr, Saiāh. Shaushá the scribe.2. Sam. 8, 17.
17 * And Benaiáh the sonne of Iehoiadá was ouer theRead 2, Sam. 8, 18. Cherethites and the Pelethites: and the sonnes of Dauid (were) chief about
the King.
CHAP. XIX.
4 Hanún King of the children of Ammon doeth great iniuries to the seruants of Dauid. 6 He prepareth an armie against Dauid. 15. And is ouercome.
1 AFter this also * Nahásh the King of the2, Sam 10. 2. children of Ammón dyed, and his sonne reigned in his steade.
2 And Dauid said, I wil shewe kindnes vnto Hanún the sonne of Nahásh, because hisBecause Nahásh receiued Da uid and his companie, whē
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
him. he wolde now shewe pleasure to his sonne for the same. father shewed kindenes vnto me. And Dauid sent messengers to comforte him for his father. So the seruants of Dauid came into the land of the children of Ammón to Hanún to comforte him.
3 And the princes of the children of Ammón said to Hanún, Thinkest thou that Dauid doeth honourthy father, that he hathe sent comforters vnto thee? Are not his seruants come to thee toThus the malicious ouer inter
〈◊〉
the purpose of the godlie in the worst sense. searche, to seke and to spie out the land?
4 Wherefore Hanún toke Dauids seruants, andThey shaued of the halfe of their beardes. shaued them, and cut ofTo put them to shame and vilanie, where as the
〈◊〉
ought to haue be ne honored: and because the Iewes vsed to weare sidegarments and beards, they thus
〈◊〉
them to make them
〈◊〉
to others. their garmēts by the halfe vnto the buttocks, and sent thē away.
5 And there went (certeine) and tolde Dauid2. Samu. 10. 4. concerning the men & he sent to mete them [for the men were excedingly ashamed] and the King said, Tary at Iericho, vntil your bear des be growen: then returne.
6 ¶ When the children of Ammōn sawe that theyOr, had made them selues to be abhorred of Dauid. stanke in the sight of Dauid, thē sent Hanún and the children of Ammón a thousand talents of siluer to hyre them charets and horsemen out * of Arám Naharáim and & out of Arám, Maacháh, & out ofWhich were fiue in all. Zobáh.
7 And they hyred them two and thirtie thousand charets, and the King of Maacháh and his people, which came and pitched before2. Sam. 10. 8.
Which was a citie of the tribe of Reubēbeyonde Iordén. Medebá: and the children of Ammon gathered thē selues together from their cities, and came to the battel.
8 ¶ And when Dauid heard, he sent Ioáb and all the hoste of the valiant men.
9 And the children of Ammōn came out, and set their battel in araye at the gate of the citie And the Kings that were come, were by thē selues in the field.
10 When Ioáb sawe that the fronte of the battel was against him before and behinde, then he chose out of al the choise of Israél, and set him selfe in araye to mete the Aramites.
11 And the rest of the people he deliuered vnto the hand of Abishái his brother, and they put them selues in araye against the children of Ammón.
12 And he said, If Arám be to strong for me, then thou shalt succour me: and if the children of Ammón preuaile against thee, them I wil succour thee.
13 Be strong, and let vs shewe our selues valiant for ourHe declareth that
〈◊〉
the cause is euil the
〈◊〉
can not be
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
in good cau ses men ought to be
〈◊〉
& commit the successe to God. people, ād for the cities of our God and let the Lord do that which is good in his owne sight.
14 So Ioáb and the people that was with him came nere before the Aramites vnto the bat tel, and they fled before him.
15 And when the childrē of Ammón sawe that the Aramites fled, they fled also before Abishái his brother, and entred into the citie: so Ioáb came to Ierusalém.
16 ¶ And when the Aramites sawe that they were discomfited before Israél, they sent mes sengers and caused the Aramites to come for the that were beyonde theThat is, Euphrates. riuer: and Shophách the captaine of the hoste of Hadarézer (went) before them.
17 And when it was shewed Dauid, he gathered all Israél, and went ouer Iordén, and came vnto them, and put him selfe in araye against them: and when Dauid had put him selfe in battel araye to mete the Aramites, they foght with him.
18 But the Aramites fled before Israél, and Dauid destroyed of the AramitesFor this place read. seuen thousand charets, and fortie thousand fotemen,2, Sam, 10. 18. and killed Shophách the captaine of the hoste.
19 And when the seruants of Hadarézer sawe that they fel before Israél, they made peace with Dauid, and serued him. And the Aramites wolde nomore succour the children of Ammōn.
CHAP. XX.
1
〈◊〉
destroyed. 3 The Ammonites tormented. 4 The
〈◊〉
are thrise ouercome with their gyants.
1 ANd * when the yere was expired, in the2. Sam.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. time that Kings go out (a warrefare,) Ioáb caried out the strength of the armie, & destroyed the countrey of the children of Ammón, and came and besiegedWhich was the chief citie of the Ammonites. Rabbáh [but Dauid taryed at Ierusalem] and Ioáb smote Rabbáh and destroyed it.2. Sam. 12. 29.
2 * Thē Dauid toke the crowne of their King from of his head, & foūde it the weight of aWhich moun teth about the vallue of seuen thousand and seuentie crownes which is about threscore poūde weight. talent of golde, with precious stones in it: and it was (set) on Dauids head, & he broght away the spoile of the citie exceding muche.
3 And he caryed away the people that were in it, and cut them with sawes, and with haro wes of yron, and with axes: euen thus did Dauid with all the cities of the children of Ammón. Then Dauid and all the people came againe to Ierusalém.
4 ¶ * And after this also there arose warre at2. Sam. 21. 18.
Or, Gob. Gézer with the Philistims: then Sibbechāi2. Sam.
〈◊〉
. 8. the Hushathite sleweOr,
〈◊〉
Sippái, of the childrē ofOr,
〈◊〉
, or, the gyants. Harapháh, and they were subdued.
5 And there was yet (another) battel with the Philistims: and Elhanán the sonne of Iair sleweRead 2. Sam.
〈◊〉
19. Lahmi, the brother of Goliáth the Gittite, whose spearestaffe (was) like a weauers beame.
6 And yet againe there was a battel at Gath, where was a man of a (great) stature, and his fingers (were) byMeaning,
〈◊〉
he had six a picce on hands and fere. sixes, (euen) foure & twen ty, and was also the sonne of Harapháh.
7 And when he reuiled Israél, Iehonathán the sonne of Shimeà Dauids brother did slea him.
8 These were borne vnto Haraphah at Gath, and fel by the hand of Dauid: and by the hands of his seruants.
CHAP. XXI.
1 Dauid causeth the people to be nombred. 14 And there dye seuentie thousand men of the pestilence.
1 ANd a Satan stode vp against Israél, andHe tempted Dauid in setting be fore his eyes his excellencie and glo tie, his power & victories, read. prouoked Dauid to nomber israél.
2 Therefore Dauid said to Ioáb, and to the ru lers of the people, Go, (and) nomber Israél frō
That is, from Southe to North. Beer-shéba euen to Dan, and bring it to2. Sam. 24. 1. me, that I may know the nomber of them.
3 And
〈◊〉
answered, The Lord increase his people an hundreth times so many as they be ô my lord the King: are they not all my lords seruants? wherefore doeth my lord require this things why shulde he be a cause ofIt was a thing indifferent and vsual to nomber the people, but because he did it of an ambitious minde, as thogh his strength stode in his people God punished him. tres passe to
〈◊〉
.
4 Neuertheles the Kings worde preuailed against Ioáb. And Ioáb departed and went through al Israél, and returned to Ierusalém.
5 And Ioáb gaue the nomber (and) summe of the people vnto Dauid: and all Israél wereIoáb partely for grief & partly through negligen ce gathered not the whole
〈◊〉
-me as it is here declared. eleuen hundreth thousand men that drewe sworde: and Iudáh wasIn Samuél is menrion of thirtie thousand mo te: which was ether by ioyning to them some of the Beniamites, which were mixed with sudáh, or as the Ebrewes write, here the chief and princes are left out. foure hundreth and seuentie thousand men that drewe sworde.
6 But the Lenites and Beniamin counted he not among them: for the Kings worde was abominable to Ioáb.
7 ¶ And God was displeased with this thing: therefore he smote Israél.
8 Then Dauid said vnto God, I haue sinned greatly, because I haue done this thing: but now, I beseche thee, remoue the iniquitie of thy seruant: for I
〈◊〉
done very foolishly.
9 And the Lord spake vnto
〈◊〉
DauidsOr, Prophet. Seer saying,
10 Go and tel Dauid, saying, Thus sayth the Lord, I offre thee thre things chose thee one of them, that I may do it vntothee.
11 So Gad came to Dauid, and said vnto him, Thus sayth the Lord, Take to thee.
12 Ether thre yeres famine, or thre moneths to be destroyed before thine aduersaries, ād the sworde of thine enemies to take (the,)"Or,
〈◊〉
thee. or els the sworde of the Lord and pestilence in the land thre dayes, that the Angel of the Lord may destroy throughout all the coastes of Israél: now therefore aduise thee, what worde I shal bring againe to him that sent me.
13 And Dauid said vnto Gad, I am in a wonder ful strait, let me now fall into the hand of the Lord: for his mercies (are) exceding great, & let me not fall into the hand of man.
14 So the Lord sent a pestilence in Israél, and there fell of Israél seuentie thousand men.
15 ¶ And God sent the Angel into Ierusalém to destroye it. AndRead 2. Sam. 24. 16. as he was destroying, the Lord behelde, andWhē God draueth backe his flagues, he semeth to
〈◊〉
, read Gene. 6. 6. repented of the euil and said to the Angel that destroyed, It is now ynough, let thine hand cease. Then the Angel of the Lord stode by the thresshing floore ofOr, Araunáb. Ornán the Iebusite.
16 And Dauid lift vp his eyes, and sawe the An gell of the Lord stand betwnene the earth and the heauen with his sworde drawen in his hand, (and) stretched out towarde Ierusalém Then Dauid and the Elders of Israél, which were clothed in sacke, fell vpon their faces.
17 And Dauid said vnto God, Is it not, I that commanded to nomber the people? It is euē I that haue sinned and haue committed euil, but these shepe what haue they done? ô Lord my God, I beseche thee, let thine hand be on me and on my fathers house, ād not onThus he bothe sheweth a true repentance and a fatherlie care toward his people, which desireth God to spare them and to punish him and his. thy people for (their) destruction.
18 ¶ Then the Angel of the Lord commanded Gad to say to Dauid, that Dauid shulde govp and set vp an altar vnto the Lord in the thresshing flore of Ornán the Iebusite.
19 So Dauid went vp according to the saying of Gad, which he had spoken in the Name of the Lord.
20 And Ornán turned about, and sawe the Angel, and his foure sonnes (that were) with him,If man hide him selfe at the sight of an Angel which is a creature, how muche lesse is a sinnerable to ap peare before the face of God? hid them selues, and Ornán thresshed wheat.
21 And as Dauid came to Ornán, Ornán loked and sawe Dauid and went out of the thresshing floore, and bowed him selfe to Dauid with his face to the ground.
22 And Dauid said to Ornán, Giue me the place of (thy) thresshing floore, that I may buylde anThus he did
〈◊〉
the commandement of God, as vers 18. for els it had bene abominable except he had ether Gods worde, or reuelacion. altar thereinvnto the Lord: giue it me for sufficient money, that the plague may be stayed from the people.
23 Thē Ornán said vnto Dauid, Take it to thee and let my lord the King do that which semeth him good: lo, I giue thee bullockes for burnt offrings, and tresshing instruments for wood, and wheat for meat offring, I giue it all.
24 And King Dauid said to Ornán, Not so: but I wil bye it for sufficiētThat is, as muche as it is worthe: for hauing ynough of his owne and yet to haue taken of another mans goods to offer vnto the Lord, it had bene theft and not acceptable to God. money: for I wil not take that which is thine for the Lord, nor offer burnt offrings without cost.
25 So Dauid gaue to Ornán for that placeRead 2. Sam. 24. 24. six hundreth shekels of golde by weight.
26 And Dauid buylt there an altar vnto the Lord, and offred burnt offrings, and peace offrings, and called vpon the Lord, and heGod declared that he heard his requestin that he sent downe fire from heauen: for els thei might vse no fire in sacrifice, but of that whith was reser ued stil vpon the altar Leui 6. 13. & came downe frō heauen, Leui. 9. 24 as appeared by the punishement of Nadàb and
〈◊〉
, Leu. 10. 1. answered him by fyre from heauen vpon the altar of burnt offring.
27 And when the Lord had spoken to the Angel, he putvp his sworde againe into his shethe.
28 Arthat time whē Dauid sawe that the Lord had heard him in the thresshing floore of Or nán the Iebusite, then he sacrificed there.
29 [But the Tab ernacle of the Lord which Mosés had made in the wildernes, and the al tar of burnt offring (were) at that season in the hie place at Gibeōn.
30 And Dauid colde not go before it to aske counsel at God: for he was afraied of the sworde of the Angel of the Lord)
CHAP. XXII,
2 Dauid prepareth things necessarie for the buylding of the Temple 6 He cōmādeth his sonne Salomón to buyl
de the Temple of the Lord, which thing he him selfe was forbidden to do. 9 Vnder the figure of Salomón Christ is promised.
1 ANd Dauid said, This is theThat is, the place where in he wil be worshiped. house of the Lord God, and this is the altar for the burnt offring of Israél.
2 And Dauid commanded to gather together theMeaning, cunning mē of other nations whiche dwele among the Iewes. strangers that were in the land of Israél and he set masons to hewe and polish stones to buylde the house of God.
3 Dauid also preparedTo wit, which weighed fiftie shekels of golde. muche yron for the nailes of the dores (and) of the gates, and for the ioynings, and abundance of brasse passing weight,2. Chro. 3, 9.
4 And cedre trees without nōber: for the Zidonians and they of Tyrus broght muche cedre wood to Dauid.
5 And Dauid said, Salomón my sonne is yong and tender, and we must buylde an house for the LORD, magnifical, excellent and of great fame and dignitie throughout all coun treis. I wil (therefore) now prepare for him. So Dauid prepared very muche before his death.
6 Then he called Salomōn his sonne, and charged him to buylde an house for the LORD God of Israél.
7 And Dauid said to Salomōn, * My sonne, I2. Sam. 7. 13. purposed with my selfe to buyld an house to the Name of the Lord my God,
8 But the worde of the Lord came to me, saying, * This declareth how greatly God
〈◊〉
the sheding of blood, seing Dauid for this cause is staied to buylde the
〈◊〉
of the Lord, albeit he enterprised no warre buthy Gods commādemēt and against his enemies. Thou hast shed muche blood, & hastChap. 28, 5. made great battels: thou shalt not buylde an house vnto my Name: for thou hast shed muche blood vpon the earth in my sight.
9 Reholde, a sonne is borne to thee, which shalbe a man of rest, for I wil giue him rest from all his enemies round about: therefore his name is Salomón: and I wil send peace & quietnes vpon Israél in his dayes.
10 * He shal buylde an house for my Name, and he shal be my sonne, and I wil be his father, & I wil establish the throne of his kingdome2. Sam. 7, 11. vpon Israél for euer.1, King. 5, 5.
11 Now (therefore) my sonne, the Lord shalbe with thee, and thou shaltHe sheweth that there can be no prospetitie, but when the Lord is with vs. prosper, and thou shalt buylde an house to the Lord thy God, as he hathe spoken of thee.
12 Onely the Lord giue theeThese are onely the meanes whereby Kings gouerne their subiectes a right, & whereby the realmes do prosper and
〈◊〉
. wisdome & vnderstāding, and giue thee charge ouer Israél euen to kepe the Law of the Lord thy God.
13 Then thou shalt prosper, if thou take hede to obserue the statutes and the iudgements which the Lord cōmanded Mosés for Israél: be strong and of good courage: feare not, ne ther be afraied.
14 For beholde, according to myFor Dauid was poore in respect of Salomon. pouertie ha ue I prepared for the house of the Lord an hundreth thousand talents of golde, and a thousand thousand talents of siluer, and of brasse and of yron passing weight: for there was abundance: I haue also prepared timbre and stone, and thou maiest prouide more thereto.
15 Moreouer thou hast workemen with thee ynough,Or masons, and carpenters. hewers of stone, & workemen for timbre, and all men expert in euerie worke.
16 Of golde, of siluer (and) of brasse, and of yron there is no nomber.That is, go about it quickely. Vp (therefore) and be doing, & the Lord wil be with thee
17 Dauid also commanded all the princes of Israél to helpe Salomón his sonne, saying
18 Is not the Lord your God with you, and ha the giuen you rest on euerie side: for he hathe giuen theThe nations round about. inhabitants of the land into mine hand, and the lands is subdued before the Lord and before his people.
19 Now setFor els he knewe that God wolde plague them, and not prosper their labours except they soght with all their hearts to set forthe his glorie. your hearts and your soules to seke the Lord your God & arise, & buylde the Sanctuarie of the Lord God to bring the
〈◊〉
of the couenant of the Lord, and the holy vessels of GOD into the house buylt for the Name of the Lord.
CHAP. XXIII.
1 Dauid being olde, ordeineth Salomon King. 3 He causeth the Leuites to be nombred 4 And assigneth them to their offices. 13 Aaron and his sonnes are for the hie Priests. 14 The sonnes of Moses.
1 SO when Dauid was olde and ful of daies,1. King. 1.
〈◊〉
. * he made Salomón his sonne King ouer Israél.
2 And he gathered together all the princes of Israél with the Priests and the Leuites.
3 And the Leuites were nombred frō the age of thirtie yere and aboue, and their nomber according to their summe was eight and thir tie thousand men.
4 Or these foure and twentie thousand (were set) toOr, to haue care ouer. aduance the worke of the house of the Lord, and six thousand were ouerseers & iudges.
5 And foure thousand (were) porters, & foure thousand praised the Lord with instrumēts whichEbr. I made, meaning Dauid. he made to praise (the Lord.)
6 * So Dauid deuided offices vnto them, (toChap. 6. 1. wit,) to the sonnes of Leui, to * Gershón, KoExod. 6. 17. háth, and Merari.
7 Of the Gershonites (were)Or,
〈◊〉
. Laadān and Shimei.Chap. 6. 17.
8 The sonnes of Laadán, the chief (was) Iehiél and Zethám and Ioél, thre.
9 The sonnes of Shimei, Shelomith, & Haziél and Haram, thre: these were the chief fathers of Laadán.
10 Also the sonnes of Shimei (were) Iáhath, Ziná, Ieúsh, and Beriáh these foure were the sonnes of Shimei.
11 And Iáhath was the chief, andOr, zina. Zizáh the seconde, but Ieúsh and Beriáh had not many
〈◊〉
: therefore they were in the families of (their) father, counted but as one.
12 ¶ The sonnes of Koháth (were) Amrám, Izhár,Exod. 2. 2. and 6. 20. Ebr. 5. 5 Hebrón and Vzziél, foure.
13 * The sonnes of Amrám, Aarōn and Mosés: and Aarōn was separated to That is, to serue in the
〈◊〉
holy place and to consecrate the holy things. sanctifie the moste holy place, he and his sonnes foreuer to burne incēse before the Lord, to minister to him, and to
〈◊〉
in his Name for euer.
14 ¶ Mosés also the man of God, (and) his children werenamed with theThei were but of the ordre of the Deuites and not of the Priests as Aarons sonnes. tribe of Leui
15 The sonnes of Moses (were) Gershóm, and Eliézer,
16 Of the sonnes of * Gershóm (was) ShebuélExod. 2,
〈◊〉
. & 18,; the chief.
17 And the sonne of Eliézer (was) Rehabiāh theThe Scripture vseth to call
〈◊〉
or the first borne althogh he be alone & there be noneborne after Matt, 1, 25. chief: for Eliézer had none other sonnes: but the sonnes of Rehabiáh were very many.
18 The sonne of Izhár (was) Shelomith the chief.
19 The sonnes of Hebrōn (were) Ieriáh the first Amariáh the seconde, Iahaziél the third, and Iekamiám the fourt.
20 The sonnes of Vzziél (were) Micháh the first and Isshiáh the seconde.
21 ¶ The sonnes of Merari (were) Mahli and Mushi. The sonnes of Mahli, Eleazár and Kish.
22 And Eleazár dyed, and had no sonnes, but daughters, and theirMeaning their cousins. brethren the sonnesof Kish toke them.
23 The sonnes of Mushî (were) Mahli, & Edér, and
〈◊〉
, thre.
24 These were the sonnes of Leui according to the house of their fathers, (euen) the chief fathers according to their offices, according to the nomber of names (and) their summe that did the worke for the seruice of the house of the Lord from the age of
〈◊〉
did chose the Leuits
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
at the age, of
〈◊〉
, as
〈◊〉
. 3, & againe afterWarde at
〈◊〉
as the necessitie of the office did require: at the be ginnīg they haue no
〈◊〉
in the Temple, before thei Were fiue &
〈◊〉
yere, olde and had none after fiftie, Nomb.
〈◊〉
, 24. twenty yeres and aboue.
25 For Dauid said, The Lord God of Israél hath giuen rest vnto his people, that they may dwelin Ierusalém for euer.
26 And also the Leuites shal nomore beare the Tabernacle and all the vessels for the seruice thereof.
27 Therefore according to the last wordes of Dauid, the Leuites were nombred frō twētie yere and aboue,
28 And their office (was) vnder the hād of the sonnes of Aaron, for the seruice of the house of the Lord in the courtes, and chambers, & in the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
& cleansing all the holy vessels. purifying of all holy things, and in the worke of the seruice of the house of God,
29 Bothe for the shewe bread, and for the fine sloure, for the meat offring, and for the vnleauened cakes, and for the fryed things, and for that which was rosted, and for all measures and cise,
30 And for to stand euerie morning, to giue thankes and to praise the Lord, and like wise at euen,
31 And to offer all burnt offrings vnto the Lord in the Sabbaths, in the moneths, and at the appointed times, according to the nomber (&) according to their custome continnally before the Lord,
32 And that they shulde kepe the charge of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, and the charge of the holie place, and the charge of the sonnes of Aaron their brethren in the ser uice of the house of the Lord.
CHAP. XXIIII.
Dauid assigneth offices vnto the sonnes of Aarón.
1 THese are also the * diuisions of the sonnesLeui.
〈◊〉
. 4. of Aarón, The sonnes of AarónNom. 3. 4. & 16.
〈◊〉
(were) Nadáb, and Abihú, Eleazár, and Ithamár.
2 But Nadáb and Abihú dyedWhiles their father yet liued. before their father, & had no children: therefore Eleazar and Ithamár executed the Priests office.
3 And Dauid distributed them, euen Zadok of theOr, cousins. sonnes of Eleazár, and Ahimélech of the sonnes of Ithamár according to their offices in their ministration.
4 And there were found mo of the sonnes of Eleazár by the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
nomber of men, then of the sonnes of Ith amár: and they deuided them, (to wit,) amōg the sonnes of Eleazár, sixtene heades, according to the housholde of their fathers, and among the sonnes of Ithamár, according to the housholde of their fathers, eight.
5 Thus they distributed them by lot the one from the other, and so the rulers of the Sanctuarie and the rulers (of the house) of God (were) of the sonnes of Eleazar and of the sonnes of Ithamār.
6 And Shemaiáh the sonne of Nethaneél the scribe of the Leuites, wrote them before the King and the princes, and Zadók the Priest, and Ahimelech the sonne of Abiathát and (before) the chief fathers of the Priests and of the Leuites, one familie being reserued for Eleazár, and another reserued for Ithamár.
7 And the firstThis lot
〈◊〉
ordeined to
〈◊〉
away all occasiō of
〈◊〉
or grudging of one against another. lot fel to Iehoiarib, and the second to Iedaiáh,
8 The third to Harim, the fourt to Seorim,
9 The fift to
〈◊〉
, the sixt to Miiamin,
10 The seuent to Hakkóz, the eight to
〈◊〉
the father of Iohn Baptist Was of this course
〈◊〉
lot of Abiá, Abiiáh,
11 The ninte to Ieshúa, the ten to She caniáh,
12 The eleuent to Eliáshib, the twelft to Iakim,Luk.
〈◊〉
. 5.
13 The thirtente to Huppáh, the fourtene to Ieshebeáb,
14 The fiftene to Bilgáh, the sixtente to Immér,
15 The seuentente to Hezir, the eightene to Happizzér,
16 The ninetente to Pethahiáh, the twentieth to Iehezek el,
17 The one and twentie to Iachin, the two and twentie to Gamúl,
18 The thre and twentie to Deliāh, the foure and twentie to Maaziáh.
19 These were their ordres according to their offices, when they entred into the house of the Lord according to their custome vnderBy the
〈◊〉
that God gaue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. the hand of Aaron their father, as the Lord God of Israél had comman ded him.
20 ¶ And of the sonnes of Leui that remained of the sonnes of Amrám, (was) Shubaél, of the sonnes of Shubaél, Iedeiáh,
21 Of Rehabiáh (euen) of the sonnes of Rehabiah, the first Isshiiah,
22 Of Izhari, Shelomóth, of the sonnes of She Iomóth, Iahath,
23 And (his) sonnes Ieriáh (the first,) Amariáh the seconde, Iahaziél the thirde, (and) Iekameám the fourt,
24 The sonne of Vzziél (was) Micháh, the son ne of Micháh (was) Shamir,
25 The brother of Micháh (was) Isshiiáh, the sonne of Isshiiáh, Zechariáh,
26 The sonnes of Merari (were) Mahli & Mushi the sonne of Iaaziiah (was) Benō,
27 The sonnes of Merari of Iahaziah (were) Benó, and Shóham, and Zaccur and Ibri.
28 Of Mahli (came) Eleazar, whiche had no sonnes.
29 Of Kish. the sonne of Kish (was) Ierahmeél,
30 And the sonnes ofWhich Was the seconde sonne of
〈◊〉
. Mushi (were) Mahli, and Edér, and Ierimóth: these were sonnes of the Leuites after the housholde of their fa thers.
31 And these also castThat is, euerie one had that dignitie, Which fel vnto him by lot. lottes with their brethrē the sonnes of Aarón before King Dauid, and Zadōk and Ahimélech and the chief fathers of the Priests, and of the Leuites, (euen) the chief of the families against their yōger brethren.
CHAP. XXV.
The singers are appointed with their places & lottes.
1 SO Dauid and the captaines of the armieThe singers Were deuided in to foure and twē tie
〈◊〉
, so that euery course or ordre conteined:
〈◊〉
, & in all there Were 288 as vers. 7. separated for the ministerie the sonnes of Asaph, and Hemā, and Ieduthún, who shulde (sing) prophecies with harpes, with violes, and with cymbales, and their nomber was (euen) of the men for the office of their ministerie, (to wit,)
2 Of the sonnes of Asaph, Zaccûr, and Ioséph, and Nethaniah, and Asharélah the sonnes of Asaph (were) vnder the hād of Asaph, (which sang) prophecies by theEbr. hands. commission of the King.
3 Of Ieduthûn, the sonnes of Ieduthún, Gedaliah, and Zeri, and Ieshaiah, Ashabiah and Mattithiah,VVherof one is not here
〈◊〉
. six, vnder the hands of their father: Ieduthún (
〈◊〉
)Meaning, Psalmes and songs to praise God. prophecies with an harpe, for to giue thankes and to praise the Lord.
4 Of Heman, the sonnes of Heman, Bukkiah, Mattaniah, Vzziél, Shebuél, and Ierimóth, Hananiah, Hanani, Eliathah, Giddalti, & Romamti-ézer, Ioshbekashah, Mallóthi, Hothir (and) Mahazióth.
5 All these were the sonne of Hemán the KingsOr,
〈◊〉
. Seer in the wordes of God to lift vp theOr. power, mea ning of the King
〈◊〉
: and God gaue to Hemán fourtene son nes and thre daughters.
6 All these were vnder the
〈◊〉
hand of their father, singing in the house of the Lord with cymbales, violes and harpes, for the seruice of the house of God, and Asáph, & Ieduthún and Hemán (were) at the KingsEbr. hand. commande ment.
7 So was their nomber with their brethrē that were instruct in the songs of the Lord, (euē) of all that were conning, two hūdreth foure score and eight.
8 And thei castlottes,VVho shulde be in euery companie and course. charge against (charge) aswelWithout respect to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. small as great, the cunning man as the scholer.
9 And the first lot fell toSo that he serued in the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, & the rest euery one as his
〈◊〉
followed, orderly. Ioséph, (which was) of Asáph, the secōde, to Gedaliáh, who with his brethren and his sonnes were twelue.
10 The third, to Zaccúr, (he,) his sonnes and his brethren (were) twelue.
11 The fourte, toOr, the
〈◊〉
. Izri, (he,) his sonnes and his brethren twelue.
12 The fift, to Netaniáh, (he,) his sonnes and his brethren twelue.
13 The sixt, to Bukkiáh, (he,) his sonnes and his brethren twelue.
14 The seuent, to Iesharéláh, (he,) his sonnes and his brethren twelue.
15 The eight, to Ieshaiáh, (he,) his sonnes and his brethren twelue.
16 The nint, to Mattaniáh, (he,) his sonnes and his brethren twelue.
17 The tent, to Shimei, (he,) his sonnes and his brethren twelue.
18 The eleuent, to Azaréel, (he,) his sonnes and his brethren twelue.
19 The twelft, to Ashabiáh, (he,) his sonnes and his brethren twelue.
20 The thirtene, to Shubaél, (he,) his sonnes & his brethren twelue.
21 The fourtent, to Mattithiáh, (he,) his sonnes and his brethren twelue.
22 The fiftent, to Ierimóth, (he,) his sonnes & his brethren twelue.
23 The sixtente, to Hananiáh, (he,) his sonnes & his brethren twelue.
24 The seuentente, to Ioshbekáshah, (he,) his sonnes and his brethren twelue.
25 The eightente, to Hanani, (he,) his sonnes & his brethren twelue.
26 The ninetente, to Mallóthi, (he,) his sonnes and his brethren twelue.
27 The twentieth, to Eliáthah, (he,) his sonnes and his brethren twelue.
28 The one and twentieth, to Hothir, (he,) his sonnes and his brethren twelue.
29 The two and twentieth, to Giddálti, (he,) his sonnes and his brethren twelue.
30 The thre and twentieth, to Mahazioth, (he,) his sonnes and his brethren twelue.
31 The foure and twentieth, to Romámtiézer, (he,) his sonnes and his brethren twelue.
CHAP. XXVI.
1 The porters of the Tēple are ordeined, euerie man to the gate, which he shulde kepe, 20 And ouer the treasure.
1 COncerning theOr, courses and turnes. dinisions of the porters of the Kothites, Meshelemiáh the sonne of Koré of the sonnes ofThis Asáph Was not the notable
〈◊〉
, but another of the name called also
〈◊〉
, Chap 9, 7, &
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
, & also
〈◊〉
. Asáph.
2 And
〈◊〉
sonnes of Meshelemiáh, Zechariáh the eldest, Iediaél the seconde, Zebadiáh the third, Iathniél the fourt,
3 Elám the fift, Iehohanán the sixt, (and) Elichoenái the seuent.
4 And of the sōnes of Obéd Edōm, Shemaiáh the eldest, Iehozabád the seconde, Ioáh the third, and Sacar the fourt, and Nethaneél the fift,
5 Ammiél the sixt, Issachár the seuent,
〈◊〉
thài the eight: for God hadIn giuing him many children. blessed him.
6 And to Shemaiáh his sonne, were fōnes bor ne, thatOr like their fa thers house, mea ning worthie mē and valiant. ruled in the house of their father, for thei were men of might.
7 The sonnes of Shemaiáh (were) Othni, and Rephaél, and Obéd, Elzabád (&) his brethrē strongmen: Elihú also, and Semachiáh.
8 All these were of theOr, nephewes, sonnes of Obéd Edom thei & their sonnes & their brethren mightie andAnd mete to serue in the office of the portership strong to serue, (euen) thre score and two of Obéd Edóm.
9 And of Meshelemiáh sonnes and brethren eightene mightie men.
10 And of Hosáh of the sonnes of Merari the sonnes (were) Shuri the chief, and [thogh he was not the eldest, yet his father made him the chief.]
11 Helkiáh the secōde, Tebaliáh the third, (&) Zechariáh the fourt: all theOr, cousins. sonnes and the brethren of Hosáh (were) thirtene.
12 Of these (were) theOr, courses. diuisions of the porters of the chief men, (hauing) the chargeAccording to their turnes, aswel the one as the other. againste their brethren, to serue in the house of the Lord.
13 And thei castlottes bothe smale & great for the house of their fathers, for euerie gate.
14 And the lot on the Eastside fel toOr, Meshelemiáh. Shelemiáh: then thei cast lottes for Zechariah his sonneOne expert and mete to kepe that gate. a wise counseler, and his lot came out Northwarde:
15 To Obéd Edōm Southwarde, and to his song This was an house, where they vsed to resort to
〈◊〉
of things concernings the Tēple, as a Conuocaciō house. nes the house of Asuppim:
16 To Shuppim and to Hosáh Westwarde with the gateVVhereat they vsed to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the filth of the citie,
〈◊〉
. 6, 13. of Shallécheth by the paued strete that goeth vpwarde, warde ouer againste warde.
17
〈◊〉
(were) six Leuites, (and) Northwarde foure a day, (and) Southwarde foure a daye, and to warde AsuppimMeaning two one daye & two another. two (and) two.
18 InVVhich was an house wherein they kept the instruments of the Temple. Parbár towarde the West (were) foure by the paued strete, and two in Parbár.
19 These are the diuisions of the porters of the sonnes of Koré, and of the sonnes of Me rari.
20 ¶ And of the Leuites, Ahiiáh (was) ouer the treasures of the house of God, and ouer the treasures of the dedicate things.
21 Of the sonnes of Laadán the sonnes of the
〈◊〉
(descēding) of Laadán, the chief fathers of Laadán (were) Gershúnni (and) Iehieli.
22 The sonnes of Iehieli (were) Zethán and Ioél his brother, (appointed) ouer the treasures of the house of the Lord.
23 Of theThese also had charge ouer the treasures. Amramites, of the Izharites, of the Hebronites (and) of the Ozielites.
24 And Shebuélt he sonne of Gershóm, the sō
ne of Mosés, a ruler ouer the treasures.
25 And of hisOr, cousins. brethren, (which came) of Eliézer, was Rehabiáh his sonne, and Ieshaiáh his sonne, and Iorám his sonne, and Zichri his sonne, and Shelomith his sonne.
26 Which Shelomith and his brethren (were) ouer all the treasures of the dedicate things, which Dauid the King, and the chief fathers the captaines ouer thousands, and hundreths, and the captaines of the armie hadAccording as the Lord
〈◊〉
ded, Nomb. 31, 28, dedicate.
27 [(For) of the battels and of the spoiles they did dedicate to mainteine the house of the Lord]
28 And all that Samuél the Seer had dedicate, and Saúl the sonne of Kish and Abnér the sonne of Ner, and Ioáb the sonne of Zeruiáh, (and) whosoeuer had dedicate (anie thing, it was) vnder the hand of Shelomith, and his brethren.
29 Of the Izharites (was) Chenaniáh and his sonnes, for the businesMeaning of things that were out of the citie. without ouer Israél, for officers and for iudges.
30 Of the Hebronites, Ashabiáh and his brethren, men of actiuitie, a thousand, and seuen hundreth were officers for Israél beyonde Iordén Westwarde, in all the busines of the Lord, and for the seruiceThat is, for the Kings house. of the King.
31 Among the Hebronites (was) Iediiáh the chiefest, euen the Hebronites by his genera cions according to the families. And in the fourtieth yere of the reigne of Dauid thei were soght for: and there were foūde amōg them of actiuitie at Iazér in Gileád.
32 And hisTo wit, the cou sins of
〈◊〉
. brethrē men of actiuitie, two thou sand & seuē hundreth chief fathers, whome King Dauid made rulers ouer the Reubenites, & the Gadites, and the halfe tribe of Manasséh, for euerie matter (perteining) toBothe in spiritual, and tēporal things. God, and for the Kings busines.
CHAP. XXVIII.
Of the princes and rulers that ministred vnto the King.
1 THe children of Israél also after thei nomber, (euen) the chief fathers and captaines of thousands and of hundreths, and their officers that serued the King by diuersEbr. diuisiōs, or bandes. cour ses,Which executed their charge and office, which is mēt by comming in and going out whiche came in and went out, moneth by moneth throughout all the moneths of the yere: in euerie course (were) foure and twentie thousand.
2 Ouer the first course for the first moneth (was) Iashobeám the sonne of Zabdiél: & in his course (were) foure & twentie thousand.
3 Of the sonnes of Pérez (was) the chief ouer all the princes of the armies for the first moneth.
4 And ouer the course of the seconde moneth was Dodái, an Ahohite, and (this was) his course, and Miklóth (was)That is, Dodais lieutenant. a captaine, and in his course (were) foure & twentie thousand.
5 The captaine of the third hoste for the third moneth (was) Benaiáh the sonne of Iehoiadá the chief Priest: & in his course (were) foure and twentie thousand.2. Sam. 23, 20, & 22 23.
6 This Benaiáh was mightie among * thirtie and aboue the thirtie, and in his course (was) Amizabád his sonne.
7 The fourt for the fourt moneth (was) Asahél the brother of Ioáb, and Zebadiáh his sonne after him: and in his course (were) foure and twentie thousand.
8 The fift for the fift moneth (was) prince Shamhúth the Izrahite: and in his course
foure and twentie thousand.
9 The sixt for the sixt moneth (was) Irá the sonne of Ikkésh the Tekoite: and in hys course foure and twentie thousand.
10 The seuent for the seuent moneth (was) Helez the Pelonite, of the sonnes of Ephráim and in his course foure and twentie thousand.
11 The eight for the eight moneth (was) Sibbecái the Hushathite of the Zarhites: and in his course foure and twentie thousand.
12 The nint for the nint moneth (was) Abiézer the Anethothite of the sonnes ofOr, Beniamin. Iemini and in his course foure and twentye thousand.
13 The tent for the tent moneth (was) Maharái, the Netophathite of the Zarhites: and in his course foure and twentie thousand.
14 The eleuent for the eleuēt moneth (was) Benaiáh the Pirathonite of the sonnes of Ephráim: and in his course foure and twentie thousand.
15 The twelft for the twelft moneth (was) Heldái the Netophathite, of Othniél: and in his course foure and twentie thousand.
16 MoreouerMeaning, besides these twelue captaines. (the rulers) ouer the tribes of Israél ouer, the Reubenites (was) ruler, Eliézer the sonne of Zichri: ouer the Shimeonites, Shephatiáh the sonne of Maacháh.
17 Ouer the Leuites, Hashabiáh the sonne of Remuél: ouer (them) of Aharōn, (&) Zadók:
18 Ouer Iudáh, Elihú of the brethren of Dauid: ouer Issachár, Omri the sonne of Michaél:
19 Ouer Zebulū, Ishmaiáh the sonne of Obadiáh: ouer Naphtali, Ierimóth the sonne of Azriél:
20 Ouer the sonnes of Ephráim, Hoshéa the sonne of Azazziáh: ouer the halfe tribe of Manasséh, Ioél the sonne of Pedaiáh:
21 Ouer thewhich is beyōd
〈◊〉
in respect of Iudah: also one captaine was ouer the Reubenites & the Gadites. (other) halfe of Manasséh in Gileád, Iddó the sonne of Zechariáh: ouer Beniamin, Iaasiél the sonne of Abnér:
22 Ouer Dan, Azariél the sonne of lerohám, these are the prīces of the tribes of Israél.
23 ¶ But Dauid toke not the nóber of them from twentie yere olde and vnder, because the Lord had said that he wold increase Israél like vnto the starres of the heauens.
24 And * Ioáb the sonne of Zeruiáh begā toChap.
〈◊〉
. 7. nomber: but he finished it not,And the commandemēt of the King was abominable to Ioab, Chap. 21. 6. because there came wrath for it against Israél, nether was the nomber put into theThe Ebrewes make bothe these bokes of Chronicles but
〈◊〉
, and at thisverse make the middes of the boke, as touching the nomber of verses. Chronicles of King Dauid.
25 And ouer the Kings treasures (was) Azmauéth the sonne of Adiel and ouer the treasures in the fieldes, in the cities and in the villages and in the towres (was) Iehonathā the sonne of Vzziáh:
26 And ouer the workemen in the field that tilled the grounde, (was) Ezri the sonne of Chelúb.
27 And ouer them that dressed the vines, (was) Shimei the Ramathite: and ouer that whiche apperteined to the vines, and ouer the store of the wine (was) Sabdi the Shiphmite:
28 And ouer the oliue trees and mulberie trees that were in the valleies, (was) Báal Hanán the Gederite: and ouer the store of the oyle (was) Ioásh:
29 And ouer the oxen that fed in Sharōn, (was) Shetrái the Sharonite: and ouer the oxen in the valleies (was) Shaphat the sonne of Adlái:
30 And ouer the camels (was) Obil the Ishmaelite: and, ouer the asses (was) Iehdeiáh the Meronothite:
31 And ouer the shepe (was) Iaziz the Hagerite: all these were the rulers of the substā
ce that was King Dauids.
32 And Iehonathán Dauids vncle a man of counsel and of vnderstanding [for he was aThat is, a man learned in the worde of God. scribe] and Iehiél the sonne of Hachmoni (were) with the KingsTo be
〈◊〉
scholemasters and teachers. sonnes.
33 And Ahitóphel (was) the Kings coūseler, and Hushái the Archite the Kings friend.
34 AndAfter that Ahitophel had
〈◊〉
him selfe.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. 17. 27.
〈◊〉
was made counseler. after Ahitóphel (was) Iehoiadá the sonne of Benaiáh and Abiathár: & captaine of the Kings armie (was) Ioáb.
CHAP. XXVIII.
3 Because Dauid was forbidden to buylde the Temple, he willeth Salomón and the people to performe it, 8 Exhorting him to feare the Lord.
1 NOw Dauid assembled all the princes of Israel: the princes of the tribes, and the captaines of the bādes that serued the King, and the captaines of thousands and the captaines of hundreths, and the rulers of all the substance, and possession of the King, & of his sonnes, with theOr, chief
〈◊〉
Gen.
〈◊〉
. 36. eunuches, and the mightie, and all the men of power, vnto Ierusalem.
2 And King Dauid stode vp vpon hys fete, and said, He are ye me, my brethren and my people I purposed to haue buylt an house ofwhere the
〈◊〉
shulde remayne &
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
re to
〈◊〉
0. rest for the Arke of the couenant of the Lord, and for a * footestole of our God, and haue made ready for the buylding,
3 But GOD said vnto me, * Thou shalt
〈◊〉
. 9 5. not buylde an house for my Name, because2. Sam. 7. 13.
Chap. 22. 8. thou hast bene a man of warre, and hast shed blood,
4 Yet (as) the Lord God of Israel chose me before all the house of my father, to be King ouer Israel for euer [for in Iudáh wold he chuse a prince, and of the house ofAccordynge to the prophecie of Iaakob. Gen. 49. 8. Iudáh is the house of my father, and amonge the sonnes of my father he delited in me to make me King ouer all Israel.]
5 *So of all my sonnes [for the Lorde hathewisdom. 9. 7. giuen me manie sonnes] he hathe euē chosen Salomō my sonne to sit vpō the throne of the kingdome of the Lord ouer Israel.
6 And he said vnto me, Salomón thy sonne, he shal buylde mine house and my courtes: for I haue chosen him to be my sonne, and I wil be his father.
7 I will stablishe therefore hys kingdome for euer: if he indeuoure him selfe to do my commandements, and my iudgements, asIf he continue to kepe my law and departe not chere from, as he doeth hitherto. this day.
8 Now therefore in the sight of all Israél the Congregacion of the Lord, and in the audience of our God, kepe and seke for all the cōmandements of the Lord your God, that ye may possesse thisTo wit, of Canaan. good land, and leaue it for an inheritance for your childrē after youHe declareth that nothing can separate thē from the commoditie of this land both for them selues & their posteritie, but their sinnes & iniquitie. for euer.
9 And thou, Salomó my sonne, knowe thou the God of thy father, and serue him with a perfite hearte, and with a willing my nde: * for the Lord searcheth all hearts, and vnderstandeth all the imaginaciōs of thoghtes: if thou seke him, he wyll be founde of thee, but if thon forsake him, he will caste1. Sam. 16. 7.
Psal. 7. 10. thee of for euer.Iere 11. 20. & 17. 10 & 20. 12.
10 Take hede now, for the Lord hathe chosen thee to buyldeMeaning, for his Arke. the house of the Sanctuarie: be strong (therefore,) andPut it in execucion. do it.
11 ¶ Then Dauid gaue to Salomón his sonne the paterne of the porche and of the houses thereof, and of the closets therof, and of the galeries thereof, and of the chābers therof that are within, and of the house of the merciseate,
12 And the paterne of all thatEbr that were in his spirit with him. he had in hys minde for the courtes of the house of the LORD, and for all the chambers rounde aboute, for the treasures of the house of God, and for the treasures of the dedicate things,
13 And for the courses of the Priests, and of the Leuites, and for all the worke for the seruice of the house of the Lord, and for all the vessels of the ministerie of the house of the Lord.
14 (He gaue) of golde by weight, for (the vessels) of golde, for all the vessels of all maner of seruice, (and) all the vessels of siluer by weight, for all maner vessels of all maner of seruice.
15 The weight also of golde for theThat is,
〈◊〉
candlestickes, 1. King. 7 49. candlestickes, and golde for their lāpes, with the weight for euerie cādlesticke, and for the lampes thereof, and for the cādlestickes of siluer by the weight of the candlesticke, and the lampes thereof, according to the vse of euerie candlesticke,
16 And the weight of the golde for the tables of shewbread, for euerie table, and siluer for the tablēs of
〈◊〉
17 And pure golde for the
〈◊〉
, and the bowles, andOr, couerings. plates, and
〈◊〉
basens, gold in weight for euerie basen, and for siluer basens by weight for euerie basen,
18 And for the altar of incense, pure golde by weight, and golde for the paterne ofMeaning,
〈◊〉
the merciseate which
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
which was called the charet because the Lord declared him selfe there. the charet of the Cherubs that spred thē selues, and couered the Arke of the couenant of the Lord
19 All, (said he,) by writing (sent) to meFor all this was left in writing in the
〈◊〉
of the Lawe. Exod 5 40 25 whiche boke the King was bound to put in execucion. Deute. 17. 9. by the hand of the Lord, (which) made me vnderstand all the workemanship of the paterne.
20 And Dauid said to Salomón his sonne, Be strong, and of avaliant courage and do it: feare not, nor be afraied: for the Lord God (euen) my God (is) with thee: he wil not leaue thee nor forsake thee till thou hast finished all the worke for the seruice of the house of the Lord.
21 Beholde also, the companies of the Priests and the Leuites for all the seruice of the house of God, euen (they shalbe) with thee for the whole work,That is, euerye one wil be ready to help thee with those giftes that God hathe gyuen him. with euerie fre heart that is skilful in anie maner of seruice. The princes also and all the people (wyll be)Ebr. at all the wordes. wholly at thy commandement.
CHAP. XXIX.
2 The offring of Dauid and of the princes for the buylding of the Temple. 10 Dauid gyueth thankes to the Lord. 20 He exhorteth the people to do the same. 22 Salomón is created King. 28 Dauid dyeth, and Salomó his sonne reigneth in his steade.
1 MOreouer Dauid the Kynge said vnto all the Congregacion, God hath chosen Salomón mine onelie sonne yong and tēdre, & the worke (is) great: for this house (is) not for man, but for theAnd therfore it ought to be
〈◊〉
in all pointes. Lord God.
2 Now I haue prepared with all my power for the house of my God, golde for (vessels) of golde, and siluer for (them) of siluer, and brasse for (things) of brasse, yrō for (things) of yron, and wood for (things) of wood & onix stones & stones to be set, & carbuncle stones and of diuers colour, & all precious stones, and marble stones in abundance.
3 Moreouer because I haueHis great
〈◊〉
towarde the furtherance of the Tēple made hym to spare no expē
ses, but to
〈◊〉
his owne peculiar treasure. delite in the house of my GOD, I haue of myne owne golde and siluer, whiche I haue giuē to the house of my God, beside all that I haue prepared for the house of the Sanctuarie,
4 EuenHe sheweth what he had of his owne store for the Lords house. thre thousand talents of golde of the golde of Ophir, and seuen thousande talents of fined siluer to ouerlay the walles of the houses.
5 The golde for the (thinges) of golde, and the siluer for (things) of siluer, and for all the worke by the hands of artificers: and who isHe was not onely liberal him self, but prouoked others to set forth the work of God. willingOr, to offer. to fill hys hande to daye vnto the Lord?
6 So the Princes of the families, & the princes of the tribes of Israél, and the captaines of thousands & of hundreths, with the rulers of the Kings work, offred willingly,
7 And they gaue for the seruice of the house of GOD fiue thousande talents of golde, and ten thousand pieces, and ten thousand talents of siluer, and eyghtene thousande talents of brasse, and one hundreth thousand talents of yron.
8 And they with whome (precious) stones wereMeaning, them that had
〈◊〉
founde, gaue them to the treasure of the house of the Lord, by the hād of Iehiél the Gershunnite.
9 And the people reioyced when thei offred willingly: for they offred willingly vnto
the Lord, with aThat is, with a good courage & without hypocrisie. perfite heart. And Dauid the King also reioyced with great ioye.
10 Therefore Dauid blessed the Lord before all the Congregacion, & Dauid said, Blessed (be) thou, ô Lord GOD, ofWhiche did
〈◊〉
thy selfe to our father Iaakob Israél our father, for euer and euer.
11 Thine, ô Lord, (is) greatnes and power, & glorie, and victorie and praise: for all that is in heauen and in earth (is thine:) thyne is the kingdome, ô Lord, and thou excellest as head ouer all.
12 Bothe riches and honour (come) of thee, and thou reygnest ouer all, and in thyne hand is power and strength, and in thyne hand it is to make great, & to giue strenght vnto all.
13 Now therefore our God, we thanke thee and praise thy glorious Name.
14 But who am I, and what is my people, that we shulde be able to offer willingly after this sorte? for all thingsWe gaue thee nothing of our owne, but that whiche we haue receiued of thee: for whether the gifts be corporall or spiritual, we re ceiue them all of God, and therfore must giue him the glorie. come of thee: and of thine owne hand we haue giuen thee.
15 For we areAnd therfore we haue this land but lent to vs for a time. strangers before thee, and soiourners, like all our fathers: our dayes (are) like the shadowe vpon the earth, and there is noneEbr. waiting for them to returne. abiding.
16 O Lord our God, all this abundance that we haue prepared to buylde thee an house for thine holy Name, is of thine hand and all (is) thine.
17 I knowe also, my GOD, that thou * tryest the hearte, and hast pleasure in righteousnes: I haue offred willingly in the vprightnes of myne hearte all these thyngs: now1. Sam. 16. 7. also haue I sene thy people whyche areChap. 28.
〈◊〉
. founde here, to offer vnto thee willingly with ioye.
18 O Lord God of Abrahám, Izhák and Israél our fathers, kepe this for euer in theContinue them in this good mind that thei may serue thee willingly. purpose, (and) the thoghts of the heart of thy people, & prepare their hearts vnto thee.
19 And giue vnto Salomôn my sonne a perfit heart to kepe thy commandemēts, thy testimonies, and thy statutes, and to do all thinges, and to buylde the house whiche I haue prepared.
20 ¶ And Dauid said to all the Congregaciō, Now blesse the Lord your God. And all the Congregacion blessed the LORD GOD of their fathers, and bowed downe theyr heades, and worshipped the Lord and theThat is, did ieuerence to the King. King.
21 And they offred sacrifices vnto the Lord, and on the morow after that day, they offred burnt offrings vnto the Lord, (euen) a thousande yonge bullockes, a thousande rammes, (&) a thousand sheepe, with theyrMeaning, all kinde of licour which they mingled, with
〈◊〉
sacrifices, as
〈◊〉
, oyle, &c. drinke offrings, and sacrifices in abundance for all Israél.
22 And they did eat and drynke before the Lord the same daye with greate ioye, and they made Salomón the sonne of Dauid King the seconde time, and anointed him prince before the Lord, and Zadok for the hie Priest.
23 So Salomón sate on theThis declareth that the Kings of Iudah were figures of Christ, who was the true anointed and to whome God gaue the chief gouerne
〈◊〉
of all things. throne of the Lord, as King in steade of Dauid his father, and prospered: and all Israél obeyed hym.
24 And all the princes and men of power, and all the sonnes of King DauidEbr gaue the hand. submitted them selues vnder King Salomón.
25 And the Lord magnified Salomón in dignitie, in the sight of all Israél, and gaue him so glorious a kingdome, as no Kynge had before him in Israél.1. King. 2.
〈◊〉
.
26 ¶ * Thus Dauid the sonne of Ishái reigned ouer all Israél.
27 And the space that he reigned ouer Israél, (was) fourtie yere: seuen yere reigned he in Hebrón, and thre and thirtie yere reygued he in Ierusalém:
28 And he dyed in a good age, full of dayes, riches and honour, and Salomón his sonne reignéd in his steade.
29 Concerning the actes of Dauid the King first and last, beholde, they are writen in the boke of Samuél the Seer, and in the boke ofThe bokes of Nathan and Gad are thoght to haue bene lost in the captiuitie. Nathán the Prophete, and in the boke of Gad the Seer,
30 With all his reigne and his power, andMeaning, the troubles & griefs. times that went ouer him, and ouer Israél and ouer all the kingdomes of the earth.
THE SECONDE BOKE of the Chronicles.
THE ARGVMENT.
THis seconde boke conteineth briefely in effect that, whiche is comprehended in the two bokes of the Kinges: that is, from the reigne of Salomón to the destruction of Ierusalém and the carying awaye of the people captiue into Babylón. In this storie are certeine things declared and set forthe more copiously then in the bokes of the Kinges, and therfore serue greatly to the vnderstanding of the Prophetes. But thre thinges are here chiefly to be considered. Firste that the godlie Kings, when they sawe the plagues of God prepared against their countrey for sinne, had recourse to the Lord, and by earnest prayer were heard, and the plagues remoued. The seconde how it is a thing that greatly offendeth GOD, that suche as feare him and professe his religion, shulde ioyne in amitie with the wicked. And thirdelye how the good rulers euer loued the Prophetes of God, and were very zealous to set forthe his religion throughout all their dominions, and cō
trarie wise the wicked hated his ministers, deposed them, and for the true religion and worde of God, set vp idolatrie, and serued God according to the fantasie of men. Thus haue we hitherto the chief actes from the beginning of the worlde to the buylding againe of Ierusalém, which was the two and thirtieth yere of Darius, & conteinein the whole, thre thousand, foure hundreth foure score and eight yeres, and six moneths.
CHAP. I.
6 The offring of Salomón at Gibeón. 8 He prayeth vnto God to giue him wisdome. 11 whiche he giueth hym and more. 14 The nomber of his charets and horses. 15 And of his riches.
1 THen Salomón the sonne of Dauid wasOr, established, and strong. confirmed in hys1. King. 3. 1. kingdome: and the * Lord his God (was) with him, & magni fied him highlie.
2 And Salomō
That is, heproclaimed a solēne sacrifice, and commanded that all shulde be at the same. spake vnto all Israél, to the captaines of thousands, and of hūdreths and to the iudges, & to all the gouernours in all Israél, (euen) the chief fathers.
3 So Salomōn and all the Congregacion with him went to the hye place that was atRead. 1. King. 3. 4. Gibeón: for there was the TabernacleSo called, because that God thereby shewed certeine signes to the congregacion of his presence. of the Congregacion of God which Mosés the seruant of the Lord had made in the wildernes.
4 But the Arke of God had Dauid broght vp from Kiriath-iearim, when Dauid had made preparaciō for it: for he had pitched a tent for it in Ierusalém.
5 Moreouer theWhiche was for the burne offrings brasen altar * that Bezaleél the sonne of Vri, the sonne of Hur hadExod. 27. 1. made, did he set before the Tabernacle ofExod. 8. 1. the Lord: and Salomón and the Cōgregacion soght it.
6 And Salomō offred there before the Lord vpon the brasen altar that was in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion: * euen a1. King. 3. 4. thousand burnt offrings offred he vpon it.
7 ¶ The same night did God appeare vnto Salomón, and said vnto hym, Aske what I shal giue thee.
8 And Salomón said vnto God, Thou hast shewed great mercie vnto Dauid my father and hast made me to reigne in his steade.
9 Now (therefore) ô Lord God, let thy promes vnto Dauid my father bePerforme thy promes made to my father concerning me. true: for thou hast made me King ouer a great people, like to the dust of the earth.
10 Giue me now wisdome & knowledge that I mayThat I maye gouerne this people, read. 1. Chro. 27. 1. go out & go in before this people: for who can iudge this thy great people.
11 And God said to Salomón, Because thys was in thine heart, and thou hast not asked riches, treasures nor honour, nor theThat is, to be reuenged on thyne enemies. liues of thine enemies, nether yet hast asked long life, but hast asked for thee wisdome and knowledge that thou mightest iudge my people, ouer whome I haue made thee King,
12 Wisdome and knowledge is grāted vnto thee, and I wil giue thee riches and treasures & honour, so that there hath not bene the like among the Kings which were before thee, nether after thee shall there be the like.
13 Then Salomōn came from the hye place, that was at Gibeón, to Ierusalém from before the Tabernacle of the Congregacion, and reigned ouer Israél.
14 * And Salomón gathered the charets and2. King. 10. 26. horsmen: and he had a thousand and foure hundreth charets, and twelue thousande horsmen, whome he placed in theWhich were cities appointed to kepe & mainteine the charets. charet cities, and with the King at Ierusalém.
15 And the King gaue siluer and golde at Ierusalém asHe caused so great plentie that it was no more estemed then stones. stones, and gaue cedre trees as the wilde fig trees, that are abundātly in the plaines.
16 Also Salomón had horses broght out ofIsa. 19. 9. Egypt and * fine linen:Read. 1. King 10. 28. the Kinges marchantsEzek. 27. 7. receiued the fine linen for a price.
17 They came vp also and broght out of Egypt (some) charet, (worthe) six hundreth (shekels) of siluer, that is an horse for an hundreth and fiftie: and thus they broght (horses) to all the Kings of the Hittites, & to the Kings of Aram by theirEbr. bands, meanes.
CHAP. II.
2 The nomber of Salomons workemen to buylde the Téple. 3 Salomon sendeth to Hirám the King of Tyrus for wood and workemen.
1 THen Salomón determined to buyld an house for the Name of the Lord, and anOr, palace. house for his kingdome.
2 And Salomōn tolde out seuentie thousand that bare burdens, and foure score thousand men to hewe (stones) in the mountaine, and thre thousand andWhiche is to be vnderstand of all sorte of officers & ouerseerss for
〈◊〉
the chief officers were but. 3300 as 1. king. 5. 16. six hundreth to ouersee them.
3 And Salomón sent toOr, Hiram. Hurám the King of Tyrus, saying, As thou hast done to Dauid my father, and * didest send him cedre trees to buyld him an house to dwel in, (so do to me.)2. Sam. 5. 18,
4 Beholde, I buyld an house vnto the Name of the Lord my God, to sactifie it vnto him, and to burne swete incense before him, & for the continuall shew bread, and for the burnt offrings of the morning & euening, on the Sabbath daies, and in the newe moneths, and in the solemne feastes of the Lord our God this is a perpetual thing for Israél.
5 And the house which I buyld, (is) great: for great (is) our God aboue all Gods.
6 Who is he then that can be able to buyld him an house, when the heauen, and the heauen of heauens can not conteine him? who am I thē that I shuld buyld him an hou se? but (I do it) to burneThat is, to do that seruice which he hathe commā
ded, signifying that none is able to honour & serue God in that perfection as his maiestie deserueth. incēse before him,
7 Send me now therefore a cunning māthat can worke in golde, in siluer, and in brasse, and in yron, and in purple, andOr, skarler. crimosin and blewe silke, and that can graue in grauen worke with the cunning men that are with me in Iudáh and in Ierusalém, whome Dauid my father hathe prepared.
8 Send me also cedre trees, firre trees andSome take it for brasil or the wood called Ebenum, others for
〈◊〉
.
Or, Almuggim. Algummim trees from Lebanón: for I knowe that thy seruants can skil to hewe timbre in Lebanōn: and beholde, my seruants
(shalbe) with thine,
9 That they may prepare me timbre in abū
dance. for the house which I do buyld, (is) great and wonderfull,
10 And beholde, I will giue to thy seruantes the cutters and the hewers of timbre twē
tie thousandEbr. corim. measures of beaten wheat, and twentie thousand measures of barlye, and twentie thousand baths of wine, and twentieOf Bath read.
〈◊〉
. King. 7. 26. it is cal led also Epha, but Epha is to measured
〈◊〉
thyngs, as bath is a measure for licours. thousand baths of oyle.
11 Then Hurám King of Tyrus answered in writing which he sent to Salomōn, Because the Lord hathe loued his people, he hathe made thee King ouer them.
12 Hurám said moreouer, Blessed (be) the lord God of Israél which made the heauen and the earth, and that hathe giuen vnto Dauid the King aThe very heathē confessed that it was a singular gift of God, when hegaue to any na tion a King that was wise and of vnderstanding, albeit it appeareth that this Hirā had the true knowled ge of God. wise sonne, that hath discretion, prudence and vnderstandyng to buylde an house for the Lord, and a palace for his kingdome.
13 Now therfore I haue sent a wise man, (and) of vnderstanding of my father Hurams,
14 * The sonne of a woman of theIt is also writē, that she was of the tribe of Naph tali. 1. King. 7. 14. which may be vn
〈◊〉
that by reason of the con fusion of tribes, which then begā to be, thei maried in diuers tribes, so that by her father she might be of Dan, and by her mother of
〈◊〉
. daughters of Dan: and his father was a man of Tyrus, and he can skill to worke in golde, in siluer, in brasse, in yron, in stone, & in timbre, in purple, in blewe silke, and in
〈◊〉
linen and in crimosin, and can graue in all grauē workes, and broder in all broydred work that shalbe giuen hym, with thy cunning men, & with the cunning men of my Lord Dauid thy father.
15 Now therefore the wheat and the barly, the oyle and the wine, which my Lord hath spoken of, let him send vnto his seruants.
16 And we wil cut wood in Lebanón as much as thou shalt nede, and wil bring it to thee inOr, shippes, raftes by the sea toOr, Ioppe, Iapho, so thou maiest cary them to Ierusalém.
17 ¶ And Salomón nombred all the strāgers that were in the lande of Israél, after the nombring that his father Dauid had nombred thē. & they were found an hundreth and thre & fiftie thousand, & six hundreth.
18 And he set seuentie thousand of thē to the burden, and foure score thousand to hewe (stones) in the mountaine, and thre thousand and six hundreth ouerseers to cause the people to worke.
CHAP. III.
The Temple of the Lord, and the porche are buylded, with other things thereto belonging.
1 SO * Salomōn begā to buyld the house1. King. 7. 23. of the Lord in Ierusalém, in mountWhiche is the mountaine where Abraham thoght to haue sacrificed his sonne. Moriáh whiche had bene declared vnto Dauid his father, in the place that Dauid prepared in the thresshing floore of * Ornā the Iebusite.Gene 22. 2.
2 And he began to buyld in the secóde moneth2 Sam. 24. 16. (&) the seconde day, in the fourtyere of his reigne.
3 And these are the (measures, whereon) Salomón groūded to build the house of God: the length of cubites after the firstAccordynge to the whole length of the Temple, cō prehending the
〈◊〉
holye place
〈◊〉
the rest. measure (was) threscore cubites, & the breadth twenty cubites:
4 And the porche, that was before the lēgth in the fronte
〈◊〉
conteined as muche as did the breadth of the peo ple 1 King 6. 3. of the breadth (was) twētie cubites, and the height (was) anFrom the
〈◊〉
to the
〈◊〉
: lot in the
〈◊〉
of Kings mencion is made, from the fundation to the first stage. hundreth and twentie, and he ouerlaied it within with pure golde.
5 And the greater househe syled with firre tree which he ouerlaied with good golde, & graued thereon palmetrees & chaines.
6 And he ouerlaied the house with precious stone for beautie: & the golde (was) golde ofSome thinke it is that place whiche is called
〈◊〉
. Paruáim.
7 The house, I say, the beames, postes, and walles thereof and the doores thereof ourelaied he with golde, and graued Cherubims vpon the walles.
8 ¶ He made also the house of the mostholy place: the length thereof (was) in the frōte of the breadth of the house, twentie cubites & he ouerlaied it with the best golde, of six hundreth talents.
9 And the weight of the nailes (was) fiftie shekels of golde, and he ouerlaied the chā
bers with golde.
10 ¶ And in the house of the most holy place he made two Cherubims wroght like chil dren, and ouerlaied them with golde.
11 * And the wings of the Cherubims (were)1. King. 6. 19. twentie cubites long: the one wing (was) fiue cubites, reaching to the wall of the house, & the other wing fiue cubites, reaching to the wing of the other Cherúb.
12 Likewise the wing of the other Cherúb was fiue cubites, reaching to the wall of the house, & the otherwing fiue cubites ioy ning to the wing of the other Cherúb.
13 The wings of these Cherubims were spred abroad twētie cubites: they stode on their fete & their faces (were) toward the house.
14 ¶ He made alsoWhich separated the Temple from the moste holy place. the vaile of blewe silke & purple, and crimosin, and fine linen, and wroght Cherubims thereon.
15 ¶ And he made before the house two pillersEnerie one was eightene cubites long, but the halfe cubite colde not be sene: for it was hid in the roundenes of the chapiter, and therefore he giueth to euerie one but 17. & an halfe. of fiue and thirtie cubites hie: and the chapiter that was vpon the top of (eche) of them, (was) fiue cubites.
16 He made also chaines for the oracle, and put them on the heades of the pillers, and made anFor euerie
〈◊〉
an hundreth, read 1. King. 7. 20. hundreth pomegranates, & put them among the chaines.
17 And he set vp the pillers before the Tēple, one on the right hand & the other on the left, and called that on the right hand Iachin, and that on the left hand Bóaz.
CHAP. IIII.
1 The altar of brasse. 2 The molten Sea. 6 The caldrons. 7 The candlestickes. &c.
1 ANd * he made an altar of brasse twentieLeu. 6. 9. cubites long, and twentie cubites broade, and ten cubites hie.
2 And he made a moltenA great vessel of brasse, so called be cause of the great quantitie of was ter, whiche it cō
teined, 1. King. 7. 23 Sea often cubites from brim to brim, rounde in compasse, & fiue cubiteshie: and a line of thirtie cubites did compasse it about.
3 And vnderMeaning, vnder the brim of the vessel, as. 1. King. 7. 24. it was the faciō of oxen which did compasse it round about,In the length of euery cubice were tene heades or knoppes which in all are.
〈◊〉
. ten in a cubite compassing the Sea about: two rowes of oxen were cast when it was molten.
4 It stode vpon twelue oxē: thre loked toward the North, and thre loked toward the West, and thre loked toward the South, & thre loked towarde the East, and the Sea (stode) about vpon them, and all their hinder partes were inwarde.
5 And the thickenes thereof (was) an hand breadth, and the brim therof (was) like the worke of the brim of a cup, with floures ofOr, floure delyner. lilies: it conteinedIn the first boke of Kings, chap. 7. 26. mēcion is onelye made of two thousand: but the lesse nomber was taken there, and here accordynge as
〈◊〉
measures proued afterward is declared. thre thousand baths.
6 ¶ He made also ten caldrons, and put fiue on the right hand, and fiue on the left, to washe in them (and) to clense in them that which apperteined to the burnt offrings: but the Sea (was) for the Priests to wash in.
7 ¶ And he made ten candle stickes of gold [according toEuen as they hulde be made. their forme] and put them in the Temple, fiue on the right hand, and fiue on the left.
8 ¶ And he made ten tables, and put them in the Temple, fiue on the right hand, & fiue on the left: and he made an hundreth basēs of golde.
9 And he made the court of the Priestes, & the greatCalled also the porche of Salomō Act.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. It is also taken for the Tē
ple where Christ preached, Mat, 21. 27. court and dores for the court, and ouerlayed the dores thereof wyth brasse.
10 And he set the Sea on the right side Eastward toward the South.
11 And Hurám madeOr, caldrons. pottes and besomes & basens, and Hurám finished the work that he shulde make for King Salomōn for the house of God,
12 (To wit,) two pillers, and the bowles and the chapiters on the toppe of the two pillers, and two grates to couer the two bowles of the chapiters which were vppon the toppe of the pillers:
13 And foure hūdreth pomegranates for the two grates, two rowes of pomegranates for euerie grate to couer the two bowles of the chapiters, that were vpon the pillers.
14 He made also bases, and made caldrons vpon the bases:
15 (And) a Sea, and twelue bulles vnder it:
16 Pottes also and besomes, and fleshokes, & all these vessels made Hurámwhome Salomō reueiēced for the gifts that GOD had giuen him, as a father: he had the same name also that Huram the King of Tyrus had, his mother was alewesh and his lather a Tyriā. Some read for his father the autour of this worke. hys father, to King Salomōn for the house of the Lord of shining brasse.
17 In the plaine of Iordén did the King caste them in claye betwene Succoth and Zeredáthah.
18 And Salomō made all the vessels in great abundance: for the weight of brasse colde not be rekened.
19 And Salomón made all the vessels that were for the house of God: the golden altar also and the tables, where theIn Ebrewe, the bread of the faces
〈◊〉
they wereser before the Arke, where the Lord shewed his presence. shewbread stode.
20 Moreouer the candle stickes, with theyr lampes to burne them after the maner, before the oracle, of pure golde.
21 And the floures and the lampes, and the snoffers of golde, which was fine golde.
22 And theOr instrumet is of Musique. hookes, and the basens, and the spones, and the ashpans of pure golde: the entrie also of the house (and) dores therof within, (euen) of the moste holy place: and the dores of the house, (to wit,) of the Tē
ple (were)That is couered
〈◊〉
places of
〈◊〉
. of golde.
CHAP. V.
1 The things dedicated by Dauid, are put in the Temple. 2 The Arke is broght into the Temple. 10 what was within it. 12 They sing praise to the Lord.
1 SO * was all the worke finished that Salomōn
〈◊〉
King. 9. 51. &.
〈◊〉
made for the house of the Lord, and Salomōn broght in the thynges that Dauid his father had dedicated, wyth the siluer and the golde, and all the vessels, (&) put them amōg the treasures of the house of God.
2 Then Salomōn assembled the Elders of Israél, and all the heades of the tribes, the chief fathers of the children of Israél vnto Ierusalém to bring vp the Arke of the couenant of the Lord from the"Read 2. Sam. 6. 12. citie of Dauid, which is Zión.
3 And all the men of Israél assembled vnto the King at theVVhē the things were dedicate & broght into the Temple. feast: it was in the seuenthCalled in Ebrew Ethanin conteining part of September and
〈◊〉
te of October. 1. King 8. 2. which moneth the lewes es called the
〈◊〉
moneth, because, they say. that the worlde was created in that moneth, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
came from
〈◊〉
thei began at
〈◊〉
but because this opinion is vncer
〈◊〉
, we make
〈◊〉
euer the
〈◊〉
, as best writers do. moneth.
4 And all the Elders of Israél came, and the Leuites toke vp the Arke.
5 And thei caryed vp the Arke and the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and all the holy vessels that were in the Tabernacle, those did the Priests (&) Leuites bring vp.
6 And King Salomōn and all the Congregacion of Israél that (were) assembled vnto him, (were) before the Arke, offring shepe and bullockes, whiche colde not be tolde nor nombred for multitude.
7 So the Priests broght the Arke of the couenāt of the Lord vnto his place, into the Oracle of the house, into the moste Holye place, (euen) vnder the wings of the Cherubims.
8 For the Cherubims stretched out (theyr) wings ouer the place of the Arke, and the Cherubims couered the Arke and the barres there of aboue.
9 And they drewe out the barres, that the ends of the barres might be sene out of the Arke before the Oracle, but they were not seneOr without the Oracle. without: and there they are vnto this day.
10 Nothing (was) in the Arke, saueFor Aarors rod and Mana were taken thence before it was broght to this place. the two Tables, whiche Mosés gaue at Horéb, where the Lord made a couenant with the children of Israél, when they came out of Egypt.
11 And when the Priestes were come out of the Sanctuarie [for all the Priests that were present, wereVVere prepared to serue the Lord sanctified (and) did not wait by course.
12 And the Leuites the singers of all sortes, (as of) Asáph, of Hemán, of Ieduthún & of
their sonnes and of their brethren, being cladde in fine linen, stode with cymbales, and with violes and harpes at the Eastend of the altar, and with them an hundreth & twentie Priests blowing with trumpets:
13 And thei wereThey agreed all in one, turne. as one, blowing trūpets, and singing, and made one sounde to be heard in praising and thanking the Lord, and when they lift vp (their) voyce wyth trumpets and with cymbales, and with in struments of musike, and when they praised the Lord (singing)This was the effect of their songs. For he is good, because his mercie (lasteth) for euer] thē the house (euen) the house of the Lord was filled with a cloude.
14 So that he Priests colde not stand to ministre, because of the cloude, for the glorie of the Lord had filled the house of God.
CHAP. VI.
3 Salomón blesseth the people. 4 He praiseth the Lord. 14 He praieth vnto God for those that shal pray in the Temple.
1 THen "SalomōnAfter that he had senetheglorie of the Lord in the cloude. said, The Lord hathe1. King. 8. 12. said that he wolde dwel in the darke cloude:
2 And I haue buylt thee an house to dwel in an habitacion for thee to dwel in for euer
3 And the King turned his face, and blessed all the Congregacion of Israél [for all the Congregacion of Israél stode (there)
4 And he said, Blessed (be) the Lord God of Israél, who spake with his mouthe vnto Dauid my father, and hathe with hisOr, power. hand fulfilled it, saying,
5 Since the day that I broght my people out of the land of Egypt, I chose no citie of all the tribes of Israél to buylde anOr, Temple. house that my Name might be there, nether cho se Ianie man to be a ruler ouer my people Israél:
6 But I haue chosen Ierusalém, that my Name might be there, and haue chosen Dauid to be ouer my people Israél.
7 * And it was in the heart of Dauid my father
〈◊〉
. Sam. 7. 9. to buylde an house vnto the Name of the Lord God of Israél.
8 But the Lord said to Dauid my father, Where as it was in thine heart to buylde an house vnto my name, thou didest wel, thatEbr. that it was in thine heart. thou wast so minded.
9 Notwithstanding thou shalt not buylde the house, but thy sonne which shal come out of thy loynes, he shal buylde an house vnto my Name.
10 And the Lord hathe performed his worde that he spake: and I am risen vp in the roume of Dauid my father, and am set on the throne of Israél as the Lord promised, & haue buvlt an house to the Name of the God of Israél.
11 And I haue set the Atke there, wherein is the'Meaning the two Tables wherein is conteined the effect of the couenant, that God made with our fathers. couenant of the Lord, that he made with the children of Israél.
12 ¶ And the KingOn a skaffolde that was made for that purpo se, that hepraying for the whole peo
〈◊〉
might be heard stode before the altar of the Lord, in the presence of all the Congregacion of Israél, and stretched out his hands,
13 [For Salomōn had made a brasen skaffolde and set it in the middes of the courte of fiue cubites long, & fiue cubites broade and thre cubites of height, and vpon it he stode, and kneled downe vpon his knees before all the Congregacion of Israél, andBothe to
〈◊〉
thankes for the great
〈◊〉
of God bestowed vpon him, and also to pray for the
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
his people. stretched out his hands towarde heauen]
14 And said, O Lord God of Israél, * there (is) no God like thee in heauen nor in earth, which kepest couenant, and mercie vnto thy seruants, that walke before thee with all their heart.
15 Thou that hast kept with thy seruats Da2. Mac 2 8. uid my father, that thou hast promised him for thou spake with thy mouthe: and hast fulfilled it with thine hands as (appeareth)"Or in effect or by thy power. this day.
16 Therefore now Lord God of Israél, kepe with thy seruant Dauid my father, that thou hast promised him sayīg, ThouEbr. a man shal not be
〈◊〉
of, shalt not want a man in my sight, that shal sit, vpon the throne of Israél: so that thy sonnes take
〈◊〉
to their waies, to walke in my Lawe, as thou hast walked before me.
17 And now, ô Lord God of Israél, let thy worde be verified, which thou spakest vnto thy seruant Dauid.
18 [Is it true in dede that God wil dwel with1. King. 8. 17. man on earth? beholde, the * heauens, and the heauens of heauens are not able to to cōteine thee how muche more (vnable) is this house, which I haue buylt?]
19 But haue thou respect to the prayer of thy
〈◊〉
, and to his supplicacion, ô Lord my God, to heare the crye and prayer which thy seruant prayeth before thee.
20 That thine eyes may be open toward thise That
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in effect, that thou hast a continual care ouer this a place. house day and night (euen) toward the pla ce, where of thou hast said, That thou woldest put thy Name there that thou maiest hearken vnto the prayer, which thy seruāt prayeth in this place.
21 He are thou therefore the
〈◊〉
of thy seruant, and of thy people Israél, which they praye in this place: and heare thou in the place of thine habitacion (euen) in hea uen, and when thou hearest, be merciful.
22 ¶ * When a man shal sinne against hisBy
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thing from him,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
by deniyng that which hehathe left to him to kepe or do him any wrong.
1, King. 8 31. neighbour, and he lay vpon him anothe to cause him to sweare, and theEbr. othe. swearer shal come before thine altar in this house,
23 Then heare thou in heauen, and do: & iudge thy seruants, in recompensing the wicked to bring his wayMeaning, to him that which he hath deserued. vpon his head, and in iustifiyng the righteous, to giue him according to his righteousnes,
24 ¶ And when thy people Israél shalbe ouerthrowen before the enemie, because they haue sinned against thee, and turne againe andOr praise. confesse thy Name, and pray, and make supplication before thee in this house.
25 Then heare thou in heauen, and be merciful vnto the sinne of thy people Israél,
and bring then againe vnto the lād which thou gauest to them and to their fathers.
26 When heauen shalbe shult vp, and there shalbe no raine, because they haue sinned against thee, and shal pray in this place, & confesse thy Name, andOt, toward this place. turne from their sinne, when thou doest afflict them.
27 Then heare thou in heauen, and pardone the sinne of thy seruants, and of thy people Israél [when thou hast taught them the good way wherein they may walke] & giue raine vpon thy land, which thou hast giuen vnto thy people for an in heritance.Chap. 20. 9.
28 ¶ * When there shalbe famine in the land, when there shalbe pestilence, blasting, or milde we, when there shalbe greshopper, or caterpiller, when their enemie shal besiege themEbr. in the land of their gates. in the cities of their lād (or) any plague or any sicknes,
29 (Then) what prayers (and) supplicacion soeuer shal be made of ony man, or of all thy people Israél, when euerie one shal knowe his owne plague, and his owne disease, and shal stretche forthe his hands toward this house,
30 Heare thou then in heauen, thy dwelling place, and be merciful, and giue euerie man according vnto all his wayes, as thou doest knowe hisHe declareth that
〈◊〉
prayers of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
can not be heard,
〈◊〉
of any but of thē,
〈◊〉
pray vnto God with an vnfained faith and in true repentance. heart [for thou onely knowest the hearts of the children of men]
31 That they may feare thee, and walke in thy wayes as long as they liue in the lād which thou gauest vnto our fathers.
32 ¶ Moreouer as touching the stranger which is not of thy people Israel who shal come out of a farre countrey for thy great Names sake, and thymightie hand, and thy stretched out arme when they shal come & He sheweth that before God there is no acception of persone, but all people that feat
〈◊〉
& Worketh righteousnes, is ac cepted, Act 10. 35. pray in this house.
33 Heare thou in heauen thy dwelling pla ce, and do according to all that the stranger calleth for vnto thee, that all the people of the earth may knowethy name, and feare thee like thy people Israél, and that they may knowe, that thy name is called vpon in this house which I haue buylt.
34 ¶ When thy people shal go out to battel against their enemies, by the way thatMeaning that none oght to enrer prise anyware but at the Lords commandement, that is Which is lawful by his Worde. thoushalt sēd them, and they praye to thee Or, according to the maner of this citie. in the way toward this citie, which thou hast chosen, euen toward the house which I haue buylt to thy Name.
35 Then heare thou in heauen their prayer & their supplicacion, and iudge their cause.
36 If thei sinne against thee [* for there is1. King 8. 46. no man that sinneth not] and thou be angrieeccles. 7 21. with them and deliuer them vnto the1. Iohn. 1. 8. enemies, and thei take them, and cary thē away captiue vnto aland farre or nere.
37 If theyOr, repent. turne againe to their heart in the land whether they be caryed in captiues, and turne and pray vnto thee in the land of their captiuitie, saying, We haue sinned we haue transgressed and haue done wickedly,
38 If they turne againe to thee with all their heart, and with all their soule in the land of their captiuitie, whether they haue caryed them captiues, and pray toward their land, which thou gauest vnto their fathers and (toward) the citie which thou hast chosen, and toward the house which I haue baylt forthy Name.
39 Then heare thou in heauē, in the place of thine habitacion their prayer & their sup plication, &Or, mainteine their right. iudge their cause, & be mer ciful vnto thy people, which haue sinned against thee.
40 Now my God, I besechethee, let thine eyes be open, and thine eares attent vnto the prayer (that is made) in this place.
41 * Now therefore arise, ô Lord God (to come)Psal. 132 8. into thyThat is, into thy Temple. rest, thou and the Arke of thy strenght: ô Lord God, let thy Priests be clothed withLet
〈◊〉
be preserued by thy power and made vertuous and holy. saluacion, and let thy Sainctes reioyce in goodnes.
42 O Lord God, refuse not the face ofHeare my prayer, Which am thine anointed King. thine anointed, remēber the mercies (promised) to Dauid thy seruant.
CHAP. VII.
1 The fire cōsumeth the sacrifice. 2 The glorie of the Lord filleth the Temple. 12 He heareth his prayer, 17 And pro miseth to exalt him and his throne.
1 ANd * when Salomôn had made an end9. Mac. 2. 10. of praying,Hereby God declared that hewas pleased with Salomons prayer. fyre came downe from heauen, and consumed the burnt offring and the sacrifices & the glorie of the Lord filled the house.
2 So that the Priests colde notente rinto the house of the Lord, because the glorie of the Lord had filled the Lords house.
3 And when all the children of Israél saw the fyre, & the glorie of the Lord come downe vpon the house, they bowed themselues with (their) faces to the earth vpon the pauement, and worshiped and praised the Lord (saying) For he is good: because his mercie (lasteth) for euer.
4 * Then the King & all the people offred sacrifices before the Lord.1. King. 8. 65.
5 And King Salomô offred a sacrifice of two and twentie thousand bullockes, and an hundreth and twentie thousand shepe, so the King and all the people dedicated the house of God.
6 And the Priests waited on their offices, & the Leuites with the instruments of musike of the Lord, which King Dauid had made to praise the Lord, Because his mercy (lasteth) for euer: whē Dauid praised (God) Ebr. by
〈◊〉
: hands. by them, the Priests also blewe trumpets ouer against them. and all they of Israél sto de by.
7 Moreouer Salomón halowed the middle of the court that was before the house of the Lord: for there he had prepared burnt offrings, and the fat of the peace offrings because the brasen altar which Salomón had made, was not ableto receiue the burnt offring, and the meat offring, and the fat.
8 And Salomón madeThe feast of the Tabernacles Which Was kept in the seuent mo neth. a feast at that time of seuen dayes, and all Israél with him, a very great Congregaciō, frō the entring in of Hamáth, vnto the riuer of Egypt.
9 And in the eight day theyThey assembled to heare the Word of God after that they had remained seuen dayes in the bouthes of the Tabernacles. made a solemne assemblie: for they had made the dedicacion of the altar seuen dayes, and the feast seuen dayes.
10 And theThey hadleaue to departe the two and twentieth day. thre and twentieth day of the seuent moneth, he sent the people away into their tents, ioyous & with glad heart because of the goodnes that the Lord had done for Dauid and for Salomón, and for1. King. 8.
〈◊〉
. but they went not away til the next day. Israél his people.
11 * So Salomón finished the house of the Lord, and the Kings house, and all that ca1. King. 9. 1. me into Salomóns heart to make in the house of the Lord: and he prospered in his house.
12 ¶ And the Lord * appeared to SalomónNom. 12. 6. by night and said to him, I haue heard thy prayer, and haue chosen this place for my selfe to be an house of sacrifice,
13 If I shut the heauen that there be no raine or if I commāde the grashoppers to de uore the land, or if I send pestilence amōg my people.
14 If my people, among whome my Name is called vpon, do humble them selues, and praye, and seke my presence, and turne frō their wicked wayes, thē wil I heare in heauen, and be merciful to their sinne: & wil I Wil cause the pestilence to cease and destroy the beasts that hurt the frutes of the earth and sendrai ne in due season. heale their land.
15 Then mine eyes shalbe opē and mine eares attēt vnto the prayer (made) in this place
16 For I haue now chosen and sanctified this house, that my Name may be there for euer and mine eyes and mine heart shalbe there perpetually.
17 And if thou wilt walke before me, as Dauid thy father walked, to do according vnto all that I haue commanded thee, and shalt obserue my statuts & my iudgemēts.
18 Then wil I stablish the throne of thy king dome, according as I made the couenant with Dauid thy father saying,* ThoushaltChap. 6. 16. not want a man to be ruler in Israel.
19 But if ye turne away, and forsake my statutes and my commandements which I haue set before you, & shalgo & serue other gods and worship them.
20 Then wil I plucke them vp out of my land which I haue giuen them, and this house which I haueVVhich thing declareth that God had more respect to their saluation, then to the aduancement ofhis owne glotie, and Whereas men abuse those things, Which Godhathe appoin ted to set forthe his praise, he doethwith drawe
〈◊〉
graces thence. sanctified for my Name, wil I cast out of my sight, and wil make it to be a prouerbe and a commune talke amōg all people.
21 And this house which is moste hie, shalbe an astonishment to euerie one that passeth by it, so that he shal say, Why hathe the Lord done thus to this lād, & to this house
22 And they shalt answer, Because they forsoke the Lord God of their fathers, which broght them out of the land of Egypt, & haue taken holde on other gods, and haue worshiped them, and serued them, therefo re hathe he broght allthis euil vpon them
CHAP. VIII.
2 The cities that Salomon buylt. 7 People that were made tributarie vnto him. 12 His sacrifices. 17 He sendeth to Ophir.
1 ANd * afterSignifying that he was twentie yere in buylding them. twentie yere when Salomón1. King. 9. 10. had buylt the house of the Lord, and his owne house,
2 Thē Salomón buylt the cities that Hurám That is Which Hirā gaue
〈◊〉
to Salomon because they pleased him not and ther fore called them
〈◊〉
that is, dirt or filth, 1. King. 9. 13. gaue to Salomón, and caused the childrē of Israél to dwel there.
3 And Salomón went to Hamáth Zobáh, and ouercame it.
4 And he buylt Tadmór in the wildernes, & repaired allMeaning, of mu nitions an
〈◊〉
for the Ware the cities of store which he buylt in Hamath.
5 And he buyltThat is, he repaired and
〈◊〉
them for they Were buylt long before by Seerah a noble woman of the tribe of Ephraim. 1. Beth-horón the vpper, and Beth-horó the nether, cities defēced with walles, gates and barres,
6 Also Baaláth, and all the cities of store that Salomón had, and all the charet cities, and the cities of the horsemen, and euerie pleasant place that Salomón had a minde to buylde in Ierusalém, and inRead. 1. King 7. 2 Lebanón,Chro. 6. 24. and throughout all the land of his dominion.
7 (And) all the people that were left of the Hittites, and the Amorites, & Perizites, & the Hiuites, and the Iebusites, which were not of Israél.
8 (But) of their childrē which were left after them in the land, whome the children of Israél had not consumed, euen then did Sa lomón makeEbr. to come vp to
〈◊〉
. tributaries vntil this day.
9 But of the children of Israél did Salomôn make no seruants for his worke: for they were men of warre, and his chief princes, and the captaines of his charets & of his horsemen.
10 So these were the chief of the officers which Salomón had (euen)For in all
〈◊〉
Were 3300, but here hè
〈◊〉
of them that had the principal char ge, read: 1. King. 9. 23. two hundreth and fiftie that bare rule ouer the people.
11 ¶ Then Salomón broght vp the daughter of Pharaōh out of the citie of Dauid, into the house that he had buylt for her for he said, My wife shal not dwel in the house of Dauid King of Israél for it is holy, because that the Arke of the Lord came vnto it.
12 ¶ Thē Salomon offred burnt offrings vntoChap. 4. 1. the Lord, on the * altar of the Lord, which he had buylt before the porche.Exod. 29 39,
13 To * offer according to the commandement of MosésOr,
〈◊〉
the maner of euerie day. euerie day, in the Sabbats, & in the newe moones, and in the solemne feastes,Read Leuit 23. thre times in the yere (that is) in the feast of the Vnleauened bread, and in the feast of the Wekes, and in the feast of of the Tabernacles.
14 And he set the courses of the Priests to their offices, according to the ordre of Da uid his father, and the Leuites in their wat ches, for to praise and minister before the1. Chao 24. 1. Priests euerie day, & the porters by * their
courses, at euerie gate: forso (was) the cō
mandement of Dauid the man of God.
15 And they declined not from the commandement of the King, cōcerning the Priests and the Leuites, touching all things, and touching the treasures.
16 ¶ Now Salomón had made prouision for all theBothe for the matter and also the Workemanship. worke, from the day of the fundacion of the house of the Lord, vntil it was finished (so) the house of the LORD was perfite.
17 Then went Salomón to Ezion-géber, and to Eloth by theMeaning, thered Sea. seasied in the lādof Edòm
18 And Hurám sent him by the hands of his seruāts, shippes, & seruāts had that knowledge of the sea: and they went with the seruants of Salomón to Ophir, & broght thenceVVhich summe is broght tomoūt to thre millions millions and six hundreth thousand; crownes for here is mencion made of thirtie mo then are spoken of 1. Kin. 10. 1. four hundreth and fiftie talens of golde, and broght them to King Salomón.
CHAP. IX.
1.9 The Quene of Shebá cometh to se Salomón and bringeth giftes. 13. His yerely reuenues. 30 The time of his rei gnc. 31 His death.
1 ANd * when the Quene of Shebá heard of the fame of Salomôn she came tomat.
〈◊〉
. 14.
To knowe Whe ther his Wisdome Were so great as the reporte Was. proue Salomón with harde questions atIuk.
〈◊〉
. 31. Ierusalém, with a verie great traine, and camels that bare swete odours and muche golde, and precious stones: and when she came to Salomón, she cōmuned with him of all that was in her heart.
2 And Salomón declared her all her questions, and there wasThere was no question so hard that he did not solus. nothing hid from Salomon, which he declared not vnto her.
3 Then the Quene of Shebá sawe the wisdome of Salomôn, and the house that he had buylt.
4 And the meat of his table, and the sitting of his seruants, and the ordre of his waiters aud their apparel, and hisOr, gallerie whereby hewent vp burnt offrings, which he offred in the house of the Lord, and she wasEbr. there was no more spirit in her. greatly astonied.
5 And she said to the King (It was) a true worde which I heard in mine oune land of thyOr, actes. sayings, and of thy wisdome:
6 Howbeit I beleued not their reporte, vntil I came, and mine eyes had sene it: and beholde, the one halfe of thy great wisdome was not tolde me (for) thou excedest the fame that I heard.
7 Happie are thy men, and happie are these thy seruants, which stande before thee all way, and heare thy wisdome.
8 Blessed be the Lord thy God, which loued thee, to set thee on hisMeanings that the Isrélites Were
〈◊〉
peo ple, & that Kings ate the lieutenāts of God, which oght to grāte vnto him the
〈◊〉
, and mini ster iustice to all. throne as King, in the stead of the Lord thy God: because thy God loueth Israél, to establish it for euer therefore hathe he made the King ouer them, to execute iudgement & iustice
9 Then she gaue the King six score talents of golde, and of swete odours exceding muche and precious stones: nether was theresuche swete odours (since) as the Que ne of Shebá gaue vnto King Salomón.
10 And the seruants also of Hurám, and the seruants of Salomón which broght golde from Ophir, broghtRead, Chap. 8. 8. Algumim wood and precious stones.
11 And the King made of the Algumim woodOr, pillers meaning the garnishing and trimming of the
〈◊〉
or pillers. staires in the house of the lord, and in the Kings house, and harpes and violes for sin gers: and there was no suche sene before in the land of Iudáh.
12 And King Salomón gaue to the Quene of Shebá euerie pleasant thing thatshe askedThat is, Which the King gaue her
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of that treasure Which she broght besides for that which she had broght vnto the King, so she returned and went to her owne countrey (bothe) she, and herser uants.
13 ¶ Also the weight of golde that came to Salomón in one yere, was six hūdreth thre score and six talents of golde.
14 Besides that which chapmen and marchants broght: and all the Kings of Arabia and the princes of the countrey broght golde and siluer to Salomón.
15 And King Salomón made two hundreth tar gats of beaten golde, andVVhich
〈◊〉
mounteth 102400 crownes of the sunne Bud eude asse. six hundreth (shekels) of beaten golde went to one targat.
16 And thre hūdreth shields of beaten golde thre hundrethOr, Pounds, called
〈◊〉
of euerie one semed to make an
〈◊〉
shekels. (shekels) of golde went to one shield, and the King put thē in the hou se of the wood of Lebanón.
17 And the King made a great throne of yuo rie and ouer laied it with pure golde.
18 And the throne had six steppes, with a footestole of goldeThat is, the sleppes and the forè
〈◊〉
were fastened to the throne. fastened to the throne and stayes on ether side on the place of the seate, & two lions standing by theVpon the pom mels or
〈◊〉
. stayes
19 And twelue lions stode there on the six steppes on ether side: there was not the like made in anie kingdome.
20 And all King Salomons drinking vessels (were) of golde, and all the vessels of the house of the wood of Lebanón (were) of pu re golde (for) siluer was nothing estemed in the dayes of Salomon.
21 For the Kings shippes went to Tarshish with the seruants of Hurám, euerie thre yere once came the shippes ofVVhich
〈◊〉
of the best Writers is thoght to be Cilicia, read. 1. King. 10. 22. Tarshish & broght golde, and siluer, yuorie, and apes and pecotkes.
22 So King Salomón excelled all the Kings of the earth in riches and wisdome.
23 And all the Kings of the earth soght the presence of Salomón, to heare his wisdome that God had put in his heart.
24 And they broght euerie man his present, vessels of siluer, and vessels of golde, and raiment, armour and swete odours, horses, and mules, from yere to yere.
25 And Salomón had * foure thousand stallesm That is, ten hot ses in euerie stable Which in all
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
thousand, 18.
〈◊〉
King 4. 26. of horses, and charets, and twelue thousand horsemen, whome he bestowed in the charet cities, & with the King at Ierusalē.
26 And he reigned ouer all the Kings from theOr,
〈◊〉
Riuer euen vnto the land of the Philistims,
and to the border of Egypt.
27 And the King gaue siluer in Ierusalém,The abundance of these temporal
〈◊〉
in Salomons kingdome is a figure of the spiritual treasures which the elect shal enioye in the
〈◊〉
vnder the true Salomon Christ. as stones, and gaue cedre trees as the wilde fig trees, that are abundant in the plaine.
28 And they broght vnto Salomón horses out of Egypt, and out of all lands.
29 Concerning the rest of the actes of Salomón first and last, are they not written in the boke of Nathán the Prophet, and in the prophecie of Ahiiáh the Shilonite, and in the visions ofOr, Iddo. Ieedó the SeerThat is, which prophecied agaīst him. against Ieroboám the sonne of Nebat?
30 And Salomôn reigned in Ierusalém ouer all Israél fourty yeres.
31 And Salomón * slept with his fathers, and
〈◊〉
King. 11. 41. they buryed him in the citie of Dauid his father: and Rehoboám his sonne reigned in his steade.
CHAP. X.
4.14 The rigour of Rehoboám. 13 He followeth lewde coū
sel. 16. The people rebelle.
1 THen * RehoboámAfter the death of Salomon, went to She chém:1. King. 12. 1. for to Shechém came all Israél to make him King.
2 And when Ieroboám the sonne of Nebát heard it [which was in Egypt, whether he had fled from the preséce of Salomón the King] he returned out of Egypt.
3 And they sent and called him: so came Ieroboám and all Israél, and cōmuned with Rehoboám saying,
4 Thy fatherThat is hādeled
〈◊〉
. It semeth that God hardened their heartes so that they thus murmu red without cause, which declareth also the incō stantie of the peo ple. made our yoke grieuous: now therefore make thou the grieuous seruitude of thy father, and his sore yoke, that he put vpon vs lighter, and we wil serue thee.
5 And he said to thē (Departe) yet thre dayes then come againe vnto me. And the people departed.
6 And King Rehoboám toke counsel with the olde men that had stand before Salomón his father, while he yet liued, saying, What counsel giue ye that I may answer this people?
7 And they spake vnto him, saying, If thou be kinde to this people, and please them, and speake louing wordes to thē, they wil be thy seruants for euer.
8 But he left the counsel of the ancient men that they had giuen him, and toke counsel of the yong men that were broght vp with him, andOr, that stode by him, that is, which were of his counsel and
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
on him.
9 And he said vnto them, What counsel giue ye, that we may answer this people which haue spoken to me, saying, Make they oke which thy father did put vpon vs, lighter?
10 And the yong men that were broght vp with him, spake vnto him, sayīg, Thus shalt thou answer the people that spake to thee saying, Thy father made our yoke heauy, but make thou it lighter for vs: thus shalt thou say vnto them. MyOr,
〈◊〉
singer meaning that he was of farregrea
〈◊〉
power
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
father. least parte shal be bigger then my fathers loynes.
11 Now where as my father did burden you with a grieuous yoke, I wil yet increase your yoke: my father hathe chastised you with rod des, but I (wil corrected you) withOr,
〈◊〉
. scourges
12 ¶Then Ieroboám and all the people came to Rehoboám the third day, as the King had appointed, saying, Come againe to me the third day.
13 And the King answered them sharpely: and King Rehoboám left the counsel of the ancient men,
14 And spake to them after the counsel of the yong mē, saying, My father made your yoke grieuous, but I wil increase it: my father cha stised you with roddes, but I (wil correct you) with scourges.
15 So the King hear kened not vnto the people: for it was theGods wil impo seth suche a neces
〈◊〉
the second causes that
〈◊〉
can be done but according to the same, and yet mans wil worketh as of it selfe so that it can not be excused in doing euil, by alledging that it is Gods ordinance. ordinance of God that the Lord might performe his saying, which he had spokenEbr. by the hād. by Ahiiáh the Shilonite to Ieroboám the sonne of Nebát.
16 So whē all Israél sawe that the King wolde not heare them, the people answered the King, saying, What portion haue we in Dauid? for we haue none in heritance in the sonne of Ishái. O Israél euerie man to your tents now se to thine owne house; Dauid So all Israél departed to their tents.
〈◊〉
. Kin.
〈◊〉
. 16.
17 Howbeit Rehoboám reigned ouer the children of Israél, that dwelt in the citiés of Iudáh.
18 Then King Rehoboam sent Hadorám that wasOr, receyuer. ouer the tribute, and the children of Israél stoned him with stones, that he dyed: then King RehoboámEbr. strengthened him
〈◊〉
. made spede to get him vp to his charet, to flee to Ieru salem,
19 And Israél rebelled against the house ōf Dauid vnto this day.
CHAP. XI.
4 Rehoboám is forbidden to fight against Ieroboám.
〈◊〉
. Cities which he buylt 21 He hath
〈◊〉
wiues, and threscore concubines, and by them eight & twentie sonnes, and threscore daughters.
1 ANd * when Rehoboám was come to Ie2. Kin. 12. 20. rusalém, he gathered of the house of Iudah andThat is the
〈◊〉
tribe of Benia n in for the other halfe was gone af ter Ieroboam. Beniamin nine score thousand chosen men of warre to fight againstMeaning the ten tribes which rebelled. Israél (and) to bring the king dome againe to Rehoboám.
2 But the worde of the Lord came to Shema iah the man of God, saying,
3 Speake vnto Rehoboám the sonne of Salomón King of Iudah, and to all Israél that are in Iudah, and Beniamin, saying,
4 Thus sayth the Lord, Ye shal not go vp nor fight against your brethren returne euerie man to his house: for this thing is do ne of me. They obeied therefore the worde of the Lord, & returned from going against Ieroboam,
5 And Rehoboam dwelt in Ierusalem, andOr, repaired thē and made them strong to be more able to resist
〈◊〉
boam. buylt strong cities in Iudah.
6 He buylt also Beth-léhem, and Etam, and
Iekoa.
7 And Beth-zūr, and Shoco, and Adullám,
8 And Gath, and Mareshá, and Ziph.
9 And Adoráim, and Lachish, and Azekáh,
10 And Zoráh, and Aialón and Hebrō, which were in Iudáh and Beniamin, strong cities
11 And heOr,
〈◊〉
repaired the strong holdes and put captaines in them, and store of vitaile, and oyle and wine.
12 And in all cities he put shields and speares and made them exceding strong, so Iudáh and Beniamin were his.
13 ¶ And the Priests & the Leuites that were in all Israél,Ebr. stode. resorted vnto him out of all their coastes.
14 For the Leuites left their suburbes and their possession, and came to Iudáh and to Ierusalém:* for Ieroboám and his sonnesChap. 13. 9. had cast them out from ministring in the Priests office vnto the Lord.
15 * And he ordeined him. Priests for the hie1. Kin. 12. 31. places, and for theMeaning, idoles read Isa.
〈◊〉
. 15. deuils and for the calues which he had made.
16 And after the Leuites there came to Ierusalē of all the tribes of Israél, suche as set theirVVhich were
〈◊〉
of true re ligion, and feared God. hearts to seke the lord God of Israél to offer vnto the lord God of their fathers
17 So they strengthened the kyngdome of Iudáh, and made Rehoboám the sonne of Salomon mightie, thre yere long: for thre yere theySo long as they feared God, and set forthe his worde: they pro
〈◊〉
. walked in the way of Dauid & Salomon.
18 ¶ And Rehoboám toke him Mahaláth the daughter of lerimóth the sonne of Dauid to wife (and) Ahihailthe daughter of Eliáb the sonne of Ishai,
19 Which bare him sonnes Ieúsh, and Shemariah, and Zaham.
20 And after her he toke Maakth the daugh ter of Absalom which bare him Ahiiah, & Atthai, and Ziza, and Shelomith,
21 And Rehoboam loued Maakah the daugh ter of Absalóm aboue all his wiues and his concubines: for he toke eightene wiues, & thre score concubines, and begate eight and twētie sonnes, & threscore daughters
22 And Rehoboám madeCalled
〈◊〉
Abi lam, who reigned thre yere. 1. Kin. 15. 2. Ahiiah the sonne of Maakah the chief ruler among his brethren (for) he thoght to make him King.
23 And he taught him: and dispersed all his sonnes throughout all the coūtreis of Iudáh and Beniamin vnto euerie strōg citie and he gaue them abundance of vitaile, &Me gaue him selfe to haue many wiues. desired many wiues.
CHAP. XII.
1 Rehoboám forsaketh the Lord and is punished by Shi shak. 5 Shemaiah reproueth him. 6 He humbleth him sel fe. 7 God sendeth him succour. 9 Shishák taketh his trea sures 13 His reigne and death. 10 Abiiah his sonne succedeth him,
1 ANd whenOr, when the
〈◊〉
had established Rehobeams kingdome. Rehoboám had established the kingdome and made it strong, he forsoke the Lawe of the Lord, andFor suche is the inconstancie of the people that for the moste part
〈◊〉
follow the
〈◊〉
of their
〈◊〉
. all Israél with him.
2 Therefore in the fift yere of King Rehoboam, Shishak the King of Egypt came vp against Ierusalém [because they had trans gressed against the Lord]
3 With twelue hundreth charets, and thre score thousand horsemen, and the people were without nomber, that came with him from Egypt (euen) the Lubims,VVhich were a people of Africa called the Troglo dites, because they
〈◊〉
in holes. Sukkims and theOr, blacke Mores. Ethiopians.
4 And he toke the strong cities which were of Iudah, and came vnto Ierusalém.
5 ¶ Then came Shemaiah the Prophet to Rehoboam, and to the princes of Iudáh, that were gathered together in Ierusalém because of Shishák, and said vnto them, Thus sayth the Lord, Ye haue forsaken me
〈◊〉
that no calamiue can come vnto vs except we forsake Cod and that he neuer leueth vs til we haue cast him of therefore haue I also left you in the hāds of Shishák.
6 Then the princes of Israél, and the King humbled thē selues, and said, The lord (is)And therefore doeth
〈◊〉
punish your for your sinnes. iuste.
7 And when the Lord sawe that they humbled them selues, the worde of the Lord came to Shemaiah, saying, They haue hum bled them, but I wil send them deliuerance shortely, and my wrath shal notEbr. drop downe. be powred out vpon Ierusalém by the hand of Shi shak.
8 Neuertheles they shalbe his seruants: so shal thei know myHe sheweth that Gods
〈◊〉
are not to destroy his
〈◊〉
, but to
〈◊〉
se them, to bring thē to the Know ledge of them selues and to knowe how much
〈◊〉
it is to serue God then
〈◊〉
. seruice, and the seruice of the kingdomes of the earth.
9 ¶ Then Shishak King of Egypt came vp against Ierusalém, and toke the treasures of the house of the Lord, and the treasures of the Kings house: he toke (euen) all, and he caryed away the shields of gold * which Salomón had made.
10 Instead where of King Rehoboam made shields of brasse, and committed thē to the hands of the chief of the garde, that waited at the dore of the Kings house.
11 And when the King entred into the house of the Lord, the garde came and bare thē and broght them againe vnto the garde chamber.
12 And because heVVhich declareth that God
〈◊〉
not the death of a
〈◊〉
, but his conuersiō
〈◊〉
. 8. 32. & 33. 11. 1. Kin. 14 21. humbled him selfe, the wrath of the Lord turned from him, that he wolde not destroye all together. And also in Iudah the things prospered.
13 * So King Rehoboam was strong in Ierusa lém and reigned: for Rehoboam was one and fourtie yere olde, when he begā to rei gne, and reignedThat is twelue yeres after that he had
〈◊〉
ouercome by
〈◊〉
ver.
〈◊〉
seuentene yeres in Ieru salém, the citie which the Lord had chosen out of all the tribes of Israél to put his Na me there, And his mothers name was Naa mah an Ammonitesse.
14 And he did euil: for he prepared not his heart to seke the Lord.
15 The actes also of Rehoboam, first and last, are they not written in theEbr. saying. boke of Shemaiah the Prophet, and Iddo the Séer in rehearsing the genealogie? & there (was) warre alway betwene Rehoboam and Iero boam,
16 And Rehoboam slept with his fathers, &
16 And Rehoboam slept with his fathers, and was buryed in the citie of Dauid, and Abiiah hisOr, Abiam. sonne reigned in his stead.
CHAP. XIII.
1 Abiiah maketh warre agaynste Ieroboam. 4 He sheweth the occasion. 12 He trusteth in the Lord ād ouercometh Ieroboam. 21 Of his wiues and children.
1 IN the eightente yere of Kynge Ieroboam began Abiiah to reigne ouerHe meaneth Iu dah ād
〈◊〉
Iudáh.
2 He reigned thre yere in Ierusalém: [his mothers name also wasOr, Maacha. Michaiáh the daughter1. King. 52. ofCalled also
〈◊〉
, for Abshalom was her grandefather
〈◊〉
. King. 15. 2. Vriél of Gibea] and there was warre betwene Abiiah and Ieroboam.
3 And Abiiah set the battel in aray with the armie of valiant men of warre, (euen) foure hundreth thousand chosen men. Ieroboam also set the battel in aray againste hym with eight hundreth thousand chosen men whiche were strong (and) valiant.
4 And Abiiah stode vp vppon mountVVhiche was one of the
〈◊〉
of moū:
〈◊〉
. Zemeraim, whiche is in mount Ephraim, and sayd, Oleroboam, and Israél, heare you me.
5
〈◊〉
you not to knowe that the Lorde GOD of Israél hathe giuen the kyngdome ouer Israél toAnd
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
doeth vsurpe it or take it
〈◊〉
that stocke
〈◊〉
the ordinance of the Lorde thus like an
〈◊〉
be
〈◊〉
the word of God for his aduantage. Diuid for euer, (euen) to him and to his sonnes by a couenantThat is,
〈◊〉
, because that thing, whiche is
〈◊〉
, is preserued from
〈◊〉
: he meaneth also that it was made solemnely
〈◊〉
by offring of sacrifices, where as they
〈◊〉
salt accordyng as was ordeined. Nom. 18. 19. of salt?
6 And Ieroboam the sonne of Nebat the seruant of Salomón the sonne of Dauid is risen vp, and hathe * rebelled against his Lord.
7 And there are gathered to hymThis worde in the Chalde tongue is Racha. Which
〈◊〉
Sauiour vseth. Matt. 5. 22. vaine men (and)Ebr. children of Belial. wicked, and made them selues strong agaynste Rehoboam the sonne of Salomón: for Rehoboam wasMeanynge, in hearte and courage. (but) a childe and * tender hearted, and colde not resist them.
8 Now therefore ye thinke that ye be able to resiste agaynste the kingdome of the Lorde,1. Kin. 11. 26. (whiche is) in the handes of the sonnes of Dauid, and ye be a great multitude, and the golden calues (are) with you whyche Ieroboam made you for gods.
9 *Haue ye not driuen awaye the Priestes of the Lorde the sonnes of Aaron and the Leuites, and haue made you Priestes lyke the people of (other) countreis? whosoeuer commeth toOr, fainte hearted. consecrate with aHe
〈◊〉
the nature of idolaters which take no trial of the vo cation, lyfe and doctrine of their ministers, but thinke the most
〈◊〉
and greatest beastes sufficient, to serue their turne. yong bullocke and seuen rams, the same maye be a Priest ofLeui. 26. 36. them that are no gods.1. King. 12. 31.
Chap 11. 14.
10 But we belong vnto the Lord our God, and"Ebr. fil his hād. haue not forsaken him, and the Priestes the sonnes of Aaron minister vnto the Lord, and the Leuites in (their) office.
11 And they burne vnto the Lord euerieAs it was appointed in the Law. Exod. 29. 39 mor nyng and euerie euening burnt offrings and swete incense, and the bread is set in order vpon the pure table, and the candel sticke of golde with the lampes thereof,
〈◊〉
burne eue rie euenyng: for we kepe the watche of the Lord our God: but ye haue forsaken him.
12 And beholde, this GodBecause theyr cause was good & appointed by the Lorde, they douted not of the successe and victorie. (is) with vs, as a captaine, and hys Priestes with the soundyng trumpets, to crye an alarme agaynst you. O ye children of Israèl, fight not agaynste the LORDE God of your fathers: for ye shall not prosper.
13 ¶ But Ieroboam caused an ambushmentContemnyng the good counsel whiche came of the
〈◊〉
of God he thoght to haue ouer come by deceite. to compasse, (and) come behinde them, whē they were before Iudah, and the ambushement behinde them.
14 Then Iudah loked, and beholde, the battel (was) before and behinde them, and they cryed vnto the Lorde, and the Priests blewe with the trumpets.
15 And the men of Iudah gaue a shoute: and euen as the men of Iudah shouted, GOD:Or, gaue hym the ouerthre we. smote Ieroboam and also Israél before Abiiah and Iudah.
16 And the children of Israél fled before Iudah, and God
〈◊〉
thē into their hand.
17 And Abiiah and hys people slewe a greate slaughter of them, so that there fell downe wounded of Israél fiue hundreth thousand chosen men.
18 So the children of Israél were broght vnder at that tyme: and the children of Iudah preuailed,He sheweth that the staye of al kingdomes & assurāce of victo ries depende vpō our trust and cō
fidence in the Lorde. because they stayed vpon the Lord God of their fathers.
19 And Abiiah pursued after Ieroboam, and toke cities from him, (euen) Bethél, and theEbr.
〈◊〉
villages thereof, and Ieshanah with her villages, and Ephron with her villages.
20 And Ieroboam recouered no strength againe in the dayes of Abiiah, but the Lorde plaged him, and he dyed.
21 So Abiaah waxed mightie, 'and maried four tene wiues, and begate two and twentie sonnes, and sixtene daughters.
22 The rest of the actes of Abiiah and his maners and hys sayings are writen in the storie of the Prophet Iddo.
CHAP. XIIII.
3 Asa destroieth idolatrie and commandeth his people to serue the true God. 11 He prayeth vnto God when he shulde go to fight. 12 He
〈◊〉
the victorie.
1 SO * Abiiah slept with his fathers, and they2. Kyng. 13. 8. buryed hym in the citie of Dauid, and Asá hys sonne reygned in hys steade: in whose dayes the land was quiet ten yere.
2 And Asá did that was good and ryght in the eyes of the Lord his God.
3 For he toke awaye thē altars of the strange (gods) and the hie places, and brake downe the images, and cut downe theVVhiche were
〈◊〉
contrary to the Lawe. groues.
4
〈◊〉
commaunded Iudah to seke the Lorde God of their fathers, and to do (accordyng)
〈◊〉
. 16. 20. to the Lawe and the commandement.
5 And he toke away out of all the cities of Iudah the places, and the images: therfore the kingdome wasHe sheweth that the rest and quietnes of kingdomes standeth in abolishing ido latrie, and
〈◊〉
cing true religiō. quiet before him.
6 He buylt also strong cities in Iudah, because the land was in rest, and he had no warre in those yeres: for the LORDE had gyuen hym rest.
7 Therfore he said to Iudah, Let vs buyld these cities and make walles about, and to wres, ga tes, and barres, whiles the land isVVhile we
〈◊〉
the ful gouernement
〈◊〉
. before vs: because we haue soght the Lorde our God, we haue soght him, and he hath giuen vs rest on euerie side: so they buylt and prospered.
8 And Asá had an armie of Iudah that bare shields and speares, thre hundreth thousand,
and of Beniamin that bare shields and drewe bowes, two hundreth and foure score thou sand: all these were valiant men.
9 ¶ And there came out againste then ZérahThe Kinge of
〈◊〉
Egypt of Ethiopia with an hoste often hundreth thousand, and thre hundreth charets, and came vntoVVhiche was a citie in
〈◊〉
. Maresháh.
〈◊〉
. 15. 44.
VVhere Michaiah the Prophete was borne.
10 Then Asa went out before hym, and they set the battel in aray in the valley of Zephathah beside Mareshah.1. King. 14. 6.
11 And Asa * cryed vnto the Lord his God, and said, Lord, it is nothing with thee to helpeOr, against ma ny, without power. with many, (or) with no power: helpe vs, ô Lorde our God: for we rest on thee, and in thy Name are we come against this multitude: ô Lord, thou art our God,Thus the children of God nether trust in their owne power or policie, nether feare the strēgth
〈◊〉
of their enemies, but con sider the cause & subtilitie of their entreprises tend to Gods glorie, & therevpon assure thē selues of the victorie by him, whiche is onely almightie, & can turne all flesh in to dust with the breath of hys monthe. let not mā pre uaile against thee.
12 ¶ So the Lorde smotethe Ethiopians before Asá and before Iudáh, and the Ethiopians
〈◊〉
.
13 And Asá and the people that was with him, pursued them vnto Gezár. And the Ethiopians host was ouerthrowen, (so that) there was no life in them: for they were destroyed before the Lorde and besore his hoste: and they caryed away a mighty great spoile.
14 And they smote all the cities rounde about
〈◊〉
: for theThe Lorde had
〈◊〉
thē with feare. feare of the Lord came vpon them, ād they spoiled all the cities, for there was exceding muche spoile in them.
15 Yea, and they smote the tents of cattel, and caryed away plentie of shepe and camels, ād returned to Ierusalém.
CHAP. XV.
1 The exhortation of Azariah 8 Asa purgeth his countrey
〈◊〉
. 11 He
〈◊〉
with the people. 14 The sweare together to
〈◊〉
the Lord. 16 He deposeth hys mother for her idolauie.
1 THen the Spirit of God came vponVVho was called
〈◊〉
as hys father was, vers. 8. Azariah the sonne of Obéd.
2 And he went out to mete
〈◊〉
, and said vnto hym, O Asa, and all Iudáh, and Beniamin, heare ye me. The Lorde (is) with you, while ye be with him: and if ye seke hym, he wil be founde of you, but if ye forsake him, he will forsake you.
3 Nowe for a long season Israél (hathe bene) without theFor the space of
〈◊〉
yeres vnder
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
thre yeres vn der
〈◊〉
, religion was neglected and
〈◊〉
planted. true God, and without Priest to teache and without Lawe.
4 But (whosoeuer) returned in his affliction to the Lorde God of Israél, and soght him, heHe sheweth, that
〈◊〉
the wicked nes of tyrants ad their rage, yet God hathe hys,
〈◊〉
he heareth in their tribulacion, as he deliuered hys from zerah king of the Ethiopiās and out of all other daungers, when they called vpō the Lord. was founde of them.
5 And in that time there (was) no peace to him, that did go out and go in: but great troubles (were) to all the inhabitants of the earth.
6 For nacion was destroyed of nacion, and citie of citie: for God troubled them with all aduersitie.
7 Be ye strong therefore, and let not your han des be weake: for yourYour confiden ce and truste in God shal not be
〈◊〉
. worke shal haue a rewarde.
8 ¶ And when Asá heard these wordes, and the prophecie of Odéd the Prophete, he was encouraged, and toke awaye the abominacions out of all the lande of Iudáh, and Beniamin, and out of the cities whiche he had taken of mount Ephraim, and he renued the altar of the Lorde, that was before the porche of the Lord.
9 And he gathered al Iudah and Beniamin, and the strangers with them out of Ephraim, and Manasséh and out of Simeón: for there fell many to hym out of Israél, when they sawe that the Lord his God (was) with him.
10 So they assembled to Ierusalém in theCalled
〈◊〉
, conteining part of May and part of Iune. third moneth, in the fiftente yere of the reygne of Asá.
11 And they offred vnto the Lorde the same time of theVVhiche they had taken of the Ethiopians. spoile, (which) they had broght, (euen) seuen hundreth bullockes, and seuen thousand shepe.
12 And the made a couenant to seke the Lord God of their fathers, with all their heart, and with all their soule.
13 AndThese were the wordes of their couenant, which commaunded all idolaters to be put to death accordynge to the Lawe of God,
〈◊〉
. 13. whosoeuer will not seke the Lorde GOD of Israél, shal be sleane, whether he were small or great, man or woman.
14 And they sweare vnto the LORD with a loude voyce, and with shoutyng and with trumpets, and with cornets.
15 And all Iudah reioyced at the othe: for they had sworne vnto the Lorde with all their heart, aud soght him with a whole desire, ād he wasSo long as they
〈◊〉
hym a right, so
〈◊〉
did he preserue and prosper them. founde of them. And the Lorde gaue them rest rounde about.
16 ¶ And Kyng Asá deposed Maachah (hys)Or grandmother: and herein he shewed that
〈◊〉
lacked
〈◊〉
for she ought to haued,
〈◊〉
bothe by the
〈◊〉
, and by the Lawe of God: but he ga ue place to foolishe pitie, and wolde also seme after a
〈◊〉
to satisfie the Law mother from her regencie, because she had made an idole in a groue: and Asá brake downe her idole, and stamped it, and burnt it at the broke Kidrón.
17 But the hie places were notVVhich partely came through lacke of zeale in hym, partelye through the negligence of hys officers, and part ly by the
〈◊〉
cion of the people, that all were not taken away. taken awaye out ofBecause that God was called the God of Israél by reason of his promes to Iaakob: therefore Israélis some time taken for Iudah, because Iudah was hys chief people. Israél: yet the heart of Asá wasIn respect of his predecessors. per fite all his dayes.
18 Also he broght into the house of GOD the things that his father had dedicate, and that he had dedicate, siluer, and golde, ād vessels.
19 And there was no warre vnto the fiue and thirtieth yere of the reigne of Asá.
CHAP. XVI.
2 Asa for feare of Baasha King of Israél, maketh a couenant with Benhadad King of Aram. 7 He is reproued by the Prophet. 10 Whome he putteth in prison. 12 He putteth his trust in the Phisitians. 13 His death.
1 IN the six and thirtieth yere of the reigne of Asá cameVVho reigned after Nadab the sonne of Ieroboam. Baasha King of Israél vp against Iudah, and buyltHe fortified
〈◊〉
with walles and ditches: it was a citie in Beniamin nere to
〈◊〉
. Ramah to let none passe out or go in to Asa King of Iudah.
2 Then Asa broght out siluer and golde out of the treasures of the house of the Lorde, and of the Kyngs house, and sent to Benhadad Kyng of Arám that dwelt atOr, Darmasek. Damascus, saying.
3 There (is) a couenant betwene me and thee, and betwene my father and thy father: behold, I haue sent thee siluer and gold: come,He thoght to re pulse his aduersa rie by an vnlawfull meanes, that is, by seking helpe of infideles, as they that
〈◊〉
Turkes amitie, thinkyng therby to make thē selues more strong. breake thy league with Baasha Kyng of Israél that he may departe from me.
4 And Benhadád hearkened vnto Kyng Asá, and sent the captaines of the armies whiche
he had, against the cities of Israél. And they smote Iiōn, and Dan, and Abelmāim, and the store cities of Naphtalī.
5 And when Baashá heard it, he left buylding of Ramáh, and let his worke cease.
6 Then Asá the King toke all
〈◊〉
, & caryed away the stones of Ramáh and the tymbre thereof, where with Baashá did buyld, and he buylt therewith Géba and Mizpáh.
7 ¶ And at that same time Hanáni theOr, Prophet. Seer came to Asá King of Iudáh, and said vnto him Because thou hast rested vpon the King of Arám, and not rested in the Lord thy God, therefore is the hoste of the King of Arám escaped out of thine hand.
8 *The Ethiopians and the Lubims, were theyChap. 14, 9. not a great hoste with charets and horsemen exceding many? yet because thou didest rest vpon the Lord, he deliuered them into thine hand.
9 * For the eyes of the Lord beholde all the2. Mac. 9, 5. & 12, 22. earth to shewe him selfe strong with them that are of perfite heart to ward him: thou hast thē done foolishly in this: therefore frō hensforthe thou shalt haue warres.
10 Thē Asā was wroth with the Seer, and put him īto aEbr. prison house. prisō: for he wasThus in
〈◊〉
of turning to God by repentan ce, he disdained the admonicion of the Prophet, and punished him, as the wicked do whē they be tolde of their fautes. displeased with him, because of this thing. And Asá oppressed (certeine) of the people at the same time.
11 And beholde, the actes of Asá first and last, lo, they are writen in the boke of the Kings of Iudáh and Israél.
12 ¶ And Asá in the nine and thirtieth yere of his reigne was
〈◊〉
, goutie, or swollen. diseased in his fete, (and) his disease wasOr, to the top of his head.
God plagued his rebellion, and hereby declareth that it is nothing to beginne wel, except we so cō
tinue to the end, that is, zealous of Gods glorie, & put
〈◊〉
whole trust in him. extreme: yet he soght not the Lord in his disease, but to theHe sheweth that it is in vaine to seke to the Phisitians, except first we seke to God to purge our sinnes, which are the chief cause of all our diseases, & after vse the help of the phisitian, as a meane by whome GOD worketh. Phisicians.
13 So Asá slept with his fathers, and dyed in the one and fourtieth yere of his reigne.
14 And they buryed him in (one) of his sepulchres, whiche he had made for him selfe in the citie of Dauid, and layed him in the bed, which they had filled with swete odours and diuerse kindes (of spices,) made by the arte of the apoticarie: and they burnt him with an exceding great fyre.
CHAP. XVII.
5 Iehoshaphát trusting in the Lord, prospereth in riches & honour. 6 He abolisheth idolatrie, 7 And causeth the people to be taught. 11 He receiueth tribute of strangers 13 His munitions and men of warre.
1 ANd Iehoshaphát his sonne reigned in his stead, and preuailed against Israél,
2 And he put garisons in all the strong cities of Iudáh, and set bands in the land of Iudáh and in the cities of Ephráim, which Asá his father had taken.
3 And the Lord was with Iehoshaphát, because he walked in theThat is, his vertuest meaning, be fore he had committed with Bathshéba and against
〈◊〉
. first wayes of his father Dauid, and soght notSoght not helpe at strange gods. Baalim.
4 But soght the Lord God of his father, and walked in his commandements, and not after theEbr. Worke. trade of Israél.
5 Therefore the Lord stablished the kingdom in his hand, and all Iudáh broght presents to Iehoshaphát, so that he had of riches and ho nour in abun dance.
6 And he lift vp his heart vnto the wayes ofc He gaue him selfe wholy to serue the Lord. the Lord, and he toke awaye moreouer the hie places and the groues out of Iudáh.
7 ¶ And in the third yere of his reigne he sent his princes, Ben-háil, and Obadiáh, & Zecha riáh, and Nethaneél, and Michaiáh, that they shuldeHe knewe it was in vaine to professe religion except such were appointed which colde instruct the people in the same, and had au toritie to put away all idolatrie. teache in the cities of Iudáh,
8 And with them Leuites, Shemaiáh, and Nethaniáh, and Zebadiáh, and Asahēl, & Shemiramōth, and Iehonathán, and Adoniiáh, and Tobiiáh, and Toq-adoniiáh, Leuites, & with them Elishamá and Iehorám Priests.
9 And they taught in Iudáh, and had the boke of the Lawe of the Lord with them, & went about throughout all the cities of Iudáh, and taught the people.
10 And the feare of the Lord fell vpon all the kingdomes of the lands that were rounde about Iudáh, and theyThus God prospereth all suche that with a pure heart seke his glo rie, and kepeth their enemies in feare that thei cā not be able to execute their rage against thē. foght not against Iehoshaphát.
11 Also (some) of the Philistims broght Iehoshaphát gifts and tribute siluer, and the Arabiās broght him flockes, seuen thousand, & seuen hundreth rams, and seuen thousand, & seuen hundreth he gotes.
12 So Iehoshaphát prospered and grewe vp on hie: and he buylt in Iudáh palaces and cities of store.
13 And he had great workes in the cities of Iudáh, and men of warre, (&) valiant men in Ierusalém.
14 And these are the nombers of them after the house of their fathers, In Iudáh (were) ca ptaines of thousands, Adnáh the captaine, andEbr. in his hand with him of valiant men thre hundreth thousand.
15 And
〈◊〉
at his hand Ieho hanán a captaine, and"Or, next to him with him two hundreth & foure score thousand.
16 And at his hād Amasiáh the sonne of Zichri whicheMeaning, which was a Nazarian. willingly offred him selfe vnto the Lord, and with him two hundreth thousand valiant men.
17 And of Beniamin, Eliadá a valiant man, and with him armed men with bowe and shield two hundred thousand.
18 And at his hand Iehozabád, & with him an hundreth and foure score thousand armed to the warre.
19 TheseThat is, they were as his ordi narie garde. waited on the King, besides those whiche the King put in the strong cities throughout all Iudáh.
CHAP. XVIII.
1 Iehoshaphát maketh affinitie with Aháb. 10 Foure hundreth Prophetes coūsel Aháb to go to warre. 16
〈◊〉
is against them.
〈◊〉
23 Zidkiáh smiteth him. 25 The King putteth him in prison, 29 The effect of his prophecie.1. King. 22,
〈◊〉
.
1 ANd * Iehoshaphát had riches & honour in abundance, but he was ioyned inFor Iorám Iehoshaphats sonne maried Ahabs daughter. affinitie with Aháb.
2 And after certeineThat is,
〈◊〉
third yere, 1. King.
〈◊〉
. yeres he went downe to Aháb to Samaria: and Aháb slewe shepe and oxen for him in great nomber, and for the people that he had with him, & entised him
to go vp vntoTo recouer it out of the hands of the
〈◊〉
. Ramōth Gileád.
3 And Aháb King of Israél said vnto Iehoshaphāt King of Iudáh, Wilt thou go with me to Ramóth Gileád? And he answered him, I am as thou art, and my people as thy people and we (wil ioyne) with thee in the warre.
4 And Iehoshaphát said vnto the King of Israél, Aske coūsel, I pray thee, at theHeare the adui se of some Prophet, to knowe whether it be Gods wil. worde of the Lord this day.
5 Therefore the King of Israél gathered ofVVhiche were the Prophetes of Báal,
〈◊〉
that the wicked esteme not but flatterers & suche as wil beare with their inordinate affections. Prophetes foure hundreth men, and said vnto them, Shal we go to Ramoth Gileád to battel, or shal I cease? And they said, Go vp: for GOD shal deliuer it into the Kings hand.
6 But lehoshaphát said, Is there here neuer a Prophet more of the Lord that we might inquire of him?
7 And the King of Israél said vnto Iehoshaphát, There is yet one man, by whome we may aske counsel of the Lord, but IYet the true mi
〈◊〉
of GOD ought not to cea se to do their due tie, thogh the wic ked magistrates
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
abide thē to speake the
〈◊〉
. hate him: for he doeth not prophecie good vnto me, but all way cuil: it is Michaiah the sonne of Imlá. Then Iehoshaphát said, Let not the King sayMeaning, that he ought not to refuse to heare
〈◊〉
that was of God. so.
8 And the King of Israél called an eunuche, & said, Call quickly Michaiáh the sonne of Imlá.
9 ¶And the King of Israél, and Iehoshaphát King of Iudáh
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of thē on his throne clothed in (their)That is, in their
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
apparel. apparel: they sate euen in the thresshing floore at the entring in of the gate of Samaria: and all the Prophetes prophecied before them.
10 And Zidkiáh the sonne of Chenaanáh made himRead 1. King. 22 11. hornes of yron, and said, Thus saith the Lord, With these shalt thou push the Aramites vntil thou hast consumed them.
11 And all the Prophetes prophecied so, saying Go vp to Ramóth Gilead, & prosper: for the Lord shal deliuer it into the hand of the King.
12 ¶And the messenger that went to call Michaiah, spake to him, saying, Beholde, the wordes of the Prophetes (
〈◊〉
) good to the King with oneThinking, that where a foure
〈◊〉
dreth
〈◊〉
had
〈◊〉
in one thing, that he being but one man, and in least estimation durst not gaine say it. accorde: let thy worde therefore, I pray thee, be lyke one of theirs, and speake thou good.
13 And Michaiah said, As the Lord liueth, what soeuer my God saith, that wil I speake.
14 ¶So he came to the King, and the King said vnto him, Michaiah, shal we go to Ramóth Gilead to battel, or
〈◊〉
I leaue of? And he said,He
〈◊〉
this by
〈◊〉
of the false
〈◊〉
, as the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
perceiued. Go ye vp, and prosper, and they shal be deliuered into your hand.
15 And the King said to him, How oft shal I charge thee, that thou tel me nothing but the trueth in the Name of the Lord?
16 Thē he said, I sawe all Israél scatered in the mountaines, as shepe that haue no shepheard: and the Lord said,He
〈◊〉
how the people shulde be dispersed & Aháb steane. These haue no master: let them returne euerie man to his house in peace:
17 And the King of Israél said to Iehoshaphat, Did I not tel thee, that he wolde not prophe cie good vnto me, but euil?
18 Againe he said, Therefore heare ye the word of the Lorde: I sawe the Lord sit vpon his throne, and all theMeaning, his Angels. hoste of heauen stāding at his right hand, and at his left.
19 And the Lord said, who shalOr, deceiue. persuade Ahab King of Israél, that he may go vp and fall at Ramóth Gilead? And one spake and said thus and another said that.
20 Thē there came forthe a spirit and stode be fore the Lord, and said, I wil persuade him. And the Lord said vnto him, Wherein?
21 And he said, I wil go out, and be a false spirit in the mouthe of all his Prophetes. AndThat is, the Lord. he said, Thou shalt persuade, and shalt also
〈◊〉
go forthe and do so.
22 Now therefore beholde, the Lord hathe put aSo they that wil not
〈◊〉
the trueth, God sendeth strong delusion, that they shulde beleue lyes, 2. Thess 2,
〈◊〉
. false spirit in the mouthe of these thy Prophetes, and the Lord hathe determined euil against thee.
23 Thē Zidkiáh the sonne of Chenaanáh came nere, and smote Michaiáh vpon theBy this
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
& hypocrisie was discouered: thus the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
which they haue not, and declare t eir malice against them, in whome the true Spirit is. cheke, and said, By what way went the spirit of the Lord from me, to speake with thee?
24 And Michaiáh said, Behold, thou shal se that day when thou shalt go from chamber to chamber to hide thee.
25 And the King of Israél said, Take ye Michaiáh, and carie him to Amōn the gouernour of the citie, and to Ioásh the Kings sonne,
26 And say, Thus saith the King, Put this man in the prison house, and fede him with bread ofKepe him streict ly in
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
him fele hungre and thirst. affliction and with water of affliction vn til
〈◊〉
returne in peace.
27 And Michaiah said, If thou returne in peace the Lord hathe not spoken by me. AndOr,
〈◊〉
. he said, Heare, all ye people.
28 So the King of Israél and Iehoshaphat the King of Iudah went vp to Ramōth Gilead.
29 And the King of Israél said vnto Iehoshaphat I wilThus the wicked thinke by their owne
〈◊〉
to escape Gods
〈◊〉
, which he threatneth by his word change my selfe, and entre into the bat tel: but put thou on thine apparel. So the King of Israél changed him selfe, and they went into the battel.
30 And the King of Aram had commanded the captaines of the charets that were with him saying, Fight you not with small not great, but against the King of Israél onely.
31 And when the captaines of the charets sawe Iehoshaphat, they said, It is the King of
〈◊〉
: and they compassed about him to fight. But IehoshaphatHe
〈◊〉
to the Lord by acknow ledging his
〈◊〉
in going with this wicked King to warre against the worde of the Lord by his Pro phet, and also by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for the same. cryed, & the Lord helped him and moued them (to departe) from him.
32 For when the captaines of the charets sawe that he was not the King of Israél, they turned backe from him.
33 Then (a certeine) man drewe a bowe
〈◊〉
. in his
〈◊〉
, or
〈◊〉
. mygh tely, & smote the King of Israél betwene the ioyntesOr, betwene the habergine. of his brigandine: therefore he said to his charetman, Turne thine hād, and carie
〈◊〉
out of the hoste: for I am hurt.
34 And the battel increased that day: and the King of IsraélHe
〈◊〉
his hurt, that his souldiers might fight more couragiously. stode stil in his charet against the Aramites vntil euen, and dyed at the time of the sunne going downe.
CHAP. XIX.
4 After Iehoshaphat was rebuked by the Prophet, he called againe the people to the honoring of the Lord. 5 He appointeth iudges and ministers. 9 And exhorteth them to feare God.
1 ANd Iehoshaphát the Kyng of Iudah returnedEbr. in peace. safe to his house in Ierusalém.
2 And Iehu the sonne of Hanani the Seer wēt out to mete hym, and sayd to Kyng Iehoshaphat,He declareth that the wrath and iudgement of God is oueral suche, that supporte the wicked, and rather shewe not in dede that they are enemies to all suche as hate the Lord. Woldest thou helpe the wicked, and loue them that hate the Lorde? therefore for this thyng the wrathEbr. wrath frō the Lord. of the Lorde is vppon thee.
3 Neuertheles good thynges are founde in thee, because thou hast taken away the groues out of the land, and hast prepared thine heart to seke God.
4 ¶So Iehoshaphat dwelt at Ierusalém, and turned and wentHe visited all his
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
hys people frome
〈◊〉
to the know ledge of the true God. through the people from Beer-sheba to mounte Ephraim, and broght them agayne vnto the LORD God of their fathers.
5 And he set iudges in the land throughout all the strong cities of Iudah, citie by citie.
6 And sayd to the iudges, Take hede what ye do: for ye execute not the iudgementes of man, but of the Lorde, and (he wilbe)Bothe to preser
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, if you do iustely, or to punish you, if you do
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. with you in the cause (and) iudgement.
7 Wherefore nowe let the feare of the Lorde be vpon you: take hede, and do it: for there
〈◊〉
10. 17. is noHe wil declare by thes
〈◊〉
of the punishmēt
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
all
〈◊〉
. iniquitie with the LORD our God,Iob. 4 15. nether * respect of persones, nor receyuingAct. 10.
〈◊〉
.
Rom. 2. 11. of rewarde.Gal. 2. 6.
8 Moreouer in Ierusalém did Iehoshaphat setEphe 6 9.
Col.
〈◊〉
. 26. of the Leuites, and of the Priests, and of the
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. chief of the families of Israél, for the iudgement and cause of the Lord: and theyThe
〈◊〉
ād
〈◊〉
whiche
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
. returned to Ierusalém.
9 And he charged them, saying, Thus shall ye do in the feare of the Lorde faythfully and with a persite heart.
10 And in euerie cause that shall come to you of your brethren that dwell in their cities, betwene
〈◊〉
is, to trye
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ur ther was done at
〈◊〉
or els
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. blood and blood, betwene laweNomb. 35 11. and precept, statutes ād iudgements, (ye shal
〈◊〉
. 4.
〈◊〉
. iudge them,) and admonishe them that they trespasse not against the Lorde, thatMeaning, that God
〈◊〉
punish them
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, if they wold not execut
〈◊〉
right. wrath come not vpon you and vpon your brethrē. Thus shal ye do and trespasse not.
11 And beholde, Amariah the Priest (shalbe) the chief ouer you in all matters of the Lord, and Zebadiah the sonne of Ishmaél, a ruler of the house of Iudáh, (shalbe) for all theShalbe
〈◊〉
o
〈◊〉
of the pu
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
easine. Kings affaires, and the Leuites (shalbe) officersThey shal haue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
causes. before you. Be of courage, and do it, ād the Lord shalbe with the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
good.
CHAP. XX.
3 Iehoshaphat and the people pray vnto the Lorde. 22 The maruelous victorie that the Lorde gaue him against his enemies. 30 His reigne and actes.
1 AFter this also came the children of Moáb and the childrē of Ammón, and with them of theThat is, which
〈◊〉
the Ammonites in langage & apparel. The
〈◊〉
thinke that they were the
〈◊〉
, but as mai
〈◊〉
by the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, they were the
〈◊〉
of moūt Seir. Ammonites agaynst Iohoshaphat to battel.
2 Thē there came that tolde Iehoshaphat, saying, There cometh a great multitude against thee from beyonde theCalled the dead sea, where God
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
cities for sinne. Sea, out of Arám: and beholde, they be in Hazzón Tamár, whi che is En-gédi.
3 And
〈◊〉
feared, and set hym selfeThis declareth what the
〈◊〉
of the godlie is, whiche is as a pricke to stirre them to prayer, ād to depend on the Lord, where as it moueth the wicked ether to seke after world ly meanes ād po licies, or els to fal into despaire. to seke the Lorde, and proclaymed a faste throughout all Iudah.
4 And Iudáh gathered themselues together to aske counsel of the Lord: they came euen out of all the cities of Iudáh to
〈◊〉
of the Lord.
5 And Iehoshaphát stode in the Congregaciō of Iudáh and Ierusalém in the house of the Lord before the new court,
6 And said, O Lord God of our fathers, art not thou God in heauen? and reignest not thou on all the kingdomes of the heathen and in thine hand is power and might, and none is able to withstand thee.
7 Didest not thou our God cast out the inha bitants of this land before thy people Israél andHe
〈◊〉
his prayer vpon Goddes power, whereby he is able to helpe, ād also on his mercie, which he wil continue toward his, for as muche as he hathe once chosen them and begonne to shew his graces to warde them. gauest it to the sede of Abrahám thy friend for euer?
8 And they dwelt therein, and haue buylt thee a Sanctuarie therein for thy Name, saying,
9 * If euil come vpon vs, (as) theMeaning, warre whiche commeth by Gods iuste iudgements for our sinnes. sworde of iudgement, or pestilence, or famine, we will stand before this house and in thy presence [for thy NameThat is, it is here called vpon, and thou declarest thy presence and fauour. is in this house] and wil crye vnto thee in our tribulacion, and thou wilt heare and helpe,
10 And nowe beholde, the children of* Ammón1. King. 8.
〈◊〉
. and Moab, and mount Seir, by whomeChap. 6. 28. thou woldest not let Israél go, whē they came out of the land of Egypt: but they turned aside from them, and destroyed them not:
11 Beholde, I say, they rewarde vs, in comming to cast vs out of thine inheritance, whiche thou hast caused vs to inherit.
12 O our God, wilt thou not iudge them? forDeut. 2. 9. there is no strength in vs to (stande) beforeNehem. 13. 3. this great multitude that commeth againste vs, nether do we knowe what to do: but our eyesVVe onely put our truste in thee and waite for our deliuerance from heauen. are towarde thee.
13 And all Iudah stodeThat is, before the Arke of the couenant. before the LORD with their yong ones, their wiues, and their children.
14 And Iahaziél the sonne of Zechariáh the sonne of Benaiah, the sonne of Ieiél, the sonne of Mattaniah, a Leuite of the sonnes of Asaph (was there,) vpon whome cameVVhiche was moued by the Spirit of God to prophecie. the Spirit of the Lorde, in the middes of the Congregacion.
15 And he said, Hearken ye, all Iudah, and ye inhabitantes of
〈◊〉
, and thou Kyng Iehoshaphat: thus sayth the LORD vnto you, Feare you not, nether be afrayed for this great multitude: for theThey fight againste God and not agaynst you: therefore he wil fight for you. battell (is) not yours, but Gods.
16 To morowe go ye downe against them: beholde, they come vp by the cleft of Ziz, and ye shall finde them at the end of the broke before the wildernes of Israél.
17 Ye shall not nede to fight in thys (battel:) *Exod. 14.
〈◊〉
. stand stil, moue not, and beholde theOr,
〈◊〉
. saluacion
of the Lorde towarde you: ô Iudah, and Ierusalēm, feare ye not, nether be afray ed: tomorowe go out agaynste them, and the Lord (wilbe) with you.
18 ¶Then IehoshaphatDeclaryng his faith and obediē ce to the worde of the Lord, and giuing thankes for the deliueran
〈◊〉
promised. bowed downe with his face to the earth, and all Iudáh and the inhabitants of Ierusalém fell downe before the Lord, worshiping the Lord.
19 And the Leuites of the children of the Kohathites and of the children of the Corhites stode vp to praise the Lorde GOD of Israél with aloude voice on hie.
20 And when they arose early in the mornyng, they went forth to the wildernes of Tekoa: and as they departed, Iehoshaph at stode ād said, Heare ye me, ô Iudah, and ye in habitantes of Ierusalém: put your trust in the Lorde your God, and ye shalbe assured:
〈◊〉
hisGiue credit to their wordesand doctrine. Prophetes, and ye shall prosper.
21 And whē he had consulted with the people, and appointed singers vnto the Lorde, and them that shulde prayse (hym that is) in the beautiful Sanctuarie, in going forthe before the men of armes, and saying,This was a psal me of thankes gi uing, which they vsed communely to sing when they praised the Lord for his benefites, and was made by Dauid. Psal.
〈◊〉
. Praise ye the Lorde, for his mercie (lasteth) for euer.
22 And when they began to shoute, and to prayse, the Lord laied ambushments against the children of Ammōn, Moāb, andMeanyng, the Idumeans, which dwelt in mount
〈◊〉
. mount
〈◊〉
, whiche were come against Iudāh, and they slewe one another.
23 For the children of Ammōn and Moāb rose against the inhabitants of mount Seir to slea and to destroye (them:) and when they had made an end of the inhabitants of Seir, euerie one helped toThus the Lord according to Iehoshaphats prai er declared hys power when he deliue ed
〈◊〉
by causing their ene mies to kill one another. destroy another.
24 And when Iudah came toward Mizpah in the wildernes, they loked vnto the multitude: and beholde, the carkeises were fallen to the earth, and none escaped.
25 And when Iehoshaphat and his people came to take away the spoyle of thē, thei foūd among them in abundance bothe of substan ce and also of bodies (laden) with precious iewels, whiche they toke for themselues, til they cold cary nomore: they were thre dayes in gathering of the spoile: for it was muche.
26 And in the fourte daye theyTo giue thākes to the Lorde for the victorie: and therefore the val ley was called Berachah, that is, blessing or thanke giuīg, whiche wasalsocalled the valley of Iehosha phat. Ioél. 3. 2. & 12. because the Lord iudged the enemies according to Iehos haphats prayer. assembled them selues in the valley of Berachah: for there they blessed the Lorde: therefore they called the name of that place. The valley of Berachah vnto this day.
27 Then euerie man of Iudah and Ierusalēm re turned with Ieshaphat their head, to go againe to Ierusalē with ioye: for the Lord had made them to reioyce ouer their enemies.
28 And they came to Ierusalém with, violes, and with harpes, and with trumpets, (euen) vnto the house of the Lord.
29 And theHe declareth
〈◊〉
, that the
〈◊〉
of God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
or
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
or destruction to his enemies. feare of GOD was vpon all the kyngdomes of the earth, when they had heard that the Lorde had foght agaynst the enemies of Israél.
30 So the king dome of Iehoshaphat was quiet, and his God gaue him rest on euery side.
〈◊〉
, King, 22. 42.
31 ¶And * Iehoshaphat reygned ouer Iudah, and (was) fiue and thirtie yere olde, when he began to reigne: and reigned fiue and twentie yere in Ierusalém, and hys mothers name was Azubah the daughter of Shilhi.
32 And he walked in theMeaning, in his vertues ād those waies, wherein he followed God. waye of Asa hys father, ād departed not there from, doing that which was right in the sight of the Lorde.
33 How beit the hie places wereIf the great care and
〈◊〉
of this good
〈◊〉
was not able vtterly to abolishe all superstition and
〈◊〉
out of thys people, but that they wolde still
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
and idolatrie, howe muche
〈◊〉
are they able
〈◊〉
refor me euill, whiche ether haue litle zeale, or not such as he had thogh herein hewas
〈◊〉
to be excused? not taken awaye: for the people had not yet prepared their hearts vnto the God of their fathers.
34 Concernyng the rest of the actes of Iehoshaphat first and last, beholde, they are writen in the boke of Iehu the sonne of Hanani, which * is mencioned in the boke of the Kings of Israél.
35 ¶Yet after this did Iehoshaphat King of Iu dah ioyne hym selfe with Ahaziah King of Israél, who was giuen to do euil.
36 And he ioyned with him, to * make shippes to go to Tarshish: and they made the shippes in Ezión Gabér.
37 Then
〈◊〉
the sonne of Dodauah of Ma reshah prophecied against Iehoshaphat, saying,1 King. 16. 1. Because thou hastThus GOD wolde not haue his to ioyne in
〈◊〉
with
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
ked men. ioyned thy self with1. King. 22. 49. Ahaziah, the Lorde hathe broken thy workes, and the shippes were broken, that they were not able to go to Tarshish.
CHAP. XXI.
1 Iehoshaphat dyeth. 1 Iehoram succedeth him. 4 Which killeth his brethen. 6 He was broght to idolatrie. 11 And seduceth the people. 16 He is oppressed of the Philistims. 18 His miscrable end.
1 IEhoshaphat then slept with hys fathers, and was buryed with hys fathers in the citie of Dauid: and Iehorám his sonne reigned in his stead.
2 And he had brethren the sonnes of Iehoshaphat, Azariáh, and
〈◊〉
, and Zechariáh, and Azariáh, and Michaél, and Shephatiáh. All these were the sonnes of Iehoshaphat King ofRead chap. 15. 17 how by Israel
〈◊〉
ment Iudah. Israél.
3 And their father gaue them greate giftes of siluer and of golde, and of precious things,2. King. 8. 16. with strōg cities in Iudah, but the kingdome gaue he to Iehoram: for he was the eldest.
4 * And Iehoram rose vp vpon the kingdome of his father, and made him selfe strong, andBecause the wic ked liue euer in
〈◊〉
ād also are ambitious, they become cruel, ād spare not to mur ther thē, whome by nature they ought
〈◊〉
to cherishe and defende. sle we all his brethren with the sworde, and also of the princes ofMeanyng, of Iu dah and Beniamin. Israél.
5 Iehoram was two and thirtie yere olde, whē he began to reigne, ād he reigned eight yere in Ierusalém.
6 And he walked in the waye of the Kings of Israél, as the house of Ahab had done: for he had the daughter of Ahab toSo that we se howe it cannot be that we shuld ioyne with the wicked and
〈◊〉
God. wife, and he wroght euil in the eies of the Lord.
7 Howbeit the Lorde wolde not destroye the house of Dauid, because of the * couenant2.
〈◊〉
. 7. 12. that he had made with Dauid, and because1. King. 2. 4. and 9. 5. he had promised to giue a light to hym, and2. King. 8. 19. to his sonnes for euer.Chap. 6. 16.
8 ¶In his dayes Edóm rebelled frō vnder the hand of Iudah, and made a King ouer them.
9 And Iehoram went forthe with his princes, and al his charets with him: ād he rose vp by
night, and smote Edóm, which had cōpassed him in, and the captaines of the charets.
10 But Edóm rebelled from vnder the hand of Iudáh vnto this day. then didRead
〈◊〉
, King.
〈◊〉
, 22. Libna rebell at the same time from vnder his hand, because he had forsaken the Lord God of his fathers.
11 ¶Moreouer he made hie places in the moū
taines of Iudáh, and claused the inhabitants of Ierusalém to commitMeaning, idola trie, because that the idolater brea keth promes with GOD
〈◊〉
as doeth the adulteresse to her housband. fornication, and cō pelled Iudáh (thereto.)
12 And there came a writing to him frō
Some thinke that this was Elishá, so called, because he had the Spirit in abū dance, as had Eliáh. Eliáh the Prophet, saying, Thus saith the LORD God of Dauid thy father, Because thou hast not walked in the wayes of Iehoshaphát thy father, nor in the wayes of Asá King of Iudáh,
13 But hast walked in the way of the Kings of Israél, & hast made Iudáh and the inhabitants of Ierusalém to go a whoring, as the house of Aháb went a whoring, and hast also sleane thy brethren of thy fathers house, whiche were better then thou,
14 Beholde, with a great plague wil the Lord smite thy people, and thy children, and thy wiues, and all thy substance,
15 And thou shalt be in great diseases in the disease of thy bowels, vntilwe se this exā ple daily practised vpon them that fall away
〈◊〉
God, and becomeidolaters & murtherers of their brethren. thy bowels fall out for the disease, day by day.
16 ¶So the Lord stirred vp against Iehorám the spirit of the Philistims, and the Arabians that were beside theThere were other Arabians in
〈◊〉
Southward toward Egypt. Ethiopians.
17 And they came vp into Iudáh, and brake into it, and caried away all the substance that was founde in the Kings house, and his sonnes also, and his wiues, so that there was not a sonne left him, saueCalled also Aha ziáh, as Chap. 22, 1,
〈◊〉
Azariáh,
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. Iehoaház, the yongest of his sonnes.
18 And after all this, the Lord smote him in his bowels with an incurable disease.
19 And in processe of time, euen after the end of two yeres, his guttes fell out with his disease: so he dyed of sore diseases: and his peo ple made no burning for him like the burning of his fathers.
20 When he began to reigne, he was two and thirtie yere olde, and reigned in Ierusalém eight yere,That is, assome write, hewas not regarded, but deposed for his wic kednes & idolatrie so that his sonne reigned 22 yeres, (his father yet lyuing) with out honour, & after his fathers death he was cō
〈◊〉
to reigne
〈◊〉
as Chap.
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. and liued without being desired yet they buryed him in the citie of Dauid, but not among the sepulchres of the Kings.
CHAP. XXII.
1 Ahaziáh reigneth after Iehorám. 8 Iehú King of Israél killeth Ahaziah. 10 Athaliáh putteth to death all the Kings linage. 11 Ioásh escapeth.
1 ANd * the inhabitants of Ierusalém made2, King 8, 24. Ahaziáh his yongest sonne King in his stead: for the armie that cameMeaning, the
〈◊〉
. with the Ara bians to the campe, had sleane all the eldest: therefore Ahaziáh the sonne of Iehorám King of Iudáh reigned.
2 Two andRead Chap.
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. fourty yere olde (was) Ahaziáh when he began to reigne, & he reignedThat is, after the death of his
〈◊〉
. one yere in Ierusalém, & his mothers name (was) Athaliáh the daughterShe was
〈◊〉
daughter, who
〈◊〉
the sonne of
〈◊〉
. of Omri.
3 He walked also in the waies of the house of Aháb: for his mother counseled him to do wickedly.
4 Wherefore he did euil in the sight of the Lord, like the house of Aháb: for they were hisHe sheweth that it
〈◊〉
followe that the rulers
〈◊〉
suche as theit counselers be, and that there can not be a good King, that suffreth wicked counselers. counselers after the death of his father, to his destruction.
5 And he walked after their counsel, and wēt with Iehoram the sonne of Aháb King of Is raél to fight against Hazaél King of Arám at Ramóth Gileád: and the Aramites smote Iorám.
6 ¶And he returned to be healed in Izreél, be cause of the woundes where with thei had wounded him at Ramáh, whē he foght with Hazaél King of Arám. Now Azariáh the son ne of Iehorám King of Iudáh went downe to se Iehorám the sonne of Aháb at Izreél, because he was diseased.
7 And the destruction of AhaziáhHereby we se hownothing can come to any, but by Godsprouiden ce and as he
〈◊〉
appointed, & therefore he causeth al meanes to serue to his wil. came of God in that he went to Iorám: for when he was come, he went forthe with Iehorám against Iehú the sonne of Nimshi, * whome the Lord had anointed to destroye the house of Aháb.
8 Therefore when IehúOr, toke vengeance. executed iudgemēt2 King
〈◊〉
7. vpon the house of Aháb, & founde the princes of Iudáh and the sonnes of the brethren of Ahaziáh that waited on Ahaziáh, he slewe them also.
9 And he soght Ahaziáh, and they caught him where he was hid in Samaria, & broght him to Iehú, and slewe him, and buryed him, because, said thei, he is the sonne ofThis was the
〈◊〉
plague of God because he ioyned him selfe with Gods enemies: yet God to declare the worthines of
〈◊〉
phāt his grand father, moued them togiue him the honour of burval. Iehoshaphát, which soght the Lord with all his heart So the house of Ahaziáh was not able to reteine the kingdome.
10 ¶*Therefore when Athaliáh the mother of Ahaziáh sawe that her sonne was dead, she arose andTo the intent that there shulde be none to make title to the crowne, and so she might vsurpe the gouernement. destroyed all the Kings sede of the house of Iudáh.
11 But Iehoshabeáth the daughter of the King toke Ioáh the sonne of Ahaziah, and stale2 King. 11. 1. him from among the Kings sonnes, that shul de be sleane, and put him & his nurce in the bed chamber: so Iehoshabeáth the daughter of King Iehorám the wife of Iehoiadá the Priest [for she was the sister of Ahaziáh] hid him from Athaliáh: so she slewe him not.
12 And he was with them hid in theMeaning, in the chāberwhere the Priests and Leuites slept, which kept their courses weekly in the Temple. house of God six yeres, whiles Athaliáh reigned ouer theTo wit, of
〈◊〉
dáh. land.
CHAP. XXIII.
1 Ioàsh the sonne of Ahaziàh is made King. 3 Athaliah is put to death. 17 The Temple of Báal is destroyed. 19 Iehoiadá appointeth ministers in the Temple.
1 ANd *Of the reigne of Athaliá, or after the death of Ahaziáh. in the seuentie yere Iehoiadá waxed2.
〈◊〉
. 11. 4. bolde, and toke the captaines of hū
dreths, (to wit,) Azariáh the sonne of Iehorám, and Ishmaél the sonne of Iehohanán, & Azariáh the sonne of Obéd, and Maasiáh the sonne of Zichri incouenant with him.
2 And they went about in Iudáh, and gathered
the Leuites out of all the cities of Iudáh, and the chief fathersMeaning of
〈◊〉
dáh & Beniamin read Why they are called Israél. of Israél: and they came to Ierusalém.
3 And all the Congregacion made a couen antChap 15. 17. with the King in the house of God: & he said vnto them, Beholde, the Kings sonne muste reigne, * as the Lord hathe said of the sonnes2 Sam. 7. 12. of Dauid.1 King 2. 4.
4 This is it that ye shal do, The third parte ofChap. 21. 7.
2. King. 11. 6. you that come on the Sabbath of the Priests & the Leuites, (shal be) porters of the dores.
5 And (another) third parte to warde the Kings house, and (another) third parte at the * gate of theWhich Was the chief gate of the Temple toWard the East. fundacion, and all the people (shalbe) in the courtes of the house of the Lord.
6 But let none come into the house of the Lord, saue the priests, and the Leuites that minister: they shal go in, for they are holy: but al the people shal kepe the watch of the Lord.
7 And the Leuites shal compasse the King round about, and euerie man with his weapon in his hand, and he that entrethMeaning, to make any
〈◊〉
te or to hinder their
〈◊〉
. into the house, shalbe sleane, and be you with the King, when he commeth in, and when he goeth out.
8 ¶ So the Leuites & all Iudáh did according to all things that Iehoiadá the Priest had cóman ded, and toke euery man his men that came on the Sabbath, with them thatWhich had
〈◊〉
their course on the Sabbath, and so the other part entred to kepe their turne. went out on the Sabbath: for Iehoiadà the Priest did not discharge the courses.
9 And Iehoiadá the Priest deliuered to the captaines of hundreths speares, and shields, & bucklers which had bene King Dauids, and were in the house of God.
10 And he caused all the people to stand [euerie man with his weapon in his hand] from the right side of the house, to the left side of the house by the altar and by the
〈◊〉
, the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Where
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
stode. house rounde about the King.
11 Then they broght out the Kings sonne, and put vpon him the crowne and (gaue him) theThat is, the
〈◊〉
ke of the Law, or as
〈◊〉
, they put
〈◊〉
him
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
parel. testimonie, and made him King. And Iehoiadá and his sonnes anointed him, and said, God saue the King.
12 ¶ But when Athaliáh heard the noise of the people running and praising the King, she came to the people into the house of the Lord.
13 And whenOr, sawe the King standing. she loked, beholde, the King stode by his piller at the entring in, and the princes and the trumpets by the King, and al the people of the land reioyced, and blewe the trumpets, and the singers (were) with instruments of musike, and they that colde
〈◊〉
praise: then Athaliáh rent her clothes, and said,Declaring
〈◊〉
vile impudencie, Which hauing vn iustly, and by murther vsurped the crowne, Wol de shl haue defea red the true
〈◊〉
, and therefore called true
〈◊〉
treasō. Treason, treason.
14 Then Iehoiadá the Priest broght out the ca ptaines of hundreths that were gouerners of the hoste, and said vnto them, Haue her forthe of the ranges, and he thatTo ioyne
〈◊〉
her partie, & to
〈◊〉
her
〈◊〉
. followeth her, let him dye by the sworde: forthe
〈◊〉
had said, Slea her not in the house of the Lord.
15 So they layed hands on her: and wher she was come to the entring of the horsegate by the Kings house, thei slewe her there.
16 ¶ And Iehoiadá made aThat they Wold onely serue him and renounce all
〈◊〉
. couenant betwene him, & all the people, and the King, that they wolde be the Lords people.
17 And all the people wēt to the house of Báal, andAccording to their couenane made to the Lord. destroyed it, and brake his altars & his images, & sleweAs the Lord commanded in his Lawe bothe for the persone and also the
〈◊〉
Deu. 13, 9 & 15. Mattán the Priest of Báal before the altars.
18 And Iehoiadá appointed officers for the house of the Lord, vnder theOr, charge. hands of the Priests and Leuites, whome Dauid had distributed for the house of the LORD, to offer burnt offrings vnto the Lord, * as it is writen in the La we of Mosés, with reioycing & singingNomb. 28,
〈◊〉
. by the appointement of Dauid.
19 And he set porters by the gates of the house of the Lord, that none that was vncleane in anything, shulde entre in.
20 And he toke the captaines of hundreths, and the noble men, and the gouerners of the people, and all the people of the land, and he caused the King to come downe out of the house of the Lord, and they went throughVVhiche Was the principal gate, that the King might be sene of all the people. the hie gate of the Kings house, and set the King vpon the throne of the kingdome.
21 Then all the people of the land reioyced, & the citie was quiet,For Where a tyrant & an idolater reigneth, there can be no quietnes: for the plagues of GOD are ouer among such people. after that thei had sleane Athaliáh with the sworde.
CHAP. XXIIII.
4 Ioásh repaireth the house of the Lord. 17 After the death of Iehoiadá he falleth idolatrie. 21 He stoneth to death
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
. 25 Ioash is killed of his owne seruants. 27 After him
〈◊〉
Amaziah.
1 IOásh * (was) seuen yere olde when he began2. King 12,
〈◊〉
. to reigne, and he reigned fourtie yere in Ierusalém: and his mothers name was Zibiáh of Beer-shéba.
2 And Ioásh did vprightly in the sight of the Lord, all the dayes ofVVho Was a faithful
〈◊〉
, and gouerned him by the Word of God. Iehoiadá the Priest.
3 And Iehoiadá toke him two wiues, and he
〈◊〉
sonnes and daughters.
4 ¶ And after ward it came into Ioásh minde,
〈◊〉
Or, gaue him two Wiues. to renue the house of the Lord.
5 And he assembled the Priestes and the Leuites, and said to them, Go out vnto the cities of Iudáh, and gather of allHe meaneth not the ten tribes but onely the two tribes of
〈◊〉
& Beniamin Israél money to repaire the house of your God, from yere to yere, and haste the thing: but the Leuites hasted not.
6 Therefore the King called Iehoiadá, theFor he Was the hie Priest. chief, and said vnto him, Why hast thou not required of the Leuites to bring in out of Iudáh and Ierusalém * the taxe of Mosés theExod.
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
seruant of the Lord, and of the Congregaciō of Israél, for the Tabernacle of the testimonie?
7 ForThe Scripture doeth terme her thus, because she Was a
〈◊〉
mur therer, and a blas phemous
〈◊〉
. wicked Athaliáh, (and) her children brake vp the house of God: & all the things that were dedicate for the house of the Lord did thei besto we vpon Baalim.
8 Therefore the King commanded, * and they2. King. 12, 9.
made a chest; ād set it at the gate of the house of the Lord.
9 And they made proclamacion through Iudah and Ierusalém, to bryng vnto Lorde *Exod. 30.
〈◊〉
. the taxe of Mosés the seruant of God, (laied) vpon Israél in the wildernes.
10 And all the princes and all the people reioy ced, and broght in, and caste into the chest, vntill they had finished.
11 And when it was tyme,Suche as Were faythfull men,
〈◊〉
the King had
〈◊〉
for that matter. they broght the chest vnto the Kyngs officer by the hand of the Leuites: and when they sawe that there was muche siluer, then the Kings Scribe [and one appointed by the hye Priest] came and emptied the chest, and toke it, and caried it to his place againe: thus they did day by day, and gathered siluer in abundance.
12 And the Kyng andSignifiyng, that this thyng
〈◊〉
done by
〈◊〉
and counsel, and
〈◊〉
by a y one
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Iehoiada gaue it to suche as did the labour (ād) worke in the house of the Lorde, and hyred masons and carpenters to repaire the house of the Lorde: (they gaue it) also to workers of yron and brasse, to repaire the house of the Lorde.
13 So the workemen wroght, and the workeEbr. a medicine Was vpon the Worke, meaning it Was
〈◊〉
. amended through their hands: and they re stored the house of GOD to hys state, and strengthened it.
14 And when they had finished it, they broght the rest of the siluer before the King and Iehoiadá, and he made thereof
〈◊〉
the Wicked Kings his
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
nad destroyed the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. vessels for the house of the LORDE, (euen) vessels to minister, bothe morters and (incense) cuppes, and vessels of golde, and of siluer: and they offred burnt offrings in the house of the Lorde continually all the dayes of Iehoiada.
15 ¶ But Iehoiada waxed olde, and was full of dayes and dyed. And hundreth and thirtie yere olde (was he) when he dyed.
16 And they buryed him in the citie of Dauid with theSignifiynge,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
colde not honour him to
〈◊〉
, Who had so
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
se ued in the
〈◊〉
: of the
〈◊〉
, and in the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
We
〈◊〉
. Kings, because he had done good in Israél, and towarde God and his house.
17 ¶ And after the death of sehoiadá, came the
〈◊〉
Were
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and knew now that the
〈◊〉
Was de
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
did
〈◊〉
ouer him a, afathe, ād
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
hym to
〈◊〉
vile
〈◊〉
. princes of Iudah, and did reuerence to the King, and the King hearkened vnto them.
18 And they left the house of the Lord God of their fathers, and serued groues and idoles: and wrath came vpon Iudah and Ierusalém, because of this their trespasses.
19 And (God) sent Prophetes among them to bring them againe vnto the Lorde: and theyThey
〈◊〉
: hea uen and earthād all
〈◊〉
to Witnes, that
〈◊〉
returned to the Lord, he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
their infide
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
. made protestation among them, but they wolde not heare.
20 And the Spirit of God came vpon Zechariah the sonne of Iehoiada the Priest, whiche stodeIn a place aboue the people to the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
be heard. aboue the people, and sayd vnto them, Thus saith GOD, Why transgresseye the commandements of the Lorde: surely it shall not prosper:
〈◊〉
ye haue forsaken the Lord, he also hathe forsaken you.
21 Then they conspired agaynst hym and stoned hym with stones at the
〈◊〉
is no ra
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
as of thē Whose hea
〈◊〉
God hathe harde ned, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in su
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
in the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
ād pure sim
〈◊〉
of hys Worde. commaundement of the Kyng, in the court of the house of the Lord.
22 Thus Ioash the Kyng remembred not the kindenes which Iehoiadá his father had done to him, but slewe his sonne. And when he dyed, he said, The LordReuenge my death and
〈◊〉
my blood at your hands: or he speaketh this by
〈◊〉
, because he knewe that God
〈◊〉
do it This
〈◊〉
is also called the sonne of
〈◊〉
Mat.
〈◊〉
. 35. because his progenitours
〈◊〉
Iddo,
〈◊〉
, Iehoiadá &c. loke vpon it, and require it.
23 ¶ And when the yere was out, the hoste of Arám came vp against him, and thei came against Iudáh and Ierusalém, and destroyed all the princes of the people from among the people, and sent all the spoile of them vnto the King of Damascus.
24 Thoght the armie of Arám came with a small company of men, yet the Lord deliuered a very great armie into their hand, because they had forsaken the Lord God of their fathers: & theyThat
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
and cheked him, & handeled him rigorously. gaue sentence against Ioásh.
25 And when thei were departed from him, [for thei left him in great diseases] his owne seruants conspired against him for the blood of theMeaning zacharie Which Was one of Iehoiadas sonnes and a
〈◊〉
phet of the Lord children of Iehoiadá the Priest, and slewe him on his bed, and he dyed, and they buryed him in the citie of Dauid: but they buryed him not in the sepulchres of the Kings.
26 And these are they that conspired against him, Zabád the sonne of Shimráth an Ammonitesse, and Iehozabád the sonne of Shim rith a Moabitesse.
27 ButThat is concer ning his sonnes &c. his sonnes, and the summe of the taxe (gathered) by him, and theThat is, the
〈◊〉
. fundacion of the house of God, beholde, they are writen in the storie of the boke of the Kings. And Amaziáh his sonne reigned in his stead.
CHAP. XXV.
3 Amaziáh putteth them to death which slewe his father. 10 He sen deth backe them of Israél. 11 He ouercōmeth the Edomites, 14 He falleth to
〈◊〉
. 17 And Ioash King
〈◊〉
Israél ouercometh Amaziah 27 He is slayne by a conspiracle.
1 AMaziáh was fiue and twentie yere olde, whē he began to reigne, and he reigned nine and twentie yere in * Ierusalém: and his2. King. 14. 2. mothers name (was) Iehoaddán, of Ierusalém.
2 And he didMeaning, in re spect of his
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
he had his imper
〈◊〉
. vprightly in the eyes of the Lord but not with a perfite heart.
3 And when the kingdome was established vnto him, he
〈◊〉
his seruāts, that had slayne the King his father.
4 But he
〈◊〉
not their children, but (did,) as it is writen in the Law, (and) in the boke of Mosés, where the Lord commanded, saying,Deut. 24. 16. * The fathers shal not dye for theThat is, for the faute Wherefore the childe is punished, except he be culpable of
〈◊〉
fame. children2. King. 14. 6. nether shal the children dye for the fathers,Iere.
〈◊〉
. 30. but euerie man shal dye for his owne sinne.Ezek. 18. 20.
5 ¶ And Amaziáh assembled Iudáh, and made them captaines ouer thousands, and captaines ouer hundreths according to the houses of their fathers, throughout all Iudáh and
〈◊〉
and he nōbred them fromSo many as Were able men to beare
〈◊〉
aud go to the
〈◊〉
. twentie yere olde and aboue, and founde among them thre hundreth thousand chosen men, to go forthe to the warre, and to hādle spea re and shield.
6 He hyred also an hundreth thousand valiant menThat is, out of the ten tribes, which had separated them selues before, bothe frō God and their true King. out of Israél for an hundreth talents of siluer.
7 But a man of God came to him, saying, O King, let not the armie of Israél go with thee for the Lord is notAnd therefore to thinke to haue helpe of them, whome the Lord fauoreth not, is to cast of the helpe of the Lord. with Israél, (nether) with all the house of Ephráim.
8 IfIf thou wilt not giue credit to my wordes. not, go thou on, do it, make thy selfe strōg to the battel, (but) God shal make thee fall before the enemie: for God hathe power to helpe, and to cast downe.
9 And Amaziáh said to the man of God, What shal we do then for the hundreth talents, which I haue giuen to the hoste of Israél? Then the man of God answered, The Lord is able toHe sheweth that if we depēd onely vpon God we shal not nede to be troubled with these worldlie respects: for he wil giue at all times that which shalbe necessarie if we obey his worde. giue thee more then this.
10 So Amaziáh separated thē, (to wit,) the armie that was come to him out of Ephráim, to returne to their place: wherefore their wrath was kindled greatly against Iudáh, and they returned to their places with great angre.
11 Then Amaziáh was encouraged, and led forthe his people, and went to the salt valley, and smote of the children ofFor the
〈◊〉
whome Dauid had broght to subiectiō, rebelled vnder Iehorā Ieho shaphats sonne. Seir, ten thousand.
12 And (other) ten thousand did the children of Iudáh take aliue, and caryed them to the toppe of aIn the 2. King. 14. 7. this rocke is called the citie Selá. rocke, and cast thē downe from the toppe of the rocke, and they all burst to pieces.
13 But the men of theThat is, the hū dreth thousand of Israél. armie, which Amaziáh sent away, that they shulde not go with his people to battel, fell vpon the cities of Iudáh from Samaria vnto Bethhorón, and smo te thre thousand of them, and toke muche spoyle.
14 Now after that Amaziáh was come frō the slaughter of the Edomites, he broght the gods of the children of Seir, and set them vp to be his gods, andThus where he shulde haue giueth the praise to God for his be nefites and great victorie, he fel from God, and did most vilely dishonour him. worshiped them, and burned incense vnto them.
15 Wherefore the Lord was wroth with Amaziáh, and sent vnto him a Prophet, which said vnto him, Why hast thou soght the gods of the people, which where not able toHe proueth that whatsoeuer can not saue him selfe, nor his wor shipers, is no God but an idole deliuer their owne people out of thine hand?
16 And as he talked with him,Meaning, the King. he said vnto him, Haue thei made thee the Kings counseler? cease thou: why shulde theySo
〈◊〉
it is for the carnal mā to be admonished for his faute, that he contēneth, mocketh and threateneth him that
〈◊〉
him: yea, im prisoneth him and
〈◊〉
him to death, smite thee? And the Prophet ceased, but said, I knowe that God hathe determined to destroye thee because thou hast done this, and hast not2. Chro. 6 10 & 18 26. and 24. 21 obeyed my counsel.
17 ¶ Then Amaziáh King of Iudáh toke coun sel, and sent to Ioásh the sonne of Iehoaház, the sonne of Iehú King of Israél, saying, Come,That is, let vs
〈◊〉
the matter hand to hand: for he was offended that the armie of the Israelires, whome he had in wages, and di missed by the counsel of the Prophet, had destroyed certeine of the cities of Iudáh. let vs se one another in the face.
18 But Ioásh King of Israél sent to Amaziáh King of Iudáh, saying, The thistle that is in Lebanōn, sent to the cedre that is in Lebanō saying, * Giue thy daughter to my sonne to wife: and the wilde beast that was in Lebanón went and trode downe the thistle.
19 Thou thinkest: lo, thou hast smiten Edóm,2. King. 14 9. and thine heart lifteth thee vp to bragge: abide now at home: why doest thou prouoke to (thine) hurt, that thou shuldest fall, and Iudáh with thee?
20 But Amaziáh wolde not heare: forThus God oft times plagueth by those meanes wherein men moste trust, to teache them to haue theirrecour se onely to him and to shewe his iudgements, moueth their hearts to followe that which shalbe their destruction. it was of God, that he might deliuer them into (his) hand, because they had soght the gods of Edóm.
21 So Ioásh the King of Israél went vp: and he and Amaziáh King of Iudáh sawe one another in the face at Bethshémesh, which is in Iudáh.
22 And Iudáh was put to the worse before Israél, and they fled euerie man to histents.
23 But Ioásh the King of Israél toke Amaziáh King of Iudáh, the sonne of Ioásh, the sonne of Iehoaház in Bethshémesh, ād broght him to Ierusalém, and brake downe the wall of le rusalém, from the gate of Ephraim vnto the corner gate, foure hundreth cubites.
24 And (he toke) all the golde and the siluer, and all the vessels that were founde in the house of God withMeaning, the sucessers of Obéd Edom: for the house bare the name of the chief father. Obéd Edóm, and in the treasures of the Kings house, and the children that were in hostage, and returned to Samaria.
25 ¶ And Amaziáh the sonne of Ioásh King of Iudáh liued after the death of Ioásh sonne of Iehoaház King of Israél, fiftene yere.
26 Cōcerning the rest of the actes of Amaziáh first and last, are they not writen in the boke of the Kings of Iudáh and Israél?
27 Now after the time that Amaziáh did turne away from the Lord, * they wroght treason2. King. 14. 19. against him in Ierusalém: and when he was fled to Lachish, thei sent to Lachish after him and slewe him there.
28 And thei broght him vpon horses, and buryed him with his fathers in the citie of Iudáh.
CHAP. XXVI.
1. 5 Vzziáh obeying the Lord, prospereth in his enterprises 16 He waxeth proude and vsurpeth the Priests office. 19 The Lord plagueth him. 20 The Priests driue him out of the Temple, and exclude him out of the Lords house. 23. His buryal, and his successour.2. King. 14. 21
1 THē * al the people of Iudáh tokeCalled allo
〈◊〉
riáh. Vzziáh which was sixtene yere olde, & made him King in the stead of his father Amaziáh.
2 He buyltHe fortified it & made it
〈◊〉
this citie was also called Eláth and Elanon, nere to the red Sea. Elóth, and restored it to Iudah after that the King slept with his fathers.
3 * Sixtene yere olde (was) Vzziah, when he began to reygne, and he reygned two and fiftie yere in Ierusalém, and his mothers name2. King 15. 2. (was) Iecoliah of Ierusalém.
4 And he dyd vpryghtlye in the sight of the Lord, accordyng to all that hys father Amaziah did,
5 And he soght God in the dayes ofThis was not that zechariáh that was the son ne of
〈◊〉
, but some other Prophet of that name. Zechariah [whiche vnderstode the visions of God] and when asFor God neuer forsaketh any that seketh vnto him, & therefore man is the cause of his owne destruction. he soght the Lord, God made him to prosper.
6 For he went forthe and foght against the Phi listims and brake downe the wall of Gath, and the wall of Iabnéh, and the wall of Ashdóh,
and buylt cities in Ashdód, and among the Philistims.
7 And God helped him against the Philistims, and against the Arabians that dwelt in Gurbáal and Hammeunim.
8 And the Ammonites gaueThat is, thei payed
〈◊〉
in signe of subiectiō
giftes to Vzziáh & his name spred to the entring in of Egypt: for he did moste valiantly.
9 Moreouer Vzziáh buylt to wres in Ierusalém at the corner gate, and at the valley gate, and at the *
〈◊〉
as the walle or towre turneth. turning, and made them strong.Nehem. 3,
〈◊〉
. & 24
10 And he buylt towres in the wildernes, and digged manyOr,
〈◊〉
. cisternes: for he had muche cattel bothe in the valle is and plaines, plowmen,
〈◊〉
dressers of vines in the mountaines, and inThat is, in moū:
〈◊〉
, or,
〈◊〉
the worde signifieth,
〈◊〉
the fruteful field it is also taken for a grene
〈◊〉
of corne, when it is sul, as Lem 2, 4. Carmél: for he loued housban drie.
11 Vzziáh had also an hoste of fighting mē that went out to warre by bandes, according to the counte of their nomber vnder the hand of Ieiél the scribe, and Maaseiáh the ruler, (&) vnder the hand of Hananiáh, one of the Kings captaines.
12 The wholeOf the chief officers of the Kings house or of the captaines and
〈◊〉
geants for warre nomber of the chief of the families of the valiātmen (were) two thousand and six hundreth.
13 And vnder their hand (was) the armie for warre, thre hundreth and seuen thousand, & fiue hundreth that foght valiantly to helpe the King against the enemie.
14 And Vzziáh prepared them through out all the hoste, shields, and speares, and helmets, and brigandines, and bowes, and stones to sling.
15 He made also verieEbr. engins by the inuention of an
〈◊〉
man. artificial engins in Ieru salém, to be vpon the towres and vpon corners, to shote arowes and great stones: and his name spred farre abroade, because (God) did helpe him meruelously, til he was mightie.
16 ¶ But when he was strong, his heartThus prosperi ie causeth men to trust in them selues, & by forgetting him, whiche is the autor there of, procure their owne
〈◊〉
was lift vp to (his) destruction: for the transgressed against the Lord his God, and went into the Temple of the Lord to burne incense vpon the altar of incense.
17 And Azariáh the Priest went in after him, & with him foure score Priests of the Lord, valiant men.
18 And they withstode Vzziáh the King, and said vnto him, * It perteineth not to thee,Nomb. 18, 7. Vzziáh, to burne incense vnto the Lord, but to the Priests the sonnes of Aarón, that are consecrated for to offer incense:Thogh his zeale semed to be good & also his intencion, yet because they were not go uerned by the word of God, he did wickedly, & was therefore bothe iustely resi sted & also punished. go for the of the Sanctuarie: for thou hast transgressed, & thou shalt haue none honour of the Lord God.
19 Then Vzziáh was wroth, and had incense in his hād to burne it: and while he was wroth with the Priests, the leprosie rose vp in his forehead before the Priests in the house of the Lord beside the incense altar.
20 And when Azariáh the chief Priest with all the Priests loked vpon him, beholde, he was leprous in his forehead, and they caused him hastely to departe thence: & he was euē compelled to go out, because the Lord had smiten him.
21 * And Vzziáh the King was a le prevnto the2. King. 15. 5. day of his death, and dwelt as a lepre in anAccording to the commandement of the Lord Leui. 13. 46. house aparte, because he was cut of from the house of the Lord and Iothám his sonne (ruled) ouer the Kings house, and iudged the people of the land.
22 Concerning the rest of the actes of Vzziáh first and last, did Isaiáh the Prophet the sonne of Amóz write.
23 So Vzziáh slept with his fathers, & they bu ryed him with his fathers in the field of the buryal, whiche perteined to the Kings: for they said, HeAnd therefore was buryed aparte in the same field, but not in the same
〈◊〉
with his predecessers. is a lepre. And Iothám his son ne reigned in his stead.
CHAP. XXVII.
1 Iothám reigned, and ouereōmeth the Ammonites. 8 His reigne & death. 9 Aház his sonne reigneth in his stead.
1 IOthán* (was) fyue & twētie yere olde whē
2. King. 15. 13. he began to reigne, and reigned sixtene yere in Ierusalém, and his mothers name was Ierusháh the daughter of Zadok.
2 And he did vprighthly in the sight of the Lord acording to all that his father Vzziáh did, saue that he entred not into theTo wit, to offer incēse against the worde of, GOD, whiche thing is spoken in the commendacion of Iothā. Temple of the Lord, & the people did yetThey were not cleane purged from idolatrie. corrupt (their waies)
3 He
〈◊〉
the hyeWhich was six score cubites
〈◊〉
& was for the height called Ophel: it was at the East gate, & mention is made of it, chap. 3, 4. gate of the house of the Lord, and he buylt very muche on the wall of the castel.
4 Moreouer he buylt cities in the moūtaines of Iudáh, and in the forests he buylt palaces and towres.
5 And he foght with the King of the children of Ammón, and preuailed against them. And the children of Ammón gaue him the same yere an hundreth talēts of siluer, & ten thou sandEbr. Corim. measures of wheat, and ten thousād of barly: this did the children of Ammón giue himOr yerely. bothe in the secódyete & the third.
6 So Iothám became migthieHe sheweth that all prosperitie cometh of God, who
〈◊〉
faileth, when we put our trust
〈◊〉
him. because he di rected his way before the Lord his God.
7 Concerning the rest of the actes of Iothám, and all his warres and his wayes, lo, they are writen in the boke of the Kings of Isráel and Iudáh.
8 He was fyue and twentie yere olde when he began to reigne, and reigned sixtene yere in Ierusalém.
9 And Iothám slept with his fathers, and they buryed him in the citie of Dauid: & Aház his sonne reigned in his stead.
CHAP. XXVIII.
1 Aház an ydolater is giuen into the hands of the Sitians, & the King of Israél. 9 The Prophet reproueth the Israelites crueltie: 18 Iudáh is molested with enemies 23 Aházincreaseth his idolatrie. 26 His death & successour.
1 AHáz * (was) twentie yere olde when he2. King. 16, 2. began to reigned sixtene yere in Ierusalém,
〈◊〉
Or
〈◊〉
sour. & did not vprightly in the sight of the Lord, like Dauid his father.
2 ButHe was an
〈◊〉
latte, like
〈◊〉
. he wallked in the wayes of the Kings of Israél and made euen molten images for
As the
〈◊〉
haue certeine chief idoles, who are as pations: (as were these Baalim) so haue they others which are
〈◊〉
& do represent the great idoles. Baalim.
3 Moreouer he burnt incense in the valley of Ben-hinnom, and burnt his sonnes with fyre after the abominaciōs of the heathē whome the Lord had cast out before the children of Israél.
4 He sacrificed also and burnt incense in the hie places, and on hilles, and vnder euerie"Or, made them passe through the
〈◊〉
, as Chap. 33, 6. grene tre.
5 Wherefore the Lord his God deliuered him into the hand of the King of the Aramites, &Lt u. 18, 21. they smote him, and toke of his,Ebr. a great captiuitie. manie prisoners, and broght them to Damascus: and he was also
〈◊〉
into the hand of the King of Israél, which smote him with a great slaughter.
6 For
〈◊〉
was Kīg of Israél. Pekáh the sonne of Remaliáh, slewe in Iudah six score thousand in one day, allEbr. sonnes of
〈◊〉
. valiant men, because they had forsaken the Lord God of their fathers.
7 And Zichri aOr, tyrant. mightic man of Ephráim sle we Maaseiáh the Kings sonne, and Azrikám the gouernour
〈◊〉
the house, and
〈◊〉
the seconde after the King.
8 And the children of Israél toke prisoners of their brethren,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, ed
〈◊〉
. two hundreth thousand of women sonnes and daughters, and caryed away muche spoile of them, and broght the spoile to Samaria.
9 ¶ But there was a Prophet of the Lords, [whose name (was) Odéd] and he went out before the hoste that came to Samaria, and said vnto them, Beholde,
〈◊〉
they thoght they had ouercome them by their owne
〈◊〉
, and did not consider that God had deliuered them into their hands, because
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
offended him. because the Lord God of your fathers is wroth with Iudáh, he hathe deliuered them into your hand, and ye haue slaine them in a rage, that reacheth vp to heauen.
10 And now ye purpose to kepe vnder the chil dren of Iudáh and Ierusalém, as seruants and hand maides vnto you: but are not you (suche that)May not GOD
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
you for your sinnes, as he hathe done these men for theirs,
〈◊〉
are greater? sinnes (are) with you before the Lord your God?
11 Now therefore heare me, and deliuer the captaines againe, which ye haue taken prisoners of your brethren: for the fearce wrath of the Lord (is) to ward you.
12 Wherefore certeine of the chief of the children ofVVhiche tribe
〈◊〉
now greatest, & had mosle
〈◊〉
. Ephráim, Azariáh the sonne of Ieho hanán, Berech iáh the sōne of Meshillemōth, and
〈◊〉
the sonne of Shallū, and Amasá the sonne of Hadlái, stode vp against them that came from the warre,
13 And said vnto thē, Bring not in the captiues hether: for (this shalbe)God wil not suffre this
〈◊〉
, which we
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
him to be
〈◊〉
. a sinne vpon vs (against) the Lord: ye entēd to adde more to our sinnes and to our trespasse, thogh our tres passe be great, and the fearce wrath (of God is) against
〈◊〉
.
14 So the armie left the captiues and the spoile before the princes and all the Congregacion.
15 And the mē that wereVVhose names were rehearsed be
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. 2. named by name, rose vp and toke the prisoners, & with the spoile clothed all that were naked among them, and arayed them, and shod them, and gaue them meat and gaue them drinke, andEther for
〈◊〉
woundes or wea
〈◊〉
. anointed them, and caryed all that were feble of them vpon asses, and broght them to Ierichó the citie of Palmetrees to theirTo them of the tribe of Iudáh. brerhren: so they returned to Samaria.
16 ¶ At that time did King Aház send vnto theTo Tilgath Pilneéser, and those Kings that were vnder his
〈◊〉
, Kings of Asshúr, to helpe him.
17 [For the Edomites came more ouer, & slewe of Iudáh, and caryed away captiues.
18 The Philistims also inuaded the cities in the lowe countrey, and towarde the South of Iudáh, and toke Bethshémesh and Aialón, and Gederôth and Shochó, with the villages thereof, and Timnáh, with her villages, and Gimzo, with her villages, and they dwelt there.
19 For the Lord had humbled Iudáh, because of Aház King ofHe meaneth
〈◊〉
, because
〈◊〉
forsoke the Lord & soght helpe of the infideler. read of Israél taken for Iudáh Chap. 15.
〈◊〉
. Israél: for he had broght vengeance vpon Iudáh and had grieuously transgressed against the Lord]
20 And Tigláth Pilneéser King of Asihúr came vnto him who troubled him & did not streng then him.
21 For AházEbr. diuided. toke a porcion * out of the hou se of the Lord and out of the Kings house &2 King. 16. 8. of the princes, and gaue vnto the King of Asshúr: yet it helped him not.
22 And in the time of his tribulacion did he yet trespasse more against the Lord, [this is King Ahāz]
23 For he sacrificed vnto the gods of Damascus, whichAs he
〈◊〉
supposed. plagued him, and he said, Because the gods of the Kings of Arám helped them, I wil sacrifice vnto them, and they willThus the wicked measure Gods fauour by prosperitie and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for if idolatershprosper they make their idoles gods, not considering that God punisheth them oft times whome he loueth, and giueth his enemiesgood successe for a time whome afterwarde he wil destroye. helpe me: yet they were his ruine, and of allOr, Iudáh and Beniamin. Israél.
24 And Aház gathered the vessels of the house of God, and brake the vessels of the house of God, and shut vp the dores of the house of the Lord, and made him altars in euerie corner of Ierusalém.
25 And in euerie citie of Iudáh he made hie places, to burne incensevnto other gods, and prouoked to angre the Lord God of his fathers.
26 Concerning the rest of his actes, and all his wayes first and last, beholde, they are writen in the boke of the Kings of Iudáh, and Israél.
27 And Aház slept with his fathers, and they buryed him in the citieOr, in Ierusalém. of Ierusalém, but broght him not vnto theThey buryed him not in the citie of Dauid where were the sepulchres of the Kings. sepulchres of the Kings of Israél: and Hezekiáh his sonne reigned in his steade.
CHAP. XXIX,
3 5 Hezekiáh repareth the Temple and aduertiseth the Leuites of the corruptiō of religion. 12 The Leuites prepare the Temple. 20 The Kings and his princes sacrifice in the Temple. 25 The Leuites sing praises, 31 The oblacion of the people.
1 HEzekiáh * began to reigne, when he was2 King. 18. 1. fyne and twentie yere olde, and reigned nine and twentie yere in Ierusalém: and his mothers name (was)Or, Abi. Abiiáh the daughter of Zechariáh.
2 And he did vprightely in the sight of the Lord, according to all that Dauid hys father had done.
3 He opened theWhiche Ahaz had shut vp, Cha. 28. 24. dores of the house of the Lord in the first yere and in theThis is a notable example for all princes, first to establish the pure religion of God, & to procure that the Lord may be honored and serued a right. firste moneth of his reigne, and repared them.
4 And he broght in the Priests and the Leuites, and gathered them into the Easte strete,
5 And said vnto them, Heare me, ye Leuites: sanctifie now your selues, and sanctifie the house of the Lord God of your fathers, & carye fortheMeaning all the idoles, altars, groues & whatsoeuer was occupied in their seruice, and wherewith the Temple was polluted. the filthines out of the Sā
ctuarie.
6 For our fathers haue trespassed, and done euil in the eyes of the Lord our God, and haue for saken him, and turned away their faces from the Tabernacle of the Lord, & turned their backes.
7 They haue also shut the dores of the porche, and quenched the lampes, and haue nether burnt incense, nor offred burnt offrings in the Sanctuarie vnto the GOD of Israél.
8 He sheweth that the cōtempt of religion is the cause of all Gods plagues. Wherefore the wrath of the Lord hathe bene on Iudáh and Ierusalém: and he hath made them aOr, a nodding of the head and mockerie. scatering, a desolacion, and an hissing, as ye se with your eyes.
9 For lo, our fathers are fallē by the sword, and our sonnes, and our daughters, & our wiues (are) in captiuitie for the same cause.
10 NowEbr. it is in mine heart. I purpose to make a couenāt with the Lord God of Israél, that he mayHe proueth by the iudgemēts of God vppon those that haue cōtemned his word, that there is no waye to auoide his plagues, but by conforming them sel nes to his wil, Nomb. 18. 6. turne away his fearce wrath from vs.
11 Now my sonnes, be not deceiued: for the Lord hathe * chosen you to stande before him, to serue him, and to be hys ministers, and to burnt in cense.
12 ¶ Then the Leuites arose, Maháth the sonne of Amashái, & Ioélthe sonne of Azariáh of the sonnes of the Kohathites and of the sonnes of Merari, Kish the sonne of Abdi, and Azariáh the sonne of Iehalelél: and of the Gershonites, Ioáh the sonne of Zimmáh, and Edén the sonne of Ioáh:
13 And of the sonnes of Elizaphán, Shimri, & Iehiél: and of the sonnes of Asáph, Zechariáh, and Mattaniáh:
14 And of the sonnes of Hemán, Iehiél, and Shimei: & of the sonnes of Ieduthún, Shemaiáh and Vzziél.
15 And they gathered their brethren, & sanctified them selues and came accordyng to the commandemēt of the King, (and)Or,
〈◊〉
the thinges of the Lord. by the wordes of the Lorde, for to clense the house of the Lord.
16 And the Priests went into the inner partes of the house of the Lord, toFrom the pollucions & filth that Ahaz had broght in. clense it, and broght out all the vnclennes that they founde in the Temple of the Lord, into the courte of the house of the Lord & the Leuites toke it, to carie it out vnto the broke Kidrón.
17 They began the first (day) of theWhich cōteined
〈◊〉
of Marche & parte of April. first moneth to sāctifie it, and the eight day of the moneth came they to the porche of the Lord: so they sanctified the house of the Lord in eight dayes, and in the sixtente day of the first moneth they made an end.
18 ¶ Thē they went in to Hezekiah the King, and said, We haue clensed all the house of the LORD and the altar of burnt offring, with all the vessels therof, and theOr, table where the bread was
〈◊〉
inordre. shewbread table, with all the vessels thereof:
19 And all the vessels whyche Kynge Aház had cast aside when he reigned, (and) trāsgressed, haue we prepared and sanctified: and beholde, they are before the altar of the Lord.
20 ¶ And Hezekiáh the KingBy this maner of speache the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and spede to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thing, and when there is no delay.
〈◊〉
4. 14. rose early, & gathered the Princes of the citie, and went vp to the house of the Lord.
21 And they broght seuen bullockes, and seuen rams, and seuen lambes, and seuen he goates, for a * sin offring for the kyngdome, and for the Sanctuarie, and for Iudáh. And he commanded the Priestes the sonnes of Aarón, to offer (them) on the altar of the Lord.
22 So they slewe the bullockes, & the Priests receiued the blood, andFor
〈◊〉
sprinkling
〈◊〉
blood
〈◊〉
colde he
〈◊〉
, Ebr. 9 21. exo
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. sprinkled it vpō the altar: they slewe also the rams & sprinkled the blood vppon the altar, and they slewe the lambes, and they sprinkled the blood vpon the altar.
23 Then they broght the hegoates for the sinne offring before the King and the Cō
gregacion,That is, the King and the Elders, as Leui. 4. 15. for they that offred a sinne offrig
〈◊〉
laye
〈◊〉
hands vpon it, to signifie that they had deserued that death, & also that they did consecrat it to God to be therby sanctified. and they laied theyr handes vpon them.
24 And the Priests slewe them, and with the blood of them they clēsed the altar to reconcile all Israél: for the Kynge had commanded for all Israél the burnt offringe & the sinne offring.
25 He appointed also the Leuites in the house of the Lord with cymbales, with violes, and with harpes, * according to theExod 29
〈◊〉
. commandement of Dauid, and Gad the1. Chro. 16. 4. Kings Seer, and Nathán the Prophet: for theThis thing was not appointed of man, but it was the
〈◊〉
ment of God. commandement (was) by the hand of the Lord, (and) by the hād of his Prophetes.
26 And the Leuites stode with the instruments of Dauid, and the Priestes with the trumpets.
27 And Hezekiáh commanded to offer the burnt offring vpon the altar: and whē the burnt offring begā, the song of theThe psalme which Dauid had appointed to be sung for thankes giuing. Lord began with the trumpets, and the instrumentsWhiche Dauid had appointed to praise the Lorde with. of Dauid King of Israél.
28 And all the Congregacion worshiped, singing a song, and they blewe the trumpets: all this (continued) vntil the burnt offring was finished.
29 And when they had made an ende of offring, the King and all that were present with him, bowed them selues, and worshiped.
30 ¶ Then Hezekiáh the Kyng and the princes commanded the Leuites to prayse the LORD with theWith that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
wherof mē
cion is made.
〈◊〉
Chro. 16. 8. wordes of Dauid, and
of Asáph the Seer. so they praised with ioye, and thei bowed them selues, & worshiped.
31 And Hezekiáh spake, and sayd, Now ye haueEbr. filled your hands. consecrate your selues to the Lord: come nere and bring the sacrifices and (offrings) of praise into the house of the Lord. And the Congregacion broght sacrifices, and (offrings) of praises, and euerie māthat was willing in heart, (offred) burnt offrīgs.
32 And the nomber of the burnt offrynges, which the Congregacion broght, was seuentie bullockes, an hundreth rammes, (and) two hundreth lambes: all these were for a burnt offring to the Lord:
33 And forThat is, for the holy offrings. sanctification six hundreth bullockes, and thre thousand shepe.
34 But the Priests were to fewe, and were not able to flay all the burnt offrings therfore their brethrē the Leuites did helpe them, till they had ended the worke, and vntill (other) Priests were sanctified: for the Leuites wereMeaning, were more zealous to set forwarde the religion. more vp right in heart to sanctifie them selues, then the Priests.
35 And also the burnt offrings were manyeLeu, 3. 2. with the * fat of the peace offrings & the drinke offrings for the burnt offring, so the seruice of the house of the Lord was set in order.
36 Then Hezekiáh reioyced and all the people, that God had made the people soHe sheweth that religion can not procede, excepte God touche the hearte of the people. ready: for the thing was done sodenly.
CHAP. XXX.
1. 13 The keping of the Passeouer by the Kings commandement. 6 He exhorteth Israél to turne to the Lord. 18 He praieth for the people. 24 His oblation and the
〈◊〉
. 27 The Leuites blesse the people.
1 ANd Hezekiáh sent to all Israél, and Iudáh, & also wrote letters to a EphráimMeaning all Israél whome Tilgath
〈◊〉
had
〈◊〉
taken away into the captiuitie, 2. King. 15. 29. and Manasséh, that thei shulde come to the house of the LORD at Ierusalém, to kepe the Passeouer vnto the Lord GOD of Israél.
2 And the King and his princes and all the Congregacion had taken counsel in Ieru salém to kepe the Passeouer in theThogh they ought to haue done it in the first moneth, as Exod: 12. 18. Nombr. 9. 3. yet if anye were no cleane, or els had a long
〈◊〉
thei mighte differ it vnto the secōde moneth, as Nom. 9. 10. secō
de moneth.
3 For thei colde not kepe it at this time, because there were not Priests ynow sanctified, nether was the people gathered to Ierusalém.
4 And the thing pleased the King, and all the Congregaciou.
5 And they decreed to make proclamation throughout all Israél
〈◊〉
Beershéba euē
c From one ende of the land to the other, North and South. to Dan, that they shuld come to kepe the Passe ouer vnto the Lord God of Israél at Ierusalém: for they had not done it of a great (time,)In suche sort & perfect on, as God had appointed. as it was writen.
6 ¶ So the postes went with letters by the commission of the Kyng, and his princes, throughout all Israél and
〈◊〉
, and with the commandement of the Kynge, saying, Ye children of Israél, turne againe vnto the Lord God of Abrahám, Izhák, and Israéll, andHe wil haue cō
passion on them, and preserue
〈◊〉
. he will returne to the remnant that are escaped of you, out of the hands of the Kings of
〈◊〉
.
7 And be not ye like your fathers, and lyke your brethren, which trespassed agaynste the Lord God of their fathers (and) therefore he made them desolate, as ye se.
8 Be not ye now stifnecked like your fathers, (but)Submit yoursel ues to the Lord, &
〈◊〉
no more giue the hand to the Lord and come into his Sanctuarie, which he hathe sanctified for euer, and serue the Lord your God, and the fearcenes of his wrath shall turne away from you.
9 For if ye returne vnto the Lord, your brethren and your children (shal finde) mercie before them that led them captiues, and they shalGod will not onelye preserue you, but through your repentance restore you brethren, whiche for their sinnes he gaue in othe
〈◊〉
of the enemies. returne vnto this lande: for the Lord your God is gracious and merciful, & wil not turne away his face from you, if ye conuert vnto him.
10 ¶ So the postes went from Citie to Citie through the land of Ephráim and Manasséh, euen vnto Zebulún but theyThogh the wicked mocke at the
〈◊〉
of God by whome he calleth
〈◊〉
to repentance, as Gene. 19. 14. yet the worde ceaseth not to fructifie in the hearts of gods
〈◊〉
. laughed them to scorne, and mocked them.
11 Neuertheles diuers of Ashér, and Manasséh, & of Zebulún submitted them selues, and came to Ierusalém.
12 And the hand of God was in Iudáh, so that he gaue them oneHe sheweth the cause why some obey & some
〈◊〉
at Goddes calling, to wit,
〈◊〉
se his Spirit is
〈◊〉
the one sorte and moueth their heart, & the other are left to them selues. heart to do the cómandement of the King, and of the rulers, according to the worde of the Lord.
13 And there assembled to Ierusalém muche people, to kepe the feast of the vnleauened bread in the secondemoneth, a verye great assemblie.
14 ¶ And they arose, and toke away thewhic declareth that we must pue away those things wherewith God is
〈◊〉
, before we canse ue him aright. altars that were in Ierusalém: and all those forincēse toke they away, and cast them into the broke Kidrón.
15 Afterwarde they slewe the Passeouer the fourtene (day) of the seconde moneth: and the Priests and Leuites wereSeing their
〈◊〉
negligence (who shulde haue bene moste prompt) & the readines of
〈◊〉
people, Chap. 29. 6. ashamed, and sanctified them selues, & broght the burnt offrings into the house of the Lord.
16 And they stode in theyr place after theyr maner accordynge to the Lawe of Mosés the man of God: (and) the Priests sprinkled the
〈◊〉
wit, of the lambe of the Passeouer. blood, (receiued) of the hands of the Leuites.
17 Because there were manie in the Congregacion that were not sanctified, therefore the Leuites had the charge of the killing of the Passeouer for all that were not cleane, to sanctifie it to the Lord.
18 For a multitude of the people, (euē) a multitude of Ephráim, and Manasséh, Issachár and Zebulún had not clensed them selues, yet did eat the Passeouer, (but) not as it was writen wherfore Hezekiáh prayed for thē, saying, TheHe knewe, the faith and sinceritie of hearte was more agreable to God, then the obseruacion of
〈◊〉
ceremonies, and therfore he praied vnto God to pardō this, faute vnto the people, which did not offend of malice but of ignorance, good Lord be merciful to ward (him,)
19 That prepareth his whole heart to seke the Lord GOD, the GOD of his fathers, thogh he be not (clensed,) according to the purificacion of the Sanctuarie.
20 And the Lord heard Hezekiah, &That is, did accept them as
〈◊〉
. healed the people.
21 And the children of Israél that were present at Ierusalém, kept the feast of the vnleauened bread seuē dayes with great ioye and the Leuites, and the Priests praised the Lord, day by day; singing with lowd instruments vnto the Lord.
22 And Hezekiáh
〈◊〉
. spake to the heart. spake comfortably vnto all the Leuites that had good knowledge (to sing) vnto the Lord: and thei did eat in that feast seuē dayes, & offred peace offrīgs and praised the Lord God of their fathers.
23 And the whole assemblie toke counsel to kepe it other seuen dayes. So they kept it seuen dayes with ioye.
24 For Hezekiáh King of Iudáh had giuē to the Congregaciō aThis great libetalitie declareth how Kings, princes and all they, to whome God hath giuē wherewith, ought to be most ready to
〈◊〉
it in setting forth of Gods glorie. thousand bullockes, and seuen thousand shepe. And the princes had giuen to the Congregacion a thousand bullockes, and ten thousande shepe: and many Priests were sanctified.
25 And all the Congregacion of Iudáh reioyced with the Priests and the Leuites, & all the Congregacion that came out of Israél, and the strangers that came out of the land of Israél, and that dwelt in Iudáh.
26 So there was great ioye in Ierusalém: for since the time of Salomō the sonne of Dauid King of Israél there (was) not the like thing in Ierusalém.
27 Then the Priests and the Leuites arose, &Accordynge to thatwhich is writen, Nombr. 6. 23. when they shuld dimisse the people. blessed the people, and theyr voyce was heard, and their prayer came vp vnto heauen, to his holyhabitacion.
CHAP. XXXI.
1 The people destroye idolatrie. 2 Hezekiáh appointeth Priests and Leuites. 4 And prouideth for theyr liuyng. 13 He ordeineth ouerseers to distribute to euerie one his portion.
1 ANd whē all these things were finished, all Israél that were found in the cities of Iudáh, went out andAccording to the cōmandemēt of the Lord, Deu. 7.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 7. 1. brake the images, and cut downe the groues, & brake downe the hie places, and the altars throughout all Iudáh and Beniamin, in Ephráim also & Manasséh, vntill they had made an end: afterward all theThat is, all they whiche came to the Passeouer. children of Israél returned euerie man to his possession, into theyr owne cities.
2 And Hezekiáh appointed the courses of the Priests and Leuites by their turnes, euerie man according to his office, (bothe) Priests and Leuites, for the burnt offring & peace offrings, to minister & to giue thā
kes, and to praise in the gates of theThat is, in the Temple where they assembled as in a tent. tents of the Lord.
3 [And the Kings
〈◊〉
(was) of his owne substance for the burnt offrings, (euē) for the burnt offrings of the mornyng and of the euening, & the burnt offrings
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Sabbaths, and for the new moones, &
〈◊〉
Nom. 28. 3. & 9. the solemne feastes, * as it is writen in
〈◊〉
Law of the Lord.]
4 He commāded also the people that
〈◊〉
: in Ierusalē, to giue aThe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
parte to the Priests, and Leuites, that they might beThat
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
des mighte
〈◊〉
be intangled with preuision of wordely thinges, but that they
〈◊〉
wholy and cherefuly serue the Lord. encouraged in the Law of the Lord.
5 ¶ And when the commaundement was Or, published. spred, the children of Israél broght abundance of first frutes of corne, wine, & oyle, and honie, & of all the increase of the field and the tithes of all thynges broght they abundantly.
6 And the children of Israél and Iudáh that dwelt in the Cities of Iudáh, they also broght the tithes of bullockes & shepe; and the holy titheswhich they had dedicate to the Lord by a vowe. which were cōsecrate vnto the Lord their God, and laid them onFor the relief of the Priests,
〈◊〉
, widowes, pupilles, fatherlesse, strangers & suche as were in necessitie. many heapes.
7 In the third moneth they began to lay the fundacion of the heapes, and finished thē in the seuent moneth.
8 ¶ And when Hezekiáh and the princes came, and sawe the heapes, theyThei praised the Lord, and
〈◊〉
for all
〈◊〉
to his people. blessed the Lord and his people Israél.
9 And Hezekiáh questioned with the Prests and the Leuites concerning the heapes.
10 And Azariáh the chief Priest of the house of Zadók answered him, and said, Since the people began to brynge the offrings into the house of the Lord, we haueHe sheweth that this
〈◊〉
liberalitie is expedient for the maintenance of the ministers, and that God therfore prospereth his peo ple, and increaseth by his blessing that which is gyuen. eaten and haue bene satisficed, and there is left in abundance: for the Lord hathe blessed hys people, and this abundance that is left.
11 ¶ And Hezekiáh commanded to prepare chambers in the house of the Lord: & they prepared them,
12 And caryed in the first frutes, & the tithes, and the dedicate things faithfully: & ouer them (was) Conaniáh the Leuite, the chief, and Shimei his brother the seconde.
13 And Iehiél, and Azaziáh, and Náhath, and Asahél, and
〈◊〉
, and Iozabád, and Eliél, and Ismachiáh, and Máhath, and Benaiáh (were) ouerseersEbr. by the hand by the appointement of Conaniáh, & Shimei his brother, (and) by the commandement of Hezekiáh the King, and of Azariáh the chief of the house of God.
14 And Koré the sonne of Imnáh the Leuite porter towarde the Easte, (was) ouer the things that were willingly offred vnto God to distribute the oblations of the Lord, & the holy things that were consecrate.
15 And at his hand (were) Edén & Miniamin, and Ieshúa, and Shemaiáh, Amariáh, and Shechaniáh, in the Cities of the Priestes, to distribute with fidelitie to their brethrē by courses, bothe to the great and small,
16 Their daily porcion: beside their generacion being maleswho had also a portion & alowance in this
〈◊〉
. from thre yere olde and aboue, (euen) to all that entred into the house of the Lorde to their office in theyr charge, according to their courses:
17 Bothe to the generacion of the Priests
〈◊〉
the house of theyr fathers, and to the Leuites from twētie yere olde and aboue, accordynge to theyr charge in their courses:
18 And to the generacion of all their childrē, their wiues, and their sonnes and theyr daughters throughout all the Congregacion: for by theirMeanyng, that ether by the faith full
〈◊〉
of the officeis, eue rie one
〈◊〉
theyr part in the things that were offred,
〈◊〉
that theyr wiues and
〈◊〉
were relieued,
〈◊〉
the Leuites
〈◊〉
fai
〈◊〉
in their office, and so depended on thē. fidelitie are they partakers of the holy things.
19 Also to the sonnes of Aarōn, the Priestes, (which were) in the fields (and) suburbes of their cities, in euerie citie the mē that were appointed by names, shuld giue porcious to all the males of the Priests, and to all the generacion of the Leuites.
20 And thus did Hezekiáh throughout all Iudáh, and did wel, and vp rightly, & truely before the Lord his God.
21 And in all the workes that he began for the seruice of the house of GOD, both in the Lawe and in the commandements, to seke his God, he did it with all his heart, & prospered.
CHAP. XXXII.
1 Sanneherib
〈◊〉
Iudáh. 3 Hezekiáh prepareth for the warre. 7 He exhorteth the people to put their truste in the Lord. 9 Sanneherib blasphemeth God 20 Hezekiah prayeth. 21 The Angel destroieth the Assyrians, and the King is slaine.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
is not thankefull toward the Lord. 33 His death.
1 AFter these thynges faithfully (described,) * Sanneherib King of
〈◊〉
came2. Kin. 18. 15. and entred into Iudáh, and besiegedIsal. 10. 1.
Eccles. 48. 20. the strong cities, and thoght toEbr. breake thē vp. winne thē for him selfe.
2 When Hezekiáh sawe that Sanneherib was come, and that hisEbr. face. purpose (was) to fight against Ierusalém,
3 Then he toke counsel with his princes & hys nobles, to stoppe the water of the fountaines without the citie: and they did helpe him.
4 So many of the people assembled thē selues, and stopt all the fountaines, and the riuer that ran through the middes of the countrey, saying, Why shulde the Kynges of Asshúr come, and finde muche water?
5 Ebr, he was strengthened. And he toke courage, and buylt all the broken wall, and made vp the towres, and another wall without, and reparedHe made a double wall. Millo in theRead. 2 Sam 59. citie of Dauid, and made manyeSome read, swordes or daggers. dartes and shields.
6 And he set captaines of warre ouer the people and assembled them to hym in the broad place of the gate of the Citie, and Ebr. spake to their heart. spake comfortably vnto them, saying,
7 Be strong and couragious feare not, nether be afraied for the King of
〈◊〉
, nether for all the multitude that is with him: for there (be) mo with vs, then (is) with him.
8 With him (is) anThat is, the power of man. arme of fleshe, but with vs (is) theThis declareth that Fzekiah dyd euer put hys trust in God, and yet made
〈◊〉
selfe strong and vsed lawfull
〈◊〉
, lest he shuld seme to tempt God. Lord our God for to helpe vs, & to fight our battels. Then the people were cōfirmed by the wordes of Hezekiáh King of Iudáh.
9 * After this, did Sanneherib Kyng of Asshúr send his seruants to Ierusalém [while he wasWhile he be sieged
〈◊〉
. against Lachish, and all hys dominion1 Kin. 18. 17. with him] vnto Hezekiáh King of Iudáh and vnto all Iudáh that were at Ierusalém, saying,
10 Thus saith Sanneherib the King of Asshúr, Wherein do ye trust, that ye wil remaine in Ierusalém, (during) the siege?
11 Doeth not Hezekiáh en tice you to gyue ouer your selues vnto death by famine & by thirst, saying, The Lord our GOD shall deliuer vs out of the hand of the Kyng of Asshúr?
12 Hathe not the same Hezekiáh takē away his hie places and hisThus
〈◊〉
wicked
〈◊〉
no difference
〈◊〉
true religion & false, God and idoleufor Hezekiah
〈◊〉
destroied idolatrie & placed true: eligiō thus the Papistes stāder the
〈◊〉
of God: for when they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, thei say that they abolish religion. altars and commā
ded Iudáh and Ierusalém, saying, Ye shall worship before one altar, and burne incē
se vpon it?
13 Knowe ye not what I and my fathers haue done vnto all the people of (other) countreies? Were the Gods of the nations of (other) lands able to deliuer their land out of mine hand?
14 Who is he of all theThis is his blasphemie, that he wil
〈◊〉
the liuing God to vile idoles. Gods of those nacions [that my fathers haue destroied] that colde deliuer his people out of mine hand? that your God shulde be able to delyuer you out of mine hand?
15 Now therefore let not Hezekiáh deceiue you, nor seduce you after this sorte, nether beleue ye him: for none of all the Gods of any nacion or kingdome was able to deliuer his people out of
〈◊〉
man hath
〈◊〉
, he
〈◊〉
in pride and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
selfe able to resist & ouercome euen God him self. myne hand and out of the hande of my fathers: how muche lesse shall your Goddes delyuer you out of mine hand?
16 And his seruants spake yet more agaynst the Lord God, and against hisHerein we se that when the wicke:
〈◊〉
euil of the
〈◊〉
of God,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
God him self: for if thei
〈◊〉
God, they wolde loue hys seruants. seruāt Hezekiáh.
17 He wrote also letters, blasphemyng the Lord God of Israél and speaking agaynste him, saying, As the gods of the nacions of (other) countreis colde not delyuer theyr people out of mine hande, so shall not the God of Hezekiáh deliuer hys people out of mine hand.
18 Then theyTheir wordes are
〈◊〉
,., King. 8. 19. cryed with a lowde voyce in the Iewes speache vnto the people of Ierusalém that were on the wall, to feare them and to astonish them, that thei might take the citie.
19 Thus they spake against the GOD of Ierusalém, as against the gods of the people of the earth, (euen) theWhiche were
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
. thy mā. workes of mans hands,
20 But Hezekiáh the King, and the Prophet Isaiáh the sonne of Amoz
〈◊〉
sheweth what is the best
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and dangers. praied agaynst this and cryed to heauen.
21 And the Lord sent an Angell whiche de stroied all the valiantmen, and the princes andTo
〈◊〉
nomber of an hundreth
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
thousād, as 2. Kin.
〈◊〉
35. captaines of the hoste of the Kynge of Asshúr: so he returnedEbr. with shame of face with shame to his owne land. And when he was come into the house of his God, they that came forth of hisMeaning, Adramelech, and Sharézer his sonnes. owne bowels, slewe him there with the sworde.
22 So the Lord saued Hezekiáh and the inhabitants of Ierusalém from the hande of
Sanneherib King of Asshúr, and frome the hand of all (other,) andOr, gouerned. mainteined them on euerie side.
23 And many broght offrings vnto the Lord to Ierusalém, and presents to Hezekiáh King of Iudáh, so that he wasThus after trou ble, God sendeth comfort to all thē that patientlye wait on him, and cōstantly put their truste in his mercies. magnified in the sight of all nacions frome thence forthe.
24 *In those dayes Hezekiáh was sicke vnto the death, and praied vnto the Lord, who spake vnto him, and gaue himTo confirme hys faith in Gods promes who declared to him by his Pro phet that his lyfe shulde be prolonged fiftene yere, a signe.
25 But Hezekiáh did not rendre accordyng2. King. 20. 1. to the rewarde (bestowed) vpō him: for hisIsa. 38. 1. heartHe was lifted vp with the pride of his victorie & trea sures, and shewed them for an oslē
tation to the ambassadours of Babylon. was lift vp, and wrath came vppon him, and vpon Iudáh and Ierusalém.
26 Notwithstanding Hezekiáh humbled him selfe [after that his heart was lifted vp] he and the inhabitants of Ierusalém, and the wrath of the Lord came not vpon them in the daies of Hezekiáh.
27 Hezekiáh also had exceding much riches and honour, and he gate him treasures of siluer, and of golde, & of precious stones, and of swete odours, and of shields, and of all pleasant vessels:
28 And of store houses for the increase of wheat, and wine and oyle, and stalles for all beastes, andOr, ranges, and partitions. rowes for theOr, rāckes. stables.
29 And he made him cities, and (had) possession of shepe and oxen in abundance: for God had giuen him substance excedynge muche.
30 This same Hezekiáh also stopped the vpper water springs ofWhich also was called Siloe, whereof mencyon is made. Isa. 8. 6. Gihón, and led then streight vnderneth toward citie of Dauid Westward. so Hezekiáh prospered in all his workes.Ioh. 9. 7.
31 But because of the ambassadours of the princes of Babél, whiche sent vnto hym to enquire of the wondre that was done in the land, God left him toHere we se the cause, why the faithful are tēpted whiche is to trye whether they haue faith or no, and that thei may fele the presence of God, who suffreth them not to be ouercome by tentacions, but in their weakenes ministreth
〈◊〉
trye him, (&) to knowe all that was in his heart.
32 Concerning the rest of the actes of Hezekiáh, and his goodnes, beholde, they are writen in the visiō of Ishaiáh the Prophet, the sonne of Amóz, in the boke of the Kings of Iudáh and Israél.
33 So Hezekiáh slept with his fathers, and they buryed him in the highest sepulchre of the sonnes of Dauid: and all Iudáh & the inhabitants of Ierusalém did him honour at his death: and Manasséh his sonne reygned in his stead.
CHAP. XXXIII.
1 Manasséh an
〈◊〉
. 9 He causeth Iudah to erre.
〈◊〉
He is led awaye prisoner into Babylón. 12 He praieth to the LORD, and is delyuered. 14 He abolisheth idolatrie. 16 And setteth vp true religion. 20 He dyeth and Amón hys sonne succedeth, 24 whome his owne seruants slay.
1 MAnasséh (was) twelue yere olde* whē
2. King 21. 1. he began to reygne, and he reygned fiue and fiftie yere in Ierusalém:
2 And he did euill in the sight of the Lorde, like the abominacions of the heathen, *whome the Lord had cast out before theDeut.
〈◊〉
. 9. children of Israél.
3 For he went backe and buylt the hie places, * which Hezekiáh his father had broken downe: * and he set vp altars for Baalim,2. King. 18. 4.
Iere 32, 34. and made groues, and worshiped all the hoste of the heauen, and serued them.
4 Also he buylt altars in the house of the Lord, whereof the Lord had said, * In Ierusalém2. King. 21. 5. shal my Name be for euer.
5 And he buylt altars for all the hoste of the heauen in the two courtes of the house of the Lord.
6 Read 2. King. 16. 3. And he caused his sonnes to passe through the fyre in the valley of
〈◊〉
: he gaue him selfe to witch craft and to charming, and to sorcerie, and he vsed thē that had familiar Spirits, and sothesayers: he did verye muche euyll in the sight of the Lord to angre him.
7 He put also the karued image, whiche he had made, in the house of God: whereof God had said to Dauid and to Salomón his sonne, * In this house and in Ierusalē, which1. King 8. 29. & 9.
〈◊〉
I haue chosē before all the tribes of Israél,2. King. 7. 10. & 21. 7. wil I put my Name for euer.
8 Nether will * I make the foote of Israél to2. Sam. 7 10. remoue any more out of the lande whiche I haue appointed for your fathers, so that they take hede, and do all that I haue commanded them, accordynge to the Law and statutes and iudgements by theBy the
〈◊〉
giuen to Mosés. hand of Mosés.
9 So Manasséh made Iudáh and the inhabitants of Ierusalém to erre, (&) to do worse then the heathen, whome the Lorde had destroyed before the children of Israél.
10 ¶ And the Lord spakeMeaning, by his Prophetes, but their hearts were not touched to beleue and repent without the whiche the preaching of the worde taketh no place. to Manasséh and to his people, but they wolde not regarde.
11 Wherefore the Lord broght vppon them the captaines of the hoste of the Kynge of Asshúr, whiche toke Manasséh (& put him) in fetters, and bounde him in chaines, and caryed him to Babél.
12 And when he was in tribulacion, he praied to the Lord his God, and humbled him self greatly before the God of his fathers,
13 And prayed vnto him: and (God) wasThus affliction giueth vnderstanding: for he that hated God in hys prosperitie, now in his miserie he seketh vnto him. entreated of him, and heard hys prayer, and broght him againe to Ierusalém into hys kingdome: then Manasséh knewe that the Lord was God.
14 Now after this he buylt a wall without the citie of Dauid, on the Westside ofRead Chap. 33. 30 Gihôn in the valley, euen at the entrie of the fishe gate, and compassed aboutRead Chap. 27 3. Ophél, and raised it very hie, and put captaines of warre in all the strong cities of Iudáh.
15 And he toke awaye the strange Gods and the image out of the house of the Lord, & all the altars that he had buylt in the moūt of the house of the Lord, and in Ierusalém, and cast them out of the citie.
16 Also he prepared theWhich
〈◊〉
had caused to
〈◊〉
made. altar of the Lorde, and sacrificed thereon peace offrings, and
of thankes, and commāded Iudáh to serue the Lord God of Israél.
17 Neuertheles the people did sacrifice still in the hie places, but vnto theThus by ignorā ce they were deceiued thinking it nothing to kepe the
〈◊〉
, so that they worshiped
〈◊〉
but it is idolatrie to worship God anye otherwise then he hath appointed. Lord their God.
18 ¶ Concerning the rest of the actes of
〈◊〉
, and hisWhiche
〈◊〉
that it is not conteined in the Ebrew, yet because it is here mencioned and is writen in the Greke, we
〈◊〉
placed it in the end of thys boke. prayer vnto hys God, and the wordes of the Seers, that spake to hym in the Name of the Lord God of Israél, beholde, thei are (writen) in the boke of the Kings of Israél.
19 And his prayer and how (God) was intreated of him, and all his sinne, and hys trespasse, and the places wherein he buylt hie places, and set groues, and images [before he was humbled] beholde, they are writen in the boke ofOr, Hozai. the Seers,
20 So Manasséh slept with his fathers, and they buryed him in his owneBecause he had so
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
agaynste the
〈◊〉
, thei did not
〈◊〉
him in the sepulchres of the Kings, but in the garden of the Kings house. house: and Amón his sonne reigned in his stead.
21 ¶ Amón (was) two and twentie yere olde, when he began to reigne, and reigned two yere in Ierusalém.
22 But he did euil in the sight of the Lorde, as did Manasséh his father: for Amón sacrificed to all the images, which Manasséh his father had made, and serued them,
23 And he humbled not himselfe before the Lord, as Manasséh his father had humbled him selfe: but this Amón trespassed more and more.
24 And his seruants * cōspired against him,2, King.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and slewe him in his owne house.
25 But the people of the land slewe all them that had conspired against King Amón: & the people of the lande made Iosiáh his sonne King in his stead.
CHAP. XXXIIII.
1 Iosiah destroyeth the idoles, 8 And restoreth the Temple.
〈◊〉
The boke of the Lawe is founde. 21 He sendeth to Huldah the prophetesse for counsel. 27 God heareth his prayer. 31 He maketh a couenant with God.
1 IOsiáh * (was) eight yere olde whē he began2. King 22. 1. to reigne, and he reygned in Ierusalém one and thirtie yere.
2 And he did vprightlye in the sight of the Lord, and walked in the wayes ofHe followed Da
〈◊〉
in all pointes that he followed the Lord. Dauid his father, and bowed nether to the ryght hand nor to the left.
3 And in the eight yere of his reygne [when he was yet aWhen he was but
〈◊〉
yere
〈◊〉
, be shewed him selfe zealous of Gods glorie, & at twentie yere olde he abolished idolatrie and reslored the
〈◊〉
religion. childe] he began to seke after the God of Dauid his father: and in the twelft yere he began to purge Iudáh, and Ierusalē from the hie places, & the groues, & the kerued images, and moltē images:
4 And they brake downeWhich
〈◊〉
that he wolde se the reformacion whiche his owne eies. in hys sight the altars of
〈◊〉
, and he caused to cut downe the images that were on hie vpon them: he brake also the groues, and the kerued images, and the molten images, and stampt them to poudre, & strowed it vpon the graues of them that had sacrificed vnto them.
5 Also he burnt theRead 2, King. 23. 16. bones of the Priestes vpon they raltars, and purged Iudáh and Ierusalém.
6 And in the cities of Manasséh, & Ephráim, and Simeón, euen vnto Naphtali, with their maules (they brake all) rounde about.
7 And when he hadThis great Zeale of this godly King the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for the as
〈◊〉
example and paterne to other Kings and rulers, to teach thē
〈◊〉
God requireth
〈◊〉
them. destroyed the altars & the groues, and had broken and stamped to poudre the images, and had cut downe all the idoles throughout all the land of Israél, he returned to Ierusalém.
8 ¶ * Then in the eightene yere of hys reygne when he had purged the land and the Temple, he sent Shaphán the sonne of Azaliáh, and Maaseáh the gouernour of the citie, and Ioáh the sonne of Ioaház the recorder, to repare the house of the Lorde his God.
9 And when they came to Hilkiáh the hye Priest, they deliuered the money that was broght into the house of God, whiche the Leuites that kept the dore, had gathered at the hand of Manasséh, and Ephráim, and of all the residue of Israél, and of all Iudáh and Beniamin, andOr, they
〈◊〉
ned to Ierusalèm, meaning, Shaphan, &c. of the in habitants of Ierusalém.
10 And they put it in the hands of them that shuld do the work (and) had the ouersight in the house of the Lord and they gaue it to the workemē that wroght in the house of the LORD, to repare and amende the house.
11 Euen to the workemen and to the buylders gaue they it, to bye hewed stone and timber for couples and for beames of theFor there were many porcions & pieces annexed to the Temple. houses, which the Kings of Iudáh had destroyed.
12 And the men did the workeMeaning, that they were in such credite for
〈◊〉
fidelitie, that they made none accō
ptes of that whiche thei
〈◊〉
, 2. King. 22. 9. faithfully, and the ouerseers of them (were) Iaháth & Obadiáh the Leuites, of the childrē of Merari, and Zechariáh, and Meshullám of the children of the Kohathites to set it forwarde and of the Leuites all that colde skil of instruments of musike.
13 And (they were) ouer the bearers of burdens, and them that set forwarde
〈◊〉
the workemen in
〈◊〉
worke: and of the Leuites (were) scribes, & officers & porters.
14 ¶ And when they broght out the money that was broght into the house of the Lord, Hilkiáh the Priest founde theRead 2. King. 22. 8. boke of the Law of the Lord (giuen) by the hand of Moses.
15 Therfore Hilkiáh answered and sayde to Shaphán the chanceler, I haue founde the boke of the Lawe in the house of the LORDE: and Hilkiáh gaue the boke to Shaphán.
16 And Shaphán caryed the boke toFor the Kynge was commanded to haue cōtinually a copie of thys boke, and to read therein daye and night, Deut. 17. 18. the King, and broght the King worde agayne, saying, All that is committed to the hande of thy seruants, that do they.
17 For they haue gathered the money that was founde in the house of the Lord, and haue deliuered it into the hāds of the ouerseers, and to the hands of the workemen.
18 Also Shaphán the chanceler declared to
the King saying, Hilkiáh the Priest hathe giuen me a boke, and Shaphan red it before the King.
19 And when the King had heard the wordes of the Lawe, heFor sorow that the worde of God had
〈◊〉
so long suppressed, & the peoplekept in ignorance, con sidering also the
〈◊〉
conteined therein against the
〈◊〉
tare his clothes.
20 And the King commanded Hilkiáh, and Ahikám the sonne of Shaphán, and Abdon the sonne of Micáh, and Shaphán, the chā celer, & Asaiáh the Kings seruāts, saying,
21 Go (and) enquire of the Lord for me, and forthe rest in Israél and Iudáh, concerning the wordes of this boke that is founde: for great (is) the wrath of the Lord that is fallen vpon vs, because ourThus the godlie do not only lament their owne sinnes, but also that their fathers and predecessours haue offended God. fathers haue not kept the worde of the Lord, to do after all that is written in this boke.
22 Then Hilkiáh and they that the King (had appointed) went to Huldáh the prophetesse the wife of Shallū, the sonne ofOr,
〈◊〉
. Tok háth, the sonne ofOr, Harbas. Hasráh keper of theMeaning
〈◊〉
of the Priests apparel, or of the Kings. wardrobe [and she dwelt in Ierusalém with in theRead here of. a King. 22. 15. colledge] and they communed here of with her,
23 And she answered them, Thus saith the Lord God of Israél, TelyeThat is, to the King. the man that sent you to me,
24 Thus saith the Lord, Beholde, I wil bring euil vpon this place, and vpon the inhabitants there of (euen) all the curses, that are written in the boke which they haue red before the King of Iudáh,
25 Because they haue forsaken me, and burnt incense vnto other gods, angre me with all the workes of theirThis she speaketh in comtempt of the idolaters, who contrarie to reason and nature make that a god, which they haue made and framed with their owne hands. hands before shal my wrath fall vpon this place, and shal not be quenched.
26 But to the King of Iudáh, who sent you to enquire of the Lord so shalye say vnto him Thus saith the Lord GOD of Israél, The wordes which thou hast heard (shal come to passe.)
27 (But) because thine heart didThis declareth what is the end of Gods threatnings, to call his to repentance, & to assure the vnre pontant of their destruction. melt, and thou did est humble thy self before God: when thou heardest his wordes against this place and against the inhabitants the re of and humbledst thy selfe before me & tarest thy clothes, and weptest before me, I haue also heard it, saith the Lord.
28 Beholde, I wil gather thee to thy fathers, and thou shalt be put in thy graue in peace, and thine eyes shal not se all the euil. which I wil bring vpon thisIt may appeare that, very fewe were touched with true repen tance seing that God spared them
〈◊〉
time onely for the kings sak. place, and vpon the inhabitants of the same, Thus they broght the King worde againe.
29 ¶ Then the King sent and gathered all the Elders of Iudáh and Ierusalém.
30 And the King went vp into the house of the Lord, and all the men of Iudáh, and the inhabitants of Ierusalém, and the
〈◊〉
& the Leuites, and all the people from the greatest to theForasmuch as nether yong
〈◊〉
olde colde be exē
pted from the cur ses conteined therein, if they did transgresse, he
〈◊〉
it appearteined to all, and was his duetie to se it red to all sortes: that
〈◊〉
one might learne to auoyde those punishements by serning GOD
〈◊〉
. smallest, and heredin their eares all the wordes of the boke of the co uenant that was founde in the house of the Lord.
31 And the King stode by his piller, and made a couenāt before the Lord, to walke after the Lord, and to kepe his commandements and his testimonies, and his statutes, with all his heart, and with all his soule (&) that he wolde accomplish the wordes of the co uenant writen in the same boke.
32 And he caused all that were founde in Ierusalém, and Beniamin to stand to it and the inhabitāts of Ierusalém did according to the couenant of GOD (euen) the God of their fathers,
33 So Iosiáh toke away all the abominacions out of all the countreis that perteined to the children of Israél, and compelled allBecause
〈◊〉
had charge ouer all & must answer for euerie one
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, he thoght
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to se that all
〈◊〉
make prosession to
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of God. that were found in Israél, to serue the lord their God (so) all his daies they turned not backe from the Lord God of their fathers
CHAP. XXXV.
1 Iosiah kepeth the passeouer 2 He setteth forthe Gods seruice. 20 He fighteth against the King of Egypt, and dyeth. 24 The people be wayle him.
1 MOreouer *
〈◊〉
kept a Passe ouer vn1. King.
〈◊〉
21, to the Lord in Ierusalém, and they slewe theThe
〈◊〉
vseth in send
〈◊〉
places to call the lambe the Passeouer which was but the signe of the Passeouer, because in all sacramen's the
〈◊〉
haue the names of the things which are signified, Passeouer in the fourtene day of the first moneth.
2 And he appointed the Priests to their char ges, and incouraged them to the seruice of the house of the Lord.
3 And he said vnto the Leuites, thatSo that the Letites
〈◊〉
was not onely to minister in the Tem ple but also to
〈◊〉
the people in the worde of God. taught all Israél and were sanctified vnto the Lord Put the holy Arke in the house which Salo món the sonne of Dauid King of Israél did buyld: it (shalbe) no more aAs it was before the Temple was buylt therefore your office onely is now to teache the people, and to
〈◊〉
God. burden vpon your shulders: serue now the Lord your God and his people Israél.
4 And prepare your selues by the houses of your fathers according to your courses, as *Dauid the King of Israél hathe writen, & according to the writing of Salomón his sonne,
5 And stand in the Sanctuarie according to the diuision of the families of your brethren
〈◊〉
, the people. the children of the people, and (
〈◊〉
)I
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
8. & 23 26 the diuision of the familie of the Leuites:
6 So kil the Passeouer, and sanctifie your selues, and
〈◊〉
euerie to examine them selues that they be not
〈◊〉
eat of the
〈◊〉
. prepare your brethré that they may do according to the worde of the lord by the hand of Mosés.
7 Iosiah also gaue to the
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
of the people. people shepe, lambes and kiddes, all for the Passeouer (euē) to all that were present, to the nomber of thirty thousand, and thre thousand bulloc kes, these were of the Kings substance.
8 And his princes offred willingly vnto the people, to the Priests and to the Leuites: Hilkiáh, and Zechariáh, and Iehiél, rulers of the house of God, gaue vnto the Priests for the Passeouer (eué) two thousand & six hundreth (shepe) & thre hūdreth bullockes
9 So that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
& of all sortes gaue of that they had aliberal porcionto the
〈◊〉
of God. Conaniáh also and Shemaiáh and Netha neél his brethren, and Hashabiáh and
〈◊〉
and Iozabád chief of the Leuites gaue vn to the leuites: for the Passeouer, fyue thou sand (shepe) & fyue hundreth bullockes.
10 Thus the seruice was prepared, and the Priests stode in their places, also the Leui tes in their ordres according to the Kings commandement:
11 And thei slewe the Passeouer, & the PriestsMeaning of the lābe, which was called the
〈◊〉
, for onely the
〈◊〉
might sprinkle & in necessitie the Leuites might kil the sacrifice. spinkled (the blood) with their hand, and the Leuites slayed (them.)
12 And they toke away (frō) theThey reserued for the people that which was not expedient to be
〈◊〉
, that euerie man might offer peace
〈◊〉
, and so haue his porcion. burnt offring to giue it according to the diuisions of the families of the children of the people, to offer vnto the Lord, as it written in the boke of Mosés, and so of the bullockes.
13 And * they rosted the passeouer with fyre, according to the custome, but the sanctified things they sod in pottes, pannes, & caulderns, and distributed them
〈◊〉
to all the people.
14 Afterwarde also they prepared for them selues & for the Priests, for the Priests theExod. 12. 8. sonnes of Aarō (were occupied) in offring of burnt offrings, and the fat vntil night: therefore the Leuites prepared for thē sel ues, & for the Priests the sonnes of Aarón
15 And the singers the sonnes of Asáph (stode)1 Chro. 25. 1. in their standing * according to the commandement of Dauid, and Asaph, and Hemán, and Ieduthún the KingsMeaning
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Prophet, because he appoīted the Psalmes and prophecies which were to be sung. Seer: & the porters at euerie gate, who might not departe from their seruice: therefore their brethren the Leuites prepared for them.
16 So all the seruice of the Lord was prepared the same day, to kepe the Passeouer & to offer burnt offrings vpon the altar of the Lord, according to the commandemēt of King Iosiáh.
17 And the children of Israél that were present kept the Passeouer the same time, and the feast of the vnleauened bread seuen dayes.
18 And there was no Passeouer kept like that in Israél, from the dayes of Samuél the Pro phet: nether did all the Kings of Israél kepe suche a Passeouer as Iosiah kept, and the Priests and the Leuites, and all Iudáh, and Israel that wereEbr
〈◊〉
. present, and the inhabitants of Ierusalém.
19 This Passeouer was kept inVVhich was in in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
& twen tieth
〈◊〉
of his age. the eightente yere of the reigne of Iosiáh.
20 ¶ * After all this, when Iosiáh had prepared the Tēple, Nechó King of Egypt came2. King. 23. 29. vp to fight againstVVhich was a citie of the
〈◊〉
, and Iosiah fearing lest he pas sing through Iudah, wolde haue taken his king do me, made
〈◊〉
against him and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
not the Lord. Carchemish byOr, euphrates. Peráth, and Iosiáh went out against him.
21 But he sent messengers to him, saying, What haue I to do with thee, thou King of Iudáh? (I come) not against thee this day, but against the houseEbr. of my battel of mine enemie and God commanded me to make haste: leaue of (to come) against God, which is with me lest he destroye thee.
22 But Iosiáh wolde not turne his face from him, butThat is, armed him selfe, or disguised him selfe because he might not be knowen. chāged his apparel to fight with him, and hearkened not vnto the wordes of Nechó, which were of the mouth of GOD, but came to sight in the valley of Megiddó.
23 And the shoters shot at King Iosiáh: thē the King said to his seruants, Cary me away, for I am very sicke.
24 So his seruants toke him out of that charet, & put him in the seconde charet which he had, and when they had broght him to Ierusalém, he dyed, and was buryed in the sepulchres of his fathers: and all Iudáh & IerusalémThe people so muche lamented the losse of this good King that after when there was anie great lamen tation, this was spoken of as a pro
〈◊〉
read zach, 12. 11. mourned for Iosiáh.
25 And Ieremiah lamented Iosiáh, and all singing men and singing womē mourned for Iosiáh in their lamentacions to this day, & made the same for an ordinance vnto Israél: and beholde, they be written in theVVhich some think leremie ma de wherein lamē
teth the state of the Church after this Kings death. lamentacions.
26 Concerning the rest of the actes of Iosiáh and his goodnes (doing) as it was written in the Law of the Lord.
27 And his dedes, first and last, beholde, thei are writen in the boke of the Kings of Israél and Iudáh,
CHAP. XXXVI.
1 After Iosiáh reigneth Iehoahaz 4 After Iehoahaz Ieho iakim.
〈◊〉
After him
〈◊〉
. 11 After him. Zedekiah. 14. 17 In whose time all the people were caryed away to Babél, for contemning the
〈◊〉
of the Prophetes. 22 And were restored againe the seuentieth yere after by King Cyrus.
1 THen * the people of the land toke Iehoaház2 King 28. 10. the sonne of Iosiáh, and made him King in his father stead in Ierusalém.
2 Iehoahaz (was) thre and twētie yere olde when he began to reigne, and he reigned threFor thre moneths after the death of Iosiah ca me Necho to Ierusalem & so the plagues began, which Huldah & the prophets fore warned shulde come vpom Ierusalém. moneths in Ierusalém.
3 And the King of Egypt toke him away at Ierusalém, and condemned the land in anTo pay this as a yerely tribute hundreth talents of siluer, and a talent of golde.
4 ¶ And the King of Egypt made Eliakim his brother King ouer Iudáh and Ierusalē, and turned his name to Iehoiakim & Nechó toke Iehoaháh his brother and caryed him to Egypt.
5 Iehoiakim (was) fyue & twentie yere olde when he began to reigne, and he reigned eleuen yere in Ierusalém, and didBecause he, and the people turned not to God by his first plague, he broght a newe vpon him, and at length rooted thē out. euil in the sight of the Lord his God.2, King. 24. 13.
6 Against him came vp Nebuchadnezzar King of Bábél, and bounde him with chaines to carye him to Babél.
7 Nebuchadnezzar also * caryed of the vessels of the house of the Lord to Babél, and put them in his Temple at Babél.
8 Concerning the rest of the actes of Iehoia kim, and his abominacions which he did, andHe meaneth
〈◊〉
markes which were
〈◊〉
de vpon his bodie when he was dead which thing declared how depely idolatrie was rooted in his heart, seing he bare the markes in his flesh. that which was founde vpon him, beholde, they are writen in the boke of the Kings of Israél ād Iudáh, and Iehoiachim his sonne reigned in his steade.
9 ¶ Iehoiachim (was)That is, he begā his reigne at eight yere olde, & reigned ten yeres when his father was aliue, and after hys fathers death, which was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
e yere of his age he reygned alone
〈◊〉
moneths and ten dayes. eight yere olde whē he began to reigne, and he reigned thre moneths and ten dayes in Ierusalém, and did euilin the sight of the Lord.
10 And when the yere was out, King Nebuchadnezzar sent and broght him to Ba bél
with the precious vessels of the house of the Lord, & he made Zedekiáh his
〈◊〉
, vocle. bro ther King ouer Iudáh and Ierusalém.
11 Zedekiáh (was) one and twentie yere olde2. King. 24. 17. ier. 52. 8. when he began to reigne, and reigned eleuen"Ebr. by the hand of his. yere in Ierusalem.
12 * And he did euil in the sight of the Lord his God, and humbled not him selfe before Ieremiáh the Prophet at the commandement of the Lord.
13 But he rebelled moreouer against Nebuchadnezar, which had caused him to sweare by God and he hardened his necke and made his heart obstinate that he might not returne to the Lord God of Israél.
14 All the chief of the Priests also and of the people trespassed wonderfully, according to all the abominacions of the heathen, & polluted the house of the Lord which he had sanctified in Ierusalém.
15 Therefore the Lord God of their fathers sent to then" by his messengers,By this phrase the scripture mea neth of ten times and diligently, as Iere. 11. 7. 25. 3. and 4. 265. &. 32 33. rising early and sending: for he had compassion on his people, and on his habitacion.
16 But they mocked the messengers of God and despised his wordes, and misused his Prophetes, vntil the wrath of the Lord arose against his people, and til there was noThy God colde no longer suffer their sinnes, but muste nedes punish them. remedie.
17 For he broght vpon them the King of the Caldeans, who slewe their yongmen with the swordeVVhether thei fled, thinking to haue bene saued for the holines thereof. in the house of their Sanctua rie, and spared nether yong men, nor virgi ne, ancient, not aged (God)VVhich is not be cause God approueth him which yet is the minister of his iustice, but God wolde by his
〈◊〉
iudgement punish this
〈◊〉
for this King was led with am bicion and vaine
〈◊〉
, whereunto were ioyned furie and
〈◊〉
therefore his worke was cordēnable,
〈◊〉
standing it was iustr and holy
〈◊〉
Gods
〈◊〉
who vsed this wicked instrument to declare his iustice. gaue all vnto his hand.
18 And all the vessels of the house of GOD great and small, and the treasures of the house of the Lord, and the treasures of the King and of his princes: all these caryed he to Babél.
19 And they burnt the house of God, and bra ke downe the wall of Ierusalém, and burnt all the places thereof with fyre, and all the precious vessels thereof: to destroye (all.)
20 And thei that were left by the sworde, caryed he away to Babél, and they were seruants to him and to his sonnes, vntil the kingdome of theVVhen Cyrus King of
〈◊〉
had
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Persians had rule.
21 To fulfil the worde of the LORD by theVVho
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
God, and 70 ye
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
which
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
or rest of
〈◊〉
land. Iere 25
〈◊〉
. & 29. 30. 3 Esdr.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. moūts of Ieremiah, vntil the land had her fil of her Sabbaths (for) all the dayes that she lay desolate, she kept Sabbath, to ful fil seuentie yeres.
22 ¶ * But in theIn the
〈◊〉
yere
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
ouer the
〈◊〉
first yere of Cyrus King of Persia [whē the worde of the Lord (spokē) by the mouth of Ieremiáh, was finished] the lord stirred vp the spirit of Cyrus King of Persia, and he made a proclamacion through all his kingdome, and also by wri ting, saying.
23 Thus sayth Cyrus King of Persia, All the kingdomes of the earth hathe the Lord God of heauen giuen me, and he hathe God had so pro phecied aboue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, before
〈◊〉
was borne Isa.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. that Ierusalem & the Temple shulde be buylt againe by
〈◊〉
his anointed so called because God vsed his seruice for a time to
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
cō manded me to buylt him an house in Ierusalem, that is in Iudáh. Who is among you of all his people, with whome the Lord his God (is?) let him go vp.
THE PRAYER OF MAnesséh King of the Ievves.
O Lord almightie, God of our fathers, Abrā Isaac, and Iacob, and of their righteous sede, which hast made heauen and earth withThis
〈◊〉
is not in the
〈◊〉
but is
〈◊〉
out of the
〈◊〉
all their ornament, which hast bount the sea by the worthe of thy commandement, which hast shut vp the depe and sealed it by thy terrible and glorious Name, whome all do feare and tremble before thy power: for the maiestie of thy glorie can not be borne, and thine angrie threatning toward sinners is importable, but thy merciful promes is vnmeasurable and vnsearchable. For thou art the moste high Lord, of great compassion, long suffring and moste merciful, and repentest for mans miseries, Thon, ô Lord, according to thy great goodnes hast promisedThou hast
〈◊〉
that repen tance shal
〈◊〉
the way for thē retur ne to thee. repentance and forgiuenes to them that sinne against thee, and for thine infinite mercies hast appointed repentance vnto sinners that thei may be saued, Thou therefore, ô Lord that art the God of the iuste, hast not appoin ted repentance to the iuste (as) to Abram, and Isaac and Iacob, which haue notHe speaketh this in comparison of him selfe & those holy
〈◊〉
which
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the scriptures, so that in respect of him self
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
their sinnes nothing, but
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them
〈◊〉
. sinned against thee, but thou hast appointed repentāce vnto me that am ā sinner: for I haue sinned aboue the nomber of the sand of the sea My transgressions, ô Lord, are multiplied: my transgressions are exceding many: and I am not worthy to beholde and se the height of the heauens for the multitude of mine vnrighteousnes. I am bowed downe with many yron bandes, that I can not lift vp mine head nether haue any release. For I haue prouoked thy wrath and done euil before thee. I did not thy wil, nether kept I thy commandements, I haue set vp abominacions and haue multiplied offenses, Now therefore I bowe the kne of mine heart, beseching thee of gra ce. I haue sinned, ô Lord, I haue sinned, and I acknowledge my transgressions: but I humbly
〈◊〉
thee, forgiue me ô Lord, forgiue me & destroye me not with my transgressiōs Be not angry with me for euer by reseruing euil for me nether
〈◊〉
me into the lower partes of the earth, For thou art the GOD. (euen) the God of them that repent: & in me thou wilt saue all thy goodnes for thou wilt saue me that an am vnworthy, according to thy great mercie: therefore I wil praise thee for euer all the dayes of my life, for all the power of the heauens praise thee, and thine is the glorie for euer and euer.
Amen.
EZRA.
THE ARGVMENT.
AS the Lord is euer merciful vnto his Church, and doeth not punish them, but to the intent they shulde se their owne miseries and be exercised vnder the crosse, that they might contemne the worlde and aspire vnto the heauens: so after that he had visited the Iewes and kept them now in bondage seuentie yeres in a strāge countrey among infideles and idolaters, he remembred his tendre mercies and their infirmities, and therefore for his owne sake raised them vp a deliuer, and moued both e the heart of the chief ruler to pitie them, and also by him punished suche, which had kept them in seruitude. Notwithstāding lest they shulde growe into a contempt of Gods great benefite, he kepeth them stil in exercise and raiseth domestical enemies, which endeuour as muche as they can to hindre their moste worthie enterprises: yet by the exhortacion of the Prophetes they went forward by litle and litle til their worke was finished. The autour of this boke was Ezrá who was Priest, & scribe of the Law, as chap 7, 6. he returned to Ierusalém the first yere of Darius who succeded Cyrus, that is, more them fourtie yeres after the returne of the sixt vnder Zerubbabél, when the Temple was buylt. He broght with him a great companie and muche treasures, with letters to the Kings officers for all suche things as shulde be necessa rie for the Temple: and at this comming he redressed that which was amisse, and set the things in good ordre.
CHAP. I.
1 Cyrus sendeth againe the people that was in captiuitie. 8 And restoreth them their holy vessels.2. Chro. 36. 2.
1 NOw * inAfter that he and Darius had wonne Baby Ion. the first ye3. ez.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. iere. 23 12 &
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. re os Cyrus King of persia [that the worde of the Lord, (spoken) by theVVho promised them deliuerance after that seuētie yeres were past Ier. 25 11. That is moued him, and gaue him heart. mouth of Ieremiáh might be accomplished] the Lord stirred vp the c spirit of Cyrus King of Persia, & he made a proclamaciō through all his kingdome, and also by writing saying,
2 Thus saith Cyrus King of Persia, The Lord God of heauen hathe giuen meFor he was chief Monarche, and had manie nacions
〈◊〉
his dominion
〈◊〉
this heathē King confesseth to haue receiued of the liuing G d. all the kingdomes of the earth, and he hathe cō
manded me to buyld him an house in Ierusalém, which is in Iudáh.
3 Who is he among you of all his people with whome his God is? let him go vp to Ie rusalém which is in Iudáh, and buyld the house of the Lord God of Israél, he is the God, which is in Ierusalém.
4 And euerie one that remaineth in anie place [where he soiourneth]If any through
〈◊〉
were not able to returne the Kings commission was that
〈◊〉
shuldebe furni shed with
〈◊〉
ries. let the mē of his place relieue him with siluer and with golde, and with substance, and with cattel,VVhich they
〈◊〉
selues shulde send toward the repatation of the Tem ple. (and) with a willing offring, for the house of God that is in Ierusalém.
5 Then the chief fathers of Iudáh and Benia min, and the Priests and Leuites rose vp, with all them whose spirit God had raised to go vp, to buyld the house of the Lord which is in Ierusalém.
6 And allThe Baby Ioniās and Chaldeans gaue them these presents: thus rather then the chil dren of God shul de want for their necessities, he wolde stirre vp the heart of the very infideles to
〈◊〉
them. they that were about them strēgthened their hands with vessels of siluer, with golde, with substāce and with cattel, and with precious things, besides all that was willingly offred.
7 Also the King Cyrus broght forthe the2. Kin. 25. 13. vessels of the house of the Lord, * which2 Chro. 36. 7.
ier. 27. 19. Nebuchadnezzár had taken out of Ierusalém,dan. 1. 2. & had put thē in the house of his god
8 Euen then did Cyrus King of Persia bring forthe by the hand of Mithredáth the trea surer, and counted thē vntoSo the Chaldeās called zerubbabél who was the chief gouernour, so that the preemi
〈◊〉
stil remained in the house of Dauid. Sheshbazzár the Prince of Iudáh.
9 And this is the nomber of them thirtie ba sins of golde, a thousand basins of siluer, nine and twentieVVhich serued to kill the beastes
〈◊〉
were of fred insacrifice. kniues.
10 Thirtie bowles of golde (and) of siluer bowles of the second sorte, foure hūdreth and ten (and) of other vessels, a thousand.
11 All the vessels of golde & siluer (were) fiue thousand and foure hundreth. Sheshbazzár broght vp allVVith the Iewes that had bene kept captiues in Babylon. with them of the capti uitie that came vp frō Babél to Ierusalém.
CHAP. II.
The nomber of them that returned from the captiuitie.
1 THese * also are the sōnesMeaning Iudea which, was a pro uince, that is, a countrey which was in subiectiō. of the prouinNehe. 7. 6.
8. esdr. 5. 7. ce, that went vp out of the captiuitie [whome Nebuchadnezzar King of Babél had caried away vnto Babél] and returned to Ierusalém, and to Iudáh, euerie one vnto his citie.
2 Which came withzerubbabél was chief captaine, Ieshua the hie Priest, and Nehemiah a man of great
〈◊〉
went not now but came after. 54 yeres. Zerubbabél (to wit) le shua, Nehemiáh, Seraiáh, Reelaiáh,This was not that
〈◊〉
which was
〈◊〉
kinsman, Mordecái Bilshan, Mispar, Beguai, Rehum, Baanah. The nomber of the menMeaning of the commune people of the people of Israél (was)
3 The sonnes of Parósh, two thousand, an hundreth, seuentie and two:
4 The sonnes of Shephatiah, thre hundreth seuentie and two:
5 The sonnes of Arah, seuen hundreth, and seuentie and fiue:
6 The sonnes ofOr, of the duke of Moab. Pahath Moah, of the sonnes of Ieshúa (&) Ioab, two thousand, eight hundreth and twelue:
7 The sonnes of Elam, a thousand, two hun dreth and foure and fiftie:
8 The sonnes of Zattú, nine hundreth, and fiue and fourtie:
9 The sonnes of Zaccai, seuenhundreth, and threscore:
10 The sonnes of Bani, six hundreth, and two and fourtie:
11 The sonnes of Behai, six hūdreth, and thre and twenty:
12 The sonnes of Azdag a thousand, two hun dreth, and two and twentie:
13 The sonnes of Adonikam, six hūdreth, thre score and six.
14 The sonnes of Biguai, two thousand, and six and fiftie:
15 The sonnes of Adin, foure hundreth and foure and fiftie:
16 The sonnes of Ater ofVVhich
〈◊〉
of the posteritie of Hezekiah. Hizkiah, ninetie
and eight:
17 The sonnes of Bezái, thre hundreth, and thre and twentie:
18 The sonne of Iorah an hundreth and twelue
19 The sonnes of Hasshúm, two hundreth & thre and twentie:
20 The sonnes of Gibbár, ninetie and fiue:
21That is inhabirants: for so this word Sonne signifieth, when it is ioyned with the names of places. The sonnes of Beth-lehém, an hundreth and thre and twenty:
22 The men of Netopháh: six and fiftie:
23 The men of Anothóth, an hundreth and eight and twentie:
24 The sonnes of Azmáueth, two and fourtie
25 The sonnes of Kiriáth arim, of Chephiráh and Beeróth, seuen hundreth and thre and fourtie:
26 The sonnes of Haramáh and Gába, six hundreth, and one and twentie:
27 The men of Michmás, an hundreth, and two and twentie:
28 The sonnes of Beth-él and Ai, two hundreth, and thre and twentie:
29 The sonnes of Nebô, two and fiftie:
30 The sonnes of Magbish, an hundreth and six and fiftie:
31 The sonnes of the other Elám, a thousand and two hundreth, and foure and fiftie:
32 The sonnes or Harim, thre hundreth and twentie.
33 The sonnes of Lod-hadid, and Onô, seuen hundreth, and fiue and twentie:
34 The sonnes of Ierichô, thre hundreth and fiue and fourtie.
35 The sonnes of Senáah, thre thousand: six hundreth and thirtie.
36 ¶ ThreBefore he hathe declared the two tribes of Iudah & Beniamin and now cōmeth to the tribe of Le
〈◊〉
and beginneth
〈◊〉
the Priests. Priest of the sonnes of Iedaiáh of the house of Ieshúa, nine hundreth seuentie and thre:
37 ¶ The sonnes of Immér, a thousád and two and fiftie:
38 The sonnes of Pashúr, a thousand, two hū
dreth and seuen and fourtie,
39 The sonnes of Harim, a thousand and seuentene.
40 ¶ The
〈◊〉
. The Leuites: the sonne of Ieshúa, and Kadmiél of the sonnes of Hodauiáh, seuen tie and foure.
41 ¶ The Singers. The singers: the sonne of Asàph, an hundreth and eight and twentie.
42 ¶ The, Porters. The sonnes of the porters: the sonnes of Shallúm, the sonnes of Atér, the sonnes of Talmón, the sonnes of Akkúb the sonnes of Hatitá, the sonnes of Shobái: all (we re) an hundreth and nine and thirtie.
43 ¶ The So called becau se thei were giuē to the sacrifices, and came of the Cibionites which were appointed to this vse by Iohua, Iosh, 9, 23. Nethinims the sonnes of Zihá, the sōnes of Hasuphá, the sōnes of Tabbaóth,
44 The sonnes of Kerôs, the sonnes of Siahá the sonnes of Padón.
45 The sonnes of Lebanáh, the sonnes of Hagabáh, the sonnes of Akkúb,
46 The sonnes ot Hagáb, the sonnes of Shálái, the sonnes of Hanán,
47 The sonnes of Giddél, the sonnes of Gáhar the sonnes of Reaiáh,
48 The sonnes of Rezin, the sonnes of Nekoda, the sonnes of Gazzám,
49 The sonnes of Vzzá, the sonnes of Paséah the sonnes of Besái,
50 The sonnes of Asnáh, the sonnes of Meunim, the sonnes of Nephusim,
51 The sonnes of Bakbúh: the sonnes of Haku pá, the sonnes of Harhur,
52 The sonnes af Bazlúth, the sonnes of Mehidá, the sonnes of Harshá,
53 The sonnes of Barcosthe sonnes of Shiserá the sonnes of Thámah,
54 The sonnes of Neziáh, the sonnes of Hatiphá.
55 The sonnes of Salomons VVhich came of them that Salomon had appointed for the worke of the Temple. seruants: the sō nes of Sotài, the sonnes of Sophéreth, the sonnes of Perudà,
56 The sonnes of Iaaláh, the sonnes of Darkón, the sonnes of Giddél.
57 The sonnes of Shephatiáh, the sonnes of Hattil the sōnes of Pochéreth Hazzebaim, the sonnes of Ami.
58 All the Nethinims, and the sonnes of Salo mōs seruants (were) thre hundreth ninetie and two.
59 ¶ And these went vp from Telmeláh, and from Telharshá, Cherúb, Addan, (and) Immér, but they colde not discerne their fathers house and their sede, whether they were of Israél,
60 The sonnes of Delaiah, the sonnes of Tobiáh, the sonnes of Nekodá, six hundreth and two and fiftie.
61 And of the sonnes of the Priests, the sōnes of Habaiáh, the sonnes of Coz, the sonnes of Of him is made menciō. 2. Sam. 17. 27. & 19
〈◊〉
and because the Priests office was hadin contempt these wolde haue changed their estate by their name, and so by Gods iuste iud gement
〈◊〉
bothe the estimaciō of the worlde and the dignitie of their office. Barzillai, which toke of the daughters of Barzillái the Giliadite to wife, and was called after their name.
62 These soght their writing of the genealogies, but they were not found: therefore were they put from the Priesthode.
63 And This is a Chalde name and signifieth him that hathe autoritieouer ouer others. Tirshátha said vnto them, that thei shulde not eat of the moste holy thing, til there rose vp a Priest with Read, Exod. 28. 30. Vrim and Thū mim.
64 The whole Cōgregacion together (was) two and fourtie thousand, thre hundreth and threscore,
65 Beside their seruants and their maides: of whome (were) seuen thousand, thre hundreth and seuen and thirtie: and among them (were) two hūdreth singing men and singing women.
66 Their horses (were) seuen hundreth, & six and thirty: their mules, two hundreth and fiue and fourtie:
67 Their camels foure hundreth and fiue and thirtie: their asses, six thousand, seuen hundreth and twentie.
68 And (certeine) of the chief fathers, when they came to the house of the Lord, which was in Ierusalém, thei offred willingly for the house of God, to set it vp vpon his fun dacion.
69 Thei gaue after their habilitie vnto the
treasure of the worke (euen) one and threscore thousandVVhich mount to of our money 24826 li. 13, shil. 4. d. esteming the french crowne at. 6. shil. 4 d. for the dramme is the eight
〈◊〉
of an ounce, & the ount ce the eight part of a marke. drammes of golde & fiue thousandVVhich are called mine, and con teine a piece two make
〈◊〉
. fran kes, which
〈◊〉
to of our many. 69666
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. hil. 4 d. so that the who le some was. 94493 li. 26 shil. 8 d. pieces of siluer and an hūdreth Priests garments.
70 So the Priests & the Leuites, and a (certei ne) of the people, and the singers, and the porters, and the Nethinims dwelt in their cities, and all Israél in their cities.
CHAP. III.
1 They buyld the altar of God. 6 Thei offer to the Lord. 7 Thei prepare for the Tēple. 11 And sing vnto tbe Lord.
1 ANd * when theCalled Tishri, which answereth to part of
〈◊〉
ber and parte of October. seuent moneth was come, and the children of Israél (were) in their cities, the people assembled thē selues as one man vnto Ierusalém.
2 Then stode vp Ieshua the sonne of Iozadák,3. Esdr. 5. 47. an his brethren the Priests, and Zerub babél theMeaning, nephewe, for he was the sonne of
〈◊〉
read 2. Chro. 3. 19. sonne of Shealtiél, & his brethren, end buylded the altar of the God of Israél, to offer burnt offrings thereon, as it is writen in the Law of Mosés the man of God.
3 And they set the altar vponIn the place where Salomon had placed it. his bases [for feare (was) among thē, because of the peo ple of those countreies] therefore they of fred burnt offrings thereon vnto the Lord, (euen) burnt offrings in the morning and at euen.
4 They kept also the feast of the Tabernacles, as it is writen, and the burnt offring * Exod. 23. 16. daily, by nomber according to the custome day by day.
5 And afterwardThat is after the feast of Tabernacles. the continual burnt offring, bothe in the new moneths and in all the feast dayes that were consecrate vnto the Lord, and in all the oblations willingly offred vnto the Lord.
6 From the first day of the seuent moneth be gan they to offer burnt offrings vnto the Lord but the fundacion of the Temple of the Lord was not laied.
7 They gaue money also vnto the masons, and to the workemen, and meat and drinke, and oyle vnto them of Zid on and of Ty rus, to bring them cedre wood from Leba nón to the sea vntoOr, ioppe. Iaphô, according to the grant that they had of Cyrus King of Persia,
8 ¶ And in the seconde yere of their cōming vnto the house of God in Ierusalém in theVVhich moneth conteined parte of April and parte of May, for in the meane seasō they hade prouided for things
〈◊〉
for the worke. second moneth began Zerubbabél the sō ne of Shealtiél, and Ieshua the sonne of Io zadák, and ther emnant of their brethren the Priests and the Leuites, & all they that were come out of the captiuitie vnto Ieru salém, and appointed the Leuites from twenty yere olde & aboue, to set foreward the worke of the house of the Lord.
9 And IeshúaThey gaue them exhortations and encouraged euerie mā for ward in the worke. stode with his sonnes, and his brethren (and) Kadmiél with his sonnes (&) the sonnes of Iudáh together to set forward the workemen in the house of God, and the sonnes of Henadád with their son nes, and their brethren the Leuites.
10 And when the buylders laied the fundacion of the Temple of the Lord thei appointed the Priests in their apparel with trumpets, and the Leuites the sonnes of Asáph with cymbales, to praise the LORD * after the ordinance of Dauid King of Israél.
〈◊〉
. Chro 16. 8.
11 Thus they sang whē they gaue praise, and when they gaue thankes vnto the Lord, For he is good, for his mercie (endureth) for euer toward Israél. And all the people shouted with a great shoute, when thei praised the Lord, because the fundacion of the house of the Lord was layed.
12 Many also of the Priests and the Leuites & the chief of the fathers, anciēt men, which had sene the first house, [when the fundacion of this house was layed before their eies]Because thei lawe that it
〈◊〉
nothing so
〈◊〉
that Tem ple which Salomō had buylt, notwithstanding Ag geus
〈◊〉
them and prophecieth that it shal be more beautiful thē the first meaning the spiritual Temple which are the
〈◊〉
of Christes bodie. wept with a loude voyce: and many shouted a loude for ioye,
13 So that the people colde not discerne the sounde of the shoute for ioye, from the noyce of the weping of the people: for the people shouted with a loude crye, and the noyce was heard farre of.
CHAP. IIII.
2 The buylding of the Temple is hindred and how. 11 Let ters to Artaxerxes, and the answer.
1 BVtMeaning the in habitants of Samaria, whome the King of
〈◊〉
had placed in the steade of the ten tribes. 2. King 17. 24. & 19. 17. The se professed God, but worshiped idoles also, and the
〈◊〉
were the greatest enemies to the true seruants of God. the aduersaires of Iudáh and Benia min heard, that the children of the captiuitie buylded the Tēple vnto the Lord God of Israél.
2 And thei came to Zerubbabél, and to the chief fathers, and said vnto them, We wil buylde with you, for we seke the Lord your God as ye (do) and we haue sacrificed vnto him since the time of Esár Hadd on King of Asshúr which broght vs vp hither.
3 Then Zerubbabél, and Ieshúa, and the rest of the chief fathers of Israél, said vnto thē It is not for you, but for vs to buyld the hou se vnto our God:For
〈◊〉
perceiued what
〈◊〉
pretence was, to wit to erect idola trie in steade of
〈◊〉
religion. for we our selues together wil buyld it vnto the Lord God of Israél, as King Cyrus the King of Persia hathe commanded vs,
4 Wherefore the people of the lādEbr. made their hands
〈◊〉
. discou raged the people of Iudáh, and troubled them in buylding,
5 And theyThey bribed the gouernours vnder the King, to hinder their worke, thus they that hal te, can not abide, that God shulde be purely serued. hyred counselers against them to hinder their deuice, all the daies of Cyrus King of Persia, euen vntil the reigne of Darius King of Persia.
6 And in the reigne ofHe was also cal led
〈◊〉
, which is a Persian name some thinke it was Cambises Cyrus sonne, or
〈◊〉
as vers. Ahashueròsh [in the beginning of his reigne] wrote thei an accusation against the inhabitants of Iudáh and Ierusalém.
7 And in the dayes ofCalled
〈◊〉
which signifieth in the Persiā tongue, an excellent warriour. Artahsháshte, Mithredáth, Tabeél, and the rest of their companions wrote whē it was peace vnto Artahshashte King of Persia, and the writing of the letter was the Aramites writing, and the thing declared (was) in the language of the Aramites.
8 Rehúm theOr, counselour. chancelour, and Shimshái the scribe wrote a lettre against Ierusalém to Artahsháshte the King, in this sorte.
9 Then (wrote) Rehúm the chancelour, and Shimshái the scribe, and their companionsThese were certeine people, whi che the
〈◊〉
placed in Samaria in stead of the ten tribes. Din aié, and Apharsatcaié, Tarpelaié, Apharsaié, Archeuaié, Bablaié, Shushanchaié, Dehaué, Elmaié,
10 And the rest of the peole whome the great and nobleSome thinke it was
〈◊〉
but rather Salma nasar. Asnappár broght ouer, and set in the cities of Samaria, and other that are beyonde theTo wit,
〈◊〉
tes, and he meaneth in respect, of Babél that they dwelt beyond it. Riuer andVVhich
〈◊〉
a
〈◊〉
people that
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
. Cheéneth.
11 ¶ This is the copie of the letter that they sent vnto King Artahsháshte, THY SERVANTS the men beyonde the Riuer and Cheéneth, (salute thee.)
12 Be it knowen vnto the King that the Iewes which came vp from thee to vs, are come vnto Ierusalém [a citie
〈◊〉
and wicked] and buylde, and laye the fundacions of the walles, and haue ioyned the fundacions.
13 Be it knowen now vnto the King, that if this citie be buylt, and the fundacions of the walles layed, thei wil not giue tolle, tribute, norMeanyng, the giftes that are wonte to be giuen to Kinges when they passe by any countrey custome: so shalt thou hinder the Kings tribute.
14 No we therefore becauseEbr. In the Chalde, we haue eaten the
〈◊〉
of the palaces. we haue bene broght vp in the (Kynges) palace, it was not mete for vs to se the Kings dishonor: for this cause haue we sent and certified the King.
15 That one may searche in the boke of the Chronicles of thy fathers, and thou shalte finde in the boke of the Chronicles, and per
〈◊〉
that this citie is rebellious ād noy some vnto Kings and prouinces, and that they haue moued sedicion of olde time, for the whi che cause this citie was destroyed.
16 We certifie the King (therfore,) that if this citie be buylded, and the fundacion of the walles layed, by this meanes the porcion beyonde the Riuer shal not be thine.
17 ¶ The King sent an answer vnto Rehum the chancelour, and
〈◊〉
the scribe, and to the reste of their companions that dwelt in Samaria, and vnto the other beyonde the Riuer,Some read for Shelam,
〈◊〉
or greting. Shelám andCalled also
〈◊〉
, as vers. 11. Cheéth.
18 ¶ The letter whiche ye sent vnto vs, hathe bene openly red before me.
19 And I haue commanded and they haue sear ched, and founde, that this citie of olde time hathe made insurrection agaynst Kings, and hathe rebelled, and rebellion hathe bene cō mitted therein.
20 There haue bene myghtie Kings also ouer Ierusalém, whiche haue ruled ouer all beyonde the Riuer, and tolle, tribute, and custo me was giuen vnto them.
21 Make ye now a decree, that those men may cease, and that the citie be not buylt, til I haue giuen (another) commandement.
22 Take hede nowe that ye fayle not to do thys: why shulde domage growe to hurt the King?
23 When the copie of Kyng Artahshashtes let tre was red before Rehum and Shimshai the scribe, ād their companions, they went vp in al the haste to Ierusalém vnto the Iewes, and caused them to cease by force and power.
24 ThenNot all together: for
〈◊〉
Prophetes exhorted them to
〈◊〉
, but
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
lesse diligence because of the
〈◊〉
. ceased the worke of the house of God, which was in Ierusalém, and
〈◊〉
stay vn to the secōde yere of Darius Kyng of Persia.
CHAP. V.
1 Haggai and
〈◊〉
hatiah do prophecie. 3 The worke of the Temple goeth forwarde contrary to the minde of Tatnai 6 His
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
.
1 THenOr, Haggeus. Hag 1.
〈◊〉
. * Haggai a Prophet and Zechariah the sonne of Id do a Prophet prophecied vnto the Iewes that were in Iudah, and Ierusalém,3.
〈◊〉
. 6. 6. in the Name of the God of Israél, (euē) vnto them.
2 Then Zerubbabél the sonne of Shealtiél, ād Ieshua the sonne of Iozadak arose, and began to builde the house of God at Ierusalém, and with them (were) the Prophetes of God, whicheVVhiche incouraged them
〈◊〉
go forward and accused them that they were more careful to
〈◊〉
their own
〈◊〉
then zealous to buylde the Temple of God. helpe them.
3 ¶ At the same time came to them Tatnai, whi che was captaine beyonde the Riuer, and Shether-boznai and their companions, and said thus vnto them, Who hathe giuen you commandement to buylde this house, and to lay the
〈◊〉
of these walles?
4That is, the ene mies asked this. as ver. 10. Then sayd we vnto them after thys maner, What are the names of the men that buylde this buylding?
5 But the
〈◊〉
sauour and the
〈◊〉
of strength. eye of their GOD was vpon the
〈◊〉
of the Iewes, that they colde not cause them to cease, tyll the matter came to Darius: and then they aunswered by letters thereunto.
6 The copie of the lettre, that Tatnai Captaine beyonde the Riuer, and Shether-boznai and
〈◊〉
companions Apharsechaié, [whi che
〈◊〉
beyond the Riuer] sent vnto King Darius.
7 They sent a lettre vnto hym, wherein it was writen thus, VNTO DARIVS the King all peace.
8 Be it knowen vnto the King, that we went into the prouince of Iudea, to the house of the great God, which is buylded withOr,
〈◊〉
. great stones, and beames are layed in the walles, and this worke is wroght spedely, and prospereth in their hands.
9 Then asked we those Elders, and said vnto them thus, Who hathe giuen you commandement to buyld this house, and to laye the fundacion of these walles?
10 We asked their names also, that we might certifie thee, (and) that we might write the names of the men that were their rulers.
11 But thei answered vs thus, and said, We
〈◊〉
the seruants of the God of heauen and earth and buylde the house that was buylt of olde (and) many yeres ago, which aTo wit, Salomon. great King of Israél * buylded, and founded it.
12 But after that our fathers had prouoked the God of heauen vnto wrath, * he gaue them ouer into the hand of Nebuchadnezzár King1. King. 6. 2. of Babél the Caldean, and he destroyed this2. Chro. 3 2. house, and caryed the people away captiue2. King. 34. 2. and
〈◊〉
. 9. vnto Babél.
13 But in theRead Chap. 1.
〈◊〉
. first yere of Cyrus King of Babél. King Cyrus made a decree to buyld this
house of God.
14 And the vessels of golde and siluer of the house of God, which Nebuchadnezzár toke out of the Temple, that was in Ierusalém, ād broght them into the Temple of Babél, those did Cyrus the King take out of the Temple of Babél, and they gaue them vnto (one) Read Chap. 1. 8. Sheshbazzár by his name, whome he had made captaine.
15 And he said vnto him, Take these vessels & go thy way, and put them in the Temple that is in lerusalém, and let the house of God be buylt in his place.
16 Then came the same Sheshbazzár and layed the fondacion of the house of God, which is in Ierusalém, and since that time euen vntil now, hathe it bene in buylding, yet is it not finished.
17 Now therefore if it please the King, let there be searche made in the house of the KingsMeaning, in the libratie, or placesw erelaye the registers, or recordes of times. treasures, which is there in Babél, whether a decree hathe bene made by King Cyrus, to buylde this house of God in Ierusalém, and let the King send (his) minde concerning this.
CHAP. VI.
At the commandement of Darius King of Persia, after the Temple was buylded and dedicate the children of Israél kepe the feast of vnleauened bread.
1 THen * King Darius gaue commandemēt,Esdr. 6. 21. and they made searche in theEbr. house of bokes. librarie of the treasures, which were there layed vp in Babél.
2 And there was founde in aWherein were the actes of the Kings of Medes and Persians. coffre [in the palace that was in the prouince of the Medes] a volume, and therein was it thus writen (as) a memorial,
3 IN THE FIRST yere of King Cyrus, King Cyrusmade a decree for the house of God in Ierusalém, Let the house be buylt, (euen) the place where they offred, sacrifices & let the walles thereof be ioyned together: let the height thereof (be) threscore cubites (&) the breadth thereof threscore cubites.
4 ThreOr, rowes or courses. orders ofOr, marble. great stones, and one order of tymbre, and let the expences be giuen of the Kings house.
5 And also let them render the vessels of the house of God [of golde and siluer, which Nebuchadnez zár toke out of the Tēple which was in Ierusalém, and broght vnto Babél] and letMeaning, zetubbabél, to who me he giueth charge. him go vnto the Temple that is in lerusalém to his place and put them in the house of God.
6 Therefore Tatnái captaine beyonde the Riuer, and Sherhár Boznái, [and their companions Apharsecaié, which are beyonde the Riuer] be ye farreMedle not with them, nether hin der them. from thence.
7 Suffre ye the worke of this house of God, that the captaine of the Iewes ād the Elders of the Iewes may buylde this house of God in his place,
8 For I haue giuen a commandement what ye shal do to the Elders of these Iewes for the buylding of this house of God, that of there uenues of the King, which is of the tribute beyonde the Riuer, there be incontinently expenses giuen vnto these men that theyFor lacke of money. cease not.
9 And that which thei shal haue nede of, let it be giuen vnto them day by day, whether it beyong bullockes, orrams, or lambs for the burnt offrings of the God of heauen, wheat, salt, wine, and oyle, according to the appointement of the Priests that are in Ierusalém, that there be no faute,
10 That they may haue to offer swete odours vnto the God of heauen, and pray for the Kings life, and for his sonnes.
11 And I haue made a decree, that whosoeuer shal alter this sentence, the wood shal be pulled downe from his house, and shalbe set vp, (and) he shal be hanged thereon, and his hou se shal be made a dung hil for this.
12 And the God that hathe caused his NameWho hathe appointed that place to haue his na me called vpon there. to dwel there destroye all Kings and people that put to their hand to alter, (and) to destroye this house of God, which is in Ierusalē. Darius haue made a decree, let it be done with spede.
13 ¶ * Then Tatn áithe captaine beyonde the3. Esdr. 7. 1. Riuer, (and) Shethár Boznái and their companiōs, according to that which Darius had sent, so thei did spedely.
14 So the Elders of the Iewes buylded, and they prospered by the prophecying ofWhome God stiredvp to assure them that wolde giue their worke good successe. Hag gái the Prophet, and Zechariah the sonne of
〈◊〉
, and they buylded ād finished it, by the appointement of the God of Israél, & by the commandement of Cyrus and Darius, and Artah shshte King of Persia.
15 And this house was finished the third day of the monethThis is the twelft moneth, and conteineth parte of Februarie and parte of Marche. Adar, which wasAnd the two and fortieth after their first returne. the sixt yere of the reigne of King Darius.
16 ¶ And the children of Israél, the Priests, and the Leuites, and the residue of the children of the
〈◊〉
kept the dedication of this house of God with ioye.
17 And offred at the dedicacion of this house of God an hundreth bullockes, two hūdreth rams, foure hundreth lambes and twelue goates, for the sinne of all Israél, according to the nomber of the tribes of Israél.
18 And they set the Priests in their ordre, and the Leuites in their courses ouer the seruice of God in Ierusalém, as it is writen in the * Nomb. 3. 6. & 8.
〈◊〉
. boke of Mosés.
19 And the children of the captiuitie kept the passeouer on the fourtente (day) of the first moneth.
20 [For the Priests and the Leuites were purified alltogether] and they killed the Passeouer for all the children of the captiuitie, and for their brethren the Priests, & for thē selues.
21 So the children of Israél which were come againe out of captiuitie, and all suche as hadWhich were of the heathen and forsaken their idolatrie to worship the true God. separated them selues vnto them, from the filthines of the heathen of the land, to seke the Lord God of Israél, did eat,
22 And they kepte the feast of vnleauened bread seuen dayes with ioye: for the Lorde had made them glad, and turned the heart of the King ofMeaning, Dari us who was king of the Medes, Persians and
〈◊〉
. Asshur vnto them, toEbr. to strengthen their, hands incourage them in the worke of the house of God, (euen) the God of Israél.
CHAP. VII.
1 By the commandement of the King, Ezra and his compa nions come to Ierusalém. 27 He giueth thankes to God.
1 NOw after these things, in the reigne ofThe Ebrewes writ, that diuers of the Kings of Persia were called by this name, as Pharaoh was a cōmune name to the King of Egypt, and Cesar to the Emperours Romain. Artahshashte King of Persia, (was) Ezrá the sonne of Seraiáh, the sonne of Azariah, the sonne of Hilkiah.
2 The sonne of Shallum, the sonne of Zadók, the sonne of Ahitub.
3 The sonne of Amariáh, the sonne of Azariáh, the sonne of Meraioth.
4 The sonne of Zeraiah, the sonne of Vzzi, the sonne of Bukki.
5 The sonne of Abisshua, the sonne of Phinehás, the sonne of Eleazar, the sonne ofEzra deduceth his kinred,
〈◊〉
he commeth to Aaron, to proue that he came of hym. Aarôu, the chief Priest.
6 This Ezrâ came vp from Babél, and was aHe sheweth here what a
〈◊〉
is,
〈◊〉
had charge to write the Lawe and to expound it, whō Marke
〈◊〉
a
〈◊〉
. Mar. 12 28. Mat. ād Luke cal him a lawier, or doctor of the Lawe. Mat. 22. 35, Luke. 10. 25. scribe prompt in the Law of Mosés, whiche the Lorde God of Israél had giuen, and the King gaue hym all his request accordyng to the hand of the Lorde hys God (which was) vpon him.
7 And there went vp (certeine) of the children of Israél; and of the Priests, and the Leuites, and the singers, and the porters, and the Nethinims vnto Ierusalém, in the seuent yere of King Artah shashte.
8 And he came to Ierusalē in theThat cōteined parte of Iulie ād parte of August. fift moneth, whiche was in the seuent yereOf Kynge Darius. of the King.
9 For vpon the first (daye) of the first moneth began he to go vp frome Babél, and on the first (day) of the fift moneth came he to Ieru salém, accordyng to the good hande of hys God (that was) vpon him.
10 For Ezrá had prepared hys heart to seke the Lawe of the Lord, and to do it, and to teachethe precepts and iudgements in Israél.
11 ¶ And thys is the copie of the letter that King Artah shashte gaue vnto Ezra the Priest (and) scribe, (euen) a writer of the wordes of the commandements of the Lord, and of his statutes ouer Israél.
12 Artah shashte Kyng of Kynges to Ezrá the Priest and perfite scribe of the Lawe of the God of heauen, and toSome take this for the name of a people, some for time or conti nuance, meaning that the King wi shed hym long life. Cheéneth.
13 I haue giuen commandement, that euerie one, that is willing in my kyngdome of the people of Israél, and of the Priests, and LeuitesVVhich remained as yet in Babylon, and had not returned wyth zerubbabel. to go to Ierusalém with thee, shal go.
14 Therfore art thou sent of the King and his seuen counselers, toTo examine who liued accor ding to the Law enquire in Iudah and Ierusalém, according to the Law of thy God which is inVVhereof theu
〈◊〉
expert. thine hand.
15 And to carie the siluer and the golde, whiche the King and his counselers willingly of fer vnto the God of Israél [whose habitacion is in Ierusalém.
16 And all the siluer and golde that thou canst finde in all the prouince of Babél, with the fre offring of the people, and that whiche the Priestes offre willingly to the house of their God which is in Ierusalém.
17 That thou maiest bye spedely with that siluer, bullockes, rams, lambes, with their meat offrings and their drinke offrings: and thou shalt offer them vpon the altar of the house of my God, which is in Ierusalém.
18 And whatsoeuer it please thee and thy bre thren to do with the rest of the siluer, and golde, do ye it accordyng to the will of yourAs ye knowe best maye serue to Gods glorie. God.
19 And the vessels that are giuen thee for the seruice of the house of thy God, those deliuer thou before God in Ierusalém.
20 And the residue that shalbe nedeful for the house of thy God, whiche shalbe mete for thee to bestowe, thou shalt bestowe it out of the Kings treasure house.
21 And I King Artah shashte haue giuen commandement to all the treasurers whiche are beyon dei the Riuer, that whatsoeuer EzráI VVhich was the Riuer Euphrates, ād they were beyonde
〈◊〉
respect of Babilon. the Priest and scribe of the Lawe of the God of heauen shall require of you, that it be done incontinently.
22 Vnto an hundreth talents of siluer, vnto an hūdrethEbr.
〈◊〉
. measures of wheat, ād vnto an hū
dreth baths of wine, and vnto an hundrethRead. 1. King. 7. 26. and. 2. Chro. 2. 10. baths of oyle, and salt without writing.
23 Whatsoeuer (is) by the commandement of the GOD of heauen, let it be done spedely for the house of the God of heauen: for why shulde he be wrathThis de
〈◊〉
that the
〈◊〉
of Gods
〈◊〉
caused
〈◊〉
to vse this liberalitie, and not the loue that he
〈◊〉
to Gods glorie or affection to his people. againste the realme of of the Kyng, and children?
24 And we certifie you, that vpon anie of the Priests, Leuites, singers, porters, Nethinims, or ministers in this house of God, there shal no gouernour lay vpon them tolle, tribute nor custome.
25 And thou Ezrá [after the wisdome of thy God, that is in thine hand]He gaue Ezra ful autoritie to
〈◊〉
al things according to the worde of God, ād to punish thē that resisted and wolde not
〈◊〉
setiudges and ar biters, which may iudge all the people that is beyonde the Riuer, (euen) all that knowe the Lawe of thy God, and teache ye (them) that knowe it not.
26 And whosoeuer wil not do the Lawe of thy God, and the Kings lawe, let hym haue iudgement without delay, whether it be vnto death, or to banishment, or to confiscation of goods, or to imprisonement.
27Thus Ezra gaue God thankes for that he gaue him so good
〈◊〉
in his affaires by reason of the King. Blessed (be) the Lorde God of our fathers whiche so hathe put in the Kings heart, to beautifie the house of the Lord that is in Ierusalém.
28 And hathe enclined mercye towarde me, before the King and his counselers, and before all the Kings mightie princes: and I was comforted by the hand of the Lord my God (which was) vpon me, and I gathered the chief of Israél to go vp with me.
CHAP. VIII.
1 The nomber of thē that returned to Ierusalém with Ezra 21 He causeth them to fast. 24 He admonisheth the Priests of their duetie. 31 What they did when they came to Ierusalém.
1 THese * are now the chief fáthers of them,
〈◊〉
Esdr. 8. 31. and the genealogie of them that came vp with me from Babél, in the reigne of KyngRead Chap. 7. 1 Arthshashte.
2 Of the sonnes of Phine has, Gersnóm: of the sonnes of It hamar, Daniél: of the sonnes of Dauid, Hattush:
3 Of the sonnes of She ohaniah, of the sonnes of Pharósh, Zechariah, and with him the counte of the males, an hundreth and fiftie.
4 Of the sonnes ofOr, Captaine
〈◊〉
Moab. Pahath Moáb, Elihoenai, the sonne of Zerahiáh, and with hym two hundreth males.
5 Of the sonnes of Shechaniah, the sonne of
〈◊〉
, and with him thre hundreth males.
6 And of the sonnes of Adin, Ebed the sonne of
〈◊〉
, and with him fiftie males.
7 And of the sonnes of Elám, Ieshaiah the sonne of Athaliah, and with him seuentie males.
8 And of the sonnes of Shephatiáh, Zebadiáh the sonne of Michaél, and with hym foure scoremales.
9 Of the sonnes of Ioáb, Obadiáh the sonne of Iehiél, and with him two hundreth and eyghtene males.
10 And of the sonnes of Shelomith the sonne of Iosiphiah, and with hym an hundreth and thre scoremales.
11 And of the sonnes of Bebái, Zechariáh, the sonne of
〈◊〉
, ād with him eight and twentie males.
12 And of the sonnes of Azgád, Iohanan the sonne of
〈◊〉
, and with him an hundreth and ten males.
13 And of the sonnes of Adonikam, (that were theThat came to go with
〈◊〉
. last, whose names are these: Eliphélet, Iehiél and Shemaiah, and with them thre scoremales.
14 And of the sonnes of Biguai, Vthai, and Zab bud, and with them seuentie males.
15 And I gathered thē to theTo that place of Euphrates,
〈◊〉
Ahaua the riuer
〈◊〉
into it. Riuer that goeth toward Ahauá, and there abode we thre day es: then I vewed the people, and the Priests, ād founde there none of the sonnes of Leui.
16 Therefore sent Ito
〈◊〉
, to Ariél, to Shemeiah, and to Elnathán, and to Iarib, and to Elnathán, and to Nathán, and to Zechariáh, and to Meshullam the chief, and to Ioiarib and to Elnathán, men of vnderstanding.
17 And I gaue them commandement, to Iddô theHe was the
〈◊〉
that taght there the Lawe of God vnto the Leuites. chiefest at the place of Casephiá, and IEbr. put worde in then mouth. tolde them the wordes that they shulde speake to Iddō, (and) to hys brethten the Nethmims at the place of Casiphiá, that they shulde cause the ministers of the house of our God to come vnto vs.
18 So by the good hand of our GOD (whiche was) vpon vs, they broght vs a man of vnderstandynge of the sonnes of Mahali the sonne of Leui, the sonne of Israél, and Sherebiah with his sonnes and his brethren, (
〈◊〉
) eightene.
19 Also Hashabiah, and with him Ieshaiah of the sonnes of Merari, with his brethren, and their sonnes twentie.
20 And of theRead Cha. 2. 42 Nethinims, whome Dauid had set, and the princes for the seruice of the Leuites, two hūdreth and twentie of the Ne thinims, which all were named by name.
21 And these at the Riuer, by Ahauá, I proclaimed a faste, that we might humbleHe sheweth that the ende of fasting
〈◊〉
to hum ble the body to the spirit, which must procede of the heart
〈◊〉
touched, or els it is but hypocrisie our selues before our GOD, and seke of hym a right waye for vs, and for our children, and for all our substance.
22 For I wasHe thoght it better to
〈◊〉
him selfe to the protectiō of God then by
〈◊〉
these
〈◊〉
meanes, to giue an occasion to others to thinke that he did doute of Gods power. ashamed to require of the King an armie and horsemen, to helpe vs against the enemie in the way, because we had spoken to the Kyng, saying, The hande of our God (is) vpon all them that seke him, in good nes, but his power and his wrath (is) against all them that forsake him.
23 So we fasted, and besoght our God for this: and he was intreated of vs.
24 Then I separated twelue of the chief of the Priests, Sherehiah, (and) Hashabiah, and ten of their brethren with them.
25 And weighed then the
〈◊〉
and the gold, ād the veslels, (euen) the offring of the house of our God, (which) the Kyng and his counselers, and his princes, and al Israél that were present had offred.
16 And I weighed vnto their hand six hundreth and fiftyRead.
〈◊〉
. King. 9.
〈◊〉
. talents of siluer, ād in siluer vessel, an hundreth talents, (and) in golde, an hundreth talents.
27 And twentie basins of golde, of a thousandRead. Chap.
〈◊〉
2. 69. drammes, and two vessels of shining brasse very good, and precious as golde.
28 ¶ And I said vnto them, Ye are consecrate vnto the Lorde, and the vessels (are) consecrate, and the golde and the siluer (are) frely offred vnto the Lord God of your fathers.
29 Watche ye, and kepe (them) vntil ye weigh them before the chief Priests and the Leuites, and the chief fathers of Israél in Ierusalē in the chambers of the house of the Lorde.
30 So the Priests and the Leuites receiued the weight of the siluer and of the golde, and of the vessels to bring (them) to Ierusalém, vnto the house of our God.
31 ¶ Then we departed from the Riuer of Ahaua on the twelft (day) of the first moneth, to go vnto Ierusalém, and the hand of our God was vpon vs, and deliuered vs from the hand of the enemie, and of suche as layedThis declared that their iourney was full of danger, and yet God deliuered thē
〈◊〉
to their prayer. waite by the way.
32 And we came to
〈◊〉
, and abode there thre dayes.
33 And on the
〈◊〉
day was the siluer weighed, and the golde and the vessel in the house of our God by the hand of Meremoth the sonne of Vriáh the Priest, and with him (was) Eleazarthe sonne of Phinehas, and with thē (was) Iozabad the sonne of Ieshua, and Noa diah the sonne of Binnui theThis was a token of a good cō science ād of his integritie, that he wolde haue wit nesses of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Leuites.
34 By nomher and by weight of euerie one, ād all the weight was writen at the same time.
35 Also the children of the captiuitie, whiche were come out of captiuitie, offred burnt offrings vnto the God of Israél, twelue bullockes
for all Israél, ninetie and six rams, seuentie & seuen lambes, (&) twelue he goates for sinne: all (was) a burnt offring of the Lord
36 And they deliuered the Kings commission vnto the Kings officers, & to the captaines beyonde the Riuer: and they promoted the people, and the house of God.
CHAP. IX.
1 Ezrá complaineth on the people that
〈◊〉
turned them selues from God, and maryed with the Gentiles, 5 He prayeth vnto God.
1 WHen * as these things were done, the1. Esdr 9, 69. rulers came to me, saying, The people of Israél, and the Priests and the Leuites are notFrom the time
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
home
〈◊〉
vntil the
〈◊〉
of Ezrá, they had degenerate contrary to the Law of God, and
〈◊〉
where
〈◊〉
was
〈◊〉
lawful, Deu. 7, 3. separated from the people of the lands [as touching their abominacion] (to wit,) of the Canaanites, the Hittites, the
〈◊〉
, the Iebusites, the Ammonites, the Moabites the Egyptians, and the Amorites.
2 For they haue taken their daughters to thē selues, and to their sonnes, and they haue mixed the holy sede with the people of the lāds and the hand of theThat is, the
〈◊〉
are the
〈◊〉
beginners hereof. princes and rulers hath bene chief in this trespasse.
3 But when I heard this saying, I rent my clothes & mv garment, and
〈◊〉
of the heere of mine head, and of my heard, &
〈◊〉
downeAs one douting
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
benefites
〈◊〉
vs or els de stroy
〈◊〉
which he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. astonied.
4 And there assembled vnto me all that feared the wordes of the God of Israél, because of the transgression of them of the captiuitie. And I sate downe astonied vntil the *
〈◊〉
sacrifice.Exod.
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
.
5 And at the euening sacrifice I arose vp from
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. mine heuines, & when I had rent my clothes and my garmēt, I fel vpon my knees, & spred out mine hands vnto the Lord my God,
6 And said, O my God, I am confounded and ashamed, to lift vp mine eyes vnto thee my God: for our iniquities are increased ouerThat
〈◊〉
, we are
〈◊〉
insinne our head, and our
〈◊〉
is
〈◊〉
vp vntoThey so
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
not growe greater. the heauen.
7 From the dayes of our fathers haue we bene in a great
〈◊〉
vnto
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
our iniquities haue we, our
〈◊〉
, (&)
〈◊〉
Priests bene deliuered into the hand
〈◊〉
the Kings of the lands, vnto the sworde, into captiuitie into a spoyle, and into confusion of face, as (appeareth) this day.
8 And now for a title space grace hathe bene shewed from the Lord our God, in causing a remnant to escape, and in giuing vs aIn giuing vs a resting place, it is a similitude takē of thē that remai ne stil in a place. Which smite
〈◊〉
to hāg things vpon, Isa. 22, 23. nayle in his holy place, that our GOD may light our eyes, and giue vs a litle reuiuing in our seruitude.
9 For (thogh) we were bōdemen, yet our God hathe not forsaken vs in our bondage, but hath enclined mercie vnto vs in the sight of the Kings of Persia, to giue vs life, (and) to erect the house of our God, and to redresse the desolate places thereof, and to giue vs a wallin Iudáh and in Ierusalém.
10 And now, our God, what shal we say after this? for we haue forsaken thy commandements.
11 Which thou hast commanded by thy seruantsExod. 23, 32. & 34, 12, 15. the Prophetes, saying, * The land where unto ye go to possesse it, is an vncleane lād,Leu. 7, 23. because of the filthines of the people of the lands, which by their abominacions, (and) by their vnclennes haue filled it from
〈◊〉
to corner.
12 Now therefore shal ye not giue your daugh ters vnto their sonnes, nether shalye take their daughters vnto your sonnes, nor sekeDeut. 23, 5. their * peace nor wealth for euer, that ye may be strong and eat the goodnes of the land, and leaue it for an inheritance to your sonnes for euer.
13 And after all that is come vpon vs for our euil dedes, and for our great trespasses [seing that thou our God hast hayed (vs frō being) benetheHast not vtterly cast vs downe and destroyed vs for our
〈◊〉
, Deu. 28, 3. for our iniquities, & hast giuen vs suche deliuerance]
14 Shulde we returne to breake thy commandements, and ioyne in affinitie with the peo ple of suche abominaciōs? woldest not thou be angrie to ward vs til thou haddest consumed (vs,) so that there (shuld be) no remnant nor anie esk aping?
15 O Lord God of Israél, thou art iuste, for we haue beneHe
〈◊〉
that God is
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
his people, &
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
a residue to
〈◊〉
me he
〈◊〉
fauour. reserued to escape, as (appeareth) this day: beholde, we are before thee in our
〈◊〉
: therefore we can not stand before thee because of it.
CHAP. X.
1 The people repent and turne, and put away their strange wiues.
1 WHiles * Ezrá prayed thus, &He
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
and the
〈◊〉
of the peo ple. confessed2 Esdr. 8. 92. him selfe weping, and falling downe before the house of God, there assembled vn to him of Israél a very great Congregaciō of men and women & children: for the people wept with a great lamentacion.
2 Then Shecaniáh the sonne of Iehiél one of the sonnes of Elám, answered, & said to Ezrá, We haue trespassed against our God, and haue taken strange
〈◊〉
of the people of the land, yet now there isMeaning, that God wolde
〈◊〉
ue thē to
〈◊〉
. hope in Israél concer ning this.
3 Now therefore let vs make a couenant with our God, to put awayWhich are strā
gers and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
Law of God. all the wiues [& suche as are borne of thē] according to the counsel of the Lord, and of those that feare the cō mandements of our God, and let it be done according to the Law.
4 Arise: for the matterBecause GOD
〈◊〉
giuen thee
〈◊〉
, & learning to persuade
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
herein and to commande
〈◊〉
. belongeth vnto thee: we also wil be with thee: be of comforte and do it.
5 ¶ Then arose Ezrá, & caused the chief Priests the Leuites, & all Israél, to sweare that they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
according to this worde. So they sware.
6 * And Ezrá rose vp from before the house of3 Esdr. 9,
〈◊〉
. God, and went into the chambre of Iohanán the sonne of Eliashib: he went euen thither, (but) he did eat nether bread, nor dronke water: for he mourned, because of the transgression of them of the captiuitie.
7 And they caused a proclamation to go
〈◊〉
ghout Iudáh and Ierusalém, vntoEbr. sonnes of the
〈◊〉
. all them of the captiuitie, that they shulde assemble them selues vnto Ierusalém.
8 And whosoeuer wold not come within thre dayes according to the counsel of the princes and Elders, all his substāce shulde beOr, condemned for fait, & he shulde be separate from the Congregacion of them of the captiuitie.
9 ¶ Then all the men of Iudáh & Beniamin assembled them selues vnto Ierusalém within thre dayes, which was the twentieth (day) of thewhich conteined part of Nouē ber and part of December. ninte moneth, and all the people sate in the strete of the house of God, trembling for this matter, and fortheFor the season was giuen to rai ne, & so the wether was more sharpe & colde, & also their cōsciē
ce touched them raine.
10 And Ezrá the Priest stode vp, and said vnto them, Ye haue transgressed, and haue taken strange wiues, toYe haue layed one sinne vpon another. increase the trespasse of Israél.
11 Now thereforeRead Iosh. 7, 19 giue praise vnto the Lord God of your fathers, and do his wil and separate your selues from the people of the land, and from the strange wiues.
12 And all the Congregacion answered, & said with a loude voyce, So wil we do according to thy wordes vnto vs.
13 But the people are many, and it is a raynie wether, and we are not able to stand with out neither (is it) the worke of one day or two: for we are many that haue offended in this thing.
14 Let our
〈◊〉
stand thereforeLet them be appointed to exami ne this matter. before all the Congregacion, and let all them which haue taken strange wiues in our cities, come at the time appointed, and with them the Elders of euerie citie and the
〈◊〉
thereof, til the fierce wrath of our God for this matter turne away from vs.
15 Then were appointed Ionathán the sonne of Asah-él, & Iahaziáh the sonne of Tikuáh óuer this matter, and Meshullám and Shabbethái the Leuites helped them.
16 And thei of the captiuitie did so andThei wēr to the
〈◊〉
cities to sit on this matter which was thre moneths in
〈◊〉
. depar ted, (euen) Ezráthe Priest, (&) the men (that were) chief fathers to the familie of their fathers by name, & sate downe in the first daye of the tente moneth to examine the matter.
17 And vntil the first day of the first moneth they were finishing the busines with all the men that had taken strange wiues,
18 And of the sonnes of the Priests there were men founde, that had taken strange wiues, (to wit,) of the sonnes of Ieshúa, the sonne of Iozadák, & of his brethren, Maaseiáh, A Elié zer, and Iarib and Gedaliáh.
19 And thei gaueAs a token that thei wolde kepe promes & do it. their hands, that thei wolde put away their wiues, and they that had trespassed, (gaue) a ramme for their trespasse.
20 And of the sonnes of Immér, Honani, and Zebadiáh.
21 And of the sonnes of Harim, Maaseiáh, and Eliiáh, and Shemaiáh, and Iehiél, and Vzziáh
22 And of the sonnes of Pashúr, Elioenái, Maa seiáh, Ishmaél, Nethaneél, Iozabád, and Elasáh.
23 And of the Leuites, Iozabád and Shimei and Kelaiáh, [which is Kelitáh] Pethahiáh, Iudáh and Eliézer.
24 And of the singers, Eliashib. And of the por ters, Shallum, and Tellém, and Vri.
25 And ofMeaning, of the cōmune people: for before the spake of the Priests & Leuites Israél: of the sonnes of Parôsh, Ramiáh, and Iesiáh, and Malchiáh, and Miámin, and Eleazár, and Malchiiáh, and Benaiáh.
26 And of the sonnes of Elám, Mattaniâh, Zechariáh, and Iehiél: and Abdi, and Ieremōth, and Eliáh.
27 And of the sonnes of Zattú, Elioenái, Eliashib, Mattaniáh, and Ierimóth, and Zabád, & Aziza.
28 And of the sonnes of Bebái, Iehohanán, Hananiáh, Zabbái, Athlái.
29 And of the sonnes of Bani, Meshullám, Mal lūch, and Adaiáh, Iashúb, and Sheál, Ieremóth.
30 And of the sonnes ofOr, the captaine of Moáb. Paháth Moáb, Adná, & Chelál, Benaiáh, Maaseiáh, Mattaniāh, Be zaleél, and Binnúi, and Manasséh.
31 And of the sonnes of Harim, Eliézer, Ishiiáh Malchiáh, Shemaiáh, Shimeôn,
32 Beniamin, Mallúch, Shamariáh.
33 Of the sonnes of Hashúm, Mattenái, Mattattáh, Zabád, Eliphélet, Ieremái, Menasséh, Shi mei.
34 Of the sonnes of Bani, Maadái, Amrám, and Vél,
35 Banaiáh, Bediáh, Chellúh,
36 Vaniáh, Meremôth, Eliashib,
37 Mattaniah, Mattenai, and Iaosau,
38 And Banni & Bennúi, Shimei,
39 And Shelemiah, & Nathan, & Adaiah,
40 Machnadebai, Shashai, Sharai,
41 Azareél, and Shelemiah, Shemariah,
42 Shallūm, Amariah, Ioséph.
43 Of the sonnes of Nebô, Ieiēl, Mattithiah, Zabad, Zebina, Iadau, & Ioél, Benaiah.
44 All these had taken strange wiues: & amōg them were women that hadVVhiche also were made illegitimate because the mariage was vnlawful. children.
NEHEMIAH.
THE ARGVMENT.
GOD doeth in all ages and at all times set vp worthy persones for the commoditie and profite of his Churche, as now with in the compasse of seuentie yeres he raised vp diuers excellent men for the preseruation of his people after their re turne from Babylon, as Zerubbabél, Ezrá, and Nehemiáh. Whereof the first was their captaine to bring them home, & prouided that the Temple was buylded: the seconde reformed their maners and planted religion: & the third buylded vp the walles, deliuered the people from oppression, and prouided that the Law of God was put in execution among them. He was a godlie man and in great autoritie with the King, so that the King fauoured him greatly. and gaue him moste ample
〈◊〉
for the accomplishement of all things which he colde desire. This boke is also called of the latins the seconde of Ezrá, because he was the writer thereof.
CHAP. I.
1 Nehemiáh be waileth the calamitie of Ierusalém. 5 He confesseth the sinnes of the people, and prayeth God for them.
1 THe wordes of Nehemiáh the sonne of Ha chaliáh, in the monethwhich conteineth part of Nouember and part of December, & was their ninth moneth. Chisléu, in the twentieth yere, as I was in the palace of Shushán,
2 Came Hanáni, one of myA Iewe as
〈◊〉
was. brethren, he and the mē of Iudáh, and I asked them cōcerning the Iewes that were deliuered, which were of the residue of the captiuitie, and concerning Ierusalém.
3 And they said vnto me, The residue that are left of the captiuitie there in theMeaning, in Iudea. prouince, (are) in great affliction and in reproche, and the wall of Ierusalém (is) broken downe, and the gates thereof are burnt with fyre.
4 And when I heard these wordes, I sate downe and wept, and mourned (certeine) dayes, and I fasted and prayed before the God of heauen,
〈◊〉
. 9 4.
5 And said, * O Lord God of heauen, the great and terrible God, that kepeth couenant and mercie for them that loue him, and obserue his commandements,
6 I pray thee, let thine eares be attent, and thi ne eyes open, to heare the prayer of thy seruant, which I pray before thee dayly, day ād night for the children of Israél thy seruants, and
〈◊〉
the sinnes of the children of Israél, which we haue sinned against thee, bothe I and my fathers house haue sinned:
7 We haueEb. corrupted. grieuously sinned against thee, & haue not kept the commandements, nor the statutes, nor the iudgements, which thou cō
mandedst thy seruant Mosés.
8 I beseche thee, remember the worde that thou commandedst thy seruant Mosés, saying,Deut. 30. 4. Ye wil transgresse, and I * wil scatre you abroade among the people.
9 But if ye turne vnto me, and kepe my commandements, and do them, thogh your scate ring were to the vttermost parte of the heauen, (yet) wil I gather you from thence and wil bring you vnto the place that I haue cho sen, to place my Name there.
10 Now these are thy seruants and thy people whome thou hast redemed by thy great power, and by thy mighty hand.
11 O Lord, I beseche thee, let thine eare now hearken to the prayer of thy seruant, and to the prayer of thy seruants, who desire toThat is, to worship thee. feare thy Name, and, I pray thee, cause thy seruant to prosper this day, and giue him fauour in the presence ofTo wit, the King Attahshāshte. this man: for I was the Kings butler.
CHAP. II.
1 After Nehemiáh had obteined letters of Artaxerxes, 11. He came to Ierusalém. 17 And buylded the walles.
1 NOw in the monethwhich was the first moneth of the yere and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of Marche and part of
〈◊〉
. Nisán in the twentieth yere of Kingwho is also called
〈◊〉
read
〈◊〉
. 7. 1. Artahsháshte, the wine (stode) before him, and I toke vp the wine, and gaue it vnto the King, now I was not (before time) sad in his presence.
2 And the King said vnto me, Why is thy coun tenance sad, seing thou art not sicke? this is nothing, but sorowe of heart. Then was I so re afraied,
3 And I said to the King, God saue the King for euer: why shulde not my countenance be sad, when the citie (and) house of the sepul chres of my fathers lieth waste and the gates thereof are deuoured with fyre?
4 And the King said vnto me, For what thing do est thou require? Then I praiedI desired God in mine heart to prosper mine enterprise. to the God of heauen,
5 And said vnto the King, If it please the King and if thy seruant haue founde fauour in thy sight, (I desire) that thou woldest send me to Iudáh vnto the citie of the sepulchres of my fathers, that I may buylde it.
6 And the King said vnto me, [the quene also sitting by him] How long shal thy iourney be? and when wilt thou come againe? So it pleased the King, and he sent me, ād I set him a time.
7 After I said vnto the King, If it please the King, let them giue me letters to the captaines beyonde theOr, Euphrates. Riuer, that they may conuaye me ouer, til I come into Iudáh,
8 And letters vnto Asáph the keper of the Kings' parke, that he may giue me timber to"Or, paradise. buylde the gates of the palace [which apper teined to the house] and for the walles of the citie, and for the house that I shal entre into. And the King gaue me according toAs God moued me to aske, and as he gaue me good successe therein. the good hand of my God vpon me.
9 ¶ Then came I to the captaines beyond the Riuer, and gaue them the Kings letters. And the King had sent captaines of the armie and horsmen with me.
10 ButThese were great enemies to the Iewes and labored alwaies bothe by force and subtilitie to ouercome them, and Tobiáh because his wife was a
〈◊〉
had
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
affaires and so wroght them great trouble. Sanballát the Horonite, and Tobiáh a seruant an Ammonite heard it, and it grieued them sore, that there was come a man which soght the wealth of the children of Israél.
11 So I came to Ierusalém, and was there thre dayes.
12 And I rose in the night, I, & a few men with me: for I tolde no man, what God had put in mine heart to do at Ierusalém, and there was not a beast with me, saue the beast whereon I rode.
13 And I went out by night by the gate of the valley, and (came) before the draggon well, and to the dung porte, and vewed the walles of Ierusalém, how they were broken downe, and the portes thereof deuoured with the fyre.
14 Then I went forthe vnto the gate of theOr,
〈◊〉
. fountaine, and to the Kings fish poole, and there was no roume for the beast that was vnder me to passe.
15 Then went I vp in the night by the broke,
and vewed the wall, and turned backe, and comming backe, I entred by the gate of the valley and returned.
16 And the rulers knewe not whether I was gone, nor what I did, nether did I as yettel it vnto the Iewes, nor to the Priests, nor to the noblemen, nor to the rulers, nor to the rest that laboured in the worke.
17 Afterward I said vnto them, Ye se the miserie that we are in, how Ierusalém lieth waste, and the gates thereof are burnt with fyre: co me and let vs buylde the wall of Ierusalém, that we be no moreThat is contem ned of other nations, as thoght God had forsakē vs. a reproche.
18 Then I tolde them of the hand of my God, [which was good ouerme] and also of the Kings wordes that he had spoken vnto me. And they said, Let vs rise, and buylde. So they They were incouraged and gaue them selues to do wel, and to trauel in this worthy enterprise. strengthened their hand to good.
19 But when Sanballát the Horonite, and Tobiáh the seruāt an Ammonite, andThese were the chief gouerners vnder the King of
〈◊〉
beyonde Euphra
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
the Arabian heard it they
〈◊〉
vs and de spised vs, and said, What a thing is this that ye do? Wil yeThus the wicked when
〈◊〉
wil
〈◊〉
the children of God, euer
〈◊〉
treason vnto their charge, bothe because it ma keth them moste odious to the worlde, and also
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of princes moste against them rebell against thee King?
20 Then answered I them, and said to thē, The God of heauen, he wil prosper vs, and we his seruants wil rise vp and buylde: but as for you ye haue no porciō nor right, norNether ye are of the nomber of the children of God (to whome he hathe appointed
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
onely) nether did anie of your
〈◊〉
euer feare God. memorial in Ierusalém.
CHAP. III.
The nomber of them that buylded the walles.
1 THen arose Eliashib the hie Priest with his brethren the Priests, and they buylt theChap. III. snepegate: theiIn
〈◊〉
, thei sanctified it that is, they finished it, and so de dicated it to the Lord by prayer, in desiring him to mainteine it. repared it, & setvp the dores thereof: euen vnto the towre of Meáh repared they it, (&) vnto the towre of Hananeél.
2 And next vnto him buylded the men of Ierichó, and beside him Zaccúr the sonne of Imri.
3 But the fishe porte did the sonnes of Senaah buylde, which also layed the beames there of and set on the dores there of, the lockes there of, and the barres thereof.
4 And next vnto thē fortified Merimóth, the sonne of Vriiáh, the sonne of Hakkôz: and next vnto them fortified Meshullám, the son ne of Berechiáh, the sonne of Meshezabeél: and next vnto them fortified Zadók, the son ne of Baaná:
5 And next vnto them fortified the Tekoites: but the greatmē of themThe riche and mightie wolde obey
〈◊〉
, which were appointed
〈◊〉
in this
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thei helpe thereunto. put not their neckes to the worke of their
〈◊〉
.
6 And the gate of the * olde (fishpoole) fortified Iehoiadá the sonne of Paséah, & Meshul lā the sonne of Besodaiáh: theilayed the beames thereof, & set on the dores thereof, and the lockes thereof, and the barres thereof.Isa. 22. 11.
7 Next vnto them also fortified Melatiáh the Gibeonite, and Ladón the Meronothite, mē of Gibeôn, & of Mizpáh, vnto theVnto the place
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
was wonte to
〈◊〉
iudgement who gouerned the countrey in
〈◊〉
absence throne of the Duke, (which was) beyonde the Riuer.
8 Next vnto him fortified Vzziél the sonne of HarhohiáhOr, of
〈◊〉
of the golde smithes: next vnto him also fortified Hananiáh, the sonneOr, of the
〈◊〉
. of Harakkahim, and they repared Ierusalém vn to the broad wall.
9 Also next vnto them fortified Raphaiáh, the sonne of Hur, the ruler of the halfe parte of Ierusalém.
10 And next vnto him fortified Iedaiáh the son ne of Harumáph, euen ouer against his house: and next vnto him fortified Hattúsh, the sonne of Hashabniáh.
11 Malchiiáh the sonne of Harim, and Hashúb the sonne of Paháth Moáb fortified the secondeOr, measure. portió, & the towre of the fornaces.
12 Next vnto him also fortified Shallúm, the sonne of Halloésh, the ruler of the halfe parte of
〈◊〉
, he, and his daughters.
13 The valley hate fortified Hanúm, and the inhabitants
〈◊〉
Zanuah: thei buylt it, and set on the dores thereof, the lockes thereof, and the barres thereof, euen a thousand cubites on the wall vnto the dung porte.
14 But the dung porte fortified Malchiáh, the sonne of Recháb, the ruler of the fourte par te of Beth-haccárem: he buylt it, and set on the dores there of, the lockes thereof, ād the barres thereof.
15 But the gate of the fountaine fortified Shallún, the sonne of Gol-hozéh, the ruler of the fourte parte of Mizpáh: he buylded in, and couered it, and set on the dores thereof, the lockes thereof, and the barres thereof, and the wall vnto the fishpoole ofOr,
〈◊〉
. Sheláh by the Kings garden, and vnto the steppes that go downe from the citie of Dauid.
16 After him fortified Nehemiáh the sonne of Azbúk, the ruler of the halfe parte of Bethzur, vntil the otherside ouer against the sepul chres of Dauid, and to the fishpoole that was repared, and vnto the house of the migh tie.
17 After him fortified the Leuites, Rehúm the sonne of Bani, and nextvnto him fortified Ha shabiáh the ruler of the halfe parte of Keilah in his quarter.
18 After him fortified their brethren: Bauai, the sonne of Henadad the ruler of the halfe parte of Keilah:
19 And next vnto him fortified Ezer, the sonne of Ieshúa the ruler of Mizpah, the other por tion ouer against the going vp to theWhere
〈◊〉
weapons and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
laye. corner of the armoure.
20 After him was earnest Barúch the sonne of Zacchúi, (and) fortified another portiō from the corner vnto the dore of the house of Elia shib the hie Priest.
21 After him fortified Merimóth, the sonne of Vriiah, the sonne of Hakkóz, another portion from the dore of the house of Eliashib, euen as long as the house of Eliashib extended.
22 After him also fortified the Priests, the men ofWhich dwelt in the plaine countrey by
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
. the plaine.
23 After them fortified Beniamin, and Hasshúb ouer against their house: after him fortified Azariah, the sonne of Maaseiah, the sonne of Ananiah, by his house.
24 After him fortified Binnúi, the sonne of He
〈◊〉
another portion, from the house of Azariah
vnto the turning and vnto the corner
25 Palál, the sonne of Vzái from ouer against the corner, & the high towre, that lyeth out from the Kings house, which is beside the courte of the prison. After him, Pedaiáh, the sonne of Parôsh.
26 And theRead
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. 2, 43. Nethinims they dwelt in the forteresse vnto the (place) ouer against the water gate, Eastward, & to the towre that lyeth out.
27 After him fortified the Tekoites another por tion ouer against the great towre, that lyeth out, euen vnto the wall of the forteresse.
28 From aboue the horsegate forthe fortified the Priests, euerie one ouer against his house
29 After them fortified Zadók the sonne of
〈◊〉
mér ouer against his house: and after him for tified Shemaiáh, the sonne of Shechaniâh the keper of the Eastgate.
30 After him fortified Hananiáh, the sonne of Shelemiáh, and Hanún, the sonne of Zaláph, the sixt, another portion: after him fortifiedg Meaning, the sixt of his
〈◊〉
. Meshullám, the sonne of Berechiáh, ouer against his chamber.
31 After him fortified Malchiáh the goldsmithes sonne, vntil the house of the Nethinims and of the marchants ouer against the gate Which was the place of iudgemēt, or
〈◊〉
. Miphkád, and to the chamber in the corner.
32 And betwene the chamber of the corner vn to the shepegate fortified the goldsmithes & the
〈◊〉
.
CHAP. IIII.
7 The buylding of Ierusalém is hindred, 15 But God brea keth their enterprise, 17 The Iewes buylde with one hād, and holde their weapons in the other.
1 BVt whē Sanballát heard that we buylded the wall, then was he wroth and sore grie ued, and mocked the Iewes.
2 And said before his
〈◊〉
his companions that dwelt in
〈◊〉
brethren and the armie of Samaria, thus he said, What do theseThus the wick d, that
〈◊〉
not that Gods power is euer in a readines for the defence of his, mocke them as thogh thei were weake and feble weake Iewes? wil they fortifie thē selues? wil thei sacrifice? wil thei finish it in a day? wil they make the stones whole againe out of the heapes of dust, seing they are burnt?
3 And Tobiáh the Ammonite (was) beside him and said, Althogh they buylde, (yet) if a foxe go vp, he shal euē breake downe their stony wall.
4 This is
〈◊〉
that the children
〈◊〉
God haue against the
〈◊〉
& threatnings of their ene mies, to
〈◊〉
to God by prayer. Heare, ô our God [for we are despised] and turne their shame vpon their owne head, & giue them vnto a prayLet them be spoiled and led away captiue. in the land of their captiuitie,
5 And couer not theirLet thyplagues declare to the
〈◊〉
at thei set them selues
〈◊〉
thee, &
〈◊〉
thy Church thus he prayeth, onely hauing respect to
〈◊〉
glo rie &
〈◊〉
for any
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
or
〈◊〉
iniquitie, nether let their sinne be put out in thy preséce: for thei haue prouoked (vs) before the bylders.
6 So we buylt the wall, and all the wall was ioy ned vnto theOr, halfe height halfe thereof, and the heart of the people was to worke.
7 ¶But when Sanballát, and Tobiáh, and the Arabians, and the Ammonites, & the
〈◊〉
heard that the walles of Ierusalē were repared, [for the breaches began to be stopped] then thei were verie wroth,
8 And conspired altogether to come and to fight against Ierusalém, and to
〈◊〉
. make to stay, meaning the people. hinder thē.
9 Then we prayed vnto our God, and set warchemen by them, day and night, because of them.
10 And Iudáh, said, The strength of the bearers is weakened, and there (is) muche earth, so that we are not able to buylde the wall.
11 Also our aduersaries had said, Thei shal not knowe, nether se, til we come into the middes of them and slaye them, and cause the worke to cease.
12 But when the Iewes [which dwelt beside them] came, they tolde vsThat is, often times ten times, From all places whence ye shal returne, (they wil be) vpon vs.g Thei, which broght the
〈◊〉
said thus, when you leaue your worke, and go ether to eat,
〈◊〉
to rest, your enemies wil
〈◊〉
you.
13 Therefore set I in the lower places behinde the wall vpon the toppes of the stones, and placed the people by their families with their swordes, their speares and their bowes,
14 Then I beheld, and rose vp, and said vnto the princes, and to the rulers, and to the rest of the people, Be not afraied of thē:Who is euer at hand to deliuer his
〈◊〉
of danger and therefore seing thei shulde fight for the main
〈◊〉
of Gods glorie and for the
〈◊〉
of their
〈◊〉
liues and of theirs he
〈◊〉
them to play the valiantmen. remem ber the great Lord, and feareful, and fight for your brethren, your sonnes, and your daugh ters, your wiues, and your houses.
15 And when our enemies heard that it was knowē vnto vs, then God broght their coun sel to noght, and we turned all againe to the wall, euerie one vnto his worke.
16 And from that day, halfe of the yong men did the labour, and the other halfe parte of thē helde the speares, & shields, and bowes, and habergins: & the rulers (stode)To ouersee
〈◊〉
and to incourage them to their worke. behinde all the house of Iudáh.
17 They that buylded on the wall, and they that bare burdens, (and) they that laded, did the worke with one hand, and with the other helde the sworde.
18 For euerie one of the buylders (had) his sworde girde on his loynes, and (so) buylded: & he that blewe the trūpet, (was) beside me.
19 Then said I vnto the princes, and to the rulers, and to the rest of the people, The worke is great ād large, and we are separated vpon the wall, one farre from another.
20 In what place (therefore) ye heare the soūd of the trumpet,Meaning, to
〈◊〉
sist their
〈◊〉
, if nede
〈◊〉
quired. resorte ye thither vnto vs: our God shal fight for vs.
21 So we laboured in the worke, and halfe of them helde the speares, from the appearing of the morning, til the starres came forthe.
22 And at the same time said I vnto the people, Let euerie one with his sernant lodge within Ierusalém, that they may be a watche for vs in the night, and labour in the day.
23 So nether I, nor my brethren, nor my seruāts nor the men of the warde, [which followed me] none of vs did put of our clothes, (saue)
〈◊〉
one put them ofThat is, when they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
selues, or els
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
wasshed their
〈◊〉
. for wasshing.
CHAP. V.
1 The people are oppressed and in necessitie. 6
〈◊〉
remedieth it. 14 He toke not the portion of others that had ruled before, left he shulde grieue the people.
1 NOw there was a great crye of the people, and of their wiuesAgainst the
〈◊〉
, which oppressed them. against their
brethren the Iewes.
2 For there were that said, We, our sonnes and our daughters are many, therefore we take vpThis is the cō
plaint of the peo ple, shewing to what extremitie thei were broght vnto. corne, that we may eat and liue.
3 And there were that said, We must gage our lands, & our viney ardes, and our houses and take vp corne for the famine.
4 There were also that said, We haue borowed money for the KingsTo pay our tri bute to the King of the Persians, which was exacted yerety of vs tribute (vpon) our lāds and our vineyardes.
5 And now our flesh (is) asBy nature the riche is no better then the poore. the flesh of our bre thren, (&) our sonnes as their sonnes: and lo, we bring into subiection our sonnes, and our daughters, as seruants, and there be of our daughters (now) in subiection, and there (is) no powerVVe are not able to redeme thē, but for pouer tie are constrayned to hier them to others. in our hands: for other mē (haue) our lands and our vineyardes.
6 Then was I very angrie when I heard their crye and these wordes.
7 And I thoght in my minde, and I rebuked the princes, and the rulers, and said vnto thē, You layeYou presse them
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
how to
〈◊〉
all things into your hands. burdens euerie one vpon his brethren: and I set a greatBothe because they saulde be
〈◊〉
with pitie seing how manie were by them op prest, and also heare the
〈◊〉
of others, which
〈◊〉
be as it were witnesses of their dealing toward their brethren. assemblie againste them,
8 And I said vnto them, We [according, to our abilitie] haue redemed our brethren the Iewes, which were solde vnto the heathen: and wil you sell your brethrē againe, or shal they beSeing God hath once deliuered thē from the bon
〈◊〉
of the heathen, shal we make them out slanes? solde vnto vs? Thē helde they their peace, and colde not answere.
9 Meaning, Nehe
〈◊〉
. I said also, That which ye do, is not good. Ought ye not to walke in the feare of our God, for the
〈◊〉
by this
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
wil blaspheme the Name of God, seing that our actes are no better then theirs reproche of the heathen our enemies?
10 For euen I, my brethren, and my seruants do lend them money and corne: I pray you, let vs leaue of thisOr, vsurie. burden.
11 Restore, I pray you, vnto them this day their lands, their vine yardes, their oliues, and their houses, and (remit) the hundreth parte of the siluer and of the corne, of the wine, and of the oyleWhich ye take of them
〈◊〉
the lone. that ye exact of them.
12 Then said they, We wil restore it, and wil not require it of thē: we wil do as thou hast said. Then I called the Priests, and caused them to sweare, that they shulde do according to this promes.
13 So
〈◊〉
my lappe, and said, So let GOD shake our euerie man that wil not performe this promes from his house, and from his labour: euen thus let him be shaken out, and emptied. And all the Congregaciō said, Amē and praised the Lord: and the people did according to this promes.
14 And from the time that (the King) gaue me charge to be gouernour in the land of Iudáh from the twentieth yere, euen vnto the two & thirtieth yere of King Artah sháshte, (that is,) twelue yere, I, and my brethren haue not eaten theI receiued not that
〈◊〉
, & diet, whiche the gouernours, that were before me, exacted wherein he
〈◊〉
that he rather soght the wealth of the people, then his
〈◊〉
commodi
〈◊〉
. bread of the gouernour.
15 For the former
〈◊〉
that were before me, had bene chargeable vnto the people, & had taken of them bread and wine, besides fourtie shekels of siluer: yea and their seruants bare rule ouer the people: but so did not I, because of the feare of God.
16 But rather I fortified (a porcion) in the worke of this wall, and we boght no land, and all my seruants came thether together vnto the worke.
17 Moreouer there (were) at my table an hundreth and fiftie of the Iewes, & rulers, which came vnto vs from among the heathen that are about vs.
18 And there was prepared daiely an oxe, and six chosen shepe, and birdes were prepared for me, andOr, once in ten dayes. within ten dayes wine for all Where as at other times they had by measure, at this time they had most liberally.in abundance. Yet for al this I required not the bread of the gouernour: for the bondage was grieuous vnto this people.
19 Remember me, ô my God, in goodnes, (according) to all that I haue done for this people.
CHAP. VI.
8 Nehemiáh answereth with great wisdome, and zeale to his aduersarie.
〈◊〉
He is not discouraged by the false Prophetes,
1 ANd when Sanballát, and Tobiáh, and Géshem the Arabian, and the rest of our enemies heard that I had buylt the wall, and that there were no mo That is, that they were ioined
〈◊〉
as.breaches therein [thogh at that time I had not set vp the dores vpon the gates]Chap. 4. 6.
2 Then sent Sanballat and Géshen vnto me, saying, Come thou that we may mete together in the villages in the plaine of On o: and they thoght to do me euil.
3 Therefore I sent messengers vnto them, saying, I haue a great worke to do, and I can not come downe:Meaning that if he shulde obei their
〈◊〉
, the worke, which God had appoin ted, shulde ceaset shewing hereby that we shulde not commit our selues to the hād: of the wicked. why shulde the worke cease whiles I leaue it, and come downe to you?
4 Yet they sent vnto me foure times after this forte. And I answered them after the same maner.
5 Then sent Sanbállát his seruant after this for te vnto me the fift time, with an open letter in his hand.
6 Wherein in was writen, It is reported amōg the heathen, andOr, Gés hem. Gashmú hathe said it, that thou and the Iewes thinke to rebell, for the which cause thou buy Idest the wal and thou wilt be their King according to theseAs the fame goeth. wordes.
7 Thou hast also ordeinedThou hast bribed, and set vp false Prophetes, to make thy selfe King, and so to desraude the King of Persia of that
〈◊〉
, which you ough vnto him. the Prophetes to preache of thee at Ierusalém, saying, (There is) a King in Iudáh: and now according to these wordes it shal come to the Kings eares come now therefore, and let vs take counsel together.
8 Then I sent vnto him, saying, It is not done according to these wordes that thou sayest: for thou fainest them of thine owne heart.
9 For all thei afraied vs, saying, Their hands shal be weakened frō the worke, & it shal not be done now thereforeEbr. strengthen thou
〈◊〉
hand. in courage thou me.
10 ¶ And I came to the house of Shemaiàh the sonne of Delaiáh the sonne of Mehetabél, and he wasAs thogh he wolde be secret to the
〈◊〉
that he might pray vnto God with greater libertie, and
〈◊〉
some
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
, which in him was but
〈◊〉
. shut vp, ād he said, Let vs come together into the house of God in the middes of the Temple, and shut the dores of the
Temple: for they wil come to slay thee: yea, in the night wil they come to kil thee.
11 Then I said,He douted not but God was able to preserue him, and knewe that, if he had obeyed this counsel, he shulde haue discouraged all the people: thus GOD giueth power to his, to resist false prophe cies thogh they seme to haue neuer so great
〈◊〉
. Shulde suche a man as I, flee? Who is he, being as I am, that wolde go into the Temple to liue? I wil not go in.
12 And lo, I perceiued, that God had not sent him, but that he pronounced this prophecie against me: for Tobiáh and Sanballát had hy red him.
13 Therefore was he hyred, that I might be afrayed, and do thus, and sinne, and that they might haue an euil reporte that they might reproche me.
14 My God, remember thou Tobiáh, and San ballát according vnto these their workes, & No adiák theVery grief caused him to pray against suche, which vnder the
〈◊〉
of being the ministers of God, were aduer
〈◊〉
to his glorie, and went about to ouerthrow his Church declaring also hereby that where there is one
〈◊〉
of God, the deuil hath a great sorte of hierlings. Prophetesse also, and the rest of the Prophetes that wolde haue put me in feare.
15 ¶ Not withstanding the wall was finished on the fiue and twentieth (day) ofWhich was the sixt moneth and conteined
〈◊〉
of August, & parte of Sept. Elūl, in two andAfter that I had sent Sanballát his answere. fiftic dayes.
16 And when all our enemies heard thereof, (euen) all the heathen that were about vs, thei were
〈◊〉
, and their courage failed them: for they knewe, that this worke was wroght by our God.
17 And in these dayes (were) there manie of the princes of Iudáh, whoseThus the Church of GOD hathe euermore enemies within itselfe, which are more dangerous thē the outwarde and professed enemie. letters
〈◊〉
vn to Tobiáh, and those of Tobiáh came vnto them.
18 For there (were) manie in Iudáh. that were sworne vnto him: for he was the sonne in law of Shechaniah, the sonne of Aráh: and his sō ne Iehonathán had the daughter of Meshullám, the sonne of Berechiáh.
19 Yea, they spake in his praise before me, and tolde him my wordes, (and) Tobiah sent letters to put me in feare.
CHAP. VII.
1 After the wall once buylded, is the watch appointed. 6 They that returned from the captiuitie are nōmbred.
1 NOw * whē the wall was buylded, & I hadEccles. 49, 15. set vp the dores, and the porters, and the singers and the Leuites were appointed.
2 Then I commanded my brother Hanáni and Hananiáh the prince of the palace in Ierusalém [for he was doutles a faithful man, and feared God aboue manie]
3 And I said vnto them, Let not the gates of Ie rusalém be opened, vntil the heat of the sun ne: and whileTo wit, thei that are mencioned. ver. 2. they stand by, let them shut the dores, andEbr. holde thē, meaning til the
〈◊〉
were put in. make them fast: & I appointed wardes of the inhabitants of Ierusalém, euerie one in his warde, and euerie one ouer against his house.
4 Now the citie (was) large and great, but the people (were) fewe therein, and the houses were not buylded.
5 And my God put into mine heart, & I gathered the princes, and the rulers, and the people, to counte their genealogies: & I founde a boke of the genealogie of them, * whicheEzr. 2, 2. came vp at the first, and founde writen therein,
6 These are theThat is, the inhabitants of
〈◊〉
. sonnes of the prouince that came vp from the captiuitie that was caryed away [whome Nebuchadnezzár King of Babél had caried away] and they returned to Ie rusalém and to Iudáh, euerie one vnto his citie.
7 They which came with Zerubbabél, Ieshūa, Nehemiáh,Azariáh in Ezrá is called Se raiá, and Raamiáh, Reeliáh, Chap. 2, 2. Azariáh, Raamiáh, Nahamáni, Mordecái, Bilshán, Mispéreth, Biguái, Nehū Baanáh. (This is) the nomber of the men of the people of Israél.
8 The sonnes of Parôsh, two thousand an hun dreth seuentie and two.
9 The sonnes of Shephatiáh, thre hundreth seuentie and two.
10 The sonnes of Aráh, six hundreth fiftie and two.
11 The sonnes of
〈◊〉
, the captaine of
〈◊〉
. Paháth Moáb of the sonnes of Ieshúa, & Ioáb, two thousand, eight hundreth and eightene.
12 The sonnes of Elám, a thousand, two hundreth fiftie and foure.
13 The sonnes of Zattu, eight hundreth & fiue and fourtie.
14 The sonnes of Zacchái, seuen hundreth and thre score.
15 The sonnes of Binnui, six hundreth & eight and fourtie.
16 The sonnes of Bebái, six hundreth and eight and twentie.
17 The sonnes of Azgád, two thousand, thre hū dreth and two and twentie.
18 The sonnes of Adonikám, six hundreth thre score and seuen.
19 The sonnes of Biguái, two thousand thre score and seuen.
20 The sonnes of Adin, six hundreth, and fyue and fiftie.
21 The sonnes of Atér of Hizkiah, ninetie and eight.
22 The sonnes of Hashûm, thre hundreth and eight and twentie.
23 The sonnes of Bezai, thre hundreth & foure and twentie.
24 The sonnes of Hariph, an hundreth and twelue.
25 TheThat is, the inhabitants of Gibeon. sonnes of Gibeōn, ninetie and fiue.
26 The men of Beth-léh em and Netophah, an hundreth foure score and eight.
27 The men of Anathôth, an hundreth & eight and twentie.
28 The men of Beth-azmaueth, two and fourtie.
29 The men of Kiriath-iearim, Chephirah and Beerôth, seuen hundreth, and thre & fourtie.
30 The men of Ramah and Gaba, six hundreth and one and twentie.
31 The men of Michmas, an hundreth and two an twentie.
32 The men of Beth-él and Ai, an hundreth and thre and twentie.
33 The menFor therewere two cities of this name. of the other Nebó, two & fiftie.
34 The sonnes of the other Elam, a thousand, two hundreth and foure and fiftie.
35 The sonnes of Harim, thre hundreth and
twentie.
36 The sonnes of Ierichô, thre hundreth and fyue and fourtie.
37 The sonnes of Lod-hadid and Onó, seuen hundreth, and one and
〈◊〉
.
38 The sonnes of Senaâh, thre thousand, nine hundreth and thirtie.
39 The Priests: the sonnes of Iedaiáh of the house of Ieshúa, nine hūdreth seuētie & thre
40 The sonnes of Immér, a thousand and two and fiftie.
41 The sonnes of
〈◊〉
, a thousand, two hun dreth and seuen and fourtie.
42 The sonnes of Harim, a thousand and seuen tene.
43 ¶ The Leuites: the sonnes of Ieshûa of Kadmiél, and of the sonnes ofOr,
〈◊〉
. Hodiuáh, seuentie and foure.
44 ¶ The singers: the children of Asaph, an hū dreth, and eight and fourtie.
45 The porters: the sonnes of Shallúm, the son nes of Atér, the sonnes of Talmon, the sonnes of Akkúb, the sonnes of Hatitā, the sonnes of Shobái, an hundreth and eight and thirtie.
46 ¶ TheRead
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. Nethinims: the sonnes of Zihá, the sonnes of Hashuphá, the sonnes of
〈◊〉
,
47 The sonnes of Kerós, the sonnes of Siá, the sonnes of Padon,
48 The sonnes of Lebaná, the sonnes of Hagabá, the sonnes of Shalmái,
49 The sonnes of Hanán, the sonnes of
〈◊〉
the sonnes of Gáhar,
50 The sonnes of Reaiáh, the sonnes of Rezin, the sonnes of Nekodá,
51 The sonnes of Gazzám, the sonnes of Vzzá, the sonnes of Paséah,
52 The sonnes of Besái, the sonnes of Meunîm, the sonnes of Nephishesim.
53 The sonnes of Bak búk, the sonnes of Hakuphá, the sonnes of Harhúr,
54 The sonnes of Bazlith, the sōnes of Mehidá the sonnes of Harshá.
55 The sonnes of Barkós, the sonnes of Sisserá, the sonnes of Támah,
56 The sonnes of Neziah, the sonnes of Hatiphá,
57 The sonnes of Salomons seruāts, the sonnes of Sotái, the sonnes of Sophéreth, the sónes of Peridá,
58 The sonnes of Iaalá, the sonnes of Darkōn, the sonnes of
〈◊〉
,
59 The sonnes of Shephatiáh, the sonnes of Hattil, the sonnes of Pochéreth of Zebaim, the sonnes of Amón.
60 All the Nethinims, and the sonnes of Salomons seruants (were) thre hundreth, ninetie and two.
61 ¶ And these came vp from Tel-meláh, Telhareshá, Cherúb, Addón, and Immér: but thei colde not slew their fathers house, nor their sede, (or) if they were of Israél.
62 The sonnes of Delaiáh: the sōnes of Tobiáh the sonnes of Nekodá, six hundreth and two and fourtie.
63 And of the Priests: the sonnes of Habaiâh, the sonnes of Hakkōz, the sonnes of Barzillâi, which toke one of the daughters of Barzillái the Giliadite to wife, & was named after their name.
64 These soght their writing of the genealogies, but it was not founde: therefore they were put from the Priesthode.
65 AndMeaning, Nehemiáh: for Titshatha in
〈◊〉
Chalde tongue si
〈◊〉
a butler. Exod. 28, 30. the Tirshátha said vnto thē, that they shulde not eat of the most holy, til there rose vp a Priest with * Vrim and Thummim.
66 All the Congregacion together (was) two and fourtie thousand, thre hundreth & threscore,
67 Besides their seruants and their maids, which were seuen thousand, thre hundreth and seuen and thirtie: and they had two hundreth and fiue and fourtie singing men and singing women.
68 Their horses (were) seuen hundreth and six and thirtie, (&) their mules two hundreth & fiue and fourtie.
69 The camels foure hundreth and fiue and thirtie, (&) six thousand, seuen hundreth and twentie asses.
70 And certeine of the chief fathers gaue vnto the worke. The
〈◊〉
gaue to the trea sure, a thousandRead Ezrá 2, 69 drammes of golde, fiftie
〈◊〉
, fiue hundreth and thirtie Priests garments.
71 And (some) of the chief fathers gaue vnto the treasure of the worke, twentie thousand drammes of golde & two thousand and two hundrethOr,
〈◊〉
. pieces of siluer.
72 And the rest of the people gaue twētie thou
〈◊〉
drammes of golde, and two thousand pieces of siluer, and threscore & seuē Priests garments.
73 And the Priests and Leuites, and the porters and the singers and the rest of the people & the
〈◊〉
, and all Israél dweltin their cities: and when theVVhich
〈◊〉
parte of September &
〈◊〉
of October. seuent moneth came, the children of Israél were in their cities.
CHAP. VIII.
2 Ezra gathereth together the people, and readeth to them the Law. 12
〈◊〉
reioyce in
〈◊〉
for the knowledge of the worde of God. 15 They kepe the feast of Tabernacles or boothes.
1 ANd all the people assembled them seluesEbr. as one man together, in the streat that was before the watergate, and they spake vnto Ezrá the
〈◊〉
Ezrá 7,
〈◊〉
. scribe, that he wold bring the boke of the Law of Mosés, which the Lord had comman ded to Israél.
2 And Azrá the Priest broght the Law before the Congregacion bothe of men and women, and of all thatWhich had age and discretion to vnderstand. colde heare and vnderstand it, in the first day of the seuent moneth,
3 And hered therein in the streat that was before the watergate [from the morning vntilThis
〈◊〉
the great zeale, that the people had to heare the worde of God. the midday] before men and women, and of them that vnderstode it, and the eares of
all the people (hearkened) vnto the boke of the Law.
4 And Ezrá the scribe stode vpon a pulpit of wood, which he had made for the preaching, and beside him stode Mattithiáh, & Shêma, and Ananiáh, and Vriiáh, and Hilkiáh, and Maaseiáh on his right hand, and on his left hand Pedaiáh, and Mishaél, and Malchiáh, and Hashum, and Hashbadāna, Zecháriáh, (and) Meshullám.
5 And Ezrá opened the boke before all the people: for he wasTo the intente that his voyce might be the
〈◊〉
heard. aboue all the people: & whē he opened it, al the people stode vp.
6 And Ezrá praised the Lord the great God, and all the people answered, Amen, Amē, with lifting vp their hands: & thei bowed them selues, and worshiped the Lord with
〈◊〉
faces toward the grounde.
7 Also Ieshúa, and Bani, and Sherebiáh, Iamin, Akkúb, Shabbethái, Hodiiáh, Maaseiáh, Kelitá, Azariáh, Iozabád, Hanán, Pelaiáh, and the Leuites caused the people to vnderstand the Law, and the people (stode) in their place.
8 And they red in the boke of the Lawe of God distinctly and gaue the sense, and caused them to vnderstand the reading.
9 Then Nehemiáh [which is Tirshátha] and Ezrá the Priest and scribe, and the Leuites that instructed the people, said vnto all the people, Thys daye is holy vnto the Lord your God: mourne not, nether wepe: for all the peopleIn consideryng their offenses againste the Lawe. Therefore the Leuites do not reproue them for mourning, but assure them of Gods
〈◊〉
for
〈◊〉
as they are
〈◊〉
. wept, whē they heard the wordes of the Law.
10 He said also vnto them, Go, (and) eate of the fat, and drinke the swete, & send parte vnto thē, for whome none (is)That is,
〈◊〉
the poore. prepared: for this daye is holye vnto our Lord: be ye not sory therfore: for theReioyce in the Lord, and he will giue you strēgth. ioye of the Lord is your strength.
11 And the Leuites made silēce throughout all the people, saying, Holde your peace: for the day is holy, be not sad therefore.
12 Then all the people went to eate and to drinke, and to send away parte, & to make great ioye, because they had vnderstande the wordes that they had taught them.
13 And on the seconde day the chief fathers of all the people, the Priests and the Leuites were gathered vnto Ezrá the scribe, that he also myghte instructe them in the wordes of the Law.
14 And they founde writen in the Law, [that the Lord had commanded by Mosés] that the children of Israél shulde dwel in * boothes
〈◊〉
. 23. 34. in the feast of the seuent moneth,
15 And that thei shulde cause it to be declared and proclaimed in all their Cities, and in Ierusalém, saying, Go for the vnto the mount, and bringe oliuebranches, and pine branches, and branches ofOr,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, as Leu. 23. 40. myrtus, and palmebranches, and branches of thicke trees, to make boothès, as it is writen.
16 So the people went forth & broght (thē) and made them boothes, euerie one vpon theFor
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
8. rofe of his house, and in their courts, and in the courts of the house of God, and in the strete by the watergate, and in the strete of the gate of Ephráim.
17 And all the Congregacion of them that were come againe out of the captiuitie, made boothes, & sate vnder the boothes: for since theWhiche was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. time of Ieshúa the sonne of Nun vnto this day, had not the childrē of Israél done so, & there was very great ioye.
18 And he red in the boke of the Law of God euerie day, from the first day vnto the last daye. And thei kept the feast seuen dayes, and on the eight day a solemne
〈◊〉
, according vnto the maner.
CHAP. IX.
1 The people
〈◊〉
, and forsake their strange wiues. 5 The Leuites exhorte them to praise God, 6 Declarynge hys wonders 26 And their ingratitude. 30 And Gods
〈◊〉
mercies toward them.
1 IN the foure and twentieth daye of thysMeaning, the
〈◊〉
. moneth the children of Israél were assembled with * fasting, & with sackecloth and earth vpon them.3.
〈◊〉
. 9. 4.
2 [And they that were of the sede of Israél were separated from all the
〈◊〉
. strange
〈◊〉
. strangers] & they stode and confessed their sinnes and the iniquities of their fathers.
3 And they stode vp in theyr place and red in the boke of the Law of the LORD their God foure times on the day, and theiThei made
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
sinnes and vsed praiers. cō
fessed and worshiped the Lord their GOD foure times.
4 Then stode vp vpon the staires of the Leuites Ieshûa, and Bani, Kadmiél, Shebaniah, Bunni, Sherebiah, Bani (and)
〈◊〉
, & cryed with a lowde voyce vnto the Lord their God.
5 And the Leuites said, (euen) Ieshûa & Kadmiél, Bani, Hashabniah, Sherebiah, Hodiiah Shebaniah (and) Pethahiah, Stand vp, (and) praise the Lord your God for euer, & euer, & let thē praise thy glorious name, ô God, which excelleth aboue all thankesgiuing and praise.
6 Thou art Lord alone thou hast made heauen, and the heauen of all heauens, wyth all their hoste, the earth, and all things that are therein, the seas, & all that are in thē, and thou preseruest them all, & the hoste of the heauen worshipeth thee.
7 Thou art, ó Lord, the God, that hast chosé Abram, and broghtest him out of * VrinGen.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. Caldea * and madest his Name Abraham,Gen. 17. 5.
8 And foundest hys hearte faithfull beforeGen. 15.
〈◊〉
. thee, * and madest a couenant with him, to giue vnto his sede the land of the Canaanites, Hittites, Amorites, and Perizzites, & Iebusites, and Girgashites, and hast performed thy wordes, because thou art iust.
9 * Thou hast also cōsidered the affliction ofExod.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. our fathers in Egypte, and heard their crye by the red Sea,
10 And shewed tokens and wonders vppon Pharaoh, and on all his seruants, and on all
the people of his lande: for thou knewest that thei dealt proudely against thē therfore thou madest thee a Name, as (appeareth) this day.
11 * For thou did est breake vp the Sea beforeExod, 14. 22. them, and they went through the middes of the Sea on drye land: and those that pursued thē, hast thou cast into the bottoms as a stone, in the mightie waters:
12 And * leddest them in the daye with a pillerExod, 13.
〈◊〉
of a cloude, and in the night with a piller of fyre to giue them light in the waye that they went.
13 * Thou camest downe also vpon mount Sinái,Exod, 20,
〈◊〉
and spakest vnto them from heauē, and gauest them right iudgements, and true lawes, ordinances & good cōmandements,
14 And declared st vnto them thine holy Sabbath, and commandedst them precepts, & ordinances, and Lawes, by the hād of Mosés thy seruant:
15 * And gauest them bread from heauen forExod, 16. 15. their hungre, * & broghtest forth water forExod. 17. 6. them out of the rocke for their thirst: and * promisedst thē that thei shulde goin, andDeute, 1.
〈◊〉
. take possesion of the land: for the which thou haddest lift vp thine hand for to giue them.
16 But thei and our fathers behaued thē selues proudely and hardened their neckes, so that they hearkened not vnto thy commandements,
17 But refused to obey, and wolde not remē
ber thy maruelous workes that thou hadst done for them, but hardened their neckes and had in their heades to returne to their bondage by their rebellion: but thou, ô God of mercies, gracious and full of compassion, of long suffring and of great mercie, yet forsokest them not.
18 Moreouer when they made them a moltē calfe [& said, This is thy God that broght thee vp out of the land of Egypt] & committed great blasphemies,
19 Ye thou for thy greatemercies forsokest them not in the wildernes: * the piller ofExod. 13. 20. the cloude departed not from them by dayNomb.
〈◊〉
. 14. to lead them the way, nether the piller of1, Cor. 10. 9. fyre by night, to shewe them light, and the way whereby they shulde go.
20 Thus gauest also thy good Spirite to instruct them, & with heldest not thy MAN from their mouth, and gauest them water for their thirst.
21 Thou didest also fede them fourtye yeres in the wildernes: they lacked nothing: * Deut. 8. 4. their clothes waxed not old, and their feteThogh the way was
〈◊〉
and long. swelled not.
22 And thou gauest them kingdomes & people, andMeaning the heathen whome he
〈◊〉
out. scatteredst them into corners: so they possessed * the lande of Sihōn and the lande of the Kyng of Heshbōn, and theNom. 21. 26. land of Og King of Bashān.
23 And thou didest multiplie their children, like the starres of the heauen, and broghtest them into the land, whereof thou hadst spoken vnto their fathers, that thei shuld go, and possesse it.
24 So the children went in, and possessed the land, and thou subduedst before thē the inhabitants of the land, (euen) the Canaanites, & gauest thē into their hāds, with their Kings & the people of the land, that they might do with them what they wolde.
25 And they toke their strong cities and the fat lande, and possessed houses, full of all goods, cisternes digged out, vineyardes, and oliues, and trees for fode in abundāce, and they did eat, and were filled, and became fat, and liued in pleasure through thy great goodnes.
26 Yet they were disobedient, and rebelled against thee, and cast thy Law behind their backes and slewe thy Prophetes [whicheTaking
〈◊〉
and earth to witnes that GOD wold destroy thē, except thei returned, as 2. Ch. 24. 19. protested among thē to turne them vnto thee] and committed great blasphemies.
27 Therefore thou deliueredst them into the hand of their enemies that vexed thē: yetin the tyme of theyr affliction, when they cryed vnto thee, thou heardest them from the heauen, and through thy greate mercies thou gauest them sauiours, who saued them out of the hand of their aduersaries.
28 But when they hadHe declareth how Gods mercies
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
with the wickednes of the people, who euer in their
〈◊〉
forgate God. rest, they returned to do euill before thee: therefore leftest thou them in the hand of their enemies, so that they had the dominion ouer them, yet whē they conuerted and cryed vnto thee, thou heardest them from heauen, & deliueredst them according to thy great mercies many times,
29 And protestedst amonge them that thou mightest bring, thē againe vnto thy Lawe: but they behaued themselues proudely, & hearkened not vnto thy commandemēts, but sinned against thy iudgemēts [* which
〈◊〉
18. 5. a man shuld do and liue in them] andWhich is a
〈◊〉
litude taken of oxē, that
〈◊〉
at the yok or
〈◊〉
, as zach. 7. 11. pulledEzek. 20. 11. away the shuldre, and were stifnecked,Rom. 10. 5. and wolde notwhen
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
admonish thē by thy
〈◊〉
. heare.Gal. 3. 12.
30 Yet thouEbr. thou didest prolong vpon thē many yeres. didest forbeare them many yeres, and prote stedst amonge them by thy Spirit, (euē) by the hand of thy Prophetes, but they wolde not heare: therfore gauest thou them into the hand of the people of the lands.
31 Yet for thy great mercyes, thou hast not consumed them, nether forsaken them: for thou art a gracious and mercifull God.Exod.
〈◊〉
. 6.
32 Now therefore our GOD, * thou greatePsal. 143. 2. God, mightie and terrible, that kepest couenant and * mercie, let not all the affliction that hathe come vnto vs, seme a litle before thee, (that is,) to our Kings, to our princes, and to our Priests, and to our Prophetes and to our fathers, and to all thy people since the time of the Kings ofBy whome we were led awaye into
〈◊〉
, & haue bene appoin ted to be staine, as Ester. 3. 13. Asshūr vnto this day.
33 Surelye thou arte iust in all that is come vpon vs: for thouHe confesseth that al these thinges came to them
〈◊〉
for theyr sinnes, but her appealeth frō Gods oustice to his mercies. hast delt truely, but we
haue done wickedly.
34 And our Kings & our princes, our Priests and our fathers haue not done thy Lawe, nor regarded thy commādements nor thy protestations, wherewith thou hastThat thou woldest destroy them, except thei wolde
〈◊〉
to thee, protested among them.
35 And they haue not serued thee in theyr kingdome, and in thy great goodnes that thou shewedst vnto them, and in the large and fat lande whiche thou settest before them, and haue not conuerted from theyr euill workes.
36 Beholde, we are seruants this day, and the land that thou gauest vnto our fathers, to eate theThat is, to be the lords thereof. frute thereof, and the goodnes thereof, beholde, we are seruants therein.
37 And it yeldeth much frute vnto the kings whome thou haste set ouer vs, because of our sinnes: and they haue dominion ouer our bodies and ouer our cattell at theyr pleasure, and we are in great affliction.
38 Now because of all thys we makeThus by afflictiō they promes to kepe Gods commādemēts, where unto they colde not be broght by Gods great benefites. a sure couenant, and write it, & our princes, our Leuites (and) our Priests seale vnto it.
CHAP. X.
1 The names of them that sealed the couenant betwene God and the people.
1 NOw thei that sealed (were) Nehemiáh theOr, butler. Tirshátha the sonne of Hachaliáh, and Zidkiiáh,
2 Seraiáh, Azariáh, Ieremiáh,
3 Pashúr, Amariāh, Malchiáh,
4 Hattúsh, Shebaniāh, Mallúch,
5 Harîm, Merimóth, Obadiáh,
6 Daniēl, Ginnethōn, Barúch,
7 Meshullám, Abiiah, Miamîn,
8 Maaziáh, Bilgái, Shemaiáh: these areWhiche subseribed to kepe the promes. the Priests.
9 ¶ And the Leuites: Ieshúa the sonne of Azaniáh, Binnúi, of the sonnes of Henadád Kadmiél.
10 And their brethren, Shebaniáh, Hodiiáh, Kelitá, Pelaiáh, Hanán,
11 Michá, Rehôb, Hashabiáh,
12 Zaccūr, Sherebiáh, Shebaniáh,
13 Hodiáh, Bani, Beninu.
14 ¶ The chief of the people (were) Parósh,Or, captaine of Moab. Paháth Moáb, Elám, Zattū, Bani,
15 Bunni, Azgád, Bebái,
16 Adoniāh, Biguái, Adin,
17 Atér, Hizkiiáh, Azzûr,
18 Hodiah, Hashúm, Bezai,
19 Hariph, Anathóth, Nebai,
20 Magpiash, Meshullam, Hezir,
21 Meshezabeél, Zadōk, Iaddúa,
22 Pelatiah, Hanan, Anaiah,
23 Hoshéa, Hananiah, Hashúb,
24 Hallohésh, Pileha, Shobék,
25 Rehúm, Hashabnah, Maaseiah,
26 And Ahiiah, Hanan, Anan,
27 Mallúch, Harim, Baanah.
28 And the rest of the people, the Priests, the Leuites, the porters, the singers, theRead Ezra 2. 41 Nethinims, and all that werewhich being ido laters sorsoke their wickednes & gaue thē selues to
〈◊〉
God. separated from the people of the landes vnto the Lawe of God, their wiues, their sonnes, and theyr daughters, all that colde vnderstand.
29 the chief of themThey made
〈◊〉
othe in the
〈◊〉
of the whole
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. receyued it for theyr brethren, and thei came toWher unto the gaue them
〈◊〉
if they brake
〈◊〉
Lawe, as
〈◊〉
28.
〈◊〉
the curse and to the othe to walke in Gods Lawe, which was giuen by Mosés the seruant of God, to obserue and do all the commandements of the Lord our God and his iudgements and his statutes:
30 And that we wolde not giue our daughters to the people of the lād, nether take their daughters for our sonnes.
31 And (if) the people of the lād broght ware on the Sabbath or anie vitailes to sel,which notwithstāding thei brake sone after, as Nehem. 13.
〈◊〉
. that we wolde not take it of them on the Sabbath and on the holy dayes: * and that we wold let the seuen tyerebe fre, & the debtesLeu. 25 4. of euerieEbr. hand. persone.Deut. 15.
〈◊〉
.
32 And we made statutes for our selues to giue by the yere the third parte of a shekel for the seruice of the house of our God,
33 For theThis
〈◊〉
wherefore they gaue this
〈◊〉
part of the shekel, whiche was besides the halfe shekal, that thei
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to pay. shewebread, and for the daielye offring, and for the daiely burnt offrynge, the Sabbaths, the new moones, for the solemne feastes, & for the things that were sanctified, & for the sinne offrings to make an atonement for Israél, and for all the worke of the house of our God.Exod. 30, 13.
34 We cast also lottes for the offring of the wood, (euen) the Priests, the Leuites & the people to brynge it into the house of our God,Or, into
〈◊〉
house of. by the house of our fathers, yerelye at the times appointed, to burne it vppon the altar of the Lord our God, as it is writē in the Law,
35 And to bring the first frutes of our lande, and the firste of all the frutes of all trees, yere by yere, into the house of the Lord,
36 And the first borne of our sonnes, & of our cattel, as it isBy this rehearsall is. ment that there was no part nor ceremonie in the Lawe, whereunto
〈◊〉
did not
〈◊〉
them selues by couenant. writen in the Law, and the firstborne of our bullockes & of our shepe, to bring it in to the house of our God, vnto the Priests that minister in the house of our God,
37 And that we shulde bring the first frute of our dough, and our offrings, and the frute of euerie tre, of wine and of oyle, vnto the Priests, to the chābers of the house of our God: and the tithes of our lande vnto the Leuites, that the Leuites mighte haue the tithes in all the cities of ourWheresoeuer we laboured, or traueled, there the
〈◊〉
were due vnto the Lorde both by
〈◊〉
Law and accordyng to the othe and coue nāt that we made Nomb. 18. 26. trauail.
38 And the Priest, the sonne of Aarón shal be with the Leuites, when the Leuites take tithes, and the Leuites shall * bringe vp the tenth parte of the tithes vnto the house of our God, vnto the chambers of the tre asure house.
39 For the children of Israél, and the childrē of Leuishall brynge vp the offrings of the corne, of the wine, and of the oyle, vnto the chambers: & there (shalbe) the vessels of the Sanctuarie, and the Priests that minister, and the porters, and the singers, andWe wil
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
it
〈◊〉
of that, that shalbe necessarie for it. we wil not forsake the house of our God.
CHAP XI.
1 Who dwelled in Ierusalém after is was buylded. 21 And who in the cities of Iudáh.
1 ANd the rulers of the people dwelt in Ierusalém: the other people also castBecause their
〈◊〉
dwelt
〈◊〉
about thē,
〈◊〉
prouided that
〈◊〉
might be
〈◊〉
with men
〈◊〉
vsed this
〈◊〉
, because here were fewe
〈◊〉
offred them
〈◊〉
willingly. lottes, a to bring one out of ten to dwel in Ierusalém the holy citie, and nyne partes (to be) in the cities.
2 And the people thanked all the men that were willing to dwel in Ierusalém.
3 These now are the chief of the prouince, that dwelt in Ierusalém, but in the Cities of Iudáh, euerie one dwelt in his owne pos session in their cities of Israêl, the Priests and the Leuites, and the Nethinims, & the sonnes of Salomons seruants.
4 And in Ierusalém dwelt (certeine) of the children of Iudáh, and of the children of Beniamin. Of the sonnes of Iudáh, Athaiah, the sonne of Vziiáh, the sonne of Zechariáh, the sonne of Amariāh, the sonne of Shephatiáh, the sonne of Mahaleél, of the sonnes ofWhiche came of Pérez the sonne of Iudah. Pérez,
5 And Maaseiáh the sonne of Barūch, the sonne of Col Hozéh, the sône of Hazaiáh, the sonne of Adaiáh, the sonne of Ioiarib, the sōne of Zechariáh, the sōne ofOr, of a Shilonite Shiloni.
6 All the sonnes of Pérez that dwelt at Ierusalém, (were) foure hundreth, thre score and eight valiant men.
7 These also are the sonnes of Beniamin, Sallú, the sonne of Meshullâm, the sonne of Ioéd, the sonne of Pedaiáh, the sonne of Kolaiáh, the sonne of Maaseiáh, the sonne of Ithiél, the sonne of Ieshaiáh.
8 And after him Gabái, Sallái, nine hūdreth and twentie and eight.
9 And Ioél the sonne of Zichri (was) gouernour ouer them: and Iudáh, the sonne of Senuáh (was) the seconde ouer the citie:
10 Of the Priests, Iedaiáh, the sonne of Ioiarib, Iachîn.
11 Seraiáh, the sonne of Hilkiáh, the sonne of Meshullám, the sonne of Zadók, the sonne of Meraióth, the sonne of AhitúbThat is, was the he Priest. (was) chief of the house of God.
12 And their brethrenThat serued and ministred in the Temple. that did the worke in the Temple, (were) eight hundreth, twē
tie and two: and Adaiáh, the sonne of Ierohám, the sonne of Pelaliáh, the sonne of Amzi, the sonne of Zechariáh, the sonne of Pashúr, the sonne of Malchiáh:
13 And his brethrē, chief of the fathers, two hūdreth and two and fourtie: and Amashsai the sonne of Azareél, the sonne of Ahazái, the sonne of Meshilemóth, the sonne of Immér:
14 And their brethrē valiāt men, an hūdreth and eight and twentie: and theyr ouerseer (was) Zabdiél the sonneOr, of one of the greatmen. of Hagedolim.
15 And of the Leuites Shemaiáh, the sonne of Hashúb, the sonne of Azrikā, the sonne of Hashabiáh, the sonne of Bunni.
16 And Shabbethái, & Iozabád of the chief of the Leuites (were) ouer the workes of the house of God without.
17 And Mattaniáh, the sonne of Michā, the sonne of Zabdi, the sonne of Asáph (was) the chief toThat is, he begā the psalme, & was the chanter. begin the thākesgiuing (and) prayer: & Bakkukiáh the secōde of his brethren, & Abdá, the sonne of Shammúa, the sonne of Galál, the sonne of Ieduthún.
18 All the Leuites in the holy citie (were) two hundreth foure score and foure.
19 And the porters Akkúb, Talmón & their brethren that kept theMeaning, of the Temple. gates (were) an hundreth twentie and two.
20 And theO them, which
〈◊〉
not in Ierusalém. residue of Israél, of the Priests, (and) of the Leuites (dwelt) in all the Cities of Iudáh, euerie one in his inheritance.
21 And the Nethinims dwelt in theOr, Ophel. fortres, & Zihá, & Gispa (was) ouer the Nethinims.
22 And the ouerseer of the Leuites in Ierusalē (was) Vzzi the sonne of Bani, the sonne of Ashabiah, the sonne of Mattaniah, the sonne of Micha: of the sonnes of Asaph singers (were) ouer the worke of the house of God.
23 For it (was) the Kings commandemēt cō
cerning them, that faithful (prouisiō shuld be) for the singers euerie day.
24 And Pethahiah the sonne of Meshezabeél, of the sonnes of Zérah, the sonne of IudahWas chief aboue the Kynge for all his
〈◊〉
. (was) at the Kyngs hānde in all matters concerning the people.
25 And in the villages in their lands, (some) of the children of Iudah dwelt in Kiriatharba, and in the villages therof, and in Dibón, and the villages therof, and in Iekabzeél, and in the villages thereof,
26 And in Ieshûa, and in Moladah, & in Bethpalet,
27 And in Hazér-shual, and in Beer-shéba, & in the villages thereof,
28 And in Ziklag, and in Mechonah, and in the villages thereof,
29 And in En-rimmōn, and in Zareah, and in Iarmûth,
30 Zanóah, Adullam, and in their villages, in Lachish, & in the fields thereof, at Azekah, & in the villages therof: & thei dwelt from Beer-shéba vnto the valley of Hinnôm.
31 And the sonnes of Beniamin from Géba, in Michmash, and Aiia, and Beth-él, and in the villages thereof,
32 Anathōth, Nob, Ananiah,
23 Hazôr, Ramah, Gittaim,
34 Hadid, Zeboim, Nebalat,
35 Lod and Onô, in the carpenters valley.
36 And of the Leuites (were) diuisions in Iudah, and in Beniamin.
CHAP. XII.
1 The Priests and Leuites, which came with Zerubbabél vnto Ierusalém, are nombred. 27 And the wall is dedicated.
1 THese also are the Priests and the Leuites thatFrom Babylon to Ierufalém. went vp with Zerubbabél, the sonne of Shealtiél, and Ieshúa. (to wit, Seraiah, Ieremiah, Ezra,
2 Amariah, Mallúch, Hattúsh,
3 Shecaniah, Rehúm, Merimóth,
4 Iddó, Ginnethô, Abiiáh,
5 Miamin, Maadiáh, Bilgáh,
6 Shemaiáh, and Ioiarib, Iedaiáh,
7 Sallû, Amōk, Hilkiiáh, Iedaiáh: these were theNext in dignitie to the hie
〈◊〉
, and whiche were of the stocke of Aaron. chief of the Priests, and of their brethren in the daies of Ieshúa.
8 And the Leuites, Ieshúa, Binnúi, Kadmiél, Sherebiáh, Iudáh, MattaniáhHad charge of them that sang the Psalmes. (were) ouer the thankes giuings, he, and his brethren.
9 And Bakkubiáh and Vnni, (&) theyr brethren (were) about them in theThey kept their wardes and watches accordyng to their turnes, as 1. Chro. 23. 6. watches.
10 And Ieshúa begate Ioiakim: Ioiakim also begate Eliashib, & Eliashib begate Ioiadá.
11 And Ioiadá begate Ionathán, and Ionathán begate Iaddúa.
12 And in the daies of Ioiakim were (these,) the chief fathers of the Priests: vnderThat is, next to Seraiah, or rather of that
〈◊〉
, whi che was called after the Name of Seraiah. Seraiáh (was) Meraiáh, vnder Ieremiáh, Hananiáh,
13 Vnder Ezrá, Meshullám, vnder Amariáh, Iehohanán,
14 Vnder Melicú, Ionathan, vnder Shebaniah, Ioséph,
15 Vnder Harim, Adna, vnder Meraiōth, Helkai,
16 Vnder Iddō, Zechariah, vnder Ginnithō, Meshullam,
17 VnderWhereof was zacharie.
〈◊〉
, Zichri, vnder Miniamin, (and) vnder Moadiah, Piltai,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
18 Vnder Bilgah, Shammúa, vnder Shemaiah, Iehonathan,
19 Vnder Ioiarib, Mattenai, vnder Iedaiah, Vzzi,
20 Vnder Sallai, Kallai, vnder Amók, Eber,
21 Vnder Hilkiah, Hashabiah, vnder Iedaiah, Nethaneél.
22 In the daies of Eliashib, Ioiada, and Iohanan and Iaddúa (were) the chief fathers of the Leuites writen, and the Priests in the reigne of Darius the Persian.
23 The sōnes of Leui, the chief fathers (were) writen in the boke of the Chronicles euen vnto the daies of Iohanan the sonne of Eliashib.
24 And the chief of the Leuites (were) Hashabiah, Sherebiah, and Ieshúa the sonne of Kadmiél, and their brethren aboute them to giue praise and thankes, accordyng to the ordinance of Dauid the man of GOD, warde ouerThat is, one after another, and euerie one in hys course. against warde.
25 Mattaniah & Bakbukiah, Obadiah, Meshullam, Talmōn (and) Akkúb (were) porters keping the warde at the thresholdes of the gates.
26 These were in the daies of Ioiakîm the sonne of Ieshúa, the sonne of Iozadak, and in the daies of Nehemiah the captaine, and of Ezra the Priest and scribe.
27 And in the dedicacion of the wall at Ierusalē they soght the Leuites out of all their places to bring them to Ierusalém to kepe the dedicacion and gladnes, bothe with thankes giuings and with songs, cymbales, violes and with harpes.
〈◊〉
. sonnes of the singers.
28 Then the" singers gathered them selues together bothe from the plaine countrey about Ierusalém, and from the villages ofWhiche were a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
& had their possessions in the
〈◊〉
, 1.
〈◊〉
. 2. 54. Netophathi,
29 And from the house of Gilgal, and out of the countreis of Géba, and Azmaueth for the singers had buylt them villages round about Ierusalém.
30 And the Priests and Leuites were purified, and clensed the people, and the gates, and the wall:
31 AndMeaning,
〈◊〉
. I broght vp the princes of Iudah vpon the wall, and appointed two greate companies to giue thankes, and the (one) went on the right hand of the wall toward the dung gate.
32 And after them went Hoshaiah, and halfe of the princes of Iudah,
33 And Azariah, Ezra and Meshullam,
34 Iudah, Beniamin, and Shemaiah, and Ieremiah,
35 And of the Priests sonnes with trumpets, Zechariah the sonne of Ionathā, the sonne of Shemaiah, the sonne of Mattaniah, the
〈◊〉
of Michaiah, the sonne of Zaccúr, the sonne of Asaph.
36 AndThat is, the brethren of zaccur. his brethren, Shemaiah, and Azareél, Milalai, Gilalai, Maái, Nethaneél, and Iudah, Hanani, with the musical instrumēts of Dauid the man of God: & Ezra the scribe (went) before them.
37 And to the gate of the fountaine,
〈◊〉
ouer against them went they vp byWhiche was the going vp to the mountzion,
〈◊〉
is called the citie of Dauid. the staires of the citie of Dauid, at the going vp of the wall beyonde the house of Dauid, euē vnto the water gate Eastwarde.
38 And the seconde companie of them that gaue thankes, went on the otherside, and I after them, & the halfe of the people (was) vpon the wall, (and) vpon the towre of the
〈◊〉
euen vnto the broade wall.
39 And vpon the gate of Ephriam, and vpon the olde gate, and vpon the fishgate, and the towre of Hananeél, and the towre of Meah, euen vnto the shepegate: and they stode in the gate of the warde.
40 So stode the two cōpanies [of them that gaue thankes] in the house of God, and I and the halfe of the rulers with me.
41 The Priests also, Eliakim, Maaseiah, Miniamin, Michaiah, Elioenai, Zechariah, Hananiah, with trumpets,
42 And Maaseiah, and Shemaiah, & Eleazar, and Vzzi, and Iehohanan, and Malchiiah, and Elam, and Ezer: and the singersEbr. caused to heare. sang loude, hauing Izrahiah whiche (was) the ouerseer.
43 And the same day they offred great sacrifices and reioyced for God had giuen thē great ioye, so that bothe the women, and the children were ioyfull: and the ioye of Ierusalém was heard farre of.
44 Also at the same time were men appointedWhiche were chambers appointed by Hezekiah to put in the tithes, & such things 2. Chr. 31. 11. & now
〈◊〉
repared againe for the same vse. ouer the chābers of the store for the offrynges [for the first frutes, and for the tithes] to gather into thē out of the fields
of the cities, the porcions of the Lawe for the Priests & the Leuites: for Iudáh reioyced for the Priests & for the Leuites, that serued.
45 And bothe the singers and the Leuites kept the warde of their God, and the ward of the purification according to the commandement of Dauid, (and) Salomōn hys sonne.
46 * For in the dayes of Dauid and Asáph, ofChro. 15. 16. olde (were) chief singers, & songs of praise and thankesgiuing vnto God.
47 And in the dayes of Zerubbabél, and in the dayes of Nehemiáh did all Israél gyue porcions vnto the singers & porters, euerie daye hys porcion, and they gaue the holy things vnto the Leuites, and the LeuitesThat is, the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
. gaue the holy things vnto the sonnes of Aarōn.
CHAP. XIII.
1 The Law is red. 3 They separate from them all strāgers. 15 Nehemiáh
〈◊〉
them that breake the Sabbath. 30 An ordinance to serue God
1 ANd on that daye did they read in the boke of Mosés, in the audience of the people, and it was founde writen therein, that the Ammonite, & the Moabite * shuld not enter into the Congregacion of God,
〈◊〉
23.
〈◊〉
.
2 Because they met not the childrē of Israél with bread and with water, but hired Balaám against thē, that he shuld curse thē &Nomb. 22. 5. our God turned the curse into a blessing.
3 Now when they had heard the Lawe, they separated from IsraélThat is, all such, which had ioyned in vnlawfull mariage, and also those, with whome God had forbidden them to haue societie. all those that were mixed.
4 ¶ And beforeThat the
〈◊〉
was made. this had the Priest Eliashib the ouersight of the chamber of the house of our GOD, beyngeHe was
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Tobiah
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and enemie of the Iewes. kynseman to Tobiah:
5 And he had made him a great chamber and there had thei a foretime laid the
〈◊〉
, the incense, and the vessels, and the tithes of corne, of wine, and of oyle [appointed for the Leuites, and the singers, & the porters] and the offrings of the Priests.
6 But in all this (time) was not I in Ierusalē: for in the two and thirtieth yere ofCalled also
〈◊〉
, Ezra. 7. 1. Artahsháshte King of Babél, came I vnto the King, andOr, at the yeres end. after certeine dayes I obteined of the King.
7 And when I was come to Ierusalém, I vnderstode
〈◊〉
we se to what
〈◊〉
the people fall into, whē they are
〈◊〉
of one that
〈◊〉
of God, seing that their chief gouernour was but a while absent, and yet they fell into suche great
〈◊〉
: as appeareth also. Exo. 32. 1. the euill that Eliashib had done for Tobiáh, in that he had made him a chā
ber in the court of the house of God,
8 And it grieued me sore: therefore I caste forth all the vessels of the house of Tobiáh out of the chamber.
9 And I commanded them to cleanse the chambers: and thether broght I agayne the vessels of the house of GOD with the meat offring and the incense.
10 And I perceiued that the porcions of the Leuites had not bene giuen, and that euerie one was fled to his land, (euen) the Leuites and singers that executed the worke.
11 Then reproued I the rulers and said, Why is the house of God forsaken? And I assembled them, and set them in their place.
12 Then broght all Iudáh the tithes of corne and of wine, & of oyle vnto the treasures.
13 And I made treasurers ouer the treasures Shelemiáh the Priest, and Zadók the scribe and of the Leuites, Pedaiáh, & vnder theyr hand Hanán the sonne of Zaccúr the sonne of Mattaniáh: for they were counted faithful, and their office was to distribute vnto their brethren.
14 Remember me, ô my God, herein, & wipe not out myHe
〈◊〉
that he did
〈◊〉
with a good conscience, yet he
〈◊〉
not iustifie him selfe herein, but
〈◊〉
reth God to fauor him, & to be
〈◊〉
vnto him
〈◊〉
his owne goodnes sake, as ver. 22. kindenes that I haue shewed on the house of my God, and on the offices thereof.
15 In those daies saw I in Iudáh thē, that trode wine presses on the Sabbath, & that broght in sheaues, and which laded asses also with wine, grapes, and figges and all burdens, and broght them into Ierusalém vpon the Sabbath daye: andI
〈◊〉
vnto them, that GOD wolde not
〈◊〉
suche
〈◊〉
of his
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
. I protested to them in the day that they solde vitailes.
16 There dwelt men of Tyrus also therein, which broght fish and all wares, and solde on the Sabbath vnto the children of Iudáh euen in Ierusalēm.
17 Then reproueth I the rulers of Iudáh, and said vnto thē, What euil thing is this that ye do, and breake the Sabbath daye?
18 Did not your fathersWas
〈◊〉
this a great cause, why God plagued vs in times paste? meaning,
〈◊〉
if they transgressed now in the same againe
〈◊〉
plague shuld be greater. thus, and our God broght all this plague vpon vs, and vpon this citie? yet ye increase the wrath vpon Israél, in breaking the Sabbath?
19 And when the gates of Ierusalém began to be
〈◊〉
the tyme that the sunne went
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the Sabbath
〈◊〉
from the sunne going downe of the one
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the sunne
〈◊〉
of the other. darke before the Sabbath, I cōmanded to shut the gates, and charged, that they shuld not be opened til after the Sabbath, and (some) of my seruants set I at the gates, that there shuld no burdē be broght in on the Sabbath daye.
20 So the chapmen and marchāts of all marchandise remained once or twise all night
〈◊〉
Ierusalém.
21 And I protested among them, & said vnto them. Why tary ye all night about the wal? If ye do it once againe, I will laye handes vpon you. From that time came they nomore on the Sabbath.
22 ¶ And I said vnto the Leuites that they shulde clense themselues, and that they shulde come andMeaning, of the
〈◊〉
that none, thatwas vncleane shulde
〈◊〉
. kepe the gates, to sanctifie the Sabbath day. Remember me, ô my God, concerning this, and pardone me according to thy great mercie.
23 In those dayes also I sawe Iewes that maried wiues ofwhich was a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
, and they had maried wiues therof, and so had corrupted theyr speache, and religion. Ashdôd, of Ammōn, and of Moáb.
24 And their children spake halfe in the speache of Ashdód, and colde not speake in the Iewes language, and accordyng to the lāguage of the (one) people, and of the (other) people.
25 Then I reproued them, andThat is, I did excommunicate them, and dryue them out of the Congregacion. cursed thē, and smote certeine of them, and pulled of
led of their heere, and othe of thē by God, Ye shal not giue your daughters vnto their sonnes, nether shal ye take of their daugh ters vnto your sonnes, nor for your selues.
26 * Did not Salomón the King of Israél sinne1. King.
〈◊〉
. 7. by these things? yet among manie nacions was there no King like him: for he was belowed of his God, & God had made him King ouer Israél: yet strange women caused him to sinne.1. King. 11. 1.
27 * Shal we thē obey vnto you, to do all this great euil, and to transgresse against our God (euen) to mary strange wiues?
28 And (one) of the sonnes of Ioiadá the sonne of Eliashib the hye Priests was the sonne in law of Sanballât the Horonite: but I chased him from me.
29 Remember them, ô my God, thatPunish
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
cording to
〈◊〉
faute, & euil exā
ple, which they haue giuen to the rest of thy people contrarie to their vocation. defile the Priesthode, and the couenant of the Priesthode, and of the Leuites.
30 Then clensed I them from all strangers, and appointed the wardes of the Priests & of the Leuites, euerie one in his office.
31 And for the offring of the wood at times appointed, and for the first frutes, Remem ber me, ô my God,That is, to shewe mercie vn to me. in goodnes.
ESTER.
THE ARGVMENT.
BEcause of the diuersitie of names, whereby they vsed to name their Kings, and the supputation of yeres, wherein the Ebrewes, and the Grecians do varie, diuers autors write diuersly as touching this Ahashuerósh, but it semeth Daniel 6, 1 and 9,
〈◊〉
that he was Darius King of the Medes, and sonne of Astyages, called also Ahashuerósh, which was a name of honour, and signified great and chief, as chief head. Herein is declared the great mercies of God toward his Church, who neuer faileth them in their greatest dangers, but when all hope of worldely helpe faileth, he euer stirreth vp some, by who me he sendeth comfort, and deliuerance. Herein also his described the ambition, pride and crueltie of the wicked, when they come to honour, and their sodeyn fall when they are at highest, and how God preserueth, and
〈◊〉
them which are zealous of his glorie, and haue a care and loue towarde their brethren.
CHAP. I.
1 King
〈◊〉
maketh a royal feast. 10 Whereunto the Quene
〈◊〉
wil not come. 19 Far which cause she is diuorced. 20 The Kings decree touching the preeminence of man.
1 IN the dayes ofCalled also
〈◊〉
, who was now the
〈◊〉
Monarch & had the gouernemē: of the Medes Persiās and Chaldeans some think he was Darius
〈◊〉
sonne called also
〈◊〉
. Aha shuerōsh [this is
〈◊〉
that rei gned, frō India euē vnto ethiophia, ouer anDaniel chap. 6.
〈◊〉
maketh mencion but of six score, leauing out the nomber that is vnperfit, as the Scripturein diuers placesvseth. hūdreth, and se uen and twentie prouinces]
2 In those dayes whē the King ahashuerôshThat is, had rest, and quietnes. sate on his throne which was in the palace of * Shushán.
3 In the thirde yere of his reigne, he made a feast vnto all his princes and his seruants (euen) the power of Persia and media, and to the captaines and gouernours of theNehem. 1. 1. prouinces (which were) before him,
4 That he might shewe the riches (and) glo rie of his kingdome, and the honour of his great maiestie manie dayes (euen) an hundreth and foure score dayes.
5 And when these dayes were expired, the King made a feast to all the people that were foūd in the palace of Shushán, bothe vnto great and small, seuen dayes, in the courte of the garden of the KINGS palace.
6 (Vnder) an hanging of white, grene, and blewe (clothes) fastened with cordes of fine linen and purple, in siluer rings, and pil lers of marble: theVVhich they in those coūtreis instead of tables. beddes (were) of golde and siluer vpon a pauement of porphyre, and marble and alabaster, and blewe coulour.
7 And they gaue them drinke in vessels of golde, and changed vessel after vessel, and royal wine in abundance according to theAs was beseming for so ma gnificala King. power of the King,
8 And the drinking (was) by an ordre, none mightNone might be cōpelled to drink more then it plea sed him. compel for so the King had appoin ted vnto all the officers of his house that they shulde do according to euerie mans pleasure.
9 ¶ The Quene Vashti made a feast also for the women in the royal house of King Aha
〈◊〉
.
10 Vpon theVVhich was the lastday of the
〈◊〉
that the King ma de for the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. 5. seuent day whē the King was mery with wine, he commanded Mehumán Bizthá, Harboná, Bigthá, and Abaghthá, Zethár, and Carcás, the seuen eunuches [that serued in the presence of King Ahashuerósh]
11 To bring Quene Vashti before the King with the crowne royal, that he might shewe the people and the princes her beautie: for she was faire to loke vpon.
12 But the Quene Vashti refused to come at the Kings worde,Ebr.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in the hand of the eunuches. which he had giuen in charge to the eunuches: therefore the King was very angrie: and his wrath kindled in him.
13 Then the King said to the wise men,That had
〈◊〉
rience of
〈◊〉
as thei had
〈◊〉
ned by
〈◊〉
marking in
〈◊〉
nuance of
〈◊〉
. that knewe the times [for so was the Kings ma ner towardes all that knewe the lawe and the iudgement:
14 And the next vnto him (was) Carshená, Shethár, Admátha: Tarshish, Méres, Marsená (and) Memucán the seuen princes of Per sia and Media, which sawe theVVhich were
〈◊〉
chief counselers that might
〈◊〉
alwaies accesse to him. Kings face and sate the first in the kingdome]
15 What shal we do vnto the Quene Vashti according to the lawe, because she did not according to the worde of the King Ahashuerōsh by the cōmission of the eunuches
16 Then Memucán answered before the King and the princes, The Quene Vashti hathe not onely doneBy her disobedience she hathe giuen an example to all women to do the like to their
〈◊〉
. euil against the King, but against all the princes, & against all the people that are in all the prouinces of King Ahashuerosh.
17 For theThat is her disobedience. acte of the Quene shal come abrode vnto all women, so that they shal des pise their housbands in their owne eies, & shal say, The King Ahashuerósh commanded Vashti the Quen eto be broght in befo re him, but she came not.
18 So shal theMeaning that wolde take first
〈◊〉
here of to do the like, and that the rest of women wold by continuance do the same. princesses of Persia and Media this day say vnto all the Kings Princes when thei heare of the acte of the Quene: thus (shal there be) muche despitefulnes and wrath.
19 If it please the King, let a royal decree pro cede from him, and letit be writen among the statutes of Persia, and Menia [and let it not be transgressed] that Vashti comeLet her be
〈◊〉
and another made Quene nomore before King Ahashuerôsh: and let the King giue her royal estate vnto her companion that is better then she.
20 And when the decree of the King which shalbe made
〈◊〉
be published throghout all his kingdome [thogh it beFor he had vnder him an hundreth twentie & seuen countreis. great] all the women shal giue their housbands honour, bothe great and small.
21 And this saying pleased the King and the princes: and the King did according to the worde of Memucán.
22 For he sent letters into all the prouinces of the King, into euerie prouince according to the writing thereof, and to euerie people after their language, that euerie man shuldeThat is that the wife shulde be subiect to the housband and at his commandement. beare rule in his owne house, and that he shulde publish it in the langua ge of that same people.
CHAP. II.
2 After the Quene is put away,
〈◊〉
yong maides are broght to the Kyng. 14
〈◊〉
pleaseth the King and is made Quene 22 Mordecái discloseth vnto the King those that wolde betray him.
1 AFter these things, when the wrath of King Ahashuerosh was appeased, heThat is, he called the matter againe into communication. remembred Vashti, and what she had done, and what was decreedBy the seuen wise men of his counsel. against her.
2 And the Kings seruants that ministred vn to him, said, Let them
〈◊〉
for the King beautiful yong virgins,
3 And let the King appoint officers through all the prouinces of his kingdome, and let thē gather all the beautiful yong virgins vnto the palace of Shushán, into the house of the women, vnder the hand of Hegé the Kings eunuche,The abuse of the se countreis was so great that they in uented manie meanes to serue the lustes of
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
, as they ordeined wicked Iawes that the King might haue whose daughters he wold, so they had diuers houses ap pointed, as one for them, whiles they were virgines
〈◊〉
when they were
〈◊〉
, and for the Quenes another. keper of the women, to giue them their thingsRead what this purification was, vers. 13. for purification.
4 And the maid that shal please the King, let her reigne in the stead of Vashti, And this pleased the King, and he did so.
5 ¶ In the citie of Shushán, there was a certeine Iewe, whose name (was) Mordecái the sonne of Iair, the sonne of Shimei, the sonne of Kish a man of Iemini.
6 Which had bene caryed away from Ierusalém * with the captiuitie that was caryed2. Kin. 24.
〈◊〉
. away with Iekoniáh King of Iudáh [whome Nebuchadnezzár King of Babél had caryed away]
7 And he nourished Hadassáh, that is Estér, his vncles daughter for she had nether fa ther nor mother, and the maid was faire, & beautiful to loke on: and after the death of her father: and her mother, Mordecái toke her for his owne daughter.
8 And when the Kings commandement, & his decree was published, and manie maides were broght together to the palace of Shushán, vnder the hand of Hegé, Estér was broght also vnto the Kings house vn der the hand of Hegé the keper of the wo men.
9 And the maid pleased him, and she founde fauour in his sight therefore he caused her things for purification to begiuen her spe dely, and herEbr. portions. state, and seuen comely maides to be giuen her out of the Kings house and he gaue change to her and to her maides of the best in the house of the women.
10 (But) Estérshewed nother people and her
〈◊〉
: for Mordécái had charged her that she shulde not telit.
11 And Mordecái walkedFor thogh she was taken
〈◊〉
by a cruellaw, yet he ceased not to haue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ca re ouer her, and therefore did resort oft times to heare of her. euerie day before the courte of the womēs house, to knowe if Estér did wel, and what shulde be done with her.
12 And when the course of euerie maid came, to go in to King Ahashuerosh,
〈◊〉
that she had bene twelue moneths according to the maner of the women [for so were the dayes of their purifications accomplished, six moneths with oyle of myrrhe, and six moneth with swete odours and in the purifying of the women.
13 And thus went the maids vnto the King] what soeuer she required, wasVVhat
〈◊〉
she asked of the eunuch,
〈◊〉
was he bounde: ogiue her. giuenher to go with her out of the womens house vnto the Kings house,
14 In the euening she went, and on the morow she returned into the seconde house of the women vnder the hand of Shaashgaz the Kings eunuche, which kept the cō cubines she came into the King nomore, except she pleased the King, and that she were called by name.
15 Now when the course of Estér the daughter of Abihail the vncle of Morde cái [which had taked her as his owne daughter] came that she shulde go in to the King, she desired nothing, but whatOr, Hegai. Hegé the Kings eunuche the keper of the womenVVherein het modestie appeared because she soght
〈◊〉
apparel to commend her beautie, but ftode tothe eu nuches appoint ment. said & Estér founde fauour in the sight of all them that loked vpon her.
16 ¶ So Estér was taken vnto King Ahashue rosh into his house royal in the tenth moneth, which is theVVhich conteined parte of Decē ber and part of
〈◊〉
. moneth Tebéth, in the seuent yere of his reigne.
17 And the King loued Estér aboue all the women, and she fonnde grace and fauour in his sight more then all the virgins: so that he set the crowne of the kingdome vpon her head, and made her Quene in stea de of Vashti.
18 Thē the King made a great feast vnto all his princes and his seruants (which was)That is made for her sake. the feast of Ester and gaue restHe released their tribute. their tribute. vnto the prouinces, and gaue giftes, according to
〈◊〉
power of a King.I That is, great & magnifical.
19 And when the virgins were gathered theThat is, at the mariage of Ester, which was these conde mariage of the King. seconde time, then Mordecái sate in the Kings gate.
20 Estér had not yet shewed her kinred nor her people, as Mordecai had charged her: for Estér did after the worde of Mordecái as when she was nourished with him.
21 ¶ Those daies when Mordecái sate in the Kings gate, two of the Kings eunuches, Bigthán, and Téresh, which kept the dore were wroth, and soght to layMeaning to
〈◊〉
him. hād on the King Ahashuerósh.
22 And the thing was knowen to Mordecái, and he tolde it vntō Quene Estér, and Estér certified the King thereof in Mordecais name and when in quisicion was made it was foūde so: therefore thei were bothe hanged on a tre? and it was writen in the boke of theIn the Chronicles of the Medes and
〈◊〉
, as Chap, 10. 2. Chronicles before the King
CHAP. III.
1 Hamàn after he was exalted, obteined of the King, that all the Iewes shulde be put to death because Mordecài had not
〈◊〉
him worship as other had.
1 AFter these things did King Ahashuerósh promote Hamán the sonne of Hā medátha the Agagite, and exalted him, & set his seat aboue all the princes that were with him.
2 And all the Kings seruants that were at the Kings gate, bowed their knees, & reuerenced Hamán: for the King had so commanded concerning him: but MordecáiThe Persians maner was to knele downe and reuerence their Kings, and suche as he
〈◊〉
in chief autoritie which Mordecai wolde not do to this ambitious & proude man. bowed not the knee
〈◊〉
did reuerēce.
3 Then the Kings seruants which were at the Kings gare said vnto Mordecái, Why transgressest thou the Kings commandement?
4 And albeit they spake daiely vnto him, yet he wolde not heare them: therefore theyThus we se that there is none so wicked, but thei haue their flatterers to accuse the godlie. tolde Hamán, that they might se how mordecáis matters wolde stād: for he had tolde them that he was a Iewe.
5 And when Haman sawe that Mordecái bowed not the knee vnto him, not did reuerence vnto him then Hamán was ful of wrath.
6 Now he" thoght it to litle to lay hands'Ebr despised in his eyes. onely on Mordecái and because they had she wed him the people of Mordecái, Hamán soght to destroye all the Iewes, that were throughout the whole Kingdome of Ahashuerósh (euē) the people of Mordecái
7 In the first moneth [that is the monethVVhich
〈◊〉
to parte of Marche and parte of April. Nisán] in the twelft yere of King Ahashue rósh, they cast Pur [that is a lot]To knowe what monethand day shulde be good to enterpri se this thing, that it might haue good successe, but God disapointed their lottes & expectation. before Hamán, from day to day, and from moneth to moneth (vnto) the twelft moneth, that is the monethCōteining part of Februarie, and parte of Marche. Adár.
8 Then Hamân said vnto King Ahashuerósh There is a people scatred, and dispersed among the people in all the prouinces of thy kingdome, and their lawes (are) diuers from all people, and they do not obserue theThese be the two arguments which commonly the worldelings aud the wic ked vse. toward princes against the godly, that is the concempt of their Iows, and diminishing of their profit, without respect how God his
〈◊〉
plea sed or displeased. Kings lawes therefore it is not the Kings profite to suffre them.
9 If it please the King, let it be writen that they may be destroyed, and I wilEbr. weigh paye ten thousand talents of siluer by the hands of them that haue the charge of this busines to bring it into the Kings treasurie,
10 Then the King toke his ring from his hād and gaue it vnto Hamán the sonne of Ham medátha the Agagite the Iewes aduersarie
11 And the King said vnto Hamán, Let the sil uer be thine, and the people to do with them as it pleaseth thee.
12 Then were the Kings scribes called on the"Or, secretaries. thirtent day of the first moneth, and there was writen [according to all that Haman commanded] vnto the Kings officers, and to the captaines that were ouer euerie pro uince, and to the rulers of euerie people, (and) to euerie prouince, according to the writing thereof, and to euerie people according to their language: in the name of King Ahashuerōsh was it writen, & sealed with the Kings ring.
13 And the letters were sentEbr. the hand of
〈◊〉
. by postes into all the Kings prouinces, to rote out to kill and to destroye all the Iewes, bothe yong and olde, children and women, in one day vpon the thirtēt day of the twelft moneth [which is the moneth Adar] and to spoile them as a pray.
14 The contents of the writing (was) that there shulde be giuen a commandement in all prouinces (and) published vnto all peo ple, that thei shulde be ready against the same day.
15 And the postes compelled by the Kings cō mandement went for the, and the commā
dement was giuen in the place at Shushan and the King and Haman sate drinking, but theTo wit, the
〈◊〉
that were in Shushan. citie of Shushan was in perplexitie.
CHAP. IIII.
5 Mordecái giueth the Quene knowledge of the cruel decree of the King against the Iewes. 16 She willeth that they pray for her.
1 NOw when Mordecai perceiued all that was done, Mordecai rent his clothes, & put on lackecloth, and ashes, and went out into the middes of the citie, and cryed with a great crye, and a bitter.
2 And he came euen before
〈◊〉
KingsBecause he wolde aduertise Estér of this cruel proclamations gate but he might not entre within the Kings gate, being clothed with sackecloth.
3 And in euerie prouince (&) place whether
the Kings charge and his commission came, there (was) great soro we among the Ie wes, and fasting, and weping & mourning andEbr sackeleth & ashes were spred for many. many laye in sacke cloth and in ashes
4 ¶ Then Esters maides and her eunuches came and tolde it her: therefore the Quene was very heauy, and she sent raiment to clothe Mordecái, and to take away his sac kecloth from him, but he receiued it not.
5 Thē called Estér Harách (one) of the King eunuches, whome heEbr. had caused to stand before her. had appointed to serue her, and gaue him a commandement vnto Mordecái, to knowe what it was, and why it was.
6 So Hatách went forthe to Mordecái vnto the streat of the citie, which was before the Kings gate.
7 And Mordecái tolde him of all that which had come vnto him, and of theEbr. declaration summe of the siluer that Hamán had promised to paye vnto the Kings treasures, because of the Iewes, for to destroye them.
8 Also he gaue him theOr, contents. copie of the writing (&) cōmission that was giuen at Shushán, to destroye thē that he might shewe it vn to Estér and declare it vnto her, & to charge her, that she shulde go in to the King, and make peticiō and supplication before him for her people,
9 ¶ So when Hatách came, he tolde Estér the wordes of Mordecái.
10 Then Estér said vnto Hatáth and comman ded him (to say) vnto Mordecái.
11 All the Kings seruants and the people of the Kings prouinces do knowe, that who soeuer, man or woman, that commeth to the king into the inner court, which is not called, there (is) a lawe of his, that he shal dye, except him to whome the King holdeth out the golden rod, that he may liue. Now I haue now bene called to come vnto the King these thirtie dayes.
12 And they certified, Mordecái of Esters wordes.
13 And Mordecái said, that thei shulde answer Estér (thus) Thinke not with thy self thou shalt escape in the Kings house more then all the Iewes.
14 For if thou holdest thy peace at this time,Ebr. breathing. comfort and deliueranceThus Mordecai spake in the confi dence of that faith
〈◊〉
all Gods children ought to haue which is that God wil deliuer them thoght all wordely meanes faile. shal appeare to the Iewes out of another place, but thou and thy fathers house shal perish: & who knoweth whether thou art come to the kingdome forFor to deliuer Gods Churche of these present dangers. such a time?
15 Then Estér commanded to answer Morde cái.
16 Go (and) assemblie all the Iewes that are found in Shushan, and fast ye for me, and eat not, nor drinke in thre dayes, day nor night, I also & my maides wil fast like wise & so wil I go in to the King, which is not ac cording to the Law: and if I perish,I wil put my li fe in danger and referre the succes se to God, seing it is for his glorie & the deliuerance of his Church. I perish.
17 So mordecāi: went his way, and did accucording to all that Estér had commanded him.
CHAP. V.
1 Estér entreth in to the King, and biddeth him and Hamán to a feast. 11 Hamán prepareth a galous fot Mordecái,
1 ANd on the thirdTo, wit, after that the Ieweshed begonne to fast. day Estér put on her royal apparel, and stode in the court of the Kings place within, ouer against the Kings house: and the King sate vpon his royal throne in the Kings palace ouer against the gate of the house.
2 And when the king sawe Estér the Quene standing in the court, she found fauour in his sight: and the kingVVhich was a si gne that her comming was agreable vnto him,
〈◊〉
Chap. 4 11. helde out the gol den sceptre that was in hād, so Estēr drewe nere: and touched the toppe of the sceptre
3 Then said the king vnto her, What wilt thou, Quene Estér? and what is thy request it shalbe euen giuenMeaning hereby that what soeuer she asked. shuld be granted as Mar.
〈◊〉
. 23. thee to the halfe of the kingdome.
4 Thē said Estér, If it please the king let the king and Hamán come this day vnto the banket, that I haue prepared for him,
5 And the king said, Cause Hamán to make hast that he maie do as Estér hathe said So the king and Haman came to the banket that Estér had prepared.
6 And the king said vnto Estér at the banket ofBecause
〈◊〉
to drinke excessiuely in their hankets, they called the banket by the name of that, Which was moste in vse or estemed wine, What is thy peticion, that it may be giuen thee? & what is thy request? it shal euen be performed vnto the halfe of the kingdome.
7 Then answered Estēr, and said, My peticiō and my request (is.)
8 If I haue founde fauour in the sight of the king, and if it please the king to giue me my peticion, and to performe my request, let the king and Hamán come to the banket that I shal prepare for Shem, and I wil do to morowe according to the kingsI wil declare what thing I demande. saying.
9 ¶ Then wēt Hamán for the the same day ioyful and with a glad heart. But when Hamā sawe Mordecái in the kings gate, that he stode not vp, nor moued for him, then was Hamā ful of indignaciō at Mordecái.
10 Neuertheles Haman refrained him self: & when he came home, he sent, and called for his friends, and Zeresh his wife.
11 And Hamán tolde them of the glorie of his riches, and the multitude of his children, and all the things wherein the King hadThus the Wicked whē
〈◊〉
are promoted, in stead of acknow ledging their char ge and humbling them selues waxe ambitions
〈◊〉
and cruel promoted him, and how that he had set him aboue the princes and seruants of the King.
12 Hamán said moreouer, Yea, Estér the Que ne did let no man come in with the King to the banket that she had prepared, saue me, and tomorowe am I bidden vnto her al so with the King.
13 But all this doeth nothing auaile me, as lōg as I se Mordecái the Iewe sitting at the Kings gate.
14 Then said Zeresh his wife and all his friēds vnto him, Let them make a tre of fiftieMeaning the
〈◊〉
best that colde be founde. cu bites hie, and tomorowe speake thou vnto the King, that Mordecái may be hanged thereon, then shalt thou go ioyfully with the King vnto the banket. And the thing pleased Hamán, and he caused to make the tre.
CHAP. VI.
1 The King turneth ouer the chronicles, and findeth the fi delitie of Mordecái, 10 And commandeth Haman, to cause Mordecai to be had in honour.
1 THe same nightEbr. the King
〈◊〉
departed. the King slept not, & he commāded to bring the boke of the records (and) the chronicles: and thei were red before the King.
2 Then it was founde writen that Mordecái * had tolde of Bigtána, and Téresh two ofChap. 2.
〈◊〉
. the Kings eunuches, kepers of the
〈◊〉
dore, who soght to lay hands on the King Ahashuerósh.
3 Thē the King said, What honour and dignitie hathe bene giuen to MordecáiFor he thoght it vn worthe his estate to receiue a benefite, and not reward it. for this? And the King seruants that ministred vnto him, said, There is nothing done for him.
4 And the King said, Who is in the court? [Now Hamán was come into the inner court of the Kings house, that he might speake vnto the King toThus which the Wicked imagine the destructiō of others, thei them selues fall into the samepit. hang Mordecái on the tre that he had prepared for him.]
5 And the Kings seruants said vnto him, Beholde, Hamán standeth in the court, And the King said Let him come in.
6 And when Hamán came in the King said vnto him, What shalbe done vnto the man whome the King wil honour? Then Hamán thoght in his heart, To whome wolde the King do honour more then to me?
7 And Hamán answered the King, The man whome the King wolde honour.
8 Let thē bring (for him) royal apparel which the King (vseth) to we are, and theMeaning hereby that the King shulde make him next vnto him self, as Ioseph hereby was knowē to be next
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Gen. 41. 42. horse that the King rydeth vpon, and that the crowne royal may be set vpon his head.
9 And let the rayment and the horse be deliuered by the hand of one of the Kings moste noble princes, and let them apparél the man [whome the King wil honour] and cause him to ride vpon the horse through the strete of the citie, and proclaime before him, Thus shal it be done vnto the man whome the King wil honour,
10 Then the King said to Haman, Make haste take the raiment & the horse as thou hast said & do so vnto Mordecái the Iewe, that sitteth at the Kings gate: let nothing faile of all that thou hast spoken.
11 So Hamán toke the rayment & the horse, and arayed Mordecái, and broght him on horse backe through the strete of the citie and proclaimed before him, Thus shal it be done to the man whome the King wil honour.
12 And Mordecái came againe to the kings gate, but Hamán hasted home mourning and his head couered.
13 And Haman tolde Zéresh his wife, and all his friends all that had befallen him, Then said his wise men, and Zeresh his wife vnto him, If Mordecái (be) of the sede of the Iewes, before whome thou hast begonne to fall, thou shalt not preuaile against himThus God some time
〈◊〉
in the mouthe of the very wicked, to speake that thing which he hathe decreed shal come to passe. but shalt surely fall before him.
14 And while they were yet talking with him, came to the Kings eunuches & hasted to bring Hamán vnto the banket that Estér had appeared.
CHAP. VII
3 The quene biddeth the King and Hamán againe & praieth for her selfe and her people. 6 She accuseth Hamán and he is hanged on the gallous, which he had prepared for Mordecái.
1 SO the King and Hamán came to bāket with the Quene Estér,
2 And the King said againe vnto Estér on the seconde day at the banket ofRead Chap.
〈◊〉
. 6. wine, What is thy peticion, Quene Estér, that it may be giuen thee? and what is thy request? It shal be euen performed vnto the halfe of the kingdome.
3 And Estér the Quene answered, and said, If I haue founde fauour in thy sight, ô King and if it please the King, let my life be giuen me at my peticion, and my people at my request.
4 For we are solde, I, and my people, to be de stroyed, to be slayne and to perish: but if we were solde for seruants, and for hand maides, I wolde haue helde my tongue: althogh the aduersarie colde notHaman colde not so muche
〈◊〉
the King by this his malice, as he shulde hinder him by the Iosse of the Iewes, and the tribute Which he hath of them. recompense the Kings losse.
5 Then King Ahashuerosh answered, & said vnto the Quene Ester, Who is he? & where is he that presumeth to do thus?
6 And Estér said, The aduersarie and enemie is this wicked Hamán. Then Haman was afraied before the King and the Quene,
7 And the King arose from the banket of wine in his wrath (and went) into the pala ce garden: but Haman stode vp, to make re quest for his life to the Quene Estér for he sawe that there was aHis conscience did accuse him that as he had
〈◊〉
the death of
〈◊〉
, so the vengeance of God might fall vpon him for the same. mischief prepared for him of the king.
8 And when the king came againe out of the place gardē, into the house where they dranke wine. Haman wasHe fel downe at the beddes fete or couche whereupon stresate, & made request for his life. fallen vpon the bed whereon Estér (sate) therefore the King said, Wil he force the Quene also be foreme in the house? As the worde went out of the Kings mouthe, theyThis was the ma ner of the Persiās When one was out of the Kings fauour. couered Hamans face.
9 And Harbonah one of the eunuches, said in the presence of the King, Beholde, there standeth yet the tre in Hamans house fiftie cubites hie, which Haman had prepared for Mordecai, that spakeVVhich discouered the conspira cie against, Chap.
〈◊〉
. 2. good for the KING. Then the king said, Hang him thereon.
10 So they hanged Haman on the tre, that
he had prepared for Mordecái then was the Kings wrath pacified.
CHAP. VIII.
1 After the death of Hamán was Mordecai exalted. 14 Cō sortable letters are sent vnto the Iewes,
1 THe same day did King Ahashuerôsh giue the house of Hamán the aduersarie of the Iewes vnto the Quene Estér. And MordecáiThat is, was receiued into the Kings fauour and presence. came before the king for Estér tolde what he wasThat he was her vncle and had broght her vp. vnto her.
2 And the King toke of his ring, which he had taken from Hamán, and gaue it vnto Mordecái: and Estér set Mordecái ouer the house of Hamán.
3 And Estér spake yet more before the King and fell downe at his fete weping, and besoght him that he wolde put away theMeaning that he shulde abolish the wicked decrees, which he had made for the destruction of the Iewes. wickednes of Hamán the Aga gite, and his deuise that he had imagined against the Iewes.
4 And the King helde out the goldē
Read Chap. 5. 2. sceptre toward Estér, Then arose Ester, and stode before the King.
5 And said, If it please the King, and if I haue founde fauour in his sight, and the thing be acceptable before the King, and I plea se him, let it be writen, that the letters of the deuise of Hamán the sonne of Ammedatha the Agagite may be called againe, which he wrote to destroy the Iewes, that are in all the Kings prouinces.
6 For how can I suffer and se the euil, that shal come vnto my people? Or how can I suffer and se the destruction of my kinred?
7 And the King Ahashuerôsh said vnto the Quene Estér, and to Mordecái the Iewe Beholde, I haue giuen Estér the house of Hamán, whome they haue hanged vpon the tre, because heOr went about to stay the Iewes layed hand vpon the Iewes.
8 Write ye also for the Iewes, as it liketh you in the Kings name, and seale it with the Kings ring, [for the writings writen in the Kings name, and sealed with the Kings ring, may noThis was the law of the Medes and Persians, as Dan. 6. 15 notwith standing the king reuoked the former decree granted to Haman, for Esters sake. man reuoke.]
9 Thē were the Kings scribes called at the same time, euen in the third moneth, that is the monethVVhich conteineth
〈◊〉
of May and parte of Iune. Siuán, on the thre & twentieth (day) thereof: & it was writen, according to all as Mordecái commanded vnto the Iewes & to the prouinces, and captaines, and rulers of the princes, which were frō India euen vnto Ethiopia, an hundreth & seuen & twentie prouinces, vnto euerie prouince according to theThatis, in suche letters & language, as was vsial in euerie prouince. writing there of, and to euerie people after their spea che, and to the Iewes, according to their writing, and according to their language.
10 And he wrote in the King Ahashuerósh name, and sealed it with the Kings ring: & he sent letters by postes on horsebake (&) that rode on (beastes) of price (as) dromedaries (and)
〈◊〉
. coltes of mares.
11 Wherein the King granted the Iewes [in what cities soeuer they were] to gather them selues together, & to stād forThat is, to defend them selues against all that wolde assaile thē. their life (and) to roote out, to slay & to destroy all the power of the people and of the pro uince that vexed them (bothe) children & women, and to spoyle their goods:
12 Vpon one day in all the prouinces of King Ahashuerósh (euen) in the thirtent (day) of the twelf moneth, which is the monethVVhich hath
〈◊〉
te of
〈◊〉
& part of Marche. Adár.
13 The copie of the writing (was) how there shulde be a commaundement giuen in all and euerie prouince, published among all the people, and that the Iewes shulde be readie against that day toThe King gaue them libertie to kill al that all did oppresse them. auenge them selues on their enemies.
14 (So) the postes rode vpon (beastes) of price (and) drome daries (and) went forthe with spede, to execute the Kings commandement, and the decree was giuē at Shushán the palace.
15 And Mordecai went out from the King in royal apparel of blewe, and white, & with a great crowne of golde, and with a garment of fine linen and purple, and the citie of Shushan reioyced and was glad.
16 (And) vnto the Iewes was come light andHe she
〈◊〉
by these wordes that followe what this light was. ioye and gladnes, and honour.
17 Also in all and euerie prouince, and in all and euerie citie & place, where the Kings commandemēt and his decree came (there was) ioye and gladnes to the Iewes, a feast and good day, and many of the people of the landConformed thē selues to the lewes religion. became Iewes: for the feare of the Iewes fell vpon them.
CHAP. IX.
1 At the commandement of the King the Iewes put their aduersaries to death. 14. The ten sonnes of Haman are hanged
〈◊〉
The Iewes kepe a feast in remembrance of of their deliuerance.
1 SO in the twelft moneth, which is the mo neth Adár, vpon the thirtent day of the same, when the King commandement and his decree drew nere to be put in executiō in the day that the enemies of the Iewes hoped to haue power ouer them [but itThis was by Gods great proui dence who
〈◊〉
the ioye of the wicked into sorow, and the teares of the godlie into gladnes. turned contrary: for the Iewes had rule ouerthem that hated them.]
2 The Iewes gathered them selues together into their cities throughout all the prouinces of the King Ahashuerósh, to laye hand on suche as soght their hurt, and no man colde withstande them: for the feare of them fell vpon all people.
3 And all the rulers of the prouinces, and the princes and the captaines, and the officers of the KingDid thē honour and shewed them friendship. exalted the Iewes: for the feare of Mordecái fell vpon them.
4 For mordecái was great in the Kings house, and the reporte of him went through all the prouinces: for this man Mordecai waxed greater and greater.
5 Thus the Iewes smote all theirVVhich had con spired their death by the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
man. enemies with strokes of the sworde and slaughter and destruction, and did what they wolde vnto those that hated them.
6 And at Shushan the palace slewe the Iewes and destroyedBesides those thre hundreth, that the slewe the seconde day, as vers, 15. fiue hundreth men.
7 And Parshandatha, and Dalphon, and Aspatha.
8 And Paratha, and Adalia, and Aridatha.
9 And Parmashta, and Arisái, and Aridái, and Vaiezatha.
10 The ten sonnes of Haman, the sonne of Ammedatha, the aduersarie of the Iewes slewe they: but they layed not their handsVVhereby they declared, that this was Gods iuste iudgement vpō the enemies of his Church, for asmuche as they soght not their own againe, but to execute his vengeance. on the spoyle.
11 On the same day came the nomber of those that were slayno, vnto the palace of Shusshan before the King.
12 And the Kyng sayd vnto the Quene Ester, The Iewes haue slayne in Shushan the palace and destroyed fiue hundreth men, and the ten sonnes of Hamán: what haue they done in the rest of the Kings prouinces? and what is thy peticion, that it may be giuen thee? or what is thy request moreouer, that it may be performed?
13 Then said Ester, If it please the King, let it be granted also tomorowe to the Iewes that are in Shushan, to do accordyngThis she requireth not for desire of vengeance, but with zeale to se Gods iudge ments executed againste his enemies. vnto this dayes decree, that they may hang vpon the tre Hamans ten sonnes.
14 And the King charged to do so, and the decree was giuen at Shusshan, and they hanged Hamans ten sonnes.
15 ¶ So the Iewes that were in Shushan, assem bled them selues vpon the fourtent day of the moneth Adar, and slewe thre hundreth men in Shushan, but on the spoyle they layed not their hand.
16 And the rest of the Iewes that were in the Kings prouinces assembled them selues, and stode forRead Chap. 8. 11. their lyues, ād had rest from their enemies, and slewe of them that hated them,Meaning, that they laide hādes on none, that were not the ene mies of God. seuentie and fyue thousand: but they layed not their hand on the spoile.
17 (This they did) on theMeaning, in all places sauing in Shushan. thirtente daye of the moneth Adar, and rested the fourtente day thereof, and kept it a daye of feasting and ioye.
18 But the Iewes that were in Shushan, assembled them selues on the thirtente (day,) and on the fourtente thereof, and they rested on the fiftente of the same, and kept it a day of feasting and ioye.
19 Therefore the Iewes of the villages that dwelt in the vnwalled townes,As the Iewes do euen to this day, calling it in the Persians language Purim, that is the daye of lots. kepte the fourtente day of the moneth Adar with ioye and feastyng, (euen) a ioyfull day, and euerie one sent presents vnto his neighbour.
20 ¶ And Mordecai wroteThe Iewes gather hereof that Mordecai wrote this storie, but it semeth that he wrote but onely these letters, and decrees that followe. these wordes, and sent letters vnto all the Iewes that were through all the prouince of the Kyng Ahashuerosh, (bothe) nere and farre.
21 Inioyning them that they shulde kepe the fourtente daye of the moneth Adar, and the fiftente day of the same, euerie yere.
22 According to the dayes wherein the Iewes rested from their enemies, and the moneth which was turned vnto them from sorow to ioye, and from mournyng into a ioyfull day, to kepe them the dayes of feasting, and ioye, andHe setteth before our
〈◊〉
the vse of this feast, whiche was for the remembrance of Gods deliue rance, then a
〈◊〉
of mutual friend:
〈◊〉
, and relief of the poore. to send presentes euerie man to hys neighbour, and giftes to the poore.
23 And the Iewes promised to do as they had begonne, and as Mordecai had writen vnto them.
24 Because Haman the sonne of Hammedatha the Agagite all the Iewes aduersarie, had imagined against the Iewes, to destroy them, and hadRead, Chap. 3. 7 cast Pur [that is a lot] to consume and destroye them.
25 And whenThat is, Ester. she came before the Kyng, he commanded by letters, Let his wickedThese are wordes of the Kings commandement to
〈◊〉
Hamans wicked en treprise. deuise [whiche he imagined against the Iewes] turne vpon his owne head, and let them hang him and his sonnes on the tre.
26 Therefore they called these dayes Purim, by the name of Pur, (and) because of all the wordes of this lettre, and of that whiche they had sene besides this, and of that which had come vnto them.
27 The Iewes (also) ordeined, and promised for them and for their sede, and for all that ioyned vnto them, that they wolde notOr, transgresse. faile to obserue thoseMeanyng the
〈◊〉
, ād the
〈◊〉
day of the
〈◊〉
Adar. two dayes euerie yere, ac cordyng to their writing and accordyng to their season.
28 And that these dayes shulde be remembred, and kept throughout euerie generation ād euerie familie, and euerie prouince, and euerie citie: euen these dayes of Purim shulde not faile among the Iewes, and the memorial of them shuld not perish from their sede.
29 And the Quene Estér the daughter of Abihail and Mordecai the Iewe wrote with allOr, strength, or
〈◊〉
. autoritie [to confirme this letter of Purim the seconde time]
30 And he sent letters vnto all the Iewes to the hundreth and seuen and twentie prouin ces of the kyngdome of Ahashuerosh, withVVhiche were letters declaring vnto them quiet nes, and assurance, and putting thē out of doute and feare. wordes of peace and trueth.
31 To confirme these dayes of Purim accordyng to their seasons, as Mordecai the Iewe and Estér the Quene had appointed them, and as they had promised for themEbr. soules. selues and for their sede withThat they wold obserue this feast with fasting, and earnest prayer, which in Ebrew is signified by this word (their crye.) fasting and prayer.
32 And the decree of Estér confirmed these wordes of Purim, & was writen in the boke.
CHAP. X.
The estimation and autoritie of Mordecai.
1 ANd the Kyng Ahashuerôsh layed atribute vpon the lande, and vpon the yles of the sea.
2 And all the actes of hys power, and of hys might, ād the declaration of the dignitie of Mordecai, wherewith the King magnified him, are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kyng of Media & Persia?
3 For Mordecai the Iewe was the seconde vnto Kyng Ahashuerósh, and greate amonge the Iewes, andThese
〈◊〉
tes are here set forth as commen dable, ād necessa rie set hym, that is in
〈◊〉
: to haue the fauour of the people: to procure their welth, and to be gentle, & louing towarde them. accepted among the multitude of hys brethren, who procured the welth of his people, and spake peaceably to all hys sede.
IOB.
THE ARGVMENT.
IN this historie is set before our eyes the example of a singular pacience. For this holy man Iob was not onely extremely afflicted in outwarde things and in his body, but also in his minde, and conscience by the sharpe tentations of his wife, and chief friends: which by their vehement wordes, and subtil disputations broght him almoste to dispaire: for they set forthe God as a seuere iudge, and mortal enemie vnto him, whiche had caste him of, therefore in vaine he shulde seke vnto him for succour. These friends came vnto him vnder pretence of consolation, and yet they tormented him more then did all his affliction. Notwithstanding he did constantly resist them, and at length had good successe. In this storie we haue to marke that Iob mainteineth a good cause, but handeleth it euil: againe his aduersaries haue an euil matter, but they defend it craftely. For Iob helde that God did not alway punish men according to their sinnes, but that he had secret iudgements, whereof man knewe not the cause, and therefore man colde not reason against God therein, but he shulde be conuicted. Moreouer he was assured that God had not reiected hym, yet through his greate torments, and affliction he brasteth forthe into manie inconueniencies bothe of wordes and sentences, and sheweth him selfe as a desperate man in manie things, and as one that wolde resist God: and this is his good cause which he doeth not handel wel. Agayne the aduersaries mainteine with manie goodlie arguments, that God punisheth continually accordyng to the trespas, grounding vpon Gods prouidence, his iustice, and mans sinnes, yet their intention is euil: for they labour to bring Iob into dispaire: and so they mainteine an euil cause. Ezekiél commendeth Iob as a iuste man, Ezek. 14. 14, and Iames setteth out his pacience for an example, Iam. 5. 11.
CHAP. I.
1 The holines, tiches, and care of Iob for his children. 11 Satan hathe permission to tempt hym. 13 He tempteth him by taking awaye his substance, and his children. 20 His faith and pacience.
1 THere was a man in the land ofThat is, of the countrey of Idumea, as Lamen. 4. 21. or hordering therevpon for the land was called by the name of Vz the son ne of Dishan the sonne of Seir. Vz called Iob,Genes 36. 28. and thys manFor as muche as he was a Gentle and not a Iewe, and yet is prono unced vpryght, and without hy pocrisie, it declareth that
〈◊〉
the heathen God hathe
〈◊〉
. was an vpryght and iuste man,Hereby is decla red, what is mēt by
〈◊〉
vpright, ād
〈◊〉
men. one that feared God, and eschewed euil.
2 And he had seuen son nes, and thre daughters.
3 HysHis children ād riches are declared, to commend his vertue in his prosperitie, and his pacience, and constancie when God had taken them from him. substance also was seuen thousande shepe, and thre thousande camels, and fiue hundreth yoke of oxen, and fyue hundreth she asses, and hys familie was verie great, so that thys man was the greatest of all theEbr. children. men ofMeanyng, the Arabiās,
〈◊〉
, Idumeās. &c the East.
4 And his sonnes went and banketted in their houses, euerie one his day, and sent, and called their thre sisters to eat ād to drinke with them.
5 And when the dayes of their bankettyng were gone aboute, Iob sent, andThat is, cōman ded them to be sā ctified: meaning, that they shulde consider the
〈◊〉
, that they bad committed, ād re
〈◊〉
thē selues for the same. sanctified them, and rose vp early in the morning, ādThat is, he offred for euerie one of hys children an
〈◊〉
of reconciliacion, whiche declared his religion to warde God, and the care that he had toward his children. offred burnt offrings (according) to the nō
ber of them all. For Iob thoght, It may be that my sonnes haue sinned, andIn Ebrewe it is, and blessed God, whiche is some time taken for blaspheming and cutsing, as here, and 1. King. 21.
〈◊〉
and 13. &c blasphemed God in their hearts: thus did IobVVhile the feast lasted. euerie day.
6 ¶Now on a day when theMeaning, the Angels, whiche are called the sonnes of God,
〈◊〉
they are willing to execute his wil. children of God came and stodeBecause our infirmitie can not comprehend God in his
〈◊〉
, he is set forthe vnto vs as a King, that our capacitie may be able to vnderstand, whiche is spoken of him. before the Lorde, SatánThis declareth that althogh Satā be aduersa, ie to God, yet he is cōpelled to obey, him
〈◊〉
him all homage, without whose permission, and appointment he can do nothyng. came also among them.
7 Then the Lorde said vnto Satan, WhenceThis question is asked for our infirmitie: for God knew whē
ce became. commest thou? And Satan aunswered the Lorde, saying,Herein is described the nature of Satan, whi che is euer ranging for his pray 1
〈◊〉
. 5. 8. From compassing the earth to and fro, and from walking in it.
8 And the Lord said vnto Satan, Hast thou not cōsidered my seruant Iob, how none (is) like him in the earth? an vpright ādiust man, one that feareth God, and esche weth euil?
9 Then Satā answered the Lord, ād said, doeth Iob feare God forHe seareth thee not for thine owne sake, but for the commoditie that he receiueth by thee. noght?
10 Hast thou not madeMeanyng, the grace of GOD, whiche
〈◊〉
Iob as a rampare against all tentations. an hedge about hym and about hys house, and about all that he hathe on euerie side? thou hast blessed the worke of his hands, and his substance is encreased in the land.
11 But stretche out now thine hand andThis signifieth that Satan is not able to touch vs, but it is, GOD that must do it. touche all that he hathe, (to se) if he wil not blas pheme thee toSatan noteth the vice, whereunto men are cō monly subiect: that is, to hide their rebellion, and to be contēt with God in the time of prosperiue, whiche vice is disclosed in the time of their aduersitie. thy face.
12 Then the Lorde sayd vnto Satan, Lo, all that he hathe (is) inGOD giueth not Satan power ouer man, but that which God giueth him. thine hand: onely vpon hym selfe shalt thou not stretche out thyne hand. So Satan departed from theThat is, went to execute that whiche God had permitted him to do: for elles he can neuer go out of Gods presence. presence of the Lorde.
13 ¶And on a daye, when hys sonnes and hys daughters were eatyng and drinkyng wine in their eldest brothers house.
14 There came a messenger vnto Iob, and said, The oxen were plowing, and the asses feding in their places.
15 And theThat is, the Arabians. Shabeans came violently, and toke them: yea, they haue slaine the seruants with the edge of the sworde: but I onely am escaped alone to tel thee.
16 And whiles he was yet speakyng, another came, and said, TheVVhich
〈◊〉
was also done by the craft of Satan to tempt Iob the more grieuously, for asmuche as he might se, that not onely men were his enemies, but that GOD made warre againste him. fyre of GOD is fallen from the heauen, ād hath burnt vp the shepe and the seruants, and deuoured them: but I onely am escaped alone, to tel thee.
17 And whiles he was yet speakyng, another came, and said, The Caldeans set out thre bandes, and fel vpon the camels, and haue ta ken them, and haue slaine the seruants with the edge of the sworde: but I onely am escaped alone to tel thee.
18 And whiles he was yet speak yng, came an other, and said, ThyThis
〈◊〉
plague declareth, that when one plague is past whiche serneth hard to be borne, God can send vs another farre more grieuous, to trye hys, and teache them obedience. sonnes, and thy daughters
were eating, and drinking wine in their eldest brothers house,
19 And be holde, there came a great winde frō beyond the wildernes, and smote the foure corners of the house, which fel vpō the children, and they are dead, and lonely am escaped alone to tel thee.
20 Then Iob arose, andWhiche came not of
〈◊〉
but declareth that the children of God are not insensible like bloc kes, but that in their
〈◊〉
thei fele
〈◊〉
, and grief of minde: yet they kepe a meane herein, & rebell not against God, as the wicked do. rent his garment, and shaued his head, and fel downe vpō the grūd and worshiped,Eccle 5. 14.
21 And said, * Naked came I out of my mothers1. Tim. 6, 7. wombe, & naked shal I returneThat is, ito the belly of the earth which is the mother of all. the ther: the Lord hathe giuen, and the Lord hathe taken it:Hereby he confesseth that God is iuste, and good, all thogh his hād be sore vpō him. blessed be the Name of the Lord.
22 In all this did not Iob sinne, nor charge God But declared that God did althing
〈◊〉
to iustice & equitie foolishly.
CHAP. II.
6 Satán hathe permission to afflict Iob. 9 His wife tēpteth him to forsake God. 11 His thre friends visite him.
1 ANd on a day theThat is, the An gels, as Chap. 1, 6. children of God came and stode before the Lord, andRead Chap. 1, 13 Satán came also among them, and stode before the Lord.
2 Then the Lord said vnto Satán, Whence commest thou? And Satán answered the Lord, & said, From compassing the earth to and fro, and from walking in it.
3 And the Lord said vnto Satan, Hast thou notEzek 14, 14. considered my seruāt Iob, how none (is) like him in the earth? * an vpright and iuste man, one that feareth God, and eschueth equil? for yet he cōtinueth in his vprightnes,He proueth Iobs integritie by this that he ceased not to feare God when his plagues were grie uously vpon him althogh thou mouedst me against him, to destroyeThat is, when thou hadst noght against him, or when thou wast not able to bring thy purpose to passe. him without cause.
4 And Satan answered the Lord, & said,Hereby he mēt that a mās owne skinne is dearer vnto him then another mans. Skin for skin, and all that euer a man hathe, wil he giue for his life.
5 But stretche now out thine hand, and touche hisMeaning his owne persone. bones and his flesh, (to se) if he wil not blaspheme thee to thy face.
6 Then the Lord said vnto Satan, Lo, he is in thine hand, but saueThus Satán can go no further in punishing then God hathe limited vnto him. his life.
7 ¶ So Satan departed from the presence of the Lord, and smote Iob with soreThis sore was moste vehement, where with also God plagued the Egyptians, Exo. 9, 9. and threateneth to punish there belliouspeo ple Deut. 28, 27. so that this tentatiō was moste grieuous: for if Iob had measured Gods fauour by the vehemencie of his disease, he might haue thoght that God had cast him of. boyles, from the sole of his fote vnto his crowne.
8 And he toke aAs destitute of all other helpe and meanes, and wonderfully afflicted with the soro we of his disease. potsharde to scrape him, and he sate downe among the ashes.
9 Then said hisSatán vseth the same instrument against Iob, as he did against Adám. wife vnto him, Doest thouMeaning, what gainest thou to serue God, seing he thus plagueth thee as thogh he were thine enemie? This is the moste grieuous tentacion of the faithful, when their faith is assailed, and when Satán goeth about to persuade them, that thei trust in God in vayne. cōtinueyet in thine vprightnes?For death was appointed to the blasphemer, and so she ment that he shulde be sone ridde out of his
〈◊〉
. Blaspheme God, and dye.
10 But he said vnto her, Thou speakest like a foolish woman: what? shal we receiue good at the hand of God, and notThat is, to be pacient in
〈◊〉
, as we reioy ce, when he sendeth prosperitie, & so to acknowledge him to be bothe merciful & Iusle. receiue euil? In all this did not Iob sinne with hisHe so
〈◊〉
his affectiōs, that his tongue
〈◊〉
impaciencie did not murmure against God. lippes.
11 Now when Iobs threWhich were men of autoritie wise and learned, and as the Septuagint write, King, and came to comfort him, but when they saw how he was visiced, they conceiued an euil opinion of him, as thogh he had bene but an hypocrite, and so iustely plagued of God for his sinnes. friends heard of all this euil that was come vpon him, thei came euerie one from his owne place, (to wit.) Eli phaz the Temanite, and Bildad the Shuhite, and Zophar the Naamathite: for they were agreed to get her to come to lament with him and to comfort him.
12 So whē they lift vp their eyes a farre of, they knewe him not: therefore they lift vp their voyces and wept, and euerie one of them rēt his garment, and sprinkledThis was also a ceremonie, which they vsed in those countreis, as the renting of their clothes in signe of sorowe &c. dust vpon their heades toward the heauen.
13 So they sate by him vpon the grounde seuē dayes, & seuen nights, & none spake a word vnto him: for they sawe, that the grief (was) veryAnd therefore thoght that he wolde not haue hearkened to their counsel. great.
CHAP. III.
1 Iob cōplaineth & curseth the day of his birth. 11 He desireth to dye, as thogh death were the end of all mās miserie
1 AFterwardThe seuē dayes ended, Chap. 9, 13 Iob opened his mouthe, andHere Iob begin neth to
〈◊〉
his great
〈◊〉
in this battel betwene the Spirit & the flesh Rem 7, 18, & after a maner yeldeth, yet in the end he
〈◊〉
vi ctorie, thogh he was in the meane time greatly wounded. cursed his day.
2 And Iob cryed out, and said,
3 Let the dayeMen ought not to be weary of their life, & cursse
〈◊〉
, because of the infirmities that it is subiect vnto, but because they are giuē to sinne and rebellion against God. perish, wherein I was borne, & the night when it was said, There is a man childe conceiued.
4 Let that day be darkenes, let not GodLet it be put out of the nōber of dayes, and let it not haue the light of the senne to separate it frō the night. regarde it frō aboue, nether let the light shine vpon it,
5 (But) let darkenes, & theThat is, moste obscure darknes, which maketh them afraied of death, that are in it. shadowe of death staine it: let the clouder remaine vpon it, & let them make it feareful as a bitter day.
6 Let darkenes possesse that night, let it not be ioyned vnto the dayes of the yere, nor let it come into the count of the moneths.
7 Yea, desolate be that night, & let no ioye be in it.
8 Let them that curse the day, [beingWhich cursse the day of their birth, let thē lay that cursse vpon this night. ready to renue their mourning] curse it.
9 Let the starres of that twilight be dim through darkenes of it: let it loke for light, but haue none: nether let itLet it be always night, and neuer se day. seEbr. the eye liddes of the morning. the dawning of the daye,
10 Because it shut not vp the dores of my (mothers,) wōbe: not hid sorowe frō mine
〈◊〉
eyes.
11 This and that which followeth declareth that when mā giueth place to his passions, he is not able to stay nor kepe measure, but runneth head ling
〈◊〉
all euil except God call him backe. Why dyed I not in the birth? or why dyed I not, when I came out of the wombe?
12 Why did the knees preuent me? and why did I sucke the breastes?
13 For (so) shulde I now haueThe
〈◊〉
of his afilictions made him to
〈◊〉
. these wordes, as thogh death were the end of all miseries and as if there were nolife after this, whiche he speaketh not as thogh it were so but the infirmities of his flesh caused him to brast out into this error of the wicked. lyen and bene quiet, I shulde haue slept then, (and) bene at rest,
14 With the Kings and coūsellers of the earth which haue buylded them seluesHe
〈◊〉
the ambition of thē, which for their pleasure, as it we re, change the or der of nature, & buylde in moste baren places, because they wolde hereby make their names immortal. desolate places:
15 Or with the princes that had golde, (&) haue filled their houses with siluer.
16 Or (why) was I not hid, as an vntimely birth, (ether) as infants, (which) haue not sene the light?
17 The wickedThatis, by death thecrueltie of the tyrants hathe reased. haue there ceased from (their) tyrannie, and there they that laboured valiantly,
are at rest.
18 TheAll they that susteine anie kinde of calamitie and
〈◊〉
in this worlde: which he speaketh after the iudgement of the flesh. prisoners rest together, (and) heare not the voyce of the oppressour.
19 There are small & great, and the seruant (is) fre from his master.
20 Wherefore is the light giuen to him that is in miserie? andHe sheweth that the benefites of God are not comfortable, except the heart ye ioyful, and the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. life vnto them that haue heauy hearts?
21 Whiche long for death, and if it come not, they wolde euē search it more thē treasures.
22 Which ioye for gladnes (and) reioyce, whē they can finde the graue.
23 (Why is the light giuē) to the mā whose way isThat
〈◊〉
not how to come out of his miseries, because he dependeth not on Gods pouidence. hid, and whome God hathe helged in?
24 For my sighing cometh before I eat, and my rorings are powred out like the water.
25 For the thing IIn my prosperitie I loked euer for a fall, as is come now to passe. feared, is come vpon me, & the thing that I was afrayed of, is come vnto me.
26 I had no peace, nether had I quietnes, nether hast I red,The feare of troubles that shulde insue, caused my prospe ritie to seme to me as nothing, and yet I am not exempted from trouble. yet trouble is come.
CHAP. IIII,
5 Iob is reprehended of impaciencie, 7 And vniustice, 17 And of the presumption of his owne righteousnes.
1 THen Elipház the Temanite answered, & said,
2 If we assay to commune with thee, wilt thou be grieued? butSeing this thine impaciencie. who can withholde him self from speaking?
3 Beholde, thou hast taught manie, andThou haste cō
forted others in their afflictions, & canst not now comfort thy selfe hast strengthened the wearie hands.
4 Thy wordes haue confirmed him that was falling, & thou hast strengthened the weake knees.
5 But now it is come vpon thee, and thou art grieued: it toucheth thee, and thou art troubled.
6 Is not this thyThis he concludeth that Iob was but an hypo crite and had no true feare not trust in God. feare, thy confidence, thy pacience, and the oprightnes of thy wayes?
7 Remember, I pray thee: who (euer) perished being anHe concludeth that Iob was reproued, seing that God handeled, him so extremely, whiche is the argument that the carnal men make against the children of God. innocent? or where were the vpright destroyed?
8 As I haue sene, they thatThey that do euil, can not but receiue euil. plowe iniquitie, & sowe wickednes, reape the same.
9 With theHe sheweth that God nedeth no great preparatiō to destrove his enemies: for he cā do it with the blastof his mouth blast of God they perish, & with the breath of his nostrilles are they consumed.
10 The roring of theThogh men ac cording to
〈◊〉
office do not punish tyrants (whome for their crueltie he compareth to lions, and their children to their whelpes) yet God bothe is able, and his iustice wil pu nish them. lion, and the voyce of the lionesse, and the teeth of the lions whelpes are broken.
11 The lion perisheth for lacke of praye, & the lions whelpes are scatred abrode.
12 But a thing was broght to meA thing that I knew not before was declared vn to me by vision that is, that who soeuer thinketh him selfe iuste, shalbe founde a sinner, when he commeth before God. secretly, and mine eare hathe receiued a litle thereof.
13 In the thoghts of the visions ofthe night, when slepe falleth on men,
14 Feare came vpon me, and dread which made all my bonesIn these visions whiche GOD sheweth to his creatures, there is euer a certeine feare ioyned, that the autoritie the reof mightbehad in greater reuerence. to tremble.
15 And the winde passed before me, and made the heeres of my flesh to stand vp.
16 (Then) stode (one,) & I knewe not his face: an image (was) before mine eyes, (&) inWhē all things were quiet, or when the feare was some what as waged, as God appeared to
〈◊〉
. 1. Kīg 19, 12. silence heard I a voyce, (saying,)
17 Shal man be moreHe proueth that if God did punish the innocent, the creature shulde be more iust then the Creator, which were a blasphemie. iust then God? or shal a man be more
〈◊〉
then his maker?
18 Beholde, he founde no stedfastnes in his Ser uants, and layed folie vpon hisIf God finde imperfection in his Angels, when they
〈◊〉
not
〈◊〉
by his power, how muche more shal he lay foly to mans charge, when he wolde
〈◊〉
him selfe against God? Angels.
19 How muche more in them that dwel in hou ses ofThat is, in this
〈◊〉
, body subiect to corruption, 2, Cor. 5, 1. clay, whose fundacion is in the dust, which shalbe destroyed before the moth?
20 They be destroyed fromThey se death
〈◊〉
before their eyes, and daily appioc ing toward them. the morning vnto the euening: they perish for euer,No man for all this doeth consider it. without regarde.
21 Doeth not their dignitie go away with thē? do they notdye, and that withoutThat is, before that any of them were so wise as to thinke on death. wisdome
CHAP. V.
1. 2 Eliphàz sheweth the diffenrence betwene the children of God and the wicked. 3 The fall of the wicked. 9 Gods power who destroyeth the wicked and deliuereth his.
1 CAll now, if anie
〈◊〉
wilHe willeth Iob tocōsider the exā ple
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thē that haue liued or do liue godly, whether any of thē be like vnto him in raging against God as he doeth answer thee, and to which of the Saintes wilt thou turne?
2 DoutelesMurmuring against God in afflictions increaseth the peine, &
〈◊〉
mans folie. angre killeth the foolish, and enuie slayeth the idiote,
3 I haue sene theThat is, the sinner that hath not the feare of God. foolish wel rooted, & soden ly I was not mou ed with his prosperitie, bu knew that God had cur sed him and his. cursed his habitacion, (saying,)
4 HisThogh God some time suffer the fathers to pas se in this
〈◊〉
yet his iudgemēts wil
〈◊〉
vpon their wicked chil dren. children shalbe farre from saluatiō, and they shalbe destroyed in theBy publicke iud gement thei shal be condēned, and none shal pitie them. gate, and none shal deliuer them.
5 The hungrie shal eat vp his haruest: yea, thei shall take it from among theThogh there be but two or thre eares left in the hedges, yet these shalbe taken frō him. thornes, & the thirstie shal drinke vp their substance.
6 For miserie commeth not forthe of the dustThat is, the earth is not the cause of barennes and mans miserie, but his owne sinne. nether doeth affliction spring out of the earth.
7 But man is borne vntoWhich declareth that sinne is euer in our corrupt na ture: for before sinneit was not subiect to peine & afflictiō. trauail, as the sparkes flye vp ward.
8 But I wolde iniquireIf I suffred as thou doest, wolde seke vnto God. at God, and turne my talke vnto God:He
〈◊〉
Iob to humble him selfevnto God, to whome all creatures are subiect, and whose workes declare that man is inexcusable, except he glorifie God in all his workes.
9 Which doeth great things & vnsearcheable (and) maruelous things without nomber.
10 HeHe sheweth bv particular examples of God are. giueth raine vpon the earth, and pow reth water vpon the stretes,
11 And setteth vp on hie them that be lowe, that the sorowful may be exalted to saluaciō
12 He scatereth the deuises of the craftie: so that their hands can not accomplish that which they do enterprise.
13 1, Cor. 3, 19. He taketh the wise in their craftines: & the counsel of the wicked is made foolish.
14 They mete withIn things plaine & euidēt thei shewe thē selues fooles instead of wisemen. darkenes in the day time andThis declareth that GOD punisheth the world ly wise, as he threatned. Deut. 28. 29. grope at noone day, as in the night.
15 But he saueth theThat is, he that hūbleth him selfe before God. poore from the sworde, from theirHe compareth the
〈◊〉
of the wicked to sharpes swordes mouth, and from the hand of the violent man.
16 So that the poore hathe (his) hope, but iniquitie shal
〈◊〉
the wicked be compelled at
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
their mou thes, muche more they that professe God. stop her mouth.
17 Beholde, blessed (is) the man whome God correcteth: therfore refuse not thou the cha stising of the Almightie.
18 For he maketh the wounde, and bindeth it vp: he smiteth, and his hands make whole.
19 He shal deliuer theeHe will send trouble after trouble, that his
〈◊〉
may not for one time, but continually trust in him: but they shal haue a com
〈◊〉
issue, euen in the greatest and the
〈◊〉
, whiche is here calledthe
〈◊〉
. in six troubles, and in in the seuent the euil shal not touchethee.
20 In
〈◊〉
he shal deliuer thee from death: and in battel from the power of the sworde.
21 Thou shalt be hid from the scourge of the tongue, and thou shalt not be affraied of destruction when it cometh.
22 (But) thou shaltVVhere as the wicked lament in their
〈◊〉
, thou shalt haue
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
. laugh at destruction and dearth, and shalt not be afrayed of the beast of the earth.
23 For the stones of the fieldVVhen we are in Gods fauour, all creatures shal serue vs. shalbe in league with thee, and the beastes of the field
〈◊〉
be at peace with thee.
24 And thou shalt knowe, that peace (shalbe) in thy tabernacle, and thou shalt visite thine habitacion, and shalt notGod shal so blesse thee, that thou shal
〈◊〉
haue occasion to reioyce in all thyngs, and not to be offended. sinne.
25 Thou shalt perceiue also, that thy sede (shal be) great, and thy posteritie as the grasse of the earth.
26 Thou shalt go to thy graue in
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of God haue not
〈◊〉
this promes
〈◊〉
, yet GOD doeth recompence it other wise to their
〈◊〉
. a ful age, as ariche (of corne) cometh in due season (into the barne.)
27 Lo,VVe haue learned these pointes by
〈◊〉
, that God
〈◊〉
not the innocent, that man can not compare iustice with him, that the
〈◊〉
shal not long
〈◊〉
, and that the affliction which man
〈◊〉
, commeth for hys owne sinne. thus haue we inquired of it, (and) so it is: heare this and knowe it for thy self.
CHAP. VI.
1 Iob answereth, that his peine is more
〈◊〉
then hys faute 8 He wisheth death. 14 He complaineth of hys friendes.
1 BVt Iob answered, and said.
2 Oh that my grief were well weighed, and miseries were layed together in theTo knowe whe
〈◊〉
er I complaine without
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. balance.
3 For it wolde be nowe heauyer then the sand of the sea: therefore my wordes areMy
〈◊〉
is so great,
〈◊〉
I lack wordes to expresse it. swallowed vp.
4 For the arrowes of the Almyghtie (are) in me, the venime whereof doeth drinke vp my spirit, (and) the terrours of GodVVhiche declareth that he was not onely
〈◊〉
in bodye, but wonded in
〈◊〉
, whiche is the greatest battell that the faithfull can haue fight against me.
5 Doeth the
〈◊〉
you that
〈◊〉
with out
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
the brute beastes do not complaine when they haue what they wolde? wilde asse braye when he hathe grasse? or loweth the oxe when he hathe foddre?
6 That whiche is
〈◊〉
a mans tast delite in that that hathe no
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that none take pleasure
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, seing they can not
〈◊〉
with
〈◊〉
ges
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to the mouth. vnsauery, shall it be eaten without salt? or is there any tast in the white of an egge?
7 Suche things as my soule refused to touche, as (were) sorowes, are my meate.
8 Oh that I myght haue my desire, and that GOD wolde graunt me the thynge that I long for!
9 That is, that GOD wolde destroye me: that he wolde let his hand go, and cut me of.
10 Then shulde I yet haue comfort, [thogh I burne with sorowe, let hym notHerein he sinneth double, bothe in wishynge through
〈◊〉
to dye, and also in
〈◊〉
of GOD a thyng whiche was not agreable to his wil. pare]That is, let me dye at once, before I come to di
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Gods
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
mine
〈◊〉
because I haue not denyed the wordes of the Holie one.
11 What power haue I that I shulde endure? or what is mineHe
〈◊〉
lest he shulde be bro
〈◊〉
to inconueniencies, yf
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
shulde continue. end, if I shulde prolonge my lyfe?
12 Is my strength the strength of stones? (or) is my flesh of brasse?
13 Is it not so, that there is in me noHaue I not soght to helpe my
〈◊〉
as muche as
〈◊〉
possible. helpe? ād that strength is taken from me?
14 He that is in miserie, ought to be comforted of hys neighbour: but men haue forsaken the feare of the Almightie.Or, wisdome, or Lawe.
15 My brethren haue deceyued me as aHe
〈◊〉
those friendes whiche comfort not in
〈◊〉
, to a broke, whiche in
〈◊〉
, whē we nede waters, is
〈◊〉
winter is hard frosen: ād in the tyme of raine: when we haue no nede, ouerfloweth with water. brooke, (and) as the rising of the riuers they pas se away.
16 Which are blackish with yce, (and) wherein the snowe is hid.
17 But in time they are dryed vp with heat (ād) are consumed: and when it is hote they faile out of their places.
18 (Or) they departe from their way and course, (yea,) they vanish and perish.
19 They that go to Tema,
〈◊〉
that passe thereby to gointo the
〈◊〉
coun treies of Arabia, thinke to finde water there: quenche their thirst, but they are deceiued considered them, (and) they that go to Shebá, wayted for them.
20 (But) they were confounded: when they hoped, they came thether and were ashamed.
21 Surely no we are ye (lyke)
〈◊〉
is, like to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, whyche deceiueth them, that thinke to haue water there in their nede, as I loked for consolation as your hands. vnto it: ye haue sene (my) feareful plague, and are afrayed.
22 Was it because I said, Bring vnto me? or giue a rewarde to me of yourHe toucheth the
〈◊〉
, W iche for no necessitie will giue
〈◊〉
of their goods, and muche more hesemen, whiche woldenot giue him comfortable wordes. substance?
23 And deliuer me from the enemies hand, or ransom me out of the hand of tyrants?
24 Teache me, and I will
〈◊〉
me wherein I haue
〈◊〉
, and I will confesse my
〈◊〉
. holde my tongue: and cause me to vnderstand, wherein I haue erred.
25 HoweHe that hathe a good conscience, doeth not shrinke at the sharpe wordes or reasonyngs of others, excepte they be able to persuade hym by reason. sted faste are the wordes of ryghteousnes? and what can any of you iustely reproue?
26 Do ye imagine to reproueDo you
〈◊〉
at my wordes,
〈◊〉
I shulde be thoght to speake foolis hly, whiche am nowe in miserie? wordes, that the talke of the afflicted shulde be as the winde?
27 Ye make your wrath to fall vpon the fatherles, and digge a pit for your friend.
28 Now therefore be content toConsider whether I speake as one that is driuen to this
〈◊〉
through verye sorowe, or as an hypocrite, as you condemne me. loke vpon
〈◊〉
: for I wil not lye before your face.
29 Turne, I praye you, let there be none iniquitie: returne, I say, (and ye shall se) yet my ryghteousnes in that behalfe, Is there iniquitie in mytongue? doeth not my mouthe fele sorowes?
CHAP. VII.
1 Iob sheweth the shortenes and miserie of mans life.
1 IS there not an appointed time to man vpon earth? and (are not) hys dayes as the dayes of anHathe not an
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
some reste and
〈◊〉
then in this my
〈◊〉
tor ment I am worse then an hyreling. hyreling.
2 As a seruaunt longeth for the shadowe, and as an hyrelyng loketh for (the end) of hys worke.
3 So haue I had as an inheritance theMy
〈◊〉
hathe continued from moneth to moneth, and I haue loked for
〈◊〉
in vaine. moneths of vanitie, and peinefull nyghts haue bene appointed vnto me.
4 If I laied me downe, I sayd, When shall I arise? and measuring the euening I am euen full with tossing to and fro vnto the dawnyng of the day.
5 My flesh isThis signifieth that his disease was rare and moste horrible. clothed with wormes and filthines of the dust: my skin is rent, and become horrible.
6 My dayes are swister themThus he speaketh in respecte of the
〈◊〉
of mans life, which passeth without hope of
〈◊〉
: inconsideration whereof he desireth God to haue compassion on him. a weauers shittle, and they are spent without hope.
7 Remember that my life is but a winde, (and that) myne eye shall not returne to se pleasure.
8 The eye that hathe sene me, shall se me no more: thine eyes (are) vpon me, and I shalbe no longer.
9 If thou beholde me in thine angre, I shal not be able to stande in thy presence. (As) the cloude vanisheth and goeth away. so he that goeth downe to the graue, shallShall no more enioye this mortal life. come vp nomore.
10 He shal returne no more to his house, nether shal his place knowe him any more.
11 Therefore I wil notSeing I can by nonother meanes comfort my selfe, I will declare my griefe by wordes and thus he speaketh as one ouercome with grief of minde. spare my mouth, (but) wil speake in the troubles of my spirit, (and) muse in the bitternes of my minde.
12 Am I a seaAm not I a poore wretche? what nedest thou then to lay so muche peine on me? or a whalefish, that thou kepest me in warde?
13 When I saye, My couche shall relieue me, (and) my bed shall bring (comfort) in my meditation.
14 Then fearest thou meSo that I can ha ue no rest, night nor day. with dreames, and astonishest me with visions.
15 Therefore my souleAm not I a poore wretche? what nedest thou then to lay so muche peine on me? choseth rather to be stangled (and) to dye, then (to be in) my bones,k He speaketh as one ouercome with sorowe, and not of iudge ment, or of the examination of his faith.
16 Iabhorre it, I shall not liue alway:Seing my-terme of lyfe is so shorte, let me haue some reste and ease. spare me then, for my dayes (are) but vanitie.
17 What is man, that thouSeing that mā of him selfe is so vile, why doest thou
〈◊〉
hym
〈◊〉
honour to contende against him? Iob vseth all kindes of persuasion with GOD, that he myght staye his hand. doest magnifie hym, and that thou settest thyne heart vpon hym?
18 And
〈◊〉
visite him euerie mornyng, and tryest him euerie moment?
19 How long wil it be (yet) thou departe from me? thou wilt not let me alone whiles I may swallowe my spetle.
20 I haueAfter all
〈◊〉
saith
〈◊〉
forthe and leadeth
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
it was not in suche perfection, that he colde
〈◊〉
him selfe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
with God, because that he stil tryed his faith. sinned, what shall I do vnto thee? ô thou preseruer of men, why hast thou set me (as a marke) against thee, so that I am a burden vnto my self?
21 And why doest thou not pardone my trespas? and take away mine iniquitie? for nowe shal I slepe in the dust, and if thou sekest me in the morning, I shalThat is, I shalbe dead. not be (founde.)
CHAP. VIII.
1 Bildad
〈◊〉
that Iob is a sinner, because God punisheth the wicked, and preserueth the good.
1 THē answered Bildád the Shuhite, & said,
2 How lōg wilt thou talke of these things? & how long shal the wordes ofthy mouthHe
〈◊〉
that their wordes which wold diminish anye thing frome the
〈◊〉
of God, is but a puft of winde that
〈◊〉
sheth away. (be as) a mightie winde?
3 Doeth God peruert iudgement? or doeth the almighty subuert iustice?
4 If thy sonnes haue sinned against him, and he hathe sent them into the place of theirThat is, hathe rewarded them accordynge to their iniquitie: meanyng, that Iob ought to be warned by the example of hys children, that he offend not God. iniquitie,
5 (Yet) if thouThat is, if thou turne betyme whiles God calleth thee to repentance. wilt early seke vnto God, and pray to the Almighty,
6 If thou be pure and vpright, then surely he wil a wake vp vnto thee, & he wil make the habitation of thy righteousnes prosperous.
7 And thogh thy beginningThogh the beginnyngs be not
〈◊〉
pleasaunt, as thou woldest desire, yet in the
〈◊〉
thou shalt haue sufficient occasion to content thy self. be smale, yet thy later end shal greatly increase.
8 He willeth Iob to examine all antiquitie, and he shall
〈◊〉
it true whiche he here
〈◊〉
. Inquire therefore, I pray thee, of the formerage, and prepare thy selfe to searche of their fathers.
9 [For we are butMeaning, that it is not ynough to haue the expe rience of
〈◊〉
selues, but to be con firmed by the ex amples of them that
〈◊〉
before vs. of yesterday, and are ignorant: for our dayes vpon earth (are) but a shadow]
10 Shal not thei teache thee (and) tel thee, and vtter the wordes of their heart?
11 Can aAs a rush can not grow with out
〈◊〉
, so can not the hypocrite, because he hath not
〈◊〉
which is
〈◊〉
with Gods Spirit. rush growe without myre? or can the grasse growe without water?
12 Thogh it were in grene (ād) not cut down, yet shal it wither before anie other herbe.
13 So (are) the paths of all that forget God, and the hypocrites hope shal perish.
14 His confidence also shall be cut of, and his trust (shalbe, as) the house of aVVhiche is to day, and to morow swept away spy der.
15 He shal leane vpon his house, but it shal not stand: he shall holde hym fast by it, yet shall it not endure.
16 TheHe compareth the iuste to a tre, which althoghit be remoued out of one place vnto another, yet florishetht so the affliction of the godlie turneth to their profire, (tre) is grene before the sunne, and the branches spread ouer the garden thereof.
17 The rotes thereof are wrapped about the fountaine, (and) are folden (about) the house of stones.
18 If (anie) plucke it frome hys place, and itThat is, so that there remaine nothing there to proue whether the
〈◊〉
had growen there, or no. denie, (saying,) I haue not sene thee.
19 Beholde, it wil reioyceTo be planted in another place, where it may growe
〈◊〉
pleasure. by this meanes, that it may growe in another molde.
20 Beholde, God wil not cast away an vpright mā, nether wil he take the wicked by the hād
21 Til he haue filled thy mouthe withIf thou be godlie, he will giue thee occasion to reioyce, and if not, thyne
〈◊〉
shal increase. laughter, and thy lippes with ioye.
22 They that hate thee, shalbe clothed with shame, and the dwelling of the wicked shall not (remaine.)
CHAP. IX.
1 Iob declareth the
〈◊〉
power of God, and that mans righteousnes is nothing.
1 THen Iob answered, and said.
2 I know verely that it is so: for how shuld man (compared) vnto God, beIob here
〈◊〉
reth to the point of Eliphaz & Bil dads oracion,
〈◊〉
chīg the iustice of God & his īnocē cie
〈◊〉
god to be īfinit in iui slice, & mā to be nothing ī respect iustified?
3 If he wolde dispute with hym, he colde not answer him one thing of aOf a thousand
〈◊〉
, which god colde laye to his charge mā cānot answer him one. thousand.
4 He is wise in heart, and myghtie in strength: who hathe bene fearce against him and hathe prospered?
5 He remoueth the moūtaines & they fele not when he ouerthroweth them in his wrath.
6 HeHe declareth what is the infir mitie of man by the mightie and incomprehēsible power that is in God, shewing what the colde do if he wolde set forthe his power remoueth the earth out of her place, that the pillers thereof do shake.
7 He commandeth the sunne, and it riseth not he closeth vp the starres, as vnder a signet.
8 He him self alone spreadeth out the heauēs, and walketh vpon the height of the sea.
9 He maketh (the starres)The seare the na mes of certeine starres, whereby he meaneth that all starres bothe knowen and vn knowen are at his
〈◊〉
. Arctúrus, Orion, & pleiades, and the climats of the South.
10 He doeth great things, and vnsearcheable: yea, meruelous things without nomber.
11 Lo, when he goethI am not, able to comprehend his workes, whiche are commune & daily before mine eyes, muche Iesse in those things, which are hid & secret. by me, I se him not: and when he passeth by, I perceiue him not.
12 Be holde, when he taketh a pray,He sheweth that whē God doeth execute his pow er, he doeth it iustely, for asmuch as none can controle him. who can make him to restore it? who shal say vnto him What doest thou?
13 GodGod wil not be appeased for ought that man can laye for him self for his iustification. wil not writh drawe his angre (&) the moste mightie helpesThat is, all, the reasons that mē can laie to appro ue their cause. do stoupe vnder him
14 How muche lesse shal I answer him? or how shulde I finde outHow shuld I be able to answer him by
〈◊〉
: whereby be noteth his friends, that albeit they were eloquent in talke, yet they felt not in heart, that which they spake. my wordes with him?
15 For thogh I were iuste, yet colde IMeaning, in his owne opiniō signifying that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
flatter himself to be righteous, whiche before God is abomina cion. not answer, (but) I wolde make supplication to my Iudge.
16 If IWhiles I am in my pangs, I can not but
〈◊〉
forthe into many in conueniences, althogh I knowe stil that God is iust. crye, and he answer me, (yet) wolde I not beleue, that he heard my voyce.
17 For he destroyeth me with a tempest, and woundeth meI am not able to fele my sinnes so great, as I fele the weight of his plagues: & this he speaketh to condemne his dulnes & to iustifie God. without cause.
18 He wil not suffer me to take my breath, but filleth me with bitternes.
19 If (we spake) of strēgth, beholde, he isAfter he hathe accused his owne weakenes, he cō
tinueth to iustifie God and his power. strōg if (we speake) of iudgement, who shal bring me in to plaide?
20 If I wolde iustifie my self, mine owne mouth shal condemne me:If I wolde stād in mine owne de fence, yet God hathe iuste cause to condemne me it he examine mi ne heart, and con science. if I wolde be perfite, he shal iudge me wicked.
21 (Thogh) I were perfite, (yet) I knowe not my soule: (therefore) abhorte I my lyfe.
22 This is one point: therefore I said, He destroyeth theIf God punish according to his iustice, he wil destroye as wel them that are counted perfite, as them that are wicked, perfite and the wicked.
23 If the scourge shulde sodenlyTo wit, the wicked slaye, shulde (God)This is spoken according to our apprehension, as thogh he wolde say, If God destroye but the wicked, as chap. 5. 3, why shulde he suffer the innocents to be so long tormented by them? laugh at the punishment of the inno cent?
24 The earth is giuen into the hād of the wicked: heThat they can not se to do iustice. couereth the faces of the iudges the reof: if not, whereThat can shewe the contrary? is he? or who is he?
25 My dayes haue bene more swift then a poste they haue fled, & haue sene no good thing.
26 They are passed (as) with the moste swift shippes, & as the egle thar flieth to the praye
27 IfI thinke not to fall into these affections but my sorowes bring me to these manifolde infirmities, and my conscience condemneth me. I say, I wil forget my complaint, I wil cease from my wrath, and comfort me,
28 (Then) I am afrayed of all my sorowes, knowing that thou wilt not iudge me innocent.
29 (If) I be wicked, whywhy doeth not God destroye me at once? thus he speaketh according to the infirmitie of the flesh. labour I thus in vaine
30 If IThogh I seme neuer so pure in mine owne eyes, yet all is but corruption before God wash my self with snowe water, & purge mine hands moste cleane,
31 Yet shalt thou plonge me in the pit, & mine ownewhatsoeuer I woldevse to couer my filthines with, shal disclose me so muche more. clothes shal make me fifthy.
32 For he is not a man as I am, that I shulde answer him, (if) we come together to iudgemēt
33 Nether is there any vmpirewhich might make an accorde betwene God and me, speaking of impaciencie, and yet consessing God to be iust in punishing him. that might laie his hand vpon vs bothe.
34 Let him take his rod away from me, and let nor his feare astonish me:
35 (Then) wil I speake, & feare him not:Signifying that Gods iudgements kepe him in awe. (but) because I am not so, I holde me stil.
CHAP. X.
1 Iob is weary of his life, and setteth out his fragilitie before God. 20 He desireth him to stay his hand. 22 A description of death,
1 MY soule is cut ofI am more like to a deadmā then to one that
〈◊〉
thogh I liue: I wil leaue myI wil make an ample declaratiō of my torments, accusing my self and not God. complaint vpon my self, (and) wil speake in the bitternes of my soule.
2 I wil say vnto God,He wolde not that God shulde procede against him by his secret iustice but by the ordinarie meanes that he punisheth others. Condēne me not: she we me, wherefore thou contendest with me.
3 Thinkest thou itIs it agreable to thy iustice to do me wrong? good to oppresse me, (&) to cast of theWilt thou be without compassion? labour of thine hands, and to fauour theWilt thou gratifie the wicked and condēne me? counsel of the wicked?
4 Hast thouDoest thou this of ignoráce? carnal eyes? or doest thou se as man seeth?
5 Are thy dayes as mansArt thou inconstant & chāge able, as the times to daie a friend, to morowe an enemie? dayes? or thy yeres, as the time of man?
6 That thou inquirest of mine iniquitie, and searchest out my sinne.
7 Thou knowest that I can not doBy affliction thou kepest me as in a prison, and restraynest me from doing euil, nether can any set meat libertie. wickedly: for none can deliuer me out of thine hand.
8 ThineIn these eight verses following he describeth the mercie of God in the Wonderful creation of man: and there on groundeth that God shulde not shew himself rigorous against him. hands haue made me, and facioned me wholy rounde about, and wilt thou destroye me?
9 Remember, I pray thee, that thou hast made me asAs brittel as a pot of clay. the clay, and wilt thou bring me into dust againe?
10 Hast thou not powred me out as mylke? and turned me to cruds like chese?
11 Thou hast clothed me with skinne and flesh and ioyned me together with bones and sinewes.
12 Thou hast giuen me life, andThat is, reason and vnderstāding and many other giftes whereby man excelleth all earth he creatures grace: & thyThat is, thy fátherlie care and prouidēce where by thou preseruest me, and with out the which I shulde perish streight way. visitacion hathe preserued my spirit.
13 Thogh thou hast hid these things in thine heart, (yet) I knoweThogh I be not fully able to cōprehēd these things, yet I
〈◊〉
nedes confesse that it is so. that it is so with thee.
14 If I haue sinned, then thou wilt streightly loke vnto me, and wilt not holde me giltles of mine iniquitie.
15 If I haue done wickedly, wo vnto me: if I haue done righteously, I wil notI Wil alway Walke in feare and humilitie, knowing that none is iuste before thee. lift vp mine head, being ful of cōfusiō, because I se mine affliction.
16 But let it increase: hunt thou me as a lyon: returne & shewe thy selfIob being sore assalted in this battel betwene the flesh & the Spirit, brasketh out into these affections, wishing rather short dayes then long peins. maruelous vpóme
17 Thou renuest thy plagues againste me, and thou increasest thy wrath against me:That is,
〈◊〉
of diseases & in great abundā ceshewing that God hathe infini temeanes to punish
〈◊〉
. changes and armies (of sorowes) are against me.
18 Wherefore thē hast thou broght me out of the wombe? Oh that I had perished, and that none eye had sene mel
19 (And) that I were as I had not bene, (but) broght from the wombe to the graue.
20 Are notmy dayes fewe? let him We
〈◊〉
that God
〈◊〉
leaue of his
〈◊〉
, considering
〈◊〉
great miserie &
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of his life. cease, (and) leaue of from me, that I may take a litle comfort,
21 Before I go and shal notHe speaketh thus in the persone of a sinner, that is ouercome with passions and with the feling of Gods iudgements, and therefore can not apprehend in that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
merc es of God and
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
. returne, (euen) to the land of dark enes and shad owe of death:
22 Into a land, (I say,) dark as darkenes it self (&) into the shadow of death, where is noneNo distinction
〈◊〉
light and darkenes, but where all is
〈◊〉
darkenes it self. order, but the light (is there) as dark enes.
CHAP. XI.
1 Iob is vniustly reprehended of Zophár. 7 God is incomprehensible. 14 He is merciful to the repentant. 18 Their assurance that liue godlie.
1 THen answered Zophár the Naamathite, and said,
2 Shulde not the multitude of wordes be answered? or shulde a greatShulde he persuade by his great talke, that he is
〈◊〉
talker be iustified?
3 Shulde men holde their peace at thy lyes? & when th ou mockest (others,) shal none make thee ashamed?
4 Forthou hast said,He chargeth Iob with this, that he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the thing, which he spake,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, & that he was without sinne in the sight of God. My doctrine is pure, and I am cleane in thine eyes.
5 But oh, that God wolde speake and open his lippes against thee!
6 That he might shewe thee theWhich is, not to stand in iuslifying of thy self: he signifieth that manwil neuer be ouercome, whiles he reasoneth with another, & therefore God must breake of the controuersie, and stop mans
〈◊〉
. secrets of wisdome, how thou hast (deserued) double, accordīg to right: know therefore that God hathe forgoten thee for thee iniquitie.
7 Canst thou by searching finde out God canst thou fin de out the Almightie to (his) perfection?
8 The heauens are hie, what canst thou do?That is, this per fection of God, & if man be not able to cōprehend the heigh: of the heauen, the depth of hel, the length of the earth, the breadth of the sea which are but
〈◊〉
: how can he
〈◊〉
to the
〈◊〉
of the Creator? it is deper thē the hel, how canst thou know it?
9 The measure thereofis longer thē the earth and, it is broder then the sea.
10 If he cut of &If God shulde turne the
〈◊〉
of t
〈◊〉
, and establish a newe ordre in nature, who colde
〈◊〉
le him? shut vp, or gather together who can turne him backe?
11 For he knoweth vaine men, and seeth iniqui tie, and him that vnderstandeth nothing.
12 Yet vaine man wolde be
〈◊〉
, thogh man (newe) borne is like a wilde asseThat is, withoutvnderstāding so that whatsoeuer
〈◊〉
he hath
〈◊〉
warde, come of God and not of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
13 If thouIf thou repent pray vnto him. prepare thine heart, and stretche
〈◊〉
thin
〈◊〉
hands towarde him:
14 If iniquitie be in thineRenounce thine owne euilworkes and se that they
〈◊〉
not God, ouer whome thou hast
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. hand, put it farre away, & let no wickednes dwel in thy tabernacle.
15 Then truely shalt thou lift vp thyHe
〈◊〉
what
〈◊〉
of conscience and
〈◊〉
in all things suche shal haue, whiche turne to God by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. face with out spot, and shalt be stable, and shalt not feare.
16 But thou shalt forget (thy) miserie, and remē ber it as waters that are past.
17 Thine age also shal appeare more (cleare) then the noone day: thou shalt shine (and) be as the morning.
18 And thou shalt be bolde, because there is hope, and thou shalt dig pittes, (&) shalt lye downe safely,
19 Leui 26. 5. For when thou tak est thy rest, none shal make thee afraied: yea, manie shal make sure vnto thee.Chap. XII.
20 But the eyesHe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
thinge shal come vnto them that do not repent. of the wicked shal faile, and their refuge shal perish, and their hope (shal be) sorowe of minde.
CHAP. XII.
1 Iob accuseth his friends of ignorance. 7 He declareth the might, and
〈◊〉
of God. 17 And how he changeth the course of things.
1 THen Iob answered, and said,
2 In dede because that ye are the people (onely,)Because you fele not that, which you speake, you thinke the whole standeth in wordes, & so flatter your selues as thogh none
〈◊〉
anie thing, or colde knowe but you. Prou 14. 2. wisdome must dye with you.
3 But I haue vnderstanding as wel as you, and am not inferior vnto you: yea, who knoweth not suche things?
4 * I amHe reproueth these his friends of two
〈◊〉
the one that
〈◊〉
thoght thei had better knowledge them in
〈◊〉
they had
〈◊〉
the other that in
〈◊〉
of true con solation they did d. ride, & despise their friend in his aduersitie. as one mocked of his neighbour, who calleth vpon God, and heThe which neighbour being a mocker, and a wicked mā, thin keth that no man is in Gods fauour but he, because he hathe all things that he
〈◊〉
. heareth him the iuste (&) the vpright is laughed to scorne
5 As the riche esteme not a light or torche that goeth out, so is he despised that falleth from:
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
sitie He that is ready to fal, (is as) a lampe despised in the opinion of the riche.
6 The tabernacles of robbers do prosper, and they are in sauetie, that prouoke God,Ebr. to whome God hathe broght in with
〈◊〉
is
〈◊〉
. who me God hathe enriched with his hand.
7 Aske now the beastes,He declareth to them that did
〈◊〉
against him, that their wisdome is commune to all, and suche as the very brute beasts do dailie teache. & they shal teache thee, and the foules of the heauen, and they shal tel thee:
8 Or speake to the earth, & it shal shewe thee: or the sishes of the sea, and they shal declare vnto thee.
9 Who is ignorāt of all these, but that the hand of the Lord hathe made these?
10 In whose hand is the soule of euerie liuing thing, and the breath of allOr,
〈◊〉
. mankinde.
11 Doeth not the caresHe exhorteth them to be wise in iudging, and aswel to know the right vsewhy God hathe giuen them eares, as he hathe done a mouth. discerne the wordes? and the mouth taste meat for it self?
12 Among theThogh men by age, & continuan ce of timeatteine to wisdome, yet it is
〈◊〉
compara ble to Gods wisdome,
〈◊〉
able to comprehend his iudgemēts, wherein he āswereth to that, which was alledged. ancient (is) wisdome, and in the length of dayes (is) vnderstanding.
13 With him (is) wisdome, and strength: he hathe counsel and vnderstanding.
14 Beholde, he wil breake downe, and it can not be buylt: he shutteth a man vp, and he can not be losed.
15 Beholde, he withholdeth the waters, & thei drye vp: but when he sendeth them out, they destroye the earth.Chap. 8. 8.
16 With him (is) strength and wisdome: he that is
〈◊〉
, and thatHe sheweth that there is nothing done in this worlde without Gods wil,
〈◊〉
ordi nance:
〈◊〉
els
〈◊〉
shulde not be almightie deceiueth, are his.
17 He causeth the counselers to go (as) spoiled, and maketh the iudges fooles.
18 He taketh wisdome from them. He losethHe
〈◊〉
the honour of
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
them into the subiection os others. the colar of Kings, and girdeth their loines with a girdle.
19 He leadeth awaythe princes (as) a pray, and ouerthroweth the mightie.
20 He taketh away the speache from theHe causeth that their wordes haue no
〈◊〉
, which is when he wil punish sinne. faith ful (counselers,) and taketh away the iudgement of the ancient.
21 He powreth contempt vpon princes & mak eth the strength of the mightie weake.
22 He discouereth the depe places from (their) darkenes, and bringeth forthe the shado we of death to light.
23 HeIn this discour se of Gods wonderful workes Iob sheweth that whatsoeuer is done in this worlde, bothe in the ordre and change of things is by Gods wil and
〈◊〉
wherein he declareth that he thinketh wel of God, and is as able to set forthe his power in wordes asthey that reasoned against were. increaseth the people, and destroyeth them: he inlargeth the nacions, and bringeth
them in againe.
24 He taketh away the hearts of them that are the chief ouer the people of the earth, and maketh them to wander in the wildernes out of the way.
25 They grope in the darke without light: and he maketh them to stagger like a dronken man.
CHAP. XIII.
1 Iob compareth his knowledge with the experience of his friends 16 The penitent shalbe saued, and the hypocrite condemned. 20 He prayeth vnto God that he wolde not handle him rigorously.
1 LO, mine eye hathe sene all (this:) mine eare hathe heard, and vnderstand it.
2 I knowe also asmuche as you knowe: I am not inferior vnto you.
3 But I wil speake to the Almightie, and I desireFor althogh he knewe that God had a
〈◊〉
, which was mani fest in his ordina rie working, and another in his secret counsel, yet he wolde vtter his affection to God, because
〈◊〉
was not able to vnderstand the cause, why he did thus punish him. to dispute with God.
4 For in dede ye forge lyes, and all you areYou do not wel applye your medicine to the disease. phisicions of no value.
5 Oh, that you wolde holde your tongue, that it might be imputed to you for wisdome!
6 Now heare my disputation, and giue eate to the arguments of my lippes.
7 Wil ye speakeHe condēneth their zealewhich had not knowled ge, nether regarded they to comfort him, but alwaie grated on Gods iustice, as thoght it was not eui dently
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, except they had vnder taken the probation thereof. wickedly for Gods (defence,) and talke deceitfully for his cause?
8 Wil ye accept persone? or wil ye contend for God?
9 Is it wel that he shulde seke of you? wil you make alye for him, as one lyeth for a man?
10 He wilsurely reproue you, if ye do secretly accept anie persone.
11 Shal not his excellencie make you afrayd? and his feare fall vpon you?
12 YourYour
〈◊〉
shal come to nothing. memories may be compared vnto ashes, (and) your bodies to bodies of claye.
13 Holde your tongues in my presence, that I may speake, and let come vpon what wil.
14 Wherefore do IIs not this a ma nifest signe of mi
〈◊〉
, and that I do not
〈◊〉
without cause, seing that I am thus
〈◊〉
as thogh I shulde teare mine owne
〈◊〉
, and put my
〈◊〉
to danger. take my flesh in my tethe and put my soule in mine hand?
15 Lo, thogh he slay me (yet) wil I trust in him, and I wil reproue my wayes in his sight.
16 He shal be my saluation also for the hypocrite shal not come before him.f whereby he de clareth that he is not an hypocrite as thei charged him.
17 Heare diligently my wordes, and marke my talke.
18 Beholde now: (if) I prepare me to iudgemēt I knowe that I shal beThat is, cleared and not cast of for my sinnes, as youreason. iustified.
19 Who is he, that wil pleadeTo proue that God doeth thus punish me for my sinnes. with me? for (if) I now holde my tongue, IIf I defend not my cause euerie man wil condē
ne me. dye.
20 But do not these two things vnto me: then wil I not hide my self from thee.
21 He sheweth what these two things are. Withdrawe thine hand from me, and let not thy feare make me afraied.
22 Then call thou, and I wil answer: or let me speake, and answer thou me.
23 How manie areHis pangs thus
〈◊〉
him to rea son with God, not denying but that he had sinned: but
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
what were his
〈◊〉
sinnes
〈◊〉
had
〈◊〉
suche rigour whe rein he
〈◊〉
that he
〈◊〉
knowe a cause of God why he did punish him. mine iniquities and sinnes? shewe me my rebellion, and my sinne.
24 Wherefore hidest thou thy face, and takest me for thine enemie?
25 Wilt thou breake a leafe driuen to and fro? and wilt thou pursue the drye stubble?
26 For thou writest bitter things against me, and makest me to possesseThou punishest me now for the
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
committed in my youth. the iniquities of my youth.
27 Thou puttest my fete also in theThou makest me thy prisoner, and doest so presse me that I can not stirre hand nor
〈◊〉
. stockes, and lokest narowly vnto all my paths, and makest the printe (thereof) in theEbr. rotes. heeles of my fete.
28 Suche one consumeth like a roten thing, (and) as a garment that is moth eaten.
CHAP. XIIII.
1 Iob describeth the shortenes and miserie of the life of man. 14 Hope susteineth the godlie. 22 The condition of mans life.
1 MAnTaking occasion of his aduersaries wordes, he describeth the state of mans life from his birth to his death. that is borne of woman, is of short continuance, and ful of trouble.Chap. 8. 9.
2 He shooteth forthe as a floure, and is cut downe: he vanisheth also as * a shadow, and continueth not.Psal 144. 4.
3 (And) yet thou openest thine eyes vpon such eHis meaning is that seing that man is so
〈◊〉
a creature, God shulde not hādle him so extremely wherein Iob she weth the wicked nes of the flesh, when it is not subiect to the Spirit. one, and causest me to entre into iudge ment with thee.
4 * Who can bring a cleane thing out of
〈◊〉
there is not one.Psal. 51. 7.
5 Are not his dayes determined? the nomber of his moneths (are) with thee: thou hast appointed his boūdes, which he can not passe.
6 Turne from him that he may cease vntil his desired day,Vntil the time that thou hast ap pointed for him to dye, which he
〈◊〉
, as the hyreling waiteth for the end of his labour to
〈◊〉
his wages. as an h yreling.
7 For there is hope of atre, if it be cut downe that it wil yet sproute, & the branches there of wil not cease.
8 Thogh the rote of it waxe olde in the earth & the stocke thereof be dead in the groūde.
9 (Yet) by the sent of water it wil bud, & bring forthe bowes like a plant.He speaketh not here as thogh he had not hope of the immortalitie, but as a mā in extreme peine when reason is ouercome by affections and torments.
10 But man is sicke, and dyeth, and man perisheth, and where is he?
11 (As) the waters passe from the sea, and as the
〈◊〉
decayeth and dryeth vp.
12 So man slepeth and riseth not: (for) he shall not wake againe, nor be raised frō his slepe til the heauen be nomore.
13 Oh that thou woldest hide me in the graue, and kepe me secret, vntil thyHereby he declareth that the feare of Gods iudgement was the cause why he desired to dye. wrath were past, (and) woldest giue me terme, andThat is, telease my peines and take me to mercie. remember me.
14 If a man dye, shal he liue againe? All the dayes of mine appointed time wil I waite, tilMeaning, vnto the day of the resurrection, when he shulde be chā
ged and renued. my changing shal come.
15 Thou shalt call (me,) and I shalThogh I be afflicted in this life yet in the
〈◊〉
ction I shal
〈◊〉
thy mercies, and answer when thou callest me. answer thee: thou louest the worke of thine owne hands.
16 But now thou * nombrest my steps, (and) doest not delay my sinnes.Prouer. 5. 21.
17 Mine iniquitie is sealed vp, (as) in aThou layest thē all together & suffrest none of my sinns vnpunished bagge, and thou addest vnto my wickednes,
18 And surely (as) the mountaine that falleth, cometh to noght, and theHe murmureth through the impa ciēceof the
〈◊〉
agaīst God asthogh he vsed as great
〈◊〉
against him as against the hard rockes, or Waters that
〈◊〉
flowe so that hereby all the oc casion of his hope is taken away rocke that is remoued from his place:
19 (As) the water breaketh the stones, (when) thou ouerflowest the things which growe in the dust of the earth: so thou destroyest the hope of man.
20 Thou preuailest alway against him, so that he passeth away: he changeth his face when
thou castest him away.
21 And he knoweth not if his sonnes shalbe honorable, nether shal he vnderstād concerning thē, whether they shalbe of lowe degre,
22 But (while) hisYet Whiles he
〈◊〉
, he shalbe in
〈◊〉
and miserie. flesh (is) vpon him, he shalbe sorowful, and (while) his soule (is) in him, it shal mourne.
CHAP. XV.
1 Elipház reprehendeth Iob, because he ascribeth wisdome, and putenes to him self. 16 He describeth the curse that falleth on
〈◊〉
wicked, rekoning Iob to be one of the nomber,
1 THen answered Elipház the Temanite, and said,
2 Shal a wise mā speake wordes of theThat is, vaine Wordes, and With out consolation? winde, and fil his bellyMeaning, With matters that are of none importance Which are forgotten assone as they are vttered, as the East Winde
〈◊〉
vp the moisture asso
〈◊〉
as it falleth. with the East winde?
3 Shal he dispute with wordes not comely? or with talke that is not profitable?
4 Surely thou hast cast ofHe
〈◊〉
Iob as thogh his talke caused men to
〈◊〉
of the feare of God and prayer. feare, and restrainest prayer before God.
5 For thy mouth declareth thine iniquitie, seing thou hast chosenThou speakest as do the mockers, and contem ners of God. the tongue of the crafty.
6 Thine one mouth condemneth thee, & not I, and thy lippes testifie against thee.
7 Art thou theThat is, the mo ste ancient, and so by reason the moste Wise? first man, that was borne? and wast thou made before the hils?
8 Hast thou heard the secret counsel of God, and doest thou restraine wisdomeArt thou onely wise? to thee?
9 What knowest thou that we knowe not? (and) vnderstanded that is not in vs?
10 With vs are bothe ancient and very aged men, farre older then thy father.
11 (Seme) the consolations of GodHe accuseth Iobs pride, and
〈◊〉
, that Wil not be
〈◊〉
by God, nor by their counsel. smale vnto thee? is this thing strange vnto thee?
12 Why doeth thine heartWhy doest thou stand in thi ne owne cōceite? take thee away, & what do thine eyes meane,
13 That thou answerest to GodEbr.
〈◊〉
thy spirit. at thy pleasure, and bringest (suche) wordes out of thy mouth?
14 What is man, that he shulde be cleane? and he that is borne of woman, that he shuldeHis purpose is to proue,
〈◊〉
Iob as an vniust man and an
〈◊〉
is punished for his sinnes, like as he did before, be iust?
15 Beholde, he founde no sted fastnes in his Sain tes: yea, the heauens are not cleane in his sight.Chap
〈◊〉
. 18.
16 How muche more (is) man abominable, and filthie, whichWhich hathe a desire to sinne as he that is
〈◊〉
to drinke. drinketh iniquitie like water?
17 I wil tel thee: heare me, & I wil declare that which I haue sene:
18 Which wisemen haue tolde, (as they haue heard) of their fathers, and haue not kept it secret:
19 To whome alone the land wasWho by their Wisdome so gouerned, that no stranger inuaded them, and so the land sem d to be giuen to them alone. giuen and no stranger passed through them.
20 The wicked man is continually as one that trauelleth of childe, and the nomberThe cruel
〈◊〉
is euer in danger of de th, and is neuer quiet in
〈◊〉
. of ye res is hid from the tyrant.
21 A soūd of feare (is) in his eares, (&) in his pro speritie the destroyer shal come vpon him.
22 He beleueth not to returne out ofOut of that mi
〈◊〉
Where into he once
〈◊〉
. darkenes: for he seeth the sworde before him.
23 He wandrethGod doeth not onely
〈◊〉
the Wicked ost
〈◊〉
: but euen in their prosperitie
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thē With a gredi nes euer more to gather: Which is as a
〈◊〉
. to and fro for bread where (he may:) he knoweth that the day of darke nes is prepared at hand.
24 Affliction andHe sheweth What Weapons Godvseth against the Wicked Which lift vp thē selues against him, to Wit, terror of cō science, and outWard
〈◊〉
. anguish shall make him afraid: they shal preuaile against him as a King ready to the battel.
25 For he hathe stretched out his hand against God, and made him self strong against the Almightie.
26 (Therefore God) shal runne vpō him, (euen) vpō his necke, and against the moste thicke part of his shield.
27 Because he hathe couered his face withThat is, he Was so
〈◊〉
vp With great prosperitie and abundance of all things, that he forgate God: nothing that Iob in his felicitie had not the true feare of God. his fatnes, and hathe collopes in (his) flācke.
28 Thogh he dwelThogh he buylde, & repare
〈◊〉
places to
〈◊〉
him same, yet God shal bring all to naught, and turne his great prosperitie into extreme miserie. in desolate cities, (and) in houses which no man inhabiteth, but are become heapes,
29 He shal not be riche, nether shal his substan ce continue, nether shal he prolong theMeaning, that his
〈◊〉
buyldings shulde neuer come to perfection. per fection thereof in the earth.
30 He shal neuer departe out of darkenes the flame shal drye vp his branches, and he shal
〈◊〉
away with the breath of his mouth.
31 HeHe
〈◊〉
so in his owne con ceite that he Wil giue no place to good counsel, therefore his owne pride shal bring him to destruction. beleueth not that he erreth in vanitie: therefore vanitie shalbe his change.
32 His branche shal not be grene, but shalbe cut of before his day.
33 (God) shal destroy him as the vine her sowerAs one that ga thereth grapes
〈◊〉
they be ripe. grape, & shal cast him of, as the oliue (doeth) her floure.
34 For the cōgregacion of the hypocrite shalbe desolate, and fyre shal deuoure the houses ofWhich Were buylz or mainteined by powring &
〈◊〉
bribes.
35 (For) theiAnd
〈◊〉
al their
〈◊〉
deuises shal turne to their cōceiue mischief & bring forthe
〈◊〉
, & their beilie hathe prepared deceite
〈◊〉
Wne destructiō.
CHAP. XVI.
1 Iob moued by the importunacie of his friends. 7 Counteth in what extremitie he is. 19 And taketh God
〈◊〉
of his innocencie.
1 BVt Iob answered, and said,
2 I haue oft times heard suche things: miserable comforters are ye all.
3 Shal there be none end of wordes ofWhich serue for vaine ostenta tion and for no true comfort. winde? or what maketh thee bolde so toFor Elipház did replie against
〈◊〉
answer. answer.
4 I colde also speake as ye do: [but wolde God yourI Wolde you felt that Which I do. soule were in my soules stead] I colde kepe you companie in speaking, and coldeThat is, mocke at your miserie, as you do at
〈◊〉
shake mine head at you,
5 But I wolde strengthen youIf this Were in my power, yet Wolde I comfort you, and not do as ye do to me. with my mouth the comfort of my lips shulde aswage (your sorowe.)
6 Thogh I speake, my soro weIf thei Wolde say, Why doest thou not then comfort thy selfe he answereth, that the iudgements of God are more heauy, then he is able to asWage ether by Wordes or silēce. can not be aswaged: thogh I cease, what release haue I?
7 But nowMeaning, God he maketh me weary: (ô God) thou hast made all myThat is, destro yed most of my familie. congregacion desolate,
8 And hast made me ful ofIn roken of sorowe and grief. wrinkles which is a witnes thereof, and my leannes riseth vp in me testifying (the same) in my face.
9 That is, God by his wrath: and in this
〈◊〉
of Wordes & hie stile he expresseth how grieuous the hand of God Was vpon him. His wrath hathe torne (me,) and he
〈◊〉
me, (and) gnasheth vpon me with his teeth: mine enemie hathe sharpened his eies against me.
10 They haue opened their mouthes vpon me and smitten me on theThat is, hathe hādeled me most contempteously: for so smiting on the cheke signified, 1. King. 22, 24 Mar. 14, 65. cheke in reproche: thei gather thē selues together against me.
11 God hathe deliuered me to the vniust, and
hathe made me to turne out of the way by theThey haue led me
〈◊〉
thei Wolde. hands of the wicked.
12 I was in welth, but he hathe broght me to noght: he hathe taken me by the necke, and beaten me, and set in me as a marke for him self.
13 HisHis manifolde afflictions. archers compasse me round about: he cutteth my reines, and doeth not spare, and powreth my gallI am Wonded to the heart, vpon the grounde.
14 He hathe broken me with one breaking vpon another, and runneth vpon me like a gyant.
15 I haue sowed a sackecloth vpō my skin, and haue abased mineMeaning, his glorie Was broght Iowe. horne vnto the dust.
16 My face is withered with weping, and the shadow of death (is) vpon mine eyes,
17 Thogh (there be) no wickednes inSignifying, that he is not able to comprehend the cause of this his grieuous punishment.
〈◊〉
hands, and my prayerThat is, vnfained, and Without hypocrisie. (be) pure.
18 O earth, couer not thou myLet my sinne be knowen, if I be suche a sinner as mine a duersaries accuse me, & let me finde no fauour. blood, and let my crying finde no place.
19 For lo, now myThogh man cō
demne me, yet God is Witnes of my cause. witnes (is) in the
〈◊〉
, and my record (is) on hie.
20 My friendsVse
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in stead of true consola tion speake eloquently againste me: (but) mine eye powreth out (teares) vnto God.
21 Oh that a man mightThus by his great torments he is caryed away, and brasteth
〈◊〉
into passions, and speaketh vnaduisedly, as thogh God shulde
〈◊〉
man more gently, seing he hathe but a
〈◊〉
time here to liue. pleade with God, as man with his neighbour!
22 For the yeres accounted come, and I shal go the way, whence I shal not returne.
CHAP. XVII.
1 Iob sayth that he consumeth away, and yet doeth paciētly abide it. 10 He exhorteth his friends to repentance, 13 Shewing that he
〈◊〉
but for death.
1 MY breath is corrupt: my dayes are cut of and the graue (is ready) for me.
2 There are none butIn stead of
〈◊〉
, being now at deaths
〈◊〉
, he had but thē that mocked at him, and discouraged him. mockers with me, and mine eye continueth inI se
〈◊〉
that thei seke but to vexe me. their bitternes.
3 He reasoneth
〈◊〉
God as a man beside him selfe to the intent that his cause mightbe broght to light.Laye downe now (and) put me in suretie for thee: who is he, thatAnd answer thee? wil touche mine hand
4 For thou hast hid their heart fromThat thesemine
〈◊〉
are thy
〈◊〉
iugements, thogh mā know not the cause. vnderstanding: therefore shalt thou not set (them) vpon hie.
5 He that
〈◊〉
a man, and onelyiugeth him happy in his pro
〈◊〉
, shal not him self onely, but in his posteri tie be punished.For the eyes of his children shal faile, that speaketh flaterie to (his) friends.
6 He hathe also made me aGod hath mad all the Worlde to speake of me, because of mine afflictions. by worde of the people, and I am as a tabretThat is, as a cō tinual sounde in their eares. before them.
7 Mine eye therefore is dim for grief, and all my strength (is) like a shadowe.
8 The righteoushal be astonied atTo Wit, When they se the godlie punished: but in the end they shal come to
〈◊〉
ding, and knowe
〈◊〉
shal be the
〈◊〉
of the hy pocrite. this, & the innocēt shalbe moued against the hypocrite
9 But the righteous wil holde hisThat is Wil not be discouraged, considering that the godlieare punished aswel as the Wicked. waye, and he whose hands are pure, shal increase (his) strength.
10 AllIob speaketh to thē thre that came to comfort him. you therefore turne you, & come now and I shal not finde one wise among you.
11 My dayes are past, mine enterprises are broken, (and) the thoghts of mine heart.
12 Haue changed theThat is, haue
〈◊〉
me sorow in stead of comfort. night for the day, and the light that approched, for darkenes.
13 Thogh I hope,Thogh I shulde hope to come from aduersitie to prosperitie as your
〈◊〉
pretendeth. (yet) the graue shalbe mine house, (and) I shal make my bed in the darke.
14 I shal say to corruption, Thou
〈◊〉
myI haue
〈◊〉
hope in father, mother
〈◊〉
, or anie
〈◊〉
thing: for
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
& wormes shalbe
〈◊〉
me in stead of them. father, (and) to the worme, Thou art my mother and my sister.
15 Where is then now mine hope? or who shal consider the thing, that I hoped for?
16 All Worldely hope, and prosperitie faile, Which you say, are onely signes of Gods fauour: but seing that these
〈◊〉
perish, I set mine hope in God, and in the life
〈◊〉
.They shal go downe into the bottome of the pit: surely it shal lye together in the dust.
CHAP. XVIII.
1 Bildád rehearseth the peines of the vnfaithful and wicked.
1 THē answered Bildád the Shuhite, & said.
2 When wilWhich counte your selues
〈◊〉
as Chap 12. 4. ye make an end of (your) wor des?Whome
〈◊〉
take to be but
〈◊〉
, as Chap. 12 7. cause vs to vnderstand, and thē we will speake.
3 Wherefore are we counted as beastes, (and) are
〈◊〉
in your sight?
4 (Thou artThat is like a mad man. as one) that teareth his soule in his anger, Shal theShal God
〈◊〉
ge the
〈◊〉
of nature for thy sa ke, by dealing With the other
〈◊〉
thē he doeth With all
〈◊〉
earth be forsakē for thy sake? or the rocke remoued out of his place?
5 Yea, the light of the wicked shalbeWhen the Wicked is in his prosperitie, thē God changeth his
〈◊〉
and this is his ordinarie
〈◊〉
for their sinnes. quenched & the sparke of his fyre shal not shine.
6 The light shalbe darke in his dwelling, and his candel shalbe put out with him.
7 The steppes of his strength shalbe restrained, and his owne counsel shal cast him downe.
8 For he is taken in the net by his fete, and heMeaning that the Wicked are in continual dan ger. walketh vpon the snares.
9 The grenne shal take him by the heele, and the these shal come vpon him.
10 A snare is laid for him in the grounde, and a trappe for him in the way?
11 Fearfulnes shal make him afraid on euery side, and shal driue him to his fete.
12 His strength shalbeThat Which shulde nourish him, shalbe consumed by
〈◊〉
famine: and destructiō shalbe readie at his side.
13 It shal deuoure the partes of his skinne, (&) theThat is, some strong and violent death shal consume his strength: or as the Ebrew Worde sign:
〈◊〉
, his mem bres or parts. first borne of death shal deuoure his strength.
14 His hope shalbe roted out of his dwelling, and shal cause him to go to theThat is,
〈◊〉
most great feare. King of feare.
15 (Feare) shal dwel in his house [because it is notMeaning, not truely come by. his]Thogh all the
〈◊〉
Wolde fa uour him, yet God Wolde destroie him and his. (and) brim stone shalbe
〈◊〉
vpon his habitacion.
16 His rotes shalbe dryed vp beneth, and aboue shal his branche be cut downe.
17 His remembrāce shal perish from the earth and he shal haue no name in the strete.
18 They shal driue him out of theHe shal fall from prosperitie to
〈◊〉
. light vnto darkenes, and chase him out of the worlde.
19 He shal nether haue sonne nor nephewe among his people, nor any posteritie in his dwellings.
20 The posteritie shalbe astonied at hisWhen theishal se
〈◊〉
came vn to him. day, and feare shal come vpon the ancient.
21 Surely suche are the habitacions of the wicked, and this is the place of him that knoweth not God.
CHAP. XIX.
2 Iob reproueth his friends, 15 And reciteth his miseries & grieuous peines. 25 He assureth him selfe of the generall resurrection.
1 BVt Iob answered, and said,
2 How long wil ye vexe my soule, and torment me with wordes?
3 Ye haue nowThat is, many times, as Nehem 4, 12. ten times reproched me, and are not ashamed: ye are impudent toward me.
4 And thogh I had in dede erred, mine errourThat is, I my self
〈◊〉
punished forit, or you haue not yet con futed it. remaineth with me.
5 But indede if ye wil aduance your selues against me, and rebuke me for my reproche,
6 Knowe now, that God hatheHe brasteth out againe into his passiōs and decla reth stil that his affliction cometh of God, thogh he be not able to fele the cause in him self. ouer throwen me, and hathe compassed me with his net.
7 Beholde, I crye out of violence, but I haue none answer: I crye but there (is) no iudgement.
8 He hathe hedged vp my waye that I can notMeaning, out of his afflictions. passe, and he hathe set darkenes in my paths.
9 He hathe spoiled me of mine honour, & taken theMeaning, his children & What soeuer Was dere vnto him in this Worlde. crowne away from mine head.
10 He hathe destroyed me on euerie side and I am gone: & he hath remoued mine hope likeWhich is plucke vp, and hathe no more hope to grow a tre.
11 And he hathe kindled his wrath against me and counteth me as one of his enemies.
12 HisHis manifolde afflictions. armies came together, and made their way vpon me, and camped about my tabernacle.
13 He hathe remoued my brethren farre from me, and also mine acquaintance were strangers vnto me.
14 My neighbours haue forsaken me, and my familiars haue forgotten me.
15 Mine
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
: by all the se losses Iob shew eth that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
flesh he had great occasion to he moued. They that dwel in mine house, & my maides toke me for a stranger: for I was a stranger in their sight.
16 I called my seruāt, but he wolde not answer, (thogh) I prayed him with my mouth.
17 My breath was strange vnto my wife, thogh I prayed her for the childrens sake of mineVVhiche Were hers and mine. owne body.
18 The wicked also despised me, (and) when I rose, they spake against me.
19 All my secret friends abhorred me, and thei whome I loued, are turned against me.
20 My boneBesides these great losses and most cruel
〈◊〉
denes, he Was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in his owne person as follow eth. cleaueth to my skin and to my flesh, and I hane escaped with theAll my flesh Was consumed. skinne of my tethe.
21 Haue pitie vpon me: haueSeing I haue these iust causes to complaine, cō demne me not as an hypocrite, spe cially ye Whiche shulde cōfort me pitie vpon me, [ô ye my friends] for the hand of God hathe touched me.
22 Why do ye persecute me, asIs it not ynough that God doeth punish me except you by re proches increase my
〈◊〉
God? and are not satisfied with myTo se my body punished, except ye trouble my
〈◊〉
flesh?
23 Oh that my wordes were now writen! oh that thei were writen euen in a boke!
24 (And) grauen withHe protesteth that notwithstā ding his sore pas fions, his
〈◊〉
is perfite, & that he is not a blasphemer, as they iudged him. an yron penne in lead, or in stone for euer.
25 For I am sure, that myI do
〈◊〉
so
〈◊〉
my selfe before the worlde, but I knowe that I shal come before the great iudge, Who shalbe myde
〈◊〉
& Sauiour Redemer liueth, and he shal stand the last on the earth.
26 And thogh after my skin (wormes) destroy this (bodie,) yet shal I se GodHerein Iob declareth
〈◊〉
that he had a ful
〈◊〉
, that bothe the soule and body shulde enioye the presence of God in the last resurrection, in my flesh.
27 Whome I my self shal se, and mine eies shall beholde, and nonother (for me, thogh) my reines are consumed within me.
28 But ye said, Why is he persecuted? And there wasThough his friends thoght that he Was but persecured of God for his sinnes, yet he declareth that there Was a deper consideration: to Wit, the tryal of his faith and pacience, and so to be an example for others. a depe matter in me.
29 Be ye afraid of the sworde: for the sworde wil beGod Wilbe reuenged of this hastie iudgement, Where by you condemne me. auenged of wickednes, that ye may know that there is a iudgement.
CHAP. XX.
1 Zophár sheweth, that the wicked and the couetous shall haue a shorte end. 22 Thogh for a time they florish,
1 THen answered Zophár the Naamathite and said,
2 Douteles my thoghts cause me to answer, & therefore I make haste.
3 I haue heardHe declareth that two things moued him to speake: to Wit, because Iob semed to touche him, & because he thoght he had knowled ge sufficient to confute him. the correction of my reproche: therefore the spirit of mine vnderstanding causeth me to answer.
4 Knowest thou not this of olde? (and) since (God) placed man vpon the
〈◊〉
5 That the reioycing of the wicked (is) shorte, and that the ioye of hypocrites is but a moment?
6 ThoghHis purpose is to proue Iob to be a Wicked man and an hypocrite, because God punished him, & changed his
〈◊〉
into aduersitie, his excellencie mounte vp to the heauen, and his head reache vnto the cloudes,
7 (Yet) shal he perish for euer, like his dung, (and) they which haue sene him, shal say, Where is he.
8 He shal flee away as a dreame, and thei shall not finde him, and shal passe away as a vision of the night.
9 So that the eye which had sene him, shaldo so no more, and his place shal se him no more.
10 His children shalWhere as the fa ther through am bition and tyran nie
〈◊〉
pressed the poore, the children through pouertie and miserie shal
〈◊〉
fauour at the pore. fkatter tge poore, and his hands
〈◊〉
So that the thing, Which he hathe takē away by violence, shalbe
〈◊〉
againe by force. restore his substance.
11 His bones are ful (of the sinne) of his youth, andMeaning, that he shal cary nothing a Way With him, but his sinne shall ye downe with him in the dust.
12 Whē wickednesAs poyson that is swere in the mouthe bringeth destruction, Whē it cometh into the body: so all vice at the first is pleasant, but after Ward God turneth it to destruction. was swete in his mouthe, (and) he did it vnder his tongue,
13 (And) fauoured it, and wolde not forsake it but kept it close in his mouth,
14 (Thē) his meat in his bowels was turned: the gall of aspes (was) in the middes of him.
15 He hathe deuoured substance, and he shall vomit it: (for) God shal drawe it out of his belly.
16 He shal sucke theHe compareth euil
〈◊〉
goods to the venim of aspes, Which serpent is moste dā gerous: nothing that Iobs great riches Were not truely come by, and therefore God did plague him iustely for the same. gall of aspes, (and) the vipers tongue shal slaye him.
17 He shal not se theThogh God giue to all other
〈◊〉
of his blessings, yet he shal haue no par te thereof. riuers, (nor) the floods (and) streames of hony and butter.
18 He shal restore the labour, and shal deuoure nomore: (euen) according to the substance (shalbe) his exchange,That is, thesera neners and spoilers of the poore shal enioye their
〈◊〉
but for a
〈◊〉
after God Wil take it frome them & cause thē to make restitutiō so that it is but an exchange. and he shal enioye it nomore.
19 For he hathe vndone (manie): he hathe forsaken the poore, (and) hathe spoiled houses which he buylded not.
20 Surely he shal fele no quietnes in his body, (nether) shal he reserue of that which he desired.
21 There shal none of hisHe shall leaue nothing to hys posteritie. meat be left: therefore
none shal hope for his goods.
22 When he shalbe filled with his abundāce, he shalbe in peine, (and) the hādThe Wicked shal neuer be in rest: for one Wicked man shall seke to destroy another. of all the wicked shal assaile him.
23 He shalbe about to fil his belly, (but God) shal send vpon him his fearce wrath,Some read, vpō his flesh, alluding to Iob, whose flesh Was smiten with a scabbe. and I shal cause to raine vpon him, (euen) vpon his meat.
24 He shall flee from the yron weapons, (&) the bowe of stele shal strike him through.
25 (The arowe) is drawen out, and cometh forthe of theSome read, of the quiuer. body, and shineth of his gal, (so) feare cometh vpon him.
26 All feare & sorow shall light vpon him, Whē he thīketh to escape. All darkenes shalbe hid in hys secret places: the fyre that is notThat is, fyre frō heauen, or the fire of Gods Wrath. blowen, shall deuoure him, (and) that which remaineth in his tabernacle, shalbe destroied.
27 The heauen shall declare his wickednes, and the earth shal rise vp against him.
28 TheMeaning, the children of the Wicked shal flow awayelike riuers and be dispersed indiuers places. increase of his house shal go awaye: it shal flowe away in the daye of his wrath,
29 Thys is the porcion of the wycked man fromThus God Wyll plague thewicked God, and the heritage (that he shall haue) of God for hisAgaynste God, thinking to excuse him self & to es cape Gods hand. wordes.
CHAP. XXI.
7 Iob declareth how the prosperitie of the wicked maketh them proude. 15 In so muche that they blaspheme God. 16 Their destructiō is at hand. 23 None ought to be iudged wicked for affliction, nether good for prosperitie.
1 BVt Iob answered, and said,
2 Heare diligently my wordes, and thysYour diligent marking of my wordess halbe to me a great consolation. shalbe in stead of your consolations.
3 Suffre me, that I may speake, and when I haue spoken, mocke on.
4 Do I (direct) my talke to man? If itAs thogh he Woldesay, I do not
〈◊〉
with mā,
〈◊〉
with God Who will not answer me, and ther fore my mynde
〈◊〉
be trou bled. were so, how shulde not my spirit be troubled?
5 Marke me, and be abashed, and laye your hand vpon (your)He chargeth thē as thogh thei were not
〈◊〉
to cō
prehend thys hys feling of Gods iud gement, & exhorteth them therfore to silence. mouth.
6 Euen when I remember, I am afraied, and feare taketh holde on my flesh.
7 Wherefore do the wickedIob proueth against his aduersa ries that god puni sheth not straight Waies the wicked but oft times gyueth them lōg life, & prosperitie: so that We must not iudge God iust or vniust by the thīg that appeare to our eye. liue, (&) waxe olde, and growe in welth?
8 Their sede is established in their sight with thē, and their generaciō before their eies.
9 Their houses are peaceable without feare and the rod of God is not vpon them.
10 Their bullocke gēdreth, and faileth not: their cowe calueth, and casteth not her calfe.
11 They send forth their childrē
Thei haue store of children, Iustie and helthful, & in these pointes he answereth to that Which zophar alledged before. like shepe, and their sonnes dance.
12 They take the tabret and harpe, & reioyce in the sounde of the organs.
13 They spend their daies in welth, and sodenlyNot beynge tormented with long sickenes. they go downe to the graue.
14 Thei say also vnto God, Departe from vs: for we desire not theThei desire nothing more thē to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
from all subiectiō hat
〈◊〉
shulde
〈◊〉
to God: this Iob shew eth hys aduersaries, that if they reason onely e by that which is sene by commune experience, the wicked
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
God are better delt with all, then thei that loue him. knowledge of thy waies.
15 Who is the Almightie, that we shuld serue him? and what profite shulde we haue, if we shulde pray vnto him?
16 Lo, their welth is not in their hand:It is not theyr owne but GOD onelye lendeth it
〈◊〉
them. (ther fore) let the coūsel of the wickedGod
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
theyr
〈◊〉
. be farre from me.
17 How oft shall the candell of the wycked be put out? and their destruction come vpō them? he wyll deuyde (their) liues in hys wrath.
18 They shal be as stubble before the winde, and as chaffe that the storme caryeth away.
19 God wil laye vp the sorow (of the father) for his children: when he rewardeth hym, he shal knowe it.
20 When God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his wickednes he s hal know that his
〈◊〉
Was but
〈◊〉
His eies shal se his destruction, & he shall drinke of the wrath of the Almightie.
21 For what pleasure hathe he in hys house afterhim, when the nōber of his moneths is cut of?
22 Shal any teacheWho sendeth to the Wicked prospe
〈◊〉
, &
〈◊〉
the godlie. GOD knowledge, who iudgeth the hiest things?
23 One
〈◊〉
, the Wicked. dyeth in his ful strength,
〈◊〉
in all ease and prosperitie.
24 His breasts are full of milke, & hys bones runne ful of marowe.
25 And anotherTo Wit, the godlye. dyeth in the bitternes of his soule, and neuer eateth with pleasure.
26 They shal slepe bothe inAs concernyng their bodies: and this he speaketh accordinge to the cōmune
〈◊〉
the dust, & the wormes shal couer them.
27 Behold, I know your thoghts, and the enterprises, (wherewith) ye do me wrong.
28 For ye say, Where is the princesThus thei called Iobs house in
〈◊〉
, concludyng that it was destroyed because he was Wicked. house? & where is the Tabernacle of the wickeds dwelling?
29 May ye notVVhich
〈◊〉
long trauailing haue experience and
〈◊〉
herof, to Wit, that the wicked do prosper & the godlye liue in affliction. askethē that go by the way? and ye can not denie their signes.
30 But the wicked is kept vnto the daye ofThogh the Wicked florishe here, yet God will punishe hym in the last day. destruction, (&) they shal be broght forth to the day of wrath.
31 Who shal declare his wayeThogh men do
〈◊〉
him, and none dare reproue him in
〈◊〉
Worlde, yet death is a tokē that God will bring him to an account. to his face
〈◊〉
who shall rewarde hym for that he hathe done?
32 Yet shall he be broght to the graue, & remaine in the heape.
33 TheHe shall be glad to lie in a stimye pit, Which before colde not be content With a royal palace. slimie valley shalbe swete vnto him, and euerie man shal drawe after him, as before him there were innumerable.
34 How thē comfortSaying, that the iust in this world haue prosperitie & the wicked aduer sitie. ye me in vayne, seyng in your answers there remaine but lyes?
CHAP. XXII.
2 Elipház affirmeth that Iob is punished for hys sinnes. 6 He accuseth him of vnmercifulnes, 13 And that he denyed Gods prouidence. 21 He exhorteth hym to repentance.
1 THen Elipház the Temanite answered, and said,
2 May a man be
〈◊〉
Were iust, yet God colde haue no profite of this his iustice: & therfore when he punisheth him, he hath no regard to his iustice, but to his sinne. profitable vnto God, as he that is wise, may be profitable to hym self?
3 * Is it any thing vnto the Almightye, that thou arte righteous? or is it profitable (to him,) that thou makest thy wayes vpright?
4 Is it for feareLest thou
〈◊〉
dest reproue
〈◊〉
hurt him? of thee that he will accuse thee? (or) go with thee in to iudgement?
5 Is not thy wickednes great, and thine iniquitie innumerable?
6 For thou hast taken theThou hast bene cruel and without charitie, & Woldest do nothing for the poore, but
〈◊〉
thine owne a
〈◊〉
. pledge from thy brother for noght, and spoiled the clothes of the naked.Chap. 35. 7.
7 To suche as were weary, thou hast not giuen water to drinke, and hast withdrawen
bread from the hungrie.
8 But the mightie man
〈◊〉
wast in power and autoritie, thou didst no: iustice, but wrong. had the earthe, and he that was in autoritie, dwelt in it.
9 Thou hast cast out widowes emptye, and the armes ofThou haste not onely notshewed
〈◊〉
but oppressed them. the fatherles were broken.
10 Therefore snares (are) round about thee, and feare shal sodenly trouble thee:
11 Or darkenes that thou shuldest not se, & That is, manifold
〈◊〉
.abundance of waters shal couer thee.
12 Is not God onHe accuseth Iob of impietie & con tempt of God, as thoght he wolde say, If thou passe not for men, yet cōsider the height of Gods maiestie. hie in the heauen? and beholde the height of theThat so muche themore by that excellent worke thou maiest
〈◊〉
God and
〈◊〉
him. starres how hye they are.
13 But thou saiest, How shulde GodHe reproueth Iob as
〈◊〉
he denied Gods prouidence, and that he
〈◊〉
not
〈◊〉
things that were done in thys worlde. knowe? can he iudge through the darke cloude?
14 The cloudes hide him that he can not se, and he walketh in the circle of heauen.
15 Hast thou marked the way of the worlde, How God hath punished thē from the beginning?wherein wicked men haue walked?
16 Which wereHe proueth gods
〈◊〉
by the punishement of the wicked, whome he taketh away before they can brynge
〈◊〉
wicked purposes to passe. cut downe before the tyme, whose fundaciō (was as) a riuer that ouerflowed:
17 Which said vnto God, Departe frome vs, and (asked) what the Almyghtye colde do for them.
18 Yet heHe answereth to that, which Iob had said, Chap. 21. 7. that the wicked haue prosperitie in this world: desitynge that he might not be partaker of the sike. filled theyr houses wyth good thinges but let the counsell of the wycked (be) farre from me.
19 The righteous shall se them, and shall reioyce,The iuste reioyce at the destruction of the wicked for two
〈◊〉
ses: firste, because God sheweth him selfe iudge of the
〈◊〉
, & by this meanes
〈◊〉
his honour & glorie: secondlye, because God sheweth that he hathe care ouer hys in that he punisheth their enemies. and the innocēt shall laugh them to scorne.
20 SurelyeThat is, the state and preseruation of the godly is hid vnder gods wings our substance is hid: but the fyre hathe deuoured the remnant ofMeaning, of the wicked. them.
21 Therefore acquaint thy self, I praye thee,He exhorteth Iob to repentance and to returne to God. with him, and make peace: thereby thou shalt haue prosperitie.
22 Receiue, I pray thee, the law of his mouth, and laie vp his wordes in thine heart.
23 If thou returne to the Almightye, thou shaltGod wil restore vnto thee all thy substā
ce. be buylt vp, (and) thou shalt put iniquitie farre from thy tabernacle.
24 Thou shalt lay vp golde forVVhich
〈◊〉
in abundance like dust. dust, and the golde of Ophir, as the flints of the riuers.
25 Yea, the Almightie shalbe thy defence, & thou shalt haue plentie of siluer.
26 And thou shalt then delite in the Almightie, and lift vp thy face vnto God.
27 Thou shalt make thy prayer vnto him, & he shall heare thee, and thou shalt rendre thy vowes.
28 Thou shalt also decree a thing, & he shall establish it vnto thee, and theThat is, the fauour of God. light shall shine vpon thy waies.
29 God
〈◊〉
deliuer his when the wicked are destroyed rounde about them, as in the flood and in Sodome. When (others) are cast downe, thē shalt thou say, I am lifted vp. and (God) shall saue the humble persone.
30 The innocent shal deliuer theGod will deliuer a whole countreye frome perill, euen for the iuste manssake. yla nd, and it shalbe preserued by the purenes of thine hands.
CHAP. XXIII.
2 Iob affirmeth that he bothe knoweth and feareth the power and sentence of the Iudge, 10 And that he is not punished onely for his sinnes.
1 BVt Iob answered and said,
2 Thogh my talke be this daye inHe sheweth the iuste cause
〈◊〉
hys complaining, and as touching that Elphaz had exhor ted him to returne to God, cha. 22. 21. he declareth that he
〈◊〉
nothyng more: but it semed that God wold not be founde of him. bitternes, (and) my plague greater then my groning,
3 Wold God (yet) I knewe how to find him, I wolde entre vnto his place.
4 I wolde pleade the cause before hym, and fil my mouth with arguments.
5 I wolde knowe the wordes, (that) he wold answer me, and wolde vnderstand what he wolde say vnto me.
6 Wolde heVsing his
〈◊〉
power
〈◊〉
saying, Because I am God, I maye do what I wil. plead agaynste me wyth (hys) great power? No, but he woldOf his me cie he wolde giue me power to answer him. put (strēgth) in me.
7 VVhen he of his mercie hathe giuē strength to mainteine their cause. There the righteous might reason wyth him, so I shulde be deliuered for euer from my Iudge.
8 Meaning, that if he consider Gods iustice, he is not able to
〈◊〉
his iudgemēts on what side or part so euer he
〈◊〉
him self. Beholde, (if) I go to the Easte, he is not there: if to the West, yet I can not perceiue him:
9 (If) to the North where he worketh, yet I can not se him: he wil hide him selfe in the South, and I can not beholde him.
10 But he knoweth myGod hathe thys
〈◊〉
aboue me that he know eth my waye: to wit, that I am innocent, and I am not able to iudge of his workes he sheweth also hys confidence, that God doeth
〈◊〉
him for his profit. way, (&) tryeth me, (and) I shal come forthe like the golde.
11 My fote hath followed his steppes: his way haue I kept, and haue not declined.
12 Nether haue I departed from the cōmandemēt of his lippes, (and) I haueHis worde is more precious vnto me, then the meat where with the bodie is
〈◊〉
. estemed the wordes of his mouthe more then myne appointed fode.
13 Yet he is in one (minde,) & who cā
Iob
〈◊〉
that at this
〈◊〉
he felt not Gods fauour, and yet was assured, that he had appointed him to a good ende. turne him? yea, he doeth what his minde desireth.
14 For he will performe that, whiche is decreed of me, andIn manye pointes man is not able to
〈◊〉
to Gods iudgementes. many suche things (are) with him.
15 Therefore I am troubled at his presence, & in considering it, I am afrayed of him.
16 For GodThat I shulde not be without feare. hath softened mine heart, and the Almightie hathe troubled me.
17 For I am not cut of inHe sheweth the cause of his feare, which is, that he beirgin
〈◊〉
, seeth none end, nether yet know et h the cause. darkenes, but he hathe hid the darkenes from my face.
CHAP. XXIIII.
2 Iob describeth the wickednes of men, and sheweth what curse belongeth to the wicked, 12 How all things are gouerned by Gods prouidence, 17 And the destruction of the wicked.
1 HOw shulde not the timesThus Iob speaketh, in
〈◊〉
and after the iudgemēt of the flesh that is, that he seeth not the thinges that are done at times,
〈◊〉
yet hathe a
〈◊〉
care ouer all, because he punisheth not the wic ked, nor reuēgeth the godlie. be hid from the Almightie, seing that thei whiche knowe him, se not hisVVhen he punisheth the wicked and rewardeth the good. daies?
2 (Some) remoue the lād markes, that robbe the flockes and fede (thereof.)
3 They lead away the asse of the fatherles: (and) take the widowes oxe to pledge.
4 Thei make the poore to turne out of the way, so that the poore of the earth hide thē seluesAnd for crueltie & oppression dare not shewe theyr faces. together.
5 Beholde, (others as) wilde asses in the wildernes, go forthe to their busines, &That is, spareno diligence. ryse earely for a pray: the wildernesHe and his, lyus by robbing and murdering. (gyueth) him (and) his children fode.
6 TheyreapeMeaning
〈◊〉
poore mans. his prouision in the field, but
they gather the lateSignifying, that one wicked man wil not spoile an other, but for
〈◊〉
. vintage of the wicked.
7 They cause the naked to lodge without garment, & without couering in the cold.
8 Thei are wet with the showres of the moū
taines,The poore are driuē by the wicked into rockes & holes, where they can not lye drye for the rayne. and they imbrace the rocke for want of a couering.
9 They plucke the fatherlesThat is, they so powle and pille the poore widow that she can not haue to susteyne her selfe, that she may be able to giue her child sucke. frō the breast, and take the pledgeThat is, his garment, wherewith he shulde be couered or clad. of the poore.
10 Thei cause him to go naked without clothing, and take the gleining from the hū
grie.
11 Thei that make oileIn suche places, whiche are appointed for that purpose: meaning, that those that la bour for the wicked, are pined for hungre. betwene their walles, and treade their winepresses, suffer thirst.
12 Mē
For the greate oppression and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. crye out of the citie, and the soules of the slayneCrye out & call for vengeance. crye out: yet God doethGod doeth not cōdemnethe wicked, but semeth to passe ouer it by his long silēce. not charge them with follie.
13 These are thei, that abhorre theThat is, Goddes worde, because thei are
〈◊〉
thereby. light: thei knowe not the waies thereof, nor cō
tinue in the paths thereof.
14 The murtherer riseth earely (and) killeth the poore and the nedie: and in the nyght he is as a thefe.
15 The eye also of theBy these particu
〈◊〉
vices, and the licence therunto, he wolde proue that God punisheth not the wic ked & rewardeth the iuste. adulterer wayteth for the twylight, and saith, None eye shall se me, and disguiseth his face.
16 Thei digge through houses in the darke, (whiche) they marked for thē selues in the day: they knowe not the light.
17 But the morning (is) euen to them as the shadowe of death: if one knowe thē, (they are) in the terrours of the shadow of death
18 He is swift vpon theHe fleeth to the waters for his succour. waters they rThei thinke that all the worlde is bent against thē, and dare not go by the hieway. porcion shalbe cursed in the earth: he wil not beholde the way of the vineyardes.
19 (As) the drye grounde & heat côsume the snowe waters, (so shal) the graueAs the drye grounde is neuer full with waters, so will thei neuer cease sinning, till thei come to the graue. the sinners.
20 Thogh God suffer thewicked for a time, yet theyr end shalbe moste vile destinction, & in this point Iob cometh to him self and sheweth his confidence. The pitifull man shall forget hym: the worme (shal fele) his swetnes: he shalbe no more remembred, and the wicked shalbe broken like a tre.
21 HeHe sheweth why the wicked shal not be
〈◊〉
, because he dyd not pitie others. doeth euyll intreate the baren, that doeth not beare, nether doeth he good to the widowe.
22 He draweth also theHe declareth that after that the wicked haue destroyed the weakest, they will do like to the stronger, and therefore are iustely preuented by Gods iudgements. mighty by his powre (and) when he riseth vp, none is sure of lif.
23 Thogh men gyue hym assurance to be in sauetie, yet his eyes (are) vpō their wayes.
24 They are exalted for a
〈◊〉
, but they are gone, and are broght lowe as all (others) thei are destroyed, and cut of as the top of an eare of corne.
25 But if it be notThat is, that
〈◊〉
to your reasoning no man can giue a perfite reason
〈◊〉
Gods iudgements,
〈◊〉
me be reproued. so, where is he? (or)
〈◊〉
wil proue me a lyer, and make my
〈◊〉
of no value?
CHAP. XXV.
Bildad proueth that no man is cleane nor without sinne before God.
1 THen answered Bildád the Shuhite, andChap. xxv. said,
2 His purpose is to proue, that
〈◊〉
God trye and afflict the
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
son after h sendeth prosperitie, and because he did not so to Iob, he cōcludeth that he is
〈◊〉
Power & feare (is) with him, that maketh peace in his hie places.
3 Is there any nomber in his armies? & vpon whome
〈◊〉
can hide him from hisp esence? shal not his light arise?
4 And how may a mā
That is, be iuste in respect of God? be iustified with God? or how can he be cleane, that is borne of woman?
5 Behold, he wil giue no light to the moone,If God hewe his power, the moone &
〈◊〉
can not haue that light, which is giuen them, muche, lesse can mā haue anye
〈◊〉
, but of
〈◊〉
, and the starres are vncleane in hys sight.
6 How muche more man, a worme, euen the sonne of man, (which is but) a worme?
CHAP. XXVI.
Iob sheweth that man can not helpe God, and proueth it by his miracles.
1 BVt Iob answered, and said,Chap. xxvi.
2 Thou concludest nothing for nether thou
〈◊〉
me, which am destitute of all helpe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ly on Gods
〈◊〉
who hath nonede of thy defence. Whome helpest thou? him that hath no power? sauest thou the arme that hathe no strength?
3 Whome counselest thou? him that hathe no wisdome? thouBut thou doest not applie it to the purpose. shewest right wel as the thing is.
4 To whome doest thou declare (these) wordes? or whose spiritThat is, moueth thee to speake this? cometh out of thee?
5 TheIob
〈◊〉
to declare the force of Gods power and prouidence in the mines & metals in the depe places of the earth dead thinges are formed vnder the waters and nere vnto them.
6 The graue isThere is nothīg bid in the bottom of the earth, but he seeth it. naked before him, & there is no couering forMeaning, the graue wherein
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. destruction.
7 He stretcheth out theHe causeth the whole heauen to turne aboute the North pole: North ouer the emptie place, and hangeth the earth vpon nothing.
8 He bindeth the waters in his cloudes, and the cloude is not broken vnder them.
9 He holdeth backe the face of his throne: That is, he hideth the
〈◊〉
, whiche are called his throne. and spreadeth his cloude vpon it.
10 He hathe set bondes aboute the waters, vntil theSo long as this worlde
〈◊〉
. day and night come to an end.
11 TheNot that
〈◊〉
hathe pillers to vpholde it,
〈◊〉
he speaketh by a
〈◊〉
, as thogh he
〈◊〉
say, The heauen it self is not able to
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
. pillers of heauen tremble & quake at his
〈◊〉
.
12 The sea is calme by his power, and by hys vnderstāding he smiteth the pride (ther of.)
13 His Spirit hath garnished the heauēs, (&) his hād hath formed the crookedVVhiche is a figure of
〈◊〉
facioned like a serpent, because of the crookednes. serpēt.
14 Lo, these are part of his wayes butIf these fewe things, which we se daily with our eyes, declare his
〈◊〉
power and prouidence, how muche more wolde they appeare, if we were able to comprehend all his workes? how litle a portion heare we of him? and who can vnderstand his feareful power?
CHAP. XXVII.
3 The constancie and perfitnes of Iob. 13 The rewarde of the wicked and of the tyrants.
1 MOreouer Iob proceded and cōtinued his parable, saying,
2 The liuing God hath taken away myHe hathe so sore afflicted me, that men cānot iudge of mine vprightnes: for thei iudge onely by
〈◊〉
signes. iudgement: for the Almightie hathe put my soule in bitternes.
3
〈◊〉
so long as my breath is in me, and the
〈◊〉
of God in my nostrels.
4
〈◊〉
lips surely shal speake no wickednes,Howsoeuer mē iudge of me,
〈◊〉
will I not speake contrarie to that, which I haue said & so do wickedly in betraying the
〈◊〉
. and my tongue shal vtter no deceit.
5 God forbid, that I shuldeVVhich condēne me as a wicked man, because the hād of God is vppon me. iustifie you: vntil I dye, I wil neuer take away mine d innocencie from my self.
〈◊〉
I wil not cōfesse that God doeth thus punishe
〈◊〉
for
〈◊〉
sinnes.
6 I will kepe my righteousnes, and wil not
forsake it: mine heart shal not reprone me of myOf my life past. dayes.
7 Mine enemie shalbe as the wicked, and he that riseth against me, as the vnrighteous.
8 For whatWhat aduantage hathe the dissembler to gaine neuer so much, seing he shall lose hys owne soule? hope hathe the hypocrite whē he hathe heaped vp riches, if God take away his soule?
9 Wil God heare his crye, when trouble cometh vpon him?
10 Wil he set his delite on the Almightie? wil he call vpon God at all times?
11 I wil teache you (what is) in the hande ofThat is, what God reserueth to him self, & whereof he giueth not the knowledge to all. God, (and) I wil not
〈◊〉
that whiche is with the Almightie.
12 Beholde, all ye your seluesThat is, these secret iudgemēts of God, and yet do not vnderstande them. haue sene it: why then do you thus vanishWhy mainteine you then this]
〈◊〉
? in vanitie?
13 This is theThus Will God ordre the wicked, and punishe him, euen vnto his posteritie. porcion of a wicked mā with God, and the heritage of tyrants, (which) they shal receiue of the Almightie.
14 If his children be in greate nomber, the sworde (shal destroy) them, and his posteritie shal not be satisfied with bread.
15 His remnant shal be buryed in death, and his widowesNone shal
〈◊〉
him. shal not wepe.
16 Thogh he shulde heape vp siluer as the dust, and prepare raiment as the clay,
17 He may prepare it, but the iuste shall put it on, and the innocent shal deuide the siluer.
18 He buyldeth his house as theWhich bredeth in another mans
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
garment, but is sone shaken
〈◊〉
. mothe, & as a lodge that the watchman maketh.
19 When the riche man slepeth,He meaneth that the wicked tyrants shall not haue a quiet death,
〈◊〉
be buried honorably. he shal not be gathered (to his fathers:) they opened their eyes, and he was gone.
20 Terrours shal take him as waters, (and) a tempest shal carie him a way by night.
21 The East wind shal take him away, and he shall departe: and it shall hurlle him out of his place.
22 And (God) shal cast vpon him & not spare, (thogh) he wold faine flee out of hys hand.
23 (Euerie man) shal clap their hands at him, and hisse at him out of their place.
CHAP. XXVIII.
Iob sheweth that the wisdome of God is Vnsercheable.
1 THe siluer surely hath his vaine,His purpose is to declare that mā maye atteine in this Worlde to diuers secrets of nature, but man is neuer able to comprehend the wisdome
〈◊〉
God. & the golde his place, (where) thei take it.
2 Yron is taken out of the dust, and brasse is molten out of the stone.
3 (God) putteth an end to darknes,
〈◊〉
is nothing but it is cō
pased within certeine limites, and
〈◊〉
he an end, but Gods wisdome. and he tryeth the perfection of all things: he setteth a bonde of darkenes, and of the shadow of death.
4 The flood breaketh out against theMeaning him that
〈◊〉
thereby. inhabitant, (& the waters)VVhiche a man can not wade through. forgottē of the fote, being higher thē mā, are gone away.
5 Out of the same earth comethThat
〈◊〉
, corne, & vnder nethe is
〈◊〉
stone or cole which easely cō
ceiueth fyre. bread, and vnder it, as it were fyre is turned vp.
6 The stones therof (are) a placeHe alludeth, to the mines and secrets of nature, which are vnder the earth, where into nether soules nor beasles can entre. of saphirs, and the dust of it (is) golde.
7 There is a path whiche no foule hathe knowē, nether hath the kites eye sene it.
8 The lions whelps haue not walked it, nor the lion passed thereby:
9 He putteth his hand vpon theAfter that he hath declared the wisdome of God in the secretes of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
describeth his power. rockes, & ouer throweth the moūtaines by the rootes
10 He breaketh riuers in the rockes, and his eye seeth euerie precious thing.
11 He bindeth the floods, that they do not ouerflowe, and the thing that is hid, bringeth he to light.
12 But where is wisdome founde?Thogh
〈◊〉
power, and wisdome may be
〈◊〉
stād in
〈◊〉
things, yet his heauēlie wisdome can not be
〈◊〉
vnto. & where is the place of vnderstanding?
13 Man knoweth notIt is to hie a thing for man to atteine vnto in this worlde. the price thereof: for it is not found in the land of the liuing.
14 The depth saith, It is not in me: the sea also saith, It is not with me.
15 I: can nether be boght for golde, nor precious
〈◊〉
, but is onelye the gift of God. Golde shall not be gyuen for it, nether shal siluer be weighed for the price therof.
16 It shall not be valued with the wedge of golde of Ophir, (nor) with the precious onix, nor the saphir.
17 The golde nor the christal shall be equall vnto it, not the exchāge (shalbe) for plate of fine golde.
18 No mencion shalbe made of corall, nor of theVVhich is thoght to be a kinde of precious
〈◊〉
: gabish: for wisdome is more precious then perles.
19 The Topaz of Ethiopia shal not be equall vnto it, nether shall it be valued with the wedge of pure golde.
20 Whence then cometh wisdome? & where is the place of vnderstanding,
21 Seing it is hid from the eyes of all the liuing, and is hid frome theMeaning, that there
〈◊〉
no natural meanes, wherby man might atteine to the heauē lie wisdome: whiche he
〈◊〉
by the
〈◊〉
, that she hie. foules of the heauen?
22 Destruction and death say, We haue heard the same thereof with our eares.
23 (But) God vnderstādeth theHe
〈◊〉
God onelye the
〈◊〉
of this wisdome, and the
〈◊〉
thereof. way therof, and he knoweth the place thereof.
24 For he beholdeth the ends of the world, (and) seeth all that is vnder heauen.
25 To make the weight of the windes, & to weigh the waters by measure.
26 When he made a decree for the raine, and away for the lightening of the thunders,
27 Then did he se it, and counted it. he prepa red it and also considered it.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 7.
28 And vnto mā he said, Behold, * theHe declareth that man hathe so much of this heauenlie wisdome, as he sheweth by fearing God, and departing from
〈◊〉
. feare of the Lord is wisdome, & to departe from euil (is) vnderstanding.
CHAP. XXIX.
1 Iob complaineth of the prosperitie of the time past. 7. 21 His
〈◊〉
. 12 Iustice and equitie.
1 SO Iob proceded and continued his
〈◊〉
, saying,
2 Oh that I were asEbr. moneths, before, in times past, whē God preserued me:
3 When hisWhen I felt his fauour. light shined vpon myne head: (and when) by his light I walked through theI was fre from affliction. darkenes,
4 As I was in the dayes of my youth: whenThat is, semed by euident tokēs to be more preset with me. Gods prouidence (was) vpō my tabernacle
5 VVhē the Almightie was yet with me, (&) my children rounde about me:
6 VVhen I washed my pathsBy these similitudes he declareth the great prosperitie, that he was in, so that he had none occasion to be suche a sinner as they accused him. with butter, and when the rocke powred me out riuers of oyle:
7 VVhen I went out to the gate, (euē) to the iudgement seat, (and when) I caused them to prepare my seat in the strete.
8 The yong men sawe me, andBeing ashamed of their lightnes, and afraied of my grauitie. hid thē selues, and the aged a rose, (and) stode vp.
9 The princes stayed talke, and laied theyr hand on theirAcknowledging my wisdome. mouth.
10 The voice of princes was hid, & their tongue cleaued to the
〈◊〉
of their mouth.
11 And when theAll that heard me, praised me. eare heard me, it blessed me and when the eye sawe (me,) it gaue witnes toTestifying that I did good
〈◊〉
. me.
12 For I deliuered theBecause his
〈◊〉
saries did so much charge him with wickednes, he is
〈◊〉
to rendre a
〈◊〉
of hys
〈◊〉
. poore that cryed, and the fatherles, & him that had none to helpe him.
13 That is, I did sue cour him that was in destresse, and so he had cause to
〈◊〉
me. The blessing of him that was readye to perish, came vpon me, and I caused the widowes heart to reioyce.
14 I putI delited to do iustice as others did, to
〈◊〉
costely
〈◊〉
. on iustice, and it couered me: my iudgement (was) as a robe, and a crowne.
15 I was the eyes to the blinde, and I was the fete to the lame.
16 I was a father vnto the poore, and (when) I knewe not the cause, I soght it out diligently.
17 I brake also the chawes of the vnrighteous mā, and plucke the praye out of his tethe.
18 Then I said, I shall dye in my
〈◊〉
is, at home in my be
〈◊〉
without all trouble, &
〈◊〉
nest, and I shal multiplie (my) dayes as the sande.
19 (For) my roote isMy
〈◊〉
doeth increase. spred out by the water, & the dewe shal lye vpon my branche.
20 My glorie shal renue towarde me, and my bowe shal be restored in mine hand.
21 Vnto me men gaue eare, and waited, and helde their tongue at my counsel.
22 After my wordes thei replied not, & my talkeThat
〈◊〉
, was pleasant vnto thē
dropped vpon them.
23 And they waited for me, as for the rayne, and they opened their mouthAs the drye grounde
〈◊〉
for the
〈◊〉
. as for the latter raine.
24 (If) IThat is, they
〈◊〉
it not to be a
〈◊〉
, or they thoght not that I wold condescend vnto them. laughed on thē, they beleued it not: nether did thei cause the light of my countenanceThey were afraied to offende me, and
〈◊〉
me to be
〈◊〉
. to fall.
25 I appointed outI had them at cō
〈◊〉
. their way, and did sit as chief, and dwelt as a King in the armie, (&) like him that comforteth the mourners.
CHAP. XXX.
1 Iob complaineth that he is contemned of the most contemptible, 11. 21. Because of hys aduersitie and affliction. 23 Death is the house of all flesh.
1 BVt now they that are yonger then I,That is, mine
〈◊〉
is changed, and where as before the ancient men were glad to do me
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, the yong mē now
〈◊〉
me. mocke me: (yea,) thei whose fathers I haue refused to set wyth theMeaning, to be my shepherdes, or to kepe my dogges. dogges of my flockes.
2 For where to shulde the strength of theyr hands haue serued me, (seing) ageThat is, their fathers dyed for famine
〈◊〉
they came to age. perished in them?
3 For pouertie and famine (they were) solitarie, fleing into the wildernes, (which is) darke, desolate and waste.
4 They cut vpOr,
〈◊〉
. nettels by the bushes, & the iuniper rootes (was) their meat.
5 Thei wereIob sheweth that these that mocked him
〈◊〉
his affliction, were like to their fathers, wicked, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, suche as he here
〈◊〉
, chased forthe from amonge (men:) thei showted at them, as at a
〈◊〉
.
6 Therefore they dwelt in the clefts of riuers, in the holes of the earth and rockes.
7 They roared among the bushes, and vnder the thistels they gathered them selues.
8 (They were) the children of fooles and the childrē of villaines, which were more vile then the earth,
9 And now am I theirThey
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of me, and mocke at my miserie. song, and I am theyr talke.
10 They abhorre me, (and) flee farre from me, and spare not to spit in my face.
11 Because that (God) hathe losed myGod hathe taken from me
〈◊〉
force credit and auto itie, wherewit I kept them in subiection. corde and humble me,He said that the yong men when they saw him, hid thē
〈◊〉
, as chap. 29. 8. and now in his miserie they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
& licencious. they haue losed the bridel before me.
12 The youth rise vp at my right hand: they haue pusht my
〈◊〉
, and haue trode on me (as on) theThat is, they soght by all meanes how they might
〈◊〉
me paths of their destruction.
13 They haue destroyed my paths they toke pleasure at my calamitie, they had noneThey nede none to helpe them. helpe.
14 They came as a great breache (of waters, and)By my calamitie they toke an occasion
〈◊〉
me. vnder this calamitie they come on heapes.
15 Feare is turned vpon me: (and) thei pursue my soule as the winde, & mine health passeth away as a cloude.
16 Therefore my soule is nowMy life
〈◊〉
me, and I am as halfe dead. powred out vpon me, and the dayes of affliction haue taken holde on me.
17 Meaning, sorowe. It perceth my bones in the night, and my sinewes take no rest.
18 For the greate vchemencie is my garment changed, (which) compasseth me about as the colar of my coate.
19 That is, God hathe broght
〈◊〉
into contempt. He hathe cast me into the myre, and I am become like ashes and dust.
20 Whē I crye vnto thee, thou doest not heare me, nether regardest me, (whē) I stand vp.
21 Thou turnest thy selfHe speaketh not thus to accuse God, hut to declare
〈◊〉
of his afflictionwhereby he was
〈◊〉
beside him self. cruelly against me, and art enemie vnto me with the strength of thine hand.
22 Thou takest me vp (and) causest me to ride vpon theHe compare h his
〈◊〉
to a tempest or
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. winde, and makest myOr, wisdome, or Law. strēgth to faile.
23 Surely I know that thou wilt bring me to death, and to the house appointed for all the liuing.
24 Doutles none can stretche his hādNone cā deliuer me thence thogh thei lament at my death. vnto the graue, thogh they crye in hys destruction.
25 Did not I wepe with him that was in trouble? was not my soule in heauines for the poore?
26 Yet when I loked for good,Instead of comforting they, mocked at me. euyll came vnto me: and when I waited for light, there came darkenes.
27 My bowels did boyle without rest: (for) the dayes of affliction are come vpon me.
28 I went mourningNot deliting in anie worldely thing, no not so much, as in the vse of the sunne. without sunne: I stode vp in the congregacionLamenting thē that were in affliction, and mouing others to
〈◊〉
thē
(and) cryed.
29 I am a brother to theI am like the wilde beasts that desire muste
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. dragons, and a cō
panion to the ostriches.
30 My skinne is blacke vpō me, and my bones are burnt withVVith the heat of affliction. heat.
31 Therefore mine harpe is turned to mourning, and myne organs into the voyce of them that wepe.
CHAP. XXXI.
1 Iob reciteth the innocencie of his liuing, and nomber of his vertues, which declareth what ought to be the life of
the faithful.
1 I Made a couenant with mineI kept mine eyes from all wanton lokes. eyes: why then shulde I thinke onVVold not God then haue punished me? a maid?
2 For what porcion (shulde I haue) of God from aboue? and (what) in heritance of the Almightie from on hie?
3 Is not destruction to the wicked & strāge (punishment) toIob declareth that the feare of God was a bridell to stay him from all wickednes. the workes of iniquitie?
4 Doeth not beholde my wayes and tel all my steppes?
5 If I haue walked in vanitie, or if my fote hath made haste to deceit,
6 Let God weigh me in the iuste balance, & he shal knowe mineHe sheweth wherein his vprightnes standeth: that is, in as much as he was blameles before men, &
〈◊〉
not agaīst the second table. vprightnes.
7 If my step hathe turned out of the way, or mine heart hathThat is, hath accomplished the
〈◊〉
of mine eye. walked after mine eye, or if anie blot hathe cleaued to mine hands,
8 Let me sowe, and let anotherAccording to the curse of the Law, Deut. 28. 33. eat: yea, let my plants be rooted out.
9 If mine hearte hathe bene deceiued by a woman, or if I haue layed waite at the dore of my neighbour,
10 Let my wifeLet her be made a
〈◊〉
. grinde vnto another man, and let other men bowe downe vpon her,
11 For this is a wickednes, and iniquitie to be condemned.
12 Yea, this is a fyre that shall deuoureHe sheweth that albeit mā neglect the punishement of adulterie yet the wrath of God will neuer cease till suche be destroyed. to destruction, and whiche shall roote out all mine increase,
13 If I did cōtemne the iudgement of my seruant, and of my maid, when theyWhē thei thoght them selues euyll intreated by me. did contend with me.
14 What then shal I do whenIf I had oppressed others, how shuld I haue escaped Gods iudgement? God stādeth vp? and when he shal visite (me,) what shall I answer?
15 He that hath made me in the wombe, hath he not madeHe was moued to shewe pirie vnto seruants, because they were Gods creatures as he was. him? hath not he alone facioned vs in the wombe?
16 If I restrained the poore of (their) desire, or haue caused the eyes of the widowBy lōg waiting for her request. to faile,
17 Or haue eaten my morsels alone, and the fatherles hathe not eaten thereof,
18 [For from my youth hè hathe growe vp with meHe nourished the fatherles and mainteined the widowes cause. as (with) a father, and frome my mothers wombe I haue bene a guide vnto her.]
19 If I haue sene anie perish for want of clothing, or any poore without couering.
20 If his loines haue not blessed me, because he was warmed wyth the fleece of my shepe.
21 If I haue liftTo oppresse him and do hym
〈◊〉
. vp mine hand agaynste the fatherles, when I sawe that I might helpe him in the gate.
22 Let mineLet me
〈◊〉
in pieces. arme fall from my shulder, and mine arme be broken from the bone.
23 For Gods punishement wasI refrained not from sinning for feare of men, but because I feared God. feareful vnto me, and I colde not (be deliuered) frome his highnes.
24 If I made golde mine hope, or haue said to the wedge of golde, (Thou) art my confidence,
25 If I reioyced because my substance was greate, or because mine hande had gotten muche,
26 If I did beholde theIf I was proude of my
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
, whiche is
〈◊〉
by the shining of the sunne and brightnes of the moone sunne, when it shined, or the moone, wal king in (her) brightnes,
27 If mine heart did flatter me in secret, or if my mouth did kisse mineIf mine owne doings delued me hand,
28 [This also had bene an iniquitie to be cō
demned: for I had denyed the GODBy putting confidence in anye thing, but in hym alone.
〈◊〉
.]
29 If I reioyced at his destruction that hated me, or was moued (to
〈◊〉
) when euil came vpon him,
30 Nether haue I suffred my mouth to sinne, by wishing a cursse vnto his soule.
31 Did not the men of myMy
〈◊〉
moued me to be
〈◊〉
ged of mine enemie, yet did I neuer wil he him hurt. tabernacle say, Who shal giue vs of his flesh? we can not be satisfied.
32 The stranger did not lodge in the strete, (but) I opened my dores vnto hym, that went by the way.
33 If I haue hidAnd not confessed it frely: wherby it is
〈◊〉
that he
〈◊〉
him selfe before men and not before God. my sinne, as Adam, cōceiling mine iniquitie in my bosom,
34 Thogh I colde haue made afraied a great multitude, yet the moste contemptible of the families didThat is, I reuerenced the
〈◊〉
weake and contemned and was
〈◊〉
to offende them. feare me: so I keptI suffred thē to speake euill of me and went not out of my house to reuenge
〈◊〉
. silēce, and went not out of the dore.
35 Oh that I had some to heare me, beholde myThis is a
〈◊〉
token
〈◊〉
my righteousnes, that god is my
〈◊〉
and wil iustifie my cause. signe that the Almightie will wytnes for me: thoghmine aduersarie shuld write a boke (against me.)
36 Wold not I take it vpon my shulder, (and) binde it asShulde not this boke
〈◊〉
his accusa tions be a praise & condemnation to me? a crowne vnto me?
37 I will tell him the nomber of my goings, and go vnto him as to aI wil make him a counte of all my
〈◊〉
, without
〈◊〉
. prince.
38 If my landeAs thogh I had
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
wages that labored in it. crye againste me, or the forrowes thereof complaine together.
39 If I haue eaten the frutes thereof without siluer: or if I haue grieued
〈◊〉
, that he was no
〈◊〉
nor
〈◊〉
. the soules of the masters thereof,
40 Let thistles growe in stead of wheat, and cokle in the stead of barly.
THE
That is, the talke
〈◊〉
he had with his
〈◊〉
friends.
WORDES OF IOB ARE ENDED.
CHAP. XXXII.
1
〈◊〉
reproueth them of foly. 8 Age maketh not a man wise, but the Spirit of God.
1 SO these thre men ceased to answer Iob, because heEbr. was iuste in his owne eyes. estemed him selfe iust.
2 Then the wrath of Elihú the sonne of Barachél theVVhich came of Buz the sonne of Nahor Abrahams brother. Buzite, of the familie ofOr, as the Chalde paraphrast
〈◊〉
Abram. Rā, was kindled: his wrath, (I say,) was kindled agaynste Iob, because he iustified him selfeBy making him self innocent, and by charging God of
〈◊〉
. more then God.
3 Also his anger was kindled a gaynste hys thre friends, because they colde not finde an answer, (and) yet condemned Iob.
4 [Now Elihú had waited til Iob had spokē: forThat is, the thre
〈◊〉
before. they were more ancient in yeres then he.]
5 So when Elihú sawe, that there was, none answer in the mouthe of the thre men hys wrath was kindled.
6 Therefore Elihú the sonne of Barachél, the Buzite answered, and said, I am yong in yeres, and ye are ancient: therefore I douted,
and was afrayed to shewe you mine opinion.
7 (For) I said: The dayesMeaning, the an cient, which haue experience. shal speake: and the multitude of yeres shal teache wisdome
8 Surely there is a spirit in man,It is a special gift of God that man hathe vnder standing and cometh nether of na ture norby age. but the in spiracion of the Almightie giueth vnderstanding.
9 Great men are not (alway) wise, nether do the aged (all way) vnderstand iudgement.
10 Therefore I say. He are me (and) I wil shewe also mine opinion.
11 Beholde, I did waite vpon your wordes (&) hearkened vnto your knowledge, whiles you soght outTo proue that
〈◊〉
affliction came for his sinnes. reasons.
12 Yea, when I had considered you, lo, there was none of you that reproued Iob, nor answered his wordes:
13 Lest ye shulde say, We haueAnd flatter your selues, as thogh you had ouercome him. founde wisdo me (for) God hathe cast him downe, (and) no man.
14 Yet hatheTo Wit Iob. he not directed (his) wordes to me, nether wil I answerHe vseth almost the like
〈◊〉
but without tanting, and reproches. him by your wordes.
15 (Thē) they fearing, answered nomore (but) left of their talke.
16 When I had waited [for they spake not, but stode stil (and) answered nomore.]
17 (Then) answered I in my turne, & I shewed mine opinion.
18 For I am ful ofI haue conceiued in my minde great store of reasons. matter, (and) the spirit within me compelleth me.
19 Beholde my bellie (is) as the wine, which hathe not vēt (and) like the newe bottels that brast.
20 (Therefore) wil I speake, that I may take breath: I wil open my lippes, and wil answer.
21 I wil not now accept the persone of man,I wil nether ha ue regarde to riches, credit nor au
〈◊〉
, but wil speake the verie trueth. nether wil I giue titles to man.
22 For I may not giueThe Ebrew worde signifieth to change the name, as o call a foole a wise man meaning that he wolde not cloke the
〈◊〉
to flatter men. titles (lest) my Maker shulde take me away sodenly.
CHAP. XXXIII.
5 Elihú accuseth Iob of Ignorance. 14 He sheweth that God hathe diuers meanes to
〈◊〉
man and to drawe him from sinne. 19 29. He afflicteth man and sodenly de liuereth him. 26 Man being deliuered, giueth thankes to God.
1 WHerefore, Iob, I pray thee, heare myChap. XXXIII. talke & hearkē vnto all my wordes.
2 Beholde now I haue opened my mouth my tongue hathe spoken in my mouth.
3 My wordes (are) in the vp rightenes of mi ne heart, and my lippes shal speake pure knowledge.
4 TheI confesse the power of God and am one of his therefore thou ough rest to heare me. Spirit of God hathe made me: and the breath of the almightie hathe giuen me life.
5 If thou canst giue me answer, prepare thy selfe (and) stand before me.
6 Beholde, I am according to thy wish inBecause Iob had wished to dispute his cause with God. Chap. 16.
〈◊〉
. so that he might do it without feare. Elihu sayth he wil reasō in Gods stead whome he nedeth not to fea re because he is a man made of the
〈◊〉
matter that he is. Gods stead: I am also reformed of the clay
7 Beholde, my terrour shal not feare thee, nether shal mine handI wil not handle thee so throughly these other haue done. be heauy vpō thee
8 Douteles thou hast spoken in mine eares and I haue heard the voyce of (thy) wordes
9 I amHe repeate
〈◊〉
Iobs
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
eby heprotested his
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
places but specially in the 13. 36. and. 30.
〈◊〉
. cleane, without sinne: I am innocent and there is none iniquitie in me,
10 Lo, he hathe founde occasions against me, and counted me for his enemie.
11 He hathe put my fete in the stockes: and loketh narowly vnto all my paths.
12 Beholde, in this hast thou not done right: I wil answer thee, that God is greater then man.
13 Why doest thou striue aginst him: for he doeth notThe cause of his iudgements is not al ways
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
. giue account of all his matters
14 For God speakethThogh God by sondrie examples of his iudgements
〈◊〉
vnto
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
the reason there of is not knowen: yea & thogh God shulde speake, yet he is not vnderstand. once or twise, and one seeth it not,
15 In
〈◊〉
(and)God saith he, spaketh commune ly, ether by
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
vs the cause of his iudge ments, or els by afflictions, or by his
〈◊〉
. visions of the night, whē slepe falleth vpon men, and they slepe vpon (their) beddes.
16 Then he openeth the eares of men, euen by their corrections (which) heThat is
〈◊〉
ned to send vpon them. had sealed
17 That he might cause man to turne away from (his) enterprise, & that he might hide theHe sheweth for what end God sen deth
〈◊〉
: to beat downe
〈◊〉
, and to
〈◊〉
from euil. pride of man.
18 And kepe backe his soule from the pit, and that his shulde not passe by the sworde.
19 He is also striken with sorow vpon his bed and the grief of his bones (is) sore.
20 So that hisThat is, his pain ful and
〈◊〉
life. life causeth him to abhorre bread, and his soule daintie meat.
21 His flesh faileth that it can not be sene, & his bones (which) were not sene, clatter.
22 So his soule draweth to the graue, and his lifeTo them that shal burie him. to the buriers.
23 If there be aA man sent of God to declare his wil. messenger with him (or) an interpreter, one of a thousandA singular man and as one chosen out of a thousand which is able to declare the great
〈◊〉
of God vnto sinners: and wherein mans
〈◊〉
stan deth, which is through the iustice
〈◊〉
Iesus Christ and faith therein to declare vnto man his righteousnes,
24 Then wil he haueHe sheweth that it is a sure to ken of Gods mercie toward
〈◊〉
when he cau seth his wordes to be preached vn to them. mercie vpon him, and wil saie,That is the minister shal by the preaching of the worde
〈◊〉
vntohim the forgi uenes ofhis sinnes Deliuer him that he go not dow ne into the pit: for I haue receiued a recō
ciliation.
25 (Then) shal his flesh beHe shal fele Gods fauour and reioyce declaring hereby, whe
〈◊〉
standeth the true ioy of the faithful and that God wil restore him to health of body, which is a token of his blessing. as fresh as a childs (&)
〈◊〉
returne as in the daies of his youth
26 He shal pray vnto God, and he wilbe fauou rable vnto him, and he shal se his face with ioy for he wil rendre vnto man hisGod wil forgiue sinnes and accept him as iuste. righteousnes.
27 He loketh vpon men, and if one say, I haue sinned, and
〈◊〉
is done wickedly. peruerted righteousnes, & it did not profitBut my sinne hathe bene the cause of Gods
〈◊〉
toward me. me,
28 God wil forgiue the penitence sinner. He wil deliuer his soule from going into the pit, and his life shal se the light.
29 Lo, all these things wil God workeMeaning, oft times,
〈◊〉
as
〈◊〉
as a sinner doeth repent. twise or thrise with a man.
30 That he may turne backe his soule from the pit, to be illuminate in the light of the liuing.
31
〈◊〉
wel, ô Iob (and) heare me: kepe
〈◊〉
, and I wil speake.
32 If there beIf thou doute of any thing, or se occasion to speake against it, matter, answer me (&) speake for I desire toThat is, to shewe
〈◊〉
, wherein mans iustification consisteth, iustifie thee,
33 If thou hast not, heare me: holde thy tongue, and I wil teache thee wisdome.
CHAP. XXXIIII.
5 Elihú chargeth Iob, that he called him selfe righteous 12 He sheweth that God is iust in his iudgements. 24 God destroyeth the mightie. 30 By him the hypocrite reigneth
1 MOreouer Elihú answered, and said,
2 Heare my wordes, yeVVhich are este med Wise of the Worlde. wise men: and hearkē vnto me, ye that haue knouledge
3 For the eare tryeth the wordes, as the mouth tasteth meat.
4 Let vs sekeLet vs examine the matter
〈◊〉
. iudgement among vs, and let vs knowe among our selues what is good
5 For Iob hathe said, I am righteous, and God hathe takenThat is hathe
〈◊〉
me without measure. away my iudgement.
6 Shulde I lye in myShulde I say, I am wicked being an innocent. right? my (wounde) of the arowe isI am
〈◊〉
punished, them my sinne deserueth. grieuous without (my) sinne
7 What man is like Iob, that drinkethVVhich is compelled to receiue the reproche and scornes of many for his
〈◊〉
wordes. scor nefulnes like water.
8 Which goeth in themeaning, that Iob was like to the wicked, becau se he semed not to glorifie God &
〈◊〉
him selfe to his
〈◊〉
. companie of them that worke iniquitie, and walketh with wicked men?
9 For he hathe said, h It profiteth a man no thing that he shuldeThat is liue god ly,
〈◊〉
Gene. 5
〈◊〉
. walke with God.
10 Therefore hearken vnto me, ye men of wisdome, GOD forbid that wickednes (shulde be) in God, and iniquitie in the Almightie.
11 For he wil rendre vnto man (according) tok He
〈◊〉
Iobs wordes, who said that Gods children are oft times punis hed in this worlde, & the wicked go fre his worke, and cause euerie one to finde ac cording to his way.
12 And certeinly God wil not do wickedly, nether wil the Almightie peruert iudgement.
13 Whome * hathe he appointed ouer the beside him
〈◊〉
or who hathe placed theChap. 36. 23. whole worlde?
14 IfTo destroye him. he set his heart vppon (man) and gather vnto himself his spiritThe breath of li fe, which he gaue man. & his breath.
15 All flesh shal perish together, and man shal returne vnto dust.
16 And if thou hast vnderstanding, heare this (and) hearken to the voyce of my wordes.
17 Shal he that hateth indgement,If God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
iust, how col
〈◊〉
he gouernethe worlde. gouerne? and wilt thou iudge him wicked that is moste iust?
18 Wilt thou say vnto a King (thou art)If man of nature feare to speake euil of such as haue power,
〈◊〉
muche more ought to be
〈◊〉
to speake
〈◊〉
of God wicked? or to princes (Ye are) vngodlie?
19 (How muche lesse) to him that accepteth not the persones of princes, and regardeth not the riche, more thē the poore? for thei be all the worke of his hands.
20 They shal dye sodenly,VVhen they lokenot for it. and the people shalbe troubled at midnight,The
〈◊〉
or visitation that God shal sent & they shal passe forthe and take away the mightie without hand.
21 For his eyes (are) vpon the wayes of man, and he seeth all his goings.
22 There is no darkenes nor shadowe of death, that the workers of iniquitie might be hid therein.s Make them
〈◊〉
that they are wicked.
23 For he wil not lay on man so muche, that he shuldeGod
〈◊〉
not a
〈◊〉
man aboue measure,
〈◊〉
that he shulde haue
〈◊〉
casion to con:
〈◊〉
with him. entre into
〈◊〉
with God.
24 He shal break the mightie withoutFor all his creatures are at hand to serue
〈◊〉
that nedeth not to seke for
〈◊〉
other armie. sekīg and shal set vp other in their steade.
25 Therefore shal he declare their sworkes: he shal turne theDeclare the thīg that
〈◊〉
. night, and they shalbe destroyed.
26 He striketh them as wicked men in the pla ces of theMeaning
〈◊〉
in the sight of all men. seers.
27 Because they haue turned backe from him and wolde not consider all his waies:
28 So that they haue caused the voyce of the pooreBy their crueltie and
〈◊〉
. come vnto him: & he hathe heard the crye of the afflicted.
29 And when he giueth quietnes, who can make trouble? and when he hideth his face, who can beholde him, whether (it be) vpon nacions, or? vpon a man onely?
30 Because theVVhen
〈◊〉
sit in the
〈◊〉
of iustice which vnder
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ce are but
〈◊〉
tes & oppresse the people it is a signe that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
drawen backe is countenance and fauour from tha: place. hypocrite doeth reigne, (&) because the people are snared.
31 Surely (it apperteineth) vnto God z to say I haue pardoned, I wil not destroye.r Onely it belongeth to God to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ctions, & not vnto man,
32 Thus
〈◊〉
spea keth in the
〈◊〉
of God, as it were mocking Iob because he wolde be wiser then God. But if I se not, teache thou me: if I haue done wickedly, I wil do no more.
33 Wil he performe the thing throughVVil God vse thy counsel in doing his worker. thee for thou haste reprouedThus he speaketh in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ne of God, as thogh Iob shulde chuse and refuse
〈◊〉
at his plea sure. it, because that thou hast chosē, & not I now speake what thou knowest.
34 Let men of vnderstanding tel me, and let a wise man hearken vnto me.
35 Iob hathe not spokē of knowledge: nether were his wordes according to wisdome.
36 I desire that Iob may beThat he may speake as muche as he can that we may answer him and all the wicked that shal vse suche arguments. tryed, vnto the end touching the answers for wicked mē.
37 For heHe standeth slub
〈◊〉
in the maintenance of his cause. addeth rebellion vnto his sinne, he clappeth his hands among vs, and multiplieth his wordes against God.
CHAP. XXXV.
6 Nether doeth godlines profite, or vngodlines hurt God but man. 18 The wicked crye vnto God and are not heard.
1 ELihú spake moreouer, and said,
2 Thīkest thou this right, that thou hast said, I amIob
〈◊〉
spake these wordes: but because he mainteined him innocencie, it semed, as thogh he wolde say, that God
〈◊〉
him
〈◊〉
iust cause. more righteous then God?
3 For thou hast said, What profiteth it the & and what auaileth it me (to purge me) from my sinne?
4 (Therefore) wil I answer thee, and thySuche as are in the like
〈◊〉
. cō panions with thee.
5 Loke vnto the heauen, and se and beholde the
〈◊〉
thou
〈◊〉
controle the
〈◊〉
des, wilt thoupre sume to instruct God. cloudes (which) are hierthen thou.
6 If thou sinnest, what doest thouNether doeth thy sinne hurt God nor thy iustice profice him: for he wil be glorified without thee. against him, yea, when thy sinnes be many, what doest thou vnto him?
7 If thou be righteous, what giuest thou vnto him? or what receiueth he at thine hand?
8 Thy wickednes (may hurt) a man as thou art: thy rigteousnes (may profite) the sonne of man.
9 They cause many that are oppressed,The wicked may hurt man & cause him to
〈◊〉
, who if he soght to God, which sendeth
〈◊〉
, shuld be deliuered. to crye (which) crye out for the violēce of the mightie?
10 But none saith, Where is God that made me, which giueth songsin the night.
11 Which teacheth vs more then the beastes of the earth, and giueth vs more wisdome then the foules of the heaúen.
12 Then they crye because of the violence of the wicked, butBecause theipray not
〈◊〉
faith as feling Gods
〈◊〉
. he answereth not,
13 Surely God wil not heare vanitie, nether wil the Almightie regarde it.
14 Althogh thou sayest (to God) Thou wilt not regarde it,God is iust, how soeuer thou iudgest of him. yet iudgement (is) before him trust thou in him.
15 But now because his angre hathe not visited, not called to coūt (the euil) with great extremitie.Chap. XXXVI.
16 Therefore IobFor if he did pu nish thee, as thou deseruest, thou shuldest not be able to open thy mouth. openeth his mouth in vai ne, and multiplieth wordes without know ledge.
CHAP. XXXVI.
1
〈◊〉
s sheweth the power of God. 6 And his iustice. 9 And wherefore
〈◊〉
punisheth. 13 The propertie of the wicked.
1 ELihu also proceked and said,
2 Suffre meHe sheweth that when we speake of God we must lift our spirits more hie,
〈◊〉
our natural sense is able to reache. litle, and I wil instruct thee for (I haue) yet to speake on Gods behalfe
3 I wil fetcheHe sheweth that when we speake of God we must lift our spirits more hie,
〈◊〉
our natural sense is able to reache. my knowledge a farre of, and wil attribute righteousnes vnto my Maker.
4 For cruely my wordes shal not be false (&) he that isThou shalt perceiue that I am a faithful instructour, and that I speake to thee in the name of God. perfite in knowledge (speaketh) with thee.
5 Beholde, the mightie God casteth away none that isStrong and constant, and of vnderstanding for these are the gifts of God, and he loueth them in man but for as mu
〈◊〉
as God punished now Iob, it is a signe that the se are not in him. mightie (and) valiant of courage.
6 Therefore he wil not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the wicked: but to the humble &
〈◊〉
heart he wil she wegrace. He mainteineth not the wicked, but he giueth iudgement to the afflicted.
7 He with draweth not his eies from the righteous, but (thei are) withHe preferteth the godlie to honour. Kings in the throne, where heplaceth them foreuer thus they are exalted.
8 And if they be bound in fetters (and) tyed with the cordes of affliction.
9 Then wil he she we them theirHe wil moue theit heartes to
〈◊〉
their sinnes that they may come to him by
〈◊〉
as he did
〈◊〉
. worke and their sinnes, because they haue bene proude.Isa. 1. 19.
10 He openeth also their eare to discipline, & commandeth them that they returne frō iniquitie.
11 * If they obey and serue him, they shal end their dayes in prosperitie: and their yeres in pleasures.
12 But if they wil not obey, they shal passe by the sworde, and perishThat is, in their
〈◊〉
or
〈◊〉
, and so shal be cause of their owne destruction. without knowledge.
13 But the hypocritesVVhich are
〈◊〉
bent against God and slatter them
〈◊〉
in their vices. of heart increase the wrath (for) theirVVhen they are in
〈◊〉
they seke not to God for succour, as Asa 2. Chro. 16. 12. reuel. 16. 11. call not when he bindeth them.
14 Their soule dyeth inThei dye of some vile death and that before thy co me o age. youth, and their life among the whoremongers.
15 He deliuereth the poore in his affliction, and openeth their eare in trouble.
16 Euen so wolde he haue taken thee out of the streight place (into) abroad place (&) not shut vp beneth? and
〈◊〉
. hou hadest be ne obedient to God he wolde ha ue broght thee to libertie & welth. that which resteth vpon thy table, had beneful of fat.
17 But thou art ful of theThou
〈◊〉
altogether after the maner of the
〈◊〉
ked: for thoudo est
〈◊〉
against
〈◊〉
heiustice of God. iudgement of the wicked (thogh) iudgement and equitie mainteine (all things.)
18 God doeth punish thee, lest thou shuldest forget God in thy welth and so
〈◊〉
. For (Gods) wrath is, lest he shulde take thee away in (thine) abundance: for no mul titude of giftes can deliuer thee.
19 Wil he regarde thy riches? (he regardeth) not golde, not all thē that excell in strēgth
20 Be not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in seking the cause of Gods iudgements,
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Be not careful in the night, how he destroieth the people out of their place.
21 Take thou hede: loke not toAnd
〈◊〉
against GOD through
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. iniquitie: for thou hast chosen it rather then affliction.
22 Beholde God exalteth by his power what teacher is like him?
23 Who hathe appointed to him his way? or who can say, Thou hast done wickedly?
24 Remember that thou magnifie his worke, which men beholde.
25 All men se it, and men beholde itThe workes of God are so
〈◊〉
, that a man may se
〈◊〉
a farre of and knowe God by the same. a farre of.
26 Beholde, God (is) excellent,Our
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vs so, that we can not
〈◊〉
to the
〈◊〉
knowledge of God. and we knowe him not nether can the nomber of his yeres be searched out.
27 When he restraineth the droppes of water, the raineThat is the
〈◊〉
cometh of those dropes of water which he kepeth in the cloudes. powreth downe by the vapour thereof.
28 Which (raine) the cloudes do droppe (and) let fall abundantly vpon man.
29 Who can knowe the diuisions of the clou des (and) the thunders of hisMeaning, of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, which he calleth the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of God. tabernacle?
30 Beholde he spreadeth his light vpon
〈◊〉
the cloude. it, & couereth theThat men can not come to the
〈◊〉
of the springs the eof. bottome of the sea.
31 For thereby he iudge the people, & giueth meat abundantly.
〈◊〉
He sheweth
〈◊〉
the raine
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vsee the one
〈◊〉
it
〈◊〉
clareth
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, when
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ouerflowe any
〈◊〉
, the other that it m.
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
32 He couereth the light with the cloudes, & commandeth them to go,That
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
de to dash against another. against it.
33 The colde vapour
〈◊〉
him that is cloude of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
being
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
where the
〈◊〉
is and so angre is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
noise and thunder claps. His companion she weth him there of, & there is angrean rising vp.
CHAP. XXXVII.
2
〈◊〉
proueth that the vnsearcheable wisdome of God is manifest by his workes. 4 As by the thunders, 6 The snowe. 9 The whitle
〈◊〉
. 11 And the rayne.
1 AT this also mine he art isAt the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, & lightening whereby he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that the faith
〈◊〉
uely touched with the maiestie of God,
〈◊〉
they beholde his wo kes. astonied, & is moued out of his place.
2 Heare theThat is the thun der, whereby be
〈◊〉
to men to waken their dulnes & to bring them to consideracion
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
or kes. sounde of his voyce, and the noyse that goeth out of his mouth.
3 He
〈◊〉
it vnder the whole heauen, & his light vnto the ends of the worlde.
4 After it a noyse soundeth: he thundreth with the voyce of his maiestie, and he wil not stayMeaning, the raines & thūders. them when his voyce is heard.
5 God thundreth maruelously with his voyce he worketh great thīgs, which we knowe not.Chap XXXVII.
6 For he saith to snowe, Be thou vpon the earth:So that nether smale raine nor great, snowe nor ahie thing els cōmeth without Gods appointement. like wise to the smale raine and to the greatraine of his power.
7 With the force (thereof) beBy raines & thunders God causeth men
〈◊〉
thē selues within their houses. shutteth vpeuerie man, that all men may knowe his worke.
8 Then the beasts go into the denne, and remaine in their places.
9 The whirle winde cometh out of the South and the colde from, theIn Ebre we it is called the seatering winde, because it driueth away
〈◊〉
cloudes & purgeth the ayre North winde.
10 At the breath of God the frost is giuen and the breadth of the watersThat is frosē vp & dryed, h Gather the
〈◊〉
, & the
〈◊〉
(is) made narrowe.
11 He maketh also the cloudes to h labour, to water (the earth, &) scatereth the cloude
ofThat is, the clou de that hath lightening in it. his light.
12 And it is turned about by his gouernemēt that thei may do whatsoeuer he commandeth them vpon the whole worlde.
13 VVhether it be forRaine, colde,
〈◊〉
tempestes & suche like are sent of God, ether to punish man, or to profite the earth, otto declare his fauour toward man, as Chap,
〈◊〉
. 31 punishment, or for his land, or of mercie, he causeth it to come.
14 Hearken vnto this, ô Iob: stand and consider the wonderous workes of God.
15 Didest thou knowe when God disposed them? and caused theThat is, the lightning to breake for the in the cloudes. light of his cloude to shine?
16 Hast thou knowen theVVhich is some time chāged into raine, or snowe, or haile or suche like. varietie of the cloude (and) the wonderous workes of him that is perfite in knowledge?
17 (Or) how thy clothes areVVhy thy clothes shulde kepe thee warme, when the South winde bloweth, rather then whē anie other winde bloweth? warme, when he maketh the earth quiet through the South winde.
18 Hast thou stretched out the heauēs, which are strong (and) as a moltenFor their cleare nes. glasse?
19 Tel vs what we shal say vnto him (for) we can not dispose (our matter) because ofThat is, our ignorance: signifying that Iob was so presumpreous that he wolde controle the workes of God. darkenes,
20 Shal it be a tolde him when I speake? or shal man speake whē he shalbeIf God wolde destroye a man, shulde he
〈◊〉
? destroied?
21 And now men se not the light,The cloude stoppeth the shining of the sunne, that man cannot seit til the winde haue chased away the cloude: and if man be not able to atteine to the knowledge of these things, how muche lesse of Gods iudgements? which shineth in the cloudes, but the winde passeth and clenseth them.
22 TheIn Ebre we, golde: meaning faire wether and cleare as golde. brightnes cometh out of the North the praise (thereof is) to God, which is terrible.q Hathe God nede that anie shuld tel him when mā murmureth agaīst him.
23 (It is) the Almightie: we can not finde him out (he is) excellent in power & iudgemēt, & abundant in iustice heMeaning, without cause. afflicteth not.
24 Let men therefore feare him (for) he wil not regarde any are wise in their owne conceit.
CHAP. XXXVIII. Chap. XXXVIII.
God spaketh to Iob and declareth the weakenes of man in the consideration of his creatures by whose excellencie the power, iustice and prouidence of Creator is knowen.
1 THen answered the Lord vnto Iob out of theThat is wordes might haue greater maiestie, and that Iob might knowe wih whomehe had to do. whirle winde, and said.
2 VVho is this thatVVhich by
〈◊〉
out the se cret counsel of God by mans
〈◊〉
son maketh it mo re obscure and sheweth his owne folie. darkeneth the counsel by wordes without knowledge?
3 Gird vp now thy loynes like a man, IBecause he had wished to dispute with God, Chap.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. God rea soneth with him to declare his rashnes. wil demande of thee and declare thou vnto me.
4 VVhere wast thou when I layed theSaing
〈◊〉
colde not iudge of those things which we re donesolong be fore he was
〈◊〉
he was not able to comprehēd all Gods workes muche lesse the se cret causes of his iudgement. fundacions of the earth declare, if thou hast vnderstanding.
5 VVho hathe layed the measures thereof, if thou knowest, or who hathe stretched the line ouer it.
6 VVhere vpon are the fundacions thereof, set, or who layed the corner stone thereof:
7 When the starres of the morningThe starres and dumme: creatures are said to praise God because his power wisdome and in goodnes is manifest and knowen therein. praised (me) together, and all theMeaning the Angels. children of God reioyced:
8 Or (who) hathe shut vp the sea with dores when it yssued and came for the (as) out of the wombe:
9 VVhen I made the cloudes (as) a couering thereof, and darkenes (as) theAs thogh the great sea were but as a litle
〈◊〉
in the handes of God to turne to and fro. swadeling bandes thereof:
10 VVhen I stablished my commandement vpon, and set barres and dores,
11 And said, Het herto shalt thou come, but no farther, and hereThat is Gods decree and
〈◊〉
as vers. 10. shal it staye thy proude waues,
12 Hast thou commanded theTo with, to
〈◊〉
si ce thou
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. morning since thy dayes? hast thou caused the morning to knowe his place.
13 That it might take holde of the cornes of the earth, and that the wicked might be VVho hauing in the night bene giuen to wickednes cannot abide the light but hide thē selues. shaken out of it?
14 It is turned as clay to facion,The earth which semedin the night to haue no so me by the rising of the sunne it as it were created a newe, & all things therein
〈◊〉
with newe
〈◊〉
. and all stand vp as a garment.
15 And from the wicked their light shalbe taken away, and the armie shalbe broken.
16 Hast thou entred into the bottomes of the sea? or hast thou walked to seke out the If thou
〈◊〉
not able to seke out the depth of the
〈◊〉
how muche lesse art thou able ble to
〈◊〉
the counsel of God. depth?
17 Haue the gates of death bene opened vnto thee? or hast thou sene the gates of the shadow of death.
18 Hast thou perceiued the breadth of the earth: tel if thou knowest all this.
19 VVhere is the way (where) light dwelleth, and where is the palace of darkenes,
20 That thouThat thou migh test appoint it his way and limites. shuldest receiue it in the
〈◊〉
thereof, and that thou shuldest knowe the paths to the house thereof.
21 Knowest thou it, because thou wast then borne, and (because) the nōber of thy daies (is) great.
22 Hast thou entred into the treasures of the
〈◊〉
: or hast thou sene the treasures of the hayle.
23 Which I haueTo punish mine enemies with thē as. Exod 9. 18. hid against the time of trouiosh. 10. 11. ble, against the day of warre and battel.
24 By what way is the light parted, (which) scatereth the East winde vpon the earth,
25 VVho hathe deuided the spowtes for the raine: or the way for the lightening of the thunders.
26 To cause it to raine on the earth where no man is (and) in the wildernes where there is no man,
27 To fulfil the wilde and waste place, and to cause the bud of the herbe to sprīg for the
28 VVho is the father of the raine or who ha the begotten the droppes of the dewe:
29 Out of whose wombe came the
〈◊〉
: who hathe ingendred the frost of the heauen:
30 The waters are hidThe
〈◊〉
couereth it, as thogh it were paued with stone. as (with) a stone: & the face of the depth is frosen.
31 Cāst thou rest raine the swete (influēces) of VVhich
〈◊〉
arise when the sunne is in Taurus, which is the spring time, and bring floures. the Pleiades: or loose the bāds ofVVhich starre bringeth in winter. Oriōn:
32 Canst thou bring for theCerteine starres so called some thinke they were the twelue signes Mazzarōth in their time? canst thou also guideThe North starre with those that are about him. Arcturus with his sonnes.
33 Knowest thou the course of heauen or cāst thou setCanst thou cause the
〈◊〉
bodies to haue anie power ouer the earthlie
〈◊〉
? the rule thereof in the earth:
34 Canst thou lift vp thy voyce to the cloudes
that the abundance of water may couer thee?
35 Cāst thou sende the lightenings that thei may walke, and say vnto thee. Lo, here we are?
36 Who hathe put wisdome in theIn the secret partes of man. reines? or who hathe giuen the heart vnderstāding.
37 Who can nomber cloudes by wisdome? or who can cause to cease theThat is the clouds, wherein the water is conteined as in bottels. bottels of heauen.
38 When the earth groweth into hardenes, For when God doeth not open these bottels, the earth cometh to this inconueniēce and the clotes are fast together?
CHAP. XXXIX.
The bountie and prouidence of God, which extendeth euē to the yong rauens, giueth man ful occasion to put in cō fidence in God. 37 Iob confesseth & humbleth him self.
1 WIltAfter he had de clared Gods workes in the heauēs he sheweth his
〈◊〉
prouidence in earth, euen toward the brute beasts. thou hunt the praye for the lyō or fil the appetite of the lyons whel pes,
2 When they couche in their places, and re maine in the couert to lye in waite?
3 Who prepareth for the rauen his meat, when his byrdesRead Psal. 147. 9 crye vnto God, wandering for lacke of meat?
4 Knowest thou the time when the wilde goates bring forthe yong? (or) doest thou marke when theHe chiefly maketh mencion of wilde goates and hindes, because they bring forthe their
〈◊〉
with moste
〈◊〉
. hindes do calue?
5 Cāst thou nomber the moneths that they That is, how lōg they go with yōg fulfil? or knowest thou the time whē they bring forthe?
6 They bowe thē selues: theyThei bring
〈◊〉
with great dif
〈◊〉
. bruise their yong and cast out their sorowes.
7 (Yet) their yong waxe fat, and growe vp with corne: they go forthe & returne not vnto them.
8 Who hathe set the wilde asse at libertie? or who hathe loosed the bondes of the wilde asse?
9 (It is I) which haue made the wildernes his house, and theThat is, the baren grounde where no good
〈◊〉
growe. salt places his dwellings.
10 He derideth the multitude of the citie: he heareth not the crye of the driuer.
11 He seketh out the mountaine for his pasture, & searcheth after eueriegrene thing
12 Wil the vnicorneIs it possible to make the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
? signifiing that if man can not rule a creature, that it is muche more impossible that he shulde appoint the wisdome of God, whereby he gouerneth all the worlde. serue thee? or wil he tary by thy cribbe?
13 Canst thou binde the vnicorne with his band (to labour) in the sorrowe? or wil he plowe the valleis after thee?
14 Wilt thou trust in him because his strēgth is great, and cast of thy labour vnto him?
15 VVhilt thou beleue him, that he wil bring home thy sede, & gather it vnto thy barne
16 (Hast thou giuen) the pleasant wings vnto the pecockes? or wings and fethers vnto the ostricke?
17 VVhich leaueth his egges in the earth and makethThei write that the ostrich couereth her egges in the sand, and becausethe countrey is hote and the sunne stil kepeth thē warme, they
〈◊〉
hatched. them hote in the dust.
18 And forgetteth that the fote might seater thē, or that the wilde beast might breake them.
19 He sheweth him selfe cruel vnto his yong ones (as) they were not his (&) his without feare, as if he trauailedIf he shulde take care not them. in vaine.
20 For God hathe depriued him ofThat is, to haue a care, and natural affection toward his yong. wisdome and hathe giuen him no parte of vnderstā ding.
21 VVhenVVhen the
〈◊〉
ostrich is
〈◊〉
vp,
〈◊〉
our
〈◊〉
the horse. time (is) he mounteth on hye: he mocketh the horse and his rider.
22 Hast thou giuen the horse strength (or) couered his necke withThat is giuen him
〈◊〉
which is men by
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
king his
〈◊〉
for
〈◊〉
his breath he
〈◊〉
teth his
〈◊〉
neying?
23 Hast thou made him afraied as the grashoper? his strong neying is feareful.
24 HeHe
〈◊〉
with his
〈◊〉
. diggeth in the valley, and reioyceth in (his) strength: he goeth forthe to mete the haruest (man.)
25 He mocketh at feare, and is not afraied, & turneth not backe from the sworde.
26 (Thogh) the quiuer rattle against him, the glittering speare and the shield.
27 HeHe so riddeth the grounde
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vnder him. swalloweth the grounde for fearcenes and rage, and he beleueth not that it is the noyse of the trumpet.
28 He saith among the trumpets, Ha, ha: he smelleth the battel a farre of, and the noy se of the captaines, and the shuting.
29 Shal the hauke flie by thy wisdome (stretching out) his wyngs toward theThat is, when colde cometh to
〈◊〉
into the warme
〈◊〉
. South?
30 Doeth the egle mount vp at thy comman dement, or make his nest on hye?
31 She abideth and remaineth in the rocke, (euen) vpon the top of the rocke, and the tower.
32 From thence she spieth for meat (and) her eyes beholde a farre of.
33 His yong ones also suche vp blood: and where the slaine (are) there is she.
34 Moreouer the Lord spake vnto Iob, and said,
35 Is this toIs this the way for a man that wil learne
〈◊〉
stri ue with God? which thing he reproueth in
〈◊〉
. learne to striue with the Almightie? he that reproueth God, let him answer to it.
36 ¶ Then Iob answered the Lord, saying,
37 Beholde, I amVVhereby he sheweth that he repented, and de sired pardon
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
. vile: what shal I answer thee? I wil lay mine hand vpon my mouth.
38 Once haue I spoken, but I wil answer nomore, yea twise, but I wil procede no farther.
CHAP. XL.
2 How weake mans power is, being compared to the workes of God. 10 Whose power appeareth in the creation, and gouerning of the great beastes.
1 AGaine the Lord answered Iob out of * Chap. 38. 1. the whirle winde, and said,
2 Gird vp now thy loynes like a man: I wil demāde of the, and declare thou vnto me.
3 VVilt thou disanul
〈◊〉
that they that iustifie themselues, condemne God as in iust. my iugdemēt (or) wilt thou condemne me, that thou maiest be iu stified.
4 Or hast thou an arme like God? or doest thou thunder with a voyce like him.
5 Decke thy selfe now withMeaning, that these were propre vnto God, & belonged to no man. maiestie and excellencie, and araye thy self with beautie and glorie.
6 Cast abroad the indignacion of thy wrath and beholde euerie one that is proude, & abase him.
7 Loke on euerie one that is arrogant (and) bring him low: and destroy the wicked in
their palace.
8 Hide them in the dust together (and) bindeCause them to dye if thou canst. their faces in a secret palace.
9 Then wil I confesse vnto thee also, that thy right hand canProuing hereby that whosoeuer
〈◊〉
to him self power, & abi
〈◊〉
to saue him self, maketh him self God. saue thee.
10 ¶ Beholde nowThis beast is thoght to be the eliphant, or some other, which is vnknowen. Behemóth, [whome I madeVVhome I made as wel as thee. with thee] which eatethThis commendeth the prouiden ce of God toward man: for if he we regiuen to deuou re as a lion, nothing were able, to resist him or cō tent him. grasse as an oxe.
11 Beholde now, his strength (is) in his loines, and his force (is) in then auil of his belly.
12 (Whē) he taketh pleasure, his taile is like a cedre: the sinewes of his stones are wrapt together.
13 His bones are (like) staues of brasse (&) his small bones like staues of yron.
14 He is one of the chiefest
〈◊〉
of God amōg the beasts. He is the chief of the wayes of God.Thogh man dare not come nere him, yet God can
〈◊〉
him. he that made him, wil make his sworde to ap proche vnto him.
15 Surely the mountaines bring him forthe grasse, where all the beasts of the field playe.
16 Lyeth he vnder the trees in the couert of the rede and fennes?
17 Can the trees couer him with their shadowe? or can the willowes of the riuer cō
passe him about?
18 Beholde, he spoileth the riuer,He drinketh at leasure, and fearech no body. & hasteth not: he trusteth that he can drawe vp Iordén into his mouth.
19 He taketh it with his eyes, and thrusteth (his) nose through whatsoeuer meteth hī.
20 ¶ Canst thou draw outMeaning, the whale. Liuiathán with an hooke, and with a line which thou shalt cast downe vnto his tongue.
21 Canst thou cast an hooke into his nose? canst thou perce his iawes with an angle?
22 Wil he make manieBecause
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
lest thou shul dest take him. prayers vnto thee, or speake thee faire?
23 Wil he make a couenant with thee? (and) wilt thou takeTo do thy busines, and be at thy commandement. him as a seruant for euer?
24 Wilt thou play with him as with a bird? or wilt thou binde him for thy maides?
25 Shal the companions banket with him? shal they deuide him among the marchāts?
26 Canst thou fill the basket with his skinne or the fishpanyer with his head.
27 Laye thine hand vpō him: rememberIf thou once con sider the danger, thou wilt not medle with him. the battel (and) do nomore so.
28 Beholde,To wit, that
〈◊〉
sleth to take him. his hope is in vaine (for) shalnot one perish euen at the sight of him?
CHAP. XLI.
1 By the greatnes of his monstre Leuiathán God sheweth his greatnes, and his power, which nothing can resist.
1 NOne (is) so feare that dare stirre him vp Who is he then that can standIf none darestád against a whale, which is but a crea ture,
〈◊〉
is able to compare with God the Creator. before me?
2 Who hathe preuented me that I shuldeVVho hathe
〈◊〉
me to accō plish my worke. make an end? All vnder heauen is mine.
3 I wil not kepe silence (concerning)The
〈◊〉
, and members of the
〈◊〉
. his partes, nor (his) power, nor his comely pro portion.
4 Who can discouer the faceThat is who da re
〈◊〉
of his skine of his garmēt (or) who shal come to him with a doubleVVho dare put a
〈◊〉
in his mouth. bridel?
5 Who shalVVho dare loke in his
〈◊〉
. open the dores of his face? his teeth are feareful round about.
6 The maiestie (of his scales is like) strong shields (and) are sure sealed.
7 One is set to another, that no winde can come betwene them.
8 One is ioyned to another: they sticke together, that they can not be sondred.
9 His niesingsThat is,
〈◊〉
out flames of fyre make the light to shine, & his eyes (are) like the eye lids of the morning.
10 Out of his mouth go lampes (and) sparkes of fyre leape out.
11 Out of his nostrelles cometh out smoke, as out of a boyling pot or caldron.
12 His breath maketh the coles burne: for a flame goeth out of his mouth.
13 In his necke remaineth strength, andNothing is pein ful or hard
〈◊〉
vnto
〈◊〉
. labour is reiected before his face.
14 The members of his bodlie are ioyned: they are strōg in them selues (and) can not be moued.
15 His heart is as strōg as a stone, and as hard as the nether milstone.
16 The mightie are afraied of his maiestie (&) for feare they faint in them selues.
17 When the sworde doeth touche him, he wil not rise vp (nor for) the speare, dart nor habergeon.
18 He estemeth yron as strawe, and brasse as rotten wood.
19 The archer can not make him flee: the stones of the sling are turned into stuble vnto him.
20 The dartes are counted as straw: and he laugheth at the shaking of the speare.
21 Sharpe stonesHis skinne is so hard that he
〈◊〉
with a great
〈◊〉
on the stones as in the myre. are vnder him, and he sprea deth sharpe things vpon the myre.
22 He maketh the depth toEther he maketh the sea to seme as it boileth by his wallowing, or
〈◊〉
water in suche abundance, as it wolde seme that the sea boyled. boyle like a pot, & maketh the sea like (a pot) of oyntment.
23 He maketh a path toThat is a, white
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
streame before him. shine after him: one wolde thinke the depth as an hore head.
24 In the earth there is none like him: he is made without feare.Chap. XLII.
25 He beholdethHe despiseth all other beasts, and monsters, and is the proudest of all others. all hie things: he is a King ouer all the children of pride.
CHAP. XLII.
6 The repentance of Iob. 9 He prayeth for his friends 12 His goods are restored double vnto him 13 His children age and death.
1 THen Iob answered the LORD, and said,
2 I knowe that thou canst do all things, and that there is noNo thoght so se cret, but thou
〈◊〉
it, nor anie thing that thou thinkest, but thou
〈◊〉
bring it to passe. thoght hid from thee.
3 Who is he that hideth counsel withoutIs there aniebut l? for this God laid to his charge Chap. 38. 2. knowledge therefore haue I spoken that I vnderstode not (euen) things to wonderful for me,I confesse herein mine ignorance, & that I spakes
〈◊〉
not what. and (which) I knewe not.
4 Heare, I beseche thee, and I wil speake: I wil demande of thee,He sheweth that he wil be Gods schoker to learne of him. and declare thou vnto me.
5 I haueI knewe thee onely before by heare say but now thou hast caused me to fele what thou art to me, that I may resigne my self
〈◊〉
vnto thee. heard of thee by the hearing of the eare, but now mine eye seeth thee.
6 Therefore I abhorre (my self) and repent
dust and ashes.
7 ¶ Now after that the Lord had spoken these wordes vnto Iob, the Lord also said vnto Elipház the Temanite, My wrath is kindled against thee, and againste thy two friends: for ye haue not spoken of me the thing that isYou toke in hād an euil cause in that you condēned him by his outward afflictiōs and not cō
forted him with my mercies. right, like my seruantWho had a good cause, but handeled it euil. Iob.
8 Therefore take vnto you now seuen bullockes, and seuen rams, and go to my seruāt Iob & offer vp for your selues a burnt offring, & my seruant Iob shalWhen you haue reconciled your selues to him for the fautes that you haue cōmited against him, he shal pray for you, & I wil heare him. pray for you: for I wil accept him, lest I shulde put you to shame, be cause ye haue not spoken of me the thing, which is right, like my seruant Iob.
9 So Elipházthe Temanite, and Bildádthe Shu hite, (and) Zophárthe Naamathite went, and did according as the Lord had said vnto thē, and the Lord accepted Iob.
10 ¶ Then the Lord turned theHe deliuered him out of the
〈◊〉
fliction wherein he was. captiuitie of Iob, when he prayed for his friends: also the Lord gaue Iob twise so muche as he had before.
11 Then came vnto him all hisThat is, all his
〈◊〉
, read Chap.
〈◊〉
. 13. brethren, and all his sisters, & all they that had bene of his acquaintance before, and did eat bread with him in his house, and had compassion of him and comforted him for all the euil, that the Lord had broght vpon him, and euerie man gaue him aOr,
〈◊〉
, or money so marked. piece of money, and euerie one an earing of golde.
12 So the Lord blessed the last dayes of Iob more then the first: for he hadGod made him twise so riche in
〈◊〉
as he was afore, & gaue him as manie
〈◊〉
as he had taken from him. fourtene thousand shepe, and six thousand camels, and a thousand yoke of
〈◊〉
, and a thousand she asses.
13 He had also seuen sonnes, and thre daughters.
14 And he called the name of oneThat is, of lōg life, or beautiful as the day. Iemimáh, and the name of the secōdAs pleasant as
〈◊〉
, or
〈◊〉
spice. Keziáh, and the name of the thirdeThat is, the hor ne of beautie. Kerenhappúch.
15 In all the land were no women founde so faire as the daughters of Iob, & their father gaue them inheritance among their brethrē.
16 And after this liued Iob an hundreth and fourtie yeres, and sawe his sonnes, and his sō nes sonnes, (euen) foure generacions.
17 So Iob dyed, being olde, and ful of dayes.
THE Or, Praises, according to the
〈◊〉
: & were chiefly
〈◊〉
to praise, & giue thankes to God for his benesires. They are called the
〈◊〉
, or Sōgs of Dauid be cause the moste
〈◊〉
were made by him.PSALMES of Dauid.
THE ARGVMENT.
THis boke of Psalmes is set forthe vnto vs by the holie Gost to be estemed as a moste precious treasure, wherein all things are conteined that apperteine to true
〈◊〉
: answel in this life present as in the life to come. For the riches of true knowledge, and heauenlie wisdome are here set open for vs, to take thereof moste abundantly. If we wolde knowe the great, and hie maiestie of God, here we may sethe brightnes thereof shine moste clearely If we wolde seke his incomprehē sible wisdome, here is the schole of the same professiō. If we wolde cōprehēd his in estimable boūtie, & approche nere there unto, & fil your hande with that treasure, here we may haue a moste liuely, & cōfortable taste thereof. If we wolde knowe wherein standeth our saluation, and how to
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
euerlasting,
〈◊〉
is Christ our onely redemer, and mediator most euidently described. The riche man may
〈◊〉
the true vse of his riches. The poore man may fynde ful cōtētation. He that wil reioyce, shal knowe the true ioye, ádhow to kepe measure therein. They that are afflicted and oppressed, shal se wherein standeth their comforte, and how they ou
〈◊〉
to praise God when he sendeth them deliuerance. The wicked and the persecuters of the children of God shal se how the
〈◊〉
of God is euer against them: and thogh he susser them to prosper for a while, yet he brideleth them, in so muche as they can not
〈◊〉
an heere of ones head, except he permit them, and how in the end their destruction is moste miserable. Briefly here we haue moste present remedies against all tentatiōs, and trou bles of minde and conscience, so that being wel practised herein, we may be assured against all dangers in this life, liue in the true feare, and loue of God, and at length
〈◊〉
to that incorruptible crowne of glorie, which is laid vp for all them that loue the comming of our Lord Iesus Christ.
PSALMES. I,
VVhether it was Esdras,
〈◊〉
anie other that gathered the Psalmes into a boke, it semeth he did set this Psalme first in maner of a preface, to exhorte all godlie men to studie, and meditate the heauenlie wisdome. For the effect hereof is, 1 That they be blessed, which giue thē selues wholy all their life to the holy Scriptures. 4 And that the wicked contemners of God, thogh they seme for a while happie, yet at length shal come to miserable destruction.
1 BLessed (is) the mā that doeth not walke in theVVhen a men hathe giuen once place to euil coū sel, or to his owne cōcupiscence, he beginneth to for get him self in his sin, & so falleth into contempt of God, which con tempt is called the seat of the
〈◊〉
. coūsel of the wicked nor stād in the way of sinners, nor sit in the seat of the scorneful:
2 But his delite (is) in the * Lawe of the Lord, & in hisIn the holie Scriptures. Law doeth he meditate day and night.Deut. 6, 6.
Iosh 1, 8.
3 For he shal be like a * tre planted by the riuersPro. 6, 20. of waters, that wil bring forthe her frute in due season: whose leafe shal not fade: soIere. 17,
〈◊〉
.
Gods children are so moystened euer with his grace, that whatsoeuer cometh vn to thē, tēdethly to their saluaciō. whatsoeuer he shal do, shal prosper.
4 Thogh the wic ked seme to beare the swinge in this worlde, yet the Lord
〈◊〉
them downe that they shal not rise nor stand in the compagnie of the righteous. The wicked (are) not so, but as the chaffe, which the winde driueth away.
5 Therefore the wicked shal not stand in theBut tremble, when they fele Gods wrath. Iudgement, nor sinners in the assemblie of the righteous.
6 For the LordDoeth approue and pro sper, like as not to knowe, is to reproue and reiect. knoweth the way of the righ teous, and the way of the wicked shal perish
PSAL. II.
1 The Prophet Dauid reioyceth that notwithstanding his enemies rage, yet God wil continue his kingdome for euer
& aduāce it euen to
〈◊〉
end of the worlde, 10 And therefore exhorteth Kings and rulers, that they wolde humbly submit thē selues vnder Gods yoke, because it is in
〈◊〉
to resiste God. Herein is
〈◊〉
Christs kingdome.
1 WHy do theThe conspiracie of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, the
〈◊〉
of the iewes, and power of Kings
〈◊〉
not p
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Act. 4, 25. heathen * rage, and the people murmurin vaine?
2 The Kings of the earth band them selues, & the princes are assembled together against the Lord, and against hisOr, anointed. Christ.
3
〈◊〉
the Wicked say, that they Wil cast of the yoke of God and of his Christ. Let vs breake their bands, and cast their cords from vs.
〈◊〉
1,
〈◊〉
.
4 * (But) he that dwelleth in the heauen shall laugh: the Lord shal haue thē in derision.
5Gods
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that in
〈◊〉
his Christ, they
〈◊〉
against him. Then shal he speake vnto them in his wrath, and vexe them in his sore displeasure, (saying,)
6 (Euen) I haue set my King vpon Ziōn mine holic mountaine.Act. 13,
〈◊〉
.
7 I wil declare theTo she We that my
〈◊〉
to the
〈◊〉
is of God. decree: (that is,) the Lord
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. hathe said vnto me, * Thou art my Sonne: thisThat is to say, as touching
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
because
〈◊〉
Was the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
elected of God So is it applied to Christ in his first comming &
〈◊〉
to the
〈◊〉
. day haue I begotten thee.
8 Aske of me, and I shal giue thee the heathen for thine inheritance, and theNot onely the Iewes but
〈◊〉
Gē tiles also. endes of the earth for thy possession.
9 * Thou shalt krush them with a sceptre of yron, (and) break e them in pieces like a potters vessel.
10He exhorteth all
〈◊〉
, to
〈◊〉
in time. Be wise now therefore, ye Kings: be learned ye Iudges of the earth.
11 Serue the Lord in feare, and reioyce in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. 1. 27. bling.
12in signe of hōmage? Kisse the Sonne, lest he be angrie, and yeWhen the Wicked shal say,
〈◊〉
& reste
〈◊〉
yet to
〈◊〉
but in the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
shal
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, 2.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. perish in the waie, when his wrath shal suddenly burne blessed (are) all that trust in him.
PSAL. III.
1 Dauid driuē forthe of his kingdome, was greatly tormen ted
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for his sinnes against God: 4 And therefore calleth vpon God, & waxeth bolde through his promises against the great railings and terrors of his enemies, yea, against death
〈◊〉
self which he sawe presēt before his eyes, 7 Finally he reioyceth for the good successe, that God ga ue him, and all the Church.
¶ A Psalme of Dauid, when he fled from his sonne Absalōm.
1 LOrd, how are mine aduersariesThis
〈◊〉
a tokē of his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that for all his troubles he had his
〈◊〉
to God. increased? how manie rise against me?
2 Manie saye to my soule, (There is) no helpe for him in God,
〈◊〉
here signineth
〈◊〉
vp of the
〈◊〉
, to cause vs to
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
, as a thing of great
〈◊〉
. Sélah.
3 But thou Lord art a buckler for me: my glorie, and the lifter vp of mine head.
4 I did call vnto the Lord with my voyce, and he heard me out of his holie mountaine. Sélah.
5 I laied me downe and slept, (and) rose vp againe: for the Lord susteined me.
6 I wil not be afrayed forWhen he cōside
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of Gods
〈◊〉
omes, &
〈◊〉
the same, his
〈◊〉
inc
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. ten thousand of the people, that shulde beset me round about.
7 O Lord, arise: helpe me, my God: for thou hast smitten all mine enemies vpon the cheke bone: thou hast broken the teeth of the wicked.
8Be the dangers neuer so great or
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
GOD hathe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to deliuer
〈◊〉
Saluacion (belongeth) vnto the Lord, (&) thy
〈◊〉
(is) vpon thy people. Sélah.
PSAL. IIII.
1 When Saúl persecuted him, he called vpon God, trusting moste assuredly in his
〈◊〉
, and therefore boldely reproueth his enemies, who wilfully resisted his dominion. 7 And finally
〈◊〉
the fauour of God before all worldelie
〈◊〉
.
¶Among them that Were appoin ted
〈◊〉
sing the
〈◊〉
, and to play on the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, one
〈◊〉
appointed chief to set the
〈◊〉
& to
〈◊〉
: who had the charge, because he was moste excellent, and he begā this
〈◊〉
. on the instru ment called
〈◊〉
, or in a
〈◊〉
so called. To him that excelleth on Neginōth. A Psalme of Dauid.
1 HEare me when I call,Thou that are the defender of my iust cause ô God of my righ teousnes: thou hast set me at libertie, (when I was)Bothe of minde and body. in distres: haue mercie vpon me and heark en vnto my prayer.
2
〈◊〉
Ye that thinke your selues noble in this Worlde sonnes of men, how long (wil my turne) my glorie into shame,Thogh your en terprises please you neuer so muche, yet God Wil bring them to noght. louing vanitie (&) seking lyes? Sélah.
3 For be ye sure that the Lord hathe chosen to him selfA King that Walkethin his vo
〈◊〉
. a godlie man: the Lord wil heare when I cal vnto him.
4For feare of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Tremble, and sinne not: examine your owne heart vpō your bed, and be
〈◊〉
your
〈◊〉
stil Séláh
5
〈◊〉
God pure
〈◊〉
and not With outward ceremo
〈◊〉
. Offer the sacrifices of righteousnes, & trust in the Lord.
6 Manie saye, Who wil shew vs (anie)The multitude
〈◊〉
Worldlie Welth, but Dauid
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
in Gods
〈◊〉
. good? (but) Lord, lift vp the light of thy countenā
ce vpon vs.
7 Thou hast giuen me more ioye of heart, thē (they haue had,) when their wheat and their wine did abunde.
8 I wil laye me downe, & also slepe in peace: for thou Lord,This
〈◊〉
in Ebrew may be re
〈◊〉
to God, as it is here
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, or to Dauid, signifying that he shulde dwel as ioyfully alone as if he had manie about him, be
〈◊〉
the Lord is
〈◊〉
him. onely makest me dwel in sauetie.
PSAL. V.
1 Dauid oppressed with the crueltie of his enemies, and fea
〈◊〉
greater dangers, calleth to God for succour, shewing
〈◊〉
requisite it is that God shulde punish the
〈◊〉
of his
〈◊〉
. 7 After being assured of prosperous succes, he
〈◊〉
comfort, 12 Cōcluding that when God shal deliuer him, others also shal be
〈◊〉
of the same mercies.
¶ To him that excelleth vponOr, a
〈◊〉
st
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
tune Nehilóth. A
〈◊〉
of Dauid.
1 HEare my wordes, ô Lord: vnderstand my meditacion.
2 Hearken vnto the voice of my crye, my King and my God: for vnto thee do I praye.Psal.
〈◊〉
.
3 He are
〈◊〉
voyce in the morning, ò Lord: (for)a That is, my
〈◊〉
prayer & secret complaint &
〈◊〉
. in the morning will I direct (me) vnto thee, and I wilVVich pacience and trust til I be
〈◊〉
wait.
4 For thou art not a God that louethSeing that God
〈◊〉
nature hatteth Wickednes, he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the Wicked & sa ue the godlie. wicked nes: nether shal euil dwel with thee.
5VVhich runne moste ragingly after their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. The foolish shal not stand in thy sight: (for) thou hatest all them that worke iniquitie.
6 Thou shalt destroy them that speake lyes: the Lord wil ab horre the bloodlie man and deceitful.
7 But IIn the deepest of his
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
his ful confidence in God. wil come into thine house in the mul titude of thy mercie: (and) in thy feare wil I worship towarde thine holie Temple.
8 Lead me, ô Lord, in thy righteousnes,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
iust, therefore lead me out of the
〈◊〉
: s of mi ne enemies. becau se of (mine) enemies: make thy
〈◊〉
plaine before my face.
9 For no cōstancie (is) in their mouth: within they are very corruption their * throte (is) all open sepulchre, (&) they
〈◊〉
with their tongue.Rom. 3,
〈◊〉
.
10 Destroye them, ô God:Or, cause them to erre. let themLet their deuisescome to noght fall from their counsels: cast them out for the multitu de of their iniquities, because they haue rebelled against thee.
11 AndThy fauour toWarde me shall
〈◊〉
me the
〈◊〉
of all others. let all them that trust in thee, reioyce (and) triumphe for euer, and couer thou them: and let them, that loue thy Name, reioyce in thee.
12 For thou Lorde wiltOr, giue good successe. blesse the righteous, (and) with fauourSo that he shall be safe frome all dangers. wilt compas him, as with a shield.
PSAL. VI.
〈◊〉
, 0,
〈◊〉
.
1 When Dauid by his sinnes had prouoked Gods wrath, and now e felt not onely his hand against hym,
〈◊〉
also conceiued the horrors of death euerlastyng, he desireth forgiuen es. 6 Bewailing that if God toke hym awaye in his indignation, he shulde lacke occasion to praise hym as
〈◊〉
was
〈◊〉
to do, whiles he was among men. 9 Then suddenly selyng Gods mercye, he sharpely rebuketh hys enemies whiche reioyced in his affliction.
¶ To hym that excelleth on Neginóth vpon the eight tune. APsalme of Dauid.
1 O Lorde, * Thogh I deserue destruction, yet let thy mercye
〈◊〉
my
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. rebuke me not in thine angre, nether chastise me in thy wrath.
2 Haue mercie vpon me, ô Lorde, for I am weake: ô Lorde heale me, for myFor my Whole
〈◊〉
is abated. bones are vexed.
3
〈◊〉
conscience is also touched With the feare of Gods iudgement My soule is also sore troubled: but Lorde how long wilt thou delay?
4 Returne, ô Lorde: deliuer my soule: saue med
〈◊〉
lamenteth that occasion shulde be taken frome hym to praise god in the
〈◊〉
. for thy mercies sake.
5 For in death (there is) no remembrance of thee: in the graue who shall praise thee?
6 I fainted in my mournyng: I cause my bed euery night to swimme, (and) water my couche with my teares.
7Or, mine eye is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Were With Wormes. Mine eye is dimmed for despite, and sunke in because of all mine enemies.
8God sendeth cō fort and boldnes in affliction, that We may
〈◊〉
e ouer
〈◊〉
enemies. A waie frome me all ye workers of iniquitie: for the Lorde hathe heard the voyce of my weping.
9 The LORD hathe heard my peticion: the Lord wil receiue my prayer.
10 All mine enemies shalbe confounded and sore vexed: they shal be turned backe, (and) put to shameVVhen the Wicked thinke that the godlie shall
〈◊〉
, God deliuereth them suddenly ād destroy eth their enemies. suddenly.
PSAL. VII.
1 Being falsely accused by Chush our of Sauls kinsemen, he calleth to God to be hys defender. 2 To whome he commendeth his innocencie. 9 First shewyng that hys conscience did not accuse him of anie euil toward Saul. 10 Next that it touched Gods glorie to
〈◊〉
sentence against the wicked. 12 And so entryng into the consideration of Gods mercies and promes,
〈◊〉
waxeth bolde and derideth the vayne enterprises of hys enemies. 16
〈◊〉
nyng that it shall fall on their owne necke that whiche they haue purposed for others.
¶Or, kinde of tune. Shigaiōn of Dauid, which he sang vnto the Lord, concernyng theOr, accusation. wordes of * Chush the sonne of Iemini.
〈◊〉
. Sam. 16. 7.
1 O Lorde my God, in thee I put my trust: saue me from all that persecute me, and deliuer me.
2 LestHe desireth God to deliuer him from the rage of cruel Saul. he deuoure my soule lyke a lyon, and teare it in pieces, while there is none to helpe.
3 O Lord my God, if I haue doneVVhere With
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
me this thing: if there be (anie) wickednes in myne hands.
4If I
〈◊〉
not Saul
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
ued hys
〈◊〉
. If I haue rewarded euill vnto hym that had peace with me, [yea I haue deliuered hym that vexed me without cause.]
5 (Then) let the enemie
〈◊〉
my soule and take it: yea, let hym treade my life do wne
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. 8. vpon the earth, and laymine honour ind Let me not
〈◊〉
dye, but be dis
〈◊〉
for euer. the dust. Sélah.
6 Arise, ô Lorde, in thy wrath, and lift vp thy selfe against the rage of myne enemies, and a wake for me (accordyng) to theIn
〈◊〉
me the kigdome iudgement (that) thou hast appointed.
7 So shal the Cōgregacion of the people compasse thee about: for their sak es thereforeNot onely for
〈◊〉
e,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thy
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
declare
〈◊〉
power. returne on hie.
8 The Lord shaliudge the people: iudge thou me, ô Lord, according to my righteousnes, and according to mine innocencie, (that is) in me.g As
〈◊〉
my
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and mine enemies.
9 Oh let the malice of the wicked come to an end: but guide thou the iust: for the ryghteous God tryeth theThogh they
〈◊〉
a
〈◊〉
cause against me, yet God shal
〈◊〉
d ge their
〈◊〉
. hearts and reines.
10 My defence (is) in GOD, who preserueth the vpright in heart.
11 God iudgeth the righteous, and hym that contemneth God,He doeth conti
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the W. ked to,
〈◊〉
tance by some signe
〈◊〉
his iudgement es. euerie day.
12 ExceptExcept Saul
〈◊〉
ne his mynde,
〈◊〉
dye: for he
〈◊〉
bothe men and Weapons to destroye me, Thus consideryng hys great danger, he
〈◊〉
gods grace. he turne, he hathe whet his sword: he hathe bent his bowe and made it readie.
13 He hathe also prepared hym deadly weapons: he wil ordeine his arrowes for them that
〈◊〉
(me.)
14 * Beholde, he shal
〈◊〉
with wickednes: for he hathe conceiued mischief, but he shal bring forthe a lye.
15 He
〈◊〉
made a pit and diggedit, and is fallen into the pit (that) he made.
16 His mischief shal returne vpon hys owne
〈◊〉
. 59. 4. head, and his crueltie shal fall vpon his owne pate.Iob. 15. 35.
17 I will praise the Lorde accordyng to hysIn keping faith fully
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
With me. righteousnes, and wil sing praise to the Name of the Lord moste high.
PSAL. VIII.
1 The Prophete consideryng the exc
〈◊〉
liberalitie and fatherlie prouidence of GOD towards man, whome he made, as it were a god ouer all his workes, doeth not one ly giue great thankes but is astonished with the admiration of the same, as one nothyng able to compasse suche great mercies.
¶ To him that excelleth onOr, kinde
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, or tune. Gittith. A Psalme of Dauid.
1 O Lord our Lorde, howeOr, noble or,
〈◊〉
excellent is thy Name in all the worlde! whiche hast set thy glorie aboue the heauens.
2 Out of the
〈◊〉
the Wic ked Wolde
〈◊〉
Gods praises, yet the very babes are
〈◊〉
Witnesses of the same mouthe of babes and suckelings hast thouOr, established ordeined strength, because of thine enemies, that thou my ghtest still the enemie and the auenger."Or, confunde.
3 When I beholde thine heauens, (euen) the workes of thy fingers, the moone and the starres which thou hast ordeined.
4 What isIt had bene suf ficient for him to haue set forthe his glorie by
〈◊〉
heauens, thogh he had not come so low as to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
is but
〈◊〉
man, (say I) that thou art mindfull of him? and the sonne of man, that thou
〈◊〉
him?
5 For thou hast made hym a litle lower thenTouchyng hys first creation. GOD, and crowned him with glorie and worship.
6 Thou hast made hym to haue dominion in the wordes of thine hands: thou hast put all things vnder his fete:
7 AllBy the temporal gifts of mans creation he is led to
〈◊〉
the benefites which he hathe by hys regeneracion through Christ. shepe and oxen: yea, and the beastes of the field:
8 The foules of the aire, and the fishe of the sea, (and) that whiche passeth through the paths of the seas.
9 O Lord our Lord, how excellent is thy Name in all the worlde!
PSAL. IX.
1 After he had giuen thankes to God for the sundrie victo ries that he had sent him agaynst hys enemies, and also proued by manifolde
〈◊〉
how readie God was at hand in all his troubles. 14 He being now likewise in dan ger of
〈◊〉
enemies, desireth God to helpe hym according to his wonte. 17 And to destroye the malicious arrogancie of his aduersaries.
¶ To him that excelleth vponOr, kinde of in strument, or tune or for the death of Labben or Go
〈◊〉
. Muth Labbén. A Psalme of Dauid.
1 I Wil praise the LORDE with myGod is not prai sed, excepte the whole glorie be giuen to hym alone. whole hearte: I will speake of all thy meruelous workes.
2 I wil be glad, and reioyce in thee: I wil sing praise to thy Name, ô moste high.
3 For that myne enemies are turned backe: they shal fall, and perish at thy presence.
4 ForHowsoeuer the enemie seme for a time to preuaile, yet God preser ueth the
〈◊〉
. thou hast mainteined my right and my cause: thou art set in the throne, (and) iudgest right.
5 Thou hast rebuked the heathen: thou haste destroied the wicked: thou hast put out their name for euer and euer.
6 A
〈◊〉
of the enemie, that
〈◊〉
nothing but destruction: but the Lord wil
〈◊〉
his, and bryng hym into
〈◊〉
. O enemie, destructions are come to a perpetual end, ād thou hast destroied the cities: their memorial is perished with them.
7 But the Lord
〈◊〉
, reigne as Iudge. shall sit for euer: he hathe prepared his throne for iudgement.
8 For he shal iudge the world in rightcousnes, (and) shal iudge the people with equitie.
9 The Lord also will be a refuge for theOur miseries are meanes to cause vs to fele Gods present care ouer vs. poore, a refuge in (due) time, (euen) in affliction.
10 And they that knowethy Name, wil trust in thee: for thou, Lorde, hast not failed them that seke thee.
11 Sing praises to the Lorde, which dwelleth in Zion, shewethe people his workes.
12 ForThogh God reuengeth not sodenly the wrong done to
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
not the wicked
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. whē he maketh inquisition for blood, he remembreth it, (and) forgetteth not the complaint of the poore.
13 Haue mercie vpon me, ô Lorde: consider my trouble, (whiche I
〈◊〉
) of them that hate me, thou that liftest me vp from the gates of death.
14 That I maye shewe all thy prayses within theIn the open assemblie of the Church. gates of the daughter of Zion, (and) reioyce in thy saluacion.
15 The heathen areFor God ouerthroweth the wicked in their enterprises. sunkē downe in the pit, (that) they made: in the net that they hid, is their
〈◊〉
taken.
16 The mercie of God toward his Saints must be de clared, and the fal of the wicked must alwayes be considered. The Lorde is knowē by executing iudgement: the wicked is snared in the worke of his owne hands.Or, this is worthy to be noted. Higgaión. Sélah.
17 The wicked shal turne into hel, (and) all nations that forget God.
18 For the poore shal not be alwaie forgotten: the hopeGod promiseth not to helpe vs before we haue felt the crosse. of the afflicted shal not perish for euer.
19 Vp Lord: let not man preuaile: let the heathen be iudged in thy sight.
20 Put them in feare, ô Lord, that the heathen maie know that they are butVVhiche they can not learne without the feare of thy iudgement. men. Sélah.
PSAL. X.
1 He complaineth of the fraude, rapine, tyrannie: and all kindes of wrong, which worldelie men vse, assigning the cause thereof, that
〈◊〉
men, beyng as it were drunken with worldelie prosperitie, and therefore settyng a parte all feare and reuerence towardes God, thinke they may do all thyngs without countrowling. 15 Therefore he calleth vpon God to send some remedie agaynst these desperate euils. 16 And at length comforteth him selfe with hope of deliuerance.
1 WHy standest thou farre of, ô LORD, (and) hidest thee inSo sone as we enter into affliction, we thinke God shuld helpe vs, but that is not alwayes his due tyme. (due) time, (euē) in affliction?
2 The wicked with pride doeth persecute the poore: let them be taken in the craftes that they haue imagined.
3 For the wicked hatheThe wicked man
〈◊〉
in his owne
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
whē
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that he wolde: he braggeth of
〈◊〉
is wit and welth, and blesseth him self, and thus blasphe meth the Lorde. made boast of hys owne heartes desire, and the couetous blesseth (him selfe:) he contemneth the Lord.
4 The
〈◊〉
is so proude that he seketh not (for God:) he thinketh alwaies, There is no God.
5 His wayes alwaye prosper: thy Iudgements are
〈◊〉
aboue hys sight: therefore defieth he all his enemies."Or, not be moued because
〈◊〉
was neuer in euil.
6 He saieth in his heart, I shallOr,
〈◊〉
at. neuer be moued,The euill shall not touche me. nor be in danger.
7 Hys
〈◊〉
is full of cursing and disceite and fraude: vnder his tongue is mischief and iniquitie. Isa. 28. 15. or elles he
〈◊〉
thus because he neuer felt euil.
8 He sheweth that the wicked haue many meanes to hide their
〈◊〉
, and ther fore ought more to be feared. He lieth in waite in the villages: in the secret places doeth he murther the innocent his eies are bent against the poore.
9 He lieth in wait secretly, (euen) as a lyon in hys denne: he lieth in waite to spoyle the poore: he doeth spoyle the poore, when he draweth him into his net.
10 He crowcheth (and) boweth: therfore heapes of theBy the hypocri sie of them that haue autoritie the poore are de
〈◊〉
. poore do fall by his might.
11 He hathe said in his heart, GOD hathe forgotten, he hideth awaye his face, (and) will neuerse.
12 He calleth to God for helpe, be cause wickednes is, so farre
〈◊〉
̄ that God must now helpe or neuer. Arise, o Lord God: lift vp thine hand: forget not the poore.
13 Wherefore doeth the wycked contemne God? he saieth in hys hearte, Thou wilt notTherefore thou muste nedes
〈◊〉
this their blasphemie. regarde.
14 (Yet) thou hast sene it: for thou beholdest mischief and wrong, that thou maiest
〈◊〉
iudge betwene the ryght and the wrong. take it into thine hands: the poore committeth him selfe vnto thee: (for) thou art the helper of the fatherles.
15 Breake thou the arme of the wicked and malicious: searche his wickednes, (and) thou shalt findeFor thou haste
〈◊〉
destroyed hym, none.
16 The Lord (is) King for euer and euer: theThe
〈◊〉
or suche as lyue not
〈◊〉
Gods
〈◊〉
, shalbe
〈◊〉
.
heathen are destroyed forthe of his land.
17 Lord, thou hast heard the desire of the poore: thou preparest their heart: thou bendest thine eare (to them,)
18 God helpeth When
〈◊〉
helpe
〈◊〉
To iuge the fatherles and poore, that earth lie manOr, destroy no more man vpon the earth. cause to feare no more.
PSAL. XI.
2 This psalme cōteineth two partes. In the first Dauid shew
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
harde assaltes of
〈◊〉
he susteined, and in how great anguish of minde he was, when Saúl did persecute him. 4 Then next he reioyceth that God sēt him
〈◊〉
cour in his necessitie, declaring his iustice aswel in gouer ning the good, & the wicked men, as the whole worlde.
¶ To him that excelleth. A Psal. of Dauid.
1 IN the Lord put I my trust: how say ye then to my soule,This is the
〈◊〉
ked counsel of his enemies to him & his
〈◊〉
to driue
〈◊〉
frō the hope of Gods promes. Flee to your mountaine (as) a birde?
2 For lo, the wicked bend their bowe, (and) make readie their arrowes vpō the strig, that they may secretly shoote at them, which are vpright in heart.
3 For theAll hope of
〈◊〉
cour is taken awaye.
〈◊〉
are cast downe: what hathe theYet am I innocent & my cause good. righreous done?
4 The Lord (is) in his
〈◊〉
palace: the Lords throne (is) in the
〈◊〉
: his eyesThogh all things in
〈◊〉
be out of order, yet God wil exe cute iudgement from heauen. wil consi der: his
〈◊〉
lids wil trye the children of men
5 The Lord wil trye the righteous: but the wic ked and him that loueth iniquitie, doeth his soule hate.
6 Vpon the wicked he shal raine snares,As in the destru ction of Sodom and
〈◊〉
. fyer and brimstone, and stormie tempest: (this is) theWhiche they shal
〈◊〉
euen to the dregs,
〈◊〉
23, 34. porcion of their cup.
7 For the righteous Lord louethrighteousnes his contenan ce doeth beholde the iust.
PSAL. XII.
1 The Propher lamēting the miserable estate of the people, and the decay of all
〈◊〉
order, desireth God spedely to send succour to his children. 7 Thē comforting him self and others with the assurar ce of Gods helpe, he
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that God obserueth in keping his promises.
¶ To him that excelleth vpon the eight tune. A
〈◊〉
of Dauid.
1 HElpe Lord, for there is notWhich dare de fende the trueth, and
〈◊〉
mercie to the
〈◊〉
. a godlie mā left: for the faithful are failed
〈◊〉
amōg the children of men.
2 They speake deceitfully euerie one with his neighbour,He
〈◊〉
the flarerers
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
, which hurt him more with their
〈◊〉
then with their
〈◊〉
. flattering with their lippes, (&) speake with a double heart.
3 The Lord cut of all flattering lippes, (&) the tongue that speaketh proude
〈◊〉
:
4 Which haue said,They thinke thē
〈◊〉
able to persuade
〈◊〉
they take in
〈◊〉
. With our tongue wil we preuaile: our lippes are our own: who is lord ouer vs?
5 The Lord is moued with the
〈◊〉
of his, & deliuereth in the end from all dangers. Now for the oppression of the nedie, (and) for the sighes of the poore, I wil vp sayeth the Lord, (&) wilBecause the Lordes worde & promes is true &
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
wil performe it and
〈◊〉
the poore from this wickedgeneratiō
set at libertie him, (whom the wicked) hathe snared.
6 The wordes of the Lord (are) pure wordes, (as) the siluer, tryed in a fornace of earth, fined seuen folde.
7 Thou wilt kepeThat is, thine, thogh he were but one man. them, ô Lord: thou wilt pre serue him from this generacion for euer.
8 The wicked walke on euerie side: whē they are exalted,For they suppres the godlie & mainteine the wicked. (it is) a shame for the sonnes of men.
PSAL. XIII.
1 Dauid as it were ouercome with sundrie and newe afflictions, flieth to God as his on elie
〈◊〉
. 3 And so at the length being
〈◊〉
through Gods
〈◊〉
, he
〈◊〉
moste sure confidence against the
〈◊〉
horrors of
〈◊〉
.
¶ To him that excelleth. A Psalme of Dauid.
1 HOw long wilt thou forget me, ô Lord,He
〈◊〉
that his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
& that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
not. for euer? how long wilt thou hyde thy face fromme?
2 How long shal I take
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
purpose as the sicke man
〈◊〉
his place. coūsel within my self (hauing) wearines daiely in mine heart? how lōg shal mine enemie be exalted aboue me?
3 Beholde, (&) heare me, ò Lord my God: lightē mine eyes, that I slepe not in death:
4 Lest mine enemie saye, I haueVVhich
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to Gods dishonour, if he did not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
preuailed against him: (and) they that afflict me, reioyce when I slide.
5 But I trust in thyThe
〈◊〉
of God i
〈◊〉
cause of our
〈◊〉
. mercie: mine heart shal reioyce in thy saluacion: I
〈◊〉
sing to the Lord because he hatheBothe
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
past &
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to come.
〈◊〉
with me.
PSAL. XIIII.
1 He describeth thep.
〈◊〉
nature of men which were so growen to
〈◊〉
, that God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vtter cō tempt. 7 For the which thing althogh he was greatly grie ued, yet being persuaded that God wolde
〈◊〉
some pre
〈◊〉
remedie, he
〈◊〉
him self and others.
¶ To him that excelleth. A Psalme of Dauid.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
1 THe foole hathe said in his heart,He
〈◊〉
that the
〈◊〉
of all
〈◊〉
is to forget God. (There is) no God: they haueThere is nothing but
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
among them. corrupted, & done an abominable worke: (there is) none that doeth good.
2 The Lord loked downe from heauen vpon the children of men, to se if there were anie that wolde vnderstand, and seke God.
3 Dauid here
〈◊〉
on
〈◊〉
the faithfull and the
〈◊〉
: but S. Paul speaketh the same of all men
〈◊〉
, Rom
〈◊〉
, 10. All are gone out of the way: they are all corrupt: there is none that doeth good: no not one.
4 Do not all the workers of iniquitie knowe that they eat vp my people, (as) they eat bread? they call not vpon the Lord.
5 VVhere they thinke them
〈◊〉
moste sure. There they shal be takē with feare, because God (
〈◊〉
) in the generacion of the iust.
6 You haue madeYou make the
〈◊〉
put
〈◊〉
trust in God. a mocke at the counsel of the poore, because the Lord (is) his trust.
7 Oh giue saluacion vntoHe
〈◊〉
for the whole Church
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
is a
〈◊〉
red
〈◊〉
wil
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
: for none but he onely cā do it Israél out of Zión: when the Lord turneth the
〈◊〉
of his people, (then) Iaakób
〈◊〉
, & Israél shal be glad.
PSAL. XV.
1 This Psalme teacheth on
〈◊〉
condition God did chuse the lewes for his peculiar people, & wherefore he placed his Temple among them, whiche was to the intent that they by liuing vprightely and godly, might witnes that they were his special and holie people.
¶ A Psalme of Dauid.
1 LOrd, who shal dwel in thy Tabernacle? who shal rest in thine holie Mountayne.
2 He thatFirst God
〈◊〉
reth
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, next
〈◊〉
wel to others, & thirdely trueth and
〈◊〉
in our
〈◊〉
. walketh vprightly and worketh righteousnes, and speaketh the trueth in his heart.
3 He that sclandreth not with his tongue, nor doeth euil to his neighbour, nor receiueth a false reporte against his neighbour.
4 He that
〈◊〉
not the
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
wickednes. In whose eyes a vile persone is contemned,
but he (honoreth) them that feare the Lord: he that sweareth to his (owne) hinderance and changeth not.
5 He thatTo the hinderā ce of his neighbour. giueth not his money vnto vsurie, not taketh rewarde againste the innocent: he that doeth these things,That is, shal not
〈◊〉
cast forthe of the Church as hypocrites. shal neuer be moued.
PSAL. XVI.
1 Dauid prayeth to God for succour, not for his workes, but for his faiths sake, 4 Protesting that he hateth all
〈◊〉
, taking God onelie for his cōfort and felicitie, 8 Who
〈◊〉
his to lacke nothing.
¶ Or, a certeine tune. Michtám of Dauid.
1 PReserue me, ô God: for in thee do IHe sheweth that we can not call vpon God, ex cept we trust in him. trust
2 (O my soule,) thou hast said vnto the Lord Thou art my Lord: myThogh we can not enriche God, yet we must bestowe Gods gifts to the vse of his children. wel doing (extēdeth) not to thee,
3 (But) to the Saints that are in the earth, and to the excellent: all my delite is in them.
4 TheAs grief of con science & misera ble destruction. sorowes of them, that offer to another (God,) shal be multiplied:He wolde nether by outwarde profession
〈◊〉
in heart not in mouth cōsent to their idolatries. their offrings of blood wil I not offer, nether make mencion of their names with my lippes.
5 The Lord (is) the porcion of mine inheritan ce and of my cup: thou shalt mainteine my lot.
6 TheWherewith my porcion is measured. lines are fallen vnto me in pleasant pla ces: yea, I haue a faire heritage.
7 I wil praise the Lord, who hathe giuen me counsel: myGod teacheth me continually by se
〈◊〉
inspiration. reines also teache me in the nights.
8 I haue set the Lord alwayes before me: for he is at my right hand: (therefore) IThe faithful are sure to perseuere to the end. shal not slide.
9 WhereforeThat is, I reioy ce bothe in bodie and in soule. mine heart is glad & my tōgue reioyceth: my flesh also doeth rest in hope.
10 For thouThis is
〈◊〉
ment of Christ, by whose resurre ction all his mem bers haue
〈◊〉
talitie. wilt not leaue my soule in the gra ue: nether wilt thou suffer thine holie one to se corruption.
11 Thou wilt shewe me the path of life: in thy Where God fauoreth, there is
〈◊〉
. presence (is) the fulnes of ioye: (and) at thy right hand there (are) pleasures for euermore
PSAL. XVII.
1 Here he complaineth to God of the cruel pride and arro gancie of Saúl & the rest of his enemies, who thus raged without anie cause giuē on his parte. 6 Therefore he desireth God to reuenge his innocencie, and deliuer him.
¶ The prayer of Dauid,
1 HEareMy righteous cause. the right, ô Lord, cōsider my crye hearkē vnto my prayer of lips
〈◊〉
.
2 Let myThe vengeance that thou
〈◊〉
shewe against mine enemies. sentence come forthe from thy pre sence, (and) let thine eyes beholde equitie.
3 Thou hastVVhen thy Spirit examined my conscience. proued (and) visited mine heart in the night: thou hast tryed me, (and) foundest nothing: (for) I was purposed that myI was innocent towarde
〈◊〉
enemie bothe in dede and thoght mouth shulde not offend.
4 Concerning the workes of men, by theThogh the wicked prouoked me to do euil for
〈◊〉
, yet thy worde kept me backe. wordes of thy lippes I kept me frō the paths of the cruel man.
5 Stay my steps in thy paths, that my fete do not slide.
6 I haue called vpon thee:He was assured that God wolde not refuse his request. surely thou wilt heare me, ô God: incline thine eare to me, (and) hearken vnto my wordes.
7 Shewe thy maruelous mercies, (thou) that art the Sauiour of them that trust (in thee,) from suche asFor all rebell against thee, whiche trouble thy Churche. resist thy right hand.
8 Kepe me as the apple of the eye: hide me vnder the shadow of thy wings,
9 From the wicked that oppresse me, (from mine) enemies, whiche compasse me rounde about forFor their cruel tie can not be satisfied but with my death. (my) soule.
10 They are inclosed in their owneThey are
〈◊〉
vp with pride, as the stomake that is choked with fat. fatt, (and) they haue spoken proudly with their mouth
11 They haue compassed vs now in our steps: they haue set their eyes to bring downe to the grounde:
12 Like as a lyon that is gredie of praye, & as it were a lyons whelpe lurking in secret places
13 Vp Lord,Stop his rage. disapoint him: cast him downe: deliuer my soule from the wickedOr, which is thy sworde. with thy sworde.
14 Frō men by thineBy thine heauē
lie power. hand, ô Lord, from men Or, whose
〈◊〉
nie hathe to long endured. of the worlde, who haue theirAnd sele not the smart that Gods children oft times do. porcion in this life, whose belies thou fillest with thine hid treasure: their children haue ynough, and leaue the rest of their substāce for their children.
15 (But) I wil be holdeThis is the ful felicitie,
〈◊〉
against all
〈◊〉
, to haue the face of God & fauo able counte nance opened vn
〈◊〉
vs. thy face in righteousnes, (and) when IAnd am deliue red out of my great troubles. awake, I shalbe satisfied with thine image.
PSAL. XVIII.
1 This Psalme is the first beginning of his
〈◊〉
, and thākesgiuing in the entring into his kingdome, wherein he extolleth & praiseth moste highly the maruelous mer cies and grace of God, who hathe thus preserued and defēded him, 32 Also he setteth forthe the image of Christs kingdome, that the faithful may be assured that Christ shal alwayes conquer & ouercome by the vnspeakeable power of his Father, thogh all the whole worlde shulde striue there against.
¶ To him that excelleth. A Psalme of Dauid the seruant of the Lord, whiche spake vnto the Lord the wordes of this song [in the day that2. Sam. 21, 1. the Lord deliuered him from the hand of all his enemies, & frō the hand of Saúl] and said,
1 I * Wil loue thee derely, ô Lord my strength.
2 He vseth this di
〈◊〉
of names to shewe that as the wicked haue many meanes to hurt, so God hath manie wayes to helpe. The Lord (is) my rocke, and my forteresse and he that deliuereth me, my God (and) my strength: in him wil I trust, my shield, the horne also of my saluacion, (and) my refuge.
3 I wil call vpon the Lord, which is worthie to beFor none
〈◊〉
ob teine their requests of God, that ioyne not his glorie with their petition. praised: so shal I be safe from mine enemies.
4 TheHe speaketh of the dāgers & malice of his enemies, from the which God had deliuered him. sorowes of death compassed me, and the floods of wickednes made me afrayed.
5 The sorowes of the graue haue compassed about: the snares of death ouertoke me.Or, cordes, or ca bles.
6 (But) in my trouble did I call vpon the Lord, and cryed vnto my God: he heard my voyce out of his Temple, and my crye did come before him, (euen) into his eares.
7 A descriptiō of the wrath of God against his enemies after he had heard his praiers Then the earth trembled, and quaked: the fundacions also of the mountaines moued & shoke, because he was angrie.
8 Smoke went out at his nostrels, and aHe sheweth how
〈◊〉
Gods iudgemēts shalbe to the wic ked. cōsu ming fyre out of his mouth: coles were kind
led thereat.
9 He bowed the heauens also and came downe, andDarknes signifieth the wrath of God, as the cleare light signifieth Gods fauour darkenes (was) vnder his fete.
10 And he rode vponThis is described at large. Cherúb and did slie, and he came flying vpon the wings of the winde.
11 He made darkenes hisAs a King
〈◊〉
with the peo ple, wil not shew him self vnto thē. secret place (and) his pauilion rounde about him, (euen) darkePsal. 104. nes of waters, (and) cloudes of the aire.
12 At the brightnes of his presence his cloudes passed, hailestones and coles of fyre.
13 The Lord also thundred in the heauen, and the Highest gaueThundred, ligh tened, & hailea. his voyce, hailestones and coles of fyre.
14 Then he sent outHis lightenings. his arrowes and scatered them, and he increased lightnings and destroyed them.
15 And the chanels of waters were sene, & theThat is, the depe bottoms, were sene, when the red Sea was deuid. d. fundacions of the worlde were discouered at thyrebuking, ô Lord, at the blasting of the breath of thy nostrels.
16 He hathe sent downe from aboue (and) taken me: he hathe drawen me out of manieOut of sundrie & great dangers. waters.
17 He hathe deliuered me from myTo wit, Saul. strong enemie, and from them which hate me: for they wereTherefore God sent me succour. to strong for me.
18 They preuented me in the daye of my calamitie: but the Lord was my stay.
19 He broght me forthe also into a large place:The cause of Gods deliuer ance is his onelie fa uour and loue to vs. he deliuered me because he fauoured me.
20 The Lord re warded me according to myDauid was
〈◊〉
of his
〈◊〉
cause & good be
〈◊〉
. toward Saul and his enemies, and therefore was assued of Gods
〈◊〉
and deliuerance. righteousnes: according to the purenes of mine hands he recompensed me:
21 Because I kept the wayes of the Lord, and did not wickedly against my God.
22 For all his Lawes (where) before me, and I did not cast a way hisFor all his dangers he exercised him self in the Law of God. commandemēts from me.
23 I was vpright also with him, and haue kept me from myI nether gaue place to their wicked
〈◊〉
, nor to mine owne affections. wickednes.
24 Therefore the Lord rewarded me according to my righteousnes, (and) according to the purenes of mine hands in his sight.
25 With theHere he speaketh of God according to our cap
〈◊〉
, who sheweth mercie to his and
〈◊〉
hech the wicked as is said also, Leuit. 26. 21. godlie thou wilt shewe thy self godlie: with the vpright man thou wilt shewe thy self vp right.
26 With the pure thou wilt she we thy self pure and with the frowarde thou wilt shewe thy self froward.
27 Thus thou wilt saue the poore people, and wiltwhen their sinne is come to the ful measure. cast downe the proude lokes.
28 Surely thou wilt light my candel: the Lord my God wil lighten my darkenes.
29 For by thee I haueHe attributeth it to God
〈◊〉
he bothe gate the victorie in the field & also destroyed the cities of his enemies broken through an hoste, and by my God I haue leaped ouer a wall.
30 The waye of God is vncorrupt: theBe the dangers neuer so manie orgreat, yet Gods promes must take effect. worde of the Lord is tryed (in the fyre:) he is a shield to all at that trust in him.
31 For who is God besides the Lord? and who is mightie saue our God?
32 God girdeth me with strength, and maketh myHe giueth good successe to all
〈◊〉
enterprises. waye vpright.
33 He maketh my fete like hindes (fete,) and setteth me vpon mineA
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
, which he toke
〈◊〉
of the hand of Gods ene mies. high places.
34 He teacheth mine hands to fight: so that a bowe ofOr, steele. brasse is broken with mine armes.
35 Thou hast also giuen me theTo defend me from dangers. shield of thy saluacion, and thy right hand hathe stayed me, and thyHe
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
, continuance and increase in wel doing onely to Gods
〈◊〉
. louing kindenes hathe caused me to increase.
36 Thou hast enlarged my steppes vnder me, and mine heles haue not slid.
37
〈◊〉
declareth that he did nothing besides his vocation, but was stirred vp by Gods Spirit to execute his iudge ments. I haue pursued mine enemies, and taken them, and haue not turned againe til I had consumed them.
38 I haue wounded thē that they were not able to rise: they are fallen vnder my fete.
39 For thou hast girded me with strēgth to battel: them, that rose against me, thou hast subdued vnderme.
40 And thou hastThou hast giuē them into mine hāds to be
〈◊〉
. giuen me the neckes of mine enemies, that I might destroye them that hate me.
41 TheyThei that reiect the crye of the afflicted, Godwil also
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
, when thei
〈◊〉
for helpe: for ether
〈◊〉
or feare cause those hypocrites to
〈◊〉
. cryed, but there was none to saue (them, euen) vnto the Lord, but he answered them not.
42 Then I did beate them smale as the dust before the winde: I did tread them flat as the claye in the stretes.
43 Thou hast deliuered me frō the contentiōs of the people: thou hast made me the head of thewhich dwel round about me. heathen: a people, (whome) I haue notThe kingdome of Christ is in Da uids Kingdome prefigured: who by the preaching of his worde brī
geth all to his sub iection. knowen, shal serue me.
44 As sone as thei heare, thei shal obey me: the strangers shal
〈◊〉
, Ive: signifying a subicction constrained and not voluntarie. be in subiection to me.
45 Strangers shalFeare shal cause them to be afraied and come
〈◊〉
of their secret holes and holdes to
〈◊〉
pardon. shrinke away, and feare in their priuie chambers.
46 Let the Lord liue, and blessed be my strēgth, and the God of my saluacion be exalted.
47 (It is) God that giueth me (power) to auenge me, and subdueth the people vnder me.
48 O my deliuerer from mine enemies, euen thou hast set me vp from them, that rose against me: thou hast deliuered me from theThat is, Saul, who of malice persecuted him. cruel man.
49 ThereforeThis propherie
〈◊〉
to the kingdome of Christ, and vocatiō of the
〈◊〉
, as Rom. 15. 9 I wil praise thee, ô Lord amōg the nations, and wil sing vnto thy Name.
50 Great deliuerances giueth he vnto his King and sheweth mercie to his anointed, (euen) to Dauid, and to hisThis did not properly apperteine to Salomon but to Iesus Christ. sede for euer.
PSAL. XIX.
1 To the intent he might moue the faithful to a deper consideration of Gods glorie he setteth before their eyes the moste exquisite workemanship of the heauens with their proportion, and ornaments: 8 And afterward calleth them to the Law, wherein God hathe reueiled him self more familiarly to his chosen people. The which peculiar grace by commending the Law he setteth forthe more at large.
¶ To him that excelleth. A Psalme of Dauid.
1 THeHe
〈◊〉
vnto man his ingratitude, seing the heauēs, which are dumme creatures, set forthe Gods glorie. heauens declare the glorie of God, and the firmament sheweth the worke of his hands.
2 The continuall successe of the daye & the night is sufficient to de clare Gods power & goodnes. Daie vnto daievttereth the same, and night vnto night teacheth knowledge.
3 (There is) no speache noThe heauens are a
〈◊〉
master to al nations be they neuer so barbarous. language, (where) their voyce is not heard.
4 TheirThe heauens are as a line of great capital letters to shewe vnto vs Gods glo rie. line is gone forthe through all the
earth, and their wordes into the ends of the worlde: in them hathe he set a tabernacle for the sunne.
5 Which commeth forthe as bridegrome out of hisOr, vaile. The maner Was that the bride and bri degrome shuld
〈◊〉
vnder a vaile together, & after come
〈◊〉
With great solem nitie and reioycing of the assem blie. chambre, (and) reioyceth like a migh tie man to runne (his) race.
6 His going out (is) from the end of the heauen, & his cōpas (is) vnto the ends of the same, & none is hid from the heate thereof.
7 TheThogh the crea
〈◊〉
can not ser ue, yet this ought
〈◊〉
be
〈◊〉
to lead vs vnto him. Law of the Lord is perfite, conuerting the soule: the testimonie of the Lord is sure, and giueth wisdome vnto the simple.
8 The
〈◊〉
of the Lord (are) right & reioyce the heart: the cōmandement of the Lord (is) pure, and giueth light vnto the eyes.
9 The feare of the Lord (is) cleane, ādindureth for euer: the iudgement of the Lord (are)So that all
〈◊〉
inuentions and intentions are
〈◊〉
. trueth: they are righteousEuerie one Without
〈◊〉
all together,
10 And more to beExcept Gods Worde be estemed aboue all
〈◊〉
things it is contemned. desired then golde, yea, then muche fine golde: sweter also thē honie and the honie combe.
11 Moreouer by them (is) thy seruant made cir cumspect, (and) in keping of them there (is) greatFor God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
indeuour, thogh it be
〈◊〉
vnpersite. rewarde.
12 Who can vnderstand (his)Then there is no rewarde of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
of Gra ce: for Where sinne is, there death is the rewarde. faute? clense me from secret (
〈◊〉
.)
13 Kepe thy seruant also fromWhich are done purposly and of: malice. presumpteous sinnes: let thē not reigne ouer me:If
〈◊〉
suppresse my Wicked
〈◊〉
by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Spirit. so shal I be vpright, and made cleane frō muche wickednes.
14 Let the wordes of my mouth, and theThat I may obey thee in thoght Worde and dede. meditation of
〈◊〉
heart be acceptable in thy sight, ô, Lord, my strength, and my redemer.
PSAL. XX.
1 A prayer of the people vnto God, that it wolde please him to
〈◊〉
their King and receiue his sacrifice, which he offied before he went to battel against the
〈◊〉
.
¶ To him that excelleth. A Psalme of Dauid.
1 THeHereby Kings are also admonished to call to God in their
〈◊〉
res: Lord heare thee in the daye of trouble: theThe
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
& grace of God. Name of the God of Iaakōb de fende thee:
2 Send thee helpe from the Sanctuarie, and strengthen thee out of Zion.
3 Let him remember all thine offrings, andIn token that thei are acceptable
〈◊〉
him. turne thy burnt offrings into ashes. Sélah:
4 (And) grante thee according to thine heart, and fulfil all thy purpose:
5 (That) we may reioyce in thy
〈◊〉
to the King, in Whose Wealth
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
standeth. saluacion, and set vp the banner in the Name of our God, (when) the Lord shal performe all thy petitions.
6 NowThe
〈◊〉
fee leth that God hathe heard their pe tition. know I that the Lord wil helpe his
〈◊〉
, (and) wil heare him from hisAs by the visible Sanctuarie Gods
〈◊〉
appeared toward his people,
〈◊〉
by the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
is ment his power and maiestie. San ctuarie, by the mightie helpe of his right hand.
7 Some (trust) in chariots, and some in horses: but we wil remember the Name of the Lord our God.
8 The
〈◊〉
that put not their onely trust in God. They are broght downe and fallen, but we are risen, and stande vpright.
9 Saue Lord:Let the King be able to
〈◊〉
vs by thy
〈◊〉
When We seke
〈◊〉
him for
〈◊〉
. let the King heare vs in the day that we call.
PSAL. XXI.
1 Dauid in the persone of the people praiseth God for the victorie attributing it to God and not to the strength of man. Wherein the holie Gost directeth the faithful to Christ, who is the perfection of this kingdome.
¶ To him that excelleth. A Psalme of Dauid.
1 THe King shalWhen he shal ouercome his ene mies, and so be assured of his vocation. reioyce in thy strength, ô Lord: yea, how greatly shal he reioyce in thy saluation!
2 Thou hast giuen him his hearts desire, and hast not denied (him) the request of his lippes. Sélah.
3 For thouThou
〈◊〉
thy liberal fauour toward him befo re
〈◊〉
praied. didest preuent him with liberal blessings, (and) didest set a crowne of pure golde vpon his head.
4Dauid did not onely
〈◊〉
life, but also assurance that his po steritie shulde reigne for euer. He asked life of thee, (&) thou gauest him a long life for euer and euer.
5 His glorie (is) great in thy saluacion: dignitie and honour hast thou layed vpon him.
6 For thou hast set him (as)Thou hast made him thy blessings to others, and a perpetual example of thy fauour for euer. blessings for euer thou hast made him glad with the ioye of thy countenance.
7 Because the King trusteth in the Lord, and in the mercie of the most High, he shal not slide.
8 Here he describeth the power of Christs kingdome
〈◊〉
the enemies thereof. Thine hand shal finde out all thine enemies (and) thy right hand shal finde out them that hate thee.
9 Thou shalt make them like a fyrie ouen in time of thine angre: the Lord shall destroy them in hisThis teacheth
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
en dure the
〈◊〉
til God destroye the
〈◊〉
. wrath, and the fyer shal deuoure them.
10 Their frute shalt thou destroy frō the earth and their sede from the children of men.
11 For theyThei layed as
〈◊〉
their nets to make Gods po Wer to giue place to their Wicked
〈◊〉
. intended, euil against thee, (and) imagined mischief, (but) they shal not preuaile.
12 Therefore shalt thou put themAs a marke to shote at. aparte, (&) the strings of thy bowe shalt thou make rea dy against their faces.
13Mainteine thy Church against thine aduersaries that We may ha ue ample occasiō to praise thy Name. Be thou exalted, ô Lord, in thy strēgth: (so) wil we sing and praise thy power.
PSAL. XXII.
1 Dauid complained because he was broght into suche extremities, that he was past all hope, but after he had rehearsed the sorowes and griefs, wherewith he was
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
He recouereth him
〈◊〉
from the bottomles pit of ten
〈◊〉
and groweth in hope. And here vnder his owne persone he setteth
〈◊〉
the figure of Christ, whome he did forese by the Spirit of prophecie, that he shulde maruelously and strangely be deiected, and abased, before his Father shulde raise and exalte him againe.
¶ To him that excelleth vponOr, the hinde of the morning, and this Was the name of some commune song. Auéleth Hassháhar. A Psalme of Dauid.
1 MYHere appeareth that hor ible con flict, Which he su steined betwene faith and desperation. God my God, why hast thou forsakē me, (&) art so farre from mine health (and from) the wordes of myBeing tormented With extreme
〈◊〉
. roaring?
2 O my God, I crye by daie, but thou hearest not, and by night, butOr, I cease me. haue no audience.
3 But thou art holie, and doest inhabite theHe meaneth the place of praising, euen the Ta bernacle, or els
〈◊〉
is so called becau se he gaue the people cōtinually occasion to praise him. praises of Israél.
4 Our fathers trusted in thee they trusted, and thou didest deliuer them.
5 They called vpon thee, and were deliuered: they trusted in thee, and were not cōfoūded.
6 But I am aAnd seming moste miserable of all creatures, Which Was ment of Christ, And he rein appeareth the vnspeak ble loue of God toWard men, that he Wolde thus abase
〈◊〉
Sonne for our sakes. worme, and not a man: a shame
me of men, and the contempt of the people.
7 All they that se me, haue me in derision: they make a mowe (and) nod the head, (saying,)
8
〈◊〉
vpon God. * He trusted in the Lord, let him deliuer him let him saue him, seing he loueth him.
9 But thou did est drawe me out of theEuen from my birth thou hast giuen me
〈◊〉
to trustin thee wombe: thou gauest me hoope, (euen) at my mothers breasts.
10 I was cast vpon thee, (euen) fromFor
〈◊〉
Gods prouidēce preserue the infants, they shuld perish a thousand times in the mothers Wombe. the wom be: thou art my God from my mothers belly.
11 Be not farre frō me, because trouble is nere:Matt. 27, 43. for (there is) none to helpe (me.)
12 Manie yong bulles haue cōpassed me: migh tieHe meaneth, that his enemies Were so far, proude &
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
they Were rather beastes then men. bulles of Bashán haue closed me about.
13 They gape vpō me with their mouthes, (as) a ramping and roaring lion.
14 I am likeBefore, hespake of the
〈◊〉
of his enemies, and nowhe
〈◊〉
the inwarde griefs of the
〈◊〉
, so that Christ Was tormented, bothe in soule and bodie. water powred out, and all my bones are out of ioynt: mine heart is like waxe: it is molten in the middes of my bowels.
15 My strēgth is dryed vp like a potsheard, and my tongue cleueth to my iawes, and thouThou hast suffred me to be Without all hope of
〈◊〉
. hast broght me into
〈◊〉
dust of death.
16 For dogges haue compassed me, (and) the
〈◊〉
of the wicked haue inclosed me: theyThus Dauid cō plaineth as
〈◊〉
he Were
〈◊〉
by his
〈◊〉
bothe hands and fete: but this Was accomplished in Christ. perced mine hands and my fete,
17 I maye tel all my bones: (yet) they beholde, (and) loke vpon me.
18 They parte my garments among them, and cast lottes vpon my vesture.
19 But be not thou farre of, ô Lord, my strength hasten to helpe me.
20 Deliuer my soule from the sworde: myMy life that is
〈◊〉
, left alone & for saken of all, Psal. 35. 17, &
〈◊〉
, 16. desolate (soule) from the power of the dog.
21Christ is
〈◊〉
With amore
〈◊〉
deliuerā ce by
〈◊〉
death, then if he had not tasted death at all. Saue me from the lions mouth, & answer me (in sauing me) from the hornes of the vni cornes.
22 * I wil declare thy Name vnto my brethren: in the middes of the Congregacion wil I praise thee, (saying,)
23He promiseth to exhorte the Church that they by his example might praise the Lord. Praise the Lord, ye that feare him: magnifie ye him, all the sede of Iaakob, and feare ye him, all the sede of Israél.
24 For he hath not despised nor abhorred the affliction of theThe poore affli cted are comforted by this exam ple of Dauid, or Christ. poore: net her hathe he hid his face from him, but when he called vnto him, he heard.
25 My praise (shalbe) of thee in the great Congregatiō:
〈◊〉
. 2, 12. myWhich Were sa
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
, Which they
〈◊〉
by Gods commande ment when they Were deliuered out of any great danger. vowes will performe before them that feare him.
26He doethallude stil to the sacrifice The poore shal eat and be satisfied: they that seke after the Lord, shal praise him: your heart shal liue for euer.
27 All the ends of the worlde shal remembre (them selues,) and turne to the Lord: and all the
〈◊〉
of the nations shal worship before thee.
28 For the kingdome (is) the Lords, and he ruleth among the nations.
29 All
〈◊〉
that be fatThogh the
〈◊〉
be
〈◊〉
as ver. 26, yet the
〈◊〉
are not separated
〈◊〉
the grace of Christs kingdome. in the earth, shal eat and worship: all they that go downe into the dust, shal bowe before him,In Whome there is no hope, that he shal recouer life: so nether poore nor riche, quicke not dead shalbe
〈◊〉
from his kingdome. euen he that can not quicken his owne soule.
30Meaning the
〈◊〉
, Which the Lord kepeth as a sede to the Church to continue his praise among men. (Their) sede shal serue him: it shalbe counted vnto the Lord for a generation.
31 They shal come, and shal declare his righteousnes vnto a people that shal be borne, because he hatheThat is, God hathe fulfilled his promes. done it.
PSAL. XXIII.
1 Because the Prophet had proued the great mercies of God at diuerse times, and in sundriemaners, he gathereth a certeine assurance, fully persuading himself that God wil continue the verie same goodnes towards him for euer.
¶ A Psalme of Dauid. Isa 40. 11.
Iere. 23. 5.
1 THe Lord (is) my * shepherd,He hathe care ouer me and n
〈◊〉
vnto me all things I shal notEzek. 14. 23. want.
〈◊〉
. 10. 11.
1. Pet. 2.
〈◊〉
,
2 He maketh me to rest in grene pasture, (and) leadeth me by the stil waters.
3 HeHe
〈◊〉
or
〈◊〉
me. restoreth my soule, (and) leadeth me in thePlaine, or
〈◊〉
Waies. paths of righteousnes for his Names
4 Yea, thogh I shulde walke through the valley of theThogh
〈◊〉
Were in
〈◊〉
of death as the shepe that Wandreth in the darke valley With out his shepherd. shadow of death, I wil feare no euil: for thou art with me: thy rod and thy staffe, they comfortme.
5 Thou doest prepare a
〈◊〉
his enemies soght to de stroy him, yet God
〈◊〉
him, and dealeth moste liberally With him in despire of them. table before me in the sight of mine aduersaries: thou doestAs Was the maner of great
〈◊〉
. anoint mine head with oyle, (and) my cup rū
neth ouer.
6 Douteles kindenes, and mercie shal follow me all the dayes of my life, and I shal remaine a long season in theHe setteth not his felicitie in the pleasures of this Worlde, but in the feare and seruice of God. house of the Lord.
PSAL. XXIIII.
1 Albeit the Lord God
〈◊〉
made, and gouerneth all the worlde, yet towards his chosen people his
〈◊〉
goodnes
〈◊〉
moste abundantly appeare, in that among thē he wil haue his dwelling place. VVhich thogh it was appointed among the children of
〈◊〉
, yet onely thei do entre aright into this Sanctuarie, which are the true worshipers of God, purged from the sinful filth of this
〈◊〉
7
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
Gods grace for the buylding of the Temple,
〈◊〉
the end he might stirre vp all the faithful to the true seruice of God.
¶ A Psalme of Dauid. Deut 10. 14.
1 THe earth * (is) the Lords, and all that thereinIob. 28. 25.
1. Cor. 10. 27. is: the worlde and they that dwel therein.
2 For he hathe founded it vpon theHe noteth two things: the one that the earth to mans iudgement semethaboue the
〈◊〉
: and next that God
〈◊〉
aculously
〈◊〉
the earth, that it is not drowned With the Waters, which naturally are aboue it. seas: and established it vpon the floods.
3 Who shal ascende into the mountaine of the Lord? and who shal stand in his holie place?
4 (Euen he that hathe) innocent hands, & a pu re heart: which hathe not lift vp his minde vnto vanitie, nor sworne deceitfully.
5 He shal receiue a blessing from the Lord, & righteousnes frō the God of his saluacion.
6 This is theThogh circum cision
〈◊〉
the carnal sede of Iaakob from the
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
he that
〈◊〉
God, is the true Iaakob and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. generation of them that seke him, of them that seke thy face, (this is) Iaakób. Sélah.
7Dauid desireth the buylding
〈◊〉
of the Temple Wherein the glo rie of God
〈◊〉
appeare, & vnder the figure of this Temple he also
〈◊〉
for the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, which is
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
whiche was
〈◊〉
to the
〈◊〉
, as is writen,
〈◊〉
. 132, 14. Lift vp your heades ye gates, and be ye lift vp ye euerlasting dores, and the King of glorie shal come in.
8 Who is this King of glorie? the Lord, strong & mightie, (euē) the Lord mightie in battel.
9 Lift vp your heades, ye gates, & lift vp (yourselues,) ye euerlasting dores, and the King of
glorie shal come in.
10 Who is this King of glorie? the Lord of hostes, he is the King of glorie.
〈◊〉
.
PSAL. XXV.
1 The Prophet touched with the consideration of his sinnes, and also grieued with the cruel malice of his enemies 6 Prayeth to God moste feruently to haue his sinnes for giuen, 7 Especially suche as he had committed in his youth. He beginneth
〈◊〉
verse according to the Ebrew letters two or thre except.
¶ A Psalme of Dauid.
1 VNto thee,I put not my
〈◊〉
in anie
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. ô Lord, lift I vp my soule.
2 My God, IThat thou
〈◊〉
take
〈◊〉
mine
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thy rods, Isa.
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. trust in thee: let me not be consounded: let not mine enemies reioyce ouer me.
3 * So all that hope in thee, shal not be ashamed: (but) let them be confounded, that trās
〈◊〉
. 10,
〈◊〉
. gresse without cause.
4 Reteine me in the
〈◊〉
of thy promes, that I
〈◊〉
not on any side. Shew me thy wayes, ô Lord, (&) teache me thy paths.
5 Lead me forthe in thy trueth, and teache me for thouart the God of my saluacion: in thee do I trust
〈◊〉
, & against all
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. all the daye.
6 Remember, ô Lord, thy rendre mercies, and thylouing kindenes: for they haue bene for euer.
7
〈◊〉
not the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that his
〈◊〉
sinnes were the cause that his enemies did
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
him,
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
: l may be
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, to the intent, that the effect
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. sinnes of my youth, nor my rebellions, (but) according to thy kinde nes remember thou me, (euen) for thy good
〈◊〉
sake, ô Lord.
8 Gracious and righteous (is) the Lord: the refore wil he
〈◊〉
is, call thē to repentance. teache sinners in the waye.
9 Them that be meke, wil heHe wil
〈◊〉
&c fort them
〈◊〉
are
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. guide in iudge ment, and teache the humble his waye.
10 All the paths of the Lord (are) mercie and trueth vnto such as kepe his couenant & his
〈◊〉
.
11 For thy
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
respect. Names sake, ô Lord, be merciful vnto mine iniquitie, for it is great.
12 WhatMeaning, the
〈◊〉
is very
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. man is he that feareth the Lord? him shal he teache the waye (that) he shalHe wil direct
〈◊〉
with his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to followethe right waye. chuse
13 His soule shal dwel atHe shal prosper
〈◊〉
sp ritual and
〈◊〉
things. ease, and his
〈◊〉
shal
〈◊〉
the land.
14 TheHis
〈◊〉
cō
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
worde,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
. secret of the Lord (is reueiled) to thē, that feare him: and his couenant to giue thē vnderstanding.
15
〈◊〉
eies (are) euer to ward the Lord: for he wil bring my fete out of the net.
16 Turne thy face vnto me, and haue mercie vpon me: for I am desolate and poore.
17 The sorowes of mine heart
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
is
〈◊〉
because of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
crueltie. are enlarged: drawe me out of my troubles.
18 Loke vpon mine affliction and my trauel, &
〈◊〉
all my sinnes.
19 Beholde mineThe greater that his
〈◊〉
were, & themore that his enemies
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. enemies, for they are many, and they hate with cruel hatred.
20 Kepe my soule, and deliuerme: let me be cō founded, for
〈◊〉
trust in thee.
21 LetFor as
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
haue be
〈◊〉
my
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ly toward mine
〈◊〉
, let
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that thou
〈◊〉
the defender
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
(mine) vprightenes and equitie preser ue me: for mine hope is in thee.
22 Deliuer Israél, ô God, out of all histroubles
PSAL. XXVI,
1 Dauid oppressed with many
〈◊〉
, finding no helpe in the worlde, calleth for aide from God: and assured of his integritie toward Saúl, desireth God to be his iudge, and to defend his innocencie 6 Finally he maketh mencion of his sacrisice, which he wil offre for his
〈◊〉
, and desireth to be in the companie of the faithful in the congregaciō of God, whēce he was
〈◊〉
by Saúl, promising integritie of life & open praises and thankesgiuing.
¶ A Psalme of Dauid.
1 IVdge meHe
〈◊〉
to God to be the
〈◊〉
of his
〈◊〉
cause, seing there
〈◊〉
no
〈◊〉
among men. ô Lord, for I haue walked in mine innocencie: my trust hathe bene also in the Lord: (therefore) shal I not slide.
2 Proue me, ô Lord, and trye me: examine myMy very affections
〈◊〉
in ward motions of the heart. reines, and mine heart.
3 For thyHe sheweth what
〈◊〉
him that he did not recompence euil for euil. louing kindenes (is) before mine eyes: therefore haue I walked in thy trueth.
4 * I haue notHe declareth that thei can not walke in simplicitie before God, that delite in the companie of the vngodlie. hanted with vaine persones, ne ther kept companie with the dissemblers.
5 I haue hated the assemblie of the euil, and
〈◊〉
not companied with the wicked.
6 I wilI wil
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
with a pure affection, and with the godhe that sa
〈◊〉
vnto
〈◊〉
. wash mine hands in innocencie, ô Lord, and compasse thine altar,
7 That
〈◊〉
maie declare with the voice of thankesgiuing, and set forthe all wonderous workes.
8 O Lord, I haue loued the habitation of thine house, and the place where thine honour
〈◊〉
.
9
〈◊〉
me
〈◊〉
in the ouerthrowe of the wicked. Gather not my soule with the sinners, nor my life with the bloodie men:
10 In whose hands (is)
〈◊〉
cruel hands
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
deuises of their hearts. wickednes, and their right hands is ful of bribes.
11 But I wil
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
innocencie: redeme me (therefore,) and be merciful vnto me.
12 My fote standeth inI am
〈◊〉
from mine
〈◊〉
by the power of God, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
wil
〈◊〉
him opēly. vp rightnes: I wil praise thee, ô Lord, in the Congregations.
PSAL. XXVII.
1 Dauid maketh this psalme being
〈◊〉
from great
〈◊〉
, as
〈◊〉
by the praises & thankesgiuing
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
wherein we may se the
〈◊〉
saith of Dauid against the
〈◊〉
of all his enemies.
〈◊〉
And also the end wherefore he desireth to hue and to be deliuered, onely to
〈◊〉
God in his Congregation.
¶ A Psalme of Dauid.
1 THe Lord (is) myBecause he was assured of good successe in all his dāgers, and
〈◊〉
his saluation
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
laid vp in God, he feared not the
〈◊〉
. nie of his enemies light and my saluation whome shal I feare? the Lord (is) the strēgth of my life, of whome shal I be afraid?
2 When the wicked, (euen) mine enemies and my foes came vpō me to eatvp my flesh they stumbled and fel.
3 Thogh an hoste pitched against me, mine heart shulde not be afraid: thogh warre be raised against me, I wil trust inThat God wil deliuer me, and
〈◊〉
my faith the victorie. this.
4 The
〈◊〉
of countrie: wise, & all worldely
〈◊〉
greue me not in respect of this one thing, that I may not praise thy Name in the middes of the
〈◊〉
. One thing haue I desired of the Lord, that I wil require, (
〈◊〉
) that I may dwel in the house of the Lord all the dayes of my life, to beholde the beautie of the Lord, & to visite his Temple.
5 For in the time of trouble he shal hide me in his Tabernacle: in the secret (place) of his pa
〈◊〉
shal he hide me, (and) set me vp vpon arocke.
6 Dauid assured him selfe by the Spirit of
〈◊〉
that he shulde ouercome his ene mies and serue God in his Taber nacle. And now shal he lift vp mine head aboue mine enemies round about me: therfore wil I offer in his Tabernacle sacrifices of ioye: I wilsing and praise the Lord.
7 Hearken vnto my voice, ô Lord, (when) I
crye: haue mercie also vpon me & heare me.
8 (When thou saidest,)He groundeth vpon Gods promes and
〈◊〉
that he
〈◊〉
most wil ling to obey his commandement.
〈◊〉
ye my face, mi ne heart answered vnto thee, O Lord, I wil seke thy face.
9 Hide not (therefore) thy face from me, nor cast thy seruāt awaie in displeasure: thou hast bene my succour: leaue me not, nether for sake me, ô God of my saluation.
10 He
〈◊〉
Gods loue towards his, which farre passeth
〈◊〉
most tender loue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
towards their
〈◊〉
. Thogh my father and my mother shulde forsake
〈◊〉
, yet the Lord wil gather me vp.
11 Teache me thy waie, ô Lord, and leade me in a right path, because of mine enemies.
12 Giue me not vnto the lust of mine aduersaries: for there are false witnesses risen vp againstme,g But ether
〈◊〉
their wrath, or
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
age. and suche as speake cruelly.
13 (I shulde haue fainted,) except I had beleued to see the goodnes of theIn this present life before
〈◊〉
dye, as
〈◊〉
. 38. 11. Lord in the land of the
〈◊〉
.
14 He exhorteth him self to depen de on the Lord, seing
〈◊〉
neuer fai led in his promises. Hope in the Lord: be strong, and he shall comfortthine heart, and trust in the Lord.
PSAL. XXVIII.
1 Being in great feare and heauines of heart to se God dishonored by the
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
to berid of them. 4 And
〈◊〉
for
〈◊〉
against them: and
〈◊〉
length
〈◊〉
him selfe, that God hathe
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
. 9 Vnto whose tuition he
〈◊〉
all the faithful.
¶ A Psalme of Dauid.
1 VNto thee, ô Lord, do I crye, ô my strēgth be not deafe toward me,
〈◊〉
if thou answer me not, I beHe
〈◊〉
him
〈◊〉
as a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
God shew his fauour
〈◊〉
him, and
〈◊〉
him his petition. like them that go downe into the pit,
2 He are the voice of my peticions, whē I crye vnto thee, whē I
〈◊〉
vp mine
〈◊〉
to ward thineHe
〈◊〉
this outward meanes to helpe the wea
〈◊〉
of his
〈◊〉
: for in
〈◊〉
place was the Arke, & there God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
shewe the tokenso his fauour, holy Oracle.
3 Dest
〈◊〉
not the good with the
〈◊〉
. Drawe
〈◊〉
not awaie with the
〈◊〉
, and with the workers of iniquitie: which speake friendly to their neighbours, when malice (is) in their hearts.
4 He thus
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
of Gods glorie, and not for his owne
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
assured, that od
〈◊〉
punish the
〈◊〉
of his
〈◊〉
. Re Ward them according to their dedes, and according to the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
inuentions: recompense them after worke of their hands: render them their rewarde.
5 For thei regard not the workes of the Lord nor the operation of his hands: (therefore)
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
be
〈◊〉
destroyed as
〈◊〉
. 1. 4. breake thē downe, and buy lde thē not vp.
6
〈◊〉
he felt
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of Gods help in his
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
was opened to sing his praises. Praise (be) the Lord, for he he hathe heard the voice of my petitions.
7 The Lord (is) my strength and my
〈◊〉
: mine heart trusted in him, and I was helped: the refore mine heart shal reioyce, and with my song wil I praise him.
8 The Lord (is)Meaning, his
〈◊〉
, who we reas
〈◊〉
, by whome God declared his power their strength, and he is the strength of the deliuerāces of his anointed.
9 Saue thy people, and blesse thine in heritan ce: fede them also, and exalt them for euer,
PSAL. XXIX.
1 The prophet exhorteth the princes and rulers of the
〈◊〉
de, [which for the moste parte thinke there is no God] 3. At the least to feare him for the thunders and tempestes, for feare whereof all
〈◊〉
tremble. 11 And thogh thereby God threateneth sinners yet is he alwais merciful to his and
〈◊〉
them thereby to praise his Name.
¶ A Psalme of Dauid.
1 GIue vnto the Lord, yeHe
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to humble them selues vnder Gods hand, and
〈◊〉
to be
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
beasts and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. sonnes of the mightie: giue vnto the Lord glorie and strength.
2 Giue vnto the Lord glorie (
〈◊〉
) vnto his Name: worship the Lord in the glorious Sanctuarie.
3 TheThe thunder clappes, that are
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the cloudes, ought
〈◊〉
make the
〈◊〉
ked to tremble for feared of Gods
〈◊〉
voice of the Lord (is) vpon the waters the God of glorie maketh it to thunder the Lord (is) vpon the great waters.
4 The voice of the Lord (is) mightie; the voice of the Lord (is) glorious.
5 TheThat is, the thunderbolte
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the moste strong trees, and
〈◊〉
men
〈◊〉
their power to be able to
〈◊〉
God? voice of the Lord breaketh the cedres yea, the Lord breaketh the cedres of Lebanón.
6 He maketh them also to leape like a calfe: Lebanon (also) andCalled
〈◊〉
Hermon. Shirión like a yong vni corne.
7 The voice of the Lord deuideth theIt
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
nings to
〈◊〉
and glyde. flames of fyre.
8 The voice of the Lord maketh the wildernes to tremble: the Lord maketh the wildernes of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
s most
〈◊〉
, where as semeth there is no
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
. Kadésh to tremble.
9 The voice of the Lord maketh the hindes toF r
〈◊〉
maketh them to cast
〈◊〉
ei.
〈◊〉
. calue, andMaketh the trees bare, or
〈◊〉
the most
〈◊〉
places. discouereth the forests: (therefore) in hisThoghthewic ked are nothing moued with these fights,
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
ful praise God. Temple doeth
〈◊〉
man spea ke of (his) glorie.
10 The Lord sitteth vpon theTo moderat the
〈◊〉
of the tempest &
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, that they destroy not all. flood, and the Lord doeth remaine King for euer.
11 The Lord shal giue strēgth vnto his people the Lord shal
〈◊〉
his people with peace.
PSAL. XXX.
1 When Dauid was deliuered from great danger, he
〈◊〉
thankes to God exhorting others to do the like, and to learne by his example that God is rather merciful then
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his children. 8 And also that the fall
〈◊〉
prosperitie to
〈◊〉
is sudden. 9. This done he returneth to
〈◊〉
promising to praise God for
〈◊〉
¶ * A Psalme or song of the dedication of theAfter that
〈◊〉
had
〈◊〉
it with
〈◊〉
filthie
〈◊〉
house of Dauid. 2. Sam. 7, 2.
1 I Wil magnifie
〈◊〉
, ô Lord:He
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, f
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
which do notpraise God for his benefites. for thou hast
〈◊〉
me, and hast not made my foes to
〈◊〉
ouer me.
2 O Lord my God, I cryed vnto thee, and thou hast
〈◊〉
from the rebellion of
〈◊〉
. restored me.
3 O Lord, thou hast broght vp my
〈◊〉
that he
〈◊〉
death
〈◊〉
narowly. soule out of the graue: thou hast reuiued me frō them that go downe into the pit.
4 Sing praises vnto the Lord, yeThe worde signisieth thē, that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
shew mercie
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to others. his Saints, and giue thankes
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
. before the remembrance of his Holmes.
5 * For (he
〈◊〉
but) a while in his angre: (but) in his fauour (is) life: weping maie abide at euening, but ioye (cometh) in the morning.
6 And in myI put to muche cons. d.
〈◊〉
in my quiet state, as
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 8. prosperitie I said, I shal neuer be moued.
7 (For) thou Lord ofthy goodnes hadest madepsal.
〈◊〉
. 8. myI
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
me in
〈◊〉
moste
〈◊〉
. mountaine to stand strong: (but) thouIsai. 4. 7. didest hide thy face, (and) I
〈◊〉
that thou
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
drawen
〈◊〉
helpe I felt my
〈◊〉
, was troubled.2. or 4. 17.
8 (Then) cryed I vnto thee, ô Lord, and prayed to my Lord.
9 What profit (is there) in my blood, whē I go2 Chro.
〈◊〉
, 24. downe to the pit?
〈◊〉
the dustDauid meaneth that the dead are not profitable to the Cōgregacion of the Lord here in earth: heresore he wolde liue to praise his Name, which is the end of mans creation. giue thākes vnto thee? or shal it declare thy trueth?
10 Heare, ô Lord and haue mercie vpon me: Lord, be thou
〈◊〉
helper.
11 Thou hast turned my mourning into ioye: thou hast losed my sacke & girded me with
gladnes.
12 Therefore shal (my)Because thou hast preserued me, that my tongue shulde praise thee I wil not be vnmindeful of my duetie. tongue praise thee and not cease: ô Lord my God, I wil giue thankes vnto thee for euer.
PSAL. XXXI.
1 Dauid deliuered from some great danger, first rehearseth what meditation he had by the power of faith, when death was before his eies, his enemie being ready to take him. 15 Then he affirmeth that the fauour of God is alwaies readie to those that feare him. 20 Finally he exhorteth all the faithful to trust in God and to loue him, because he preserueth and strengtheneth them, as they may se by his example.2. Sam. 23. 24.
¶ To him that excelleth. A Psalme of Dauid.
1 IN * rhee, ô Lord, haue I put my trust: let me neuer be confounded: deliuer me in thyFor
〈◊〉
God declareth him self iuste, when he preserueth his according as he hathe promised. righteousnes.
2 Bowe downe thine eare
〈◊〉
me: make haste to deliuer me: be vnto me a strong rocke, (&) an house of defence to saue me.
3
〈◊〉
thou art my rocke and my fortres: there fore for thy Names sake direct me and guide me.
4 Drawe me out of thePreserue me from the craftie counsels and subtil practises of mine enemies. net, that they haue laied priuely for me: for thou
〈◊〉
my strēgth.
5 Into thineHe desireth God not onely to take care for him in this life, but that his soule may be
〈◊〉
after this life. hand I commende my spirit (for) thou hast redemed me, ô Lord God of trueth
6 I haue hated them that giue them selues to deceitful vanities: for IThis affection ought to be in all Gods children, to hate whosoeuer thing is not grounded vpon asure trust in God, at
〈◊〉
& vaine trust in the Lord,
7 I wil be glad and reioyce in thy mercie: for thou hast sene my trouble: thou hast knowen my soule in aduersities.
8 And thou hast not shut me vp in the hād of the enemie, (but) hast set my fete at
〈◊〉
signifieth comfort, as straitnes sorow and peril. large,
9 Haue mercie vpon me, ô Lord: for I am in trouble: mineMeaning, that his sorow and torment had con tinued a great while. eye, my soule and mybellie are consumed with grief.
10 For my life is wasted with heauines, and my yeres with mourning: my strength faileth for my peine, and my bones are consumed.
11 I was aMine enemies had drawen all men to their
〈◊〉
te against me, euen my chief friends. reproche among all mine enemies, but specially among my neighbours: and a feare to mine acquaintance,Thei were afraied to shew meanie token of frendship. who seing me in the strete, fled fromme.
12 I am forgotten, as a dead man out of minde: I am like a broken vessel.
13 For I haue heard the railing ofThei that were in autotitie, con demned me as a wicked doer. great men: feare (was) on euerie side, while they conspired together against me, (and) consulted to take my life.
14 But I trusted in thee, ô Lord: I said,I had this
〈◊〉
monie of conscience, that thou woldest defend mine innocēcie. Thou art my God.
15 MyWhatsoeuer changes come, thou gouernest them by thy prouidence. times are in thine hād: deliuer me from the hand of mine enemies, and from them that persecute me.
16 Make thy face to shine vpon thy seruant, (and) saue me through thy mercie.
17 Let me not be confounded, ô Lord: for I haue called vpon thee: let the wicked be put to confusion, (and)Let death destroy thē to thein
〈◊〉
that thei may hurt no more. to silence in the graue.
18 Let the lying lippes be made dumme, which cruelly, proudely and spitefully speake against the righteous.
19 How great is thy goodnes which thouThe treasures of Gods mercie are alwaies laied vp in store for his
〈◊〉
, albeit at all times thei do
〈◊〉
enioye them. hast laied vp for them, that feare thee! (and) done to them, that trust in thee, (euen) before the sonnes of men!
20 Thou doest hide themEbr. in the secret of thy face.
That is, in a place where thei shal haue thy cō
fort, and be hid safely from the enemies pride. priuely in thy pre sence from the pride of men: thou kepest them secretly in thy Tabernacle from the strife of tongues.
21 Blessed (be) the Lord: for he hathe shewed his maruelous kindenes towarde me in aMeaning, there was no citie so strong to preserue him, as the defence of Gods fauour. strong citie.
22 Thogh I said in mineAnd so by my rashnes and infidelitie deserued to haue bene forsaken. haste, I am cast out of thy sight, yet thou heardest the voyce of my praier, when I cryed vnto thee.
23 Loue ye the Lord all hisOr, ye that fele his mercies. Saints: (for) the Lord preserueth the faithful, and rewardeth abundantly the proude doer,
24 All ye that trust in the Lord, heBe constant in your vocation, & God wil confirme you with hea uenlie strength. strong, and and he shal establish your heart.
PSAL. XXXII.
1 Dauid purified with grieuous sicknes for his sinnes, counteth them blessed, to whome God doeth not impure their transgressions. 5 And after that he had confessed his sinnes and obteined pardon, 6 He
〈◊〉
the wicked men to liue godly, 11 And the good to reioyce.
¶ A Psalme of Dauid to giueConcerning thefre remission of sinnes, which is the chiefest point of our faith instruction-
1 BLessed (is he) whose wickednes isTo be iustified by faith, is to haue our sinnes frely
〈◊〉
, and to be reputed iust Rom. 4. 6. forgiuen, (and) whose sinne is couered.
2 Blessed (is) the man, vnto whome the Lorde imputeth not iniquitie, and in whose spirit (there is) no guile.
3 When I helde myBetwene
〈◊〉
and despaire. tongue, my bones consu med, (or) when INether by silence nor crying found Iease: signi fying, that before the sinner be reconciled to God he feeleth a perpetual
〈◊〉
. roared all the day.
4 [For thine hand is heauie vpon me, day and night: (and) my moisture is turned into the drought of simmer.
〈◊〉
]
5 (Thē) IHe sheweth that as Gods mer cie is the onclie cause of forgiuenes of sinnes, so the
〈◊〉
there of are repentance
〈◊〉
confession which procede of faith. acknowledged my sinne vnto thee, nether hid I myne iniquitie: (for) I thoght, I wil confesse against my selfe my wickednes vnto the Lorde, and thou forgauest the punishment of my sinne. Sélah.
6 Therefore shall euerie one, that is godlie, make his prayer vnto thee in aWhē necessitie causeth him to seke to thee for helpe, time, when thou maiest be founde: surely in the flood of great watersTo
〈◊〉
, the waters & great dangers. they shall not come nere him.
7 Thou art my secret place: thou preseruest me from trouble: thou compassest me about with ioyfull deliuerance. Sélah.
8 I wilDauid promiseth to make the rest of Gods children partakers of the
〈◊〉
, which he felt, & that he wil diligently loke and take care to direct them in the waie of
〈◊〉
. instruct thee, and teache thee in the way, that thou shalt go, (and) I wil guide thee with mine eye.Isa. 55. 6.
9 Be ye not lyke an horse, (or) lyke a mule, (whiche) vnderstande not: whoseIf men can rule brute beastes, thinke thei: that God wil not bridle and
〈◊〉
their rage? mouthes thou doest binde with bit ād bridel, lest they come nere thee.
10 Many sorowes (shall come) to the wicked: but he, that trusteth in the Lord, mercie shal compasse him.
11 Be glad ye ryghteous, andHe sheweth that peace and ioy of conscience in the holie
〈◊〉
is the frute of faith. reioyce in the Lorde, and be ioyfull all ye, that are vpryght in heart.
PSAL. XXXIII.
1 He exhorteth good men to praise God for that he hathe not onely created all things, and by his prouidēce gouerneth the same, but also is faithful in his promises, 20 He vnderstandeth mans heart, and scattereth the counsell of the wicked, 16 So that no man can be preserued by anye creature or mans strength: but they, that put theyr confidence in his mercie, shalbe prescrued frome all aduersitie.
1 REioyce in the Lòrde, ô ye ryghteous: (for) itIt is the duerie of the god ye to set forth the praises of God for hys
〈◊〉
& power shewed toward them becometh vprightmen to be thankeful.
2 Praise the Lord with harpe: sing vnto hym with viole (and)To sing on instruments was a parte of the
〈◊〉
seruice of the
〈◊〉
, whiche doeth no
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vnto vs, then the sacrifices,
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
. instrument often strings.
3 Sing vnto him a new song: sing cherefully with a loude voyce.
4 For the
〈◊〉
, counsell or commandemēt in gouerning the worlde. worde of the Lord (is) righteous, and all hisThat is, the effect and executiō
workes (are) faithful.
5 HeHowsoeuer he worlde
〈◊〉
of Gods
〈◊〉
, yethe
〈◊〉
all things accordyng to
〈◊〉
& mercie. loueth righteousnes and iudgement: the earth is ful of the goodnes of the Lord.
6 By the worde of the Lord were the heauēs ma
〈◊〉
, and all the hoste of thē by the breath of his mouth.
7 HeBy the creatiō of the
〈◊〉
and beautifull
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
gathering also of the
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the powe o GOD,
〈◊〉
all creatures
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
him. gathered the waters of the sea together as vpon an heape, and laieth vp the depths in (his) treasures.
8 Let all the earth feare the Lord: let all thē that dwel in the worlde, feare him.
9 For he spake, and it was done he cōmanded, and itO
〈◊〉
. stode.
10 The Lord breaketh theNo
〈◊〉
can
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and it shal
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. counsell of the heathen, (and) bringeth to noght the deuises of the people.
11 The counsel of the Lord shal stād for euer, (and) the thoghtes of hys hearte through out all ages.
12 Blessed (is) that nacion, whoseHe
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, that the Lorde is our God. GOD is the Lord: (euen) the people, (that) he hath chosen for his in heritance.
13 The LordHe
〈◊〉
that all thinges are gouerned v Goddes prouidence & not by fortune. loketh downe frome heauen, (and) beholdeth all the children of men.
14 From the habitacion of hys dwelling he be holdeth all thē, that dwel in the earth.
15 HeTherefore he knoweth their wicked enterprises. facioneth their heartes euerye one, (and) vnderstandeth all their workes.
16 TheIf Kings and the mightie of the
〈◊〉
cannot be sauedby
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
onely by
〈◊〉
ro
〈◊〉
, what
〈◊〉
others to trust in, that haue not like meanes? King is not saued by the multitude of an hoste, (nether) is the mightie mā deliuered by great strength.
17 A horse is a vaine helpe, and shal not deliuer (anie) by his great strength.
18 Beholde,God sheweth that towarde hys of his mercie, whi che man
〈◊〉
no meanes is able to compasse. the eye of the Lord (is) vpon them that feare him, (and) vpon them, that trust in his mercie,
19 To de'iuer their soules from death, and to preserue them in famine.
20Thus he speakethin the name of the whole Churche, whiche orely depend on
〈◊〉
prouidence. Our soule waiteth for the Lord: (for) he is our helpe and our shield.
21 Surely our heart shall reioyce in hym, because we trusted in his holie Name.
22 Let thy mercie, ô Lord, be vpon vs, as we trust in thee.
PLAL XXXIIII.
1 After Dauid had escaped Achish, according as it is writen in the 1. Sam. 21. 11. whome in this title he calleth Abimélech (whiche was a general name to all the Kynges of the Philistims) he praiseth God for his
〈◊〉
. 3 Prouoking all others by his example to
〈◊〉
in God, to feare & serue him: 14 who defēdeth the godlie with his Angels, 15 And vtterly destroyeth the wicked in their sinnes.
¶ A Psalme of Dauid, when he chāged his behauiour before Abimélech, whodroue him awaie, and he departed.
1 I WilHe
〈◊〉
neuer to become
〈◊〉
of Gods greate benefite for his deliuerance. alwaie giue thākes vnto the Lord: his praise (shalbe) in my mouthe con ti nually.
2 My soule shal glorie in the Lord: theThei
〈◊〉
: are
〈◊〉
downe with the expe
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
owne
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
shal heare it, and be glad.
3 Praise ye the Lord with me, and let vs magnifie his Name together.
4 I soght the Lord, and he heard me: yea, he deliuered me out of allVVhich I conceiued for the dāgers wherein I was. feare.
5 They
〈◊〉
shalbe bold to
〈◊〉
to thee for succour, whē they shall se thy mercies to
〈◊〉
me. shall loke vnto him, and runne (to him) and their saces shal not be ashamed, (saying,)
6 This poore man cryed, and the Lord heard (him,) & saued him out of all his troubles.
7 The
〈◊〉
Goddes
〈◊〉
be
〈◊〉
to gouerne vs.
〈◊〉
for mans infirmitie he
〈◊〉
his Angels to
〈◊〉
ouer vs. Angell of the Lord pitched rounde about them, that feare him, and deliuereth them.
8 Taste ye and se, how gracious the Lord is: blessed (is) the man that trusteth in him.
9 Feare the Lord, ye his Saints: for nothing wanteth to them that feare him.
10 TheThe godlie by their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
more then hei, whiche
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
. lyōs do lacke and suffer hungre, but they, which soke the Lord, shal
〈◊〉
thei abide the last
〈◊〉
. want nothing that is good.
11 Come children, hearken vnto me: I wyll teache you theThat is,
〈◊〉
true religion and worship of God. feare of the Lord.
12 * What man is he, that desireth life, and1 Pet 3.
〈◊〉
. loueth (long) daies for to
〈◊〉
gall men na turally desire
〈◊〉
, he wondereth why thei cast hem
〈◊〉
willingly into miserie. se good?
13 Kepe thy tongue from euil, & thy lippes, that they speake no guile.
14 Eschew euil and do good seke peace, and followe after it.
15 The eyes of the Lord (are) vpon the rygh teous, & his eares (are opē) vnto their crye
16 (But) theThe angre of God
〈◊〉
not onely destroie the wicked
〈◊〉
also
〈◊〉
heth
〈◊〉
name sor euer. face of the Lord (is) against thē that do euill, to cut of their remembrance from the earth.
17 (The righteous) crye, & the Lord
〈◊〉
(them,) & deliuereth them out of all theyr troubles.
18 The Lord is nere vnto them that are of aVVhen thei
〈◊〉
to be
〈◊〉
vp with
〈◊〉
thē God is at hād to deliuer them. contrite heart, and wil saue suche as be afflicted in spirit.
19 Great (are) the troubles of the ryghteous: but the Lord deliuereth hym out of them all.
20And as
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, al the
〈◊〉
of his head. He kepeth all his bones: not one of thē is broken.
21 (But) malice shal slay theTheir wicked entreprises shall turne to their owne
〈◊〉
wicked & they that hate the righteous, shal perish.
22 The LordFor when they seme to be ouercome with great dāgers and dea it self, then
〈◊〉
sheweth
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
redemeth the soules of his seruants & none that trust in him, shal perish.
PSAL. XXXV.
1 So long as Saúl was
〈◊〉
to Dauid, all that had anye
〈◊〉
vnder him to flatter their King (as is the course of the worlde) did also moste cruelly persecute Dauid: against whome he praieth God to pleade and to
〈◊〉
his cause, 8 That thev maye be taken in theyr nets and snares which thei laied
〈◊〉
him, that his innocencie maye be declared, 26 And that the innocent, whiche taketh
parte with him,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and praise the Name of the Lord, that thus
〈◊〉
his seruant. 28 And so he promiseth to speake forthe the iustice of the Lord, and to
〈◊〉
his Name all the dayes of his life.Psal. xxxv.
¶ A Psalme of Dauid.
1 PLeade thou myHe
〈◊〉
God to
〈◊〉
his cause
〈◊〉
them
〈◊〉
did
〈◊〉
him and
〈◊〉
him. cause, ô Lord, with thē that
〈◊〉
with me? fight thou agaynst them, that fight against me.
2
〈◊〉
God can with his breath destroy all his enemies, yet the holy Goit
〈◊〉
vnto him these outward
〈◊〉
to assure vs of hys
〈◊〉
power. Laie hand vpon the
〈◊〉
and buckler, and stand vp for
〈◊〉
helpe.
3 Bring out also the
〈◊〉
and stoppe (the waie) against them, that persecuteme: saie vnto myAssure me againste these tentations, that thou art the
〈◊〉
of my saluation. soule, I am thy saluacion.
4 Let them be confounded & put to shame, that seke after my soule let thē be turned backe, and broght to confusion, that imagine mine hurt.
5 Let them be as chaffe before the winde,d Smie thē with the spirit of giddines that their
〈◊〉
maye be foolish, and they receyue
〈◊〉
rewarde. & let the Angel of the Lord scater (thē.)
6 Let their waie be
〈◊〉
and slipperie: and let the Angel of the Lord persecute them.
7 ForShewing that we
〈◊〉
call
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
without cause they haue hid the pit (and) their net for me without cause haue they digged (a pit) for my soule.
8
〈◊〉
destruction come vppon
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
hym at
〈◊〉
, and let his net, that he hathe laied
〈◊〉
, take him
〈◊〉
him fall into
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
destruction.
9
〈◊〉
my soule shalbe ioyfull in the Lord:
〈◊〉
reioyce in his saluacion.
10 All my
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. bones shal saie, Lord, who is like
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, which deliuerest the poore from him, that is to strōg for himlyea, the poore and him that is in miserie, frome hym that spoileth him!
11 That wolde not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
did rise vp thei asked of methings that I knewe not.
12 They rewarded me euill for good, toTo haue taken from me all
〈◊〉
and broght me into dispaire. haue spoiled my soule.
13 Yet I, when thei were sicke, I was clothed with a sacke: I humbled my
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
: andI prayed for the with inward affection, as I wolde haue done for my
〈◊〉
, I declared mine
〈◊〉
with
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
head. my praier was
〈◊〉
vpon
〈◊〉
bosome.
14 I behaued my
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to my brother
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
15
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
saw me
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and I
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
16
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
word
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that the proude
〈◊〉
at
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
death. bakets,
〈◊〉
With their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
againstme.
17
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
long wilt thou beholde (this?)
〈◊〉
my
〈◊〉
from their tumulte, (euē) my
〈◊〉
(soule) from the lions.
18 (So) wil I giue thee thākes in a
〈◊〉
Cō
gregacion: I wil praise thee among muche people.
19 Let not them that are mine enemies,
〈◊〉
reioyce ouerme, nether let them?token of
〈◊〉
& mocking
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. winke with the eye, that hate me without a cause.
20 For they speake not as friendes: but they imagine
〈◊〉
words against the
〈◊〉
of the land.
21 And they gaped on me with their mouthes, saying, Aha, aha,Their eloyced as thogh they had now sene Dauid ouer throwen. our eye hath sene.
22 Thou hast sene it, ô Lord: kepe not silēce: be not farre from me, ô Lord.
23 Arise and wake to my iudgement, (euen) to my cause, my God, and my Lord.
24 Iudge me, ô Lord my God, accordynge to thy
〈◊〉
is the iustice of God to giue to the
〈◊〉
affliction &
〈◊〉
, and to the oppressed,
〈◊〉
& relief, 2. Thes. 1. 6. righteousnes, and let them not reioyce ouer me.
25 Let them not saye in their heartes,Because we haue that, which we soght for, seing he is destroyed. O our soule reioyce: nether let them saye, We haue deuoured him.
26 Let them be confounded, & put to shame,That is, at once, were they neuer so
〈◊〉
or mightie. together, that reioyce at mine hurt: let them be clothedThis praier shal
〈◊〉
be verified against them, that persecure the
〈◊〉
. with confusiō & shame, that lift vp them selues against me.
27 (But) let them be ioyfull and glad,That at least fauour my ryght, thoght thei be not able to helpeme. that loue my ryghteousnes: yea, let them saye alwaie, Let the Lord be magnified, whiche loueth theHe
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
to prai se God for the
〈◊〉
of hys
〈◊〉
, and for the
〈◊〉
of his
〈◊〉
. prosperitie of his seruant.
28 And my tongue shal vtter thy righteousnes, (and) thy praise euerie day.
PSAL. XXXVI.
1 The Prophet gricuously vexed by the wicked, doeth cō
plaine of their malicious wickednes. 6 Then he turneth to consider the vnspeakable goodnes of God towardes all creatures: 9 But specially towards his children, that by the faith thereof he maye be comforted & assured of hys deliuerance by this ordinarie course of Gods worke 13 who in the ende destroyeth the wicked and
〈◊〉
the iuste.
¶ To him that excelleth. A Psal. of Dauid, the seruant of the Lord.
1 WIckednes saieth to the wicked man,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
by his
〈◊〉
, that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
forward the
〈◊〉
from wicked nes to wickednes,
〈◊〉
go about to couer his impieric. cuē in mine heart, (that there is) no feare of God before his eyes.
2 For heThogh all other
〈◊〉
his vile sinne, yet he
〈◊〉
selfe seeth it not. flattereth hym selfe in hys owne eyes, while his iniquitie is found (worthie) to be hated.
3 The wordes of his mouthe (are) iniquitie andThe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
at
〈◊〉
doctrine and put not difference
〈◊〉
good and euill. deceite: he hathe left of to vnderstand (and) to do good.
4 HeBy describing at large the nature of the
〈◊〉
, he
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
beware of these vices. imagineth mischief vpon his bed: he setteth him selfe vpon a waie, (that is) not good (and) doeth not abhorre euil.
5 ThyThogh wickednes
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
all the
〈◊〉
, yet by thine
〈◊〉
prouidence thou
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and earth. mercie, ô Lord, (reacheth) vnto the heauens, (and) thy faithfulnes vnto the cloudes.
6 Thy righteousnes (is) like theEbr. the mountaines of God:
〈◊〉
whatsoeuer is excellent, is thus called. mightye mountaines: thy iudgements (are like) a greatThe depth of thy prouidence gouerneth all things, & disposeth them, albert the wicked seme to ouer whelme the world deepe, thou, Lord, doest saue man & beast.
7 How excellent is thy mercie, ô God! therfore the children of men truste vnder the shadowe of thy wings.
8 They shalbeOnely Gods chil dren haue ynough of all things bothe
〈◊〉
this life
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. satisfied with the fatnes of thine house, and thou shalt giue thē drinke out of the riuer of thy pleasures.
9 For with thee (is) the well of life, (&) in thy light shal we se light.
10 Extend thy louing kindenes vnto them thatHe sheweth who are Gods children, to wit, they that know
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vprightly. knowe thee, and thy ryghteousnes
〈◊〉
them that are vpright in heart.
11 Let not theLet not the proude aduance him self agaynste me, nether the power of the wicked driue me away. fote of pride come agaynste me, and let not the hand of the wicked mē moue me.
12 That is, in theyr pride wherin they flatter thē selues. There they are fallen that worke iniquitie: they are cast downe, and shal not be able to rise.
PSAL. XXXVII.
1 This Psalme conteineth exhortation and consolatiō for the weake, that are grieued at the prosperitie of the wicked, and the affliction of the godlie. 7 For how prosperously soeuer the wicked do liue for the time he doeth affirme their felicitie to be vaine and transitorie, because they are not in the fauour of God, but in the end they are destroyed as his enemies. 11 And how miserably that the righteous semeth to liue in the world yet his end is peace and he is in the fauour of God, he is deliuered frome the wicked and preserued.
¶ A Psalme of Dauid.
1 FReate notHe admonisheth vs nether to vexe our selues for the prosperous estate of the wicked, nether to desire to be like them to make our state the
〈◊〉
. thy self because of the wicked men, nether be enuious for the euil doers.
2 For they shall soone beFor Gods iudgement cutteth downe their state in a moment. cut downe like grasse, and shal wither as the grene herbe.
3 To trust in God, and do according to his wil,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, that his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
wil neuer faile vs. Trust thou in the Lord and do good dwel in the land, & thou shalt be fed assuredly.
4 And delite thy self in the Lord, and he shal giue thee thine hearts desire.
5 Be not led by thine owne wisdome, but obey God, and he wyll finish his worke in
〈◊〉
. Commit thy waye vnto the Lord, & trust in him, and he shal bring it to passe.
6 And he shal bring forthe thy righteousnes as the light, and thyAs the hope of the dailight
〈◊〉
vs not to be offended with the darkenes of the night: so ought we paciently to truste that God wil cleare our cause & restore vs to our right. iudgement as the noone daye.
7 Waite paciently vpon the Lord and hope in him: freat not thy self for himVVhen God
〈◊〉
the wicked to prosper, it semeth to the
〈◊〉
that he fauoreth their doings. whiche prospereth in his way: (nor) for the māthat bringeth (his) entreprises to passe.
8 Cease from angre, & leaue of wrath: freat not thy selfeMeaning, except he moderate hys affections, he shalbe led to do as they do. also to do euil.
9 For euil doers shalbe cut of, and thei that waite vpon the Lord, they shal inherit the land.
10 He correcteth the impaciēcie of
〈◊〉
nature, which can not abide till the fulnes of Gods time he come. Therefore yet a litle while, and the wicked shal not (appeare,) & thou shalt loke after his place, and he shal not (be found.)
11 But * meeke men shall possesse the earth, and shal haue their delite in the multitude of peace.
12 The godlie are assured that the power and craft of the wicked shall not preuaile agaynste them: but fall on they rowne neckes, and therfore ought paciently to abide Gods time, and in the means while bewaile their sinnes, and
〈◊〉
vp theyr teares as a sacrifice of their obedience. The wicked practiseth against the iust, & gnasheth his teeth against him.
13 (But) the Lord shall laugh hym to scorne: for he seeth, that his daye is coming.
14 The wicked haue drawne (their) sword, & haue bent their bowe, to caste downe the poore and nedie, (and) to slaye suche as be of vpright conuersation.
15 (But) their sworde shall entre into theyr owne hearte, and theyr bowes shall be broken.Matt. 5. 5.
16 For
〈◊〉
are daily fed as with
〈◊〉
from heauen, and haue sufficient, whē the wicked haue neuer ynough, but euer hungre. A small thing vnto the iust man is better, then greate riches to the wycked (and) mightie.
17 For the armes of the wicked shalbe brokē: but the Lord vp holdeth the iustmen.
18 The LordGod knoweth what dāgers hang ouer his, and be what meanes to deliuer them. knoweth the dayes of vpright men, and their inheritance shalbe perpetual.
19 They shal not be confounded in the perilous time, and in the daye of famine they shal haueFor God
〈◊〉
giue them contented mindes, & that whiche shalbe
〈◊〉
. ynough.
20 But the wicked shal perish, and the ennemies of the Lorde shalbe consumed as theThey shall vanishe awaye suddenly: for they are fed for the daie of
〈◊〉
. sat of lambes: (euen) with the smoke shal they consume awaye.
21 The wicked boroweth and payeth not againe: but the righteous is mercifull, andGod so furnisheth him
〈◊〉
his blessing, that he is able to helpe
〈◊〉
. giueth.
22 For suche as be blessed (of God,) shal inherit the land, and thei that be cursed of him, shalbe cut of.
23 God prospereth
〈◊〉
faithful, becau se they
〈◊〉
in his waies with an vpright
〈◊〉
. The paths of mā are directed by the Lord: for he loueth his waye.
24 Thogh he
〈◊〉
God doeth
〈◊〉
his faith with diuers tenta tions. fall, he shal not be cast of: for the Lord putteth vnder his hand.
25 I haue bene yong and amolde: yet I sawe neuer the righteous forsakē, nor hisThogh the iuste mā dye, yet Gods blessings are
〈◊〉
to his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, & thogh God suffer some iust
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
poral benefites,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
him with
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. sede begging bread.
26 (But) he is euer merciful and lendeth, and his sede (enioyeth) the blessing.
27 Flee from euill and do good, and dwell for euer.
28 For the Lord loueth iudgement, and forsaketh not his Saints: they shalbe preserued for euer more: but the sede of the wicked shalbe cut of.
29 The righteous men shal inherit the land, and dwel thereinThey shal
〈◊〉
be preserued vnder Godly wings, and haue at least inwarde rest. for euer.
30 TheThese thre pointes are required of the faithfull, that their talke be godlie, that Gods lawe be in their hearte, and that their life be vpright. mouth of the righteous wil speake of wisdome, and his tongue will talke of iudgement.
31 (For) the Law of his God (is) in his hearte, (and) his steppes shal not slide,
32 The wicked watcheth the righteous, and seketh to slay him.
33 (But) the Lorde will not leaue hym in hys hand, nor condemne him, when he isFor thogh it be sometime so
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
: both for Gods glorie and theyr saluation, yet he will approue their cause, and
〈◊〉
, their wrong. iudged.
34 Waite thou on the Lord, & kepe his waye, and he shall exalte thee, that thou shalt inherite the land: when the wicked men shal perish, thou shalt se.
35 I haue sene the wicked strong, and spreading him self like a grene bayetre.
36 Yet heSo that the
〈◊〉
of the wic ked
〈◊〉
but as a cloude, which vanisheth a waye in a moment. passed awaye, and lo, he was gone, and I soght him, but he colde not be founde.
37 He exhorieth the faithfull to marke
〈◊〉
the examples both of Gods mercies, and also of his iud gements. Marke the vpright man, and behold the iust for the end of (that) man (is) peace.
38 But the transgressours shalbe destroyed together, (and) the end of the wicked shal be cut of.
39 But theHe sheweth that the pacient hope of the godlie is neuer in vaine, but in the ende hathe good succes, thogh for a time GOD proue thē by sundrie tentations. saluation of the ryghteous men (shalbe) of the LORDE: he (shalbe) their strenght in the time of trouble.
40 For the Lord shall helpe them, and delyuer them: he shall deliuer them frome the wicked, and shall saue them, because they trust in him.
PSAL. XXXVIII.
1 Dauid lying sicke of some grieuous disease, acknowledgeth him selfe to be chastised of the Lord for his sinnes, and therefore praieth GOD to turne awaye his wrath. 5 He vttereth the greatnes of his grief by manye wordes and circumstances, as wounded with the arrowes of Gods ire, forsaken of his friendes, euill intreated of hys ennemies. 22 But in the ende with firme confidence he commendeth his cause to God, and hopeth for spedie helpe at his hand.
¶ A Psalme of Dauid forTo put him self & others in mind of Gods chastisement for sinne. remembrance.
1 O Lord, rebuke me not in thineHe desireth not to be exēpted frō Gods rod, but that he wolde so moderate his hande, that he mighte be able to heare it. angre, nether chastise me in thy wrath.
2 For thineThey sickenes, wherewith thou hast visited me. arrowes haue light vpon me, and thine hand lyeth vpon me.
3 There (is) nothing sounde in my fleshe, because of thine angre: nether (is) there rest in my bones because of myDauid acknowledgeth God to be iust in his punishments because hys sins had deserued muche mote. sinne.
4 ForHe cōfesleth his sins, Gods iustice, & maketh prayer his refuge. mine iniquities are gone ouer myne head, (and) as a weightye burden they are to heauie for me.
5 My woundes are putrified, and corrupte because ofThat rather gaue place: omine own Iustes, then to the wil of God my foolishnes.
6 I am bowed, (and) croked very sore: I go Or, blacke, as one that is dissigured & consumed with sicknes. mourning all the daye.
7 For my reines are full of burning, & there (is) nothing sounde in my fiesh.
8 I am weakened and sore broken: IThis example Warneth vs neuer to despaire, be the torment neuer so great: but alwaies to crye vnto God with sure trust for deliue ance. roare for the verie grief of mine heart.
9 Lord, (I powre) my whole desire before thee, and my sighing is nothid from thee.
10 Mine heartEbr. Runneth about, or, is tossed to & fro: meaning that he was destiture of all helpe & counsel. panteth: my strength faileth me, and the light of mine eyes, euenMy sight faileth me for verie solowe. they are not mine owne.
11 My louers and my friēds standaside from my plague, and myParrely for feare, &
〈◊〉
for pride they denied all
〈◊〉
and friendship. kinsmen stand a farre of.
12 They also, that seke after my life, lay snares, and they that go about to dome euill, talke wicked things and imagine deceite continually.
13 But I asFor I can haue no audiēce before men, and therfore pacientlye
〈◊〉
for the helpe of God. a deafe man heard not, and (am) as a dumme man, (which) openeth not hys mouth.
14 Thus am I as a man, that heareth not, and in whose mouth (are) no reprofes.
15 For on thee, ô Lord, do I waite: thou wilt heare (me,) my Lord, my God.
16 For I said, (Heare me,) lest they reioyce ouer me, (for)That is, if they se
〈◊〉
thou succour
〈◊〉
not in tyme, they wil mocke & triumph, as thogh thouhadest for taken me. when my fote slippeth, they extoll them selues against me.
17 Surely I am ready toI am without hope to recouer my strength. halte, & my sorow (is) euer before me.
18 When I declare my peine, (and) am sorie for my sinne,
19 Then minein my greatest miserie they most reioyce. ennemies are aliue (and) are mightie, and they that hate me wrongfully are manie.
20 They also, that rewarde euil for good, are mine aduersaries, because I followHe had rather haue the hatred of all the worlde, thē to faile in anye parte of his
〈◊〉
to Godwatd. goodnes.
21 Forsake me not, ô Lord: be not thou farre from me, my God.
22 Haste thee to helpe me, ô my Lord, myVVhiche art the autor of my saluation: and this declareth that he prayed with sure hope of deliuerāce sal uation.
PSAL. XXXIX.
1 Dauid vttereth with what greate grief and bitternes of minde he was driuen to these outragious complaintes of his infirmities. 2 For he confesseth that when he had determined silence, that he brast forth yet into wordes that he wolde not, through the greatnes of his grief. 4 Then he rehearseth certeine requestes which taste of the infirmitie of man. 8 And mixed with them manye prayers: but all do shewe'a minde wōderfully troubled, that it may plainely appeare how he did striue mightly against death and desperation.
¶ To the excellent musicianThis was one of the chief, singers, 1. Chr. 16. 41. Ieduthún. A Psalme of Dauid.
1 I Thoght,Albeit he had appointed with him self paciently to haue taryed Gods
〈◊〉
, yer the vehemēcie of his peine caused him to breake his purpose. I will take hede to my waies, that I sinne not with my tongue: I wyll kepe my mouthe brideled, while the wicked is in my sight.
2 I was dumme and spake nothing: I kept silence (euen) from good,Thogh when the Wicked ruled, he thoght to haue kept silence, yet his zeale
〈◊〉
him to change his minde. and my sorowe was more stirred.
3 Mine heart was hote within me, (&) while I was musing, the fyre kindled, (&)He
〈◊〉
that he grudged agaīst God, consideryng the greatnes of his sorowes, and the shortnes of his lif. I spake with my tongue, (saying,)
4 Lord, let me knowe mine end, & the measure of my dayes, what it is: let me knowe how long I haue to liue.
5 Beholde, thou haste made my dayes as an hand breadth, and mine age as nothing in respect of thee: surely euery mā (in his best) state is altogetherYet Dauid offen ded in that that he reasoned Wyth God, as thogh that he were to seuere to ward his weake creature. vanitie. Sélah.
6 Douteles man walketh in a shadowe, and disquieteth him selfe in vaine: he heapeth vp (riches,) and can not tell who shall gather them.
7 And now Lord, what waite I for? mine hope is euen in thee.
8 Deliuer me from all my transgressions, and make me not a rebuke vnto theMake me not a mocking stock to the wicked, or wrap me not vp with the wicked whē they are put to shame. foolish.
9 I shulde haue bene dumme, and not haue opened my mouthe, becauseSeing my troubles came of thy prouidēce, I ought to haue endured them paciently. thou didest it.
10 Take thy plague away from me: for I am consumed by the stroke of thine hand.
11 When thou with rebukes doest chastise man for iniquitie, thou as a mothThogh thine opē plagues light not euermore vppon them, yet thy secret cursse continually freteth thē. makest hisThe word signifieth al that he desire h, as health, force, strēgth,
〈◊〉
tie, and in whatsoeuer hehath delite, so that the rod of GOD
〈◊〉
away al that is desired in this world beautie to consume: surely euerie man (is) vanitie. Sélah.
12 Heare my praier, ô Lord, and hearken vnto my crye: kepe not silence at my teares, for I am a stranger with thee, (and) a soiourner as all my fathers.
13 Stay (thine angre) from me, that I maye recouer my strength,For his sorowe caused him to thinke that God wolde destroy him vtterly: whereby we
〈◊〉
how hard it is for the very Saintes to kepe a measure in their wordes, when death and despaire assaile them. before I go hence & be not.
PSAL. XL.
1 Dauid deliuered from great danger, doeth magnifie and praise the grace of God for his deliuerance, and commē
deth his prouidence towards all mankind, 5 Thē doeth he promise to giue him self wholly to Gods seruice, and so declareth how God is truely worshiped. 14 Afterward he giueth thankes and praiseth God, and hauing cōplarned of his enemies, with good courage he calleth foraide and succour.
¶ To him that excelleth. A Psalme of Dauid.
1 I WaitedThogh God differred his helpe,
〈◊〉
he pacientlye abode,
〈◊〉
he was
〈◊〉
. paciently for the Lord, and he inclined vnto me, and heard my crye.
2 He broght me also out of theHe hath
〈◊〉
me from most great dangers. horrible pit, out of the myrie claie, and set my fete vpon the rocke, and ordered my goings.
3 And he hath put in my mouthThat is, a speciall occasion to praise his Name. a new song of praise vnto our God: manie shal se it and feare, and shal trust in the Lord.
4 Blessed (is) the mā, that maketh the Lord his trust, and regardethTo follow their example, whiche he
〈◊〉
nedes do, that trusteth not onely in the lord. not the proude, nor suche as turne aside to lies.
5 Dauid goeth frō one kind of
〈◊〉
sauour to the concemplation of his prouidēce ouer all, and
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
counsels to wards vs are
〈◊〉
aboue our capacities: We cannot so much as tell them in ordre. O Lord my God, thou hast made thy wonderfull workes (so) manie, that none can counte in ordre to thee thy thoghts to ward vs: I wolde declare, and speake (of thē, but) thei are mo then I am able to expresse.
6 Sacrifice and offring thou didest not desire: [(for)Thou haste opened
〈◊〉
eares to vnderstād the spiritual meaning of the sacrificess and here Dauid estemeth the ceremonies of the Lawe nothing in respect of the spiritual seruice. mine eares hast thou prepared] burnt offring and sin offring hast thou not required.
7 VVhen thou hadest opened myne eares and hearte, I wasreadie to obci thee, being assured that I was
〈◊〉
in the boke of thine electe for thys end. Then said, I, Lo, I come (for) in the rolle of the boke it (is) writen of me,
8 I desired to do thy good wil, ô my GOD: yea, thy Law is within mine heart.
9 I haue declared (thy) righteousnes in theIn the Churche, assembled in the Sanctuarie. great Congregation: lo, I wil not refreine my lippes: ô Lord, thou knowest.
10 I haue not hid thy ryghteousnes within mine heart, (but) I haue declared thyDauid here nombreth, degrees of our saluaciō: Gods mercie, whereby he
〈◊〉
vs thys righteousnes, whi the signifieth hys
〈◊〉
protection, & his
〈◊〉
, whereby appeareth his constant
〈◊〉
, so that hereofprocedeth our saluation. trueth and thy saluation: I haue not cōceiled thy mercie and thy trueth from the great Cō
gregation,
11 Withdrawe not thou thy tendre mercye frome me, ô Lord: let thy mercie and thy trueth alway preserue me.
12 For innumerable troubles haue compassed me: my sinnes haue taken suche holde vpō me, that I am not able to loke vp: (yea,) thei are mo in nomber then thee heeres of mine head therefore mine heart hathAs touching the iudgement of the flesh, I was
〈◊〉
destitute of all
〈◊〉
: yet faith in wardlye moued myne hearte to
〈◊〉
. failed me.
13 Let it please thee, ô Lord, to deliuer me: make haste, ô Lord, to helpe me.
14 Let them beHe desireth that Gods mercie may contend for hym
〈◊〉
therage of his enemies. confounded & put to shame together, that seke my soule to destroye it: let them be driuen backewarde and put to rebuke, that desire mine hurt.
15 Let them beLet the same shame, aud
〈◊〉
light vpon them, Whiche they intended to haue broght vpon me. destroyed for a rewarde of theyr shame, whiche saye vnto me, Aha, aha.
16 Let all them, that seke thee, reioyce and be glad in thee: and let them, that loue thy saluation, saye alwaye,As the faithfull alwayes
〈◊〉
God for his benefites: so the wicked mocke Gods children in their
〈◊〉
. The Lord be praised.
17 Thogh I be poore and nedie, the LORD thinketh on me: thou art mine helper and my deliuerer my God, make no tarying.
PLAL. XLI.
1 Dauid being grieuously
〈◊〉
, blesseth them. that pitie his case. 9 And complaineth of the treason of hys owne friendes and familiares, as came to passe in Iudas, Iohn.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. After he feling the greate mercies of GOD gentlye
〈◊〉
hym and not sufferynge hys ennemies to triumphe against him, 13 Giueth moste heartie thankes vnto God.
¶ To him that excelleth. A Psalme of Dauid.
1 BLessed (is) he thatNot
〈◊〉
him as
〈◊〉
Who megod
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, knowing, that there are
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
causes, way God
〈◊〉
his hand vpon
〈◊〉
, and afte
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
vs. iudgeth wisely of the poore: the Lord shal deliuer him in the time of trouble.
2 The Lord wil kepe him, and preserue him aliue: he shal be blessed vpon the earth, and thou wilt not deliuer him vnto the wyll of his enemies.
3 The Lord will strengthen him vpon theVVhē for
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
him self vpon his bed. bed of sorowe: thou haste turned all hysThou hast restored him in his sickebed and
〈◊〉
him
〈◊〉
. bed in his sickenes.
4 (Therefore) I said, Lord haue mercie vpon me: healemy soule, for I haue sinned against thee.
5 Mine enemiesThat is,
〈◊〉
me and can not
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
hare quēched, but with my shameful death. speak euil of me, (saying,) When shal he dye, and his name perish?
6 And if he come to se me, he speakethFor
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
me,
〈◊〉
conspireth my death in his harte, and braggeth the
〈◊〉
. lies, (but) his hearte heapeth iniquitie within him, (and when) he cometh sorthe, he telleth it.
7 All they that hate me, whisper together against me: (euen) against me do they imagine mine hurt.
8 The ennemye thogh by his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
punishements
〈◊〉
God was be come his mortal
〈◊〉
. A mischief is light vpon him, and he that lieth, shal no more rise.
9 Yea, myEbr. The man
〈◊〉
my peace. familiar friend, whome I trusted, which did eat of my bread,
〈◊〉
Dauid
〈◊〉
this falshod, and as it was chiefly accomplished
〈◊〉
Christ, Iohn.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
so shal his mēber continually,
〈◊〉
the same. hathe lifted vp the hele against me.
10 Therefore, O Lord, haue mercie vpon me, and raise me vp: so I shal rewarde them.
11 By this I knowe that thou fauorest me, because mine enemie doeth not triumphe against me.
12 And as for me, thou vp holdest meMeaning, ethe in
〈◊〉
itie
〈◊〉
life, or in the
〈◊〉
feare of God
〈◊〉
gainst all
〈◊〉
in mine integritie, and doest set me before thyShewing me
〈◊〉
dent signes of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ce. face for euer.
13 Blessed (be) the Lord God of Israél worlde without end.By
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
he stirreth vp
〈◊〉
faithfull to
〈◊〉
God. So be it, euen so be it.
PSAL. XLII.
1 The Propher grieuously complaineth, that beinge letted by his persecutors, he colde not be present in the Congregaciō of Gods people, protesting that althogh he was separated in bodie from thē yet his heart was thither warde affectioned. 7 And last of all he sheweth, that he was not so farre ouercome with these sorowes and thoghts. 8 But that he continually put his confidence in the Lord. Psal. xlii.
¶ To him that excelleth. A Psalme to giue instructiō,As a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
be kept of thē, Wh che were of the
〈◊〉
ber of the Leuites cōmitted to the sonnes of Kōrah.
1 AS the hart braieth for the riuers of water, soBy these
〈◊〉
: des of thirst & pā ting he she
〈◊〉
his seruent desir to serue God in
〈◊〉
Temple. panteth my soule after thee, O God.
2 My soule thirsteth for God, (euen) for the liuing God: when shall I come and appeare (before) the presence of God?
3 As others
〈◊〉
pleasure in
〈◊〉
and drinking,
〈◊〉
he was
〈◊〉
giuen to weiping My teares haue bene my meate daye and night, while they daily say vnto me, Where is thy God?
4 When I remembredThat is, how Eled the people
〈◊〉
serue thee in
〈◊〉
Tabernacle, an now seing my
〈◊〉
tratiete
〈◊〉
, I
〈◊〉
for sorow. these things, I powred out my verie heart, because I had gone with the multitude, (&) led them in to the House of God with the voice of singīg, (&) praise (as) a multitude the kepeth a feast.
5 Why art thou cast downe, my soule, & vnquiet within me?Thogh he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
assal tes of the
〈◊〉
to cast him
〈◊〉
despaire. yet his faith groūded on Gods accustomed mercies,
〈◊〉
the vi ctorie. waite on God: for I will yet giue him thankes for the helpe of his presence.
6 My God, my soule is cast downe within meThat is, when I remember thee in this lande of my bannishement among the mountaines. because I remember thee, from the lande of Iordén, and Hermonim, (and) frome the mount Mizár.
7 (One)Afflictiōs came so
〈◊〉
vpō me, that I felt my selfe as ouerwhelmed: wherby he shewech there is no end of our miserie, till God be
〈◊〉
, & send remedie. depe calleth (another) depe by the noise of thy water spoutes. all thy waues & thy floods are gone ouer me.
8 The LordHe
〈◊〉
him self of Gods helpe in time to come. wil grante his louing kindnes in the daye, and in the nyghte shall I sing of him, (euen) a praier vnto the God of my life.
9 I will saie vnto God, (whiche is) my rocke, Why haste thou forgotten me? why go I mournīg, whē the enemie oppresseth (me?)
10 MyThat is I am moste grieuouslye
〈◊〉
. bones are cut a sunder, while myne enemies reproche me, saying daielye vnto me, Where is thy God?
11
〈◊〉
repetition doeth declare that Dauid did not ouercome at once: to
〈◊〉
vs to be
〈◊〉
for asmuch as God wil certein ly deliuer his. Why art thou cast downe, my soule? and why art thou disquieted within me? waite on God: for I wil yet giue him thankes: (he is) my present helpe, and my God.
PSAL. XLIII.
1 He praieth to be deliuered from them whiche conspire against him, that he might ioyfully praise God in his hohe Congregacion.
1 IVdgeHe desireth God to vndertake hys cause againste the enemies, but chieflye that he wolde
〈◊〉
him to the Tabernacle. me, ô God, and defende my causepsal. xliii. against the vnmercifulThat is, the cruel companie of mine enemies. people: delyuer me from the deceitful and wicked man.
2 For thou art the God of my strength: why hast thou put me awaie? why go I so mourning, when the enemie oppresseth (me.)
3 Send thyTo wit, thy fauor whiche appeareth by the performāce of thy promises. light and thy trueth: let them lead me: let thē bring me vnto thyne holye Mountaine and to thy Tabernacles.
4 ThenHe promiseth to offer a solemne sacrifice of thankesgiuing in
〈◊〉
of his
〈◊〉
deliuerance. will I go vnto the altar of GOD, (euen) vnto the God of my ioy (&) gladnes: and vpon the harpe wil I giue thākes vnto thee, ô God, my God.
5 Why art thou cast downe, my soule? & why art thou disquieted within me?VVherby he admonisheth the faithful not to relent, but constātly to waite on the Lord, thogh theyr troubles be longe and great. waite on God: for I wil yet giue him thankes, (he is) my present helpe, and my God.
PSAL. XLIIII,
1 The faithful remember the great mercie of God towarde his people. 9 After, thei complaine, because they fele it no more. 17 Also thei alledge the couenant made wyth Abraham, for the keping whereof they shewe what grieuous things' thei suffred. 23 Finally they praie vnto God not to contemne their affliction, seing the same redoundeth to the contempt of his honour.
¶ To him that excedeth. A Psalme to giue instructiō, cōmitted to the sonnes of Kōrah.
1 WE haue heard with ourThis Psalme semeth to haue bene made by some excellent Prophete for the vse of the people, when the Church was iu extreme miseric, ether at their returne from Babylon,
〈◊〉
vnder Antio,
〈◊〉
, or in suche like
〈◊〉
. eares, ô God: our fathers haue tolde vs the works (that) thon hast done in their daies, in the olde time:
2 (How) thou hast driuen out theThat is, the Canaanites. heathen with thine hand, and plātedIo wit, our fathers, them: (how) thou hast destroyed theOf Canaan. people, and causedThat is, our fathers. them to growe.
3 For they inherited not the lande by theyr owne sworde, nether did their owne arme saue them but thy right hād, and thyne arme and the light of thy countenance, because thou didestGods fre
〈◊〉
& loue is the onelie fountaine and beginning of the
〈◊〉
. Deut. 4. 37. sauour them.
4 Thou art my King, ô God: send helpe vntoBecause thou are one King, therfore deliuer thy people from their miserie Iaakób.
5 Because thei and their forefathers made bothe one Church thei applie that to thē selues, which before the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
attribute to their fathers. Through thee haue we thrust backe our aduersaries: by the Name haue we troaden downe them that rose vp against vs.
6 For I do not trust in my bowe, nether can my sworde saue me.
7 But thou hast saued vs frō our aduersaries, and hast put thē to confusion that hate vs.
8 (Therfore) wil we praise God cōtinually, and wil confesse thy Name for euer.
〈◊〉
.
9 But (now) thou art farre of, and puttest vs toAs thei confessed before, that theyr strenght came of God, so now they acknowledge that this afflictiō came by his iust iudgement. confusion, and goest not forthe with our armies.
10 Thou makest vs to turne backe from the aduersarie, and thei, which hate vs, spoyleOr, at their pleasure. for them selues.
11 * Thou giuest vsKnowing God to be
〈◊〉
of this calamitie, thei mur
〈◊〉
not, but seke
〈◊〉
at his hands, who
〈◊〉
ded them. as shepe to be eaten, & doest scater vs among the nations.
12 Thou sellest thy peopleAs
〈◊〉
which are solde for a low price, nether
〈◊〉
thou for him that offreth,
〈◊〉
, but takest the
〈◊〉
ch apman. without gaine, & doest not increase their price.
13 Thou makest vs a reproche to our neighboure, a ieste and a laughing stocke to thē
Rom. 8. 36. that are round about vs.
14 Thou makest vs a prouerbe amòg the nations, and anodding of the head among the people.
15 MyI dare not lift vp mine heade for shame. confusion (is) daiely before me, and the shame of my face hathe couered me,
16 For the voice of the sclanderer and rebuker, for the enemie andMeaning,
〈◊〉
proude and
〈◊〉
tyrant. auenger.
17 All this is come vpon vs, yet do we notThei boasle not of their vertues, but declare that thei rest vpon God in the middes of their
〈◊〉
who punished not now their stunes, but by hard afflictions called them to the consideratiō of the heauenlye ioyes. forget thee, nether deale we falsely concerning thy couenant.
18 Our heart is not turned backe: nether our steppes gone out of thy paths,
19 Albeit thou hast smitē vs downe into the place ofOr, whales: meaning the bottomles seat of
〈◊〉
, here we se the power of faith which can be ouercome by no perils. dragons, and couered vs with the shadowe of death.
20 If we haue forgottē the Name of our God and holden vp our handes to aThei shewe that thei honored
〈◊〉
aright because they trusted in him alone. straunge God,
21 Shal not GODThei take God to Witnes that thei were vpright to him ward. searche this out? for he knoweth the secrets of the heart.
22 Surely for thy sakeThe faithfull make this their comfort, that the wicked punish them not for their sinnes, but for Gods cause,
〈◊〉
. 5. 10. 1
〈◊〉
. 4. 14. are we slaine continuallye, and are counted as shepe for the slaughter.
23 Vp, why slepest thou, ô Lord? awake, be not farre of for euer.
24 Wherfore hidest thou thy face: (and) forgettest our miserie and our affliction?
25 For our soule isThere is no hope of recouerie, except thou put to thine hande and raise vs vp. beaten downe vnto the dust: our belly cleueth vnto the grounde.
26 Rise vp for our succour, and redeme vs for thyVVhiche is the onelie and sufficient ransom to
〈◊〉
bothe bodie and soule from all kinde of sclauerie and miserie. mercies sake.
PSAL. XLV.
1 The maiestie of Salomón, his honour, strenght, beautie, riches and power are praised, and also his mariage with
the Egyptian being an heathen woman is blessed. 10 If
〈◊〉
. XLV. that she can renounce her people & the loue of her coun trey and giue her felfe wholly to her housband. Vnder the which figure the wonderful maiestie and increase of the kingdome of Christ and the Church his spouse now taken of the Gentiles is discribed.
¶ To him that excelleth onThis was acer teine tune or an in strument. Shoshannim a song ofOf that
〈◊〉
laue that oght to be betwene the housband and the wife. loue to giue instruction, commit ted to the sonnes of
〈◊〉
.
1 MIne heart wil vtter forthe a good mat ter: I wil intreat in my workes of the King: my tongue (is as) the penne of a swift writer.
2 Thou artSalomons beautie and eloquence to winne fauour with his people, & his power to ouer come his enemies, is here described. fairer them the children of men: grace is powred in thy lippes, because God hathe blessed thee for euer.
3 Girde thy sworde vpō (thy) thigh, ô moste mightie (to wit) thy worship & thy glorie.
4 And prosper with thy glorie:He alludeth to them that ride in chariots in their triūphes, shewing that the quiet state of a kingdome stā deth in trueth,
〈◊〉
and iustice, not in
〈◊〉
pompe and vanitie. ride vpon the worde of trueth and of mekenes (&) of righteousnes: so thy right hand shal teache thee terrible things.
5 Thine arrowes (are) sharpe (to perce) the heart of the Kings enemies (therefore) the people shal fall vnder thee,
6 ThyVnder this figure of this kingdome of iustice is set for the euerlasting kingdome of Christ. throne, ô God (is) for euer and euer: the scepter of thy kingdome (is) a scepter of righteousnes.
7 Thou louest righteousues, and hatest wic kednes, because God (euē) thy God hatheHathe established thy kingdome as the figure of Christ which is the peace and ioye of the Church. anointed thee with the oyle of gladnes aboue thy felowes.
8 All thy garments (smell) of myrre and aloes (and) cassia (when thou comest) out of theyuorie palaces:In the which pa lace the people ma de thee ioyful to
〈◊〉
them giue thankes and reioyce for thee. where thei haue made the glad.
9 Kings daughters (were) amòg thine hono rable (wiues) vpon thy right hand did stād theThogh he had many Kings daugh ters among his wi ues, yet he loued Pharaohs
〈◊〉
best. Quene in a vesture of golde of Ophir
10 Vnder the figure of Pharaohs daugh ter he sheweth that the Church must cast of all car
〈◊〉
affections to obey Christ onely. Hearken, ô daughter, and consider, and incline thine eare: forget also thine owne people and thy fathers house.
11 So shal the King haue pleasure in thy beautie: for he is thy LORD, and reuerence thou him.
12 And theHe signifieth that diuers of them, that be riche shalbe benefactours to the Church, asbeit thei giue not
〈◊〉
obedience to the Gospel. daughter of Tyrus (with) the riche of the people shal do homage before thy face with presents.
13 The Kings daughter is all gloriousThere is nothing fained, nor hypocritical, but she is glorious bothe within and with out: and
〈◊〉
the Church hath not at all times this
〈◊〉
glorie the
〈◊〉
is to be imputed onely to their owne ingratitude. within"Or, zor. her clothing is of broydered golde.
14 She shal be broght vnto the King in raiment of nedle worke: the virgins (that fol low) after her, and her companions shal be broght vnto thee.
15 Withioye and gladnes shal thei be broght (and) shal enter into the Kings palace.
16 In steade of thy fathers shal thyThei shal haue greater graces thē their fathers. children be thou shalt make then princesHe signifieth the great compasse of Christs kingdome, which shalbe sufficient to enriche all his memmbres. through all the earth.
17 I wil make thyThis must onely be referred to Christ and not to Salomon. Name to be remembred through all generations: therefore shal the people giue thankes vnto thee worlde without end.
PSAL. XLVI.
1 A song of trumpeth or thankes giuing for the deliuerance of Ierusalém after Sennaherib with his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
awaie, or some other like sudden and maruelous
〈◊〉
by the
〈◊〉
hand of God 8 Whereby the Pro phet commending this great benefite, doeth exhorte the faithful to giue them selues wholly into the hand of God douting nothing but that vnder his protection
〈◊〉
shal be safe against all the
〈◊〉
of their enemies because this is his delite to asswage the rage of the
〈◊〉
when
〈◊〉
are moste busie against the iust.
¶ To him that excelleth vpon
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
or a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vnto
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
song. Alamoth a song committed to the sonnes of Korah,
1 GOd (is) ourOr
〈◊〉
on hope and strength (&) helpe inIn all
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
mercie and
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
his troubles, readie to be found.
2 Therefore wil not weThat is, we
〈◊〉
not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. feare, thogh the earth be moued, and thogh the mountaines fall into the middes of the sea.
3 (Thogh) the waters thereofThogh the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
so
〈◊〉
, yet
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of Gods
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
bring
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to his, rage (and) be troubled (&) the mountaines shake at the surges of the same. Sélah,
4 Yet there (is) a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, which
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
rough
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
smale, yet
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
oppointed it is sufficient. Riuer, whose streames shal make glad the Gitie of God (euen) the San ctuarie of the Tabernacles of the moste High.
5 God (is) in the middes of it (therefore (shal it not be moued: God shal helpe itAlwaies
〈◊〉
nede requireth. verie early.
6 (When the nations raged (&) the kingdomes were moued (God
〈◊〉
gaue his ce. thundred (&) the earth melted.
7 The Lord of hostes (is)Thei are assur
〈◊〉
God can & defend his
〈◊〉
from all danger enemies. with vs: the God of Iaakób (is our refuge. Sélah.
8 Come (&) beholde the workes of the Lord k what desolations he hathe made in the earth.
6 He maketh warres to cease vnto the ends of the worlde: he breaketh the bowe and cutteth the speare and burneth the chariotsh To withow he hathe destro his enemies
〈◊〉
liuered his
〈◊〉
with fyre.
10 BeHe warneth that persecute Church to
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
: els thei shal
〈◊〉
that God is to
〈◊〉
for strong forth against
〈◊〉
thei fight, stil and knowe that I am God: I wil be exalted among the heathen (&) I wil be exalted in the earth.
11 The Lord of hostes (is) with vs the God of (
〈◊〉
our refuge. Sélah.
PSAL. XLVIII.
2 The prophet exhorteth all people to the worship of the true and euerliuing God cūmeading the mercie of God toward the posteritie of Iaakób: 9 And after prophecieth of the kingdome of christ in this time of the Gospel.
¶ To him that excelleth. A Psalme committed to the sonnes of Kórah.
1
〈◊〉
peopleHere is
〈◊〉
Christ, vnto
〈◊〉
me all his
〈◊〉
giue willing
〈◊〉
dience. and
〈◊〉
wolde shew
〈◊〉
self terrible to
〈◊〉
wicked. clap your hands: sing loude vnto God with a ioyful voice.
2 For the Lord (is) high (&) terrible: a great King ouer all the earth.
3 He hatheHe hathe
〈◊〉
the Iewes,
〈◊〉
were the
〈◊〉
of the Law
〈◊〉
Prophets, scholer
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
that thei
〈◊〉
with gladnes
〈◊〉
them. subdued the people vnder vs, and the nations vnder our fete.
4 He hathe chosenGod hathe
〈◊〉
vs aboue all
〈◊〉
to enioye a
〈◊〉
glorious
〈◊〉
ce. our inheritance for vs: (euen) the glorie of Iaakób whome he loued. Sélah.
5 God is gone vp with triumph, euen the Lord, with theHe doeth
〈◊〉
vnto the trumpets, that were blowne at solemne feastes, but he doeth further signifie
〈◊〉
triumph of Christ and his glorious ascension into the heauens. sounde of the trumpet.
6 Sing praises to God, sing praises: sing prai ses vnto our King, sing praises.
7 For Godis the King of all the earth: sing praises (euerie one) that hathe e vnderstā
ding.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
singing, lest
〈◊〉
Name of God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vaine crying He
〈◊〉
God:
〈◊〉
, for that
〈◊〉
the great princes of the Worlde, whome he
〈◊〉
hields to the feloship of his Church.
8 God reigne th ouer the heathē. God sitteth vpon his holie throne.
9 The princes of the people are gathered vnto the people of the God of Abraham: for the shields of the worldes (belong) to God: he f is greatly to be exalted.
PSAL. XLVIII
1 A notable deliuerance of Ierusalem from the hand of ma nie Kings is ment ioned, for the which thankes are
〈◊〉
to God and the state of that citie is praised, that hathe God so presently at all times readie to defend the. The
〈◊〉
semeth to be made in the time of Aház, Ioshaphát. Asá or
〈◊〉
for in their times chiefly was
〈◊〉
citie by foren princes assalted. Some put this
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
betwe
〈◊〉
a long and
〈◊〉
, saying
〈◊〉
it is called a
〈◊〉
when there
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
instrument,
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
: and
〈◊〉
Psalme, the cō
〈◊〉
. The song of
〈◊〉
Psalme is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
instruments be
〈◊〉
, and the voi
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
weth The
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
contrary.
¶ a A song or Psalme committed to the sonnes of Kōrah.
1 GReat (is) the Lord, & greatly to be praised, in the b Citie of our God (euen) vpon his holie Mountaine.
2 Mount Zion (lying) Northward (is) faire in situation: (it is) the c ioye of the whole
〈◊〉
(and) the citie of the great King.
3 In the palaces theere of God is knowen for a d refuge.
4 For lo, the Kings were e gathered, & went
〈◊〉
God
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
through all
〈◊〉
worlde,
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
be
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in his
〈◊〉
. together.
5 When thei sawe f it, thei marueiled: thei we re astonied (&) suddenly driuen backe.
6 Feare came there vpon them (and) sorowe, as vpon a woman in trauaile.Because the wor
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to all
〈◊〉
that shulde
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
7 (As) with an East winde thou breakest the shippes g of Tarshish (so were they destroyed.
8 As we haue h heard, so haue we sene in the
〈◊〉
God
〈◊〉
the defence the
〈◊〉
, nether
〈◊〉
nor municiō
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Citie of the Lord of hostes, in the Citie of our God God wilstablish it for euer. Selah.
9 We waite for thy louing kindenes, ō GodThei conspired &
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Gods
〈◊〉
. in the middes of thy Temple.
10 O God, according vnto thy Name, so is thy praise vnto the i worldes end: thy right hādThe enemies we
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
at the
〈◊〉
of the Citie.
〈◊〉
That is of cilia,
〈◊〉
of the sea
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. is ful of righteousnes.
11 LetLet Ierusalem and the cities of
〈◊〉
reioyce
〈◊〉
thyiust,
〈◊〉
against thine enemies. mount Zion reioyce (&) the daughters of Iudáh be glad, because of thy iudgements.To wit, of our
〈◊〉
so haue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
: or,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his promes.
12 or in this outward
〈◊〉
and strength Gods blessing did also
〈◊〉
: but the chief is to be
〈◊〉
to God auour and secret defence, who neuer
〈◊〉
his. Compasse about Zión, and go rounde about it (&) tel the towres thereof.
13 Marke wel the wall thereof: be holde her towres, that ye maie tel your posteritie.i In all places
〈◊〉
thy Name
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
heard of,
〈◊〉
shal praise
〈◊〉
.
14 For this God (is our) God for euer & euer: he shal be our guide vnto the death.
〈◊〉
thei heare of
〈◊〉
maruelous workes.
PSAL. XLIX.
1 The holie God calleth all men to the consideration of mans life. 7 Shewing them not to be moste blessed, that are moste wealthie, and therefore not to be feared: but contrary wise he
〈◊〉
vp our mindes to consider how all things are ruled by God prouidēce. 14 Who as he iudgeth these worldelie misers to euerlasting torments 15. So doeth he
〈◊〉
his and wil rewarde them inthe day of the resurrection. 2 These. 1.
〈◊〉
.
¶ To him that excelleth. A Psalme committed to the sonnes of Kórah.
1 HEareHe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
how God gouerneth the worlde by his prouidence which can not be
〈◊〉
by the iudgement of the
〈◊〉
. this all (ye) people: gine eare: all ye that dwel in the worlde.
2 Aswel lowe as hie, bothe riche and poore
3 My mouth shal speake of wisdome, and the meditacion of mine heart (is) of knowled ge.
4 I wil incline mine eare to a parable (and) vtter my graue matter vpon
〈◊〉
harpe,
5 Wherefore shulde I
〈◊〉
wickednes
〈◊〉
& enemies rage, seing God wil execute his iudgements a gainst the wicked in time conueniē
feare in the euil daies (when) iniquitie shal compasse me about, (as at) mine heles:
6 They trust in theirTo trust in riches is more madnes,
〈◊〉
they
〈◊〉
nether
〈◊〉
life nor prolong it. goods, and boast thē selues in the multitude of their riches.
7 Yet a man can by no meanes redeme (his) brother, he can not giue his ran some to God.2.
〈◊〉
. 3. 1.
8 [SoThat is so rate, or not to be
〈◊〉
ue, as
〈◊〉
was precions in the daies of Eli. precious is the redemption of their soules,Meaning, it is impossible to liue to liue for euer: al so that life and death are onely in Gods hands. and the continuance for euer]
9 That he may liue stil for euer (&) not se the the graue.
10 For he seeth that wisemenIn that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
maketh
〈◊〉
betwene the persones. dye (&) also that the ignorant and foolish perish, and leaue their riches forThat is, not to their children, but to strangers, Yet the wicked profit nothy these exam ples,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
dreame an
〈◊〉
in earth. others.
11 (Yet they thinke, their houses (&) their ha bitacions (shal) (continue) for euer (euen) from generacion to generacion, andor, labour
〈◊〉
their name may be famous
〈◊〉
earth. call their lands by thir names.
12 But man shal not continue in honour: he is like theAs touching the death of the bodie beasts that dýe.
13 This their waie (vttereth their foolishnes (yet their posteritieThey speake and do the same thing that their
〈◊〉
did. delite in their talke. Selah.
14As
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
gathered into the folde, so shal thei be broght to the graue. Like shepe thei lie in graue:Because thei haue no parte of life euet lasting. death deuoureth them, & the righteous shal haue dominacion ouer them in theChrists cōming is as the
〈◊〉
when the elect shal reigne with Christ their head ouer the wicked. morning: fōr their beautie shal consume (when they (shal) (go from their house to graue.
15 But God shal deliuer my soule from the power of the graue:Or, because
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Iob. 27.
〈◊〉
. for he wil receiue me Sélah.
16 Be not thou afraied when one is made riche (&) when the glorie of his house is increased.
17 * For he shal take nothing a waie when he dyeth, nteher shal his pompe descend after him.
18 For while he liued,Ebr. he blessed his soule. hereioyced himself: andThe
〈◊〉
praise them that liue in desires and pleasures. men wil praise thee, when thou makest muche of thy self.1. tim. 6. 7.
19 Or, his soule.
And not passe the terme appointed for life. He shal enter into the generacion of his fathersBothe thei and their fathers shal liue here but a while and at length dye for euer. (&) they shal not liue for euer.
20 "Man (is) in honour, andHe condemneth mans
〈◊〉
, who hauing receiued excellent
〈◊〉
of God, abuseth them like a beast to his owne
〈◊〉
. vnderstandeth not: he is like to beasts that petish.
PSAL. L.
1 Because the Church is alwaie ful of hypocrites, Which de imagine that God wilbe worshiped with outward
〈◊〉
onely, without the heart: and especially the
〈◊〉
wesof this opinion, becaus e of their figure and
〈◊〉
of the Law, t hinking that their sacrifices
were sufficient. 21 Therefore the Prophet doeth reproue this grosse
〈◊〉
, and pronounceth the Name of God to be blasphemed, where holines is set in ceremonies. 23 For he declareth the worship of God to be spiritual, whe re of are two principal partes inuocation: and thankesgiuing.
¶ A Psalme ofVVho was ether the autor, or a chief singer, to whome it was cō mitted. Asáph. PSAL. L.
1 THe God of gods (euen) the Lord hathe spoken and called theTo plead against his
〈◊〉
people before
〈◊〉
uen and earth. earth frō the rising vp of the sunne vnto the going dow ne thereof.
2 Out of Zion (which is) theBecause God had chosen it to haue his Name there calledvpon, and also his image shined there
〈◊〉
the doctrine of the Law. perfection of beautie ha the God shined.
3 Our God shal come and shal not kepe silence:As when God
〈◊〉
his Law in mount Sinai, he appeared terrible with
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
, so wil he appeare
〈◊〉
to take a count for the
〈◊〉
thereof. a fyre shal deuoure before him, and a mightie tempest shal be moued rounde about him.
4 He shal call the heauen aboue, andAs witnesses against the hypocrites. the earth to iudge his people.
5 Gather myGod in respectof his elect,
〈◊〉
the whole bodie holie Saints & his people. Saints together vnto me, tho se that make a couenant with me withVVhich shulde knowe that sacrifi ces are seales of
〈◊〉
betwene God and his people, and not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
therein sa crifice.
6 And the heauens shal declare his righteousnes: for God is Iudge him self. Sélah.
7 Heare, ô my people, & I wil speake (heare) ó Israél, and I wil testifie vnto thee (for) I am God (euen) thy God.
8 I wil notFor I passe not for sacrifices, except the true vse be there, which is to confirme your faith in my promi ses. reproue thee for thy sacrifices or thy burnt offrings (that haue not bene) continually before me.
9 I wil take no bullocke out of thine house, (nor) goates out of thy foldes.
10Thogh he did de
〈◊〉
sacrifice, yet had he no nede of mans helpether eunto. For all the beasts of the forest are mine, (and) the beasts on a thousand moūtaines
11 I knowe all the foules on the mountaines and the wilde beasts of the field are mine.
12 If I be hungrie, I wil not tel the for the worlde is mine, and all that therein is.
13Thogh manslife for the infirmitie thereof hathe
〈◊〉
of fode, yet God, whoselife quickneth all the worlde, hathe no nede ofsuche mea nes. Wil I eat the flesh of bulles? or drinke the the blood of goates?
14 Offre vnto God praise, &Shew thy self mindeful of Gods benefites by thankesgiuing. paie thy vowes vnto the moste High.
15 And call vpon me in the daie of trouble (so) wil I deliuer thee, and thou shalt glorifie me.
16 But vnto the wicked said god,VVhy doest thou
〈◊〉
be of my people and talkest of my
〈◊〉
nant, seing thou art but an
〈◊〉
. What hast thou to do to declare mine ordinances, that thou shuldest take my couenāt in thy mouth,
17 Seing thou hatestAnd to liue according to my worde. to be reformed, and hast cast my wordes behinde thee?
18 For when thou seest a thefe,He sheweth what are the f utes of them that contemne Gods worde. thou runnest with him and thou art partaker with the adulters.
19 Thou giuest thy mouth to
〈◊〉
, and with thy tongue forgest deceite.
20 ThouHe note
〈◊〉
the crueltie of
〈◊〉
which spare not in their talke or iudgement their owne mothers sonne. sittest (and) spakest against thy bro ther (and) sclanderest thy mothers sonne.
21 These things hast thou done, and I helde my tōgue (therefore) thou thoghtest that I was like thee (but) I wil reproue thee, andI wil
〈◊〉
all
〈◊〉
wicked
〈◊〉
in a role and make thee to read and
〈◊〉
them whether thon
〈◊〉
or no. set (them) in order before thee.
22 Oh consider this, ye that forget God, lest I teare you in pieces, and there be none that can deliuer (you.)
23 He that offredvnder
〈◊〉
which is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
. praise shal glorifie me: and to him thatAs God ha. he ap pointed. disposeth his waie (aright) wil IThat is, declare my self to be his
〈◊〉
. shewe the saluacion of God.
PSAL. LI.
1 When Dauid was rebuked by the Prophet Nathán, for his great offences, he did not onely acknowledge the sa me to God with protestation of his natural corruption & iniquitie, but also left a memorial thereof to his posteritie 7 Therefore first he desireth God to forgiue his
〈◊〉
. 10 And to renue
〈◊〉
him his holie Spirit. 13
〈◊〉
promes that he wil not be vnmindeful of those great graces. 18 Finally fearing lest God wolde punish the whole Church for his faute he requireth that he wolde rather increase his grace towards the same.
¶ To him that excelleth. A psalme of Dauid, when the Prophet Nathā
To
〈◊〉
him because he had cō
mitted so
〈◊〉
sinnes, and
〈◊〉
in the same
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
more thē a whole yere. came vnto him after the had done in to Bathsheba.
1 HAue mercie vpon me, ô God, h according to thy louing kindenes, accordingto the multitude of thy compassions put awaye mine iniquities,
2 Wash meMy sinnes sticke so fast in me that I haue nede of some singular kinde of washing. throughly from mine iniquitieb As his
〈◊〉
were
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. great so he requi reth that God wolde giue him the feling
〈◊〉
his ex cellent and
〈◊〉
mercies. and clen se me from my sinne.
3 For IMy counscience accuseth me, so that I can haue no rest til I be reconcilied. knowe mine iniquities, and my sinne (is) euer before me.
4 Against thee, against thee onely haue I sinned, and done euil in thy sight, that thou maiest be iuste when thonVVhen thou giuest sentence against sinners thei must nedes
〈◊〉
fesse thee to
〈◊〉
iust and them sel ues sinners. spakest (and) pure when thou iudgest.
5 Beholde, I was borne iniquitie, and in sinne hathe my mother con ceiued me.
6 Beholde, thouHe
〈◊〉
that God, who
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
purenes o heart maie
〈◊〉
, destroy man,
〈◊〉
of nature is a sin ner, much
〈◊〉
him whome
〈◊〉
had instructed
〈◊〉
his heauenlie
〈◊〉
dome. louest trueth in the in warde affections: therefore hast thou thaught me wisdome in the secret (of mine heart.)
7 Purge me with * hyssope, and I shal be cleane: wash me, and I shalbe whiter then snowe,
8 Make me to heareHe
〈◊〉
Gods
〈◊〉
mercies toward repentant sinner ioye & gladnes (that) theby the bones
〈◊〉
vnderstandeth al strength of
〈◊〉
and bodie,
〈◊〉
by cares & mour ning are
〈◊〉
bones (which) thou hast brokē,
〈◊〉
reioyce.
9 Hide thy face from my sinnes, and put awaie all mine iniquities.
10He
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
when Gods
〈◊〉
is colde in vs,
〈◊〉
haue it againe re uiued is as a new creation. Create in me a cleane heart, ô God, and renue a right spirit within me,
11 Cast me not awaie from thy presence, and take not thine holie Spirit from me.
12 Restore to me the ioy
〈◊〉
of thy saluacion, and stablish me with (thy)VVhich maie
〈◊〉
me that I am drawen out of the sclauerie of sinne. fre Spirit.Leuit. 14. 6.
13 (Then) shal I teache thyHe promiseth
〈◊〉
endeuour that others by his example may turne to God. waies vnto the wicked, and sinners shal be conuerted vnto thee.
14 Deliuer me fromFrom the mur der of Vriiah, and the others that were staine with him. 2. Sam. 11.
〈◊〉
. blood, ô God, which art the God of my saluacion, and my tongue shal sing ioyfully of thy righteousnes.
15 n Open thou my lippes, ô Lord, and my mouth shal she we forthe thy praise.
16 For thou desirest no sacrifice: thogh I wolde giue it: thou delitest not in burnt offring.
17 The sacrifices of God (are) aBy giuing
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to praise
〈◊〉
, when thou
〈◊〉
forgiue my sinnes. contrite spirit:
〈◊〉
VVhich is a wounding of the
〈◊〉
, proceding of faith which seketh vnto God for
〈◊〉
. a contrite and a broken heart, ô God, thou wilt not despise.
18 Be fauourable vntoHe praieth for the whole Church because through his sinne it was in danger of Gods iudgement. Ziōn for thy good pleasure: buylde the walles of Ierusalem.
19 Then shalt thou accept the sacrifices ofThat is iust and law ful applied to their right end, wh ch is the exer cise of faith & repentance. righteousnes (euen) the burnt offring and oblation: then shal they offer calues vpon thine altar.
PSAL. LII.
1 Dauid describeth the arrogant tyrannic of his aduersaric Doeg who by false surmises caused Ahimeléch with the rest of the Priests to he stayne. 5 Dauid prophecieth his destruction, 6 And incourageth the faithful to put their confidence in God whose iudgements are moste sharpe against his aduersaries. 9 And finally he rendreth thankes to God for his deliuerance. In this Psalme is liuely set forthe the kingdome of Antichrist.
¶ To him that excelleth. A Psalme. of Dauid to giue instruction, When Doeg the Edomite came and shewed Saúl, & said to him, Dauid is come to the house of Ahimeléch.
1 WHy boastest thou thy self in (thy) wickednes, ôO Doeg, Which hast credit which the tyrant Saul, and hast power to
〈◊〉
the saints of God. man of power? the lo uing kindnes of God (indureth) daily.
2 Thy tongue imaginethThy malicie mo ueth thee by craftie
〈◊〉
& lies to accuse and destroye the innocents. mischief (and is) like a sharpe rasor, that cutteth deceitfully,
3 Thou doest loue euil more then good (and) lies, more thē to spake theEbr. righteousnes. trueth Sélah.
4 Thou louest all wordes that maye destroye ô deceitful tongue!
5 So shal GodThogh God
〈◊〉
for a time, yet at length he wil
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
falsehode. destroye thee for euer: he shal take thee and plucke thee out of (thy) tabernacle, &A lbeit
〈◊〉
seme o be neuer so sure
〈◊〉
. rote thee out of the land of the liuing. Sélah.
6 TheFor the eies of the
〈◊〉
are shut vpot Gods iudgements. righteous also shal se it,VVith ioyful reuerence, seing that he taketh their parte against the
〈◊〉
. and feare, and shall aught at him (saying)
7 Beholde the man that toke not God for his strength, but trusted vnto the multitude of his riches (and) put his strengthOr, is his
〈◊〉
ce. in his malice.
8 But I shalbe like aHe
〈◊〉
to haue a
〈◊〉
the seruants of God that he maie growe in the knowledge of godlines. grene oliue tre in the house of God (for) I trusted in the mercie of God for euer and euer.
9 I wil alway praise thee: for that thou hast doneExecuted this
〈◊〉
engeance. (this) and I wilOr, waite vpon thy grace and pro mes. hope in thy Name, because it is good before thy Saints.Psal. 1. 111.
PSAL. LIII.
1 He describeth the crooked nature. 4 The crueltie. 5 And punishment of the wicked, when they loke not for it 6 And desireth the deliuerance of godlie, that they maie reioyce together.
¶ To him that excelleth onVVhich was an
〈◊〉
or
〈◊〉
of note. Mahaláth. A Psalme, of Dauid to giue instruction.
1 THe soole hathe said in his heart, (There is)VVhere as no re
〈◊〉
is had of ho
〈◊〉
or
〈◊〉
, of vertue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, there the Prophet pronoun
〈◊〉
that the
〈◊〉
haue no God VVhereby he cō ēneth all
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
, that ten
〈◊〉
not to seke
〈◊〉
. no God, they haue corrupted and done abominable wickednes (there is) none that doeth good.
2 God loked downe from heauen vpon the children of men, to se if there were anie
〈◊〉
. 7. 20. that wolde vnderstand, and c seke God.Dauid pronoun eth Gods
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
emers. who
〈◊〉
charge to de
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Gods people, do moste
〈◊〉
de uoure them.
3 * Euerie one is gone backe: they are alto gether corrupt: there is none that doeth good, no not one.
4 Do not the d workers of iniquitie know that they eat vp my people (as) they eat bread? they call not vpon God.
5 There they were afraied for feare (where) noVVhen they thoght there was none occasion to feare, the sudden vengeāce of God lighted vpon thē
feare was: for God hathe scatered theBe the enemies power neuer so great, not the dan ger so fareful, yet God deliuered his in
〈◊〉
. bones of him that besieged thee, thou hast put them to confusion, because God hathe cast them of,
6 Oh giue saluacion vnto Israél out of Zion when God turneth the captiuitie of his peo ple (then) Ia aôkb shal reioyce, and Israél shal be glad.
PSAL. LIIII. Psal LIIII.
1 Dauid broght into great danger by the reason of the Zi1. Sam. 23. 11. phims. 5 Called vpon the Name of God to destroye his enemies. 6 Promising sacrificate and fre offrings for so great deliuerance.
¶ To him that excelleth on Neginóth. A Psalme of Dauid, to giue instruction. When the Ziphims came and said vnto Saúl, Is not Da uid hid among vs?
1 SAue me ô God,He declareth that when all mea nes dofaile, God wil deliuer, euen as it were bymira de them that call vnto him with an vpright
〈◊〉
. by thy Name, and by thy power iudge me.
2 O God, heare my prayer hearken vnto the wordes of my mouth,
3 ForTo, wit, the ziphims. strangers are risen vp against me, &Saul and his armie which were like
〈◊〉
beastes &
〈◊〉
not be satisfied but by his death. tyrants seke my soule: they haue not set God before them Sélah.
4 Beholde, God (is) mine helper: the Lord (is) withBe they neuer so sewe, as he was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. them that vp holde my soule.
5 He shal reward euil vnto mine enemies: oh cut them of in thyAccording to thy faithful promes for my
〈◊〉
ce. trueth!
6 (Then) I wil sacrificeFor hypocrites
〈◊〉
God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, or vp on condi
〈◊〉
frely vnto thee: I wil praise thy Name, ô lord, because it is good
7 For he hathe deliuered me out of all trouble, and mine eye hathe
〈◊〉
maylaw
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for Gods iudgements
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
be pure, sene (my desire) vpon mine enemies,
PSAL. LV.
1 Dauid being ingreat heauines and distresse complaineth of the crueltie of Saúl. 13 And of the falsehode of his familiar acquaintance. 17 Vttering moste ardent affectiōs to moue the Lord to pitie him. 22 After being assured of deliuerance he setteth forthe the grace of God as thogh he had already obteined his request.
¶ To him that excelleth on Neginóth. A Psalme of Dauid to giue instruction.
1 HEareThe earnestnes of his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
inso muche as he compelled to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
into
〈◊〉
. my prayer, ô God, and hide not thy self from my supplication.
2 Hearken vnto me, & answer me: I mourne in my prayer, and make a noise.
3 For theFor the threatenings of Saul &
〈◊〉
a
〈◊〉
. voyce of the enemie (and) for the vexation of the wicked, because
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
as a w
〈◊〉
persone: or, they haue imagined my destructiō
they haue broght iniquitie vpon me, and furiously hate me.
4 Mine heart trembleth within in me, & the terrors of death are fallen vpon me.
5 Feare and trembling are come vpon me, & an horrible feare hathe
〈◊〉
was no parte of him that was not astonied with extreme fea re. couered me,
6 And I said Oh that I had wings like a dooue then wold IFeare had driuē him to so great di stres that he wished to be hid in some wildernes. & to be banished
〈◊〉
kingdome which GOD had promised that he snulde enioye. flie away and rest,
7 Beholde, I wold take my flight farre of (&)f Frō which cruel rage and tyrannie of Saul. lodge in the wildernes. Selah.
8 He wolde make formy deliueranceAs in the confusion of Babylon, when the wicked conspired against God. from the stormie winde and tempest.
9 Destroye, o Lord (and) As in the confusion of Babylon, when the wicked conspired against God.deuide their tongues: for I haue sene crueltie and strife in the citie.
10 Daye and night they go about it vpon the walles there of: botheAll
〈◊〉
and good ordres are broken, and
〈◊〉
vice and dissolution reigneth vnder Saul. iniquitie and mischief (are) in the middes of it.
11 Wickednes (is) in the middes thereof: deceit & guile departe not from her stretes.
12 Surely mineIf mine open ene mie had soght mi
〈◊〉
colde the better haue auoy ded him. enemie did not diffame me: for I colde haue borne it: nether did mine aduersarie exalt him self against me: for I wold haue
〈◊〉
me from him.
13 But (it was) thou, ô man, euen myVVhich was not onely ioyned to me in friendship and counsel in worldeliematrers but also in religiō
companion, my guide and my familiar:
14 Which delited in consulting together (&) went into the House of God as cōpanions
15 Let death sease vpon them: let themAs Korath,
〈◊〉
and Abiram go downe quicke into the graue: for wicked nes (is) in their dwelling (euen) in the mid des of them.
16 (But) I wil call vnto God, and the Lord wil saue me.
17 Euening and morning, and at noone wil I praye,VVhich signifieth a feruent minde and sure truste to obteine his
〈◊〉
which thing made him earnest at all times in praier. and make anoise, and he wil hea re my voyce.
18 He hathe deliuered my soule in peace frō
King,
〈◊〉
. the battel (that was) against me? forEuen the Angels of God soght on my
〈◊〉
agaīst
〈◊〉
enemies. 2. ma nie were with me.
19 God shal heare and afflict them, euen he that reigneth of olde,
〈◊〉
because theyBut their prospe rous
〈◊〉
stil con
〈◊〉
. haue no chāges, therefore they feare not God.
20 HeI did
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ke him
〈◊〉
was at peace with
〈◊〉
he made
〈◊〉
against me layed his hand vpon suche, as be at peace with him (and) he brake his couenant.
21 (The worde) of his mouth were softer thē butter, yet warre (was) in his heart his wor des were more gentle then oyle, yet they were swordes.
22 Cast thy
〈◊〉
to wit,
〈◊〉
thou wol dest that God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. burden vpon the Lord, and he will nourishe thee: he will not suffer the righteous to fall for
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
and trial he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. euer.
23 And thou, o God,
〈◊〉
bring them downe into the pit of
〈◊〉
: the blooddie, & deceitful mē shal not liueThogh
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
longer, yet
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
is
〈◊〉
of God,
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
death. halfe their dayes but I wil trust in thee.
PSAL. LVI.
1 Dauid being broght to Achish the King of Gath. 2 Sam. 21 12
〈◊〉
of his enemies, demandeth succour 3 putteth his
〈◊〉
in God and in his promises. 12 And pro miseth to performe his vowes which he had taken vpon him w ere of this was the effect to praise to God him in his charge.
¶ To him that excelleth. A Psalme, of Dauid on Michtám, concerning theBeing chased by the
〈◊〉
of his enemies into a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, he
〈◊〉
dooue, no
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. dūme dooue in a farre countrei, when the Philistimstoke him īn Gath.
1 BE merciful vnto me,
〈◊〉
God, forHe
〈◊〉
that it is ethet now
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that God elpe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
him and readie to
〈◊〉
. man wolde swallow me vp? he fighteth continnallyc
〈◊〉
his cō
science vpon Gods promes, thogh he se not present helpe. (and) vexeth me.
2 Mine enemies wolde daiely swallow me vp for manie fight against me, ô thou moste High.
3 When I was afraied, I trusted in thee.
4 I wil reioyce in God (because) of his wordes, I trust in GOD, (and) wil not feare what flesh can do vnto me.
5 Mine owneAll my counsels haue euil successe and turne to mine owne sorowe. wordes grieue (me) daily: all their thoghts (are) against me to do me hurt
6As all the world against one man, and can not be saciat except they haue my life. They gather together, and kepe them selues close: thei marke my steppes, becau se they waite for my soule.
7They thinke not onely to escape punishment, but the more
〈◊〉
thei are, the more impudent they waxe. They (thinke) they shal escape by iniquitie: ô God, cast (these) people downe in (thi ne) angre.
8 Thou hast counted my wandrings put myIf God kepe the
〈◊〉
of his saints in store
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
re wil, he
〈◊〉
ber their blood to
〈◊〉
& thogh tyrans burne the bones yet can they not blot the teares & blood
〈◊〉
of gods register. teares into thy bottel: are they not in thy registre.
9 When I crye, then mine enemies shal turne backe: this I know, for God (is) with me.
10 I wil reioyce in God (because of his) worde in the Lord, wil I reioyce (because of his) worde.
11 In God do I trust: I wil not be afraied what man can do vnto me.
12Hauing
〈◊〉
that which I
〈◊〉
, I am boun de to paye my vowes of chankes giuing as I promi sed. Thy vowes (are) vpon me, ô God: I wil ren dre praises vnto thee.
13 For thou hast deliuered my soule from death, and also my fete from falling, that I mayeAs
〈◊〉
of his great mercies, & giuing him thankes for the sa me. walke before God in theThat is, in this life and
〈◊〉
: of the sunne. light of the liuing.
PSAL. LVII.
1 Dauid being in the
〈◊〉
of Ziph where the inhabitāts did betraýe him and at
〈◊〉
in the same
〈◊〉
with Saúl 2 Calleth moste earnestly vnto God with sul considence, that he wil performe his promes and take his cau se in hand. 5 Also that he wil shew his glorie in the heauē and earth against the cruel enemies. 9 Therefore doeth he rendre laude and praise. 1. Sam. 22. 4.
¶ To him that excelleth.
〈◊〉
was ether the begiuning of a
〈◊〉
song, at the wordes, which Dauid
〈◊〉
, whc̄he slayed his affection. Destroye not. A Psalme of Dauid on Michtám. * When he flex from Saúl in the caue,
1 HAue mercie vpon me, ô God haue mercie vpon me: for my soule trusteth in thee, and in the shadow of thy wings wil IOr, dwel
〈◊〉
safely. trust, til (these)He compareth the afflictions, which God layeth vpon his children to a
〈◊〉
, that
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
afflictions ouerpasse.
2 I wil call vnto the moste high God (euen) to the God, thatVVho leaueth not his workes be gon vnperfit. performeth (his promes) toward me.
3 He wil send fromHe wolde rather deliuer
〈◊〉
by a miracle, then that I shulde be oue. come. heauen, and saue me frō the reprofe of him that wolde swallow me Selah. GOD wil send his mercie, and his trueth.
4 My soule (is) among lions: I lie (among) the children of mé, that are set on fyre: whose teeth (are)He meaneth their
〈◊〉
& false reportes. speares and arrowes, and their tongue a sharpe sworde.
5Suffer me not to be destroyed to the contempt of thy name. Exalte thy self, ô God, aboue the heauen, (and) let thy glorie (be) vpon all the earth
6 They haue leyed a net for my steppes? my soule is pressed downe: they haue digged a pit before me (and) are fallen into the mid des of it Seláh.
7 Mine heart isThatis, wholly bent to giue thee praise for my deliuerance. prepared, ô God, mine heart is prepared: I wil sing and giue praise
8 A wake myHe
〈◊〉
that bothe his heart shal praise God and his tongue shal confesse him and also that he wil vse other meanes to
〈◊〉
ke him selfe forwarde to the same. tongue, awake viole and har pe, I wil awake early.
9 I wil praise thee, ô Lord, among the people, (and) I wil sing vnto thee among the nations.
10 For thy mercie is great vnto the heauens, (and) thy trueth vnto theThy mercies do not onely
〈◊〉
to the Iewes but
〈◊〉
to tho Gentiles. cloudes,
11 Exalt thy self, ô God, aboue the heauens, (and) let thy glorie (be) vpon al the earth.
PSAL. LVIII.
1 He describeth the malice of his enemies. the slatterers of Saúl who bothe secretly and openly soght his destruction from home he appealeth to Gods iudgement. 10 Shew ing that the iuste shal reioyce, when they se the punishement of the wicked to the glorie of God.
¶ To him that excelleth. Destroye not. A Psal. of Dauid on Michtám.
1 IS it true ôYe counselers of Saul, who vnder prerence of consulting for the commune Wei. h conspiremy death being an innocēc. Congregacion, speake ye iustly? o sonnes of men iudge ye vp righ tly.
2 Yea, rather ye imagine mischiefin (your) heart:Ye are not asha med to execute that
〈◊〉
publi kely,
〈◊〉
y ha ue imagined in your hearts. your hands execute crueltie vpon the earth.
3 The wickedThat is, enemies to the people of God euen from their birth. are strangers from the wom be: (euen) from the belly haue they erred, and speake lies.
4 Their poison is euen like the poison of a serpent like the deafe
〈◊〉
passe in malice, and subtiltie the craftie
〈◊〉
, which colde
〈◊〉
him selfe by stepping his eare from the in
〈◊〉
adder (that) stoppeth his eare.
5 VVhich heareth not the voyce of the in chā ter thogh he be moste expert in charming
6 Breake theirTake away all occasions & meanes, Wherby they
〈◊〉
teeth, ó God, in their mouther: breake the iawes of the yong lions ô Lord.f Considering
〈◊〉
diuine power the sheweth that God in a moment can destroye their force
〈◊〉
ereof theybrag ge.
7 Let themA
〈◊〉
his takē rawe
〈◊〉
of th̄e pot before he Wa ter see: hiso he desi reth God to destroye their entre
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thei bring them to pas se. melt like the waters, let them passe away: when he shooteth his arrowes (let them be) as broken.
8 Let him consume like a snaile that melteth (and like) the vntiemelic frute of a womā (that) hathe not sene the sunne.
9 As rawe flesh before your pottes fele (the fyre) of thornes (so) let him carie thē away a whirle winde in (his) wrath.
10 The righteous shalVVith a pure affection reioyce when he seeth the vengeance he shal wash his fete in theTheir punishment and thoughter shalbe so
〈◊〉
blood of the wicked.
11 And men shalsay,Seing God gouer neth all by his pro uidence, he muste
〈◊〉
des
〈◊〉
differē
ce
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
godlie, and the Wicked. Verely there is frute for the righteous doutles there is a God that iudgeth in the earth.
PLAL. LIX.
1
〈◊〉
being in great danger of Saúl, who sent to slay him in his bed praverb vnto God, 3 Declareth his innocencie, and their furie. 5 Desiring God to destroye all those that sinne of malicious wickednes 1. Whome thogh he kepe aliue for a time to
〈◊〉
his people, yet in the end he wil consume them in his
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
That he maye be knowen to be the God of Iaakób to the end of the worlde. 16 For this he singeth praises to God assured of his mercies.
¶ To him that excelleth. Destroye not. A Psal. of
〈◊〉
onRead psal. 16. 1. Sam. 19 11. Michtam. * When Saul sent and they did watche the house to kil him.
1 O My God,Thogh his enemies Were euen at hād to destroye him, yet
〈◊〉
assured him self that God had awayes ynough in his hād
〈◊〉
deliuer him. deliuer me from mine enemies? defend me from them that rise vp against me.
2 Deliuer me from the wicked doers, and saue me from the blooddie men.
3 For lo, they haue layed waite for my soule the mightie men are gathered against me, not for mineFor I am
〈◊〉
to them War des, and haue not offended them offense, not for my sinne, ô Lord.
4 They runne & prepare thē selnes without a faute (on my parte) arise (therefore) to assist me, and beholde,
5 Euen thou, ô Lord God of hostes, ô God of Israél awake to visite all the heathē (&) be notSeing it apperreineth to Gods iudgements to pu nish the wicked he
〈◊〉
God to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ven geanceon the reprobat, who mali ciously
〈◊〉
his Chu ch. merciful vnto all that transgresse maliciously, Sélah.
6 They go to and fro in the euening: they barke likeHe
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
to hungrie dogs shewing that they are neuer wearie in doing euil. dogs, and go about the citie.
7 Beholde theyThey boast open ly of their Wicked deuiles and euerie worde is as a sworde: for thei nether feare God, nor are ashamed of men. brag in their talke (and) swordes (are) in their lippes: for VVho say they doeth heare?
8 But thou, ô Lord, shalt haue them in derision (and) thou shalt laugh at all the heathen.
9 Thogh Saul haue neuer so great power, yet I knowe that thou
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
: therefore wil I pa ciently hope on thee. He is strong (but) I wil waite vpon thee: for God (is) my defence.
10 My merciful God wilHe Wil not faile to succout me, when nedere quireth. preuent me: God wil let me se (my desire) vpon mine enemies.
11 Slay themAltogether, but by litle, that the people seing olte times thy iudges
〈◊〉
may be min deful of thee, not, lest my people forget it: (but) scater them abroad by thy power, &k That is their miserie & shame thei may be as glasses &
〈◊〉
of Gods vengeāce put them downe, ô Lord our shield.
12 (For) the sinne of their mouth (&) the wordes of their lippes: and let them be taken in their pride, euen for their periurie and lies (that) thei spake.
13 VVhen thy time shal come, & whē they haue sufficiēt ly serued for an example of
〈◊〉
geāce vnto other. Consume (them) in (thy) wrath? consume (them) that thei be no more: and let them know that God ruleth in Iaakób (euē) vnto the ends of the worlde Seláh.
14 And in the euening theyHe mocketh at
〈◊〉
vaine ent eprises, being as sured that thei shal
〈◊〉
bring their purpose to passe. shal go to and fro (and) barcke like dogs, and go about the citie.
15 Thei shal runne here and there for meat: (&) surely they shal not be satisfied, thogh thei tarie all night.
16 But I wil sing of thyVVhich didest vse the
〈◊〉
of a Weake womā to cōfounde the enemies strength, as 1. Sam 19. 2. power, and wil praise thy mercie in the morning for thou hast bene my defence and resuge in the day of my trouble.
17 Vnto thee, ô my
〈◊〉
him selfe to be
〈◊〉
all v rue and
〈◊〉
, he attribu
〈◊〉
the whole to God Strength wil I sing: for God is my defence (and) my merciful, God.
PSAL. LX
Dauid being now King ouer Iudáh and hauing had ma nie victories sheweth by euident signes, that God elected him King, assuring the people that God wil prosper them if they approue the same 11 After he prayeth vnto God to finish that that he hathe begonne. 2 Sam. 8
〈◊〉
. & 10 1.
1 Chro 18. 1.
¶ To him that excelleth vpō
These Were certeine songs
〈◊〉
the note
〈◊〉
this psalme was sung. Shushan Eduth"Or, Syria, called Mesopotamia. or Michtám. A psal. of Dauid to teache. * When he soght against Aram Nabaraim, and against ArámCalled also Sophene which
〈◊〉
deth by Euphrates. Zobáh, when Ioab retur ned and slew twelue thousand Edomites in the salt vallei.
1 O God, thou hast castvs out, thou hastFor when Saul was not able to resist the enemie, the people fled he ther &
〈◊〉
for thei colde not be safe in their owne houses. scatered vs, thou hast bene angrie, tur ne againe vnto vs.
2 Thus hast made the land to tremble, and hast made it toas a cleft with an earth quake. gape: heale the breaches thereof, for it is shaken.
3 Thou hastThou hast handled thy people sharply in taking from them sense & iudgemēt, in that theiaided Saulthe had giuen the Wicked King and pursued him, to Whorne, God iust tiltle of the realme. shewed thy people heauie things? thou hast made vs to drinke the wine of gidines.
4 (But now) thou hast giuenIn making me King, thou cast performed thy promes Which semed to hauelost the force. a banner to thē that feare thee, that it maie be displaied
because of (thy) trueth Sélah.
5 That thy beloued maye be deliuered, helpe with thy right hand and heate me.
6 God hathe spoken in hisIt is so certeine as if it Were spoken by an oracle, that I shall possesse
〈◊〉
places, Whiche Saul had left to his
〈◊〉
holines: (therefore) I wil reioyce: I shall deuide Shechém, and measure the valley of Succóth.
7 Gilead (shalbe) mine, and Manasseh (shalbe) myne: Ephraim also (shalbe) theFor it Was strong and Well peopled. strength of mine head:Dauid meaneth that in this tribe hys kyngdome shalbe
〈◊〉
. Gen 49.
〈◊〉
. Iudah (is) my law giuer.
8 Moáb (shalbe) myIn
〈◊〉
vile subiection. washe pot: ouer Edom wil I cast out my
〈◊〉
:For thou Wilt
〈◊〉
, ād fai ne as thogh thou We
〈◊〉
glad. Palestina shewe thy selfioyful for me.
9 Who will lead me into theHe Was assu red that GOD Wolde giue him the stronge
〈◊〉
of hys enemies Wherein they thoght them selues sure. stronge citie? who wil bring me vnto Edóm.
10 Wilt not thou, o God, (whiche) hadest cast vs of, and didest not go forthe, o God, with our armies?
11 Giue vs helpe againste trouble: for vain cis the helpe of man.
12 Through God we shall do valiantly: for he shal treade downe our enemies.
PSAL. LXI.
1 Whether that he were in danger of the Ammonites, or being pursued of Absalom, here he cryeth to be heard ād deliuered 8 And confirmed in his kingdome. 1 He promiseth perpetual praises.
¶ To hym that excelleth on Neginóth. A Psalme of Dauid.
1 HEare my crye, ô God: giue eare vnto my prayer.
2 FromFrom the place, Where I Was
〈◊〉
is hed, beyng driuen out of the
〈◊〉
and temple by my sonne Ab salom. the ends of the earth wil I crye vnto thee: when mine heart is opprest, bring me vpon the rocke that isVnto the
〈◊〉
Without they helpe I can not atteine. highter then I.
3 For thou hast bene mine hope, (and) a strong tower against the enemie.
4 I will dwel in thy Tabernacle foreuer, (and) my trust shall be vnder the
〈◊〉
of thy wings. Sélah.
5 For thou, o God,There is nothing that doeth more strengthen our faith then the remembrāce of Gods succour in times past, hast heard my desires: thou hast giuen an heritage vnto those that feare thy Name.
6 Thou shalt giue the Kyng aThis chiefly is referred to
〈◊〉
Who liueth
〈◊〉
not onely in him selfe, but also in his members. longlyfe: his yeres (shalbe) as manie ages.
7 He shal dwell before God for euer: prepareFor the stabilitie of my kingdome standeth in thy mercie and trueth. mercie and faithfulnes (that) they may preserue him.
8 So wil I alway sing praise vnto thy Name in performing daiely my vowes.
PSAL. LXII.
This Psalme
〈◊〉
conteineth meditations, whereby Dauid incourageth hym selfe to trust in God againste the assalts of tentations. And because our mindes are easely drawen from God by the allurementes of the worlde he sharpely reproueth this vanitie, to the intent he myght cleaue fast to the Lord.
¶ To the excellent musician * Ieduthun. A Psalme of Dauid.1. Chro. 16. 41.
1 YEtThogh Satan tempted hym to murmure agaīst God, yet he bridled his
〈◊〉
, and resting vpon Gods
〈◊〉
, beareth his crosse pa tiently. my soule kepeth silence vnto God: of him (cometh) my saluacion.
2 It appeareth by the oft repetitiō of this Word, that the Prophet abode manifolds
〈◊〉
, but by
〈◊〉
on God and by paci ence he
〈◊〉
came them all. Yet he is my strength and my saluaciō, (ād) my defence: (therefore) I shall not muche be moued.
3 How long will ye imagine mischief against aHe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
self, being
〈◊〉
Whom God had appointed to the kingdome. man? ye shalbe all slaine: (ye shalbe) as a bowed wall, (or) as aThogh ye
〈◊〉
to be in honour, yet God Wil sud
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
you. wall shaken.
4 Yet they consulte to cast hym downe from his dignitie: their delite is in lies, they blesse with their mouthes, but curse with their hearts. Sélah.
5 Dauid Was
〈◊〉
moued
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
troubles: therefore he
〈◊〉
vp hym selfe to
〈◊〉
in God. Yet my soule kepe thou silence vnto God: for mine hope (is) in him.
6 Yet is he my strength, and my saluation, (ād) my defence: (therfore) I shall not be moued
7 In God (is) my saluacion and myThese
〈◊〉
and often
〈◊〉
tions Were neces sarie to
〈◊〉
his faith against the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
glorie, the rocke of my strength: in God (is) my trust.
8 Trust in hym alwaye, ye people:He
〈◊〉
heth vs of our Wicked
〈◊〉
, Whiche
〈◊〉
hide our
〈◊〉
, and bite on the
〈◊〉
, then vtter our grief to God to obteine remedie. powre out your hearts before hym, (for) GOD (is) our hope. Sélah.
9 Yet the children of men (are) vanitie, the chief men (are) lies: to lay them vpon a balan ce they are altogether lighter then vanitie.
10 Trust not in oppression nor in roberie,Giue your selues wholy to God by putting awaye all things that are contrarie to his Lawe be not vayne: if riches increase, set not your heart thereon.
11 God spakeHe hathe plainely
〈◊〉
Witnes of his power, so that houe nedeth to dout thereof. once or twise, I haue heard it, that power (belongeth) vnto God.
12 And to thee, ó Lorde, mercie: for thouSo that the Wicked shal
〈◊〉
thy power, and the godlie thy mercie. rewardest euerie one according to his worke.
PSAL. LXIII.
1 Dauid after he had bene in greate danger by Saulin the deserte of Ziph, made this Psalme. 3 Wherein he giueth thankes to God for his wonderful deliuerance in whose mercies he trusted, euen in the middes of his miseries. 9 Prophecying the destructiō of Gods enemies. 11 And cō
〈◊〉
happines to all them that trust in the Lord.
¶ A Psalme of Dauid when he was in theTo Wit, of
〈◊〉
1.
〈◊〉
. 23. 14. wildernes of Iudah.
1 O God, thou art my God, early will I seke thee: my souleThogh he Was bothe
〈◊〉
& in greate distres, yet he made god his
〈◊〉
& aboue all meate and drinke. thirsteth for thee: my fleshe longeth greatly aster thee in a baren and drye land without water.
2 ThusIn this miserie I
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in the contempla tion of thy pow er and
〈◊〉
, as if I Were in thy Sanctuarie. I beholde thee (as) in the Sanctuarie, when I beholde thy power and thy glorie.
3 For thy louing kindenes (is) better then life: (therefore) my lippes shal praise thee.
4 Thus will I magnifie thee (all) my life, (and) lift vp mine hands in thy Name.
5 My soule shal be satisfied, as withThe ren
〈◊〉
ce of thy fauour is more swere vn to me then al the pleasures and
〈◊〉
of the Worlde. maro we and fatnes, and my mouth shal praise (thee) with ioyful lippes.
6 When I remember thee on my bed, (and when) I thinke vpon thee in the (night) wat ches.
7 Because thou hast bene mine helper, therefore vnder the shadow of thy wings wil I reioyce.
8 My souleHe assureth him selfe by the Spirit of God to haue the gift of constancie. cleaneth vnto thee: (for) thy right hand vpholdeth me.
9 Therfore they that seke my soule to destroy it, they shall go into the lowest partes of the earth.
10 He prophecieth of the destruction of Saul, ād them that take hys parte, Whose bodies shal not be buried, but be de uoured With wilde beastes. They shall cast hym downe with the edge of the sworde, (and) they shall be a portion for foxes.
11 But the Kyng shall reioyce in God, (and) al thatAll that
〈◊〉
by GOD a
〈◊〉
, or
〈◊〉
him, shal reioyce in thys Worthie Kyng. sweare by him shal reioyce (in him:) for the mouth of them that speake lies, shall be stopped.
PSAL. LXIIII.
1 Dauid prayeth against the furie and false reportes of hys enemies. 7 He declareth their punishemē and destructiō 10 To the comfort of the iust and the glorie of God.
¶ To him that excelleth. A Psalme of Dauid.
1 HEare myin that he calleth to God with his
〈◊〉
is a si gne that
〈◊〉
pray er was vehemēt, and that his life was in danger. voice, o God, in my prayer: pre serue my life from feare of the enemie:
2 Hide me from theThat is, frome their
〈◊〉
malice. conspiracie of the wicked, (and) from theTo wit, their outwarde violen ce. rage of the workers of iniquitie.
3 Whyche haue whet theyr tongue lyke a sworde, and shot (for) their arrowesFalse reportes and sclanders. bitter wordes:
4 To
〈◊〉
at the vpright in secret: they shote at him suddenly, andTo be without feare of God ād reuerence of mā is a signe of reprobation. feare not.
5 TheyThe more that the wicked se Gods children in miserie, the more bolde, and impudent are they in
〈◊〉
them encourage them selues (in) a wicked purpose: they commune together to
〈◊〉
sna res priuely, (and) saie, Who shal se them?
6 They haue
〈◊〉
out iniquities, (and) haue accomplished that whiche they soght out, euen euerie oneThere is no waye so
〈◊〉
and subtil to do hurt, which they inuented not for his destruction. (his) secret (thoghts,) and the depth of (his) heart.
7 But God will shote an arrowe at them suddenly: their strokes shal be (at once.)
8 They shall cause their owne tongue to fall vpon them: (and) whosoeuer shall se them, shal To se gods
〈◊〉
iudgementes agaynst them, ād howe he hathe caught them in their own snares flee awaie.
9 And all men shal se it, and declare the worke of God, and they shal vnderstand, what he hathe wroght.
10 (But) the ryghteousVVhen they shal
〈◊〉
that he wil be fauora ble to them, as he was to hys seruant Dauid. shall be glad in the Lorde, and trust in hym: and all that are vpright of heart, shal reioyce.
PSAL. LXV.
1 A praise and thankes giuing vnto God by the faythfull, who are signified by Zion 4 For the chusing,
〈◊〉
and gouernance of them. 9 And
〈◊〉
the plentyfull blessings powred forthe vpon all the earth, but specially toward his Church.
¶ To him that excelleth. A Psalme or songe of Dauid.
1 O God,Thou giuest dai ly new occasion to thy Church to praile thee. prayse waiteth for thee in Zión, and vnto thee shall the vowe be performed.
1 (Because thou) hearest the prayer, vnto thee shall allNot
〈◊〉
the Iewes, but
〈◊〉
the Gentiles in the kingdome of
〈◊〉
. flesh come.
3 Wycked dedesHe
〈◊〉
it to his sinnes of the people, that God, who was accustomed to as sille them,
〈◊〉
draweth his succour from them. haue preuailed agaynste me (but) thou wilt be mercifull vnto our trās gressions.
4
〈◊〉
(is he, whome) thou chusest and causest to come (to thee:) he shall dwell in thy courts, (and) we shall be satisfied with the pleasures of thine House, (euen) of thine holie Temple.
5 O God of our saluaciō, thou wiltThou wilt declare thy selfe to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of thy Church in de stroying thyne enemies, as thou didest in the
〈◊〉
Sea. answer vs with feareful (signes) in (thy) righteousnes, o (thou) the hope of al the ends of the earth, and of them that are farre of in theAs of all barba
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
of. sea.
6 He stablisheth the moūtaines by his power: (and) is girded about with strength.
7 He appeaseth theHe sheweth that there
〈◊〉
no parte nor
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in the worlde, which is not gouerned by Gods power and prouidence. noise of the seas (and) the
〈◊〉
of the waues thereof, and the tumultes of the people.
8 They also, that dwell in the vttermost partes (of the earth,) shalbe afrayed of thy signes: thou shalte makeEbr. The going forth of the mor nyng and of the euening. the East and the West to reioyce.
9
〈◊〉
visitest the earth, ād waterest it: thoug To wit, with
〈◊〉
. makest it very riche: theThat is, Shiloah or, the raine. Riuer of God is ful of water: thou preparest them corne: for so thou appointestThou hast appo
〈◊〉
ted the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
forthe fede to mans vse. it.
10 ThouBy this deser
〈◊〉
he sheweth that al the ordre of nature is ateshmonie of gods loue toward vs, who causeth all
〈◊〉
to serue
〈◊〉
necessitie. waterest abundantly the forrowes thereof: thou causest (the raine) to descende into the valle is thereof: thou makest it softe with showres, (ād) blessed the bud thereof.
11 Thou crownest the yere with thy goodnes, and thy steps drop fatnes.
12 They drop (vpō) the pastures of the wilder nes: & the hils shal be cōpassed with gladnes
13 The pastures are clad with shepe: the valleisl That is, the dume creatures shal not onely reioyce for a time
〈◊〉
Gods
〈◊〉
, but shall continually sing. also shal be couered with corne: (therefore) they sho wte for ioye,Thou hast appo
〈◊〉
ted the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
forthe fede to mans vse. and sing.
PSAL. LXVI.
1 He prouoked all men to praise the Lord and to consider his workes. 6 He setteth forthe the power of God to affray the rebels. 10 And sheweth how God hathe deliuered Israel frome greate bondage and afflictions. 13 He promiseth to giue sacrifice. 16 And prouoketh all men to heare what God hathe done for hym and to prayse hys Name.
¶ To him that excelleth. A song, or Psalme.
1 REioyce in God,He
〈◊〉
that all
〈◊〉
shal come to the knowledge of God, who then was only know
〈◊〉
Iudea. all ye (inhabitantes) of the earth.
2 Sing for the the glorie of his Name: make his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
3 Say vnto God, how terrible art thou (in) thy workes! through the greatnes of thy power shal thine enemies beAs the faithful shall obey God willingly: so the insideles for
〈◊〉
shall
〈◊〉
them selues to be subiect. in subiectiō vnto thee
4 All the worlde shal worship thee, & sing vnto thee, (euen) sing of thy Name. Sélah.
5 He toucheth the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of man, who is cold in the cō
sideration of gods workes. Come and beholde the workes of God: he is terrible in (his) doing toward the sonnes of men.
6 He hathe turned the Sea into drie land: they passe through the riuer on fote: there did we reioyce in him.d His prouidence is wonderfull in maintening their estate.
7 He ruleth the world with his power: his eies beholde the nations: the rebeilious shal not He proueth that god wil ex tend his
〈◊〉
al so to the
〈◊〉
, because he punished
〈◊〉
thē suche as
〈◊〉
not obey his calling. exalt them selues. Sélah.
8 Praise our God, ye people, and make the voy ce of his praise to be heard.
9 Whiche He
〈◊〉
some special bene fite, that god had shewed to his Churche of the sewes in deliuering them frome great daunger: wherof or of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that the Genules shalbe partakers holdeth our soules in life, and suffereth not our fete to slippe.
10 For thou, ô God, hast proued vs, thou haste tryed vs as siluer is tryed.
11 Thou hast broght vs into theThe condition of the Church is here
〈◊〉
, whyche is to be led by Gods pro uidence into
〈◊〉
bles, to be subiect vnder
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
into
〈◊〉
daungers. snare, (and) laied a strait (chaine) vpon our loines.
12 Thou hast caused men to ride ouer our heades: we went into fyre and into water, but thou broghtest vs out into a wealthie (place)
13 I will go into thine The duetie of the faythfull is here described, whiche are
〈◊〉
vnmyndefull to rendre GOD prayse for hys benefites. House with burnt offrings, (and) wil paie thee my vowes.
14 Whiche my lippes haue promised, and my mouth hathe spoken in mine affliction.
15 I will offer vnto thee the burnt offrings of fat rams with in cense: I will prepare bullockes and goates. Sélah.
16 It is not ynough to haue receiued Gods benefites & to be mindeful thereof, but also we are boūde to make others to profit thereby & praise God. Come (and) hearken, al ye that feare God,
and I wil tel you what he hathe done to my soule.
17 I called vnto him with my mouth, and he was exalted with my tongue.
18 If I delite in wickednes, God wil not hea
〈◊〉
me: but if I confesse it, he wil receiue me. If I regarde wickednes in mine heart, the Lord wil not heare me.
19 But God hathe heard (me, and) considered the voice of my prayer.
20 Praised (be) God, which hath not put backe my prayer, nor his mercie from me.
PSAL. LXVII.
1 A prayer of the Church to obteine the fauour of God & to be lightened with his countenauce, 2 To the end that his waye & iudgemēts maye be knowen throughout the earth. 7 And finally is declareth the kingdome of God, which shulde be vniuersally erected at the comming of Christ.
¶ To him that excelleth on Neginóth. A Psal. or song.
1 GOd be merciful vnto vs, & blesse vs, (&) That is, moue our heartes with his holy Spirit, that we maie
〈◊〉
his fauour towards vs, cause his face to shine among vs. Sélah
2 ThatThat
〈◊〉
Iewes & Gēriles maie know Gods couenant made with them. they maie know thy waie vpon earth (and) thy sauing health among all nations.
3 Let the people praise thee, ô God: let all the people praise thee.
4 By these oft
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, that the people can neuer reioyce sufficiently & giue thākes for the great benefites that they shal receiue vnder the kingdome of Christ. Let the people be glad & reioyce: for thou shalt iudge the people righteously, & gouer ne the nations vpon the earth. Sélah.
5 Let the people praise thee, ô God: let all the people praise thee.
6 (Thē) shalHe sheweth that where God fauoreth, there shalbe abundāce of all other thigs the earth bring for the her increa se, (and) God, (euen) our God shal blesse vs.
7 God shal blesse vs, and all the ends of the earthVVhē they
〈◊〉
his great benefites bothe spiritual & corporal towards them. shal feare him.
PSAL. LXVIII.
1 In this psalme Dauid setteth forthe as in a glasse the wō
derful mercies of God towarde his people: 5 who by all meanes & moste strange sortes declared him self to thē. 15 And therefore Gods Church by reason of his promises graces and victories doeth excel without comparison all worldlie things. 34 He exhorteth therefore all men to praise God for euer.
¶ To him that excelleth, A psalme or song of
〈◊〉
.
1 GOdThe Prophet sheweth that albeit God suffreth the wicked, tyrāts to oppresse his Church for a time yet at length he wil be reuenged of them. wil arise, (and) his enemies shalbe scattered: they also that hate him, shal flee before him.
2 As the smoke vanisheth, (so)
〈◊〉
thou driue (them) awaye: (and) as waxe melteth before the fyre, (so) shal the wicked perish at the presence of God.
3 He sheweth that when God declareth his pow er against the wicked, that it is for the cōmoditie &
〈◊〉
of his Church, whiche praise him therefore. But the righteous shalbe glad, (&) reioyce before God: yea, they shal leape for ioye.
4 Sing vnto God, (and) sing praises vnto his Name: exalt him, that rideth vpon the heauēs in his NameIah &
〈◊〉
are the names of God, which do si gnifie his
〈◊〉
& maiestie incō
prehēsible, sothāt herby is declared that all idols are but vanitie, and that the God of Israēl, is the onely true God. Iah, and reioyce before him.
5 (He is) a Father of the
〈◊〉
, and a Iudge of the widowes, (euen) God in his holie habitation.
6 GodHe giueth
〈◊〉
drē
〈◊〉
thē,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
childeles, and
〈◊〉
creaseth
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. maketh the solitarie to dwell in families, (and). deliuereth them that were prisoners in stockes: but the rebellious shal dwel in awhich is baren of Gods
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thei had abused. drye land.
7 He
〈◊〉
that Gods
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
belon geth to his Chu ch, as
〈◊〉
by their wō derful
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
out of Egypt.O God, when thow wentest forthe before thy people: when thou wentest through the wildernes, [Sélah]
8 The earth
〈◊〉
; and the heauens dropped at the presence of his God: (euen) Sinái (was moued) at the presence of God, (euen) the God of Israél.
9 Thou, ô God, sendest a gracious raine (vpon) thine inheritance, and thou didest refresh it when it was wearie.
10 Thy Congregacion dwelled therein: (for) thou, ö God, hast of thyGod blessed the land of
〈◊〉
because he had chosen that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for his Church goodnes prepared it for the poore.
11 The Lord gaue matter to the
〈◊〉
facion then was that womē
〈◊〉
songs after the victorie, as
〈◊〉
, Deboráh
〈◊〉
& others. women to tel of the great armie.
12 Kings of the armies did flee: thei did flee and The
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
so great that not onely the soldiers but women also had parte thereof she that remained in the house, deuided the spoile.
13 Thogh ye haue lien amongThogh
〈◊〉
suf fer his Chu che for a time to he in blacke darkenes, ye he wil restore it &
〈◊〉
i moste
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. pots, (yet shal ye be as) the wings of a dooue that is couered with siluer, & whose fethers (are like) yelowe golde.
14 When the Almightie scatered KingsIn the land of
〈◊〉
, where his Church was. in it, it was white as the snow in Zalmōn.
15
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of God doeth
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
all wordelie things.
〈◊〉
in pō pe,
〈◊〉
on warde
〈◊〉
, but by the inwarde grace of God. which there remaineth
〈◊〉
se of his
〈◊〉
there. The mountaine of God (is like) the moun taine of Bashán: (it is) an high Mountaine, (as) mount Basháu.
16 why boast
〈◊〉
of your strength & beautie against this Mountaine of God? Why leape ye, ye high mountaines? as for this Mountaine, God deliteth to dwell in it: yea, the Lord wil dwell in it for euer.
17 The charets of God (are) twentie thousand thousands Angels, (and) the Lord is among them, (as) in the Sanctuarie of Sinái.
18 Thou art gone vp on high: thou hastAs God ouer came the enemies of his
〈◊〉
, toke thē prisoners, & made t en
〈◊〉
so Christ, whiche is God manifested in flesh, subdued Satan & sin ne vnder vs, and gaue vnto his Church moste liberal giftes of
〈◊〉
Spirit, Eph. 4, 8. led captiuitie captiue, (and) receiued giftes for men: yea, euen the rebellious (hast thou led,) thtthe Lord God might dwell (there.)
19 Praised (be) the Lord, (euen) the God of our saluacion, (which) ladeth vs daiely (with benefites.) Sélah.
20 This (is) our God, (euen) the God that saueth (vs): and to the Lord God (belong) the In moste extre me dangers God hathe
〈◊〉
wayes to deliuer his. issues of death.
21 Surely God wil wound the head of his enemies, (and) the heerie pate of him that walketh in his sinnes.
22 The Lord hathe said, I wil bring (my people) againe fromAs he deliuered his Church once
〈◊〉
Og of Barhán & other tyrants, & frō the dangers of the red Sea, so wil he stil do as oft as necessitie requireth. Bashán: I wil bring them againe from the depths of the Sea:
23 That thy foote maye be dipped in blood, (&) the tongue of thy dogges (in the blood) of the enemies, (euen) inThat is, in the blood of that great slaughter, where dogges shal lap blood. it.
24 They haue sene, ô God, thyThat is how thou, which are chief King,
〈◊〉
out
〈◊〉
thy peo ple to watre, and
〈◊〉
them the victorie. goings, the goings of my God, (&) my King, (which art) in the Sanctuarie.
25 TheHe describeth the ordre of the people, whē they
〈◊〉
to the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to giue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the victorie, singers went before, the plaiers of instruments after: in the middes (were) the mai des playing with timbrels.
26 Praise ye God in the assemblies, (and) the Lord, (ye that are) of the foūtaineWhiche come of the
〈◊〉
Iaakob. of Israél.
27 There (was)
〈◊〉
is cal led litle, because he was the yongest sonne of Iaakob. litle Beniamin (with) theirWho was some chief
〈◊〉
of the tribe. ruler, (and) the princes of Iudáh (with) their assemblie, the princes of Zebulūn, (and) the princes of Nephtali.
28 Thy God hathe appointed thy strength: stablish, ô GOD, that, (whiche) thou hast wroght in vs.
29Declare out of thine
〈◊〉
palace thy power for the defence of thy
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Out of thy Temple vpon Ierusalém: (&) Kings shal bring presents vnto thee.
30 Destroye the companie of the spearemen, (and) multitude of the mightie bulles with the calues of the people, thatHe desireth that the
〈◊〉
of the mightie may be destroved, which accustomed to ga
〈◊〉
shoes with siluer: &
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
pompe thoght thē selues aboue
〈◊〉
men. tread vnder fete pieces of siluer: scater the people that delite in warre.
31 (Then) shal the princes come outHe prophecieth that the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
come to the true knowledge & wo
〈◊〉
of God. of Egypt Ethiopia shal haste to stretch her hands vnto God.
32 Sing vnto God, ô ye kingdomes of the earth sing praise vnto the Lord, [Séláh]
33 To him that rideth vpon the moste high hea uens, (which were from) the beginning: beholde he wil send out by hisBy his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
she wil make him self to be knowen the God of
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
. voyce a mightie sounde.
34 Ascribe the power to God: (for) his maiestie (is) vpon Israél, and his strength (is) in the cloudes.In
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thine
〈◊〉
for the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
people.
35 O God, thou art terrible out of thine holieHe alludeth to the
〈◊〉
which was deuided into
〈◊〉
partes. places: the God of Israēl is he that giueth strength and power vnto the people: praised (be) God.
PSAL. LXIX,
1 The cōplaints, prayers, feruent zeale & great anguish of Dauid is set forthe as a figure of Christ & all his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
The malicious crueltie of the enemies, 22 And their punishement also, 26 Where Iudas & suche traitors are accursed 30 He gathereth courage in his affliction & of
〈◊〉
praises vnto God, 32 Which are more acceptable thē all sacrifices: whereof all the afflicted maye take comfort 35 Finally he doeth prouoke all creatures to praises,
〈◊〉
of the kingdome of Christ, & the preseruacion of the Church, where all the
〈◊〉
, 37 And their sede shal dwel for euer.
¶ To him that excelleth vponOf
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Psal. 45. Shoshannim. A Psalme of Dauid.
1 SAue me, ô God: for theDauid signifieth by the waters, in what great dange she was, out of the which God did deliuer him. waters are entred euen to (my) soule.
2 I sticke fast in the depe myre, where noNo
〈◊〉
or stablenes to settle my fete. staie (is:) I am come into depe waters, & the strea mes runne ouer me.
3 I am wearie of crying: my throte is drye mineThogh his senses failed him, yet his faith
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
him
〈◊〉
to praye. eyes faile, whiles I waite for my God.
4 They that hate me without a cause, are mo thē the heeres of mine head: they that wolde destroye me, (and) are mine enemiesCondemning me
〈◊〉
. falsely are mightie, so that I restored that whiche I
〈◊〉
iudged me pore
〈◊〉
as a thief and gaue my goods to o
〈◊〉
as thogh I had stollen them toke not.
5 O God, thou knowest myThogh
〈◊〉
giltie to thee warde yet am I innocēt to warde them. foolishnes, & my fautes are not hid from thee,
6 Let not them that trust in thee, ô Lord God of hostes, be ashamed forLet not mine euil
〈◊〉
of the enemies be an occasion, that the faithful fall from thee. me: let not those that seke thee, be confounded through me, o God of Israél.
7 For thy sake haue I suffred reprofe: shame hathe couered my face.
8 I am become a stranger vnto my brethren, euen an aliant vnto my mothers sonnes.
9
〈◊〉
I sawe thine enemies pretend thy Name onely in mouth, and in their life, denie the same, thine holie Spirit thrust me for warde, to
〈◊〉
thē & de fend thy glorie. For the zeale of thine house hathe eaten me and the rebukes of them that rebuked thee, are fallen vpon me.
10 IMy zeale moued me to la ment & praye for my saluation. wept and my soule fasted, but that was to my reprofe.
11 I put on a sacke also: and I because a prouer be vnto them.
12 They thatThe more
〈◊〉
soght to winne them to God, the more they were against him both poore and riche. sate in the gate, spake of me, and the drunkards sang (of me.)
13 But Lord, (I make) my prayer vnto thee in anKnowing that albeit I suffer now trouble, yet thou hast a time, wherein thou hast appointed my
〈◊〉
. acceptable time, (euē) in the multitude of thy
〈◊〉
: o God, heare me in the trueth of thy saluacion.
14 Deliuer me out of the myre, that I sinke not let me be deliuered from them that hate me, and out of theHe sheweth a liudie faith, in that that he assureth himself, that God is fauorable to him, when he semeth to be angrie: & at hand, when he semeth
〈◊〉
be
〈◊〉
of. depe waters.
15 Let not the waterflood drowne me, nether let the depe swallowe me vp: and let not the pit shut her mouth vpon me.
16 Heare me, o Lord, for thy louing kindenes is good: turne vnto me according to the mul titude of thy tendre mercies.
17 AndNot that he fea red that God wold not heare him, but that care made him to thinke that God differred long. hide not thy face from thy seruāt, for I am in trouble make hast (and) heare me.
18 Drawe nere vnto my soule (and) redeme it: deliuer me because of mine enemies.
19 Thou hast knowen my reprofe & my shame & my
〈◊〉
: all mineThou seest that I am beset as a
〈◊〉
among ma nie wolues. aduersaries (are) before thee.
20 Rebuke hathe broken mine heart, and I am ful of heauines, andHe sheweth that it is in vaine to put our trust in men in our great
〈◊〉
, but that our comfort onely depen deth of God: for man rather increaseth our sorowes, then dimi sheth them, Iohn 19, 29. I loked (for some) to ha ue pitie (on me,) but there was none: and for comforters, but I founde none.
21 For they gaue me gall in my meat, and in my thirst they gaue me vinegre to drinke.
22 Let theirHe desireth God to execute his iud gements against the reprobate, which can not by anie manes be turned, Rom.
〈◊〉
, 9 table be a snare before them, and their prosperitie (their) ruine.
23 Let their eyes be blinded that they se not: & make theirTake bothe iud gement & power
〈◊〉
them. loynes alwaye to tremble.
24 Powre out thine angre vpon them, and let thy wrathful displeasure take them.
25 Let theirPunish not one ly them, but their posteritie, which shalbe like vnto them. habitacion be voide, (&) let none dwell in their tentes.
26 For they persecute him, whome thou hast smiten: and they adde vnto the soro we of thē whome thou hast wounded.
27 LayBy their continuence & increa sing in their sinnes let it be know en that they be of the reprobate. iniquitie vpon their iniquitie, and let them not come into thy righteousnes.
28 Let them be put out of theThey which se med by their pro fessiō to haue be ne writen in thy boke, yet by their
〈◊〉
proue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, let them be knowen as reprobate. boke of life, ne ther let them be writen with the righteous.
29 When I am poore and in heauines, thine helpe, o God, shal exalt me.
30 I wil praise the Name of God with a song, and magnifie him with thankesgiuing.
31 (This) also shal please the Lord better then aThere is no
〈◊〉
, which God mo
〈◊〉
, then thankefgiuing for his benefites. yong bullocke, that hathe hornes and houses.
32 The humble shal se (this, &) they that seke God, shalbe glad, and your heart shal liue.
33 For the Lord heareth the poore, and despiseth not hisFor as he deliuered his seruant
〈◊〉
, so wil he do all that are in destres, and call vpon hym. prisoners.
34 Let heauen & earth praise him: the seas and all that moueth in them.
35 For God wil saue Ziōn, and buylde the cities of Iudáh, that men maye dwell there and ha ue it in possession.
36 TheVnder the temporal promes of the land of Canaan he comprehendeth the promes of lyse euer
〈◊〉
to the
〈◊〉
and their
〈◊〉
. sede also of his seruants shal inherit
it: and they that loue his Name, shal dwel therein.
PSAL. LXX.
1 He prayeth to be ryght spedely deliuered. 2 He desireth the shame of his enemies. 4 And the ioyfull comfort of all those that seke the Lord.
¶ To him that excelleth. A Psalme of Dauid to put inVVhich might put him in remē brance of his deliuerance. remembrance.
〈◊〉
. 40. 14.
1 O * God,He teacheth vs to be earnest in praier, thogh god seme to stay: for at his time he wil heare vs. (hast thee) to deliuer me: make haste to helpe me, ô Lord.
2 Let them beHe was assured that the more they raged, the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to destruction ād he the nerer to his deliuerance. confounded ād put to shame, that seke my soule: let them be turned back ward ād put to rebuke, that desire mine hurt
3 Let them be turned backe for a rewarde of their shame, whiche said, Aha, aha.
4 (But) let all those that seke thee, be ioyful ād glad in thee, and let all that loue thy saluacion, saie alwayes, God be praised.d Hereby we are taught not to
〈◊〉
at others in their
〈◊〉
, lest the same fall on our
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
5 Nowe I am
〈◊〉
he had
〈◊〉
Gods helpe before, he groundeth on experience and boldely seketh vnto hym for succour. poore and nedie: ô God, make haste to me: thou art mine helper, and my delinerer: ô Lord, make no tarying.
PSAL. LXXI. Psal. 3.
1 He prayeth in fayth, established by the worde of the promes. 5 And confirmed by the
〈◊〉
of God from hys youth. 10 He complaineth of the crueltie of the ennemies. 17 And desireth GOD to continue hys graces towarde hym. 12 Promising to be mindefull and thanke full for the same.
1 IN * He
〈◊〉
to God with ful
〈◊〉
rāce of faith, that he will deliuer him from his ad uersaties. thee, ô Lorde, I trust: let me neuer be ashamed.
2 Rescue me and deliuer me in thyBy declarynge thy selfe true of promes. righteous nes: incline thine eare vnto me and
〈◊〉
me.
3 Be thou my strong rocke, whereunto I may alwaye resorte: thouThou haste infinite meanes, and all creatures are at thy commandement: therefore shewe some signe, whereby I shalbe deliuered haste giuen commandement to saue me: for thou art my rocke, and my fortresse.
4 Deliuer me, ô my GOD, out of the handeThat is, frome Absolom, Ahithophel and that conspiracie. of the wicked: out of the hand of the euill and cruel man.
5 For thou art mine hope, o Lord God, (euen) myHe strengtheneth his faith by the experiēce of Gods benefites, who did not one ly preserue hym in hys mothers belly, but toke him thence, and euer since hathe
〈◊〉
him. trust from my youth.
6 Vppon thee haue I bene stayed frome the wombe: thou art he that toke me out of my mothers bowels: my prayse shal be alwayes of thee.
7 I am become as it were aAll the worlde wondereth at me because of my miseries, aswell they in autoritie as the common people, yet being assured of thy fa uour I remained stedfast. monstre vnto manie: but thou art my sure trust.
8 Let my mouth be filled with thy praise, (ād) with thy glorie euerie day.
9 Cast me not of in the time ofThou that didst helpe me in my youth, when I hadde more strength, helpe me nowe so muche the more in mine olde age and weakenes. age: forsake me not when my strength faileth.
10 For mine enemies speake of me, and they that laie waite for my
〈◊〉
, take their coun sel together.
11 Saying,Thus the wicked
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
gh he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them,
〈◊〉
suffer
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
fall into
〈◊〉
handes. God hath forsaken him: pursue ād take him, for their is none to deliuer (him.)
12 Go not farre from me, ô God:In
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his God,
〈◊〉
backe the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
had for
〈◊〉
my God, hast thee to helpe me.
13 Letthē be confoūd ed (and) consumed that are against my soule: let thē be couered with reprofe and confusion, that seke mine hurt.
14 But I wil waite continually, and wil prayse thee more and more.
15 My mouthe shall daily rehearse thy righteousnes, (and) thy saluacion:Because
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
towarde me are
〈◊〉
, I can not but continully meditate and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them. for I knowe not the nomber.
16 I willI will remaine stedfast, beynge vpholden with the power of god go forwarde in the strength of the Lorde God, (and) will make mention of thy righteousnes, (euen) of thine onely.
17 O GOD, thou hast taught me frome my youth euen vntil nowe: (therefore) wil I tell of thy wonderous workes.
18He
〈◊〉
that as he
〈◊〉
begon, he wolde so continue bys benefites, that his liberalitie maye haue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Yea, euen vnto (mine) olde age and graye head, ô God: forsake me not, vntill I haue de clared thine arme vnto (this) generatiō, (ād) thy power to all them, that shal come.
19 And thyThy iust
〈◊〉
mance of thy
〈◊〉
. ryghteousnes, ô God, (I will exalt) on high: forthou hast done great things:
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
breaketh through all
〈◊〉
, & by thys
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
prayseth the power of God. ô God, who is like vnto thee!
20 Whiche hast shewed me great troubles andAs he
〈◊〉
seth that God is the onelie autor of his
〈◊〉
: so he acknowledgeth that these
〈◊〉
were sent vnto him by Gods prouidence. aduersities, (but) thou wilt returne (and) reuiue me, and wilt come againe, (and) take me vp
〈◊〉
the depth of the earth.
21 Thou wilt increase mine honour, and retur ne (and) comfort me.
22 Therefore wil I praise thee (for) thyHe confesseth that his
〈◊〉
tariance was wel recompensed, when God performed his promes. faith fulnes, o God, vpon instrument (and) viole: vnto thee will sing vpon the harpe, o holie one of Israél.
23 My lips wil reioyce when I sing vnto thee: and myFor there
〈◊〉
no
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of God, excepte it come from
〈◊〉
heart: and
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
in nothing, but wherin God may be glorified. soule, which thou hast deliuered.
24 My tongue also shal talke of thy righteousnes daily: for they are confounded and broght vnto shame, that seke mine hurt.
PSAL. LXXII.
1 He prayeth for the prosperous estate of the kingdome of Salomon who was the figure of Christ. 4 Vnderwhome shal be
〈◊〉
peace and
〈◊〉
. 10 Vnto whome all Kings and all nations shall do
〈◊〉
. 17 Whose name and power shall indure for euer, and in whome all nations shalbe blessed.
¶ A PsalmeCōposed by Da uid as touchyng the reigne of his
〈◊〉
Salomon. of Salomon.
1 GIue thyEndue the king with the Spirite of wisdome and instice that he reigne not as do the worldely ty rants iudgementes to the Kynge, o God, and thy righteousnes to the Kings,To wit, to hys posteritie. sonne.
2 (Then) shal he iudge thy people in righteous nes, and thy poore with equitie.
3 TheVVhen iustice reigneth,
〈◊〉
the places most
〈◊〉
shal be
〈◊〉
with thy blessings. mountaines and the hyls shall brynge peace to the people by iustice.
4 He shallHe sheweth wherefore the sworde is committed to Kings: to wit, to defend the innocent ād suppresse the wic ked. iudge the poore of the people: he shal saue the children of the nedie, and shall subdue the oppressor.
5 They shallThe people shal imbrace thy true religion, when thou giuest a King, that
〈◊〉
accordynge to the worde. feare thee as longe as the sonne and moone endureth, from generation to generation.
6 He shall comeAs this is
〈◊〉
in allgodly kings so is it chiefly verified in Christe, who with hys heauenlye dewe maketh his Chur che euer to floris he. downe lyke the raine vpon the mowen grasse, (and) as the showres that water the earth.
7 In his daies shal the righteousnes florish, and abundance of peace (shalbe) so long as the moone endureth.
8 His dominion shalbe also fromThat is, frome the red Sea to the Sea called
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
forwarde: meanyng that
〈◊〉
king dome shulde be large & vniuersal sea to sea, and from the Riuer vnto the ends of he land.
9 They that dwell in the wildernes, shall knele before him, & his enemies shallicke the dust
10 The Kings ofOf
〈◊〉
ād of all other
〈◊〉
beyonde the sea,
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
caneth by the
〈◊〉
. Tarshishand of the yles shal bring presentes: the KingsThat is, of Ara
〈◊〉
that: iche
〈◊〉
, whereof Sheba was a part borderyng vpon Ethiopia. of Sheba and Seba shal bring giftes.
11 Yea, all Kings shal worship him: all nations shall serue him.
12 For he shall deliuer the poore when he cryeth: the nedye also, and hym that hathe no helper.
13 He shalbe mercifull to the poore and nedie, and shal preserue the soules of the poore.
14 He shall redeme their soules frome deceit and violence, and deare shal their blood be in his sight.
15 Yea, he shal liue, and vnto him shall they giue of theGod wil both prosper hyslyfe, ād also make the people most wil ling to
〈◊〉
him golde of Shebá: they shall also praye for hym continually, (and) dayly blesse hym.
16 An handfull of corne shalbe (sowen) in the earth, (euen) in the top of the mountaines,
〈◊〉
Thogh tyrantes passe not to shed bloode, yet thys godlie King shal preserue his subiectes frome all kinde of wrong (and) theVnder suche a Kynge shalbe most great plen tie, both of
〈◊〉
and also of the increase of mankinde. frute thereof shall shake like (the trees) of Lebanō: ād the (childrē) shal florish out of the citie like the grasse of the earth.
17 His name shalbe for euer: hys name shal in dure as long as the sunne: al nations shal bles seThey shal
〈◊〉
to God for his continuance, and
〈◊〉
owe that God doeth prosper them for his sake. him, and be blessed in him.
18 Blessed (be) the Lord God, (euē) the God of Israél, which onely doeth
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
God
〈◊〉
preserue his
〈◊〉
that nether the King nor the kingdome can continue wōderous things
19 And blessed (be) his glorious Name for euer and let all the earth be filled with his glorie. So be it, euen so be it.
HERE END THE
Concernt
〈◊〉
sonne Salomon.
prayers of Dauid, the sonne of Ishai.
PSAL. LXXIII.
1 The Prophete teacheth by his example that nether the worldelie prosperitie of the
〈◊〉
. 14 Nor yet the affliction of the good ought to discourage Gods children but rather ought to moue vs to consider our Fathers
〈◊〉
, and to cause vs to reuerence Gods iudgemen s. 19 For asmuche as the wicked vanish awaye. 24 And the godlie
〈◊〉
into life
〈◊〉
. 28 In hope whereof he resigneth him self into Gods hands.
¶ A Psalme committed to Asaph.
1 YEtAs it were betwene hope and despaire
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
forthe into this affectiō, b īg asured that God wolde continue his fauour towarde suche as were godlye in dede, and not
〈◊〉
. God is good to Israél: (euen,) to the pure in heart.
2 As for me, my fete were almoste gone: my steps had wel nere slipe.
3 For I freated at the foolish, (whē) I sawe the prosperitie of the wicked.
4 For there areThe wicked in this lyse liue
〈◊〉
pleasure, and are not drawen to death like prisoners, that is by sickenes, whiche is deathes messenger. no bands in their death, but they are lustie (and) strong.
5 They are not in trouble (as other) men, nether are they plagued with (other) men.
6 They glorie in their pride as some do in their chaines: and in
〈◊〉
, assome do in apparel. Therefore pride (is) as a chaine vnto them, (and) crueltie couereth them (as) a garment.
7 Their eyes stand out for fatnes:Ebr. They passe the desires of the heart. they haue more then heart can wish.
8 They are licencious, and speake wickedly of (their) oppressiō: they take presūpteously.
9 TheyThey
〈◊〉
God ād feare not his power, & raile vpon men, because they
〈◊〉
me them selues aboue all others. set their mouthe against heauen, and their tongue walketh through the earth.
10 Therefore hisNot onelye the reprobate, but also the people of God often
〈◊〉
lal being the pro sperous estate of the wiched, and are
〈◊〉
whelmed with
〈◊〉
, thinkyng that God conside
〈◊〉
not a ryght the
〈◊〉
of the godlie. people turne hither: for wa ters of a ful (cup) are wrung out to them.
11 And theyThus the
〈◊〉
moueth euen the godlie to dispute with God touching their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and the prosperitie of the wicked. say, Howe doeth God knowe it? or is there knowledge in the moste High?
12 Lo, these are the wicked, yet prosper they alway, (and) increase in riches.
13 Certeinly I haue clensed mine heart in vaine, and washed mine hands in innocencie.
14 For daily haue I bene punished, and chaste ned (euerie) morning.
15 If I say,If I giue place to this wicked thoght, I offende against thy
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
thou disposest
〈◊〉
things most wise ly, and
〈◊〉
thy children in theyr
〈◊〉
dangers. I wil iudge thus, beholde the generacion of thy children: I haue trespaced.
16 Then thoght I to know this, (but) it was to peineful for me.
17 Vntill I went into theVntill I entred into thy schole & learned by thy worde and
〈◊〉
Spirite, that thou orderest al things most wisely and iustely. Sanctuarie of God: (then) vnderstode I their end.
18 Surely thou hast set thē in slipperie places, (and) castest them downe into desolation.
19 How suddenly are they destroyed, perished (and)By thy fearefull iudgement. horribly consumed.
20 As a dreame when one awaketh! ó Lorde, whenVVhen thou openest our eyes to consider thy
〈◊〉
felicitie, we contemne all their vayne pompe. thou raisest vs vp, thou shalt make their image despised.
21 Certeinly mine heart was vexed, and I was pricked in my reines:
22 So foolish was I and ignorant: I was aFor the more that man goeth about by his owne reason to seke out Gods iudgements, the more doeth he declare him selie a beast. beast before thee.
23 Yet I was alwayBy fayth I was assured that thy prouidence did watche al wayes ouer me to preserue me. with thee: thou hast holden (me) by my righthand.
24 Thou wilt guide me by thy counsel, and af terwarde receiue me to glorie.
25 Whome haue I inHe soght nether helpe nor comfort of anie saue of God onely. heauen (but thee?) and I haue desired none in the earth with thee.
26 My fleshe faileth and mine heart (also: but) God (is) the strength of mine heart, and myHe teacheth vs to
〈◊〉
our selues, to haue God our whole sufficiencie, & onelye contentement. porcion for euer.
27 Forlo, they that withdrawe them selues from thee, shall perishe: thou destroyest all them thatThat is, forsake thee to seke others. go a whoring from thee.
28 As forme, it is good for meThogh all the worlde shrinke from God, yet he promiseth to
〈◊〉
in him and to magnifie his workes, to draw nere to God: (therefore) I haue put my truste in the Lord God, that I may declare all thy workes.
PSAL. LXXIIII.
1 The faithfull complaine of the destructiō of the Church and true religion. 2 Vnder the name of Zion, and the Temple destroyed. 11 And trusting in the might and fre mercies of God. 20 By his couenant. 21 They require helpe and succour for thy glorie of Gods holie Name, for the saluacion of his poore afflicted seruants. 23 And the confusion of his proude enemies.
¶ A Psalme to giue instruction', committed to Asaph.
1 O God,The Churche of GOD beyng oppressed by the ty rannie ether of the Babilonians, or of
〈◊〉
prayeth to God by whose hande this yoke was lai ed vpon them for their sinnes. why haste thou put vs a waye for euer? (why) is thy wrath kindled agaynst the shepe of thy pasture?
2 Thinke vpon thy Congregacion (whiche) thou hast possessed of old, (and) on theVVhich inheri tance thou haste measured
〈◊〉
for thy self as with a line or rod. rod of thine inheritance, (which) thou hast rede med, (and) on this mount Zion, wherein thou hast dwelt.
3 Lift vp thyOr,
〈◊〉
. strokes, that thou maiest for euer
destroye euerie enemie that doeth euil to the Sanctuarie.
4 Thine aduersaries roare in the middes of thy Congregacion, (and)They haue destroyed thy true religion & spread their banners in signe of
〈◊〉
set vp their banners for signes:
5 (He thatHe cōmendeth the Temple for the
〈◊〉
matter the excellent wor kemanship and beautie thereof which not
〈◊〉
standing the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
destroye lifted) the axes vpon the thicke trees, was renoumed, as one, that broght a thing to perfection:
6 But now they breake downe the carued worke thereof with axes and hammers.
7 They haue cast thy Sanctuarie into the fyre, (and raised it) to the ground, (and) haue defiled the dwelling place of thy Name.
8 They said in theirThey
〈◊〉
one another to
〈◊〉
, that not onely Gods people might be destroyed, but also
〈◊〉
religion vt
〈◊〉
in all
〈◊〉
suppressed. hearts, Let vs destroye them altogether: they haue burnt all the Synagogues of God in the land.
9 We se not our signes: there is not one Prophet more, nor anie with vs that knowethThey lament that they haueno Prophet among them to shewe them how long their miseries shulde endure. how long.
10 O God, how long shal the aduersarie reproche (thee)? shal the enemie blaspheme thy Name for euer?
11 Why withdrawest thou thine hand, euen thy right hand (drawe it) out of thy bosome, (and)They ioyne their deliuerance with Gods glorie & power, know ing that the punishment of the enemie shulde be their deliuerance consume them.
12 Euen God (is) my King of olde, working sal uacionMeaning in the sight of all the worlde. in the middes of the earth.
13 Thou didest diuide the Sea by thy power: thou brakest the heades of theTo wit, Pharaohs
〈◊〉
. dragons in the waters.
14 Thou brakest the head ofVVhiche was a great monstre of the sea or whale meanīg
〈◊〉
Liuiathán in pie ces, (and) gauest him to be
〈◊〉
destruction did reioyce them as meat refreshesh the bodie. meat for the peo ple in wildernes.
15 Thou brakest vp the fountaine and riuer: thou dryedst vp mightie riuers.
16 TheSeing that God by his
〈◊〉
dence gouerneth and disposeth all things, he gathereth that he wil take care chiefly for his children. daye is thine, and the night is thine: thou hast prepared the light and the sunne.
17 Thou hast set all the borders of the earth: thou hast made somer and winter.
18 Remember this, (that) the enemie hathe reproched the Lord, and the foolish people hathe blasphemed thy Name.
19 Giue not the soule of thyHe meaneth the Church of God, which is exposed as a pray to the wicked. turtle dooue vnto the beast, (&) forget not the Congregaciō of thy poore for euer.
20 Consider (thy) couenant: forThat is, all places where thy worde
〈◊〉
not, there reigneth
〈◊〉
and ambition. the darke pla ces of the earth are ful of the habitacions of the cruel.
21 Oh let not the oppressed returne ashamed, (but) let the poore & nedie praise thy Name
22 Arise, ô God: mainteine thineHe sheweth that God can not suffer his Church to be oppressed, except helose his owne right. owne cause: remember thy dailie reproche by the foolish man.
23 Forget not the voyce of thine enemies: (for) the tumulte of thē, that rise against thee,Or, increaseth more and more. ascendeth continually.
PSAL. LXXV.
1 The faithful do praise the Name of the Lord, 2 Whiche shal come to iudge at the time appointed, 8 When the wicked shalbe put to confusion, and drinke of the cup of his wrath. 10 Their pride shalbe abated, and the righteous shalbe exalted to honour.
¶To him that excelleth.Read Psal.
〈◊〉
, 7. Destroye not A Psalme or song committed to Asáph.
1 WE wil praise thee, ô God, we wil praise (thee,) forthy Name (is) nere: (therefo re)He declareth how the faithful shal euer haue iust occasion to praise God, for asmuche as in their nede thei shall fele his power
〈◊〉
hand to helpe them. they wil declare thy wonderous workes
2 when I se my time (saith God) to heipe your mi series, I wil come and set all things in good
〈◊〉
. When I shal take a conuenient time, I wil iudge righteously.
3 The earth and all the inhabitans there of are dissolued: (but) I wil establish the pillersThogh all things be broght to
〈◊〉
, yet I can restore and
〈◊〉
serue them. of it, Selah.
4 I said vnto the foolish, Be not so foolish, and to the wicked, Lift not vp the horne.
5 Lift not vp yourThe Prophet warneth the wic ked that they wolde not set them selues against Gods people, seing that God at his time destroyeth them that rule wicked ly. horne on high, nether speake with a stiffe necke.
6 For to come to preferment (is) nether from the East, nor from the West, nor from the South,
7 But God (is) the iudge: he maketh low and he maketh hie.
8 For in the hand of the Lord (is) aGods wrath is compared to a cup of strong & delicate wine where with the wicked are made so
〈◊〉
, that by drinking til they come to the veriedregs, they are vtterly destroyed. cup, and the wine is red: it is ful mixt, and he powreth out of the same: surely all the wicked of the earth shall wring out (and) drinke the dregs thereof.
9 But I wil declare for euer, and sing praises vnto the God of Iaakób.
10 All the hornes of the wicked also wil I brea ke: (but) the hornes of theThe
〈◊〉
shal better prosper by their innocent simplicitie, then the wicked shal by
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
. righteous shalbe exalted.
PSAL. LXXVI.
1 This Psalme
〈◊〉
forthe the power of God and care for the defence of his people in Ierusalem, inthe destruction of the armie of Saneherib:
〈◊〉
And exhorteth the faithful to be thankeful for the same.
¶To him that excelleth on Neginōth. A Psalme or song committed to Asáph.
1 GOd isHe declareth that Gods power is euidently sene in preseruing his people and destroyng his enemies. knowen in Iudáh: his Name (is) great in Israél.
2 For inwhich afterward was called Ierusalém. Shalém is his Tabernacle, and his dwelling in Zión.
3 There brake he the arrowes of the bowe the shield and the sworde & the battel, Sélah.
4 Thou art more bright and puissant, thenHe compareth the kingdomes ful of exortation and rapine to the mountaines that are ful of
〈◊〉
beasts. the mountaines of pray.
5 The stoute harted are spoiled: they haue slept their slepe, and all the men of strength haue notGod
〈◊〉
taken their spirits and strēgth from them, as thogh their hands were cut of. founde their hands.
6 At thy rebuke, ô God of Iaakób, bothe the chariot and horse are cast a slepe.
7 Thou, (euē) thou art to be feared: & who shal stand in thyGod with a loo ke is able to destroye all the power and actiuitie of the
〈◊〉
, were thei neuer so manie or mightie. sight, when thou art angrie!
8 Thou didest cause (thy) iudgement to be heard from heauē: (therefore) the earth feared and was stil,
9 When thou, ô God, arose to iudgement, toTo reuenge the wrongs downe to thy Church. helpe all the meke of the earth. Sélah.
10 Surely theFor the end shal shewe that the enemie was able to bring nothing to passe also thou shalt bridle
〈◊〉
, that they shal not compasse their purpose. rage of man shal, turne to thy praise: the remnant of the rage shalt thou restraine.
11 Vowe and performe vnto the Lord your God, all (ye) that beTo wit, the Leuites that dwel about the Tabernacle, or the people, among whome he doeth dwell. rounde about him: let them bring presents vnto him that ought to be feared.
12 He shalThe Ebrewe worde signifieth, to vintage, or gather grapes: meaning that he shal make the counsels and entreprises of wicked tyrants foolish and vaine. cut of the spirit of princes: he is terrible to the Kings of the earth.
PSAL. LXXVII.
1 The Prophet in the name of the Church rehearserh the greatnes of his affliction, and his grieuous tentations. 6 whereby he was driuē to this end to consider his former conuersation, 11 And the continual course of Gods workes in the preseruation of his seruants, & so he cōfirmeth his faith against these tentations.
¶For the excellent musician * Ieduthún. A1. Chro. 16, 41. Psasme committed to Asáph.Psal. 39, & 62.
1 MYThe Prophet teacheth vs by his exāple to flee vn to God for helpe in our
〈◊〉
voyce (came) to God, when I cryed my voyce (came) to God, and he heard me.
2 In the day of my trouble I soght the Lord:Or, mine hand was
〈◊〉
out my sore ranne and ceased not in the night: my soule refused comfort.
3 I did thinke vpon God, and wasHe
〈◊〉
that we must pa ciently abide, althogh God deliuea vs not out of our troubles at the first cry. troubled: I prayed, and my spirit was ful of anguish. Sélah.
4 Thou kepest mine eyesMeaning that his sorowes were as watch men that kept his
〈◊〉
from sleping. waking: I was asto nied and colde not speake.
5 (Then) I considered the dayes of olde, (and) the yeres of ancient time.
6 I called to remembrance myOf thankesgiuing, whiche I was
〈◊〉
ned to sing in my
〈◊〉
. song in the night: I communed with mine owne heart, & my spirit searched
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
way I was
〈◊〉
, and when my sorowes shulde ha ue an end. diligently.
7 Wil the Lord absent him self for euer? & wil he she we no more fauour?
8 Is hisAs if he shulde saye, it is impossi ble: wherby he exhorteth him selfe to pacience. mercie cleane gone for euer? doeth his promes faile for euer more?
9 Hathe God forgotten to be merciful? hathe he shut vp his tender mercies in displeasure? Sélah.
10 And I said, This is myThogh I
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of my life yet considering that God had his yeres, that is,
〈◊〉
ge of times, and was accustomed also to lift vp thē whome he hathe beaten, I toke heart againe. death: (yet I remem bred) the yeres of the right hand of the must High.
11 I remembred the workes of the Lord: certeinly I remembred thy wonders of olde.
12 I did also meditate all thy workes, & did deuise of thine Actes, (saying,)
13 Thy waye, ö God, (is)
〈◊〉
is, in heauen, wherunto we must ascend by faith, if
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
knowe the wayes of
〈◊〉
. in the Sanctuarie: who is so great aHe
〈◊〉
all that worship anie thing saue the onely true God, whose glorie
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
. God as (our) God!
14 Thou art the God that doest wonders: thou hast declared thy power among the people.
15 Thou hastredemed thy people with (thine) arme, (euen) the sonnes of laakób and Ioséph. Sélah.
16 TheHe declareth,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of God was declared, when he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
Sea. waters sawe thee, ô God: the waters sawe thee, (&) were afrayed: yea, the depths trembled.
17 The cloudes powred out water: the heauēs gaue aThat is, thundered & lighte ed sounde: yea, thine arrowes went abroad.
18 The voice of thy thundre was round about: the lightenings lightened the worlde: the earth trembled and shoke.
19 Thy waye (is) in the Sea, and thy paths in the great waters, and thy fotesteps are notForwhen thou
〈◊〉
broght oner thy people, the water returned to her
〈◊〉
and the
〈◊〉
that thoght to ha ue followed thē, colde not passe
〈◊〉
, Exod.
〈◊〉
, 19. knowen.
20 Thou didest leade thy people like shepe by the hand of Mosés and Aarón.
PSAL. LXXVIII.
1 He sheweth how God of his mercie chose his Church of the posteritie of Abrahám. 8 Reproching the stubburne rebellion of their fathers that the children might not one ly vnderstand, 11 That God of his fre mercie made his coueuant with their ancetours, 17 But also seing them so malicious and peruerse, might be ashamed and so turne wholly to God. In this Psalme the holie Gost hathe comprehended as it were, the summe of all Gods benefites, to the intent the ignorant & grosse people might se in fewe wordes the effect of the whole histories of the Bible.
¶A Psalme to giueRead psalme 12. instruction committed to Asáph.
1 HEare myThe
〈◊〉
vnder the name of a teacher calleth the people his & the doctrine his, as Paul cal
〈◊〉
the Gospel his, whereof he was but the preacher, as Rom. 2. 16 and 16. 2, 5. doctrine, ô my people: incline your eares vnto the wordes of my mouth.
2 I wil open my mouth in a parable: I wil declare high sentences of olde.
3 Which we haue heard and knowen, and ourWhich were the People of God. fathers haue tolde vs.
4 We wil not hide them from their children, (but) to the generaciō to come we wil shewe the praises of the Lord, his power also, and his wonderful workes that he hathe done:Deut. 6 7.
5 How he established aBy the testimo nie and Law he meaneth the Law writen, which they were commanded to teache their children. testimonie in Iaakób and ordeined a Law in Israél, which he commanded our fathers, that they shulde teache their children:
6 That theHe sheweth wherin the children shulde be like their fathers, that is, in
〈◊〉
ning Gods pure
〈◊〉
. posteritie might knowe it, (and) the children. which shulde be borne, shulde stand vp, and declare it to their children:
7 That they might
〈◊〉
sheweth wherein the vse of this doctrine standeth: in faith, in the meditatiō of Gods benefites & in obedience. set their hope on God, & not forget the workes of God but kepe his commandements:
8 And not to be as theirThogh these
〈◊〉
were the sede of Abrahā & the chosen
〈◊〉
ple, yet he sheweth by their rebellion, prouocation, false hode & hypocrisie, that the children oght not to followe their examples. fathers, a disobediēt and rebellious generation: a generation that set not their heart a right, and whose spirit was not faithful vnto God.
9 The children ofBy
〈◊〉
he meaneth also the rest of the tribes, because thei were moste in nomber: whose punishement de clareth that they were vnfaithfull to God, and by their
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
had corrupt al others Ephráim being armed & shooting with the bowe, turned backe in the day of battel.
10 They kept not the couenant of God, but refused to walke in his Law,
11 And forgate his Actes, and his wonderful workes that he had shewed
〈◊〉
.
12 He did maruelous things in the sight of their
〈◊〉
sheweth wherein the vse of this doctrine standeth: in faith, in the meditatiō of Gods benefites & in obedience. fathers in the land of Egypt: (euen) in the field of Zōan.
13 * He deuided the Sea, and led them through he made also the waters to stand as an heape.
14 * In the daie time also he led them with a cloude, and all the night with a light of fyer.i He proueth that
〈◊〉
onely the posteritie, but also their forefathers were wicked & rebel
〈◊〉
to God.
15 * He claue the rockes in the wildernes, and gaue them drinke as of the great depths.
16 * He broght floods also out of the stonie roc ke, so that he made the waters to descēd like the riuers.Exod. 14. 21.
17 Yet theyTheir wicked malice colde be ouer come by no benefites which were great and manie. sinned stil against him, and prouokedExod. 14, 24. the Highest in the wildernes.Exod. 17. 6.
18 And tempted God in their heartes inThen to require more thē is ne
〈◊〉
, & to separate Gods power
〈◊〉
his wil is to tempt God. Nomb. 11. 1. requiring meat for their lust.Numb. 20. 11.
Psal. 105 41.
1. Cor. 10. 4.
Wisd. 11, 4.
19 * They spake against God also, saying, Can GodThus
〈◊〉
we giue place to sinne, we are moued
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of Gods power, except he wil alwayes be ready to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. prepare a table in the wildernes?
20 * Beholde, he smote the rocke, that the wa ter gushed out, and the streames ouerflowed can he giue bread also? or prepare flesh for
his people?
21 Therefore the Lord heard and was angrie, and the * fyer was kindled in Iaakób, and also wrath came vpon Israél,
22 Because they beleued not in God, andThat is, in his
〈◊〉
lie prouidence, whereby he
〈◊〉
for his and p
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. trusted not in his helpe.
23 Yet he had cōmanded theSo that thei had that, which was
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
: but their
〈◊〉
made them to
〈◊〉
that which thei knowe God had denied them. cloudes aboue and had opened the dores of heauen,
24 And had rained downe MAN vpon them for to eat, and had giuen them of the wheat of heauen.
25 * Man did eat the bread of Angels: he sentExod. 17. 6. them meat ynough.Nomb. 20.
〈◊〉
.
26 He caused theGod vsed the meanes of the winde to
〈◊〉
them, that all elements were at his commandement,
〈◊〉
that no distance of place colde lethis working. Eastwinde to passe in thePsal. 105. 41. heauen, and through his power he broght in1 Cor. 10. 4. the Southwinde.Nomb. 11.
〈◊〉
.
27 He rained flesh also vpon them as dust, and feathered foule as the sand of the sea.
28 And he made it fall in the middes of their cāpe, (euen) round about their habitations.
29 So thei did eat and were wel filled: for he gaue them their desire.
30 They were not turned frō theirSuche is the na ture of concupiscence, that the more
〈◊〉
, the more it lusleth. lust, (but) the meat (was) yet in their mouthes,
31 When the wrath of God came euen vpon them, and slewThogh other were
〈◊〉
spared yet
〈◊〉
thei
〈◊〉
, whicht: u sled in their strength against God. the strongest of them, & smo te downe the chosen men in Israél.Ioh. 6. 31.
1. Co.
〈◊〉
10.
〈◊〉
.
32 For all this, theiThus
〈◊〉
by continuance maket men insensible, so that by no plagues thei can be amended. sinned stil, and beleued not his wonderous workes.
33 Therefore their daies did he consume in vanitie, and their yeres hastely.
34 And when heSuch was their
〈◊〉
, that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vnto God for
〈◊〉
of punishmēt thogh in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thei loued him not. slewe them, thei soght him and they returned, and soght God early.
35 And thei remembred that God (was) their strength, and the moste high God their rede mer.
36 But thei
〈◊〉
him with their mouth & dissembled with him with their tongue.
37 For theirThat is, in his
〈◊〉
lie prouidence, whereby he
〈◊〉
for his and p
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. heart was not vpright with him: nether were they faithful in his couenant.
38 Yet he being mercifulBecause he wolde euer haue some
〈◊〉
emnant of a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
raise his Name in
〈◊〉
, he
〈◊〉
not
〈◊〉
sinnes to ouercome his mercie. forgaue (their) iniquitie, and destroyed (them) not, but of times called backe his angre, and did not stirre vp all his wrath.
39 For he remēbred that thei were flesh: (yea,) a winde that passeth & cōmeth not againe.
40 How oft did they
〈◊〉
him in the wildernes? (and) grieue him in the desert?
41 Yea, theyThat is, thei tempted him oft times, returned, and tempted God, andAs ther all do that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the power of God by their capacitie. limited the Holie one of Israél.
42 TheiThe forgetfulnes of Gods
〈◊〉
is the rote of
〈◊〉
and all vice. remēbred not his hand, (nor) the daie when he deliuered them from the enemie.
43 (Nor) him that set his signes in Egypt, and his wonders in the field of Zóan,u whatsoeuer commeth not from the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the heart, is hypocrisie.
44 And turned their riuers into blood, & their floods, that thei colde not drinke.
45 He sentThis worde signifieth a confused mixture of
〈◊〉
and venemous wormes Some take it for all wilde beastes. a swarme of flies among them, which deuo ured them, and frogs, which destroyed them.
46 HeHe repeteth not he
〈◊〉
the miracles that God did in Egypt, but certeine which might be
〈◊〉
to conuince the people of malice and ingratitude. gaue also their frutes vnto the caterpiller, and their labourvnto the grashopper.
47 He destroied their vines with haile, & their wilde figgetrees with the hailestone.
48 He gaue their cattel also to the haile, and their flockes to the thunderboltes.
49 He cast vpon them the fiercenes of his angre, indignation and wrath, and vexation by the sending out ofSo called
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
that is, of
〈◊〉
thewicked, or els because therwere, wicked
〈◊〉
, whome God permitted to vexe men. euil Angels.
50 He made awaie to his angre: he spared not their soule from death, (but) gaue their life to the pestilence,
51 And smote all the firstborne in Egypt, (euē) theThe first borne are so called, as Genes. 49. 3. beginning of (their) strength in the tabernacles of Ham.
52 But he made his people to go out like shepe and led them in the wildernes like a flocke.
53 Yea, he caried them out safely, and theyThat is, thei bad none occasiō to feare, for
〈◊〉
che as God destroied their enemies and deliueted them safely. fea red not, and the Sea
〈◊〉
their enemies.
54 And he broght them vnto the borders of hisMeaning Canàan, which God had consecrate to him selfe, and appointed to his people. Sanctuarie: (euen) to this Mountaine, (which) his right hand purchased.
55 * He cast out the heathen also before thē & caused them to fall to the lot of (his) inheritance, and made the tribes of Israél to dwell in their tabernacles.
56 Yet they tempted, and prouoked the moste high God, and kept not his testimonies,
〈◊〉
. 11. 1, & 53. 7.
57 But turned backe and deltNothing more displeaseth God in the children, them when
〈◊〉
continue in that wickednes which their fathers
〈◊〉
begonne. falsely like their fathers: thei turned like a deceit ful bowe.
58 And theiBy
〈◊〉
God otherwise then he had
〈◊〉
prouoked him to angre with their high places, and moued him to wrath with their grauen image.
59 God heard (this) and was wroth, and greatly
〈◊〉
Israél.
60 So that heFor their ingra titude he
〈◊〉
the Philislims to take the
〈◊〉
, which was the signe of his presence, from amōg them. forsoke the habitation of Shiló (euen) the Tabernacle where he dwelt among men,
61 And deliuered hisThe Arke is called his
〈◊〉
and beautie, because thereby he
〈◊〉
his peo ple, and beautiful ly appeared vnto them. power in to captiuitie, and his beautie into the ennemies hand.
62 And he gaue vp his people to thesworde and was angrie with his inheritance.
63 The fyerThei were sud
〈◊〉
destroyed. deuoured their chosen men, and their maides were notThei had no mariage songs: that is, thei were not maried. praised.
64 Their Priests fell by the sworde, and theirEther thei were slaine before or taken prisoners of their enemies, and so were forbidden. widowes lamented not.
65 But the Lord awaked as one out of slepe, (and) as a strong man that after (his)Because thei were drunken in their sinnes thei iudged Gods pacience to be a slombring, as thogh he were drunken: there fore he answering their beastlie iudgement, faith, he wil awake and rake sudden vengeance. wine cryeth
〈◊〉
,
66 And smote his enemies in the hinder (partes,1. Sam 4. 10. and) put them to a perpetual shame.
67 Yet he refused the tabernacle ofShewing that he spared not altogether the Israelites, thogh he punished their enemies, Ioséph, and chose not the tribe of Ephráim:
68 But chose the tribe of Iudáh, (and) mount Zión which he loued.
69 And heBy
〈◊〉
the Temple and establishing the kingdome, he declareth that the signes
〈◊〉
his sauour were among them. buylt his Sanctuarie as an high (palace,) like the earth, which he stablished for euer.
70 He chose Dauid also his seruant, and toke him from the shepefoldes.
71 Euen from behinde the ewes with yong broght he him to fede his people in Iaakób, and his inheritance in Israél.
72 SoHe sheweth wherein a Kings charge standeth to Wit, to prouide faithfully for his people, to gui de them by coun sel: and defend them by power. he fed them according to the simplicitie of his heart, and guided thē by the discretion of his hands.
PSAL. LXXIX.
1 The Israelites complaine to God for the great calamitie and oppression that thei suffred by Gods enemies 8 And cōfessing their sinnes, flee to Gods mercies with ful hope of deliuerance, 10 Because their calamities were ioynedPsal. lxxix. with the contempt of his Name, 13 For the which thei promes to be thankeful.
¶A Psalme committed to Asáph.
1 O God,The people crye vnto God against the barbarous tyrannie of the Babylonians, Whospoiled Gods inheritance, polluted his Temple, destroyed his religion &
〈◊〉
red his people. the heathen are come into thine in heritance: thine holie Temple haue they
〈◊〉
, (and) made Ierusalém heapes (of stones.)
2 TheThe Prophet sheweth towhat extremities God suffreth sometime his Church to fall, to exercise their faith' before he set to his hād to deliuer them. dead bodies of thy seruants haue thei giuen to be meat vnto foules of the heauen: (and) the flesh of thy Sainctes vnto the beastes of the earth.
3 Their blood haue thei shed like waters round about Ierusalém, and there was none
〈◊〉
Their
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
durst not burie them for
〈◊〉
of the enemies. burye them.
4 We are a reproche to ourWhereof some came of Abrahā, but Were degene tate: and others Were open enemies to thy religion, but thei bothe laughed at our miseries. neighbours, (euen) a scorne and derision vnto them that are round about vs.
5 Lord, how long wilt thou be angrie for euer shal thy gelousieWilt thou vtter ly cōsume vs for our sinnes, before thou takest vs to mercie? burne like fyer?
6 * Powre out thy wrath vpon the heathē that haue not knowen thee, and vpon the kingdomes that haue not called vpon thy Name.
7 For thei haue deuoured Iaakób and made his dwelling place desolate.
8 Reméber not against vs theWhich We & our fathers haue committed. former iniquities, (but)And
〈◊〉
not til We
〈◊〉
recompenced for our sinnes. make haste (&) let thy tēder mercies preuent vs: for we are in great miserie.
9 Helpe vs, ô God of ourSeing We haue none other Sa
〈◊〉
, nether can We helpe our selues, and also by our saluacion thy Name shalbe praised therefore o Lord, helpe vs. saluacion, for theIere. 10.
〈◊〉
. glorie of thy Name, and deliuer vs, and be merciful vnto our sinnes for thy name sake.
10 Wherefore shulde the heathen saie, Where is their God? let him be knowen among the heathen in our sight by the vengeance of the blood of thy seruants that is shed.
11 Let the sighing of theWho thogh in respect of God thei Were iustly pnnished for their
〈◊〉
, yet in consideration of their cause, We re vniustly murthered. prisoners come before thee: according to thy mightie arme preserue,Which Were captiues among their enemies, & colde loke for no thing but death. the children of death,
12 And render to our neighbours seuen folde into their bosome their reproche where with they haue reproched thee, ô Lord.
13 So wethy people, and shepe of thy pasture shal praise thee for euer: and frō generation to generationWe
〈◊〉
to desire no bene
〈◊〉
of God, but on this condition to praise his
〈◊〉
. we wil set forthe thy praise.
PSAL. LXXX.
1 A lamentable praier to God to helpe the miseries of his Church, 8 Desiring him to consider their first estate, when his fauour shined towards them, to the intent that he might finish that worke which he had begonne.
¶ To him that excelleth on Shoshannim Edúth. A Psalme commited to Asáph.
1 HEare,This
〈◊〉
Was made as a praier for to desire God to be merciful to the tentribes. ô thou Shepherd of Israél, thou that leadest Ioséph like shepe: shew (thy) brightenes, thou that sittest betwene theMoue their hearts that thei may returne to Worship God a right: that is in the place' Where thou hast appoin ted. Cherubims.Isa. 43. 21.
2 Before Ephráim and Beniamin & ManasséhPsal. lxxx. stirre vp thy streugth, and come to helpe vs.
3Ioyne thy Who le people and all thy tribes together againe. Turne vs againe, ô God, and cause thy face to shine that we maie be saued.
4 O Lord God of hostes, how long wilt thou beThe
〈◊〉
feare Gods angre When thei
〈◊〉
ue that their prai ers are not forthWith heard. angrie against the praier of thy people?
5 Thou hast fed thē with the bread of teares, and giuen them teares to drinke with greate measure.
6 Thou hast made vs aOur neighbours haue continual strife and War reagainst vs. strife vnto our neigh bours, and our enemies laugh (at vs) among them selues.
7Because that repentance one ly commeth of God thei moste instantly and ofe times call to God for it as a meane, Whereby thei shalbe saued. Turne vs againe, ô God of hostes: cause thy face to shine, and we shalbe saued.
8 Thou hast broght aSeing that of thy mercie thou hast made vs a moste deare possesion to thee and we through our sinnes are made open for Wilde beastes to deuour vs, declareagaine thy loue and finish the Worke that thou hast begonne. vine out of Egypt: thou hast cast out the heathen, and planted it.
9 Thou madest roume for it, and didest cause it to take roote, and it filled the land.
10 The moūtaines were couered with the shadow of it, & the boughs thereof (were like) theEbr, Cedres of God. goodlie cedres.
11 She stretched out her brāches vnto: the Sea, and her boughes vnto theTowit. Euphra tes. Riuer.
12 Why hast thou (then) broken downe her hedges, so that all thei, which passe by the waie, haue plucked her?
13 The wildeThat is, aswel thei that
〈◊〉
our religion as thei thathate our persones. bore out of the wood hat he destroied it, and the wilde beastes of the field haue eaten it vp.
14 Returne we beseche thee, ô God of hostes: loke downeThei gaue not place to tentatiō knowing that albeit there were no helpe in earth, yet God Was able to succour them from heauen. from heauen and beholde and visit this vine,
15 And the vine yarde, that thy right hand hathe planted, and the yong vine, (which) thou madestSo that no power can preuaile against it, and Which as a yong bud thou
〈◊〉
vp againe as out of the
〈◊〉
ashes. strong for thy self,
16 It is burnt with fyer (and) cut downe (and) they
〈◊〉
at theOnely When thou
〈◊〉
angrie, and notwith the
〈◊〉
of the enemie rebuke of thy countenance.
17 Let thine hand be vpon theThat is, vpon this vine, or people,
〈◊〉
thou hast planted With thy right hand, that thei shulde be as one man or one bodie man of thy right hād, (&) vpō the sonne of mā, (whome) thou madest strong for thine owne self.
18 So wil not we go backe from thee:For none can call vpon God, but suche as: are raised vp, as it Were, from death to life and regenerate by the holie Spirit. reuiue thou vs, and we shal call vpon thy Name.
19 Turne vs againe, ô Lord God of hostes: cause thy face to shine and we shalbe saued.
PSAL. LXXXI.
1 An exhortation to praise God bothe in heart and voice for his benefites, 8 And to worship him onely. 11 God cō dēneth their ingratitude. 12 And sheweth what great be nefites thei haue lost through their owne malice.
¶ To him that excelleth vponAn
〈◊〉
of musicke broght from Geth. Gittith. A Psalme commited to Asáph.
1 SIngIt semeth that this psal Was ap pointed for solē
ne feastes and assemblies of the people, to Whome for a time the se ceremonies Were ordeined, but now vnder the Gospel are abolished. ioy fully vnto God our strength: sing loude vnto the God of Iaakób.
2 Take the song and bring forthe the timbrel the pleasant harpe with the viole.
3 Blowe the trūpet in the c newmoone, (euen) in the time appointed, at our feast daie.
4 For this is a statute for Israél, (and) a Law of the God of Iaak ób.
5 He set this inThat is, in Israél: for
〈◊〉
familie was coun ted the chief before that
〈◊〉
Was preferred. Ioséph for a testimonie, whē he came out of the land of Egypt, (where) I
heard a language, that
〈◊〉
speaketh in the persone of the people, becau se he Was their leader. I vnderstode not.
6 I haue withdrawē his shulder from the bur den, (and) his hands haue left theIf thei Were ne uer able to giue
〈◊〉
thakes to God for this deliuerance from corporal bōdage how much more are We
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
from the tyrā
nie of Satan and
〈◊〉
pottes.
7 Thou calldest in affliction and I deliuered thee, (&)By a strange & Wonderful fac ó. answered thee in the secret of the thunder: I proued thee at the waters of
〈◊〉
, contention Exod. 17, 16. Me ribáh. Sélah.
8He cōdemneth all assemblies, Where the people are not atten tiue to heare Gods voice, & to giue obedience to the same. Heare, ô my people, and I wil protest vnto thee: o Israél, if thou wilt heark en vnto me.
9 Let there be no strange god in thee, nether worship thou anie strange God.
10 (For) I am the Lord thy God, which broght thee out of the land of Egypt:God accuseth their incredulitie because thei ope ned not their
〈◊〉
to recei ue
〈◊〉
in suche abundance as he powreth them out. open, thy mouth wide and I wil fil it,
11 But my people wolde not heare my voyce, and Israél wolde none of me.
12 So I gaue thē vp into the hardenes of their heart, (and) they haue walked in their owne counsels.
13God by his Worde calleth all, but his secret election
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
shal heare With
〈◊〉
. Oh that my people had hearkened vnto me, (and) Israél had walked in my wayes.
14 I wolde sone haue humbled their enemies, & turned mine hādIf their sinnes had not letted against their aduersaries
15 The haters of the Lord shuld haue bene subiect vnto him, and their timeIf the Israelites had not broken couenant With God, he Wolde haue
〈◊〉
them victo rie against their ennemies. shuld haue en dured for euer.
16 And (God) wolde haue fed them with theThat is, With moste fine Wheat and abundance of honie. fat of wneat, & with honie out of the rocke wold I haue sufficed thee.
PSAL. LXXXII.
1 The Prophet declaring God to be present among the Iudges and Magistrates, 2 Reproueth their parcialitie, 3 And exhorteth them to do iustice. 5 But seing none amandement, 8 He desireth God to vndertake the matter & execute iustice him self.
¶ APsalme commited to Asáph.
1 GOd standeth in the assemblie ofThe Prophet sheweth that if
〈◊〉
& iudges do not then
〈◊〉
, God,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
is aboue them,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vengeáce on thē
gods: he iudgeth among gods.
2 How long wil ye iudge vniustly, and accept the persones of theFor theues and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
fauour in iudgement, When the cause of the godlie can not be heard. wicked? Sélah.
3 Do right to the poore and fatherles: do iustice to the poore and nedie.
4 Deliuer the poore andNot onely Whē they cryefor help but When their cause requireth aide and support nedie: saue (them) from the hand of the wicked.
5 They knowe not and vnderstand nothing: they walke in darknes, (albeit) all theThat is, all things are out of
〈◊〉
, ether by their
〈◊〉
or careles
〈◊〉
fundacions of the earth be moued.
6 I haue said, Ye are gods, and ye all are childrē of the most High.
7No title of honour shal excuse you,
〈◊〉
you shal be
〈◊〉
Gods iudgement, and
〈◊〉
a compt as Wel as other
〈◊〉
But ye shald ye as a man, & ye princes, shal fall like others.
8 OGOD, arise, (therefore) iudge thou the earth: for thou shalt in heriteTherefore noty
〈◊〉
shal plucke thy right & outo
〈◊〉
from thee. all nations.
PSAL. LXXXIII.
1 The people of Israél praye vnto the Lord to deliuer thē from their enemies bot he at home and farre of, which imagined nothing but their destruction.
〈◊〉
And they desire that all suche Wicked people maye, according as God was accustomed, be stricken with the stormie tempest of Gods wrath, 18 That thei maie knowe that the Lord is moste high vpon the earth.
¶ A song, or Psalme committed to Asáph.
1 KEpeThis Psalme
〈◊〉
to haue bene composed. as a
〈◊〉
of praier against the
〈◊〉
that the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in the dates of
〈◊〉
. not thou silence, ô God: be not stil and cease not, ô God.
2 Forlo, thineHe call th thē Gods enemies. Which are enemies to his
〈◊〉
enemies make a tumulte: and they that hate thee, haue lifted vp the head.
3 Thei haue taken craftie counsel against thy people, and haue consulted against thyThe elect of God are his secret ones: for he hideth
〈◊〉
the secret of l.
〈◊〉
, & preseiueth thē
〈◊〉
all dangers secret ones.
4 Thei haue said, Come and let vsThei Were not
〈◊〉
to take the Church as pri soner, but soght
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
destroi it. cut them of from being a nation: and let the name of Israél be no more in remembrance.
5 For thei haue consulted togetherBy all secret mean s. in heart (and) haue made a league
〈◊〉
thoght to haue
〈◊〉
thy coūsel, Where in the perpetuitie of the Church Was established. against thee:
6 The tabernacles of Edom, and the
〈◊〉
, Moab and the Agarims:
7 Gebál and Ammōn, and Amaléch, the Philistims with the inhabitants ofOr,
〈◊〉
. Tyrus:
8 Asshur also is ioyned with thē: thei haue bene an arme to the childrenThe Wickednes of the Ammonites and Moabites is described, in that they prouoked these other nations to fight against the Israelites their
〈◊〉
of Lot.
9 Do thou to them as vnto theBy these examples, thei Were confirmed that God Wolde not suffer his people to be vtterly destroied. Midianites: as to Siserá (and) as to Iabin at the riuer of Kishón.
10 Thei perished at Endór, (and) wereTroden vnder
〈◊〉
as myre. dongue forthe earth.
11 Make thē, (euen) their princes like * Oréb and like Zeéb: yea, all their princes like Zebah and like Zalmuná.
12 Which haue said, Let vs take for our possession theThat is, Iudea: for Where his Church is there dwelleth he among them. habitacions of God.
13 O my God, make them like vnto aBecause the reprobat colde by no meanes be amended, he praieth chatt ei maie
〈◊〉
be destroied, be vnstable and led with all windes. whele, (and) as the stubble before the winde.
14 As the fyer burneth the forest, and as the flame setteth the mountaines on fyre:
15 So persecute them with thy tempest, & make them afraied with thy storme.
16 Fil their faces with shame, that thei maieThat is, be compelled by thy plagues to
〈◊〉
thy power. seke thy Name, ö Lord.
17 Let them be confounded and troubled for euer: yea, let them be put to shame & perish.Iudg. 7. 21. & 4 15.
18 That they maie
〈◊〉
they
〈◊〉
not, yet thei male proue by experience, hat it is in vaine to resist against thy coun sel in establishing thy Church. knowe that thou, which art called Iehouáh, art alone, (euen) the most High ouer all the earth.
PSAL. LXXXIIII.
1 Dauid driuen forthe of his countrey, 2 Desireth moste ardently to come againe to the Tabernacle of the Lord and the assemblie of the Saints to praise God, 4 Prono uncing them blessed tha maie so do 6 Then he praiseth the courage of the people, that paste through the wildernes to assemble them selues in Zión. 10 Finally with praise of this matter and confidence of Gods goodnes he endeth the Psalme.
¶ To him that excelleth vpon Gittith. A Psalme committed to the sonnes of Kórah.
1 ODauid complai neth that he can not haue accesse to the
〈◊〉
of God to make pro
〈◊〉
of his
〈◊〉
and to
〈◊〉
in religion. Lord of hostes, how amiable (are) thy Tabernacles!
2 My soule longeth, yea, and fainteth for theFor none but the
〈◊〉
colde enter into the Sā ctuarie, and the rest of the people into the courtes. co urtes of the Lord: (for) mine heart and my
〈◊〉
reioyce in the liuing God.
3 Yea, the sparowe hathe founde (her) an house, & the swallo we anest for her, where she maie lay her yong: (euen) by thineSo that the poore birdes haue more,
〈◊〉
then I. altars, ô Lord of hostes, my King (and) my God.
4 Blessed (are) they that dwel in thine house: they wil euer praise thee. Sélah.
5 Blessed (is) the man, whoseVVho
〈◊〉
nothing in him self, but in thee onely, & learneth of thee to rule his life. strength (is) in thee, (&) in whose heart (are thy) waies.
6 They going through the vale of That is, of mulberietrees which was a
〈◊〉
pla ce: so that they which passed through, mustdig pits for water: signifying that no lets can hinder them that are ful ly bent to come to Christs Church nether yet that God wil euer faile them. Bacá, make welles therein: the raine also couereth the pooles.
7 They go fromThey are neuer wearie, but
〈◊〉
in strēgth & couragetil thei come to Gods House. strength to strength, (til eue rie one) appeare before God in Zión.
8 O Lord God of hostes, heare my prayer: hear ken, ô God of Iaakob.
〈◊〉
.
9 Beholde, ô God, ourshield, & loke vpon the face of thineThat is, for Christs sake whose figure
〈◊〉
re present. Anointed.
10 ForHe wolde
〈◊〉
to liue but one daye rather in Gods Church, then a thousand among the worldelings. a daye in thy courtes is better then a thousand (other where:) I had rather be a dore keper in the House of my God, then to dwell in the tabernacles of wickednes.
11 For the Lord God is the sunne and shield (vn to vs:) the Lord wil giue grace and glorie, & noBut
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to time increase his
〈◊〉
towards his more and more. good thing wil he withholde from them that walke vprightly.
12 O Lord of hostes, blessed (is) the man that trusteth in thee.
PSAL. LXXXV.
1 Because God withdrewe not his rods from his Church af ter
〈◊〉
returne from Babylō, first they put him in minde of their deliuerance, to the intent that he shuld not leaue the worke of his grace
〈◊〉
. 5 Next thei camplaine of their long affliction: 8 And thirdly they reioyce in hope of
〈◊〉
promised. 9 For their deliuerance was a figure of Christs kingdome, vnder the which shulde be perfite felicitie.
¶ To him that excelleth. A Psalme committed to the sonnes of Kôrah.
1 LOrd, thou hast beneThey confesse that Gods fre mercie was the cause
〈◊〉
of their deliuerāce, because he loued the lād which he had cho sen. fauourable vnto thy land: thou hast broght againe the captiuitie of
〈◊〉
Iaakób.
2 Thou hast forgiuen the iniquitie of thy peo ple, (and)Thou host buryed them that they shal not come into iudge ment. couered and their sinnes. Sélah.
3
〈◊〉
hast withdrawē all thine angre, & hast turned backe frō theNot onely in withdrawing thy rod, but in forgiuing out sinnes, & in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
them. fiercenes of thy wrath
4 Turne vs, ô God of our saluacion, & release
〈◊〉
angre towards vs.
5
〈◊〉
thou be angrie with vs
〈◊〉
in times past they had
〈◊〉
Gods mercres: so now being
〈◊〉
by
〈◊〉
lōg, continuance of euils, they pray vnto God, that according to his nature he wolde be merciful vnto them. for euer? (and) wilt thou prolong thy wrath from one gene racion to another?
6 Wilt thou not turne againe (and) quicken vs that thy people maye reioyce in thee?
7 She we vs thy mercie, ô Lord, and grante vs thyHe
〈◊〉
that our
〈◊〉
commeth onely of Gods mercie. saluacion.
8 I wil hearkē what the Lord God wil saie: for he wil speakeHe wil send all
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
Church, when he hathe sufficiently
〈◊〉
them
〈◊〉
by his punish ments the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
learne to beware that thei returne not to
〈◊〉
offences. peace vnto his people, & to his Saints, that they turne not againe to folie
9 Surely his saluacion is nere to thē that feare him, that glorie maye dwell in
〈◊〉
land.
10 Mercie and trueth shal mete: righteousnes and peace shalkisse (one another.)
11 Thogh for a time God thus exercise them with his rods, yet vnder the kingdome of
〈◊〉
they shulde haue peace and ioye. Trueth shal bud out of the earth, and righteousnes shal loke downe from heauen.
12 Yea, the Lord shal giue good things, and our land shal giue her increase.
13 Iustice shal then florish and haue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
& passage in euerie place. Righteousnes shal go before him and shal let her steps in the waye.
PSAL. LXXXVI.
1 Dauid sore afflicted and forsaken of all prayeth feruently for deliuerance: sometimes rehearsing his miseries, 5 Sometimes the mercies receiued, 11 Desiring also to be instructed of the Lord, that he maie feare him and glorifie his Name. 14 He complaineth also of his aduersaries, and requireth to be deliuered from them.
¶ A Prayer of Dauid.
1 INclineDauid
〈◊〉
of Saul, thus praied, leauing the same to the Church as a monument, how to seke redresle against their mise
〈◊〉
. thine eare, ô Lord, (and) heare me: for I am poore and nedie.
2 Preserue thou my soule, for I amI am not enemie to thē, but pitie thē, thogh thei be cruel toward me. merciful: my God, saue thou thy seruant, that trusteth in thee.
3 Be merciful vnto me, ô Lord: for IWhich Was a sure tokē that he beleued that God wolde, deliuer him crye vpō thee continually.
4 Reioyce the soule of thy seruant: for vnto thee, ô Lord, do I lift vp my soule.
5 For thou, Lord, art good andHe doeth confesse that God is good to all, but onely merciful to
〈◊〉
sinners. merciful, and of great kindenes vnto all them, that call vpon thee.
6 Giue eare, Lord, vnto my prayer, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and calling
〈◊〉
ly, he sheweth
〈◊〉
we
〈◊〉
not be wearie, thogh God grante notforthewith our request, but that we must earnestly, and often call vpō him. hearken to the voyce of my supplication.
7 In the daye of my trouble I wil call vpon thee: for thou hearest me.
8 Among the gods there is none like thee, ô Lord, and thereHe
〈◊〉
all idoles, for asmuche as thei can do no workes to declare that thei are
〈◊〉
is none (that can do) like thy workes.
9 All nations, whome thou hast made, shall come andThis proueth that Dauid praied in the name of Christ the Messias, of whose kingdome he doeth here prophecie. worship before thee, ô Lord and shal glorifie thy Name.
10 For thou art great and doest wonderous things: thou art God alone.
11 He confesseth him self ignorāt til God hathe taught him, and his heart variable and
〈◊〉
from God, til God
〈◊〉
it to him and confirme it in his obedience. Teache me thy waie, ô Lord, (and) I wil walke in thy trueth: knit mine heart vnto thee, that I
〈◊〉
feare thy Name.
12 I wil praise thee, ô Lord my God, with all mine heart: yea, I wil glorifie thy Name for euer.
13 For great is thy mercie towarde me, and thou hast deliuered my soule fromThat is, from moste great danger of d
〈◊〉
of the which none, but onely the mightie hand of God, colde deliuer him. the lowest graue.
14 O God, the proude are risen against me, and the assemblies of violent men haueHe sheweth that there can be no moderation nor equitie, where proude
〈◊〉
reigne, and that the lacke of Gods feare is as a priviledge to all vice and crueltie. soght my soule, and haue not set thee before them,
15 But thou, ö Lord, art a pitiful God and merciful, slowe to angre and great in kindenes and trueth.
16 Turne vnto me, and haue mercie vpon me: giue thy strength vnto thy seruant, and saue theHe
〈◊〉
not of his owne vertues, but confesseth that God of his fre goodnes hathe
〈◊〉
benemerciful vnto him and giuen him power against his enemies, as to one of his owne housholde. sonne of thine hand maid.
17 Shewe a token of (thy) goodnes towarde me, that they which hate me, maie se it and be ashamed, because thou, ô Lord, hast holpen me and comforted me.
PSAL. LXXXVII.
1 The holie Gost promiseth that the condition of the Church, which was in miserie after the captiuitie of Baby lō, shulde be
〈◊〉
to great
〈◊〉
, 4 So that there shulde be nothing more
〈◊〉
thē to be nombred among the members thereof.
¶ A Psalme or song committed to the sonnes of Kórah.Psal. lxxxvii.
1 GOd laied hisGod did chuse that place amonge the hils to establish Ierusalém and hys Temple. fundacions amonge the holie mountaines.
2 The Lord loueth the gates of Zión aboue all the habitacions of Iaakób.
3 Thogh thy glorious estate do not yet appeare, yet
〈◊〉
with
〈◊〉
and God wil
〈◊〉
his promes. Glorious things are spoken of thee, ô citie of God.
〈◊〉
.
4 I wil make mention ofThat is,
〈◊〉
& these other cōtreis shal come to the knowledge of God Raháb and Babél among them that knowe me: beholde Palestina and Tyrus with Ethiopia,It shalbe said of him, that is regenerat and come to the Church, that he is as one that was
〈◊〉
in the Churche. There is he borne.
5 And of Ziō it shalbe said,Out of all quarters thei shal come into the Church & be counted as citizens. Manie are borne in her: and he, (euen) the moste High shall stablish her.
6 The Lord shall count, when heVVhen he calleth by his worde them into the Church,
〈◊〉
he had elected and writen in his boke writeth the people, He was borne there. Sélah.
7 Aswel the singers as the plaiers on instruments (shal praise thee:) all myThe Prophet
〈◊〉
his whole affections and
〈◊〉
in the Church, spryngs (are) in thee.
PSAL. LXXXVIII.
1 A grieuous complaint of the faithfull, sore afflicted by1. King. 4
〈◊〉
. sicknes, persecutions and aduersitie: 7 Beinge as it were
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. left of God without anie consolation. 13 Yet he calleth on God by faith and striueth against desperation, 18 Cō
plaining him self to be forsaken of all earthlie helpe.
¶ A song or Psalme of * Hemán the Ezrahite to giue instruction, cōmitted to the sonnes of Kórah for him that excelleth vpon MaláthThat is, tohūble It was the hegynning of a song, by the tune where of this Psalme was song. Leannoth.
1 O Lord God of my saluacion, I crye day (and) nightThogh many crye in their sorowes, yet they crye not earnestly to GOD for remedye as he
〈◊〉
he cō
fessed to be the autor of his saluaciō. before thee.
2 Let my prayer enter into thy presence: incline thine eare vnto my crye.
3 For my soule is filled with euils, and my life draweth nere to the graue.
4 I am counted among them that go downe vnto the pit, (and) am as a man without strength:
5 For he that is dead, is
〈◊〉
from all cares and busines of this life: and thus he saieth because he was vnprofirable for all
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
mans life, and as it were cut
〈◊〉
from this
〈◊〉
. Fre among the dead, like the slainelying in the graue, whome thou remembrest no more, and they
〈◊〉
cut offrome thyneThat is, from thy preuidence & care, whiche is ment according to the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
, hand.
6 Thou hast
〈◊〉
me in the lowest pit, in
〈◊〉
He
〈◊〉
the losse & displeasure of his friendes to Gods
〈◊〉
, whereby he partly
〈◊〉
& partly
〈◊〉
his. darkenes, (and) in the depe.
7 Thine indignation lieth vpon me, & thou hast vexed me with all thyThe stormes of thy
〈◊〉
haue
〈◊〉
whelmed me. waues. Sélah.
8 Thou hast put awaye mine
〈◊〉
acquaintance farre fromme, (and) made me to be abhorred of them:I senone ende of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. I am shut vp, and can not get forthe.
9 Mine eies & face declare my sorowes. Mine eye is sorowful through mine affliction Lord, I call daiely vpō thee: I stretch out mine hands vnto thee.
10 Wilt thou sheweHe sheweth that the time is more conueniēt for God to helpe, whē men
〈◊〉
vnto hym in
〈◊〉
dāgers them
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
till they be
〈◊〉
and then raise
〈◊〉
vp againe. a miracle to the dead? or shal the dead rise (&) praise thee? Sélah.
11 Shall thy louyng kyndenes be declared in the
〈◊〉
? (or) thy faithfulnes in destruction?
12 Shall thy wonderous workes be knowen in the darke? and thy righteousnes in the landThat is, in
〈◊〉
graue, where only
〈◊〉
bodie lieth
〈◊〉
all sense and remembrāce. of obliuion?
13 But vnto thee haue I cryed, O Lord, & early shal my praier come before thee.
14 Lord, why doest thou reiect my soule, (&) hidest thy face fromme?
15 I am afflicted and at the pointe of death:I am euer in great dangers and sorowes, as thogh my life shulde vtterly
〈◊〉
cut of eue rie moment. from (my) youth I suffer thy terrours, dou ting (of my life.)
16 Thine in dignations go ouer me, and thy feare hathe cut me of.
17 They came rounde aboute me daiely like water, (and) compassed me together.
18 My louers and friends hast thou put away from me, (and) myne
〈◊〉
Ebr. were in
〈◊〉
, hyd them selues.
PSAL. LXXXIX.
1 With manie wordes doeth the Prophet praise the goodnes of God. 23 For his testament and couenant, that he had made betwene him and his elect by Iesus Christ the sonne of Dauid: 38 Then doeth he cōplaine of the great ruine, and desolation of the kingdome of Dauid, so that to the outwarde appearance the promes was broken. 46 Finally he praieth to be deliuered from his afflictiōs, making mention of the shortnes of mans life, and confirming him self by Gods promises.
¶ A Psalme to giue instruction, of Ethán the Ezrahite.
1 I WilThogh the horri ble confusion of things might cause them to despaire of Gods
〈◊〉
yet the manifolde examples of hys me
〈◊〉
cause thē to trust in GOD, thogh to mās iud gement thei sawe none occasion. sing the mercies of the LORD for euer: with my mouthe will I declare thy trueth from generacion to generacion.
2 For IA she that surely beleued ī hea t. said, Mercie shalbe set vp for euer: thy trueth shalt thouAs thine inuisible heauen is not subiect to anie alteracion & change so shal the trueth of thy promes be vnchang eable. stablishin the verye heauens.
3 The Prophete sheweth what was the promes of God, whereon be grounded hys faith. I haue made a couenant with my chosen: I haue sworne to Dauid my seruant,
4 Thy sede wil I stablish for euer, and set vp thy throne from generacion to generaciō. Sélah.
5 O Lord, euen theThe Angels shall praise thy power and
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
thy Church. heauens shal praise thy wonderous worke: yea, thy trueth in the That is, in the heauens. Congregacion of the Saints.
6 For who is equal to the Lord in the heauē! (and who) is like the LORD amonge the Meaning, the Angels. sonnes of the gods!
7 God is verie terrible in the assēblie of the If the Angels trēble before gods maiestie &
〈◊〉
, what earthlye creature by oppressing the Churche, dare set him selfe againste God? Saints, and to be reuerenced aboue all, (that are) about him.
8 O Lord GOD of hostes, who is like vnto thee, (whiche art) a mightie Lord, and thy trueth (is) about thee!
9 For as he deliuered the Church by thered Sea, and by destroying Rahab that is, the
〈◊〉
so will he eftsone deliuer it, when the dangers be great. Thou rulest the raging of the sea: when the waues thereof arise, thou stillest them.
10 Thou hast beaten downe Raháb as a man slaine: thou hast scattered thine ennemies with thy mightie arme.
11 The heauens are thine, the earth also is thine: thou hast laied the fundacion of the worlde, and all that therein is.
12 Thou hast created the North & the South:
〈◊〉
is a moū
taine VVestwarde from Ierusalēm, and Hermō Eastwarde: so the Prophete signifieth that all partes and places of the worlde shal obey Gods power for the deliuerance of his Church. Tabór and Hermôn shall reioyce in thy Name.
13 Thou hast a mightie arme: strong is thine hand, (and) highis thy right hand.
14 For hereby he iudgeth the world and sheweth him self a merciful Father, and faithfull protector vnto his. Righteousnes and equitie (are) the stablishment of thy throne: mercie and trueth go before thy face.
15 Blessed (is) the people, that canFeling in theyr conscience that God is their Father. reioyce (in thee:) they shall walke in the light of thyThey shalbe pre
〈◊〉
by the Fatherlie prouidēce. countenance, ô Lord.
16 They shal reioyce cōtinually in thy name, and in thy righteousnes shalt they exalte themselues.
17 For thou art theIn that they are preserued and cō
tinue, they ought to giue the praise and glorie onelye to thee. glorie of their strēgth, and by thy fauour our hornes shal be exalted.
18 For ourIn that that our King hath power to
〈◊〉
vs, it is the
〈◊〉
of God. shield (apperteineth) to the lord, and our King to the Holie one of Israél.
19 Thou spakest then in a visiō vntoTo Samuél and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, to assure that Dauid was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
one. thine Holie one, and saidest, I haue laied helpe vpon one that isVVhome I haue bothe chosen and giuen him
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. 21. mightie: I haue exalted one chosen out of the people.
20 I haue founde Dauid my seruante: with mine holie oyle haue I anointed him.
21 Therefore myne hande shalbe established with him, and myne arme shall strengthen him.
22 The enemie shal not oppresse him, nether shal the wicked hurt him.
23 But I willThogh there shal be
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Gods
〈◊〉
, yet he promiseth
〈◊〉
ouer come them. destroy his foes before his face, and plague them that hate him.
24 My trueth also & myI wil mercifully performe my pro mises to him, not withstanding his
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
. mercie (shalbe) with him, and in my Name shall hisHis power,
〈◊〉
and estate. horne be exalted.
25 I will set his hand also in the sea, and hys right hand in theHe shall enioye the lande rounde about. floods.
26 He shal crye vnto me, Thou art myHis
〈◊〉
dignitie shal appeare herein that he shal be named
〈◊〉
sonne of God, and the
〈◊〉
borne,
〈◊〉
he is a figure of
〈◊〉
. Father, my GOD and the rocke of my saluacion.
27 Also I wil make him my first borne, higher then the Kings of the earth.
28 My mercie will I kepe for hym for euermore, and my couenant shal stand fast with him.
29 His sede also will I make to endure
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for euer, and his throne as the dayes of heauē.
30 (But) if his children forsake my Lawe, and walke not in my iudgements:
31 * If they breake my statutes, & kepe not my commandements:
32 Then will I visite their transgression with the rod, and their iniquitie with strokes.
33
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
answer not in all points to their professiō, yet God wil not breake his couenante with them. Yet my louing kindenes will I not take2.
〈◊〉
7. 14. from him, nether wil I falsifie my trueth.
34 My couenant will I not breake, norFor God in promising
〈◊〉
respect to his
〈◊〉
and not to mans power in performing. alter the thynge that is gone out of my lippes.
35 I haue sworne once by mine holines,
〈◊〉
lie vnto Dauid: which is a maner of othe. that I wil not faile Dauid, (saying,)
36 His sede shal endure for euer, & his throne (shalbe) as the sunne before me.
37 He shalbe established for euermore as the moone, and (as) a faithfullAs long as
〈◊〉
sunne and moone endure, thei shalbe witnesses to me of this promes, witnes in the heauen. Sélah.
38 But thou hast reiected and abhorred, thou hast bene an grie with thine Anointed.
39 Thou hastBecause of the
〈◊〉
confusiō of things,
〈◊〉
Prophet complaineth to God as
〈◊〉
he sawe
〈◊〉
the performāce of his
〈◊〉
. And thus
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his ca
〈◊〉
on God, he
〈◊〉
doute and
〈◊〉
. broken the couenant of thy
〈◊〉
, (&)
〈◊〉
his e crowne, (casting it) on the grounde.
40 Thou hast broken downe all his walles: thou hast layed his forteresses in ruine.
41 All that go by the waye, spoile him: he is a rebuke vnto his neighbours.
42 Thou haste set vp the right hande of hys enemies, (and) made all his aduersaries to reioyce.
43 Thou hast also turned the edge of hys sworde, and hast not made him to stande in the battel.c By this he meaneth the horrible dissipation and
〈◊〉
of the kingdome, which was vnder
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
els by the Spirit of prophecie Ethā
〈◊〉
of those
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
came sone
〈◊〉
to passe at the captiuitie of
〈◊〉
.
44 Thou hast caused his dignitie to decay, & cast his throne to the grounde.
45 The dayes of his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the kingdome
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
it came to
〈◊〉
or was ripe. youth hast thou shortened, (and) couered him with shame.
〈◊〉
.
46 The Prophet in
〈◊〉
prayer
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
failed. Lord, how long wilt thou hide thy selfe, for euer? shal thy wrath burne like fyre?
47 Remember
〈◊〉
mans life is
〈◊〉
, and thou
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
man to
〈◊〉
my
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
him,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
haste to helpe, death wil preuent thee. of what time I am: wherfore shuldest thou create in vaine all the children of men?
48 What man liueth, and shall not se death? shal he deliuer his soule from the hand of the graue? Sélah.
49 Lord, where are thy former mercies, (whiche) thou swarest vnto Dauid in thy trueth?
50 Remember, ô Lord, the rebuke of thy seruants, which I beare in myHe meaneth that Gods
〈◊〉
did not onely
〈◊〉
him
〈◊〉
his backe: but also
〈◊〉
him to his face, and as it
〈◊〉
cast
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ries in his
〈◊〉
. bosome of all the mightie people.
51 ForSo he calleth them that persecute the Church. thine enemies haue reproched (thee,) ô Lord, because they haue reproched the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
at vs, whiche paciently waite for the comming of thy
〈◊〉
. fotesteppes of thine Anointed.
52 Praised (be) the Lord for euermore. So be it, euen so be it.
PSAL. XC.
1
〈◊〉
in his praier setteth before vs the eternall sauour of God toward his. 3 Who are nether admonished by the breuitie of their life. 7 Nor by his plagues to be thākful. 12
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
praieth God to turne
〈◊〉
hearts and continue his
〈◊〉
toward them, and
〈◊〉
posteritie for euer.
¶ A praier of Mosês, theThus the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to call the
〈◊〉
. man of God.
1 LOrd, thou haste bene our
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
habitacion from generacion to generacion.
2 Before the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
chosen vs to be
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
before thy fun
〈◊〉
of the world were laied. mountaines were made, and (before) thou hadest formed the earth, and the worlde, euen from euerlasting to euerlasting thou art (our) God.
3 Thou
〈◊〉
by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
of mans life moueth God to pitie. turnest man to destruction: againe thou saiest, Returne, ye sonnes of Adám.
4 Thogh mā think his lif long, which is in dede moste short, yea, thogh it were a thousād yeres: yet in God: sight it is as nothing, and as the watche that lasteth but thre hou res. For a thousand yeres in thy sight (are) as yesterdaie when it is past, and (as) a watche in the night.
5 Thou hastThou takest thē away suddenly as with a flood. ouerflowed them: they are (as) a slepe: in the morning he groweth like the grasse:
6 In the morning it florisheth and groweth, (but) in the euening it is cut downe and withereth.
7 For weThou callest vs by thy rods to cō
sider the shortnes of our life, and
〈◊〉
our sinnes thou ab bridgest our daies. are consumed by thine angre, & by thy wrath are we troubled.
8 Thou hastset our iniquities before thee, (and) our secret sinnes in the light of thy countenance.
9 For all our dayes are past in thine angre: we haueOur daies are not onelye short, but miserable, forasmuche as our sinnes
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thy wrath. spent our yeres as a thoght.
10 The time of our life (is) threscore yeres & ten, and if they be of strength,Meaning, according to the commune state of life. foure score yeres: yet their strength (is) but labour and sorowe: for it is cut of quickly, and we flee away.
11 If mans life for the breuitie be mi serable, much more if thy wrath lie vpon it, as they, which feare thee, onely knowe. Who knoweth the power of thy wrath? for according to thy feare (is) thine angre.
12 Teache vs so to nomber our dayes, that we maie applie (our) hearts vntoVVhich is by con sidering the short nes of our life and by meditating the heauenlie ioyes. wisdome.
13 Returne [ô Lord,Meaning, wile thou be angrie? how long?] & beOr, cake, cōsorte in thy seruants. pacified toward thy seruants.
14 Fill vs with thy mercye in the mornyng: so shall we reioyce and be glad all our dayes.
15 Comfort vs according to the dayes that thou hast afflicted vs, (and accordynge) to the yeres that we haue sene euil.
16 Euē thy mercie, which is the chiefest worke, Let thy worke be sene towarde thy seruants, and thy glorie vpon theirAs Gods promises apperteyned aswell to their
〈◊〉
, as to them so Mosés praieth for the posteritie. childrē.
17 And let theMeaning, that it was obscured, when he ceased to do good to his
〈◊〉
beautie of the Lord our God be vpon vs, andFor
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
guide vs with thine holie Spirit, our entreprises can haue no good succes. direct thou the worke of our hands vpon vs, euen direct the worke of our hande.
PSAL. XCI.
1 Here is described in what assurance he
〈◊〉
that putteth his whole truste in God, and
〈◊〉
him selfe wholly to his protection in
〈◊〉
. 14 A promes of God to those that loue him
〈◊〉
hym and truste in him, to deliuer them, and giue them immortal glorie.
1 WHo sodwelleth in theHe that
〈◊〉
God his
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
, shal
〈◊〉
his protection to be
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
safegarde secret of the moste High, shal abide in the shadow of the Almightie.
2 Being assured of this protection he praieth vnto the Lord. I will say vnto the Lorde, O myne hope, and my fortres: (he is) my God, in him wil I trust.
3 Surely he wil deliuer thee from theThat is, Goddes
〈◊〉
is most readie for vs, whether Satan assaile vs
〈◊〉
, which he calleth a snare: or openly, which is here ment by the pestilence. snare of the hunter, (and) from the noisome pestilence.
4 He wil couer thee vnder his wings, & thou shalt be sure vnder his feathers: his
〈◊〉
is, his saith ful keping of promes to helpe thee in thy necessitie. trueth shal be thy shield and buckler.
5 The
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
God hathe ouer his, it moste sufficient to defende them from all dā
gers. Thou shalt not be afraide of the feare of the night, (nor) of the arrow that flieth by daye:
6 (Nor) of the pestilēce that walketh in the darknes: (nor) of the plague that destroyeth at noone daye.
7 A thousand shall fall at thy side, and tene thousand at thy right hād, (but) it shal not come nere thee.
8 Douteles with thineThe godlie shall haue some
〈◊〉
ce of Gods
〈◊〉
against the wicked euēin this life, but fully they shall se it at the day, whē al things shalbe reueiled. eyes shalt thou beholde and se therewarde of the wicked.
9 For thou (hast said,) The LORD (is) myne hope: thou hast set the moste high for thy refuge.
10 There shall none euil come vnto thee, nether shal anie plague come nere thy tabernacle.
11 God
〈◊〉
not appointed euerie mā in one Angel, but manie to be ministers of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to kepe his and defend thē in their vocation, whichis the way to walke in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
God. For he shall giue his Angels charge ouer thee to kepe thee in all thy waies.
12 They shal beare thee in their hands, that thou hurt not thy fote against a stone.
13 Thou shalt walke vpon the lion and aspe: theThou
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
onely
〈◊〉
from all euill,
〈◊〉
ouer
〈◊〉
it whether it be secret or open. yong lion and the dragon shalt thou tread vnder fete.
14 To assure
〈◊〉
faithfull of
〈◊〉
protectiō, he
〈◊〉
in God
〈◊〉
cō
firme the same. Because he hathe loued me, therfore will I deliuer him: I will exalte him because he hathe knowen my Name.
15 He shall call vpon me, and I wil heare him: I will be with him in trouble: I will deliuer him, and glorifie him.
16 WithFor he is
〈◊〉
with that
〈◊〉
that God
〈◊〉
for by
〈◊〉
the shortnes of
〈◊〉
life is
〈◊〉
with
〈◊〉
long life wil I satisfie him, & shewe him my saluacion.
PSAL. XCII.
1 This Psalme was made to be sung on the Sabbath, to stirre vp the people to acknowledge God and to praise him in his workes: the Prophete reioyceth therein. 6 But the wicked is not able to consider that the vngodlie, whē he is moste florishing, shal moste spedelye perishe. 12 In the end is described the felicitie of the iust, planted in the house of God to praise the Lord. Psal. xcii.
¶ A Psalme or long fortheVVhich
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the vse of
〈◊〉
Sabbath
〈◊〉
in praising God, & not onelye in
〈◊〉
from worke, Sabbath daie.
1 IT is a good thing to praise the LORD, and to sing vnto thy Name, ô moste High,
2 To declare thy louing kindenes in theFor
〈◊〉
mercie and
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
promises towarde his, binde
〈◊〉
to praise him con tinually both daie and night. morning, and thy trueth in the night.
3 Vpon anThese
〈◊〉
were thē permitted, but at Christs comming abolished. instrument often strings, & vpō the viole with the song vpon the harpe.
4 For thou, Lord, hast made me glad by thyHe
〈◊〉
what is the vse of the Sabbath
〈◊〉
to wit, to meditate Gods workes. workes, (and) I
〈◊〉
reioyce in the workes of thine hands.
5 O Lord, how glorious are thy workes! (&) thy thoghts are verie depe.
6 AnThat is, the wicked consider not Gods workes, not his iudgementes against them, and
〈◊〉
most iustly perish. vnwise man knoweth it not, and a foole doeth not vnderstand this,
7 [When the wicked growe as the grasse, & all the workers of wickednes do florishe] that thei shal be destroied for euer.
8 But thou, ô Lord, artThy iudgements are most constant against the wicked & passe our reach. moste high for euermore.
9 For lo, thine enemies, ô Lord: forlo, thine enemies shal perish: all the workers of iniquitie shalbe destroied.
10 Thou
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thē with all power, and blesse them with all felicitie. But thou shalt exalt mine horne, like the vnicornes, (and) I shalbe anoynted with freshoile.
11 Mine eie also shall se (my desire) agaynste mine ennemies: and mine eares shal
〈◊〉
(my wish) against the wicked, that rise vp against me.
12 The righteous shalThogh the faithfull seme to wither and be cut downe by the wic ked: yet they shall growe againe and florishe in the Church of God, as the cedres do in Lebanon. florish like a palme tre, (and) shall growe like a cedre in Lebanón.
13 Suche as be planted in the House of the Lord, shal florish in the courts of our God.
14 Thei shal stil bring forthe frute in (their)The children of God shall haue a power aboue natu re, and, their
〈◊〉
shall bring
〈◊〉
fresh frutes. age: thei shalbe fat and florishing,
15 To declare that the LORDE my rocke is righteous, and that none iniquitie (is) in him.
PSAL. XCIII.
1 He praiseth the power of GOD in the creation of the
worlde, and beateth downe all people which lift them vp againste his maiestie. 5 And prouoketh to consider hys promises.
1 THe LordAs God by hys power and wisdome hathe made & gouerneth the worlde: so muste the same beour de fence againste all enemies and dangers. reigneth, (&) is clothed withPsal. xciii. maiestie: the Lord is clothed, (and) girded with power: the world also shalbe esta blished, that it can not be moued.
2 ThyVVherein thou sittest and gouernest the worlde. throne is established of olde: thou art from euerlasting.
3 Gods power appeareth in ruling the furious waters. The floods haue lifted vp, ô Lord: the floods haue lifted vp theyr voyce: the floods lift vp their waues.
4 The waues of the sea (are) maruelous through the noise of manie waters, (yet) the Lord on high is more mightie.
5 ThyBesides Gods power and wisdome in creating, and gouerning, his great
〈◊〉
also appeareth in that he hath giuen hys people his worde and
〈◊〉
. testimonies are verie sure: holines becommeth thine House, ô Lord, for euer.
PSAL. XCIIII,
1 He praieth vnto God against the violence and arrogancie of tyrants. 10 warning them of Gods iudgements. 12 Then doeth he comfort the afflicted by the good issue of their afflictions, as he felt in himselfe, and did sein others, & by the ruine of the wicked, 23 whome the Lord wil destroye.
1 O Lord GodVVhose office it is to take vēgeanceon the wicked. the aduenger, ô GOD the aduenger, shewe thy selfShewe by effect that thou
〈◊〉
Iudge of the world to punishe the wicked. clearely.
2 Exalt thy self, ô Iudge of the worlde, (and) render a rewarde to the proude.
3 Lord, how long shal the wicked, how long shal the wickedThat is, brag of their
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
, esteme them selues aboue all other. triumph?
4 They prate (and) speake fiercely: all the workers of iniquitie vante them selues.
5 TheySeing the church was then so
〈◊〉
oppressed, it ought not to seme strāge to vs, if we se it so now, and therfore we muste call to God to take our
〈◊〉
in hand. smite downe thy people, ô Lord, & trouble thine heritage.
6 They slaie the widow and the strangers, & murther the fatherles.
7 He sheweth that they are desperate in
〈◊〉
, forasmuch as they feared
〈◊〉
God but gaue them selues
〈◊〉
to do wickedly. Yet they saie, The Lord shal not se: nether wil the God of Iaakób regarde it.
8 Vnderstand ye vnwise among the people, and ye fooles, when wil ye be wise?
9 He thatHe sheweth that it is impossible, but God shulde heare, se and vnderstād their wickednes. planted the eare, shall he not heare? or he that formed the eye, shall he not se?
10 Or he that chasticeth theIf God punishe whole nations for their sins, it is merefolie for any one man, or els a fewe to thinke that God wil spare them. nations, shall he not correct? he that teacheth mā knowledge, (shal he not knowe.)
11 The Lord knoweth the thoghts of man, that they are vanitie.
12 Blessed (is) the man, whome thouGod hathe care ouer his and chasticeth them for their welth, that they shu'd not perish for euer with the wicked. chasticest, ô Lord, and teachest him in thy Law,
13 That thou maiest giue him rest frome the dayes of euill, whiles the pit is digged for the wicked.
14 Surely the Lord will not faile his people, nether will he forsake his inheritance.
15 ForGod will restore the state & gouernement of things to their right vse, and then the
〈◊〉
shall followe him cherefully. iudgement shal returne to iustice, and all the vpright in hearte (shall followe) after it.
16 Who will rise vp with me against the wicked? (or) who wil take my parte against the workers of iniquitie?
17 If the Lord had notHe complaineth of them, whiche wolde not helpe him to resiste the enemies: yet was assured that Gods helpe wolde not faile. holpen me, my soule had almoste dwelt in silence.
18 When I said,VVhen I thoght there was no way but death. My fote slideth, thy mercie, ô Lord, staied me.
19 In the multitude of myIn my trouble & destresse I
〈◊〉
found thy present helpe, thoghts in mine hearte, thy comfortes haue reioyced my soule.
20 Hathe the throne of iniquitieThogh the wicked iudges
〈◊〉
iustice in oppressing the Churche, yet they haue not that autoritie of God. feloship with thee, which forgeth wrong for a law?
21 They gather them together agaynst the soule of the righteous, and condomne the innocent blood.
22 But the Lord is my refuge, and my God (is) the rocke of mine hope.
23 And he wil recompense thē their wicked nes, andIt is a greate token of Gods iudgement, when the purpose of the wicked is broken, but moste, when thei are destroied in their owne
〈◊〉
. destroie them in their owne malice: (yea,) the Lord our God shall destroye them.
PSAL. XCV.
1 An earnest exhortation to praise God. 4 For the gouernementPsal. xcv. of the worlde. ād the electiō of his Church, 8 An admonition not to followe the rebellion of the olde Fathers, that tēpted God in the wildernes: 11 For the which thei might not enter into the land of promes.
1 COme, let vs reioice vnto the Lord let vs singHe sheweth that Gods seruice standeth not in dead ceremonies, but chiefly in the
〈◊〉
fice of pravse and thankes giuing. aloude vnto the rocke of our saluacion.
2 Let vs come before his face with prayse: let vs sing loude vnto him with psalmes.
3 For the Lord (is) a great God, and a greate King
〈◊〉
allEuē the Angels (who in respecto of men are thoght as god) are nothing in his
〈◊〉
muche
〈◊〉
the idols, which mans braine inuentech. gods.
4 In whose hand (are) the depe places of the earth, and theAll thinges are gouerned by hys prouidence. heights of the mountaines (are) his:
5 To whome the sea (belongeth:) for he made it, and hys handes formed the drye land.
6 Come, let vsBy these thro wordes he signifieth one thynges meaning that theī must
〈◊〉
giue thē selues
〈◊〉
God. worship and fall downe, and
〈◊〉
before the Lord our maker.
7 For he is our God, and we are the people of his pasture, and the shepe of hisThat is, the flock whome he gouerneth with his owne hande. He sheweth wherein
〈◊〉
are Gods flocke: that is, If they heare his voice. hand: to daie, if ye wil heare his voice,
8 By the
〈◊〉
of Gods
〈◊〉
. Harden not your heart, asOr,
〈◊〉
whereof the place was so called, Nombr. 14 22. in
〈◊〉
, (and) as in the daye ofOr,
〈◊〉
, read Exod.
〈◊〉
. 7. Massáh in the wildernes.
9 Where your fathers tempted me, proued me, thogh thei had sene my worke.
10 Fortie yeres haue I contended with (this) generacion, and said, Thei are a people thatThei were without iudgemēt and reason. erre in heart, for thei haue not knowē my wayes.
11 Wherefore I sware in my wrath, (saying,) Surely they shal not enter into myThat is, into the lande of Canaan, where he promised them rest. rest.
PSAL. XCVI.
1 An exhortation bothe to the Iewes and Gētiles to praise God for his mercie. And this specially ought to be referred to the kingdome of Christ.Psal xcvi.
1 SIngThe Prophere sheweth that the time shall come, that all natiōs shal haue occasion to praise the Lords for the
〈◊〉
of his Gospel. vnto the Lord a newe song: sing vnto the Lord, all the earth.
2
〈◊〉
vnto the Lord, (and) praise his Name: declare his saluacion from daie to daie.
3 Declare his glorie among all nations, (&) his wonders among all people.
4 For the Lord (is)Seing he wil reueile him selfe to all nations
〈◊〉
to their owne expectation, they ought all to worship him contrary to their owne imaginations, and onely as he hathe appointed. great and muche to be praised: he is to be feared aboue all gods.
5 For all the gods of the people (are)Or, vanities. idols: but the LordThen the idoles, or whatsoeuer made not the heauens, are not God. made the heauen.
6 God can not be knowen, but by his strength and glorie: the signes whereof appeare in his Sanctuarie. Strength and glorye (are) before hym: power and beautie (are) in his Sanctuarie.
7 Giue vnto the Lord, ye families of the people: giue vnto the Lord glorie andAs by
〈◊〉
ye se that it is onely due vnto him. power.
8 Giue vnto the Lord the glorie of his name bringBy offring vp yourselues wholly vnto God, declare that you worship him only an offring, and entre into his courtes.
9 Worship the Lord in the glorious Sāctuarie tremble before him all the earth.
10 Saie among theHe prophecieth that the Gentiles shalbe partakers
〈◊〉
the Iewes of Gods promes. nations, The Lord reigneth: surely the worlde shalbe stable, (and) not moue, (and) he shal iudge the people Hes hal regenerate them a newe with his Spirit, & restore them to the image of God. in righteousnes.
11 Let the heauens reioyce, and let the earth be glad let the sea roare, and all that therein is.
12 Let the field be ioyful, and all that is in it: let all theIf the insensible creatures shall haue cause to reioyce, when God appeareth, muche more we, from whome he hathe taken maledict on and sinne. trees of the wood then reioyce.
13 Before the Lorde: for he commeth, for he commeth to iudge the earth: he wil iudge the worlde with right cousnes, & the people in his trueth.
PSAL. XCVII.
1 The Prophet exhorteth all to reioyce for the comming of the kingdome of Christ. 7 Dreadful to the rebels and idolaters 8 And ioyful to the iust whome he exhorteth to innocencie, 12 To reioycing and thankesgiuing.
1 THeHe sheweth that
〈◊〉
God reygneth, there is all
〈◊〉
and spiritual ioye. Lord reigneth: let the earth reioy ce: let theFor the Gospel shal not be onely
〈◊〉
in Iudea, but through all
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
. multitude of theyles be glad.
2 He is thus descri bed to kepe his enemies in
〈◊〉
, which commonly
〈◊〉
Gods power. Cloudes and darkenes (are) round about him righteousnes and iudgemēt (are) the fundation of his throne.
3 There shall go a fyer before him, & burne vp his enemies round about.
4 His lightnings gaue light vnto the world the earth sawe it and wasThis feare bringeth not the wicked to
〈◊〉
obediēce, but maketh them to runne awaie from God. afraid.
5 The mountaines melted like waxe at the presence of the Lord, at the presence of the Lord of the whole earth.
6 The heauens declare his righteousnes, & all the people se his glorie.
7 He
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Gods iudgeméts are in a readines to destroye the idolaters. Confounded be all thei that serue grauē images, (and) that glorie in idoles: worship himLet all that whiche is estemed in the worlde, fall downe before him. allye gods.
8 Zión heard of it, and was glad: and the The Iewes shall haue occasion
〈◊〉
reioyce that the
〈◊〉
are made partakers with them of Gods fauour. daughters of Iudáh reioyced, because of thy iudgements, ô Lord.
9 For thou, Lord, arte moste high aboue all the earth: thou art muche exalted aboue all gods.
10 Ye that
〈◊〉
requireth
〈◊〉
thinges of his children:
〈◊〉
one that thei dereste
〈◊〉
, the other that thei put their trust in God for their
〈◊〉
. loue the Lord, hate euil: he preserueth the soules of his Saints: he will deliuer them from the hand of the wicked.
11 Tho h Gods deliuerance appeare no: suddenly, yet it is sowen and laied vp in store for them. Light is sowen for the righteous, & ioye for the vpright in heart.
12 Reioyce ye righteous in the Lord, & giue thankes for his holieBe mindefull of his
〈◊〉
and onely trust in his
〈◊〉
. remembrance:
PSAL. XCVIII.
1 An earnest exhortation to all creatures to praise the Lord for his power, mercie and fidelitie in his promes by Christ 10 By whome he hathe communicated his saluaciō to all nations.
¶ A Psalme.
1 SIngThat is, some song newly made in token of theyr wonderful
〈◊〉
by Christ. vnto the Lord a new song: for he hath done maruelous things: * his right hand, and his holieHe preserueth his Churche miraculously. arme haue gottē him the victorie.Isa. 59. 16.
2 The Lord declared hisFor the deliuerā
ce of his Church. saluatiō: his righteousnes hathe he reueiled in the sight of the nations.
3 He hatheGod was moued by none other meanes to gather his Churche of the Iewes and Gentiles,
〈◊〉
because
〈◊〉
wolde performe his promes. remembred his mercie and hys trueth towarde the house of Israél: all the ends of the earth haue sene the saluation of our God.
4 All the earth singye loude vnto the Lord: crye out and reioyce, and sing praises,
5 Sing praise to the Lord vpon the harpe, (euen) vpō the harpe with a singing voice.
6 WithBy this repetition and earnest exhortatiō to giue praises with instruments, & also of the dūme creatures, he signifieth that the worlde is neuer able to praise God suffidently for their deliuerance. shalmes and sounde of trumpets sing loude before the Lord the King.
7 Let the sea roare, & all that the rein is, the worlde, and thei that dwell therein.
8 Let the floods clap their hands, (&) let the mountaines reioyce together.
9 Before the Lord: for he is come to iudge the earth with righteousnes shal he iudge the worlde, and the people with equitie.
PSAL. XCIX.
1 He commandeth the power equitie and excellēcie of the kingdome of God by Christ ouer the Iewes and
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
And prouoketh them to magnifie the same and to serue the Lord 6 Following the
〈◊〉
of the ancient Fathers Mosés, Aarón, Samuél, who calling vpon God, were heard
〈◊〉
their praiers.
1 THe Lord reigneth, let theVVhen God deliuereth his Churche, all the enemies shal haue cause to tremble. people trē
ble he sitteth (betwene) the * Cherubims, let the earth be moued.
2 The Lord (is) greate in Zión, and he is high aboue all the people.Exod. 25. 22.
3 Thei shalThogh the wicked rage agaynst God, yet the godly shal praise his Name, and mightie power. praise thy greate and fearefull Name [(for) it is holie.]
4 And the Kings power, that loueth iudgemēt (for) thou hast prepared equitie: thou hast execute diudgement and iustice in Iaakōb.
5 Exalt the Lord our God, and fall downe before hisThat is, before his Tēple or Arke, where he promised to heare, whē they worshipped him, as now he promiseth his spirituall presence, where so euer hys Churche is assembled. fotestole: (for) he is holie.
6 Mosés and Aarón (were) among his Priests, Vnder these thre hecomprehendeth the whole people of Israél, with whome God made his promes. and Samuél among suche as call vpon his Name: these called vpon the Lord, and he heard them.
7 He spake vnto them in the cloudie piller: thei kept his testimonies, (and) the Lawe (that) he gaue them.
8 Thou heardest them, ô Lord our God: thou wast a fauourable God vnto them, thogh thou didest take vengeance forFor the more liberally that God
〈◊〉
with hys people, the more death he punishe them that
〈◊〉
his benefites. theyr inuentions.
9 Exalt the Lord our GOD, and fall downe before his holie Mountaine: for the Lord our God is holie.
PSAL. C.
1 He exhorteth all to serue the Lord. 3 who hathe chosen vs and preserued vs. 4 And to entre into his assemblies to praise his Name.
¶ A Psalme of praise.
1 SIngHe prophecieth that Gods benefite in calling the Gē
tiles, shalbe so great that thei shal haue wonderfull occasion to praise his mercie and reioyce. ye loude vnto the Lord, all the earth.
2 Serue the Lord with gladnes. come before him with ioyfulnes.
3 Knowe ye that euen the Lord is GOD: he hatheHechiefly meaneth, touching the spiritual tegenera
〈◊〉
, whereby we are his shepe and pople. made vs, and not we our selues: (we are) his people, and the shepe of hys pasture.
4 He sheweth that God will not be worshiped, but by that meanes, whiche he hathe appointed. Enter into his gates with praise, (&) into his courtes with reioycing. praise hym (&) blesse his Name.
5 For the Lord is good: his mercie (is)He declareth that we ought neuer to be wearie in praising him, seing his mercies toward vs last for euer. euerlasting, and his trueth (is) from generacion to generacion.
PSAL. CI.
1 Dauid describeth what gouernement he will obserue in his house and kingdome 5 He wil punish and correct, by rooting forthe the wicked, 6 And cherishing the godlie persones.
¶ A Psalme of Dauid.
1 I WillDauid
〈◊〉
reth what maner of King he wolde be, whē Godshuld place him in the throne, promising openly, that he wolde be merciful and iust. sing mercie and iudgement: vnto thee, ô Lord, wil I sing.
2 I wil do wisely in the persite waieThogh as yet thou differ rest to place me in the kinglie dignitie, yet wil I giue my selfe to wisdome and vprightnes being a priuare man. til thou comest to me: I will walke in the vprightnes of mine hearte in the middes of myne house.
3 I wil set no wicked thing before mine eies I hateHe sheweth that magistrates do not their dueties, except thei be ene mies to all vice. the worke of them that fall awaie: it shal not cleaue vnto me.
4 A froward hearte shall depart from me: I wil knowe none euil.
5 Him, that priuelyIn promising to punish these vices
〈◊〉
are moste pernicious in thē that are aboute Kings, he
〈◊〉
that be will punish all sclan dereth his neighbour, wil I destroie. him that hath a proude loke and high heart, I can not (suffer.)
6 Mine eies (shalbe) vnto theHe sheweth what is the true vse of the
〈◊〉
: to punis he the wicked and to
〈◊〉
the good. faithful of the land, that they maie dwell with me: he that walketh in a perfit waie, he shal serue me.
7 There shall no deceitfull persone dwell within mine house: he that telleth lies, shal not remaine in my sight.
8 Magistrates must immediatly punish vice,
〈◊〉
it growe to farther inconuenience and if heathen Magistrates are bounde to do this, how muche more thei that haue the charge of the Church of God? Betimes will I destroye all the wicked of the land, that I maie cut of all the workers of iniquitie from the Citie of the Lord.
PSAL. CII.
1 It semeth that this praier was appointed to 'the faithfull to praie in the captiutie of
〈◊〉
. 16 A consolation for the building of the Church: 18 whereof followeth the praise of God to be published vnto all posteritie.
〈◊〉
. The conuersion of the Gentiles, 28 And the stabilitie of the Church.
¶ A praierVVhereby is signified, that albeit we be in neuer so great miseries, yet there is euer place left for praser. of the afflicted, when he shal be in distres, and powre forthe his meditation before the Lord.
1 O Lord, heare my praier, & let myHe declareth that in our praier we muste liuely fele that, whiche we desire and sted fastly beleue to obteine. crye come vnto thee.
2 Hide not thy face from me in the time of my trouble: in cline thine eares vnto me: when I call, make haste to heare me,
3 For my daies areThese excessiue kindes of speache shew how
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of the Churche ought to wound the hearts of the godlie. consumed like smoke, & my bones are burnt like an herth.
4 Mine heartis smitten and withereth like grasse, because I forgateMy sorowes were so greate, that I passed not for mine ordinarie so de. to eat my bread
5 For the voice of my groning my bones do cleaue to my skin.
6 I am like aEuer mourning, and
〈◊〉
, casting out searefull cryes. pelicane of the wildernes: I am like an owle of the deserts.
7 I watche and am as a sparowe alone vpon the house toppe.
8 Mine enemies reuile me daiely, (and) thei that rage against me, haueHaue conspired my death. sworne against me.
9 Surely I haueI haue not risen out of my mourning to take my refection. eaten ashes as breade, and mingled my drinke with weping,
10 Because of thineHe sheweth that the afflictions did not onelye thus moue him, but
〈◊〉
the feling of Gods displeasure. indignation and thy wrath: for thou hast heaued me vp, and cast me downe.
11 My daies (are) like a shado we that fadeth, and I am withered like grasse.
12 But thou, ô Lord, doestHowsoeuer. We be
〈◊〉
: yet thy promes is sure and the remembrance thereof shall confirme vs for euer. remaine for euer, and thy remembrance from generacion to generacion.
13 Thou wilt arise (&) haue mercie vpō Zión: for the time to haue mercie thereō, for theThat is., the seuentie yeres, Whiche by the prophet. Icremie thou didst appoint, Ier. 19. 12. appointed time is come.
14 For thy seruāts delite in theThe more that the Churche is in miserie and desolation, the more ought the faithfull to loue &
〈◊〉
it. stones the-reof, and haue pitie on the dust thereof.
15 Then the heathen shal feare the Name of the Lord, and all the Kings of the earth thy glorie,
16 When the Lord shal buylde vp Zión, (and) shal appeareThat is, when he shall haue drawē his Church out of the darkenes of death. in his glorie,
17 (And) shal turne vnto the praier of the desolate, and not despise their praier.
18 This shal be writen for the generacion to come: and the people, which shal beThe deliuerance of the Church is a most excellent
〈◊〉
and therfore he compareth it to a new creation for in their banish ment the bodie of the Church semed to haue bene dead whiche by deliuerance was as it were created a newe. created, shal praise the Lord.
19 For he hath loked downe from the height of his Sanctuarie: out of the heauē did the Lord beholde the earth,
20 That he might heare the mourning of the prisoner, and deliuer theVVho now in their
〈◊〉
colde
〈◊〉
for nothing but death. childrē of death
21 That they maye declare the Name of the LORD in Zión, and hys prayse in Ierusalém,
22 When the people shalbe gatheredHe sheweth
〈◊〉
Gods Name is
〈◊〉
more praised, then when religiō florisheth, and the Church
〈◊〉
whiche thynge is chiefly accōplished vnder the
〈◊〉
dome of Christ. together, and the kyngdomes to serue the Lord.
23 HeThe Churche lament that they
〈◊〉
not the time of Christ, which was promised, but haue but fewe yeres and short daies. abated my strength in the waye, (&) shortened my daies.
24 (And) I said, O my God, take me not away in the middes of my daies: thy yeres (endure) from generacion to generacion.
25 Thou hast a foretime laied the fundation of the earth, and the heauēs (are) the worke of thine hands.
26 If
〈◊〉
and earth perish, muche more
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
perish: but the
〈◊〉
by reason of Gods promes
〈◊〉
for euer. Thei shall perishe, but thou shalt endure: euen thei all shal waxe olde as doeth a garment:
as vesture shalt thouchange them, and thei shal be changed.
27 But thou art the same, and 'thy yeres shal not faile.
28 The children of thy seruants shal continue, and their sede shal standSeing thou hast chosen thy Church out of the worlde and ioyned it to thee, it can not but continue for
〈◊〉
: for thou art
〈◊〉
. fast in thy sight.
PSAL. CIII.
1 He prouoketh all to praise the Lord, which hathe pardoned his sinnes, deliuered him from destruction, and giuen him sufficient of all good things. 10 Then head deth the ten dre mercies of God, which he sheweth likea moste tendre Father towards his childrē, 14 The frailtie of mans life. 20 An exhortation to man and Angels to praise the Lord.
1 MY soule,He wakeneth his dulnes to praise God, shewing that both vnderstā ding & affections of minde & heart are to litle to set forthe his praise. praise thou the Lord, and all that is within me (praise) his holie Name.
2 My soule, praise thou the Lord, and forget not all his benefites.
3 WhichThis is the beginning and
〈◊〉
of all benefites remission of sinne forgiueth all thine iniquitie, and healeth all thine in firmities.
4 Which redemeth thy life from theFor before that we haue remissiō of our sinnes, weare as dead men in the graue graue and crowneth thee with mercie and compassions.
5 Which satisfieth thy mouth with good things: and thyAs the egle whē her beake ouergroweth, sucketh blood and so it renued in strength, euen so God mira culously giueth strength to his Church aboue all mans expectation youth is renued like the egles.
6 The Lord executeth righteousnes and iud gement to all that are oppressed,
7 He made his waies knowen vntoAs to his chief minister and next to his people. Mosés (&) his workes vnto the children of Israél.
8 The Lord is ful of compassion and mercie slowe to angre and of great kindenes.
9 He wil not alwaieHe sheweth first his
〈◊〉
iudgement, but so sone as the sinner is humbled, he receiueth him to mercie. chide, nether kepe (his angre) for euer.
10 He hathe notVVe haue prouē by continual expe rience, that his mercie hathe euer preuailed against our offences. dealt with vs after our sinnes, nor rewarded vs according to our ini quities.
11 For as high as the heauen is aboue the earth, so great is his mercie toward them that feare him.
12 As farre asAs great as the worlde is so
〈◊〉
it of signes of Gods mercies toward his faithful when he hathe remoued their sin nes. the East is from the West: so farre hathe he remoued our sinnes fromvs.
13 As a father hathe compassion on his children, so hathe the Lord compassion on thē that feare him.
14 For he knoweth whereof we be made: he remembreth that we are but dust.
15 The daies ofHe declareth that man hathe nothing in him selfe tomoue God to mercie: but onely the confession of his infirmitie and miserie man are as grasse: as a flower of the field, so florisheth he.
16 For the winde goeth ouer it, and it is gone and the place thereof shal knowe it nomore.
17 But the louing kindenes of the Lord (endureth) for euer vpon them that feare him, and hisHis
〈◊〉
and faithful keping of his promes. righteousnes vpon childrēs children,
18 Vnto them that kepe hisTo whome he giueth grace to feare him and to obey his worde. couenant, and thinke vpon his commandements to do them.
19 The Lord hathe prepared his throne in heauen, and his kingdome ruleth ouer all.
20 Praise the Lord yeIn that that we which naturally
〈◊〉
to prai se God exhort the angels, which wil lingly do it, we
〈◊〉
vp our selues to consider our duerie and awake out of our
〈◊〉
. his Angels, that excel in strength, that do his commandement in obeying the voice of his worde.
21 Praise the Lord, all ye his hostes, ye his ser uants that do his pleasure.
22 Praise the Lord allye his workes, in all pla ces of his dominion: my soule, praise thou the lord.
PSAL. CIIII.
1 An excellent Psalme to praise God for the creation of the worlde and the gouernance of the same by his maruelous prouidence, 35 wherein the Prophet praieth against the wicked, who are occasions that God diminisheda The Prophet she weth that we nedenot to
〈◊〉
into the heauens to seke God, forasmuch as all the ordre of nature with the proprietie and placing of the elements, are moste
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to se his ma iestie in. his blessings.
¶ A Psalme of Dauid.
1 MY soule praise thou the Lord: ô Lord my God, thou are exceding great thou artIf by this power
〈◊〉
didest
〈◊〉
bridle the rage of the
〈◊〉
, it were not possible but the whole worlde shulde be destroied. clothed with glorie and honour
2 Which couereth him self with light as with a garment, (and) spreadeth the heauens like a curtaine.
3 Which laieth the beames of his chābers in the waters, and maketh the cloudes his chariot, and walketh vpon the wings of the winde.
4 WhichAs the Prophet here
〈◊〉
that all
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
are readie to se ue God: so the Apostle to the
〈◊〉
, 1. 7.
〈◊〉
in this glasse how that ve tie Angels also are obedient
〈◊〉
his commandement. maketh the spirits his messengers (and) a flaming fyre his ministers.
5 He set the earth vpon her fundations, so that it shal neuer moue.
6 Thou coueredst it with theThou makest he sea to be an ornament vnto the earth. deepe as with a garment: theIf by this power
〈◊〉
didest
〈◊〉
bridle the rage of the
〈◊〉
, it were not possible but the whole worlde shulde be destroied. waters wolde stand aboue the mountaines.
7 (But) at thy rebuke thei flee: at the voice of thy thunder thei haste awaie.
8 And the mountaines ascend (and) the valleis descend to the place which thou hast established for them.
9 But thou hast set thē a bonde, which thei shal not passe thei shal not returne to co uer the earth.
10 He sendeth the springs into the valleis, which runne betwene the mountaines.
11 Thei shal giue drinke to all theIf God prouide for the verie
〈◊〉
much more wil he extend his prouident care to man. beastes of the field, and the wilde asses shal quenche their thirst.
12 By theseThere is no pare of the worlde so bareu, where moste
〈◊〉
signes of Gods blessings appeare not. springs shal the foules of the hea uen dwell, and sing among the branches.
13 He watereth the mountaines from hisFrō the cloudes. chambers (and) the earth is filled with the frute of thy workes.
14 He causeth grasse to growe for the cattel and herbe for the vse ofHe
〈◊〉
Gods prouiden care ouer man, who doeth not on ly prouide necessa rie things for him, as her besand ano ther mea
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
things to
〈◊〉
and comforte him as wine and
〈◊〉
or ointements. mā, that he maie bring forthe bread out of the earth.
15 And wine (that) maketh glad the heart of man (and) oyle to make the face to shine, and bread that strengtheneth mans heart
16 The high trees are satisfied (euē) the cedres of Lebanón, which he hathe planted,
17 That the bordes maie make their nestes there: the
〈◊〉
dwelleth in the firre trees
18 The high mountaines (are) for theOr dsie, roes, and suche like. goates the rockes (are) are fuge for the conies
19 He
〈◊〉
the As to separat the daie, and to note daies, moneth and yeres. moone for certeine sea sooThat is, by his course ether
〈◊〉
or nere, it noreth sommer winter & other seasons. the sunne knoweth his going downe.
20 Thou makest darkenes, and it is night, wherein all the beastes of the forest crepe
forthe.
21 The lions roare after their praie, and seke their meateThat is they one ly finde meat according to Gods prouidence, who
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for the
〈◊〉
beastes. at God.
22 (When) the sunne riseth, they retire, and couche in their dennes.
23To wit, when the daie
〈◊〉
for thelight is as it were a shield to defend man against the tyrannie and fiercenes of beastes. (Then) goeth man forthe to his worke, & to his labour vntil the euening.
24 O Lord, howHe confesseth that no tongue is able to expresse, Gods workes, nor minde to compre hende them. manifolde are thy workes! in wisdome hast thou made them all: the earth is ful of thy riches.
25 (So is) this sea great and wide (for) therein (are) things creping innumerable, bothe smale beastes and great.
26 There go the shippes (yea) thatOr, VVhale. Liuiathan whome thou hast made to plaie therein.
27God
〈◊〉
a moste
〈◊〉
Father who prouideth for all creatures their dalelie
〈◊〉
. All these waite vpon thee, that thou maiest giue them fode in due season.
28 Thou giuest it to them (and) thei gather it: thou openest thine hād (and) thei are filled with good things.
29 (But if) thouAs by thy presence all things ha ue
〈◊〉
: so if, thou with drawe thy blessings,
〈◊〉
all peris h, hide thy face, thei are troubled (if) thou take awaie their breath, they dye and returne to their dust.
30 (Againe if) thouAs the death of creatures shew eth that we are nothing of ourselues so their generaciō declareth that we receiue all things of our Creator. send forthe thy spirit, thei are created, and thou renuest the face of the earth.
31 Glorie be to the Lord for euer: let the Lord reioyce in his workes.
32 He loketh on the earth and it trembleth: he toucheth the mountaines, & theiGods merciful facegiu thstrēg th to theearth but his seuere countenan ce
〈◊〉
the mountaines. smoke.
33 I wil sing vnto the Lord (all) my life: I wil praise my God. while I liue,
34 Let my wordes be acceptable vnto him I wil reioyce in the Lord.
35 Let the sinners beVVho infect the worlde, & so cause God that he can not reioyce in his workes. consumed out of the earth and the wicked til there be nomore ômy soule, praise thou the Lord. Praise yePsal.
〈◊〉
. the Lord.
PSAL. CV.
1 He praiseth the singular grace of God, who hathe of all the people of the worde chosen a peculiar people to him self, and hauing chosen them, neuer ceaseth to do them good, euen for his promes sake.
1 PRaise the Lord (and) call vpon his NameForasmuch as the the Israelites were exempted from the commune condemnation of the worlde, & were elected to be Gods people, the Prophet willeth them to shewe them selues
〈◊〉
by thankesgining. declare his workes among the people
2 Sing vnto him sing praise vnto him (and) talke of all his wonderous workes.
3 Reioyce in his holie Name: let the heart of them that seke the Lord reioyce.
4 Seke the Lord and hisBy the strength and face, he meaneth the Atke we e God declared his power & his presence. strength: seke his face continually.
5 Remembre hisVVhich he hathe wroght in the de liuerance of his people. maruelous workes that, he hathe done, his wonders and theBecause his power was there by as liuely decla red, as if he shuld haue declared it by
〈◊〉
. iudgements of his mouth.
6 Ye sede of Abrahám his seruant, ye children of Iaakōb, which are his elect.
7 He is the Lord our God: his iudgemēts (are) through all the earth.
8 He hathe alwaie remembred his couenant (and) promes, that he made to a thousand generacions.
9 (Euen) that which heThe promes which God made to
〈◊〉
to be his God, and the God of his sede af ter him, he renued and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to his sede after him. made with Abrahā and his othe vnto Izhák:
10 And (since) hathe confirmedit to Iaakōb for a law (and) to Israél for an euerlasting couenant.
11 Saying,He
〈◊〉
that thei shulde not enioye the land of Canaan by anie other meanes but by reason of his couenantmade
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Vnto thee wil I giue the land of Canáan, the lot of your inheritance.
12 Albeit thei were fewe in nomber (yea) verie fewe and strangersin the land.
13 And walked about from nacion to nacion from (one) kingdome to another people.
14 (Yet) suffred he no man to do them wrong but reprouedThat is, the King of Egypt and the King of
〈◊〉
. Gen.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
& 20. 3. Kings for their sakes (saying.)
15 Touche not mineThose whome
〈◊〉
haue
〈◊〉
to be my people. anointed, and do myMeaning the old fathers, to whome God sheweth him self plainely, and who were setters for he of his wo. de. Prophetes no harme.
16 Moreouer he called a famine vpon the lād (and) vtterly brake the
〈◊〉
her hy seding
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, o: by taking aware the strength and
〈◊〉
thereof staf of bread.
17 (But) he sent a man before them: Ioséph was solde for a slaue.
18 Theihelde his fete in the stockes (and) he was laied in yrons.
19 VntilSo long he suffred
〈◊〉
, as God had appointed, and til he had tryed sufficiently his pacience. his appointed time came (and) the counsel of the Lord had tryed him.
20 The King sent and losed him (euen) the Ru ler of the people deliuered him.
21 He made him Lord of his house, and ruler of all his substance.
22 That he shulde binde hisThat the
〈◊〉
princes of the
〈◊〉
trey shulde be ac Ioseph commandement and learne
〈◊〉
an him. princes vnto his wil, and teache his Ancients wisdome.
23 Then Israél came to Egypt, and Iaakob was a stranger in the land of Ham,
24 And he increased his people excedingly, & made them stronger then their oppressers.
25So it is in God, ether to moue tho hearts of the wicked to
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
Gods
〈◊〉
. He turned their heart to hate his people and to deale craftely with his seruants.
26 (Then) sent he Mosés his seruant (and) Aarón whome he had chosen.
27 Thei shewed among them the message ofExod. 7 20. his signes, and wonders in the land of HamExod 8. 6,
28 He sent darkenes, and made it darke: and thei were notMeaning,
〈◊〉
and Aaron. disobedient vnto his commission.
29 * He turned their waters into blood, and slewe their fish.
30 * Their land broght forthe frogs (euen) in their Kings chambers.
31 HeSo that this
〈◊〉
came not by fortune, but as God had appointed, and his
〈◊〉
Moses spake spake, and there came swarmes of flies (and) lice in all their quarters.
32 He gaue themIt
〈◊〉
strange to
〈◊〉
in Egypt muche more it was feareful to to sehaile. haile for raine and flames of fyer in their land,
33 He smote their vines also and their figtrees, and brake downe the trees in their coastes.
34 He sheweth that all creatures are armed against man when God is his enemie as at his commandement the gras hoppers destroyed the land. He spake, and the grashoppers came, and caterpillers in numerable.
35 And did eatvp al the first borne in their lād, deuoured the frute of their grounde.
36 * He smote also all the grasse in their land,Exod. 12. 29. (euen) the beginning of all their strength.
37 He broght them for the also with siluer and golde, and there wasVVhen their end mies felt God plagues his children by his
〈◊〉
were exempted. none feble among their tribes.
38 Egypt wasFor Gods plagues caused them rather to
〈◊〉
with the Israelites then
〈◊〉
their liues. glad at their departing: for the feare of them had fallen vpon them.
39 He spred a cloude to be a couering, and fyre to giue light in the night.
40 TheyNor for necessitie but for satisfying of their lust. asked, and he broght quailes, and he filled them with the bread of heauē
41 He opened the rocke, and the waters flowed out (&) ran in the drye places (like) a riuer.
42 For he remembred his holieVVhich he confirmeth to the po steritic, in who me after a sorte the dead liueand enioye the promises. promes to Abrahám his seruant.
43 And he broght forthe his people with ioye (and) his chosen with gladnes.y VVhen the Egy ptians
〈◊〉
ented & were destroyed
44 And gaue them the lands of the heathen, and they toke the labours of the people in possession.
45 That they mightThis is the end, why God preserueth his Church, because they shulde worship, and callv
〈◊〉
him in this worlde. kepe his statutes, and obserue his Lawes. Praise ye the Lord.
PSAL. CVI.
1 The people dispersed Vnder Antiochus do magnifie the godues of God among the iuste and repentāt: 4 Desiring to be brogh againe into the land by Gods merciful Visitation. 8 And after the manifolde maruels of God wrogh in their deliuerance forthe of Egypt, and the great in gratitude of the people rehearsed, 47 Thei do pray & desire to be gathered from among the heathē to the intent thei may praise the Name of the God of Israél.
¶Praise ye the Lord.
1 PRaiseThe prophet exhorteth thepeople to praise God
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that thereby their mindes maie he strengthtened against
〈◊〉
present troubles and despaire ye the Lord because he is good, for his mercie (endureth) for euer.
2 Who can expresse the noble actes of the Lord (or) shewe forthe all his praise?
3 Blessed (are) they thatHe sheweth that it is not ynough topraise God with mouth except the whole heart agre thereun to framed kepe iudgement, and do righteousnes at all times.
4 Remember me, ô Lord, with theLet the Good wil thatthou bea rest to thy people, extend vnto me that thereby I maie be receiued in to the
〈◊〉
of thine. fauour of thy people: visit me with thy saluacion,
5 That I may se the felicitie of thy chosen, and reioyce in the ioye of thy people, and glorie with thine in heritance.
6 We haueBy earnest confession aswel of their owne, as of their fathers sinnes, they shew that they had hopethat God according to his promes wolde pitie them. sinned with our fathers: we haue committed iniquitie (and) done wickedly.
7 Our fathers vnderstode not thy wonders in Egypt, nether remembred they the mul titude of thy mercies, but rebelled at the Sea (euen) at the red Sea.
8 Neuertheles heThe
〈◊〉
goodnes of God appeareth in this that he wolde
〈◊〉
ge the ordre
〈◊〉
na ture rather then his people shulde be
〈◊〉
, al thogh they were wicked. saued them for this Names sake, that he might make his power to be knowen,
9 And he rebuked the red Sea, and it was dryed vp, and he led them in the depe as in the wildernes.
10 And he saued him from the aduersaries hand, and deliuered them from the hand of the enemie.
11 * And the waters couered their oppressers not one of them was left.Exod 14. 27.
12 ThenThe
〈◊〉
workes of GOD caused them to be leue for a time & to praisehim. beleued they his wordes (and) sang praise vnto him.
13 But in continently they forgate his workes they waited not for hisThey
〈◊〉
pre uent his wisdome and prouidence counsel.
14 But lusted with concupiscence in the wildernes, and tempted God in the desert.
15 Then he gaue them their desire: but he sétthe abundance that God gaue thē profited not
〈◊〉
made them pine awaybecause God cursed it. leannes into their soule.
16 They enuied Mosés also in the tentes, (&) Aarón the holie one of the Lord.
17 (Therefore) the earth opened &By that
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
the hainous
〈◊〉
ce maie be conside red:
〈◊〉
they that life against Gods ministers rebel against him. swallow ed vp Dathán, and couered the companie of Abiram.
18 And the fyre was kindled in their assemblie the flame burnt vp the wicked.
19 They made a calfe in Horéb, and worshiped the molten image.
20 Thus they turned theirHe sheweth that all idolaters renounce God to be their
〈◊〉
, when in stead
〈◊〉
him they worship anie creature, muche more wood,
〈◊〉
, me
〈◊〉
calues glorie into the si militude of a bullocke, that eateth grasse.
21 They for gate God their Sauiour, which had done great things in Egypt.
22 Wonderous workes in the land of Ham, & fearful things by the read Sea.
23 Therefore he minded to destroye thē, hadIf Moses by his intercession had not obteined Gods fauou against their
〈◊〉
. not Mosés his chosen stād in the breache before him to turne away his wrath, lest heshulde destroye (them.)
24 Also they contemned thatThat is Canaan, which was as
〈◊〉
were
〈◊〉
earnest penie
〈◊〉
the heauenlie inheritance pleasant land (and) beleued not his word.
25 But murmured in their tentes (and) hearkened not vnto the voyce of the Lord.
26 Therefore That is he ware, Somtime also it
〈◊〉
to punish. he lifted vp his hand against them to destroye them in the wildernes.
27 And to destroye their sede among the nacions: and to scater them throughout the countreis.
28 They ioyned them selues also vntoVVhich was the idole of the Moabites. Baal-peōr, and did eat the offrings of the
〈◊〉
of fred to the dead idoles. dead.
29 Thus theySignifing that whatsoeuer
〈◊〉
inuenteth of him self to
〈◊〉
God by is
〈◊〉
& proucketh his angre. prouoked (him) vnto angre with their owne inuentiōs, and the plague brake in vpon them.
30 ButVThen all other neglected Gods glorie he in his
〈◊〉
killed the
〈◊〉
and preuented
〈◊〉
. Phinehás stode vp, and executed iudgement, and the plague was staied.
31 * And it wasThis
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and for his
〈◊〉
sake was accepted. imputed vnto him for righteousnes from generacion to generacion for euer.
32 Thei angred him also at the waters of * Meribáh, so thatIf so notable a Prophet of God escape not punishement thogh other prouoked him to sinne how muche more shal they besubiect to Gods iudgement, which cause Gods children to
〈◊〉
. Mosés was punished for their sakes.Nomb. 0.
〈◊〉
33 Because they vexed his spirit, so that he spake vnaduisedly with his lippes.
34 Nether destroyed they the people, as the Lord had commanded them.
35 But were mingled among the heathen, &Nom. 20, 2. learned their workes,Psal. 65. 8.
36 And serued their idoles, which were their ruine.
37 Yea they offred theirHe s
〈◊〉
how
〈◊〉
uous a thing
〈◊〉
is which can win ne vs to things abhorring to natu rewhere as God worde can not ob teine moste smale things. sonnes, and their daughters vnto diuels.
38 And shed innocent blood (euen) the blood of their sonnes, and of their daughters, whome they offred vnto the idoles of Canáan, and the land was defilled with blood
39 Thus were they steined with their owne workes, and wentThen true
〈◊〉
tie is to cleane
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
ly vnto God. a whoring with their owneinuentions.
40 Therefore was the wrath of the LORD kindled against his people, and he abhorred his owne inheritance.
41 And he gaue them into the hand of the heathen and they that hated them, were lords ouer them.
42 Their enemies also oppressed them, and
they were humbled vnder their hand.
43 ManieThe prophet̄ sheweth that
〈◊〉
by menaces, nor promises we
〈◊〉
come to God, except we be all
〈◊〉
newly reformed, & that his
〈◊〉
ouerco uer and
〈◊〉
our malice. a time did he deliuer thē, but they prouoked him by their counsels: therefore they were broght downe by their iniquitie.
44 Yet he sawe when they were in affliction, and he heard their crye.
45 And he remembred his couenant toward them, andGather thy Church, which is dispersed, and giue vs constancie vnder thecrosse that with one con sent we may all praise thee. repēted according to the mulNot that God is changeable in him self but that then he semeth to vs to repent, when he altereth his punishment, and for giueth vs. titude of his mercies,
46 And gaue them fauour in the sight of all them, that led them captiues.
47 Saue vs, ō Lord our God, andGather thy Church, which is dispersed, and giue vs constancie vnder thecrosse that with one con sent we may all praise thee. gather vs from among the heathen: that we maie praise thine holie Name, and glorie in thy praise.
48 Blessed (be) the Lord God of Israél for euer and euer, and let all the people say, So be it Praise ye the Lord.
PSAL. CVII
1 The Prophet exorteth all those that are redemed by the Lord, and gathered vnto him to giue
〈◊〉
, 9 For this merciful prouidence of God, gouerning all things at his good pleasure, 20 Sending good and euil, prosperitie and aduersitie to bring men Vnto him.
〈◊〉
Therefore as the righteous thereat reioyce, so shal thewicked haue their mouthes stopped.
1 PRaiseThis notable
〈◊〉
was in the beginning vsed, as the fore or
〈◊〉
of the song, which was often times repetet. the Lord, because he is good for his mercie (endureth) foreuer.
2 Let them,As this was true in the Iewes, so is there none of Gods elect, that seke not his helpe in their necessicie which haue bene redemed of the Lord, shewe how he hathe deliuered them from the hand of the oppresser.
3 And gathered them of the lands, from the East and from the West, from the North and from theOr from the Sea meaning the red Sea
〈◊〉
is on the South parte of the land. South.
4 (When) they wandered in the desert (and) wildernes out of the way (and) founde no citie to dwell in.
5 He sheweth that there is none affli ction so grieuous out of the which God wil not deli uer his, and also exhorteth
〈◊〉
, that are deliuered to be mindeful of so great a benefite Bothe hungrie (and) thirstie, their soule fainted in them.
6 Then they cryed vnto the Lord in their trouble (and) he de liuered them from their distres,
7 And led thē forthe by the rightway, that they might go to a citie ofhabitacion.
8 Let them (therefore) confesse before the Lord his louing kindenes, and his wonder ful workes before the sonnes of men.
9 For he satisfied the thirstie soule, and filled the hungrie soule with goodnes.
10 They, that dwel in darkenes and in the shadowe of death, being bounde in miserie and yron,
11 Because theyThen the
〈◊〉
way
〈◊〉
obeit God is to followe his expresse commandement: also hereby all are exhorted to descende into them selues, forasmuch as
〈◊〉
are punished, but for their sinnes. rebelled against the wordes of the Lord, and despised the coūsel of the moste High,
12 When he humbled their heart with heauines, (then) they fell downe and there was no helper.
13 Then theyHe sheweth that the cause why God doeth punish vs extremely, is because we can be broght vnto him by none other
〈◊〉
. cryed vnto the Lord in their trouble (and) he deliuered them from their distres.
14 He broght them out of darkenes, and (out of) the shadowe of death, and brake their bands a sunder.
15 Let them (therefore) cōfesse before the lord his louing kindenes, and his wonderful workes before the sonnes of men.
16 For he hathe broken theVVhen the
〈◊〉
to mans iud gement no recoue rie, but all
〈◊〉
are broght to
〈◊〉
, then God chiefly sheweth his mightie power. gates of brasse, and brast the barres of yron a sundre.
17
〈◊〉
that haue no feare of God, by his sharp rods are broght to
〈◊〉
vpon him and so finde mercie. Fooles by reason of their transgression and because of their iniquities are afflicted
18 Their soule abhorreth all meat: and they are broght to deaths dore.
19 Then they crye vnto the LORD in their trouble (and) he deliuereth them frō their distres.
20 By healing thē he declareth his good wil toward them. He sendeth his worde and healeth them, and deliuereth them from theirMeaning, their diseases, which had almost broght them to the graue and corruption. graues.
21 Let them (therefore) confesse before the Lord his louing kindenes, and his wonderful workes before the sonnes of men.
22 And let them offer sacrifices ofPraise and confession of Gods benefites are the true sacrifices of the godlie. praise, & declare his workes with reioycing.
23 They that go downe to theHe sheweth by the sea what care God hathe ouer man, for in that that he deliuereth them from the great dangers of the
〈◊〉
, he
〈◊〉
reth them, as it were from a thou sand deaths. sea in shippes (and) occupie by the great waters,
24 They se the workes of the Lord, and his wonders in the depe.
25 For he commandeth and raiseth the stormie winde, & it lifteth vp the waues thereof.
26 They mounte vp to the heauē (&) descend to the depe, so that their souleTheir feare & danger is so great melteth for trouble.
27 They are tossed to and fro, and stagger like a drunken man, and all theirVVhen their are compelled to con fesse that onely Gods prouidence doeth preserue them. cunning is gone.
28 Then they crye vnto the Lord in their trouble (and) he bringeth them out of their distres.
29 He turneth the storme to calme, so that the waues thereof are stil.
30 When they areThoght before euerie
〈◊〉
to fight one against another, yet at his
〈◊〉
they are a stil as thogh they were frosen. quieted, they are glad, & he bringeth them vnto the hauen, where they wolde be.
31 Let them (therefore) confesse before the Lord his louing kindenes, and his wonderful workes before the sonnes of men.
32 And let them exalt him in theThis great bene fite ought not
〈◊〉
ly to be considered particularly, but magnified in all places and
〈◊〉
blies. Congregation of the people, and praise him in the assemblie of the Elders.
33 He turneth the floods into a wildernes, and the springs of waters into drienes,
34 (And) a fruteful land intoOr,
〈◊〉
. barrennes for the wickednes of them that dwell therin.
35 (Againe) heFor the loue that he beareth to his Church he chā
geth the ordre of nature for their commoditie. turneth the wildernes into pooles of water, and the drye land into water springs.
36 And there he placeth the hungrie, and they buyld a citie to dwell in.
37 And sowe the fields, and plant vineyardes, which bring forthe frutefulCōtinual increa se and vearlie. increase.
38 For he blesseth them, and they multiplie excedingly, and he diminished, not their cattel.
39 As God by his prouidence doeth exalte men, so doeth he also hum ble them by afflictions to knowe them selues. Againe (men) are diminished, and broght lowe by oppression, euil and sorowe,
40 He powrethFor their wickednes and tyran nie he causeth the people & subiēcts to contemne thē. contempt vpon princes, and causeth them to erre in desert places
out of the way.
41 Yet he raiseth vp the poore out of miserie, and maketh him families like a flocke of shepe.
42 TheThey, whose
〈◊〉
is lightened by Gods Spirit,
〈◊〉
reioyce to se Gods iudgements against the wicked and vngodlie righteous shal se it, & reioyce, and all iniquitie shal stop her mouth.
43 Who is wise that he maie obserue these things: for they shal vnderstād the louing kindenes of the Lord.
PSAL. CVIII.
This Psalme in composed of two other Psalmes before the seuen and fiftieth and sixtieth. The matter here conteined is. 1 That Dauid giueth him self with heart and voy ce to praise the Lord. 7 And assureth him self of the promes of God concerning his kingdome ouer Israél, & his power against other nacions. 11 Who thogh he seme to forsake vs for a time, yet he alone wil in the end cast dow ne our enemies.
¶ A song or Psalme of Dauid.
1 O God, mine heart (is)This earnest
〈◊〉
ction declareth that he is fre from hypocrisie, and that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
him not. prepared, so (is) myOr, my glorie, because
〈◊〉
chiefly setteth forthe the glorie of God. tongue: I wil sing and giue praise.
2 Awake viole and harpe: I wil awake early
3 I wil praise thee, ô Lord, among theHe prophecieth of the calling of the Gentiles: for except thei were
〈◊〉
, they colde not
〈◊〉
the goodnes of God. people, and I wil sing vnto thee among the nations.
4 For thy mercie is great aboue the heaues and thy trueth vnto the cloudes.
5 Let all the worlde se thy iud gements, in that that
〈◊〉
art God ouer all, and so
〈◊〉
fesse that thou
〈◊〉
glorious Exalt thy self, ô God, aboue the heauens and (let) thy glorie (be) vpon all the earth,
6 That thy beloued maie be deliuered.VVhen God by his benefites, maketh vs partakers of his mercies, he admenisheth
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
earnest in prayer to desire him to continue and finish his gra ces. hel pe with thy right hand and heare me.
7 God hathe spoken in hisAs he
〈◊〉
o ken to Samuel cō
cerning me, so wil he shewe him self constant, and holie in his promes, so that these naciōs following shalbe subiect vnto me. holines (therefore) I wil reioyce, I shal diuide Shechém & measure the valley of Succōth.
8 Gileád (shal be) mine (&) Manasséh (shalbe) mine: Ephráim also (shalbe) the strength of mine head: Iuda is my Lawegiuer.
9 * Mōab (shalbe) my washpot: ouer Edōm wil I cast out my shoe: vpon Palestina wil I triumph.
10 Who wil leade me in to the strōg citie who wil bring me vnto Edom?
11 From of this psalme vnto the
〈◊〉
read the expo
〈◊〉
in the
〈◊〉
: score psalme, and
〈◊〉
verse. Wilt not thou, ô God (which) haddest forsaken vs, and
〈◊〉
not go forthe, ô God with our armies?
12 Giue vs helpe against trouble: for vaine is the helpe of man.
13 Through God we shal do valiantly: for he shal tread downe our enemies.
PSAL. CIX. Psal
〈◊〉
. 8.
1 Dauid being faisely accused by flatterers vnto
〈◊〉
, praieth God to helpe him and to destroy his enemies.
〈◊〉
And vn der them he speaketh of Iudas the traitour vnto Iesus Christ and of all the like enemies of the
〈◊〉
of God 27 And desireth so to be deliuered that his enemies
〈◊〉
knowe the worke to be of God. 30 Thē doeth he promise to giue praises vnto God.
¶ To him that excelleth. A Psalme of Dauid.
1 HOlde not thy tongue, ô God of myThogh all the worlde condemne me, yet thou
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ne
〈◊〉
, & that is a
〈◊〉
praise to me. praise.
2 For the mouth of the wicked, and the mouth (
〈◊〉
) of deceit are opened
〈◊〉
me: thei haue spoken to me with a lying ton gue.
3 Thei compassed me about also with wordes of hatred, and foght against me without a cause.
4 For my friendship thei were mine aduersaries,To declare that I had none other refuge, but
〈◊〉
, in whome my
〈◊〉
was at
〈◊〉
but I gaue my self to praier.
5 And they haue rewarded me euil for good, and hatred for my friendship.
6 VVhether it
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
or Saul, or some familiafriend that had
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
him,
〈◊〉
praieth
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, but moued by Gods
〈◊〉
, that God wolde take vengeance vpon him Set thou the wicked ouer him & let the aduersarie stand at his right hand.
7 When he shalbe iudged, let him be condemned, and let hisAs to the elect all things turne to their
〈◊〉
: so to the
〈◊〉
euen those things,
〈◊〉
are good, turne to their
〈◊〉
. praier be turned in to sinne.
8 Let his daies be fewe, and let another takeThis was chiefly accomplished in Iudas. Act.
〈◊〉
10. his charge.
9 Let his childrē be
〈◊〉
, and his wife a widowe.
10 Let his children be vagabunds and begge and seke (bread, cōming out) of their places destroied.
11 LetHe declareth that the
〈◊〉
of God lieth
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
: who
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
goods,
〈◊〉
Gods iust
〈◊〉
ment
〈◊〉
all. the extorcioner
〈◊〉
all that the hathe, & let the strāgers spoile his labour
12 Let there be none to extend mercie vnto him nether let there be anie to shewe mer cie vpon his fatherles children.
13 Let his posteritie be destroyed (and) in the generacion following let their name be put out.
14
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Let the iniquitie of his fathers be had in remembrance with the Lord and let not the sinne of his mother be done
〈◊〉
.
15 (But) let them alway be before the Lord, that maie cut of their memorial from the earth.
16 Because
〈◊〉
sheweth that God
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
them after a stran ge sort that shewe them selues
〈◊〉
toward other. he remembred not to shewe mer cie, but persecuted the afflicted and poore man, and the sorowful hearted to slaye him
17 As he loued cursing,Thus giueth the Lord to euerie man the thing, wherein
〈◊〉
that the
〈◊〉
can not accuse God
〈◊〉
wrong when thei are giuen vp to their
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
mindes. so shal it come vnto him (and) as he loued not blessing, so shal it be farre from him.
18 As he clothed him self with cursing like a raiment, so shal it come into his bowels like water, and like oyle into his bones.
16 Let it be vnto him as a garment to couer him, and for a girdle wherewith he shalbe alwaie girded.
20 Let this be the rewarde of mine aduersarieFor being
〈◊〉
of mans helpe he
〈◊〉
trusted in the Lord, that he wolde
〈◊〉
him. from the Lord, and of them, that speake euil against my soule,
21 But thou, ó Lord my God, deale with me according vnto thyAs thou art named merci
〈◊〉
gra cious & long suffring, so shew thy self in effect. Name: deliuerme, (for thy mercie is good)
22 Because I am poore and nedie, and mine heart is wounded within me.
23 I departe like the shadowe that
〈◊〉
, & am shaken of as theMeaning,
〈◊〉
he hathe
〈◊〉
nor assurance
〈◊〉
this worlde. grashoper.
24 My knees are weake through fasting, & my fleshFor hungre
〈◊〉
came of sorow, he was leaue, an his natural moy
〈◊〉
failed him. hathe lost (all) fatnes.
25 I became also a rebuke vnto them: they that loked vpon me, shaked their heads.
26 Helpe me, ô Lord my God:The more grieuous
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
asailed, him, the mo re earnest and instand was he in praier. saue me according to thy mercie.
27 And they shal knowe, that this is thine hand (and that) thou, Lord, hast done it.
28 (Thogh) theyThei shal
〈◊〉
nothing by
〈◊〉
me. curse, yet thou wilt blesse they shal arise and be confounded, but thy seruant shal reioyce.
29 Let mine a duersaries be clothed with shame, and let thē couer thē selues with their confusion, as with a cloke.
30 I wil giue thankes vnto the Lord greatly with myNot onely in
〈◊〉
it secre ly in my self, but also in declaring it before all the Congregation. mouthe, and praise him among the multitude.
31 For he wil stand at the right & of the poore to saue him from them that woldeHereby he sheweth that he had not to do with them, that were oflitle power, but with the iudges and
〈◊〉
of the worlde. condē
ne his soule.
PSAL CX.
1 Dauid prophecieth of the power and euerlasting kingdo me giuen to Christ. 4. And of his Priesthode, which shuld put an end to the Priesthode of Leui.
¶ A Psalme of Dauid.
1 THeIesus Christ in the two & twentie of Mat. giueth the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of & sheweth that this can not properly be applied vnto Dauid, but to himself. Lord said vnto my Lord, Sit thou at my right hād, vntil I make thine ene mies thy fotestole.
2 The Lord shal send the rod of thy power out ofAnd thence it shal
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
all the worlde: and this power chiefly stā de
〈◊〉
in the
〈◊〉
of his worde. Zion: be thou ruler in the middes of thine enemies.
3 The people (shal come) willingly at the ti me (of assembling)By thy worde they shalbe
〈◊〉
bled into the Church, whose in crease shalbe so
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
, as the drops of the dewe. thine armie in holie beautie: the youth of thy wombe (shalbe) as the morning dewe.
4 The Lord sware and wil not repent, Thou art a Priests for euer after the ordre ofAs Melchizedek the figure of Christ was bothe King and the priest: so the effect can not be accomplished in anie King saue onely in Christ. 2.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 26. 21. Melchi-zédek.
5 The Lord (that is) at thy right hand, shal wounde Kings in the daie of his wrath.
6 He shalbe Iudge among the heathen: he shal fil (
〈◊〉
) with death bodies (&) smite theNo power shalbe able to
〈◊〉
him. head ouer great countreis.
7 He shalVnder this similitude of a captaine, that is se gredie to destroye his enemies, that he wil not searse drinke by the waye, he sheweth how God wil destroye hisenemies. drinke of the brooke in the waie therefore shal be lift vp (his) head.
PSAL. CXI.
1 He giueth to the Lord for his merciful workes toward his Church to And declareth wherein true wisdome & right knowledge consisteth.
¶ Praise ye the Lord.
1 I WilThe Prophet declareth that
〈◊〉
wil praise God
〈◊〉
priuatly & openly and that from the heart, as he that consecrateth him selfe wholly and onely to God. praise the LORD with my whole heard in the assemblie and Congregaciō of the iust.
2 The workes of the Lord (are)He sheweth that Gods workes are a sufficient cause, wherefore we shulde praise him but chiefly his benefites toward his Church. great, and ought to be soght out of all thē that loue them.
3 His worke (is) beautiful and glorious, and his right cousnes endureth sor euer,
4 He hathe made his wonderful workes to be had in remembrance: the Lord (is) merci ful and ful of compassion.
5 He hathe giuenGod hathe giuē to his people all that was necessarie for them, and in this sense the Ebreweworde is taken. Prou. 30. 8. & 31. 15. aOr, praie, &
〈◊〉
. portion vnto thē that feare him: he wil euer be mindeful of his couenant.
6 He hatheshewed to his peoples the power of is workes in giuing vnto them the heritage of the heathen.
7 TheAs God promised to take the ca re of his Church: so in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
him sel se iust and true in the gouernement of the same. workes of his hands are trueth and iudgement: all statutes are true.
8 Thei are stablished for euer & euer, and are done in trueth and equitie.
9 He sent redemption vnto his people: he hathe
〈◊〉
his couenant for euer: holie and feareful (is) his Name.
10 Thei onely are wise, thatfeare God and none haue vnderstanding but thei that obey
〈◊〉
worde. The beginning of wisdome (is) the feare of the Lord: all they that obserueTo wit, his commandement, as vers. 7. them, haue good vnderstanding: his praise endu reth for euer.
PSAL. CXII.
1 He praiseth the felicitie of them that feare God
〈◊〉
And condemneth the cursed state of the contemners of God.
¶Praiseye the Lord.
1 BLessed (is) the man, thatHe
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
seare which is in the children of God, which causeth them to delite onely in the worlde of God. feareth the Lord (&) deliteth greatly in his commandements.
2 His sede shalbe mightie vpon earth: the generaciō of the righteous shalbe blessed
3The Godlie shal haue abundance and
〈◊〉
because their heart is
〈◊〉
in God
〈◊〉
. Riches and treasures (shalbe) is his house, and his righteousnes endureth for euer.
4 Vnto theThe faithful in all their aduersities knowe that all shal go wel with them: for God wilbe merci ful and iuste. righteous ariseth light in darknes: (he is) merciful and ful of compassiō and righteous.
5 A good man is merciful andHe sheweth what is the
〈◊〉
of mercie to lend frely and not sor gaine, and so to measure his doings, that he maie be ableto helpe where nede requireth, and not to be slowe all on him self. lendeth, and wil measure his affaires by iudgemēt.
6 Surely he shal neuer be moued (but) the righteous shalbe had in euerlasting remē
brance.
7 He wil not be afraid of euil tidings (for) his heart is fixed (and) beleueth in-the Lord
8 His heart is stablished (therefore) he wil not feare, vntil he se (his desire) vpon his enemies.
9 He hatheThe godlie pinche not nigardelye but distribute liberally, as the necessitie of the poore requireth, and as his power is able. distributed (and) giuen to the poore: his righteousnes remaineth for euer hisHis power and prosperous estate. horne shalbe exalted with glorie.
10 The wicked shal se it and be angrie? he shal gnash with his teeth, andThe blessings of God vpon his children
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
the wicked to dye
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. consume awaie: the desire of the wicked shal perish.
PSAL. CXIII.
1 An exhortation to praise the Lord for his prouidence 7 In that
〈◊〉
contrarie to the course of nature he worketh in his Church.
¶Praise ye the Lord.
1 PRaise, ôye seruants of the LordBy this of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vp our colde dulnes to praise God,
〈◊〉
his workes are so wonderful, & that we are
〈◊〉
for the same cause. praise the Name of the Lord.
2 Blessed be the Name of the Lord from hen ce forthe and for euer.
3 The Lords Name is praised from the rising of the sunne vnto the going downe of the same.
4 The Lord is high aboue allIf Gods glorie shine through all the world, and the
〈◊〉
of all ought to be praise what great condē
〈◊〉
were it to his
〈◊〉
, amōg
〈◊〉
chiefly it shineth, if they
〈◊〉
not earnestly extoll his Name. nacions (and) his glorie aboue the heauens.
5 Who is like vnto the Lord our God: that hathe his dwelling on high?
6 Who abaseth him self to beholde (things) in the heauen, and in the earth.
7 He raiseth the nedie out of the dust (&) lifteth vp theBy
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
to high honour & giuing the barren childrē he sheweth that God worketh not onely
〈◊〉
his Church by ordinarie meanes, but also by mi racles, poore out of the dung.
8 That he maie set him with the princes (euen) with the princes of his people.
9 He maketh the baren womā to dwell with a familie (and) a ioyful mother of children. Praise ye the Lord,
PSAL. CXIIII.
1 How the Israelites were deliuered forthe of Egypt, & of the wonderful miracles that God wroght at that time. which put'vs in remembrance of Gods great mercie toward his Church, who when the course of nature failleth, preserueth his miraculously.
1 WHen * Israél went out of Egypt, (&) theExod. 14, 21. house of Iaak ób from theThat is frō thē that were of a strange language. barbarous people.
2 Iudáh wasThe whole peo ple were witnes ses of his holie maiestie, in adop ting them, and of
〈◊〉
pow
〈◊〉
in deliuering them. his sanctificatiō, (and) Israél his dominion.
3 The Seasawe it and fled: Iordén was turned backe.
4 TheSeing that these deade creatures felt Gods power and after a sorte sawe it, muche
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
ought to cōsider it &
〈◊〉
him for the same. moūtaines leaped like ramps, (&) the hilles as lambs.
5 What ailed thee, ô Sea, that thou fled dest? ô Iordén, (why) wast thou turned backe?
6 Ye mountaines, (why) leaped ye like rams, (and ye) hilles as lambs (
7 TheOught then his people to be
〈◊〉
sible, when thei
〈◊〉
his power and
〈◊〉
? earth trembled at the presence of the Lord, at the presence of the God of Iaak
〈◊〉
.
8 WhichThat is, caused miraculously wa ter to come out of the rocke in moste abundance Exod. 17, 6. turneth the rocke into waterpooles, (and) the flint into a fountaine of water.
PSAL. CXV.
1 A prayer of the faithful oppressed by idolatrous tyrants against whome they desire that God wolde succour thē, 9 Trusting moste constantly that God wil preserue them in this their nede, seing that he hathe adopted and receiued them to his fauour,
〈◊〉
Promising finally that thei wil not be vnmindeful of so great a benefite if it wolde please God to heare their prayer, & deliuer them by his omni potent power.
1 NOtBecause God promised to
〈◊〉
thē, not for their sakes, but for his Name, Isa. 48, 11, therefore theygrounde their prayer vpō this promes. vnto vs, ô Lord, not vnto vs, but vnto thy Name giue the glorie, for thy louing mercie (and) for thy trueths sake.
2 Wherefore shal the heathen saye,When the wicked
〈◊〉
that God accomplisheth not his promes, as they imagine, thei thinke there is no God. Where is now their God?
3 But our God (is) in heauen: he doeth whatsoeuer heNo impedimēts can let his
〈◊〉
but hevseth euen theimpediments to
〈◊〉
his wil. wil.
4 Their idoles (are)Seing that nether the matter, nor the forme
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the idoles, itfolloweth that there is rothing, why they shulde
〈◊〉
siluer and golde, (euen) the worke of mens hands.
5 They haue a mouth and speake not: thei haue eyes and se not.
6 Thei haue eares and heare not: thei haue no ses and smell not.
7 Thei haueHe
〈◊〉
what great vanitic idis to aske helpe of them, which not onely haue no helpe in them, but lacke sense and reason hands and touche not: they haue fete and walke not: nether make they a sounde with their throte.
8 They that make them areAs muche with out sense, as blockes and stones. like vnto them: (so are) all that trust in them.
9 O Israél, trust thou in the Lord: (for) he is their helpe and their shield.
10For they were appointed by Gods instructers and teachers of sayth and religion for others to folowe. O house of Aarō, trust ye in the Lord: (for) he is their helper and their shield.
11 Ye that feare the Lord, trust in the Lord: (for) he is their helper and their shield.
12 The Lord hathe bene mindeful of vs: he wil blesse, heThat is, he wil
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his people wil blesse the house of Israél, he wil blesse the house of Aarón.
13 He wil blesse them that feare the Lord, both small and great.
14 The Lord wil encrease (his graces) toward you, (euen) toward you and toward your chil dren.
15 Ye are blessed of the Lord, whichAnd therefore doethstil gouerne &
〈◊〉
things therein. made the heauen and the earth.
16 TheAnd they declare ynough his
〈◊〉
, so that the worlde serueth him nothing but to shewe his
〈◊〉
: lie
〈◊〉
toward men. heauens, (euen) the heauens (are) the Lords: but he hathe giuen the earth to the sō nes of men.
17 The dead praise not the Lord, nether anie thatThogh the dead set for the Gods
〈◊〉
, yet he meaneth here, that they
〈◊〉
him not in his Church and Congregacion. go downe into the (place of) silence.
18 But we wil praise the Lord frō hence forthe and for eue. Praise ye the Lord.
PSAL. CXVI.
1 Dauid being in great dāger of Saul in the desert of Maón perce uing the great and inestimable loue of God toward him, magnisieth suche great mercies, 13 And protesteth that he wil be thankeful for the same.
1 IHe
〈◊〉
that no pleasure is so great, as to fele
〈◊〉
helpe in our necessitie, nether
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
thing more
〈◊〉
vp
〈◊〉
loue toward him. Loue the Lord, because he hathe heard my voice (and my prayers.
2 For he hathe inclined his eare vnto me, whē I did call (vpon him)That is, inconuenient time to seke helpe, which was whē he was in
〈◊〉
. in my dayes.
3 (When) the
〈◊〉
of death compassed me, & the griefs of the graue caught me: (when) I founde trouble and sorowe,
4 Then I called vpon the Name of the Lord, (saying,) I beseche thee,
〈◊〉
Lord, deliuer my soule.
5 The Lord (is)He sheweth for the the fiure of hisloue in calling vpon him, confes sing him, to be
〈◊〉
& merci ul, & to help them that are
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
de and counsel. merciful and righteous, and our God (is) ful of compassion.
6 The Lord preserueth the simple: I was in mi serie and he saued me.
7 Returne vnto thy rest, ôwhich was vn
〈◊〉
before, now rest vpō the Lord: for he hath bene beneficial towards thee. my soule for the Lord hathe bene beneficial vnto thee.
8 Because thou hast deliuered my soule from death, mine eyes from teares, (and) my fete from falling.
9 I shalThe Lord wil
〈◊〉
me, and saue my
〈◊〉
. walke before the Lord in the land of the liuing.
10I felt all these things, and there fore was moued by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
confesse them, 2. Cor. 4, 13. I beleued, therefore did I speake: (for) I was sore troubled.
11 I said in myIn my great di stresse I thoght God wolde not regarde man, which is but lies and vanitie, yet I ouercame this
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
, and felt the contrarie. feare, All men are lyers.
12 What shal I rendre vnto the Lord for all his benefites to ward me?
13 I wilIn the Law thei vsed to make a a banket, when they gaue solēne thankes to God, and to take the cup & drinke in signe of thankesgiuing. take the cup of saluacion, and call vpon the Name of the Lord.
14 I wil paye my vowes vnto the Lord, (euen) now in the presence of all his people.
15 Precious in the sight of the Lord (is) theI perceiue that God hathe a
〈◊〉
ouer his, so
〈◊〉
he bothe disposeth their death and taketh an
〈◊〉
. death of his Saints.
16 Beholde, Lord: for I am thy seruant, I am thy seruant, (and) the sonne of thine hand maied thou hast broken my bonds.
17 I wil offer to thee a sacrifice of praise, & wil call vpon the Name of the Lord.
18 I wil paie myI wil thanke him for his benefites: for that is
〈◊〉
payement, to confesse that we owe all to God. vowes vnto the Lord, (euen) now in the presence of all his people,
19 In the courtes of the Lords house, (euen) in the middes of thee, ô
〈◊〉
. Praise ye the Lord.
PSAL. CXVII.
1 He exhorteth the Gentiles to praise God, because he hath accomplished aswel to them as to the Iewes the promes oflife euerlasting by Iesus Christ.
1 ALl * naciōs, praise ye the Lord: all ye peoRom. 15, 11. ple, praise him.
2 For his louing kindenes is great toward vs, and theThat is, the moste certeine & cōtinual testimo nies of his Father lie grace. trueth of the Lord (endureth) for euer, Praise ye the Lord.
PSAL. CXVIII.
1 Dauid reiected of Saúl and of the people, at the time appointed obteined the kingdome. 4 For the which he bid deth all them, that feare the Lord, to be thankeful. And vn der his persone in all this was Christ liuely set for the, who shulde be of his people reiected.
1 PRaiseBecause Godby creating Dauid King, shewed his
〈◊〉
toward his afflicted Church, the Prophet doeth not onely him self thanke God, but exhorteth all the people to do the same. ye the Lord, because he is good: for his mercie (endureth) for euer.
2 Let Israél now saye, That his mercie (endureth) for euer.
3 Let the house of Aarón now saye, That his mercie (endureth) for euer.
4 Let them, that feare the Lord, now saye, That his mercie (endureth) for euer.
5 I called vpon the Lord inVVe are here taught, that the more that troubles oppresse vs, the more ought we to be instant in prayer. trouble, (and) the Lord heard me, (and set me) at large.
6 The Lord (is) with me: (therefore) I wil not feare whatBeing exalted to this estate, he assured him selfe to haue mā euer to be his enemie. Yethe douted not but God wolde mainteine him because he had placed him. man can do vnto me.
7 The Lord (is) with me among thē that helpe me: therefore shal I se (my desire) vpon mine enemies.
8 It is better to trust in the Lord, then to haue confidenceHe sheweth that he had trusted in vaine, if he had put his confidence in man, to haue bene prefer red to the kingdome, and therefore he put his trust in God and obteined. in man.
9 It is better to trust in the Lord, then to haue confidence in princes.
10 All nations haue compassed me: but in the Name of the Lord shal I destroye them.
11 Thei haue compassed me, yea, they haue cō
passed me: but in the Name of the Lord I shal destroye them.
12 They came about me like bees, (but) they were quēched as a fyre of thornes: for in the Name of the Lord I shal destroye them.
13He noteth Saul his chief enemie Thou hast thrust sore at me, that I might fall: but the Lord hathe holpen me.
14 The Lord (is) my strength andIn that he was
〈◊〉
it came not of him selfe, nor of the power of man, but onely
〈◊〉
Gods fauour: therefore he wil praise him. song: for he hathe bene my deliuerance.
15 TheHe promiseth bothe to
〈◊〉
graces him self, & to cause others to do the same, be cause that in his persone the Church was restored. voice of ioye and deliuerance (shalbe) in the tabernacles of the righteous, (saying,) The right hand of the Lord hathe done valiantly.
16 The right hand of the Lord is exalted:So that all, that are bothe farre & nere, maye se his mightie power. the right hand of the Lord hathe done valiantly
17 I shal not dye, but liue, and declare the workes of the Lord.
18 The Lord hathe chastened me sore, but he hathe not deliuered me to death.
19 Open ye vnto me theHe willeth the dores of the Tabernacle to be opened, that he maye declare his thankeful minde Isa.
〈◊〉
, 16. gates of righteousnes (that) I maye go in to them, (and) praise the Lord.
20 This is the gate of the Lord: the righteous shal entre into it.
21 I wil praise thee: for thou hast heard me, and hast bene my deliuerance.
22 * The stone, (which) the buyldersThogh Saul & the chief powers refused me to be King, yet GOD hathe preferred me aboue thē all refused, is the head of the corner.
23 This was the Lords doing, (and) it is maruelous in our eyes.Mat. 21, 41.
24 This is thewherein GOD hathe shewed chiefly his mercie by appointing me King, and deliuering his Church. daye, (whiche) the Lord hatheAct 4,
〈◊〉
.
Rom 9, 33. made: let vs reioyce and be glad in it.
〈◊〉
. pet, 2, 6.
25The people praie for the pro speritie of Dauids kingdome, who was the figure of Christ. O Lord, I praye thee, saue now: ô Lord, I praye thee now giue prosperitie.
26 Blessed (be he,) that cometh in the Name of the Lord:VVhich are the priests and haue the charge thereof, as Nomb. 6, 23 we haue blessed you out of the house of the Lord.
27 The Lord (is) mightie, and hathe giuen vsBecause he hathe restored vs from darkenes to light, we wil offer sacrifices and praises vnto him. light: binde the sacrifice with cordes vnto the hornes of the altar.
28 Thou art my God, & I wil praise thee, (euē) my God: therefore I wil exalt thee.
29 Praise ye the Lord, because he is good: for his mercie (endureth) for euer.
PSAL. CXIX.
1 The Prophet exhorteth the children of God to frame their liues according to his holie worde. 12; Also he sheweth wherein the true seruice of God standeth: that is whē we serue him according to his worde, & not after our one fantasies.
ALEPH.
1 BLessed (are)Here they are not called blessed whiche thinke them selues wise in their owne iudgement, nor which imagine to them selues a certeine holines, but they whose
〈◊〉
is without hypocrisie. those that are vpright in (their) waye, (and) walke in the Lawe of the Lord.
2 Blessed (are) they that kepe his testimonies, (and) seke him with their whole heart.
3 Surely they workeFor they are
〈◊〉
led by Gods Spirit and imbrace no doctrine but his. none iniquitie, (that) walke in his wayes.
4 Thou hast commanded to kepe thy precepts diligently.
5Dauid acknow ledgeth his imperfection, desiring God to refor me it that his
〈◊〉
maye be conformable to Gods worde. Oh that my wayes were directed to kepe thy statutes.
6 Then shulde I not be confounded, when I haue respect vnto all thy commandements.
7 I wil praise thee with an vprightFor
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in seruīg God without hypocrisie. heart, when I shal learne the That is, thy pre cepts, which conteine
〈◊〉
righ teousnes. iudgements of thy righteousnes.
8 I wil kepe thy statutes: for sake me notHe refuseth not to be tryed by
〈◊〉
but he feareth to faint, if God succor not his
〈◊〉
in time. ouer long.
BETH.
9 Where with shal aBecause youth is most giuen to licenciousnes, he chiefly
〈◊〉
them to frame their liues
〈◊〉
to Gods worde. yong man redresse his waye? in taking hede (thereto) according to thy worde.
10 With my whole heart haue I soght thee: let me not wander from thy commandements.
11 I haueIf Gods' worde be grauen in
〈◊〉
heartes, we shalbe more able to resist the assaltes of
〈◊〉
: & there fore the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
God to instruct him daiely more & more therein. hid thy promes in mine heart, that I might not sinne against thee.
12 Blessed art thou, ô Lord: teache me thy statu tes.
13 With my lippes haue I declared all the iudgements of thy mouth.
14 I haue had as greatThe Propher doeth not boast of his vermes, but setteth for the an example for others to followe Gods worde and leaue wordelie vanities. delite in the waie of thy testimonies, as in all riches.
15 I wil meditate in thy precepts, and consider thy wayes.
16 I wil delite in thy statutes, (and) I wil not for get thy worde.
GIMEL.
17 Be benificial vnto thy seruant, (that) I maye
〈◊〉
she weth that we ought not to desire to liue but to
〈◊〉
God, and that we can not serue him aright, except he open our eyes and mindes. liue and kepe thy worde.
18 Open mine eyes, that I may se the wonders of thy Law.
19 I am aSeing mans life in this worlde is but a passage, what shulde become of him, if thy worde were not his guide? stranger vpon earth: hide not thy commandements from me.
20 Mine heart breaketh for thy desire to thy iudgements alwaie.
21 ThouIn allages thou hast plagued all suche, which
〈◊〉
and con tempteously departe frome thy trueth. hast destroied the proude: cursed are they that do erre from thy commandement.
22 Remoue from me shame and contempt: for I haue kept thy testimonies.
23VVhē the pow ers of the world gaue false senten ce agaynste me, thy worde
〈◊〉
a guide and coun seler to teach me what to do, and to comfort me. Princes also did sit, (ād) speake against me: (but) thy seruant did meditate in thy statutes.
24 Also thy testimonies (are) my delite, (ād) my counselers.
DALETH.
25 My soule cleaueth to theThat is, it is almost broght to the graue, and without thy worde I can not liue. dust: quicken me according to thy worde.
26 I haueI haue confessed mine offences, and now depend wholly on thee. declared my waies, and thou heardest me: teache me thy statutes.
27 Make me to vnderstand the waie of thy pre cepts, and I wil meditate in the wonderous workes.
28 My soule melteth for heauines: raise me vp according vnto thyIf God did not mainteine vs by his word, our life wolde drop away like water. worde.
29 Take from me the
〈◊〉
waie of lying, and grantd Instruct me in thy worde, wher by my minde maye be purged from vanitie ād taught to obey thy wil. me graciously thy Law.
30 I haue chosen the waie of trueth, (and) thy iudgements haue I laied (before me.)
31 I haue cleaued to thy testimonies, ô Lord: confounde me not.
32 I wil runne the waie of thy cōmandements, when thouBy this he shew eth that we can nether chose good, cleaue to Gods worde, not runne forwarde in his waye, exceptehe make our heartes large to receiue his grace, and willyng to obey. shalt enlarge mine heart.
HE.
33 TeacheHe sheweth that he can not follow on to the end, excepte God teache him ofte times and leade him forwarde. me, ô Lorde, the waie of thy statutes, and I wil kepe it vnto the end.
34 Giue me vnderstanding, and I wil kepe thy Law: yea, I wil kepe it with (my) whole Not onelye in out ward cōuersation, but also with inwarde affection. heart
35 Direct me in the path of thy commandements: for therein is my delite.
36 Incline myne heart vnto thy testimonies, and not toHereby meaning al other vices, because that couetousnes is the rote of all euil. couetousnes.
37 Turne awaie mine eyes from regarding va nitie, (and) quicken me in thy waie.
38 Stablish thy promes to thy seruant, because he feareth thee.
39 Take awaieLet me not fall to thy dis honour, but let mine heart still
〈◊〉
thy gracious worde. my rebuke that I feare: for thy iudgements (are) good.
40 Beholde, I desire thy commaundements:Giue me strength to continue in thy worde euen to the end. quicken me in thy righteousnes.
VAV.
41 And let thyHe sheweth that Gods mercie and loue is the firste
〈◊〉
of our saluacion. louyng kindenes come vnto me, o Lord, (and) thy saluacion according tod Meanyng, all his senses. thy promes.
42 So shal IBy
〈◊〉
in Gods worde he assureth him selfe to be able to confute the sclanders of his aduersaries. make answere vnto my blasphemers: for I trust in thy worde.
43 And take not the word of truth vtterly out of my mouth: for I wait for thy iudgements.
44 So shall I alwaie kepe thy Lawe for euer and euer.
45 And I wilThey, that simply walke after Gods worde, haue no lets to intangle them, where as they, that do contrary, are euer in nets and snares. walke at libertie: for I seke thy precepts.
46 I will speake also of thy testimonie beforeHe sheweth that the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
not to suffer their Fa
〈◊〉
glorie to be
〈◊〉
by the vaine pompe of princes. Kings, and wil not be ashamed.
47 And my delite shalbe in thy commandements, which I haue loued.
48 Mine hands also wil I lift vp vnto thy commandements, whiche I haue loued, and I will meditate in thy statutes.
ZAIN.
49 RemembreThogh he fele Gods hand stil to lie vpon him, yet he resteth on hys promes and comforteth him selfe therein. the promes (made) to thy seruant, wherein thou hast caused me to trust.
50 It is my comfort in my trouble: for thy promes hathe quickened me.
51 TheMeanyng the wicked, whiche contemne Gods worde, ād tread hys religion vnder
〈◊〉
. proud haue had me excedingly in deri sion: (yet) haue I not declined from thy Law
52 I remembred thyThat is, the examples, whereby thou declarest thy self to be iudge of thy world. iudgementes of olde o Lord, and haue bene comforted.
53That is, a vehemēt zeale to thy glorie, and indignacion against the wicked. Feare is come vpō me for the wicked that forsake thy Law.
54 Thy statutes haue bene my songs in thy hou se of myIn the course of this life and sorowful exile. pilgrimage.
55 I haue remembred thy Name, o Lord, in theEuen when other slepe. night, and haue kept thy Law.
56That is, al these benefites. This I had because I kept thy precepts.
CHETH.
57 O Lord, (that art) myI am persuaded that to kepe
〈◊〉
Law is an
〈◊〉
and greate game for me. porcion, I haue deter mined to kepe thy wordes.
58 I made my supplicatiō in thy presence with (my) whole heart: be merciful vnto me accor ding to thy promes.
59 I haue considered myHe sheweth that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the worde of God, except he consider his own imperfections ād wayes. waies, ād turned my fete into thy testimonies.
60 I made haste and delayed not to kepe thy commandements.
61 The bands of the wicked haueThey haue gone aboute to drawe we into their
〈◊〉
. robbed me (but) I haue not forgotten thy Law.
62 At midnight wil I rise to giue thankes vnto thee, because of thy righteous iudgements.
63 I amNot onelye in mutual consent, but also with aide and succour. companiō of all them that
〈◊〉
thee, and kepe thy precepts.
64 The earth, o Lord, is full of thy mercieFor the knowledge of Goddes worde is a singu lar token of hys fauour. teache me thy statutes.
TETH.
65 O Lord, thou hast deltHauing proued by experience that God was true in his promes, he desireth that he wolde increase in hym knowledge and iudgement. graciously with thy seruant according vnto thy worde.
66 Teache me good iudgemēt and knowledge: for I haue beleued thy commandements.
67 Before I wasSo Ieremie saith, that
〈◊〉
the Lorde touched him, he was like a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
: so that the vse of gods rods is to call vs home to god. afflicted, I went astraye but now I kepe thy worde.
68 Thou art good and gracious: teache me thy statutes.
69 The proude haue imagined a lie against me: (but) I wil kepe thy precepts with (my) whole heart.
70Their heart is indurate ād hardened,
〈◊〉
vp wyth prosperitie and vaine estimacion of them selues. Their heart is fat as grease: (but) my delite is in thy Law.
71 It isHe confesseth
〈◊〉
before that he was chastened, he was rebellious, as man by nature is. good for me that I haue afflicted, that I maie learne thy statutes.
72 The Lawe of thy mouth is better vnto me, then thousands of golde and siluer.
IOD.
73 Thine hands haue Because god leaueth not hys worke, that he hathe begonne, he desireth a newe
〈◊〉
: that is, that he wolde
〈◊〉
hys mercyes. made me and facioned me: giue me vnderstanding (therefore,) that
I maie learne thy commandements.
74 So they thatVVhen GOD sheweth his gra ce towarde anye, he testifieth to others that he faileth not thē that trust in hym. feare thee, seing me shal reioyce, because I haue trusted in thy worde.
75 I knowe, o Lord, that thy iudgements (are) right, ād that thou hast afflicted me iustly.
76 I praie thee that thy mercie maye comfort me according to thy promes vnto thy seruāt
77 Let thy tender mercies come vnto me, that I maieHe declareth, that whē he felt not gods mercies he was as dead. liue: for thy Law (is) my delite.
78 Let the proude be ashamed: for they haue dealt wickedly (and) falsely with me: (but) I meditate in thy precepts."Ebr. is trueth.
79 Let suche as feare theeThat is, be comforted by myne example. turne vnto me, and they thatHe sheweth that there can be no true feare of GOD without the knowledge of his worde. knowe thy testimonies.
80 Let mine heart he vpright in thy statutes, that I be not ashamed.
CAPH.
81 My souleThogh my strength faileme yet my soule
〈◊〉
neth and sigheth restyng styll in thy worde. fainteth for thy saluacion: (yet) I waite for thy worde.
82 Mine eyes faile for thy promes, sayinge, When wilt thou comfort me?
83 For I am like aLike as
〈◊〉
tell or bladder that is parched in the smoke. bottel in the smoke: (yet) do I not forget thy statutes.
84 How manie are theHowe longe wilt thou afflict thy seruant. daies of thy seruaunt? when wilt thou execute iudgement on them that persecute me?
85 The proude haueThey haue not onely oppressed me violently, but also craftely conspired agaynste me. digged pits for me, whiche is not after thy Law.
86 Althy commandements (are) true: they per secute me falsely:He assureth him selfe, that GOD will deliuer hys and destroy suche as vniustly
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. helpe me.
87 They had almost consumedFinding no helpe in earth, he lifteth vp hys eyes to
〈◊〉
. me vpon the earth: but I forsoke not thy precepts.
88 Quicken me accordyng to thy
〈◊〉
kindenes: so shall kepe the testimonie of thy mouth.
LAMED.
89 O Lorde, thy worde endureth for euer inBecause none shulde esteme Gods worde accordyng to the changes of thinges in this world he sheweth that it abideth in heauen and therfore is
〈◊〉
. heauen.
90 Thy trueth (is) from generacion to genera racion: thou hast laied the fundacion of the earth, and it abideth.
91 TheySeing the earth and all
〈◊〉
remaine in that estate, wherein thou hast created them, much more thy trueth remaineth constāt and vnchaungeable. continue (euen) to this daie by thine ordinances: for all (are) thy seruants.
92 Except thy Law had bene my delite, I shuld now haue perished in mine affliction.
93 I wil neuer forget thy precepts: for by them thou hast quickened me.
94 I amHe proueth by effect, that he is Gods childe, because he seketh to vnderstande his worde. thine, saue me: for I haue soght thy precepts.
95 The wicked haue waited for me to destroye me: (but) I wil consider thy testimonies.
96 IThere is nothing so perfire in earth, but it hathe an end: onely Gods worde
〈◊〉
for euer. haue sene an end of all perfection: (but) thy commandement (is) exceding large.
MEM.
97 Oh how loue I thy Lawe!He sheweth that we can not loue Gods worde, except we exe cise our selues therein and practise
〈◊〉
. it is my meditacion continually.
98 By thy commaundements thou hast made me wiser then mine enemies: for they are euer with me.
99 I haue had moreVVhosoeuer doeth submit him self onely to Gods worde, shal not onely be safe against the practises of his enemies, but also learne more wisdome,
〈◊〉
thei that professe it, and are men of experience. vnderstandyng then all my teachers: for thy testimonies (are) my me ditacion.
100 I vnderstode more then the ancient, because I kept thy precepts.
101 I haue refrained my fete from euerie euill way, that I might kepe thy worde.
102 I haue not declined from thy iudgements: forSo then of our selues we can do nothing, but whē GOD doeth inwardely instruct vs with his
〈◊〉
, we fele
〈◊〉
graces
〈◊〉
then honie. thou didest teache me.
103 Howe swete are thy promises vnto my mouthe! (yea,) more then honie vnto my mouth.
104 By thy preceptes I haue gotten vnderstandyng: therefore I hate all the wayes of falsehode.
NVN.
105 Thy worde (is) aOf our selues we are but
〈◊〉
nes, and can not se, except we be lightened with gods worde. lanterne vnto my fete, and a light vnto my path.
106 I haueSo all the faith ful ought to bind thē selues to god by a solemne othe and promes, to stirre vp their zeale to embrace gods worde. sworne and wil performe it, that I wil kepe thy righteous iudgements.
107 I am verie sore afflicted: o Lorde, quicken me according to thy worde.
108 O Lorde, I beseche thee accept the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, my pra yer and thankesgiuing, whiche sacrifice Hosea called the calues of the lippes. fre offrings of my mouthe, and teache me thy iudgements.
109 MyThat is, I am in continual dan ger of my life. soule is continually in mine hand: yet do I not forget thy Law.
110 The wicked haue layed a snare for me: but I swarued not from thy precepts.
111 Thy testimonies haue I taken (as) anI estemed no worldlie things, but made thy worde mine
〈◊〉
. heritage for euer: for they are the ioye of mine heart.
112 I haue applied mine heart to fulfil thy statutes alwaye, (euen) vnto the end.
SAMECH. Chap. 14. Vers. 3.
113 I hateVVhosoeuer wyll imbrace Gods worde a right, must abhor re all
〈◊〉
and imaginacions bothe of him self and of others vaine inuentions: but thy Lawe do I loue.
114 Thou art my refuge and shield, (and) I trust in thy worde.
115 And hinder me not to kepe the Lawe of the Lorde. A waie from me, ye wicked: for I wil kepe the commandements of my God.
116 Stablishe me accordynge to thy promes, that
〈◊〉
maye liue, and disapoint me not of mine hope.
117 He desireth Gods continuall assistance lest he shulde faint in this race, whiche he had begon. Stay thou me, and I shalbe safe, and I will delite continually in thy statutes.
118 Thou hast troden downe all them that departe frome thy statutes: for theirThe
〈◊〉
pra ctises of them that contemne thy Law, shal be b oght to noght. deceit (is) vaine.
119 Thou hast taken awaye all the wicked of the earth (like)VVhiche infected thy people, as drosse doeth the metal. drosse: therefore I loue thy testimonies.
120 My fleshThy iudgementes do not onely teache me
〈◊〉
, but cause me to feare considerynge mine owne weakenes, whiche
〈◊〉
causeth repentance. trembleth for feare of thee, and I am afraied of thy iudgements.
AIN.
121 I haue executed iudgemēt and iustice: leaue me not to mine oppressours.
122 Put thy selfe betwene mine enem: es and me, as if thou
〈◊〉
my pledge. Answer for thy seruant in that, whiche is good, (ād) let not the proude oppresse me.
123 Mine eyes haue failed (in waiting) for thy saluacion, and for thy iuste promes.
124 Deale with thyHe
〈◊〉
not that he is Gods seruaunt, but
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
GOD in mynde, that as he made hym hys by hys
〈◊〉
, so he wolde continue by
〈◊〉
towarde him. seruant according to thy mercie, and teache me thy statutes.
125 I am thy seruaunt: grante me (therfore) vnderstandynge, that I maye knowe thy testimonies.
126 It isThe prophet sheweth that when the wicked haue broght all things to con fusion, and Gods worde to vtter contempt, then it is Gods time to helpe and send
〈◊〉
. time for the Lord to worke: (for) they haue destroyed thy Law.
127 Therefore loue I thy cōmandemēts aboue golde,
〈◊〉
, aboue moste fine golde.
128 Therefore I esteme all thy precepts moste iuste, and hate all falseThat is, what soruer
〈◊〉
from the puritie of thy worde waies.
PE.
129 Thy testimonies (
〈◊〉
)
〈◊〉
high and secret
〈◊〉
, so that I am moued with admiracion and reuerence. wōderful: therefore doeth my soule kepe them.
130 The entrance into thyThe simple idiotes, that submit thē selues to God, haue their
〈◊〉
opened, and their mindes
〈◊〉
minated so sone as they begin to
〈◊〉
Gods word. wordes sheweth light, (and) giueth vnderstanding to the simple.
131 I opened my mouth andMy zeale toward thy worde was so great. panted, because I loued thy commandements.
132 Loke vpon me and be merciful vnto me, as thou vsest to do vnto those that loue thy Name.
133 Direct my steppes in thy worde, and let no ne iniquitie haue dominion ouer me.
134 Deliuer me from the oppression of men, & I wil kepe thy precepts.
135 Shewe the light of thy countenance vpon thy seruant, and teache me thy statutes.
136 Mine eyes gushHe sheweth what oughtto be the zealeof Gods children, when they se his worde contemned. out with riuers of water, because they kepe not thy Law.
STADDI.
137 Righteous art thou, ô Lord, and iuste (are) thy iudgements.
138 Thou hast commandedWe can not con
〈◊〉
God to be
〈◊〉
, except we liuevp rightly and
〈◊〉
, as he hathe cōmanded. Psal. 69. 10. iustice by thy testimonies and trueth especially.
139 * My zeale hathe euen cōsumed me, becau se mine enemies haue forgoten thy wordes.
140 Thy worde is prouedGolde hathe nede to be fined,
〈◊〉
thy worde is perfection it self. moste pure, ād thy seruant loueth it.2.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 1.
141 I amThis is the true trial, to
〈◊〉
God in
〈◊〉
smale and despised. (yet) do I not for get thy precepts.
142 Thy righteousnes (is) an euerlasting righteousnes, and thy Law (is) trueth.
143 Trouble and anguishe are come vpon me: (yet are) thy commandements my delite.
144 The righteousnes of thy testimonies (is) euerlasting: grante me vnderstanding, and I shalSo that the
〈◊〉
of man without the knowledge of God is death. liue.
KOPH.
145 I haueHe
〈◊〉
that all his affections and whole heart were bent to God ward for to haue helpe in his dangers. cryed with (my) whole heart: he are me, ô Lord, (and) I wil kepe thy statutes.
146 I called vpon thee: saue me, and I wil kepe thy testimonies.
147 I preuented the morning light, and cryed: (for) I waited on thy worde.
148 Mine eyesHe was more
〈◊〉
in the studie of Gods worde, thē they that
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
, were in their charge. preuent the (night) watches to meditate in thy worde.
149 Heare my voice according to thy louing kindenes: ô Lord, quicken me according to thyOr,
〈◊〉
. iudgement.
150 They drawe nere, that followe afterHe sheweth the nature of the wicked to be to persecute against their cōscience. malice, (and) are farre from thy Law.
151 Thou art nere, ô Lord for all thy commande ments (are) true.
152 I haue knowen long sinceHis faith is grounded vpon
〈◊〉
, that he wolde
〈◊〉
be
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his children be oppressed, by thy testimo nies, that thou hast established them for euer.
RESH.
153 Beholde mine afflictiō, and deliuer me: for I haue not forgotten thy Law.
154 Pleade my cause, and deliuer me: quicken me according vnto thyFor
〈◊〉
Gods promes there is no
〈◊〉
of deliuerance. worde.
155 Saluacion (is) farre from the wicked, becau se they seke not thy statutes.
156 Great are thy tender mercies, ô Lord: quicken me according to thyAccording to thy
〈◊〉
ade in the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
because the wicked
〈◊〉
they can haue no hope
〈◊〉
salnaciō. iudgements.
157 My persecutours and mine oppressours (are) manie: (yet) do I not
〈◊〉
from thy te stimonies.
158 I sawe the transgressours and wasMy
〈◊〉
consumed me, when
〈◊〉
. We
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
of thy
〈◊〉
. grieued, because they kept not thy worde.
159 Consider, ô Lord, how I
〈◊〉
is
〈◊〉
signe of our
〈◊〉
, when we loue the Law of God. loue thy precepts quicken me according to thy louing kindenes.
160 TheSince
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
promised, euen to the end all thy sayings
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. beginning of thy worde is trueth, and all the iudgements of thy righteousnes (endure) for euer.
SCHIN.
161 Princes haueThe
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
colde not cause me to
〈◊〉
to confesse thee,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
men. persecuted me without cause, but mine heart stode in awe of thy wordes
162 I reioyce at thy worde, as one that findeth a great spoile.
163 I hate falsehode and abhorre it, (but) thy Lawe do I loue.
164 That is, often &
〈◊〉
times. Seuen times a daie do I praise thee, because of thy righteous iudgements.
165 They, that loue thy Law, shal haue great prosperitie, and they shal haue none hurt.c For their conscience
〈◊〉
them that thei
〈◊〉
thee
〈◊〉
as they,
〈◊〉
loue not thee, haue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
166 Lord, haueHe sheweth that we must
〈◊〉
haue faith, before we can worke and please God. trusted in thy saluacion, and haue done thy commandements.
167 My soule hathe kept thy testimonies: for I loue them excedingly.
168 I haue kept thy precepts and thy testimonies:I had no
〈◊〉
of men, but
〈◊〉
thee alwaies
〈◊〉
mine
〈◊〉
, as the iudge of my doings. for all my waies (are) before thee.
TAV,
169 Let my cōplaint come before thee, ô Lord, (and) giue me vnderstanding,As thou hast
〈◊〉
to be the scholemaster vnto all
〈◊〉
, that
〈◊〉
on thee. according vn to thy worde.
170 Let my supplicatiō come before thee, (&) deliuer me according to thy promes.
171 My lippes shalThe worde
〈◊〉
to powre
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
speake praise, when thou hastAll his praier, and
〈◊〉
is, to profit in the wor de
〈◊〉
God. taught me thy statutes.
172 My tongue shal in treate of thy worde: for all thy commandements (are) righteous.
173 Let thine hand helpe me: for I haue chosen thy precepts.
174 I haue longed for thy saluacion, ô Lord, & thy Law (is) my delite.
175 Let my soule liue, and it shal praise thee, and thyThat is, thy
〈◊〉
uident care ouer me, and here with thou wilt iudge mine enemies iudgements shal helpe me.
176 I haueBeing chased to and fro by
〈◊〉
ne enemies, and hauing no place to rest in. gone astraye like a lost shepe seke thy seruant, for i do not forget thy commandements.
PSAL. CXX.
1 The prayer of Dauid being vexed by the false reportes of Sauls flatterers. 5 And therefore he lamenteth his long abode among those infideles, 7 who were giuen to all kinde of wickednes and contention.
¶ A song ofThat is, of
〈◊〉
vp the tune and rising in singing. degrees.
1 I Called vnto the Lord in my
〈◊〉
the chil
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
God
〈◊〉
to reioyce,
〈◊〉
they suffer for righteousnes sake yet it is a great grief to the flesh to
〈◊〉
euil for wel doing. trouble, and he heard me.
2 Deliuer my soule, ô Lord, from lying lippes, (and) from a deceitful tongue.
3 What doeth (thy)He assured him self that God wol de turne their craft to their owne destructiō. deceitful tongue bring vnto thee? or what doeth it auaile thee?
4 (It is as) theHe sheweth that there is nothing so sharpe to perce, nor so
〈◊〉
to set on fyre as a sclanderous
〈◊〉
. sharpe arrowes of a mightie man, and (as) the coles of iuniper.
5 Wo is to me that I remaine inThese were people of Arabia, which came of laphét. Gene. 10. 2. Méshech, (&) dwell in the tentes ofThat is, of the I
〈◊〉
. Kedár.
6 My
〈◊〉
hathe to long dwelt with him that hateth peace.
7 I (seke)He declareth what he meaneth by Meshech, and Kedár: to wit, the
〈◊〉
which had dege nerate from their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and hated and contended against the faithful. peace, and whē I speake (thereof,) they are (bent) to warre.
PSAL. CXXI.
2 This Psalme teacheth that the faithful ought onely to loke for helpe at God. 7 VVho onely doeth mainteine, preserue and prosper his Church.
¶ A song of degrees.
1 I Wil lift mine eyesOr, aboue the
〈◊〉
: mea ning, that here is nothing so high in this worlde, wherein he can trust, but onely in God. vnto the mountaines, from whence mine helpe shal come.
2 Mine helpe (commeth) frō the Lord, which hathe made theHe accuseth mans ingratitude which can not de pend on Gods po wer. heauen and the earth.
3 He wil not suffer thy fore to slippe: (for) he that kepeth thee, wil notHe sheweth that Gods prouidence not onely watcheth ouer his Church in general, but also ouer euerie member thereof. slumber,
4 Beholde, he that kepeth Israél, wil nether slumber nor slepe.
5 The Lord (is) thy keper: the Lord (is) thy shadowe at thy right hand.
6 The sunne shal not
〈◊〉
heate nor colde, nor anie incommodi tie shalbe able to destroie Gods Church: albeit for a time they maie molest it. smite thee by daie, nor the moone by night.
7 The Lord shal preserue thee from all euil: he shal kepe thy soule.
8 The Lord shal preserue thyWhatsoeuer thou doest enterprise shal haue good successe. going out, and thy
〈◊〉
in from hence forthe and for euer.
PSAL. CXXII.
1 Dauid reioyceth in the name of the faithful, that God hathe accomplished his promes, and placed his Arke in Zión 5 For the which he giueth thankes. 8 And praieth for the prosperitie of the Church.
¶ A song of degrees, or Psalme of Dauid.
1 IHe reioyceth that God had appointed a place, where the Arke shulde stil remai ne. Reioyced, when they said to me, We wil go into the house of the Lord.
2 OurWhich were wonte to wander to and
〈◊〉
, as the Arke remoued. fete shal stand in thy gates, ô Ierusalém.
3 Ierusalém (is) buylded as a citie, that isBy the artificial
〈◊〉
and beau tie of the houses he
〈◊〉
the concord, & loue that was betwene the citizens. compact together in it self:
4 WhereuntoAll the tribes according to Gods
〈◊〉
shal come and praye
〈◊〉
. the tribes, (euen) the tribes of the Lord go vp (according) to the testimonie to Israél, to praise the Name of the Lord.
5 For there are thrones set for iudgement, (euen) the thrones of the house ofIn whose house God placed the throne of iustice, and made it a figure of
〈◊〉
kingdome. Dauid.
6 Praise for the peace of Ierusalém: let thē pro sper that loue thee.
7 Peace be within thyThe fauour of God
〈◊〉
thee bothe within & without. walles, (and) prosperitie within thy palaces.
8 For myNot onely for mine owne sake, but for all the faithful. brethren and neighbours sakes I wil wish thee now prosperitie.
9 Because of the House of the Lord our God, I wil procure thy welth.
PSAL. CXXIII.
1 A praier of the faithful, which were afflicted ether in Babylō or vnder Antiochus by the wicked worldelings and contemners of God.
¶ A song of degrees.
1 I Lift vp mine eyes to thee, that dwellest in the heauens.
2 Beholde, as the eyes ofHe compareth the
〈◊〉
of the godlie to seruants that are de stitute of all helpe assuring that when all other helpes faile, God is euer at hand & like him self. seruants (loke) vnto the hand of their masters, (and) as the eyes of a maiden vnto the hād of her mastres: so our eyes (waite) vpon the Lord our God vntil he haue mercie vpon vs.
3 Haue mercie vpon vs, ô Lord, haue mercie vpon vs: for we haueHe declareth that
〈◊〉
the faith ful are so ful, that they cā no more endure the oppressions, & scornings of the wicked, there is
〈◊〉
helpe aboue, if with hūgrie desires they call for it. suffred to muche contempt.
4 Our soule is filled to ful of the mocking of the welthie, (and) of the despitefulnes of the proude.
PSAL. CXXIIII.
2 The people of God, escaping a great peril, do acknowledge them selues to be deliuered not by their owne force but by the power of God, 4 They declare the greatnes of the peril. 6 And praise the Name of God.
¶ A song of degrees or Psalme of Dauid.
1 IF the Lord had notHe
〈◊〉
that God was rea die to helpe at
〈◊〉
de, & that there was none other waie to be saued, but by his
〈◊〉
meanes. bene on our side, [maie Israél now say]
2 If the Lord had not bene on our side, when men rose vp against vs,
3 They had then swallowed vs vpSo vnable were we to
〈◊〉
. quicke, when their wrath was kindled against vs.
4 Then theHe vseth
〈◊〉
propre
〈◊〉
to expresse the great dāger that the
〈◊〉
was in, & out of the which God miraculously deliuered them. waters had drowned vs, (and) the streame had gone ouer our soule:
5 Then had the swelling waters gone ouer our soule.
6 Praised (be) the Lord, which hathe not giuē vs (as) a praye vnto their teeth.
7 Our soule is escaped, euen as a birde out of theFor the wicked did not onely furiously rage against the faithful,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
imagined to destroye them. snare of the foulers: the snare is broken and we are deliuered.
8 Our helpe (is) in the Name of the Lord, which hathe made heauen and earth.
PSAL. CXXV.
1 He describeth the
〈◊〉
of the faithful in their afflictions. 4 And desireth their welth, 5 And the destructiō of the wicked.
¶ A song of degrees.
1 THei that trust in the Lord, (shalbe) as mount Ziôn, (which) can not beThogh the worlde be subiect to
〈◊〉
, yet the people of God shal stand sure & be defended by Gods
〈◊〉
. remoued, (but) remaineth foreuer.
2 (As) the mountaines (are) about Ierusalém: so (
〈◊〉
) the Lord about his people from hence for the and for euer.
3 For theThogh God
〈◊〉
his to be vn der the crosse,
〈◊〉
thei shulde imbrace wickednes yet this
〈◊〉
shal not so rest vpon thē, that it shulde driue thē from hope. rod of the wicked shal not rest on the lot of the righteous, lest the righteous put forthe their hand vnto wickednes.
4 Do wel, ô Lord, vnto those that be good & true in their hearts.
5 c But these that turne aside by their crokedd He desireth God to purge his Church from hypocrites & suche as haue no zeale of the trueth. (waies,) them shal the Lord leade with the workers of iniquitie: (but) peace (shalbe) vpon Israél.
PSAL. CXXVI.
1 This Psalme was made after the returne of the people frō Babylon, and sheweth that the meane of their
〈◊〉
was wonderful after the seuentie yeres of captiuitie
〈◊〉
respoken by Ieremie chap. 25 12. and 29. 10.
¶ A song of degrees or Psalme of Dauid.
1 WHen the Lord broght againe the captiuitie of Zión, we were like them thatTheir deliuerance was as a thing incredible, and
〈◊〉
toke awaye all excuse of ingratitude. dreame.
2 Then was our mouthHe sheweth how the godlie ought to reioyce when God gathe reth his
〈◊〉
or deliuereth it. filled with laughter, and our tongue with ioye: then said they among theIf the
〈◊〉
confesse Gods wonderful wor ke, the faithful cā neuer shewe thē selues sufficiently thankeful. heathen, The Lord hathe done great things for them.
3 The Lord hathe done great things for vs, (whereof) we reioyce.
4 O Lord, bring againe our captiuitie, as theIt is no more impossible to God to deliuer his people, then to cause the, riuers to runne in the wildernes and barren places. riuers in the South.
5 They that sowe in teares, shal reape in ioye.
6 They went weping and cariedThat is, sede which was
〈◊〉
and dere: mea ning, that they which trusted in Gods promes to returne, had their desire. precious sede: (but) they shal returne with ioye and bring their sheaues.
PSAL. CXXVII.
1 He sheweth that the whole estate of the worlde, both do mestical and political standeth by Gods mere prouidence and blessing, 3 And that to haue children wel nurtred is an especial grace and gift of God.
¶ A song of degrees or Psalme of Salomón.
1 EXcept the LordThat is, gouerne and dispose all things perteining to the
〈◊〉
. buylde the house, they labour in vaine that buylde it: except the Lord kepe theThe publike
〈◊〉
of the cōmu ne welth. citie, the keper watcheth in vaine.
2 It is in vaine forWhich watche & warde, and are also magistrates, and
〈◊〉
of the cities. you to rise early, (&) to lye downe late, (and) eat the bread
〈◊〉
that, which is gotten by
〈◊〉
labour, or eaten with grief of minde. of sorow: (but) he wil surely giueNot exempting them frō labour, but making their labours comfortable, and as it were a rest. rest to his beloued.
3 Beholde, children are the inheritance of the Lord, (and) the frute of the wombe (his) rewarde.
4 As (are) the arrowes in the hand of the strōg man: so (are) theThat is,
〈◊〉
with
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
frō God: for
〈◊〉
are signes of Gods blessings, and not the nomber. children of youth.
5 Blessed (is) the man, that hathe his quiuerful of them: (for) theySuche children shalbe able to stop their aduersaries mou thes, when their godlie life is maliciously accused before iudges. shal not be ashamed, when they spake with (their) enemies in the gate.
PSAL. CXXVIII.
1 He sheweth that blessednes apperteineth not to all vniuersally, but to them onely that feare the Lord, and walke in his wayes.
¶ A sing of degrees.
1 BLessed (is) euerie one that feareth the Lord and walketh in hisGod approueth not our life, except it be reformed, according to his worde. wayes.
2 When thou eatest the labours of thineThe worlde estemeth thē happie, which
〈◊〉
in welth, and ydle nes: but the holie Gost approueth them best, that liue of the meane profit of their labours. hāds thou shalt be blessed, and it shalbe wel with thee.
3 Thy wife (shalbe) as the fruteful vine on the sides of thine house, (and) thyBecause Gods fauour appeareth in none outward things more thē in
〈◊〉
ease of chil
〈◊〉
he promiseth to enriche the faithful with this gift. children the oliue plants round about thy table.
4 Lo, surely thus shal the man be blessed, that feareth the Lord.
5 The Lord out of Zión shalBecause of the spiritual blessing which God hathe made to his Church, these temporal things shal be graunted. blesse thee and thou shalt se the welth ofFor except God blessed his Church publickely, his priuate blessing were nothing. Ierusalém all the dayes of thy life.
6 Yea, thou shalt se thy childrens childrē, (&) peace vpon Israél.
PSAL. CXXIX.
1 He admonisheth the Church to reioyce thogh it be affli cted 4
〈◊〉
by the righteous Lord it shalbe deliuered, 6 And the enemies for all their glorious shewe, shal sudden ly be destroyed.
¶ A song of degrees.
1 THey haue often times afflicted me from my youth [mayThe Church now afflicted ought to remem ber,
〈◊〉
her con dition hathe euer bene suche from the beginning: to be molested most grieuously by the wicked: yet in time it hath euer bene deliuered. Israél now say]
2 They haue often times afflicted me from my youth: but they colde not preuaile against me.
3 The plowers plowed vpon my backe, (and) made long forowes.
4 (But) theBecause God is righteous, he can not but plague his
〈◊〉
, & deliuer his, as oxē out of the plowe righteous Lord hathe cut the cor des of the wicked.
5 They that hate Zion, shalbe all ashamed and turned backwarde.
6 The enemies that lift thēselues most high, and as it were,
〈◊〉
nere to the sunne are consumed with the heate of Gods
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
they are not grounded in godlie
〈◊〉
. They (shalbe) as the grasse on the house top pes, which withereth afore it cōmeth forthe
7 Whereof the mower filleth not his hand, ne ther the glainer his lap:
8 That is, the
〈◊〉
shal perish and none shal passe for them. Nether they, whiche go by, say, The blessing of the Lord (be) vpon you, (or,) We bles se you in the Name of the Lord.
PSAL. CXXX.
1 The people of God from their bottomles miseries do crie vnto God, and are heard, 3 They confesse their sinnes & flee vnto Gods mercie.
¶ A song of degrees.
1 OVt of theBeing in great distresse & sorow depe places haue I called vnto thee, ô Lord.
2 Lord, heare my voyce: let thine eares attend to the voice of my prayers.
3 If thou, ô Lord, straitly markest iniquities, o Lord,He declareth that we can not be iust before God, but by forgi uenes of sinnes. who shal stand?
4 But mercie (is) with thee, that thouBecause of natu re thou arr merci ful: therefore the faithful reuerence
〈◊〉
. maiest be feared.
5 I haue waited on the Lord: my soule hathe waited, and I haue trusted in his worde.
6 My soule (waiteth) on the Lord more thē the morning watche watcheth for the morning
7 Let Israél waite on the Lord: for with the Lord (is)He sheweth to whome the mercie of God doeth apperteine: to Israél, that is to the Church, & not to the reprobate. mercie, and with him (is) great redemption.
8 And he shal redeme Israél from all his iniqui ties.
PSAL. CXXXI.
1 Dauid charged with ambitiō and gredie desire to reigne protesteth his humilitie & modestie before God, and teacheth all men, what they shulde do.
¶ A song of degrees or Psalme of Dauid.
1 LOrd,He setteth forthe his great
〈◊〉
, as an exā ple to all rulers and gouerners. mine heart is not hawtie, nether are mine eyes
〈◊〉
, nether haue I walked in great matters and hid from me.
2 Surely I haue behaued my self, like one wainedb Which passe the measure and limites of his vocation. from his mother, and kept silence: I am in my self as one that isHe was voide of ambition and wicked desires. wained.
3 Let Israél waite on the Lord from hence forthe and for euer.
PSAL. CXXXII.
1 The faithful, grounding on Gods promes made vnto Da uid, desire that he wolde establish the same, bothe as touching his posteritie and the buylding of the Temple, to praye there as was fore spoken, Deut. 12, 5.
¶ A song of degrees.
1 LOrd, remēber Dauid with all hisThat is, with how great difficultie he came to the kingdome & with how great zeale and care he went about to build thy Temple afflictiō
2 Who sware vnto the Lord, (&) vowed vnto the mightie (God) of Iaakób, (saying,)
3 IBecause the chief charge of the King was to set for the Gods glorie, he she weth, that he colde take no rest, nether wolde go about anie worldelie thing, were it neuer so neces sarie, before he had executed his office. wil not enter into the tabernacle of mine house, not come vpon my palet (or) bed,
4 Nor suffer mine eyes to slepe, nor mine eye lids to slumber,
5 Vntil I fiade out a place for theThat is, the Arke, which was a signe of Gods pre sence. Lord, an ha bitacion for the mightie (God) of Iaakób.
6 Lo, we heard of it inThe commune
〈◊〉
was that the
〈◊〉
shulde rema ne in
〈◊〉
than: that is, in
〈◊〉
a plē
tiful place: but after we perceiued that thou woldest place it in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, whiche was
〈◊〉
as a forest &
〈◊〉
about onely with hilles. Ephráthah, (&) found it in the fields of the forest.
7 We wil entre into his Tabernacles, (and) worship before his fotestole.
8 Arise, ô Lord, (to come) into thyThat is, Ierusalem, because that after ward his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
remoue to none other place. rest, thou, and the Arke of thy strength.
9 Let thy Priests be clothed withLet the essect of thy
〈◊〉
bothe appeare in the Priests and in the people. righteousnes, and let thy Saintes reioyce.
10 For thyAs thou first madest promesto Dauid, so continue it to his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, that whatsoeuer they shal aske for their people,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
be granted. seruant Dauids sake refuse not the face of thine Anointed.
11 The Lord hathe sworne in trueth vnto Dauid, and he wil not shrinke from it, (saying,) Of the frute of thy bodie wil I set vpon thy throne.
12 If thy sonnes kepe my couenant, and my te stimonies, that I shal teache them, their sonnes also shal sit vpon thy throne forBecause this can not be
〈◊〉
but in Christ, it followeth that the
〈◊〉
was spiritual. euer.
13 For the Lord hathe chosen Zion, (&) loued to dwell in it, (saying,)
14 This is my rest for euer: here wil I dwell, for I haue aMeaning, for
〈◊〉
owne sake, & not for the
〈◊〉
of the place: for he promiseth to blesse it, declaring before, that it was
〈◊〉
delite therein.
15 I wil surely blesse her vitailes, (&) wil satisfie her poore with bread,
16 And wil clothe her Priests withThat
〈◊〉
, with my protection, whereby they shalbe safe. saluacion, and her Saintes shal showte for ioye.
17 There wil I make theThogh his force for a time semed to be
〈◊〉
, yet he promiseth to restore it. horne of Dauid to bud: (for) I haue ordeined a light for mine Anointed.
18 His enemies wil I clothe with shame, but on him his crowne shal florish.
PSAL. CXXXIII.
1 This psalme conteineth the commendacion of brotherlie amitie among the seruants of God.
¶ A song of degrees or Psalme of Dauid.
1 BEholde, how good & how comelie a thīg it is, brethren to dwell euenBecause the greatest parte were against Da uid, thogh some
〈◊〉
him, yet when he was established King at length thei ioy
〈◊〉
all
〈◊〉
like brethren: and therfore he
〈◊〉
eth by these simi
〈◊〉
the commoditie of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. together.
2 (It is) like to the precious
〈◊〉
ointment was a figure of the graces, which come frō Christ the
〈◊〉
vn o his
〈◊〉
ointment vpon the head, that runneth downe vpō the beard (euē) vnto Aarons beard, which wēt downe on the border of his garments:
3 (And) as the dewe of
〈◊〉
& zion
〈◊〉
meaneth the plentiful
〈◊〉
about Ierusalém. Hermōn, which falleth vpon the moūtaines of Ziōn: forVVhere
〈◊〉
is suche concorde. there the Lord appointed the blessing (&) life for euer.
PSAL. CXXXIIII.
1 He
〈◊〉
the Leuites, watching in the Temple, to praise the Lord.
¶ A song of degrees.
1 BEholde, praise ye the Lord, all yeYe that are Leuites & chiefly ap pointed to this office. seruāts of the Lord, ye that by night stand in the House of the Lord.
2 Lift vp yourFor their
〈◊〉
arge was not onely to kepe the Tē ple but to praye
〈◊〉
and to giue God
〈◊〉
. hands to the Sanctuarie, and praise the Lord.
3 The Lord, that hatheAnd therefore hathe all power, blesse thee with his Fatherlie loue declared in zion, Thus the Leuites vsed to praise the Lord, and blesse the people. made heauen & earth, blesse thee out of Zión.
PSAL. CXXXV.
1 He exhorteth all the faithful, of what estate so euer they be, to praise God for his maruelous workes, 12 And specially for his graces toward his people, wherein he hathe declared his maiestie, 15 To the confusion of all idolaters and their idoles.
¶ Praise ye the Lord.
1 PRaise the Name of the Lord: ye seruants of the Lord, prayse (him.)
2 Ye that stand in theYe Leuites
〈◊〉
are in his Sanctua
〈◊〉
. House of the Lord, (&) in theMeaning the people: for the people and Leuites had their cour tes, which
〈◊〉
places of the
〈◊〉
separate. courtes of the House of our God,
3 Praise ye the Lord: for the Lord is good: sing praises vnto his Name: for it is a comelie thing.
4 For the Lord hatheThat is, hathe frely loued thep o
〈◊〉
of Abrahám. chosen Iaakōb to him selfe, (and) Israél for his chief treasure.
5 For I know that the Lord (is) great, and that our Lord (is) aboue all gods.
6 Whatsoeuer pleased the Lord, thatHe ioyneth Gods power with his wil, to the
〈◊〉
that we shulde not separat them: & hereby he willeth Gods people to depend on his power, which, he confirmeth by examples. did he in heauē and in earth, in the sea, and in all the depths.
7 He bringeth vp the cloudes from the ends of the earth, and maketh the * lightnings with the raine: he draweth forthe the winde out of his treasures.
8 * He smote the first borne of Egypt bothe of man and beast.
9 He hathe sent tokens and wonders into theIere. 10, 12. middes of thee, ô Egypt, vpon Pharaōh, andExod. 12, 19. vpon all his seruants.
10 * He smote manie nacions, and slewe mightieNom. 21, 1. & 24, 33. Kings:
11 (As)
〈◊〉
King of the Amorites, and Og King of Bashán, and all the kingdomes of Canáan:
12 AndHe sheweth what fiute the godlie cōceiue of Gods power, whereby theise how he destroyeth his enemies, & deliuereth his people. gaue their land for an inheritance, (euen) an inheritance vnto Israél his people.
13 Thy Name, ô Lord, (endureth) for euer: ô Lord, thy remembrance (is) from generation to generation.
14 For the Lord wilThat is, gouerne and defende his people. iudge his people, and be pacified towards his seruants.
15 TheBy shewing what
〈◊〉
God appointeth for the heathen idolaters, he war neth his people to beware the like
〈◊〉
, seing that idoles haue nether power nor life, and that their deliuerance came not by ido les, but by the mightie power of God. read psal.
〈◊〉
, vers. 4. idoles of the heathen (are) siluer and golde, (euen) the worke of mens
〈◊〉
.
16 Thei haue a mouth, and speake not: they ha ue eyes and se not:
17 They haue eares and heare not, nether is there anie breath in their mouth.
18 Thei that make them, are like vnto them: (so are) all that trust in them.
19 Praise the Lord, ye house of Israél: praise the Lord, ye house of Aarōn.
20 Praise the Lord, ye house of Leui: ye that feare the Lord, praise the Lord.
21 Praised (be) the Lord out of Ziōn, whiche dwelleth in Ierusalém. Praise ye the Lord.
PSAL. CXXXVI.
1 A moste earnest exhortation to giue thankes vnto God for the creation & gouernāce of all things which stādeth in confessing that he giueth vs all of his mere liberalitie.
1 PRaise ye the Lord, because he is good: for his By this
〈◊〉
tion he sheweth that the least of Gods benefites binde vs to thankesgiuing: but chiefly hismercie which is principally declared to wards his Church mercie (endureth) for euer.
2
〈◊〉
ye the GOD of gods: for his mercie
(endureth) for euer.
3 Praise ye the Lord of lords: for his mercie (endureth) for euer.
4 Which onelie doeth great wonders: for his mercie (endureth) for euer:
5 Which by (his) wisdome made the heauens: for his mercie (endureth) for euer:
6 Which hathe stretched out the earth vpon the waters: for hisThis was a cō
mune kinde of thankesgiuing, which the whole people vsed, whē thei had receiued anie benefite of God, as. 2. Chro. 7. 6 and 20.
〈◊〉
meaning that God was not onely mere ful to their fathers, but also continued the same to their po
〈◊〉
. mercie (endureth) for euer.
7 Which made great lights: for his mercie (en dureth) for euer:
8 (As) the sunne to rule the daie: for his mercie (endureth) for euer:
9 The moone and the starres to gouerne the night: for his mercie (endureth) for euer:
10 Which smote Egypt with their first borne [for his mercie (endureth) for euer]
11 AndGods merciful prouidence toward man appea reth in al his crea tures, but chiefly in that that he de liueredhis Church from the
〈◊〉
me of their enemies. broght out Israél from among them [for his mercie (endureth) for euer]
12 With a mightie hand andIn doing such a worke as was neuer done before, nor that anie other colde do. stretched out arme: for his mercie (endureth) for euer:
13 Which diuided the red Sea in two partes: for his mercie (endureth) for euer
14 And made Israél to passe through the middes of it: for his mercie (endureth) for euer:
15 And ouerthrowe Pharaōh & his hoste in the red Sea: for his mercie (endureth) for euer:
16 Which led his people through thewhere for the space of
〈◊〉
ye res he shewed in finite and moste strange wonders. wildernes: for his mercie (endureth) for euer:
17 Which smote great Kings: for his mercie (endureth) for euer:
18 And sleweDeclaring therby that no power nor autoritie was so dere vnto him as the loue of his Church. mightie Kings: for his mercie (endureth) for euer:
19 (As)
〈◊〉
King of the Amorites: for his mer cie (endureth) for euer:
20 And Og the King of Bashán: for his mercie (endureth) for euer:
21 And gaue their land for an heritage: for his mercie (endureth) for euer:
22 (Euen) an heritage vnto Israél his seruant: for his mercie (endureth) for euer:
23 Which remembred vs in ourIn our greatest
〈◊〉
&. sclauerie, when we loked for nothing lesse then to haue had anie succour. base estate: for his mercie (endureth) for euer:
24 And hathe rescued vs from our oppressours for his mercie (en dureth) for euer:
25 Which giueth foode to allSeing that God prouideth, euen for the beastes: muche more hathe he care ouer his.
〈◊〉
: for his mercie (endureth) for euer.
26 Seing that all ages haue had most plaine testimonies of Gods benefites. Praise ye the God of heauen: for his mercie (endureth) for euer.
PSAL. CXXXVII,
1 The people of God in their banishment seing Gods true religion decaie, liued in great anguish and sorowe of heart the which grief the Chaldeans did so litle pitie, 3. That thei rather increased the same daiely with tauntes, reproches and blasphemies against God. 7 wherefore the Israelites desire God first to punish the Edomites, who prouoked the Babylonians against them. 8 And mo ued by the Spirit of God, prophecie the destruction of Ba bylon. where thei were handled so tyrannously.
1 BY the riuers of Babél weThat is, we abo dea long time: &
〈◊〉
that the co untrei was pleasant, yet colde it not
〈◊〉
our teares, not turne vs from the true ser uice of our God. sate, and there we wept, when we remembred Ziōn.
2 We hanged our harpes vpon the willowes in the middesTo wir, of that countrey. thereof.
3 Then thei that led vs captiues,The Babyloniās spake thus inmoe king vs, as thogh by our silence we shulde signifie that we hoped no more in God. required of vs songs and mirth, when we had hanged vp (our harpes, saying,) Sing vs (one) of the songs of Zión.
4 How shal we sing, (said we,) a song of the Lord in a strange land?
5 Albeit the faith ful are touched with their parti cular griefs, yet the commune so rowe of the Church is moste
〈◊〉
vnto them, & are
〈◊〉
as thei can not but remember & lament. If I forget thee, ô Ierusalém, let my right hand forget (to play.)
6 If I do not remembre thee, let my tōgue clea ue to the rofe of my mouth: (yea,) if I preferre not Ierusalém to myThe decaye of Gods religion in their
〈◊〉
was so grieuous, that no ioye colde make them glad, except it was restored chiefioye.
7 Remember the children ofAccording as Ezekiel 25, 13, & Ieremie 49, 7 vers. prophecied: & Abdias vers. 10 she we h that the
〈◊〉
, which came of
〈◊〉
, conspired with the Baby lonians against their bre thren and
〈◊〉
like. Edom, ô Lord, in theVVhen thou didest visit Ierusalém. daye of Ierusalém, which said, Rase it, rase it to the fundacion thereof.
8 O daughter of Babél, worthie to be destroied blessed (shal he be) that re wardeth thee, as thou hast serued vs.
9 He alludeth to Isaies prophecie chap. 13, and 16. vers promising good succes to Cyrus and Darius, whome ambition
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
against Babylon: but God vsed them as his rods to punish his enemies. Blessed (shal he be) that taketh and dasheth thy children against the stones.
PSAL. CXXXVIII.
1 Dauid with great courage, praiseth the goodnes of God toward him, the which is so great, 2 That it is knowen to forren princes who shal praise the Lord together with him. 6 And he is assured to haue like comfort of God in the time following, as he hathe had hereto fore.
¶ A Psalme of Dauid.
1 I Wil praise thee with my whole heart: (euē) before theEuen in the pre sence of Angels & of thē, that haue autoritie among men. gods wil I praise thee.
2 I wil worship toward thine holieBothe the Tem ple &
〈◊〉
seruice at Christs cōming were abolished: so that now God wil be worshiped onely in spirit & trueth Temple and praise thy Name, because of thy louing kindenes and for thy trueth: for thou hast magnified thy Name aboue all things by thy worde.
3 When I called, then thou heardest me, (and) hastThou hast strēg thened me
〈◊〉
mine outward & inward enemie. increased strength in my soule.
4 All theAll the
〈◊〉
shal confesse that thou hast wonderfully preserued me, &
〈◊〉
med thy promes Kings of the earth shal praise thee, ô Lord: for they haue heard the wordes of thy mouth.
5 And thei shal sing of the wayes of the Lord, because the glorie of the Lord (is) great.
6 For the Lord is high: yet he beholdeth the lowely, but the proud he knowethDistance of pla ce can not hinder God to shewe mercie to his, & to iudge the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, thogh they thinke that he is farre of. a farreof
7 Thogh I walke in the middes of trouble, (yet) wilt thou reuiue me: thou wilt stretch forthe thine hand vpon the wrath of mine enemies, and thy right hand shal saue me.
8 The Lord wilThogh
〈◊〉
ene mies rage neuer so much, yet the Lord, which hath begon his worke in me, wil continue his grace to the end. performe (his worke) toward me: ô Lord, thy mercie (endureth) for euer: forsake not the workes of thine hands.
PSAL. CXXXIX.
1 Dauid to cleanse his heart from all hypocrisie sheweth that there is nothing so hid, whiche GOD seeth not, 13 which he consirmeth by the creation of man. 14
〈◊〉
declaring his zeale and feare of God, he protesteth to be enemie to all them that contemne God.
¶ To him that excelleth. A Psalme of Dauid.
1 O Lord, thou hast tryed me & knowē (me.)
2 Thou knowest myHe
〈◊〉
that nether our actiōs, thoghts or anie parte of our life can be hid to God, thogh
〈◊〉
seme to be
〈◊〉
of. sitting & my rising: thou vnderstandest my thoght a farreof.
3 Thou So that thei are euidently knowen to thee. compassest my paths, and my lying
downe, and art accustomed to all my waies.
4 For there is not a worde in myThou knowest my meaning before I speake. tōgue (but) lo, thou knowest it wholly, ô Lord.
5 Thou holdest me strait behinde and before, and laiest thineThou so guidest me with thi
〈◊〉
hand, that I cā turne no waie but where thou appointest me. hand vpon me.
6 (Thy) knowledge is to wonderful for me: it is so high that I can not (atteine) vnto it.
7 Whether shal I go from thyFrom thy power and knowledge? Spirit? or whe ther shal I flee from thy presence?
8 If I ascend into heauē, thou art there: if I lie downe in hel, thou art there.
9 Let me take the wings of the morning, (&) dwell in the vttermost partes of the sea:
10 Yet thether shal thineThy power doeth so fast holde me, that I can escape by no meanes frō thee. hand lead me, and thy right hand holde me.
11 If I saie, Yet the darkenes shal hide me euē the night (shalbe)Thogh darkenes be an hinderāce to mās sight yet it serneth thine eves as wel as the light. light about me.
12 Yea, the darkenes hideth not from thee: but the night shineth as the daie: the darknes & light are bothe a like.
13 For thou hastThou hast made me in all
〈◊〉
and therfore must nedes knowe me possessed my reines: thou hast couered me in my mothers wombe.
14 I wil praise thee, for I amCōsidering thy wonderful worke in forming me
〈◊〉
cā not but praise thee and feare thy mightie pow er. fearfully & wonderously made: maruelous (are) thy workes, an my soule knoweth it wel.
15 My bones are not hid from thee,
〈◊〉
I was made in a secret (place, and) facionedThat is, in my mothers wombe which he compa reth to the inward partes of the earth. beneth in the earth.
16 Thine eyes did se me, when I was with out forme:Seing that thou didest knowe me before I was composed of ether flesh or bone, much more now must
〈◊〉
knowe me whē thou
〈◊〉
facioned me, for in thy boke were all things writen, (which) in continuance were facioned, when there was none of them (before.)
17 HowHow oughtwe to esteme the excellent declaratiō of thy wisdome in the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
dere therefore are thy thoghts vnto me, ô God! how great is the summe of thē!
18 If I shulde counte them, they are me then the sand: when I wake,I continually se newe
〈◊〉
to meditare in thy wisdome & to praise thee. I am stil with thee.
19 Oh that thou woldest slay, ô God, the wicked and bloodie men, (to whome I saie,) Departe ye from me:
20 Which speake wickedly of thee, (and) being thine enemies are lifted vp in vaine.
21 Do not IHe teacheth vs boldely to contemne all the hatred of the wicked and friendship of the worlde, when thei wolde let vs to serue God syncerely. hate them, ô Lord, that hate thee? and do not I earnestly contend with those that rise vp against thee?
22 I hate thē with an vnfained hatred, as they were mine (vtter) enemies.
23 Trye me, ô God, and knowe mine heart: proue me and knowe my thoghts,
24 And consider if there be anieOr anie henous
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
: meaning, that thogh he were subiect to finne: yet was he not giuen to wickednes and to prouoke God by rebellion. waie of wic kednes in me, and lead me in theThat is, continue thy fauour towards me to the end. waie for euer.
PSAL. CXL.
1 Danid complaineth of the crueltie, falsehode and iniuries of his ennemies. 8 Against the which he praieth vnto the Lord and assureth him self of his helpe and succour. 12 Wherefore he prouoketh the iust to praise the Lord, and to assure them selues of his tuition.
¶To him that excelleth. A Psalme of Dauid.
1 DEliuer me, ô Lord, from the euil man: pre serue me from theWhich persecuteth me of malice and without cause. cruel man:
2 Which imagine euil things in (their)That is, by
〈◊〉
false
〈◊〉
& lies thei kindle the
〈◊〉
of the wicked against me. heart (and) make warre continually.
3 They haue sharpened their tongues like a serpent:He sheweth what weapons the wicked vse, when power & force faile them. adders poyson (is) vnder their lippes. Sélah.
4 KepeHe declareth what isthe
〈◊〉
die of the godlie, when thei are
〈◊〉
pressed by the worldelings. me, ô Lord, from the hands of the wic ked: preserue me from the cruel man, which purposeth to cause my steppes to slide.
5 The proude haue laid a snare for me & spred a net with cordes in my path waye, & set gren nes for me. Sélah.
6 (Therefore) I said vnto the Lord, Thou art my God: heare, ô Lord, the voyce of my pray ers.
7 O Lord God the strength of my saluacion, thouHe calleth to God with liuelie faith, being assured of his mercies because he had before time prouen, that God hel ped him euer in his dangers. hast couered mine head in the daie of battel.
8 Let not the wicked haue his desire, ô Lord:For it is in Gods hand to ouerthro we the coun sels and enterpri ses of the wicked performe not his wicked thoght, (lest) they be proude. Sélah.
9 (As for)It semeth that he alludeth to Saul. the chief of them, that compasse me about, let the mischief of their ownelippes come vpon them.
10 Let coles fall vpon them: letTo wit, God: for Dauid saw that they
〈◊〉
probat and that therewas no hop of
〈◊〉
in them. him cast them into the fyre, (and) into the depe pittes, that they rise not.
11 (For) the backebiters shal not be established vpon the earth: euil shalGods plagues shal light vpon him
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
he shal not escape. hunt the cruel man to destruction.
12 I knowe that the Lord wil auenge the afflicted, (and) iudge the poore.
13 Surely the righteous shal praise thy Name, (and) the iust shalThat is, shalbe defended and preserued by thy Father he
〈◊〉
and care. dwell in thy presence.
PSAL. CXLI.
1 Dauid being grieuously persecuted vnder Saúl, onely
〈◊〉
voto God to haue succour, 3 Desiring
〈◊〉
to bridle his affections, that he maye paciently abide til God ta ke ven geance of his enemies.
¶ A Psalme of Dauid.
1 OLord, IHe sheweth thatthere is none other refuge in our necessities, but onely to flee vnto God for cō
fort of soule. call vpō thee: haste thee vnto me heare my voyce, when I crye vnto thee.
2 Let my prayer be directed in thy sight (as) in cense, (and) theHe meaneth his ear nest zeale & iesture, whiche he vsed in prayer alluding to the sa crifices, whiche were by Gods commandement
〈◊〉
in the olde Law. lifting vp of mine hand (as) an euening sacrifice.
3 Set a watche, ô Lord, before my mouth, (&) kepe theHe desireth God to kepe his thoghts & waies ether from thinking
〈◊〉
executing vengeance. dore of my lippes.
4 Incline not mine heart to euil, that I shulde cōmit wicked workes with men that worke iniquitie: and letme not eat of theirLet not their prosperitie allure
〈◊〉
to be wicked as they are. delicates.
5 Let the righteous smite me: (for that is) a benefite: & letHe colde abide all corrections, that came of
〈◊〉
louing heart. him reproue me, (& it shalbe) a precious oyle, that shal not breake mine head: for within a while I shal euenBy pacience I shal se the wicked so sharpely handled, that
〈◊〉
shal
〈◊〉
pitie praye for them. praie in their miseries.
6 When theiriudges shalbe cast downe in stonie places, they shal The people which followed their wicked rulers in
〈◊〉
the Prophet, shal repent and turne to God, when they se their wicked rulers punished. heare my wordes, for they are swete.
7 Our bones lie scattered at the Here appeareth that Dauid was miraculously deliuered out of manie deaths, as * 2. Cor. 1. 9. graues mouth, as he that he weth (wood) or diggeth in the earth.
8 But mine eyes (loke) vnto thee, ô Lord God: in thee is my trust: leaue not my soule destitute.
9 Kepe me from the snare, (which) they haue laied for me, and from the grēnes of the wor kers of iniquitie.
10 Let the wicked fall intoInto Gods
〈◊〉
, wherby he catcheth the wicked I their owne malice. his nettesSo that none of them escape. together, whiles I escape.
PSAL. CXLII,
1 The Prophet nether astonied with feare, nor caried awaie with angre, nor forced by desperation, wolde kil Saúl, but with a quiet
〈◊〉
directed his earnest praier to God, who did preserue him.
¶ A Psalme of Dauid, to giue instruction, and a prayer, when he was in the caue.
1 I Cryed vnto the Lord with my voyce: with my voyce IDauids pacience and
〈◊〉
praier to God cō
demneth their wicked rage, which in their troubles ether desparre and mur mureagainst God or els sake to others, thē to God, to haue redres in their miseries. praied vnto the Lord.
2 I powred out my meditacion before him, & declared mine affliction in his presence.
3 Thogh my spiritEbr. was folden or wrapped in me: meaning, as a thing that colde haue none yssue. was in perplexitie in me, yet thou knewest my path: in the waie, whe rein I walked, haue thei priuely laied a snare for me.
4 I loked vpon my right hand, & behelde, but there was none that wolde knowe me: all refuge failed me, (&) noneOr, soght for my soule. cared for my soule.
5 (Then) cryed I vnto thee, ô Lord, (and) said, Thou art mineThogh
〈◊〉
mea nes failed him yet he knewethat God wolde neue fo sake him. hope, (&) my porcion in the land of the liuing.
6 Hearken vnto my crye, for I am broght verie lowe: deliuer me from my persecuters, for thei are to strong for me.
7 Bring my soule out ofFor he was on all sides beset with his enemies as thogh he had bene in a most strait prison. prison, that I maie praise thy Name: (then) shal the righteousEther to reioyce at my wonderful deliuerance, or to set a crowne vpon mine head. come about me, when thou art beneficialvn to me.
PSAL. CXLIII.
1 An earnest praier for remission of sinnes, acknowledging that the enemies did thus
〈◊〉
persecute him by Gods iust iudgement. 8 He desireth to be restored to grace. 10 To be gouerned by his holie Spirit, that he maie spen de the remnant of his life in the true feare and seruice of God.
¶ A Psalme of Dauid.
1 HEare my praier, ô Lord, (and) hearken vnto my supplication: answer me in thyThat is, as thou hast promised to be faithful in thy promes to all that trust in thee. trueth (and) in thyThat is, according to thy fre goodnes,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thine. righteousnes.
2 [And entre not into iudgement with thy seruant: for in thyHe knewe that his
〈◊〉
were Gods messingers to cal
〈◊〉
to repentance for
〈◊〉
nes, thogh toward his enemies he was innocent, and that in Gods
〈◊〉
all men are sinners. sight shal none that liueth be iustified]
3 For the enemie hathe persecuted my soule: he hathe smiten my life downe to the earth: he hathe laied me in the darkenes, as thei that haue bene deadHe acknowled geth that God is the onelie and true phisicion to
〈◊〉
him: and that he is able to raise him to life, thogh he were dead long ago, & turned to asshes. long ago:
4 And my spirit was in perplexitie in me, (and) mineSo that onely by faith, and by the grace of Gods Spirit he wasvpholden. heart within me was amased.
5 (Yet) do I remember the timeTo wit, thy great benefites of olde, and the manifolde examples of thy fauour roward thine. past: I
〈◊〉
te in all thy workes, (yea,) I do meditate in the workes of thine hands.
6 I stretche forthe mine hands vnto thee: my soule desireth after thee, as the thirstie land. Sélah.
7 Heare me spedely, ô Lord, (for) my spirit fealeth: hide not thy face from me, els I shalbe like vnto them that go downe into the pit.
8 Let me heare thy louing kingdenes in theThat is, spedely & in dueseason. morning, for in thee is my trust:Let thine holie Spirit coūsel me how to come for the of these great cares & troubles. she we me the waie, that I shulde walke in, for I lift vp my soule vnto thee.
9 Deliuer me, ô Lord, from mine enemies: (for)I hid my self vnder the shadow of thy wings, that I might be defended by thy power. I hid me with thee.
10 Teache me toHe cōfesseth that bothe the knowledge and obedience of Gods wil commeth by the Spirit of God who teacheth vs by his Worde, giueth vnderstanding by his Spirit, and frameth our hearts by his grace to obey him. do thy wil, for thou art my God: let thy good Spirit lead me vnto the land ofThat is, iustly and aright for so sone as we decline from Gods wil, we fall into errour. righteousnes.
11 Quicken me, ô Lord, for thy Names sake, (and) for thy righteousnes bring my soule out of trouble.
12 And for thy mercieWhich shal be a signe of thy Fatherlie kindenes toward me. slay mine enemies, & destroie all them that oppresse my soule: for I am thy seruant,n Resigning my selfe wholly vnto thee, and trusting in thy protection.
PLAL. CXLIIII.
1 He praiseth the Lord with great affection and humilitie for his kingdome restored and for his victories obteined 5 Demanding helpe and the destruction of the wicked. 9 Promising to acknowledge the same with songs of praises. 15 And declareth wherein the felicitie of anie people consisteth.
¶ A Psalme of Dauid.
1 BLessed (be) the Lord my strength, whichWho of a
〈◊〉
shepherd hathe made me a valiāt warriour and mightie conquerour. teacheth mine hands to fight, (and) my fingers to battel.
2 (He is) my goodnes & my fortres, my tower &Ebr. my deliuerer vnto me: for the Propher can not satisfie him self with any Wordes. my deliuerer, my shield, & in him I trust, which subdueth myHe confesseth that nether by his owne
〈◊〉
, power not policie his kingdome was quiet, but by the secret grace of God. people vnder me.
3 Lord, what is man that thouTo giue vnto God iust praise in to confesse our selues to be vnworthie of so excellent benefites, and that he besto weth them vpon vs of his fre mercie. regardest him! (or) the sonne of man that thou thinkest vpon him!
4 Man is like to vanitie: his daies (are) like a shadowe, that vanisheth.
5He desireth God to continue
〈◊〉
graces and to send helpe for the present necessitie Bowe thine heauens, ô Lord, & come dow ne: touche the moūtaines & thei shal smoke.
6By these maner of speaches he sheweth that all the
〈◊〉
in the worlde can not hinder Gods power, which he
〈◊〉
by faith. Cast forthe the lightening and scatter them: shote out thine arrowes, and consume them.
7 Send thine hand from aboue: deliuerme, & take me out of the greatThat is, deliuer me from the
〈◊〉
of them that shulde be
〈◊〉
people, but are corrupt in their iudgement and entreprises, as thoght thei were strangers. waters, (and) from the hand of strangers,
8 Whose mouth talketh vanitie, & their right hand (is) a right handFor thogh thei shake hands, yet thei kepe not promes. of falsehode.
9 I wil sing aThat is, a rate and excellent song as thy great benefites deserue. newe song vnto thee, ô God, (and) sing vnto thee vpon a viole, (and) an in strument of ten strings.
10 (It is he) that giueth deliuerāce vnto Kings, (and) rescueth Dauid his Thogh wicked Kings be called Gods seruants, as Cyrus, * Isa. 45. 1. for asmuche as he vseth then to execute his iudgements: yet Dauid because of Gods promes, and they, that rule godly, are properly so called, because they serue not their owne affections, but set for the Gods glorie. seruant from the hurtful sworde,
11 Rescue me, and deliuerme from the hand of strangers, whose mouth talketh vanitie, and their right hand (is) a right hād of falsehode:
12 That our He desireth God to continue his benefites toward his people, counting the procreacion of children and their good education among the chie fest of Gods benefites. sonnes (maye be) as the
〈◊〉
plantes growing vp in their youth, (and) our daughters as the corner (stones,) grauen after the similitude of a palace:
13 That our That the ve: ie corners of our houses may be ful of
〈◊〉
for the great abundance of
〈◊〉
blessings. corners (may be) ful, and abunding with diuers sortes, (and) that our shepe
may bring forthe thousands & ten thousand in our stretes.
14 That ourHe attributeth not onely the great commodities, but euen the least also to Gods fauour. oxen may be strong to labour: that their be none inuasion, nor going out, nor no crying in our stretes:
15 Blessed (are) the people, that beAnd if God giue not to all his children all these blessings. yet he recompenseth them with better things. so, (yea,) blessed (are) the people, whose God is the Lord.
PSAL. CXLV.
This Psalme was composed, when the kingdome of Dauid florished. 1 VVherein he describeth the wonderful pro uidence of God, aswel in gouerning man, as in preseruing all the rest of his creatures. 17 He praiseth God for his iustice and mercie. 18 But specially for his louing kindenes toward those that call vpon him, that feare him and loue him: 21 For the which he promiseth to praise him for euer.
¶ A Psalme of Dauid of praise.
1 O My God (and) King,He sheweth what sacrifices are pleasant and acceptable vnto God: euen praise and thankesgiuing, and seing that God stil con tinueth his benefites towards, vs we oght neuer to be weariein praising him for the same. I wil extoll thee and wil blesse thy Name for euer and euer.
2 I wil blesse thee daily, and praise thy Name for euer and euer.
3Hereby he declareth that all power is subiect vnto God, and that no worldlie promotion oght to obscure Gods glorie. Great (is) the Lord, and moste worthie to be praised, and his greatnes (is) incompre hensible.
4 Generation shal praise thy workes vntoFor as muche as the end of mans creation: and of his preseruation in this life is to praise God, there fore he requireth, that not onely we out selues do this, but cause all other to do the same. generation, and declare thy power.
5 I wil meditate of the beautie of thy glorious maiestie, and thy wonderful workes,
6 and they shal speake of the power of thyOf thy terrible iudgements against the wicked. feareful Actes, and I wil declare thy greatnes.
7 They shal breake out into the mention of thy great goodnes, and shal sing aloude of thy righteousnes.
8 * The Lord is gratious andHe describath after what sorte God sheweth him self to all his creatures, thogh our sinnes haue prouoked his ven geance against all to Wit, merciful not onely in par doning the sinnes of his elect, but in doing good euen to the reprobate albeit they can not fele theswere comfort of the same. merciful, slowe to angre, and of great mercie.
9 The Lord is good to all, and his mercies are ouer all his workes.
10 All thy workes praise thee, ô Lord, and thy Saints blesse thee.
11The praise of thy glorie appea reth in all thy creatures: and thogh the wicked wolde obscu re the same by their silence, yet the faithful are euer mindeful of the same. They shewe the glorie of thy kingdome and speake of thy power,
12 To cause hisHe sheweth that all things are out of ordre, but onely where God reigneth. * Luk 1 31. * Dan. 7 14. power to be knowen to theExod. 34. 6. sonnes of men, and the glourious renome of his kingdome.
13 Thy * kindome (is) an euerlasting kingdome, and thy dominion (endureth) throughout all ages.
14 The Lord vpholdeth allwho being in miserie and afflict on wolde fainte and fall away, if God did not vp holde them, and therefore they oght to reuerence him, that reigneth in heauen and suffer them selues to be gouerned by him. that fall, and lifteth vp all that are readie to fall.
15 The eyes ofTo wit, aswel of man, as of beast. all waite vpon thee, and thou giuest them their meat in due season.
16 Thou opene st thine hand fillest all things liuing of (thy) good pleasure.
17 The Lord (is)He praiseth God not onely for that he is
〈◊〉
to all his creatures, but also in that that he iustly punisheth the wicked, and mercifully examineth his by the crosse, giuing them strength and deliuering thē. righteous in all his waies, and holie in all his workes.
18 The Lord (is) nere vnto all that call vpon him: (yea) to al that call vpon him inWhich onely apperteineth to the faithful: and this vertue is contrarie to infidelitie, douting,
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
. trueth.
19 He wil fulfil theFor they wil aske or wise for nothing, but according to his wil. * 1. ioh. 5. 14. desire of them that feare him: he also wil heare their crye, and wil saue them.
20 The Lord preserueth all them that loue him but he wil destroye all the wicked.
21 My mouth shal speake the praise of the Lord and allThat is, all men shalbe bounde to praise him. flesh shal blesse his holie Name for euer and euer.
PSAL. CXLVI.
1 Dauid declareth his great zeale that he hathe to praise God. 3 And teacheth, not to trust in man, but onely in God almightie, 7 VVhich deliuereth the afflicted. 9 Defendeth the strangers, comforteth the fatherles, and the windowes, 10 And reigneth for euer.
¶ Praise ye the Lord.
1 PRaise thou the Lord, ô myHe
〈◊〉
vp him self, and all his
〈◊〉
to praise God. soule.
2 I wil praise the Lord during my life: as long as I haue anie being, I wil sing vnto my God.
3 Put not your trust inThat God may haue the whole praise wherein he forbiddeth all vaine confidence shewing that of nature we are more enclined to put our trust in creatures, then in God the creator. princes, (nor) in the sonne of mā, for there is none helpe in him.
4 His breath departeth, (and) he returneth to his earth: then hisAs their vaine opinions, whereby flattered them selues, and so ima gined wicked entreprises. thoghts perish.
5 Blessed (is) he, that hathe the God of Iaakób for his helpe, whose hope (is) in the Lord his God.
6 Which madeHe encourageth the godlie to trust onely in the Lord, bothe for that his power is able to
〈◊〉
them from all danger, and for his promes, sake his wil is moste readie to do it. heauen and earth, the sea, and al that therein is: which kepeth (his) fidelitie foreuer.
7 Which executeth iusticeWhose faith & pacience for a while he tryeth, but at length he punis heth the aduersaries, that he may be knowen to be iudge of the Worlde. for the oppressed which giueth bread to the hungrie: the Lord looseth the prisoners.
8 The Lord giueth sight to the blinde: the Lord raise thvp the croked: the LordThogh he visit them by
〈◊〉
, hungre, imprisonmēt and suche like, yet his Fatherlie loue and pitie neuer, faileth them, yea, rather to his these are signes of his loue. loueth the righteous.
9 The Lord kepeth theMeaning all thē that are
〈◊〉
of wordelie meanes and succour. strangers: he relieueth the fatherles and widowe: but he ouer thro weth the way of the wicked.
10 The Lord shalHe assureth the Church that God
〈◊〉
for euer for the preseruation of the same. reigne for euer: ô Zión, thy God (endureth) from generacion to generacion. Pray se ye the Lord.
PSAL. CXLVII.
1 The Prophet praiseth the bountie, wisdome, power, iustice and prouidence of God vpon all his creatures, 2 But specially vpon his Church, which he gathereth together after their dispersion, 19 Declaring his worde and iudgements so vnto them, as he hathe done to none other people.
1 PRaise ye the Lord, for it is good to sing vnto our God for it isHe sheweth
〈◊〉
we ought to exercise our selues
〈◊〉
& to take our pastime: to
〈◊〉
, in praising God. a pleasāt thing, (and) praise is comelie.
2 The Lord doeth buyld vpBecause the Lord is the founder of the
〈◊〉
, it can not be
〈◊〉
, thogh the mēbers the
〈◊〉
be dispersed, and seme, as it we
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
a time to
〈◊〉
of. Ierusalém, (&) gather together the dispersed of Israél.
3 He healeth those that areVVith
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for
〈◊〉
. brokē in heart and bindeth vp their sores.
4 He Thogh it
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, that God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ble his Churche, being so
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
can be to hard
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, that can
〈◊〉
and name all the
〈◊〉
. counteth the nomber of the starres, (and) calleth them all by their names.
5 Great (is) our Lord, & great (is his) power: his wisdome is infinite.
6 The
〈◊〉
releueth the meke, (&) abaseth the wicked to theFor the more high that the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, the
〈◊〉
ter is
〈◊〉
fall in the end. grounde.
7 Sing vnto the Lord with praise: sing vpō the harpe vnto our God,
8 WhichHe
〈◊〉
by
〈◊〉
examples of Gods
〈◊〉
pow er,
〈◊〉
and wisdome, that we
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
wante moste iust occasiō to praise God. couereth the heauē with cloudes and prepareth raine for the earthe, & maketh the grasse to growe vpon the mountaines:
9 Which giueth to beastes their fode, (and) to the yong rauens thatFor their
〈◊〉
is as it
〈◊〉
a con fessiō of their nede
〈◊〉
can not be reliued, but
〈◊〉
God onely: then if God shew him self mindefull of the most contemptible foules, cā he suffer them to dye with famine, whome he
〈◊〉
assured of life euerlasting? crye.
10 He hathe not pleasure in theThogh to
〈◊〉
law ful meanes is both profitable & pleaseth God, yet to put our truste in thē,
〈◊〉
to defraude God of his honour. strēgth of an horse, nether deliteth he in the legges of man.
11 (But) the Lord deliteth in them that feare him, and attend vpon his mercie.
12
〈◊〉
the Lord, ô Ierusalém: praise thy God, ô Zión.
13 For he hathe made the barres of thy gatesHe doeth not onely furnis he his Church with all things necessarie
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
also the
〈◊〉
, & maketh
〈◊〉
strong against all outward force." Ebr. fat. strong, (&) hathe blessed thy childrē within thee.
14 He setteth peace in thy borders, (&) satisfieth thee with the" floure of wheat.
15 He sendeth forthe hisHis secret working in all
〈◊〉
es is as a
〈◊〉
to kepe them in ordre, and to giue them mouing and
〈◊〉
. commandement vpon earth, (and) his worde runneth verieFor
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
resisting all things
〈◊〉
him. swiftly.
16 He giueth snow like wool, (&) scattereth the hoare frost like ashes.
17 He casteth forthe his
〈◊〉
like morsels who can abide the colde thereof?
18 He sendeth his worde and melteth them: he causeth his
〈◊〉
to blowe, (and) the waters flowe.
19 He sheweth hisAs
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
working in all his creatures
〈◊〉
word: so he meaneth here, by his worde, the
〈◊〉
of life euerlasting, whiche he hathe left to his Church, as a moste precious treasure. worde vnto Iaakób, his statutes and his iudgements vnto Israél.
20 He hathe nor dealt so with euerie nacion, nether haue theyThe cause of this diff rē
ce is Gods
〈◊〉
, which hathe elected
〈◊〉
in his Sonne Christ
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
: and his iuste iudgement, whereby he hathe appointed the reprobate to eternal damnation. knowen (his) iudgements. Praise ye the Lord.
PSAL. CXLVIII.
1 He prouoketh all creatures to praise the Lord in heauen and earth and all places. 14 Specially his Church for the power that he hathe giuen to the same after that he had chosen them and ioyned them vnto him.
¶ Praise ye the Lord.
1 PRaise ye the Lord from the heauē: praise ye him in the high places.
2 Praise ye him, all yeBecause they are members of the same bodie, he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
our eyes which
〈◊〉
most
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
unto, and by
〈◊〉
prompt
〈◊〉
teacheth vs to
〈◊〉
our
〈◊〉
. his Angels: praise him, all his armie.
3 Praise ye him,
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
shineth in the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
this their
〈◊〉
is as a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of God. sunne and moone: praise ye him all bright starres.
4 Praise ye hym,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
heauens of heauens, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. waters, that be aboue the heauens.
5 Let them praise the Name of the Lord: for he commanded, and they were created.
6 And he hathe established them for euer & euer: he hathe made an ordinance, whiche shal not passe.
7 Praise ye the Lord frō the earth, (ye)
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. dragons and all depths:
8
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Fyre and haile, snowe and vapors, stormie winde, which execute his worde:
9 Mountaines and all hilles, frutefull trees and all cedres:
10
〈◊〉
and all cattel, creaping things & feathered foules:
11
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Kings of the earth and all people, princes and all iudges of the worlde:
12 Yong men and maidens, also olde men &
〈◊〉
:
13 Let them praise the Name of the Lord: for his Name onely is to be exalted, (and) hys praise aboue the earth and the heauens.
14 For he hathe exalted theThat is, the
〈◊〉
, power and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his Church. horne of hys people, (which is) a praise for al his Saintes (euen) for theBy
〈◊〉
of his
〈◊〉
made with
〈◊〉
. children of Israél, a people (that is) nere vnto him. Praise ye the Lord.
PSAL. CXLIX.
1 An exhortation to the Church to praise the Lord for his victorie and conquest that he giueth his Saints agaynste all mans
〈◊〉
.
¶ Praise ye the Lord.
1 SIng ye vnto the Lord
〈◊〉
his rare
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
fites
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
. a new song: let his praise (be heard) in the
〈◊〉
of Saints.
2 Let Israél reioyce in him thatIn that that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
all
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
it was
〈◊〉
a newe creacion and therfore
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. 6 thei
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Go
〈◊〉
hands. made him, and let the childrē of Zión reioyce in
〈◊〉
For
〈◊〉
as
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
soule and bodies.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
that his people
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vnto him as
〈◊〉
their most law
〈◊〉
King. King.
3 Let them praise his Name with the flute: let them sing praises vnto hym with the timbrel and harpe.
4 For the Lord hath pleasure, in his people he wil make the meke glorious by deliuerance.
5 Let the Saints beioyful with glorie: let thē sing loude vpon their beddes.
6 Let the high Actes of God be in
〈◊〉
mouth and a two edged sworde in their hands,
7 This is
〈◊〉
accōplished in the kyngdome of
〈◊〉
, when Gods people for iuste causes execute God
〈◊〉
against his enemies: and it
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to reuen
〈◊〉
theyr
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. To execute vengeance vpon the heathē, (and) corrections among the people:
8 To bindeNot onelye the people, but the Kings that were
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
be destroyed. their Kings in chaines, & their nobles with fetters of yron,
9 That they maye execute vpon them the iudgement that isHereby GOD
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
handes and
〈◊〉
of all his to
〈◊〉
terprise no father then he
〈◊〉
. writen: thys honour shalbe to all his Saints. Praise ye the Lord.
PSAL. CL.
1 An exhortacion to praise the Lord without cease by all maner of wayes for all his mightie, & wonderful workes.
¶ Praise ye the Lord.
1 PRaise ye God in his a Sanctuarie: praiseThat is, in the
〈◊〉
. ye him in the b firmament of his power.
2 Praise ye him in his mightie Actes: prayseFor his wonderfull power
〈◊〉
in the
〈◊〉
, whiche in
〈◊〉
. is called a streching out
〈◊〉
spreading abroad, wherein the migh tie worke of God shineth. ye him according to his excellēt greatnes
3 Praise ye him in the sounde of theExhorting the people onelye to reioyce in praising God, he maketh mencion of those instruments, which by Gods commandement were appointed in the olde Law, but vnder Christ the vse thereof is abolished in the Church. trūpet: praise ye him vpon the viole & the harpe.
4 Praise ye him with timbrel & flute: praise ye him with virginales and organs.
5 Praise ye him with sounding cymbals: praise ye him with high sounding cymbals.
6 Let euerie thing that hathHe sheweth that all the ordre of nature is bound to this duetie, and muche more Gods children, who ought neuer to cease to praise him, til they be gathered into that kingdome, whiche he hath prepared for his, where they shal sing euerlasting praise. breath praise the Lord. Praise ye the Lord.
THE This word
〈◊〉
, or Parable signifieth a graue and notable sentē ce, worthie to be kepe in memorie and is some tyme taken in the euill parte for a mocke or scoffe. PROVERBES of Salomón.
THE ARGVMENT.
THe wonderfull loue of God toward his Church is declared in this boke: for as muche as the summe and effecte of the whole Scriptures is here set forth in these brief sentences which partely conteine doctrine, and partely maners, & also exhortacions to bothe. Where of the nine first chapters are as a preface ful of graue sentences, and depe mysteries, to allure the hearts of men to the diligent reading of the parables that follow: which are left as a moste precious Iewel to the Churche, of those thre thousand parables mencioned 1 Kinge. 4. 32, and were gathered and commit to writing by Salomons seruants and indited by him.
CHAP. I.
1 The power and vse of the worde of God. 7 Of the feare of God and knowledge of his worde. 10 We maye not consent to the intisings of sinners. 20 Wisdome cōplaineth that she is contemned. 14 The punishmēt of them that contemne her.
1 THe Parables of Salomón the sonne of Dauid King of Israél
2 To knowe wisdome a and instruction, toThat is, what we
〈◊〉
to knowe
〈◊〉
followe, and that we ought refuse. vnderstād the words b of knowledge,
3 To receiue c instruction to do wiselye,Meaning the orde of GOD herein is the
〈◊〉
true knowdge. (by) d iustice & iudgement and equitie,
4 To gyue vnto the e simple sharpenes of wit, (and) to the childe knowledge & discretion.To learne to sub it our selues
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
correction of ose that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
5 A wise man shal heare and increase in learning, and a man of f vnderstanding, shallBy liuing justly
〈◊〉
rendring to
〈◊〉
ye man that
〈◊〉
apperteieth vnto
〈◊〉
. atteine vnto wise counsels,
6 To vnderstād a parable, and the interpretation, the wordes of the wise, and their darke sayings.To
〈◊〉
as
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
discrecion to
〈◊〉
them selues.
7 * The feare of the Lord (is) the beginning of knowledge (but) fooles despise wisdomeAs he sheweth
〈◊〉
these parables
〈◊〉
the efct of religion as u hing maners
〈◊〉
doctrine
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to the
〈◊〉
people: so
〈◊〉
he declare
〈◊〉
the same is
〈◊〉
for
〈◊〉
that are wise
〈◊〉
learned. and instruction.
8 My sonne, heare thy g fathers instruction, and for sake not thyThat is, of the Church, where in the faithfull
〈◊〉
by the incorruptible sede of Gods worde. mothers teaching.
9 For thei shalbeEbr. increase of grace. a comelie ornamēt vnto thine head, and (as) chaines for thy necke.
10 ¶ My sonne,To
〈◊〉
, the wicked, which haue not the feare of God. if sinners do intise thee, cō
sent thou not.
11 If they say, Come with vs, we will lay wait forHe
〈◊〉
not onely of the
〈◊〉
of blood with hand, but of all
〈◊〉
practises which tende to the detriment of our neighbour. blood, (and) lie priuelie for the innocent
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. without a cause:
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 6.
12 We wil swallowe thē vp aliue like aAs the graue is neuer
〈◊〉
so the
〈◊〉
of the wicked and their crueltie hath none end. graueHe
〈◊〉
this
〈◊〉
the Name of God, which is the
〈◊〉
Father of alle
〈◊〉
, or in the Name of the
〈◊〉
of the Churche, who is as a father. euen whole, as those that go downe into the pit:
13 We shal finde all precious riches, (and) fil our houses with spoile:
14 Cast in thy lot among vs: we will all haue oneHe
〈◊〉
whereby the wicked are allured to ioyne together, because they haue euerie one parte of the spoile of the innocent. purse:
15 My sonne, walke not thou in the way with them: refraine thy fote from theirThat is, haue nothing at all to do with them. path.
16 For their fete runne to euill, and make hast to shed blood.
17 Certeinlye (as) without cause the net is spred before the eyes of all that hath wing:
18 So they laye wait for blood (and) he priuelie forHe sheweth that there is no cause to moue these wic ked to spoile the innocent, but their auarice and crueltie. their liues.
19 Suche (are) the wayes of euerie one that is gredie of gaine he wolde take away
〈◊〉
VVhereby he
〈◊〉
cludeth that the
〈◊〉
man is a
〈◊〉
therer. life of the owners thereof.
20 ¶This wisdome is the eternal word of God. Wisdome cryeth without: she vttereth her voyce in theSo that none cā pretend ignorāce. stretes.
21 She calleth in the hye (strete among) the prease in the entrings of the gates, (&) vttereth her wordes in the citie, (saying,)
22 OyeVVisdome repro ueth thre kindes of men: the foolish or simple, whiche
〈◊〉
of ignorance, and the mockers, that can not suffer to be taught, & the fooles whiche are drowned in worldelie lustes, & hate the knowledge of godlines. foolish, how lôg wil ye loue foolishnes? & the skornefull take their pleasure in skorning, & the fooles hate knowledge
23 [Turne you at my correction: lo, I will powre out my minde vnto you, (&) make you vnderstand my wordes.]
24 Because I haue called, and ye refused: I haue stretched out mine hande, and none wolde regarde.
25 But ye haue despised all my counsell, and wolde none of my correction.
26 I wil alsoThis is spokē according to our capacitie, signifying that the wicked, which mocke and iest at Gods word
〈◊〉
haue the iuste rewarde of
〈◊〉
mocking. laugh at your destruction, (&) mocke, when your feare cometh.
27 WhenThat is, your
〈◊〉
, whiche thing you seared. your feare cometh like (sudden) desolation, and your destruction shal come like a whirle winde: when affliction & anguish shal come vpon you,
28 Then shal they call vpon me, but I wil not answer they shal seke me earlye, but they shal notBecause they soght not with an affection to God, but for ease of their owne grief. finde me,
29 Because thei hated knowledge, & did not chuse the feare of the Lord.
30 Thei wold none of my coūsel, (but)Shewing that without faith and obedience we cā nor call vpon God
〈◊〉
. despised all my correction.
31 Therefore shall they eate of theThey shall feele what commoditie their wicked life shal giue them. frute of their owne waye, and be filled with theyr owne deuises.
32 ForThat is, the prosperitie, and sensualitie, wherein they delite. ease slayeth the foolish, and the prosperitie of fooles destroyeth them.
33 But he that obeieth me, shall dwell safely, and be quiet from feare of euill.
CHAP. II.
1 Wisdome exhorteth to obey her. 5 She teacheth the feare of God. 6 She is giuen of God. 10 She preserueth from wickednes.
1 MY sonne, if thou wilt receiue my wordes, andThat is, kepe thē in thine heart. hide my commandements within thee,
2 And cause thine eares to hearken vnto wisdome, (and) enclineIf thou giue thy selfe to the true knowledge of god without hypoc isie. thine heart to vnderstanding,
3 [For if thou callest after knowledge,Meaning, that we must seke the knowledge of God with care & diligence. (&) cryest for vnderstanding:
4 If thou sekest her as siluer, and searchest for her as forShewing that no labour must be spared. treasures,
5 Then shalt thou vnderstande the feare of the Lord, and finde theThis (sayth he) is the true wisdome to knowe, & feare God. knowledge of God.
6 For the Lord giueth wisdome, out of hys mouth (commeth) knowledge and vnderstanding.
7 HeOr, hideth the
〈◊〉
. preserueth the state of the righteous: (he is) a shield to them that walke vprightly,
8 That they may kepe the wayes of iudgement: and he preserueth the waye of hys Saincts.]
9 Then shalt thou vnderstande
〈◊〉
, and iudgement, and equitie, (and) euerie good path.
10 ¶ When wisdome entreth into thine heart, and knowledge deliteth thy soule,
11 (Then) shalThe word of God shal teache thee & counsel thee how to
〈◊〉
thy self counsel preserue thee, (&) vnderstanding shal kepe thee,
12 And deliuer thee from the euill way, (and) frome the man that speaketh frowarde things,
13 (And from) them that leaue theThat is, the word of God, whiche is the onelie light, to follow their owne fantasies whiche are darkenes. wayes of righteousnes to walke in the waies of darkenes:
14 Which reioyce in doing euil, (and) deliteVVhē thei se any giuen to euill as thei are. in the frowardnes of the wicked,
15 Whose waies are croked & thei are lewde in their paths.
16 And it shal deliuer thee from the strangeMeaning, that wisdome, whiche is the worde of God, shal preserue vs from all vices: naming this vice of
〈◊〉
whereunto man is moste proue. woman, (euen) from the stranger, whiche flattereth with her wordes:
17 Which for saketh theThat is, her hous band, which is her head and guide to gouerne her, from whome she ought not to depart, but remaine in his sub iection. guide of her youth, and forgetteth theWhich is, the pro mes made in mariage. couenant of her God.
18 Surely herHer acquaintā, ce with her
〈◊〉
and thē that
〈◊〉
. house tendeth to death, and her paths vntoTo thē that are dead in bodie and seule. the dead.
19 All thei that go vnto her, returne not againe, nether take they holde of the waies of life.
20 Therfore walke thou in the waie of good men, and kepe the waies of the righteous.
21 For the iust shall dwell in theThei shal
〈◊〉
the temporal and spiritual promises of God, as the wic ked shalbe voyde of them. land, & the vpright men shal remaine in it.
22 But the wicked shalbe cut of frō the earth & the transgressers shalbe rooted out of it.
CHAP. III.
1 The worde of God giueth life 5 Trustin God. 7 Feare him. 9 Honour him. 11 Suffre his correction. 22 To thē
Deut. 8, 1. & 30. 16. that followe the worde of God, all thinges shall succede well.
1 MY sonne, forget not thou my law, but let thine heart kepe my cōmādemēts
2 For thei shal increase the length of thyLong life is the blessing of GOD whiche he giueth to his, so farre for the as it is expedient for them. daies & the yers of life, & (thy) prosperitie.
3 Let notBy mercie and trueth, he meaneth the commandements of the firste and second tablet or els the mercie & faithfulnes that we ought to vse toward our neigh bours. mercie and trueth for sake thee: binde them on thyKepe them as a moste precious iewel. necke, (&) write them vpon the table of thineHaue them euer in remembrance. heart.
4 So shalt thou finde fauour & good vnderstanding in the sight of God and man.
5 ¶ Trust in the Lord with all thine hearte, and leane not vnto thine owne wisdome.
6 In all thy waies acknowledge him, and he shal direct thy waies.
7 ¶ Be not wise in thine owne eyes: (but) feare the Lord, and departe from euil.
8 (So) health shal be vnto thyBy this parte he cōprehendeth the whole bodie, as by health he meaneth all the benefites promised in the Law both cor poral & spiritual. nauel, and marow vnto thy bones.
9Av was cōmanded in the
〈◊〉
, Exod. 23. 19 D ut, 26 2. and by thys thei acknowledged that God was the giuer of all thinges, and that thei were readye to bestowe all at his
〈◊〉
. Honour the Lord with thy riches, & with the first (frutes) of all thine increase.
10 So shal thy barnes be filled with abundā
ce, & thy presses shalFor to the faithfull distributer GOD giueth in greater abundāce. Ebr. 12. 5. burst with new wine.
11 ¶ My sonne, refuse not the chastening of the Lord, nether be grieued with his correction.
12 * For the Lord correcteth him, whome he loueth, euen as the father (doeth) the child in (whome) he deliteth:
13 Blessed (is) the man that findeth wisdome, and the man that getteth vnderstanding.
14 For the marchandise thereof is better thē the marchandise of siluer, and the gayneReuel. 3. 17. thereof (is better) then golde.
15 It is more precious then pearls: and all things that thou canst desire, are not to be compared vnto her.
16 Lēgth of daies (is) in her right hand,Meaning, that he that seketh wis dome: that is, suffreth him selfe to be gouerned by the word of God, shal haue all prosperitie both corporal & spiritual. (&) in her left hand riches and glorie.
17 Her waies (are) waies of pleasure, and all her paths prosperitie.
18 She is a treVVhich bringeth forthe suche frute that thei that eate thereof, haue lifea and he alludeth to the tre of life in Paradise. of life to them that laie holde on her, & blessed (is) he that reteineth her.
19 The Lord by wisdome hath laied theHereby he shew eth that this Wisdome, whereof he speaketh, is euerlasting, because it was before alt creatures, and that all things, euen the whole worlde were made by it. fū
dacion of the earthe, and hathe stablished the heauens through vnderstanding.
20 By his knowledge the deapths are brokē vp. & the cloudes droppe downe the dewe.
21 My sonne, let not (the
〈◊〉
thinges depart from thine eies, (but) obserue wisdome, & counsel.
22 So thei shalbe life to thy soule, and grace vnto thyOr,
〈◊〉
, read, chap.
〈◊〉
. 9. necke.
23 Then shalt thou walke safely by thy waie: and thy fote shal not stumble.
24 If thou sleapest, thou shalt not be afraied, & whē thou slepest, thy slepe shalbe swete.
25 Thou shalt not feare for (anie) suddē feare, nether for theFor when GOD destroieth the
〈◊〉
ked, he will saue his, as he did Lot in Sodom. destructiō of the wicked when it cometh.
26 For the Lord shal be for thine assurance, & shal preserue thy fote from taking.
27 ¶ Withholde not the good frome Not onely from them to whome the possession belangeth, but also thou shalt not kepe it from thē, whiche haue nede of the vse thereof. the owners thereof, thogh there be power in thine hand to do it.
28 Saie not vnto thy neighbour, Go & come againe, and to morowe will I giue (thee,) if thou (now) haue it.
29 ¶ Intēde none hurt against thy neigbour, seīg he doeth dwelThat is, putteth his trust in thee. without feare by thee
30 ¶ Striue not with a man causeles, whē he hathe done thee no harme.
31 ¶ Be notDesire not to be like vnto him. enuious for the wicked mā, nether chuse anie of his waies.
32 For the froward (is) abominaciō vnto the Lord: but hisThat is, his coue nant and fatherly affection which is hid & secret from the worlde. secret (is) with the righteous
33 The curse of the Lord (is) in the house of the wicked: but he blesseth the habitation of the righteous.
34 With the skornefulHe will shewe by his plaguesthat
〈◊〉
skornes shal turne to their owne destruction as Chap. 1. 26. he skorneth, but he giueth grace vnto the humble.
35 The wise shal in herite glorie: but fooles dishonour, (thogh) they be exalted.
CHAP. IIII.
1 Wisdome and her frutes ought to be searched. 14 The way of the wicked must be refused. 20 By the worde of God the heart, eyes and course of life must be guided.
1 HEare, ôye children, the instruction of aHe speaketh this in the persone of a preacher and minister, which is as a father vnto the people, read. chap. 1. 8. father, and giue eare to learne vnderstanding.
2 For I do giue you a good doctrine: (therefore) forsake ye not my law.
3 For I was my fathers sonne, tender andIn Ebrewe it is Onely: for thogh she had thre others by Vriiah, yer Salomon was onelye her sonne by Dauid. dere in the sight of my mother,
4 When heMeaning Dauid his fathers. taught me, and said vnto me, Let thine heart holde fastmy wordes: kepe my commandements, and thou shalt liue.
5 Get wisdome: get vnderstāding, forget not nether decline frō the wordes of my mouth
6 Forsake her not, and she shall kepe thee: loue her and she shal preserue thee.
7 He sheweth that we muste
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
begin at Godsword, if so be we will that other thinges prosper with vs contrarie to iudgement of the worlde, whiche make it their last studye or els, care not for it at all. Wisdome (is) the beginning: get wisdome (therfore:) and aboue all thy possessiō get vnderstanding.
8 Exalt her, and she shalt exalt thee: she shall bring thee to honour, if thou embrace her.
9 She shall gyue a comelie ornament vnto thine head, (yea,) she shall giue thee a crowne of glorie.
10 ¶ Heare my sonne, and receiuemy wordes and the yeres of thy life shal be manie.
11 I haueSalomon declareth what care his father had to brīg him vp in the true feare of God: for this was Dauids protestation. taught thee in the waie of wisdome, (and) led thee in the paths of righteousnes.
12 Whē thou goest, thy gate shal not beThou shaltwalke at libertie withour offence. strait and when thou runnest, thou shalt not fal.
13 Take holde of instruction, (and) leaue not: kepe her, for she is thy life.
14 ¶ Entre not into the way of the wicked, and walke not in the waie of euil men.
15 Auoide it (and) go not by it: turne from it, and passe by.
16 For thei can notMeaning, that to do euil is more propre and natural to the wicked, then to slepe, eare or drinke. slepe, excepte thei haue done euil, & their slepe departeth, except thei cause (some) to fall.
17 For they eat the bread ofGotten by wicked meanes and cruel oppression. wickednes, & drinke the wine of violence.
18 But the way of the righteous shineth as the light, thatSignifying that the godlie increase daily in knewledge and perfectiō, till thei come to full perfection, whiche is when thei shalbe ioyned to their head in the heauens. shineth more and more vnto the perfite daie.
19 The waie of the wicked (is) as the darkenes: they knowe not wherein thei shal fal.
20 ¶ My sonne, hearkē vnto my wordes, encline thine eare vnto my sayings,
21 Let thē not departe from thine eies, (but) kepe them in the middes of thine heart.
22 Forthei are life vnto those that finde thē, and helthe vnto all theirThat is, thei shal haue health of body vnder the whiche all other
〈◊〉
promised in the Lawe are conteined. flesh.
23 Kepe thine heart with all deligence: for thereout comethFor as the
〈◊〉
is ether pure or corrupte, so is the whole course of mans life. life.
24 Put awaie from thee a frowarde mouth, & put wicked lippes farre from thee.
25 Let thine eyes beholde the right, and let thine eyeliddes direct thy way before thee
26 Kepe a measure in all thy doings. Pondre the path of thy fete, and let all thy waies be ordred aright.
27 Turne not to the right hande, nor to the left, (but) remoue thy fote from euil.
CHAP. V.
3 Whoredome forbiddé. 9 And
〈◊〉
. 15 He willeth a man to liue on hislabours & to helpe others, 18 Toloue his wife. 22 The wicked taken in their owne wickednes.
1 MY sonne, hearken vnto my wisdome, (and) encline thine eare vnto my Or, vnderstāding knowledge,
2 That thou maiest regarde counsell, and thy lippes obserue knowledge.
3 For the lippesThat is, an harlot which giueth her self to another then to her housband. of a strange woman drop (as) an honie combe, and her mouth is more soft thenBy oyle & honie he meaneth
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
intisements. oyle.
4 But the end of her is bitter as worme wood (and) sharpe as a two edged sworde.
5 HerAll her doynges lead to destructiō. fete go downe to death: and her step pes take holde on hel.
6 She weigheth not the way of lif: her paths areShe hathe euer newe meanes to allure to wickednes. moueable: thou canst not know (thē.)
7 Heare ye me now therfore, ô childrē, & departe not from the wordes of my mouth.
8 Kepe thy waie farre from her, & come not nere the dore of her house,
9 Left thou giue thineThat is,
〈◊〉
strength & goods to her that wyll haue no
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thee: as is red of Samson, and the prodigal sonne. honour vnto others and thy yeres to the cruel:
10 Lest the stranger shul de be filled with thy strength, and thyThe goods
〈◊〉
by thy trauail. labours be in the house of a stranger,
11 And thou mourne at thine end, [whē thou hast consumed thy flesh and thy bodie.]
12 And saie, How haue I hated instruction, & mine heart despised correction!
13 And haue not obeied the voice of thē that taught me, nor inclined mine eare to them that instructed me!
14 I was almost (broght) into all euill in the middes of the Cōgregacion &Although I was faithfully instructed in the trueth,
〈◊〉
had I almoste fallen to vtter shame and
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
my good bringing vp in the assemblie of the godlie. assemblie.
15 ¶ Drinke the water ofHe teacheth
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, exhorting vs to liue of our owne
〈◊〉
and to be beneficial to the godlie
〈◊〉
want. thy cisterne, and of the riuets out of the middes of thyne owne well.
16 Let thy fountaines flowe forthe, and the riuers of waters in the stretes.
17 But let them be thine, (euen)Distribute them not to the wicked and infidelles, but reserue them for thyself, thy familie and them that are of the housholde of faith. thine onely, and not the strangers with thee.
18 Let thyThy
〈◊〉
whi che shal come of thee in great
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
mariage & curseth who
〈◊〉
. fountaine be blessed, & reioyce with the wife of thy
〈◊〉
thou didst mariein thy youth. youth.
19 (Let her be as) the louing hinde and pleasantroe: let her breastes satisfie
〈◊〉
at all times, (and) delite in her loue continually.
20 For why shuldest thouOr., go astraye with a stranger? delite, my sonne, in a strange womā, or embrace the bosome of a stranger?
21 For the waies of mā (are) before theHe declareth that excepte man do ioyne to hys wife bothe in heart and in outward conuersatiō that he shall not escape the iudgements of God. eyes of the Lord, & he pondereth all his paths.
22 His owne iniquities shal take the wicked hym selfe, and he shalbe holden with the cordes of his owne sinne.
23 He shalBecause he will not giue eare to Gods worde, and be admonished, dye for faute of instruction, and shal go astray through his great folie.
CHAP. VI.
1 Instruction for suerties. 6 The slouthful and sluggish is stirred to worke. 12 He describeth the nature of the wicked. 16 The things that God hateth. 20 To obserue the worde of God. 24 To flee
〈◊〉
.
1 MY sonne, if thou be suertie for thy neighbour, (and) hast striken handes, with the stranger,
2 Thou artHe
〈◊〉
vs not to become
〈◊〉
one for another, accordyng to
〈◊〉
rule of charitie: but that we
〈◊〉
forwhome &
〈◊〉
what sort, so that the
〈◊〉
maye not be
〈◊〉
. snared with the wordes of thy mouth: thou art (euen) takē with the wordes of thine owne mouth.
3 Do this now, my sonne, and deliuer thy self: seing thou art come into the hande of thy neighbour, go, and humble thy self, & solicit thy friends.
4 Giue no slepe to thine eyes, nor slumber to thine eyeliddes.
5 Deliuer thy self as a doe from the hand (of the hunter,) and as a birde from the hand of the fouler.
6 ¶ Go to
〈◊〉
worde of
〈◊〉
can not
〈◊〉
thee, yet
〈◊〉
at the littel
〈◊〉
to labour
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
& not to burden others, Chap. 24 32 the pismire, ô sluggard: beholde her waies, and be wise.
7 For she hauing no guide, gouernour, nor ruler,
8 Prepareth her meat in the sommer, (&) gathereth her fode in haruest.
9 * How long wilt thou slepe, ô sluggard? when wilt thou arise out of thy slepe?
10 (Yet) a litle slepe, a litle slumber,He
〈◊〉
liuely thenature of the
〈◊〉
, which thogh they slepe
〈◊〉
so
〈◊〉
yet haue neuer ynough, but euer seke occasions thereunto. a litle folding of the hands to slepe.
11 Therfore thy pouertie cometh as one thatThat is
〈◊〉
, &
〈◊〉
lokest not for it. trauaileth by the waie, and thy necessitie likeIt shall come in suche sort as thou art not able to resist it. an armed man.
12 The vnthriftie manHe sheweth to what inconueniē
ce the idle persones & sluggardes come, by calling them
〈◊〉
or the men of Belial and sclanderous.
〈◊〉
. speaketh. (ād) the wicked man walketh with a frowarde mouth.
13 He maketh a signe with his eyes: he" signi fieth with his fete: heThus all his gesture tendeth to wickednes. instructeth with his fingers.
14 Lewde things (are) in his heart: he imagineth euil at all times, (and) raiseth vp contentions.
15 Therefore shall his
〈◊〉
come spedely: he shal be destroyed suddenly without recouerie.
16 ¶ These six thinges doeth the Lord hate: yea his soule abhorreth seuen:
17 The hautie eyes, a lying tongue, and the hands that shede innocent blood,
18 An hearte that imagineth wicked enterprises,Meaning, the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, which
〈◊〉
a
〈◊〉
away in such
〈◊〉
that he can not tel what he doeth. fete that be swift in running to mischief,
19 A false witnes that speaketh lyes, & hym that raiseth vp cōtentions amōgOr, neighbours. brethré
20 ¶ My sonne, kepe thy fathers commādement, and forsake not thy mothers instruction.
21 Binde them alway vpon thine i heart, (&)Read Chap. 3. 3. tye them about thy necke.
22 It shall leade thee, when thou walkest: it shal watch for thee, when thou slepest, (&) when thou wakest, it shal talke with thee.
23 For theBy the comman dement he meaneth the worde of God and by the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, the preaching and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the same, whiche is cōmitted to the
〈◊〉
. commandement (is) a lanterne, and instruction a light: andAnd reprehensions when the word is preached bring vs to life. correctiōs for instruction (are) the waie of life.
24 To kepe thee frome the wicked woman, (and) from the flatterie of the tongue of a strange woman.
25 Desire not her beautie in thine hearte, nether let her take thee with her
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
lokes and
〈◊〉
. eyeliddes
26 For because of the whoorish womā (a man is broght) to a morsel of bread, & a woman wil hunte for the precious life of a man.
27 Meaning, that she will neuer cease, til she haue
〈◊〉
to beg gerie, and thē seke thy destruction. Can a man take fyre in his bosome, and his clothes not be burnt?
28 Or can a man go vpon coles, and his fete not be burnt?
29 So he that goeth in to his neigbours wife shal not be innocent, whosoeuer toucheth her.
30 Men do notHe approueth not theft, but shew eth that it is not so abominable
〈◊〉
whoredome, forasmuche as
〈◊〉
might be redemed but
〈◊〉
was a perpetual infamie, and death by the Law of God. despise a thief, whē he stealeth, to satisfie hisMeaning,
〈◊〉
very
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
faileth in heart. soule, because he is hū
grie.
31 But if he founde, he shall restore seuen folde, (or) he shal giue all the substâce of his house.
32 But he that committeth adulterie with a womā, he" is destitute of vnderstāding: he that doeth it, destroyeth his owne soule:
33 He shall findeThat is, death ap pointed by the Law. a wounde and dishonour, and his reproche shal neuer be put away.
34 For ielousie (is) the rage of a man therfore he wil notHe sheweth that man by
〈◊〉
seketh his death, that hathe abused his wife, and so concludeth that nether Gods Law nor the Lawe of nature admitteth
〈◊〉
raunsome for the adulterie. spare in the day of vengeance.
35 He can not beare the sight of anye raunsome: nether will he consent, thogh thou augment the giftes.
CHAP. VII.
1 An exhortacion to wisdome and to the worde of GOD, 5 Whiche will preserue vs from the harlot, 6 Whose maners are described.
1 MY sonne, kepe my wordes, and hide my commandements with thee.
2 Kepe my commandements, & thou shalt liue, and mine instruction as theBy this diuer sitie of wordes he meaneth that nothing ought to be so dere vnto vs, as the word of God, not that we loke on any thing more, nor minde any thing so muche. apple of thine eyes.
3 Binde them vpon thy fingers: (and) write them vpon the table of thine heart.
4 Saie vnto wisdome, Thou art my sister: and call vnderstanding (thy) kinswoman,
5 That they maie kepe thee from the strāge woman, (euen) frome the stranger that is smothe in her wordes:
6 ¶ Salomon vseth this
〈◊〉
to de clare their
〈◊〉
, that
〈◊〉
thē selues to be abused by
〈◊〉
As (I was)
〈◊〉
the win dowe of myne house, I loked through my windowe,
7 And I sawe among the fooles, (and) considered among the children a yong mā destitute of vnderstandings,
8 Who passed through the strete by her corner, and went toward her house,
9 In the twilight in the euening, when the night began to beHe
〈◊〉
that there was almost none so
〈◊〉
, but they were afraid to be sene, & also their owne cō
〈◊〉
did accuse thē,
〈◊〉
caused them to seke the night to couer their filthines. blacke and darke.
10 And be hold, there met him a woman with an harlotsOr, garment. behauiour, andOr,
〈◊〉
. subtil in heart.
11 [SheHe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ons whiche are peculiar to
〈◊〉
. is babling and lowde: whose fete cā not abide in her house.
12 Now (she is) without, now in the stretes, & lieth in waite at euerie corner.]
13 So she caught him and kissed him &Ebr. she strengthened her face. with an impudent face said vnto him,
14 I haueBecause that in peace offrings a portion returned to them, that
〈◊〉
she sheweth him that she hath meate at home
〈◊〉
make good, there with: or els she wolde vse some cloke of holines, til she had gotten him in her
〈◊〉
. peace offrings: this
〈◊〉
declareth that harlottes outwardly will seme holie & religious, both because they may the better deceiue others, and also thinking by obseruing of ceremonies & offrings to make
〈◊〉
for their sinnes. daye haue I paied my vowes.
15 Therefore came I forth to mete thee, that I might sekethy face: & I haue foūde thee.
16 I haue deckt my bed with ornamēts,Or,
〈◊〉
work carpets and laces of Egypt.
17 I haue perfumed my bed with myrrhe, aloes, and cynamom,
18 Come, let vs take our fil of loue vntil the mornig let vs take our pleasure in
〈◊〉
19 For (mine) housband is not at home: he is gone a iourney farre of.
20
〈◊〉
hathe takenEbr. in his hand. with him a bagge of siluer, (and) will come home at the daye appointed.
21 Thus with her great craft she caused him to yelde, and with her slattering lippes she entised him.
22 And he followed her straight waies, as an
〈◊〉
thinking
〈◊〉
goeth to the
〈◊〉
, goeth
〈◊〉
to his owne destruction. oxe that goeth to the slaughter, &
〈◊〉
goeth
〈◊〉
, not
〈◊〉
that he shalbe
〈◊〉
. as a foole to the stockes for correction,
23 Till a darte strike through his liuer, as a birde hasteth to the snare, not knowing that
〈◊〉
it is for hys life. he is in danger.
24 ¶ Heare me now therefore, ō children, & hearken to the wordes of my mouth.
25 Let not thine heart decline to her wayes: wander thou not in her paths.
26 For she hathe caused manie to fall downe wounded, (and) theNether wit nor
〈◊〉
can
〈◊〉
them that fall into the hands of the harlot. stronge men (are) all slayne by her.
27 Her house is the waie * vnto the graue, which goeth downe to the chābers of deathChap. 2. 18.
CHAP. VIII.
1 Wisdome declareth her excellencie. 11 Riches. 15 Power. 22 Eternitie. 32 She exhorteth all to loue & followe her.Chap. 1. 20.
1 DOeth * notSalomon declareth that man is cause of his owne
〈◊〉
, and that he can
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, for asmuche as God calleth to all men by his worde, and by his workes to follow vertue and to
〈◊〉
from vice. wisdome crye? and vnderstanding vtter her voyce?
2 She standeth in the top of the high places by the way in the place of the paths.
3 She cryeth besides
〈◊〉
the people did moste resort, and whiche was the place of iustice. the gates before the citie at the entrie of the dores,
4 O mē, I call vnto you, and (vtter) my voice to the children of men.
5 O (ye) foolishe men, vnderstand wisdome, and (ye,) Ô fooles, be wise in heart.
6 Giue
〈◊〉
, for I will speake of excellent things, and the opening of my lippes (shal teache) things that be right.
7 For my mouth shal speake the trueth, and my lippes abhorre wickednes.
8 All the wordes of my mouthe (are) righteous: there is no lewdenes, nor fro wardenes in them.
9 Thei are allMeaning,
〈◊〉
the worde of God is easie vnto all, that haue a
〈◊〉
vnto it, and which are
〈◊〉
blinded by the prince of this worlde. plaine to him that wil vnderstand, and straight to them that wold finde knowledge,
10 Receiue mine instruction, and not siluer, and knowledge rather then fine golde.
11 For wisdome is better then precious stones: and all pleasures are not to be compared vnto her.
12 I wisdome dwel withThat is, excepte a man haue wisdome whiche is the true knowledge of God, he can nether be prudent nor good counseller. prudēce, and I finde forthe knowledge (and) counsels.
13 The feare of the Lord (is) to hateSo that he that doeth not hate euil, feareth not God euil (as) pride, and arrogancie, and the euill waye: and a mouth (that speaketh) lewde things, I do hate.
14 I haue counsel and wisdome: I am vnderstanding, (and) I haue strength.
15 By me, KingsVVhereby he declareth that honors, dignitie or riches come not of mans wisdome or industrie, but by the preuidence of God. reigne, and princes decree iustice.
16 By me princes rule and the nobles, (and) all the iudges of the earth.
17 I loue them that loue me: & thei that seke meThat is, studie the worde of God diligently, & with a
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
. early, shal finde me.
18 Riches and honour (are) with me:Signifying that he chiefly meaneth the spiritual treasures and heauenlie riches. (euen) durable riches and righteousnes.
19 My frute is better then golde, (euen) then fine golde, and my reuenues (better) then fine siluer.
20 I cause to walke in the waie of righteous nes, (and) in the middes of the pathes ofFor there can be no true iustice or iudgemēt, whiche is not directed by this wisdome. iudgement,
21 That I maie cause thē that loue me, to inherite substance, & I wil fil their treasures.
22 The Lord hath possessed me in the beginning of his waie: (I was)He declareth hereby the diuinitie and
〈◊〉
of this wisdome, which he
〈◊〉
and praiseth through this boke: meaning thereby the eternal Sonne of God Iesus
〈◊〉
our Sauiour, whome S. Iohn calleth the worde that was in the beginning, Iohn. 1. 1. before his workes of olde.
23 I was set vp from euerlasting, frome the beginning (and) before the earth.
24 When there were no depths, was I begotten, when there were no fountaines abunding with water.
25 Before the mountaines were setled: (and) before the hilles, was I begotten.
26 He had not yet made the earthe, nor the open places, nor the height of the dust in the worlde.
27 Whē he prepared the heauēs, I wasHe declareth the eternitie of the Sonne of GOD, whiche is ment by this worde VVisdome, who was before all time & euer present with the Father. there when he set the compas vpon the depe.
28 When he established the cloudes aboue, whē he cōfirmed the foūtaines of the depe
29 When he gaue his decree to the sea, that the waters shulde not passe his commādement: when he appointed the fundacions of the earth,
30 ThenSome read a chief worker: signifying that this VVisdome, euen Christ Iesus, was equal whiche God his Father, & created, preserued and stil worketh with him, as Ioh.
〈◊〉
. was I with him (as) a nourisher, and I was daily (his) delite reioycing alwaie before him,
31 And toke myVVhereby is declared that the
〈◊〉
of the crea tion was no peine but a solace vnto the wisdome of God. solace in the compasse ofBy earth, he mea neth man, wh ch is the worke of God in whome wisdome toke pleasure: in so mu che as for mans sake the Diuine wisdome toke mans nature, and dwelt among vs, and filled vs with vnspeakeable trea sures: and this is that solace and passe time whereof is here spokē, his earth: and my delite (is) with the chil dren of men.
32 Therefore now hearken, ô children vnto me for blessed (are thei that) kepe my waie
33 Heare instruction. and be ye wise, & refuse it not blessed (is) the man that heareth me watching daily at my gates (and) giuing attendance at the postes of my dores.
34 For he that fin deth me, fin deth life, and shal obteine fauour of the Lord.
35 But he that sinneth against me, hurteth his owne soule (and) all that hate me loueChap.
〈◊〉
. death.
CHAP IX.
2 Wisdome calleth all to her feast. 7 The scorner wil not be corrected. 10 The feare of God. 13 The conditions of the harlot.
1 WIsdome hathe buylt herChrist hathe pre
〈◊〉
him a Church. house (&) hewen out herThat is, many chief staies &
〈◊〉
cipal partes of his Church, as were the
〈◊〉
. Prophetes. Apostles. Pastors & Doctors. seuen pillers.
2 She hathe killed her vitailes, drawen her wine, andHe compareth wisdome with great princes that kepe open house for all that come. prepared her table.
3 She hathe sent forthe herMeaning true preaches, which are not infected with mans wisdo me. maidens (and) cryeth vpon the higgest places of the citie (
〈◊〉
.
4 Whoso isHe that knoweth his owne ignorance and is voide of
〈◊〉
. simple, let him come hether (& (to him that is destitute of wisdom, she saith
5 Come (and) eat of myBy the meat and drinke, is ment the worde of God and the ministration of the sacraments, whereby God nourisheth his seruants in his house, which is the Church. meat, and drinke of the wine (that) I haue drawen.
6 Forsake (your way) ye foolish, and ye shal liue & walke in the waie of vnderstanding.
7 He that reproueth a scorner, purchasseth to him self shame: and he that rebuketh the wicked (getteth) him selfFor the wicked wil
〈◊〉
him and labour todiffa me him. a blot.
8 Rebuke not aMeaning them that are incorrigi gible, which calleth doge and swinei or he speaketh this in comparison, not that the wicked shuld not be rebuked, & he sheweth their malice, and the smale hope of pro
〈◊〉
. scorner, lest he hate thee: (but) rebuke a wise mā, & he wil loue thee.
9 Giue (admonicion) to the wise, and he wil be the wiser: teache a righteous man, and he wil increase in learning.
10 The beginning of wisdome (is) the feare of the Lord, and the knowledge of holy things (is)He sheweth what true vnderstanding is, to know the wil of God in his worde which is ment by holie things. vnderstanding.
11 For thy dayes shalbe multiplied by me, and the yeres of thy life shalbe augmented.
12 If thou be wise, thou shalt be wise forThous halt haue the chief
〈◊〉
, & comodite thereof. thy self (and if) thou be a scorner, thou alone shalt suffre.
13 ¶ ABy the foolish woman
〈◊〉
vnderstand the wicked preachers, who
〈◊〉
the worde of God, as appeareth vers. 16, which were the wordes of the true preachers, as vers. 42. but theirs doctrine is but as stollen waters: meaning that they are but mens traditions, which at more pleasant to the flesh then the worde of GOD, and therefore they them selues boast thereof. foolish woman (is) troublesome: she (is) ignorant, and knoweth nothing.
14 But she sitteth at the dore of her house on a seat in the hye places of the citie.
15 To call them that passe by the way, that go right on their way (saying.)
16 Who so is simple, let him come hether, and to him that is destitute of wisdome, she saith also.
17 Stollen waters are swete: and hid bread is pleasant.
18 But he knoweth not, that the dead (are) there (& that) her ghestes (are) in the depth of hel.
CHAP. X.
In this chapter and all that followe vnto the thirtieth, the wise man
〈◊〉
by diuers sentences, which he calleth parables, to followe vertue, and
〈◊〉
vice: and sheweth also what profite commeth of wisdome, and what
〈◊〉
ce proceadeth of foolishnes.
THE PARABLES OF SALOMON.
1 AWise * sōne maketh a glad father but aChap. 15. 20. foolish sōne (is) an heauines to his mother.
2 The treasures of wickednesThis is, wicked ly gotten profite nothīg but righteousnes deliuereth frō death
3 The Lord wilThogh he
〈◊〉
the iuste to
〈◊〉
for a time, yet
〈◊〉
wil
〈◊〉
him comforte in
〈◊〉
season. not famish the soule of the the righteous: but he casteth away the sub stance of the wicked.
4 A slouthful hand maketh poore: but the hand of the diligent maketh riche."Or,
〈◊〉
.
5 He that gathereth in sommer (is) the sonne of wisdome (but) he that slepeth in haruest (is) the sonne of confusion.
6 Blessings (are) vpon the head of the righteous: but iniquitie shal couer the mouth ofTVhen their
〈◊〉
kednes shalbe discouered, thei shal be as
〈◊〉
, and not knowe what to say. the wicked.
7 The memorial of the iuste (shalbe) blessed: but the name of the wicked shalShal be vile and
〈◊〉
bothe of God and man, con
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
owne expectation which thinke to make their name immortal.
〈◊〉
.
8 The wise in heart wil receiue comman demēts but the foolish in talke shalbe beatē
9 He that walketh vprightly, walkethOr, surely. bol"Ebr lippes. dely but he that peruerteth his waies, shal be knowen.
10 He thatHe that
〈◊〉
a faire countenance, and
〈◊〉
mischief in his
〈◊〉
, as Chap 6
〈◊〉
winketh with the eye, worketh sorowe, and he that isFor the
〈◊〉
of his heart is knowen by his talke. foolishin talke, shal be beaten.
11 The mouth of a righteous māis a well sprīg of life: but iniquitie couereth the mouth of the wicked.1. Cor. 13 4.
12 Hatred stirreth vp contentions: * but loue1.
〈◊〉
. 4. 8. couereth all trespasses.
13 In the lippes of him that hathe vnderstanding wisdome is founde, &That is, God
〈◊〉
finde him out
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
him. a rod shalbe for the backe of hī that is destitute of wisdome
14 Wise mē laye vp knowlesge: but the mouth of the foole (is) a present destruction.
15 The riche mās goods are hisAnd somaketh him bolde to do
〈◊〉
, where as
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the poore from manie euil things strong citie: (but) the feare of then edie (is) their pouertie
16 The labour of the righteous (tēdeth) to life (but) the reuenues of the wicked to sinne
17 He that regardeth instruction (is in) the way of life: but he that refuseth correction goeth out of the way:
18 He that dissembleth hatred with lying lippes, & he that inuenteth sclādre, is a foole.
19 In manie wordes there can not wāt iniqui tie but he that refraineth his lippes is wise
20 The tongue of the iuste man (is as) fined siluer (but) the heart of the wicked (is) litle worthe.
21 The lippes of the righteous doFor they speake trueth and
〈◊〉
manie by
〈◊〉
tions, ad nonition and
〈◊〉
. fede manie: but fooles shal dye for want of wisdome.
22 The blessings of the Lord, it maketh riche and he doeth addeMeaning that all
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
things bring care, and sorew where as they that feele the blessings of God, haue
〈◊〉
. no sorowes with it.
23 (It is) as a passe time to a foole to do wickedly: but wisdome (is) vnderstādingto a mā
24 That which the wicked feareth shal come vpon him but (God) wil grante the desire of the righteous.
25 As the whirle winde passeth, so (is) thē wic ked no more: but the righteous (is as) an
euerlasting fundacion.
26 As
〈◊〉
(is) to the teeth, and as smoke to the eyes, so (is) the slouthful to thē thatHe is but a trou ble, and grief to him that setteth him about anie busines. send him.
27 The feare of the lord increaseth the dayes but the yeres of the wickedThe time of their prosperitie s halbe short, because of their great fall, thogh thei seme to liue long. shalbe diminished.
28 The pacient abiding of the righteous (shalbe) gladnes: but the hope of the wicked shal perish.
29 The way of the Lord (is) strength to the vpright man: but feare shalbe for the wor kers of iniquitie.
30 The righteous shalThey
〈◊〉
in this life by
〈◊〉
, & hope their euer lasting life. neuer be remoued but the wicked shal not dwell in the land.
31 The mouth of the iuste shalbe fruteful in wisdome: but the tongue of the frowarde shal be cut out.
32 The lippes of the righteous knowe what is acceptable: but the mouth of the wicked (speaketh) frowarde things.
CHAP. XI.
1 FAlseVnder this worde he
〈◊〉
all false weights, measures and deceit. balances (are) an abominacion vnto the Lord: but a perfiteEbr.
〈◊〉
. weight plea seth him.
2
〈◊〉
pride cometh, then comethVVhen man forgetteth him
〈◊〉
, and thinketh to be exalted aboue his vocatiō thē God bringeth him to confusion. shame but with the lowlie (is) wisdome.
3 The vprightnes of the iuste shal guide thē but the frowardnes of the transgressers shal destroye them.
4 * Riches
〈◊〉
not in the day of wrath: but righteousnes deliuereth from death.Ezek. 7 19.
5 The righteousnes of the vpright shal directe
〈◊〉
, 5. 10. his waye: but the wicked shal fall in his owne
〈◊〉
.
6 The righteonsnes of the iuste shal deliuer them: but the transgressers shalbe taken in (their) owne wickednes.
7 * When a wicked man dyeth (his) hope peVVisd
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. risheth, & the hope of the vniust shal perish
8 The righteous escapeth out of trouble, & the wicked shal come in hisThat is shal
〈◊〉
into trouble. stead.
9 AnA dissembler that
〈◊〉
friendship, but is a priuie enemie. hypocrite with (his) mouth hurteth his neighbour: but the righteous shalbe de liuered by knowledge.
10 In the prosperitie of the righteous the ci tieThe countrey is blessed, where the re is
〈◊〉
men, and they ou
〈◊〉
to reioyce, when the wicked are takē away. reioyceth, and when the wicked perish (there is) ioye.
11 By the
〈◊〉
, prosperitie. blessing of the righteous, the citie is
〈◊〉
: but it is subuerted by the mouth of the wicked.
12 He that despiseth his neighbour, is destitu te of wisdome but a man of vnderstanding wilVVil not make
〈◊〉
report of others. kepe silence.
13 He that goeth about (as) a sclander, discoue reth a secret: but he that is of a faithful heart, conceileth a matter.
14 Where no coūsel is, the people fall: butwhe re manieVVhere God giueth store of men of w sdome, and counsel. counselers are (there is) health.
15 He shal be sore vexed: that is suretie for aVVhose
〈◊〉
heknoweth not. stranger, and heHe that doeth not without
〈◊〉
, and consi deration of the ci cumstances put him self in dāger, as Chap. 5, 1. that hateth suretieship is sure.
16 AOr modest. gracious woman atteineth honour, & the strong men atteine riches.
17 He that is merciful,Is bothe good to him self, and to others. rewardeth his owne soule: but he that troubleth his owneOr, neighbour. flesh (is) cruel.
18 The wicked worketh a disceitful worke: but he that soweth righteousnes (shal receiue) a sure rewarde.
19 As righteousnes (leadeth) to life: so he that followeth euil (seketh) his owne death,
20 They that are of a froward heart (are) abo mination to the Lord: but they that are vpright in (their) way are his delite.
21 Thogh they make neuer somanie friends, nor thinke them selues neuer so sure, yet they shal not esca pe. (Thogh) hand (ioyne) in hand, the wicked shal not be vnpunished: but the sede of the righteous shal escape.
22 (As) a iewel of golde in a swines snoute (so is) a faire womā, whichOr, is vncomely behauiour. lacketh discretiō.
23 The desire of the righteous (is) onely good (but) the hope of the wickedThey can loke for nothing but Gods vengeance. (is) indig nacion.
24 There is that scatereth,Meaning them, that giue liberally
〈◊〉
God blesseth. and is more increased: but he that spareth moreThat is the, niggar. then is right, surely (cometh) to pouertie.
25 TheEbr. the soule of blessing shalbe made
〈◊〉
. liberal persone shal haue plentie: & he that waterenh, shal also haue raine.
26 He that with draweth the corne, the people wil curse him but blessing (shal be) vpō the head of him thatThat prouideth for the vse of thē that are in necessi
〈◊〉
. selleth corne.
27 He that seketh good things, getteth fauour but he that seketh euil, it shal come to him.
28 He that trusteth in his riches, shal fall: but the righteous shal florish as a leafe.
29 He that troubleth his owneThe
〈◊〉
men that spare their riches to the hinderance of their
〈◊〉
shalbe depriued thereof miserably house, shal inherite the winde, and the foole (shalbe)For thogh the wicked beriche, yet are thei but
〈◊〉
to the god lie, which are the true possessers of the giftes of
〈◊〉
. seruant to the wife in heart.
30 The frute of the rightous (is as) a tre of life. and he thatThat is bringeth them to the know ledge of God winneth soules (is) wise.
31 Beholde, the righteous shalbe recompēsed in the earth: how muche more the wicked and the sinner?Shalbe punished as he descrueth.
CHAP. XII.
1 HE that loueth instructiō, loueth knowledge. but he that hateth correctiō (is) a foole.1. Pier. 4. 18.
2 A goodman gatteth fauoure of the Lord: but the man of wicked imaginacions wil he condemne.
3 A man can not be established by wickednes: but theThei are sogroū ded to the fauour of God that their rote shal prosper continually. roote of the reighteous shal not be moued.
4 AEbr strong, or peinful, verteous woman (is) the crowne of her housband: but she that maketh (him) ashamed (is) as corruption in his bones.
5 The thoghts of the iuste (are) right: but the counsels of the wicked are disceitful.
6 The talking of the wicked (is) to lie in wait for blood: but the mouth of the righteous wilAs their conscience is vpright, so shal they be able to speake for thē selues against their accusers.
〈◊〉
them.
7 (God) ouerthroweth the wicked, and they are not: but the house of the righteous shal stand.
8 A mā shalbe commended for his wisdome but the froward of heart shalbe despised.
9 He that is despised, and (is) his owne seruant is better thē he that boasteth himself and laketh bread.
10 A righteous manIs merciful, euē to the
〈◊〉
beast that
〈◊〉
ser uice. regardeth the life of his beast: but the mercies of the wicked (are) cruel.
11 * He that tilleth his land, shal be satisfied with bread but he that followeth the idleChap. 28. 19. (is) destitute ofOr, defence. vnderstanding.
〈◊〉
20.
〈◊〉
.
12 The wicked desireth theContinually ima gineth
〈◊〉
how to do harme to others. net of euils: but theMeaning, their heart within, which is vpright and doeth good to all. roote of the righteous giueth (frute)
13 The euil man is
〈◊〉
by the wickednes of (his) lippes, but the iust shal come out of aduersitie.
14 A man shalbe saciate with good things by the frute of (his) mouth, and the recōpense of a mans hands shal (God) giue vnto him.
15 The way of a foole (is)He standeth in his owne conceit and condemneth all others in respect of him self. right in his owne eyes but he that heareth counsel (is) wise.
16 A foole in a day shal be knowen by his angre: but heVVhich brideleth his affections. that couereth shame (is) wise.
17 He that speaketh trueth, wil shewe righ teousnes: but a false witnes (vseth) disceit.
18 * There is that speaketh (wordes) like the prickings ofVVhich seke nothing more then to
〈◊〉
others
〈◊〉
angre, a sworde: but the tongue of wise men (is) health.
〈◊〉
14. 5.
19 The lippe of trueth shalbe stable for euer but a lying tongue (varieth) in continently
20 Disceit (is) in the heart of them that imagine euil: but to the counsellers of peace (shalbe) ioye.
21 There shal none iniquitie come to the iuste but the wicked are ful of euil.
22 The lying lippes (are) an abomination to the Lord: but they that deale truely (are) his delite.
23 A wise man conceileth knowledge: but the heart of the fooles publisheth foolishnes.
24 * The hand of the diligent shal be are rule but the idle (shalbe) vnder tribute.Chap. 10. 4.
25 Heauines in the heart of mā doeth bring it downe but aThat is, wordes of comfort, or a
〈◊〉
minde, which is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his wordes, reioyceth a man, as a
〈◊〉
minde killeth him. good worde reioyceth it,
26 The righteousThat is more liberal in giuing. (is) more excellent then his neighbour but the way of the wicked wil disceiue them.
27 The disceitful man rosteth not, that he Althogh heget muche
〈◊〉
vnlawful meanes,
〈◊〉
wil he not spend it vpon him self.toke in hunting: but the riches of the diligent man (are) precious.
28 Life (is) in the way of righteousnes, and (in that) pathway (there is) no death.
CHAP. XIII.
1 A Wise sonne (wil obey) the instruction of his father: but a skorner wil heare no rebuke.
2 A man shal eat good things by the fruteIf he vse his ton gue to Gods glorie and the profite of his
〈◊〉
. God shal blesse him. of (his) mouth: but the soule of the trespassers (shal suffer) violence.
3 He that kepeth his mouthe, kepeth his life (but) he that
〈◊〉
his lippes, destruction (shalbe) to him.
4 The sluggardeHe neuer desireth, but taketh peines to get anie thing. lusteth, but his soule hathe noght: but the soule of the diligent shal haue plentie.
5 A righteous man hateth lying workes: but the wicked causeth sclander and shame.
6 Righteousnes preserueth the vpright ofEbr. Waye. life: but wickednes ouerthroweth the sinner.
7 There is that maketh himself riche, and hathe nothing (and) that maketh himself poore hauing great riches.
8 A man (wil giue) his riches for the raūsome of (his) life but the pooreFor his
〈◊〉
he is not able
〈◊〉
escape the threatings, which the
〈◊〉
oppressers vse against him. cānot heare the reproche.
9 The light of the righteous reioyceth: but the candle of the wicked shalbe put out.
10 Onely by prideVVhen as euerie man
〈◊〉
haue the
〈◊〉
ce, & wil not giue place to another. doeth (man) make contē tion: but with the wel aduised (is) wisdome
11 TheThat is, goods euil gotten, riches of vanitie shal diminish: but he that gathereth withThat is with his owne labour. the hand shal increa se (them.)
12 The hope that is differred (is) the fainting of the heart but whē the desire commeth (it is as) a tre of life.
13 He that despisethMeaning the worde of God, whereby he is ad monis heth of his
〈◊〉
. the worde, he shalbe de stroyed. but he that feareth the commandement, he shalbe rewarded.
14 The instruction of a wise man (is as) the well spring of life, to turne away from the snares of death.
15 Good vnderstanding maketh acceptable: but the way of the disobedient (is) hated.
16 Euerie wiseman wil worke by knowledge but a foole wil spread abroad follie.
17 * A wicked messēger fallethBringeth manie
〈◊〉
bo the to him
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
others. into euil butChap. 25. 13. a faithfull ambassadour (is) preseruation.
18 Pouertie & shame (is) to him that refuseth instruction but he that regardeth correctiō shal be honored.
19 A desire accomplished deliteth the soule: but (it is) an abomination to fooles to departe from euil,
20 He that walketh with the wise, shalbe wise but a companiō of fooles shalbeAs he is partaker of their wickednes and beareth with their vices so shal he be puni shed alike as
〈◊〉
are. afflicted.
21 Affliction followeth sinners: but vnto the righteous (God) wil recompense good.
22 The good mā shal giue inheritance vnto (his) childrens children: and theRead Iob. 27.
〈◊〉
. riches of the sinner is laied vp for the iuste.
23 Muche foode (is) in the field of theGod blesseth
〈◊〉
labour of the poo re and consumeth their goods which are negligent, because thei thinke thei haue ynough. poore but (the field) is destroyed without discretiō
24 * He that spareth his, rod, hateth his sōne but he that loueth hī, chasteneth hībetimeChap.
〈◊〉
. 13.
25 The righteous eateth to the contentatiō
eccles. 30. 5. of his minde: but the bellie of the wicked shal want.
CHAP. XIIII.
1 A Wise womanThat is,
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to profite
〈◊〉
familie and to do that which cō cerneth her
〈◊〉
in their house. buyldeth her house but the foolish destroieth it with her owneIoh. 12. 4. hands.
2 * He that walketh in hisThat is in vprightenes of heart and without hypo crisie. righteousnes, feareth the Lord: but he that is lewde in his waies, despiseth him.
3 In the mouth of the foolish (is) theHis proude tongue shal cause him to be punished. rod of pride but the lippes of the wise preserue them.
4 Where noneBy the oxe is men labour, and by the cribbe the barne: meaning without labour there is no profite. oxen (are) there the crib (is) emptie but muche increase (cōmeth) by the strength of the oxe.
5 A faithful witnes wil not lye: but a false re corde wil speake lyes.
6 A scorneFor the maintenāce of his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and not for Gods
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
on
〈◊〉
. seketh wisdome, and (findeth) it not but knowledge (is) easie to hī that wil
vnderstand.
7 Departe frō the foolish mā, whé thou percei uest not (in him) the lippes of knowledge.
8 The wisdome of the prudent (is) to vnderstand his way: but the foolishnes of the fooles (is) desceit.
9 The foole maketh a mockeDoeth not knowe the grieuousnes therof nor
〈◊〉
iudgements against the same. of sinne: but among the righteous (there is) fauour.
10 The heart knoweth theAs a mans conscience is witnes of his ownegrief so another cā not feele the
〈◊〉
and comforte which a man feeleth in him self. bitternes of his soule, and the stranger shal not medle with his ioye.
11 The house of the wicked shalbe destroyed: but the tabernacle of the righteous shal florish.
12 * There is a way which semeth right to a man: but the yssues thereof (are) the wayes of death.Chap.
〈◊〉
. 25.
13 Euen in laughing the heart is sorowful,He sheweth that the allurement vnto sinne semeth swete, but the end thereof is destruction. and the end of that mirth (is) heauines.
14 The heart that declineth,He that forsaketh God, shal be punished, & made wearie of his sinnes
〈◊〉
in he
〈◊〉
. shalbe saciate with his owne wayes: but a good man (shal departe) from him.
15 The foolish wil beleue euerie thing: but the prudent wil consider his steppes.
16 A wise man eareth, and departeth from euil: but a foole rageth, and is careles.
17 He that is hastie to angre, committeth
〈◊〉
the man of imaginations. folie, and a" busie bodie is hated.
18 The foolish do inheritie folie: but the prudent are crowned with knowledge.
19 The euil shal bowe before the good, and the wickedIf this come not daiely to pas se, we
〈◊〉
con sider
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
be cause our
〈◊〉
, which
〈◊〉
Gods working. at the gates of the righteous
20 The poore is
〈◊〉
euē of his owne neigh bour: but the friēds of the riche (are) manie
21 The sinner despiseth his neighbour but he that hathe mercie on the poore (is) blessed
22 Do not they erre that imagine euil
〈◊〉
but to them that thinke on good things (shalbe) mercie, and trueth.
23 In all labour there is abundance: but the talke of the lippes (bringeth) onely want
24 The
〈◊〉
of the wise (is) their riches, (and) the folie of fooles (is) foolishnes.
25 A faithful witnes deliuereth soules: but a disceiuer speaketh lies.
26 In the feare of the Lord (is) an assured strength, and his children shal haue hope.
27 The feare of the Lord (is as) a well spring of life, to auoide the snares of death.
28 In the multitude of theThat is, the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of a King
〈◊〉
in manie people. people is the ho nour of a King, and for the want of people (cometh) the destruction of the prince.
29 He that is slowe to wrath (is) of great wis dome: but he that is of an hastie minde, exalteth folie.
30 A sound heart (is) the life of theOr, bodie. flesh: but enuie (is) the rotting of the bones.Chap. 17. 5.
31 * He that oppresseth the poore, reproueth him that made him but he honoreth him that hathe mercie on the poore.
32 The wicked shalbe cast away for his malice: but the righteous hathe hope in his death.
33 Wisdome resteth in the heart of him that hathe vnderstanding, and is knowē
For as muche as thei are
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and put to silence. in the mindes of fooles.
34 Iustice exalteth a nation,Or, and the mer cie of the people is a
〈◊〉
for sinne. but sinne is a shame to the people.
35 The pleasure of a King (is) in a wise seruāt: but his wrath shalbe toward him that is lewde.
CHAP XV.
1 A * Soft answer putteth away wrath butChap. 25.
〈◊〉
. grieuous wordes stirre vp angre.
2 The tongue of the wise vseth knowledgeVers. 28. aright but the mouth of fooles * bableth out foolishnes.
3 The eyes of the Lord in euerie place behol de the euil and the good.
4 A wholsome tongue (is as) a tre of life: but the frowardnes thereof (is) the breaking of the minde.
5 A foole despiseth his fathers instruction: but he that regardeth correctiō, is prudēt.
6 The house of the righteous (hathe) muche treasure: but in the reuenues of the wicked isFor thogh
〈◊〉
haue muche yet it is ful of trouble and care. trouble.
7 The lippes of the wise do spread abroad knowledge: but the heart of the foolish (doeth) not so.
8 TheThat thing is abominable before God, which the wicked think to be moste excel lēt, and whereby thei thinkemoste to be accepted. sacrifice of the wicked (is) a bomin ation to the Lord but the praier of the righ teous is acceptable vnto him,
9 The way of the wicked is an abominacion vnto the Lord but he loueth him that fol loweth righteousnes.
10 Instructiō is euil to him thatHe
〈◊〉
swarueth from the worde of God, can not abide to be admonished. for saketh the way (and) he that hateth correction, shal dye.
11 There is no thing so depe, or secret that can be
〈◊〉
from theeyes of God much lesse mens thoghts. Hel & destructiō (are) before the lord how much more the hearts of the sonnes of mē?
12 A scorner loueth not him that rebuketh him, nether wil he go vnto the wise.
13 * A ioyful heart maketh a chereful countenanceChap. 17. 22. but by the sorow of the heart the minde is heauie.
14 The heart of him that hathe vnderstanding: seketh knowledge: but the mouthe of the foole is fed with foolishnes,
15 All the daies of the afflicted (are) euil: but a goodEbr. heart. conscience (is) a continual feast.
16 * Better (is) a litle with the feare of the lordPsal, 37. 16. thē great treasure and trouble therewith.
17 Better is a dinner of grene herbes were loue (is) then a stalled oxe & hatred therewith.
18 * An angrie man stirreth vp strife: but heChap.
〈◊〉
. 22. that is slowe to wrath, appeaseth strife.
19 The way of a slouthful man (is) as an hedge ofThat is, heeuer findeth some let or stay, and dare not go forward. thornes: but the way of the righteous is plaine.
20 * A wise sonne reioyceth the father: but aChap. 10. 1. foolish man despiseth his mother.
21 Foolishnes (is) ioye to him that is destitute of vnderstanding: but a man of vnderstanding walketh vprightly.
22 Without coūsel toghtes come to nought but f in the multitude of counsellers thereRead Chap.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. is stedfastnes.
23 A ioye (cometh) to a mā by the answer of his mouth: and how good (is) a wordeIf
〈◊〉
that our talke be comfortable, we
〈◊〉
waite for time and season. in
due season?
24 The waie of life (is) on high to the prudēt, to auoide from hel beneth.
25 The Lord wil destroy the house of the prou de men: but he wil stablish the borders of the widowe.
26 The thoghts of the wicked are abomination to the Lord: but the pure (haue)That is holsome and profitable to the hearers. plea sant wordes.
27 He that is gredie of gaine, troubleth his owne house: but he that hateth giftes, shal liue.
28 The heart of the righteous studieth to an swer: but the wicked mans mouth bableth euil things.
29 The Lord is farre of from the wicked: but he heareth the praier of the righteous.
30 The light of the eies reioyceth the heart, and a good name ma keth the bones fat.
31 The eare that hearkeneth to theThat suffreth himself to be admonished by Gods worde which bringeth life and so amendeth. correctionChap. XVI. of life, shal lodge among the wise.
32 He that refuseth instruction, despiseth his owne soule: but he that obeieth correctiō, getteth vnderstanding.
33 The feare of the Lord (is) the instruction of wisdome: and before honour (goeth)Meaning, that God exalteth none but them that are truely humbled. humilitie.
CHAP. XVI.
1 THeHe derideth the presumption of man who dare attribute to him self aniething, as to prepare his heart or suche like, seing that he is not able to speake a worde, except
〈◊〉
giue it him. preparations of the heart (are) in man: but the answer of the tōgue (is) of the Lord.
2 All the waies of a man (are)He sheweth he reby that man flat
〈◊〉
him self in his doings calling that vertue which God termeth vice cleane in his o wne eies: but the lord pōdereth the spirits
3 Ebr. role. Cōmit thy workes vnto the Lord, & thy thoghts shalbe directed.
4 The Lord hathe made all things for his owne sake: yea, euen the wicked for the day ofSo that the iustice of God shal ap peare to his glorie euen in the destru ction of the wicked. euil.Chap. 11. 21.
5 All that are proude in earth (are) an abomi nation to the Lord (thogh) * hand (ioyne, in hand, he shal not be vnpunished.
6 ByTheir
〈◊〉
& repenting life shal be a token that their sinnes areforgiuen. mercie and trueth iniquitie shalbeChap.
〈◊〉
. 16. forgiuē, and by the feare of the Lord theypsal 37. 16. departe from euil.
7 When the waies of a man please the Lord, he wil make also his enemies at peace with him.
8 * Betteri litle with righteousnes, then great reuenues without equitie.
9 The heart of mā
He sheweth the folie of mā which thinketh that his waies are in his owne hand and yet is not able to remoue one fote except God giue force, purposeth his way butChap. 11, 1. the Lord doeth direct his steppes.
10 A diuine sentence (shalbe) in the lippes of the King his mouth shal not transgresse iniudgement.
11 * A true weight and balance are of the Lord all the weights of the bagge (are) hisIf they be true & iuste thei are Godeworke and he
〈◊〉
therein but other wise if thei befalse, thei are the worke of the deuil, and to their condemnation that vse thē. worke.
12 It is an abominacion to Kings to commit wickednes: for the throne isstablishedThey are appoī ted by God to rule according to equitie and iustice by iustice.
13 Righteous lippes are the delite of Kings and the King loueth him that speaketh right things.
14 The wrath of a King (is as)That is he
〈◊〉
out manie meanes to
〈◊〉
his wrath. messengers of death: but a wise man wil pacifie it.
15 In the lightof the Kings countenance (is) life: and his fauour (is)VVhich is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
dryegrounde. as a cloude of the latter raine.
16 * How muche better is it to get wisdome then golde, and to get vnderstanding, isDeut. 11. 14. more to be desired then siluer.Chap. 8. 10.
17 The path of the righteous is to decline from euil (and) he kepeth his soule, that kepeth his way.
18 Pride (goeth) before destruction, and an high minde before the fall.
19 Better it is to be of humble minde with the lowlie, then to deuide the spoiles with the proude.
20 He that is wise in (his) busines, shal finde good and * he that trusteth in the Lord, hePsal. 25. 3. is blessed.
21 The wise in heart shalbe called prudent: &The swete wordes of consolatiō, which come forthe of a godlie heart. the swetenes of the lippes shal increase doctrine.
22 Vnderstāding (is) a well spring of life vnto thē that haue it: & theEther that which the wicked teache others, or elsit is folie to teache the that are malicious instructiō of fooles (is) folie.
23 The heart of the wise guideth his mouth wisely, and addeth doctrine to his lippes.
24 Faire wordes (are as) an honie combe, swe tenes to the soule, & health to the bones.
25 * There is away that semeth right vntoChap. 14 12. man: but the yssue thereof (are) the waies of death.
26 The persone that
〈◊〉
trauaileth for him self for his mouthEbr boweth vp on him. craueth it of him.
27 A wicked man diggeth vp euil, and in his lippes (is) likeFor he consumeth him self and others. burning fyre.
28 A froward persone soweth strife: and a tale teller maketh diuision among princes.
29 A wicked mā desceiueth his neighbour, & leadeth him into the way that is not good
30 With his whole iudgemēt our he laboureth to
〈◊〉
his wickednes to passe. He
〈◊〉
his eyes to deuise wickednes he moueth his lippes (and) bringeth euil to passe.
31 Age is a crowne of glorie (when) it is founde in the way ofThat is, when it is ioyned with
〈◊〉
orels the elder that wicked are, the more thei are to be abhorred. righteousnes.
32 He that is slowe vnto angre, is better then the mightie mā & he that ruleth his owne minde (is better) thē he that winneth a citie
33 The lot is cast into the lappe: but the whole disposition thereof (is)So that there is nothīg that ought to be attribute to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for all things are determined in
〈◊〉
counsel of God which shal come to passe. of the Lord,
CHAP. XVII.
1 BEtter is a drye morsel, if peace be with it, then an house ful ofFor where
〈◊〉
were manie sacrifices, there were manie portions gā uen to the people, where with
〈◊〉
feasted. sacrifices (with) strife.Chap. XVII.
2 * A discrete seruant shal haue rule ouer a lewde sonne, and he shal deuide theThat is, shal be made gouernour ouer the children heritage among the brethren.
3 As is the fining pot for siluer, & the fornace for golde, so the Lord tryeth the hearts
4 The wicked giueth hede to the false lippesEccle. 10, 30. (&) alyer hearkeneth to the naughtietōgue
5 * He that mocketh the poore, reprocheth him, that made him: and he that reioycethChap. 14. 31. at destruction shal not be vn punished.
6 Childrens children are the crowne of the elders: and the glorie of the children (are) their fathers.
7 Ebr. the lippe of
〈◊〉
. Hie talke becometh not a foole, muche lesse a lying talke a prince.
8 Are warde (is as) a stone pleasant in the eyes of them that haue it: it prospereth, whether soeuer itThe
〈◊〉
hathe great
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
, the heartes of
〈◊〉
. turneth.
9 He that couereth a transgression, seketh loue: but he that repeateth a matter, separateth theHe that admoni
〈◊〉
the prince of his
〈◊〉
, maketh him his enemie. prince.
10 A reprofe entreth more into him that hathe vnderstanding, then an hundreth stripes into a foole.
11 A sedecious persone seketh onely euil, & a cruelBy the messenger is
〈◊〉
meanes as God vseth to punish the
〈◊〉
. messenger shalbe sent against him.
12 (It is better) for a man to mete a beare rob bed of her whelpes, thenVVhereby he
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
ked in
〈◊〉
rage, who hathe no feare of God. a foole in his fo lie.
13 * He that rewardeth euil for good, euil shal not departe from his house.
14 The beginning of strife (is as) one that openeth the waters: therefore or the contentionRom,
〈◊〉
. 17. be medled with, leaue of.1.
〈◊〉
. 5,
〈◊〉
.
1. pet. 3. 9.
15 He that iustifieth the wicked, and he thatIsa. 5. 23. condemneth the iust, euen thei bothe areChap. 24.
〈◊〉
. abominacion to the Lord.
16 Wherefore is there aVVhat
〈◊〉
it the
〈◊〉
to be riche, seing he
〈◊〉
not his
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
? price in the hand of the foole to get wisdome, and (he hathe) none heart?
17 A friend loueth at all times andSo that he is mo re then a friend, euen a brother that
〈◊〉
in time of aduersitie. a brother is borne for aduersitie.
18 A mā destitute of vnderstādingRead Chap
〈◊〉
1. toucheth the hand, and becometh suretie for his neighbour.
19 He loueth transgression, that loueth strife (and) he that exalteth his
〈◊〉
vp him self aboue his degre. gate, seketh destruction.
20 The frowarde heart findeth no good and he that hathe a naughtie tongue, shal fall into euil.
21 He that begetteth a foole (getteth) him self sorowe, and the father of a foole can haue no ioye.Chap.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
22 * A ioyful heart causeth good health: but a sorowful minde dryeth the bones.
23 A wicked man taketh a gift out of the
〈◊〉
is, secretly
〈◊〉
out of the
〈◊〉
. bosome to wrest the waies of iudgement.
24 * Wisdome (is) in the face of him that hatheE.
〈◊〉
2.
〈◊〉
. &.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. vnderstanding: but the eyes of a foole (are) in the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, Wander to and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
corners of the worlde.
25 A foolish sonne is a grief vnto his father, & a * heauines to her that bare him.Chap
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
26 Surely it is not good to condemne the iuste, nor that the prīces shulde
〈◊〉
(suche)For their wel doing.
〈◊〉
equitie.
27 He that hathe knowledge, spareth his wor des, and a man of vnderstanding (is) of an excellent spirit.
28 Euen a foole [when he holdeth his peace] is counted wise, and he that stoppeth his lippes, prudent.
CHAP. XVIII.
1 FOr the desire (thereof) he wil
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
loueth
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
sepa
〈◊〉
him
〈◊〉
from all
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
giue him
〈◊〉
wholly to
〈◊〉
it. separate him self to seke it (and) occupie him self in all wisdome.
2 A foole hathe no delite in vnderstanding: but that his heart may beThat is,
〈◊〉
he may talke
〈◊〉
of whatsoe
〈◊〉
cometh to min de. discouered.
3 When the wicked commeth, then cōmethMeaning, suche
〈◊〉
as
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
others. contēpt, and with the vile man reproche
4 The wordes of a mans mouth (are like) depeVVhich can neuer be drawne
〈◊〉
ptie, but
〈◊〉
euer
〈◊〉
. waters (and) the well spring of wisdome (is like) a flowing riuer.
5 It is not good toThat is,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
him and
〈◊〉
accept the persone of the wicked, to cause the righteous to fall in iudgement.
6 A fooles lippes come with strife, and his mouth calleth for stripes.g He shewen what is the
〈◊〉
of the godlie agaīst all troubles.
7 A fooles mouth (is) his owne destruction, & his lippes (are) a snare for his soule.
8 The wordes of a tale (are) as flatterings, &Chap. 10 15. thei go downe intoThei are sone beleued and
〈◊〉
most depely. the bowels of the belChap. 16 18. lie.Eccle. 11. 8.
9 He also that is flouthful in his worke, is euē the brother of him that is a great waster.
10 The Name of the Lord (is) a strong towre: the righteous runneth vnto it, & is exalted
11 * The riche mans riches (are) his strong ci tie and as an hie wall in his imagination.
12 * Before destruction the heart of a man is hautie, and before glorie (goeth) lowlines.
13 * He that answereth a matter before he heare it, is folie and shame vnto him.
14 The spirit of a man wil susteine his infirmitie butThe minde can wel beare the
〈◊〉
of the bodie, but when the spirit is wonded, it is a thing moste
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
su steine. a wounded spirite, who can beare it?
15 A wise heart getteth knowledge, and the eare of the wise seketh learning.
16 A mans gift
〈◊〉
him
〈◊〉
tie to speake, and fauour of them that
〈◊〉
moste in
〈◊〉
. enlargeth him, and leadeth him before great men.
17He
〈◊〉
speaketh
〈◊〉
is best
〈◊〉
of the wicked iudge but when his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the matter,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
shame (He that is) sirst in his owne cause (is) iust: then cometh his neighbour, and maketh iniquitie of him.
18 The lotIf a
〈◊〉
: sie can
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
wise be decided,
〈◊〉
is best to cast lottes to knowe whose the thing shalbe. causeth contentions to ceale, &
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
, which are so
〈◊〉
e
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
be
〈◊〉
. maketh a particion among the mightie,
19 A brother offended (is harder to winne) then a strong citie, and (their) contentions (are) like theVVhich
〈◊〉
the strength
〈◊〉
wil
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
we nor yelde. barre of a place.
20 With the frute of mans mouthe shal his bely be satisfied (and) with the increase of his lippes shal he be filled.
21 Death and life (are) in the power of the tongue, and they thatBy the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
or
〈◊〉
. loue it, shal eat the frute thereof.
22 He that findeth a
〈◊〉
that is ioyned with a
〈◊〉
woman
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, is blessed of the Lord as Chap. 10.
〈◊〉
. wife, findeth a good thing, and receiueth fauor of the Lord.
23 The poore speaketh (with) prayers: but the riche answereth roughly.
24 A man (that hathe) friēds (ought) to shewe him self fryendly: for a friend is nerer
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
suche are more readie
〈◊〉
do pleasure them he that is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
de by
〈◊〉
. then a brother.
CHAP. XIX. Chap. 28. 6.
1 BEtter *
〈◊〉
the poore that walketh in his vprightnes, then he that a buseth his lippes, and is a foole.
2 For without knowledge the minde is not good, and he that hasteth with his fete, sin neth.
3 The foolishnes of a man peruerteth his way, & his hart freateth against the Lord.
4 Riches gather manie friends: but the poo re is separated from his neighbour.
5 * Asalse witnes shal not be vnpunished: &
〈◊〉
. 19.
〈◊〉
dan. 13. 60. he that speaketh lies, shal notescape.
6 Manie reuerence the face of the prince, &
euerie man (is) friende to hym that gyueth giftes.
7 All the brethren of the poore do hate him: how muche more will his friendes departe farre frome hym? thogh he be instantTo haue
〈◊〉
of them. with wordes, (yet) they wil not.
8 He that possesseth vnderstandyng,He that is vp ryght in iudgement,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of God. loueth his wne soule, and kepeth wisdome to finde goodnes.
9 A false witnes shall not be vnpunished: and he that speaketh lyes, shal perish.
10The sre vse of thīgs are not to be
〈◊〉
to him
〈◊〉
can not vse them a right. Pleasure is not comelie for a foole, muche lesse for a seruant to haue rule ouer princes.
11 The discretiō of a man differreth his angre: and his glorie (is)That is, to couer it by
〈◊〉
and to do therein as may moste serue to Goddes glorie. to passe by an offence.
12 * The Kings wrath (is) like the roaring of a lyon: but his fauour (is) like the dewe
〈◊〉
the grasse.
13 * A foolish sonne (is) the calamitie of his father, * and the contētions of a wife (are like)Chap. 20. 2.
Chap. 17. 21. a continualAs
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the house. dropping.Chap. 21. 9.
14 House and riches (
〈◊〉
) the inheritance of the fathers: but * a prudent wife (cometh) of the Lord.Chap. 18. 22.
15 Slouthfulnes causeth to fall a slepe, and a disceitfull persone shal be
〈◊〉
.
16 He that kepeth the commaundement, kepeth hys owne soule: (but) he that despiseth his
〈◊〉
, shal dye.
17 He that hathe mercie vpon the poore, lendeth vnto the Lord: and the Lord wil recompense him that which he hathe giuen.
18 Chasten thy sonne while there is hope, and
〈◊〉
not thy soule spare for his murmuring.
19 (A man) of muche angre shal suffer punishment: and thogh thou deliuer (him,) yet wilf Thogh for a tyme he giue place to counsell, yet sone after wil he giue place to hys taging
〈◊〉
. (his angre) come againe.
20 Heare counsel, and receiue instruction, that thou maiest be wise in thy latter end.
21 Manie deuices (
〈◊〉
)
〈◊〉
a mās heart: but theg Mans deuice shal not haue sue ces, excepte God
〈◊〉
it, whose
〈◊〉
is vnchangeable. counsel of the Lord shall stand.
22 That that is to be desired of a man, (is) hisThat is, that he be honest for the poore man
〈◊〉
is honest,
〈◊〉
to be estemed
〈◊〉
the riche whiche is not vertuous. goodnes, and a poore man is better then a lyer.
23 The feare of the Lorde (leadeth) to life: and he that is filled (therewith,) shall continue, (and) shal not be with euil.
24 * The slouthfull hydeth his hand in (hys) bosome, and will not put itto his mouth againe.Chap. 26. 15.
Chap.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
25 * Smite a scorner, andThat is, the sim ple and ignorant men learne whē they se the
〈◊〉
punished. the foolishe will beware: and reproue the prudent, and he will vnderstand knowlēdge.
26 He that destroyeth (his) father, (or) chaseth away (his) mother, (is) a lewde and shamefull childe.
27 My sonne, heare no more the instruction, that causeth to erre frome the wordes of knowledge.
28 A wicked witnes
〈◊〉
at iudgement, and the mouth of the wickedTaketh a pleasure and delite therein, as gluttons and
〈◊〉
in delilicate meats and drinkes. swalloeth vp iniquitie.
29 (But) iudgements are prepared for the scor ners, and stripes for the backe of the fooles.
CHAP. XX.
1 WIneBy wine
〈◊〉
is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
is giuen to
〈◊〉
, and so by strong d inke. (is) a mocker (and) strong drinke is raging: and whosoeuer is deceyued thereby, is not wise.
2 * The feare of the King (is) like the roaryng of a lion: he that prouoketh him vnto angre:Chap. 9. 17.
〈◊〉
his life in danger. sinneth against his owne soule.
3 (It is) a mans honour to cease from strife: but euerie foole wil be medling.
4 The slouthful will not plowe, because of winter: (therefore) shal he begge in sommer but haue nothing.
5 The counsell in the hearte ofIt is harde to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for it is as
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
whose
〈◊〉
can not be found yet the wise ma wyll knowe a a
〈◊〉
: her by
〈◊〉
wordes or
〈◊〉
. man (is like) depe waters: but a man that hathe vnderstan ding, wil drawe it out.
6 Manie mē will boast, euerie one of his owne goodnes: but who can finde a faithful man?
7 He that walketh in his integritie, (is) iust (&) blessed (shal) his children (be) after him.
8 A King that sitteth in the throne of iudgement,VVhere righteous iudgement is executed, there sinne ceaseth ād vice
〈◊〉
not appeare chaseth away all euil with his eyes.
9 * Who can say, I haue made mine heart cleane, I am cleane from sinne?
10 DiuersEbr
〈◊〉
and stone, ephah and ephah. weightes, & diuers measures, bothRead, Chap. 16. 11. these are euen abominacion vnto the Lord1 King. 8. 46.
11 A childe also is knowen by his doings, whether2.
〈◊〉
. 6.
〈◊〉
. his worke be pure and right.Eecle. 7. 21.
〈◊〉
. Iohn.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
12 The Lord hathe made bothe these, euen the eare to heare, and the eye to se.
13 Loue not slepe, lest thou come vnto pouertie: open thine eyes, (and) thou shalte be satisned with bread.
14 It is naught, it is naught, saith the byer: but when he is gone a parte, he boasteth.
15 There is golde, and a multitude of precious stones: but the lipps of knowledge (are) a precious iewel.
16 * Take hysTeach him wit, that he
〈◊〉
not him selfe
〈◊〉
into danger. garment, that is suretie for a straunger, and a pledge of hym for theChap. 27.
〈◊〉
. stranger.
17 The bread of deceit (is) swete to a man: but afterwarde hys mouth shalbe filled with grauel.Chap. 11.
〈◊〉
.
Exod. 21. 17.
18 Establish the thoghts by counsel: and byLeuir. 20. 9. counsel make warre.
〈◊〉
. 15. 4.
Deut. 32. 35.
19 He that goeth about (as) a sclanderer, discouerethChap. 17. 13. and 24. 29. *
〈◊〉
: therefore medle not withRom. 2. 17. him that flattereth with his lippes.1. Thess.
〈◊〉
. 15.
20 * He that curseth hys father or hys mother,1. Peter. 3. 9. hys lyght shalbe put out in obscureChap.
〈◊〉
. 1. and vers. 10. darkenes.Ierem 10. 23.
21 An heritage (is) hastely gotten at the begynnyng, but the end there of shall not be blessed.
22 Say not thou, * I wil recompense euil: (but) waite vpon the Lord, and he shall saue thee.
23 * Diuers weyghtes (are) an abominacion vnto the Lord, and disceitfull balances (are) not good.
24 * The steppes of man (are ruled) by the Lorde: howe can a man thē vnderstande hys owne way?
25 It is a destruction for a man toThat is, to applie it, or take it to his owne vse, whiche was appointed to Gods and thē inquire howe they maie be exempted frō the
〈◊〉
. deuoure that which is sanctified, and after the vowes to inquire.
26 A wise King scattereth the wicked, and cauChap. 29. 14.
seth theVVhiche was a kinde of punishment then vsed. whele to turne ouer them.
27 TheThe worde of God giueth lyfe vnto man, and
〈◊〉
vs to se and trye the secrets of our dark hearts. Ehr. 4. 12, light of the Lord (is) the breth of mā, and sercheth all the bowels of the bellie.
28 * Mercie and trueth preserue the King: for his throne shalbe established with mercy.
29 The beautie of yong men (is) their strength and the glorie of the aged (is) the graye head.Chap. XXI.
30 Sharpe punishment, that perceth
〈◊〉
the inward partes, is profitable for the wicked, to
〈◊〉
them to amendement. The blewenes of the wounde serueth to purge the euill, and the strippes within the bowels of the bellie.
CHAP. XXI.
1 THeThogh Kings seme to haue all thinges at commandement, yet are they not able to bryng their owne proposes to passe anie otherwise them God hath appoin ted:
〈◊〉
lesse are the inferiours able. Kīngs heart (is) in the hād of the Lord, (as) the riuers of waters: he turned it whe thersoeuer it pleaseth him.
2 Euerie * way of a man (is) right in his owne eyes: but the Lord pondereth the hearts.
3 * To do iustice and iudgement is more, acceptableChap. 16 2.
Mich. 6. 8. to the Lord then sacrifice.
4 A hautie loke, and a proude heart, (whiche is) the
〈◊〉
, plowing.
That is,
〈◊〉
thyng whereby he is guided, or whiche he bringeth forth as the
〈◊〉
of his
〈◊〉
light of the wicked, (is) sinne.
5 The thoghts of the diligēt (do) surely (bring) abundance: butHe that goeth rashely aboute his busines and without coūsell. whosoeuer is hastie, (cometh) surely to pouertie.
6 * The gathering of treasures by a disceitfull tongue (is) vanitie tossed to and fro of them that seke death.Chap. 13.
〈◊〉
7 TheHe meaneth this
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
and princes whiche leaue that vocation whereunto God hathe called
〈◊〉
, and powle their subiects to mainteine their
〈◊〉
robberie of the wicked shall destroye them: for they haue refused to execute iudgement.
8 The way of some (is) peruerted and strange: but of the pure man, his worke (is) right.
9 * It is better to dwell in a corner of the house toppe, then with a contentious woman in aOr, in a greate
〈◊〉
. wide house.Chap. 19. 13. and 25. 24.
10 The soule of the wicked wisheth euil: (and) his neighbour hathe no fauour in his eyes.
11 Read Chap. 19. 25 When the scorner is punished, the foolish is wise: and when one instructeth the wise, he wil receiue knowledge.
12 The ryghteousThogh the godlie admonishe them bothe by wordes, and example of life, yet the wicked wil not amende, till God destroye thē
teacheth the house of the wicked (but God) ouerthro weth the wicked for (their) euil.
13 He that stoppeth hys eare at the crying of the poore, he shal also crie and not be heard.
14 ATo do a pleasure to the angrie mā pacifieth him gift in secret pacifieth angre, and a gift in the bosome great wrath.
15 It is ioye to the iuste to do iudgement: but destruction (shalbe) to the workers of iniquitie.
16 A man that wandereth out of the waye of wisdome, shal remaine in the congregacion of the dead.
17 He that loueth pastime, (shalbe) a poore man: (ād) he that loueth wine and oyle, shall not be riche.
18 TheGod shal cause that to fall on their own heads, which they intē ded againste the iuste, by deliuering the iust and putting the wicked in their places. wicked (shalbe) a rāsome for the iust, and the transgressour for the righteous.
19 * It is better to dwel in the wildernes, then with a cotentious and angrie woman.
20 In the house of the wise is a pleasant treasure andMeaning, abun dance of all thyngs. oyle; but a foolishe man deuoureth it.Eccle. 25. 23.
21 He that followeth after righteousnes and mercie, shal finde life, righteousnes, & glorie
22 AVVisdome ouercometh strength and confidence in worlde lie things. wise man goeth vp into the citie of the mightie, and casteth downe the strength of the confidence thereof.
23 He that kepeth his mouth and his tongue, kepeth his soule from afflictions.
24 Proude, hautie (and) scorneful (is) his name that worketh in (his) arrogancie wrath.
25 The desire of the slouthfullHe thinketh to liue by wishinge and desiryng all things, but will take no peine to get ought. slaieth him: for his hands refuse to worke.
26 He
〈◊〉
gredely, but the righteous giueth, and spareth not.
27 The * sacrifice of the wicked (is) an abominacion:Chap. 15. 8. how muche more when he bringethIsa. 1. 13. it with a wicked minde?Eccles.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
Chap. 19. 5.
28 * A false witnes shal perish: but he that he areth,He maie boldly testifie the trueth that he hathe heard. speaketh continually.
29 A wicked man hardeneth his face: but the iuste, he wil direct his way.
30 There is no wisdome, nether vnderstāding, nor counsel against the Lord.
31 The horse is prepared againste the daye of battel: but
〈◊〉
(is) of the Lord.
CHAP. XXII.
1 A * Good name is to be chosē aboue goodEccles. 7. 2. riches, andVVhich
〈◊〉
by wel doing.
〈◊〉
fauour is aboue siluer and aboue golde.Chap. 29 13.
2 * The riche and poore
〈◊〉
together, and haue nede the one of the other. mete together: the Lord (is) the maker of them all.
3 * A prudent man seeth theThat is, the punishment, whiche is prepared for the wicked, & fleeth to God for succour. plague, and hidethChap. 27. 12. him selfe: but the foolish go on still, and are punished.
4 The rewarde of humilitie (and) the feare of God (is) riches, and glorie, and life.
5 Thornes (and) snares (are) in the way of the fro warde: (but) he that regardeth his soule, will
〈◊〉
farre from them.
6 Teache a childeBryng hym vp
〈◊〉
, ād he shal so
〈◊〉
. in the trade of hys waye, and when he is olde, he shall not departe from it.
7 The riche ruleth the poore, and the borower (is) seruant to the man that lendeth.
8 He that soweth iniquitie, shall reape affliction, and theHis autoritie, where by he did
〈◊〉
others, shal be taken from him. rodde of his angre shal faile.
9 * He that hathe a goodHe that is merci ful, and liberal. eye, he shalbe blessed: for he giueth of his bread vnto the poreEccle. 31. 28.
10 Cast out the scorner, and strife shall go out: so contention and reproche shal cease.
11 He that loueth purenes of heart (for) the gra ce of lips, theHe sheweth that prīces
〈◊〉
vse their familia ritie, whose conscience is good, and their talke wise and godlie. King (shalbe) his friend.
12 The eyes of the LordFauour them that loue knowledge. preserue knowledge: but he ouerthroweth the wordes of the transgressour.
13 The slouthfull man saith,He
〈◊〉
thē that
〈◊〉
excuses, because they wolde not do their duetie. Alyon (is) without, I shal be slaine in the strete.
14 The mouth of strange women (is as) a depe pit: he with whom the Lord is angrie,So God punisheth one sinne by another, whē he suffreth the wicked to fal into the acquaintā ce of an harlot. shal fall therein.
15 Foolishnes is boundeHe is naturally giuen vnto it. in the heart of a child: but the rodde of correction shal driue it away
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
16 He that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the poore to increase himself, (
〈◊〉
giueth vnto the riche, (shall) surely (come) to pouertie.
17 ¶ Incline thine eare, and heare the wordes of the wise, and applie thine heart vnto my
knowledge.
18 For (it shalbe) pleasant if thou kepe them in thy bellie, (& if) they be directed together in thy lippes.
19 That thy confidence may be inHe sheweth what the end of wisdome is: to wit, to direct vs to the Lord. the Lord, I haue shewed thee this day: thou therefore (take hede.)
20 Haue not I written vnto theeThat is, sundrie times. thre times in counsele and knowledge,
21 That I might shewe thee the assurance of the wordes of trueth to answer the wordes of trueth to them that send to thee?
22 Robbe not the poore, because he is poore nether oppresse the afflictedEbr. in the
〈◊〉
in iudgement.
23 For the Lord * wil defende their cause, andChap. 23, 11. spoile the soule of those that spoile them.
24 MakeHaue not to do with him that is not able to rule his affections: for he wolde hurt thee by his euil
〈◊〉
. no friendship with an angrieman, nether go with the furious man,
25 Lest thou learne his wayes, and receiue destruction to thy soule.
26 Be not thou of them thatVVhich rashely put thē selues in dāger for others, as Chap. 6, 1. touche the hand (nor) among them that are suretie for debts
27 If thou hast nothīg to paie, why causest thou that he shuld take thy bed from vnder thee?
28 Thou shalt not * remoue the ancient boundesDeu: 27. 17. which thy fathers haue made.Chap, 23,
〈◊〉
.
29 Thou seest that a diligēt man in his busines standeth before Kings, (and) standeth not be fore the base sorte.
CHAP. XXIII.
1 WHen thou sittest to eat with a ruler,Eat with sobrie tie. consider diligētly what is before thee,
2
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ap
〈◊〉
, as it were by force and vio lence. And put the knife to thy throte, if thou be a man giuen to the appetite.
3 Be not desirous of his deintie meats:For oft times the
〈◊〉
, when they bid
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
to their tables, it is not for the loue they bear? them, but for their owne secret purposes. for it is a desceiuable meat.
4 Trauail not to muche to be riche: (but) cease from thyBestowe not the
〈◊〉
that God hathe giuen
〈◊〉
, to get wordelie
〈◊〉
. wisdome.
5 Wilt thou cast thine eyes vpon it, which is nothing? for (riches) taketh her to her winges, as an egle, and flieth into the heauen.
6 Eat thou not the bread of him that hathe anThat is, couetous, as contrarie a good eye is taken for liberal, as Chap. 22, 9. euil eye, nether desire his deintie meats.
7 For as thogh he thoght it in his heart, so wil he say vnto thee, Eat & drinke: but his heart is not with thee.
8 Thou shalt vomit thyHe wil not cease til he hathe done thee some harme & his flattering wordes shal come to no vse. morsels that thou hast eaten, and thou shalt lose thy swete wordes.
9 Speake not in the eares of a foole: for he wil despise the wisdome of thy wordes.
10 * Remoue not the ancient boundes, and en tre not into the fields of the fatherles.
11 For he that redemeth thē, is mightie: he wil * defende their cause against thee.Deut
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
.
Chap. 22,
〈◊〉
.
12 Applie thine heart to instruction, and thineChap. 22, 23. eares to the wordes of knowledge.
13 * Withholde not correction frō the childe:Chap.
〈◊〉
, 24. & 19, 18. if thou smite him with the rod, he shal notEccl. 30,
〈◊〉
. dye.
14 Thou shalt-smite him with the rodde, and shalt deliuer his soule fromThat is from de
〈◊〉
. hel.
15 My sonne, if thine heart be wise, mine heart shal reioyce and I also.
16 And my reines shal reioyce, when thy lippes speake righteous things.
17 * Let not thine heart be enuious against sinners:Psal. 37,
〈◊〉
.
Chap, 24, 1, but (let it be) in the feare of the Lord continually.
18 For surely there is an end,The
〈◊〉
of the wicked shal not continue and thy hope shal not be cut of.
19 O thou my sonne, heare, and be wise, & guide thine heart in theIn the obseruation of Gods cō
mandements. way.
20 Kepe not compagnie withEbr. wine
〈◊〉
. dronkards, (nor) withEbr. deuourers of flesh. gluttons.
21 For the drōkard & the gluttō shalbe poore and the sleper shalbe clothed with ragges.
22 Obey thy father that hathe begoten thee, & despise not thy mother when she is olde.
23 ByeSpare no cost for trueths sake, nether
〈◊〉
from it for anie gaine. the trueth, but sel it not: (like wise) wis dome, and instruction, and vnderstanding.
24 The father of the righteous shal greatly reioyce, and he that begetteth a wise childe, shal haue ioye of him.
25 Thy father and thy mother shalbe glad, and she that bare thee, shal reioyce.
26 My sonne, giue meGiue thy self wholly to wisdome. thine heart, & let thine eyes delite in my wayes.
27 * For a whore (is as) a depe ditche, and a strā
geChap. 22, 14. woman (is as) a narow pit.
28 * Also she lieth in waite as for a pray,She seduceth manie, &
〈◊〉
them to offend God. andChap. 7, 8. she increaseth the transgressers among men
29 To whome is wo? to whome is sorowe? to whome is strife? to whome is murmuring? to whome are wondes without cause? (and) to whome is the rednes of the eyes?
30 (Euen) to them that tarie long at the wine, to them that go,Which by are make wine
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
more pleasant. and seke mixt wine.
31 Loke not thou vpon the wine, when it is red (and) when it sheweth his colour in the cup pe, (or) goeth downe pleasantly.
32 In the end thereof it wil bite like a serpent, and hurt like a cockatrise.
33 ThineThat is, dronkē nes shal bring thee to whoredome. eyes shal loke vpon strange women and thine heart shal speake lewde things.
34 And thou shalt be as one that slepeth in the middes of theIn such greatdā ger shalt thou
〈◊〉
sea, and as he that slepeth in the top of the mast.
35 They haue striken me, (shalt thou say, but) I was not sicke: they haue beaten me, (but) I kne we not, when I awoke: (therefore) wil IThogh drōkennes make them more insensible then
〈◊〉
, yet can they not refraine, seke it yet stil.
CHAP. XXIIII,
1 BE * not thou enuious against euil men, netherPsal, 37, 1.
Chap. 23. 17. desire to be with them.
2 For their heart imagineth destruction, and theirlippes speake mischief.
3 Through wisdome is an house buylded, and with vnderstanding it is established.
4 And by knowledge shal the chambers be filled with all precious, and pleasant riches.
5 A wiseman (is) strong: for a man of vnderstā
ding encreaseth (his) strength.
6 * For with counsel thou shalt enterprise thyChap. 20, 18. warre, and in the multitude of them that can giue counsel, (is) health.
7 Wisdome is hie to a foole: (therefore) he cā not open his mouth in theIn the place where wisdome
〈◊〉
be shewed gate.
8 He that imagineth to do euil, men shal call
him an autor of wickednes.
9 The wicked thoght of a foole (is) sinne, and the scorner (is) an abominacion vnto men.
10 (If) thou beMan hathe no tryal of his strength til he be in troubles. faint in the day of aduersitie, thy strength (is) small.
11 Deliuer them that are drawenNone can be ex cused, if he helpe not the innocent when he is in dā
ger. to death: & wilt thou not preserue them that are led to be slaine?
12 If thou say, Beholde, we knewe not of it: he that pondereth the hearts, doeth not he vnderstand it? and he that kepeth thy soule, knoweth he it not? wil not he also recōpense euerie man according to his workes?
13 My sonne, eat honie, for it is good, and thed As honie is swete &
〈◊〉
to the tast, so wis dome is to the soule. honie combe, (for it is) swete vnto thy mouth.
14 So shal the knowledge of wisdome be vnto thy soule, if thou finde it, and there shal be an"Or, rewarde. end, and thine hope shal not be cut of.
15 Lay no waite, ô wicked mā, against the house of the righteous, and spoyle not his resting place.
16 For a iuste manHe is subiect to manie
〈◊〉
but God deliuereth him. falleth seuē times, & riseth againe: but the wicked fal into mischief.
17 Be thou not glad when thine enemie falleth and let not thine heart reioyce when he stum bleth,
18 Lest the Lord se it, and it displease him, and he turne his wrath from him.f To be auenged on thee.
19 * Freat not thy self because of the malicious,Psal. 37,
〈◊〉
. nether be enuious at the wicked.chap.
〈◊〉
, 17.
20 For there shal be none end (of plagues) toChap. 13, 9. the euil man: * the light of the wicked shalbe put out.
21 My sonne, feare the Lord, and the King, (&) meddle not with them that are sedicious.
22 For their destruction shal rise suddenly, & who knoweth the ruine of themMeaning, other of the wicked, & sedicious, as vers, 19, and 21, or of them that feare not God nor obey their King. bothe?
23 AL SO THESE THINGS PERTEINE TO THE WISE, It is not good to haue respect of anie persone in iudgement.
24 He that saith to the wicked, * Thou artrigh teous, him shal the people curse, and the mul"Ebr. to knowe the face. titude shal abhorre him.Chap.
〈◊〉
, 15.
25 But to them that rebucke (him) shal be pleaIsa. 5, 23. sure, and vpon them shal come the blessing of goodnes.
26 They shal kisse the lippes of him that answereth vpright wordes.
27 Prepare thy worke without, and make ready thy things in the field,Be sure of the meanes how to compasse it before thou take anie enterprise in hand. and after, buylde thine house.
28 Be not a witnes against thy neighbour with out cause: for wilt thou deceiue with thy lippes?
29 * Say not, I wil do to him as he hathe done toChap.
〈◊〉
, 22. me, IHe sheweth what is the natu re of the
〈◊〉
, to reuenge wrōg for wrong. wil recompense euerie man according to his worke.
30 I passed by the field of the slouthful, & by the viney arde of the man destiture of vnderstanding.
31 And lo, it was all growen ouer with thornes (and) nettles had couered the face thereof, and the stone wall thereof was broken downe.
32 Then I behelde, (and) I considered it wel: I loked vpon it, (and)That I might
〈◊〉
by another mans faute. receiued instruction,
33 (Yet) a litle slepe,Read Chap. 16,
〈◊〉
a litle slumber, a litle fol ding of the hands to slepe.
34 So thy pouertie cometh (as) one that trauaileth by the way, and thy necessitie like an armed man.
CHAP. XXV.
1 THESE ARE ALSO PARABLES of Salomon, which theWhome
〈◊〉
appointed for this purpose. men of Hezekiáh IudáhThat is, gathered cut of diuers bokes of Salomō
copied out.
2 THe glorie of God (is) toGod doeth not reueile the cause of his iudgemēts to man. conceile a thing secret: but theBecause the King
〈◊〉
by the
〈◊〉
reueiled worde of God, the cause of his doings must appeare, and therefore he must vse diligence in trying
〈◊〉
of causes Kings honour (is) to se arche out a thing.
3 The heauens in height, and the earth in depenes, and theHe sheweth that it is to hard for man to
〈◊〉
to the reason of all the secret doings of the King: euen when bets vpright, and doeth his
〈◊〉
. Kings heart can no man sear che our.
4 Take theWhen vice is re moued from a King, he is a mere vessel for the Lords vse. drosse from the siluer, and there shal procede a vessel for the finer.
5 TakeIt is not
〈◊〉
nough that he be pure him self, but that he put away others that be cor rupted. away the wicked from the King, and his throne shalbe stablished in righteousnes.
6 Boast not thy self before the King, and stand not in the place of great men.
7 * For it is better, that it be said vnto thee, Come vp hither, then thou to be put lower in the presence of the prince whome thine eyes haue sene.
8 Go not forthe hastely to strife, lest thou knowe not what to do in the end thereof, whē thy neighbour hathe put thee to shame
9 Debate thy matter with thy neighbour, and discouer not the secret to another,
10 Lest he that heareth it, put thee to shame, and thine infamie do notLest where as thou thinkest by this meanes to ha ue an end of the matter, it put thee to farther trouble. cease.
11 A worde spoken in his place, (is like) appels of golde with pictures of siluer.Luk 14, 10.
12 He that reproueth the wise, (and) the obedient eare, (is as) a golden earing and an ornament of sine golde.
13 As theIn the time of great heat when men desire colde colde of the snow in the time of har uest, (so is) a faithful messenger to them that send him: for he refresheth the soule of his masters.
14 A man that boasteth of false liberalitie, (is like)Which haue an outward appearance, and are no thing within. cloudes and winde without raine.
15 A prince is pacified by stayingBy not ministring occasion to prouoke him far ther. of angre, & a softe tongue breaketh theThat is, the heart that is bene to angre, as Chap 15, 1. bones.
16 (If) thou haue founde honie, eat that isVse moderatly the pleasures of this worlde. suf ficient for thee, lest thou be ouerful, and vomit it.
17 With drawe thy fote from thy neighbours house, lest he be weary of thee, and hate thee
18 A man that beareth false witnes against his neighbour, (is like) an hammer and a sworde and a sharpe arrowe.
19 Confidence in an vnfaithful man in time of trouble (is like) a broken to the
〈◊〉
a sliding fote.
20 He that taketh away thee garment in the colde seasō, (is like) vineger (powred) vpō
Which melteeth it, and
〈◊〉
hit.
Or, alume.
nitre, or (like) hym that singeth songs to anRoma. 12. 19. heauie heart.
21 * If he that hateth thee be hungrie, giue him bread to eat, and if he be thirstie, giue hym water to drinke.
22 For thou shalt layThou shalt as it were by force ouercome hym, in so muche that his owne consciē ce shal moue him to acknowledge thy benefites, ād his heart shal be inflamed. coles vpon his head, and and the Lord shal recompense thee.
23 (As) the North wind driueth away the raine, so doeth an angrie countenance the sclā
dering tongue.
24 * It is better to dwellin a corner of the houChap. 21. 9. se toppe, then with a contentious woman in a wide house.
25 (As are) the colde waters to a wearie soule, so (is) good newes from a farre countrey.
26 A righteous man falling downe before the wicked, (is like) a troubled well, and a corrupt spring.
27 It is not good to eat muche honie: * so toEccle. 3.
〈◊〉
. search their owne glorie (is not) glorie.
28 A man that refraineth not his appetite, (is like) a citie whiche isAnd so is in ex treme danger. broken downe, (and) without walles.
CHAP. XXVI.
1 AS the snow in the sommer, and as the raine in the haruest (are not
〈◊〉
,) so is honour vnsemely for a foole.
2 As the sparowe by fleing, and the swalowe by flying (escape,) so the curse (that is) causeles, shal not come.
3 Vnto the horse (belōgeth) a whip, to the asse a bridle, and a rodde to the fooles backe.
4 Answer not a fooleConsent not vn to hym in hys doings. accordyng to hys foolishnes, lest thou also be like him.
5 Answer a fooleReproue hym as the matter requireth. according to his foolishnes, lest he be wise in his owneEbr. eyes. conceite.
6 He that sendeth a message by the hande of a foole, (is as) he that cutteth ofTo wit, of the messenger, whō he sendeth. the fete,That is, receyueth domage thereby. and drinketh iniquitie.
7 (As) they that lift vp the legges of the lame, so (is) a parable in a fooles mouth.
8 As the closing vp of a (precious) stone in an heape of stones, so (is) he that giueth glorie to a foole.
9 (As) a thorne standyngVVhereby he bothe hurteth hym selfe and others. vp in the hand of a drunkard, so (is) a parable in the mouth of fooles.
10 Meaning, God. The excellent that formed all things, both rewardeth the foole ād rewardeth the trans gressers.
11 * As a dogge turneth againe to his owne vo2. Pet. 2, 22. mite, (so) a foole turneth to his foolishnes.
12 Seest thou a man wise in his owne cōceite?For the foole will rather be counseled then he: also the foole sinneth of ignorance, and the other of malice. more hope (is) of a foole then of him.
13 The slouthful man saith,Read. Chap. 22. 13. Alyon (is) in the waye: alyon (is) in the stretes.
14 (As) the dore turneth vpon hys henges, so (doeth) the slouth full man vpon his bed.
15 * The slouth full hideth his hand in (his) bosome, (and) it grieueth him to put it againe to his mouth.Chap. 19. 24.
16 The sluggard is wiser in his owne conceit, then seuen (men) that can rendre a reason.
17 He that passeth by and medleth wyth the strife (that belongeth) not vnto hym, (is as) one that taketh a dogge by the eares.
18 As he that faineth him self mad, casteth fyre brandes, arrowes and mortal things.
19 So (dealeth) the deceitfull manVVhiche dissem bleth him self to be that he is not. with hys friend and saith, Am not I in sporte?
20 Without wood the fyre is quenched, and without a tale bearer strife ceaseth.
21 * (As) the cole (maketh) burning coles, andEccle. 38. 12. wood a fyre, so the contentious man (is apt) to kindle strife.
22 * The wordes of a tale bearer (are) as flatterings,Chap. 18, 8. and they go downe into the bowels of the bellie.
23 (As) siluer drosse ouerlayed vpon a potshard, (so are) burnyng lippes, andThey wil sone breake our and vtter thē selues. an euil heart.
24 He that hateth, will counterfait with hys lippes, but in his heart he layeth vp deceit.
25 Thogh he speake fauorably, beleue hym not: for (there are)Meanyng manie: the vseth the nomber certeine for the
〈◊〉
. seuen abominacions in his heart.
26 Hatred may be couered by deceit: (but) the malice thereof shalbe discouered in theIn the assemblie of the godlie Congregacion.
27 * He that diggeth a pit, shall fall therein,Eccle. 10. 8. and he that rolleth a stone, it shall returneEccle. 27. 30. vnto him.
28 A false tōgue hateth the afflicted, and a flattering mouth causeth ruine.
CHAP. XXVII.
1 BOast not thy selfe of toDelave not the time, but take oc casion when it is offred. morowe: for thou knowest not what a day may bryng for the.
2 Let another man prayse thee, and not thine owne mouth: a stranger, and not thine owne lippes.
3 * A stone (is) heauie, and the sand weightie:Eccle. 22. 18. but a fooles wrath (is) heauier then them bothe.
4 Angrie (is) cruel, and wrath (is) ragyng: but who can stand beforeFor the enuious are obstinate and can not be reconciled. enuie?
5 Open rebuke (is) better then secret loue.
6 The wordes of a louer (are) faithful, and the kisses of an enemie (are)They are slatteryng, and seme friendfull. pleasant.
7 * The persone that is full, despiseth an honie combe: but vnto the hungrie soule euerieIob. 6. 6. bitter thing is swete.
8 As a birde that wandereth frō her nest so (is) a man that wandereth from his owne place.
9 (As) oyntement and perfume reioyce the heart, so (doeth) the swetenes of a mans friende by heartie counsel.
10 Thine owne friend and thy fathers friende forsake thou not: nether entre into thy brothersTrust not to anie worldlie hel pe in the daye of thy trouble. house in the daye of thy calamitie: (for) better is a neyghbour (that is) nere, thē a brother farre of.
11 My sonne, be wise, and reioyce mine heart, that I may answer him that reprocheth me.
12 Read Chap. 22. 3. A prudent man seeth the plague, and hideth him selfe: (but) the foolishe go on still, (and) are punished.Chap. 20. 16.
13 * Take his garment that is suretie for a stran ger, and a pledge of him for the stranger.
14 He thatEbr.
〈◊〉
praiseth hys friend with a lowde
voyce, risingHastelye and without cause. early in the morning, it shalbe counted to him as a curse.
15 * A continual dropping in the day of rayne,Chap. 19. 20. and 21 9. and contentious woman are a like.
16 He that hideth her, hideth the winde, and (she is as) the oile in his right hand, that vttereth it self.
17 Yron sharpeneth yron, so doethOne hastie mā
〈◊〉
another to
〈◊〉
. man sharpen the face of his friend.
18 He that kepeth the figgetre, shall eat the frute thereof: so he that waiteth vpon his master, shal come to honour.
19 As in water face (answereth) to face,There is no dif ference betwene
〈◊〉
and man by
〈◊〉
, but
〈◊〉
the grace of God maketh the
〈◊〉
. so the heart of man to man.
20 The graue and destructiō can neuer be ful, so * the eyes of man can neuer be satisfied.
21 * (As is) the fining pot for siluer and the fornaceEccle. 14. 9. for golde, so (is) euerie man accordingChap. 17. 3. to hisThat is, he is
〈◊〉
knowen
〈◊〉
be ambitious ād glorious, or hum ble and modest dignitie.
22 Thogh thou shuldest braye a foole in a mor ter among wheat brayed with a pestel, (yet) wil not his foolishnes departe from him.
23 Be diligent to know the state of thy flocke, and take hede to the heards.
24 For riches (remaine) not alwaye, nor the crowne from generation to generation.
25 The heye discouereth it self, and the grasse appeareth, and the herbes of the mountaines are gathered.
26 TheThis declareth the
〈◊〉
goodnes of God towardes man, and the
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
requireth of hym for the preseruation of hys giftes. lambes (are) for thy clothing, and the goates (are) the price of the sield.
27 And let the milke of the goats (be) sufficient for thy foode, for the foode of thy familie, and for the sustinance of thy maides.
CHAP. XXVIII.
1 THe wickedBecause their owne conscience accuseth them. flee when none pursueth: but the righteous are bolde as a lyon.
2 For the transgression of the landThe
〈◊〉
of the commune weale is often
〈◊〉
changed. (there are) manie princes thereof: but by a man of vnderstanding and knowledge (a realme) likewise end ureth long.
3 A poore man, if he oppresse the poore, is like a raging raine, that (leaueth) no foode.
4 They that forsake the Law, prayse the wicked: but they that kepe the Law, set them sel
〈◊〉
against them.
5 Wicked men vnderstand not iudgement: but they that seke the Lord, vnderstād al things.
6 * Better is the poore that walketh in his vprightnes,Chap. 19. 1. then he that peruerteth (his) waies, thogh he be riche.
7 He that kepeth the lawe, (is) a childe of vnderstanding: but he that fedeth the gluttons shameth his father.
8 He that increaseth his riches by vsurie and interest, gatherethFor God will take awaye the wicked
〈◊〉
, & giue his goods to him that shall beslowe them wel. them for him that wil be merciful vnto the poore.
9 He that turneth awaye his eare frome hearyng the Law, euen hys prayer shalbeBecause it is not of faith, whi che is grounded of Gods worde, or Lawe, whiche the wicked
〈◊〉
. abominable.
10 He that causeth the righteous to go astray by an euil way, shal fall into his owne pit, and the vpright shal inherit good things.
11 The riche man is wise in his owne conceit: but the poore that hathe vnderstandyng, can tryeAnd iudge that he is not wise. him.
12 * When righteous men reioyce, (there is) great glorie: but when the wicked come vp,Chap. 29. 2. the manHe is knowen by his doings to be wicked. is tryed.
13 He that hideth his sinnes, shal not prosper: but he that confesseth, ād forsaketh (them,) shal haue mercie.
14 Blessed (is) the man thatVVhiche standeth in awe of God ād is afraid to offend him. feareth alwaye: but he that hardeneth his heart, shal fall into euill.
15 (As) a roaryng lyon, and an hungrie beare, (so is)For he can neuer be satisfied, but euer oppresseth and spoileth a wicked ruler ouer the poore people.
16 A prince destitute of vnderstanding, is also a great oppressour: but he that hateth couetousnes, shall prolong (his) daies.
17 A man that doeth violence againste the blood of a persone, shall flee vnto the graue, (and) they shal notNone shalbe able to deliuer
〈◊〉
. stay him.
18 He that walketh vpryghtly, shalbe saued: but he that is froward in (his) waies, shal once fall.
19 * He that tilleth his lande, shal be satisfiedChap. 12 11.
Eccle. 20. 30. with bread: but he that followeth theylde, shal be filled with pouertie.
20 A faithfull man shall abounde in blessings,Chap. 13. 11. and 20. 21. and * he that maketh haste to be riche, shal not be innocent.
21 To haue respect of personnes is not good: for (that) man will transgresse for a piece ofHe wil be abu sed for nothing. bread.
22 A mā with a wickedMeanyng hym that is couetous. eye hasteth to riches, and knoweth not, that pouertie shall come vpon him.
23 He that rebuketh a man, shall finde more fauour at the length, then he that flattereth with (his) tongue.
24 He that robbeth his father and mother, and saith, it is no transgression, is the companion of a man that destroieth.
25 He that is of a proude hearte, stirreth vp strife: but he that trusteth in the Lorde, shall beShall haue all thynges in abun dance. fat.
26 He that trusteth in hys owne heart, is a foole: but he that walketh in wisdome, shalbe deliuered.
27 He that giueth vnto the poore, shall not lacke: but he that hideth his eyes, (shal haue) many curses.Chap. 29. 2.
28 * When the wicked rise vp, men hide them selues: but when they perish, the righteous increase.
CHAP. XXIX.
1 AMan that hardeneth his necke, when he is rebuked, shall suddenly be destroyed and can not be cured.
2 * When the ryghteousOr, are increased. are in autoritie, theChap. 28. 12. and 28. people reioyce: but when the wicked beareth rule, the people sigh.
3 A mā that loueth wisdome, reioyceth his father: * but he that fedeth harlots, wastethLuk.
〈◊〉
. 13. (his) substance.
4 A Kyng by iudgement mainteyneth the countrey: but a man (receiuing) giftes, destroieth it.
5 A man that flattereth his neighbour,He that giueth
〈◊〉
to the flatte rer, is in dāgeras the bird is before the fouler. sprea deth a net for his steppes.
6 In the transgression of an euil man (is) hisHe is euer ready to fall into the snare that he lay ethfor others. snare: but the righteous doeth sing and reioyce.
7 The righteous knoweth the cause of the poore: (but) the wicked regardeth not know ledge.
8 Scornful men bring a citie into a snare: but wise men turne away wrath.
9 (If) a wise man contend withHe can beare no admonition, in what
〈◊〉
euer it is spoken, a foolish man whether he be angrie or laugh, there (is) no rest.
10 Bloodie men hate him that is vpright: but the iuste haue care of his soule.
11 A foole powreth out all his minde: but a wise man kepeth it in til afterwarde.
12 Of a prince that hearkeneth to lyes, all his seruants (are) wicked.
13 * The poore and the vsurer mete together,Chap. 22,
〈◊〉
. (and) the Lord lighteneth bothe their eyes.
14 * A King that iudgeth the poore in trueth,Chap. 20, 28. his throne shalbe established for euer.
15 The rodde & correction giue wisdome: but a childe set at libertie, maketh his mother ashamed.
16 When the wicked are increased, transgessiō increaseth: but the righteous shal se their fall.
17 Correct thy sonne and he wil giue thee rest and wil giue pleasures to thy soule.
18 Where there are not faithful ministers of the worde of God. Where there (is) no vision, the people decay: but he that kepeth the Law, (is)
〈◊〉
19 AHe that is
〈◊〉
a seruile and rebel lious nature. seruant wil not be chastised with wordes thogh he vnderstand, yet he wil notOr, regarde. answere.
20 Seest thou a mā hastie in his matters? (there is) more hope of a foole, then of him.
21 He that delicately bringeth vp his seruant from yough, at length he wil be euen (as) his sonne.
22 * An angrie man stirreth vp strife, and a furiousChap. 15, 18. man abundeth in
〈◊〉
.Iob. 22, 29.
23 * The pride of a man shal bring him lowe: but the humble in spirit shal enioye glorie.
24 He that is partener with a thief, hateth his owne soule: he heareth cursing, & declareth it not.
25 The feare of man bringeth aHe that feareth man more then God falleth into a snare and is de stroyed. snare: but he that trusteth in the Lord, shalbe exalted.
26 Manie do seke the face of the ruler: but eue rie mansHe nedeth not to flatter the
〈◊〉
what God hathe appointed that shal come to him. iudgement (commeth) from the Lord.
27 A wicked man (is) abominacion to the iust, and he that is vpright in (his) way, (is) abominacion to the wicked.
CHAP. XXX.
2 To humble our
〈◊〉
in consideration of Gods workes. 5 The worde of God is perfite. 11 Of the wicked & hypo crites. 15 Of things that are neuer saciate. 18 Of others that are wonderful.
THE WORDES OFWho was an ex cellent man in vertue and know ledge in the time of Salomon. AGVR THE SONNE OF IAKEH.
1 THe prophecie (which) the mā spake vnto Ithiél, (euen) toWhich werē Agurs schollers or friends. Ithiél, and Vcál.
2 Surely I am moreHerein he declareth his great humilitie who wolde not attribute anie wisdeme to him sel, but allvnto God. foolish then anie man, & haue not the vnderstanding of a man in me.
3 For I haue not learned wisdome, nor atteined to the knowledge of holie things.
4 Who hathe ascended vp toMeaning, to knowe the secrets of God, as
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
saye None. heauen, and de scended? Who hathe gathered the winde in his first? Who hathe bounde the waters in a garment? Who hathe established all the ends of the
〈◊〉
? What is his name, and what is his sonnes name, if thou canst tel?
5 * Euerie worde of God is pure: he is a shield to those, that trust in him.Psal 19. 1.
6 * Put nothing vnto his wordes, let he reproueDeut. 4. 2. & 12. 32. thee, and thou be founde a lyer.
7 TwoHe maketh this request to God. things haue I required of thee: deny me them not before I dye.
8 Remoue farre frō me vanitie and lies: giue me not pouertie, nor riches: fede me with foode conuenient for me,
9 Lest I be ful, and denie (thee,) and say,Meaning, that they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
their trust in their riches, forget God, & that by to muche wealth mē haue an occasiō to the same. Who is the Lord? or lest I be poore and steale, and takethe Name of my God (in vaine.)
10 Accuse not a seruant vnto his master, lest he curse thee,In accusing him without cause. when thou hast offended.
11 (There is) a generacion that curseth their fa ther, and doeth not blesse their mother.
12 (There is) a generaciō that are pure in there owne conceit, and (yet) are not washed from their filthines.
13 (There is) a generacion, whose eyes are hau tie, and their eye liddes are lifted vp.
14 (There is) a generacion, whose teeth (are as) swordes, and their chawes (as) kniues to eat vp the afflicted out of the earth, and the poo re from among men.
15 The horse leache hathe twoThe leache hathe two sorkes in her tongue, which here he calleth her two daughters, where by she sucketh the blood: and is neuer
〈◊〉
: euē so are the couetous extorsioners insatiable. daughters (which crie,) Giue, giue. There be thre thīgs that wil not be satisfied: (yea,) foure that say not, It is ynough.
16 The graue, and the baren wombe, the earth that can not be satisfied with water, and the fyre that saith not, It is ynough.
17 The eye that mocketh (his) father and despiseth the instruction of (his) mother, let the rauens
〈◊〉
hante in the valley for carious. of the valley picke it out, and the yong egles eat it.
18 There be thre things hid from me: yea, foure that I knowe not.
19 The way of an egle in the aire, the waie of a ser pent vpon a stone, the waie of a shippe in the middes of the sea, and the way of a man with a maide.
20 Suche is the way also of an aduouterous woman: she eateth andShe hath her desires, and after counter faiteth as thogh she were an
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. wipeth her mouth, and saith, I haue not committed iniquitie.
21 For thre things the earth is moued: yea, for foure it can not susteine itself:
22 ForThese communely abuse the
〈◊〉
te whereunto thei are called. a seruant when he reigneth, and a foole when he is filled with meat,
23 For the hateful woman, when she is maried, and for a hand maid that isWhich is maried to her master after the death of her mastres. heire to her mastres.
24 These be foure smal things in the earth, yet thei areThei
〈◊〉
great doctrine and wisdome. wise and ful of wisdome:
25 The pismites a people not strong, yet prepare
they their meat in sommer:
26 The conies a people not mightie, yet make they their houses in the rocke:
27 The greshopper hathe no King, yet go they forthe all by bandes:
28 The spider taketh holdeIf man be not able to compasse these commune things by his wis dome, We can not attribute wisdome to man but folie. with (her) hands and is in Kings palaces.
29 There be thre things that order wel (their) going: yea, foure are comelie in going,
30 Alyon which is strong among beastes, and turneth not at the sight of anie:
31 A lustie gray hound, and a goat, and a King against whome there is no rising vp.
32 If thou hast bene foolish in lifting thy self vp, and if thou hast thoght wickedly, (lay) thine handMake a stay & continue not in doing euil. vpon (thy) mouth.
33 When one churneth milke, he bringeth for the butter: and he that wringeth his nose, causeth blood to come out: so he that forceth wrath, bringeth forthe strife.
CHAP. XXXI.
2 He exhorteth to chastitie and iustice, 10 And sheweth the conditions of a wise and worthy woman.
1 THE WORDES OF KINGThat is, of Salomon, who was called Lemuél, that is, of God, be cause God had or deined him, to be King ouer Israél. Lemuél: TheThe doctrine, whiche his mother Bathshéba
〈◊〉
him. prophecie which his mother taught him.
2 WHat my sonne! and what the sonne ofBy this often re petition of one thing
〈◊〉
declareth her motherlie affection. my wombe! and what, ô sonne of my desires!
3 Giue not thy strength vnto women,Meaning, that women are the destruction of Kings, if they hante them. nor thy wayes, (which is) to destroy Kings.
4 It is not for a King, ô Lemuél, it is not for Kings to drunke wine, nor for princesThat is the King must not giue him self to wantonnes and neglect his office which is to execute iudgement. stróg drinke,
5 Lest he drinke, and forget the decree, and change the iudgement of all the children of affliction.
6 Giue ye strong drinke vnto him, that is readie to perish, and wine vnto them that haue grief of heart.
7 Let him drinke, that he may forgetFor wine doeth
〈◊〉
the heart, as Psal. 104, 15. his pouertie, and remember his miserie no more.
8 Open thy mouth for theDefend their cause that are not able to helpe thē selues. domme in the cause of all the children of destruction.
9 Open thy mouth: iudge righteously, and iud ge the afflicted, and the poore.
10 ¶ Who shal finde a vertnous womā? for her price (is) farre aboue the pearles.
11 The heart of her hous bád trusteth in her, & he shal haue no nede ofHe shal not nede to vse anie
〈◊〉
meanes to gaine his liuing. spoile.
12 She wil do him good, & not euil all the daies of her life.
13 She seketh wooll and flaxe, and laboreth cherefully with her hands.
14 She is like the shippes of marchants: she bringeth her fode from a farre.
15 And she riseth, whiles it is yet night: and giuethOr, meat,
〈◊〉
Psal
〈◊〉
. 5. the porcion to her housholde, and theShe prepareth their meat be time. ordinarie to her maids.
16 She considereth a field, andShe purchaseth it
〈◊〉
the gaines of her
〈◊〉
. getteth it: (and) with the frute of her hands she planteth a vineyarde.
17 She girdeth her loynes with strength, and strengtheneth her armes.
18 She feleth that her marchandise is good: her candle is not put out by night.
19 She
〈◊〉
her hāds to the wherue, and her hands handle the spindle.
20 She stretcheth out her hād to the poore, & putteth forthe her hands to the nedie.
21 She feareth not the snowe for her familie: for all her familie is clothed withOr, with double.
〈◊〉
.
22 She maketh her self carpets: fine linen and purple (is) her garment.
23 Her housband is knowen in theIn the assemblies and
〈◊〉
of iudgement. gates, when he sitteth with the Elders of the land.
24 She maketh shetes, and selleth them, and"Or, linen cloth. giueth girdels vnto the marchant.
25 After that he had spoken of the apparel of the bo
〈◊〉
, he nowdeclareth
〈◊〉
apparel of the spirit. Strength and honour (is) her clothing, & in the latter day she shal reioyce.
26 She openeth her mouth with wisdome, and theHer tongue is as a boke where by onemight lear ne manie good things: for she deliteth to talke of the worde of God. law of grace (is) in her tongue.
27 She ouerseeth the waies of her housholde and eateth not the bread of yldenes.
28 Her children rise vp, andThat is, do her reuerence. call her blessed: her housband also shal praise her, (saying,)
29 Manie daughters haue donevertuously: but thou surmountest them all.
30 Fauour (is) desceitful, and beautie (is) vanitie: (but) a woman that feareth the Lord, she shalbe praised.
31 GiueConfesse her diligent abours and commende her therefore. her of the frute of her hands, and let her owne workes praise her in theFor as muche as the moste honorable are clad in the apparel that she made. gates.
ECCLESIASTES, OR THE PREACHER.
THE ARGVMENT.
SAlomón, as a preacher and one that desired to instruct all in the way of saluaction, describeth the deceiuable vanities of this worl de, that man shulde not be addicted to anie thing vnder the sunne, but rather inflamed with the desire of the heauenlie life: therefore he confuteth their opinions, which set their felicitie, ether in knowledge, or in pleasures, or in dignitie and riches, shewing that mans true felicitie consisteth in that that he is vnited with God and shal inioye his presence: so that all other things must be
〈◊〉
, saue in as muche as thei further vs to
〈◊〉
to this heauenlie treasure, which is sure and permanent, and can not be founde in anie other saue in God alone.
CHAP. I.
2 All things in this worlde are ful of vanitie, and of none in durance. 13 All mans wisdome is but folie and grief.
1 THe wordes of the
〈◊〉
is here called a Preacher, or one that assē
bleth the people, because he
〈◊〉
the true
〈◊〉
of God, & how men ought to
〈◊〉
their life in this
〈◊〉
world. Prea cher, the sonne of Dauid King in Ierusalém.
2 He
〈◊〉
the opinions of all men that set
〈◊〉
in anie thing, but in God alone, seing that in this worlde all things are as
〈◊〉
& nothing. Vanitie of vanities, saith the Preacher: vani tie of vanities, all (is) vanitie.
3 What remaineth vnto man in all hisSalomon
〈◊〉
not condemne mans labour or diligence, but she
〈◊〉
that there is no ful
〈◊〉
in anie thing vnder the heauen, not in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, for asmuche as all things are transitorie. trauail, which he suffreth vnder the sunne?
4 (One) generacion passeth, and (another) ge neracion succedeth: but the earth remaineth forOne mā doeth after another, ād the earth remaineth longest, euē to the last daie, which yet is subiect to
〈◊〉
. euer.
5 The sunne riseth, and the sunne goeth downe, and draweth to his place, where he riseth.
6 TheBy the sunne, winde and riuers he
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
greatest labour and longest hathe an end, and therefore there can be no felicitie in this worlde. winde goeth toward the South, & cō
passeth to ward the North: the winde goeth round about, and returneth by his circuites.
7 * All the riuers go into the sea, yet the sea is not ful: (for) the riuers go vnto the place,The sea which
〈◊〉
all the earth, filleth the veines thereof, the which
〈◊〉
out springs and riuers into the sea againe. whence thei returne, and go.
8 All things are full of labour: man can not vtter it: the eye is not satisfied with seing,
〈◊〉
the eare filled with hearing.
9 He speaketh of times and sea sons and things
〈◊〉
in them, which as thei haue bene in times past, so come thei to passe
〈◊〉
. What is that hathe bene? that that shalbe: and what is it that hathe bene done? that which shalbe done: & there (is) no new thing vnder the sunne.
10 Is there anie thing, where of one may say, Beholde this, it is newe? it hathe bene alreadie in the olde time that was before vs.
11 There is no memorie of the former, nether shal there be a remembrāce of the later that shalbe, with them that shal come after.
12 ¶He
〈◊〉
that if anie colde haue
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
in this
〈◊〉
by labour &
〈◊〉
, he
〈◊〉
shulde haue
〈◊〉
it becau se he had
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
of God there
〈◊〉
aboue all
〈◊〉
. I the Preacher haue bene King ouer IsraélEccles. 40.
〈◊〉
. in Ierusalém:
13 And I haue giuen mine heart to search and finde out wisdome by al things that are done vnder the heauen: [this sore trauail hathe God giuen to the sonnes of men,Man of nature hathe a desire to
〈◊〉
, and yet is not able to come
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of knowledge, which is the punishment of
〈◊〉
, to humble man, and to
〈◊〉
him
〈◊〉
depende onely vpon God. to humble them thereby]
14 I haue considered all the workes that are done vnder the sunne, and beholde, all (is) va nitie, and vexacion of the spirit.
15 That which isMan is not able
〈◊〉
all his diligence to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to go other
〈◊〉
thei
〈◊〉
her can he nombre the fautes that are
〈◊〉
, muche lesse remedie them. croked, can none make straight: and that which faileth, can not be nombred.
16 I thoght in mine heart, and said, Beholde, I am become great, and excel in wisdome all them that haue bene before me in Ierusalém and mine heart hathe sene muche wisdome and knowledge.
17 And I gaue mine heart to knowe wisdome and knowledge,That is, vaine things, which serued vnto pleasure, wherein was no commoditie, but grief and trouble of conscience. madnes and folishnes: I knewe also that this is a vexacion of the spirit.
18 For in the multitude of wisdome (is) mucheWisdome and knowledge can not be come by without great peine of bodie, and minde:
〈◊〉
when a man
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to the hiest, yet is his minde neuer fully content: therefore in this worlde is no true telicitie. grief: and he that encreaseth knowledge, encreaseth sorowe.
CHAP. II.
Pleasures, sumptuous buyldings, riches and possessions are but vanitie. 14 The wise and the foole haue bothe one end, touching the
〈◊〉
death.
1 I Said in mine heart, Go to now, I wil proueSalomon makeththis
〈◊〉
with him self, as thogh he wolde trye
〈◊〉
there were
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in ease and pleasures thee with ioye: therefore take thou pleasure in pleasant things: and beh olde, this also is vanitie.
2 I said of laughter, Thou art mad: and of ioye, What is this that thou doest?
3 I soght in mine heart
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
my
〈◊〉
to wine. to giue my self to wine, and to lead mine heart inAlbeit I gaue
〈◊〉
self to pleasures, yet
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to kepe wisdome and the feare
〈◊〉
God in mine
〈◊〉
, and gouerne mine
〈◊〉
by the same. wisdome, and to take holde of folie, til I might se where is that goodnes of the children of men, which they enioye vnder the sunne: the (whole)
nomber of the daies of their life.
4 I haue made my great workes: I haue buylt me houses: I haue planted me vineyards.
〈◊〉
br. do.
5 I haue made me gardens and" orchardes, &"Ebr. paradises. planted in them trees of all frute.
6 I haue made me cisternes of water, to watter there with the woods that growe with trees.
7 I haue gotten seruants and maids, and had childrē (borne) in theMeaning, of the seruants or sclaues
〈◊〉
he had boght: so the children borne in their
〈◊〉
, were the masters. house: also I had great possession of beues and shepe aboue all that were before me in Ierusalém.
8 I haue gathered vnto me also siluer and golde, and the chief treasures of Kings and prouinces: I haue prouided me men singers and women singers, and theThat is, what soeuer men take pleasure in. delites of the sonnes of men, (as) a woman
〈◊〉
were the most beautiful of them that were taken in warre, as Iudges 5.
〈◊〉
. Some vnder stand by these wordes,
〈◊〉
but instruments
〈◊〉
musike. taken captiue, ād women taken captiues.
9 And I was great, & encreased aboue all that were before me in Ierusalē: also my wisdomeFor all this God did not take his gift of Wisdome from me. remained with me.
10 And what soeuer mine eyes desired, I withhelde it not from them: I withdrew not mine heart frō anie ioye: for mine heart reioyced in all my labour: and this was myThis was the
〈◊〉
of all my labour a certeine pleasure mixt
〈◊〉
care, which he calleth
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
nextverse. portion of all my trauail.
11 Then I loked on all my workes that mine hands had wroght, and on the trauail that I had labored to do: and beholde, all (is) vanitie and vexacion of the spirit: and there (is) no profite vnderthe sunne.
12 ¶ And I turned to beholdeI bethoght with my self whether it
〈◊〉
better to followe Wisdom
〈◊〉
mine owne af fections & pl asu re, which
〈◊〉
calleth madnes. wisdome, and madnes and folie: [for who is the man thatOr,
〈◊〉
with the King. wil come after the King in things, which me now haue
〈◊〉
?]
13 Thē I sawe that there is profite in wisdome, more then infolie: as the light is more excellent then darkenes.
14 * For the wise mansHe foreseeth things, which the foole can not for
〈◊〉
of wisdome eyes (are) in his head, but the foole walketh in darkenes: yet I kno we also that the sameFor bothe dye and
〈◊〉
forgotten asverse 16, or they bothe alike haue prosperitie or ad uersitie. condition falleth toProu. 17. 24. them all.
15 Then I thogh in mine heart, It befalleth vnto me, as it befalleth to the foole. Why there fore do I then labour to be more wise? And I said in mine heart, that this also is vanitie.
16 For there shalbe no remembrance of the wise, nor of the fooleMeaning, in this worlde. for euer: for that that now is, in the daies to come shal all be forgotten. AndHe woundereth that
〈◊〉
for get a wise man, being dead, ssone as
〈◊〉
do a
〈◊〉
. how dyeth the wise man, as doeth the foole?
17 Therefore I hated life: for the worke that is wroght vnder the sunne is
〈◊〉
vnto me for all (is) vanitie, & vexacion of the spirit.
18 I hated also all my labour, wherein I had trauailed vnder the sunne, which I shal leaue to the man that shalbe after me.
19 And who knoweth whether he shalbe wise or foolish? yet shal he haue rule ouer all my labour, where in I haue trauailed, and wherein I haue shewed my selfwise vnder the sunne This is also vanitie.
20 Therefore I went about to make mine heartThat I might seke the true felicitie which is in God. abhorre all the labour, wherein I had trauailed vnder the sunne.
21 For there is a man whose trauail is in wisdome, and in knowledge and in equitie: yet to a man that hathe not trauailed herein, shal heAmong other griefs this was not the least to leaue that Which he had gotten by great trauail, to one that had taken no peine therefore, and Whome he knew not Whether he Were a Wise mā or a soole. giue his portion: this also is vanitie and a great grief.
22 For what hathe man of all his trauail and grief of his heart, wherein he hathe trauailed vnder the sunne?
23 For all his dayes are sorowes, and his trauail grief: his heart also taketh not rest in the night, which also is vanitie.
24 There (is) no profite to man: but that he eat and
〈◊〉
, andWhē mā hathe all laboured he can get no more then fode,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, yet he
〈◊〉
also that
〈◊〉
cometh of Godsblessing. as Chap 3. 11. delite his soule with the profite of his labour: I sawe also this, that it was of the hand of God.
25 For who colde eat, and who colde haste toMeaning, to pleasures. outward things more then. I?
26 Surely to a man that is good in his sight, (God) giueth wisdome, and knowledge, and ioye: but to the sinner he giueth peine, to gather, and to heape to giue to him that is good before God this is also vanitie, and vexacion of the spirit.
CHAP. III.
1 All things haue their time. 14 The workes of God are perfite and cause vs to feare him. 17 God shal iudge both the iuste, and iniuste.
1 TO all things (there is) anHe speaketh of this diuersitie of time for
〈◊〉
cau ses, first to declare that there is nothing in this Worlde perpetual next to teache
〈◊〉
not to be grieued, if We haue not all things at once according to our desires, ne ther inioye them so long as We Wolde Wish. appointedtime and a time to euerie purpose vnder the heauen.
2 A time to be borne, and a time to dye: a time to plant, and a time to
〈◊〉
vp that which is planted.
3 A time to
〈◊〉
, and a time to heale: a time to breake downe, and a time to buylde.
4 A time to wepe, and a time to laugh: a time to mourne, and a time to dance.
5 A time to cast a way stones, and a time to gather stones: a time to embrace, and a time to be farre from embracing.
6 A time to seke, and a time to lose: a time to kepe, and a time to cast away.
7 A time to rent, and a time to sowe: a time to kepe silence, and a time to speake.
8 A time to loue, and a time to hate: a time of warre, and a time of peace.
9 What profite (hathe) he that worketh, of the thin̄g wherein he trauaileth?
10 I haue sene the trauail that God hathe giuen to the sonnes of menRead Chap. 1. 13 to humble them thereby.
11 He hathe made euerie thing beautiful in his time: also he hathe set theGod hathe giuen man a desire and affection to seke out the
〈◊〉
of this Worlde & to
〈◊〉
therein worlde in their heart, yet can not man finde out the worke that God hathe wroght from the beginning euen to the end.
12 I knowe that there is nothing good in thē, but to reioyce, and to do good in his life.
13 And also that euerie mā eateth and drinketh and seeth the commoditie of all his labour. this is theRead Chap 2. 24. and these places declare that We shulde do all things With sobrietie, and in the feare of God, for asmuche as he gi ueth not his giftes to the intent that
〈◊〉
shulde be abused. gift of God.
14 I knowe that whatsoeuer God shal do, it shalbe forThat is, man shal neuer be able to let Gods Worke but as he hath determined, so it shal come to passe. euer: to it can no man adde, and frō it can none diminish: for God hath done
it, that they shulde feare before him.
15 What is that that hathe bene? that is now: & that that shalbe, hathe now bene: for GodGod onelie causeth that, Whiche is past, to returne requireth that which is past.
16 And moreouer I haue sene vnder the sunneg Meaning, With God, how socuer man neglect his
〈◊〉
the place of iudgement, where (was) wicked nes, and the place of iustice where (was) iniquitie.
17 I thoght in mine heart, God wil iudge the iu ste and the wicked: for time is there for eue rie purpose and for euerie worke.
18 I considered in mine heart the state of the children of men that God hadAnd made thē pure in their first creation. purged them yet to se to they are in thē selues (as) beasts.
19 For the condition of the children of men, and the condition of beastes (are) euen (as) oneMan is not able by his reason, & iudgemēt to put difference betwe ne man & beast, as touching those things Whereun to both are subiect: or the eye cā not iudge anie other Wise of a man being dead, then of a beast, Which is dead: yet
〈◊〉
the Worde of God and faith We
〈◊〉
know the diuersitie, as vers 21. condition vnto them. As the one dyeth so dyeth the other: for they haue all one bre ath, and there is no excellencie of man aboue the beast: for all (is) vanitie.
20 All go to one place, and all was of the dust, and all shal returne to the dust.
21 WhoMeaning, that reason cā not cō
prehend that Which faith bele ueth herein, knoweth whether the spirit of man ascende vpward, and the spirit of the beast descend downe ward to the earth?
22 Therefore I se that there is nothing better then that a man shuldeBy the often repetition of this sentence, as Chap
〈◊〉
, 24. & chap. 3, 12, and 22. chap. 5, 7. & chap 8, 15, he declareth that man by reason cā
〈◊〉
othing better in this life thē to vse the giftes of God
〈◊〉
& comfortably: for to knowe
〈◊〉
is a special gifte of God reueiled by his Spirit. reioyce in, his affaires, because that is his portion. For who shal bring him to se what shalbe after him?
CHAP. IIII.
1 The innocents are oppressed. 4 Mens labours are ful of abuse and vanitie 9 Mans societie is necessarie. 13 A yōg man pore, and wise is to be preferred to an olde King that is a foole.
1 SOHe maketh here another discours With him self cōcerning the tyrānie of them that oppressed the poore. I turned, and considered all the oppres sions that are wroght vnder the sunne, & beholde, the teares of the oppressed, & none comforteth them: and (lo,) the strength (is) of the hand of them that oppresse them, and none comforteth them.
2 Wherefore I praised theBecause they are no more subiect to these oppressions. dead which now are dead, aboue the liuing, whiche are yet aliue.
3 And (I counte) himHe speaketh according to the iugement of the flesh, Which can not abide to fele, or se troubles. betterthen them bothe which hathe not yet bene: for he hathe not sene the euil workes which are wroght vnder the sunne.
4 Also I behelde all trauail, and allThe more profit that the Worke is, the more is it enuied of the Wicked. perfection of workes that this is the en
〈◊〉
of a man against his neighbour: this also (is) vanitie and vexacion of spirit.
5 The foole foldeth his hands, andFor ydlenes he is compelled to destroye him self eateth vp his owne flesh.
6 Better is an handful with quietnes, then two handfuls with labour and vexacion of spirit.
7 Againe I returned, and sawe vanitie vnder the sunne.
8 There is one (alone,) and there (is) not a secōde, which hathe nether sonne nor brother yet (is) there none end of all his trauail, nether can his eye be satisfied with riches: nether (doeth he thinke,) For whome do I trauail & defraude my soule of pleasure? this also is vanitie, & this is an euil trauail.
9 Forasmuche as Whē mā is alone he can net
〈◊〉
hel pe him self not others, he sheweth that man ought to liue in mutual
〈◊〉
, to the iutēt thei may be profirable one to another, & that their. things may
〈◊〉
. Two (are) better then one: for they haue better wages for their labour.
10 For if they fall, the one wil lift vp his fellowe: but wo vnto him (that it) alone: for he falleth, and there (is) not a seconde to lift him vp.
11 Also if two slepe (together,) then shal they haue heat: but to one how shulde there be heat?
12 And if one ouercome him, two
〈◊〉
stande against him: and a threfoldeBy this prouer be he declareth how necessairie it is, that mē shulde liue in societie coard is not easely broken.
13 Better is a poore & wise childe, then an olde and foolish King, which wil no more be admonished.
14 For out of theThat is, from a poore, and base estate, or out of trouble,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
Ioseph did Gen. 41. 14. prison he cometh forthe to reigne: when as he that isMeaning, that is
〈◊〉
a King. borne in his king dome, is made poore.
15 I behelde all the liuing, which walke vnder the sunne,Which follow and flatter the Kings sonne, or
〈◊〉
that shal suc cede: to enter
〈◊〉
credit With them in hope of gaine. with the seconde childe, which shal stande vp in his place.
16 There is noneThey neuer cea se by all meanes to crepe into fauour: but when they obteine not their greadie desires, they thinke them selues abused, as other haue bene in time past, and so care no
〈◊〉
for him. end of all the people, (nor) of all that were before them, and they that come after, shal not reioyce in him: surely this is also vanitie and vexation of spirit.
17 Take hede to thyThat is, With What affection thou comest to heare the Worde of God. foote when thou entrest into he House, of God, and bemore nere to heare then to giue the sacrifice ofMeaning, of the Wicked, Which thinke to please God With ceremonies, and haue nether faith nor repentance. fooles for they knowe not that they do euil.
CHAP. V.
1 Not to speake lightely, chiefely in Gods matters. 9 The couetous can neuer haue ynough. 11 The laborers slepe is
〈◊〉
. 14 Man when he dveth, taketh nothing with him. 18 To liue ioyfully, and with a contented minde is the gift of God.
1 BE notEther in vowing or in praying meaning that We shulde vse all reuerence to God Ward. rash with thy mouth, nor let thine heart be hastie to vtter a thing before God: for God (is) in the heauēs, & thou art on the earth: therefore let thy wordes beHe heareth thee not for thy manie Wordes sake, or often repetitions, but considereth thy faith, and feruēt minde fewe.
2 For (as) a dreame cometh by the multitude of busines: so the voyce of a foole (is) in the multitude of wordes.
3 * When thou hastvowed a vowe to God, deferreDeut 23 21. not to pay it: for he deliteth not in fooles: paye (therefore) that thou hastHe speaketh of vowes, Which are approued by Gods Worde, and serue to his glorie. vowed.
4 It is better that thou shuldest not vowe, then that thou shuldest vowe and not paye it.
5 Suffer not thy mouth to make thyCause not thy self to sinne by vowing
〈◊〉
as thei do which make a vowe to liue
〈◊〉
, & suche like flesh to sinne: nether say before theThat is, before Gods messenger when he shal
〈◊〉
thy doing as thogh thy igno rance shulde be a iust excuse. Angel, that this ignorāce: wherefore shal God be angrie by thy voyce, and destroye the worke of thine hands?
6 For in the multitude of dreames, and vanities (are) also manie wordes: but feare thou God.
7 If in a countrey thou seest the oppression of the poore, and the defrauding of iudgement
and iustice, be not astonied at the matter: for he that isMeaning, that God wil
〈◊〉
these things, and therfore we must
〈◊〉
vpon him. higher then the highest, regardeth and (there be) higher then they.
8 And theThe reuenues of the earth are to be preferred aboue all things,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to this life. abundance of the earth is ouer all: the KingKings and prin ces can not main teine their estate withou:
〈◊〉
which thing cō
men deth the excellēcie of tillage (also consisteth) by the field that is tilled.
9 He that loueth siluer, shal not be satisfied with siluer, & he that loueth riches, (shalbe) without the frute (therof): this also is vanitie
10 When goods encrease, they are encreased that eat them: and what good cometh to the owners thereof, but the beholding (thereof) with their eyes?
11 The slepe of him that trauaileth, (is) swete, whether he eat litle or muche: but theThat is, his great abundance of
〈◊〉
, or the surse
〈◊〉
, whichcometh by his great
〈◊〉
. sacie tie of the riche wil not suffer him to slepe.
12 There is an euil sickenes (that) I haue sene vnder the sunne: (to wit), richeswhen couetous men heape vp
〈◊〉
, which
〈◊〉
to their destruction. reserued to the owners thereof
〈◊〉
their euil.
13 And these riches perish by euil trauail, and he begetteth a sonne, and in hisHe doeth not en ioye his fathers
〈◊〉
. haud (is) no thing.
14 * As he came forthe of his mothers belly, he shal returne naked to go as he came, & shal beare away nothing of his labour, which heIob. 1. 21. hathe caused to passe by his hand.VVisd. 7, 5.
1. Tim. 6, 7.
15 And this also is an euil sickenes (that) in all pointes as he came, so shal he go, and what profite hathe he that he hathe trauailed for theMeaning, in vaine, &
〈◊〉
profit. winde?
16 Also all his dayes he eateth inIn
〈◊〉
, &
〈◊〉
of minde. darkenes with muche grief, and (in) his sorow & angre
17 Beholde then, what I haue
〈◊〉
good, that it is comelie toRead Chap. 3, 22 eat, and to drinke, & to take pleasure in all his labour, wherein he trauaileth vnder the sunne, the (whole) nomber of the dayes of his life, which God giueth him for this is his portion.
18 Also to euerie man to whome God hathe giuen riches & treasures, & giueth him power to eat thereof, and to take his parte, and to enioye his labour: this is the gift of God.
19 Surely he wil not muche remēber the dayes of hisHe wil take no great thoght for the peines that he
〈◊〉
endured in
〈◊〉
. life, because God answereth to the ioye of his heart.
CHAP. VI.
The miserable estate of him to whome God hathe giuen riches, and not the grace to vse them.
1 THere is an euil, which I sawe vnder the sunne, and it is muche among men:
2 A man to whome God hathe giuen riches and treasures and honour, and he wanteth no thing for his soule of all that it desireth: butHe sheweth that it is the plague of God whē the riche man hathe not a liberal heart to vse his
〈◊〉
. God giueth him not power to eat thereof, but a strange man shal eat it vp: this is vanitie and this is an euil sickenes.
3 If a man beget an hundreth (children) and liue manie yeres, & the dayes of his yeres be multiplied, & his soule be notIf be can neuer haue ynough. satisfied with good things, & he be notAs we se often
〈◊〉
, hat the co
〈◊〉
man ether
〈◊〉
into crimes that
〈◊〉
death, or is murthered or drowned or
〈◊〉
himself or suche like, & so lacketh the honour of bu ryal which is the last office of humanitie. buryed, I say that an vntimelie frute is better then he.
4 ForMeaning, the vntimelie frure whoselife did
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
profite or
〈◊〉
a nie. he cometh into vanitie and goeth into darkenes: & his name shalbe couered with darkenes.
5 Also he hathe not sene the sunne, nor knowē it: (therefore) this hathe more rest then the other.
6 And if he had liued a thousand yeres twise tolde, and had sene no good, shal not all go to one place?
7 All the labour of man (is) for his mouth: yet theHis desire and affection. soule is not filled,
8 For what hathe the wise man more then the foole? what hathe the poore thatThat knoweth to vse his goods wel in the iudge ment of men. knoweth how to walke before the liuing?
9 TheTo be content with that which God hathe giuen is better then to followe the desires that neuer can be satisfied. sight of the eye is better then to walke in the lustes: this also is vanitie and vexacion of spirit.
10 What is that that hathe bene? the name thereof is now named: and it is knowē that it is man: and he can not striue with him that isMeaning God who wil make him to fele that he is mortal. stronger then he.
CHAP. VII.
Diuers precepts to followe that which is good, and to auoide the
〈◊〉
.
1 SVrely there be manie things that in crease vanitie: (and) what auaileth it man?
2 For who knoweth what isThere is no sta te, wherein man can liue to haue
〈◊〉
quietnes in this life. good for man in the life (and) in the nomber of the dayes of the life of his vanitie, seing he maketh thē as a * shadow? For who can shewe vnto mā whatIob. 14. 2. shalbe after him vnder the sunne?Psal. 145, 4.
Piou. 22. 1.
3 * A good name (is better) then a good oyntment, and the day ofHe speaketh thus after the iud gement of the fl
〈◊〉
, which thin keth death to be the end of al euils or els, because that this
〈◊〉
death is the entring into life euerlasting. death, then the day that one is borne.
4 It is better to go to the house ofwhere wemaie se the hād of God and learne to examine our liues. mourning then to go to the house of feasting, because this is the end of all men: and the liuing shall lay it to his heart.
5 Angre is better then laughter: for by a sad loke the heart is made better.
6 The heart of the wise (is) in the house of mo urning but the heart of fooles (is) in the hou se of mirth.
7 Better it is to heare there buke of a wise mā then that a man shulde heare the song of fooles.
8 For like the noise of thewhich
〈◊〉
for a while and profite nothing. thornes vnder the por, so (is) the laughter of the foole: this also is vanitie.
9 Surely oppression maketh a wise manA man that is estemed wise,
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
to oppression, be cometh like a beast. mad and there warde destroyeth the heart.
10 TheHe noteth
〈◊〉
lightnes: which
〈◊〉
and suddenly lea ue it of againe. end of a thing is better then the beginning thereof, (and) the pacient in spirit is better then the proude in spirit.
11 Be not thou of an hastie spirit to be angrie: for angre resteth in the bosome of fooles.
12 Say not thou, Why is it that the former daies were better then these? for thou doest not enquireMurmure not against God whē he
〈◊〉
haduersities for mans
〈◊〉
. wisely of this thing.
13 Wisdome is good with anHe answer eth to them that
〈◊〉
me not wisdome except riches be ioyned there with
〈◊〉
that bo the are the giftes of God, but that wisdome is farre more excellent &
〈◊〉
be without riches. inheritance, and excellent to them that se the sunne.
14 For (man shal rest) in the shadowe of wisdome, and in the shadowe of siluer: but the excellencie of the knowledge of wisdome giueth life to the possessers thereof.
15 Beholde the worke of God: for who cā make * straight that which he hathe made croked?Chap. 1. 15.
16 In the day of wealth be of good comfort, &
in the day of afflictionConsider wherfore God doeth sendit and
〈◊〉
maie comfort end. consider God also hathe made this contrary to that, to the intent that man shulde findeThat man shuld be able to cōrrolle nothing in his workes. nothing after him.
17 I haue sene all thinges in the daies of my vanitie there is a
〈◊〉
man that perisheth in hisMeaning, that cruel
〈◊〉
put the godly to death and
〈◊〉
the wicked go fre. iustice, and there is a wicked man that continueth long in his malice.
18 Be not thou iusteBoast not to muche of thyne owne iustice and wisdome. ouermuche, nether make thy self ouer wise: wherfore shuld est thou be desolate?
19 Be not thou wickedTarie not long when thou
〈◊〉
ad monished to come out of the way of wickednes. ouermuch, nether be thou foolish: wherefore shuldest thou perish not in thy time?
20 It is good that thou laie holde on
〈◊〉
wit, on these admonitions that go before. thys: but yet withdrawe not thine hande fromeConsider what desolation and de structiō shal come, if thou do not
〈◊〉
them. that: for he that feareth God, shall come for the of them all.
21 Wisdome shall strengthen the wise man more then ten mightie princes that are in the citie.
22 * Surely there is no man iustin the earth,1. King.
〈◊〉
. 46. that doeth good and sinneth not.2.
〈◊〉
. 6. 48.
23 Giue not thineCredit them not nether
〈◊〉
for them. heart also to all the wordes
〈◊〉
. 20. 9. that mē speake, lest thou do he are thy1. Iohn. 1. 8. seruant cursing thee.
24 For oftē times also thine heart knoweth that thou likewise hastOr, spoken
〈◊〉
of others. cursed others.
25 All this haue I proued by wisdome: I thoght I will be wise, but it wēt farre from me.
26 It is farre of, what manieMeaning, wisdome. it be? and it is a profound depenes, who can finde it?
27 I haue compassed about, (bothe) I and mine hearte to knowe and to enquire and to searche wisdome and reason, and to knowe the wickednes of folie, and the foolishnes of madnes,
28 And I finde more bitter then death the woman whose heart is (as) nettes and snares, (and) her hands, (as) bands he that is good before God, shalbe deliuered from her, but that sinner shalbe taken by her.
29 Behold, saith the Preacher, this haue I foūd (seking) one by one toThat is, to come to a conclusion. finde the counte:
30 And yet my soule seketh, but I finde it not: I haue founde one man of a thousand: but a womon amonge them all haue I not founde.
31 Onelye lo, this haue I founde, that GOD hathe made man righteous: but they haue soght manieAnd so are cause of their owne
〈◊〉
. inuentions.
CHAP. VIII.
2 To obey Princes and Magistrates. 17 The workes of God passe mans knowledge.
1 WHo is as the wise man? & who knoweth the interpretacion of a thynge? the wisdome of a man doeth make hisThat is, doeth
〈◊〉
him
〈◊〉
& pro speritie. face to shine: and theVVhere as before he was proude &
〈◊〉
, he shall become humble &
〈◊〉
. strength of his face shalbe changed.
2 I (aduertise thee) to take hede to theThat is, that thou obey the King, &
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that thou hast made for the same cause. mouthe of the King, and to the worde of the othe of God.
3 VVithdraw
〈◊〉
thy selfe lightly from the
〈◊〉
of thy prince. Haste not to go for the of his sight: stand not in an euil thing: for he wil do whatsoeeuer pleaseth him.
4 Where the worde of the King is, (there is) power, and who shall say vnto hym, What doest thou?
5 He that kepeth the commandement, shal knowe none euill thing, and the hearte of the wise shal knowe theThat is, when time is to obey, & how farre he shulde obey. time and iudgement.
6 For to euerie purpose there is a time and iudgement because theMan of him selfe is miserable, and therfore ought to dono hing to increase the same, but to worke all things by wisdome, and counsel. miserie of man is great, vpon him.
7 For he knoweth not that whiche shalbe: for who can tel him when it shalbe?
8 Man is not LordMan hathe no power to saue his owne life, & therfore must not rash ly cast him self into danger. ouer the Spirit to reteine the Spirit: nether hathe he power in the day of death, nor deliuerance in the battel, nether shall wickednes deliuer the
〈◊〉
thereof.
9 All this haue I sene, and haue giuen myne heart to euerie worke, whiche is wroght vnder the sunne, (and I sawe) a tyme that man ruleth ouer man to his owneAs cometh oft times to tyrants, and wicked
〈◊〉
hurt.
10 And likewise I sawe the wicked buryed, andThat is, others as wicked as they. they returned, and they that came from the holieThei that feared God, & Worshiped him accordinge
〈◊〉
he had appointed. place, were yet forgotten in the citie where they had done right: this also is vanitie.
11 Because sentence againste an euil worke is notwhere iustice is delayed, there sinne reigneth. executed spedely, therfore the heart of the children of men is fully set in thē to do euil.
12 Thogh a sinner do euil an hūdreth times, & (God) prolōgeth (his dayes,) yet I knowe that it shalbe wel with them that feare the Lord, and do reuerence before him.
13 But it shall not be well to the wicked, nether shall he prolong (his) dayes: (he shalbe) like a shadowe, because he feareth not before God.
14 There is a vanitie, whiche is done vppon the earth, that there be righteous men to whome it cometh according to theWhich are punished as thogh thei were wicked as Chip. 7. 16. worke of the wicked: and there be wicked mē to whome it commeth accordynge to the worke of the iuste. I thoght also that thys is vanitie.
15 And I praise ioye: for there is no goodnes to man vnder the sunne, saueRead Chap.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
to eate and to drinke and to reioyce: for this is adioyned to his labour, the dayes of his life that God hathe giuen him vnder the sunne.
16 When I applied mine heart to know wisdome, and to beholde the busines that is done on earth, that nether daye nor nyght the eyes of man take slepe,
17 Then I behelde the whole worke of God, that man can not finde out the worke that is wroght vnder the sunne: for the whiche man laboreth to seke it, and can not finde it yea, and thogh the wise man thynke to knowe it, he can not finde it.
CHAP. IX.
1 By not outward thing can mā know whome God loueth or hateth. 12 No man knoweth his end. 16 Wisdome excelleth strength.
1 I Haue surely giuen mine heart to all this, and to declare all this, that the iuste, and the wise, and their workes (are) in the hand of God: and no man knoweth ether loue orMeaning, what things he ought to chuse or
〈◊〉
or mā knoweth not by these outward thinges, that is by
〈◊〉
or aduersitie, whome God doeth fauour or hate:
〈◊〉
he sendeth them aswell to the wicked as to the godlie. hatred of all (that is) before them.
2 All things (come) alike to all: and the same condition (is) to the iuste and to the wicked, to the good and to the pure, & to the polluted, and to him that sacrificeth, and to him that sacrificeth not: as (is) the good so (is) the sunner, he that sweareth, as he that feareth an othe.
3 This is euill among all that is done vnder the sunne, that there is oneIn outwarde things as riches, & pouertie, sicknes, and helth there is no difference betwene the godlie, & the Wicked: but the difference is that the godly are assured by faith of Gods fauour and assistance. condition to all, and also the hearte of the sonnes of men is full of euill, and madnes (is) in their hearts whiles they liue, & after that, (they go) to the dead.
4 Surelye whosoeuer is ioyned to all the liuing, there is hope: for it is better to aHe noteth the Epicures, and carnal men, whiche made their bellye their God, and had no pleasure but in this life, wishing rather to be an ab iest, & vilepersone in this life, then a man of autoritie, and so to dye, whi che is ment by the dog and lyon. liuing dog, then to a dead lyon.
5 For the liuing knowe that they shall dye, but the dead knowe nothing at all: nether haue thei anie more are warde: for their remembrance is forgotten.
6 Also their loue, and their hatred, and their enuie is now perished, and they haue no more portion for euer, in all that is done vnder the sunne.
7 Go, eate thy bread with ioye, and drynke thy wine with a cherefull heart: for GOD nowThey flatter thē selues to be in Gods fauour, because thei haue all thynges in abundance. accepteth thy workes.
8 At all times let thy garments beReiovce, bemery, and spare for no cost, thus speak the wicked
〈◊〉
. white, and let not oyle be lacking vppon thyne head.
9 Ebr. regarde the life. * Reioyce wyth the wife whome thou hast loued all the dayes of the life of thy vanitie, whiche (God) hathe giuen thee vnder the sunne all the dayes of thy vanitie: for this is thy portion in the life, & in thy trauail wherein thou laborest vnder the sunne.
10 All that thine hand shal finde to do, do it
〈◊〉
, 5, 18. with (all) thy power: for there is nether worke nor inuention, nor knowledge, nor wisdome in the graue whether thou goest.
11 I returned, and I sawe vnder the sunne that the race is not to the swift, nor the
〈◊〉
to the strong, nor yet breade to the wise, nor also riches to men of vnderstanding, nether yet fauour to men of knowledge: but tyme andThus the Worldelings say to proue that all thynges are lawful for thē and
〈◊〉
that to
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
, whiche is done by the prouidence of God. chaunce cometh to them all.
12 For nether doeth man knowe hysThat is, he doeth not fore se what
〈◊〉
come. tyme, (but) as the fishes, whiche are taken in an euil net, and as the birdes that are caught in the snare: so are the children of man snaredin the euil time when it falleth vppon them suddenly.
13 I haue also sene thys wisdome vnder the sunne, and it is great vnto me.
14 A litle citie and fewe mē in it, and a great King came agaynste it, and compassed it about, and buylded fortes against it.
15 And there was founde therein a poore and wise man, and he deliuered the Citie by his wisdome: but none remembred this poore man.
16 Then said I, Better is wisdome thē strēgth: yet the wisdome of the poore is despised, and his wordes are not heard.
17 The wordes of the wise are more heard in quietnes, then the crye of him that ruleth among fooles.
18 Better is wisdome then weapons of warre but one sinner destroyeth muche good.
CHAP. X.
1 The difference of foolishnes and wisdome. 11 A sclanderer is like a serpent that can not be charmed. 16 Of foolish Kings, and dronken princes. 17 And of good Kings and princes.
1 DEad flies cause to stinke, and putrifie the ointment of the apoticarie: (so doeth) a litle folie him that is in estimation for wisdome, (and) for glorie.
2 The hearte of aSo that he doeth all things wel, and iustlye, where as the foole doeth the
〈◊〉
. wise man (is) at his ryghte hand: but the heart of a foole (is) at his left hand.
3 And also whē the foole goeth by the way, his hearte faileth, and heBy his doinges he be wraieth him self. telleth vnto all that he is a foole.
4 If theIf thy superiour be angrye with thee, be thou discrete, and not moued. spirit of him that ruleth, rise vp against thee, leaue not thy place: for gētlenes pacifieth great sinnes.
5 There is an euil (that) I haue sene vnder the sunne, as anMeaning, that it is an euill thynge when thei that are in autoritie, faile, and do not theyr duetie. error that procedeth frome the face of him that ruleth.
6 Folie is set in great excellēcie, and theThey that are riche in Wisdome and vertue. riche set in the lowe place.
7 I haue sene seruants on horses & princes walking as seruants on the grounde.
8 * He that diggeth a pit, shal fall into it, andPsal. 7. 16. he that breaketh the hedge, a serpent shalProuer. 26 27. bite him.Eccles. 27. 30.
9 He that remoueth stones, shall hurt hym self therby, (&) he that cutteth wood, shalbe in danger thereby.
10 If they rō be blunt, and one hath not whet the edge, he must thē put to moreVVithout wisdome what soeuer a man taketh in hand, turneth to his owne hurte. strēgth but the excellencie to directe a thynge (is) wisdome.
11 If the serpent bite, whē he is not charmed: no better is a babler,
12 The wordes of the mouthe of a wise man (haue) grace: but the lippes of a foole deuoure him self.
13 The beginning of the wordes of his mouthe (is) foolishnes, and the latter end of his mouth (is) wicked madnes.
14 For the foole multiplieth wordes, (saying) Man knoweth not what shal be: & who can fel him what shalbe after him?
15 The labour of the foolish doeth weary him for he knoweth not to go into theThe ignorance and beastlines of the wicked is such, that they knowe nor cōmune thinges, and yet wyll they discusse hye
〈◊〉
. citie.
16 Wo to thee, ô lande, when thy Kynge (is) aThat is, without wisdome & counsel. chylde, and thy princesAre giuē to
〈◊〉
lustes & pleasures. eat in the morning.
17 Blessed art thou, ô land, when thy King (is) the sonneMeaning, when he is noble for ver tue and wisdome and with the
〈◊〉
of God. of nobles, and thy princes eate in tyme, for strength and not for dronkennes.
18 By slouthfulnes the roofe of the house goeth to decay, and by the ydlenes of the hands the house droppeth through.
19 Thei prepare bread for laughter, & wine cōforteth the liuing, but siluer answereth to all.
20 Curse not the King, no not in thy thoght, nether curse the riche in thy bed chamber for theThou canst
〈◊〉
worke euill so
〈◊〉
, but it shall be knowen. foule of the heauen shal carye the voice, and that whiche hathe wings, shall declare the matter.
CHAP. XI.
1 To be liberal to the poore. 4 Not to doute of Gods prouidence. 8 All worldelie prosperitie is but vanitie. 9 God wil iudge all.
1 CAst thy bread vpon theThat is, be liberal to the poore, and thogh it seme to be as a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
on the Sea, yet it shall bring thee
〈◊〉
. waters: for after manie daies thou shalt finde it.
2 Giue a portion to seuen, and also to eight: for thou knowest not what euil shal be vpon the earth.
3 If theAt the cloudes that are ful, powre
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, so the riche that haue abundāce, must distribute it liberally. cloudes be ful, they wil powre forth raine vppon the earthe: and if theHe exhorteth to be liberal, while we
〈◊〉
for after there is
〈◊〉
. tre do fall towarde the South, or towarde the North, in the place that the tre falleth, there it shalbe.
4 He that obserueth theHe that feareth inconueniences, when
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, shal neuer do his duetie. winde, shall not sowe, he that regardeth the cloudes, shall not reape.
5 As thou knowest not which is the way of the spirit, (nor) how the bones (do growe) in the wombe of her that is with childe: so thou knowest not the worke of God that worketh all.
6 In the morning sowe thy sede, and in the euening let not thine handBe not weary of wel doing. rest: for thou knowest not whether shall prosper, this orThat is, which of thy workes are moste agreable to God. that, or whether both shalbe alike good.
7 Surely the light is a pleasant thing: and it is a good thing to the eyes to se the sunne.
8 Thogh a man liue manie yeres, (and) in them all he reioyce, yet he shall remember the daies ofThat is, of affliction and trouble. darkenes, because they are manie, all that cometh (is) vanitie.
9 He derideth thē that set their delite in
〈◊〉
pleasures, as thogh God wold not call them to an accounte. Reioyce, ô yong man, in thy youth, and let thine hearte chere thee in the daies of thy youth: and walke in the waies of thine heart, and in the sight of thine eyes: but knowe that for all these thinges, God wyll bring thee to iudgement.
10 Therefore take awayeTo wit, angre, &
〈◊〉
. grief out of thine hearte, and cause euillMeaning, carnal lustes whereunto
〈◊〉
is giuen. to departe frome thy fleshe. for
〈◊〉
holde and youth (are) vanitie.
CHAP. XII.
1 To thinke on God in youth and not to differre till age. 7 The soule returneth to God. 11 Wisdome is the gifte of God and consisteth in fearing him and keping his commandements.
1 REmember now thy Creator in the daies of thy youth, whiles the euill daies come not, nor the yeres approche, wherein thou shalt say: I haue no pleasure in them:
2 Whiles the sunne is not darke, nor the light, nor the moone, nor the starres, nor theBesore
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
: for when the cloudes remaine
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
, mans grief is increased. cloudes returne after the raine:
3 When theThe hāds, which kepe the bodie. kepers of the house shal trem ble, and theThe legs. strong men shall bowe them selues, & theThe tethe. grinders shal cease, because thei are fewe, and they waxe darke thatThe eyes. loke out by the windowes:
4 And theThe lippes, or mouth. dores shall be shut without by the base sounde of theWhē the chawes shal scarse open & not be able to chewe no more. grinding, and he shall ryse vp at the voyce of theHe
〈◊〉
not be able to stepe. birde: and all theThat is, he wind pipes, or the eares shalbe
〈◊〉
and not able to heare singing. daughters of singing shalbe abased.
5 Also thei shalbe afraied of theTo climbe hie because of theyr weakenes, or they stoupe downe, as thogh they
〈◊〉
afrayde lest anye thyng shulde hit them. hie thing, and feare (shalbe) inThei shall
〈◊〉
as thei go, as thogh thei were afraied. the waye, and the almonde tre shalTheir head shal be as white as the blossomes of an almonde tre. florish and theThei shalbe able to beare nothing. grashopper shalbe a burden, and con cupiscence shalbe driuen awaye: for man goeth to the house of his age, & the mourners go about in the strete.
6 Whiles theMeaning the
〈◊〉
rowe of the backe bone and the sinewes. siluer corde is not lengthened, nor the goldenThe
〈◊〉
skinne that couereth the braine, which is in colour like golde. ewer broken, nor theThat is, the vaines. pitcher brokē at theMeaning, the liuer. wel, nor the
〈◊〉
is the head. whele broken at theThat is, the heart out of the whiche the head
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the powers of life. cisterne:
7 And dust returne to the earth as it was, and theThe soule in continently ether goeth to ioye or
〈◊〉
, & stope
〈◊〉
not as the wicked imagine. spirit returne to GOD that gaue it.
8 Vanitie of vanities, saith the Preacher, all (is) vanitie.
9 And the more wise the Preacher was, the more he taught the people knowledge, & caused them to heare, and searched forthe, and prepared manie parables.
10 The Preacher soght to finde out pleasant wordes, and an vpright writing, (euen) the wordes of trueth.
11 The wordes of the wise are like goades, and like nailesVVhich are well
〈◊〉
by the ministers, whome he calleth
〈◊〉
. fastened by the masters of the assemblies, (whiche) are gyuen by oneThat is, by God. pastour.
12 And of other things besides these, my sonne, take thou hede: for there is none ende in making manieThese
〈◊〉
can not he
〈◊〉
in bokes, or learned by
〈◊〉
, but God muste instruct the heart that thou maie onely knowe that wisdome is the true felicitie, & the way thereunto is to feare God. bokes and muche reading is a wearines of the flesh.
13 Let vs heare the end of all: feare God and kepe his commandements: for this is the whole (duetie) of man.
14 For God wil bring euerie worke vnto iudgement, with euerie secret thing, whether it be good or euil.
AN Ebr a sōg of
〈◊〉
so called because it is the chiefest of those
〈◊〉
. Whiche Salomō made atis
〈◊〉
, 1,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
EXCELLENT SONG vvhich vvas Salomons.
THE ARGVMENT.
IN this Song, Salomón by moste swete and cōfortable allego ries and parables describeth the perfite loue of Iesus Christ, the true Salomón and King of peace, and the faithful soule or his Church, which he hathe sanctified and appointed to be his spouse, holy, chast and without reprehension. So that here is declared the singular loue of the bridegrome towarde the bride, and his great and excellent benefites wherewith he doeth enriche her of his pure bountie and grace without anie of her deseruings Also the earnest affection of the Church which is in flamed with the loue of Christ desiring to be more and more ioyned to him in
〈◊〉
, and not to be forsaken for anie spot or blemish that is in her.
CHAP. I.
1 The familiar talke and mystical communication of the
〈◊〉
loue betwene Iesus Christ & his Church. 6 The domestical enemies that persecute the Church.
1 LEtThis is spoken in the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
soule, inflamedwith the desire of Christ, Whome she
〈◊〉
. hī kisse me with the kisses of his mouthe: for thy loue is better then wine.
2 Because of theThe feling of thy great ben efites. sauour of thy good ointments thy name (is as) an oyntment powred out: therfore theThei that are pure in heart and
〈◊〉
. virgines loue thee.
3
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
con fesse that
〈◊〉
can not come to christ excepte they be
〈◊〉
. Drawe me: we will runne after thee: the King hath broght me into hisMeaning, the secret ioye that is not
〈◊〉
to the Worlde. chambers: we wil reioyce and be glad in thee: we will remember thy loue more then wyne: the righteous do loue thee.
4 I amThe Church con fesseth her
〈◊〉
& sinne, bu ha he confidence in the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
. blacke, ô daughters of Ierusalē, but comelie, as the frutes ofKedar
〈◊〉
Ishmaels sonne, of whome came the Arabians that dwelt in tentes. Kedár, (&) as the
〈◊〉
Within were all set With precious
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
. curtines of Salomón.
5 Regarde ye me not because I amConsider not the Church by the out Ward appearāce. blacke: for theThe corruption of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
sinne, and
〈◊〉
sunne hathe loked vpon me. TheMine owne brethren, Whiche
〈◊〉
haue most
〈◊〉
me. sonnes of my mother were angrie against me they made me the keper of the vines: but I
〈◊〉
confesseth her owne negligence. kept not mine owne wine.
6 Shewe me,The spouse feling her
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
to her hous band onelye for
〈◊〉
. (ô thou,) whome my soule loueth, where thou fedest, where thou liest at noone: for why shuld I be as she that turneth aside to the flockes of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
called to the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
, and they
〈◊〉
forth their owne dreames in
〈◊〉
of thy
〈◊〉
. thy cōpaniōs?
7
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to his Church bid ding thē that are
〈◊〉
, to go to the
〈◊〉
to learne. If thou knowe not, ô thou the falrest among, women get thee forthe by the steppes of the flocke, and fede thy kiddes by the tents of the shepherdes.
8 I haue cōpared thee, ô my loue, to the trou pe of horses in the
〈◊〉
thy
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and excellencie
〈◊〉
was no worldely
〈◊〉
to be cō
pared vnto thee. charets of Pharaóh.
9 Thy chekes are comelie with rowes of stones, and thy necke with chaines.
10 We wil make thee borders of golde with studdes of siluer.
11The Churche
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
o the
〈◊〉
of Christ. Whiles the King was at his repast, my spikenarde gaue the smel thereof.
12 My welbeloued (is as) a bundle of myrrhe vnto me he shal lye betwene myHe shal be moste
〈◊〉
vnto me. breastes.
13 My welbeloued (is as) a clustre of camphire vnto me in the vines of Engédi.
14 My loue, behold, thou art
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
her
〈◊〉
. faire behold, thou art faire thine eyes (are like) dooues
15 My welbeloued, beholde, thou art faire and pleasant: also ourThat is, the heart of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in Christ
〈◊〉
eth by
〈◊〉
. bed is grene: the beames of our house (are) cedres.
CHAP. II.
3 The Church desireth to rest vnder the shadow of Christ 8 She heareth his voice. 14 She is compared to the
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
And the enemies to the foxes.
1 I Am the rose of the field, (and) the lilie of the valleis.
2 Like a lilie among the thornes, so (is) myThus Christ preferreth his Church aboue all other things. loue among the daughters.
3The
〈◊〉
sieth her greate desire
〈◊〉
her housband, but her
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
her, and
〈◊〉
she
〈◊〉
to be
〈◊〉
, and felt it. Like the apple tre amōg the trees of the forest: so (is) my welbeloued amōg the sonnes (of mē:) vnder his shado we had I delite, and sate downe: and hys frute (was) swete vnto my mouth.
4 He broght me into the wine celler, & loue (was) his ban ner ouer me.
5 Stay me with flagons, and cōfort me with apples: for I am sicke of loue.
6 His left hand (is) vnder mine head, & hys right hand doeth imbrace me.
7Christ
〈◊〉
them Which haue to do in the
〈◊〉
, as it
〈◊〉
by a solemne
〈◊〉
that thei
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
thereof. I charge you, ô daughters of Ierusalēm, by the roes and by the hindes of the field, that ye stirre not vp, nor waken (my) loue vntil she please.
8This is
〈◊〉
of Christ, who toke vpon him our na
〈◊〉
to come to helpe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
(It is) the voice of my welbeloued behold, he cometh leaping by the mountaines, & skipping by the hilles.
9 My welbeloued is like a roe, or a yong heart: lo, he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the cloke of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, standeth behinde our wall, loking forthe of the windowes, shewing him selfe through theSo that We can not haue
〈◊〉
knowledge of him in this life. grates.
10 My welbeloued spake & said vnto me, Arise, my loue, my faire one, & come thy way
11 For beholde,That is,
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
by the comming of Christ
〈◊〉
here
〈◊〉
by the spring
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
all things
〈◊〉
. winteris past: the rayne is changed, and is gone away.
12 The flowers appeare in the earth: the time of the singing of birdes is come, & the voice of the turtleis heard in our land.
13 The figtre hathe broght forthe her yong figges: and the vines with (their) smal grapeshaue cast a sauour: arise my loue, my faire one, and come away.
14 My dooue, that art in theThou that arte as
〈◊〉
of thy sinnes, come and shewe thy selfe vnto me. holes of the rocke, in the secret places of the staires, shewe me thy sight, let me heare thy voice: for thy voyce is swete: and thy sight comelie.
15 Take vs the foxes, theSuppresse the
〈◊〉
whiles thei are yōg, that is, when they beginne to shewe their
〈◊〉
and destroye the vyne of the Lord. litle foxes, whiche destroy the vines: for our vines (haue) smale grapes.
16 My welbeloued (is) mine, and I am his: he fedeth among the lilies,
17 Vntil the daye breake, and the shadowes flee away: returne, my welbeloued, (and) be like aThe Church
〈◊〉
Christ to be moste readye to helpe her in all dangers. roe, or a yong hart vpon the mountaines of Béther.
CHAP. III.
1 The Church desireth to be ioyned in separably to Christ her housband 6 Her deliuerance out ofthe wildernes.
1 IN my bed byThe Churche by night, that is in troubles seketh to Christ, but is not
〈◊〉
heard night I soght him that my soule loued: I soght hī, but I foūd him not
2 I wil rise (therefore) now, and go aboute in the citie, by the stretes and by the opē places, (&) wilShewing that althogh We be not heard at
〈◊〉
firste, yet we must still continue in
〈◊〉
till
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. seke him that my soule loueth I soght him, but I founde him not.
3 Thewhich declareth that we must
〈◊〉
vnto all, of whome we
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
any
〈◊〉
watchemen that went about the citie, found me: (to whome I said,) Haue you
sene him whome my soule loueth?
4 When I had past a litle from them, then I founde him whome my soule loued: I toke holde on him and left him not, till I had broght him vnto my mothers house into the chamber of her that conceiued me.
5Read Chap 2. 7. I charge you, ô daughters of Ierusalém, by the roes and by the hindes of the field, that ye stirre not vp, nor waken (my) loue vntil she please.
6 Who is she that commeth vp out of theThis is
〈◊〉
to the
〈◊〉
of Israél, which Was led by the wildernes
〈◊〉
yeres. wildernes like pillers of smoke perfumed with myrrhe and in cēse, (and) with all the
〈◊〉
. powdre. spices of the marchant?
7 Beholde hisBythe bed
〈◊〉
ment the Temple, Whiche Salomon made. bed, which is Salomōs: threscore strōg men (are) round about it, of the valiant men of Israél,
8 Thei all handle the sworde, (and are) expert in warre, euerie one (hath) his sworde vpon his thigh for the feareHe
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
watch, whiche kept the
〈◊〉
. by night.
9 King Salomón made him selfe aOr,
〈◊〉
. palace of the trees of Lebanón.
10 He made the pillers thereof of siluer, (&) the pauement thereof of golde, the hangings thereof of purple, whose myddes (was) paued with the loue of the daughters of Ierusalém.
11 Come forthe, yeAll ye, that are of the nomber of the faithful. daughters of Ziōn, and beholde the King Salomō with theChrist become man Was
〈◊〉
by theloue of God With the
〈◊〉
crowne of his
〈◊〉
. crowne, where with his mother crowned him in the day of his mariage, and in the daye of the gladnes of his heart.
CHAP. IIII.
1 The praises of the Church. 7 She is without blemishe in his sight. 9 The loue of Christ towardes her.
1 BEhold, thou artBecause Christ
〈◊〉
in his Church, he
〈◊〉
all that is in her. faire, my loue: behold, thou arte faire: thine eies (are like) the dooues: among thy lockes * thine heere is like theHe hathe
〈◊〉
to the multitude of the faithful, whi che are manie in nomber. flocke of goates, whiche lokeChap. 6. 4. downe from the mountaine of Gileád.
2 Thy tethe (are) like a flocke of (shepe) in good ordre, which go vp from the washing which euerie one bring out
〈◊〉
, and none is baren among them.
3 Thy lippes are like a threde of skarlet and thy talke is comelie: thy tēples (are) within thy lockes as a piece of a pomegranate.
4 Thy necke is as the towre of Dauid buylt for defense: a thousande shields hang therein, (and) all the targates of the stronge men.
5 Thy twoVVherein are knowledge, and zeale, two precious iewels. breastes (are) as two yong roes that are twinnes, feding among the lilies.
6 Vntill the daye breake, and the shadowes flee awaye, I wil go into the mountaine of myrrhe and to the mountaine of incense.
7 Thou art all faire, my loue, and there is no spotin thee.
8Christ promiseth his Church to call his faithfull from all the corners of the Worlde. Come with me from Lebanō, (my) spouse (euen) with me from Lebanōn, (and) loke from the top of Amanáh, from the top of Shenir and Hermō, from the dennes of the lyōs (and) from the mountaines of the leopardes.
9 MyChrist
〈◊〉
his Churche sister in respect that he had taken the flesh of
〈◊〉
. sister, (my) spouse, thou hast wounded mine hearte: thou hast wounded myne heart with one of thineIn that he madē his Churche be.
〈◊〉
, and riche, he loued his
〈◊〉
her. eyes, (and) with a chaine of thy necke.
10 My sister, (my) spouse, how faire is thy loue? how muche better is thy loue then wine? and the sauour of thyne ointments then all spices?
11 ThyBecause of thy confession & thā
kesgiuing. lippes, (my) spouse, droppe (as) honie combes: honie and milke are vnder thy tongue, and the sauour of thy garmēts (is) as the sauour of Lebanón.
12 My sister my spouse (is as) a garden inclosed, as a spring shut vp, (and) a fountaine sealed vp.
13 Thy plātes (are as) an orcharde of pomegranates with swete frutes, (as) camphire, spikenarde,
14 (Euen) spikenarde, and safran, calamus, and synamom with all the trees of incēse, myrrhe and aloes, with all the chief spices.
15The Church confesseth that all
〈◊〉
glorie, and
〈◊〉
cometh of
〈◊〉
who is the
〈◊〉
fountaine of all grace. O fountaine of the gardens, ô well ofliuing waters, and the sprynges of Lebanón.
16 Arise, ôShe desireth Christ to comforte her, and to powre the graces of his Spirit vpon her, whiche Spirit is mēt by the North and South Winde. North, and come ô South, (and) blowe on my garden that the spices there of maye flowe out: let my welbeloued come to hys garden, and eate hys pleasant frute.
CHAP. V.
1 Christ calleth his Churche to the participation of allChap. V. his treasures. 2 She heareth hys voyce. 6 She confesseth her nakednes. 10 She praiseth Christ her housband.
1 I Am come in to myThe gardē signifieth the kingdome of Christ where heprepareth the bāket for his elect. garden, my sister, my spouse: I gathered my myrrhe with my spice: I ate mine honye combe with myne honie, I
〈◊〉
my wyne with my milke: eat, ô friends, drinke, and make you mery, ô welbeloued.
2The spouse saith that she is troubled with the cares of wordly things, which is ment by sleping. I slepe, but mine heart waketh, (it is) the voyce of my welbeloued that knocketh, (saying,) Open vnto me; my sister, my loue, my dooue, my vndefiled: for mine head is ful of dewe, and my lockes with the droppes of theDeclaring the long pacience of the Lord towarde sinners. night.
3 I haue put of myThe spouse confesseth her nakednes, and that of her selfe she hathe nothing: or seing that
〈◊〉
is once made cleane, she promiseth not to
〈◊〉
her self againe. coate, how shall I put it on? I haue washed my fete, how shal I defile them?
4 My welbeloued put in hys hande by the hole (of the dore,) andEbr. My bowels were moued towards him. mine hearte was affectioned toward him.
5 I rose vp to open to my welbeloued, and mine hands did droppe downe myrrhe, and myThe spouse whiche shuld be anoin ted of Christ, shall not finde him if she thinke to anoint him with
〈◊〉
good workes. fingers pure myrrhe vpon the handels of the barres.
6 I opened to my welbeloued: but my wel beloued was gone, and paste: myne hearte was gone when he did speake: I soght him, but I colde not finde him I called him, but he answered me not.
7 TheThese are the false teachers, Whiche wounde the conscience with their traditions. watchemen that went about the Citie, founde me they smote me (and) wounded me: the watchemen of the walles toke away my vaile from me.
8 I charge you,She asketh of them whiche are godlie (forasmuch as the law and saluation shuld come out of ziō and Ierusalem) that they wolde directe
〈◊〉
to Christ. daughters of Ierusalém, if
you finde my welbeloued, that you tel him that I am sicke of loue.
9 Thus say thei of Ierusalém. O the fairest among women, what is thy welbeloued more thē (other) welbeloued? what is thy welbeloued more then (another) louer, that thou doest so charge vs.
10 My welbeloued is white and ruddye, the chiefest often thousand.
11 HisShe describeth Christ to be of per
〈◊〉
beautie, and comelines. head (is as) fine golde, his lockes curled, (and) blacke as a rauen.
12 His eyes (are) like dooues vpon the riuers of waters, which are washt with milke, (&) remaine by the ful (vessels.)
13 His chekes (are) as a bed of spices, (and as) swete flowres, (and) his lippes (like) lilies dropping downe pure myrrhe.
14 His hands (as) rings of golde set with theEbr. Tars hish. chrysolite his bellie like white yuorie co uered with saphirs.
15 His leggs (are as) pillers of marble, set vpon sockets of fine golde: his countenā
ce as Lebanòn, excellent as the cedres.
16 His mouth (is as) swete thinges, and he is wholy delectable: this is my welbeloued, & this is my louer, Ô daughters of Ierusalém.
17 Hearing of the excellēcie of christ the faithful desire to knowe how to finde him. O the fairest among women, whether is thy welbeloued gone? whether is thy welbeloued turned aside, that we may seke him with thee?
CHAP. VI.
2 The Church assureth her selfe of the loue of Christ. 3 The praises of the Churche. 8 She is but one and vndefiled.
1 MY welbeloued is gone downe into hisThat is, is cōuersant here in earth among men. garden to the beds of spices, to fede in the gardens, and to gather lilies.
2 I am my welbeloueds, and my welbeloued is mine, who fedeth among the lilies.
3 Thou art beautiful, my loue, asVVhiche was a faire and stronge
〈◊〉
. 1. King. 14. 17 Tirzáh comelie as Ierusalē, terrible as an armie with banners.
4 This declareth the exceding loue of Christ towarde his Church. Turne away thine eyes from me for they ouercome me: * thine heere is like a flock of goats, which loke downe from Gileád.
5 Thy tethe (are) like a flock of shepe, whichChap. 4. 1. go vp from the washing, which euerie one bring out twins, & none is barē amōg thē.
6 Thy temples (are) within thy lockes as a piece of a pomegranate.
7 There areMeaning, that the giftes are infinite which Christ to his Churche: or that his
〈◊〉
are manie in nō
ber. threscore Quenes & forescore concubines, and of the damesels without nomber.
8 (But) my dooue is alone, (and) my vndefiled she is the onelie (daughter) of her mother, and she is deare to her that bare her: the daughters haue sene her and counted her blessed: (euen) the Quenes and the concubines, and thei haue praised her.
9 He she weth that the beginning of the Churche was smale, but that it grewe vp to a great multitude. Who is she that loketh forth as the morning, faire as the moone, pure as the sunne, terrible as an armie with banners!
10 I went downe to theHe went downe into the Synagogue to se what
〈◊〉
came of the Lawe, and the
〈◊〉
. garden of nuttes, to se the frutes of the valley, to se if the vine budded, (and if) the pomegranates florished.
11 I foūde nothing but rebellion. I knewe nothing, my soule set meI ran as swift as the nobles of my people in their charets. as the charets of my noble people.
12 Returne, returne, ôO ye people of Ierusalem for Ierusalem was called Shallem, which
〈◊〉
peace. Shulamite, returne: returne that we may beholde thee. What shal you se in the Shulamite (but) as the cō panie of an armie?
CHAP. VII.
1 The beautie of the Church in all her membres. 10 She is assured of Christs loue towardes her. Chap. VII.
1 HOw beautiful are thyHe
〈◊〉
the comelie beau tie of the Church in euerie parte, which is to be vnderstand spiritual ly. goings with shoes, ô princes daughter: the iointes of thy thighs (are) like iewels: the worke of the hand of a cunning worke man.
2 Thy nauel (is as) a rounde cuppe that wan teth not lick our: thy belly (is as) an heape of wheat compassed about with lilies.
3 Read, Chap. 4. 5. Thy two breastes (are) as two yong roes that are twinnes.
4 Thy necke (is) like a towre of yuorie: thine eyes (are like) the fish pooles in Heshbō by the gate of Bath-rabbim: thy nose (is) as the towre of Lebanón, that loketh toward Damascus.
5 Thine head vpon thee (is) as skarlet, and the bushe of thine head like purple: the King (is) tyedHe deliteth to come nere thee & to be in thy companie. in theOr galeries. rafters.
6 How faire art thou, and how pleasantart thou, O (my) loue, in pleasures!
7 This thy statute is like a palme tree, and thy breastes like clusters.
8 I said, I wil go vp into the palme tre, I wil take holde of her boughes: thy breastes shal now be like the clusters of the vine, & the sauour of thy nose like apples.
9 And the roufe of thy mouth like good wine, which goeth straight to my wel belo ued, and causeth the lippes of the ancient to speake.
10 This the spouse speaketh. I am my welbeloueds, and his desire is toward me.
11 Come, my welbeloued, let vs go forthe into the field let vs remaine in the villages.
12 Let vs get vp early to the vines, let vs se if theIf the people that are called to Christ, bring forthe anie frute. vine florish (whether) it hathe budded the smalegrape (or whether) the pome granates florish: there wil I giue thee my loue.
13 The mandrakes haue giuen a smel, and in our gates are all swete things, newe and olde my welbeloued, I haue kept (thē) for thee.
CHAP. VIII.
2 The Church wil be taugh by Christ. 3 She is vpholden by him. 6 The vehement loue where with Christ loueth her. 11 She is the vine that bringeth forth frute to the spi ritual Salomón, which is Iesus Christ.
1 OHThe Church cal led of the
〈◊〉
speaketh thus to the Church of Ierusalem. that thou werest as my brother that sucked the breastes of my mother: I wolde finde thee without, I wolde kisse thee their thei shulde not despiseOr, me. thee,
2 I wil lead thee (and) bring thee into my mo thers house (there) thou shalt teache me: (&) I wil cause thee to drinke spiced wine (and) newe wine of the pomegranate.
3 Read Chap.
〈◊〉
. His left hand (shalbe) vnder mine head, &
his right hand shal embrace me.
4 Read Chap. 3. 5. I charge you, ô daughters of Ierusalém, that you
〈◊〉
not vp, nor waken (my) loue, vntil she please:
5 [Who is this that commeth vp out of the wildernes, leaning vpon her welbeloued [I raised thee vp vnder an apple tre: there thy mother conceiued thee there she con ceiued that bare thee.
6 The spouse desi reth Christ to be ioyned in perpetual loue with him. Set me as a seale on thine heart, (&) as a signet vpon thine arme: for loue (is) strong as death: ie lousie is cruel as the gra ue: the coles thereof (are) fyrie coles, (&) a vehement flame,
7 Muche water can not quenche loue, nether can the floods drowne it: if a man shul de giue all the substance of his house for loue, they wolde greatly contemne it.
8 The Iewishe Church speaketh this of the Chur che of the Genti
〈◊〉
. We haue a litle sister, and she hathe no breastes what shal we do for our sister whē she shalbe spoken for?
9 If she be sure
〈◊〉
fast, she is
〈◊〉
for
〈◊〉
housband to dwel in. If she be a walle, we wil buylde vpon her a siluer palace: and if she be a dore, we wil kepe her in with bordes of cedre.
10 The Church pro miseth fidelitie & constancie. I am a walle & my breastes (are) as towres: then was I in his eyes as one that findeth peace.
11 This is the vineyarde of the Lord hired
〈◊〉
, Mat. 22, 33. Salomon had a vine in Baal-hamōn: he gaue the vine yard vnto kepers: euerie one bringeth for the frute there of a thousand (pieces) of siluer.
12 (But) my vineyarde which is mine, is before me: to thee, ô Salomō, (apperteineth) a thonsand (pieces of siluer,) & two thousand to them that kepe the frute therof,
13 O thou that dwellest in theChrist dwelleth in his Church whose voyce the faithful heare. gardens, thek The Church de
〈◊〉
Christ that if he depart from them, yet that he wolde
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
help them
〈◊〉
their troubles. companions hearken vnto thy voyce: cause me to heare it.
14 O my welbeloued, * flee away, and be like vnto the roc, or to the yong heart vpon the mountaines of spices.
ISAIAH.
THE ARGVMENT.
GOd, according to his promes Deut. 18, 15. that he wolde neuer leaue his Church destitute of a Prophet, hathe from time to time accompilshed the same: whose office was not onely to declare vnto the people the things to come, whereof thei had a special reuelation, but also to interpret & declare the Law, and to applie particularly the doctrine, conteined briefely therein, to the vtilitie and profite of those, to whome thei thoght it chiefly to apperteine, and as the time and state of things required And principally in the declaration of the Lawe they had respect to thre things, which promises & thre atenings of the Law: & thirdely, to the eouenant of grace & reconciliation, grounded vpon our Sauiour Iesus Christ, who is the end of the Law. Whereunto thei nether added nor diminished, but faithfully expounded the sense and meaning thereof. And according as God gaue them vnderstanding of things, thei applied the promises particularly for the comfort of the Church and the members thereof, and also denounced the menaces against the enemies of the same: not for anie care or regarde to the enemies, but to assure the Church of their sauegarde by the destruction of their enemies. And as touching the doctrine of reconciliation they haue more clearely intreated it then Mosés, and set for the more liuely Iesus Christ, in whome this couenant of reconciliation was made. In all these things I saiáh did excel all the Prophetes, and was moste diligent to set out the same, with moste vehement admonitions, reprehensions, and consolations: euer applying the doctrine, as, he sawe that the disdease of the people required. He declareth also manie notable prophecies which he had receiued of God, as touching the promes of the Messiáh, his office, and his kingdome Also of the fauour of God toward his Church, the vocation of the Gentiles, and their vnion with the Iewes. Which are as moste principal pointes conteined in this boke, and a gathering of his sermons that he preached. Which after certeine daies that thei had stand vpon the Temple dore for the maner of the Prophetes was to set vp the summe of their doctrine for certeine dayes that the people might the bet ter marke it, as Isa, 8. 1. & Habak. 2. 2.) the Priests toke it downe and
〈◊〉
it among their registers: & so by Gods prouidence these bokes were preserued as a monument to the Church for euer. As touching his persone and time, he was of the Kings stocke: for Amoz his father was brother to Aziariáh King of Iudáh, as the best writers agre, and prophecied more then 64 yeres from the time of Vzziáh vnto the reigne of Manasséh whose father in lawe he was (as the Ebrewes write) & of whome he was put to death And in reading of the Prophetes this one thing among other is to be obserued, that thei speake of things to come as thogh thei were now past, because of the certeintie thereof, and that thei colde not but come
〈◊〉
passe, because God had ordeined them in his secret counsel, and so reueiled them to his
〈◊〉
.
CHAP. I.
2 Isaiáh reproueth the Iewes of their ingratitude and stub bernes, that nether for benefites nor punishment wolde amend. 11 He sheweth why their sacrifices are reiected, and wherein Gods true seruice standeth. 24 He prophecieth of the destruction of Ierusalem. 25 And of the resti tution thereof.
AThat is, areuela tion or prophecie which was one of the two mea nes, whereby God declared him selfe to his seruants in olde time as Nom. 12. 6. & therefore the Prophetes were called Seers,
〈◊〉
, Sam 9.
〈◊〉
Vision of Isaiáh, the sonne of Amóz, which he saweIsaiah was chiefly sent to Iudah and Ierusalém, but not onely: for in this boke are prophe cies concerning other nations al so. concerning Iudáh and Ierusalém: in the daies ofCalled also Azariah 2. King. read 2. King. from Chap 14 vnto Chap. 21, and 2. Chro. from Chap. 25. vnto Chap. 33 Vzziáh, Iothám, Ahaz & Hezekiàh Kings of Iudah.
2 Heare, ôBecau se men were obstinate and insensible, he calleth to the dumme creatures, which were mo
〈◊〉
to obey Gods worde, as Deu 32. 1 heauens, and hearken, ô earth: for the Lord hathe said, I haue nourished and broght vpHe declareth his great
〈◊〉
towarde the Iewes, for asmuche as he chose them aboue all other nations to be his people & children, as Deu 10 15. children, but they haue re belled against me.
3 TheThemoste brute and dulbeasts do more acknowledg their duetie toward their masters, them my people do toward me, of whome thei haue receiued benefits with out comparison. oxe knoweth his owner, and the asse his masters cryb, (but) Israel hathe not knowe: my people hathe not vnderstand.
4 Ah, sinful nacion, a people laden with iniquitie:
aTher were not onely wicked, as were their fathers but
〈◊〉
corrupt, and by their
〈◊〉
example infected others. sede of the wicked, corrupt chil drē: thei haue forsaken the Lord: thei haue prouoked theThat is, him that sanctifieth Isracl. holy one of Israél to anger. they are gone back warde.
5 Wherefore shulde ye beVVhat auaileth it to seke to amēd you by pur
〈◊〉
ēt seing the more I correct you, the more yerebell? smitten anie more: for ye fall away more and more, the who leBy naming the chief partes of the bodie, he signifieth, that there was no parte of the whole bodye of the Iewes fre from his roddes. head is sicke, & the whole heart is hea uie,
6 From theHuerie parte of the bodie,
〈◊〉
the least as the chie fest was plagued. sole of the foote vnto the head there (is) nothing whole therein (but) woū
des, and swelling, and sores ful of corruption: thei haue not bene wrapped,Their plagues were so grieuous that they were incurable, and yet they wolde not repent nor bounde vp nor mollified with oyle.
7 Your landis waste: your cities (are) burnt with fyre. strangers deuoure your land in your presence, and (it is) desolate like the o uerthroweMeaning, of thē that dwell farre of which because they loke for no aduantage of that which remaineth destroye all before them. of strangers.
8 And the daughter ofThat is, Ierusalem. Ziōn, shal remaine like a cotage in a vineyarde, like a lodge in a garden of cucumbers (and) like a besieged citie.
9 Except the Lord of hostesBecause that he wil euer haue a Church to call vpō his Name. had reserued vnto vs, euen a smale remnant: we shulde haue beneThat is all destroyed. as Sodôm (and) shulde haue be ne like vnto Gomoráh.
10 Heare the worde of the Lord, ôYe that for your vices deserued all to be destroyed as they of Sodom sane that God of his mercie
〈◊〉
a litle nomber, Lamen.
〈◊〉
. 22. princes of Sodóm: hearken vnto the Law of our God ô people of Gomorah.
11 What haue I to do with the multitude of your sacrifices, saith the Lord I am ful of the burnt offrings of rams, & of the fat of fed beastes: and IAlthogh God
〈◊〉
these
〈◊〉
for a time as aides and exercises of their faith: yet because the people had not faith nor
〈◊〉
ce, God decesteth them. Psal. 50 14. ier. 6. 20. amos 5. 21. mich.
〈◊〉
. 7. desire not the blood of bullockes, nor of lambes, nor of goates.
12 Whē ye come to appeare before me, who required this of your hands to tread in my courtes.
13 Bring no mo oblations,VVithout faith &
〈◊〉
. in vaine in cense is an abomination vnto me: I can not suffer (your) newe moones, nor sabbats (nor) solemne daies [(it is) iniquitie] nor so lemne assemblies.
14 My soule hateth yourYour sacrifices offred in the newe moones and feastes: he condemmeth hereby hypo crites, which thin ke to please God with ceremonies, and they them selues are voide of faith and mercie. newe moones and your appointed feasts: they are a burden vnto me: I am weary to be are (them.)
15 And when you shal stretch out your hands I wil hide mine eyes from you: and thogh ye make manie prayers, I wil not heare (for) your hands are fulHe sheweth that where men be giuen to auarice,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
which is ment by blood, there God will shewe his
〈◊〉
, and not accepte them, thogh they seme neuer so holy, as Chap. 59. 3. of blood.
16 By this outwarde washing, he meaneth the spiritual: exhorting the Iewes to repent and amend their liues Wash you, make you cleane: take away the euil of your workes from before mine eyes: cease to do euil.
17 Learne toThis kinde of reason ning, by the seconde table, the scriptures vse in manie places against the
〈◊〉
, who pretend moste holines and religion in worde, but when their charitie and loue towarde their brethren s hulde appeare, thei declare that thei haue nether faith nor religion. do wel: seke iudgement: relieue the oppressed: iudge the fatherles (and) defend the widowe.
18 Come now,To knowe if I do accuse you without cause. and let vs reason together, the Lord: thogh your sinnes were as crimsin, they shalbe madeLest sinners s pretend anie rigour on Gods parte, he only willeth them
〈◊〉
be pure in hearte, and he wil sorgiue all their sinnes, were they
〈◊〉
so manie or great. white as snowe: thoght they were red like skarlet, they shalbe as woll.
19 If yeHe sheweth that whatsoeuer aduer sitie mā indureth, it ought to be
〈◊〉
to hys owne incredulitie and disobedience. consent and obey, ey shal eat the good (things) of the land.
20 But if ye refuse and be rebellious, ye shalbe deuoured with the sworde: for the mouth of the Lord hathe spoken it.
21 How is theThat is, Ierusalē, which had promised fidelitie vnto me, as a wife to her husband. faithful citie become an harlot? it was ful of iudgement and iustice lodged therin, but nowGiuen to
〈◊〉
and éxtor cion, which he signified before by blood,
〈◊〉
. (they are) murtherers.
22 TheyVVharsoeuer was pure in thee before, is now corrupt, thogh thou haue an outward shew. siluer is become drosse: thy wine is mixt with water.
23 Thy princes (are) rebellions and companions ofThat is, they mainteine the wicked and the
〈◊〉
, and not onelye do not punis he them, but are them selues suche. theues: euerie one loueth gifts: and followeth after rewards: they iudge not the fatherles, nether doeth the widowes cause come before them.
24 Therefore saith the Lord God of hostes, theVVhen God wil shewe him selfe merciful to hys Church, he calleth him self, The holie one of
〈◊〉
: but when he hathe to do with his ennemies, he is called Mightie, as against whome no power is able to resist. mightie one of Israél, Ah, I wilI wil take vengeance of mine ad
〈◊〉
the lew es and so satisfie my desire by punishing thē. VVhich thing yet he doeth with a grief becau se of his couenant. ease me of mine aduersities, and auenge me of mine enemies.
25 Then I wil turne mine hand vpon thee, and burne out thy drosse, til itLest the faithful among them shulde be ouercome with this threatning, he addeth this consolacion. be pure, and take away all thy tynne.
26 It is onely the worke of God to
〈◊〉
the heart of man, whiche thing he doeth because of his promes, made concerning the saluaction of his Church. And I wil restore thy iudges as at the first and thy counsellers at the beginning: afterwarde shalt thou be called a citie of righ teousnes (and) a faithful citie.
27 Zión shalbe redemed in iudgement, and they that returne in her, inBy iustice is meant Gods faithfull promes, whiche is the causs of the deliuerance of his
〈◊〉
. iustice.
28 And theThe wicked shal not be partakers of GODS promes. Psal. 92. 9. destruction of thetransgressours and of the sinners shalbe together: and thei that forsake the lord. shalbe cōsumed
29 For thei shal be cōfounded for theThat is, the trees and pleasantplaces, where ye commit idopatrie, which was forbidden. Deut. 16. 22 okes which ye haue desired, and ye shalbe ashamed of the gardens, that ye haue chosen.
30 For ye shalbe as an oke, whose leafe fadeth: & as a garden that hathe no water.
31 And the strong shalbe asThe false GOD, wherein ye put vour confidence, shal be consumed as easely, as a piece of towe. towe, and the maker thereof, as a sparke: and they shal bothe burne together, and none shal quen che (them.)
CHAP. II.
〈◊〉
. 4. 1.
2 The Church shalbe restored by Christ, and the Gentiles called. 6 The punishment of the rebellious and obstinate.
1 THe worde that I saiāh the sonne of Amōz sawe vpon Iudáh and Ierusalem.
2 * ItThe decre and ordinance, of God touching the restauration of the Church, which is chiefly ment of the time of Christ shalbe in the last daies, that the moun taine of the house of the Lord shalbe prepared in the top of the mountaines, andIn an
〈◊〉
place to besene & discerned. shal be exalted aboue the hilles, and all nacions shalVVhen the king dome of Christ shalbe enlarged by the preaching or, the doctrine. Here also
〈◊〉
declared the zeale of the children of God, when they are called flowe vnto it.
3 And manie people shal go, and say. Come and let vs go vp to Alluding to mouatzion, whe re the visible Church them was the Lord, to the house of the God of Jaakob.
and he wil teache vs his waies, and we wil walke in his paths for theMeaning, the wholedoctrine of saluacion. Lawshal go for the of Zión, and the worde of the Lord frō
This was accomplished when the Gospel was
〈◊〉
preachedin
〈◊〉
, and from thence went through all the worlde. Ierusalém.
4 AndThe lord, which is Christ, shal haue all power giuē him. he shal iudge among the nacions, &That they may acknowledge their sinnes, and turne to him. rebuke manie people: thei shalHe sheweth the frute of the peace which the Gospel shulde bring: to wit that
〈◊〉
shulde do good one to another, where as before they were enemies. breake their swordes also into mattockes, & their spares into sithes: nacion shal not lift vp a sworde against nacion, nether shal they learneHespeaketh not against the vse of weapons and lawful warre, but sheweth how the heart of the godlie shalbe effected one toward another: which peace and loue doethbe ginne and growe in this life, but shal be perfited, when we are ioy ned with our head Christ Iesus. to fight a nie more,
5 O house of Iaakob, come ye, and let vsSeing the Genti les wil be so readie, make you haste and shewe thē the way to worship God. walke in the light of the Lord.
6 Surely thouThe Prophet seing the smaleho pe that he Iewes wolde complaineth to God, as thogh he had vtterly for saken thē for their sinnes. hast for saken thy people, the house of Iaakób, because thei areFul of the corru ptions that reigned chiefly in the East partes. ful of the East (maners) & (are) socerers as the Philistims,Thei altogether giue them selues to the facions of other nations. and a
〈◊〉
with strange chil dren.
7 Their land also was ful ofThe Prophet first condemned their supe stition & idolatrie: next their
〈◊〉
and thirdly, their vaine trust in
〈◊〉
meanes. siluer and golde, and there (was) none end of their treasures: and land was ful of horses, and their charets (were) infinite.
8 Their land also was ful of idoles: they wor shipped the worke of their owne hands, which their owne fingers haue made,
9 And a man bowed him self, and a manHe noteth the nature of
〈◊〉
idolaters, which are neuer satisfied in their supersticions. hū bled him self thereforeThus the Prophet spake, being inflamed
〈◊〉
the zeale of Gods glorie, and that he might, feare them with Gods iudgement. spare them not
10 Enter into the rocke, & hide thee in the dust from before the feare of the Lord, and from the glorie of his maiestie.
11 The hie loke of man shalbe humbled, and the loftines of men shalbe abased, and the LORD onely shalbe exalted inMeaning,
〈◊〉
as GOD shalbegin to execute his iudgements. that day.
12 For the day of the LORD of hostes (is) vpon all proude and hautie, and vpon all that is exalted and it shalbe made lowe.
13 Euen vpon all the cedres of Lebanon, that are hie and exalted, and vpon all the okes of Bashan.
14 And vpon all the highBy hightrees and mountaines are
〈◊〉
them that are proude, and loftie, and thinke them selues moste strong in this
〈◊〉
. mountaines, and vpon all the hilles that are lifted vp.
15 And vpon euerie hie towre, and vpon euerie strong wall.
16 And vpō
He condemneth their vaine
〈◊〉
, which they had in strong holdes, and in their riche marchandise which broght in vainepleasures, where with mens mindes became
〈◊〉
. all the shippes of
〈◊〉
, and vpon all pleasant pictures,
17 And the hautines of men shalbe broght lowe, and the loftines of men shalbe abased and the Lord shal onely be exaltedin that day.
18 And the idoles wil he vtterly destroye.
19 Then they shal goHoseah, 10. 8.
luk.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
reuel. 6.
〈◊〉
. &. 9. 6. into the holes of the rockes, and into the caues of the earth, from before the feare of the Lord, and frō the glorie of his maiestie, when he shal a rise to destroye the earth.
20 At that day shal man cast away his siluer idoles, and his golden idoles [which they had made them selues to worship them]They shal
〈◊〉
them into
〈◊〉
vile and
〈◊〉
: places when
〈◊〉
perceiue
〈◊〉
they are notable to helpe them. to the mowles and to the backes.
21 To go into the hole of the rockes, and into the toppes of ragged rockes from the glo rie of his maiestie when he shal rise to destroy the earth.
22 Cease you from the man whoseCast of your vai ne considence of man whose life
〈◊〉
so fraile, that it his nose, be stopped, he is dead, & consider that you haue so do with God breath is in his nostrelles: for wherein is he to be este med.
CHAP. III.
1 For to sinne of the people God wil take away the wise men and giue foolish princes 14 The couetousnes of the gouernours. 16 The pride of the women.
1 FOr lo, the Lord God of hostes wil takeChap. III. away from Ierusalém and from Iudáh the stayBecause thei
〈◊〉
sted: their abundā ce and prosperirie, he sheweth that thei shulde be taken
〈◊〉
thē. and the strength: (euen) all the stay of bread, and all the stay of water,
2 The strong man, and the man of warre,The temporal gouernour & the minister. the iudge and the Prophet, the prudent and the aged,
3 The captaine of fiftie, and the honorable, and the counseler, and the cunning artificer, andBy these he mea ne h that God wolde take away euerie thing that was in any estima cion, and wherein they had anie
〈◊〉
to vante them selues. the eloquent man.
4 And I wil appoint children (to be) their princes, and babes shal rule ouer them.
5 The people shalbeFor lacke of good regiment & ordre. oppressed one of another, & euerie one by his neighbour: thed Not onely
〈◊〉
age but in wit, meaners knowledge & strength. children shal presume against the ancient and the vile against the honorable.
6 When euerie one shalHe sheweth that this plague shalbeso horrible that contrarie to the communema
〈◊〉
of men, which by
〈◊〉
an
〈◊〉
us, none shalbe scunde able or willing to be their gouernour. take holde of his brother of the house of his father, (& say,) Thou hast clothing thou shalbe our prince, and let this fall be vnder thine hand.
7 In that day he shal
〈◊〉
shal
〈◊〉
cause him to for
〈◊〉
him self them to take suche a dangerous
〈◊〉
vpon him sweare, saying, I can not be an helper: for there is no bread in mine house, nor clothing, (therefore) make me no prince of the people.
8 Douteles Ierusalém is fallen, and Iudáh is fallen downe, because their tongue and workes (are) against the Lord, to prouoke the eyes of his glorie.
9 TheVVhen God
〈◊〉
examine
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, whereupon they now set an impudent face,
〈◊〉
shal finde ma: ke of their
〈◊〉
in their fore head tryal of their countenance testifieth against them, yea, thei declare their sinnes, as Sodom, they hide them not. Wo be vnto their soules for they haue rewarded euil vnto them selues.
10 Be yethat
〈◊〉
godlie assured that God wil defend you in the middes of
〈◊〉
troubles. Say ye, Surely it shalbe wel with the iuste: for they shal eat the frute of their wor kes.
11 Wo be to the wicked; it shalbe euil (with him) for the rewarde of his hāds shalbe giuen him.
12 Because the wicked people were more
〈◊〉
to their princes, then to
〈◊〉
commandements of God, he sheweth that
〈◊〉
woldegiue them
〈◊〉
princes, by whome they
〈◊〉
be manifest tokens of his wrath, because they shuld befoles and
〈◊〉
. Children (are) extorcioners of my people, and womē haue rule ouer them: o my people, they that lead thee, cause thee to erre, and destroye the way of thy paths.
13 The Lord standeth vp to pleade, yea: he standeth to iudge the people.
14 The Lord shal entre into iudgement with the
〈◊〉
, that the rulers and gouerners had destroyed
〈◊〉
Church, and not p
〈◊〉
it according to their
〈◊〉
. Ancients of his people & the princes
thereof: for ye haue eaten vp the vineyarde: the spoyle of the poore (is) in your houses.
15 What haue ye to do, that ye beat my people to pieces,That is, ve shewe all crueltie against them. ād grinde the faces of the poore: saith the Lord (euen) the Lord of ho stes?
16 The Lord also saith,He menaceth people because of the
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
of their Wo men, Which gaue them selues to all Wantornes and dssolution. Because the daughters of Zión are hautie: and walke withVVhich declared their
〈◊〉
. stretched out neckes, and withAs a signe, that they Were not chaste. wandring eyes, walking andVVnich shewed their Wantonnes minsing as they go, & making aThei delited thē in slippers that did creake, or had litle plates sowed vpō them, Which tynckled as they Wēr. thin keling with their fete,
17 Therefore shal the Lord make the heads of the daughters of Zion balde, and the Lord shal discouer their secret partes.
18 In that day shal the Lord take a way the or naments of the slippes, and the calles, and the rounde tyres.
19 The swete balles, and the brasselets, ands In rehearsing all these things particuliarly, he sheweth the lightnes, and vanitie of suche as cannot be content With
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
according to their
〈◊〉
. the bonnets.
20 The tyres of the head, and the sloppes, & the head bands, and the tableth, and the earings.
21 And rings and muffles.
22 The coste lie apparel and the vailes, and the wimpels, and the crisping pinnes.t Meaning, that God Wil not onely punish that Women but their housbādes, Which haue suffred this
〈◊〉
, and also that commune Weale, Which hathnot remedied it.
23 And the glasses and the fyne linen: and the hoodes, and the launes.
24 And in stead of swete fauour, there shalbe stinke, and in stead of a girdle, a rent, and in stead of dressing of the heere, baldnes, & in stead of a stomacher, a girding of sacke cloth (and) burning in stead of beautie.
25 Thy men shal fall by the sworde, and thy strength in the battel.
26 Then shal her gates mourne and lament, &Chap. IIII. she, being desolate, shal sit vpon the groun de.
CHAP. IIII.
1 The smale remnant of men after the destruction of Ieru salém. 2 The graces of God vpon them that remaine.
1 ANd in that day shalVVhen God shal execute this vengeance, there shal not be one man founde to be the
〈◊〉
to manie Wo men, and
〈◊〉
con
〈◊〉
to Womanly shamefastnes, shal seke vnto mē and offer themsel ues to anie condition. seuen women take holde of one man, saying, We wil eat not owne garments onelyBe
〈◊〉
our houshand, and let vs be called thy Wines. let vs be called by thy name (and) take away ourFor so they thoght it to be Without an head and housband re proche.
2 In that day shal theHe comforteth the Church in this
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
shal spring vp like abud, signifying that Gods graces shulde be as plentiful towarde the faithful, as thogh they sprang out of the earth, as. Chap 45. 8. Some by the bud of the Lord meane Christ budde of the LORD be beautiful and glorious, and the frute of the earth shal be excellēt, and pleasant for them that are escaped of Israél.
3 Then he that shalbe left in Ziōn, and he that shal remaine in Ierusalém, shalbe called holie (and) euerie one shalbeHe alludeth to the boke of like, Whereof read Exod. 32. 32. meaning Gods secret counsel Wherein his elect are predestinate to life euerlasting. writen among the liuing in Ierusalém.
4 When the Lord shal wash the filthines of the daughters of Ziōn, & purge theThat is the crueltie extortion anarice, and all Wickednes blood of Ierusalem out of the middes thereof by the spirit of burning.
5 And the Lord shal creat vpon euerie place of mount Zión, and vpon the assembliesg VVhen thingeshalbe redressed, that Were amisse. thereof,He alludeth to the piller of the cloude. Exod. 13. 21. meaning that Gods fauour and protection shulde appeare in euerie place. a cloude and smoke by day, and the shining of a flaming fyre by night: for vpon all theThe faithful are called the glorie of God, because his image and tokens of his grace shine in thē
glorie (shalbe) a defense.
6 And a couering shalbe for a shadowe in the day for the heat, and a place of refuge and a couert for the stormeGod promiseth to be the defense of his Church against all troubles and dangers. and fot the raine.
CHAP. V.
1 Vnder the the similitude of the vine he describeth the statute of the people. 8 Of their
〈◊〉
. 12 Their drunken nes. 13 Of their captiuitie.
1 NOw wilThis prophet by this song
〈◊〉
set before the peoples eyes their in gratitude & Gods mercie. I sing to myThat is to God
〈◊〉
2. 21. beloued a song of my beloued to his vineyard, * My beloued had aMeaning, that he had planted his Church in a place
〈◊〉
moste plentiful and abū
dant. vineyard in averie fruteful hil,
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
2 And he hedged it, and gathered out the sto nes of it, and he planted it with the best plants,He spared no di
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
cost. and he buylt a towre in the middes thereof, and made a wine presse therein thē he loked that it shulde bring for the grapes: but it broghtIn the seuenth verse he declareth What thei Were. forthe wilde grapes.
3 Now therefore, ô inhabitants of Ierusalem and men of Iudah, iudge, I pray you,He maketh them iudges in their owne cause, forasmuche as it Was
〈◊〉
that they Were the cause of their owne ruine. betwene me, and my vineyarde.
4 What colde I haue done anie more to my vineyarde that I haue not done vnto it? why haue I loked that it shulde bring forthe grapes, and it bringeth for the wilde grapes?
5 And now I wil tel you what I wil do to my vineyard II Wil take no more care for its meaning that he Wolde take from them his
〈◊〉
& ministers, and all other comfortes, and send them cō
trarie plagues. wil take away the hedge thereof, & it shal be eaten vp: I wil breake the wall thereof, and it shal be troden downe:
6 And I wil lay it waste: it shal not be cut not digged, but briers, and thornes shal growe vp. I wil also commande the cloudes that they raine no raine vpon it.
7 ¶ Surely the vineyarde of the Lord of hostes (is) the house of Israél, and the men of Iudáh (are) his pleasant plant, and he loked forIudgement and righteousnes are true frutes of the feare of God, and therefore in the cruel oppressers there is no religion, iudgement: but beholde oppression for righteousnes, but beholdeOf them that are oppressed. a crying.
8
〈◊〉
vnto thē that ioyne house to house (and) lay field to held, til there be noTo Wit, for the poore to dwellin. place thatye may be placed by your selues in the middes of the earth.
9 (This is) in mineI haue heard the complaint, &
〈◊〉
of the poore. eares (saith) the Lord of hostes. Surely manie houses shalbe desolate (euen) great, and fayre without inhabitant.
10 For ten acres of vines shal yeldeoneVVhich
〈◊〉
about ten pottels: so that eue rie acre shulde but yelde one pottel. bath and the sede of anVVhich conteineth and hundreth pottels. hómer shal yelde anAn Ephah conteineth tē pottels and is in
〈◊〉
things as muche as bath is in licours. epháh.
11 ¶ Wo vnto them, thatThat spare no peine not diligen
〈◊〉
followe their lastes. rise vp early to fol lowe drunkennes, and to them that continue vntilVVhich are neuer weary of their rioting and excessiue pleasures: but vse all meanes to prouoke to the same. night (til) the wine do inflame them.
12 And the harpe and viole, timbrel, and pipe, and wine (are) in their
〈◊〉
: but they regarde not theThey regar de not the prouident care of God ouer them,
〈◊〉
for What end
〈◊〉
hathe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. worke of the Lord, nether consider the worke of his hands.
13 Therefore my people
〈◊〉
shal certeinely go for so the Prophetes vse to speake, as thogh the thing Which shal come to passe, Were done already. is gone in to captiuitie, because they hadBecause thei
〈◊〉
de not obev the Worde of God. no knowledge, & the glorie thereof (are) men famished, and the multititude thereof is dryed vp with thirst.
14 ThereforeMeaning, the graue shal swallowe vpthem that shal dye for hungre and thirst, and yet for
〈◊〉
this great destruction it shal neuer be sa ciate. hel hathe inlarged it self, and hathe opened his mouth, without measure and their glorie, and their multitude, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
pompe, and he that reioyceth among them shal descende (into it.)
15 And man shal be broght downe, and man shal be humbled, euen the eyes of the prou de shal be humbled.
16 And the Lord of hostes shalbe exalted in iudgement, and the holie God shal be sanctified in iustice.
17 Then shalGod comforteth the poore lambes of his Church, Which had bene strangers in other countries, promising that they shal de dwel in those places againe, Whereof thei had
〈◊〉
depriued by thesat, and cruel tyrants the lambes fede after their maner, and the strangers shal eat the desolate places of the fat.
18 ¶ Wo vnto thē, that drawe iniquitie withVVhich vse all allurements, occasions, and excuses to
〈◊〉
their consciēce in sinne. cordes of vanitie, and sinne, as with cart ropes.
19 Which say:He sheweth What are the Wor des of the Wicked When they are menaced With Gods iudgements 2 Pet. 3. 4. Let him make spede: let him hasten his worke: that we may se it: and let the coūsel of the holie one of Israél drawe nere and come, that we may knowe it.
20 Wo vnto them that speake good of euil,VVhich are not ashamed of sinne not care for hone stie, but are growē to a desperate impietie. and euil of good: which put darkenes for light, and light for darkenes, that put bit terfor swete, and swete for sowre.
21 Wo vnto thē that areVVhich are con temners of all doctrine and admoni nitions. wise in their owne eyes, and prudent in their owne sight.
22 Wo vnto them that areVVhich are neuer Weary, but shew their strēgth & bragge in glot
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
. mightie to drinke wine, and to them that are strong to powre in strong drinke:
23 Which iustifie the wicked for a rewarde, & take a way the righteousnes of the righteous from him.
24 Therefore as the flame of fyre deuoureth the stubble, and (as) the chaffe is consumed of the flame (so) theirSothe they and
〈◊〉
posteritie, so that
〈◊〉
shalbe lest. roote shalbe as rottennes, and their budde shal rise vp like dust, because they haue cast of the Law of the Lord of hostes, and contemned the worde of the holie one of Israél.
25 Therefore is the wrath of the Lord kindled against his people, and he hathe stret ched out hisHe sheweth that God had sosore pu nished this people that the dumme creatures, if
〈◊〉
had beneso plagued, Wolde haue bene more
〈◊〉
and therefore his plagues must continue, til they begin to fele them. hand vpon them and hathe smitten them that the mountaines did trē ble. and thier karcases were torne in the middes of the stretes (and) for all this his wrath was not turned away, but his hand was stretched out stil.
26 And he willift vp a signeHe Wil make the Babylonians to come against thē at his
〈◊〉
, and to fight vnder his standerd, vnto the nations a farre, and wil hisse vnto them from the end of the earth: and he holde, they shal come hastely with spede.
27 None shalThei shalbe and
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
Gods vengeā ce. faint nor fall among them none shal slumber nor slepe, nether shal the girdle of his loynes belosed, norThe enemie shal haue none impediment. the latchet of his shoes be broken.
28 Whose arrowes shalbe sharpe, and all his bowes bēt: his horse hoofes shalbe thoght like flint, & his
〈◊〉
like a whirle winde
29 His roaring (shalbe) like alyon, and he shal roare like lyōs whelpes: they shalVVhereby is declared the crueltie of the enemie. roare and lay holde of the pray: thei shal take it away, and none shal deliuer it.
30 And in that day they shal roare vpon thē as the roaring of the sea, and ifThe Iewes shal finde no succour.
In the land of Iu dah. they loke vnto the eart beholde darkenes, (and) sorow, & the ligh shalbe darkenes in thei
〈◊〉
.
CHAP. VI.
I Isaiàh sheweth his Vocation by the Vision of the diuine maiestie 9 He sheweh the obstinacie of the people
II The destruction of the land. 13 The reminant re serued,
1 IN the yere of the death of King Vzziáh,God sheweth not him self
〈◊〉
man in his
〈◊〉
, but according osmans capaci
〈◊〉
is able to comprehend
〈◊〉
that is is by visible signes as Iohn
〈◊〉
sawe the holie Gost in the forme of a dooue. I sawe also the Lord sitting vpon anAs a iudgeready to giue sentence. high throne, and lifted vp, and the lowerOf
〈◊〉
garment or of his throne. partes there of filled the temple.
2 The SeraphimsThey Were Angels so
〈◊〉
, because they Were of a fyrie colour, to signifie that they burnt in the loue of God, or Were light as fyre to execuce his Wil. stode vpon it: eueri one had six wings: with twaine he couered hisSignifying, that they Were not able to endure the brightnes of Godglorie. face, and with twaine he couered hisVVhereby Was declared that man Was not able to se the brightnes of God in them. fe. te, and with twaine he didVVhich thing de clareth the
〈◊〉
obedience of the gels to execute Gods commandement. flie.
3 And one cryed to another, and said,
〈◊〉
oft repetition signifieth, that the holy Angels can not satisfie them selues in praising God, to teache vs that in all our liues We shulde giue out selues to the
〈◊〉
nual praise of God Holy, holy, holy (is) the Lord of hostes: the wholeHis glorie doeth not onely appeare in the heauēs, but through all thē Worlde and therefore all creatures are bounde to prai se him. wholde is ful of his glorie.
4 And the lintels of the dore chekesVVhich things Were to confirme the Prophet, that it Was not the voyce of man: and by the smoke Was signified the blindenes that shulde come vpon the Iewes. moued at the voyce of him that cryed, and the house was filled with smoke.
5 Then I said,He speaketh this for two causes:
〈◊〉
one, because he that Was a mortal creature, and therefore had more nede to glorifie God then the Angels, didit not: & the other because the more nere: hat mā approcheth to God, the more doeth he knowe his owne
〈◊〉
, and corruption. Wois me: for I am vndone, because I am a man of polluted lippes, and I dwell in the middes of a people of polluted lippes: for mine eyes haue sene the King (and) Lord of hostes.
6 Then flewe one of the Seraphims vnto me with an hote cole in his hand (which he had takē from theOf the
〈◊〉
offrings Where the fyre neuer Went out. altar with the tongs
7 And he touched my mouth, & said, Lo, this hathe touched thy lippes, and thine iniquitie shalbe taken away, and thyThis declareth that man can not rendre true obedience to God, til he haue purget vs. sinne shalbe purged.
8 Also I heard the voyce of the Lord, saying Whome shal I send, and who shal go for vs? Then I sayd, Here am I, send me.
9 And he said, Go, and say vnto this people,VVhereby is declared that for the malice of man God Wil not immediatly take away his Worde, but he Wil cause it to be preached to their condemnation, when as they wil not learne thereby to obey his Wil, and be saued, hereby he exhorteth the ministers to do their duetie, & answereth to the Wicked murmurers, that through their owne malice their
〈◊〉
is hardened, Mat. 13. 14. act. 28. 16. rom.
〈◊〉
. 8. Ye shal heare in dede, but ye shal not vnderstrand: ye shal plainly se, & not perceiue.
10 Make the heart of his people fat, make their eares heauie, and shut their eyes, lest they se with their eyes, & heare with their eares, and vnderstrand with their hears, and conuert, and he heale them.
11 Then said I, Lord,As he Was moued With the zeale of Gods glo rie, so Was he touched With a charitable
〈◊〉
toward the people. how long? And he answered. Vntil the cities be wasted without inhabitant, and the houses without man and the land be vtter ly desolate,
12 And the Lord haue remoued men farreaway and (there be) a great desolation in the middes of the land.
13 But yet in it (shalbe)Meaning, the
〈◊〉
parte, or as somewrite, it was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. for
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of his prophe cie, that ten Kings shulde come before their captiuitie, as were from Vzziah to zedekiah. a tenth, and shal returne shalbe eaten vp as an elme
〈◊〉
the fewenes they shal
〈◊〉
to be eaten vp
〈◊〉
they shal after
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
a tre which in winter loseth his leaues, and semeth to be dead, yet in sommer is fiesh, and grene. or as an oke, which haue a substance in them, when they cast (their lawes: so) the holie sede shal be the substance thereof.
CHAP. VII.
1
〈◊〉
besieged. 4
〈◊〉
comforteth the King. 14 Christ is promised. 2. King. 16. 5.
1 ANd in the dayes of * Ahàz, the sonne of Iothàm, the sonne of Vzziàh King of Iudàh, Rezin the King ofOr,
〈◊〉
. AramTo wit, the
〈◊〉
de time: for in the first
〈◊〉
Ahaz was ouercome. came vp, and Pekàh the sonne of Remaliàh King of Israél to Ierusalē to fight against it, but he colde not ouercome it.
2 And it was tolde the house ofMeaning, the King house. Dauid, saying, Aràm is ioyned withThat is Israēl, be cause that
〈◊〉
was the greatest. Gene. 48. 19. Ephràim: therefore his heart wasFor feare. moued, and the heart of his people, as the trees of the forest are moued by the winde.
3 ¶ Then said the Lord
〈◊〉
Isaiah, Go forthe now to mete Ahàz (thou andThat is to say, The
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
retur ne which name Isaiahgaue his son
〈◊〉
, to signifie, that the rest of the
〈◊〉
ple
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
out of their captiuitie. Sheatiashub thy sonne) at the end of the conduit of the vpper poole, in the path of the fullers field.
4 And say vnto him, Take hede, and be stil: feare not, nether be faint hearted for the two tailes of these smokingVVhich haue but a litle smoke and shal quickely be quenched. fyrebrandes, for the furious wrath of Rezin and of Aràm, and of Remaliahs sonne:
5 Because Aràm hathe taken wicked coūsel against thee (and) Ephràim, ād Romaliahs sonne, saying,
6 Let vs go vp againg Iudàh, & let vs wakē them vp, and make a brecher therein for vs, and set a King in the middes thereof, (euen) the sonne ofVVhich was an
〈◊〉
a semeth enemie to the hou se of Dauid. Tabeàl.
7 Thus saith the Lord God, It shal not stand nether shal it be.
8 For the head of Arám (is) Damascus, and the heard of Damascus (is) Rezin: and with infiue &
〈◊〉
from
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and twen
〈◊〉
yere of the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
what time Amos prophecied this thing, & now Isaiah
〈◊〉
that the
〈◊〉
shulde be led into perpetual
〈◊〉
, which thing came to passe within twentie yere after that Isaiah did this message. threscore yere, Ephráim shalbe destroied from being a people.
9 And the head of Ephraim (is) Samaria, and
〈◊〉
head of Samaria (is) Remaliahs sonne. If ye beleue not, surely ye shal not be esta blished.
10 ¶ And the Lord spake againe vnto Aház saying.
11 AskeFor the cōfirmacion of this
〈◊〉
, that thine enemies shalbe destroyed & thou preserued. a signe for thee of the lord thy God aske it (ether) in the depth or in the height aboue.
12 But Ahàz said, I wil not aske, nether wil I
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
Gods worde without a signe is to tempt to refuse a
〈◊〉
when God offrech is for the aide and helpe of our infirmitie, is to rebel against him. tempt the Lord.
13 Thē he said, He are you now, ô house of Da uid, Is it a smale thing for you to grieueYou thinke you haue to do with men when ye con
〈◊〉
Gods messengers: but it is God against whome you bend your
〈◊〉
met, that ye wil also grieue my God.
14 Therefore the lordForasmuche as thou art vn worthy, the Lord for his owne
〈◊〉
sake wil giue a signe which shalbe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of his Church and the effect of all signes and miracles shalbe reuei led. him self wil giue you a signe. Beholde, the virgineshal con ceiue and beare a sonne, and she shal call his na meOr God with vs which name can agre to none, but to him that is bothe God and man. Immanu-él.
15Meaning, that Christ is not onely God, but man al so, because he shal be nourished as other men
〈◊〉
the age of discretion. Butter and honie shal he eat, til he haue knowledge to refuse the euil and to chuse the good.
16 For a fore theNot meaning Christ, but
〈◊〉
childe:
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
a children can come to the yeres
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
King of
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
shalbe destroyed. childe shal haue knowledge to eschewe the euil, and to chuse the good, the land that thou abhorrest, shalbe for saken of bothe her King.
17 The Lord shal bring vpon thee, and vpon thy people, and vpō thy fathers house [the daies that haue not come from the daie thatSince the time that the twelue tribes rebelled vn der Rohoam. Ephrāim departed frō Iudáh] (euen) the King ofIn whome thou hast put thy trust. Asshúr.
18 And in that day shal the Lordhisse for theMeaning, the Egyptians for by reason
〈◊〉
is how and moiste it is ful of
〈◊〉
, as Assyria is ful of bees. flie that is at the vttermoste parte of the floods of Egypt, and for the bee which is in the land of Asshúr.
19 And thei shal come and shal light all in the rockes, and vpon all throne places, and vpon all bussheSignifying, that no place
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them. places.
20 In that day shal the Lord shave with raser that is hired (euen) by them beyonde the Riuer, by the King of Asshúr, the head and the heere of theThat is, that
〈◊〉
is from the belly
〈◊〉
meaning,
〈◊〉
he wolde
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
great and smale. sete, and it shal consume the breàd.
21 And in the same day shal a manHe
〈◊〉
before had a great nomber of
〈◊〉
, shalbe content with
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
knowe and two
〈◊〉
. nourish a yong kowe, and two shepe.
22 And for theThe nomber of men shal be so smale,
〈◊〉
a fewe
〈◊〉
shal be able
〈◊〉
abūdāntly. As thei that go to seke wil beastes among the busshes a bundāce of milke, that they shal giue, he shal eat butter: for butter and honie shal euerie one eat, which is left witin the land.
23 And at the same day euerie place, wherein shal be a thousand vines, shalbe at a thousand (pieces) of siluer (so) it shalbe for the briers and for the thornes.
24 With arowes and withy bowe shal one come thether: because all the land shalbe briers and thornes.
25 But onThe mountaines
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, shalbe tylled by
〈◊〉
as shal flee
〈◊〉
them for
〈◊〉
. all the mountaines, which shalbe digged with the mattocke, there shal not come thether the feare of briers and thornes: but they shalbe for the sending out of bullockes and for the treading of shepe.
CHAP. VIII.
2 The captiuitie of Israél and Iudah by the Assitians 6 the infidelitie of the Iewes. 9 The destruction of the Assirians. 14 Christ the stone of stombling to the wicked. 19 the worde of God must be inquired at.
1 MOreouer the Lord said vnto me. Take thee aThat
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
write in great
〈◊〉
to the intent it may be
〈◊〉
easely red. great role, and write in itMeaning after the commune facion: because all men might read it. with a mās penne, Make
〈◊〉
to the spoile: haste to the pray.
2 Then I toke vnto meBecause the thing was of great importance he toke these
〈◊〉
nesses, which were of
〈◊〉
which the people, when set this vp vpon the dore of the
〈◊〉
, albeit Vriah was a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
2. King. 16 1. Meaning to his
〈◊〉
, and this was do
〈◊〉
a vision faithfull witnesses to recorde, Vriáh the Priest, and Zechariáh the sonne of Ieberechiáh.
3 After, I came vnto the d Prophetesse, whiche conceiued, and bare a sonne. Then said the Lord to me,
〈◊〉
hys Name,Or, Make spede to the
〈◊〉
haste to the
〈◊〉
. Mahérshal
al hash-baz.
4 For before theBefore anie childe be able to speake. childe shal haue knowledge to crye, My father, and my mother,That is, the armie of Assyria. he shal take away the riches of Damascus and the spoile of Samaria, before the King of Asshúr.
5 ¶ And the Lord spake yet againe vnto me, saying,
6 Because this people hath refused the waters ofWhiche was a fountaine at the fote of
〈◊〉
ziō
〈◊〉
of the which ran a smale riuer through the citie meaning that they of Iudáh, di strusting their owne power, which was, sma le, desired suche power & riches as thev sawe in Syria and Israel. Shiloáh that runne softely, and reioyce with Rezin, and the sonne of Remaliáh.
7 Now therefore beholde, the Lord bringeth vp vpon them the waters ofThat is, the Assyrians, whiche dwel beyonde Euphrates. the Riuer
〈◊〉
tie and great, (euen) the King of Asshúr with all his glorie, and he shal come vp vpon all their riuers, and go ouer all their bankes.
8 And shal breake into Iudáh, (and) shal ouerflowe and passe through, (and) shal come vp to theIt shalbe ready to drowne them necke, and the stretching out of his wings shal fil the breadth of thy land, oHe speaketh this to Messiáh, or Christ, in who me the faithful were comforted & who wold not suffer his Church to be destroyed vtterly. Immánu-él.
9 Gather together on heapes, ô yeTo wit, ye that are enemies to the Church, as the Assyrians, Egyptians,
〈◊〉
&c. people, & ye shalbe broken in pieces, and hearken all ye of farre countreis: girde your selues, and you shalbe broken in pieces: girde your selues, and you shalbe broken in pieces.
10 Take counsel to gether, yet it shalbe broght to naught: pronounce a decre, yet shal it not stand: for God is with vs.
11 For the Lord spake thus to me in takingTo
〈◊〉
me that I
〈◊〉
not shrinke for the infidelitie of this people, and so neglect mine office. of (mine) hand, & taught me, that I shulde not walke in the way of this people, saying.
12 Say ye not, AConsent not ye that are godlie, to the league and
〈◊〉
that this people seke with straungers and
〈◊〉
. confederacie to all them, to whome this people saith a confederacie, nether feare youMeaning, that they shulde not feare the thing that they feared, whiche haue no hope in God. their feare, nor be afraied of them.
13In
〈◊〉
your
〈◊〉
in him in calling vpon him in aduersitie
〈◊〉
loking for his helpe, and fearīg to do anie thing contrarie to his wil. Sanctifie the Lord of hostes, and
〈◊〉
him be your feare, and let him be your dread,
14 And he shalbe as aHe wil defend you which are his elect, & reiect all the rell, which is ment of Christ against whome the lewes shulde slomble and
〈◊〉
, Luk. 2, 34. rom. 9, 33. 1. pet. 2, 7. Sanctuarie: (but) as a stombling stone & as a rocke to fall vpon, to bothe the houses of Israél, (&) as a snare and as a net to the inhabitants of Ierusalém.
15 And manie among them shal stomble, and shal fall and shal be broken and shalbe snared and shalbe taken.
16Thogh all forsa ke me, yet ye that are mine, kepe my worde sure sealed in your hearts. Binde vp the testimonie: seale vp the Law among my disciples.
17 Therefore I wil wait vpon the Lord that hathe hid his face from the house of Iaakób and I willoke for him.
18 Beholde I, & theMeaning, them that were willīg to heare & obeie the word of God whome the worlde hated as thogh, they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and not worthie to liue. children whome the Lord hathe giuen me, (are) as signes and as wonders in Israél,This was a consolarion in their troubles, knowing that nothing colde come vnto them, but by the wil of the Lord. by the Lord of hostes, which dwelleth in mount Zión.
19 And when they shal say vnto you, Enquire at them that haue a spirit of diuination, and at the south sayers, which whisper and murmur,Answer the wicked thus, Shulde not Gods people sekesuccour onely at him. Shulde not a people enquire at their God? from theThat is, wil they refuse to be taught of the Prophet who is the mouth of God, and seke helpe at the dead,
〈◊〉
is the
〈◊〉
of Satan? liuing to the dead?
20 To theSeke remedie in the worde of God
〈◊〉
his wil is declared. Lawe, and to the testimonie, if they speake not according to this worde: (it is) be cause there (is) noThey haue no knowledge, but are blinde leaders of the blinde. light in them.
21 Then he that is afflicted and famished, shal go to and fro inThat is, in Iudáh, where they shulde haue had rest, if they had not thus grieuously offended God. it: & when he shalbe hūgrie he shal euen freat him self,In who
〈◊〉
thei put their trust. and curse his King and his gods, and shal loke vp warde.
22 And when he shal loke to the earth, behold trouble, andThey shal thinke that heauen & earth and all creatures are
〈◊〉
against them, to trouble them. darkenes, vexaciō (&) anguish and he (is) driuen to darkenes.
CHAP. IX.
1 The vocation of the Gentiles. 6 A prophecie of Christ. 14 The destruction of the tentibes for their pride and cō
tempt of God.
1 YEtHe comforteth the Churche againe after these great threatnings promising to restore thē to great glorie in Messiáh the darkenes shal not (be) according to the affliction,Where
〈◊〉
Israél was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
first by
〈◊〉
Iasar, which was a light scourge in respect of that whiche they susfred afterward by
〈◊〉
, who caried the Israelites awaie captiues. that it had when at the first he touched lightly the land of Zebulún and the land of Naphtali, nor afterward (when) he was more grieuous by the way of the sea beyonde Iordén in Galile ofVVhere as the Iewes & Gentiles dwelt together by reason of those twentie cities, which Salomon gaue to Hyram. the Gē
tiles.
2 The people thatWhich were
〈◊〉
in Babylon and the
〈◊〉
speaketh of that thing,
〈◊〉
shulde come to passe threscore yeres after, as thogh it were nowe done. walked in darkenes, haue sene a greatMeaning, the comfort of their deliuerance. light: they that dwelled in the land of the shadow of death, vpon thē hathe the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
& deliuerāce were figures of our captiuitie by sinne, and of our dliuerance by Christ through the preaching of the Gospel, Mat. 4, 15. light shined.
3 Thou
〈◊〉
multiplied the nation, (and) not increased (their) ioye: thei haue reioyced be fore thee according to the ioye in haruest, (&) as men reioyce whē they diuide a spoile,
4 ForThou gauest them
〈◊〉
, by deliuering them & by destroying the tyrants that had kept them in cuei bondage, as thou didest deliuer them: by Gid on from the Midranites, Iudg. 7, 22. the yoke of their burden, & the staffe of their shulder (&) the rodde of their oppres
〈◊〉
hast thou broken as in the day of Midiā
5 Surely euerie battel of the warriour (is) with noise, and with tūbling of garments in blood but (this) shalbeHe speaketh of the deliuerance of his Church, whiche he hathe deliuered miraculously from his enemies, but specially by the comming of Christ, of whome he prophecieth in the next
〈◊〉
. with burning (and) deuouring of fyre.
6 For vnto vs a Childe is borne, (and) vnto vs a sonne is giuen: & the gouernement is vpon his shulder, & he shal call his name Wonder ful, Counseller, The mightie God, The euerla stingThe autor of eternitie, and by whome the Church and
〈◊〉
member thereof shalbe preserued for euer and haue immortal life. Father, The prince of peace,
7 The increase of (his) gouernement and peace shal haue none end: he shal sit vpon the throne of Dauid, & vpon his kingdome, to order it, and to stablish it with iudgement and with iustice, from hence forthe, (euen) for euer:His singular loue and care for his elect the zeale of the Lord of hostes wil perfome this.
8 ¶ The Lord hathe sent a worde into Iaakób and it hathe lighted vponThis is another prophecie against thē of Samaria, which were
〈◊〉
and concemners of Gods promises and menaces. Israél.
9 And all the people shal knowe, (euē) Ephrág Their nomber was greater whē they went into captiuitie then when they retur ned, but their ioye was greater at their returne,
〈◊〉
. 2, 10. im, and the inhabitant of Samaria, that saye in the pride and presumption of the heart,
10 TheVVe were but weake, when the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ouercame vs ut we wil make
〈◊〉
so strōg hat we wil neher care for
〈◊〉
mies, nor feare Godsthreatenīgs brickes are fallen, but we wil buylde it with hewen stones: the wilde figtrees are cut downe, but we wil change them into cedres.
11 Neuertheles the Lord wil raise vp the aduer saries ofRezin King of
〈◊〉
, who was in league with
〈◊〉
, was slaine by the Assyrians after whose death
〈◊〉
, that is, the Syrians
〈◊〉
againste Israél, which on the other side were as sailed by the
〈◊〉
. Rezin against him, & ioyne his ene mies together.
12 Arám before and the Philistims behind, and they shal deuoure Israél with open mouth: (yet) for all this his wrath is not turned a waie but his hand (is) stretched out stil.
13 For the people turneth not vnto him that smitteth them, nether do they seke the Lord of hostes.
14 Therefore wil the Lord cut of from Israél head and taile, branch and rush in one daye.
15 The ancient and the honorable man, he is the head: and the prophet that teacheth lies he is the taile.
16 For the leaders of the people cause thē to erre, and they that are led by them, are deuou red.
17 Therefore shal the Lord haue no pleasure in their yong men, nether wil he haue compassion of their fatherles & of their
〈◊〉
for euerie one is an hypocrite and wicked, and euerie mouth speaketh folie, (yet) for all this his wrath is notturned awaye, but his hand (is) stretched out stil.
18 For wickedneswickednes as abellow se
〈◊〉
the fyre of Gods wrath, which
〈◊〉
all his obstinate enemies. burneth as a fyre: it deuou reth the briers & the thornes & wilkindle in the thicke places of the forest: and they shal mounte vp (like) the liftning vp of smoke.
19 By the wrath of the Lord of hostes shal the land be darkened, and the people shalbe as the meat of the fyre: no man shalThogh there were no foren enemie, yet they shal destroy one another. spare his brother.
20 And he shal snatche at the right hand, and be hungrie: and he shal eat on the left hand, and shal not be satisfied: euerie one shal eat theTheir griedines shal be
〈◊〉
so that one
〈◊〉
shal eat vp another, as thogh he shulde eat his owneflesh. flesh of his owne arme.
21 Manasséh, Ephráim: & Ephráim Manasseh, (and) they bothe shalbe against Iudāh: (yet) for all this his wrath is not turned awaie, but his hand (is) stretched out stil.
CHAP. X.
1 Of wicked lawe makers.
〈◊〉
God punish his people by the Assyrians and after destroye them. 21 The remnant of Is rael shalbe saued.
1 WO vnto them that decre wicked decrees, andwhich write & pronounce a wic ked
〈◊〉
to op presse the poore: meaning that the wicked magistra tes, which were the chief cause of mischief,
〈◊〉
be first
〈◊〉
. write grieuous things,
2 To kepebacke the poore from iudgement, to take awaie the iudgement of the poore of my people, that widowes maye be
〈◊〉
praie and that they maye spoile the fatherles.
3 What wilye do now in the daye of visitation and of destruction, which shal come fromTo wit, from Assyria. farre? to whome wil ye flee for helpe? and where wil ye leaue yourYour riches & autoritie thatthei maie be safe, and that yemaie recei
〈◊〉
them againe. glorie?
4 Because thei ha ue forsaken
〈◊〉
, someshal go into
〈◊〉
, & the rest shalbe slaine Without me (euerie one) shal fallamong that are bounde, and they shal fall downe among the slaine: (yet) for all this his wrath is not turned awaye, but his hand (is) stretched out stil.
5 ¶ OGod calleth for the Assyrians to be the
〈◊〉
of his vengence. Asshúr, the rodde of my wrath: and the staffe in their hands is mine indignation.
6 I wil sendThat is, the Assyrians againste the Iewes, which are but
〈◊〉
: & in this sixt & seuenth verse is
〈◊〉
the difference of the worke of God & of the wicked in one verie thing and
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
Gods intentiō is to cha stice thē for their amendement, & the
〈◊〉
pur pose is to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to enriche them selues: thus in respect of Gods
〈◊〉
, it is Gods worke, but in re spect of their owne
〈◊〉
, it is the worke of the deuil him to a dissembling nation, and I wil giue him a charge against the people of my wrath to take the spoile and to take the praye, and to treade them vnder fere like the myre in the strete.
7 But he thinketh not so, nether doeth his heart esteme it so: but he imagineth to destroye and to cut of not a fewe nacions.
8 For he saith, Are not my princes all together Kings?
9 Is
〈◊〉
Calnō asSeing that haue ouercome, aswel one
〈◊〉
as another, so that none colde
〈◊〉
, shal
〈◊〉
be able to escape
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Carchemish? Is not Hamáth like Arpád? Is not Samaria as Damascus?
10 Like as mine hand hathe founde the kingdomes of the idoles, seing their idoles (were) aboue Ierusalém, and aboue Samaria:
11 Shal not I, as I haue done to Samaria, and to the idoles thereof, so do to Ierusalém and to the idoles thereof?
12 ¶ But when the Lord hathe accomplishedVVen he hathe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
cople (for he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
at his owne house) ti ēwil he bur ne
〈◊〉
roddes. all his worke vpon mount Zión and Ierusa lém, I wil visit the frute of the proude heartMeaning, o Saneherib. of the King of Asshúr, and his glorious and proude lokes,
13 Because he said, By the power of mine owne hand haue I done it, and by my wisdome, be cause I am wise: therefore I haue remoued the borders of the people, and haue spoiled their treasures, and haue pulled downe the inhabitants like a valiant man.
14 And mine hand hathe founde as a nest the riches of the people, and as one gathereth eg ges that are left, (so) haue I gathered all the earth: and there was none to moue the wing or to open the mouth, or to whisper.
15 Shal theHere we se that no
〈◊〉
, is able to do anie thing, but as God appointeth him, & that they are allbut his in
〈◊〉
ments to do his worke, thogh the intentions be diuerse, as ver. 6. axe boast it felf against him that heweth there with? or shal the sawe exalt it self against him that moueth it? as if the rod shulde lift vp it self against him that taketh it vp, (or) the staffe shulde exalt it self, (as it were) no wood.
16 Therefore shal the Lord God of hostes send among his fat men, leanenes, and vnder his glorie he shal kindle a burning, like the burning of fyre.
17 And the light of Israél shalbe as aMeaning, that God is a light to comfort his people, and a fyre to burne his enemies. fyre, and the Holy one thereof as a flame, and it shal burne, and deuoureThat is, the As syrians. his thornes and his briers in one day:
18 And shal consume the glorie of his forest, and of his fruteful fields bothe souleTo wit, bodie and soule vtterly and flesh: and he shalbe as theWhen the battel is lost and the standerd taken. fainting of a stan derd bearer.
19 And the rest of the trees of his forest shalbe fewe, that a childe may tel them.
20 ¶And at that day shal the remnant of Israél and such as are escaped of the house of Iaakób, staye no more vpon him that smote thē but shalThis is the end of Gods plagues towards his, to
〈◊〉
them to him and to forsake all trust in others. stay vpon the Lord, the holy one of Israél in trueth.
21 The remnant shal returne, (euen) the remnant of Iaak ób vnto the mightie God.
22 For thogh thy people, ô Israél, be as the sād
of the sea, (yet) shal the remnant of thē retur ne. The consumption This smale nomber, whiche semed to be consumed, and yet according to Gods decre is
〈◊〉
ued, shallbe sufficient to fil all the worlde with righteousnes. decreed shall ouerflowe with righteousnes.
23 For the Lord God of hostes shal make the consumption, euenGod will destroye this lande as he hathe deter mined, and after saue a smal portion. determined, in the middes of all the land.
24 Therefore thus saith the Lord God of hostes, O my people, that dwellest in Zión, be not afraied of Ashur: he shal smite thee with a rod, and shal lift vp hys staffe against thee after the maner ofAs the Egyptians did punish thee. Egypt.
25 But yet a very litle tyme, and the wrath shalbe consumed, and mine angre in their destruction.
26 And the Lord of hostes shal raise vp a scour ge for him, accordyng to the plague ofRead Chap. 9. 4 Midian in the
〈◊〉
Oréb: and (as) hys staffe (was) vpon theVVhen the Israelites passed through by the lifting vp of Mo ses rod, and the enemies
〈◊〉
drowned. Sea; so he wil lift it vp after the maner of Egypt.
27 And at that day shal his burden be taken away from of thy shulder, and his yoke from of thy necke: and the yoke shalbe destroyedExod. 14. 28. because ofBecause of the promes made to that kingdome, whereby Christs kingdome was
〈◊〉
. the
〈◊〉
.
28 He is comeHe describeth by what waye the
〈◊〉
shulde come against Ierusalem to
〈◊〉
me the fai hfull, when it shulde come to passe, that as their plague was come, so shuld they be deliuered. to
〈◊〉
: he is passed into Migrón: at Michmash shall he lay vp hys armour.
29 They haue gone ouer the foorde: they lodged in the lodging at
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
is afrayed: Gibeáh of Saul is fled away.
30 Lift vp thy voice, o daughter Gallim, cause Laish to heare, o poore Anathoth.
31 Madmenāh is remoued: the inhabitants of Gebim haue garhered them selues together.
32 Yet there is a tyme that he wil stay at Nob: he shal lift vp his hand toward the mount of the daughter Zión, the hil of
〈◊〉
.
33
〈◊〉
, the LORDE God of hostes shal cut of theFeare and destruction shall come vpō
〈◊〉
: for the princes & the people shall all be led awaie captiues. bough wyth feare,
〈◊〉
they of high stature shalbe cut of, and the hie shalbe humbled.
34 And he shall cut away the
〈◊〉
places of the forest with yron, and Lebanon shal haue a mightie fall.
CHAP. XI.
1 Christ borne of the roote of Ishai. 2 His vertues and kingdome 6 The frutes of the Gospel.
〈◊〉
The calling of the Gentiles.
1 BVt there shall come aBecause the
〈◊〉
of Babylon was a figure of the spirituall
〈◊〉
vnder sinne, he she weth that our true deliuerance must come by Christe for as Dauid
〈◊〉
out of Ishai a man without di gnitie: so
〈◊〉
shuldecome of a poore carpēters house as out of a dead stocke. rod forthe of the stocke of Ishai, and a graft shall growe out of his rootes.
2 And the Spirit of the Lorde shall rest vpon him: the Spirit of wisdome and vnderstāding the Spirit of counsel & strength, the Spirit of knowledge, and of the feare of the Lord.
3 And shall make hym prudent in the feare of the Lord: for he shal not iudge after the sight of hys eyes, nether reproue by the hearing of his eares.
4 But with righteousnes shal he iudge the poo re, and with equitie shal he reproue for the meke of the earth: and he shalAll these properties can agre to none but onely vnto Christ: for it is he that
〈◊〉
the heartes of the faithful ād
〈◊〉
their concupiscences: & to the wicked he is the sauour of death and to thē that shal
〈◊〉
: so that all the worlde
〈◊〉
be
〈◊〉
with this rod, when is hys worde. smite theChap.
〈◊〉
. 2. earth with the rod of his mouth, & with the breath of his lippes shal he slay the wicked.
5 And iustice shalbe the girdle of his loynes, and faithfulnes the girdle of his raines.
6 TheMē because of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
affections are
〈◊〉
by the names of beastes, wherein
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
but Christ by his Spirit shal
〈◊〉
thē &
〈◊〉
in them suche mutual
〈◊〉
, that they shal be like lambes, sauoryng and louing one another, and cast of all their cruel affections. Chap. 65. 25. wolfe also shal dwell with the lambe, and the leoparde shal lye with the kid, ād the cal
〈◊〉
, ād the lyon, and the fat beast together, and a litle childe shal lead them.
7 And the kowe and the beare shal fede: their yong ones shal
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
: and the lyon shal
〈◊〉
strawe like the bullocke.
8 And the suckyng childe shal playe vpon the hole of the aspe, and the wained chylde shall put his hand vpon the cockatrice hole.
9 Then shall none hurt nor destroye in all the mountaine of myne holynes: for the earth shalbe ful of
〈◊〉
knowledge of the Lord, asIt shalbe in as great abundance as the waters in the sea. the waters that couer the sea.
10 And in that day the roote of Ishai, whiche shall stande vp for a signe vnto theHe prophecieth of the calling of the Gentiles. people the nacions shall seke vnto it, and hysThat is,
〈◊〉
Churche, whiche he also calleth his rest. Psal.
〈◊〉
. 14. rest shal be glorious.
11 And in the same day shal the Lord (stretche out) his handFor God firste deliuered his peo ple
〈◊〉
of Egypt, and now
〈◊〉
seth to deliuer thē cut of their enemies hands, as from the Parthians, Persians, Chaldeans, and thē of Antiochia amonge whome they were dispersed, and this is chiefly ment of Christ, who calleth hys people, being dispersed through
〈◊〉
all the worlde. agayne the seconde tyme, to possesse the remnant of hys people [whiche shalbe
〈◊〉
] of Asshur, and of Egypte, and of Pathros, and of Ethiopia, and of Elām, and of
〈◊〉
, and of Hamáth, and of the yles of the sea.
12 And he shall set vp a signe to the nacions, and assemble the dispersed of Israél, and gather the scattered of Iudah from the foure corners of the worlde.
13 The hatred also of Ephraim shall departe, and the aduersaries of Iudàh shalbe cut of: Ephráim shall not
〈◊〉
Here he descri
〈◊〉
the consent that shalbe in his Churche, and their victorie against their enemies. Iudah, nether shal Iudah vexe Ephraim:
14 But they shal flee vpon the shoulders of the Philistims towarde the West: they shal spoile them of the East together: Edom and Moab shalbe the stretching out of their hands, and the children of Ammon (in) their obedience
15 The Lord also shal vtterly destroye theMeaning, a corner of the sea, that entreth into the land, and hathe the forme of a tongue. tongue of the Egyptians sea, and with his migh tie wind shal lift vp his handTo wit, Nilus, the great
〈◊〉
of Egypt, whiche entreth into the sea with seuen
〈◊〉
. ouer the riuer, and shal smite him in (his) seuen streames, ād cause men to walke (therein) with shoes.
16 And there shalbe a path to the remnant of his people, whiche are left of Asshur, like as it was vnto Israél in the day that he came vp out of the land of Egypt.
CHAP. XII.
A thankesgiuing of the faithful for the mercies of God.
1 ANd thouHe sheweth how the Churche shal praise God, when they are de liuered frome their captiuitie. shalt say in that day, O Lord, I wil prayse thee: thogh thou wast angrie with me, thy wrath is turned away, and thou comfortest me.
2 Beholde, God (is) myOur saluacion standeth onelye in God, who giueth vs an assured confidence, constancie and occasion to praise hym for the same. saluacion: I wil trust, and wil not feare: for the Lord God (is) * my strength and song: he also is become my saluacion.
3 Therfore with ioy shalyeThe graces of God shalbe so abundant, that ye may receiue thē in as greàt plentie, as waters out of a fountaine that is ful. drawe waters out of the welles of saluacion.
4 And ye shal say in that day, 1. Chron 16. 8. Praise the Lord: call vpon hys Name:
〈◊〉
hys workes amongExod. 15. 2. the people: make mention of them,Psal. 118. 14.
for his Name ix exalted.
5 Sing vnto the Lord, for he hathe done excellent things: this is knowen in all the worlde.
6 Crye out, and shoute,Ye that are of the Church. ô in habitant of Zion: for greate (is) the holy one of Israél in the middes of thee.
CHAP. XIII.
The Medes and Persians shal destroye Babylon.
1 THeThat is, the great
〈◊〉
ie, which was prophecied to come on Babel, as a moste grieuous burden, whiche they were not able to beare in these 12 Chapters followynge, he speaketh of the plagues, wherewith God wolde smite these strā
ge nacions (who me they knew) to declare that God chastised the
〈◊〉
as hys childrē, and these other as hys enemies: and also that if God spare not these that are ignoraunt, that they muste not thinke strange, if he punished thē, whiche haue kno ledge of his Law and kepe it not burden of Babél, whiche Isaiah the sonne of Amóz did se.
2 Lift vp a standard vpon the hie mountaine: lifte vp the voyce vnto them: wagge theTo wit, to the Medes and the Persians. hand, that they may go into the gates of the nobles.
3 I haue commanded them, that I haueThat is, prepared and appointed to execut my iudgements. sancti fied: and I haue called the myghtie to my wrath, (ād) thē that reioyce in myVVhich willingly go about the worke, whereunto I appointe them, but howe the wicked do this, read Chap. 10. 6. glorie.
4 The noyse of a multitude (is) in the mountaines, like a great people: a tumultuous voy ce of the kyngdomes of the nacions gathered together: the Lorde of hostes nombreth the hoste of the battel.
5 They come frome a farre countrey, frome the end of the heauen: (euen) the Lord with theThe
〈◊〉
of the Medes and the Persians against Babylon. weapons of hys wrath to destroye the whole land.
6 HowleYe Babilonians you, for the daye of the Lord is at hande: it shall come as a destroyer from the Almightie.
7 Therefore shal all hands be weakened, and all mans hearts shal melt.
8 And they shalbe afrayed: anguish and sorow shal take (them,) and they shal haue peine, as a woman that trauaileth: euerie one shalbe amased at his neighbour, and their faces (shalbe like)The Babylonians angre, and
〈◊〉
shalbe so muche, that their faces shal burne as fyre. flames of fyre.
9 Beholde, the daye of the Lorde cometh, cruel, with wrath and fierce angre to lay the land waste: and he shall destroy the sinners out of it.
10 For theThey that are
〈◊〉
come, shall thinke that all the powers of heauen ād earth are
〈◊〉
them Ezek.
〈◊〉
. 7. starres of heauen and the planets thereof shal not giue their lyght: the sunne shalbe darkened in his going for the, and the moone shal not cause her light to shine.
11 And I will visite the wickednes vpon theHe compareth Babylon to the whole world, because they so este med them selues by reason of their great empire. worlde, and their iniquitie vpon the wicked, and I wil cause the arrogācie of theHe
〈◊〉
the principal vice, whereunto they were most giuen as are all that abunde in welth. proude to cease, and
〈◊〉
caste downe the pryde of tyrants.
12 I will make aHe
〈◊〉
the great slaughter that shalbe, seing the enemie shall nether for golde, or siluer spare a mās lif, as
〈◊〉
. 17 man more precious then fine golde, euen a man aboue the wedge of gold of Ophir.
13 Therfore I wil shake the heauen, and the earth shall remoue out of her place in the wrath of the Lorde of hostes, and in the day of his fierce angre.Ioel. 3 15.
14 AndMeaning, the power of Babylon with their hi red souldiers. Psal.
〈◊〉
7. 9. it shalbe as a chased doe, and as aMat. 24. 29. shepe that no man taketh vp, euerie man shal turne to his owne people, and flee eche one to his owne land:
15 Euerie one that is founde, shalbe striken through: and who soeuer ioyneth hym selfe, shal fall by the sworde.
16 * TheirThis was not accōplished whē Cyrus toke Baby lon, but after the death of
〈◊〉
dre the Great. children also shalbe broken in pie ces before their eyes: their houses shal be spoiled, and their wiues rauished.
17 Beholde, I will stirre vp the Medes against them, whiche shall not regarde siluer, nor be desirous of golde.
18 With bowes also shal they destroye the chil dren, and shal haue no compassion vpon the frute of the wombe, and their eyes shal not spare the children.
19 And Babél the glorie of kingdome, the beau tie and pride of the Chaldeās, shalbe as the destructiō of God * in Sodome & Gomorah.
20 It shall not be inhabited for euer, nether shal it be dwelled in from generacion to generacion: nether shall theVVho vseth to go frome countrey to countrey to sinde pasture for their beastes, but there shall they finde none. Arabian pitche his tentsthere, nether shal the shepherdesGene. 19. 25. make their foldes there.Iere. 50. 40.
21 ButVVhiche were ether wilde beastes, or foules, or wicked Spirits, where by Satan
〈◊〉
man, as by the fairics, goblins and suche lyke fan tasies. Ziim shallodge there, and their houses shalbe ful of Ohim: Ostriches shall dwell there, and the Satyrs shall dance there.
22 And
〈◊〉
shall crye in their palaces, and dra gons in their pleasant palaces: and the time there of is readie to come, and the dayes ther of shal not be prolonged.
CHAP. XIIII.
1 The returne of the people from captiuitie. 4 The derision of the King of Babylon. 11 The death of the Kyng. 29 The destruction of the Philistims.
1 FOrHe she weth why God will hast to destroye his enemies: to wit, because he will
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
chu
〈◊〉
. the Lord wil haue compassion of Iaa kob, and wil yet chuse Israél, and cause them to rest in their owne land: and the stran gerMeaning, that the
〈◊〉
shal be
〈◊〉
with the Churche and Worship God. shal ioyne him self vnto them, and they shal cleaue to the house of
〈◊〉
.
2 And the people shall receiue thē and bryng them to their owne place, and the house of Israél shall possesse them in the lande of the Lord, for
〈◊〉
that the Iewes shulde be superiours to the Gentles, and that they shulde be broght vnder the seruice of christ by the prea ching of the Apo stles, whereby all are
〈◊〉
to the subiection of Christ 2. Cor. 10 5 seruants and handmaids: and they shal take thē prisoners, whose captiues they were, and haue rule ouer their oppressors.
3 ¶ And in that day when the Lord shall giue thee rest from thy sorowe, and
〈◊〉
thy feare, and from the sore bondage, wherein thou didest serue.
4 Then shalt thou take vp thys prouerbe against the King of Babél, and say, How hath the oppressor ceased? and the golde thirstie (Babél) rested?
5 The Lord hathe broken the rod of the wicked, (and) the sceptre of the rulers:
6 Which smote the people in angrie with a cō tinual plague, (ād) ruled the natiōs in wrath: if anie were persecuted, he didTha is,
〈◊〉
fred all violence and iniuries to be done. not let.
7 The whole worlde is atMeaning, that when tyrants rei gne, there can be no rest nor quiet nes and also how detestable a thīg tyrānie is, seyng the insēsible cre atures haue occa sion to reioyce at their destruction rest (and) is quiet: they sing forioye.
8 Also the fyrre trees reioyced of thee, (and) the cedres of Lebanō, (saying,) since thou art laide downe, no he wer came vp against vs.
9 Hell beneth is moued for thee toAs thogh they feared lest thou shuldest trouble the dead as thou didest the lyuing: and here he derideth the proude tyrannie of the wycked, Which knowe not that all creatures wish their destruction that theimaie reioyce mete thee at thy commyng, raysing vp the dead for thee, (euen) all the princes of the earth, and hathe raysed frome their thrones all the Kings of the nacions.
10 All they shall crye, and say vnto thee, Art thou become weake also as we? art thou become
like vnto vs?
11 Thy pompe is broght downe to the graue, (and) the sounde of thy violes: the wormeIn stead of thy costly carpets & couerings. is spread vnder thee, and the wormes couer thee.
12 How art thou fallen from heauen, ôThou that thoghrest thy self most glorious, & as it were, placed in the heauen: for the morning star re, that goeth before the sonne is called lucifer to whome Nebuchadnezzar is compared. Lucifer, sonne of the morning? (&) cut downe to the grounde, which didest cast lottes vpon the nations?
13 Yet thou saidest in thine heart, I wil ascend into heauen, and exalt my throne aboue beside the starres of God: I wil sit also vpon the mount of the Congregation in the sides of theMeaning, Ierusalém, whereof the Temple was on the North side as psal. 48, 2. whereby he meanech that
〈◊〉
fight against God whē thei persecute his Church, & wolde set them selues in his place North.
14 I wil ascend aboue the height of the cloudes, (and) I wil be like the moste high.
15 But thou shalt be broght downe to the graue, to the sides of the pit.
16 They that se thee, shalIn marueling at thee. loke vpon thee (&) consider thee, (saying,) Is this the man that made the earth to tremble, (and) that did sha ke the kingdomes?
17 He made the worlde as a wildernes, and de stroyed the cities thereof, (and) opened
〈◊〉
To set them at
〈◊〉
: nothing his crueltie. the house of his prisoners.
18 All the Kings of the nacions, (euen) they all slepe in glorie, euerie one in his owne house
19 But thou artThou wast not buryed in the sepulchre of thy fa thers thy tyrānie was so abhorred cast out of thy graue like an abominable branche: (like) the raiment of those that are slaine, (&) thrust thorowe with a sworde, which go downe to the stones of the pit, as a carkeise troden vnder fete.
20 Thou shalt not beioyned with them in the graue, because thou hast destroied thine own land, (and) slaine thy people: the sede of the wicked shal not be renoumed for euer.
21 He calleth to the Medes & Persians and all those that shulde execu te Gods vengeāce Prepare a slaughter for his childrē, for the iniquitie of their fathers: let them not rise vp nor possesse the land, nor fil the face of the worlde with enemies.
22 ¶ For I wil rise vp against thē [saith the Lord of hostes] and wil cut of from Babél the name and the remnant and the sonne, and the nephewe, saith the Lord:
23 And I wil make it a possession to theOr,
〈◊〉
. hedgehog, and pooles of water, and I wil swepe it with the besome of destruction, saith the Lord of hostes.
24 The Lord of hostes hathe sworne, saying, Su rely like as I haue purposed, so shal it come to passe, and as I haue consulted, it shal stand
25
〈◊〉
I haue begō
〈◊〉
destroy the Assyrians in Saneherib, so wil I continue, and de
〈◊〉
wholy when I shal deli
〈◊〉
you from Ba bylon. That I wil breake to pieces Asshúr in my land, and vpon my mountaines wil I treade him vnder fote: so that his yoke shal departe fromFrō the Iewes. them, and his burden shal be taken from of their shuldre.
26 This is the counsel that is consulted vpon the whole worlde, and this is the hand stretched out ouer all the nacions,
27 Because the Lord of hostes hathe determined it, and who shal disanulit? and his hand is stretched out, and who shal turne it away?
28 ¶ In the yere that King Aház dyed, was thisRead Chap. 13, 1 burden.
29 Reioyce not, [thou wholeHe willeth the Philistims not to
〈◊〉
because the
〈◊〉
are diminished in their power: for their strength shalbe streater then euer it was. Palestina] because the rod of him that did beat thee, is brokē
s The Israelites, which were broght to moste extreme
〈◊〉
. for out of the serpents roote shal come forthe a cockatrise, and the frute thereof (shal be) a fyrie flying serpent.
30 For the first borne of the poore shalbe fed, and the nedie shallye downe in safety: and I wil kil thy roote with famine, &To wit, my peo ple. it shal slay thy remnant.
31 Howle, ô gate, crye ô citie: thou whole land of Palestina art dissolued, for there shal come from theThat is,
〈◊〉
the Iewes, or Assyrians: for they were both North from Palestina. North a smoke, and none (shalbe) alone,But they shalbe all ready, and ioy ne together. at his time appointed.
32 What shal then one answerVVhich shal come to enquire of the state of the Church. the messengers of the Gentiles? That the Lord hathe stablishedThey shal answer, that the Lord doeth
〈◊〉
his Church, & thē that ioyne then. selues thereunto. Zión, and the poore of his people shal trust in it.
CHAP. XV.
A prophecie against Moáb.
1 THeRead Chap. 13, 1. burdē of Moáb. SurelyThe chief citie, whereby the whole countrey wasment. Are of Moáb was destroyed (&) broght to silence in a night: surely Kir of Moáb was destroyed, (&) broght to silence in a night.
2 The Moabites shal flee to their idolesfor succour but it shalbe to late. He shal go vp to the temple, and to Dibon to the hie places to wepe: forWhich were ci ties of Moáb. Nebó and for Medebá shal Moáb howle: vpō allFor as in the VVest partes the people vsed to let their heere growelong.
〈◊〉
they mourned, so in the Last partes they cut it of. their heads (shalbe) baldenes, and euerie beardsha uen.
3 In their stretes shal they be girded with sackecloth: on the toppes of their houses, and in their stretes euerie one shal howle, (and) come downe with weping.
4 And Heshbón shal crye, and Elealéh: their voyce shalbe heard vnto Iáhaz: therefore the warriers of Moáb shal showte: the soule of euerie one shal lament in him self.
5 MineThe Prophet speaketh this in the persone of the Moabites, or as one that felt the great iudgement of God that shuld come vpon thē. heart shal crye for Moáb: his
〈◊〉
(shal flee) vnto Zóar,Meaning, that it was a citie that euer liued
〈◊〉
sure, & neuer felt sordwe. an heiffer of thre yere olde: for they shal go vp with weping by the mounting vp of Luhith: and by the way of Horonnáim theyHe describeth the mise able idis sipation, & slight of the Moabites. shal raise vp a crye of destruction.
6 For the waters of Nimrim shal be dryed vp: therefore the grasse is withered, the herbes consumed, (&) there was no grene herbe.
7 Therefore what (euerie man) hathe left, and their substance shal they beare to theTo hide thē selues, and their goods there. broke of the wilowes.
8 For the crye went rounde aboute the borders of Moáb: (and) the howling thereof vn to Eglaim, & the skriking thereof vnto Beer Elim,
9 Because the waters of Dimón shalbe fulOf thē that are slaine. of blood: for I wil bring more vpon Dimōn, euen lyonsSo that by no meanes they shulde escape the hand of God: thus wil God punish the enemies of his Church. vpon him that escapeth of Moáb and to the remnant of the land.
CHAP. XVI.
The causes wherefore the Moabites are destroyed.
1 SEndThat is, offer a sacrifice: whereby he derideth their long delay, which wolde not repent when the
〈◊〉
called thē, shewing thē that it is now to late, seing the vē geance of God is vpon them. ye a lambe to the ruler of the worlde from the rocke of the wildernes, vnto the mountaine of the daughter Zión.
2 For it shalbe as a birde thatThere is no remedie, but you must flie. flyeth, & a nest forsaken: the daughters of Moáb shalbe at the foordes of Arnōn.
3 Gather a counsel, execute iudgemēt:He sheweth what
〈◊〉
shu de haue done when Israél their neighbour was in affliction, to whome because they wolde giue no snodo we nor
〈◊〉
, they are now left comfor tles make
thy shadowe as the night in the midThe Assyrians shal
〈◊〉
the Israelites, but for a while. ay: hide them that are chased out: be wraye not him that is fled.
4 Let my banished dwel with thee: Moáb be thou their couert from the face of the destroyer shalbe consumed, (&) the oppressour shal cease out of the land.
5 And in mercie shal the throne be prepared, and he shal sit vpon it in stedfastnes, in the tabernacle of Dauid, iudging, and taking iudgement, and hasting iustice.
6 We haue heard of the pride of Moáb [he is verie proud] (euen) his pride, and his arrogā
cie, and his indignacion, (but) his
〈◊〉
vaine con
〈◊〉
, & proude bragges
〈◊〉
deceiue them, is let 48,
〈◊〉
. lies (shal) not (be) so.
7 Therefore shal Moáb howle vnto Moáb: euerie one shal howle: for the fundacions ofe Meaning, Christ Kir-haréseth shal ye mourne, yet they shal beFor all your mourning, yet the citie shalbe de st oyed, euen vnto the fundatiōs. striken.
8 For the vineyardes of Heshbón are cut dow ne, (and) the vine of Sibmáh:That i, the Assy
〈◊〉
, and other enemies. the lords of the heathē haue broken the principal vines thereof: they are come vntoMeaning, that the
〈◊〉
of Moáb was now destroyed and all the precous things thereof were caried into the
〈◊〉
, yea, into other countreys, and ouer the sea. Iaazér: they wā dred in the wildernes: her goodlie branches stretched out them selues, (and) went ouer the sea.
9 Therefore wilHe sheweth that their plague was so great, that it wolde haue moued anie man to lament with
〈◊〉
, as Psal 14, 5. I wepe with the weping of Iaazér, & of the vine of Sibmáh, ô Heshbón: and Elealéh, I wil make thee drunke with my teares, because vpon thy sommer frutes, and vpon thy haruest a showting is fallen.
10 And gladnes is taken away, & ioye out of the plentiful field: and in the vineyardes shal be no singing nor shouting for ioye: the treader shal not tread wine in the wine presses: I haue caused the reioycing to cease.
11 Wherefore, myFor verie sorow & cōpalsion bowels shal sounde like an harpe for Moáb, and mine inwarde partes for Ker-hāresh.
12 And when it shal appeare that Moáb shalbeI The enemies are comevpon thee, and snowre for ioye, when t ey carie thy commo
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thee, as
〈◊〉
48, 33. wearie of his hie places, then shal he come to hisThey shal vse all meanesto seke helpe of their ido les & all in vaine for Chemoz their great God snal not be
〈◊〉
to helpe them. temple to pray, but he shal not preuaile.
13 This is the worde that the Lord hathe spoken against Moáb since that time.
14 And now the Lord hathe
〈◊〉
, saying,He appointed a
〈◊〉
time to punish the enemies in. In thre yeres, as the yeres of aWo wil cōserue iustely the
〈◊〉
, for the which he is hyred, & serue no longer, but wil euer long for it. hyreling, and the glorie of Moáb shalbe contemned in all the great multitude, and the remnant shalbe very smale (&) feble.
CHAP. XVII.
A prophecie of the destruction of Damascus and Ephráim. 7 Calamitie moueth to
〈◊〉
.
1 THeRead Chap. 13, 1 burden ofThe chief citie of Syria. Damascus. Beholde, Da mascus is taken away from being a citie, for it shalbe a ruinous heape.
2 The cities ofIt was a countrey of
〈◊〉
by the riuer Arnon. Aroér (shalbe) forsaken: they shalbe for the flockes: for thei shal lye (there,) and none shal make them afraide.
3 The munitiō also shal cease fromIt semeth that the Prophet
〈◊〉
cōfort
〈◊〉
Church in
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of these two Kings, of Syria & Israél, when as they had conspired the ouerthrowe of Iudáh Ephráim & the kingdome from Damascus, & the rem nant of Arám shalbe as theThe ten tribes glorified in their multitude, and al liāce with other nacrōs: therefore he saith that they shal be broght downe and the Syrians also. glorie of the children of Israél, saith the Lord of hostes.
4 And in that day the glorie ofMeaning of the ten tribes, which boasted them selnes of their nobi litie, prosperitie, strength and mul
〈◊〉
. Iaakōb shalbe impouerished, and the fatnes of his flesh shal be made leane.
5 And it shalbe as when the haruest man gathe rethAs the abūdan ce of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
not feare the har uest men that shulde cut it downe: no more shal the multitude of Israél make the enemies to shrinke, Whome God shal appoint to destroye them the corne, and reapeth the eares with his
〈◊〉
, and he shalbe as he that gathereth the eares in the valley ofVVhich valley was
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
. Repháim.
6 Yet a gathering of grapes shalBecause GOD wolde haue his couenāt stable, he promiseth to reseruesome of this people, and to bring them to re pentance. be left in it, as the
〈◊〉
of an oliue tre, two (or) thre beries (are) in the top of the vp moste boughs, (and) foure (or) fiue in the hye branches of the frute thereof, saith the Lord God of Israél.
7 At that day shal a man loke to hisHe sheweth that Gods corrections euer bring forthe some frute and cause his to turne from their sinnes, and to hū ble them selues to him. maker, and his eyes shal loke to the holie one of Israél.
8 And he shal not loke to the altars, the workes of his owne hands, nether shal he loke to those things, which his owne fingers haue made, as groues and images.
9 In that day shal the cities of their strength be as the forsaking of boughs and branches whichAs the Canaani tes left their cities
〈◊〉
God did pla ce the Israelites
〈◊〉
, so the cities of Israél shal no more be able to detend their inha bitants, then busshes, when God shal send the ene mie to plague thē
they did forsake, because of the chil dren of Israél, and there shalbe desolation.
10 Because thou hast forgotten the God of thy saluacion, and hast not remembred the God of thy strength, therefore shalt thou set plea sant plants, and shalt graffe strangeVVhich are ex cellent, & broght out of other countreys. vine branches:
11 In the day shalt thou make thy plant to growe, and in the morning shalt thou make thy sede to florish: (but) the haruest shalbe gone in the dayAs the Lord
〈◊〉
the wicked in his Law, Leuit. 26, 6. of possession, and (there shalbe) desperate sorow.
12 The Prophet lamenteth, considering the horrible plague that was prepared against Israél by the Assy ians, which were
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in nomber, and gathered of many nacions. An the multitude of manie people, they shal make a sounde like the noyse of the sea for the noyse of the people shal make a soūd like the noyse of mightie waters.
13 The people shal make a sounde like the noy se of manie waters: (but God) shalHe addeth this for the consolation of the faithful, whiche were in Israél. rebuke them, and they shal flee farre of, and shalbe chased as the chaffe of the moūtaines before the winde, and as a rolling thing before the whirle winde.
14
〈◊〉
lo, in the euening there (is)He compareth the enemies the Assyrians to a tempest, whiche riseth ouer night, and in the
〈◊〉
is gone. trouble: (but) a fore the morning it is gone. This is the porcion of them that spoile vs, and the lot of them that robbe vs.
CHAP. XVIII.
1 Of the enemies of the Church. 7 And of the vocation of the Gentiles.
1 OH, theHe meaneth that parte of Ethiopia, which lieth toward the sea, which was so ful
〈◊〉
shippes that the seales (which he compareth to Wings) semed to shadow the sea. land shadowing with wings, which is beyōde the riuers of Ethiopia,
2 Sending ambassadours by the sea, euen in vessels ofWhich in those countries were great: in so muche as they made shippes of them for swiftenes. redes vpon the waters, (saying,)This may be taken that they sent other to cō
forte the Iewes, and to promise thē helpe against their enemies, & so the Lord did threaten to take away their strength that the Iewes shulde not trust therein: or that they did soli cite the Egyptiās and promised thē aide
〈◊〉
go against Iudáh. Go, ye swift messengers, to a nacion that is scatred abroad, and spoiled, vnto a terrible
To wit, the Iewes, who because of God plagues made all other nacions afraid of the like, as God threatened, people from their beginning euen hitherto a nacion by litle and litle, euen troden vnder fote, whose land theMeaning the Assyrians, as Chap 8. 7. floods haue spoiled.
3 All ye the inhabitants of the worlde & dwellers in the earth, shal se whenWhen the Lord prepareth to fight against the Ethiopians he setteth vp a signe in the mountaines, and when he bloweth the trumpe, ye shal heare.
4 For so the Lord said vnto me, I wilI wil stay a while from punishing the wicked. rest and beholde in my tabernacle, asWhich two seasons are moste
〈◊〉
able for the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
hereby he meaneth, that he wil seme to fauour them, and giue them abundance for a time, but he wil suddenly cut them of. the heat drying vp the raine, (and) as a cloude of dewe in the heat of haruest.
5 For afore the haruest when the floure is finished, and the frute is riping in the floure, thē he shal cut downe the brāches with hookes & shal take away, (and) cut of the boughs:
6 They shal be left together vnto the foules of the mountaines, and to theNot onely men shal contemne them, but the brute beasts. beastes of the earth: for the foule shal sommer vpon it, and euerie beast of the earth shal wintervpon it.
7 At that time shal aMeaning, that God wil pitie his Church, and receiue that litle remnant as an offring vnto himself. present be broght vnto the Lord of hostes, [a people that is scatred abroad, and spoiled, and of a terrible people from their beginning hitherto, a nacion, by litle and litle euen troden vnder fote, whose land the riuers haue spoiled] to the place of the Name of the Lord of hostes, (euen) theDeut 28
〈◊〉
. mount Zión.
CHAP. XIX.
1 The destruction of the Egyptians by the Assyrians 18. Of their conuersion to the Lord.
1 THeRead Chap
〈◊〉
1. burden of Egypt. Beholde, the LordBecause the Egyptians trusted in the defence of their countrey, in the
〈◊〉
of their idoles, and in the valiantnes of their men the Lord sheweth that he
〈◊〉
ouer all their mu nitions in a swift cloude, and that their idoles shal tremble at his cō
ming, and that mens hearts shal faint. rideth vpon a swift cloude, and
〈◊〉
come into Egypt, and the idoles of Egypt shal be moued at his presence, and the heart of Egypt shal melt in the middes of her.
2 And I wil set Egyptians against the Egyptiptians: so euerie one shalAs he caused the Ammonites, Moabites, and Idumeans to kil one another, whē thei came to destroye the Church of God. 2.
〈◊〉
. 20 22 Chap. 49.
〈◊〉
. fight against his brother, & euerie one against his neighbour citie against citie, (and) kingdome against kingdome.
3 And theMeaning, their policie, and wisdome. spirit of Egypt shal faile in the middes of her, and I wil destroye their counsel, and they shal seke at the idoles, and at the sorcerers, and at them that haue spirits of diuination, and at the south sayers.
4 And I wil deliuer the Egyptiās into the hād of cruel lords; and a mightie King shal rule ouer them, saith the Lord God of hostes.
5 Then the waters of the sea shalHe sheweth that the sea & Ni
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
great riuer, whereby thei thoght thē selues most
〈◊〉
, shulde not
〈◊〉
able to de fend them from his angre, but that he wolde send the
〈◊〉
among t
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
k pe thē
〈◊〉
as sclaues. faile, and the riuer shal be dryed vp, and wasted.
6 And the riuersFor Nilus
〈◊〉
into the sea by seuen
〈◊〉
, as thogh they
〈◊〉
so
〈◊〉
. shal go farre away: the riuers of defense shalbe emptyed and dryed vp: the redes & flagges shalbe cut downe.
7 The grasse in the riuer, (and) at theThe Ebrewe worde is
〈◊〉
, whereby they meane the spring out of the which the water
〈◊〉
as out of a mouth head of the riuers, and all that groweth by the riuer, shal wither, (and) be driuen away, and be no more.
8 The fisshers also shal
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vse to
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of a
〈◊〉
by ta king away of the commodities
〈◊〉
, as by vines,
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
, & suche
〈◊〉
thigs
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
are enriched. mourne, and all they that cast angle into the riuer, shal lamēt, and they that spread their net vpon the waters, shalbe weakened.
9 Moreouer, they that worke in flax of diuers sortes, shalbe confounded, and they that weaue nettes.
10 For their nettes shalbe broken, and all they that make ponds, (shalbe) heauie in heart.
11 Surely the princes ofCalled also Tanes, a famous citie vpon Nilus: Zoán (are) fooles: the counsel of the wise counselers of Pharaōh is become foolish: how say ye vnto Pharaōh, IHe noteth the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Pharaoh: who persua deth the King that he was wise and
〈◊〉
, &
〈◊〉
his house was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, & so
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
him self, saying, I am wise. am the sonne of the wise? I am the sonne of the ancient Kings?
12 Where are now thy wise men, that they may tel thee, or may know what the Lord of hostes hathe determined against Egypt?
13 The princes of Zoàn are become fooles: the princes ofOr Memphis,
〈◊〉
Alexādria and now called the great
〈◊〉
. Noph are deceiued, they haue de ceiued Egypt, (euen) theThe principal vpholders thereof are the chiefest cause of their destruction. corners of the tri bes thereof.
14 The Lord hathe mingled among them the spirit
〈◊〉
the spirit of Wisdome he hathe made thē
〈◊〉
and gid
〈◊〉
with the spirit of errour. of errous: and thei haue caused Egypt to erre in euerie worke thereof, as a dronken man erreth in his vomite.
15 Nether shal there be anie worke in Egypt, which the head maieNether the great nor the smale, the strong nor the
〈◊〉
do, nor the taile, the branche nor the rush.
16 In that daie shal Egypt be like vnto womē for it shalbe afraide and feare because of the mouing of the hand of the Lord of hostes, which he shaketh ouer it.
17 And the land of Iudáh shalbe a feare
〈◊〉
that through their occasion the Iewes made not God their de fence, but put their trust in thē and were therefore now punished,
〈◊〉
shal
〈◊〉
lest the like
〈◊〉
vpon them. vnto Egypt: euerie one that maketh mencion of it, shalbe afraid thereat, because of the coun sel of the Lord of hostes, which he hathe de termined vpon it.
18 In that daie shal fiue cittes in the land of EgyptShal make one confession of faith with the people of
〈◊〉
by the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
meaning, the Language, wherein God was then serued. speake the language of Canáan, and shalShal
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
and protest to serue God a right. sweare by the Lord of hostes: one shalbe called the citie ofMeaning, of six cities fiue shulde serue God, and the sixt remaine in their wickednes: and so of the sixt parte there shulde be but one
〈◊〉
. destruction.
19 In that daie shal the altar of the Lord be in the middes of the land of Egypt, andThere shalbe euident signes & token, that Gods religion is there which name of
〈◊〉
is taken of the
〈◊〉
& ancient times, when God had not as yet appoin ted the place, and ful maner how he wolde be Worshiped a piller by the border thereof vnto the Lord.
20 And it shalbe for a signe and for a witnes vn to the Lord of hostes in the land of Egypt: for thei shal crye vnto the Lord, because of the oppressers, and he shal send themThis declareth that this prophecie shulde be accomplished in the time of Christ. a Sauiour and a great man, and shal deliuer them.
21 And the Lord shalbe knowen of the Egyptians, and the Egyptians shal knowe the Lord in that daie, and doBy these ceremonies he comprehendeth the spi ritual seruice vnder Christ. sacrifice and oblacion, and shal vowe vowes vnto the Lord, & performe (them.)
22 So the Lord shal smite Egypt, he shal smite and heale it: for he shal returne vnto the Lord
〈◊〉
he shalbe intreated of thē & shal heale them.
23 In that daie shal there be a path fromBy these two nacions, which
〈◊〉
then chief enemies of the Church, he sheweth that the Gentiles, & the Iewes shulde be ioyned together in one faith and religion, and shulde be all one folde vnder Christ their shepherd. Egypt to Asshúr, and Asshúr shal come into Egypt, and Egypt into Asshúr: so the Egyptians
shal worship with Asshúr.
24 In that daie shal Israél be the third with Egypt and Asshúr, (euen) a blessing in the mid des of the land.
25 For the Lord of hostes shal blesse it, saying, Blessed (be) my people Egypt and Asshúr, the worke of mine hands, and Israél mine inheritance.
CHAP. XX.
2 The thre yeres captiuiue of Egypt and Ethiopia described by the thre yeres going naked of Isaiáh.
1 IN the yere thatWho was a ca ptaine of Sanche rib. 2. King. 18. Tartán came toA citie of the Philistims. Ashdōd [whenThe Ebrewes write that Saneherib was so called. Sargôn King of
〈◊〉
sent him] and had foght against Ashdód, and taken it.
2 At the same time spake the Lord by the hād of Isaiáh the sonne of Amóz, saying, Go, and lose theWhich signifieth that the Pro phet, did lament the miserie that he sawe prepared before the thre yeres, that
〈◊〉
naked and bare foted. sackeclothe from thy loynes, and put of thy shoe from thy fote. And he did so, walking naked and barefote.
3 And the Lord said, Like as my seruant Isaiáh hathe walked naked, and barefote thre yeres, (as) a signe and wondre vpon Egypt, and Ethiopia,
4 So shal the King of Asshúr take awaye the captiuitie of Egypt, and the captiuitie of Ethiopia, (bothe) yong men and olde men, naked and barefote, with their but tookes vncouered, to the shame of Egypt.
5 And they shal feare, and be ashamed ofIn whose aide thei
〈◊〉
. Ethiopia their expectatiō, and of EgyptOf whome they boasted and gloried, their glorie.
6 Then shal the inhabitant of thisMeaning
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
was
〈◊〉
about
〈◊〉
their enemies, as
〈◊〉
with waters. yle saye in that day, Beholde, suche is our expectation, whether we fled for helpe to be deliuered from the King of Asshúr, and how shal we be deliuered?
CHAP. XXI.
1 Of the destruction of Babylon by the Persians and Medes. 11 The ruine of Idumea. 13 And of Arabia.
1 THe burdē ofOn the sea side betwene Iudea, and
〈◊〉
was a Wildernes, whereby he meaneth Chaldea. the desert sea, As the whirl windes in the South vse to passe frō the wildernes, (so) shal itThat is, the rui ne of Babylon bv the Medes, and Persians. come from the horrible land.
2 A grieuous visions was shewed vnto me, The The Assyrians and Chaldeans, which
〈◊〉
destroyed other natiōs, shalbe ouer corne of the Medes and Persians and this he
〈◊〉
an hundreth yere before
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to passe. transgressour (against) a transgressour, & the destroyer (against) a destroyer Go vpBy Elám, he meaneth the Persians. Elám besige Media. I haue caused all the mourningBecause thei shal finde no succour, they shal mourne no more or haue caused them to cease mourning whome Babylon had afflicted. thereof to cease.
3 Therefore are myThis the Prophet speaketh in the persone of the Babylonians. loynes filled with sorow sorowes haue taken me as the sorowes of a woman that trauaileth: I was bowed downe when I hearde it, (and) I was amased when I sawe it.
4 Mine heart failed: fearfulnes troubled me: the nightHe prophecieth the death of Belshazar, as Dan.
〈◊〉
. 30. Who in the middes of his pleasures was de stroyed. of my pleasures hathe he turned into feare vnto me.
5 Prepare thou the table: watche in the watche to wre: eat, drinke:Whiles they are eating, and drinking they shalbe commanded to runne to their weapons. arise, ye princes, anoynt the shield.
6 For thus hathe theTo Wit, in avision by the spirit of prophecie. Lord said vnto me, Go, set a watchman, to tel what he seeth.
7 And he sawe a charet with tw̄o horsemen:Meaning charets of men of Warre, and others that
〈◊〉
the baggage. a charet of an asse, (and) a'charet of a camel: and he hearkened (and) toke diligent hede.
8 And he cryed, AMeaning, Darius Which
〈◊〉
came Babylon. lyon my lord, I stand continually vpon the watch to wre in the day time, and I am set in my watch euerie night:
9 And beholde, this mans charet cometh with two horsemen. AndThe Watchemā Whomel saiáh see vp, tolde him, Who came toward Babylon, and the Angel declared that it shulde be destroyed: all this was done in a vision. he answered and said, * Babél is fallen: it is fallen, and all the images of her gods hathe he broken vnto the grounde.
10 OMeaning, Babylon. my threshing, and theEbr. sonne. corne of my floore. That which I haue heard of the Lord of hostes, the God of Israél, haue I shewed vnto you.
11 ¶ The burden ofWhich was a citie of the Ishmaelites and was so named of
〈◊〉
, * Genes.
〈◊〉
. 14. Dumáh. He calleth vnto me out ofA mountaine of the Idumeans. Seir, Watchman, what was in the night? Watchman, what was in the night?
12 The watchman said, TheHe describeth the
〈◊〉
of the people of Dumáh Who Were night and day in seare of their enemies, and euer ran to and fro to
〈◊〉
newes. morning cometh and also the night. If ye wil aske, enquire: returne (and) come.
13 ¶ The burden against Arabia. InFor feare, he Arabians shal flee into the Woods, and he appointeth What way thei shal take. the forest of Arabia shal ye tary all night, (euen) in the waies of Dedanim.
14 O inhabitants of the land of Temá, bring fortheSignifying that for feare they shal not
〈◊〉
to eat or drinke. water to mete the thirstie, (and) preuent him that fleeth with his bread.
15 For they flee frō the drawē swordes, (euen) from the drawen sworde, and from the bent bowe, and from the grieuousnes of warre.
16 For thus hathe the Lord said vnto me, YetIete.
〈◊〉
. 8. a yereHe appointeth them
〈◊〉
for one yere onely and then they shulde be destroyed. according to the yeres of anRead * Chap. 16. 14. hyreling,Reuel 14. 8. and all the glorie of Kedár shal fayle.
17 And the residue of the nomber of the strōg archers of the sonnes ofWhich Was the name of a people of Arabia:
〈◊〉
by the horrible
〈◊〉
of all these nations, he teacheth the Iewes that
〈◊〉
is no place for resuge or to escape Gods wrath, but onely to remaine in his Church, and to liue in his feare. Kedár shalbe fewe for the Lord God of Israél hathe spoken it.
CHAP. XXII.
1 He prophecieth of the destruction of Ierusalém by
〈◊〉
. 15 A threatening against Shebua. 20 To whose office Eliakim is preferrer.
1 THe burden of theMeaning, Indea, Which was compassed about with mountaines and was called the valley of visions, because of the Prophetes, Which Were alWaies there, Whome thei named Seers. valley of vision. WhatHe speaketh to Ierusalém, Whose inhabitants were
〈◊〉
vp to the house toppes for feare of their ene mies: aileth thee now that thou art wholy go ne vp vnto the house toppes?
2 Thou that art ful ofWhich Wast Wonte to be ful of people & ioye. noise, a citie ful of bru te, a ioy ous citie: thy slaine men shal not (be) slaineBut for hungre. with sworde, nor dye in battel.
3 All thy princes shal flee together from the bowe: they shal beAnd led into captiuitie. bound: all that shalbe founde in thee, shalbe bounds together, which haue fled fromWhich haue fled from other places to Ierusalem for succour. farre.
4 Therefore said I, Turne away from me: I wil wepeHe sheweth What is the duetie of the godlie, When Gods plagues hang ouer the Church, and specially of the ministers, Ier. 9, 1. bitterly: labour not to comfort me for the destruction of the daughter of my people.
5 For (it is) a day of trouble, and of ruine, & of perplexitie by the Lord God of hostes in the valley of vision, breaking downe the citie: &
aThat is, the showte of the enemies Whome God had appoin ted to destroy the citie. crying vnto the mountaines.
6 ¶ And ElámHe
〈◊〉
thē in minde how God deliuered thē once frō Sane herib, Who broght the Persiās & Cyrenians With him, that they might by re turning to God auoyd that great plague Whiche they shulde els suffer by
〈◊〉
. bare the quiuer in a mans charet with horsemen, and Kir vncouered the shield.
7 And thy chief valleis were ful of charets, & the horsemen set them selues in aray against the gate.
8 And he discouered theThe secret place Where the armour Was: to Wit in the house of the forest, 1. King 2. couering of Iudáh & thou didest loke in that day to the armour of the house of the forest.
9 And ye haue seneYe fortified the ruinous places, which Were neglected in time of peace: meaning, the Whole citie & the citie of Da uid Whiche Was Within the compasse of the other the breaches of the citie of Dauid: for they were manie, and ye gathered the waters of the lower poole.
10 And ye nombred the housesEther to pul downe suche as might hurt, or els to knowe what men they Were able to make. of Ierusalē, and the houses haue ye broken downe to fortifie the wall,
11 And haue also made a ditch betwene the two walles, for theTo prouide if nede shulde be of Water. waters of the olde poole, and haue not loked vnto the makerTo God that made Ierusalém: that is, they trusted more in the
〈◊〉
mea nes then in God. there of, nether had respect vnto him that formed it of olde.
12 And in that day did the Lord God of hostes call vnto weping & mourning, & to baldnes and girding with sacke cloth.
13 And beholde, ioye and gladnes, slaying oxen and killing shepe, eating flesh, and drinking wine,In stead of repentance ye
〈◊〉
ioyful and made great chere, contemning the admonitions of the Prophetes, saying Let vs eat and drinke: for our Prophetes say, that we shal dye tomorowe. eating and drinking: forto morowe we shal dye.
14 And it was declared in the eares of the Lord of hostes. Surely this iniquitie shal not be purged from you, til ye dye, saith the LORD God of hostes.
15 Thus saith the Lord God of hostes, Go, get thee to thatBecause the Ebrew Worde doeth also signifie one that doeth nourish & cherish, there are of the learned that thinke, that this Wicked man did nourish secret frendship with the Assyrians and Egyptians, to berray the Church and to prouide for him self against all dangers: in the meane season he pack craftely and gate of the best offices into his hand vnder Hezekiah, euer aspiring to the biest. treasurer, to Shebná, the steward of the house, (& say,)
16 What hast thou to do here? and whome hast thouMeaning, that he was a stranger and came vp of nothing. here? that thou shuldest here hew thee out a sepulchre, as he that he weth out his se pulchre in an hie place, or that graueth an ha bitacionVVhere
〈◊〉
thoght to make his name immortal by his famous sepulchre, he dyed moste miserably among the Assyrians. for him selfin a rocke?
17 Beholde, the Lord wil carye thee awaye with a great captiuitie, and wil surely couer thee.
18 He wil surely rolle (&) turne thee like a ball in a large countrey: there shalt thou dye, and there the charets of thy glorie (shalbe) theSignifying that
〈◊〉
soeuer digniue the Wicked
〈◊〉
to, at length it wil turne to the shame of tho se Prices, by whome thei are preferred. shame of thy lords house.
19 And I wil dryue thee from thy station, and out of thy dwelling wil he destroy thee.
20 And in that day wil ITo be steward againe, out of the Which office he had bene put by the craft of
〈◊〉
. call my seruant Eliakim the sonne of Hilkiáh,
21 And with thy garments wil I clothe him, & with thy girdle wil I strengthen him: thy power also wil I commit into his hand, & he shalbe a father of the inhabitants of Ierusalém, and of the house of Iudáh.
22 And theI Wil commit vnto him the ful charge and gouernement of the Kings house. keye of the house of Dauid wil I laye vpon his shoulder: so he shal open & no man shal shut: and he shal shut, and no man shal open.
23 And I'wil fasten him as aI wil establish him and confirme him in his office: of this
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 9. 9. naile in a sure place, and he shalbe for the throne of glorie to his fathers house.
24 And thei shal hang vpon him all the glorie of his fathers house, (euen) of the nephewes and posteritieMeaning that bothe
〈◊〉
and great that shal come of
〈◊〉
, shal haue praise and glorie by this faithful officer. all smalevessels, from the vessels of the cuppes, euen to all the instrumēts of musike.
25 In that daie, saith the Lord of hostes, shal theHe meaneth Shebna, who in mans iudgement shulde neuer haue fallen. naile, that is fastened in the sure place, departe and shal be broken, and fall: and the burdē, that was vpon it, shalbe cut of: for the Lord hathe spoken it.
CHAP. XXIII.
1 A prophecie against Tyrus. 17 A promise that it shal be restored.
1 THeRead
〈◊〉
. 13.
〈◊〉
burden of Tyrus. Howle, ye shippes ofYe of
〈◊〉
that comethether for marchandise.
〈◊〉
: forTyrus is destroied by Nebus chadnezzár. it is destroied, so that there is none house: none shal come from the land ofBy chittim thei mentall the yles and
〈◊〉
West Ward from Palestina. Chittim: it isAll men know We of this destru ction. reueiled vnto them.
2 Be stil, ye that dwell in the
〈◊〉
: the marchāts of Zidon, (and) such as passe ouer the sea, haueHaue haunted the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thee. replenished thee.
3 TheMeaning, the corne of Egypt which was fed by the ouer flow ing of Nilus. sede of Nilus (growing) by the abundance of waters, (and) the haruest of the riuer (was) herreuenues, and she was a marte of the nations.
4 Be ashamed, thou Zidôn: for theThat is, Tyrus, which was the chief porte of the Sea. sea hathe spoken, (euen) the strength of the sea, saying I haue notI haue no people leftinme, and am as a baren woman that reuer had childe. trauailed, nor broght for the chil dren, nether nourished yōgmen (nor) broght vp virgins.
5 When the fame commeth to the Egyptians, they shalbeBecause these two countreis were ioined in leage together. sorie, concerning the rumor of Tyrus.
6 Go you ouer toTyrus willeth other
〈◊〉
to go to Cilicia and to come no more there. Tarshish: howle, ye that dwell in the yles.
7 Is not this that your glorious (citie?) her anti quitie (is) of
〈◊〉
daies: her owne fete shal lead her a farre of to be a soiourner.
8 Who hathe decreed this against Tyrus [thatWho maketh her marchants like princes. crowneth (men)] whose marchants (are) princes? whose chapmen (are) the nobles of the worlde?
9 The Lord of hostes hathe decreed this, to staine the pride of all glorie, and to bring to contempt all them that be glorious in the earth.
10 Passe through thy land like a flood (to) theThy strength wil no more
〈◊〉
thee: therefore flee to other coun treis for succour. daughter of Tarshish: there is no more strength.
11 He stretched out his hand vpon the sea: he shoke the kingdomes: the Lord hathe giuen a commandement concerning the place of marchandise, to destroye the power thereof.
12 And he said, Thou shalt no more reioyce when thou art oppressed:For Tyrus was neuer touched not
〈◊〉
before. ô virginBecause Tyrus was buylt by thō of zidon. daughter of Zidón: rise vp go ouer vnto Chittim: yet there thou shalt haue no rest.
13 Beholde the land of the Chaldeans: this was
no people:The Chaldeans which dwelt in tentes in the wildernes, were gathered by the Assyriās into citie. Asshúr founded it by the in hahabitants of the wildernes: they set vp the towres thereof: they raised the palaces there of (&) heThe people of the Chaldeans de stroyed the Assy rians: whereby the Prophet mea
〈◊〉
, that seing the Chaldeās were able to ouercome the Assyrians, whiche were so great a nation, muche more shal these two nations of Chaldea & Assyria be able to ouerthrowe
〈◊〉
broght it to ruine.
14 Howle ye shippes of Tarshish, for yourThat is, Tyrus, by whome ye are enriched. strength is destroyed.
15 And in that daye shal Tyrus be forgotten se uentie yeres, [according to the yeres of one King] at the end ofTyrusshallie de
〈◊〉
70 yeres which he
〈◊〉
the reigne of one King, or a manage. seuétie yeres shal Tyrus
〈◊〉
vse all craft and
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
men againe to her. sing as an harlot.
16 Take an harpe, (&) go about the citie: [thou harlot that hast bene forgotten]She shal labour by all
〈◊〉
to recouer her
〈◊〉
credit, as an harlot when she is long
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
her louers. make swe te melodie, sing mo songs that thou maiest be remembred.
17 And at the end of seuentie yeres shal the Lord visite Tyrus, and she shal returne to her Thogh she haue bene chastised
〈◊〉
the Lord,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
returne to her olde wicked practises, & for
〈◊〉
shal giue her
〈◊〉
to all mens lusts like an
〈◊〉
. wages, and shal commit fornication with all the kingdomes
〈◊〉
the earth, (that are) in the worlde.
18 Yet her occupying and her wages shalbeHe sheweth that God yet by the preaching of the Gospel wil call
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
, & turne her
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
from
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
gaine vnto the true
〈◊〉
of God and liberalitie toward his Saints. holie vnto the Lord: it shal not be layed vp nor kept in store, but her marchādise shal be for them that dwell before the Lord, to eat sufficiently, and to haue durable clothing.
CHAP. XXIIII.
A prophecie of the curse of God for the sinnes of the people. 13 A remnant
〈◊〉
, shal praise the Lord.
1 BEholde, the Lord maketh theThis prophecie is as
〈◊〉
cōclusiō of that,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
bene
〈◊〉
to the
〈◊〉
and other nacions
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
: & the
〈◊〉
by the earth he meaneth those lāds, which were before named. earth emptie, and he maketh it waste: he turneth it vpside downe, & scattereth abroad the inha bitants thereof.
2 And there shalbe like people, like
〈◊〉
this was a name of di gnitie, it was al so
〈◊〉
to thē
〈◊〉
were not of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, & so signifieth al so a man of digni
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
was also ap plied to them, which were not of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
& so
〈◊〉
al so a man of digni
〈◊〉
, as 2 Sam. 8. 18, and 20, 25
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
18, 17,
〈◊〉
by these wordes the Prophet signifieth an horrible confu sion,
〈◊〉
there shalbe
〈◊〉
religion, order nor policie,
〈◊〉
. 4, 9. Priest, & like seruant, like master, like maide, like mai straisse, like byer, like seller, like lender,
〈◊〉
borrower, like giuer, like taker to
〈◊〉
.
3 The earth shalbe cleane emptied, and vtterly spoyled: for the Lord hathe spoken
〈◊〉
worde.
4 The earth lamenteth and fadeth away:
〈◊〉
worlde is febled & decayed: the proude peo ple of earth are weakened.
5 The earthThat is, rēdreth not her
〈◊〉
for the sinne of the people, whome the earth deceiued of their nouriture, because they deceiued God of his honour. also deceiueth, because
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in habitants thereof: for
〈◊〉
transgressed the lawes: they changed the ordinances, (and) brake the euerlasting couenant.
6 Therefore hathe theWriten in the Law, as Leui, 26. 14. Deut. 28. 16: thus the Prophetes vsed to applie particularly the menaces and pro mises which are general in the Law. curse
〈◊〉
the earth, and the inhabitants thereof are desola te. Wherefore the inhabitants of the lād areWith heat and drought, or els, that theywere cō sumed with the
〈◊〉
of Gods wrath. burned vp, and fewe men are left.
7 The wine faileth, the vine hathe no might: all that were of mery heart, do mourne.
8 The mirth of tabrets ceaseth: the noise of them that reioyce, endeth: the ioye of the harpe ceaseth.
9 They shal not drinke wine with mirth: strong drinke shalbe bitter to them that drinke it.
10 The citie ofWhich as it was without
〈◊〉
so now shulde it be broght to desolacion and con
〈◊〉
: and this was not onely ment of
〈◊〉
, but of al the other wicked cities. vanitie is brokē downe: euerie house is shut vp, that no man may come in.
11 There is a
〈◊〉
for wine in the stretes: all ioye is darkened: theBecause thei did not vse Gods benefits a right, their pleasures shulde faile, and they fallto mour ning. mirth of the worlde is gone away.
12 In the citie is left desolacion, and the gate is smitten with destruction.
13 ¶ Surely thus shal it be in the middes of the earth, among the people,
〈◊〉
comforteth the
〈◊〉
, decla ring that in this great desolacion the Lord wil
〈◊〉
Church
〈◊〉
shal praise his name, as Chap. 10. 22. as the shaking of an oliue tre, (and) as the grapes when the vintage is ended.
14 They shal lift vp their voyce thei shal shou te for the magnificence of the Lord: they shal reioyce fromFrom the vtmost coastes of the worlde, where the Gospel shal be preached, as vers. 16. the sea.
15 Wherefore praise ye the Lord in the valleis, (euen) the Name of the Lord God of Israél, in the yles of the sea.
16 From the vttermost parte of the earth we haue heard praises, (euen) glorie to theMeaning, to God, who wil publish his Gospel through all the worlde. Iuste, and I said,I am consumed with care, considering the afflictiō of the Church bothe by fore
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
Some read, my secret, my secret: that is, it was rene: led to the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
good shulde be preserued and the wicked destroyed. My leanenes, my leanenes, wo is me: the
〈◊〉
haue offended: yea the transgressors haue grieuously offended.
17 Feare, and the pit, and the snare (are) vpon thee, ô inhabitant of the earth.
18 And he that fleeth from the noise of the fea re, shal fall into the pit: and he that commeth vp out of the pit, shalbe taken in the snare: for theMeaning, that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and vengeance shulde be ouer and vnder them: so that thei shuld not escape
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
did at Noahs flood. windowes from on high are open, and the fundacions of the earth do shake.
19 The earth is
〈◊〉
brokē downe: the earth is
〈◊〉
dissolued: the earth is moued excedingly.
20 The earth shal rele to and fro like a dronken man, and shalbe remoued like a tent, & the iniquitie thereof shalbe heauie vpon it: so that it shal fall, and rise no more.
21 ¶ And in that day shal the LordThere is no power so high or mightie, but God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
him with
〈◊〉
roddes. visite the hoste aboue that is on hie, euen the Kings of the worlde that are vpon the earth.
22 And
〈◊〉
shalbe gathered together, as the prisoners in the pit: and thei shalbe shut vp in the prison, and after manie daies shal thei beNot with his roddes, as vers. 21, but shalbe cōforted. visited.
23
〈◊〉
God shal restore his Church, the glorie thereof shalso shine and his ministers (which are called his ancient men) that the moone shal be darke in comparison thereof. Then the moone shalbe abasshed, and the sunne
〈◊〉
, whē the Lord of hostes shal reigne in mount Zión and in Ierusalém: and glorie shalbe before his ancient men.
CHAP. XXV.
A thankesgiuing to God in that that he sheweth him self iudge of the worlde, by punishing the wicked and
〈◊〉
the godlie.
1 O Lord, thouThus the Prophet giueth thankes to God, becau se he wil bring vnder subiection these
〈◊〉
by his corrections, & make them of his Church, which
〈◊〉
were his
〈◊〉
. art my God: I wil exalte thee, I wil praise thy Name: for thou hast done wonderful things, (according to) the counsels of olde, with a stable trueth.
2 For thou hast made of a
〈◊〉
onely of
〈◊〉
, but also of these other cities, which haue bene
〈◊〉
enemies. citie an heap, of a strōg citie, a ruine: (euē) the palaceThat is, a place where as all vagabondes mayliue without dan ger and as it
〈◊〉
, at ease, as in a palace. of stran gers of a citie, it shal neuer be buylt.
3 Therefore shal theThe arrogant & proude, which before wolde not knowe thee, shal by thy
〈◊〉
feare and
〈◊〉
thee. mightie people giue glorie vnto thee: the citie of the strong nacions shal feare thee.
4 For thou hast bene a strēgth vnto the poore (euen) a strength to the nedie in his trouble a refuge against the tempest, a shadowe against the heate: for the blastThe rage of the wicked is furious til God breake the force thereof. of the mightie is like a storme (against) the wall.
5 Thou shalt bring downe the noise of the strangers,Meaning, that as the
〈◊〉
is aba ted by the raine, so shal God bring downe the rage of the wicked. as the heat in a drye place: he wil bring downe the song of the mightie, (as)As a cloude sha doweth from the heat of the sunne so shal God aswa ge the reioycing of the wicked against
〈◊〉
godlie. the heat in the shadowe of a cloude.
6 And in this
〈◊〉
, in
〈◊〉
whereby
〈◊〉
neth his Church, which shulde vn der Christ be assē bled of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and the Gentiles and here described vnder the figure of a costely
〈◊〉
, as Matt. 22 2. mountaine shal the Lord of ho stes make vnto all people a feast of fat things (euen) a feast of fined (wines, &) of fat things ful of marowe, of (wines) fined (and) purified.
7 And he wil destroye in this mountaineMeaning that ignorance and blindenes, where by we are kept backe
〈◊〉
Christ. the couering that couereth all people, and the vaile that is spred vpon all nacions.
8 He wil destroye death for euer: and the Lord God wilHe wil take away all occasiōs of sorow and fil his with
〈◊〉
ioye, wipe away the teares from all faces, and the rebuke of his people wil he take away out of all the earth: for the Lord hathe spoken it.
9 And in that day shal men say, Lo, this is our God: we haue waited for him, and he wil saue vs. This is the Lord, we haue waited for him: we wil reioyce and be ioyful in his saluacion.
10 For in this mountaine shal the hand of the Lord rest, andBy Moáb are ment all the enemies of his Church. Moàb shalbe threshed vnder him, euen as strawe is threshed inThere were two cities of this name: one in Iudáh, * Chron, 2. 49. & another in the land of Moáb, *
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 2. which semeth to haue bene a plentiful place of corne. * Chap. 10 31. Madmenáh.
11 And he shal stretch out his hand in the middes of them [as he that swimmeth, stretcheth (them) out to swimme] and with the strēgth of his hands shal he bring downe their pride.
12 The defense also of the height of thy walles shal he bring downe and lay lowe, (and) cast them to the grounde, (euen) vnto the dust.
〈◊〉
. 7. 17 & 21. 4.
CHAP. XXVI.
A song of the faithful, wherein is declared, in what consisteth the saluaciō of the Church, and wherein they ought to trust.
1 IN that day shalThis song was made to comfort the faithful, whē their
〈◊〉
shulde come assu ring them also of their deliuerance for the which they shulde sing this song. this song be sung in the land of Iudàh, We haue a strong citie:Gods protection and defence shalbe
〈◊〉
. for vs. saluacion shal (God) set for walles and bul warkes.
2 He assureth the godlie to
〈◊〉
after the captiuitie to Ierusalém. Open ye the gates that the righteous naciō which kepeth the trueth, may entre in.
3 By an assuredThou hast decreed so, and thy purpose can
〈◊〉
be changed. purpose wilt thou preserue perfite peace, because thei trusted in thee.
4 Trust in the Lord for euer: for in the Lord God (is) strength for euer more.
5 For he wil bring downe them that dwell on hie:There is no power so hie that can let God, when he wil deliuer his. the hie citie he wil abase: (euen) vnto the grounde wil he cast it downe and bring it vnto dust.
6 The fote shal treade it downe, (euē) the fete of theGod wil set the poore afflicted ouer the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
. poore, (and) the steps of the nedie.
7 The way of the iuste (is) righteousnes: thou wilt make equal the righteous path of the iust.
8 Also we, ô Lord, haue waited for thee in the way of thyWe haue
〈◊〉
abid in the aduersities where with thou hast afflicted vs. iudgements: the desire of (our) soule (is) to thy Name, and to the remēbrance of thee.
9 With my soule haue I desired thee in the night, and with my spirit within me wil I seke thee in the morning: for seing thy iudgements (are) in the earth, the inhabitāts of the worlde shal learneMeaning, that by afflictions mē shal learne to feare God. righteousnes.
10 Let mercieThe wicked thogh God shewe them euident signes of his grace shalbe neuer the better. be shewed to the wicked, (yet) he wil not learne righteousnes: in the land of vprightnes wil he do wickedly, and wil not beholde the maiestie of the Lord.
11 O Lord, they wil not beholde thine hie hand (but) thei shal se it, and be confounded withThrough
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
against thy people. the zeale of the people, and the fyre of thineThe fyre and vengeance, where with thoudest destroye thine enemies: enemies shal deuoure them.
12 Lord, vnto vs thou wilt ordeine peace: for thou also hast wroght all our workes for vs.
13 O Lord our God, (other)The Babylonians, which haue not gouerned according to thy worde. lords beside thee haue ruled vs, (but) we wil remember thee onely, (and) thy Name.
14 TheMeaning that the reprobat, euē in this life shal haue the beginning of euerlasting death. dead shal not liue, (nether) shal the dead arise, because thou hastvisited and scattered them, and destroyed all their memorie.
15 Thou hast encreasedTo wit, the companie of the faithful by the cal ling of the Genti les. the nacion, ô Lord: thou hast encreased the nacion: thou art made glorious: thou hast enlarged all the coastes of the earth.
16 Lord, in trouble haue theiThat is, the
〈◊〉
by thy roddes were moued to pray vnto thee for deliuerance visited thee: they powred out a prayer when thy chastening (was) vpon them.
17 Like as a woman with childe, that draweth nere to the trauail, is in sorow, (and) cryeth in her peines, so haue we bene in thyTo wit, in extreme sorowe. sight, ô Lord.
18 We haue conceiued, we haue
〈◊〉
in peine as thogh we shulde haue broght fortheOur sorowes had none end, ne ther did we enioye the cōfort, that we loked for. win de: there was no helpe in the earth, nether did the inhabitants ofThe wicked & men without re ligion were not destroyed. the worlde fall.
19 ¶ He comforteth the faithful in their afflictions, shewing them that
〈◊〉
in death they shal haue life: & that they shulde moste cer teinly rise to glo rie:
〈◊〉
he contrarie shulde come to the wicked, as vers. 14. Thy dead men shal liue: (euen) with my bodie shal thei rise. A wake, and sing, ye that dwell in dust: for thyAs herbes, dead in winter, florish againe by theraine in the spring time: so thei that lie in the dust, shal rise vp to
〈◊〉
when
〈◊〉
fele the dewe of Gods grace. dewe (is as) the dewe of herbes, & the earth shal cast out the dead.
20 Come, my people:He exhorteth the faithful to be pacient in their afflictions,
〈◊〉
to waite vpon Gods worke. entre thou into thy chā bers, ād shutte thy dores after thee: hide thy self for a very litle while, vntil the indignacion passe ouer.
21 For lo, the Lord cometh out of his place, to visite the iniquitie of the inhabitants of the earth vpon them: and the earth shal disclose herThe earth shal vomit and cast out the innocent blood, which it hath
〈◊〉
, that it may crye for
〈◊〉
against the wicked. blood, & shal no more hide her slayne.
CHAP. XXVII.
A prophecie against the kingdome of Satán, 2 And of the ioye of the Church for their deliuerance.
1 IN thatAt the time ap pointed. day the Lord with his sore and great and mightieThat is, by hîs mightie power and by his worde He prophecieth here of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of satàn & his kingdome vn der the name of Liuiathán,
〈◊〉
and Egypt. sworde shal visite Liuiathán, that percing serpent, euen Liuiathā, that croked serpent, and he shal slay the dragon that is in the sea.
2 In that day sing of the vineyardeMeaning, of the best wine, which this vineyarde, that is the Church shulde bring for the as moste agreable to the Lord. of red wine.
3 Ithe Lord do kepe it: I wil watter it euery
moment: lest anie assaile it, I wil kepe it night and day.
4 AngreTherefore he wil destroy the kingdome of Satán, because he loueth his Church for his owne mer cies sake, and can not beangrie with it, but wis heth that he may pow re his angre vpon the wicked infideles, whome he meaneth by briers and thornes. is not in me: who wolde set the briers and the thornes (against) me in battel? I wolde go through them, I wolde burne them together.
5 Or wil heHe marueleth, that Israél wil not come by gent lenes, except God make them to fele his
〈◊〉
, & so bring thē vnto him. fele my strength, that he may ma ke peace with me, (and) be at one with me?
6 Thogh I afflict & diminish my people for a time yet shal the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
againe & bring forthe in great abundance. Here after, Iaakôb shal take rote: Israél shal florish and growe, and the worlde shalbe filled with frute.
7 Hathe he smittē
He sheweth that God punisheth his in mercie, and his enemies in iustice. him as he smote these that smote him? or is he flayne according to the slaughter of them that were slayne by him?
8 InThat is, thou wilt not destroie the rote of thy Church thogh the branches thereof
〈◊〉
to perish by the sharpe winde of affliction. measure in the branches thereof wilt thou cōtēd with it, (whē) he bloweth with his rough winde in the day of the East winde.
9 By this therefore shal the iniquitie of Iaakôb be purged, and this is all theHe sheweth that there is no
〈◊〉
repentance, nor
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
cion to God, til the heart be purged from all idolatrie, and the mo muments thereof destroyed. frute, the taking away of his sinne: when he shal make all the stones of the altars, as chalke stones, broken in pieces, (that) the groues and images may not stand vp.
10 Yet theNot withstanding his fauour that he wil shewethem after, yet Ierusalém shalbe destroyed, and grasse for
〈◊〉
shal growe in it. defensed citie (shalbe) desolate, (and) the habitacion (shalbe) forsaken, & left like a wildernes. Therē shal the calfe fede, and there shal he lie, and consume the branches thereof.
11 When the boughs of it are drye, they shalbe broken: theGod shal not haue nede of migh tie enemies: for the
〈◊〉
women shal do it, to their great shame. women come, and set them on fyre: for it is a people of none vnderstanding: therefore he that made them, shal not haue compassion of them, & he that formed them, shal haue no mercie on them.
12 And in that day shal the Lord thresh from the chanel of theHe shal destroye all from Euphrates to Nilus: for some fled toward Egypt, thinking to haue escaped. Riuer vnto the riuer of Egypt, and ye shalbe gathered, one by one, ô children of Israél.
13 In that day also shal the great trumpe beIn the time of Cyrus, by whome they shulde be deliuered: but this was chiefly accomplished vnder Christ. blowen, and they shal come, which perished in the land of Asshúr: and they that were cha sed into the land of Egypt, and they shal wor ship the Lord in the holy mount at Ierusalém.
CHAP. XXVIII.
Against the pride and dronkennes of Israél. 9 The vntowardnes of them that shulde learne the worde of God. 24, God doeth all things in time and place.
1 WO to theMeaning, the proude kingdom of the Israelites, which were dron ken
〈◊〉
pro speritie. crowne of pride, the dronkards of Ephrim: for his glorious beautie (shalbe) a fading floure, which is vpō the head of theBecause the Israelites for the most parte dwelt in plētiful
〈◊〉
he meaneth here by the valley of them that had abundāce of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and were, as it were, crowned there with as with garlands. valley of them that be fat, (and) are ouercome with wine.
2 Beholde, the Lord hathe a mightie &He semeth to meane the
〈◊〉
, by whome the
〈◊〉
tribes were caryed away. strōg (hoste) like a tempest of haile, (and) a whirlwinde that ouerthroweth, like a tempest of mightie waters that ouerflowe, which throwe to the grounde mightely.
3 They shalbe troden vnderfote, (euen) the crowne (and) the pride of the dronkards of Ephráim.
4 For his glorious beautie shalbe a fading flou re, which is vpon the head of the vallei of them that be fat, (and) asWhich is not of long continuance, but is sone ripe, & first eaten. the hastie frute afore sommer, which whē he that loketh vpō it, seeth it, while it is in his hand, he eateth it.
5 In that day shal the Lord of hostes be for a crowne of glorie, and for a diademe of beautie vnto theSignifying: that the faithful which put not their trust in aniewors
〈◊〉
prosperitie, but made God their glorie, shalbe preserued. residue of his people:
6 And for a spirit of iudgement to him that sit teth in iudgemēt, and forHe wil giue counsel to the gouernour, and strength to the captaine, to
〈◊〉
the enemies in at their owne gates. strength vnto thē that turne away the battel to the gate.
7 ButMeaning, the hypocrites which were among thē and were all together corrupt in life and
〈◊〉
which is here mēt by dronkennes and vomiting. thei haue erred because of wine, and are out of the way by strōg drinke: the Priest and the Prophet haue erred by strong drinke they are swallowed vp with wine: they haue gone astray through strong drinke: thei faile in vision: thei stomble in iudgement.
8 For all (their) tables are ful of filth yvomiting no place (is cleane.)
9 For there was none that was able to vnderstād anie good doctri ne: but were foolish, & as vnmere as yong babes. Whome shal be teache knowledge? and whome shal be make to vnderstād the things that he heareth? them that are weined from the milke (and) drawen from the breasts.
10 ForThey must haue one thing oft times tolde. precept (must be) vpon precept, precept vpon precept, line vnto line, line vnto line, there a litle (and) there a litle.
11 For with a stammeringLet one
〈◊〉
what he can, yet they shal no more
〈◊〉
him, thē if he spake in a strāge lāguage. tongue and with a strange language shal he speake vnto this people.
12 Vnto whomeThat is the Pro phet, whome God shulde send. he said,This is the do
〈◊〉
, where upô ye ought to stay and rest. This is the rest:Shewe to them that are wearie and haue nede of rest, what is the true rest. giue rest to him that is wearie: and this is the refreshing, but thei wolde not heare.
13 Therefore shal the worde of theBecause thei wil not receiue the worde of God when it is
〈◊〉
it commeth of their owne malice, if after their hearts be so hardened, that they care not for it, as before. Chap. 6. 9. Lord be vnto them precept vpon precept, precept vpon precept, line vnto line, line vnto line, there a litle (and) there a litle, that they may go, and fall backewarde, and be broken and be snared and be taken.
14 Wherefore, heare the worde of the Lord, ye scorneful men that rule this people, which is at Ierusalém.
15 Because ye haue said, we haue made aThey thoght they had shiftes to auoide Gods iudgements, and that they colde escape thogh all other perished. couenant with death, and with hell are we at agrement: thogh a scourge runne ouer, and passe through, it shal not come at vs: for we haue madeThogh the Prophetes condemned their idoles, and vaine trust, of falsehode, and
〈◊〉
, yet the wicked thoght in them selues that thei wolde trust in these things. falshode our refuge, and vnder vanitie are we hid,
16 Therefore thus saith the Lord God, Be holde I wil lay in Ziôn a stone, aThat is Christ, by whome all the buylding must be tryed, and vpholden, * Psal.
〈◊〉
22 * Mat. 21. 42. * Act. 4. 11. *
〈◊〉
. 9. 31. * 1. Pet. 2 6. tryed stone, a precious corner stone, a sure fund acion. He that beleueth,He shal be quiet, and seke none other remedies, but be content with Christ. shal not make haste.
17 Iudgement also wil I laye to the rule, &In the
〈◊〉
of his Church, iudgement, and iustice shal reigne. righ teousnes to the balance, and theGods corrections & affliction haile shal swepe away the vaine confidence, and the waters shal ouerfloweAffliction shal discouer their vaine confidence, which they kept secret to them selues. the secret place.
18 And your couenant with death shalbe disanulled, and your agrement with hel shal not stand: when a scourge shal runne ouer & passe
through, then shall ye be trodde downe by it.
19 When it passeth ouer, it shall take you away: for it shal passe through euerie morning in the day, and in the night, & there shalbe onelyeTerrour and destruction shall make you to learne that, which ex hotrations and gentlenes colde not
〈◊〉
you vnto feare to make (you) to vnderstand the hearing.
20 For the bed isYour affliction shalbe so
〈◊〉
, that you are not able to
〈◊〉
it.
〈◊〉
that it can not suffise, and the couering naro we that one cā not wrap him self.
21 For the Lord shall stand as in mountVVhen Dauid
〈◊〉
the Phi
〈◊〉
, 2. Samuel. 5. 20. 1. chro. 14. 11. Perazim he shalbe wrath as in the valleyVVhere Ioshua
〈◊〉
fiue Kings of the Amo
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. 10. 12. of Gibeôn, that he may do his worke, his strā
ge worke, and bring to passe his acte, hys strange acte.
22 Now therefore be no mockers, lest your bondes increase: for I haue heard of the Lord of hostes a consumption, euen determined vpon the whole earth.
23 Hearken ye, and heare my voyce: hearkē ye, and heare my speache.
24 Doeth the plow man plowe all the daye, to so we? doeth he open, & breake the clottes of his grounde?
25 When he hathe made itAs the plowe man hathe his appointed time, and diuers
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for his
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
hath the Lord for his
〈◊〉
: for he
〈◊〉
some at one time, and some at another, some after one sorte & some after another, so that his chosen sede is beaten, and tryed,
〈◊〉
not bro ken, as are the wicked. plaine, wil he not then sowe the fitches, and sowe cummin, and castin wheat by measure, and the appointed barly and rye in their place?
26 For his GOD doeth in struct him to haue discrecion, (and) doeth teache him.
27 For fitches shall not be
〈◊〉
with a
〈◊〉
instrument, nether shall a cart whele be turned about vpon the cummin: but the fitches are beaten out with a staffe, and cummin with a rod.
28 Bread (corne) whē it is thresshed, he doeth not alway thresh it, nether doeth the whele of his cart (stil) make anoyse, nether will he breake it with the tethe thereof.
29 This also cometh from the Lord of hostes, which is wonderful in counsel, (and) excellent in workes.
CHAP. XXIX.
1 Aprophecie againste Ierusalém. 13 The
〈◊〉
of God on them that followe the traditions of men.
1 AHThe Ebrewe worde Ariel signifieth the lyon of God, and
〈◊〉
the altar, because the altar semed to deuoure the sacrifice that was
〈◊〉
to God,
〈◊〉
Eze. 43. 16. altar, altar of the citie that Dauid dwelt in: adde yere vnto yere:Your vaine con sidence in your sa crifices shall
〈◊〉
last long let thē kil lambes.
2 But I wil bring the altar into distres, and there shal be heauines and sorow, & it shalbe vnto me likeYour citie shalbe ful of blood, as an altar whereon they sacrifice. an altar.
3 And I wil besege thee as a circle, and fight against thee on a mount, and will caste vp ramparts against thee.
4 So shalt thou be humbled, (&) shalt speake out of theThy speache shalbe nomore so loftie, but abased, and lowe as the very charmers, which are in low places, and whisper, so that theyr voyce can scarse be heard. grounde, and thy speache shal be (as) out of the dust: thy voyce also shalbe out of the grounde like him that hath a spirit of diuination, and thy talking shal whisper out of the dust.
5 Moreouer, the multitude of thyThine hired soul diers, in whome thou
〈◊〉
, shal be destroyed, as dust or chaffe in a
〈◊〉
. lewinde. stranger shal be like smale dust, and the multitude of stronge men shalbe as chaffe that passeth awaye, and it shalbe in a moment, (euen) suddenly.
6 Thou shalt be visited of the Lord of hostes with thundre, and shaking, & a greate noyse, a whirlwinde, and a tempeste, and a flame of a deuouring fyre.
7 And theThe enemies that I wil bring to destroye thee, and that, whiche thou makest thy vaine trust, shal come at vnwarres, euen as a dreame in the
〈◊〉
, Some read, as if
〈◊〉
were a comfort to the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
destruction of theyr enemies. multitude of all the naciōs that fight againste the altar, shalbe as a dreame (or) visiō by night: euen all they that make the warre against it, and strong holdes against it, and laye sege vnto it.
8 And it shalbe like as an hungrie man dreameth, and beholde,That is, he
〈◊〉
that he
〈◊〉
. he eateth and whēhe awaketh, his soule is emptie: or like as a thirstie man dreameth, & lo, he is drinking, and when he awaketh, behold, he is fainte, and his soule longeth: so shall the multitude of all naciōs be that fight against moūt Ziôn.
9 Muse hereon as long as ye
〈◊〉
, yet shal ye finde nothing, but occasiō to be astonied: for your
〈◊〉
are blinde, and therefore cannot direct you. Stay your selues, and wonder: they are blinde, and make (you) blinde: thei are drō
ken, but not with wine: they stagger, but not by strong drinke.
10 For the Lord hath couered you with a spirit of slomber, and hathe shut vp your eies. the Prophetes, and your chief Seers hathe he couered.
11 And the vision of them all is become vnto you, as the wordes of a boke that is sealed vp, which they deliuer to one that cāread, saying, Read this, I pray thee. Then shal he say, I canMeaning, that it is all alike, ether to read, or not to read, except God open the heart to vnderstand. not for it is sealed.
12 And the boke is giuen vnto him that can not read, saying, Read this, I pray thee. And he shal say, I can not read.
13 Therfore the Lord said, Because this peopleBecause thei are hypocrites & not syncere in hearte, as Mat. 15. 8. come nere vnto me with their mouth, and honour me with their lippes, but haue remoued their heart far from me, and theirThat is, their religiō was learned by mans doctrine and not by my worde. feare toward me was taught by the precept of men,
14 Therefore beholde, I wil againe do a maruelous worke in this people, (euen) a maruelous worke, and a wonder: for the wisdome of their wisemen shalMeaning, that whereas God is not worshiped accordyng to his worde, both magistrates, and ministers are but fooles, and
〈◊〉
vnderstanding perish, & the vnderstanding of their prudent men shalbe hid.
15 Wo vnto them thatThis is spokē of them, whiche in hearte despised Gods worde, and
〈◊〉
at the admonitions, but outwardly bare a good face, seke depe to hide (their) counsel from the Lord: for their wor kes are in darknes, and thei say, Who seeth vs? and who knoweth vs?
16 Your turning (of deuises) shall it not be estemed
〈◊〉
all your craft, saith
〈◊〉
Lord, you can not be able to escape mine hands no more thē the clay, that is in the porters hands, hathe power to deliuer it self. as the potters claye? for shall the worke say of him that made it, He made me not? or the thing formed, say of him that fa cioned it, He had none vnderstanding?
17 It is not yet but a litle while, and Lebanō shalbeShall there not be a change of all things: & Carmél, that is a plentifull place in respect of that it shalbe thē, may be taken, as a forest, as Chap 32. 15. & thus he speaketh to comfort the faithful. turned in to Carmél? and Carmél shalbe counted as a forest?
18 And in that daye shall the deafe heare the wordes of the boke, & the eyes of the blind shal se out of obscuritie, and out of darkenes.
19 The meke in the Lord shal receiue ioye againe, and the poore men shal reioyce in the holie one of Israél.
20 For the cruell man shall cease, and the
scornefull shalbe consumed: and all that hasted to iniquitie, shalbe cut of:
21 Which made a man to sinne in theThey that went about to sinde faute with the Prophetes wordes, and wold not abide admonitions, but wolde intangle thē and bring them into danger. word, and toke him in a snare: whiche reproued (them) in the gate, and made the iuste to fall without cause.
22 Therefore thus saith the Lord vnto the house of Iaakób, (euen) he that redemed Abrahám, Iaakób shal not now be cōfounded, nether now shal his face be pale.
23 But when he seeth his childrē, the worke of mine handes, in the middes of him, thei shall sanctifie my Name, and sanctifie the holie one of Iaakôb, and shall feare the God of Israél.
24 Then they that erted in spirit,Signifying, that except God giue vnderstanding, & knowledge, man can not but still erre, and murmute against him. shall haue vnderstanding, and they that murmured, shall earne doctrine.
CHAP. XXX.
1 He reproueth the Iewes whiche in their aduersitie vsed their owne counsels, and soght helpe of the Egyptiās 10 Despising the Prophetes. 16 Therfore he sheweth what destruction shal come vpon them, 18 But offreth mercie to the repentant.
1 WO to theVVho contrarie to their promes,
〈◊〉
not me for their protectour, and contrarie to my commandement, seke helpe at strangers. rebellious children, saith the Lord, that take counsel, but not of me, and notThey sekes hiftes to cloke their doings, and not godlie meanes. couer with a couering, but not by my spirit, that they maye laye sinne vpon sinne:
2 Whiche walke forthe to go downe into Egypt [and haue not asked at my mouthe] to strengthen themselues with the strēgth of Pharaôh, and trust in the shadowe of Egypt.
3 But the strength of Pharaôh shalbe your shame, & the trust in the shadow of Egypt your confusion.
4 For hisThe chief of Israél went into Egypt in ambassie to seke helpe, and abode at these
〈◊〉
. princes were at Zôan, and his ambassadours came vnto Hanés.
5 Thei shalbe all ashamed of the people that cā not profite them, nor helpe nor do thē good, but (shalbe) a shame and also a reproche.
6 ¶ TheThat is, a heauy sentence or
〈◊〉
against the beasts that caryed their treasures into Egypte, by the wildernes, which was South
〈◊〉
Iudah: signifying that if the beastes shuld not be spared, the menshuld be punished much more grieuously. burdē of the beastes of the South, in a land of trouble and anguishe, frome whence shal come the yong and olde lyō, the viper and fyrie flying serpent (against them) that shal beare their riches vpon the shoulders of the coltes, and their treasures vpon the bounches of the camels, to a people that can not profite.
7 For the Egyptians are vanitie, and they shall helpe in vaine. Therefore haue I cryed vntoTo wit, to Ierusalém. her, Their strengthAnd not to come to and fro to seke helpe. (is) to sit still.
8 Now go, (and) writeThat is, this pro phecie. it before them in a table, and note it in a boke that it maye be for theThat it maye be a witnes, against them for all poste ritie. last day for euer and euer:
9 That it is a rebellious people, lying children, (and) children that wolde notHe sheweth what was the cau se of their destructiō, and bringeth also all miserie to
〈◊〉
wit, becau se they wold not heare the worde of God, but delited to be flattered and led in errour. heare the Law of the Lord.
10 Which say vnto the Seers, Se not: and to the Prophetes, Prophecie not vnto vs right things: (but) speake flattering things vnto vs: prophecieThreaten vs not by the worde of God, nether beso rigorous, not talk vnto vs in the name of the Lord,
〈◊〉
Ier. 11 21. errours.
11 Departe out of the waye: go aside out of the path: cause the holye one of Israél to cease from vs.
12 Therefore thus saith the holie one of Israél, Because you haue cast of this worde, and trust inMeaning, in their stubbernes against God, and the admonitions of his Prophetes. violence, and wickednes, and stay thereupon.
13 Therefore this iniquitie shalbe vnto you as a breache that falleth, (or) a swelling in an hie wall, whose breaking cometh suddē ly in a moment.
14 And the breaking thereof is like the brea king of a potters pot, which is brokē with out pitie, and in the breaking thereof is not foundeSignifying, that the destructiō of the wicked shalbe without recouerie. a sheard to take fyre out of the herth, or to take water out of the pit.
15 For thus saith the
〈◊〉
times by his
〈◊〉
he put you in remembrā ce of this, that you shulde onely depend on him. Lord God, the holie one of Israél,
〈◊〉
rest and quietnes shal ye be saued: in quietnes and in confidence shalbe your strength, but ye wolde not.
16 For ye haue said, No, but we will flee away vponVVe wil trust to escape by our horses. horses. Therefore shallye flee. We wilride vpon the swistest. Therefore shall your persecuters be swister.
17 A thousād (as) one (shal flec) at the rebuke of one: as the rebuke of fiue shall ye flee, till ye be left as a shippe mast vppon theVVhere as all
〈◊〉
are cut downe saue
〈◊〉
or thre to make mastes. top of a mountaine, and as a beaken vpō an hill.
18 Yet therefore will the Lord waite, that he may haueHe commēdeth the great
〈◊〉
of God who with pacience
〈◊〉
to call sinners to repentance. mercie vpon you, and therfore wil he be exalted, that he may haue cōpassion vpon you for the Lord (is) the God ofNot onely in pu nishing, but in vsing moderation in the same, as
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. 10.
〈◊〉
. & 30.
〈◊〉
iudgement. Blessed (are) all they that
〈◊〉
for him.
19 Surely a people shal dwel in Ziôn, (and) in Ierusalém thou shalt wepe no more: he wil"Or,
〈◊〉
structour. certeinly haue mercie vpō thee at the voice of thy crye. when he heareth thee, he wil answer thee.
20 And when the Lord hathe gyuen you the bread of aduersitie, and the water of asflictiō, thy raine shalbe no more kept backe, but thine eyes shal se thy "raine.
21 And thine eares shal heare a worde behind thee, saying, This is the waye,God shal directe
〈◊〉
thy wayes, and appoint thee how to go ether hether or thether. walke ye in it, when thou turnest to the right hand, & when thou turnest to the left.
22 And ye shallVe shall caste away your idoles whiche you haue made of golde, & siluer
〈◊〉
all that belonge
〈◊〉
to them, as a most filthy thing & pol luted. pollute the couering of the images of siluer, and the riche ornament of thine images of golde, (and) cast thē away as a monstruous clothe, and thoushalt say vnto it,Shewing that
〈◊〉
can be no
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ex
〈◊〉
both in heart & dede we shewe our seluesenemies to
〈◊〉
. Get thee hence.
23 Then shall he gyue rayne vnto thy sede, when thou shalt sowe the grounde, and bread of the increase of the earth, and it shalbe fat and as oyle: in that daye shal thy cattel be fed in large pastures.
24 The oxen also and the yong asses, that til the grounde, shall eate cleane prouendre, which is winowed with the shoouel & with the fanne.
25 And vpon euerie hieBy these diuerse maners of speache he she weth that the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
shalbe so great,
〈◊〉
none
〈◊〉
able sufficiently to
〈◊〉
esse it. mountaine, & vpon euerye hye hyll shall there be riuers (and) streames of waters, in the day of the great
slaughter, when the towers shall fall.
26 Moreouer, the light of the moone shalbe as the light of theVVhē the Churche shalbe restored, the glorie thereof shal passe seuen times the
〈◊〉
of the sunne: for by the sunne and moone whiche are two excellent creatures, he sheweth what shalbe
〈◊〉
glorie of the
〈◊〉
of God in the kīgdome of Christ sunne, and the light of the sunne shal be seuen folde, and like the light of seuen dayes in the daye that the Lord shal binde vp the breache of his people, and heale the stroke of their wounde.
27 Beholde,This threatning is against the Assyrians, the chief ennemies of the people of God. the Name of the Lord cometh from farre, his face is burning, and the bur den thereof (is) heauie: his lippes are full of indignacion, and his tongue (is) as a deuouring fyre.
28 And his Spirit (is) as a riuer that ouerfloweth vp to the necke: it diuideth a sondre, to fanne the nations with the fanne ofTo driue thee to nothing: and thus God consumeth the wicked by that meanes, whereby he clenseth his. vanitie, and there (shalbe) a bridle to cause them to erre in the chawes of the people.
29 (But) there shalbe a song vnto you as in theYe shal reioyee at the destruction of your enemies, as they that
〈◊〉
for
〈◊〉
of the solemnefeast, which began in the euening. night, when a solemne feast is kept: and gladnes of heart, as he that commeth with a pipe to go vnto the mount of the Lord, to the mightie one of Israél.
30 And the Lord shal cause his glorious voyce to be heard, and shall declare the lighting downe of his arme with the angre of (his) countenance, and flame of a deuouring fyre, with scattering and tempest, and haile stones.
31 For with the voyce of the Lord shall Asshúr be destroyed, whiche smote with theGods plague. rodde.
32 And in euerye place that the staffe shall passe, it shalIt shal destroy. cleaue fast, whiche the Lord shal laye vpon him withVVith ioye and assurance of the victorie. tabrets and harpes: & with battels, (&) lifting vp (of hāds) shal he fightAgainst Babél: meaning the Assyrians and Baby Ionians. against it.
33 ForHere it is taken for hel, where the wicked are tormented, read, 2, King. 23, 10. Tôphet is prepared of olde: it is euē prepared for theSo that their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
not exempte the wicked. King: he hathe made it depe and large: the burning thereof (is)1 By these
〈◊〉
speaches he declareth the
〈◊〉
dition of thewic ked after this life.
〈◊〉
and muche wood: the breth of the
〈◊〉
, like a ryuer of brimstone, doeth kindle it.
CHAP. XXXI. Chap. XXXI.
1 He curseth them that forsake God, and seke for the helpe of men.
1 WO vnto them thatThere were two special causes, why the
〈◊〉
shulde not ioyne amitie with the Egyptians: firste, because the Lord had commanded them neuer to
〈◊〉
thether, Deute. 17. 16. & 28. 68. lest they shuld forget the benefit of their redēption and secondly,
〈◊〉
thei shuld be corrupted with the superstition and idolatrie of the Egyptians, and so forsake God, Iere. 2. 18. go downe into Egypt for helpe, and stay vpon horses, and trust in charettes, because they are manie, & in horsemē, because they be very strong: but thei loke not vnto the holy one of Israél, norMeaning, that they forsake the Lord, that put their trust in worlde lie things: for thei can not trust in bothe. seke vnto the Lord.
2 But he yet is c wisest: therfore he wil bring euill, and not turne backe his worde, but he will arise against the house of the wicked and agaynste the helpe of them that worke
〈◊〉
.
3 Now the Egyptiās (are) men, and not God, and their horses flesh and not spirit: and when the Lord shal stretche out hys hand, theMeaning
〈◊〉
the Egyptaine & the
〈◊〉
. helper shall fall, and he that is holpen shal fall, and thei shal altogether faile.
4 For thus hathe the Lord spoken vnto me, As the lion or lions whelpe roareth vpon his praie, againste whome (if) a multitude of shepherds be called, he will not be afraideAnd knoweth their graue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
all to
〈◊〉
at their voice, nether wil hūble him self at their noise: so shal the Lord of hostes comeHe sheweth the Iewes, that if: hei wolde put their trust in him he is so able that none can resist his power and so caresul ouer them, as abird ouer hee yong which euer
〈◊〉
about them for their defences which
〈◊〉
the Scripture vseth in diuerse places as
〈◊〉
. 32. 11. matt. 23. 37. downe to fight for mount Zión, and for the hill thereof.
5 As birdes that flie, so shal the Lord of hostes defend Ierusalem by defending and de liuering, by passing through and preseruing it.
6 Oye children of Israél, turne againe, in asmuche as ye areHe
〈◊〉
their cōscience that thei might earnesily fe le their grienous sinnes & so truely repent
〈◊〉
che as now thei are almost drowned and past
〈◊〉
uerie. sunken depe in rebellion.
7 For in that day euerie man shalBy these
〈◊〉
your repentance shalbe knowen, as Chap. 2 18. cast out his idoles of siluer, and his idoles of golde which your hand haue made you (euen) a sinne.
8 Then shal Asshûr fall byVVhē your repē tance
〈◊〉
. the sworde, not of man, nether shal the sworde of man deuoure him, and he shal fle from the sworde and his yong men shal faint.
9 And he shal go for feare to hisThis was accomplished sone after when Sanehe ribs armie was discomfited, and he fled to his castel in Niniueth for succour. towre, and his princes shalbe afraide of the standart, saith the Lord, whoseTo destroye his enemies. fyre is in Ziôn, and his fornace in Ierusalém.
CHAP. XXXII.
The conditions of good rulers ād officers described by the
〈◊〉
of Hezekiah. who was the figure of Christ.
1 BEholde,This prophecie is of Hezekiah who was a figure of
〈◊〉
, and the refore it
〈◊〉
chiefly to be referred to him. a King shal reigne in iustice, and the princes shal ruleBy iudgement and iustice is
〈◊〉
an vpright gouer
〈◊〉
, bothe in
〈◊〉
& religiō. in iudgement
2 And (that) man shalbe as an hiding place from the winde, and as a refuge for the tē
pest: as riuers of water in a drye place (and) as the shadowe of a great rocke inVVhere men are wearie with traueling, for lacke of water. a wearie land.
3 The eyes ofHe promiseth to giue the true light, which is the pure doctrine of Gods worde, and vnderstāding and the zeale of the same contrarie to the threatnings against the wicked. Chap. 6. 9 & 29. 10. the seing shal not be shut, and the eares of them that heare, shal hear ken.
4 And the heart of the foolish shal vnderstand knowledge, and the tongue of the stutters shalbe ready to speake distinctly.
5 AVice shal no
〈◊〉
re be called
〈◊〉
tue, nor
〈◊〉
stemed by
〈◊〉
and riches. nigarde shal no more be called liberal, nor the churle riche.
6 But the nigarde wil spake of nigardnes and his heart wil worke iniquitie, and do wickedly, and speake falsely against the Lord, to make emptie the hungrie soule, & to cause the drinke of the thirstie to faile.
7 For the weapons of the churle (are) wicked: he deuiseth wicked counsels, to vndo the poore with lying wordes: and to spea ke against the poore in iudgement,
8 But the liberal man wil deuise of liberal things, and he wil continue (his) liberalitie
9 ¶ Rise vp, ye womē that are at ease: heare my voyce, yeHe prophecieth of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to come, that thei wil not spare the women & children & therefore willeth them to take hede and prouide careles daughters: hearken to my wordes.
10 Ye women, that are careles: shalbe in feareMeaning, that the affliction shulde continue long, and when one, yere were past, yet they shulde loke for newe plagues. aboue a yere in dayes:God wil take from you the meanes and occasions which made you to contemne him to wit, abundance of worldly goods. for the vintage shal faile (and) the gathering shal come no more.
11 Ye women, that are atease, be astonied feare, ôye careles women: put of the clothes: make bare, and girde (sacke clothe) vpon the loynes.
12 Men shall lament for theBy the teates he meaneth the
〈◊〉
fields, where by men are nourished, as children with the
〈◊〉
: or the mothers for
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
shall lacke milke. teates, (euen) for the pleasant fields, (and) for the fruteful vine.
13 Vpon the lande of my people shall growe thornes (&) briers yea, vpon all the houses of ioye in the citie of reioycing,
14 Because the palace shalbe for saken, (and) theOr,
〈◊〉
. noyse of the citie shalbe left the towre & fortresse shal be dennes for euer, (&) the delite of wilde asses, (and) a pasture for
〈◊〉
,
15 Vntil theThat is, whē the Church shal be
〈◊〉
: thus the
〈◊〉
after they haue denoun ced Gods iudgements against the wicked, vse to cō fort the
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Spirit be powred vpon vs from aboue, and the wildernes become a
〈◊〉
field, and theThe field whiche is now
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, shalbe but as a ba
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of that it shalbe then, as Chap 29. 17. which shalbe fulfilled in Christs time: for thē thei
〈◊〉
were before as the ba ē wildernes,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and they that had some beginning of
〈◊〉
, shal
〈◊〉
forthe frutes in such abundance, that their former life shal seme but as a wildernes, where no
〈◊〉
were. plenteous field be counted as a forest.
16 And iudgement shal dwell in the desert, & iustice shal remaine in the fruteful field.
17 And the worke of iustice shalbe peace,
〈◊〉
the worke of iustice and quietnes, and assurance for euer.
18 And my people shal dwell in the tabernacle of peace and in sure dwellings, & in safe resting places.
19 When it haileth, it shall fall on the forest, & theThey shal not nede to buylde it in
〈◊〉
places for feare of the
〈◊〉
: for God wil defend
〈◊〉
and turne away
〈◊〉
stormes
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of their commodities. citie shalbe set in the lowe place.
20 Blessed are yeThat is, vpon fat ground and wel watered, which bringeth forth in abundance: or in places
〈◊〉
before
〈◊〉
couered with
〈◊〉
, and now made dry for your vses. that sowe
〈◊〉
waters, andThe fields
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, that they shal send
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
to eate vp the firste croppe, which
〈◊〉
shalbe signes of Gods fauour and loue towards them. driue (the ther) the fete of the oxe and the asse.
CHAP. XXXIII.
The destruction of them, by whome God hathe punished his Church.
1 WO to thee thatMeaning the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
, as were the Chaldeans, & Assyrians: but
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
, but not onely. spoilest, and wast not spoiled and doest wickedly, and thei did not wickedly against thee when thou shalt
〈◊〉
thine
〈◊〉
pointed time shal come that GOD
〈◊〉
take awaye thy power:
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thou hast
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
shalbe giuen to others, as Amoz
〈◊〉
. 11. cease to spoile, thou shalt be spoyled: when thou shalt make an end of doing wickedly,The Chaldeans shal do like to the
〈◊〉
, as the
〈◊〉
did to Israél: and the
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
shall do the
〈◊〉
to the Chaldeans. they shall do wickedly against thee.
2 He
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
what is the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the faithful when
〈◊〉
come to pray & seke helpe of God. O Lord, haue mercie vpon vs, we haue waited for thee: be thou, (which was)VVhich helpedst our fathers so sone as they called vpō
〈◊〉
. their
〈◊〉
in: the morning, our helpe also in time of trouble.
3 At the noise of the tumult, theThat is, the Assy rians fled before the armie of the
〈◊〉
or the of the Medes and
〈◊〉
for
〈◊〉
Persians. people fled: at thineVVhen thou Lord didest
〈◊〉
vp thine arme to punish thine ene mies. exalting the nations were scatered.
4 And your spoile shal be gathered (like) the gathering ofYe that as eater pillers destroied with your nomber the whole worlde, shal haue no strength to
〈◊〉
your enemies the Chaldeans,
〈◊〉
shal be gathered on an heape and destroied. caterpillers: andMeaning the Me des and
〈◊〉
against the Chaldeans. he shal go agaynste him like the leaping of grashoppers.
5 The Lord is exalted: for he dwelleth on hie: he
〈◊〉
filled Ziôn with iudgement & iustice.
6 And there shalbe stabilitie ofThat is, in the daies of Hezekiah thy times, strength, saluacion, wisdome and knowledge: (for) the feare of the Lord shalbe his treasure.
7 Beholde,Sent from Saneherib. their messengers shal crye without, and theVVhome thei of Ierusalem sent to
〈◊〉
of peace ambassadours of peace shall wepe bitterly.
8 TheThese are the wordes of the am bassadours, when their
〈◊〉
from
〈◊〉
. paths are waste, the waifaring man ceaseth: he hathe broken the couenāt: he hath cōtēned the cities he regarded no mā
9 The earth mourneth and fainteth: Lebanon is a shamed, and hewen downe:VVhich was a plentiful countrei
〈◊〉
, that same herib wolde
〈◊〉
all. Sharôn is like a wildernes, and Bashán is shaken and Carmél.
10 Now wil ITo helpe & deliuer my Church. arise, saith the Lord: now wil I be exalted, now wil I lift vp my self.
11 This is spoken against the enemies, who thoght all was their owne: but, he
〈◊〉
that their
〈◊〉
shalbe in vaine and that the fyre which thei had kindled for others shulde consume them. Ye shal cōceiue chaffe (and) bring for the stubble: the fyre of your breth shal deuoure you.
12 And the people shalbe (as) the burning of lime (and as) the thornes cut vp, shal they be burnt in the fyre.
13 He are, ye that areHis vengeance shalbe so great that all the
〈◊〉
de shal
〈◊〉
thereof. farre of, what I haue do ne, & ye that are nere, knowe my power.
14 TheVVhich do not
〈◊〉
the wordes of the
〈◊〉
& the assurance of their deliuerance. sinners in Ziôn: are afraied: a feare is come vpon the hypocrites: who among vs shal dwell with the deuoring fyre? who amōg vs shal dwel with the euerlasting bur nings,
15 He that walketh in iustice, and speaketh righteous things, refusing gaine of oppres
〈◊〉
, shaking his handes from taking of giftes stopping his eares from hearing of blood, & shutting his eyes from seing euil.
16 He shal dwell onMeaning that God wil be a sure defence to all thē that liue accor ding to his words hye: his defence (shalbe) the munitions of rockes: bread shalbe giuen him (and) his waters shal be sure.
17 Thine eyes shalThei shal se He
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
from his enemies
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to honour and
〈◊〉
. se the Kings in his glorie they shal beholde the landThei shalbe no more shut in as thei were by Saneherib, but go where it pleaseth them. farre of.
18 Thine heartBefore that this libertie cometh, thou shalt thinke that thou art in great dāger: for the enemie shal so sharpely
〈◊〉
you
〈◊〉
one
〈◊〉
, where is the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the names of thē that are
〈◊〉
another, VVhere is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
another shal
〈◊〉
for him that value
〈◊〉
the riche house,
〈◊〉
God wil deliuer you frō this
〈◊〉
: e. shal meditate feare, Where is the scribe? where is the receauer? where is he that counted the towres?
19 Thou shalt not se a fierce people, a people of a darke speache, that thou canst not perceiue (and) of a stammering tōgue that thou canst not vnderstand.
20 Loke vpon Ziôn the citie of our
〈◊〉
feastes thine eyes shal se Ierusalem a quiet habitacion, a Tabernacle that can not be remoued: and the stakes thereof can neuer be taken away, nether shal any of the cordes thereof be broken.
21 For surely there the mightie Lord (wilbe) vnto vs (as) a placeLet vs be
〈◊〉
with this smale tiuer of Shiloah, & not desire the great
〈◊〉
& riuers where by
〈◊〉
enemies may bring
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
& destroy vs. of floods (and) brode riuers, whereby shal passe no shippe with o res, nether shal great ships passe therby.
22 For the Lord (is) our iudge, the Lord (is) our law giuer: the Lord (is) our King, he wil saue vs.
23 ThyHe de
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
& enemies, of the Church,
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
as thei that
〈◊〉
by ship
〈◊〉
. cordes are loosed: they colde not wel strengthen their mast, nether colde thei spread the saile: then shal theHe
〈◊〉
the Church, & sheweth that thei shalbe
〈◊〉
with all
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
& soule pray be deuided for a great spoyle (yea) the lame shal take a waie the pray.
24 And none inhabitant shal say, I am sicke: the people that dwel therein, shal haue their iniquitie forgiuen.
CHAP. XXXIIII.
1 He sheweth that God punisheth the wicked for the loue that he beareth
〈◊〉
his Church.
1 COme nere, yeHe prophecieth of the
〈◊〉
of the Edomites, & other natiōs whiche were enemies to the Church. nations and heare, andChap. XXXIIII. hearken, ye people: let the earth heare and all that is there in, the worlde and all that procedeth there of.
2 For the indignation of the Lord (is) vpon all nations, and (his) wrath vpon all theyr armies: he hatheGod hath determined in his
〈◊〉
hath giuen sentence for their destruction. destroied thē (and) deliuered them to the slaughter.
3 And their slaine shalbe cast out, and their stincke shall come vp out of their bodyes, and the mountaines shalbe melted with their blood.
4 And all the hoste of heauenHe speaketh this in respects of mans iudgemēt, who in great feare and
〈◊〉
trou bles thinketh that heauen and earth
〈◊〉
. shal be dissol ued, and the heauens shal be folden like a boke and all their hostes shall fall as the leafe falleth from the vine, and as it falleth from the figtre.
5 For my sworde shalbeI haue determi ned in my secret counsel and
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
to destroy thē
〈◊〉
my sworde
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
with sheding blood. dronkē in the heauen: beholde, it shall come downe vppon Edôm, euen vpon the people ofThei had an opi nion of holines because thei came of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, but in effect were accursed of God & enemies vnto his Church, as the
〈◊〉
are. my curse to iudgement.
6 The sword of the Lord is filled with blood it is made fat with the fat (and) with the blood of theThat is, bothe o yong and olde poore and riche of his enemies. lambes and the goates, with the fat of the kidneis of the rams: for the Lord hathe a sacrifice inThat famous citie shalbe consumed as a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
. Bozráh, and a great
〈◊〉
in the land of Edóm.
7 And theThe mightie & riche shalbe as well destroyed as the
〈◊〉
. vnicornes shal come downe with them and the heiffers with the bulles, and their land shal be drōken with blood, and their dust made fat with fatnes.
8 For (it is) the day of the Lords vengeance, (and) the yere of recompence for the iudgement of Zion.
9
〈◊〉
the riuers thereof shalbe turned into pitch, & the dust thereof intoHe alludeth to the destruction of Sodom and Gomorah. brimstone, & the land thereof shalbe burning pitch.
10 It shal not be quenched night nor daye: the smoke thereof shal go vp
〈◊〉
: it shal be desolate from generation to
〈◊〉
: none shal passe through it for euer.
11 But the pellicaneRead Chap. 13. 21 and zephan. 2, 14. and the hedge hog shal possesse it, and the great owle, and the rauen shal dwell in it, and he shal stretch out vpon it the lineIn vaine shall any mā go about to buyld it
〈◊〉
of vanitie, and the stones of emptines.
12 Meaning, there shalbe nether order nor policie, nor
〈◊〉
of commune weale. The nobles thereof shall call to the kingdome, and there shalbe none, and all the princes thereof shalbe (as) nothing.
13 And it shall bring for the thornes in the palaces thereof, nettles and thistles in the strong holdes thereof, and it shalbe an habitacion for dragons and a court for ostriches.
14 There shalRead Chap 13. 21 mete also Ziim and Iim, and the Satyre shal crye to his fellowe, and the
〈◊〉
owle shal rest there, and shall finde for her self a quiet dwelling.
15 ThereSignifying, that Idumea shuld be an
〈◊〉
desolation and baren wildernes. shal the owle make her nest, & lay, and hatche, and gather thē vnder her shadowe there shall the
〈◊〉
also be gathered, euerie one with her make.
16 Seke in theThat is, in the Law where such curses are threatned againste the wicked. boke of the Lord and read:Chap. XXXV. none ofTo wit, beastes and foules these shall faile, none shall wante her make: forThat is, the mouthe of the Lord. his mouth hath cōmanded, and his verie Spirit hathe gathered them.
17 And he hathe cast theHe hathe giuen the beastes and foules Idumea for an inheritance. lot for them, & hys hand hathe deuided it vnto them by line: thei shal possesse it for euer: from generacion to generacion shall thei dwell in it.
CHAP. XXXV.
1 The great
〈◊〉
of them that beleue in Christ. 3 Their office which preache the Gospel. 8 The frutes that follow thereof.
1 THeHe
〈◊〉
of the ful
〈◊〉
̄ of the Church both of the
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
vnder
〈◊〉
, which shalbe
〈◊〉
accō
plished at the last day: albeit as yet it is
〈◊〉
to a desert and
〈◊〉
. desert and the wildernes shall reioyce: and the waste grounde shalbe glad and florish as the rose.
2 It shal florish abundantly and shal greatly reioyce also and ioy: the glorie of Lebanôn shalbe giuen vnto it: the beautie ofThe Church whi che was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to a
〈◊〉
wildernes, shal by Christ be made
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and beautiful. Carmél, and of Sharôn, they shallHe sheweh that the
〈◊〉
of God is the cause that the
〈◊〉
doeth bring forth
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
. se the glorie of the Lord, (and) the excellencie of our God.
3 He
〈◊〉
all to
〈◊〉
one an other, and
〈◊〉
the ministers to exhorte & strengthen the
〈◊〉
, that they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
abide the coming of God,
〈◊〉
is at
〈◊〉
. Strengthen the weake hands, and comfort the feble knees.
4 Say vnto them that are fearefull, Be you strong, feare not: beholde, your God commeth withTo destroye your enemies. vengeance: (euen) God with a recompence, he wil come and saue you.
5 Then shal the eyes of theVVhē the knowledge of Christ is
〈◊〉
. blinde be lightened, and the eares of the deafe be opened.
6 Then shal the lame man leape as an hart, & the domme mans tongue shall sing: for in the
〈◊〉
that were
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
of God, shal haue thē giuen by Christ. wildernes shal waters breake out, and riuers in the desert.
7 And the drye grounde shall be as a poole, and the thirstie [as springs of water in the habitation of dragons: where they laye] (shalbe) a place for redes and rushes.
8 And there shalbe a path and a way, and the way shalbe calledIt shalbe for the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for the Wicked. holy the polluted shal not passe by it: forGod shal lead & guide
〈◊〉
alluding to the
〈◊〉
forthe of
〈◊〉
. he shalbe with them, and walke in the waye, and the fooles shall not erre.
9 There shalbe
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
to the wicked to be
〈◊〉
hereby,
〈◊〉
. 30 6. no lyon, nor
〈◊〉
beastes shall ascend by it, nether shall
〈◊〉
be founde there, that the redemed
〈◊〉
walke.
10 Therefore theVVhome the Lord shal
〈◊〉
from the
〈◊〉
tie
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. redemed of the Lord shall returne and come to Ziôn with praise and euer lasting ioy shal be vpon their
〈◊〉
: thei shal obtaine ioye and gladnes, and sorowe and mourning shal flee away.
CHAP. XXXVI.
1
〈◊〉
sendeth Rabshakéh to besege
〈◊〉
15 His blasphemies against God.
1 NOwThis historie is
〈◊〉
, because it is as a
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
of the doctrine
〈◊〉
, bothe for the threatnings and
〈◊〉
: to wit, that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
suffer his Churche to be afflicted, but at length wolde end deliuerance. in theVVhen he had abolished supersticion, and
〈◊〉
, and restored religion, yet God wolde exercise his Church to
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
cience. fourtēth yere of King Hezekiáh, Saneherib King of Asshûr came vp against all the strōg cities of Iudâh, and toke them.
2 And the King of Asshûr sent Rabshakéh frō Lachish toward Ierusalē vnto King Hezekiâh, with a greate hoste, and he stode by the cōduite of the vpper poole in the path of the fullers field.
3 Then came forthe vnto him Eliakim the
sonne of Hilkiáh theFor hewas now restored to his
〈◊〉
, as Isaiah had prophecied, Chap. 22. 20, steward of the house, and ShebnáThis declareth that there we e sew
〈◊〉
to be
〈◊〉
in the Kings house, when he was
〈◊〉
to send this w
〈◊〉
man in suche a
〈◊〉
matter. the chanceller, and Ioáh the sonne of Asàph the recorder.
4 AndSaneheribs chief captaine. Rabshakéh said vnto them, Tell you Hezekiáh, I pray you. Thus saith the great King, the King of Asshúr, What confidēce is this, wherein thou trustest?
5 I saie,He speaketh this in the persone of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
charging him, that he put his
〈◊〉
in his wit and eloquence, where as his
〈◊〉
confidence was in the Lord. Surely (I haue) eloquēce, (but) coū
sel and strength (are) for the warre on whome then doest thou trust, that thou rebellest against me?
6 Lo, thou trustest in this broken staffe of rede on Egypt, whereupon if a man leane, it will go into his hand, and perce it: so (is)Satan labored to pul the godlye King from one vaine confidence to another: to wit from trust in the
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
power was weak and wold deceiue thē: to yelde him selfe to the
〈◊〉
and so not to hope for anye helpe of God. Phara ōh King of Egypt, vnto all that trust in him.
7 But if thou say to me, We trust in the Lord our God. Is not that he, whose hie places and whose altars Hezekiáh toke downe, and said to Iudah and to Ierusalém, Ye shall worship before this altar?
8 Now therefore giue hostages to my Lord the King of
〈◊〉
, and I wil giue thee two thousād horses, if thou be able on thy parte to set riders vpon them,
9 For how canst thouOr, turne backe. despise anie captaine of theHe reprocheth to Hezekiah his smale power, whi che is not able to resist one of
〈◊〉
least captaines. least of my lords seruantes? and put thy trust on Egypt for charets and for horsemen?
10 And am I now come vp without the Lord to this land to destroye it? The Lord said vnto me,Thus the wicked to deceiue
〈◊〉
, will
〈◊〉
the Name of the Lord: but we must trye the
〈◊〉
, whether thei be of God or
〈◊〉
. Go vp agaynste this land and destroy it.
11 ¶ Then said Eliakim, and Shebná & Ioáh vnto Rab shakéh,Thei were afraide, lest by hys wordes he shuld haue
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
against he King, and also
〈◊〉
tended to
〈◊〉
we to so me
〈◊〉
with him. Speake, I pray thee, to thy seruants in the Aramites lāguage, [for we vnderstand it] and talke not with vs in the Iewes tongue, in the audience of the people that are on the wall.
12 Then said
〈◊〉
, Hathe my master sent me to thy master, & to thee to speake these wordes, and not to the men that sit on the wall? that they maye eat their owne doung, and drinke their owne
〈◊〉
. the water of theirfete. pisse with you?
13 So Rabshakéh stode, & cryed with a loude voyce in the Iewes language, and said, Heare the wordes of the great King, of the King of Asshúr.
14 Thus saith the King, Let not Hezekiáh deceiue you: for he shal not be able to deliuer you.
15 Nether let Hezekiáh make you to trust in the LORD, saying, The LORDE wyll surely deliuer vs: this Citie shall not be giuen ouer into the hande of the King of Asshur.
16 Hearken not to Hezekiáh: for thus saith the King of Asshúr, MakeThe
〈◊〉
worde
〈◊〉
blessing: whereby this wicked
〈◊〉
wold haue persuaded the peo ple, that their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
be
〈◊〉
vnder
〈◊〉
thē vnder Hezekiah. appointement with me, and come out to me, that euerye man maye eat of his owne vine, and euerye man of hys owne figtre, and drinke euerie man the water of his owne well,
17 Till I come and bring you to a lande like your owne land, (euen) a land of wheat & wine, a land of bread and vineyardes.
18 Lest Hezekiáh disceiue you, saying, The Lord wil deliuer vs. Hathe anie of the gods of the naciōs deliuered his land out of the hand of the King of
〈◊〉
?
19 Where is the god ofThat is; of Antiochia in
〈◊〉
, of the which these two others cities also were: whereby we se how euery towne had his peculiar idole & how the wicked make God an idol becau se they do not vn
〈◊〉
that God maketh them his scourge and punisheth cities for sin nes. Hamáth, and of Ar pád, Where is the god of Sephareáim, or how haue they deliuered Samaria out of mine hands,
20 Who is he among all the gods of these lands, that hathe deliuered their coūtrey out of mine hand that the Lord shulde de liuer Ierusalem out of mine hand?
21 Then theyNot that thei did not shewe by
〈◊〉
signes that
〈◊〉
did
〈◊〉
hisblasphemie for thei had now rent
〈◊〉
clothes but they knewe it was in vaine to vse long reasoning with this in side le, whose rage thei shulde haue somuch more pro uoked kept silence, and answered him not a worde for the Kings commande ment was, saying. Answer him not.
22 Then came Elia kim the sonne of Hilkiah the steward of the house, and Shebna the chanceller, and Ioah the sonne of Asaph the recorder, vnto Hezekiah with rēt clothers, and tolde him the wordes of Rabsha kéh.
CHAP. XXXVII.
2 Hezekiah asketh counsel of Isaiah, who promiseth him the victorie,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
blasphemie of
〈◊〉
. 16, Hezekiah prayer. 36 The armie of Sancherib is slayne of the Angel. 38 And he him
〈◊〉
of his owne sonnes.Chap. XXXVII.
1 ANd * when the King Hezekiáh heard2. King. 19. 1. it heIn signe of grief and
〈◊〉
. rent his clothes) and put on sackeclóth & came into the House of the lord
2 And he sent Eliakim the steward of the hou se, and Shebná the chanceller with the Elders of the Priests, clothed in sackeclothe vntoTo haue cōfort of him by the worde of God, that his faith might be confirmed andso his prayer be more earnest teaching hereby that in all
〈◊〉
these two are
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
remedies to seke vnto God and his ministers. Isaiáh the Prophet, the
〈◊〉
of Amoz.
3 And they said vnto him, Thus saith Hezekiáh, This day is a day of tribula cion and of rebuke and blasphemie for the children are come to theVVe are in as great sorowe as a woman that trauaileth of childe, and can not be de liuered. birth, & there is nostrēgth to bring forthe.
4 If so be the Lord thy God hatheThat is wil declare by effect that he hathe heard it for when God
〈◊〉
to punish, it
〈◊〉
to the flesh, that he knoweth not the sinne or heareth not the cause heard the wordes of Rabshakéh, whome the King of Asshúr his master hade sent to rai le on the liuing God, and to reproche him with wordes which the Lord thy God hathe heard, thenDeclaring, that the ministers offi ce not onely stand in comforting by the worde, but al so in praying for the people. lift thou vp (thy) praier for the remnant that are left.
5 So the seruants of the King Hezekiah came to Isaiáh.
6 And Isaiáh said vnto them, Thus say vnto your master, Thus saith the Lord, Be not afraied of the wordes that thou hast heard wherewith the seruants of the King of Asshur haue blasphemed me.
7 Beholde, I wil send a blast vpon him, and he shal heare a
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
, that shal come & sight against him. noise, & turne to his owne land, & I wil cause him to fall by the sword in his owne land.
8 ¶ So Rabshakéb returned, and founde the King of Asshúr fighting againstVVhich was a citie toward Egypt thinking the rehy to
〈◊〉
the force of his enemies. Libnah: for he had heard that he was departed frō Lachish.
9 He heard also men say of Tirhakáh, King of Ethiopia (Beholde) he is, come out to
fight against thee: and whē he heard it, he sent (other) messēgers to Hezekiáh, saying
10 Thus shal ye speake to Hezekiáh King of Iudáh, saying, Let not thy GodThus God wolde haue him to vt ter amoste horrible blasphemie be fore his
〈◊〉
as to call the autor of all trueth, a deceiuer:
〈◊〉
gather hereby, that Shenah had
〈◊〉
sed vnto
〈◊〉
the answer that Isaidh sent to the King. deceiue thee, in whome thou trustest, saying, Ie rusalém shal not be giuen into the hand of the King of Asshúr.
11 Beholde, thou hast heard what the Kings of Asshúr haue done to all lands in destroying them, & shalt thou be deliuered?
12
〈◊〉
the gods of the nacions deliuered them, which my fathers haue destroyed? (as)VVhich was aci tie of the
〈◊〉
. Gozain, andCalled also Char
〈◊〉
in Meso
〈◊〉
, whence Abraham came of ter his fathers death. Harán, & Rézeph, and the children of Eden, which were at Telassár?
13 Where is the King of Hamath, and the King of Arpad, & the King of the citie of Sepharuáim, Hena and Iuah?
14 ¶ So Hezekiáh receiued the letter of the hand of the messengers and red it, and he went vp into the House of the Lord, and Hezekiah spred it before the Lord.
15 And Hezekiah praied vnto the Lord, saying,
16 O Lord of hostes, God of Iraél, whicheHe
〈◊〉
his praier on Gods promes who pro mised to heare
〈◊〉
from betwene the Cherubins. dwellest betwene the Cherubims, thou art very God alone ouer all the kingdomes of the earth. thou hast made the heauen & the earth.
17 Encline thine eare, ô Lord, and heare: opē thine eyes, ô Lord, and se, and he are all the wordes of Sancherib, who hathe sent to blaspheme the liuing God.
18 Trueth it is, ô Lord, that the Kings of Asshúr haue destroyed all lands, &Meaning, of the ten tribes. their countrey,
19 And haue cast their gods in the fyre: for they were no gods, but the worke of mās hāds, (euen) wood or stone: therefore they destroyed them.
20 Now therefore, ô Lord our God, saue thou vs out of his hand, thatHe declareth for what cause he praied, that they might be deliuered: to wit, that God might beglo rified thereby through all the worlde. all the king domes of the earth may knowe, that thou onely art the Lord.
21 ¶ Then Isaiah the sonne of Amóz sent vn to Hezekiáh, saying, Thus said the Lord God of Israél, Because thou hast prayed vnto me, concerning Saneherib King of Asshur.
22 This is the worde that the Lord hathe spoken against him, OVVhome God had chosen to him self, as a chaste vir gine, & ouer who me he had care to preserue her from the Iustes of the ty rant,
〈◊〉
a father wolde haue ouer his daughter. virgine, daughter of Zion, he hathe despised the, (&) laughed thee to scorne ô daughter of Ierusalém, he hathe shaken his head at thee.
23 Whome hast thou railed on and blasphemed? and against whome hast thou exalted (thy) voyce, and lifted vp thine eyes on hie (euen) against theDeclaring here by that they that are enemies to Gods Church,
〈◊〉
against him, who sequarel his Chur che onely
〈◊〉
neth. holy one of Israél.
24 By thy seruants hast thou railed on the Lord, and said, By the multitude of my cha rets I am come vp to the top of the moun taines to the sides of Lebanon, and wil cut downe the hie cedres thereof, (and) the faire fyrre tres thereof, and I wil go vp to the heights of his toppe (and) to the forest of his fruteful places.
25 I haue diggedHe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his policie, in
〈◊〉
that he can
〈◊〉
meanes to
〈◊〉
his armie: and
〈◊〉
his power in that that his armie is so great, that it is able to drye vp whole riuers, and to destroy the wa ters, whiche the Iewes had closed in & dronke the waters, & with the plant of my fete haue I dryed all the riuers closed in.
26 Hast thou not heard how I haue of olde ti me made it,Signifying that God made
〈◊〉
his Church to destroy it, but to preserus it, & therefore he saieth that he formed it of olde,
〈◊〉
in his eternal coū
sel which can not be changed. and haue formed it long ago? and shulde I now bring it, that it shulde be destroyed, (and layed) on ruinous heapes, (as) cities defensed?
27 Whose inhabitants
〈◊〉
short in hand. haue smale power, (and) are afraied & confounded thei are like the grasse of the field and grene herbe, (or) grasse on the house toppes, or corne blastedHe sheweth that the state & power of moste
〈◊〉
cities
〈◊〉
but a moment in respect of the Church which shal remai ne for euer, because God is the main
〈◊〉
thereof. afore it be growen.
28 But I knowe thy dwelling, & thyMeaning his counsels and enterprises. going out, and thy comming in, and thy furie a gainst me.
29 Because thou ragest against me, and thy tumult is come vp vnto mine eares, therefore wil I put mineBecause
〈◊〉
shewed him self, as a deuouring fish &
〈◊〉
beast he
〈◊〉
these similitudes, to teache how hewil take him and gui de him. ho kein thy
〈◊〉
& my bridle in thy lippes, & wil bring thee backe againe the same way thouThou shalt
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
labour. camest
30 And this shal be aGod giueth signes after two
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
go before the thing. as the signes that Mo ses
〈◊〉
in Egypt, which were for the
〈◊〉
of their faith: and some go after the thing as the sacrifice, which they were cōmanded to make thre daies after their departure: & these later are to kepe the benefits of God in our remembrāce, of the which
〈◊〉
this here is. signe vnto thee, (O He zekiah) Thou shalt eat this yere suche as groweth of it self and theHe promiseth that for two yeres the grounde of
〈◊〉
self shulde fede them. second yere, su che things as grow without sowing. and in the third yere, sowye and reape, & plāt vineyardes, and eat the frute thereof.
31 AndThey whome God had deliuered out of the hands of the
〈◊〉
sytians shal
〈◊〉
: and this properly
〈◊〉
to the Church. the remnant that is escaped of the house of Iudáh, shal againe take roote dow neward and be are frute vpward.
32 For out of Ierusal
〈◊〉
go a remnant, & thei that escape out of mount Zion: the
〈◊〉
of the Lord of hostes shal do this.
33 Therefore thus saith the lord, concerning the King of
〈◊〉
, He shal not enter into this citie, nor shoote an arowe there, nor come before it with shield, not cast a moūt against it.
34 By the same way that he came, he shal returne, and not come into this citie, saith the Lord.
35 For I wil defend this citie to saue it, for mi ne owne sake, and for my seruantFor my promes sakmade, to Dauid. * 2. King.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
*.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. 21 *
〈◊〉
. 1 21. * eccles. 48 24. 1. * mac. 7. 41 2 * mac. 8. 19 Dauids sake.
36 ¶ * Then the Angel of the Lord went, out and smote in the campe of Asshúr an hundreth, foure score, & fiue thousand? so when they arose early in the morning, beholde, thei were all dead corpses.
37 So Saneherib King of
〈◊〉
departed, and and went a way and returned and dwelt atWhiche was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
Neneuéh.
38 And as he was in the temple worshiping of Nisroch his god.
〈◊〉
and Sharé zér his sonnes slewe him with the sworde aud thay escaped into the land ofOr Armenia Ararát andWho was also called
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ten
〈◊〉
after
〈◊〉
death, the Chaldeans
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
by Merodach their King. Esarhád don his sonne reigned in his stead.
CHAP XXXVIII.
1 Hezekiah is sicke. 5 He is restored to health by the Lord
and liueth fiftene yeres after. 10 He giueth thankes for hisChap. XXXVII. benefit.2. King. 20 1.
1 ABout * thatSone after that the Assyrians we re slaine, so that God wil haue the exercise of his children cōtinual that thei may learne onely to depend vpon God and aspire to the heauens. time was Hezekiáh sicke2.
〈◊〉
2.
〈◊〉
vnto the death, and the Prophet Isaiáh sonne of Amóz came vnto him, and said vnto him, Thus saith the Lord Put thine house in an ordre, for thou shalt dye, & not liue.
2 Then HezekiáhFor his he art was touched with feare of Gods iudgement, seing he had appointed him to dye so quickely after his deliuerā ce from so great calamitie, as one
〈◊〉
to remaine in that estate, & also fore seing the great change
〈◊〉
shuld come in the Church,
〈◊〉
che as helest no sonne to reigne af ter him: for as yet Manasséh was not borne, and when he reigned we se what a tyrant he was. turned his face to the wall, and praied to the Lord.
3 And said, I beseche thee, Lord, remember now how I haue walked before thee in tru eth, and with a perfite heart, and haue done that which is good in thy sight, & Hezekiáh wept sore.
4 ¶ Then came the worde of the Lord to Isa iáh, saying.
5 Go: and say vnto Hezekiáh, Thus saith the lord God of Dauid thy father, I haue heard thy praier (and)
〈◊〉
thy teares: be holde, I wil adde vnto thy daies
〈◊〉
yeres,
6 And I wil deliuer theeHe
〈◊〉
not onely promise to prolong his life, but to giue him rest and
〈◊〉
from the Assyriās who might haue renued their armie to
〈◊〉
ue
〈◊〉
their formed
〈◊〉
. out of the hand of the King of Asshúr, and this citie for I wil defend this citie.
7 AndFor Hezekiah had asked for the confirmacion of his faith a
〈◊〉
, as, vers. 22, and. 2. King. 20 8.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
he was moued by
〈◊〉
singular
〈◊〉
of Gods
〈◊〉
. this signe shalt thou haue of the Lord, that the Lord wil do this thing, that he hathe spoken,
8 Beholde, I wil bring againe the shado we the degrees [whereby it is gone downe in the dial of Aház by theRead. 2. King. 20 10. sunne] tē degrees backeward so the sunne turned by ten degrees, by the which degrees it was gone downe:
9 Helefr this song of his
〈◊〉
and than kesgiuing to
〈◊〉
, as a
〈◊〉
of his
〈◊〉
and thankeful heart for Gods benefites, as Dauid did. Psal. 5. The writing of Hezechiák King of Iudáh when he had bene sicke, and was recouered of his sickenes,
10 I said in theAt what time it was tolde me, that I shulde dye. cutting of my daies, I shal go to the gates of the graue? I am depriued of the residue of my yeres,
11 I said,I shal no more praise the Lord here in his Temple
〈◊〉
the faithful: thus God
〈◊〉
his dearest
〈◊〉
to want his
〈◊〉
for a time, that his grace afterward ma
〈◊〉
more appeare when:
〈◊〉
fele their owne weakene. I shal not se the Lord (euen) the Lord in the land of the liuing: I shal se man no more among the inhabitants of the worlde.
12 Mine habita cion is departed, and is remoued from me, like a shepherds tent. IBy my sinne I haue prouoked God to take my
〈◊〉
from me. haue cut of like a weauer my life: he wil cut me of from the height: from dayThat is noneday, or
〈◊〉
. tonight thou wilt make and end of me.
13 IrekenedOuer night I thoght that I shulde liue til morning,
〈◊〉
my pangs in the night persuided me the contra rie he sheweth the horrou,
〈◊〉
the faithful haue when they
〈◊〉
Gods iudgement against their
〈◊〉
. to the morning: but he brake all my bones, like a lion from daie to night wilt thou make an end of me.
14 Like a crane (or) a swallow, so did II was so
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
forowe that I was not able
〈◊〉
my wor des, but onely, o grone &
〈◊〉
chat ter: I did mourne as a doue? mine eie were lift vpon hie, ô Lord,To wit, sorow and
〈◊〉
of bodie and
〈◊〉
. it hathe oppressed me comfort me.
15 What shal I saie?God ha the declared by his Prophes that I shal dye and therefore
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vnto him. for he hathe said it to me and he hathe done it I shal walkeI shal haue no release, but continual sorowes while I liue. weake ly all my yeres in the bitternes of my soule
16 O Lord,They that shal ouer liue the men that are now aliue, and they that are nowaliue, and all they that are in these yeres shal acknowledge this
〈◊〉
. (to them) that ouerliue them, and to all (that are) in them, the life of my spirit (shalbe knowen) that thou causedst me toThat after that thou hadest Condē ned me to death, thou
〈◊〉
to life. slepe and hast giuen life to me.
17 Beholde forWhere as I thoght to haue liued in rest & ease, being deliuered from mine enemie, I had grief vpon grief. felicitie I had bitter grief but it was thy pleasure (to deliuer) my soule from the pit of corruption: for thou hast cast all myHe estemed mo re the remission of his sinnes and Gods fauour then a thousand liues. sinnes behinde thy backe.
18 ForFor
〈◊〉
he as God hathe placed man in this Worlde
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
him, the Godlie take it as a signe of his
〈◊〉
when their dayes were shortened, ether because
〈◊〉
they semed vn worthie for thei sinnes to liue longer in his seruice, or for their zeale to Gods
〈◊〉
, seing
〈◊〉
there is so fewe in earth, that do regarde it, as Psal. 6. 3. and.
〈◊〉
. 7 the graue can not cōfesse thee: death can not praise thee thei that godowne in to the pit, can not hope for thy trueth.
19 (But) the liuing, the liuing: he shal confes se thee, as I (do) this day the father to theAll
〈◊〉
shal acknowledge, and according to their duetie toward their children
〈◊〉
instruct them in thy graces, and me
〈◊〉
toward me children shal declare thy trueth.
20 The Lord (was ready) to saue me: thereso re we wil sing my song, all the dayes ofHe sheweth what is the vse of the Congregacion and
〈◊〉
: to wit, to giue the Lord thankes for his benefites. our life in the
〈◊〉
of the Lord.
21 Them said I saiáh, Take a lumpe of drye figges andRead
〈◊〉
. Kyng 20. 7. laie it vpon the boile, and he shal recouer.
22 Also HezekiāhAs vers. 7. had said, What is the signe that I shal go vp into the House of the Lord?
CHAP. XXXIX.
Hezekiáh is reproted, because he sheweth his treasures vnto the ambassadours of Babilon.
1 AT * the same time,This was the first King of Baby lon which ouerca methe Assyrians in the tenth yere of his reigne. Merodách Baladán2. King, 20. 12. the sonne of baladán, King of Babél sentPartely moued with the greatnes of the
〈◊〉
, par tely
〈◊〉
he shewed him self enemie to his ene mies, but chiefly, because he
〈◊〉
ioine with them whome God
〈◊〉
, and haue thei. helpe, if occasion serued. letters, and a present to Hezekiáh: for he had heard that he had bene sicke, & was recouered.
2 And Hezekiáh wasRead, 2. King. 20 33. &. 2. Chr. 32. 25. glad of them, and shewed them the house of the treasures, the siluer, and the golde, and the spices, & the precious ointement, and all the house of his armour, and all that was foūd in his treasures there was nothing in his house, nor in all his kingdome that Hezekiáh shewed them not.
3 Then came I saiáh the Prophet vnto King Hezekiáh, & said vnto him, What said these men? and from whence came they to thee And Hezekiáh said, They are come from a farre countrey vnto me, from Babél.
4 Then said he, What haueHe asketh him of the particulers to make him vnderstand the craft of the wicked. Which he before being ouercome with their
〈◊〉
, and blinded with ambition colde not se. they sene in thine house? And Hezekiáh answered. All that is in mine house haue they sene there is nothing among my treasures that, I haue not sheweth them.
5 And I saiáh said to Hezekiáh, Heare the wordes of the Lord of hostes.
6 Beholde, the dayes come that all that is in thine house, and which thy fathers haue laid vp in store vntil this day, shalbeBy the grieuous nes of the punish ment is declared how greatly God
〈◊〉
ambi
〈◊〉
and waine glorie caryed to Babél nothing shalbe left, saith the Lord,
7 And of thy sonnes, that shal procede out of thee (and) which thou shalt beget, shal they take away, & they shalbeThat is officers and seruants. eunuches in the palace of the King of Babél.
8 Read 2. King. 20 19. Then said Hezekiáh to Isaiah, The worde of the Lord is good, which thou hast spo ken and he said, Yet let there be peace, & trueth in my dayes.
CHAP. XL.
2 Remission of sinnes by Christ; The comming of Iohn Baptist. 18 The Propher reproueth the idolaters and them that trust not in the Lord.
1 COmfortThis is
〈◊〉
for the Churche, assuring
〈◊〉
that thei shalbe ne uer
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
where by he
〈◊〉
the true ministers of God that then were, &
〈◊〉
also that shulde come after him, to comfort the poore afflicted, and to as sure them of their deliurāce bothe of body and soule. ye, cōfort ye my people, wil your Gods say.
2 Speake comfortably to Ierusalém, & cry vnto her, that herThe time of her affliction. warrefare is accompli shed, that her iniquitie is pardoned: for she hathe receiued of the Lords handMeaning, sufficient, as chap. 1. 7 & ful correction, or double grace, where as she deserued double punishement. double for all her sinnes,
3 ATo wit, of the Propheres. voyce cryeth in theThat is, in Baby
〈◊〉
, & other laces where they were keptin
〈◊〉
, and miserie. wildernes,Meaning, Cyrus and Darius which shulde deliuer Gods people out of captiuitie, & ma ke them a ready
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
& this was fully accōplished. whē Iohn the Baptist broght ridings of Iesus Christs comming, who was the true
〈◊〉
of his Church frō sinne and
〈◊〉
, Mat. 3. 3. Prepa re ye the way of the Lord make streight in the desert a path for our God.
4 Euerie valleie shalbe exalted. and euerieVVhat soeuer mayle: or hinder this deliuerance, shalbe remoued. mountaine and hill shalbe made lowe: & the croked shalbe streight, and the rough places plaine.
5 And the glorie of the Lord shalbe reueiled and allThis miracle shal be so great that it shalbe knowen through all the Worlde. flesh shal se it together: for the mouth of the Lord hathe spoken it.
6 ATevoyce of God, wich spake to the Prophete Isaiah. voyce said, Crye. And he said, What shal I crye? All flesh (is) grasse, and all theMeaning, all mans wisdome & natural powers, 1, 10. 1. pet.
〈◊〉
. 24. grace thereof (is) as the floure of the field
7 The grasse withereth, the floure fadeth, be cause theThe Spirit of God shal discouer the vanitie in all that seme to haue anie excellētie of them selues. Spirit of the Lord bloweth vpō it surely the people (is) grasse
8 The grasse withereth, the floure fadeth: but them worde of our God shal stand for euer
9 ¶ O Zion, that bringest good tidings, get thee vp into the hieTo publish this benefite through all the worlde. mountaine: ô Ierusalém, that bringest good tidings, lift vp thy voyce with strength: lift it vp, be not afraide: say vnto the cities of Iudàh, Behol deHe sheweth at one worde the perfectiō of ail
〈◊〉
felicitie, which is to haue Gods presence. your God.
10 Beholde, the Lord God wil come with power, andHis power shalbe
〈◊〉
without helpe of anie other, and shal haue all meanes in him self to bring his wil to
〈◊〉
. his arme shal rule for him: beholde, his wages (is) with him, and his wor ke before him.
11 He sha! fede his flocke like a shepherd: he shal gather the lambes with his arme, and carie them in his bosome, (and) shal guide them withHe shal shewe his care & fauour ouer them that
〈◊〉
and tender. yong.
12 Who hathe measured the waters in hisDeclaring that as God onely hathe all power so doeth he vsethe same for the defence, and maintenance of his Church fist? and counted heauen with the spanne, and comprehended the dust of the earth in a measure? and weighed the mountaines in a weight, and the hilles in a balance?
13 Who hathe instructed the Spirite of the Lord? or (was)He
〈◊〉
Gods
〈◊〉
wisdome for the same end and purpose. his coūselour (or) taught him?
14 Of whome toke he counsel, and (who) inThogh cōsidering the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
nature manie of the Iewes shulde perish & so not be partakers of this deliuerance ver Gods promise shulde
〈◊〉
& they that remained, shulde fele the frute thereof structed him and 'taught him in the way of iudgement? or taught him knowledge, & shewed vnto him the way of vnderstāding
15 Beholde, the nations (are) as a droppe of a bucket, and are counted as the dust of the balāce: beholde, he taketh away the yles as a lit le dust.
16 And Lebanōn (is) not sufficient for fyre, nor the beastes there of sufficient for a bur ne offring.
17 All nations before him (are) asHe speaketh a this to the intend that they shuldene ther fcare mā nor put their trust in anie, saue onely in God. nothing, and they are counted to him, lesse then no thing, and vanitie.
18 To whome thenHereby he armeth thē against the idela
〈◊〉
, whe rewith they
〈◊〉
, de be tempted in Babylon. wil'ye liken God? or what similitude wil ye set vp vnto him?
19 The workeman melteth an image, or the goldesmith beateth it out in golde, or the goldesmith (maketh) siluer plates.
20 Doeth notHe sheweth the rage of the idolaters seing that the
〈◊〉
that haue not to suffise their owne necessities wil de fraude thē selues to
〈◊〉
their idoies. the poore chuse out a tre that wil not rote, for an oblatiō? he seketh also vnto him a cunning workeman, to prepare an image, that shal not be moued
21 Knowe ye not hing? haue ye not heardHaue ye not the worde of God, which plainely cō
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
? it? hathe it not bene tolde you from the beginning? haue ye not vnderstand it by thez Cāy ou not lear ne hy the visible creatures whome God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to serue your vse, shal
〈◊〉
not serue thē nor
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them? 2 fundacion of the earth?
22 He sitteth vpon the circle of the earth, & the inhabitāts therof (are) as grashoppers hestretcheth out the heauēs, as a curtaine & spreadeth thē out, as a tent to dwell in.
23 He bringeth the princes to nothing, (&) maketh the iudges of the earth, as vanitie
24 As thogh they were not plāted, as thogh they were not sowē, as thogh their stocke toke no roote in the earth for he did euenSo that his power appeareth in
〈◊〉
place
〈◊〉
we
〈◊〉
our eyes. blow vpon them, and they withered, and the whirle winde wil take them away as stubble.
25 To whome now wil ye likē me, that I shul de be like (him,) saith the holie one?
26 Lift vp your eyes on hie, & beholde, who hathe created these things, and bringethVVho hathe
〈◊〉
in order the infinit nomber of the startes. out their armies by nomber & calleth thē all by names? by the greatnes of (his) power and mightie strength nothing faileth,
27 Why saiest thou, ô Iaakob, and speakest ô Israél,Herebuketh the Iewes, because thei did not rest on the prouidence of God, but thoght that he had forsaken them in their troubles. My waye is hid from the Lord, and my iudgement is passed ouer of my God.
28 Knowest thou not? (or) hast thou not heard, that the euerlasting God, the Lord hathe created theAnd there
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
hand to deliuer when his time co meth. ends of the earth? he ne ther fainteth, nor is weary: there (is) no searching of his
〈◊〉
that mā must
〈◊〉
abide, and not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the cause of Gods delay in our afflictions. vnderstanding.
29 (But) he giueth strength vnto him that fainteth, & vnto him that hathe no strēgth, he encreaseth power.
30 They that trust in their owneuer tue, and do not acknowledgethat all cometh
〈◊〉
God. Euen the yong men shal faint: and be wearie, and the yong men shal stumble and fall.
31 But they that waite vpon the Lord, shal renue (their) strength they shal lift vp the wings as the egles they shal runne, & not be wearie, & they shal walke and not faint
CHAP XLI.
2 Gods mercie in chusing his people 6 Their idolattie, 27 Deliuerance promised to Zion,
1 KEpeGod, as thogh
〈◊〉
pleaded his cause with all
〈◊〉
quireth
〈◊〉
that he may he heard in his right. silence before me: ōylands: and let the peopleThat is, gather all their power & supportes, renue (their strength:
let them come nere, and let them speake let vs come together into iudgement.
2 Who raised vpWho called Abraham (who was the paterne of Gods iustice in deliuering his
〈◊〉
) from the ido Iatrie of the
〈◊〉
to go to and fro, at his commandement, and
〈◊〉
him in the land of Canaan? iustice from the East, (&) called him to his fote? (and) gaue the nacions before him, and subdued the Kings? he gaue them as dust to his sworde, (and) as scatred stubble vnto his bowe.
3 He pursued them, and passed safely by the way that he had not gone with his fete,
4 Who hathe wroght and done it? he that calleth theWho hathe crea ted man & mainteined his succes sion. generations from the begin ning. I the Lord (am) theThogh the
〈◊〉
de set vp neuer so manie gods, yet they diminish no thing of my glorie: for I am allone vnchangeable which haue euer bene, and shalbe for euer. first, & with the last I am the same.
5 Theyles saweit, & didConsidering mi ne excellent wor kes among my people. feare (and) the ends of the earth were abashed, drewe nere, &They
〈◊〉
them selues, and conspired against me to mainteine their idolatrie. came.
6 Euerie man helped his neighbour and said to his brother,He
〈◊〉
the obstinacie of the idolaters to maiteine their super
〈◊〉
. Be strong.
7 So the worke man comforted the founder (and) he that smote with the hammer, him that smote by course, saying, It is ready for the sodering, & he fastened it with nailes that it shulde not be moued.
8 ¶But thou, Israél, art myAnd therefore oughtest not to pollute thy self with the supersti cion of the Genti
〈◊〉
. seruant, (and) thou Iaakób, whome I haue chosen, these de of Abrahám my friend.
9 For I haue taken thee from the ends of the earth, and called thee before the chief thereof, and said vnto thee, Thou art my seruant: I haue chosen thee, and not cast thee away.
10 Feare thou not, for I am with thee: be not afraid, for I am thy God: I wil strengthen thee, and helpe thee, and wil susteine thee with theThat is, by the force of my promes in the perfor mance whereof I wil sheue my self faithfull and iust right hand of my iustice.
11 Beholde, all they that prouoke thee, shal be ashamed, and confounded: they shalbe as nothing, and they that striue with thee, shal perish.
12 Thou shalt seke them and shalt notBecause theishal be destroyed. fin de them: to (wit,) the men of thy strife, (for) they shalbe as nothing, and the men that warre against thee, as athing of naught,
13 For I the Lord thy God wil holde thy right hand, saying vnto thee, Feare not, I wil helpe thee.
14 Feare not, thouThus he calleth thē because they were
〈◊〉
of all the Worlde & that they consi dering their owne poore estate, shulde seke vn to him for helpe. worme, Iaakób, (and) ye men of Israél: I wil helpethee, saith the Lord & thy redemer the holy one of Israél
15 Beholde, I wil make thee a roller, and a newe treshing instrument hauing tethe: thou shalt thresh the
〈◊〉
wil make thee able to destroye all thine enemies, be they neuer so mightie and this chiefly is referred to the kingdome of Christ. mountaines, and bring them to poudre, and shalt make the hilles as chaffe.
16 Thou shalt fanne them, & the winde shal carye them a way, and the whirl winde shal scater them: and thou shalt reioyce in the Lord, (and) shalt glorie in the holy one of Israél.
17 (When)That is, thei that shalbe
〈◊〉
in the captiui tie of Babylon. the poore and the nedie seke wa ter, and there (is) none [their tongue faileth for thust: I the Lord wil heare them: I the God of Israél wil not forsake them]
18 I wil open riuers in the toppes of the hilles, and fountaines in the middes of the val leis: I wil make the wildernes as a poole of water, and the wasteGod wil rather change the order of nature, then they shulde want anie thing that cry to him by true faith in their miseries: declaring to them here by that they shal lacke nothing by they returne
〈◊〉
Babylon. land as springs of water.
19 I wil set in the wildernes the cedre, the shit tah tre, and the myrre tre and the pine tre, (&) I wil set in the wildernes the fyrre tre, the elme and the boxe tree together.
20 Therefore let them se and knowe, and let thē consider and vnderstand together that the hād of the Lord hathe done this, & the holie one of IsraélThat is, hathe appointed, & determined the way, when that it shalcome so to
〈◊〉
. hathe created it.
21 He biddeth the idolaters to proue their
〈◊〉
, and to bring forthe their idoles, that they may be try ed whether thei knowe all things, and cando all things: which if they can not do he cōcludeth that they are no gods, but vile idoles. Stand to your cause, saith the Lord: bring forthe your strong reasons, saith the King of laakôb.
22 Let them bring them forthe, & let themtel vs what shal come: let them shewe the former things what thei be, that we maie con sider them, and knowe the later end of thē ether declare vs things for to come,
23 Shewe the things that are to come hereafter, that we may know that you are gods yea, do good or do euil, that we may decla re it, and beholde it together.
24 Beholde, ye are of no value, and your making is of naught: (man) hatheSo that a man can not make an idole, buthe must do that,
〈◊〉
God detesteth, & abhorreth: for he chuseth his owne deuises, and forsaketh the Lords. chosē an a bomination by them.
25 ¶I haue raised vpMeaning, the Chaldeans. from the North, and he shal come from the East sunne shalThat is, Cyrus, who, shal do all thing in my Name, & by my dire ction: whereby he meaneth that both their captiuitie, and deliurā
〈◊〉
shal be ordered by Gods
〈◊〉
& appoin tement. he call vpon my Name, and shal come vponBothe of the Chaldeans & others. princes as vpon claye, and as the potter treadeth myre vnder the fote.
26 Who hathe declared from the beginning that we may knowe? or before time, that we may say, He is righteous? Surely there is none that sheweth: surely there is none that declareth: surely there is none that hearethMeaning, that none of the genti les gods can wor ke anie of these things. your wordes.
27 I (am) the first, (that saith) to Ziôn, Beholde, beholdeThat is, the Israelites, which re turne from the
〈◊〉
ptiuitie. them: and I wil giue to IerusalémTo wit, a continual succession of Prophetes & ministers. one that shal bring good tidings
28 But whenWhen I loked whether the idoles colde do these things, I founde that they had ned ther wisdomenor power to do anie thing: therefore he cōcludeth that all are wicked, that trust in suche vani tie. I behelde, there was none, & when I enquired of them, there (was) no counsel our, and when I demanded of them thei answered not aworde.
29 Beholde, they are all vanitie: their worke is of nothing, their images are winde and confusion.
CHAP. XLII.
1 The obedience and humilitie of Christ 6 why he was sent into the worlde. 11 The vocation of the Gentiles.
1 BEholde,That is, Christ, who in respect of his māhode is cal led here seruant. The Prophetesvse to make mencion of Christ afterthat thei haue declared aniegreat pro mes because he is the fundatiō whe reupō all the pro mises are made and
〈◊〉
. my seruant:For I haue committed all my po wer to him, as to a moste faithful steward, Some read I wil establish him: to wit, in his office, by giuing him the fulnes of my
〈◊〉
. I wil stay vpon him: mine elect, (in whome) my souleHe onely is acceptable vnto me and they that come vntome by him for there is no nother meanes of
〈◊〉
, Mat. 12. 18.
〈◊〉
1. 4. deliteth: I haue put my Spirit vpon him: he shal bring fortheHe shal declare him self gouernour ouer the Gentils, & call them by his worde & rule them by his Spirit iudgement to the Gen tiles.
2 He shal notHis cōming shal not be with pompe & noise, as earthlie princes. crye, nor lift vp, nor cause his voyce to be heard in the strete.
3 AHe wil not hurt the weake & feble, but support & cōfort them bruised rede shal he not breake, and the smokingsMeaning the weke of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
which is almost out, but he wil
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
, that let may
〈◊〉
brighter. flax shal he not quenche: he shal bring forthe iudgement inAlthogh he fauour the weake yet wil he not spare the wicked,
〈◊〉
Wil iudge thē according to
〈◊〉
and equitie trueth.
4 He shal not faile nor be discouraged til he haueTil he haue set
〈◊〉
things in good order. set iudgement in the earth: and theThe Gentiles shalbe desirous to receiue his doctri ne. yles shal wait for his law.
5 Thus saith God the Lord [he that created the heauens and spred them abrode: he that stretched forthe the earth, and the buddes thereof: he that giueth breth vnto the people vpon it, and spirit to them that walke therein.]
6 I the Lord haue called thee inMeaning vnto a lawful and iust vocation. righteous nes, and wil holdeTo assist and guide thee. thine hand, and I wil kepe thee, and giue thee for a couenant of the people (and) for a light of the Genti les.
7 That thou maiest open the eies of the blinn As him, bywho me the promise made to all nations in Abrahā shal be fulfilled. de (and) bring out prisonners from the pri son and them that sit in darkenes, out of the prison house.
8 I am the Lord, this in my Name, and myI wil not suffer my glorie
〈◊〉
be diminishedwhich I shulde do if I Were not saithful in performing the same, and the ido laters thereby Woldeextoltheir idoles aboue me. glorie wil I not giue to another, nether my praise to grauen images.
9 Beholde, the former things areAs in time past I haue bene true in my promises. so Wil I be intime to come. come to passe, and newe things do I declare before they come forthe, I tel you of them.
10 Sing vnto the Lord a newe song (and) his praise from the end of the earth: ye that go downe to the sea, and all that is therein the yles and the inhabitants thereof,
11 Let the wildernes and the cities there of lift vp (their voice) the townes thatMeaning the Arabians Whome he comprehendeth all thepeople of the
〈◊〉
. Kedár doeth inhabite let inhabitants of the roches sing: let them shoute from the top of the mountaines.
12 Let them giue glorie vnto the Lord: and declare his praisein the ylands.
13 The Lord shal go forthe as aHe sheweth the zeale of the Lord, and his power in the con seruation of his
〈◊〉
. gyant he shal stirre vp (his) courage like a man of warre. he shal shoute and crye, (and) shal preuaile against his enemies,
14 I haue a long time holden my peace: I haue bene stil (and) refrained my self (now) wil I crye like aI wil
〈◊〉
cute my veng enn ce, Which I haue so long differred as a Woman that
〈◊〉
to bede liuered When she is in trauail trauailing woman, I wil destroye and deuoure at once.
15 I wil make waste mountaines, and hilles, & drye vp all their herbes, and I wil make the floods ylandes, and I wil drye vp the pooles.
16 ¶ And I wil bring theThat is, my poore people which are in perplexicie and care. blinde by a way, that they knew not (and) leade by paths that they haue knowen: I wil make darke nes light before them, and croked things streight. These things wil I do vnto them, and not for sake them.
17 They shalbe turned backe: they shalbe greatly ashamed, that trust in graue images, and say to the molten images. Ye are our gods,
18 ¶ Heare, ye deafe and ye blinde, regarde that ye may se:
19 Who is blinde but myTowit,
〈◊〉
which shulde ha ue moste light be cause of
〈◊〉
Law seruant? or deafe as myThe Priests to Whome my Wor de it committed whichshulde not onelyheare it him self but cause others to heare it. messenger, that I sent? who is blinde as theAs the
〈◊〉
& Prophetes that shulde be
〈◊〉
to others. perfite, and blinde as the Lords ser uant?
20 Seing manie things, but thou kepest them not? opening the eares, but he heareth not.
21 The Lord is willing for his righteousnes sake (that) he may magnifie the Law, and exalt it.
22 But this people isBecause the Wil not acknowledge this benefite of the Lord, Who is ready to deliuer them, he suffreth them to be spoiled of their enemies through their owne
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
. robbed and spoiled, & shalbe all snared in dongeons, and they shalbe hid in prison houses thei shalbe for a pray, and none shal deliuer: a spoile, and none shal say,There shalbe none to succour them, or to wil the enemie to restore that, Which he hathe spoiled. Restore.
23 Who among you shal hearkento to
〈◊〉
this (&) take hede, and heare forMeaning, Gods
〈◊〉
. afterwardes?
24 Who gaue Iaakôb for a spoile, and Israél to the robbers? Did not the Lord: because we haue sinned against him? for they wolde not walke in his wayes, nether be obediēt vnto his Law.Chap. XLIII.
25 Therefore he hathe powred vpon him his fierce wrath, and the strength of battel & it sethim on fyre round about, & he knewe not, and it burned him vp, yet he considered not,
CHAP. XLIII.
1 The Lord comforteth his people. He promiseth deliueranceto the Iewes 11 There is no God but one alone.
1 BVt now thus saith the Lord,After these threatnings he promiseth deliue rance to his Church, because he hathe regenera te them, adopted them and called them. that created thee, ô Iaak ób: and he that formed thee, ô Israél,VVhen thou
〈◊〉
dangers and
〈◊〉
on all sides,
〈◊〉
er this benefite and the loue of thy God, andit shal encourage
〈◊〉
. Feare not for I haue redemed thee: I haue called thee by thy name, thou art mine.
2 When thou passest through theBy water and fyre, he meaneth all kinde of troubles and pe ils. waters I wil be with thee, and through the floods, that thei do notouer flowe thee. Whē thou walkest through the verie fyre, thou shalt not be burnt, nether shal the flame kindle vpon thee.
3 For I am the Lord thy God, the holy one of Israél, thy Sauiour. I gaueI turned Sanehe ribspower
〈◊〉
these countreies an made them to suffer that affliction Which thou shuldest haue done, and so Were
〈◊〉
the payment of thy ransome Chap
〈◊〉
. 9. Egypt for thy ransome, Ethiopia, and Seba for thee
4 Because thou wast precious in my sight (&) thou wast honorable, and I loued thee, the refore wil I giue I wil not spare anie man rather then thou shul est
〈◊〉
for God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
one of his faithful then all the Wickedin the Wolde man for thee, and people for thy sake.
5 Feare not, for I am with thee: I wil bring thy sede from theHe
〈◊〉
of their
〈◊〉
from the captiuitie of Babylon, and so of the
〈◊〉
of the vniuer sal Church, alluding to that Which is
〈◊〉
Deut. 30. 3. East, and gather thee from the West.
6 I wil saie to the North, Giue: and to the South, Kepe not backe: bring my sonnes from farre, and my daughters from the cndes of the earth.
7 Euerie one shalbe called by myMeaning, that he colde not
〈◊〉
vnmindful of thē except he wolde neglect his owne Name & glorie. Name: for I created him for my glorie formed him and made him.
8 I wil bring forthe the blinde people, and thei shal haue eyes, and the deafe, & they shal haue eares.
9 Let all the nacions be gatheredSignifying, that no power can resist his in doing thy
〈◊〉
, worke, not all their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
able to do the
〈◊〉
as Chap. 41. 22. to gether, and let the people be assembled: who among them can declare this and shewe vs former things? let them bring forthe theirTo proue
〈◊〉
the things, Which are spoken of them are true. witnesses, that thei maie be iustified: but let themShewing that malice of the Wicked hindereth them, in the knowledge of the trueth because thei Wil not
〈◊〉
When God speaketh by his Worde. heare, and saie, It (is) trueth.
10 YouThe Propheres & people to whome I haue giuen my
〈◊〉
. are my witnesses, saith the LORD, and myMeaning, specially
〈◊〉
and by him, all the faithful. seruant, whome I haue chosen: therefore ye shal knowe and beleue me & ye shal vnderstand that I am: before me the re was no God formed, nether shal there be after me.
11 I (euen) I, am the Lord, & beside me there is no Sauiour.
12 I haue declared, and I haue saued, and I haue shewed, when there was no strange: (god) among you: therefore you are my wit nesses, saith the Lord, that I am God.
13 Yea, before the day (was) I am, and there is none that can deliuer out of mine hand: I wil do it, and who shal let it?
14 Thus saith the Lord your redemer, the holy one of Israél, For your sawe I haue sēt to Babél, andBy Darius and Cyrus. broght it downe: they are all fugitiues and the Chaldeans crye in
〈◊〉
shal crye when thei wolde escape by water, seing that the course of Euphrates is turned another way by the enemie. the shippes.
15 I am the Lord your holy one, the creator of Israél, your King.
16 Thus saith the Lord which maketh away inVVhen he deliuered Israel from Pharaoh, Exod. 14. 22. the Sea, and a path in the mightieVVhen the Israe lites passed through Iorden. Iosh. 3. 17. wa ters.
17 When heVVhen he deliuered his people out of Egypt. bringeth out thePharaoh and his mightie armie. charet, and horse, the armie & the power lie together (and) shal not rise: thei are extinct, and quē ched as towe.
18 Remēber ye not the former thing, nether regarde the things of olde.
19 Beholde, I do a newe thing nowe shal it co me forthe: shal you not knowe it? I wil euen make awaie in theMeaning, that their
〈◊〉
out of Babylon shulde be more famous then that from Egypt was. Ier. 23. 7. hag. 2. 10. 2. cor. 5. 17. reuel. 21. 5. desert (and) floods in the wildernes.
20 The wildeThei shal haue suche abundance of all things as they returne home euen in the
〈◊〉
and baren places that the ve tiebeasts shal fele my
〈◊〉
, and shal acknowledge them muche more men ought to be thankeful for the same. beasts shal honour me, the dra gons and the ostriches, because I gaue wa ter in the desert (and) floods in the wilder nes to giue drinke to my people, euen to mine elect.
21 This people haue I formed for my self: thei shal shewe forthe my praise.
22 And thou hast notThou
〈◊〉
not worshipped me as thou oughtest to haue done. called vpon me, ô Iaakób, but thou hastBecause thou hast
〈◊〉
willingly receiued that which I did commande thee, thou didest grieue me. VVhereby he sheweth that his mercies were the onelie cause of their deliuerance forasmuch as thei had deserued the contrary. wearied me, ô Israél.
23 ThouMeaning, in true faith and obe dience. hast not broght me the shepe of thy burnt offrings, nether hast thou hono red me with thy sacrifices. I haue not caused thee to serue with an offring, nor wearied thee with incense.
24 Thou boghtest me no sweteEth er for the composition of the swete ointement. Exod. 30. 34 or for the swete incense. Exod. 30. 7. sauour with monie, nether hast thou made me drunke with the fatte of thy sacrifices, but thou hast made meThou hast made me to beare an heauie butden by thy sinnes. to serue with thy sinnes (&) we aried me with thine iniquities.
25 I, (euen) I, am he that putteth awaie thine iniquities for mine owne sake, & wil not remember thy sinnes.
26 Put me inIf I forget
〈◊〉
thing that may make for thy iustification, put me in remembrance and speake for thy self. remembrance, let vs be iudged together: count thou that thou maiest be iustified.
27 ThyThine ancestres. first father hathe sinned, and thyThy Priests and the Prophets. teachers haue transgressed against me.
28 Therefore I haue
〈◊〉
is reiected
〈◊〉
and des stroied them in the wildernes, and
〈◊〉
other times. prophaned the rulers of the Sanctuarie, and haue made Iaakôb a curse, and Israél a reproche.
CHAP. XLIIII.
5 The Lord promiseth comfort and that he wil assemble the Church of diuers nations. 9 The vanitie of idoles. 17 The beast lines of idolaters.
1 YEt now heart, ô Iaakôb my seruant, & Israél, whome I haue chosen.
2 Thus saith the Lord, that made thee, and formedHe created and chose thee from the beginning of his owne mercie, and before thou
〈◊〉
mercie anie thing. thee from the wombe: he wil help
〈◊〉
, Feare not, ô Iaakob, my seruant, and thou righteous,VVhome God accepteth as righ teous: or which hadest occasion
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
because of the Law, and of thine holy vocation. whome I haue chosen.
3 For I wil powre water vponBecause man of him self is as the drye and baren land he promiseth to moisten him with the waters of his holy Spirit Ioel. 2. 18, ioh, 7. 38.
〈◊〉
2. 17. the thirstie, and floods v̄pō the drie ground: I wil powre my Spirit vpon thy sede, and my blessing vpon thy buddes.
4 And theiThat is, thy
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
itie shal increase wonderfully after their deliuerance from Babylon. shal growe as among the grasse (&) as the will owes by the riuer of waters
5 One shal say, I am the Lords: anotherBy this diuersitie of speache
〈◊〉
meaneth one thing that is that the people shalbe holy and receiue the true religion of God, as psal.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. shal he called by the name of Iaakob, and a nother shal subscribe with his hand vnto the Lord, and name him self by the name of Israél.
6 Thus saith the Lord the King of Israél and & his redemer, the Lord of hostes,I am alwaie like my self, that is merciful toward my Church, and moste able to mainteine it, as. Chap. 41, 4. &. 48. 12.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 17. &
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. I am the first, and I am the last, and without me (is) there no God.
7 And who is like me, that shalAnd appoint them that shal de liuer the Church. call, & shal declare it, and setThat is, declare vnto me how I ought to procede herein. it in order before me, since I appointed theGod calleth the Israelites and an cient because he
〈◊〉
them to all other in his
〈◊〉
election. ancient people? and what is at hand, and what things are to co me? letMeaning, their idoles. them shewe vnto them.
8 Feare ye not, nether be afraied? haue not I tolde thee of olde, & haue declared it?Read Chap. 43 to you are euen my witnesses, whether there be a God beside me, and that there is no GOD that I knowe not.
9 All thei that make an image, are vanitie, andVVhatsoeuer thei
〈◊〉
we vpō their idoles to
〈◊〉
ke them to seme glorious. their delectable things shal nothing profite: and thei are their owne witnessesThat is, the ido laters seing their idoles blīde, must nedes, and feling that thei are not able to helpe thē, must confesse that thei haue no power. that theise not nor knowe, therefore thei shalbe confounded.
10 Who hathe madeMeaning, that whatsoeuer is made by the band of man, if it be estemed as God, is moste
〈◊〉
. a
〈◊〉
. or molten an image, that isVVhereby appeareth their blasphemie, which call images the bokes of the
〈◊〉
, seing that thei are not onely herecalled
〈◊〉
, but Chap. 41. 24. abominable: and
〈◊〉
. calleth them the worke of errors, ier. 10. 15. Habak, a lying teacher. 2.
〈◊〉
. profitable for nothing?
11 Beholde, all that are of theThat is, which by any way consent ether to the making or worship ping. felowship the re of, shalbe confunded: for the workemē them selues are men: let them all be gathe redtogether, and
〈◊〉
that the multitude shalnot then saue the idolaters, When God wiltake vengeance, altogh thei excuse them selues thereby amōg men stand vp (yet) they shal feare, and be confounded together.
12 The smith (taketh) an instrument, and worketh in the coles, and facioneth it with hammers, and worketh it with the strēgth of his armes: yea is anHe
〈◊〉
the raging affection of the idolaters, which forget their owne necessities to set forthe their deuocion hungred, and his strength faileth: he drinketh no water, and is faint.
13 The carpenter stretcheth out a line: he facioneth it with a red thread, he planeth, it and he putreieth it with the compasse, and
and maketh it after the figure of a man, (and) according to the beautie of a mā that it maie remaine inTo place it in some Temple. an house.
14 He wil he we hym downe cedres, and take the pine tre and the oke, and taketh courage among the trees of the forest: he plāteth a fyrre tre, and the raine doeth nourish it.
15 And man burneth thereof: for he wil take thereof andHe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
forth the obstinacie ād malice of the ido laters, whiche thogh they se by dailie experience that their idoles, are no better thē the reste of the matter whereof they are made, yet they refuse the one part and make a God of the other, as the Papistes make their cake, God and the reste of their idoles. warme him selfe: he also kindleth it and baketh bread, yet he maketh a God, and worshipeth it: he maketh it an idole and boweth vnto it.
16 He burneth the halfe thereof euen in the fyre, (and) vpon the halfe thereof heThat is, he ether maketh a table or trenchers. eateth flesh: he rosteth the roste and is satisfied: also he warmeth hym selfe and saith, Aha, I am warme, I haue bene at the fyre.
17 And the residue thereof he maketh a God, (euen) his idole: he boweth vnto it and worshipeth and praieth vnto it, and saith. Deliuer me: for thou art my god.
18 They haue not knowē, nor vnderstand:The Prophete giueth here an answere to all them that wonder how it is pos sible that
〈◊〉
shulde be so blind to commit suche abomination,
〈◊〉
, that God hathe blinded their eyes, ād hardened their heart. for (God) hath shut their eyes that thei cānot se, (and) their hearts, that they cā not vnderstad
19 And noneEbr. turneth. considereth in his heart,
〈◊〉
(is) there knowledge nor vnderstanding to say, I haue burnt halfe of it, euen in the fyre, and haue baked bread also vpon the coles thereof: I haue rosted flesh, and eaten it, and shal I make the residue
〈◊〉
of an abominacion? shal I bowe to the
〈◊〉
of a tre.
20 He fedethHe is abused as one that wolde eat ashes, thynkyng to satisfie his hungre. of ashes: a seduced heart hathe deceyued hym, that he can not deliuer hys soule, nor say, Is their not a lye in my ryght hand?
21 Shewyng that mans hearte is most enclined to idolatrie: & therfore he warneth his people by
〈◊〉
se example, that they
〈◊〉
not cleaue to any but to the
〈◊〉
god when thei
〈◊〉
be amonge the idolaters.Remembre these [ô Iaakōb and Israél] for thou art my seruat: I haue
〈◊〉
thee: thou art my seruant: ô Israél forget me not.
22 I haue put awaye thy transgressions lyke a cloude,
〈◊〉
thy sinnes, as a mist: turne vnto me, for I haue redemed thee.
23 He sneweth that the worke of the Lord row arde hys people shalbe so greate that the
〈◊〉
sible creatures shal be moued therewith.Reioyce, ye heauens: for the Lorde hathe done it, shoute, ye lower partes of the earth: brast forthe into prayses, ye mountaines, ô forest and euerie tre therein: for the Lorde hathe redemed Iaakōb and wilbe glorified in Israél.
24 Thus sayth the Lorde thy redemer and he that formed thee from the wombe, I am the Lord, that made all things, that spred out the heauens alone, and stretched out the earth by my selfe.
25 I destroye theHe armeth
〈◊〉
against the sothe sayers of
〈◊〉
, which wolde ha ue borne them in hand, that thei knew by the star res that GOD wolde not
〈◊〉
thē, and that Babylon shulde stand. tokens of the soeth sayers and make them that coniecture, fooles, and turne the wise men back warde, and make their knowledge foolishnes.
26 ¶ He confirmeth the worde of hisOf Isaiah and the reste of hys Prophets, which did assure the Churche of Gods fauour and deliuerance. seruant and performeth the counsell of his messengers, saying to Ierusalém, Thou shalt be inhabited: and to the cities of Iudáh, ye shal be buylt vp, and I will repaire the decayed places thereof.
27 He saith to the
〈◊〉
sheweth that Godsworke shuld be ne lesse
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
then when
〈◊〉
broght them out of Egypt through the Sea. depe, Be drye ād I wil drye vp thy floods.
28 He saith toTo assure them of their
〈◊〉
, he nameth the persone, by whome it shulde be more then an hundreth yere before he was borne. Cyrus, (Thou art) my shepherd: and he shal reforme all my desire, saying also to Ierusalém, Thou shalt be buylt: and to the Temple, Thy fundacion shalbe surely layed.
CHAP. XLV.
1 The deliuerance of the people by Cyrus. 9 God is iust in all his workes. 20 The calling of the Gentiles.
1 THus sayth the Lorde vntoTo assure the Iewes
〈◊〉
their de liuerance against the great
〈◊〉
that they shulde abide, he nameth the persone and the meanes. Cyrus hysBecause Cyrus shulde execute the office of a deliuerer, God called him his
〈◊〉
for a time, but after another sorte thē he called Dauid. anointed, whose ryght hand I haue holdenTo
〈◊〉
him in the deliuer ance of my people. to subdue nations before him: therefore will I weaken the loynes of Kings and open the dores before hym, and the gates shal not be shut.
2 I wil go before thee and make theI wyll take
〈◊〉
all impediments and
〈◊〉
. croked streight: I will breake the brasen dores, and burst the yron barres.
3 And I will giue thee the treasures of darkenes, and the things hid in secret places, that thou maistNot that
〈◊〉
did knowe God to
〈◊〉
him a ryght, but he had a
〈◊〉
par ticular knowledge, as profane men maye haue, of his power, ād so was compelled to
〈◊〉
Gods people. knowe that I am the LORDE which call thee by thy name, euen the God of Israél.
4 For Iaakob my seruātsNor for
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, that is in thee, or for thy
〈◊〉
. sake, and Israél mine elect, I wil euen call (thee) by thy name (and) name thee, thogh thou hast not knowē me.
5 I am the Lord and there is none other there is no God besides me: II haue giuen
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, pow er and
〈◊〉
. girded thee thogh thou
〈◊〉
not knowen me.
6 That they maye knowe from the rysing of the sunne and frome the West, that there is none besides me. I am the Lord, and there is none other.
7 I forme theI sende peace and warre, prosperitie and aduersitie, as Amos. 3. 6. lyght and creat darkenes: I make peace and creat euill: I the Lord do all these things.
8 Ye heauens, send the dewe from aboue, and let the cloudes drop downeHe comforteth the Iewes as if he wolde saye, thogh when ye loke to the heauens and earth for succour, ye se nothyng nowe but signes of Gods wrath, yet I wil cause them to bryng for the most certeine tokens of your deli uerance, and of the performance of my promes, which is mēt by righteousnes. ryghteousnes: let the earth open, and let saluacion and iustice growe forthe: let it bring them forthe together: I the Lord haueI haue appointed Cyrus to
〈◊〉
vse and purpose. created him.
9Hereby he brid leth their impaci
〈◊〉
, whiche in aduer sitie and trouble
〈◊〉
againste God and will not
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
Willing that mā shulde matche with his like ād not contend against God. Wo be vnto hym that striueth with his maker, the potsherd with the potsherds of the earth: shall the claie saie to hym that facioneth it, What makest thou? or thy worke,That is, it is not
〈◊〉
made. it hathe none hands?
10 Wo vnto hym that sayth to (hys) father, What hast thou begottē? or to (his) mother, What hast thou broght forthe?
11 Thus saith the Lorde, the holy one of Israél, and his maker, Aske meIn stead of mur
〈◊〉
, humble your selues and aske what ye wilfor the conso lation of my
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and you shal be sure of it, as ye are of these thinges which are at your commande ment Someread it with an interrogation, and make it the application of the similitude. of thyngs to come concernyng my sonnes, and concernyng the workes of mine hands: commande you me.
12 I haue made the earth, and created man vppon it: I, whose handes haue spred out the heauens, I haue euen commanded all theirThat is, the starres. armie.
13 I haue raisedTo Wit, Cyrus, that I may shew by him the faithfulnes of my pro mes in deliueting my people. him vp in righteousnes, and I wil direct all his waies: he shal buylde my citie, and he shall let go my captiues, notMeaning,
〈◊〉
and without ran some, or any grie uous cond cion. for price nor reward, saith the Lord of hostes.
14 Thus saith the Lord, The
〈◊〉
These people were
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
Persians, and so King
〈◊〉
gaue this money towarde the buylding of the Temple.
〈◊〉
7. 21. of Egypt, and the march and ise of Ethiopia, and of the Sabeans, mē of stature shal come vnto thee,
and they shalbeVVhere as to fore they were thyne enemies, they shal nowe honour thee, and thou shalt rule them, whyche was accomplished in the time of Christ. thine: they shall followe thee, (and) shal go in chaines: they shall fall downe before thee, and make supplication vnto thee, (saying,) Surely God is in thee, and there (is) none other God besides.
15 Verely thou, ô God,
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
the Iew es to
〈◊〉
, thogh their deliuerence be differ red for a tyme: shewynge that they shulde not repent their long pacience, but the w cked and idolaters shalbe destroied. hidest thy self, ô God, the Sauiour of Israél.
16 All they shalbe ashamed and also confounded: they shal go to confusion together, that are the makers of images.
17 (But) Israél shalbe saued in the Lord, wyth an euerlastyng saluaciō: shal not be ashamed nor confounded worlde without end.
18 For thus sayth the Lorde [that created heauen, God him selfe, that formeth the earth, and made it: he that prepared it, he created it not in vaine: he formed it to beTo wit, of man,
〈◊〉
chiefly of his Churche. inhabited] I am the Lord, and there (is) none other.
19 I haue not spoken in secrete, (nether)As do the false Gods,
〈◊〉
giue vncerteine answers. in a place of darkenes in the earth: I said not in vaine vnto the sede of Iaakôb, Seke you me: I the Lord do speake ryghteousnes, and declare righteous things.
20 Assemble your selues, and come: drawe nere together,Allye
〈◊〉
, whiche thogh you seme to haue neuer so muche
〈◊〉
dignitie, yet in Gods sight you are vile and abiect. ye abiect of the Gentiles: they haue no knowledge, that set vp the wood of their idole, and praye vnto a God, that can not saue them.
21 Tel ye and bring them, and let them take counsel together, who hathe declared this frome the beginnyng? (or) hathe tolde it of olde? Haue not I the Lord? ād there (is) none other God beside me, aiust God, and a Sauiour: there (is) none beside me.
22 Loke vnto me, and ye shal be saued: alHe
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
to repentance, wylling them to loke vnto him with the eye of faith. the ends of the earth shalbe saued: for I am God, and there (is) none other.
23 I haue sworne by my selfe: the worde is gone out of my mouthe inThat is, that the thing, whiche I haue promised, shalbe faith fully performed. ryghteousnes, and shal not returne, That euerieThe knowledge of God and the true worshyping shalbe through all the worlde, Rom 14. 11. Phil. 2. 10 whereby he signifieth that we muste not onely
〈◊〉
God in heart, but declare the same also by outwarde profession. knee shal bowe vnto me, (and) euerie tongue shal swea re (by me.)
24 SurelyMeaning, the faythfull shal fele and confesse this. he shall saye, In the Lorde haue I ryghteousnes and strength: he shall come vnto hym, and all thatAll the contemners of God. prouoke him, shal be ashamed.
25 The whole sede of Israél shalbe iustified, and glorie in the Lord.
CHAP. XLVI.
1 The
〈◊〉
of Babylon and of their idoles. 3 He cal leth the
〈◊〉
to the consideracion of his workes.
1 BElis bowed downe:The were the chief idoles of Babylon Nebo is fallen: their idoles were vpon theBecause they were of golde ād siluer, the
〈◊〉
des and Persiās, caried thē away. beastes, and vpon the cattel: they which did beare you, (were) laden with a wearie burden.
2 The beasts that
〈◊〉
the idoles, fel downe vnder their burden They are bowed do wne, (and) fallen together: for they colde not rid them of the burden, and theyHe derideth the idoles, whiche had nether soule nor sense. soule is gone into captiuitie.
3 Heare ye me, ô house of Iaakôb, and all that remaine of the house of Israél, whiche areHe sheweth the difference betwene the idoles ād the true
〈◊〉
for they muste be caryed of others, but God him self caryeth hys, as Deut. 32.
〈◊〉
. borne of me (from) the wombe, and broght vp of me (from) the birth.
4 Therefore vnto olde age, I the same, euen I wil beare you vntil the hore heeres: I haue made (you:) I wil also beare (you,) and I wil carye youSeing I haue be gotten you, I wil
〈◊〉
and pre
〈◊〉
you for euer. and I wil deliuer (you.)
5 ¶ To whome wil ye make me lyke, or make me equall, orThe people of God, seing their owne calamitie & the florishing estate of the Babylonians, shuld be tempted to thinke that their God was not so mightie at the idoles of their ene mies: therfore he
〈◊〉
the original of all the idoles,
〈◊〉
make them to be abhor red of all men:
〈◊〉
that the most: that can be spoken in their commendaciō is but to giue them vile, Bar. 6. 25. compare me, that I shulde be lyke him?
6 They drawe gold out of the bagge ād weigh siluer in the balance, (and) hyre a goldsmith to make a God of it, (ād) they bowe downe, and worship it:
7 They be are it vpon the shoulders: they cary him and set hym in his place: so doeth he stande, (and) cannot remoue from hys place. Thogh one crye vnto him, yet can he not an swer, nor deliuer him out of his tribulacion.
8 Remember this, and be ashamed: bring it againeBecome wise, meaning that all
〈◊〉
with out wit or sense, like mad men. to minde, ô you transgressers.
9 Remember the former things of olde: for I am God, and there (is) none other God, and there (is) nothing like me.
10 Which declare the laste thing from the begynning: and from of olde, the things that were not done, saying, My counsel shal stād, and I wil do whatsoeuer I wil.
11 I call aThat is,
〈◊〉
, which shal come as swift as a birde and fight against Babylon. birde frome the East, (and) the man of my
〈◊〉
whome I haue appointed to execute that, which I haue determined. counsel from far: as I haue spoken so will I bring it to passe: I haue purposed it, ād I wil do it.
12 Heare me, ye stubburne hearted, that are far from
〈◊〉
by your
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
wolde let the performance of my
〈◊〉
. iustice.
13 I bryngHe sheweth that mans
〈◊〉
can not abolish the promes of God, Rom. 3. 3. nere my iustice: it shall not be farre of, and my saluacion shal not tary: for I wil giue saluaciō in Zion, (&) my glorie vn to Israél.
CHAP. XLVII.
The destruction of Babylon and the causes wherefore.
1 COme downe and sit in the dust: ôVVhiche hast li ued in wealth,
〈◊〉
wantonnes, and haste not yet bene ouercome
〈◊〉
any enemie. virgine, daughter Babél, sit on the grounde: there is noThy gouernement shalbe taken from thee. throne, ô daughter of the Chaldeans: for thou shalt no more be called. Ten dre and delicate.
2 Take the mille stones, andThou shalt be broght to moste vile
〈◊〉
: for
〈◊〉
turne the mille was the of fice of
〈◊〉
. grinde meale: loose thy lockes:The thynges wherein she set teth her greatest pride shalbe made vile, euen from the head to the
〈◊〉
. make bare the fete: vnco uer the legge, (ād) passe through the floods.
3 Thy filthines shalbe discouered, and thy shame shalbe sene: I will take vengeance, and I wil not mete (thee as) aI wil vse no
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
nor
〈◊〉
towarde thee man.
4 The Israelites shal confesse, that the Lord doeth this for his Church sake.Our redemer, the Lord of hostes (is) his Name, the holy one of Israél.
5 Forvery shame and hide thy selfSit stil, and get thee into darkenes, ô daugh ter of the Chaldeans: for thou shalt no more be called, The ladie of kingdomes.
6 I was wrath with my people: I haue polluted mine inheritance, and giuen them into thine hand: thou didst she we them noThey abused Gods
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
this king that be punished the Israelites because he wolde vtterly
〈◊〉
them of, and therefore instead of
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
, thou didist
〈◊〉
it. mercie, but thou didest lay thy very heauie yoke vpon the ancient.
7 And thou saidest, I shalbe aladie for euer, so that thou didest not set thy minde to these things, nether didest thou remember the lat ter end thereof.
8 Therefore now heare, thou that
〈◊〉
giuen to pleasures, and dwellest careles, She saith in her heart, I am and none els: I shal not sit (as) widdow, nether shal knowe the losse of children.
9 But these two things shal come to thee subdenly on one day, the losse of children and widdowe head: they shal come vpon thee in theirSo that thy punishment shalbe so great, as is pos sible to be imagi ned. perfection, for the multitude of thy di uinacions, and for the great abundance of thine inchànters.
10 For thou hast trusted in thy wickednes: thou hast said, None seeth me. ThyThou didest thinke that thine owne wisdome & policie wolde haue saued thee. wisdome and thou knowledge, they haue caused thee to rebell, and thou hast said in thine heart, I am and none els.
11 Therefore shal euil come vpon thee, & thou shalt not know the morning thereof: destruction shal fall vpō thee, which thou shalt not be able to put away: destruction shal come vpon thee suddenly, or thou beware.
12 Stand now among thine in chanters, and in the multitude of thy so the sayers [with whome thou hastHe derideth their vaine confidence, that put their trust in any thing, but in God condemning also suche vaine scien ces,
〈◊〉
serue to no
〈◊〉
, but to delude the people and to
〈◊〉
them
〈◊〉
depending onely in God. wearied thy self fro thy youth] if so be thou maiest haue profite, (or) if so be thou maiest haue strength.
13 Thou art wearied in the multitude of thy counsels: let now the astrologers, the starre hasers, and pronosticatours stād vp, and saue thee from these things, that shal come vpon thee.
14 Beholde, they shalbe as stubble: the fyre shal burne them: they shal not deliuer their owne liues frō the power of the flame: there (shal be) no colesThey shal vtterly perish and no parte of them
〈◊〉
. to warme at, (nor) light to sit by.
15 Thus shal they serue thee, with whom thou hast wearied thee, (euen) thy marchants
〈◊〉
thy youth: euery one shal wāder to his owneThey shal
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
one to that place, which he thoght by his spe
〈◊〉
to be moste sure: but that shal deceiue
〈◊〉
, quarter: none shal saue thee.
CHAP. XLVIII.
1 The hypocrisie of the Iewes is
〈◊〉
. 11 The Lord alone wil be worshipped. 20 Of their deliuerance out of Babylon.
1 HEare ye this, ô house of Iaakôb, whiche areHe
〈◊〉
their hypocrisie, which vanted them selues to be Israelites & were not so in dede. called by thy the name of Israél, and are come out ofMeaning, the fountaine and stocke. the waters of Iudáh: which sweare by the Name of the Lord, and make mencion of the GOD of Israél, (but) not in trueth, nor in righteousnes.
2 For they are called of the holy citie, & staye them seluesThey make a shew, as thogh they wolde haue none other God. vpon the God of Israél, whose Name (is) the Lord of hostes.
3 I haue declared the former things of olde, and they went out of my mouth, & I shewedHe sheweth that they colde not
〈◊〉
him
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thing, for
〈◊〉
as he had performed whatsoeuer he had promised. them: I did them suddenly, and they came to passe.
4 Because I knewe, thatI haue done
〈◊〉
thee more then I promised, that thy stubbernes &
〈◊〉
might haue bene ouercome. thou art obstinate, and thy necke (is) an yrō sinew, & thy browe brasse,
5 Therefore I haue declared it to thee of olde before it came to passe, I shewedHow thoushuldest be
〈◊〉
out of Babylon. it thee, lest thou shuldest say, Mine idole hathe done them, and my carued image, and my molten image hathe commanded them.
6 Thou hast heard, beholde all this, and wil not yeVVil he not acknowledge
〈◊〉
my
〈◊〉
& de clare it vnto others? declare it? I haue shewed thee new thīgs euen
〈◊〉
, and hid things, which
〈◊〉
knew est not.
7 They are created now, and not of olde, and euen before this thou heardest them not, lest thou shuld est say, Beholde, IShe wing that mans
〈◊〉
is the cause why God
〈◊〉
not declare all things at
〈◊〉
, lest they shuld attribute this knowledge to their
〈◊〉
wisdome. knewe them.
8 Yet thou heardest them not, nether didest knowe them, nether yet was thine eare opened of olde: for I knewe that thou woldest grieuously transgresse: therefore haue I called thee a transgressour from theFrom the time that I broght thee out of Egypt: for that deliuerance was as
〈◊〉
the bi. th of the Church. wombe.
9 For my Names sake wil I
〈◊〉
my wrath, & for my praise
〈◊〉
refraine it frō thee,As it was my fre mercie that I did chuse thee: so is it my fre mercie that must saue thee. that I cut thee not of.
10 Beholde, I haue
〈◊〉
thee, butFor I had respect to thy
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
for in
〈◊〉
there is some purenes, but in vs there is nothing, but
〈◊〉
. not as siluer I haueI toke
〈◊〉
ont of the fornace where thou
〈◊〉
dest haue bene consumed. chosen thee in the fornace of affliction.
11 For mine owne sake, for mine owne sake wil I do it: for how shulde (my Name)God
〈◊〉
the saluacion of his with his own honour: so that they can not perish, but his glorie shulde be diminished, as Deu 32, 27. be polluted:Read Chap. 42, 8 surely I wil not giue my glorie vn to another.
12 Heare me, ô Iaakôb & Israél, my called,Read
〈◊〉
, 4. I am, I am the first, and I am the last.
13 Surely mine hand hathe layed the fundaciō of the earth, and my right hand hathe spanned the heauen: when I call them,To obey me, & to do whatsoeuer I commande thē
they stād vp together.
14 All you, assemble your selues, and heare: whiche among them hathe declared these things? The Lord hath louedMeaning,
〈◊〉
whome he had chosen to destroy Babylon. him: he wil do his wil in Babél, and his arme (shalbe) against the Chaldeans.
15 I, (euen) I haue spoken it, and I haue called him: I haue broght him, and his waye shal prosper.
16 Come nere vnto me: heare ye this: I haue not spoken it in secret from theSince the time that I declared my self to your fathers. beginning: from the time that the thing was, I was there and now the Lord God and his spirit hatheThus the Pro phet
〈◊〉
for him self, and to assure them of these things. sent me.
17 Thus saith the Lord thy redemer, the Holie one of Israél, I am the Lord thy God, whiche teache theeVVhat things shal do thee good to profite, and lead thee by the waye, that thou shuldest go.
18 Oh that thou hadest he arkened to my commandements, then had thy prosperitie bene as the flood, and thy righteousnes as the waues of the sea.
19 Thy sede also had bene as the sande, and the frute of thy bodie like the grauel thereof: hisThat is, the pro sperous estate of Israel. name shulde not haue bene cut of nor destroyed before me.
20 After that he had forewarned them of their
〈◊〉
, & of the cause thereof,
〈◊〉
sheweth thē the great ioye, that shal come of their deliuerance. Goye out of Babél: flee ye from the Chal deans, with a voyce of ioye: tel and declare this shewe it forthe to the end of the earth: saye ye, The Lord hathe redemed his seruant Iaakôb.
21 And theyHe sheweth that it shalbe as easy to deliuer them, as he did their fathers out of Egypt. were not thirstie: he led them through the wildernes: he caused the waters to flowe out of the rocke for thē: for he claue
the rocke, and the water gushed out.
22 There is noThus he speaketh that the wicked hypocrites shulde not abuse Gods promes in whome was nether faith,
〈◊〉
repentance, as Chap. 57, 21. peace, saith the Lord, vnto the wicked.
CHAP. XLIX.
The Lord exhorteth all nacions to beleue his promises. 6 Christ is the saluacion of all that beleue, and wil deliuer them from the tyrannie of their enemies,
1 HEare ye me, ô yles, and hearken, people from farre. The Lord hathe calledThis is spoken in the persone of Christ to assure the faithful, that these promises shulde come to passe: for they where
〈◊〉
mad in him & in
〈◊〉
shulde be performed. me fromThis is ment of the time, that Christ shulde be manifested to the worlde, as Psal. 2, 7. the wombe, and made mencion of my name from my mothers bellie.
2 And he hathe made my mouth like a sharpeBy the sworde, and shafte, he signifieth the vertue and efficacie of Christs doctrine. sworde: vnder the shadowe of his hand hathe heGod hathe takē me to his protection and defence: this chiefly is
〈◊〉
of Christ, and may also be applied to the mini sters of his wo de hid me, and made me a chosen shafte (and) hid me in his quiuer,
3 And said vnto me, Thou art my
〈◊〉
,By Israél is mēt Christ, and all the body of the faith ful as the mēbers and their hand. Israél, for I wil be glorious in thee.
4 And I said, I haueThus Christ in his members cō
plaineth, that his labour, and preaching take
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, yet he is cō tented, that his doings are approued of God. labored in vaine: I haue spent my strength in vaine and for nothing: but my iudgement (is) with the Lord, and my worke with my God.
5 And now saith the Lord, that formed me frō the wombe to be his seruant, that I maye bring Iaak ób againe to him [thogh Israél be not gathered,Thogh the Iewes refuse my doctrine, yet God wil approue my ministerie. yet shal I be glorious in the eyes of the Lord: and my GOD shalbe my strength.]
6 And he said, It is a smale thing that thou shul dest be my seruant, to raise vp the tribes of Iaakób, and to restore the desolations of Israél: I wil also giueTo declare my Gospel to the Gē tiles, Cha. 42. 6. act
〈◊〉
, 47 luk, 2,
〈◊〉
. thee for a light of the Gentiles, that thou maiest be my saluacion vnto the end of the worlde.
7 Thus saith the Lord the redemer of Israél, (and) his Holie one, to him that is despised in soule, to a nation that is abhorred, to aMeaning, the Iewes whome ty ra nts kept in bō
dage. seruant of rulers, Kings shal se, andThe benefit of their deliuerance shalbe so great, that great, and smale shal acknowledge it, & reuerence God for it. arise, and princes shal worship, because of the Lord, that is faithful: and the Holie one of Israél, which hathe chosen thee.
8 Thus saith the Lord,Thus he speaketh of his Church, when he wolde shew his mercie toward
〈◊〉
, 2. Cor, 6, 2. In an acceptable time haue I heard thee, and in a day of saluacion haue I helped thee: and I wil preserue thee, and wil giueMeaning, Christ alone. thee for a couenant of the people, that thou maiest raise vp theSignifying, that before Christ renue the earth by his worde, there is nothing, but confusion and dis order. earth and obteine the inheritance of the desolate heritages:
9 That thou maiest say to theTo thē that are in the prison of sinne, and death. prisoners, Go forthe: and to them that are in darkenes, Shewe your selues: they shal fede in the wayes, and theirBeing in Christs protection, they shal be safe
〈◊〉
all dangers, & fre from the feare of the enemies. pastures shalbe in all the toppes of the hilles.
10 They shal not be hungrie, nether shal they by thirstie, nether shal the heat smite thē nor the sunne: for he that hath compassionMeaning, that there shuld be no thing in their way from Babylon, thàt shulde hinder or hurt them: but this is accomplished
〈◊〉
ritually. on them, shal lead them: euen to the springs of waters shal be driue them.
11 And I wil make all my mountaines, as a way and my paths shalbe exalted.
12 Beholde, these shal come from farre: and lo, these from the North and from the West, & these from the land ofMeaning, the South
〈◊〉
, so that Christ shal deliuer his from all the partes of the worlde. Sinim.
13 Reioyce, ôRead Chap. 44. 23. heauens: and be ioyful, ô earth: brast forthe in to prayse, ô mountaines: for God hathe comforted his people, and wil ha ue mercie vpon his afflicted.
14 But Zión said, The Lord hatheHe
〈◊〉
what the faithful might say in their long affliction, and answe reth
〈◊〉
eunto to comfort
〈◊〉
, with a moste pro per similitude, & ful of
〈◊〉
. for saken me and my Lord hathe forgotten me.
15 Can a woman forgether childe, and not ha ue compassion on the sonne of her wombe? thogh they shulde forget, yet wil I not forget thee.
16 Beholde, I haue grauen thee vpon the palme of (mine)Because I wold not forget thee. hands: thyMeaning, the good order of po licie & discipline walles (are) euer in my sight.
17 Thy buylders makeI haue a continual
〈◊〉
to buyld thee vp againe, & to destroye thi ne enemies. haste: thy destroyers and they that made thee waste, are departed from thee.
18 Lift vp thine eyes rounde about & beholde all these gather them selues together (and) come to thee: as I liue, saith the LORDE, thou shalt surelyHe sheweth what are the ornaments of the Church: to haue name children, which are assembled by the word of God & gouerned by his
〈◊〉
put thē all vpon thee as a garment, and gird thy self with them like a bride.
19 For thy desolation, and thy waste places, & thy lād destroyed, shal surely be now narrow for them that shal dwell in it, & they that did deuoure thee, shalbe farre away.
20 The children of thy barennes shal say againe in thine eares, The place is straict for me: giue place to me that I may dwell.
21 Then shalt thou say in thine heart, Who hath begotten me these, seing I am baren and desolate, a captiue and a wanderer to and fro? & who hathe nourished them? beholde, I was left alone: whence are these?
22 Thus saith the Lord God, Beholde, I wil lift vp mine hand to theHe sheweth, that Christ wil not onely gather this great nōber of the Iewes, but also of the
〈◊〉
. Gentiles and set vp my stādart to the people, and they shal bring thy sonnes in (their) armes: and thy daughters shalbe caryed vpon (their) shoulders.
23 And KingsMeaning, that Kings shalbe cō
uerted to the Gos pel and bestowe their power and autoritie for the
〈◊〉
of the Church. shalbe thy nourcing fathers, & Quenes shalbe thy nources: they shal worship thee with (their) faces toward the earth and licke vp theBeing ioyned with the Church they shal humble them selues to Christ their head, and giue him all honour. dust of thy fete: and thou shalt knowe that I am the Lord: for they shal not be ashamed that waite for me.
24 Shal the praye be taken from the mightie or the iust captiuitie deliuered?
25 But thus saith the Lord,This is, the answer to their obiection, that none is
〈◊〉
then the Lord, nether hathe a more iuste title vnto them. Euen the captiuitie of the mightie shalbe taken awaye: & the praie of the tyrant shalbe deliuered for I wil contēd with him that contendeth with thee and I wil saue thy children.
26 And wil fede them that spoile thee, withI wil cause them to destroye one another, as Iud. 7, 22, 2,
〈◊〉
. 20, 22. chap. 19, 2. their owne flesh, and they shalbe drunken with their owne blood, as with swete wine: & all flesh shal knowe that I the Lord am thy Sauiour and thy redemer, the mightie one of Iaakōb.He maketh this as an obiection, as thogh the
〈◊〉
were strong, and had them in iuste possession.
CHAP. L.
1 The Iewes forsaken for a time. 2 Yet the power of God is not diminished. 5 Christs obedience and victorie.
1 THus saith the Lord, Where is thatMeaning, that he had not forsaken her, but through her owne occasion, as Hosea. 2. 2. bil of your mothers diuorcement,VVhich shulde declare, that I ha ue cut her
〈◊〉
nyng, that they colde she we none. whome I haue caste of? or who is the creditourSignifying that he solde thē not for anie det or
〈◊〉
, but that they solde them seluesto sin nes to bie their owne lustes, and pleasures. to whome I solde you? Beholde, for your iniquities are ye solde, and because of your transgressions is your mother forsaken.
2 WhereforeHe came by his
〈◊〉
and ministers, but they wolde not beleue their doctrine and
〈◊〉
came I, and there was no man? I called, and none answered: is myne hand soAm I not as able to helpe you, as I haue holpen your fathers of olde, when I dryed vp the red Sea, and killed the
〈◊〉
in the riuers, and also afterwarde in
〈◊〉
? shortened, that it can not helpe? or haue I no power to deliuer? beholde, at my rebuke I drye vp the Sea: I make the floods desert: their fish rotteth for want of water, and dyeth for thirst.
3 I clothe the heauēs with darknes, and make aAs I did in Egypt in token of my displeasure. sacke their couering.
4 The Lord God hathe giuenThe Prophete doeth represente here the persone and
〈◊〉
of them that are lustely called to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of Gods worde. me a tongue of the learned, that I shulde knowe (to minister) a worde in time to hym that isTo him that is oppressed by affliction and mise rie. weary: he will raise me vp in the mournyng: in the mornyng he wil waken mine eare to heare,As they that are
〈◊〉
, and made
〈◊〉
by him. as the learned.
5 The Lord God hathe opened mine eare and I was not rebellious, nether turned I backe.
6 I gaue my backe vnto theI did not
〈◊〉
ke from God for
〈◊〉
persecution or cala
〈◊〉
VVhereby he sheweth, that the trueministers of God can loke
〈◊〉
none other recompence of
〈◊〉
wicked but after this sorte and also what is their comfort.
〈◊〉
, and my chek esto the nippers: I hid not my face frō shame and spitting.
7 For the Lord God will helpe me, therefore shall I not be confounded: therefore haue I set my face like a flint, and I knowe that I shal not be ashamed.
8 He is nere that iustifieth me: who will contendExod. 10. 21. with me?
〈◊〉
vs stand together: who is mine aduersarie? let him come nere to me.
9 Beholde, the Lorde God will helpe me: who is he that condemne me? lo, they shall waxe olde as a garment: the mothe shall eat them vp.
10
〈◊〉
ng that it is a rare thing that
〈◊〉
shulde
〈◊〉
a ryght Gods true ministers, thogh labour to bring them from hel to
〈◊〉
. Who is among you that feareth the Lord? let hym heare the voyce of his seruaunt: he that walketh in darkenes, ād hathe no light, let him trust in the Name of the Lorde, and stay vpon his God.
11
〈◊〉
, all you kindleYou haue soght consolation by your owne
〈◊〉
, and haue refused lyght, and
〈◊〉
solation, whiche God hathe offred: therefore ye shal remaine in sorowe, and not be comforted. a fyre, and are compassed about with sparkes: walke in the light of your fyre, and in the sparkes that ye haue kindled. This shal ye haue of mine hand: ye shal lie downe in sorowe.
CHAP. LI.
1 To trust in God alone by Abrahams example. 7 Not to feare men. 17 The great affliction of Ierusalém, and her deliuerance.
1 HEare me, yeHe
〈◊〉
the Churche, that they shulde not be discouraged for their smale nomber. that followe after righteousnes, (and) ye that seke the Lord: loke vnto theThat is, to Abraham, of
〈◊〉
ye were begotten, ād to Sarah, of whome ye we
〈◊〉
borne.
〈◊〉
, (whence) ye are hewen and to the hole of the pit, (whence) ye are digged.
2 Consider Abrahám your father, and Saráh that bare you: for I called him alone, ād blessed him, and increased him.
3 Surely the Lorde shal comfort Zión: he shall comforte all her desolations, and he shall make her desertAs plentiful as Paradise. like Eden, and her wildernes like the garden of the Lorde: ioye andGenes. 2. 3. gladnes shalbe founde therein: prayse, and the voyce of singing.
4 Hearken ye vnto me, my people, and giue care vnto me, ô my people: for aI will rule, and gouerne my Church by my worde, and doctrine. Lawe shall procede frome me, and I will bring forthe my iudgement for the light of the people.
5 MyThe time, that I will accomplish my promes. righteousnes is nere: my saluaciō goeth forthe, and mineMy power, ād strength. armes shal iudge the people: the yles shal waite for me, and shal trust vnto mine arme.
6 Lift vp your eyes to the heauens, and loke vpon the earth beneth: for theHe forewarneth them of the horrible charges and
〈◊〉
of all thinges, and how he wil preserue his Church in the middes of al these dangers heauens shal vanish away like smoke, and the earth shal waxe olde lyke a garment, and they that dwell therein, shall perish in like maner: but my saluacion shalbe for euer, and my righteousnes shal not be abolished.
7 Hearken vnto me, ye that knowe righteous nes, the people in whose heart (is) my Law. Feare ye not the reproche of men, nether be ye afrayed of their rebukes.
8 For the mothe shall eat them vp lyke a garment, ād the worme shal eat them like woll: but my righteousnes shalbe for euer, ād my saluacion from generacion to generacion.
9 Rise vp, rise vp, and put on strength, ô arme of the Lorde: rise vp, asHe
〈◊〉
thē in remembrance of his great bene fite for their deli uerance out of Egypt
〈◊〉
there by they myght learne to trust in him constantly. in the olde time in the generacions of the worlde. Art not thou the same, that hast cutMeaning, Egypte. Psal. 87. 4. Raháb, and wounded theTo
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. Eze. 29 3. dragon?
10 Art not thoù the same, whiche hathe dryed the Sea, (euen) the waters of the great depe, making the depth of the Sea away for there demed to passe ouer?
11 Therefore the
〈◊〉
of the Lorde shall
〈◊〉
Babylon. returne, and come with ioye vnto Zión, and euerlasting ioye shalbe vpon their head: they shal obteine ioye, and gladnes: (and) sorowe and mourning shal flee away.
12 I, (euen) I, am he, that comforte you. Who art thou, that thou shuldest feare a mortall man, and the sonne of man, whiche shalbe made as grasse?
13 And forgetest the Lord thy maker, that hathe spred out the heauens, and laide the fundacions of the earth? and hast feared con tinually all the day, because of the rage of the oppressour, which is ready to destroye? Where is now the rage of the oppressour?
14 The captiueHe comforteth thē by the shorte time of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
nis hement: for in seuentie yeres they were restored and the grea test
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
destroyed. hasteneth to be loosed, and that he shulde not dye in the pit, nor that his bread shulde faile.
15 And I am the Lorde that God that diuided the Sea, when his waues roared: the Lord of hostes (is) his Name.
16 And I haue put my wordes in thyMeanyng, of Isaiah, and of all true ministers, who are defēd
〈◊〉
by his
〈◊〉
mouth, and haue defended thee in the shado we of mine hand, that I may plant theThat all things may be restored in heauen, and earth. Ephes. 1. 10. heauens, and laye the fun dacion of the earth, and say vnto Zión, Thou art my people.
17 Awake, awake, and stand vp, ô Ierusalē, whi
che hast drunke at the hand of the Lord theThou hast bene
〈◊〉
punished and
〈◊〉
, as Chap. 40. 2. ād this punishment in the elect is by measure, and accordyng as God giueth grace to beare it: but in the reprobate it is the iust vengeā ce of God to driue them to an in sensiblenes and madnes, as lere. 25. 15. cup of his wrath: thou hast drunken the dregges of the cup of tremblyng, and wrung them out.
18 There is none to guide her among all the sonnes, whom she hath broght forthe there (is) none that taketh her by the hande of all the sonnes that she hathe broght vp.
19 These twoVVhereof the one is outward, as of the thinges that come to the body: as warre and farnine: and the other is inward, and apper
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, the minde: hat is, to be without comfort: therefore he saith, how shalt thou be comforted? thynges are come vnto thee: who wil lament thee? desolation and destruction, and famine, and the sworde: by whom shal I comforte thee?
20 Thy sonnes haue fainted, and lie at the head of al the stretes as a wilde bulle in a net, and are full of the wrath of the Lord, (and) rebuke of thy God.
21 Therefore heare nowe this, thou miserable and drunken, butBut with trouble and feare. not with wine.
22 Thus sayth thy Lorde God, euen God that pleadeth the cause of his people, Beholde, I haue taken out of thine hand the cuppe of trembling, (euen) the dregges of the cuppe of my wrath: thou shalt drinke it no more.
23 But I will put it into their hand that spoile thee: whiche haue said to thy soule, Bowe downe, that we may go ouer, and thou hast laid thy bodie as the groūd, and as the strete to them that went ouer.
CHAP. LII.
1 A consolation to the people of God. 7 Of the messengers thereof.
1 ARise, arise: put on thy strength, ô Zión: put on the garments of thy beautie, ô Ierusalém, the holy citie: for hence forthe there shall noNo wicked tyrant, which shall subuert Gods true religion, ād oppresse the consciences. more come into thee the vncircumcised and the vncleane.
2 Shake thy self from thePut of the garments of sorow and
〈◊〉
, ād put on the apparel of ioye, and gladnes. dust: arise, and sit downe, ô Ierusalém: loose the bandes of thy necke, ô thou captiuitie daughter, Zion.
3 For thus saith the Lorde, Ye were solde forThe Babylonians paied
〈◊〉
to me for you: therefore I will take you againe without
〈◊〉
. naught: therefore shal ye be redemed without money.
4 For thus saith the Lorde God, My people wentVVhen Iaakob went thether in time of
〈◊〉
. downe afore tyme into Egypt to soiourne there, and AsshurThe Egyptians myght
〈◊〉
some
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
op presse my people because they went thether ād remained amōg them, but the As
〈◊〉
haue no title to excuse their tyrānie by: and therfore wil I punis he them more them I did the Egyptians. oppressed them without cause.
5 Now therefore what haue I here, sayth the Lorde, that my people is taken away for naught, and they that rule ouer them, make them to howle, saith the Lord? and my Name all the day continually isTo wit, by the wicked whiche thinke that I haue no power to deliuer them. blasphemed?
6 Therfore my people shal knowe my Name: therefore (they shal knowe) in that day, that I am he that do speake: beholde, it is I.
7 How
〈◊〉
that the
〈◊〉
ād good tidings of their deliurance shuld make their affliction in the mea ne time more ea sy: but this is chie fly ment of the spiritual ioye, as Nah. 1. 15. beautiful vpon the montaines are the fete of him, that declareth (and) publisheth peace? that declareth good tidings, (and) publisheth saluacion, saying vnto Zión, Thy God reigneth?
8The Prophetes whiche are thy watchmen, shal publish this thy deliurance: this was
〈◊〉
vnder zerubbabél, Ezra ād Nehemiah, but was accomplyshed vnder Christ. The voice of thy watchemē (shalbe heard:) they shal lift vp their voyce, and shout together: for they shall se eye to eye, when the Lord shal bring againe Zion.
9 O ye desolate places of Ierusalém, be glad and reioyce together: for the Lorde hathe comforted hys people: he hathe redemed Ierusalém.
10 The Lorde hathe made bare hys holy arme in the sight of all the Gentiles, and all the ends of the earth shalse the saluacion of our God.Rom. 10.
〈◊〉
.
11He warneth the faithfull not to pollute them selues with the superstitions of the Babylonians as Chap. 48. 20. 2, Cor. 6. 7. Departe, departe ye: go out from thence and touche no vncleane thing: go out of the middes of her: be ye cleane, thatFor the time is at
〈◊〉
, that the
〈◊〉
and Leuites chiefly (and so by them all the people which shalbe as
〈◊〉
in this of office) shal cary home the vessels of the Temple, which N
〈◊〉
had taken awaye. beare the vessels of the Lord.
12 For ye shall not go outAs your fathers did out of E
〈◊〉
. with hast, nor departe by fleing away: but the Lord wil go be fore you, and the God of Israél wil gather you together.
13 Beholde, myMeanyng, Christ by
〈◊〉
our spiritual deliurance shulde be
〈◊〉
, whereof this was a figure. seruant shal prosper: he shalbei As ready to smite hysennemies and to deliuer his people. exalted and extolled, and be very hie.
14 As manie were astonied at thee [his visage was soIn the corrupt
〈◊〉
of man Christ in his persone was not estemed. deformed of men, and his forme of the sonnes of men] soHe shall sp ead his worde through manie nations. shall he sprincle manie nations: the Kings shal shut theirIn signe of
〈◊〉
, and as beyng aslonis hed at his excellencie. mouthes at hym: for that whiche had not bene tolde them,
〈◊〉
they se, and that which they had not heard, shal theyBy the preachyng of the Gospel. vnderstand.
CHAP. LIII.
1 Of Christ and his kingdome, whose worde fewe will beleue. 6 All men are sinners. 11 Christ is our righteousnes. 12 And is dead for our sinnes.
1 WHoThe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, that ve rie fewe shal receiue this their preachynge of Christ, & of their deliuerance by him Ioh.
〈◊〉
. 38. will beleue our reporte? and to whome is theMeanyng that none can beleue, but whose heartes God
〈◊〉
with the vertue of his holie spirit arme of the Lorde reueiled?
2 But he shal growe vp before him as a brāche, and as aThe beginning of Christs kingdome shalbe smale, and contē ptible ī the sight of mā but it shal growe wonderfully, and florish before God. roote out of a dryeRead Chap 11.
〈◊〉
grounde: he hathe nether forme nor beautie: when we shall se hym, there shalbe no forme that weRom.
〈◊〉
. 16. shulde desire him.
3 He is despised and reiected of men: he is a man ful of sorows and hathe experience ofVVhich was by gods singular pro uidence for the comforte of sinners. Ebr. 4.
〈◊〉
. infirmities: we hid as it were our faces from him: he was dispised ād we estemed him not.
4 Surely he hathe borne our infirmities, ād cariedThat is, the punis hment due to our sinnes: for the whiche he hath both suffred and made satisfa ction. Mat. 8. 17. 1. pet. 2. 24. our sorowes: yet we did iudge him, asVVe iudge euil, thinking that he was punished for his owne sin nes, and not for
〈◊〉
. plagued, and smitten of God, and humbled.
5 But he was wonded for our transgressions, he was broken for our iniquities: theHe was chastised for our recon ciliation, 1. Cor. 15,
〈◊〉
. chastisement of our peace (was) vpon hym, and with his stripes we are healed.
6 All we like shepe haue gone astraie: we haue turned cuerie one to hys owne way, and the Lorde hathe layed vpon hym theMeaning, the punishemnt of our
〈◊〉
, & not the
〈◊〉
it self. iniquitie of vs all.
7 He was oppressed and he was afflicted, yet did he notBut willingly, & paciently obey ed his fathers appointement, Mat 26, 63. act 8,
〈◊〉
. open his mouth: he is broght as a shepe to the slaughter, and as a shepe before her shearer is dumme, so he openeth not his mouth.
8 He was taken out fromFrom the crosse and graue after that he was con demned. prison, and frome iudgement:Thogh he dyed for
〈◊〉
, yet after his resurrectiō he shal liue for euer, and this his death is to restore life to his mem bers, Rom. 6, 9. and who shall declare hys age? for he was cut out of the land of the liuyng: for the transgression of my people was he plagued.
9God the Father deliuer dhim into the hands of the wicked, and to the powers of the worlde to do with him what hev wolde. And he made his graue with the wicked, & with the riche in his death, thogh he had done no wickednes, nether (was) anie decei te in his mouth.
10 Yet the Lord wolde breake him, and make him subiect to infirmites: whenChrist by off,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
him self shal giue life to his Church, and so cause them to liue with him for euer. he shal make his soule an offring for sinne, he shalse (his) sede (and) shal prolong (his) daies, & the wil of the Lord shal prosper in his hand.
11 He shalse of theThat is, the frut: and effect of his labour, which is the saluacion of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
trauaile of his soule, (and) shalbe satisfied: by his knowledge shal my
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
iustifie by faith through is worde, where as Moses colde not
〈◊〉
by the Lawe. righteous seruant iustifie manie: for he shal beare their iniquities,
12 Therefore wil I giue him a portion with the great, and he shal deuide the spoyle with the strong, because he
〈◊〉
be humbled him self, therefore
〈◊〉
shalbe
〈◊〉
to glorie,
〈◊〉
2, 7. hathe powred out his soule vnto death: and he was counted with the transgressers, and he bare the sinne
〈◊〉
is, in all that beleue in him. of many, and prayed for the trespassers.
CHAP. LIIII.
1 Mo of the Gentiles shal beleue the Gospel then of the Iewes 7 God leaueth his for a time, to
〈◊〉
afterward he sheweth mercie.
1 REioyce, ôAfter that he hathe declared the death of Christ, he speaketh to the Church, because it shulde fele the frute of the same, & calleth her barē because that
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
she was as a widdowe without hope to haue anie children. baren that didest not beare: breake forthe into ioye & reioyce, thou that didest not trauaile with childe: for theThe Church in this her affliction & captiuitie
〈◊〉
bring forth mo children then when she was at
〈◊〉
: or this may he spok n by
〈◊〉
, cō
sidering the great nomber that shul de come of her. Her deliuerance vnder Cyrus was as
〈◊〉
childe he de & therefore this was accōplished when she came to her age, whiche was vnder the Gospel. desolate hathe mo children then the maried wife, saith the Lord.
2Signifying, that for the great
〈◊〉
ber of children, that God shulde gvue her, she shulde seme to lacke roume to lodge them. Enlarge the place of thy
〈◊〉
, and let thē spread out the curtaines of thine habitaciōs spare not, stretch out thy cordes, and make faste thy stakes.
3 For thou shalt increase on the right hand & on the left, and thy sede shal possesse the Gē
tiles and dwell in the desolate cities.
4 Feare not: for thou shalt not be ashamed, ne ther shalt thou be cōfounded: for thou shalt not be put to shame: ye a thou shalt forget the shame of thyThe afflictions whiche thou suf fred at the begin
〈◊〉
. youth, & shalt not remember the reproche of thy
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, Chap 50. 1. wid dowhead aniemore
5 For he thatThat did
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thee by his holy
〈◊〉
. made thec (is) thi
〈◊〉
and [whose Name (is) the Lord of hostes] and thy redemer the holie one of Israél,
〈◊〉
called the God of the wholeHis glorie
〈◊〉
al
〈◊〉
through the whole worlde,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to be shut vp in
〈◊〉
. worlde.
6 For the Lord hathe called thee, being as a woman forsaken, and afflicted in
〈◊〉
, and (as) aAs a wife which wast
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thy you h. yong wife when thou wast refused, saith thy God.
7 For allitle while haue I forsaken thee, but with great compassion wil I gather thee.
8 For a momēt, in (mine) angre, I hid my face from thee for a litle season, but with euer lasting mercie haue I had compassiō on thee, saith the Lord thy redemer.
9 For this is vnto me (as) theAs sure as the promes that I made to
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
shulde no more
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
earth waters of Noáh for as I haue sworne that the waters of Noáh shulde no more go ouer the earth, so haue I sworne that I wolde not be angrie with thee, nor rebuke thee.
10 For the mountaines shal remoue and the
〈◊〉
shal sall downe: but my mercie shal not depart from thee, nether shal the couenant of my peace fall away, saith the Lord, that ha the compassion on thee.
11 O thou afflicted and tossed with tempest, that hast no comfort, beholde, I wil lay thy stones with
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
: te of the Church vnder
〈◊〉
the carbuncle, and lay thy fundacion with saphirs,
12 And I wil make thy windowes of emeraudes, and thy gates shining stones, and all thy borders of pleasant stones.
13 And all thy children (shalbe)By the hearing of
〈◊〉
worde and in ward
〈◊〉
of his
〈◊〉
. taught of the Lord, and muche peace shalbe to thy children.
14 InIn
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
so that it shal
〈◊〉
for euer. righteousnes shalt thou be established, (and) be farre from oppression: for thou shalt not feare it: and from feare, for it shal not come
〈◊〉
thee.
15 Beholde, (the enemie) shal gather him self, but without me: whosoeuer shal gather him"Or,
〈◊〉
, or, pea.
〈◊〉
. self in thee,Meaning, the domestical enemies of the Chu ch as
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. against thee, shall fall.
16 Beholde, I haue created the
〈◊〉
ing hereby that man can do nothing but so
〈◊〉
as God giueth
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
seing that all are his
〈◊〉
, he
〈◊〉
nedes gouerne and guide them. smith that blo weth the colesin the fyre, and him that bringeth for the an instrument for his worke, & I haue created the destroyer to destroye.
17 But all the weapons that are made against the, shal not prosper: and euerie tongue that shal rise against thee in iudgemēt, thou shaltn And therefore shal not preuaile. condemne. This is the heritage of the Lords seruants, and their righteousnes (is) of me, saith the Lord.
CHAP. LV.
1 An exhortation to come to Christ. 8 Gods counsels are not as mans 2
〈◊〉
ioy of the faithful.
1 HO, euerie one thatChrist by proposing his graces and
〈◊〉
to his Church
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
which are
〈◊〉
with their imagined
〈◊〉
, & the Epicures, which areful with their worldelie lusts and so thirst not after these waters. thirsteth, come ye to the waters, and ye that haueSignifying, that Gods
〈◊〉
can
〈◊〉
be boght for
〈◊〉
. no siluer, come, bie and eat: come, I saie, bieBy
〈◊〉
, wine, milke & bread he meaneth all things necessarie to the
〈◊〉
life, as these are necessarie to this corporal life. wine and milke without siluer and without monei.
2 Wherefore do ye laie out siluer (and) not for bread?He reproueth their ingratitude which refuse tho se things that God off. eth wil lingly, and in the meane time spare nether cost
〈◊〉
labour to obteine those, which are nothing profitable. and your labour without being satis fied? hearken diligently vnto me, and eat that which is good, and let your soule delite in You shalbe fed abundantly.
〈◊〉
.
3 Encline your eares, and come vnto me: heare, and your soule shal liue, and I wil make an euerlasting conuenant with you, (euen) theThe same couenant, whiche through my mer cie, I ratified and confirmed to Da uid that it shulde be eternal, 2. Sam 7, 13. act. 13, 34.
〈◊〉
mercies of Dauid.
4 Beholde, I gaue Meaning, Christ, of whom Dauid was a figure. him for a witnes to the peo ple, for a prince & a master vnto the people.
5 Beholde, thou shalt call a nation that thou knowest not,To wit, the Gē tiles, whiche before thou
〈◊〉
not receiue to be thy people. and a nation that knewe not thee, shal rūne vnto thee, because of the Lord thy God, and the holie one of Israél: for he hathe glorified thee.
6 Seke ye the Lord while he maieWhen he offreth him self by the preaching of his worde be founde call ye vpon him while he is nere.
7 Let the wickedHereby he shew eth that repentā ce mustbe ioyned with faith, and how we can not call vpon God aright, except the frutes of ourfaith appeare. forsake his waies, and the vnrighteous his owne imaginations; and returne vnto the Lord, and he wil haue mercie vpon him: and to our God, for he is verie readie to forgiue.
8 For myAlthogh you are not sone reconciled one to another and iudge me by your selues, yet I am most easie to be reconciled, yea I offer my mercies to you. thoghts (are) not your thoghts, nether (are) your wayes my wayes, saith the Lord.
9 For as the heauens are hier thē the earth, so are my wayes hier then your wayes, and my thoghts aboue your thoghts.
10 Surely as the raine cometh downe and the snowe from heauen, and returneth not thether, but watereth the earth and maketh it to bring forthe and budde, that it maye giue sede to the sower, and bread vnto him that eateth,
11 So shal myIf these smale things haue their effect, as daiely
〈◊〉
, muche more shal my promes which I haue made and cōhrmed, bring to passe the thing which I haue spoken for your deliuerance. worde be, that goeth out of my mouth: it shal not returne vnto me voyde, but it shal accomplish that which I wil, & it shal prosper in the thing where to I sent it,
12 Therefore ye shal go out with ioye, and be led forthe with peace: theRead Chap 44, 2, 49, 1. mountaines and the hils shal breake forthe before you into ioye, and all the trees of the field shal clappe (their) hands.
13 For thornes there shal growe firre trees: for nettles shal growe the myrrhe tree, & it shalbe to the LordTo set forth his glorie. for a name (and) for an euerlastingOf Gods deliuerance, and that the wil neuer
〈◊〉
his Church. signe that shal not be taken awaye.
CHAP. LVI.
1 An exhortation to iudgement and iustice, 10 Against Shepherds that deuoure their flocke.
1 THussaith the Lord,God sheweth what erequireth of thē after that he hath deliuered
〈◊〉
wit, the workes of
〈◊〉
whereby
〈◊〉
saith is declared. Kepe iudgemēt & do iustice: for my saluatio is at hand to come & mywhich I wil de clare toward you and powre into your hearts by my Spi it. righteousnes to be reueiled.
2 Blessed (is) the man that doeth this, and the sonne of man which laieth holde on it: he that kepeth theVndet the Sabbath he comprehendeth the who le seruice of God & true religion. Sabbath and polluteth it not, and kepeth his hand from doing anie euil.
3 And let not the sonne of the stranger, whichLet none thinke him self vnmete to receiue the graces of the Lord: for the Lord wil take awaye all impediments, and wil forsake none which? wil kepe his true religion & beleue in him. is ioyned to the Lord, speake and say, The Lord hathe surely separat me from his people: nether let the Eunuch say, Beholde, I am adrye tre.
4 For thus saith the Lord vnto the Eunuches that kepe my Sabbaths, and chuse the thing that pleaseth me, and take holde of my coue nant,
5 Euen vnto them wil I giue in mineMeaning, in his Church. House and within my walles, a place and aThey shalbe cal led after my people and be of the same religion: yea vnder Christ the dignitie of the faithful shalbe greater then the Iewes were at that time. name better then of the sonnes and of the daughters. I wil giue them an euerlasting name, that shal not be put out.
6 Also the strangers that cleaue vnto the Lord to serue him, & to loue the name of the Lord and to be his seruāts: euerie one that kepeth the Sabbath, and polluteth it not and imbraceth my couenant,
7 Then wil I bring also to mine holy mountaine, and make them ioyful in mine House of prayer: their burntHereby he mea neth the spiritual seruice of God, to whome the faith ful offer cōtinual thā kesgiuing, yea thē selues and all that they haue as a liuely and acceptable sacrifice. offrings and their sacrifices (shalbe) accepted vpon mine altar: for mine House shalbe called an house of praier forNot onely for the Iewes but for all others. Matt. 21. 13 all people..
8 The Lord God saith, which gathereth the scatered of Israél, Yet wil I gather to them those that are to be gathered to them.
9 Allye beastes of the field, come to deuoure, (euen) all ye beasts of the forest.
10 TheirHe sheweth that his affliction shall come through the faure of the gouernours, Prophetes and pastors, Whose ignorance, negligence.
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
prouoked Gods wrath against them watchemen are all blinde: they haue no knowledge: thei are all domme doggs thei can not barke: theilie & slepe and delite in sleping.i Meaning, the enemies of the Church, as the Ba bylonians,
〈◊〉
, &c. thus he speaketh to feare the hypocrites & to assure the faith fel, that Whē this cometh, thei may knowe it was tol de them before.
11 And these gredie doggs can neuer haue ynough: and these shepherds can not vnderstand: (for) they all loke to their owne way,
〈◊〉
one for his aduantage, (and) for his owne purpose.
12 Come, I wil bring wine, and we wil fil our selues with strong drinke, and toWe are wel yet and
〈◊〉
shalbe better: therefore let vs not feare the plagues before they come: thus the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the admonitions and exhottations which were made them in the Name of God. morowe shalbe as this daie, (and) muche more abundant.
CHAP. LVII.
1 God taketh awaie the good, that he shulde not se the horrible plagues to come 3 of the wicked idolaters. 9 And their vaine confidence.
1 THe righteous perisheth, and no man cō
sidereth it in heart: and merciful men are taken awaie, and no man vnderstandeth that the righteous is taken awaieFrom the plague that is
〈◊〉
hād and also because God wil punish the wicked. from the euil (to come).
2 The soule of the
〈◊〉
shal be in ioye & their bodie shal rest in the graue vn o the time of the resurrection, because thei walked before the Lord. Peace shal come. thei shal rest in their beddes (euerie one) that walketh before him.
3 But youHe threatneth the Wicked hypo crites, who vnder the precence of the name of Gods people decided Gods worde and his promises: boa sting 'openly that thei were the chil dren of Abraham but because they were not faithful and obedient as Abraham was he calleth thē baslards, and the children of forceters, which forso ke God and fled to wicked meanes for succour. witches children, come hither, the sede of the adulterer and of the whore.
4 On whome haue ye iested? vpon whome ha ue ye gaped and thrust out your tongue? are not ye rebellious children (and) a false sede?
5 Inflamed with idoles vnder euerie grene tree? and sacrificing theRead Leui. 18. 21 2 children in the valleis vnder the toppes of the rockes?
6 Thy porcion (is) in the smooth stonesMeaning, euerie place was pol luted with their idolatrie: or euerie faire stone that they founde thei made an ido le of it. of the riuer: thei, thei are thy lotte: euen to thē hast thou powred a drinke offring: thou hast offred a sacrifice. Shulde I delite inIn the sacrifices which you, offeig before these idoles, thoght you did serue God. these?
7 Thou hast made thyTo wit, thine
〈◊〉
, in open pla ce like an impudent harlot that carethnot for the sight of her housband. bed vpon a verie hie mountaines: thou wentest vp thether, euen thether went est thou to offre sacrifice.
8 Behinde theIn stead of setting vp the worde of God in the opē places on the postes and dores to haue it in remem branc; eut. 6. 9. & 27. 1. thou hast set vp signes and markes of thine idolatrie in euerie place. dores also and postes hast thou set vp thy remembrance: for thou hast discouered thy self (to another) then me, and wentest vp (and) didestThat is, didest increase tnineido latrie more and more. enlarge thy bed, & make a couenant betwene thee and them, and louedst their bed in (euerie) place where thou sawest it.
9 Thou wentestThou didest seke the fauour of the
〈◊〉
by giftes and preséts to helpe thee against the Egyptiās and when thei failed, thousough test to the Babyloniās and more and more didest to ment thy self. to the Kings with oyle, and didest increase thine oyntmentes (and) send2. Kin 123, 10. thy messengers farre of, and didest humble thy selfe vnto hel.
10 Thou we ariedst thy selfe in thy manifold iourneis, (yet) saidest thou not,Althogh that fallest all thv labours to bein vai ne, yet woldest thou neuer acknowledge thy fautes & leaue of. There is no
hope: thouHe
〈◊〉
their vnprofirable
〈◊〉
which thoght to haue made all sure, and yet were deceiued hast founde life by thine hand, therefore thou wast not grieued.
11 And whome didest thou reuerence or feare, seing thou hastBroken promes with me. lied vnto me, and hast not remembred me, nether set thy minde thereon? is it not (because) I holde my peace, and that of longMeaning, that the wicked abuse Gods leuitie and growe to farther wichednes. time? therefore thou fearest not me.
12 I wil declare thyThat is, thy naughtines, Idolatries and impiecies: which the wicked call Gods
〈◊〉
he derideth their obslinacie. righteousnes and thy wor kes, and thei shal not profite thee.
13 When thou cryest, let them that thou hast gathered together deliuer thee: but the winde shalMeaning, the
〈◊〉
and other, whose helpe thei loked for. take them all away: vanitie shal pul them a waie: but he that trusteth in me, shal inherit the land, and shal possesse mine holie Mountaine.
14 God shal say to Darius and Cyrus And he shal saie, Cast vp, cast vp: prepare the waie: take vp the stombling blockes out of the waie of my people.
15 For thus saith he, that is hie and excellēt, he that inhabiteth the eternitie, whose Name is the Holie one, I dwell in the hie and holie place: with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit to reuiue the spirit of the hum ble, and to giue life to them that are of a con trite heart.
16 For I wil not contende: for euer, nether wil I be alwaies wrath,I wil not vse my power against
〈◊〉
man whose life is but a blast for the spirit shulde faile before me: and I haue made the breathe.
17 For his wickedThat is, for the vices and faures of the people, which is ment hereby couetousnes. couetousnes I am angrie with him, and haue smiten him: I hid me and was angrie, yet he went awaie, and turned after the waie of his owne heart.
18 I haue sene his waies, and wilThogh thei were ob stinat, yet I did not with draw my mercie from them heale him: I wil leade him also, and restore comfort vnto him, and to those that lament him.
19 I creat theThat is, I frame the speac e and wordes of my messengers which shal bring peace. frute of the lippes (to be) peace peace vnto them that areAs wel to him that is in
〈◊〉
as to him that remaineth at home. farre of, and to them that are nere, saith the Lord: for I wil heale him.
20 But the wicked (are) like the raging seathat canTheir euil conscience doeth euer torment them, and therefore they can neuer haue rest, read Chap 48. 22. not rest, whose waters cast vp myre and dirt.
21 There is no peace, saith my God, to the wicked.
CHAP. LVIII.
1 The office of Gods ministers. 2 The workes of the hypocrites. 6 The fast of the faithful. 13 Of the true Sabbath.
1 CRye aThe Lord thue speaketh to the Prophet, willing him to vse all diligence and seueretie to rebuke the hypocrites. loud, spare not: lift vp thy voyce like a trumpet, and shewe my people their transgression, and to the house of Iaakób, their sinnes.
2 Yet theiThey wil seme to worship me and haue
〈◊〉
holines. seke me daily, and wilknowe my waies, euen as a nacion that did righteously, and had not forsaken the statutes of their God thei aske of me the ordināces of iustice they wil drawe nere vnto God, (saying,)
3 He seeteth forthe the
〈◊〉
& disdaine of the
〈◊〉
which grudge against God, if their wor kes be not accepted. Wherefore haue we fasted, and thou feest it not? we haue punished our selues, and thou regardest it not. Beholde, in the day of your fast you wil sekeThus he conninceth the hypo ctites by the secō
de table and by their duetie tow ward their neigh bour that ther ha ue nether faith nor
〈◊〉
. (your) wil, and require all your dettes.
4 Beholde, ye fast to strife and debate, and to smite with the fist of wickednes: ye shal not fast as (ye do) to day, to make your voce beSo long as you vse contencion and oppression, your fasting and praier shal not be heard. heard aboue.
5 Is it suche a fast, that I haue chosen that a man shulde afflict his soule for a day, and to bowe downe his head, as a bulle rush, and to lie downe in sacke cloth and ashes? wilt thou call this a fasting, or an acceptable day to the Lord?
6 Is not this the fasting, that I haue chosen, to loose the bands of wickednes, to take of the heauy burdens, and to let the oppressed go fre, and that ye breake eueryThat you leaue of all your
〈◊〉
sions. yoke?
7 Is it not to deale thy bread to the hungry, and that thou bring the poore that wander, vnto thine house? when thou seest the naked that thou couer him, and hide not thy self frō
For in him thou seest thy self as in a glasse. thine owne flesh?
8 Then shal thyThat is, the pro sperous estate, where with God wil blesse thee. light breake forthe as the morning, and thine health shal growe spedely: thyThe testimonie of thy goodnes shal appeare before God & man. righteousnes shalgo before thee, (&) the glorie of the Lord shal embrace thee.
9 Then shalt thou call, and the Lord shal answer: thou shalt crye and he shal say, Here I am: if thou take away frō the middes of thee the yoke, the putting forthe of theWhereby is ment all maner of iniurie. finger, and wicked speaking:
10 If thouThat is haue compassion ou their miseries. powre out thy soule to the hungry, and refresh the troubled soule: then shal thy light spring out in theThine aduersi rie shalbe turned into prosperitie. darkenes, and thy darkenes (shalbe) as the none day.
11 And the Lord shal guide thee continually, and satisfie thy soule in drought and make fat thy bones: &
〈◊〉
shalt be like a watred garden, and like a
〈◊〉
of water, whose waters faile not.
12 And they shalbe of thee, that shal buylde the oldeSignifying that of the Iewes shulde come suche, as shuld buvl de againe the rui nes of Ierusalem and Iudea but chiefly this is ment of the spiritual Ierusalem: whose buylders were the Apostles. waste places: thou shalt raise vp the fundacions for manie generacions, and thou shalt be called the repairer of the breache (&) the restorer of the paths to dwelin.
13 If thouIf thou refiaine thy self from thy wicked workes. turne away thy fote from the Sabbath, from doing thy wil on mine holy day, & call the Sabbath a delite, to consecrat it, (as) glorious to the Lord, & shalt honour him not doing thine owne waies, nor seking, thine owne wil, nor speaking a vaine worde,
14 Then shalt thou delite in the Lord, and I wil cause thee to mounte vpon the hie places of the earth, and fede thee with the heritage of Iaakob the father: for the mouth of the Lord hathe spoken it.
CHAP. LIX.
1 The wicked perish through their owne iniquities. 12 The confession of sinnes. 16 God alone wil preserue his Church, thogh all men faile.
1 BEholde, * the Lords hand is not shortened,Nomb. 11. 23. that it can not saue: nether is his eareChap. 50. 20
heauy, that it can not heare.
2 But * your iniquities haue separated betweIere. 5. 25. ne you & your God, & your sinnes haue hid (his) face from you, that he wil not heare.
3 For your hands are defiled withRead Chap. 1. 15 blood, and your fingers with iniquitie: your lippes haue spoken lies (and) your tongue hathe murmu red iniquitie.
4 No man calleth for iustice: no manAll men winke at the
〈◊〉
& oppressions, and none go about to remedie them. contendeth for trueth: they trust in vanitie, and spea ke vaine things: thei conceiue mischief, andAccording to their wicked deuises, they hurt their neighbours. bring forthe iniquitie.
5 They hatche cockatriceWhatsoeuer cometh from thē, is poyson and bringeth death. egges, and weaue the spidersThei are profitable to no purpose. webbe: he that eateth of their egger, dyeth, and that which is trod vpon, breaketh out into a serpent.
6 Their webbes shalbe no garmēt, nether shal they couer them selues with their labours: (for) their workes (are) workes of iniquitie, & the worke of crueltie (is) in their hands.
7 Their fete runne to euil, and they make haste to shed innocent blood: their thoghts are wicked thoghts: desolation an destruction (is) in their paths.
8 The way of peace they knowe not, & there (is) none equitie in their goings: thei haue made them croked paths: whosoeuer goeth therein, shal not knowe peace.
9 Therefore isThat is, Gods vengeance to punish our enemies. iudgement farre from vs, nether doethGods
〈◊〉
to defend vs. iustice come nere vnto vs: we waite for light, but lo, it (is) darkenes, for brightnes: (but) we walke in darkenes.
10 We grope for the wall like theWe are altoge ther destitute of counsel and can finde no end of our miseries. blinde, and we grope as one without eyes: we stomble at the none day as in the twilight: (we are) in so litarie places, as dead men.
11 We roare all likeWe expresse our sorowes by outwarde signes some more some lesse beares, and mourne like doues: we loke for equitie, but there (is) none for health, (but) it is farre from vs.
12 For our trespaces are manie before thee, & ourThis confeisiō is general to the Church to obteine remission of sinnes, and the Prophetes did not exempt them selues from the same. sinnes testifie against vs: for our trespaces (are) with vs, & we knowe our iniquities.
13 In trespacing and lying against the Lord, and we haue departed away from our God, (&) haue spoken of crucltie and rebellion, conceiving and vttering out of the heart falseTo wit, against ourneighbours. matters.
14 ThereforeThere is nether iustice nor vp rightnes among men. iudgement is turned backeward, and iustice standeth fatre of: for trueth is fallen in the strete, and equitie can not enter.
15 Yea, trueth faileth, and he that refreineth from euil, maketh him selfThe wicked wil destroye him a pray: and when the Lord sawe it, it displeased him, that there (was) no iudgement.
16 And when he saw that there (was) no man, he wondred that none wolde offer him selfMeaning, to do iustice and to remediethe
〈◊〉
that were so far out of order. Therefore his arme didThat is, his Churche or his ar me did helpe it self, and did not seke aide of any other. saue it, ād his righ teousnes it self did susteine it.
17 For he put on righteousnes, as an habergeon, and anSignifying that God hathe all meanes at hand to deliuer his Church, and to punish their ene
〈◊〉
. helmet of saluation vpon his head, and he put on the garments of vegeance for clothing, and was clad with zeale as a cloke.
18 As (to make) recompence, as to require the furie of the aduersaries (with) a recompence to his enemies: he wil fully
〈◊〉
theTo wit, your enemies, which dwel in diuers places, and beyon de the sea. ylands.
19 So shal they feare the Name of the Lord frō the West, and his glorie from the rising of the sunne: for the enemie shalHe sheweth that there shalbe great affliction in the Church, but God wil
〈◊〉
deliuer his. come like a flood (but) the Spirit of the Lord shal chase him away.
20 And the Redemer shal come vnto Zión, and vntoWhereby he de clareth that the true deliuerance from and Satan belongeth to none, but to the chil dren of God, whome he
〈◊〉
. them that turne from iniquitie in Iaakób, saith the Lord.
21 And I wil (make) this my couenant with thē saith the Lord, My Spirit that is vpon thee, & my wordes, which I haue put in thy mouthBecause the do ctrine is made profitable by the vertue of the Spirit, he
〈◊〉
the one with the other, & promiseth to giue them bothe to his Church
〈◊〉
euer. shal not departe out of thy mouth, nor out of the mouth of thy sede, nor out of the mouth of the sede of thy sede, saith the Lord from hence forthe euen for euer.
CHAP. LX.
3 The Gentiles shal come to the knowledge of the Gospel. 8 Thei shal come to the Church in abundance. 16 They shal haue abundance, thogh they suffer for a time.
1 ARise, (ō Ierusalém:) be bright, for thyThe time
〈◊〉
thy prosperitie and
〈◊〉
where as speaking of Babylon he commanded her to godowne. Chap. 47. 1. light is come, and the glorie of the Lord is risen vpon thee.
2 For beholde, darkenes shal couer theSignifying, that all men are in darkenes til God giue thē the light of his Spirit, & that this light shineth to none but to those that are in his
〈◊〉
. earth and grosse darkenes the people: but the Lord shal arise vpon thee, and his glorie shalbe sene vpon thee.
3 And the Gentiles shal walke inMeaning, that Iudea shulde be as the morning
〈◊〉
and that the
〈◊〉
shulde receiue light of her. thy light, and Kings at the brightnes of thy rising vp.
4 Lift vp thine eyes rounde about, and behol de: alAn infinite nomber from all contreis, as Chap. 49. 17. these are gathered, (and) come to thee thy sonnes shal come frō farre, & thy daugh ters shal be nourished at (thy) side.
5 Then thou shalt se and shine: thine heart shalbe astoniedFor ioye, as the heart is drawen in
〈◊〉
sorowe. and enlarged, because the multitude of the sea shalbe conuerted vnto thee, and the riches of the Gentiles shal come vnto thee.
6 TheMeaning, that euery
〈◊〉
shal ho nour the Lord with that, where with he is
〈◊〉
signifying that it is no true seruing of God, except we offer our selues to serue his glorie, and all that we houe. multitude of camels shal couer thee: and the dromedaries of Midián & of Epháh all they of Shebá shal come: they shal bring golde and incense, and shewe forthe the praises of the Lord.
7 All the shepeThat is, the Arabians, that haue
〈◊〉
abundan ce of cattel. of Kedár shalbe gathered vnto thee: the rams of Nebaióth shal serue thee thei shal come vp to be accepted vpon mineBecause the altar was a figure of Christ, Ebr. 13. to: he sheweth that nothīg can be acceptable to him which is not offred to him by this altar
〈◊〉
was bothe the offring and the altar itself. altar: and I wil beautifie the house of my glorie.
8 Who are theseShewing what great nōber shal come to the Church and with what great diligence and zeale. that flee like a cloude, and as the doues to their windowes?
9 Surely they les shal waite for me, and the shippesThe Gentiles that are now ene mies, shal become friends &
〈◊〉
forthe of the Church. of
〈◊〉
as at the beginning that thei may bring thy sonnes from farre, (and) their siluer, & their golde with thē, vnto the Name of the Lord thy God, & to the holy one of Israél, because he hathe glorified thee.
10 And the sonnes of strangers shal buylde vp thy walles, and their Shewing what great nōber shal come to the Church and with what great diligence and zeale. Kings shal minister vnto thee: for in my wrath I smote thee, but in my mercie I had compassion on thee.
11 Therefore thy gates shal be open continual ly: nether day nor night shal they be shut that men may bring vnto thee the riches of
the Gentiles, and that their Kings may be broght.
12 For the nacion and theHe sheweth that God hath gi uen all power & autoritie
〈◊〉
in earth for the vse of his Church: and that they which wil not serue and profit the same, shalbe destroyed. kingdome, that wil not serue thee, shal perish: and those nacions shalbe vtterly destroyed.
13 TheThere is nothīg so
〈◊〉
which shal not serue the necessitie of the Church. glorie of Lebanōn shal come vnto thee the fyrre tre, the elme and the boxe tre toge ther, to beautifie the place of my Sanctuarie for I wil glorifie the place of mySignifying, that Gods maiestie is not included in the
〈◊〉
, whiche is but the place for his fete, that we may learne to rise vp to the heauens. fete.
14 The sonnes also of them that afflicted theeI Meaning, Cyrus and his successors but chiefly this is accomplished in them, that serue Christ being conuerted by his Gospel. shal come and bowe vnto thee: and all they that disposed thee, shal fallTo worship their head Christ by obeying his doctrine. downe at the soles of thy fete: and they shal call thee, The citie of the Lord, Zión of the holy one of Israēl.
15 Where as thou hast bene forsaken & hated: so that no man wēt (by thee,) I wil make thee an eternal glorie, and aioye from generaciō to generacion.
16 Thou shalt also sucke the milke of the Gen tiles, and shalt sucke theBothe hie and lowe shalbe readie to helpe and succour thee. breasts of Kings: and thou shalt knowe, that I the Lord am thy Sauiour, and thy Redemer, the mightie one of Iaakób.
17 For brasse wil I bring golde, & for yron wil I bring siluer, and for wood brasse, & for stones yron. I wil also make thy gouernementThy gouernours shal loue thee & seke thy wealth and prosperitie. peace, and thine exactours righteousnes.
18 Violence shal no more be heard of in thy lād nether desolation, nor destruction with in thy borders: but thou shalt callMeaning, not a temporal felicitie but a spiritual, which is fulfilled in Christs kingdome. saluacion, thy walles, and praise, thy gates.
19 Thou shalt haue no more sunne to shine by day, nether shal the brightnes of theSignifying that all wordelie mea ness al cease, and that Christ shalbe all in all, as Reuel 21, 22, and
〈◊〉
5. moone shine vnto thee: for the Lord shalbe thine euerlasting light, and thy God, thy glorie.
20 Thy sunne shal neuer go downe, nether shal thy moone be hid: for the Lord shal be thine euerlasting light, and the dayes of thy sorow shalbe ended.
21 Thy people also shalbe all righteous: they shal possesse the land for euer, theThe children of the Church. graffe of my planting shalbe the worke of mine hāds that I may be glorified.
22 A litle one shal become as aMeaning, that the Churche shulde he miraculously multiplied. thousand and a smale one as a strong nation: I the Lord wil hasten it in due time.
CHAP. LXI.
1 He prophecyeth that Christ shalbe anointed and sent to preache, 10 The ioye of the faithful,.
1 THe * Spirit of the Lord God (is)This apparreineth to all the Prophetes and ministers of God but chiefly to Christ, of whose abundant graces euerie one receiueth according as it pleaseth him to distrubute. vponLuk. 4,
〈◊〉
. me, therefore hathe the Lord anointed me: he hath sent me to preache good tidings vnto the poore, to binde vp theTo them that are liuely touched with the fee
〈◊〉
of their sinnes. broken hearted, to preache libertie to theWhich are in the bondage of sinne. captiues and to them that are bounde, the opening of the prison.
2 To preache theThe time
〈◊〉
it pleased God to shewe his good fauour to man, which S. Paul calleth theiulnes of time, Gal 4. 4. acceptable yere of the Lord, and the daye ofFor when God
〈◊〉
his Church he pra nisheth his enemies. vengeāce of our God to comfort all that mourne.
3 To appoint vnto then that mourne in Zion, (and) to giue vnto thē beautie for which was the signe
〈◊〉
mourning. ashes, the oyle of ioye for mourning, the garment of gladnes for the spirit of heauines, that thei might be calledTrees that bring for the good frutes, as Mat. 3. 8. trees of righteousnes, the planting of the Lord, that he might be glorisied.
4 And thei shal buylde the olde waste places, (and) raise vp the former desolatiōs, and thei shal repaire the cities that were desolate and waste through manieThat is, for a long time generations.
5 And the strangers shalThei shalbe rea die to serue you in all your
〈◊〉
. stande and fede your shepe, and the sonnes of the strangers shalbe your plowe men and dressers of your vines.
6 But ye shalbe namedThis is accomplished in the time of Christ, by whome all the faithful are made Priests and Kings 2 Pet. 2. 9. the Priests of the Lord and men shal saie vnto you, The ministers of our God, Ye shal eat theRead Chap. 60. 16. & chap. 60. 11. riches of the Genti les, and shalbe exalted with their glorie.
7 For your shame (you shal receiue)Abundant re compence, as this worde is vsed. Chap. 40 2. double and for confusionThat is, the Iewes. they shal reioyce inTo wit, of the Gentiles. their porcion: for in their land they shal possesse theWhere as the Gentiles had dominion ouer the Iewes in times past, now they shal haue double autoritie ouer them and possesse twise so muche. double: euerlasting ioye shalbe vnto them.
8 For I the Lord loue iudgement (and) hateI wil not receiue their
〈◊〉
, which are extorsioners, deceiuers,
〈◊〉
, or that depriue me of my glorie. robberie for burnt offring, and I wil direct their worke in trueth, and wil make an euerlasting couenant with them.
9 AndThat is, of the Churche. their sede shal be knowen among the Gētiles, and their buddes among the people. All that se thē, shal knowe thē, that thei areReuel. 1. 6. & 9 10. the sede which the Lord hathe blessed.
10He sheweth what shalbe the affection, when they fele this their deliuerance. I wil greatly reioyce in the Lord, (and) my soule shalbe ioyful in my God: for he hathe clothed me with the garments of saluacion, and couered me with the robe of righteousnes: he hathe decked me like a bridegrome, and as a bride tireth herself with heriewels.
11 For as the earth bringeth forthe her budde & as the garden causeth to growe that which is sowen in it: so the Lord God wil cause righ teousnes to growe and praise before all the heathen.
CHAP. LXII.
1 The great desire that the Prophetes haue had for Christs comming. 6 The diligence of the Pastors to preache.
1 FOr Zions sake I wil notThe Prophet saith that he wil neuer cease to de clare vnto the people the good tydings of their deliuerance. holde my tongue and for Ierusalems sake I wil not rest, vntil the righteousnes thereof breake forthe as theTil they haue ful
〈◊〉
and this the Prophet speaketh to incourage all other ministers to the setting forth of Gods
〈◊〉
toward his Church. light, and saluacion thereof a burning lampe.
2 And the Gentiles shal se thy righteousnes, and all Kings thy glorie: and thou shalt be called byThou shalt haue a more excellent
〈◊〉
then thou
〈◊〉
had hetherto. a newe name, which the mouth of the Lord shal Name.
3 Thou shalt also be aHe shal esteme thee as dere and precious
〈◊〉
a Kīg doeth his crowne crowne of glorie in the hand of the Lord, and a royal diademe in the hand of thy God.
4 It shal no more he said vnto thee,Thou shall no more be
〈◊〉
as a woman forsaken of her housband. Forsaken nether shal it be said any more to thy lād, De solate, but thou shalt be calledOr, my delite in her. Hephzi-báh & thy landOr, maried. Beuláh: for the Lord deliteth in
thee, and thy land shal haue anThat it may be
〈◊〉
with children. housband.
5 For (as) a yong man marieth a virgine, (so) shal thy sonnesFor asmuche as they confesse one faith & religion with thee, they are in the same bond of mariage with thee: and thei are called the childrē of the Church, in asmuch as Christ maketh her plentiful to bring forthe chil dren vnto him. mary thee: and (as) a bridegrome is glad of the bride, (so) shal thy God reioyce ouer thee.
6 I haue setProphets, pastors, & ministers watche men vpon thy walles, ô Ierusalém, which all the daie and all the night continually shal not cease:He exhorteth the ministers neuer to cease to call vpon God by praier for the deliuerance of his Church and to teache others to do the same. ye that are minde
〈◊〉
of the Lord, kepe not silence,
7 And giue him no rest, til he repaire and vntil he set vp Ierusalē theFor the restauratiō whereof all the worlde shal praise him. praise of the worlde.
8 The Lord hathe sworne by his right hand and by his strong arme, Surely I wil no more giue thy corne to be meat for thine enemies and surely the sonnes of the strāgers shal not drinke thy wine, for the which thou hast la bored.
9 But they that haue gathered it, shal eat it, and praise the Lord, & the gatherers thereof shal drinke it in the courts of my Sanctuarie.
10 Signifying the great
〈◊〉
that shulde come to the Church, & what meanes he wold prepare for the restitution of the same, as Chap. 57, 14. Go through, go through the gates: prepare you the waye for the people: cast vp, cast vp the waye, and gather out the stones (and) set vp a standart for the people.
11 Beholde, the Lord hathe proclaimed vnto the ends of the worlde:Ye Prophets and ministers shew the people of this their deliuerance: which was chiefly ment of our saluacion by Christ.
〈◊〉
9, 9 mat. 21, 5. tel the daughter Ziōn, Beholde, thy Sauiour cōmeth: beholde his wagesHe shal haue all power to bring his purpose to passe, as Chap 40, 10. (is) with him,
〈◊〉
his worke (is) before him.
12 And they shal call thē, The holie people, the redemed of the Lord, and thou shalt be named, AThat is, one ouer whome God hathe had a singular care to recouer her when she was
〈◊〉
. citie soght out (and) not forsaken.
CHAP. LXIII.
1 God shal destroy his enemies for his Churches sake. 7 Gods benefites towards his Church.
1 WHo is this that commethThis prophetie is against the
〈◊〉
means, and enemies which persecuted the Churche, on who me God wil take vengeance, and is here set forthe all bloody after that he hathe destroyed them in
〈◊〉
, the chief citie of the Idumeans: for these were their greatest enemies and vnder the title of circumcision, and the kinred of Abrahám cleimed to them selues the chief re ligion, and hated the true worship pers, Psal. 137, 7. from Edōm with red garments from Bozráh? he is glorious in his apparel and walketh in his great strength:God answereth them that asked this questiō, who is this? &c. and saith, Ye se now performed in dede the vengeance, which my Pro phetes
〈◊〉
I speake in righteousnes, (&) am mightie to saue.
2 Another questiō, to thewhich the Lord answereth. Wherefore is thine apparel red, and thy garments like him that treadeth in the wine presse?
3 I haue troden the wine presse alone, and of all people there (was) none with me: for I wil tread them in mine angre, and tread them vn der fote in my wrath, and their blood shalbe sprincled vpon my garmentes, and I wil staine all my raiment.
4 For the daye of vengeance (is) in mine heart and theShewing, that when God punisheth his enemies it is for the profi te and deliueran ce of his Church. yere of my redemedis come.
5 And I loked, and there was none to helpe, & I wondered that there was none to vpholde: therefore mine owneGod sheweth that he hathe no nede of mans hel pe for the deliuerance of his, and thogh men refuse to do their duetie through negligē ce, and
〈◊〉
, yet he him self wil deliuer his Church, and punish the enemies, read chap.
〈◊〉
16. arme helped me, and my wrath it self susteined me.
6 Therefore I wil treade downe the people in my wrath, and make them drunken,I wil so
〈◊〉
them, and make thēso giddy, that they shal not knowe, which way to go. in mine indignation, and wil bring downe their strength to the earth.
7 I wilThe Prophet speaketh this to moue the people to remember Godsbenefites in times past, that they may be confirmed in their troubles. remembre the mercies of the Lord (and) the praises of the Lord according vnto all that the Lord hathe giuen vs, and for the great goodnes towarde the house of Israél, which he hathe giuen them according to his tendre loue, and according to his great mercies.
8 For he said, Surely thei are myFor I did chuse them to be mine, that they shulde be holy, and not deceiue mine expectatiō. people, children that wil not lie: so he was their sauiour.
9 In all their troubles he wasHe bare their af flictions & griefs as thogh they had bene his owne. troubled, and the AngelWhich was a witnes of Gods presence:
〈◊〉
this may be referred to Christ to who me belongeth the office of saluatiō. of his presence saued them: in his loue and in his mercie he redemed them, and he bare them and caried them all waies continually.
10 But theirebelled and vexed his holie Spirit: therefore was he turned to be their enemie (and) he foght against them.
11 Then heThat is, the peo ple of Israélbeing
〈◊〉
: called to
〈◊〉
Gods benefites, which he had bestowed vpō their fathers in
〈◊〉
past. remembred the olde time of Mosés and his people, saying, Where is he that broght them vp out of the Sea with theMeaning, Mo sés. shepherd of his shepe? where is he that put his holie Spirit withinThat is in Mosés that he might wel gouerne the people: some referre this giuing of the Spirit to the people. him?
12 He led (them) by the right hand of Mosés with his owne glorious arme, deuiding the water before them, to make him self an euer lasting Name.
13 He led thē trough the depe, as anPeaceably and gently, as an horse is led to his pasture. horse in the wildernes, that thei shulde not stomble,
14 As the beast goeth downe into the valley, the Spirit of the Lord gaue them rest: so didest thou lead thy people, to make thy self a glorious Name.
15 Hauing declared Gods
〈◊〉
shewed to their
〈◊〉
, he turneth him self to God by prayer, desiring him to continue the same graces toward them. Loke downe frō heauen, & beholde from the dwelling place of thine holines, & of thy glorie. Where is thyThy great affection which thou barest towards vs. zeale and thy strength the multitude of thy mercies, and of thy compassions? they are restrained fromMeaning frō the whole bodie of the Church. me.
16 Doutles thou art our Father: thoghThogh Abrahā wolde refuse vs to be his children yet thou
〈◊〉
refuse to be out father Abraham be ignorant of vs, and Israél knowe vs not, (yet) thou, ô Lord, art our Father, (and) our redemer: thy Name (is) for euer.
17 O Lord, why hastBy taking away thy holie Spirit from vs, by whome we we: egouerned, and so for
〈◊〉
ingra titude didest deliuer vs vp to our owne concupiscence, and didest punish sinne by sinne according to thy iuste iudgement. thou made vs to erre frō thy wayes? (and) hardened out heart frō thy feare? Returne for thyMeaning, for the couenants sake made to Abráhám, Izhák and Iaakob his seruants. seruants sake, (and) for the tribes of thine inheritance.
18 The people of thine holines haue possessed it, but a litleThat is, in respect of the promes, which is perpetual: albeit thei had now possessed the land of Canáan, a thousand, and foure hundreth yere: and
〈◊〉
they lament, to moue God rather to remember his couenant then to punish their sinnes. while: for our aduersaries haue troden downe thy Sanctuarie.
19 We haue bene (as they,) ouer whome thou neuer barest rule, and vpon whome thy Name was not called.
CHAP. LXIIII.
1 The Prophet prayeth for the sinnes of the people. 6 Mās righteousnes is like a filthy cloth.
OH, that thou woldestThe Prophet cō
tinueth his praier,
〈◊〉
God to declare his Ioue toward his Churche by
〈◊〉
, & mightie power as he did in mount Sinai. breake the heauens, (and) come downe, (&) that the mountaines might melt at thy presence!
2 As the melting fire burned, (as) the fire causedMeaning, the raine, haile, fyre, thunder, & lightenings. the waters to boile, [that thou mightest declare thy Name to thy aduersaries] the people did tremble at thy presence.
3 When thou didest terrible things, whiche we looked not for, thou camest downe, (&) the mountaines melted at thy presence.
4 For since the beginning of the world they haue notS. Paul vseth the same kinde of admiration,
〈◊〉
. Cor. 2. 9. marueling at Gods great benefite shewed to his Churche by the preaching of the Gospel. heard nor vnderstand with the eare, nether hathe the eye sene (another) God beside thee, whiche doeth (so) to hym that waiteth for him.
5 Thou didest mete him,Thou shewedst fauour towarde our fathers, when they trusted in thee, and walked after thy commā
dements. that reioyced (in thee,) and did iustely: theiremembred thee in thyThei considered thy great mercies wayes: behold, thou art angrie, for we haue sinned: (yet) inThat is, in thy mercies, which he calleth the waies of the Lord. them (is) cōtinuā
ce, and weThou wilt haue pitie vpon vs. shal be saued.
6 But we haue all bene as an vncleane thing and all ourVVe are iustely punished & broght into
〈◊〉
, be cause we haue pro uoked thee to angre, & thogh we wolde excuse our selues, yet our righ teousnes, and best vertues are, before thee as
〈◊〉
cloutes, or, (as some read) like the mē
struous clothes of a woman. righteousnes (is) as filthy cloutes, and we all do fade like a leafe, and our iniquities like the wind haue takē vs away
7 And there (is) none that calleth vpon thy Name, nether that stirreth vp him selfe to take holde of thee: for thou haste hid thy face from vs, and hast cōsumed vs because of ouriniquities.
8 But now, ô Lord, thou arte our Father: we are theAlbeit, o Lord, by thy iuste iudgement thou maiest vtterly destroy vs, as the potter may his pot, yet we appeale to thy mercies, whereby
〈◊〉
hathe pleased thee to adopters to be thy children, claye, and thou art our potter, and we all are the worke of thine hands.
9 Be not angrie, ô Lord,For so the flesh iudgeth when God doeth not
〈◊〉
, send succor. aboue measure, nether remēberiniquitie for euer,
〈◊〉
, we beseche thee beholde, we are all thy people.
10 VVhich w ere dedicat to thy seruice and to call vpon thy Name. Thine holie cities lye waste: Ziōn is a wildernes, (and) Ierusalém a desert.
11 The House of our Sanctuarie & of our glorie,VVherein we reioyced and worshiped thee. where our fathers praised thee, is burnt vp with fyre, and all our pleasant things are wasted.
12 Wilt thou holde thy self stilThat is, at the contempt of thine owne glorie? thogh our sinnes haue deserued this, yet thou wilt not suffer thy glorie thus to be diminis hed. at these thinges, ô Lord? wilt thou holde thy peace and afflict vs aboue measure?
CHAP. LXV.
1 The vocation of the Gentiles and the reiection of the Iewes. 13 The ioy of the elect and the punishmēt of the wicked.
1 I Haue bene soght of them thatMeaning, the Gē
〈◊〉
which knew not God, shulde seke after him when he had moued their heartes with his holy Spirit, Rom. 10. 10, asked not: I was founde of them that soght me not I said, Beholde me, Beholde me, vnto a nation that called not vppon my Name.
2 I haueHe sheweth the cause of the reiectiō of the Iewes, because theiwold not obey him for anye admonition of his
〈◊〉
by whome he
〈◊〉
thē continually and stretched out his hande to drawe them. spred out mine hands all the day vnto a rebellious people, which walked in away that was not good, (euen) after their owneHe sneweth that to delite in our o wne fantasies is the declining
〈◊〉
God & the beginning of all superstition and
〈◊〉
. ima gin a cions:
3 A people that prouok ed me euer vnto my face: that sacrificeth inVVhiche were dedicat to idoles. gardens, and burneth incense vponMeaning
〈◊〉
altars, whiche he thus nameth by contempt. brickes.
4 Which remaine among theTo consult with
〈◊〉
and to con iure deuils which was forbidden, Deur. 18. 11. graues, and lodge in the deserts, whiche eateVVhich was cō trarie to Gods cō
mandement, Leu. 11, 7. Deut. 14. 8. swines flesh, & the broth of things polluted (are) in their vessels.
5 Which say,Hesheweth that hypocrisie is euer ioyned with pride and contempt of others. Stand a parte, come not nere to me: for I am holier then thou: these are a smoke in my wrath (and) a fyre thatTheir punishement shall neuer haue end. burneth all the day.
6 Beholde, it isSo that the remembrāce thereof can not be forgotten. writen before me: I wil not kepe silence, but wil ren dre it and recompense it into their bosome.
7 Your iniquities and the iniquities of your fathers (shalbe)Shalbe bc the punished together: and this declareth how the children are punished for their fathers
〈◊〉
: to wit, when the same fautes or like are founde in them. together [saith the Lord] which haue burnt incense vpon the mountaines, and blasphemed me vpon the hilles: therefore will I measure their olde worke into their bosome.
8 Thus saith the Lord, As the wine is found in the cluster, and one saith, Destroy it not, for aThat is, it ispro fitable: meaning, that God wil not destroy the faithful branches of his vineyard whē he
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
stockes, that is the
〈◊〉
. blessing (is) in it, so wil I do for my seruants sakes, that I maye not destroy thē whole.
9 But I wil bring a sede out of Iaakób, and out of Iudáh, that shall enherit my mountaine: and mine elect shal inherit it, and my seruants shal dwell there.
10 And SharónVVhiche was a plentiful place in Iudea to fede shepe, as Achor was for catted. shalbe a shepe folde, & the valley of Achór shalbe a resting place for the cattell of my people, that haue soght me.
11 But ye are thei that haue forsakē the Lord and forgotten mine holie Mountaine, and haue prepared a table for theBy the multitude and nomber he meaneth their innumerable idoles, of whome they thoght they colde neuer haue ynough. multitude, and furnishe the drinke offrings vnto the nomber.
12 Therefore wil ISeing you can not nomber your gods, I wil nōber you with the sworde. nōber you to the sworde and all you shalbowe downe to the slaughter, because I called, and ye did not answer IBy my Prophetes, whome ye wolde not obey. spake, and ye heard not, but did euill in my sight and did chuse that thinge whiche I wolde not.
13 Therfore thus saith the Lord God, Behold, my seruants shallBy these wordes,
〈◊〉
and drinke, he meaneth the blessed life of the faithfull,
〈◊〉
haue alwaies consolacion, and
〈◊〉
contentement ef all things in their God, thogh some times they lacke these corporal things. eat and ye shall be hungrie: beholde, my seruants shal drinke, and ye shall be thirstie: beholde, my seruantes shal reioyce, and ye shalbe ashamed.
14 Beholde, my seruants shal sing for ioye of heart and ye shal crye for sorowe of heart, and shal howle for vexation of minde.
15 And ye shall leaue your Name as a cursse vnto
〈◊〉
chosen: for the Lord GOD shall slaye
〈◊〉
and call his seruants byThen by the Name of the Iewes. another name,
16 He that shall blesse in theBy
〈◊〉
, and by swearing, is ment
〈◊〉
of GOD for his benefites, and the true worshiping of him, whiche shal not be onely in Iudea, but through all the worlde. earthe, shall blesse him selfe in the true God, and he that sweareth in the earthe, shall sweare by the true GOD: for the formerI will no more
〈◊〉
fer my Church to be desolate as in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. troubles areMeaning, that he wolde call the Gentiles, who shulde
〈◊〉
, euen the very name of the Iewes for their infidelities sake.
forgotten, and shall surely hide thē selues from mine eyes.
17 For lo, I wil creatI will so alter and change the
〈◊〉
of my Churche, that it shall seme to dwel in a newe worlde. newe heauens and a newe earth: and the former shal not be remē bred nor come into minde.
18 But be you glad & reioyce for euer in the things that I shal creat: for beholde, I will creat Ierusalém (as) a reioycing & her people (as) a ioye,
19 And I wil reioyce in Ierusalém, and ioye in my people, and the voice of weping shalbe no more heard in her, nor the voyce of crying.
20 There shalbe no more there a chylde of yeres, nor an olde man that hatheMeaning, in this
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the Churche there shulde be no weakenes of youth, nor infirmities of age, but all shulde
〈◊〉
fresh, and florishing: and this is accomplished in the heauenlye Ierusalém, when all sinnes shall cease and the
〈◊〉
shalbe wiped away. not filled his daies, for he that shalbe an hūdreth yeres olde, shal dye (as) a yong man: but the sinner beingVVhere by he sheweth that the insideles and
〈◊〉
sinners haue no parte of this benediction. an hundreth yeres olde shalbe accursed.
21 And thei shalHe proposeth to the faithfull the blessings whiche are conteined in the Lawe, and so vnder temporal things
〈◊〉
rehendeth the spiritual promises. buylde houses and in habit them, and thei shal plant vineyardes, and eat the frute of them.
22 Thei shall not buylde, and another inhabit: thei shall not plant, and another eate: for as the daies of the tre are the daies of my people, & mine elect shal inioye in olde age the worke of their hande.
23 Thei shall not labour in vaine, nor bryng forth in feare: for they are the sede of the blessed of the Lord, & their buddes with thē
24 Yea, before thei call, I wil answer, & whiles thei speake, I wil heare.
25 TheRead Chap. 11. 6. wolfe and the lambe shal fede together, and the lion shall eat strawe like the bullocke & to the serpent dust (shalbe) his meat. Thei shal no more hurt nor destroye in all mine holie Mountaine, saith the Lord
CHAP. LXVI.
1 God dwelleth not in temples made with hāds. 3 He despiseth sacrifices done without mercie and faith. 5 God comforteth them that are troubled for his sake. 19 The vocation of the Gentiles. 23 The perpetual Sabbath. 24 The punishment of the wicked is euerlasting.Act. 7. 48.
1 THus saith the Lord, * TheMy
〈◊〉
is so great that it filleth both heauen and earth & therfore cannot be in cluded in a tēple like an idole: condemning hereby their vaine confidence, which trusted in the Tēple and sacrifices. heauen (is) my throne, and the earth (is) my footestole: where is that house that ye wil buyld vnto me? & where is that place of my rest?
2 For all these things hathe mine hād made,Seing that bothe the Temple & the things therein with the sacrifices were made and done by his appointement, he sheweth that he hathe no nede thereof, and that he cā be without them Psal. 50. 10. and all these things haue bene, saith the Lord: and to him wil I loke, euen to hym, that is poore, and ofTo him that is humble and pure in heart, whiche receiueth my doctrine with reuerence and feare. a contrite spirit and trembleth at my wordes.
3 He that killeth a bullocke, (is as) if heBecause the Iewes thoght them selues holy by offring of their sacrifices, and in the meane season had nether faith nor repentance, God sheweth that he doeth no lesse
〈◊〉
these ceremonies, then he doeth the sacrifices of the heathen who offred men, doggs and swine to their idoles whiche things were expressely
〈◊〉
bidden in the Law. slew a mā he that sacrificeth a shepe, (as) if he cutte of a dogges necke: he that offreth an oblation, (as) if he offred swines blood: he that remembreth incense, (as) if he blessed an idole: yea, they haue chosen their owne waies, and their soule deliteth in their abominacions.
4 Therefore wil II wil
〈◊〉
their wickednes and hypocrisie, wherewith thei thinke to blinde mine eies, to all the worlde. chuse out their delusiōs, and I wil bring their feare vpon thē, because I called, and none wolde answer. I spake and they wolde not heare: but thei did euill in my sight, and chose the things whiche I wolde not.
5 He are the word of the Lord, all ye that trē ble at hisHe incourageth the faithful
〈◊〉
pro mising to destroy their enemies which pretended to be as brethren, but were
〈◊〉
tes and
〈◊〉
thē that feared God. worde, Your brethrē that hated you, & cast you out for my names sake, said, Let the Lord be glorified: but he shal appea re to your ioye, and thei shal be ashamed.
6 The enemies
〈◊〉
shorrely heare a more terrible voyce, euen fyre & slaughter, seing thes wolde not heare the gentle voyce of the Prophets whiche called them to repen tance. A voyce soundeth from the citie, (euen) a voyce from the Temple, the voyce of the Lord, that recompēceth his enemies fully.
7 BeforeMeaning, that the restauratiō of the Church shulde be so sudden and contrarie to all mens opinion: as when a woman is deliuered before she loke for it, & that without peine
〈◊〉
. she trauailed, she broght forthe: and before her peine came, she was deliuered of a man childe.
8 Who hathe heard such a thing? who hathe sene suche things? shal the earth be broght forthe in oneThis shall passe the capacitie of man to se suche a multitude that shall come vp at once, meaning vnder the preaching of the Gospel, whereof they that came vp
〈◊〉
of Babylon, were a figure. day? or shal a natiō be borne at once? for assone as Zion tráuailed, she broght for the her children.
9 Shal IDeclaring hereby, that as by his power, and proui dēce woman trauaileth and is deli uered: so hathe he power to
〈◊〉
forth his Churche at his time appointed. cause to trauaile, and not bring forthe? shal I cause to bring forthe & shalbe baren, saith thy God?
10 Reioyce ye with Ierusalém, and be glad with her, all ye that loue her: reioyce for ioye with her, all ye that mourne for her,
11 That ye may suckeThat ye may reioyce for all the benefites that God bestoweth vpon his Church. and be satisfied with the breasts of her consolatiō: that ye may milke out and be delited with the brightnes of her glorie.
12 For thus saith the Lord, Beholde, I will extendI will giue her
〈◊〉
, and prosperitie in greate abundance. peace ouer her like a flood & the glorie of theRead Chap. 60. 16. Gentiles like a flowing streame: then shall ye sucke, ye shall beYe shalbe cheris hed, as her dere lie beloued children. borne vpō (her) sides, & be ioyful vpō (her) knees.
13 As one whome his mother comforteth, so wil I comforte you, and ye shalbe comforted in Ierusalém.
14 And when ye se this, your hearte shall reioyce, and yourYe shall haue newe strength and new beautie bones shall florishe like a herbe: and the hande of the Lord shall be knowen among his seruants, and (his) indignacion against his enemies.
15 For beholde, the Lord wil come with fyre, and his charets like a whirle winde, that he mayThis vengeance God begā to execute at the destruction of Babylon, and hathe euer continued it againste the ennemies of his Churche, and will do till the laste
〈◊〉
, whiche shalbe the accomplishement thereof. recompence his angre with wrath, & his indignacion with the flame of fyre.
16 For the Lord will iudge with fyre, & with his sworde all fleshe, and the slaine of the Lord shalbe manie.
17 They that sanctifieMeaning, the hypocrites. them selues, and purifie them selues in the gardens behinde one (tre) in the middes eatingVVhereby are ment them that did maliciously transgresse the Lawe, by eating beasts forbidden, euen to the mouse which abhorreth nature. swines fleshe, & suche abominacion, euen the mouse, shalbe consumed together, saith the Lord.
18 For I (wil visit) their workes, and their ima ginations: (for) it shall come that I will gather all nations, and tongues, & they shal come, and se myThe Gentiles shalbe partakers of that
〈◊〉
, which before I shewed to the Iewes. glorie.
19 And I wil set aI will marke these that I chuse that they perishe not with the rest of the infideles: whereby he alludeth to the marking of the postes of his people, whome he preset ued. Exod.
〈◊〉
. 7. signe among them, & will send those thatI wil scatter the rest of the Iewes, whiche escape destruction, into diuers
〈◊〉
. escape of them, vnto the nacions ofThat is, Cilicia. Tarshish,Meaning,
〈◊〉
. Pul, andTo wit, Lidia, or Asia minor. Lud, (&) to them that drawe theSignifying, the Parthians. bowe, toItalie. Tubál andGrecia. Iauán, yles a farre of, that haue not heard my fame, nether haue sene my glorie, andMeaning,
〈◊〉
Apostles,
〈◊〉
and others which he did first chuse of the
〈◊〉
to preache vnto the Gentiles. thei shal declare my glorie amōg the Gentiles.
20 And they shal bring all your
〈◊〉
is, the
〈◊〉
, whiche by
〈◊〉
shalbe made the children of Abraham as you are. brethrē for an offring vnto the Lord out of all natiōs, vponVVhereby he meaneth that no necessarie meanes shal want when God shal call the Gentiles to the knowledge of the Gospel. horses, and in charets, and in horse litters, and vpon mules, and swift beastes, to Ierusalém mine holie Mountaine, saith the Lord, as the children of Israél, offer in a cleane vessel in the House of the Lord.
21 And I will take of them for
〈◊〉
wit, of the Gentiles, as he did
〈◊〉
, Timothie, and
〈◊〉
first, and others after to preache his worde. Priests, (and) for Leuites, saith the Lord.
22 For as the neweHereby he signifieth the kingdome of Christ wherein
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Church shalbe renued, and Where as before there were appointed
〈◊〉
to sacrifice: in this there shalbe one continual Sabbath so that all times and seasons shalbe
〈◊〉
. heauens, and the newe earth which I wil make, shal remaine before me, saith the Lord, so shal your sede and your name continue.
23 And from moneth to moneth, and frome Sabbath to Sabbath shall all flesh come to worship before me, saith the Lord.
24 And they shall go forthe, and loke vppon theAs he hathe declared the felicitie that shalbe within the Church for the comfort of the godlie, so doeth he shewe what
〈◊〉
calamitie shal come to the wicked, that are out of the Church. carkeises of the men that haue trāsgressed againste me: for theirMeaning, a continual torment of conscience,
〈◊〉
shal euer gnawe them and neuer suffer them to be
〈◊〉
rest, Mark, 9. 44 worme shall not dye, nether shal their fyre be quēched, and they shalbe an abhorringThis is the iuste recompence for the wicked, which contemning God and his worde, shalbe by Gods iuste iudgement abhorred of all his creatures. vnto all flesh.
IEREMIAH
THE ARGVMENT.
THe Prophet Ieremiáh borne in the citie of Anathóth in the countrey of Beniamin, was the sonne of Hilkiáh, whome some thinke to be he that founde out the boke of the Lawe, and gaue it to Iosiáh. This Prophet had excellent giftes of God, and moste euident reuelations of prophecie, so that by the commandement of the Lord
〈◊〉
began very yong to prophecie, that is in the thirtenth yere of Iosiáh, and continued eightene yere vnder the said King and thre moneth vnder Iehoaház, and vnder
〈◊〉
eleuen yeres, and thre moneths vnder Iehoiachin and vnder Zedekiáh eleuen yeres vnto the time that they were caryed away into Babylon. So that this time amounteth to aboue fourty yere, besides the time that he prophecied after the captiuitie. In this boke he declareth with teares, and lamentation the destruction of Ierusalém, and the captiuitie of the people, for their idolatrie, couetousnes, subtilitie, excesse, rebellion, and contempt of Gods worde, and for the consolacion of the Church, reueileth the iuste time of their deliuerance And here chiefly are to be considered thre things. First the rebellion of the wicked, which wake more stubberne and obstinate when the Prophetes do admonish thē moste plainely of their destruction. Next how the Prophetes and ministers of God ought not to be discouraged in their vocation, thogh they be
〈◊〉
and rigorously hādeled of the wicked for Gods cause. And thirdely, thogh God
〈◊〉
his iuste iudgement against the wicked,
〈◊〉
wil
〈◊〉
euer shewe him self a preseruer of his Church, and when all meanes seme to mans iudgement to be abolished, then wil he declare him self victorious in preseruing his.
CHAP. I.
1 In what time Ieremiah prophecied. 6 He acknowledgeth his imperfection, and is strengthened of the Lord 11 The Lord sheweth him the destruction of Ierusalém 17 He commandeth him to preache his worde without feare,
1 THeThat is the sermons and prophecies. wordes of Iere miáh
〈◊〉
ofVVhich is thoght to be he that founde the booke of the Law vnder King
〈◊〉
. 2. King. 22 8. Hilkiáh (one) of the Priests that were atThis was a citie about thre miles distant from Ieru salem, and belonged to the Priests the sonnes of Aaron. Iosh
〈◊〉
. 18. Anathoth in the land of Beniamin.
2 To whome theThis is spoken to confirme his
〈◊〉
and offi ce forasmuche as he did not presume of him self to preache, and prophecie, but was called thereunto by God worde of the Lord came in the daies of Iosiah the sonne of Amōn King of Iudáh in the thirtenth yere of his reigne:
3 And also in the daies of Iehoiakim the This was a citie about thre miles distant from Ieru salem, and belonged to the Priests the sonnes of Aaron. Iosh
〈◊〉
. 18. sonne of Iosiah King of Iudah vnto the end of the eleuenth yere of Zedekiáh the sonne of Iosiáh King of Iudáh (euen) vnto the carying awaie of Ierusalém captiuitie in the fiftOf the eleuenth yere of Zedekiah who was also called,
〈◊〉
, and at this time Iewes were caried away into Babylō by
〈◊〉
. moneth.
4 Then the worde of the Lord come vntō
e Meaning, the nephewe of
〈◊〉
: for
〈◊〉
was his father, who
〈◊〉
but thre moneth and therefore is not mencioned no more is
〈◊〉
that reigned no longer. me saying.
5 Before IThe Scripture vseth this maner of speache to decla re, that God hathe appointed his mi nisters to their offices
〈◊〉
thei were borner as
〈◊〉
49. 1. gal. 1.
〈◊〉
. formed thee in the wombe, I knewe thee, and before thou camest out of the wombe, I sāctified thee (&) ordeined thee to be a Prophet vnto theFor Ieremiah did not onely
〈◊〉
phecie against the Iewes but also against the Egyptians, Moabites and other naciōs. nations.
6 Then said I, Oh, Lord God, beholde, I can not speake for I am a childe.
7 But the lord said vnto me, Saie not, I am a childe: for thou shalt go to all that I shal sent thee, and whatsoeuer I commāde thee shalt thou speake.
8 Be not afraied of their faces: for I am with thee to deliuer thee saith the Lord,i Considering the great iudgement of God, which ac cording to his threatnings shulde come vpon the worlde, he was moued with
〈◊〉
teine
〈◊〉
on the one
〈◊〉
to pitie them that
〈◊〉
thus perish, and on the other side by the infirmitie of mās nature knowing how hard a thing it was to enterprise suche a charge as Isa. 6. 11. exod.
〈◊〉
. 1. & 4 1.
9 Then the Lord stretched out his hand andVVhich declareth that God maketh them mete, and assureth them, whome he
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
forthe his glorie:
〈◊〉
them all meanes necessarie for the same. Exod 4 12. Isa. 6. 7 touched my mouth, and the Lord said vn to me, Beholde, I haue put my wordes in thy mouth.
10 Beholde, this daie haue I set thee ouer the nations & ouer the kingdomes to plucke vp, and to roote out, and to destroy and throwe downe, to buylde, and to plant.
11 After this the worde of the Lord came vnto me, saying Ieremiáh, what seest thou?l He
〈◊〉
what is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of Gods true ministers, which by his wor de haue power to beat downe whatsoeuer lifteth it self vp against God: and to plant & assure the humble, and suche as giue them selues to the obedience of Gods worde 2
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 4. ebr. 4. 12. and these are the keyes which Christ hathe left to loose, and binde. Mat. 18, 18.
〈1 page duplicate〉
〈1 page duplicate〉
And I said, I se aHe ioyneth the signe with the worde for a more
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
: signifying by the rod of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, whiche firste buddeth, the hastie comming of the. Babylonians against the Iewes rod of an almonde tre.
12 Thē said the Lord vnto me, Thou hast sene aright: for I wil hastē my word to performe it
13 Againe the worde of the Lord came vnto me the seconde time, saying, What seest thou? And I said, I se a seethingSignifying, that the Caldeans, and Assytians shulde be as a pot to seeth the Iewes, whiche boyled in theyr pleasures, & lustes. pot loking out of the North.
14 Then said the Lord vnto me, Out of theSyria and Assyria were North ward in respect of Ierusalém, which were the Caldeās dominion. North shall a plague be spred vpō all the inhabitants of the land.
15 For lo, I will call all the families of the kingdomes of the North, saith the Lord, and they shall come, and euerye one shall set hys throne in the entring of the gates of Ierusalém, and on all the walles thereof round about, & in all the cities of Iudáh.
16 And I will declare vnto them myI wil giue them charge & power to execute my vē
geance against the idolaters, whiche haue for saken me for their idoles. iudgements touching all the wickednes of them that haue for saken me, and haue burnt incense vnto other Gods, and worshiped the workes of their owne hands.
17 Thou therefore trusse vp thy loynes, and arise and speake vnto them all that I comman de thee: be not afrayed of their faces, lest IWhich declareth that Gods vengeā ce is prepared against thē, whiche dare
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
faithfully, ether for
〈◊〉
of mā, or for anie other cause, 1. Cor. 9. 16. destroye thee before them.
18 For I, beholde, I this day haue made thee a defenced Citie, and anSignifying on the one parte, that the more that Satan, & the worlde rage against Gods manisters, the more present will he he to helpe them, Iosh. 1. 5. Ebr. 13. 5. and on the other parte, that thei are vtterly vnmete to serue God, & hys Church, which are afraide, & do not resiste wickednes, whatsoeuer danger depende there on, Isa, 50. 7. eze. 3. 8 yron piller and walles of brasse agaynste the whole land, agaynste the Kings of Iudáh, (and) against the princes thereof, agaynste the Priestes therof and against the people of the land.
19 For they shall fight against thee, but they shal nor preuaile against thee: for I am with thee to deliuer thee, saith the Lord.
CHAP. II.
2 God rehearseth his benefites done vnto the Iewes. 8 Against the Priests and false prophetes 12 The Iewes are destroyed, because they forsake God
1 MOreouer, the worde of the Lord came vnto me, saying,
2 Go, & cry in the eares of Ierusalē, saying, Thus saith the Lord, I remēber thee, with theAccordynge to that grace, and
〈◊〉
, whiche I
〈◊〉
thee from the beginning, when I did firste chuse thee to be my people, & maried thee to my self. Ezek 16. 3. kindenes of thy youth (&) the loue of thy mariage, whē thou wētest after me in the wildernesWhen I had deliuered thee out of Egypt. in a land that was not sowen.
3 Israél (was as) a thyngeChosen about all other to serue the Lord onely, & the first offred to the Lord of all other nations. halowed vnto theChap. 11. Lord, (and) his first frutes: all theyVVhosoeuer did chaleng this people, or els did annoy them, was punished. that eat it, shal offend: euill shall come vpon them, saith the Lord.
4 Heare ye the worde of the Lord, ô house of Iaakōb, and all the families of the house of Israél.
5 Thus saith the Lord, What iniquitie haue your fathers founde in me, that they are goneThat is, fallen to most vileidolatrie farre from me, and haue walked after vanitie, and are becomeAltogether giuē to vanitie, and are become blinde & incensible as the idoles, that thei serue. vaine?
6 For they said not, Where is the Lord that broght vs vp out of the lande of Egypte? that led vs through the wildernes, through a desert, and waste land, through a drye land, andVVherefor Iacke of all things ne cessarie for life ye tolde loke for euerie houre but present death. by the shadowe of death, by a land that no man passed through, & where no man dwelt?
7 And I broght you into a plentifull countrey, to eat the frute thereof, and the commodities of the same: but when ye entred, ye defiledBy your idolatrie, and wicked maners. my land, and made mine heritage an abominacion.
8 The Priests said notThei taught not the people to seke after God. Where is the Lord? & they that shulde minister theAs the Scribes, which shulde haue expounded the Law to the people. Law, knewe me not, & theMeaning, the princes and mini sers: signifiing that all estates were corrupt. pastours also offēded agaīst me, & the prophetes prophecied inThat is spake vaine things, and broght the people from the
〈◊〉
Worship of God to
〈◊〉
idoles: for by Baal, which was the chief idole. Báal & wēt after (things) that did not profite.
9 Wherefore I wil yetSignifying, that he wolde not as he might, streight way condemne thē, but sheweth them by euident examples their great ingratitude that they might be ashamed, and repent. plead with you, saith the Lord: and I wil plead with your childrens children.Psal 78. 58. &. 106. 38
10 For go ye to the yles ofMeanig, thegre cians and Italiās. Chittim, and beholde, and sent vntoVnto Arabia. Kedar, and take diligent hede, and se whether there be suche things.
11 Hathe (anie) nation changed their Gods, which yet are no gods? but my people ha ue changed theirThat is, God which is their glo rie and who maketh thē glorious aboue all other people reprouing the Iewes, that they were lesse diligent to serue the true God, then
〈◊〉
the ido laters to honour their vanities. glorie, for that which doeth notMeaning, the idoles, which were their destruction. Psal, 106. 36. profite.
12 OyeHe sheweth, that the incensible creatures
〈◊〉
this vile ingratitude, and as it were, tremble for feare of Gods great iudgments against the same. heauēs, be astonied at this: be afraied and vtterly confounded, saith the Lord.
13 For my people haue committed two euils: they haue forsaken meSignifying that when men forsake Gods Worde, which is the fountaine of life, they reiect God him self, and to fall to their owne inuencions, and vaine confidence, and procure to themselues destruction
〈◊〉
. 28. zach to 2. the fountaine of liuing waters, to digge them pittes (euen) broken pittes: that can holde no water.
14 Is Israél aHaue
〈◊〉
ordered them like seruants, and not like dereliebeloued children. Exod. 4 22 therefore it is their faut onely if the enemie spoile them. seruant, or is he borne in the house? why (then) is he spoiled?
15 TheThe Baby lonians, Chaldeans and Assyrians. lions roared vpon him (and) yelled, & they haue made his land waste: his cities are burnt withoutNot one shal be left to dwell there. an inhabitant.
16 Also the childrē of z Noph and Tahapanés haueHaue grieuously vexed thee an sondde times. broken thine head.
17 Hast not thou procured this vnto thy self, because thou hast forsaken the Lord thy God, when heShewing, that God wolde haue slilled them aright, if thei wolde haue followed him. led thee by the way?
18 And what hast thou now to do in the way ofTo seke helpe of mā as thogh God were notable ynough to defence thee, which is to drinke of the puddels and to leaue the foun traine, read Isa. Isa. 31. 1. Egypt? to drinke the water of Nilus? or what makest thou in the way of Asshūr? to drinke the water of theTo wit Euphrates. Riuer?
19 Thine owne wickednes shalMeaning, that the wicked are insensible til the punishment for their sinne weaken them, as verse, 26 Isa 3. 9. correct thee: and thy turnings backe shal reproue thee knowe therefore and beholde, that it is an euil thing, and bitter, that thou hast for saken the Lord thy God: and that my feare (is) not in thee: saith the lord God of hostes
20 For of olde time I haue broken thy yoke, (and) burst thy bonds, and thou saidest,VVhen I deliuered the out of Egvpt Deut 27. 12 iosh. 24. 16. ezra. 10 12.
〈◊〉
7. 8. I wil nomore transgresse, but (like) an harlot thou runnest about vpon all hie hilles, and vnder all grene trees.
21 Yet I had planted thee, a noble vine, whoseEbr sede was all true. plants were all natural how then art thou turned vnto me īto the plāts of a strāgevine
22 Thogh thou wash thee withThough thou vse all the purifications and ceremonies of the Law, thou canst not
〈◊〉
punishment, except thou turne to me by faith, and repentance. nitre, and take thee muche sope (yet) thine iniquitie is marked before me, saithe the Lord God.That is the Egyptians for these were two great cities in Egypt
23 How canst thou say, I am not polluted, nether haue IMeaning, that hypocrites denie that thei Worship the idols, but that they honour God in them, and therfore they call their doings Gods seruice. followed Baalim? beholde, thy wayes in the valley, and knowe, what thouhast done: (thou art like) a swiftHe compareth the idoles to
〈◊〉
beastes, because they neuer
〈◊〉
running to &
〈◊〉
for bothe
〈◊〉
, and hils are full of their idolatrie. dromedarie, that runneth by his waies.
24 (And as) a wildeHe compareth the idolaters to a Wilde asse: for she can neuer be tamed, nor yet wea ried: for as she rū
neth, she can take her
〈◊〉
at euerie occasion. asse, vsed to the wildernes, that snoffeth vp the winde by occasiō at her pleasure: who can turne her backe? all thei that seke her, will not weary them selues, (but) wil finde her in herThat is, Whē he is With fole, and therfore the hunters Waite theyr time: so thogh thou
〈◊〉
not be turned back now from thine idolatrie, yet When thine iniquitie shalbe at the full, God Will mete With thee. moneth.
25 Kepe thou thy fete fromeHereby he Warneth thē that they shuld not go into strange countreis to seke helpe: for they shulde but spend their labour and hurt them selues, Which is here ment by the bare fote and thirst, Isa. 57. 10. barenes, and thy throte from thirst: but thou saidst desperatly. No, for I haue loued strangers, & them
〈◊〉
followe.
26 As theAs a thefe Will not a knowledge his faute, til he be taken With the dede, and ready to be punished, so thei Will not confesse their
〈◊〉
, til the plagues due to the same light vpon them. thefe is ashamed, whē he is found, so is the house of Israél ashamed, thei, their Kings, their princes and their Priests, and their Prophetes,
27 Saying to a tre, Thou art myMeaning; that idolaters spoyle God of his honour and Where as he hathe taught to call him the father of all fleshe, they attribute this title to their idoles. father, and to a stone, Thou hast begotten me: for they haue turned their backe vnto me, and not their face: but in the time of their trouble they wil say, Arise, and helpe vs.
28 But where are thy Gods, that thou hast made thee? let them arise, if thei can helpe thee in the time of thy trouble: for accordingThou thoghtest
〈◊〉
thy Gods of blockes & stones colde haue holpen thee, because they Were many in nō ber and present in euerye
〈◊〉
but now let vs se Whe ther ether the mul
〈◊〉
, or their presence can deliuer thee from my plague, Chap. 11. 13. to the nomber of thy cities, are thy Gods, ô Iudáh.
29 Wherefore willAs thogh I did you iniurie in punishing you, seing that your fautes are so euident, ye pleade with me? ye all haue rebelled agaynste me, saieth the Lord.
30 I haue smitten your childrē in vaine, they receiued no correction: yourThat is, you haue killed your Prophetes, that exhorted you to repentance, as zechariah, Isaiah, &c. owne sword hathe deuoured your Prophetes like a destroying lyon.
31 O generacion, take hede to the worde of the Lord: haue I bene (as) aHaue I not giuen thē abundance of all things? wildernes vnto Israél? or a land of darkenes? Wherefore saith my people (then,) We areBut Wil crust in our owne power & policie. Lords, we wil come no more vnto thee?
32 Can a maide forget her ornament, or a bride her at tire? yet my people haue forgotten me, daies without nomber.
33 Why doest thou prepare thy way, toVVith strāgers. seke amitie? euen therfore wil I teach (thee,) that thy waies (are) wickednes.
34 Also in thyThe Prophets & the faithful are slaine in euery corner of your countrey. winges is founde the blood of the soules of the poore innocēts: I haue not founde it in holes, but vppon all these (places.)
35 Yet thou saist, Because I am giltles, surely his wrath shal turne from me: behold, I wil entre with thee into iudgement, because thou saiest, I haue not sinned.
36 Why runnest thou aboute so muche to change thy waies? for thou shalt be confounded of Egypt,For the Assyrians had taken away the ten tribes
〈◊〉
of Israel, and destroyed Iuda, euen vnto Ierusalém: and the
〈◊〉
slewe
〈◊〉
, and vexed the Iewes in
〈◊〉
sortes. as thou art confounded of Asshúr.
37 For thou shalt go forthe from thence, and thine hāds vponIn signe of lamentacion, a 2. Sam. 13. 19. thine head, because the Lord hathe reiected thy confidence, and thou shalt not prosper thereby.
CHAP. III.
God calleth his people vnto repentance. 14 He promiseth the restitucion of his Churche. 20 He reproueth Iudáh and Israél, comparing them to a woman disobedient to her housband.
1 THeyAccording as i it is Writen, Deut 24. 4. say, If a man put away his wife, & she go from him, and become another mans, shal he returne againe vnto her? shal not this landIf he take such one to Wife again be polluted? but thou hast plaied the harlot with manieThat is, With idoles, & With
〈◊〉
Whome thou
〈◊〉
put thy cōfidēce
〈◊〉
louers: yetAnd I Will not cast thee of,
〈◊〉
ceiue thee, accor dīg to thy mercie. turne againe to me, saith the Lord.
2 Lift vp thine eies vnto the high places, & beholde, where thou hast not plaied the harlot: thou hast sit (waiting) for thē in the waies, as theWhich dwelleth in tents & Waiteth for thē that passe by to spoyle them Arabian in the wildernes: & thou hast polluted the lād with thy whoredomes, and with thy malice.
3 Therefore the showres haue bene restrained, and theAs God threatened by his Law
〈◊〉
Deut. 28. 24. latter raine came not, and thou haddest aThou
〈◊〉
neuer be
〈◊〉
of thine actes and repent: & this im pudencie it
〈◊〉
ne to idolaters, Whiche Will not giue of, thogh thei be neuer so manifestly conuicted. whores forheade: thou woldest not be ashamed.
4 Didest thou not stil cryeHe sheweth that the Wicked in their
〈◊〉
Wil crve vnto God & vse ourward praier as the godly do but because they turne not from their euil, they are not heard, Is:
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
vnto me, Thou art my father, (and) the guide of my youth?
5 Wil he kepe (his angre) for euer? wil he reserue it to the end? thus hast thou spoken, but thou doest euil, euen more and more.
6 The Lord said also vnto me, in the daies of Iosiáh the King, Hast thou sene what thys rebellMeaning, the ten tribes. Israél hathe done? (for) she hathe gone vp vpon euerye high mountaine, and vnder euery grenetre, and there plaied the harlot.
7 And I said, when she had done all this, Turne thou vnto me: but she returned not, as her rebellious sister Iudáh sawe.
8 When I sawe, how that by all occasions rebellious Israél had plaied the harlot, I castAnd gaue her vnto the hands of the Assyrians. her away, and gaue her a byll of deuorcement: yet her rebellious sister Iudáh was not afrayed, but she went also, and plaied the harlot.
9 So that for theThe Ebrew Wor
〈◊〉
may ether signi fie lightnes and Wātōnes, or noise and
〈◊〉
. lightnes of her whoredome she hathe euen defiled the land: for she hathe committed fornicacion with stones and stockes.
10 Neuertheles for all this, her rebellious sister Iudáh hathe not returned vnto me withIudah fayned for a time as that she did returne, as vnder Iosiah and other good Kings but she Was neuer truely touched or Wholy reformed, as
〈◊〉
When occasion Was offred by any Wicked prince. her whole heart, but fainedly, saith the Lord.
11 And the Lord said vnto me, The rebellious Israél hatheIsraél hathe not declared her
〈◊〉
so Wicked, as Iudah, Whiche yet hathe had more admonicions and examples to call her to
〈◊〉
. iustified her selfe more then the rebellious Iudáh.
12 Go and crye these wordes towardeVVhere as
〈◊〉
Israelites Were now kepe in captiuitie by the Assyrians, to Whome hepromi seth mercie, if
〈◊〉
wil repent. the North and saie, Thou disobedient Israél, returne, saith the Lord, (and) I will not let my wrath fall vpon you: for I am mercifull, saith the Lord, and I will not alwaye kepe (mine angre.)
13 But know thine iniquitie: for thou hast rebelled against the Lord thy God and hastThere Was no Way, Which thou didest not hante to seke after
〈◊〉
idoles, and to
〈◊〉
a pilgrimage. scattered thy waies to the strange (gods) vnder euerie grene tre, but ye wolde not obeye my voyce, saith the Lord.
14 Oye disobedient children, turne againe, saith the Lord, for I am your Lord, and I wil take you one of a citie, and two of a tribe and wil bring you to Ziōn,
15 And I wil giue you pastours according to mine heart, which shal fede you with know ledge and vnderstanding.
16 Moreouer, when ye be increased and multiplied in the land, in those daies, saith the Lord, thei shal say no more, TheThis is to be vn
〈◊〉
of the cō ming of Christ: for then they shal not seke the Lord by ceremonies, & all figures shal cease. Arke of the couenant of the Lord for it shal come no more to minde, nether
〈◊〉
thei remember it, nether shal they visit it, for that shalbe no more done.
17 At that time they shall call Ierusalē,Meaning the Church, where the Lord wil be present to the worldes end, Mat. 28. 20 The throne of the
〈◊〉
, and all the nacions shalbe gathered vnto it, (euē) to the Name of the Lord in Ierusalém and thence forth they shal follow no more the hardenes of their wicked heart.
18 In those daies the house of Iudáh shall walke with the house of Israél, & they shal come together out of the lād of theVVhere they are now in captiuitie. North into the land, that I haue giuen for an inheritance vnto your fathers.
19 But I said, How did I take thee for childrē and giue thee a pleasant lande, (euen) the glorious heritage of the armies of the heathen, and said, Thou shalt call me, (saying,) My father, and shalt not turne from me?
20 But (as) a woman rebelleth agaynste herThe Ebrewe word
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
friend or cōpaniō, and here maye be taken for a housband, as it is vsed also Hoseah. 3. 1. housbād so haue ye rebelled against me, ô house of Israél, saith the Lord.
21 Signifying, that God, whome thei had forsakē, wold bring their ennemies vpon them, who shulde
〈◊〉
them
〈◊〉
and make them to cry and lament. A voyce was heard vpō the high places, weping and supplicacions of the children of Israél for thei haue peruerted their way (and) forgotten the Lord their God.
22 Oye disobedient children, returne (and) I will heale your rebellions.This is spoken in the persone of Israél to the
〈◊〉
of Iudah, whiche staied so long to turne vnto God. Be holde, we come vnto thee, for thou art the Lord our God.
23 Truely (the hope) of the hilles (is) but vaine, (no:) the multitude of mountaines: but in the Lord our God is the health of Israél.
24 For confusion hathe deuoured ourFor their idolatrie Gods
〈◊〉
hath light vpon them and theirs. Fathers labour, from our youth theyr shepe and their bullockes, their sonnes & theyr daughters.
25 We lie downe in our confusion, and our shame couereth vs:They iustifie not them
〈◊〉
, or say that they wolde followe their
〈◊〉
, but condē
ne their
〈◊〉
doings and desire forgiuenes of the same. 1. Ezra. 9. 7. as Psal.
〈◊〉
. 6.
〈◊〉
. 69. 6. for we haue sinned against the Lord our God, we & our fathers from our youth: euen vnto this day, and haue not obeied the voyce of the Lord our God.
CHAP. IIII.
1 True repentance. 4 He exhorteth to the circumcision of the heart. 5 The destruction of Iudáh is prophecied, for the malice of their hearts. 19 The Prophet lamenteth it.
1 O Israél, if thou returne,That is, wholy, and without hypocrisie.
〈◊〉
2.
〈◊〉
. not dissembling to turne and serue God as they do which serue him
〈◊〉
halues, as Hos. 7. 16. returne vnto me, saith the Lord: & if thou put away thine abominacions out of my sight, then shalt thou not remoue.
2 And thou shaltThou shalt detest the name of idoles. Psal. 16. 4. and shalt with re uerence sweare by thelyuing GOD, when thine othe may aduāce Gods glorie, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and here, by
〈◊〉
he meaneth the true religion of God. sweare, The Lord liueth in trueth, in iudgement, and in righteousnes, and the nacions shalbe blessed in hym, and shal glorie in him.
3 For thus saith the Lord to the men of Iudáh and to Ierusalém.
4 Breake vpHe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to plucke vp the impictie and wic ked affection and worldelie respectes out of their heart thatthe true
〈◊〉
of Gods worde may be sowen therein. Hos. 10. 12. and this is the true circumcision of the heart.
〈◊〉
. 10. 16.
〈◊〉
. 2.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
y our fallow grounde, & sowe not among the thornes? be circumcised to the Lord, and take away the foreskinnes of your hearts, ye men of Iudáh, and in habitants of Ierusalém lest my wrath come forthe like fyre, and burne, that none can quēch it, because of the wickednes of your inuentions.
5 He warneth thē of the great dangers that shal come vpon them by the Caldeans, except they repēt and turne to the Lord. Declare in Iudáh, and shewe forthe in Ierusalém, and say, Blowe the trumpet in the land: crye, and gather together, and say, As semble your selues, and let vs go into strōg cities.
6 Set vp the standart in Zion,He speaketh this to admonish them of the great danger when eue ry man shal prepare to saue him self, but
〈◊〉
shal be to late, 2. King.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
prepare to flee (and) stay not: for I wil bring a plague from the North, and a great destruction.
7 TheMeaning
〈◊〉
King of Babylon. 2, King. 241. lions is come vp from his denne, and the destroyer of the Gentiles is departed, (and) gone forthe of his place to lay thy land waste (&) thy cities shalbe destroyed without an inhabitant.
8 Wherefore girde you with sacke cloth: lament, and howle, for the fierce wrath of the Lord is not turned backe from vs.
9 And in that day, saith the Lord, the heart of the King shal perish, and the heart of the princes and the Priests shalbe astonished, and theThat is the false prophetes which
〈◊〉
prophecied peace and securitie. Prophetes shal wonder.
10 Then said I, Ah, Lord God, surely thou hastBy the false pro
〈◊〉
, which pro mised peace and tranquillitie: and thus thou hast pu nished their rebellions
〈◊〉
by causing them to hearken vnto lies which wolde not beleue thy trueth. 2. King. 22. 23. ezek. 14. 9.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 2. 11. deceiued this people & Ierusalém, saying Ye shal haue peace, & the sworde perceth vnto the heart.
11 At that time shalit be said to his people and to Ierusalém, A dryeThe northwinde whereby he mea
〈◊〉
Nebuchadnezzar. winde in the hic places of the wildernes (cometh) toward the daughter of my people (but) netherBut to cary away bothe corne and chaffe. to fan, nor to clense.
12 A mightie winde shal come vnto me from those (places, and) now wil I also giue sentence vpon them.
13 Beholde, he shal come vp as theMeaning, that shulde come as suddēly, as a cloude that is caryed with the winde. cloudes, and his charets (shalbe) as a tēpest his horses are lighter thē egles,This is spoken in the persone of all the people who in their affli ction shulde
〈◊〉
thus. Wo vnto vs, for we are destroyed.
14 O Ierusalém, wash thine heart from wickednes, that thou maiest be saued: how lōg shal thy wicked thoghts remaine with in thee.
15 For a voyce declareth fromVVhich was
〈◊〉
citie in the vtmost border of Israel
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Babylon. Dan, and publisheth affliction from mountVVhich was in the mid way betwene Dan and
〈◊〉
rusalem. Ephráim.
16 Make ye mention of the heathen (and) publish in Ierusalém, Beholde, the skoutes come from a farre countrey, and crye out against the cities of Iudáh.
17 They haue compassed her about as the wat chemen of theVVhich kepe the
〈◊〉
so
〈◊〉
, that nothing can come in not
〈◊〉
so shulde the Babylonians compasse
〈◊〉
. field, because it hathe prouoked me to wrath, saith the Lord.
18 Thy waies and thine inuentions haue procured thee these things, suche is thy wickednes: therefore it shalbe bitter, therefore it shal perce vnto thine heart.
19 My bely,He sheweth that the true ministers are liuely touched with the calamities of the
〈◊〉
, so that all the partes of their bodie fele the grief of their heart,
〈◊〉
with zeale to Gods glorie
〈◊〉
pronounce his iud
〈◊〉
against the people. my bely, I am peined, euen at the very heart: mine heart is troubled with in me: I can not be
〈◊〉
: for my soule hathe heard the sounde of the trumpet, (&) the a larme of the battel.
20 Destruction vpō destruction is cryed, for the whole land is wasted: suddenly are myMeaning the cities, which were as easely cast downe as
〈◊〉
tent. tentes destroyed, (and) my curteines in a moment.
21 How long shal I se the standart, (and) hea re the sounde of the trumpet?
22 For my people is foolish, thei haue not knowen me: thei are
〈◊〉
children, and haue none vnderstanding:Their wisdome &
〈◊〉
tende to their owne destru ction, and pulleth them from God. thei are wise to do euil, but to
〈◊〉
thei haue no know ledge.
23 I haue loked vpon the earth, and lo, it was without forme andBy these maner of speaches he
〈◊〉
the horri ble destructiō
〈◊〉
shulde come vpon the land, and
〈◊〉
condēneth the ob stinacie of the
〈◊〉
ple, who
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
at
〈◊〉
feare of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that the
〈◊〉
creatures are moued therewith, as if
〈◊〉
order of nature shulde be
〈◊〉
, Isa.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
& 24 23. ezek 32. 7. iocl. 2. 31. and 3. 15. voide: and to the heauens, and thei had no light.
24 I beheld the mountaines & lo, they trem bled, and all the hilles shooke.
25 I beheld, and lo, there was no man, and all the birdes of the heauen were departed.
26 I beheld, and lo, the fruteful place (was) a wildernes, and all their cities thereof were broken downe at the presence of the Lord, and by his fierce wrath.
27 For thus hathe the Lord said, The whole land shalbe desolate: yet wil I
〈◊〉
for his mercie
〈◊〉
wil reserue him
〈◊〉
a
〈◊〉
to be his Churche, and to praise him
〈◊〉
Isa. 2. 9. not make a ful end.
28 Therefore shal the earth mourne, and the heauens aboue shalbe darkened, because I haue pronounced it: I haue thoght it, and wil not repent, nether wil I turne bac ke from it.
29 The whole citie shal flee, for the noise of the horsmen and bowe men: thei shal go in to thickets, and clime vp vpon the rockes euerie citie shalbe forsaken, and not amā dwell therein.
30 And when thou shalt be destroyed, what wilt thou do? Thogh thou
〈◊〉
thy
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
riche
〈◊〉
shal deliuer thee. clothest thy self with skarlet, thogh thou deckest thee with ornaments of golde, thogh thou pain test thy face with colours, yet shalt thou trimme thy self in vaine: (for) thy louers wil abhorre thee (and) seke thy life.
31 For I haue heard a noise as of a woman trauailing, or as one laboring of her first childe, (euen) the voice of the daughter Zion that sigheth and stretcheth out her hands:As the Prophetes were moued to
〈◊〉
the destru
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Chap. 9. wo is me now for my soule fainteth because of the murtherers.
CHAP. V.
1 In Iudáh no righteous man found nether among the people not the rulers. 15 Wherefore Iudáh is destroied of the Caldeans.
1 RVnne to and fro by the stretes of Ieru salém, and beholde now, and knowe, & iniquire in the open places thereof, if ye can finde a man, (or) if there be any that ex ecuteth iudgement, and seketh the trueth and I wil
〈◊〉
That is the citie. it.
2 For thogh thei say, TheThogh they pre
〈◊〉
religion and holines, yet
〈◊〉
but
〈◊〉
vnder
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ligion. Lord liueth, yet do thei sweare falsely.
3 O Lord, are not thine eies vpō the
〈◊〉
not
〈◊〉
loue
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
trueth thou hast
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
striken them, but thei haue not sorowed: thou hast consumed them, (but) thei haue refused to receiue correctiō: thei haue made their faces harder then a stone, (and) haue refused to returne.
4 Therefore I said, Surely thei are poore, they are foolish, for thei knowe not the way of the Lord, (nor) the iudgement of their God.
5 I wil get me vnto theHe speaketh
〈◊〉
to the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
de gouerne &
〈◊〉
others, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
out of the way then the simple people. great men, and wil speake vnto thē for thei haue knowē the way of the Lord, (and) the
〈◊〉
of their God but these haue altogether broken the yoke, (and) burst the bondes.
6 WhereforeMeaning,
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
. aliō out of the forest shal slay thē, & awolfe of the wildernes shal destroye thē: a leoparde shal watche ouer their cities euerie one that goeth out thence, shal be torne in pieces because their trespaces are many, (&) their rebelliōs are encreased
7 How shulde I spare thee for this? thy children haue forsakē me, andHe sheweth that to
〈◊〉
by
〈◊〉
thing thē by God, is to forsake him. sworne by thē that are no gods: thogh
〈◊〉
them to the ful yet thei committed adulterie, and assē bled them selues by cōpagnies in the har lottes houses.
8 They rose vp in the morning (like) fed hor ses: (for) euerie mā * neyed after his neighboursEzek 22. 11. wife.
9 Shal I not visit for these things, saith the Lord Shal not my soule be auenged on suche a nation, as this?
10 He commādeth the Babyloniās & enemies to destroye them. Clime vp vpon their walles, and destroy them, but make not a ful end:Read Chap. 4. 27 take away their batilmēts, for thei are not the Lords
11 For the house of Israél, and the house of Iudáh haue grieuously trespaced against me, saith the Lord.
12 Thei haueBecause thei gaue no
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of his Pro phetes, as Isa
〈◊〉
. 15. denied the Lord, and said, It is not he, nether shal the plague come vpō vs, nether shal we sesworde nor famine.
13 And the Prophetes shalbe (as)Their wordes shalbe of none effect, but vaine. winde, & the worde isThei are not
〈◊〉
of the Lord, & the refore that which thei
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
shal come vpon them. not in them: thus shal it come vnto them.
14 Wherefore thus saith the Lord God of hostes, Because ye speake suche wordes, beholde, I wil put my wordesMeaning
〈◊〉
. into thy mouth, like a fyre, and this people shal be (as) wodde, and it shal deuoure them.
15 Lo, I wil bring a nation vpon youTo
〈◊〉
, the Babylonians and
〈◊〉
deans. from far, ô house of Israél, saith the Lord, which is a mightie nacion, & an ancient nacion a nacion whose language thou knowest not, nether vnderstandest what thei say.
16 Whose quiuer is as an Who shal
〈◊〉
many with
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. open sepulchre: thei are all very strong.
17 And thei shal eat thine haruest and thy bread: thei
〈◊〉
deuoure thy
〈◊〉
& thy daughters: thei shal eatvp thy
〈◊〉
& thy bullocks: thei shal eat thy vines & thy figtres: thei shal destroie with the sworde thy fensed cities, wherein thou didest trust.
18 Neuertheles at those daies, saith the Lord, I wil not make a ful end ofHere the Lord
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his Churche, as Chap.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
you.
19 And when * ye shal saie, Wherefore doethChap. 16. 10. the Lord our God do these things vnto vs? then shaltMeaning the Prophet
〈◊〉
. thou answer them, Like as ye haue forsaken me and serued strange gods in your land, so shal ye serue strangers in a land that is not yours.
20 Declare this in the house of Iaakōb and publish it in Iudah, saying,
21 He are now this, ô foolish people, &Ebr. without heart. without vnderstanding, which haue * eyes andIsa. 6. 9. se not, which haue eares and he are not.mat, 13. 14.
22
〈◊〉
are ye not me, saith the Lord? or wil yeact. 28.
〈◊〉
. not be afraid at my presence, which hauerom. 17. 8., placed the sande for the bondes of the seaIob. 16. 10. by the perpetual decre that it can not pas se it, & thogh the waues there of rage, yet can thei not preuaile, thogh thei roare, (yet) can thei not passe ouer it.
23 But this people hathe an vnfaithful and rebellious heart: thei are departed and gone.
24 For they say not in their heart, Let vs now feare the Lord our God, that giueth raine bothe early and late in due season: he reser ueth vnto vs the appointed wekes of the haruest.
25 (Yet) yourIf there be
〈◊〉
stay, that we receiue not gods blessings in abun dance we must cō
〈◊〉
that it is for our owne iniquities. Isa. 59. 1. iniquities haue turned a waie these things, & your sinnes haue hindred good things from you.
26 For among my people are founde wicked persones, that laie waite as he that setteth snares: thei haue made a pitto catche men.
27 As a cage is ful of birdes, so are their houses ful of deceit: thereby thei are become great and waxen riche.
28 Thei are waxen fat (and) shining: thei do ouerpasse the dedes of the wicked: * theiIsa. 3. 23. execute no iudgement, no not the iudgement,Zechar. 7. 10. of the
〈◊〉
: yet theiThey fele not the plague of God for it. prosper, thogh thei execute no iudgement for the poore.
29 Shal I not visite for these things, saith the Lord? or shal not my soule be auenged on suche a nation as this?
30 An horrible and filthie thing is committed in the land."Or, beare rule,
31 TheMeaning, that there colde be no thing
〈◊〉
is corde where the mi nisters were wicked persones and
〈◊〉
. Prophetes Prophecie lies, and the Priests receiue (giftes) in their handes, andChap.
〈◊〉
. my people delite therein, What wil ye thē do in the end thereof?
CHAP. VI.
1 The comming of the Assyrians and Caldeans. 16 He exhorteth the Iewes to repentance.
1 OYe children ofHe speaketh to them
〈◊〉
because thei shulde take hede
〈◊〉
the example of their
〈◊〉
, the other halfe of their tribe
〈◊〉
were now caryed away prisoners. Beniamin prepare to flee out of the middes of Ierusalém & blow the trumpet inVVhich was a citie in Iudah six miles from Bethleem. Tekoá: set vp a stan dart vponRead Nehe. 3. 14 Beth-haccérem, for a plague appeareth out of the North and great destruction.2. Chro. 11. 6.
2 I haue compared the daughter of Zión to I haue
〈◊〉
her gentely and giuen her abundā c of all things. a beautiful and deintie woman.
3 The pastors with their flockeshe shalbe so de
〈◊〉
, that the shepe may be fed in her. shal'come vnto her thei shal pitch (their) tents round about By her (and) euerie one shal fede in his place.
4 He speaketh this in the personne of the Babylonians which complaine that the time faileth them before thei haue broght their enterprises to passe. Prepare warre against her: arise, ād let vs go vp toward the South wo vnto vs: for the day declineth, and the shadowesof the euening are stretched out.
5
〈◊〉
, and let vs go vp by night, and destroy her palaces.
6 For thus he hathe the Lord of hostes saidg He sheweth the cause why it shulde be destroyed and how it cometh of them selues. He we downe wood, & cast a mount against Ierusalém: this citie must be visited: all oppression is in the middes of it.
7 As the fountaine casteth out her waters, so
〈◊〉
casteth out her malice:
〈◊〉
tie and spoile is continually heare in her before me (with) sorow and strokes.
8 Be thou instructed, ôHe warneth thē to amend by his corrections, and to turne to him by
〈◊〉
. Ierusalém, lest me soule departe from the lest I make thee de so late (as) a land that none in habiteth.
9 Thus saith the Lord of hostes, Thei shal gather as a vine, the residue of Israél: turne He
〈◊〉
the Babylonians to be diligent to searche out all and to leaue none. backe thine hand as the grape gatherer into the baskets.
10 Vnto whome shal I speake, and admonish that thei may heare? beholde, their eares (are)Thei delite to heare vaine things & to shut vp their eares to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. vncircumcised, and thei can not hear ken beholde, the worde of the Lord is vnto them as a reproche, thei haue no delite in it.
11 There fore I am ful of the wrath of the lord I am we arie with holding it:As the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
giuen him his worde to be as a fyre of his indignation to
〈◊〉
that wicked. I wil powre it out vpon theNone
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. children in the strete, & likewise vpon the assemblie of the yongChap. 3. 14. so he kindeleth it now when he
〈◊〉
that all remedies are past. men for the housband shal euen be taken with the wise (and) the aged with him that is ful of daies.
12 And their houses (with) their lands, and wiues also shalbe turned vnto strangers: for I wil stretch out mine hand vpon the inhabitants of the land, saith the Lord.
13 For from the least of them, euen vnto the greatest of them euerie one is giuen vnto couetousnes, and from the Prophet euen vnto the Priest, thei all deale falsely.
14 Thei haue healed also the hurt of the daughter of my people with swete wordes, saying,VVhen the people began to feare Gods
〈◊〉
the false Prophetes comforted thē by flatterings, shewing that God wolde send peace &
〈◊〉
Peace, peace, whē there is no peace
15
〈◊〉
thei ashamed when they had committed abominacion? nay, thei were not ashamed, no nether colde they haue anie shame: therefore thei shal fall among the Ebr.
〈◊〉
fall.
〈◊〉
slaine: when I shal visite them they shalbe cast downe: saith the Lord.
16 Thus saith the
〈◊〉
, Stand in the waies and beholde, and aske for theVVher
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
walked, directed by the worde of God: signifying that the re is no true w: y but that which God prescribeth.' olde waie, which is the good waye and walke therein and ye shal finde rest for your soules: but thei said, We wil not walke (therein.)
17 Also I setProphe
〈◊〉
which shulde warne you
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
angers that were at hand. watchemen ouer you, (which said) Take hede to the sound of the trumpet: but thei said, We wil not take hede.
18 Heare therefore, yeGod
〈◊〉
all the worlde to witnes and the insensible
〈◊〉
of the ingratitude of the
〈◊〉
Gentiles, & thou Cō
gregacion knowe, what is among them.
19 Heare, ō earth, beholde, I wil cause a plague to come vpon this people (euen) the frute of their owne imaginations: because thei haue not taken hede vnto my wordes
nor to my Law, but cast it of.
20 To what purpose bringest thou meRead Isa. 1. 11. &
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 21. incēse from Shebá, and swete calamus from a farre countrey? Your burnt offrings are not pleasant, nor your sacrifices swete vn to me.
21 Therefore thus saith the Lord, Beholde, I wil lay stumbling blockes before this people, and the fathers and the sonnes to gether shal fall vpō them. the neighbour and his friend shal perish.
22 Thus saith the Lord, Beholde, a people cometh from theFrō Babylon by Dan, Which was North from
〈◊〉
. North countrey, and a great nation shal arise from the sides of the earth.
23 With bowe and shield shal they be weaponed thei are cruel and wil haue no compassion: their voyce roareth like the sea, and they ride vpon horses, wel appointed like men of warre against thee, ô daughter Ziōn.
24 We haue heard their fame, (&) our hands waxeFor feare of the
〈◊〉
, he speaketh this in the persone of the
〈◊〉
. feble: sorowe is come vpō vs, as the sorowe of a woman in trauail.
25 Go not forthe into the field, nor walke by the way: for the sworde of the enemie (&) feare (is) on euerie side.
26 O daughter of my people, gird thee with sackecloth, and wallowe thy selfin the ashes: make lamentation, and bitter mourning (as) for thine onely sonne: for the destroier shal suddenly come vpon vs.
27 I haue setMeaning, Ieremiah, whom God had appointed to trie out the godlie from the wicked as a
〈◊〉
doeth the pure
〈◊〉
from the drosse. thee for a defence (and) fortresse among my people, that thou maiest knowe and trye their waies.
28 Thei are all rebellious traitors, walking craftely: (they are) brasse, and yron, thei all are destroyers.
29 TheAll thepaine & labour that hathe bene taken with them, is lost. belowes are burnt: the leade is con sumed in the fyre the founder melteth in vaine: for the wicked are not taken away.
30 Thei shal call them reprobate siluer, because the Lord hathe reiected them.
CHAP. VII.
2 Ieremiáh is commanded to shewe vnto the people the worde of God, which trusteth in the outward seruice of the Temple 13. The euils that shal come to the Iewes for the despising of their Prophetes. 21, Sacrifices doeth not the Lord chiefly require of the Iewes, but that they shulde obeye his worde.
1 THe wordes that came to Ieremiáh fromChap. 26. 13. the Lord saying,
2 Stand in the gate of the Lords House and cry this worde there, and saie, He are the worde of the Lord, all ye of Iudah that
〈◊〉
in at these gates to worship the Lord.
3 Thus saith the Lord of hostes,
〈◊〉
God of Israél, * Amend your
〈◊〉
and your workes, and I wil let you
〈◊〉
in this place.
4 Trust not inBeleue not the false
〈◊〉
which say that for the Temples sake, & the sacrifices the re, the Lord wil preserue you, and so nourish you in you sinne, & vaine confidence. lying wordes, saying, The Temple of the Lord, the Tēple of the Lord this is the Temple of the Lord.
5 For if you amend (and) redresse your waies and your workes: if you execute iudgemēt betwen ea man and his neighbour,
6 (And) oppresse not the strāger, the father les and the widowe and shed no innocent blood in this place, nether walke after other gods to your destruction,
7 ThenGod sheweth on what cōdition he made his promes to this Tēple: that they shulde be an holie people vnto him, as he wolde be a faithful God to them. wil I let you dwell in this place in the land that I gaue vnto your fathers, for euer and euer.
8 Beholde, you truste in lying wordes, that can not profite.
9 Wil you steale, murder, and commit adulterie and sweare falsely and burne incense vnto Báal, & walke after other gods who me ye knowe not?
10 And come & stand before me in this
〈◊〉
se, whereup on my Name is called, and saie, We are deliuered, thogh we haue done all these a bominations?
11 Is this House becomeAs
〈◊〉
in holes, and dennes thinke them selues
〈◊〉
, so when you are in my Temple you thinke to be couered which the
〈◊〉
nes thereof, & that I can not se your wickednes, Mat. 21. 12 a denne of theues whereupō my Name is called before your eies? beholde, euen I see it, saith the Lord.
12 But go ye now vnto my place which was in Shilō,Because thei depended so muche on the Temple, Which was for his promes, that he wolde be present, and defend them Where the
〈◊〉
was: he
〈◊〉
thē to Gods iudgements against
〈◊〉
lo, Where the Ar ke had
〈◊〉
about
〈◊〉
yeres & after was taken, the Priests
〈◊〉
, and the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
serably disconfired 1.
〈◊〉
. 4. 11. Cha. 26 6. where I set my Name at the beginning, and beholde, what I did to it for the wickednes of my people Israél,
13 Therefore now because ye haue done all these workes, saith the Lord, [and IThat is, I neuer ceased to warne you, as Isa.
〈◊〉
. 2. pro uer. 1. 23. rose vp earely and spake vnto you: but when I spake, ye wolde not heare me, nether when I called, woldeHe sheweth what is the
〈◊〉
to redresse our
〈◊〉
: to
〈◊〉
God to
〈◊〉
vs into the Way, and to obey his calling. Isa. 66 4. ye answer]
14 Therefore wil I do vnto this House, whereupon my Name is called, where in also ye trust, euen vnto the place that I gaue tog I wil send you into
〈◊〉
as I haue done Ephrim, that is, the
〈◊〉
. you and to your fathers, as I haue done vn to Shilō.
15 And I wil caste you out of my sight, as I ha ue cast out all your brethren, (euē) the who le sede of Ephráim.
16 Therefore thou shalt notTo assure
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
God had determined with him self to punish their wickednes, he she weth that the prayers of the golie can nothing
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
they remaine in their obstin cie against God, & wil not vse the meanes that he vseth to call thē to
〈◊〉
tance, Chap. 11. 14. & 14 11. praie for this people,
〈◊〉
liftvp crie or praier for thē nether: in treat me, for I wil not heare thee
17 Seest thou not what thei do in the cities of Iudáh and in the stretes of lerusalém?
18 The children gather wood, and the fathers kinde the fyre, & the women knede the dough to make cakes toThat is, thei
〈◊〉
fice to the funne, mone and starres, which thei
〈◊〉
the Quene of heauen, Chap. 44, 17. 2 king. 23.
〈◊〉
. the Queene of heauen & to powre out drinke offrings vnto ether gods, that thei maie prouoke me vnto angre.
19 Do thei prouoke me to angre, saith the Lord, and not them selues to the confusion of their owne faces?
20 Therefore thus saith the Lord God, Beholde, mine angre & my wrath shalbe pow red vpon this place, vpon man and vpon beast, and vpon the tre of the field & vpon the frute of the grounde, and it shal burne and not be quenched.
21 Thus saith the Lord of hostes, the God of Israél, Put your burnt offrings vnto your sa crifices, and eat the flesh.
22 ForShewing that
〈◊〉
was not his chief purpose and
〈◊〉
that thei shulde of
〈◊〉
sacrifices: but that thei shuld regarde, wherefore thei were ordeined: to wit, to be ioyned to the wor de as seales &
〈◊〉
firmatiōs of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ofsins in
〈◊〉
for without
〈◊〉
Worde thei
〈◊〉
vaine and
〈◊〉
table. I spake not vnto your fathers, nor cōmanded them, when I broght them out of the land of Egypt, cōcerning burnt offrings and sacrifices.
23 But this thing commanded I them, saying,
Obey my voice, & I wil be your God, and ye shal be my people: and walke yein all the waies which I haue cōmanded you, that it maie be wel vnto you.
24 But thei wolde not obey, nor incline their eare, but went after the counsels (and) the stubbernes of their wicked heart, & went backewarde and not forwarde.
25 Since the daie that your fathers came vp out of the Land of Egypt, vntowhich was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
hun dreth yeres. this day, I haue euen sent vnto you all my seruants the Prophetes,Read vers. 13. rising vp early eueriedaie and sending them.
26 Yet wolde thei not heare me nor incline their eare, but hardened their necke (and) did worse then their fathers.
27 Therefore shalt thou speake all these wordes vnto them, but theiVVhereby he sheweth that the pastours oght not to leaue their
〈◊〉
kes in their
〈◊〉
: for the Lord wil vse the meanes of his
〈◊〉
to make the wicked more
〈◊〉
and to proue his. wil not heare thee: thou shalt also crye vnto them, but thei wil not answer thee.
28 But thou shalt saie vnto them, This is a nation that heareth not the voice of the Lord their God not receiueth discipline: trueth is perished, and is cleane gone out of their mouth.
29 Cut of thineIn signe of mour ning, as Iob. 1, 20.
〈◊〉
. 1. 16. heere, ô Ierusalém, and cast it a waie, and take vp a cōplaint on the hie places: for the Lord hathe reiected & forsaken the generation of hisAgainst whome he had iuste occasiō to powre out his wrath. wrath.
30 For the children of Iudàh haue done euil in my sight, saith the Lord: thei haue set their abominations in the House, wherevpon my Name is called, to
〈◊〉
it.
31 And thei haue buylt the hie place ofOf Topheth Read 2, King 23. 0. To pheth, which is in the vallei of Ben-Hinnom to burne their sonnes & their daughters in the fyre, which IBut commanded the
〈◊〉
, as
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
and 20.
〈◊〉
. deu.
〈◊〉
. 20. commanded them not, nether came it in mine heart.
32 Therefore beholde, the daies come, saith the Lord, that it shal no more be called Tō pheth, nor the vallei of Ben-Hinnóm, but the valley of slaughter: for thei shal burye in Topheth til there be no place.
33 And the carkeises of this people shalbe meat for the foules of the heauen and for the beastes of the earth, and none shal fray them awaie.
34 * Then I wil cause to cease from the cities
〈◊〉
26.
〈◊〉
. of Iudàh and from the stretes of Ierusalém the voyce of mirth and the voice of gladnes, the voyce of the bridegrome and the voyce of the bride: for the land shalbe desolate.
CHAP. VIII.
1 The destruction of the Iewes. 4 The Lord moueth the people to amendement. 10 He reprehendeth the lying doctrine & the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
& Priests.
1 AT that time, saith the Lord, thei shal bring out the bones of the Kings of Iudáh, and the bones of their princes, and the bones of the Priestes and the bones
〈◊〉
the Prophetes, and the bones of the in habitans of Ierusalém out of theirThe enemie for gredines of gaine shal risie your
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and laye you
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
which in your
〈◊〉
you worshiped, to
〈◊〉
they can helpe you. graues.
2 And thei shal spread them before the sunne and the moone, and all the hoste of hea uen, whome they haue loued, and whome thei haue serued, and whome thei haue fol lowed, and whome thei haue soght, & who me thei haue worshiped: thei shal not be gathered nor be buryed, (but) shal be as dung vpon the earth.
3 And death shalbe desiredBecause of the afflictiōs that thei shal fele through Gods iudgements rather then life of all the residue that remaineth of this wicked familie, which remaine in all the places where I haue scatred them, saith the Lord of hostes.
4 Thou shalt saie vnto thē also, Thus saith the Lord, Shal theiIs there no hope that thei wil
〈◊〉
re? fall & not arise? shal he turne awaie and not turne againe?
5 Wherefore is this people of Ierusalém tur ned backe by a perpetual rebellion? thei gaue thē selues to de ceit, (and) wolde not returne.
6 I hearkened and heard, (but) none speake aright: no man repented him of his wicked nes, saying, What haue I done? euerieThey are ful of
〈◊〉
, and euerye one
〈◊〉
his owne fan
〈◊〉
without any consideration one turned to their race, as the horse rusheth into the battel.
7 Euen the storcke in the aire knoweth her appointed times, & the turtle and the cra ne and the swallowe obserue the time of their coming, but my people knoweth not theHe accuseth thē in that they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ignorāt of Gods iudgements then these birdes are of their appointed seasons to discerne the col
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
, as
〈◊〉
1. 1. 3. iudgement of the Lord.
8 How do ye saie, We are wise, and the La weThe Lawe doeth not profite you,
〈◊〉
it to ha ue bene writē for ought that you ha ue learned by it. of the Lord (is) with vs Lo, certeinly in vai ne made he it, the pen of the scribes is in vaine.
9 TheThey that seme wise, may be asha med of their igno rance: for all wisdome cōsisteth in Gods worde. wise men are ashamed: thei are afraid and taken lo, thei haue reiected the worde of the Lord, and what wisdome is in them?
10 Therefore wil I giue their wiues vnto others, (&) their fields to thē that shal possesse thē:
〈◊〉
for euerie one frō the least euenIsa.
〈◊〉
. 11. chap:
〈◊〉
. 31, and 6. 13. vnto the greatest is giuen to couetousnes (and) from the Prophet euē vnto the Priest euerie one dealeth falsely.
11 For thei haue heale the hurt of the daugh ter of my people with swete wordes, saying,Read Chap. 6. 14 Peace, peace, whē there is no peace.
12 Where thei ashamed whē they had cōmit led abomination? nay, thei were not ashamed, nether colde they haue anie shame: therefore shal they fall among the slaine: when I shal visit them, they shalbe cast downe, saith the Lord.
13 I wil surely consume them, saith the Lord: there shalbe no grapes on the vinenor figs in the figtre, and the leaf shal fade,
〈◊〉
the things that I haue giuen them, shal departe from them.
14 Why do westay?He speaketh in the pe sone of the people, who whē the
〈◊〉
wil runne about to hide them selues, & acknowled ge that it is Gods hand. assēble your selues, & let vs
〈◊〉
īto the strōg cities, & letvs be quiet there: for the
〈◊〉
our God hathe put vsto silēce & giuē vs water withThat is, hathe broght vs into extreme affliction, & thus they shal not attribute this plague to fortune, but to Gods iust iudgement. Chap. 9. 15 & 21. 15. Chap. 14. 19 gall to drinke because we haue sinned against the Lord.
15 * We loked for peace, but no
〈◊〉
(came) & for a time of health, & beholde troubles.
16 The neying, of his horses was heard fromRead Chap 4. 15. Dan, the whole land trēbled at the noise of the neying of his strōge (horses) forthei
are come and haue deuoured the land with all that is in it, the citie, & those that dwell therein.
17 For beholde I wilGod threateneth to send the
〈◊〉
among them, who shal vtterly destroye them in su the sorte as by no meanes they shal escape. send serpents (and) coc katrices among you, which wil not be char med, & they shal sting you saith the Lord.
18 I wolde haueRead Chap. 4. 19 comforted my self against sorowe (but) mine heart is heauie in me.
19 Beholde, the voyce of the crye of the dau ghter of my people (for feare of them) of a farre countrey, Is not the Lord in Zión? is not her King in her? Why
〈◊〉
the Lord speaketh. haue they prouo ked me to angre with their grauen images and with the vanities of a strange (god.)
20 TheThe people wonder that they haue so long time loked for succour in vaine haruest is past, the somer is ended and we are not holpen.
21 I amThe Prophet speaketh this. sore vexed for the hurt of the daugh ter of my people: I am heauy, and astonishment hathe taken me.
22 Is there not balmeMeaning that no mans helpe or meanes colde saue them for in Gilead was precious balme. at Gilead? is there noChap. 45. 11. or els deriding the vaine confidence of the people who loked for helpe at their Priests, who shulde haue bene the phisitions of their sou les, and dwelt at Gilead. Hose. 6. 8. Phisiciō there? Why then is not the health of the daughter of my people recouered?
CHAP. IX.
1 The complaint of the Prophet for the malice of the peo ple, 24 In the knowledge of God ought we onely to reioyce. 26 The vncircumcision of the heart,
1 OH, that mine head were (ful) ofThe Prophet sheweth the great compassion that he had toward this people, seing
〈◊〉
he cold neuer sufficiently lament the
〈◊〉
ction that he saw to hang ouer thē VVhich is a special note to discer ne the true pastours from the
〈◊〉
, read. chap. 4. 19 water and mine eyes a fountaine of teares: that I might wepe day and night for the slaine of the daughter of my people.
2 Oh, that I had in the wildernes aHe sheweth that this
〈◊〉
mo requietnes, and greater safety for him to dwell among the wilde beastes then amōg this wicked
〈◊〉
saue that God hathe ioyned him this charge. cottage of way faring men, that I might leaue my people, and go from them for thei be all
〈◊〉
turned from God. adulterers and an assemblie of rebels.
3 And they bend their tongues (like) their bowes forTo belye, & selā der their neighbours. lies butthey haue no courage for the trueth vpon the earth for thei pro cede from euil to worse: and they haue not knowen me, saith the Lord.
4 Let euerie one take hede of his neighbour and trust you not in anieMeaning the all were corrupt & none colde finde an honest man. brother? for euerie brother wil vse deceit, and euerie friēd wil deale deceitfully.
5 And euerie one wil deceiue his friend, and wil not speake the trueth (for) theyThey haueso practised deceit that thei can not forsake it. haue
〈◊〉
heir tongues to speake lies, and take great paines to do wickedly.
6 Thine habitation is in the middes of deceiuers:They had rather
〈◊〉
God, then leaue their wicked trade. because of (their) deceit they refu se to knowe, saith the Lord,
7 Therefore thus saith the Lord of hostes, Beholde, I wilVVith the fyre of affliction. Psal. 28. 3 &. 120 4 melt them, and trye them: for what shuld I (els) do for the daughter of my people?
8 Their tongue * (is) as an arrowe shot out, (and) speaketh deceit: one speaketh peacably to his neighbour with his mouth but in his heart he layeth waite for him.
9 Shal I not visit them for these thing, saith the Lord? or shal not my soule be aduenged on suche a nation as this?
10 Vpon theSignifying that all the places about Ierusalem shulde be destroyed. mountaines wil I take vp a weping and a lamentacion, and vpon the faire places of the wildernes a mourning, be cause they are burnt vp so that none can passe through them nether can men heare the voyce of the flocke: bothe the foule of the aire, and the beast are fled away (and) gone.
11 And I wil make Ierusalém an heape (and) a den of dragons, and I wil make the cities of Iudah waste, without an inhabitant.
12 Who isMeaning, that are all without sense, and vnderstanding, and that God hathe taken his Spirit from them. wise to vnderstand this, and to whome the mouth of the Lord hathe spoken euen he shal declare it. Why doeth the land perish (and) is burnt vp like a wildernes that none passeth through?
13 And the Lord saith, Because they haue forsaken my Law, which I set before them, & haue not obeied my voice, nether walked there after.
14 But haue walked after the stubbernes of their owne heart, and after Baalims, whichHe sheweth that the children can not excuse them selues by their fathers
〈◊〉
for bothe father, and childe if they be wicked shal perish. their fathers taught them.
15 Therefore thus saith the Lord of hostes, the God of Israél, Beholde, I wil fede this people with worme wodde, and giue them waters of gallRead Chap. 8. 14. to drinke:
16 I wil scatre them also among the heathen whome nether they nor their fathers haue knowen, and I wil send a sworde after thē, til I haue consumed them.
17 Thus saith the Lord of hostes, Take hede, and call forSeing you can not
〈◊〉
your owne sinnes, call for those foolish women, whome of a superstition you haue to lamēt for the dead, that they by their fained teares may prouoke you to some sorow. the mourning women, that thei may come, and send for skilful women that thei may come,
18 And let thē make haste, & let thē take vp a lamētatiō for vs, that our eyes may cast out teares & our eye liddes gush out of water.
19 For a lamentable noyse is heard out of Zión, How are we destroyed (and) vtterly confounded, for we haue for saken the lād and our dwellingsAs thogh
〈◊〉
weare
〈◊〉
of vs because of our
〈◊〉
. Leu. 18 28. &. 20. 22. haue cast vs out.
20 Therefore heare the worde of the Lord, ô ye women, and let your eares regarde the wordes of his mouth, andHe derideth the superstition of the women which made an arte of mourning, and taught to wepe with fained teares. teache your daughters to mourne, and euerie one her neighhour to lament.
21 For death is come vp into ourSignifying, that there is no meanes to deliuer the wicked frō Gods iudgements: but when thei thinke to be moste sure, and moste faire of then are they sonest taken. windowes (&) is entred into our palaces, to destroye the children without, and the yong men in the stretes.
22 Speake, thus saith the Lord, The carkeises of men shal lie, euen as the dung' vpon the field, and as the handful after the mower, and none shal gather (them.)
23 Thus saith the Lord, Let not theForasmuche as nonecan sauehim selfe by his owne labour or
〈◊〉
worldelie
〈◊〉
, he sheweth that it is in vaine to put
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
therein but that we trust in the Lord, and reioyce in him who onely can deliuer vs. 1. Cor. 1. 31. 2.
〈◊〉
. 10. 17. wise man glorie in his wisdome, nor the strong man glorie in his strength, nether the riche man glorie in his riches.
24 But let him that glorieth, glorie in this, that he vnderstandeth: and knoweth me: for I am the Lord, whichThese thre pointes are necessarie to knowe ari
〈◊〉
his mercie
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
our saluation: his iudgement, which he executeth continually against the wicked, and his iustice, whereby defendeth and mainteineth
〈◊〉
faithful. shewe mercie, iudgement? and righteousnes in the earth for in these things Idelite, saith the Lord.
25 Beholde, the dayes come saith the LORD, that I wil visit all them, which areMeaning, bothe Iewes and
〈◊〉
Is, as in the next verse he sheweth the cause, read Cl. ap.
〈◊〉
. circumcised with the vn circumcised?
26 Egypt and Iudáh, and Edóm, and the chil dren of Ammón, and Moáb, and all the
vtmost corners of them that dwell in the wildernes for all (these) nations (are) vncir cumcised, and all the house of Israél (are) vncircumcised in the heart.
CHAP. X.
2 The constellacions of the stares are not to be feared. 5 The weaknes of idoles, & of the power of God. 21. Their pastours are become brute beastes.
1 HEare ye the worde of the Lord that he speaketh vnto you, ô house of Israél.
2 Thus saith the Lord, Learne not the way of the heathen, and be not afraide for theGod for biddeth his people to giue creditor feare the constellations & coniunctions of
〈◊〉
, & planets, which haue no power of them selues, but are gouerned by him, & their secret motions and influen ces are notknowē to man and there fore there can be no certaine iudge ment thereof.
〈◊〉
18 9. signes of heauen, thogh the heathen be afraide of suche.
3 For theMeaning not onely in the obseruation of the starres, but their laws and ceremo nies whereby they confirme their idolatrie, which is forbiden Deut. 12. 30. customes of the people are vaine: for one cutteth a tre out of the forest [which is the worke of the hands of the carpenter] with the axe.
4 And (another) decketh itThe prophetes vse thus plainely and simply to set forthe the vile ab surditie of the ido larers, that men might learne to beashamed of that whereunto their corrupt nature is moste subiectread Isa. 44 12. with siluer, and with golde: they fasten it with nailes, and hammers, that it fall not.
5 The (idoles) stand vp as the palme tre, but speake not: they are borne because they can not go: feare thē not, for they can not do euil, nether can they do good.
6 There is none like vnto thee, ô Lord:He reacheth the people to life vp their eves to God who hathe all power, and there fore ought onely to be feared: and herein he shewe them not onely the euil that they ought to eschew but the good, which they ought to follow Reuel. 15. 4. thou art great, and thy Name is great in power.
7 Who wolde not feare thee, ô King of nations: for to thee apperteineth (the dominion) for amōg all the wise men of the Gétiles, and in all their kingdomes there is none like thee.
8 But altogether thei
〈◊〉
, and are foolish: (for) the stocke is aBecause the peo ple thoght that to haue images was a meane to serue God and to bring them to the knowledge of him, he sheweth that nothing mo redispleaseth God nor bringeth man into greater errors and ignor an ce of God and the
〈◊〉
he calleth them thedoctrine of vanitie, the worke of errors, ver.
〈◊〉
. and Habak
〈◊〉
. 18. called them the teachers of lies contrarie to that wicked opinion, hat thei are the
〈◊〉
of the laye people. doctrine of vanitie.
9 Siluer plates are broght from Tarshish, & goldeVVhere as they founde the best golde: shewing, that thei thoght nothing to deare for their idoles someread Ophir, as 1 King. 9. 28. from Vpház (for) the worke of the workeman, and the hands of the founder: the blewesilke, and the purple (is) their clothing: all these things are made by cunning men.
10 But the Lord (is) the God of trueth: he is the liuing God, and an euerlasting King at his angre the earth shal tremble, and the nations can not abide his wrath.
11 [Thus shal you say vnto them, The godsThis declareth that all, that hathe bene in this Chapter spoken of idoles, was to arme the Iewes when they shulde be in Caldea among the
〈◊〉
, and now
〈◊〉
one
〈◊〉
he instructeth them bothe how to protest their owne religion against the
〈◊〉
, and how to answer them to their shame which
〈◊〉
ex horte them to idola: rie, and therefore he
〈◊〉
this
〈◊〉
in the Caldeans tongue for a memorial, where as all the rest of his writing is Ebrewe. that haue not made the heauens and the earth, shal perish from the earth, and from vnder these heauens.]
12 He hathe made the earth by his power, and established the worlde by his wisdome, and hathe stretched out the heauen by his discretion.
13 He giueth by (his) voyce the multitude of waters in the heauen, and he causeth the cloudes to ascend frō the ends of the earth he turneth lightnings to raine, and bringeth forthe the winde out of his treasures
14 Euerie man is aThe more that man thinketh to doanie thing wel by his owne wisdome, and not as God instructeth him the more doeth he proue him self to be a vile beast. beast by (his owne) know ledge: euerie founder is confoūded by the grauen image: for his melting is but falsehode, and there is no breth therein.
15 They are vanitie (&) the worke of errours in the time of their visitation they shal pe rish.
16 TheBy these wordes Portion and rod he
〈◊〉
their inheritance meaning that God shulde be all suffi cient for them, & that their felicitie consisted in him alone and therefore thei ought to renonce all
〈◊〉
helpes, and succours as of
〈◊〉
do les, &c. Deut. 32. 9. p sol 16. 5. portion of Iaakōb (is) not like them: for he is the maker of all things, and Israél (is) the rod of his inheritance: the Lord of hostes (is) his Name.
17 ¶The prophet willeth the Iewes to prepare them selues to this
〈◊〉
, shewing that it was now a hand, that they shulde fele the things whereof he hadtolde them. Gather vp thy wares out of the land, ō thou that dwellest in the strong place.
18 For thus saith the Lord, Beholde, at this time I wil throwe as with a sling the in habitants of the land, and wil trouble them, and they shal finde it (so.)
19 Wo is me for my destruction (and) my grieuous plague: but I thoght, Yet itIt is my iuste pla gue and therefore I wil take it paciently: where by he
〈◊〉
the people how to be haue them selues toward God, is my
〈◊〉
rowe, and I wil beare it.
20 He sheweth howe Ierusalem shall
〈◊〉
. My tabernacle is destroyed, and all my coards are broken: my children are gone from hie, & are not: there is none to spread out my tentany more, and to set vp my courtaines.
21 For the pastorsThe
〈◊〉
and ministers. are become beastes, and haue not soght the Lord: therfore haue thei none vnderstanding: and all the (flockes) of their pastures are scatered.
22 Beholde, the noise of the brute is come, & a greate commotion out of theRead Chap. 4. 13 North countrey to make the cities of Iudáh desolate, (and) a denne of dragons.
23 O Lord, I knowe, thatHe speaketh this because that
〈◊〉
or purposed to haue ma de warre against the Moabites and Ammonites, but hearing of zecedechiahs rebellion he turned his power to go against Ierusalem, Ezek. 21. 21 therefore the prophet saith, that this was the Lords direction. the way of man is not in him self, nether (is it) in māto walke and to direct his steps.
24 O Lord, correct me, but withConsidering that God had reueiled vnto him the certitude of their captiuitie. Chap. 7. 16. he onely prayeth, that he wolde punish them with mercie, which Isaiah calleth, in measure Chap. 27.
〈◊〉
. measuring his roddes by their infirmitie. 1 Cor. 10. 13. for here be iudgement is ment not onely the punishmēt, but also the merciful moderaciō of the same, as Chap.
〈◊〉
. 11. iudgement, not in thine angre, lest thou bring me to nothing.
25 Power outFor asmuche as God cā not onely be
〈◊〉
& glorified by his mercie, that he vseth toward his Church, but also by his iustice in punishing his enemies, he praieth that his glorie may fully appeare bothe in the one and he other. Psal. 79 6. thy wrath vpon the heathen, that knowe thee not, and vpon the families that call not on thy Name: for they haue eaten vp Iaakōb and deuoured hym and consumed him, and haue made his habitacion desolate.
CHAP. XI.
8 A curse of them that obey not the worde of Gods couenant. 10 The people of Iudah, following the steppes of their fathers, worshippe strange Gods. 15 The Lord forbiddeth Ieremiāh to praie for them.
1 THe worde that came to Ieremiáh from the Lord, saying,
2 Heare ye the wordes of this couenant, and speake vnto the men of Iudáh, and to the inhabitants of Ierusalém.
3 And say thou vnto them, Thus saith the Lord God of Israél,He calleth the
〈◊〉
to the con sideracion of Gods mercies, who frely chose them made a couenant of eternal
〈◊〉
with thē, & how he euerper formed it on his behalf, and how they euer shewed themselues rebellious and in grate toward him and brake it on their parte, and so are subiect to the curse of the Law. Deut. 27.
〈◊〉
Cursed be the man that obeieth not the wordes of this couenāt
4 Whiche I commanded vnto your fathers, whē I broght thē out of the land of Egypt,
from theyron fornace, saying, Obey my voy ce, & do according to all these things, which I commande you: so shal ye be my people, & I wil be your God,
5 That I may confirme the othe, that I haue sworne vnto your fathers, to giue them a lād which floweth with milke and hony, as (appeareth) this day. Then answeredThus he speaketh in the persone of the people, which agreed to the couenant. I and said So be it, ô Lord.
6 Then the Lord said vnto me, Crye all these wordes in the cities of Iudāh, and in the stre tes of Ierusalém, saying, Heare ye the wordes of this couenant, and do them.
7 For I haue protested vnto your fathers, whē I broght them vp out of the land of Egypt vnto this day,
〈◊〉
Chap. 7, 13. rising earely and protesting, saying, Obey my voyce.
8 Neuertheles they wolde not obey, nor encli ne their eare: but
〈◊〉
one walked in the stubbernes of his wickedAccording to his owne fantasie, and not as my wordeappointed
〈◊〉
. heart: therefore I wil bring vpō them all theMeaning, the menaces and cur ses conteined in the Law, Leu. 25, 14 Deut.
〈◊〉
, 16. wordes of this couenant, which I commanded them to do, but they did it not.
9 And the Lord said vnto me, AThat is, a general consent to rebelle against me, conspiracie is founde amōg the men of Iudāh, and amōg the inhabitants of Ierusalēm.
10 They are turned backe to the iniquities of their forefathers, which refused to heare my wordes: and they went after other gods to serue them: (thus) the house of Israél, and the house of Iudāh haue broken my couenant, which I made with their fathers.
11 Therefore thus saith the Lorde, Beholde, I wil bring a plague vpon thē, which they shal not be able to escape, and thogh they crye vnto me, I wil not heare them.g Because they wil not pray with true faith &
〈◊〉
, but for the smart and grief, which they
〈◊〉
, Prou, 28.
12 Then shal the cities of Iudáh, and the inhabitants of Ierusalém go, and crye vnto the gods vnto whome they offer incense, but they shal not be able to helpe them in time of their trouble.
13 Read Chap. 2, 28. For according to the nomber of thy cities were thy gods, o Iudáh, & (according) to the nomber of the stretes of Ierusalém haue ye set vp altars of
〈◊〉
, (euen) altars to bur ne incense vnto Báal.
14 Therefore thou shalt not prayRead Chap. 7, 16. and 14, 11. for this peo ple, nether lift vp a crye, or prayer for them: for when they crye vnto me in their trouble, I wil not heare them.
15 What shulde my
〈◊〉
people of Israél whome I haue hetherto so greatly loued. beloued (tary) in mine house, seing they haue committed abominacion with many? and the holy flesh
〈◊〉
, that they offer not in the Temple to God,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the altars of
〈◊〉
and the idoles, and so reioyced in their wickednes. goeth away from thee: yet when thou doest euil, thou reioycest.
16 The Lord called thy name, A grene oliue tre faire, (and) of godlie frute: (but) withOf the Babylo nians &
〈◊〉
noise and great
〈◊〉
hathe set fyre vpon it, & the branches of it are broken.
17 For the Lord of hostes that planted thee, ha the pronounced a plague against thee, [for the wickednes of the house of Israél, and of the house of Iudáh] whiche they haue done against them selues to prouoke me to angre in
〈◊〉
incense vnto Báal.
18 And the Lord hathe taught me, and I know it, (euen) then thou shewedst mewhich went
〈◊〉
priuely to cōsp. re my death their practises.
19 But I was like a lambe, (or) a bullocke, that is broght to the slaughter, and I knewe not that thei had deuised thus againste me, (saying,) Let vsLet vs destroy the Prophet & his doctrine. Some read, let vs corrupt his meat with wood, mea ning, poyson. destroye the tre with the frute there of, & cut him out of the lād of the liuing that his name may be no more in memorie.
20 But ô Lord of hostes, that iudgest righteous ly, and tryest the reines and the heart, let me se thyThus he spake not for hatred,
〈◊〉
being moued with the Spirit of God, he
〈◊〉
the aduancement of Gods glone and the ve
〈◊〉
of his worde, which is by the destructiō of his
〈◊〉
. vengeance on them: for vnto thee ha ue I opened my cause.
21 The Lord therefore speaketh thus of the mē ofTo wit, bothe the
〈◊〉
& the reste of the people: for this towne was the priests & they dwelt in it, read Chap.
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. Anathōth, [that seke thy life, and say,Not that they colde not abide to
〈◊〉
God named: (for herein thei wolde shew them selues most holy) but because they colde not abide to be sharpely reproued & therefore
〈◊〉
to be flattered,
〈◊〉
. 30, 10.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
be mainteined in their pleasures, Mich. 2, 11. & not to
〈◊〉
vice con demned, Amos 7,
〈◊〉
Prophecie not in the Name of the Lord, that thou dye not by our hands]
22 Thus therefore saith the Lord of hostes, Beholde, I wil visit them: the yong men shal dye by the sworde: their sonnes and their daughters shal dye by famine,
23 And none of them shal remaine: for I wil bring a plague vpon the men of Anathōth, (euen) the yere of their visitacion.
CHAP. XII.
1 The Prophet marueleth at the
〈◊〉
of the wicked althogh he confesse God to be righteous. 7 The Iewes are forsakē of the Lord. 10 He speaketh against pastors & preachers, that seduce the people. 14 The Lord threatneth destruction vnto the nacions, that troubled Iudáh.
1 OLord, if I dispute with thee, thou artThe prophet cō
fesseth God to be
〈◊〉
in all his doings,
〈◊〉
man be not able to giue a reason of all
〈◊〉
. actes. righteous: yet let me talke with thee of (thy) iudgemēts: wherefore doeth the waye of the wickedThis question hath bene alway a great
〈◊〉
to the godlie, to se the wicked ene mies of God in prospeti ie, & his dere children in aduersitie, as Iob
〈◊〉
, 7. psal. 37, 1. 73,
〈◊〉
Haba 1, 3. prosper (why) are all they in welth that rebelliously
〈◊〉
?
2 Thou hast planted them, and they haue takē roote: they growe, and bring forthe fruthe: thou art nere in their mouth, and farre from theirThey professe God in
〈◊〉
, but denie him in heart, whiche is here
〈◊〉
by the reines, Isa 29,
〈◊〉
. mat. 15, 8. reines.
3 But thou, Lord, knowest me: thou hast sene me, and tryed mine heart toward thee: pul them out like shepe for the slaughter, &The
〈◊〉
worde is,
〈◊〉
thē, meaning that God wolde be sanctified in the
〈◊〉
of the wicked, to whome God for a while giueth prosperitie, that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
they shulde the more
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
iud
〈◊〉
when they lacke
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
we re a signe of his mercie. pre pare them for the day of slaughter.
4 Howlong shal the lādmourne, and the herbes of euery field wither, for the wickednes of them that dwell therein? the beasts are cō
sumed and the byrdes, because they said, He wil not se our last end.
5 If thou hast runne with theSome
〈◊〉
that God reproueth Ieremiáh in that, that he wold reason with him saying, that if he were
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
with mē that he were far re vnable to dispue with God Others, by the fote men, meane them of
〈◊〉
, and by the horse men
〈◊〉
of Ierusalém, which shuld
〈◊〉
ble the Prophet
〈◊〉
then his owne countrey men did. fotemen, and they haue
〈◊〉
thee, then how cāst thou
〈◊〉
thy selfwith horses? & if thou thoght est thy self safe in a peacable land, what wilt thou do in the swelling of Iordén?
6 For euen thy brethren, and the house of thy father, euen they haue delt vn faithfully with thee, & they haue cryed out altogether vpō thee: (but) beleue them not, thogh they spea ke faire to thee.
7 I haue forsakē
God willeth the
〈◊〉
to de nounce his iudge ments against
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, not with stāding that they shal
〈◊〉
by threathings and flatteries labeur to puc him to silence. mine house: I haue left mine heritage: I haue giuen the derelie beloued of my soule into the hands of her enemies.
8 Mine heritage is vnto me, as aEuer tamping & raging against me and my Prophets. lyon in thee Abusing Gods leuitie & his promises, they
〈◊〉
red thē selues as thogh God wold euer be merciful, and not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thē: therfore they hardened them selues in sinne,
〈◊〉
at
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
& insensible
〈◊〉
tures felt the
〈◊〉
os their stubberne rebellion against God. forest: it cryeth out against me, therefore haue I hated it.
9 Shal mine heritage be vnto me, as a birdeInstead of bearing my liuerey & wearing onely my colours, they haue change and
〈◊〉
of colours of their idoles and superstitions, therefore their ene
〈◊〉
, as
〈◊〉
as the foules of the
〈◊〉
, shal come
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them.
of diuerse colours? are not the birdes about her (saying,) Come, assemble all the beasts of the field, come to eather?
10 Many pastors haue destroyed myHe
〈◊〉
of the destiuction of
〈◊〉
by the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
calleth pastors.
〈◊〉
ar de, and troden my porcion vnder fote: of my pleasant porcion they haue made ad eso late wildernes.
11 They haue laid it waste, and it, being waste mourneth vnto me: (and) the whole land lyeth waste, because no man setteth (his) minde onBecause no man regardeth my worde, or the plagues
〈◊〉
I haue sent vpon the land. it.
12 The destroyers are come vpon all the high places in the wildernes: of the sworde of the Lord shal deuoure from the one end of the land, euen to the (other) end of the land: no flesh shal haue peace.
13 To wit, the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. They haue so wen wheat, and reaped thor nes: they wereThey
〈◊〉
the sinnes of the people. sicke, (and) had no profite: and they were ashamed ofFor instead of amendment you
〈◊〉
worse and worse as Gods plagues testified. your frutes, because of the fierce wrath of the Lord.
14 Thus saith the Lord against all mine euilMeaning, the wicked enemies of his Church whiche
〈◊〉
his name, and who me he wolde
〈◊〉
after that he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his people. neighbours, that touche the inheritance, which I haue caused my people Israél to in herite, Beholde, I wil plucke them out of their land, & plucke out the house of Iudáh from among them.
15 And after that I haue plucked them out, IAfter that I haue punished the Gentiles, I
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vpon them. wil returne, and haue compassion on them, & wil bring againe euery man to his heritage, and euery man to his land.
16 And if they wil learne theThe true doctrine and maner to
〈◊〉
God. wayes of my people, to sweeare by my Name, [Read Chap.
〈◊〉
, 2. The Lord liueth, as they taught my people, to sweare by Báal] then shal they be buy ItThey shalbe of the nomber of the faithful, and haue a place in my Church. in the middes of my people.
17 But if they wil not obey, then wil I vtterly plucke vp, & destroye that nacion, saith the Lord.
CHAP. XIII.
The
〈◊〉
of the Iewes is prefigured.
〈◊〉
Why Israél was receiued to be the people of God, and why they were forsaken. 15 He exhorteth them repentance.
1 THus saith the Lord vnto me, Go, and bye thee a linen girdle, and put it vpon thy loynes, and put it not in water.
2 So I boght the girdle according to the cō
mandement of the Lord, and put it vpon my loynes.
3 And the worde of the Lord came vnto me the seconde time, saying.
4 Take the girdle that thou hast boght, whiche is vpon thy loynes, and arise, go to wardBecause this reuer Peráth or Eu
〈◊〉
was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Ierusalém, it is euident, that this was a vision whereby was signified that the
〈◊〉
shulde passe euer Euphrates to be captiues in Babylon & there for lēgth of time shulde
〈◊〉
to be rotten: althogh they were ioyned to the Lord before as a
〈◊〉
about man. Peráth, and hide it there in the cleft of the rocke.
5 So I went, and hid it by Peráth, as the Lord had commanded me.
6 And after many daies, the Lord said vnto me Arise, go to ward Peráth, and take the girdle from thence, which I commanded thee to hide there.
7 The a went I to Peráth, and digged, and toke the girdle from the place where I had hid it, and beholde, the girdle was corrupt, (and) was profitable for nothing.
8 Then the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying,
9 Thus saith the Lord, After this maner wil I destroye the pride of Iudáh, and the great pride of Ierusalem.
10 This wicked people haue refused to heare my worde, and walke after the stubbernes of their owne heart, and walke after other gods to serue them, and to worship them: therefore they shalbe as this girdle, which is profitable to nothing.
11 For as the girdle cleaueth to the loines of a man, so haue I tyed to me the whole house of Israél, & the whole house of Iudáh, saith the LORD, that they might be people: that they might haue a name and praise, and glorie, but they wolde not heare!
12 Therefore thou shalt saye vnto them this worde, Thus saith the Lord GOD of Israél, EuerieEuerie one of you
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
With spiritual d: unkennes, & he Without all knowledge to
〈◊〉
how to help your selues. bottel shalbe filled with wine, and they shal saye vnto thee, Do we not knowe that euerie bottle shalbe filled with wine?
13 Then shalt thou saye vnto them, Thus saith the Lord, Beholde, I wil fil all the inhabitants of this land, euen the Kings that fit vpon the throne of Dauid, and the Priests and the Prophetes and all the inhabitans of Ierusalém with drunk ennes.
14 And IIt shalbe as
〈◊〉
me to de
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and the
〈◊〉
as it is for a man to breake earthē
〈◊〉
. wil shal them one
〈◊〉
nother, euen the fathers and the sonnes together,
〈◊〉
the Lord: I wil not spare, I wil not pitie nor haue compassion, but destroie them.
15 Heare and giue eare, be not proude: for the Lord hathe spoken it.
16 Giue glorie to the Lord your God before he bringThat is,
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
by the Babylonians, Isa. 8, 22. darkenes, and or euer your fete stū ble in the darke mountaines, and whiles you loke forMeaning, for helpe and support of the Egyptians light, he turne it into the shadowe of death (and) make it as
〈◊〉
.
17 But if ye wil not heare this, my soule shalYou shal surely be led away
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
, accor ding to mine
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
toward you, shal Wepe, and lament for your
〈◊〉
. wepe in secret for (your) pride, and mine eye shal wepe and drop downe teares, because the Lords flocke is caried awaie captiue.
18 Saie vnto theFor
〈◊〉
& his mother ren dred them
〈◊〉
by leremiáhs counsel to the King of Babylon 2 King. 24, 12. King and to the Queene, Humble your selues, sit downe, for the crow ne of your glorie shal come downe from your heads.
19 The cities ofThat is, of Iudáh which lieth Southward from Babylon. the South shalbe shut vp, and no man shal open them: all Iudáh shal be caried a waie captiue: it shalbe wholy caried awaie captiue.
20 Lift vp your eyes and he holde them that come from the North, where is theHe asketh the King, where his people is become flocke that was giuē thee, (euē) thy beautiful flock
21 What wilt thou saie, when he shal visit thee
[for thou hastBy seking to strangers for helpe thou haste made them skilfull to fight against thee. taught them to be captaines (and) as chief ouer thee] shal not sorow take thee as a woman in trauail?
22 And if thou saie in thine heart, Wherefore come these things vpon me? For the multitude of thine iniquities are thy skirtsThy
〈◊〉
of hy
〈◊〉
shal be pulled of and thy
〈◊〉
sene. discouered (and) thy heles made bare.
23 Can the blacke More change his skin? or the leopard his spottes? (then) maieye also do good, that are accustomed to do euil.
24 Therefore wil I scatre them, as the stubble that is taken away with the South winde.
25 That is thy portion, (and) the parte of thy measures from me, saith the Lorde, because thou hast for gotten me and trusted in lies.
26 Therfore I haue also discouered thy skirts vpō thy face,As thine iniquities haue bene manifest to al the Worlde: so shall thy shame, and punishment. that thy shame may appeare.
27 I haue sene thine adulteries, and thyHe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to hocses inflamed after mates. neyings, the filthines of thy whoredome on the hilles inThere is no pla ceso hie nor lo, Where as
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
kes and signes of thyne
〈◊〉
appeare not. the fields, (and) thine abominations. Wo vnto thee, o
〈◊〉
: wilt thou not be made cleane? when shal it once be.
CHAP. XIIII.
1 Of the death that shulde come
〈◊〉
The prayer of the people asking mercie of the Lord. 10 The
〈◊〉
people are not heard. 12 Of prayer, fasting, and of
〈◊〉
Prophetes that seduce the people.
1 THe worde of the Lord that came vnto Ieremiáh,
〈◊〉
theVVhiche came for lacke of raine as vers. 4.
Or,
〈◊〉
. dearth.
2 Iudáh hathe mourned, and the gates thereof are desolate, they haue beneThe Worde signifieth to be made blacke, and so is here taken for extreme sorowe. broght to heauines vnto the grounde, and the crye of Ierusalém goeth vp.
3 And their nobles haue sent their inferiours to the water, who came to the welles, (and) founde no water: they returned with their vessels emptie: they were ashamed and confounded, andTo Wit, With ashes in token of sorowe. couered their heads.
4 For the grounde was destroyed, because there was no raine in the earth: the plowmē were ashamed, (and) couered their heades.
5 Yea, the hinde also calued in the
〈◊〉
, and for sokeMeaning, that the
〈◊〉
beastes for drought Were compelled to for sake their yong,
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
re, and ogo seke water which thei colde not finde. it, because there was no grasse.
6 And the wilde asses, did stand in the high pla ces, and drewe in their winde likeVVhiche are so
〈◊〉
of nature, that
〈◊〉
can not be couled with drinking of water, but
〈◊〉
gape for the
〈◊〉
to refresh them. dragons: their eyes dyd faile, because there was no grasse.
7 He sheweth the onely way to re medie Gods
〈◊〉
, Whiche is by vnfained confession of our sinnes, and
〈◊〉
to him by repentance. O Lord, thogh our iniquities testifie against vs, deale (with vs) accordyng to thy Name: for our rebellions are manie, we sinned against thee.
8 O the hope of Israél, the sauiour thereof in the tyme of trouble, why art thou as a
〈◊〉
ger in the land, as one that passeth by to tarie for a
〈◊〉
That taketh no care for vs.
9 Why art thou as a man astonyed, and asAs one that ha the strength to helpe, and yet is afrayd to put to his hands. a strong man that can not helpe? yet
〈◊〉
, ô Lord, art in the middes of vs, and thy Name is called vpon vs: forsake vs not.
10 Thus sayth the Lorde vnto this people Thus haue they delited to wandre: they haue not refrained their fete, therefore the Lord hathe no delite in them: (but) he wil now remember their iniquitie, and visit their sinnes.
11 Then said the Lorde vnto me,Read Chap. 7. 16 end
〈◊〉
, 14. Thou shalt not praye to do this people good.
12 When they fast, I will not heare their crye, and when they offer burnt
〈◊〉
, and an
〈◊〉
, I will not accept them: but I wil consume them by the sworde, and by the famine and by the pestilence.
13 Then aunswered I, Ah Lord God, beholde, theHe pitieth the people, and
〈◊〉
the false pro phetes, Whiche
〈◊〉
them: but the Lord answered, that bothe the Prophets Whiche deceiued and the
〈◊〉
, Whiche suffred them selues to be
〈◊〉
, shal
〈◊〉
. Chap.
〈◊〉
. 15. and 27
〈◊〉
. & 29 8. Chap. 23. 21, and 27. 21. and 17. 8. Prophetes say vnto them, Ye shal not se the sword, nether shall famine come vpon you, but I will giue you assured peace, in this place.
14 Then the Lorde sayd vnto me, The Prophetes prophecielies in my Nawe, * I haue not sent them, nether did I commande them, nether spake I vnto them, (but) they prophecie vnto you a false vision, and diuination, and
〈◊〉
, and deceitfulnes of their owne heart.
15 There fore thus sayth the Lorde, Concernyng the Prophetes that propheciein my Name, whome I haue not sent, yet they say, Sworde and famine shal not be in this land, by sworde and famine shal those Prophetes be consumed.
16 And the people to whome these Prophetes do prophecie, shalbe caste out in the stretesl The false Prophetes promised peace, and assurā ce, but
〈◊〉
calleth to teares, and
〈◊〉
for their affliction, whiche is at hande,
〈◊〉
Chap. 9. 1. lament.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
, ād and 2. 18. of Ierusalém, because of the famine, and the sword, and there shalbe none to burie them, (bothe) they, and their wiues, and their sonnes, and I their daughters: for I will power their wickednes vpon them.
17 Therefore thou shalt say thys worde vnto them, Let myne eyes drop downe Read Chap. 7. 16 end
〈◊〉
, 14. teares night and day without ceasing: for the virgine daughter of my people is destroyed with a great destruction, (and) with a sore grieuous plague.
18 For if I go into the field, beholde the slayne with the sworde: and if I entre into the citie, beholde them that are sicke for hunger also: more ouer the Prophete also and the Priest go a wandringBothe hie, and loue shalbe led
〈◊〉
into Babylon. into a land that they know not.
19 Hast thou vtterly reiectedThogh the
〈◊〉
phet knew that God had
〈◊〉
of the multitude, which were
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, yet he was assured that for his promes sake he wold haue still a Churche, for the whiche he prayeth, Iudah, or hathe thy soule abhorred Zion? Why haste thou smitten vs, that we can not be healed? We loked for peace, and there is no good, and for the time of health, and beholde trouble.
20 WeHe teacheth the Church a for me of prayer, to humble to God by true
〈◊〉
ce, whiche is the onelie meane to auoide this fami ne, whiche was the
〈◊〉
of Gods plagues. acknowledge, ô Lord, our wickednes (and) the iniquitie of our fathers: for we haue sinned against thee.
21 Do not abhorre (vs:) for thy Names sake caste not downe the throne of the glorie: remember (and) breake not thy couenant with vs.
22 Are there anie among theMeaning, their
〈◊〉
. read Cha. 20.
〈◊〉
. vanities of the Gentiles, that can giue raine? or can the heauens giue showers? is it not thou, ô Lord our God! therefore we wil waite vpon thee: for thou hast made all these things.
CHAP. XV.
1 The Lorde wolde heare no prayer for the Iewes. 3 But threatneth to destroye them with foure plagues.
1 THen said the Lord vnto me,Meaning, that if there were anie man liuyng
〈◊〉
with so great zeale towarde the people, as were these two, yet that he wold not grant this request, foras muche as he had
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
. Thogh Mosēs and Samuél stode before me, (yet)
〈◊〉
ne affection colde not be towarde hys people: cast (them) out of my sight, and let them departe.
2 And if they say vnto thee, Whether shal we departe? then tel them, Thus sayth the Lord, * Suche as are (appointed) to death, vnto death: and suche as are for the sworde, to theEzek.
〈◊〉
. 14. sworde, and such as are for the famine to the
〈◊〉
11. 9. famine, and suche as are for the captiuitie, to the captiuitie.
3 And I wil appointe ouer them foure kindes,c The worde
〈◊〉
to runne to and fro for fea re, and vnqu
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
as did Kain. saith the Lord, the sworde to slay, and theThe dogs, birds and beasts shuld deuoure them, that were slaine. dogges to teare in pieces, and the foules of the heauen, and the beastes of the earth to deuoure, and to destroye.
4 I wil
〈◊〉
them also in all kyngdomes ofd Not that the people was
〈◊〉
shed for the Kings sinne onely, but for their
〈◊〉
sinnes also, because they
〈◊〉
to his
〈◊〉
. 2. King.
〈◊〉
. 9. the earth,
〈◊〉
because of
〈◊〉
the sonne of Hezekiah King of Iudáh, for that which he did in Ierusalém.
5 Who shal then haue pitie vpon thee, ô Ierusalém? or who shal be sorie for thee? or who shal go to pray for thy peace?
6 Thou hast for saken me, saith the Lord, (ād) gone backwarde: therefore wil I stretch out mine hand against thee, and destroye thee: (for) IThat is, I Will not call backe my
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
more. am wearie with repenting.
7 And I will scatre thē with the fanneMeanyng, the
〈◊〉
. in the gates of the earth: I haue wasted, (and) destroyed my people, (yet) they wolde notreturne from their wayes.
8 Their widdowesBecause I had
〈◊〉
their hous bands. are increased by my aboue the sand of the sea: I haue broght vpon them, (and) against theOr, mother. assemblie of the yong men a destroyer at none day, I haue cau sed (hym) to fall vpon them, (and) the citie suddenly, andO,
〈◊〉
. spedely.
9 She that hath borneShe that had manie, lost al her
〈◊〉
. seuen, hath bene made weake: her heart ha the failed: the sunne hathe failed
〈◊〉
Was
〈◊〉
in the
〈◊〉
of her prosperitie. her, whiles it was day: she hathe bene confounded, and ashamed, and the residue of them will I deliuer vnto the sworde before their enemies, saith the Lord.
10 ¶
〈◊〉
are the Propheres
〈◊〉
, complaining of the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
people, ād that he was reser
〈◊〉
to so wicked a time
〈◊〉
also he sheweth
〈◊〉
is the condicion of Gods
〈◊〉
: to wit, to haue all the
〈◊〉
againste them, thogh
〈◊〉
giue none occasion. Wo is me, my mother, that thou hast bor ne me, a contētious man, and a man that striueth with the whole earth: I haue netherVVhich is an
〈◊〉
casion of contention and hatred. lent on vsurie, normen haue lent vnto me on vsurie: (yet) euerie one doeth cursse me.
11 The Lord laid,In this perple Xitie the Lorde comforted me, and said that my last dayes shulde be
〈◊〉
: and by the ennemie he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, Nebuzarden the captaine of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
gaue
〈◊〉
the choise ether to remaine in his
〈◊〉
, or to go whether he
〈◊〉
by the enemie he meaneth the lew es,
〈◊〉
shulde afterward know Ieremiahs fidelitie, and therefore fauour him. Surely thy remnant shal haue welth: surely I wil cause thine enemie to intreat thee in the time of trouble, and in the time of affliction.
12 Shal theAs for the
〈◊〉
ple thogh they semed strong as
〈◊〉
, yet shulde they not be able to resist the
〈◊〉
yron of Babylon but shulde be led captaues. yron breake the yron, ād the bras se (that commeth) from the North?
13 Thy substance and thy treasures will I giue to be spoiled without
〈◊〉
, ransome. gaine, and that for allthy sinnes euen in all thy borders.
14 And I wil make thee to go with thine enemies into a land that thou knowest not: for a
〈◊〉
is kindled in mine angre, (which)
〈◊〉
burne you.
15 O Lord, thou knowest, remembre me, and visit me, and reuenge me of myHe speaketh not this for desire of reuengeance, but wishing that God wolde deliuer his Churche of thē whō he knewe to be
〈◊〉
, and in corrigible. persecuters: take me not a waye in the continuance of thine angre: knowe that for thy sake I haue suffred rebuke.
16 Thy wordes were founde (by me,) and I didI
〈◊〉
thē whiche as greate
〈◊〉
as he, that is astamished
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. eat them, and thy worde was vnto me the ioye and reioy
〈◊〉
of mine heart: for thy Name is called vpon me, ô Lord, God of hostes.
17 I sate not in the assemblie of the mockers, net her did I reioyce, but sate aloneI had nothing a do with the wicked
〈◊〉
of thy worde, but lamented bitterly for thy
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
what the
〈◊〉
shulde do
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
tokens of Cods angre. because of thy plague: for thou last filled me with indignation.
18 Why is myne heauines continual? and my plague desperate (and) can not be healed? (why) art thou vnto meAnd hast
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
me accordyng to thy
〈◊〉
Whe ein appeareth, that in the Saints of GOD is imperfection of
〈◊〉
with
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, as Chap.
〈◊〉
. 7. as a lyer, (and as) wa ters that faile.
19 Therefore thus saith the Lord, If thouIf thou
〈◊〉
these
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and faithfully execute thy
〈◊〉
returne, then wil I bring thee againe, (
〈◊〉
) thou shalt stand before me: and if thou take away theThat is, seke to winne he good frome the bad. precious from the vile, thou shalt beTo wit,
〈◊〉
my
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Chap 1. 18. and as here
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
20. accordyng to my worde: let them returneConforme not
〈◊〉
no their wickednes, but let them follo
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. vnto thee, but returne not thou vnto them.
20 And I will make thee vnto thys people a strong brasen wal, and they shal fight against thee, but they shall notI will arme thee with an
〈◊〉
strength and constancie,
〈◊〉
that all the powers of the worldes hall not ouercome thee. preuaile againste thee: for I am with thee to saue thee and to deliuer thee, saith the Lord.
21 And I will deliuer thee out of the hand of the wicked, and I will redeme thee out of the hand of the tyrants.
CHAP. XVI.
2 The Lorde forbidding Iere miah to marie,
〈◊〉
hym what shulde be the afflictions vpon Iudah 13 The capti uitie of
〈◊〉
Their deliurance. 19 The callyng of the
〈◊〉
.
1 THe worde of the Lorde came also vnto me, saying.
2 Thou shalt not takeMeaning, that the affliction shulde be so horrible
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, that wife, and children shulde but increase hys sorowe. thee a wife, nor haue sonnes nor daughters in this place.
3 For thus saith the Lord concerning the sonnes, and concerning the daughters that are borne in this place, ād concerning their mo thers that beare them, and concerning their fat hers, that be get them in this land.
4 They shal dye of deaths (and) diseases: they shal not be lamented, nether shall they be buryed, (but) they shalbe as dongue vpon the earth, and they shalbe consumed by the sworde, and by famine, and their carkeises shalbe meat for the foules of the heauen, ād for the beastes of the earth.
5 For thus saith the Lord,Signifying that the affliction shuld be so great that one shulde not haue leasure to comfort another. Entre not into the house of mourning, nether go to lament, nor be moued for them: for I haue taken my pea ce from this people, sayth the Lord, (euen) mercie and compassion.
6 Bothe the great, ād the smale shal dye in this land: they shal not be buryed, nether shal mē lament for themThat is, shulde not rent theyr clothes in signe of mourning. nor cut them selues, nor make them selues bald for them.
7 They shall not stretche out (the handes) for thē in the mournyng to cōfort them for the
dead, nether shal they giue them theFor in these
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
all consolarion and
〈◊〉
shalbe in vaine. cup of consolation to drinke for their father or for their mother.
8 Thou shaltnotalso go into the house of feasting to sit with them to eat and to drinke.
9 For thus saith the Lord of hostes, the God of Israél, Beholde, I wil cause to cease out of this place in your eyes, euen in your dayes the voyce of mirth, and the voyce of gladnes the voyce of the bride grome and the voyce of the bride.
10 And when thou shalt shewe this people all these wordes, and they shal saye vnto thee, * Wherefore hathe the Lord pronounced allChap. 5, 19. this great plague against vs? or what isBecause
〈◊〉
wic ked are alwayes
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
their ownesinnes, and murmur against Gods iudgemēts as thogh he had no iust
〈◊〉
to punish
〈◊〉
, he
〈◊〉
him what to answer. Chap. 7, 25. our iniquitie? and what is our sinne that we haue committed against the Lord our God?
11 Then shalt thou saye vnto them, Because your fathers haue forsakē me, saith the Lord and haue walked after other gods, and haue serued them, and worshiped them, and haue forsaken me, and haue not kept my Law,
12 [* And ye haue done worse then your fathers for beholde, you walke euerie one after the stubbernes of his wicked heart, and wil not heare me]
13 Therefore wil I driue you out of this land inChap. 23, 7. to a land that ye knowe not, (nether) you, nor your fathers, & there shal ye serue other gods daye and night: for I wil shewe you
〈◊〉
grace.
14 * Beholde, therefore, saith the LORD, the dayes come that it shal no more be said, The Lord liueth, which broght vp the childrē of Israél out of the land of Egypt,
15 But the Lord liueth, that broght vp the children of IsraélSignifying the
〈◊〉
or their deliuerance out of Babylon
〈◊〉
beso great, that it shulde abolish
〈◊〉
of their deliueran ce from
〈◊〉
but he hathe here chiefly respect to the
〈◊〉
deliuerance vnder
〈◊〉
. from the land of the North, and from all the lands where he had scatered them, and I wil bring them againe into their land that I gaue vnto their fathers.
16 Beholde, saith the Lord, I wil send out many
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
who shulde
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
suche fort that if
〈◊〉
escaped the
〈◊〉
, the other shulde take them. fishers, and they shal fish them, and after, wil I send out many hūters, & they shal bunt them from euerie muntaine and from euerie hill, and out of the caues of the rockes.
17 For mine eyes (are) vpon all their wayes: thei are not hid from my face, nether is their iniquitie hid from mine eyes.
18 And first I wil recompense their iniquitie and their sinne double, because they haue defiled my land, (and) haue filled mine inheri tance with their filthieThat is, their sonnes & daughters,
〈◊〉
they offred to
〈◊〉
carions and their abominations.
19 O Lord, (thou art) myHe wondereth at the great mercie of God in this deliuerāce, which shal not onely ex tend to the
〈◊〉
, but also the Gentiles. force, and my strēgth & my refuge in the day of affliction: the Gen tiles shal come vnto thee from the ends of the worlde, and shal say, Surely our fathers haue inheritedOur fathers were most vile
〈◊〉
: therefore it cometh onely of Gods mercie, that he performeth his promes, and hath not vtterly cast vs of. lies, (and) vanitie, wherein there was no profite.
20 Shal a man make gods vnto him self, & they are no gods?
21 Beholde, therefore I wil this once
〈◊〉
shal once againe fele my power, & mercie for their
〈◊〉
ce, that they
〈◊〉
learne to
〈◊〉
me. teache thē: I wil shew thē mine hand & my power, & thei shal know that my Name is the Lord.
CHAP. XVII.
1 The
〈◊〉
ofthe Iewes. 5 Cursed be those that put their confidence in man. 9 Mans heart is wicked. 10 God is the searcher of the heart. 13 The liuing waters are forsaken, 21 The right keping of the Sabbath commanded.
1 THe sinne of Iudáh isThe remēbrance of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of God can not passe, albeit for a time he deferre the punishment, for it shalbe manifest to men and Angels. writen with a penne of yron, (and) with the point of a dia mōde, (and) grauen vpon theIn stead of the Law of God, thei haue
〈◊〉
ido
〈◊〉
& all abominations in their heart. table of their heart, and vpon the hornes of your
〈◊〉
sinnes appeare in all the al tars that you haue
〈◊〉
to ido les. altars.
2Some read, So that their childrē remēber their altars
〈◊〉
is follow
〈◊〉
fathers wic kednes. They remēber their altars as their childrē, with their groues by the grene trees vpon the hie hilles.
3 zion that was my
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
as a waste field. O my mountaine in the field, I wil giue thy substance, (&) all thy treasures to be spoiled, for the sinne of thy high places through out all thy borders.
4 And thou shaltrest,Because thou woldest not giue the land
〈◊〉
at such times,
〈◊〉
and yeres as I ap pointed, thou shalt here after be
〈◊〉
away, & it
〈◊〉
for lacke of laborers. & in thee (shalbe arest) from thine heritage that I gaue thee, and I wil cause thee to serue thine enemies in the lād, which thou knowest not: for ye haue kindeled a fyre in mine angre, (which) shal burne for euer.
5 ¶Thus saith the Lord,The Iewes were
〈◊〉
to worlde lie policies,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to make them selues
〈◊〉
by the
〈◊〉
of the Egyptians Isa.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
an gers, and in the meane season did not depend on God, &
〈◊〉
he denounceth Gods plagues agaīst thē, shewing that they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
man to God, which is
〈◊〉
, Isa. 2, 22.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, 6. Cursed (be) the man that trusteth in man, & maketh flesh his arme and withdraweth his heart from the Lord.
6 For he shalbe like the heath in the wildernes, and shal not se when (anie) good cometh, but shal inhabit the partched places in the wildernes, in a salt land, and not inhabited.
7 Blessed (be) the mā, that trusteth in the Lord and whose hope the Lord is.
8 Read
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. For he shalbe as a tre that is planted by the water, whiche spreadeth out her rootes by the riuer, and shal not fele when the heat cometh, but her leaf shalbe grene, and shal not care for the yeare of drought, nether shal cease from yelding frute.
9
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
wic ked haue euer some excuse
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
he sheweth, that their owne
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
de ceiue thē &
〈◊〉
them to these in
〈◊〉
: but God wil examine their dedes by the malice of their hearts,
〈◊〉
Sam. 16, 7.
〈◊〉
. chro. 28. 9, psal. 7, 10. cha
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
, and 20, 12, Reuel 2, 13. The heart is deceitful and wicked aboue all things, who can knowe it?
10 I the Lord searche the heart, (and) trye the reines, euen to giue euerie man according to his wayes, (and) according to the frute of his workes.
11 As the patriche by
〈◊〉
ga thereth
〈◊〉
whiche
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, whiche they so that she is not their dam: so the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
is forsaken of his ri
〈◊〉
, because he cometh by them falsely. (As) the partryche gathered (the yong,) which she hathe not broght forthe: (so) he that getteth riches, and not by right, shal lea ue them in the middes of his dayes, and at his end shalbe a foole.
12 (As) a glorious throne She wing that the
〈◊〉
ought to
〈◊〉
in nothing, but in God who doeth exalt his, and hath left a
〈◊〉
of his fauour in his Tēple exalted from the beginning, (so is) the place of our Sanctuarie.
13 O Lord, the hope of Israél, all that forsake thee, shalbe confounded: they that departe from thee, shalbe written Their names snal not be registred in the boke of life. in the earth, because they haue forsaken the Lord, the foun taine of liuing waters.
14 Heale me, ô Lord, and I shalbe whole:
〈◊〉
desireth God to preserue him that he fall not into
〈◊〉
considering the great
〈◊〉
of Godsworde, and the multitude that fall
〈◊〉
God. saue me, and I shal be saued: for thou art my praise.
15 Beholde,The wicked say that my prophecie shal not come to passe because
〈◊〉
the time of thy vengeance. they say vnto me, Where is the worde of the Lord? letit come now.
16 ButI am assured of my
〈◊〉
, and therefore knowe that the thing which thou spea kest by me, shal come to passe, & that I speake not of any worldelie
〈◊〉
. I haue not trust in my self for a pastor after thee, nether haue I desired the daye of miserie, thou knowest: that which came out of my lippes, was (right) before thee.
17 Be not How soeuer the wicked deale
〈◊〉
withme yet let me finde comfort in thee. terrible vnto me: thou art mine hope in the day of aduersitie.
18 Let them be confounded, that persecute me but let not me be confounded: let them be afraid, but let not me be afraid: bring vpon thē the day of aduersitie, Read Chap. 11, 20. & destroy them with double destruction.
19 Thus hathe the Lord said vnto me, Go and stand in the where as thy doctrine may be best vnderstand both of
〈◊〉
& low gate of the children of the peo ple, whereby the Kings of Iudáh come in, & by the whiche they go out, & in all the gates of Ierusalém,
20 And say vnto them, Heare the worde of the Lord, ye Kings of Iudáh, and all
〈◊〉
udáh, and all the in habitants of Ierusalém, that entre in by these gates.
21 Thus
〈◊〉
the Lord, Take hede to your soules, and beare no burden in the By naming the
〈◊〉
day, he cōprehendeth the thing, that is thereby signified: for if they trāsgressed in the ceremonie they
〈◊〉
nedes be culpable of the rest, read Exo. 20 8. and by the
〈◊〉
king of this one commandement, he maketh them transgressors of the whole Lawe, for as muche as the first and seconde table are contei nedherein. Sabbath day nor bring it in by the gates of Ierusalém.
22 Nether carye forthe burdens out of your houses in the Sabbath day: nether do ye anie worke, but sanctifie the Sabbath, as I commanded your fathers.
23 But they obeyed not, nether inclined their eares, but made their neckes stiffe and wolde notheare, nor receiue correction.
24 Neuertheles if ye wil heare me, saith the Lord, and be are no burden through the gates of the citie in the Sabbath day, but
〈◊〉
fie the Sabbath day, so that ye do no worke therein.
25 Then shal the Kings and the princes entre in at the gates of this citie, and shal sit Chap
〈◊〉
, 4. vpon the throne of Dauid, and shal ride vpon cha rets, and vpon horses, (bothe) they and their princes, the men of Iudáh, and the inhabitants of Ierusalém: and this citie shal remaine for euer.
26 And they shal come from the cities of Iudáh and from about Ierusalém, and from the lād of Beniamin, and from the plaine, and from the mountaines, and from the South,
〈◊〉
shal bring burnt offrings, and sacrifices, and meat offrings, and incense, (&) shal bring sacrifice of praise into the House of the Lord.
27 But if ye wil not heare me to sanctifie the Sabbath daye, and not to beare, a burdē nor to go through the gates of Ierusalém in the Sabbath daye, then wil I kindle a fyre in the gates thereof, and it shal deuoure the palaces of Ierusalém, and it shal not be quenched.
CHAP. XVIII.
2 God sheweth by the example of a potter, that it is in his power to destroye the dispicers of his worde. 18 The con spiracie of
〈◊〉
Iewes against
〈◊〉
. 19 His prayer against his aduersaries.
1 THe worde whiche came to Ieremiáh frō the Lord, saying,
2 Arise, & go downe into the potters house, & there shal I shewe thee my wordes.
3 Then I went downe to the potters house, & beholde, he wroght a worke on the wheles.
4 And the vessel that he made of As the
〈◊〉
hath
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the clay to make what pot he wil or to breake thē, when he hathe made them: so ha ue I power
〈◊〉
you to do with you as semeth good to me, Isa. 45, 9. Wisd. 15, 7. rom. 9, 20. claye, was broken in the hand of the potter, so he retur ned, & made it another vessel, as semed good to the potter to make it.
5 Then the worde of the Lord came vnto me, saying.
6 O house of Israél, can not I do with you as this potter, saith the LORD? beholde, as the claie (is) in the potters hād, so are you in mine hand, o house of Israél.
7 I wil speake suddenly against a nation or a againste a kingdome to plucke it vp, and to roote it out and to destroye it.
8 But if this nation against whome I haue pro nounced, turne from their wickednes, I wil When the Scrip ture attribureth repentance vnto God, it isnot that he doeth contrary to that which he hath ordeined in his secret
〈◊〉
sel: but when he threatneth, it is a calling to repentance, and when he giueth māgra ce to repent, the threatening (whi che euer
〈◊〉
a condition in it) taketh no place: and this the Scripture calleth
〈◊〉
in God because it so
〈◊〉
to mans iudgement. repent of the plague that I thoght to bring vpon them.
9 And I wil speake suddenly concerning a nacion, and concerning a kingdome to buylde it and to plant it.
10 But if it do euil in my sight and heare not my voyce, I wil repent of the good that I thoght to do for them.
11 Speake thou now therefore vnto the men of Iudáh, and to the inhabitāts of Ierusalém, saying. Thus saith the Lord, Beholde, I prepa re a plague for you, & purpose a thing against you: returne you therefore euerie one from his euil waye, and make your wayes & your workes good.
12 But they said As mē that had no remorce, but were altogether bent to
〈◊〉
and to their own self wil. desperatly, Surely we wil walke after our owne imaginacions and do euerie man (after) the stubbernes of his wicked heart.
13 Therefore thus saith the Lord, Aske now among the heathen, who hathe heard suche things? the virgine of Israél hathe done verie filthily.
14 Wil a man forsake the snowe of Lebanōn, (which cometh) from the rocke of the field? As no mā that hathe thirst, refuseth fresh cōduit waters which he hathe at home, to go & seke
〈◊〉
abroad to
〈◊〉
his thirst so theyought not to seke for helpe & succour at
〈◊〉
& leaue God which was present with them. or shal the
〈◊〉
slowing waters, that come from another place, be forsaken?
15 Because my people hathe forgotten me, (&) haue burnt incense to vanitie, and (their Prophetes) haue cause them to stumble in their wayes (from) the That is, the way of trueth, which God had taught by his Law, read chap. 6, 16. ancient wayes to walke inf I wil shewe mine angre and not my fauour toward them. the paths (and) waye that is not troden,
16 To make their land desolate (&) a perpetual derisiō, (so that) euerie one that passeth ther by, shalbe astonished and wagge his head,
17 I wil scattre them with an East winde before the enemie: I wil she we them the backe and not the face in the day of their destruction.
18 Then said they, Come, and let vs imagine some deuise againste Ieremiáh: for the Law This argument the wicked haue euer vsed against the seruants of God, The Church can not erre: we are the Church, & therefore
〈◊〉
euer speaketh against vs, they ought to dye,
〈◊〉
King. 22, 24. cha. 7 4 & 20,
〈◊〉
mala. 2, 4, & thus the false Church
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
Church, whiche standeth not in outward pompe and in multitude but is knowē by the graces of the holie
〈◊〉
. shal not perish from the Priest, nor counsel from the wise, nor the worde from the Prophet: come, and let vs smite him with theLet vs sclander him and accuse him: for we shalbe beleued. tō gue, and let vs not giue hede to any of his wordes.
19 Hearken vnto me, ô Lord, and heare the voy ce of them that contend with me.
20 Shal euil be recompēced for good? for they haue digged a pit for my soule: remembre
that I stode before thee, to speake good for them, (and) to turne away thy wrath from them.
21 Therefore, Seing the
〈◊〉
nace
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
, which grewe daiely more and more, the Prophet beingmoued with Gods Spirit, without my
〈◊〉
affection
〈◊〉
for their destruction becau se he knew that it
〈◊〉
tend to Gods glorie, and
〈◊〉
of his Church. deliuer vp their children to famine, and let them drop away by the force of the sworde, and let their wiues be robbed of their children, and be widdowes: and let their housbands be put to death, (and) let their yongmen be slayne by the sworde in the battel.
22 Let the crye be heard from their houses, when thou shalt bring an hoste suddēly vpon them: for they haue digged a pit to take me, and hid snares for my fete.
23 Yet Lord thou knowest all their counsel against me (tēdeth) to death: forgiue not their iniquitie, nether put out their sinne from thy sight, but let them be ouerthrowen before thee: deale (thus) with them in the time of thine angre.
CHAP. XIX.
He prophecieth the destruction of Ierusalém for the contempt and despisyng of the worde of God
1 THus said the Lord, Go, and bye an earthē bottel of a potter, & (take) of the anciēts of the people, and of the ancients of the Priests,
2 And go forthe vnto the vallei of Ben-hinnom, which is by the entrie of the Or, gate of the sonne. East gate & thou shalt preache there the wordes, that I shal tel thee,
3 And shalt say, Heare ye the worde of the Lord,
〈◊〉
Kings of
〈◊〉
, and inhabitants ofa By Kings here and in other places are ment counsellours and gouernour of
〈◊〉
people: which he called the
〈◊〉
. vers.
〈◊〉
. Ierusalém, Thus saith the Lord of hostes, the God of Israél, Beholde, I wil bring a
〈◊〉
vpon this place, the which whosoeuer heareth, his eares shal Read of this
〈◊〉
. tingle.
4 Because they haue forsaken me, and prophaned this place, and haue burnt incense in it vnto other gods, whome (nether) they, nor1. Sam. 3. 11. their fathers haue knowen, nor the Kings of Iudáh [they haue filled this place also with the blood of innocents,
5 And they haue buylt the hie places of Báal, to burne their sonnes with fyre for burnt offrings vnto Báal, which I Whereby is de
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
what so euer is not
〈◊〉
by Gods word touching his seruice, is
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
. commanded not, nor spake it, nether came it into my minde]
6 Therefore beholde, the dayes come, saith the Lord, that this place shal nomore be called Read Chap. 7.
〈◊〉
& 2 King 23. 10 Isa. 30. 33.
〈◊〉
, northe vallei of Benhinnóm, but the vallei of slaughter.
7 And I wil bring the counsel of Iudáh and Ierusalém to noght in this place, and I wil cause thē to fall by the sworde before their enemies, and by the hād of them that seke their liues: and their carkeises wil I giue to be meat for the foules of the heauen, and to the beastes of the field.
8 * And I wil make this citie desolate and anChap. 18. 16. & 49. 30. & 50. 13. hissing, (so that) euerie one that passeth there by, shalbe astonished and hisse because of all the plagues thereof.
9 * And
〈◊〉
wil fede thē with the flesh of their
〈◊〉
. 28.
〈◊〉
. sonnes and with the flesh of their daughtersLament. 4 10. and euerie one shal eat the flesh of his friend in the siege and streitnes, where with their enemies thatseke their liues, shal holde them streit.
10 Then shalt thou breake the bottle in the sight of the men that go with thee,
11 And shalt saie vnto them, Thus saith the Lord of hostes, Euen so wil I breake this peo ple and this citie, as one breaketh a This
〈◊〉
le signe was to confirme them
〈◊〉
the assuran ce of this plague, which
〈◊〉
Lord
〈◊〉
by his Prophet. potters vessel, that can not be made whole againe, & theishal burye (them) in Tōpheth til there be no place to burye.
12 Thus will do vnto this place, saith the Lord and to the inhabitans thereof, and I wil make this citie like Tōpheth.
13 For the houses of Ierusalém, and the houses of the Kings of Iudáh shalbe desiled as the place of Tōpheth, because of all the He
〈◊〉
the greatrage of the
〈◊〉
, which
〈◊〉
no place
〈◊〉
from their abomi nations, inso muche as they
〈◊〉
their owne houses therewith aswe se yet amōg
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. houses vpon whose Read Deut. 22. 8. rofes thei haue burnt incense vnto all the hoste of heauen, & haue powred out drinke offrings vnto other goods.
14 Then came Ieremiah from Topheth, where the Lord had sent him to prophecie, and he stode in the court of the Lords house, & said to all the people.
15 Thus saith the Lord of hostes, the God of Israél, Beholde, I wil bring vpon this citie, & vpon all her townes, all the plagues that I haue pronounced against it, because they haue hardened their neckes, and wolde notheare my wordes.
CHAP. XX.
2 Ieremiáh is smitten and cast into prison for preaching of the worde of God. 3 He prophecieth the
〈◊〉
of Babylon. 7 He complaineth that he is a mocking stocke for the worde of God. 9 He is compelled by the spirit to preache the worde.
1 WHen Pashúr, the sonne of Immér, the Priest, which was appointed gouernour in the House of the Lord, heard that Ieremiáh prophecied these things,
2 Then Pashúr smote Ieremiáh the Prophet, and put him in the Thuswe
〈◊〉
the thing
〈◊〉
nether the King nor the princes nor the people durst
〈◊〉
against the Prophet of God, this priest as a chief instrument of Satan first
〈◊〉
read Chap. 18. 18. stockes that were in the hie gate of Beniamin which was by the Hou se of the Lord.
3 And on the morning, Pashúr broght Ieremiáh out of the stockes. Then said Ieremiáh vnto him, The Lord hathe not called thy name Pashúr, but Or, feare round
〈◊〉
. Magór-missabib.
4 For thus saith the Lord, Beholde, I wil make thee to be a terrour to thy self, and to all thy friends, and thei shal fall by the sworde of their enemies, and thine eyes shal beholde it, and I wil giue all Iudáh into the hand of
〈◊〉
King of Babél, and he shal carie them captiue into Babél, and shal slaie them with the sworde.
5 Moreouer I wil deliuer all the substance of this citie, and all the labours thereof and all the precious things thereof, and all the treasures of the Kings of Iudáh wil I giue into the hand of their enemies, which shal spoyle them, and take them awaie and carie them to Babél.
6 And thou Pashūr, and all that dwell in thine house, shal go into captiuitie, and thou shalt come to Babél, and there thou shalt dye, and shalt be buryed there, thou & all thy Which haue suf fred them selues to be
〈◊〉
by thy false prophecies. friends to whome thou hast prophecied lies.
7 O Lord thou hast deceiued me, and I am Herein appeareth the impacien cie. which of tentimes ouercometh
〈◊〉
of God,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
se not
〈◊〉
labours to profite, and also
〈◊〉
their owne weaknes, read chap. 15 18. de ceiued: thou art stronger then I, and hastThou didest thrust me forth to this worke against my wil. preuailed: I am in derision daiely: euerie one mock eth me.
8 For since I spake, I cryed out of wrong, and proclaimedHe sheweth that he did his office in that he reproued the people of their vices and threatened them with Gods iudgements: but because he was
〈◊〉
and persecuted for this, he was discouraged and thogh to haue ceased to preache, saue that Gods Spirit did force him thereunto. desolation: therefore the word of the Lord was made a reproche vnto me, and in derision daiely.
9 Then I said, I wil not make mencion of him, nor speake any more in his Name. But (his worde) was in mine heart as a burning fyre shut vp in my bones, and I was wearie with for bearing, and I colde not (stay.)
10 For I had heard the railing of many, (and) feare on euerie side.Thus the enemies conferred together to knowe
〈◊〉
they had heard him say that they might accuse him thereof, read. Declare, (said thei) and we wil declare it: all my familiars watched for mine halting, (saying,) It may be that he is deIsa. 29. 21. ceiued: so we shal preuaile against him, & we shal execute our vengeance vpon him.
11 Here he
〈◊〉
how his faith did striue against
〈◊〉
and foght to the Lord for
〈◊〉
. But the Lord is with me like a mightie gyāt therefore my persecuters shalbe ouer throwen, and shal not preuaile, (and) shalbe great ly confounded: for they haue done vn wisely, (and their) euerlasting shame shal neuer be forgotten.
12 * But, ô Lord of hostes, that tryest the righteous,1. Sam. 16. 7. and seest the reignes and the heart, let1. Chro. 28. 9. me se thy vengeance on them: for vnto theePsal. 7. 10. Chap. 11 20. & 17. 10. haue I opened my cause.
13 Sing vnto the Lord, praise ye the Lord: for he hathe deliuered the soule of the poore from the hand of the wicked.
14 ¶ How the children of God are ouercome in this
〈◊〉
of the flesh and the
〈◊〉
, &
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
incon
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
til God raise thē vp againe, read
〈◊〉
3. 1, and Chap. 15. 10. Cursed (be) the day wherein I was borne: and let not the day wherein my mother bare me, be blessed.
15 Cursed (be) the man, that shewed my father saying, A man childe is borne vnto thee, and comforted him.
16 And let that man be as theAlluding to the destruction of
〈◊〉
and Gomorah, Ge. 19 25. cities, which the Lord hathe ouer turned and repented not: & let him heare the crye in the morning, and the showting at noone tide,
17 Because he hathe not slayne me, (euē) from the wombe, or that my mother might haue bene my graue, or her wombe a perpetualMeaning, that the frute thereof might neuer come to profite: conception.
18 How is it, (that) I came for the of the wombe to se labour and sorowe, that my daies shulde be consumed with shame?
CHAP. XXI.
He prophecieth that Zedekiáh shalbe taken, and the citie
〈◊〉
.
1 THe worde which came vnto Ieremiáh from the Lord, when King Zedekiáh sent vnto him Pashúr, the sonne of Malchiáh, & Zephaniáh, the sonne of Maaseáh the Priest, saying,
2 Not that the King was touched with repen
〈◊〉
of his sinnes and so soght to God, as did Heze kiáh when he
〈◊〉
to Isaiáh, 2. King. 19 1. Inquire, I pray thee of the Lord for vs [for Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél maketh warre against vs] if so be that the LORD wil deale with vs according to all his won derous workes, that he may returne vp from vs.
3 Then said Ieremiáh, Thus shal you say to Zedekiáh,Isa. 37. 2. but because the Prophet might pray vnto God to take this present plague away, as Pharaoh soght vnto Moses Exod. 9. 28.
4 Thus saith the Lord God of Israél, Beholde, I wilTo wit, from your enemies to destroye yoursel ues. turne backe the weapons of warre that are in your hands, where with ye fight against the King of Babél, and against the Caldeans, which besiege you without the walles, and I wil assemble them into the middes of this citie.
5 And I my self wil fight against you with an outstretched hand, and with a mightie arme euen in angre and in wrath, and in great indignacion.
6 And I wil smite the inhabitants of this citie, bothe man, and beast: thei shal dye of a great pestilence.
7 And after this, saith the Lord, I wil deliuer Zedekiáh the King of Iudáh, and his seruāts and the people, and suche as are left in this citie, from the pestilence, from the sworde and from the famine into the hand of Nebu chad-nezzár King of Babél, and into the hād of those that seke their liues, and he shal smite them with the edge of the sworde: he shal not spare them, nether haue pitie nor compassion.
8 ¶ And vnto this people thou shalt say, Thus saith the Lord, Beholde, I set before you theBy yelding your selues to Nebuchad nezzár way of life, and the way ofBy resisting him. death.
9 * He that abideth in this citie, shal dye by the sworde and by the famine, and by the pestilence: but he that goeth out, and falleth toChap. 38. 2. the Caldeans, that besiege you, he shal liue, and his life shalbe vnto him for aAs a thing recoucred from extreme danger, Chap: 38. 2, & 39, 18. and 45. 5. pray.
10 For I haue set my face against this citie, for euil and not for good, saith the Lord: it shal be giuen into the hand of the King of Babél, and he shal burne it with fyre.
11 ¶ And (say) vnto the house of the King of Iudah, Heare ye the worde of the Lord.Chap. 22. 3.
12 O house of Dauid, thus saith the Lord, * Execute iudgementBe diligent to do iustice. in the morning, and deliuer the oppressed out of the hand of the oppressor, lest my wrath go out like fyre and burne, that none can quenche it, because of the wickednes of your workes.
13 Beholde, (I come) against thee,Meaning,
〈◊〉
salém which was buided parte on the bill and parte in the valley, & was compassed about with mountaines. ô inhabitant of the valley, (and) rocke of the plaine, saith the Lord, which say, Who shal come downe against vs? or who shal enter into our habitacions?
14 But I wil visite you according to the frute of your workes, saith the Lord, and I wil kindle a fyreThat is, in the houses thereof, which
〈◊〉
as thicke as trees in the forest. in the forest thereof, and it shal deuoure rounde about it.
CHAP. XXII.
2 He exhorteth the King to iudgement and righteousnes. 9 why Ierusalem is broght into captiuitie, 11 The death of Shallúm the sonne of Iosiah is prophecied.
THus said the Lord, Godowne to the house of the King of Iudáh, and speake there
this thing,
2 And say, Heare the word of the Lord, ô King of Iudáh, that sittest vpon the throne of Dauid, thou and thy seruants, and thy people that enter in by these gates.
3 Thus saith the Lord, * Execute ye iudgemētChap 21,
〈◊〉
. andThis was his ordinarie maner of preaching before the Kings from Iosiáh vnto zedekiáh, which was about fourtie yeres. righteousnes, & deliuer the oppressed from the hād of the oppressor, and vexe not the stranger, the fatherles, not the widdowe do no violence, nor shede innocent blood in this place.
4 For if ye do this thing, then shal the Kings sitting vpon the throne of Dauid enter in byChap. 17, 25. the
〈◊〉
of this house, * and ride vpon charets, and vpon horses, (bothe) he and his ser uants and his people.
5 But if ye wil not heare these wordes, IShewing that there his none greater thē he is, Ebr. 6, 13 and that he wil moste certeinly
〈◊〉
his othe. swea re by my self, saith the Lord, that this house shalbe waste.
6 For thus hathe the Lord spoken vpon the Kings house of Iudáh, Thou artHe compareth Ierusalém to Gilead, which was beyonde Iordén, and the beautie of Iudeáh to Lebanon. Gilád vnto me, (and) the head of Lebanōn, (yet) surely I wil make thee a wildernes (and as) cities not inhabited,
7 And I wilThe Ebrewe worde signifieth to sanctifie, becau se the Lord doeth dedicate to his vse & purpose suche as he prepareth to
〈◊〉
his worke, Isa. 13,
〈◊〉
. chap. 6, 4. aud 12 3 prepare destroyers against thee, euery one with his weapons, and they shal cut downe thy chiefThy buyldings made of
〈◊〉
trees. cedre trees, and cast them in the fyre.
8 As they that wōder at a thing which thei thoght wolde
〈◊〉
haue come so to pas se, Deut. 29,
〈◊〉
. 10 King. 9, 8. And many nacions shal passe by this citie, and thei shal say euery man to his neighbour wherefore hathe the Lord done thus vnto this great citie?
9 Then shal they answer, Because they haue for saken the couenāt of the Lord their God, and worshiped other gods and serued them.
10 ¶ Wepe not for the dead, and be not moued for thē, (but) wepe for himSignifying that they shulde
〈◊〉
their King: for le
〈◊〉
went forth to mete Ne buchadnezzár & yelded him self and was caryed into Babylon, 2. King 24, 2. that goeth out: for he shal returne no more, norse his natiue countrey.
11 For thus saith the Lord, As touchingwhome some thinke to be
〈◊〉
and that
〈◊〉
was his grand
〈◊〉
: but as semeth this was Iehoiakim, as vers. 18. Shallúm the sonne of Iosiáh King of Iudáh, whiche reigned for Iosiáh his father, which wēt out of this place, he shal not returne thether,
12 But he shal dye in the place, whether they haue led him captiue, and shalse this land no more.
13 ¶ Wo vnto him that buyldeth his house byBy bribes &
〈◊〉
vnrighteousnes, and his chambers without equitie: he vseth his neighbour without wages and giueth him not for his worke.
14 He saith, I wil buylde me a wide house, and large chambers: so he wil make him self large windowes, and fiding with cedre and pain te them with vermelon.
15 Shalt thou reigne, because thou closest thy self in cedre? did not thyMeaning, Iosiah, who was not giuen to
〈◊〉
and super fluitie,
〈◊〉
was
〈◊〉
with mediocritie and
〈◊〉
onely delite in
〈◊〉
for the
〈◊〉
& to do
〈◊〉
to all. father eat and drin ke and prosper, when he executed iudgemēt and iustice?
16 When he iudged the cause of the afflicted and the pōore, he prospered: was not this be cause he knewe me, saith the Lord.
17 But thine eyes and thine heart are but onely for thy couetousnes, and for to shed innocent blood, and for oppression, & for destru ction, (euen) to do this.
18 Therefore thus saith the Lord against Ieho hoiakim, the sonne of Iosiáh King of Iudáh, Thei shalFor euery
〈◊〉
shal haue ynough to lament for him self. not lament him, (saying,) Ah, my brother, or ah, sister: nether shal they mourne for him, (saying,) Ah, lord, or ah, his glorie.
19 He shalbe buryed as an asseNot honorably amongs his fathers,
〈◊〉
as ca
〈◊〉
are cast in a hole because their slinke shulde not infect, read 2. King 24. 9 Iosephus Antiq. 10. 8. Writeth that the enemie slewe him in the citie & commanded him to be cast before the walles
〈◊〉
. is buryed, (euen) drawen and cast for the without the gates of Ierusalém.
20 ¶ Go vp toTo call to the Assyrians for helpe. Lebanón, and crye: shoute inFor this was the way
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
to Assyria: whereby is ment
〈◊〉
all
〈◊〉
shulde
〈◊〉
for the Caldeans
〈◊〉
subdued bothe them and the Egyptians. Bashán and crye by the passages: for all thy louers are destroyed.
21 I spake vnto thee when thou wast in prospe ritie: (but) thou saidst, I wil not heare: this hathe bene thy maner frō thy youth that thou woldest not obey my voice.
22 The wīde shal fede all thy pastors,Bothe thy gouerneurs & they that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thee, sha
〈◊〉
away as wind. and thy louers shal go into captiuitie: and then shalt thou be ashamed and confounded of all thy
〈◊〉
.
23 Thou that dwellest in Lebanōn, (and) makest thy nest in theThou that art buylt of the faire cedie trees of Lebanon. cedres, how beautiful shalt thou be when sorowes come vpon thee as the sorow of a woman in trauail?
24 As I liue, saith the Lord, thogh
〈◊〉
was called
〈◊〉
or Ieconiáh, whome he calleth
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
, who thoght
〈◊〉
kingdome
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
from him, because he came of the stocke of Dauid, and there fore for the promes sake colde not be takē
〈◊〉
his house: but he abused Gods
〈◊〉
mes, & therefore was iustely
〈◊〉
ued of the kingdome. Coniáh the sonne of
〈◊〉
King of Iudáh, were the signet of my right hand, yet wolde I plucke thee thence.
25 And I wil giue thee into the hand of thē that seke thy
〈◊〉
, and into the hand of thē, whose face thou fearest euen into the hand of Nebuchad nezzár King of Babél and into the hand of the Caldeans.
26 And I wil cause them to cary thee away, and thy mother that bare thee, into another countrey, where ye were not borne, and there shal ye dye.
27 But to the land, whereunto they desire to re turne, they shal not returne thether.
28 Is not this man Coniáh (as) a despised (and) broken idole? or (as) a vessel, wherein is no pleasure? Wherefore are thei caryed away, he and his sede, and cast out into a land that they knowe not?
29 OHe sheweth that all
〈◊〉
shalbe witnesses of this
〈◊〉
plague as thogh it were
〈◊〉
for
〈◊〉
memo ie. earth, earth, earth, heare the worde of the Lord.
30 Thus saith the Lord, Write this
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
had no children (for after he begate Salathiél in the captiuitie, Match.
〈◊〉
) but that none shulde reigne after him as King. man destitute of (children,) a man that shal not prosper in his dayes: for there shalbe no man of his sede that shal prosper and sit vpon the throne of Dauid or beare rule any more in Iudáh.
CHAP. XXIII.
Against false Pastors. 5 A prophecie of the great Pastor Iesus Christ.
1 WO (be) vntoMeaning, the princes, gouernous and false
〈◊〉
as. Ezek. 34 2. the Pastors that destroie and scatterFor the which I haue especial care and haue prepared good
〈◊〉
for them. the shepe of my pasture, saith the Lord.
2 Therefore thus saith the Lord God of Israél vnto the Pastors thatVVhose charge
〈◊〉
to fede the floc
〈◊〉
, but they eat the frute thereof Ezek. 34, 3. fede my people, Ye ha ue scattred my flocke and thrust them out, and haue not visited them: beholde, I wil
visite you for the wickednes of your workes, saith the Lord.
3 Add I wil gather theThus the
〈◊〉
euer vse to mixt the promises with the threatnings, lest the godlie shulde be to muche beaten downe, and therefore he shew eth how Godwil gatherhis Church after this dispersion. rennant of my shepe out of all countreys, whether I had driuen them, and wil bring them againe to their fol des, and they shal growe and encrease.
4 And I wil set vp shepherdes ouer them, whi che shal fede them: and they shal dread no more nor be afraid, nether shal any of thē be lacking, saith the Lord.
5 Beholde, The daies come, saith the Lord, that I wil raise vnto Dauid arighteousThis prophecie is of the
〈◊〉
of the Church in the time of
〈◊〉
Christ, who is the true branche, read Isa. 11, 1. and 45,
〈◊〉
. chap. 33, 15.
〈◊〉
. 9, 24. bran che, and a King shal reigne, and prosper, and shal execute iudgement, and iustice in the earth.
6 In his dais * Iudáh shalbe saued', and Israél shal dwell safely, and this is the name whereby thei shal call him, * The Lord our righteousnes.
7 Therefore beholde, the daies come, saithDeut. 33, 28. the Lord, that thei shal no more say, TheRead Chap. 16, 13 Lord liueth, which broght vp the childrenChap. 33, 16. of Israél out of the land of Egypt,
8 But the Lord liueth, which broght vp and led the sede of the house of Israél out of the North countrey and from all contreys where I had scattered them, and thei shal dwell in their owne land.
9 Mine heart breaketh within me, because of theMeaning, the false prophets whiche deceiue the people: wherein appeareth his great loue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his nacion, read Chap. 14. 13. Prophetes, all my bones shake: I am like a drunken man [and like a man whome wine hatheEbr. passed euer or troubled. ouercome] for the presence of the Lord and for his
〈◊〉
wordes.
10 For the land is ful of adulterets, (and becau se of othes the land mourneth, the pleasant places of the wildernes are dryed vp, and theirThey runne head long to
〈◊〉
kednes, and seke vaine helpe. course iseuil, & their force is not right
11 For bothe the Prophet and the PriestOr, are hypocri tes. do wickedly: and their wickednes haue I foūde in mineMy Temple is ful of their idolatrie and superstitions. House, saith the Lord.
12 Wherefore their waye shalbe vnto them as sliperie (awaye) in the dark enes: they shal be driuen forthe and fall therein: for I wil bring a plague vpon them, (euen) the yere of their visitacion, saith the Lord.
13 And I haue sene foolishnes in the Prophetes of Samaria, that prophecied in Báal and caused my people Israél to erre.
14 I haue sene also in the Prophetes of IerusalémThey whiche shulde haue
〈◊〉
by my roddes against
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, are become worse then they filthines: they commit adulterie & wal ke in lies: they strengthen also the hands of the wicked that none can returne from his wickednes: they are all vntoThogh to the world they seme holy fathers, yet I detest them as I did these abominable cities. me as Sodōm, and the inhabitants thereof as Gomoráh.
15 Therefore thus saith the Lord of hostes con"Or,
〈◊〉
. cerning the Prophetes, Beholde, I wil fede them withRead Chap. 8, 14. worme wood, and make them drinke the water of gall: for from the Prophe tes of Ierusalém is wickednes gone forthe into all the land.
16 Thus saith the Lord of hostes, Heare not the wordes of the Prophetes that prophecie vn to you, and teache you vanitie: they speake the vision of their ownewhich they haue inuented of their own braine heart (and) not out of the mouth of the Lord,
17 Thei saie stil vnto them that despise me, The Lord hath said, YeRead Chap 6, 14, and 8, 11. shal haue peace: and thei saie vnto euerie one that walketh after the stubbernes of his owne heart, No euil shal come vpon you.Chap. 14. 13. & 27.
〈◊〉
. & 29. 8.
18 ForThus they did
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
as thogh the worde of GOD were not reueiled vnto him: so also spake zedekiáh to Micháh, 1 Kig. 22, 4. who hathe stand in the counsel of the Lord that he hathe perceiued and heard his worde? Who hathe marked his worde and heard it?
19 Beholde, the tempest of the Lord goeth forthe in (his) wrath, and a violent whirlwinde shal fall downe vpō the head of the wicked.
20 The angre of the Lord shal not returne vntil he haue executed, and til he haue performed the thoghts of his heart: in the latter daies yeBothe that̄ God hathe sent me, and that my wordes shal be true. shal vnderstand it plainely.
21 * I haue not sent these Prophetes, saith the Lord, yet thei ranne: I haue not spoken to them, and yet thei prophecied.
22 But if thei had stand in my counsel, andHe sheweth the difference bet wene the true
〈◊〉
and the false, betwene the
〈◊〉
and the true minister had declared my wordes to my people, then they shulde haue turned them from their euil waie, and from the wickednes of their inuentions.
23 Am I a God (at hand,) saith the Lord, & not a God
〈◊〉
not I se
〈◊〉
false hode, howsoeuer you cloke it, and wheresoeuer you commit
〈◊〉
? farre of?
24 Can anie hide him self in secreI haue a prophecie reueiled vnto me, as. Nombr. 32. 6. "Ebr. It is in the heart of the prophetes? places, that I shal not se him, saith the Lord? Do not I fil heauen and earth, saith the Lord?
25 I haue heard what the Prophetes said, that prophecie lies in my Name, saying, I haue dreamed, I haue dreamed.
26 How long? "Do the Prophetes delite to pro phecie lies, euen prophecying the deceit of their owne heart?
27 Thinke thei to causeHe sheweth that Satan raiseth vp false prophetes to bring the people from God my people to forget my Name by their dreames, which thei tel euerie man to his neighbour, as their forefathers haue forgotten my Name for Báal?
28 The Prophet that hathe a dreame, let himLet the false prophet declare that it is his owne fantasie and not sclander my worde as thogh it were a cloke to couer his lyes. tel adreame, and he that hathe my worde, let him speake my worde faithfully:Meaning, that it is not sufficiēt for Gods ministers to abstaine from lies, and to speake the worde of God: but that there be iudgemēt in alledging it, and that it may appeare to be applied to the samepurpose that it was spoken. Ezek. 3 17. what is the1. Cor. 2. 17. and, 4. 2. chaffe to the wheat, saith the Lord.2. Tim 2. 15.
29 Is not my worde euen like a fyre, saith the1 Pet 4. 11. Lord? and like an hammer, that breaketh the
〈◊〉
?
30 Therefore beholde, I (wil come) against the Prophetes, saith the Lord, thatwhich set forthe in my Name that which I
〈◊〉
not commanded. steale my
〈◊〉
euerie one from his neighbour.
31 Beholde, I (wil come) against the Prophetes saith the Lord, which haue swete tongues, & saye,To wit, the Lord. He saith.
32 Beholde, I (wil come) against them that pro phecie false dreames, saith the Lord, and do tel them, and cause my people to erreby their lies, and by their slatteries, and I send them not, nor commanded them: therefore thei bring no profite vnto this people, saith the Lord.
33 And when this people, or the Prophet, or a Priest shal aske thee, saying, What is theThe Prophetes called their threa tenings Gods burden, which the sinners were not able to
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
the wicked in
〈◊〉
the worde, wolde aske of the Prophetes, what was the burden, as thogh theiwol de lay, You seke nothing els, but to lay burdenson our shulders: and thus thei reiected theworde of God as a grieuous bur den. bur den of the Lord? thou shalt then say vnto thē, What burden? I wil euen forsake you, saith the Lord.
34 And the Prophet, or the Priest, or the people
that shal say, TheBecause this wordwas broght to contempt and derision, he wil teache them another maner of speache, and wil cause this worde Burden to cease, and teache them to aske with reuetence, VVhat saith the Lord? burden of the Lord, I wil euen visit euerie suche one, and his house.
35 Thus shal ye say euerie one to his neighbour and euerie one to his brother, What hathe the Lord answered? and what hathe the Lord spoken?
36 And the burden of the Lord shal ye mencion no more: for euerie mansThe thing which they mocke and contemne, shal come vpon them. worde shalbe his burdē: for ye haue peruerted the wordes of the liuing God, the Lord of hostes our God.
37 Thus shalt thou say to the Prohpet, What hathe the Lord answered thee? and what hathe the Lord spoken?
38 And if you say, The burden of the Lord, Then thus saith the Lord, Because ye say this worde, The burden of the Lord, and I haue sent vnto you, saying, Ye shal not say, The burden of the Lord,
39 Therefore beholde I, euen I wil vtterllyOr, take you away. forget you, and I wil forsake you, and the citie that I gaue you & your fathers, (and cast you) out of my presence,
40 And wil bring * en euerlasting reproche vponChap. 20. 11. you, and a perpetual shame which shal neuer be forgotten.
CHAP. XXIIII.
1 The vision of the baskets of sigges 5 Signifieth that parte of the people shulbe be broght againe from captiuitie 8 And that Zedekian and the rest of the people shulde be caryed away.
1 THe Lord shewed me, and beholde, twoThe good siggs signified
〈◊〉
that were gone into captiuitie, and so saued their life, as chap. 21. 8. and the noghty siggs them
〈◊〉
remained, which were yet subiect to the sworde, famine and
〈◊〉
. baskets of figges were set before the Tē ple of the Lord, after that Nebuchadnezzár King of Babél had caried away captiue Ieco niah the sonne of Ichoiakim King of
〈◊〉
, & the princes of Iudáh with the workemen, and cunning men of Ierusalém, & had broght them to Babél.
2 One basked (had) verie good figgs, (
〈◊〉
) like the figges that are first ripe: & the other basket (had) verie noghtie figges which colde not be eaten, thei were so euil.
3 Thē said the Lord vnto me, What seest thou, Ieremiáh? And I said,
〈◊〉
: the good figgs verie good, and the noghtie verie noghtie, which can not be eaten, thei are so euil.
4 Againe the worde of the Lord came vnto me, saying,
5 Thus saith the Lord, the God of Israél, Like these good figges, so wil I knowe them that are caried away captiue of Iudáh to be good whome I haue sent out of thiswhereby he approueth the yelding of
〈◊〉
, and his companie, because thei obeied the Prophet, who ex
〈◊〉
thē thereunto. place, into the land of the Caldeans.
6 For I wil set mine eyes vpon them for good, and I wil bring them againe to this land, and I wil buylde them, and not destroy them, and I wil plant them, and not roote them out,c hich declareth that man of himselfe can kno we nothing,
〈◊〉
God giue the heart and vnderstanding.
7 And I wil giue them
〈◊〉
heart to knowe me that I am the Lord, and they shalbe my * people, and I wil be their GOD: for they shall returne vnto me with their wholeChap. 31.
〈◊〉
. heart.
〈◊〉
8. 10. 17.
8 * And as the noghtie figges which can notChap. 29: 17. be eatē, they are so euil [surely thus saith the Lord] so wil I giue Zedekiáh the King of Iu dáh, and his princes, and the residue of Ierusalém, that remaine in this land, and thē that dwellWhich fled the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
succour. in the land of Egypt:
9 I wil euen giue them for a terrible plague to all the kingdomes of the earth, (and) for are proche and for a prouerbe, for a commune talke, and for a cursse, in all places, where I shal cast them.
10 And I wil send the sworde, the famine, and the pestilence among them, til they be consumed out of the land, that I gaue vnto them and to their fathers.
CHAP. XXV.
1 He prophecieth that thei shalbe in captiuitie seuentie yeres, 12 And that after the seuentie yeres Babylonians shulde be destroyed. 14 The destruction of all natiōs is
〈◊〉
.
1 THe worde that came to Ieremiáh, concer ning all the people of Iudáh in theThat is, in
〈◊〉
third
〈◊〉
accomplished, and in the beginning
〈◊〉
the fourth:
〈◊〉
thogh Nebuchad nezzár began to reigne in the end of the thirde yere of
〈◊〉
kins reigne, yet that yere is not here counted, because it was almost expired Dan 1.
〈◊〉
. fourth yere of Iehoiakim the sonne of Iosiáh King of Iudáh that was in the first yere of Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél:
2 The which Ieremiáh the Prophet spake vn to all the people of
〈◊〉
, and to all the inha bitants of Ierusalém, saying,
3 From the thirtenth yere of Iosiáh the sonne of Ammón King of Iudáh, euen vntoWhich was the
〈◊〉
yere and the ninth moneth of
〈◊〉
reigne. this daie [that is the thre and twentieth yere] the worde of the Lord hathe come vnto me, and I haue spokē vnto youThat is, I haue spared no diligen ce or labour, Chap. 7. 13. rising early and spea king, but ye wolde not heare.
4 And the Lord hathe sent vnto you all his ser uants the Prophetes, rising early and sending (them,) but ye wolde not heare, nor encline your eares to obeie.
5 TheiHe sheweth that the Prophets wholly with
〈◊〉
consent did labour to pul the people
〈◊〉
those vices, which then
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
wit, from
〈◊〉
, & the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ce of men: for vnder these two all other were
〈◊〉
. 2 King. 17.
〈◊〉
. Chap. 18. 11. and 35. 15 Iouáh. 3. 8. said, Turne againe now euerie one from his euil waie, and from the wickednes of your inuencions, and ye shal dwell in the land that the Lordhathe giuen vnto you, and to your fathers for euer and euer.
6 And go not after other gods to serue them and to worship thē, and prouoke me not to angre with the workes of your hands, and I wil not punish you.
7 Neuertheles ye wolde not heare me, saith the Lord, but haue prouoked me to angre with the workes of your hāds to your owne hurt.
8 Therefore thus saith the Lord of hostes Because ye haue not heard my wordes,
9 Beholde, I wil send and take (to me) all theThe Caldeans, and all their power. families of the North, saith the Lord, and Ne buchad-nezzár the King of Babél mySo the wicked and
〈◊〉
him selfe are Gods ser uants,
〈◊〉
he maketh them to serue him by constreint &
〈◊〉
that which thei do of malice, to his honour and glorie. seruāt and wil bring them against this land, and against the inhabitants thereof, and against all these nationsAs the Philistims,
〈◊〉
, Egyptians & others. rounde about, and wil destroye them, and make them an astonishment and an hissing, and a continual desolation.
10 * Moreouer I wil take from them the voice of mirth and the voice of gladnes, the voice of the bridegrome and the voice of theChap 16 9. bride, the noise of theMeaning that bread & all thigs that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vnto their feastes shulde be taken away. millestones, and the light of the candle."Or, destroy.
11 And this whole land shal be desolate, and
an astomishment, and these nations shal serue the King of Babél seuenty yeres.
12 And when theThis reuelacion was for the
〈◊〉
of his prophecie, because he tolde thē of the time, that thei shulde entre and remaine in
〈◊〉
. seuentie yeres are accomplished, I wil visiteFor seing the iudgement began at his owne nouse, the enemies must nedes be pu nished most
〈◊〉
uously. the King of Babél and that nacion, saith the Lord, for their iniqui ties, euen the land of the Caldeans, and wil make it a perpetual desolation,
13 And I wil bring vpon that land all my wordes which I haue pronoūced against it (euē) all that is writē in this boke, which leremiáh hathe prophecied against all nations.
14 For many nacions, and great Kings shal2, Chron. 36. 22. euenThat is, of the Babylonians; as Chap. 27. 7. serue them selues of them: thus wilEzra. 1. 1. I recompence them according to their dedes,Chap 29. 10. and according to the workes of theirDan. 9. 2. owne hands.
15 For thus hathe the Lord God of Israél spoken vnto me,Signifying the
〈◊〉
that God had appointed for euerie one, as Psal. 75 a, Isa. 51. 17. & this cup, which the wicked
〈◊〉
is more bitter thē
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
to his children, for he
〈◊〉
the one by mercie, and the other by iustice. Take the cup of wine of this (mine) indignacion at mine hand, and cause all the nacions, to whome I send thee, toEzek 9 6. drinke it.1. Pet. 4 17.
16 And they shal drinke, and be moued and be madde, because of the sworde, that I wil send among them,
17 Then tokel the cuppe at the Lords hand, and made all people to drinke, vnto whome the Lord had sent me:
18 (Euen) Ierusalém, and the cities of Iudáh, & the Kings thereof, and the princes thereof, to make them desolate, an astonishment, an hising, and a cursse,For now it beginneth and shal
〈◊〉
continue til it be accomplished. as (appeareth) this day:
19 Pharaóh (also) Kings of Egypt, and his seruantes, and his princes, and all his people:
20 And all sortes of people, and all the Kings of the land
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. 1. 1. of Vz: and all the Kings of the land of the Philistims, and
〈◊〉
were cities of the Philistuns. Ashkelón, and Azzáh, and Ekrōn, and the remnant of Ashdod:
21 Edom is here taken for the who e countrey
〈◊〉
Vz for a part thereof. Edóm, and Moáb, and the Ammonites,
22 And all the Kings of Tyrus, & all the Kings of Zidón, and the Kinge of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, Ita lie, and the rest of those
〈◊〉
. Yles, that are beyonde the sea,
23 And Dedán, andThese were peo ple of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
came of
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of Abrahám and
〈◊〉
. Temá, and Buz, and all that dwell in the vtter must corners,
24 And all the Kings of Arabia, and all the Kings of Arabia, that dwel in theFor there were two
〈◊〉
so named the one called plentiful, & the other baren, or desert. desert,
25 And all the Kings of Zimri, & all the Kings of' Elám, and all the Kings of the Medes.
26 And all the Kings of the North farre, and nere one to another, and all the kingdomes of the worlde, which are vpon the earth, & the King of That is, of Babylon, as Chap. 51.
〈◊〉
. Sheshách shal drinke after thē
27 Therefore say thou vnto them, Thus saith the Lord of hostes, the God of Israél, Drinke"Or, Persia and be drunken, and spewe and fall, and rise no more, because of the sworde, which I wil send among you,
28 ¶But if thei refuse to take the cup at thine hand to drinke, then tel them, Thus saith the Lord of hostes, ye shal certeinly drinke.
29 For lo,That is, Ierusa
〈◊〉
read verl. 12. I beginne to plague the citie, whe re my Name is called vpon, and shulde you go fre? Ye shal not go quite for I wil call for a sworde vpon all the inhabitās of the earth saith the Lord of hostes.
30 Therefore prophecie thou against them
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 16. all these wordes, and saie vnto them * TheAmos 1. 2. Lord shal roare from aboue, and thrust out his voice from his holie habitacion: he shal roare vpon his habitacion, and crye aloude as thei that presse the grapes against all the in habitans of the earth,
31 The sounde shal come to the ends of the earth: for the Lord hathe a cōtrouersie
〈◊〉
the nations, and wil entre into iudgement with all flesh, (and) he wil giue them that are wicked, to the sworde, saith the Lord.
32 ¶Thus saith the Lord of hostes, Beholde, a plague shal go forthe from nation to nationChap. 30. 23. and a * great whitle winde shalbe raised vp from the coastes of the earth,
33 AndThei which
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
at the Lords appointement. the slaine of the Lord shalbe at that daie, from (one) end of the earth, euen vnto the (other) end of the earth: thei shal not be mourned, nether gathered nor buryed, (but) shalbe as the dongue vpon the grounde.
34 Houle,Ye that are chief
〈◊〉
, and goueinours. ye shepherds, and crye, and wallowe your selues in the ashes, ye principal of the flocke: for your daies of slaughter are accomplished, and of your dispersion, and ye shal fall likewhich are moste easily broken. precious vessels.
35 And theIt shal not helpe them to
〈◊〉
to flee. flight shal faile from the shepherds, and the escaping from the principal of the flocke.
36 A voice of the crye of the shepherds, and an knowling of the principal of the flocke (shalbe heard:) for the Lord hathe destroyed their pasture.
37 And theEbr. peaceables best pastures are destroyed becau se of the wrath and indignation of the Lord.
38 He hathe forsaken his couert, as the lion: for their land is waste, because of the wrath of the oppressor, and because of the wrath of his indignation.
CHAP. XXVI.
2 Ieremiáh moueth the people to repentance. 7 He is take of the false Prophetes and Priestes and brogh to iudgement, 23
〈◊〉
the Prophet is killed of Iehoiakim contrarie to the wil of God.
1 IN the beginning of the reigne of Iehoiakim the sonne of Iosiáh King of Iudah, ca me this worde from the Lord, saying,
2 Thus saith the Lord, Stand in theThat is, in that place of the Temple whereunto the
〈◊〉
resort out of all Iudáh to sacrifice. court of the Lords House, and speake vnto all the cities of Iudáh, which come to worship in the Lords House, all the wordes that I command thee to speake kepe notTo the intent that they shulde pretend
〈◊〉
ignorance, as Act. 20. 27. avoide backe,
3 If so be they wil hearken, and turne euerie man from his euil way, that I mayRead Chap. 18. 8. repent me of the plague, which I haue determined to bring vpon them, because of the wickednes of their workes.
4 And thou shalt say vnto thē, Thus saith the Lord, If ye wil not heare me to walke in my Lawes, which I haue set before you,
5 And to heare the wordes of my seruants the Prophetes, whome I sent vnto you, bothe rising vp early, and sending (them,) and wil not obeie (them,)
6 Then wil I make this House likeRead Chap. 7.
〈◊〉
. Shilóh, and wil make this CitieSo that when they wolde cursse any, thei shal say, God do to thee as to Ierusalém. a cursse to all the nacions of the earth.
7 So the Priestes, and the Prophetes, and all the people heard Ieremiáh speaking these wordes in the Houses of the Lord.
8 Now when Ieremiáh had made an ende of speaking all that the Lord had commanded (him) to speake vnto all the people, then the Priestes, and the Prophetes, & all the people toke him, and said, Thou shalt dye the death.
9 Why hast thou prophecied in the Name of the Lord, saying, ThisBecause of Gods promes to the Tē
ple. Psal. 132. 14, that he wolde for euer remayne there, the hypocri
〈◊〉
thoght this Tē ple colde neuer pe rish, and therfore thoght it blasphemie to speake against it, Mar, 26.
〈◊〉
. act. 6,
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
cō
sidering that this was ment of the Churche, where God wil remaine for euer. House shal be like Shilóh, and this citie shal be desolate without an inhabitant? and all the people were gathered against Ieremiáh in the House of the Lord.
10 And when the princes of Iudáh heard of these things, thei came vp from the Kings house into the House of the Lord, and sate downe in the entrie of theSo called, because it was repaired by Ioathā, 2 Kings
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. newe gate of the Lords (House.)
11 Then spake the Priestes, and the Prophetes vnto the princes, and to all the people, saying,Ebr.
〈◊〉
of death belōgeth to this man. This man is worthie to dye: for he hathe prophecied against this citie, as ye haue heard with your eares.
12 Then spake Ieremiáh vnto all the princes & to all the people, saying, The Lord hathe He both sheweth the cause of his doings plainely, & also threateneth thē that they shulde nothing
〈◊〉
, thogh they shulde put him to death, but heape greater vengeāce vpon their heads. sent me to prophecie against this House and against this citie all the things that ye haue heard.
13 Therefore now amend your waies & your workes, & heare the voice of the Lord your God, that the Lord may repent him of the plague, that he hath pronoūced against you
14 As for me, beholde, I am in your hands: do with me as ye thinke good and right.
15 But knowe ye for certeine, that if ye put me: to death, ye shal surely bring innocent blood vpon your selues, and vpon this Citie, and vpon the inhabitants thereof: for of a trueth the Lord hath sét me vnto you, to speake all these wordes in your eares.
16 Then said the princes and all the people vnto the Priests & to the Prophetes, This man is not worthye to dye: for he hathe spoken vnto vs in the Name of the Lord our God.
17 ¶Then rose
〈◊〉
certeine of the Elders of the land, and
〈◊〉
to all the assemblie ofMichah. 1.
〈◊〉
. &
〈◊〉
, 12. the people, saying,
18 Micháh the Morashite * prophecied in the dayes of Hezekiáh King of Iudáh, and spake to all the people of Iudáh, saying, Thus saith the Lord of hostes, Ziōn shal be plowed (like) a field, and Ierusalém shalbe an heape, & the mountaine of theThat is, of the house of the Lord to wit, zion, and these examples the godlie alledged to
〈◊〉
Ieremiah out of the Priestes
〈◊〉
whose rage
〈◊〉
wolde not haue bene satisfied, but by his death. House (shalbe) as the high places of the forest.
19 Did Hezekiáh King of Iudáh, and all Iudáh put him to death? did he not feare the LORD, and prayed before the Lord, and the Lord repented hym of theSo that the citie was not
〈◊〉
, but by miracle was deliuered out of the handes of
〈◊〉
. plague, that he had pronounced against them? thus might we procure greate euill against our soules.
20 And there was also a mā that prophecied in the Name of the Lord, (one)
〈◊〉
the sonne of Shemaiáh, of Kiriáth iarem, who prophecied against this citie, and agaynste this land, according' to all the wordes of Ieremiáh.
21 Now when Iehoiakim the King with all his men of power, and all the princes heard his wordes, the King soght to slaie hym. But when Vriiáh heard it, he was afraied & fled, and went into Egypt.
22 Then Iehoiakim the KingHere is
〈◊〉
the furie of tyrāts, who cā not abide to
〈◊〉
Gods worde declared, but
〈◊〉
the ministers thereof, and yet in the end they
〈◊〉
nothing, but prouoke Gods iudgements so muche the more. sent men into Egypt, (euen) Elnathán the sonne of Achbór, and certeine with him into Egypt,
23 And thei fet Vriiáh out of Egypt, & broght him vnto Iehoiakim the King, who slewe him with the sworde, andAs in the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
exāple is to be followed, so in his other
〈◊〉
act is to be abhoired: for Gods pligue did light on him, and his
〈◊〉
. cast hys dead bodie into the graues of the childrē of the people.
24 But the hand of AhikámVVhiche
〈◊〉
that nothing colde haue appeased
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, if God had not moued this noble mā to stand valian ly in his defence. the sonne of Shaphán was with Ieremiáh that thei shuld not giue him in to the hand of the people to put him to death.
CHAP. XXVII.
1 Ieremiáh at the commandement of the Lord sendeth bondes to the King of
〈◊〉
and to the other Kings that were nere, whereby thei are monished to be subiectes vnto Nebuchad-nezzār. 9 He warneth the people and the Kings and rulers that thei beleue not false Prophetes.
1 IN the beginning of the reigne ofAs touching the dispositiō of these prophecies, they that gathered thē into a booke,
〈◊〉
not altogether ob
〈◊〉
the order of times, but did set some
〈◊〉
, which shulde be after, &
〈◊〉
wises which if the reader marke wel,
〈◊〉
shal auoide many doutes, and make the: eading much more easy IehoiakimChap. XXVII. the sonne of Iosiáh King of Iudah came this worde vnto Ieremiáh from the Lord, saying,
2 Thus saith the LORD to me, Make theeBy suche signes the Prophetes
〈◊〉
sometimes to cō
firme their prophecies,
〈◊〉
not withstanding they colde nor do of them
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
but in asmuche as thei had a reuelation for the same
〈◊〉
Isa. 20. 2. and therfore the false propheres to get more credi: did vse also suche visible signes, but they had no reuelatiō, 1. King. 22. 11. bondes, and yokes, and put them vppon thy necke,
3 And send them to the King of Edóm, and to the King of Moáb, & to the King of the Ammonites, and to the King of Tyrus, and to the King of Zidón, by the hande of the messengers which come to Ierusalém vnto Zedekiáh the King of Iudáh,
4 And commāde them to say vnto their masters, Thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél, Thus shall ye say vnto your masters,
5 I haue made the earth, the man, and the beast that are vpō the ground, by my great power, & by my out stretched arme, & haue giuen it vnto whome it pleased me.
6 But now I haue giuen all these lands into the hand of Nebuchad-nezzár the King of Babél myRead Chap. 25.
〈◊〉
. seruant, and the beastes of the field haue I also giuen him to serue him.
7 And all nations shall serue hym, and hysMeaning, Euilmerodach, and his sonne Belshazar. sonne, and his sonnes sonne vntill the verie time of his land come also: then manye nations and great Kings shallThey shal bring him, and his kingdome in
〈◊〉
as Chap,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
serue them selues of him.
8 And the nation and kingdome which will not serue the same Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél, and that will not put their necke
vnder the yoke of the King of Babél, the same nation wil I visite, saith the Lord, with the sworde, and with the famine, and with the pestilence, vntill I haue wholy (giuen) them into his hands.
9 Therefore heare not your Prophetes nor your south saiers, nor your dreamers, nor your inchāters, nor your sorcerers, which saie vnto you thus, Ye shall not serue the King of Babél.
10 For thei prophecie a lie vnto you to cause you to go farre from your lande, and that I shulde cast you out, and you shulde perish.
11 But the nation that put their neckes vnder the yoke of the King of Babél, and ser ue him, those wil I let remaine still in theyr owne land, saith the Lord, and thei shal occupie it and dwell therein.
12 ¶ I spake also to Zedekiáh King of Iudáh according to all these wordes, saying, Put your neckes vnder the yoke of the King of Babél, and serue him and his people, that ye may liue.
13 Why wil ye dye, thou, and thy people by the sworde, by the famine, & by the pestilē
ce, as the Lord hath spoken against the nation, that wil not serue the King of Babél?
14 Therefore heare not the wordes of the Prophetes, that speake vnto you, saying, Ye shal not serue the King of Babél: for thei prophecie a lie vnto you.
15 For I haue not * sent them, saith the Lord,Chap. 14,
〈◊〉
& 33, 21, & 29, 8, yet they prophecie a lie in my Name, that I might cast you out, & that ye might perish, (bothe) you, and the Prophetes that prophecie vnto you.
16 ¶ Also I spake to the Priestes, & to all this people, saying, Thus saith the Lord, Heare not the wordes of your Prophetes that pro phecie vnto you, saying, Beholde, * the vesChap. 28. 3. sels of the House of the Lord shall now shortely beVVhiche were taken when Ieconiah was led captiue into Batél. broght agayne from Babél, for they prophecie a lie vnto you.
17 Heare them not, (but) serue the King of Babél, that ye maye liue: wherefore shulde this citie be desolate?
18 But if they be Prophetes, and if the word of the Lord be with thē, let themFor it was not onely the Prophetes office to shewe the word of God, but also to praye for the sinnes of the people, Genes. 20. 7. VVhich these colde not do because they had no expresse wordes for God had
〈◊〉
the contrarie. in treat the Lord of hostes, that the vessels, whiche are left in the House of the Lord, and in the house of the King of Iudáh, and at Ierusalém, go not to Babél.
19 For thus saith the Lord of hostes, concerning the * pillers, and concerning the sea, and concerning the bases, and cōcerning the residue of the vessels that remayne in this citie,2. King. 25. 13.
20 Which Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél2. King. 24. 12. toke not, when he caryed * away captiue Ieconiáh the sonne of Iehoiakim King of Iudáh from Ierusalém to Bábél, with all the nobles of Iudáh and Ierusalém.
31 For thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél, cōcerning the vessels that remaine in the House of the Lord, & in the house of the King of Iudáh, and at Ierusalém,
22 They shalbe broght to Babél, and there thei shalbe vntil the day that I visiteThat is, for the space of seuentie yeres, till I haue caused the Medes and Persians to ouercome the Caldeans. thē, saith the Lord: then wil I bring them vp, & restore them vnto this place.
CHAP. XXVIII.
1 The false prophecie of Hananiah. 12 Ieremiah reproueth Hananiah and prophecieth.
1 ANd that same yere in the beginning of theVVhē Ieremiah began to
〈◊〉
these bondes and yokes. reigne of Zedekiáh King of Iudáh in theAfter that the land had rested, as Leu 25. 1. Deut. 15. 1. fourth yere, (and) in the fift mo neth Hananiáh the sonne of Azúr the Prophet, whiche was ofThis was a
〈◊〉
in Beniamin belō ging to the sonnes of Aarō, iosh. 21. 17 Gibeón, spake to me in the House of the Lord in the presence of the Priests, and of all the people, and said,
2 Thus speaketh the Lord of hostes, the God of Israél, saying, I haue broken the yoke of the King of Babél.
3Ebr. two yeres of dayes. Within two yeres space I will bring into this place all the vessels of the Lords house that Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél toke awaye from this place, and caried the minto Babél.
4 And I will bring againe to this place Ieconiáh the sonne of Iehoia kim King of Iudáh, with all them that were caryed awaye captiue of Iudáh, and went into Babél, saith the Lord: for I will breake the yoke of the King of Babél.
5 Then the Prophet Ieremiáh said vnto theHe was so
〈◊〉
med, thogh
〈◊〉
was a false Prophet. Prophet Hananiáh in the presence of the Priests and in the presence of all the people that stode in the House of the Lord.
6 Euen the Prophet Ieremiáh said, So be it: theThat
〈◊〉
, I wolde wish
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for Gods honour, and welth of my people, but he
〈◊〉
ap pointed the contrarie. Lord so do, the Lord confirme thy wordes which thou hast prophecied to restore the vessels of the Lords House, and all that is caryed captiue from Babél into this place.
7 But heare thou now this worde that I will speake in thine eares and in the
〈◊〉
of all the people.
8 The Prophetes that haue bene before me, and before thee in time past,Meaning, that the Prophets that did
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
warre or peace, were tryed ether true or false by the successe of theyr
〈◊〉
. Albeit God maketh to come to passe sometime that whiche the false prophet speaketh, to trye the faith of his, Deut. 13.
〈◊〉
. prophecied against manie countreis, and against great kingdomes, of warre, and of
〈◊〉
, and of pestilence.
9 (And) the Prophet which prophecieth of peace, when the worde of the Prophet shal come to passe, (then) shall the Prophet be knowē that the Lord
〈◊〉
truely sent him.
10 Thē Hananiáh the Prophet toke the yoke from the Prophet Ieremiahs necke, andThis declareth the impudencie of the wicked hirelings, which haue no zeale to the trueth, but are led with ambition to get the fauour of men, and therfore can not abide any that might discredit them: but
〈◊〉
for the into rages and
〈◊〉
to their owne
〈◊〉
science, passe
〈◊〉
what lies thei
〈◊〉
, or how
〈◊〉
they do, so that they maye mainteine
〈◊〉
estimation. brake it.
11 And Hananiah spake in the presēce of all the people, saying, Thus saith the Lord, Euen so will I breake the yoke of Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél, frō the necke of all nations within the space of two yeres: & the Prophet Ieremiáh went his way.
12 ¶ Then the worde of the Lord came vnto Ieremiáh the Prophet, [after that Hananiáh the Prophet had brokē the yoke from the necke of the Prophet Ieremiáh] saying
13 Go, and tel Hananiáh, saying, Thus saith the Lord, Thou hast broken the yokes of wood: but thou shalt make for them yokes of yron.
14 For thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél, I haue put aThat is, a hard, & cruel
〈◊〉
. yoke of yron vpon the necke of all these natiōs, that thei may serue Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél: for thei shall serue him, and I haue giuen hym theSignifying, that all shulde be hys, as Dan. 2,
〈◊〉
. beasts of the field also.
15 Then said the Prophet Ieremiáh vnto the Prophet Hananiáh, Heare now Hananiáh, the Lord hathe not sent thee, but thou makest this people to trust in a lye.
16 Therefore thus saith the Lord, Beholde, I will cast thee from of the earth: this yere thou shalt dye, because thou hast spoken rebelliously against the Lord.
17 So Hananiáh the ProphetSeing this thing was
〈◊〉
in the eyes of the people, and yet they returned not to the Lord, it is manifest, that miracles can not moue vs, nether the worde itself, except God touche the heart. dyed the same yere in the seuenth moneth.
CHAP. XXIX.
1 Ieremiáh
〈◊〉
vnto them that were in captiuitie in
〈◊〉
. 10 He prophecieth their returne after seuentie yeres. 16 He prophecieth the destruction of the King & of the people that remaine in Ierusalém, 21 He
〈◊〉
areneth the Prophetes that seduce the people. 25 The death of Semeiah is prophecied.
1 NOw these are the wordes of theOr, lettre. boke that Ieremiáh the Prophet sent from Ierusalém vntoFor some dyed in the way. the residue of the Elders which were caryed away captiues, & to the Priests, and to the Prophetes, and to all the people whome Nebuchad-nezzár had caryed away captiue from Ierusalém to Babél
2 [After that Ieconiáh the King, and the b Quene, and the eunuches, the * princesMeaning, Ieconiansmother. of Iudáh, and of Ierusalém, and the workeChap. 24. 1. men, and cunning men were departed from Ierusalém.]
3 By the hand of Elasáh the sonne of Shaphā and Gemariáh the sonne of Hilkiáh [whome Zedekiáh King of IudáhTo intreate of some equal conditions. sent vnto Babél to Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél] saying,
4 Thus hathe the Lord of hostes the GOD of Israél spoken vnto all that are caryed awaye captiues, whome I haueTo wit, the
〈◊〉
whose worke this was. caused to be caryed awaye captiues from Ierusalém vnto Babél.
5 Buylde you houses to dwell in, and plant you gardens, and eat the frutes of them.
6 Take you wiues, and beget sonnes, and daughters, & take wiues for your sonnes, & giue your daughters to housbands, that they may beare sonnes and daughters, that ye may be increased there, and not diminished.
7 And seke the prosperitie of the citie, whether I haue caused you to be caryed awaye captiues, andThe Prophet speaketh not this for the affection that he bare to the tyrāt, but that they shulde pray for the commune rest, and quietnes, that their
〈◊〉
; might not be intreased, and that they might with more pacience & lesse grief waite for the time of their deliuerance, whiche God had appointed moste
〈◊〉
: for els not onely the Israelites, but all the worlde, yea,
〈◊〉
the insensible crea tures shulde
〈◊〉
when
〈◊〉
tyrants shulde be destroyed, as Isa, 14,
〈◊〉
. praye vnto the Lord for it: for in the peace thereof shall you haue peace.
8 ¶ For thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél, Let not your prophetes, and your so the sayers that be amōg you, deceiue you ne ther giue eare to your dreames, which you dreame.
9 For they prophecie you alye in my Name I haue not sent them, saith the Lord.
10 But thus saith the Lord, That after seuentie yeres be accomplished at Babél, I wil visit you, and performe my good promes toward you, and cause you to returne to this place.
11 For knowe the thoghts, that I haue thoght towardes you, saith the Lord, (euē) the thoghts of peace, and not of trouble, to giue you an end, and (your) hope.
12 Then shal you crye vnto me, and ye shal go and pray vnto me, and I wil heare you,
13 And ye shal seke me and finde (me,) becau se ye shal seke me with allVVhen your oppression shalbe great, and your af flictions cause you to repent your disobedience, and also when
〈◊〉
seuentie yeres of your captiuitie shalbe expired 2; Chro.
〈◊〉
. 22. ezra
〈◊〉
, 1. Chap 25. 10.
〈◊〉
. 9. 1. your heart.
14 And I wil be founde of you, saith the Lord and I wil turne away your captiuitie, and I wil gather you from all the nations and frō all the places, whether I haue cast you, faith the Lord, and wil bring you againe vnto the place, whence I caused you to be caryed away captiue.
15 ¶ Because ye haue said, The Lord hathe raised vs vpAs Ahah, zedekiah, & Shemaiah. Prophetes in Babél.
16 Therefore thus saieth the Lord of the King that sitteth vpon the throne of Dauid, and of all the people, that dwell in this citie, your brethren that are not gone for the with you into captiuitie:
17 (Euen) thus saith the Lord of hostes, Beholde, I wil send vpon them theVVhereby he as sureth them that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
no ho pe of returning be fore the time appointed. sworde, the famine, and the pestilence, & wil make them like vileAccording to the comparison. figges, that can not be eatē they are so noghtie.
18 And I wil persecute them with the swordeChap. 14. 1. with the famine, & with the pestilence: & I wil make them a terror to all kingdomes of the earth, (&)Read Chap. 26. 6 a cursse, and astonishmēt and an hissing, and a reproche among
〈◊〉
the nations whether I haue cast them,
19 Because they haue not heard my wordes saith the Lord, which I sent vnto them by my seruāts the Prophetes,Read. Chap. 7.
〈◊〉
& 25. 5. & 26. 3. rising vp earely, & sending (them,) but ye wolde not hea re, saith the Lord.
20 ¶ Heare ye therefore the worde of the Lord all ye of the captiuitie, whome I haue sent from Ierusalém to Babél.
21 Thus saith the Lord of hostes, the God of Israél, of Aháb the sonne of Kolaiah, and of Zedekiah the sonne of Maaseiah, which prophecie lies vnto you in my Name, Beholde, I wil deliuer them into the hand of Nebuchad-nezzar King of Babél & he shal slaye them before your eyes.
22 And all they of the captiuitie of Iudah, that are in Babél, shal take vp this cursse againste them, & say, The Lord make thee like Zedekiah and like Ahab, whome the King of Babél burntBecause thei
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the people hope of spedy returning. in the fyre,
23 Because they haue committedVVhich was adulterie, and
〈◊〉
fying
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of God. vilenie in Israél, and haue committed adulterie with their neighbours wiues, and haue spoken
lying wordes in my Name, which I haue not commanded them, euen I knowe it, & testifie it, saith the Lord.
24 ¶ Thou shalt also speake to Shemaiáh theOr, dreames. Nehelamite, saying,
25 Thus speaketh the Lord of hostes, the God of Israél, saying, Because thou hast sent letters in thy name vnto all the people, that are at Ierusalém, & to Zephaniáh the sonne of Maaseiáh the Priest, & to all the Priests, saying,
26 The Lord hathe made thee Priest, forShemaiah the false Prophet flattereth zephaniah the chief
〈◊〉
, as thogh God
〈◊〉
giuen
〈◊〉
the spirit and zeale of Iehoiada to punish Whosoeuer trespaced against the word of God, of the Whiche he wolde haue made Ieremiah one, calling him a rauer & a false Prophet. Iehoiadá the Priest, that ye shuld be officers in the House of the Lord, for euery mā that raueth and maketh him self a Prophet, to put him in prison and in the stockes.
27 Now therefore why hast not thou reproued Ieremiáh of Anathóth, which prophecieth vnto you?
28 For, for this cause he sent vnto vs in Babél, saying, This (captiuitie) is long: buyld hou ses to dwell in, and plant gardens, and eat the frutes of them.
29 And Zephaniáh the Priest red this lettre in the eares of Ieremiáh the Prophet.
30 Then came the word of the Lord vnto Ieremiáh, saying,
31 Send to all them of the captiuitie, saying, Thus saith the Lord of Shemaiáh the Nehelamite, Because that Shemaiáh hath pro phecied vnto you, and I sent him not, and he caused you to trust in a lye,
32 Therefore thus saith the Lord, Beholde, I wil visite Shemaiáh the Nehelamite, & hys sede: he shal not haue a manHe and his sede shal be destroied, so that none of thē shulde se the benefite of this deliuerance. to dwel amōg this people, nether shall he beholde the good, that I wil do for my people, saith the Lord, because he hath spoken rebelliously against the Lord.
CHAP. XXX.
1 The returne of the people from Babylon, 16 He menaceth the enemies. 18 And comforteth the Church,
1 THe worde, that came to Ieremiáh from the Lord, saying,
2 Thus speaketh the Lord GOD of Israél, saying, Write thee all the wordes, that I haue spoken vnto thee inBecause they shulde be assured and their posteritie confirmed in the hope of thys deliuerance promised. a boke.
3 For lo, the daies come, saith the Lord, that I wil bring againe the captiuitie of my peo ple Israél and Iudáh, saith the Lord. for I wil restore them vnto the land, that I gaue to their fathers, and they shal possesse it.
4 Againe, these are the wordes that the Lord spake concerning Israél, and concerning Iudáh.
5 For thus saith the Lord, We haue heard aHe sheweth that before that this deliuerance shall come, the Caldeās shulde be
〈◊〉
afflicted by their enemies, and that they shuld be in suche perplexitie and sorow as a woman in her
〈◊〉
, as Isa. 15. 8. terrible voyce, of feare and not of peace.
6 Demande now and beholde, if man trauail with childe? wherefore do I beholde euery man with his hands on his loines as a woman in trauail, and all faces are turned into a palenes?
7 Alas, for thisMeaning, that the time of their captiuitie shulde be
〈◊〉
, day is
〈◊〉
: none (hath bene) like it: is euen the
〈◊〉
of Iaakobs trouble, yet shal he be deliuered from it.
8 For in thatVVhen I shal visit Babylon. day, saith the Lord of hostes, I wil breakeOf the King of Babylon. his yoke from of thy necke, and breake thy bondes, and strangers shal no more serue them seluesTo Wit, of Iaakob. of him.
9 But they shal serue the Lord their God, &That is, Messiah which shulde come of the stocke of Dauid, according to the flesh and shulde be the
〈◊〉
pastor as. Ezek. 34. 23. Who is set forth and his kingdome that shulde be euerlasting in the perso ne of Dauid. Hos.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. Dauid their King, whome I wil rise vp vn to them.
10 Therefore feare not, ô my seruant Iaakób, saith the Lord, nether be afraied, ô Israél: for lo, I wil deliuer thee from a farre (countrey) and thy sede from the land of their ca ptiuitie: and Iaakób shal turne againe, & shalbe in rest & prosperitie and none shal make him afraid.
11 For I am with thee, saith the Lord, to saue thee, thogh I vtterly destroy all the naciōs where I haue scattered thee: yet wil I not vtterly destroy thee, but I wil correct thee by iudgement, and not Read, Chap. 10. 24. vtterly cut thee of.
12 For thus saith the Lord, Thy bruising in curable (and)Meaning, that
〈◊〉
man is able to finde out a meane to deliuer them, but that it must be the Worke of God. thy wounde is dolorous.
13 There is none to iudge thy cause (or to lay) a plaister: there are no medecines, nor helpe for thee.
14 All thyThe Assyrians and Egyptians whome thou
〈◊〉
encerteine with giftes, who left in thee in thine
〈◊〉
. louers haue forgotten thee: thei seke thee not: for I haue striken thee with the wounde of an enemie (&) with a sharpe chastisement for the multitude of thine ini quitie (because) thy sinnes were increased.
15 Why cryest thou for thine affliction? thy so rowe is incurable for the multitude of thine iniquities (because) thy sinnes were increased, I haue done these thīgs vnto thee
16 Herein is commended Gods great mercie toward his, who doeth not destroye them for their sinnes, but correct and
〈◊〉
se them til he haue purged and pardoned them, and To burneth the rod des by the which he did punish thē Isa. 33. 1. Therefore all they that deuoure thee, shal be deuoured, and all thine enemies euery one shal go into captiuitie: and they that spoyle thee, shalbe spoyled, and all thei that robbe thee, wil I giue to be robbed.
17 For I wil restore helth vnto thee, and I wil heale thee of thy woundes, saith the Lord, because they called thee. The cast away, (saying) This is Zión, whome no man seketh after.
18 Thus saith the Lord, Beholde, I wil bring againe the captiuitie of Iaakóbs tentes, & haue compassion on his dwelling places: & the citie shalbe buylded vpon her owne heape,Meaning that the citie and the Temple shulde
〈◊〉
restored to their former state. and the palace shal remaine after the maner thereof.
19 And out of them shal procedeHe sheweth how the people shal With praise and
〈◊〉
giuing acknowled ge this benefite. thankesgiuing, and the voyce of them that are ioyous, and I wil multiplie them, and thei shalnot be fewe: I wil also glorifie them, & they shal not be diminished.
20 Their children also shalbe as a fore time, & their congregacion shalbe established before me, and I wil visite all that vexe them.
21 And theirMeaning, Zerub babel, who was the figure of Christ in whome this was accōplished. noble (ruler) shalbe of them selues, and their gouernour shal procede from the middes of them, and I wil cause him to drawe nere, and approche vnto me: for who is this that directeth hisSignifying that Christ doeth willingly submit him
〈◊〉
to the obedie
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
God his Father. heart to come vn to me, saith the Lord.
22 And ye shalbe my people, and I wil be
your God.
23 Beholde,Lest the
〈◊〉
hypocrites shuld
〈◊〉
them se ues With these promises, the Prophet
〈◊〉
what shalbe their portion. the tempest of the Lord goeth forthe with wrath: the whirlewinde that hangeth ouer, shall light vpon the head of the wicked.
24 The fierce wrath of the Lord shal not returne, vntil he haue done, and vntil he haue performed the intents of his heart: in theVVhen this
〈◊〉
and deliuerer is sent. latter daies ye shal vnderstand it.
CHAP. XXXI.
1 He reheareth Gods benefites after their returne from Ba bylon. 23 And the spiritual ioye of the faithfull in the Church.
1 AT the
〈◊〉
this noble gouernour shall come: meaning
〈◊〉
, not onelye Iudah and Israél, but the rest of the Worlde shalbe called. same time, saith the Lord, wil I be the God of all the families of Israél, and they shalbe my people.
2 Thus saith the Lord, The people whicheVVhiche Were deliuered from the
〈◊〉
of Pharaoh. escaped the sworde, founde grace in the wildernes:To
〈◊〉
, God. he walked (before) Israél to cause him to rest.
3 The Lord hath appeared vnto meThe people thus reason as thogh he were not
〈◊〉
beneficial to thē now, as he had bene of olde. of olde (say they:)Thus the Lord
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his loue is
〈◊〉
chā
geable. Yea, I haue loued thee with an
〈◊〉
lasting loue, therefore with mercie I haue drawen thee.
4 Againe I will buylde thee, and thou shalt be buylded, ô virgine Israél: thou shalt stilThou shalt haue
〈◊〉
occasion to reioyce:
〈◊〉
is men: by
〈◊〉
& dancing,
〈◊〉
their custome was after
〈◊〉
victories, Exod 15 20. Iudg. 5. 2.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
11.
〈◊〉
. be adorned with thy tymbrels, and shalt go forth in the dance of thē that be ioyful.
5 Thou shalt yet plāt vines vpō the mountaines of
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
neuer
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
this must
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vnder the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
, which was the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the true Israél. Samaria, and the planters that plant them,That is, shall eat the
〈◊〉
therof, as Leu 19
〈◊〉
, dan 20 6 shal make them commune.
6 For the daies shal come that theThe ministers of the worde. watchemen vpō the mount of Ephráim shal crye, Arise, and let vs go vp vntoThey shall exhorte all to the imbracing of the Gospel, as Isa. 2. 3. Ziōn to the Lord our God.
7 For thus saith the Lord, Reioyce with gladnes for Iaakób, and shoute for ioye among the chief of theHe sheweth what shall be the cōcorde and loue of all vnder the Gospel, where none shalbe refused for their
〈◊〉
: and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
shall exhorte one another to imbrace it. Gentiles: publishe praise, and say, O Lord, saue thy people, the remnant of Israél.
8 Beholde, I will bring them from the North countrey, and gather thē from the coastes of the worlde, (with) the blinde & the lame amōg them, (with) the woman with child, and her that is deliuered also: a great companie shal returne hether.
9 Thei shal comeThat is,
〈◊〉
their sinues, which had not giuen
〈◊〉
to the Prophetes, and
〈◊〉
it followeth that God
〈◊〉
them to mercie, Chap
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
Some take it that they
〈◊〉
wepe for
〈◊〉
. weping, and with mercie will I bring them againe: I will leade them by the riuers ofVVhere they founde no
〈◊〉
, but
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of all things. water in a straight waye, wherein they shall not stumble: for I am a Father to Israél, and Ephráim isThat
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ly beloued,
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
as to the father. my firste borne.
10 ¶ Heare the worde of the Lord, ô ye Gentiles, and declare in the yles a farre of, and say, He that scattered Israél, wil gather him and wil kepe him, as a shepherd (doeth) his flocke.
11 For the Lord hathe redemed Iaakób, and ransomed him from the handThat is, from the Baby
〈◊〉
, and other enemies. of him, that was stronger then he.
12 Therefore they shall come, and reioyce in the light of Zion, and shall runne to the bountifulnes of the Lord, (euen) for theBy these
〈◊〉
benefites he meaneth the spiritual graces, which are in the Church, and whereof there shulde be
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, Isa
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. wheat and for the wine, and for the oyle, & for the increase of shepe, and bullockes: & their soule shalbe as a watered gardē, and thei shal haue no more sorow.
13 Then shal the virgine reioyce in theIn
〈◊〉
companie of the faithfull, which euer praise God for his
〈◊〉
fites. dāce, and the yong men, and the olde men together: for I will turne their mourning into ioye, and wil comforte them, and giue thē ioye for their sorowes.
14 And I wil replenish the soule of the Priests withMeaning the spi rit of wisdome, knowledge and zeale. fatnes, and my people shalbe satisfied with my goodnes, saith the Lord.
15 Thus saith the Lord, A voice was heard on hie, a mourning (and) bitter weping,To declare the greatnes of Gods mercie in deliuering the Iewes he sheweth thē that thei were like to the Beniamites, or Israelites: that is, vtterly destroyed, and caryed awaye in so muche that if Rahél the mother of Beniamin cold haue risen againe to seke for
〈◊〉
chil dren she shulde haue founde none remaining. Rahél weping for her children, refused to be comforted for her children, because they were not.
16 Thus saith the Lord, Refraine thy voyce from weping, and thine eyes from teares: for thy worke shalbe rewarded, saith, the Lord, and they shall come againe from the land of the enemie:
17 And there is hope in thine end, saith the Lord, that (thy) children shal come agayne to their owne borders.
18 I haue heardThat is, the people that were led captiue. Ephráim lamenting (thus,) Thou hast corrected me, and I was chastised as anVVhich was wā ton and colde not be subiect to the
〈◊〉
. vn tamed calfe.He sheweth how
〈◊〉
faithfull vse to
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
God to turne thē, for as muche as thei can not turne of them selues. conuert thou me, and I shalbe conuerted: for thou art the Lord my God.
19 Surely after that I conuerted, I repented: and after that I was instructed, I smote vpō (my)In signe of repē
tance, and
〈◊〉
tion of my sinne. thigh: I was ashamed, yea, euen confounded, because I did beare the reproche of my youth.
20 Is EphráimAs thogh he wolde say, No: for by his iniquitie he did what laye in him to cast me of. my dere sonne or pleasant childe? yet since I spake vnto him, I stilTo wit, in pitying him for my promes sake. remembred him: therefore my bowelles are troubled for him: I will surely haue compassion vpon him, saith the Lord.
21 Set thee vpMarke by what way thou didest go into captiuitie, and thou shalt turne againe by the same. signes: make thee heapes: set thine heart towarde the path & waie, that thou hast walked: turne againe, ô virgine of Israél: turne againe to these thy cities.
22 How long wilt thou go astraie, ô thou rebellious daughter? for the Lord hath createdBecause their deliuerance from Babylon was a figure of their deliuerance from sinne, he sheweth how this shulde be procured, to witby Iesus Christ whome a woman shulde conceiue, and beare in her wombe. VVhich is a strange thing in earth, because he shulde be
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
virgine without man: or, he meaneth, that Ierusalém which was like a baren woman
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
captiuitie shulde be
〈◊〉
as she that is, ioyned in mariage, and whome God blesseth with children. a new thing in the earth: A WOMAN shal compasse a man.
23 Thus saith the Lord of hostes, the God of Israél, Yet shall thei saie this thing in the land of Iudáh, and in the cities thereof, when I shal bring againe their captiuitie, The Lord blesse thee, ô habitation of iustice (and) holie mountaine.
24 And Iudáh shall dwell in it, and all the Cities thereof together, the housband men and thei that go for the with the flocke.
25 For I haue satiat the weary soule, and I haue replenished euerie soroful soule.
26 Therefore I awaked and behelde, and my slepe
〈◊〉
vnderstand this vision of the Messiah to come in whom
〈◊〉
the two houses of
〈◊〉
and Iudah shulde
〈◊〉
ioyned, I reioyced. was swete vnto me.
27 Beholde, the daies come, saith the Lord,
that I wil so we the house of Israél, and the house of Iudáh
〈◊〉
wil
〈◊〉
enriche them with people and cattel. with the sede of man and with the sede of beast.
28 And like as I haue watched vpon them, to plucke vp and to roote out, and to throwe downe, & to destroye, and to plague (thē,) so will I watche ouer them, to buylde and to plant (them,) saith the Lord.
29 In those dayes shal they say no more, The fathers haueThe wicked vsed this prouerbe, whē thei did
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
gods iudg
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ced by the Prophe
〈◊〉
saying, That their fathers had committed the faute, and that the children were pu nished, Ezek. 18, 3. eaten a sowre grape, and the childrens teeth are set on edge.
30 But euerie one shall dye for his owne iniquitie: euerie man that eateth the sowre grape, his teeth shalbe set on edge.
31 ¶ Beholde, the daies come, saith the Lord, that I wil make aThogh the couenant of redēption made to the fathets, & this whi h was giuen after, seme diuers, yet thei are all one, & grounded on Iesus Christ,
〈◊〉
that this is called new because of the manifestatiō of Christ and the abundant graces of the holie Gost giuen to hys Churche vnder the Gospel, ne we couenant with the house of Israél, and with the house of Iudáh,
32 Not according to the couenāt that I made with their fathers, when I toke thē by the hand to bring thē out of the land of Egypt, the whiche my couenant theyAnd so were the occasion of theyr owne
〈◊〉
through their
〈◊〉
, Isa. 50. 1. brake, althogh I wasOr, master. an housband vnto thē, saith the Lord.
33 But this shalbe the couenant that I will make with the house of Israél, AfterIn the time of Christ my law shal in steade of tables of stone be writē in their hearts by mine holie Spirit, Ebr. 8. 8. those daies, saith the Lord, I will put my Lawe in their in warde partes, and write it in theyr hearts, & will be their God, and thei shalbe my people.
34 And thei shalVnder the kingdome of Christ there shalbe none blindedwith igno rance, but I will giue them faith, &
〈◊〉
of God for
〈◊〉
of their sinnes, &
〈◊〉
increase the same: so that it shall not seme to come so muche by the preaching of my ministers, as by the instruction of mine holie
〈◊〉
, Isa. 14. 13. but the full accomplishing hereof is referred to the king dome of Christ, when we shalbe ioyned with our head. teache nomore euerie man his neighbour and euerie man his brother, saying, Knowe the Lord: for they shall all knowe me from the least of them vnto the greatest of them, saith the Lord: for'I will forgiue their iniquitie, and will remember their sinnes no more.
35 Thus saith the Lord, whiche giuethIf the sunne, moone, and
〈◊〉
can not but gyue
〈◊〉
according to
〈◊〉
ordinance, so long as thys worlde
〈◊〉
, so
〈◊〉
my Churche
〈◊〉
faile, nether
〈◊〉
anie thing hinder it: and as
〈◊〉
as I wil haue a people, so certeine is it, that I wil leaue them my worde for euer to gouerne thē with. the sunne for a light to the day, (and) the cour ses of the moone and of the starres for a light to the night, which breaketh the sea, whē the waues there of roare: his Name (is) the Lord of hostes.
36 If these ordinances departe out of my sight, saith the Lord, then shall the sede of Israél cease from being a nation before me, for euer.
37 Thus saith the Lord, If the heauens can be measured,The one and the other is impossible. or the fundacions of the earth be searched out beneth, then will I cast of all the sede of Israél, for all that they haue done, saith the Lord.
38 Beholde, the dayes come, saith the Lord, that theAs it was performed, Nehemiah. 3. 1. By this description he shewe h that the Citie shulde be as ample, and beautifull as euer it was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
he alludeth to the spirituall
〈◊〉
, whose
〈◊〉
shulde be
〈◊〉
. citie shalbe buylt to the LORD from the tower of Hananeél, vnto the gate of the corner.
39 And the line of the measure shall go forth in his presence vpon the hil Garéb, & shall compasse about to Goáth.
40 And the whole valley of the dead bodies, and of the asshes, and all the fields vnto the broke of Kidrón, (and) vnto the corner of the horsegate towarde the East, (shalbe) holie vnto the Lord; nether shall it be plucked vp nor destroyed anye more for euer.
CHAP. XXXII.
Icremiáh is cast into prison because he prophecied that the citie shulde be taken of the King of Babylon. 7 He sheweth, that the people shuld come againe to their owne possession. 38 The people of God are his seruants, and he is their Lord.
1 THe worde that came vnto Ieremiáh frō the Lord, in theSo that Ieremiah had now prophecied from the thir tenth yere of Iosiah vnto the last yere saue one of zedekiahsreigne, which was almost fourtie yeres. tenth yere of Zedekiáh King of Iudáh, which was the eightenth yere of Nebuchad nezzár.
2 For then the King of Babels hoste besieged Ierusalém: and Ieremiáh the Prophet was shut vp in the court of the prisō, which was in the King of Iudahs house.
3 For Zedekiáh King of Iudáh had shut him vp, saying, Wherefore doest thou prophecie,Chap. 29. 16. & 34, 2. & say, Thus saith the Lord, * Beholde, I will giue this Citie into the hands of the King of Babél, and he shal take it?
4 And Zedekiáh the King of Iudáh shal not escape out of the hand of the Caldeans, but shall surely be deliuered into the handes of the King of Babél, & shall speake with him mouth to mouth, and his eyes shal beholde his face,
5 And he shal lead Zedekiáh to Babél, and there shall he be, vntillTill I take zeded kiah awaye by death: for he shall not dye by the sworde, as Chap.
〈◊〉
. 4. I visite him, saith the Lord: thogh ye fight with the Caldeās, ye shal not prosper.
6 ¶ And Ieremiáh said, The word of the Lord came vnto me saying,
7 Beholde, Han ameél, the sonne of Shallúm thine vncle, shal come vnto thee and saie,VVhereby was
〈◊〉
that the peo ples huld
〈◊〉
agayne out of captiuitie and enioy their possessions and vineyardes, as ver. 15. & 44. Bye vnto thee my field, that is in Anathóth for theOr, right to redeme it. title by kinred (apperteineth) vnto theeBecause he was next of the kinred as Ruth. 44. to bye it.
8 So Hanameél, mine vncles sonne, came to me in the court of the prison, according to the worde of the Lord, and said vnto me, Bye myOf the possessiō of the Leuites read Leu. 25 32. field, I praie thee, that is in Anathōth, which is in the countrey of Beniamin for the right of the possession (is) thine, and the purchase (belongeth) vnto thee: bye it for thee. Then I knewe that this was the worde of the Lord.
9 And I boght the field of Hanameél, myne vncles sonne, that was in Anathóth & weighed him the siluer, (euen) seuenVVhich moūteth to of our money, about ten shilings sexpence, if this shekel were the
〈◊〉
shekel, read Gen 23. 15. for the shekell of the Temple was of double value and ten pieces of siluer were halfe a shekel: for twentie made the shekel. shekels, and ten (pieces) of siluer.
10 And I write it in the boke and signed it, & toke witnesses, and weighed him the siluer in the balances.
11 So I toke the boke of the possessiō, being sealedAccording to the custome the in strument or
〈◊〉
was sealed vp wich the
〈◊〉
seale, and a copie thereof remained, whiche conteined the same in effect, but was not so authentical as the other, but was left open to be sene it any thing shulde be called into
〈◊〉
. (according) to the Law, and custome, with the boke that was open,
12 And I gaue the boke of the possession vnto Baruch the sonne of Neriáh, the sonne of Maaseiáh, in the sight of Hanameél mine vncles (sonne,) & in the presence of the
witnesses, writen in the boke of the posses sion, before all the Iewes that sate in the court of the prison.
13 And I charged Baruch before thē, saying,
14 Thus saith the Lord of hostes, the God of Israél, Take the writings (euen) this boke of the possession, bothe that is sealed, and this boke that is open, and put them in an earthenAnd so to hide thē in the
〈◊〉
le, that thei
〈◊〉
be preserued as a token of their deliuerance. vessel, that thei maie continue a long time.
15 For the Lord of hostes, the God of Israél, saith thus, Houses and fields, and vineyardes shalbe possessed againe in this land.
16 ¶ Now when I had deliuered the boke of the possession vnto Barúch, the sonne of Neriáh, I prayed vnto the Lord, saying.
17 Ah Lord God, beholde, thou hast made the heauen and the earth by thy great power, and by thy stretched out armie, and there is nothingOr, hid. hard vnto thee.Exod. 34. 7. deut.
〈◊〉
.
18 * Then sheweth mercie vnto thousands, & recompèncest the iniquitie of the fathers into the bo some of theirBecause the wicked are subiect to the curse of God, he sheweth, that their posteritie, whiche by nature are vnder this ma
〈◊〉
, shalbe punished bothe for their owne wickednes and that the iniquitie of their fathers, which is like wise in thē, shalbe also reuenged on their head. childrē after thē ô God the great and mightie, whose Name (is) the Lord of hostes.
19 Great in counsel, and mightie in worke, [for thine eyes are open vpō all the waies of the sonnes of men, to giue to euerie one according to his waies, and according to the frute of his workes.]
20 Which hast set signes and wonders in the land of Egypt vnto thisMeaning, that his miracles in deliuering his people, shulde neuer beforgotten, day, and in Israél and among (all) men, and hast made thee a Name, as (appeareth) this daie.
21 And hast broght thy people Israél, out of the land of Egypt with signes, and with wonders, and with a strong hand, with a stretched out arme, and with great terror.
22 And hast giuen them this land, which thou didest sweare to their fathers to giue thē, (euen) a land, that floweth with milke and honie.
23 And they came in, and possessed it, but they obeyed not thy voyce, nether walked in thy Law: all that thou commandedst them to do, they haue not done: therefore thou hast caused this whole plague to come vpō them.
24 Beholde, theThe worde signifiethanie thing that is cast vp, as a mount or rampart and is also vsed for ingines of warre, which were layed on an hie place to shoot into a cirie, before that gounes were in vse. mounts, they are come into the citie to take it, and the citie is giuen into the hand of the Caldeans, that fight a gainst it by meanes of the sworde, and of the famine, and of the pestilence, and what thou hast spoken, is come to passe, and beholde, thou seest it.
25 And thou hast said vnto me, ô Lord God Bye vnto thee the field for siluer, and take witnesses: for the citie shalbe giuen in to the hand of the Caldeans.
26 ¶ Then came the worde of the Lord vnto Ieremiáh, saying,
27 Beholde, I am the Lord God of allThat is of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
: who as thei are his wor ke so doeth he go uerne and guide them as
〈◊〉
him whereby he sheweth that as he is the
〈◊〉
of this their captiuitie for their sinnes so wil he for his
〈◊〉
be their
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
againe to
〈◊〉
. flesh: is there anie thing to hard for me?
28 Therefore thus saith the Lord, Beholde, I wil giue this citie into the hand of the Cal deans, and into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar, King of Babél, and he shal take it.
29 And the Caldeans shal come and fight against this citie, and set fyre on this citie & burne it, with the houses, vpon whose rooses they haue offred incense vnto Baal, and powred drinke offrings vnto other gods to prouoke me vnto angre.
30 For the children of Israél, and the children of Iudáh haue surely done euil beforeme from theirFrom the time, that I broght thē out of Egypt, and made them my people, and called them my
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. youth: for the children of Israél haue surely prouoked me to angre with the workes of their hands, saith the Lord.
31 Therefore this citie hathe bene vnto me (as a prouocation) of mine angre, and of my wrath, from the daye, that they buylt euen vnto this daye, that I shulde remoue it out of my sight.
32 Because of all the euil of the children of Israél, and of the children of Iudáh, which they haue done to prouoke me to angre, (euen) they, their Kings, their princes, their Priests, and their Prophetes, and the men of Iudáh, and the inhabitants of Ierusalém.
33 And they haue turned vnto me the backe and not the face: thogh I taught them,Read
〈◊〉
. 1.
〈◊〉
. Isa. 65.
〈◊〉
. Chap. 7. 13. and. 19. 7. & 25. 3. & 16. 5. & 29. 19. ri sing vp early, and instructing them yet they were not obedient to receiue doctrine.
34 But they set their abominatiōs in the hou se [whereupon my Name was called] to defile it.
35 And they buylt the hyeThat is, the altars, which were made to offer sacrifice vpō to the
〈◊〉
idoles. places of Baal, which are in the valley ofRead Chap. 7. 30 2. King 21. 4. Ben-hinnóm, to cause their sonnes, and their daughters toRead. 2 King. 26. 3. passe through (the fyre) vnto Moléch, which I commanded them not, nether came it into my minde, that they shulde do suche abomination, to cause Iudah to sinne
36 And nowRead. Chap.
〈◊〉
16. therefore, thus hathe the Lord GOD of Israél spoken, concerning this ci tie, where of ye say, It shalbe deliuered into the hand of the King of Babél by the swor de, and by the
〈◊〉
, and by the pestilence.
37 * Beholde, I wil gather them out of all coū
Deut. 39. 30 treis, wherein I haue scatred them in mine angre, and in my wrath, and in great indignation, and I wil bring them againe vnto this place, and I wil cause them to dwell safely.
38 And they shal be * my people, and I wil beChap. 30. 22. their God.
39 And I wil giue themOne consent
〈◊〉
one religion, as Ezek. 11. 19. &
〈◊〉
. 27. one heart & one way that thei may feare me for euer for the welth of them, and of their children after them,
40 And I wil make anRead Chap. 32, 32. euerlasting couenant with them, that I wil neuer turne away frō them to do thē good, but I wil put my feare in their hearts, that thei shal not departe from me.
41 Yea, I wil delite in them to do them good, and I wil plant them in this land assuredly
with my whole heart, & with all my soule,
42 For thus saith the LORD, Like as I haue broght all this great plague vpō this peo ple, so wil I bring vpon them all the good that I haue promised them.
43 And the fields shal be possessed in this lād whereof ye say, It is desolate without man or beast, and shalbe giuen into the hand of the Caldeans.
44 Men shal byeThis is the
〈◊〉
ration of that, which was spoken, ver. 8. fields for siluer, and make writings, and seale them, and take witnesses in the land of Beniamin, & round about Ierusalém, and in the cities of Iudah, and in the cities of the mountaines, and in the cities of the plaine, and in the cities of the South: for I wil cause their captiuitie to re turne, saith the Lord.
CHAP. XXXIII.
The Prophet is monished of the Lord to
〈◊〉
for the deliuerance of the people, which the Lord Promised. 8 God for giueth sinnes, for his owne glorie. 15 Of the birth of Christ. 20 The kingdome of Christ in the Church shal neuer be ended.
1 MOreouer, the worde of the Lord came vnto Ieremiah the seconde time [while was yet shut vp in the
〈◊〉
was in the
〈◊〉
house at
〈◊〉
, as Chap. 32. 1. court of the prison] saying.
2 Thus saith the Lord, the makerTo
〈◊〉
, of Ierusalem, who as he
〈◊〉
, so wil he
〈◊〉
, read. Isa. 37. 26. thereof, the Lord that formed it, and established is, the Lord is his Name.
3 Call vnto me, and I wil answer thee, and she we thee great & mightie things, which thou knowest not.
4 For thus saith the Lord God of Israél con cerning the houses of the Kings of Iudáh, which are destroyed by theRead Chap.
〈◊〉
24 mountes, and by the sworde.
5 Thei come toThe Iewes thinke to ouercome the
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
thei seke their owne
〈◊〉
. fight with the Caldeans, but it (is) to fil thē selues with the dead bodies of men, whome I haue slaine in mine angre and in my wrath: for I haue hid myHe sheweth that Gods
〈◊〉
is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
all prospe
〈◊〉
, as his angre is of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
face from this citie, because of all their wickednes.
6 ¶Beholde,In the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. I wil giue it helth and amendement: for I wil cure them, and wil reueile vnto them the abundance of peace, and trueth.
7 And I wil cause the captiuitie of Iudah, & the captiuitie of Israél to returne, and wil buylde them as at the first.
8 And I wil
〈◊〉
them from all their iniquitie,g Declaring that there is no
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
not
〈◊〉
, but where as we
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
. whereby they haue sinned against me yea, I wil pardone all their iniquities, whereby thei haue sinned against me, and whereby thei haue rebelled against me.
9 And it shalbe to me a name, aVVhereby he
〈◊〉
that the
〈◊〉
ch, where in is
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
nes is Gods honour and glorie, so that
〈◊〉
is enemie to it
〈◊〉
to dishonour God. ioy, a praise and an honour before all the nacions of the earth, which shal heare all the good that I do vnto them: and their shal feare, and tremble for all the goodnes, & for all the welth, that I shewe vnto this (citie.)
10 Thus saith the Lord, Againe there shalbe heard in this place [which ye say shalbe, desolate, without man, and without, beast (euen) in the cities of Iudáh, and in the stre tes of Ierusalém, that are desolate without man, and without in habitant, and without beast.]
11 The voyce of ioye and the voyce of gladnes, the voice of the bridegrome, and the voyce of the bride, the voyce of them that shal say,VVhich was
〈◊〉
song appointed for the Leuites to praise God by.
〈◊〉
Chro. 16. 8 psal.
〈◊〉
1. Isa. 12. 4. Praise the Lord of hostes, because the Lord is good: for his mercie (endureth) for euer (and) of them that offre (the sacri fice) of praise in the House of the Lord: for I wil cause to returne the captiuitie of the land, as at the first, saith the Lord.
12 Thus saith the LORD of hostes, Againe in this place, which is desolate, with out man, and with out beast, and in all the cities the reof there shalbe dwelling for shepherdes to rest their flockes.
13 In the cities of theMeaning, that all the countrei
〈◊〉
Iudah shalbe inha
〈◊〉
againe. mountaines, in the cities in the plaine, and in the cities of the South, and in the land of Beniamin, and about Ierusalém, and in the cities of Iudáh shal the shepe passe againe, vnder the hand of him that telleth them, saith the Lord.
14 Beholde, the dayes come, saith the LORD that I wil performe that good thing, which I haue promised vnto the house of Israél, and to the house of Iudáh.
15 In those daies and at that time, wil I causeThat in I wil
〈◊〉
de the Messiah, which shal
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
of Da uid of whome
〈◊〉
prophecie is
〈◊〉
as
〈◊〉
all the Iewes, and that which is
〈◊〉
Chap.
〈◊〉
. 5. the branche of righteousnes to growe vp vnto Dauid, and he shal execute iudgemēt and righteousnes in the land.
16 In those dayes shal Iudah be saued, and Ierusalém shal dwell safely, and he that shal callTo wit Christ that shal call
〈◊〉
Church. her, is the Lord ourThat is Christ
〈◊〉
our Lord God,
〈◊〉
righteousnes,
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
. righteousnes.
17 For thus saith the Lord, Dauid shal neuer want a man to sit vpon the throne of the house of Israél.
18 Nether shal the Priests and Leuites want a man before me to offer a burnt offrings, & to offer meat offrings, and to do sacrifice continually.
19 ¶ And the worde of the Lord came vnto Ie remiáh, saying.1. Cor.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
20 Thus saith the Lord, If you can break emyo This is chiefly ment of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of thankesgiuing, which is left to the Church in the time of Christ, who was the euer lasting Priests & the euerlasting sacrifice figured by the sacrifices of the Law. couenant of theRead Chap. 31. 39. day, and my couenant of the night, that there shulde not be day, and night in their season.
21 Then may my couenant be broken with Dauid my seruant, that he shulde not haue a sonne to reigne vpō his throne, and with the Leuites (and) Priests my ministers.
22 As the armie of heauē can not be nombred nether the sand of the sea measured: so wil I multiplie the sede of Dauid my seruant, and the Leuites, that minister vnto me.
23 ¶ Moreouer, the worde of the Lord came to Ieremiáh, saying,
24 Considerest thou not whatMeaning the Cal deans and other infidels which thoght God had vtterly cast of Iudah and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Beniamin, because he did correct them for a time for their amende ment. this people haue spokē, saying, The two families, which the Lord hathe chosen he hathe euen cast them of? thus they haue despised my people, that they shulde be nomore a nacion before them.
25 Thus saith the Lord, If my couenant be
not with day and night, (and if) I haue not appointed the ordre of heauen and earth,
26 Then wil I cast away the sede of Iaakób and Dauid my seruant, and not take of his sede to be rulers ouer the sede of Abrahám Izhák, and Iaakób: for I wil cause their captiuitie to returne, and haue compassion on them.
CHAP. XXXIIII.
2 He threateneth that the citie, and the King Zedekiáh shalbe giuen into the hands of the King of Babylon.
〈◊〉
. He rebucketh their cruelitie towarde their seruants.
1 THe worde which came vnto Ieremiáh from the Lord [whenVVho
〈◊〉
of Ieremiáh was called
〈◊〉
and of others
〈◊〉
. Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél, and all his hoste, and all the Kingdomes of the earth, (that were) vnder the power of his hand, and all people foght against Ierusalém, and against all the cities thereof] saying.
2 Thus saith the Lord God of Israél, Go and speake to Zedekiáh King of Iudáh, and tel him, Thus saith the Lord, Behold * I wil giue2. Chr. 36. 19. Chap. 29.
〈◊〉
, and 23. 3. this citie in to the hand of the King of Babél, and he shal burne it with fyre,
3 And thou shalt not escape out of his hand, but shalt surely be taken, and deliuered into his hād, and thine eies shal beholde the face of the King of Babél, and he shal speake with thee mouthe to mouthe, and thou shalt go to Babél.
4 Yet heare the worde of the Lord, ô Zedekiáh, King of Iudáh: thus saith the Lord of thee, Thou shalt not dye by the sworde,
5 (But) thou shalt dye inNot of any violent death. peace: and according to the burning for thy fathers the for mer Kings which were before thee, so shal thei burne (odours) for thee, and thei shal
〈◊〉
thee, (saying,) OhThe Iewes shal
〈◊〉
for thee
〈◊〉
lord & King. lord for I haue pronounced the worde, saith the Lord.
6 Then Ieremiáh the Prophet spake all these wordes vnto Zedekiáh King of Iudáh in Ierusalém,
7 [When the King of Babels hoste foght against Ierusalém, and against all the cities of Iudáh, that were left, (euen) against Lachish, and against Azekáh for these strong cities remained of the cities of Iudáh]
8 This (is) the worde that came vnto Ieremiáh from the Lord, after that the King Zedekiáh had made a couenāt with all the people, which were at Ierusalém,VVhen the enemie was at hand, and thei
〈◊〉
we thē selues in danger, thei wolde seme holy, and so began some kinde of reformation: but sone after they
〈◊〉
their hypocrisie. to proclaime liberte vnto them.
9 That euerie man shulde let hisAccording to the Lawe, Exod. 21. 2.
〈◊〉
. 13. seruant go fre, &
〈◊〉
man his handmaide, which was an Ebrue or an Ebruesse & that none shulde serue him selfe of them, (to wit,) of a Iewe his brother.
10 Now when all the princes, & all the people whiche had agreed to the couenant, heard that euerie one shulde let his seruāt gofre, and euerien ne his handmaide, and that none shulde serue them selues of them any more, thei obeied and let them go.
11 But afterwarde thei" repented and causedEbr. returned. the seruants and the handmaids, whome thei had let go fre to returne and helde them in subiection as seruants & handmaides.
12 Therefore the worde of the Lord came vnto Ieremiáh from the Lord, saying,
13 Thus saith the Lord God of Israél, I made a couenāt with your fathers, whē I broght them out of the land of Egypt, out of the house ofOr, bondage. Deut. 15. 1. seruants, saying,
14 * At the terme of seuen yeres let ye go, euerie man his brother an Ebrewe whiche hathe bene solde vnto thee: & when he ha the serued thee six yeres, thou shalt let him go fre from thee: but your fathers obeied me not, nether inclined their eares.
15 And ye were now turned, and had done right in my sight in proclaiming libertie, euerie mā to his neighbour, and ye had made a couenant before me inMeaning, in the Temple, to declare that it was a most solemne and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, made
〈◊〉
the Name of the Lord. the House, whereupon my Name is called.
16 But ye repented, and polluted my Name: for ye haue caused euerie man his seruant and euerie man his handmaide, whome ye had set at libertie at their pleasure, to re turne, and holde them in subiection to be vnto you as seruants and as handmaides.
17 Therefore thus saith the Lord, Ye haue not obeied me, in proclaiming fredome euerie man to his brother, and euerie man to his neighbour: beholde, I proclaime a libertie for you, saith the Lord, toThat is, I
〈◊〉
the sworde libertie to destroy
〈◊〉
the swor de, to the pestilence, and to the famine, and I wil make you a terrour to all the kingdomes of the earth.
18 And I wil giue those men that haue broken my couenant, and haue not kept the wordes of the couenant, whiche thei had made before me, when theiAs touching
〈◊〉
maner of solemne couenant whiche the Ancient vsed by passing betwene
〈◊〉
two partes of abeast, to
〈◊〉
that the
〈◊〉
of the same couenāt shul de be so diuided in pieces, read
〈◊〉
. 15. 10. cut the calfe in twaine, and passed betwene the partes thereof.
19 The princes of Iudáh, and the princes of Ierusalém, the Eunuches, and the Priestes, and all the people of the
〈◊〉
, whiche passed betwene the partes of the calfe,
20 I wil euen giue them into the hād of their enemies, and into the hands of them that seke their life: and their dead bodies shalbe for meat vnto the foules of the heauen, and to the beastes of the earth.
21 And Zedekiáh King of Iudáh, & his prin ces wil I giue into the land of their enemies, and in to the hand of them that seke their life, and into the hand of the King of Babels hoste, whichTo
〈◊〉
against the Egyptians,
〈◊〉
Chap. 37. 11. are gone vp from you
22 Beholde, I wil commande, saith the Lord and cause them to returne to this citie, & thei shal fight against it, and take it, and burne it with fyre and I wil make the cities of Iudáh desolate without an inhabitant.
CHAP. XXXV,
He proposeth the obedience of the Rechabites, & thereby confoundeth the pride of the Iewes
1 THe worde whiche came vnto Ieremiáh from the Lord, in the daisFor the
〈◊〉
and order of these prophecies
〈◊〉
, Chap. 27.
〈◊〉
. of Iehoiakim the sonne of Iosiáh King of Iudáh,
saying.
2 Go vnto the house of theThei came of Hobàb Moses father in law, who was no
〈◊〉
, but after
〈◊〉
with them in the seruice of God Rechabites, & speake vnto them, & bring them into the House of the Lord into one of the chābres and giue them wine to drinke.
3 Then toke I Iaazaniàh, the sonne of Ieremiáh the sonne of Habazziniáh, & his brethren, and all his sonnes, & the whole hou se of the Rechabites,
4 And I broght them into the House of the Lord; into the chamber of the sonnes of Hanán, the sonne of Igdaliáh a manThat is, a Prophete. of God, which was by the chamber of the princes, which was aboue the chamber of Maaseiáh the sonne of Shallúm, the keper of the
〈◊〉
, dore, treasure.
5 And I set before the sonnes of the house of the Rechabites, pottes ful of wine, and cuppes, andThe Prophet saith not, The Lord saith thus: for thē thei ought to haue obeyed: but he
〈◊〉
to another end: that is, to declare their obedience toman seing the Iewes wolde not obey God him selfe. said vnto them, Drinke wine
6 But thei said, We wil drinke no wine: forWhome Iehu the King of Israel fauored for his zeale 2. King. 10. 15. Ionadàb the sonne of Rechàb our father commanded vs, saying,Teaching thē hereby to flee
〈◊〉
occasion of intempe rancie, ambicion and auarice, & that thei migh knowe that thei were strā gers in the earth, and be ready to de part at all occasiōs Ye shal drinke no wine, (nether) you nor your sōnes for euer.
7 Nether shal ye buylde house, nor sowe sede, nor plant vineyarde, nor haue any, but all your daies ye shal dwell in tentes, that ye may liue a long time in the land where ye be strangers.
8 Thus haue we obeied the voice of Ionadáb the sonne of Recháb our father, in all that he hathe charged vs, and we drinke no wine all our daies, (nether) we, our wiues our sonnes, nor our daughters.
9 Nether buylde we houses for vs to dwell in, nether haue we vineyarde, nor field, nor sede.
10 But we haue remained in tētes, and haue obeied, & done according toWhich was now for the space of threhundreth yeres from
〈◊〉
to Iehoiakim. all that Ionadáb our father commanded vs.
11 But when Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél came vp into the land, we said, Come, and let vs go to Ierusalém, frō the hoste of the Caldeans, and from the hoste of Aràm: so weWhich declareth that thei were not so bound to their vowe, that it colde not be broken for any necessities for where thei we recommanded to dwell in
〈◊〉
, thei dwel now at Ieru salém for feare of the warres. dwell at Ierusalém.
12 Then came the worde of the Lord vnto Ieremiàh, saying.
13 Thus saith the Lord of hostes, the God of Israél, Go, and tel the men of Iudàh, and the inhabitans of Ierusalém, Wil yeWhome I haue chosen to be my children, seing the se whiche were the children of an heathen man obei ed the commande
〈◊〉
of their fathers. not receiue doctrine to obey my wordes, saith the Lord?
14 The cōmandement of Ionadàb the sonne of Recháb that he cōmanded his sonnes, that thei shulde drinke no wine, is surely kept: for vnto this day thei drinke none, but obey their fathers commandement: notwithstanding I haue spoken vnto you,I haue most
〈◊〉
exhorted & warned you
〈◊〉
by my selfe &
〈◊〉
Prophetes. rising early, and speaking, but ye wolde not obeie me.
15 I haue sent also vnto you all my seruantes the Prophetes, rising vp early, and sending (them,) saying, * Returne now euerie man from his euil waie, and amende your workes, and go not after other gods to serue them, and ye shal dwell in the landChap. 18. 11, &
〈◊〉
. 5. which I haue giuen vnto you, and to your fathers, but ye wolde not incline your
〈◊〉
nor obeie me.
16 Surely the sonnes of Ionadáb the sonne of Recháb, haue kept the commandement of their father, which he gaue them, but this people hathe not obeied me.
17 Therefore thus saith the Lord of hostes, the God of Israél, Beholde, I wil bring vpō Iudáh, and vpon all the inhabitants of Ieru salém, all the euil that I haue pronunced against them, because I haueThat is by his Prophets and
〈◊〉
: which sheweth that it is as muche as though he shulde speake to vs him selfe, when he sendeth his ministers to speake in his
〈◊〉
. spoken vnto them, but thei wolde not heare, and I ha ue called vnto them, but thei wolde not answer.
18 And Ieremiáh said to the house of the Rechabites, Thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél, Because ye haue obeied the commandement of Ionadàb your father, and kept all his precepts, and done according vnto all that he hathe comman ded you,
19 Therefore thus saith the Lord of hostes, the God of Israél, Ionadab the sonne of Rechàb shalHis posteritie shall continue and be in my fauour for euer. not want a man, to stand be fore me for euer.
CHAP. XXXVI.
1 Barúch writeth, as Ieremiáb enditèth, the boke of the curses against Iudáh and Israél. 9 He is sent with the boke vnto the people and rea deth it before them all. 14. He is called before the rulers and readeth it before
〈◊〉
also. 23 The King casteth it in the fyre. 28 There is another writen at the commandement of the Lord.
1 ANd in the fourthRead Chap.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. yere of Iehoiakim the sonne of Iosiáh King of Iudáh, came this worde vnto Ieremiáh from the Lord, saying,
2 Take thee a roole (or) boke, and
〈◊〉
therein all the wordes that I haue spoken to thee against Israél, & against Iudáh, & against all the nacions, from the daie that I spake vnto thee, (euen)VVhich were twenty and
〈◊〉
yere, as Cha
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
from the thirtenth yere of
〈◊〉
reigne. from the daies of Iosiáh vnto this daie.
3 It maie be that the house of Iudáh wil heare of all the euil, which I determined to do vnto them that thei may returne euerie man from his euil waie, that I maie forgiue their iniquitie and their sinnes.
4 Then Ieremiáh called Barúch the sonne of Neriáh, and Barúch wroteAs he did
〈◊〉
at the mouth of Ieremiáh all the wordes of the Lord, which he had spoken vnto him, vpō a roole (or) boke.
5 And Ieremiáh commanded Barúch, saying I am shut vp,Meaning, in
〈◊〉
sō, through
〈◊〉
lice of the Priestes. (and) can not go into the House of the Lord.
6 Therefore go thou, and read the roole wherein thou hast writen at my mouth the wordes of the Lord in the audience of the people in the Lords House vpon theVVhich was pro claimed for feare of the Babyloniās as their custome was when thei
〈◊〉
warre or any great plague of God. fasting day: also thou shalt read them in the hearing of all Iudáh, that come out of their cities.
7 It may be that thei wilHe sheweth that fasting without
〈◊〉
& repentan ce
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
pray before the Lord, and euerie one returne from his euil
way, for the angre and the wrath, that the Lord hathe declared against this people.
8 So Barúch the sonne of Neriáh did according vnto all, that Ieremiáh the Prophet commanded him, reading in the boke the wordes of the Lord in the Lords House.
9 ¶ And in the fiftThese fast was then proclaimed, and Baruch,
〈◊〉
this roole, which was a litle before that Ierusalem was first, taken, & then
〈◊〉
and Daniel, and his companions were led away ca
〈◊〉
. yere of Iehoiakim the sonne of Iosiáh King of Iudáh, in the ninth moneth, they proclaimed a fast before the Lord to all the people in Ierusalém, and to all the people that came from the cities of Iudáh vnto Ierusalém.
10 Then red
〈◊〉
in the boke the wordes of Ieremiáh in the House of the Lord, in the chámbre of Geremiáh the sonne of Sha phán the secretarie, in the hier court at the entrie of theVVhich is the East ga te of the of the Temple. newe gate of the Lords House in the hearing of all the people.
11 When Michaiáh the sonne of Gemariáh, the sonne of Shaphán had heard out of the boke all the wordes of the Lord.
12 Then he went downe to the Kings house into the Chancellours chamber, and lo, all the princes sate there (euen) Elishama the Chancellour, and Delaiáh the sonne of She maiáh, and Elnathan the sonne of Achbór, and Gemariah the sonne of Shaphan, and Zedekiah the sonne of Hananiah, and all the princes.
13 Then Michaiah declared vnto them all the wordesthat he had heard when Barúch red in the boke in the audience of the people.
14 Therefore all the princes sent Iehudi the sonne of Nethaniàh, the sonne of Shelemiah, the sonne of Chushi, vnto Barúch, saying, Take in thine hand the roole, wherein thou hast red in the audiēce of the peo ple, and come, So Baruch the sonne of Neriah, toke the roole in his hand, and came vnto them.
15 And thei said vnto him, Sit downe now, & readit, that we may heare. So Barúch red it in their audience.
16 Now when thei had heard all the wordes, they whereThe
〈◊〉
were afraid, seing God so offended and the wicked were
〈◊〉
for the
〈◊〉
of the punishement. afraied bothe one and other, and said vnto Barúch, We wil certifie the King of all these wordes.
17 And thei examined Barúch, saying. Tel vs now, how didest thou write all these wordes at his mouth.
18 Then Barúch answered them. He pronoun ced all these wordes vnto me with his mouth, and I wrote (thē) with yncke in the boke.
19 Then said the princes vnto Barúch, Go,Thei that were godlie among the princes, gaue this counsel, by whose meanes it is like that Ieremiah was
〈◊〉
: for thei knewe the rage of the King and of the wicked to besuche that they colde not escape without danger of their liues. hide thee: thou and Ieremiah, and let no man knowe where ye be.
20 ¶ And thei went in to the King to the court but thei laied vp the roole in the chā bre of Elishama the Chancellour and tolde the King all the wordes, that he might heare
21 So the King sent Iehudi to fet the roole, & he toke it out of Elishama the Chācellors chambre, and Iehudired in the audience of the King, and in the audiēce of all the prin ces, which stode beside the King.
22 Now the King sate in the winter house, in theVVhich
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
of December. ninth moneth, and there was a fyre burning before him.
23 And when Iehudi hadred thre, or foure sides, he cut it with the penknife and cast it into the fyre, that was on the herth vntil all the roole was cōsumed in the fyre, that was on the herth.
24 Yet thei were not afraid, nor rentShewing, that the wicked in stead of repenting when thei heare Gods iudgements grow into farther malice against him & his worde. their garments (nether) the King, nor any of his seruants, that heard all these wordes.
25 Neuertheles,
〈◊〉
, and Delaiah, and Gemariah had besoght the King, that he wolde not burne the roole: but he wolde not heare them.
26 But the King commanded Ierahmeél the sonne of Hammélech, and Seraiah the sō
ne of Azriél, & Shelemiah the sonne of Abdiél, to take Barúch the scribe, and Ieremiah the Prophet, but the LordThus wese the continual
〈◊〉
, that God hathe euer ouer his to preserue them from the rage of the wicked. hid them
27 ¶ Then the worde of the Lord came to Iere miah [after that the King had burnt the roo le and the wordes which Barúch wrote at the mouth of Ieremiah] saying.
28 Take thee againeThogh the wicked thinke to haue abolished the worde of God, when they haue burnt the boke thereof yet this de clareth that God wil not onely raise it vp
〈◊〉
, but also increase it in greater abun dance to their cō
demnation, as. an other roole & write in it all the former wordes that were in the first roole which Iehoiakim the King of Iu dah hathe burnt.
29 And thou shalt say to Iehoiakim King of Iu dah, Thus saith the Lord, Thou hast burnt this roole, saying,These are Iehoiakims wordes. Why hast thou writen therein, saying, that the King of Babél shal certeinly come and destroye this land, and shal take thence (bothe) man and beast?
30 Therefore thus saith the Lord of Iehoiakim King of Iudah, He shal haueThogh Iehoiachin his sonne suc ceded him, yet because he reigned thre moneths, it was estemed as no reigne. none tovers. 32. sit vpon the throne of Dauid, and hisRead Chap.
〈◊〉
. 19. dead bodie shalbe cast out in the day to the heate, and in the night to the frost.
31 And I wil visite him and his sede, and his ser uantes for their iniquitie, and I wil bring vpon them, and vpon the inhabitans of Ierusalem, and vpon the men of Iudah all the euil that I haue pronounced against them: but they wolde not heare.
32 Then toke Ieremiah another roole, and ga ue it Baruch the scribe the sonne of Neriah which wrote therein at the mouth of Ieremiah all the wordes of the boke which Iehoiakim King of Iudah had burnt in the fyre, and there were added besides them many like wordes.
CHAP. XXXVII.
Zedekiáh succeded Ieconiáh. 3 He sendeth vnto Ieremiah2. King. 24. 17.
〈◊〉
to praye for him. 12 Ieremiah, going into the land of Bēn2 Chro. 36. 10. iamin, is taken. 15 He is beaten and put in prison.Chap 52.
〈◊〉
.
1 ANd * King Zedekiah the sonne of Iosiah reigned forVVho was called Iehoiachin or Ieco niah. Coniah the sonne of Iehoiakim, whome Nabuchad-nezzar King of BabélAnd called him zedekiah where as before his name was
〈◊〉
, 2 King. 24. 17. made King in the land of Iudáh.
2 But nether he, nor his seruants, nor the people of the land wolde obey the wordes
of the Lord, which spake by theEbr. hand. ministerie of the Prophet Ieremiáh.
3 And Zedekiáh the KingBecause he was afraied of the Cal deans that came against him. sent Iehucál the the sonne of Shelemiáh, and Zephaniáh the sonne of Maasciáh the Priest to the Pro phet Ieremiáh, saying, Pray now vnto the Lord our God for vs.
4 [Now IeremiáhThat is, was
〈◊〉
of prison and atii
〈◊〉
. went in and out among the people: for they had not put him into the prison.
5 Then Phara ohs hoste wasTo helpe the Iewes. come out of Egypt: and when the Caldeans that besieged Ierusalém, heard tidings of them, thei
〈◊〉
. went vp. departed from Ierusalém.]
6 Then came the worde of the lord vnto the Prophet Ieremiáh, saying,
7 Thus saith the Lord God of Israél, Thus shal ye say to the King of Iudáh, that sēt you vnto me to inquire of me, Beholde, Pharaohs hoste, which is come forthe to helpe you, shal returne to Egypt into their owne land.
8 And the Caldeans shal come againe, and fight against this citie, and take it and bur ne it with fyre.
9 Thus saith the Lord,Or, list not vp
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
mindes. Deceiue not your selues saying, The Caldeans shal surely de parte from vs: for thei shal not departe.
10 For thogh ye had smiten the whole hoste of the Caldeans that fight against you, & there remained (but) wonded men among them (yet) shulde euery man rise vp in his tent, and burne this citie with fyre.
11 ¶ When the hoste of the Caldeans was bro ken vp from Ierusalém, because of Pharaohs armie.
12 Then Ieremiáh went out of Ierusalém to go into theAs somethinke to go to Anathoth his owne towne. land of Beniamin, separating him self thence from among the people.
13 And when he was in theBy the which men went into the countrey of Beniamin. gate of Beniamin there was a chief officer, whose name was Iriiáh, the sonne of Shelemiàh, the sonne of Hananiáh, and he toke Ieremiáh the Prophet, saying, ThouEbr. fallest. fleest to the Caldeans,
14 Then said, Ieremiáh, That is false, I flee not to the Caldeans: but he wolde not heare him so Iriiáh toke Ieremiáh, and broght him to the princes,
15 Wherefore the princes were angry with
〈◊〉
, and smote him, and laid him in prison in the house of Iehonathán the scribe: for they had made that theBecause it was a vile and
〈◊〉
prison. prison.
16 When Ieremiah was entred into the dongeon, and into the prisons, and had remained there a long time.
17 Then Zedekiáh the King send, and toke him out, and the King asked him secretly in his house, and said, Is there any worde from the Lord? And Ieremiáh said, Yea: for, said he, thou shalt be deliuered into the hand of the King of Babél.
18 Moreouer, Ieremiáh said vnto King Zedekiáh, What haue I offended against thee, or against thy seruants, or against this
〈◊〉
ple, that ye haue put me in prison?
19 * Where are now your Prophetes, whichChap. 28. 4. prophecied vnto you, saying, The King of Babél shal not come agaīst you, nor against this land?
20 Therefore heare now, I pray thee, ô my lord the King: let my prayerEbr fall. be accepted before thee, that thou cause me not to returne to the house of Iehonathán the scribe, lest I dye there.
21 Then Zedekiáh the King commanded, that they shulde put Ieremiáh in the court of the prison, and that they shulde giue him daiely a piece of bread out of the bakers strete vntil all theThat is, so long as there was any bread in the citiethus God
〈◊〉
deth for his that he wil cause their enemies to
〈◊〉
them to that end whereunto he
〈◊〉
appointed them. bread in the citie were eaten vp. Thus Ieremiáh remained in the court of the prison.
CHAP. XXXVIII.
1 By the mencion of the rulers Ieremiah is put into a
〈◊〉
. 14 At the request of Ebed-meléch the King cōmā deth Ieremiah to be broght forthe of the dongcon. 17. Ieremiah sheweth the King how he might escape death.
1 THen Shephatiah the sonne of Mattán, and Gedaliah the sonne of Pashúr, and Iucal the sonne of Shelemiáh, and Pashhúr the sonne ofFor
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
sent these to Ieremiah to inqui re at the Lord for the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
when Nabuchade
〈◊〉
came, as. Malchiáh,
〈◊〉
the wor des that Ieremiáh had spoken vnto all the people saying.
2 Thus saith the Lord, He that remaineth in this citie, shal dye by the sworde, by the famineChap.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
& by the pestilence: but he that goeth for the to the Caldeans, shal liue: for he shal haue his life for
〈◊〉
Chap. 21
〈◊〉
a pray, and shal liue.
3 Thus saith the Lord, This citie shal surely be giuen into the hand of the King of
〈◊〉
armie, which shal take it,
4 Therefore the princes said vnto the King We beseche you; let this man be put to death for thus heOr, discourageth. weakeneth the hands of the men of warre
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
when
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
. that remaine in this citie, and the hands of all the people, in speaking suche wordes vnto them: for this man seketh not the wealth of this people, but the hurt,
5 Then Zedekiah the King said, Beholde he is in your hands, for the King can (denie)VVherin he
〈◊〉
uously offended in that that not onely he wolde not heate the
〈◊〉
spoken by the
〈◊〉
, but also gaue him to the lusts of the wicked to be cruelly intreated. you nothing.
6 Then toke they Ieremiáh, and cast him in to the dongeon of Malchiáh the sonne of Hammélech, that was in the court of the prison: and they let downe Ieremiah with coards: and in the dongeon there was no water but myre: so Ieremiah stacke fast in the myre.
7 Now when Ebed-mélech theEbr.
〈◊〉
, or
〈◊〉
. blacke Mo re one of the Eunuches, which was in the Kings house, heard that they had put Iere miah in the dongeon [then the King sate in theTo heare matters and giue sentence. gate of Beniamin.]
8 And
〈◊〉
went out of the Kings house, and spake to the King, saying.
9 My lord the King,
〈◊〉
is declared that the Prophet founde
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
at this
〈◊〉
gers hands
〈◊〉
did by all them
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
which was to their great
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. these men haue done euil in all that they haue done to Ieremiáh the Prophet, whome they haue castīto the dangeon, and he dyeth for hunger in the
place where he is: for there is no more bread in the citie.
10 Then the King commanded Ebed-melech the blacke More, saying, Take from hence thirtie menEbr. vnder thine hand. with thee, and take Ieremiáh the Prophet out of the dongeon before he dye.
11 So Ebed-mélech toke the men with him ād
〈◊〉
to the house of the King vnder the trea surie, and toke there olde rotten (ragges,)
〈◊〉
olde worne (cloutes,) and let them downe by coardes into the dongeon to Ieremiáh.
12 And Ebed-mélech the blacke More said vn to Ieremiáh, Put now these olde rotten (ragges) and worne vnder thine arme holes, betwene the coardes.
13 So they drewe vp Ieremiáh with coardes and toke him vp out of the dongeon, ād Iere miáh remained inVVhere the King had set him before to be at more
〈◊〉
, as Chap. 37.
〈◊〉
. the court of the prison.
14 ¶ Then Zedekiáh the King sent, and toke Ieremiáh the Prophet vnto hym, into the third entrie that is in the house of the Lord, and the King said vnto Ieremiah, I will aske thee a thing: hide nothing from me.
15 Then Ieremiáh said to Zedekiáh, If I declare it vnto thee, wilt not thou slaye me? and if I giue thee counsel, thou
〈◊〉
not heare me.
16 So the King sware secretly vnto Ieremiáh, saying, As the LORDE liueth, that made vs these soules, I wil not slaye thee, nor giue thee into the hands of those men that seke thy life.
17 Then said Ieremiáh vnto Zedekiáh, Thus saith the Lord God of hostes, the God of Israél, If thou wilt go forthe vnto the King of BabelsAnd yelde thy self vnto them. princes, then thy soule shal liue, and this citie shal not be burnt vp with fyre, and thou shalt liue, and thine house.
18 But if thou wilt not go forthe to the King of Babels princes, then shal this citie be giuen into the hand of the Caldeans, and they shal burne it with fyre, and thou shalt not escape out of their hands.
19 And Zedekiah the King said vnto Ieremiáh, I am carefull for the Iewes that are fled vnto the Caldeans, lest they deliuer me into their hands, and theirVVhiche
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
, then the
〈◊〉
of God. mocke me.
20 But Ieremiáh said, They shall not deliuer (thee:) hearken vnto the voyce of the Lord, I beseche thee, whiche I speake vnto thee: so shall it be well vnto thee, and thy soule shall liue.
21 But if thou wilt refuse to go forthe, this is the worde that the Lord hathe
〈◊〉
me.
22 And beholde, all the women that areVVhē
〈◊〉
and his mother with
〈◊〉
were
〈◊〉
away, these women of the
〈◊〉
house were
〈◊〉
: which
〈◊〉
takē,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and tell
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
zedekiah
〈◊〉
bene seduced by his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, whiche haue
〈◊〉
him in the myre. left in the King of
〈◊〉
house, shalbe broght forthe to the King of
〈◊〉
princes: and those (women) shal say, Thy friendes haue persuaded thee, and haue preuailed against thee: thy fete are fastened in the myre, (and) they are turned backe.
23 So they shal bring out all thy wiues, and thy children to the
〈◊〉
, and thou shalt not escape out of their handes, but
〈◊〉
be taken by the hande of the Kyng of Babél: and thys citie shalte thou cause to be burnt with fyre.
24 Then said Zedekiah vnto Ieremiáh, Let no man knowen of these wordes, and thou shalt not dye.
25 But if the princes vnderstande that I haue talked with thee, and they come vnto thee, and say vnto thee,
〈◊〉
vnto vs nowe, what thou hast said vnto the King, hide it not from vs, and we wil not slay thee: also what the King said vnto thee.
26 Then shalt thou saye vnto them, I humblyHerein appeareth the
〈◊〉
of the Prophet who did dissemble to saue hys life albeit it was not to the denial of
〈◊〉
doctrine, or to the
〈◊〉
of any. besoght the King that he wolde not cause me to returne to Iehonathans house, to dye
〈◊〉
.
27 Then came all the princes vnto Ieremiáh and asked hym. And he tolde them accordyng to all these wordes that the King had commaunded: so they left of speaking with him, for the matter was not perceiued.
28 So Ieremiáh abode still in the court of the prison, vntill the day that Ierusalém was taken: and he was (there,) when Ierusalém was taken.
CHAP. XXXIX.
1 Nebuchad-nezzar
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. 4 Zedekiah fleing is taken of the Caldeans. 6 His sonnes are
〈◊〉
. 7 His eyes are thrust out. 11
〈◊〉
is
〈◊〉
for. 15 Ebed-mélech is deliuered
〈◊〉
captiuitie2.
〈◊〉
25
〈◊〉
,
1 IN * the ninth yere of Zedekiáh King of IuChap. 53. 4. dáh in the tenth moneth, came Nebuchad nezzár King of Babélād all his hoste against Ierusalém, and they besieged it.
2 (And) in the eleuenth yere of Zedekiáh in the fourth moneth, the ninth (day) of the mo neth, the citie was brokenThe gates and wales were broken dowen. vp.
3 And all the princes of the Kyng of Babél came in, and sate in the middle gate (euen) Neregál, Sharézer, Samgar-
〈◊〉
, Sarsechim, Rab-saris, Neregál, Sharézer, Rabmag with all the residue of the princes of the King of Babél.
4 And when Zedekiáh the King of Iudáh saw them, and all the men of warre, then they fled, and went out of the citie by nyght, through the Kings garden, (and) by theVVhiche was a posterne dore, read 2. King. 25.
〈◊〉
gate betwene the two walles, and he went tow arde the wildernes.
5 But the Caldeans hoste pursued after them, and ouertoke Zedekiáh in the desert of Ierichó: and when they had taken hym, they broght hym to Nebuchad-nezzár Kyng of Babél vntoVVhiche is called
〈◊〉
in Syria. Riblah in the land of Hamath, where he gaue iudgement vpon him.
6 Then the King of Babél slewe the sonnes of Zedekiáh in Riblah before his eyes: also the Kynge of Babél slewe all the nobles of Iudáh.
7 Moreouer he put out Zedekiahs eyes, and bounde hym in chaynes, to carye hym to Babél.
8 And the Caldeans burnt the Kings house, and the houses of the people with fyre, and brake downe the walles of Ierusalém.
9 Then Nebuzar-adán theOr, captaines of the garde. chief steward caryed
away captiue into Babél the remnant of the people, that remained in the citie, and those that were fled and fallen vnto hym, with the rest of the people that remained.
10 But Nebuzar-adán the chief stewarde left theFor the riche and the
〈◊〉
which
〈◊〉
their trust in
〈◊〉
shif tes and meanes, were by Gods
〈◊〉
iudgements moste
〈◊〉
handeled. poore that had nothyng in the land of Iudáh, and giue them vineyardes and fields at the same time.
11 Now Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél gaue charge concerning IeremiáhEbr. by the hand of. vnto Nebuzar-adan the
〈◊〉
steward, saying.
12 Take hym, andEbr. set thine eyes vpon him. loke well to him, and do him no harme, but do vnto himThus God preserued hys Prophet by
〈◊〉
meanes,
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
the scourge to punish the King,
〈◊〉
them that were his enemies. euen as he shal
〈◊〉
vnto thee.
13 So Nebuzar-adán the chief stewarde sent and
〈◊〉
, Rabsaris, and Neregál, Sharézer, Rab-mag, and all the King of Babels princes:
14 Euen they sent, and toke Ieremiáh out of the court of the prison, and commited him vntoVVhome the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
had now
〈◊〉
ted
〈◊〉
ouer
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that he
〈◊〉
behinde. Gedaliáh the sonne of Ahikám the sonne of Shaphán, that he shulde carie hym home: so he dwelt among the people.
15 Now the worde of the Lord came vnto Iere miáh, while he was shut vp in the court of the prison, saying.
16 Go and speake to Ebed-mélech the blacke More, saying, This saith the Lorde of hostes the God of
〈◊〉
, Beholde, I will bring my wordes vpon this citie for euill, and not for good, ād
〈◊〉
shalbe (accomplished) in that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thee.
17 But I
〈◊〉
deliuer thee in that daye, saith the Lorde, and thou
〈◊〉
not be giuen into the hand of the men whome thou fearest.
18 For I wil surely deliuerthee, and thou shalt not fall by the sworde, but thy
〈◊〉
shal be for a
〈◊〉
vnto thee, because thouThus God recō
〈◊〉
his zeale and
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in his
〈◊〉
. hast put trust in me, saith the Lord.
CHAP. XL.
1 Ieremi
〈◊〉
hath licence to go whether he wil. 6 He dwelleth with the people that remaine with Gedaliah.
1 THe worde which came to Ieremiah from the Lorde after that Nebuzar-adán the chief steward had let him go from Ramath, when he had taken hym beyng bounde in chaines among
〈◊〉
that were caryed awaye captiue of Ierusalém and Iudáh, which were caryed a waie captiue vnto Babél.
2 Frō this secōde vers. vnto chap. 42. 7.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
as a
〈◊〉
, and separated
〈◊〉
: and there this
〈◊〉
beginneth againe, and this vision is declared what it was. And the chief steward toke Ieremiah, and said vnto him, The Lord thy God hathe pronounced this plague vpon this plague.
3 Now the Lord hathe broght it, and done accordyng as he hathe sayd: because ye haueGod moued this insidele to
〈◊〉
this, to declare the great blindnes and ob
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, whiche colde not fele that whiche this heathen man
〈◊〉
. sinned against the Lorde, and haue not obeyed his voyce, therfore this thing is come vpon you.
4 And nowbeholde, I lose thee this daie from the chaynes whiche were on thine handes, if it please thee to come with me into Babél, come, and I will loke well vnto thee: but if it please thee not to come with me into Babel,Ebr cease. tary still: beholde, all the land (is)Or, at thy com
〈◊〉
. befo re thee: whether it semeth good, and conuenient for thee to go, thether go.
5 For yet he was not returned: therefore (he said,) Returne to Gedaliáh the sonne of Ahi kam, the sonne of Shaphán, whom the King of Babél hathe made gouernour ouer all the cities of Iudáh, and dwell with him among the people, or go wheresoeuer it pleaseth thee to go. So the chief steward gaue him vi tailes and a rewarde and let him go.
6 Then went Ieremiáh vnto Gedaliah the son ne of Ahikam,VVhiche was a citie of
〈◊〉
. to Mizpah, and dwelt there with hym among the people that were left in the land.
7 Nowe when all the captaines of the hoste,VVhiche were
〈◊〉
abroade for feare of
〈◊〉
Caldeans. whiche were in the fieldes, (euen) they and their men heard, thatthe King of Babél had made Gedaliah the sonne of Ahikám gouernour in the land, and that he had committed vnto hym, men, and women, and children, and of the poore of the land, that were not caryed a way captiue to Babél.
8 Then they came to Gedaliah to Mizpáh, (euen)VVho was of the Kings blood and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
him. Chap. 41. 2. Ishmaél the sonne of Nethaniah, and Iohanán, and Ionathan the sonnes of Karéah, and Seraiah the sonne of Tanehuméth, and the sonnes of Ephai, the Netophathite, and lezaniah the sonne of Maachathi, they and their men.
9 And Gedaliah the sonne of Ahikam, the son2. King.
〈◊〉
, 24. ne of Shaphan * sware vnto them, and to their men, saying, Feare not to serue the Caldeans: dwell in the land, and serue the King of Babél, and it shalbe wel with you.
10 As for me, beholde, I will dwell at Mizpah to serue the Caldeans, whiche will come"
〈◊〉
, to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, or
〈◊〉
intreat them for you. vnto vs: but you, gather you wine, and sommer frutes, and oyle, and put them in your vessels, and dwell in your cities, that ye haueOr, chosen to dwel in. taken.
11 Lykewise when all the Iewes that were in VVhiche were fled also for feare of the Caldeans. Moab, and among the Ammonites, and in Edóm, and that were in all the countreis, heard that the King of Babél had left a remnant of
〈◊〉
, and that he had set ouer them Gedaliah the sonne of Ahikam the son ne of Shaphan.
12 Euen all the Iewes returned out of all places where they were driuē, and came to the lande of Iudah to Gedaliah vnto Mizpah, and gathered wine and sommer frutes, very muche.
13 Moreouer Iohanan the sonne of Karéah, and all the captaines of the hoste, that were in the fieldes, came to Gedaliah to Mizpah.
14 And said vnto him, Knowest thou not thatFor vnder the
〈◊〉
of intertei ning of Ishmaél he soght onely to make them to de
〈◊〉
one
〈◊〉
. Baalis the Kyng of the Ammonites hathe sent Ishmaél the sonne of Nethaniah to slay thee? But Gedaliah the sonne of Ahikam be leued them not.
15 Then Iohanan the sonne of Karéah spake, to Gedaliah in Mizpah secretlye, saying, Let me go, I praye thee, and I will slaye Ishmaél the sonne of Nethaniah, and no man shal knowe it. Wherfore shulde he kylthee, that all the Iewes, whiche are gathered vnto
thee, shulde be scattered, and the remnant in Iudáh perish?
16 But Gedaliáh the sonne of Ahikám said vnto Iohanán the sonne of Karéah, Thou shaltThus the godlie,
〈◊〉
thinke no harme to others, are
〈◊〉
deceiued and neuer lacke such as
〈◊〉
their de struction. not do this thing: for thou speakest falsely of Ishmaél.
CHAP. XLI.
2 Ishmaél killeth Gedaliáh guilefully, and many other with him. 11 Iohanán followeth after Ishmaél.
1 BVt in theThe
〈◊〉
was destroyed in the fourth
〈◊〉
& in the seuēth
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
part of September, & part o October, was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Gedaliáh
〈◊〉
. seuenth moneth came Ishmaél the sonne of Nethaniáh, the sonne of Elishamá of sede royal, and the princes of theMeaning,
〈◊〉
kiáh. King, and ten mē with him, vnto Gedaliáh the sonne of Ahikám to Mizpáh, and there they did
〈◊〉
did eat to gether as
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. eate bread together in Mizpáh.
2 Then arose Ishmaél the sonne of Nethaniáh with these ten men that were with him, and
〈◊〉
Gedaliáh the sonne of Ahikám the sonne of Shaphán with the sword, and slewe him, whome the King of Babél had made gouernour ouerthe land.
3 Ishmaél also slewe all the Iewes that were with Gedaliáh at Mizpáh, and all the Caldeans that were founde there, (and) the men of warre.
4 Now the seconde daye that he had slaine Gedaliáh: and no man knewe it,
5 There came men from Shechém, from
〈◊〉
, & from Samaria, (euen) foure
〈◊〉
, hauing their beardes shauen, and their clothes
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
, withFor thei thoght that the Temple had
〈◊〉
bene
〈◊〉
, and there
〈◊〉
came vp to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, but
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
way, they she
〈◊〉
these signes of sorowe. offrings and incense in their hands to
〈◊〉
in the House of the Lord.
6 And Ishmaél the sonne of Nethaniāh went for the from Mizpáh to mete them, weping as he went: and when he met them, he
〈◊〉
vn to them, ComeFor his death was kept secret, & he
〈◊〉
that he lamented for
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
& the
〈◊〉
: but after
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
when they
〈◊〉
fauour
〈◊〉
. to Gedaliáh the sonne of Ahikám.
7 And when they came into the middes of the citie; Ishmaél the sonne of Nethaniáh slewe them, (and cast them) into the middes of the pit, he and the men that were with him.
8 But ten men were founde among them, that said vnto Ishmaél, Slay vs not: for we haue treasures in the field, of wheat, and of barley and of oyle, and of honie: so he stayed, and slewe them not among their brethren.
9 Now the pit wherein Ishmaél had cast the dead bodies of the men [whome he had slaine because of Gedaliáh] is it, whiche Asá King hadAsa fortified Mizpáh for
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
enemie, &
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. King. 15, 22 made because of Bashá King of Israél, (and) Ishmaél the sonne of Nethaniáh filled it with them that were slaine.
10 Then Ishmaél caryed away captiue all the residue of the people that were in Mizpáh, (euen) the Kings daughters, and all the people that remained in Mizpáh, whome Nebu zar-adán the chief steward had committed to Gedaliáh the sonne of Ahikám, and Ishmaél the sonne of Nethaniáh caryed them away captiue, & departed to go ouer to the Ammonites.
11 But when Iohanán the sonne of
〈◊〉
, and all theWhich had bene
〈◊〉
vnder Zedekiáh. captaines of the hoste that were with him, heard of all the euil that Ishmaél the sonne of Nethaniáh had done,
12 Then they all toke (their) men, and went to fight with Ishmaél the sonne of Nethaniáh, and founde him by the great waters that are in Gibeón.
13 Now when all the people whome Ishmaél caryed away captiue, sawe Iohanán the sonne of Karéah, & all the captaines of the hoste that were with him, they were glad.
14 So all the people, that Ishmaél had caryed away captiue frō Mizpáh, returned & came againe, and went vnto Iohanán the sonne of Karéah.
15 But Ishmaél the sonne of Nethaniáh, escaped from Iohanán with eight men, and wēt to theFor Baalis the King of the Ammonites was the cause of this
〈◊〉
ther. Ammonites.
16 Then toke Iohanán the sonne of Karéah, and all the captaines of the hoste, that were with him all the rēnant of the people, whom Ishmaél the sonne of Nethaniáh, had caryed away captiue frō Mizpáh, [after that he had slaine Gedaliáh the sonne of Ahikám.] (euē) the strong men of warre, and the women, & the children, and the
〈◊〉
, whome he had broght againe from Gibeón:
17 And they departed and dwelt in GerûthWhiche plague Dauido olde had giuen to Chimhá the sonne of
〈◊〉
the Gileadite, 2. Sam. 19, 38. Chimham, which is by Beth-léhem to go (&) to entre into Egypt,
18 Because of the Caldeans: for they feared them, because Ishmaél the sonne of Nerthaniáh had slaine Gedaliáh the sonne of Ahikám, whome the King of Babél made gouernour in the land.
CHAP. XLII.
1 The captaines aske counsel of Ieremiáh what they ought to do. 7 He admonisheth the remnant of the people not to go into Egypt.
1 THen all the captaines of the hoste, and Io hanán the sonne of Karéah, and Iezaniáh the sonne of
〈◊〉
, and all the people from the least vnto the moste came,
2 And said vnto Ieremiáh the Prophet, Ebr. let our prayer fall before thee, as Chap 36, 7 Heare our prayer, we beseche thee, and pray for vs vnto the Lord thy GOD, euen for all this remnant [for we are left, (but) a fewe of manie as thine eyes do beholde]
3 That the Lord thy GOD may shewe vs the way wherein we may walke, and the thing that we mayThis declareth the nature of by
〈◊〉
, whiche wolde knowe of Gods worde what they
〈◊〉
do, but wil not follow it, but in as muche as it agreeth with that thing which they haue
〈◊〉
to do. do.
4 Then Ieremiáh the Prophet said vnto them I haue heard (you:) beholde, I wil pray vnto the Lord your God according to your wordes, and whatsoeuer thing the Lord shal ansswer you, I wil declare it vnto you: I wil kepe nothing backe from you.
5 Then they said to Ieremiáh, There are none more ready to abuse the Name of God & take it in
〈◊〉
, thē the
〈◊〉
, whiche to colour their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vse it with out all reuerence & make it a mea nes for thē to de ceiue the simple and the
〈◊〉
, The Lord be a witnes of trueth, and faith betwene vs, if we do not, euen according to all things for the whiche the Lord thy God shal send thee to vs,
6 Whether it be good or euil, we wil obey the voyce of the Lord God, to whome we send
thee that it may be wel with vs, when we obey the voyce of the Lord our God.
7 ¶ Here is declared the vision & she
〈◊〉
thereof, whereof mē
〈◊〉
was made, Chap. 40, 1. And so after ten dayes came the worde of the Lord vnto Ieremiáh.
8 Thē called he Iohanán the sonne of Karéah & all the captaines of the hoste, which were with him, and all the people from the least to the moste,
9 And said vnto thē; Thus saith the Lord God of Israél, vnto whome ye sent me to present your prayers before him,
10 If ye wild well in this land, then I wil buylde you, and not destroye (you,) and I wil plant you, and not roote (you) out: for IRead Chap. 18, 8 repent me of the euil that I haue done vnto you.
11 Feare not for the King of Babél, of whome ye are afraid: be not afraid of him, saith the Lord: for I am with you, to saue you, and to deliner youBecause all Kīgs hearts and
〈◊〉
are in his hands, he can turne
〈◊〉
& dispose them as it pleaseth him, & therefore they nedenot to feare man, but onely obey God,
〈◊〉
, 21, 1. from his hand,
12 And I wil grant you mercie that he may haue compassion vpon you, and he shal cause you to dwell in your owne land.
13 But if ye say, We wil not dwell in this land, nether heare the voyce of the LORD your God,
14 Saying, Nay, but we wil go into the land of Egypt, where we shal se no warre, nor heare"Or, returne. the sounde of the trumpet, nor haue hungre of bread, and there wil we dwell,
15 [And now therefore heare the worde of the LORD, ye remnant of Indáh: thus
〈◊〉
the Lord of hostes the GOD of Israél, If ye set your faces to entre into Egypt, & go to dwell there]
16 Then the sworde that ye feared,Thus God
〈◊〉
the policie of the wicked to their own destru ction: for they thoght thē selues
〈◊〉
Egypt, & there
〈◊〉
destroyed them,
〈◊〉
the Egyp tians, Chap. 46,
〈◊〉
. shal take you there in the land of Egypt, and the famine, for the which ye care, shal there
〈◊〉
pō you in Egypt, and there shal ye dye.
17 And all the men that set their faces to entre into Egypt to dwell there, shal dye by the sworde, by the famine & by the
〈◊〉
, & none of them shal remaine nor escape from the plague, that I wil bring vpon them.
18 For thus saith the Lord of hostes the GOD of Israél, As mine angre and my wrath hathe bene powred forthe vpon the inhabitants of Ierusalém: so shal my wrath be powred for the vpon you, when ye shal entre into Egypt and ye shalbe a detestation, and an astonishment, and aRead Chap. 26, 6. &
〈◊〉
, 22. shewīg that this shulde come vpon them for their infidelitie &
〈◊〉
. cursse, and are proche, and ye shal se this place no more.
19 O ye remnant of
〈◊〉
, the Lord hathe said concerning you, Go not into Egypt: knowe certeinly that I haue admonished you this day.
20 Surely yeFor you were fully minded to go into
〈◊〉
, what
〈◊〉
God spake to the con
〈◊〉
. dissembled in your hearts when ye sent me vnto the Lord your God, saying, Pray for vs vnto the LORD our GOD and declare vnto vs euen according vnto all that the LORD our GOD shal say, and we wil do it.
21 Therefore I haue this day declared it you, but you haue not obeyed the voyce of the Lord your God, nor anie thing for the which he hathe sent me vnto you.
22 Now therefore, knowe certeinely that ye shal dye by the sworde, by the famine, and by the pestilence,To wit,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. in the place whether ye desi re to go and dwell.
CHAP. XLIII.
Iohanán caryeth the remnant of the people into Egypt
〈◊〉
trarie to the minde of
〈◊〉
. S Iaremiah prophecieth the destruction of Egypt.
1 NOw when Ieremiáh had made an end of speaking vnto the whole people all the wordes of the Lord their God, for the which the Lord their GOD had sent him to them, (euen) all these wordes,
2 Thē
Who was
〈◊〉
called Iezaniah, Chap 42, 1. spake Azariáh the sonne of Hoshaiáh and Iohanán the sonne of Karéah and all theThis declareth that pride is the cause of
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
of Gods
〈◊〉
. proude men, saying vnto Ieremiáh,
〈◊〉
haue
〈◊〉
of the wicked is disceuered they brast for the into open rage: for they can
〈◊〉
nothing but
〈◊〉
, read
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
, 10. Thou speakest falsly: the Lord our God hatheHe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
what is the
〈◊〉
re of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, to faine that they
〈◊〉
de obey God and in brace his word if they were assured that
〈◊〉
messengers spake the trueth: thogh in dede they be most farte from all obe dience. not sent thee to say, Go not into Egypt to dwell there,
3 But Barúch the sonne of NeriáhThus the
〈◊〉
do not
〈◊〉
contemne, & hurt the
〈◊〉
of God, but
〈◊〉
, and speake wickedly of all thē that support or fauour the god lie. prouoketh thee againstvs, for to deliuer vs into the hand of the Caldeans, that they might slaye vs, and carie vs a way captiues into
〈◊〉
.
4 So Iohanán the sonne of Karéah, and all the captaines of the hoste, and all the people obeyed not the voyce of the Lord, to dwell in the land of Iudáh.
5 But Iohanán the sonne of Kareah, and all the captaines of the hoste
〈◊〉
all the remnant of Iudáh, that were returned frō allAs frō the Moa
〈◊〉
, Ammonites, and Edomites, Chap. 40, 11. nacions whether they had bene driuen, to dwell in the land of Iudáh,
6 (Euen) men and women, and children, and the Kings daughters, & euerie persone, that Nebuzar-adāthe chief steward had left with Gedaliáh the sonne of
〈◊〉
, the sonne of Shaphán, and IeremiáhVVhome these wicked led away by force. the Prophet, & Baruch the sonne of Neriáh.
7 So they came into the land of Egypt: for they obeyed not the voyce of the Lord thus came theyA
〈◊〉
in Egypt nere to Nilus. to Tahpanhes.
8 ¶ Then came the worde of the Lord vnto Ie remiah in Tahpanhes, saying,
9 Take great stones in thine hand, andWhich signified that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ár shulde come euen to the gates of Pharach where were
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for his
〈◊〉
. hide them in the clay in the bricke kil, whiche is at the entrie of Pharaohs house in Tahpanhes in the sight of the men of Iudáh,
10 And say vnto them, Thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél, Beholde, I wil send and bring Nebuchad-nezzár the King of BabélRead Chap. 25, 9 my seruant, and wil set his throne vpon these stones that I haue hid, and he shal sprea de his pauillion ouer them.
11 And when he shal come, he shal smite the land of Egypt:Euerie one shal be
〈◊〉
by that meanes that God
〈◊〉
the appointed, Chap. 15, 2. suche as are (appointed) for death, to death, and such as are for captiuitie to captiuirie, and suche as are for the sworde to the sworde.
12 And I kindle a fyre in the houses of the gods of Egypt, and he shal burne them and carye them awaye
〈◊〉
, & he shal araye him self with the land of Egypt, as aMeaning, most easily, & suddēly shal he cary the
〈◊〉
away shepherd putteth on his garmēt, and shal departe from thence in peace.
13 He shal brake also the images ofOr, the house
〈◊〉
the sunne. Beth-shé mesh, that is in the land of Egypt, and the houses of the gods of the Egyptians shal he burne with fyre.
CHAP. XLIIII.
He reproueth the people for their idolatrie. 15 They that set light by the threatening of the Lorde, are
〈◊〉
. 26 The destruction of Egypte and of the Iewes
〈◊〉
, is prophecied.
THe worde that came to Ieremiah concer ning all the Iewes, whiche dwell in the land of Egypt, and remained at Mig-dól and atThese were all famous ād strong
〈◊〉
in Egypt, where the
〈◊〉
that were fled, dwelt for their
〈◊〉
: but the Prophete
〈◊〉
that there is no holde so stronge, that can
〈◊〉
them frome Gods ven geance. Tahpanhes, and at Noph, and in the coū
trey of Pathros, saying.
2 Thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél, Ye haue sene all the euil that I haue broght vpon Ierusalém, and vpon all the cities of Iudah: and beholde, this day they are
〈◊〉
, and no man dwelleth therem.
3 Because of their wickednes which they haue committed, to prouoke me to angre in that they went to burne incense, (and) to serue other gods, whome they knewe not, (nether) they (nor) you nor your fathers.
4 Howbeit I sent vnto you all my seruants the ProphetesRead Chap. 7.
〈◊〉
25.
〈◊〉
&. 26. 5.
〈◊〉
29. 9. & 32. 33. rising early, and sending (them,) saying, Oh do not this
〈◊〉
able thyng
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
befo
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Iudah and
〈◊〉
for their idolarrie, that they myght beware by their example, ād not
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
kednes prouoke the Lord: for thē they shulde be
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that I hate.
5 But they wolde not heare nor in cline theyr eare to turne from their wickednes, and to burne no more incense vnto other gods.
6 Wherefore my wrath, and mine angre was powred forthe and was kyndled in the cities of iudah, and in the stretes of Ierusalém, and they are desolate, (and) wasted, as (appea reth) this daye.
7 Therefore now thus sayth the Lorde of hostesd He sheweth that we ought to kepe in memorie Gods plagues from the
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
them, we
〈◊〉
liue in his
〈◊〉
, and know if he haue not spared our fathers yea, Kings, princes, and
〈◊〉
, & also whole
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
for
〈◊〉
sinnes, that we
〈◊〉
wormes can not loke to
〈◊〉
punishment
〈◊〉
ours. the God of Israél, Wherefore commit ye (this) great euil against your soules, to cut of from you man and woman, childe and suckeling out of Iudáh, and leaue you none to remaine?
8 In that ye prouoke me vnto wrath with the workes of your hands, burning incense vnto other gods in the land of Egypt whether ye be gone to dwell: that ye might bring destruction vnto your selues, and that ye might be a cursse and a reproche among al nations of the earth.
9 Haue ye forgotten the wyckednes of your fathers, and the wickednes of the Kyngs of Iudah and the wickednes of their wiues and your owne wickednes and the wickednesAmos. 9. 4. of your wiues, whiche they haue committed in the land of Iudah and in the stretes of Ierusalém?
10 They are notOr, beaten downe humbled vnto this daye, nether haue they feared nor walked in my Law not in my statutes, that I set before you and before your fathers.
11 Therfore thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél, Beholde, I will set my face against you * to euil and to destroye all
〈◊〉
.
12 And I will take the remnant of Iudah, thatVVhiche haue fully
〈◊〉
their mindes, and are gone thether on purpose VVhereby he
〈◊〉
the innoceates as
〈◊〉
and Ba
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
were
〈◊〉
: therefore the Lorde
〈◊〉
, that he will
〈◊〉
his face
〈◊〉
them that
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
destroye
〈◊〉
, haue set their faces to go into the land of Egypt there to dwel, and they shal all be con sumed (and) fall in the land of Egypte: they shal (euen) be consumed by the
〈◊〉
(ād) by the famine: they shall dye from the least vnto the most, by the sworde, and by the famine, and they shalbe a detestation and an astonishment and aRead Cha. 26 6. cursse and a reproche.
13 For I will visit them that dwell in the lande of Egypt, as I haue visited Ierusalém, by the sword, by the famine, and by the pestilence.
14 So that none of the remnant of Iudah, whiche are gone into the land of Egypt to dwell there, shall escape or remaine, that they shulde returne into the land of Iudah to the whiche they
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
vp their soules. haue a desire to returne to dwell there, for none shall returne, butMeaning, but a fewe. suche as shal escape.
15 Then all the men whiche knewe that their
〈◊〉
had burnt incense vnto others Gods and all the women that stode by, a great mul titude, euen all the people that dwelt in the land of Egypt in Pathros, aunswered Ieremiah, saying.
16 The worde that thou hast spoken vnto vs in the Name of the Lord, we wilThis
〈◊〉
howe
〈◊〉
, ous a thyng
〈◊〉
is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
once
〈◊〉
God, and to sollowe
〈◊〉
owne fantasies: for Satan euer soliciteth suche and doeth not leaue them
〈◊〉
he haue broght them to extreme
〈◊〉
and madnes,
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
wickednesag inst God, &
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. not heare it of thee.
17 But we will do what soeuer thing goeth out of our owne mouth, (as) to burne incense vn toRead hap. 7 17
〈◊〉
semeth that that the
〈◊〉
gathered of this place then,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and Regina celi,
〈◊〉
, calling the virgine Merie Quene of
〈◊〉
, and so of the blessed virgine, and mother of our Samour Christ made an idole: for here the Prophet condemneth their
〈◊〉
. the Quene of heauen, and to powre out drynke
〈◊〉
vnto her, as we haue done, (both) we and our fathers, our Kings ād our princes in the citie of Iudáh, and in the stretes of Ieru salém: for (then)i br. we were
〈◊〉
with bread. had weThis is still the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
laters, whiche
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the bellie, and in stead of acknowledgīg gods wo ke,
〈◊〉
deth both plentie &
〈◊〉
, health, and sicknes, they
〈◊〉
it to their idoles, and so dishonour God. plētie of vitailes and were wel andOr, sawe. felt none euil.
18 But since we left of to burne incense to the Quene of heauen, and to powre out drinke
〈◊〉
vnto her, we haue hadOr, want. scarcenes of all things, and haue bene
〈◊〉
by the sworde and by the famine.
19 And when we burnt incense to the Quene of heauen and powred out drinke offringes vnto her, did we make her cakes toOr,
〈◊〉
appease her. make her glad, and powre out drinke offrings vnto her with outThis teacheth vs how great danger
〈◊〉
is for the housbandes to
〈◊〉
it their wiues
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
whereof they be not assured by Gods Worde: for
〈◊〉
by they take
〈◊〉
occasion to
〈◊〉
their doings and their housbands shall giue an accompt ther of
〈◊〉
God, read Isa. 3. 25. our housbandes?
20 Then said leremiáh vnto all the people, to the men, and to the women, ād to all the peo ple which had giuē him that answer, saying.
21 Did not the Lord remēber the incense, that ye
〈◊〉
in the cities of Iudáh, & in the stretes of Ierusalém, (both) you, ād your fathers, your Kings, ād your princes, and the people of the land, and
〈◊〉
it is not come vp into his heart. hathe he not cōsidered it?
22 So that the LORDE colde no longer forbeare, because of the wickednes of your inuencions, (and) because of the abominations, whiche ye haue committed: there fore is your land desolate ād an astonishment, and a cursse (and) without in habitant, as (appeareth) this daie.
23 Because ye haue burnt incense and because ye haue sinned against the Lorde, and haue not obeyed the voice of the Lorde, nor walked in his Lawe nor in his statutes, nor in his testimonies, therefore this plague is come vpon you, as (appeareth) this day.
24 Moreouer Ieremiáh said vnto all the people and to all the women, Heare the worde of the Lord, all Iudáh that are in the land of Egypt.
25 ¶ Thus speaketh the Lorde of hostes; the God of Israél, saying, Ye and your wiues haue bothe spoken with your mouthes, and fulfilled with yourYouhaue committed double euyll in makyng Wicked vowes, and in performing the same. hand, saying, We will performe our vowes that we haue vowed to burne incense to the Quene of heauen, and to powre out drinke offrings to her: ye will performe your vowes and do the things that ye haue vowed.
26 Therefore heare the worde of the Lord, all Iudáh that dwell in the land of Egypte. Beholde, I haue sworne by my great Name, saith the Lord, that my NameThis declareth an horrible plague to Ward idolaters, seing that God Wyll not voufchesafe to haue hys Name mencioned by suche as haue pol lured it. shal no more be called vpon by the mouth of any man of Iudáh, in all the land of Egypt, saying, The Lord God liueth.
27 Beholde, I will watche ouer them for euill and not for good, and all men of Iudáh that are in the land of Egypt, shal be consumed by the sworde, and by the famine, vntil they be vtterly destroyed.
28 Yet a smale nōbre that escape the sworde,VVe se therefore, that GOD hath a perpetuall care ouer hys, Wheresoeuer thei are scattred: for thogh they be but two or thre, yet he Will deliuer them When he destroyeth his enemies. shall returne out of the land of Egypt into the land of Iudáh: and all the remnant of Iudáh that are gone into the land of Egypt to dwell there, shal knowe whose wordes shall stand, mine or theirs.
29 And this shalbe a signe vnto you, saith the Lord, when I visite you in this place, that ye maie know that my wordes shall surely stand against you for euil.
30 Thus saith the Lord, Beholde, I willHe sheweth the meanes wher by they shuld be destroyed to assu re them of the certeintie of the plague, and yet they remaine
〈◊〉
in their obstinacie till they perish: for Iose phus lib. 10 de Antiq. cap. 11. Writteth that fiue yere after the taking of Ierusalem, Nebu chadnezzar the yonger, hauyng ouercome the Moabites ād the Ammonites Wēt against Egypte, and slewe the Kynge, and so broght all these Iewes, and other into Babylon. giue Pharaóh Hophrá Kyng of Egypt into the hand of his enemies, and into the hand of them that seke hys life: as I gaue Zedekiáh King of Iudáh into the hand of Nebuchadnezzár King of Babél his enemie, who also soght his life.
CHAP. XLV.
2 Ieremiah comforteth Baruch; assuring him that he shuld not perish in the destruction of Ierusalém.
1 THe worde that Ieremiáh the Prophet spa ke vntoVVhich Was
〈◊〉
disciple, and Wrote hys prophccies vnder him. Baruch the sonne of Neriáh, when he had writen theseVVhereof read Chap. 26. 9. words in a boke at the mouth of Ieremiáh, in the fourth yere of Iehoiakim the sonne of Iosiáh Kynge of Iudáh, saying.
2 Thus saith the Lord God of Israél vnto thee, ô Baruch.
3 Thou did est saye, Wo is me nowe: for the Lord hathe layed sorowe vnto my sorowe: IBaruch
〈◊〉
With an inconsi derat zeale of le remiahs impriso
〈◊〉
, but
〈◊〉
for the dest uction of the people, and the Tem ple,
〈◊〉
this lamentation, as psal. 6. 6. sainted in my mournyng, and I can finde no rest.
4 Thus shalt thou say vnto hym, The Lorde saith thus, Beholde, that which I haue buylt, will IMeaning, that God myght
〈◊〉
this people because he had planted them. destroye, and that which I haue planted, wil I plucke vp, euen this whole land.
5 And sekestThinkest thou to haue honour and credit? Wher in he she Weth his infirmitie. thou great things for thy selfe? seke them not: for beholde, I wil bring a pla gue vpon all flesh, saith the Lord: but thy life wil I giue thee forRead Chap. 21. 9 a pray in all places, whether thou goest.
CHAP. XLVI.
1 He proplrecieth the destruction of Egypt. 27 Deliuerance is promised to Israél.
1 THe wordes of the Lord, which came to Ie remiáh the Prophet against theThat is, nine na tions,
〈◊〉
are round about the land of Egypt. Gētiles.
2 (As) against Egypt, against the armie ofRead 2 King. 23 29. & 24. 7. and. 2. chron. 35. 20. Pha raóh Necho King of Egypt, whiche was by the riuer Peráth in Carchemish, whiche Nebuchad-nezzar Kyng of Babél smote in the fourth yere of Iehoiakim the sonne of Iosiáh King of Iudáh.
3 He Warneth the Egyptians to pre pare them selues to
〈◊〉
. Make readie buckeler and shield, and go fourth to battel.
4 Make readie the horses, and let the horsemē get vp, and stand vp with (your) sallets, fourblish the speares, ād put on the brigandines.
5 The
〈◊〉
had this vision of the Egyptians Which shuldebe put to flight by the Babylonians at Carchemish. Wherefore haue I sene them afraide (and) driuen backe? for their mightie men are smit ten, and are fled away, and loke not backe: (sor) feare (was) round about, saith the Lord.
6 The swift shal not flee away, nor the strong man escape: they shal stomble, and fall towarde theThe Babylonians shal discomfit them at
〈◊〉
uer Euphrates. Northe by the riuer Perath.
7 Who is this, that commeth vp, asHe derideth the boastings of the the E yptians Who thoght by their riches, and power to
〈◊〉
ouercome all the Worlde, alluding to the riuer Nilus, Which at cer teine times ouer flow eth the coū
trey of Egypt. a floode, whose waters are moued like the riuers.
8 Egypt riseth vp lyke the flood, and (hys) waters are moued lyke the riuers, and he sayth, I will go vp, (and) will couer the earth: I wil destroye the citie with them that dwell therein.
9 Come vp, ye horses, and rage yecharets, and let the valiant men come forthe,For these nations toke parte
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the black Mores, ād the Lybians that beare the shield, and the Lydians that handle (and) bend the bowe.
10 For this is the day of the Lorde God of hostes, (and) a day of vengeance, that he maye aduenge him of hys ennemies: for the sword shal deuoure, and it shalbe satiat, and made drunke with their blood: for the Lord God of hostes hatheHe calleth the slaughter of Gods enemies a sacrifice because it is a thing that doeth please him Isa. 34. 6. a sacrifice in the North countreyThat is, at Charchemish. by the riuer Peráth.
11 Go vp vnto Gileád,For at Gilead did growe most soueraine balme for Woundes. and take balme, ô virgine,So called because Egypt had not yet bene ouercome by the enemie. the daughter of Egypt: in vaine shalt thou vse manyHe sheweth that no salue or medicine cā preuaile Where as God giueth the Wounde. medicines: (for) thou shalt haue no health.
22 The nations haue heard of thy shame, and thy crye hathe filled the land: for the strong hathe stombled against the strong (and) thei are fallen bothe together.
13 ¶The worde that the Lorde spake to Ieremiáh the Prophet, howe Nebuchad-nezzár Kyng of Babélshulde come and smite the land of Egypt.
14 Publish in Egypt and declare in Migdol, ād proclaime in Noph, and in Tahpanhés, (and) say, Stād stil, and prepare thee: for the sword shal deuoure rounde about thee.
15 Why are they valiāt mē put backe? they cold not stand, because the Lord did driue them.
16 He made many to fall, and one fell vpon an other: and they said, Arise, let vs go againe to ourAs they that shuld repent that they helped the Egyptians. owne people, and to the land of our natiuitie from the sworde of the violent.
17 They did crye there, Pharaôh King of Egypt (and) of a great multitudeHe derideth thē
〈◊〉
shal impu re their ouer thro We to Lacke of counsel and policie, or to fortune: & not obseruing of time, not considering that it is Gods iust iudgement. hathe passed the time appointed.
18 As I liue, saith the King, whose Name is the LORD of hostes, surely as Tabór (is) in the mountaines, and as Carmél (is) in the sea: (so) shalTowit, that the Egyptians shalbe destroyed. it come.
19 O thou daughter dwelling in Egypt, make thee geare to go into captiuitie: for Noph shalbe waste and desolate, without an inhabitant.
20 Egygt (is like) aThey haue abū dance of all, thīgs and therefore are
〈◊〉
and proude. faire calfe, (but) destructiō cometh: out of the North it cometh.
21 Also her hired menAs vers. 9. (are) in the middes of her like fat calues: they are also turned backe & fled a way together: thei colde not stād because the day of the destruction was come vpon them, (&) the time of their visitacion.
22 The voy ce thereof shal go forthe like aThey shalbe sear se able to speake for feare of the
〈◊〉
. ser pent: for they shal marche with an armie, & come againsteMeanīg, Egypt. her with axes, as he wers of wood.
23 They shal cut downeThat is, they shal stay the great &
〈◊〉
men of power. her forest, saith the Lord: for they can not be counted, because they are more then theTo Wit,
〈◊〉
armie. greshoppers, and are in numerable.
24 The daughter of Egypt shalbe confounded: she shalbe deliuered into the hands of the people of the North.
25 ¶Thus saith the Lord of hostes, the God of Israél, Beholde, I wil visite theSome take the libre We Worde Amon for the Kings name of
〈◊〉
, that is of Alexandera. cōmune people of No and Pharaōh, & Egypt, with their gods and their Kings, euen Pharaōh, and all them that trust in him,
26 And I wil deliuer them into the hands of those, that seke their liues, and into the hand of Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél, and into the hands of his seruantes, and afterward she shall dwell asMeaning, that after the space of
〈◊〉
yeres Egypt shulde be restored Isa. 19, 23 ezek. 29, 13. in the olde time, saith the Lord.
27 ¶ God cōforteth all his that Were in captiuitie, but specially the sma le Church of the Iewes, Whereof were
〈◊〉
& Baruch, Which remained among the Egyptiās: for the Lord neuer for saketh his, Isa. 44,
〈◊〉
chap.
〈◊〉
, 10. But feare not thou, ô my seruant Iaakób, & be not thou afraied, ô Israél: for beholde, I wil deliuer thee from a farre (countrey,) & thy sede from the land of their captiuitie, & Iaakôb shal returne and be in rest, and prosperitie, and none shal make him afraid.
28 Feare thou not, ô Iaak ób my seruant, saith the Lord: for I am with thee, and I wil vtterly destroy all the nations, whether I haue dri uen thee: but I wil not vtterly destroy thee, but correctRead Chap. 10, 24. thee by iudgement, and not vtterly cut thee of.
CHAP. XLVII.
The worde of the Lord against the Philistims.
1 THe wordes of the Lord that came to Iere miáh the Prophet, against the Philistims, before that Pharaóh smoteWhich was also called
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
. Azzáh.
2 Thus saith the Lord, Beholde, waters rise vp out of theHemeaneth the armie of the Caldeans, Isa. 8, 8. North, and shalbe as a swelling flood, and shal ouer flowe the land, & all that is therein, and the cities with thē that dwell therein: then the men shal crye, and all the in habitants of the land shal howle,
3 At the noyce (&) stamping of the hoofes of his strōg (horses,) at the noyce of his charets and at the rūbling of his wheles: the fathers shal notThe great feare shal take away their natural affe ction. loke backe to (their) children for feblenes ofTheir heart shal so faile them. hands,
4 Because of the daye that cometh to destroye all the Philistims, and to destroye Tyrus, and Zidón, (and) all the rest, that take their parte: for the Lord wil destroye the Philistims, the remnant of the yle ofFor the Caphtorims, Which are also called Cappa docians, had destroied in olde time the Philistims & dwelt in their land euen to Gazá. Deut.
〈◊〉
. 23. Caphtór.
5 They haue pulled of
〈◊〉
heere for sorowe and heauines. Baldenes is come vpon Azzáh: Ashkelon is cut vp (with) the rest of their valleis. How long wiltAs the heathen vsed
〈◊〉
their mourning Which the Lord to bade his people to do, Deut 14.
〈◊〉
. thou cut thy self?
6 O thou sworde of the Lord, how long wil it be or thou cease! turne againe into thy scaberde, rest and be stil.
7 How can itMeaning, that it is not possible that the Wicked shulde by any meanes escape or stay the Lord, When he Wil take vengeance, cease, seing the Lord hathe giuen it a charge against 'Ashkelón, and against the sea bancke? euen there hathe he appointed it.
CHAP. XLVIII.
The worde of the Lord against the Moabites, 26 Because of their pride and crueltie.
1 COncerning Moáb, thus saith the Lord of hostes, the God of Israél, Wo vntoThese Were
〈◊〉
of the Moabites,
〈◊〉
Nebuchadn. zzár to ke before he wēt to fight against Necho King of Egypt. Nebó: for it is wasted: Kiriatháim is confounded (and) taken: Misgáb is confounded and afraied.
2 Moáb shal boast no more of Heshbón: (for) thei haue deuised euil against it.Thus shal the Babylonians incourage one another. Come, and let vs destroye it, that it be no more a nacion also thou shalt be destroyed,Read Isa. 25. 10. ô Madmén, (and) the sworde shal pursue thee.
3 A voice of crying (shalbe) from Horonáim (with) desolation and great dectruction.
4 Moáb is destroyed: her litle ones haue caused their crye to be heard.
5 For at the going vp of
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
Were two places Whereby the
〈◊〉
shul
〈◊〉
, Isa. 15. 5. Luhith, the mourner shal go vp with weping: for in the going downe of Horonáim, the enemies haue heard a crye of destruction,
6 Flee and saue your liues, and be like vnto theHide your selues in
〈◊〉
places, Where the enemie wil not
〈◊〉
after you, Chap. 7. 6. heath in the wildernes.
7 For because thou hast trusted in thyThat is, the ido les Which are the Workes of thine hands Some read in thy possessions for so the Worde may signifie, as 1. Sam. 25. 2. workes and in thy treasures, thou shalt also be taken, andBothe thy
〈◊〉
idole and his
〈◊〉
shal be led away captiues, so that they shal then knowe that it is invaine to loke for helpe at idoles, Chemosh shal go for the into captiuitie with his Priests and his princes together.
8 And the destroier shal come vpon all cities, and no citie shal escape: the valley also shal perish and the plaine shalbe destroied as the Lord hathe spoken.
9 Giue wings vnto Moáb, that it may flee and get away: for the cities there of shalbe desola te, without any to dwell therein.Isa. 15 2.
10 He sheweth that God wolde punish the Caldeans if they did not destroy the Egyp
〈◊〉
& that with a courage, and calleth this
〈◊〉
of his
〈◊〉
against his enemies his worke: thogh the
〈◊〉
soght another end, Isa. 10, 12 Cursed (be he) that doeth the worke of the LordOr,
〈◊〉
. negligently, & cursed (be he) that kepeth backe his sworde from blood.
11 Moáb hathe bene at rest from his youth, & he hathe setled on his lees, and hathe not bene
〈◊〉
not bene remoued as the
〈◊〉
haue, but hath
〈◊〉
at ease and as a wine that fedeth him self on his lees. powred frō vessel to vessel, nether hathe he gone into captiuitie: therefore histaste remained in him & his sent is not changed.
12 ¶ Therefore beholde, the daies come, saith the Lord, that I wil send vnto him suche as shal cary him away, and shal emptie his vessels and breake their bottels.
13 And Moáb shal be ashamed of Chemósh as the house of Israél was ashamed ofAt the
〈◊〉
of Bethél was not able to deliuer the
〈◊〉
: no more shal Chemosh deliuer the
〈◊〉
. Bethél their confidence.
14 How thinke you (thus,) We are mightie & strong men of warre?
15 Moáb is destroyed, and his cities
〈◊〉
gone vp, or destroyed. burnt vp and his chosen yong men are gone downe to slaughter, saith the King, whose name (is,) The Lord of hostes.
16 The destruction of Moáb is readie to come and his plague hasteth fast.
17 All ye that are about him, mourne for him, & all ye that knowe his name, say,How
〈◊〉
thei de stroyed that put
〈◊〉
trust in their strength & riches. How is the strong staffe broken, (&) the beautiful rod!
18 Thou daughter that doest inhabite
〈◊〉
, come downe from (thy) glorie, & sit in thirst: for the destroyer of Moáb shal come vp vpon thee, (and) he shal destroy thy strong holdes.
19 Thou that dwellest in Aroér, stand by the way, and beholde: aske him that fleeth and that escapeth, (and) say, What is done?
20 Thus they that flee, shal answer. Moáb is confounded: for it is destroyed: howle, & crye, tel ye it in Arnon, that Moáb is made waste,
21 And iudgement is come vpon the plaine countrey, vpon Holón and vpon Iahazáh, & vpon Mepháath.
22 And vpon Dibón, and vpon Nebó, and vpō the house of
〈◊〉
.
23 And vpon Kiriatháim, and vpō Bethgamúl, and vpon Beth-meón,
24 And vpon Kerióth, and vpon Bozráh, and vpon all the cities of the land of Moáb farre or nere.
25 TheThat is, his power &
〈◊〉
. horne of Moáb is cut of, and his arme is broken, saith the Lord.
26 Make ye himHe
〈◊〉
the Caldeans to lay afflictiōs vnough vpon them, til they be liked
〈◊〉
ken men that fall downe to their shame and are de rided of all. drunken: for he magnified him self against the Lord: Moáb shalOr shal be ful or clappe his hands. wallow in his vomite, and he also shal be in derision.
27 For did est not thou deride Israél, as thogh he had bene founde among theues? for whē thou speak est of him, thou artThou
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
of his mi serie. moued.
28 Oye that dwellin Moáb, leaue the cities, and dwell in the rockes, and be like the doue that maketh her neste in the sides of the holes mouth.Isa 16, 6.
29 * We haue heard the pride of Moáb [(he is) exceding proude] his stoutnes, and his arrogancie, and his pride, and the hautenes of his heart.
30 I knowe his wrath, saith the Lord,He shal not exe cute his
〈◊〉
against his neighbours. but it shal not (be) so: (&) his dissimulacions, (for) they do not right.
31 Read Isa. 16, 1. Therefore will howle for Moáb, and I wil crye out for all Moáb: (mine heart) shal mour ne for the men of Kir-héres.
32 O vine of Sibmáh, I wil wepe forthee, as I wept for Iazér: thy plantes are gone ouer the sea, they are come to the seaWhiche citie was in the
〈◊〉
border of
〈◊〉
hereby he signifieth that the whole land
〈◊〉
be de
〈◊〉
& the peo ple caried away. of Iazér: the de stroyer is fallen vpon thy sommer frutes, and vpon thy vintage,
33 And ioye, and gladnes is taken from the plē tiful field and from the land of Moáb: and I haue caused wine to faile from the wine presse: none shal tread with showting: (their) showting (shal be) no showting.
34 From the crye of Heshbon vnto Elaléh (&) vnto Iahaz haue
〈◊〉
made their noyse from Zóar vnto Horonáim, theRead Isa 15. 5. heiffer of thre ye re olde (shal go lowing:) for the waters also of
〈◊〉
shalbe wasted.
35 Moreouer, I wil cause to cease in Moáb, saith the Lord, him that offred in the high places, and him that burneth incense to his gods.
36 Therefore mine heart shal sound for Moáb like aTheir custome was
〈◊〉
play on flutes or
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
tunes at bu ryales and in
〈◊〉
time of
〈◊〉
, as, Mat 9. 33. shaume & mine heart shal soūde likeIsa. 15. 3. a shaume for the men of Kir-héres, because the riches that he hathe gotten, is perished.Ezek 7. 18.
37 * For euery head shalbeOr, shauen. balde, and euery bearde plucked: vpon all the handes shal be cuttings, and vpon the loynes sacke clothe.
38 (And) mourning shalbe vpon all the house toppes of Moáb and in all the stretes thereof: for I haue broken Moáb like a vessel wherein is no pleasure, saith the Lord.
39 Thei shal houle, (saying,) How is he destroyed? how hathe Moáb turned the backe with shame? so shal Moáb be a derision, and a feare to all them about him.
40 For thus saith the Lord, Beholde,
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
as, Chap.
〈◊〉
22. he shal flee as an egle, and shal spread his wings ouer Moáb.
41 The cities are taken and the strong holdes are wonne, and the mightie mens hearts in Moáb at that day shalbe as the heart of a wo man in trauail.
42 And Moáb shalbe destroyed from being a people, because he hathe set vp him self against the Lord.
43 He that escapeth
〈◊〉
ger,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of another. Isa, 24-17. Feare, and pit and snare (shalbe) vpon thee ô inhabitant of Moáb, saith the Lord.
44 He that escapeth from the feare, shal fall in the pit, and he that getteth vp out of the pit, shalbe taken in the snare: for I wil bring vpō it, (euen) vpon Moáb, the yere of their visita tion, saith the Lord.
45 They that fled, stode vnder the shadoweThei
〈◊〉
thether thinking to haue succour of the Amo
〈◊〉
of Heshbón, because of the force: forThe
〈◊〉
had destroied the Mo
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
past, & now because of their power the
〈◊〉
shal
〈◊〉
to them for helpe the fyre came out of Heshbón, and a flame from Sihón, and deuoured the corner of Moáb, and the top of the seditious children.
46 Wo (be) vnto thee, ô Moáb: the people of Which
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ido eas thogh he colde haue defended them. Chemósh perisheth: for thy sonnes are taken captiues, and thy daughters (led) into ca ptiuitie.
47 Yet wil I bring againe the captiuitie of Mo áb in theThat is, thei shalbe restored by the
〈◊〉
. later daies, saith the Lord. Thus farre of the iudgement of Moáb.
CHAP. XLIX.
1 The worde of the Lord against the Ammonites, 7 Idumea,
〈◊〉
Damascus, 28 Kedár, 34 and
〈◊〉
.
1 VNto the children ofThey were separated from the Moabites by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Arnon, and after that the ten tribes were caryed away into
〈◊〉
, they
〈◊〉
the coun trey of God. Ammónthus saith the Lord, Hathe Israél no sonnes? or hathe he none heire? Why (then) hathe theirTo wit, of the
〈◊〉
, King possessed Gad? and his people dwel in Meaning, of the Israélites.his cities?
2 Therefore beholde, the dayes come, saith the Lord, that I wil cause a noyse of warre to be heard in Which was one of the chief cities of the
〈◊〉
as
〈◊〉
Heshbon and
〈◊〉
: there was also a citie called Heshbon among the
〈◊〉
Rabbáh of the Ammonites,
and it shalbe a desolate heape, and her daugh ters shalbe burnt with fyre: then shall Israél possesse those that possessed him, saith the Lord.
3 Houle ô Heshbón, for Ai is wasted: crye ye daughters of Rabbáh: girde you with sake clothe: mourne and runneto and fro by the hed ges? for their King shal go into captiuitie (and) his Priests, and his princes like wise.
4 Wherefore gloriest thou in theIn thy plentiful countrei.
〈◊〉
? thy valley sloweth away, ô rebellious daughter: she trusted in her treasures, (saying,) Who shal come vnto me?
5 Beholde, I wil bringSignifying that power and riches can not preuaile when as God wil execute his iudgements. a feare vpon thee, saith the Lord God of hostes, of all those that be about thee, and ye shalbe scatred euerie man That is, without loking backe and as euerie one can finde away to escape. right forthe, and none shal gather him that fleeth.
6 AndIn the time of Christ when the Gentiles shalbe called. afterward I wil bring againe the captiuitie of the children of Ammón.
7 ¶To Edóm thus saith the Lord of hostes, Is wisdome no more inWhich Was a citie of Edom cal led by the name of Temā
〈◊〉
sonne Who
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
Temán? is counsel perished from (their) children? is their wisdomè vanished?
8 Flee, ye inhabitants of Ded
〈◊〉
[The enemies that shal dissemble as thogh
〈◊〉
fled away, shal turne backe, and inuade your land and
〈◊〉
it. they are returned backe, and haue consulted to dwel] for I haue broght the destruction of
〈◊〉
(and) the time of his visitation.
9 If theMeaning, that God
〈◊〉
destroy them, andnot spare one
〈◊〉
the grape gatherers leaue
〈◊〉
grapes, and theues seke but til they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, O bad.. 5. grape gatherers come to thee, wolde they not leaue (some) grapes? if theues come by night, they wil destroye til they haue ynough.
10 For I haue discouered Esáu: I haue vncouered his secrets, & he shal not be able to hide himself: his sede is wasted, and his brethren and his neighbours, and there shalbe none (to say;)
11 Leaue thyThe destructiō shalbe so great, that there shalbe none
〈◊〉
to take care ouer the Widdowes, and fatherles. fatherles children, (and) I wil preserue them aliue, and let thy widowes
〈◊〉
in me.
12 For thus saith the Lord,I
〈◊〉
not spa
〈◊〉
mine
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
people, and how shulde I pitie thee? Beholde, thei whose iudgement was not to drinke of the cuppe, haue assuredly drunken, and art thou he that shal escape fre? thou shalt not go fre, but thou shalt surely drinke of it.
13 For I haue sworne by my self, saith the Lord thatWhich Was a chief
〈◊〉
of Edom. Bozráh shalbe waste, and for a reproche, and a desolation, and a curse, and all the cities thereof shalbe perpetual desolations.
14 I haue heard a rumour from the Lord, and an embassadour is sent vnto the heathen, (saying,) Gather you together, and come againstThat is,
〈◊〉
. her, and rise vp to the battel.
15 For lo, I wil make thee but smale among the heathen, and despised among men.
16 ThyOr, idole. feare, (and) the pride of thine heart hathe deceiued thee, thou that dwellest in the cleftes of the rocke, & kepest the height of the hill: thogh thou shulde make thy nest as hie as the egle, I wil bring thee downe frō thence, saith the Lord.
17 ¶Also Edō shalbe desolate: euerie one that goeth by it, shalbe astonished, and shal hisse at all the plagues thereof,
18 As in the ouerthrowe of Sodóm, and of Go moráh, and the places thereof nere about, saith the Lord: no mā shald well there, nether shal the sonnes of men remaine in it.
19 Beholde,To Wit, N
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
he hathe ouercome
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
is ment by the swelling of
〈◊〉
, shal come against mount
〈◊〉
and Edom. he shal come vp like a lyon from the swelling of Iordén vnto the strong dwelling place: for I wil make (Israél) to rest, (euen) I wil makeThat is, the
〈◊〉
, Whome the
〈◊〉
kept as prisoners to haste away from thence. him to haste away from her, and who is a chosen man that I may appoint against her? for who is like me? and who wil appoint me the time? and who is theThe captaine and goue nour of the armie, mea ning, Nebuchadnezzár. she pherd that wil stand before me?
20 Therefore heare the counsel of the Lord that he hathe deuised against Edōm, and his purpose that he hathe conceiued against the inhabitans of Temán: surely the leastThey shal not be able to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
captaines. of the flocke shal drawe them out: surelyTo Wit, the enemie. he shal make their habitations desolate with them.
21 The earth is moued at the noyce of their fall: the crye of their voyce is heard in the red Sea.
22 Beholde, he shal come vp, and fle as the egleAs Chap. 48. 40 Was said of Moáb and spread his wings ouer Bozráh, and at that day shal the heart of the strong men of Edóm be as the heart of a woman in trauail.
23 ¶ VntoWhich Was the chief citie of Syria, Whereby he meaneth
〈◊〉
Whole countrey. Damascus (he saith,) Hamáth is confounded and Arpád, for thei haue heard euil
〈◊〉
, & they are faint hearted (as one) on the feare ful sea that can not rest.
24 Damascus is discouraged, (and) turneth her self to flightWhen she heard the sudden coming
〈◊〉
of the enemie. and feare hathe seased her: anguish & soro wes haue taken her as a woman in trauail.
25 How is the gloriousHe speaketh this in the persone of the King & of them of the countrey Who shal Wonder to se Damascus the chief citie destroyed. citie not reserued, the citie.
26 Therefore her yong men shal fall in her stre tes, and all her men of warre shalbe cut of in that day, saith the Lord of hostes.
27 And I wil kindle a fyre in the walle of Damascus, which shal cousume the palaces ofWho Was King of Syria. Ben-hadád.1 king. 20. 26 and had buylt these palaces, Which Were stil called the palaces of
〈◊〉
.
28 ¶VntoMeaning the Arabians, and their
〈◊〉
. Kedár, and to the kingdomes of Hazōr, which Nebuchad-nezzár King of Ba bél shal smite, thus saith the Lord, Arise, (&) go vp vnto Kedár, and destroye the men of the East.
29 Their tentes and their flockes shal they take away yea, they shal take to them selues theirBecause thei vsed to dwell in
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
the things that
〈◊〉
thereun to. curtaines, and all their vessels, & their camels and they shal crye vnto them, Feare is on euerie side.
30 Flee, get you farre of [The enemies Wildweliu your places. thei haue consulted to dwell] ô ye in habitants of Hazór, saith the Lord: for Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél hathe taken counsel against you, and hathe
〈◊〉
a
〈◊〉
against you.
31 He sheweth that they of Hazor Wil
〈◊〉
to the Arabians for
〈◊〉
, but that shal not
〈◊〉
them. Arise, (and, get you vp vnto the welthie na tion that
〈◊〉
without care, saith the Lord, which haue nether gates nor barres, (but) dwell
〈◊〉
.
32 And their camels shalbe a boutie, and the multitude of their cattel a spoile, and I wil scatter thē into all windes, and to the vtmost corners, and I wil bring their destruction frō all the sides thereof, saith the Lord.
33 And Hazōr shalbe a dwelling for dragons,
(and) desolation for euer: there shal no man dwell there, nor the sonnes of men remaine in it.
34 ¶The wordes of the Lord that came to Ieremiáh the Prophet, concerningThat is, Persia so called of Elám the sonne of Shē. Elám, in the beginning of the reigne of Zedekiáh King of Iudáh, saying,
35 Thus saith the Lord of hostes, Beholde, I wil breake theBecause the
〈◊〉
were good
〈◊〉
, he sheweth that the thing wherein they put their trust,
〈◊〉
not
〈◊〉
them. bowe of Elám, (euen) the chief of their strength.
36 And vpon Elám I wil bring the foure winds from the foure quarters of heauen, and wil scattre them to wards all these windes, and there shalbe no nation, whether the fugitiues of Elám shal not come.
37 For I wil cause Elám to be afraied before their enemies, and before them that seke their liues, and wil bring vpon them a plague, (euen) the indignatiō of my wrath, saith the Lord, and I wil
〈◊〉
the sworde after thē til I haue consumed them.
38 And I wil set myI wil place Nebuchad nezzar there, and in these prophecies
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
speaketh
〈◊〉
coū:
〈◊〉
which shulde be
〈◊〉
vnder the
〈◊〉
of those
〈◊〉
monarchies where of Da niel m
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. throne in Elám, and I wil destroye (bothe) the King and the princes from thence, saith the Lord butThis may be referred to
〈◊〉
empire of the
〈◊〉
, and Me des after the Caldeans, or vnto the time of Christ as Chap. 48 47. in the latter dayes I wil bring againe the
〈◊〉
of Elám, saith the Lord.
CHAP. L.
He prophecieth the destruction of Babylon, and the deliuerance of Israél, which was in captiuitic.
1 THe worde that the
〈◊〉
spake, concerning
〈◊〉
, (and) concerning the land of the Caldeans by
〈◊〉
Ebr. hand. ministerie of
〈◊〉
the Prophet.
2 Declare among the nations, and publish it, and set vp a standart, proclaime it (and) conceile it not: say,After that God hathe vsed the Ba bylonians seruice to punish other
〈◊〉
he sheweth that their turne shal come to be punished. Babél is taken, Bel is confounded,These were two of their chief idoles. Merodách is broken downe: her idoles are cōfounded, (and) their images are burst in pieces.
3 For out of the North thereTo wit, the
〈◊〉
des, and the
〈◊〉
. cometh vp a na tion against her, which shal make her land waste, and none shal dwell therein: they shal flee, (and) departe, bothe man and beast.
4 In those dayes, and at that time, saith the Lord, the children of Israél shalWhen Cyrus shal take Babél. come, they and the children of Iudáh together, going, andRead Chap 31. 9 weping shal they go, and seke the Lord their God.
5 They shal aske the waye to Zion, with their faces the ther ward, (
〈◊〉
,) Come, and let vs cleaue to the Lord in a perpetual couenant that shal not be forgotten.
6 ¶ My people hathe bene (as) lost shepe: theirTheir
〈◊〉
and ministers by their examples haue prouoked them to
〈◊〉
. she pherdes haue caused
〈◊〉
to go
〈◊〉
, and haue turned them away to the
〈◊〉
they haue gone fromThey haue com
〈◊〉
idolatrie in euerie
〈◊〉
. mountaine to hil (and) forgotten their
〈◊〉
place.
7 All that found them, haue deuoured thē, and their enemies said, We offended not because they haue sinned against the Lord,For the Lord dwelt among them in his Tem ple, and wolde haue
〈◊〉
thē by his iustice against their
〈◊〉
mies. the habitation of iustice, euē the Lord the hope of their fathers.
8 When God shal deliuer you by Cyrus. Flee from the middes of Babél, and de parte out of the land of the Caldeans, and be ye as the he goatesThat is moste for ward & with
〈◊〉
feare. before the flocke.
9 For lo, I wil raise, & cause to come vp against Babél a multitude of mightie nations from the North countrey, and thei shal set them selues in aray against her, whereby she shalbe taken: their arrowes (shalbe) as of a strōg man, which is expert (for) none shal returne in vaine.
10 And Caldea shalbe a spoile: all that spoile her,Shalbe made riche thereby.
〈◊〉
satisfied, saith the Lord.
11 Because ye were glad and reioyced in destroyng mine heritage, (and) because ye are growen fat, as the calues in the grasse,For ioy of the victorie, that ve had against my
〈◊〉
. and neyed like strong (horses,)
12 (Therefore) your mothers shalbe sore confounded, and she that bare you, shalbe ashamed: beholde, the vttermost of the nations (shalbe) a desert, a
〈◊〉
land, & a wildernes.
13 Because of the wrath of the Lord it shal not be inhabited, but shalbe wholy desolate: eue rie one that goeth by Babél, shal be astonished,In signe of con tempt, and
〈◊〉
. and hisse at all her plagues.
14He speaketh to the enemies the Medes and
〈◊〉
. Put your selues in araye against Babél round about: all ye that bend the bowe, shoote at her, spare no arrowes: for she hathe
〈◊〉
the Lord called the Babylonians his
〈◊〉
, and their worke his worke in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his people yet be cause they did it not to
〈◊〉
God,
〈◊〉
for their owne malice,
〈◊〉
to profite them selues, it is
〈◊〉
called sinne. sinned against the Lord.
15 Crye against her round about: she hatheOr, velded or made peace. giuen her hand: her foundacions are fallen, (and) her walles are destroyed: for it is the vengeance of the Lord: take vengeance vpon her: as she hathe done, do vnto her.
16 Destroye the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
so that none be left to labour the grounde or to ta ke the frute there of. sower from Babél, and him that handleth the sieth in the time of haruest because of the sworde of the oppressour they shal turne euerie one to his people, and they shal flee euerie one to his owne land.
17 Israél (is like) scattered shepe: the lyons haue dispersed them: first the KingMeaning, Tiglath Pelezár who caryed away the ten tribes. of Asshúr hathe deuoured him, and last this Nebuchad nezzár King of Babélhathe brokē
He caried away
〈◊〉
rest,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, Iudáh, and Beuiamin. his bones
18 Therefore thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél, Beholde, I wil visite the King of Babél, & his land, as I haue visited the King of Asshúr.
19 And I wil bring Israél againe to his habitation: he shal fede on Carmél and Bashán, and his soule shalbe satisfied vpon the mount Ephráim and Gileád.
20 In those dayes, and at that time, saith the Lord, the iniquitie of Israél shalbe soght for and there shalbe none: and the sinnes of Iudáh, and they shal not be found: for I wil be merciful vnto them, whome I reserue.
21 Go vp against the land of theThat is,
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
the Lord
〈◊〉
vp Cyrus:
〈◊〉
. 23. 23. rebelles, (euē) against it, and against the inhabitants * ofOr, of thē that shulde be visited Pekód: destroye, and lay it waste after them, saith the Lord, and do according to all that I haue commanded thee.
22 A crye of battel (is) in the land, and of great destruction.
23 How is the
〈◊〉
, who had
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
al the princes, and people of the worlde. hammer of the whole worlde destroyed, and broken! how is Babél become desolate among the nations!
24 I haue suared thee, and thou art taken, ô Babél, and thou wast not a ware: thou art founde, and also caught, because thou hast striuen
against the Lord.
25 The Lord hathe opened his treasure, & hath broght forthe the weapons of his wrath: for this is the worke of the Lord God of hostes in the land of the Caldeans.
26 Come against herEbr. from the
〈◊〉
. from the vtmost border opē her store houses: tread on her as on shea ues, and destroye her vtterly: let nothing of her be left.
27 Destroye all herHer princes & mightie men. bullockes: let them go do wne to the slaughter. Wo vnto them, for their day is come, (and) the time of their visitation.
28 The voyce of them that
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
whiche shulde be deliuered by
〈◊〉
. flee, and escape out of the land of Babél to declare in Zión the vengeance of the Lord our God, (and) the vengeance of his Temple.
29 Call vp the archers against Babél: all ye that bend the bowe, besiege it rounde about: letReuel, 8, 69. none there of escape: * recompence her according to her worke, (and) according to all that she hath done, do vnto her: for she hath bene proude against the Lord, (euē) againste the holy one of Israél.
30 Therefore shal her yong men fall in the stre tes, and all her mē of warre shalbe destroyed in that day, saith the Lord.
31 Beholde, I (come) vnto thee, o proude (mā,) saith the Lord God of hostes: for thy day is come, (euen) the time that I wil visite thee.
32 And the proude shal stomble and fall, and none shal raise him vp: and I wil kindle a fyre in his cities, and it shal deuoure all rounde about him.
33 Thus saith the Lord of hostes, The children of Israél, and the children of Iudáh were oppressed together: and all that toke them captiues, helde them, (and) wolde not let them go.
34 (But) their strong redemer, whose Name (is) the Lord of hostes, he shal mainteine their cause, that he may giue rest to the land,He sheweth that when GOD
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his enemies, that his
〈◊〉
shal then haue
〈◊〉
. and
〈◊〉
the in habitants of Babél.
35 A sworde (is) vpon the Caldeans, saith the Lord, and vpon the inhabitants of Babél, and vpon her princes, and vpon her wise men.
36 A sworde (is) vpon theEbr. Lyers. so the sayers, & thei shal dote: a sworde (is) vpon her strong men, and they shal be afrayed.
37 A sworde (is) vpon their horses and vpon their charets, and vpon all the multitude that are in the middes of her,
〈◊〉
they shalbe like women: a sworde (is) vpon her treasures, and they shal be spoiled.
38 AFor Cyrus did cut the riuer Eu phrates and deui ded
〈◊〉
course thereof into many streames, so that it might be passed euer as thogh there had bene no Water: which thing he did by the counsel of two of Belshazzars captaines, who conspired against their King,
〈◊〉
he had gelded the one of thē in des
〈◊〉
, &
〈◊〉
the sonne of the other. drought (is) vpon her waters, and they shal be dryed vp: for it is the land of grauen images, and they dote vpon their idoles.
39 Therefore theRead Isa. 13, 21. Ziims with the Iims shal dwell (there,) &Ebr. sonnes of the ostriches, or yong. the ostriches
〈◊〉
well the rein: for it shal be no more inhabited, nether shal it be inhabited from generacion vnto ge neracion.
40 As God destroyed * Sodôm and GomoráhGen. 19. 21. with the places thereof nere about, saithIsa,
〈◊〉
, 19. the Lord: (so) shal no man dwell there, nether shal the sonne of man remaine therein.
41 ¶ Beholde, a people shal come from the North, & a great nation, & manie Kings shal be raised vp fromMeaning, that the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
gather
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
nacions. the coastes of the earth.
42 Thei shal holde the bowe and the buckeler they are cruel &
〈◊〉
their voyce shal roare like the sea, and they shal ride vpon horses, (and) be put in aray like men to the battel against thee, ô daughter of Babél.
43 The King of Babél hathe heard the report of them, and his handsWhich is ment of Belshazzár. waxed feble: sorowe came vpon him, (euen) sorowe as of a womā in trauail.Dan. 5. 6.
44 Beholde, he * shal come vp like a lyon fromChap. 49. 9. the swelling of Iordén vnto the strong habitation: for I wil make (Israél) to rest, and I wil make them to haste a way from her: and who is a chosen man that I may appoint against her? for who is like me, and who wil appoint me the time? and who is theRead Chap. 49 19. shepherd that wil stand before me?
45 Therefore heare the counsel of the Lord that he hathe deuised against Babél, and his purpose that he hathe cōceiued against the land of the Caldeans: surely the least of the
〈◊〉
shal drawe them out: surely he shal make (their) habitation desolate with them.
46 At the noyse of the winning of Babél the earth is moued, and the crye is heard among the nations.
CHAP. LI.
5 Why Babylon is destroyed, 41 The vaine confidence of the Babylonians 43 The vanitie of idolaters. 59 Ieremiáh giueth his boke to Seraiáh,
1 THus saith the Lord, Beholde, I wil raise vp against Babél, and against the inhabitantsOr, of the land that
〈◊〉
vp. that lift vp (their) heart against me, a de stroyingThe Medes, &
〈◊〉
, that shal destroye them as the winde doeth the chaffe. winde,
2 And wil send vnto Babél fanners that shal
〈◊〉
, and shal emptie her land for in the pay of trouble thei shalbe against her on eue rie side.
3 Also to the bender that bendeth his bowe and to him that lifteth him self vp in his brigandine, (wil I say,) Spare not her yong men but destroye all her hoste.
4 Thus the slaine shal fall in the land of the Caldeās, and they that are thrust through in her stretes.
5 For Israél hathe bene noThogh they were forsaken for a time, yet they were notvtterly
〈◊〉
of as thogh their housband were dead. widow, nor Iudáh from his God, from the Lord of hostes, thogh their land was filled with sinne against the holy one of Israél.
6 ¶He sheweth that there remaineth nothing for
〈◊〉
that abide in Babylon, but destruction. Flee out of the middes of Babél, and deliuer
〈◊〉
man his soule: be not destroyedChap
〈◊〉
6. and 4. 8. 6. in her iniquitie: for thīs is the time of the Lords vengeance: he wil rendre vnto her are compence.
7 Babél (hathe bene as) a golden cuppe in theBy whome the Lord powred out the drinke of his vengeance, to whome it pleased him. Lords hand, that made all the earth drūken the nacions haue drunken of her wine, there fore do the nacionsFor the greaat
〈◊〉
that thei haue felt by the
〈◊〉
, Isaiel. 9 rage.
8 * Babél is suddenly fallen, and destroyed: howReuel. 14. 8. le for her, bring balme for her sore, if she may
be healed.
9 We wolde haue cured Babél, but she colde not be healed: forsake her, and letThus the people of God exhort one another to go to zion and praise God. vs go euerie one into his owne countrie: for her iud gement is come vp vnto heauen, and is lifted vp to the cloudes.
10 The Lord hathe broght forthe ourIn approuing our cause and punishing our
〈◊〉
. righteousnes: come and let vs declare in Zión the worke of the Lord our God.
11 Make bright the arrowes:Or, fil, as multiplie. gather the shildes: the Lord hathe raised vp the spirit of the King of the Medes: for his purpose is against Babél to destroie it, because it is theFor the wrōg done to his people and to his Temple. vengeance of the Lord, (and) the vengeance of his Temple.Chap 50. 28.
12 Set vp the standart vpon the walles of Babél make the watche strōg: set vp the watchmen prepare the skoutes: for the Lord hathe bothe deuised, and done that which he spake against the inhabitants of Babél.
13 Othou that dwellest vpon manyFor the land of Caldea was ful of riuers which ran into Euphrares waters, abundāt in treasures, thine end is come, (euē) theOf, measure. end of thy couetousnes.
14 The Lord of hostes hathe sworne byEbr. his soule. him * selfe, (saying,) Surely I wilfil thee with menAmos. 6, 8. as with caterpillers, and thei shal crye and shoute against thee.
15 * He hathe made the earth by his power, andChap. 10. 12. established the worlde by his wisdome, and hathe stretched out the heauen by his discretion.
16 He giueth by (his) voice the multitude of wa ters in the heauen, and he causeth the cloudes to ascend from the ends of the earth: he turneth lightnings to raine, and bringeth for the the winde out of his treasures.
17 Eucrie man is a beast by (his owne)Read. Chap. 10. 14. know ledge: euerie founder is confounded by the grauen image: for his melting is but false hod and there is no breth therein.
18 Thei are vanitie, (and) the worke of errors: in the time of theirWhen God shal execute his vengeance. visitacion they shal perish.
19 TheThat is, the true God of Israél is not like to these idoles: for he can
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
all things are des perate. porcion of Iaakób (is) not like them for he is the maker of all things, and (Israél is) the rod of his inheritance: the Lord of hostes (is) his Name.
20 Thou art mineHe meaneth the Medes and Persiās, as he did before call the Babylonians his hammer, Chap 50. 23. hammer, (and) weapons of warre: for with thee wil I breake the nations, and with thee wil I destroie kingdomes.
21 And by thee wil I breake horse and horsemā and by thee wil I breake the charet and him that rideth therein.
22 By thee also wil I breake man and woman, and by thee wil I breake olde and yong, and by thee wil I breake the yong man and the maid.
23 I wil also breake by thee the shepherd and his
〈◊〉
, and by thee wil I breake the hous band man and his yoke of oxen, and by thee wil I breake the dukes and princes.
24 And I wilrendre vnto Babél, and to all the inhabitants of the Caldeans all their euil that thei haue done in Zión, (euen) in your sight, saith the Lord.
25 Beholde, I (come) vnto thee, ô destroyingNot that Baby lō stode on a moū taine, but because it was strong and semed
〈◊〉
mountaine, saith the Lord, which destroyest all the earth: and I wil stretch out mine hand vpō thee, and roll the down from theeFrom thystrōg holdes and
〈◊〉
. rockes, and wil make thee a burnt mountaine.
26 They shal not take of thee a stone for a cor ner, nor a stone for fundaciōs, but thou shalt be destroyed for euer, saith the Lord.
27 Set vp a standart in the land: blowe the trū
pets among the nacions: prepare the naciōs against her: call vp the kingdomesBy these thre
〈◊〉
he meaneth
〈◊〉
the hier, & Arme nia the lower, & Sythia: for Cyrus had gathered an armie of diuers nacions. of Ararát, Minni, & A
〈◊〉
against her: appoint the prince against her: cause horses to come vp as the rough caterpillers.
28 Prepare againste her the nacions with the Kings of the Medes, the dukes thereof, and the princes thereof, & all the land of his dominion.
29 And the land shal tremble and sorowe: for the deuise of the Lord shal be performed against Babél, to make the land of Babél waste without an inhabitant.
30 The strong men of Babél haue ceased to fight: they haue remained in their holdes: their strength hathe failed, (and) they were like women: they haue burnther dwelling places, (and) her barres are broken.
31 A post shal runne to mete the post, & a messé ger to mete the messēger, to shew the Kīg of Babél, that his citie is takē on aBy turning the course of the riuer one side was made open, & the redes that did growe in the wa ter, were destroyed whiche
〈◊〉
did byre
〈◊〉
of Gobria and Gab
〈◊〉
, Bel shazzais captaines. side thereof
32 And that the passages are stopped, & there des burnt with fyre, & the mē of warre troubled.
33 For thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél, The daughter of Babél (is) like a thresshing floore: the time of her thresshing (is come:) yet a litle while, and the time of her haruestWhen she shalbe cut vp & thre shed. shal come.
34 Nebuchad-nezzár the King of Babél hathThis is spoken in the persone of the Iewes be way ling their state & the
〈◊〉
of the Babylonians. deuoured me, & destroyed me: he hath mad me an amptie vessel: he swalowed me vp like adragon, and filled his belie with my delicates, (and) hathe cast me out.
35 The spoile of me, and that which was left of me, (is broght) vnto Babél, shal the inhabitāt of Zión say: and my blood vnto the inhabitants of Caldea, shal Ierusalém say.
36 Therefore thus saith the Lord, Beholde, I wil mainteine thyThus the Lord estemeth the
〈◊〉
rie done to his
〈◊〉
as done to him self, becau se their cause it his. cause, and take vengean ce for thee, and I wil drye vp the sea, & drye vp her springs.
27 And Babél shalbe (as) heapes, a dwelling pla ce, for dragons, an astonishment, and an hissing, without an inhabitant.
38 They shal ro are together like lions, and yell as the lions whelpes.
39 In theirWhen they are
〈◊〉
with
〈◊〉
& drinking, I wil feast with them,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, Dan. 5 2. heat I wil make them feastes, and I wil make them drunken, that they may reioyce, and slepe a perpetual slepe and not wake, saith the Lord.
40 I wil bring them downe like lambes to the slaughter, (and) like rams and goates.
41 How isMeaning Babél as Chap 25, 26. She shách taken! & how is the glorie of the whole earth takē! how is Babél be
come an astonishment among the naciōs!
42 TheThe great armie of the Medes and
〈◊〉
. sea is come vp vpon Babél? she is couered with the multitude of the waues thereof.
43 Her cities are desolate: the land is drye & a wildernes, a land wherein no man dwelleth, nether doeth the sonne of man passe thereby.
44 I wil also visite Bel in Babél, & I will bring out of his mouthe, that whicheThat is, his gifts & presents which he had receiued as part of the spoyle of other nacions, and which the ido laters broght vnto him from all coun treis. he hathe swallowed vp, and the nacions shall runne no more vnto him, and the wall of Babél shal fall.
45 My people, go out of the middes of her, and deliuer ye euerie man his soule frome the fierce wrath of the Lord,
46 Lest your heart euen faint, and ye feare the rumour, that shal be heard in the land: the rumour shal come (this) yere, and after that in the (other)Meanīg, that Ba bylon shulde not be destroied all at once, but by litle and litle shuld be broght to nothing for the firste yere came the tydings, the next yere the siege, and in the thirde yere it was
〈◊〉
yet this is not that horrible destruction which the
〈◊〉
threatened in manie places: for that was after this, when they rebelled and Darius ouercame them by the policie of zopirus and hanged thre thousand gē
tle men besides the commune peo ple yere (shal come) a rumour, and crueltie in the land, and ruler against ruler.
47 Therefore beholde, the dayes come, that I wil visite the images of Babél, and the whole land shal be confoūded, and all her slaine shal fall in the middes of her.
48 Then the heauen andAll creatures in heauen and earth shall reioyce and praise God for the destruction of Babylon the
〈◊〉
ennemie of hys Churche. the earth, and all that is therein, shal reioyce for Babél: for the destroyers shal come vnto her from the North, saith the Lord.
49 As Babél caused the
〈◊〉
did not onely destroye Israél, but many other
〈◊〉
. slaine of Israél to fall, so by Babél the slaine of all the earth did fall.
50 Ye thatYe that are now captiues in Babilō
haue escaped the sworde, go awaye, stande not still remembre the Lord a farre of, & let Ierusalém come into your minde,
51 We areHe
〈◊〉
eweth how they shulde remember
〈◊〉
by lamenting
〈◊〉
miserable
〈◊〉
thereof. confounded because we haue heard reproche: shame hathe couered our faces, for strangers are come into the sanctuaries of the Lords House.
52 Wherefore beholde, the daies come, saith the Lord, that I wil visite her grauen images, and through all her land the wounded shal grone.
53 Thogh Babél shulde mounte vp toFor the walles were two hūdreth foote hie. heauē, and thogh she shulde defend her strength on hie, (yet) from me shal her destroiers come, saith the Lord.
54 A sounde of a crye (cometh) from Babél, and great destruction from the land of the Caldeans.
55 Because the Lord hathe laid Babél waste & destroied from her the great voyce, & her waues shal roare like great waters, (and) a sounde was made by their noice.
56 Because the destroier is come vppon her, (euen) vnto Babél, and her strong men are taken, their bowes are broken: for the Lord God that recompenceth, shall surely recompence.
57 And I wilI wil so
〈◊〉
them by afflictiōs that thei shal not know which way to turne them. made drunke her princes, and her wise men, her dukes, and her nobles, & her strong men: and thei shal slepe perpetual slepe, and not wake, saith the King, whose Name (is) the Lord of hostes.
58 Thus saith the Lord of hostes, TheThe thicknes of the walle was
〈◊〉
foote
〈◊〉
. thicke wall of Babél: shalbe broken, and her hye gates shalbe burnt with fyre, and the peo ple shal labour in vaine, and the folke in the fyre, for thei shalbe weary:
59 The worde which Ieremiáh the
〈◊〉
commanded Sheraiáh the sonne of Neriiáh the sonne of Maasciáh, when he went with Zedekiáh the King of Iudáh into Babél, in theThis was not in the time of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, but seuen yeres before, whē he went ether to gratulat Nabuchadnezzar or to intreat of some matters. fourth yere of his reigne: and this She raiáh was a peaceable prince.
60 So Ieremiáh wrotē a boke all the euil that shulde come vpon Babél (euen) all these things, that are writen against Babél.
61 And Ieremiáh said to Sheraiáh, Whē thou comest vnto Babél, and shalt se, and shalt read all these wordes.
62 Then shalt thou say, O Lord, thou hast spo ken against this place, to destroie it, that none shulde remaine in it, nether man nor beast, but that it shuld be desolate for euer.
63 And when thou hastmade an end of reading this boke, thou shalt binde aS. Iohn in his
〈◊〉
alludeth to this places whē he saith that the Angel toke a millestone and
〈◊〉
into the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thereby the destruction of Babylon, Reuel 18
〈◊〉
. stone to it, and cast it in the middes of Euphrates.
64 And shalt say, Thus shal Babél be drowned and shal not rise from the euil, that I wil bring vpon her: and thei shal Thei
〈◊〉
not be able to
〈◊〉
, but shal labour in vaine. be wearie. Thus farre (are) the wordes of Ieremiáh.
CHAP. LII.
4 Ierusalem is taken. 10 Zedekiahs sonnes are killed before his face, and his eyes put out 13 The cities is burned
〈◊〉
Iehoiakim is broght forthe of prison, and fed like a King.
1 ZEdekiah * (was) and twentie yere olde2. King. 24. 18. when he began to reigne, and he reigned2. Chro. 36. 11. eleuen yeres in Ierusalem, and his mo thers name (was) Hamutál, the daughter of Ieremiáh of Libnáh.
2 And he did euil in the eyes of the Lord, ac cording to all that Iehoia kim had done.
3 So the Lord punished sinne by sinne and gaue him vp to his rebellious heart,
〈◊〉
he had broght the enemie vpon him to lead him away and his people. Dout les because the wrath of the Lord, was against Ierusalém and Iudáh, til he had cast them out from his presence, therefore Zedekiáh rebelled against the King of Babél.
4 * But in the ninth yere of his reigne, in the2. King
〈◊〉
1. and Chap
〈◊〉
. 1. tenth moneth the tenth (day) of the moneth came Nebuchad-nezzar King of Babél he & all his hoste against Ierusalém, and pit ched against it, and buy
〈◊〉
fortes against it rounde about.
5 So the citie was besieged vnto the eleuēth yere of the King Zedekiáh.
6 Now in the fourth moneth, the ninth (day) of the moneth, the famine was sore in the citie, so that there was no more bread for the people of the land.
7 Then the citie was broken vp and all the men of warre fled, and went out of the citie by night, by theRead. Chap.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
way of the: gate betwene the two walles, which was by the Kings garden [now the Caldeans (were) by the citie rounde about] and thei went by the way of the wildernes.
8 But the armie of the Caldeans pursued after the King, and toke Zedekiáh in the desert of Ierichó, and all his hoste was scattered from him.
9 Then thei toke the King and caryed hym vp vnto the King of Babél to Ribláh in the land of Hamáth,Read 2. King. 25. 6 and chap. 39. 5. where he gaue iudgemēt vpon him.
10 And the King of Babél slewe the sonnes of Zedekiáh, before his eyes: he slewe also all the princes of Iudah in Ribláh.
11 Then he put out the eyes of Zedekiáh, and the King of Babél bounde him in chaines, and caried him to Babél, and put him in prison til the day of his death.
12 Now in the fift moneth in theIn the 2. King. 25. 8 it is called the seuenth day,
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
began thē and so continued to the
〈◊〉
. tēth (day) of the moneth [which was the nintēth yere of the King Nebuchad-nezzák King of Babél] came Nebuzar-adán chief stewarde (whiche)That is, whiche was his seruant, as 2. King. 23. 8. stode before the King of Babél in Ierusalém,
13 And burnt the House of the Lord, and the Kings house, and all the houses of Ierusalém & all the great houses burnt he with fyre.
14 And all the armie of the Caldeans that were with the chief steward, brake downe all the walles of Ierusalém round about.
15 Thē Nebuzar adán the chief steward caryed away captiue (certeine) of the poore of the people, & the residue of the people that remained in the Citie, and those that were fled, and fallen to the King of Babél, with the rest of the multitude.
16 But Nebuzar adán the chief stewarde left (certeine) of the poore of the lād, to dresse the vines, and to til the land.
17 Also the
〈◊〉
" these pillers read.
〈◊〉
, King. 7. pillers of brasse that were in the House of the Lord, and the bases, and the brasen Sea, that was in the House of the Lord, the Caldeans brake, and caryed all the brasse of them to Babél.
18 The
〈◊〉
also and theVVhiche were a so made of brasse besomes, and the instruments of musike, and the basins, and the in cense dishes, and all the vessels of brasse where with they ministred, toke they away.
19 And the bowles, and the ashpannes, & the basins, & the pottes, and the candle sticks, and the in cense dishes, and the cuppes, (& all) that was of golde, & that was of siluer, toke the chief steward away,
20 With the two pillers, one Sea, and twelue brasen bulles, that were vnder the bases, which King Salomō had made in the house of the Lord: the brasse of all these vessels was withoutIt was so muche in quantitie. weight.
21 And concerning the pillers, the height of one piller (was) eightene cubites, and a threde of twelue cubites did compasse it, & the thickenes thereof (was) foure fingers: (it was) holow.
22 And a chapiter of brasse (was) vpon it, and the height of one chapiter was fiue cubites with networke, & pomegranates vpō the chapiters rounde about, all of brasse the seconde piller also, and the pomegrana tes (were) like vnto these.
23 And there were ninetie and six pomegranates on side (and) all the pomegranates vpon the networke (were) anBut because
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
more colde be
〈◊〉
but nintye & six. hundreth rounde about.
24 And the chief steward toke Sheraiah the chief Priest, and ZephaniahVVhich serued in the hie Priests stead, if he had any necessarie impediment. the seconde Priest, and the thre kepers of the dore.
25 He toke also out of the citie an Eunuche, which had the ouersight of the men of warre, andIn the 2 King 25. 19, is red but of fiue: those were the most excellent & the other two, which were not so noble, are not there mentioned with them. seuen men that were in the Kings presence, which were founde in the citie, & Sophér captaine of the hoste who mustred the people of the land, and thre score men of the people of the land, that were founde in the middes of the citie.
26 Nebuzar-adán the chief steward toke thē and broght them to the King of Babél to Ribláh.
27 And the King of Babél smote them, and slewe them in Ribláh, in the land of the Ha máth thus Iudáh was caryed away captiue out of his owne land.
28 ¶ This is the people, whome Nebuchadnezzar caryed away captiue, in theVVhich was the latter end of the seuenth yere of his reigne and the beginning of
〈◊〉
eight. seuenth yere (euen) thre thousand Iewes, and thre and twentie.
29 In theIn the latter end also of that yere, & the beginning of the ninetenth. eightenth yere of Nebuchad-nezzár he caryed away captiue from Ierusalém eight hundreth thirtie and twoEbr.
〈◊〉
. persones.
30 In the thre and twentieth yere of Nebuchad-nezzar, Nebuzar-adàn the chief steward caryed away captiue of the Iewes seuen hundreth fourtie and fiue persones: all the persones (were) foure thousand and six hundreth.
31 And in the seuen and thirtieth yere of the captiuitie of Iahoiachin King of Iudah, in the twelft moneth, in the fiue and twentieth (day) of the moneth, Euil-merodách King of
〈◊〉
, in the (first) yere of his reigne,That is restored him to libertie & honour. lifted vp the head of Iehoiachin King of Iudáh, and broght him out of prison.
32 And spake kindely vnto him, and set his throne aboue the throne of the Kings, that were with him in Babél.
33 And changed his prisonAnd gaue him
〈◊〉
apparel. garments, and he did continually eat bread before him all the dayes of his life,
34 His porcion (was) aThat is, he had allowance in the court, and thus at length he had rest and quietnes because he obeyed Ieremiah the Prophet, where as the other were cruelly ordered, that wolde not obey him. continual porcion giuen him of the King of Babél, euery day a certeine, all the dayes of his life vntil he dyed.
LAMENTACIONS.
CHAP. I.
1 The
〈◊〉
be waileth the miserable estate of Ierusalé. 5 And sheweth that they are plagued because of theyr sinnes. The firste and seconde chapter beginne euerye verse according to the letters of the Ebrewe Alphabet. The thirde
〈◊〉
thre verses for euery letter, & the fourth is as the first.
1 HOw doethThe Prophet wō dereth
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
iudgement of God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
was so strong and so full of
〈◊〉
, to be now destroyed &
〈◊〉
. the citie remaine solitarie that was ful of people? she is as a widow she that was greate among the nacions (and)VVhiche had chief rule ouer ma ny
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
. princesse amōg the prouinces, is made tributarie.
2 She wepeth continually in the
〈◊〉
that she taketh no rest. night, & her teares (runne downe) by her chekes among all herMeaning, the Egyptians and Assy
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
promised helpe. louers,
〈◊〉
hath none to cō
fort her: all her friends haue delt vnfaithfully with her, (and) are her enemies.
3 Iudáh is caryed away captiue, becauseFor her crueltie toward the poore and oppression of seruants,
〈◊〉
. 34. 11. of affliction, and because of great seruitude: she dwelleth among the heathen, (and) findeth no rest: all her persecuters toke her in the streites.
4 The wayes of Ziōn lament, because no mā comethAs they vsed to come vp,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
, to the solemne feasts: all her
〈◊〉
are desolate: her Priests sigh: her virginesPsal.
〈◊〉
2. 4, are discomfited, and she is inEbr. bitternes. heauines.
5 Her aduersariesThat is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ouer her,
〈◊〉
. e.
〈◊〉
. 44. are the chief, (and) her enemies prosper: for the Lord hathe afflicted her, for the multitude of her trāsgressions, (and) her children are gone into captiuitie before the enemie.
6 And from the daughter of Ziō all her beau tie is departed: her princes are becomeAs men pined away whiche sorow and that haue no courage. like harts that finde no pasture, and thei are gone without strēgth before the pursuer.
7 Ierusalém remembred the daies of her affliction, and of her rebellion, (and) all her pleasant things, that she
〈◊〉
in times past, when her peopleIn her miserie she considered the great
〈◊〉
& commodities that she had lost. fell into the hand of the enemie, and none did helpe her: the aduersaries sawe her, (&) did mocke at herAt her religion & seruing of God, whiche was the greatest grief to the god lie. Sabbaths.
8 Ierusalē hathe grieuously sinned, therfore she isOr, driuen away. in derisiō all that honoured her, despise her, because thei haue sene her filthines: yea, she sigheth & turneth backward.
9 She is not ashamed of her sinne,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
be manifest. Her filthines (is) in her skirtes: she remē
bred not her last ende, therefore she came downe wonderfully: she had no cōforter: ô Lord, beholde mine afflictiō: for the enemieEbr. hath magnified him self. is proude.
10 The enemie hathe stretched out his hand vpon all her pleasant things for she hathe sene the heathen entre into her Sáctuarie, whomeGod
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that the Ammoni tes and Moabites shulde enter into the Congregacion of the Lord, and vnder thēhe comprehēde th all enemies,
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. thou didest commande, that thei shulde not entre into thy Church.
11 All her people sigh and seke (their) bread they haue gyuen their pleasant things for meat to refresh the soule: se, ô Lord, & consider. for I am become vile.
12 Haue ye no regarde, all ye that passe by (this) way? beholde, and se, if there be anyeThus
〈◊〉
lamē, eth, mouing others to
〈◊〉
her and to learne
〈◊〉
her
〈◊〉
. soro we like vnto my sorowe, whiche is do he vnto me, wherewith the Lord hathe afflicted (me) in the day of his fierce wrath.
13 From aboue hatheThis declareth that we
〈◊〉
acknowledge God to be the au or of all our afflictions, to the
〈◊〉
that we
〈◊〉
seke vnto him for remedie. he sent fyre into my bones, which preuaile against thē: he hath spred a net for my fete, (and) turned me backe he hathe made me desolate, (&) daily in heauines.
14 TheMine heauy sinnes
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
before
〈◊〉
, as he that
〈◊〉
a thing to his hand
〈◊〉
a
〈◊〉
. yoke of my transgressions is bound vpon his hand thei are wrapped, and come vp vpō my necke: he hath made my strēgth to fall: the Lord hathe deliuered me into (their) hands, nether am I able to rise vp.
15 The Lord hathe troden vnder fote all my valiant men in the middes of me he hathe called an assemblie agaynst me to destroye my yong men: the Lord hathe trodenHe
〈◊〉
troden hem vnder fote, as they that
〈◊〉
grapes in the Wyne presse. the wine presse vpon the virgine the daughter of Iudáh.
16 * For these things I wepe mine eye, (cuē)I. re. 14. 17. mine eye casteth out water, because the cō
Chap. 2. 18. forter that shulde refresh my soule, is farre from me: my children are desolate, because the enemie preuailed.
17 Zión stretcheth out her hands, and there (is) none to comfort her the Lord hath appointed the enemies of Iaakob roūd about him Ierusalém isVVhiche because of her
〈◊〉
wassepa. at
〈◊〉
her
〈◊〉
, Leu. 15. 19 & was abhor red for the
〈◊〉
. as a menstruous woman in the middes of them.
18 The Lord is righteous: for I haue rebelled against hisEbr. mouth. commandement: heare I pray you, all people and beholde my sorow: my virgines and my yong men are gone into captiuitie.
19 I called for my louers, (but) thei deceiued me my Priests and mine Elders perished in the citie while theyThat is, thei dyed for
〈◊〉
. soght their meate to refresh their soules.
20 Beholde, ô Lord, how I am troubled: my bowels swell mine heart is turned within me, for I am full of heauines: the sworde spoyleth abroad, as death (doeth) at home.
21 Thei haue heard that I mourne, (but) there (is) none to comfort me: all mine ennemies haue heard of my trouble, (and) are glad, that thou hast done it thou wilt bring the day, that thou hast pronounced, and they shalbe like vnto me.
22 Of
〈◊〉
vengeance against the
〈◊〉
, read
〈◊〉
. 11. 20 & 18 21 Let all their wickednes come before thee:Or, gather them like grapes. do vnto them, as thou hast done vnto me, for all my transgressions for my sighs are many, and mine heart is heauie.
CHAP. II.
1 HOw hathe the LordThat is,
〈◊〉
her from prosperitie to
〈◊〉
. darkened the daughter of Ziōn in his wrath! (&) hath cast downe fromHathe giuen her a most sore
〈◊〉
. heauen vnto the earthe the beautie of Israél, and remembred not his
〈◊〉
to the Temple or to the Arke of the couenant, Whiche was called the
〈◊〉
of the Lord becau se they shulde not
〈◊〉
their mindes so lowe, but lift vp their hearts
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
. fote stole in the day of his wrath!
2 The Lord hathe destroyed all the habitacions of Iaakób, and not spared: he hath throwen downe in hys wrath the strong holdes of the daughter of Indáh: he hathe
cast them downe to the grounde: he hathe polluted the kingdome and the princes thereof.
3 He hathe cut of in his fierce wrath all the
〈◊〉
, the
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
, as 1
〈◊〉
. 2 1, horne of Israél: he hathe drawen backe his
〈◊〉
is, his succour which he was wonte to send vs, when our enemies oppressed vs. right hand from before the enemie, & there was kindled in Iaakob like a flame of fyre, which deuoured round about,
4 HeShewing,
〈◊〉
there is no remedie but
〈◊〉
, where God is the enemie. hathe bent his bowe like an enemie: his right hand was stretched vp as an aduer sarie, and slewe all that was pleasant to the eye in the tabernacle of the daughter of Ziôn: he powred out his wrath like fyre.
5 The Lord was as an ennemie: he hathe deuoured Israél, (and) consumed all his palaces he hathe destroyed his strong holdes, and hathe increased in the daughter of Iudáh lamentacion and mourning.
6 For he hathe destroyed his tabernacle, as a garden, he hath destroyed his congregacion: the Lord hathe caused the feasts and Sabbaths to be forgotten in Ziôn, & hath despised in the indignaciō of his wrath the King and the Priest.
7 The Lord hathe forsaken his altar: he hath abhorred his Sanctuarie: he hathe giuē into the hand of the ennemie the walles of her palaces: they haue made aAs the people were
〈◊〉
to praise God in the solemne feasts with a lowde voice, so now the ene mies blaspheme him with
〈◊〉
and crying. noyse in the house of the Lord, as in the day of solēnitie.
8 The Lord hath determined to destroy the wall of the daughter of Zion: he stretched out a line: he hathe not withdrawen his hād from destroying: therefore he made the rā
partThis is a
〈◊〉
speache, as
〈◊〉
was, whē he said, the wayes did lament, Chap. 1. 4. meaning, that this sorowe was so great that the
〈◊〉
things had
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. and the wall to lamēt they were destroyed together.
9 Her gates are sonke to the ground: he hath destroied and broken her barres her King and her princes (are) among the Gentiles: the Lawe (is) no more, nether can her ProphetesOr,
〈◊〉
. receiue (any) vision from the Lord
10 The Elders of the daughter of Ziō sit vpō the grounde, and kepe silence: they haue cast vp dust vpon their heades: they haue girded them selues with sackecloth: the virgines of Ierusalém hang downe theyr heades to the ground.
11 Mine eyes do faile with teares: my bowels swell: my lieuer is powred vpon the earth, for the destruction of the daughter of my people, because the children and sucklings Or,
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
in the stretes of the
〈◊〉
,
12 Thei haue said to their mothers, Where is
〈◊〉
. wheat and
〈◊〉
. bread and drinke? when thei swouned as the wounded in the stretes of the citie, (&) when theiEbr. powred out the soule gaue vp the gost in their mothers bosome.
13 Meaning, that her
〈◊〉
was so euident
〈◊〉
it nede to
〈◊〉
. What thing shal I take to witnes for thee what thing shal I compare to thee, ô daugh ter Ierusalém? what shal I liken to thee, that I may comfort thee, ô virgine daughter Zión? for thy breache (is) great like the sea: who can heale thee?
14 Thy Prophetes haue
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
called them selues
〈◊〉
, as the other were
〈◊〉
, therfore he cheweth that thei saw amisse, becau
〈◊〉
thei did not reproue the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, but flattered them in their sinnes, which
〈◊〉
the cause of theyr
〈◊〉
. loked out vaine, and foolish things for thee, and they haue not discouered thine iniquitie, to turne away thy captiuitie, but haue loked out for thee falseOr,
〈◊〉
. prophecies, and causes of banishement.
15 All that passe by the waye, clappe theyr handes at thee: they hisse and wagge their head vpon the daughter Ierusalém, (saying,) Is this the citie that men call, The per fection of beautie, (and) the ioye of the whole earth?
16 All thine enemies haue opened their mouthe against thee: thei hisse and gnash the teeth, saying, Let vs deuoure it: certeinly this is the day that we loked for: we haue founde (and) sene it.
17 * The Lord hathe done that whiche he hadLeu. 26.
〈◊〉
. purposed: he hathe fulfilled his word thatDeut. 28. 25. he had determined of olde time: he hathe throwen done, and not spared: he hath cau sed thine enemie to reioyce ouer thee, and set vp the horne of thine aduersaries.Iere 14.
〈◊〉
.
18 Their heart * cryed vnto the Lord, O wall of the daughter Ziō, let teares runne downeChap. 1.
〈◊〉
. like a riuer, day & night: take thee no rest, nether let the apple of thine eye cease.
19 Arise, crye in the night: in the beginning of the watches powere out thine heart like water before the face of the Lord: lift vp thine hands toward him for the life of thy yong children, that
〈◊〉
for hungre in the corners of all the stretes.
20 Beholde, ô Lord, and considre to whome thou hast done thus? shall the women eate their frute, (and) childrē of aOr, broght vp
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
. spanne long shal the Priest and the Prophet be slaine in the Sanctuarie of the Lord?
21 The yong and the olde lye on the ground in the stretes: my virgines and my yong mē are fallen by the sworde: thou haste slaine (them) in the day of thy wrath: thou haste killed and not spared.
22 Thou hast called as in a solemne daye my Or,
〈◊〉
whome I feared. terrours rounde about, so that in the day of the Lords wrath none escaped nor remai ned: those that I haue nourished & broght vp, hathe mine enemie consumed.Chap. III.
CHAP. III.
1 I Am the man, that hathe seneThe Prophet
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
nishments & afflictions that he endured by the
〈◊〉
Prophetes &
〈◊〉
, when he declared the de struction of Ierusalém, as Ier. 20. 2. affliction in the rod of his indignation.
2 He hathe led me, & broght me into darcknes, but not to light.
3 Surely he is turned against me: he turneth his hand (against me) all the day:
4 My flesh and my skinne hathe he caused to waxe olde, (&) he hath brokē my bones.
5 He hatheHe speaketh this as one that felt Gods heauie iudge ments, whiche he greatly feared, & therefore
〈◊〉
them
〈◊〉
with this
〈◊〉
of wordes. buylded against me, and compas sed (me) with gall, and labour.
6 He hathe set me in darke places, as they that be dead for euer.
7 He hathe hedged about me, that I can not get out: he hathe made my chaines heauie.
8 Also when I crye and shoute, he shutteth out myThis is a greate
〈◊〉
to the godlie, when thei se not the frute of their
〈◊〉
, and causeth them to thinke that they are not
〈◊〉
, whi che thing God
〈◊〉
to do, that thei
〈◊〉
praie more earnestly & the
〈◊〉
. prayer.
9 He hathAnd kepeth me in holde, as
〈◊〉
. stopped vp my waies with he wē stone, (and) turned away my paths.
10 He hath
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. He was vnto me (as) a beare lying in wait,
(and as) a lion in secret places.
11 He hathe stopped my waies, and pulled me in pieces he hathe made me desolate.
12 He hath bent his bow & made me a marke for the arrowe.
13 He caused
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. the arrowes of hys quiuer to entre into my reines.
14 I was a derision to all my people, (and) their song all the daye.
15 He hathe filled me with bitternes, (and) made me drunken with
〈◊〉
greate anguish and sorowe he hathe made me to lose my sense. worme wood.
16 He hathe also broken my teeth with stones, (and) hathe couered me with asshes.
17 Thus my soule was
〈◊〉
of from peace: I forgat prosperitie,
18 And I said, My strength and mine hopeThus with
〈◊〉
he was driuen to and fro betwene hope and dispaire as the godlye oft times are, yet in the end the Spirit getteth the victorie. is perished from the Lord.
19 Remembring mine affliction, & my mourning, the worme wood and the gall.
20 My soule hathe them in remembrāce, and is humbledHe sheweth that God thus vseth to exercise his to the
〈◊〉
that hereby thei maye knowe themselues & fele his mercies. in me.
21 I consider this in mine heart: therefore haue I hope.
22 It is the LordsConsidering the wickednes of mā, it is
〈◊〉
that anye remayneth
〈◊〉
only that God for his owne mercies sake and for his promes wil euer haue his church to
〈◊〉
thogh thei be
〈◊〉
so fewe in
〈◊〉
, Isa.
〈◊〉
9. mercies that we are not cō sumed, because his compassions faile not.
23 (Thei are) renuedVVe fele
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
daily. euerie morning: great
〈◊〉
thy faithfulnes.
24 The Lord (is) myThe godlie put their whole confidence in God, & therefore loke for none other inheritāce,
〈◊〉
Psal. 16 5. porcion, saith my soule: therefore will hope in him.
25 The Lord is good vnto them, that trust in him, (and) to the soule that seketh him.
26 It is good bothe to trust, and to waite for the saluation of the Lord.
27 It is good for a mā that he beare the yoke in hisHe
〈◊〉
that we
〈◊〉
neuer begin to timely to be
〈◊〉
vnder the crosse, that whē the
〈◊〉
grow greater, our pacience also by
〈◊〉
may be
〈◊〉
. youth.
28 He sitteth alone,He
〈◊〉
not against God,
〈◊〉
is
〈◊〉
. and kepeth silence, because he hathe borne it vpon him.
29 He putteth hisHe
〈◊〉
him selfe as they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
downe with their face to the grounde, and so
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
waiteth for succour. mouth in the dust, if there maie be hope.
30 He giueth his cheke to him that smiteth him he is filled ful with reproches.
31 For the Lord wil not for sake for euer.
32 But thogh he send affliction, yet will he haue compassion according to the multitude of his mercies.
33 For he doeth notHe
〈◊〉
no pleasure in it, but
〈◊〉
it of necessirie for our
〈◊〉
dement, when he suffreth the wicked to oppresse the poore. punish
〈◊〉
. with
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. willingly, nor afflict the children of men,
34 In stamping vnder his fete all the prisonners of the earth.
35 In ouerthrowing the right of a mā before the face of the most high.
36 In subuerting a man in his cause: the Lord
〈◊〉
doeth not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
seeth it not.
37 Who is he then that saith, and it cometh to passe, (and) the LordHe sheweth that nothing is done without
〈◊〉
pro
〈◊〉
commandeth it not?
38 Out of the mouth of the most high proceadeth not
〈◊〉
, aduersi
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Amos
〈◊〉
. 6. euil and good?
39 Wherefore then) is the liuingVVhen God
〈◊〉
him. mā sorowful? man (suffreth) for his sinne.
40 Let vs serche and trye our waies, & turne againe to the Lord.
41 Let vs lift vpThat is, both heartes & handes: for els to lift vp the handes is but
〈◊〉
. our hearts with our handes vnto God in the heauens.
42 We haue sinned, and haue rebelled, (therfore) thou hast not spared.
43 Thou hast couered (vs) with wrath, and per secuted vs thou hast slaine (and) not spared
44 Thou hast couered thy self with a cloude, that (our) praier shulde not passe through
45 Thou hast made vs (as) the * of scouring &1. Cor. 4.
〈◊〉
. refuse in the middes of the people.
46 All our enemies haue opened their mouthe against vs,
47 Feare, and a snare is come vpon vs (with) desolation and destruction.
48 Mine eye casteth out riuers of water for the destruction of the daughter of my people.
49 Mine eye droppeth without staie and cea seth not.
50 Til the Lord loke downe, and beholde frō heauen.
51 Mine eyeI am
〈◊〉
with sore weping for all my people breaketh mine heart because of all the daughters of my citie.
52 Mine enemies chased me sore like a birde with out cause.
53 They haue shut vp my lifeRead Ierem. 17. 16. how he was in the mydle dungeon. in the dunge ō and cast a stone vpon me,
54 Water flowed ouer mine head (thē) thoght I, I am destroyed.
55 I called vpon thy Name, ô Lord, out of the lowe dungeon.
56 Thou hast heard my voice, stoppe not thine eare from my sigh (and) from my crye.
57 Thou drewest nere in the daye that I called vpon thee thou saidest, Feare not.
58 O Lord thou hast mainteined the cause of myMeaning, the cause wherefore his life was in dan ger. soule (and) hast redemed my life.
59 O Lord, thou hast sene my wrong, iudge thou my cause.
60 Thou hast sene all their vengeance, (and) all their deuises against me.
61 Thou hast heard their reproche, ô Lord (&) all their imaginations against me.
62 The lippes (also) of those that rose against me, and their whispering against me continually.
63 Beholde, their sitting downe and their rising vp (how) I am their song,
64 * Giue them a recompence, ô Lord, accordingPsal.
〈◊〉
. 4. to the worke of their hands.
65 Giue them "sorowe, of heart (euen) thy curs
〈◊〉
to them.
66 Persecute with wrath and destroie them from vnder the heauen, ô Lord.
CHAP. IIII.
1 HOw is theOr an
〈◊〉
heart. golde become soBy the golde he meaneth the princes, as by the stones he vnderstandeth the Priestes. dimme? the moste fyne golde is changed (and) the stones of the Sanctuarie are scattered in the corner of euerie strete.
2 The nobleOr, hid. men of Zión comparable toOr, sonnes. fyne golde, how are thei estemed as earthē
VVhich are of smale
〈◊〉
and haue
〈◊〉
honour. pitchers (euē) the worke of the hands of the potter.
3 Euen the dragonsThogh the dragons be cruel, yet thei pitie their yong and nourish th m which thing Ierusalem doeth
〈◊〉
. drawe out the breasts, & giue sucke to their yong (but) the daugh ter of my people (is become) cruel like the The women for sake their
〈◊〉
as the
〈◊〉
doeth her
〈◊〉
ostriches in the wildernes.
4 The tongue of the sucking childe cleaueth to the roofe of his mouth for thirst:Iob 39.
〈◊〉
the yong children aske bread, (but) no mā breaketh it vnto them.
5 Thei that did fede delicately, perish in the stretes: they that were broght vp in skarlet, embrase the dongue.
6 For the iniquitie of the daughter of my people is become greater then * the sinneGene, 19,
〈◊〉
. of Sodōm, that was destroied as in a momēt andOr, no
〈◊〉
was against her. none pitched campes against her.
7 Her Nazarites were purer thē the snowe, (and) whiter thē the milke thei were more ruddie in body, then the red precious stones: thei were (like) polished saphir.
8 (Now) theirThey that were before moste in Gods fauour, are now in greatest abominatiō vnto him, Nomb. 6, 2. visage is blacker thē a cole: they can not knowe thē in the stretes: their skinne cleaueth to their bones: it is withered, like a stocke.
9 Thei that be slaine with the sworde are better, then thei that are killed with hungre: for thei fade awaie (as) thei were strikē through for theFor lacke of fode they pyne awaye, and consume. frutes of the field.
10 The handes of the pitifull women haue sodden their owne children, (which) were their meat in the destruction of the daughter of my people.
11 The Lord hath accomplished his indignacion: he hath powred out his fierce wrath, he hathe kindled a fyre in Zión, which hath deuoured the fundacions thereof.
12 The Kings of the earth, and all the inhabitans of the worlde wolde not haue beleued that the aduersarie & the enemie shuld haue entred into the gates of Ierusalém:
13 For the sinnes of her Prophetes, (and) the iniquities of her Priestes, that haue shed the blood of the iust in the middes ofHe
〈◊〉
that these things are come to passe ther fore, contrarye to all mens expectation. her.
14 Thei haue wandered (as) blinde menSome referre this to the blinde men, which as thei went, stombled on the blood, whereof the Citie was ful. in the stretes, and they were polluted with blood, so thatMeaning, the
〈◊〉
then whiche came to destroye them, colde not abyde them. thei wold not touche their garments:
15 (But) thei cryed vnto them, Departe, ye polluted, departe, departe, touche not: therefore they fled awaye, and wandered: thei haue said among the heathen. They shal no more dwell there:
16 TheOr, face. angre of the Lord hathe scattered them, he wil no more regarde them:
〈◊〉
is, the enemies. they reuerenced not the face of the Priests, nor had compassion of the Elders.
17 Whiles we waited for our vaine helpe, our eyes failed: for in our waiting we loked for He sheweth two principal causes of their destruction: their crueltiē, and their vaine confidence in man: for they rusted in the helpe of the
〈◊〉
. a nation that colde not saue vs.
18 They hunte our steppes that we can not go in our stretes, our end is nere, our dayes are fulfilled, for our end is come.
19 Our persecuters are swifter thē the egles of the heauen: thei pursued vs vppon the mountaines, and laied waite for vs in the wildernes.
20 TheOur King Iosiah, in whome stode our hope of Gods fauour, and on whome depē
ded our state, and life, was
〈◊〉
whome he calleth
〈◊〉
, because he was a figure of Christ. breth of our nostrels, the Anointed of the Lord was taken in their nets, of whome we said, Vnder hys shadowe we shal be preserued aliue among the heathen.
21 Reioyce and be glad,This is spoken by
〈◊〉
. ô daughter Edōm, that dwellest in the land of Vz the cup also shal passe through vnto thee: thou shalt be drunkenOr, shew thy nakednes. and vomite,
22 Thy punishment is accomplished, ô daugh ter Zión: heHe comforteth the Church by that after seuentie yeres their sorowes shal haue an end, where as the wic ked shulde be
〈◊〉
mented for euer. wil nomore carie thee awaie into captiuitie (but) he wil visit thine iniquitie, ô daughter Edóm, he wil discouer thy sinnes.
CHAP. V.
The prayer of Ieremiàh.
1 REmembre, ô LORD, what is come vpon vs:This prayer as is
〈◊〉
, was made when some of the people were caryed away captiue, others as the poorest remained and some went into Egypt and other places for socou: albeit it
〈◊〉
that the Pro phet foreseing their miseries to come thus prayed. consider, and beholde our reproche.
2 Our inheritance is turned to the strangers, our houses to the aliants.
3 We are fatherles, euen without father (&) our mothers are as widowes,
4 We haue dronke ourMeaning, their extreme
〈◊〉
and bondage. water for money, (and) our wood is solde (vnto vs.)
5 Our neckes are vnder persecution: we are weary, and haue no rest.
6 We haue giuen ourVVe are ioyned in league &
〈◊〉
with them, or haue submitted our selues vnto them. hands to the Egyptians, (and) to Asshur, to be satisfied with bread.
7 Our fathers haue sinned, and are not, & we haue borne their iniquities.
8 Seruants haue ruled ouer vs, none wolde deliuer vs out of their hands.
9 We gate our bread with the (peril) of ourd As our fathers haue bene punished for their sinnes, so we that are culpable of the same sinnes, are punished. liues, because of the swordeBecause of the enemie that came from the wildernes, and wold not suffe vs to go, &
〈◊〉
our necessarie fode. of the wildernes.
10 Our skin was blacke like as an ouen because of the terrible famine.
11 They defiled the women in Zión (and) the maides in the cities of Iudáh.
12 The princes are hanged vp byThat is, by the enemies hand. their hāds the faces of the Elders were not had in ho nour.
13 They toke the yong mē to grinde, and the children fell vnderTheir sclauerie was so great, that, thei were not able to abide it. the wood.
14 The Elders haue ceased from theThere were no more laws nor for me of commune
〈◊〉
. gate (and) the yong men from their songs.
15 The ioye of our heart is gone our dance is turned into mourning.
16 The crowne of our head is fallen: wo now vnto vs, that we haue sinned.
17 Therefore our heart is heauy for these things, ourVVith weping. eyes are dimme,
18 Because of the mountaine of Zión which is desolate: the foxes runne vpon it.
19 (But) thou, ô Lord, remainest forAnd therefore thy couenant, and mercies can
〈◊〉
faile. euer thy throne is from generacion to generacion
20 Wherefore doest thou forget vs for euer, (and) forsake vs so long time?
21 VVhereby
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that it is
〈◊〉
power to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
God, but
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
conuerte vs, and
〈◊〉
God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vs
〈◊〉
we
〈◊〉
to him
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 18. Turne thou vs vnto thee, ô LORD, and we shalbe turned: renue our dayes as of olde,
22 But thou hast vtterly reiected vs: thou art excedingly angrie against vs.
EZEKIEL.
THE ARGVMENT.
AFter that Iehoiachin by the counsel of Ieremiáh and Ezekiél had yelded him self to Nebuchadnezzár, and so
〈◊〉
into captiuitie with his mother and diuers of his princes and of the people, certeine begāne to repent & murmur that thei had obeied the Prophets counsel, as thogh the thing which thei had prophecied shulde not come to passe, and therfore their estate shulde be stil miserable vnder the Caldeans, By reason whereof he confirmeth his former prophecies, declaring by new visions and reuelations shewed vnto him that the citie shulde moste certeinely be destroied, and the people
〈◊〉
tormented by Gods plagues, in somuche that thei that remained, shulde be broght into cruel bondage. And lest the godlie shul de dispaire in these great troubles, he assureth thē that God wil deliuer his Church at his time appointed, and also destroie their enemies which ether afflicted them or reioyced in their
〈◊〉
The effect of the one and the other shulde chiefly be performed vnder Christ, of whome in this boke are many notable promises, and in whome the glorie of the new Temple shut de perfectly be restored. He prophecied these things in Caldea at the same time that Ieremiáh prophecied in Iudáh, & the rebegan in the fist yere of
〈◊〉
captiuitie.
The forme of the Temple & citie restored.
This figure must be set in the end of Ezekiél.
The forme of the Temple & citie restored.
This figure must be set in the end of Ezekiél.
CHAP. I.
1 The time wherein Ezekiél prophecied and in what place 3 His kinred. 15 The vision of the foure beastes. 26. The vision of the throne.
IT came to passe in the After that the boke of the Law was
〈◊〉
, which was the
〈◊〉
yere of the reigne of
〈◊〉
, so that fiue and twentie yeres after this bo ke was founde, Ieconiah was led awaie captiue with Ezekiél and manie of the people who the first yere after sawe these visions. thirtieth yere in the fourth (moneth, and) in the fift (day) of the moneth [as I was among the captiues by the riuer VVhiche was a part of Euphrates so called. Chebár] that the heauens were opened and I sawe visions of That is, notable, and excellent visions, so that it might be knowen
〈◊〉
was no natural dreame but came of God. God.
2 In the fift (daye) of the moneth [whiche was the fift yere of King Ioiachins
〈◊〉
]
3
〈◊〉
worde of the Lord came vnto Ezekiél
〈◊〉
Priest, the sonne of Buzi, in the land of the Caldeans, by the riuer Chebár, where the That is, the Spirit of prophecie,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
3. 22 and 37. 1. hand of the Lord was vpon him.
4 And I loked, and beholde, By this
〈◊〉
of wordes he signi fieth the
〈◊〉
iudgement of God and the great
〈◊〉
, that shulde come vpon
〈◊〉
. a whirle winde came out of the North, a great cloude & a fyre wrapped about it, and a brightnes (was) about it, and in the middes thereof, (to wit,) in the middes of the fyre (came out) as the likenes of Or, pale yellow ambre.
THE VISION OF EZEKIEL.
A The whirlwinde that came out of the North, or Aquilon.
B The great cloude
C The fyre wtapped about it.
D The brightnes about it.
E The likenes of amber, or the pale colour.
F The forme of threfoure beastes.
G Their fete like calues fete.
H Hands comming out from vnder their wings.
I K L M The facion of the foure faces of euerie beast.
N Their wings ioyned one to another
O Their two wings, whiche couered their bodies.
P Fyre running among the beastes.
Q Wheles hauing
〈◊〉
one foure faces,
R The rings of the wheles whiche were ful of eyes.
S The firmament like vnto chrystal.
T The throne, which was set vpon the firmament.
V Wheresate like the appearance of a man.
X The appearance of amber aboue and benethe the men.
Y The fyre about him.
Z The brightnes of fyre like the raine bowe.
Midi, or the South.
5 Also out of the middes there of (came) the likenes of foure beasts, VVhich were the foure Cherubims that represēted the glorie of God, as Chap.
〈◊〉
. 23. and this was their forme: they had the appearance of a man,
6 And euerie one had foure faces, and euerie one had foure wings.
7 And their fete (were) streight fete, and the sole of their fete (was) like the sole of a calues fote, and they sparked like the appearance of bright brasse.
8 And the hands of a mā (came out) frō vnder
their wings in the foure partes of thē, and thei foure had their faces, and their wings
9 They wereThe wing of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ioyned by their wings one to another, (&) when thei went forthe, theire turned not, (but) euerie one went streight forwarde.
10 And the similitude of their faces (was as)
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
had
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
face of a
〈◊〉
, and of
〈◊〉
on the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and the
〈◊〉
of a bulloc ke, and of
〈◊〉
egle on the left side. the face of man: & they foure had the face of a lyon on the right side, and they foure had the face of a bullocke on the left side they foure also had the face of an egle.
11 Thus were their faces. but their wings (were) spred out aboue two (wings) of euerie one were ioyned one to another, and two couered their bodies.
12 And euerie one
〈◊〉
streight forwarde: they went whether their
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
, or wil was to go. spirit led them, (and) thei returned not when thei
〈◊〉
forthe.
13 The similitude also of the beastes, (and) their appearance (was) like burning coles of fyre, (and) like the appearance of lampes (for the fyre) ran among the beastes, and the fyre gaue a glister, and out of the fyre there went lightening.
14 And the beastes ran, andThat is,
〈◊〉
they h
〈◊〉
Gods
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the state of
〈◊〉
returned like vnto lightening.
15 ¶ Now as I behelde the beastes, beholde, a whele (appeared) vpon the earth by the beastes, hauing foure faces.
16 The faciō of the wheles and their worke (was) like vnto a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
worde is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
was like the
〈◊〉
sea, or a precious stone so called. chrysolite & they foure
〈◊〉
one forme, and their facion, and their worke (was) as one whele ī (another) whele
17 When thei went, thei went vpon their foure sides, (and) they returned not when thei went.
18 They had alsoOr,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. rings, and height, & were (feareful) to beholde, and their rings were ful of eyes, round about them foure.
19 And when the beastes went, the wheles
〈◊〉
with them and when the beastes were lift vp frō the earth, the wheles were lift vp
20 Whether their spirit led them, they wēt, (and) thether did the spirit of the wheles lead them, and the wheles were lifted vp besides them: for the Spirit of the beastes (
〈◊〉
) in the wheles.
21 When the (beastes) went, they went, and when they stode, they stode, & when they were lifted vp from the earth, the wheles were lifted vp
〈◊〉
them for the spirit of the beastes (was) in the wheles.
22 And the similitude of the firmament vpon the heads ofthe beastes (was) wōderful like vnto chrystal, spred ouertheir headsaboue
23 And vnder the firmament (were) their wings
〈◊〉
, the one towarde the other euerie one had two, which couered thē, &
〈◊〉
one had two, whiche couered their bodies.
24 And whē they went
〈◊〉
, I heard the noi se of theirVVhich declared
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. wings, like the noise of great waters, (&) as the voice of the
〈◊〉
, (euen) the voyce of speache, as the noise of an hoste: (and) when they stode, theyWhich
〈◊〉
that they had no power of them sel ues but onely waited to execute Gods commandement. let downe their wings.
25 And there was a voyce from the firmament, that was ouer their heades, whē they stode, (and) had let downe their wings.
26 And aboue the firmament that was ouer their heades, (was) the facion of a throne like vnto a saphir stone, and vpon the simi litude of the throne (was) by appearance, as the similitude of a man aboue vpon it.
27 And I sawe as the appearance of ambre, (&) as the similitude of fyreVVhereby was
〈◊〉
a terrible iudgemēt toward the earth. rounde about with in it to loke to, euen from his loynes vp warde, and to loke to, euē from his loynes downe warde I saw as a likenes of fyre and
〈◊〉
rounde about it.
28 As the likenes of the bowe, that is in the cloude in the day of raine, so (was) the appearance of the light rounde about.
29 This was the appearance of the similitude of the glorie of the Lord and when I sawe it, I fel
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of God, and
〈◊〉
weakenes of flesh. vpon my face, and I heard a voyce of one that spake.
CHAP. II.
The Prophet is sent to call the people from their errour.
1 ANdThat is, the Lord he said vnto me,Meaning
〈◊〉
, which is but earth and ashes, whiche was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
& cause him to cō sider his owne sta te, and Gods grace Sonne of man, stand vp
〈◊〉
thy fete, & I wil speake vnto thee.
2 So that he colde not abide Gods
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Gods
〈◊〉
did
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. And the Spirit entred into me, when he had spoken vnto me, and let me vpon my fete, so that I heard him that spake vnto me
3 And he said vnto me, Sonne of man, I send thee to the childrē of Israél, to a rebellious natiō, that hathe rebelled against me (for) they & their fathers haue rebelled against me, euen vnto this very day.
4 For (thei are)
〈◊〉
of face. impudent children, & stiffe hearted I do send thee vnto them, & thou shalt say vnto thē, Thus saith the Lord God
5 But surely they wil not heare, nether in dede wil they cease: for they are a rebellious house: yet shal they knowe thatThis
〈◊〉
on the one parte
〈◊〉
great affection toward his
〈◊〉
, that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, yet he
〈◊〉
send his
〈◊〉
among
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
on the other
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
cease not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
people
〈◊〉
so
〈◊〉
: for the worde of
〈◊〉
shal be ether to
〈◊〉
saluation or greater
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. the re hathe bene a Prophet among them.
6 And thou sonne of man,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
feare them not, nether be afrayed of their wordes, althogh rebelles, and thornes (be) with thee, & thou remainest with scorpions: feare not their wordes, nor be afraide at their lokes, for they are a rebellious house.
7 Therefore thou shalt speake my wordes vnto them: (but) surely they wil not heare, nether wil they in dede cease: for thei are rebellious.
8 But thou sonne of man, heare what I say vnto thee be not thou rebellious, like this rebellious house: opē thy mouth, and
〈◊〉
doeth not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
him to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, but
〈◊〉
giueth him the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
may be able to execute it. eat that I giue thee.
9 And when I loked vp, behold, an hand was sent vnto me, and lo, arolle of a boke was therein.
10 And he spred it before me,
〈◊〉
it was written within and whithout, and there was written therein,He sheweth
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
cō
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Lamentacions, and mourning, and wo.
CHAP. III.
1 The prophet being fed with the worde of God and with the
〈◊〉
boldnes of the Spirit is, sent vnto the people that were in captiuitie. 17 The office of true ministers.
1 MOreouer he said vnto me, Sonne of man, eat that thou findest,VVhereby is ment, that none is mete to be Gods messenger before he haue re ceiued the worde of God in his
〈◊〉
, as vers 10. and haue a zeale thereunto, and de lite therein, as
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. 15. 16. reuel. 10. 10. eat this rolle, and go (and) speake vnto the house of Israél.
2 So I opened my mouth, and he gaue me this roole to eat.
3 And he said vnto me, Sonne of man, cause thy belly to eat, and fil thy bowels with this roole that I giue thee. Then did I eat it, & it was in my mouth as swete as honie.
4 And he said vnto me, Sonne of man, go (&) entre into the house of Israél, and declare them my wordes.
5 Fot thou art not sent to a people of an vnknowenEbr.
〈◊〉
tongue, or of an hard langua ge (but) to the house of Israél.
6 Not to manie people of an vnknowen ton gue, or of an hard language, whose wordes thou canst not vnderstand: yet if I shulde send thee to them, they wolde obey thee:
7 But the house of Israél wis not obey thee: for they
〈◊〉
not obey me: yea, all the house of Israél are impudent and stif hearted.
8 Beholde, I haue made thy faceGod promiseth his assistance, to his
〈◊〉
, and that he wil giue them boldenes and constancie in their vocation Isa. 50. 7. ier. 1. 18. mich. 3 8. strong against their faces, and thy forehead hard against their foreheads.
9 I haue made thy forehead as the adamant, (and) harder then the flint: feare them not therefore, nether be afraid at their lokes: for they are a rebellious house.
10 He said more ouer vnto me, Sonne of manHe sheweth what is ment by the eating of the boke which is, that the ministers of God may spea ke nothing as of them selues, but that onely, which they haue receiued of the Lord. receiue in thine heart all my wordes that I speake vnto thee, and heare (them) with thine eares.
11 And go (&) entre to them that are led away captiues vnto the children of thy people, & speake vnto them, and tel them. Thus saith the Lord God (but) surely they wil not hea re, nether wil thei in dede cease.
12 Then the spirit toke me vp, and I heard be hinde me a noyse of a great russhing (sayyng)VVhereby he si gnifieth that glorie shuld not be diminished, although he depar ted out of his Tē
ple for this declared, that the citie and Tēple shulde be destroyed. Blessed (be) the glorie of the LORD out of his place.
13 (I heard) also the noyse of the wings of the beasts, that touched one another, and the ratling of the wheles that were by them, euen a noyse of a great russhing.
14 So the Spirit lift me vp, and toke me away and IThis sheweth
〈◊〉
there is euer an
〈◊〉
of the flesh which can neuer
〈◊〉
obe dience to God, & also Gods grace who euer
〈◊〉
his, and ouer commeth their rebellious affect ons. went in bitternes (and) indignation of my spirit, but the hand of the Lord was strong vpon me.
15 Then I came to them that were led away ca ptiues toVVhich was a place by Euphrates where the Iewes were
〈◊〉
. Tel-ábib, that dwelt by the riuer Chebár, and I sate where they sate, & remained there astonished among the
〈◊〉
here by, that Gods mi nisters must with
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
vtter his iudgements. seuen dayes.
16 And at the end of seuen dayes, the worde of the Lord came againe vnto me, saying.
17 Sonne of man, I haue made thee aOf this read, Chap.
〈◊〉
. 2. watcheman vnto the house of Israél: therefore heare the worde at my mouth, and giue thē warning from me.
18 When I shal say vnto the wicked, Thou shalt surely dye, and thou giuest not him warning, nor speaketh to
〈◊〉
the wic ked of his wicked way, that he may liue, the same wicked man shal dye in his iniquitie: but his blood wil I require at thine hand.
19 Yet if thou warne the wicked, and be turne not from his wickednes, nor from his wicked way, he shal dye in his iniquitie, but thou hast deliuered thy soule.
20 Likewise if aIf he that hathe bene instructed in the
〈◊〉
way turne
〈◊〉
. righteous man turne from his righteousnes, and commit iniquitie, I wil lay aI wil giue him vp
〈◊〉
a
〈◊〉
minde, Rom. 1. 28. stumbling blocke before him, & he shal dye, because thou hast not giuen him warning he shal dye in his sinne, and hisVVhich semed to haue bene
〈◊〉
faith, and were not. righteous dedes, which he hathe done, shal not be remembred: but his blood wil I require at thine hand.
21 Neuertheles, if thou admonish that right teous man, that the righteous sinne not & that he doeth not sinne, he shal liue becau se he is admonished: also thou hast deliue red thy soule.
22 And theThat
〈◊〉
, the Spi rit of prophecie. hand of the LORD was there vpon me, and he said vnto me, Arise (and) go into theOr, valley. field, & I wil there talke with thee.
23 So when I had risen vp, and gone forthe in to the field, beholde, theMeaning, the
〈◊〉
the Cherubims, & the wheles. glorie of the Lord stode thereas the glorie which I sawe by the riuer Chebár, and I fel downe vpon my face.
24 Thē the Spirit entred into me, whichRead. Chap. 2. 2. set me vp vpon my fete, and spake vnto me, me, and said to me, Come (and)Signifying that not onely he shulde not profit but they shulde grieuously trouble, &
〈◊〉
him. shut thy self within thine house.
25 But thou, ô sonne of man, beholde, they shal put bandes vpon thee, and shal blinde thee with them, & thou shalt not go out among them.
26 And I wil make thy tongueVVhich declareth the terrible plague of the Lord when God stoppeth the
〈◊〉
thes of his ministers, and that all suche are the
〈◊〉
of his
〈◊〉
that do it. cleaue to the roofe of thy mouth, that thou shalt bedumme, and shalt not be to them as a man that rebuketh: for they are a rebellious house.
27 But when I shal haue spoken vnto thee, I wil open thy mouth, and thou shalt say vnto them, Thus saith the Lord God, He that heareth, let him heare, and he that leaueth of, * let him leaue: for they are a rebelliousReuel 22. 11. house.
CHAP. IIII.
1 The besieging of the citie of Ierusalém is signified, 9 The long continuance of the captiuitie of Israél. 16 An
〈◊〉
is prophecied to come.
1 THou also sonne of man, take thee a bric ke, and lay it before thee, and pourtray vpon it the citie (euen) Ierusalém.
2 And lay siege against it, and buylde a fort against it, and cast amount against it: set the campe also against it, and lay engins of warre against it rounde about.
3 Moreouer, take anVVhich signified the
〈◊〉
& hard their heard, yron panne, and set it for a wall of yron betwene thee and the citie, and direct thy face toward it, and it shal
be besieged, & thou shalt lay siege against it: this shalbe a signe vnto the house of Israél,
4 Slepe thou also vpon thy left side, and lay the iniquitie of theHereby he
〈◊〉
sented the
〈◊〉
and si ne of the ten
〈◊〉
, for Samaria was on his
〈◊〉
hand frō Babylon, and how they had remained therein thre hundreth and
〈◊〉
yeres. house of Israél vpon it (according) to the nombre of the daies, that thou shalt slepe vpon it, thou shalt beare their iniquitie.
5 For I haue laied vpon thee the yeres of their iniquitie, according to the nomber of the daies (euen) thre hundreth and ninty daies so shalt thou beare the iniquitie of the house of Israél.
6 And when thou hast accomplished them, slepe againe vpon thyVVhich declared Iudah, who had now from the time of Iosiah slept in their sinnes fourty yeres. right side, and thou shalt beare the iniquitie of the house of Iu dáh fourtie daies. I haue appointed thee a day for a yere (euen) a day for a yere.
7 Therefore thou shalt direct thy face toward the siege of Ierusalém, and thineIn token of a spedie vengeance. arme (shalbe) vncouered, and thou shalt prophecie against it,
8 And beholde, I wil layThe people shuld so
〈◊〉
be
〈◊〉
, that they shulde not be able to
〈◊〉
them. bands vpon thee, and thou shalt not turne thee from one sideto another, til thou hast ended the daies of thy siege.
9 Thou shalt take also vnto thee wheat, and barly, and beanes, and lentiles, and millesMeaning that the famine shulde be so great, that they shulde be glad to eat what soeuer they colde get. and fitches, and put them in one vessel, & make thee bread thereof (according) to the nōber of the daies, that thou shalt slepe vpon thy side (euen)VVhich were
〈◊〉
moneths that the
〈◊〉
was besieged, and this was a many daies as Israél sinnes ye res. thre hundreth and nintie daies shalt thou eat thereof,
10 And the meat, whereof thou shalt eat, (shalbe) by weight (euen)VVhich make a pounde. twentie shekels a day (and) frō time to time shalt thou eat thereof.
11 Thou shalt drinke also water by measure, (euen) the sixt parte ofRead. Ezod. 29. 40. an Him: from time to time shalt thou drinke.
12 And thou shalt eat it (as) barly cakes, and thou shalt bake itSignifying hereby the great
〈◊〉
of fuel, and matter to burne. in the dongue that co meth out of man, in their sight.
13 And the Lord said, So shal the children of Israél eat their defiled bread among the Gentiles, whether I wil cast them.
14 Then said I, Ah, Lord God, beholde, my sou le hathe not bene polluted: for from my youth vp euen vnto this house, I haue not eaten of a thing dead, or torne in pieces, nether came there anyMuche lesse suche ville corruption. vncleane flesh in my mouth.
15 Then he said vnto me, Lo, I haue giuē thee bullockesTo be as fyre to bake thy bread with. dongue for mans dongue, & thou shalt prepare thy bread there with.
16 Moreouer he said vnto me, Sonne of man, beholde, I wil breakeThat is the force and strength where with it shulde,
〈◊〉
. Isa. 3.
〈◊〉
chap. 5. 17. & 24. 13. the staffe of bread in Ierusalém, and they shal eat bread by weight, and with care, and they shal drinke water by measure, and with astonishment.
17 Because that bread and water shal faile, they shalbe astonied one with another, and shal consume away for their iniquitie.
CHAP. V.
The signe of the heeres, whereby is signified the
〈◊〉
of the people.
1 ANd thou sonne of man, take thee a sharpe knife (or) take thee a barbours rasor and cause itTo shaue
〈◊〉
head & thy beard. to passe vpō thine head and vpon thy beard: then take thee balances to weigh, and deuide thee (heere.)
2 Thou shalt burne with fyre the third part in the middes ofTo wit, of that citie which he had
〈◊〉
vpon the bricke. Chap. 4. 1. By the fyre and pestilence he meaneth the famine where with one part perished during the siege of Nebuchad nezzar. By the sworde those that we eslaine when zedekiah fled and those that were caried away captiue. And by the scattering into the wind those that fled into Egypt & into other partes after the ci tie was taken. the citie, when the daye of the siege are fulfilled, & thou shalt take the (other) third parte, and smite about it with a knife, and the (last) third parte thou shalt scatter in the winde, and I wil drawe out a sworde after them.
3 Thou shalt also take thereof a fewe in nō
ber, and binde them in thyMeaning, that a very fewe shulde be left, which the Lord wolde preserue among all these stormes, but not without troubles and tryal. lappe.
4 Then take of them againe and cast them into the middes of the fyre, and burne thē in the fyre:Out of that fyre which thou kinde lest, shal a fyre co me, which shal signifie the destruction of Israel. (for) thereof shal a fyre come forthe into all the house of Israél.
5 Thus saith the Lord God, This is Ierusalém I haue set it in the middes of the nacions and countreys (that) are rounde about her.
6 And she hathe changed myMy worde and lawe into idolatrie and superstitions. iudgements into wickednes more then the nacions, & my statutes more then the countreys, that are rounde about her: for thei haue refused my iudgements and my statutes (and) they haue not walked in them.
7 Therefore thus saith the Lord God, Becau se yourBecause your ido les are in greater nomber and your superstitions
〈◊〉
then among the professed idolaters, read. Isa. 65 11. or he condemneth their ingratitude in respect of his be nefites. multitude greater then the naciōs that are rounde about you, and ye haue not walked in my statutes, nether haue ye kept my iudgements: no, ye haue not done according to the iudgements of the nacions that are rounde about you.
8 Therefore thus saith the Lord God, Beholde, I, euen I (come) against thee, and wil execute iudgement in the middes of thee, (euen) in the sight of the nacions.
9 And I wil do in thee, that I neuer did (before) nether wil do anie more the like, because of all thine abominacions.
10 For in the middes of thee, the fathers * shal eat their sonnes, and the sonnes shal
〈◊〉
. 26. 29. eat their fathers, and I wil execute iudgementdeut. 28. 53. in thee, & the whole remnant of thee2. king. 6. 29. wil I scatter into all the windes.lament. 4. 20.
11 Wherefore, as I liue, saith the Lord God,baruch. 2 3. Surely because thou hast defiled my Sāctua rie with all thy filthines and with all thine abominacions, therefore wil I also destroy thee, nether shal mine eye spare (thee) nether wil I haue anie pitie.
12 The third parte of thee shal dye with the pestilence, and with famine shal they be consumed in the middes of thee: and (another) third parte shal fall by the sworde rounde about thee & I wil scatter the (last) third parte into all windes, and I wil drawe out a sworde after them.
13 Thus shal mine angre be accomplished, & I wil cause my wrath to cease in them, & I wil beThat is I wil not be
〈◊〉
til Iber euenged,
〈◊〉
1.
〈◊〉
. comforted: & thei shal knowe, that I the Lord haue spoken it in my zeale, whē I haue accomplished my wrath in them.
14 Moreouer, I wil make thee waste, & abhor red amōg the naciōs, that are rounde about thee, (ād) in the sight of all that passe by.
15 So thou shalt be a reproche and shame, a chastisement and an astonishmēt vnto the nacions, that are rounde about thee, whē I shal execute iudgements in thee, in angre and in wrath, and in sharpe rebukes: I the Lord haue spoken it.
16 When I shal send vpon thē theOr, dangerous. euilVVhich were the grash oppers, mildowe, and what soeuer were
〈◊〉
of famine. arrowes of famine, which shalbe for (their) destruction, (&) which I wil sēd to destroye you: and I wil encrease the famine vpon you, and wil breake your staffe of bread.
17 * So wil I send vpon you famine, and euilChap.
〈◊〉
. 17. & 4.
〈◊〉
. beasts, and they shal spoyle thee, and pesti lence and blood shal passe through thee & I wil bring the sworde vpō thee: I the Lord haue spoken it.
CHAP. VI.
He sheweth that Ierusalém shalbe destroyed for their idolatrie 8 He prophecieth the repentance of the remnant of the people, and their deliuerance.
1 AGaine the worde of the Lord came vn to me, saying,
2 Sonne of man, Set thy face towards theChap. 36.
〈◊〉
. * mountaines of Israél, and prophecie against them,
3 And say, Ye mountaines of Israél, heare the worde of the Lord God: thus saith the Lord God to theHe speaketh to all the
〈◊〉
whe re the
〈◊〉
ac customed to commit their idolatries thereatening them destruction. mountaines and to the hilles, to the riuers and to the valleis, Beholde, I, (euen) I, wil bring a sworde vpon you, and I wil destroye your hie places:
4 And your altars shalbe desolate, and your images of theRead 2. King.
〈◊〉
. 11. sunne shalbe broken: and I wil cast downe your slayne mē before your idoles.
5 And I wil lay the dead carkeises of the chil drē of Israél before their idoles, and I wil scatter your bones rounde aboutIn contempt of their power and force, which shal nether be able to
〈◊〉
you not thē selues. 2. King. 23. 20. your altars.
6 In all your dwelling places the cities shal be desolate, and the hie place shalbe laied waste, so that your altars shalbe made waste and desolate, & your idoles shalbe broken, and cease, and your images of the sunne shalbe cut in pieces, and your workes shal be abolished.
7 And the slayne shal fall in the middes of you, and ye shal knowe that I am the Lord
8 Yet wil I leaue a remnant,He sheweth that in all dangers God wil preserue afew whiche shalbe as the sede of his Church and
〈◊〉
vpon his Name. that you may haue (some) that shal escape the sworde among the nacions, when you shalbe scattred through the countreis.
9 And they that escape of you, shal remember me among the nacions, where they shalbe in captiuitie, because I am grieued for their whorish hearts, which haue depar ted from me, and for their eyes, which haue gone a whoring after their idoles, and theyThey shalbe asha med to se
〈◊〉
their hope in
〈◊〉
was but va
〈◊〉
, and so shal
〈◊〉
shalbe displeased in them selues for the euils, which they haue committed in all their abominacions.
10 And thei shal knowe that I am the Lord, (and) that I haue not said in vaine, that I wolde do this euil vnto them.
11 Thus saith the Lord God,By these signes he wolde that the Prophet shulde sig nifie the great destruction to come. Smite with thine hand, & stretche for the with thy fote, and say, Alas, for all the wicked abominaciōs of the house of Israél: for they shal fall by the sworde, by the famine, and by the pestilence.
12 He that is farre of, shal dye of the pestilen ce, and he that is nere, shal fall by the sworde, and he that remaineth and is besieged, shal dye by the famine: thus wil I accomplish my wrath vpon them.
13 ThenThat is, all nacions, when you shal se my iudgements. ye shal knowe, that I am the Lord when their slayne men shalbe among their idoles rounde about their altars, vpon euery hie hill in all the toppes of the mountaines, and vnder euery grene tre, and vnder euery thicke oke, (which is) the place where they did offer swete sauour to all
〈◊〉
idoles.
14 So wil I * stretch mine hand vpon them,Chap. 14. and make the land waste, & desolateSome read, more desolate
〈◊〉
the wildernes of
〈◊〉
, which was in Syria, and bordered vpon Israél,
〈◊〉
from the
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
was
〈◊〉
vnto Diblath, which was North: meaning, the whole
〈◊〉
frō the wildernes vnto Dibláth in all their habit a cions, and they shal knowe, that I am the Lord.
CHAP. VII.
The end of all the land of Israél shal suddenly come.
1 MOre ouer the worde of the Lord came vnto me, saying,
2 Also thou sonne of mā, thus saith the Lord God, An end (is) come vnto the lād of Israél the end is come vpon the foure corners of the land.
3 Now (is) the end (come) vpon thee, and I wil send my wrath vpon thee, and wil iudge thee according to thy waies, and wil laye vpon thee allI wil punish thee as thou hast deserued for thine
〈◊〉
. thine abominacions.
4 Nether shal mine eye spare thee, nether wil I haue pitie but I wil laie thy waies vpō thee and thine abominacion shal be in the middes of thee, and ye shal knowe that I am the Lord.
5 Thus saith the Lord God,
〈◊〉
, beholde, euil cometh after
〈◊〉
. Beholde, one euil, (euen one) euil is come.
6 An end is come, the end is come, itHe sheweth that the iudgements of God euer
〈◊〉
destroye the sinners, whiche not withstanding he delayeth til there be no more hope of repentance. watched for thee beholde, it is come.
7 TheThe beginning of his
〈◊〉
is already come. morning is come vnto thee, that dwellest in the land the time is come, the day of trouble is nere, and not theVVhich was
〈◊〉
voyce of ioye, and mirth. sounding a gaine of the mountaines.
8 Now I wil shortely powre out my wrath vpon thee, and fulfil mine angre vpō thee: I wil iudge thee according to thy wayes, and wil lay vpon thee all thine abominacions.
9 Nether shal mine eye spare (thee,) nether wil I haue pitie, (but) I wil lay vpon thee ac cording to thy wayes, and thine abominaciōs shal be in the middes of thee, & ye shal know that I am the Lord that smiteth.
10 Beholde, the day, beholde, it is come thee mourning is gone for the, theThe scourge is in a re dines. rod
〈◊〉
:That is, the
〈◊〉
de ty ant
〈◊〉
-nezzar hathe gathered his force and is ready pride hathe budded.
11 This cruel enemie shalbe a sharpe scourge
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
. Crueltie is risen vp into a rod of wicked
nes: none of them (shal remaine,) nor of their riches, nor of anie of theirs, nether shal there beTheir owne affli ction shalbe so great, that they shal haue no regar de to l. ment for others. lamentation for them.
12 The time is come, the day draweth nere: let not the byerFor the present profite. reioyce, nor let him that selleth,For he shal lose nothing. mourne: for the wrath is vpon all the multitude thereof.
13 For he that selleth, shal notInthe
〈◊〉
of the Iubile, meaning, that none shulde enioye the priuiledge of the Law, Leui
〈◊〉
. 13. for they shuld all be caryed away captiues. returne to that, which is solde, althogh they were yet a liue: for theThis
〈◊〉
signi fied, that all shulde be caryed away, and none shulde returne for the Iubile visiō was vnto all the multitude thereof, (and) they returned not,No man for all this, indeuoreth himself or taketh heart to repēt for his euil life. Some
〈◊〉
. for none shal be strengthened in in his
〈◊〉
of his life: meaning, that thei shulde gaine nothing by flattering them sel ues in euil. nether doeth anie encourage him self in the punishment of his life.
14The Israelites
〈◊〉
a brag, but their hearts failed them. They haue blowen the trumpet, and prepared all, but none goeth to the battel for my wrath is vpon all the multitude thereof,
15 The sworde (is) without, and the pestilen ce, and the famine within: he that is in the field, shal dye with the sworde, and he that is in the citie, famine and pestilence shal deuoure him.
16 But they that flee away from them, shal escape, and shalbe in the mountaines, like the doues of the valleis: all thei shal mourne, euerie one for his iniquitie.
17 * All hands shal be weake, and all knees shal fall a way (as) water.
18 * They shal also gird them selues with sackecloth, and feare shal couer them, and sha, me (shalbe) vpon all faces, & baldenes vpon their heads.Isa 13. 7.
19 They shal cast their siluer in the stretes,
〈◊〉
. 6. 24. and their golde shalbe (cast) far of their * Isa. 15. 3. siluer and their golde can not deliuer them
〈◊〉
. 48. 17. in the day of the wrath of the Lord: theyProu. 11 4. shal not satisfie soules, nether fil their
〈◊〉
. 1. 18. bowels: for (this) ruine is for their iniquitie.
〈◊〉
. 5 10.
20 He had also set the beautie of hisMeaning, the Sanctuarie. ornament in maiestie: but they made images of their abominations, (and) of their idoles therein: therefore haue I set it farre from them.
21 And I wil giue it into the hands of theThat is, of the Babylonians. strangers to be spoiled, & to the wicked of the earth to be robbed, & they shal pollute it.
22 My face wil I turne also from them, and they shal pollute myWhich signifieth the
〈◊〉
ce:
〈◊〉
none might enter but
〈◊〉
Priest. secret place: for the destroyers shal entre into it, and defile it.
23 ¶ Make aSignifying, that they shulde be hounde, and led away captiues. chaine: for the land is ful of theThat is, of sinnes
〈◊〉
descruedeath iudgement of blood, and the citie is ful of crueltie.
24 Wherefore I wil bring the moste wicked of the heathen, and they shal possesse their houses. I wil also make the pompe of the mightie to cease, and theirVVhich was the Temple, that was diuided into thre parter, Psal. 68. 35. holie places shalbe defiled.
25 When destruction cometh, they shal seke peace, and shal not (haue) it,
26 Calamitie shal come vpon calamitie, and rumour shalbe vpō rumour:
〈◊〉
shal they seke a vision of the Prophet but the Law shalperish from the Priest, and counsel frō the Ancient.
27 The King shal mourne, & the prince shal be clothed with desolation, and the hāds of the people in the land shalbe troubled: I wil do vnto them according to their wayes, and according to their iudgements wil I iudge them, and they shal knowe that I am the Lord.
CHAP. VIII.
1 An appearance of the similitude of God, 3 Ezekiel is broght to Ierusalém in the spirit. 6 The Lord sheweth the Prophet the idolatries of the house of Israél.
1 ANd in theOf the
〈◊〉
of Ieconiàh. sixt yere, in theWhich cōteined parte of August, & parte of
〈◊〉
. sixt (moneth, and) in the fift (day) of the moneth, as I sate in mine house, & the Elders of Iudáh sate before me, the hand of the Lord God fel there vpon me.
2 Then I behelde, and lo, (there was) a likenes, as the appearance ofAs Chap. 1. 27. fyre, to loke to from his loynes downewarde, and from his loynes vpwarde, as the appearance of brightnes, and like vnto ambre.
3 And he stretched out the likenes of an hand, and toke me by an heerie locke of mine head, and the Spirit lift me vp betwene the earth, and the heauē, and brogt meEbr in the
〈◊〉
, of God. by a DiuineMeaning, that he was thus caryed in spirit, and not in bodie. vision to Ierusalém, into the entrie of the innerVVhich was the porch orthe court where the people assembled. gate that lieth toward the North, where remained the ido le ofSo called because it prouoked Gods indignatiō, which was the idole of Bàal. indignation, whiche prouoked indignation.
4 And beholde, the glorie of the God of Israél (was) there according to the vision that I sawRead Chap. 3. 22. in the field.
5 Then said he vnto me, Sonne of man, lift vp thine eyes now towarde the North, So I lift vp mine eyes to warde the North, and beholde, Northwarde, at the gate of theThat is, in the court where the people had made an altar to
〈◊〉
. altar, this idole of indignatiō (was) in the entrie.
6 He said furthermore vnto me, Sonne of man, seest thou not what thei do? (euen) the great abominations that the house of Israél committeth here to cause (me) to departe fromFor God wil
〈◊〉
bewhere
〈◊〉
my Sanctuarie? but yet turne thee (and) thou shalt se greater abominations.
7 And he caused me to entre at the gate of the court: and when I loked, beholde, an hole (was) in the wall.
8 Then said he vnto me, Sonne of man, digge now in the wall. And whē I had digged in the wall, beholde, (there was) a dore.
9 And he said vnto me, Go in, and beholde the wiched abominatiōs that they do here
10 So I went in, and sawe, and beholde, (the re was) euerie similitude of creping things andVVhiche were forbidden in the,
〈◊〉
, Leuit, 11. a bominable beastes and all theidoles of the house of Israél painted vpon the wall rounde about.
11 And there stode before them seuentieThus they that shulde haue
〈◊〉
all the rest in the feare, and true seruice of God, were the ring leaders to al abominatiō, & by their example pulled others frō God. men of the Ancients of the house of Israél, and in the middes of them stode Iaazaniáh, the sonne of Shaphán, with euerie man his censour in his hād, and the vapour
of the incense wentvp (like)It was in such abundance. a cloud.
12 Then said he vnto me, Sonne of man, hast thou sene what the Ancients of the house of
〈◊〉
For besides their cōmune ido latrie, they had particular seruice whiche they had secret chambers. do in the darke, euerie one in the chambre of his imagerie? for they saye, The Lord seeth vs not, the Lord hathe forsaken the earth.
13 Againe he said also vnto me, Turne thee agai ne, (and) thou shalt se greater abominacions that they do.
14 And he caused me to entre into the entrie of the gate of the Lords house, whiche was towarde the North: and beholde there sate women mourning forThe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
te that this was a Prophet of the idoles, who after his death was on ce a
〈◊〉
mourned for in the night. Tammūz.
15 Then said he vnto me, Hast thousene (this,) ô sonne of man? Turne thee againe, (&) thou shalt se greater abominacions then these.
16 And he caused me to entre into the inner court of the Lords house, and beholde, at the dore of the Temple of the Lord, betwene the proche and the altar (were) about fiue & twentie men with their backes towarde the Temple of the Lord, and their faces towarde the East, and they
〈◊〉
the sunne, toward the East.
17 Then he said vnto me, Hast thousene (this,) ô sonne of man? Is it a smale thing to the hou se of Iudáh to commit these abominacions which they do here? for they haue filled the land with crueltie, and haue returned to prouoke me: and lo, they haue cast outDeclaring that the
〈◊〉
, and seruice of the ido laters are but infection and vileniebefore God.
〈◊〉
before their noses.
18 Therefore wil I also execute (my) wrath: mine eye shal notspare (them,)
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
I
〈◊〉
2. 19. haue pitie, and * thogh they crye in mine earesIsa,
〈◊〉
, 7. with a loude voyce, (yet) wil I not heareIerem.
〈◊〉
, 11. them.Mich, 3, 4.
CHAP. IX.
1 The destruction of the citie. 4 They that shalbe saued, are marked. 8 A complaint of the prophet for the destruction of the people.
1 HE cryed also with a loude voyce in mineThe time to take vengeance. eares, saying, The visitacions of the citie drawe nere, and deuerie man hathe a weapon in his hand to destroye it.
2 And beholde, sixWhiche
〈◊〉
Angels in the similitude of men. men came by the way of the hie gate, which heth toward theSignifying that the
〈◊〉
sruld come from the North to deshoy' the citie & the Temple. North and euerie man a weapon in his hand to destroye it: and one man among them was clothed with linnen, with a writtersTo marke them that shulde be sa ued. ynk horne by his side, and they went in and stode beside the brasen altar.
3 And the glorie of the God of Israél wasWhich declared that he was not bound thereunto nether wolde re
〈◊〉
lōger them there was hope that they wolde returne frō their wickednes, and
〈◊〉
him aright. go ne vp from the Cherúb, whereupon he was (and stode) on theOr, thresholde. dore of the house & he called to the man clothed with linnē, which had the writers ynk horne by his side.
4 And the Lord said vnto him, Go through the middes of the citie, (euen) through the middes of Ierusalém, and setOr, make with Than. a marke vpon the foreheads of them thatHe sheweth what is the maner of Gods chil
〈◊〉
, whome he
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
: to wit, to
〈◊〉
, and crye out against the wickednes,
〈◊〉
they
〈◊〉
ted against God, glorie. mourre, & crye for all the abominacions that be done in the middes thereof.
5 And to the other he said, that I might heare, Go ye after him through the citie, and smite let your eye spare none, nether haue pitie.
6 Destroye vtterly the olde, (&) the yong, & the maids, and the children, and the women, but touche no man, vpon whome (is) theThus in all his
〈◊〉
the Lord preserueth his smale non
〈◊〉
, whic e he marketh as Exod. 12,
〈◊〉
. reuel 7, 3. but the chief marke is the
〈◊〉
of adoption, where with the heart is sealed vp to life euer lasting. marke, and begin at my Sanctuarie. Then they began at theWhich were the chief occasion of all these euils, as Chap 8, 11. Ancient mē, which were before the house.
7 And he said vnto them, Defile the House; & fil the courtes with the slaine, (then) go forthe: and they went out, and slewe (them) in the citie.
8 Now when they had slaine them, and I had escaped, I fel downe vpō my face, and cryed, saying,This
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of God haue a
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
they se his iudgements
〈◊〉
. Ah Lord God, wilt thou destroye all the residue of Israél, in powring out thy wrath vpon Ierusalém?
9 Then said he vnto me, The iniquitie of the house of Israél, and Iudáh (is) exceding great so that the lāds is fulThat is,
〈◊〉
all kinde of wickednes,
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. 1, 15. of blood, and the citie ful of corrupt iudgement: for they say, The Lord hat he forsaken the earth, and the Lord seeth (vs) not.
10 As touching me also, mine eye shal not spare (them,) nether wil I haue pitie, (but) wil re compence their wayes vpon their heads.
11 And beholde, the man clothed with linen which had the ynkhorne by his side, made re port, & said, (Lord) I haue done as thou hast commanded me.
CHAP. X.
1 Of the man that toke hote burning coles out of the middle of the wheles of the Cherubims. 8 A
〈◊〉
of the vision of the wheles, of the beastes and of the Cherubims.
1 ANd as I loked, beholde, in the * firmamētChap. 1, 22. that was aboue the head of the Chetubims
〈◊〉
Whiche in the first chap. ver. 5.
〈◊〉
. called the
〈◊〉
beastes. there appeared vpō thē like vnto the similitude of a throne, as, (it were) a saphir stone.
2 And he spake vnto the man clothed with linen, & said, Go in betwene the wheles, (euē) vnder the Cherub, and fil thine hands with coles of fyre from betwene the Cherubims, and scatter them ouerThis signified, that the
〈◊〉
shul de be
〈◊〉
. the citie. And he wēt in in my sight.
3 Now the Cherubims stode vpon the right side of the house when the man wentin, and the cloude filled the inner court.
4 Then the glorie of the LordMeaning, that the glorie of
〈◊〉
shulde
〈◊〉
from the Temple. went vp from the Cherúb, (and stode) ouer the dore of the house, & the house was filled with the cloud and the court was filled with the brightnes of the Lords glorie.
5 And theRead Chap. 1, 24 sounde of the Cherubims wings was heard into the vtter court, as the voyce of the Almightie God, when he speaketh.
6 And when he had commanded the man clothed with linnen, saying, Take fyre from bet wene the wheles, (&) frō betwene the Cherubims, then he went in and stode beside the whele.
7 And one Cherúb stretched forthe his hand from betwene the Cherubims vnto the fyre, that was betwene the Cherubims, and toke
(there of,) and put into the hands of him that was clothed with linen: who toke it and
〈◊〉
out.
8 And there appeared in the Cherubims, the likenes of amans hand vnder their wings.
9 And when Iloked vp, beholde foure wheles (were) beside the Cherubims, one whele by one Cherúb, and another wheleby another Cherúb, and the appearance of the wheles (was) as the colour of aRead Chap. 1. 16 chrysolite stone.
10 And their appearance [(for) they were (all) foure of one facion] was as if one whele had bene in (another) whele.
11 When they went forthe, they went vpon their foure sides, & thei returned not as they went: but to the place whether the first went they went after it, (and) theyVntil they had executed Gods iudgements. turned not as they went.
12 And their whole body, and theirOr, trents. rings, & their hands, and their wings, and the wheles were ful of eyes round about, (euen) in the same foure wheles.
13 And (the Cherub) cryed to these wheles in mine hearing, (saying,) O whele.
14 And euery (beast) had foure faces: the first face (was) the face of a cherúb, & the seconde face (was) the face of a mā, & the third the face of alion, and the fourth the face of an egle.
15 And the Cherubims were lifted vp: * this isChap. 1, 5, the beast that I sawe at the riuer Chebār.
16 And whē the Cherubims went, the wheles went by them: & when the Cherubims lift vp their wings to mount vp from the earth, the same wheles also turned not from beside thē
17 When the (Cherubims) stode, they stode: & when they were lifted vp, they lifted them selues vp (also:) for theThere was one
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
& the wheles. spirit of the beast (was) in them.
18 Read Chap. 9,
〈◊〉
. Then the glorie of the Lord departed frō aboue the dore of the House, and stode vpō the Cherubims.
19 And the Cherubims lift vp their wings, and mounted vp frō the earth in my sight: when they went out, the wheles also (were) besides thē: & (euerie one) stode at the entrie of the gate of the Lords House at the East side, and the glorie of the God of Israél (was) vpon thē on hie.Chap. 14, 1.
20 * This is theThat is, the whole
〈◊〉
ly of the foure beasts or Cherubims. beast that I saw vnder the God of Israél by the riuer Chebār, and I knewe that they were the Cherubims.
21
〈◊〉
one had foure faces, and euerie one foure wings, and the likenes of mans hands (was) vnder their wings.
22 And the likenes of their faces (was) the selfe same faces, which I sawe by the riuer Che bár, (&) the appearance of the (Cherubims was) the selfe same, (and) they went euerie one straight forwarde.
CHAP. XI.
1 Who they were that seduced the people of Israél
〈◊〉
Agaīst these he prophecieth,
〈◊〉
them how they shal be
〈◊〉
abroade. 19 The renuing of the heart commeth of God, 21 He threatneth them that leane vnto their owne counsels.
1 MOreouer, the Spirit lift me vp, & broght me vnto the East gate of the Lords Hou se, which lieth Eastward, and beholde, at the entrie of the gate (were) fiue, and twentie mē among whome I sawe Iaazaniáhthe sonne of Azúr, and Pelatiáh the sonne of Benaiáh, the princes of the people.
2 Then said he vnto me, Sonne of man, these are the men that imagine mischief, and deui se wicked counselin this citie.
3 (For) they say,Thus the
〈◊〉
ked derided the
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
thogh they preached but errors, & therfore gaue thē selues
〈◊〉
to their pleasures. It is not nere, let vs buylde houses: this (citie) is theWe
〈◊〉
not be pulled out of
〈◊〉
, til the l oure of out death come
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
is not taken out of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
it be sod. caldron, and we be the flesh.
4 Therefore prophecie against them, sonne of man prophecie.
5 And the Spirit of the Lord fel vpon me, and said vnto me, Speake, Thus saith the Lord, O ye house of Israél, this haue ye said, and I know that which riseth vp of your mindes.
6 Manie haue ye murthered in this citie, and ye haue filled the stretes thereof with the slaine.
7 Therefore thus saith the Lord God, Thei that ye haue slaine, and haue layed in the middes of it, they areContrarie to their vaine
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
ew eth in
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
, because of the dead
〈◊〉
that haue bene
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and so he as
〈◊〉
in the caldron. the flesh, and this (citie) is the caldron, but I wil bring you forthe of the middes of it.
8 Ye haue feared the sworde, and I wil bring a sworde vpon you, saith the Lord God.
9 And I wil bring you out of the middes there of, and deliuer you intoThat is, of the
〈◊〉
. the hands of strangers, and wil execute iud gements among you.
10 Ye shal fall by the sworde, (&) I wil iudge you in the border ofThat is, in Ribláh,
〈◊〉
2. King. 25, 7. Israél, & ye shal know that I am the Lord.
11 This (citie) shal not be your caldron, nether shal ye be the flesh in the middes thereof, (but) I wil iudge you in the border of Israél,
12 And ye shal knowe that I am the Lord: for ye haue not walked in my statutes, nether executed my iudgements, but haue done after the maners of the heathen, that are round about you.
13 ¶ And when I prophecied, Pelatiáh the son ne of Benaiáh dyed: then fel I downe vpon my face and cryed with a loude voyce, and said, Ah Lord God, wilt thou then vtterly, de stroye all the remnant oIt semeth that this noble man dyed of some ter
〈◊〉
death and therefore the Pro phet
〈◊〉
some strange iudgemēt of God towarde the restof the peo ple. Israél?
14 Againe the worde of the Lord came vnto me, saying,
15 Sonne of man, thyThey that remained shl as Ierusalém thus
〈◊〉
thē that were gone into
〈◊〉
, as thogh thei were
〈◊〉
of and forsaken of God. brethren (euen) thy brethren, the men of thy kindred, and all the house of Israél, wholly (are they) vnto whom the inhabitants of Ierusalém haue said, Departe ye farre from the Lord: (for) the land is giuen vs in possession.
16 Therefore say, Thus saith the Lord GOD, Althogh I haue cast them farre of among the heathen, and althogh I haue scattered them among the countreis, yet wil I be to them as a litleThei shalbe yet a litle
〈◊〉
, shewing that the Lord wil euer
〈◊〉
to call vpon his
〈◊〉
ame, whome he wil
〈◊〉
and restore, thogh they be for a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Sanctuarie in the countreis where they shal come.
17 Therefore saye, Thus saith the Lord GOD,
I wil gather you againe from the people, and assemble you out of the countreis where ye haue bene scattered, and I will giue you the land of Israél.
18 And they shall come thether, and they shall take
〈◊〉
all the idoles thereof, and all the abominations there of from thence.
19 * And I wil giue them one heart, and I will
〈◊〉
. 12. 19. put a newe spirit within their bo wels: and IChap.
〈◊〉
. 27. will take theMeanyng, the heart whereunto
〈◊〉
can enter, and
〈◊〉
them a newe, so that their heart may
〈◊〉
, and ready to receiue my graces. stonie heart out of their bodies, and wil giue them an heart of flesh.
20 That they maie walke in my statutes, and kepe my iudgementes, and execute them: and they shal be my people, and I will be their God.
21 But vpon them, whose heart is toward their idoles, and whose affection goeth after their abominatiōs, I wil laie their waie vpon their owne heades, saith the Lord God.
22 ¶ Then did the Cherubims lift vp their wings, and the wheles besides them, and the glorie of the God of Israél (was) vpon them on hie.
23 And the glorie of the Lorde went vp from the middes of the citie, and stode vpon the mountaine whiche is toward the East side of the citie.
24 Afterward the Spirit toke me vp ād broght me in a vision by the Spirit of God into Caldea to them that were led awaie captiues: so the vision that I had sene, went vp from
〈◊〉
.
25 Then I declared vnto them that wereVVhen
〈◊〉
Was led away captiue. led awaie captiues, all the things that the Lord had
〈◊〉
me.
CHAP. XII.
1 The parable of the captiuitie 18 Another parable whereby the distres of hunger and thirst is signified.
1 THe word of the Lord also came vnto me, saying.
2 Sonnes of man, thou dwellest in the middes of a rebellious house, which haue eyes to se, and seThat is, they receiue not the frute of that Whi
〈◊〉
they se and
〈◊〉
. not: they haue eares to heare, ād heare not: for they are bellious house.
3 Therefore thou sonne of man,
〈◊〉
. make thee vessels to go into
〈◊〉
. prepare thy stuffe to go into captiuitie and go
〈◊〉
by day in their sight: and thou snalt passe from thy place to another place in their sight, if it be possible that they maie consider it: for they are a rebellious house.
4 Then shalt thou bryng forthe thy stuffe by daye in they
〈◊〉
as the stuffe of hym that goeth into captiuitie: and thou shalt go forthe at euen in their sight, as they that go forthe into
〈◊〉
.
5 Dig thou through the wall in their sight, and carie out thereby.
6 In their sight
〈◊〉
thou beare it vpon (thy)
〈◊〉
, (and) carie it forthe in the darke: thou shalt couer thy face that thou se notThat as thou doest, so shal thei do, and therfore in thee
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
se their owne plague and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. the earth: for I haue set thee (as) a
〈◊〉
vnto the house of Israél.
7 And as I was commanded, so I broght forthe my stuffe by daye, as the stuffe of one that goeth into captiuitie: and by night I digged through the wall with mine hand, ād broght it forthe in the darke, (and) I bare it vpon (my) shulder in their sight.
8 And in the mornyng came the worde of the Lord vnto me; saying.
9 Sonne of man, hathe not the house of Israél, the rebellious house, said vnto thee, WhatDo not they de ride thy
〈◊〉
? doest thou?
10 (But) saie thou vnto them, Thus sayth the Lord God, ThisOr,
〈◊〉
. burden (concerneth) the chief in Ierusalém, and all the house of Israél that are among them.
11 Saie, I am your signe: like as I haue done, so shal it be done vnto them: they shal go into bondage (and) captiuitie.
12 And the chiefest that is among them, shall beare vpon his shulder in the darke and shall go forthe: they shal digge through the wall, to carie out thereby: he shall couer his face that he se not the grounde with (his) eyes.
13 My net also will spread vponVVhē the king shal thinke to escape by
〈◊〉
, I wil take him in my net, as Chap. 17. 10. and 32. 3. him, and he shalbe taken in my net, and I will bryng him to Babél to the land of the Caldeans, yet shal he not se it, thogh he shal dye there.
14 And I will scatter to warde euerie winde all that are about him to helpe him, and all hys garisons, and I wil drawe out the sworde after them.
15 And they shall knowe that I am the Lorde, when I shal scatter them among the nacions, and disperse them in the countreis.
16 But I wil leaue aVVhiche shuld beare
〈◊〉
Name and shulde be
〈◊〉
Churche, read Chap. 11. 16. litle nombre of them from the sword, from the famine, and from the pe stilence, that they may declare all these abominations among the heathen, where they come, ād they shal know, that I am the Lord
17 ¶ Moreouer, the worde of the Lord came vnto me, saying.
18 Sonne of man,
〈◊〉
thy bread with trēbling, and drinke thy water with trouble, ād with carefulnes.
19 And say vnto the people of the land. Thus saith the Lord God of the in habitants of Ierusalém, (and) of the lande of Israél, They shall eat their bread with carefulnes, and drinke their water with desolation: for the land shalbe desolate frō her abūdance becau se of the crueltie of them that dwel therein.
20 And the cities that are inhabited, shalbe left voide, and the land shalbe desolate, and ye shal knowe that I am the Lord.
21 ¶ And the worde of the Lorde came vnto me, saying.
22 Some of man, what is that prouerbe that you haue in the land of Israél, saying, The dayesBecause thei did not immediatly se the prophecies
〈◊〉
, they concemned them as
〈◊〉
they shulde neuer be
〈◊〉
led. are prolonged and all visions
〈◊〉
, take none effect. faile?
23 Tell them therefore, Thus sayth the Lorde God, I will make this prouerbe to cease, and they shall no more vse it as a prouerbe in Israél: but say vnto them, The dayes are at hād and the effect of euerie vision.
24 For no vision shalbe any more in vaine, nether (shal there be) anie slatering diuinacion within the house of Israél.
25 For I am the Lorde: I will speake, (and) that thing that I shal speake, shall come to passe:
it shalbe no more prolonged: for in your dayes, ô rebellious house, will I say the thing, and wil performe it, saith the Lord God.
26 Againe the worde of the Lord came vnto me, saying.
27 Sonne of man, beholde, they of the house of Israél say, The vision that he seeth, is forThat is,
〈◊〉
hall not come to passe in our
〈◊〉
, & therfore we care not
〈◊〉
: thus the wicked euer abuse Gods paciē ceād
〈◊〉
. many dayes (to come,) ād he prophecieth of the times that are far of.
28 Therefore say vn to them, Thus sayth the Lorde God, All my wordes shall no longer be delayed, but that thing which I haue spoken, shalbe done, saith the Lord God.
CHAP. XIII.
2 The worde of the Lord against false Prophetes, whiche teache the people the counsels of their owne hearts.
1 ANd the worde of the Lorde came vnto me, saying.
2 Sonne of man, prophecie against the Prophetes of * Israél, that prophecie, and sayeChap. 14. 9. thou vnto them, that prophecie out of their After their owne fantasie, ād not as hauing the reuclation of the Lord. owne hearts, He are the worde of the Lord.
3 Thus saith the Lord God, Wo vnto the foolish prophetes that followe their owne spirit, and haue sene nothing.Iere 23. 6.
4 O Israél, thy Prophetes are like the foxesVVhaiching to destroye the viney arde. in the waste places.
5 He speaketh to the
〈◊〉
and true ministers that shulde haue resisled thē. Ye haue not risen vp in the grapes, nether made vp the hedge for the house of Israél, to stand in the battel in the day of the Lord.
6 They haue sene vanitie, and lying diuination, saying, The Lord saith it, and the Lord hathe not sent them: and they haue made (others) to hope that they wolde confirme the worde (of their prophecie.)
7 Haue ye not sene a vaine vision? and haue ye not spoken a lying diuination?Ye promised peace to this peo ple and now ye se their destiuction, so that
〈◊〉
is manifest, that ye are false prophetes. ye say, The Lord saith it, albeit I haue not spoken.
8 Therefore thus saith the Lord God, Because ye haue spoken vanitie and haue sene lyes, therefore beholde, I am against you, sayth the Lord God.
9 And mine hande shalbe vpon the Prophetes that se vanitie, and deuine lies: they shal not be in the assemblie of my people, nether shal they be written in theThat is, in the boke of lyfe, wherein the true Israelites are
〈◊〉
. writing of the house of Israél, nether shal they entre into the land of Israél: and ye shal knowe that I am the Lord God.
10 And therefore, because they haue deceiued my people, saying,Read lerem. 6. 14. Peace, and there was no peace: & one build vp aVVhere as the true
〈◊〉
prophecied the
〈◊〉
of the citie to bryng the people
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
se
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in their
〈◊〉
, so that
〈◊〉
false
〈◊〉
said, (
〈◊〉
is here called the buyldyng of the wal) an other sal se Prophet wold
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
the had nether occasion nor good grounde to
〈◊〉
hym. wal, & behold, the others dawbedit with vntēpered (morter.)
11 Say vnto them which dawbe it with vntem pered (morter,) that it shall fall: (for) there shal
〈◊〉
a great showre, ād I wil send haile stones, (whiche) shal cause it to fall, and stormie winde shal breake it.
12 Lo, whē the wall is fallen, shal it not be said vnto you, Where is the dawbing where with ye haue dawbed it?
13 Therefore thus saith the Lorde God, I will cause a stormie winde to breake forthe in my wrath, and a great showre shalbe in mine angre, and haile stones in (mine) indignation to consume it.
14 So I wil destroy the wall that ye haue dawbed with vntempered (morter,) and bring it do wne to the grounde, so that the fundació there of shal be discouered, and it shal fall, ād ye shal be consumed in the middes thereof, and ye shal knowe, that I am the Lord.
15 Thus will I accomplishe my wrath vpon the wall, and vpon them that haue dawbed it withWhere by
〈◊〉
what
〈◊〉
má of him
〈◊〉
setteth for the vnder the
〈◊〉
of Gods
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. vntempered (morter,) and wil say vn to you, The wall is no more, nether the dawbers thereof.
16 (To wit,) the Prophetes of Israél, whiche prophecie vpon Ierusalém, and se visions of peace for it, and there is no peace, saith the Lord God.
17 Like wise thou sonne of man, setthy face against the daughters of thy people, whiche prophecie out of their owne heart: and prophecie thou against them, and say.
18 Thus saith the Lord God, Wo vnto the (wo men) that so weThe
〈◊〉
women for lncre wolde
〈◊〉
and tell euerie man hys fortune, giuing them pillo wes
〈◊〉
leane vpon ād
〈◊〉
to couer their heades, to the intēt they might the more allure them and be witche them. pillo wes vnder all arme holes, and make vailes vpon the head of euerie one that standeth vp, to huntsoules: wil ye hunt the soules of my people, and wil ye giue life to the soules that come vnto you?
19 And will ye pollute me amonge my people for handfuls ofVVill ye make my worde toser ue
〈◊〉
bellies? barlie, and for pieces of bread to slay the soules of them that shulde not dye, andThese sorcerers made the people
〈◊〉
that they cold
〈◊〉
life or destroy it, ād that it shuide come to
〈◊〉
one according as they prophecied. to giue life to the soules that shulde not liue in lying to my people, that heare (your) lies?
20 Wherefore thus sayth the Lorde God, Beholde, I wil (haue to do) with your pillowes, where with ye hunt theThat is, to
〈◊〉
se thē to perish, and that
〈◊〉
shulde departe from the body. soules to make thē to
〈◊〉
, ād I wil teare them from your armes, and will let the soules go, (euen) the soules, that ye hunt to make them to flie.
21 Your vailes also will I teare, and deliuer my people out of your hand, and they shal be no more in your handes to be hunted, and ye shal knowe that I am the Lord.
22 Because with (your) lyes ye haue made the heart of theBy threatening them that were godly, and
〈◊〉
ding the wicked. righteous sad, whome I haue notmade sad, ād strengthened the hands of the wicked, that he shulde not returne from his wicked way, by promising him life.
23 Therefore ye shal se no more vanitie, nor di uine diuinations: for I wil deliuer my people out of your hand, and ye shal knowe that I am the Lord.
CHAP. XIIII.
4 The Lord
〈◊〉
false prophetes for the iugratitude of the people. 22 He reserueth a smale portion for hys Church.
1 THen came certeine of the Elders of Israél vnto me, andHe she weth the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
who wil dissenible to heare the
〈◊〉
of GOD thogh in their
〈◊〉
they follow nothing
〈◊〉
, then their admonitions, and also how by one
〈◊〉
, or other God do eth disco uer them. sate before me.
2 And the worde of the Lord came vnto me, saying.
3 Sonne of mā, these men haue set vp their ido les in their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
also
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
their fil
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
opēly
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
lead them
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and east them
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Gods
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
so that he wil not heare
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
they call vnto him read le rem 10. 15. heart, and put the stumblyng blocke of their iniquitie before their face: shulde I, being required, answer them?
4 Therefore speake vnto them, and say vnto them, Thus saith the Lord God, Euerie man
of the house of Israél that setteth vp his idoles in his heart, and putteth the stumbling blocke of his iniquitie before his face, and cometh to theTo
〈◊〉
of things
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
hathe appointed to come rop. sse. Prophet, I the Lord wil answer him, that cometh according to the multitude
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ha.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
is, he shal be
〈◊〉
with
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
as
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
2 Thess
〈◊〉
, 10. of his idoles:
5 ThatThat is, conumce
〈◊〉
by their owne
〈◊〉
I may take the house of Israel in their owne heart, because thei are all departed frō me through their idoles.
6 Therefore say vnto the house of Israél, Thus saith the Lord God, Returne, and with drawe your selues, and turne your faces from your idoles, & turne your faces from all your abominacions.
7 For euerie one of the house of Israél, or of the stranger that soiourneth in Israél, which departeth frō me, and setteth vp his idoles in his heart, and putteth the stūbling blocke of his iniquitie before his face, and cometh to a Prophete, for to inquire of him for me, I the Lord wil answer himOr, by my
〈◊〉
. for my selfe,
8 And I wil set my face against that man, and wil make him an example and prouerbe, and I wil cut him of from the middes of my people, and ye shal knowe that I am the Lord.
9 And if the Prophet beThe Prophet de
〈◊〉
that God for mans
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
eth vp
〈◊〉
se Prophetes
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that de
〈◊〉
lies rather
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of God, &
〈◊〉
he punis.. ed
〈◊〉
sinne, 1.
〈◊〉
. 22, 20. and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
aswel
〈◊〉
Prophetes as
〈◊〉
peo ple. deceiued, when he hathe spoken a thing, I the Lord haue deceiued that Prophet, & I wil stretche out mine hand vpō him, and wil destroy him from the middes of my people of Israél:
10 And they shal beare their punishement: the punishement of the Prophet shalbe euen as the punishement of him that asketh,
11 That the house ofThus Gods
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
against the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
mon
〈◊〉
to the
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
vnto the Lord, & not to
〈◊〉
thē selues with like
〈◊〉
. Israél may go no more astray from me, nether be polluted any more with all their transgressions, but that they may be my people, and I may be their GOD, saith the Lord God.
12 ¶ The worde of the Lord came againe vnto me, saying,
13 Sonne of mā, when the land sinneth against me by committing a treipas, then wil I stretche qut mine hand vpon it,Read chap. 4, 16 & 5, 7 Isa
〈◊〉
, 1. and wil breake the stasfe of the bread thereof, and wil send famine vpon it, and I wil destroy man & beast forthe of it.
14 Thogh these thre menThogh
〈◊〉
& Iob were now
〈◊〉
ue, whiche in their
〈◊〉
were moste
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
(for at this
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
was in ca
〈◊〉
with
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and so these
〈◊〉
together
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
this
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, yet
〈◊〉
I
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them,
〈◊〉
, Iere.
〈◊〉
. Noáh, Daniél, and Iob were among them, they shulde deliuer (but) their owne soules by theirMeaning, that a very
〈◊〉
(whi
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
, ver
〈◊〉
) shuld
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
me God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
& made
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, so that this righteousnes is a signe that they are the Church of God,
〈◊〉
he wolde prescrue so this
〈◊〉
righteousnes, saith the Lord God.
15 If I bring noisome beasts into the land and they spoile it, so that it be desolate, that no man may passe through, because of beastes,
16 (Thogh) these thre men were in the middes there of, As
〈◊〉
, saith the Lord GOD, they shal saue nether sonnes nor daughters: they onely shalbe deliuered, but the land shalbe waste.
17 Or (if) I bring a sworde vpon this land, & say, Sworde, go through the lād, so that I destroy man and beast out of ir,
18 Thogh these thre men were in the middes there of, As I line, saith the Lord God, they shal deliuernether sonnesnor daughters, but they onely shalbe deliuered themselues.
19 Or (if) I send a pestilence into this land, and powre out my wrath vpon it in blood, to destroye out of it man and beast,
20 And (thogh) Noah, Daniél and Iob (were in) the middes of it, As I liue, saith the Lord God they shal deliuer nether sonne nor daughter: they shal (but) deliuer their owne soules by their righteousnes.
21 For thus saith the Lord GOD, How mucheChap. 5, 17. more when I send my * foure sore iudgemēts vpon Ierusalém, (euen) the sworde, and fami ne, and the noisome beast and pestilence, to destroy man and beast out of it?
22 Yet be holde, therein shal be left aRead Chap. 5, 3. remnant of them that shal be caryed away (bothe) son nes and daughters: be holde, they shal come forthe vnto you, and ye shal se their way, and their enterprises: and ye shal se their way, and their enterprises: and ye shalbe comforted, concerning the euil that I haue broght vpon Ierusalém, (euen) concerning all that I haue broght vpon it.
23 And they shal cōforte you, when ye se their way and their enterprises: and ye shal know that I haue not done without cause all that I haue done in it, saith the Lord God.
CHAP. XV.
As the vnprofitable wood of the vine tre is cast into the fyre so Ierusalém shalbe burnt.
1 ANd the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying,
2 Sonne of man, what cometh of the vine tre aboue all (other) trees? and of the vine brāche which is amongWhich bringeth for the no frute, no more then the other
〈◊〉
of the forest do: meaning, that if
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
which bare the name of his Church, did not bring forthe fruce it
〈◊〉
be veter ly
〈◊〉
. the trees of the forest?
3 Shal wood be takē there of to do any worke or wil men take a pyn of it to hang any vessel thereon?
4 Beholde, it is cast in the fyre to be consumed the fyre consumeth bo the the ends of it, and the middes of it is burnt. Is it mete for (any) worke?
5 Beholde, when it was whole, it was mete for no worke: how muche lesse shal it be mete for any worke, when the fyre hathe consumed it, and it is burnt?
6 Therefore thus saith the Lord God, As the vine tre, (that is) among the trees of the forest, which I haue giuē to the fyre to be cōsu med, so wil I giue the inhabitants of Ierusalē
7 And I wil set my face against them: they shal go out from (one)Thogh they escape one danger yet another shal take them. fyre, and (another) fyre shal consume thē: & ye shal knowe, that I am the Lord, when I set my face against them,
8 And (whē) I make the lād waste, because thei haue greatly offended, saith the Lord God.
CHAP. XVI.
The Prophet declareth the benefites of God toward Ierusalém. 15 Their vnkindnes. 46 He iustifieth the wickednes of other people in comparison of the sinnes of Ierusalém. 49 The cause of the abominacions, into which the Sodomites
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
Mercie is promised to the repentant,
1 AGaine, the worde of the Lord came vnto me, saying,
2 Sonne of man, cause Ierusalém to knowe her abominacions,
3 And say, Thus saith the Lord God vnto Ierusalém,
Thine habitacion and thy kinred is of the landThou boastest to be of the sede of Abrahám, but thou artdegenerate & followest the
〈◊〉
of the wicked Ca
〈◊〉
, as children
〈◊〉
the maners of their fathers, Isa. 1, 4. and 57, 3. of Canáan: thy father was an Amo rite, and thy mother an Hittite.
4 And in thy natiuitie whē thou wastwhen I first broght thee out of Egypt and planted thee in this land to be my Church. borne, thy nauel was not cut: thou wast not washed in water to soften (thee:) thou wast not salted with salt, nor swadeled in cloutes,
5 None eye pitied thee to do any of these vnto thee, for to haue compassion vpon thee, but thou wast cast out in the opē field to the cōtempt ofthy persone in the day that thou wast borne.
6 And when I passed by thee, I sawe the polluted in thineBeing thus in thy
〈◊〉
and for sakē of all mē, I toke thee and gaue thee life: whereby is mēt that before God was his Churche, & giue life, there is nothing, but sil thines and death. own blood, and I said vnto thee whē thou wast in thy blood, Thou shalt liue euen when thou wast in thy blood, I said vnto thee, Thou shalt liue.
7 I haue caused thee to multiplie, as the bud of the field, and thou hast in creased, and waxen great, and thou hast gotten excellent ornaments: (thy) brests are facioned, thine heere is growen, where as thou wast naked & bare
8 Now when I passed by thee, and loked vpō thee, beholde, thy time (was as) the time of loue, & I spred my skirtes ouer thee, and coueredThese wordes, as blood,
〈◊〉
nakednes &
〈◊〉
nes are oft times repeted, to be are down their pride and to cause thē to consider what they were before God receiued thē to mercie, fauoured them & couered their shame. thy filthines: yea, I sware vnto thee, & entred into a couenant withThat thou shuldest be a
〈◊〉
wife vnto me, & that
〈◊〉
mam
〈◊〉
and en due thee with all graces. thee, saith the Lord God, and thou becamest mine.
9 Then washed I thee withI washed away thy sinnes. water: yea, I washed away thy blood frō thee, and II sanctified thee with mine holy Spirit. an ointed thee with oyle.
10 I clothed thee also with broydred worke, and shod thee with badgers skinne, and I gir ded thee about with fine liuen, and I couered thee with silke.
11 I decked thee also with ornaments, and I put brasselets vpon thine hands, and a chaine on thy necke.
12 And I put a frontelet vpon thy face, and earings in thine eares, and a beautifulHerebyhe
〈◊〉
eth how he saued his Church, enriched it & gaue it power and dorni
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
reigne. crowne vpon thine head.
13 Thus wast thou dect with golde and siluer, and thy raiment was of fine linen, and silke, and broydered worke: thou didest eat fine floure, and hony and oyle, & thou wast very beautiful, and thou didest growe vp into a kingdome.
14 And thy name was spred among the heathē for thy beautie: for it was perfite through myHe
〈◊〉
wherein the dignitie of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, in that the Lord ga ue them of his beautie and excel lencie, beautie which I had set vpon thee, saith the Lord God.
15 Now thou didestIn abusing in
〈◊〉
and in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thy
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
we
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
latrie trust in thine owne beau tie, and played the harlot, because of thy
〈◊〉
, and hast powred outThere was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
so
〈◊〉
where with thou didest not pollute thy
〈◊〉
. thy fornicatiōs on euery one that passed by, (thy desire) was to him.
16 And thou didest take thy garments, & deckt thine hie places with diuers colours,This
〈◊〉
how the
〈◊〉
put their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in tho
〈◊〉
, whiche please the
〈◊〉
, and out warde senses. and played the harlot thereupon: the like things shal not come, nether hathe anie done so.
17 Thou hast also takē thy faire iewels (made) of my golde and of my siluer, which I had giuen thee, andThou hast conuerted my vessels and instruments, which I gaue thee to seiue me with to the vse of thine idoles. madest to thy self images of men, and didest commit whoredome with them,
18 And toke thy broidered garments, and couered them: and thou hast set mine oyle and my perfume before them.
19 My meat also, whiche I gaue thee, (as) fine floure, oyle, & hony, (wherewith) I fed thee, thou hast euen set it before them for a swete sauour: thus it was, saith the Lord God.
20 Moreouer thou hast taken thy sonnes and thy daughters, whome thou hast borne vnto me, and these hast thou sacrificed vnto them toMeaning, by
〈◊〉
, read Leu. 18, 21, 2, King.
〈◊〉
, 10, be deuoured: is (this) thy whoredome a smale matter?
21 That thou hast slayne my children, and deliuered them to cause them to passe (through fyre) for them?
22 And in all thine abominacions and whore domes thou hast not remēbred the dayes of thy youth, when thou wast naked and bare, (and) wast polluted in thy blood.
23 And beside all thy wickednes [wo, wo vnto thee, saith the Lord God]
24 Thou hast also buylt vnto thee an hie place, and hast made thee an hie place in euery strete.
25 Thou hast buylt thine hie place at eueryOr, head. corner of the way, and hast made thy beautie to be abhorred: thou hast opened thy fete to euery one that passed by, and multiplied thy whoredome.
26 Thou hast also cōmitted fornication with theHe noteth the great impietie of this people who first falling
〈◊〉
God to seke help at strange
〈◊〉
did also at length imbrace their ido
〈◊〉
, thinking thereby to make their
〈◊〉
more strong. Egyptians thy neighbours, which haue great members, & hast encreased thy whore dome, to prouoke me.
27 Beholde, therefore I did stretch outmine hand ouer thee, and wil diminish thine ordinarie, and deliuer thee vnto the wil of them that hate thee, (euen) to the daughters of the Philistims, which are ashamed of thy wicked way.Or,
〈◊〉
.
28 Thou hast played the whore also with the Assyrians, because thou wast insatiable: yea, thou hast played the
〈◊〉
with them, & yet coldest not be satisfied.
29 Thou hast moreouer multiplied thy fornica cion from the land of Canáan vnto Caldea, and yet thou wast not satisfied here with.
30 How weake is thine heart, saith the Lord God, seing thou doest all these things, (euen) the worke of aOr, that wilbea re
〈◊〉
. presūpteous worship womā
31 In that thou buyldest thine hie place in the corner of euery way, and makest thine hie place in euery strete, and hast not bene as an harlotMeaning, that some
〈◊〉
con
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
rewar des, but no louers gaue a rewarde to Israél, but they gaue to all others signifying that the
〈◊〉
beslowe all their substance, which they receiue of God
〈◊〉
his glorie, to serue their vile abominatiōs that despiseth are warde,
32 But (as) a wife that plaieth the harlot, (and) taketh others for her housband:
33 They giue giftes to all (other) whores, but thou giuest giftes vnto all thi louers, & rewar dest them, that they may come vnto thee on euery side for thy fornicacion.
34 And the contrary is in thee frō (other) women in thy fornications, nether (the like) for nication (shalbe) after thee: for in that thou giuest a reward, and no reward is giuen vnto thee, therefore thou art contrary.
35 Wherefore, ô harlot, heare the worde of the
Lord.
36 Thus saith the Lord God, Because thyOr,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. shame was powred out, and thy filthines discouered through thy fornicacions with thy louers, and with all the idoles of thine abominacions and by the blood of thy children, which thou didest offre vnto them,
37 Beholde, therefore I wil gather allEgyptians,
〈◊〉
and Caldeans, whome
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to be thy louers, shal come and destroy thee. thy louers, with whome thou hast taken pleasure, and all them that thou hast loued, with all thē that thou hast hated: I wil euen gather them rounde about against thee, and wil discouer thy filthines vnto them that thei may se allChap. 23. 9. thy filthines.
38 And I wil iudge thee (after) the maner of them that areI wil iudge thee to death, as the
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
. harlots, and of thē that shead blood, and I wil giue thee the blood of wrath and ielousie.
39 I wil also giue thee into their hands, & they shal destroy thine hie place, and shal breake downe thine hieplaces they shal strippe thee also out of thy clothes, ād shal take thy faire iewels, and leaue thee naked and bare.
40 They shal also bring vp a companie against thee, and they shal stone thee with stones, ād thrust thee through with theirswordes.
41 And thei * shal burne vp thine houses with
〈◊〉
. King. 25. 9. fyre, and execute iudgements vpon thee in the sight of many womē: and I wil cause thee to cease from playing the harlot, and thou shalt giue no reward any more.
42 So wil I make my wrath toward thee to rest and myI wil
〈◊〉
destroy
〈◊〉
and so
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
shal cease. ielousie shal departe from thee, and I wil cease and be no more angrie.
43 Because thou hastnot remembred the daies of thy youth, but hast prouoked me with all these things, beholde, therefore I also haueI haue punished thy
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
woldest not
〈◊〉
. broght thy way vpon thine head, saith the Lord God: yet hast not thou had consideracion of all thine abominacions.
44 Beholde, all that vse prouerbes, shal vse (this) prouerbe against thee, saying, As (is) the mother,As were the
〈◊〉
and the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and others your predecessors, so are you their successors. (so is) her daughter.
45 Thou art thy mothers daughter, that hathe cast of her housband and her children, and thou art the sister of thyThat is, of
〈◊〉
& Sodom. sisters, which forsoke their housbands and their children: your mother is an Hittite, and your father an Amorite,
46 And thine elder sister is Samaria, and herThat is, her
〈◊〉
. daughters, thatdwell at thy left hand, andHbr,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thē thou. thy yong sister, that dwelleth at thy right hand, (is) Sodóm, and her daughters.
47 Yet hast thouBut done
〈◊〉
worse, not walked after their waies nor done after their abominations: but as it (had bene) a very litle (thing,) thou wast corrupted more then thei in all thy waies.
48 As I liue, saith the Lord God, Sodō thy sister hathe not done, (nether) she nor her daughters, as thou hast done and thy daughters.
49 Beholde, this was the iniquitie of thy sister Sodóm,He
〈◊〉
these
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, pride, excesse, idle nes and
〈◊〉
of the poore, as foure principal causes of suche
〈◊〉
where
〈◊〉
they were so
〈◊〉
punished,
〈◊〉
9, 24, Pride, fulnes of bread, and abundan ce of idlenes was in her, and in her daughters nether did, she strengthen the hand of the poore and nedie.
50 But thei were hautie, and committed abominacion before me: therefore I toke them away, as pleased me.
51 NetherWhich worship ped the calues
〈◊〉
Bethel and Dan. hathe Samaria committed halfe of thy sinnes, but thou hast exceded them in thine abominacions, and hastThou art so wicked, that in respect of thee Sodom and
〈◊〉
were
〈◊〉
. iustified thy sisters in all thine abominaciōs, which thou hast done.
52 Therefore thou which hast iustified thy sisters, beare thine owne shame
〈◊〉
thy sinnes, that thou hast committed more abominable then they (which) are more righteous then thou art: be thou therefore
〈◊〉
also and beare thy shame, seing that thou hast iustified thy sisters.
53 Therefore I wil bring againeThis he speaketh in comparison,
〈◊〉
, that he wolde restore Ierusalém when
〈◊〉
shulde be restored, that is, neuer: and this is ment of the greatest parte of the
〈◊〉
. their captiuitie with the captiuitie of Sodóm, and her daughters, and with the captiuitie of Samaria, and her daughters: euen the captiuitie of thy captiues in the middes of them,
54 That thou maist beare thine owne shame, and maist be confounded in al that thou hast done, in that thou hastIn that thou hast
〈◊〉
thy self worse thē they, and yet thogh rest to esca pe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
comforted them.
55 And thy sister Sodóm and her daughter shal returne to their former state: Samaria also and her daughters shal returne to their former state,Meaning, that it shulde neuer come to passe. whē thou and thy daughters shal returne to your former state.
56 For thy sister SodomEbr. was not a rumour in thy mouth. was not heard ofThou woldest not call her punishement to myn de when thou wast alost, to lear ne by her example to feare my iudgements. by thy report in the day of thy pride.
57 Before thy wickednes wasThat is, til
〈◊〉
wast broght vnder by the
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
, 2. Chro. 28. 19. discouered, as in that same time of the reproche of the daughters of Arám, and of all the daughters of the Philistims round aboutWhich ioyned with the Syrians or
〈◊〉
about
〈◊〉
. her which despise thee on all sides.
58 Thou hast borne (therefore) thy wickednes and thine abominacion, saith the Lord.
59 For thus saith the Lord God, I might euen deale with thee, as thou hast done: whé thou didest despise theWhen thou
〈◊〉
kest the
〈◊〉
which was made betwene thee & me, as vers. 8. othe, in breaking the couenant.
60 Neuertheles, I wilThat
〈◊〉
, of mercie and loue I wil pitie thee, and so
〈◊〉
to my couenant, thogh thou
〈◊〉
deserued the con trary. remember my couenāt (made) with thee in the dayes of thy youth, and I wil confirme vnto thee an euerlasting couenant.
61 Then thou shalt remembre thy wayes, and be ashamed, when thou shalt receiueWhereby he
〈◊〉
that among the moste wicked he had euer some sede of his Church which he wolde cause to
〈◊〉
in due tyme: and her he declareth how he wil call the Gentiles. thy sisters, (bothe) thy elder and thy yonger, and I wil giue them vnto thee for daughters, but notBut of my fre
〈◊〉
. by thy couenant.
62 And I wil establish my couenant with thee and thou shalt knowe that I am the Lord,
63 That thou maist remembre, and beThis declareth what
〈◊〉
Gods mercies worke in his,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, sorow, and repentance for theis former life. ashamed and neueropen thy mouthe any more: becau se of thy shame when I am pacified toward thee, for all that thou hast done, saith the Lord God.
CHAP. XVII.
The parable of the two egles.
1 ANd the worde of the Lord came vnto me, saying,
2 Sonne of man, put forthe a parable & speake a prouerbe vnto the house of Israél,
3 And say, Thus saith the Lord God, The greatThat is,
〈◊〉
, who hathe great power, riches and many countreys vnde, him shal come to Ierusalém & take away Ieconiáh the King as ver. 12. egle with great wings, (and) long wings,
(and) ful of fethers, which had diuers colours came vnto Lebanón, and toke the hiest bran che of the
〈◊〉
,
4 And brake of the toppe of his twigge, (and) caried it into the landMeaning, to Babylon. of marchants, (and) set it in a citie of marchants.
5 He toke also of theThat is, zedekiáh, who was of the Kings blood, and was left at Ierusalém, and made King in stead of
〈◊〉
. sede of the land, & planted2. King. 24. 17. it in a fruteful grounde: he placed it byIer. 37. 1. great waters, and set it (as) a willow
〈◊〉
.
6 And it budded vp, and wasThis was zede Kiahs kingdome. like a spreading vine ofThat
〈◊〉
might not haue power to rebell against BAbylon, as ver. 14. lowe stature, whose branches turned toward it, and the rootes thereof were vnder it: so it became a vine, and it broght for the branches, and shot forthe buds.
7 There was alsoMeaning, the King of Egypt of whome zedekiáh soght succour against Nebuchad nezzár. another great egle with gre at wings and many fethers, and beholde, this vine did turne her rootes toward it, and spred forthe her branches toward it that she might water it by the trenches of her plantacion.
8 It was planted in a good soile by greatThei thogh to be moistned by the waters of Nilus. waters, that it shulde bring forthe branches, and beare frute, and be an excellent vine.
9 Say thou, Thus saith the Lord God, Shal it prosper? shalShal not Nebu
〈◊〉
destroye it. he not pul vp the rootes there of, and destroy the frute thereof, and cause them to drye? al the leaues of her bud shal wit her without great power, or many people, to plucke it vp by the rootes thereof.
10 Beholde, it was planted: but shal it prospet? shal it not be dryed vp, and wither?By this drye wynde, he meaneth the Babylonians. when the East winde shal touche it, it shal wither in the trenches, where it grewe.
11 Moreouer, the worde of the Lord came vnto me, saying,
12 Say now to this rebellious house, Knowe ye not, what these things (meane?) tel them, Beholde, the King of
〈◊〉
come to Ierusalém, and hathe takenThat is,
〈◊〉
. the King thereof, and the princes thereof, and led them with2. King. 24. 15. him to Babél,
13 And hathe taken (one) of the Kings sede, & made a couenant with him, and hathe takenFor his subiection and obedience. an othe of him: he hathe also taken the prin ces of the land,
14 That the kingdome might be in subiection and not lift it self vp, (but) kepe their couenant, and stand to it.
15 But he rebelled against him, and sent his ambassadours into Egypt, that thei might giue him horses, and muche people: shal he prosper? shal he escape, that doeth suche things? or shal he breake the
〈◊〉
, and be deliuered?
16 As I liue, saith the Lord God, he shal dye in the middes of Babél, in the place of the King, that had made him King, whose othe he despised, and whose couenant (made) with him, he brake.
17 Nether shal Pharaóh with (his) mightie hoste, and great multitude of people, mainteine him in the warre, when thei haue castvp mounts, and buylded ramparts to destroy many persones.
18 For he hathe despised the othe, and broken the couenant [yet lo, he had giuenBecause he toke the Name of God in vaine and brake his othe which he had confirmed by giuing his hād therefore the Prophet declareth that God
〈◊〉
not suffer suche
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
to escape punishment. his hād] because he hathe done all these things, he shal not escape.
19 Therefore, thus saith the Lord God, As I liue, I wil surely bring mine othe that he hathe despised, and my couenant that he hathe bro ken, vpon his owne head.
20 * And I wil spread my net vpon him, and he shalbe taken in my net, and I wil bring him to
〈◊〉
, and wil entre into iudgemēt with him there for his trespas that he hathe committedChap. 12. 13 & 32. 3. against me.
21 And all that fle from him with all his hoste, shal fall by the sworde, and thei that remaine shal be scatered toward all the windes: and ye shall knowe that I the Lord haue spoken it.
22 Thus saith the Lord God, I wil also take of the toppeThis promes is made to the Church which shal be as a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and as the top of a tre. of this hie cedre, ād wil set it, and cut of theI wil trymme it and dresse it. toppe of the tendre plante there of, and I wil plante it vpon an hie mountaine and great.
23 (Euen) in the hye mountaine of Israél wil I plant it: and it shal bring forthe boughs and beare frute, and be an excellent cedre, and vnder it shal remaine all birdes, and euerieBothe the Iewes and
〈◊〉
shalbe gathered into
〈◊〉
. foule shal dwell in the shadowe of the branches thereof.
24 And all theAll the worlde shal know that I haue
〈◊〉
dow ne the
〈◊〉
enemies and set vp my Church which was lowe and
〈◊〉
. trees of the field shal knowe that I the Lord haue broght downe the hye tre, and exalted the lowe tre, that I haue dryed vp the grene tre, and made the drye tre to florish: I the Lord haue spoken it, and haue done it.
CHAP. XVIII.
2 He sheweth that euerie man shal
〈◊〉
his owne synne. 21 To him that amendeth, is
〈◊〉
promised 24. Death is prophecied to the
〈◊〉
, which
〈◊〉
backe from the right waye.
1 THe worde of the Lord came vnto me againe, saying,
2 What meane ye that ye speake this prouerbe, concerning the land of Israél, saying,The people
〈◊〉
at the
〈◊〉
of the Lord and therefore vsed this pro
〈◊〉
, meaning that their fathers had sinned and their
〈◊〉
were
〈◊〉
for their
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 31
〈◊〉
. The fathers haue eaten
〈◊〉
grappes, & the childrens teeth are set on edge?
3 As I liue, saith the Lord, God, ye shal vse this prouerbe no more in Israel.
4 Be holde, all soules are mine, bothe the soule of the father, and also the soule of the sonne are mine: the soule that sinneth, it shal dye.
5 But if a man be iust, and do that which is law ful, and right,
6 (And) hat he not eatenI she
〈◊〉
not
〈◊〉
of the flesh
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
bene
〈◊〉
vp to idoles, to
〈◊〉
thē thereby. vpon the mountaines, nether hathe lift vp his eyes to the idoles of the house of Israél, nether hathe
〈◊〉
his neighbours wife, nether hatheEbr. come
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
with a *
〈◊〉
woman,Leui. 20, 18.
7 Nether hathe oppressed any, (but) hathe restored the pledge to his dettour: he that hathe spoiled none by violence, * (but) hatheIsa 58 7. giuen his bread to the hungrie, and hatheMatt. 25 35. couered the naked with a garment,Exod. 22.
〈◊〉
.
8 And hathe not giuen forthe vpon * vsurie,Leu. 25. 37. nether hathe taken any increase, (but) hatheDeut. 23.
〈◊〉
. withdrawen his hand from iniquitie, andPsal. 15.
〈◊〉
.
hathe executed true iudgement betwene mā and man,
9 And hathe walked in my statutes, and hathe kept my iudgements to deale truely, he is iuste, he shal surely liue, saith the Lord God.
10 ¶ If he beget a sonne, that isOr, a
〈◊〉
man a thief, (or) a sheader of blood, if he do any one of these things,
11 Thogh he do not all these things, but ether hathe eaten vpon the mountaines, or defiled his neighbours wife,
12 (Or) hathe oppressed the poore and nedy, (or) hathe spoiled by violence, (or) hath not restored the pledge, or hathe lift vp his eyes vnto the idoles, (or) hathe committed abomination,
13 (Or) hathe giuen for the vpon vsurie, or hath taken increase, shal he liue? he shal not liue: seing he hathe done all these abominacions,He
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the sonne is puni shed for his fathers
〈◊〉
: that is,
〈◊〉
he be wicked as his father was and
〈◊〉
not
〈◊〉
pent, he shalbe pu nished as
〈◊〉
father was, or
〈◊〉
not. he shal dye the death, (and) his blood shalbe vpon him.
14 ¶ But if he beget a sonne, that seeth all his fathers sinnes, which he hathe done, and fea reth, nether doeth suche like,
15 That hathe not eaten vpon the mountaines nether hathe lift vp his eyes to the idoles of the house of
〈◊〉
, nor hath defiled his neigh bours wife,
16 Nether hath oppressed anie, nor hath withholden the pledge, nether hathe spoiled by violence, (but) hathe giuen his bread to the hungrie, and hathe couered the naked with a garment,
17 (Nether) hathe withdrawen his hand from the afflicted, nor receiued vsurie nor increase, (but) hathe executed my iudgements (&) hathe walked in my statutes, he shal not dye
〈◊〉
the iniquitie of his father, (but) he shal su rely liue.Deu. 24, 16.
18 His father, because he cruelly oppressed &2. King. 4, 6. spoiled his brother by violence, and hathe2.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
, 4. not done good among his people, lo, euen he dyeth in his iniquitie.
19 Yet saye ye, Wherefore shal not the sonne beare the iniquitie of the father? because the sonne hathe executed iudgement & iustice, (and) hathe kept all my statutes, and done them, he shal surely liue.
20 *
〈◊〉
same soule that sinneth, shal dye: the sonne shal not beare the iniquitie of the father, nether shal the father beare the iniquitie of the sōne, (but) the righteousnes of the righteous shalbe vpon him, and the wickednes of the wicked shalbe vpon him self.
21 But if the wicked wil returne from all his sinnes that he hath committed, and kepe all myHe
〈◊〉
the obseruation of the commandements with
〈◊〉
: for none cā repent in dede except he
〈◊〉
to kepe
〈◊〉
Law statutes, and do that which is lawful and right, he shal surely liue, (and) shal not dye.
22 All his transgressions that he hathe commit ted, they shal not beOr, not layed
〈◊〉
his charge. mencioned vnto him, (but) in hisThat is, in the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
which declare that God doeth
〈◊〉
him. righteousnes that he hathe done he shal liue.
23 He speake:
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
rather is
〈◊〉
to pardon, thē to pu
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
his long
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
God in his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
appointed the death and damnation of the
〈◊〉
, yet the end of his counsel was not their
〈◊〉
only,
〈◊〉
chiefly his owne glorie And also because de
〈◊〉
not
〈◊〉
sinne, therfore it is here said that he wolde
〈◊〉
them to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
from it
〈◊〉
thei
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Haue I anie desire that the wicked shulde dye, saith the Lord God?Or,
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and liue. or shal he not liue if he returne from his waies?
24 But if the righteous turne awaie from his righteousnes, and commit iniquitie, (and) do according to all the abominacions, that the wicked man doeth, shal he liue? all hisThat is, the
〈◊〉
opinion that the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ha ue of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. righteousnes that he hathe done, shal not be mencioned: (but) in his transgression that he hathe committed, and in his sinne that he hathe sinned, in them shal he dye.
25 Yet ye
〈◊〉
, The waie of the Lord is notIn punishing the father with the children. equal. heare now, ô house of Israél. Is not my waie equal? (or) are not your waies vne equal?
26 (For) when a righteous man turneth awaie from his righteousnes, & cōmitteth iniquitie he shal euen dye for the same, he shal (euen) dye for his iniquitie, that he hathe done.
27 Againe when the wicked turneth away frō his wickednes that he hathe committed, & doeth that which is lawful and right, he shal saue his soule aliue.
28 Because he considereth, and turneth awaie from all his trāsgressions that he hathe committed, he shal surely liue (and) shal not dye.
29 Yet saith the house of Israél, The waie of the Lord is not equal. O house of Israél, are not my waies equal? (or) are not your waies vnequal?
30 Therefore I wil iudge you, ô house of Israél
〈◊〉
one according to his waies, saith the Lord God: returne (therefore) and cause (others) to turne awaie frō al your
〈◊〉
sions: so iniquitie shal not be your destructiō.
31 Cast away from you all your transgressions, whereby ye haue transgressed and makeHe
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
til
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
which is onely the worke of
〈◊〉
. you a new heart and a new spirit: for why wil ye dye, ô house of Israél?
32 For I desire not the death of him that dyeth, saith the Lord God: cause therefore (one another) to returne, and liue ye.
CHAP. XIX.
1 The captiuitie of the Kings of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
by the lions whelpes and by the lion. 10 The
〈◊〉
of the citie
〈◊〉
that is past, and the
〈◊〉
thereof that is present.
1 THou also, take vp a lamentacion for theThat is,
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, who for their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
are compared vn to
〈◊〉
. princes of Israél.
2 And saye, Wherefore laie thyTo
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, or
〈◊〉
. mother (as) a lionesse among the lions?
〈◊〉
nourrished her yong ones among the lyons whelpes,
3 And she broght vp one of her whelpes (and) it became a lion, and it learned to catch the praie, (and) it deuoured men.
4 The
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
King of Egypt. nations also heard of him, (and) he was taken in their nettes, and thei broght him in chaines vnto the land of Egypt.2. King. 21. 33.
5 Now when she sawe, that she had waited and her hope wast lost, she toke another of herWhich
〈◊〉
Iehoiakim. whelpes, and made him a lion.
6 Which went among the lions, (and) became a lion, and learnèd t̄o catche the praie, (and) he deuouredHe
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
God, and
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
. men.
7 And he knewe their widowes, and he destroied their cities, and the land was wasted, and all that was therein by the noise of his roaring.
8 Then the
〈◊〉
with great armie
〈◊〉
was gathered of
〈◊〉
nations. nations set against him on euerie
side of the countreis and laid their
〈◊〉
for him: so he was taken in their pit.
9 And they put him in prison (&) in chaines & broght him to the King of Babél, (&) thei put him in holdes, that his voice shulde no more be heard vpon the mountaines of Israél.
10 ThyHe speaketh this in the reproche of this wicked King, in who se blood, that is, in the race of his predecessors
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
shuld haue bene blessed, acco ding to Gods promes, and
〈◊〉
sned as a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. mother (is) like a vine in thy blood, planted by the waters: she broght forthe fru te and branches by the abundant waters.
11 And she had strong rods for the scepters of them that be are rule, and her stature was ex alted amōg the branches, and she appeared in her height with the multitude of her bran ches.
12 But she was plucked vp in wrath: she was cast downe to the grounde, and theMeaning, that the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them as the East winde doeth the frute of the vine. East winde dryed vp her frute: (her branches) were broken, and withered: (as for) the rod of her strength, the fyre consumed it.
13 And now she is planted in the wildernes in a drye and thirstie grounde.
14 And fyre is gone outDestruction is come by
〈◊〉
who was the occasion of this
〈◊〉
. of a rod of her branches, which hath deuoured her frute, so that she hathe no strong rod (to be) a scepter to rule: this is a lamentacion and shalbe for a lamentacion.
CHAP. XX.
3 The Lord denieth that he wil answere them when they praye because of their vnkindenes. 33 He
〈◊〉
that his people shal returne from captiuitie. 46 By the forest that shulde be burnt, is signified the burning of Ierusalém
1 ANd in theOf the captiuitie of
〈◊〉
. seuenth yere in the fift (moneth,) the tenth (day) of the moneth, came certaine of the Elders of Israél to enquire of the Lord, and sate before me.
2 Then came the worde of the Lord vnto me, saying,
3 Some of man, speake vnto the Elders of Israél, and saye vnto them, Thus saith the Lord God, Are ye come to inquire of me? as a liue, saith the Lord God, when I am asked, I wil not answer you.
4 Wilt thou iudge them, sonne of man? wilt thou iudge (them?) causeThis
〈◊〉
the great
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
of God whiche calleth sinners to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
he condemne
〈◊〉
them to vnderstād the abominations of their fathers,
5 And saie vnto them, Thus saith the Lord God In the daye when I chose Israél, andI sware
〈◊〉
I wolde be
〈◊〉
God, which maner of the was
〈◊〉
from all
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
life vp their
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
acknowledging God to
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
, and the defender thereof and also the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
that he shul
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
led anie thing which
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to be
〈◊〉
. lift vp mine hand vnto the sede of the house of Iaa kób, and made my self knowen vnto them in the land of Egypt, when I lift vp mine hand vnto them, and said, I am the Lord your God
6 In the daye that I lift vp mine hand vnto thē to bring them forthe of the land of Egypt, in to a land that I had prouided for thē, flowing with milke and honie whiche is pleasant among all lands,
7 Then said I vnto them, Let euerie man cast awaye the abominacions of his eyes,God had forbidden them
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
23.
〈◊〉
psal
〈◊〉
. and defile not your selues with the idoles of Egypt: (for) I am the Lord your God.
8 But
〈◊〉
rebelled against me, and wolde not heare me: (for) none cast awaye the abomina cions of
〈◊〉
thing de
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Gods
〈◊〉
by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
senses their eyes, nether did they forsake the idoles of Egypt: then I thoght to powre out mine indignacion vpon them, (and) to accomplish my wrath against them in the middes of the land of Egypt.
9 But I had respect to myGod had euer this respect to his glorie, that he
〈◊〉
not haue his Name
〈◊〉
spoken of among the Gentiles for the
〈◊〉
that his people
〈◊〉
, inconfidence whereof the
〈◊〉
euer
〈◊〉
, as. Name, that it shulde not be polluted before the heathen, among whome thei were, and in whose sight I made my self knowen vnto them in bringing them forthe of the land of Egypt.
10 Now I caried them out of the land of Egypt and broght them into the wildernes.
11 And I gaue them my statutes, and declared my iudgements vnto them, * which if a manExod.
〈◊〉
. 12. do, he shal liue in them.Nomb. 14. 13.
12 Moreouer I gaue them also my * SabbathsLeui 18. 6. to be a signe betwene me and them, that theiNomb. 10
〈◊〉
. might knowe that I am the Lord, that sanctifieGalat 3. 12. them.Exod. 20. 8. and 31.
〈◊〉
.
13 But the house of Israél rebelled against meDeut. 5.
〈◊〉
. in the wildernes: thei walked not in my statutes, and thei cast awaie my iudgements, which if a man do, he shal liue in them, and my Sabbaths haue thei greatly polluted: then I thoght to powre out mine indignation vpon them * in the wildernes to consumeNomb. 14.
〈◊〉
and 26.
〈◊〉
. them.
14 But I had respect toWho might thereby take an occasion to blaspheme my Name and
〈◊〉
accuse me of lacke of abilitie, or els that I had soght a meanes to destroy them more commodiousty. my Name, that it shulde not be polluted before the heathen in whose sight I broght them out.
15 Yet neuertheles, I lift vp mine hand vnto thē in the wildernes that I wold not bring thē into the land, which I had giuen them, flowing with milke and hony, which was pleasant aboue all lands,
16 Because thei cast awaie my iudgements, and walked not in my statutes, but haue polluted myThat
〈◊〉
, my true religion, which I had commāded them and gaue them
〈◊〉
to serue me accor ding to their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Sabbaths: for their heart wēt after their idoles.
17 Neuertheles, mine eye spared them, that I wolde not destroye them, nether wolde I con sume them in the wildernes.
18 But I said vnto their children in the wildernes, Walke ye not in the ordinances of yourWhereby the holy Gost confuteth them that saie that thei wil follow the religion and example of their fathers, and not measure their doings by Gods worde, whether their be approua ble thereby or no. fathers, nether obserue their maners nor defile your selues with their idoles.
19 I am the Lord your God: walke in my statutes, and kepe my iudgements and do them,
20 And sanctifie my Sabbaths, and thei shalbe a signe betwene me and you, that ye maie knowe that I am the Lord your God.
21 Notwithstanding the children rebelled against me: thei walked not in my statutes, nor kept my iudgemēts to do thē, which if a mā do, he shal liue in thē, (but) thei polluted my Sabbaths: then I thoght to powre out mine indignation vpon them, (and) to accomplish my wrath against them in the wildernes.
22 Neuertheles I with drewe mine hand and had respect to my Name that it shulde not be polluted before the heathen, in whose sight I broght them forthe.
23 Yet I lift vp mine hand vnto them in the wildernes, that I wolde scatter them among the heathen, and disperce them through the countreis.
24 Because thei had not executed my iudgemēts, but had cast awaie my statutes and had polluted my Sabbath, and their eyes were afterMeaning, that thei set their delite vpon them. their fathers idoles.
25 Wherefore IBecause thei
〈◊〉
not obei my Lawes, I gaue them vp to
〈◊〉
selues that
〈◊〉
shulde obey their owne
〈◊〉
, as ver. 39. Rom. 1. 21. gaue them also statutes that were not good, & iudgements, wherein they shulde not liue.
26 And I polluted thé in their owneI condemned those things, and counted them as abominable which they thoght had bene excellent, and to haue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
zeale, Luk. 16. 15. for that which God required as moste excellent, that gaue they to their idoles. giftes in that they caused to passe (by the fyre) all that (first)
〈◊〉
the wombe, that I might destroye them, to the end that they might knowe that I am the Lord.
27 Therefore, sonne of man, speake vnto the house of Israél, and say vnto thē, Thus saith the Lord God, yet in this your fathers haue blasphemed me, thogh thei had (before) grie uously transgressed against me.
28
〈◊〉
onely in the wildernes, when I broght
〈◊〉
out of Egypt, but
〈◊〉
I placed them in
〈◊〉
land
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
how prompt más
〈◊〉
is to idolatrie, seing that by no admonitions he can be drawē backe. For when I had broght them into the land for the which I lifted vp mine hand to giue it, then they sawe euerie hie hil, & all the thicke trees, and they offred there their sacrifices, and there they presented their offring of pro uocation: there also they made their swete sauour, and powred out there their drinke offrings.
29 Then I said vnto them, What is the hie place where unto ye go? And the name there of was calledWhich
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
place,
〈◊〉
that they vanted them s lues of their ido
〈◊〉
, and were not ashamed
〈◊〉
, thogh God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
expressely, that they shuld haue no
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vp on
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
staires. Bamáh vnto this day.
30 Wherefore, say vnto the house of Israél,
〈◊〉
20. 26. Thus saith the Lord God, Are ye not pollutedEbr. in the
〈◊〉
after the maner of your fathers? and commit ye not whoredome after their abominations?
31 For when you offer your giftes, and make your sonnes to passe through the fyre, you pollute your selues with all your idoles vnto this day: shal I answer you whē I am asked, ô house of Israél? as I liue, saith the Lord God,He sheweth,
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
they
〈◊〉
not
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of his
〈◊〉
. I wil not answer you when I am asked.
32 Nether shal that be done that cometh into your minde: for ye say, We wil be as the heathen, and as the families of the countreis, and serue wood, andHe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
man of
〈◊〉
is wholy
〈◊〉
God and to his owne saluation, and therefore God cal
〈◊〉
him to the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
by
〈◊〉
, but chiefly by his
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
. kednes. stone.
33 As I liue, saith the Lord God, I wil surely rule you with a mightie hād, and with a stretched out arme, and in (my)
〈◊〉
powred out,
34 And wil bring you from the people, and wil gather you out of the countreis, wherein ye are scatred, with a mightie hand, and with a stretched out arme and in (my) wrath powred out.
35 And I wil bring you into theI wil
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
na
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
into a
〈◊〉
, and there wil visit you, and so call you
〈◊〉
and thē bring the god
〈◊〉
home agai ne. Isa. 65. 9. wildernes of the people, and there wil I plead with you face to face.
36 Like as I pleaded with your fathers in the wildernes of the land of Egypt, so wil I pleade with you, saith the Lord God,
37 And I wil cause you to passe vnder the rod, and wil bring you into the bonde of the couenant.
38 And I wilSignifying, that he wil not
〈◊〉
the corne with the chaffe, but chuse
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
wicked to punish them when he wil spare his. chuse out from among you the rebelles, and them that trangresse against me: I wil bring them out of the land where thei dwell, and they shal not entre into the land of Israél, & you shal knowe that I am the Lord.
39 As for you, ô house of Israél, thus saith the Lord God,This is spoken to the hypocrites Go you, and serue euerie one his idole, seing that ye wil not obey me, and pol lute mine holie Name no more with your giftes and with your idoles.
40 For in mine holie mountaine (euen) in the
〈◊〉
mountaine of Israél, saith the Lord God, there shal all the house of Israél, and all in the land, serue me: there wil I accept them, and there wil I require your offrings and the first frutes of your oblations, with all your holy things.
41 I wil accept your swete sauour, whē I bring you from the people, and gather you out of the countreis, wherein ye haue bene scattered, that I may be san ctified in you before the heathen.
42 And ye shal knowe, that I am the Lord, whē I shal bring you into the land of Israél, into the land, for the which I lifted vp mine hand to giue it to your fathers.
43 And there shal ye remember your wayes, and all your workes, wherein ye haue bene defiled, and yeYou
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
shal conuict you
〈◊〉
that you haue felt my mercies. shal iudge your selues worthy to be cut of, for al your euils, that ye haue committed.
44 And ye shal knowe, that I am the Lord, when I haue respect vnto you for my Names sake, (and) not after your wicked waies, nor according to your corrupt workes, ó ye hou se of Israél, saith the Lord God.
45 ¶ Moreouer, the worde of the Lord came vnto me, saying,
46 Sonne of man, set thy face toward the way of Temán, and droppe (thy worde) towardeFor
〈◊〉
sto de South from Babylon. the South, and prophecie towarde the forest of the field of the South,
47 And say to the forest of the South, Heare the worde of the Lord: thus saith the Lord God, Beholde, I wil kindle a fyre in thee, and it shal deuoure all theBothe
〈◊〉
and weake in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. grene wood in thee, and all the dry wood: the continual flame shal not be quenched, and euerie face from the South to the North shalbe burnt therein.
48 And all flesh shal se, that I the Lord haue kin dled it, (and) it shal not be quenched. Then said I, Ah Lord God, thei say of me, Doeth not he speakeThe people said
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
spake
〈◊〉
therefore he desireth the Lord to giue thē a plaine
〈◊〉
hereof parables?
CHAP. XXI.
3 He threatneth the sworde, and destruction to Ierusalém. 25 He sheweth the fall of King Zedekiáh. 18 He is commanded to prophecie the destruction of the children of Ammon 30 The Lord threatneth to destroye Nebuchad-
〈◊〉
.
1 THe worde of the Lord came to me againe, saying,
2 Sonne of man, set thy face towarde Ierusalé,Speake sensibly that all may vnderstand. & droppe (thy worde) toward the holy places, & prophecie against the land of Israél
3 And say to the land of Israél, Thus saith the Lord, Beholde, I (come) against thee, and wil drawe my sworde out of his sheath, and cut of from thee (bothe) theThat is, suche which seme to haue an outward shew of righteousnes, by obseruation of the ceremonies of the Law. righteous and the wicked.
4 Seing thē that I wil cut of frō thee (bothe) the righteous and wicked, therefore shal my sworde go out of his sheath against all flesh from the South to theMeaning, through all the land. North.
5 That all flesh may knowe that I the Lord ha ue drawen my sworde
〈◊〉
of his sheath, (&) it shal not returne anie more.
6 Mourne therefore, thou sonne of man, (as) in the paine of (thy)As thogh thou were in
〈◊〉
anguish. reines, and mourne bit terly before them.
7 And if they say vnto thee, Wherefore mour nest thou? then answer, BecauseBecause of the great
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
of the Caldeans. of the bru te: for it cometh, and euerie heart shal melt, and all hands shalbe weake, and all mindes shal faint, and all knees shal fall away (as) water: beholde, it cometh, and shal be done saith the Lord God.
8 ¶ Againe, the worde of the Lord came vnto me, saying,
9 Sonne of man, prophecie, and say, Thus saith the Lord God, say, Asworde, asworde bothe sharpe, and fourbished.
10 It is sharpened to make a sore slaughter, (&) it is fourbished that it mayAnd so cause a feare. glitter: how shal we reioyce? (for) it contemneth theMeaning, the sceptre: she wing that it wil not spare the King who shulde be as the sonne of God, and in his place. rod of my sonne, (as)That is, the rest of the people. all (other) trees.
11 And he hathe giuen it to be fourbished, that he may handle it: this sworde is sharpe, and is fourb̄ished, that he may giue it into the hand of theTo Wit, vnto the armie of the Caldeans. slayer.
12 Crye, and houle, sonne of man: for this shal come to my people, (and) it shal come vnto all the princes of Israél: the terrours of the sworde shalbevpon my people:Read
〈◊〉
. 31. 19 smite there fore vpon thy thigh.
13 For (it is) a tryal,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
with compas sion, thus complaineth fearing the destruction of the kingdome which God had confirmed to Da
〈◊〉
, and his
〈◊〉
ritie by promes:
〈◊〉
promes God performed, althogh here it se meth to mās eye that it shulde
〈◊〉
perish. and what shal this be, if (the sworde) contemne euen the rod? It shal be (no more,) saith the Lord God.
14 Thou therefore, sonne of man, prophecie, and smiteThat is, incou rage the sworde. hand to hand, and
〈◊〉
the sworde be doubled: let the sworde that hathe killed, (returne) the thirde time: it is the sworde of the great slaughter entring into their
〈◊〉
chambers.
15 I haue broght the feare of the sworde into all their gates to make (their) heart to faint, and to multiplie (their)
〈◊〉
. Ah it is made bright, (&) it is dressed for the slaughter.
16 Get theProuide for thy self: for thou shalt se Gods pla gue of all partes on this countrey. alone: go to the right hand, (or) get thy self to the left hand, whether soeuer thy face turneth.
17 I wil also smite mine hands together, and wil cause my wrath to cease I the Lord haue said it.
18 ¶ The worde of the Lord came vnto me againe, saying,
19 Also thou sonne of man, appoint theeThis was spoken, because that when Nebuchad
〈◊〉
came against
〈◊〉
, his purpose was also to go against that Ammonites: but douting in the way, which enterprise to vnder take first, he
〈◊〉
with his
〈◊〉
, and so went against Iu dáh. two wayes, that the sworde of the King of Babél may come: bothe twaine shal come out of one land, and chuse a place, and chuse it in the corner of the way of the citie.
20 Apoint a way, that the sworde may come to Rabbáth of the
〈◊〉
, andThat is to the tribe of
〈◊〉
that kept thē selues in
〈◊〉
. to Iudáh in Ierusalém the strong (citie)
21 And the King of Babél stode at theTo knowewhe ther he shulde go against the Ammonites or them of Ierusalem. parting of the way, at the head of the two wayes consulting by diuination, (and) made his arrowes bright: he consulted with idoles, (and) loked inHe vsed
〈◊〉
and sorcerie. the liuer.
22 At his right hand was the diuination for Ierusalém to appoint captaines, to opē (their) mouthe in the slaughter, and to lift vp (their) voyce with shouting, to lay engines ofwarre against the gates, to cast a mount, (and) to buyld a fortres.
23 And it shalbe vnto themBecause
〈◊〉
was a league bet wene the Iewes, and
〈◊〉
Babylonians, they of Ierusalem shal thin ke nothing lesse then that this thing shulde come to passe. as a false diuination in their sight for the othes made vnto them:That is,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
remember the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
, and so come vpon them. but he wil call to remēbrance (their) iniquitie, to the intent they shulde be takē.
24 Therefore thus saith the Lord God, Because ye haue made your iniquitie to be remembred, in discouering your rebellion, that in all your workes your sinnes might appeare: because, (I say,) that ye are come to remembrance, ye shal be taken with the hand.
25 And thouMeaning, zede kiáh, who practised with the Egy
〈◊〉
to make him self hie, and able to
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
. prince of Israél polluted, (and) wicked, whose day is come, when iniquitie (shal
〈◊〉
) an end,
26 Thus saith the Lord God, I wil take away theSome
〈◊〉
this to the
〈◊〉
at ire: for
〈◊〉
dék the Priest went into
〈◊〉
with the King. diademe, and take of the crowne: this shalbe no more the same: I wil exalt the humble, and wil a base him that is hie.
27 I wil ouerturne, ouerturne, ouerturne it, and it shalbe no more vntil heThat is, vnto the comming of
〈◊〉
: for thogh the Iewes had some signe of
〈◊〉
afterward vnder the Parsians,
〈◊〉
kes, & Romains, yet this
〈◊〉
was not
〈◊〉
Christs coming, & at length shulde be accomphshed, as was promised Gene. 49. 10. come, whose right it is, and I wil giue it him.
28 ¶ And thou, sonne of man, prophecie, and say, Thus saith the Lord God to the children of Ammón, and to their blasphemie: say thou I say, The sworde, the sworde is drawen forthe, (and) fourbished to the slaughter, to con sume, because of the glittering.
29 Whiles they seThogh the Iewes and Ammonites wolde not beleue, that
〈◊〉
, to wit, the
〈◊〉
, thuldest come vpon them and said that the Pro phets, which thre atned, spake lies yet thou shalt as surely come as th gh thouwerest al readvvpō their neckes. vanitie vnto thee, and prophecied a lye vnto thee to bring thee vpon the neckes of the wicked that are slaine whose day is come when their iniquitie (shal haue) an end.
30 Shal I cause it to returne into his sheath? I wil iudge thee in the place where thouwast created, (euen) in the land of thine habitation.
31 And I wil powre out mine indignacion vpō thee, and wil blowe against thee in the fyre of my wrath, and deliuer thee into the hand of beastlie men, (and) skilful to destroy.
32 Thou shalt be in the fyre to be deuoured: thy blood shalbe in the middes of the land (and) thou shalt be no more remembred: for I the Lord haue spoken it.
CHAP. XXII.
1 Ierusalém is reproued for crueltie. 25 Of the wicked do ctrine of the false prophets and priests, and of their vnsaciable couetousnes, 27 The tyrannie of rulers. 29 The wickednes of the people.
1 MOreouer, the worde of the Lord came vnto me, saying,
2 Now thou sonne of man, wilt thou
〈◊〉
thou ready to execute thy charge, which I cōmit vnto thee against Ierusalem that
〈◊〉
eth the Prophets, and them that are
〈◊〉
iudge, wilt thou iudge this bloody citie? wilt thou she we her all her abominacions?
3 Then say, Thus saith the Lord God, The citie sheddeth blood in the middes of it, that
herThat is, the time time maye come, and maketh idoles
〈◊〉
destruction. To her
〈◊〉
. against her self to pollute her self.
4 Thou hast offended in thy blood, that thou hast shed, and hast polluted thy self in thine idoles, which thou hast made, and thou hast caused thy dayes to drawe nere, and art come vnto thy terme: therfore haue I made thee a reproche to the heathen, and a mocking to all countreys.
5 Those that be nere, & those that be farre frō thee, shal mocke thee, (which art) vile inVVhose very name all men hate. name (and) sore in affliction.
6 Beholde, the princes of Israél euerye one in thee was (ready) to his power, to shed blood.
7 In thee haue thei de spised father and mother in the middes of theeHe meaneth here by that there was no kinde of wickednes, whiche was not committed in Ierusalém, and therefore the plagues of GOD shulde spedely come vpon
〈◊〉
. haue they oppressed the strāger in thee haue thei vexed the fatherles and the widowe.
8 Thou hast despised mine holy things, and hast polluted my Sabbaths.
9 In thee are men that carye tales to shed blood in thee (are they) that eat vpon the mountaines in the middes of thee thei cō
mit abominacion.Leui 20, 11,
10 * In thee haue they discouered theyr fathers shame: in thee haue they vexed her that was polluted in (her) floures.
〈◊〉
, 5,
〈◊〉
,
11 And euerye one * hathe committed abominacion with his neighbours wife, and euery one hath wickedly defiled his daughter in law, and in thee hathe euery man for ced his owne sister, (euē) his fathers daughter.
12 In thee haue they taken giftes to shed blood: thou hast taken vsurie and the encrease, and thou hast defrauded thy neighbours by extorcion, and hast forgotten me, saith the Lord God.
13 Beholde, therefore I haueIn token of my wrath and vengeance. smitten myne hands vpō thy couetousnes, that thou hast vsed, and vpon the blood, which hath bene in the middes of thee.
14 Can thine heart endure, or cā thine hādsThat is, able to defend thy self. be strong, in the daies that I shall haue to do with thee? I the Lord haue spoken it, & wil do it.
15 And I wil scatter thee among the heathē, and disperse thee in the countreis, and wil cause thyI will thus take away the occasion of thy wickednes. filthines to cease from thee.
16 And thou shalt take thineThou shal be no more the in
〈◊〉
of the Lord, but forsaken. in heritāce in thy self in the sight of the heathen, & thou shalt knowe, that I am the Lord.
17 ¶ And the word of the Lord came vnto me, saying,
18 Sonne of man, the house of Israél is vnto me asVVhiche before was moste precious. drosse all they are brasse, & tynne, and yron, and lead in the middes of the fournace: thei are (euen) the drosse of siluer.
19 Therefore, thus saith the Lord God, Because ye are all as drosse, beholde, therfore I will gather you in the middes of Ierusalém.
20 As they gather siluer and brasse, and yron, and lead, and tynne into the middes of the fornace, to blowe the fyre vpon it to melt it, so will I gather you in mine angre and in my wrath, and will put you (there)Meaning,
〈◊〉
that the
〈◊〉
shulde be tryed & the wicked
〈◊〉
, ed. & melt you.
21 I wil gather you, I say, and blowe the fyre of my wrath vpon you, and you shal be melted in the middes thereof.
22 As siluer is melted in the middes of the fournace, so shal ye be melted in the middes thereof, and ye shall knowe, that I the Lord haue powred out my wrath vpō you.
23 And the worde of the Lord came vnto me, saying,
24 Sonne of man, say vnto her, Thou art the land, that is vncleane,Thou art like a baren land which the Lord
〈◊〉
neth with droug he. (&) not rained vpō in the day of wrath.
25 (There is) a conspiracieThe false Prophe tes haue
〈◊〉
together to make their doctrine more probable. of her Prophetes in the middes thereof like a roaring lyon, ranening the pray thei haue deuoured sou les: they haue taken the riches & precious things thei haue made her many widowes in the middes thereof.
26 Her Priests haue broken my Law, and haue defiled mine holy things: thei haue put no difference betwene the holy and prophane, nether discerned betwene the vncleane and the cleane, and haue hid theirThey haue neglected my
〈◊〉
eyes from my Sabbaths, and I am prophaned among them.Mich. 3. 11.
27 Her princes in * the middes thereof (are)Zephan, 3. 3. like wolues, rauening the praye to shed blood, (and) to destroye soules for their owne couetous lucre.
28 And herThey whiche shulde
〈◊〉
repro ued thē, flattered them in their
〈◊〉
and couered their doings with
〈◊〉
, Chap. 15. 10. Prophetes haue dawbed them with vntempered (morter,) seing vanities, and diuining lies vnto them, saying, Thus saith the Lord God, when the Lord had not spoken.
29 The people of the land haue violently oppressed by spoyling and robbing, and haue vexed the poore and the neady yea, they haue oppressed the stranger against right.
30 And I soght for a man among them, that shuldeVVhiche
〈◊〉
she we him
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in my cause by resisting vice,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, 16 &
〈◊〉
, 5. & also pray vnto me to withholde my
〈◊〉
, Psal. 106. 23. make vp the hedge, & stand in the gap before me for the land, that I shuld not destroy it, but I founde none.
31 Therfore haue I powred outmine indignacion vpon them, and consumed them with the fyre of my wrath: their owne waies haue I rendred vppon their heades, saith the Lord God.
CHAP. XXIII.
Of the idolatrie of Samaria and Ierusalém, vnder the names of Aholah and
〈◊〉
.
1 THe worde of the Lord came againe vnto me, saying,
2 Sonne of man, there were two women, the daughters of oneMeaning, Israél and
〈◊〉
, which came bothe out of one
〈◊〉
mother.
3 And they committed fornicacion
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
laters
〈◊〉
the ma ner of the Egyptians in Egypt, they committed fornicacion in theyr youth: there
〈◊〉
their breasts pressed, and there thei bruised the teates of their virginitie.
4 And the names ofAholah
〈◊〉
a
〈◊〉
or dwelling in her selfe, meaning
〈◊〉
which was the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of Israél: and Aholibah, signifieth my mansion in her, wherby is ment
〈◊〉
where God Temple was. them (were) Aholáh, the elder, and Aholibáh her sister: & they were
mine, and thei bare sonnes and daughters: thus (were) their names. Samaria (is) Aholáh, and Ierusalém Aholibáh.
5 And Aholáh plaied the harlot
〈◊〉
, vnder me. whē
VVhē the Israelites were named the people of God
〈◊〉
became idolaters and forsoke God, and put their trustin the Assyrions. she was mine, and she was set on fyre with her louers, (to wit,) with the Assyrians (her) neighbours.
6 Whiche were clothed with blewe silke, (bothe) captaines and princes: thei were all pleasant yongmen (and) horsemen riding vpon horses.
7 Thus she committed her whoredome with them, (euen) with all them that were the chosen mē of
〈◊〉
, & with all on whome she doted, (&) defiled her self with all their idoles.
8 Nether left she her fornicaciōs, (learned) of the Egyptians: forin her youth theiThe holy Gost vseth these
〈◊〉
which seme strāge to chaste eares to cause this wicked vice of idolattie so to be abhorted that vnneth any shulde abide to heare the Name ther of
〈◊〉
. lay with her, & they bruised the breasts of her virginitie, and powred their whoredome vpon her.
9 Wherefore I deliuered her into the hands of her louers, (euen) into the hands of the Assyrians, vpon whome she doted.
10 These discouered her shame: they toke away her sonnes and her daughters, and slewe her with the sworde, and she had an (euill) name among women: forMeaning, the
〈◊〉
. they had executed iudgement vpon her.
11 And when her sister Aholibáh sawe this, she marred her selfe with in ordinate loue, more then she, and with her fornicacions more then her sister with (her) fornicaciōs.
12 She doted vpon the Assyrians (her) neighbours, (bothe) captaines and princes clothed with diuers sutes, horsemen riding vpō horses: thei were all pleasant yóg mē.
13 Then I sawe, that she was defiled, (&) that they were bothe after one sorte,
14 And that she encreased her fornicaciōs: for when she sawe menThis declareth that no wordes are able
〈◊〉
to expresse the rage of idolaters, & therefore the holy Gost here compareth them to those which in their raging loue & filthy lustes dote vppon the images & pain tings of thē after whome they
〈◊〉
. painted vpon the wall, the images of the Caldeans painted with vermelon,
15 And girded with girdles vpō their loynes, and with dyed attyre vppon theyr heades [loking all like princes after the maner of the Babylonians in Caldea, the lande of their natiuitie.]
16 Assone, I say, as she sawe them, she doted vpō them, and sent messengers vnto them into Caldea.
17 Now when the Babylonians came to her into the bed of loue, they defiled her with their fornicacion & she was polluted with them, and her lust departed from them.
18 So she discouered her fornicacion, & disclosed her shame: then mine heart forsoke her, like as mine heart had forsakē her sister
19 Yet she encreased her whoredome more, and called to remembrāce the dayes of her youth, where in she had plaied the harlot in the land of Egypt:
20 For she doted vpon their seruants whose membres are (as) the membres of asses, and whose yssue is (like) the yssue of horses.
21 Thou calledst to remēbrance the wickednes of thy youth, when they teates were bruised by the Egyptians: therfore the pappes of thy youth (are thus.)
22 Therefore, ô Aholibáh, thus saith the Lord God, Beholde, I will raise vp thy louers against thee, from whome thinc heart is departed, and I will bring them against thee on euery side.
23 (To wit,) the Babylonians, and all the Cal deans,These were the names of certeine princes & captaines vnder Nebuchadnezzar. Peked, and Shoah, and Kóa, (&) all the Assyrians with them: thei were all pleasant yong mē, and captaines and princes: all thei were valiant and renoumed, riding vpon horses.
24 Euen these shall come againste thee with charettes, waggens, and wheles, and with a multitude of people, (whiche) shall set against thee, buckler and shield, and helmet rounde about: andI wil giueiudgement before them I wil leaue the punishment vnto them, and they shall iudge thee according to theirOr, Iawes. iudgements.
25 And I wil lay mine indignation vpō thee, and thei shal deale cruelly with thee: they shal cut of thyThei shal destroy thy princes and Priests with the rest of thy people nose and thine eares, and thy remnant shal fall by the sworde: they shal cary away thy sonnes and thy daughters, and thy residue shalbe deuoured by the fyre.
26 Thei shal also strippe thee out of thy clothes, and take away thy faire iewels.
27 Thus will I make thy wickednes to cease from
〈◊〉
and thy fornicacion out of the land of Egypt so that thou shalt not lift vp thine eyes vnto them, nor remēber Egypt anymore.
28 For thus saith the Lord God, Behold, I wil deliuer thee into the hand of them, whome thou hatest (euen) into the hands of them from whome thine heart is departed.
29 And they shal handle thee dispitefully, & shall take awaye all thyAll thy
〈◊〉
& riches whiche thou hast gottē by labour. labour, and shall leaue thee naked and bare, and the shame of thy fornicaciōsAll the worlde shalse thy shame ful forsaking of God to serue idoles. shal be discouered, both thy wickednes, and thy whoredome.
30 I wil do these things vnto thee, because thou hastgone a whoring after the heathē, (and) because thou art polluted with theyr idoles.
31 Thou hast walked in the way of thy sister: therfore wil I giue herI will execute the same
〈◊〉
and vengeā
ce against thee, & that with
〈◊〉
seueritie. cup into thine hād
32 Thus saith the Lord God, Thou shalt drink of thy sisters cup, depe & large: thou shalt be laughed to scorne and had in derisiō, because it conteineth muche.
33 Thou shalt be filled withMeaning, that the afflictiōs shuld be so great that they shulde
〈◊〉
them to lose their senses, and reason. drunkēnes and sorowe, (euen) with the cup of destruction, and desolatiō, with the cup of thy sister Samaria.
34 Thou shalt euen drinke it, and wring it out (to the dregges,) and thou shalt breake the sherdes thereof, and teare thine owne breastes: for I haue spokē it, saith the Lord God.
35 Therefore thus saith the Lord GOD, Because
thou hast forgotten me, and cast me behind thy backe, therfore thou shalt also beare thy wickednes and thy whoredome.
36 ¶ The Lord said moreouer vnto me. Sonne of man, wilt thou iudge Aholáh and Aholibáh? and wilt thou declare to them their abominacions?
37 For thei haue played the whores, & blood (is) in their hands, and with theyr idoles haue they committed adulterie, and haue also caused their sonnes, whome they bare vnto me, to passe (by the fyre) to be theyrThat is, to besacrifices to theyr idoles, read Chap.
〈◊〉
, 20. meat.
38 Moreouer thus haue they done vnto me: thei haue defiled my sanctuarie in the same day, and haue prophaned my Sabbaths.
39 For when they had slaine their childrē to their idoles, they came the same daye into my Sanctuarie to defile it: and lo, thus haue thei done in the middes of mine house.
40 And how muche more (is it) that thei sent for men to come fromThey sent into other countreis to haue such as shuld
〈◊〉
the seruice of their idoles. farre vnto whome a messenger was sent, and lo, they came? for whome thou didest washthy self, and painted thine eyes, and deckedst thee with ornaments,
41 And satestHe meaneth the altar, that was pre pared for the idoles. vpō a costlie bed, and a table prepared before it, whereupon thou hast set mine incense and mine oyle.
42 And a voyce of a multitude being at ease, (was) with her: and with the men to make the companie greate were broght men ofVVhiche shulde teache the maner of worshiping their gods. Sabá from the wildernes, which put bracelets vpon their hands, & beautiful crownes vpon their heads.
43 Thē I said vnto her, that was olde in adulteries, Now shal she and her fornicacions come to an end.
44 And they went in vnto her as they go to a commune harlot: so went thei to Aholáh & Aholibáh the wicked women.
45 And the righteous men they shall iudge them, after the maner ofThat is, worthye death,:
〈◊〉
Chap. 16. 38. harlotes, and af ter the maner of murtherers: for they are harlotes, and blood (is) in their hands.
46 Wherefore thus saith the Lord GOD, I will bring a multitude vpon them, and will giue them vnto the tumulte, and to the spoyle,
47 And the multitude shall stone them with stones, and cut them with their swordes: they shal slay their sonnes, and their daughters, and burne vp their houses with fyre.
48 Thus will I cause wickednes to cease out of the land, that allMeaning, all other cities, & coun treis. womē may be taught not to do after your wickednes.Chap. XXIIII
49 And they shall lay your wickednes vpon you, and ye shall beare the sinnes of your idoles, & ye shal knowe that I am the Lord God.
CHAP. XXIIII.
1 He sheweth the destruction of Ierusalém by a parable of a seething pot. 16 The parable of Ezekiels wife beynge dead.
1 AGaine in theOf
〈◊〉
captiuitie, & of the reigne of zedekiah 2, King.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. ninth yere, in the tenth moneth, in the tenth (day) of theCalled Tebeth, which conteineth part of December and parte of Ianuarie: in the whiche moneth & day Nebuchadnezzar besieg:
〈◊〉
. moneth came the worde of the Lord vnto me, saying.
2 Sonne of man: write thee the name of the day (euen) of this same day (for) the King of Babél set him self against Ierusalém this same day.
3 Therefore speake a parable vnto the rebel lious house, and say vnto them, Thus saith the Lord God prepare aVVhereby was ment Ierusalém. pot, prepare it, & also power water into it.
4 Gather theThat is, the
〈◊〉
zens, and the chief mē thereof. pieces thereof into it (euen) euerie good piece, (as) the thigh and the shuldre (and) fil it with the chief bones.
5 Take one of the best shepe, andOr
〈◊〉
. burne al so theMeaning, of the
〈◊〉
, wheme they had slaine, who
〈◊〉
the cause of the kindeling of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
against them. bones vnder it (and) make it boyle wel, and sethe the bones of it therein.
6 Because the Lord God saith thus, Wo to the bloodie citie (euen) to the pot,VVhose inicuities, and
〈◊〉
citizens
〈◊〉
yee remaine. whose skome is therein, and whose skome is not gone out of it, bring it outSignisying that thei
〈◊〉
not be
〈◊〉
all at once but by
〈◊〉
and litle. piece by piece let noSpare none esta te or
〈◊〉
. lot fall vpon it.
7 For her blood is in the middes of her: she set it vpon an highThe
〈◊〉
showed her
〈◊〉
to all the
〈◊〉
and was not asha med thereof, nether yet hid
〈◊〉
. rocke) and powredit not vpō the grounde to couerit with dust.
8 That it might cause wrath to arise, & take vengeance (euen) I haue set her blood vpō an high rocke that it shuld not be coueredNah. 3. 1.
9 Therefore thus saith the Lord God, * Wo
〈◊〉
2. 12. to the bloodie citie, for I wil makeOr, an heape of wood, the bur ning great.
10 Heape on muche wood:Meaning that the
〈◊〉
shulde be vtterly
〈◊〉
cyed, and hathe wolde
〈◊〉
the enemies an appetite thereunto. kindle the fyre, consume the flesh, and cast in spice, and let the bones be burnt.
11 Then set it emptie vpon the coles thereof thatOr
〈◊〉
. the brasse of it may be hot, and may burne, and that the filthines of it may be molten in it (&) that the skome of it may be consumed.
12The
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
her self in va. ne. She hathe wearied her self with lies, and her great skome went not out of her (therefore) her skome (shalbe consumed) with fyre.
13 (Thou remainest) in thy filthines (and) wickednes: because I woldI
〈◊〉
by sending my Prophetes to call thee to repentance but thou woldest not. haue purged thee and thou wast not purged thou shalt not be purged from thy filthines, til I haue caused my wrath to light vpon thee.
14 I the Lord haue spoken it shal come to pas se, and I wil do it: I wil not go backe, nether wil
〈◊〉
spare, nether will repent according to thy wayes, and according to thy workes shalThat is the Baby lonians. they iudge thee, saith the LORD God.
15 ¶ Also the worlde of the Lord came vnto me saying.
16 Sonne of man, beholde, I take away from thee theMeaning, his wife in whome hedelited, as ver.
〈◊〉
. pleasure of thine eyes with a pla gue yet shalt thou nether mourne nor wepe, nether shal thy teares runne downe.
17 Cease from sighing: make no mourning for the dead (and) binde the tyre of thine head vpon thee,For in mourning they went
〈◊〉
headed and barefored, and also couered their lippes. & put on thy shoes vpō thy fete (and) couer not thy lippes. and eatThat is, which the
〈◊〉
sent to them that mourned. not the bread of men.
18 So I spake vnto the people in the morning and at euen my wife dyed: and I did
inMeaning, the
〈◊〉
following. the morning, as I was commanded.
19 And the people said vnto me, Wilt thou nottel vs what these things meane toward vs, that thou do est so?
20 Then I answered them, The worde of the Lord came vnto me, saying,
21 Speake vnto the house of Israél, Thus saith the Lord God, Beholde, I willBy sending the
〈◊〉
to destroy it, as Chap. 7. 22. pollute my Sanctuarie, (euen) the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
boast and
〈◊〉
. pride of your power, the pleasure of your eyes, and your heartes desire, and your sonnes, and your daughters whome ye haue left, shal fall by the sworde.
22 And ye shal do as I haue done: ye shal not couer your lippes, nether shall ye eate the bread of men.
23 And your tyre (shalbe) vpon your heads, and your shoes vpon your fete: ye shall not mourne nor wepe, but ye shall pine awaye for your iniquities, & mourne one toward another.
24 Thus Ezekiél is vnto you a signe: according to all that he hathe done, ye shal do & when this cometh, ye shal know that I am the Lord God.
25 Also, thou sonne of man, shall it not be in the day when I take from thē their power, the ioye of their honour, the pleasure of their eyes, & theEbr. lifting vp of their soules. desire of their heart, their sonnes and their daughters?
26 That he that escapeth in that daye, shall come vnto thee (to tel thee) that whiche he hathe heard with (his) eares?
27 In that day shall thy mouth be opened to him which is escaped, & thou shalt speake and be no more domme, and thou shalt be a signe vnto them, and
〈◊〉
shal know that I am the Lord.
CHAP. XXV.
3 The worde of the Lord against Ammon, whiche reioyced at the fast of Ierusalém. 8 Against Moáb and Seir, Idumea and the Philistims.
1 THe word of the Lord came againe vnto me, saying,
2 Sonne of man, set thy face against the Am monites, and prophecie against them.
3 And say vnto the Ammonites, Heare the worde of the Lord God, Thus saith the Lord God, Because thou say dest,Because ye reioy ced when the enemie destroyed my citie and Temple. Ha, ha, against my Sanctuarie, when it was polluted, and against the land of Israél, when it was desolate, & against the house of Iudáh, when they went into captiuitie
4 Beholde, therfore I wil deliuer thee to theThat is, to the Babylonians. men of the East for a possession, and they shal set theirThei shall chase thee away & take thy gorgeous houses to dwell in. palaces in thee, & make their dwellings in thee they shall eat thy frute, and they shal drinke thy milke.
5 And I wil make Rabbáhad velling placeCalled
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, whiche Was the chief Citie of the
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
, 2. Sam. 12. 27 for camels, and the Ammonites a
〈◊〉
cote and ye shal knowe that I am the Lord.
6 For thus saith the Lord God, Because thou hast clapped the han̄ds, and stamped with the fete, and reioyced in heart with all thy despite against the land of Israél,
7 Beholde, therefore I wil stretche out mine hand vpon thee, and wil deliuer thee to be spoiled of the heathē, and I wil roote thee out from the people, and I wil cause thee to be destroyed out of the countreis (and) I wil destroye thee, and thou shalt knowe that I am the Lord.
8 Thus saith the Lord GOD, because that Moáb and Seir do say, Beholde, the house of Iudáh is like vnto all the heathen.
9 Therefore, beholde, I wil open the side of Moáb (euen) of the citiesSo
〈◊〉
no power of
〈◊〉
shulde be able to resist the Babylonians. of his cities (I say) in his frontiers with the pleasant coun trey, Beth-ieshimóth, Baal-meon, and Karia thaim.
10 (I wil call) the men of the East against the Ammonites, and wil giue them in possession, so that the Ammonites shal no more be remembred among the nations.
11 And I wil execute iudgements vpon Moáb and thei shal knewe that I am the Lord.
12 ¶ Thus saith the Lord God, Because that Edōm hathe done (euil) by taking vengeā
ce vpon the house of Iudáh, and hathe committed great offence, and reuenged him self vpon them,
13 Therefore thus saith the Lord God, I wil also stretche out mine hand vpon Edóm, & destroye man, and beast out of it, and I wil make it desolate from Temán, and they of Dedán shal fall by the sworde.
14 And I wil execute my vengeance vpon Edóm by the hand of my people Israél, and they shal do in Edóm according to mine angre and according to mine indignatiō and they shal knowe my vengeance, saith the Lord God.
15 Thus saith the Lord God, Because the Phili
〈◊〉
haue executed vengeance, and reuenged them selues with a despiteful heart, to destroye it for the olde hatred.
16 Therefore thus saith the Lord God, Beholde, I wil stretche out mine hand vpon the Philistims, and I wil cut of theWhich Were cer tein
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
, Where by thei oft times
〈◊〉
the Iewes, of the Che rubims Dauid also had a garde. 2. Sam. 8. 8. Cherethims and destroye the remnant of the sea coast.
17 And I wil execute great vengeance vpon them with rebukes of mine indignation, & thei shal knowe that I am the Lord, when I shall aie my vengeance vpon them.
CHAP. XXVI.
1 He prophecieth that Tyrus shalbe ouerthrowen because it reioyced at the destruction of Ierusalém. 15 The wondring and astonishment of the marchantes for the destru ction of Tyrus.
1 ANd in theEther of the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
, or of the rei gne of zedekiah. eleuenth yere, in the first (daie) of the moneth, the worde of the Lord came vnto men saying.
2 Sonne of man, because that Tyrus hathe said against Ierusalém. Aha, theThat is, the famous
〈◊〉
Ierusalem, whereunto all people
〈◊〉
gate of the people is broken it is turned vnto me: (for) seing she is desolate, I shalbeMy
〈◊〉
and fame shal increase thus the Wicked reioyce at their fall by Whome thei maie haue my profite or aduentage, replenished.
3 Therefore thus saith the Lord God, Beholde, I come against thee, ô Tyrus, and I wil bring vp manie nations against thee,
as the sea mounteth vp with his waues.
4 And thei shal destroie the walles of Tyrus and breake downe her towers: I will also scrape her dust from her, & make her like the toppe of a rocke.
5 Thou shalt be for the spreading of nettes in the middes of the sea for I haue spoken it, saith the Lord God, and it shal be a spoyle to the nations.
6 And herThe townes that belōged vnto her. daughters which are in the fielde, shalbe slaine by the sworde, and they shal knowe that I am the Lord.
7 For thus saith the Lord God, behold, I will bring vpon Tyrus Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél, a King of Kings from the North, with horses and with charets, and with horsemen, with a multitude and much people.
8 He shall slaie with the sworde thy daughters in the field, and he shal make a forte against thee, and cast a mount against thee, and lift vp the buckler against thee.
9 He shal set engines of warre before him against thy walles, and with his weapons breake downe thy towres.
10 The dust of his horses shal couer thee, for their multitude: thy walles shal shake at the noise of the horsemen, and of the wheles, and of the charets, when he shal entre into thy gates as into the entrie of a citie that is broken downe.
11 With the houes of his horses shal he tread downe all thy stretes he shal slaie thy people by the sworde, and theFor Tyrus Was muche
〈◊〉
by art, and by labour of men was wōne
〈◊〉
of the sea. Some referre thys vnto the images of the noble men Whiche they had erected vp for their glorie & renoume. pillers of thy strength shal fall downe to the grounde.
12 And thei shal robbe thy riches and spoyle thy marchandise, and they shall breake downe thy walles, & destroie thy pleasant houses, and thei shal cast thy stones & thy timbre and thy dust into the middes of the water.
13 * Thus wil I cause the sounde of thy songs to cease, and the sounde of thine harpesIere. 7. 14. shal be no more heard.
14 I will laie thee like the toppe of a rocke:I wil make thee so bare that thou
〈◊〉
haue nothing to couer
〈◊〉
. thou shalt be for a spreading of nettes: thou shalt be buylt no more: for I the Lord haue spoken it, saith the Lord God.
15 Thus saith the Lord God to Tyrus, Shall not theyles tremble at the sounde of thy fall? and at the crye of the wounded, when thei shalbe slaine & murthered in the middes of thee?
16 Then all the princes of theThe gouernours & rulers of other
〈◊〉
that dwell by the
〈◊〉
whereby
〈◊〉
signifieth that her destruction shuld be so horrible, that all the Worlde shuld heare
〈◊〉
and be
〈◊〉
. sea shal come downe from their thrones: they shal laie awaie their robes, and put of their broydred garments, and shal clothe them selues with astonishment: thei shal sit vpō the ground, and be astonished at (euerie) moment, & be amased at thee.
17 And they shall take vp a lamentacion for thee, and saie to thee, How arte thou destroied, that wast inhabitedMeaning, marchantes which by their
〈◊〉
did
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Wonderfully and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
power. of the sea (mē) the renoumed citie which was strōg in the sea, (both) she & her inhabitāts, which cause their feare to be on all that haunt therin!
18 Now shal the yles be astonished in the daie of thy fall: yea, the yles that are in the sea, shal be troubled at thy departure.
19 For thus saith the Lord God, When I shall make thee a desolate citie, like the Cities that are not inhabited, & when I shal bring the deape vpon thee, and great waters shal couer thee,
20 When I shal cast thee downe with thē that descende into the pit, with the peopleVVhich are dead long ago. of olde time, & shal set thee in the lowe partes of the earthe, like the olde ruines, with them, (I say,) whiche go downe to the pit, so that thou shalt not be inhabited, & I shal she we my glorie in the land of theMeaning, in Iudea, when it shall be restored. liuing,
21 I wil bring thee to nothing, & thou shalt be no (more:) thogh thoube soght for, yet shalt thou neuer be founde againe, saith the Lord God.
CHAP. XXVII.
The Prophet bewaileth the desolation of Tyrus, shewing what were the riches, power and autoritie thereof in time past.
1 THe worde of the Lord came againe vnto me, saying,
2 Sonne of man, take vp a lamentation for Tyrus,
3 And say vnto Tyrus, that is situat at the entrie of the sea, whiche is the marteVVhiche seruest all the worlde with thy marchā
dise. of the people for manie yles, Thus saith the Lord God, O Tyrus, thou hast said, I am of perfite beautie.
4 Thy borders are in theEbr. hear̄t. middes of the sea, (and) thy buylders haue made thee of perfite beautie.
5 Thei haue made al thy (ship) bordes of fyrre trees ofThis mountaine was called
〈◊〉
but the
〈◊〉
called it
〈◊〉
, Deut. 3. 9. Shenir: they haue broght cedres from Lebanōn, to make masts for thee.
6 Of the okes of Bashā haue thei made thine ores: the companie of the Assyrians haue made thy bankes of yuorie, (broght) out of the yles ofVVhich is taken for
〈◊〉
and Ita lie. Chittim.
7 Fine linen with broydred worke, (broght) from Egypt, was spred ouer thee to be thy saile, blewe silke & purple, (broght) from the yles of Elisháh, was thy couering.
8 The inhabitants of Zidōn, and Aruád were thy mariners, ô Tyrus: thy wise men that were in thee, thei were thyOr, shipm
〈◊〉
pilotes.
9 The ancients of Gebál, and the wise men thereof were in thee thyMeaning, that they buylt the Walles of the citie, Which is here mēt by the
〈◊〉
of these Were the
〈◊〉
of Salomons Temple,
〈◊〉
King.
〈◊〉
18. calkers, all the ships of the sea with their mariners were in thee to occupie thy marchandise.
10 Thei of Persia, and of Lud & of Phut were in thine armie: thy men of warre thei hanged the shielde and helmet in thee thei set forthe thy beautie.
11 The men of Aruád with thine armie (were) vppon thy walles rounde aboute, and theThat is, they of
〈◊〉
or
〈◊〉
& dwarfs Which Were so called because that
〈◊〉
of the hie tow res they semed
〈◊〉
. Gammadims were in thy towers: thei hā
ged their shields vppon thy walles rounde about:
〈◊〉
haue made thy beautie perfite.
12 They of
〈◊〉
(were) thy marchants for the multitude of all riches, for siluer, yron,
tynne, and lead, (which) thei broght to thy faires.
13 Thei ofOf
〈◊〉
, Italie
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Iauán, Tubál and Meshéch were thy marchants,By selling
〈◊〉
. concerning the liues of men, and thei broght vessels of brasse for thy marchandise.
14 Thei of the house ofVVhich
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for a people of Asia minor. To garmáh broght to thy faires horses, and horsmē, & mules.
15 The men of Dedán (were) thy marchants: and the marchandise of manie yles (were) in thine hands thei broght thee for a presentMeaning,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, &
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. hornes, bones, teeth, and peacockes.
16 Thei of Arám (were) thy marchāts for the multitude of thyOr, workes. wares: they occupied in thy faires withOr,
〈◊〉
. emeraudes, purple, and broydred worke, andOr, silke. fine linin, & coral, and perle.
17 They of Iudáh & of the land of Israél were thy marchants: thei broght for thy marchā dise wheat ofVVhere
〈◊〉
best wheat growed. Minnith, and Pannág, and hony and oyle, andOr,
〈◊〉
, or,
〈◊〉
. balme.
18 Thei of Damascus (were) thy marchants in the multitude of thy wares, for the multitude of all riches, (as) in the wine of Helbon and white wolle.
19 Thei of Dan also and of Iauán, going to and fro, occupied in thy faires: yrō worke, cassia and calamus were among thy marchandise.
20 Thei of Dedán (were) thy marchants in precious clothes for the charets.
21 Thei of Arabia, and all the princes of KedárOr, were
〈◊〉
whose
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
se passed through
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. occupied with thee, in lambes, & rams & goats: in these were thei thy marchants.
22 The marchants of Shebá, and Raamáh were thy marchants they occupied in thy faires with the chief of all spices, and with all precious stones and golde.
23 Thei of Harám and
〈◊〉
and Edén, the marchants of Shebá,
〈◊〉
(and) Chilmád were thy marchants.
24 These were thy marchāts in all sortes (of things,) in raimēt of blewe silke, & of broydred worke, and in coffers for the riche apparel, which were bound with cordes:
〈◊〉
also (were) among thy marchandise.
25 The shippes of TarshishOr,
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thee were thy chief in thy marchandise, & thou wast replenished & made very glorious in the middes of the sea.
26 ThyOr,
〈◊〉
. robbers haue broght thee into great waters theThat is,
〈◊〉
zar, East winde hath broken thee in the middes of the sea.
27 Thy riches and thy faires, thy marchandise, thy mariners and pilotes, thy calkers, & the occupiers of thy marchandise and all thy men of warre that are in thee, and all thy multitude whiche is in the middes of thee, shal fall in the middes of the sea in the daie of thy ruine.
28 The
〈◊〉
is, the
〈◊〉
nere
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, as was
〈◊〉
, A
〈◊〉
u
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
suburbes shall shake at the sounde of the crye of the pilotes.
29 And all that handle the ore, the mariners (and) all the pilotes of the sea shall come downe from their shippes, (and) shall stand vpon the land,
30 And shall cause theyr voyce to be heard against thee, and shal crye bitterly, and shal cast dust vpon their heads, and wallowe thē selues in the asshes.
31 Thei shal plucke of their heere for thee & gyrde them with a sacke cloth, and they shal wepe for thee with sorowe of heart (&) bitter mourning.
32 And in their mourning thei shal take vp alamentacion for thee, (saying,) What (citie) is like Tyrus, so destroied in the middes of the seal
33 When thy wares went for the of the seas, thou filledst many people (&) thou didst enriche the Kings of the earth with the multitude of thy riches & of thy marchandise.
34 Whē thou shalt be broken by the seas in the depths of the waters, thy marchandise & all thy multitude, which was in the middes of thee, shal fall.
35 All the inhabitants of they les shalbe astonished at thee, & all their Kings shal be sore afraied (&) troubled in their countenance.
36 The marchants among the people shall hisse at thee: thou shalt be a terrour, and neuer shalt beVVhere by is
〈◊〉
along time: for it was prophecied to be
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
yeres, as
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. 19, anie more.
CHAP. XXVIII.
2 The worde of God agaynste the King of
〈◊〉
for hys
〈◊〉
. 21 The worde of the Lord against Zidón. 25 The Lord promiseth that he wil gather together the children of Israél.
1 THe worde of the Lord came againe vnto me, saying,
2 Sonne of mā, say vnto the prince of Tyrus, Thus saith the Lord GOD, Because thine heart is exalted, and thou hast said,I am safe
〈◊〉
none can come to
〈◊〉
me, as God is in the heauen. I am a God, I sit in the seat of God in the middes of the sea, yet thou art but a mā & not God, &Thogh thou set thine heart as
〈◊〉
heart of God. thogh thou didst thinke in thine heart, that thou wast equal with God.
3 Beholde, thou art wiser thē
Thus he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
had declared notable signes of his
〈◊〉
in Ba
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, when Ezekiél wrote this. Daniél: there is no secret, that thei can hide from thee.
4 With thy wisdome and thyne vnderstanding thou hast gotten thee riches, and hast gotten gold and siluer into thy treasures.
5 By thy great wisdome (and) by thine occupying hast thou increased thy riches, and thine heart is lifted vp because of thy riches
6 Therfore thus saith the Lord God, Because thou didest thinke in thine heart, that thou wast equal with God.
7 Beholde, therefore I will bring strangers vpon thee, (euen) the terrible nacions: and thei shal drawe their swordes against the beautie of thy wisdome, and thei shal defile thy brightnes.
8 Thei shal cast thee downe to the pit, and thou shalt dye the death of them, that are slaine in the middes of the sea.
9 Wilt thou say (then) before him, that slaieth thee, I am a God? but thou shalt be a man, and no God, in the hāds of him that slaieth thee.
10 Thou shalt dye the death of theLike the rest of the heathen and infideles, whiche are
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vn circumcised by the hands of strangers: for I
haue spoken it, saith the Lord God.
11 ¶ More ouer the worde of the Lord came vnto me, saying.
12 Sonne of man, take vp a samentacion vpō the King of Tyrus, and say vnto him, Thus saith the Lord God Thou sealest vp the sū
me, (and) art ful ofHe
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
opinion & confidence that the Tyrians had in their riches strength and pleasures. wisdome and perfite in beautie.
13 Thou hast bene in Edén the gardē of God euerie precious stone (was) in thy garment the rubie, the
〈◊〉
and theOr, iasper. diamond, the chrysolite, the onix, and the iasper, the saphir,Or,
〈◊〉
. emeraud, and the carbuncle and golde: the worke manship of thy timbrels and of thy pipes was prepared in thee in the day that thou wast created.
14 Thou artHe meaneth the royal state of
〈◊〉
, which for the excellencie & glorie thereof he compareth to the Che rubims which couered the
〈◊〉
: & by this worde (anoinred) he
〈◊〉
the same. the anointed Cherub, that couereth, & I haue set theeI did thee this honour to make thee one of the buylders of my Temple, which was when
〈◊〉
sent vnto Salomō things
〈◊〉
for the worke. (in honour) thou wast vpō the holy mountaine of God: thou hast walked in the middes of theTowit, among my people Israél which shined as precious stones. stones of fyre.
15 Thou wast perfite in thy waies from the day that thou wastVVhich was whē I first called thee to this dignitie. created, til iniquitie was founde in thee.
16 By the multitude of thy marchandise, they haue filled the middes of thee with crueltie, and thou hast sinned, therefore I wil cast thee as prophane out of theThou shalt haue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
among my people. mountaine of God: and I wil destroy thee, ô couering Cherub from the middes of the stones of fyre.
17 Thine heart was lifted vp because of thy beautie (and) thou hast corrupted thy wisdome by reason of thy brightnes: I wil cast thee to the grounde: I wil lay thee before Kings that thei may be holde thee.
18 Thou hast defiled thyThat is, the honour, whereunto I called them. sanctification by the multitude of thine iniquities (and) by the iniquitie of thy marchandise: therefore wil I bring for the a fyre from the middes of thee, which shal deuoure thee and I wil bring thee to asshes vpon the earth, in the sight of all them that be holde thee.
19 All thei that knowe thee among the people, shalbe astonished at thee: thou shalt be a terrour, and neuer shalt to be any more,
20 ¶ Againe, the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying.
21 Sonne of men, set thy face against Zidón, & prophecie against it.
22 And say, Thus saith the Lord God, Beholde, (I come) against thee, ô Zidón, and I wil be I glorified in the middes of thee & thei shal
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
against
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. knowe that I am the Lord, when I shal haue executed iudgements in her, and shalbe sanctified in her.
23 For I wil send into her pestilēce and blood into her stretes: and the slaine shal fall in the middes of herThat is,
〈◊〉
zar. (the enemie) shal come against her with the sworde on euerie side, and thei shal knowe that I am the Lord.
24 And thei shalbe no more a pricking throne vnto the house of Israél, nor (any) grieuous thorne of all that are rounde about them, and despised them, and thei shal knowe that I am the Lord.
25 Thus saith the Lord God, When I shal haue gathered the house of Israél from the people where thei are scattred, and shal beHe
〈◊〉
for what cause God wil assemble his Church, and preserue it stil thogh he destroy his ene mies: to wit, it they shulde praise him, and giue
〈◊〉
kes for his great
〈◊〉
, sanctified in them in the sight of the heathē then shal thei dwell in the land, that I haue giuen to my seruant Iaakōb.
26 And thei shal dwell safely therein, and shal buyld houses, & plant vineyardes: yea thei shal dwell safely, when I haue executed iud gements vpon all rounde about them that despise thē, and thei shal knowe that I am the Lord their God.
CHAP. XXIX.
He prophecieth against Pharaóh and Egypt. 1; The Lord promiseth that he wil restore Egypt after fourtie yeres. 18 Egypt is the rewarde of King Nebuchadnezzar for the labour, which he toke against Tyrus.
1 IN theTo wit of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
or of zedekiah. Of the order of these
〈◊〉
and how
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
some time standeth after the latter, read
〈◊〉
, 27. 1. tenth yere (and) in the tenth mo neth in the twelfth (day) of the moneth. the worde of the lord came vnto me, saying
2 Sōne of man, set thy face against Pharaóh the King of Egypt and prophecie against him, and against all Egypt,
3 Speake, and say, Thus saith the Lord God Beholde (I come) against thee, Pharaóh King of Egypt, the greatHe compareth Pharaoh to a dragon which hideth him self in the riuer
〈◊〉
, at Isa
〈◊〉
. 9. dragon that lieth in the middes of his riuers, which hathe said, The riuer is mine, and I haue made it for my self.I wil send
〈◊〉
against thee, which shal plucke thee and thy people which trust in thee out of thy
〈◊〉
.
4 But I wil put hokes in thy chawes, & I wil cause the fish of thy riuers to sticke vnto thy scales: and I wil drawe thee out of the middes of thy riuers, and all the fish of thy riuers shal sticke vnto thy scales.
5 And I wil leaue thee in the wildernes (bothe) thee and all the fish of thy riuers, thou shalt fall vpon the open field: thou shalt not be broght together nor gathered (for I) haue giuen thee for meat to the beastes of the field, and to the foules of the heauē
6 And all the inhabitāts of Egypt shal knowe that I am the Lord, because thei haue bene a staffe ofRead, 2.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
21 Isa, 36. 6, reed to the house of Israél.
7 When thei toke holde of thee with their hand, thou didest breake and rent all their shulder: and when thei leaned vpon thee, thou brakest and madest all their loines toOr,
〈◊〉
, standVVhen
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
their hurt,
〈◊〉
wolde
〈◊〉
no mo re vpon their
〈◊〉
and put their trust in others. vpright.
8 Therefore thus saith the Lord God Beholde I wil bring a sworde vpon thee, and destroy man and beast out of thee.
9 And the land of Egypt shalbe desolate, & waste, and thei shal knowe that I am the Lord because he hathe said,Thus God can not suffer that mā shulde
〈◊〉
any thing to him self, or put his trust in anything
〈◊〉
in him alone The riuer is mine, and I haue made it.
10 Beholde, therefore (I come) vpon thee, and vpon thy riuers, and I wil make the land of Egypt vtterly waste and desolate from the towre of Seuenéh, euen vnto the borders of theEbr.
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. blacke Mores.
11 No foote of mā shal passe by it, nor foote of beast shal passe by it, nether shal it be inhabited fourtie yeres.
12 And I wil make the land of Egypt desolate
in the middes of the countreis, that are desolate, and her cities, shalbe desolate among the cities that are desol ate for four tie yeres? and I wil scattre the Egyptians among the nacions, and wil disperse them through the countreis.
13 Yet thus saith the Lord God, * At the endIerem 46,
〈◊〉
, of fourtie yeres wil I gather the Egyptiās from the people, where thei were scattred
14 And I wil bring againe the captiuitie of Egypt, and wil cause them to returne into the land of Pharaóh, into the land of their habitacion, and thei shal be there aMeaning that thei shulde not ha ue sul dominion, but be vnder the Persians, Greciās and Romains, and the cause is, that the Israelites shul
〈◊〉
no more put their trust in them but learne to depend on God. small kingdome,
15 It shal be the
〈◊〉
of the kingdomes, nether shal it exalt it self any more aboue the nacions for I wil diminish them, that thei shal nomore rule in the nacions.
16 And it shal be nomore the confidence of the house of Israél, to bring (their)
〈◊〉
I shulde by this meanes punish their sinnes. iniqui tie to remembrance by loking after them, so shal thei knowe, that I am the Lord God
17 ¶ In theCounting from the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
. seuen and twentieth yere also in the first (moneth and) in the first (day) of the moneth came the worde of the Lord vnto me saying.
18 Sonne of man, Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél caused his armie to serue a greatHe toke great paines at the siege of Tyrus and his armie was sore handled ser uice against Tyrus: euerie head was made blade, and euerie shulder was made bare yet had no wages,Signifying that Nebuchadnezzar had more paines thē profite, by the taking of Tyrus. nor his armie for Tyrus, for the seruice that he serued against it.
19 Therefore thus saith the Lord God, Behol de, I wil giue the land of Egypt vnto Nebu chad-nezzár the King of Babél, and he shal take her multitude, and spoile her spoile, and take her pray, & it shal be the wages for his armie.
20 I haue giuen him the land of Egypt for his labour, that he serued against it, because thei wroght for me.
21 In that day wil I cause the horne of the hou se of Israél to growe, and I wil giue thee an open mouth in the middes of them, & thei shal knowe that I am the Lord.
CHAP. XXX.
The destruction of Egypt and in the cities thereof.
1 THe worde of the Lord came againe vntome, saying,
2 Sonne of man, prophecie, and say, Thus saith the Lord God, Houle, (and crye,) Wo (be) vnto this day.
3 For the day is nere, & the day of the Lord is at hand, a cloudie day, (and) it shalbe the time of the heathen
4 And the sworde shal come vpon Egypt, & feare shalbe in Ethiopia, when the slaine shal fall in Egypt, whē thei shal take away her multitude, and (when) her fundacions shalbe broken downe.
5 By
〈◊〉
& Lud
〈◊〉
Aphrica and Libya. Ethiopia, and Phut, and Lud, and all the commune people, and Cub, and the men of the land, that is in league: shal fall with thē by the sworde.
6 Thus saith the Lord, Thei also that mainteine Egypt, shal fall, and the pride of her power shal come downe from the towre ofVVhich was
〈◊〉
strong
〈◊〉
of Egypt, chap.
〈◊〉
10. Seueneh shall thei fall by the sworde saith the Lord God.
7 And thei shalbe desolate in the middes of the countreis that are desolate, and her ci ties shalbe in the middes of the cities that are wasted.
8 And thei shal knowe that I am the Lord, when I haue set a fyrein Egypt (and when) all her helpes shalbe destroied.
9 In that day shal their messengers go forthe from me in shippes, to make the careles Mores afraied, and feare shal come vpon them, as in the day of Egypt: for lo, it cometh.
10 Thus saith the Lord God, I wil also make the multitude of Egypt to cease by the hād of Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél.
11 For he and his people with him (euen) the terrible nacions shal be broght to destroy the land and thei shal drawe their swordes against Egypt, & fil the lād with the slaine
12 And I wil make the riuers drye, and sel the land into the hands of the wicked, and I wil make the land waste, and all that therein is by the hands of strangers: I the Lord haue spoken it,
13 Thus saith the Lord God, I wil also destroy the idoles, and I wil cause their idoles to cease out ofOr
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
Alkaira., Noph, and there shal be no more a prince of the land of Egypt, and I wil send a feare in the land of Egypt.
14 And I wil make Pathrōs desolate, and wil set fyre in Zōan, and I wil
〈◊〉
iudgement in No.
15 And I wil powre my wrath vponOr,
〈◊〉
Sin, (whi che is) the strength of Egypt: and I wil destroy the multitude ofOr, Pelusium. No.
16 And I wil set fyre in Egypt: Sin shal haue great sorow, and No shalbe destroyed, and Noph shal haue sorowes dayely.
17 The yong men ofOr, Heliopolis. Auen, and ofOr, Pubastum. Phibéseth shal fall by the sworde: & these (cities) shal go into captiuitie,
18 At Tehaphnehes the dayMeaning that there shalbe great sorowe and affliction. shal destroye (his light,) when I shal breake there theThat is the strength & sorce. barres of Egypt: and when the pōpe of her power shal cease in her, the cloude shal co uer her, & her daughters shal go into captiuitie.
19 Thus wil I execute iudgements in Egypt, and they shal knowe, that I am the Lord,
20 ¶ And in theOf
〈◊〉
cap
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
, or of zedekiahs reigne. eleuenth yere, in the first (mo neth, and) in the seuent (day) of the moneth the worde of the Lord came vnto me, saying.
21 Sonne of man,For Nebuchadnezzar destroyed Pharaohs Necho at
〈◊〉
Iere. 46. 26. I haue broken the arme of Pharaóh King of Egypt: and lo, it shal not be bounde vp to be healed, nether shal, they put a roole to binde it, and (so) make it strong, to holde the sworde.
22 Therefore thus saith the Lord GOD, Beholde, I (come) against Pharaóhs Kings of
Egypt, and wil breakeHis
〈◊〉
and power. his arme, that was stronge, but is broken, and I will cause the sworde to fall out of his hand.
23 And I will scatter the Egyptians among the nacions, and wil disperse thē through the countreis.
24 And I wil strengthen the arme of the King of
〈◊〉
, and put my sworde in his hand, but I wil breake Pharaohs armes, & he shal cast out sighings as the sighings of him, that is wounded before him.
25 But I wil strengthen the armes of the King of Babél, & the armes of Pharaōh shal fall downe, and they shal knowe, that I am the Lord,Whereby
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
haue no power of them selues, nether can do
〈◊〉
more harmethen God appointeth, and whē he wil, thei must cease. when I shal put my sworde into the hand of the King of Babél, & he shal stretch it out vpon the land of Egypt.
26 And I wil scatter the Egyptians among the nacions, and disperse them among the countreys, and they shal knowe, that I am the Lord.
CHAP. XXXI.
〈◊〉
A comparison of the prosperitie of Pharaōh with the prosperitie of the Assyrians. 10 He prophecieth a like destruction to them bothe.
1 ANd in theOf zedekiahs
〈◊〉
or of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. eleuenth yere, in the third (moneth, and) in the first (day) of the moneth the worde of the Lord
〈◊〉
vnto me, saying,
2 Sonne of man, speake vnto Pharaōh King of Egypt, and to his multitude, Whome art thouMeaning, that he was not like in
〈◊〉
to the King of the Assyrians, whome the Babylonians ouercame like in thy greatnes?
3 Beholde, Asshúr (was like) a cedrein Leba non with faire branches, and with thicke shadowing boughes, and shot vp verie hie & histop was among the thicke boughes
4 The waters nourished him, and the depe exalted him on hie with ther riuers rūning rounde about his plants, and sent out herMany other nations were vnder
〈◊〉
dominion. litle riuers vnto all the trees of theO, countrey. field
5 Therefore his height was exalted aboue all the trees of the field, & his boughes we remultiplied,
〈◊〉
his branches were long, because of the multitude of the waters, which (the depe) sent out.
6 All the foules of the heauen made their nests in his boughes, & vnder his branches did all the beasts of the field bring forthe their yong, and vnder his shadow dwelt all mightie nacions.
7 Thus was he faire in his greatnes, (and) in the length of his branches: for his roote was nere great waters.
8 The cedres in the gardenSignifying, that there was no grea ter power in the worlde then his was. of God colde not hide him: no firre tre was like his bran ches, and the chessenut trees were not like his boughes all the trees in the garden of God were not like vnto him in his beautie.
9 I made him faire by the multitude of his branches: so that all the trees of Eden, that were in the garden of God, enuied him.
10 Therefore thus saith the Lord God, Becau seOr, thou
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vp. he is lift vp on high, and hathe shot vp his toppe among the thicke boughes, and his heart is lift vp in his height.
11 I haue therefore deliuered him into the beasts of theThat is, of
〈◊〉
, who after ward was the monarche & onelie ruler of the worlde. mightiest among the heathē he shal handle him, (for) I haue cast him away for his wickednes.
12 And the strāgers haue destroyed him, (euē) the terrible nacions, and thei haue left him vpō the mountaines, and in the valle is his branches are fallen, and his boughes areHereby is signified the
〈◊〉
of the power of the
〈◊〉
by the Babylonians. broken by all the riuers of the land: and all the people of the earth are departed frō his shaddowe, and haue forsaken him.
13 Vpon his ruine shal all the foules of the heauen remaine, and all the beasts of the field shalbe vpon his branches.
14 So that none of all the trees by the waters shal be exalted by their height, nether shal shoote vp their toppe among the thicke boughes, nether shal their leauens stād vp in their heigh, which drinke so muche water for thei are all deliuered vnto death in the nether partes of the earth in the middes of the children of men, among them that go downe to the pit.
15 Thus saith the Lord God, In the daye whē hewent downe to hel, I caused them to mourne, (and) IThe depe
〈◊〉
that caused, him
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
so
〈◊〉
(
〈◊〉
ning his great abundance & pom pe) shal new
〈◊〉
as thogh they were couered wit sackedoth. couered the depe for him and I did restreine the floods thereof, and the great waters were staied: I caused Lebanon to mourne for him, and all the trees of the field fainted.
16 I make the nacions to shake at the sounde of his fall, when I cast him downe to
〈◊〉
, with them that descend into the pit, and all the excellent trees of Eden, and the best of Lebanōn: (euen) all that are nourished with waters, shalTo cause this de struction of the King of
〈◊〉
seme more
〈◊〉
, he
〈◊〉
forthe othe Kings & princes which
〈◊〉
dead, as thogh
〈◊〉
reioyced at the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
a tyrant. be comforted in the nether partes of the earth.
17 They also went downe to hel with him vnto them that be slaine with the sworde, and his arme, (&) they that dwelt vnder his shaddowe in the middes of the heathen.
18 To whomeMeaning, that Pharaohs power was no thing so great as his was. art thou thus like in glorie and in
〈◊〉
among the trees of Eden? yet thou shalt be cast downe with the trees of Eden vnto the nether partes of the earth thou shalt slepe in the middes of theRead Chap 28. 10 vncircumcised, with them that be slaine by the sworde this is Pharaoh and all his multitude, saith the Lord God.
CHAP. XXXII.
2 The Prophet is commanded to be waile Pharaóh King of Egypt. 12 He prophecieth that destruction shal come vnto Egypt through the King of Babylon.
1 ANd in theVVhich was the
〈◊〉
yere of the ge neral
〈◊〉
vn der zedekiáh. twelfth yere in the twelfth moneth, (and) in the first (day) of the moneth, the worde of the Lord came vnto me, saying,
2 Sonne of man, take vp a lamentacion for Pharaōh King of Egypt, and say vnto him Thou art like aThus the
〈◊〉
res
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to cruel and huge beastes which
〈◊〉
all that be
〈◊〉
then, they and suche as they may ouercome. lyon of the nations & art as aOr, whale. dragon in the
〈◊〉
thou castest out thy riuersThou
〈◊〉
greatarmies. and troublest the waters with thy fete, and stampest in their riuers.
3 Thus saith the Lord God, * I wil therefore"Chap. 12. 13. and 17 20. spread my net ouer thee with a great multitude
of people, and thei shal make thee come vp into my net.
4 Then wil I leaue thee vpon the land, (and) I wil cast thee vpon the open field, and I wil cause all the foules of the heauen to re maine vpon thee, and I wil fil all the beasts of the field with thee.
5 And I wil laye thy flesh vpon the mountaines, and fil the valleisVVith heapes of the carkeises of thine
〈◊〉
. with thine height.
6 I wil also water with thy blood the land wherein thouAs Nilus ouerfloweth Egypt, so wil I make the blood of thine hoste to ouer flowe it swimmest, (euē) to the moū
taines, and the riuers shalbe full of thee.
7 And when I shalThe worde signi
〈◊〉
tobe put out as a candel is put out. put thee out, I wil couer the heauen, and make the starres thereof darke: * I wil ouer the sunne with a cloude and the moone shal not giue her light.Isa 13. 10. ioe: 2. 35. and 3. 15.
8 All the lights of heauen wil I make darke
〈◊〉
. 24. 29. for thee, and bringBy this maner of speache is mēt
〈◊〉
great sorowe that shalbe for the slaughter of the King & his people darkenes vpon thy land, saith the Lord God.
9 I wil also trouble the hearts of many people, whē I shal bring thy destruction amōg the nacions, (&) vpon the countreis which thou hast not knowen.
10 Yea, I wil make many people amased at thee, & their Kings shalbe astonished with feare for thee, when I shal make my sworde to glitter against their faces, & thei shal be afraied at euery moment euery man for his owne life in the day of thy fall.
11 For thus saith the Lord, God The sworde of the King of Babél shal come vpon thee.
12 By the swordes of the mightie wil I cause thy multitude to fall: they all shalbe terrible nacions, and they shal destroye theThis came to pas se in lesse thē foure yeres
〈◊〉
this pro
〈◊〉
. pompe of Egypt, and all the multitude thereof shalbe consumed.
13 I wil destroye also all the beasts thereof from the great water sides, nether shal the fote of man trouble them any more, nor the houes of beast trouble them.
14 Then wil I makeTo wit, of the Caldeās thine enemies: whiche shal
〈◊〉
enioy all tht commodities. their waters depe, and cause their riuers to runne like oyle, saith the Lord God.
15 When I shal make the land of Egypt deso late, and the countrey with all that is therein, shalbe laied wast: when I shal smite all them, which dwell therein, then shal thei knowe, that I am the Lord.
16 This is the mourning where with they shal lament her: the daughters of the nacions shal lament her: thei shal lament for Egypt, and for all her multitude, saith the Lord God.
17 ¶ In the twelfth yere also in the fiftenth (day) of the moneth, came the worde of the Lord vnto me, saying,
18 Sonne of man, lament for the multitude of Egypt, andThat is, prophecie that they shal be cast downe thus the Lord
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
bothe to plant and to destroy by his worde, ead cast them downe, (euē) thē and the daughters of the mightie nations vnto the nether partes of the earth, with them that go downe in to the pit.Iere 1, 10.
19 Whome doest thou passeHaue not other kingdomes, more beautiful thē thou perished? in beautie? go downe and slepe with the vncircumcised.
20 Thei shal fall in the middes of them that are slayne by the sworde.That is, Egypt, she is deliuered to the sworde: drawe her downe, & all her multitude.
21 The mosteTo make the matter more sensi ble he bringeth in Pharaoh, whome the dead shal
〈◊〉
and maiueile at him, read Isa. 14. 9. mighty (and) strong shal spea ke to her out of the middes of hel with thē that helpe her: they are gone downe (and) slepe with the vncircūcised that be slaine by the sworde.
22 Asshúr is there and all his companie: their graues are about him: all they are slayne (and) fallen by the sworde.
23 Whose graues are made in the side of the pit, and his multitude are rounde about his graue: all they are slaine (and) fallen by the sworde, which caused feare to be in the lād of the liuing.
24 There (is)Meaning, the Persians. Elám and all his multitude rounde about his graue: all they are slaine (and) fallen by the sworde which are gone downe with the vncircumcised into the nether partes of the earth, whiche caused them selues to be feared in the land of the VVhome in this life all the worlde feared. liuing, yet haue they borne their shame with them that are gone downe to the pit.
25 Thei haue made his bed in the middes of the slaine with all his multitude their gra ues (are) rounde about him all these vncircūcised are slaine by the sworde: thogh thei haue caused their feare in the land of the liuing, yet haue thei borne their shame with them that go downe to the pit: thei are laide in the middes of them, that be slaine.
26 There (is)That is, the Cappadocians and Italians, or Spanyardes, as Iosephus writeth. Méshech, Tubál, and all their multitude: their graues (are) rounde about them: all these vncircumcised were slaine by the sworde, thogh thei caused their fea re (to be) in the land of the liuing.
27 And thei shal not lye with the valiant
〈◊〉
dyed not by
〈◊〉
death, but by the course of nature and are ho norably buryed with their
〈◊〉
armour and signes of honour. of the vncircumcised, that are fallen, which are gone downe to the graue, with their weapons of warre, and haue layed their swordes vnder their heads, but their iniquitie shalbe vpon their bones because (thei were) the feare of the mightie in the land of the liuing.
28 Yea, thou shalt be broken in the middes of the vncircumcised, and lye with them that are slaine by the sworde.
29 There (is) Edom, his Kings, and all his princes, whiche with their strength are laied by them that were slaine by the sworde: they shal slepe with the vncircumcised, and with them that go downe to the pit.
30 There (be) all the princes of theThe Kings of Ba bylon. North, with all the Zidonians, whiche are gone downe with the staine, with their feare: they are ashamed of their strēgth, and the vncircumcised slepe with thē that be staine by the sworde, and beare their shame with them that go downe to the pit.
31 Pharaóh shal se them, and he shal beAs the wicked reioyce when they se others partakers of their miseries. comforted ouer all his multitude Pharaóh, and all his armie (shalbe) staine by the sworde, saith the Lord God.
32 For I haue caused myI wil make the Egyptians afraid of me as thei caused others to feare them. feare (to be) in the land of the liuing: and he shalbe laid in the middes of the vncircumcised with them, that are slaine by the sworde (euen) Pharaōh and all his multitude, saith the Lord
CHAP. XXXIII.
1 The office of the gouernours and Ministers. 14 He strengtheneth them that dispaire, and boldeneth them with the promes of mercie 30 The worde of the Lord against the mockers of the Prophet.
1 AGaine, the worde of the Lord came vn to me, saying,
2 Sonne of man, speake to the children of thy people, and say vnto them, When I bring the sworde vpon a land, if the people of the land take a manOr, of their coastes. from among thē and make him theirHe sheweth that the people ought to haue cō
tinually gouernours & teachers which may haue a care ouer them and to warne thē
〈◊〉
of the dangers which are at hand. watcheman.
3 If when he seeth the sworde come vpon the land, he blowe the trumpet and warne the people.
4 Then he that heareth the sounde of the trumpet, and wil not be warned, if the sword come, and take him away, his blood shalbe vpon his owne head.
5 For he heard the sounde of the trumpet, and wolde not be admonished (therefore) his blood shalbe vpon him: but he that receiueth warning, shal saue his life.
6 But if the watchman se the sworde come, and blowe not the trumpet, and the people be not warned: if the sworde co me, and take any persone from among thē he is taken away for hisSignifying that the wicked shal not escape punishement thoght
〈◊〉
watcheman be negligent, but if the watcheman blowe the trumped, and then he wil not obey, he shal deserue double punishement. Chap. 3. 17. iniquitie, but his blood wil I require at the watchmans hand.
7 * Lo thou, ô sonne of man, I haue made thee a watcheman vnto the house of Israél therefore thou shalt heare the worde at myVVhich teacheth that he that recei ueth not his charge at the Lords mouth, is a spie, & not a true watche man. mouth, and admonishe them from me.
8 When I shal say vnto the wicked, O wicked man, thou shalt dye the death, if thou doest not speake, and admonish the wicked of his way, that wicked man shal dye for his iniquitie but his blood wil IThe VVatchmē must answer for the blood of all the perish through his negligence. requireat thine hand.
9 Neuertheles, if thou warne the wicked of his way to turne from it, if he do not turne from his way, he shal dye for his iniquitie, but thou hast deliuered thy soule.
10 Therefore, ô thou sonne of man speake vnto the house of Israél, Thus ye speake and say, If our transgressions and our sinnes (be) vpon vs, and we are consumed because of them,Thus the wicked when they heare Gods iudge ments for their sinnes, despaire of his mercies & murmur. how shulde we then liue?
11 Say vnto them as I liue, saith the lord God Read Chap. 18. 23 I desire not the death of the wicked, but that the wicked turne from his way and liue, turne you, turne you from your euil wayes, for why wil ye dye, ô ye house of Israél.
12 Therefore thou sonne of man, say vnto the children of thy people, TheRead of this righteousnes. righteousnes of the righteous shal not deliuer
〈◊〉
. 18.
〈◊〉
. him in the day of his transgression, nor the wickednes of the wicked (shal cause) him to fall therein, in the day that he retur neth from his wickednes, nether shal the righteousnes liue for (his righteousnes) in the day that he sinneth.
13 When I shal say vnto the righteous, that he shal surely liue, if he trust to his owne righteousnes, and commit iniquitie, all his righteousnes shalbe no more remembred, but for his iniquitie that he hathe commit ted, he shal dye for the same.
14 Againe when I shal say vnto the wicked, Thou shalt dye the death, if he turne from his sinne, and do that which is lawful andHereby he condemneth all
〈◊〉
of hypocrisie, which pretende to forsake wickednes, &
〈◊〉
declare not them
〈◊〉
ues suche by their
〈◊〉
that is, in obeying Gods cō
mandements and by godlie life. right.
15 (To wit) if the wicked restore the pledge, (and) giue againe that he had robbed (and) walke in the statutes of life, without committing iniquitie, he shal surely liue (and) not dye;
16 None of his sinnes that he hathe committed, shal be mencioned vnto him (because) he hathe done that which is lawful, andChap. 18. 25. right, he shal surely liue.
17 Yet the children of thy people say, * The way of the LORD is not equal? but their owne way is vnequal.
18 When the righteous turneth from his righ teousnes: & committeth iniquitie, he shal euen dye thereby.
19 But if the wicked returne from his wicked nes, and do that which is lawful, and right he shal liue thereby.
20 Yet ye say, The way of the lord is not equal O ye house of Israél, I wil iudge you euerie one after his wayes.
21 Also in the twelfth yere ofVVhen the Pro phet was led away
〈◊〉
with
〈◊〉
coniah. our captiuitie in the tenth (moneth, and) in the fift (day) of the moneth one that had escaped out of Ierusalém, came vnto me, and said, The citie is smitten.
22 Now theI was
〈◊〉
with the Spirit of prophecie. Chap. 8. 2. hand of the Lord had bene vpō me in the euening a fore he that had escaped, came, & had opened my mouth, vntil he came to me in the mourning: & when he had opened myVVhereby is signified that the ministers of God can not speake
〈◊〉
God giue thē
〈◊〉
rage and open their mouth. mouth, I was no more dom me.
23 Againe the worde of the Lord came vnto me; and said,Chap. 24
〈◊〉
. & 29. 21 ephe. 6. 19.
24 Sonne of man these that dwell in the desolate places of the land of Israél, talke and say,Thus
〈◊〉
wicked thinke them selues
〈◊〉
worthie to enioye Gods promes thē the Saints of God, to whome they were made: and wolde binde God to be subiect to them,
〈◊〉
they wolde
〈◊〉
be
〈◊〉
de to him. Abraham was but one, and he possessed the land: but we are many (therefore) the land shalbe giuen vs in possession.
25 Wherefore say vnto them. Thus saith the Lord God, Ye eat with theContrary to the Law, Leui. 17. 14. blood, and lift vp your eyes towarde your idoles, and sheade blood: shulde ye then possesse the land?
26 Ye leane vpon yourAs they that are ready stil to shed blood. sworde: ye worke abominacion, and ye defile euerie one his neighbours wife: shulde ye thē possesse the land?
27 Say thus vnto them, Thus saith the Lord
God, As I liue, so surely thei that are in the desolate places, shal fall by the sworde: & him that is in the open field: wil I giue vnto the beastes to be deuoured: and thei that be in the fortes and in the caues, shal dye of the pestilence.
28 For I wil lay the
〈◊〉
desolate and waste, &
〈◊〉
. 7. 24. & 24
〈◊〉
30. 6. the * pompe of her strength shal cease: and the mountaines of
〈◊〉
shal be desolate, and none shal passe through.
29 Then shal thei knowe that I am the Lord, when I haue laide the land desolate and waste, because of all their abominacions, that thei haue committed.
30 Also thou sonne of mā, the children of thy people that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. talke of thee by the walles and in the dores of houses, and speake one to another, euerie one to his brother saying, Come, I pray you, and heare what is the worde that commeth from the Lord.
31 For thei come vnto thee, as the people (vseth) to come: and my people sit before thee, and heare thy wordes but thei wil not do them: for with their mouthes thei makeThis declareth
〈◊〉
We
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
Gods worde su he
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
that We
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
obey it, el We
〈◊〉
the worde to our
〈◊〉
con
〈◊〉
, and make
〈◊〉
his mini sters as thogh they were
〈◊〉
to serue mens foo lish
〈◊〉
, iestes (&) their heart goeth after their couetousnes.
32 And
〈◊〉
, thou art vnto them, as aOr, pleasant, & loue songs. iesting song of one that hathe a pleasant voyce, and can sing wel for thei heare thy wordes but thei do them not.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
33 And when this commeth to passe [(for) lo, it wil come] then shal thei knowe, that a Prophet hathe bene among them.
CHAP. XXXIIII.
2 Against the shepherdes that despised the flocke of Christ and
〈◊〉
their owne gain. 7
〈◊〉
Lord saith that he wil visite
〈◊〉
dispersed flocke, and gather them together, 23. He promiseth the true shepherd Christ and with him peace.
1 ANd the worde of the Lord came vnto me, saying,
2 Sonne of man, prophecie against the shepherdes of Israél, prophecie and say vnto them, Thus saith the Lord God vnto the
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
shepherdes, * Wo (be) vnto the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Prests, &
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
shepherdes of Israél, that fede them selues: shulde not the shepherdes fede the flockes?
3 Ye eat b fat, and ye clothe you with the woll ye kil them that are fed, but ye fede not the shepe.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
riches &
〈◊〉
.
4 TheHe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of a good
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
and succor
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
weake haue ye not strengthened: the sicke haue ye not healed, nether haue ye bounde vp the broken, nor broghtagai ne that which was d iuen away, nether haue ye soght that which was lost, but with crueltie, & with
〈◊〉
haue ye ruled them
5 And they were scattred, without a shepherde: and when thei were dispersed, thei were
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. deuoured of all the beasts of the field.
6 My shepe wandred through all the mountaines, and vpon euerie hye hil yea, my floc ke was scattred through all the earth, and none did seke or serche (after them.)
7 Therefore ye shepherdes, heare the worde of the Lord.
8 As I liue, saith the Lord God, surely because se my flocke was spoiled, and my shepe we re deuoured of all the beastes of the field, hauing no shepherd, nether did my shepherdes seke my shepe, but the shepherdes fed them selues, and fed not my shepe.
9 Therefore, heare ye the worde of the Lord ô ye shepherdes.
10 Thus saith the Lord God, Behold, I (come) against the shepherdes, and wil require my shepe at their hands, and cause them to cea se from feding the shepe: nether shal the shepherds fede them selues any more: for I wil deliuer my shepe fromBe destroying the couetous
〈◊〉
lings & restoring true shepherdes, whereof we haue a signe so oft as God sendeth true preachers who
〈◊〉
the by doctrine & life labour to
〈◊〉
his shepe in the pleasant
〈◊〉
of his worde. their mouthes, and thei shal nomore deuoure them.
11 For thus saith the Lord God, Beholde, I wil serche my shepe, and seke them out.
12 As a shepherd sercheth out his flocke whē he hathe bene among his shepe that are scattered, so wil I seke out my shepe and wil deliuer them out of all places, where thei haue bene scattered in
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of then
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
: and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in all
〈◊〉
. the cloudie & darke daie,
13 And I wil bring them out from the people, and gather them from the countreis, and wil bring them to their owne lād, and fede them vpon the mountaines of Israél, by the riuers, and in all the inhabited places of the countrey.
14 I wil fede them in a good pasture, and vpō the hie mountaines of Israél shal their folde be there shal theilie in a good folde & in fat pasture shal they fede vpō the moun taines of Israél.
15 I wil fede my shepe, & bring them to their rest, saith the Lord God.
16 I wil seke that
〈◊〉
was lost, and bring againe that which was driuen awaie, and wil binde vp that which was broken, and wil strengthen the weake but I wil destroy the fat and theMeaning suche as lift vp them sel ues
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
, & think thei
〈◊〉
: no nede to be gouerned by me. strong (and) I wil fede thē with
〈◊〉
is, by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
be twene the good and the
〈◊〉
, and so giue to
〈◊〉
as thei
〈◊〉
. iudgement.
17 Also you my shepe, thus saith the Lord God Beholde, I iudge betwene shepe, and shepe, (betwene) the rams and the goates.
18 Semeth it a smale thing vnto you to haue eaten vp the goodBy good pasture and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
is ment the pure Worde of God & the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
, Which
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to the poore til thei had
〈◊〉
it. pasture, but ye must tread downe with your fete the residue of your pasture? and to haue dronke of the depe waters, but ye must trouble the residue with your fete.
19 And my shepe eat that which ye haue troden with your fete, and drinke that which ye haue troubled with your fete.
20 Therefore thus saith the Lord God vnto them, Beholde, I (euen)
〈◊〉
wil iudge betwe ne the fat shepe and the leane shepe.
21 Because ye haue thrust with side and with shulder, and pusht all the weake with your hornes, til ye haue scattred them abroade
22 Therefore wil I helpe my shepe, and thei shal nomore be spoiled, and I wil iudge betwene
shepe and shepe.
23 And I wil set vp a shepherd ouer them, and he shal fede them, (euen) my seruantMeanīg, Christ of Whom Dauid Was a figure. Ier. 30. 9. hosea. 3. 5. Dauid, he shall fede them, and he shalbe their shepherde.
24 And I the Lord will be their God, and my seruant Dauid (shalbe) the prince among them. I the Lord haue spoken it.
25 And I will make with them a couenant of peace, and wil cause the euil beasts to cease out of the land: and they shalThis declareth, that vnde christ the
〈◊〉
shuld be
〈◊〉
deliuered from sinne, and hel, ād so be safely preserued in the Churche Where thei
〈◊〉
neuer perish. dwell safely in the wildernes, and slepe in the woods.
26 And I will seke them, (as) a blessing, euen rounde about my mountaine: and I wil cause raine to come downe in due season, and there shalbe raine of blessing.
27 And theThe frutes of Gods graces shal appear: in great abundance in his
〈◊〉
. tre of the field shall yelde her frute, and the earth shal giue her frute, and they shalbe safe in their land, and shal know that I am the Lorde, when I haue broken the cordes of their yoke, and deliuered them out of the hands of those that serued them selues of them.
28 And they shall no more be spoyled of the heathen, nether shall the beasts of the land deuoure them, but they shal dwel safely and none shal make them afraied.
29 And I will raise vp for them aThat is, the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
shall come
〈◊〉
of the roote
〈◊〉
Ishai, Isa. 11 1. plant of renoume, and they shalbe no more consumed with hungrie in the land, nether beare the reproche of the heathen anie more.
30 Thus shal they vnderstand, that I the Lord their God am with them, ād that they, (euē) the house of Israél, are my people, saith the Lord God.
31 And ye my shepe, the shepe of my pasture are men, (and) I am your GOD, sayth the Lord God.
CHAP. XXXV.
2 The destruction that shall come on mount Seir, because they troubled the people of the Lord.
1 MOreouer the word of the Lord came vnto me, saying.
2 Sonne of man, set thy face against mountVVhere the Idu means
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
, and prophecie against it.
3 And saie vnto it, Thus saith the Lord God, Beholde, ô mount Seir, I (come) againste thee, and I will stretche out myne hand against thee, and I wil make thee desolate and waste.
4 I wil laie thy cities waste, and thou shalt be desolate, and thou shalt knowe that I am the Lord.
5 Because thou hast had a perpetual hatred and hast put the childrē of Israél to flight by the force of the sworde in the time of their cala mitie, when (their)VVhen by their
〈◊〉
called them from their
〈◊〉
. iniquitie had an end.
6 Therefore as I liue, saith the Lord God, I wil prepare the vnto blood, and blood shall pursue thee: except thouExcept thou repent thy
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. hate blood, euen blood shal pursue thee.
7 Thus will I make mount Seir desolate and waste, and cut of from it hym that passeth out and him that returneth.
8 And I wil fill his mountaines with his slayne men: in thine hils, and in thy valle is and in all thy riuers shall they fall, that are slaine with the sworde.
9 I wil make thee perpetual desolations, and thy cities shall notTo Wir, to their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
returne, and ye shall knowe that I am the Lord.
10 Because thou hast said,Meaning,
〈◊〉
and Iudah. These two nacions, and these two countreis shalbe mine, and we will possesse them [seing the Lorde wasAnd so by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
people,
〈◊〉
shuld go about
〈◊〉
put
〈◊〉
out of hys owne possession there.]
11 Therefore as I liue, saith the Lord God, I wil euen do accordyng to thyAs thou haste done
〈◊〉
, so
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
be
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. wrath, and according to thine indignation which thou hast vsed in thine
〈◊〉
against them: and I will make my selfe
〈◊〉
amongSewing, that
〈◊〉
God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, the
〈◊〉
ought to
〈◊〉
that he
〈◊〉
a
〈◊〉
ouer
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
so
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Name: and also that the
〈◊〉
rage as
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
Were
〈◊〉
God, till
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his hand to their de
〈◊〉
. them when I haue iudged thee.
12 And thou shalt knowe, that I the Lord haue heard all thy blasphemies whiche thou haste spoken against the mountaines of Israel, saying they lye waste, they are giuen vs to be deuoured.
13 Thus with your mouthes ye haue boasted against me, and haue multiplied your wordes against me: I haue heard (them.)
14 Thus saith the LORD God, So shal all the worlde reioyce (when) I shal make thee desolate.
15 As thou didest reioyce at the inheritance of the house of Israél, because it was desolate, so wil I do vnto thee: thou shalt be desolate, ô mount Seir, and all I dumea wholly, ād they shal knowe, that I am the Lord.
CHAP. XXXVI.
8 He promiseth to deliuer Israel from the Gentiles. 22 The
〈◊〉
done vnto the Iewes, are to be ascribed to the mercie of God, and not vnto their deseruings. 26 God
〈◊〉
our hearts, that we maie walke in his commandements.
1 ALso thou sonne of man, prophecie vntoChap. 6. 2. the * mountaines of Israél, and saie, Ye mountaines of Israél, heare the worde of the Lord.
2 Thus sayth the LORDE God, Because theThat is, the Idu mean. enemie hathe sayd agaynst you, Aha, euen theThat
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
for Gods
〈◊〉
Was the
〈◊〉
of all the World. hie places of the worlde are ours in possession.
3 Therefore prophecie, and saie, Thus sayth the Lord God, Because that they haue made you desolate, and swallowed you vp on euerie syde, that ye myght be a
〈◊〉
vnto the residue of the heathen, and ye are come vnto the lippes andYe are made a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
all the Worlde. tongues (of men,) and vnto the reproche of the people.
4 Therefore ye mountaines of Israél, heare the worde of the Lord God, Thus saith the Lord God to the mountaines and to the hilles, to the riues, and to the valleis, and to the waste, (and) desolate places, and to the cities that are forsaken: whiche are spoiled and had in derision of the residue of
〈◊〉
heathen that are rounde about.
5 Therefore thus sayth the Lord God, Surely in the fyre of myne indignation haue I spoken against the residue of the heathen,
and against all Idumea, which They appointed
〈◊〉
them selues to haue
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
therfore came with Nebuched nezzar
〈◊〉
Ie
〈◊〉
for this purpose. haue taken my land for their possession, with dispitefull mindes to call it out for a praie.
6 Prophecie therefore vpon the land of Israél, and saye vnto the mountaines, aud to the hilles, to the riuers, and to the valleis, Thus saith the LORDE God, Beholde, I haue spokē in mine in dignation, and in my wrath, because ye haue suffered the Because you ha ue bene a laughing stocke vnto them. shame of the heathen.
7 Therefore thus sayth the LORD GOD, I haue By making a so lemne o the read. chap 20. 5. lifted vp my ne hand, surely the heathen that are aboute you, shall be are theyr shame.
8 But you, ô mountaines of Israél, ye shall God declareth his mercies and goodnes toward his
〈◊〉
who still
〈◊〉
his,
〈◊〉
whiche he destroyeth his enemies. shoote forthe your branches, and bryng forthe your frute to me people of Israél: for they are ready to come.
9 For beholde, I (come) vnto you, and I will turne vnto you, and ye shall be tilled and sowen.
10 And I will multiplie the men vpon you, (euen) all the house of Israél wholly, and the cities shalbe inhabited, and the desolate places shalbe buylded.
11 And I wil multiplie vpon you man ād beast, and they shall encrease, and bring frute, and I will cause you to dwell after your olde estate, and I wil bestowe benefites vpon you mo re then VVhich was ac complished vnder Christ, to whome all
〈◊〉
temporall deliue rances did direct them. at the
〈◊〉
, and ye shall knowe that I am the Lord.
12 Yea, I will cause men to walke vpon you, That is, vppon the mountaines of Ierusalem. (euen) my people Israél, and they shal possesse Or, thee. you, and ye shalbe their inheritance, and ye shall no more hence forthe depriue them (of men.)
13 Thus sayth the LORDE GOD, Because they saye vnto you, Thou Thus the enemies imputed
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of the land whiche God did for the sinnes
〈◊〉
the peo ple accordyng to his
〈◊〉
iudgements. (land) deuourest vp men, and haste bene a waster of thy people.
14 Therefore thou shalt deuoure men no more, nether waste thy people hence forthe, saith the Lord God.
15 Nether will I cause men to heare in thee the shame of the heathen any more, nether shalte thou beare the reproche of the people any more, nether shalte cause thy folke to fall any more, sayth the LORDE God.
16 ¶ Moreouer the worde of the Lord came vnto me, saying.
17 Sonne of man, when the house of Israél dwelt in their owne land, they defiled it by their owne wayes, and by their dedes: their waye was before me as the filthines of the menstruous.
18 Wherefore I powred my wrath vppon them, for the blood that they had shed in the land, and for their idoles, (where with) they had polluted it.
19 And I scattred them among the heathen, and they were dispersed through the countreis: (for) according to their wayes, and according to their dedes, I iudged them.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
20 * And when they entred vnto the heathen,
〈◊〉
, 2. 14. whether they went, they polluted mine holy Name, when they sayd of them, These are the people of the Lord, and are gone out of his land.
21 But I fauoured
〈◊〉
holy And therefore wolde not suffre my Name to be had in contempt, as the heath n wolde haue reproched me, if I had
〈◊〉
my church to perish Name whiche the house of Israél had polluted among the heathen, whether they went.
22 Therefore saye vnto the house of Israél, Thus sayth the LORDE GOD, I do not thys for your sakes, ó house of Israél, but for myne This excludeth from man all dignitie, and meane to deserue
〈◊〉
thynge by, seing that God referreth the whole to hym self, and that one ly for the glorie of his holy Name holye Names sake, whiche ye polluted among the heathen whether ye went.
23 And I wil sanctifie my great Name, whiche was polluted amonge the heathen, among whome you haue polluted it, and the heathen shall knowe that I am the Lord, sayth the
〈◊〉
God, when I shalbe sanctified in you before Or, your. their eyes.
24 For I wil take you from among the heathē, and gather you out of all countreis, and will bring you into your owne land.
25 Then wil powre cleane That is, his Spi rit whereby he reformeth the heart and regene reth his. Isa. 44 3. water vpon you, and ye shalbe cleane: (yea,) from all your filthynes, and from all your idoles will I clense you.
〈◊〉
32. 39.
26 * A newe heart also will I giue you, and aChap. 11. 19.
〈◊〉
Spirit will I put within you, and I will take away the stonie heart out of your bodye, and I wyll gyue you an hearte of fleshe.
27 And I wil put my Spirit within you, and cau se you to walke in my
〈◊〉
, and ye shall kepe my iudgements and do them.
28 And ye shal dwell in the land, that I gaue to your fathers, and ye shalbe my people and I wil be your God.
29 I will also deliuer you from all your filthines, and I wil call for Vnder
〈◊〉
abū
dance of temporal
〈◊〉
he concludeth the spiritual
〈◊〉
. corne, and wil increase it, and lay no famine vpon you.
30 For I will multiplie the frute of the trees, and the encrease of the field, that ye shal be a re no more the reproche of famine among the heathen.
31 Then shalye remember your owne wicked wayes, and your dedes that were not good, and shall iudge your selues worthie to haue bene Ye shall come to true repentan ce, and thynke your selues vnworthie to be of the
〈◊〉
of Gods c eatures for your ingratitude against him destroyed for your iniquities, and for abominacions.
32 Be it knowen vnto you that I do not thys for your sakes, sayth the LORDE GOD: (therefore,) ô ye house of Israél, be ashamed, and confounded for your owne wayes.
33 Thus sayth the LORDE GOD, What tyme as I shall haue clensed you frome all your iniquities, I will cause (you) to dwell in the cities, and the desolate places shal be buylded.
34 And the desolate land shalbe tilled, where as it lay waste in the sight of all that passed by.
35 And they said, This waste land was like the garden of Eden, and these waste and desolate and ruinous cities were strong, (and) were
inhabited.
36 Then the residue of the heathen that are left round about you, shal He declareth that
〈◊〉
ought not to be
〈◊〉
to the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the earth
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
countrey is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, but
〈◊〉
to Gods
〈◊〉
, as hys
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
when he maketh it
〈◊〉
. knowe that I the Lord buylde the ruinous places, (and) plant the desolate places: I the Lord haue spoken it, and wil do it.
37 Thus saith the Lord God, I wil yet for this be soght of the house of Israél, to performe it vnto them: I wil encrease them with men like a slocke.
38 As the holie flocke, as the flocke of
〈◊〉
in their solemne feastes, so shal the desolate cities be filled with
〈◊〉
of men, and they shal knowe, that I am the Lord.
CHAP. XXXVII.
1 He prophecieth the bringing againe of the people, being in captiuitie. 16
〈◊〉
sheweth the
〈◊〉
of the ten tribes with the two.
1 THe hand of the Lord was vpon me, and caryed me out in the Spirit of the Lord,"
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. and set me downe in the middes of the field which was ful of He sheweth
〈◊〉
a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
GOD hathe power, and also wil deliuer his people from their
〈◊〉
in asmuche as he is able
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to the dead
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them vp againe. bones.
2 And he led me round about by them, and be holde, there (were) very manie in the open field, and lo, (they were) verie drye.
3 And he said vnto me, Sonne of man, can these bones liue? And I answered, ó Lord God, thou knowest.
4 Againe he said vnto me, Prophecie vpon the se bones and say vnto them, Oye drye bones heare the worde of the Lord.
5 Thus saith the Lord God vnto these bones, Beholde, I wil cause breath to entre into you and ye shal liue.
6 And I wil lay sine wes vpō you, & make flesh growe vpon you, and couer you with skin, & put breath in you, that ye may liue, & ye shal knowe that I am the Lord.
7 So I prophecied, as I was commanded: and as I prophecied, there was a noise, and beholde, (there was) a shaking, and the bones came together, bone to his bone.
8 And when I behelde,
〈◊〉
, the sinewes, and the flesh grewe vpon them, and aboue, the skin couered thē, but there was no breath in thē
9 Then said he vnto me, Prophecie vnto the winde: prophecie, sonne of man, and say to the winde, Thus saith the Lord God, Come from the foure
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
as the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
: that is, the
〈◊〉
: ful
〈◊〉
be
〈◊〉
to the same
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
they are
〈◊〉
through the worlde. windes, ô breath, and breathe vpon these slaine, that they may
〈◊〉
.
10 So I prophecied as he had commanded me: and the breath came into thē, and they liued, and stode vp vpon their fete, an exceding
〈◊〉
armie.
11 Then he said vnto me, Sonne of man, these bones are the whole house of Israél.
〈◊〉
, they say, Our bones are dryed, and our hope is
〈◊〉
, (&) we are cleane cut of.
12 Therefore prophecie, and say vnto them, thus saith the Lord God, Beholde, my people I wil open your graues, & cause you to come vp out of your sepulchres, and bring you into the land of Israēl,
13 And ye shal knowe that I am the LORD, That is, when I haue
〈◊〉
you ou of
〈◊〉
places, and townes where you are
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. when I haue opened your graues, ô my people, and broght you vp out of your sepulchres,
14 And shal put my Spirit in you, and ye shal liue, and I shal place you in your owne land: then ye shal knowe that I, the LORD haue spoken it, and performed it, saith the Lord.
15 ¶ The worde of the Lord came againe vnto me, saying,
16 Moreouer thou sonne of man, take thee a (piece) of wood, and write vpon it, Vnto Iudáh, and to the children of Israél his companions: then take
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ther of the two houses of
〈◊〉
, & Iudáh. another (piece) of wood and write vpon it, Vnto Iosēph the tre of Ephráim, and to all the house of Israél his companions.
17 And thou shalt ioyne them one to another into one tre, and they shalbe as one in thine hand.
18 And when the children of thy people shal speake vnto thee, saying, Wilt thou not shew vs what thou meanest by these?
19 Thou shalt answer thē, Thus saith the Lord GOD, Beholde, I wil take thee That is, the hou se of Israél. of Ioseph, whiche is in the hand of Ephráim, and the tribes of Israél his felowes, and wil put them with him, (euen) with the tre of Iudāh, and make them one tre, and they shalbe one in mine hand.
20 And the (pieces) of wood, whereō thou wri test, shal be in thine hand, in their sight.
21 And say vnto them, Thus saith the Lord God Beholde, I wil take the children of Israél frō among the heathen, whether they be gone, & wil gather them on euerie side, and bring them into their owne land.
22 And I wil make them one people in the lād vpon the mountaines of Israél, * & one KingIoh. 10,
〈◊〉
. shalbe King to them all: and they shalbe no more two peoples, nether be deuided anie more hence forthe into two kingdomes.
23 Nether shal thei be polluted anie more with their idoles, nor with their abominacions, nor with anie of their transgressions: but I wil saue them out of all their dwelling places wherein they haue sinned, and wil clense thē so shal they be my people, and I wilbe their God.
24 And Dauid my * seruant (shalbe) King ouerIsa. 40,
〈◊〉
. them, & thei all shal haue one shepherd: thei
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. shal also walke in my iudgements, and obser
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. ue my statutes, and do them.dan. 9,
〈◊〉
.
25 And they shal dwell in the Meaning that the elect
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
dwell in the
〈◊〉
lie
〈◊〉
, which is
〈◊〉
by the land of
〈◊〉
naan. land, that I haue giuen vnto Iaakōb my seruant, where your fathers haued welt, and they shal dwell there in, (euē) they, and their sonnes, and their son nes sonnes for euer, and my seruant Dauid (shalbe) their prince for euer.
26 Moreouer, I wil make * a couenant of peacePsal. 109 4. & 116, 2. with them: it shal be an euerlasting couenāt with them, and I wil place them, and multiplie them, and wil set my Sanctuarie among them for euer more.
27 My tabernacle also shalbe with them: yea, I wil be their God, and they shalbe my people.
28 Thus the heathen shal knowe, that I the Lord do sanctisie Israél, when my Sanctuarie shalbe among them for euer more.
CHAP. XXXVIII.
2 He prophecieth that Gog and Magog shal sight with
〈◊〉
power against the people of God. 21 Then destruction.
1 ANd the worde of the LORD came vnto me, saying,
2 Sonne of man, set thy face againstWhich was a
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
me of Magog the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
, Gen 10, 2. Magog also
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
a certeine
〈◊〉
, so that by these two countreis,
〈◊〉
had
〈◊〉
go
〈◊〉
. of Grecia and
〈◊〉
, he meaneth the prin cipal enemies of the Church, Reuel 20, 8. Gog (and against) the land of Magóg, the chief prince of Méshech and Tubál, & prophecie against him,
3 And say, Thus saith the Lord God, Beholde, I (come) against
〈◊〉
, ô Gog the chief prince of Méshech and Tubál.
4 And I wil destroye thee, 'and put bokes in thy chawes, and I wil bring; thee forthe, and all thine hoste (bothe) horses, and horsemen all clothed with all sortes of (armour, euen) a great multitude with buckelers, and shields, allHe
〈◊〉
that the enemies shulde bend them selues against the Church, but it shulde be to their owne
〈◊〉
. handling swordes.
5 They ofThe
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
and men of
〈◊〉
. Parás, of Cush, and
〈◊〉
with them (euen) all they (that beare) shield and helmet.
6 Gomér was
〈◊〉
sonne, 'and
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
and are
〈◊〉
to be
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
minor. Gomér and all his bandes, (and) the house of sogarmáh of the North quarters, and all his bandes, (and) muche people with thee.
7 Prepare thy selfe, and
〈◊〉
, that all the people of the worlde
〈◊〉
assemble thē selues against the Church & Christ
〈◊〉
head. make thee ready, (bothe) thou, and all thy multitude, that are assembled vnto thee, and be thou their sauegarde.
8 After manie dayes thou shalt be visited: (for) in the latter yeres thou shalt come into the land, that hathe bene destroyed with the sworde, and is gathered out of manie people vpon the mountaines of Israél, which haue lōg lien waste: yetOr,
〈◊〉
, the land of
〈◊〉
they haue bene broght out of the people, and, they shald well all safe.
9 Thou shal ascend and come vp like a tēpest, (and) shalt be like a cloude to couer the land (bothe) thou, and all thy bandes, and manie people with thee.
10 Thus saith the Lord God, Euen at the same time shal (
〈◊〉
) things come into thy minde and thou shalt thinkeThat is, to
〈◊〉
lest, and
〈◊〉
the Church. euil thoghts.
11 And thou shalt say, I wil go vp to the lād that hathe no walled to wres:Meaning, Israél which had now bene destroyed, and was not yet buylt againe: declaring hereby the simplicitie of the godlie, who seke
〈◊〉
so
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
thē selues by
〈◊〉
force, as to
〈◊〉
on the
〈◊〉
& goodnes of
〈◊〉
I wil go to them that are at rest, and dwell in safetie, whiche dwell all without walles, & haue nether barres nor gates,
12 (Thinking) to spoile the pray, and to take bootie, to turne thine hand vpon the desolate places that are (now) inhabited, and vpon the people, that are gathered out of the nations which haue gotten cattel, and goods & dwell in the
〈◊〉
of the land.
13 Shebá and Dedán, and the marchantes of Tarshish with all the lions thereof shal say vnto thee,One enemie shal enuiean other
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
one shal thinke to haue the spoile of
〈◊〉
Church. Art thou come to spoile the pray hast thou gathered thy multitude to take a bootie? to cary away siluer & golde, to take away cattel and goods, (ād) to spoile a great pray?
14 Therefore, sonne of mā, prophecie, and say vnto Gog, Thus saith the Lord God, In that day when my people of IsraélShalt not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thine
〈◊〉
to come
〈◊〉
my
〈◊〉
whē they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
dwelleth safe shalt thou not knowe it?
15 And come from thy place ont of the North partes, thou & muche people with thee? all (shal) ride vpon horses, (euen) a great multitu de and a mightie armie.
16 And thou shalt come vp against my people of Israél, as a cloude to couer the land: thou
〈◊〉
Meaning,
〈◊〉
last
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vnto the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
. shalt be in the k latter dayes, and I wil bring thee vpon my land that the heathen may knowe me, when I
〈◊〉
that God wilbe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Church, &
〈◊〉
his enemies, as Chap 36, 23. & 37, 28 shalbe sanctified in thee, ô Gog, before their eyes.
17 Thus saith the Lord God, Art not thou he, of whome I haue spoken in olde time
〈◊〉
by he
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
can come to the Church, whereof they
〈◊〉
not bene
〈◊〉
afore
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
all
〈◊〉
with
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
when they know that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. by the hand of my seruants the Prophetes of Israél which prophecied in those dayes, (and) yeres, that I wolde bring thee vpon them?
18 At the same time also when Gog shal come against the land of Israél, saith the Lord God my wrath shal arise in mine angre.
19 For in mine indignation (and) in the fyre of my wrath haue I spoken it: surely at that time there shalbe a great shaking in the land of Israél.
20 So that the fishes of the sea, & the foules of the heauen, and the beastes of the field and all that moue & crepe vpon the earth, and all the men that are vpon the earth, shal tremble at my presēce, & the moūtaines shalbe ouer throwen, and theAll meanes whereby man
〈◊〉
thinke to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
shal
〈◊〉
, the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
those dayes
〈◊〉
so great & the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
shalbe so
〈◊〉
. staires shall fall, and euery wall
〈◊〉
fall to the grounde.
21 For I
〈◊〉
call for a sworde againste himAgainst the people of God &
〈◊〉
. through out all my moūtaines, saith the Lord God: euery mans sworde shal be against his brother.
22 And I wil pleade against him with pestilence, and with blood, and I wil
〈◊〉
to raine vpon him and vpon his bandes, and vpō the great people, that are with him, a sore raine, and haue stones, syre, and brim stone.Chap. 36, 23. & 37, 28.
23 Thus wil I be * magnified, and sanctified, and knowen in the eyes of many nacions, & they shal knowe, that I am the Lord.
CHAP. XXXIX.
1 He
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of Gog and Magog. 11 The
〈◊〉
of Gog and his hoste. 17 This shalbe
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
23 wherefore the house of Israél is capti ue, 24 Their bringing againe
〈◊〉
captiuitie is promised.
1 THerefore, thou sonne of man, prophccie against
〈◊〉
, and say, Thus sayth the Lord
〈◊〉
, Beholde, I (come) against thee, ô Gog, the chief prince of Méshech and Tubál.
2 And I will destroy: theeOr,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
with six plagues, as Chap. 38, 22. and leaue but the sixt part of thee, and wil cause thee to come vp from the North partes and wil bring thee vpon the mountaines of
〈◊〉
.
3 And I will smite thy bowe out of thy left hand, and I will cause thine arrowes to fall out of thy right hand.
4 ThouMeaning, that by the vertue of Gods worde the enemie shalbe de
〈◊〉
whereso
〈◊〉
he assaileth
〈◊〉
Church. shalt fall vpon the mountaines of Israél, and all thy bands and the people, that is with thee: (for) I will giue thee vnto the birdes (ād) to euery feathered foule ād beast of the field to be deuoured.
5 Thou shalt fal vpon the open field: for I haue spoken it, saith the Lord God.
6 And I wil send a fyre on Magóg, and among them that dwel safely in theThat is, among
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of my
〈◊〉
dwel
〈◊〉
they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
separate. yles, and they shall knowe, that I am the Lord.
7 So wyll I make myne holy Name knowen in the middes of my people Israél, and I wyll not
〈◊〉
them to pollute myne holy Name anye more, and the heathen shall knowe that I am the Lorde, the holie one of Israél.
8 Beholde,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, this pla
〈◊〉
is fully deter
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
my
〈◊〉
sel and can not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. it is come, and it is done, saith the Lorde God: this is the daye where of I haue spoken.
9 And they that dwell in the cities of Israél, shalAfter this
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Chur
〈◊〉
shall haue
〈◊〉
peace and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
all
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
because
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and this
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
ment of
〈◊〉
kingdome, whē by their head
〈◊〉
all
〈◊〉
shalbe ouercome. go forthe, and shall burne and set fyre vpon the weapons, and on the shields, and bucklers, vpon the bowes, and vpon the arrowes, and vpon the staues (in their) hands, and vpon the speares, and they shall burne them with fyre seuen yere.
10 So that they shal bring no wood out of the field, nether cut downe (any) out of the forests: for they shal burne the weapons with fyre, and they shall robbe those, that robbed them, and spoyle those that spoyled them, saith thy Lord God.
11 And at the same tyme will I gyue vnto GogVVhiche declareth that the ene mies shall haue an
〈◊〉
fall. g For the stinke of the
〈◊〉
. a place there for buryal in Israél, (euen) the valley whereby men go towarde the East parte of the Sea: and it shall cause them that passe by, to stoppe their
〈◊〉
noses, and there shal they burye Gog with all hys multitude: and they shall call it the valley ofOr, of the
〈◊〉
of Gog. HamonGog.
12 Meanyng, a long
〈◊〉
. And seuen moneths long shall the house of Israél be burying of them, that they may clense the land.
13 Yea, all the people of the lande shall bury them, and they shal haue a name when I shalbe glorified, saith the Lord God.
14 And they shall chuse out men to go continually through thePartely that the holy land
〈◊〉
not be polluted, and
〈◊〉
for the compassion that the children of God haue euen on their
〈◊〉
land with them that trauail, to burye those that remaine vpon the grounde, and clense it: they shall searche to the end of seuen moneths.
15 And the trauailers that passe through the land, if (any) se a mans bone, then shal he set vp a signe by it, till the buryers haue buryed it, in the valley of Hamon-Gog.
16 And also the name of the citie (shal be)Or, multitude. Hamonáh: thus shal they clense the land.
17 And thou sonne of man, thus saith the Lord God, Speake vnto euerie feathered foule, and to all the beastes of the field, Assemble your selues, and come:VVhereby he si
〈◊〉
the horrible destruction that shuld come vpon the enemies of his Chu. ch. gather your selues on euerye side to my sacrifice: for I do sacrifice a great sacrifice for you vpon the mountaines of Israél, that ye may eat fleshe, and drinke blood.
18 Ye shall eat the fleshe of the valiant, and drinke the blood of the prīces of the earth, of the weathers, of the lambes, and of the goates, (and) of bullockes, (euen) of all fat beasts of Bashán.
19 And ye shal eat fat til you be ful, and drinke blood, till ye be drunk en of my sacrifice, which I haue sacrificed for you.
20 Thus you shall be filled at my table wyth horses and chariots, with valiant men, and with all men of warre, sayth the LORDE God.
21 And I wil set my glorie among the heathen, and all the heathen shall se my iudgement, that I haue executed, and mine hand, whiche I haue layed vpon them.
22 So the house of Israél shal knowe, that I am the Lorde their GOD from that day and so forthe.
23 And the heathen shall knowe, that the house of Israél wēt into captiuitie forThe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
kno we that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
not my people by their strength, ne ther
〈◊〉
by the weaknes of mine arme, but that this was for my peoples
〈◊〉
. their iniquitie, because they trespaced agaynst me: therefore hid I my face from them, and gaue them into the hand of their enemies: so fell they all by the sworde.
24 According to their vnclennes, and according to their transgressions haue I done vnto them, and hid my face from them.
25 Therefore thus sayth the Lorde God, Now will I bring againe the captiuitie of Iaakob, and haue compassion vpon the whole house of Israél, and will be ielous for myne holy Name.
26 After that they haue borne their shame, and all their transgression, whereby they haue transgressed agaynst me, when they dwelt safely in their land, and without feare of any.
27 When I haue broght them againe from the people, and gathered them out of their enemiesChap. 36. 13. lands, and am * sanctified in them in the sight of manie nacions.
28 Then shal they knowe, that I am the Lord their GOD, whiche caused them to be led into captiuitie amonge the heathen: but I haue gathered them vnto their owne land, and haue left none of them any more there.
29 Nether will I hide my face any more from them: for I haue powred out my Spirit vpon the house of Israél, saith the Lord God.
CHAP. XL.
The restoryng of the citie and the Temple.
1 IN the fiue and twentieth yere of our being in captiuitie in theThe Iewes
〈◊〉
ted the
〈◊〉
of the yere
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
: for their
〈◊〉
they began to
〈◊〉
in Marche, ād for their other
〈◊〉
in September so that this is
〈◊〉
be vnderstand of September. beginning of the yere in the tenth (day) of the moneth, in the fourtenth yere after that the citie was smitten, in the selfe same daye, the hande of the LORDE was vpon me, and broght me thether.
2 Into the land of Israél broght he me byOr, visions of God. a diuine vision, and set me vpon a verie hie mountaine, whereupon (was) as the buylding of a citie, to warde the South.
3 And he broght me thether, and beholde, there (was) aVVhich was an Angell in
〈◊〉
of a man, that came to measure out this building man, whose similitude was to loke to, like brasse, with a linen threde in his hād, and a rede to measure with: and he stode at the gate.
4 And the man said vnto me, Sonne of man, be holde with thine eyes, and heare with thine eares, and set thine heart vpon all that I shal shew thee: for to the intent, that they might be shewed thee, art thou broght hether: declare all that thou seest, vnto the house of Israél.
5 And beholde, (I sawe) a wall on the outside of the house rounde aboute: and in the mans hand (was) a rede to measure with, of six cubites long, by the cubite, and an hand breadth: so he measured the breadth of the building with one rede, and the height with one rede.
6 Then came he vnto the gate, whyche loketh toward the East, and went vp the staires thereof, and measured theOr, thre sholde. poste of the gate, (whiche was) one rede broad, andOr, vperpost. the other poste of the gate, (whiche was) one rede broad.
7 And (euerye) chamber was one rede longe and one rede broad, and betwene the cham bers (were) fiue cubites: and the poste of the gate by the porche of the gate within (was) one rede.
8 He measured also the porche of the gate within with one rede.
9 Then measured he the porche of the gate of eyght cubites, and the postes thereof,"Or, pentiser. of two cubites, and the porche of the gate (was) inwarde.
10
〈◊〉
the chambers of the gate Eastwarde, (were) thre on this side, and thre on that side: they thre (were) of one measure, and the postes had one measure on this side and one on that side.
11 And he mea ured the breadth of the entrie
THE DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGVRE which beginneth, vers. 5.
Vers 5. The wall that cōpasseth about the Tēple & the courtes, as appeareth in the secōd and in the great figure."
〈◊〉
paruis de dedans.
A B The thickenes of the wall, was six cubies: for long the rede was."Or, the Inner court.
A C The height of the wall, whiche was also six cubites: this wall conteyned two thousand cubites, that is, on the Fast side 500. C H and on the North side 500 H I as
〈◊〉
on the South side. C K & 500 on the West sideVers. 9 C. D. The vp
〈◊〉
H I. The
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the alley of the
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. The
〈◊〉
of the por che.
〈◊〉
was inwa de. I K This wal did separate the Temple from the citie. Chap. 4. 2. 20.
Vers. 6. This gate in the great figure is marked with D. vnto the whiche apperteine seuen steppes E. Thence they go into the porch: where are six cham bers F. VVhiche porche was closedVers
〈◊〉
. L M The breadth of the gate, and the height. A N. with a wall G.
Vers. 7. E F G. The length, The breadth EOG The space of
〈◊〉
cubitesVers 12. The space before the chā bers as a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. O. betwene the chambers, and so muche space was on this side, and beyonde the chambers G. From the thresholde inwarde to the porche was sixVers. 13. The breadth of the whole poche from the
〈◊〉
chamber to the
〈◊〉
25, cubi
〈◊〉
. P. Q cubites. A. B. B C. The porche.
NORTH.
of the gate ten cubites (and) the height of the gate thirtene cubites.In the 14. vers. he speaketh of the vpper postes, or pentises whiche in all were 60
〈◊〉
: for euerie chamber had
〈◊〉
, ādt e thres
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
dore, ether 12. K
〈◊〉
.
12 The space also before the chambers (was) one cubite (on this side,) and the space (was) one cubite on that side, and the chambers (were) six cubits on this side and six cubites on that side.
13 He measured then the gate from the roufe of a chamber to the top of the (gate:) the breadth (was) fyue and twentie cubites, doreVers 15 A D. The
〈◊〉
cubites. against dore.
14 He made also postes of threscore cubites,Ver. 17.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
R. so
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
it was the
〈◊〉
court in respect
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Tē
ple as
〈◊〉
and the postes of the court, (and) of the gate (had one measure) round about.
15 And vpon the forefront of the entrie of the gate vnto the forefront of the porche of the gate within (were) fiftie cubites.
16 And (there were) narrowe windowes inin the great figure N. but it is the inner court in re spect of the porche, which hathe bene
〈◊〉
. the chambers, and in their postes within the gate rounde aboute, and lyke wise to the arches: and the windowes (went) rounde about within: and vpon the postes (were) palmeS.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
chā bers, fyftene
〈◊〉
a side. The two lide gates 6, whi che are by the great gate T. trees.
17 ¶ Then broght he me into the outwarde court, and lo, (there were) chambers, and a pauement made for the court rounde about (and) thirtie chambers (were) vpon the pauement.Vers. 19. The low er gate A. which had seuen steps, ād the gate with in eyght T. betwene AT were 100 cubites, and had as muche frome
〈◊〉
to North V X.
18 And the pauement (was) by the side of the gates ouer agaynst the length of the gates, (and) the pauement (was) benethe.
19 Then he measured the breadth from the forefront of the lower gate without, vnto the forefront of the court within, an hundreth
cubites Eastward and Northward.
20 And the gate of the outwarde court, that loVers. 20. This must be considered in the great li gure The outwardecou
〈◊〉
in re spect
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
MRT e North side. The
〈◊〉
S. The court
〈◊〉
out T. The length of the
〈◊〉
with the chambers, as in the Fast side VX The breadth 25
〈◊〉
Y z ked toward the North, measured he after the length and breadth thereof.
21 And the chambers thereof (were,) thre on this side, and thre on that side, and the postes thereof & the arches thereof were after the measure of the first gate: the length thereof (was) fyftie cubites, and the breadth fyue & twentie cubites.
22 And their windowes, and their arches with their palme trees, (were) after the measure of the gate that loketh toward the East, andVers.
〈◊〉
The gate of the inner court B.
〈◊〉
against the gate of the outward court R and tow ard the
〈◊〉
. An hundreth cubites Rb. the going vp vnto it (had) seuen steppes, and the arches thereof (were) before them.
23 And the gate of the inner court (stode) ouer against the gate toward the North, & toward the East, and he measured from gate to gate an hundreth cubites.
24 After that, he broght me toward the SouthVers
〈◊〉
. The South gate in the great
〈◊〉
d. The outward courte. and lo, (there was) a gate toward the South, and he measured the postes thereof, and the arches thereof according to those measures.
25 And (there were) windowes in it, and in the arches thereof round about, like those windowes: the height (was) fiftie cubites, and the breadth fyue and twentie cubites.
26 And there were seuen to go vp to it, & the arches thereof (were) before them: & it had palme trees, one on this side, and another on that side vpon the poste thereof.
27 ¶ And (there was) a gate in the inner courtVers. 27. The inner court gate f. An
〈◊〉
cubi tes.
〈◊〉
which was the length of a court, and his chā bers. toward the South, and he measured from ga te to gate toward the South and hundreth cubites.
28 And he broght me into the inner courtby the South gate, and he measured the SouthVers 28 The in ner court g. The eight steppes are hid whiche the buylding, but they are like thē of the East gate Q for all the courtes were of one mea sure, quantitie & facion. gate according to those measures.
29 And the chambers thereof, and the postes thereof, and the arches therof according to these measures, and (there were) windowes in it, and in the arches therof rounde about, (it was) fiftie cubits long and fiue and twentie cubits broad.
30 And the arches roūd about (were) fiue and twentie cubites long, and fiue cubites broad
31 And the arches thereof (were) toward the vtter court, and palme trees (were) vpon the postes thereof, and the going vp to it (had) eight steppes.
32 ¶ Againe he broght me into the inner courtVers. 32. The inner court of the East side N. And so in all he maketh six courtes, two on the East side, two on the North, and two on the South side Loke in the great figure. towarde the East, and he measured the gate according to those measures.
33 And the chambers thereof, and the postes thereof, and the arches thereof were according to these measures, and (there were) win dowes therein, and in the arches thereof roūd about, (it was) fiftie cubites long, and fyue and twentie cubites broad.
34 And the arches thereof (were) towarde the vtter court, and palme trees (were) vpon the postes thereof, on this side and on
〈◊〉
side, and the going vp to it (had) eight steps.
35 ¶ After he broght me to the North gate, and measured it, according to these measures.
36 The chambers thereof, the postes thereof,Vers. 8.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of six
〈◊〉
, which were in the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
on he
〈◊〉
e i The
〈◊〉
of the chambers, that is, the
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the vpper polles or
〈◊〉
which
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
also
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the gate
〈◊〉
he great
〈◊〉
. and the arches thereof, and (there were) win dowes therein roūd about: the height (was) fiftie cubites, and the breadth
〈◊〉
and twen tie cubites.
37 And the postes thereof (were) towarde the vtter courte, and palme trees (were) vpon the postes thereof on this side, and on that side, and the going vp to it (had) eight steps.
38 And (euerie) chāber, and the entrie thereof (was) vnder the postes of the gates: there they washed the burnt
〈◊〉
.
39 And in the porche of the gate (stode) twoVers 39 In the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
table, K & as
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
outward
〈◊〉
, a
〈◊〉
, and an
〈◊〉
long and as
〈◊〉
, and one cubite high tables on this side, and two tables on that side, vpon the which they slewe the burnt offring, and the sinne offring, and the trespas offring.
40 And at the side beyond the steps, at the en trie of the North gate (stode) two tables, and on the other side, which was at the porche of the gate (were) two tables.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
chambers in the
〈◊〉
porche
〈◊〉
the North side for
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
L. bu the
〈◊〉
ue
〈◊〉
the sight,
〈◊〉
beholde
〈◊〉
, which are
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
East
〈◊〉
, for
〈◊〉
are
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
on the
〈◊〉
side. The
〈◊〉
was now in the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, wherehe saw
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and de
〈◊〉
one
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
, which was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
41 Foure tables (were) on this side, and foure tables on that side by the side of the gate, (euen) eight tables wherupon thei slue (their sacrifice.)
42 And the foure tables (were) of he wen stone for the burnt offring, of a cubite and an halfe long, and a cubite and an halfe broade, & one cubite hie: whereupon also they layed the iustruments where with they slewe the burnt offring and the sacrifice.
43 And within (were) borders an hand broade, fastened round about, and vpon the tables (laye) the flesh of the offring.
44 And without the inner gate (were) the chā bers of the singers in the inwarde courte, which was at the side of the North gate: &Vers
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
N
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
on the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
O
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
on
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
for them
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
were East
〈◊〉
South, as the
〈◊〉
O were East and by
〈◊〉
. These must be
〈◊〉
in the great figure. their prospect (was) towarde the South, (and) one (was) at the side of the East gate, hauing the prospect towarde the North.
45 And he said vnto me, This chamber whose prospect is towarde the South, (is) for the Priests, that haue charge to kepe the house.
46 And the chamber whose prospect is towar de the North, (is) for the Priests that haue the charge to kepe the altar: these are the sonnes of Zadók among the sonnes of Leui which may come nere to the Lord to minister
THE FIGVRE OF THE TEMPLE.
SOVTH.
NORTH.
vnto him.Vers. 47. The altar P.
Vers 48. He entred by the gate, Q to come into the
〈◊〉
of the temple. R The which Temple is here
〈◊〉
ibed more
〈◊〉
large, be cause the things here mencioned might the better be vnde,
〈◊〉
.
Vers. 48. By the postes of the porche he meaneth the wall which was fiue cubites thicke on
〈◊〉
side of the alley or porche
〈◊〉
. The two
〈◊〉
gates in the side of the por che 3. 4. which were to go
〈◊〉
the Priests chambers that were by the Temple. A B.
47 So he measured the court, an hundreth cu bires long, and an hundreth cubites broad (euen) four square: like wise the altar (that was) before the House.
48 And he broght me to the porche of the house, and measured the postes of the porche, fiue cubites on this side, and fiue cubites on that side: ād the breadth of the gate (was) thre cubites on this side, and threcubites on that side.Vers. 49. The length of the por chezo cubites 5. 6. And the breadth eleuen. 7. 8. The steppes whereby the Prophet
〈◊〉
into the porche of the Temple 9 7 The two pillers 10.
49 The length of the porche (was) twentie cubites, and the breadth eleuen cubites and (he broght me) by the steppes whereby thei went vp to it, and (there were) pillers by the postes, one on this side, and another on that side.
CHAP. XLI.
1 The disposicion and order of the buylding of the Temple and the other things there to belonging.
1 AFterwarde, he broght me to the TempleVers. 1. The vpper posies or pen tises, meaning the toppes of the chambers on the sides of the Temple A B The second chambre G goeth out more thē the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
R. & the thirde A morethen the secōd. and measured the postes, six cubites broad on the one side and six cubites broad on the other side, (which was) the breadth of the tabernacle.
2 And the
〈◊〉
of the entrie (was) ten cubits, and the sides of the entrie (were) fiue cu bits on the one side, and fiue cubits on the otherside, and he measured the length there of fortie cubites, and the breadth twentieVers. 2 The breadth of the en trie or gate ten cubites. C D Fiue cubites from the Temple wall to the gate on ether side E C D F. the lēgth of fourtie cubites frō
〈◊〉
Tē ple
〈◊〉
to the moste
〈◊〉
place 8. 1. The breadth of the Tēple 20 cu bites E F. or G p He speaketh not here of the height there fo
〈◊〉
it is made of 30, cubites
〈◊〉
to Salomons. cubites.
3 Then went he in, and measured the postes of the entrie two cubites, and the entrie six cubites, and the breadth of the entrie seuen cubites.
4 So he measured the length there of twentie cubites and the breastth twentie cubites before the Temple. And he said vnto me, This is the moste holie place.
5 After, he measured the wall of the house, six cubites, and the breadth of (euerie) chambre foure cubites roūde about the house, on eue rie side.
6 And the chambres (were) chambre vpō chā bre, thre and thirtie forte (high,) and they entred into the wall made for the chābres whiVers 3. The Angel
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
hely place The posie of the entrie, that is, the thresholde or thie kenes of the wall H I. The gate 6,
〈◊〉
bites, K L The breadth on ether side the gate. 7. cu bites M K & L N which make in all 20 cubites. che was rounde about the house that (the postes) might be fastened (therein,) and not be fastened in the wall of the house.
7 And it was large and went round mounting vp warde to the chambres: for the staire of the house (was) mounting vpward, rounde about the house: therefore the house was lar ger vp warde: so they went vp frō the lowest (chambre) to the hiest by the middes.
8 I sawe also the house hie rounde about: theVers. 4. The length 20, cubites G O, so it was square. fundaciōs of the chambres (were) a ful rede of six great cubites.
9 The thickenes of the wall which was for theVers. 5. The first chambre was, 4,
〈◊〉
. chamber without, (was) fiue cubites, & that which remained, (was) the place of the chā
bres that were within.Q R. The second fiue, S T, and the third six A B. The re were thre heights or stages of chambers. R S A. The
〈◊〉
stayre can not e she wed in the sigure, but maye
〈◊〉
be
〈◊〉
10 And betwene the chambres was the wyde nes of twētie cubites rounde about the Hou se on euerie side.
11 And the dores of the chābres (were) toward the place that remained, one dore towarde the North, and another dore towarde the South, and the breadth of the place that remained,Vers. 8. The fundacions of six cubites, meaning the
〈◊〉
chamber was so, and the nether from then cesemed so likewise by a perpendicular line or plumer, Bz. (was) fiue cubites rounde about.
12 Now the buylding that was before the sepa rate place towarde the West corner, (was) seuentie cubites broad, and the wall of the buylding was fiue cubitesthicke, rounde about, and the length ninetie cubites.
13 So he measured the house an hundreth cubi tes long, & the separate place and the buylding with the walles thereof (were) an hundreth cubites long.
14 Also the breadth of the forefrōt of the hou se and of the separate place toward the East, (was) an hundreth cubites.
15 And he measured the length of theVers. 9. The cham bre without was the
〈◊〉
chambre and from the chā
〈◊〉
the wal was but siue cubites thicke B X Y: for downewarde it was six Q 6. buylding ouer against the separate place, which was behinde it, and the chābers on the one side and on the other side an hundreth cubi tes with the Temple within, and the arches of the court.
16 The postes and the narowe windowes, andVer. 10. The cham hers on the one side were distant from them on the other side 20
〈◊〉
which was the breadth of the Temple. the chābers roūde about, on thre sides ouer against the postes, siled with (ceder) wood rounde about and from the ground vp to the windowes, and the windowes were siled.
17 And from aboue the dore vnto the inner house and without, & by all the wall rounde
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
dores of
〈◊〉
chambers on the North side
〈◊〉
toward the North V. and
〈◊〉
on the South side to warde the
〈◊〉
R for
〈◊〉
was an alley of fiue cu bites rounde about the Temple V z, and was so closed with a wal it. about within and without it was (syled accor ding) to the measure.
18 And it was made with Cherubims and palme trees, so that a palme tree (was) betwene a Cherúb and a Cherúb: ād (euerie) Cherúb had two faces.
19 So that the face of a man (was) to warde the palme tree on the one side, and the face of a lion toward the palme tree on the other side (thus) was it made through all the house rounde about.Vers. 12. The buylding, or the great place compassed with a wall
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
bites thicke, and was
〈◊〉
of the Temple then the alley, or separate place *, and this is more
〈◊〉
set forthe in the great
〈◊〉
.
20 From the grounde vnto aboue the dore (were) Cherubims and palme trees made as in the wall of the Temple.
21 The postes of the Temple were squared, (and) thus to loke vnto (was) the similitude (and) forme of the Sanctuarie.
22 The altar of wood (was) thre cubites hic, and the length thereof two cubites, and the corners thereof and the length thereof and the sides thereof (were) of wood. And he saidVers. 16. He
〈◊〉
reth that whatsoeuer was of stone worke frō the toppe was co uered with wood on the
〈◊〉
, South and North side. vntome, This is the table that shalbe before the Lord.
23 And the Temple and the Sanctuarie had two dores.
24 And the dores had two wickets, (euen) two turning wickets, two wickets for one dore,Vers. 12 The altar V, which was thre cubires high. Y X and two cubites long
〈◊〉
z. and two wickets for another dore.
25 And vpon the dores of the Temple there were made Cherubims and palme trees, like as was made vpon the walles, ād (therewere) thicke plankes vpon the forefront of the porche without.
26 And (there were) naro we windowes & palme trees on the one side, & on the other side by the sides of the porche, and (vpon) the sides of the house, and thicke plankes.
CHAP. XLII.
Of the chambers of the Temple for the Priests, and the
〈◊〉
things.
1 THen broght he me into the vtter courtVers. 1. Hauing described the length and breadth of the Tem ple, he cometh to the cutwarde court on the North side. T. This appeareth in the great sigure. He broght me in to the chambre: that is, the
〈◊〉
we of
〈◊〉
, which were towarde the separateplace
〈◊〉
de. by the waie towarde the North, and he broght me into the chamber that was ouer against the separate place, and which was be fore the buylding towarde the North.
2 Before the length of an hundreth cubites (was) the North dore, and (it was) fiftie cubites broad.
3 Ouer against the twentie (cubites) which were for the inner court, and ouer against the pauemēt, which was for the vtter court, was chābre against chambre in thre rowes.
4 And before the chābres (was) a galerie of tē cubites wide, (&) within (was) a waie of one cubite, and their dores towarde the North.Vers. 2. He meaneth that the North was an hundreth cubites long x y and in
〈◊〉
fiftie. b X.
5 Now the chambres aboue were narower: fortho e chambres (semed) to eat vp these, (to wit,) the lower, ād those that were in the middes of the buylding.
6 For thei were in thre rowes, but had notVers. 4. This
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
appeareth in the great figure by this nōbre.
〈◊〉
pillers as the pillers of the court: therefore there was a differēce frō thē beneth & from the
〈◊〉
, (euen)
〈◊〉
the ground.Vers. 5. These chambres were contrary
〈◊〉
to thē of the Tem pls.
7 And the wall that was without ouer against the chambres, towarde the vtter court on the fore front of the chambers, (was) fiftie cubites long.
8 For the length of the chambers that wereVers. 8, So
〈◊〉
the wall for the chambres of the cutwarde court and the wall of the inner,
〈◊〉
ether
〈◊〉
cubites and the whole court anhūdreth. in the vtter court, (was) fistie cubites: and lo, before the Temple (were) an hundreth cu bites.
9 And vnder these chambres (was) the entrie, on the East side, as one goeth into thē from the outwarde court.
10 The chambres (were) in the thickenes ofVers. 9. Vnder these chambers were
〈◊〉
, or dores to passe from one place to another which are noted euer by z in the great
〈◊〉
. the wall of the court towarde the East, ouer against the separate place, and ouer against the buylding.
11 And the waye before them (was) after the maner of the chambres, which were toward the North as long as thei, (and) as broad asVers.
〈◊〉
. 11. The chambres, p, of the East court M. were like to the chambers of the North court. thei: and all their entries were like, bothe ac cording to their facions, and according to their dores.
12 And according to the dores of the chābres that were to warde the South, (was) a dore in the corner of the waie, (euen) the waie directly before the wall to warde the East, as one entreth.
13 Then said he vnto me, The NorthVers. 13. which chambers were iu the hast
〈◊〉
toward the North & South 3. & towarde the separa teplace or backe buylding 4 which chambers are called holie, because
〈◊〉
were by the Temple. chambres (and) the South chambres which are be fore the separate place, thei be holy chambers, wherein the Priests that approche vnto the Lord, shal eat the moste holie things: there shalthei laye the moste holy things, and the meat offring, and the sinoffring and the trespasse offring: for the place (is) holy.
14 When the Priests entre therein, thei shal not go out of the holie place into the vtter court but there thei shallaie their garments where in thei minister: for thei are holie, (and) shal put on other garments, and so shal approche to those things, which are for the people.
15 Now when he had made an end of measuring the inner house, he broght me forthe towarde the gate whose prospect is towarde the East, and measured it rounde about.
16 He measured the East side with the measuring rod, fiue hundreth redes, (euē) with the measuring rede rounde about.
17 He measured (also) the North side, fiue hun dreth redes, (euen) with the measuring rede rounde about.
18 And he measured the SouthOr,
〈◊〉
side fiue hundreth
redes with the measuring rede.
19 He turned about (also) to the West side, (&) measured fiue hundreth redes with the measuring rede.
20 He measured it by the foure sides: it had a wall rounde about, fiue hundreth (redes) lōg and fiue hundreth broad to make a separation betwene the Sanctuarie, and the prophane place.
CHAP. XLIII.
2 He seeth the glorie of God going into the Temple, from whence it had before departed. 7 He mencioneth the idolatrie of the children of Israél for the which thei were consumed and broght to noght. 9 He is commandeth to call them againe to repentance.
1 AFterward he broght me to the gate (euē) the gate that turneth towarde the East.
2 And beholde, the glorie of the God of Israél came from out of the East, whose voice was like a noyse of great waters, & the earth was made light with his glorie.
3 And the vision which I sawe (was) * like theChap. 9. 3. vision, (euē) as the vision that I saweWhen I prophe cied the destruction of the citie by the Caldeans. when I came to
〈◊〉
the citie: and the visions (were) like the vision that I sawe by the riuer Chebar: (and) I fel vpon my face.
4 And thewhich was departed afore. glorie of the Lord came into the house by the waie of the gate, whose prospect is towarde the East.Chap. 10. 4. &
〈◊〉
. 22
5 So the Spirit toke me vp and broght me into the inner court, and beholde, the glorie of the Lord filled the house.
6 And I heard one speaking vnto me out of the house: and there stode a man by me;
7 Which said vnto me, Sonne of man, (this) place is my throne, and the place of the soules of my fete, where as I wil dwell among the children of Israél for euer, and the house of Israél shal no moreBy their
〈◊〉
. defile mine holie Name, nether thei, nor their Kings by their for nications, nor by the carkeises of He alludeth to Amon and Manasseh, who were
〈◊〉
in their gardens nere the Temple and there had erected vp monumentes to their idoles. their Kings (in) their high places.
8 Albeit they set their thresholdes by my thre sholdes, and their postes by my postes [for there (was but) a wall betwene me and them] yet haue thei defiled mine holy Name with their abominacions, that they haue committed wherefore I haue consumed them in my wrath.
9 Now (therefore) let thē put away their fornicacion, and the carkeises of their Kings farre from me, and I wild well among them for euer.
10 ¶ Thou sonne of man, she we this House to the house of Israél, that thei may be
〈◊〉
of their wickednes, and let them measure the paterne.
11 And if thei be ashamed of all that thei haue done, she we thē the forme of the house, and the paterne thereof, and the going out there of, and the cōming in thereof, and the whole facion thereof, and all the ordinances there of, and all the figures thereof, & all the lawes thereof and write it in their sight, that thei may kepe the whole facion thereof & all the ordinances thereof, and do them.
12 This is theEbr. Law. description of the house, (It shalbe) vpō the top of the mount: all the limi tes thereof round about shalbe moste holy. Beholde, this, is the descriptiō of the house.
13 And these are the measures of the Altar, afterVers 13. The middes or bottome A. Which was a cubite hie B C, & a cubite broad B D. the cubites, the cubite (is) a cubite, and an hand breadth, euen the bottome (shalbe) a cubite, & the breadth a cubite, and the bordre thereof by the edge thereofroūd about (shalbe) a spanne: & this (shalbe) the height of the altar.
THE FIGVRE OF THE ALTAR.
14 And from the bottome (which toucheth) thevers 14. The lower piece which standeth on the bottome & is the middlemost piece and vnder the brest, is two
〈◊〉
tes D E. The breadth one cubi te E F. From the litle piece, which was the seconde to the hiest foure
〈◊〉
F G. ground to the lower piece (shalbe) two cubi tes: and the breadth one cubite, & from the litle piece to the great piece (shalbe) foure cubites, and the breadth one cubite.
15 So the altar (shalbe) foure cubites, & from the altar vpwarde (shalbe) foure hornes.
16 And the altar (shalbe) twelue (cubites) long, and twelue broade, (and) foresequare in theVers. 15. Foure cubites, meaning, the hier parte of the altar F G. foure corners thereof.
17 And the frame (shalbe) fourtene (cubites) lōg and fourtene broade in the foure square cor
〈◊〉
. 16 Length and breadth G H I K which note also the foure
〈◊〉
nes of the altar. ners thereof, & the border about it (shalbe) halfe a cubite, & the bottome thereof (shalbe) a cubite about, and the steppes thereof (shalbe) turned towarde the East.Ver. 17. The frame whereupon the hi st piece sto de, is fourtene cubites: for on euery side it is longer by a cubite then the vppermoste, E L, L M.
18 And he said vnto me, Sōne of man, thus saith the Lord God, These are the ordinances of the altar in the day when thei shal make it to offer the burnt offring thereon, and to sprin kle blood thereon,
19 And thou shalt giue to the Priests, (and) to the Leuites, that be of the sede of Zadok, which approche vnto me, to minister vnto me, saith the Lord God, a yong bullocke for a sinne offring.
20 And thou shalt take of the blood thereof, and put it on the foure hornes of it, & on the foure corners of the frame, & vpon the bordre round about: thus shalt thou clense it, & reconcile it.
21 Thou shalt take the bullocke also the sinne offring, and burne it in the appointed place of the house without the Sanctuarie.
22 But the seconde day thou shalt offre an he go at without blemish for a sin offring, and
they shal clense the altar, as they did clense it with the bullocke.
23 When thou hast made an end of clensing it, thou shalt offer a yong bullocke without ble mish, and aram out of the flocke without blemish.
24 And thou shalt offre thē before the Lord, & the Priests shal cast salt vpō thē, and thei shal offre them for a burnt offring vnto the Lord
25 Seuen dayes shalt thou prepare euerie day an he goat for a sin offring: they shal also pre pare a yong bullocke and a ram out of the flocke, without blemish.
26 Thus shal they seuen dayes purifie the altar, and clense it, andEbr. fil his hand. consecrate it.
27 And when these dayes are expired, vpō the eight day and so forthe, the Priests shal make your burnt offrings vpon the altar, and your peace offrings, & I wil accept you, saith the Lord God.
CHAP. XLIIII.
He reptoueth the people for their offence. 7 The vncircumcised in heart, & in the flesh. 9 Who are to be admitted to the seruice of the Temple, & who to be refused.
1 THen he broght me toward the gate of the
〈◊〉
. The East gate D in the great figure. outwarde Sanctuarie, which turneth toward the East, and it was shut.
2 Then said the Lord vnto me, This gate shalbeMeaning, from the cōmune people, but not from the
〈◊〉
, nor the
〈◊〉
, read Chap. 46, 9. shut, (and) shal not be opened, and no man shal entre by it, because the LORDE GOD of Israél hathe entred by it, and it shal be shut.
3 (It apperteineth) to the Prince: the Prince him self shal sit in it to eat bread before the Lord: he shal entre by the way of the porche of that gate, and shal go out by the way of the same.
4 ¶ Then broght he me toward the North gate before the House: and when I loked, behold the glorie of the Lord filled the house of the Lord, and I fel vpon my face.
5 And the Lord said vnto me, Sonne of man, Ebr. set thine
〈◊〉
. marke wel, and beholde with thine eyes, & heare with thine
〈◊〉
, all that I say vnto thee concerning all the ordinances of the House of the LORD, and all the lawes thereof, and marke wel the entring in of the house with euerie going forthe of the Sanctuarie.
6 And thou shalt say to the rebellious, (euen) to the house of Israél, Thus saith the LORD God, O house of Israél, ye haue ynough of all your abominacions,
7 Seing, that ye haue broght into my Sanctua rieFor they had broght ydolaters which
〈◊〉
of other coūtreis, to teache them their idolatrie Chap. 23, 40. strāgers, vncircūcised in heart, and vncir cūcised in flesh, to be in my Sāctuarie, to pol lute mine house, when ye offre my bread, (euen) fat, and blood: and they haue broken my couenāt, because of all your abominaciōs
8 Forye haue not kept theYe haue not offred vnto me ac cording to my Law. ordinances of mi ne holie things: but you your selues haue set (other) to take the charge of my Sanctuarie
9 Thus saith the Lord God, No stranger vncircumcised in heart, nor
〈◊〉
in flesh shal entre into my Sanctuarie, of any strāger that is among the children of Israél,
10 Nether yet theThe Leuites which had
〈◊〉
mitted
〈◊〉
, were put from their
〈◊〉
and colde not be receyued into the
〈◊〉
office, althogh the had bene of the house of A aron, but must serue in the inferior offices as to watched & to kepe the dores read 2. King. 23. 9. Leuites that are gone backe from me, when Israél went astray, which went astray from me after their idoles, but thei shal beare their iniquitie.
11 And thei shal serue in my Sanctuarie, and kepe the gates of the House, and minister in the House: thei shal slaye the burnt offring and the sacrifice for the people: and thei shal stande before them to serue them.
12 Because thei serued before their idoles, and caused the house of Israél to fall into iniquitie, therefore haue I lift vp mine hād against them, saith the Lord God, and thei shal beare their iniquitie,
13 And thei shal not come nere vnto me to do the office of the Priest vnto me, nether shal thei come nere vnto any of mine holy things in the moste holy place, but they shal beare their shame and their abominacions, which thei haue committed.
14 And I wil make them kepers of the watche of the House, for all the seruice thereof, and for all that shalbe done therein.
15 But the Priests of the Leuites, the sonnes of Zadók, that Which obserued the Lawe of God, and fel not to idolatrie. kept the charge of my Sanctuarie, when the children of Israél went astray from me, thei shal come nere to me to serue me, and thei shal stand before me to offre methe fat and the blood, saith the Lord God.
16 Thei shal entre into my Sanctuarie, and shal come nere to my table, to serue me, and thei shal kepe my charge.
17 And when thei shal entre in at the gates of the inner court, thei shalbe clothed with linen garments, and no woll shal come vpon thē while thei serue in the gates of the inner court, and within.
18 Thei shal haue linen bonettes vpon their heades, and shal haue linen breches vpon their loynes: thei shal not gyrd them selues in the sweating (places.)
19 But when they go forthe into the vtter court, (euen) to the vtter court to the people, thei shal put of their garments, wherein thei ministred, & laye them in the holy cham bers, and thei shal put on other garments: for thei shal not sanctifie the people with their garments.
20 Thei shal not alsoAs did the
〈◊〉
deles & heathen shaue their heades, nor suffre their lockes to growe long, (but) round their heades.
21 * Nether shal any Priest drinke wine whenLeuit. 21. 13. thei enter into the inner.
22 Nether shal thei take for their wiues a widowe, or her that is diuorced but thei shal take maidens of the sede of the house of Israél, or a widow that hathe bene the widow of a Priest.
23 And thei shal teache my people (the difference) betwene the holy and prophane, and cause thē to discerne betwene the vncleane and the cleane.
24 And in controuersie thei shal stand to iudge, and thei shal iudge it according to
my iudgemēts: and they shal kepe my lawes and my statutes in all mine assemblies, and they shal sanctifie my Sabbaths.
25 * And they shal come at no dead persone to
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
, 22. defile them selues, except at (their) father, or mother, or sonne, or daughter, brother or sister, that hathe had yet none housband: (in these) may theyThei may be at their buryal, Whi che Was
〈◊〉
be defiled.
26 And whē he is clensed, thei shal rekon vnto him seuen dayes.
27 And when he goeth into the Sanctuarie vn to the inner court to minister in the Sanctua rie, he shal offre his sin offring,
〈◊〉
the Lord God.
28 * And the (Priesthode) shalbe their inheritā
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. nomb. 18, 20. ce, (yea,) I am their inheritance: therefore shall ye giue thē no possession in Israél, (for) I am their possession.
29 They shal eat the meat offring, and the sin offring, and the trespace
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
dedicate thing
〈◊〉
Israél shalbe
〈◊〉
.
30 * And all the first os all the first borne, & eue
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
, 2. & 22, 29 &
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. nomb. 3, 13. rie oblation, (euen) all of euerie
〈◊〉
of your oblations shalbe the Priests. Ye shal also
〈◊〉
vnto the Priest the first of your dough that he may cause the blessing to rest in thine house.
31 The Priests shal not eat of any thing, thatExod 22,
〈◊〉
. is * dead, or torne, whether it be
〈◊〉
or beastLeui, 22, 8.
CHAP. XLV.
2 Out of the land of promes are there separate foure porcious, of which the first is giuen to the Priests and to the Temple the second to the
〈◊〉
euites, the
〈◊〉
to the citie, the
〈◊〉
to the prince. 9 An
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
heads of Israél 10 Gfiust
〈◊〉
and measures.
〈◊〉
Of the first frutes, &c.
1 MOre ouer when ye shal deuide the land for inheritance, ye shal offre an oblaciō vnto the Lord anOf all the land of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Lord onely
〈◊〉
this porcion for the Temple & for the Priest
〈◊〉
the citie and for the prince.
〈◊〉
holy porcion of the land, fiue & twentie thousand redes long, and ten thousād
〈◊〉
: this shalbe holy in all the bor ders thereof rounde about.
2 Of this there shalbe forthe Sanctuarie fiue hundreth (in length) with fiue hundreth (
〈◊〉
breadth,) all square roūde about, & fiftie cubites rounde about for the suburbesthere of
3 And of this measure shalt thou measure the length of fiue and
〈◊〉
thousand, and the breadth of ten thousand, and in it shal be the Sanctuarie, (and) the moste holy place.
4 The holy porcion of the land shalbe the Priests, which minister in the Sanctuarie, whi che came nere to serue the Lord: and it
〈◊〉
a place for their houses, and an holy place for the Sanctuarie.
5 And (in) the fiue and twentie thousand of length, and the ten thousand of breadth shal the Leuites that minister in the house, haue their
〈◊〉
for twentie chambers.
6 Also ye shal appoint the possession of the ci tie, fiue thousand broad, and fiue and twētie thousand long ouer against the oblacion of the holy porciō: it shalbe for the whole hou se of Israél.
7 And (a porciō shalbe) for the prince on the one side, & on that side of the oblaciō of the holy porciō, and of the possession of the citie, (euen) before the oblacion of the holy porcion, and before the possession of the citie from the West corner Westwarde, and from the East corner East warde, & the lēgth (shalbe) by one of the porcions from the West border vnto the East border.
8 In this land shalbe his possession in Israél: & my princesshal no more oppresse my peo ple, & (the rest) of the lād shal thei giue to the house of Israél, according to their
〈◊〉
.
9 Thus
〈◊〉
the Lord God, Let itThe Prophet sheweth
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
must be first
〈◊〉
a fore any good ordre can be
〈◊〉
among the people. suffice you ô princes of Israél leaue of crueltie and oppression, and execute iudgement and iustice take away your exactions from my people, saith the Lord God.
10 Ye shal haue
〈◊〉
balances, and a true
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
Were bothe of one
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
n drye things, that which Bath did in licour
〈◊〉
eui.
〈◊〉
. 11. Epháh, and a true
〈◊〉
.
11 The Epháh & the Bath shalbe equal: a
〈◊〉
shal conteine the tenth parte of an Homér, & an Epháh the tēth parte of an Homér: the equalitie thereof shalbe after the Homêr.
12 * And the shekel (shalbe) twētie gerahs, (&)King. 5.
〈◊〉
. twentie
〈◊〉
, andThat is,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
a weight
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
partes to a Mina. fiue & twentie shekelsExod. 36. 13. and fiftene
〈◊〉
shalbe your Manéh.Leui. 27. 15.
Nomb.
〈◊〉
.
13 ¶ This is the oblacion that ye shal offre, the sixt
〈◊〉
of an Epháh of an Homér of
〈◊〉
and ye shal giue the sixt parte of an Epháh of an
〈◊〉
of barley.
14 Concerning the ordināce of the oyle, (euē) of the Bath of oyle, (ye shal offer) the tenth parte of a Bath
〈◊〉
of the Cor [
〈◊〉
Baths (are) an Homêt: for ten Baths (fill) an Homér]
15 And one lambe of two hundreth shepe out of the fat pastures of Israél for a meat offring and for a burnt offring & for peace offrings to make reconciliacion for them, saith the Lord Gord.
16 All the people of the land shal (giue) this oblacion for the prince in Israél.
17 And it shal be the princes parte to giue burnt offrings, and meat offrings, and drinke offrings in the solemne feasts and in the new moones, and in the Sabbaths, (and) in all the hie feastes of the house of Israél: he shal prepare the sinne offring, and the meat offring, and the burnt offring, ād the peace offrings to make recōciliatiō for the house of Israél.
18 ¶ Thus saith the Lord God, In the first (moneth,) in the first (day) ofWhich was Nisán,
〈◊〉
parte of Marche & parte of April. the moneth, thou shalt take a yong bullocke without blemish and clense the Sanctuarie.
19 And the Priest shal take of the blood of the sinne offring, and put it vpon the postes of the house, and vpon the foureOur court. corners of the frame of the altar, and vpon the postes of the gate of the inner court.
20 And so shalt thou do the seuent (day) of the moneth, for euery one that hathe erred and for him that is
〈◊〉
: so shal you reconcile the house.Exod. 12. 18.
21 * In the first (moneth) in the fourtenth day
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 50 of the moneth, ye shal haue the Passe ouer a
feast of seuē daies, (and) ye shal eat vnleauened bread.
22 And vpon that day, shal the prince prepare for himselfe, & for all the people of the land, a bullocke for a sinne offring,
23 And in the seuen dayes of the feast he shal make a burnt offring to the Lord, (euen) of seuen bullockes, and seuen rams without blemish daiely for seu daies, & an he goat daiely for a sinne offring.
24 And he shal prepare a meat offring of an Epháh for a bullocke, an Epháh for a
〈◊〉
, and an
〈◊〉
of oyle for an Epháh.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. 29.
〈◊〉
25 In the seuenth (moneth,) in the fiftēth day of the moneth, shal he do the like
〈◊〉
the feast for seuen daies, according to the sinne offring, according to the burnt offring, and according to the meat offring, and according to the oyle.
CHAP. XLVI.
1 The sacrisices of the Sabbath and of the newe moones.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
owe whiche
〈◊〉
they must go in, or come out of the Temple, &c.
1 THus saith the Lord God, The gate ofVers. 1. The inner court
〈◊〉
Q whereunto
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in the great
〈◊〉
. the inner court, that turneth towarde the East, shalbe shut the six workyng daies but on the Sabbáth it shalbe opened, and in the daye of the newe moone it shall be opened.
2 And the prince shal entre by the waye of the porche of that gate without, and shall stand by the poste of the gate, & the Priests shal make his burnt offring, and his peace offrings, & he shal worship at the thresholde of the gate: after, he shal go forthe, but the gate shal not be shut til the euening.
3 Like wise the people of the land shal worship at the entrie of this gate before the Lord on the Sabbats, & in the new moones.
4 And the burnt
〈◊〉
that the prince shal offre vnto the Lord on the Sabbáth daye, (shalbe) six lambs without blemish, & a ram without blemish.
5 And the meat offring (shalbe) an Epháh for a ram and the meat offring for the lambesThat is, as muche as he wil. a gift of his hand, and an Hin of oyle to an Ephâh.
6 And in the daye of the new moone (itshal be) a yong bullocke without blemish, and six lambes and a ram: they shalbe without blemish,
7 And he shal prepare a meat offring, (euen) an Epháh for a bullocke, and an Epháh for a ram, and for the lambesMeaning, as he shal thinke good. accordynge as his hand shal bring, and an Hin of oyle to an Epháh.
8 And when the prince shal entre, he shal go in by the way of the porche of that gate, & he shal go forthe by the way thereof.Vers. 9. He that entreth in by the Northgate R.
〈◊〉
go out by the Southgate d and contrary, and in going forward they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
M.
9 But whē the people of the land shal come before the Lord in the solēne feasts, he that entreth in by the way of the North gate to worship, shall go out by the waye of the South gate: and he that entreth by the waye of the South gate: shall go forthe by the way of the North gate, he shal not returne by the way of the gate whereby he camein, but they shal go forthe ouer against it,
10 And the prince shalbe in the middes of thē he shal go in when they go in, and when thei go forthe, thei shal go forthe together
11 And in the feasts, and in the solemnites the meat offring shalbe an Epháh to a bulloc ke, and an Ephah to a ram, & to the lambs the gift of his hand, and an Hin of oyle to an Ephah.
12 Now when the prince shal make a fre burnt offring or peace offring frely vnto the lord, one shal then open him the gate that turneth toward the East, and he shal make his burnt offring and his peace offrings, as he did on the Sabbath day after, he shal go forthe, and when he is gone forthe, one shal shut the gate.
13 Thou shalt daiely make a burnt offring vnto the LORD of a lambe of one yere without blemish: thou shalt do it euery mor ning.
14 And thou shalt prepare a meat offring for it euery mornig, the sixt parte of an Epháh and the third
〈◊〉
of an
〈◊〉
of oyle, to mingle with the fine sioure (this)
〈◊〉
offring shalbe continually by a perpetual or dinance vnto the Lord.
15 Thus shal they prepare the lambe, and the meat offring and the oyle euery morning, for a continual burnt offring.
16 ¶ Thus saith the Lord God, If the prince giue a gift of his inheritance vnto any of his sonnes, it shalbe his sonnes (and) it shalChap.
〈◊〉
. 8. be their possession by inheritance.
〈◊〉
. 9 He
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
chan bers,
〈◊〉
we
〈◊〉
at
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the Temple
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
and so
〈◊〉
to the place, Which was on the
〈◊〉
side. S which. vers,
〈◊〉
is called
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
court,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the inner court as also where the people were, was the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in respect of this inner.
17 But if he giue a gift of his inheritance to one of his seruant, then it shalbe his to theVVhich was
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
. Le. 25 9. yere of libertie: after, it shal returne to the prince, but his inheritance shal remaine to his sonnes for them.
18 Moreouer the prince shal not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
with that
〈◊〉
that God
〈◊〉
of signed
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. take of the peoples inheritance, nor thrust them out of their possession (but) he shal cause his sō nes to inherit of owne possession, that my people be not scattered euery man from his possession.
19 ¶ After he broght me through the entrie which was at the side of the gate, into the holy chambers of the Priests, which stode toward the North: and beholde, there was a place at the West side of them.
20 Then said he vnto me, This is the place where the Priest shal seeth the trespasse of fring and the sinne offring, where they shalVers. 21. The litle court in euery cor ner was fortie cubits long. 7. 8. and thirty broad 8. 9. & 7. 9. bake the meat offring, that thei shulde not beare them into the vtter court,That the people shulde not haue to do with those things whiche
〈◊〉
teine to the Lord and thinke it law ful for then to ear them. to sancti fie the people.
21 Then he broght me forthe into the vtter
〈◊〉
25. About the walles of the litle
〈◊〉
, which were as kitchins, were litle chambers for the cookes 10. court, and caused me to go by the foure cor ners of the court: & beholde, in euery corner of the court, there (was) a court.
22 In the foure corners of the court there were courtes ioyned of fortie (cubites) lōg
& thirtie broad: these foure corners were of one measure.
23 And there (went) a wall about them, (euē) about those foure, and kitchins were made vnder the walles rounde about.
24 Then said he vnto me, This is the kitchin where the ministers of the house shal seeth the sacrisice of the people.
CHAP. XLVII. Chap. XLVII,
1 The vision of the waters that came out of the Temple.
〈◊〉
. 1. The
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
vnder the
〈◊〉
holde yssued
〈◊〉
waters, which came out of the South side, & ran
〈◊〉
the East.
〈◊〉
in the great figure. 11. 13 The coasts of the land of promes, and the deuision thereof by tribes.
1 AFterward he broght me vnto the dore of the house: and beholde,VVhereby are ment the spiritual graces that shulde be giuen to the Church vnder the kingdome of
〈◊〉
. waters yssued out from vnder the thresholde of the house Eastwarde: for the forefronte of the house (stode) towarde the East, and the waters ran downe from vnder the right side of the house, at the South side of the altar.
2 Thē broght he me out toward the North gate, and led me about by the way without vnto the vtter gate, by the waye that turneth Eastwarde: and beholde, there came forthe waters on the right side.
3 And when the man that had the line in his hand, went for the East warde, he measured a thousād cubites, & he broght me through the waters: the waters (were) to the ancles.
4 Agayne he measured a thousande, and broght me through the waters the waters (were) to the knees: againe he measured a thousand, and broght me through: the waters (
〈◊〉
) to the loines.
5 Afterward he measured a thousand, (and it was) aSignifying that the
〈◊〉
of God shulde
〈◊〉
decrease but euer abounde in hys Church, riuer, that I colde not passe ouer: for the waters were risen, (and) the waters did flowe, (as) a riuer that colde not be pas sed ouer.
6 And he said vnto me, Sonne of man, hast thou sene this? Then he broght me, & caused me to returne to the brinke of the riuer
7 Now when I returned, beholde, at the brinke of the riuer (were) very manyMeaning the
〈◊〉
of them that shulde be refreshed by the
〈◊〉
waters. trees on the one side, and on the other.
8 Then said he vnto me, These waters yssue out towarde the East countrey, and runne downe into the plaine, & shal go into (one)Shewing that the abundance of these graces shuld be so great, that all the worlde shuld be ful thereof, whiche is here ment by the Persian sea or Genezareth, and the sea called
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. 14 8. sea: thei shal runne into (another) sea, and theThe waters
〈◊〉
che of nature are salt & vnholsome, shalbe made swete and comfortable. waters shalbe holsome.
9 And euerie thing that liueth, whiche moueth, where soeuer the riuers shal come, shal liue, and there shalbe a very great multitu de of fishe, because these waters shall come thether: for thei shalbe holsome, and euery thing shal liue whether the riuer cometh.
10 And then theSignifying that
〈◊〉
God bestoweth his mercies in suche abundance, the ministers shal by their preaching
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
. fishers shall stand vpon it, (and) from
〈◊〉
euē vntoVVhich were
〈◊〉
at the corners of the salt or dead sea En-egláim, theishal spreade out their netts: (for) their fish shalbe according to their kindes, as the fish ofThei shalbe here
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and in as great abundāce
〈◊〉
in the
〈◊〉
Ocean where thei
〈◊〉
. the manie sea, exceading many.
11 But
〈◊〉
is, the Wicked and
〈◊〉
. the myrie places thereof, & the marises thereof shal not be holsome: theishal be made salt pittes.
12 And by this riuer vpon the brinke thereof, on this side, and on that side shal growe allOr
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, fruteful trees, whose leafe shal not fade, nether shal the frute thereof faile: it shal bring for the new frute according to his moneth, because their waters runne out of the Sāctuarie: and the frute thereof shalbe meat, and the leaf there of shalbe forOr, for
〈◊〉
& sores. medicine.
13 ¶ Thus saith the Lord God, This shalbe theGene. 48. 22. border, whereby ye shal inherit the landGene. 12. 7. & 13. 5. &
〈◊〉
. 18. & 26 4. according to the twelue tribes * of Israél Ioséph shal haue (two) porcions.Deut. 34. 4.
14 And ye shal inherit it, one aswel as an other * concerning the which I lift vp mine hād to giue it vnto your fathers, and this land shal fall vnto you for inheritance.
15 And this shalbe the borderBy the land of promes he signi fieth the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
whereof this was a figure, of the land toward the North side, from the maine sea to ward Hethlôn as men go to Zedâdah,
16 Hamáth, Berotháh, Sibráim, which is betwene the border of Damascus, and the bor der of Hamáth (&) Hazár, Hatticón, which is by the coast of Haurán.
17 And the border from the sea shalbe Hazàr, Enán (and) the border of Damascus, & the residue of the North, Northwarde, and the border of Hamáth: so (shalbe) the North parte.
18 But the East-side shal ye measure from Hau rán, and from Damascus: and from Gileád, and from the land of Israél by Iorden (and) from the border vnto the East sea: and so (shalbe) the East parte.
19 And the Southside (shalbe) toward Temàn from Tamár to the waters ofOr
〈◊〉
Meribóth (in) Kadésh (and) the riuer to the maine sea so (shalbe) the South parte toward Teman.
20 The West parte also (shalbe) the great sea from the border, til a mā come ouer against Hamáth, this shalbe the West parte.
21 So shal ye deuide this land vnto you, accor ding to the tribes of Israél.
22 And you shal deuide it by lot for an inheritance vnto you, and to the strangers that dwell among you, which shal be get childrē among you, and thei shalbe vnto you as borne in the countrei among the children of IsraélMeaning that in this
〈◊〉
king dome there shuld be no difference betwene
〈◊〉
not
〈◊〉
but that all shulde be partakers of this
〈◊〉
in their head Christ. thei shal parte inheritance with you in the middes of the tribes of Israél.
23 And in what tribe the stranger dwelleth, there shal ye giue him his inheritance, saith the Lord God.
CHAP. XLVIII.
The lottes of the tribes 9 The partes of the possession of the Priests, of the Temple, of the Leuites of the citie and of the prince are rehearsed.
1 NOw these are the names of theThe tribes after that they entred into the land vnder Ioshua deuided the land som what otherwise then is here set forthe by this vision, tribes From the Northside, to the coaste toward Hethlón, as one goeth to Hamath, Hazár, Enán (and) the border of Damascus North ward the coast of Hamáth euen (frō) the East side to the West shalbe a (porcion) for Dan.
2 And by the border of Dan from the Eastside vnto the West side, a (porcion) for Asshér.
3 And by the border of Asshér from the East
parte euen vnto the West parte a (porciō) for Naphtali.
4 And by the border of Naphtali from the East quarter vnto the West side, a (porciō) for Manasséh.
5 And by the border of Manasséh from the East side vnto the West side a (porcion) for Ephráim.
6 And by the border of Ephráim, from the East parte euen vnto the West parte, a (por cion) for Reubén.
7 And by the border of Reubén, from the East quarter vnto the West quarter, (a porcion) for Iudáh.
8 And by the border of Iudáh from the East parte vnto the West parteThat is, the porcion of the ground whiche they shall separat & appoint to the Lord, whiche shalbe deuided in to thre partes for the Priests, for the prince and for the citie. shalbe the offring which thei shal offre of fiue & twentie thousand (redes) broade, and of length as one of the (other) partes, from the East side vnto the West side, and the Sanctuarie shal be in the middes of it.
9 The oblacion that ye shall offre vnto the Lord, (shalbe) of fiue and twentie thousand long, and of ten thousand the breadth.
10 And for them, (euen) for the Priests shal be this holy oblacion, toward the North fiue and twentie thousand (long,) and toward the West, ten thousand broade, & towarde the East ten thousand broade, and toward the South fiue and twentie thousand long, and the Sāctuarie of the Lord shal be in the middes thereof.
11 (It shalbe) for the Priests that are sāctified of the sonnes of * Zodôk, which haue kept
〈◊〉
. 44.
〈◊〉
. my charge, which went not astray whē the children of Israél went astray, as the Leuites went astraye.
12 Therefore (this) oblacion of the land that is offred, shalbe theirs, (as) a thing moste
〈◊〉
by the border of the Leuites.
13 And ouer against the border of the Priests the Leuites (shal haue) fiue & twentie thousand long, and ten thousand broad: all the length (shalbe) fiue and twentie thousand, and the breadth ten thousand.
14 And thei shal not fel of it, nether change it, nor ab alienate the first frutes of the lād: for it is holy vnto the Lord.
15 And the fiue thousand that are left in the breadth ouer against the fiue and twentie thousand, shalbe a prophane place for the citie, for housing, and for suburbes, and the citie shalbe in the middes thereof.
16 And these shalbe the measures therof, the North parte fiue hūdreth and foure thousand, and the South parteMeaning, that it shulde be square. fiue hundreth and foure thousande, and of the East parte fiue hundreth & foure thousād, & the West parte fiue hundreth, and foure thousand.
17 And the suburbes of the citie shalbe towarde the North two hundreth and fiftie & towarde the South two hundreth & fiftie, and towarde the East two hundreth & fiftie, and towarde the West two hundreth & fiftie.
18 And the residue in length ouer against the oblacion of the holy porcion (shalbe) tene thousand East warde, and ten thousād West warde: and it shalbe ouer against the oblacion of the holy porcion, and the encrease there of shall be for fode vnto them that serue in the citie.
19 And thei that serue in the citie, (shalbe) of all the tribes of Israél that shal serue therin.
20 All the oblacion (shalbe) fiue and twenty thousand withEuerie waye
〈◊〉
shalbe fiue &
〈◊〉
ty thousand. fiue and twētie thousand: you shall offre this oblacion foure square for the Sanctuarie, and for the possessiō of the citie.
21 And the residue (shalbe) for the prince on the one side and on the other of the oblacion of the Sanctuarie, and of the possessiō of the citie, ouer against the fiue and twē
tie thousand of the oblacion towarde the East border, & Westward ouer against the fiue and twētie thousand toward the West border, ouer against (shalbe) for the porciō of the prince this shalbe the holie oblaciō and the house of the Sanctuarie (shalbe) in the middes thereof.
22 Moreouer, from the possession of the Leuites, & from the possessiō of the citie, that which is in the middes shalbe the princes: betwene the borderSo that
〈◊〉
was on the North side of the Princes and Leuites
〈◊〉
, and Beniamin on the South side. of Iudáh, & betwene the border of Beniamin shalbe the princes
23 And the rest of the tribes (shalbe thus: frō the East parte vnto the West parte Beniamin (shalbe a porcion.)
24 And by the border of Beniamin, from the East side vnto the West side Simeôn (a porcion.)
25 And by the border of Simeôn from the East parte vnto the West parte Ishakár (a porcion.)
26 And by the border of Ishakár frō the East side vnto the West, Zebulún (a porcion.)
27 And by the border of Zebulún from the East part vnto the West parte, Gad a (porcion.)
28 And by the border of Gad at the South side, towardVVhiche is here taken for dumea. Temáth, the border shalbe euē frō
VVhiche was lericho the citie of palmatrees. Tamár (vnto) the waters of; Meribáth (in) Kadésh, (and) to theMeaning, Nilus that runneth into the sea called
〈◊〉
. riuer, (that runneth) into the mayne sea.
29 This is the land, whiche ye shall distribute vnto the tribes of Israél for inheritance, and these are their porcions, saith the Lord God.
30 And these are the boundes of the citie, on the North side fiue hundreth, & foure thousand measures.
31 And the gates of the citie (shalbe) after the names of the tribes of Israél, the gates Northward, one gate of Reubén, one gate of Iudáh, (and) one gate of Leui.
32 And at the East side fiue hundreth & foure thousand, and thre gates, and one gate of Ioséph, one gate of Beniamin, (and) one gate of Dan.
33 And at the South side, fiue hundreth and
foure thousād measures, and thre portes, one gate of Simeôn, one gate of Ishakár, (and) one gate of Zebulún.
34 At the West side, fiue hundreth and foure thousand, (with) their thre gates, one gate of Gad, one gate of Ashér, (and) one gate of Naphtali.
35 (It was) rounde about eightene thousand (measures,) and the name of the citie from that day (shalbe,)Ebr. Iehonah shammah. The Lord is there.
DANIEL.
THE ARGVMENT.
THe great prouidence of God, and his singular mercie towarde his Churche are moste liuely here set forthe, who neuer leaueth his destitute, but now in their greatest miseries hnd afflictions giueth them Prophetes, as Ezekiél, and Daniél, whome he adorned with suche graces of his holie spirit, that Daniél aboue all other had moste special reuclations of suche things as shulde come to the Church, euen from the time that thei were in captiuitie, to the last end of the worlde, & to the general resurrection, as of the foure Monarches and empires of all the worlde, to wit, of the Babylonians,
〈◊〉
, Greciās, aud Romaines Also of the
〈◊〉
nombre of the times euen vnto Christ, when all ceremonies and sacrifices shulde cease, because he shulde be the accomplishement thereof: moreouer he sheweth Christes office and the cause of his death whiche was by his sacrifice to take away sinnes, and to bring euerlasting life. And as from the beginning God euer exercised his peo ple vnder the crosse, so he teacheth here, that after that Christ is offred, he wil stil leaue this exercise to his Church vntill the dead rise againe, and Christ gather his into his kingdome in the heauens.
CHAP. I.
1 The captiuitie of Iehoiakim King of Iudáh. 4 The King chuseth certeine yong men of the Iewes to learne his lawe. 5 Thei haue the Kings ordinarie appointed. 8 But thei abstaine from it.
1 IN theRead 2. King. 24
〈◊〉
and iere. 25. 1. thirde yere of reigne of Iehoiakim King of Iudáh, came Nebuchadnezzár, King of Babél vnto Ierusalém, and besieged it.
2 And the Lord gaue Iehoiakim King of Iudáh into his hand, with parte of the vessels of the house of God, which he caried into the lād ofVVhiche was a plaine by Babylon where was the Tē ple of their great God. & is here taken for Babylon. Shinár, to the house of his God, and he broght the vessels into his gods treasurie.
3 And the King spake vntoWho was as master of the wardes. Ashpenáz the master of hisHe calleth them
〈◊〉
whome the King
〈◊〉
and broght vp to be rulers of other countries
〈◊〉
. Eunuches, that he shulde bring (certeine) of the children of Israél, of theHis purpose was
〈◊〉
kepe them as
〈◊〉
, and that
〈◊〉
might she we
〈◊〉
self victorious and also by theyr
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
of his
〈◊〉
, thei might
〈◊〉
rather hym
〈◊〉
the Iewes &
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
able to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
him as
〈◊〉
in their land:
〈◊〉
by thys
〈◊〉
the Iewes
〈◊〉
be better
〈◊〉
in subiection
〈◊〉
otherwise
〈◊〉
procure
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
noblemen. Kings sede, and of the princes:
4 Children in whome was no blemishe, but welThe King
〈◊〉
thre things, that theis huld be of noble byrth, that thei shuld be
〈◊〉
and learned
〈◊〉
that thei shuld
〈◊〉
of a strong and
〈◊〉
nature that thei might do him
〈◊〉
seruice: this he did for his owne
〈◊〉
therefore it is not to praise his liberalitie: yet in this he is worthy praise, that he estemed
〈◊〉
, and knewe that it was a necessarie meane to goue ne by. fauoured, and instructin all wisdome, and wel sene in knowledge, and able to vtter knowledge, and suche as were able to stand in the Kings palace, and whome thei might teache theThat thei might
〈◊〉
their owne religion, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, to serue him the better to his purpose:
〈◊〉
it is not to be thoght that Daniél did learne anye knowledge that was not Godlyes
〈◊〉
all pointes he refused the abuse of
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
, in so
〈◊〉
that he wolde not
〈◊〉
the meate whiche the King appointed him, but was
〈◊〉
to learne the knowledge of natural things. learning, and the tōgue of the Caldeans.
5 And the King appointed them prouision euerie day of aThat by their good
〈◊〉
they myghtie learne to forget the mediocritie of their owne people. portiō of the Kings meat, and of the wine, which he dranke, so nourishing thēi thre yere, that at the end there of, thei might standAswell to serue at the table, as in other offices. before the King,
6 Now among these were (certeine) of the children of Iudáh, Daniél, Hananiáh, MishaélTo the intent that in this tyme they myght bothe
〈◊〉
the maners of the
〈◊〉
and also their tongue. and Azariáh.
7 Vnto whome the chief of the EunuchesThat thei might altogether forget their religion: for the Iewes gaue their children names, which might euer put them in remembrance of some point of religion: therfore this was a great tentaciō and a signe of
〈◊〉
whiche thei were not able to resist. gaue (other) names: for he called Daniél, Belteshazár, and Hananiáh, Shadrách, and Mishaél, Meshách, & Azariáh, Abednegó.
8 ¶ But Daniél had determined in his heart, that he wolde notNot that he thoght any religiō to be in the
〈◊〉
or drinke (for afterwarde he
〈◊〉
) but
〈◊〉
the King shuld not intise him by this swete poisō to for get his religion & aceustomed sobrie tie, and that in his meat & drinke he might daily
〈◊〉
bre of
〈◊〉
people he was: & Daniél bringeth this in to she we how God from the beginning assisted him with his Spirit, and at length called him to be a Prophet. defile him self with the porcion of the Kings meate, nor with the wine which he dranke: therefore he required the chief of the Eunuches that he might not defile him self.
9 [Now God had broght Daniél into fauour and tēder loue with the chief of the Eunuches.]
10 And the chief of the Eunuches said vnto Daniél,He supposed thei did this for religiō which was
〈◊〉
to the Babylonians, and therefore herein he representeth them, which are of no re ligion: for nether he wolde condēne
〈◊〉
nor mainteine his owne. I feare my Lord the King, who hathe appointed your meat & your drink: therefore if he se your faces worse lyking then the (other) children, which are of your sorte, then shall you make me lose myne head vnto the King.
11 Then said Daniél to Melzár, whome the chief of the Eunuches had set ouer Daniél, Hananiáh, Mishaêl, and Azariáh,
12 Proue thy seruants, I beseche thee,Meaning, that within this space he might haue the tryal, and that no man shuld be able to discerne
〈◊〉
and thus he spake, being moued by the
〈◊〉
of God. tene daies, and let them giue vsNot
〈◊〉
was a thing abominable to eat dentie
〈◊〉
and to drinke wine, as bothe before and after thei
〈◊〉
, but if thei shulde haue hereby bene wonne to the King and haue
〈◊〉
their owne religion, that meat and drinke had bene
〈◊〉
. pulse to eate, and water to drinke.
13 Then let our countenances beloked vpō before thee, and the countenances of the childrē that eat of the porciō of the Kings meat: and as thou seest, deale with thy seruants.
14 So he consented to them in this matter, & proued them ten daies.
15 And at the end of ten daies, theirThis bare feding and that also of
〈◊〉
when he fled from the court of Egypt, declareth that we must liue in suche sobrietie as God doeth call vs vnto, seing he wil make it more
〈◊〉
vnto vs, then all
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for his blessing onelye
〈◊〉
. countenances appeared fairer, and inEbr. fatter in
〈◊〉
. better lyking then all the childrens, which did eat the porcion of the Kings meat.
16 Thus Melzár toke awaye the porcion of their meat, and the wine that they shulde
drinke, and gaue them pulse.
17 As for these foure children, God gaue the knowledge, and vnderstanding in all learningMeaning, in the liberal sciences, & natural knowledge, and not in the magical
〈◊〉
whi che are
〈◊〉
bidden, Deut, 18. 11. and wisdome: also he gaue Daniél vn derstanding of allSo that he
〈◊〉
was a Prophet & none of the other: for by dreames & visions God appea red to his Prophetes, Nomb. 12. 6. visions and dreames.
18 Now when the time wasOf the thre yeres aboue mencioned ver. 5. expired, that the King had appointed to bring them in, the chief of the Eunuches broght them before Nebuchad-nezzár.
19 And the King communed with them: and among them all was founde none like Daniél, Hananiáh, Mishaél, and Azariáh: therfore stode thei before the King.
20 And in all matters of wisdome, (&) vnderstanding that the King enquired of them, he founde them ten times better thē all the inchanters (and) astrologians, that were in all his realme.
21 And Daniêl was vntoThat is, he was estemed in Babylō as a Prophet so lōg as that commune wealth stode. the firste yere of King Cyrus.
CHAP. II.
1 The dreame of Nebuchad-nezzár. 13 The King commandeth all the wise men of Babylón to be slaine because thei colde not interprete his dreame. 16 Daniél requireth time to solute the question. 24 Daniél is broght vnto the King and she
〈◊〉
him his dreame and the interpretacion thereof. 44 Of the euerlasting kingdome of Christ
1 ANd in theThe father & the sonne were bothe called by this name, so that this is ment of the sonne, when he reigned
〈◊〉
for he reigned also after a sort with his father. second yere of the reygne of Nebuchad-nezzár, Nebuchadnezzár dreamedNot that he had many dreames, but because many matters were con teined in this dreame. dreames where with hys Spirit wasBecause it was so rare and strāge a dreame that he had not had the like. troubled, and hisHe was so heauy with slepe that he begā to slepe againe, Some read, and his slepe was broken from him. slepe was vpon him.
2 Then the King commanded to call the inchanters, and the astrologiās and the sorcerers, and theFor all these astrologers and
〈◊〉
cerers called them selues by this name of honour as thogh all the wisdome and knowledge of the countrey
〈◊〉
vpō them, and that all other countreies were voide of the same. Caldeans for to shew the King his dreames: so thei came and stode before the King.
3 And the King said vnto them, I haue dreamed a dreame, and my spirit was troubled to knowe the dreame.
4 Then spake the Caldeans to the King in theThat is, in the Sy
〈◊〉
tongue which differed not much from the
〈◊〉
. saueit semed to be more
〈◊〉
, & therefore the learned vsed to speake it: as the Iewish writers do o this day. Aramites language, O King, liue for euer she we thy seruants thy dreame, & we shal she we the interpretacion.
5 (And) the King aunswered and said to the Caldeans, The thing is gone from me. If ye will not make me vnderstand the dreame with the interpretacion therof, yeThis is a
〈◊〉
rewarde of theyr
〈◊〉
(which vanted of thē selues that thei had
〈◊〉
knowledge of all things) that thei shulde be prouen fooles and that to then
〈◊〉
shame and confusion. shal be drawen in pieces, and your houses shalbe made a iakes.
6 But if ye declare the dreame and the inter pretacion thereof, ye shall receyue of me gifts and rewardes, & great honour: therfore shewe me the dreame & the interpretacion of it.
7 Thei answered againe, & said, Let the King she weHere in appeared their ignorance that not withstanding their brags, yet were thei not able to tel the dreame, except he entred them into the matter, and therefore they wolde pretende knowledge where was but
〈◊〉
and so as deludets of the people, thei were
〈◊〉
to dye. his seruants the dreame, & we will declare the interpretacion thereof.
8 (Then) the King answered, & said, I know certeinly that yeEbr. redeme the time. wold gaine the time, because ye se the thing is gone from me.
9 But if ye wil not declare me the dreame, there is but one iudgement for you: for ye haue prepared lying and corrupt wordes, to speake before me til the time changed therefore tel the dreame, that I maie know if ye can declare me the interpretation thereof.
10 (Then) the Caldeans answered before the King, and said, There is no man vpon earth that can declare the Kings matter: yea: there is nether King nor prince nor Lord that asked suche things at an inchanter or astrologian or Caldean.
11 For it is a rare things that the King requireth, and there is none other that can declare it before the King, except the gods whose dwelling is not with flesh.
12 For this cause the King was angrie and in greatfurie, and commanded to destroie all the wise men of Babél.
13 ¶ And when sentence was giuen the wise men were slaine: and theiVVhich
〈◊〉
that God wolde not haue his seruant ioyned in the companie of these sorcerers, & astrologers, which: artes were wicked, and therefore iust ly ought to dye, thogh the King did it vpon
〈◊〉
rage and no zeale. soght Daniél & his felowes to be put to death.
14 Then Daniel answered with counsel and wisdome to Ariôch the KingsOr, the captaine of the garde. chief steward, which was gone for the to put to death the wise men of Babél.
15 (Yea) he answered and said vnto Ariôch the Kings captaine, Why is the sentence so hastie from the King? Then Arióch declared the thing to Daniél,
16 So Daniél went and desired the King that he wolde giue him leasure & that he wolde shewe the King the interpretaciō thereof
17 ¶ Then Daniél went to his house and shewed the matter to Han aniah, Mishaél, and Azariáh his companions.Psal 113 2. &
〈◊〉
. 18
18 That thei shulde be seche the God of heauē for grace in this secret, that Daniél and his felowes shulde not perish with the rest of the wise men of Babél.
19 Then was the secret reueiled vnto Daniel in a vision by night: therefore Daniél prai sed the God of heauen.
20 And Daniél answered and said, * The Name of God be praised for euer and euer. for wisdome and strength are his.
21 And he changeth the times and seasons: he taketh a waie Kings he setteth vp Kings he giueth wisdome vnto the wise, and vnderstanding to those that vnderstand.
22 He discouereth the depe and secret things he knoweth what is in the darkenes, and theHe
〈◊〉
that man hathe
〈◊〉
wisdome not knowledge but very darke blindenes, and ignorance of him self: for it
〈◊〉
onely of God, that vnderstādeth anie thing. light dwelleth with him.
23 I thanke thee and praise thee, ô thou God of myTo whome thou madest thy premes, and who liued in thy feare, whereby he
〈◊〉
deth all other gods. fathers, that thou hast giuen me wisdome andMeanīg power to interprete it. strengthe, and hast shewed me now the thing that we desired of thee for thou hast declared vnto vs the Kings matter.
24 ¶ Therefore Daniél went vnto Arióch whome the King had ordeined to destroie the wise men of Babél: he went and said thus vnto him. Destroye notVVhereby appeareth that manie were
〈◊〉
, as
〈◊〉
. 13. and the
〈◊〉
at Daniels offer were preserued on
〈◊〉
that Daniel fa uoured their wic ked prefessiō, but that he had respect to equitie because the King
〈◊〉
according to his wicked affection and not considering, if their
〈◊〉
was lawful or no the wise men of Babél, (but) bring me before the
King, and I wil declare vnto the King the interpretacion.
25 Then Arióch broght Daniél before the King in all haste, and said thus vnto him, I haue founde a man of the childrē of Iudah that were broght captiues, that wil declare vnto the King the interpretacion.
26 Then aunswered the King, and said vnto Daniél, whose Name was Belteshazzár, Art thou able to she we me the dreame, whi che I haue sene, and the interpretacion thereof?
27 Daniél aunswered in the presence of the King, and said, The secret which the King hathe demanded, can nether the wise, the astrologiās, the in chāters, (nor) the southsaiers declare vnto the King.
28 But there is a GOD inHe affirmeth that man by reasō and art is nor able to atteine to the cause of Gods secrets, but the vnderstanding onely thereof: must come of God: wherby he smiteth the King with a certeine feare and
〈◊〉
of God that he might be the more apt to receyue the hve mysteries, hat shuld be reueised. heauen that reueileth secrets, and sheweth the King Nebuchad-nezzár what shalbe in the latter dayes. Thy dreame, and the things whiche thou hast sene in thine head vpon thy bed, is this.
29 O King, when thou waste in thy bed, thoghtes came into thy (mynde,) what shuld come to passe here after, and he that reueileth secrets, telleth thee, what shall come.
30 AsBecause he had said that God only muste reueile the significatiō of this dreame, the Kyng might haue asked, Why Daniel dyd enterprise to inter prete it, and therefore he she weth, that he was, but Gods minister, & had no giftes, but suche as God had giuen him to set forth his glorie. for me, this secret is not shewed me for anie wisdome that I haue, more then anie other liuing, but onelye to shewe the King the interpretacion, and that thou mightest know the thoghts of thine heart.
31 O King, thou sawest, and beholde, there (was) a great image: this great image whose glorie was so excellent, stode before thee, and the forme thereof (was) terrible.
32 This images head was of fineBy golde, siluer, brasse, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ment the Caldean, Persian,
〈◊〉
, and Romaine kingdome, which shuld successiuely tule all the World til Christ (Whiche is here called the stone) come hym selfe, and destroye the last: and this was to assure the Iewes, that theyr aflictions shulde not end With the empire of the Caldeās but that thei shulde pacientlye abyde the cóming of Messiah, which shulde be at the end of this fourth monarchie. golde, hys breast and his armes of siluer, his bellie and his thighs of brasse,
33 His legges of yron, (and) his fete (were) parte of yron, and parte of clay.
34 Thou beheldest it til a stone was cut with out hands, which smote the image vppon his fete, that were of yron and claye, and brake them to pieces.
35 Then was the yron, the claye, the brasse, the siluer and the golde broken all together, & became like the chaffe of the sommer floores, and the winde caryed them awaye, that no place was founde for them: and the stone that smote the image, became a great mountaine, and filled the whole earth.
36 This is the dreame, and we will declare before the King the interpretacion thereof.
37 ¶ O King, thou arte a King of Kings: for the GOD of heauen hathe gyuen thee a kyngdome, power, & strength, and glorie.
38 And in all (places) where the chyldren of men dwell, the beastes of the field, and the foules of the heauen hathe he gyuen into thine hand, and hathe made thee ruler ouer them all thou artDaniel leaueth out thekingdome of the Assyrians, Which Was before the Babylonian bothe because it was not a monarchie and general empire, and also because he wolde declare the things, that Were to come, to the comming of Christ for the comfort of the elect among these wonderful alterations: and he calleth the Babylonian kingdome the golden head because in respect of the other thre, it was the beil, and yet was of it self Wicked and cruel. this head of golde.
39 And after the shal rise another kīngdomeMeaning, the Persians, Which Were not inferiour in dignitie power, and riches butwere Worse touching ambitiō
〈◊〉
, and all kinde of vice: shewing, that the worlde shuld growe Worse, & worse, til it Was restored by Christ. in feriour to thee (of siluer) and anotherThat is, of the Macedonians shal be of brasse not alluding to the hardenes therof, but to the vilenes in respect of siluer. third kingdome) shalbe) of brasse, which shal beare rule ouer all the earth.
40 And the fourth kingdome shalbe strong as yron for as yron breaketh in pieces, & subdueth all things, and as yron bruseth all these things (so) shal it breake inThat is, the Romain empire shal subdue all these other a fore named, with after Alexander Were deuided into the Macedonians, Gre cians, Syrians and Egyptians. pieces and bruse (all.)
41 Where as thou sawest the fete and toes, parte of potters clay, and parte of yron: the kingdome shalbeThey shal haue ciuil warres and continual discordes among them selues. deuided, but there shalbe in it of the strength of the yron, as thou sawest the yron mixt with the claye, (and) earth.
42 And (as) the toes of the fete (were) parte of yrō, & parte of clay (so) shal the kingdome be partely strong, and partely broken.
43 And where as thou sawest yron mixt with clay (and) earth, they shal mingle themselues withThei shal by mariages, and affi nities thinke to make them selues strong: yet shal they neuer beioy ned in hearts. the sede of mē but they shal not ioyne one with another as yron can not be mixed with clay,
44 And in the dayes ofthese Kings, shal the God of heauen set vp a kingdome, whichHis purpose is to shewe, that all the kingdomes of the worlde are
〈◊〉
, & that the kingdome of Christ shal onely remaine for euer. shal neuer be destroyed: and this king do me shal not be giuen to another people, but it shal breake, and destroye all these kingdomes, and it shal stand for euer.
45 Where as thou sawest, that theMeaning Christ Who Was sent of God, and not set vp by mā, whose kingdome at the beginning shulde be smale, & without beautie to mans iudgement, but shulde at length growe & filthe whole earth, which he calleth a great moūtaine, as vers. 35. And this kingdome, Which is not one ly referred to the persone of Christ, but also to the Whole bodie of his Church, & to euerie member thereof shalbe eternal: for the Spirit that is in them, is life eternal. Rom, 8. 10. stone was cut of the mountaine without hands, and that it brake in pieces the yron, the brasse, the clay, the siluer and the golde (so) the great God hathe shewed the King, what shal come to passe here after, & the dreame (is) true, & the īterpretaciō thereof (is) sure
46 ¶ Then the King Nebuchad-nezzár fel vpon his face, andThogh this hūbling of the King semed to deserue cōmēdation yet because he ioyned Gods honour With the Prophets it is to be reproued & Daniél herein erred if he suffred it, but it is credible that Daniél admonished him of his faute and did not suffre it. bowed him self vnto Daniél, and commanded that thei shulde offermeat offrings, and swete odoures vnto him.
47 (Also) the King answered vnto Daniél, & said (I knowe) of a trueth that yourThis cōfessiō was but asudden motion, as it was also in Pharaoh. Exod. 9. 28. but his heart was not touched as appeared soneafterward. God is a God of gods, and the Lord of Kings, & the reueiler of secrets, seing thou coldest open this secret.
48 So the King made Daniél a great man, & gaue him manie and greatNot that the Prophet was desirous of giftes or honour, but because by this meanes
〈◊〉
might relicue his poore breathren which were grieuously oppressed in this their captiuirie, and also had receiued thē, left he shulde offēd this cruel King which willingly gaue the. giftes, He made him gouernour ouer the whole prouince of Babél, and chief of the rulers (and) aboue all the wise men of Babél.
49 Then DaniélHe didnot this for their priuate profit, but that the Whole Church which Was thē there in afflictiō, might haue some release & by this benefite made request to the King and he Set Shadrách, Meshách, and Abednegó ouer the charge of the prouince
of Babél: but Daniél (sate) in theMeaning, that ether he was a iud ge, or that he had the Whole authoritie, so that none colde be admited to the Kings presence, but by him. gate of the King.
CHAP. III.
1 The King setteth vp a golden image, 8 Certeine are accused because thei despised the Kings commandement, and are put into a burning ouen. 25 By belefe in God they are deliuered frō the fyre. 26 Nebuchad-nezzar confesseth the power of God after the sight of the miracle.
1 NEbuchad-nezzár the King madeVnder pretence of religion, and bo lines in making an image to his idole Bel, he soght his owne ambitiō and vaine glorie: and this declareth that he was not touched with the true feare of God before, but that he confessed him on a sudden motion as the wicked, when thei are ouercome With the greatnes of his Workes The Greke interpreters write, that this Was done 18 yeres after the dreame, & as may appeare the King feared left the Iewes by their religion shulde haue altered the slate of his commune wealth, and therefore he ment to bring all to one kingdome of religion, andso rather soght his owne quietnes, then Gods glorie. an image of golde, whose height (was) threscore cubites, (and) the breadth ther of six cubites, he set it vp in the plaine of Durá, in the prouince of Babél.
2 Then Nebuchad-nezzár the King sent for the to gather together the nobles, the princes and the dukes, the iudges, the receiuers, the counsullers, the officers, and all the gouerners of the prouinces, that they shulde come to theShewing, that the idole is not knowē for an idole so long as he is with the workmā but when the cere monies and customes are recited, & vsed and the consent of the people is there, then of a blake they thinke they haue made a god. dedicatiō of the image, which Nebuchad-nezzár theThis was sufficient with the Wic ked at all times to approue their reli gion, if the Kings autoritie were al ledged for the esta blishemēt thereof not cōsidering, in the meane season what Godsworde did permit. King had set vp.
3 So the nobles, princes, and dukes, the iud ges, the receiuers, the counsellers, the officers, and all the gouerners of the prouin ces were assembled vnto the dedicating of the image, that Nebuchad-nezzár the King had set vp and they stode before the image, which Nebuchad-nezzár had set vp
4 Then an herald cryed aloud, Be it knowen to you, ô people,These are the two dangerous weapons where with Satā
〈◊〉
fight against the children of God, the consent of the multitude and that
〈◊〉
of the punishment: for thogh some feared God, yet the multitude, which consented to the wickednes, astonied them: and here he King
〈◊〉
not an inward consent, but an outward gesture, that the Iewes might by litle and
〈◊〉
learne to forget their true religion. nations, and langages,
5 That when ye heare the soūde of the cornet, trumpet, harpe, sacke but, psalteris, dulcimer, and all iustruments of musicke, ye fall downe and worship the goldē image, that Nebuchad-
〈◊〉
the King hathe set vp.
6 And whosoeuer falleth not downe and worshippeth, shal the same houre be cast into the middes of an hote fyrie fornace.
7 Therefore assone as all the people heard the sound of the cornet, trumpet, harpe, sackebut, psalterie, and all instruments of musicke, all the people, nations, and langa ges fel downe, and worshiped the golden image, that Nebuchad-nezzár the King had set vp.
8 ¶ By reason whereof at that same time co me men of the Caldeans, and grieuously ac cused the Iewes.
9 (For) they spake and said to the King Nebuchad-nezzár, O King, liue for euer.
10 Thou, ô King, hast made a decre, that euerie man that shal heare the sound of the cornet, trumpet, harpes, sacke but, psalterie, and dulcimer, and all instrumēts of musicke, shal fall downe and worship the golden image.
11 And who soeuer falleth not downe, and worshippeth, that he shulde be cast into the middes of an hote fyrie fornace.
12 There are certeine Iewes whome thou hast set ouer the charge of the prouince of Babél,It semeth,
〈◊〉
thei named not Daniél because he was greatly in the Kings fauou, thin king if these thre had bene destroyed, they might ha ue had better occasion to accuse Daniél: & this declareth that this policie of erecting this image was in uented by the ma licious flatteters, which soght nothing, but the destruction of the Iewes, Whome they accused of rebelliō and ingratitude. Shadrách, Meshàch, and Abednego: these men, ô King, haue not regarded thy commandement, nether wil they serue thy gods, nor worship the golden image, that thou hast set vp.
13 ¶ Then Nebuchad-nezzár in (his) angre and wrath commanded that they shulde bring Shadrách, Meshách, and Abednegó: so these men were broght before the King.
14 (And) Nebuchad-nezzár spake, and said vnto them, What disordre? wil not you, Shadrách, Meshách, ād Abednegó serue my god nor worship the golden image, that I haue set vp?
15 Signifying, that he wolde receiue them to grace, If they wolde now at the length obey his decre. Now therefore are ye ready when ye hea re the sound of the cornet, trumpet, harpe, sackebut, psalterie, and dulcimer, and all instruments of musicke, to fall downe, and wor ship the image, which I haue made? for if ye worship it not, ye shalbe cast immediatly into the middes of an hote firie fornace: for who is that God that can deliuer you out of mine hands?
16 Shadrách, Meshách, and Abednegó answe red and said to the King, O Nebuchadnezzár weFor they shulde haue done
〈◊〉
to God, if they shul de haue douted in
〈◊〉
is holie cause, & therefore they say that they areresol ued to dye for Gods cause. are not careful to answer thee in this matter.
17 Beholde, our God whome we serue, isThey groūde on two pointes, first in the power and prouidēce of God ouer them, & secon dly on their cause whiche was Gods glorie, and the testi fying of his truete ligion, with their blood & so make open confession, that they Wil not so muche as outwardly consene to
〈◊〉
. able to deliuer vs from the hote fyrie for nace, and he wil deliuer vs out of thine hand, ô King.
18 But if not, be it knowē to thee, ô King, that we wil not serue thy gods, nor worship the golden image, which thou hast set vp.
19 ¶ Then was Nebuchad-nezzár ful of rage, and the forme of his visage was changed against
〈◊〉
Meshách, and Abednegó: (therefore) he charged and commanded that they shulde heate the fornace at once seuenThis declareth that themore, that tyranes rage, and the more Witty the shewethē selurs in inuenting strange, and cruel punishements, the more is glorified God glorified by his sernāts to Who me he giueth pacience and constau cie to abide the
〈◊〉
of their punishement: forether he deliue reth thē frō death or els for this life giueth thē a better times more then it was wonte to be heat,
20 And he charged the moste valiant men of warre that were in his armie, to binde Shadrach, Meshách, and Abednegó, (&) to cast them into the hote fyrie fornace.
21 So these men were bounde in their coates, their hosen, & their clokes, with their (other) garments, and cast into the middes of the hote fyrie fornace.
22 Therefore, because the Kings commandement was straite, that the fornace shulde be exceading hote, the flame of the fyre slew those men that broght forthe Shadrach, Meshách, and Abednegó.
23 And these thre men Shadrách, Meshách and Abednegó fel downe bounde into
〈◊〉
middes ofthe hote fyrie fornace.
24 ¶ Them Nebuchad-nezzár the King was astonied & rose vp in haste, (and) spake, & said vnto his counsellers, Did not we cast thre men bounde into the middes of the fyre? Who answered and said vnto the
King, It is true, ô King.
25 (And) he answered, and said, Lo, I se foure men loose, walking in the middes of the fyre, and they haue no hurt, and the forme of the fourth is like theFor the Angels were called the sō nes of God, becau se of their
〈◊〉
: therefore the King called this Angel, whome God sent to comfort his in these great
〈◊〉
, the sonne of God. sonne of God.
26 Then the King Nebuchad-nezzár came nere to the mouth of the hote fyrie forna ce, (&) spake and said, Shadrách, Meshách and Abednegó, the seruants of the hie God go forthe and come (hether:) so Shadrách, Meshách and AbednegóThis cōmendeth their obediēce vn to God that they wolde not for any feare departe out of this fornace til the time was appointed, as Noáh remained in the Arke
〈◊〉
the Lord called him forthe. came forthe of the middes of the fyre.
27 Then the nobles, princes and dukes, and the Kings counsellers came to gether to se these men, because the fyre had no power ouer their bodies: for not an heere of their head was burnt, nether was their coats changed, nor any smel of fyre came vpon them.
28 (Wherefore) Nebuchad-nezzár spake & said,He was moued by the greatnes of the miracle to prai se God, but his heart was not tou
〈◊〉
. And here we se that miracles are not sufficient to
〈◊〉
men to God, but that doctrine must chiefly be adioyned, without the whiche there can be no faith. Blessed (be) the God of Shadrách Meshách and Abednegó, who hathe sent his Angel, and deliuered his seruants, that put their trust in him, and haue chāged the Kings commandement, and yelded their bodies rather thē thei wolde serue or worship anie god, saue their owne God.
29 Therefore I make a decre, that euery peo ple, nacion, and langage, whiche speake anyIf this heathen King moued by Gods
〈◊〉
, woldenorse blasphemie vnpunished, but made a Law and set a punishemēt to such e trāsgresser
〈◊〉
te ought all they that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, take order that suche impietie
〈◊〉
not, lest according as their knowledge and charge is greater, so they suffer double punishment. blasphemie against the God of Shadrách, Meshách and Abednegó, shal be drawen in pieces, and their houses shal be made a iakes, because there is no god that can deliuer after this sorte.
30 Then the King promoted Shadráche, Meshách and Abednegó in the prouince of Babél.
31 Nebuchad-nezzár King vnto all people, nacions and langages, that dwell in all theMeaning, so farre as his dominiō extended. worlde, Peace be multiplied vnto you:
32 I thoght it good to declare the signes and wonders, that the hie God hathe wroght towarde me.
33 How great are his signes, and how mightie are his wondersRead Chap. 2. 44 his kingdome (is) an euerlasting kingdome, and his dominion (is) from generacion to generacion.
CHAP. IIII.
2 Another dreame of Nebuchad-nezzár whiche Daniél declareth. 29 The Prophet declareth how of a proude King he shulde become as a beast 31 After, he confesseth the power of God and is restored to his former dig nitie.
1 I Nebuchad-nezzár being atThere was no trouble that might cause me to dreame, & therefore it came onely of God rest in mine house, and flourishing in my palace,
2 Sawe aThis was another dreame besides that which he sawe of the foure empires: for Daniél bothe declared what that drea me was, & what it ment, and here
〈◊〉
onely expoundeth the dreame. dreame, which made me a fraied, and the thoghtes vpon my bed, and the visions of mine head troubled me.
3 Therefore made I a decre, that th ei shulde bring all the wise men of Babél before me that they might declare vnto me the inter pretacion of the dreame.
4 So came the enchanters, the astrologians the Caldeans and the south sayers, to whome I tolde the dreame, butIn that that
〈◊〉
sent abroad to others whose igno rance in times past he had experimen ted, &
〈◊〉
Daniél which was euer readie at hand,
〈◊〉
declareth the
〈◊〉
re of the vngodie which neuer
〈◊〉
to the seruantes of God, but for very
〈◊〉
, and thē they spare no flat terings. they colde not, shewe me the interpretacion thereof.
5 Til at the last Daniél came before me [whose name (was)This, no doute was a great grief to Daniél not one ly to haue his name chāged, but to be called by the na me of a vile idole, which thing
〈◊〉
chad-nezzar did to make him forget the true religion of God. Belte shazzár, according to the name of my god, which hathe the spirit of the holy gods in him] and befo re him I tolde the dreame, (saying)
6 O Belteshazzár,VVich also was a great grief to the Prophet to be nō
bred among the
〈◊〉
and men whose practises were wicked and contraty to Gods worde. chief of the enchanters, because I knowe, that the spirit of the holy gods isin thee, & no secret troubleth thee tel me the visions of my dreame, that I haue sene and the interpretacion thereof.
7 Thus (were) the visions of mine head in my bed, And beholde, I sa we aBy the tre, is signified the dignitie of a King, who me God
〈◊〉
to be a defence for all kinde of men, and whose state is profitable forman kinde. tre in the middes of the earth and the height thereof (was) great.
8 A great tre and strong, and the height the reofreached vnto heauen, and the sight thereof to the ends of all the earth.
9 The boughes thereof (were) faire and the frute thereof muche, and in it was meat for all: it made a shadowe vnder it for the beastes of the field, and the foules of the heauen dwelt in the boughs thereof, and all flesh fed of it.
10 I sawe in the visions of mine head vpon my bed, and beholde, aMeaning, the Angel of God, which nether eateth not slepeth, but is euer ready to do Gods wil & is not infect with mans corruption but is euer holy: & in that that he cō
mandeth to
〈◊〉
downeth is tre, he knewe that it shul de not
〈◊〉
cut downe by mā but by God, watchemanand an holy one came downe from heauen,
21 And cryed aloude, and said thus, Hewe downe the tre, and breake of his brāches, shake of his leaues, and scattre his frute, that the beasts may flee: from vnder it, and the foules from his branches.
12 Neuertheles leaue the stumpe of his rootes in the earth, and with a band of yron and brasse (binde it) among the grasse of the field, and let it be wet with the dewe of heauen, and let his porcion (be) with the beastes among the grasse of the field.
13 Hereby he meaneth that Nehuchad-nezzàr shul de not onely for a timeloose his kīgdome, but be like a beast. Let his heart be changed from mans (nature,) and let a beastes heart be giuen vnto him, and let seuen times be passed ouerhim.
14 God hathe
〈◊〉
this iudgement & the whole armie of heauē ha ue as it were sub scribe dvnto it, like as also thei desire the execution of his decre against all them that life vp them selues against God. The sentence (is) according to the decre of the watchemen, and according to the worde of the holy ones: the demande (was answered,) to the intēt that liuing mē may knowe, that the moste high hathe power ouer the kingdome of men, & giueth it to whome soeuer he wil, and appointeth ouer it the moste abiect among men.
15 This is the dreame, (that) I King Nebuchad-nezzár haue sene: therefore thou, ô Belte shazzár, declare the interpretacion thereof. for all the wise men of my kingdome are not able to shewe me the interpreta cion: but thou art able, for the spirit of the holy gods (is) in thee.
16 ¶ Then Daniél [whose name (was) Belteshazzár] held hisHe was troubled for the
〈◊〉
ment of God whiche he sawe
〈◊〉
ned against the King: and so the Prophetes vsed on the one parte to de nounce Gods iudgements for the zeale they bare to his glorie, & on the other parte to haue
〈◊〉
vpon man, & also to
〈◊〉
that they shulde be subiect to Gods
〈◊〉
, if he did not regarde thē with pitie peace by the space of one houre, and his thoghts troubled him,
(and) the King spake & said, Belteshazzár let nether the dreame, nor the interpretacion thereof trouble thee. Belteshazzár answered andsaid, My lord, the dreame (be) to them that hate thee, and the interpretacion thereof to thine enemies.
17 The tre that thou sawest, which was great and mightie, whose height teached vnto the heauen, and the sight thereof through all the worlde.
18 Whose leaues (were) faire and the frute the reof muche, and in it was meat for all, vnder the which the beasts of the field dwelt, and vpon whose brāches the foules of the heauen did sit.
19 It is thou, ô King, that art great and migh tie: for thy greaues is growē, and reacheth vnto heauen, & thy dominion to the ends of the earth.
20 Where as the King sawe a watcheman, & an holy one, that came downe from heauen, and said, Hewe downe the tre and destroy it, yet leaue the stumpe of the rootes thereof in the earth, and with a bande of yron and brasse (binde) it among the grasse of the field, and let it be wet with the dewe of heauen, and let his porcion be with the beasts of the field,VVhereby he meaneth a long space, as seuen
〈◊〉
. Some interpre teseuen moneths, and others seuen wekes: but it semeth he ment of yeres. til seuē times passe ouer him.
21 This (is) the interpretacion, ô King, and it is the decre of the moste high, which is come vpon my lord the King.
22 That they shal driue thee from men, and thy dwelling shalbe with the beasts of the field they shal make thee to eat grasse as theNot that his shape or forme was changed into a beast, but that he was ether striken mad, and so auoided mans cō
panie, or was cast out for his tyrannie and so wandred among the beasts and are herbes and grasse. oxen, and thei shal wet thee with the dewe of heauen: and seuen times shal passe ouer thee, til thou knowe, that n the moste high beareth rule ouer the kingdome of mē & giueth it to whome soeuer he wil.
23 Where as they said, that one shulde leaue the stumpe of the tre rootes, thy king dome shalo Daniel sheweth the cause why God thus punished him. remaine vnto thee: after that thou shalt knowe, that the heauēs haue the rule.
24 Wherefore, ô King, let my counsel be acce ptable vnto thee, andCease from
〈◊〉
God to angre any longer by thy sinnes, that he may mitigate his punishment, if thou shewe
〈◊〉
thine vpright life that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
faith and repentance. breake of thy sinnes by righteousnes, and thine iniquities by mercie toward the poore: lo, let there be anSuffre the errours of thy former life to be redressed. healing of thine errour.
25 All these things shal come vpon the King Nebuchad-nezzar.
26 ¶ At the end of twelueAfter that Daniel had declared this vision: and this his
〈◊〉
declared
〈◊〉
it is not in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to God,
〈◊〉
his Spirit moue him seing that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
threatnings colde not moue him to repent. moneth he walked in the royal palace of Babél.
27 (And) the King spake and said, Is not this great Babél, that I haue buylt for the house of the kingdome by the might of my power and for the honour of my maiestie?
28 While the worde (was) in the Kings mouth a voyce came downe from heauen (saying) O King Nebuchadnezzár, to thee be it spo ken, Thy kingdome is departed from thee
29 And they shal driue thee from men, and thy dwelling (shalbe) with the beasts of the field: they shal make thee to eat grasse, as the oxen, and seuen times shal passe ouer thee, vntil thou knowest, that the most high beareth rule ouer the kingdome of men, and giueth it vnto whome soeuer he wil.
30 The very same houre was this thing fulfilled vpon Nebuchad-nezzar, and he was driuen from men, and did eat grasse as the oxen, and his bodie was wet with the dewe of heauen, til his heeres were growen as egles (feathers) and his nailes like birds (clawes.)
31 And at the end of (these)VVhen the terme of these seuen yeres was ac complished. dayes I Nebuchad-nezzár lift vp mine eies vnto heauen and mine vnderstanding was restored vnto me, and I gaue thankes vnto the mosteChap. 7. 14. high, and I praised and honored him thatmich. 4. 11. luk.
〈◊〉
. 33. liueth for euer, * whose power (is) an euerlasting power, and his kingdome (is) from generacion to generacion.
32 And all the inhabitants of the earth are re puted as nothing: and according to hisHe confesseth
〈◊〉
wil to be the rule of all iusti ce and a moste per
〈◊〉
Law where by he gouerneth bothe man &
〈◊〉
gels, and
〈◊〉
, so that
〈◊〉
ought to
〈◊〉
, or aske a
〈◊〉
of his
〈◊〉
, but onely to stand
〈◊〉
there with & giue him the glorie. wil he worketh in the armie of heauen, and in the inhabitants of the earth: and none can stay his hand, nor say vnto him, What doest thou?
33 At the same time was mine vnderstanding restored vnto me, and (I returned) to the honour of my kingdome: my glorie and my beautie was restored vnto me, and my counselloursBy whome it semeth that he had bene put from his kingdome before and my princes soght vnto me, and I was established in my kingdome, and my
〈◊〉
was augmented toward me.
34 Now (therefore) I Nebuchad-nezzárHe doeth not onely praise God for his deliuerance, but also confesseth his faute that God may onely haue the glorie & man the
〈◊〉
, & that be may be
〈◊〉
and man castdowne. prai se, and extoll and magnifie the king of hea uen, whose workes are all trueth, and his wayes iudgement, and those that walke in pride, he is able to abase:
CHAP. V.
5 Belshazzár King of Babylon seeth an band writing on on the wall. 8 The sothsayers called of the King can not expounde the writing. 25 Daniel readeth it, and
〈◊〉
il
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
The King is slayne. 31 Darius enioyeth the kingdome.
1 KIngDaniel
〈◊〉
this historie of King
〈◊〉
hazzar euil
〈◊〉
son ne, to shewe Gods
〈◊〉
against the wicked, for the deliuerance of his Church, and how the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
was true that they shuld be deliuered after seuentie yeres. Belshazzár made a great feast to a thousand of his princes, and dranke wineThe Kings of the
〈◊〉
then vsed to
〈◊〉
alone communely, and disdained that anie shulde sit in their
〈◊〉
& & now to
〈◊〉
his power, and how
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thy his enemie, which then besieged Babylon, he made a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, & vsed excesse in their companie which is ment hereby drinking wine: thus the wicked are moste dissolute, and negligent when their destruction is at hand' Or, ou
〈◊〉
with wine. before the thousand.
2 (And) Belshazzár" whiles he tasted the wine, commanded to bring him the golden and siluer vessels, which hisMeaning, his grand father. father Nebuchad-nezzár had broght from the Temple in Ierusalém, that the King and his princes his wife, and his concubines might drinke therein.
3 Then were broght the goldēvessels, that were taken out of the Temple of the Lords house at Ierusalém, and the King and his princes, his wiues, and his concubines dran ke in them.
4 They dronke wine and praised theIn contempt of the true God they praised their idoles,
〈◊〉
that they thoght:
〈◊〉
the golde or siluer were gods, but that there was a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and power in them to do them good, with is also the opinion of all
〈◊〉
. gods of golde, and of siluer, of brasse, of yron, of wood and of stone.
5 At the same houre appeared fingers of a mans hand, which wrote ouerThat it might the better
〈◊〉
. against the candlesticke vpon the plaister of the wall of the Kings palace, and the King sawe the palme of the hand that wrote.
6 Then the Kings countenāce was changed and his thoghts troubled him, so that the ioyntes of his loines were loosed, and hisSo he that before
〈◊〉
God, was moued by this
〈◊〉
to tremble
〈◊〉
feare of Gods iudgements. knees smote one against the other.
7 (Wherefore) the King cryed loud, that they shulde bringThus the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
their troubles seke manie meanes, who draw ethem from God, because they seke not to him who is the onelie comfort in
〈◊〉
. the astrologians, the Caldeans and the soth saiers. And the King spa ke, and said to the wise men of Babél, Whosoeuer can read this writing, and declare me the interpretacion thereof, shalbe clothed with purple, and (shal haue) a chaine of golde about his necke, & shalbe the third ruler in the kingdome.
8 Then came all the Kings wise men, but they colde nether read the writing, nor shewe the King the interpretacion.
9 Then was King Belshazzár greatly troubled, and his countenance was changed in him, and his princes were astonied.
10 (Now) theTo wit his grād mother
〈◊〉
nezzars wise, which for her age was not before at the feast, but came
〈◊〉
when she heart of these strā
ge newes. Queene by reason of the talke of the King, and his princes came into the banket house (and) the Queene spake, and said, O King, liue for euer: let not thy thoghts trouble thee, nor let thy countenance be changed.
11 There is a man in thy kingdome, in whome is the spirit of the holie gods, & in the dayes of thy father light vnderstanding & wisdome like the wīsdome of the gods, was found in him: whome the King Nebuchad-nezzar thy father, the King (I say,) thy father, made chief of theRead Chap 4. 6. and this declareth that bothe this na me was odious vnto him, and also that he did not vse these vile
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, because he was not among them when all were called. enchanters, astrologians, Caldeans (and) sothsaiers.
12 Because a more excellent spirit, and knowledge, and vnderstanding [(for) he did expounde dreames, and declare hard senten ces, and dissolued doutes] were founde in him (euen) in Daniel, whome the King named Belteshazzár: now let Daniél be called: and he wil declare the inter pretacion.
13 ¶ Then was Daniél broght before the King (and) the King spake and said vnto Daniél, Art thou that Daniél, which art of the children of the captiuitie of Iudáh, whome my father the King broght out of Ie wrie.
14 Now I haue heard of thee, thatFor the idolaters thoght, that the Angels had power as God, & therefore had thē in like estimation as they had God, thinking that the spirit of prophecie and vnderstāding came of them, the spirit of the holie gods (is) in thee, and that light and vnderstanding and excellent wisdome is found in thee.
15 Now therefore wisemen (and) astrologians haue bene broght before me, that they shulde read this writing, and shewe me the interpretacion thereof: but they colde not declare the interpretacion of the thing.
16 Then heard I of thee, that thou coldest shewe interpretacions, and dissolue doutes now if thou canst read the writing, and shewe me the interpretaciō thereof, thou shalt be clothed with purple, and (shalt ha ue) a chaine of golde about thy necke, & shalt be the third ruler in the kingdome.
17 Then Daniél answered, and said before the King, Kepe thy rewardes to thy self, and gi ue thy giftes to another: yet I wil read the writing vnto the King and shewe him the interpretacion.
18 O King (heare) thou, The moste high God gaue vntoBefore he red the writing, he declareth to the King his great in gratitude toward God, who
〈◊〉
not be moued to giue him the glotie, considering his wonderful worke toward his grand father, and so sheweth, that he doeth not sinne of ignorance, but of malice. Nebuchadnezzar thy father a kingdome, and maiestie and honour and glorie.
19 And for the maiestie that he gaue him, all people, nations, and langages trembled, and feared before him: he put to death whome he wolde he set vp, and whome he wolde he set vp, and whome he wolde he put downe.
20 But when his heart was puft vp, and his minde hardened in pride, he was deposed from his kinglie throne, and they toke his honour from him.
21 And he was driuen from the sonnes of mé, and his heart was made like the beasts, & and his dwelling was with the wilde asses: they fed him with grasse like oxen, and his bodie was wet with the dewe of the heauē til he knewe, that the moste high GOD bare rule ouer the kingdome of men, and that he appointeth ouer it, whome soeuer he pleaseth.
22 And thou his sonne, ō Belshazzar, hast
〈◊〉
humbled thine heart, thogh thou knewest all these things.
23 But hast lift thy self vp against the Lord of heauen, and they haue broght the vessel of his House before thee, and thou and thy princes, thy wiues and thy
〈◊〉
haue drunke wine in them', and thou hast praised the gods of siluer and golde, of brasse, yron, wood and stone, which nether se, nether heare, nor vnderstand: and the GOD in whose hand thy breath is and all thy wayes, him hast thou not glorified.
24 After that God had so long time
〈◊〉
his angre and
〈◊〉
wai ted for thine amē dement. Then was the palme of the hand sent from him, and hathe writen this writing.
25 And this is the writing that he hathe writen,This worde is twise writen for the certeinitie of thing: shewing, that God had moste surely counted signifying also that God hathe appointed a terme for all kingdo mes, and that a miserable end shal come on all that raise them selues against him. MENE, MENE, TEKEL VPHARSIN.
26 This is the interpretacion of the thing MENE God hathe nōbred thy kingdome, and hathe finished it:
27 TEKEL, thou art wayed in the balance, & art foundeOr, wanting, to light.
28 PERES, thy kingdome is deuided, and giuen to the Medes and persians.
29 Then at the commandement of Bel shazzar they clothed Daniel with purple, & (put) a chaine of golde about his necke and made a proclamation concerning him that he shulde be the thirde ruler in the kingdome.
30 The same night was Belshazzár the King.
of the Caldeans slaine.
31 And Darius
〈◊〉
sonne in lawe giue him this title of honour althogh
〈◊〉
in effect had the dominion. of the Medes toke the king dome, being threscore and two yere olde.
CHAP. VI.
1 Daniél is made ruler ouer the gouerners 5 An acte against Daniél 16 He is put into adenne of
〈◊〉
by the commandement of the King. 2: He is
〈◊〉
by faith in God. 24
〈◊〉
accusers are put vnto
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. 15 Darius by a decre magnifieth the God of
〈◊〉
1 IT pleased Darius to set ouer the kingdomeRead
〈◊〉
, Chap 1,
〈◊〉
. an hundreth and twentie gouer nours, whiche shulde be ouer the whole kingdome.
2 And ouer these, thre rulers [of whome Da niél was one] that the gouernours might giue accompts vnto them, and the King shuldeOr, not be troubled. haue no domage.
3 Now this DaniélThis heathen King preferred Da niél a stranger to all his nobles and familiars because the graces of God were more excellent in him then in others. was preferred aboue the rulers and gouernours, because the spirit was excellent in him, and the King thoght to set him ouer the whole realme.
4 ¶ Wherefore the rulers and gouernoursThus the wicked can not abide the graces of God in others, but sake by all occasions to de
〈◊〉
them:
〈◊〉
re against suche assaltes there is no better remedie
〈◊〉
to walke vprightly in the feare of God, and to haue a good conscience. soght an occasion against Daniél concer ning the kingdome: but they colde finde none occasiónor faute: for he was so faithful that there was no blame nor faute founde in him.
5 Then said these men, We shal not finde an occasion against this Daniél, except we finde it against him concerning the Law of his God.
6 Therefore the rulers and these gouernours went together to the King, and said thus vnto him, King
〈◊〉
, liue for euer.
7 All the rulers of thy kingdome the officers and gouernours, the counsellers, and dukes haue consulted together to make a decre for the King and to establish a statute, that whosoeuer
〈◊〉
aske a peticion of anie god or man for thirtie dayes saue of thee, ô King, he shal be cast into the den ne of lyons.
8 Now, o King, confirme the decre, and seale the writing, that it be not changed according to the law of the Medes and Persians, which altereth not.
9 Wherefore King Darius
〈◊〉
is
〈◊〉
ned the wickednes of the King, who wolde be set vp as a god, and passel not
〈◊〉
wicked lawes he approued for the maintenance of the same. sealed the writing and the decre.
10 ¶ Now when Daniél vnderstode that he had sealed the writing, he went into his house, and hisBecause he wolde not by his silen ce shew that he cō sented to this wic ked decre, he set opē his windowes towarde
〈◊〉
lém,
〈◊〉
he pray ed: bothe to
〈◊〉
vp him self
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of Gods promises to his people when they shulde pray towarde that
〈◊〉
, & also
〈◊〉
others might
〈◊〉
he wolde nether consent in heart nor dede for these
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thing that was cō
〈◊〉
to Gods glo rie. windowe being opē in his chamber toward Ierusalém, he
〈◊〉
vpon his knees thre times a day, & prayed and praised his God, as he did a fore time.
11 Then these men assembled, and founde Daniél praying, and making supplication vnto his God.
12 So they came, and spake vnto the King concerning the Kings decre, Hast thou not sealed the decre, that euerie man that shal make request to anie god or mā within thirtie dayes, saue to thee, ô King, shalbe cast into the denne of lyons? The King answered, and said, The thing is true, according to the law of the Medes and Persians, which altereth not.
13 Then answered they, and said vnto the King, This Daniél whiche is of the children of the captiuitie of Iudáh, regardeth not thee, ô King, nor the decre, that thou hast sealed, but maketh his peticion thre times a day.
14 When the King heard these wordes, he was sore displeased with him self, and set his hearton Daniél, to deliuer him: and he laboured til the sunne went downe, to deliuer him.
15 Then these men assembled vnto the King, and said vnto the King, Vnderstand, ô King that the law of the Medes and Persians (is) that no decre nor statute, which the King confirmeth, may beThus the wicked
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
laws
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, &
〈◊〉
, which is of
〈◊〉
times
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, or stubbernes when is the innocents the
〈◊〉
perish: & therefore
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
re nor be ashamed to b.
〈◊〉
suche. altered.
16 ¶ Then the King commanded, and they broght Daniél, and cast him into the denne of lyons: (now) the King spake, and said vnto Daniél, Thy God, whome thou alway
〈◊〉
, (euen) he wil deliuer thee.
17 And a stone was broght, and layed vpon the mouthe of the denne, and the King sealed it with his owne signet, and with the signet of his princes, that the purpose might not be changed, concerning Daniél.
18 Then the King went vnto his palace, and remained fasting, nether were the instruments of musicke broght before him, and his slepe went from him.
19 ¶ Then the King arose early in the morning, and went in all haste vnto the denne of lyons.
20 And when he came to the denne, he cryed with a lamentable voyce vnto Daniél: and the King spake, and said to Daniél, O Daniél, the seruant of the liuing God, is not thy God [whome thou alwaie seruest]This
〈◊〉
that Darius
〈◊〉
not touched with the true knowled ge of God, because he douted of his power. able to deliuer thee from the lions?
21 Then said Daniél vnto the King, O King, liue for euer.
22 My God hathe sent his Angel and hathe shut the lions mouthes, that thei haue not hurt me: forMy iuste cause, & vp
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
thing, wherein I was charged, is ap proued of God. my iustice was found out before him: & vnto thee, ô King, I haue doneFor he did
〈◊〉
bey the Kings wic ked cōmandemēt to obey God, and so did no iniurie to the King who oght to commande nothing, whereby God shulde be dishonored. no hurte.
23 Then was the King exceading glad for him, and commāded that thei shulde take Daniél out of the denne: so Daniél was broght out of the denne, and no maner of hurte was founde vpon him, because heBecause he
〈◊〉
him self wholy vnto God whose cause he did defend, he was assured, that
〈◊〉
but good colde co me vnto him:
〈◊〉
rein we se the power of faith, as Ebr 11.
〈◊〉
. beleued in his God.
24 And by the commandement of the King thesemen which had accused Daniél, were broght, and wereThis
〈◊〉
a terrible example against all the wicked, whiche do against their conscience make c uel lawes to destroye: he children of God and also admonis heth princes how to punish such, when their Wickednes is come to light:
〈◊〉
not in euerie point or with like circumstances, yet to execute true iustice vpon them. cast into the denne of lions, (euen) thei, their children, and their wiues: and the lions had the mastrie of thē, and brake all their bones a pieces, or euer thei came at the grounde of the denne.
25 ¶ After warde King Darius wrote, Vnto
all people, nations & langages, that dwell in all the worlde: Peace be multiplied vnto you.
26 I make a decre that in all the dominion of my kingdome, men tremble and feareThis
〈◊〉
not that
〈◊〉
did wo ship God
〈◊〉
, or els was
〈◊〉
: for thē he wolde haue destroyed all
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and not one ly giuen God the chief place, but one ly haue set him vp and caused him to be honored
〈◊〉
to his worde
〈◊〉
this was a
〈◊〉
confession of Gods power; whereunto he was compelled by this wonderful miracle before the God of Daniél: for he is theWhich hathe not onely life in him self, but is the onelie fountaine of life, and quickeneth all things, so that without him there is no life. liuing God, and remaineth for euer: and his kingdome shal not perish, and his dominion (shalbe) euerlasting.
27 He rescueth and deliuereth, and he worketh signes and wonders in heauen and in earth: who hathe deliuered Daniél frō the power of the lyons.
28 So this Daniél prospered in the reigne of Darius & in the reigne of Cyrus of Persia,
CHAP. VII.
3 A visiō of
〈◊〉
beasts is shewed vnto Daniél. 8 The ten hornes of the fourth beast, 27 Of the euerlasting kingdome of Christ.
1 IN the first yere of
〈◊〉
King of Babél, Daniél sawe a dreame, and there (were) visions in his head, vpon his bed:VVhere as the people of Israél loked for a continual
〈◊〉
after these seuen
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
had declared, he
〈◊〉
weth that
〈◊〉
rest shal not be a
〈◊〉
from
〈◊〉
, but a beginning, & ther
〈◊〉
mean aged them to toke or a
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
be
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
, by whome they shulde
〈◊〉
a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
an
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
they shulde
〈◊〉
a certeine
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in the destruction of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
kingdome. then he wrote the dreame, (and) declared the summe of the matter.
2 Daniél spake
〈◊〉
said, I sawe in my vision by night, and beholde, the foure windes of the heauen stroue vpon
〈◊〉
signified
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
shulde
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
troubles and afflictions in the worlde in all corners of the worlde and at son
〈◊〉
times. the great sea:
3 And foure great beastes came vp from the sea one diuers from another.
4 The first (was) as aMeaning the
〈◊〉
& Caldeā
〈◊〉
, whiche was moste strong &
〈◊〉
in power,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
one come to their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thogh
〈◊〉
had had wings to
〈◊〉
: ye their wings were pulled by the Persians, & thei went on thei fete, & were made like other men which is here
〈◊〉
by mans heart, lion, and had egles wings: I behelde, til the wings there of were plukte of, and it was lifted vp from the earth, and set vpon (his) fete as a man, and a mans heart was giuen him.
5 And beholde, another beast (which was) the seconde, was like aMeaning the Persians which were barbarous and
〈◊〉
. beare and stode vpon theThei were
〈◊〉
in the beginning & were shut vp in their mountaines and had no
〈◊〉
. one side and he had thre ribbes in hisThat is, destroyed many kingdomes, & was
〈◊〉
. mouth betwene his teeth,To wit, the Angels by Gods cōmādement, who by this meanes punished the
〈◊〉
of the worlde and thei said thus vnto him, Arise (and) deuoure muche flesh.
6 After this I behelde, and lo, there (was) an other like aMeaning, Alexander the King of Macedonie. leopard, which had vpon his backeThat is, his foure chief captaines, whiche
〈◊〉
the empire among them after his death. Seleueus had Asia the great, Antigonus the esse, Cassander, and after him
〈◊〉
was King o: Macedonie, &
〈◊〉
had Egypt. foure wings of a foule: the beast had also foure heads, andIt was not of him self
〈◊〉
of his owne power that he
〈◊〉
all these countreis: for his armie conteined, but thirtie thousand men, and
〈◊〉
ouercame in one battel Darius, which had
〈◊〉
hundreth thousand, when he was so
〈◊〉
with slepe that his eyes were se
〈◊〉
open, is the stories reporte: therefore this power was giuen him of God. dominion was giuen him.
7 After this I sawe in the visions by night, & beholde, theThat is, he Romain em
〈◊〉
which was as a monster & colde not be
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
beast, because the nature of none was able to expresse it. fourth beast (was) feareful and terrible and verie strong. It had greatSignifying the
〈◊〉
& griedinnes of the Romains. yrō teeth it deuoured & brake in pieces and stampedThat whi che the Romains colde quietly
〈◊〉
in other coūereis, thei wolde giue it to other Kings and rulers that at all times when thei wolde,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
it againe: which liberalitie is
〈◊〉
called the stamping of the rest vnder the
〈◊〉
. the residue vnder his fete: & it was vn like to the beastes that were befo re it: for it hadThat is,
〈◊〉
and diuers prouin ces which were go
〈◊〉
by the
〈◊〉
and procon
〈◊〉
, whereof euerie one might be
〈◊〉
to a King ten hornes.
8 As I considered the hornes, beholde, there came vp among thē another litleVVhich is ment of Iulius
〈◊〉
. Au gustus,
〈◊〉
, Ca ligula,
〈◊〉
& Nero &c who we re as Kings in
〈◊〉
, but because
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
not rule but by the consent of the Sena, their power is cōpared to a litle horne. For
〈◊〉
came not of the Romaine empire, and the Pope hathe no vocation of gouer
〈◊〉
: therefore this can not be applied vnto thē, and also in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the Prophets purpose is chiefly to
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
vnto the
〈◊〉
of Christ. Some
〈◊〉
it for the whole bodie
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
christ horne, before whome there wereMeaning,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ne portion of the ten hornes that
〈◊〉
, a parte
〈◊〉
in the whole estate was
〈◊〉
a waie. For Augustus
〈◊〉
frō the Senat the liber
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
the deputes
〈◊〉
send
〈◊〉
to the
〈◊〉
, & toke the
〈◊〉
of certeine
〈◊〉
to him
〈◊〉
. thre of the first hornes plukt awaie and beholde, in this horne (were)These Romaine Emperours at the first vsed a
〈◊〉
ne
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
, and we
〈◊〉
content that
〈◊〉
thers as the Consuls and Senat shul de heare the name of dignitie, so that thei might haue the profite, and therefore in elections and counsels wolde be haue them selues according as did other
〈◊〉
: yet against their enemies and those that wolde resist them,
〈◊〉
were fierce and cruel, which is here ment by the proud mouth. eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouthe speaking presumptious things.
9 I behelde, til theMeaning the places where God and his Angels shulde
〈◊〉
to iudge these monarchies, which iudge ment shulde beginne at the first comming of Christ. thrones were set vp, and theThat is, God which was before all times, and is here described as mans
〈◊〉
is able to comprehend some portion of his glorie. Ancient of daies did sit, whose garmét was white as snowe, and the heere of his head like the purewoll: his throne (was like) the fyre flame, (and) his wheles (as) burning fyre.
10 A fyrie streame yssued, and came forthe from before him: thousand thousands ministred vnto him, and ten thousandThat is, an infinit nembre of Angels, which were ready to execute his commandement. thousands stode before him the iudgement was set, and theThis is ment of the first comming of Christ when as the wil of God was plainely
〈◊〉
by his Gospel. bokes opened.
11 Then I behelde,Meaning, that he was astonied, when he sawe these Emperours in suche dignitie, and pride, and so suddenly destroyed at the comming of Christ when this fourth monarchie was subiect to men of other nacions. because of the voyce of the presumptueous wordes, which the hor ne snake. I behelde, euen til the beast was
〈◊〉
, and his bodies destroyed, and giuen to the burning fyre.
12 AsAs the thre former monarchies had an end at the time that God appointed, althogh thei flourished
〈◊〉
a time, so shal this fourth haue and they that paciently abide Gods appointement, shal inioye the promises. concerning the other beastes, thei had taken awaie their dominion, yet their liues were prolonged for a certeine time and season.
13 ¶ As I behelde in visions by night, beholde,VVhiche is ment of Christ who had not yet taken vpon him mans nature, nether was the sonne of Dauid
〈◊〉
to the flesh, as he was afterwarde: but appeared then in a figure, and that in the cloudes: that is, being separate from the commune
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
men by
〈◊〉
signes of his diuinitie. one like the Sonne of man came in the cloudes of heauen, andTo wit, when he ascended into the heauens, and his diuine maiestie appeared, and all power was giuen vnto him in respect of that that he was our Mediator. approched vnto the Ancient of daies, and thei broght him before him.
14 And he gaue himThis is ment of the beginning of Christs kingdome when God the Father gaue vnto him all dominion, as to the Mediator, to the intent that he shulde gouerne here his Church in earth continually til the time that he broght them to eternal life. dominion, & honour, and a kingdome, that all people, nations and langages shulde serue him: his dominion (is) an euerlasting dominion, whiche shal neuer be taken awaie: and his kingdome shal neuer be destroied.
15 ¶ I Daniél wasThrough the strangenes of the vision. troubled in my spirit, in the middes of my bodie, and the visions of mine head made me afraied.
16 Therefore I came vntoMeaning, of the Angels,
〈◊〉
Ver. 10. one of them that stode by, and asked him the trueth of all this: so he tolde me, and shewed me the
interpretacion of these things.
17 These great beastes whiche are foure, (are) foure kings, which shal arise out of the earth
18 And they shall take theBecause Abraham was appoin ted heire of all the World. Rom. 4.
〈◊〉
. and in him all the faithfull, therefore the kingdome thereof is theirs by right,
〈◊〉
these
〈◊〉
beasts or tyrants shuld inuade, and vsurp e vntil the
〈◊〉
were restored by Christ: ād this was to confirme them that were in troubles, that their
〈◊〉
shulde haue an end at length, kingdome of the Sainctes of theThat is, of the most
〈◊〉
things, because God hath chosen them out of this worlde, that they shulde loke vp to the heauens, whereon all their hope dependeth. most high, and possesse the kingdome for euer, euen for euer and euer.
19 ¶ After this, I wolde (knowe) the trueth of the fourth beast, which was soFor the other
〈◊〉
monarchies were gouerned by a King, and the Roman empire by Consuls: the Romains chā ged their
〈◊〉
yerely, and the other monar chies
〈◊〉
them for terme of life: also the
〈◊〉
were the strongest of all the other, and were neuer quiet among thē selues, read ver. 7 vnlike to all the others, very feareful, whose teeth were of yron, and his nailes of brasse: (whiche) deuoured, brake in pieces, and stamped thei residue vnder his fete.
20 Also (to knowe) of the ten hornes that were in his head, and of the other whiche came vp, before whome thre fel, and of the horne that had eyes, and of the mouthe that spake presumptuous things, whoseThis is mēt of the fourth beast, which was more terrible then the other. loke was mo re stoute then his felowes.
21 I behelde, and the sameMeanyng the Romaine Empe rours who were moste
〈◊〉
against the Churche of God bothe of the Iewes ād of the Gentiles. horne made battel against the Sainctes, yea, and preuailed against them.
22 Vntil
〈◊〉
God shewed his power in the persone of Christ, and by the preaching of the Gospel gaue vnto his some rest and so
〈◊〉
a famous name in the worlde, and were called the Church of God,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
kingdome of God. the Ancient of daies came, and iudgemēt was giuen to the Sainctes of the most high: and the time approched, that the Sainctes possessed the kingdome.
23 Then he said, The fourthe beast shalbe the fourth kingdome in the earth, which shal be vnlike to all the kingdomes, and shal deuoure the whole earth, and shal treade it downe and breake it in pieces.
24 And the ten hornes out of this kingdome (are) ten Kings that shal rise: ād another shal rise after them, and he shalbe vnlyke to the first, and he shal sub dueRead the exposition hereof. ver 8. thre Kings.
25 And shal speake wordes againstThat is, shal make wicked
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
againste Gods word and send through out al their
〈◊〉
to destroy all that did professe it. the moste high, and shall consume the Sainctes of the most high, and thinke that he maieThese Emperours shal not consider that they haue their power of God but thinke it is in their owne power to change Gods lawes and
〈◊〉
, and as it were the order of nature, as appeareth by Octaui us,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
&c change times and lawes, and they shalbe giuen in to his hand, vntil aGod shal
〈◊〉
them thus to rage against his Saincts for a long time, which is ment by the time and times but at length he wil a
〈◊〉
these troubles ād
〈◊〉
the times for his elects sake. Mat. 24. 22. which is here mēt by the diuiding of time. time, and times and the deuiding of time.
26 But theGod by his power shal
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thinge that were out of order, and so destroy this litle horne, that it shal neuer rise vp againe. iudgement shal sit, and they shall take a waie his dominion, to cōsume and destroie it vnto the end.
27 And theHe sheweth wherefore the beast shulde be destroied, to wit, that his Church might haue rest and quietnes, which thogh they do not fully inioye here, yet they haue it in hope and by the preaching of the Gospel enioye the beginning thereof, which is ment by these
〈◊〉
(vnder the heauē:) and therfore he here speaketh of the beginning of Christs kingdome in this world, which kingdome the faithful haue by the participation that they haue with Christ their head. kingdome, and dominion, and the greatnes of the kingdome vnder the whole heauen shal be giuen to the holie people of the most high, whose kingdome (is) an euerlasting kingdome and allThat is, some of euerie sorte that
〈◊〉
rule. powers shal serue and obeie him.
28 Euen this is the end of the matter, I Daniél had manieThoght he had manie motions in his heart which
〈◊〉
him to and
〈◊〉
to seke out this matter
〈◊〉
: yet he was content with
〈◊〉
which God
〈◊〉
, and kept it in memorie and wrote it for the vse of the Church. cogitacions (whiche) troubled me, and my countenance changed in me: but I kept the matter in mine heart.
CHAP. VIII.
A vision of a battel betwene a ramme and a goat. 20 The vnderstanding of the vision.
1 IN the thirde yere of the reigne of Kyng Belshazzár, a vision appeared vnto me, (euen) vnto me Daniél,After the general vision,
〈◊〉
come
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
particular
〈◊〉
as touching the destruction of the monarchie of the
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
was at hand, and also he had
〈◊〉
spoken therof. after that (whiche) appeared vnto me at the first.
2 And I sawe in a vision, and when I sawe it, I was in the palace of Shushan, which is in the prouinceThat is, of Persia. of Elám, ād in a vision me thoght I was by the riuer of Vlái.
3 Then I loked vp and sawe, ād beholde, there stode before the riuer aVVhich represē ted
〈◊〉
kingdom of the
〈◊〉
, and Medes, whiche were ioyned together. ramme, which had two hornes: and these two hornes (were) hie but one was hier the another, and the hiest came vp last.
4 I sawe the ram pusshyng againste the West and against the North, ād against the South, so that noThat is, no kigs
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. beastes might stand before him,d Meanyng
〈◊〉
, whiche
〈◊〉
grewe greater in power then
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vncle
〈◊〉
father in Lawe. nor colde deliuer out of his hand, but he did what he listed, and became great.
5 And as I considered, beholde,Meaning,
〈◊〉
that came frō Grecia
〈◊〉
great spede and expedition. a goat came frō the West ouer the whole earth, and touched not the grounde: and this goat (had) anThogh
〈◊〉
came in the name of all Grecia, yet he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and dignitie of of the general captaine, so that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
was at tributed to him, whiche is ment by this horne. horne that appeared betwene his eyes.
6 And he came vnto the ram that had the two hornes, whome I had sene standing by the ri uer, and ranne vnto him in his fierce rage.
7 And I sawe him come vnto the ramme, and being moued against him, heAlexāder ouer came Darius in two
〈◊〉
battels, ād so had the two
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
. smot the ram me, and brake his two hornes: and there was no power in the ramme to stād against him, but he cast him downe to the grounde, and stamped vpon him, and there was none that colde deliuer the ramme out of his power.
8 Therfore the goat waxed exceadyng great, and when he was at the strongest, his greatAlexāders great power was broken: for when he had ouer come all the East, he thoght to
〈◊〉
towarde Grecia to subdue them that there had
〈◊〉
belled, and so died by the way. horne was broken: and for it came vp foure thatThat is, which were
〈◊〉
: for almoste
〈◊〉
the space of
〈◊〉
yere
〈◊〉
were fiftene diuers
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
this
〈◊〉
was deuided to these foure, whereof Cassander had Macedonia,
〈◊〉
, Syria, Antigonus Asia the lesse and
〈◊〉
Egypt. appeared towarde the foure windes of the heauen.
9 And out of one of them came fortheVVhich was Antiochus Epiphanes, who was of a
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
nature, and also there were o her betwene him and the kingdome, and therefore is here called the
〈◊〉
horne, because nether prince he conditions, nor any other thing
〈◊〉
in hym, why he shulde obteine this kingdome. a litle horne, which waxed very great towarde theThat is, to warde Egypt. South, and towarde theVVhere by he meaneth
〈◊〉
. East, and toward theThat is,
〈◊〉
. pleasant (land.)
10 Yea, it grewe vp vnto the
〈◊〉
ragest against the elect of God, and trode his precious
〈◊〉
vnder fete whiche are so called, because they are
〈◊〉
from the worlde. hoste of heauen, and it caste downe (some) of the hoste, and of the starres to the grounde, and trode vpon them.
11 And extolled him selfe against theThat is, God,
〈◊〉
gouerneth and mainteineth his
〈◊〉
. prince of the host from whom theHe labored to abolish all religion, and
〈◊〉
cast Gods seruice out of his Temple, whiche God had chosen as a litle corner from all the rest of the worlde to haue his Name there truely called vpon. dailie (sacrifice) was taken away, and the place of his Sanctuarie was cast downe.
12 AndHe sheweth that their sinnes are the cause of there horrible
〈◊〉
: and yet comforteth them, in that he appointeth this tyrant a time, whome he wolde
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to abolish his religion. a time shal be giuen (him) ouer the day lie (sacrifice) for the iniquitie: and it shallThis horne shal abolishe for a time the true doctrine and so corrupt Gods seruice. cast downe the trueth to the grounde, and thus shal it do, and prosper.
13 Thē I heard one of theMeaning, that he heard one of the Angels as king this question of Christ, whome he calleth a certeine one or a
〈◊〉
one, or a
〈◊〉
one. Sainctes speaking, and one of the Sainctes spake vnto a certeine one, saying, How long (shal endure) the vi sion of the dayly (sacrifice,) and the iniquitie of theThat is, the Iewes sinnes, which were cause of this destruction. desolation to tread bothe the Sanctuarie and theThat is, whiche suppresseth Gods religion, and his people. armie vnder
〈◊〉
?
14 AndChrist answered me for the
〈◊〉
of the Church. he answered me, Vnto theThat is, vnto so many natural daies be past, whi che make six yeres thre moneths and an halfe: for so long vnder An tiochus was the Temple prophaned. euening (and) the morning, two thousand and thre hūdreth: then shal the Sanctuarie be clensed.
15 ¶ Nowe when I Daniél had sene the vision, and soght for the meaning, beholde, there stode before meVVhiche was Christ, who
〈◊〉
this maner decla red him selfe to the olde fathers howe
〈◊〉
wolde be God manifested in flesh. like the similitude of a mā.
16 And I heard a mans voyce betwene (the bankes) of Vlái, whiche called and said, Gabriél,This power to commande the Angel, declared that he was God. make thys man to vnderstande the vision.
17 So he came where I stode: ād whē he came, I was afraied, and fell vpon my face: but he said vnto me, Vnderstand, ô sonne of man: forThe effect of this vision shal not yet appeare, but a long time after. in the last time (shalbe) the vision.
18 Now as he was speaking vnto me, I being a slepe (fel) on my face to the grounde: but he touched me, and set me vp in my place.
19 And he sayd, Beholde, I will she we thee what shal be in the lastMeanyng the great rage which Antiochus shuld shewe
〈◊〉
the Church. wrath: for in the end of the time appointed (it shal come.)
20 The ramme whiche thou sawest hauyng two hornes, (are) the Kinges of the Medes and Persians.
21 And the goat (is) the King of Grecia, and the great horne that is betwene his eyes, is the first King.
22 And that that is broken, and foure stode vp for it, (are) foure kyngdomes, whiche shal stand vpThat is, out of Grecia. of that nacion, but notThey shal not haue like power as had Alexāder in his strength.
23 And in the end of their kingdome, when the rebellious shalbe consumed, a King ofNothing that this
〈◊〉
was
〈◊〉
& cruel, and also
〈◊〉
that he colde not be deceiued. fierce countenāce, and vnderstanding darke sentences, shal stand vp.
24 And his power shalbe
〈◊〉
, but notThat is, not like Alexāder
〈◊〉
in his strength: and he shal destroie wonderful ly, and shal prosper, and practise, and shal destroy theBothe the Gentils that dwelt about him, and al so the Iewes. mightie, and the holy people.
25 And through hisVVhat soeuer he goeth about by his crast, he shal bring it to passe. policie also, he shall cause craft to prosper in his hand, & he shall extoll him self in his heart, and byThat is, vnder pretence of peace or
〈◊〉
it
〈◊〉
in sporte. peace shal destroye many: he shal also stande vp against theMeanyng, against God. prince of princes, but he shal be broken downeFor God wolde destroy him with a notable
〈◊〉
, and so comforte his Church. without hand.
26 And the vision of theRead vers. 14.
〈◊〉
and the morning, which is declared, is true: therfore seale thou vp the vision, for it (shalbe) after many daies.2. Mac. 9. 9.
27 And I Daniél was striken and sickeFor feare and astonishement. (certeine) daies: but when I rose vp, I did the Kings busines, and I was astonished at the vi sion, but none vnderstode it.
CHAP. IX.
3 Daniel desireth to haue that performed of God, which he had promised concerning the returne of the people from their banishment in Babylon. 5 A true confession. 20 Daniels prayer is heard. 21 Gabriel the Angel expoundeth vnto him the vision of the seuentie wekes. 24 The anointing of Christ. 25 The buylding againe of Ierusalém. 26 The death of Christ.
1 IN the first yere of Darius the sonne ofVVho was also called
〈◊〉
. Ahashuerósh, of the sede of the Medes, whiche was made King ouer theFor
〈◊〉
led with ambition, went about war res in other coun
〈◊〉
, and therefore Darius had the title of the kingdome, thogh
〈◊〉
was kyng in effect. realme of the Caldeans.
2 (Euen) in the first yere of his reigne, I Daniél vnderstode byFor thogh he was an
〈◊〉
Prophet, yet he dayly
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in knowledge by readyng of the Scriptures. bokes the nombre of the yeres, where of the Lord had spoken vnto Ieremiáh the Prophet, that he wolde accomplish seuentie yeres in the desolation of Ierusalém.
3 And I turned my face vnto the Lorde God, andHe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of that
〈◊〉
prater whi che he vsed in his house
〈◊〉
a day, but of a
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
prayer, lest their sinnes
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
se
〈◊〉
to delay the time of their
〈◊〉
prophecied by
〈◊〉
. soght by prayer and supplicacions with fasting and sacke cloth and ashes.
4 And I prayed vnto the Lorde my God, and made my confession, saying, Oh Lord God, (whiche art)That is, hast all power in thy selfe to execute thy terrible
〈◊〉
against
〈◊〉
sinners, as thou art riche in
〈◊〉
to comfort them, which obey thy worde and
〈◊〉
thee. great and fearefull, and kepest couenant and mercie towarde them whiche loueEbr him. thee, and towarde them that there thy commandements.
5 We haue sinned, and haue committed iniquitie and haue done wickedly, yea, we haue re belled, and haue departed from thy preceptes, and from thy iudgements.
6 For we wolde not obey thy seruants the Pro phetes, whiche spake in thy Name to our Kings, to our princes, and to our fathers, and to all the people of the land.
7 O Lorde,He
〈◊〉
that whensoeuer God punisheth, he doeth it for in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thus the
〈◊〉
neuer
〈◊〉
him of rigour as the wicked do, bu acknowledge that in them selues there is
〈◊〉
se, why he shuld
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. ryghteousnes (belongeth) vnto thee, and vnto vsEbr. confusion of
〈◊〉
. open shame, as (appeareath) this day vnto euerie man of Iudáh, ād to the inhabitants of Ierusalém: yea, vnto all Israél, (bothe) nere and farre of, through all the countreis, whether thou haste driuen them, because of their offenses, that they haue committed against thec.
8 OLORDE, vnto vs (apperteineth) open shame, to ourHe doeth
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the kings because of their au
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
pra
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for them as the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of these great
〈◊〉
. Kings, to our princes, and to our fathers, because we haue sinned agaynst thee.
9 (Yet) compassion and forgiuenes (is) in the Lorde our God, albeit we haue rebelled against him.
10 For we haue not obeyed theHe sheweth that they rebell a gainst God,
〈◊〉
serue him not according to his commandement and worde. voice of the Lord our God, to walke in his lawes, whiche he had laid before vs by the ministerie of his seruants the Prophetes.
11 Yea, all Israél haue transgressed thy Lawe, and are turned backe, and haue not heard thy voice: therefore theAs
〈◊〉
. 27, 15. or the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
by an othe. cursse is powred vpon vs, and the othe that is writen in the lawe of Mosés the seruant of God, because we haue sinned against him.
12 And he hath confirmed his wordes, which he spake against vs, and against our iudges thatOr, gouerned vs iudged vs, by bringing vpon vs a great plague: for vnder the whole heauen hathe not bene the like, as hathe bene broght vppon Ierusalém.
13 All thys plague is come vpon vs, as it is writen in the Lawe of Mosés: yet made we not our praier before the Lord our god, that
we might turne from our iniquities and vnderstand thy trueth.
14 Therefore hath the LordEbr.
〈◊〉
vpon the
〈◊〉
. made readie the plague, and broght it vpon vs: for the Lord our God is righteous in all his workes whiche he doeth: for we wolde not heare his voyce.
15 * And now, ô Lord our God, that hast broght thy people out of the land of Egypt with a mightie hand, and hast gotten thee renoume as (appeareth) this day, we haue sinned, weExod. 14, 28. haue done wickedly.
〈◊〉
. 2, 11.
16 O Lord, according to all thyThat is, according to all thy
〈◊〉
promises and the perfor mance
〈◊〉
. righteousnes, I beseche thee, let thine angre & thy wrath be turned away from thy citie Ierusalém thine holy Mountaine: for because of our sinnes, & for the iniquities of our fathers, Ierusalém and thy people (are) a reproche to all (that are) about vs.
17 Now therefore, ô our GOD, heare the prayer of thy seruant, and his supplications, and cause thy face to
〈◊〉
thy selfe fauorable. shine vpon thy Sanctuarie, that lyeth waste for theThat is, for thy Christs sake in
〈◊〉
thou
〈◊〉
accept all our
〈◊〉
. Lords sake.
18 O my GOD, encline thine eare and heare: open thine eyes, and beholde our desolatiōs, and the citie wherupon thy Name is called: for we do not present our supplicacions before thee for our owneDeclaring, that the godhe
〈◊〉
onely vnto Gods
〈◊〉
and renounce their owne Workes when they seke for
〈◊〉
of their sinnes. righteousnes, but for thy great tendre mercies.
19 O Lord, heare, ô Lord forgiue, ô LordThus he tolde not content him selfe with any
〈◊〉
hemencie of wor
〈◊〉
he was so led with a
〈◊〉
zeale considering Gods promes, made to the citie in respect of his Church and for theaduancement of Gods
〈◊〉
. con sider, and do it: differre not, for thine owne sake, ô my God: for thy Name is called vpon thy citie, and vpon thy people.
20 ¶ And whiles I was speaking and praying, and confessing my sinne, and the sinne of my people Israél, and did present my supplicacion before the Lord my God, for the holy Mountaine of my God,
21 Yea, while I was speaking in prayer, euen the man * Gabriél, whome I had sene before in the vision, came flying, & touched me about the time of the euening oblacion.
22 And he informed (me,) and talked with me and said, O Daniél, I am now come forthe to giue thee knowledge (and) vnderstanding.
23 At the beginning of thy supplicacions the commandement came forthe, and I am come to shewe (thee,) forthou art greatly beloued: therefore vnderstand the matter and cōsider the vision.
24 SeuentieHe.
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
cie, who prophecied that their ca ptiuitie shulde be
〈◊〉
ie yeres: but
〈◊〉
Gods mercie shulde
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
excede his iudge ment, whiche shulde be foure hundreth & nine tie yeres, euen to the comming of Christ, & so then it shuld
〈◊〉
for euer. wekes are determined vponMeaning Daniels naciō, ouer whome he was
〈◊〉
. thy people and vpon thine holie citie, to finish the wickednes, and to seale vp theTo shewe
〈◊〉
and to
〈◊〉
sin
〈◊〉
out of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. sinnes, and to reconcile the iniquitie, & to bring in euerlasting righteousnes, and to seale vp the vision and prophecie, and to anoint the moste Holie.
25 Knowe therefore and vnderstand, that fromFrom the time that Cyrus gaue them leaue to departe: and these wekes make 49. yere, whereof 46 are referred to the time of the Temple, and 3. 10 the laying of the
〈◊〉
. the going forthe of the commandement to bring againe (the people,) and to builde Ieru salém, vnto Messiah the prince, (shalbe) seuē
Counting from the sixt yere of Darius who gaue the seconde commandement for the building of the
〈◊〉
, are 62
〈◊〉
, which make
〈◊〉
yeres. which comprehend the time from this building of the Temple vnto the
〈◊〉
of Christ. wekes, and thre score and two wekes, (and) the strete shalbe built againe, & the wall euen in aEbr. in
〈◊〉
of time. troublous time.
26 And after thre score and twoIn this
〈◊〉
weeke of the seuentie shal
〈◊〉
come and preache and suffer death. wekes, shal Messiah be slayne, and shalHe shal
〈◊〉
to haue no beautie, nor to be of ame
〈◊〉
, as
〈◊〉
. 53, 2. haue nothing, & the people ofMeaning,
〈◊〉
Vespasians sonne, who shulde come and destroy bothe the
〈◊〉
and the people without all hope of recouerie. the prince that shal come, shal destroye the citie and the Sanctuarie, & the end thereof (shalbe) with a flood: and vn to the end of the battel it shalbe destroyed by desolacions.
27 And heBy the preaching of the Gospel he confirmed his promes, first, to the Iewes, and after to the Gentiles. shal confirme the couenāt with ma nie for one weke: and in the middes of the weke he shal cause the sacrifice and the obla cion toChrist accomplished this by his death and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. cease,Meaning that Ierusalem and the Sanctuarie shulde be vtterly destroyed for their rebellion against God & their
〈◊〉
: of some read that the plagues shalbe so great that they shal all be astonied at them. and for the ouerspreading of the abominacions, he shal make it desolate, euen vntil the consummacion determined shalbe powred vpon the desolate.
CHAP. X.
There
〈◊〉
vnto Daniel a man clothed in linen, 11 Which sheweth him wherefore he is sent.
1 IN theHe not eth this third yere, because at this time the buylding of the Temple b̄egan to be hindered by Cambyses Cyrus sonne, When the father made warie in Asia minor against the
〈◊〉
, which was a discouraging to the
〈◊〉
, and a great feare to Da
〈◊〉
. third yere of Cyrus King of Persia, a thing was reueiled vnto Daniél [whose name was called Belteshazzár] and the word (was) true, but the time appointed (was)Which is to declare that the god lie
〈◊〉
not hasten to much, but paciently to abide the yssue of Gods promes. lōg and he vnderstode the thing, and had vnderstanding of the vision.
2 At the same time, I Daniél was in heauines for thre weekes of dayes.
3 I ate no pleasant bread, nether came flesh, nor wine in my mouth, nether did I anoint my self at all, til thre weekes of dayes were fulfilled.
4 And in the foure and twentieth day, of theCalled Abib, whiche conteineth
〈◊〉
of Mar che and parte of April. first moneth, as IBeing caryed by the spirit of
〈◊〉
to haue the sight of this
〈◊〉
Tygris. was by the side of that great riuer, euen Hiddékel,
5 And I lift vp mine eyes, and loked, and beholde, there (was) a manThis was the Angel of GOD, which was
〈◊〉
to assure Daniél in this prophecie that followeth. clothed in linen, whose loynes were girded with fine golde of * Vphaz.
6 His bodie also (was) like the Chrysolite, and his face [to loke vpon] like the lightening, & his eyes as lampes of yre, and his armes and his fete (were) like in colour to polished bras se, and the voyce of his wordes (was) like the voyce of a multitude.
7 And I Daniél alone sawe the vision: for the men that were with me, sawe not the vision: but a great feare fell vpon them, so that they fled a way and hid them selues.
8 Therefore I was left alone, and sawe this great vision, & there remained no strength in me: forThe worde also
〈◊〉
comeli nes, or beautie, so that for
〈◊〉
he was like a dead man for
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. my strength was turned in me into corruption, and I reteined no power.
9 Yet heard I the voyce of his wordes: and when I heard the voyce of his wordes, I slept on my face: and my face (was) towarde the grounde.
10 And beholde, an handWhich declareth that when we are
〈◊〉
downe with the
〈◊〉
of God, we
〈◊〉
not rise except he also list vs vp with his hand, which is his power. touched me, which
set me vp vpon my knees and vpon the
〈◊〉
of mine hands.
11 And he said vnto me, O Daniél, a man greatly beloued, vnderstand the wordes that I speake vnto thee, and
〈◊〉
in thy place:
〈◊〉
for vnto thee am I now sent: And when he had said this worde vnto me, I stode trembling.
12 Then said he vnto me, Feare not, Daniél: for from the first daye that thou didest set thine heart to vnderstand, and to humble thy selfe before thy God, thy wordes were heard, and I am come for thy wordes.
13 But theMeaning, Cam byseswhoreigned in his fathers absence, & did not onely for this spa ce binder the buil ding of the Temple, but wolde ha ue
〈◊〉
raged, if God had not sent me to resist him, & therefore haue I stayed for the profite of the Church. prince of the kingdome of Persia with stode me one and twentie dayes: but lo,Thogh God cold by one Angel de stroy all the worl de, yet to
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
of his loue he sendeth forthe double power euen Michaél, that is Christ Iesus the head of Angels. Michaél one of the chief princes, came to helpe me, and I remained there by the Kings of Perfia.
14 Now I am come to shewe thee what shal come to thy people in the latter dayes: for yet theFor thogh the Prophet Daniél shulde end and cease, yet his doctrine shulde con tinue
〈◊〉
the comming of
〈◊〉
for the comfort of his Church. vision (is) for (manie) dayes.
15 And when he spake these wordes vnto me, I set my face towarde the grounde, & helde my tongue.
16 And beholde,This was the same Angel that spake with him before in the simi litude of a man. one like the similitude of the sonnes of man touched my lippes: then I ope ned my mouth, and spake, and said vnto him that stode before me, O my Lord,I was ouercome with feare and sorowe, whē I sawe the vision by the vi sion my sorowes are returned vpon me, and I haue reteined no strength.
17 For how can the seruāt of this my Lord talke with my Lord (being) suche one? for as for me, straight way there remained no strength in me, nether is there breth left in me.
18 Then there came againe, and touched me one like the appearance of a man, and he strengthened me,
19 And said, O man, greatly beloued, feare not:He declareth he reby that GOD wolde be mereful vnto the people of Israél. peace (be) vnto thee: be strong and of good courage. And when he had spoken vnto me, Iwhich
〈◊〉
that when God smitteth downe his children, he doeth not immediatly lift them vp at once (for now the Angel had touched him twise) but by litle and litle. was strengthened, and said, Let my Lord speake: for thou hast strengthened me.
20 Then said he, Knowest thou wherefore I am come vnto thee? but now wil I returne to fight with the prince of Persia: and when I am gone forthe, lo, theMeaning that he wolde not onely him
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the rage of Cam byses, but also the other Kings of Persia by Alexander the King of
〈◊〉
. prince of Grecia shal come.
21 But I wil shewe thee that which is decreed in the Scripture of trueth:For this Angel was appointed for the defense
〈◊〉
the Church vnder Christ, who is the head thereof. and there is none that holdeth with me in these things, but Mi chaél your Prince.
CHAP. XI.
A prophecie of the kindomes, which shulde be enemies to the Church of God, as of Persia, 3 Of Grece, 5 Of Egypt, 28 Of Syria, 36 And of the Romaines.
1 ALso I, the first yere of Darius of the Medes, (euen) IThe Angelassu reth Daniél that God hathe giuen him power to performe these things, seing he appointed him to assiste
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
he ouer come the Caldéans. stode to incourage and to strengthen him.
2 And now will I shewe thee the trueth. Behol de, there shal stand vp yetWhereof Cambyses that now
〈◊〉
, was the first, the seconde
〈◊〉
, the third
〈◊〉
the sonne of Hystaspis, and the
〈◊〉
zerxes which all were enemies to the people of God &
〈◊〉
against thē. thre Kings in Per sia, and the fourth shalbe farre richer then they all: and by his strength, (and) by his riches he shal stirre vpFor the raised vp all the East countreis to
〈◊〉
againste the
〈◊〉
: and albeit he had in his armie ninei ūdieth thousand men, yet in soure
〈◊〉
he was discō
〈◊〉
and fled away with shame all against the realme of Grecia.
3 But aThat is, Alexan der the
〈◊〉
. eat. mightie King shal stand vp, that shal rule with great dominion, and do according to his pleasure:
4 And when he shal stand vp,For when his estate was moste
〈◊〉
, he
〈◊〉
: came him self with
〈◊〉
, and so
〈◊〉
into a disea se: or as some
〈◊〉
te, was poysoned by Cassander. his kingdome shalbe broken,For his twelue chief princes first
〈◊〉
his king dome: mong thē selues. and shalbe deuided towarde theAfter this his
〈◊〉
was deuided into fou re: for Seleucus had Syria,
〈◊〉
nus
〈◊〉
minor, Cassāder the king dome of Macedo nia, and
〈◊〉
Egypt. foure windes of heauen: and not to hisThus
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Alexanders ambicion & ctuel tie in causing his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
be murthered
〈◊〉
ly of the
〈◊〉
chief
〈◊〉
, and partely one of
〈◊〉
other. posteritic, nor according toNone of these foure shalbe able to he compared to the power of Alexander. his dominion whiche he ruled: for his Kingdome shalbe pluckt vp, euen (to be) for others besidesThat is,
〈◊〉
posteritie hauing no parte thereof. those.
5 And theTo wit Ptolemeus King of Egypt. King of the South shalbe mightie, and (one) ofThat is,
〈◊〉
the sonne of Scleucns, and one of Alexanders princes shalbe more mightie: for he shulde haue be the Asia and Syria. his princes, and shal preuaile againste him, and beare rule: his dominion (shalbe) a great dominion:
6 And in the end of yeres they shalbe ioyned together: for the KingsThat is, Berenice the daughter of P
〈◊〉
Philadelphus shalbe giuen in mariage to Antiochus Theos, thinking by this
〈◊〉
that Syria and Egypt shulde haue a continual peace together. daughter of the South shal come to the King of the North to make an agrement, but she shal not reteine the power of theThat sorce and strength shal not continue: for soneafter Berenice and her yong sonne after her houshāds death, was stayne of her step sonne Seleucus Calinicus the sonne of Laoqice, the lawful wife of
〈◊〉
, but put away for this womans sake. arme, nether shalNether Prolen cus, nor Antiochus. he continue, nor hisSome read, seed, meaning the childe begotten of Berenice. arme: but she shalbe deliuered (to death,) and thei that broght her, & heSome read, she that begate her, and thereby vnderstand her
〈◊〉
, whiche broght her vp: so that all they that were occasion of t is mariage, were destroyed. that begate her, and he that comforted her in these times.
7 But out of the budde of herMeaning that Prolomeus
〈◊〉
after the death of his father Philadelphus shulde succede in the king dome being of the same stocke that Berenice was. rootes shal one stand vp in his stead,To
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
death against Antiochus Calinicus, King of Syria. which shal come with an armie, and shal entre into the fortesse of the King of the North, and do with them (as he list,) and shal preuaile,
8 And shal also carye captiues into Egypt their gods with their molten images, (and) with their precious vessels of siluer and of golde, and he shal cōtinueFor this
〈◊〉
reigned six and fortie yeres. mo yeres then the King of the North.
9 So the King of the South shal come into (his) kingdome, & shal returne into his owne land.
10 Wherefore hisMeaning Seleu cus and Antiochus the greate, the sonnes of Ca linieus shal make warre againste Prolomeus Philo pater the sonne of Philadelphus. sonnes shalbe stirred vp, & shal assemble a mightie great armie, and (one)For his elder brother
〈◊〉
dyed,
〈◊〉
was slaine whiles the warres were preparing. shal come, and ouerflowe, & passe through: then shal heThat is, Philopater
〈◊〉
he shal se
〈◊〉
to tak great dominions from him in Syria, ād also
〈◊〉
to inuade Egypt. returne, and be stirred vp at his forteresse.
11 And the King of the South shalbe angrie, & shal come forthe, and fight with him, (euen) with the King of the North: for he shal set forthe a greatFor Antiochus had six thousand ho
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
score thousand foremen. multitude, and the multitude shalbe giuen into his hand.
12 Then the multitude shalbe proude, ād their heart shalbe lifted vp: for he shal cast downe thousands: but he shal not (stil) preuaile.
13 For the Kyng of the NorthAfter the death of
〈◊〉
Phi lopater, who left
〈◊〉
Epiphanes his
〈◊〉
shall returne, and shal set forthe a great multitude then afore, and shal come forthe [after certeine yeres] with a mightie armie, and great riches.
14 And at the same tyme there shallFor not onelye Antiochus came against
〈◊〉
, but also Philippe
〈◊〉
of Macedonia, ād these two
〈◊〉
greate power with them. manie stand vp against the King of the South: also the rebellious children of thyFor vnder Oni
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
salsely alledged that
〈◊〉
ce
〈◊〉
. 19. 19. cer teine of Iewes
〈◊〉
with him into Egypt to ful
〈◊〉
this prophecie: also the Angell sheweth that all these troubles which are in the Churche, are by the
〈◊〉
& counsel of God. people shal exalte them selues to establish the visiō, but they shal fall.
15 So the Kyng of the North shal come, and cast vp a mounte, and take the strong citie: and the armes of the South shalThe Egyptians were not able to resist Stop as An
〈◊〉
captaine. not resiste, nether his chosen people, nether (shal) there (be) anie strength to withstand.
16 But he that shall come, shal do vnto him, as he list, ād none shal stand against him: and he shal stand in theHe sheweth that he shall not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the Egyptians, but al so the Iewes, and shall entre
〈◊〉
their countrey,
〈◊〉
he admo nis heth them before that they
〈◊〉
knowe that all these things come by Gods
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
pleasant land, which by his hand shalbe consumed.
17 Againe he shallThis was the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
oght against Prolomeus
〈◊〉
. set hys face to entre with the power of his whole kingdome, and his confederates with him: thus shal he do, and he shal giue hym theTo
〈◊〉
, a beautiful
〈◊〉
, which was
〈◊〉
Antiochus daughter. daughter of women, to destroyeFor he regarded not the life of his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the kingdome of Egypt. her: butShe shal not agre to his wicked
〈◊〉
, but shal loue
〈◊〉
housband, as her duetie requireth, and not seke his destruction. she shal not stande (on his side,) nether be for him.
18 After this shal he turne hys face vnto the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
Asia, Grecia and those yles which are in the sea called Mediterraneum: for the
〈◊〉
called all
〈◊〉
yles which were deuided from them by sea. yles, and shal take many, but a princeFor where as
〈◊〉
was wont to con cmne the Romaines, and put their
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
in all places. At
〈◊〉
the Consul, or Lucius
〈◊〉
him to
〈◊〉
: and caused his shame to turne on his owne head. shal cause hys shame to lyght vpon him, beside that he shall cause his owne shame to turne vponBy his wicked life and obeying
〈◊〉
foolish counsel. him self.
19 For he shall turne his face towarde the fortes ofFor
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
his shal flee to his holdes his owne land: but he shalbe ouerthrowen ánd fall, and be no moreFor
〈◊〉
as vnder the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
he wolde haue robbed the Temple of
〈◊〉
Dodoncus, the coun:
〈◊〉
slue him. founde.
20That is, Selcucus shal succede his father
〈◊〉
. Then shall stand vp in his place in the glo rie of the kingdome, one that shal raise taxes: but after fewe dayes he shalbe destroyed, nether inNot by
〈◊〉
enemies or
〈◊〉
, but by treason. wrath, nor in battel.
21 And in his place shal stand vp aVVhiche was Ant ochus
〈◊〉
, who as is thoght, was the occasion of
〈◊〉
his brothers death and was of a vile, cruel and
〈◊〉
nature, and defrauded his brothers sonne of the kingdome, and vsurped the kingdome without the consent of the people. vile persone, to whome they shal not giue the honour of the kingdom: but he shal come in peaceably, and obteine the kingdome by flateries.
22 And theHe
〈◊〉
that great forame powers shal come to helpe the yong sonne of
〈◊〉
against his vncle Antiochus, and ye: shal be
〈◊〉
. armes shalbe ouerthrowen with a
〈◊〉
before him, and shalbe broken: and also the prince of theMeaning
〈◊〉
Philometor Philopaters sonne, who was this childes cousin germaine, & is here called the prince of the
〈◊〉
, because he was the chief, and all other followed his conduit. couenant.
23 And afterFor after the battel
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
vncle
〈◊〉
made a league the league (made) with hym he shal worke disceitfully: for he shall come vp, and ouercome with aFor he came vp on
〈◊〉
at vnwares, and when he
〈◊〉
his vncle
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
no
〈◊〉
. smale people.
24 He shal entre into the quiet and plentifull prouidence, and he shal do that which his fa thers
〈◊〉
in Egypt haue not done, nor his fathers fathers he shal deuide among them the pray and the spoile, and the substance, yea, and he shal forecast his deuises against the strong holdes, euen for aHe wil content him
〈◊〉
with the smale holdes for a time, but euer labour by
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
to the
〈◊〉
. time.
25 Also he shal stirre vp his power and his cou rage againste the Kyng of the South with a great armie, and the King of the South shalbe stirred, vp to battel with a very great and myghtie armie: but he shall notHe shalbe ouer
〈◊〉
treason. stand: for they shal fore cast and practise against him.
26 Yea, they that fede of the porcion of
〈◊〉
his princes and the chief about him. his meat, shal destroy him: and his armieDeclaring that his soldiers shall brast out and vē
〈◊〉
their life to stay &, to be
〈◊〉
for the sauegarde of their prince. shal ouerflowe: and many shal fall, and be slayne.
27 And bothe these Kings hearts (shalbe) to doThe
〈◊〉
and the nephewe shal take
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
toge ther, yet in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
they shall imagine mischief one against another. mischief, and they shall talke of disceite at one table: but it shall not auaile: forSignifying that it standeth no in the counsell of men to brynge things to passe, but in the prouidence of GOD who
〈◊〉
the Kings by a secret
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
cā
〈◊〉
what they
〈◊〉
them selues. yet the end (shalbe) at the time appointed.
28 Then shal he returne into hys lande with greatVVhich he shal take of the
〈◊〉
in spoyling Ie rusalém and the Temple, and this is tolde them before to moue thē to
〈◊〉
, know ing al things are done by Gods prouidence. substance: for his heart shalbe against the holie
〈◊〉
: so shal he do and returne to his owne land.
29 At the time appointed he shal returne, and come toward the South: but the last shal not be as the first.
30 For the shippesThat is, the Romaine power shal come against him: for P.
〈◊〉
the ambassador appointed him to departe in the Romaines name, to which thing he obeyed, althogh with grief, and to
〈◊〉
his rage he came against the people of God the
〈◊〉
time. of Chittim shall come against him: therefore he shalbe sorie and returne, and freat against the holie couenant: so shall he do, he shall euen returneVVith the
〈◊〉
whiche shall forsake the couenant of the Lord for first he was called against the Iewes by Iason the
〈◊〉
Priest, ād this seconde time by
〈◊〉
. and haue intelligence with them that forsake the holie couenant.
31 And armesA great
〈◊〉
of the wicked Iewes shal holde with An iochus. shall stand on his parte, ād they shal pollute the SanctuarieSo called, because the power of God was nothing diminished, althogh this tyran set vp in the Temple the image of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and so began to corrupt the pure seruice of God. of strength, and shal take away the dailie (sacrifice,) and they shal set vp the abominable desolation.
32 And suche as wickedlyMeaning
〈◊〉
as bare the name of Iewes but in
〈◊〉
were nothing lesse: for they solde their
〈◊〉
, and betrayed their
〈◊〉
for gaine. breake the couenāt, shal he cause to sinne by flatterie: but the people that do knowe their God, shall preuaile and prosper.
33 And they that vnderstand amongThey that remaine constant among the people, shal
〈◊〉
others by their example and edisie many in the true religion. the peo ple, shal instruct many:VVhereby
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
althogh they shulde perish a thousand times, and
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
indure neuer so long. yet they shall fall by sworde, and by flame, by captiuitie and by spoile many dayes.
34 Now when they shal fall, they shal be holpen with aAs God wil not
〈◊〉
his Churche
〈◊〉
, yet wil he not deliuer it all at once,
〈◊〉
so helpe, as they may still
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
vnder the crosse, as he did in the time of the Maccabees whereof he here prophecieth. litle helpe: but many shal cleaue vnto themThat is,
〈◊〉
shalbe euen of this
〈◊〉
nomber many hypocrites, fainedly.
35 And some of themTo wit, of them that feare God and wil lose their life for the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, signifying also that the Church must continually betryed and purged and ought to loke for one
〈◊〉
after another: for God hathe
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
: therefore we must obey. of vnderstandyng shall fall to trye them, and to purge, and to make
them white, til the time be out: for there (is) a time appointed.
36 And theBecause the Angels purpose is to shewe the whole course of the persecutions of the Iewes vnto the comming of Christ, he now speaketh of the
〈◊〉
of the Romaines whiche he
〈◊〉
by the name of a Kynge, who were without all religion and concemned the true God. King shal do what him list: he shal exalte him self, and magnifie him self against all, (that is) God, and shal speake marueilous things against the God of gods, and shal pro sper, til the wrathSo long the
〈◊〉
shal
〈◊〉
le as God
〈◊〉
appointed to punish his people: but he sheweth that
〈◊〉
is but for a time. be accomplished for the determination is made.
37 Nether shal he regarde theThe Romaines shall obserue no certeine forme of religion as other nations, but shal chāge their gods at their pleasures, yea, continue them and prefer re them selues to their Gods. God of his fathers, nor the desiresSignifyinge that they shulde be without al hu manitie: for the loue of women is taken for singular or greate loue, as. 2. Samu. 1. 26. of women, nor care for any God: for he shal magnifie him selfe aboue all.
38 But in hys place shal he honour theThat is, the god of power and riches: they shall
〈◊〉
theyr owne power aboue all theyr Gods and worship it. God Mauzzim, and the God whome hys fathers knewe not, shal he honour withVnder pretence of worshipping the gods, they shal enriche their citie with the moste precious iewels of all the wotlde, because that hereby all men shuld haue them in admiration for their power ād riches. golde ād with siluer, and with precious stones, and pleasant things.
39 Thus shal he do inAlthough in their hearts they had no religion, yet they did acknowledge the gods & worship ped them in their temples, lest they shulde haue bene despised as athei stes: but this was to increase their fame & riches: & when they gate any
〈◊〉
, they so made others the rulers thereof that the profite euer came to the Romaines. the holdes of Mauzzim with a strange god whome he shal acknowledge: he shall increase (his) glorie and shal cause them to rule ouer many, and shall diuide the land for gaine.
40 And at the ende of tyme shall the Kyng of the
〈◊〉
is bothe the Egyptians: and the Syrians shall at length fight against the Romaines, but they shalbe ouer come. South push at hym, and the Kyng of the North shall come agaynste hym lyke a whirle winde with charets, and with horsemen, and with many shippes, and he shal entre into the countreis, and shal ouerflow and passe through.
41 He shall entre also into theThe Angel forewarneth the Iewes that when they shulde se the Romaines inuade them, and that the wicked shulde escape their handes, that then
〈◊〉
shulde not thinke but that all this was done by Gods prouidence, for asmuche as he warned them of it so long a fore, and therefore he wolde stil preserue him. pleasant land, and many (countreis) shalbe ouerthrowen: but these shal escape out of his hand, (euen) Edom and Moáh, and the chief of the children of Ammon.
42 He shall stretch forthe his hand also vpon the coūtreis, and the land of Egypt shal not escape.
43 But he shall haue power ouer the treasures of golde and of siluer, and ouer all the precious thyngs of Egypt, and of the Lybians, and of the blacke Mores where he shall passe.
44 But the tydynges out of the East and the North shallHearing that Crassus was staine and Antonius
〈◊〉
. trouble him: therefore he shall go fortheFor Augustus ouer come the Parthians, and
〈◊〉
that whiche Antonius had lost. with great wrath to destroy and roote out many.
45 And he shall plant the tabernaclesThe Romaines after this reigned
〈◊〉
through all countreis and from sea to sea, and in Iudea: but at length for their crueltie God shall destroy them. of hys place betwene the seas in the glorious (and) holie moūtaine, yet he shal come to his end, and none shal helpe him.
CHAP. XII.
1 Of the deliuerance of the Church by Christ.
1 ANd at thatThe Angel here noteth two
〈◊〉
si
〈◊〉
that the Church shalbe in great
〈◊〉
and trouble at
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and nexte
〈◊〉
God will send his Angell
〈◊〉
deliuer
〈◊〉
, whome here he
〈◊〉
Michael, meaning
〈◊〉
, which is publisned by the
〈◊〉
ching of the Gospell. time shall Michaél, stande vp, the great prince, whiche standeth for the chyldren of thy people, and there shalbe a time of trouble, suche as neuer was since there began to be a nation vnto that same time: and at that time thy people shalbe deliuered, euerie one that shalbe founde writen in the boke.
2 And manyMeaning all shal rise at the ge
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, whiche thing he here
〈◊〉
, be cause the faithful shulde haue euer their respect to that: for
〈◊〉
earth there shalbe no sure comfort. of them that slepe in the dust of the earth, shall awake, some to euerlastyng life, and some to shame and perpetuall contempt.
3 And they that beVVho haue kept the true sea
〈◊〉
of God ād his religion. wise, shall shine, as the brightnes of the sirmament: and they thatHe chiefly mea neth the ministers of Gods word, and next, all the
〈◊〉
whiche
〈◊〉
the ignorant, ād bring them to the true
〈◊〉
of God. turne many to ryghteousnes, (shall shine) as the starres, for euer and euer.
4 But thou, ô Daniél,Thogh themost part despise this prophecie, yet kepe thouit sure and
〈◊〉
it
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. shut vp the wordes, and seale the bokeTill the tyme that God hathe appoīted for the full reuelation of these things: and then many shall iunne: o and fro to searche the knowledge of these mysteries, whiche thinges they obteyne now by the light of he Gospel. til the end of the time: many shall runne to and fro, and knowledge shalbe increased.
5 ¶ Then I Daniél loked, and beholde, there stode other two, the one on this side of the brinke of theVVhiche was
〈◊〉
. riuer, and the other on that side of the brinke of the riuer.
6 And (one) sayd vnto the man clothed in linnen, whiche was vpon the waters of the riuer, When (shalbe) the ende of these wonders?
7 And I heard the man clothed in linnen whiche was vpon the waters of the riuer, when he held vp hisVVhiche was as it werea double o he and did the more conficme the thing. right hand, and his left hand vnto heauen, and sware by him that liueth for euer, that (it shall tarie) forMeaning, a long time, a longer time, ād at length a short time: signifiyng that their troubles shulde haue an end. a time, two times and halfe: and when he shal haue accō plishedVVhen the Churche shalbe seattered and diminished in suche sorte as it shal seme to haue no power. to scatter the power of the holie people, all these things shalbe finished.
8 Then I heard it, but I vnderstode it not: then said I, O my Lorde, what shalbe the end of these things?
9 And he said, Go thy way, Daniél: for the wordes are closed vp, and sealed, till the end of the time.
10 Many shalbe purified, made white, and tried: but the wicked shal do wickedly, and none of the wicked shal haue vnderstāding: but wise shal vnderstand.
11 And from the time that theFrom the time that Christ by his
〈◊〉
shal take awaye the sacrifice and cer emonies of the Lawe. dailie (sacrifice) shalbe taken away, and the abominable desolation set vp, thereSignifying that the time shalbe long of Christs seconde coming, and yet the children of God ought not to be discouraged thogh it be differred. (shalbe) at thousande, two hundreth and ninetie dayes.
12 Blessed (is he) that waiteth and commeth to the thousand, thre hundreth andIn this nomber he addeth a moneth and an halfe to the former nomber, signifying that it is no: in man to appoint the time of Christs comming, but that they are blessed that paciently abide his appearing. fiue and thirtie dayes.
13 But goThe Angel warneth the Prophet paciently to abide, til the time appointed come, signifying that he shulde departe this life, and rise againe with the elect, when God had
〈◊〉
humbled & purged his Church. thou thy waye till the end (be:) for thou shalt rest and stand vp in thy lot, at the end of the dayes.
HOSEA.
THE ARGVMENT.
AFter that the ten tribes had fallen away from God by the wicked and subtil counsel of Ieroboam the sonne of Nebar, and in stede of his true seruice commended by his worde worshipped him according to their owne fantasies and traditions of men, giuing them selues to moste vile idolatrie and superstition, the Lord from time to time sent them Prophetes to call them to repentance: but they grewe euer worse and worse, and stil abused Gods benefites. Therefore now when their prosperitie was at the highest vnder Ieroboam the sonne of Ioash, God sent Hosea and Amos to the Israelites (as he did at the same time Isaiah, and Micah to them of Iudáh) to condemne them of theiring ratitude: and where as they thoght them selues to be greatly in the fauour of God, and to be his people, the Prophet calleth them bastards and children borne in adulterie: and therefore sheweth them that God wolde take away their kingdome, and giue them to the Assyrians to be led away captiues. Thus Hosea faithfully executed his office for the space of seuētie yeres thogh they remained stil in their vices & wickednes, & derided the Prophetes, & contemned Gods iudgements And because they shulde nether be discoura ged with threatnings onely, nor yet flatter them selues by the swetenes of Gods promises, he setteth before them the two principal partes of the Law, which are the promes of saluation, and the doctrine of life: for the first parte he directeth the faithful to Messiah, by whome onely they shulde haue true deliuerance: and for the seconde, he vseth threatnings and mena ces to bring them from their wicked maners and vices, & this is the chief scope of all the Prophetes, ether by Gods promises to allure them to be godlie, els by threatnings of his iudgements to feare them frō vice: & albeit that the whole Law cōteine these two pointes, yet the Prophetes moreouer note peculiarly bothe the time of Gods iudgements and the maner.
CHAP. I.
1 The time wherein Hosea prophecied. 2 The idolatrie of the people 10 The calling of the Gentiles. 11 Christ is the head of all people.
1 THe worde of the Lord that came vnto Hoséa the sōne of Beeri, in the dayesCalled also Aza riáh, who being a lepre was depo sed from hisking dome. of Vzziáh, Iotham, Aház, (and) HezekiáhSo that it may be gathered by thereigne of these foure Kings, that he preached aboue threscore
〈◊〉
. Kings' of Iudáh, and in the dayes of Ieroboám the sonne of Ioásh King of Israél.
2 At the beginning the Lord spake by Hoséa, and the Lord said vnto Hoséa, Go,That is, one that of long time hath accustomed to play the
〈◊〉
: not that the Prophet did this thīg in effect, but he sawe this in a vision, or els was commanded by God to set for the vnder this parable or figure
〈◊〉
idolatrie of the Synagogue, & of the people her children. take vnto thee a wife of fornications, and children of fornicatiōs: for the land hathe committed great whoredome, (departing) frō the Lord.
3 So he went, and tokeGomer signifieth a consumption or corruption, & Diblaim clusters of figges declaring, that they were all, cor rupt like rotten figges. Gómer, the daughter of Dibláim, which conceiued and bare him a sonne.
4 And the Lord said vnto him, Call his nameMeaning, that
〈◊〉
shulde be no more called Israelites, of the which name
〈◊〉
boasted, because Israel did preuaile with God: but that
〈◊〉
were as
〈◊〉
, and therefore shulde be called
〈◊〉
, that is,
〈◊〉
people, alluding to Izreel, which
〈◊〉
the chief citie of the ten tribes vnder Ahab where
〈◊〉
so muche blood, 2 King, 10, 8. Izreél: for yet a litle, & I wil visite the blood of Izreél vpon the houseI wil be reuenged
〈◊〉
Ichu
〈◊〉
the blood that he shed in Izreél: for albeit God
〈◊〉
him vp to
〈◊〉
his iudgements, yet he did them for his owne ambition, and not for the glorie of God, as the end declared: for he buylt vp that idolatrie, which he had destroyed. of Iehú, & wil cause to cease the kingdome of the house of Israél.
5 And at thatWhen the measure of their iniquitie is ful, and I shal take vēgeance & destroye all their policie and force. day wil I also breake the bow of Israél in the valley of Izreél.
6 She
〈◊〉
yet againe, and bare a daugh ter, and (God) said vnto him, Call her nameThat is, not obteining mercie: whereby he signifieth, that Gods fa
〈◊〉
was departed from them. Lo-ruhámah: for I wil no more haue pitie vpon the house of Israél: but I wil vtterlyFor the Israelites neuer returned, after that they we retaken
〈◊〉
by the
〈◊〉
. take them away.
7 Yet I wil haue mercie vpon the house of Iudáh, and wilFor after their captiuitie herestored them miraculously by the meanes of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
.,
〈◊〉
. saue them by the Lord their God, and wil not saue them by bowe, nor by sworde nor by battel, by horses, nor by horse men.
8 Now when she had wained Lo-ruhámah, she conceiued, and bare a sonne.
9 Then said (God,) Call his nameThat is, not my people. Lo-ammi: for ye are not my people: therefore wil I not be yours.
10 Yet the nomber of theBecause they thoght that God colde not haue be ne true in his pro mes except he had preserued them, he declareth, that thogh they were destroied yet the true Israelites, whiche are the sonnes of the pro mes, shulde be without nomber which stand both of the Iewes, and the Gentiles, Ro. 9, 26. children of Israél shalbe as the sand of the sea, which can not be measured nor tolde: and in the place whe re it was said vnto them, Ye are not my people, it shalbe said vnto them, (Ye are) the son nes of the liuing God.
11 Then shal the children of Iudáh, and the chil drē of Israél beTo wit, after the
〈◊〉
of Babylon when the Iewes were
〈◊〉
: but chiefly this is referred to the time of Christ, who shulde be the head bothe of the Iewes and Gentiles. gathered together, and appoint them selues one head, and they shal come vp out of the land: for great (is) theThe calamitie and destruction of Izreel shalbe so great, that to restore them shalbe as a miracle. day of Izreél.
CHAP. II.
1 The people is called to repentance,
〈◊〉
He sheweth their idolatrie and threateneth them except they repent.
1 SAy vnto your
〈◊〉
, that I ha ue promised you deliuerance, it re maineth that you incourage one an other to imbrace the same, conside ring that ye are my people on chome I wil ha ue
〈◊〉
brethren, Ammi, & to your sisters, Ruhámah,
2 Plead with yourGod sheweth that the faurewas not in Lim but in their synagogue, and their
〈◊〉
, that he forsoke thē, Isa. 50,
〈◊〉
. mother: plead (with her:) for she is not my wife, nether am I her housband: but let her take away her fornications out of her sight, & her adulteriesMeaning, that their idolati ie was sogreat, that they were not ashamed, but bo a sted of it, Ezek. 6 25. from betwene her breastes.
3 For thogh this people were as an har lot for their
〈◊〉
, yet he had left them with their apparel and dowrie and certeine signes of his fauour, but if they continued stil, he wolde
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them. Lest I strippe her naked, & set her as in the day that she was brone,When I
〈◊〉
her out of Egypt, Ezek 16. 4. and make her as a wildernes, and leaue her like a drye land, and slaye her for thirst.
4 And I wil haue no pitie vpon her children: for they be theThat is, bastardes and begotten in adulterie. children of fornications.
5 For their mother hathe played the harlot: she that conceiued them hathe done shamefully for she said, I wil go after myMeaning the idoles whiche they
〈◊〉
& by
〈◊〉
thy thoght they had welth and abundance. louers that giue me my bread and my water, my woll and my flaxe, mine oile and my drinke.
6 Therefore beholde, I wil stoppeI wil punish thee that
〈◊〉
thou maiest
〈◊〉
whe ther thine idoles can helpe thee, &
〈◊〉
thee into suche streitnes, that thou shalt ha ue no lust to play the wanton. thy way with thornes, & make an hedge, that she shal not finde her paths.
7 Thogh she followe after her louers, yet shal she not come at them: thogh she seke them, yet shal she not finde (thē:) then shal she say,This he speaketh of the faithful, whiche are truely
〈◊〉
and also sheweth the vseand profite of Gods rods. I wil go and returne to my first housband: for at that time was I better then now.
8 Now she did not know that IThis declareth that idolaters defraude God of his honour whē thei
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
to their idoles. gaue her corne, and wine, and oile, and multiplied her siluer and golde, (which) they bestowed vpō Bāal.
9 Therefore wil I returne, and take awaySignifying that God wil take away his
〈◊〉
when mā by his ingratitude doethabuse them my corne in the time thereof, and my wine in the ceason thereof, and wil recouer my woll and my flaxe (lent,) to couer her shame.
10 And now wil I discouer herThat is, all her seruice, ceremonies and inuentions whereby she worshipped her idoles. lewdnes in the sight of her louers, and no man shal deliuer her out of mine hand.
11 I wil also cause all her myrth to cease, her feast dayes, her newe moones, and her Sabbaths, and all her solemne feasts.
12 And I wil destroy hervines and her figtrees where of she hathe said, These are my rewar des that my louers haue giuen me: and I wil make them as a forest, and the wilde beasts shal eat them.
13 And I wil visit vpon her the dayes
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
her for her idola trie. of Baalim, wherein she burnt incense to them: and she decked her self with heBy shewing how
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them sel
〈◊〉
to please others, he declareth how the superstitious idola ters set a great parte of their religion in decking them selues on their holie dayes earings & her iewels, and she followed her louers, and forgate me, saith the Lord.
14 Therefore beholde, I wilBy my benefitesin offring her grace and mercie euen in that place where she shal thinke her self de stitute of all help and comfort. allure her, and bring her into the wildernes, & speake friēd ly vnto her.
15 And I wil giue her her vineyardes from then ce, and the valleyWhich was a plentifulvalley & wherein they had great cōfort when they came out of the wilder nes, as
〈◊〉
7, 18. and is called the dore of hope, because it was a de parting frōdeath and an entrie into life. of Achōr for the dore of hope, and she shalShe shal then praise God as she did when she was deliuered out of Egypt. sing there as in the dayes of her youth, & as in the day when she came vp out of the land of Egypt.
16 And at that day, saith the Lord, thou shalt call meThat is, mine housband, know ing that I am ioy ned to thee by an inuiolable couenāt. Ishi, and shalt call me nomoreThat is, my master: which name was applied to their idoles.
〈◊〉
.
17 For I wiltake away the names of Baalim out of her mouth, and they shal be no more remembred by theirNo
〈◊〉
shal
〈◊〉
come into their mouthe, but they shal serue me purely according to my worde. names.
18 And in that day wil I make a couenant for them, with theMeaning, that he wil so blesse them that all creatures shal fauour them. wilde beasts, and with the foule of the heauen, and with that that crepeth vpon the earth: and I wil breake the bowe, and the sworde and the battel out of the earth, and wilmake them to slepe safely.
19 And I wil marie thee vnto me for euer: yea I wil marie thee vnto me in righteousnes, and in iudgement, and in mercie and in compassion.
20 I wil euen marie thee vnto me inWith a couenant that neuer shalbe broken. faithfulnes, and thou shalt know the Lord.
21 And in that day I wil heare, saith the Lord, I wil (euen) heareThen shal the heauen desire raine for the earth which shal bring for the for the vse of man. the heauens, and they shal heare the earth,
22 And the earth shal heare the corne, and the wine, and the oyle, & they shal heare Izreél.
23 And I wil so we her vnto me in the earth, and I wil haue mercie vpon her, that was not pitied, and I wil say to them which were not my people,Rom. 9. 15. Thou art my people. And they1, Pet. 2. 10. shal say, (Thou art) my God.
CHAP. III.
1 The Iewes shalbe cast of for their idolatrie. 5 Afterwarde they shal
〈◊〉
to the Lord.
1 THen said the Lord to me,Herein the Pro phet representeth the persone of God, which soued his Church before he called her, and did not withdrawe the same whē she gaue her selfe to idoles. Go yet, (and) loue a woman [beloued of (her) housband, and was an harlot] according to the loue of the Lord toward the children of Israél: yet they loked to other gods, &That is,
〈◊〉
thē selues wholly to pleasures, and
〈◊〉
not take vp as they that are giuen to drunkennes. loued the wine bottels.
2 SoYet I loued her and payed a sma le portiō for her. lest she
〈◊〉
the greatnes of my loue, shulde haue abused me and not bene vnder duetie: for fiftene pie ces of siluer were but half the price of asclaue. I boght her to me for fiftene (pieces) of siluer, ād for an homer of barlie and an halfe (homer) of barlie.Exode
〈◊〉
. 33.
3 And I said vnto her, Thou shalt abide withI wil trie thee a long time as in thy
〈◊〉
hode whether thou wilt be mine
〈◊〉
. me manie dayes: thou shalt not play the harlot, and thou shalt be to none (other) man, & I wil be so vnto thee.
4 For the children of Israél shalMeaning, not onely all the time of their
〈◊〉
, but also vnto Christ. remaine ma nie dayes without a King and without aThat is, they shulde nether haue pollicie nor religion, and their idoles also wherein they put
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, shulde be destroyed. prin ce, and without an offring, and without an image, and without an Ephōd and without Teraphim.
5 Afterwarde shal the children of Israél
〈◊〉
, and seke the Lord their God, andThis is ment of Christs kingdome, which was promised vnto Dauid to be eternal, Psal. 72. 38. Dauid their King, and shal
〈◊〉
the Lord, & his goodnes in the latter dayes,
CHAP. IIII.
A complaint against the people, and the Priests of Israél.
1 HEare the worde of the Lord, ye childrē of Israél: for the LordBecause the people wolde not obey the
〈◊〉
of the Prophet, he
〈◊〉
them before the indgement seat of God, against whome they chief ly offended, Isa. 7 12.
〈◊〉
. 12. 10. hathe a controuersie with the inhabitants of the land because there (is) no trueth, nor mercie nor knowledge of God in the land.
2 By swearing, and lying, and killing, and stealing, and whoring they breake out, andIn euerie place appeareth a libertie to moste heinousvices, so that one followeth in the necke of another. blo od toucheth blood.
3 Therefore shal the land mourne, and euerie one that dwelleth therein, shalbe cut of, with the beasts in the field, and with the foules of the heauen, and also the fishes of the sea shal be taken away,
4 YetAs thogh he wolde say, that it
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
to rebuke them: for no man can abide it: yea, they wil speakeagainst the
〈◊〉
& Priests whose office it is chiefly to rebuke them. let none rebuke, nor reproue another for thy people (are) as they that rebuke the Priest.
5 Therefore shalt thou fall in theYe shal perish all together the one,
〈◊〉
he wolde not
〈◊〉
, and the
〈◊〉
because he wolde not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. day, and the Prophet shal fall with thee in the night, and I wil destroye thyThat is, the
〈◊〉
wherein thou
〈◊〉
. mother.
6 My people are destroyed for lacke of know ledge: becauseThat is, the
〈◊〉
shalbe cast of
〈◊〉
, the
〈◊〉
lacke of know
〈◊〉
, they are
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
charge, &
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
others. thou hast refused knowled ge, I wil also refuse thee, that thou shalt be no Priest to me: and seingMeaning, the whole bodie of
〈◊〉
people, which
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the worde of God. thou hast forgotten the Law of thy God, I wil also forget thy children.
7 As they wereThe more I was
〈◊〉
vnto them. increased, so they sinned against
me: (therefore) wil I change
〈◊〉
their glo rie into shame.
8 To wit, the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to eat
〈◊〉
people
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in their
〈◊〉
. They eat vp the sinnes of my people, and lift vp their mindes in their iniquitie.
9 And there shalbe like people, likeSignifying, that
〈◊〉
they haue
〈◊〉
together, so shal they be
〈◊〉
together. Priest: for I wil visit their wayes vpon them, and rewarde them their dedes.
10 For they shal eat, & not haue ynough: they shalShe wing, that
〈◊〉
wickednes shalbe punished on all
〈◊〉
: for thogh they thinke by the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
to haue many
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
be
〈◊〉
of their hope. commit adulterie, and shal not increase, because they haue leftto take hede to the Lord.
11 In
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
selues to
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
become like
〈◊〉
beasts. Whoredome, and wine, and newe wine ta ke away (their heart.)
12 MyThus he speaketh by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
calling them his people which
〈◊〉
for their sin nes they were not they soght helpe of stockes and
〈◊〉
. people aske
〈◊〉
at their stockes,
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 3.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
7. and their staffe teacheth them: for theThey are
〈◊〉
away with a rage. spirit of fornications hathe caused (them) to erre, and they haue gone a whoring from vn der their God.
13 They sacrifice vpon the toppes of the
〈◊〉
, and burne incense vpon the hilles vnder the okes, and the poplartre, & the elme because the shadowe thereof is good: therefore your daughters shalbeBecause they take away Gods
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
, there
〈◊〉
he wil
〈◊〉
them vp to,
〈◊〉
lustes, that they shal
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
owne
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
Rom 1. 28. harlottes, and your spouses shalbe whores.
14 I wil notI wil not correct your shame to bring, you to
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
headlong to
〈◊〉
owne
〈◊〉
. visite your daughters when they are harlots, nor your spouses when they are whores: for thei them selues are separated with harlots, and sacrifice with whores: there fore the people that doeth not vnderstand, shal fall.
15 Thogh thou, Israél, playe the harlot, (yet)God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
them to learne by their example
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
time. let not
〈◊〉
sinue: come not ye vntoFor
〈◊〉
the Lord had
〈◊〉
this place in time past by his
〈◊〉
, yet because it was
〈◊〉
by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, he wolde not that his people
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Gilgal,
〈◊〉
go ye vp toHe calleth
〈◊〉
, that is, the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
God,
〈◊〉
, that is, the house of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
of their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vp there,
〈◊〉
that no place is
〈◊〉
where God is not purely
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Beth-áuen, nor swea re, The Lord liueth.
16 For Israél is rebellious as an
〈◊〉
heiffer. Now the Lord wil fede them as aGod wil so disperse them that they shal not
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
anie
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. lambe in a large place.
17 Ephráim (is) ioyned to idoles: let him alone.
18 Their drunkennes stinketh: they haue committed who redome: their rulers loue (to say) with shame,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
so
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
bribes, that they wil commandement
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them vnto them. Bring ye.
19 The winde hatheTo
〈◊〉
them suddenly away. bounde them vp in her wings, and they shalbe ashamed of their sacrifices.
CHAP. V.
1 Against the Priests and rulers of Israél. 13 The helpe of man is in vaine.
1 OYe Priests, heare this, and hearken ye, ô house of Israél, and giue ye eare, ô house of the King, for iudgement (is) toward you, because you haue bene aThe Priests and princes catched the poore people in their snares as the
〈◊〉
did the birds, in these two high mountaines. snare on Mizpáh and a net spred vpon Tabōr.
2 Yet they were profounde, to decline toNot withstanding they semed
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
giuen
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, which here he calleth slaughter in
〈◊〉
slaughter, thogh I haue bene aThogh I
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them con
〈◊〉
by my
〈◊〉
. rebuker of them all.
3 I knoweThey boasted
〈◊〉
selues not onely to be
〈◊〉
, but also Ephra: mites, becau se
〈◊〉
King
〈◊〉
came of that tribe. Ephráim, and Israél is not hid from me: for now, ô Ephráim thou art become an harlot (and) Israél is defiled.
4 Thei wil not giue their mindes to turne vnto their God: for the spirit of
〈◊〉
(is) in the middes of them, and they haue not knowen the Lord.
5 And theMeaning, their
〈◊〉
of all admonitions. pride of Israél doeth testifie to his face: therefore shal Israél and Ephráim fall in their iniquitie,
〈◊〉
also shal fall with thē
6 They shalgo with their shepe, & with their bullockes to seke the Lord, but they shal not finde him (for) he hathe with drawē him self from them.
7 They haue transgressed against the Lord, for they haue begottenThat is their children are degenerat, so that there is no hope in them. strange children, now shalTher destructiō is not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. a moneth
〈◊〉
thē with their porcions.
8 Blowe ye the trumpet in Gibeáh, (and) the shaume in Ramáh: crye out at Beth-áuen, after thee, ôThat is, all Israél comprehended vnder
〈◊〉
parte, signifying that the Lords plagues shulde
〈◊〉
thē from place to place
〈◊〉
they
〈◊〉
destroyed. Beniamin.
9 Ephráim shalbe desolate in the day of rebuke: among the tribes of Israél haue I caused toBy the successe thei shal knowe that I haue
〈◊〉
determined this. knowe the trueth.
10 The princes of Iudáh were like them thatThei haue
〈◊〉
vp side dow ne all political or der, and
〈◊〉
of religion. remoue the bōdes, (therefore) wil I powre out my wrath vpon them like water.
11 Ephráim is oppressed (and) broken in iudge ment, because he willingly walked after theTo wit, after King
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
& did not rather follow God. commandement.
12 Therfore wil I be vnto Ephráim as a moth, and to the house of Iudáh as a rottennes.
13 When Ephraim sawe his sickenes, and Iudáh his wounde, then went Ephráim vntoIn stead of seking for
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Gods
〈◊〉
. Asshúr, and sent vnto KingWho was King of the
〈◊〉
. Iaréb, yet colde he not heale you, not cure you of your wounde.
14 For I wil be vnto Ephráim as a lion, and as a lions whelpe to the house of Iudáh: I (euen) I wil spoyle, and go away: I wil take away, & none shal rescue it.
15 I wil go (and) returne to my place, til they acknowledge their fault, and seke me: in their affliction they wil seke me diligently.
CHAP. VI.
1 Affliction causeth a man to turne to God. 9 The wickednes of the Priests.
1 COme, and let vsHe
〈◊〉
the people howe they ought to turne to the Lord, that he might call backe his pla gues. returne to the Lord: for he hathe spoiled, and he wil heale vs he hathe wounded vs, and wil binde vs vp.
2 After two dayes wilThogh he corrected vs from
〈◊〉
to time, yet his helpe wil not be
〈◊〉
of, if we returne to him. he
〈◊〉
vs (and) in the thirde day he wil raise vs vp, and we shal liue in his sight.
3 Then shal we haue knowledge, & endeuour our selues to knowe the Lord his going for the is prepared as the mourning, and he shal come vnto vs as the raine (and) as the latter raine vnto the earth.
4 O Ephráim, what shal I do vnto thee! ô Iudáh, how shal I
〈◊〉
thee! forYou seme to haue a certeine holines, and
〈◊〉
, but it is vpon the sudden, and as a morning cloude. your goodnes (is) as a morning cloude, and as the morning dewe it goeth away.
5 Therefore haue II haue
〈◊〉
laboured by thy Prophetes, and as it were framed you to bring amendement, but all was in vaine: for my worde was not meat to fede them, but a sworde to stay them. cut downe by the Prophetes:
I haue slaine them by the wordes of my mouth, andMy doctrine which I taught thee, was moste euident. thy iudgemēts (were as) the light that goeth for the.
6 For I desiredHe sheweth to what scope his doctrine tended that they shulde Ioyne the obedience of God, & the loue of their neighbour with out warde sacrifice. mercie, and not sacrifice, and the knowledge of God more then burnt offrings.
7 But thei likeThat is, like light and weake persones. men haue transgressed the co uenāt: there haue they trespaced against me.
8 Which was the place where the Priests dwelt, and which shulde haue bene best instructed in my worde. Gileád (is) a citie of them that worke iniquitie, (and is) polluted with blood.
9 And as theues waite for a man, (so) the companie of Priests murther in the way by consent: for they worke meschief.
10 I haue sene vilenie in the house of Israél: there (is) the whoredome of Ephráim: Israél is defiled.
11 Yea, Iudáh hathe set aThat is, doeth imitate thine
〈◊〉
, and hathe taken graffes of thy trees. plant for thee, whiles I wolde returne the captiuitie of my people.
CHAP. VII.
1 Of the vices and wantonnes of the people. 12 Of their punishment.
1 WHen I wolde haue healed Israél, then the iniquitie of Ephráim was discouered, and the wickednes of Samaria: for they haue delt falsely: andMeaning, that there was no one kinde of vice among them, but that they were subiect to all wickednes, bothe secret and open. the thefe cometh in, an the robber spoyleth with out.
2 And they consider not in their hearts, (that) I remember all their wickednes: now their owne inuencions haue beset them about: they are in my sight.
3 They make theThei esteme their wicked King Ieroboam aboue God, and seke but how to flatter, and please him. King glad with their wickednes, and the princes with their lies.
4 Thei are all adulterers, (and) as a verieHe compareth the
〈◊〉
of the people to a
〈◊〉
ouen which the baker heateth stil til his dowe be leauened, and
〈◊〉
. ouē heated by the baker, which ceaseth from rai sing vp, (and) from kneding the dowe vntil it be leauened.
5 (This is) the dayThey vsed all riot and excesse in their feasts and solēnites, whereby their King was ouercome with surfet, and broght into diseases, and delited in flatteries. of our King: the princes haue made him sicke with flagons of wine: he stretcheth out his hand to scorners.
6 For thei haue made readie their heart like an ouen whiles they lie in waite: their baker slepeth all the night: in the morning it burneth as a flame of fyre.
7 They are all hote as an ouen, and haueBy their occasion God hathe depriued them of all good rulers. deuoured their Iudges: all their Kings are fallen there is none among them that calleth vnto me.
8 Ephráim hatheThat is, he conterfaiteth the religion of the Gen tiles,
〈◊〉
is but as a cake baked on the one side, and
〈◊〉
the other that is, nether through
〈◊〉
not through cold but partly a Iewe and partely a Gentil. mixt him self among the people. Ephráim is as a cake on the herth not turned.
9 Strangers haue deuoured his strength, & he knoweth it not: yea,Which are a token of his maniefolde
〈◊〉
? graye heeres are here and there vpon him, yet he knoweth not.
10 And the pride of Israél testifieth to his face, and they do not returne to the Lord their God, nor seke him for all this.
11 Ephráim also is like a doue deceiued, with outThat is, without all iudgemēt, as they that can not tel whether it is better to clea ue onely to God, or to seke the helpe of a man. heart: they call to Egypt: they go to Asshúr:
12 (But) when they shal go, I wil spred my net vpon them, (and) drawe them downe as the foules of the heauen: I wil chastise them as theirAccording to my curses made to the whole con gregation of Israél. congregation hathe heard.
13 Wo vnto them: for they haue fled away frō me: destruction (shalbe) vnto them, because they haue transgressed against me: thogh I haueThat is: diuers times redemed them, and deliuered them from death. redemed them, yet they haue spoken lies against me.
14 And they haue not cryed vnto me with their hearts,When they were in affliction, and cryed out for paine, they soght not vnto me for helpe. when they
〈◊〉
vpon their beds:They onely
〈◊〉
their owne comoditie and welth, and passe not for me their God they assemble them selues for corne, and wine, (and) thei rebell against me.
15 Thogh I haue bounde, (and) strengthened their arme, yet do they imagine mischief against me.
16 Thei returne, (but) not to the most high: thei are like a deceitful bowe: their princes shal fall by the sworde, for the rageBecause they boast of their owne strength, and passe
〈◊〉
what they speake against me and my seruants. of their tongues: this shalbe their derision in the lād of Egypt.* Psal. 73. 9.
CHAP. VIII.
1 The destruction of Iudáh and Israél, because of their idolatrie.
1 SEt the trumpet to thyGod incourageth the Propheto signifie the spe die coming of the enemie against Is rael, which was once the people of God. mouth. (he shal come) as an egle against the House of the Lord, because they haue transgressed my couenant, and trespaced against my Law.
2 Israél shalThey shal crye like hypocrites, but not from the heart, as their dedes declare. crye vnto me, My God, we knowe thee.
3 Israél hathe cast of the thing that is good: the enemie shal pursue him.
4 They haue set vp aThat is, Ierobo ám, by whome they soght their owne libertie, & not to obey my wil. King, but not by me: they haue made princes, and I knewe it not: of their siluer & their golde haue they made them idoles: therefore shal thei be destroyed.
5 Thy calfe, ô Samaria, hathe cast thee of: mine anger is kindeled against them: how long wil they be withoutThat is vpright iudgement and godlie life. innocencie!
6 Meaning, the calfe was inuented by them selues, and of their fathers in the wildernes. For it came euen frō Israél: the workeman made it, therefore it is not God: but the calfe of Samaria shalbe (broken) in pieces
7 For they haueShewing that their religion hathe but a shewe and in it self
〈◊〉
but vanitie. sowē the winde, & they shal reape the whirlwinde: it hathe no stalke: the budde shal bring for the no meale: if so be it bring for the, the strangers shal deuou re it.
8 Israél, is deuoured, now shal they be among the Gētiles as a vessel whereī (is) no pleasure
9 For they are gone vp to Asshúr: (they are as) aThey neuer cease but runne to and
〈◊〉
to seke helpe. wilde asse alone by him self: Ephraim hathe hired louers.
10 Yet thogh they haue hired among the na cions, now wil I gather them, and thei shal sorowe a litle, for theThat is, for the tribute which the King
〈◊〉
the princes shal lay vpon them: which meanes the Lord vseth to bring them to re pentance. burden of the King (and) the princes.
11 Because Ephráim hathe made many altars to sinne, his altars (shalbe) to sinne,
12 I haue writen to them the great things of my Law: (but) they were counted as aThus the idola ters counte the worde of God as strāge in respect of their owne inuentions. strange thing.
13 They sacrifice flesh for the sacrifices of mine offrings, and eat it: (but) theSaving that they offer it to the Lord, but he accepteth no seruice, which he hī self hathe not appointed. Lord accepteth thē not: now wil he remēber their iniquitie,
and visite their sinnes: they shal returne to Egypt.
14 For Israél hathe forgotten his maker, and buyldeth temples, and Iudáh hathe encreased strong cities: but I wil send a fyre vpon his cities, and it shal deuoure the palaces the re of.
CHAP. IX.
Of twe hunger and captiuitie of Israél.
1 REioyce not, ô Israél for ioyeFor thogh all other people
〈◊〉
escape, yet thou
〈◊〉
be
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. as (other) people: for thou hast gone a whoring frō thy God: thou hast loued
〈◊〉
hast committed
〈◊〉
in hope of
〈◊〉
de, & to haue thy
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, Iere 44, 17.
〈◊〉
an harlot
〈◊〉
had
〈◊〉
liue by
〈◊〉
the whole then to be interteined of her owne
〈◊〉
. a rewarde vpon euery corne floore.
2 These
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
things that thou
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
takē from thee The floore, & the wine presse shal not fede them, and the new wine shal faile in her.
3 They wil not dwell in the Lords land, but Ephráim wil returne to Egypt, & they wil eat vncleane things in Asshúr.
4 They shal not offerAll their doings
〈◊〉
touching
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
reiected as things polluted. wine to the Lord, nether shal their sacrifices be pleasāt vnto him: (but they shalbe) vnto them as the bread of mourners: all that eat thereof, shal be polluted: for their breadThe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
fring which thei offred for them selues. for their soules shal not come into the House of the Lord.
5 What wil ye doWhen the Lord shal take away all
〈◊〉
occasions of
〈◊〉
him, which shalbe the moste
〈◊〉
point of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, when you shal se your selues
〈◊〉
from God then in the solenne day, & in the day of the feast of the Lord?
6 For, lo, they are gone frō
Thogh they thinke
〈◊〉
escape by
〈◊〉
the destruction that is at hand, yet shal they be destroyed in the place
〈◊〉
ther they
〈◊〉
for succour. destruction: (but) Egypt shal gather them vp, and Memphis shal burye them: the nettles shal possesse the pleasant (places) of their siluer, (and) the thor ne (shalbe) in their tabernacles.
7 The dayes of visitacion are come: the dayes of recompense are come: Israél shal knowe it:Then they
〈◊〉
knowe
〈◊〉
thei were deluded by them who
〈◊〉
to them
〈◊〉
to be their Propheres &
〈◊〉
men. the Prophet (is) a foole: the spiritual man (is) mad, for the multitude of thine iniquitie therefore the hatred is great.
8 The watchemā of Ephráim
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
is to bring men
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
be a
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
them from God. (shulde be) with my God, (but) the Prophet (is) the snare of a fouler in all his waies, (&) hatred in the Hou se of his God.
9 TheyThis
〈◊〉
is so
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
their wick
〈◊〉
, that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
like to Sodō was neuer more corrupt, Iud. 19,
〈◊〉
are depely set: they are corrupt as in the daies of Gibeáh: (therefore) he wil remē ber their iniquitie, he wil visite their sinnes.
10 I founde Israél likeMeaning, that he so estemed
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
in thē
grapes in the wildernes I sawe your fathers as the first ripe in the fig tre at her first time: (but) they went to BaalPeór, and separated them selues vnto that shame, and (their) abominacions were accor ding toThey were as abominable
〈◊〉
me, as their
〈◊〉
the idoles. their louers.
11 Ephráim their glorie shal flee away like a birde: from the birthSignifying that God wold destroy their children by these sundry mea nes, and so consu me thē by litle & litle. and from the wombe and from the conception.
12 Thogh they bring vp their children, yet I wil depriue them from being men: yea, wo to them, when I departe from them.
13 Ephráim, as I sawe, (is as a tre)As they kept tender plantes in their houses in Tyrus to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the colde
〈◊〉
of the sea, so was Ephráim at the
〈◊〉
vnto me but now I wil giue him to the
〈◊〉
ter. in Tyrus planted in a cottage: but Ephráim shal bring forthe his children to the murtherer.
14 O Lord, giue them: what wilt thou giue thē? giue them aThe Prophet seing the great plagues of God toward
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
to God to make them
〈◊〉
, rather then that this
〈◊〉
slaughter shulde come vpon
〈◊〉
children. baren wombe & drye breasts.
15 All their wickednes (is) inThe chief cause of their destruction is that they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
my religion in Gilgál. Gilgál: for there do I hate thē: for the wickednes of their in uencions, I wil cast them out of mine House: I wil loue them no more: all their princes are rebelles.
16 Ephráim is smitten, their roote is dryed vp they cā bring no frute: yea, thogh thei bring for the, yet wil I
〈◊〉
euē the dearest of their bodie.
17 My God wil cast thē away, because they did not obey him: and they shal wander among the nacions.
CHAP. X.
Against Israél and his idoles, 14 His destruction for the same.
1 ISraél (is) aWhereof
〈◊〉
the grapes were gathered, yet euer
〈◊〉
it gathered now strength, it increased
〈◊〉
wickednes, so that the correction which shulde ha ue broght them to obedience, did but vtter their
〈◊〉
. emptie vine, (yet) hathe it broght forthe frute vnto it self, (and) according to the multitude of the frute thereof he hathe increased the altars: according to theAs thei were riche and had abundance. goodnes of their land they haue ma de faire images.
2 Their heart isTo wit, from God. deuided: now shal they be founde fautie: he shal breake downe their altars: he shal destroye their images.
3 For now they shal say, We haue noThe
〈◊〉
shal come that God shal take awai their King, and then they shal fele the
〈◊〉
of their sinnes, and how they
〈◊〉
in him in vaine. King because we feared not the Lord: and what shulde a King do to vs?
4 They haue spoken wordes, swearing falsely2. King. 17. 6. in makingIn promising to be faithful
〈◊〉
God. a couenant: thusThus their integritie and fidelitie which they
〈◊〉
, was
〈◊〉
ing but bitternes and
〈◊〉
, iudgement gro weth as worme wood in the furrowes of the field.
5 The inhabitants of Samaria shalwhen the calfe shalbe caried away. feare because of the calfe of Beth-
〈◊〉
: for the people thereof shal mourne ouerit, & theChemarims were
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
priestes, which did weare blacke apparel in their sacrifices and cryed with a Ioude
〈◊〉
which
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
derided. Chemarims thereof, that reioyced on it for the glorie thereof, because it is departed frō it.
6 It shalbe also broght to Asshúr, for a present vnto King Iaréb: Ephráim shal receiue shame, and Israél shalbe ashamed of his owne counsel.1. King. 18. 27.
7 Of Samaria, the King there of is destroied, as the fome vpon the water.Read, 2. King 23. 5
8 The hie places also ofThis he speaketh in
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
. read Chap. 4. 15. Auē shalbe destroyed (euen) the sinne of Israél the thorne and the thistle shal growe vpon their altars, and they shal say to the mountaines, * Couer vs, and to the hilles, Fall vpon vs.Isa. 2. 19.
Iuk.
〈◊〉
. 30.
Reuel. 6.
〈◊〉
. & 9
〈◊〉
9 O Israél,
〈◊〉
hast In those dayes wast thou as wic ked as the Gibeo nites, as God there partely declared: for thy zeale cold not be good in executing Gods iudgemēts, seing thine owne dedes were as wicked as theirs sinned from the daies of Gibeáh: there they To wit, to sight or the Israelites remained in that stubbernes from that time. stode: the battel in Gibeáh against the children of iniquitie did not The Israelites were not moued by their example to cease from their sinnes. touche them.
10 It is my desire Because they are so desperate, I wil
〈◊〉
to destroy them. that I shulde chastise them, and the people shalbe gathered against thē, when they shal gather them selues in their two That is, when they ha ue gathered all their strength together. furrowes.
11 And Ephráim (is as) an heiffer vsed to delite
〈◊〉
is pleasure, as
〈◊〉
is labour & peine. in threshing: but I wil passe by her I wil lay my yoke vpon her fat
〈◊〉
. faire necke: I wil make Ephráim to ride: Iudáh shal plowe, (and) Iaakób shal breake his cloddes.
12 So we to yourselues in righteousnes: reape after the measure of mercie: Read
〈◊〉
. 4, 4. breake vp your fallowe grounde: for (it is) time to seke the Lord, til he come and raine righteousnes vpon you.
13 (But) you haue plowed wickednes: ye haue reaped iniquitie: you haue eaten the frute of lies: because thou didest trust in thine owne wayes, (&) in the multitude of thy strōg men
14 Therefore shal a tumult arise amōg thy peo ple and all thy munitions shalbe destroyed, asThat is,
〈◊〉
in the destruction of that citie
〈◊〉
nether kinde nor age. Shalmán destroyed Beth-arbél in the day of battel: the mother with the children was dashed in pieces.
15 So shal Beth-él do vnto you, because of your malicious wickednes: in a morning shal the King of Israél be destroyed.
CHAP. XI.
The benefites of the Lord toward Israél. 5 Their ingratitude against him,
1 WHen IsraélWhiles the Israelites were in Egypt & did not prouoke my wrath by their malice and ingra titude. (was) a childe, then I loued him, and called my sonne out of Egypt.
2 They called them, (but) theyThey rebelled and went a
〈◊〉
way when the Prophetes cal led them to repē
tance. went thus frō them: they sacrificed vnto Baalim, and burnt incense to images.
3 I led Ephráim also, (as one) shulde beare thē in his armes: but they knewe not that I healed them.
4 I led them with cordesThat is, friendly and not
〈◊〉
beasts or
〈◊〉
. of a mā, (euen) with bandes of loue, and I was to them, as he that taketh of the yoke from their iawes, and I layed the meat vnto them.
5 He shal no more returne into the land of Egypt: but Asshúr shalbe hisSeing they con temne all this kin denes, they shalbe led captiue into Assyria. King, because they refused to conuert.
6 And the sworde shal fall on his cities, & shal consume his barres, and deuoure thē, because of their owne counsels.
7 And my people are bent to rebellion against me: thoghTo
〈◊〉
, the Pro phetes they called them to the most, hie (yet) none at all wolde exalt (him.)
8 God
〈◊〉
with
〈◊〉
selfe & that with a certei ne grief how to punish them How shal I giue thee vp, Ephráim? (how) shal I deliuer thee,
〈◊〉
? how shal I make thee, asWhiche were two of the cities that were destroied with Sodom, Deu. 29, 23. Admáh? (how) shal I set thee, as Zeboim? mine heart is turned with in me:Meaning, that his loue where with he
〈◊〉
loued
〈◊〉
, made him betwene
〈◊〉
& assurance what to do: and herein appea eth his fatherlie affection, that his
〈◊〉
cie
〈◊〉
his shal ouercome his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, as he de clareth in the next vers. my re pentings are rouled together.
9 I wil not execute the fiercenes of my wrath: I wil not returne to destroy Ephráim: for I am God, and not man, the holy one in the middes of thee, and I wil notTo cōsume thee but wil cause thee to yelde and so receiue thee to mercie: & this is ment of the smale
〈◊〉
who shal walke after the Lord. entre into the citie.
10 They shal walke after the Lord: he shal roare like a lyon: when he shal roare, then the children of the West shal feare.
11 The Egyptians and Assyriās shal be afraid when the Lord mainteineth his people. Thei shal feare as a sparowe out of Egypt, and as a doue out of the land of
〈◊〉
, and I wil place them in their houses, saith the Lord.
12 Ephráim compasseth me about with lies, and the house of Israél with deceit: but Iudáh yet rulethGouerneth their stare according to Gods worde, and doeth not degenerate. with God, and is faithful with the Sainctes.
CHAP. XII.
He admonissheth by Iaakobs example to trust in God, and not in man.
1 EPhráim is fedThat is, flattereth him self with vaine cōfidence. with the winde, and followeth after the Eastwinde: he encreaseth
〈◊〉
and destruction, and they do make a couenant with
〈◊〉
, andMeaning, presentes to get
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. oyle is caryed into Egypt.
2 The Lord hathe also a controuersie withWhich in these pointes was
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
, but not in
〈◊〉
Iudáh, and wil visite Iaakób, according to his waies: according to his workes, wil he re compense him.
3 He toke his brother by the hele in the wom be, and by his strength he hadSeing that God did thus preferre Iaakob, their father, Iudahs ingra titude was the more to be abhorted. power with God.
4 And had power ouer the Angel, & preuailed:e Read Genes. 32. 31. he wept & prayed vnto him:God founde
〈◊〉
as he lay
〈◊〉
ping in
〈◊〉
, Genes. 28 12 and so spake
〈◊〉
him
〈◊〉
, that the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of that speache
〈◊〉
to the whole body of the people whereof weare. he founde him in Beth-él, and there he spake with vs.
5 Yea, the Lord God of hostes, the Lord (is) him self his memorial.
6 Therefore turne thou to thy God: kepe mer cie and iudgement, and hope stil in thy God.
7 (He is) Canáan: the balances of deceit (are) in his hand: he loueth to oppresse.
8 And Ephráim said, Notwithstanding I amg As for
〈◊〉
he is
〈◊〉
like the wicked
〈◊〉
then
〈◊〉
Abraham
〈◊〉
Iaakob. riche, I haue founde me out riches in all my labours: they shal finde none iniquitie in meThus the wicked measure Gods f uour by outward
〈◊〉
, and like hypocrites can not abide that anie shulde reproue their
〈◊〉
. that were wickednes.
9 Thogh I am the Lord thy God, from the lād of Egypt, yet wil I make thee to dwell in the tabernacles, as inSeing thou
〈◊〉
not acknowledge my
〈◊〉
I wil bring thee
〈◊〉
to dwell
〈◊〉
as in the feast of the Tabernacles. Which thou
〈◊〉
now contemne. the dayes of the solemne feast.
10 I haue also spoken by the Prophetes, and I haue multiplied visions, and vsed similitudes by the ministerie of the Prophetes.
11 Is thereThe people thoght that no man
〈◊〉
haue spoken against
〈◊〉
, that
〈◊〉
place, and yet the Prophet
〈◊〉
that all their religion was but
〈◊〉
. iniquitie in Gileád? surely thei are vanitie: they sacrifice bullockes in Gilgál, & their altars (are) as heapes in the furrowes of the field.
12 If you
〈◊〉
of your riches and nobilitie, ye seme to reproche your father who was a poore
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
. And Iaakób fled into the countrey of Arā, and Israél serued for a wife, and for a wife he kept (shepe.)
13 And by aMeaning, Moses whereby appeareth, that whatsoeuer they haue,
〈◊〉
cometh of Gods
〈◊〉
. Prophet the Lord broght Israél out of Egypt, and by a Prophet was he reserued.
14 (But) Ephráim prouoked him with hie places: therefore shal his blood be powred vpō him, and his reproche shal his Lord rewar de him.
CHAP. XIII.
1 The abomination of Israél. 9 And cause of their destruction.
1 WHen Ephráim spake, there (was)He
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
& autoritie
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
tribe had aboue all the rest trē
bling: heHe made a King of his tribe. exalted him self in Israél, but he hat he sinned in Báal,The Ephraimites are not farre from destruction and haue
〈◊〉
their autoritie. and is dead.
2 And now they sinne more and more, and haue made them molten images of their siluer, (and) idoles according to their owne vnderstanding: they were all the worke of the craftesmen they say one to another whiles, thei sacrifice aThe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
persuaded the idolaters to offer thei:
〈◊〉
after the exāple of Abrahám, and he
〈◊〉
how they wolde
〈◊〉
one another to the same and to kisse, and
〈◊〉
these cal
〈◊〉
which were their idoles. man, Let them kisse the calues.
3 Therefore they shalbe as the morning clou de, as the morning dewe that passeth away, as the
〈◊〉
that is driuē with a whirle win de out of the floore, and as the smoke that goeth out of the chimney.
4 Yet I am the Lord thy GodHe calleth them to repentance & reproueth their
〈◊〉
. from the land of Egypt, and thou shalt know no God but me: for there (is) no Sauiour beside me.
5 I did knowe thee in the wildernes, in the land of drought.
6 As in their pastures, so were thei filled: they were filled, and their heart was exalted: therefore haue they forgotten me.
7 And I wil be vnto them as a verie lyon, (&) as a leopardie in the waye of Asshúr.
8 I wil mete thē, as a beare that is robbed of her whelpes, and I wil breake the calfe of their heart, and there wil I deuoure them like a lion: the wilde beast shal teare them.
9 O Israél,Thy destruction is certeine, & my benefite toward thee
〈◊〉
that it cometh not of me: therefore thi ne owne malice,
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
ne confider ce in men must nedes be the cause thereof. one hathe destroyed thee, but in me (is) thine helpe.
10 I am allone, I am 1, 17. I am: where is thy King, that shulde helpe thee in all thy cities? & thy iudges, of whom thou saidest, Giue me a King and princes?
11 I gaue thee a King in mine angre, and I toke him away in my wrath.
12 The iniquitie of Ephráim (is)It is surely laid vp to be punished as Ierem. 17, 1. bounde vp: his sinne (is) hid.
13 The sorowes of a trauailing woman shal co me vpon him: he is an vnwise sonne, els wol de he not stand stil at the time, (euen) at theBut wold come
〈◊〉
of the wōbe, that is, out of this dāger wherein he is, and not tarie to be
〈◊〉
. breaking forthe of the children.
14 I wil redeme them from the power of the graue: I wil deliuer them frō death: ôMeaning, that no power shal re sist God whē he wil deliuer his, but euen in death wil he giue them life. death I wil be thy death: ô graue, I wil be thy destruction:Because thei wil not turne to me, I wil not
〈◊〉
my purpose. repentance is hid frō mine eyes.
15 Thogh he grewe vp among (his) brethren, an East winde shal come, (euē) the winde of the Lord shal come vp from the wildernes, and drye vp his veine, and his fountaine shal be dryed vp: he shal spoyle the treasure of all pleasant vessels.
16 Samaria shal be desolate: for she hathe rebel led against her GOD: they shall fall by the sword: their infants shalbe dashed in pieces and their women with childe shalbe ript.
CHAP. XIIII.
1 The destruction of Sama
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
He exhorteth Israél to tur ne to God, who requireth praise and thankes.
1 OIsraél,He
〈◊〉
them to repentā
ce, to auoide all these plagues, willing them to declare by wordes their obedien ce and repentāce returne vnto the Lord thy God: for thou hast fallen by thine iniquitie.
2 Take vnto you wordes, & turne to the Lord and say vnto him,He sheweth thē how they ought to confesse their sinnes. Take away all iniquitie, and receiue (vs) graciously: so wil we render the calues ofDeclaring, that this is the true sa crifice, that the
〈◊〉
offer euen thākes and praise, Ebr
〈◊〉
, 15. our lippes.
3 AsshúrshalWe wil leaue of all vaine confi dence and pride. not saue vs, nether wil we ride vpon horses, nether wil we say anie more to the workes of our hands, (Ye are) our gods: for in thee the fatherles findeth mercie.
4 He declareth how ready God is to receiue them that do
〈◊〉
. I wil heale their rebellion: I wil loue them frely: for mine anger is turned away frō him
5 I wil be as the dewe vnto Israél: he shal grow as the lilie and fasten his rootes as (the trees) of Lebanōn.
6 His branches shal spreade, and his beautie shalbe as the oliuetre, and his smel as Lebanōn.
7 They that dwell vnder his
〈◊〉
ioyne them selues to this people, shalbe blessed. shadowe, shal re turne: they shal reuiue (as) the corne, and florish as the vine: the sent thereof (shalbe) as the wine of Lebanón.
8 Ephráim (shal say,) What haue I to do aniemo re with idoles? IGod sheweth how
〈◊〉
he is to heare his, whē they repent, & to offer him self, as a protection, & saue gard vnto them, as a most sufficiēt
〈◊〉
and profite haue heard him, and loked vpō him: I am like a grene fyrre tre: vpon me is thy frute found.
9 Who isSignifiing, that the true wisdom and knowledge cōsisteth in this, euen to reste vpon God. wise, and he shal vnderstand these things? (and) prudent, and he shal knowe thē? for the wayes of the Lord (are) righteous, & the iuste shal walke in them: but the wicked shal fall therein.
IOEL.
THE ARGVMENT.
THe Prophet Ioél first rebuketh them of Iudáh, that being now punished with a great plague of famine, remaine stil obstinat. Secondly he threatneth greater plagues, because they grewe daily to a more hardenes of heart, and rebellion against God notwithstanding his punishments, Thirdly he exhorteth them to repentance, shewing that it muste be earnest and procede from the heart because they had grieuously offended God. And so doing, he promiseth, that God wil be merci full and not forget his couenant that he made with their fathers:
〈◊〉
wil send his Christ who shal gather the scattered shepe, and restore them to life, and libertie, thogh they semed to be dead.
CHAP. I.
1 A prophecie against the Iewes. 2 He exhorteth the peo ple to prayer, and fasting for the miserie that was at hand
1 THe word of the Lord that came to Ioél the sonne of Pethuél.
2 Heare ye this, ôSignifying, the Princes, the Priests, and the
〈◊〉
. Elders, and heark en ye all inhabitants of the land, whetherHe calleth the Iewes to the con sideratiō of Gods
〈◊〉
, who had now
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of the ground for the space
〈◊〉
ye re, which was for their sinnes, & to call them to repentance. such a thing hathe bene in your dayes, or yet in the dayes of your fathers.
3 Tell you your children of it, and let your chil dren (shewe) to their children, and their children to another generacion.
4 That which is left of the palmer worme, ha the the grashopper eaten, and the residue of the grashopper hathe the canker worme ea ten, and the residue of the canker worme ha the the caterpiller eaten.
5 Awake yeMeaning, that the occasion of
〈◊〉
excesse and d. unkennes was taken
〈◊〉
. drunkardes, and wepe, & houle all ye drinkers of wine, because of the new wine: for it shalbe pulled from your mouth.
6 Yea,
〈◊〉
. was another plague
〈◊〉
God had
〈◊〉
thē when he
〈◊〉
vp the Assyrians against them. a nation cometh vpon my land, migh tie, and without nomber, whose teeth (are like) the teeth of a lyon, and he hathe the iawes of a great lyon.
7 He maketh my vine waste, and pilleth of the
〈◊〉
of my figtre he maketh it bare, and ca steth it down the brāches there of are made white.
8 Mourne like a virgine girded with sackecloth
〈◊〉
the housband of
〈◊〉
grieuously as a woman, which hath lost her housbād, to whome she hathe ene maried in her
〈◊〉
her youth.
9 The meat offring, and the drinke offring isThe tokens of Gods wrath did appeare in his Temple in so mu
〈◊〉
, as Godsserui ce was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. cut of frō the House of the Lord: the Priests the Lords ministers mourne.
10 The field is wasted: the land mourneth: for the corne is destroyed:All comfort & substance for nou
〈◊〉
is taken away. the new wine is dryed vp, (and) the oyle is decayed.
11 Be ye ashamed, ô housbande men: houle ô ye vine dressers for the wheat, and for the barly, because the haruest of the field is peri shed.
12 The vine is dryed vp, & the figtre is decayed the pomegranate tre and the palme tre, and the apple tre, (euen) all the trees of the field are withered: surely the ioy is withered away from the sonnes of men.
13He
〈◊〉
the only meanes to
〈◊〉
Gods wrath & to haue all things restored is vnsained repentance. Girde yourselues and lament, ye Priests: houle ye ministers of the altar: come, (and) lye all night in sacke cloth, ye ministers of my God: for the meat offring, and the drinke of fring is taken away from the House of your God.
14 Sanctifie you a fast: call a solenne assemblie: gather the Elders, (and) all the inhabitāts of the lād into the House of the Lord your God and crye vnto the Lord,
15 Alas: for the day, for theVVese by these great plagues that vtter
〈◊〉
at hand. day of the Lord is at hand, and it cometh as a destruction from the Almightie.
16 Is not the meat cut of before our eyes? (and) ioye, and gladnes frō the House of our God?
17 The sede is rotten vnder their cloddes: the garn ers are destroyed: the barnes are broken downe, for the corne is withered.
18 How did the beastes
〈◊〉
? the herdes of cattel pine away, because thei haue no pastu re, and the flockes of shepe are destroyed.
19 O Lord, to thee wil I crye: for the fyre hathe deuoured the pastures of the wildernes, and the flame hathe burnt vp all the trees of the field.
20 The beastes of the field crye also vnto thee for the riuers of waters are dryed vp, and theThat is drought fyre hathe deuoured the pastures of the wildernes.
CHAP. II.
He prophecieth of the comming and crueltie of their enemies. 13 An exhortacion to moue them to, conuert. 18 The loue of God towarde his people.
1 BLoweHe sheweth the great iudgemēts of God which are at hand except they
〈◊〉
. the trumpet in Ziōn, and shout in mine holie Mountaine: let all the inhabitants of the land tremble: for the daye of the Lord is come: for it (is) at hand.
2 AOf
〈◊〉
& trouble. daye of darkenes, & of blackenes, a daye of cloudes, and obscuritie, as the morning spreade vpon the mountaines, (so is) there aMeaning the Assyrians. great people, and a mightie: there was none like it from the beginning, nether shal be anie
〈◊〉
after it, vnto the yeres of manie generacions.
3 A fyre deuoureth before him, and behinde him a flame burneth vp: the lād (is) as the gar den ofThe enemie de stroieth our
〈◊〉
tiful countrey where soeuer he
〈◊〉
. Eden before him, and behinde him a desolate wildernes, so that nothing shal escape him.
4 The beholding of him (is) like the sight of horses, and like the horse men, so shal they runne.
5 Like the noyce of charets in the toppes of the mountaines shal thei leape, like the noy ce of a flame of fyre that deuoureth the stubble, (&) as a mightie people prepared to the battel.
6 Before his face shal the people tremble: all facesThis shalbe
〈◊〉
and blacke for feare, as
〈◊〉
. 2, 10. shal gather blackenes.
7 They shal runne like strong men, and go vp to the wall like men of warre, and euerie man shal go for warde in his wayes, and they shal not staye in their paths.
8 Nether shall oneFor none shalbe able to resist thē. thrust another, (but) euerie one shal walke in his path: and when thei fall vpon the sworde, they shal not be wounded.
9 They shal runne to and fro in the citie: they shal runne vpon the wall: they shal clime vp vpon the houses, (and) enter in at the windowes like the thief,
10 The earth shal tremble before him, the heauens shal shake, theRead
〈◊〉
. 13.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 32, 7. chap.
〈◊〉
, 1 & 3. 15.
〈◊〉
. 24, 29. sunne and the moone shalbe darke, and the starres shal withdrawe their shining,
11 And the Lord shalThe Lord shal stirre vp
〈◊〉
, Assy rians to execute his
〈◊〉
. Ierem.
〈◊〉
, 7. vtter his voyce before his hoste: for his hoste is verie great: for (he is) strong that doeth his worde: * for the daie
〈◊〉
. 5, 18. of the LORD is great and very terrible, andseph. 1,
〈◊〉
.
who can abyde it!
12 Therefore also no we the LORDE sayth, Turne you vnto me with all your heart, and with fastyng, and with wepyng, and with mourning.
13 AndMortifie your affection and ser ue God with purenes of heart and not with ce remonies. rent your heart, and not your clothes: and turne vnto the Lord your God, for he is gracious, and merciful,
〈◊〉
to angre, and of great kindenes, and repenteth hym of the euil.
14 Who knoweth, (if) he wilHe speaketh this to stirre vp their slothfulnes and not that he
〈◊〉
of Gods mercies, if they did repent How God repenteth read. Iere, 18, 8. returne and repent and leaue a blessing behinde him, (euē) a meat offring, and a drinke offring vnto the Lord your God?
15 Blowe the trumpet in Zión, sanctifie a fast, call a solemne assemblie.
16 Gather the people: sanctifie the congregacion, gather the Elders: assemble theThat as all haue sinned, so almay shewe for the signes of their
〈◊〉
, that mē seyng the children, whiche are not fre frō Gods wrath, might be the more
〈◊〉
touched with the consideration of their owne sinnes. children, and those that sucke the breasts: let the bridegrome go forthe of his chambre, and the bride out of her bride chambre.
17 Let the Priests, the ministers of the Lorde wepe betwene the porche and the altar, and let them say, Spare thy people, ô Lorde, and and giue not thine heritage into reproche that the heathen shulde rule ouer them, * Wherefore shulde they say among the people, Where is their God?Psal. 79, 10.
18 Then wil the Lord beIf they repent he sheweth that God wil preserue and defende them with a moste ardent affe ction. ielouse ouer his lād and spare his people.
19 Yea, the Lorde wil answer and saie vnto the people, Beholde, I will send you corne, and wine, and oyle, and you shalbe
〈◊〉
there with: and I wil nomore make you a reproche among the heathen.
20 But I will remoue farre of frome you theThat is, the Assyrians your ene mies. Northren (armie,) and I wil driue him into a land, baren and desolate with his face towarde the
〈◊〉
the salt sea, or Persiā sea: meanyng that thogh his armie were so great, that it filled all from this sea to the
〈◊〉
called me diterraneum, yet he wolde
〈◊〉
them. East sea, and his end to the vtmost sea, and his stinke shal come vp, and his corruption shal ascend, because he hathe exalted him self to do (this.)
21 Feare not, ô land, (but) be glad and reioyce: for the Lord wil do great things.
22 Be not afraied, ye beastes of the fielde: for the pastures of the wildernes are grene: for the tre beareth her frute: the fig tre and the vine do giue their force.
23 Be glad then, ye children of Ziōn, and reioyce in the Lord your God: for he hathe giuen you the rayne ofThat is, suche as shulde come by iuste measure and as was wont to be sent when God was reconciled with them. righteousnes, * and he wil cause to come downe for you the raine, (euen) the (first) raine, and the latter rayne in the first (moneth.)
24 And the barnes shalbe full of wheat, and the presses shal abounde with wine and oyle.Leu. 26. 4.
25 And I wyll render you the yeres that theDeut.
〈◊〉
. 14.
〈◊〉
hathe eaten, the canker worme and the caterpiller and the palmer worme, my great hoste whiche I sent among you.
26 So you shall eat and be satisfied and prayse the Name of the Lord your God, that hathe delt marueilously with you: and my people shal neuer be a shamed.
27 Ye shal also knowe, that I am in the middes of Israél, and that I am the Lord your God and none other, and my people shal neuer be ashamed.
28 And afterwarde will I powerThat is, in grea ter
〈◊〉
ād more generally then in
〈◊〉
past ād his was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vnder
〈◊〉
, when as Gods graces, and his Spirit vnder the Gospe was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ly giuen to the Church. Isa. 44. 3. Act. 2. 17. out my Spirit vpon all flesh: and your sonnes and your daughters shall prophecie: your olde men shal dreameAs they had visions, and dreames in old time, so
〈◊〉
thei now haue clearer reue lations. dreames, (and) your yong men shal se visions.
29 And also vpon the seruaunts, and vpon the maydes in those dayes will I powre my Spirit.
30 And I will sheweHe warneth the faithful what
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thing shuld came, to the
〈◊〉
that they shulde not looke
〈◊〉
continuall
〈◊〉
in this worlde, and yet in all
〈◊〉
troubles he wolde preserue them. wonders in the heauensIohn. 7. 38. and in the earth: blood and fyre, and pillers of smoke.
31 TheThe order of nature shal seme to be changed for the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
be in the worlde. Isa.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. Ezek. 32. 7. Chap 3. 1. Mat 24. 29. sunne shalbe turned into darkenes: ād the moone into blood, before the great and terrible daie of the Lord come.
32 But whosoeuer shall callGods iudgements are for the destruction of the insideles, and to moue the
〈◊〉
to call vpon the Name of God, who wil giue them saluation. on the Name of the Lord, shal be saued: for in mount Zión, and in Ierusalém shal be deliuerance, as the Lord hathe said, and in theMeaning hereby the Gentiles. Rom. 10. 13. remnant, whom the Lord shal call.
CHAP. III.
Of the iudgement of GOD against the enemies of hys people.
1 FOr beholde, inVVhen I shall deliuer my Chur che, whiche standeth of the Iewes, and of the Gen
〈◊〉
. those dayes and in that time, when I shal bring againe the captiuitie of Iudáh and Ierusalém.
2 I will also gather all nations, and will bryng them downe into theIt appeareth that he alludeth to that great victorie of Iehos ha phat, whē as God without
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
helpe destroyed the enemies. 2. King.
〈◊〉
. 26. also he hathe respect to this word, lehos haphat, whiche signifieth pleading
〈◊〉
iudgement, because God wold iudge the enemies of his Churche as he did there. valley of Iehoshaphát, and will plead with them there for my people, and for mine heritage Israél, whome they haue scattered among the nations and parted my land.
3 And they haue cast lottes for my people, and haue giuen the childe
〈◊〉
whiche the enemie gate for the sale of my people the
〈◊〉
ed it vpon
〈◊〉
tes and drinke. for the harlot, and solde the girle for wyne, that they myght drinke.
4 Yea, and whatHe taketh the cause of his Chur che in
〈◊〉
against the enemie, as thogh the
〈◊〉
were done to him selfe. haue you to do with me, Tyrus and Ziōn and all the coastes of Palestina? wil ye render me
〈◊〉
I done you wrong, that ye will rendre me the like. a recompense and if ye re compēse me, swiftely (and) spedely, wil
〈◊〉
ren der your recompense vpon your head:
5 For ye haue taken my siluer and my golde, and haue caried into your temples my goodlie (and) pleasant things.
6 The children also of Iudáh and the children of Ierusalém haue you solde vnto the Grecians, that ye myght send them farre from their border.
7 Beholde, I will raise them out of the place where ye haue solde them, and will render your rewarde vpon your owne head.
8 And I wil sell your sonnes and your daughters into the hand of the children of Iudah, and theyFor afterward God solde them by
〈◊〉
zar, and Alexan der the great, sor the loue he bare to his people, and thereby they were comforted as thogh the price had bene theirs. shall sell them to the Sabeans, to a people farre of: for the Lorde hym selfhath spoken it.
9 Publish this among the Gentiles: prepare warre, wake vp the mightie men: let all the men of warre drawe nere (and) come vp.
10 VVhen I shall
〈◊〉
my iudgements against mine enemies, I wil cause euerie one to be ready, and to prepare their weapons to destroy one another, for my Church sake. Breake your plowe shares into swordes, and your sieths into speares: letthe weake saie, I am strong.
11 Assemble yourselues, and come all ye heathen and gather yourselues together round about: there shall the Lord caste downe thy mightie men.
12 Let the heathen be weakened, and come vp to the valley of Iehoshaphat: for there will I sitto iudge all the heathen rounde about.
13 Put in yourThus he shall incourage the enemies when their wickednes is ful ripe to destroye one another, whiche he calleth the valley of Gods iudgement. sieths, for the winepresse is ripe: come, get you downe, for the winepresse is full: yea, the winepresses runne ouer, for their wickednes is great.
14 Omultitude, ô multitude, (come) into the valley of threshing: for the daye of the Lord (is) nere in the valley of threshing.
15 The sunne and moone shalbe darkned, and the starres shal withdrawe theirlight.
16 The Lorde also shall roare out of Ziōn, and vtter his voice from Ierusalém, and the heauens, and the earth shalke, but the Lord wilbe the hopeGod assureth his againste all troubles, that when he destroy eth his enemies, his children shalbe deliuered. of his people, and the strength of the children of Israél.
17 So shall ye knowe that I am the Lord your God dwellyng in Zion, mine holie Mountaine: then shall Ierusalém be holy, and there shall no strangers goThe strangers shal no more de stroy his Church Which if they do
〈◊〉
it is the people whiche by their sinnes
〈◊〉
the breache for the enemie. thoro we heranie more.
18 And in that day shal the mountainesHe promiseth to his Churche abundance of
〈◊〉
, read Ezek. 47. 1.
〈◊〉
shulde watter and comfort the moste baren
〈◊〉
Amos. 9.
〈◊〉
. drop downe newe wine, and the hilles shall flowe with milke, and all the riuers of Iudáh shall runne with waters, ād a fountaine shal come forthe of the House of the Lord, and shall watter the valley of Shittim.
19 The malicious enemies shal haue no parte of this grace. Egypt shalbe waste, and Edóm shalbe a desolate wildernes, for the iniuries of the children of Iudáh, because they haue shed in nocent blood in their land.
20 But Iudáh shall dwell for euer, and Ierusalém from generacion to generacion.
21 For I willHe had suffered his Church hither to to lye in their filthinesbut now be promiseth to clense them and to make them pu
〈◊〉
him. clense their blood, that I haue not clensed, and the LORDE will dwellin Zión.
AMOS
THE ARGVMENT.
AMong many other Prophetes that God raised vp to admonishe the Israelites of his plagues for their wickednes and idolatrie, he stirred vp Amos, who was an
〈◊〉
or shepherd of a poore towne, and gaue hym bothe knowledge and constancie to reproue all estates and degrees, and to denounce Gods horrible iudgements against them, exceptthey did in time repent: shewing them, that if God spare not the other nacions about them, who had liued as it were in ignorance of God in respect of them, but for their sinnes will punish them, that they colde loke for nothing, but an horrible destruction, except they turned to the Lord by vnfained repentance. And finally, he comforteth the godlie with hope of the comming of the
〈◊〉
, by whome they shulde haue perfite deliuerance and saluacion.
CHAP. I.
1 The time of the prophecie of Amos. 3 The worde of the Lord against Damascus. 6 The Philistims, Tyrus, Idumea and Ammon.
1 THE wordes of Amos, who was amonge the herdmē
VVhiche was a towne six miles from Ierusalā in Iudea, but he pro phecied in Israel. at Tecoa, whi che he sawe vpō Israél, in the dayes of Vzziáh King of Iudáh, and in the dayes ofIn his daies the kingdome of Israel did most florish. Ieroboā the sonne of Ioáh King of Israél, two yere befo re theVVhich, as Iosephus writeth, was when Vzziah wold haue vsurped the Priesls
〈◊〉
, & therfore was smittē with the leprosie. earth quake.
2 And he said, The Lord shalroare from Ziōn, and vtter his voyce from Ierusalém, and the dwelling places of the shepherds shal perish and the top ofVVhat soeuer is fru efull and pleasant in Israel shall shortely pe rishe. Carmél shal wither.
3 Thus saith the Lord, ForHe sheweth firste that all the people rounde about shuld be de stroyed for their manifolde sinnes which are ment by thre ād
〈◊〉
which make seuen, because the
〈◊〉
shulde the more depely cōsider Gods iud gements toward them. thre transgressiós of Damascus, and for foure I wil not turne to it, because they haueIf the Syriars shall not be spared for committing this
〈◊〉
against one citie, it is nōt possible
〈◊〉
Israel shuld
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
which hath com
〈◊〉
so many and gricuous sin nes against Gods and man. thre shed Gileád with treshing instruments of yron.
4 Therefore will I send a fyre into the house of Hazaél, and it shall deuoure theThe antiquitie of their buildings shall not auoyde my iudgements, read, Iere. 49. 27. palaces of Ben-hadád.
5 I wil breake also the barres of Damascus, ād cut of the inhabitant of Bikeath-áuen: and him that holdeth the scepter out of Beth-éden, and the people of Arám shal go into ca
〈◊〉
vnto
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
led the Sycians ca
〈◊〉
and broght them to Cyrene, which he callech here Kir. Kir, saith the Lord.
6 Thus saith the Lord, For thre transgressions of Azzáh, and for foure, I wil not turne to it, because theyThey ioined thē selues with the Edomires their enemies, whiche caryed them away
〈◊〉
caried awaye prisoners the whole captinitie to shut them vp in Edom.
7 Therefore wil I send a fyre vpon the walles of Azzáh, and it shall deuoure the places thereof.
8 And I wil cut of the inhabitāt from Ashdod, and him that holdeth the scepter from Ashkelon, and turne mine hand to Ekron, and the remnant of the Philistims shall perishe, saith the Lord God.
9 ¶ Thus saith the Lorde, For the transgressions of Tyrus, and for foure, I wil not turne to it, because they shut the whole captiuitie in Edom, and haue not remembred theFor
〈◊〉
(of whom came the Edomites) & Iaakob were brethren: therefore they ough: to haue admonished thē of their
〈◊〉
friendeship, & not to ha ue prouoke them to hatred. brotherlie couenant.
10 Therefore wil I send a fyre vpon the walles of Tyrus, and it shall deuoure the palaces thereof.
11 ¶ Thus saith the Lord, For thre transgressions of Edom, and for foure I wil not turne to it, because he did pursue his brother with the sworde, and didEbr. corrupt his compassion. cast of all pitie, and his angre spoiled him cuermore, and his wrath watched himHe was a
〈◊〉
enemie vn to him. alway.
12 Therfore will send a fyre vpon Temán, and it shal deuoure the palaces of Bozráh.
13 ¶Thus saith the Lord, For thre transgressions of the childrē of Ammon, and for foure, I will not turne to it, because they
〈◊〉
the great cruel ie of the Ammonites that
〈◊〉
no:
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, but most
〈◊〉
tormented thē and yet the Ammonites came of Lot who was of the housholde of Abraham. haue ript vp the women with childe of Gileád, that they might enlarge their border.
14 Therefore wil I kindle a fyre in the wall of Rabbah, ād it shal deuoure the palaces therof, with shouting in the daye of battel, (and) with atempest in the day of the whirlwinde.
15 And their King shall go into captiuitie, he
and is princes together, saith the Lord.
CHAP. II.
Against
〈◊〉
, Iudah, and Israél.
1 THus saith the Lord, For the transgressiós of Moáb, and for foure, I wil not turne to it, because it burnt theFor the Moabites were so cruel against the King of Edō that they burnt his bones after that he was dead: which decla red their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, semg they wolde
〈◊〉
ge them selues of the dead. bones of the King of Edōm into lime.
2 Therefore wil I send a fyre vpon Moáb, and it shal deuoure the palaces of Kerióth, and Moáb shal dye withumult, with shouting, (and) with the sounde of a trumpet.
3 And I wil cut of the Iudge out of the middes thereof, and wil slaye all the princes thereof with him, saith the Lord.
4 ¶ Thus saith the Lord, For thre transgressiōs of Iudáh, and for foure,Seing the Gentiles that had not so farre knowled ge Were thus pu nished,
〈◊〉
Whi che Was so fully instructed of the Lordes
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
not thinke to escape. I wil not turne to it because they haue cast away the Law of the Lord, & haue not kept his commandements, and their lies caused thē to erre after the whi che their fathers haue walked,
5 Therefore wil I send a fyre vpon Iudáh, and it shal deuoure the palaces of Ierusalém.
6 ¶ Thus saith the Lord, For thre transgressiōs ofIt he spare not
〈◊〉
vnto Wome his
〈◊〉
Were made, much more he Wil not spare this degene rate kingdome. Israél, and for foure, I wil not turne to it, because they solde the righteous for siluer & the poore forThey estemed moste vile bribes more then mens liues. shoes.
7 Theigape ouer the head of the poore, in theVVhen they haue spoiled him &
〈◊〉
en him to the grounde, they gape for his life. dust of the earth, and
〈◊〉
the wayes of the meke: and a man and his father wil go in to a maid to dishonour mine holie Name.
8 And they lie downe vpō clothes laid to pled geThinking by the se ceremonies, that is, by
〈◊〉
, and being nere mine altar, they may excuse all their other
〈◊〉
. by euerie altar: and theyThey spoile others and offer thereof vnto God thinking that he wil dispense With them, when he is made
〈◊〉
of their iniquitie. drinke the wine of the condemned in the house of their God.
9 Yet destroyed I theThe
〈◊〉
of their enemies & his
〈◊〉
toWard them shuld haue caused
〈◊〉
heartes to melt for loue toward him. Amorite before them, whose height was like the height of the cedres, and he was strong as the okes: not with standing I destroyed his frute from aboue, & his roote from beneth.
10 Also I broght you vp frō the land of Egypt and led you fourtie yeres thorow the wilder nes, to possesse the land of the Amorite.
11 And I raised vp of your sonnes for Prophetes, andNone shalbe de
〈◊〉
by any meanes. of your yong men for Nazarites, Is it not euen thus, ô ye children of Israél, saith the Lord?
12 But ye gaue the Nazarites wine to drinke, & commanded the Prophetes, saying, Prophecie not.
13 Beholde, IYou haue
〈◊〉
me
〈◊〉
your sinnes, Isa. 1. 14. am pressed vnder you as a cart is pressed that is ful of sheaues.
14 Therefore the flight shal perish from theYe contemned my benefites and abused my
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
Went about to stop the mouthes of my
〈◊〉
. swift, and the strong shal not strenghten his force, nether shal the mightie saue his life.
15 Nor he that handleth the bowe, shal staud, and he that is swift of fote, shal not escape, nether shal he that rideth the horse, saue his life.
16 And he that is of mightie courage amōg the strong men, shall flee away naked in that day saith the Lord.
CHAP. III.
He reproueth the house of Israél of ingratitude. II For the which God wil punish them.
1 HEare this worde that the Lord pronounceth against you, ô children of Israél, (euen) against the whole familie which I broght vp from the land of Egypt, saying,
2 YouI haue onely cho sen you to be
〈◊〉
ne amōg all other people, & yet you haue forsaken me onely haue I knowē of all the families of the earth: therefore I wil visite you for all your iniquities.
3 Can two walke together except they beHere by the Pro
〈◊〉
signifieth that he speaketh not of him selfe, but as God guideth and moueth him, Which is cal led the a grement betwene Cod & his Prophetes. agreed?
4 Wil aWil God threatē by his Prophetes except there be some great occasion? lion roare in the forest, when he hathe no pray? or wil a lions whelpe crye out of his denne, if he haue taken nothing?
5
〈◊〉
any
〈◊〉
come
〈◊〉
Gods prouidence Can a birde fall in a snare vpon the earth, where no fouler is? or wil he take vp theShal his
〈◊〉
reatnings be invaine sna re from the earth, and haue taken nothing at al?
6 OrShal the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Gods iudgemēts and the people
〈◊〉
be afrayed? shal a trumpet be blowen in the citie, & the people be not afrayed? or shal thereDoeth anie
〈◊〉
come Without Gods ap pointement?
〈◊〉
, 45, 9. be euil in a citie, and the LORDE hathe not done it?
7 Surely the Lord God wil do nothing, but heGod dealeth not With the
〈◊〉
as he doeth With other people for heeuer Warneth them be fore of his plagues by his
〈◊〉
. reueileth his secret vnto his seruāts the Prophetes.
8 The liō hathe roared? who wil not be afrayed the Lord GOD hathe spoken: who can butBecause the peo ple euer murmured against the Propheres, he sheweth that Gods spirit
〈◊〉
ed thēso to speake as they did. prophecie?
9 Proclame in the palaces atHe calleth the strangers, as the
〈◊〉
& Egip tiās to Witnesses of Gods iudgements against the Israelites for their
〈◊〉
& oppres sion, Asshdōd, and in the palaces in the land of Egypt, and say, Assemble your selues vpon the mountaines of Samaria: so beholde the great tumultes in the middes thereof, and the oppressed in the middes thereof.
10 For they knowe not to do right, saith the Lord: they store vp violence, and robberieThe frute of their crueltie and their appeareth by their great riches
〈◊〉
they haue in their hou ses. in their palaces.
11 Therefore thus saith the Lord God, An aduersarie (shal come) euen rounde about the countrey, and shal bring downe thy strength from thee, and thy palaces shalbe spoiled.
12 Thus saith the Lord, As the shepherd takethWhen the lion hathe
〈◊〉
his hungre, the
〈◊〉
findeth a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
a tip of an eare to shewe that the shepe hathe bene
〈◊〉
out of the mouth of the lion two legges, or a piece of an eare: so shal the children of Israél be taken out that dwell in Samaria in the corner of a bed, & inWhere they thoght to haue had a sure holde, and to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Damascus (as in) a couche.
13 Heare, and testifie in the house of Iaakób, saith the Lord God, the God of hostes.
14 Surely in the day that I shal visite the trans gressions of Israél vpon him, I wil also visit the altars of Beth-él, and the hornes of the altar shal be broken of, &
〈◊〉
to the grounde
15 And I wil smite the winter house with the sommer house, and the houses of yuorie shal perish, & the great houses shalbe consumed saith the Lord.
CHAP. IIII.
Against the gouernours of Sam aria.
1 HEare this worde, yeThus he
〈◊〉
the princes & go uerners,
〈◊〉
being ouer
〈◊〉
With the
〈◊〉
abundāce of Gods
〈◊〉
, forgate God, & therefore he calleth thēby the name of beastes & not of men kine of Bashán that are in the mountaine of Samaria: which oppresse the poore, (and) destroy the nedie, and thei say to their masters,They incourage suche as haue autoritie ouer the people, t powle them, so that thei may haue profite by it. Bring, and let
vs drinke.
2 The Lord God hathe sworne by his holines that lo, the dayes shal come vpon you, that he wiltake you away withHe alludeth to fishers which catche fish by hokes and thornes. thornes, & your posteritie with fish hokes.
3 And ye shal go out at the breaches euerie (kowe) forwarde: and ye shal cast your selues out of the palace, saith the Lord.
4 Come toHe speaketh this in
〈◊〉
of thē which,
〈◊〉
to these places, thinking that their great deuocion & good
〈◊〉
had bene
〈◊〉
to haue bounde God vnto them. Beth-él, & transgresse: to Gilgál, and multiplie transgression, & bring your sacrifices in the mourning, (and) yourtithes af ter threRead deut. 14, 28 yeres.
5 And offer a thankes giuingAs Leu.
〈◊〉
, 13. of leaué, publish (and) proclame the fre offrings: for this, liketh you, ô ye children of Israél, saith the Lord God.
6 Therefore haue I giuen youThat is, lacke of bread and meat. clennes of teeth in all your cities, & scarcenes of bread in all your places, ȳet haue ye not returned vnto me, saith the Lord.
7 And also I haue withholden theraine frō you when there (were) yet threI staied the raine til the srutes of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
stroyeth With
〈◊〉
, and yet you Wolde not cō side
〈◊〉
returne to me by
〈◊〉
. moneths to the hatuest, and I caused it to raine vpon one citieg You onely deli te in these
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
& haue none other respect. and haue not caused it to raine vpon another citie: one piece was rained vpon, and the pie ce wherupon it rained not, withered.
8 So two (or) thre cities wandered vnto one citie to drinke water, but they wereThey colde not finde Water ynough where they had heard say it had rained not satisfied: yet haue ye not returned vnto me, saith the Lord.
9 I haue smitten you with blasting, & milde we your great gardens and your vineyardes, and your fig trees, and your oline trees did the pal mer worme deuoure: yet haue ye not returned vnto me, saith the Lord.
10 Pestilence haue I sent among you, after the maner ofAs I plagued
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, Exod. 9,
〈◊〉
. Egypt: your yong men haue I slay ne with the sworde haue taken away your horses: and I haue made the stinke of your tents to come vp euen into your nostrels: yet haue ye not returned vnto me, saith the Lord
11 I haue ouerthrowē you, as God ouerthre we Sodōm and Gomoráh: & ye were as a fyreYou Were almost all consumed, and a
〈◊〉
of you Wonderfully preserued, 2. King 14, 26. brande pluct out of the burning: yet haue ye not returned vnto me, saith the Lord.
12 Therefore, thus wil I do vnto thee, ô Israél and because I wil do this vnto thee, prepare toTurn to him by repentance. mete thy God, ô Israél.
13 For lo, he that formeth the mountaines, and createth the winde, and declareth vnto man what is his thoght: which maketh the morning darkenes, and walketh vpon the hie pla ces of the earth, the Lord God of hostes (is) his Name.
CHAP. V.
A lamentacion for the captiuitie of Israél.
1 HEare ye this worde, which I lift vp vpon you, (euen) a lamentacion of the house of Israél.
2 TheHe so
〈◊〉
them because they soboasled of
〈◊〉
selues, or because they Were giuen to
〈◊〉
& deintines. virgine Israél is failen, (and) shal no mo re rise: she is left vpon herland, (and) there (is) none to raise her vp.
3 For thus saith the Lord God, The citie which went out by a thousand, shal leaue anMeaning, that the tenth, parte shulde
〈◊〉
be saued. hundreth: and that whiche went forthe by an hundreth, shal leaue ten to the house of Israél.
4 For thus saith the Lord vnto the house of Is raél, Seke ye me, and ye shal liue.
5 But seke not Beth-él, nor enter intoIn these places they worshipped new idoles, whicheafore time ser ued for the true honour of God: therefore hesaith that these shalnot saue them. Gilgál, and go not to Beer-shéba: for Gilgálshal go into captiuitie, and Beth-él shal come to nanght.
6 Seke the Lord, and ye shalliue, left he breake out like fyre in the house of Ioséph and deuoure it, and there (be) none to quenche it in Beth-él.
7 They turneIn fiead of iudgement & equitie ther execute cruel
〈◊〉
& oppression iudgement to worme wood, & leaue of
〈◊〉
in the earth.
8 HeHe
〈◊〉
the power of God
〈◊〉
9, 9, maketh Pleiades, and Orion, and he tur neth the shadowe of death into the morning and he maketh the day darcke as night: he
〈◊〉
the waters of the sea, and powreth them out vpon the open earth: the Lord (is) Name.
9 He strengtheneth the destroyer against the mightie: and the destroyer shal come against the forteresse.
10 They haue hated him,They hate the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, Which
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
inthe open
〈◊〉
. that rebuked in the gate: and they abhorre him that speaketh vp rightly.
11 For asmuch then as your treading (is) vpon the poore, andYe take bothe his
〈◊〉
& also his fode WhereWith he
〈◊〉
. ye take from him burdens of wheat, ye haue buylt houses of hewen stone but yeshal not dwell in them: ye haue planted pleasant vineyardes, but ye shal not drinke wine of them.
12 For I knowe your manifolde transgressions and your mightie sinnes: they afflict the iust, they take rewardes, and they oppresse the poore in the gate.
13 ThereforeGod wilso
〈◊〉
gue thē, that they shal not suffer the godlie once to open their mouthes to admonish thē of their
〈◊〉
the prudent shal kepe silence in that time, for it is an euil time.
14 Seke good and not euil, that ye may liue: & the Lord God of hostes shalbe with you, as you haue spoken.
15 Hate the euil, and loue the good, and establish iudgement in the gate: it may be that the Lord God of hostes wil be merciful vnto the remnant of Ioséph.
16 Therefore the Lord God of hostes, the Lord saith thus, Mourning (shalbe) in all stretes: and they shal say in all the hie wayes, Alas, alas: and they shal call theSo that all degrees shal haue matter of lamen tacion for the great plagues. housbandman to lamentacion, and suche as can mourne, to mourning.
17 And in all the vines (shalbe) lamētacion: for I wil passe through thee, saith the Lord.
18 Wo vnto you, thatThꝰ he speaketh because the Wicked & hypocrites said thei were cō tent to abide
〈◊〉
iudgements w ere as the god lie tremble & tea re, Iere 30, 7. Ioél. 2,
〈◊〉
. Zeph. 1. 11. desire the day of the Lord: what haue you to do with it? the day of the Lord (is) darkenes and not light.
19 As if a man did flee from alyon, and a beare met him, or went into the house, and leaned his hand on the wall and a serpent bit him.
20 Shal not the day of the Lord be darkenes, and not light? euen darkenes and no light in it?
21 I hate (and) abhorre your feast dayes, and I wil not smel in your solemne assemblies.
22 Thogh ye offer me burnt offring and meat offrings,Because ve haue corrupt my true seruite & remaine obstinate in your vices,
〈◊〉
. 1 11 Iere. 6. 10 I wil not accept them: nether wil I regarde the peace offring of your fat beasts.
23 Take thou away from me the multitude of thy songs [for I wil not heare the melodie of thy violes]
24 And let indgemēt runne downe aDo your duetie to God & to your neighbour, and so ye shal fele his grace plentifully, if you she we your abundant affections according to Gods Worde. waters, and righteousnes as a mightie riuer.
25 Haue ye offred vnto me sacrifices and offrings in the wildernes fortie yeres, ô house of Israél?
26 But you haue borneThat idole
〈◊〉
you e emed as your King, and caryed about, as you did Chiun, in the Which images you thogh that there Was a certeine diuinitie. Siccúth your King and Chiun your images, (and) the starre of your gods, which ye made to your selues.
27 Therefore will cause you to go into captiuitie beyonde Damascus, saith the Lord, whose Name (is) the God of hostes.
CHAP VI.
Against the princes of Israélliuing in pleasures,
1 WO toThe Prophet threatneth the Wealthy, which regarded not Gods plagues nor menaces by his Prophetes. them that are at ease in Zión and trust in the mountaine of Samaria,These two cities were famous by their first inhabitants the Cana anites: and seing before time they did nothing awaile them that
〈◊〉
there borne, why shulde you loke that thei shulde saue you, which Were broght in to dwell in other mers
〈◊〉
which were famous at the beginning of the nacions: and the house of Israél came to them.
2 Go you vnto Calnéh, and se: and from théce go you to Hamath the great: then go downe to Gath of the Philistims: beIf God haue de stroied these excellent cities in thre diuers kingdomes, as in
〈◊〉
bylon, Syria, and of the
〈◊〉
, and hath broght their Wide borders into a greater
〈◊〉
, thē yours yetare, thin ke you to be better or to escape? thei better then these kingdomes? or the border of their land greater then your border,
3 Ye that put farre away theYe that continue stil in your Wickednes and thinke, that Gods plagues are not at hand, but giue your selues to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, wantonnes and
〈◊〉
. euil day, and approche to the seat of iniquitie?
4 The, lie vpon beddes of yuorie, and stretch them selues vpon their beddes, and eat the lambes of the flocke, and the calues out of the stall.
5 They sing to the sounde of the viole: thei inuent to them selues instruments of
〈◊〉
likeAs he caused diuers kindes of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to be made to serue Gods
〈◊〉
, so these did
〈◊〉
end to inuent as manie to serue their Want on affectiōs and lustes. Dauid
6 They drinke wine in bowls, and anoint them selues with the chief ointments, but no man isThei piued not their brethren, whereof now manie Were
〈◊〉
and caryed
〈◊〉
Way
〈◊〉
. sory for the
〈◊〉
of Ioséph.
7 Therefore now shal thei go captiue with the first that go captiue, andSome read, the
〈◊〉
of them that
〈◊〉
them seiues, shal
〈◊〉
. the sorowe of them that stretched them selues, is at hand.
8Read
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. 14. The Lord God hathe sworne by him self, saith the Lord God of hostes,
〈◊〉
horreThat is, the
〈◊〉
ches and
〈◊〉
. the excellencie of Iaakób, and hate his palaces: therefore wil I deliuer vp the citie with all that is therein.
9 And if there remaine ten men in one house, thei shal dye.
10 And his vncleThe destruction shalbe so great that none shal almost be left to bu
〈◊〉
the dead: & theresore hey shal
〈◊〉
them at
〈◊〉
to carye out the burnt ashes with more ease. shal take him vp and burne him to cary out the bones out of the house, and shal say vnto him, that is byThat is, to some neighbour,
〈◊〉
lle hrounde about. the sides of the house, Is there yet any with thee? And he shal say, None. Then shal he say,
〈◊〉
shalbe so astonis hed at this destruction, that they shal
〈◊〉
no more of the Name of God, and that they are his people: but they shalbe
〈◊〉
when they heare Gods
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
it, as they that are
〈◊〉
or reprobare. Holde thy tongue: for we may not remembre the Name of the Lord.
11
〈◊〉
beholde, the Lord commandeth, and he wil smite the great house with breaches, and the litle houses with clefts.
12 Shal horsesHe compareth them to baren rockes Where vpon it is in vaine to bestowe
〈◊〉
: she Wing that Gods
〈◊〉
can haue no place among them. runne vpon the rocke? or wil one plowe (there) with oxen? forye haue tur ned iudgement into gall, and the frute of righ teousnes intoRead * Chap. 5. 7. worme wood.
13 Ye reioyce in a thing of noght: ye say, Haue: not we gotten vsThat is, power and glorie. hornes by our owne strength?
14 But beholde, I wil raise vp against you a nacion, ô house of Israél, saith the Lord God of hostes: and thei shal afflict you, from the entring in ofFrom one corner of the
〈◊〉
to another. Hamàth vnto the riuer of the wildernes.
CHAP. VII.
God
〈◊〉
certeine visions, whereby he signifieth the destruction of the people of israél. 10 The false accusation of Amaziah. 12 His
〈◊〉
counsel.
1 THus hathe the Lord God shewed vnto me, and beholde, he formedTo
〈◊〉
the lands
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ludeth to the
〈◊〉
of the enemies. greshoppers in the beginning of the shutting vp of the latter groeth: and lo, (it was) in the latter groethAfter the
〈◊〉
commandement for mowing
〈◊〉
giuen:
〈◊〉
as some read, When the Kings shepe were shorne after the Kings mowing.
2 And when they had made an end of eating the grasse of the land, thē I said, O Lord God spare, I beseche thee: who shal raise vp laakób? for he is smale.
3 (So) the LordThat is, staied this
〈◊〉
at
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. repented for this. It shal not be, saith the Lord.
4 ¶ Thus (also) hathe the Lord God shewed vnto me, and beholde, the Lord God called to iudgement by fyre,
〈◊〉
, that Gods
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of this people. and it deuoured the great depe, and did eat vp a parte.
5 Then said I, O Lord God, cease, I beseche thee: who shal raise vp Iaakōb? for he is smale.
6 (So) the Lord repented for this. This also shal not be, saith the Lord God.
7 ¶ Thus (againe) he shewed me, and beholde the Lord stode vpon a wall made by lineSignifying that this
〈◊〉
be the last measuring of the people, and that he wolde de ferre his iudgements no lorger. with aline in his hand.
8 And the Lord said vnto me, Amōs, what seest thou? And I said, A line. Then said the Lord, Beholde, I wil set a line in the middes of my people Israél, and wil passe by them no more.
9 And the hie places of Ishák shalbe desolate and the temples of Israél shalbe destroyed: and I wil rise against the house of Ieroboám with the sworde.
10
〈◊〉
That is, When A mos had prophecied
〈◊〉
the King shulde be destroyed for this wicked Priest mo re for
〈◊〉
he bare to the Prophet
〈◊〉
for
〈◊〉
toward the King thoght this
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to condemnebim wheir as none other colde take
〈◊〉
. Then Amaziáh the Priest of
〈◊〉
sent to Ieroboám King of Israél, saying, Amos ha the conspired against thee in the middes of the house of Israél: the lād is not able to bea
〈◊〉
all his word
〈◊〉
.
11 For thus Amōs saith, Ieroboám shal dye by the sworde, and Israél shalbe led away captiue out of their owne land.
12 Alsow on this instrument of
〈◊〉
was not able to
〈◊〉
his put pose by the King he assayed by ano ther practise: that was to feare the Prophet, that he might departe, & not reproue their idolatrie there openly, and so hinder his profite. Amaziáh said vnto Amós, O thou the Seer, go, flee thou away into the land of Iudāh, and there eat (thy) bread and prophecie there.
13 But prophecie no more at Beth-él: for it is the Kings chappel, and it is the Kings court.
14 Then answered Amós, and said to Amaziáh I was noThus he sheweth by his extra ordinarievocatiō that God had giuen him a charge which he must ne des execute. Prophet, nether was I a Prophetes sonne, but I was an herdman, and a gatherer of wilde figges.
15 And the Lord toke me as I followed the floc ke, and the Lord said vnto me, Go, prophecie vnto my people Israél.
16 Now therefore heare thou the worde of the Lord. Thou saist, Prophecie not against Israél, and speake nothing against the house of Ishák.
17 Therefore thus saith the Lord,Thus God vsed to approue the
〈◊〉
of his Prophetes by his
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
against them, which were malicious enemies,
〈◊〉
. 28. 12. & 29 21 & 25 as this day he doeth against them that
〈◊〉
the ministers of his Gospel. Thy wife shal be an harlot in the citie, and thy sonnes and thy daughters shal fall by the sworde, and thy land shal be deuided by line: and thou shalt dye in a polluted land, and Israél. shal surely go into captiuitie forthe of his land.
CHAP. VIII.
1 Against the rulers of Israél. 7 The Lord sweareth. 11 The famine of the worde of God.
1 THus hathe the Lord God shewed vnto me, & beholde, a basket of somer frute.
2 And he said, Amos, what seest thou? And I said, A basket of somerWhich signified the ripenes of their sinnes & the readines of Gods
〈◊〉
. frute. Then said the Lord vnto me, The end is come vpon my people of Israēl, I wil passe by them no more?
3 And the songs of the Temple shal be houlings in that day, saith the Lord God: many dead bodies (shalbe) in euerie place: thei shal cast them forthe withThere shalbe noneleft tomour ne for them. silence.
4 Heare this, ô ye thatBy
〈◊〉
the sale
〈◊〉
fode and necessarie things which you haue gotten into your owne
〈◊〉
, and so cause thee poo re to spend quickely that
〈◊〉
le that they haue, & at length for
〈◊〉
to be come your
〈◊〉
. swallow vp the poore that ye may make the nedie of the land to faile,
5 Saying, When wil theWhen the dearth was once come, thei were so griedy of gaine, that thei thoght the holy day to be an hinderance vnto thē. new moneth begone, that we may sell corne? and the Sabbath that we may set forthewheat, and makeThat is, the measure
〈◊〉
& the price great. the Epháh smale, and the shekel great, and false fie the weights by deceit?
6 That we may bye the poore for siluer, and the nedie for shoes: yea, and sell the refuse of the wheat.
7 The Lord hathe sworne by the excellencie Iaak
〈◊〉
, Surely I wil neuer forget any of their workes.
8 Shal not the land tremble for this, and euerie one mourne, that dwelleth therein? and it shal rise vp wholy as a flood, and it shalbe cast out, andThat is, the inhabitants of the land shal be drowned, as Nilus drowneth
〈◊〉
when it ouer
〈◊〉
. drowned as by the flood of Egypt.
9 And in that day, saith the Lord God, I wil euen cause theIn the middes of their prosperitie I wil send great affliction. sunne to go downe at noone: and I wil darken the earth in the cleare day.
10 And I wil turne your feastes into mourning and all your songs into lamentacion: and I wil bring sackecloth vpon all loines, and bladnes vpon euerie head and I wil make it as the mourning of an onelie sonne, and the end thereof as a bitter day.
11 Beholde, the daies come, saith the Lord God, that I wil send a famine in the land, not a famine of bread, nor a thirst for water, but of hearing the worde of the Lord.
12 And they shal wander from sea to sea, and from the North euen vnto the East shal thei runne to and fro to seke theWhereby he sheweth that
〈◊〉
shal not one ly perish in
〈◊〉
but also in
〈◊〉
for lacke of Gods worde, which is the fode thereof. worde of the Lord, and shal not finde it.
13 In that day shal the fayre virgines and the yong men perish for thirst.
14 They that sweare by the sinneFor the idolaters did vse to sweare by their idoles: which here he calleth their sinne, as the papi
〈◊〉
yet do by theits. of Samaria and that say, Thy God, ô Dan, liueth, &That is, the cō
mune maner of worshiping and the seruice or religion
〈◊〉
vsed. the maner of Beer-shéba liueth, euen thei shal fall, and neuer rise vp againe.
CHAP. IX.
Threatenings against the Temple, 2 And against Israél. 11. The restoring of the Church.
1 I Sawe the Lord standing vpon theWhich was at Ierusalém: for he appeared not in the
〈◊〉
pla ces of Israél. altar, and he said, Smite the lintel of the dore, that the postes may shake and cut them in pieces, (euen) theBothe the chief of them and also the commune people. heads of them all, & I wil slay the last of them with the sworde: he that
〈◊〉
of them, shal not flee away: & he that escapeth of them, shal not be deliuered.
2 Thogh thei digge into the hel, thence shal mine hand take thē: thogh thei clime vp to heauen, thence will bring them downe.
3 And thogh thei hide them selues in the top pe of Carmél, I wil searche and take them out thence: and thogh thei be
〈◊〉
from my sight in the bottome of the sea, thence wil I commande theHe sheweth that God wil declare him selfe enemie vnto thē in all places, and that his
〈◊〉
and all
〈◊〉
shalbe
〈◊〉
to destroy them. serpent, and he shal byte them.
4 And thogh thei go into captiuitie before their enemies, thence wil I commande the sworde, and it shal slaye them: and I wil set mine eies vpon them for euil, and not for good.d He declareth by the wonderful power of God, by the making of the heauens and the elements that it is not possible for man to escape his iudgements when he punisheth.
5 And the Lord God of hostes shal touche the land, and it shal melt away, and all that dwell therein, shal mourne, and it shal rise vp wholy like a flood, and shalbe drowned as by the flood of Egypt.
6 He buyldeth his spheres in the heauē, and hathe laid the fundacion of his globe of ele ments in the earth: he calleth the waters of the sea, and powreth thē out vpon the open earth: the Lord (is) his Name.
7 Are ye not as the EthiopiansAm I more bounde to you then to the Ethio pians or
〈◊〉
? yet haue I bestowed vpon you greater benefites. vnto me, ô children of Israél, saith the Lord? haue not I broght vp Israél out of the land of Egypt? & the Philistims fromRead
〈◊〉
. 47 4, Caphtór, and Arám from Kir?
8 Beholde, the eyes of the Lord God (arre) vpon the sinful kingdome, and I wil destroy it cleaue out of the earth. Neuertheles I wil not vtterlyThogh he
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
multitude, yet he wil euer rescrue the remnant his Church to call vpon his Name. destroy the house of Iaakób, saith, the Lord.
9 For lo, I wil commande and I wil sifte the house of Israél among all nacions, like as (corne) is sifted in a siue: yet shal not thatMeaning, that none of his shulde perish in his wrath. least stone fall vpon the earth.
10 (But) all the sinners of my people shal dye by the sworde, which say, The euil shal not come, nor hasten for vs.
11 In that day wil I raise vp theI wil send the
〈◊〉
promised and restore by him the spiritual Israél. tabernacleAct. 5. 16.
of Dauid, that is fallen downe, and close vp the breaches thereof, and I wil raise vp his ruines, & I wil buyld it, as in the dayes of olde
12 That they may possesse the remnant ofMeaning, that the very enemies as were the
〈◊〉
and others, shulde be ioyned with the Iewes in one societie &
〈◊〉
, whereof Christ shulde be the head Edóm, and of all the heathen, because my Name is called vpon them, saith the Lord, that doeth this.
13 Beholde, the daies come, saith the Lord, that the plowman shalSignifying that there shalbe great plenty of all thīgs so that when one kinde of frute is ripe, another shul de followe & eue rie one in course, Leu 26, 5. touche the mower, & the treader of grapes him that soweth sede: and the mountaines shalRead Ioél, 3, 18. droppe swete wine, & all the hilles shal melt.
14The accomplishement hereof is vnder Christ,
〈◊〉
they
〈◊〉
planted in his Church, our of the
〈◊〉
, they can neuer be pul led, after
〈◊〉
are once graffed therein. And I wil bring againe, the
〈◊〉
of my people of Israél: and thei shal buylde the waste cities, and inhabite them, and thei shal plant vineyardes, and drinke the wine there of: they shal also make gardens, and eat the frutes of them.
15 And I wil plant them vpon their land, and they shal no more be pulled vp againe out of their land, which I haue giuen them, saith the Lord thy God.
OBADIAH.
THE ARGVMENT.
THe Idumeans, which came of Esau, were mortal enemies alway to the Israelités, which came of Iaakób, & therefore did not onely vexe them continually with sondry kindes of crueltie, but also stirred vp others to fight against them. There fore when they were now in their greatest prosperitie, and did moste triumphe against Israél, which was in great affliction and miserie, God raised vp his Prophet to comfort the Israelites, for asn uche as God, had now determined to destroy their aduersaries, which did so sore vexe them, and to send them suche as shulde deliuer them, and set vp the
〈◊〉
of Messiáh which he had promised.
1 THe visiō of Obadiáh. Thus saith the Lord God against Edōm,God hathe certeinly reueiled to his Prophetes that he wil raise vp the heathē to destroy the
〈◊〉
, whereof the rumour is now punished, Ierem. 49. 14. We haue heard a rumor frō the Lord, & an ambassadour is sēt amōg the heathē: ari se, andThus theheathē incourage them selues to rise against Edom. let vs rise vp against her to battel.
2 Behold, I haue made thee smale among the heathen: thou art vtterly despised.
3 TheWhich despisest all others in respect of thy self & yet art
〈◊〉
anhād ful in comparisō of others, and art shut vp amōg the hilles as separate from the rest of the worlde. pride of thine heart hathe deceiued thee thou that dwellest in the cleftes of the rockes, whose habitaciō (is) hie, that saith in his heart, Who shal bring me downe to the grounde?
4 Yea thogh thou exalt thy self as the egle, & make thy nest among the starres, thence wil I bring thee downe, saith the Lord.
5God wil so de stroy them that he wil leaue none thogh theues whē they come, take but til they haue ynough, and they that gather grapes, euer leaue so me behinde them
〈◊〉
. 49, 9. Came theues to thee or robbers by night? how wast thou broght to silēce? wolde they not haue stollen, til they had ynough? if the grape gatherers came to thee, wolde thei not leaue (some) grapes?
6 How are the things of Esáu soght vp, (and) his treasures searched?
7 All the men of thy confederacieThey inwhom thou didest trust, for to haue helpe and friendship of thē shalbe thine enemies and destrov thee. haue driuen thee to the borders: the men that were at peace with thee, haue deceiued thee, (&) preuailed against thee: (thei that eat) thyThat is, thy familiar frinde and ghesles haue bv secretpractises de
〈◊〉
thee. bread, haue laid a wounde vnder thee: there is none vnderstanding in him.
8 Shal not I in that day, said the Lord, euen destroy the wise men our of Edóm, and vnderstanding from the mount of Esáu.
9 And thy stróg men, ô Temán, shalbe afraied because euerie one of the mount of Esáu shalbe cut of by slaughter.
10 For thy crueltie against thyHe sheweth the cause why the
〈◊〉
were so sharpely punished: to wit, because they were enemies to his Church, whome now he comforteth bv punishing their enemies. brother Iaakób, shame shal couer thee, and thou shalt be cut of for euer.
11 When thou stodestWhen Nebus chad=nezzár came against Ierusalem thou ioynedst with him & hadest part of the spoile, and so didest reioyce whē my people, that is thy brother were
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
as thou
〈◊〉
haue
〈◊〉
and holpen thy brother. on the other side, in the day that the strangers caryed away his substance, and strangers entred into his gates, and cast lottes vpon Ierusalém, euen thou wast as one of them.
12
〈◊〉
thou shuldest not haue beholden the day of thy brother, in the day that he was madeWhen the Lord
〈◊〉
them of their former dignitie and gaue them to be caryed into captiuitie. a stranger, nether shuld est thou haue reioyced ouer the children of Iudáh, in the daye of their destruction: thou shuldest not haue spokē proudely in the day of afflictiō.
13 Thou shuldest not haue entred into the gate of my people in the day of their destruction nether shuldest thou haue once loked on their afflictiō in the day of their destruction, nor haue laid hands on their substāce in the day of their destruction.
14 Nether shuldest thou haue stand in the cros se waies to cut of them, that shulde escape, nether shuldest thou haue shut vp the remnant thereof in the daie of affliction.
15 For the daieWhen he wit sommon all the
〈◊〉
, and send them to destroy thee. of the Lord (is) nere, vpon all the heathen: as thou hast done, it shal be done to thee: thy rewarde shal returne vpon
〈◊〉
head.
16 For as ye haueThat is, reioyced & triumphed. drunke vpō mine holy Mountaine, (so) shal all the heathen drinke con tinually: yea, thei shal drinke and swalowe vp & thei shal beThe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
shalbe vtterly de stroyed, and yet in despite of all the enemies I wil reserue my Church and
〈◊〉
re it. as thogh thei had not bene.
17 But vpon mount Zión shalbe deliuerance, and it shalbe holy, and the house of Iaak ob shal possesse their possessions,
18 And the house of Iaak ōb shalbeGod
〈◊〉
this power to consume
〈◊〉
enemies to his Church
〈◊〉
power is only is properto him self as Isa. 10 17. a fyre, & the house of Ioséph a flame, and the house of Esáu as stubble, and
〈◊〉
shal kindle in them and deuoure them: and there shal be no rem
〈◊〉
. 4. 24. nant of the house of Esáu for the Lord hath
〈◊〉
. 12. 28. spoken it.
19 And thei shal possesse the South side of theHe
〈◊〉
how
〈◊〉
Church shalbe inlarged and haue great possesions, but this chiefly is accomplished vnder Christ
〈◊〉
as the
〈◊〉
are made heires and lords of allthings by him which is their head. mount of Esáu: and the plaine of the Philistims, and they shal possesse the fieldes of Ephráim, and the fields of Samaria, and Beniamin (shal haue) Gilead.
20 And the captiuitie of this hoste of the children of Israél, which were among theBy the Canaani tes the Iewes meane the Dutche men, and by zarepháth. France, and by Sepharád, Spaine.
〈◊〉
(shal possesse) vnto Zarepháth,
and the captiuitie of Ierusalém, which is in Sepharád, shal possesse the cities of the South.
21 And theiMeaning that God wil raise vp in his Church suche as shal role & gouerne for the defence of the same, & destruction of his enemies vn der Messiáh, who me the Prophet calleth here the Lord & head of this kingdome. that shal saue, shal come vp to Mount Zión to iudge the mount of Esau, & the kingdome shalbe the Lords.
IONAH.
THE ARGVMENT.
WHen Ionáh had long prophecied in
〈◊〉
and had litle profited, God gaue him expresse charge to go; and denoun ce his iudgemēts against Niniuéh the chief citie of the Assyrians, because he had appointed, that
〈◊〉
whiche were of the heathen, shulde conuert by the mightie power of his worde, and that within thre daies preaching, that Israél might se how horribly thei had prouoked Gods wrath, which for the space of so many yeres, had not conuerted to the Lord for so many Prophetes and so diligent preaching. He prophecied vnder Ioash, and Ieroboam, as 2. King, 14. 25.
CHAP. I.
3 Ionáh fled when he was sent to preache. 4 A tempest ariseth, and he is cast into the sea for his disobedience.
1 THE worde of the Lord cameAfter that he had preached a long time in Israél: and so Ezekiél, after that for a time he had prophecied in Iu da, he had visions in Babylon, Ezek. 1. 1. also vnto Ionáh the sonne of Amittái, saying,
2 Arise, (and) go toFor seing the great obstination of the Israelites, he sent his Prophet to the Genti les that they might prouoke thē to repētance or at least make thē inexcusable: for Nineuéh was the chief citie of the Assyrians. Niniuéh, thatFor as autors Write, it
〈◊〉
in circuit about eight and
〈◊〉
mile and had a thousand & fyue hundreth
〈◊〉
, and at this time there were an
〈◊〉
& twentie thousand children therein, Chap. 4. 11. great citie, ād crye against it: for their wickednes is comevp before me.
3 But Ionáh rose vp toWhereby he declared his wea kenes, thatwolde not
〈◊〉
follow the Lords calling, but gaue place to his owne reason, which persuaded him that he shulde no thing at al profite there, seing he had doneso smale good among his owne people Chap. 4 2. flee into Tarshish frō the presence of the Lord, and went downe towhich was the hauen, and porte to take shiping thither, calledalso Ioppe. Iaphó: and he founde a ship going to Tarshish: so he paied the fare thereof, and went downe into it, that he might go with them vnto Tarshish, from theFrom that vocation where ūto God had called him, and wherein hewolde haue
〈◊〉
him. presence of the Lord.
4 But the Lord sent out a great winde into the sea, and there was a mightie tempest in the sea, so that the ship was like to be broken.
5 Then the mariners were afraied, and cryed euerie man vnto his god, and cast the wares that were in the ship, into the sea to lighten it of them: but Ionáh was gone downeAs one that wolde haue
〈◊〉
of this care, and solicitude by seking rest and quietnes. into the sides of the ship, and he laie downe, and was fast a slepe.
6 So the shipmaster cameto him, and said vnto him, What meanest thou, ô sleper! A rise, call vpō thyAs they had called on their idoles, which declareth that idolaters haue no stay nor certeintie, but in their troubles seke, thei can not
〈◊〉
to whome. God, if so be that God wil thin ke vpon vs, that we perish not.
7 And thei said euerie one to his felowe, Come, and let vs castwhich declared that the matter was in great extremitie, and don te, whiche thing was Gods monō in them for the trial of the cause: and this may not be done
〈◊〉
in matters of great importance. lottes, that we maie knowe, for whose cause this euil (is) vpon vs. So thei cast lots, and the lot fel vpon Ionáh.
8 Then said thei vnto him, Tel vs for whose cause this euil (is) vpon vs? what is thine occu pacion? and whence comest thou? which is thy countrei? and of what people art thou?
9 And he answered them, I am an Ebrew, and I feare the Lord God of heauen, which hath made the sea, and the drye land.
10 Then were the men excedingly afraid, and said vnto him, Why hast thou done this? [for the men knewe, that he fled from the presence of the Lord, because he had tolde them]
11 Then said thei vnto him, What shal we do vnto thee, that the sea maie be calme vntovs [for the sea wroght and was troublous]
12 And he said vnto them, Take me, and cast me into the sea: so shal the sea be calme vnto you: for I knowe that for my sake this great tempest (is) vpon you.
13 Neuertheles, the men rowed to bring it to the land, but thei colde not: for the sea wroght, and was troublous against them.
14 Wherefore thei cryed vnto the Lord, and said,This declareth that the very wicked in their
〈◊〉
slee vnto God for succour, and also that they are touched with a certein feare to shead
〈◊〉
blood, where as they knowe no manifest signe of wickednes. We beseche thee, ô Lord, we beseche thee, let vs not perish for this mans life, and laie not vpon vs innocent blood: for thou, ô Lord, hast done, as it pleased thee.
15 So thei toke vp Ionáh and cast him into the sea, and the sea ceased from her raging.
16 Then the menThey were touched with a certeine repentance of their life past, and began to worship the true God, by whome they sawe them selues so wonderfully deliuered: but this was done for feare and not of a pure heart and affection, nether according to Gods worde feared the Lord excedingly, and offred a sacrifice vnto the Lord, and made vowes.
17 Now the Lord had prepared a great fish to swalowe vp Ionáh: and Ionáh was in theThus the Lord wolde
〈◊〉
his Prophet with a moste terrible spectacle of death, and hereby also confirmed him of his fauour and support in this his charge which was
〈◊〉
him. belly of the fish thre daies, & thre nights.
CHAP II.
Ionáh is in the fish bely. 3 His prayer. 11 He is deliuered.
1 THen Ionáh praied vnto the Lord his GodBeing now swallowed vp of death, and seing no remedy to escape, his faith brast outvnto the Lord knowing that out of thevery
〈◊〉
he was able to deliuer him. out of the fishes belly,
2 And said, I cryed in mine affliction vnto the Lord, & he hearde me: out of the bellyFor he was now in the fishes belly as in a graue or place of darke nes. of hel cryed I, (and) thou heardest my voice.
3 For thou haddest cast me into the bottome in the middes of the sea, and the floods compassed me about: all thy surges, and all thy waues passed ouer me.
4 Then I said, I amThis declared what his prayer was, and how he laboured betwene hope and despayre,
〈◊〉
the neglect of his
〈◊〉
& Gods
〈◊〉
for the same:
〈◊〉
yet in the end faith gate the victorie. cast awaie out of thy sight yet wil I
〈◊〉
againe towarde thine holy Temple.
5 The waters
〈◊〉
passed me about vnto the soule: the
〈◊〉
closed me rounde about, & the wedes were wrapt about mine head.
6 I went downe to the bottome of the moun taines: the earth with her barres was about me for euer, yet hast thou broght vp myThou hast deliuered me from the belly of the
〈◊〉
and all these dāgers, as it were raising me from death to life. life from the pit, ô Lord my God.
7 When my soule fainted within me, I remem bred the Lord: and my praier camevnto thee into thine holy Temple.
8 Thei that waite vpon lyingThey that depend vpon any thing saue on God alone. vanities, forsake their owneThei refuse their owne
〈◊〉
& that goodnes which they shuld els receiue of God mercie.
9 But I wil sacrifice vnto thee with the voice
of thankesgiuing, and wil paie that that I haue vowed: saluacion (is) of the Lord.
10 And the Lord spake vnto the fish, and it cast out Ionáh vpon the drye land.
CHAP. III.
Ionáh is sent againe to Nineuéh, 5 The repentance of the King of
〈◊〉
1 ANd the worde of the Lord came vntoThis is a great declaration of Gods mercie that he receiueth him againe and
〈◊〉
fort has his Prophet which had before shewed so great
〈◊〉
. Ionáh the seconde time, saying.
2 Arise, go vnto Nineuéh that great citie, and preache vnto it the preaching, which I bid thee.
3 So Ionáh arose and went to Nineuéh according to the worde of the Lord: now Nineuéh was aRead. Chap 1. 1. great & excellent citie of thre daiesHe went for ward one
〈◊〉
in the citie,
〈◊〉
prea ched, and so he continued
〈◊〉
the citie was conuer
〈◊〉
. iourney.
4 And Ionáh began to entre into the citie a daiesHe went for ward one
〈◊〉
in the citie, and prea ched, and so he continued til the citie was conuer
〈◊〉
. iourney, and he cryed, and said, Yet fortie daies, & Nineuéh shalbe ouerthrowē.
5 So the people of NineuéhFor he declared that he was a Prophet sent to them from God to denounce his iudgements against them. beleued God and proclaimed a fast, and put on sackecloth from the greatest of them euen to the least of them.
6 For worde came vnto the King of Nineuéh, and he rose from his throne, ād he laied his robe from him, and couered him with sac ke cloth, and sate in asshes.
7 And he proclaimed and said through Nineuéh, [by the counsel of the King and his no bles] saying, Let nether man, norNot that the dumme beastes had sinned, or colde
〈◊〉
, but that by their example mā might be astonished cō
sidering that for his sinne the angre of God
〈◊〉
ouer all creatures. beast, bul locke nor shepe tast any thing, nether fede nor drinke water.
8 But let man and beast put on sacke cloth, andHe willed, that the men shulde earnestly
〈◊〉
vnto God for mercie. crye mightely vnto God: yea, let euerie man turne from his euil waie, and from the wickednes that is in their hands.
9For partely by the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
, &
〈◊〉
by the motion of his owne conscience he
〈◊〉
whether God Wolde shewe them mercie. Who can tel (if) God wil turne, and repent and turne awaie from his fierce wrath, that we perish not?
10 And God sawe theirThat is, the frutes of their repentance, which did procede of faith Which God had planted by the ministerie of his Prophet. workes that thei turned from their euil wayes: andRead
〈◊〉
18. 8. God repēted of the euil that he had said that he wolde do vnto them, and he did it not.
CHAP. IIII.
The great goodnes of God toward his creatures.
1 THerefore it displeasedBecause hereby he shulde be taken as a false pro phet, and so the Name of God, which he preached, shulde be blasphemed. Ionáh excedingly, and he was angrie.
2 And he praid vnto the Lord, and said, I praie thee, ô Lord, was not this my saying, when I was yet in my countrey? therefore I preuented it to flee vntoRead Chap. 1. 3. Tarshish: for I knew that thou art a gracious God, and merciful, slowe to angre and of great kindenes, and repētest thee of the euil.
3 Therefore now ô Lord, take, I beseche thee my lifeThus he praied of grief fearing lest Gods Name by this
〈◊〉
might be blas phemed as thogh he sent his Prophetes forthe to denounce his iud gemēts in vaine. frō me: for it is better for me to dye then to liue.
4 Then said the Lord, Doest thou wel to be
〈◊〉
thou be iudge whē I do things for my glo rie, and when I do not? angrie?
5 So Ionáh went out of the citie and sate on the East side of the citie, and there made him a boothe, and sate vnder it in the shadoweFor he douted as yet
〈◊〉
God wolde shewe them mercie or no: and therefore after fourtie dayes he dep
〈◊〉
out of the citie, loking what
〈◊〉
God wolde send til he might se what shulde be done in the citie.
6 And the Lord God prepared aWhich was a further meanes to couer him frō the heat of the
〈◊〉
, as he remained in his boothe. gourde, and made it to come vp ouer Ionáh, that it might be a shadowe ouer his head and deliuer him from his grief. So Ionáh was exceding glad of the gourde.
7 But God prepared a worme when the morning rose the next daie, & it smote the gourde, that it withered.
8 And when the sunne did arise, God prepared also a feruent East winde: and the sunne bet vpon the head of Ionah, that he fainted, and wished in his heart to dye, and said, It is better for me to dye, then to liue.
9 And God said vnto Ionáh, Doest thou wel to be angrie for the gourde? And he said, I do wel to beThis declareth the
〈◊〉
inconueniences where into Gods seruants do
〈◊〉
when they giue place to their owne affections and do not in all things
〈◊〉
submit them selues to God. angry vnto the death.
10 Then said the Lord, Thou hast had pitie on the gourde for the which thou hast not laboured, nether madest it growe, which came vp in a night, and perished in a night,
11 And shuldeThus God mer cifully reproueth him, which wolde
〈◊〉
him self and this gourde, and yetwolde restraine God to shewe his compassion to so
〈◊〉
nie thousand peo ple. not I spare Nineuéh that great citie, wherein areMeaning, that they were children, and infants. six score thousand persones, that can not discerne betwene their right hand, and their left hand, and (also) mu che cattel?
MICAH.
THE ARGVMENT.
MIcáh the Prophet of the tribe of Iudáh serued in the worke of the Lord, concerning Iudáh and Israél, at the least thirtie yeres: at what time Isaiáh prophecied. He declareth the destruction first of the one kingdome, and then of the other, because of their manifolde wickednes, but chiefly for their idolatrie. And to this end he noteth the wickednes of the people, the crueltie of the princes and gouernours, and the permission of the false prophetes, and the deliting in them Then he
〈◊〉
forthe the comming of Christ, his kingdome, and the felicitie thereof. This Prophet was not that Micáh which resisted Ahab, and all his false prophetes, as 1. King. 22. 8, but another of the same name.
CHAP. I.
1 The destruction of Iudáh and Israél because of their idolatrie.
1 THE worde of the Lord, that came vnto Micáh theBorne in Mares hàh a
〈◊〉
of Iudáh. Morashite in the dayes of Iothám, Aház, (&) Hezekiáh Kings of Iudah, which he sawe concerning Sa maria and Ierusalē.
2 Heare,Because of the malice, and obstinacie of the people whome he had so oft exhorted to repentance hesōmoneth thē to Gods iudgements taking all
〈◊〉
, & God him self to witnes, that the prea ching of his Prophetes which they haue abused, shal
〈◊〉
euenged. all ye people: hearken thou, ô earth, and all that therein is, an let the Lord God be witnes against you, (euen) the Lord from his
〈◊〉
Temple.
3 For beholde, the Lord cometh out of his place, and wil comeMeaning hereby that God wil come to iudgement against the strong cities and
〈◊〉
. downe, and tread vpō the hie places of the earth.
4 And the mountaines shal melt vnder him [so shal the valleis cleaue] as waxe before the fyre, (&) as the waters that are powred downe ward.
5 For the wickednes of Iaak ób (is) all this & for the sinnes of the house of Israél: what is the wickednes of Iaakob? Is notSamaria, which
〈◊〉
haue bene an example
〈◊〉
all
〈◊〉
of true religion and iustice was the puddle, and
〈◊〉
of all
〈◊〉
, and cor ruption, and boa
〈◊〉
them selues of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Samaria? and which are the hieThat is, the ido
〈◊〉
and infection. places of Iudáh? Is not Ierusalém?
6 Therefore I wil make Samaria as an heape of the field, (and) for the planting of a vineyarde, and I wil cause the stones thereof to tumbe do wne into the valley, and I wil disco uer the fundacions thereof.
7 And all the grauen images thereof shalbe broken, & allWhich they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
had inriched hē therewith for their
〈◊〉
them. the gifts thereof shalbe burnt with the fyre, and all the idoles thereof wil I destroye for she gathered it of the hyre of an harlot, and they shal returneThe gaine that came by their ido les, shalbe consumed as a thing of
〈◊〉
as the wages or riches of
〈◊〉
are wickedly
〈◊〉
so are they
〈◊〉
and spedely
〈◊〉
. to the wages of an harlot.
8 Therefore I wil mourne and houle: I wil go without clothes, and naked. I wil make lamentacion like the dragons, and mourning as the ostriches.
9 For her plagues are grieuous: for it is come into Iudáh: (the enemie) is come vnto the gate of my people, vnto
〈◊〉
.
10 Declare ye it not atLest the
〈◊〉
our cue.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
destruction. Gath, nether wepe ye for the house ofWhich was a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
wille
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Aphráh roule thy self in the dust.
11 Thou that dwellest atThese
〈◊〉
cities
〈◊〉
the enemie
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
he came
〈◊〉
. Shaphir, go together naked with shame: she that dwelleth at
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
not come forthe in the mourning of
〈◊〉
-
〈◊〉
(the enemie) shal
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for his
〈◊〉
. receiue of you for his standing.
12 For the inhabitant of
〈◊〉
waited for good,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
came from the Lord vnto theFor
〈◊〉
éh had shut vp Ierusalém, that thei colde not sēd to succour them. gate of
〈◊〉
.
13 O
〈◊〉
inhabitant of Lachish, binde the charet to the (beastes)To flee away: for
〈◊〉
laid siege first to that citie, and remained therein whē he sent his captaines, and armie against Ierusalém. of price: sheThou first
〈◊〉
the idolatrie of Ieroboám, and so didest
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
is the beginning of the sinne to the daughter of Zion: for the transgressions of Israél were founde in thee.
14 Therefore shalt thou giue presents to MoréshethTh us
〈◊〉
bribe the
〈◊〉
thy neighbours, but they shal deceiue thee, as wel as thei of Ierusalém. Gath: the houses of Achzib (shalbe) as a lie to the Kings of Israél.
15 Yet wil I bring anHe prophecieth against his owne citie, and because it
〈◊〉
an heritage, he saith that God
〈◊〉
send an
〈◊〉
to possesse it heire vnto thee, ô inhabitant of Maresháh, he shal come vnto Adul lám, For so they thoght them selues for the strength of their citie. the glorie of Israél.
16 Make thee balde: & shaue thee for thy delicate children: enlarge thy baldenes as the egle, for they are gone into captinitie from thee.
CHAP II.
1 Threatnings against the wanton and deintie people. 6 They wolde teache the Prophetes to preache.
1 WO vnto them, that imagine iniquitie, and worke wickednes vpon their bed des:Assone as they rise, they execute their wicked deuises of the night and according to their power hurt others. when the morning is light thei practise it because their handEbr.
〈◊〉
to power hathe power.
2 And they couer fields, and take them by violence, and houses, and take them away: so they oppresse a man and his house, (euen) man and his heritage.
3 Therefore thus saith the Lord, Beholde, against this familie haue I deuised a plague, whereout ye shal not plucke your neckes, and ye shal not go (so) proudly, for this time is euil.
4 In that day shal they take vp a parable against you, and lament with a dolful lamentacion, and say,Thus the Iewes lament and say that there is no hope of
〈◊〉
seing their possessions are diuided among the enemies. We be vtterly wasted: he hathe changed the porcion of my people: how hathe he taken it away to restore it vn to me? he hathe diuided our fields.
5 Therefore thou shalt haue none that shal cast a coard by lot inYe shal haue no more lands to diuide, as you had in times past, and as you vsed to measure them in the
〈◊〉
. the Congregacion of the Lord.
6 Thus the people warne the Prophetes that they speake to them no more: for they can not abide their
〈◊〉
tenings. They that prophecied, Prophecie ye notGod saith, that they shal not pro
〈◊〉
, nor receiue no more of their
〈◊〉
not
〈◊〉
. Thei shal not prophecie to them, nether shal they take shame.
7 O thou that art named the house of Iaakób is the Spirit of the Lord shortened?Are these
〈◊〉
workes accordîg to his Law? are these his workes? are not my wordes good vnto himDo not the godlie sinde my wordes comfortable? that walketh vprightly?
8 But he that wasThat is, a fore time. yester day my people, is risenvp on the other side, (as) against an enemie: they spoyle theThe poore can haue no commoditie by them, but they spoyle thē, as thogh they were enemies. beautiful garmēt from them that passe by peaceably, as thogh they returned from the warre.
9 The women of my people haue ye cast out from their pleasant houses, (and) from their children haue ye taken awayThat is,
〈◊〉
substance, and liuing, which is Gods
〈◊〉
, & as it were,
〈◊〉
of his glorie. my glorie cō
tinually.
10 Arise and departe, for this is not (your)Ierusalém shall not be
〈◊〉
sauegarde: but the
〈◊〉
of your
〈◊〉
uction. rest because it is polluted, it shal destroye (you,) euen with a sore destruction.
11That is, snewe him selfe to be a prophet If a mā walke in the Spirit, and wolde lie falsely, (saying,)He shewe h what
〈◊〉
they delite in: that is, in flatterers, whiche tel thē pleasant tales, and seapke of their commodities. I wil prophecie vnto thee of wine, and of strong drinke, he shal euen be the Prophet of this people.
12 I wil surely gatherTo destroye thee thee wholy, ô Iaakób: I wil surely gather the remnant of Israél: I wil put them together as the shepe of Bozráh, (euē) as the flocke in the middes of their folde: (the cities) shalbeful of brute of the men.
13 TheThe ennemie shal breake their gates, and walles, and lead them into Caldea. breaker vp shal come vp before thē: they shal breake out, & passe by the gate, and go out by it, and their King shal go before them, and the Lord (shal be)To driue them forwarde, and to helpe their enemies. vppon their heads.
CHAP. III.
1 Against the tvrannie of
〈◊〉
and false prophetes.
1 ANd I said, He are, I pray you, ô heads of Iaakób, and ye princes of the house of Israél: shulde not ye knoweThat thing whiche is iuste & lawful, both to gouerne my people aright, and also to discharge your owne conscience? iudgement.
2 (But) they hate the good, and loue the euil: thei plucke of their skinnes from them, & their flesh from their bones.
3 And they eate also theThe Prophet cō
demneth the wicked gouerners not onely of couerousnes theft, and
〈◊〉
ther, but cōpareth them to wolues, lyons, and moste
〈◊〉
beasts. fleshe of my people, and flay of their skinne from them, & their breake their bones, and chop them in pieces, as for the pot, and as fleshe within the caldron.
4 ThenThat is, when I shall visite theyr wickednes: for thogh I heare the
〈◊〉
before they crie, Isa. 65 24. yet I will not heare these thogh they
〈◊〉
, Isa.
〈◊〉
, 15. I am. 2. 13. 1. Pet. 3
〈◊〉
. shall they crye vnto the Lord, but he wil not heare them he wil euen hide his face from them at that time, because they haue done wickedly in their workes.
5 Thus saith the Lord, Concerning the Prophetes that disceiue my people, andThey deuoure all their substance, and then flatter them, promising that all shall go welt but if one resltaine from their bellies, then they
〈◊〉
all wayes to mischief. bite them with their teeth, and crye peace, but if a man put not into their mouthes, they prepare warre against him.
6 TherforeAs you haue loued to walke in darkenes & to pro phecielies so God shal rewarde you with grosse blindnes, and ignorāce, so that when all others shall se the bright beames of Gods graces,
〈◊〉
shal as blinde mē grope as in the night. night shal be vnto you for a vision, and darkenes (shalbe) vnto you for a diuination, and the sunne shall go downe ouer the Prophetes, and the daye shalbe darke ouer them.
7 Then shal the Seers be ashamed, and the sothesaiers confounded yea, they shall all couerVVhen God shal discouer thē to the worlde, they shal be
〈◊〉
to speak for all shal knowe that thei were but false prophetes, & did bely the, word of God. their lippes, for they haue none answer of God.
8 Yet not withstanding I am fullThe Prophet being
〈◊〉
of his vocatiō by the Spirit of God, serteth him self alone against all the
〈◊〉
ked,
〈◊〉
how God bothe gaue him gifces, habilitie, and knowledge to discetne betwene good and euill, and also constancie to reproue the sinnes of the people, and not to flatter them. of power by the Spirit of the Lord, and of iudgemēt and of strength to declare vnto Iaakób his transgression, and to Israél, his sinne.
9 Heare this, I praye you, ye heades of the house of Iaakób, and princes of the house of Israél: they abhorre iudgemēt, and peruert all equitie.
10 They buyld vp Zión withThey buylde them houses by
〈◊〉
, Whiche he calleth blood and iniquitie. blood, and Ierusalém with iniquitie.
11 The heads thereof iudge for rewardes, & the Priests therof teache for hyre, and the Prophetes there of prophecie for money: yet will theyThey will say, that they are the people of God, and abuse his Name as a pretence to cloke they
〈◊〉
. leane vpon the Lord, and say, Is not the Lord among vs? no euill cā come vpon vs.
12 Therefore shall Zión for your sake beRead Ieremiah, 16. 18. plowed (as) a field, and Ierusalém shall be an heape, and the mountaine of the house, as the hie places of the forest,
CHAP. IIII.
1 Of the kingdome of Christ, and felicitie of his Church.Chap. IIII.
1 BVt in theVVhen Christ shal come, and the Temple shalbe de stroyed. laste dayes it shall come to passe, that the mountaine of the House of the LORD shall be prepared in the top of the mountaines, and it shalbe exalted aboue theRead Isa. 2. 2. hilles, and people shall
〈◊〉
vnto it.
2 Yea, many nacions shal come & say, Come and let vs go vp to the Mountaine of the Lord, and to the House of the God of Iaakób, and he wilHe shew eth that thereis no
〈◊〉
Church but where as the people are taught
〈◊〉
Goddes pure worde. teach vs his waies, and we wil walke in his paths: for the Law shal go for the of Zión, and the worde of the Lord from Ierusalém.
3 And he shal iudge among many people, &By his
〈◊〉
and threatning she wil
〈◊〉
the people into subiection whiche are in the vtmost corners of the worlde. rebuke mightie nacions a farre of, & they shal breake their swordes into mattockes, and their speares intoThey shal
〈◊〉
from all cuyll doing, and exercise them selues in godsines and in well doing to others. sieths: nacion shal not lift vp a sworde against nacion, nether shal theyRead Isa. 9. 4. learne to fight any more.
4 But thei shal sit euery man vnder his vine, and vnder his fig tre, and none shall make them afraied: for the mouth of the Lord of hostes ha the spoken it.
5 For all people wil walkeHe
〈◊〉
that the people of God ought to remaine constant in theyr religion, albeit all the worlde shulde giue them selues to their
〈◊〉
and idolatrie. euery one in the Name of his God, and we wil walke in the Name of the Lord our GOD, for euer and euer.
6 At the same day, saith the Lord, will I gather her that halted, and I will gather her that is cast out, and her that I haue afflicted
7 And I will make her that halted,I will cause that Israel: Whiche is now as one lame and halting, and so almost destroied, shal liue againe and growe into
〈◊〉
great people. a remnant, and her that was cast farre of, a migh tie nacion: and the Lord shall rey gne ouer them in Mount Zión, from hence forth euē for euer.
8 And thou, ôMeaning Ierusalém where the Lords flocke was
〈◊〉
. to wre of the flocke, the strōg holde of the daughter Ziōn, vnto thee shal it come, euen
〈◊〉
florishing state of she kingdome, as it was vnder Dauid and Salomon, whiche thing was accomplished to the Churche by the cō
ming of Christ. the first dominion, (&) kingdome shall come to the daughter Ierusalē.
9 Now why doest thou crye out with lamentacion? (is)In the meaneses son he sheweth that they shulde indure great troubles and
〈◊〉
When they sawe them selues nether to haue King nor counsel. there no King in thee? is thy counseller perished? for sorow hathe taken thee, as a woman in trauail.
10 Sorow and mourne, ô daughter Zión, like a woman in trauail for now shalt thou go for the of the Citie, and dwell in the fielde, and shalt go into Babél, (but) there shalt thou be deliuered: there the Lord shal redeme thee from the hand of thine enemies.
11 Now also manye nacions are gathered against thee, saying, Zión shalbe condēned and our eye shall oke vpon Zión.
12 But theyHe she weth that the faithful ought not to measure Gods iudgements by the bragges & threatnings of the wicked, but therby are admonished to lifte vp their heartes to God to call for deliuerāce. knowe not the thoghts of the Lord: they vnderstand not his counsell, for he shall gather them as the sheaues in the barne.
13 Arise, and thresh,God giueth hys Church this victorie so oft as he ouer cometh theyr ennemies: but the accomplishement here of shalbe at the last comming of Christ. ô daughter Zión: for I wil make thine horne yron, and I wil make thine hooues brasse, and thou shalt breake in pieces many people: and I will cōsecrate their riches vnto the Lord, and theyr substance vnto the ruler of the whole worlde.
CHAP. V.
1 The destructiō of
〈◊〉
. 2 The excellēcie of
〈◊〉
.
1 NOw assemble thy garisons, ô daughterHe fore Warneth them of the dangers that shal
〈◊〉
, before thei enioy these comfortes, shewing that
〈◊〉
as Ietusa
〈◊〉
was
〈◊〉
with her
〈◊〉
to trouble others the Lord wolde now cause other
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
, and that her Rulers shulde be
〈◊〉
on the face moste cōtempteously. of garisós he hath laied siege against vs: they shal smite the iudge of Israél with a rodde vpon the cheke.
2 And thou Beth-léem Ephráthah artFor so the Iewes deuided their
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
for euery thousande there was a chief eaptaine: and because Bethléhē was not able to make a thousād, he calleth it
〈◊〉
, but yet
〈◊〉
will raise vp his
〈◊〉
& gouernour
〈◊〉
: & rhus it is not the least by reason of this benefite, as mat. 2. 6. litle to be among the thousands of Iudáh, (yet) out of thee shal he come for the vnto me, that shal be the ruler in Israél: whoseHe sheweth that the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
and all his waies were appointed of GOD from all
〈◊〉
. goings for the (haue bene) from the beginning (and) from euerlasting.
3 Therefore wil he giue them vp, vntill the time thatHe compareth the Iewes to women with childe, who for a tyme
〈◊〉
haue grèat
〈◊〉
, but at length they shuld haue a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Iohn. 16.
〈◊〉
. she which shal beare, shal trauail then the remnant of their brethren shal returne vnto the children of Israél.
4 And he shalThat is,
〈◊〉
kingdome shalbe
〈◊〉
and euerlasting,
〈◊〉
his people, aswel the
〈◊〉
as the Iewes shald wel in safetie. stand,
〈◊〉
fede in the strēgth of the Lord, (7) in the maiestie of the Name of the Lord his God, and they shal dwel stil for now shal he be magnified vnto the ends of the worlde.
5 And heThis
〈◊〉
shalbe a sufficient saue
〈◊〉
for vs, and thogh the ene mie inuade vs for a time, yet shal God
〈◊〉
vp
〈◊〉
whiche shal be able to deliuer vs. shal be (our) peace whē Asshūr shal come into our land: when he shall tread in our palaces, then shal we raise against him seuen shepherds, and eight
〈◊〉
men.
6 And they shall destroyeThese whome God shall
〈◊〉
vp for the
〈◊〉
of his Church shal destroy all the enemies thereof, whiche are
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
whiche were the
〈◊〉
at that time. Asshúr with the sworde, and the land of Nimród with their swordes: thus shall
〈◊〉
By these gouernours wil God deliuerer vs whē the ennemie cometh into
〈◊〉
land. deliuer (vs) frome Asshúr, when he cometh into our land, and when he shal tread within our borders.
7 And theThis remnant or Church which God shall deliuer, shal
〈◊〉
depend on Gods power and defense, as
〈◊〉
the grasse of the fielde, and
〈◊〉
on the hope of man. remnant of Iaakób shalbe amōg many people, as a dewe from the Lord, (&) as the showres vpon the grasse, that waiteth not for mā, nor hopeth in the sonnes of Adám.
8 And the remnant of Iaakób shal be amōg the Gētiles in the middes of many people, as the lyon among the beasts of the forest, (and) as the lyons whelpe among the flockes of shepe, who whē he goeth thorow, treadeth downe and teareth in
〈◊〉
, and none can deliuer.
9 Thine hand shal be lift vp vpon thine aduersaries, & all thine enemies shalbe cut of
10 And it shal come to passe in that day, saith the Lord, that I wil cut of thineI will: destroy all things wherein thou
〈◊〉
thy
〈◊〉
, as thy vaine confidence and
〈◊〉
and so will helpe
〈◊〉
. horses out of the middes of thee, and I wildestroy thy charets.
11 And I wil cut of the cities of thy land, and ouerthrowe all thy strong holdes.
12 And I will cut of thine in chanters out of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
: and thou shalt haue no more sothsayers.
13 Thine idoles also will I cut of, and thine images out of the middes of thee: and thou shalt no more worship the worke of thine hands.
14 And I wil pluck vp thy groues out of the middes of thee: so wil I destroy thine ennemies.
15 And I will execute a vengeance in (my) wrath and indignacion vpon the heathē,It shal be so terri ble that the like
〈◊〉
not bene heard of. whiche thei haue heard.
CHAP. VI.
An exbortacion to the dumme creatures to heare the iudgement against Israél being vnkinde 6 What maner of
〈◊〉
do please God.
1 HEarken ye now what the Lord saith, Arise thou, (and) contend (before) theHe taketh the hie mountaines & hard rockes to witnes against the
〈◊〉
of his people. moūtaines, & let the hilles heare thy voice
2 Heare ye, ô mountaines, the Lords quarel, and ye mightie fundaciōs of the earth: for the Lord hath a quarel against his people, and he wil pleade with Israél.
3 O my people, what haue I done vnto thee? or wherein haue I grieued thee? testifie against me.
4 Surely II haue not
〈◊〉
thee, but best wed infinite benefites vpon thee. broght thee vp out of the lande of Egypt, & redemed thee out of the house of seruants, & I haue sent before thee, Mosés, Aarón, and Miriám.
5 O my people, remember now what Balák King of Moáb had diuised, and what Balaā the sonne of Beor answered him, frō
That is, remēber my benefites from the begīning how I deliuered you from
〈◊〉
curse, and also spared you from
〈◊〉
, which was in the plaine of Moab till I broght you into the land
〈◊〉
. Shittim vnto Gilgál, that ye maye knowe theThat is, the
〈◊〉
of his promes and his manifolde benefites towarde you. righteousnes of the Lord.
6 Where withThus the people by hyp
〈◊〉
aske how
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
God and are
〈◊〉
: to offer
〈◊〉
, but will not change their
〈◊〉
. shal I come before the Lord, (&) bowe my selfe before the hie God? Shal I come before him with burnt offrings, (&) with calues of a yere olde?
7 Wil the Lord be pleased with thousands of rams, or which ten thousād riuers of oyle? shal I giue myThere is nothing so deare to man,
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
will offer
〈◊〉
vnto God, if they thinke thereby to auoyde his angers but they will neuer be
〈◊〉
to mortifie their owne affections and to gyue them selues willingly
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
god as he
〈◊〉
. first borne for my transgression, (euen) the frute of my bodie for the
〈◊〉
of my soule?
8 He hathe shewed thee, ô mā, what is good, and what the Lord requireth of thee:The Prophet in
〈◊〉
wordes
〈◊〉
them to the obseruacion of the seconde table, to
〈◊〉
if they wil obey God a ryght or no, saying that God hathe prescribed thē to do this surely to do iustely, and to loue mercie, & to humble thy self, to walke with thy God.
9 The Lords voyce cryeth vnto the
〈◊〉
, that whē God speaketh to any
〈◊〉
or natiō, the godly will acknowledge hys
〈◊〉
and consi der not the mortal man that bringeth the
〈◊〉
, but God that
〈◊〉
. citie, & the mā of wisdome shal se thy name: Heare the rod, and who hathe appointed it.
10 Are yet the treasures of wickednes in the house of the wicked, and the scant measure, that is abominable?
11 Shal I iustifie the wicked balances, and the bag of deceitful weights?
12 For the riche menThat is of Ierusalē
thereof are ful of crueltie, and the inhabitants thereof haue spoken lies, and their tongue (is) deceitfull in their mouth.
13 Therefore also will I make thee sicke in smiting thee, (&) in making (thee) desolate because of thy sinnes.
14 Thou shalt eat and not be satisfied, andThou
〈◊〉
be cōsumed with inward grief &
〈◊〉
thy casting downe (shalbe) in the middes of thee, & thouMeaning, that the citie shulde go about to saue her men, as they that lay holde on
〈◊〉
which
〈◊〉
wolde
〈◊〉
. shalt take holde, but shalt not deliuer: & that which thou deliuerest, wil I giue vp to the sworde.
15 Thou shalt sowe, but not reape: thou shalt treade the oliues, but thou shalt not anoint thee with oyle, and (make) swete wine, but shalt not drinke wine.
16 For theYou haue receiued all
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and idolatrie, where with the
〈◊〉
tribes were infected vnder
〈◊〉
and Ahab his sonne: and to excuse your doings, you all edge the Kings autoritie by his
〈◊〉
, and also wisdome and policie in so doing, but you shal not escape punishement, but as I haue
〈◊〉
you great fauour, and taken you for my people, so shal your plagues be accordingly,
〈◊〉
, 2 47. statutes of Omri are kept, and
all the maner of the house of Aháb, and ye walke in their counsels, that I shuld make thee waste, and the in habitants thereof an hissing therefore ye shalbe are the reproche of my people.
CHAP. VII.
1 A complaint for the smale
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
, 4 The wickednes of these times. 14 The
〈◊〉
of the Church.
1 WO is me, for I am asThe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vpon him the persone of the
〈◊〉
, which
〈◊〉
that all her
〈◊〉
gone so that none is left that is, that there is no godlie man remaining for all a egiuen
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
tie and
〈◊〉
, so that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his owne brother. the somer gatherings, (and) as the grapes of the vintage: there (is) no cluster to eat my soule desired the first ripe
〈◊〉
.
2 The good mā is
〈◊〉
out of the earth and there (is) none righteous among men:He
〈◊〉
that the prince, the iudge and the riche man are
〈◊〉
together, all to do
〈◊〉
and to cloke the doings one of another. thei all lie in waite for blood: euerye man hunteth his brother with a net.
3 To make good for the euil of (their) hāds, the prince asked, & the iudge (iudgeth) for are warde: therefore theThat is, the
〈◊〉
man that is able to giue money,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
from no wikednes
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
greate man he speaketh out the corruptiō of his soule: soThese men agre among thē
〈◊〉
and conspire with one consent to do
〈◊〉
. they wrap it vp.
4 The best of them (is) asThey
〈◊〉
are of moste estimation and are counted most honest amōg them, are but thor nes and
〈◊〉
to pricke, a
〈◊〉
, and the most righteous of them (is sharper) then a thorne hedge the daye ofMeaning of the Prophetes and
〈◊〉
. thy watchmen (and) the visitacion cometh: then shalbe their confusion.
5 Trust ye not in a friend, nether put ye cōfidēce in a
〈◊〉
: kepe the dores of thy mouth from her that lieth in thy bosome.
6 For the sonne reuileth the father: the daughter riseth vp against her mother the daughter in law against her mother in law, (and) a mans enemies (are) the men of hys owne house.
7 ThereforeThe
〈◊〉
sheweth that the onely remedy for the godlie in
〈◊〉
euils
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
flee vnto God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
cour. I wil loke vnto the Lord: I wil waite for God my Sauiour: my GOD will heare me.
8 Reioyce not against me,This is spoken in the persone of the Church which calleth the malignant Churche
〈◊〉
enemie. ô mine enemie: thogh I fall, I shall arise: when I shall sit in darknes, the Lord (shal be) a light vnto me.
9 I wil beare the wrath of the Lord because I haue sinned against him, vntill he pleade my cause, and execute iudgement for me: (then) wil he bring me for the to the light, (and) I shal se his righteousnes.
10 Then she that is mine ennemie, shall loke vpon it, and shame shal couer her, whiche said vnto me, Where is the Lord thy God? Mine eies shal behold her now shal she be troden downe as the myre of the
〈◊〉
.
11 (This is)To
〈◊〉
, when God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
him self a
〈◊〉
of his
〈◊〉
and a
〈◊〉
of his enemies. the day, that thy walles shal be buylt: this day shal driue farre awayMeaning, the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the Baby
〈◊〉
. the decre.
12 In this day also they shal come vnto thee fromVVhen the
〈◊〉
shalbe
〈◊〉
stored, they
〈◊〉
were enemies a sore shal come
〈◊〉
of all the
〈◊〉
of the world vnto her, so that
〈◊〉
holdes,
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
shalbe able to let them.
〈◊〉
, and (from) the strong cities and from the strong holdes euen vnto the riuer, and from the sea to sea, and (from) mountaine to mountaine.
13 Not withstanding, the land shalbe desolate because of them that dwel therein (and) for the frutes ofA fore this
〈◊〉
ce appeare, he
〈◊〉
how
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, them
〈◊〉
shal be punished, seing that the
〈◊〉
self, which
〈◊〉
not
〈◊〉
ne
〈◊〉
made
〈◊〉
because of their
〈◊〉
. their inuentions.
14 The Prophet prayeth to God to be me
〈◊〉
vnto his
〈◊〉
, when they
〈◊〉
be
〈◊〉
tered
〈◊〉
as
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
places
〈◊〉
Babylon and to be beneficial vnto them as in time past. Fede thy people with thy rod, the flocke of thine heritage [which dwell
〈◊〉
in the wood] (as) in the middes of
〈◊〉
: let them fede in Bashán and Gileád, as in olde time.
15 God promiseth to be fauorable to his people as he had
〈◊〉
a fore time. According to the dayes of thy comming out of the land of Egypt, will shewe vnto thee marueiious things.
16 The
〈◊〉
shal se, and be confounded for all their power: they shalThey
〈◊〉
as
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
men and dare
〈◊〉
no more. laye their hand vpon their mouth:They shalbe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
to heare men
〈◊〉
, lest they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. their eares shal be deafe.
17 They shalThey shal
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
on the
〈◊〉
for
〈◊〉
. sicke the dust licke a serpent thei shal moue out of their holes like wor mes they shalbe afraide of the Lord our, God, and shal feare because of thee.
18 Who is a God like vnto thee, that taketh away iniquitie, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
he wolde not se it, but winke at it. passeth by the transgression of the remnant of his heritage! He
〈◊〉
not his wrath for euer, becau se mercie pleaseth him.
19 He
〈◊〉
againe (and) haue compassiō vpon vs he wil
〈◊〉
our iniquities, and cast allMeaning of his elect. their sinnes into the bottome of the sea.
20 Thou wilt performe (thy)The
〈◊〉
is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
God wil
〈◊〉
in effect the trueth of his merciful promes, which he had made of
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
all that shulde apprehende the
〈◊〉
by
〈◊〉
. trueth to Iaakôb, (and) mercie to Abrahám, as thou hast sworne vnto our fathers in olde time.
NAHVM
THE ARGVMENT.
AS they of Nineuéh shewed them selues prompt and ready to receiue the worde of God at Ionahs preaching, and so turned to the Lord by repentance so after a certeine time rather giuing them selues to
〈◊〉
meanes to increase their dominion, then seking to continue in the feare of God and trade wherein they had begonne they cast of the care of religion and so turned to their
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
Gods iuste iudgement
〈◊〉
them, in afflicting his people. Therefore their citie Nineuéh was destroyed, & Meroch-
〈◊〉
King of Babél, or as some thinke Nebuchad-nezzar, enioved the empire of the
〈◊〉
. But because God hathe a continual care of his Church, he
〈◊〉
vp his Prophet to cō
fort the godlie
〈◊〉
that the destruction of their enemies shulde be for their consolation And as it semeth he prophe
〈◊〉
about the time of
〈◊〉
, and not in the time of
〈◊〉
his sonne, as the Iewes write.
CHAP. I.
Of the destruction of the Assyrians, and of the deliuerance of Israél.
1 THeRead
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. burden of Nineuéh.The
〈◊〉
or
〈◊〉
, whiche God commanded Nahum to write concerning the Ni neuites. The boke of the vision of Nahū theThat is, botne of a poore village in the
〈◊〉
of Simeō
Elkeshite.
2 God (is)Meaning, of his glorie. ielous, & the Lord reuengeth: the Lord reuēgeth: euen the LordVVith his he is but
〈◊〉
for atime, but his angre neuer aswageth toward the reprobat, thogh for
〈◊〉
he deferre it. of angre, the Lord wil take vengeance on his aduersaries, and hereserueth (wrath) for his enemies.
3 TheThus the wicked wolde make Gods mercie an occasiō to
〈◊〉
, but
〈◊〉
Prophet willeth them to consider his force & iustice. Lord (is) slowe to angre, but (he is) greate in power, and will not surely cleare (the wicked:) the Lord (hathe) his waye in the whirle winde, and in the storme, and the cloudes (are) the dust of his fete.
4 He rebuketh the sea, and dryeth it, and he dryeth vp all the riuers: Bashán is wasted and Carmél, and the floure of Lebanón is wasted.
5 The mountaines tremble for him, and the hilles melt, & the earth is burnt at his sight, yea, the worlde, and all that dwell therein.
6If all creatures be
〈◊〉
Gods commandement and none
〈◊〉
to resist his
〈◊〉
, shall man flatter him self and thinke by anie meanes to escape when he prouoketh his God to
〈◊〉
Who can stand before his wrath? who can abide in the fiercenes of his wrath? his wrath is powred out like fyre, and the rockes are broken by him,
7 The Lord is goodLest the faithful shuld be discouraged by hearing the power of God, he sheweth thē that his mercies
〈◊〉
vnto them, and that he hathe
〈◊〉
ouer them. (and) as a strong holde in the day of trouble, and he knoweth thē that trust in him.
8 But passing ouer (as) with a flood, he will vtterly destroye the
〈◊〉
ing, that God wil suddenly destroye
〈◊〉
, and the Assyrians in such sort as thei shall
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
darkenes, and neuer recouertheir
〈◊〉
againe. place thereof, and darkenes shal pursue his enemies.
9 What doyeHe sheweth that the enterprises of the Assyrians against Iudah and the Church,
〈◊〉
againste God, and therfore he wolde so destroy them at once, that he shuld not nede to returne the secōdetime. imagine against the LORD? he wil make an vtter destruction: affliction shal not rise vp the seconde time.
10 For (he shal come as) vntoThogh the
〈◊〉
thinke them selues like
〈◊〉
that pricke on all sides, yet the Lord wil set fyre on thē & as
〈◊〉
unken men are not able to stand against anye force, so thei shalbe nothing able to resist him. thornes folden one in another, and as vnto drunkards in their drunkennes: thei shalbe deuoured as
〈◊〉
fully dryed.
11 Therê VVhiche maye be vnderstād
〈◊〉
of Saneherib, or of the whole body of the people of
〈◊〉
. cometh one out of thee that imagineth euill againste the Lord, (euen) a wicked counselour,
12 Thus saith the Lord, Thogh thei beThogh they thinke them selues in moste
〈◊〉
, and of greatest strength yet when God shal passe by, he will destroye them: not withstanding he
〈◊〉
his Church and promiseth to make an ende of punishing them by the Assyrians. *
〈◊〉
. 52. 7. Rom 10. 15. quiet, and also manie, yet thus shal they be cut of whē he shal passe by: thogh I haue afflicted thee, I wil afflict thee no more.
13 For now I
〈◊〉
breake his yoke from thee, and wil burst thy bondes in sondre.
14 And the Lord hathe giuen a commandement cōcerning thee, that no more of thy name beMeaning Saneherib,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
haue no more children,
〈◊〉
be
〈◊〉
in the house of his gods, 2. King. 19. 35. sowen: out of the house of thy Gods wil I cut of the grauen, and the moltē image: I wil make it thy graue for thee, for thou art vile.
15 * Beholde vpon the mountaines the fete of him that declareth, & publisheth
〈◊〉
peace the
〈◊〉
shulde enioy by the death of Saneherib. peace ô Iudáh, kepethy solēne feastes, performe thy vowes: for the wicked shall no more passe through thee: he is vtterly cut of.
CHAP. II.
He describeth the victories of the Caldeans against the Assyrians.
1 THe That is
〈◊〉
is in a redines to de stroye the Assyrians: and the Pro phet
〈◊〉
the enterprises of the Assytians which prepared to resist him. destroyer is come before thy face kepe thy munition, loke to the way: make (thy) loynes strong: increase (thy) strength mightely.
2 For the Lord hatheSeing God
〈◊〉
punished his owne people Iudah and Israèl he wil now punish the enemies by whome he scourged them, read Isa. 10. 12. turned away the glorie of Iaak ób, as the glorie of Israél: for the emptiers haue emptied them out, &Signifying, that the Israelites were
〈◊〉
destroyed marred their vine branches.
3 The shield of his mightie men is made red:Bothe to feare the: enemie, and also that they themselues shuld not so sone espie blood oneof another to discourage them. the valiant men are in skarlet: the charrets (shalbe as) in the fyre (and) flames in the day of his preparation andMeaning, their speares shulde shake and cras he together. the firre trees shal tremble.
4 The charets shal rage in the stretes: thei shal runne to & fro in the hie wayes, thei shal seme like lampes: they shal shote like the lightning.
5Then the Assyrians shal seke by all meanes to gather their power, but all things snal faile them He shal remember his strong men: they shal stumble as they go they shal make ha ste to the walles thereof and the defense shalbe prepared.
6 The gates of the riuers shalbe opened, & the palace shal melt.
7 And Huzzáh (the Quene) shalbe led away captiuitie, and her maides shal leade (her) as with the voyce of doues, smiting vpon their breasts,
8 But Nineuéh isThe Assyrians which flatter thē selues and say that Nineueh is so ancient that it can neuer perish, and is as a fi shpoole, whose waters they that
〈◊〉
on the banckes cā not touche, but they
〈◊〉
scattered, and shal not loke backe thogh men wold call them. of olde like a poole of wa ter, yet they shal flee away. Stand, stand, (shal they crye) but none shal loke backe,
9God commandeth the
〈◊〉
to spoile Nineueh, & promiseth thē infinite riches, and treasures. Spoile ye the siluer, spoyle the golde: for there is none end of the stone (and) glorie of all the pleasant vessels.
10That is, Nineuêh and the man
〈◊〉
shalbe after this
〈◊〉
. She is emptie and voyde and waste, and the heart melteth, and the knees smite together, and sorow is in all loines, and the facesRead
〈◊〉
. 2. 6. of them all gather blackenes.
11 Where is theMeaning
〈◊〉
whose inhabi tans were cruel like the
〈◊〉
and giuen to all oppres sion and sparedno violence or
〈◊〉
to prouide for their wiues, and children. dwelling of the lyōs, and the pasture of the lyons whelpes? where the lyon (and) the lyonesse walked (and) the lyons whelpe, and none made thē afraied.
12 The lyon did teare in pieces ynough for his whelpes, and woryed for his lyonesse, and filled his holes with praye, and his dennes with spoyle.
13 Beholde, I (come) vnto thee, saith the Lord of hostes, and I wil burne her charrets in theThat is assone asmy wrath beginneth to kindle. smoke, and the sworde shal deuoure thy yong lyons, and I wil cut of thy spoile from the earth, and the voice of thySignifying the heraldes, which were accustomed to proclame warre Some read of thy gumme tethe where with
〈◊〉
was wont to bruse the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
. messengers shal no more be heard.
CHAP. III.
1 Of the fall of Nineuéh. 8 No power can escape the hand of God.
1 OBloodie citie, it is all ful of lies (and) robberie:It neuer ceaseth to spoile & robbe. the pray departeth not:
2 The noyce of a
〈◊〉
,He sheweth how the Caldeans shal haste, & how couragious their horses shalbe in beating the groū
de when they come against the
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. & the noyce of the mourning of the wheles, & the beating of the horses, and the leaping of the charrets
2 The horsemā lifteth vp bothe the bright
sworde, and the glitering speare, and a mul titude (is) slaine, and the dead bodies (are) manie: there (is) none end of their corpses: they stumble vpon their corpses.
4 Because of the multitude of the fornications of theHe
〈◊〉
Nineuéh to an
〈◊〉
which by her
〈◊〉
tie and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
yong mē, and bringeth them to destruction. harlot that is beautifull, and is a maistresse of witchcraft, and selleth the people thorowe her whoredome, and the nations thorowe her witchcraftes.
5 Behold, I (come) vpon thee, saith the Lord of hostes, and wil discouer thy skirtes vpō thy face, and wil she we the nations thy filthines, and the kingdomes thy shame.
6 And I wil cast filth vpō thee, & make thee vile, and wil set thee as a gasing stocke.
7 And it shal come to passe that all thei that loke vpon thee, shal flee from thee, & say, Nineuéh is destroyed, who will haue pitie vpon her? where shal I seke comforters for thee?
8 Art thou better thē
Meaning, Alexā dria, whiche was in league with so manie nacions, &
〈◊〉
was now
〈◊〉
. No, (which was) full of people? that laye in the riuers, and (had) the waters rounde about it? whose ditche was the sea, (&) her wal (was) from the sea?
9 Ethiopia and Egypt (were) her strength & there (was) none end. Put and Lubim were
〈◊〉
, thine, her helpers.
10 Yet was she caryed away, (and) went into captiuitie: her yong childré also were dashed in pieces at the head of all the stretes & thei cast lottes for her noble men, & all her mightie mē were bound in chaines.
11 Also thou shalt be drunken: thou shalt hide thy self, and shalt seke helpe because of the enemie.
12 All thy strong cities (shalbe like) figtrees with the first ripe figs: for if thei be shakē, thei fall into the mouth of the eater.
13 Beholde, thy people within thee (are) women: the gates of thy land shalbe opened vnto thine enemies, (and) the fyre shall deuoure thy barres.
14 Drawe thee waters for the
〈◊〉
: fortifie thy strong holdes go into the claye, and temper the morter: make strong bricke.
15 There shal the fire deuoure thee: the sword shal cut there of it shal eat thee vp like theSignifying,
〈◊〉
Gods iudgements shulde suddenly destroye the Assyrians, as these
〈◊〉
are with
〈◊〉
or
〈◊〉
of wether. locustes, (thogh) thou be multiplied like the locustes, (and) multiplied like the grashopper.
16 Thou hast multiplied thy marchāts aboue the starres of heauen: the locuste spoileth and flieth a waie.
17 Thy princes (are) as the grashoppers, and thy captaines as the greate grashoppers whiche remaine in the hedges in the colde day: (but) when the sunne ariseth, thei flee a waie and their place is not knowē where thei are.
18 ThyThy princes and counselours. shepherdes do slepe, ô King of Asshúr: thy strong men lie downe: thy people is scattered vpon the mountaines, and no man gathereth (them.)
19 There is no healing of thy wounde: thy plague is grieuous: all that heare the brute of thee, shal clappe the hands ouer thee: for vponMeaning,
〈◊〉
there was no people, to whome the Assyrians had not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. whome hathe not thy malice passed continually?
HABAKKVK.
THE ARGVMENT.
THe Prophet complaineth vnto God, considering the great felicitie of the wicked, and the miserable oppression of the godlie, which indure all kinde of affliction & crueltie, and yet can senone end. Therfore he had this
〈◊〉
shewed him of God, that the Caldeans shulde come and take thē awaie captiues, so that thei colde loke for none end of their troubles as yet, because of
〈◊〉
stubbernes and rebellion against the Lord. And lest the godlie shuld despaire, seing this horrible confusion, he comforteth them by this that God wil punish the Caldeans their enemies, when their pride and crueltie shalbe at height: wherefore he
〈◊〉
the faithfull to pacience by his owne exaumple, and sheweth them a forme of prayer, wherewith they shulde comfort them selues.
CHAP. I.
2 A complaint against the wicked that persecute the iust.
1 THe burden, whiche Habakkúk the Prophet did se.
2 O Lord, how long shal I crye, and thou wilt not heare! (euē) crye out vnto theeThe Prophet
〈◊〉
God & be waileth that among the Iewes is left none
〈◊〉
nor brotherlie
〈◊〉
: but in stead hereof reygneth crueltie, theft, contention and
〈◊〉
. forviolence, and thou wilt not helpe!
3 Why doest thou shewe me iniquitie, and cause me to beholde sorowe for spoyling, and violence (are) before me: and there are that raise vp strife and contention.
4 Therefore the Law is dissolued, and iudgement doeth neuer go forthe: for the wicked doethTo suppresse him if any shuld shewe him selfe zealous of Gods cause. compasse about the righteous: thereforeBecause the iudges which shulde redresse this exces se are as euill as therest. wrong iudgement procedeth.
5 Beholde among the heathen, and regarde, and wonder, (and) marueil: for I will worke a worke in your daies:As in times past you wold not beleue Gods worde, so
〈◊〉
ye not now beleue the
〈◊〉
plagues which are
〈◊〉
. ye will not beleue it, thoght it be tolde you.
6 For lo, I raise vp the Caldeās, that bitter and
〈◊〉
nacion, which shall go vpō the breadth of the lande to possesse the dwelling places, (that are) not theirs.
7 Thei are terrible and feareful:They thē
〈◊〉
shall be your iudges in this cause, & none shal haue
〈◊〉
ouer thē to controlle them. Zeph. 3. 3. their iudgement and their dignitie shal procede of them selues.
8 Their horses also are swifter thē the Leopards, and are more fierce then the wolues in the * euening: and their horsemen are many: & their horsemen shal come frō farre thei shal flie as the egle hasting to meate.
9 They come all to spoyle: before their faces (shalbe) anFor the Iewes moste feared
〈◊〉
winde, because it destroyed their frutes. Eastwinde, and they shall gather the captiuitie,They shalbe so many in nomber. as the sand.
10 And thei shal mocke the Kings, and the princes (shalbe) a skorne vnto them:
〈◊〉
shal deride euery strong holde: for thei
〈◊〉
gatherThey shall caste vp mountes against it. dust, and take it.
11 Then shall theiThe Prophet cō
forteth the faithful that God will also
〈◊〉
the Babylo niās, because they
〈◊〉
abuse this victorie and become
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the praise hereof to their
〈◊〉
. take a courage, & transgresse & do wickedly, (imputing) this their power vnto their God.
12 Art not thou of olde, ô Lord my God mine
holy one? we shallHe assureth the godly of Gods, pro cection, shewing that the enemie
〈◊〉
do no more of thē God hath appointed, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
their sinnes required suche a sharpe rod. not dye: O Lord, thou hast ordeined thē for iudgement, & ô God, thou hast established them for correction.
13 (Thou art) of pure eies, & canst not se euil: thou cāst not behold wickednes: wherfore doest thou loke vpon the trāsgressors, (&) holdest thy tōgue when the wicked deuou reth the mā, that is more rig hteousthē he?
14 And makest men as theSo that the great deuoureth the smale and the Caldeans destroye all the worlde. fishe of the sea, (and) as the creping things, that haue no ruler ouer them.
15 Thei take vp all with the angle: they catche it in their net, & gather it in their yarne, whereof they reioyce and are glad.
16 Therefore they sacrifice vnto theyrMeaning, that the enemies
〈◊〉
them
〈◊〉
& gloriein their owne force, power, wit. net and burne incēse vnto their yarne, because by them their porcion (is) fat and theyr meat plenteous.
17 Shal theitherefore stretche out their net & not spare cōrinually to slayMeaning, that they shulde not. the naciōs?
CHAP. II.
2 A vision. 5 Against pride, couetousnes, drunkennes, and
〈◊〉
.
1 I Wil stand vpon myI will renounce mine owne iudge ment, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
on God to be instructed what I
〈◊〉
answer
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ching,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
all
〈◊〉
. watche, and set me vpon the towre, and will loke & se what he wolde say vnto me, and what I shall answer to him that rebuketh me.
2 And the Lord answered me, & said, Write the vision, and make it plaine vpon tables, that he may runne
〈◊〉
it in great
〈◊〉
, that he that
〈◊〉
, maye read it. that readeth it.
3 For the visiō (is) yet for an appointed time, but at the last it shal speake, & not lie: thogh it tary, waite: for it shal surely come, (and) shal not stay.c
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of the enemie, & the comfort of the Churche: whiche thing thogh God execute not according to mās hastie affections, vet the yssue of bothe is certaine at his time appointed.
4 Beholde,To truste in him self or in
〈◊〉
thing, is
〈◊〉
to be quiet: for the
〈◊〉
rest isto stay vpō God, by faith, Rom. 1, 17. Galat. 2. 11 Ebr 10. 38. he that lifteth vp him selfe, his minde is notvpright in him, but the iuste shal liue by his faith.
5 Yea, in dede the proude man (is as) he that trāsgresseth by wine:He cōpareth the
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to a drunkard that is without reason & sense whome God will punish, and make him a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to all the worlde and thys he speaketh for the comfort of the godly, and against the Caldeans. therfore shal he not endure, because he hath enlarged his desire as the hel, and is as death, and cā not be satisfied, but gathereth vnto him all naciōs and he a peth vnto him all people.
6 Shal not all these take vp a parable against him, and a tanting prouer be agaynst him, & say, Ho, he, that increaseth (that which is) not his?Signifying, that all the world shal wish the destruction of
〈◊〉
, & that by their
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
thei heape but vpon them
〈◊〉
more
〈◊〉
burdens: for the more they get, the more are they troubled. how long? and he that ladeth him self with thicke claye?
7 ShalThat is, the Medes and Persians, that shulde destroye the Babylonians? they not rise vp suddenly, that shal bite thee? and awake, that shall stirre thee? and thou shalt be their pray?
8 Because thou hast spoiled manie nations, all the remnant of the people shall spoyle thee, because of mens blood, and for the wrong (done) in the land, in the citie, & vnto all that dwell therein.
9 Ho, he that coueteth an euil couetousnes to his house, that he may set his nest on hie, to escape from the power of euil.
10 ThouSignifying, that the couetous man is the ruine of his owne house, when as he
〈◊〉
to enriche it by
〈◊〉
and oppression. hast consulted shame to thine owne house, by destroying manie people, and hast sinned against thine owne soule.
11 For theThe stones of the house shal crye, & say that they are buylt of blood, & the wood shal answer and say the same of itself. stone shall crye out of the wall, & the beame out of the timber shal answer it.
12 Wo vnto him that buyldeth a towne with blood, and erecteth a citie by iniquitie.
13 Beholde, is it not of theMeaning, that God wil not defer re his vengeance long, but wil come and destroye all their labours, as thogh they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
with fire. Lord of hostes that the people shal labour in the very fire the people shall euen wearye them selues for very vanitie.
14 For the earth shalIn the destructiō of the Babyloniās his glorie shal appeare through all the worlde. be filled with the know ledge of the glorie of the Lord, as the waters couer the sea.
15 Wo vnto him that giueth hys neyghbourHe reprocheth thus the King of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
as he was
〈◊〉
with couetousnes and crueltie, so he prouoked others to the same and
〈◊〉
them by his rage, and so in the ende broght them to shame. drinke: thou ioynest thine heate, & makest (him) drunken also, that thou maist se their priuities.
16 Thou arte filled with shameVVhere as thou thogh est to haue glorie of these thy doings, they shall turne to thy shame for thou shalt drinke of the same cup with others in thy
〈◊〉
. for glorye: drinke thou also, and be made naked: the cuppe of the Lords right hād shal be turned vnto thee, and shameful spuing (shalbe) for thy glorie.
17 For theBecause the Baby lonians were cruel not only agaynste other nacions, but also against the people of GOD, which is ment by Lebanon, and the
〈◊〉
therein, he sheweth that the like cruelue shalbe executed against them. crueltie of Lebanón shall couer thee: so shal the spoile of the beastes, which made them afraide, because of mēs blood, and for the wrong (done) in the land, in the citie, and vnto all that dwell therein.
18 What profiteth theHe sheweth that the Babylonians Gods
〈◊〉
nothing auaile them: for they were but blockes or stones,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. 10, 8. image? for the maker there of hathe made it an image, and a teacher of lies, thogh he that made it, truste therein, when he maketh dumme idoles.
19 Wo vnto him that saith to the wood, Awake (&) to the dūme stone, Rise vp, it shal teach thee:If thou wilt consider what it is, and how that it hathe nether breath nor life, but is a dead thing. be holde, it is laide ouer with golde and siluer, and there (is) no breath in it.
20 But the Lord (is) in his holie Tēple: let all the earth kepe silence before him.
CHAP. III.
2 A praier for the faithful.
1 A Praier of Habakkúk the Prophet for theThe Prophet instructeth his people to praye vnto God not only for their great sinnes, but also for
〈◊〉
they had committed of ignorance. ignorances.
2 Thus the people were afraied whē they heard Gods threatenings, and praied. O Lord, I haue heard thy voyce, (and) was afraide: ô LORD, reuiue thyThat is, the state of thy Churche which is now ready to perish before it come to half a perfect age which shulde be vnder Christ. worke in the middes of the people, in the middes of the yeres make it knowen: in wrath remember mercie.
3 God commeth fromTeman and Paran were
〈◊〉
Sinai where the law was giuē: whereby is signified that his deliuerance was as present now as it was then. Temán, and the holie one from mounte Parán, Seláh. His glorie couereth the heauens, and the earthe is ful of his praise.
4 And (his) brightnes was as the light:VVhere by is ment a power, that was ioyned with his brightnes, which was hid to the rest of the worlde, but was reueiled in Mount Sinaito his people, Psal. 31. 19. he had hornes (coming) out of his hands, and there was the hiding of his power.
5 Before him went the pestilence, and burning coles went for the before his fete.
6 He stode and measured the earthe: he be helde and dissolued the nacions and the euerlasting moūtaines were brokē, (&) the ancient hilles did bowe: hisSignifying that God hathe wonderfull meanes, and euer had a marueilous power when he wolde delyuer hys Church. wayes (are) euerlasting
7 For (his) iniquitie I sawe the tentes of Cug The
〈◊〉
of this king of Syria in vexing thy peo ple was made ma nifest by thy iudgement, to the comfort of thy Church. Iud. 1. 10. & also of the
〈◊〉
nites, which destroied them selues, Iudg. 7, 22. sháh (and) the curtaines of the land of Midiān did tremble.
8 Was the Lord angrie against theMeaning that God was not angrie with the waters, but that by this meanes he wolde destroy his enemies & deliuer his Church. riuers? was thine angrie against the floods? or was thy wrath against the ssa, thou didest rideAnd so didest vse all the
〈◊〉
as instruments for the destruction of thine enemies. vpon thine horses? thy charettes broght saluacion.
9 ThyThat is, thy power. bowe was manifestely reueiled (and) theFor he had not onely made a couenant which Abraham, but renu edit with hisposteritie. othes of the tribe (were) asure worde, Séláh, thouRead Nō. 20. 11. didest cleaue the earth with riuers.
10 The mountaines sawe thee & they trēbled the streame of the waterHe alludeth to the red sea &
〈◊〉
, which gaue passage to Gods people, and shewed signes of their obedience, as it were by
〈◊〉
vp of their hands. passed by: the de pe made a noise, and lift vp his hand on hie
11 TheAs appeareth Iosh. 10.
〈◊〉
. sunne (and) moonestood stil in (their) habitacion?According to thy commandement the sunne was directed by the weapons of thy people, that foght in thy cause as thogh it durst not go for ewarde at the light of thine arrowes thei wét (and) at the bright shining of thy speares.
12 Thou trodest downe the land in angre (&) didest thresh the heathen in displeasure.
13 Thou wentest for the for the saluacion of thy people (euen) for saluation with thineSignifying that there is no saluation, but by Christ Anointed thou hast wounded the head of the house of the wicked, and discoueredst the fundations vnto theFrom the top to the toe thou hast destroyed the enemies. necke, Séláh.
14 Thou didestGod destroyed his enemies bothe great and sma le with their owne weapons thogh they were neuer so
〈◊〉
against his Church. stricke thorowe with his one owne staues the heades of his villages: they came out as a whirlewinde to scatter me: their reioycing (was) as to deuoure the poore secretly.
15 Thou didest walke in the sea with thine hor ses vpon the heape of great waters.
16 When IHe returneth to that which he spake in the 2 ver. and sheweth how he was afraide of Gods iudgements. heard, my belie trembled: my lippes shoke at the voyce: rottennes entred into my bones, and I trembled in my selfe, that I might rest ī
He sheweth that the faithful can neuer haue true rest except they fele before the weight of Gods iudgement. the day of trouble (for) when he cometh vpThat is, the enemies but the godlie shal turne to good vnto them. vnto the people, he shal destroy them.
17 For the figtre shal not florish, nether shal frute (be) in the vines: the labour of the oli ue shal faile, and the fieldes shal yelde no meat: the shepe shalbe cut of fró the folde, and there shalbe no bullocke in the stalles.
18 But I wil reioyce in the Lord: I wil ioyHe declareth wherein
〈◊〉
the comfort and ioy of the faithful, thogh theise neuer so great afflictions prepared. in the God of my saluation.
19 The Lord God (is) my strength: he wil make my fete like hindes (fete) and he wil ma ke me to walke vpon mine hie places,The chief singer vpon the instrumentes of musicke shal haue occasion to praise God forth is great
〈◊〉
ce of his Church. To the chief singer on Neginothái.
ZEPHANIAH.
THE ARGVMENT.
SEing the great rebellion of the people, and that there was now no hope of amendement, he denounceth the great iudgement of God, which was at hand shewing that their countrei shulde be vtterly destroied, and they caried away
〈◊〉
by the Babylonians. Yet for the comfort of the faithful he prophecied of Gods vengeance against their enemies, as the Philistims Moabites Assyrians and others, to assure them that God a continnal care ouer them. And as the wicked shulde be punished for their sinnes and transgressions: so he exhorteth the godlie to pacience, and to trust to finde mercie by reason of the fre promes of God made vnto Abraham, and therefore quietly to abyde til God shewe them the effect of that grace
〈◊〉
. King. 22. 1. whereby in the end they shulde be gathered vnto him, and counted as his people and children.
〈◊〉
King. 21. 19.
CHAP. I.
4 Threatnings against Iudàh and Ierusalém, because of their idolatrie.
1 THe worde of the Lord. which came vnto Zephaniáh the sonne of Cushi, the sonne of Gedaliáh, the sonne of Amariáh, the sonne of Hizkiah, in the daies of * Iosiáh, the sonne of * Ammón King of Iudáh.
2 I wil surely destroy all things from of the Iand, saith the Lord.
3 I wil destroy man and beast: I wil destroy the
〈◊〉
God was angrie which these dumme crea tures, but because man was so wicked for whose cause they were created God maketh them to take parte of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
him foules of the heauen, and the fish of the sea, and ruines (shalbe) to the wicked, & I wil cut of man from of the land saith the Lord.
4 I wil also stretche out mine hand vpō Iudah, and vpon all the inhabitants of Ierusalém, and I wil cut of the remnant of Báal from this place, and the names of theVVhich were an order
〈◊〉
superstitions men
〈◊〉
ted to minister in the seruice of Baal and were as his peculiar chapelens read 2. King. 23. 5 hosea 10. 5. Che marins with the Priestes.
5 And thē that worship the hoste of heauen vpon the house toppes, & thē that worship and sweare by the Lord, and byHe alludeth to their
〈◊〉
Molech, which was forbidden Leu 20 2. yet they called him their king & made him as a god: therefore he here noteth them that wil bothe
〈◊〉
they worship God, & wil sweare by idoles and
〈◊〉
thē which halting is here cōdem ned, as Ezek. 20, 39
〈◊〉
. 17. 13. Malchám.
6 And them that are turned backe from the Lord, and those that haue not soght the Lord, not inquired for him,
7 Be stil at the presence of the Lord God: for the day of the Lord is at hand, for the Lord hathe prepared a sacrifice (and) hathe sanctified his ghestes.
8 And it shalbe in the day of the Lord sacrifice, that I wil visite the princes & the
〈◊〉
children, and all suche as are clothed withMeaning the
〈◊〉
which did imitate the strange apparel of other nacions to winne their fauour thereby, and to appeare glorious in the eyes of all other read. Ezek 23 14. strange apparel.
9 In thee same day also wil, I visit all those thatHe meaneth the seruantes of the ru lers which inuade other mens houses and reioyce and leape for ioy whē they can get any pray to
〈◊〉
their master with all. dance vpon the thresholde so proud ly, which fil their masters houses by crueltie and deceit.
10 And in that day, saith the Lord, there (shalbe) a noyce (&) crye from theSignifying that all the corners of the citie of Ierusa lém shulde be
〈◊〉
of trouble. fish gate, & an howling from the seconde (gate) and a great destruction from the hilles.
11 Howleye inhabitants ofThis is ment of the strete of the marchantes which was lower then the rest of the place about it. the lowe place for the companie of the marchants, is destroied: all thei that bare siluer, are cut of.
12 And at that thine wil I searche Ierusalém withSo that nothing shal escape me. lightes, and visite the men that are forsē
By their
〈◊〉
tie they are barde ned in their wic kednes. in their dregges, & say in their hearts The Lord wil nether do good nor do euil.
13 Therefore their goods shalbe spoiled, and their houses waste: * thei shal also buyldeDeut 28. 30. houses, but not inhabit (them,) and theiamoe.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
shal plant vineyardes, but not drinke the wine thereof.
14 The great day of the Lord (is) nere: it (is) nere, and hasteth greatly (euen) the voyce the day of the Lord,They that trusted i their owne strength and contemned the Prophets of God. the strong man shal of crye there bitterly.
15 * That day (is) a day of wrath a day of trou ble and heauines, a day of destruction andIer. 30. 7. desolation, a day of obscuritie and darkenes,ioél 2. 11. a day of cloudes and blackenes.amos. 5 18.
16 A day of the trumpet and alarme againstEzek. 7. 19. the strong cities, & against the hie towres.Chap. 3. 8.
17 And I wil bring distres vpon men, that thei shal walke like blinde men, because thei haue sinned against the Lord, & their blood shalbe powred out as dust, and their flesh as the dongue.
18 * Nether their siluer nor their golde shal be able to deliuer them in the day of the Lords wrath, but the * whole land shal be deuoured by the fyre of his ielousie: for he shal make euen a spedieriddance of all thē that dwell in the land.
CHAP. II.
He moueth to returne to God. 5 Prophecying destruction against the Philistims, Moabites and others.
1 GAtherHe exhorteth them to repentan ce & willeth thē to descend into them selues and gather them selues together, lest they be scattered like chasse. your selues, euen gather you, ô nacion not worthy to be loued,
2 Before the decre come forthe (and ye be) as chasse that passeth in a day (and) before the fierce wrath of the Lord come vpon you.
3 Seke ye the Lord all the meke of the earth whichThat is which haue liued vp righ tly and godly according as he pre
〈◊〉
by his worde. haue wroght his iudgement seke righteousnes, seke lowlines, if so be that ye may be hid in the day of the lords wrath
4 ForHe comforteth the saithful in that that God wolde change his punish ments from them vnto the
〈◊〉
their enemies, and other nacions. Azzáh shalbe for saken, and Ashkelón desolate: thei shal driue out Ashdód at the none day, & Ekróm, shal be rooted vp
5 Wo vnto the inhabitants of the seaThat is,
〈◊〉
: by these nations he meaneth the people that
〈◊〉
. nere to the Iewes and in stead of friendship were
〈◊〉
enemies ther fore he calleth thē
〈◊〉
whome the Lord appointed to be slaine. coast the nacion of the Cherethims, the worde of the Lord (is) against you ô Canáan, the land of the Philistims, I wil euē destroy thee without an inhabitant.
6 And the sea coast shalbe dwellings (&) cotages for shepherdes and shepefoldes.
7 And the sea coast shalbe for theHe sheweth why God wolde destroy their enemies, because their
〈◊〉
might be a
〈◊〉
place for his Church. remnant of the house of Iudáh, to fede there vpon: in the houses of Ashkelón shal thei lodge towarde night: for the Lord their God shal vi fite them, and turne away their captiuitie,
8 I haue heard the reproche of Moáb, and the
〈◊〉
of the childrē of Ammón, whe reby they vpbraided my people, andThese nacions
〈◊〉
to take
〈◊〉
the Iewes that countrey which the Lord had giuen them. magnified them selues against their borders.
9 Therefore, as I liue, saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél, surely moáb shal be as Sodóm; and the children of Ammón as Gomoráh (euen) the breeding of nettels and salt pittes, and a perpetual desolation: the residue of my folke shal spoile them, & the remnant of my people shal possesse them.
10 This shal thei haue for their pride because thei haue reproched and magnified them selues against the Lord of hostes people.
11 The Lord (wil be) terrible vnto them:VVhen he shal deliuer his people and destroy their enemies and idoles, his glorie shal shine throughout all the worlde. for he wil consume all the gods of the earth: and euerie man shal worship him from his place (euen) all the yles of the heathen.
12 Ye Morians also shalbe slaine by my sworde with them:
13 And he wil stretche out his hād against the North, and destroy Asshúr, and wil make Nineuéh desolate (and) waste like a wildernes.
14 And flockes shallet in the middes of her, and all the beastes of the nacions and theRead Isa. 34. 11. pellicane, and theOr,
〈◊〉
. owle shal abide in the vpper postes of it: the voyce (of birdes) shal sing in the windowes (&) desolations (shalbe) vpon the postes for the cedres are vncouered.
15 This isMeaning, Nine ueh which reioycing so muche of her strength and
〈◊〉
, shulde
〈◊〉
made
〈◊〉
and Gods people deliuered. the reioycing citie that dwelt car relesse, that said in her heart. I am, and the re (is) none besides me: how is she made waste, and the Iodging of the beastes! euerie one that passeth by her, shal hisse and wagge his hand.
CHAP. III.
4 Against the gouerners of Ierusalém. 8 Of the calling of all the Gentiles. 13. A comfort to the
〈◊〉
of Israél.
1 WO to her that is filthy and polluted, to the robbingThat is
〈◊〉
citie.
2 She heard not the voyce: she receiued notEzek. 22. 27. correction: she trusted not in the Lord: shemic. 3 11. drue not nere to her God,Habak. 1. 8.
3 Her prīces within her (are) as roaring * liōs her iudges (are) as * wolues in the euening, whichThey are so
〈◊〉
that they eat vp bones and all. leaue not the bones til the morowe
4 Her prophetes are light (and) wicked persones: her priests haue polluted the Sāctuarie: they haue wrested the Law,
5 TheThe wicked thus boasted that God was euer among them but the Prophet answereth that that can not excuse their wickednes for God wil not beare with their sinnes: yet that he, did paciently abide and
〈◊〉
his Prophetes continually to call them to repē
tance, but he profited nothing. iust Lord (is) in the middes thereof: he wil do none iniquitie: euery morning doeth he bring his iudgement to light, he faileth not but the wicked wil not learne to be ashamed.
6 I haueBy the destruction of other nations he sheweth that the Iewes shulde haue learned to feare God. cut of the nations: their towres are desolate: I haue made their streates waste, that none shal passe by their cities are destroyed without man (and) without inha bitant.
7 I said, Surely thou wilt feare me: thou wilt receiue instruction: so their dwelling shulde not be destroied how so euer I visited thē butThey were most earnest and ready to do wickedly. they rose early (&) corrupted all their workes.
8 ThereforeSeing ye wil not
〈◊〉
you shal loke for my vengeance aswel as other nations. waite ye vpō me, saith the Lord vntil the daye that I rise vp to the pray: for I am determined to gather the nacions, and that I wil assemble the kingdomes to powre vpon them mine indignacion (euē) all my fierce wrath: for all the earth shalbe deuoured with the fyre of my ielousie.
9 Surely
〈◊〉
any shulde thinke them that Gods glorie shuld haue perished when Iudah was destroyed, he
〈◊〉
that he wil publish his grace through all the worlde. then wil I turne to the people a pure langage, that they may all call vpō the Name of the Lord, to serue him with one consent."Ebr. without
〈◊〉
as Hos. 6. 9
10 From beyonde the riuers of Ethiopia,
theThat is, the Iewes shal come aswelas the Gētiles: which is to be vnderstād vnder the time of the Gospel. daughter of my dispersed, praying vn to me, shal bring me an offring.
11 In that daye shalt thou not be ashamed forFor they shal ha ue ful
〈◊〉
of their sinnes: and the hypocrites which boasted of the Temple, which was also thy pride in time past, shal be taken from thee, all thy workes, wherein thou hast trāsgressed against me: for thē I wil take away out of the middes of thee them that reioyce of thy pride, and thou shalt no more be proude of mine holie Mountaine.
12 Then wil I leaue in the middes of thee an humble and poore people: and thei shal trust in the Name of the Lord.
13 The remnant of Israél shal do none iniqui tie, nor speake lies: nether shal a deceitful tongue be founde in their mouth: for they shalbe fed, and lie downe, and none shal ma ke them afraid.
14 Reioyce, ô daughter Zión: be ye ioyful, ô Israél: be glad and reioyce with all (thine) heart, ô daughter Ierusalém.
15 The Lord hathe taken a way thyThat is, the punishment for thy sinne. iudgements he hathe cast out thineAs the
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
, Egyptiās, and other nations enemie the King of Israél, (euen) the Lord (is) in the middes ofTo defende
〈◊〉
as by thy sinnes thou hast put him away and left thy selfe naked, as Exod. 32, 25. thee: thou shalt se no more euil
16 In that day it shalbe said to Ierusalém, Feare thou not, ô Zión: let not thine hands be faint.
17 The Lord thy God in the middes of thee (is) mightie: he wil saue, he wil reioyce ouer thee with ioye: he wil quiet him self inSignifying, that God deliteth to shewe his loue & great affection to ward his Church. his Ioue: he wil reioyce ouer thee with ioye.
18 After a certeine time wil I gather the afflicted that were of thee, (and) them that bare the reproche forThat is, thē that were had inhatred & reuiled for the Church & becàuse of their religion. it.
19 Beholde, at that time I wil bruise all that afflict thee, & I wilI wil deliuer the church which now is afflicted, as Micàh 4, 6. saue her that halteth, and gather her that was cast out, and I wil get them praise and fame in all theAs among the Assyrians & Caldeans which did mocke thē and put them to shame. lands of their shame.
20 At that time wil I bring you againe, and then wil I gather you: for I wil giue you a name and a praise amōg all people of the earth, when I turne backe your captiuitie before your eyes, saith the Lord.
HAGGAI
THE ARGVMENT.
WHen the time of the seuentie yeres captiuitie prophecied by Ieremiáh, was expired, God raised vp Haggai, Zechariah and, Malachi to comforte the Iewes and to exhorte them to the buylding of the Temple, which was a figure of the spiritual Temple and Church of God, whose perfection and excellencie stode in Christ. And because that all were gi uen to their owne pleasures and commodities, he declareth that that plague of famine, which God sent then among them, was a iuste rewarde of their ingratitude, in that they contemned Gods honour, who had deliuered them. Yet he comforteth them, if they wil returne to the Lord, with the promes of greater felicitie, for asmuche as the Lord wil finish the worde that he hathe begonne, and send Christ whome he had promised, and by whome they shulde atteine to perfite ioy and glorie.
CHAP. I.
1 The time of the prophecie of Haggái. 8 An exhortation to buylde the Temple againe.
1 IN the second yere of KingVVho was the sonne of Hystaspis and the third King of the Persians, as some thinke. Darius, in the sixt moneth, the first day of the moneth, came the worde of the Lord [by the ministerie of the Prophet Haggái] vntoBecause the buyl ding of the Temple began to cease by reason that the people were discouraged by their enemies: and if he set wonotable mē had nede to bestired vo &
〈◊〉
of their dueties, what shal we thinke of other go uernours whose doings are ether against God, or very colde in his cause? Zerubbabél the sonne of Shealtiél, a prince of Iudáh, and to Iehoshúa the sonne of Iehozadák the hie Priest, saying,
2 Thus speaketh the Lord of hostes, saying, This people say, The time is not yet come,Not that they cō demned the building thereof, but thei preferred policie, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to religion being
〈◊〉
with smale beginings. that the Lords House shulde be buylded.
3 Then came the worde of the Lord by the ministerie of the Prophet Haggái, saying.
4 Is it time for your selues to dwell in yourShewing that they soght not one ly their
〈◊〉
but their very pleasures before Gods honour? filled houses, and this House lie wast?
5 Now therefore thus saith the Lord of hostes, Consider your owne waies in your hearts.
6 Consider the pla gues of God vpon you for preferring your policies to his religion, & because ye seke not him first of all. Ye haue sowen muche, and bring in litle ye eat, but ye haue not ynough: ye drinke, but ye are not filled: ye clothe you, but ye be not warme and he that earneth wages putteth the wages into a broken bagge.
7 Thus saith the Lord of hostes, Consider your owne waies in your hearts..
8 GoMeaning, that they shulde leaue of their owne cō
modities, and go forwarde in the buylding of Gods Temple and in the setting for the of his religion. vp to the mountaine, & bring wood, and buylde this House, andThat is, I wil heare
〈◊〉
praiers according to my promes, 1 King. 8, 21. I wil be fauo-rable in it, and I wilThat is, my glorie shal be set forthe by you. be glorified, saith the Lord.
9 Ye loked for muche, and lo, it (came) to litle: and when ye broght it home, I did bloweAnd so bring it to nothing. vpon it. And, why, saith the Lord of hostes? Because of mine House that is waste, and ye returne euery man vnto his owne house.
10 Therefore the heauen ouer you staied it self from dewe, and the earth staied her frute.
11 And I called for a drought vpon the land, and vpon the mountaines, and vpon the corne, and vpon the wine, and vpon the oyle, vpon (all) that the grounde bringeth forthe: bothe vpon men and vpon cattel, and vpon all the labour of the hands.
12 When Zerubbabél the sonne of Shealtiél and Iehoshúa the sonne of Iehozadák the hie Priest with all the remnāt of the people heard theThis declared that god was the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
, & that he
〈◊〉
but the
〈◊〉
as Exod. 14. 1. iud 7, 20. oct 15. 28. voyce of the Lord their God, and the wordes of the Prophet Haggái [as the Lord their God had sent him] then the people did feare before the Lord.
13 Then spake Haggái the Lords messenger in the Lords message vnto the people,
saying, I am with you, saith the Lord.
14 And the Lord stirred vpWhich declareth that mēare vnapt & dul
〈◊〉
serue the Lord,
〈◊〉
can thei
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
wor de or
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
before God
〈◊〉
forme their
〈◊〉
and giue thē, new spirits. Ioh. 6. 44. the spirit of Zerubbabél, the sonne of Shealtié a prince of Iudáh, and the spirit of Iehoshúa the sō ne of Iehozadák the hie Priest, & the spirit of all the remnant of the people, and they came, & did the worke in the House of the Lord of hostes their God.
CHAP. II.
He sheweth
〈◊〉
the glorie of the
〈◊〉
Temple shal
〈◊〉
the first.
1 IN the foure and twentieth daye of the sixt moneth, in the secōde yere of King Darius,
2 In the seuenth (
〈◊〉
, in the one & twen tieth (day) of the moneth, came the worde of the lord by the ministere of the prophet Haggái, saying.
3 Speake now to Zerubbabél the sonne of Shealtiél prince of Iudáh, and to Iehoshúa the sonne of Iehozadák the hie Priest, and to the residue of the people saying,
4 Who is left among hou, that sawe thisFor the
〈◊〉
according as Isa, 32. 11, and ezek. 41. 1, had prophecied, thoght this Temple shulde haue be ne more excellent
〈◊〉
Salomós Temple, whiche was destroied by the
〈◊〉
, but the Prophets ment the spiritual Temple, the Church of Christ. House in her first glorie, and now do you se it now? Is it not in your eyes, in compari son of it as nothing?
5 Yet now be of good courage, ô
〈◊〉
él, saith the Lord, & be of good comfort, ô Iehoshúa, sonne of Iehozadák the
〈◊〉
Priest: and be strong, all ye people of the land, saith the Lord, andThat is, go
〈◊〉
in buylding the Temple. do it: for I am with you, saith the Lord of hostes,
6 (According) to the worde that I couenāted with you, whē ye came out of Egypt: so my Spirit shal remaine amōg you, feare ye not
7 For thus saith the Lord of hostes,He exhorteth
〈◊〉
to pacience thogh they se not as yet this Temple so glo rious as the Prophets had declared for this shulde be accomplished in Christ by whome all things shulde be renued. Yet a litle while, and I wil shake the heauen and the earth, and the
〈◊〉
, and the drye land:
8 And I wil moue all nacions, andMeaning, Christ whome all ought
〈◊〉
loke for and de
〈◊〉
by desire, he may
〈◊〉
all
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
as:
〈◊〉
and suche
〈◊〉
. the desire of all nacions shal come, and I wil fil this House with glorie, saith the Lord of hostes
9 TheTherefore when his time cometh he can make all the
〈◊〉
of the worlde to serue his purpose: but the glorie of this seconde Temple
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
stand in material
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
can
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. siluer (is) mine, and the golde (is) mine, saith the Lord of hostes.
10 The glorie of this last House shalbe greater then the first, saith the Lord of hostes: and in this place wil I giueMeaning,
〈◊〉
, spiritual blessings
〈◊〉
felicitie purchased by Christ, Phil 4, 7. peace, saith the Lord of hostes.
11 ¶ In the foure and twentieth (day) of the ninth moneth, in the seconde yere of Darius, came the worde of the Lord vnto the Prophet Haggài, saying,
12 Thus saith the Lord of hostes, Aske now the Priests (concerning) the Law, and say.
13 If one beareThat is, the flesh of the
〈◊〉
: whereby he signi
〈◊〉
that that thing, which of it self is
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
not make
〈◊〉
thing so, and there fore
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to iustisie
〈◊〉
selues by their sacrifi ces & ceremonies: but
〈◊〉
he that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and not
〈◊〉
of heart,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
tho se things and make
〈◊〉
detestable vnto God which
〈◊〉
are good and godlie. holy flesh in the
〈◊〉
of his garment, and with his skirt do touche the bread, or the potage, or the wine, or oyle, or any meat, shal it be holy? And the Priests answered and said, No.
14 Then said Haggai, If a polluted persone touche any of these, shal it be vncleane? And the Priests answered, and said, It shal be vncleane.
15 Thē answered Haggái, and said, So is this people, and so is this nacion before me, saith the Lord: and so (are) all the workes of their hands, and that which they offre here, is vncleame.
16 And now, I pray you, consider in your mindes from thisConsider how God
〈◊〉
plague you with
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
you
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. day, and afore, (euen) afore a stone was laid vpon a stone in the Temple of the Lord:
17 Before these things were,That is,
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
was
〈◊〉
. when one came to an heape of twentie (measures,) the re were but ten when one came to the wine presse for to drawe out fiftie (vessels) out of the presse, there were but twentie.
18 I smote you with blasting, and with mildewe, and with haile, in all the labours of your hāds: yet you (turned) not to me, saith the Lord.
19 Consider, I pray you, in your mindes frō
From the time they began to
〈◊〉
de the Temple, he promiseth that God wolde
〈◊〉
them:
〈◊〉
a
〈◊〉
as yet the
〈◊〉
was not come
〈◊〉
, yet in
〈◊〉
gathering they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. this day, & a fore from the foure & twentieth day of the ninth (moneth, euen) srom the day that the fundacion of the Lords Temple was laid cōsider it in your mindes.
20 Is theHe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to pacience and to abide til the
〈◊〉
came, & then they shulde se
〈◊〉
blessings. seed yet in the barne? as yet the vines, and the figtre, and the pome granate, and the oliue tre hathe not broght forthe: from this day wil I blesse (you).
21 And againe the worde of the Lord came vnto Haggái in the foure & twētieth (day) of the moneth, saying,
22 Speak to Zerubbabél the prince of Iudáh, & say, II wil make a change and
〈◊〉
all
〈◊〉
in Christ of whome zerubbabel
〈◊〉
is a
〈◊〉
. wil shake the heauens & the earth,
23 And I wil ouerthrowe the throne of kingdo mes, & I wil destroy the strēgth of theHereby he sheweth that there shalbe no let
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
when God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
tion of his Church kingdomes of the heathen, & I wil ouerthrowe the charets, and those that ride in them, and the horse & the riders shal come downe euerie one by the sworde of his brother,
24 In that day, saith the Lord of hostes, wil I take thee, ô Zerubbabél my seruant, the sonne of Shealtiél, saith the Lord, and wil make thee as a Signifying that his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
be most excellent, which thing was accomplished in
〈◊〉
. signet: for I haue chosen thee, saith the Lord of hostes.
ZECHARIAH
THE ARGVMENT.
TWo moneths after that Heggái had begonne to prophecie, Zechariáh was also sent of the Lord to helpe him in the labour, and to confirme the same doctrine. First therefore he putteh them in remembrance, for what cause God had so so re punished their fathers: and yet comforteth them if they wil repent vnfainedly, and not abuse this great benefite of God in their deliuerance, which was a figure of that true deliuerance, that all the faithful shulde haue frō death and sinne by Christ. But because they stil remained in their wickednes and coldenes to set forthe Gods, glorie, and were not yet made better by their long banishement, he rebucketh them moste sharpely: yet for the comfort of the, repentant,
〈◊〉
euer
〈◊〉
the promes of grace that they
〈◊〉
by this meanes be prepared to receiue Christ, in whome all shulde be sanctified to the Lord.
CHAP. I.
2 He
〈◊〉
the people to returne to the Lord, and to eschewe the wickednes of their fathers. 36 He signifieth the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
and the temple.
1 IN the eight moneth of the seconde yere ofVVho was the sonne of Hystaspis Darius, came the worde of the Lord vntoThis was not that
〈◊〉
, whereof is mencion. 2. Chro. 24. 20 but had the same name, and is
〈◊〉
the sonne of Berechiah as he was because he came of those pro
〈◊〉
as of Ioia da or
〈◊〉
& Iddo. Zechariáh the sonne of Be rechiáh, the sóne of Iddo the Prophet, saying.
2 The Lord hathe beneHe speaketh this to feare thē with Gods iudgements that they shulde not prouoke him as their fathers had done whome
〈◊〉
so grieuously punished. sore displeased with your fathers,
3 Therefore say thou vnto them, Thus saith the lord of hostes,Let your
〈◊〉
declare that you are Gods
〈◊〉
& that he hathe wroght in you by his
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
you: for els man hathe no power to turne to God but God most conuert
〈◊〉
, as
〈◊〉
. 31. 18, Iam.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. Turne ye vnto me, saith the Lord of hostes, and I wil turne vnto you saith the Lord of hostes.
4 Be ye not as your fathers, vnto whome the formerIsa. 21. 8 & 11. 6, & 45. 21. iere. 3. 12. Prophets haue cryed, saying, Thus saith the Lord of hostes, Turne you now from your euil wayes, & from your wicked workes but they wold not heare, nor hear ken vnto me saith the Lord.
5 Your father, whereThogh your fathers be dead, yet Gods iudgements in punishing
〈◊〉
ought stil to be be
〈◊〉
your eyes: & thogh the Prophetes be dead, yet their doct ine remaineth for euer, 2. Pet. 1
〈◊〉
. are they? and do the Prophetes liue for euer?
6 But did not my wordes and my statutes, which I commanded by my seruants the Prophetes, take holde ofSeing ve saw the force of my
〈◊〉
ne in punishing your fathers, why do not ye feare the threatnings cō teined in the same and
〈◊〉
by my
〈◊〉
? your father? &As men astonished with my iud gements, and that they were touched with true repentance. they returned, & said, As the Lord of hostesezek 18.
〈◊〉
. hos. 14 2. ioel. 2. 12. hathe determined to
〈◊〉
to vs, accor ding to our owne wayes, and according to our workes, so hathe he delt with vs.
7 Vpon the foure and twentieth day of the eleuenth moneth, which is the monethVVhich conteineth parte of
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
as yet it shulde
〈◊〉
appeare to mans eyes, which is here ment by the night by the bottome & by them
〈◊〉
trees, which are blacke and giue a darke shadowe yet he
〈◊〉
God to a King, who hathe his postes and mes sengers
〈◊〉
, by whome he stil worketh his purpose & bringeth his
〈◊〉
to passe.
〈◊〉
, in the seconde yere of Darius came the worde of the Lord vnto Zechariáh the sonne of Berechiáh, the sonne of Iddo the Prophet, saying.
8 I sawe by night, and beholdeVVho was the chief among the rest of the horsemen. a māriding vpon a red horse, and he stode among the mirre trees, that were in a bottome, and be hinde him were thee
〈◊〉
signified the diuers offices of
〈◊〉
An gels by whome God somtime punisheth and somtime comforteth and bringeth for the his workes
〈◊〉
diuers
〈◊〉
. red horses speckeled and white.
9 Vhen said I, O my Lord, what are these? And the Angel that talked with me, said vnto me I wil shewe thee what these be.
10 And the man that stode among the mirre trees, answered and said, These are they whome the Lord hathe sēt to go through the worlde.
11 And they answered the Angel of the Lord that stode among the mirre trees, and said We haue gone thorowe the worlde, and beholde, all the worlde sitteth stil, and is at rest.
12 Then the
〈◊〉
is,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for the saluacion of
〈◊〉
Church, which was now troubled when all the
〈◊〉
about them were at rest Angel of the Lord answered & said, O Lord of hostes, how long wilt thou be vnmerciful to Ierusalém, and to the cities of Iudáh, with whome thou hast bene displeased now these thre score & ten yeres
13 And the Lord answered the Angel that tal ked with me, with good wordes (and) comfortable wordes.
14 So the Angel that communed with me said vnto me, Crye thou, and speake, Thus saith the Lord of hostes. I am
〈◊〉
for
〈◊〉
God God
〈◊〉
his helpe and com
〈◊〉
from his Church,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
de clareth that he loueth thē
〈◊〉
moste derely, as a mo ste
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his children, or an housband his wife and when
〈◊〉
is ex pedient for them his helpe is
〈◊〉
ready. ie lousie ouer Ieru salém and Zion with a great zeale.
15 And am greatly angrie against the careles heathen for I was angrie butIn destroying the reprobat
〈◊〉
shewed my self, but a litle
〈◊〉
toward my Church, but the enemie wolde haue destroied
〈◊〉
also and considered not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of my
〈◊〉
. a litle, and they helped forwarde the affliction.
16 Therefore thus saith the Lord, I wil returne vnto Ierusalém with tender mercie mi ne house shal be buyld in it, saith the Lord of hostes, and a line
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
out the buyld
〈◊〉
. shal be stretched vpō Ierusalém,
17 Crye yet, and speake, Thus saith the Lord of hostes, My cities shal yetThe abundance shalbe so great that the places of store shal not be able to conteine these blessing that God wil send, but shal
〈◊〉
breake for fulnes. be broken with plentie the Lord shal yet cōfort Zion and shal yet chuse Ierusalém.
18 Then lift I vp mine eyes and sawe, and beholde,VVhich signified all the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
west, North South foure hornes.
19 And I said vnto the Angel that talked with me, What be these? And he answered me, These are the hornes which haue scattered Iudáh, Israél, and Ierusalém.
20 And the Lord shewed me foureThese
〈◊〉
or smithes are God instr umēts, which with their
〈◊〉
and hāmers breake these hard and strong hornes which wold
〈◊〉
throwe the Church and declare that none
〈◊〉
hor ne is so strōg, but God hathe an ham meth to breake it to pieces. carpēters
21 Then said I, What come these to do? And he answered, and said, These are the hornes, which haue scattered Iudah, so that a man durst not
〈◊〉
vp his head but these are come to fraye them, and to cast out the hor nes of the Gentiles, which lift vp their hor ne ouer the land of Iudáh, to scattre it.
CHAP. II.
The restoring of Ierusalém and Iudáh.
1 I Lift vp mine eyes againe
〈◊〉
loked, and beholde, aThat is the
〈◊〉
who was Christ
〈◊〉
in respect of his office he is oft
〈◊〉
cal led an Angel but in respect of his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
essence is God and so called. man with a measuring line in his hand.
2 Then said I, Whether goest thou? And he said vnto me, To measure Ierusalém, that I may se what is the breadth thereof, and what is the length thereof.
3 And beholde, the Angel that talked with me went forthe: and another Angel went out to mete him.
4 And said vnto him, Runne, speake to thisMeaning him self zechariah. yong man, and say,Signifying the spiritual
〈◊〉
and Church vnder Christ which shulde be extended by the Gospel
〈◊〉
all
〈◊〉
worlde and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, not trust in any worlde he strength, but
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
all
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, Ierusalem shalbe inhabited without walles, for the multitude of men and cattel therein.
5 For I, saith the Lord, wil be vnto her a wall of fyre rounde about, and wilIn me they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. be the glo rie in the middes of her.
6 Ho, ho (comeHe calleth to them, which
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
owne
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of God promised in his Church. forthe) and flee frō the land of the North, saith the Lord: for I haue scat tered you into the foureAs it was I that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, power to
〈◊〉
. windes of the hea uen, saith the Lord.
7 By fleing from Babylon and
〈◊〉
to the
〈◊〉
. Saue thy self, ô Zion, that dwellest with the Daughter of Babél:
8 For thus saith the Lord of hostes. AfterTo defende my
〈◊〉
, to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
if they approche nere
(this)Seing that God hathe begonne to
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
among you bv deliueting he continueth the samestil to Warde you, and ther fore
〈◊〉
me his Angel, and his Christ to defend you from your enemies, that they shal not hurt you, nether by the Way nor at Whome. glorie hathe he sent me vnto the na cions, which spoiled you: for he that toucheth you, toucheth theYe are so deare vnto God, that he can no more suffer your enemies to hurt you, then a man can abide to be thrust in the eye. Psal. 17. 8. apple of his eye
9 For beholde, I wil lift vp mine handVpon the heathē your enemies. vpon them: andThey shalbe vour seruantes as you haue
〈◊〉
theirs. they shalbe a spoile to those that serued them, and ye shal knowe, that the Lord of hostes hatheThis must necessarely be vnderstand of Christ, who being God equal With his Father, Was sent as he Was Mediater to dwell in his Church, and to gouerne: hem. sent me.
10 Reioyce, and be glad, ô daughter Zión: for lo, l come & wil dwell in the middes of thee saith the Lord.
11 And many nacions shalbe ioyned to the Lord in that day, and shal be my people: & I wil dwell in the middes of thee, and thou shalt knowe that the Lord of hostes hathe sent me vnto thee.
12 And the Lord shal inherit Iudah his portiō in the holy land, and shal chuse Ierusalém againe.
13 Let all flesh be stil before the Lord, for he is raised vp out of his holy place.
CHAP. III.
A prophecie of Christ and of his kingdome.
1 ANd he shewed me Iehoshua the hie Priest,He
〈◊〉
to Christ
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for the slate of the Church. standing before the Angel of the Lord, andVVhich declareth that the faithful haue not onely Warre with flesh and blood, but With Satan him felf & the spiritual Wickednes. Eph.
〈◊〉
, 11. Satán stode at this right hand to resist him.
2 And theThat is, Christ speaketh
〈◊〉
God as the Mediator of his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
he Wolde rebuke Satan: and here he sheweth him self to be the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of his Church. Lord said vnto Satan, The Lord reprouethee, ô Satán: euen the Lord reproue thee ô Satán: euen the Lord that hathe chosen Ierusalém, reproue thee, Is not this aMeaning that
〈◊〉
Was wond: fully
〈◊〉
in the
〈◊〉
tie, & row Satā
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
trouble him
〈◊〉
he was doing his office brande taken out of the fyre?
3 Now Iehoshúa was clothed with filthy gar ments, and stode before the Angel.
4 And he answered and spake vnto those that stode before him, saying, Take away theIn respect of the
〈◊〉
garments and
〈◊〉
stones
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
did weare before the
〈◊〉
and by this
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the Prophe
〈◊〉
that these smale beginnings shulde be made excellent when Christ shal make the ful restitution: of his Church. sil thy garments from him. And vnto him he said. Beholde, I haueHe sheweth of what
〈◊〉
he speaketh, which is when our
〈◊〉
sinnes are taken away and
〈◊〉
clad with Gods mercies,
〈◊〉
is ment of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, caused thine iniquitie to departe frō thee, and I wil clothe thee with change of raiment.
5 And I said. Let themThe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that besides the raimc̄t the Priest might also haue tyre for his head accordingly, that is, that the dignitie of the
〈◊〉
might be perfect: and this was fulfilled in Christ, who was bothe of the Priest and King: and here all suche are cōdemned
〈◊〉
can content themselues with any
〈◊〉
reformation in religion, seing the Prophet desireth the perfection, and obteineth it. set a faire diademe vpon his head, and clothed him with garments, and the Angel of the Lord stode by
6 And the Angel of the Lord testified vnto Ichoshúa, saying.
7 Thus saith the Lord of hostes, If thou wilt walke in my waies, and kepe my watche, thou shalt alsoThat is,
〈◊〉
rule and
〈◊〉
in my Church as thy
〈◊〉
haue had. iudge mine House, and shalt also kepe myVVhereby is, the Angels who represented the whole
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that all the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
willingly
〈◊〉
him. courtes, and I wil giue thee place among k these that stand by.
8 Heare now, ô Iehoshúa the hie Priest, thou and thy fellowes that sit before thee: for theyBecause they followe my worde, thei are contemned in the worlde, and estemed as
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. 8.
〈◊〉
. are monstruous persones: but beholde, I wil bring forthe theThat
〈◊〉
, Christ, who did so humble himself, that not onely he beca me the seruant of God, but
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
& therefore in him they shulde haue comfort
〈◊〉
in the world they were contemned Isa. 11.
〈◊〉
, 25. 5. and 33. 14. Branche my ser uant.
9 For lo theHe sheweth that
〈◊〉
ministers can not buylde before God lay the first stone, which is Christ, who is ful of eyes, bothe because he Giueth light vnto all others, and that allought to seke light at him. Chap. 4. 10. stone that I haue laid before lehoshúa vpō one stone shalbe seuen eyes beholde, I wilThat is. I wil make it persite in all pointes as a thing
〈◊〉
by the hand of God. cut out the grauing there of, saith the Lord of hostes, and I wil takeThoght I haue punis hed this land for a time, yet I wil euen now he pacified, and visit their sinnes
〈◊〉
. away the iniquitie of this land in one day.
10 In that day, saith the Lord of hostes, shal ye call euerie man his neighbour vnder theYe shal then liue in peace and
〈◊〉
that is in the kingdome of Christ. Isa. 2. 2. micah, 4. 4. vine, and vnder the fig tree.
CHAP. IIII.
The vision of the golden candelstike, and the exposition thereof.
1 ANd the Angel that talked with me, came againe & waked me as a man that is raiseth out of his slepe.
2 And said vnto me, What seest thou? And I said, I haue loked, and beholde, aVVhich was euer in the middes of the Temple signifying that the gra ces of Gods Spirit shulde shine there in
〈◊〉
abundāce & in all perfectiō. candel sticke all of golde with a
〈◊〉
vpon the top of it, and his seuen lampes therein, and seuen pipes to theVVhich cēueied the oyle that drop ped frō the trees into the lampes, so that the light neuer failed: and this vision was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the faithful that God had suffi cient power in him self to continue his graces, & to bling his promes to passe, thogh he had no helpe of man. lampes, which were vpon the top thereof.
3 And two oliue trees ouer it, one vpon the right side of the howle, and the other vpon the left side thereof.
4 So I answered, & spake to the Angel that talked with me, saying, What are these my Lord.
5 Thē the Angel that
〈◊〉
with me answe red and said vnto me, Knowest thou not what these be? And I said No, my Lord.
6 Then he answered and spake vnto me, saying: This is the worde of the Lord vntoVVho was a figure of Christ and therefore this
〈◊〉
was directed to all the Church who are his bodie and mē
bers. Zerubbabél, saying, Nether byHe sheweth that Gods power onely is sufficient to
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
, thogh, he vse not mans helpe there unto. an armie nor strength, but by my Spirit, saith the Lord of hostes.
7 Who art thou, ôHe compareth the power of the
〈◊〉
to a great mountaine who thoght the Iewes nothing in respect of them, & wolde haue hin dred zerubbabel who represented Christ whome the enemies daily labour to let in the buylding of his
〈◊〉
Temple, but all in vaine. great mountaine, before Zerubbabél? (thou shalt be) a plaine, andThogh the enemies thinke to stay this buylding yet zerubbabel shal lay the hiest stone thereof, and
〈◊〉
it to perfection, so that all the
〈◊〉
shal reioyce, and pray vnto God that he wolde continue his grace, and fauour to ward the Temple. he shal bring forthe the head stone thereof, with showtings (crying) Grace grace vnto it.
8 Moreouer, the worde of the Lord came vn to me, saying.
9 The hāds of Zerubbabél haue laid the fun dacion of this house: his hands shal also finishit, and
〈◊〉
the Prophet, that I am Christ sent of my Father for the buylding, and preseruation of my spiritual Temple. thou shalt knowe that the Lord of hostes hathe sent me vnto you,
10 For who hathe despised the day of theSignifying that all were discouraged and the smale & poore beginnings of the Temple. smale things? but they shal reioyce, and shal se the stone ofVVhereby he signisieth the
〈◊〉
& line, that is, that zerubbabél which represented Christ, shulde go forward with his buy Iding to the
〈◊〉
and cō
fort of the godlie, thogh the worlde be against him, and thogh his for a
〈◊〉
be discouraged, because
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
not things pleasant to the eye. tinne in the hand of ZerubbabélThat is, god hath seuē
〈◊〉
: meaning a continual
〈◊〉
, so tha
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
nor anye power in the worlde can go about or bring any thing to passe o hinder his
〈◊〉
, Chap 3. 9. these seuē are the eies of the Lord, which go thoro we the whole worlde
11 Then answered I, and said vnto him, What
are these two oliue trees vpon the ryght and vpon the left side thereof?
12 And I spake more ouer, and said vnto him What be these two oliue branches, which thorowe the two golden pipes emptiethē selues into the golde?
13 And he answered me and said, Knowest thou not what these be? And I said, No, my Lord.
14 Then said he, These are the twoVVhiche were euer grene and ful of
〈◊〉
, so that
〈◊〉
thei
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
oyle into the
〈◊〉
: signifying, hat God wil continually
〈◊〉
and preserue his Church, and indue it stil
〈◊〉
abundance and perfection of graces. oliue brā ches, that stād with the ruler of the whole earth.
CHAP. V.
1 The vision
〈◊〉
the flying booke, signifying the curse of thenes, and suche as
〈◊〉
the Name of God. 6 By the vision of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
signified the bringing of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
into Babylón
1 THen I turned me, and lift vp mine eyes
〈◊〉
. V. and loked, & beholde, a flying booke.
2 And he said vnto me, What
〈◊〉
thou? And I
〈◊〉
, I se a flyingBecause the Jewes had
〈◊〉
Gods plagues by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, he I
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
cu ses
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, S
〈◊〉
, had
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
both on
〈◊〉
, and their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
but now if they
〈◊〉
, God
〈◊〉
sēd the
〈◊〉
amōg the
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. booke the length thereof (is) twentie cubites, & the breadth there of ten cubites.
3 Then said he vnto me, This is the curse that goeth forth ouer the whole earth: for euerie one thatThat is,
〈◊〉
any
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
;
〈◊〉
. stealeth, shalbe cut of (aswel) on this side, as on that: & euerie one that sweareth, shall be cut of (aswell) on this side, as on that.
4 I will bring it forthe, saith the Lord of hostes, and it shal enter into the house of the thief, and into the house of him that falsely sweareth by my Name and it shal remaine in the middes of his house, and shal consumec Meaning. Where so euer he be nthe
〈◊〉
. it, with the timbre thereof, and stones thereof.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the first table, and
〈◊〉
not God
〈◊〉
, but abuseth Gods name
5 Then the Angel that talked with me, went for the, and said vnto me, Lift vp now thine eyes, and se what is this that goeth forthe.
6 And I said, What is it? And he said, This ise
〈◊〉
Was a measure
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
things
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ten
〈◊〉
. an
〈◊〉
that goeth forthe, He said
〈◊〉
, This is theThat is,
〈◊〉
Wickednes of the
〈◊〉
is in gods sight, Whiche he kepeth in a
〈◊〉
and can
〈◊〉
it or open it at
〈◊〉
pleasure. sight of them, through all the earth.
7 And behold, there was lift vp aTo couer the measure. talent of lead and this is aVVhich
〈◊〉
teth
〈◊〉
, as in the
〈◊〉
Verie. woman that sitteth in the middes of the Epháh.
8 And he said, This isSignifying that Satan shulde not haue suche power against the lewes to tempt
〈◊〉
, as he had in
〈◊〉
but that God wold shut vp
〈◊〉
in a measure as in a prison wickednes, & he cast it into the middes of the Epháh, & he cast the weight of lead vpon the mouth therof.
9 Thē lift I vp mine eies, & loked & behold, there came out twoVVhiche declared that God wold: execute his iudge
〈◊〉
by the meanes of weake and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. women, & the winde (was) in their wings [for thei had wings like the wings of a storke] and they lift vp the Epháh betwene the earth and the heauen.
10 Then said I to the Angel that talked with me, Whither do these beare the Epháh?
11 And he said vnto me,To remoue the
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
that came for the
〈◊〉
from
〈◊〉
, to place is for euer in Babylon. To buyld it an house in the land of Shinár, and it shalbe established and set there vpō her owne place.
CHAP. VI.
By the foure
〈◊〉
he describeth the foure monarchies.
1 A Caine, I turned and life mine eyes, and loked, and beholde, there came there foureBy charets here as be horses a sore he meaneth the swifie
〈◊〉
of God to exe cute and declare his wil. charettes out from betweneBy the brasen mountaines he meaneth the eter nal counsel and prouidence of God, whereby he hathe from before all
〈◊〉
ie drcreed what shal come to passe, and that which
〈◊〉
hee Saran nor all the
〈◊〉
can alter. two mountaines, & the mountaines were moū
taines of brasse.
2 In the first charet (were)VVhich signified the great
〈◊〉
and persecutions that the Church had indured vnder diuers enemies. red horses, and in the seconde charetSignifying that they had indured great afflictions vnder the Babylo nians. blacke horses.
3 And in the thirde charetThese represented
〈◊〉
state vnder the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
restored them to
〈◊〉
. white horses, and in the fourte charet horses ofVVhich signified that God wolde somtime giue his Church rest, and powre his plagues vpon their enemies, as he did in destroying Nineueh &
〈◊〉
, & other their enemies. diuers colours, and reddish.
4 Then I answered, and said vnto the Angel that talked with me, What are these my Lord?
5 And the Angel answered, and said vnto me These are theMeaning, all the actions and
〈◊〉
of Gods Spirit, which according to his
〈◊〉
counsel he causeth to appeare through all the worlde. foure spirits of the heauen which go for the from standing with the Lord of all the earth.
6 That with the blacke horse went for the into the land of the North, and the white went out after them, and they of diuers co lours went for the to warde theThat is toward
〈◊〉
, and other
〈◊〉
there about. South countrey.
7 And theThat is they of durs colour,
〈◊〉
aske leaue, to signifie that Satan hathe
〈◊〉
power to hurt er, afflict if God giue it him Iob 1. 12. reddish went out, and required to go, and passe through the worlde, and he said. Go passe through the worlde, So they went thorowout the worlde.
8 Then cryed he vpon me, and spake vnto me, saying, Beholde, these that go toward the North countrey, haue pacified myBy punishing the Caldeans mine
〈◊〉
ceased, and you
〈◊〉
deliuered. spirit in the North countrey.
9 And the worde of the Lord came vnto me, saying,
10 Take of them of the captiuitie, (euen) of Heldai, and of Tobiiah: and Iedaiah, which are come from Babél, and come thou the same day, & go vnto the houseTo receine of him and the other thre, money to make the two
〈◊〉
which were men of great
〈◊〉
among the lewes, &
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
restrution of the kingdome of the
〈◊〉
, & hurt others by their exā
ple. of Ioshiáh the sonne of Zephaniáh.
11 Take euen siluer, and golde, and make crownes, and set (them) vpon theBecause this colde
〈◊〉
be
〈◊〉
to anie one according to the Law, therefore it so
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
must
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
who was
〈◊〉
Priest and King. head of Iehoshúa, the sonne of Iehozadak the hie Priest.
12 And speake vnto him, saying, Thus speaketh the Lord of hostes, and saith, Beholde the man whose name is theMeaning Christ, of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
was the
〈◊〉
for in G eke they were bothe called Iesus. Branche, and he shal groweThat is of himself
〈◊〉
the helpe of man. vp out of his place, and he shalVVhich declareth that none cold buylde This temple,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
speaketh,
〈◊〉
onely Christ: and therefore it was spiritual, and not
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. buylde the Temple of the Lord.
13 Euen he shal buylde the Tēple of the Lord and he shal be are theVVhereof
〈◊〉
had but a shadowe. glorie, and shal sit and rule vpon his throne, and he shalbe a Priest vpon his throne, and the counsel of peace shalbe betweneThe
〈◊〉
officers of the
〈◊〉
me,
〈◊〉
priesthode shalbe so ioyned together, that they
〈◊〉
more
〈◊〉
ed. them bothe.
14 And the crownes shalbe to
〈◊〉
was also called Heldai Helém, and to
〈◊〉
and to Iedaiah, and toHe also was called Ioshiah. Hen the sonne of Zephaniah, for aThat they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
their infirmitie which loked that al things shuld haue bene restored incontinently: and of this their insidelitiethese two crownes shal remaine as tokens. Act.
〈◊〉
. 6. memorial in the Temple of the Lord.
15 And thei that areThat is, the Gentiles by the preaching of the Gospel shal helpe tow arde the buylding of this spiritual Tē ple. farre of, shal come and buylde in the Temple of the Lord, and ye shal knowe, that the Lord of hostes hathe sent me vnto you. And thys shall come to passe, if ye willIf ye wil beleue & remaine in the obedience of faith. obey the voyce of the Lord your God.
CHAP. VII.
5 The true fasting.
〈◊〉
The rebellion of the people is the cause of their affliction
1 ANd in the fourth yere of King Darius, the worde of the Lord came vnto Zechariáh in the fourth (day) of the ninth moneth, euen inVVhich cōteined parte of Nouēber and
〈◊〉
of December. Chisleu.
2 ForThat is, the rest of the people that remained yet in
〈◊〉
, sent to the Church at serusalē for the resolution of these questions, because these feasts were consented vpon by the agremēr of the whole Church, the one in the moneth, that the Temple was destroyed, and the other when Geda
〈◊〉
was
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. 41. 2. thei had sent vnto the house of God Sharézer, and Regem mélech and their men to praye before the Lord.
3 (And) to speake vnto the Priestes, whiche were in the House of the Lord of hostes, & to the Prophetes, saying, Shuld IBy Weping, and mourning appeare what exercises they vsed in theyr
〈◊〉
. wepe in the fifte moneth, andThat is, prepare my selfe with all
〈◊〉
to this fast separate my self as I haue done these so manieVVhich was now since the time the Temple was destroyed. yeres?
4 Then came the worde of the Lord of hostes vnto me, saying,
5 Speake vnto all the people of the land, & to theFor there were bothe of the people, & of the Priests whiche deuted as touching this
〈◊〉
sie, besides them which as yet remained in Coldea, and reasoned of it as of one of the chief points of their religion. Priests, and say, When ye fasted, and mourned in the fifte and seuenth moneth, euen these seuentie yeres, did ye fast vnto me?For they thoght
〈◊〉
had
〈◊〉
toward God because of this fast, which they
〈◊〉
red of them selues: and thogh fasting of it self be good, yet because they thogh
〈◊〉
a
〈◊〉
towarde God, and trusted therein, it as here
〈◊〉
. do I (approue it?)
6 And when ye did eate, and when ye did drinke, did ye not eatDid ye not eate, & drinke for your owne cōmoditie, and
〈◊〉
? and so likewise ye did
〈◊〉
according to your owne
〈◊〉
, & not after the prescript of my Law? for your selues, and drinke for your selues?
7 Shulde ye not (heare) the wordes, whiche the LordHereby he
〈◊〉
their by
〈◊〉
, which thoght by their fasting
〈◊〉
please God, and by such things as
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, & in the meane
〈◊〉
wold not serue him as he had cōmāded hathe cryed by the ministerie of the former Prophetes when Ierusalém was inhabited, and in prosperitie, & the cities thereof rounde about her, when the South and the plaine was inhabited?
8 And the worde of the Lord came vnto Zechariáh, saying,
9 Thus speaketh the Lord of hostes, saying,He sheweth, that
〈◊〉
did not
〈◊〉
with a
〈◊〉
heart, but for an hypocrisie, and that it was
〈◊〉
done
〈◊〉
religion, because that they lacked these offices of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
shuld haue declared that
〈◊〉
were godly, Mat.
〈◊〉
. 23. Execute
〈◊〉
iudgement, and she we mercie and compassion, euerie man to his brother,
10 And oppresse not the widowe, nor the fatherles, the stranger nor the poore, and let none of you imagine euil against his brother in your heart.
11 But they refused to hearken, andAnd wolde not
〈◊〉
the Lords
〈◊〉
, which was
〈◊〉
and easy, but wolde
〈◊〉
their owne, whiche was heauie and
〈◊〉
to the
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
: which
〈◊〉
is taken of oxen, which
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the yoke,
〈◊〉
. 9.
〈◊〉
. pulled away the shulder, and stopped their eares, that they shulde not heare.
12 Yea, thei made their hearts as an adamāt, stone, lest they shulde heare the Lawe and the wordes which the Lord of hostes sent in hisVVhich declareth, that they rebelled not onelye against the Prophetes but against the
〈◊〉
of God that spake in them. Spirit by the ministerie of the former Prophetes: therefore came a greate wrath from the Lord of hostes.
13 Therefore it is come to passe, that as he cryed, and they wolde not heare, so they cryed, and I wold not heare saith the Lord of hostes.
14 But I scattered them among all nations: whome they knewe not thus the land was desolateThat is after they were caryed captiue. after them, that no man passeth through nor returned: for they laid the pleasant landBy their sinnes whereby they pro uoked Gods angre waste.
CHAP. VIII
2 Of the returne of the people vnto Ierusalém, and of the mercie of God towarde thē. 16 Of good workes. 20 The calling of the Gentiles,
1 AGaine the worde of the Lord of hostes came (to me) saying.
2 Thus saith the Lord of hostes, I wasI loued my
〈◊〉
with a singular Ioueso that I colde not abide that anie shulde do her anieiniure. ielous for Zión with greatielousie, and I was ielous for her with great wrath.
3 Thus saith the Lord, I wil returne vnto Zión, and wildwell in the middes of Ierusa lém, and Ierusalém shal be called a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
shalbe faithful, &
〈◊〉
towardeme her housband. citie of trueth, and the mountaine of the Lord of hostes, the holie Mountaine.
4 Thus saith the Lord of hostes. There shal yet oldeThogh their ene mies did greatly molest and trouble them: yet God wolde come, and dwell among thē and so preserue them so long as nature wolde
〈◊〉
them to liue, & increase their chil dren in great abū dance. men and olde women dwellin the stretes of Ierusalém, and euerie man with his staffe in his hand for very age.
5 And the stretes of the citie shalbe ful of boyes and girles, playing in the stretes the reof.
6 Thus saith the Lord of hostes, Thoght it beHe sheweth wherein our faith slandeth, that is, to beleue that God can performe that which he hathe pro mised thogh
〈◊〉
seme neuer so vnpossible, to man Rom. 4. 20. vnpossible in the eyes of the remnant of this people in these dayes: shulde it therefore be vnpossible in my sight, saith the Lord of hostes?
7 Thus saith the Lord of hostes, Beholde I wil deliuer my people from the East countrey, and from the West countrey.
8 And I wil bring them, and they shalSo that their
〈◊〉
turne shal not be in vaine: for God wil accomplish his promes, and their prosperiue shalbe sure and stable. dwell in the middes of Ierusalém, and they shal be my people, and I wil be their God in trueth and in righteousnes.
9 Thus saith the Lord of hostes, Let yourLet nether respect of your
〈◊〉
te commodities
〈◊〉
counsel of others, nor feare of enemies discou rage you in the going forwarde with the buylding of the Temple, but be
〈◊〉
and obei the Prophetes, which incourage you thereunto. hands be strong, ye that heare in these dayes these wordes by the
〈◊〉
of the Prophetes, which were in the
〈◊〉
, that the fundacion of the House of the Lord of hostes was laide, that the Temple might be
〈◊〉
.
10 For before these dayes there was no hier forFor God cursed your worke, so that
〈◊〉
man nor beast had pro
〈◊〉
of their labours. mān or anie hier for beast, nether was there anie peace to him that went out or came in because of the affliction: for I set all men, euerie one against his neighbour.
11 But now, I wil not (intreate) the residue of this people as a fore time, saith the Lord of hostes.
12 For the sede (shalbe) prosperous: the vine shal giue her frute, and the grounde shal gi ue her increase and the heauens shal giue their dewe, and I wil cause the remnant of this people to possesse all these things.
13 And it shal come to passe, that asye were a curse among the heathē, ô house of Iudáh and house of Israél, so wil I deliuer you, & ye shalbe a blessing: feare not (but) let your hands be strong.
14 For thus saith the Lord of hostes, As I thogh to punishRead Eze 18. 20. you: when your fathers prouoked me vnto wrath, saith the Lord of hostes, and repented not.
15 So againe haue I determined in these dayesVVhich
〈◊〉
that man can not turne to god
〈◊〉
he change mans hear by his Spirit, and so beginne to do well, whiche is to pardon his sinnes and to giue hym his graces. to do well vnto Ierusalém, and to the housé of Iudáh: feare ye not.
16 These are the thinges that ye shall do, Speake ye euerie man the trueth vnto his neighbour: execute iudgement truely and vprightly in your gates.
17 And let none of you imagine euil in your hearts against his neighbour, and loue no false
〈◊〉
for all these are the things that I hate, saith the Lord.
18 And the worde of the Lord of hostes came vnto me, saying,
19 Thus saith the Lord of hostes, The fast of the fourthe (moneth,) and the fast of the fifte, and the fast of the seuenth, and the fast of theVVhich fast was appointed when the citie was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, ed, & was the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
these foure: and here the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, that if the Iewes will repent, and turne wholy to God,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
haue no more
〈◊〉
to fast, or to shewe signes of
〈◊〉
for God will
〈◊〉
them ioye and gladnes. tenth, shall be to the house of Iudáh ioye and gladnes, and prosperous hie feastes: therefore loue the trueth and peace.
20 Thus saith the Lord of hostes, That there shal yet comeHe declareth the greate Zeale that God shulde gyue the Gentiles to come to his Churche and to ioyne with the lewes in his true religion, which shulde be in the kingdome of Christ. people, and the inhabitāts of great cities.
21 And they that dwell in one (citie,) shal go to another, saying, * Vp, let vs go and pray before the Lord, and seke the Lord of hostes: I wil go also.
22 Yea, greate people and mightie nations shal come to seke the Lord of hostes in Ierusalém, and to pray before the Lord.
23 Thus saith the Lord of hostes, In those dayes shall ten men take holde out of all langages of the nacions, (euen) take holde of the skirt of him that is a Iewe, and say, We wil go with you for we haue heard, that God is with you.
CHAP. IX.
1 The threatening of the Gentiles. 9 The comming ofIsa. 2. 2. Christ.Mic. 4. 1.
1 THe burden of the worde of the Lord in the land ofVVhereby he meaneth Syria. Hadrách: and Damascus (shal be) hisGods angre shal abide vpon theyr chief citie, and not spare so muche as that. rest when theVVhē the lewes shal
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
, then God wil destroy theyr enemies. eyes of man, (euē) of all the tribes of Israél (shalbe) toward the Lord.
2 And Hamáth also shall borderThat is, by Damascus: meaning that Hamath or Antiochia shulde be vnder the same rod and plague. thereby: Tyrus (also) & Zidón, thogh (they be)He secretly shew eth the cause of their dest uction, because they
〈◊〉
all other by their
〈◊〉
, &
〈◊〉
, whiche they cloked with thys name of wisdome verie wise.
3 For Tyrus did buyld her self a strōg holde, and heaped vp siluer as the dust, and golde as the myre of the streates.
4 Behold, the Lord wil spoile her, and he wil smite her Thogh they of Tyrus thinke them selues
〈◊〉
by reason of the sea, that compasseth them round about, yet they shal not escape Gods iudgements. power in the sea, and she shal be
〈◊〉
with fyre.
5 Ash kelón shal se it, and feare, and Azzáh also shalbe verie sorowful, and Ekrón for her countenance shalbe ashamed, and the King shal perish from Azzáh, and Ashkelón shal not be inhabited.
6 And theMeaning, that all
〈◊〉
be destroyed saue a verie sewe, that shulde remaine as strangers. stranger shal dwell in Ashdód, & I wil cut of the pride of the Philistims.
7 And I wil take away his blood out of hys mouth, and his abomin a ciōs from betwene hisHe promiseth to deliuer the lewes when he shal take vengeance
〈◊〉
their enemies for theyr crueltie, & wrongs done to them. teeth:
〈◊〉
he that remaineth, euen he shalbe for our God, and he shalbe as a prince in Iudáh, butAs the
〈◊〉
had bene destroyed, so shuld Ekron and all the
〈◊〉
. Ekrón (shalbe) as a Iebusite.
8 And I will campe abouteHe sheweth that Gods power onely shalbe sufficient to defend
〈◊〉
Church against all
〈◊〉
sa ries be thei neuer so cruel or assemble their power neuer so often. mine House against the armie, againste hym that passeth by, and against him that returneth, and no oppressour shal come vpō them anie more: for nowThat is, God hath
〈◊〉
the great
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
where
〈◊〉
they haue
〈◊〉
afflicted by their enemies. haue I sene with mine eyes.
9 Reioyce greatly, ô daughter Zión: shoute for ioye, ô daughter Ierusalém behold, thy King cometh vnto thee:
〈◊〉
is, he
〈◊〉
righteousnes, and
〈◊〉
in him self for the vsé and
〈◊〉
of his Church. he is iuste & saued, poore and riding vpon anWhich declareth
〈◊〉
thei shuld not loke for suche a King as shulde be gloriousin, he
〈◊〉
of man but shulde be
〈◊〉
, and yet in him self haue all power to deliuer his and this is
〈◊〉
of Christ, as
〈◊〉
21. 5 asse, and vpon a colte the sole of an asse.
10 And I will cut of theNo power of
〈◊〉
or creature shalbe able to let this king dome of Christ, & he shal peaceably gouerne thē by his
〈◊〉
. charrets from Ephráim, and the horse from Ierusalém the bowe of the battel shalbe broken, and he shal speake peace vnto the heathen, & his dominion (shalbe) fromThat is, from the red sea, to the sea called
〈◊〉
: & by these places whiche the
〈◊〉
knew, he ment an
〈◊〉
space and
〈◊〉
the Whole Worlde. sea vnto sea, and from theThat is, from Euphrates. riuer to the end of the land.
11 Meaning, Ierusalem or the Church
〈◊〉
is saued by the blood of Christ wher of the blood of the sacrifices was a figure, and is here called the couenant of the Churche, because God made
〈◊〉
with his Church, and left it with them for the loue that he bare vnto them. Thou also (shall be saued) through the blood of thy couenant. I haue losed thyGod sheweth that he wil
〈◊〉
his Church out of all dangers,
〈◊〉
they neuer so great. prisoners out of the pit wherein (is) no water.
12 Turne you to theThat is, into the holie land where the citie and the Temple are, where God wil defend you. strong holde, yeMeaning the faithful, which semed to bein
〈◊〉
, of their enemies
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
in hope that God wolde restore them
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. prisoners of hope: euē to day do I declare, that I wil render theThat is, double benefires, and prosperitie in respect of that which
〈◊〉
fathers enioyed from Dauids time, to the
〈◊〉
. double vnto thee.
13 For Iudáh haue II
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Iudah and Ephraim, that is, my whole
〈◊〉
victorious against all enemies, which he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
by the
〈◊〉
bent as a bowe for me: Ephraims hand haue I filled, & I haue raysed vp thy sonnes, ô Zión, against thy sonnes, ô Grecia, & haue made thee as a gyāts sworde.
14 And the Lord shalbe sene ouer them, and his arrowe shal go forthe as the lightning: and the Lord God shal blowe the trumpet and shall come forthe with the whirlewindes of the South.
15 The Lord of hostes shal defend them, and they shal
〈◊〉
them,He
〈◊〉
that the Iewes shal destroye their enemies and haue abundance, and excesse of all things, as there is abundance on the
〈◊〉
when the sacrifice is offred VVhiche
〈◊〉
are not to moue them to
〈◊〉
, but to
〈◊〉
, and a thankefull remembrance of Gods
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and subdue thē with sling stones, and they shal drinke, (&) make
〈◊〉
as thorowe wine, and they shalbe filled like bowles, (and) as the hornes of the altar.
16 And the Lord their God shal
〈◊〉
them in that day as the flocke of his people: for (they shalbe as) theThe faithfull shall be preserued, and
〈◊〉
of all that the
〈◊〉
ye ennemies shalbe
〈◊〉
to esteme them: for Gods glorye shall shine in them, as Iosephus declareth of Alexander the greate when he met ladi the
〈◊〉
Priest. stones of the crowne lifted vp vpon his land.
17 For how great is his goodnes! and how greate is his beautie! corne shall make the yong men cherefull, and newe wyne the maides.
CHAP. X.
1 The vanitie of
〈◊〉
. 3 The Lord promiseth to visite and comforte the house of Israél.
1 ASke you of theThe Prophet
〈◊〉
the Iewes because by their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thei put backe Gods graces promised, and so
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
by Gods iust
〈◊〉
therefore to
〈◊〉
this plague he wileth them to
〈◊〉
to God, and to praye in faith to him, & so he wil giue thē abundance. Lord raine in the time of the latter raine: (so) shall the Lord make
〈◊〉
cloudes, and gyue you showres of raine, (&) to euery one grasse in the field.
2 SurelyeHe
〈◊〉
to remembrance Gods
〈◊〉
in times past because they
〈◊〉
not in him, but in theyr idoles &
〈◊〉
who
〈◊〉
deceiued them. the idoles haue spoken vanitie, and the soth sayers haue sene a lie, and the dreamers haue tolde a vaine thing: they cōfort in vaine thereforeThat is,
〈◊〉
Iewes went into
〈◊〉
. thei wēt away as shepe thei were troubled, because there was no shepherd.
3 My wrath was kindled agaynste the shepherds, and I did visite theMeaning, the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
did
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. 14 17. goates: but the Lord of hostes will visite hys flocke the house of Iudáh, and wil make them asHe will be merciful
〈◊〉
his Church and cherishe hem as a King or Prince doeth his best horse whichshalbe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
owne vse
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. his beautiful horse in the battell.
4 Out
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
shal the
〈◊〉
gouernous
〈◊〉
, who
〈◊〉
as a corner to vpholde the
〈◊〉
and as a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
it together. of him shal the corner come forthe: out of him the naile, out of hym the bowe of battel, (and) out of him euery
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. appointer of tribute also.
5 And they shalbe as the mightie mē, which treade downe (their enemies) in thy myre of the stretes in the battel, and they shall fight, because the Lord (is) with them, & the riders on horses shal be confounded.
6 And I wil strengthen the house of Iudáh, and I wil preserue the houseThat is, the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, which shuld be gathered
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to the rest of the
〈◊〉
. of Ioséph, & I wil bring them againe, for I pitie them: & they shalbe as thogh I had not caste them of: for I am the Lord their GOD, and will heare them.
7 And they of Ephráim shalbe as a gyant, & their heart shal reioyce as thorowe wine: yea, theyr chyldren shall se it, and be glad: (and) their heart shal reioyce in the Lord.
8 I wilVVhereby he
〈◊〉
the power of God who nedeth no great
〈◊〉
when he wil deliuer his for with a becke or
〈◊〉
he can call thē from all places suddenly. hisse for them, and gather them: for I haue redemed them: and they shal encrease, as they haue encreased.
9 And I wilThogh thei shall yet be scattered & seme to be lost, yet
〈◊〉
shalbe profitable vnto
〈◊〉
for there thei shal come to the knowledge of my Name, which was
〈◊〉
vnder the Gospel, among whome it was first preached. so we them among the people, and they shal remember me in farre countreis: and thei shall liue with their children andNot that they shulde
〈◊〉
into their
〈◊〉
, but be gathered and
〈◊〉
in one saith by the
〈◊〉
of the Gospel. turne againe.
10 I wil bring them againe also out of the lād of Egypt, and gather them out of Asshûr: and I will bring them into the lande of Gileád, and Lebanôn, and (place) shall not be founde for them.
11 And heHe
〈◊〉
to the
〈◊〉
of the people out of Egypt where as the Angel
〈◊〉
the floods and riuers. shal go into the sea with afflictiō, and shall smite the waues in the sea, and all the depthes of the riuer shal drye vp: & the pride of Asshur shalbe cast downe, and the sceptre of Egypt shal departe away.
12 And I will strengthen them in the Lord, and they shall walke in his Name, saith the Lord.
CHAP. XI.
1 The destruction of the Temple. 4 The care of the faithful is committed to Christ. 7 A grieuous vision against
〈◊〉
and Iudáh.
1 OPen
〈◊〉
, ôBecause the Iewes thoght thē selues, so strong by reason of this moūtaine that no enemie cold come to hurt them, the Prophet sheweth that when God
〈◊〉
the enemies, it shall shewe it self ready to receiue them. Lebanôn, and the fire shal deuoure thy cedres.
2 Houle,Shewing that if
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
men were destroyed, the weaker were not able to
〈◊〉
. fyrre trees: for the cedre is fallē, because all the mightie are destroied: houleye, ô okes of Bashán, for theSeing that
〈◊〉
was destroied, whiche was the strongest
〈◊〉
, the weaker places colde not thinke to holdeout. defensed forest is cut downe.
3 There (is) the voyce of the houling of the shepherds: for theirThat is, the
〈◊〉
of Iudah &
〈◊〉
shuld
〈◊〉
glorie is destroied the voyce of the roaring of lyons whelpes: for the pride of Iordên is destroyed.
4 Thus saith the Lord my God, Fede the shepe of theVVhiche being now
〈◊〉
to be slayne were
〈◊〉
as out of the hons mouthe. slaughter.
5 They that possesse them, slaye themTheir gouernours
〈◊〉
thē without anye
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
, or yet thinking that they do euil. and sinne not: and thei that sell thē say,He noteth the hypocrites, which euer haue the Name of God in their mouthes, thogh in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
& doings thei
〈◊〉
God, attributing theyr gaine to Gods bles sing, whiche cometh of the
〈◊〉
of their
〈◊〉
. Blessed (be) the Lord: for I am riche, and their owne shepherds spare them not.
6 Surely I wil no more spare those that dwell in the land, saith the Lord: but lo,I wil cause one to destroy another I wil deliuer the men euerie one into his neighbours hand, and into the hand of hisTheir
〈◊〉
shal execute crueltie
〈◊〉
them. King: and they shal smite the land, & out of their owne shepherds spare them not.
7 For I fed the shepe of slaughter, euen theThat is,
〈◊〉
smale
〈◊〉
, whome he thoght worthie to shewe mercye vnto. poore of the flocke, and I toke vnto meGod sheweth his great benefites toward his people to conuince them of greater ingratitude, which wolde nether be ruled by his most beautiful order of gouernement, nether cōtinue in the bādes of brotherlie
〈◊〉
, and therefore he breaketh both the one and the other. Some read, for Bā
des, Destroiers, but in the 14.
〈◊〉
. the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
is confirmed. two staues: the one I called, Beautie, & the other I called, Bandes, and I fed the shepe.
8VVherby he sheweth his care and
〈◊〉
that he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them to haue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, because they shulde
〈◊〉
his great loue. Thre shepherdes also I cut of in one moneth, and my soule lothedMeaning the people, because they wolde not acknowledge these great benefites of God. thē, and theyr soule abhorred me.
9 Then said I, I will not fede you: that that dyeth, let it dye: and that that perisheth, let it perish and let the remnant eat, euerye one the flesh of his neighbour.
10 And I toke my staffe, (euen) Beautie, and brake it, that I might disanul my couenāt, which I had made with all people.
11 And it was broken in that day: and so theHe sheweth that the least
〈◊〉
euer
〈◊〉
by Gods iudgements. poore of the shepe that waited vpon me, knewe that it was the worde of the Lord.
12 And I said vnto them, If ye thinke it good, giue (me)Besides their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them of malice and wickednes, which did not onely forget his
〈◊〉
, but estemed them as things of
〈◊〉
. my wages: and if no, leaue of: so they weighed for my wages thirtie (pieces) of siluer.
13 And the Lord said vnto me, Cast it vnto theShewing that it was to
〈◊〉
to paye his wages, whiche colde
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to make a fewe tiles for
〈◊〉
couer the Temple. potter: a goodlie price, that I was valued at of them. And I toke the thirtie (pie ces) of siluer, and cast them to the potter in the House of the Lord.
14 Then brake I mine other staffe, (euen) the Bandes, that I might dissolue the brotherhode betwene Iudáh and Israél.
15 And the Lord said vnto me, Take to thee yetSignifying, that
〈◊〉
shulde haue a certeine kinde of regiment, and outward
〈◊〉
hewe of
〈◊〉
: but in effect it shuld be nothing: for they shulde be wolues, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
beasts in stead of
〈◊〉
. the instruments of a foolish shepherd
16 For lo, I wil raise vp a shepherd in the land, which shal not loke for the thing, that is lost, nor seke the tender lambes, nor heale that that is hurt, nor fede that thatAnd is in health and sounde. standeth
vp but he shal eat the flesh of the fat, and teare their clawes in pieces.
17 O idole shepherd that leaueth the flocke: the sworde (
〈◊〉
) vpon hisBy the arme he
〈◊〉
as he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
by the
〈◊〉
is, the
〈◊〉
of God shall take awaye
〈◊〉
thy
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
. arme, & vpō his right eye. His arme shalbe cleane dryed vp, and hys ryght eye shall be vtterly darkened.
CHAP. XII.
Of the destruction and buylding againe of Ierusalém.
1 THe burden of the worde of the LORD vponThat is, the
〈◊〉
tribes,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Gods
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
, and had rather remaine in
〈◊〉
, then to
〈◊〉
home, when God called them. Israél, saith the Lord, whicheChap. XII. spred the heauens, and layed the fundaciō of the earth, and formed the Spirit of man within him.
2 Behold, I wil make Ierusalém
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
shalbe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
all her
〈◊〉
shall God desend all
〈◊〉
also, and shall
〈◊〉
the enemies. cuppe of poyson vnto all the people round about: and also with Iudáh wil he be, in the siege against Ierusalém.
3 And in that day will I make Ierusalém an heauie stone for all people all that
〈◊〉
it vp shalbe torne, thogh all the people of the earth be
〈◊〉
together against it.
4 In that day, saith the Lord, I wil smite eue rye horse with stonishment, and his rider with
〈◊〉
, and I wil open mine eyes vpon the house of Iudáh, and wil smite euery horse of the people with blindenes.
5 And the princes of Iudáh shal say in theyr hearts, TheEuerie
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
now
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the smale
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
them
〈◊〉
all enemies, because the Lord is
〈◊〉
them. inhabitants of
〈◊〉
(shal be) my strength in the Lord of hostes their God.
6 In that day will I make the princes of Iudáh like coles of fyre among the wood, & like a fyre brande in the sheafe, and they shal deuoure all the people rounde about on the right hand, and on the left: and Ieru salém shalbe inhabited againe in her owne place, (euen) in Ierusalém.
7 The Lord also shall preserue theThe people whiche are now as it were
〈◊〉
by
〈◊〉
fields, and
〈◊〉
open to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, shalbe no lesse
〈◊〉
by
〈◊〉
power, then if they were vnder then Kings (
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
) or in
〈◊〉
defensed cities. tentes of Iudâh, (as) a fore time therfore the glorie of the house of Dauid shall not boaste,
〈◊〉
the glorie of the inhabitants of Ierusalém against Iudáh.
8 In that day shall the Lord defende the inhabitants of Ierusalém, and he that is feble among them, in that day shalbe as Dauid: and the house of Dauid (shalbe) as Goddes (house, and) as the Aungel of the Lord before them.
9 And in that daye will I seke to destroye all the
〈◊〉
that come agaynste Ierusalém.
10 And I will powre vppon the house of Dauid, and vpon the inhabitāts of Ierusalém the Spirit ofThey shall haue the seeling of my grace by
〈◊〉
, and knowe that I haue
〈◊〉
on thē. grace and of compassion, and they shal loke vpon me, whome they haueThat is, whome they haue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
with
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, & gricued my Spirit, Iohn. 19.
〈◊〉
. where it is referred to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, whiche here is referred to the spirit of god perced, and they shall ament forThey shal
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
God by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, whome
〈◊〉
they
〈◊〉
so
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
led
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
. him, as one mourneth for (his) onelie (sonne,) & be sorie for him as one is sorie for (his) firste borne.
11 In that day shal there be a great mourning in Ierusalē as theThey shal
〈◊〉
and repent
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for their offences against God. mourning ofVVhich was the Name
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
where
〈◊〉
was
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, 2 Chro.
〈◊〉
22. Hadadrim môn in the valley of Megiddón.
12 And theThat is, in all places where the Iewes shal remaine. land shal be waile euerie familie asignifying that this
〈◊〉
or
〈◊〉
shuld not be a vaine ceremonie but euery one touched with his owne grief shal lament. parte, the familie of theVnder
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
he conteineth all the tribes and sheweth that bothe the Kings and
〈◊〉
Priests had by their
〈◊〉
perced
〈◊〉
. house of Dauid a parte, and their wiues a parte, the familie of the house of Nathán a parte and their wiues a parte:
13 The familie of the house of Leui a parte, and their wiues a parte: the familie ofCalled also Simeon. She meia parte, and their wiues a parte.
14 All the families thatTo
〈◊〉
, which were elect by
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
from the commune destruction. remaine, euery familie a parte, and their wiues a parte.
CHAP. XIII.
1 Of the fountaine of grace. 2 Of the cleane riddance of idolatrie. 3 The zeale of the godlie against false prophet.
1 IN that day thereHe
〈◊〉
what
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of their repentance,
〈◊〉
wit,
〈◊〉
of sinnes by the blood of
〈◊〉
, which shalbe a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, &
〈◊〉
them
〈◊〉
all
〈◊〉
. shal be a foūtaine ope ned to the house of Dauid, and to the inhabitants of Ierusalém, for sinne and for vnclennes.
2 And in that day, saith the Lord of hostes, I wil cut of theHe
〈◊〉
that God wil also purge them
〈◊〉
all
〈◊〉
& that their religion shal be pure. names of the idoles out of the land: and they shal nomore be remē bred: and I wil cause theMeaning the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and teachers,
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
me the
〈◊〉
here
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ne
〈◊〉
. prophetes, and the vncleane spirit to departe out of the land.
3 And when anie shal yetThat is, when they shal
〈◊〉
lies and make God, who is the autor of trueth, a
〈◊〉
thereunto. prophecie, his father and his mother that be gate him, shal say vnto him, Thou shall not liue: for thou speakest lies in the Name of the Lord and his father and his mother that be gate himHe sheweth what zeale the
〈◊〉
shal haue vnder the
〈◊〉
of Christ
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. 6. shal thrust him through, when he prophe cieth.
4 And in that daye shal the ProphetesGod shal make them ashamed of their errors & lies and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
, and they shal no more weare Prophetes apparel to make their doctrine seme more holy. be ashamed euerie one of his vision, when he hathe prophecied nether shal thei weare a rough garment to deceiue,
5 But he shal say, I am
〈◊〉
Prophet: I am an housband man for man taught me to be an herdman from my youth vp.
6 And one shal say vnto him, What are theseHereby he sheweth that thogh their parents and friends delt more
〈◊〉
with them and put them not to death, yet they wolde so punish their
〈◊〉
, that became false
〈◊〉
, that the
〈◊〉
and signes shulde remaine for
〈◊〉
. woundes in thine hands? Then he shal an swere. Thus was I wounded in the house of my friends.
7 ¶ Arise, ô sworde, vpon myThe Prophet warneth the Iewes that before this great comfort shulde come vnder Christ, there shulde be an horrible dissipacion among the people: for their gouernours and pastors shulde he destroyed, and the people shulde be
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
shepe: and the Euangelist applieth this to Christ, because he
〈◊〉
the head of all
〈◊〉
Matt. 16 31. shepherd and vpon the man (that is) my fellow, saith the Lord of hostes: smite the shepherd, and the shepe shalbe scattred: and I wil turne mine hand vpon the litle ones.
8 And in all the land, saith the Lord,The greatest parte shal haue no porcion
〈◊〉
these
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
they that shal enioye them, shalbe tryed with great afflictions,
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
know en that onely Gods power and
〈◊〉
mercie to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. two partes therein shalbe cut of (and) dye but the third shalbe left therein.
9 And I wil bring that third parte thorow the fyre, and wil fine them as the siluer is fined, and wil trye thē as golde is tryed: they shal call on my Name, and I wil heare them, I wil say, It is my people, and they shal say, The Lord (is) my God.g They
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
their former ignorance and be content tolabour for their liuing.
CHAP. XIIII.
8 Of the doctrine that shal procede out of the Church, & of the
〈◊〉
thereof.
1 BEholde, the daye of the Lord cometh, and thy spoyle shall beHe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
godly against the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, before thei
〈◊〉
this
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
promised vnder
〈◊〉
, that when these dangers shulde come,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
knowe that they were
〈◊〉
of them
〈◊〉
. diuided in the middes of thee.
2 For I wil gather all nations against Ierusalém to battel, and the citie shalbe taken, & the houses spoyled, and the women defiled, and halfe of the citie shall go into captiuitie, and the residue of the people shall not be cut of from the citie.
3 Then shall the Lord go for the, and fight against those nacions, as whenAs your
〈◊〉
, and you haue had experience bothe at the red Sea and at all other times. he foght in the day of battel.
4 And his fete shall stand in that day vppon theBy this maner of
〈◊〉
the Prophet sheweth gods power, and care
〈◊〉
his Churche, and
〈◊〉
he wil as
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. mount of oliues, whiche is before Ierusalém on the East side, and the mount of oliues shall cleaue in the middes thereof: toward the East and toward the West there (shalbe) a very greate
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
out of all the
〈◊〉
of the worlde they shall se
〈◊〉
, whiche was before hid with this
〈◊〉
: and this he meaneth of the spi ritual Ierusalē the Church. valley, and halfe of the mountaine shall remoue towarde the North, and halfe of the mountaine toward the South.
5 And ye shall flee vnto theHe speaketh of the hypocrites, whiche colde not abide Gods
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
shulde
〈◊〉
into all places where they might
〈◊〉
them among the
〈◊〉
. valley of the mountaines for the valley of the mountaines shal reache vnto Azál: yea, ye shall flee like as ye fled from theRead Amos, 1. 5. earthquake in the dayes of Vzziáh King of Iudáh: & the LordBecause they did not credit the
〈◊〉
wordes, he
〈◊〉
to GOD, and
〈◊〉
him selfe in that hat he knewe that these things shuld ome, and saith,
〈◊〉
, o God, with
〈◊〉
Angels
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to performe his great thing. Signifying, that here shulde be great troubles in the Chu ch, and that the time hereof is in the Lords hands
〈◊〉
at length (which is here ment by the euening) God wolde send comfort. my God shal come and all the Saintes with thee.
6 And in that daye shall there be no cleare light, but darke.
7 And there shalbe a daye [it is knowen to the Lord] h nether daye nor night, but about the euening time it shalbe light.
8 And in that day shall thereThat s, the spiritual graces of God, which shulde euer
〈◊〉
in moste
〈◊〉
. waters of lyfe go out from Ierusalém, halfe of them towarde the East sea, and halfe of thē to warde the vttermost sea, (and) shalbe, both in somer and winter.
9 And the LORD shal be Kyng ouer all the earth: in that daye shal there be oneAll idolatrie and
〈◊〉
shalbe
〈◊〉
, and there shalbe one God, one faith, &
〈◊〉
religion. Lord, and his Name shalbe one.
10 All the lande shalbe turnedThis newe Ierusalém shalbe sene through all the worlde & shall
〈◊〉
the first in
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
and greatnes. as a plaine frō Géba to Rimmôn, towarde the South of Ierusalém, and it shalbe lifted vp, and in habited in her place: from Beniamins gate vnto the place of the first gate, vnto the corner gate, and from the towre of Hananiél, vnto the Kings wine presses.
11 And men shal dwell in it, and there shal he no more destruction, but Ierusalém shalbe safely in habited.
12 And this shalbe the plague, where with the Lord wil smite all people, that
〈◊〉
foght against Ierusalém: their flesh shal consume away, thogh thei stand vpon their fete, & their eyes shal consume in their holes, and their tongue shal consume in their mouth
13 But in that dayGod wil not onely raise vp
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
without but se
〈◊〉
at home to
〈◊〉
them. a great tumult of the Lord shalbe among them, and euerie one shal takeTo hurt, and oppresse him. the hand of his neighbour, and his hand shal rise vp against the hand of his neighbour.
14 And Iudáh shal fight also against Ierusalém and the arme of all the heathen shalbe
〈◊〉
round about, withThe
〈◊〉
arè riche, and therefore shal not come for a pray, but to destroy & sheade blood. golde and siluer an great abundance of apparel.
15 Yet this shal be the plague of the horse of the mule, of the camel and of the asse and of all the beasts that be in these tentes at thisAs the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
destroyed vers 12. plague.
16 But it shal come to passe that euerie one that is left of all the nations, which came against Ierusalém, shal go vp from yere to yere to worship the King the Lord of hostes, and to kepe the feast of Tabernacles.
17 And who so wil not come vp of (all) the families of the earth vnto Ierusalém to worship the King the Lord of hostes, euen vpō them shal come no raine.
18 And if the familie ofBy the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
were greatest enemies to
〈◊〉
religion, he meaneth all the
〈◊〉
. Egypt go not vp, & come not, it shal not (raine) vpon them, (This) shal be the plague where with the Lord wil smite all the heathen, that come not vp to kepe the feast of Tabernacles.
19 This shal be the punishement of Egypt, and the punishement of all the natiōs that come not vp to kepe the feast of Tabernacles.
20 In that day shal therebe (writen) vpon theSignifying that to what seruice they were put now (whether to
〈◊〉
, or to
〈◊〉
in warre)
〈◊〉
were now holie because the Lord had sanctified thē
bridels of the horses, The holines vnto the Lord, and theAs precious the one as the other, because they shalbe sanctified. pottes in the Lords House shalbe like the bowles before the altar.
21 Yea, euerie pot in Ierusalém and
〈◊〉
shal beholie vnto the Lord of hostes, and all they that sacrifice, shal come and take of them and seeth therein and in that day there shal be no more the
〈◊〉
all shalbe pure, and cleane and there shal nether be hypocrite, or anie that shal corrupt the true seruice of God. Canaanite in the House of the Lord of hostes.
MALACHI.
THE ARGVMENT.
THe Prophet was one of the thre, which God raised vp for the comfort of his Church after the captiuitie, and after hym there was no more vntil Iohn Baptist was sent, which was
〈◊〉
a token of Gods wrath, or an admonition that they shulde with more feruent desires loke for the comming of
〈◊〉
. He confirmeth the same doctrine, that the two former do, but chiefly he reproueth the Priests for their couetousnes, and for that they serued God after their owne fantasies, & not
according to the prescript of his worlde. He also noteth certein peculiar sinnes, which were then among them, as marying of idolatrous and manie wiues, murmurings against God, impaciencie, and suche like, Notwitstanding for the comfort of the
〈◊〉
he declareth that God wolde not forget his promes made vnto their fathers, but wolde
〈◊〉
Christ his messenger, in whome the couenant shulde be accomplished, whose comming shulde be
〈◊〉
to the wicked, and bring all consolation and ioye vnto the godlie.
CHAP. I.
A complaint against Israél and chiefly the Priests.
1 THERead
〈◊〉
13. 1. burde of the worde of the Lord to Israél by the ministery of Malachi.
2 I haue loued you, saith the Lord yet ye say,Which declareth
〈◊〉
great
〈◊〉
tude that did not acknowedge this loue, which was so euident, in that he chose Abrahám from out of all the worlde, and next chose Iaakob the yonger brother of
〈◊〉
they came and left
〈◊〉
the elder. Wherein hast thouloued vs? Was not Esàu Iaakôbs brother, saith the Lord? yet I loued Iaakôb.
3 And IFor besides that the signes of mine hatred appeared euen
〈◊〉
he was made seruant vnto his yonger brother, being yet
〈◊〉
his mothers belly, & also afterward in that he was put frō his brith
〈◊〉
, yet euen now before your eyes the
〈◊〉
hereof are euident, in that that his countrey
〈◊〉
waste, and he
〈◊〉
neuer returne
〈◊〉
inhabit it, whe re as ye my people whome the enemie hated more them thē are by
〈◊〉
grace and loue towarde you deli uered, read Rom. 9. 13. hated Esau, and made his mountaines waste, and his heritage a wildernes for dragons.
4 Thogh Edópm say, We are impouerished, but we wil returne and buyld the desolate places, yet saith the Lord of hostes, they shal buylde, but I wil destroye it, and they shal call them, The border of wickednes, and the people, with whome the Lord is angrie for euer.
5 And your eye shal se it, and ye shal say, The Lord wil be magnified vpon the border of Israél.
6 A sonne honoreth (his) father, and a seruant his master. If then I be a father, where is mine honour? and if I be a master, where is my feare, saith the Lord of hostes vnto you,Besides the rest of the people he condemneth the Priests
〈◊〉
because they shulde haue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for their
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
nacie against God & not haue
〈◊〉
dened them by their example to greater
〈◊〉
. ô Priests, that despise my Name? and ye say,He noteth their grosse hypocrisie, which wolde not
〈◊〉
their fautes, but moste impudently
〈◊〉
them and so were
〈◊〉
guides. Wherein haue we despised thy Name?
7 Ye offerYe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
maner offrings for
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
griedines, & do not examine whether they
〈◊〉
to my Law or no. vncleane bread vpon mine altar and you say, Wherein haue we polluted thee? In that ye say the table of the Lord is notNot that they said thus, but by their doings they
〈◊〉
nolesse. to be regarded.
8 And if ye offer the blinde for sacrifice, it isYou make it no
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
he cōdemneth thē, that thinke it sufficient to serue God
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
mans
〈◊〉
, and so come
〈◊〉
to that
〈◊〉
of religion, which
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and therefore in
〈◊〉
he shewath
〈◊〉
that a
〈◊〉
man wolde
〈◊〉
be content to be serued. not euil and if ye offer the lame and sicke it is not euil offer it now vnto thy prince: wil he be content with thee, or accept thy persone, saith the Lord of hostes?
9 And now, I pray you,He de
〈◊〉
the Priests who
〈◊〉
the people in
〈◊〉
, that they praied for thē, & sheweth that they were the occasiō, that these
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the people. pray before God, that he may haue mercie vpō vs: this hathe bene by your meanes: wil he regarde
〈◊〉
God consider
〈◊〉
office & state,
〈◊〉
you are so
〈◊〉
, & wicked? your persones, saith the Lord of hostes?
10 Who is there euen among you,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
who kept the dores, did not
〈◊〉
whe har the
〈◊〉
that came in were
〈◊〉
to the Law, God
〈◊〉
, that
〈◊〉
wolde
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
then to receiue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
were not
〈◊〉
. that wolde shut the dores? and kindle not (fyre) on mine altar in vaine, I haue no pleasure in you, saith the Lord of hostes, nether wil I accept an offring at your hand.
11 For from the rising of the sunne vnto the going downe of the same, my Name isGod
〈◊〉
, that their
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
true
〈◊〉
shalbe the cause of the calling of the Gentiles: and
〈◊〉
the Prophet that was vnder the Law framed his
〈◊〉
the capacitie of the people, and by the altar, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
meaneth thes
〈◊〉
seruice of God which shulde be vnder the Gospel, when an end shul de be made to all these legal ceremo nies by Christs one ly
〈◊〉
. great among the Gentiles, and in euerie place incense shalbe offred vnto my Name, and a pure offring: for my Name is great amōg the heathē, saith the Lord of hostes.
12 But ye haue polluted it, in that ye say, The table of the Lord is
〈◊〉
Priests and the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
with
〈◊〉
error, that they passed not what was offred: for they thoght that God was a swel
〈◊〉
with the leane as with
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
in the mea ne season they shewed not that
〈◊〉
to God,
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
, and so
〈◊〉
bothe
〈◊〉
, and also sheweth their contempt of God and
〈◊〉
. polluted, and the frute thereof, (euen) his meat is not to be regarded.
13 Ye said also, Beholde, (it is) aThe Priests and people were botheweary with
〈◊〉
God, and passed not what maner of
〈◊〉
& seruice they gaue to God, for that which was least
〈◊〉
, was thogh good
〈◊〉
for the
〈◊〉
. we arines, and ye haue snuffed at it, saith the Lord of hostes, and ye offred that which was torne & the lame and the sicke: thus ye offred an offring: shulde I accept this of your hand, saith the Lord?
14 But cursed be the deceiuer, which hathe in his flockeThat is,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to serue the Lord according to
〈◊〉
worde, and yet wil
〈◊〉
him according to his
〈◊〉
minde. a male, and voweth, and sacrificeth vnto the Lord a corrupt thing: for I am a great King, saith the Lord of hostes, & my Name is terrible among the heathē.
CHAP. II.
Threatenings against the Priests being seducers of the people.
1 ANd now, ô yeHe speaketh vnto thē chiefly, but vnder them he cō
teineth the people also. Priests, this commandement is for you.
2 If ye wil not heare it, nor cōsider it in your heart to giue glorieTo serue me according to my worde. vnto my Name, saith the Lord of hostes, I wil euen send a curse vpon you, and wil curse yourThat is, the abun dance
〈◊〉
Gods
〈◊〉
. blessings yea I haue cursed them already because ye do not considerit in (your) heart.
3 Beholde, I wil corruptYour seed
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
come
〈◊〉
no
〈◊〉
. your seed, and cast dongue vpō your faces, (euē) theYou boast of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
, but they shal turne to your shame, & be as vile as dongue. dōgue of your solēne feasts, & you shalbe like vnto it
4 And ye shal knowe, that I haueThe Priests obiected against the Prophet that he colde not
〈◊〉
them, but he must speake against the priest
〈◊〉
, & the office established of God by
〈◊〉
but he sheweth, that the office is nothing
〈◊〉
whē these
〈◊〉
& dongue are called by their owne names. sent this commandement vnto you, that my couenant, which I made with Leui, might stand, saith the Lord of hostes.
5 MyHe sheweth what were the two
〈◊〉
of the couenant made with the tribe of
〈◊〉
, on Gods parte, that he wolde giue thē long life &
〈◊〉
, and on their parte, that they
〈◊〉
faithfully serue him according to his worde. couenant was with him of life and peace, and II prescribed
〈◊〉
certeine Law to serue me. gaue him feare and he feared me, and was afraide beforeHe serued me & set forthe my glorie
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and submission. my Name.
6 The law ofHe sheweth that the Priest ought to haue knowledge to instruct other in the worde of the Lord. trueth was in his mouth, and there was no iniquitie founde in his lippes he walked with me in peace and equitie, and did turne manie away from iniquitie.
7 For the PriestsHe is as the treasure house of Gods worde & ought to giue to euerie one according to their necessirie, and not to reser ue it for
〈◊〉
. lippes shulde preserue knowledge, and they shulde seke the lawe at his mouth: for he is theShewing,
〈◊〉
whosoeuer doeth not declare Gods wil, is not his messenger and Priest. messenger of
the Lord of hostes.
8 But ye are gone out of the way: ye haue caused manie to fall by the Law: ye haue brokē the couenāt of Leui, saith the Lord of hostes.
9 Therefore haue I also made you to be despised, & vile before all the people, because ye kept not my wayes, but haue bene parcial in the Law.
10 Haue we not allThe prophet
〈◊〉
he ingratitude of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
God and mā: for seing they were all
〈◊〉
of one
〈◊〉
Ab
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and Godhad elected them
〈◊〉
be his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to offend
〈◊〉
nor their
〈◊〉
. one father? hathe not one God made vs? why do we transgresse euerie one against his brother, and breake the couenant ofVVhereby they had bounde them selues to God to be an
〈◊〉
people. our fathers?
11 Iudáh hathe transgressed, and an abominacion is committed in Israél and in Ierusa lém: for Iudáh hathe defiled the holines of the Lord, which he loued, and hathe maried theThei haue
〈◊〉
them selues in ma riage w th them that are of another religion. daughter of a strange god.
12 The Lord wil cut of the man that doeth this: (bothe) the master and the seruant out of the tabernacle of Iaakób, and him thatThat is, the
〈◊〉
offereth an offring vnto the Lord of hostes.
13 And this haue ye done againe, andYe cause the people to
〈◊〉
, because that God doeth not regarde their
〈◊〉
, so that they
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
. couered the altar of the Lord with teares, with weping and with mourning: because the offring is no more regarded, nether receiued acceptably at your hands.
14 Yet ye say,This
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
is,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of mariage. Wherein? Because the Lord hathe bene witnes betwene thee and thy wife of thy youth, against whome thou hast transgressed: yet is she thyAs
〈◊〉
one halfe of
〈◊〉
selfe. companion, & the wife of thyShe that was ioy ned to thee by a solemne couenāt, and
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
tiō of Gods Name couenant.
15 And did notDid not God
〈◊〉
ke man
〈◊〉
womā as one flesh and nor many. he make one: yet had heBy his power &
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
made many
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
abundance of spirit: and wherefore one? because he soght a godlie
〈◊〉
as
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
wherof, is no
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
seed: therefore kepe your selues in your
〈◊〉
your
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and be so
〈◊〉
in minde, and
〈◊〉
your
〈◊〉
. spirit, and let none trespasse against the wife of his youth.
16 If thou hatest (her,)Not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the two
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
, which is the
〈◊〉
. put her away, saith the Lord God of Israél, yet he couerethHe thinketh it sufficient to kepe his wife
〈◊〉
, al
〈◊〉
take others, and so
〈◊〉
it were
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
the iniurie vnder his garment, saith the Lord of hostes therefore kepe your selues in your spirit, and transgresse
〈◊〉
.
17 Ye haue wearied theYe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
against God,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
not you assone as you cal led. Lord with your wordes: yet ye say, Wherein haue we wearied him? Whēye say Euerie one thatIn
〈◊〉
that God fauored the wicked, &
〈◊〉
no
〈◊〉
to thē that serue him. doeth euil, is good in the sight of the Lord, and he deliteth in them, Or where is the God ofThus they
〈◊〉
God in condemning his power and
〈◊〉
, because he iudged not according to their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. iudgement?
CHAP. III.
1 Of the messenger of the Lord, Iohn Baptist, and of Christs
〈◊〉
.
1 BEholde; I wil send myThis is ment of Iohn Baptist, as
〈◊〉
expoundeth it,
〈◊〉
, 7. 27. messenger, and he shal prepare the way before me and the
〈◊〉
, Messiah, as psal. 40, 1. dan.
〈◊〉
. 17. Lord whome ye seke, shal spedely come to his Temple: euen theThat is, Christ by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, who is called the Angel or messenger of the couenant, because he reconcileth vs to his father: and
〈◊〉
Lord or King, because he hath the
〈◊〉
of his Church. messenger of the couenāt whome ye desire: beholde, he shal come, saith the Lord of hostes.
2 But whoHe sheweth that the
〈◊〉
whi che
〈◊〉
so much for the Lords
〈◊〉
ming, wil not abide when he draweth nere: for he wilcōsume thē and purge his and make them cleane may abide the day of his comming? and who shal endure, whē he appeareth? for he is like a purging fyre, and like fullers sope.
3 And he shall sit downe to trye and fine the siluer he shal euen fine the sonnes ofHe beginne that the
〈◊〉
that they might be ligh tes and shine vnto others. Leui, and purifie them as gold and siluer, that they may bring offrings vnto the Lord in righteousnes.
4 Then shal the offrings of Iudáh and Ierusalém be acceptable vnto the Lord, as in olde time and in the yeres afore.
5 And I wil come nere to you to iudgement, and I wil be a swifte witnes against the sothe sayers, and against the adulterers, and against false swearers, and against those that wrongfully kepe backe the hirelings wages, (and vexe) the widdowe, and the fatherles, and oppresse the stranger, and feare not me, saith the Lord of hostes.
6 For I am the Lord I change not, & ye sonnes of IaakóbThey murmured against God, becau se they sawe not
〈◊〉
helpe euer pre sent to defend thē & therefore he accuseth them of ingratitude, and sheweth that in that they are not daily consumed, it is a tokē, that he doeth
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them: & so his mercie toward them neuer
〈◊〉
. are not consumed.
7 From the daies of your fathers, ye are go ne away from mine ordinances, and haue not kept (them:)Read
〈◊〉
. 1. 3. returne vnto me, and I wil returne vnto you, saith the Lord of hostes: but ye said, Wherein shal we returne?
8 Wil aThere are
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
so
〈◊〉
, that wil defraude their gods of
〈◊〉
honour, or deale deceitfully with thē. man spoyle (his) gods? yet haue ye spoyled me: but ye say, Wherein haue we spoyled thee? InVVhereby the
〈◊〉
uice of God shulde haue bene
〈◊〉
ned, & the Priests and the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
lieued. tythes and offrings.
9 Ye are cursed with a cursse: for ye haue spoyled me, euen this whole nacion.
10 Bring ye all the tythes into the store hou se that there may be meat in mine House, & proue me now herewith, saith the Lord of hostes, if I wil not open the windowes of heauen vnto you, and powre you out a blessingNot hauing
〈◊〉
spect how much
〈◊〉
nede, but I wil giue you in all abun dance: so that ye shal lacke place to put my blessings in. without measure.
11 And I wil rebuke theMeaning, the caterpiller, & what soeuer
〈◊〉
corne and frutes. deuourer for your sakes, and he shal not destroye the frute of your grounde, nether shal your vine be baren in the field, saith the Lord of hostes.
12 And all nacions shal call you blessed: sor ye shalbe a pleasant land, saith the Lord of hostes.
13 Your wordes haue bene stouteThe Prophet cō demneth them of double blasphemie against God: first in that they said that God had no respect to thē that serued him, & next that the wicked were more in his fauour then the godlie. against me, saith the Lord yet ye say, What haue we spoken against thee?
14 Ye haue said, (It is) in vaine to serue God and what profite is it that we haue kept his commandemēt, and that we walked humbly before the Lord of hostes?
15 Therefore we counte the proude blessed: euen they that worke wickednes, are set vp, and they that tempte God, yea, thei areThey are not one ly preferred to honour, but also deliuered from dangers. deliuered.
16 After these admonitions of the
〈◊〉
some we
〈◊〉
touched and incouraged others to feare God Then spake they that feared the Lord, euerie one to his neighbour, and the Lord hearkened and heard it, and aBothe because the thing was strange, that some turned to God in that great and vniuersal corruption, and also that this might be an example of Gods mercies to all
〈◊〉
sinners. boke of remēbrance was writen before him for them that feared the Lord, & that thoght vpon his Name.
17 And they shalbe to
〈◊〉
Lord of ho stes, in that dayVVhen I shal
〈◊〉
my Church according to my promes, they shal be as mine owne propre goods. that
〈◊〉
(this) for a flocke, and I wilThat is, forgiue their sinnes, and gouerne them with my Spirit. spare them, as a man spa reth his owne sonne that serueth him.
18 Then shal you returne, and discerne betwe ne the righteous and wicked, betwene him that serueth God, and him that serueth him not.
CHAP. IIII.
The day of the Lord, before the which Eliáh shulde come.
1 FOr beholde, the day cometh that shalHe prophecieth of Gods
〈◊〉
against the
〈◊〉
, who wolde not receiue Christ, whē as God shuld send him for the restauration of his Church. burne as an ouen, and all the proude, yea and all that do wickedly, shal be stubble, and the day that cometh, shal burne them vp, saith the Lord of hostes, and shal leaue them, nether roote nor branche.
2 But vnto you that feare my Name, shal theMeaning, Christ, who with his wings or beames of his grace shuld lighten, and comfort his Church.
〈◊〉
. 5. 14., and
〈◊〉
is called the sunne of
〈◊〉
, because in him self he hathe all perfection, and also the iustice of the father dwelleth in him where
〈◊〉
he regenerateth vs into righteousnes,
〈◊〉
vs from the
〈◊〉
of this worlde, and reformeth vs to the image of God. Sunne of righteousnes arise and health, (shalbe) vnder his wings, & ye shalYe shalbe set at libertie and increa se in the ioye of the Spirit. 2. Cor 3 17. go forthe, and growe vp as fat calues.
3 And ye shal treade downe the wicked: for they shalbe dust vnder the soles of your fete in the day that I shal do (this) saith the Lord of hostes.
4 Because the time was come that the Iewes shulde be
〈◊〉
of Prophetes vntil the time of Christ, because they shulde with more fer uent mindes desire his coming, the Prophet exhorteth them to exercise them selues diligently in studying the Lawe of Moses in the meane season, whereby they might continue in the true religion and also be armed against all tentations. Remember the Lawe of Mosés my seruāt which I commanded vnto him in Horéb for all Israél with the statutes and iudgements.
5 Beholde: I wil send youThis Christ expounded of Iohn Baptist. Matt. 11. 13. who bothe for his zeale, and restoring of religion is aptly compared to Eliah. Eliáh the Prophet before the comming of the great andVVhich as it is true for the wicked, so doeth it waken the godlie and call them to repentance. fea reful day of the Lord.
6 And he shalHe sheweth wherein Iohns office shulde stand in the turning of men to God and ioyning the father and children in one vnitie of faith: so that tho father shal turne to that religion of his sonne which is conuerted to Christ, and the sonne shal imbrace the faith of the true fathers. Abraham,
〈◊〉
and Iaakob. turne the heart of the fathers to the children, and the heart of the children to their fathers, lest I comeThe seconde point of his office was to denounce Gods iudgements against them that wolde not
〈◊〉
Christ. and smite the earth with cursing.
APOCRYPHA.
THE ARGVMENT.
THese bokes that follow in order after the Prophetes vnto the Newe testament, are called Apocrypha, that is bokes which were not receiued by a commune consent to be red and expounded publikely in the Church, nether yet serued to proue any point of Christian religion, saue in asmuche as they had the consent of the other Scriptures called Canonical to confirme the same, or rather whereon they were grounded: but as bokes proceding from godlie men, were receiued to be red for the aduancement and furtherance of the knowledge of historie, and for the instruction of godlie maners, which bokes declare that at all times God had an especial care of his Church and left them not vtterly destitute of teachers and meanes to confirme them in the hope of the promised Messiah, & also witnesse that those calamites that God sent to his Church were according to his prouidence, who had bothe so threatened by his Prophetes, and so broght it to passe for the destruction of their enemies, and for the tryal of his children.
I. Esdras.
CHAP. I.
1 Iosias appointeth Priestes, and kepeth the Passeouer.
〈◊〉
Offrings for the Priests and the people. 11 The order of the Leuites. 23 The vpright life of Iosias. 25 His death & the occasion thereof, and the lamentation for him. 34 Ioa chaz appointed King.
〈◊〉
The destruction of Ierusalem.
1 ANd Iosias kept the2 King. 23. 21 Passeouer to his lord2.
〈◊〉
. 0. 35. 1, in Ierusalem, and of fred the Passe ouerin the fourtenth day of the first moneth.
2 And appointed the Priests in order according to the dailie courses, being clo thed with long garments in the Temple of the Lord.
3 And he spake to the Leuites the holy ministers of Israél, that they shulde sanctifie them selues to the Lord, to set the holy Arke of the Lord in the House, which Salo mon the sonne of King Dauid had buylt.
4 And said, Ye shal nomore beare the Arke vpon your shulders: now therefore serue the Lord your God, and take the charge of his people of Israél, and prepare according to your families and tribes.
5 After the writing of Dauid King of Israél, and according to the maiestie of Salomôn his sonne, and stand in the Temple [according to the ordre of the dignitie of your fa thers the Leuites] which were (appointed) before your brethren the children of Israél.
6 Offer in ordre the Passeouer, and make readie the sacrifices for your brethren, and kepe the Passe ouer after the Lords commā dement giuen to moyses.
7 And Iosias gaue to the people that was present thirtie thousand lambes and kiddes with threthousand calues,
8 These were giuen of the Kings possessions according to the promes, to the people, & to the Priests, and to the Leuites. Then gaue Helkias and Zacharias andOr,
〈◊〉
. Syelus the gouernours of the Tēple, to the Priests for the Passeouer two thousand shepe, & thre hundreth calues.
9 Furthermore, Iechonias, and Samaias, and Nathanael his brother, andOr, Hasabias. Sabias, andOr,
〈◊〉
. Chielus, andOr
〈◊〉
, Ioram captaines gaue
to the Leuites for the Passeouer fiue thousand shepe and seuen hundreth calues.
10 And when these things were done, the Priests and the Leuites stode in ordre, hauing vnleauened bread according to the tribes.
11 And after the ordre of the dignitie of their fathers, before the people to offre to the Lord, as it is writen in the bokes of Moyses and thus (they did) in the morning.
12 And they rosted the Passeouer with fyre asExod. 12.
〈◊〉
. * apperteined, and they sod their offrings with perfumes in
〈◊〉
and pottes.
13 And set it before
〈◊〉
them that were of the people, and afterward they prepared for them selues, and for the Priests their brethren the sonnes of Aaron.
14 For the Priests
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
vnto the euening, and the Leuites did make ready for them selues, & for the Priests their brethren the sonnes of Aarón.
15 And the holy singers
〈◊〉
sonnes of Asáph, were in their orders, according to the appointed ordinances of Dauid (to wit,) Asaph, and Azarias, andOr,
〈◊〉
, Eddimus, which was of the Kings appointement.
16 And the porters were at euerie gate (so that) it was notlawful, that anie shulde passe his ordinarie watche: for their brethren the Leuites made readie for them.
17 And in that day those things which apper teinedto
〈◊〉
sacrifice of the Lord, were accomplished, that they might offre the Passeouer.
18 And offre sacrifices vpon the altar of the Lord, according to the commandement of King
〈◊〉
.
19 So the children
〈◊〉
Israél, which were present at that time, kept the Passe
〈◊〉
and the
〈◊〉
of vnleauened bread seuen dayes.
20 And there was not suche a Passeouer kept in Israél since the time of Samuél the Prophet.
21 And al the Kings of Israél did not offre suche a Passeouer, as did Iosias, and the Priestes, and the Leuites, and the Iewes, and all Israél, which were founde to remaine in Ie rusalem.
22 In the eghtenth yere of the reigne of Iosias was this Passeouer kept.
23 The workes of Iosias were vpright before his Lord with a heart ful of godlines.
24 And concerning the things which came to passe in his time, they are writen before (to wit) of those that sinned & did wickedly against the Lord aboue euerie nacion & kingdome, and grieued him withOr by
〈◊〉
sensible crea
〈◊〉
. sensible things, so that the wordes of the Lord sto de vp against Israel.
25 ¶ * Now after all these actes of Iosias it2.
〈◊〉
35,
〈◊〉
. came to passe that when Pharaoh King of Egypt came to moue warre at Carchamis vpon Euphrates, Iosias went out against
〈◊〉
.
26 But the King of Egypt sent to him, saying What haue I to do with thee, ô King of Iudea.
27 I am not sent of the Lord God against thee but my warre is vpon Euphrates, and now the Lord is with me, and the Lord hasteneth me forwarde departe from me, and be not against the Lord.
28 But Iosias wolde not turne backe his chariot frō him, but prepared him self to fight with him, not regarding the wordes of Ieremias the Prophet by the mouth of the Lord.
29 But he set him self in battel aray against him in the field of Megeddo, and the princes came downe to King Iosias.
30 And the King said to his seruants, Cōuaye me out of the battel, for I am very weake. And by and by his seruāts broght him out of the battel.
31 So he gate vpon his seconde chariot, and being come againe to Ierusalém he changed his life, and was buryed in his fathers graue.
32 And in all Iudea was Iosias be wailed, yea Ieremias the Prophet did lament for Iosias and the gouernours and their wiues did la ment him vnto this day: and this was ordeined in all the kinred of Israél to be done continually.
33 But these things are written in the boke of the stories of the Kings of Iudea, and euerie one of the actes that Iosias did, & his glorie, and his knowledge in the la we of the Lord, and the things which he did before, and the things now (rehersed) are registred in the boke of the King of Israél &2. King 23.
〈◊〉
. Iudea.
〈◊〉
. Chro. 16. 1.
34 Then they of the nacion toke * Ioachaz the sonne of Iosias, and made him King in steade of his father Iosias, when he was thre and twentie yere olde.
35 And he reigned in Iudea and in Ierusalem thre moneths for the King of Egypt depo sed him from reigning in Ierusalém.
36 He taxed also the people of an hundreth talents of siluer, and one talent of gold.
37 And the King of Egypt made Ioacim his brother King of Iudea and Ierusalém.
38 And he bounde Ioachaz & his gouernours but whē he had taken Zaraces his brother he led him away into Egypt.
39 Twentie and fiue yere olde was Ioacim, when he reigned in Iudea and Ierusalém, & he did euil in the sight of the Lord.
40 Wherefore against him came vp Nabucho donosor King of Babylon, who when he had bounde him with a chaine of brasse, led him away into Babylon.
41 Then Nabuchodonosor toke of the holie vessels of the Lord, and caryed them away, and set them in his temple at Babylon.
42 But all his actes and his prophanation, and his reproche are written in the Chronicles of the Kings.
43 And Ioacim his sonne reigned for him:
and when he was made King, he was eighte ne yere olde.
44 And he reigned thre moneths and ten dayes in Ierusalem, and he did euil in the sight of the Lord.
45 ¶ So a yere after Nabuchodonosor sent and broght him to Babylon with the holy vessels of the Lord.
46 And he made
〈◊〉
King of Iudea and Ierusalem when he was one and twentie yere olde, and he reigned eleuen yeres.
47 And he did euil in the sight of the Lord, nether did he feare the wordes spoken * byIere
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. Ieremias the Prophet from the mouth of the Lord.
48 For after that he was sworne to King Nabuchodonosor, he forsware him self by the Name of the Lord and fel away, and hardened his necke
〈◊〉
his heart, and transgressed the Lawes of the Lord God of Israél.
49 Also the gouerners of the people, and the Priests committed many things against the lawes and passed all the pollucions of all nacions, and polluted the Temple of the Lord, which was sanctified in Ierusalém.
50 Neuertheles the God of their Fathers sent his messenger to call them backe, because he spared them and his owne Tabernacle.
51 But thei derided his messengers, and in the day, that the Lord spake (vnto them,) they mocked his Prophetes.
52 So that he, being moued to angre against his people for their great wickednes, commanded the Kings of the Chaldeans to inuade them.
53 These killed their yong men with the sworde rounde about their holie Temple, nether did they spare yongman, nor maiden, nether olde man, nor childe among them.
54 But he deliuered thē all into their hands, and all the holy vessels of the Lord, bothe great and smale with the vessels of the Arke of God: and they toke, & caryed away the Kings treasures into Babylon.
55 And thei set fyre in the House of the Lord and brake downe the walles of Ierusalém and burnt their towres with fyre.
56 They consumed also all the precious things thereof, and broght them to noght, and those that were left by the sworde, he caryed away into Babylon.
57 And they were seruants to him, and to his children til the Persians reigned, to fulfil the worde of the Lord by the mouth of * Ieremias,
〈◊〉
. 2,
〈◊〉
, &
〈◊〉
, 10.
58 And that the land might enioye her Sabbaths all the time, that it was desolate, til seuentie yeres were accomplished.
CHAP. II.
1 Cyrus gaue leaue to the
〈◊〉
to returne. 10 He sent the holy
〈◊〉
. 13 The names of them that returned 16 Their
〈◊〉
did let their buylding, and the
〈◊〉
letters for the same.
1 IN * the first yere of the reigne of Cyrus2
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, King of the Persians, to fulfil the worde of the Lord by the mouth of Ieremias,
2 The Lord raised vp the spirit of Cyrus King of the Persians, and he made proclamacion through out all his kingdome,
〈◊〉
by expresse lettres.
3 Saying, Thus saith Cyrus King of the Persians, The Lord of Israél, euen the moste high Lord, hathe made me King ouer the whole worlde.
4 And he hathe commanded me to buylde him an House in Ierusalém, which is in Iudea.
5 If there be anie therefore of you of his people, let the Lord, euen his Lord be with him, and let him go vp to Ierusalém, which is in Iudea & buylde the House of the Lord of
〈◊〉
he is the Lord which dwelleth in Ierusalém.
6 All they then that dwell in the places rounde about, those, (I say,) that are in his place, let them helpe him with golde and siluer.
7 With giftes, with horses and cattel, and other things, which shalbe broght, according to the vowes into the Temple of the Lord, which is in Ierusalém.
8 ¶ Then arose the chief of the families of Iudea, and of the tribe of Beniamin, and the Priests and Leuites, & all whose minde the Lord had moued to go vp, and buylde an House to the Lord in Ierusalém.
9 And those that were about them, helped them in all things with siluer and golde, horses, and cattel, and with diuersvowes of many whose mindes were stirred vp.
10 Also King Cyrus broght out the holy vessels of the Lord, which Nabuchodonosor had caryed out of Ierusalém, and had
〈◊〉
them in the Temple of his
〈◊〉
.
11 Now when Cyrus King of the Persians had broght themout, he deliuered thē to Mithridates his treasurer.
12 By whome they were giuen toOr,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Abassar the gouernour of Iudea.
13 Whereof this was the nomber: a thousand golden cuppes, and a thousand siluer cuppes, basens of siluer for the sacrifices, nine and twentie violes, of golde thirtie, and of siluer two thousand, foure hundreth and ten, and a thousand other vessels,
14 So all the vessels of golde and siluer, whiche they caried away, were fiue thousand, foure hundreth, thre score and nine.
15 They were broght by Sanabassar with them of the
〈◊〉
of Babylon to Ieru salém.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
16 ¶ But * in the tyme of Artaxerxes Kyng of the PersiansOr.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, Belemus, and Mithridates, and Tabellius, and Rathumus, and Beeltethmus,
&
〈◊〉
, Shim
〈◊〉
, Semellius the secretarie, and others which were ioyned to these, dwelling in Samaria and in other places, wrote vnto him this epistle here following agaīst them, that dwelt in Iudea and Ierusalém, TO THE KING ARTAXERXES OVR LORD.
17 Thy seruants, Rathumus the writer of things that come to passe, and Semellius the secretarie, and the rest of their counsel, and the iudges which are in Coelosyria and Phenice.
18 Be it now therefore knowen to our lord the King, that the Iewes which came vp from you, are come to vs into Ierusalêm, that rebellious and wicked citie, and buyl de the marked places, & make vp the walles thereof, and laye the fundacions of the Temple.
19 Therefore if this citie be buylt, and the walles be finished, they wil not onely not
〈◊〉
to paye tribute, but wil also resist Kings.
20 And because the things, perteining to the Temple, go forwarde, we thoght it not
〈◊〉
to passe ouer suche a thing.
21 But to declare it to our lord the King, that if it be thy pleasure, it may be soght out in the bokes of thy fathers.
22 And thou shalt finde in the Chronicles the writings concerning these things, & shalt knowe that this citie did alwaies rebel, & did trouble bothe Kings and cities.
23 And that the Iewes are rebellious, raising alwaies warres therein: for the which cause also this citie was made
〈◊〉
.
24 Now therefore, ô lord the King, we decla re it, that if this citie be buy it and the walles thereof repared, you shal haue no more passage into Coelosyria, nor Phenice.
25 ¶ Then the King wrote againe to Rathumus, that wrote the things that came to passe, and to
〈◊〉
, and to Samellius the secretarie, and to the rest of those that were ioyned with thē, and to the dwellers of Samaria, Syria and Phenice, these things that folowe.
26 I haue red the epistle, which ye sent to me therefore I commanded, that it shulde be soght out, and it was sounde, that this citie hathe alwaies practised against Kings,
27 And that the men thereof were giuen to rebellion and warres, and how that mightie Kings and fierce haue reigned in
〈◊〉
which toke tribute of Coelosyria and Phenice:
28 Now therefore I haue commanded to for bid these men to
〈◊〉
vp the citie, and that it be takē hede that no more be done.
29 And that those wicked things, which shul de molest the King, go not forwarde.
30 Then when Rathumus, and Semellius the secretarie and the
〈◊〉
, which were ioyned with them, had red the things, which King
〈◊〉
had writen, they moued their tents with spede to Ierusalém with horses and men in araye,
31 And began to let them which buylt, so that the buylding of the Temple in Ierusalém ceased vnto the seconde yere of the rei gne of Darius King of the Persians.
CHAP. III.
1 The feast of Darius, 16. The thre wise sentences.
1 NOw when Darius reigned, he made a great feast to all his subiects and to all those of his owne house, and to all the prin ces of Media and Persia.
2 And to all the gouernours and captaines, and lieutenants that were with him, from India vnto Ethiopia of an hundreth and se uen and twentie prouinces.
3 And when they had eaten and drunke, and were
〈◊〉
, they departed, and King Darius went into his chamber, and slept, til he
〈◊〉
againe.
4 ¶ In the meane time thre yong men of the garde, kepers of the Kings bodie, said one to another.
5 Let euerie one of vs speake a sentence, (&) he that shal ouercome, and whose sentence
〈◊〉
appeare wiser then the others, Darius the King shal giue him great gifts, & great things in token of victorie,
6 As to weare purple and to drinke in golde and to slepe in golde, and a chariot with bridles of golde, an head tyre of fine linen and a chaine about his necke,
7 And he shal sit next to Darius for his wisdo me, and shalbe called Darius cousin.
8 Then euerie man wrote his sentence and sealed it, and put it vnder the pillowe of King Darius,
9 And said, when the King rose, thei wolde giue him the writing, and whose sentence the King & the thre princes of Persia shulde iudge to be wisest, to him shulde the victorie be giuen, as it was appointed.
10 One wrote, The wine is strongest.
11 The other wrote, The King is strongest.
12 The other wrote, women are strōgest, but trueth ouercometh all things.
13 ¶ And when the King rose, they toke the writings and gaue thē to him, & hered thē.
14 And sent and called all the noble men of Persia and of Media, and the gouernours and the captaines, and lieutenants, and the consuls.
15 And sate him downe in the counsel, & the
〈◊〉
was red before them.
16 Then he said, Call the yong men that they may declare their owne sentences, So they called them, and they came in.
17 Then he said vnto them, Declare vnto vs the writings, So the first began, which had spoken of the strength of wine.
18 And said on this maner, Oye men, how strong is wine it deceiueth all men that drinke it.
19 It maketh the minde of the King and of the fatherles bothe one, of the bonde
man and of the fre man, of the poore man and of the riche man.
20 It turneth also euerie thoght into ioye and gladnes, so that one remembreth no maner of sorow, nor det.
21 It maketh euerie heart riche, so that one remembreth nether King nor gouernour, and causeth to speake all things byOr,
〈◊〉
, talents.
22 When men haue drunke, they haue no minde to loue ether friends or brethren, and a litle after they drawe out swordes.
23 But when they are from the wine, they do not remember what they haue done.
24 O ye men, is not wine strongest, which compelleth to do suche things! and he helpe hys peace when he had thus spoken.
CHAP. IIII.
Of the strength of a King 13 Of the strength of women 34 Of the strength of trueth, which sentence is approued. 47 And his petition granted.
1 THen the seconde whiche had spoken of the strength of the King, began to say.
2 O ye men, are not men strongest, which beare rule by land and by sea, and ouer al things which are in them!
3 But the King is yet greater: for he ruleth all things, and is Lord of them, so that they do all things which he commandeth them.
4 If he bid them make warre one against another, they do it: if he send them out againste the enemies, they go and breake down moū taines and walles and towres.
5 They kil and are killed, and do not passe the commandement of the King: if they ouercome, they bring all to the King, as well the
〈◊〉
as all other things.
6 And those also whiche go not to warre and battel, but til the earth: (for) when they haue so wen it againe, they reape it, and bryng it to the King, and compell one another to paye tribute to the King.
7 Yet he is (but) one man: if he bid, Kill, they kil: if he say, Spare, they spare.
8 (If) he bid, Smite, they smite: (if) he bid them, Make desolate, they make desolate: (if) he bid, Buyld, they buyld.
9 (If) he bid, Cut of, they cut of: (if) he bid, Plante, they plante.
10 So al his people and al his armies obey one man: in the meane while he sitteth down, he eateth, and drinketh and slepeth.
11 For these kepe him rounde about: nether can any one go and do his owne busines, nether are they disobedient vnto him.
12 O ye men, howe shulde not the Kyng be strongest, seing he is thus obeyed! So he helde his tongue.
13 ¶ Then the thirde whiche had spoken of women and of the trueth [this was Zorobabel] began to speake.
14 O ye men, nether the mightie King, nor ma ny men nor wine is strongest: who then ruleth them or hathe dominion ouer them! are they not women!
15 Women haue borne the King and al the peo ple which beare rule by sea and by land.
16 Euen of them were they borne, and they nourished them, which planted the vines, of which the wine is made.
17 They also make mens garments and make men honorable, nether can men be without women.
18 And if they haue gathered together golde and siluer, or any goodlie thing, do they
〈◊〉
loue a faire and beautiful woman!
19 Do they not leaue all those things and giue them selues wholy vnto her, and gape, and gaze vpon her, and all men desire her more then gold, or siluer, or any precious thing!
20 A man leaueth his owne father whiche hathe nourished him, and his owne countrey, and is ioyned with his wife.
21 And for the woman he ieopardeth his life, and nether remembreth father nor mother nor countrey.
22 Therefore by this ye may knowe that the women beare rule ouer you: do ye not labour and trauail, and giue and bring all to the women?
23 Yea, a man taketh his sworde and goeth for the to kil and to steale, and to saile vpon the sea, and vpon riuers.
24 And he seeth a lion and goeth in darkenes, and when he hathe stollen, rauished ād spoi led, he bringeth it to his loue.
25 Wherefore a man loueth his owne wife mo re then father or mother.
26 Yea, many haue runne mad for woman, and haue bene seruants for them.
27 Many also haue perished and haue erred ād sinned for women.
28 Now therefore do you not beleue me? is not the King great in his power? do not all regions: feare to touche him?
29 (Yet) I sawe him and Apame, the Kings con cubine, the daughter of the famous Barracus, sitting on the right hand of the King.
30 And she toke the crown of the Kings head, and put it vpon her owne, and stroke the King with her left hand.
31 Yet in the meane season the Kyng gaped and gazed on her: and if she laughed at him, he laughed: and if she were angrie with him, he did flatter her that he might he reconciled with her.
32 How then, ô ye men, are not women more strong, seing they do thus?
33 ¶ Thē the King and the princes loked one vpon another, and he began to speake of the trueth.
34 Oye men, are not women stronger? great is the earth, and the heauen is hie, and the sonne is swift in his course: for he turneth roūde about heauen in one daye, and runneth againe into his owne place.
35 Is not he great that maketh these thyngs? therefore the trueth is greater and stronger then all.
36 All the earth calleth for trueth, and the hea uen blesseth it: and all thyngs are shaken
and tremble, nether is there any vniust thing with it.
37 The wine (is) wicked, the King (is) wicked, women (are) wicked, and all the children of men are wicked, and all their wicked workes are suche, and there is no trueth in thē, and they perish in their iniquitie.
38 But trueth doeth abide, & is strong for euer, and liueth and reigneth for euer and euer.
39 With her there is no receyuing of persons not differēce: but she doeth the thīgs which are iust, and absteineth from vniust (ād) wicked things, and all men fauour her workes.
40 Nether is there any vniust thing in her iud gement, and she is the strength and the king dome and the power, ād maiestie of all ages. Blessed be the God of trueth.
41 So he ceased to speake, and then al the peo ple cryed and said then, Trueth is great and strongest.
42 Then the King said vnto hym, Aske what thou wilt besides that which is appointed, & we wil giue it thee, because thou art founde the wisest, and thou shalt haue libertie to sit by me, and shalt be called my cousin.
43 ¶Then he said to the King, Remembre the vowe that thou hast vowed to buylde Ierusa lē, in the day that thou tokest the kingdome
44 And to send againe al the vessels that were taken out of Ierusalém, whiche Cyrus set a parte when he made a vowe to cut of Babylon, and vowed to send them thither.
45 Thou also hast vowed to buylde the Temple, which the Idumeans burnt when Iudea was destroyed by the Chaldeans.
46 And now, ô Lord the King, this is that whiche I desire ād require of thee, and this is the magnificence, which (I require) of thee: I require therfore that thou woldest accōplish the vowe which thou hast vowed with thine owne mouth to do the King of heauen.
47 Then King Darius rising vp, kissed him, and wrote hym letters to all the stewardes and lieurenants, and captaines, and gouernours, that they shulde bring on the waye (bothe) him, and all that were with him, which went vp to buylde Ierusalém.
48 And he wrote letters to all the lieutenants in Coelosyria and Phenice, and to them that were in Libanus, that they shulde bring cedre wood from Libanus to Ierusalém, and buylde the citie with him.
49 And he wrote for all the Iewes, whiche went vp out of his kingdome vnto Iudea, cō cernyng their libertie, that no prince, nor lieutenāt, nor gouernour, nor steward shuld enter into their dores.
50 And that all the region whiche they kept, shulde paye no tribute, and that the Idumeans shulde let go the villages of the Iewes which they helde.
51 And that euerie yere there shulde be giuen for the buyldyng of the Temple twentie talents vntil it were buylt.
52 And to mainteine the burnt offrings vpon the altar euerie day [as they had a commandement to offer seuentene] other ten talents euerie yere.
53 And that all they whiche went from Babylon to buylde the citie, shulde haue libertie, aswel they as theyr posteritie, and all the Priests that went away.
54 He wrote also touchyng the charges and the Priests garment, where in they shulde mi nister.
55 And he wrote that they shulde giue the Leuites their charges vntil the House were fini shed, and Ierusalém buylt.
56 Also he wrote that they shulde giue pensions and wages to them that kept the citie.
57 And he sent a way all the vessels which Cyrus had set a parte out of Babylon, and what soeuer Cyrus had commanded to do, he also commanded to do it, and to send to Ierusalē.
58 And when theOr, zorobabêl. yong man was gone forthe, he lyft vp his face to heauen towardes Ierusalém, and gaue thankes to the King of heauen.
59 Saying, Of thee is the victorie, and of thee is wisdome, and of thee is glorie, and I (am) thy seruant.
60 Blessed be thou whiche hast giuen me wisdome: for vnto thee I acknowledge it, ö Lord of (our) fathers.
61 ¶ So he toke the letters and went out and came to Babylon and telled all his brethren.
62 And thei blessed the god of their sathers, be cause he had giuē thē fredome and libertie.
63 To go vp and to buylde Ierusalém, and the Temple, where his Name is renoumed, and they reioyced with instruments of musicke and ioye, seuen daies.
CHAP. V.
1 The nomber of them that returne from the captiuitie: 42 Their vowes and sacrifices. 54 The Temple is begonne to be buylt. 66
〈◊〉
enemies wolde craftely ioyne with them.
1 AFter * these things, the chief of the hou1 Ezra. 2.
〈◊〉
. ses of their fathers were chosen after their tribes, and their wiues, and their sonnes, and their daughters, and their seruants, and their maides, and their cattel.
2 And Darius sent with them a thousand horsemen, til they were restored to Ierusalém in safetie, and with musical (instruments,) with tabrets and
〈◊〉
.
3 And all their brethren plaied: thus he caused them to go vp together with them.
4 ¶ And these are the names of the men that went vp after their families, by their tribes, (and) after the order of their dignitie.
5 The Priests. The sonnes of Phinees, the sonne of Aarō, Iesus (sonne) of Iosedec, (sonne) of Saraias, and Ioa cim the (sonne) of Zorobabél, the (sonne) of Salathiél of the house of Dauid, of the kynred of Phares, of the tribe of Iuda.
6Or, zorobabel. Who spake wise words to Darius the King of the Persians in the seconde yere of hys reygne, in the moneth Nisan, whiche is the
first moneth.
7 ¶ And these are they of Iudea, which came out of the captiuitie, where thei dwelt, who me Nabuchodonosor King of Babylon had caryed away into Babylon,
8 And returned vnto Ierusalém and to the rest of Iudea, euerie one into his owne citie: whiche came with Zorobabel, and Iesus, Nehemias, Zacharias, Reesaias, Enenius, Mardocheus,"Or, Saraia. Beelsarus, Aspharasus, Reelius, Roimus (and) Baana their guides.
9 The nomber of them of the nacion & their gouernours: the sonnes of Phares two thousand an hundreth seuentie & two, the sonnes of Saphat foure hundreth, seuentie and two
10 The sonnes ofOr,
〈◊〉
. Ares seuen hundreth, fistie and six.
11 The sonnes of Phaath Moab, two thousand eight hundreth and twelue.
12 The sonnes of Elam, a thousand, two hundreth, fiftie and foure: the sonnes of Zathui nine hundreth fortie and fiue: the sonnes of Corbe seuen hūdreth and fiue: the sonnes of Bani six hundreth, fortie and eight.
13 The sonnes ofOr,
〈◊〉
. Bibe six hundreth, twentie and thre: the sonnes ofOr, Azgad. Sadas thre thousād, two hundreth, twentie and two.
14 The sonnes of Adonikan, six hundreth, sixtie & seuen: the sonnes of Bagoi, two thousand, sixtie & six: the sonnes of Adinu, foure hundreth, fiftie and foure.
15 The sonnes of Aterisias, ninetie and two:"Or,
〈◊〉
. the sonnes of Ceilan and Azotus, sixtie and seuen: the sonnes of Azucan foure hundreth thirtie and two.
16Or, The sonnes of
〈◊〉
on
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, the sonnes of
〈◊〉
one, the sonnes of Besai thre hundreth,
〈◊〉
and thre? The sonnes of Ananias, an hundreth and one: the sonnes of Arom, and the sonnes of Bassa, thre hundreth, twentie and thre the sō nes of Arsiphurith, an hundreth and two.
17 The sonnes of Meterus, thre thousand and fiue: the sonnes ofOr, Bethlehem. Bethlomon, an hundreth twentie and thre.
18 They ofOr, Netophah. Netophas, fiftie and fiue: they ofOr, Anathoth. Anaboth, an hundreth, fiftie and eight: they of Bethsamos, fortie and two.
19 They ofOr,
〈◊〉
. Cariathiarius, twentie and fiue: they of Caphiras & Beroth, seuen hundreth fortie & thre: they ofOr,
〈◊〉
. Piras, seuen hundreth
20 They of Chadias and Ammidioi, fiue hundreth, twentie and two: they ofOr,
〈◊〉
. Cirama and Gabdes, six hundreth, twentie and one.
21 They of Macalon, an hundreth twentie & two: they ofOr, Macamos. Betolius, fiftie and two: the son nes ofOr, Bethel. Nephis, an hundreth, fiftie and six."Or, Nebus.
22 The sonnes of Calamolalus and Orius seuē hundreth, twentie and fiue: the sonnes of lerechus, thre hundreth, fortie and fiue.
23 The sonnes of Annaas, thre thousand, thre"Or, Sanaah. hundreth and thirtie.
24 The Priests, the sonnes of Ieddu, the sonne of Iesus, (which are counted) among the son nes of Sanassib, nine hundreth, seuentie and two: the sonnes of Meruth, a thousand fiftie and two.
25 The sonnes ofOr, Phashur. Phassaron, a thousand, fourtie and seuen: the sonnes ofOr, Charim. Carme, a thousand and seuentene.
26 ¶The Leuites. The sōnes of Iessue, Cadmiél Bannu and Suiu, seuentie and foure.
27 ¶ The sonnes (which were) holie singers. The sonnes of Asaph, an hundreth, fortie & eight.
28 ¶The porters. The sonnes of Salum, the sonnes of Iatal, the sonnes ofOr, Talmon. Tolman, the sonnes of Dacobi, the sonnes of Teta, the sō
nes of Sami: all (were) an hundreth, thirtie and nine.
29 The ministers of the Temple. The sonnes of Esau, the sonnes of Asipha, the sonnes of Tabaoth, the sonnes ofOr,
〈◊〉
. Ceras, the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. Sud, the sonnes of Phaleu, the sonnes of Labana, the sonnes ofOr,
〈◊〉
. Agraba,"Or,
〈◊〉
.
30 The sonnes of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
, the sonnes of
〈◊〉
, the sonnes of Cetab, the sonnes ofOr,
〈◊〉
. Agaba,"
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. the sonnes of Subai, the
〈◊〉
of Anan, the"
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. sonnes of Cathua, the sonnes of Geddur."
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
.
31 The sonnes of
〈◊〉
, Neroda. Airus, the sonnes of
〈◊〉
, the sonnes ofOr, Gazema. Noeba, the sōnes
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the sonnes ofOr,
〈◊〉
. Gazera, the sonnes of
〈◊〉
, the sonnes of Phinees, the sonnes of Asara, the sonnes of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Basthai, the sonnes of Asana, the sonnes of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Meani, the sonnes of Naphisi the sonnes of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. Acub, the sonnes of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
the sonnes of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Asur, the sonnes of
〈◊〉
, the sonnes of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. Basaloth.
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
.
32 The sonnes of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. Meeda, the sonnes of Coutha, the sonnes of "Corea, the sonnes of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. Charcus, the sonnes of Aserar, the sonnes of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Thomoi, the sonnes of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. Nasith, the sonnes of Atipha.
33 The sonnes of the seruants of Salomon. The sonnes ofOr,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Asaphion, the sonnes of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
the sonnes of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
, the sonnes of Lozo, the sonnes of Isdaél, the sonnes
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. Sapheth.
34 The sonnes of Agia, the sonnes of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Phachthreeth, the sonnes of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Sabic, the sonnes of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. Sarothie, the sonnes of Masias, the sonnes of Gar, the sonnes of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Addus, the sonnes ofOr,
〈◊〉
. Subas, the sonnes of Apherra, the sōnes of Ba rod is, the sonnes of Sabat; the sonnes of
〈◊〉
.
35 All the ministers of the Temple, and the son nes of the seruants of Salomon (were) thre hundreth, seuentie and two.
36 These came vp fromOr,
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
. Thermeleth and Thelersas: Caraathalat and Aalar leading them.
37 Nether colde they shewe their families nor their stocke how they were of Israél, the son nes of Ladan the sonne of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. Ban, the sonnes of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Necodan, six hundreth
〈◊〉
and two."
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
.
38 And of the Priests those which exercised the office of Priests, and were not founde, the sonnes ofOr,
〈◊〉
Obdia, the sonnes of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
, the sōnes of Addus, * which had takē for wife
〈◊〉
a
〈◊〉
. Augia, (one) of the daughters ofOr,
〈◊〉
Berzelaius
39 And was called after his name, and when the description of the kinred of these men had bene soght in the registre, and
〈◊〉
not be founde, they were set a parte from the of fice of Priests.
40 ForOr,
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
. Neemias and Attharias said to thē that
they shulde not be partakers of the holie things, til there arose an hie Priest clothed with doctrine and trueth.
41 So all they of Israél from them of twelue yere olde & litle children, were
〈◊〉
, fortie & two thousand, thre hū dreth and sixty. fortie thou sand besides men seruants & women seruāts, two thousand, thre hundreth and sixtie.
42 Their seruants and handmaides (were) seuē thousand, thre hundreth, fortie and seuē: the singing men and women, two hundreth, for tie and fiue:
43 Camelles, foure hundreth, thirtie and fiue: and horses, seuen hundreth, thirtie, and six: mules, two hundreth, fortie and fiue:Or,
〈◊〉
. beastes that bare the yocke, fiue thousand, fiue hundreth, twentie and fiue.
44 And (there were) of the gouernours after their families, (which) whē they were come to the Temple in Ierusalem, vowed to buyld the House in his owne place according to their power,
45 And to giue to the treasure of the workes,
〈◊〉
, of gold twel ue
〈◊〉
poū de, and of siluer put, &c. a thousand pound in golde, and fiue thousand pound in siluer, and an hundreth priestlie garments.
46 And the Priests and the Leuites and the peo ple dwelt in Ierusalem and in the countrei, & the holie singers and the porters & all Israel in theirOr, quarters, villages.
47 ¶But * when the seuenth moneth was nereEzra. 3, 1. and when the children of Israel were euerie one at home, thei were all gathered together with one accorde into the open place of the first gate, which is towarde the East.
48 Then Iesus the sonne of Iosedec & his bre thren the Priests with Zoro babel the sonne of Salathiel and his brethren, rising vp, made ready the altar of the God of Israel,
49 To offre burnt offrings vpon it according as it is writen in the boke of Moyses the man of God.
50
〈◊〉
also there were gathered against them of all nacions of the land: but they dres sed the altar in his own place, althogh all the nacions of the land were their enemies and vexed them, and they offred sacrifices accor ding to the season, and burnt offrings to the Lord, morning and euening.
51 They kept also the feast of tabernacles, asLeui.
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. it is * ordeined in the Law, and (offred) sacrifi ces euerie day, as was requisite,
52 And afterwarde, the continual oblations & offrings of the Sabbaths and of the new mo neth and of all holy feasts.
53 ¶And all * they which had made any vowe
〈◊〉
. 3, 8. to God, began to offre sacrifice vnto God in the first day of the seuenth moneth, althogh the Temple of God was not yet buylt.
54 They gaue also money to the mansons & to the workemen, and meat and drinke with gladnes,
55 And charrets to the Sidonians and to those of
〈◊〉
to bring ceder wood out of Libanus, which
〈◊〉
be broght by flots to the hauen of Ioppe according to the commandement giuen vnto them by Cyrus King of Persia.
56 And in the second yere and second moneth came into the Temple of God in Ierusalem, Zorobabel the sonne of Salathiel, and Iesus the sonne of Iosedec, and their brethren, and the Priests and Leuites, and all they that came out of captiuitie into Ierusalem,
〈◊〉
. 49, 13.
57 And * layed the fundacion of the House of God in the first day of the second moneth of the secōd yere after their returne into Iudea and Ierusalem.
58 And they appointed the Leuites from twen tie yere olde ouer the workes of the Lord, & Iesus and his sonne, & his brethrē, & his brother Cadmiel, and the sonnes of Madiabon with the sonnes of Ioda, the sonne of Heliadun, with their sonnes, and brethren, (euen) all the Leuites with one accorde did followe after the worke, calling vpon the workes in House of God: thus the workemen buylt the Temple of the Lord.
59 And the Priests stode clothed with their lōg garments with musical (instruments) & trum pets, and the Leuites the sonnes of Asaph with cymbales,
60 Singing and blessing the Lord, according to the ordinance of Dauid King of Israél.
61 And they sung with loud voice songs to the praise of the Lord, because his mercie & glo rie (is) for euer in all Israel.
62 Then all the people blewe trumpets, and cryed with loud voice, praising the Lord for the raising vp of the House of the Lord.
63 Also some of the Priests and Leuites, & chief men, (to wit,) the Ancients, which had sene the former House,
64 Came (to se) the buylding of this with weping and great crying, and manie with trumpets and ioye (cryed) with loude voice,
65 So that the people colde not heare the trū
pets, because of the weping of the people: yet there was a great multitude that blew trū pets so that they were heard far of.
66 ¶Wherefore when the enemies of the tribes of Iuda & Beniamin heard it, they came to know what noise of trumpets it was,
67 And they knewe that they of the captiuitie buylt the Temple to the Lord God of Israel.
68 Wherefore they coming to Zorobabel, and Iesus, and the chief of the families, said vnto them, Let vs buyld also with you.
69 For we obey your Lord, as you do, and sacri fice vnto him since the dayes ofOr,
〈◊〉
, or, Asachadon. Asbasareth King of the Assyrians, whiche broght vs hether.
70 Then Zorobabel, and Iesus, and the chief of the families of Israel said to them, It doeth not apperteine to vs, and to you to buyld an House to the Lord our God.
71 For we alone wil buylde it to the Lord God of Israél, as it becometh vs, (and) as * CyrusEzra. 4, 4. the King of the Persians bad vs.
72 How beit the people of the land made them
sluggish that were in Iudea, and letted them to buyld the worke, and by their ambushments and seditions and conspiracies hindred the finishing of the buylding.
73 All the time of King Cyrus life: so that they were let from the buyldyng two yere, vntill the reigne of Darius.
CHAP. VI.
1 Of Aggeus and Zacharias. 2 The buylding of the Temple. 3 Sisinnes wolde let them. 7 His Epistle to Darius. 23 The Kings answer to the contrarie.
1 BVt * in the seconde yere of the reigne of
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. Darius, Aggeus and Zacharias the sonne
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. of Addo the Prophetes prophecied to the Iewes, euen vnto them that were in Iudea and Ierusalém, in the Name of the Lord God of Israél, which they (called)
〈◊〉
, vpon thē. vpon.
2 Then Zorobabel sonne of Salathiel, and Iesus the sonne of Iosedec stode vp, and began to buylde the House of the Lord, which is in Ierusalém, the Prophetes of the Lord beyng with them, (and) helping them.
3 ¶In that time Sisinnes the gouernour of Syria, and Phenice, and Sathrabouzanes with his companions came vnto them.
4 And said vnto them, By whose commandement buylde you this House and this buyldyng, and enterprise all these other things? and who are the buylders that enterprise suche things?
5 But the Ancients of the Iewes had grace of the LORD after that he had visited the captiuitie.
6 That they were not letted to buyld, vntill it was signified vnto Darius of these matters, and an answer was receiued.
7 ¶The copie of the Epistle, whiche he did write and send to Darius, Sisinnes gouernour of Syria and of Phenice, and Sathrabou zanes, and their companions, presidents in Syria and Phenice, salute King Darius.
8 It may please the King our master plainely to vnderstande, that when we came to the countrey of Iudea, and entred into the citie of Ierusalém, we founde in the citie of Ierusalém the Ancients of the Iewes that were of the captiuitie.
9 Buylding an House to the Lorde, great and new, of he wen stones, and of great price, ād the timber all ready laid vpon the walles.
10 And these workes are done with greate spede, yea, and the worke hathe good sucesse in their hands, so that it wil be finished with all glorie and diligence.
11 Then we asked their Ancients, saying, By whose cōmandement buyld you this House and lay the fundacion of these workes?
12 We asked them these things to the intent to mortifie them to thee, and to write to thee the men that gouerned it: therfore we demā ded the names of the gouernours in writing
13 But they answered, saying, We are the seruants of the Lord, which hathe created the heauen and the earth.1. King. 6 2.
14 And * this House was buylt vp manie yeres ago by a Kyng of Israél great and strong, and was finished.
15 But when our fathers, prouoking (God) to wrath, sinned against the Lord of Israél (whiche2. King. 24 1. is) in heauen, * he deliuered them into the hands of Nabuchodonosor King of Babylon of the Chaldeans.
16 (Who) brake downe the House (ād) burnt it, and caryed the people captiue to Babylon.
17 But in the first yere of the reigne of Cyrus ouer the countrey of Babylon, King Cyrus wrote that this House shulde be buylt vp.
18 And the holie vessels of golde and of siluer, whiche Nabuchodonosor had caryed out of the House at Ierusalém, and had dedicated them in his owne Temple, Cyrus the King toke out of the Temple at Babylon, and they were giuen to Zorobabel, and toOr,
〈◊〉
. Sanabassarus ruler.
19 And a commandement was giuē vnto him, that he shulde carye away those vessels, and put them in the Temple at Ierusalem, ād that this Temple of the Lord shulde be buylt in this place.
20 Then the same Sanabassarus, beyng come hether, laied the fundacions of the House of the Lord at Ierusalém, and since that time til now, it is in buylding, (and) is not finished.
21 Nowe therefore if it please the King, let it be soght vp in the Kings libraries concerning Cyrus.
22 And if it be found that the buylding of the House of the Lord at Ierusalém hathe bene done by the consent of King Cyrus, and if it seme good to the Lord our King, let him make vs answer concerning these things.
23 Then Kings Darius commanded to searche in the Kings libraries, that were in Babylon, and there was founde in Ecbatane, which is a towre in the regiō of Media, a place where suche things were layed vp for memorie.
24 In the first yere of the reigne of Cyrus king Cyrus commanded the House of the Lorde at Ierusalém to be buylded, where they did sacrifice with the continual fyre.
25 Ofthe which the height (shuld be) of threscore cubites, the breadth of threscore cubi tes with thre rowes of he wen stones, ād one rowe of newe wood of that countrey, and that the costs shuld be payed out of the hou se of King Cyrus.
26 And that the holie vessels of the House of the Lord,
〈◊〉
those of golde as of siluer, whiche Nabuchodonosor had caryed out of the house in Ierusalém, and broght into Babylon, shulde be restored to the House, whiche is in Ierusalém, and set in the place where they were (afore.)
27 Also he commaunded that Sisinnes, gouernour of Syria ād Phenice, and Sathrabouza nes, and their companions, and those which were constitute Captaines in Syria and Phenice, shulde take hede to refraine from that place, and to suffer Zorobabel the seruaunt of the Lorde, and gouernour of Iudea, and
the Elders of the Iewes to buyld that House of the Lord in that place.
28 And I also haue commaunded to buylde it cleane vp againe, and that they be diligent to helpe them of the captiuitie of the Iewes, till the House of the Lord be finished.
29 And that some parte of the tribute of Coelo syria and Phenice shulde be diligently giuen to these mē for sacrifice vnto the Lord, and to Zoro babel the gouernour, for bulles, rams and lambes.
30 Also corne, and salte, and wine, and oyle con tinually euerie yere without faile, as the Priests, whiche are in Ierusalém shall testifie to be spent euerie day.
31 That offrings may be made to the hygh God for the King, and his children, and that they may pray for their liues.
32 Furthermore he commanded that whosoeuer shulde transgresse anie thing afore spoken or writen, or derogate anie thing thereof, that atre shulde be taken out of his possession, and he be hanged thereon, and that his goods shulde be the Kings.
33 And therefore let the Lord whose Name is there called vpon, destroye euerie King and nation, whiche stretcheth out his hand to hinder to do euil to that House of the Lord which is in Ierusalém.
34 * I Darius the King haue ordeined that is shulde be diligently executed accordyng toEzra. 6. 15. these things.
CHAP. VII.
1 Sisinnes and his companions follow the Kings comman dement and helpe the Iewes
〈◊〉
buyld the Temple. 5 The time that it was buylt
〈◊〉
They kepe the Passeouer.
1 THen Sisinnes the gouernour of Coelosyria and Phenice, and Sathrabouzanes, ād their companions, obeying Kyng Darius commandements.
2 Assisted diligently the holie workes, workieg with the Ancients and gouernours of the Sanctuarie.
3 And the holie workes prospered by Aggeus and Zacharias the Prophetes whiche pro phecied.
4 So they finished all things by the commandement of the Lord God of Israél, and with the consent of Cyrus and Darius, and Artaxerxes Kings of the Persians.
5 Thus the holie House was finished in the thre and twentieth day of the moneth Adar in the sixtyere of Darius King of the Persians.
6 ¶ And the children of Israel, and the Priests and the Leuites, and the rést, whiche were of the captiuitie, (and) had anie charge, and according to the things (writen) in the boke of Mosés.
7 And they offred for the dedication of the Tē ple of the Lord, an hundreth bulles, two hun dreth rams, foure hundreth lambes.
8 (And) twelue goates for the sinne of all Israel, accordyng to the nōber of the chief of the tribes of Israel.
9 And the Priests, and the Leuites stode according to their kinreds clothed with long robes in the workes of the Lord God of Israêl, accordyng to the boke of Moses, and also the porters in euerie gate.
10 And the children of Israél offred the Passeouer together with thē of the captiuitie, in the
〈◊〉
(day) of the first moneth, after that the Priests and Leuites were sanctified.
11 But all the children of the captiuitie were not sanctified together, but all the Leuites were sanctified together.
12 And they
〈◊〉
the Passeouer, for all the children of the captiuitie, and for their brethren the Priests, and for themselues.
13 Then all the chyldren of Israel which were of the captiuitie did eat, (euen) all they that had separated them selues from the abominations of the people of the land, and soght the Lord.
14 And thei kept the feast of vnleauened bread seuen dayes, reioycing before the Lord.
15 Because he had turned the counsel of the King of the Assyrians towardes thē to strengthen their hands in the workes of the Lord God of Israél.
CHAP. VIII.
1
〈◊〉
cometh from Babylonto Ierusalem. 10 The copie of the commission giuen by Artaxerxes. 29 Esdras
〈◊〉
thankes to the Lorde. 32 The nomber of the heads of the people that
〈◊〉
with him. 76 His prayer and confession.
1 ANd after these things when Artaxerxes King of the Persians reigned, Esdras (the sonne) of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. Sarias, (the sonne) of Ezerias, (the sonne) of Helcias, (the sonne) of Salum.
2 (The sonne) of Sadoc, (the sonne) of Achitob (the sonne) of Amarias, (the sonne) ofOr,
〈◊〉
. Ezias, (the sonne) of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
, Memeroth, (the sonne) ofOr, Sama. Zaraias, (the sonne) of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. Sauias, (the sonne) of Boccas, (the sonne) of Abisū, (the sonne) of Phinees, (the sonne) of Eleazar, (the sonne) of Aaron was the hie Priest.
3 This Esdras went out of Babylon, and was a scribe wel taught in the Law of Moyses, giuen by the Lord God of Israél.
4 Also the King gaue him (great) honour, (ād) he founde grace in hys sight in all hys requestes.
5 With hym also there departed some of the children of Israél, and of the Priests and Leuites, and of the holy singers, and of the porters, and of the ministers of the Temple vnto Ierusalém.
6 In the seuenth yere of the reigne of Artaxerxes, ād in the fiftmoneth: this was the seuēth yere of the King [for they went out of Baby lon in the first day of the first moneth.
7 And came to Ierusalē according as the Lord gaue them speed in their iournay.]
8 For Esdras had gotten great knowledge, so that he wolde let nothing passe that was in the Law of the Lord, and in the commandements, and he taught all
〈◊〉
all the ordinances and iudgements.
9 So the commission writen by Kyng Artaxerxes
was giuen Esdras the Priest and reader of the Law of the Lord: the copie thereof followeth.
10 King Artaxerxes to Esdras the Priest, & reader of the Law of the Lord, Salutacion.
11 Forasmuche as consider things with pitie, I haue commanded that they that wil and de sire of the nacion of the Iewes, and of the Priests, and Leuites, which are in our kingdome, shulde go with thee vnto Israēl.
12 Therefore as many as be willing, let them de parte together, as it hathe semed good to me and my seuen friends the counsellers,
13 That they may visite the things that are in Iudea, and Ierusalem diligētly, as it is conteined in the Law of the Lord.
14 And cary the gifts to the Lord of Israel in Ie rusalem, which I and my friends haue vowed also all the golde and siluer, whiche shal be founde in the countrey of Babylon (apperteining) to the Lord in Ierusalem,
15 With that which is giuen of the people to the Temple of the Lord their GOD, that it might be broght to Ierusalem, aswel siluer as golde, for bulles, and rams, and lambes, and things thereunto perteining,
16 That they may offer sacrifices to the Lord vpon the altar of the Lord their God, which is in Ierusalem.
17 And whatsoeuer thou and thy brethren wil do with the golde or siluer, accomplish it according to the wil of thy God.
18 And the holy vessels of the Lord, which are giuen thee for the vse of the Temple of thy God, which is in Ierusalem, thou shalt set before thy God in Ierusalem.
19 And what other things soeuer thou shalt re member for the vse of the Temple of thy God, thou shalt giue it out of the Kings trea sure.
20 And I also King Artaxerxes haue commanded the treasurers of Syria and Phenice, that whatsoeuer Esdras, the Priest and reader of the Law of the hiest God, shal send for they shulde giue it him with all speede, euen to (the some of) an hundreth talents of siluer,
21 And likewise vnto an hundreth cores of cor ne, and an hundreth pieces of wine & other things in abundance.
22 Let all things be done to the hiest God according to the Law of God with diligence, that wrath come not vpon the kingdome of the King and of his sonnes.
23 Also to you it is commanded, that of none of the Priests or Leuites, or holysingers, or porters or ministers of the Temple, or of the workemen of this Temple, no tribute nor taxe be takē, nor that any haue power to taxe them in any thing.
24 Thou also, Esdras, according to the wisdome of God, ordeine iudges & gouernours that they may iudge in all Syria and Phenice all those which are wel instructed in the Law of thy God, and teache those, which are not instructed.
25 And let all these which shal transgresse the Law of God and the King, be diligently punished, ether with death, or other punishment, ether with penaltie of money, or banishment.
26 ¶ Then Esdras the scribe said, Blessed be the onelie Lord God of my fathers, which hath put this in the heart of the King to glorifie his House which is in
〈◊〉
,
27 And hathe honoured me before the King, and the counsellers, and all his friends and gouernours.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
28 ¶ * Therefore I was incouraged by the helpe of the Lord my God, and gathered men of Israel to go vp with me.
29 These are the guides
〈◊〉
their families & order of dignities, which came vp with me out of Babylon in the reigne of Artaxerxes the King.
30 Of the sonnes of Phinees,
〈◊〉
, of the sonnes of Ithamar, Gamael, of the sonnes of DauidOr,
〈◊〉
, Lettus.
31 Of the sonnes of Sechenias, of the sonnes of Phares, Zacharias, and with him were counted an hundreth and fiftie men.
32 Of the sonnes ofOr, Pahath Moab,
〈◊〉
. Salomon, Abeliacnias (the sonne) of Zacharias, and with him two hundreth men.
33 Of the sonnes of Zathoe, Sechenias (the sonne) ofOr,
〈◊〉
. Iezolus, and with him thre hundreth men: of the sonnes of Adin,Or,
〈◊〉
, Obeth (sonne) of Ionathas, and with him two hundreth and fiftie men.
34 Of the sonnes of ElamOr,
〈◊〉
, Iesias, (sonne) of Gotholias, and with him seuentie men.
35 Of the sonnes of Saphatias, Zarias (sonne) ofOr,
〈◊〉
. Machaél, and with him seuentie men.
36 Of the sonnes of IoabOr, Obadiah, sonne of
〈◊〉
. Badias (sonne) of Iezelus, and with him two hundreth and twelue men.
37 Of the sonnes ofOr,
〈◊〉
Esolomith. Banid, Assalimoth (sonne) of Iosaphias, and with him an hundreth and threscore men.
38 Of the sonnes of
〈◊〉
, Zacharias (sonne) of
〈◊〉
, and with him twentie and eight men.
39 Of the sonnes ofOr,
〈◊〉
Ioha nan sonne of Eccethan. Astath, Iohannes (sonne) of Acatan, & with him an hundreth and ten.
40 Of the sonnes of Adonicam the last: and these are the names of them, Eliphalat,Or, Iehel. Ieo uel and
〈◊〉
, Semaias. Maias, and with them seuentie men of the sonnes ofOr, Bagoi,
〈◊〉
, sonne
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
(sonne) of Iscacourous, and with him seuentie men.
41 ¶ And I gathered them together to the flood called * Theras, and pitched our tents
〈◊〉
. 8.
〈◊〉
, there thre daies, and nombred them.
42 But when I had founde there none of the Priests nor Leuites,
43 I sent to Eleazar, and beholde, there came
〈◊〉
, and Alnathan, and Samaian, and"Or, Masma, Alnathan.
Or,
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
. Ioribon, and Nathan, Ennatan, Zacharian, and Mosollamon the chief, and best learned.
44 And I bad them to go to Daddeus the captaine, which was in the place of the trea surie.
45 With charge to bidde Daddeus and his bre thren, and the treasurers that were there, to send to vs them, which shulde offer sacrifice in the House of our Lord.
46 And they broght vnto vs by the mightie hād of our Lord learned men of the sonnes of Moli, (the sonne) of Leui, (the sonne) of Israel, (to wit,)Or, Seredia. Cisebebran and his sonnes, & his brethren being eightene.
47 And Asebia, andOr, Anom, Iesaas. Amon, & Osaian his brethren of the sonnes ofOr, Canaanien. Canaineus with their sonnes, twentie persones.
48 And of the ministers of the Temple, which Dauid gaue, and those which were rulers ouer the worke of the Leuites, (to wit,) ministers of the Temple, two hundreth & twētie, of whome all the names were registred.
49 ¶ And * there I proclaimed a fast for the yōgEzr. 8,
〈◊〉
. men before the Lord to aske of him a good iourney bothe for vs, & for them that were with vs, for our children, & for our cattel.
50 For I was ashamed to aske the King fotemen, or horsemen, or conduict for saue garde against our enemies,
51 Because we had said to the King, that the power of our Lord shulde be with thē that soght him to direct them in all things.
52 Wherefore we prayed our Lord againe, according to the sethings, whome we founde fauorable.
53 Then I chose from among the chief of the tribes and of the Priests, twelue mē, (to wit,)Or, Screblat. Esebrias and Assanias, and with them ten of their brethren.
54 And I weighed them the siluer and the gold & the holy vessels of the House of our Lord which the King and his counsellers, & (his) princes, and all Israel had giuen.
55 And I weighed thē, six hundreth and fifty talents of siluer, and siluer vessels of an hūdreth talents, and an hundreth talents of golde,
56 And twentie golden basens, and twelue vessels of brasse, of fine brasse shining like golde
57 And I said to them, You are also holy to the Lord, and the vessels are holy, and the golde, and the siluer is a vowe to the Lord of our fathers.
58 Watch and kepe (them) til that you giue thē to the heads of the families of the Priests, & Leuites, and captaines of the families of Israel in Ierusalem in the chambers of the Hou se of our God.
59 So the Priests & Leuites toke the siluer and the golde, and the vessels, and caryed them to Ierusalem to the Temple of the Lord.
60 And we departed from the flood Thera, in the twelueth (day) of the first moneth, and came to Ierusalem, according to the mightie power of our Lord with vs: and the Lord deliuered vs from the beginning of our iour ney from all enemies. So we came to Ierusalém.
61 And thre daies being past there, in the fourth day the siluer that was weighed, and the golde was deliuered in the House of our Lord toOr, Marimoth the sonne of Iori of
〈◊〉
. Marmoth the Priest the sonne of Iouri,
62 And with him to Eleazar the (sonne) of Phines: and there were with them, Iosabad (the sonne) of Iesus, andOr, Noedia,
〈◊〉
nes sonne of Ban nus. Moeth (sonne) of Sabbanus, Leuites: all (was deliuered them) by nomber and weight.
63 And all the weight of them was writen that same houre.
64 Afterwards those that were come out of the captiuitie, offred sacrifices to the Lord God of Israel, (euen) twelue bulles for all Israel, rams foure score and sixtene,
65 Lābs thre score and twelue, twelue goates for saluacion, all in sacrifice to the Lord.
66 And they presented the commandements of the King to the Kings stewards and to the gouernours of Coelosyria and Phenice who honored the people, & the Temple of God.Ezra. 9.
〈◊〉
67 ¶ * When these things were done, the gouernours came to me, saying, The people of Israél, the princes and the Priests, and the Leuites haue not separated (from them) the strange people of the land,
68 Not the pollutions of the Gentiles, (to wit) of the Cananites, and Chetites, and Pheresites, and Iebusites, and Moabites, and Egyptians, and Idumeans.
69 For they haue dwelt with their daughters, bothe they and their sonnes, and the holie sede is mixed with the strange people of the land, and the gouernours and rulers haue bene partakers of this wickednes from the beginning of the thing.
70 And assone as I had heard these things, I rent my clothes, and the holie garment, and I pulled the here of mine head, & of my beard and sate me downe sorowful, and verie sad.
71 Then also all they that were moued with the worde of the Lord God of Israél, came to me whiles I wepte for the iniquitie, but I sate verie sad til the euening sacrifice.
72 Then I rose from the fast with my clothes torne and the holie garmēt, and bowed my knees and stretched forthe (mine) hands to the Lord,
73 And said, * O Lord, I am ashamed, and confoundedEzra. 9. 6. before thy face.
74 For our sinnes are increased aboue our hea des, & our ignorāces are lifted vp to heauē.
75 Yea, euen from the time of our fathers we are in great sinne vnto this day.
76 For our sinnes therefore, and our fathers we with our brethren, with our Kings & Priests haue bene giuē vp to the Kings of the earth to the sworde and to captiuitie, & for a pray with all shame vnto this day.
77 And now how great hathe thy mercie bene ò Lord, that (there) shulde be left vs a roote, and name in the place of thine holines!
78 And that thou shuldest reueale to vs a light in the House of the Lord our God, and giue vs meat in the time of our seruitude!
79 For whē we were in bondage, we were not left of our God, but he gauevs fauour before
the Kings of the Persians, that thei shulde giue vs meat,
80 And that they shulde honour the Temple of our Lord, and raise vp Sion that is desolate, & giue vs assurance in Iudea & Ierusalē.
81 And now, ô Lord, what shal we say, hauing these things? for we haue transgressed thy commandements, which thou hast giuen by the hands of thy seruants the Prophetes, saying,
82 * Because the land, which ye go to inherite
〈◊〉
. 7.
〈◊〉
. is a land polluted by the polucions of the strāgers of the land, which haue filled it with their filthines,
83 Therefore now ye shal not ioyne (their) daughters with your sonnes, nether giue your daughters to their sonnes,
84 Nether shal you desire to haue peace with them for euer, that ye may be made strong, and eat the good things of the land, and leaue' it for an inheritance to your children for euer.
85 Therefore all that is come to passe, was done for our wicked workes, and for our great sinnes: yet, Lord, thou hast forborne our sinnes,
86 And hast giuen vs suche a roote: (but) we againe haue turned backe to transgresse thy Law, (and) to mixe (vs) with the vnclennes of the people of the land.
87 Mightest thou not be angrie with vs to destroye vs, so that thou shuldest nether leaue vs roote nor sede nor name?
88 (But) ô Lord of Israél, thou art true: for there is a roote left, (euen) vnto this day.
89 Beholde, we are now before thee with our iniquities, nether can we indure before thee for these things.
90 ¶ And * as Esdras prayed and confessed andEzra.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. wept, and laye vpon the grounde before the Temple, a verie great multitude was gathered vnto him out of Ierusalem of men and women, & yong children: for there was great lamentation among the multitude.
91 Then Iechonias the sonne ofOr, Ieiel, Ieel of the sonnes of Israel, crying out said, O Esdras, we haue sinned against the Lord God? we haue taken in mariage strange women of the nacions of the land.
92 And now all Israel is douteful: therefore let vs make an othe concerning this to the Lord to put a way all our wiues, which are strangers, with their children.
93 If it seme good to thee, and to all them that obey the Law of the Lord, rise vp (and) put it in execution.
94 For to thee doeth it apperteine, and we are with thee to make thee strong.
95 Then Esdras arose, (and) made all the chief of the families of the Priests and Leuites of all Israel to sweare, that they wolde do thus: and they sware.
CHAP. IX.
7 After Esdras had red the law for the strange wiues. 18, Thei promised to put them away.
1 THen * Esdras rose from the court of theEzra. 10. 6. Temple, (and) went to the chamber of Ioannan (the sonne) of Eliasib,
2 And being lodged there, he did eat no bread nor dranke water, but mourned for the great iniquities of the multitude.
3 And there was a proclamation in all Iudea and Ierusalém to all them, that were of the captiuitie, that they shulde be gathered to Ierusalém,
4 And that all they which shulde not mete there within two orthre dayes, according to the ordinance of the Elders, which bare rule, shulde haue their cattel confiscate to the Temple, and he cast out from among them of the captiuitie.
5 Then all they which were of the tribe of Iuda and Beniamin, came together within thre dayes into Ierusalém: this was the ninth moneth and twentieth (day) of the moneth.
6 And all the multitude sate in the broad place of the Temple shaking, because of the extreme winter.
7 Then Esdras arose and said to them, Ye haue sinned: for ye haue maried strange wiues so that ye haue augmented the sinnes of Israél.
8 Now therefore confesse and glorifie the Lord God of our fathers,
9 And do his wil, and separate your selues from the people of the land, and from the strange wiues.
10 Then all the multitude cryed out and said with a loude voyce, We wil do so as thou hast said.
11 But because the multitude (is) great, and the time is winter, so that we can not stand without, and the worke is not of one day nor of two, seing that manie of vs haue sinned in this matter,
12 Let the chiefmen of the multitude and all they which haue strange wiues of our families, tarie:
13 And let the Priests and iudges come out of all places at the day appointed, til thei haue appeased the wrath of the Lord against vs for this matter.
14 Then Ionathas Asaels (sonne,) andOr,
〈◊〉
Ezecias (sonne) ofOr, thecua. The can were appointed concer ning these things, and Mosollam and Sabbateus did helpe them.
15 And they which were of the captiuitie, did after all these things.
16 Esdras the Priest also chose him certeine men, chief of their families, all by name: and thei sate together in the first day of the tenth moneth to examine this matter.
17 And they made and end of the things perteining to thē that had maried strāge wiues in the first day of the first moneth.
18 And there were founde of the Priests, which had maried strange wiues,
19 Of the sonnes of Iesus, the (sonne) of Iosedec, and of (his) brethrenOr,
〈◊〉
. Mathelas, & Eleazar, and Ioribus, andOr,
〈◊〉
. Ionadan.
20 Who also gaue their hands to cast out their wiues, and offred a ram for (their) reconcilia tion in their purgation.
21 And of the sonnes of EmmerOr, Anani, and zabiah. Ananias, and Zabdeus, and Canes, and Sameius, and Hiereel, and Azarias.
22 And of the sonnes of Phaisu, Ellionas. Mas"Or, Phashur, Elionai
〈◊〉
Iesmael. sias, Esmaelus, and Nathanael, andOr,
〈◊〉
, and Alasa. Ocidelus, and Talsas.
23 And of the Leuites
〈◊〉
, Iosabad. Semei. Iorabadus, and Semis, and Colius, who was calledOr, Galias, Pathias,
〈◊〉
. Calitas, and Patheus, and Ooudas, and Ionas.
24 Of the holie singers,
〈◊〉
, Eliasib, and Bacur. Eliazurus, Bacchurus.
25 Of the porters, Sallumus, and Tolbants."Or,
〈◊〉
.
26 Of them of Israel, of the sonnes of Phorus,
〈◊〉
, Remias. Hiermas, & Eddias, & Melchias, & Maelus and Eleazar, and Asibias, andOr, Banadias. Banaias.
27 Of the sonnes ofOr, Elam. Ela, Matthanias, Zacharias, andOr,
〈◊〉
. Hierielas, andOr,
〈◊〉
, & Helias. Hieremoth, and Aedias.
28 And of the sonnes ofOr,
〈◊〉
, Eliadas, Elisib. Zamoth, Eliadas, Elisimus, Othonias, Iarimoth, andOr, Sabad, and Sardai. Sabatus, and Sardeus.
29 Of the sonnes ofOr, Bebe. Bebai, Ioannes, and Ana nias, and
〈◊〉
, Iosabat, and Emah. Iosabad, and Ematheas.
30 Of the sonnes of
〈◊〉
, Bani, Olam, Malluch, Iedaia, Iasub Mani, Olamus, Mamuchus, Iedaias, Iasubus, Iasael, and Ieremoth.
31 And of the sonnes ofOr, Addin
〈◊〉
, Laccun. Banaias. Addi, Naathus, Moo sias, Laccunus, and Naidus, and Mathanias, and * Seschel, and Balnuus, and Manasseas."
〈◊〉
, Bezelel, Balnus. Manasses.
32 And of the sonnes of Annas, Elionas, and Aseas, and Melchias, and Sabbeus, and Simō a Chosamite.
33 And of the sonnes ofOr, Hasam. Asom, Altaneus, andOr, Mathmas, Matathias. Matthias, and Bannaias, Eliphalat, and Manasses, and Semei.
34 And of the sonnes ofOr, Ban, Ieremias, Moadi, Euiram. Maani, Ieremias, Momdis, Omairus, Inel, Mamai, and Paclias, and Amos, Carabasion and Euasibus, and
〈◊〉
naius, Elisiasis, Vamus, Eliali, Sa mis, Selemias, Nathanias, and of the sonnes of Ozoras, Sesis, Esril, Azailus, Samatas Sambis, Iosiphus.
35 And of the sonnes of Ethna, Mazitias, Zabadias, Ethes, Inel, Banaias.
36 All these maryed strange wiues, and put thē away with their children.
37 And the Priests and the Leuites dwelt in Ierusalém, and in the countrey, the first day of the seuenth moneth, and the children of Israel in their owne houses.
38 ¶ * Then all the multitude assembled togetherNehe. 8, 1. with one consent into the broad place before the gate of the Temple toward the East,
39 And spake to Esdras the Priest, and reader, that he shulde bring the Law of Moyses, which had bene giuen by the Lord God of Israél.
40 Then broght Esdras the chief Priest the Law to all the multitude, bothe man and woman, and to all the Priests, that they might heare the Law the first day of the seuenth moneth.
41 And he red in the first broad place of the gate of the Temple, frō morning to midday, before the men and the women, and all the multitude heark ened to the Law.
42 So Esdras the Priest and reader of the Law, stode vpon a pulpet of wood that was prepared.
43 And there stode by himOr,
〈◊〉
Mathathias, Sam mus, Ananias, Azarias, Ourias, Ezecias, Balasamus at his right hand,
44 And at his left handOr,
〈◊〉
. Phaldaius, and Sail, Melchias, Aothasaphus, Nabarias.
45 Then Esdras toke the boke of the Law before the multitude [for he sate honorably be fore them all]
46 And they all stode vpright when he expounded the Law, and Esdras blessed the Lord the moste hie God, the moste mightie God of hostes.
47 And the whole multitude cryed, Amen.
48 Then Iesus andOr, Band. Anus, and Sarabias, and Adimus, and Iacobus, Sabataias, Autanias, Maianias and Calitas, Azarias, & Ioazabdus, and Ananias, (and) Biat as the Leuites lift vp their hands, and fell downe on the grounde and worshiped the Lord.
49 And taught the Law of the Lord, and stode also earnestly vpon the reading.
50 Then saidOr,
〈◊〉
. Aththarates to Esdras the chief Priest and reader, and to the Leuites, that taught the multitude in all things, This day is holie vnto the Lord, and all haue wept in hearing of the Law.
51 Go therefore and eat the fat meates, and drinke the swete drinkes, and send presents to them that haue not.
52 For this day is holie to the Lord, & be not sorie: for the Lord God wil glorifie you.
53 So the Leuites commanded all these things to the people, saying, This day is holie to the Lord: be not sad.
54 Then they departed all to eat, and drinke, and to reioyce, and to giue presents to them that had not, and to make good chere.
55 For they were yet filled with the wordes where with they were instructed, when they were assembled together.
II. Esdras.
CHAP. I.
8 The people is reproued for their vnfaīthfulnes. 30 God wil haue another people, if these wil not be reformed,
1 THe secōdboke of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. Prophet * Esdras the sonne of Saraias, the sonne of Azarias, the sonne of Helcias, the sonne of Sadanias, the sonne of Sadoc, the sōne of Achitob,
2 The sonne of Achias the sonne of Phinees the sonne of Heli, the sonne of Amerias, the sonne of Asie, the sonne of Marimoth, the son ne of Arua, the sonne of Ozias, the sonne of Borith, the sonne of Abisei, the sonne of Phinees, the sonne of Eleazár,
3 The sonne of Aaron [of the tribe of Leui] which (Esdras) was prisoner in the land of Medes, in the reigne of Attaxerxes King of Persia.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
4 * And the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying,
5 Go, and shewe my people their sinnes, and their children their wickednes, which thei haue committed against me, that they may tel their childrens children.
6 For the sinnes of their fathers are increased in them, because they haue forgotten me, and haue offred vnto strange gods.
7 Haue not I broght them out of the land of Egypt from the house of bondage? but they haue prouoked me vnto wrath, and despised my counsels.
8 Pull thou of them the heere of thine head, & cast all euil vpon them: for they haue not bene obedient vnto my Law, but they are a rebellious people.
9 How long shal I forbeare thē, vnto whome I haue done somuche good?
10 * Many Kings haue I destroyed for their sakes:Exod. 14. 28. Pharao with his seruāts and all his armie haue I smitten downe.
11 All the nacions haue I destroied before thē: * I haue destroyed the East, the people ofNomb 21. 24,
〈◊〉
. 8. 12. the two countreis Tyrus and Sidon, and haue slaine all their enemies.
12 Speake thou therefore vnto them, saying, Thus saith the Lord,
13 * I haue led you thorow the Sea, and haueExod. 14. 29. giuen you a sureOr, strees. Exod. 3. 10. & 4. 14 way, since the beginning: * I gaue you Moses for a guide, and Aaron for a Priest,
14 * I gaue you light in a piller of fyre, & greatExod. 13.
〈◊〉
. wonders haue I done amōg you: yet haue ye forgotten me, saith the Lord.
15 Thus saith the Almightie Lord, The quailes * were a token vnto you: I gaue you tentesExod. 16. 3. for saue garde, wherein ye murmured:Psal. 104. 40.
16 And ye triumphed not in my Name for the destruction of your enemies, but ye yet murmure stil.
17 Where are the benefites, that I haue done for you? when ye were hungrie in the wildernes, * did ye not crye vnto me?Nom. 14, 3.
18 Saying, Why hast thou broght vs into this wildernes to kil vs? It had bene better for vs to haue serued the Egyptians, then to dye in this wildernes.
19 I had pitie vpon your mournings, and gauewis. 16, 20. you Manna to eat: * so ye did eat Augels fode.Nom. 20, 1.
20 * When ye were thirstie, did not I cleaueWis. 11, 4. the stone, & waters did flowe out to satisfie you? from the heat I couered you with the leaues of the trees,
21 And I gaue you fat countre is: I cast out the Cananite, the Pheresites, & Philistims before you: * what shal I do more for you, saith theIsa, 5, 4. Lord?Exod
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
.
22 Thus saith the almightie Lord, * When ye were in the wildernes at the bitter waters, being a thirst, and blaspheming my Name,
23 I gaue you not fyre for the blasphemies, but cast a tre into the water, and made the riuer swete.Exod. 32,
〈◊〉
.
24 What shal I do vnto thee, ô Iacob? thou * Iu da woldest not obey: I wil turne me to other nations, and vnto those wil I giue my Name, that they may kepe my lawes.
25 Seing ye haue forsaken me, I wil also forsake you: when ye aske mercie of me, I wil not ha ue pitie vpon you.Isa 1, 15.
26 * Whē ye call vpon me, I wil not heare you: for ye haue defiled your hands with blood, and your fete are swift to commit murther,
27 Althogh ye haue not forsaken me, but your owne selues, saith the Lord.
28 Thus saith the almightie Lord, Haue I not prayed you, as a Father his sonnes, and as a mother her daughters, & as a nurse her yōg babes,
29 That ye wolde be my people, as I am your God, and that ye wolde be my children, as I am your father?Mat. 23, 37.
30 * I gathered you together as an henne gathe reth her chikens vnder her wings: but now what shal I do you? I wil cast you out from my sight.Isa. 1, 13.
31 * When you bring gifts vnto me, I wil turne my face from you for your solēne feast dayes your new moones, & your circumcisions ha ue I forsaken.
32 I sent vnto you my seruants the Prophetes, whome ye haue taken and slaine, and torne their bodies in pieces, whose blood I wil reuenge, saith the Lord.
33 Thus saith the almightie Lord, Your house shalbe desolate: I wil cast you out as the winde doeth the stubble.
34 Your children shal not haue generaciō: for thei haue despised my commandement, and done the thing that I hate before me.
35 Your houses wil I giue vnto a people to come, who shal beleue me thogh they heare me not, and they, vnto whome I neuer shewed miracle, shal do the things that I command them.
36 Thogh they seno Prophetes, yet shal they
hate their iniquities.
37 ¶ I wil declare the grace that I wil do forthe people to come, whose children reioyce in gladnes, and thogh they haue not sene me with bodelie eyes, yet in heart they beleue the things that I say.
38 Now therefore brother, behold what great glorie, and se the people that come from the East.
39 Vnto whome I wil giue for leaders Abrahā Isahac, Iacob, Oseas, Amos, Micheas, Ioel, Abdias, Ionas,
40 Naum, Habacuc, Sophonias, Aggeus, Zacha rias, and Malachias [which is called also the
〈◊〉
. 3,
〈◊〉
. * messenger of the Lord]
CHAP. II.
The Synagogue sindeth faute with her owne children. 18 The Gentiles are called,
1 THus saith the Lord, I broght this people out of bondage: I gaue them also my cō
mandements by my seruants the Prophetes, whome they wolde not heare, but despised my counsels.
2 The mother that bare them, saith vnto thē: Go you away, ô childrē: for I am a widdowe and forsaken.
3 I broght you vp with gladnes, but with soro we and heauines haue I lost you: for ye haue sinned against the Lord your God, & done the thing that displeaseth him.
4 But what shal I now do vnto you? I am a widdowe and forsaken: go ye, ô my children, and aske mercie of the Lord.
5 And thee, ô father, I call for a witnes for the mother ofthese children, which wolde not kepe my couenant,
6 That thou bring them to cōfusion, and their motherto a spoile, that their kinred be not continued.
7 Let their names be scatred amōg the heathē let them be put out of the earth, for they haue despised my couenant.
8 Wo vnto thee, Assur: for thou hidest the vnrighteous in thee: ô wicked people, remember
〈◊〉
. 19, 24. * what I did vnto Sodom and Gomorrha,
9 Whose land is mixt with cloudes of pitch & heapes of ashes: so wil I do vnto thē, that hea re me not, saith the almightie Lord.
10 ¶ Thus saith the Lord vnto Esdras, Tel my people, that I wil giue them the kingdome of Ierusalēm, which I wolde haue giuen vnto Israél.
11 And I wil get me glorie by thē, and giue thē the euerlasting tabernacles, which I had prepared for those.
12 They shal haue at wil thetre of life, smelling of ointement: they shal nether labour nor be weary.
13 Goye, & ye shal receaue it: pray that the time which is long, may be shortened: the kingdome is already prepared for you: watche.
14 Take heauen and earth to witnes: for I haue abolished the euil, and created the good: for I liue, saith the Lord.
15 Mother, embrace thy children, and bring them vp with gladnes: make their fete as fast as a piller: for I haue chosen thee, saith the Lord.
16 And those that be dead, wil I raise vp from their places, and bring them out of the graues: for I haue knowen my Name in Israél.
17 Feare not, thou mother of the children: for I haue chosen thee, saith the Lord.
18 I wil send thee my seruants Esaie and Ieremie to helpe thee, by whose counsel I haue sanctified ād prepared for thee twelue trees laden with diuers frutes,
19 And as many fountaines, flowing with milke and hony, and seuen mightie mountaines whereupō there growe roses & lilies, where by I wilfilthy children with ioye.
20 Execute iustice for the widdo we: iudge the cause of the fatherles: giue to the poore: defende the fatherles: clothe the naked.
21 Heale the wounded, and sicke: laugh not a lame man to scorne: defend the crepel, and let the blinde come into the light of my clerenes.
22 Kepe the olde and the yong that are within thy walles.
23 * Where soeuerth ou findest the dead, takeTob. 1, 20. them and burye them, and I wil giue thee the first place in my resurrection.
24 Abide stil, ô my people, and rest: for thy quietnes shal come.
25 Nourish thy children, ô thou good nurse: stablish their fete.
26 None of the seruants that I haue giuen thee shal perish: for I wil seke them from among thy nomber.
27 Be not weary: for when the day of trouble and
〈◊〉
commeth, other shal wepe and be soroweful, but thou shalt be mery and ha ue abundance.
28 The heathen shal enuie thee, and shal do nothing against thee, saith the Lord.
29 Mine hands shal couerthee, so that thy chil dren shal not se hell.
30 Be ioyful, ò thou mother, with thy children for I wil deliuer thee, saith the Lorde.
31 Remember thy children that slepe: for I wil bring thē out of the sides of the earth, & wil shewe mercie vnto them: for I am merciful, saith the Lord almightie.
32 Embrace thy children, vntil I come and she we mercie vnto thē: for my fountaines runne ouer, and my grace shal not faile.
33 I Esdras receiued a charge of the Lord vpō the mount Horeb, that I shulde go vnto them of Israel, but when I came to them, thei cast me of, and despised the commandemēt of the Lord.
34 And therefore I say vnto yon, ô ye heathen, that heare and vnderstand, Wait for your shepherd, who shal giue you enerlasting rest for he is nere at hand, that shal come in the end of the worlde.
35 Be ready to the rewarde of the kingdome: for the euerlasting light shal shine vpon you
for euermore.
36 Fle the shado we of this worlde: receiue the ioye of your glorie: I testifie my Sauiour openly.
37 Receiue the gift that is giuen you, and be glad,
〈◊〉
thankes vnto him, that hathe cal led you to the heauenlie kingdome.
38 Arise, and stand vp, and beholde the nomber of those that are sealed for the feast of the Lord,
39 Which are departed from the shadowe of the worlde, and haue receiued glorious garments of the Lord.
40 Take thy nomber, ô Sion, and shut vp thē that are clothed in white, which haue fulfilled the Law of the Lord.
41 The nomber of thy children whome thou longest for, is fulfilled: beseche the power of the Lord, that thy people which haue bene called from the beginning, may be sanctified
〈◊〉
. 7,
〈◊〉
.
42 * I Esdras sawe vpon mount Siō a great peo ple whome I colde not nomber, and they all praised the Lord with songs.
43 And in the middes of them there was a yōg man hier in stature then them all, and vpon euerie one of their heads he set crownes, and was hier then the others, which I much marueiled at.
44 So I asked the Angel, and said, Who are the se, my lord?
45 Who answered, and said vnto me, These be they, that haue put of the mortal clothing, & haue put on the immortal, and haue confessed the Name of GOD: now are they crowned, and receiue the palmes.
46 Then said I vnto the Angel, What yong mā is it, that setteth crownes on them, & giueth them the palmes in their hands.
47 And he answered, and said vnto me, It is the sonne of God, whome they haue confessed in the worlde. Then began I greatly to commende thē, that had stand so strongly for the Name of the Lord.
48 Then the Angel said vnto me, Go thy way, and tel my people, what, and how great won ders of the Lord God thou hast sene.
CHAP. III.
4 The wonderous workes, which God did for the people, are recited 31 Esdras marueileth that God suffreth the Ba bylonians to haue rule ouer his people, which yet are syn ners also.
1 IN the thirtieth yere after the fall of the citie, as I was at Babylon, I lay troubled vpō my bed, and my thoghts came vpto mine heart,
2 Because I sawe the desolacion of Sion, and the wealth of them that dwelt at Babylon.
3 So my spirit was sore moued, so that I begā ne to speake fearful wordes to the moste High, and said,
4 O Lord, Lord, thou spakest at the beginning when thou alone plantedst the earth, and ga uest commandement vnto the people,
5 * And a bodie vnto Adā, without soule, whoGen. 2, 7, was also the workemanship of thine hands, and hast breathed in him the breth of life, so that he liued before thee,
6 And leddest him into Paradise, whiche thy right hand had planted, or euer the earthOr, went
〈◊〉
ward. broght forthe.
7 Euen then thou gauest him commandemēt to loue thy way: but he trāsgressed it, and im mediatly thou appointedst death to him and his generacion, of whome came nacions, tribes, people and kinreds out of nomber.
8 * And euerie people walked after their ownGen. 6, 2. wil, and did wonderful things before thee, & despised thy commandements.Gen. 7, 10.
9 * But at the time appointed thou broghtest the flood vpon those that dwelt in the world and destroiedst them,
10 So that by the flood, that came to euerie one of them, which came by death vnto Adam,
11 Yet thou leftest one, (euen) * Noe, with his1. Pet. 3, 20. houshold, of whome came all righteous mē.
12 And when they that dwelt vpon the earth, began to multiplie, and the nomber of the children, people and many nacions were increased, they began to be more vngodlie thē the first.
13 Now when they liued wickedly before theeGen. 12, 1. * thou didest chose thee a man from among them, whose name was * Abraham.Gen. 17, 5.
14 Whome thou louedst, and vnto whome one ly thou shewedst thy wil,
15 And madest an euerlasting couenāt with him promising him that thou woldest neuer forsake his sede.
16 * And vnto him thou gauest Isahac, * vnto IsaGen. 21, 2. hac also thou gauest: acob and Esau, * and didestGen. 25, 25. chose Iacob, and cast of Esau, and so Iacob
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
, 1. became a great multitude.
〈◊〉
9, 13.
17 And whē thou leddest his sede out of EgyptExod.
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. * thou broghtest them vp to mount Sina,deu. 4, 10.
18 And enclinedst the heauens and bowedst downe the earth, & didest moue the groūde and cause the depths to shake, & didest astonish the worlde.
19 And thy glorie went thorowe foure gates of fyre, with earth quakes, winde and colde, that thou mightest giue the Lawe vnto thee sede of Iacob, and that which the generaciō of Israél shulde diligently obserue.
20 Yet tokest thou not away frō them the wic ked heart, that thy Law might bring forthe frute in them.
21 For * Adam first hauing a wicked heart, wasGen. 3,
〈◊〉
ouercome and vain quished, and all they that are borne of him.
22 Thus remained weakenes ioyned with the lawe in the hearts of the people, with the wickednes of the roote: so that the good de parted away, and the euil abode stil.
23 So the times passed away, and the yeres were1. Sam 16,
〈◊〉
. broght to an end, * til thou didest raise thee vp a seruant called Dauid.
24 * Whome thou commādedst to buyld a citie2. Sam. 5,
〈◊〉
. vnto thy Name, to call vpô thee therein with incense and sacrifice.
25 When this was done many yeres, the inhabitants
forsoke thee,
26 Followyng the wayes of Adam and all hys generacion: for they also had a wycked heart.
27 Therefore thou gauest thy citie ouer into the hands of thine enemies.
28 But do they that dwell at Babylon, any better, that they shulde haue the dominion of Sion?
29 For when I came thether, and sawe their wicked dedes without nōber [for this is the thirtieth yere that I se many trespacing] I was discouraged.
30 For I sawe, how thou sufferedst them that sinne, and sparedst the wicked doers, where as thou hast destroyed thine owne people, & preserued thine enemies, and thou hast not shewed it.
31 I can not perceiue how this cōmeth to passe. Are the dedes of Babylon better then thei of Sion?
32 Or is there any other people that knoweth thee besides Israél? or what generacion hath so beleued thy Testimonies, as Iacob?
33 And yet their rewarde appeareth not, and their labour hathe no frute: for I haue gone here and there thorow out the heathen, and I se them florish, and thinke not vpon thy cō mandements.
34 Weigh thou therefore our wickednes now in the balance, and theirs also that dwell in the worlde, and no mention of thee shal be founde but in Israel.
35 Or when is it that they that dwell on the earth, haue not sinned in thy sight? or what people hathe so kept thy commandements
36 Thou shalte surely finde that Israel by name hathe kept thy precepts, but not the heathen.
CHAP. IIII.
5 The Angel reproueth Esdras, because he semed to entre into the profunde iudgements of God.
1 ANd the Angel that was sent vnto me, whose name was Vriel, answered,
2 And said, Thine heart hathe taken to much vpon it in this worlde, and thou thinkest to comprehende the wayes of the Hiest.
3 Then said I, Yea, my lord. And he answered me, and said, I am sent to shewe thee thre wayes, and to set forthe thre similitudes before thee,
4 Where of if thou canst declare me one, I wil shewe thee also the way, that thou desirest to se, and I wil shewe thee from whence the wicked heart cometh.
5 And I said, Tell on, my lord. Then said he vnto me, Go thy way: weigh me the weight of the fyre, or measure me the blast of the wind or call me againe the daye that is past.
6 Then answered I, & said, What man is borne that can do that, which thou requirest me, cō cerning these things?
7 And he said vnto me, If I shulde aske thee how deepe dwellings are in the middes of the sea, or how great springs are in the begin ning of the depth, or how great springs are in the stretchyng out of the heauen, or whiche are the borders of Paradise,
8 Peraduenture thou woldest saye vnto me, I neuer went downe to the depe
〈◊〉
nor yet to the hell, nether dyd I euer clime vp to heauen.
9 But now haue I asked thee but of fyre and winde, & of the day, whereby thou hast passed, and from the which things thou canst not be separated, and yet canst thou giue me none answer of them.
10 He said moreouer vnto me, Thine owne things, and suche as are growen vp with thee canst thou not knowe:
11 How
〈◊〉
thy vessel then be able to comprehend the wayes of the Hiest, and now out wardly in the corrupt worlde, to vnderstand the corruption, that is euident in my sight?
12 Then said I vnto him, It were better that we were not at all, then that we shulde liue in wickednes, and to suffer, and not to knowe wherefore.
13 And he answered me, and said, * I came to aIudg 9,
〈◊〉
. forest in the plaine where the trees helde a2.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. counsel,
14 And said, Come, let vs go fight against the sea, that it may giue place to vs, and that we may make vs more woods,
15 Like wise the floods of the sea toke counsel and said, Come, let vs go vp and fight against the trees of the wood, that we may get another countrey for vs.
16 But the purpose of the wood was vaine: for the fyre came and consumed it.
17 Likewise also the purpose of the floods of the sea: for the sand stode vp and stopped them.
18 If thou were iudge betwene these two, who me woldest thou iustifie, or whome woldest thou condemne?
19 I answered and said, Verely it is a foolish pur pose, that they bothe haue deuised: for the grounde is appointed for the wood, and the sea hathe his place to be are his floods.
20 Then answered he me, and said, Thou hast giuē a right iudgemēt: but why iudgest thou not thy self also?
21 For like as the grounde is appointed for the wood, and the sea for his floods, so * they thatIsa, 55. 8.
Iohn.
〈◊〉
, 32. dwell vpon earth, can vnderstand nothing,1.
〈◊〉
. 2,
〈◊〉
. but that which is vpon earth: and they that are in the heauens, the things that are
〈◊〉
the height of the heauens.
22 Then answered I, and said, I beseche thee, ô Lord, let vnderstanding be giuen me.
23 For I did not purpose to inquire of thine hie things, but of suche as we dayely medle with all, (namely) wherefore Israel is made a reproche to the heathen, and for what cause the people, whome thou hast loued, is giuen ouer to wicked naciōs, and why the Law of
our fathers is abolished, and the writen ceremonies are come to none effect.
24 Why we are tossed to and fro through the worlde as the greshoppes, and our life is a ve ry feare, and we are not thoght worthie to obteine mercie.
25 But what wil
〈◊〉
do to his Name, whiche is called vpon
〈◊〉
vs? Of these things haue I asked the question.
26 Then answered he me, and said, The more thou searchest, the more thou shalt maruelt for the worlde hasteth fast to passe away.
27 And can not comprehend the things, that are promised to the righteous in time to come: for this worlde is full of vnrighteousnes and weakenes.
28 But to declare thee the things wherof thou a kest, the euil is sowen, but the destruction thereof is not yet come.
29 If the euil now that is sower, be not turned vp side downe, and if the place where the euil is so wen, passe not away, then can not the thing come, that is sowen with good.
30 For the corne of euyll sede hathe bene sowen in the heart of Adam from the beginnyng, and how muche vngodlines hathe he broght vp vnto this time? and how muche shal he bring forth vntil the haruest come?
31 Pondre with thy self, howe muche frute of wickednes the corne of euill sede bringeth forthe.
32 And when the stalkes shalbe cut downe, whiche are without nomber, how great an haruest must be prepared.
33 Then I answered, and said, How, and when shall these things come to passe? where sore are our yeres fewe and euil?
34 And he answered me, saying, Haste not to be aboue the moste High: for thou
〈◊〉
in vaine to be aboue him, thogh thou indeuer neuer so muche.
35 Did not the soules also of the righteous aske question of these things in their chambers, saying, How long shal I thus hope? and when cometh the frute of my barne ād our wages?
36 And vpon this Ieremiel the Archangel answered, and said, Whē the nomber of the sedes is
〈◊〉
in you: for he hathe weighed the worlde in the balance.
37 The measure of the times is measured: the ages are counted by nomber, and they shall not be moued or shaken, till the measure thereof be fulfilled.
38 Then answered I, and said, O Lord, Lord, we are all euen full of sinne.
39 And for our sake paraduenture the haruest of the righteous is not fulfilled, because of the sinne of them that dwel vpon earth.
40 So he answered me, and said, Go, and aske a woman with childe, when she hathe fulfilled her nine moneths, if her wombe may kepe the birth anie longer within her.
41 Then said I, No, Lord, she can not. And he said vnto me, In the graue the places of
〈◊〉
are like the wombe.
42 For as she that is with childe,
〈◊〉
to escape the necessitie of the
〈◊〉
, so do these places hast to deliuer those thyngs that are committed vnto them.
43 That which thou desirest to se, shalbe shew
〈◊〉
thee from the beginning.
44 Then answered I, and said, If I haue founde grace in thy sight, and if
〈◊〉
be possible, and if I be mete therefore.
45 She we me whether there be more to come then is past, or more thyngs past, then are to come.
46 What is past, I knowe, but what is to come, I knowe not.
47 And he said vnto me, Stād on the right side, and I wil expounde thee this by example.
48 So I stode, and beholde, a whote burnyng ouen passed before me: and when the
〈◊〉
was gone by, I loked, and beholde, the smoke had the vpper hand.
49 After this there passed before me a waterie cloude, and sent downe muche
〈◊〉
with a storme: and when the stormie raine was past, the droppes came after.
50 Then said he vnto me, Consider with tly selfe, as the raine is more then the
〈◊〉
and as fyre
〈◊〉
the smoke, so the por cion that is past, hathe the vpper hand, and the droppes and the smoke were muche.
51 Then I praied, and said, Maie I liue, thinkest thou vntil that time? or what shall come to passe in those daies?
52 He aunswered me, and sayd, Of the tokens wherof thou ask est me, I can tel thee a part: but I am not sent to shewe thee of thy life: for I do not knowe it.
CHAP. V.
1 In the latter times trueth shalbe
〈◊〉
. 6 Vnrighteousnes and all wickednes shal reigne in the worlde.
〈◊〉
Israel is reiected, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them. 35 God do th all
〈◊〉
in season.
1 NEuertheles concerning the tokens, beholde, the times shall come, that they which dwell vpon earth, shalbe taken in a great
〈◊〉
, ād the way of the trueth shalbe hid and the land shalbe baren frō faith.
2 And * iniquitie shalbe increased more thenMatt. 24, 12. thou hast sene now, or hast heard ī time past
3 And it shal come to passe, that one shal set in fore, and thou shalt se the land desolate, which now reigneth.
4 Yea, if God grante thee to liue, thou shalt se after the third
〈◊〉
, that the sunne shal suddenly shine againe in the night, and the moone thre times a day.
5 Blood shall drop out of the wood, and the stone shal giue his voyce, and the people shalbe moued.
6 And he shall rule, of whome they hope not that dwell vpon earth, and the foules shall change place.
7 And the sea of Sodom shal cast out fish, and make a noyse in the nyght, whiche many shal not knowe, but they shal all heare the voyce thereof.
8 There shalbe a confusion in many places, and the fyre shal oft breake forthe, and the wilde beasts shal change their places, and menstruous women shal beare monstres.
9 And salt waters shalbe founde in the swete, and all friends shall fight one agaynst another: then shal wit hide it self, and vnderstan ding departe into his secret chamber.
10 It shalbe soght of many, and yet not be founde: then shal vnrighteousnes and voluptuousnes haue the vpper hand vpon earth.
11 One land also shal aske another, and say, Is righteous iustice gone thorowe thee? And it shal say, No.
12 At the same time shal men hope, but not obteine; they shal labour, but their enterprises shal not prosper.
13 To shewe thee suche tokens I haue leaue, and if thou wilt praye againe and wepe as now, and fast seuen daies, thou shalt heare yet greater things then these.
14 ¶Then I awaked, and a fearefulnes went thorow all my bodie, and my mynde was feble and fainted.
15 But the Angel that was come to talke with me, helde me, comforted me, and set me vp vpon my fete.
16 And in the seconde night, Salathiel the captaine of the people came vnto me, saying, Where hast thou bene? and why is thy countenance so heauie?
17 Knowest thou not that Israél is committed vnto thee in the land of their captiuitie?
18 Vp then and eat, and forsake vs not, as the shepherd that leaueth his flocke in the hāds of the cruel wolues.
19 Then said I vnto him, Go thy wayes from me, ād come not nere me: and whē he heard it, he went from me.
20 And I fasted seuen dayes, mornyng and wepyng, as Vriél the Angel had commanded me.
21 And after seuen dayes the thoghts of mine heart were very grieuous vnto me againe.
22 And I had a desire to reason agayne, and I beganne to talke with the moste High againe.
23 And said, O Lord, Lord: of euerie forest of the earth, and of all the trees thereof thou hast chosen thee one onely vineyarde.
24 And of al lands of the worlde thou hast cho sen thee one pit, and of all the flours of the (grounde) thou hast chosen thee one lilie.
25 And of all the depthes of the sea thou hast filled thee one riuer, and of all buylded cities thou hast
〈◊〉
Sion vnto thy self.
26 And of all the foules that are created, thou hast named thee one doue, and of al the cattel that are made, thou haste appointed thee one shepe.
27 And among al the multitude of people thou hast gotten thee one people, and vnto this people whome thou louedst, thou gauest a Law, that is proued of all.
28 And now, ô Lord, why hast thou giuen this one (people) one vnto many? and vpon one roote thou hast set others, and hast scatred thine onelie (people) among many.
29 They treade them downe, whiche haue withstand thy promises, and beleue not thy testimonies.
30 And if thou didest somuche hate thy people, they shulde haue bene punished with thine owne hands.
31 ¶ Nowe when I had speken these wordes, the Angel that came to me the night afore, was sent vnto me.
32 And said vnto me, Heare me, and I will teache thee, and hearken that I may instruct thee further.
33 And I said, Speake on, my Lord. Then said he vnto me, Thou art sore vexed and troubled for Israéls sake. Louest thou them better, then he doeth that made them?
34 And I said, No, Lord: but of very sorow haue I spoken: for my raines paine me euerie houre, while I labour to comprehend the way of the most High, and to seke out parte of his iudgement.
35 And he said vnto me, Thou canst not, And I said, Wherefore, LORDE, wherefore was I borne? or why was not my mothers wombe then my graue? so had
〈◊〉
not sene the trouble of Iacob, and the grief of the stocke of Israél.
36 And he said vntome, Nomber vnto me the things that are not yet come, or gather me the droppes, that are scatred, or make me the withered floures grene againe.
37 Open me the places that are closed, and bring me forthe the windes, that are shut vp therein: shewe me the image of a voyce, and then wil I declare thee the thing, that thou askest and laborest to knowe.
38 And I said, O Lord, Lord, who can knowe these things, but he that hathe not his dwel ling with men?
39 But I that am ignorant, howe can I speake these things, whereof thou askest me?
40 Then said he vnto me, Like as thou canst do none of these things, that I haue spoken of, so canst thou not finde out my iudgemēt, nor the least benefite, that I haue promised vnto my people.
41 Then I said, Beholde, ô Lord, the last things are present vnto thee, and what shal they do that haue bene before me, or we that be now, or they that shal come after vs?
42 And he said vnto me, I wil compare my iudgemēt vnto a ring: as there is no slacknes of the last, so is there no swiftnes of the first.
43 Thē I answered, & said, Coldest thou not ma ke at once those that haue bene, those that are now, and
〈◊〉
that shal come, that thou mightest shewe thy iudgement the soner?
44 Then answered he me, The creature, said he, can not preuent the Creator, nether can the worlde holde them at once, that shal be created therein.
45 And I said, As thou hast taught thy seruant
that thou, which giuest strength (to all,) hast giuen life at once to all the worke created by thee, & hast susteined it, so might it now also conteine all men at once.
46 And he said vnto me, Aske the wombe of a woman, and say vnto her, Why must thou ha ue time before thou bringest forthe? require her to bring forthe ten at once.
47 And I said, Surely she can not, but by distan ce of time.
48 Thē said he vnto me, So haue I deuided the nomber of the earth by times when sede is sowen vpon it.
49 For as a yong child begetteth not that that belōgeth to the aged, so haue I ordeined the time which I haue created.
50 ¶ I asked againe, and said, Seing thou hast now shewed me the way, I wil procede to speake before thee: for our mother, whome thou hast tolde me is yong, draweth she nere vnto age?
51 He answered me, and said. Aske a woman that trauaileth, and she wil tell thee.
52 Say vnto her, Wherefore are not they [who me thou hast now broght for the] like those that were before thee, but lesse of stature?
53 And she shal answerthee, Some were borne in the floure of youth, others were borne in the time of age, when the wombe failed.
54 Consider now thy self, how that ye are lesse of stature, then those that were before you,
55 And so are they that come after you, lesse thē ye, as the creatures which now beginne to be olde, and haue passed ouer the strength of youth.
56 Then said I, Lord, I beseche thee, if I haue founde fauour in thy sight, shewe thy seruāt by whome doest thou gouerne thy workemanship?
CHAP. VI.
God hathe foresene all things in his secret counsel, and is autor thereof, and hathe created them for his children. 25 The
〈◊〉
of the age to come.
1 ANd he said vnto me, In the beginning when the rounde worlde was made, and before the borders of the worlde were set, and before the windes blewe one against an other:
2 Before the noyce of thundres sounded, before the bright lightening did shine forthe, before the fundacions of Paradise were laide:
3 Before the floures did appeare, before the moueable powers were stablished, before the innumerable armie of Angels were gathered:
4 Before the heights of the aire were lifted vp before the measures of the heauens were na med, before the chimneis in Sion were hote
5 Before the present yeres were soght out, and before the affectiōs of them that now sinne, were turned away, & they that haue laid vp the treasure of faith, were sealed.
6 Then did I purpose these things, and they were made by me alone, and by none other: by me also they shalbe ended, and by none other.
7 Then answered I, and said, What shalbe the diuision of times? or when shalbe the end of the first, and the beginning of it that followeth?
8 And he said vnto me, From Abraham vnto Isaac, when Iacob and
〈◊〉
were borne ofGen. 25. 26. him, * lacobs hand helde first the hele of Esau.
9 For Esau is the end of this worlde, and Iacob is the beginning of it that followeth.
10 The hand of man is bet wixt the hele and the hand. Other thing, Esdras, aske thou not.
11 ¶ I answered them, and said, O Lord, Lord, if I haue founde fauour in thy sight,
12 I beseche thee, make an end to shewe thy seruant thy tokens, whereof thou shewest me parte the last night.
13 So he answered me, and said, Stand vp vppon thy fete, and heare a mightie sounding voyce.
14 There shal come as an earth quake, but the place where thou stādest, shal not be moued
15 And therefore when he speaketh, be not afrayed: for of the end shal be the worde, and of the fundacion of the earth shal it be vnder stand.
16 Therefore while one speaketh of them, it trembleth and is moued: for it knoweth, that it must be changed at the end.
17 And when I had heard it, I stode vp vpō my fete, and hearkened, and beholde, there was a voyce that spake, and the sounde of it was like the sounde of many waters:
18 And it said, Beholde, the dayes come, that I wil come and in quire of them that dwel vpō the earth,
19 And when I beginne to inquire of theē who by their vnrighteousnes haue hurt others, and when the affliction of Sion shal be fulfilled,
20 And the worlde, that shal vanish away, shalbe sealed, then wil I shewe these signes: the bokes shalbe opened before the heauen, & they shal se all it together.
21 And the children of a yere olde shal speake with their voices: the women with child shal bring forthe vntimelie childrē of thre or fou re moneths olde, and they shal liue that are raised vp.
22 Then suddenly shal the sowen places appea re as the vnsowne, and the sul store houses shal suddenly be founde emptie.
23 And the trumpet shal sounde, and all they that heare it, shalbe suddenly afrayed.
24 At that time shal friends fight with friends, as with enemies, and the earth shal feare with them: the springs of the welles shal stand stil, and in thre houres they shal not renne.
25 Whosoeuer remaineth from all these things that I haue tolde thee, shal be saued and se
my saluacion, & the end of your worlde.
26 And the men that are receiued, shalse it: thei that haue not tasted death from their birth, and the heart of the inhabitants shal be chā
ged, and turned to another meaning.
27 For euil shalbe put out, and disceate shal be quenched,
28 But faith shal flourish: corruption shalbe ouercome, and the trueth which hathe bene so long without frute, shal come forthe.
29 ¶ And when he talked with me, beholde, I loked alitle vpō him before whome I stode
30 And these wordes said he vnto me, I am come to she we thee the time of the night to come.
31 If thou wilt pray againe, and fast seuen daies more, I wil tel thee more things, and greater then these, which I haue heard in the day.
32 For thy voyce is heard before the Highest: surely the mightie hathe sene thy righteous dealing: he hathe sene also thy chastitie, whi che thou hast kept since thy youth.
33 Therefore hathe he sent me to shewe thee all these things, and to say vnto thee, Be of good comfort, and feare not,
34 And haste not in the vaine consideration of the first times, nor make haste to the latter times.
35 And after this I wepte againe and fasted seuen dayes in like maner, that I might fulfil the thre wekes, which he had appointed me.
36 And in the eight night was mine heart vexed within me againe, and I began to speake before the moste High.
37 For my spirit was greatly set on fyer, & my soule was in distresse,
38 And I said, ô Lord, thou speakest expresly in the first creation [euen the first day] and cōman dedst * that the heauen and the earth
〈◊〉
1, 1. shulde be made, and the worke followed thy worde.
39 And thē was there the spirit, and the darknes was on euerie side with silence: there was no mans voyce as yet created of thee.
40 Then commandedst thou a bright light to come forthe out of thy treasures, that it might giue light to thy worke.
41 Vpō the second day thou createdst the hea uenlie ayre, and commandedst it, that, going betwene, it shulde make a diuision betwene the waters, that the one parte might remaine aboue, and the other beneth.
42 Vpon the third day thou cōmandedst, that the waters shulde be gathered together in the seuenth parte of the earth: six partes didest thou drye, and kept them to the intent that of these there shuld be that shulde serue thee, being sowen of God and tilled.
43 Assone as thy worde went forthe, the wor ke was in continently made.
44 For immediatly great and innumerable fau te did spring vp, and manie diuerse pleasures for the taste, and floures of vnchangeable co lour, and odours of a moste wondersul smel and these things were created the third day
45 * Vpon the fourth daythou createdst the
〈◊〉
. 1.
〈◊〉
, light of the sunne, and of the moone, and the order of the startes,
46 And gauest them a charge, to do * seruiceGen. 1, 14. &
〈◊〉
.
deut. 4, 19. euen vnto man that was for to be made.
47 And vpon the fift day thou saidest vnto theGen. 1, 20. seuenth parte * where the waters were gathe red, that it shulde bring forthe beasts, (as) foules and fishes: and it was so.
48 For the domme waters, and without life broght forthe liuing things at the commandemēt of God that the nations might praise thy wonderous workes.
49 Thē didest thou prepare two liuing things the one thou calledstOr,
〈◊〉
; Behemoth, & the other thou calledst Leuiathan,
50 And didest separate the one from the other for the seuenth parte, where the water was gathered, colde not holde them.
51 Vnto Behemoth thou gauest one parte, whi che was dryed vp the third day, that he shuld dwell in the same parte, wherein are a thousand hilles.
52 But vnto Leuiathan thou gauest the seuenth parte, that is wett, and hast prepared him to deuoure what thou wilt, and when thou wilt
53 Vpon the sixt day thou gauest commandemēt vnto the earth, that before thee it shulde bring forthe beasts, catel and creping things.
54 And besides this Adam, whome thou madest lord ouer all the workes which thou hast created, of him come we all, and the people also, whome thou hast chosen.
55 All this haue I spoken before thee, ô Lord, because thou hast created the world for our sakes.
56 As for the other people, which also come of Adam, thou hast declared them that they are nothing before thee, but be like vnto spitle, and hast compared their riches vnto a drop that falleth from a vessel.
57 And now, ô Lord, beholde these heathen which haue bene reputed as nothing, haue begonne to be lords ouer vs, and to deuoure vs.
58 And we thy people [whome thou hast called the first borne, the onely begotten, and thy feruent louer] are giuen into their hands,
59 If the worlde then be created for our sakes why haue we not the inheritance thereof in possession? or how long shal we suffer these things?
CHAP. VII.
5 Without tribulation none can come to felicitie. 1: God ad uertiseth all in time. 28 The coming and death of Christ 32 The resurrection and last iudgemēt. 43 After the whiche all corruption shal cease, 48 All fell in Adam. 59 The true life. 62 The mercies and goodnes of God.
1 ANd whē I had made an end of these wor des, there was sent vnto me an Angel, which had bene sent down to me the nights afore.
2 And he said vnto me, Vp, Esdras, and heare the wordes that I am come to tell thee.
3 And I said, Speake on my God. Then said he vnto me, The sea is set in a wyde place, that it might be deepe and great,
4 But presuppose that the entrance thereof were narow, and like the riuers,
5 Who colde go into the sea to loke vpon it, and to rule it? If he went not thorowe the narowe, how colde he come into the broade?
6 There is also another thing: a citie is buylded and set vpon a broade field, and is ful of all good things:
7 The entrance thereof is narrowe and in a dangerous place to fall, that there is fyre at the right hād, & a deepe water at the lefte,
8 And there is but one path betwixt them, euen betwene the fyre ād the water, so that there colde but one man go there.
9 If this citie were giuen vnto a man for an in heritance, if he neuer went thorowe the peril before it, how colde here ceaue his inheritance?
10 And I said, It is so, Lord. Then said he, So is the portion of Israel.
11 Surely for their sakes haue I made the worl de: and when Adam transgressed my statutes then came this thing to passe.
12 Then were the entrances of the worlde made norowe, full of sorowe & trauail: they are but fewe and euil, and full of perils, and very peineful.
13 For the entrances of the fore worlde were wyde and sure, and broght immortal frute.
14 If then they that are
〈◊〉
, labour not to enter by these strait and brittel things, they can not atteine to those things that are hid.
15 Why then disquietest thou thy self, seing thou art corruptible? and why art thou moued, seing thou art mortal?
16 And why hast thou not considered in thy minde the things to come, rather then them that are present?
17 Then said I, O Lord, Lord, * seing thou hast
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 3. ordeined in thy Law, that the righteous shulde in herite these things, and that the vngodlie shulde perish,
18 Shulde the righteous suffer straitnes in hoping for large things? yet thei that haue liued vngodly and suffered straitnes, shal not se the large things.
19 Then he said vnto me, There is no iudge more iuste then God, and there is none more wise then the moste High.
20 For manie perish in this life, because they despise the Law of God that is apointed.
21 For God hathe diligently admonished suche as came, so oft as they came, what they shulde do to haue life, and what they shulde obserue, to auoid punishment.
22 Neuertheles, they were not obedient vnto him, but spake against him, and imagined
〈◊〉
things,
23 And deceiued them selues by their wicked dedes, and denied the power of the moste High, and regarded not his waies.
24 But they despised his Law, and resused his promises they haue vnfaithfully broken his ordinances, and haue not performed his workes.
25 And therefore, Esdras, vnto the emptie are emptie things, and to the ful ful things.
26 Beholde, the time shal come, that these
〈◊〉
which I haue tolde thee, shal come to passe, and the bride shal appeare, and she shal come forthe, and besene that now is vnder the earth.
27 And whosoeuer shal escape these euils, he shal se my wonders.
28 For my sonne Iesus shal appeare with those that be with him, ād they that remaine, shal reioyce with in foure hundreth yeres.
29 After these same yeres shal my sonne Christ dye, and all men that haue life.
30 And the worlde shalbe turned into the olde silence for seuen dayes, as in the fore iudgements, so that no man shal remaine.
31 But after seuen dayes, the worlde that is yet a slepe, shalbe raised vp: ād that shal dye, that is corrupt.
32 Then the earth shal restore those, that haue slept in her, and so shal the dust those that dwell therein in silence, and the secret places shal deliuer the soules that were committed vnto them.
33 And the most High shal appeare vpon the seate of iudgement, and miseries shalv anish a way and long suffring shal haue an end.
34 Iustice onely shal continue: the trueth shal remaine, and faith shal be strong.
35 The worke shal followe, and the rewarde shalbe shewed: the good dedes shalbe of for ce, and vnrighteousnes shal beare no more rule.
36 Then said I, * Abraham prayed first for theGen. 18. 21.
Exod. 32. 3. So domites, and Moyses for the fathers that sinned in the wildernes,
37 And they that came after him, for Israel in the time of Achaz, and Samuel.
38 And * Dauid for the destruction, * and Salomon2. Sam. 24. 17.
2. Chro. 6. 14. for them that came into the Sanctuarie.
39 * And Elias forthose that receiued raine,1. King. 17. 21. & 180 25. and for the dead that he might liue,2. King. 19. 15.,
40 And Ezechias for the people in the time of Sennacherib, and diuerse others for manie.
41 Euen so now, seing vice is increased, and wickednes abundeth, & the righteous haue prayed for the vngodlie, wherefore shal not the same effect followe also now?
42 Then he answered me, and said, This present life is not the end: oft times honour is reteined in it therefore haue they prayed for the weake.
43 But the day of iudgement shal be the end of this worlde, and the beginning of the im mortalitie to come, wherein all corruption shal cease.
44 Intemperancie shal passe away: in sidelitie shalbe cut of righteousnes shal growe vp, & the varitie shal spring vp.
45 Thē shal no man be able to saue him that is destroyed, nor oppresse him that hathe gotten the victorie.
46 I answered then, and said, This is my first & last saying, that it had bene better not to hane giuen the earth vnto Adam, or when it was giuen him, to haue kept him that he shul de not haue sinned.
47 For what profit is it for men in this present life to be in heauines, ād after death to feare punishment?
48 O Adam, what hast thou done? * for in thatRom. 5. 18. that thou hast sinned, thou art not fallen alone, but the fall also redundeth vnto vs that come of thee.
49 For what profit is it vnto vs, if there be pro mised an immortal life, when we do the workes that bring death?
50 And that an euerlasting hope shulde be pro mised vs, seing that we bitide our selues to deadlie vanitit?
51 And that there shulde be appointed vs dwel lings of health and safetie, if we haue liued wickedly?
52 And that the glorie of the moste High shuld be kept to defende them which haue led a pacient life, if we haue walked in the wicked wayes?
53 And that an eternal Paradise shulde be shewed, whose frute remaineth incorruptible, whereinis safetie and healt, if we wil not enter into it?
54 [For we haue bene conuersant in vnpleasant places]
55 And that the faces of them, which haue absteined, shulde shine more then starres, if our faces be blacker then darckenes?
56 For while we liued, we did not remember when we did vnrighteously, that we shulde surfer after death.
57 Then answered he me, and said, This is the maner of the battel, which man, that is borne in the earth, shal fight,
58 That if he be ouercome, he shulde suffer as thou hast said: but if he get the victorie, he shulde receaue the thing that I said.
59 For this is the life, whereof Moyses spake vnto the people, while he liued, saying, * Deut. 30. 19. Chuse thee life that thou maist liue.
60 Neuertheles, they beleued him not, nether the Prophetes after him, nor me also which haue said vnto them,
61 That heauines shulde not so be to their destruction, as ioye shulde come vnto them, to whome saluacion is persuaded.
62 I answered then and said, I know, Lord, that the moste High is called merciful, in that he hathe mercie vpon them, which are not yet come to that worlde,
63 And that he hathe pitie on those that walke in his Law,
64 And that * he is pacient: for he long suffrethRom. 2. 4. those that haue sinned as his creatures,
65 And that he is liberall: for he wil giue asmu che as nedeth,
66 And that he is of great mercie: for he ouer cometh in mercie those that are present, and that are past, and them which are to come.
67 For if he were not abundant in his mercies, the worlde colde not continue not thei that haue the possession thereof.
68 He pardoneth also for if he gaue not of his goodnes that they, which haue done euil, might be relieued from their wickednes, the ten thousand parte of men shulde not remaine aliue.
69 And if he, being iudge, forgaue not those that be healed with his worde, and toke away the multitude of sinnes.
70 There shulde peraduenture be verie fewe left in an vnnumerable multitude.
CHAP. VIII.
1 The nomber of the godlie is smale. 6 The workes of God are excellent.
〈◊〉
Esdras prayerfor him and for his people. 39 The promes of
〈◊〉
to the
〈◊〉
. 55 The destruction of the
〈◊〉
.
1 ANd he answered me, saying, The most High made this worlde for manie, but the worlde to come for fewe.
2 I wil tel thee a similitude, o Esdras As when thou as kest the earth, it shal say vnto thee, that it gineth muche earthlie matter to make pottes, but litle dust that golde cometh of, so is it with the worke of this worlde.
3 * There be manie created, but fewe shalbeMar. 20,
〈◊〉
. saued.
4 Then answered I and said, Then swalowe vp the wit, ö my soule, and deuoure vnderstanding.
5 For thou hast promised to heare, and thou wilt prophecie: for thou hast no longer space, but the life giuen thee.
6 O Lord, if
〈◊〉
suffer not thy seruant, that we may intreat thee, that thou maist giue sede vnto our heart, & prepare our vnderstanding, that there may come frute of it, whereby euerie one which is corrupt, may liue, who can set him self for man?
7 For thou art alone, & we all are one worke man
〈◊〉
of thine hands, as thou hast said.
8 For when the bodie is facioned now in the wombe, and thou
〈◊〉
giuen it members, thy creatures is preserued by fyre and
〈◊〉
, and the worke created by thee, doeth suffer nine moneths the creature, which is facioned in it.
9 But the thing that cōteineth, & that which is conteined, shal bothe be preserued, & whē time is come, the wombe, being preserued, deliuereth the things that grewe in it.
10 For thou hast comman
〈◊〉
the members, euē
〈◊〉
breasts, to giue milke vnto the frute appointed to the
〈◊〉
,
11 That the thing, which is created may be nourished for a time,
〈◊〉
thou dispolest it to thy mercie.
12 Thou bringest it vp with thy righteousnes,
nurturest it in thy Law, and reformest it with thy iudgement.
13 Thou slayest it as thy creature, and giuest it life as thy worke.
14 Seing then that thou destroyest him, which with so great labours is facioned, it is an easie thing to appoint by thy commandement that the thing also which is made, might be preserued.
15 Now therefore, ô Lord, I wilspeake [as tou ching men in general thou shalt rather prouide] but concerning thy people, for whose sake I am sorie,
16 And for thine inheritance for whose cause I mourne: for Israel, for whome I am woful, and for Iacob, for whose sake I am grieued.
17 For them wil I pray before thee, aswel for my self, as for them: for I se our fautes that dwelt in the land.
18 ¶ But I haue heard the sudden comming of the iudge, which is to come.
19 Therefore heare my voyce, and vnderstand my wordes, which I wil speake before thee. The beginning of the wordes of Esdras, before he was taken vp.
20 O Lord, that liuest for euer, which beholdest from aboue that which is aboue, and in the ayre,
21 Whose throne is inestimable, and his glorie incomprehensible, before whome the hoste of the Angels stand with trembling,
22 Whose keping is turned in winde and fyre, whose worde is true, and sayings sted fast, whose commandement is strong, and gouernement terrible,
23 Whose loke dryeth vp the depths, & wrath maketh the mountaines to melt away as the thing beareth witnes.
24 Heare the prayer of thy seruant, and receiue into thine eares the peticion of thy creature.
25 For while I liue, I wil speake, and so long as I haue vnderstanding, I wil answer.
26 Loke not vpon the sinnes of thy people, rather then thy faithful seruants.
27 Haue not respect vnto the wicked dedes of men, rather then to them that haue thy testimonies in afflictions.
28 Thinke not vpon those that haue walked fainedly before thee, but remember thē that reuetence thy wil.
29 Let it not be thy wil to destroye thē, which haue liued like beasts, but loke vpon them that haue clearly taught thy Law.
30 Take not displeasure with them, which appeare worse then beasts, but loue them, that alway put their trust in thy righteousnes and glorie.
31 For we and our fathers haue all the same sicknes: but because of vs that are sinners, thou shalt be called merciful.
32 If therefore thou wilt haue mercie vpon vs, thou shalt be called merciful towardes vs which haue no workes of righteousnes.
33 For the righteous, which haue laid vp manie good workes, let them receiue the rewarde of their owne dedes.
34 But what is man, that thou shuldest take displeasure at him? or what is this mortal generacion, that thou shuldest be so grieued towards it?
35 * For verely there is no man among thē that1. King 8, 46. be borne, but he hathe done wickedly, nor2. chro. 6,
〈◊〉
. anie that doeth confesse thee, which hathe not done amisse.
36 For in this, ô Lord, thy righteousnes & thy goodnes shalbe praised, if thou be merciful vnto them, which
〈◊〉
not the substance of good workes.
37 ¶ Thē answered he me, & said, Some things hast thou spoken a right, and according vntó thy wordes it shalbe.
38 For I wil not verely consider the workes of thē, before the death, before the iudgement before destruction:
39 But * I wil reioyce in the wayes of the righteous,
〈◊〉
. 4.
〈◊〉
. and I wil remember the pilgrimage, the saluation and the rewarde that they shal haue.
40 Like as I haue spoken now, so shal it come to passe.
41 For as the housband mā soweth much syde vpon the grounde, & planteth many trees, & yet alway the thing that is sowen, cometh not vp in time, nether yet doeth all that is plā ted, take roote: so nether shal thei all that are broght into the worlde, be saued.
42 I answered then & said, If I haue founde gra ce, let me speake.
43 Like as the housband mans sede perisheth, if it come not vp, and receiue not raine in due season, or if it be destroyed with to muche raine,
44 So perisheth man, which is created with thine hands, & thou art called his patern, because he is created to thine image, for whose sake thou hast, made all things, and lickened him vnto the housbandmans sede.
45 Be not wroth with vs, ô Lord, but spare thy people & haue mercie vpō thine inheritācet for thou wilt be merciful vnto thy creature.
46 Then answered he me, and said, The things present are for the present, and the things to come for suche as be to come.
47 For thou art farre of that thou shuldest loue my creature aboue me: but I haue oft times drawen nere vnto thee and vnto it, but neuer to the vn righteous.
48 In this also thou art maruelous before the Highest,
49 In that thou hast hūbled thy self, as it be cometh thee, and hast not iudged thy self worthie to boast thy self greatly among the righteous.
50 For many miseries and calamities remaine for them that shal liue in the latter time, because they shal walke in great pride-
51 But learne thou for
〈◊〉
self, & seke out the glorie for suche as be like thee.
52 For vnto you is paradise opened: the
〈◊〉
of
life is planted: the time to come is prepared, pléte ousnes made ready: the citie is buylded and rest is prepared, perfite goodnes and absolute wisdome.
53 The roote of euil is sealed vp from you: the weakenes & moth is destroyed from you, & into hell sleeth corruption to be forgotten.
54 Sorowes are vanished away, and in the end is sheped the treasure of immortalitie.
55 Therefore aske thou no more questiōs con cerning the multitude of them that perish.
56 For when thei had libertie, thei despised the most High: they contemned his Law and for soke his wayes.
57 Moreouer, they haue trodēd downe his righ teous,
58 * Saying in their heart, that there was noPsal. 14, 1. &
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. God, thogh they knewe that they shuld dye
59 For as the thing that I haue spoken of, is made readie for you: so is thirst & peine prepared for them: for God wolde not that man shulde perish:
60 But they, after that they were created, haue defilled the Name of him that made them, & are vnthankeful vnto him, which prepared life for them.
61 Therefore my iudgement is now at hand.
62 These things haue I not shewed vnto all mē but vnto thee, and to a fewe like thee: then I answered, and said,
63 Beholde now, ô Lord: thou hast shewed me the many wonders, which thou art determined to do in the last time, but in what time, thou hast not shewed me.
CHAP. IX.
5 All things in this worlde haue a beginning and an end. 10 Tormērs for the wicked
〈◊〉
this life. 15 The nomber of the
〈◊〉
is more then of the good. 29 The Iewes in gratitude: 36 Therefore
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. 38 The vision of a woman
〈◊〉
.
1 HE answered me then, and said, Measure the time with it self, and when thou seest that one parte
〈◊〉
the tokens come to passe, which I haue tolde thee before,
2 Then shalt thou vnderstād, that it is the time wherein the moste High wil begin to visite the worlde which he made.
3 Therefore when there shalbe sene an * erthquake
〈◊〉
, 24, 7. in the worlde, and an vproare of the people,
4 Then shalt thou vnderstand that the moste High spake of those things, from the dayes that were before thee, euen from the beginning.
5 For as all that is made in the worlde, hathe a
〈◊〉
and an end, and the end is manifest,
6 So the times also of the most High haue plaine beginnings in wonders and signes, & end in effect and miracles.
7
〈◊〉
euerie one that shal escape safe, and shal be deliuered by his workes, and by the faith wherein ye
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
8 Shalbe preserued from the said perils & shal se my saluacion in my land, and within my borders for I haue kept me holy from the worlde.
9 Then shal they haue pitie of them selues, which now haue abused my waies: and thei that haue cast them out dispitefully, shal dwell in peines.
10 For suche as in their life haue receiued benefites, and haue not knowen me,
11 But haue abhorred my Law, while they we re yet in libertie, and when they had yet leasure of amendement, and wolde not vnderstand but despised it,
12 They must be taught it after death by peine.
13 And therefore be thou no more careful, to knowe how the
〈◊〉
shalbe punished, but in quire how the righteous shalbe saued, and whose the worlde is, and for whome it is, and when.
14 Then answered I, and said,
15 I haue a fore said that which I say now and wil speake it hereafter, that there be many mo of them which perish, then of them that shalbe * saued,Chap.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
16 As the flood is greater then a drop.Mat. 20. 16.
17 And he answered me, saying, As the field is, so is also the sede: as the floures be, so are the colours also suche as the workeman is, such is the worke: and as the housband man is, so is his housbandrie: for it was the time of the worlde.
18 Surely when I prepared the worlde, which was not yet made for them to dwell in that now liue, no man spake against me.
19 For then
〈◊〉
one obeyed, but now the maners of thē that are created in this world that is made, are corrupted by a perpetual sede, & by a Law, where out thei can not rid them selues.
20 So I considered the worlde, and beholde, there was peril, because of the deuises, that were sprung vp into it.
21 Yet when I sawe it, I spared it greatly, and haue kept me one grape of the cluster, and a plant out of a great people.
22 Let therefore the
〈◊〉
perish, which are borne in vaine: and let my grape
〈◊〉
kept and my plāt, which I haue dressed with great labour.
23 ¶
〈◊〉
, is thou wilt cease seuen daies mo [but thou
〈◊〉
not fast in them,
24
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
go into a faire field, where no hou se is buylded, and shalt eat onely of the sloures of the field, and
〈◊〉
no flesh, nor drinke wine, but the floures onely,
25 And pray vnto the moste High continually] then
〈◊〉
come, and take with thee.
26 So I went my
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
had
〈◊〉
me,
〈◊〉
to the field,
〈◊〉
is called
〈◊〉
, and there I sate among
〈◊〉
floures, and did
〈◊〉
of the herbes of the field, and the
〈◊〉
of the same
〈◊〉
me.
27 And after
〈◊〉
dayes, as I
〈◊〉
vpon the
〈◊〉
, and mine
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
me, as a
〈◊〉
,
28 I opened my mouth,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
before
the moste High, and to say,
29 O Lord, when thou woldest shewe thy self vnto vs, * thou declaredst thy self vnto ourExod. 19 9. & 24. 3. fathers in the wildernes, in a place where noDeut. 4. 12. man dwelleth, in a baren place, when they came out of Egypt.
30 And expressely spak est vnto them, saying, Heare me, ô Israél, & marke my wordes, thou sede of Iacob.
31 For beholde, I sawe my Law in you, that it may bring for the frute in you, & that ye may be honored by it for euer.
32 But our fathers, which receiued the Law, kept it not, nether obserued thine ordinances, nether did the frute of the Law appeare, nether colde it, for it was thine,
33 * For they that receiued it, perished becauseExod 32. 28. they kept not the thing that was sowen in them.
34 And lo, it is a custome when the grounde re ceiueth sede, or the sea a ship, or avesselmeat and drinke, if that perish wherein a thing is sowen, or wherein anything is put,
35 Like wise the thing that is sowen, or is put therein, & the things that are receiued, must perish: so the things that are receiued, do not remaine with vs: but in vs it cometh not so to passe.
36 For we that haue receiued the Law, perish in sinne, and our heart also which receiued it.
37 But the Law perisheth not, but remaineth in his force.
38 ¶ And when I spake these things in mine heart, I loked about me, and vpon the right side * I sawe a woman, which mourned sore,Chap.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. and lamented with a loude voyce, and was grieued in heart, and rēt her clothes, and she had ashes vpon her head.
39 Then I left my thoghts, wherein I was occu pied, and turned me vnto her,
40 And said vnto her, wherefore wepest thou why art thou so sory in minde?
41 And she said vnto me, Syr, let me alone, that I may be waile my self, and increase sorowe: for I am sore vexed in my minde, and broght verie lowe.
42 Then I said vnto her, What aileth thee? tel me.
43 And she said vnto me, I thy seruāt haue bene baren, and haue had no childe, hauing an housband thirtie yeres.
44 And euery houre, and euery day these thirtie yeres I pray to the moste High day and night,
45 And after thirtie yeres God heard me thine hand maid, and loked vpon my miserie, con sidered my trouble, and gaue me a sonne, and I was glad of him: so was mine housband also, and all they of my countrey, and we gaue great honour vnto the Almightie.
46 And I nourished him with great trauail.
47 So when he grewe vp, and came to take a wife, I made a feast.
CHAP. X.
Esdras and the woman that appeareth vnto him, commune together.
1 BVt when my sonne went into his chāber, he fell downe, and dyed.
2 Then we all ouerthrewe the lights, and all my neighbours rose vp to comfort me: so I rested vntil the seconde day at night.
3 And when thei had all left of to comfort me that I shulde be quiet, thē I rose vp by night and fled, and am come into this field as thou seest,
4 And am not purposed to returne into the citie, but to remaine here, and nether to eat nor drinke, but continually to mourne and fast, vntil I dye.
5 Then left I my purpose wherein I was, and spake to her angerly, and said,
6 Thou foolish woman aboue all other, seest thou not our heauines, and what cometh vn to vs?
7 For Sion our mother is all woful and is sore afflicted, and mourneth extremely.
8 Seing we be all now in heauines, and make our mone [for we be all sorowful] art thou so rie for one sonne?
9 Demande the earth, and she shal tell thee that it is she which ought to mourne for the fall of so manie that growe vpon her.
10 For from the beginning all men are borne
〈◊〉
her, and other shal come, & beholde, they walke almoste all into destruction, and the multitude of them shalbe destroyed.
11 Who shulde then rather mourne, she that hat helost so great a multitude, or thou which art sorie but for one;
12 But if thou woldest say vnto me, My mourning is not like the mourning of the earth [for I haue lost the frute of my wōbe, which I broght for the with heauines, and bare with sorowes,
13 But the earth is according to the maner of the earth, & the present multitude returneth into her as it came]
14 Then say I vnto thee, As thou hast borne with trauail, so the earth also from the beginning giueth her frute vnto man, euen to him that labored her.
15 Now therefore with holde thy sorow in thy self, and beare constantly that which cometh vnto thee.
16 For if thou allowest Gods purpose, and receiuest his counsel in time, thou shalt be cō
mended therein.
17 Go thy way then into the citie to thine housband.
18 ¶ Then she said vnto me, I wil not, I wil not go into the citie, but here wil I dye.
19 So I continued to speake more with her, and said,
20 Do not so, but be counseled: for how manie falles hathe Sion? Be of good comfort becau se of the soro we of Ierusalem.
21 For thou seest that our Sāctuarie is layed waste our altar is broken downe our Tem ple is destroyed.
22 Our psalterion fainteth, and the song ceaseth, and our mirth is vanished away, and the light of our candelsticke is quenched, and the Arke of our couenant is taken away, and our holie things are defiled, and the Name that is called vpon ouervs, is almoste dishonored, and our children are put to shame and our Priests are burnt, and our Leuites are caryed into captiuitie, and our virgines are defiled, and our wiues
〈◊〉
, and our righteous men spoyled, and our children de stroyed, and our yong men are broght in bondage, and our strong men are become weake.
23 And, which is the greatest of all, Sion the seale hathe lost her worship: for she is deliue red into the hands of them that hate vs.
24 And therefore shake of thy great heauines and put away the multitude of sorowes, that the Almightie may be merciful vnto thee and that the moste High may giue thee rest and ease from thylabour.
25 And when I was talking with her, her face and beautie shined suddenly, and her counte nance was bright, so that I was afrayed of her and mused what it might be.
26 And beholde, immediatly she cast out a great voyce, very fearful, sothat the earth shoke at the noyce of the woman.
27 And I loked, and beholde, the woman appeared vnto me nomore but there was a citie buylded, and a place was shewed from the grounde and fundacion. Then was I afrayed and cryed with a loude voyce, and said,
28 Where is Vrielthe Angel * which came toChap. 4. 1. me at the first? for he hathe caused me to co me into manie and depe consideracions, and mine end is turned into corruption, and my pray to rebuke.
29 And as I was speaking these wordes, beholde, he came vnto me, and loked vpon me.
30 And lo, I laye as one dead, and mine vnderstanding was altered, and he toke me by the right hand and comforted me, and set me vpon my feete, and said vnto me,
31 What aileth thee? and why is thine vnderstanding vexed? and the vnderstanding of of thine heart? and wherefore art thousorie.
32 And I said, Because thou hast forsaken me, and I haue done * according vnto thy wordes:Chap. 5. 20. I went into the field, and there haue I sene things, and se that I am not able to expresse.
33 Then said he vnto me, Stand vp manly, and I wil giue thee exhortacion.
34 Then said I, Speake vnto me, my lord, and forsake me not, lest I dye through rashnes.
35 For I haue sene that I knewe not, and heare that I do not knowe.
36 Or is minevnderstāding disceiued, or doeth my minde, being hautie, erre?
37 Now therefore I beseche thee that thou wilt shewe thy seruant of this wondre.
38 Then he answered me, and said, Heare me, and I wil informe thee, and tel thee wherefore thou art afrayed: for the moste High ha the reueiled manie secret things vnto thee.
39 He hath sene thy good purpose, that thou art sorie continually for thy people, and ma kest great lamentacion for Sion.
40 This therefore is the vnderstanding of the vision, which appeared vnto thee a litle while ago.
41 Thou sawest a woman mourning, and thou begannest to comfort her:
42 But now seest thou the lickenes of the woman no more, but there appeared vnto thee a citie buylded.
43 And where as she tolde thee of the death of her sonne, this is the solution,
44 This womā, which thou sawest, she is Sion where as she tolde thee [euē she which thou seest now as a citie buylded]
45 And as touching that she said vnto thee, that she was baren thirtie yeres, this was cō
cerning that, there was euen thirtie yeres wherein there was no offring offred in her.
46 But after thirtie yeres, Salomon buylt the citie, and offred offrings: thē bare the baren a sonne.
47 And where as she tolde thee, that she nourished him with labour, that was the inhabiting of Ierusalém.
48 But where as she tolde thee that her sonne, as his chance was, dyed when she came into her chamber, that is the fall that is come to Ierusalém.
49 And when thousawest her like one that mourned for her sonne, thou begannest to cōfort her: of these things which haue chan ced these are to be opened vnto thee.
50 For now the moste High seeth, that thou art sorie in thy mind, and because thou suffrest with all thine heart for her, he shewed thee the clerenes of her glorie, and the faire nes of her beautie.
51 And therefore I bad thee remaine in the field where no house was buylt.
52 For I knewe that the moste High wolde shewe these things vnto thee.
53 Therefore I commanded thee to go into the field, where no fundacion nor buylding is.
54 For the worke of mans buylding can not stand in that place where the citie of the mo ste High shulde be shewed.
55 And therefore feare not, nether let thine heart be afrayed, but go in, and se the beautie and greatnes of the buylding as muche as thou art able to se with thine eyes.
56 Aud after this shalt thou heare, as muche as thine eares may comprehende.
57 For thou art blessed aboue manie, and art called with the moste High among the few.
58 But to morow at night thou shalt remaine here,
59 And the moste High shal shewe thee visiōs of high things, which the moste High will do vnto them that dwell vpō earth, in the last dayes. So I slept the same night and another as he had commanded me.
CHAP. XI.
1 The visiō of an egle coming forthe of the sea, and of her feathers. 37 Of alyon coming out of the forest.
1 THen saw I a dreame, and beholde, there came vp from the sea an egle, whiche had twelue feathered wings & thre heads
2 And I sawe & beholde, she spred her wings ouer all the earth, and all the windes of the ayre blewe on her, and gathered them selues.
3 And I behelde, & out of her feathers grew out other contrarie feathers, and they became litle feathers and smale.
4 But her heads remayne still!, and the head in the middes was greater then the other heads, yet rested it with them.
5 Moreouer, I sawe that the egle flewe with his feathers and reigned vpō earth & ouer them that dwelt therein.
6 And I sawe that all thinges vnder heauen were subiect vnto her, and noman spake against her, no not one creature vpō earth.
7 I sawe also that the egle stode vp vpō her clawes, and spake to her feathers, saying,
8 Watche not all together: slepe euerie one in his owne place, and watch by course.
9 But let the heads be preserued for the last.
10 Neuertheles, I sawe that the voyce went not out of her heads, but from, the myddes of her bodie.
11 Then I nombred her contrarie feathers, and beholde, there were eight of them.
12 And I loked, and behòlde vpon the ryght side there arose one feather, and reygne ouer all the earth.
13 And when it had reigned, the end of it came, & the place therof appeared no more. So the next stode vp, and reigned: it continued a long time.
14 And when it had reigned, the end of it came also, and as the firste, so it appeared no more.
15 Then there came a voyce vnto it, and said,
16 Heare thou that hast kept the earthe so long: this I say vnto thee, before thou beginnest to appeare no more,
17 There shal none after thee atteyne vnto thy time, nether to the halfe thereof.
18 Then arose the thirde and reygned as the other afore, and it appeared no more also.
19 So came it to all the others one after ano ther, so that euerie one reigned, and then appeared no more.
20 Then I loked, and beholde in processe of time the feathers that followed, stode vp on the right side, that they might rule also, and some of them ruled, but within a while they appeared no more.
21 For some of thē were set vp, but ruled not
22 After this I loked and beholde, the twelue feathers appeared no more, northe two wings.
23 And there was no more vppon the egles bodie, but two heades that rested and six wings.
24 Then sawe I also that thou winges deuided them selues from the six, and remained vnder the head, that was vpō the right side: for the foure continued in their place.
25 So I loked, and beholde, the vnderwings thoght to set vp them selues, and to haue the rule.
26 Then was there one set vp, but shortely it appeared no more.
27 And the second were soner gone then the first.
28 Then I behelde, & lo, the two that remained, thoght also in them selues to reigne.
29 And when they so thoght, beholde, there awaked one of the heads that were at rest, which was in the middes: for that was greater then the two.
30 And then I sawe, that the two heads were ioyned therewith.
31 And behold, the head was turned with thē that were with it, and did eate vp the two vnderwings that wolde haue reigned.
32 But this head put the whole earth in feare & bare rule in it, ouer all those that dwelt vpon the earth with muche labour, and it had the gouernance of the world, more thē all the wings that had bene.
33 After this I loked, and beholde, the head that was in the middes, suddenly appeared no more, as did the wings.
34 But the two heads remained, whiche also ruled likewise vpon earth, and ouer those that dwelt therein.
35 And I behelde, and lothe head vppon the right side deuoured that was vpon the left side.
36 ¶ Then I heard a voyce whiche said vnto me, Loke before thee, & consider the thing that thou seest.
37 So I sawe, and beholde as it were alyon that roareth, rénning hastely out of the wood: and I sawe that he sent out a mans voyce vnto the egle, and spake, and said,
38 Heare thou, I wil talke with thee, and the moste High shal say vnto thee.
39 Art not thou that that of the foure beasts remainest, whome I made to reigne in my world, that by them the end of times might come,
40 And the fourth is come, and hathe ouercome all the beasts that were past, & hathe power ouer the worlde with great fearfulnes, and ouer the whole compasse of the earth with moste wicked oppressions, and that dwelleth so long time in all the world with disceite?
41 For thou hast not iudged the earth with trueth.
42 Seing thou hast troubled the meke, thou hast hurt the peaceable, & thou hast loued lyers, and destroied the dwellings of them that broght forth frute, and had cast downe the walles of suche as did thee no harme.
43 Therefore is thy wrongfull dealing come
vp vnto the moste High, and thy pride vnto the Mightie.
44 The most High also hath loked vpon the proude times, and beholde, thei are ended, and their abominacions are fulfilled.
45 Therefore appeare no more, thou egle, nor thine horrible wings, nor thy wicked feathers, nor thy malicious heads, and thy wicked clawes, nor all thy vaine bodie,
46 That all the earth maye be refreshed, and come againe, as one deliuered from thy vio lence, and that she may hope for the iudgement and mercie of him that made her.
CHAP. XII.
The declaration of the former visions.
1 ANd when the lion spake these wordes to the egle, I sawe,
2 And beholde, the head that had the vpper hand, appeared no more, nether did the foure wings appeare any more, that came to it, and set vp them selues to reygne, whose kingdome was smale and ful of vproares.
3 And I sawe, and behold, they appeared no more, and the whole bodie of the egle was burnt, so that the earth was in great feare. Then I awaked out of the trouble & trance of my minde, and from the great feare, & said vnto my Spirit,
4 Lo, this hast thou done vnto me in that thou searchest out the wayes of the moste High,
5 Lo, yet am I wearie in my minde, and verye weake in my spirit, & litle strength is there in me, for the greate feare that I receyued this night.
6 Therefore now I will beseche the moste High that he will cōfort me vnto the end.
7 And I said, O Lord, Lord, if I haue founde grace before thy sight, and if I am iustified with thee before manye other, and if my praier in dede be come vp before thy face.
8 Comfort me, and shewe me thy seruāt the interpretacion and difference of this horrible sight, that thou maist perfectly comforte my soule,
9 Seing thou hast iudged me worthy to shew me the last times.
10 ¶ Then he said vnto me, This is the interpretacion of this vision,
11 The egle, whome thou sa west come vp from the sea, is the * kingdome which wasDan, 7. 7. sene in the vision of thy brother Daniél.
12 But it was not expounded vnto him: therfore now I declare it vnto thee.
13 Beholde, the daies come, that there shall rise vp a kingdome vpon the earth, and it shalbe feared aboue all kingdomes that were before it.
14 In it shall twelue Kings reigne one after another,
15 Whereof the seconde shall begynne to reigne and shall haue more tyme then the twelue.
16 And thys do the twelue winges signifie, which thou sawest.
17 As for the voice that thou heardest speake, and that thou sawest not go out frome the heads, but from the middes of the bodie thereof, this is the interpretacion,
18 That after the time of that kingdome there shal arise great strife, and it shalbe in danger to fall, but it shal not then fall, but shal be restored againe to his beginning.
19 Concerning the eight vnderwings, which thousawest hang vnto her wings, this is the interpretacion,
20 In him shall arise eight Kings, whose time shall be but smale, and their yeres swift, & two of them shal perish.
21 But when the midde time commeth, there shalbe foure kept a time, whiles hys tyme beginneth to come, that it may be ended, but two shalbe kept vnto the end.
22 And where as thou sawest thre heades resting, this is the interpretacion,
23 In his last dayes shal the moste High raise vp thre kingdomes, and shall call agayne manie things into thē, and they shall haue the dominion of the earth,
24 And of those that dwell therin, with much grief aboue all those that were before thē: therefore are they called the heads of the egle.
25 For they shall accomplish his wickednes, and shal finish his last end.
26 And where as thou sawest that the greate head appeared no more, it signifieth that one of them shal dye vpon his bed, and yet with peine.
27 For the two that remaine, the sworde shal deuoure them.
28 For the sworde of the one shal deuoure the other: but at the last shal he fal by the sword himself.
29 And where as thou sawest two vnderwings, that went of towarde the head, which was on the right side, this is the interpretaciō,
30 These are thei whome the most High hath preserued for their end, whose kingdome is litle, and ful of trouble as thou sawest.
31 And the lyon whome thou sawest rising vp out of the wood and roaring, & speaking vnto the egle, and rebuking her for her vnrightousnes with all the wordes that thou hast heard,
32 This is the winde whiche the moste High hath kept for them, and for their wickednes vnto the end, and he shall reproue thē, and cast before them their spoiles.
33 For he shal set them a liue in the iudgemēt, and shal rebuke them and correct them.
34 For he wil deliuer the residue of my people by affliction, which are preserued vpon my borders, and he shal make them ioyful, vntill the coming of the day of iudgement, whereof I haue spoken vnto thee from the beginning.
35 This is the dreame that thou sawest, and these are the interpretacions.
36 Thou onely hast bene mete to knowe this secret of the most High.
37 Therfore write all these things that thou hast sene, in a boke and hide them,
38 And teache them the wise of the people, whose hearts thou knowest may comprehende and kepe these secrets.
39 But waite thou here yet seuē daies mo, that it may be shewed thee whatsoeuer it pleaseth the moste High to declare vnto thee: and with that he went his way.
40 And when all the people perceiued, that the seuen daies were past, and I not come againe into the citie, they gathered them all together, from the least vnto the most, and came vnto me, and spake vnto me, saying,
41 What haue we offended thee? or what euil haue we done against thee, that thou forsakest vs, and sittest in this place?
42 For of all the people thou onelye art left vs as a grape of the vine, and as a candle in a darke place, & as an hauen or shippe preserued from the tempest.
43 Are not the euils which are come vnto vs, sufficient?
44 If thou then forsake vs, how muche better had it bene for vs, that we had bene burnt also as Sion was burnt?
45 For we are no better then they that dyed there: and they wept with a loude voyce, Then answered I them, and said,
46 Be of good comfort, ô Israél, and be not heauie, thou house of Iacob.
47 For the moste High hathe you in remembrance, and the Almightie hathe not forgotten you in temptacion.
48 As for me I haue not forsakē you, nether am I departed from you, but am come into this place to praye for the desolation of Sion, that I might seke mercie for the low estate of your Sanctuarie.
49 And now go your way home euerie man, and after the sedaies wil I come vnto you.
50 So the people went their way into the citie, as I commanded them:
51 But I remained stil in the field seuen dayes, as he had commanded me, and did eat onelye of the floures of the fielde, and had my meat of the herbes in those daies.
CHAP. XIII.
The vision of a winde coming forthe of the sea, 3 Whiche became a man. 5 His propertie and power agaynste hys enemies. 21 The declaration of this vision.
1 ANd after the seuen daies I dreamed a dreame by night.
2 And beholde, there arose a winde from the sea, and it moued all the waues thereof.
3 And I loked, & behold, there was a mightie man with the thousands of heauen: & when he turned his countenance to loke, all the things trembled that were sene vnder him.
4 And when the voice wēt out of his mouth, all they burned that heard his voice, as the earth faileth when it feeleth the fyre.
5 After these things I sawe, and beholde, the re was gathered together a multitude of men out of nomber from the foure windes of the heauen, to fight against the māthat came out from the sea.
6 And I loked, and beholde, he graued him self a great mountaine, and slewe vp vpon it,
7 But I wolde haue sene the countrei or pla ce whereout the hil was graued, and I colde not.
8 I sawe after these things, and beholde, all they which came to fight against himwere sore afraied, and yet they durst sight.
9 Neuertheles, when he sawe the
〈◊〉
of the multitude that came, he lifted not vp his hand: for he helde no sworde nor any instrument of warre.
10 But onely, as I sawe, he sent out of his mouth, as it had bene a blaste of fyre, and out of his lippes the winde of the flame, & out of his tongue he cast out sparkes and stormes.
11 And they were all mixt together (euen) this blast of fyre, the winde of the
〈◊〉
, & the great storme, and fell with violēce vpō the multitude, which was prepared to fight and burnt themvp all, so that of the innume rable multitude there was nothing sene, but onely dust, and smel of smoke. When I sawe this, I was afraied.
12 ¶ Afterwarde sawe I the same man come downe from the mountaine, and calling vnto him another peaceable multitude.
13 And there came many vnto him, some with ioyful countenāce, and some with sad: some of them were bounde, and some broght of them that were offred: and I was sicke thorow great feare, and waked, and said.
14 Thou hast shewed thy seruant these wonders from the beginning, and hast counted me worthie to receiue my praier.
15 She we me now therefore the interpretacion of this dreame.
16 For thus I consider in mine vnderstanding wo vnto them that shalbe lest in those daies and muche more wo vnto thē that are not left behinde.
17 For they that were not left, were in heauines.
18 Now vnderstand I the things that are laid vp in the latter daies, which shal come bothe vnto them, and to those that are left be hinde.
19 Therefore are they come into great perils and many necessities, as these dreames declare.
20 Yet is it easier, that he that is in danger, shulde fall into these, and forese the things to come hereafter, then to passe away as a cloude out of the worlde.
21 ¶ Then answered he me, and said, The inter pretacion of the vision wil I shewe thee, & I wil opē to thee the thing that thou hast required.
22 Where as thou hast spoken of them that are left behinde, this is the interpretacion,
23 He that shal beare the dāger in that time, he shal kepe him self. They that be fallen into danger, are suche as haue workes and faith towarde the moste Mightie.
24 Knowe therefore, that thei which be left behinde, are more blessed then thei that be dead.
25 These are the meanings of the visiō, Where as thou sawest a man comming vp from the middes of the sea,
26 The same is he whome the moste High hath kept a great seasō, who by his owne self shal deliuer his creature, and he shal order them that are left behinde.
27 ¶ And where as thou sawest, that out of his mouth there came as a blast with fyre and storme,
28 And that he nether helde sword nor weapon, but that by his fiercenes he destroied the whole multitude, that came to fight against him, this is the interpretacion,
29 Beholde, the dayes come that the moste High wil beginne to deliuer them that are vpon the earth:
30 And he shal a stonish the heartes of them that dwell vpon the earth:
31 And one shall prepare to fight against another, citie against citie, & place agaynst place, * and nation against nation, & realmeMat, 24. 7. against realme.
32 When this commeth to passe, then shall the tokens come, that I shewed thee before, & then shal my Sonne be reueiled, whome thou sawest go vp as a man.
33 And when all the people heare his voyce, euerie man shall in their owne lande leaue the battell that they haue one against ano ther.
34 And an in numerable multitude shalbe ga thered as one, as they that be willing to come, and to fight against him.
35 But he shal stand vpō the toppe of mount Sion.
36 And Sion shall come, and shalbe shewed to all, being prepared and builded, as thou sawest the hill grauen forthe without any hands.
37 And this my Sonne shall rebuke the wicked inuentions of those nacions, whiche for their wicked life are fallen into the tē
pest,
38 And into torments like to flame, whereby they shalbe tormented: and without anye labour wil he destroy thē, euen by the Law, which is compared vnto the fyre.
39 And where as thou sawest that he gathered another peaceable people vnto him,
40 Those are the ten tribes which were caryed away captiues out of their owne lād, * in the time of Oseas the King, whome Salmanasar
〈◊〉
. King. 17.
〈◊〉
. the King of the Assyrians toke captiue, and caryed them beyonde the riuer: so were they broght into another land.
41 But they toke this counsel to them selues that they wolde leaue the multitude of the heathen, and go for the into a further coun trey, where neuer man kinde dwelt.
42 That they might there kepe their statutes, which they neuer kept in their owne land.
43 And they entred in at the narowe passages of the riuer Euphrates.
44 For the moste High then shewed thē signes, * and stayed the springs of the flood tilExod. 14.
〈◊〉
. they were passed ouer.ios. 3. 15.
45 For thorow the coūtrey there was a great iourney, euen of a yere and an halfe, and the same region is calledOr,
〈◊〉
Arsareth.
46 Then dwelt they there vntil the latter time, and when they come for the againe.
47 The moste High shal holde stil the springs of the riuer againe that they maye go thorow therefore sawest thou the multitude peaceable.
48 But thei that beleft behinde of thy people, are those that be founde within my borders.
49 Now when he destroieth the multitude of the nacions that are gathered together, he shal defende the people that remaine.
50 And then shal he shewe great vonder vnto them.
51 Then said I, O Lord, Lord, shewe me this, wherefore haue I sene the man comming vp from the middes of the sea?
52 And he said vnto me. As thou canst nether seke out, nor knowe these things that are in the deepe of the sea, so can no man vpō earth se my Sonne, or those that be with him, but in the time of that day.
53 This is the interpretation of the dreame which thou sawest, and whereby thou one ly art lightened.
54 For thou hast forsaken thine owne Law, and applied thy diligence vnto mine, and soghtit,
55 Thy life hast thou orderer in wisdome, and hast called vnderstanding thy mother.
56 Therefore haue I shewed thee the rewarde with the moste High and after thre other daies I wil speake other things vnto thee, and wil declare the great and wonderous things.
57 Then wēt I forthe vnto the field, glorifying and praising the most High for the wonders which he did in time.
58 Which he gouerneth, and suche things as come in their seasons: and there I sate thre dayes,
CHAP. XIIII.
3 How God appeared to Moses in the bush. 10 All things de cline to age. 15 The latter armes worse then the former. 29 The ingratitude of Israél. 35 The resurrection and iudgement.
1 VPon the thirde day I sate vnder anoke and beholde there came forthe a voyce vnto me out of the bush, and said, Esdras Esdras,
2 And I said, Here am I, Lord, and stode vp
vpon my fete.
3 Then said he vnto me, * In the bush I reueiExo 3.
〈◊〉
. led my self, and spake vnto Moyses, when my people serued in Egypt:
4 And I sent him, and led my people out of Egypt, and broght him vpon the mount Sinái, & I helde him with me a long season,
5 And I tolde him many wonders, & shewed him the secrets of the times and the end, & commanded him, saying,
6 These wordes shalt thou declare, & these shalt thou hide.
7 And now I say vnto thee, that thou lay vp in thyne hearte the signes that I haue shewed, and the dreames that thou hast sene, and the interpretacions whiche thou hast heard.
8 Forthou shalt be takē away from all, and thou shalt remayne hence forthe with my counsel, and with such as belike thee, vntil the times be ended.
9 For the worlde hathe lost his youth, & the times beginne to waxe olde.
10 For the world is deuided into twelue partes, and ten partes of it are gone alreadye and halfe of the tenth parte.
11 And there remayneth that whiche is after the halfe of the tenth parte.
12 Therefore set thine house in order, and reforme thy people, and comfort such of thē as bein trouble, and now renounce the cor ruption.
13 Let go frō thee mortal thoghts: cast away from thee the burdens of men, and put of now the weake nature,
14 And set aside thy moste grieuous thoghts, and hast thee to departe from these times.
15 For greater euils then those, whiche thou hast sene now, shal thei commit.
16 For the weaker that the worlde is by reasō of age, the more shal the euils be increased vpon them that dwell therein.
17 For the trueth is fled farre awaye, and lies are at hand: for now hasteth the vision to come, that thou hast sene.
18 ¶ Then answered I, and said before thee,
19 Beholde, ô Lord, I wil go as thou hast commanded me, and reforme the people, which are presēt but they that shal be borne afterwarde, who shal admonish them?
20 Thus the worlde is set in darkenes, and they that dwell therein, are without light.
21 For thy Lawe is burnt, therefore no man knoweth the things that are done of thee, or the workes that shalbe done.
22 But if I haue founde grace before thee, send the holie Gost into me, and I wil write all that hathe bene done in the world since the beginning, which was writē in thy law, that men may finde the path, and that thei which wil liue in the latter daies, may liue.
23 And he answered me, saying, Go, & gather the people, and say vnto them, that they seke thee not for fortie daies,
24 But prepare thee many boxe tables, and take with thee these fiue, Sarea, Dabria, Selemia, Ecanus, & Asiel, which are readye to write swiftly,
25 And come hether, and I wil light a candle of vnderstanding in thine heart, which shal not be put out til the things be performed which thou shalt beginne to write.
26 And then shalt thou declare some things openly vnto the perfite men, & some things shalt thou shewe secretly vnto the wise: to morowe this houre shalt thou beginne to write.
27 Then went I for the, as he commāded me, and gathered all the people together, and said,
28 Heare these wordes, ô Israel,
29 * Our fathers at the beginning were strā
gersGen. 47. 4. in Egypt, from whence they were deliuered,
30 And receiued the Law of life, * which theyAct. 7. 53. kept not, which ye also haue transgressed after them.
31 Then was the land, euen the lande of Sion parted among you by lot: but your fathers and ye also haue done vnrighteously, and haue not kept the wayes, which the moste High commanded you.
32 And for so muche as he is a righteous Iudge, he toke from you in time the thing that he had giuen you.
33 And now are ye here, and your brethren among you.
34 Therefore if so be that ye wil subdue your owne vnderstanding, and reforme your heart, ye shal be kept aliue, and after death shal ye obteine mercie.
35 For after death shal the iudgement come, when we shal liue againe: and then shal the names of the righteous be manifest, & the workes of the vngodlie shalbe declared.
36 Let no man therefore come now vnto me, nor seke me these fortie daies.
37 So I toke the fiue men, as he commanded me, and we went into the fielde, and remayned there.
38 The next daye beholde, a voice called me,Ezech. 3. 20 saying, Esdras, * opē thy mouth, & drinke that I giue thee to drinke.
39 Then opened I my mouth, and behold, he reached me a full cuppe, which was full as it were with water: but the colour of it was like fyre.
40 And I toke it and dranke, and when I had dronke it, mine hearte had vnderstanding and wisdome grewe in my brest: for my spirit was strengthened in memorie.
41 And my mouth was opened, and shut no more.
42 The moste High gaue vnderstanding vnto the fiue men, that they wrote the hie things of the night, which they vnderstode not.
43 But in the night they did eat bread, but
〈◊〉
spake by day, and helde not my tongue by night.
44 In fortie daies, they wrote two hundreth and foure bokes.
45 And when the fortie dayes were fulfilled, the moste High spake, saying, The first that thou hast writen, publish openlye, that the worthie and vnworthie may read it.
46 But kepe the seuentie last, that thou maiest gyue them to the wise amonge thy people.
47 Forin them is the veine of vnderstanding, and the fountaine of wisdome, and the riuer of knowledge and I did so.
CHAP. XV.
1 The prophecie of Esdras is certeine. 5 The euils that shal come on the worlde. 9 The Lord wil aduenge the innocent blood. 12 Egypt shal lament, 16 Sedicion, 20 And punishment vpon the Kings of the earth. 24 Cursed are they that sinne. 29 Troubles and warres vpon the
〈◊〉
earth. 53 God is the reuenger of his elect.
1 BEholde, speake thou in the eares of my people the wordes of prophecie, which I wil put in thy mouth, saith the Lord:
2 And cause them to be writen in a lettre for they are faithful and true.
3 Feare not the imaginacions against thee: let not the vnfaithfulnes of the speakers trouble thee, that spake against thee.
4 For euerye vnfaithfull shall dye in his vnfaithfulnes.
5 Behold, saith the Lord, I wil bring plagues vpon all the worlde, the sworde, famine, death and destruction:
6 Because that iniquitie hathe fully polluted all the earth, and their wicked workes are fulfilled.
7 Therefore, saith the Lord, I will holde my tongue no more for their wickednes, [they do vngodlie] nether wil I suffer them in the things, that they do wickedly.
8 Beholde, * the innocent and righteous
〈◊〉
. 6. 10 & 19. 2. blood cryeth vnto me, & the soules of the iust crye continually.
9 I wil surelye auenge them, saith the Lord, and receiue vnto me all the innocēt blood from among them.
10 Beholde, my people is led as a flocke to the slaughter: I will not suffer them now to dwell in the land of Egypt,
11 But I will bring them out with a mightie hand, and a stretched out arme, & smite it with plagues as afore, and will destroie all the land thereof.
12 Egypt shall mourne, and the fundacions thereof shalbe smitten with the plague and punishment, that GOD shall bring vpon it.
13 The plo wemen that till the grounde, shal mourne for their sedes shall faile thorowe the blasting and haile, and by an horrible starre.
14 Wo to the worlde, and to them that dwel therein.
15 For the sworde and their destructiō draweth nere, and one people shall stand vp to fight against another with swordes in their hands.
16 For there shalbe sedicion among men, and one shal inuade another: they shal not regarde their King, & the princes shal measure their doings by their power.
17 Amāshal desire to go into a citie, and shal not be able.
18 Because of their pride the cities shalbe troubled, the houses shalbe afraied, & men shal feare.
19 A man shal haue no pitie vpon his neighbour, but shal destroye their houses with the sworde and their goods shalbe spoyled for lacke of bread, and because of great trouble.
20 Beholde, saith God, I call together all the Kings of the earth to reuerence me, which are from theOr,
〈◊〉
, East, and from the South, from the East, and from Libanus, to turne vpon them, and to repay the things, that they haue done to them.
21 As they do yet this day vnto my chosen, so wil I do also, and recompense them in their bosome: thus saith the Lord God.
22 My right hand shal not spare the sinners, nether shal the sworde cease from them, that shed in nocent blood vpon earth.
23 The fyre is gone out from his wrath, and hathe consumed the fundacions of the earth, and the sinners like the strawe, that is kindled.
24 Wo to them that sinne, and kepe not my commandements, saith the Lord.
25 I wil not spare them departe, ô children, from the power: defile not my Sanctuarie.
26 For the Lord knoweth all them that sinne against him, and therefore deliuereth he them vnto death and destruction.
27 For now are the plagues come vpon the worlde, and ye shal remaine in thē: for God wil not deliuer you, because ye haue sinned against him.
28 Beholde, an horrible vision cometh from the East.
29 Where generacions of dragons of Arabia shal come out with manie charets, and the multitude of them shalbe caryed as the winde vpon the earth, that all they which heare them, may feare and tremble.
30 Euen the Carmanians raging in wrath shal go for the as the bores of the forest, and shal come with great power, and stand against them in battel, and shal destroye a porcion of the land of the Assyrians.
31 But after this shal the dragons haue the vpper hand, and remember their nature, & shal turne about, and conspire to consume them with a great power.
32 Then these shalbe troubled, and kepe silence by their power, and shal flee.
33 From the land of the Assyrians shal the ene mie besiege them, and consume some of them, and in their hoste shalbe feare and dead, and strife among their Kings.
24 Beholde cloudes from the East, and from
the North vnto the South, and they are verie horrible to loke vpon, ful of wrath and storme.
35 They shal smite one vpon another: & they shal smite downe a great multitude of starres vpon the earth, euen their owne starre, and the blood shalbe from the sworde vnto the bellie.
36 And the dongue of man vnto the Camels litter.
37 And there shalbe great fearefulnes, and trembling vpon earth and thei that se the wrath, shalbe afraied, and a trembling shal come vpon them.
38 And then there shal come great stormes from the South, and from the North, and parte from the West.
39 And from the East shal windes arise & shal opē it with the cloude, which he raised vp in wrath, and the starre, raised to feare the East and West winde, shalbe destroyed.
40 And the great, and mightie cloudes shal be lift vp, ful of wrath, and the starre, that they may make all the earth afraied, and them that dwell therein, and that they may powre out ouer euerie hie place, & lifted vp, an horrible constellation.
41 As fyre and hayle, and flying swordes, & many waters, that all fields maybe full, & all riuers with the abundāce of great waters.
42 And they shal breake downe the cities & walles, and mountaines, and hilles, and the trees of the wood, and the grasse of the me dowes, and their corne.
43 And they shal go with a streight course vnto Babylon, and make it afraied.
44 They shal come to her, and besiege her, and shal powre forthe the constellation, & all the wrath against her then shal the dust and smoke go vp vnto the heauen, and all they that be about her, shal be waile her.
45 And thei that remaine vnder her, shal do seruice vnto thē, that haue put her in feare.
46 ¶ And thou Asia, that art partaker of the hope of Babylon, and the glorie of her per sone,
47 Wo vnto thee, ô wrecth, because thou hast made thy self like vnto her, and hast dect thy daughters in whoredome, that they might please and glorie in thy louers, whiche haue alway desired to cōmit whore dome with thee.
48 Thou hast followed her that is hated in all her workes, and in her inuen cions: therefore saith God,
49 I wil send plagues vpon thee, wedowhed pouertie, and famine, & the sworde, and pe stilēce, to waste thine houses with destruction and death.
50 And the glorie of thy power shalbe dryed vp, as a floure when the heat riseth, that is sent vpon thee.
51 Thou shaltbe sicke as a poore wise that is plagued and beaten of women, so that the mightie and the louers shal not be able to receiue thee.
52 Wolde I thus hate thee, saith the Lord,
53 If thou hadest not alway slaine my chosen, exalting the stroke of thine hands, and said ouer their death, when thou wast drōken,
54 Set forthe the beautie of thy countenāce?
55 The rewarde of thy whoredome (shalbe) in thy bosome: therefore shalt thou receiue a rewarde.
56 As thou hast done vnto my chosen, saith the Lord, so wil God do vnto thee, and I wil deliuer thee vnto the plague.
57 And thy children shal dye of hunger, and thou shalt fall by the sworde, and thy cities shalbe broken downe, and all thy men shal fall by the sworde in the field.
58 And they that be in the mountaines shal dye of hunger, and eat their owne flesh, and drinke their owne blood for wāt of bread and thirst of water.
59 And thou, as vnhappie, shalt come thorowe the sea, and receiue plagues againe,
60 In the passage they shal cast downe the slaine citie, and shal roote out one parte of thy land, and consume the porcion of thy glorie, and shal returne to her that was destroied.
61 When thou shalt be cast downe, thou shalt be to them as stubble, and they shalbe to thee as fyre.
62 And they shal destroy thee, and thy cities, thy land, & thy mountaines: all thy woods and all thy fruteful trees shal they burne with fyre.
63 Thy childrē shal they carye away captiue, and shal spoile thy substāce, and marre the beautie of thy face.
CHAP. XVI.
1 Against Babylon, Asia, and Egypt and Syria. 18, 38 Of the euils that shal come vpon the worlde, with admonition how to gouerne them selues in afflictions. 54 To acknowledge their sinnes, and to commit them selues to the Lord 55 Whose mightie prouidence and iustice is to be reuerenced.
1 WO to thee, Babylon and Asia: wo to thee, Egypt and Syria.
2 Gird your selues with sacke and heere clothe, and mourne your children, and be sorie for your destruction is at hand.
3 A sworde is sent vnto you, and who wil turne it backe? a fyre is sent among you, & who wil quenche it?
4 Plagues are sent vnto you, and who can driue them away?
5 May any mā driue away in hungrie lion in the wood? or quenche the fyre in stubble whē it hathe once begonne to burne? may one turne againe the arowe, that is shot of astrong archer?
6 The mightie Lord sendeth the plagues, and who can driue them away? the fyre is gone for the in his wrath, and who can quenche it?
7 He shal cast lightenings, & who shal not feare? he shal thunder, and who shal not be
afraied?
8 The Lord shal threaten, and who shal not vtterly be broken in pieces at his presence: the earth quaketh and the fundacions there of the sea ariseth vp with waues frō the depe, and the waues there of are troubled & the fishes thereof, before the Lord and the glorie of his power.
9 For strong is his right hand, that bendeth the bowe: his arrowes that heshooteth, are sharpe, and shal not misse, when they begin ne to be shot into the ends of the worlde,
10 Beholde, the plagues are sent, & shal not turne againe, til they come vpon earth.
11 The fyre is kindled, and shal not be put out til it consume the fundacions of the earth
12 As an arow which is shot of a mightie archer, returneth not backward so the plagues that shalbe sent vpon earth, shal not turne againe.
13 Wo is me, wo is me: who wil deliuer me in those daies?
14 The beginning of sorowes and great mour ning: the beginning of famine, and great death the beginning of warres, and the powers shal feare: the beginning of euils, and all shal tremble, What shal I do in these things, when the plagues come?
15 Beholde, famine and plague, and trouble, and anguish are sent as scourges for amendement.
16 But for all these things they wil not turne from their wickednes, nor be alway min deful of the scourges.
17 Beholde, vitailes shalbe so good cheape vpon earth: that they shal thinke them selues to be in good case: but then shal the euils bud forthe vpon, earth, euen the swor de, the famine and great confusion.
18 For many of them that dwell vpon earth, shal perish with famine, and the other that escape the famine, shal the sworde destroy.
19 And the dead shalbe cast out as dongue, & there shalbe no man to comforte themfor the earth shalbe wasted, and the cities shal be cast downe.
20 There shalbe no man left to till the earth and to sowe it: the trees shal giue frute, but who shal gather them?
21 The grapes shal be ripe, but who shal treade them? for all places shalbe desolate, so that one man shal desire to se another, or to heare his voyce.
22 For of one citie there shalbe ten left, and two of the field, which shal hide them selues in the thicke woods, and in the cleftes of rockes.
23 As when there remaine thre or foure oliues in the place where oliues growe, or among other trees.
24 Or as when a vineyarde is gathered, there are left some grapes of them that diligē
tly soght thoro we the vineyarde:
25 So in those daies there shalbe thre or
〈◊〉
lest by them that searche their houses the sworde.
26 And the earth shalbe left waste, and the fields thereof shal waxe olde, & her waies and all her paths shal growe full of thornes, because no man shal trauail there through.
27 The virgines shal mourne, hauing no bride gromes the women shal make lamentacion, hauing no housbands: their daughters shal mourne hauing no helpers.
28 In the warres shal their bride gromes be destroied, and their housbands shal perish with famine.
29 But, ye seruants of the Lord, heare these things, and marke them.
30 Beholde the worde of the Lord, receaue it beleue not the gods of whome the Lord speaketh: beholde the plagues drawe nere, and are not slacke.
31 As a trauailing woman which in the ninthe moneth bringeth forthe her sonne when the houre of birth is come, two or thre houres a fore the peines come vpon her bodie, and when the childe cometh to the birth, they tarie not a whit,
32 So shal not the plagues be slacke to come vpō the earth, & the worlde shal mourne & sorowes shal come vpon it on euerie side.
33 Omy people, heare my worde: make you ready to the battel, and in the troubles be euen as a strangers vpon earth.
34 He that selleth, let him be as he that fleeth his way: and he that byeth, as one that wil lose.
35 Whoso occupieth marchandise, as he that winneth not: and he that buyldeth, as he that shal not dwell therein.
36 He that soweth, as one that shal not reape: hethat cutteth the vine, as he that shal not gather the grapes:
37 They that mary, as they that shal get no children: and they that mary not, so as the widdowes.
38 Therefore they that labour, labour in vaine.
39 For strangers shal reape their frutes, and spoile their goods, and ouerthrowe their houses, and take their children captiuefor in captiuitie and famine shal they get their children,
40 And they that occupie their marchandise with couetousnes, the more they decke their cities, their houses, their possession & their owne personnes.
41 So muche more wil I be angrie against thē for their sinnes, saith the Lord.
42 As a whore enuieth an honest and vertuous woman.
43 So shal righteousnes hate iniquitie, when she decketh herself, & shal accuse her opē ly, when he shal come that shal bridle the autor of all sinne vpon earth.
44 And therefore be ye not like thereunto, norto the workes thereof, for or euer it be long iniquitie shalbe taken a way out of
the earth, and righteousnes shal reigne among you.
45 Let not the sinner say, that he hathe not sinned: for coles of fyre shal burne vpon his head, which saith, I haue not sinned before the Lord God and his glorie.Luk, 16, 19.
46 Beholde, the Lord * knoweth all the wor kes of men, their imaginaciós, their thoghtes and their hearts.
47 * For assone as he said, Let the earth be
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. made, it was made: let the heauen be made, and it was created.
48 By his worde were the starres established, and he * knoweth the nomber of them.
〈◊〉
. 147.
〈◊〉
.
49 He searcheth the depth, and the treasures thereof: he hathe measured the sea, & what it conteineth.
50 He hathe shut the seain the middes of the waters, and with his worde hathe he hāged the earth vpon the waters.
51 He spreadeth out the heauē like a vawte: vpon the waters hathe he founde it.
52 In the desert hathe he made springs of water, and poles vpon the toppe of the mountaines, to powre out floods from the hie rockes to water the earth.
53 He made man, and put his heart in the mid des of the bodie, and gaue him breth, life and vnderstanding.
54 And the Spirit of the almightie God, whiche made all things, and hathe searched all the hid things in the secrets of the earth.
55 He knoweth your inuēcions, and what ye imagine in your heart when ye sinne and wolde hide your sinnes.
56 Therefore hathe the Lord searched and soght out all your workes, and wil put you all to shame.
57 And when your sinnes are broght forthe before men, ye shalbe confounded, and your owne sinnes shal stand as your accusers in that day.
58 What wil ye do, or how wil ye hide your sinnes before God and his Angels:
59 Beholde, God him selfe is the iudge: feare him cease from your sinnes, & forget your iniquities, and medle no more from hence forthe with them: so shal God lead you for the, and deliuer you from all trouble.
60 For beholde, the heate of a great multitu de is kindled against you, and they shal take away certeine of you, and shal slaye you for meat to the idoles.
61 And they that consent vnto them, shalbe had in derision and in reproche, and troden vnder foote.
62 For in euerie place and cities that are nere, there shalbe great insurrection against those that feare the Lord.
63 They shalbe like mad men: they shal spare none: they shal spoyle, & waste suche as yet feare the Lord.
64 For they then shal waste and spoile their goods, and cast them out of their houses.
65 Then shal the tryal of my chosen appeare as the golde is tryed by the fyre.
66 Heare, ô ye my beloued, saith the Lord: be holde, the daies of trouble are at hand, but I wil deliuer you from them: be not ye afraied: doute not, for God is your captaine
67 Who so kepeth my commandements and precepts, saith the Lord God, let not your sinnes weigh you downe, and let not your iniquities lift them selues vp.
68 Wo vnto them that are bounde with their sinnes, and couered with their iniquities, as a field is hedged in with bushes, & the path thereof couered with thornes, whereby no mā may trauail it is shut vp, and is appointed to be denoured with fyre.
TOBIT.
CHAP. I.
1 Tobits parentage. 3 His godlines. 6 His equitie. 8 His charitie and prosperitie. 23 He fleeth, and his goods are confiscate. 25 And afterrectored:
1 THE boke of theTobias, being
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the Assynans, did not leaue the way of
〈◊〉
. wordes of Tobit sō ne of Tobiel, the sonne of Ananeel, the sonne of Aduel the sonne of Gabael, of the seed of Asael and of the tribe of Nephthalim.
2 Who in the time ofOr, Salmanasar. Enemessar King of the Assyrians was * ledde away captiue out of This be, whiche2 King. 17. 3. is at the right hand of that citie, whichis called properly Nephthalim, in Galilee abo ue Aser.
3 I Tobit haue walked all my liue long in the way of trueth and iustice, and I did manie things liberally to the brethren, whicheTobias was merciful. were of my nation, and came with me to Niniue into the land of the assyrians.
4 And when I was in mine owne countreiin the land of Israél, being but yong, all the tri be of Nephthalim my father fell from the house of Ierusalém, which was chosen out of all the tribes of Israél, that all the tribes shulde sacrifice there, where the Temple of the tabernacle of the moste High was con secrated, and buylt vp for all ages.
5 * Now all the tribes, which fell from God,1. King. 12. 30. yea, and my father Nephthalims house offred to the heifar called Baal.
6 But I [as it was ordeined to all Israel by an euerlasting decre] went alone often to Ierusalem,He fledde from idoles. * bringing the first frutes, and theExod 22. 29. tenth of beasts, with that which was firstleu. 12. 6. shorne, and offred them at the altar to the Priests the children of Aaron.
7 The first tenth parte I gaue to the Priests the sonnes of Aaron, which ministred in Ierusalém: the other tenth parte I solde, & ca me & bestowed it euerie yere at Ierusalem.
8 The thirde (tenth parte) I gaue vnto them to whome it was mete, as Debora my fathers mother had commanded me: for my father left me as a pupil.
9 ¶ Further more when I was come to the age of a man, I maried Anna of * mine owneHe
〈◊〉
to wi fe Anna, which
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Tobiah
〈◊〉
. 36. 7. kinred, and of her I begate Tobias.
10 ¶ But whē I was ledde captiue to Nineue, all my brethren, & those which were of my kinred did eate of the * bread of theGen. 43, 32. Gentiles.
11 But I kept my self from eating.
12 Because I remembred God with all mine heart.
13 Therefore the most High gaue me graceHe found grace in the sight of Salma nasar. and fauour before Enemessar, so that I was his puruoyer.
14 ¶ And I went into Media, and I deliuered ten
〈◊〉
of siluer to Gabael theOr, sonne. brother of GabriasOr, in Rages a
〈◊〉
of Media. in the land of Media.
15 But when Enemessar was dead, Sennache rib his sonne reigned in his stead: whose state because it was troubled, I colde not go into Media.
16 ¶ But in the time ofOr,
〈◊〉
The
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
, Enemessar, I gaue ma ny almes to my brethren, & gaue my bread to them which were hungrie,
17 And my clothes to the naked: & if I sawe any of my kinred dead, or cast about the walles of Nineue, I buryed him.
18 And if the King Senna cherib had slaine any, when he * was come & fled from Iudea2. King. 19,
〈◊〉
isa. 37. 36. I buryed them
〈◊〉
[for in his wrath he
〈◊〉
. 48.
〈◊〉
, killed many] but the bodies were not foun
〈◊〉
. mac 7. 41. de when they were soght for of the King.
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. 8.
〈◊〉
,
19 Therefore when a certeine Nineuite had accused me to the King, because I did bury
〈◊〉
from the face of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. thē, I hidmy self: and because I knewe that I was soght to be slaine, I withdrewe my self for feare.
20 Then all my goods were spoyled, nether was there anything lest me besides my wife Anna and my sonne Tobias.2. King. 9.
〈◊〉
21 Neuertheles * within fiue and fiftie daies
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. two of his sonnes killed him, and they fled into the mountaines of Arrarath, (and) Sar chedonus his sonne reigned in his stead, who appointed ouer his fathers accōptes and ouer all his domestical affaires Achiacharus
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. my brother Anaels sonne.
22 And whē Achiacharus had made a request for me, I came againe to Nineue: now Achia charus was cup bearer and keper of the sig net, and steward, & ouersawe the accomptes: so Sarchedonus appointed him next vnto him, and he was my brothers sonne.
CHAP. II.
1 Tobit calleth the faithful to his table. 3 He leaueth the feast to bury the dead. 10 How he became blinde. 13 His wife laboreth for her liuing, 16 She reprocheth him
〈◊〉
.
1 NOw when I was come home againe, and my wife Anna was restored vnto me with my sonne Tobias, in the feast of Pente coste, which is the holy (feast) of the seuen wekes, there was a great dinner prepared me, in the which I sate downe to eat.
2 And when I sawe abundāce of meat, I saidTobie doeth
〈◊〉
to diner those which
〈◊〉
God. to my sonne, Go, and bring what poore man soeuer thou shalt finde of our brethrē which doth remember God, and lo I wil tary for thee.Tobit, leauing his
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
vp the dead bodie in to his house to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
3 But he came againe, and said, Father, one of our nation is strangled, and is cast out in the market place.
4 Thē before I had tasted anie meat, I start vp, and broght him into mine house vntil the going downe of the
〈◊〉
.
5 Then I returned and wasned, and ate my meat in heauines,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
,
6 Remembring that prophecie of * Amos,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. which had said, your solemne feasts shalbe
〈◊〉
into mourning, and your ioyes into wailing.
7 Therefore I wept, and after the going downe of the sunne I went and made a gra
〈◊〉
and buried him.
〈◊〉
is rebuked
〈◊〉
neighbours
8 But my neighbours mocked me, and said, Doeth he not feare, to dye for this cause, who * fled away, and yet, lo, he buryeth theChap. 1. 22. dead againe.
9 The same night also when I returned from the buryal, & sleptat the wall of mine house because I was polluted, and hauing my face vncouered.
10 And I knewe not that sparowes were in theHe is made
〈◊〉
for an example of
〈◊〉
to his
〈◊〉
wall, and as mine eyes were open, the sparowes cast downe warme dongue into mine eyes, and a whitenes came in mine eies, and I went to the phisiciās who helped me not, More ouer Achiacharus did nourish me vntil I went into
〈◊〉
.
11 And my wife Anna did take womens worThe wife of Tobit
〈◊〉
for her
〈◊〉
. kes to do.
12 And whē she had sent them home to the owners, thei paied the wages, & gaue a kidThe
〈◊〉
of Tobit.
13 Which when it was at mine house, and be gan to bleat, I said vnto her, From whence is this kid? is it not stollen?
〈◊〉
it to the
〈◊〉
22, 1. owners: * for it is not lawful to eat anie thing that is stollen.
14 But she said, It was giuē for a gifte more thē the wages but I did not beleue, & bade her to render it to the owners, and I did blush,Iob. 2. 3. because of her. Furthermore she said * Whe re are thine almes, & thy righteousnes? beholde, they all now appeare in thee.
CHAP. III.
3 The prayer of Tobit. 7 Sarra Raguels daughter, and the things that came vnto her. 12 Her prayer heard. 19 The Angel Raphael sent.
1 THē I, being sorowful, did wepe, and in my sorowe prayed, saying.
2 O Lord, thou art iuste, & all thy workes, and all thy wayes are mercie and trueth, and thou iudgest truely and iustely for euer.
3 Remember me and loke on me, nether pu nish me according to my sine or mine igno rances of my fathers, which haue sinned be fore thee.
4 For thei haue not obeied thy commandements, wherefore thou hast deliuered vs * for a spoile: & vnto captiuitie, and to death
〈◊〉
. 28.
〈◊〉
and for aprouerbe of a reproche to all thē among whome we are dispersed, and nowOr, thy iudgements are manie and true. thou hast manie and iuste causes.
5 To do with me according to my sinnes, & fathers, because we haue not kept thy cō
mandemēts, nether haue walked in trueth before thee.
6 Now therefore deale with me as semeth best vnto thee, and commande my spirit to be taken from me I may be dissolued, and become earth: for it is better for me to dye then to liue, because I haue heard false reproches and am verie sorowful: commande therfore that I may be dissolued out of this distresse (and go) into the euerlasting place turne not thy face away from me.
7 ¶ It came to passe the same day that in Ecbatane a citie of Media Sarra the daughter of Raguél was also reproched by her faSarra is checked of her fathers mai des. thers maides.
8 Because she had bene maryed to seuē housbāds, whome Asmodeus the euil spirit had killed, before that they had lien with her. Doest thou not knowe, said they, that thou hast strangled thine housbands? thou hast had now seuen housbands, nether wast thou named after anie of them.
9 Wherefore doest thou beat vs for them? if they be dead, go thy wayes hence to thē,"Or, when she
〈◊〉
thē for their
〈◊〉
thei said. that we may neuer se of thee ether sonne or daughter.
10 When she heard these things, she was verie sorowful, so that she thoght to haue strā gled her self. And she said, I am the onely daughter of my father, & if I do this I shal
〈◊〉
him, and shal bring his age to the graue with sorowe.
11 Then she prayed towarde the windowe &
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
that she may be deliuered from shame. said, Blessed art thou, ô Lord my God, and thine holie, and glorious Name is blessed, and honorable for euer: let all thy workes praise thee for euer.
12 And now, ô Lord, I set mine eyes, and my face toward thee.
13 And say, Take me out of the earth, that IThe innocencie of
〈◊〉
. may heare no more anie reproche.
14 Thou knowest, ô Lord, that I am pure from all sinne withman.Her chastitie.
15 And that I haue neuer polluted my name, nor the name of my father in the land of my captiuitie: I am the onely daughter of my father, nether hathe he anie man child to be his heire, netheranieGreck. nere
〈◊〉
ther. nere kinsman or childe borne of him, to whome I may kepe my self for a wife? my seuē (housbāds) are now dead, and why shulde I liue? But if it please not thee that I shulde dye, commā de to loke on me, and to pitie me that I do no more heare reproche.
16 So the prayers of them bothe were heardThe
〈◊〉
of To bit, and Sarra are heard bothe at a ti me. before the maiestie of the great God.
17 And Raphaél was sent to heale them bothe (that is) to take away the whitenes of Tobits eyes, & to giue Sarra the daughter of Raguel for a wife to Tobias the sonne of Tobit, and to binde Asmodeus the euil spirit because she belōged to Tobias by right The self same time came Tobit home, and entred into his house, and Sarra the daugh ter of Raguel came downe frō her chāber.
CHAP. IIII.
Precepts and exhortacions of To bit to his sonne.
1 IN that day Tobit remembred * the siluerChap. 1. 34. which he had deliuered to Gabael in Rages (a citie) of Media,
2 And said with him self, I haue wished for death: wherefore do I not call for my sonne Tobias that I may admonish him before I dye?Tobits
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to his sonne
〈◊〉
he thoght he shuld dye.
3 And when he had called him, he said, My sonne, after that I am dead, bury me, and de spise not thy mother, but honour her allThe mother is to be reuerenced. the dayes of thy life, and do that which shal please her, and anger her not.Exod. 20. 12.
eccles. 7. 19.
4 Remember, my sonne, how manie dāgers she susteined whē thou wast in her wombe.
5 And whē she dyeth, burye her by me in the same graue.
6 My sonne, set our Lord God alwayes beforeGod must be in our
〈◊〉
. thine eyes: and let not thy wil be set to sinne or to transgresse the commandemēts of God. Do vprightly all thy life long, and followe not the wayes of vnrighteousnes for if thou deale truely, thy doings shal pro sperously succede to thee & to all thē which liue iustely,
7 Giue * almes of thy substance & whē thouAlmes. giuest almes, let not thine eye be enuious,Prou.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. nether turne thy face from anie poore, lest
〈◊〉
. 4 1.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
Iuk. 14 13. that God turne his face from thee.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
8 * Giue almes according to thy substance: if thou haue but a litle, be not afraide to gi ue a litle almes.
9 For thou
〈◊〉
vp a good store for thy self against the day of necessitie.Eccles. 29. 11.
10 * Because that almes doeth deliuer from death, & suffreth not to come into darknes
11 For almes is a good gift before the moste High to all them which vse it.Aduoutrie.
12 Bewarre of all * whoredome, my sonne, and1. Thes. 4. 3. chiefly take a wife of the sede of thy fathers, and take not a strangewomā to wife which is not of thy fathers stocke: for we are the childrē of the Prophetes. Noe, Abra ham, Isaac and Iacob are our fathers from the beginning. Remember my sonne that thei maryed wiues of their owne kinred, & were blessed in their children and their sede shal in herite the land.
13 Now therefore, my sonne, loue thy brethrē, & despise not in thine heart the sōnes & daughters of thy people in not taking a
〈◊〉
. wife of thē: for in pride is destruction, and muche trouble, & in fiercenes is scarcetie.
and great pouertie forOr vnp:
〈◊〉
. fiercenes is the mo ther of famine.
14 Let not the "wages of anie man which haWages of
〈◊〉
hired
〈◊〉
. the wroght for thee, tarie with thee, but giue him it out of hād for thou serue if GodLea.
〈◊〉
11.
deut. 24. 11. he wil also praye thee be circumspect my sonne, in all things that thou doest, and be wel instructed in all thy conuersion.
15 * Do that to no man which thou hatest:
〈◊〉
. 7.
〈◊〉
. drinke not wine to make thee dronken, ne
〈◊〉
. 6. 31. ther let dronkēnes go with thee in thy iour nay.
16 * Giue of thy bread to the hungry, and ofLuk. 14 31. thy garments to them that are naked, & * The hungry. of all thine abundāce giue almes, & let not
〈◊〉
. 6. 1. thine eye be enuious, whē thougiuest almes
17 Or be
〈◊〉
. the
〈◊〉
, euen to their death. Powre out thy bread on the buryal of the iuste, but giue nothing to the wicked.
18 Aske counsel alway of the wise, and despiseCounsel. not anie counsel that is profitable.
19 Blesse thy Lord God alway, and desire ofGod is
〈◊〉
be blessed him that thy wayes may be made streight & that all thy purposes, and counsels may prosper. for euerie nation hathe not counsel
〈◊〉
but the Lord giueth all good things, & he humbleth whome he wil, as he wil: now therefore, my sonne, remember my cōman dements, nether let them at anie time be put out of thy minde.
20 * Furthermore I signifie this to thee, thatChap. 1. 14. I deliuered ten talents to Gabaél the sonne of Gabrias at Rages in Media.
21 And feare not, my sonne, for as muche asPouertie with the feare of God. we are made poore: for thou hast manie things, if thou feare God, & flee frō sinne, & do that thing which is acceptable vnto him
CHAP V.
2 Tobias sent to Rages. 5 He meteth with the Angel Raphael, which did conduct him.
1 TObias then answered & said, Father, I wil do all things which thou hast cō
manded me.
2 But how cāl receiue the siluer, seing I know him not?
3 Then he gaue him the hand writing, and said vnto him. Seke thee a man which may go with thee, whiles I yet liue, and I wil gi ue him wages, & go & receiue the money.Tobias, sent by
〈◊〉
father to Rages seketh a companion, and meteth with Raphaél whome
〈◊〉
bringeth to his father.
4 Therefore when he was gone to seke a man, he founde
〈◊〉
the Angel.
5 But he knewe not, & said vnto him, May I go with thee into the land of Media? and knowest thou those places well?
6 To whome the Angel said, I wil go with thee: for I haue remained with our brother Gabael.
7 Then Tobias said to him, Tarie for me, til I tell my father.
8 Then he said vnto him, Go, and tary not: so he went in and said to his father, Beholde I haue founde one which wil go with me, Then he said, Call him vnto me, that I may know of what tribe he is, and whether he be faithful to go with thee.
9 So he called him, and he came in, and they saluted one another.
10 Then Tobit said vnto him. Brother, shewe me of what tribe and familie thou art.
11 To whome he said, Doest thou seke a stocke or familie, or an hired man to go with thy sonne? Thē Tobit said vnto him, I wolde knowe thy kinred and thy name.
12 Then he said, I am of the kinred of Azarias and Ananias the great, & of thy brethren.
13 Then Tobit said,Or, thou
〈◊〉
happely. Thou art welcome: be not now angrie with me, because I haue en quired to knowethy kinred, and thy fami lie: for thou art my brother of an honest and good stocke for I knewe Ananias and Iona thas, sonnes of that great Samaias for we went together to Ierusalém to worship, & offred the first borne, and the tenths of the frutes, and they were not deceiued with the errour of our brethren: my brother, thou art of a great stocke.
14 But tel me, what wages shal I giue thee? (wilt thou) a grote a day and things necessarie, as to mine owne sonne?
15 Yea, more ouerifye returne safe, I wil adde some thing to the wages.
16 So thei agreed, Then said he to Tobias Prepare thy self for the iourney, and go you on Gods Name. And when his sonne had prepared all things for the iourney his father said, Go thou with this man, & God which dwelleth in heauen, prosper your iourney, and the Angel of God kepe you companie. So they went forthe bothe andTobias goeth forthe, the Angel ke ping him companie. departed, and the dogge of the yong man with them.
17 But * Anna his mother wept, and said toHis mother we peth. Tobit, Why hast thou sent a way our sonne is he not the staffe of our hand to minister vnto vs?
18 Wolde to God we had not laid money vpō money, but that it had bene cast away in respect of our sonne.
19 For that which God hathe giuen vs to liue with, doeth suffice vs.
20 Then said Tobit, Be not careful my sister: he shal returne in safetie, and thine eyes shal se him.
21 For the good Angel doeth kepe him companie, and his iourney shal be prosperous and he shal returne safe.
22 Then she made an end of weping.
CHAP. VI.
2 Tobias deliuered from the fish. 8 Raphaél sheweth him certeine medecines. 19 He conducteth him toward Sarra.
1 ANd as they went on their iourney, they came at night to the flood Tygris, & and there abode.Tobias, inuaded of a fish, is deliuered by the Angel.
2 And when the yong man went to wash him self, a fish leaped out of the riuer, & wolde haue deuoured him.
3 Then the Angel said vnto him, Take the fish. And the yong man toke the fish, and drewe it to land.
4 To whome the Angel said, Cut the fishe, & take the heart, and the liuer, and the gall, and put them vp surely.
5 So the yong man did as the Angel commā ded him: and when thei had rosted the fish, they ate it: then they bothe went on their way, til they came to Ecbatane.
6 ¶ Then the yong man said to the Aungell. Brother Azarias, what auaileth the heart, and the liuer, and the gall of the fish?
7 And he said vnto him, Touching the heart and the liuer, if a deuil or an euil spirit trou ble any, we must make a perfume of this before the man or the woman, and he shal be no more vexed.
8 As for the gall, an oint a man that hathe whitenes in his eies, and he shal be healed,
9 ¶ And when they were come nere to Rages,
10 The Angel said to the yong man, Brother, to day we shall lodge with Raguel, who is thy cousin: he also hath one onelie daughter named Sarra: I will speake for her that she may be giuen thee for a wife.
11 For to thee doeth * the right of her perteine,Nomb. 17. 8. & 36. 8 seing thou alone art remnant of hys kinred.
12 And the maid is faire and wise: now therfore heare me, and I will speake to her father, that we maye make the mariage whē we are returned from Rages: for I knowe that Raguel can not marie her to another according to the Lawe of Moyses: els he shulde deserue death, because the ryghte doeth rather apperteine to thee then to anie other man.
13 Then the yong man answered the Angell, I haue heard, brother Azarias, that this maid hathe bene giuen to seuen men, who all dyed in the mariage chamber:
14 And I am the onely begotten sonne of my father, and I am afraied, lest I go into her, and dye as the other: for a wicked Spirite loueth her, whiche hurteth no bodye, but those whiche come into her: wherefore I also feare lest I dye, and bring my fathers & my mothers life because of me to the graue with sorrowe: for thei haue no other sonne to burye them.
15 Then the Angel said vnto him, Doest thou not remember the preceptes whiche thy Father gaue thee, that thou shuldest marie a wife of thine owne kinred? wherefore heare me, ô my brother: for she shalbe thy wife, nether be thou carefull of the euyll spirit: for this same night shal she be giuen thee in mariage.
16 And whē thou shalt go into thy bed, thou shalt take of the hote coles for perfumes, and make a perfume of the heart, & of the liuer of the fish,
17 Whiche if the spirit do smell, he will flee awaye, and neuer come againe anie more: but when thou shalt come to her,
〈◊〉
vp bothe of you, and praye to God whiche is
〈◊〉
, who wil haue pitie on you, & saue you: feare not, for she is appointed vnto thee from the beginning, and thou shalt kepe her, and she shall go with thee: moreouer I suppose that she shal be are thee chil dren: now when Tobias had heard these things, he loued her, and his heart was effe ctually ioyned to her.
CHAP. VII.
Tobias maryeth Sarra Raguels daughter.
1 ANd when they were come to Ecbatane,Raphael &
〈◊〉
come to Raguel. they came to the house of Raguel: and Sarra met them, and after they had saluted one another, she broght them into the house.
2 Then said Raguel to Edna his wife, How like is this yong man to Tobit my cousin?
3 And Raguel asked, Whence are you, my brethren? To whome thei said, that thei were of the tribe of Nephthalim, and of the captiues that dwelt at Nineue.
4 Then he said to them, Do ye knowe Tobit our kinseman? And they said, We knowe him. Then said he, Is he in good health?
5 And they said, He is bothe aliue, and in good health: and Tobias said, He is my father.
6 Then Raguel leaped, and kissed him, and wept.
7 And blessed him, and said vnto him, Thou art the sonne of a good and honest mā but when he had heard that Tobit was blinde, he was sorowful and wept.
8 And like wise Edna his wife, and Sarra hys daughter wept. Moreouer they receyued them with a readie minde, & after that they had killed a ram of the flocke, thei set much meat on the table. Then said Tobias to Raphael,Tobias asketh Raguels daughter to wife. Brother Azarias, put for the those things whereof thou spakest in the waye, that this busines may be dispatched.
9 So he communicated the matter with Raguel, and Raguel said to Tobias, Eate, and drinke and make merry.
10 For it is mete that thou shuldest marie my daughter: neuertheles, I will declare vnto thee the trueth.
11 I haue gyuen my daughter in mariage to seuen men, who dyed that nyght whiche they came in vnto her: neuertheles, be thou of a good courage and merry. But Tobias said, I will eat nothing here, vntill ye bring her hether, and betrothe her to me.
12 Raguel said then, Marie her then according to the custome? for thou arte her cousin, and she is thine. God which is merciful, make this prosperous to you in all good things.
13 Then he called his daughter Sarra, and she came to her father, and he toke her by theRaguel giueth his daughter Sarra to Tobias. hand, and gaue her for wife to Tobias, saying, Beholde, take her after the * Lawe ofNomb. 36. 6. Moyses, and lead her awaye to thy father:
and he blessed them,
14 And called his wife Edna, and he toke a boke and wrote a contract, and sealed it.
15 Then they began to eate.
16 After, Raguel called his wife Edna, and said vnto her, Sister, prepare another chā
ber, and bring her in thether.
17 Which when she had done, as he had biddē her, she broght her thether: then (Sarra) wept & her mother wiped away her daugh ters teares,
18 And said vnto her, Be of good comfort, my daughter: the Lord of heauen and earthe giue thee ioye forthys thy sorrowe: be of good comfort, my daughter.
CHAP. VIII.
Tobias driueth away the euil spirit. 4 He prayeth to GOD with his wife. 11 Raguel prepareth a graue for his sonne in law. 16 Raguel blesseth the Lord.
1 ANd when they had supped, thei broght Tobias in vnto her.
2 And as he went, he remembred the wordes of Raphael, and toke coles for perfumes,Tobias
〈◊〉
Raphaels counsel, as Chap. 6. 7. and put the heart & liuer of the fish thereupon, and made a perfume,
3 The which smel when the euill Spirit had smelled, he fled into theOr, vpmoste. vtmost partes of Egypt, whome the Angel bounde.
4 And after that they were bothe shut in, Tobias rose out of the bed, and said, Sister, arise and let vs pray, that God wolde haue pitie on vs.
5 Then began Tobias to say, Blessed arteTobias praier. thou, ô God of our fathers, and blessed is thine holie and glorious Name for euer: let the heauens blesse thee, and all thy creatures.
6 Thou madest Adam, and gauest him * EuaGen. 2. 7. his wife for an helpe, and stay: of them came mankinde: thou hast said, It is not good, that a man shulde be alone: let vs make vnto him an aide like vnto himself.
7 And now, ô Lord, I take not this my sister for fornicacion, but vprightlye: therefore grante me mercie, that we may become aged together.
8 And she said with him, Amen.
9 So they slept bothe that night, & RaguelRaguel, thinking Tobias was dead, made a graue for him. arose, and went and made a graue,
10 Saying, Is not he dead also?
11 But when Raguel was come into hys house.
12 He said to his wife Edna, Send one of the maydes, and let themse whether he be aliue: if not, that I maye burye him, and none knowe it.
13 So the maid opened the dore, and wēt in, and founde them bothe aslepe,
14 And came for the, and tolde them that he was a liue.
15 Then Raguel praised God, and said, ô God,Raguel
〈◊〉
God for Tobias. thou art worthie to be praised with all pure, and holie praise: therefore let thy Saintes praise thee with all thy creatures, and let all thine Angels and thine elect praise thee for euer.
16 Thou art to be praised, ô Lord: for thou hast made me ioyfull, & that is not come to me which I suspected: but thou hast delt with vs according to great mercie.
17 Thou arte to be praysed because thou hast had mercie of two that were the onelye begotten children of their fathers: grante them mercie, ô Lord, (and) finish their life in health with ioye and mercie.
28 Then Raguel bade his seruants to fill the graue.
19 And he kept the wedding feast fourtene daies.
20 For Raguel had said vnto him by an othe, that he shulde not departe before that the fourtene daies of the mariage were expired,
21 And then he shulde take the halfe of hysRaguel
〈◊〉
halfe of his goods toward the
〈◊〉
ge of his daughters to Tobias. goods and returne in safetie to his father, and (shulde haue) the rest, when he and hys wife were dead.
CHAP. IX.
Raphaelleadeth Gabael to Tobias mariage.
1 THen Tobias called Raphael, and said vnto him,
2 Brother Azarias, take with thee a seruant and two camels, & go to Rages of the Medes to Gabael, and bring me the money & bring him to the wedding,
3 For Raguel hathe sworne that I shall not departe.
4 But my father
〈◊〉
the daies: and if I
〈◊〉
care for
〈◊〉
sonne. tary long, he wil be verie sory.
5 So Raphael went out and came to Gabael,The Angel goeth on Tobias
〈◊〉
& gaue him the hand writing, who broght for the bagges whiche were sealed vp, and gaue them to him.
6 And in the mornyng they went forthe, bothe together, and came to the wedding, And Tobias begate his wife with childe.
CHAP. X.
1 Tobit and his wife thinke long for their sonne. 10 Raguel sendeth away Tobias and Sarra.
1 NOw Tobit his father counted euerye day, and when the daies of the iournay were expired, and they came not,
2 Tobit said, Are they not mocked? or is notThe father & mother are in
〈◊〉
for Tobias
〈◊〉
. Gabael dead, and there is no man to gyue him the money?
3 Therefore he was verie sory.
4 Thē his wife said to him, My sonne is dead, seing he tarieth: and she began to bewaile him, and said,
5 Now * I care for nothing, my sonne, since IChap. 5.
〈◊〉
. haue lost thee the light of mine eyes.
6 To whome Tobit said, Holde thy peace: be not careful, for he is safe.
7 But she said, Holde thy peace, and deceiue me not my sonne is dead: and she went out euerie day by the waye, whiche they went, nether did she eate meate on the daye time, and did consume whole nights in bewailing her sonne Tobias vntill the fourtene dayes of the wedding were expired,
which Raguel had sworne, that he shulde tarie there. Then Tobias said to Raguel, Let me go: for my father and my mother loke no more to se me.
8 But his father in Law said vnto him, Tarye with me, and I wil send to thy father, and they shal declare him thine affaires.
9 But Tobias said, No, but let me go to my father.Raguel giueth Tobias, and his wife leaue to departe.
10 Then Raguel arose, and gaue him Sarra his wife, and halfe his goods, as seruants, and cattell, and money,
11 And he blessed them, and sent them away, saying, The God of heauen make you, my children, to prosper before I dye.
12 And he said to his daughter, Honour thy
〈◊〉
is instructed by her parents. father, and thy mother in Law whiche are now thy parents, that I maye heare good reporte of thee: and he kissed them. Edna also said to Tobias, The Lord of heauen restore thee, my dere brother, and grante that I may sethy childrē of my daughter Sarra, that I may reioyce before the Lord. Behold now, I committe to thee my daughter as a pledge: do not intreat her euil.
CHAP. XI.
1 The returne of Tobias to his father. 9 How he was receiued.
〈◊〉
His father hathe his sight restored and praiseth the Lord.
1 AFter these things Tobias wēt his way, praising God that he had giuen him a prosperous iournay, and blessed Raguel & Edna his wife, and went on his way, till he drewe nere to Nineue.
2 Thē Raphaél said to Tobias, Thou knowest, brother, how thou didest leaue thy Father:
3 Let vs hast before thy wife, and prepareThe Angels
〈◊〉
to Tobias. the house,
4 And take in thine hand the gal of the fish. So they went their way, and the dogge followed them.
5 Now Anna sate in the way loking for her sonne,
6 Whome when she sawe coming, she said to his father, beholde, thy sonne cometh, and the man that went with him.
7 Then said Raphael, I knowe, Tobias, that thy father shal receiue his sight.
8 Therefore anoint his eyes with the gall, and being pricked therewith, he shal rub
〈◊〉
be and make the whitenes to fall away, and shal se thee,
9 ¶ Then Anna ranne forthe, and fel on the necke of her sonne, & said vnto him, Seing I haue sene thee, my sonne, frome hence forthe I am content to dye, and they wept bothe.
10 Tobit also went forthe towarde the dore, and stombled, but his sonne ranne vnto him,
11 And toke holde of his father & sprinkled of the gall on his fathers eyes, saying, Be of good hope, my father.
12 And when his eyes began to pricke, he rubbed them.
13 And the whitenes pilled away from the cor ners of his eyes, and when he sawe his sonne, he fel vpon his necke.
14 And he wept and said, Blessed art thou ô Lord, and blessed be thy Name for euer, and blessed be all thine holie Angels.
15 For thou hast scourged me, and hast had pitie on me (for) beholde, I se my sonne To bias: and his sonne, being glad went in, and tolde his father the great things that had come to passe in Media;
16 Then Tobit went out to mete his daughter in lawe, reioycing and praising God to the gate of Nineue: and they which sawe him go, marueiled, because he had receiued his sight.
17 But Tobit testified before them all that God had had pitie on him. And when he ca came nere to Sarra his daughter in law, he blessed her, saying, Thou art welcome, daughter: God be blessed, which hathe broght thee vnto vs & (blessed be) thy father: and there was greatioye amōg all his brethren which were at Nineue.
18 And Achia charus and Nasbas his brother sonne came.
19 And Tobias mariage was kept seuen dayes with great ioye.
CHAP. XII.
2 Tobias declareth to his father the pleasures that Raphaél had done him. 5 The which he wolde recompense 11. 15 Raphaéldeclareth that he is an Angel sent of God.
1 THen Tobit called his sonne Tobias, and said vnto him, Prouide, my sonne, wages forthe man, which went with thee, & thou must giue him more.
2 And he said vnto him, O father, it shal not grieue me to giue him halfe of those things which I haue broght.
3 For he hathe broght me againe to thee in safetie, and hathe made whole my wife, & hathe broght me the money, and hathe like wise healed thee.
4 Then the olde man said, It is due vnto him.
5 So he called the Angel, and said vnto him, Take halfe of all that ye haue broght, and go away in safetie.
6 But he toke them hothe a parte, and said vnto them, Praise God, and confesse him, & giue him the glorie, and praise him for the things which he hathe done vnto you before all them that liue. It is good to praise God, and to exalte his Name, and to shewe forthe his euident workes with honour: therefore be not wearie to confesse him.
7 It is good to kepe close the secrets of a King: but it is a honorable to reueile the workes of God: do that which is good, and no euil shal touche you.
8 Prayer is good with fasting, and almes, & righteousnes. A litle with righteousnes is better then muche with vnrighteousnes:
it is better to giue almes then to laye vp golde.
9 For almes doeth deliuer from death, and doeth purge all sinne. Those whiche exercise almes and righteousnes, shalbe filled with life.
10 But they that sinne, are enemies to theyr owne life.
11 Surely I wil kepe close nothing from you: neuertheles, I said it was good to kepe close the secret of a King, but that it was honorable to reueile the workes of God.
12 Now therefore when thou didest pray, & Sarra thy daughter in lawe, I did bring to memorie your prayer before the holie one and when thou didest burye the dead, I was with thee likewise.
13 And when thou waste not grieued to riseHe that wilbe acceptable to God, must be proued with
〈◊〉
. on. vp, and leaue thy diner to burye the dead, thy good dede was not hid from me: but I was with thee.
14 And now God hath sent me to heale thee, and Sarra thy daughter in law.
15 I am Raphael one of the seuen holye Angels, which presēt the prayers of the Sain tes, and which go forthe before his holye maiestie.
16 Then they were bothe troubled, and fell vpon their face: for they feared.
17 But he said vnto thē, Feare not, for it shall go wel with you: praise God therefore.
18 For I came not of mine owne pleasure, but by the good wil of your God: wherefore praise him in all ages.
19 * All these dayes I did appeare vnto you,Gen.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. & 19. 3.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
6. but I did nether eat nor drinke, but you sawe it in vision.
20 Now therefore giue God thankes: for I go vp to him that sent me: but write all things which are done, in a boke.
21 And when they rose, they sawe him no more.
22 Then they confessed the greate and wonderful workes of God, and how the Angell of the Lord had appeared to them.
CHAP. XIII.
A thankes giuing of Tobit, who exhorteth all to praise the Lord.
1 THen Tobit wrote a prayer of reioycing and said, Blessed be God that liueth for euer, and (blessed be) his kingdome.
2 * For he doeth scourge, and hathe pitie: he
〈◊〉
32. 19.
1. Sam. 2. 6. leadeth to hel, and bringeth vp, nether isVVisd. 16.
〈◊〉
there anie that can auoide his hand.
3 Confesse him before the Gentiles, ye children of Israél: for he hathe scattred you among them.
4 There declare his greatnes, and extoll him before all the liuing: for he is our Lord and our God and our father for euer.
5 He hathe scourged vs for our iniquities, and wil haue mercie againe, & will gather vs out of all nacions, among whome we are scattred.
6 If you turne to hym with your whole heart, and with your whole minde, & deale vprightly before him, then wil he turne vn to you, and wil not hide his face from you but ye shal se what he wil do with you: therfore confesse him with your whole mouth, and praise the Lord of righteousnes, & extoll the euerlasting King. I wil confesse him in the land of my captiuitie, and wil decla re his power, and greatnes to a sinful nacion O ye sinners, turne and do iustice before him, who can tel if he wil receiue you to mercie, and haue pitie on you?
7 I wil extoll my God. and my soule (shal praise) the King of heauen, and shal reioyce in his greatnes.
8 Let all men speake, and let all praise him for his righteousnes.
9 O Ierusalém the holie citie, he wil scourge thee for thy children workes, but he wil haue pitie againe on the sonnes of righteous men.
10 Giue praise to the Lord duely, & praise the euerlasting King, that his tabernacle may be buylded in thee againe with ioye, and let him make ioyful there in thee those that are captiues, and loue in thee for euer those that be miserable.
11 Manie nacions shal come from farre to the Name of the Lord God, with giftes in their hands (euen) giftes to the King of heauen: all generacions shal praise thee, and giue signes of ioye.
12 Cursed are all they, which hathe thee: but blessed are they for euer which loue thee.
13 Reioyce, and be glad for the children of the iuste for thei shalbe gathered, & shal blesse the Lord of the iuste.
14 Blessed are they which loue thee: for they shal reioyce in thy peace. Blessed are they which haue bene sorowful for all thy scour ges: for they shal reioyce for thee, when they shal se all thy glorie, and shal reioyce for euer.
15 Let my soule blesse God the great King.
16 For Ierusalem shalbe buylt vp with sapphi res, and emerodes, and thy walles with pre tious stones, and thy towres, and thy bulwarkes with pure golde.
17 And the streetes of Ierusalém shal be paued with beral, and carbuncle, and stones ofOr
〈◊〉
.
Or, praise
〈◊〉
the Lord. Ophir.
18 And all her streetes shal say, Halleluiah, & they shal praise (him) saying, Blessed be GodThat is, Ierusalem. which hathe extolled it for euer.
CHAP. XIIII.
4 Lessons of Tobit to his sonne. 5 He prophecieth the destruction of Nineue. 7 And the restoring of Ierusalém and the Temple. 13 The death of Tobit, and his wife. 16. Tobias age and death.
1 SO Tobit made an end of praising God.
2 And he was eight and fiftie yere olde whē he lost his sight, which was restored to him after eight yere, and he gaue almes, and he continued to feare the Lord God, and to praise him.
3 And when he was verie aged, he called his sonne, and six of his sonnes sonnes, and said to him, My sonne, take thy children [for beholde, I am aged, & am ready to departe out of this life.]
4 Go into Media, my sonne: for I beleue that those things whiche Ionas the Prophete spake of Nineue, that it shal be destroied, (and) for a time peace shal rather be in Media, and that our brethren shal be scattred in the earth from that good land, and Ierusalē shal be desolate, and the House of God in it shall be burned, and shall be desolate for a time.
5 Yet againe God * will haue pitie on themEzra, 3. 8. & 6. 14. and bring them againe into the land where they shal buylde a Temple, but not like to the first, vntil the times of that age be fulfilled, which being finished, thei shal returne from euerie place out of captiuitie, and buylde vp Ierusalém gloriously, and the house of GOD shall be buylt in it for euer with a glorious buylding, as the Prophetes haue spoken thereof.
6 And all nations shall turne, and feare the Lord God truely, & shal burye their idoles.
7 So shal all nations praise the Lord, and his people shal cōfesse God, and the Lord shall exalte his people, and all those which loue the Lord in trueth & iustice, shall reioyce, and those also whiche shewe mercie to our brethren.
8 And now, my sonne, departe out of Nineue, because that those thynges which the Prophet Ionas spake, shall surelye come to passe.
9 But kepe thou the Law, and the commandements, and shewe thy selfe mercifull and iust that it may go wel with thee.
10 And burye me honestlye, and thy mother with me: but tarie no longer at Nineue. Remember, my sonne, how a man handled Achiacharus that broght him vp, how out of light he broght him into darkenes, and how he rewarded him agayne: yet Achiacharus was saued, but the other had his rewarde: for he wēt downe into darkenes. Manasses gaue almes, & escaped the snare of death, whiche they had set for him, but Aman fell into the snare and perished.
11 Wherefore now, my sonne, consider what almes doeth, and how righteousnes doeth deliuer. When he had said these things,Or, his soule
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in the bed he gaue vp the gost in the bed, being an hundreth and eight and fiftie yere olde, and he buryed him honorably.
12 And when Anna was dead, he buryed her with his father: but Tobias went with hys wife and children to Ecbatane to Raguel his father in lawe.
13 Where he became olde with honour, and he buryed hys father and mother in Lawe honorably, and he inherited their substāce and Tobits his father.
14 And he dyed at Ecbatane in Media, being an hundreth and seuen & twētie yere olde.
15 But before he dyed, he heard of the destruction of Nineue, whiche was taken by Nabuchodonosor and Assuerus, and before his death, he reioyced for Nineue.
IVDETH.
CHAP. I.
1 The buylding of Ecbatane. 5 Nabuchodonosor made warre against Arphaxed & ouercame him. 12 He threateneth them that wolde not helpe him.
1 IN the twelft yere of the reigne of Nabuchodonosor who reigned in Nineue the greate Citie [in the daies of Arphaxed, which reigned ouer the Medes in Ecbatane,
2 And buylt in Ecbatane the walles rounde aboute, of hewen stone, thre cubites broad, and six cubites long, and made the height of the wal seuē
tie cubites, and the breadth thereof fiftie cubites.
3 And made the towres thereof in the gates of it of an hundreth cubites, & the breadth thereof in the fun daciō
〈◊〉
cubites,
4 And made the gates thereof, euen gates that were lifted vp on hie, seuentie cubites, and the breadth of them fortie cubites, for the going forth of his mightie armies, and forthe setting in aray of his
〈◊〉
.]
5 Euen in those daies, King Nabuchodonosor made warre with King
〈◊〉
in the great field, which is the field in the coastes of Ragau.
6 Then came vnto him all they that dwelt in the mountaines, & all that dwelt by Euphrates, and Tigris and Hydaspes, and the countrey of Arioch the King of the Elymeans, and verie manie nations assembled them selues to the battell of the sonnes of Chelod.
7 And Nabuchodonosor King of the Assyrians sent vnto all that dwelt in Persia, and to all that dwelt in the West, and to those that dwelt in Cilicia, and Damascus, and Libanus and Antilibanus, & to all that dwelt vpon the sea coast,
8 And to the people, that are in Carmel, and Galaad, and the hier Galile, and the greate field of Esdrelam,
9 And to all that were in Samaria, and the cities therof, and beyonde Iordén vnto Ierusalém, and Betane, and Chellus, and Cades, and the riuer of Egypt, and Taphnes, and
〈◊〉
and all the land of Gesém.
10 Vnto one come to Tanis, and Memphis, & to all the inhabitants of Egypt, and to one come to the mountaines of Ethiopia.
11 But all the inhabitants of this countrey did not passe for the commandemēt of Nabuchodonosor King of the Assyrians, nether wolde they come with him to the battel, for they did not feare him: yea, he was before thē as one man: therefore they sent away his ambassadours from them without effect, and with dishonour.
12 Therefore Nabuchodonosor was very angrie with all this countrey, and sware by his throne and kingdome that he wolde surely be auenged vpon all those coastes of Cilicia and Damascus, and Syria, & that he wolde slay with the sworde all the inhabitants of the land of Moab, and the children of Ammon, and all Iudea, and all, that were in Egypt, til one come to the borders of the two seas.
13 Then he marched in battell aray with hys power agaynste King Arphaxad in the seuententh yere, and he preuailed in his battel for he ouer thre we all the power of Arphaxad, and all his horse men,
〈◊〉
all hys chariots.
14 And he wanne his cities, and came vnto Ecbatane, and toke the towres, and spoiled the stretes therof, and turned the beautie thereof into shame.
15 He toke also Arphaxad in the mountaines of Ragau, and smote hym through with his dartes and destroyed him vtterlye that daye,
16 So he returneth afterwarde to Nineue, bothe he and all his companie with a verie great multitude of
〈◊〉
of warre, and there he passed the time, and banketed, both he, and his armie an hundreth and twentye dayes.
CHAP. II.
1 Nabuchodonosor commanded presumpteously that all people shulde be broght in subiection, 6 And
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
those that disobeyed him. 15 The preparation of Olophernes armie. 23 The conquest of his enemies.
1 ANd in the eightenth yere, the two and twentieth (daye) of the firste moneth, there was talke in the house of Nabuchodonosor King of the Assyrians, that he shulde aduenge him selfe on all the earth, as he had spoken.
2 So he called vnto him all his officers & all his nobles, and communicated with thē his secret counsell, & set before them with hys owne mouth all the malice of the earth.
3 Thē they decreed to destroie all flesh, that had not obeied the commandement of his mouth.
4 And when he had ended his counsell, Nabuchodonosor King of the Assyrians called
〈◊〉
his chief captaine, and whiche was next vnto him, and said vnto him,
5 Thus saith the great King, the Lord of the whole earth, Beholde, thou shalt go forth from my presence, and take with thee men that trust in their owne strength, of fotemen, an hundreth and twentie thousand, & the nōber of horses with their riders, twelue thousand.
6 And thou shalt go agaynste all the West countrey, because they desobeied my commandement.
7 And thou shalt declare vnto thē, that they prepared for me the lande and the water: for I wil go forthe in my wrath against thē and will couer the whole face of the earth with the fete of mine armie, and I wil giue them as a spoyle vnto them,
8 So that their wounded shal fil their valleis and their riuers, & the flood shal ouerflow, being filled with their dead.
9 And I will bring their captiuitie to the vtmost partes of all the earth.
10 Thou therefore shalt departe hence, and take vp for me all their countrey: & if thei yelde vnto thee, thou shalt reserue thē for me vntil the day that I rebuke them.
11 But concerning them that rebell, let not thine eye spare them, but put thē to death: and spoyle them wheresoeuer thou goest.
12 For as I liue, and the power of my kingdome, whatsoeuer I haue spoken, that wil I do by mine hand,
13 And take thou hede that thou transgresse not any of the cōmandements of thy Lord but accomplish them fully, as I haue commanded thee, and differre not to do them,
14 ¶ Then Olofernes went for the frome the presence of his Lord, and called all the gouernours, and captaines, and officers of the armie of
〈◊〉
,
15 And he mustred the chosen men for the battell, as hys Lord had commanded him, vnto an hundreth and twentie thousand, & twelue thousand archers on hors backe.
16 And he set them in aray accordyng to the maner of setting a great armie in aray.
17 And he toke camels & asses for theyr burdens, a very great nomber, and shepe, and oxen, and goates without nomber for their prouision,
18 And vitaile for euerie man of the armie, & verye muche golde and siluer out of the Kings house.
19 Then he went for the and all his power, to go before in the viage of King Nabuchodo nosor, and to couer all the face of the earth Westwarde, with their charets, and horsemen, and chosen fotemen.
20 A greate multitude also of sundrie sortes, came with them like grashoppers, and like the grauel of the earth: for the multitude was without nomber.
21 And they went forth of Nineue thre daies iornay towarde the countrey of
〈◊〉
, and pitched from Bectileth nere the mountaine whiche is at the left hand of the vpper Cilicia.
22 Then he toke all hys armie, hys
〈◊〉
and horsemen, and charets, and went from thence into the mountaines.
23 And he destroied Phud and Lud, and spoyled all the children of Rasses, and the children of Ismael, which were towarde the wil dernes at the South of the Chelians.
24 Thē he went ouer Euphrates: and went through Mesopotamia, & destroied all the hie cities that were vpon the riuer of Arbo nai, vntil one come to the sea.
25 And he toke the borders of Cilicia and de stroied all that resisted him, and came to the borders of Iaphet, which were towarde the South and ouer against Arabia.
26 He compassed also all the children of Madian, and burnt vp their tabernacles, and spoyled their lodges.
27 Then he went downe into the countrey of Damascus, in the time of wheat haruest & burnt vp all their fields, and destroied their flockes, and the herds he robbed their cities, and spoyled their countrey, & smote all their yong men with the edge of the sworde.
28 Therefore feare and trembling fel vpon all the inhabitants of the sea coast, which were in Sidon and Tyrus, and them that dwelt in Sur and Ocina, and all that dwelt in Iemna an: and they that dwelt in Azotus and Ascalon feared him greatly.
CHAP. III.
The people subiect to Olofernes. 8 He destroied their gods that Nabuchodonosor might onely be worshipped.
1 SO they sent ambassadours to him with message of peace, saying.
2 Beholde, we are the seruantes of Nabucho donosor the great King: we lie downe before thee vse vs as shalbe good in thy sight
3 Beholde, our houses and all our places, and all our fields of wheat, and our flockes, & our herdes, and all our lodges and tabernacles lie before thy face: vse thē as it pleaseth thee,
4 Beholde, euen our cities and the inhabitants thereof are thy seruants come: and take them, as semeth good to thee.
5 ¶ So the men came to Olofernes, and decla red vnto them after this maner.
6 Then came he downe toward the sea coast bothe he and his armie, and set garisons in the hie cities, and toke out of them chosen men of the warre.
7 So they and all the coūtrey rounde about receiued them, with crownes, with dances, and with timbrels,
8 Yet he brake downe all their borders, and cut downe their woods: for it was enioyned him to destroy all the gods of the land, that all nacions shulde worshippe Nabuchodo nosor onely, and that all tongues and tribes shulde call vpon him as God.
9 Also he came against Esdraelon, nere vnto Iudea, ouer against the great strait of Iudea.
10 And he pitched betwene
〈◊〉
, and a citie of the Scythians, and there he taried a moneth, that he might assembie all the bagga ge of his armie.
CHAP. IIII.
The Israelites were afraied and defended their countrey. 6 Ioacim the Priest writeth to Bethulia, that they shuld for
〈◊〉
them selues. 9 They
〈◊〉
to the Lord, and humbled them selues before him.
1 NOw the children of Israél that dwelt in Iudea, heard all that Olofernes the chief captaine of Nabuchodonosor King of the Assyrians had done to the nacions, & how he had spoiled all their temples, and broght them to noght.
2 Therefore they feared greatly his presence, and were troubled for Ierusalém, and for the Temple of the Lord their God.
3 For they were newly returned from the captiuitie and of late all the people was as sembled in Iudea, and the vessels and the al tar of the House had bene sanctified because of the pollution.
4 Therefore they sent into all the coastes of Samaria, and the villages, and to Bethoro, and Belmen, and Iericho, and to Choba, & Esora, and to the valley of Salém.
5 And toke all the toppes of the hie mountaines, and walled the villages that were in them, and put in vitailes for the prouision of warres: for their fields were of late reaped.
6 Also Ioacim the hie Priest which was in tho se
〈◊〉
in Ierusalém, wrote to them that dwelt in Bethulia and Betomestham, which is ouer against
〈◊〉
towarde the opē countrey nere to Dothaim:
7 Exhorting them to kepe the passages of the mountaines: for by them there was an entrie into Iudea, and it was easie to let thē that wolde come vp, because the passage was streit for two men at the moste.
8 And the children of Israel did as Ioacim the hie Priest had commanded them with the Anciēts of all the people of Israél, which dwelt at Ierusalém.
9 Then cryed euerie man of Israél to God with great feruencie, and their soules with great affection.
10 Bothe they, and their wiues, and their children and their cattel, and euerie stranger & hireling, and their boght seruants put sackecloth vpon their loynes.
11 Thus euerie man and woman, and the children, and the inhabitants of Ierusalém fell before the Temple, and sprinkled
〈◊〉
vp on their heades, and spred out their sackecloth before the face of the Lord also they put sackecloth about the altar.
12 And cryed to the God of Israel, all with one consent moste earnestly, that he wolde not giue their children for a pray, and their wiues for a spoyle, and the cities of their inheritance to destruction, & the Sanctuarie to
〈◊〉
and reproche, and vnto derision to the heathen.
13 So God heard their prayers, and loked
vpon their affliction: for the people fasted many daies in all Iudea and Ierusalém before the Sanctuarie of the Lord almightie.
14 And Ioacim the Priest, and all the Priests that stode before the Lord, and ministred vnto the Lord, had their loynes girt with sackecloth, and offred the cōtinual burnt offring, with praiers and the fre giftes of the people,
15 And had ashes on their mytres, and cryed vnto the Lord with all their power for gra ce, and that he wolde loke vpō all the hou se of Israél.
CHAP. V.
Achior the Ammonite doeth declare to Olofernes of the maner of the Israelites.
1 THen was it declared to Olofernes the chief captaine of the armie of Assur, that the children of Israel had prepared for warre, and had shut the passages of the mountaines, and had walled all the toppes of the hie hilles, and had laid impediments in the champion countrey.
2 Where with he was very angrie, and called all the princes of Moab, and the captaines of Ammon, and all the gouernours of the sea coast.
3 And he said vnto them, Shewe me, ô ye son nes of Chanaan, who is this people that dwelleth in the mountaines? and what are the cities that they inhabite? and what is the multitude of their armie and wherein is their strength and their power? and what King or captaine is raised amōg them ouer their armie?
4 And why haue they determined not to come to mete me, more then all the inhabi tants of the West?
5 ¶ Then * said Achior the captaine of allChap. 11. 7. the sonnes of Ammon, Let my lord heare the worde of the mouth of his seruants, & I wil declare vnto thee the trueth concerning this people, that dwell in these moū
taines, nere where thou remainest, and the re shal no lic come out of the mouth of thy seruant.
6 This people come of the stocke of the Chaldeans.
7 And * they dwelt before in Mesopotamia,Gen.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. because they wolde not follow the gods of their fathers, which were in the land of Chaldea.
8 But they went out of the way of their ancestres and worshipped the God of heauen the God whome they knewe: so they cast them out from the face of their gods, and they fled in Mesopotamia, and soiourned there many daies.
9 Then * their God commanded them to departe
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 2. from the place where they soiourned and to go into the land of Chanaan where they dwelt, and were increased with golde and siluer, and with very muche cattel.
10 But when a famine couered all the land of Chanaan, they went downe into Egypt, & dwelt there til they returned, and became there a great multitude, so that one colde not nomber their linage.
11 * Therefore the King of Egypt rose vp againstExod. 1 8. them, and vsed deceit against them, and broght them lowe with laboring in bricke, and made them sclaues.
12 Then they cryed vnto their God, & he smo te all the land of Egypt with incurable plaExod.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. gues: so the * Egyptians cast them out of their sight.
13 And * God dryed the red Sea in their presence,Exod. 14. 21.
14 And * broght them in to mount Sina andExod. 19. 1. Cades barne, and cast forthe all that dwelt in the wildernes.
15 So they dwelt in the land of the Amorites, and they destroied by their strength all them of Esebon, and passing ouer Iordan, they inherited all the mountaines.
16 And they * cast forthe before thē the ChanaIos 12.
〈◊〉
. a nites and the Pheresites, and the Iebusites, and them of Sichem, and all the Gergesites, and they dwelt in that countrey many daies.
17 And whiles they sinned not before their God, they prospered, because the God that hated iniquitie, was with them.Iudg.
〈◊〉
, 12, &
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
.
18 But * when they departed from the way which he appointed them, they were destroied in many battels after a wonderful2. King. 25,
〈◊〉
. sorte, * and were led captiues into a land that was not theirs: & the Temple of their God was cast to the grounde and their cities were taken by the enemies.Ezr. 8. 1.
19 But * now they are turned to their God, & are come vp from the scattering wherein thei were scattered, and haue possessed Ierusalém, where their Temple is, and dwell in the mountaines which were desolate.
20 Now therefore, my lord and gouernour if there be anie faute in this people, so that they haue sinned against their God, let vs consider that this shalbe their ruine, & let vs go vp, and we shal ouer come them.
21 But if there be none iniquitie in this people let my lord passe by, lest their Lord defend them, and their God befor them, and we become a reproche before all the worlde.
22 ¶ And when Achior had finished these sayings, all the people, standing rounde about the tent, murmured: and the chief mē of Olofernes, and all that dwelt by the sea side and in Moab, speake that he shulde
〈◊〉
him.
23 For (say they) we feare not to mete the chil dren of Israél: for lo, it is a people that haue no strength nor power against a mightie armie.
24 Let vs therefore go vp, ô lord Olofernes, & they shalbe meat for thy whole armie.
CHAP. VI.
Olofernes blasphemeth God whome Achior confessed. 14 Achior is deliuered into the hands of them of
〈◊〉
. 18 The Bethulians crye vnto the Lord.
1 ANd when the tumulte of the men that were about the counsel, was ceased, Olofernes, the chief captaine of the armie of Assur, said vnto Achior before all the people of the strangers, and before all the children of Moab, and of them that were hired of Ephraim.
2 Because thou hast prophecied amōg vs to day, and hast said that the people of Ierusa lém is able to fight, * because their God wilChap. 5
〈◊〉
. desend them: and who is god but Nabucho donosor?
3 He wil send his power, and wil destroye them from the face of the earth, and their God shal not deliuer them: but we his seruants wil destroye them as one man: for they are not able to susteine the power of our horses.
4 For we wil tread them vnder fete with thē and their mountaines shalbe drunken with their blood, and their fields shalbe filled with their dead bodies, and their fotesteppes shal not be able to stand before vs: but they shal vtterly perish.
5 The King Nabuchodonosor, lord of all the earth, hathe said, euen he hathe said, None of my wordes shalbe in vaine.
6 And thou Achior an hireling of Ammon, be cause thou hast spokē these wordes in the day of thine iniquitie, thou shalt se my face no more from this day vntil I take vengeance of that people that is come out of Egypt.
7 And then shal the yron of mine armie, and the multitude of them that serue me, passe through thy sides, and thou shalt fall amōg their slayne, when I shal put them to flight.
8 And my seruants shal cary thee into the mountaines, and they shal leaue thee at one of the hie cities but thou shalt not perish, til thou be destroyed with them.
9 And if thou persuade thy self in thy minde, that they shal not be takē, let not thy coun tenance fall: I haue spoken it, and none of my wordes shalbe in vaine.
10 Then commanded Olofernes them cōcer ning Achior, that they shulde bring him to Bethulia, and deliuer him into the hands of the children of Israél.
11 So his seruants toke him, and broght him out of the campe into the plaine: and thei went out from the middes of the plaine in to the mountaines, & came vnto the fountaines that were vnder Bethulia.
12 And when the men of the citie sawe them from the toppe of the mountaine, they toke their armour, and went forthe of the citie vnto the toppe of the mountaine, euen all the throwers with slings, and kept them from cōming vp, by casting stones against them.
13 But they went priuely vnder the hill, and bounde Achior, and left him lying at the fote of the hill, and returned to their lord,
14 Thē the Israelites came downe from their citie, and stode about him, and losed him & broght him into Bethulia, and presented him to the gouernours of their citie.
15 Which were in those daies, Ozias the sonne of Micha, of the tribe of Simeon, & Cha bris the sonne of Gothoniel, and Charmis the sonne of Melchiel.
16 And they called together all the Ancients of the citie, and all their youth ranne together, and their women to the assemblie: and they set Achior in the middes of all their people. Then Ozias asked him of that whiche was done.
17 And he answered & declared vnto them the wordes of the counsel of Olofernes, & all the wordes that he had spoken in the middes of the princes of Assur, and what soeuer Olofernes had spoken proudely against the house of Israél.
18 Then the people fel downe and worshipped God, and cryed vnto God, saying.
19 O Lord God of heauen, beholde their pri de, and haue mercie on the basenes of our people, & beholde this day the face of those that are sanctified vnto thee.
20 Then they comforted Achior, and praised him greatly.
21 And Ozias toke out of the assemblie into his house, and made a feast to the Elders, & they called on the God of Israél all that night for helpe.
CHAP. VII.
1 Olofernes doeth besiege Bethulia. 8 The counsel of the Idumeans and other against the
〈◊〉
. 23 The Bethulians murmure against their gouernours
〈◊〉
lacke of water.
1 THe next day, Olofernes commanded all his armie and all his people, which were come to take his parte, that thei shulde remoue their campes against Bethulia, and that they shulde take all the streites of the hill, and to make warre against the
〈◊〉
of Israél.
2 Then their strong men remoued their camps in that daye, and the armie of the men of warre was an hundreth thousand and seuentie fotemen, and twelue thousād horsemen, beside the baggage and other men that were afore among them, a very great multitude.
3 And they camped in the plaine nere vnto Bethulia, by the fountaine, and thei spred abroad toward Dothaim vnto Belbaim, & and in length from Bethulia vnto Ciamon, which is ouer against Esdraelom.
4 Now the children of Israél, when they sawe the multitude, were greatly troubled, and said euerie one to gis neighbour, Now wil they shut vp all the whole earth: for ne ther the hie moutaines nor the
〈◊〉
, nor the hilles are able to abide their burden.
5 Then euerie one toke his weapōs of warre and burning fyres in their towres, they remained and watched all that night.
6 But in the seconde day, Olofernes broght forthe all his horsemen in the sight of the children of Israél, which were in Bethulia.
7 And vewed the passages vp to their citie, and came to the
〈◊〉
of their waters and toke them and set garisons of men of warre ouer then, and remoued toward his people.
8 Then came vntō him all the
〈◊〉
of the children of Esau, and all the gouernours of the people of Moab, and all the captaines of the sea coast, and said.
9 Let our captaine now heare a worde, lest an inconuenience come in thine armie.
10 For this people of the childrē of Israel do not trust in their speares, but in the height of the mountaines, wherein they dwell, be cause it is not easy to come vp to the toppes of their mountaines.
11 Now therefore, my lord, fight not against them in battelaray, and there shal not so muche as one man of thy people perish.
12 Remaine in thy campt, and kept all the & & Word & & of thine armie, and let thy men kepe stil the water of the countrey, that cometh forthe at the fote of the mountaine.
13 For alll the inhabitants of Bethulia haue their water thereof: so shal thirst kill them and they shal giue vp their citie: and we and our people wil go vp to the toppes of the mountaines that are nere, and wil campe vpon them, and watche that none go out of the citie.
14 So thei and their wiues, and their childrē shalbe consumed with famine, and before the sworde come against them, thei shalbe ouerthrowen in the stretes where thei dwel.
15 Thus shalt thou rēder them an euil reward because thei rebelled and obeied not thy persone peaceably.
16 And these wordes pleased Olofernes and all his soldiers, and he appointed to do as they had spoken.
17 So the campe of the children of Ammon departed, and with them fiue thousand of the Assyrians, and they pitched in the valley, and tok the waters, and the fountaines of the waters of the children of Israél,
18 Then the children of Esau went vp with the children of Ammon, and camped in the mountaines ouer against Dothaim, & thei sent some of thē selues towarde the South and towarde the East, ouer against Rebel, which is nere vnto Chusi, that is vpon the riuer Mochmur: and the rest of the armie of the Assyrians camped in the field, and couered the whole land: for their tents and their baggage were pitched in a wonderful great place.
19 Then the children of Israel cryed vnto the Lord their God, because their heart fai led: for all their enemies had cōpassed thē about, and there was no way to escape out from among them.
20 Thus all the companie of Assur remained about them, bothe their fotemen, chariots and horsemen, foure and thirtie dayes: so that euen all the places of their waters failed all the inhabitants of Bethulia.
21 And the cisternes were emptie, & they had not water ynough to drinke for one day: for they gaue them to drinke by measure.
22 Therefore their children swoned, & their wiues and yong men failed for thirst, & fel downe in the stretes of the citie, and by the passages of the gates, and there was no strength in them.
23 Then all the people assembled to Ozias, & to the chief of the citie, bothe yong men & women, and children, and cryed with a lou de voyce, and said before all the Elders,
24 The * Lord iudge betwene vs and you: for you haue done vs great iniurie, in that ye haue not required peace of the children of Assur.
25 For now we haue no helper: but God hathe solde vs into their hands, that we shulde be throwen downe before them with thirst and great destruction.
26 Now therefore call them together, and de liuer the whole citie for a spoile to the peo ple of Olofernes, and to all his armie.
27 For it is better for vs to be made a spoile vnto them, then to dye for thirst: for we wil be his seruants that we may liue, and not se the death of our infants before our eyes, nor our wiues, nor our children to dye.
28 We take to witnes against you the heauē and the earth, and our God and Lord of our fathers, which punisheth vs, according to our sinnes & the sinnes of our fathers, that he lay not these things to our charge.
29 Then there was a great crye of all with one consent in the middes of the assemblie and thei cryed vnto the Lord God with a loude voyce.
30 Then said Ozias to thē, Brethren, be of good courage let vs waite yet fiue daies, in the which space the Lord our God may tur ne his mercie toward vs: for he wil not forsake vs in the end.
31 And if these daies passe, & there come not helpe vnto vs, I wil do according to your worde.
32 So he separated the people, euerie one vnto their charge, & thei wēt vnto the walles and towres of their citie, and sent their wiues and their children into their houses, & they were very lowe broght in the citie.
CHAP. VIII.
The parentage, life and conuersation of Iudeth. 11 She re buketh the faintenes of the gouernours. 12 She sheweth that they shulde not tempt God, but wait vpon him for succour. 33 Her enterprise against the enemies.
1 NOw at that time, Iudeth heard thereof which was the daughter of Merari the sonne of Ox, the sonne of Ioseph, the sonne of Oziel, the sonne of Elcia, the sonne of Ananias, the sonne of Gedeon the sonne
of Raphaim, the sonne of Acito, the sonne of Eliu, the sonne of Eliab, the sonne of Nathanael, the sonne of Samuel, the sō
ne of Salasadai, the sonne of Israel.
2 And Manasses was her housband, of her stocke and kinred, who dyed in the barely haruest.
3 For as he was diligent ouer thē that boun de sheaues in the field, the heat came vpon his head, and he fel vpon his bed, & dyedin in the citie of Bethulia, & thei buryed him with his fathers in the field betwene Dothaim and Balamo.
4 So Iudeth was in her house a widowe thre yeres and fouremoneths.
5 And she made her a tente vpon her house, and put on sackecloth on her loynes, and ware her widowes apparel.
6 And she fasted all the daies of her widowhode, saue the day before the Sabbath and the Sabbaths, and the day before the newe moones, & in the feastes & solemne daies of the house of Israél.
7 She was also of a goodlie countenance & very beautiful to beholde, & her housband Manassés had left her golde and siluer, and men seruants, and maide seruants, and cattel, and possessions, where she remained.
8 And there was none that colde bring an euil reporte of her: for she feared God greatly,
9 Now when she heard the euil wordes of the people agaīst the gouernour, because thei fainted for lacke of waters [for Iudeth had heard all the wordes that Ozias had spokē vnto them, and that he had * sworne vntoChap. 7.
〈◊〉
. them to deliuer the citie vnto the Assyrians within fiue daies]
10 Then she sent her maide that had the gouernement of all things that she had, to call Ozias & Chabris and Charmis the Ancients of the Citie.
11 And they came vnto her, and she said vnto them, Heare me, ô ye gouernours of the in habitāts of Bethulia: for your wordes that ye haue spoken before the people this day are not right, touching this othe which ye made and pronounced betwene God and you, and haue promised to deliuer the citie to the enemies, vnles within these daies the Lord turne to helpe you.
12 And now who are you that haue tempted God this day, & set your selues in the place of God among the children of men?
13 So now you seke the Lord almightie, but you shal neuer knowe any thing.
14 For you cannot finde out the depth of the heart of man, nether can ye perceiue the things that he thinketh them how can you search out God, that hathe made all these things, and knowe his minde, or comprehend his purpose? Nay my brethren, prouo ke not the Lord our God to anger.
15 For if he wil not helpe vs within these fiue daies, he hathe power to defend vs when he wil, euen euerie day, or to destroy vs be fore our enemies.
16 Do not you therefore binde the counsels of the Lord our God: for God is not as mā that he may be threatned nether as the son ne of man to be broght to iudgement.
17 Therefore let vs waite for saluacion of him and call vpon him to helpe vs, and he wil heare our voyce if it please him.
18 For there appeareth none in our age, nether is there any now in these daies, nether tribe, nor familie, nor people, nor citie amōg vs which worship the gods made with hande, as hathe bene afore time.Iud. 2. 11. & 4. 1. and
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
19 For * the which cause ourfathers were giuen to the sworde, and for a spoile, & had a great fall before our enemies.
20 But we knowe none other God: therefore we trust that he wil not despise vs, not any of our linage.
21 Nether when we shalbe taken, shal Iudea be so famous for our Sāctuarie shalbe spoiled and he wil require the prophanacion thereof at our mouth.
22 And the feare of our brethren, and the captiuitie of the countrey, and the desolatiō of our inheritance wil he turne vpon our heads among the Gentiles, wheresoeuer we shalbe in bondage, & we shalbe an offen ce & a reproche to all thē that possesse vs.
23 For our seruitude shal not be directed by fauour, but the Lord our God shal turne it to dishonour.
24 Now therefore, ô brethren, let vs shewe an example to our brethren, because their hearts depend vpon vs, and the Sanctuarie and the House, and the altar rest vpon vs.
25 Moreouer, let vs giue thankes to the Lord our God, which tryeth vs euen as he didour fathers.
26 Remēber what things he did to * Abrahā,
〈◊〉
. 22.
〈◊〉
.
Gen. 28. 7 & how he tryed Isaac, & all that he did to * Iacob in Mesopotamia of Syria whē he kept the shepe of Laban his mothers brother.
27 For he hathe not tryed vs as he did them to the examination of their hearts, nether doeth he take vengeance on vs, but the Lord punisheth for instruction them that come nere to him.
28 ¶ Then said Ozias to her, All that thou hast spoken, hast thou spoken with a good heart: and there is none that is able to resist thy wordes.
29 For it is not to day that thy wisdome is knowen: but from the beginning of thy life all the people haue knowen thy wisdome: for the deuice of thine is good.
30 But the people were very thirstie, and compelled vs to do vnto them, as we haue spoken, and haue broght vs to an othe which we may not transgresse.
31 Therefore now pray for vs, because thou art an holy woman that the Lord may send vs rayne to fill our cisternes, and that we may faint no more.
32 Then said Iudeth vnto them, Heare me, & I wil do a thing, which shalbe declared in all generations, to the children of our nacion.
33 You shal stand this night in the gate, and I wil go forthe with mine hand maid: and within the daies that ye haue promised to deliuer the citie to our enemies, the Lord wil visit Israél by mine hand.
34 But inquire not you of mine acte: for I wil not declare it vnto you, til the things be fi nished that I do.
35 Then said Ozias and the princes vnto her, Go in peace, and the Lord God be before thee, to take vengeance on our enemies.
36 So they returned from the tent, and went to their wardes.
CHAP. IX.
1 Iudeth humbleth her self before the Lord, and maketh her prayers for the deliuerance of her people. 7 Against the pride of the Assyrians. 11 God is the helpe of the hum ble.
1 THen Iudeth fel vpon her face, and put asshes vpon her head, and put of the sackecloth wherewith she was clothed, And about the time that the incense of that euening was offred in Ierusalem in the Hou se of the Lord, Iudeth cryed with a loude voyce, and said.Gen. 34.
〈◊〉
.
2 O Lord God of my father * Simeon to who me thou gauest a sworde to take vengeance of the strangers which opened the wom be of the maide, and defiled her, and discouered the thigh with shame, and polluted the wombe to reproche [for thou hadest commanded that it shulde not so be.
3 Yet thei did things for the which thou gauest their princes to the slaughter, for they were deceiued and washed their beds with blood] & hast striken the seruants with the gouernours, and the gouernours vpon their thrones.
4 And hast giuen their wiues for a pray and their daughters to be captiues, & all their spoiles for a botie to the childrē that thou louedst which were moued with thy zeale, and abhorred the pollution of their blood and called vpō thee for aide, ô God, ô my God, heare me also a widdowe.
5 For thou hast wroght the things a fore, & these, and the things that shalbe after, and thou considerest the things that are present, and the things that are to come.
6 For the things which thou doest purpose are present, and say, Beholde, we are here: for all thy waies are ready, and thy iudgements are foreknowen.
7 Beholde, the Assyrians are multiplied by their power they haue exalted thē selues with horses and horsemen: they glorie in the strength of their foremen they trust in shield, spare and bowe, and
〈◊〉
, and do not knowe that thou art the Lord that breakest the battels the Lord is thy Name.
8 Breake thou their strength by thy power & breake their force by thy wrath: for they haue purposed to defile thy Sanctuarie, & to pollute the tabernacle where thy glorious Name resteth, and to cast downe with weapons the hornes of the altar.
9 Beholde their pride, and send thy wrath vpō their heads giue into mine hand which am a widow, the strength that I haue conceiued.
10 Smite by the deceit of my lippes the seruantIud. 4. 21. &. 5.
〈◊〉
with the prince, and the prince with the seruant: abbate their height by the hād of a woman.Iud. 7. 2.
11 * For thy power standeth not in the multi2. Chro. 14. 11. & 6.
〈◊〉
& 20. 6. tude, nor thy might in strong mē: but thou ô Lord, art the helpe of the humble and lit le ones, the defender of the weake, and the protector of them that are forsaken, & the Sauiour of them that are without hope.
12 Surely, surely (thou) art the God of my father, and the God of the inheritance of Israél the Lord of heauen and earth, the crea tor of the waters, the King of all creatures heare thou my prayer.
13 And grant me wordes a craft: and a wounde and a stroke against them that enterprise cruel things against thy couenant, and against thine holy House, and against the toppe of Sion, and against the house of the possession of thy children.
14 Shewe euidently among all thy people, and all the tribes, that they may knowe that thou art the God of all power and strength and that there is none other that defendeth the people of Israél, but thou.
CHAP. X.
1 Iudeth decketh her self and goeth forthe citie. 11 She is taken of the watch of the Assyrians and broght to Olofernes.
1 NOw after she had ceased to crye vnto the God of Israél, and had made an end of all these wordes
2 She rose where she had fallen downe, and called her maide, and went downe into the house, in the which she abode in the Sabbath daies and in the feast daies.
3 And putting away the sacke cloth where with she was clad, and putting of the garments of her widowhode, she washed her body with water, & anointed it with muche ointement, & dressed the heere of her head and put attire vpon it, and put on her garments of gladnes, wherewith she was clad during the life of Man asses her housband.
4 And she put slippers on her fete, and put on bracelets, & sleues, and rings, and earings, and all her ornaments, and she decked her selfe brauely to allure the eyes of all men that shulde se her.
5 Then she gaue her maide a bottel of
〈◊〉
and a pot of oyle, and filled ascrippe with floure, and with drye figges, and with fine bread: so she lapped vp all these things together and laid them vpon her.
6 Thus they went for the to the gate of the
citie of Bethulia, and found standing there Ozias, and the ancients of the citie, Chabris and Charmis.
7 And when they sawe her that her face was changed, and that her garment was changed, they marueiled greatlye at her wonderful beautie, and said vnto her,
8 The God, the God of our fathers giue thee fauour, and accomplish thine enterprises to the glorie of the children of Israél, and to the exaltation of Ierusalém. Then they worshipped God.
9 And she said vnto them, Cōmande the gates of the citie to be opened vnto me, that I may go forthe to accomplish the things which you haue spoken to me. So they cō
manded the yong men to open vnto her, as she had spoken.
10 And when they had done so, Iudeth went out, she and her maide with her, and the mē of the Citie loked after her, vntill she was gone downe the mountaine, and till she had passed the valley, and colde se her no more.
11 Thus they went streight forthe in the valley, and the firste watche of the Assyrians met her,
12 And toke her, and asked her, Of what people art thou? and whence comest thou? and whether goest thou? And she said, I am a woman of the Hebrewes, and am fled frome them: for they shalbe giuen you to be consumed.
13 And I come before Olofernes, the chief captaine of your armie, to declare him true things, and I wil shewe before him the way whereby he shal go and winne all the moū
taines, without losing the bodie or life of anie of his men.
14 Now when the men heard her wordes, & behelde her countenance, they wondered greatly at her beautie, and said vnto her,
15 Thou hast saued thy life, in that thou hast hasted to come downe to the presence of our Lord: now therefore come to his tente, and some of vs shal conduct thee vntil thei haue deliured thee in to his hands.
16 And whē thou standest before him, be not afraid in thine heart, but shewe vnto hym according as thou hast to say, and he will in treat thee wel.
17 Then they chose out of thē an hundreth men, and prepared a charet for her and her maide, and broght her to the tent of Olofernes.
18 Then there was a running to and fro, throughout the campe: for her comming was bruted among the tentes: & thei came and stode rounde aboute her: for she stode without the tent of Olofernes vntill they had declared vnto him concerning her.
19 And they marueiled at her beautie, and wondered at the children of Israél because of her, and euerye one said vnto his neighbour, Who wolde despise this people, that haue among them suche women? surely it is not good that one mā of them be left: for if thei shulde remaine, they might deceiue the whole earth.
20 Then Olofernes garde went out, and all his seruātes, and they broght her into the tente.
21 Now Olofernes rested vpon his bed vnder a canopie, which was wouen with purple and golde and emeraudes, and precious stones.
22 So they shewed him of her, and he came for the vnto the entrie of his tēt, and they caried lampes of siluer before him.
23 And when Iudeth was come before him & and his seruants, they all marueiled at the beautie of her countenance, and she fel downe vpon her face, and did reuerence vn to him, and his seruants toke her vp.
CHAP. XI.
1 Olofernes comforteth Iudeth. 3 And asketh the cause of her comming. 5 She deceiueth him by her faire wordes.
1 THen said Olofernes vnto her, Woman, be of good comfort: feare not in thine heart: for I neuer hurt any that wolde serue Nabuchodonosor the King of all the earth.
2 Now therfore if thy people that dwelleth in the mountaines, had not despised me, I wolde not haue lifted vp my speare against them but they haue procured these things to themselues.
3 But now tel me wherefore thou art fled from them, and art come vnto vs: for thou art come for safegard: be of good comfort thou shalt liue frō this night, & here after
4 For none shal hurt thee, but in treat thee wel, as they do the seruants of King Nabuchodonosor my lord.
5 Then Iudeth said vnto him, Receiue the wordes of thy seruant, & suffer thine handmaide to speake in thy presence, and I wil declare no lie to my lord this night.
6 And if thou wilt follow the wordes of thine hand maide, God wil bring the thing perfectly to passe by thee, and my lord shal not faile of his purpose.
7 As Nabuchodonosor King of all the earth liueth, & as his power is of force, who hathe sent thee to reforme all persones, not onely men shal be made subiect to him by thee, but also the beastes of the fields, and the cattel, and the foules of the heauen shal liue by thy power vnder Nabuchodonosor and all his house.
8 For we haue heard of thy wisdome and of thy prudent spirit, & it is declared through the whole earth, that thou onely art excellent in all the kingdome, and of a wonder ful knowledge, and in feates of warre mar ueillous.
9 Now * as concerning the matter which A chior did speake in thy counsel, we haueChap. 7.
〈◊〉
. heard his wordes: for the men of Bethulia
did take him, and he declared vnto them all that he had spoken vnto thee.
10 Therefore, ô Lord and gouernour, reiecte not his worde, but set it in thine heart, for it is true: for there is no punishmēt against our people, nether can the sworde preuaile against them, except they sinne against their God.
11 Now therfore left my Lord shulde be frustrate, & voide of his purpose, & that death may fall vpon them, and that they may be taken in their sinne whiles thei prouoke their God to angre, (which is) so oft times as they do that which is not beseming,
12 [For because their vittailes faile, and all their water is wasted, thei haue determined to take their cattel, and haue purposed to consume all things that God had forbidden them to eat by his Lawes:
13 Yea, they haue purposed to consume the first frutes of the wheat, and the tithes of the wine, and of the oyle whiche they had reserued and sanctified for the Priests that serue in Ierusalém before the face of our God: the which things it is not lawful for any of the people to touche with their hāds
14 Moreouer they haue sent to Ierusalém, because they also that dwell there, haue done the like, suche as shulde bryng them licence from the Senate.]
15 Now when they shall bring them worde, they wil do it and they shalbe giuen thee to be destroyed the same day.
16 Wherefore I thyne handmaid, knowing all this, am fled from their presence, and God hathe sent me to worke a thing with thee, whereof all the earth shal wonder, & whosoeuer shal heare it.
17 For thy seruant feareth God, and worshipeth the God of heauen day and night, & now let me
〈◊〉
with thee, my Lord, and let thy seruant go out in the night into the valley, and I will pray vnto GOD, that he may reueile vnto me when they shal commit their sinnes,
18 And I will come and shewe it vnto thee: then thoushalt go forthe with all thine armie, and there shalbe none of thē that shall resist thee.
19 And I wil lead thee through the middes of Iudea, vntil thou come before Ierusalém, & I will set thy throne in the middes thereof, and thou shalt driue them as shepe that haue no shepherd, and a dogge shall not barcke with his mouthe agaynste thee: for these things haue bene spoken vnto me, & declared vnto me accordyng to my foreknowledge, and I am sent to shewe thee.
20 ¶ Then her wordes pleased Olofernes, and all his seruants, and they marueiled at her wisdome, and said,
21 There is not such a womā in all the world, bothe for beautie of face, and wisdome of wordes.
22 Likewise Olofernes said vnto her, GODOr, hathe
〈◊〉
wel & & Word & & hathe done this, to send thee before the people, that strength might be in our hāds and destructiō vpon them that despise my lord.
23 And now thou art bothe beautiful in thy countenance, and wittie in thy wordes surely if thou do as thou hast spokē thy God shalbe my God, and thou shalt dwell in the house of Nabuchodonosor, and shalt be renomed through out the whole earth.
CHAP. XII.
1 Iudeth wolde not pollute her self with the meat of the Gentiles. 5 She maketh her request that she might go out by night to pray. 11 Olofernes causeth her to come to the banketh.
1 THen he commanded to bring her in where his treasures were, layed, and ba de that they shulde prepare for her of his owne meates, and that she shuld drinke of his owne wine.
2 But Iudeth said, * I may not eat of them, lest there shulde be an offence, but I canGen. 41.
〈◊〉
. suf fice my selfe with the things that I haueDan. 1. 8. broght.
〈◊〉
. 1.
〈◊〉
.
3 Then Olofernes said vnto her, If the things that thou hast, shulde faile, how shulde we giue thee the like for there is none with vs of thy nation.
4 Then said Iudeth vnto him, As thy soule liueth, my lord, thine hand maide shal not spend those things that I haue, before the Lord worke by mine hand the things that he hathe determined.
5 Then the seruāts of Olofernes broght her into the tent, and she slept vntil midnight, and rose at the mourning watche.
6 And sent to Olofernes saying, Let my lord commande that thine hand maide may go forthe vnto prayer.
7 Then Olofernes cōmanded his garde that thei
〈◊〉
not stay her: thus she abode in the campe thre dayes, and went out in the night into the valley of Bethulia, and washed her self in a fountaine, euen in the water by the campe.
8 And whē she came out, she prayed vnto the Lord God of Israél, that he wolde direct her way to the exaltation of the childrē of her people.
9 So she returned, and remained pure in the tent, vntil she ate her meat at euening.
10 ¶ And in the fourtie day, Olofernes made a feast to his owne seruants onely, and called none of thē to the banket, that had the
〈◊〉
in hand.
11 Then said he to Bagoas the eunuche who had charge ouer all that he had, Go and per suade this Hebrewe woman, which is with thee, that she come vnto vs and eat, and drinke with vs.
12 For it were a shame for vs, if we shulde let suche a woman alone, and not talke with her, and if we do not allure her, she wil moc ke vs.
13 Then went Bagoas from the presence of
〈◊〉
, and came to her, and said, Let not this faire maide make difficultie to go into my Lord, & to be honored in his presence, and to drinke wine with vs ioyfully, and to be in treated as one of the daughters of the
〈◊〉
of Assur, which remaine
〈◊〉
the house of Nabuchodonosor.
14 Thē said Iudeth vnto him, Who am I now, that I shulde gayne say my Lord? Surelye what soeuer pleaseth him, I will do spedely, and it shalbe my ioye vnto the daye of my death.
15 So she arose and trimmed her with garments, & with all the ornaments of womē, & her maide went, &
〈◊〉
for her skinnes on the groūd ouer against Olofernes, whiche she had receiued of Bagoas for her daily vse, that she might sitand eat vpon thē.
16 Now when Iudeth came and sate downe, Olofernes heart was rauished with her, & his Spirit was moued, and he desired greatly her companie: for he had waited for the time to deceiue her from the day that he had sene her.
17 Then said Olofernes vnto her, Drinke now, and be mery with vs.
18 So Iudeth said, I drinke now, my Lord, because my state is exalted this day more thē euer it was since I was borne.
19 Then she toke, and ate and dranke before him the things, that her maide had prepared.
20 And Olofernes reioyced because of her and dranke much more wine then he had drunken at anie time in one daye since he was borne.
CHAP. XIII.
1 Iudeth praieth for strength. 8 She
〈◊〉
of Olofernes necke. 10 She returneth to Bethulia and reioyceth her people
1 NOw whē the euening was come, his ser uāts made haste to departe, & Bagoas shut hys tent without, and dimissed those that were presēt, from the presence of his Lord, & thei wēt to their beddes: * for theyEccl. 3. 12. were all wearie, because the feast had bene long.
2 And Iudeth was left a lone in the tent, and Olofernes was stretched
〈◊〉
vpō his bed: for he was filled with wine.
3 ¶ Now Iudeth had commanded her maide to stand without her chamber, and to wait for her comming forth as she did daily: for she said, she wolde go forth to her prayers, and she spake to Bagoas according to the same purpose.
4 So all went forth of her presence, & none was left in the chamber, nether litle nor great: thē Iudeth standing by his bed, said in her heart, O Lord God of all power, beholde at this present the workes of myne hands for the exaltation of Ierusalém.
5 For now is the time to helpe thine in heritance, and to execute mine enterprises, to the destruction of the enemies whiche are risen against vs.
6 Thē she came to the post of the bed which was at Olofernes head, & toke downe hys fauchin from thence,
7 And approched to the bed & toke holde of the heere of his head, and said, Strengthen me, ô Lord God of Israél this day.
8 And she smote twise vpon his necke with all hermight, and she toke awaye his head from him,
9 And roled his bodie downe from the bed, and pulled downe the canopie frome the pillers, and anone after she went forth, and gaue Olofernes head to her maid,
10 And she put it in her scrippe of meate: so they twaine went together accordyng to their custome vnto prayer, and pressing through the tentes, went about by that valley, and went vp the mountaine of Bethulia, and came to the gates thereof.
11 ¶ Thē said Iudeth afarre of to the watche men at the gates, Opē now the gate God, euen our God is with vs to shewe his power yet in Ierusalém, and his force against hys enemies, as he hathe euen done this day.
12 Now when the men of her citie heard her voyce, theimade haste to go downe to the gate of their Citie, and they called the Elders of the citie.
13 And thei ranne all together bothe smale and greate: for it was aboue their expectation, that she shulde come. So they opened the gate & receiued her, & made afyre for a light, and stode round about thē twaine.
14 Then she said to thē with a loude voyce, Praise God, praise God: for he hathe not taken awaye his mercie from the house of Israel, but hathe destroyed our enemies by mine hands this night.
15 So she toke the head out of the scrippe & shewedit, and said vnto them, Beholde the head of Olofernes, the chief captaine of the armie of Assur, and beholde the canopie, wherein he did lie in his drunkennes, & the Lord hath smitten him by the hand of a woman.
16 As the Lord liueth, who hathe kept me in my way that I went, my countenance hath deceiued him to his destruction, & he hath not committed sinne with me by anie pollution or vilenie.
17 Then all the people were wonderfully astonished, and bowed them selues, and worshiped God, and said with one accord, Blessed be thou, ô our God, which hast this daye broght to noght the ennemies of thy people,
18 Thē said Ozias vnto her, O daughter, blessed arte thou of the moste hie God aboue all the women of the earth, and blessed be the Lord GOD, whiche hathe created the heauens and the earth, whiche hathe directed thee to the cutting of of the head of the chief of our enemies.
19 Surely this thine hope shal neuer departe
out of the heartes of men: for thei shal remember the power of God for euer.
20 And God turne these things to thee for a perpetual praise, and visite thee with good things, because thou hast not spared thy life, because of the affliction of our naciō, but thou hast holpen our ruine, walking a streight way before our God. And all the people said, So be it, so be it.
CHAP. XIIII.
1 Iudeth causeth to hang vp the head of Olofernes. 10 Achior ioyneth
〈◊〉
selfe to the people of God. 11 The Israelites go out against the Assyrians.
1 THen said Iudeth vnto them, Heare me also, my brethrē, and * take this head,2.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. and hang it vppon the hiest place of your walles.
2 And so sone as the morning shall appeare and the sonne shall come for the vpon the earth, take you euerie one his weapons, & go forthe euerie valiant man out of them Citie, and set you a captaine ouer them, as thogh you wolde godowne into the field, towarde the watche of the Assyrians, but go not downe.
3 Then they shal take their armour, & shall go into their campe, & raise vp the captaines of the armie of Assur, & they shal runne to the tent of Olofernes, but shal not finde him: then feare shall fall vpon them, & they shal flee before your face,
4 So you and all that inhabite the coastes of Israel, shal pursue them, and ouerthrowe them as they go.
5 But before you do these things, call me Achior the Ammonite, that he may se, and knowe him that despised the house of Israel, and that sent him to vs as to death.
6 Then they called Achior out of the house of Ozias, and when he was come and sawe the head of Olofernes in a certeine mans hand in the assemblie of the people, he fell downe on his face, and his spirit failed.
7 But when they had taken him vp, he fel at Iudeths fete, and reuerenced her, and said, Blessed art thou in all the tabernacle of Iuda, and in all nacions, whiche, hearing thy name, shalbe astonished.
8 Now therefore tel me all the things, that thou hast done in these dayes. Then Iudeth declared vnto him in the middes of the people all that she had done from the daye that she went forthe, vntill that houreshe spake vnto them.
9 And whē she had left of speaking, the people reioyced with a great voyce, and made anoyce of gladnes through their citie.
10 And Achior, seing all things that God had done for Israel, beleued in God vnfainedly, and circumcised the foreskine of his flesh, and was ioyned vnto the house of Israel vnto this day.
11 ¶ Assone as the morning arose, thei hāged the head of Olofernes out at the wall, and euerye man toke hys weapons, and they went forthe by bandes vnto the straites of the mountaine.
12 But when the Assyrians sawe thē, thei sent to their captaines, which went to the gouernours and chief captaines, and to all their rulers.
13 So they came to Olofernes tent and sayd to him that had the charge of all his things Waken our Lord: for the
〈◊〉
haue bene bolde to come downe against vs to battel, that they may be destroyed for euer.
14 Then went in Bagoas, & knocked at the dore of the tent: for he thoght that he had slepe with Iudeth.
15 But because none answered, he opened it, and went into the chamber, and found hīm cast vpon the floore, & his head was takē from him.
16 Therefore he cryed with a loude voyce, with weping and mourning, and a mightie crye, and rent his garments.
17 After, he wēt into the tent of Iudeth where she vsed to remaine, and founde her not: then he leaped out to the people & cryed,
18 These sclaues haue cōmitted wickednes: one woman of the Hebrewes hath broght shame vpon the house of King Nabuchodonosor: for beholde, Olofernes (lieth) vpō the grounde without an head.
19 When the captaines of the Assyrians armie heard these wordes, they rēt their coates, and their heart was wonderfully troubled, & there was a crye and a verie greate noyce throughout the campe.
CHAP. XV.
1 The Assyrians are asraied and flee. 3 The Israelites pursue them. 8 Ioacim the hie Priest cometh to Bethulia to seludeth and to praise God for her.
1 ANd when thei that were in the tents, heard, they were astonished at the thing that was done.
2 And feare and trembling fel vpon them, so that there was no man that durst abyde in the sight of his neighbour but altogether amased, thei fled by euerie way of the plaine and of the mountaines.
3 They also that had camped in the mountaines rounde about Bethulia, were put to flight thē the children of Israel, euerye one that was a warriour among, them russhed out vpon them.
4 Then sent Ozias to Bethomasthem, and to Bebai, and Chobai, and Chola & to all the coastes of Israel, suche as shulde declare vnto them the things that were done, and that all shulde rushe forthe vpon their enemies to destroy them.
5 Now when the children of Israel heard it, they all fell vpō them together vnto Choba like wise also thei that came from Ierusalém and from all the mountaines: for mē had tolde them what things were done in the campe of their enemies, and they that were in Galaad and in Galile chased them with a greate slaughter vntil they came to
Damascus and to the coasts thereof.
6 And the residue that dwelt at Bethulia, fel vpon the campe of Assur and spoiled them, and were greatly enriched.
7 And the children of Israel that returned from the slaughter, had the rest: and the villages and the cities that were in the mountaines & in the plaine, had a great bootie: for the abundance was verie great.
8 Then Ioacim the hie Priest, & the Anciēts of the children of Israel that dwelt in Ierusalém, came to confirme the benefites that God had shewed to Israel, and to se Iudeth, and to salute her.
9 And when they came vnto her, thei blessed her with one accord, & said vnto her, Thou art the exaltation of Ierusalém: thou art the great glorie of Israel thou art the great reioycing of our nacion.
10 Thou hast done all these things by thine hand thou hast done much good to Israel, and GOD is pleased therewith: blessed be thou of the almightie Lord for euermore: & all the people said, So be it.
11 And the people spoyled the cāpe the space of thirtie daies, and thei gaue vnto Iudeth Olofernes tent, and all his siluer & beddes, and basins, and all his stuffe, and she toke it and laied it on her mules, and made readye her charets, and laied them thereon.
12 Then all the women of Israel came together to se her, and blessed her, and made a dance among them for her, and she toke branches in her hand, and gaue also to the women that were with her.
13 They also crowned her with oliues, & her that was with her, and she went before the people in the dance, leading all the womē: and all the men of Israel followed in their armour, with crownes and with songs in their mouthes.
CHAP. XVI.
Iudeth praiseth GOD with a song. 19 She offreth to the Lord Olofernes stuffe. 23 Her continence, life & death, 25 All Israel
〈◊〉
her.
1 THen Iudeth began this cōfession in all Israel, and all the people sang this song with a loude voyce.
2 And Iudeth said, Beginne vnto my GOD with tymbrels sing to my Lord with cymbales: tune vnto him a psalme: exalt hys praise, and call vpon his Name.
3 For God breaketh the battels, & (pitched) his campe in the middes of the people, & deliuered me out of the hand of the persecuters.
4 Assur came from the mountaines forth of the North he came with thousands in hys armie, * whose multitude hath shut vp the
〈◊〉
. 2. 11. riuers and their horsemē haue couered the valleis.
5 He said that he wolde burne vp my borders and kill my yong men with the sword, and dash the sucking children agaynst the ground, and make mine infants as a pray, and my virgines a spoile.
6 But the almightie Lord hathe broght thē to naught by the hand of a woman.
7 For the mightie did not fall by the yong man, nether did the sonnes of Titan smite him, nor the hie gyants inuade him, but Iudeth the daughter of Merari did discomfite him by the beautie of her countenance.
8 For she put of the garment of her widdow hode, for the exaltacion of those that were oppressed in Israél, and anointed her face with ointement, and bounde vp her heere in a coife, and toke a linen garment to deceiue him,
9 Her slippers rauished his eyes her beautie toke his minde prisoner: and the fauchin passed through his necke.
10 The Persians were a stonished at her bolde nes, and the Medes were troubled with her hardines.
11 But mine afflicted reioyced, and my feble ones shouted then they feared: they lifted vp their voyce and turned backe.
12 The children of maides perced them, and wounded them as they fled away like childrē: they perished by the battel of the Lord
13 I wil sing vnto the Lord a song and praise, O Lord thou art great and glorious, maruc lous and inuincible in power.
14 Let all thy creatures serue thee: * for thouGene. 1. 24
〈◊〉
hast spoken and they were made: thoupsal. 33. 9. hast sent thy Spirit, and he made them vp: and there is none that can resist thy voyce.
15 For the mountaines leape vp from their fū dacions with the waters: the rockes melt at thy presence like waxe yet thou art mer ciful to them that feare thee.
16 For all
〈◊〉
is to litle for a swete sauour, and all the fat is to litle for thy burnt offring: but he that feareth the Lord, is great at all times.
17 Wo to the nacions that rise vp against my kinred: the Lord almightie wil take vengeance of them in the day of iudgement, in sending fyre and wormes vpon their flesh, and they shal fele them and wepe for euer.
18 ¶ After when they went vnto Ierusalém, they worshipped the Lord, and assone as the people were purified, they offred their burnt offrings, and their fre offrings, and their giftes.
19 Iudeth also offred all the stuffe of Olofernes, which the people had giuen her, and gaue the can opie which she had taken of his bed: for an oblacion to the Lord.
20 So the people reioyced in Ierusalē by the Sanctuarie: for the space of thre moneths, and Iudeth remained with them.
21 After this time, euerie one returned to his owne inheritance, and Iudeth went to Bethulia, and remained in her owne possessiō and was for her time honorable in all the countrey.
22 And manie desired her but, none had
her companie all the dayes of her life after that Manasses her housband was dead, and was gathered toOr, her people. his people.
23 But she increased more and more in honour, and waxed olde in her housbands house, being an hundreth and fiue yere old, and made her maid fre so she dyed in Bethu lia, and they buryed her in the graue of her housband Manasses.
24 And * the house of Israel lamented her seuen daies, and before she dyed, she did distribute her goods to all them that were nerest of kinred to Manasses her housband, and to them that were the nerest of her kinred.
25 And there was none that made the children of Israel any more afraied in the daies of Iudeth, nor a long time after her death.
ESTHER.
Certeine porcions of the storie of Esther, vvhich are founde in some Greke and Latin translations. which follow the tenth chapter.
4 THEN Mardocheus said, GOD hathe done these things.
5 For I remember a dreame, whiche I sawe concernyng these matters, and there was nothing there of omitted.
6 A litle fountaine whiche became a flood, and was a light, & as the sunne, and as much water, this flood was Esther whome the King maried, and made Quene,
7 And the two dragons are I and Aman.
8 And the people are they that are assēbled to destroye the name of the Iewes.
9 And my people is Israel, whiche cryed to God, and are saued for the Lord hath saued his people, and the Lord hathe deliuered vs from all these euils, and GOD hathe wroght signes, and great wonders, which haue not bene done among the Gentiles.
10 Therefore hathe he made two lottes, one for the people of God, and another for all the Gentiles.
11 And these two lottes came before GOD for all nations, at the houre and time appointed, and in the day of iudgement.
12 So God remembred his owne people, and iustified his inheritance.
13 Therefore those dayes shalbe vnto them in the moneth Adar the fortenth and fiftenth day of the same moneth, with an assemblie and ioye, and with gladnes before God, according to the generatiōs for euer among his people.
CHAP. XI.
1 IN the fourth yere of the reigne of Ptolomeus & Cleopatra Dositheus, who said he was a Priest and Leuite, and Ptolomeus his sonne, that broght the former letters ofOr,
〈◊〉
. Phrurai, whiche they said Lysimachus the sonne of Ptolomeus, which was at Ierusalem, interpreted,
2 In the second yere of the reigne of greate Artaxerxes in the firste daye of the moneth Nisan Mardocheus the sonne of Iarus, the sonne of Semei the sonne of Cis of the tribe of Beniamin had a dreame,
3 A Iewe dwelling in the citie of Susis, a noble mā, that bare office in the Kings court.
4 He was also one of the captiuirie whiche Nabuch odonosor the King of Babylon broght from Ierusalém with Iechomas.
5 And this was his dreame, Beholde a noyce of a tempest with thunders, and earthquakes, and vproare in the land.
6 Beholde two great dragons came forthe ready to fight one against another,
7 Their crye was great, whereby all the heathen were ready to fight against the righteous people.
8 And the same daye was full of darkenes & obscuritie, & trouble, & anguish yea, aduer sitie, & great afflictiō was vpon the earth.
9 For then the righteous fearing their afflictions, were amased, and being readye to dye, cryed vnto God,
10 And while they were crying, the litle wel grewe into a great riuer, and flowed ouer with great waters.
11 The light and the sunne rose vp, and the lowlie were exalted, and deuoured the glo rious.
12 Now whē
〈◊〉
had sene this dreame, he awoke and rose vp and thoght in his heart vntil the night, what God wolde do & so he desired to know all the matter.
CHAP. XII.
1 AT the same time dwelt Mardocheus in the Kings court with Bagathas, and Thara, the Kings eunuches and kepers of the place.
2 * But when he heard their purpose, andEsther. 2.
〈◊〉
& 6. 2. their imaginaciōs, he perceiued that they went about to lay their hands vpon the King Artaxerxes, and so he certified the King thereof.
3 Then caused the King to examine the two eunuches with torments, and when they had confessed it, they were put to death.
4 This the King caused to be put in the Chronicles. Mardocheus also wrote the same thing.
5 So the King commāded that Mardocheus shulde remaine in the court, and for the ad uertisement, he gaue him a rewarde.
6 But Aman the sonne of Amadathus the Agagite, which was in great honour and reputacion with the King, went about to hurt Mardocheus and his people, because of the two eunuches of the King that were put to death.
CHAP. XIII.
1 The copie of the letters of Artaxerxes against the Iewes. 8 The prayer of Mardocheus
1 THe copie of the letters was this, The
〈◊〉
Antiq. li. 11. chap. 6. great King Artaxerxes writeth these things to the princes and gouernours that are vnder him from India vnto Ethiopia in an hundreth and seuen & twētie prouinces
2 When I was made lord ouer manie people, and had subdued the whole earth vnto my dominion, I wolde not exalte my self by the reasō of my power, but purposed with equi tie alway and gentelnes to gouerne my subiects, and wholy to set them in a peacea ble life, and there by to bring my kingdome vnto tranquilitie, that men might safely go thorow on euerie side, & to renew peace againe, which all men desire.
3 Now when I asked my counselers how the se things might be broght to passe, one that was conuersant with vs, of excellent wisdo me, and constant in good wil, and shewed him self to be of sure fidelitie, which had the seconde place in the kindome, euen Aman,
4 Declared vnto vs, that in all nacions there was scatered abroade a rebellious people, that had Lawes contrarie to all people, & haue alway dispised the commandements of Kings, and so that this general empire, that we haue begonne, can not be gouerned without
〈◊〉
.
5 Seing now we perceiue, that this people alone are altogether contrarie vnto euerie man, vsing strange & other maner of lawes and hauing an euil opinion of our doings, and go about to stablishe wicked matters, that our kingdome shulde not come to good estate.
6 Therefore haue we commanded, that all they that are appointed in writing vnto you by Aman [which is ordeined ouer the affaires, & is as our seconde father] shal all with their wiues and childrē be destroyed and rooted out with the sworde of their enemies without all mercie, and that none be spared the fortenth day of the twelfth moneth Adar of this yere.
7 That they which of olde, and now also haue euer bene rebellious, many in one day with violence be thruste downe into the hell, to the intente that after this time our affaires may be without troubles, and wel gouerned in all pointes.
8 Then Mardocheus thoght vpon all the workes and of the Lord, and made his prayer vnto him,
9 Saying, O Lord, Lord, the King almightie [for all things are in thy power] & if thou hast appointed to saue Israél, there is no man that can withstande thee.
10 For thou hast made heauen and earth, and all the wonderous things vnder the heauen.
11 Thou art Lord of all things, and there is no man that can resist thee, which art the Lord.
12 Thou knowest all things, & thou knowest, Lord, that it was nether of malice, nor presumption, nor for anie desire of glorie, that I did this, & not bowe downe to prou de Aman.
13 For I wolde haue bene cōtent with good wil for the saluation of Israél, to haue kist the sole of his fete.
14 But I did it, because I wolde not preferre the honour of a man aboue the glorie of God, and wolde not worship anie but onely thee, my Lord, and this haue I not done of pride.
15 And therefore, ô Lord God and King, haue mercie vpon thy people: for they imagine how thei may bring vs to naught, yea, they wolde destroye the inheritance, that hathe bene thine from the beginning.
16 Dispise not the porcion, which thou hast deliuered out of Egypt for thine owne self.
17 Heare my prayer, and be merciful vnto thy portion: turne our sorowe into ioye, that we may liue, ô Lord, and praise thy Name: shut not the mouthes of them that praise thee.
18 All Israel in like maner cryed moste earnestly vnto the Lord, because that death was before their eyes.
CHAP. XIIII.
The prayer of Esther for the deliuerance of her, and her people.
1 QVene Esther also, being in danger of death, resorted vnto the Lord,
2 And laid away her glorious apparel, and put on the garments of sighing, and mour ning. In the stead of precious ointement, she scatered ashes, and dongue vpon her head: and she humbled her bodie greatly with fasting, and all the places of her ioye filled she with the heere that she plucte of.
3 And she prayed vnto the Lord God of Israél saying, O my Lord, thou onely art our King helpe me desolate woman, which haue no helper but thee.
4 For my
〈◊〉
is at hand.
5 From my youth vp I haue heard in the kin red of my father, that thou, ô Lord, tokest Israél frō among all people, & our fathers from their predecessours for a
〈◊〉
inheritanee, and thou hast performed that which thou didest promise them.
6 Now Lord, we haue sinned before thee: the refore hast thou giuen vs into the hands of our enemies.
7 Because we worshipped their gods, ô Lord, thou art righteous.
8 Neuertheles, it satisfieth them not, that we are in bitter captiuitie, but they haue stroken hands with their idoles,
9 That thei wil abolish the thing that thou with thy mouth hast ordeined, & destroye thine inheritance, to shut vp the mouthe of them that praise thee, and to quence the glorie of thy temple, and of thine altar.
10 And to open the mouthes of the heathen that they may praise the power of the idoles, & to magnifie a flesh lie King for euer.
11 O Lord, giue not thy scepter vnto thē that be nothing, lest thei laugh vs to scorne in our miserie: but turne their deuise vpon thē selues, and make him an example, that hathe begonne the same against vs.
12 Thinke vpon vs, ô Lord, and shewe thy self vnto vs in the time of our distresse, and strengthen me, ô King of gods, and Lord of all power.
13 Giue me an eloquēt speache in my mouth before the Liō: turne his heart to hate our enemie, to destroye him, and all suche as cō sent vnto him.
14 But deliuer vs with thine hand, and helpe me that am solitarie, which haue no defen ce but onely thee.
15 Thou knowest all things, ô Lord: thou knowest, that I hate the glorie of the vnrighteous, & that I abhorre the bed of the vncircumcised, and of all the heathen.
16 Thou knowest my necessitie: for I hate this token of my preeminence, which I bea re vpon mine head, what time as I must shewe my self, and that I abhorre it as a menstruous cloth, and that I weare it not when I am alone by my self,
17 And that I thine hand maide haue not eaten at Amans table, and that I haue had no pleasure in the Kings feast, nor drunke the wine of the drin ke offrings,
18 And that I thine hand maide haue noioye sence the day that I was broght hether, vn til this day, but in thee, ô Lord God of Abraham.
19 O thou mightie God aboue all, heare the voyce of them, that haue none other hope, and deliuer vs out of the hand of the wicked, and deliuer me out of my feare.
CHAP. XV.
1 Mardocheus moueth Esther to go in to the King and ma ke intercession for her people. 9 And she performeth his request.
1 MArdocheus also bade Esther to go in vnto the King, and pray for her people, and for her countrey.
2 Remember, saith he, the daies of thy lowe estate, how thou wast nourished vnder mine hand: for Amā which is next vnto the King hathe giuen sentence of death against vs.
3 Call thou therefore vpon the Lord, and speake for vs vnto the King, and deliuer vs from death.
4 And vpon the thirde day when she had ended her prayer, she laid away the mourning garments, and put on her glorious apparel.
5 And decte her self goodly, after that she had called vpon God, which is the beholder and sauiour of all things, and toke two hand maides with her.
6 Vpon the one she leaned her self, as one that was tender.
7 And the other followed her, and bare the traine of her vesture.
8 The shine of her beautie made her face rose coloured: and her face was chearful & amiable, but her heart was sorowfull for great feare.
9 Then she went in thorow all the dores, and stode before the King, and the King sate vpon his royal throne, and was clothed in his goodlie araye, all glittering with gol de and precious stones, and he was very ter rible.
10 Then he lift vp his face, that shone with maiestie, and loked fiercely vpon her: there fore the Quene fel downe, and was pale & faint and leaned her selfvpon the head of the maide, that went with her.
11 Neuertheles, God turned the Kings minde that he was gentle, who being careful, leaped out of his throne, and toke her in his ar mes, til she came to herself againe and cō
forted her with louing wordes, and said.
12 Esther, what is the matter? I am thy brother be of good cheare.
13 Thou shalt not dye: for our commandement toucheth the cōmons, and not thee. Come nere.
14 And so he helde vp his golden sceptre, & laid it vpon her necke.
15 And kissed her, and said, Talke with me.
16 Then said she, I sawe thee, ô lord, as an An gel of God, & mine heart was troubled for feare of thy maiestie.
17 For wonderful art thou, ô lord, and thy face is ful of grace.
18 And as she was thus speaking vnto him, she fel downe againe for faintnes.
19 Then the King was troubled, and all his seruants comforted her.
CHAP. XVI.
The copie of the letters of Artaxerxes, whereby he reuoketh those which he first sent forthe.
1 THe great King Artaxerxes,Ioseph
〈◊〉
. whiche reigneth from India vnto Ethiopia,II. chap. 6. ouer an hundreth and seuen and twentie prouinces, sendeth vnto the princes and ru lers that haue the charge of our affaires, Salutation.
2 There be many that through the goodnes of Princes and honour giuen vnto them,
become very proude:
3 And in deuoure not onely to hurt our subiects, but not content to liue in wealth, do also imagine destructiō against those that do them good.
4 And take not onely all thākefulnes away from men, but in pride and presumption, as they that be vnmindeful of benefites, thei thinke to escape the vengeance of God, that seeth all things, & is contrarie to euil.
5 And oft times manie, which be set in office, and vnto whome their friends causes are committed, by vaine intisements do wrappe them in calamities, that can not be remedied: for thei make them partakers of innocent blood.
6 And disceitfully abuse the simplicitie, and gentlenes of princes with lying tales.
7 This may be proued not onely by olde histories, but also by those things that are be fore our eyes, and are wickedly committed of suche pestilences as are not worthie to beare rule.
8 Therefore we must take hede here after, that we may make the kingdome peaceable for all mē, what change soeuer shal come.
9 And discerne the things that are before our eyes, to withstand thē with gentlenes.
10 For Aman, a Macedonian, the sonne of Amadatus, being in dede a stranger from the Persians blood, & farre from our goodnes, was receiued of vs.
11 And hathe proued the friendship that we beare towarde all nations, so that he was called our father, and was honored of euerie man, as the next persone vnto the King
22 But he colde not vse him self soberly in this great dignitie, but went about to depriue vs of the kingdome, and of our life.
13 With manifolde disceite also hathe he desired to destroye Mardocheus our preseruer, which hathe done vs good in all things and innocent Esther the partaker of our kingdome, with all her nation.
14 For his minde was [when he had takē thē out of the way] to lày waite for vs, and by this meanes to translate the kindome of the Persians vnto them of Macedonia.
15 But we finde that the Iewes [which were accused of this moste wicked mā that thei might be destroyed] are no euil doers, but vse moste iust Lawes,
16 And that they be the children of the moste high and almightie and euer liuing God, by whome the kingdome hathe bene preserued vnto vs, and our progenitours in ve rie good ordre.
17 Wherefore ye shal do wel, if ye do not put in execution those letters, that A man the sonne of Amadathus did write vnto you.
18 For he that inuented them, hangeth at Su sis before the gates with all his familie, and God [which hathe all things in his power] hathe spedely rewarded him after his deser uing.
19 Therefore ye shal publishe the copie of this letter in all places: that the Iewes may fre ly liue after their owne Lawes.
20 And ye shal aide them, that vpon the thirtenth day of the twelfth moneth Adar thei may be auenged of them, which in the time of their trouble wolde haue oppressed them.
21 For almightie God hathe turned to ioye the day, wherein the chosen people shulde ha ue perished.
22 Moreouer, among other solemne
〈◊〉
shal kepe this day with all gladnes.
23 That bothe now and in time to come this day may be a remembrance of deliuerance for vs and all suche as loue the prosperitie of the Persians, but a remembrance of destructiō to those that be sedicious vnto vs.
24 Therefore all cities and countreis that do not this, shal horribly be destroyed with sworde and fyre, and shal not onely not be inhabited of men, but be abhorred also of the wilde beastes and foules for euer.
THE WISDOME of Salomon.
CHAP. I
1 How we ought to searche and enquire after God. 2 Who be those that finde him. 5 The holy Gost. 8. 11 We ought to flee from backbyting and murmuring. 12. Whereof death cometh. 15 Righteousnes and vnrighteousnes,
1 LOwe * righteousnes ye1. King 3. 3. that be Iudges ofIsa. 36.
〈◊〉
. the earth: thinke re uerētly of the Lord, and seke him in simplicitie of heart.
2 * Forhe wil be founde ofthem that
〈◊〉
. 4. 23. tem pte him not, and appeareth
〈◊〉
Chro, 15. 4 vnto suche as be not vnfaithful vn to him, For wicked thoghts separate from God and (his) power when it is tryed repro ueth the vnwise,
4 Because wisdome can not enter into a wic ked heart, nor dwell in the body that is sub iect vnto sinne.
5 For the holy * Spirit of discipline fleeth from disceit, and withdraweth him self
〈◊〉
. 4, 22, from the thoghts that are without vnderstanding, and is rebuketh when wickednes cometh.
6 For the Spirit of wisdome * is louing, andGal. 5. 22. wil not absolue him, the blaspemeth with
his lippes for God is a witnes of his reines and a true beholder of his heart, and an hearer of the tongue.
7 For the Spirit of the Lord filleth all the worlde and the same that mainteineth all things, hathe knowledge of the voyee.
8 Therefore he that speaketh vnrighteous things, can not be
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
shal the iudgement of reproche let him escape.
9 For inquisition shalbe made for the thogh tes of the vngodlie, and the sounde of his wordes shal come vnto God for the correction of his
〈◊〉
.
10 For the eare of Ielousie heareth all things and the noyce of the grudgings shal not be hid.
11 Therefore beware of murmuring, which profiteth nothing, and refraine your tongue from sclander: for there is no worde so secret, that shal go for noght, & the mouth that speaketh lies, slaieth the soule.
12 Seke not death in the errour of your life: *
〈◊〉
. 4.
〈◊〉
. destroye not your selues thorow the workes of your owne hands.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
13 * For God hathe not made death, nether hathe he pleasure in the destruction of the liuing.
14 For he created all things, that thei might haue their being: and the generacions of the worlde are preserued, and there is no poyson of destruction in them, and the king dome of hell is not vpon earth.
15 For righteousnes is immortal, but vnrighteousnes bringeth death.
16 And the vngodlie call it vnto them bothe with hands and wordes: and while they thinke to haue a friend of it, they come to naught: for they are confederate with it: therfore are they worthie to be partakers thereof.
CHAP. II.
The imaginacions and desires of the wicked, and their coun sel against the faithful.
1 FOr (the vn godlie) say, as they safely ima gine with thē selues, Our life is shorte and tedious: and in the death of a man theIob 7. 1. re is no recouerie, nether was any knowē
〈◊〉
27. that hathe returned from the graue.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
2 For we are borne at all aduenture, and we shalbe here after as thogh we had neuer bene: for the breth is a smoke in our nostrels, and the wordes as a sparke raised out of our heart.
3 Which being extinguished, the body is tur ned into ashes, and the spirit vanisheth as the soft aire.
4 Out life shal passe away as the trace of a cloude, & come to
〈◊〉
as the mist that is driuē away with the beaumes of the sun ne, and cast
〈◊〉
with the heat thereof. Our name also shalbe for
〈◊〉
in time, & no man shal haue our workes in remembrance,
5 * For our time is as a shadowe that passeth2. Chro 29.
〈◊〉
. chap. 5. 9. away, and after our end there is no returning: for it is fast sealed, so that no man cometh againe.Isa. 22. 13 & 56.
〈◊〉
.
6 * Come therefore, and let vs enioye the1.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. pleasures, that are present, and let vs chere fully vse the creatures, as in youth.
7 Let vs fill our selues with costlie wine and ointements, and let not the floure of life passe by vs.
8 Let vs crowne our selues with rose buddes a fore they be withered.
9 Let vs all be partakers of our wantonnes: let vs leaue some token of our pleasure in euerie place: for that is our porcion, and this is our lotte.
10 Let vs oppresse the poore, that is righteous let vs not spare the widdowe, nor re uerence the white heeres of the aged, that haue liued many yeres.
11 Let our strēgth be the lawe of vnrighteous nes: for the things that is feble, is reproued as vn profitable.
12 Therfore let vs defraude the righteous: for he is not for our profite and he is contrarie to our doings: he checketh vs for offending against the Lawe, and blameth vs as transgressours of discipline.
13 He maketh his boaste to haue the knowled ge of God: and he calleth him self the sonne of the Lord,
14 He is made * to reproue our thoghts.
15 It grieueth vs also to loke * vpon him: forIob 7. 7. his life is not like other mens: his waies are
〈◊〉
. 5. 13. of another facion.Isa. 53. 3.
16 He counteth vs as bastardes, and he withdra weth him self from our waies as from fil thines: he commendeth greatly the latter end of the iust, and boasteth that God is his father.
17 Let vs se (then) if his worde be true: let vs proue what end he shal haue.
18 For if the righteous man be the * sonne of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. God, he wil helpe him, and deliuer himmac. 27. 41. frō the hands of his enemies.
19 Let vs * examine him with rebukes andIere. 11.
〈◊〉
. tor ments, that we may knowe his mekenes, & proue his pacience.
20 Let vs condemne him vnto a shameful death: for he shal be preserued as he him self saith.
21 Suche things do they image, & go astraye for their owne wickednes hathe blinded them.
22 And they do not vnderstand the misteries of God, nether hope for the rewarde of righteousnes, nor can discerne the honour of the soules that are fauteles.
23 For God created man without corruptiō & made him after the * image of his owne likenes.Gene. 1. 27. & 2.
〈◊〉
. & 5. 1.
24 * Neuertheles, thorow enuy of theeccles. 17. 2. deuii came death into the worlde: and they thatGen. 3. 2, holde of his side proue it.
CHAP. III.
1 The conuersacion and assurance of the righteous. 7 The rewarde of the faithful. 11 who are miserable.
1 BVt the * soules of the righteous are inDeut. 33. 3. the hand of God, and no torment shal touche them.
2 * In the sight of the vn wise thei appearedChap. 5 4. to dye, and their end was thoght grieuous
3 And their departing from vs, destruction, but they are in peace.
4 And thogh they suffer paine before men, yet is * their hope ful of immortalitie.
5 They are punished, but in fewe things, yet in many things shal they be wel rewarded: * for God proueth them, and findeth themRom.
〈◊〉
24. mete for him self.2
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
.
6 He tryeth them as the golde in the fornace
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. and
〈◊〉
them as a perfect fruteExo.
〈◊〉
. 2. offring.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
2.
7 * And in the time of their vision they shalMat. 13. 43. shine, and runne through as the sparkes among the stubble.
8 They * shal iudge the nacions, and haueMat. 19. 28. do minion ouer the people, & their Lord shal1. cor. 6. 2. reigne for euer.
9 They that
〈◊〉
in him, shal vnderstand the trueth, and the faithful shal remaine with him in loue: for grace and mercie is among his Saintes, and he regardeth his elect.
10 * But the vngodlie shalbe punished accordingMat.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. to their imaginacions: for they haue despised the righteous, and forsaken the Lord.
11 Who so despiseth wisdome and discipline, is miserable, and their hope is vaine, and their labours are foolish, and their workes vn profitable.
12 Their wiues are vndiscrete, and their children wicked: their offring is cursed.
13 Therefore the barren is blessed which is vn defiled, and knoweth not the sinful bed: * she shal haue frute in the visitation of theIsa
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. soules.
14 And the eunuche, which with his hands ha the not wroght iniquitie, nor imagined wic ked things against God for vnto him shal be giuen the special gift of faith, and an acceptable porcion in the Tēple of the Lord
15 For glorious is the frute of good labours and the roote of wisdome shal neuer fade away.
16 But the children of a
〈◊〉
shal not be partakers of the holy things, and the seed of the wicked bed shalbe rooted out.
17 And thogh they liue lōg, yet shal they be nothing regarded, and their last age shalbe without honour.
18 If they dye hastely, they haue no hope, ne ther comfort in the day of tryal.
19 For horrible is the end of the wicked generacion.
CHAP. IIII.
Of vertue and the commoditie thereof 10 The death of the righteous, and the condemnation of the vnfaithful.
1 BEtter is barennes with vertue: for the memorial thereof is immortal: for it is knowen with God and with men.
2 When it is present, men take example thereat, and if it go away, yet they desire it: it is alway crowned and triumpheth, and winneth the battel and the vndefiled rewardes.
3 But the multitude of the vngodlie which abunde in childrê, is vnprofitable: and the bastard plātes shal take no depe roote, nor laye any fast fundacion.
4 For thogh they budde for the in the branches for a time, * yet they shal be shaken
〈◊〉
. 7.
〈◊〉
. with the winde: for they stand not fast, and thorowe the vehemēcie of the winde they shalbe rooted out.
5 For the vnperfect branches shalbe brokē, & their frute shalbe vnprofitable & sower to eat, and mete for nothing.
6 For all the children that are borne of the wicked bed, shalbe witnes of the wickednes against their parents when they be asked.
7 But thogh the righteous be preuented with death, yet shal he be in rest.
8 For the honorable age is not that which is of lōg time, nether that which is measured by the nomber of yeres.
9 But wisdome is the graye heere, and an vndefiled life is the olde age.Gen.
〈◊〉
. 24.
10 * He pleased God, & was beloued of him,eb. 11. 5. so that where as he liued among sinners, he translated him.
11 He was takē away, lest wickednes shulde alter his vnderstanding, or deceit be guile his minde.
12 For wickednes by be witching obscureth the things that are good, & the vnstedfastnes of concupiscēce peruerteth the simple minde.
13 Thogh he was sone dead, yet fulfilled he muche time.
14 For his soule pleased God: therefore hasted he to take him away from wickednes.
15 Yet the people se & vnderstand it not, & cōsider no suche things in their hearts, how that grace and
〈◊〉
is vpon his Saintes, and his prouidence ouer the elect.
16 Thus the righteous that is dead, condemneth the vngodlie which are liuing, & the youth that is sone broght to an end, the long life of the vn righteous.
17 For they se the end of the wise, but they vnderstād not what (God) hathe deuised for him, and wherefore the Lord hathe preserued him in safetie.
18 They
〈◊〉
him and despise him, but the Lord wil laugh them to scorne.
19 So that they shal fall hereafter without honour, and shal haue a shame among the dead for euermore: for without anie voyce shal he burste them and cast them downe, & shake them from the fundacions, so that they shalbe vtterly wasted, & they shalbe in sorowe, and their memorial shal perish.
20 So they being afraied, shal remēber their sinnes, and their owne wickednes shal come before them to conuince them.
CHAP. V.
1 The constantnes of the righteous before their persecuters 14 The hope of the vnfaithful is vaine. 15 The blessednes of the saintes and godlie.
1 THen shal the righteous stand in great boldenes before the face of suche as haue tormented him, and taken away his labours.
2 When thei se him, thei shalbe vexed with horrible feare, and shalbe amased for his wonderful deliuerance.
3 And shal change their
〈◊〉
, and sigh for grief of minde, and say within them selues, This is he whome we sometime had in derision, and in a parable of reproche.
4 * We fooles thoght his life madnes, andChap. 3. 2. his end without honour.
5 How is he counted among the children of God, and his porcion is among the Saintes.
6 Therefore we haue erred from the waye of trueth, and the light of righteousnes hathe not shined vnto vs, and the sunne of vn derstanding rose not vpon vs.
7 We haue wearied our selues in the waye of wickednes and destruction, and we
〈◊〉
go ne through dangerous waies: but we
〈◊〉
not knowen the way of the Lord.
8 What hathe pride profited vs? or what pro fite hathe the pompe of riches broght vs?
9 All those things are * passed away like a
〈◊〉
. Chro. 29.
〈◊〉
. shadow, and as a poste that passeth by:chap. 2
〈◊〉
5.
10 As a shippe that passeth ouer the waues of the water, which when it is gone by, the tra ce thereof can not be founde, nether the path of it in the floods:
11 Or as * a birde that fleeth thorowe in theProu. 30. 19. aire, and no man can se anie token of her passage, but
〈◊〉
heare the noise of her wings, beating the light winde, parting the aire thorow the wehemencie of her going and fleeth on shaking her wings, where as afterwarde no token of her way can be founde:
12 Or as when an arrowe is shot at a marke, it parteth the aire, which immediatly cometh together a gaine, so that a man can not knowe where it went thorowe.
13 Euen so we, assone as we were borne, we be ganne to drawe to our end, & haue shewed no token of
〈◊〉
, but are cōsumed in our owne wickednes.
14 For * the hope of the vngodlie is like the
〈◊〉
. 8. 9 psal. 1, 4. and 143. 4. dust that is blowne away with the winde,
〈◊〉
. 10. 25. and like a thinne fome that is scattered abroad
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, 10. with the storme, and as the smoke, which is dispersed with the winde, and as the remembrance of him passeth, that tarieth but for a day.
15 But the righteous shal liue foreuer: their rewarde also is with the Lord, and the moste High hathe care of them.
16 Therefore shal they
〈◊〉
a glorious kingdome, and a beautiful crowne of the Lords hand: for with his right hand shal he couer them, and with his arme shal he de fende them.
17 He shal take his
〈◊〉
lousie for armour, and shal arme the créatures to be reuenged of the enemies.
18 He shal put on righteousnes for a brestplate, and take true iudgement in stead of an helmet.
19 He wil take holines for an inuincible shield.
20 He wil sharpen fierce wrath for a swor, de, and the worlde shal fight with him against the vnwise.
21 Then shal the thunder boltes go
〈◊〉
outof the lightnings, and shal
〈◊〉
to the marke as out of the bēt bowe of the clouds, and out of his angre that troweth stones, shal thicke haile be cast, and the water of the sea shalbe wrothe against them, and the floods shal mightely ouer flowe.
22 And a mightie winde shal stand vp against them, and like a storme shal scatter them abroad. Thus iniquitie shal bring all the earth to a wildernes, and wickednes shal ouerthrowe the thrones of the mightie.
CHAP. VI.
The calling of Kings, princes and iudges, which are also exhorted to searche wisdome.
1 HEare therefore, ôye Kings, and vnderstand: learne, ye that be iudges of the ends of the earth.
2 Giue eare, ye that rule the multitudes and glorie in the multitude of people.
3 For the rule * is giuen you of the Lord, andRom.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
power by the moste High, which wil trye your workes, and searche out your imaginacions.
4 Because that ye being officers of his kingdome haue not iudged aright, nor kept the Law, nor walked after the wil of God.
5 Horribly and sodenly wil he appeare vnto you: for an hard iudgement shal they haue that beare rule.
6 For he that is moste lowe, is worthie mercie, but the mightie shalbe mightely tormented.
7 For he that is Lord ouer all, wil spare noDeut. 10,
〈◊〉
. * persone, nether shal he feare anie2. chro. 19 7. greatnes: for he hathe made the small and great,iob 34. 19. and careth for all a like.eccles. 35 16.
act. 10. 34.
8 But for the mightie abideth the sorer tryalrom 2. 11. gal. 2,
9 Vnto you therefore, ô tyrants, do I speake6 eph. 6. 9. that ye may learne wisdome, and not gocol. 3. 25,
〈◊〉
. armisse.
〈◊〉
. 1. 17.
10 For they that kepe holines holily, shalbe holie, and they that are learned there, shal finde a defence.
11 Wherefore set your delite vpon my wordes & desire them, & ye shalbe instructed.
12 Wisdome shineth & neuerfadeth away, & is easely sene of them that loue her, & foun de of suche as seke her,
13 She preuenteth them that desire her, that she may first shewe her self vnto them.
14 Whoso awaketh vnto her betimes, shal
haue no great trauail: for he shal finde her sitting at his dores.
15 To thinke vpon her then is perfite vnderstā
ding & who so watcheth for her, shalbe sone without care.
16 For she goeth about, seking suche as are mete for her, and sheweth her self cherefully vnto them in the waies, and meteth them in euerie thoght.
17 For the moste true desire of discipline is her beginning: and the care of discipline is loue:
18 And loue is the keping of her lawes: & the keping of the lawes is the assurance of immortalitie:
19 And immortalitie maketh vs nere vnto God
20 Therefore the desire of wisdome leadeth to the Kingdome.
21 If your delite be then in thrones, & scepters ô Kings of the people, honour wisdome, that ye may reigne for euer.
22 Now I wil tell you what wisdome is, & whē ce it cometh, and wil not hide the mysteries from you, but wil seke her out from the beginning of her natiuitie, and bring the know ledge of her into light, and wil not kepe bac ke the trueth.
23 Nether wil I haue to do with consuming en uie: for suche a man shal not be partaker of wisdome.
24 But the multitude of the wise is the preseruacion of the worlde, and a wise King is the staye of the people.
25 Be therefore instructed by my wordes, and ye shal haue profite.
CHAP. VII.
Wisdome ought to be preferred aboue all things.
1 I My self am also mortal and a man like all other, and am come of him that was first made of the earth.
2 And in my mothers wombe was I facioned to be flesh in ten moneths: I was* broght
〈◊〉
10, 10. together into blood of the sede of man, and by the pleasure that cometh with slepe.
3 And when I was borne, I receiued the cōmu ne aire, and fel vpon the earth, which is oflike nature, crying & weping at the first as all other do.
4 I was nourished in swadling clothes, & with cares.
5 For there is no King that had
〈◊〉
other beginning of birth.
6 All * menthen haue one entrance vnto life,
〈◊〉
2,
〈◊〉
. and a like going out.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 6, 7.
7 Wherefore I prayed, and vnderstanding was giuen me: I called and the Spirit of wisdome came vnto me.
8 I preferred her to scepters and thrones, and counted riches nothing in cōparison of her.
9 * Nether did I compare precious stonesIob. 28,
〈◊〉
. vnto her: for all golde is but a litle grauel in respect of her, & siluer shalbe counted but clay before her.
10 I loued her aboue health and beautie, & pur posed to take her for my light: for her light can not be quenched.
11 All * good things therefore came to me1 King,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. together with her, and innumerable riches
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. tho row her hands.
12 So I was glad in all: for wisdome was the autor thereof, and knewe not that she was the mother of these things.
13 And I learned vnfainedly, and communicated without enuie, and I do not hide
〈◊〉
ches.
14 For she is an infinite treasure vnto men, whi che whoso vse, become partakers of the loue of God, & are accepted for the gifts of know ledge.
15 God hathe granted me to speake according to my minde, and to iudge worthely of the things, that are giuen me: for he is the leader vnto wisdome, and the
〈◊〉
of the wise.
16 For in his hand are bothe we and our wordes, and all wisdome, and the knowledge of the workes.
17 For he hathe giuen me the true knowledge of the things that are, so that I knowe how the worlde was made, and the powers of the elements,
18 The beginning and the end, and the middes of the times: how the times alter, and the chá ge of the seasons,
19 The course of the yere, the situacion of the starres,
20 The nature of liuing things, and the furious nes of beasts, the power of the windes, and the imaginacions of men, the diuersities of plants, and the vertues of rootes.
21 And all things bothe secret and knowen do I know: for wisdome the worker of all thīgs hathe taught me it.
22 For in her ist he spirit of vnderstanding, whi che is holie, the onely begotten, manifolde, subtil, moueable, cleare, vndefiled, euident, not
〈◊〉
, louing the good, sharpe, which can not be letted, doing good,
23 Courteous, stable, sure, without care, hauing all power, circumspect in all things, and
〈◊〉
through all, intellectual, pure and subtil spirits.
24 For wisdome is nimbler then all nimble things: she goeth thorow and atteineth to all things, because of her purenes.
25 For she is the breth of the power of God, and a pure influence that floweth from the glorie of the Almightie: therefore can no de filed thing come vnto her.
26 For * she is the brightnes of the euerlastingEbr. 1, 3.
〈◊〉
, the vndefiled mirroure of the maiestie of God, and the image of his goodnes.
27 And being one, she can do all things, and remaining in her
〈◊〉
, renueth all, & according to the ages she entreth into the holie soules, and maketh them the friends of God & Prophetes.
28 For God loueth none, if he dwell not with wisdome.
29 For she is more beautiful then the sunne, &
is aboue all the order of the starres, and the light is not to be compared vnto her.
30 For night cometh vpō it, but wickednes cā not ouercome wisdome.
CHAP. VIII.
The effects of wisdome.
1 SHe also reacheth from one end to another mightely, and comely doeth she order all things.
2 I haue loued her, and soght her frō my youth I desired to marye her, suche loue had I vnto her beautie.
3 In that she is conuersant with God, it commendeth her nobilitie: yea, the Lord of all things loueth her.
4 For she is the scholemastres of the knowled ge of God, and the choser out of his workes
5 If riches be a possessiō to be desired in this life, what is richer then wisdome, that worketh all things?
6 For if prudence worketh, what is it among all things, that worketh better then she?
7 If a man loue righteousnes, her labours are vertuous: for she teacheth sobernes and pru dencie, righteousnes and strength, which are the moste profitable things that men can haue in this life.
8 If a man desire great experience, she can tell the things that are past, and discerne things to come: she knoweth the subtilties of wordes, and the solutions of darke sentences: she foreseeth the
〈◊〉
& wonders, or euer they come to passe, and the succes of seasons and times.
9 Therefore I purposed to take her vnto my companie, knowing that she wolde counsel me good things, and comfort me in cares & griefs.
10 For her sake shal I haue glorie among the multitude and honour among the Elders thogh I be yong.
11 I shal be founde of sharpe iudgement, so that I shal be marueilous in the sight of great men.
12 When I holde my tongue, they shal abide my leasure: when I speake, they shal heare di ligently, and if I take muche, they shal laye their hands vpon their mouth.
13 (Moreouer,) by her I shal obteine immortalitie, and leaue an euer lasting memorial amōg them that come
〈◊〉
me.
14 I shal gouerne the people, and the nacions shalbe subdued vnto me.
15 Horrible tyrants shalbe afrayed when they heare me: among the multitude I shalbe coū ted good, and mightie in battel.
16 When I come home, I shal rest with her: for her companie hathe no bitternes, and her fe lowshippe hathe no tediousnes, but mirthe and ioye.
17 (Now) when I considered these things by my self, and pondered them in mine heart, how that to be ioyned vnto wisdome is immortalitie,
18 And great pleasure is in her friendshippe, and that in the workes of her hands are infinite riches, and that in the exercise of talking with her is prudencie, and glorie by cō muning with
〈◊〉
, I went about, seking how I might take her vnto me.
19 For I was a wittie childe, and was of a good spirit.
20 Yea, rather being good, I came to an vndefiled bodie.
21 Neuertheles, when I perceiued that I colde not enioye her, except God gaue her [& that was a pointe of wisdome also, to knowe whose gifte it was] I went vnto the LORD, and besoght him, and with my whole heart I said.
CHAP. IX.
A prayer of Salomon to obteine wisdome.
1 O God of fathers, and Lord of mercie, whi che hast made all things with thy worde,
2 And ordeined man thorow thy wisdome,Gen. 1, 1,
〈◊〉
. that he shulde haue * dominiō ouer the crea tures which thou hast made,
3 And gouerne the worlde according to equitie and righteousnes, and execute iudgement with an vpright heart.
4 Giue * me that wisdome, which sitteth, by1, King. 3, 9. thythrone, and put me not out from among thy children.
5 For I thy * seruant, and sonne of thine handmaidePsal. 116, 16. am a feble persone, & of a shorte time and yet lesse in the vnderstanding of iudgement and the lawes.
6 And thogh a man be neuer so perfite among the children of men, yet if thy wisdome be not with him, he shalbe nothing regarded.1. Chr.
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
.
7 * Thou hast chosē me to be a King of thy2. chr. 1, 9. peo ple, & the iudge of thy sonnes & daughters.
8 Thou hast commanded me to buyld a temple vpon thine holy Mount, & an altar in the citie, wherein thou dwellest, a likenes of thine holie Tabernacle, which thou hast prépared from the beginning.Prouer. 3, 12.
9 And thy * wisdome with thee, which knowIoh. 1 9. eth thy workes, which also was when thou madest the worlde, and which knewe what was acceptable in thy sight, and right in thy commandements.
10 Send her out of thine holy heauēs, and send her from the throne of thy maiestie that she may be with me, & labour, that I may know what is acceptable in thy sight.
11 For she knoweth & vnderstandeth all things and she shallead me soberly in my workes, & preserue me by her glorie.
12 So shal my workes be acceptable, and then shal I gouerne thy people righteously, & be mete for my fathers throne.Isa. 40, 13.
13 For * what man is he that can knowe therom. 11, 34. coū sel of God? or who can thinke what the wil1. cor. 2, 6. of God is?
14 For the thoghts of mortal men are feareful, and our forecastes are vncerteine,
15 Because a corruptible bodie is heauie vnto the soule, and the earthlie mansion kepeth downe the minde that is ful of cares.
16 And hardly can we discerne the things that are vpō earth, ād with great labour finde we out the things which are before vs: who cā then seke out the things that are in heauen?
17 Who can knowe thy counsel, except thou giue him wisdome, and send thine holy Spirit from aboue?
18 For so the wayes of them whiche are vpon earth, are reformed, and men are taught the things that are pleasant vnto thee, and are preserued thorow wisdome.
CHAP. X.
The
〈◊〉
of the righteous and destruction of the enemies cometh thorowe wisdome.
1 SHe preserued the first father of the world, that was formed, and kept hym when he was created alone, and broght hym out of his offence.
2 And * gaue him power to rule all things.Gene, 2, 20.
3 * But the vnrighteous in his wrath departedGene. 4. 8. from her, ād perished by killing his brother in his furie.
4 For whose cause the * earth was ouerflowē,Gene 7. 12. but wisdome preserued it againe, gouerning the iust man by a litle wood.
5 Moreouer, * when the nacions were ioynedGene, 11. 1. in their malicious confederacies, she knew the ryghteous, and preserued him fauteles vnto God, andOr, kept him strong in his ten der
〈◊〉
toward his sonne. kept him sure, because she loued him tenderly as a sonne.
6 She preserued the righteous, * when the vn godlie perished, when he fled from the fyre
〈◊〉
. 20. 17. that feld owne vpon the fiue cities.
7 Of whose wickednes the waste lande that smoketh, yet giueth testimonie, and the trees that beare frute that neuer cometh to ripenes: and for are membrance of the vnfaithful soule, there standeth a piller of salt.
8 For all suche as regarded not wisdome, had onely this hurt, that they knewe not the things which were good, but also left behinde them vnto men a memorial of their foolishnes, so that in the thyngs wherein they sinned, they can not lie hid.
9 But wisdome deliuered them, that serued her.
10 * When the righteous fled because of hys
〈◊〉
. 28,
〈◊〉
. brothers wrath, she led hym the ryght way, shewed him the kingdome of god, gaue him knowledge of holie things, made him riche in his labours, ād made his peines profitable.
11 Against the couetousnes of suche as defrauded him, she stode by him, and made him riche.
12 She saued him from the enemies, and defen ded him from them, that lay in waite, and she gaue him the price in a myghtie battel, that he might knowe that the feare of GOD is stronger then all things.
13 * When the righteous was sold, she forsokeGen.
〈◊〉
. 28. and
〈◊〉
. 7. him not, but deliuered him from sinne: sheAct. 7. 10. went downe with him into the dongeon.
14 And failed him not in the bandes, till she had broght him the scepter of the realme, ād power against those that oppressed him, and them that had accused him, she declared to be liers, and gaue him perpetual glorie.
15 * She deliuered the ryghteous people andExod. 1. 10. fautles sede from the nacions that oppressed them.
16 She entred into the soule of the seruant ofExod. 5,
〈◊〉
. the Lord, and stode * by him in wonders ād signes against the terrible Kings.
17 She gaue the Saintes the rewarde of their labours, and led them forthe a marueilous way: on the day time she was a shadow vnto them, and a light of starres in the night.
18 * She broght them thorow the red sea, andExod. 14. 21. caryed them through the great water.Psal. 78. 13.
19 But she drowned their enemies, ād broght them out of the botome of the depe.
20 So the righteous toke the spoiles of theExod. 15. 1.
〈◊〉
, * and praised thine holy Name, ô Lorde, and magnified thy victorious hand with one accorde.
21 For wisdome opened the mouthe of the domme, and maketh the tongues of babes eloquent.
CHAP. XI.
1 The miracles done for Israél. 13 The vengeance of sinners. 28 The great power and mercie of God.
1 SHe prospered their workes in the hands of thine holy Prophet.Exod. 16.
〈◊〉
2 * They went through the wildernes that was not inhabited, and pitched their tentes in places where there lay no way.Exod. 17. 10.
3 * They stode against their enemies, ād were aduenged of their aduersaries.Nom. 20.
〈◊〉
.
4 * When they were thirsty, they called vpon thee, and water was giuen them out of the hie rocke, and their thirst was quenched out of the hard stone.
5 For by the thyngs whereby their enemies were punished, by the same were the (Israelites) helped in their nede.
6 For in steade of a fountaine of running water, the (enemies) were troubled at the corrupt blood, which was to rebuke the commandement of the kylling of the children, (but) thou gauest vnto thine owne abundance of water vnloked for.Exod. 7. 20.
7 Declaryng by the thirst that was at that tyme * howe thou hadest punished thyne aduersaries.
8 For when they were tried and chastised with mercie they knewe how the vngodlie were iudged and punished in wrath.
9 For these hast thou exhorted as a father, and proued them: but thou hast condemned the other as a righteous King, when thou didest examine them.
10 Whether they were absent or present, their punishment was alike: for their grief was double with mourning, and the remembran ce of things past.
11 For whē they perceiued that through their torments good come vnto them, they felt the Lord.
12 And seing the things that came to passe, at the last they wondered at him, whome afore
they had caste out, denied and derided: for they had another thirst then the iust.
13 Because of the foolish deuises of their wickednes where with they were deceiued, andChap. 12. 24. worshiped * serpents, that had not theRom. 1. 23. vse of reason, and vile beastes, thou sendidst a multitude of vnreasonable beastes vpon thē for a vengeance, that they might knowe, that where with a man sinneth, by the same also shal he be punished.
14 * For vnto thine almightie hand, that madeLeui. 16. 22.
I re. 8. 22. the worlde of naught, it was not vnpossibleChap. 16 1. to send among them a multitude of beares, or fierce lyons.
15 Or furious beastes newly created, and vnknowen, whiche shulde breathe out blastes of fyre, and cast out smoke as a tempest, or shoote horrible sparkes like lightnings out of their eyes.
16 Whyche myght not onely destroye them with hurting, but also to kil them with their horrible sight.
17 Yea, without these myght they haue bene cast downe with one winde, beyng persecuted by thy vengeance, and scattered abroade thorow the power of thy Spirit: but thou hast ordered all things in measured nomber and weight.
18 For thou hast euer had great strength and might, and who can withstand the power of thine arme!
19 For as the small thing that the balance weigheth, so is the worlde before thee, and as a droppe of the mourning dewe, that falleth downe vpon the earth.
20 But thou hast mercie vpon all: for thou hast power of all things; and makest as thogh thou sawest not the sinnes of men, because they shulde amende.
21 For thou louest all the thyngs that are, and hatest none of them whome thou hast made: for thou woldest haue created nothing that thou hadest hated.
22 And howe myght aniethyng endure, if it were not thy wil? or how colde anie thing be preserued, except it were called of thee?
23 But thou sparest all: for they are thyne, ô Lord, whiche art the louer of soules.
CHAP. XII.
2 The mercie of God towarde sinners. 14 The workes of God are vnreprouable. 19 God giueth leasure to repent.
1 FOr thyne incorruptible Spirit is in all things.
2 Therefore thou chastnest them measurably that go wrong, and warnest thē by puttyng them in remembrance of the things wherein they haue offended, that leauing wickednes they may beleue in thee, ô Lord.
3 * As for those olde inhabitantes of theDeut. 9. 3. 12.
〈◊〉
. and 18. 9. holy land, thou didest hate them.
4 For they committed abominable workes, as sorceries and wicked sacrifices.
5 And staying of their owne children without mercie, and eatyng of the bowels of mans flesh in banketing, where the raging Priests (shed) abominable blood.
6 And the fathers were the chief murtherers of the soules, destitute of all helpe, whome thou woldest destroye by the handes of our fathers.
7 That the land whiche thou louest aboue all other, myght be a mete dwellyng for the children of God.
8 * Neuertheles, thou sparedst them also, asExod. 33.
〈◊〉
. men, and sendedst the forunners ofDeut. 2. 22. thyne hoste, euen hornettes to destroye them by litle and litle.
9 Not that thou wast vnable to subdue the vn godlie vnto the righteous in battel, or with cruel beastes, or with one rough worde to destroie them together.
10 But in punishing them by litle and litle, thou gauest them space to repent, knowing wel, that it was an vnrighteous nacion and wicked of nature, and that their thoght colde neuer be altered.
11 For it was a cursed sede frō the begynning: yet hast thou not spared them when they sin ned, because thou feared any man.Rom.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
12 For who dare say, * What hast thou done? or who dare stand agaynst thy iudgement? or who dare accuse thee for the naciōs that perish, whome thou haste made? or who dare stand against thee to reuēge the wicked mē?
13 For there is none other God but thou, * that2. Pet. 5. 7. carest for all things, that thou maist declare how that thy iudgement is not vnright.
14 There dare nether Kyng nor tyrant in thy sight require accountes of them whom thou hast punished.
15 For so muche then as thou artryghteous thy self, thou ordrest all things ryghteously,Iob. 12.
〈◊〉
* thynking it not agreable to thy power to condemne hym, that hathe not deserued to be punished.
16 For thy power is the begynning of ryghteousnes, and because thou art Lorde of all things, it causeth thee to spare all things.
17 When men thinke thee not to be of a perfite power, thou declarest thy power, and reprouest the boldenes of the wise.
18 But thou ruling the power, iudgest with equitie, ād gouernest vs with great fauour: for thou maist shew thy power when thou wilt.
19 By suche workes now hast thou taught thy people, that a man shulde be iust and louing, and hast made thy children to be of a good hope: for thou giuest repentance to sinners.
20 For if thou haste punished the enemies of thy children that had deserued death wyth so great consideration, and requesting (vnto them,) giuing them time and place that they might change from their wickednes.
21 With how great circumspection wilt thou punish thine owne children, vnto whose fathers thou hast sworne and made couenant of good promises?
22 So when thou doest chasten vs, thou punished our enemies a thousand times more, to the intent that when we iudge, we shuld dili
gently consider thy goodnes, and when we are iudged, we shulde hope for mercie.
23 Wherefore thou hast tormēted the wicked that haue liued a dissolute life by their owne imaginations.
24 * For they went astray verie farre in theChap.
〈◊〉
, 16. wayes of errour, and estemed the beasts,
〈◊〉
, 1,
〈◊〉
. whi che their enemies dispised, for gods, being abused after the maner of children, that haue none vnderstanding.
25 Therefore hast thou sent this punishment that they shulde be in derision as children without reason.
26 But they that wil not be reformed by these scorneful rebukes, shal fele the worthie punishment of God.
27 For in those things when they suffred, they disdeined: but in these whome they counted godlie when they sawe thē selues punished by thē, they all acknowledged the true God whome afore they had denied to know: the refore came extreme damnation vpon them
CHAP. XIII.
1 All things be vaine, except the knowledge of GOD. 10 Idolaters and idoles are mocked.
1 SVrely all men are vaine by nature, and are ignorant of God, * and colde not knoweRom. 1, 19. him that is, by the good things that are sene, nether consider by the workes the worke master.
2 * But they thoght the fyre, or the winde orDeu. 4, 19. & 17. 3. the swift aire, or the course of the starres, or the raging water, or the lights of heauen to be gouernours of the worlde, and gods.
3 Thogh they had such pleasure in their beau tie that they thoght them gods, yet shulde they haue knowen, how muche more excel lent he is that made them: for the first autor of beautie hathe created these things.
4 Or if they marueiled at the power, and ope ration of them, yet shulde they haue perceiued thereby, how muche he that made these things, is mightier.
5 For by the greatnes of their beautie, & of the creatures, the Creator being cōpared with them, may be considered.
6 But yet the blame is lesse in these, that seke God and wolde finde him, & yet peraduentu re do erre.
7 For * they go about by his workes to sekeRom. 1, 22. him, and are persuaded by the sight, because the things are beautiful that are
〈◊〉
.
8 How be it they are not to be excused.
9 For if they can knowe so muche, that they can discerne the worlde, why do they not ra ther finde out the Lord thereof?
10 But miserable are they, and among the dead is their hope, that call them gods whiche are the workes of mens hands, golde, and siluer, and the thing that is inuented by arte, and the similitude of beasts, or anie vaine sto ne that hathe bene made by the hand of antiquitie.
11 * Or as when a carpenter cutteth downeIsa. 44. 12. a
〈◊〉
mete for the worke, and pareth of all the
〈◊〉
. 10, 1. barke thereof cunningly, & by arte maketh a vessel profitable for the vse of life.
12 And the things that are cut of from his wor ke, he bestoweth to dresse his meat to fil him self,
13 And that which is left of these things, which is profitable for nothing [(for) it is a croked piece of wood and ful of knobbes] he carueth it diligētly at his leasure, and according as he is expert in cunning, he giueth it a proporcion, and facioneth it after the similitude of a man,
14 Or maketh it like some vile beast, and straketh it ouer with red, and painteth it, and couereth euerie spotte that is in it.
15 And when he hathe made a conuenient tabernacle for it, he setteth it in a wall, and maketh it fast with yron,
16 Prouiding so for it, lest it fall: for he knoweth that it can not helpe it self, because it is an image, which hathe nede of helpe.
17 Then he prayeth for his goods, and for his mariage and for children: he is not ashamed to speake vnto it, that hath no life.
18 He calleth on him that is weake for health: he prayeth vnto him that is dead for life: he requireth him of helpe that hathe no experience at all.
19 And for his iourney, him that is not able to go, and for gaine, and worke, and successe of his affaires he requireth furtherance of him that hathe no maner of power.
CHAP. XIIII.
1 The derestacion and abominacion of images, 8. A curse of them, and of him that maketh them. 14 whereof idolatrie proceded. 23 What euils come of idolatrie.
1 AGaine, another man purposing to saile, & intēding to passe thorowe the raging waues, calleth vpon a stocke more rotten then the shippe that carieth him.
2 For as forOr, the shippe. it, couetousnes of money hathe founde it out, and the craftesman made it by cunning.
3 But thy prouidence, ô father, gouerneth it: *Exod 14, 22. for thou hast made away, euen in the sea, and a sure path among the waues,
4 Declaring thereby, that thou hast power to helpe in all things, yea, thogh a man went to the sea without meanes.
5 Neuertheles thou woldest not, that the wor kes of thy wisdome shulde be vaine, and the
〈◊〉
do men commit their liues to a smale piece of wood, and passe ouer the stormie sea in a shippe, and are saued.
6 * For in the olde time also when theGen. 6, 4. & 7, 10. proude gyants perished, the hope of the worlde wēt into a shippe which was gouerned by thine hand, and so left sede of generacion vnto the worlde.
7 For blessed is the tre whereby righteousnes commeth.Psal. 115, 8.
8 But that is cursed that is made with hands, *
〈◊〉
. 6, 30 bothe it, and he that made it: he because he made it, and it being a corruptible thing, because it was called god.
9 *For the vngodlie, and his vngodlines arePsal. 7
〈◊〉
. both like hated of God: so truely the worke and he that made it, shalbe punished together.
10 Therefore shal there be a visitation for the idoles of the nations: for of the creatures of God they are become abominacion, * and
〈◊〉
. 10, 8. stumbling blockes vnto the soules of men,
〈◊〉
2, 18. and a
〈◊〉
for the fete of the vn wise.
11 For the inuenting of idoles was the beginning of whoredome, and the finding of them is the corruption of life.
12 For they were not from the beginning, nether shal they continue for euer.
13 The vaine glorie of men broght them into the worlde: therefore shal they come shortly to an end.
14 Whē a father mourned grieuously for his sonne that was taken away suddēly, he made an image for him that was once dead, whome now he worshipeth as a God, and ordeined to his seruants ceremonies and sacrifices.
15 Thus by proces of time this wicked custome preuailed, and was kept as a law, and idoles were worshiped by the commandement of tyrants.
16 As for those that were so farre of that men might not worship them presently, they did conterfet the visage that was farre
〈◊〉
, and made a gorgeous image of a King, whome they wolde honour, that they might by all meanes flatter, him that was absent, as thogh he had bene present.
17 Againe the ambition of the craftesman thrust forwarde the ignorant to increase the superstition.
18 For he peraduenture willing to please a noblemā, labored with all his cunning to make the image of the best facion.
19 And so thorowe the beautie of the worke the multitude was allured, and so toke him now for a God, which a litle afore was but honored as a man.
20 And this was the deceiuing of mans life, when men, being in seruitude, through calamitie and tyrannie ascribed vnto stones and stockes the name, which ought not to be cō
〈◊〉
vnto anie.
21 Moreouer, this was not ynough for thē that they erred in the knowledge of GOD: but where as they liued in great warres of ignorā ce, those so great plagues called they peace.
22 For ether* they
〈◊〉
their owne childrenDen 18, 10. in sacrifice, or vsed secret ceremonies, or
〈◊〉
. 7, 9. & 19, 4. raging dissolutenes by strange
〈◊〉
,
23 And so kept nether life nor mariage cleane: but ether one slewe another by treason, or els vexed him by adulterie.
24 So were all mixt together, blood & slaugh ter, thefte and deceit, corruptiō, vnfaithfulnes, tumultes,
〈◊〉
,
25 Disquieting of good men, vnthankefulnes, defiling of soules, chāging of birth, disordre in mariage,
〈◊〉
and vnclenes.
26 For the worshiping of idoles that ought not to be named, is the beginning and the cause and the end of all euil.
27 For either they be mad when they be merie, or prophecie lies, or liue vngo dlie, or els lightly for sweare them selues.
28 For in so muche as their trust is in the idoles, which haue no life, thogh thei sweare fal sely, yet they thinke to haue no hurt.
29 Therefore for two causes shal they iustely be punished, because they haue an euil opinion of God, addicting them selues vnto ido les, and because they sweare vniustly to deceiue, and despise holines.
30 For it is not the power of them by whome they sweare, but the vengeance of them that sinne, which punisheth alwayes the offence of the vngodlie.
CHAP. XV.
The voyce of the faithful, praysing the mercie of God by whose grace they serue not idoles.
1 BVt thou, ô our God, art gracious and true, long suffring, and gouernest all things by mercie.
2 Thogh we sinne, yet are we thine: for we knowe thy power but we sinne not, knowing that we are counted thine.
3 For to knowe thee, is perfite righteousnes, and to knowe thy power is the roote of immortalitie.
4 For nether hathe the wicked inuention of mē
〈◊〉
vs, nor the vnprofitable labour of the painters, nor an image spotted with di uers colours.
5 Whose sight stirreth vp the desire of the igno rant: so that he coueteth the forme that hath no life, of a dead image.
6 They that loue suche wicked things, are wor thie to haue suche things to trust to, and they that make them, and they that desire them, and they that worship them.
7 The *potter also tempereth soft earth, &Rom. 9,
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
euerie vessel with labour to our
〈◊〉
: but of the same clay he maketh bothe the vessels, that serue to cleane vses, and the con trarie like wise: but whereto euerie vessel ser ueth, the potter is the iudge.
8 So by his wicked labour he maketh a vaine God of the same claye: euen he, which a litle afore was made of earth him self, and within a litle while after goeth thither agayne whence he was taken, *when he shall makeLuk. 12, 20. accounte for the lone of his life.
9 Notwithstandyng he careth not for the labour he taketh, nor that his life is shorte, but he striueth with the golde smithes, and siluer smithes, and countrefaiteth the coper smithes, and taketh it for an honour to make deceiuable things.
10 His heart is a shes, and his hope is more vile then earth, and his life is lesse worthie of ho nour then claye.
11 For he knoweth not his owne maker, that gaue him his soule, that had power and breathed in him the breth of life.
12 But they count our life to be but a pastime,
& our conuersaciō as a market, where there is gaine for they say we ought to be getting on euerie side, thogh it be by euil meanes.
13 Now he that of earth maketh fraile vessels and images, knoweth him self to offend abo ue all other.
14 All the enemies of thy people, that holde them in subiection, are moste vn wise, & more miserable then the verie fooles.
15 For they iudge all the idoles of the nacions to be gods, which nether haue eye sight to se, nor noses to smel, nor eares to heare, nor fingers of hands to grope, and their fete are slowe to go.
16 For man made them, and he that hathe but a borowed spirit, facioned them: but no man can make a god like vnto him self.
17 For seing he is but mortal him self, it is but mortal that he maketh with vnrighteous hands: he him self is better then thei whome he worshippeth: for he liued, but they neuer liued.
18 Yea, they worshipped beasts also, which are ther moste enemies, & which are the worste if thei be cōpared vnto others, because they haue none vnderstanding.
19 Nether haue they anie beautie to be desired in respect of other beasts: for they are destitute of Gods praise, and of his blessing.
CHAP. XVI.
The punishment of idolaters. 20 The benefites done vnto the faithful.
1 THerefore by suche things they areChap. 11 18. worthely punished and* tormented by theNomb. 11,
〈◊〉
. multitude of beastes.
2 In steade of the which punishmēt thou hast bene fauorable to thy people, and to satisfie their appetite, hast prepared a meat of a strā
ge taste, euen quailes,
3 To the intent that thei that desired meat, by the things which were shewed & sent amōg them, might turne awaye their necessarie de sire, and that thei, which had suffred penurie for a space, shulde also fele a newe taste.
4 For it was requisite, that they which vsed tyrannie, shulde fall into extreme pouertie, and that to these onelie it shulde be shewed, how their enemies were tormented.
5 *For when the cruel fiercenes of the beastsNomb 21. 6. came vpon thē, and they were hurt with the1. Cor. 10. 6. stings of cruel serpents,
6 Thy wrath endured not perpetually, but they were troubled for a litle season, that they might be reformed, hauing aThe signe of the brasen serpent. signe of saluacion, to remember the commandement of thy Law.
7 For he that turned toward it, was not healed by the thing that he sawe, but by thee, ô Sauiour of all.
8 So in this thou shewedst our enemies, that it is thou, which deliuerest from all euil.
9 *For the biting of greshopers and flyesExod. 8, 14. & 10. 4. killed them, and there was no remedie founde
〈◊〉
. 9, 7. for their life for they were worthie to be pu nished by suche.
10 But the teeth of the venemous dragons col de not ouercome thy children: for thy mercie came to helpe them, and healed them.
11 For they were
〈◊〉
, because thei shulde remember thy wordes, and were spedely hea led, lest they shulde fall into so depe forgetfulnes, that thei colde not be called
〈◊〉
by thy benefite.
12 For nether herbe nor plaster healed thē, but thy worde, ô Lord, which healeth all things.Deut. 32. 39.
13 For thou hast the power of life and death,1. Sam. 2 6. * and leadest downe vnto the gates of hel, and
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. bringest vp againe.
14 A man in dede by his
〈◊〉
may slaie (another) but when the Spirit is gone forthe it turneth not againe, nether can he call againe the soule that is taken away.
15 But it is not possible to escape thine hand.
16 *For the vngodlie that wolde not knoweExod, 9.
〈◊〉
. thee, were punished by the strength of thine arme, with strange raine and with haile, & were pursued with tempest, that they colde not auoide, and were consumed with fyre.
17 For it was a wōderous thing that fyre might do more then water, which quencheth all things: but the worlde is the aduenger of the righteous.
18 For some time was the fyre so tame, that the beasts, which were sent against the vngodlie burnt not: and that, because they shulde se & knowe, that they were persecuted with the punishment of God.
19 And some time burnt the fyre in the middes of the water aboue the power of fyre, that it might destroye the generacion of the vniust land.
20 *In the stead whereof thou hast fed thineExod.
〈◊〉
14.
Nomb. 1. 7. owne people with Angels fode, and sent thē
Psal 78 25. bread readie from heauen without theirIoh. 6,
〈◊〉
. labour, which had abundance of all pleasures in it and
〈◊〉
for all tastes.
21 For thy sustinance declared thy swen es vn to thy children, which serued to the appetite of him, that toke it, and was mete to that that euerie man wolde.Exod. 9.
〈◊〉
22 Moreouer the* snowe and
〈◊〉
abode the fyre and melted not, that thei might knowe, that the fyre burning in the hayle, and sparkeling in the raine, destroyed the frute of the enemies.
23 Againe it forgate his owne strength, that the righteous might be nourished.
24 For the creature that serueth thee which art the maker, is
〈◊〉
in punishing the vnrighteous: but it is easie to do good vnto suche as put their trust in thee.
25 Therefore was it changed at the same time vnto all facions to serue thy grace, which
〈◊〉
all things, according to the desire of them that had nede thereof,
26 That thy children whome thou louest, ô Lord, might knowe, *that it is not theDeut. 8.
〈◊〉
. increa se of frutes that fedeth men, but that it isMat.
〈◊〉
thy word, which preserueth thē that
〈◊〉
thee
27 For that which colde not be destroyed with
the fyre, being onely warmed a litle with the sunne beames, melted,
28 That it might be knowen that we ought to preuente the sunne rising to giue thankes vnto thee, and to salute thee before the daye spring.
29 For the hope of the vnthankeful shal melt as the winter yce, and flowe away as vnprofitable waters.
CHAP. XVII.
The iudgements of God against the wicked.
1 FOr thy iudgements are great, and can not be expressed: therefore men do erre, that wil not be reformed.
2 For when the vnrighteous thoght to haue thine holie people in subiection, thei were bounde with the bands of darkenes, and long night, and being shut vp vnder the rofe did lie there to escape the euerlasting prouidence.
3 And while they thoght to be hid in their dar ke sinnes, thei were scattered abroad in the darke couering of forgetfulnes, fearing hor ribly and troubled with visions.
4 For the denne that hid them, kept them not from feare: but the soundes that were about them, troubled them, and terrible visions ād sorowful sights did appeare.
5 No power of the fyre might giue light, nether might the clere flames of the starres ligh ten the horrible night.
6 For there appeared vnto them onely a sudden fyre, verie dredful: so that being afraied of this vision,That is, the migh
〈◊〉
vision. which they colde not se, they thoght the things, which they sawe, to be worse.
7 * And the illusions of the magical artes wereExod. 7. 12. & 8. 7. broght downe, and it was a moste shameful reproche for the boasting of their knowledge.
8 For they that promised to driue away feare and trouble from the sicke persone, were sic ke for feare, and worthie to be laughedat.
9 And thogh no feareful thing did feare them yet were they afraied at the beastes which passed by them, and at the hyssing of the ser pents: so that thei dyed for feare, and said they sawe not the ayre, which by no meanes can be auoided.
10 For it is a feareful thing, whē malice is con demned by her owne testimonie: and a conscience that is touched, doeth euer forecast cruel things.
11 For feare is nothing els, but a betraying of the succours, which reason offreth.
12 And the lesse that the hope is within, the more doeth he esteme the ignorance of the thing, that tormenteth him, great.
13 But they that did endure the night that was intollerable, and that came out of the dungeon of hell, which is insupportable, slept the same slepe,
14 And sometimes were troubled with monstruous visions, and some time they sowned, as thogh their owne soule shulde betray thē: for a sudden feare not loked for, came vpon them.
15 And thus, whosoeuer fel downe, he was kept and shut in prison, but without chaines.
16 For whether he was an housband man, or a shepherd, or one that was set to worke alone if he were taken, he must suffer this necessitie, that he colde not auoide:
17 [For with one chaine of darkenes were they all bounde] whether it were an hyssing win de, or a swete song of the birds among the thicke branches of the trees, or the vehemencie of hastie running water,
18 Or a great noyce of the falling downe of stones, or the running of skipping beastes, that colde not be sene, or the noyce of cruel beastes that roared, or theOr,
〈◊〉
. sounde that answereth againe in the holow mountaines: the se feareful things made them to swone.
19 For all the worlde shined with clere light, and no man was hindred in his labour.
20 Onely vpon them there fel an heauie night, an image of that darkenes that was to come vpon them: yea, they were vnto them selues more grieuous then darkenes.
CHAP. XVIII.
3 The fyrie piller that the Israelites had in Egypt. 8 The deliuerāce of the faithful. 10 The Lord smote the Egyptiās. 20 The sinne of the people in the wildernes. 21 Aaron stode betwene the liuing and the dead with his censure.
1 BVt thy Saints had a very great * light,Exod. 10. 23. whose voyce becauseOr, the
〈◊〉
. they heard, and sawe not the figure of them, they thoght them blessed, because thei also had not suffred the like.
2 And because they did not hurt them, which did hurt them a fore, they thanked them, & asked pardon for their enimitie.
3 * Therefore thou gauest them a burningExod. 13. 21. & 14. 24. pil ler of fyre to lead them in the vnknowen way,Psal. 68. 14. & 105. 39. and madest the sunne that it hurted not them in their honorable iourney.
4 But they were worthie to be depriued of the light, and to be kept in darkenes, which had kept thy children shut vp, by whome the vncorrupt light of the Law shulde be giuen to the worlde.
5 * Where as they thoght to slay the babes ofExod. 1.
〈◊〉
. the Saintes, by one childe that was cast out, and preserued to reproue them, thou hast ta ken awaye the multitude of their children and destroyed them all together in the mightie water.
6 Of that night were our fathers certified afo re, that they knowing vnto what othes they had giuen credit, might be of good chere.
7 Thus thy* people receiued the health of theExod. 14. 24. righteous, but the enemies were destroyed.
8 For as thou hast punished the enemies, so hast thou glorified vs whome thou hast called
9 For the righteous children of the good men offred secretly, and made a law of righ teousnes by one consent, that the Saints shulde receiue good & euil
〈◊〉
like maner, & that the fathers shulde first sing praises.
10 But a disagreing price was heard of the ene mies, and there was a lamentable noise for the children that were be wailed.
11 For the * master and the seruant wereExod. 12. 27. punished with like punishment, and the commu ne people suffred a like with the King.
12 So they altogether had in numerable that dyed with one kinde of death: nether were the liuing sufficientto burye them: for in the twinckling of an eye the noblest of spring of them was destroied.
13 So they that colde beleue nothing, because of the inchantments, confessed this people to be the children of God, in the destructiō of the first borne.
14 For while all things were in quiet silence, and the night was in the middes of her swift course,
15 Thine almightie worde leapt downe from heauen out of thy royal throne, as a fierce man of warre in the middes of the land that was destroyed.
16 And broght thine vnfained commandemēt as a sharpe sworde, and stode vp, and filled al things with death, and being come downe to the earth, it reached vnto the heauens.
17 Then the sight of the feareful dreames vexed them suddenly, and fearefulnes came vpon them vnawares.
18 Then laye there one here, another there hal fedead, and shewed the cause of his death.
19 For the visions that vexed them, shewed thē these things afore: so that they were not ignorant, wherefore they perished.
20 Now
〈◊〉
of death touched the righteous also, and * among the multitude in theNomb. 16. 46. wildernes there was a plague, but the wrath indured not long.
21 For the blameles man made haste, and defended them, and toke the weapons of his ministracion, euen prayer, and the recōciliation by the perfume, and set him self against the wrath, & so broght the miserie to an end, declaring that he was thy seruant.
22 For he ouercame not the multitude with bodelie power, nor with force of weapons but with the worde he subdued him that punished, alledging the othes & couenant made vnto the fathers.
23 For when the dead were fallen downe by heapes one vpō another, he stode in the middes, and cut of the wrath, and parted it from comming to the liuing.
24 * For in the long garment was all the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. 11. ornamēt, and in the foure rowes of the stones was the glorie of the fathers grauen with thy maiestie in the diademe of his head.
25 Vnto these the destroyer gaue place, and was afraid of them: for it was sufficient, that they hadtasted the wrath.
CHAP. XIX.
3 The death of the Egyptians, & the great ioye of the Hebrewe s. 11 The meat that was giuen at the desire of the people. 17 All the elements serue to the wil of God.
1 AS for the vngodlie, the wrath came vpō them without mercie vnto the end: for he knewe what shulde come vnto them,
2 That they [when they had consented to let them go, and had sent (them out with diligen ce] wolde repent, and pursue them.
3 For while yet sorow was before them, and they lamēted by the graues of the dead, they deuised another foolishnes, so that they persecuted thē in their fleing, whome they had cast out afore with prayer.
4 For the destinie, where of they were worthie, broght them to this end, and caused thē to forget the things that had come to passe, that they might accomplish the punishment which remaineth by torments,
5 Bothe that thy people might trye a marueilous passage, & that these might finde a strā
ge death.
6 For euerie creature in his kinde was facioned of newe, and serued in their owne offices inioyned thē, that thy children might be kept without hurt.
7 For the cloude ouershadowed their tentes, and the drye earth appeared, where afore was water: so that in the red Sea there was a way without impediment, and the great depe became a great field.
8 Through the which all the people went that were defended with thine hand, seing thy wonderous marueiles.
9 For theyOr, were
〈◊〉
neyed like horses, and leaped like lambes, praising thee, ô Lord, which hadest
〈◊〉
them.
10 For they were yet mindeful of those things which were done in the lād where thei dwelt how the grounde forthe flies in steade of cat tel, & how the riuer
〈◊〉
with the multitude of frogges in steade of fishes.
11 * But at the last they sawe a new generationExod. 36,
〈◊〉
. of birdes, when they were intised with lust,rom. 11, 32. and desired delicare meates.
12 * For the quailes came forthe of the seaChap. 16, 1. vnto them for comfort, but punishments came vpō theOr, Egyptians. sinners not without signes that we re giuē by great thundrings: for they suffred worthely according to their wickednes, because they sheweda cruel hatred towarde strangers.
13 For the one sorte wold not receiue thē whē they were present, because they knewe thē not: the other sorte broght the strangers into bondage that had done them good.
14 Beside all these things some (wolde not suffer,) that anie regarde shulde be had of them for they handeled the strangers dispitefully.
15 Others that had receiued thē with great bā
keting, and admitted them to be partakers of the same lawes, did afflict them with great labours.
16 Therefore thei were striken with blindenes as in olde time certeine were at the dores ofGen. 19,
〈◊〉
. the * righteousnes, so that euerie one being compassed with darknes, soght the entrance
of his dore.
17 Thus the elements agreed among them selues in this change, as when one tune is chan ged vpon an instrument of musike, and the melodie stil remaineth, which may easely be perceiued by the sight of the things that are come to passe.
18 For the things of the earth were changed in to things of the water, and the thing that did swimme, went vpon the grounde.
19 The fyre had power in the water contrarie vnto his owne vertue, & the water for gate his owne kinde to quench.
20 Againe, the flames did not hurte the flesh of the corruptible beasts that walked therein, nether melted they that which semed to be yee, and was of a nature that wolde melt, and yet was an immortal meat.
21 For in all things, ô Lord, thou hast magnified and glorified thy people, and hast not despised to assist them in euerie time and place.
THE WISDOME OF IESVS the sonne of Sirach, called Ecclesiasticus.
This argument was founde in a certeine Greke copie.
THis Iesus was the sonne of Sirach, and Sirachs father was
〈◊〉
called Iesus, and he liued in the latter times, after the peo ple had bene led away captiue, and broght home againe, and almoste after all the Prophetes. Now his grandfather, as he him self witnesseth, was a man of great diligence, and wisdome among the
〈◊〉
, who did not onely gather the graue sentences of wise men, that had bene before him, but he him self also spake manie ful of great knowledge and wisdome. So this first Iesus dyed, and left this which he had gathered, and Sirach afterwarde left it to Iesus his sonne, who toke it and put it in order in a boke, and called it WISDOME, in titling it bothe by his owne name, his fathers name, and his grādfathers: thinking by this title of Wisdome to allure the reader to read this boke with more great desire, and to consider it more diligently. Therefore this boke conteineth wise sayings, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and similitudes with certeine diuine histories which are notable and ancient, euen of men that were approued of God and
〈◊〉
prayers, and songs of the autor him self: moreouer, what benefites the Lord had bestowed vpon his people, and what plagues he had heaped vpon their ene mies. This Iesus did imitate Salomon, and was no lesse famous in wisdome and doctrine, who was therefore called a man of great knowledge, as he was in dede.
The prologue of the Wisdome of Iesus the sonne of Sirach.
WHere as manie, and great things haue bene giuen vs by the Law, and the Prophetes, and by others that haue followed them, [for the which things Israél ought to be cōmē ded by the reason of doctrine and wisdome, whereby the readers ought not onely to become learned them selues, but also may be able by the diligent studie thereof to be profitable vnto strāgers bothe by speaking and writing] after that my grand father Iesus had giuen him self to the reading of the Law, and the Prophetes, and other bokes of our fathers, and had got ten therein sufficient iudgement, he purposed also to write some thing
〈◊〉
to learning & wisdome, to the intent that they which were desirous to learne, and wolde giue them selues to these things, might profite muche more in liuing according to the Law. Wherefore, I exhorte you to receiue it louingly, and to read it with diligence, and to take it in good worthe, thogh we seme to some in some things not able to atteine to the interpretation of suche wordes as are hard to be expressed: for the things that are spoken in the Hebrewe tongue haue another force in them selues then when they are translated into another tongue, & not onely these things, but other things also, as the Law it self, and the Prophetes, and other bokes haue no smale difference when they are spoken in their owne language. Therefore in the eight and thirtieth yere, when I came into Egypt vnder King Euergetes, & continued there I founde a copie ful of great learning, and I thoght it necessarie, to bestowe my diligence, and trauaile to interpret this boke. So for a cer teine time with great watching and studie I gaue my self to the finishing of this boke, that it might be published, that they which remaine in banishement, & are desirous to learne, might applie them selues vnto good maners, and liue according to the Law.
CHAP. I.
1 Wisdome cometh of God 11 A praise of the feare of God 29 The meanes to come by wisdome.
1 ALL wisdome*1. King. 3. 9. & 4.
〈◊〉
(cometh) of the Lord,That which is marked with the se two markes () is red in the Latin copies, and not in the Greke. [ād hathe bene euer with him] and is with him for euer.
2 Who can nomber the sand of the sea, & the droppes of the raine, and the dayes of the world? [who cāmeasure] the height of heauē, the bredth of the earth, & the depth?
3 Who can finde the wisdome [of God which hathe bene afore all things?]
4 Wisdome hathe bene created before all things, and the vnderstanding of prudence from euerlasting.
5 [The worde of God moste high is the foun taine of wisdome, and the euerlasting commandements are the entrance vnto her]
6 *Vnto whome hathe the roote of wisdomeRom. 11. 34, bene declared? or who hathe knowen her wi se counsels?
7 [Vnto whome hath the doctrine of wisdom bene discouered and shewed? and who hathe vnderstand the manifolde entrāce vnto her?
8 There is one wise [euen the moste high Crea
tor of all things, the almightie, the King of power] and verie terrible, which sitteth vpō his throne.
9 He is the Lord, that hathe created her [thorow the holie Gost:] he hate sene her, nombred her, [and measured her.]
10 He hathe powred her out vpon all his workes, and vpon all flesh, according to his gift, and giueth her abundantly vnto them that loue him.
11 The feare of the Lord is glorie, and gladnes and reioycing, and a ioyful crowne.
12 The feare of the Lord maketh a mery heart and giueth gladnes, and ioye and long life.
13 Whoso feareth the Lord, it shal go wel with him at the last, and he shal finde fauour in the day of his death.
14 [The
〈◊〉
of God is honorable wisdome, and vnto whome it appeareth in a visiō, they loue it for the vision, and for the knowledge of the great workes thereof]
15 *The feare of the Lord is the beginning ofPsal.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. wisdome, and was made with the faithful in
〈◊〉
. 9 10. the wombe: [
〈◊〉
goeth with the chosenIoh. 28. 28. wo men, and is knowen with the righteous and faithful.
16 The feare of the Lord is an holie knowledge.
17 Holines shal preserue, and iustifie the heart and giueth mirth and gladnes.
18 Who so feareth the Lord, shal prosper, and in the day of his end, he shalbe blessed]
19 She hathe buylt her euerlasting fundacions with men, and is giuen to be with their sede.
20 To feare God is the fulnes of wisdome, and filleth men with her frutes.
21 She filleth their whole houe with [all] things desireable, and the garners with the things, that she bringeth forthe, and bothe twaine are
〈◊〉
of God.
22 The feare of the Lord is the crowne of wisdome, ād giueth peace and perfite health: he hathe sene her and nombred her.
23 Or, wisdome. She raineth downe knowledge, and vnder standing of wisdome, and hathe broght vnto honour, them that possessed her.
24 The feare of the Lord is the roote of wisdome, and her branches are long life.
25 [In the treasures of wisdome is vnderstanding, and holie knowledge, but wisdome is abhorred of sinners.]
26 The feare of the Lord driueth out sinne: and when she is present, she driueth away anger.
27 ¶For wicked angre can not be iustified: for his rashnes in his angre shalbe his destruction.
28 Apacient mā wil suffer for a time, and then shal he haue the rewarde of ioye.
29 He wil hide his wordes for a time, and manie mens lippes shal speake of his wisdome.
30 In the treasures of wisdome are the secrets of knowledge, but the sinner abhorreth the worship of God.
31 If thou desire wisdome, kepe the commandements, & the Lord shal giue her vnto thee [and wil fil her treasures.]
32 For the feare of the Lord is wisdome and discipline: he hathe pleasure in faith and mekenes.
33 Be not disobedient to the feare of the Lord, and come not vnto him with a double heart.
34 ¶Be not an hypocrite that men shulde speake of thee, but take hede what thou speakest.
35 Exalte not thy self, lest thou fall and bring thy soule to dishonour, and so God discouer thy secretes, and cast thee downe in the middes of the congregacion, because
〈◊〉
not receiue the true feare of God, and thine heart is ful of disceite.
CHAP. II.
1 He exhorteth the seruāts of God to righteousnes, loue, vn derstāding, & paciēce,
〈◊〉
To trust in the Lord. 13 A cursse vpon them that are fainte hearted and impacient.
1 MY sonne, if thou wilt come into the seruice of God, [stand fast in righteousnes & feare, and] preparethy soule to tentacion.
2 Settle thine heart, & be pacient: [bow dow ne thine
〈◊〉
, and receiue the wordes of vnderstanding] & shrinke not a waie, whē thou
〈◊〉
, [but waite vpon God paciently]
3 Ioyne thy self vnto him, & departe not away that thou maist be increased at thy last end.
4 Whatsoeuer cometh vnto thee, receiue it paciently, and be pacient in the change of thine affliction.
5 * For as golde [and siluer are] tryed in theWisdom.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. fyre, euen so are men acceptable in the
〈◊〉
17. 3. forna ce of aduersitie.
6 Beleue in God and he wil helpe thee: order thy waye aright, and trust in him: [holde fast his feare, and growe olde therein.]
7 Ye that feare the Lord, waite for his mercie shrinke not a waye frō him that ye fall not.
8 Ye that feare the Lord, beleue him and your rewarde shal not faile.
9 O ye that feare the Lord, trust in good thīgs and in the euerlasting ioy and mercie.
10 [Ye that feare the Lord, loue him, and your hearts shalbe lightened.]
11 Consider the olde generacions [of men, ye children,] and marke them wel: * was therePsal.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. euer anie confounded, that put his trust in the Lord? or who hathe continued in his fea re, and was forsaken? or whome did he euer despise, that called vpon him?
12 For God is gracious and merciful, and forgi ueth sinnes and saueth in the time of trouble [and is a defender for all them that seke him in the trueth.]
13 Wo vnto them, that haue aOr, double. feareful heart, [and to the wicked lippes] and to the faint hands, and to the sinner that goeth two*1. King. 18
〈◊〉
. ma ner of wayes.
14 Wo vnto him that is faint hearted, for he beleueth not: therefore shal he not be defended.
15 Wo vnto you that haue lost pacience, [and haue forsaken the right wayes, and are turned backe into frowarde wayes:] for what wil ye do when the Lord shal visit you?
16 They that feare the Lord, wil not disobey his worde: and they that * loue him,Ioh. 14. 24. wil kepe his wayes.
17 They that feare the Lord, wil seke out the things that are pleasant vnto him: and they that loue him, shalbe fulfilled with his Law.
18 They that feare the Lord, wil prepare their hearts, and humble their soules in his sight.
19 [Thei that feare the Lord, kepe his cōman dements, and wil be pacient til he se them,
20 Saying, If we do not repent] we shal fall in to the hands of the Lord, and not into the hands of men.
21 Yet as his greatnes is, so is his mercie.
CHAP. III.
2 To our father and mother ought we to giue double honor 10. Of the blessing and curse of the father and mother. 22 No man ought ouer curiously to searche out the secrets of God.
1 T[He children of wisdome are the Church of the righteous, and their of spring is obedience and loue.]
2 Heare your fathers iudgement, ô children, and do thereafter, that ye may be safe.
3 For the Lord wil haue the father honored of he children, and hathe confirmed the autoritie of the mother ouer the children.
4 Who so honoreth his father, his sinnes shalbe forgiuen him, [and he shal absteine from them, and shal haue his daily desires.
5 And he that honoreth his mother, is like one that gathereth treasure.
6 Who so honoreth his father, shal haue ioye of his owne children, and when he maketh his prayer, he shalbe heard.
7 He that honoreth his father, shal haue alōg life, and he that is obedient vnto the Lord, shal comfort
〈◊〉
mother.
8 He that feareth the Lord, honoreth his parents, and doeth seruice vnto his parents, as vnto lords.
9 * Honour thy father and mother in dede andExod. 20. 12. in worde [and in all paciēce,] that thou maistDeut. 5 16.
Mat.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. haueOr, the blessing of men. Gods blessing, [and that his blessingEphes. 6. 2. may abide with thee in the end.]
10 For the blessing of the father stablisheth the houses of the children, and the mothers curse rotteth out the fundacions.
11 Reioyce not at the dishonour of thy father: for it is not honour vnto thee, but shame.
12 Seing that mans glorie cometh by his fathers honour, and the reproche of the mother is dishonour to the children.
13 My sonne, helpe thy father in his age, and greue him not as long as he liueth.
14 And if his vnderstanding faile, haue pacience with him, and despise him not when thou art in thy ful strength.
15 For the good intreatie of thy father shal not be forgottē, but it shalbe a forteres for thee against sinnes, [and for thy mothers offence thou shalt be recompensed with good, and it shalbe founded for thee in righteousnes.]
16 And in the day of trouble thou shalt be remembred: thy sinnes also shal melt away as the yce in the faire wether.
17 He that forsaketh his father, shal come to shame, and he that angreth his mother, is curs sed of God.
18 ¶ My sonne, performe thy doings with mekenes, so shalt thou be beloued of them that are approued.
19 The * greater thou art, the more humblePhilip
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. thy self [in all things,] and thou shalt finde fa uour before the Lord.
20 Many are excellēt and of renoume: but the secrets are reueiled vnto the meke.
21 For the power of the Lord is great, and he is honored of the lowlie.
22 * Seke not out the things that are to hardProu 25. 27. for thee, nether searche the things rashlyRom. 12. 3. which are to mightie for thee.
23 [But] what [God] hathe commanded thee, thinke vpon that with reuerence, [and be not curious in many of his workes:] for it is not nedeful for thee to se with thine eyes the things that are secret.
24 Be not curious in superfluous things: for many things are shewed vnto thee aboue the capacitie of men.
25 The medling with suche hathe beguiled ma ny, and an euil opinion hathe deceiued their iudgement.
26 Thou cāst not se without eyes: professe not the knowledge therefore that thou hast not.
27 A stubberne heart shal fare euil at the last: and he that loueth dāger, shal perish therein.
28 An heart that goeth two waies, shal not prosper: ād he that is frowarde of heart
〈◊〉
stumble therein.
29 An obstinate heart shalbe laden with sorowes: and the wicked man shal heape sinne vpon sinne.
30 The persuasion of the proude is without re medie, and his steppes shalbe plucked vp: for the plant of sinne hathe taken roote in him, [and he shal not be estemed.]
31 The heart of him that hathe vnderstanding shal perceiue secret things, and an attentiue eare is the desire of a wise man.
32 [An heart that is wise and vnderstanding, wil absteine from sinne, and shal prosper in the workes of righteousnes.]
33 Water quencheth burning fyre, * and almes
〈◊〉
. 4.
〈◊〉
. taketh away sinnes.
34 And he that rewardeth good dedes, wil remember it afterward, and in the time of the fall, he shal finde a staye.
CHAP. IIII.
1 Almes must be done with gentlenes. 12 The studie of wisdome and her frute. 20 An exhortation to eschewe euil, and to do good.
1 MY sonne, defraude not the poore of his liuing, and make not the nedie eyes to waite long.
2 Make not an hungrie soule sorowfull, nether vexe a man in his necessitie.
3 Trouble not the heart that is grieued, and differre not the gift of the nedie.
4 Refuse not the prayer of one that is in trouble: turne not awaye thy face from the poore.
5 Turne not thine eyes a side [in angre] frō the poore, and giue him none occasion to speake euil of thee.
6 For if he cursse thee in the bitternes of his soule, hys prayer shalbe heard of him that made him.
7 Be courteous vnto the cōpanie of [poore, and humble thy soule vnto the Elder,] and bowe downe thine head to a mā of worship
8 Let it not greue thee to bowe downe thine eare vnto the poore, [but pay thy dette,] and giue him a friendlie answer.
9 ¶ Deliuer him that suffreth wrong, from the hand of the oppressour, & be not faint heartedOr
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
him when thouiudgest.
10 Be as a father vnto the fatherles, and as an housband vnto their mother: so shalt thou be as the sonne of the moste High: and he shall loue thee more then thy mother doeth.
11 Wisdome exalteth her children, and receiueth them that seke her, [and wil go before them in the way of righteousnes.]
12 He that loueth her, loueth life, and they that seke life in the morning, shall haue great ioye.
13 He that kepeth her, shall inherite glorie: for vnto whome she entreth, him the Lord wil blesse.
14 They that honour her, shalbe the seruāts of the holie one, and them that loue her, the Lord doeth loue.
15 Who so gyueth eare vnto her, shal iudge the nacions, and he that goeth vnto her, shal dwel safely.
16 He that is faithful vnto her, shall haue her in possession, and his generacion shall possesse her.
For first she wil walke with him by croked waies, and bring him vnto feare, & drede, and torment him with her discipline vntill she haue tryed his soule, and haue proued him by her iudgements.
18 Then will she returne the straight waye vnto him, and comfort him, and shew him her secrets, [and heape vpon him the treasures of knowledge, and vnderstanding of righteousnes.]
19 But if he go wrong, she wil forsake him, & giue him ouer into the hands of his destruction.
20 [¶ My sonne,] * Make muche of time, and
〈◊〉
, 12. 11. esche we the thing that is euil.
21 And be not ashamed [to say the trueth] for thy life: for there is a shame that
〈◊〉
sinne, and a shame that
〈◊〉
worship and fauour.
22 Accept no persone againste
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
conscience, that thou be not confounded to thine owne decaye, [and forbeare not thy neighbour in his faute.]
23 And kepe not backe counsell when it may do good, nether hide thy wisdome when it may be famous.
24 For by the talke is wisdome knowē, and learning by the wordes of the tongue, [& counsel, wisdome and learning by the talking of the wise, & stedfastnes in the workes of righteousnes.]
25 In no wise speake against the worde of trueth, but be ashamed of the lies of thine owne ignorance.
26 Be not ashamed to confesse thy sinnes, & resist not the course of the riuer.
27 Submit not thy selfe vnto a foolishe man, nether accept the persone of the mightie.
28 Striue for the trueth vnto death, [and defend iustice for thy life,] and the Lord God shall fight for thee [agaynste thyne ennemies.]
29 Be not hastie in thy tōgue, nether slacke and negligent in thy workes.
30 Be not as a lion in thine owne house, nether beat thy seruants for thy fātasie, [nor oppresse them that are vnder thee.]
31 * Let not thine hand be stretched out toAct. 20.
〈◊〉
. receiue, and shut when thou shuldest giue.
CHAP. V.
1 In riches may we not put any confidence. 7 The vengeance of God ought to be feared, and repentance
〈◊〉
not be differred.
1 TRust not vnto thy riches, and say not, I haue ynough for my life: [for it shall not helpe in the time of vengeance and indignation.]
2 Followe not thine owne mynde and thy strength to walke in the wayes of thine heart:
3 Nether say thou, [How haue I had strēgth?] or who wil bring me vnder for my
〈◊〉
? for GOD the aduenger will reuenge the wrong done by thee.
4 And say not, I haue sinned, and what euill hathe come vnto me? for the Almightie is a pacient rewarder, but he will not leaue thee vnpunished.
5 Because thy sinne is forgiuen, be not without feare, to heape sinne vpon sinne.
6 And say not, The mercie of God is greate: he wil forgiue my manifold sinnes: for mercie and wrath come from him, and his indignacion cometh downe vpon sinners.
7 Make no tarying to turne vnto the Lord, and put not of from day to day: for suddenly shal the wrath of the Lord breake forth & in thy securitie thou shalt be destroyed, and thou shalt perishe in tyme of vengeance.
8 Trust not in wicked riches: for they shall not helpe thee in the daye of punishement [
〈◊〉
vengeance.]
9 Be not caryed aboute with euerye winde, & go not into euerie way for so doeth the
sinner that hathe a double tongue.
10 Stand fast in thy sure vnderstanding [and in the way and knowledge of the Lord] & haue but one maner of worde, [and follow the worde of peace and righteousnes.
11 Be humble to heare the word of God, that thou maist vnderstand it, and make a true answere with wisdome.]
12 Be swift to heare good things, and let thy life be pure, and giue a pacient answer.
13 If thou hast vnderstanding, aunswerthy neighbour: if not, laye thine hand vpō thy mouthe, [lest thou be trapped in an vndiscrete worde, and so be blamed.]
14 Honour and shame is in the talke, and the tongue of a man causeth him to fall.
15 Be not counted a tale bearer, and lie not in waite with thy tongue: for shame [and repē tance] followe the thief, and an euil condē nation is ouer him that is double tongued: [but he that is a back ebit or, shalbe hated, enuied and confounded.]
16 Do not rashly, nether in small things nor in great.
CHAP. VI.
1 It is the propertie of a sinner to be euill tongued. 6 Of friendship. 33 Desire to be taught.
1 BE not of a friend [thy neighbours] enemie: for suche shall haue an euill Name, shame and reproche, and he shal be in infamie as the wicked that hathe a double tō
gue.
2 Be not proude in the deuice of thine owne minde, lest thy soule rent thee as a bull,
3 And eate vp thy leaues, and destroie thy frute, and so thou be lefte as a drye tree [in the wildernes.]
4 For a wicked soule destroieth him that hathe it, and maketh him to be laughed to scorne of his ennemies, [and bringeth him to the porcion of the vngodlie.]
5 A swete talke multiplieth the friends [and pacifieth them that be at variance,] and a swete tōgue increaseth much good talke.
6 Holde friendship with manie, neuertheles haue but one counseler of a thousand.
7 If thou gettest a friend, proue him first, and be not hastie to credit him.
8 For some man is a friend for his owne occasion, and will not abide in the daye of thy trouble.
9 And there is some friende that turneth to enimitie, and taketh partes against thee, & in contention he wil declare thy shame.
10 Againe some friend is but a companion at the table, and in the daye of thine affliction he continueth not.
11 But in thy prosperitie he will be as thou thy self, and will vse libertie ouer thy seruants.
12 If thou be broght low, he will be againste thee, and wil hide him self from thy face.
13 Departe from thine enemies, and beware of thy friends.
14 A faithfull friend is a strong defence, and he that findeth such one, findeth a treasure.
15 A faithful friend ought not to be chāged for any thing, and the weight [of gold and siluer] is not to be compared to the goodnes [of his faith.]
16 A faithful friend is the medicine of life [& immortalitie,] & thei that feare the Lord, shal finde him.
17 Who so feareth the Lord, shal directe hys friendship aright, and as his owne selfe, so shal his friend be.
18 ¶ My sonne, receiued octrine frome thy youth vp: so shalt thou finde wisdome [whiche shal indure] til thine olde age.
19 Go to her as one that ploweth, & soweth, and waite for her good frutes: for thou shalt haue but litle labour in her worke: but thou shalt eat of her frutes right sone.
20 How exceading sharpe is she to the vnlearned? he that is without iudgement, will not remaine with her.
21 Vnto suche one she is as a fine touchestone, and he casteth her from him without delay.
22 For they haue the Name of wisdome, but there be but fewe that haue the knowledge of her.
23 [For with thē that knowe her, she abideth vnto the appearing of God.]
24 Giue eare, my sonne: receiue my doctrine, and refuse not my counsel,
25 And put thy fete into her linkes, and thy necke into her chaine.
26 Bowe downe thy shulder vnto her, and beare her, and be not wearie of her bands.
27 Come vnto her with thy whole heart, and kepe her waies with all thy power.
28 Seke after her, and searche her, & she shal be shewed thee: and when thou hast gotten her, forsake her not.
29 For at the last thou shalt finde rest in her, and that shalbe turned to thy ioye.
30 Then shal her fetters be a strong defence for thee, [and a sure fundacion] & her chaines a glorious raiment.
31 For there is a golden ornament in her, and her bands are the laces of purple colour.
32 Thou shalt put her on as a robe of honour, and shalt put her vpon thee, as a crowne of ioye.
33 My sōne, if thou wilt, thou shalt be taught, and if thou wilt applie thy minde, thou shalt be wittie.
34 If thou loue to heare, thou shalt receyue [doctrine,] and if thou delite in hearing, thou shalt be wise.
35 Stand with the multitude of the Elders, whiche are wise, and ioyne with him that is wise.
36 * Desire to heare all godlie talke, and letChap. 8.
〈◊〉
not the graue sentences of knowledge escape thee.
37 And if thou seest a man of vnderstanding, get thee sone vnto him, and let thy
〈◊〉
weare the steppes of his dores.
38 Let thy minde be vpon the ordinances of the Lord, and be" continually occupied in his commandements: so shall he stablishe thine heart, and giue thee wisdome at thine owne desire.
CHAP. VII.
2. We must forsake euil, and yet not iustifie our selues. 23 The behauiour of the wise towarde his wife, his friende, his children, his seruants, his father and mother.
1 DO no euil so shal no harme come vnto thee.
2 Departe from the thing that is wicked, & sinne shal turne away from thee.
3 My sonne, sowe not vpon the forowes of vnrighteousnes, lest that thou reape them seuen folde.
4 Aske not of the Lord preeminence, nether of the King the seate of honour.
〈◊〉
. 9. 1.
5 * Iustifie not thy self before the Lord: [forPsal. 143.
〈◊〉
he knoweth thine heart,] & boast not thy
〈◊〉
. 7. 17. wisdome in the presence of the King.Luk. 18. 11.
6 Seke not to be made a iudge, lest thou be not able to take away iniquitie, and lest thou, fearing the persone of the mightie, shuldest commit an offence against thine vprightenes.
7 Offend not against the multitude of a citie and cast not thy self among the people.
8 * Binde not two sinnes together: for inChap. 12
〈◊〉
. one sinne shalt thou not be vnpunished.
9 Say not God wil loke vpon the multitude of mine oblacions, and when I offer to the moste high God, he wil accept it.
10 Be not faint hearted, when thou makest thy prayer, nether slacke in giuing of almes
11 Laugh no man to scorne in the heauines of his soule, for [God which seeth all thigs] is he * that can bring downe: and set vp1. Sam, 2. 7. againe.
12 Sow not a lie against thy brother, nether do the same against thy friend.
13 Vse not to make anie maner of lie: for the custome there of is not good.
14 Make not manie wordes when thou art among the Elders, nether repeate a thing in thy prayer.
15 Heare not laborious worke, nether the housbandrie, which the moste High hathe created.
16 Nomber not thy self in the multitude of the wicked, but remember that vengeance wil not slacke.
17 Humble thy minde greatly: for the vengeā ce of the wicked is fyre and wormes.
18 Giue not ouer thy friend for anie good, nor thy true brother for the gold of Ophir
19 Departe not from a wise and good womā, [that is fallen vnto thee for thy porcion in the feare of the Lord:] for her grace is aboue golde.
〈◊〉
. 19.
〈◊〉
.
20 ¶ * Where as thy seruant worketh truelyChap.
〈◊〉
. 30. &
〈◊〉
. 7. intreate him not euil, not the hireling that besto weth him self wholie for thee.
21 Let thy soule loue a good seruant, and defraude him not of libertie, [nether leaue him a poore man.]
22 * If thou haue cattel, loke wel to them, & if thei be for thy profite, kepe them with thee.
23 If thou haue sonnes, instruct them, & holde their necke from their youth.
24 If thou haue daughters, kepe their bodie and shewe not thy face chereful towarde them.
25 Marie thy daughter, and so shalt thou performe a weightie matter: but giue her to a man of vnderstanding.
26 If thou haue a wife after thy minde, forsake her not, but commit not thy self to the hateful.
27 * Honour thy father from thy whole heartChap.
〈◊〉
. 9. & forget not the sorowes of thy mother.Tob. 4. 7.
28 Remember that thou wast borne of them, and how canst thou recompense them the things that they haue done for the.
29 ¶ Feare the Lord with all thy soule, and honor his ministers.
30 Loue him that made thee, with all thyDeut 12.
〈◊〉
. strength * and forsake not his seruants.
31 Feare the Lord with all thy soule, andLeui. 2. 3. honor the Priests, * And giue them theirNomb. 18. 15. porcion, as it is commanded thee, the first frutes, [and purifications] and sacrifices for sinne, and the offrings of the shoulders, and the sacrifices of sanctification, and the first frutes of the holie things.
32 Stretche thine hand vnto the poore that thyOr, liberalitie. blessing, [and reconciliacion] may be accomplished.
33 Liberalitie pleaseth all men liuing, and *Tob.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. from the dead restraine it not.Rom. 12.
〈◊〉
.
34 * Let not them that wepe, be without
〈◊〉
. 25.
〈◊〉
. [cō
fort:] but mourne with suche as mourne.
35 * Be not slowe to visit the sicke. for that shal make thee to be beloued.
36 What soeuer thou takest in hād remember the end, and thou shalt neuer do amisse.
CHAP. VIII.
We must take hede with whome we haue to do.
1 STriue not with a mightie man, lest thou fall into his hands.
2 * Make not variance with a riche man: lest
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 25. on the other side weigh downe thy weight:Chap.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. * for golde [and siluer] hathe destroyed ma nie & hathe subuerted the hearts of Kings
3 Striue not with a man that is ful of wordes, and laie no stickes vpon his fyre.
4 Playe not with a man that is vntaught, lest thy kinred be dishonored.
5 * Despise not a man that turneth himself
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. away from sinne, nor cast him not in the teeth with all, but remember that we are all worthie blame.
6 * Dishonour not a man in his olde age forLeui. 19.
〈◊〉
. they
〈◊〉
as we which are not olde.
7 Be not glad of the death of thine enemie, but remember that we must dye all [and so enter into ioy.]
8 * Despise not the exhortacion of theChap. 6,
〈◊〉
. [Elders] that be wise but acquaint thy self with
their wise sentences: for of thē thou shalt learne wisdome, [& the doctrine of vnderstanding,] and how to serue great mē [without complaint.]
9 Go not from the doctrine of the Elders: for they haue learned it of their fathers, & of them thou shalt learne vnderstanding, and to make answer in the time of nede.
10 Kindle not the coles of sinners, [when thou rebukest them,] lest thou be burnt in the fyrie flames [of their sinnes.]
11 Rise not vp against him that doeth wrong that he lay not wait as a spie for thy mouth
12 * Lend not vnto him that is mightier thenChap
〈◊〉
. 4. thy selfe: for if thou lendest him, counte it but lost.
13 Be not suretie aboue thy power for if thou be suretie, thinke to paie it.
14 Go not to law with the iudge for thei wil giue sentēce accordig to his owne honour.Gen. 17. 8.
15 * Trauaile not by the waye with hym that is rash, lest he do thee iniurie: for he followeth his owne wilfulnes, and so shalt thou perish thorowe his folie.
16 * Striue not with him that is angrie, & goProu. 22. 24. not with him into the wildernes: for blood is as nothing in his sight, and where there is no helpe, he wil ouerthrowe thee.
17 Take no counsel at a foole: for he can not kepe a thing close.
18 Do no secret thing before a stranger: for thou canst not tell what he goeth about.
19 Open not thine hearte vnto euerie man, lest he be vnthankeful to thee, [& put thee to reprofe.]
CHAP. IX.
Ofielousie. 12 An olde friend is to be preferred before a newe 18 Righteous most shulde be bidden to thy table.
1 BE not ielous ouer thy wife of thy bosome, nether teache her by thy meanes an euil lesson.
2 Giue not thy life vnto a woman, lest she ouer come thy strength, [and so thou be confounded.]
3 Mete not an harlot, lest thou fall into her snares.
4 Vse not the companie of a woman that is a singer, [and a dancer, nether heare her,] lest thou be taken by her craftines.
5 Gaze not on a * maide, that thou fall notGen. 6. 2. by that that is precious in her.
6 * Cast not thy minde vpon harlots [in anyProu.
〈◊〉
. 2. maner of thing,] lest thou destroye (bothe thy self and) thine heritage.
7 Go not about gazing in the streates of the citie, nether wāder thou in the secret places thereof.
8 * Turne awaye thine eye from a beautifullMat. 5. 28. woman, and loke not vpō others beautie: for many * haue perished by the beautie ofGene 34. 1. womē: for thorow it loue is kindled as a fire
〈◊〉
. Sam.
〈◊〉
, 2.
9 [Euerie woman that is an harlot, shalbe
〈◊〉
. 10. 17. trodden vnder fote as dongue, of euerie one that goeth by the waye.
10 Many wondering at the beautie of a strā
ge woman, haue bene cast out: for her wor des borne as a fyre.]
11 Sit not at all with another mans wife, [nether lie with her vpon the bed,] nor banket with her, lest thine heart incline vnto & so through thy desire fall into destructiō
12 ¶ For sake not an olde friend: for the new shal not be like him: a newe friend is as dewe wine when it is olde, thou shalt drinke it with pleasure.Iudg. 9. 3.
13 * Desire not the honour [& riches] of a sinner:2. Sam. 15. 12. for thou knowest not what shalbe his end.
14 Delite not in the thing that the vngodlie haue pleasure in, but remember that they shal not be founde iust into their graue.
15 Kepe thee from the man that hathe power to slaye: so shalt thou not doute the feare of death: and if thou come vnto him make no faute, lest he take away thy life: remem ber, that thou goest in the middes ofsnares and that thou walkest vpon the towres of the citie.
16 Trye thy neighbour as nere as thou canst * and aske counsel of the wise.Chap. 7. 8.
17 Let thy talke be with the wise, and all thy communication in the Law of the moste High.
18 Let iust men eat and drinke with thee. and let thy reioycing be in the feare of the Lord.
19 InOr, the workeman is praised according to the worke. the hands of the craftesmen shal the workes be commended, and the wise prince of the people by his worde, [& the wor de by the wisdome of the Elders.]
20 A man ful of wordes is dangerous in his ci tie, and he that is rash in his talking, shalbe hated.
CHAP. X.
1 Of Kings and iudges. 7 Pride and
〈◊〉
are to be abhorred, 28 Labour in praised.
1 A Wise iudge wil instruct his people with discretion the gouernance of a prudēt man is wel ordered.
2 As the iudge of the people is him self, so are his officers, and what maner of man the ruler of the citie is, suche are all they that dwell therein.
3 * An vnwise King destroieth his people, but2. King
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. where they that be in autoritie, are men of vnderstanding, there the citie prospereth.
4 The gouernour of the earth is in the hand of the Lord, [and all iniquitie of the nacions is to be abhorred,] and when time is, he wil set vp a profitable ruler ouer it.
5 In the hand of God is the prosperitie of man, and vpon the scribes wil he laye his honour.Leui. 19. 17.
6 * Be not angrie for any wrong, with thy neighbour, and do nothing by iniurious practises.
7 Pride is hateful before God and man, and by bothe doeth one
〈◊〉
iniquitie.
8 * Because of vn righteous dealing, and
〈◊〉
. 27.
〈◊〉
. wrongs and riches gotten by deceite, theDan. 4. 14. kingdome is translated from one people to another.
9 There is nothing worse then a
〈◊〉
man [why art thou proude, ô earth and ashes? there is not a more wicked thing, then to loue money] for suche one wolde euen sel his soule, and for his life euery one is compelled to pul out his owne bowels.
10 [All tyrannie is of smale indurance, and the disease that is hard to heale, is grieuous to the physicion.]
11 The physicion cutteth of the sore disease, and he that is to day a King, tomorowe is dead.
12 Why is the earth and ashes proude, seing that when a man dyeth, he is the heire of serpents, beastes and wormes?
13 The beginning of mans pride, is to fall away from God, & to turne away his heart from his maker.
14 For pride is the original of sinne, and he that hathe it, shal powre out abominaciō, til at last he be ouer throwen: therfore the Lord bringeth the persuasions (of the wicked) to dishonour, and destroieth them in the end.
15 The Lord hathe cast downe the thrones of the (proude) princes, and set vp the meke in their steade.
16 The Lord plucketh vp the rootes of the (proude) nacions, and planteth the lowlie with glorie among them.
17 The Lord ouerthroweth the lands of the heathen, and destroyeth thē vnto the fundacions of the earth: he causeth thē to wither away, and destroieth thē, and maketh their memorial to cease out of the earth.
18 (GOD destroyeth the memorial of the proude, and leaueth the remembrance of the humble.)
19 Pride was not created in mē, nether wrath in the generacion of women.
20 There is a sede of man, which is an honorable sede: the honorable sede are thei that feare the Lord: there is a sede of mā, which is without honour the sede without honor, are they that transgresse the
〈◊〉
of the Lord it is a sede that remaineth whiche feareth the Lord, & afaire plant, that loue him: but they are a sede without honour, that despise the Law, and adeceiueable sede that breake the commandemēts.
21 He that is the chief among brethrē, is honorable: so are they that feare the Lord in his sight.
22 The feare of the LORD causeth that the kingdome faileth not, but the kyngdome is lost by crueltie and pride.
23 The feare of the Lord is the glorie as well of the riche and the noble, as of the poore.
24 It is not mete to despise the poore man that hath vnderstanding, nether is it
〈◊〉
to magnifie the riche that is a wicked man.
25 The great man and the iudge and the man of autoritie, are honorable, yet is there none of them greater, then he that feareth the Lord.
26 * Vnto the seruant that is wise, shall they
〈◊〉
. 17.
〈◊〉
. that are free, do seruice: * he that hathe2
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. knowledge, will not grudge when he is reformed, (and the ignorāt shall not
〈◊〉
to honour.)
27 Seke not excuses when thou
〈◊〉
do thy worke, nether be ashamed thereof through pride in the time of aduersitie.
28 * Better is he that laboreth and hath plē
teousnesProu. 12.
〈◊〉
. of all things, then he that is gorgeous, and wanteth bread.
29 My
〈◊〉
, get thy self praise by mekenes, and esteme thy self as thou
〈◊〉
.
30 Who will counte hym iust that sinneth against him selfe? or honour him, that dishonoreth his owne soule?
31 The poore is honored for his knowledge (and his feare,) but the riche is had in repu tacion because of his goods.
32 He that is honorable in pouertie, how muche more shal he be when he is riche? & he that is vnhonest being riche, how much more (wil he be so) when he is in pouertie?
CHAP. XI.
1 The praise of humilitie. 2 After the outward appearance ought we not to iudge. 7 Of
〈◊〉
iudgement. 14 All things come of God. 29 All men are not to be broght into thine house.
1 WIsdome *
〈◊〉
vp the head of hym
〈◊〉
41 40. that is lowe, and maketh hym to sitDan. 6.
〈◊〉
. among great men.
2 Commend not a mā for his beautie, nether despise a man in his vtter appearance.
3 The bee is but
〈◊〉
among the foules, yet doeth her frute passe in swetenes.
4 Be not proude of clothing and raimēt, * &Act. 12. 2. exalte not thy selfe in the daye of honour: for the workes of the Lord are wonderful, (and glorious,) secret, (and vnknowen) are his workes among men.
5 Many tyrāts haue sit downe vpō the earth, * & the vnlikelie hath worne the crowne.1. Sam.
〈◊〉
. 28.
6 Manye mightie men haue bene broght to
〈◊〉
. 6. 10. dishonour, & the honorable haue bene deliuered into other mens hands.
7 ¶ * Blame (no man) before thou haue inquiredDeu. 13. 14. &
〈◊〉
6. the matter: vnderstand first, and thē reformeIosh. 7.
〈◊〉
. [righteously.]
8 * Giue no sentence, before thou hast heardPro 18, 130 the cause, nether interrupt men in the middes of their tales.
9 Striue not for a matter that thou hast not to do with, and sit not in the iudgement of sinners.
10 My sonne, medle not with many matters: * for if thou
〈◊〉
muche, thou shalt not beMat
〈◊〉
. 22.
〈◊〉
. Tim 6. 9. blameles, and if thou followe after it, yet shalt thou not atteine it, nether shalt thou escape, thogh thou flee from it.
11 * There is some man that laboreth and takethPro. 10. 3. peine, and the more he hasteth, the more he wanteth.
12 Againe there is some that is slouthful, & * hath nede of helpe: for he wāteth strēgth,Iob. 42. 10. and hath great pouertie, yet the eye of the Lord loketh vpon hym to good, and setteth him vp from his lowe estate,
13 And he lifteth vp his head so that manye men marueil at him, [and giue honour vnto God.]
14 * Prosperitie and aduersitie, life and death,Iob. 14.
〈◊〉
. pouertie and riches come of the Lord.Eze.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
15 Wisdome and knowledge, and vnderstanding of the Lawe are of the Lord: loue and good workes come of him.
16 Errour and darckenes are appointed for sinners, and they that exalte them selues in euil, waxe olde in euil.
17 The gifte of the Lord remayneth for the godlie, and his good wil giueth prosperitie for euer.
18 ¶ Some man is riche by hys care and nigardship, and this is the porcion of his wages,
19 In that he saith, * I haue gotten rest, and
〈◊〉
. 12, 19. now wil I eat continually of my goods, yet he considereth not, that the time draweth nere, that he must leaue all these things vnto other men, and dye him self.
20 Stand thou in thy stare, and exercise thy self therein, and remaine in thy worke vnto thine age.
21 Marueil not at the workes of sinners, but truste in the Lord, and abide in thy labour: for it is an easie thing in the sight of the Lord suddenly to make a poore man riche.
22 The blessing of the Lord is in the wages of the godlie, and he maketh his prosperitie sone to florish.
23 ¶ Say not, What profite and pleasure shal I haue? and what good thinges shall I haue hereafter?
24 Againe say not, I haue ynough, and posses se many things, * & what euil can come toChap. 18. 25. me hereafter?
25 In thy good state remember
〈◊〉
, & in aduersitie forget not prosperitie.
26 For it is an easie thing vnto the LORD in the day of death to rewarde a man according to his waies.
27 The aduersitie of an houre maketh one to forget pleasure: and in a mans ende, hys workes are discouered.
28 Iudge none blessed before his death: for a man shalbe knowen by his children.
29 Bring not euerie man into thine house: for the disceitfull haue many traines, [and are like stomackes that belche stin kingly.]
30 As a partriche is takē vnder a basket, [& the hinde is taken in the snare,] so is the heart of the proude man, whiche like a spie watcheth for thy fall.
31 For he lieth in waite and turneth good vnto euil, and in things worthie praise he wil finde some faute.
32 Of one litle sparke is made a greate fyre, [and of one disceitful man is blood in creased:] for a sinful man laieth waite for blood.
33 Beware of a wicked man: for he imagineth wicked things to bring thee into a perpetual shame.
34 Lodge a stranger, and he will destroy thee with vnquietnes, and driue thee from thine owne.
CHAP. XII.
1 Vnto whome we ought to do good. 10 Enemies ought not to be trusted.
1 WHen thou wilt do good, knowe to whome thou doest it, so shalt thou be thanked for thy benefites.
2 Do good vnto the righteous, & thou shalt finde [great] rewarde, thogh not of him, yet of the moste High.
3 He can not haue good that continueth in euill, and gyueth no almes: [for the moste High hateth the sinners, and hathe mercie vpon them that repent.]
4 Giue vnto suche as feare God, and receiue not a sinner.
5 Do well vnto him that is lowlie, but gyue not to the vngodlie: holde backe thy bread and giue it not vnto him, lest he ouer come thee thereby els thou shalt receyue twise as muche euill for all the good that thou doest vnto him.
6 For the moste High hateth the wicked, & will repay vengeance vnto the vngodlye, and kepeth them against the daye of horrible vengeance.
7 Giue vnto the good, and receiue not the sinner.
8 A friende can not be knowen in prosperitie, nether can an enemie be vnknowen in aduersitie.
9 When a man is in wealth, it grieueth hys enemies, but in heauines & trouble a mans very friend wil departe from him.
10 Trust neuer thine ennemie: for like as an yron rusteth, so doeth his wickednes.
11 And thogh he make muche crouching & kneeling, yet a duise thy selfe, and beware of him, and thou shalt be to him, as he that wipeth a glasse, and thou shalt knowe that all his rust hath not bene wel wiped away.
12 Set him not by thee, lest he destroy thee, & standin thy place.
13 Nether set him at thy right hand, lest he seke thy roume, & thou at the last remēber my wordes, & be pricked with my sayings.
14 Binde not two sinnes together, for there shal not one be vnpunished.
15 Who wil haue pitie of the charmer, that is stinged of the serpent? or of all suche as come nere the beasts? so is it with him that kepeth companie with a wicked man, & wrap peth him selfin his sinnes.
16 For a season will he bide with thee: but if thou stomble, he taryeth not.
17 * An ennemie is swete in his lippes: he can
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
make manie good wordes, and speake manie good things: yea, he can weepe with his eyes, but in his heart he imagineth how to throwe thee into the pit and if he may fin de opportunitie, he wil not be satisfied with blood.
18 If aduersitie come vpon thee, thou shalt fin de him there first, and thogh he pretend to helpe thee, yet shal he vndermine thee: he wil shake his head, and clappe his hāds and wil make manie wordes, and disguisse his countenance.
CHAP. XIII.
1 The companies of the proude and of the riche are to be
〈◊〉
. 15 The loue of God. 17 Like do cōpanie with their like.
〈◊〉
. 7.
〈◊〉
.
1 HE * that toucheth pitch, shalbe defiled with it, and he that is familiar with the proude, shal be like vnto him.
2
〈◊〉
not thy self aboue thy power whi les thou liuest, and companie not with one that is mightier, and richer then thy self: for how agre the kettel and the earthen pot together? for if the one be smitten against the other, it shal be broken.
3 The riche dealeth vnrighteously, & threat neth with all but the poore being oppressed must in treat: if the riche haue done wrong, he must yet be intreated but if the poore haue done it, he shal straight waise be threatned.
4 If thou for his profite, he vseth thee but if thou haue nothing, he wil forsake thee.
5 If thou haue anie thing, he wil liue with thee, yea, he wil make thee a bare man, and wil not care for it.
6 If he haue nede of thee, he wil defraude thee, and wil laugh at thee, and put thee in hope, and giue thee, all good wordes, and say, What wantest thou?
7 Thus wil he shame thee in his meat, vntil he haue supt thee cleane vp twise or thrise, and at the last he wil laugh thee to scorne afterwarde, when he seeth thee he wil forsake thee, and shake his head at thee.
8 [Submit thy self vnto God, and
〈◊〉
vpō his hand.]
9 Bewarre that thou be not disceiued in thine owne cōceit & broght downe by thy sim plenes: [be not to hūble in thy wisdome,]
10 ¶ If thou be called of a mightie man, absent thy self: so shal he call thee the more oft.
11 Prease not thou vnto him, that thou be not shut out, but go not thou farre of lest he forget thee.
12 With drawe not thy self from his speache but beleue not his manie wordes for with muche communication wil he temptthee, and laughingly wil he grope thee.
13 He is vnmerciful, and kepeth not promes: he wil not spare to do thee hurt, and to put thee in prison.
14 Beware, and take good hede: for thou wal kest in peril of thine ouerthrowing: when thou hearest this awake in thy slepe.
15 Loue the Lord all thy life, and call vpon him forthy saluacion.
16 ¶ Euerie beast loueth his like, and euerie man loueth his neighbour.
17 All flesh wil resorte to their like, and euerie man wil kepe companie with suche as he is him self.
18 How can the wolfe agre with the lambe? nomore cāthe vngodliewith the righteous
19 What felowship hatheVVhich is a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
beast that coun ter
〈◊〉
the voyce of men, and so
〈◊〉
thē
〈◊〉
of their houses & deuoureth them. hyena with a dog ge? and what peace is betwene the riche and the poore?
20 (As) the wilde asse is the lions praye in the wildernes, so are poore mē the meat of the riche.
21 As the proude hate humilitie, so do the riche abhorre the poore.
22 If a richeman fall, his friends set him vp againe: but when the poore falleth, his friēds driue him away.
23 If a riche man offend, he hathe many helpers: he speaketh proude wordes, and yet men iustifie him: but if a poore man faile, they rebuke him, and thogh he speake wisely, yet can it haue no place.
24 When the riche man speaketh, euerie mā holdeth his tongue: and loke what he saith they praise it vnto the cloudes: but if the poore man speake, they say. What felow is this? & if he do amisse, they wil destroie him.
25 Riches are good vnto him that hathe no sinne [in his conscience,] and pouertie is euil in the mouth of the vngodlie.
26 The heart of a man changeth his countenance, whether it be in good or euil.
27 A cheareful countenance is a token of a good heart: for it is an hard thīg to knowe the secrets of the thoght.
CHAP. XIIII.
1 The offence of the tongue. 17 Man is but a vaine thing 21 Happie is he that continueth in wisdome.
1 BLessed is the man * that hathe not fallenChap. 19,
〈◊〉
by [the worde of] his mouth, and isSam. 302. not tormented with the sorow of sinne.
2 Blessed is he that is not condemned in his conscience, and is not fallen from his hope in the Lord.
3 Riches are comelie for a nigarde, & what shulde an enuious man do with money.
4 He that gathereth together from his owne soule, heapeth together for others, that wil make good cheare with his goods.
5 He that is wicked vnto him self, to whome wil he be good? for suche one can haue no pleasure of his goods.
6 There is nothing worse, then whē one
〈◊〉
him self: and this is a rewarde of his wickednes.
7 And if he do anie good: he doeth it not, knowing thereof, and against his wil, and at the last he declareth his wickednes.
8 The enuious man hathe a wicked loke: he turneth away his face, and despiseth men.
9 A couetous mās eye hathe neuer ynough
of a porcion, and his wicked malice withereth his owne soule.Prou. 17. 20.
10 A * wicked eye enuieth the bread, and the re is scarcenes vpon his table.
11 My sonne, do good to thy self of that thou hast, and giue the Lord his due offrings.
12 Remember that death tarieth not, & that couenant of the graue is not shewed vnto thee.Chap. 4 1.
13 * Do good vnto thy friend before thou
〈◊〉
. 4. 7. dye, & according to thine habilitie stretchLuk 14. 13. out thine hand, and giue him.
14 Defraude not thy self of the good day, and let not the porcion of the good desires ouet passe thee.
15 Shalt thou not leaue thy trauails vnto another, and thy labours for the deuiding of the heritage?
16 Giue and take & sanctifie thy soule [worke thou righteousnes before thy death:] for in the hell there is no meat to finde.
17 ¶ * All flesh waxeth olde, as a garment, &Isa. 40. 6. this is the condition of all times, Thou1. Pet. 1. 24. shalt dye the death.iam, 1. 10.
18 As the grene leaues on a thicke tree, some fall, and some growe, so is the generacion of flesh and blood: one cometh to an end, and another is borne.
19 All corruptible things shal faile, and the worker thereof shal go withal.
20 [Euerie excellent worke shalbe iustified, and he that worketh it, shal haue honour, thereby.]Psal.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
21 * Blessed is the man that doeth meditate honest things by wisdome, [and exerciseth him self in iustice,] and he that reasoneth of holie things by his vnderstanding.
22 Which considereth in his heart her wayes, and vnderstandeth her secrets.
23 Go thou after her as one that seketh her out, and lie in waite in her wayes.
24 He shal loke in at the windowes, and hear ken at her dores.
25 He shal abide beside her house, and fasten a stake in her walles: he shal pitche his tent besides her.
26 And he shal remaine in the lodging of good men, & shal set his childrē vnder her couering, & shal dwell vnder her branches
27 By her he shalbe couered from the heat, & in her glorie shal he dwell.
CHAP. XV.
1 The goodnes that followeth him which feareth God. 8 God reiecteth and casteth of the sinner. 11 God is not the autor of euil.
1 HE that seareth the Lord, wil do good: and he that hathe the knowledge of the Law, wil kepe it sure.
2 As an [honorable] mother shal she mete him, and she, as his wife maried of a virgine wil receiue him.
3 With the bread [of life] and vnderstanding shal she fede him and giue him the water of [whome] wisdome to drinke.
4 He shal assure him self in her, and shal not be moued, and shal holde him self fast by her, and shal not be confounded.
5 She shal exalt him aboue his neighboures and in the middes of the congregacion shal she open his mouth: [with the spirit of wisdome, and vnderstanding shal she fil him, and clothe him with the garment of glorie.]
6 She shal cause him to inherit ioye, and the crowne of gladnes, & an euerlasting name.
7 But foolish men wil not take holde vpon her: (but suche as haue vnderstanding, wil mete her:) the sinners shal not se her.
8 For she is farre from pride (and disceite,) and men that lie, can not remēber her: (but men of trueth shal haunt her, and shal prosper euen vnto the beholding of God.)
9 Praise is not semelie in the mouth of the sinner: for that is not sent of the Lord.
10 But if praise come of wisdome, (and he plē teous in a faithful moneth) thē the lord wil prosper it,
11 Say not thou, It is through the Lord that I turne backe: for thou oughtest not to do the things that he hateth.
12 Say not thou, He hathe caused me to erre: for he hathe no nede of the sinful man.
13 The Lord hateth all abominacion (oferrour:) and they that feare God, wil loue it.
14 * He made man srom the beginning, andGene. 1. 29. left him in the hād of his counsel, (& gaue him his commandements and precepts.)
15 If thou wilt, thou shalt obserue the commā dements, and testifie thy good wil.
16 He hathe set water and fyre before thee stretche out thine hand vnto which thou wilt.
17 * Before man is life and death, (good andIere. 21.
〈◊〉
. euil.) what him liketh, shalbe giuen him.
18 For the wisdome of the Lord is great, and he is mightie in power, and beholdeth all things (continually.)
19 * And the eyes (of the Lord) are vpon themPsal. 34.
〈◊〉
. that feare him, & he knoweth all the workes of man.
20 He hathe commāded no man to do vn god lie, nether hathe he giuen anieman licence to sinne: (for he desireth not a multitude of infidels, & vn profitable children.)
CHAP. XVI.
1 Of vnhappie, and wicked children. 17 No man can hide him self from God. 24 An exhortacion to the receiuing of instruction.
1 DEsire not the multitude of vnprofitable children, nether delite in vngodlie children: thogh thei be manie, reioyce not in them, except the feare of the Lord be with them.
2 Thrust not thou to their life, nether rest vpō their multitude.
3 For one that is iuste, is better then a thousand suche, and better it is to dye without children, then to leaue behinde him vn god
〈◊〉
children.
4 For by one that hathe vnderstanding, shal
the citie be inhabited: but the stocke of the wicked shalbe wasted incontinently.
5 Manie suche things haue I sene with mine eyes, and mine eare hathe heard greater things then these.
6 * In the congregatiō of the vngodlie shalChap. 21. 10. a fyre be kindeled, and among vnfaithful people shal the wrath be set on fyre.
7 * He spared not the olde gyāts, which wereGen. 6. 4. rebellious, trusting to their owne strenght,
8 * Nether spared he where as Lot dwelt, thoGen. 15. 21. se whome he abhorred for their pride.
9 He had no pitie vpon the people that were destroyed, and puffed vp in their sins.Nom. 14. 15. & 25, 46.
10 * And so he preserued the six hundreth thousand fotemen, that were gathered in the hardnes of their heart, in afflicting thē & pitying them, in smiting them and healing thē, with mercie, & with chastisement.
11 Therefore if there be one stiffe necked among the people, it is marueil if he scape vnpunished: for mercie and wrathare with him: he is mightie to forgiue, & to powre out displeasure.
12 * As his mercie is great, so is his punishmentChap. 5. 10. also: he iudgeth a man according to his workes.
13 The vngodlie shal not escape with his spoi le, and the pacience of the godlie shal not be delayed.
14 He wil giue place to all good dedes, and euerie one shal finde according to his wor kes, [and after the vnderstanding of his pilgrimage.]
15 The Lord hardened Pharao, that he shulde not knowe him, and that his workes shulde be knowen vpon the earth vnder the heauen.
16 His mercie is knowen to all creatures: he hathe separate his light from the darknes with an adamant.
17 Say not thou, I wil hide my self from the Lord: for who wil thinke vpō me frō aboue I shal not be knowen in so great an heape of people: for what is my soule among suche an infinite nomber of creatures?1. Pet. 3. 10.
18 Beholde, the heauen, and the * heauen of heauens, which are for God, the depth, and the earth, and all that therein is, shalbe mo ued when he shal visite.
19 All the worlde which is created and made by his wil, the mountaines also, and the fun dacions of the earth shal shake for feare, when the Lord loketh vpon them.
20 These things doeth no heart vnderstand worthely, [but he vnderstandeth euerie heart.]
21 And who vnderstandeth his wayes? and the storme that no man can se? for the moste parte of his workes are hid.
22 Who can declare the workes of his righteousnes? or who can abide them? for his or dinance is farre of, and the trying out of all things faileth.
23 He that is humble of heart, wil consider I these things: but an vn wise and erronious mā casteth his minde vpon foolish things.
24 My sonne, hearken vnto me, and learne knowledge, and marke my wordes with thine heart.
25 I wil declare thee weightie doctrine, & wil instruct thee exactly in knowledge.
26 The Lord hathe set his workes in good order frō the beginning, & parte of them hathe he sundred from the other when he first made them.
27 He hathe garnished his workes for euer, and their beginnings so lōg as they shal in dure, they are not hungrie nor wearied in their labours, nor cease from their offices.
28 None of them hindreth another, nether was anie of them disobedient vnto his wordes.
29 After this the Lord loked vpon the earth and filled it with his goods things.
30 With all maner of liuing beasts hathe he couered the face thereof, and they returne into it againe.
CHAP. XVII.
1 The creation of man, and the goodnes that God hathe done vnto him.
〈◊〉
Of almes 26 And repentance.
1 THe * Lord hathe created mā of the earth
〈◊〉
. 5. 27 & 5.
〈◊〉
. and turneth him vnto it againe.Wisd.
〈◊〉
. 23. & 9
〈◊〉
2 He gaue him the nomber of dayes and cer1. Cor. 11. 7. col 3. 10 teine times, and gaue him power of the things, that are vpon earth.
3 He clothed them with strength, as they had nede, and made them according to his image.
4 He made all flesh to feare him, so that he had the dominion ouer the beasts, and foules.
5 [* He created out of him an helper like vnGen.
〈◊〉
, 22. to him self,] and gaue them discrecion and tongue, and eyes, eares, and an heart to vn derstand, and sixtly he gaue them a spirit, and seuently he gaue them speache to declare his workes.
6 And he filled them with knowledge of vn derstanding, and shewed them good and euil.
7 He set his eye vpon their hearts, declaring vnto them his noble workes,
8 And gaue thē occasion to reioyce perpetually in his miracles, that they shulde pru dently declare his workes, & that the elect shulde praise his holie Name together.
9 Beside this, he gaue them knowledge, and gaue them the Law of life for an heritage, that thei might now knowe that thei were mortal.
10 He made an euerlasting couenant with them, and shewed them his iudgements,
11 Their eyes sawe the maiestie of his glorie, and their eares heard his glorious voyce.
12 And he said vnto thē, Beware of all vnrighteous things. * He gaue euerie man also a
〈◊〉
10,
〈◊〉
. cōmandement concerning his neighbour.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
13 Their wayes are euer before him, and are not hid from his eyes.
4 Euerie man from his youth is giuē to euil,
& their stonie hearts can not become flesh
15 He appointed a ruler vpon euerie people when he deuided the nacions of the whole earth.
16 * And he did chuse Israél, as a peculiarDeu. 4. 10. & 10, 5. people to him self, whome he nourisheth with discipline as his first borne, & giueth him moste louing light, and doeth not forsake him.
17 All their workes are as the sunne before him, & his eyes are continually vpon their wayes.
18 None of their vnrighteousnes is hid from him, but all their sinnes are before the Lord
19 And as he is merciful, and knoweth his worke, he doeth not leaue them nor forsake them, but spareth them.Chap. 29. 16.
20 *The almes of a man, is as a thing sealed vp before him, and he kepeth the good dedes of man as the apple of the eye, and giueth repentance to their sonnes, & daughters.Mat. 25. 35.
21 * At the last shal he arise, & rewarde them and shal repay their rewarde vpon their heads.Act. 3,
〈◊〉
.
22 * But vnto them that wil repent, he giueth them grace to returne, & exhorteth suche as faile, with pacience, [and sendeth them the porcion of the veritie.]Ier,
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
23 * Returne thē vnto the Lord, and forsake thy sinnes: make thy prayer before his face and take away the offence.
24 Turne againe vnto the most High: for he wil bring thee from darkenes to wholsome light: for sake thine vnrighteousnes, and
〈◊〉
greatly all abominacion.
25 [Knowe the righteousnes & iudgements of God: stand in the porcion that is set forthe for thee, and in the prayer of the most high God, and go in the partes of the holie worlde with suche as be liuing and confesse God.]Psal. 6.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
26 * Who cā praise the moste High in the hell as do all they that liue and confesse him?
27 [Abide not thou in the errour of the vngodlie, but praise the Lord before death.]
28 Thankefulnes perisheth from the dead, as thogh he were not but the liuing, and he that is sounde of heart, praiseth the Lord, [and reioyceth in his mercie]
29 How great is the louing kindenes of the Lord our God, and his compassion vnto suche as turne vnto him in holines,
30 For all things can not be in men, because the sonne of man is not immortal, [and they take pleasure in the vanitie of wickednes.]
31 What is more cleare then the sunne? yet shal it faile.
32 So flesh and blood that thinketh euil, [shalbe reproued.]
33 He seeth the power of the high heauen, & all men are but earth and ashes.
CHAP. XVIII.
1 The maruelous workes of God. 6. 7 The miserie & wretchednes of man. 9 Against God ought we not to complaine. 21 The performing of vowes.
1 HE that liueth foreuer, * made all thingsGen.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. to gether: the Lord who onelie is iust, and there is none other but he, [and he remaineth a victorious King for euer.]
2 He ordereth the worlde with the power of his hand, and all things obey his wil: for he gouerneth all things by his power, and deuideth the holie things from the prophane.
3 To whome hathe he giuen power to expres se his workes? who wilseke out the grounde of his noble actes?
4 Who shal declare the power of his greatnes? or who wil take vpō him to tell out his mercie?
5 As for the wonderous workes of the Lord, there may nothing be taken from them, nether can anie thing be put vnto them, ne ther may the grounde of them be founde out.
6 But when a man hathe done his best, he must beginne againe, and when he thinketh to come to an end, he must go againe to his labour.
7 ¶What is man? where to serueth he? what good or euil can he do?
8 * If the nomber of a mans daies be an hunPsal 19.
〈◊〉
. dreth yere, it is muche: and no man hathe certeine knowledge of his death.
9 As droppes of raine are vnto the sea, and as a grauel stone is in comparison of the sand, so are a thousand yeres to the dayes euerlasting.
10 Therefore is [God] pacient with them, and powreth out his mercie vpon them.
11 He sawe and perceiued, that [the arrogancie of their heart, and their ruine was euil: therefore heaped he vp his mercie vpon them, and shewed them the way of righteousnes.]
12 The mercie that a man hathe, reacheth to his neighbour: but the mercie of the Lord is vpon all flesh: he chasteneth, and nurtureth, and teacheth, and bringeth backe, as a shebherd his flocke.
13 He hathe mercie of them that receiue disci pline, and that diligently seke after his iud gements.
14 ¶My sonne, when thou doest good, repro ue not: and what soeuer thou giuest, vse no discomfortable wordes.
15 Shal not the dewe aswage the heat: so is a worde better then a gife.
16 Lo, is not a worde better then a good gift? but a gracious man giueth them bothe.
17 A foole wil reproche churlishly, and a gift of the enuious putteth out the eyes.
18 [Get thee righteousnes before thou come to iudgement:] learne before thou speake, and vse physike or euer thou be sicke.
19 * Examine thy self, before thou be iudged,1. Cor.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. & in the day of the visitacion thou shalt fin de mercie.
20 Humble thy self before thou be sicke, and whiles thou maiest yet sinne, shewe thy con uersion.
21 Let nothing let thee to pay thy vowe in time, and differre not vnto death to be reformed: [for the rewarde of God endureth for euer.]
22 Before thou praiest, prepare thy self, and be not as one that tempteth the Lord.Chap. 7. 18.
23 Thinke vpon the * wrath, that shalbe at the end, and the houre of vengeance, whē he shal turne away his face.Chap. 11. 17.
24 * When thou hast ynough, remember the time of hunger: and when thou art riche, thinke vpon pouertie and nede.
25 From the morning vntil the euening the time is changed, and all suche things are sone done before the Lord.
26 A wise man feareth in all things, and in the daies of transgression he kepeth him self from sinne: but the foole doeth not obserue the time.
27 ¶Euerie wise man knoweth wisdome, and knowledge, and praiseth him that findeth her.
28 They that haue vnderstanding, deale wisely in wordes: [they vnderstand the trueth and righteousnes,] and powre out with mo destie graue sentences for mans life.
29 The chief autoritie of speaking is of the Lord alone: for a mortal man hathe but a dead heart.Rom. 6. 6. &. 13. 14.
30 ¶ * Followe not thy lustes, but turne thee from thine owne appetites.
31 For if thou giuest thy soule her desires, it shal make thine enemies that enuie thee, to laugh thee to scorne.
32 Take not thy pleasure in great volupteous nes, and intangle not thy self with suche companie.
33 Become not a begger by making bankets of that that thou hast borowed, & so leaue nothing in thy purse, els thou shuldest sclā
derously lie in waite for thine owne life.
CHAP. XIX.
2 Wine and whoredome bring men to pouertie. 6 In thy wordes vse discretion. 22 The difference of the wisdome of God and man. 27 Whereby thou maist knowe what is in man.
1 A Laboring man that is giuen to drunkennes, shal not be riche: and he that contemneth smale things, shal fall by litle and litle.
〈◊〉
. 19.
〈◊〉
.
2 * Wine and women leade wise men out of1. King. 11. 1. the way, [and put men of vnderstanding to reprofe.]
3 And he that companieth adulterers, shal become impudent. rottennes and wormes shal haue him to heritage, and he that is to bolde, shalbe taken away, and be made a pu blicke example.
〈◊〉
. 22. 11.
4 * He that is hastie to giue credit, is light minded, and he that erreth sinneth against his owne soule.
Who so reioyceth in wickednes, shal be pu nished: [he that hateth to be reformed, his life shalbe shortened, and he that abhorreth babling of wordes, quencheth wickednes:] but he that resisteth pleasures, crowneth his owne soule.
6 He that refraineth his tongue, may liue with a trouble some man, and he that hateth babling, shal haue lesse euil.
7 Rehearse not to an other, that which is tolde vnto thee: so thou shalt not be hindred.
8 Declare not other mens maners, nether to friend not foe: and if the sinne apperteine not vnto thee, reueile it not.
9 For he wil hearken vnto thee, and marke thee, and when he findeth opportunitie: he wil hate thee.Chap. 22 18 & 17.
〈◊〉
.
10 * If thou hast heard a worde [against thy neighbour,] let it dye with thee, and be sure, it wil not burst thee.
11 A foole trauaileth when he hathe heard a thing, as a woman that is about to bring for the a childe.
12 As an arrowe that sticketh in ones thigh, so is a worde in a fooles heart.Leuit. 19. 17.
13 * Reproue a friend lest he do (euil,) and ifMat. 18. 13. he haue done it, that he do it no more.
14 Reproue a friend that he may kepe his tō
gue: and if he haue spoken, that he say it no more.
15 Tell thy friēd his faute: for oft times a sclā
der is raised, and giue no credence to euerie worde.
〈◊〉
. 3. 20
16 A man falleth with his tōgue, but not with his wil: * and who is he, that hathe not offē ded in his tongue?
17 Reproue thy neighbour before thou threa ten him, and being without anger, giue pla ce vnto the Law of the moste High.
18 The feare of the Lord is the first degre to be receiued of him, and wisdom obteineth his. loue.
19 The knowledge of the commandements of the Lord is the doctrine of life, and they that obey him, shal receiue the frute of immortalitie.
20 The feare of the Lord is all wisdome, and the performing of the Law is perfite wisdome, and the knowledge of his almightie power.
21 If a seruāt say vnto his master, I wil not do as it pleaseth thee, thogh afterward he do it, he shal displease him that nourisheth him
22 The knowledge of wickednes is not wisdome, nether is there prudencie where as the counsel of sinners is: but it is euen execrable malice: and the foole is voide of wis dome.
23 He that hathe smale vnderstanding, and fea reth (God) is better then one that hathe muche wisdome, and transgresseth the Law of the moste High.
24 There is a certeine subtiltie that is fine, but it is vnrighteous: and there is that wras teth the open and manifest Law: yet there
is that is wise and iudgeth righteously.
25 There is some that being about wicked purposes, do bowe downe them selues, & are sad, whose inward partes burne altoge ther with deceit he loketh downe with his face, and faineth him self deafe: yet before thou perceiue, he wil be vpon thee to hurt thee.
26 And thogh he be so weake that he can do thee no arme, yet when he may finde opportunitie, he wil do euil.
27 ¶ A man may be knowen by his loke, and one that hathe vnderstanding, may be perceiued by the marking of his countenāce
28 * A mans garment, and his excessiueChap. 21. 23. laughter, and going declare what persone he is.
CHAP. XX.
Of correction and repentance. 6 To speake and kepe silen ce in time. 17 The fall of the wicked. 23 Of lying. 24 The thief and the murcherer. 28 Giftes blinde the eyes of the wise.
1 THere is some rebuke that is not comelie: againe, some man holdeth his tongue, and he is wise.
2 It is muche better to reproue, then, to be a re euil wil: and he that acknowledgeth his faute, shalbe preserued from hurt.Chap. 30 22.
3 As * when a geldedman thorowe lust wolde defile a maide, so is he that vseth violen ce in iudgement.
4 How good a thing is it, when thou art reproued, to she we repentance: for so shalt thou escape wilful sinne.
5 Some man kepeth silence, and is founde wise, & some by muche babling becometh
〈◊〉
,
6 Some man holdeth his tongue, because he hathe not to answere: and some kepeth silence, waiting a conuenient time.
7 * A wise man wil holde his tongue til heseChap.
〈◊〉
. 6. opportunitie: but a trifler and a foole wil regarde no time.
8 He that vseth manie wordes, shalbe abhorred, and he that taketh autoritie to him self, shalbe hated.
9 Some man hathe oft times prosperitie in wicked things, & (some time) a thing that is founde, bringeth losse.
10 There is some gift that is not profitable for thee: and there is some gift, whose rewarde is double.
11 Some man humbleth him self for glories sake and some by humblenes lifteth vp the head.
12 Some man byeth muche for a litle price for the which he payeth seuen times more.
13 * A wise man with his wordes maketh himChap. 6 5. self to be loued, but the mery tales of fooles shal be powred out.
14 The gift receiued of a foole, shal do thee no good, nether yet of the énuious for his importunitie: for he loketh to receiue manie things for one: he giueth litle, and he vpbraideth muche: he openeth his mouthe like a towne crier: to day he lendeth, to morowe asketh he againe, and suche one is to be hated of God and man.
15 The foole saith, I haue no friend: I haue no thanke for all my good dedes: and they that eat my bread: spake euil of me.
16 How oft, and of how manie shal he be laughed to scorne? for he comprehendeth not by right iudgement that which he hathe: and it is all one as thogh he had it not.
17 The fall on a pauement is verie sudden so shal the fall of the wicked come hastely.
18 A man without grace is as a foolish tale which is oft tolde by the mouthe of the ignorant.
19 A wise sentence loseth grace when it cometh out of a fooles mouthe: for he speaketh not in due season.
20 Some man sinneth not because of pouertie, & yet is not grieued when he is alone.
21 Some man there is that destroyeth his owne soule, because he is ashamed, and for the regarde of persones loseth it.
22 Some man promiseth vnto his friend for shame, and getteth an enemie of him for naught.
23 * A lie is a wicked shame in a man: yet is itChap. 25. 4. oft in the mouth of the vnwise.
24 A thief is better, then a man that is accustomed to lye: but they bothe shal haue destruction to heritage.
25 The conditions of liers are vnhonest, and their shame is euer with them.
26 A wise man shal bring him self to honor with his wordes, and he that hathe vnderstanding, shal please great men.
27 * He that tilleth his land, shal increase hisProu. 12. 11, & 28. 19. heape: [he that worketh righteousnes, shalbe exalted,] he that pleaseth great men shal haue pardon of his iniquitie.Exod. 23. 8.
28 * Rewardes and giftes blinde the eyes ofdent. 16. 19. the wise, and make them domme that they can not reproue fautes.
29 Wisdome that is hid, and treasure that is horded vp, what profite is in them bothe?
30 Better is he that kepeth his ignorance secret, them a man that hideth his wisdome.
31 The necessarie pacience of him, that followeth the Lord, is better then he that gouerneth his life without the Lord.
CHAP. XXI.
1 Not to continue in sinne. 5 The prayer of the afflicted. 6 To hate to be reproued. 17 The mouthe of the wise man. 26 The thoght of the foole.Chap. 5. 9.
1 MY sonne, hast thou sinned? do so noPsal. 41. 5. more, * but pray for the fore sinnesluk. 15. 21. [that they may be forgiuen thee.]
2 Flee from sinne, as from a serpent: for if thou comest to nere it, it wil bite thee: the teeth thereof are as the teeth of alyon, to slaye the soules of men.
3 All iniquitie is as a two edged sworde, the woundes whereof can not be healed.
4 Strife and iniuries waste riches: so the hou se of the proude shalbe desolate.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
& 12.
〈◊〉
5 * The prayer of the poore going out of the
mouth, cometh vnto the eares (of the Lord,) and iustice is done him in continently.
6 Who so hateth to be reformed, is in the way of sinners: but he that feareth the Lord, con uerteth in heart.
7 An eloquent talker is knowen afarre of: but he that is wyse, perceyueth when he falleth.
8 Who so buyldeth his house with other mens money, is like one that gathereth stones to make his graue.Chap. 16. 7.
9 * The congregacion of the wycked is lyke towe wrapped together: their end is a flame of fyre to destroye them.
10 The waye of sinners is made plaine with sto nes, but at the end thereof is hel, [darkenes and paines.]
11 He that kepeth the Law of the Lord,Or, kepeth the vnderstandynge thereof. ruleth his owne affections thereby: and the increase wisdome is the end of the feare of God.
12 He that is not wise, wil not suffer him self to be taught: but there is some wit that increaseth bitternes.
13 The knowledge of the wise shall abounde like water that runneth ouer, and his counsel is like a pure fountaines of life.Chap. 33. 1.
14 * The inner partes of a foole are like a broken vessel: he can kepe no knowledge whiles he liueth.
15 When a man of vnderstāding heareth a wise worde, he will commend it, and increase it: but if an ignorant man heare it, he will disalowe it, and cast it behinde his backe.
16 The talkyng of a foole is lyke a burden in the way, but there is comelines in the talke of a wise man.
17 They inquire at the mouthe of the wyse man in the congregacion, and they shal pon der his wordes in their
〈◊〉
.
18 As is an house that is destroyed, so is wisdome vnto a foole, ād the knowledge of the vn wise is as wordes without order.
19 Doctrine vnto idoles is as fetters on theChap. 19 27. fete, and like manicles vpō their right hād.
20 * A foole lifteth vp his voyce with laughter, but a wise man doeth scarse smile secretly.
21 Learning is vnto a wise mā aiewel of golde, and like a bracelet vpon his right arme.
22 A foolish mans fote is sone in [hys neyghboures] house: but a man of experience is ashamed to loke in.
23 A foole wil pepe in at the dore into the hou se: but he that is wel nurtured, wil withstand without.
24 It is the point of a foolishman to hearken at the dore: for he that is wise, wil be grieued with suche dishonour.
25 The lippes of talkers will be tellyng suche things as perteine not vnto them, but the wordes of suche as haue vnderstandyng, are weighed in the balance.
26 The heart of fooles is in their mouth: but the mouth of the wise is in their heart.
27 When the vngodlie curseth Satan, he curseth his owne soule.Chap.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
28 * A backebiter defileth his owne soule, and is hated wheresoeuer he is: [but he that kepeth his tongue, and is discrete, shal come to honour.]
CHAP. XXII.
1 Of the sluggard. 12 Not to speake muche to a foole. 16 A good conscience seareth not.
1 A Slothful mā is like a filthie stone, which euerie man mocketh at for his shame.
2 A slothful man is to be compared to the don gue of oxen, and euerie one that taketh it vp, wil shake it out of his hand.
3 An euil nurtered sonne is the dishonour of the father: & the daughter is least to be estemed.
4 A wise daughter is an heritage vnto her hous band: but she that liueth dishonestly, is her fathers heauines.
5 She that is bolde, dishonoreth bothe her father and her housband, [and is not inferior to the vngodlie,] but they bothe shal dispise her.
6 A tale out of time is as musicke in mourning but wisdome knoweth the seasons of corre ction and doctrine.
7 Who so teacheth a foole, is as one that glew eth a potcherde together, and as he that waketh one that slepeth, from a sounde slepe.
8 If children liue honestly, and haue wherewith, they shall put away the shame of their parents.
9 But if chyldren be proude, with hautines and foolishnes they defile the nobilitie of their kinred.
10 Who so telleth a foole of wisdome, is as a men, which speaketh to one that is a slepe: when he hathe tolde his tale, he saith, What is the matter?
11 * Wepe for the dead, for he hathe lost theChap. 38.
〈◊〉
. light: so wepe for the foole, for he wanteth vnderstandyng: make smale wepyng for the dead, for he is at rest: but the life of the foole is worse then the death.
12 Seuen dayes do men mourne for hym that is dead: but the lamentacion for the foole, and vngodlie [shulde endure] all the dayes of their life.
13 Talke not muche with a foole, and go not to hym that hathe no vnderstandyng: * bewareChap. 12.
〈◊〉
. of hym, lest it turne thee to paine, and lest thou be defiled when he shaketh hym self. Departe from him, and thou shalt finde rest, and shalt not receiue sorowe by his
〈◊〉
lishnes.
14 What is heauier then lead? and what other name shulde a foole haue?
15 * Sand and salt, and a lumpe of yron is easierProu. 27. 3. to beare, then an vn wise, [foolish and vn godlie man.]
16 As a frame of wood ioyned together in a buylding can not be losed with shaking, so the heart that is stablished by aduised counsel, shal feare at no time.
17 The heart that is confirmed by discrete wisdome, is as a faire plaistering on a plaine wal
18 As reedes that are set vp on hie, can not abide the winde, so the fearefull heart with foolish imaginacion can indure no feare.
19 He that hurteth the eye, bryngeth forthe teares, and he that hurteth the heart, bringeth forthe the affection.
20 Who so casteth a stone at the birdes, frayeth them away: and he that vpbraideth hys friend, breaketh friendship.
21 Thogh thou drewest a sworde at thy friend, yet dispaire not: for there may be a returning to fauour.
22 If thou haue opened thy mouth against thy friend, feare not: for there may be a reconciliation, so that vp braydyng or pride or disclosing of secrets or a traiterous wounde do not let: for by these things euerie friend wil departe.
23 Be faithful vnto thy friend in his pouertie, that thou maiste reioyce in hys prosperitie. Abide stedfast vnto hym in the tyme of hys trouble, that thou maist be heire with hym in his heritage: for pouertie is not alwayes to be contemned, nor the riche that is foolish, to be had in admiration.
24 As the vapour, and smoke of the chimnay goeth before the fyre, so euill wordes, [rebukes and threatenings] go before bloodsheding.
25 I wil not be ashamed to defende a friend: ne ther will I hide my self from hym, thogh he shulde do me harme: whosoeuer heareth it, shal beware of him.
26 Who shal set a watch before my mouth, and a seale of wisdome vpon my lippes, that I fall not suddenly by them, and that my tongue destroye me not?
CHAP. XXIII.
1 A prayer of the
〈◊〉
. 13 Of othes, blasphemie, and vnwise communication. 16 Of thre kindes of sinnes. 23 Manie sinnes procede of adulterie. 27 Of the feare of God.
1 O Lorde, father and gouernour of all my whole life, leaue me not to their counsel, and let me not fall byOr. my lippes. them.
2 Who wil correct my thoght, and put the doctrine of wisdome in myne heart, that they may not spare me in mine ignorance, nether letThat is of the tongue ād
〈◊〉
their fautes passe?
3 Lest mine ignorances increase, and my sinnes abounde to my destruction, and lest I fall before myne aduersarie, and myne enemies reioyce ouer me, whose hope is farre from thy mercie.
4 O Lord, father and God of my life, [leaue me not in their imaginacion] nether giue me a proude looke, but turne away from thy seruants a stoute minde.
5 Take from me vaine hope, and concupiscence, and reteine him in obedience, that de fireth continually to serue thee.
6 Let not the griedines of the bellie, nor lust of the flesh holde me, ād giue not me thy seruant ouer into an impudent minde.
7 ¶ Heare, ô ye children, the instruction of a mouth that shall speake trueth: who so kepeth it, shall not perish thorow hys lippes, [not be hurte by wicked workes.]
8 The sinner shalbe taken by his owne lippes: for the euil speaker and the proude do offen de by them.
9 * Accustome not thy mouthe to swearyng:Exod. 20. 7. [for in it there are many falles,] nether takeChap. 27. 15.
Mat. 5. 33. vp for a custome the namyng of the Holy one: [for thou shalt not be vnpunished for suche things.]
10 For as a seruant whiche is oft punished, can not be without some skarre, so he that swea reth and nameth God continually, shall not be fauteles.
11 A man that vseth muche swearing, shall be filled with wickednes, and the plague shall neuer go frō his house: when he shal offend, his faute shalbe vpon him, and if he knowledge not his sinne, he maketh a double offence: ād if he sweare in vaine, he shal not be innocēt, but
〈◊〉
house shalbe ful of plagues.
12 There is a worde whiche is clothed with death: God grant that it be not foūde in the heritage of Iacob: but they that feare God, eschewe alsuch, ād are not wrapped in sinne
13 Vse not thy mouth toOr, inordinate swearing. ignorant rashnes: for therein is the occasion of sinne.
14 ¶ Remember thy father and thy mother whē thou art set among great men, lest thou be forgotten in their sight, and so through thy custome become a
〈◊〉
, and wish that thou hadest not bene borne, and curse the day of thy natiuitie.
15 * The man that is accustomed to opprobrious2. Sam. 16. 7. wordes, will neuer be reformed all the dayes of his lyfe.
16 There are two sortes [of men] that abounde in sinne, and the third bringeth wrath [and destruction:] a minde hote as fyre, that can not be quenched til it be consumed: an adul terous man that giueth his bodie no rest, till he haue kindled a fyre.
17 (All bread is swete to a whoremonger: he wil not leaue of til he perish.)
18 A man that breaketh wedlocke, and thinketh thus in his heart, * Who seeth me? I amIsa. 29. 15. compassed about with darkenes: the walles couer me: no bodie seeth me: whome nede I to feare? the moste High will not remember my sinnes.
19 Suche a man onely feareth the eyes of men, and knoweth not that the eyes of the Lord are ten thousand tymes brighter then the sunne, beholdyng all the waies of men, (and the ground of the deepe,) and considereth the moste secret partes.
20 He knewe all thyngs or euer they were made, and after they be broght to passe also he loketh vpon them all.
21 * The same man shalbe punished in the streaLeui. 20. 10. tes of the citie, (and shalbe chased lyke aDeu. 22. 22. yong horsefoale,) and when he thinketh not vpon it, he shalbe taken: (thus shal he be put to shame of euerie man, because he wolde not vnderstand the feare of the Lord.)
22 And thus shal it go also with euerie wife, that leaueth her housband, and getteth in he ritance by another.
23 * For first she hathe disobeid the Law of theExod. 20. 14. moste High, and secondly, she hathe trespaced against her owne housband, and thirdly she hathe plaide the whore in adulterie, and gotten her children by another man.
24 She shalbe broght out into the congregacion, and examinacion shalbe made of her children.
25 Her children shal not take roote, and her branches shal bring forthe no frute.
26 A shameful reporte shal she leaue, and her reproche shal not be put out.
27 And they that remaine, shal knowe that the re is nothing better then the feare of the Lord, and that there is nothing sweter then to take hede vnto the commandements of the Lord.
28 It is great glorie to followe the Lord, and to be receiued of him is long life.
CHAP. XXIIII.
1 A praise of wisdome proceding forthe of the mouth of God. 6 Of her workes and place where she resteth. 20 She is giuen to the children of God.
1 WIsdome shal praise herself, [and be honored in God,] and reioyce in the mid des of her people.
2 In the congregacion of the moste High shal she open her mouth, and triumph before his power.
3 [In the middes of her people shal she be exalted, and wondred at in the holy assemblie.
4 In the multitude of the chosen she shalbe cō mended, and among suche as be blessed, she shalbe praised, and shal say,]
5 I am come out of the mouth of the moste High, [first borne before all creatures.
6 I caused the light that faileth not, to arise in the heauen,] and couered the earth as a cloude.
7 My dwelling is aboue in the height, and my throne is in the piller of the cloude.
8 I alone haue gone rounde about the compasse of heauē and haue walked in the bottom of the depth.
9 I possessed the waues of the sea, and all the earth, and all people, and nacion, [and with my power haue I troden downe the hearts of all, bothe High and low.]
10 In all these things I soght rest, & a dwelling in some inheritance.
11 So the creator of all things gaue me a cōmā dement, and he that made me, appointed me a tabernacle, and said, Let thy dwelling be in Iacob, and take thine inheritance in Israél, and roote thy selfe among my chosen.
12 *He created me from the beginning, and beProu. 8, 23. fore the world, and I shal neuer faile: * In theExod. 31, 3. holie habitacion haue I serued before him, & so was I stablished in Sion.
13 * In the welbeloued citie gaue he me rest, &Psal. 132, 8. in Ierusalem was my power.
14 I toke roote in an honorable people, euen in the porcion of the Lords inheritance.
15 I am set vp on hielyke aceder in Libanus, and as a cipers tre vpon the mountainès of Hermon.
16 I am exalted like a palme treOr, in Cades. about the bā kes, and as a rose plante in Iericho, as a faire oliue tre in a pleasant field, and am exalted as a plane tre by the water.
17 I smelled as the cinnamom, and as a bagge of spices: I gaue a swete odour as the best myrrhe, as galbanum, and onix, and swete sto rax, and perfume of incense in an house.
18 As the terebinth, haue I stretched out my branches, and my branches are the brāches of honour and grace.
19 * As the vine haue I broght forthe [frute]Iohn. 15.
〈◊〉
of swete sauour, and my floures are the frute of honour and riches.
20 I am the mother of beautifull loue, and of feare, and of knowledge, and of holy hope: I giue eternall thyngs to all my chyldren to whome God hathe commanded.
21 [In me is al grace of life and trueth: in me is all hope of life and vertue.]
22 Come vnto me al ye that be desirous of me, and fill your selues with my frutes.
23 * For the remembrance of me is sweter thē
Psal. 19.
〈◊〉
. honie, and mine enheritance [sweter,] then the honie combe: [the remembrance of me endureth for euer more.]
24 They that eat me, shal haue the more hunger, and they that drinke me, shal thirst the more.
25 Who so hearkeneth vnto me, shal not come to confusion, & they that worke by me, shal not offende: [they that make me to be know en, shal haue euerlasting life.]
26 All these things are the boke [of life,] and the couenant of the moste high God, [& the
〈◊〉
. 20,
〈◊〉
. & 24, 1. knowledge of the trueth,] * & the Law that Moyses [in the precepts of righteousnes]
〈◊〉
. 4. 1. &
〈◊〉
, 9. commanded for an heritage vnto the house of Iacob, [and the promises perteining vnto Israel.]
27 Be not weary to behaue your selues valiant ly with the Lord, that he may also confirme you: cleaue vnto him: for the Lord almightie is but one God, & besides him there is none other Sauiour.
28 [Out of Dauid his seruant he ordeined to raise vp a moste mightie King that shulde sit in the throne of honour for euer more.]
29 He filleth all things with his wisdome, as *Gen. 2, 11. Physon, & as Tygris, in the time of the newe frutes.
30 He maketh the vnderstanding to abounde like* Euphrates, & as Iorden in the time ofIos. 3. 13. the haruest.
31 He maketh the doctrine of knowledge to appeare as the light, & ouerfloweth as Geon in the time of the vintage.
32 The first man hathe not knowen her
〈◊〉
ly: no more shal the last seke her out.
33 For her consideratious are more abundant
then the sea, and her counselis profounder then the great depe.
34 I wisdome (haue cast out floods:) I am as an arme of the riuer: I runne into Paradise as a watercondite.
35 I said, I wil watter my faire garden, and wil water my pleasant grounde: and lo, my ditche became a slood, and my flood became a sea.
36 For I make doctrine to shine as the light of the morning, and I lighten it for euer.
37 (I wil pearce thorow all the lower partes of the earth: I wil loke vpon all suche as be aslepe, and lighten all them that trust in the Lord.)
38 I wil yet powre out doctrine, as prophecie, and leane it vnto all ages for euer.
39 *Beholde that I haue not labored formy selfChap. 33, 28. onely, but for all them that seke wisdome.
CHAP. XXV.
1 Ofthre things which please God, and of thre which he hateth. 7 Of nine things that be not to be suspect. 15 Of the malice of a woman.
1 THre things reioyce me, and by them am I beautified before God & men: * the vniGen. 13. 2. tie of brethren, the loue of neighbours, a mā
〈◊〉
, 12, 10. and wife that agre together.
2 ¶ Thre sortes of men my soule hateth, and I vtterly abhorre the life of them: a poore mā that is proude: a riche man that is alier, and an olde adulterer that doteth.
3 ¶ If thou hast gathered nothing in thy youth what canst thou finde in thine age?
4 ¶ Oh, how pleasant a thing is it whē graie hea ded men minister iudgement, and when the elders can giue good
〈◊〉
5 Oh, how comelie a thing is wisdome vnto aged men, vnderstanding and prudencie to men of honour!
6 The crowne of olde mē is to haue muche ex perience, and the feare of God is their glorie
7 ¶ There be nine things, which I haue iudged in mine heart to be happie, and the tēth wil I pronounce with my tongue: a man that while he liueth, hathe ioye of his children, & seeth the fall of his enemies.
8 ¶ Wel is him that dwelleth with a wife of vn derstanding, * and that hathe not fallen withChap. 14, 1. & 19, 16. his tongue, and that hathe not serued suche
〈◊〉
. 3, 2. as are vn worthie of him.
9 Wel is him that findeth prudencie, and he that
〈◊〉
speake in the eares of them that wil heare.
10 ¶ Oh, how great is he that findeth wisdome yet is there none aboue him, that feareth the Lord.
11 The feare of the Lord passeth all things in
〈◊〉
.
12 (Blessed is the man, vnto whome it is granted to haue the feare of God.) Vnto whome shal he be likened that hathe atteined it?
13 The feare of the Lord is the beginning of his loue, and faith is the beginning to be ioyned vnto him.
14 (¶ The greatest heauines is the heauines of the heart, and the greatest malice is the malice of a woman.)
15 Giue me any plague, saue onely the plague of the heart, and any malice, saue the malice of a woman:
16 Or any
〈◊〉
, saue the assalt of them that hate or any vengeance, saue the vengeance of the enemie.
17 There is not a more wicked head then the head of the serpent, and there is no wrath aboue the wrath of anOr, woman. enemie.
18 * I had rather dwell with a lion and dragon,Prou. 21, 19. then to kepe house with a wicked wife.
19 The wickednes of a woman changeth her face, and maketh her countenance blacke asOr, a beare. a sacke.
20 Her housband is sitting among his neighbours: because of her he sigheth sore or he beware.
21 All wickednes is but litle to the wickednes of a woman: let the porcion of the sinner fall vpon her.
22 As the climing vp of a sandie way is to the fete of the aged, so is a wife ful of wordes to a quiet man.
23 *Stumble not at the beautie of a woman, andChap.
〈◊〉
, 12. desire her not for thy pleasure.2. sam.
〈◊〉
, 2.
24 If a woman nourish housband, she is angrie and impudent and ful of reproche.
25 A wicked wife maketh a sorie heart, an heauie countenance, and a wounded minde, wea ke hands and feble knees, and can not comfort her husband in heauines.
26 Of the * woman came the beginning of sinne,Gen. 3, 6. and thorow her we all dye.1. tim, 2, 14.
27 Giue the water no passage, (no not alitle,) nether giue a wicked woman libertie to go out.
28 If she walke not in thine obedience, (she shal confound thee in the sight of thine ene mies.) Cut her of then from thy flesh:To wit, the bill of diuorcement. Giue her, and forsake her.
CHAP. XXVI.
1 The praise of a good womā. 5 Of the feare of thre things and of the fourth. 6 Of the ielous and drunken woman. 28 Of two things that cause sorow, and of the thirde whi che moueth wrath.
1 BLessed is the man that hathe a verteous wife: for the nomber of his yeres shalbe double.
2 An honest woman reioyceth her housband, & she shal fill the yeres of his life with peace
3 A verteous woman is a good portion which shalbe giuē for a gift vnto suche as feare the Lord.
4 Whether a man be riche or poore, he hathe a good heart toward the Lord, & they shal at all times haue a chereful countenance.
5 ¶There be threthings that mine heart feareth, & my face is afraied of the fourth: treason in a citie: the assemblie of the people, & false accusation: all these are heauier then death.
6 ¶But the sorow and grief of the heart is a woman that is ielous ouer another: and she
that communeth with all, is a scourage of the tongue.
7 An euil wife is as a yoke of oxen that drawe diuerse waies: he that hathe her, is as thogh he helde a scorpion.
8 A drunken woman and suche as can not be tamed, is a great plague for she can not couer her owne shame.
9 The whordome of a woman may be knowē in the pride of her eyes, and eyelid des.
10 ¶*If thy daughter be not shamefast, holdeChap, 42.
〈◊〉
. her straitly, lest she abuse her self thoro we ouer muche libertie.
11 Take hede of her that hathe an vnshamefast eye, and marueile not if she trespace against thee.
12 As one that goeth by the way, and is thirstie so shal she open her mouth, and drinke of euerie next water: by euerie hedge shal she sitte downe, and open her quiuer against eue rie arowe,
13 The grace of a wife reioyceth her housbād and fedeth his bones with her vnderstanding.
14 A peaceable woman and of a good heart is a gift of the Lord, and there is nothing so mn che worthe as a woman wel instructed.
15 A shamefast and faithful woman is a double grace, & there is no weight to be compared vnto her continent minde.
16 As the sunne when it ariseth in the high places of the LORDE, so is the beautie of a good wife the ornament of her house.
17 As the clere lyght is vpon the holie candlesticke, so is the beautie of the face in a ripe age.
18 As the golden pillers are vpon the sockettes of siluer: so are faire fete with a constant minde.
19 (Perpetual are the fundacions that be laide vpō a strong rocke: so are the cōmandemēts of God in the heart of an holie woman.)
20 My sonne, kepe the strēgth of thine age sta ble, and giue not thy strength to strangers.
21 When thou hast gottē a fruteful possession through al the fields, so we it with thine own sede, trusting in thy nobilitie.
22 So thy stocke that shalliue after thee, shall grow, trusting in the great liberalitie of their nobilitie.
23 An harlot is compared to a sowe: but the wife that is maried, is counted as a towreagainst death to her housband.
24 A wicked woman is giuen as a rewarde to a wicked man: but a godlie woman is giuen to him that feareth the Lord.
25 A shameles woman contemneth shame: but a shame fast woman wil reuerence her housband.
26 A shameles womā is cōpared to a dog: but she that is shamefast, reuerēceth the Lord.
27 A woman that honoreth her housband, shal be iudged wise of all: but she that despiseth him, shalbe blased for her pride.
28 Alowde crying woman and a babler let her be soght out to driue away the enemies: the minde of euerie man that liueth with suche, shalbe conuersant among the troubles of warre.
29 Therebe two things that grieue mine heart, and the thirde maketh me angrie, a man of warre that suffreth pouertie: and men of vnderstanding that are not set by: and whē one departeth from righteousnes vnto sinne: the Lord appointeth suche to the sworde.
30 [There be two things, which me thinke to be hard and perilous.] A marchant can not lightly kepe him from wrong, and a vitailer is not without sinne.
CHAP. XXVII.
3 Of the poore that wolde be riche. 5 The probation of the man that feareth God. 13 The vnconstantnes of a foole. 16 The secret of friends are not to be vttered. 26 The wic ked imagineth
〈◊〉
which turneth vpon him self.
1 BEcause of pouertie haue manye sinned:1. Tim. 6. 9. and * he that seketh to be ryche, turnethProu. 23. 4. hys eyes aside.
2 As a nayle in the wall sticketh fast betwene the ioyntes of the stones, so doeth sinne sticke betwene the selling and the bying.
3 If he holde him not diligently in the feare of the Lord, his house shal sone be ouer throwē
4 As when one fifteth, the filthines remaineth in the siue, so the
〈◊〉
of man remaineth in his thoght.Prou. 27. 23.
5 The fornace proueth the potters vessel: * so doeth [tentacion] trye mens thoghts.
6 The frute declareth if the tre haue bene trim med: so the worde [declareth] what man hathe in his heart.
7 Praise no man except thou haue heard hys talke: for this is the tryal of man.
8 ¶If thous followest righteousnes, thou shalt gether, and put her on as a faire garment, [and shalt dwell with her, ād she shal defend thee for euer: and in the daye of knowledge thou shalt finde stedfastnes.]
9 The birdes resorte vnto theirlike: so doeth the trueth turne vnto them, that are practised in her.
10 As the lyon waiteth for the beast, so doeth sin ne vpon them that do euil.
11 The talking of him that feareth God, is all wisdome: as for a foole, he changeth as the moone.
12 If thou be among the vndiscrete, obserue the tyme, but haunte still the assemblie of them that are wise,
13 The talking of fooles is grieuous, and their sporte is in the plaiser of sinne.Chap. 23. 10.
14 * The talke of hym that sweareth muche, maketh the heere to stand vp: and to striue with suche, stoppeth the eares.
15 The strife of the proude is blood sheddyng, and their skouldings are grieuous to heare.Chap. 19. 10. and 22. 28.
16 * Who so discouereth secrets, leseth hiscre dit, and findeth no friend after his wil.
17 Loue thy friend, and be faithfull vnto him;
but if thou be wrayest his secrets, thou shalt not get him againe.
18 For as a man destroyeth hys enemie, so doest thou destroye the friendship of thy neighbour.
19 As one that letteth a birde go out of hys hand, so if thou giue ouer thy friend, thou canst not gette him againe.
20 Followe after him no more, for he is not far re of: he is as a roe escaped out of the snare: [for his soule is wounded.]
21 As for woundes, they may be bounde vp
〈◊〉
, and an euil worde may be reconciled: but who so be wraieth the secrets of a friend: hathe lost all his credit.Pro. 10. 10,
22 * He that winketh with the eyes, imagineth euil: and he that knoweth hym, wil let him alone.
23 When thou art present, he wil speake swetely, and praise thy wordes: but at the last he
〈◊〉
turne his tale, and
〈◊〉
thy saying.
24 Manie things haue I hated, but
〈◊〉
so euil as suche one: for the Lord also hateth hym.
25 Who so caste th a stone on hie, casteth it vppon his owne head: and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
with
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
a great wounde.
26 Who so *diggeth a pit, shall fall therein,
〈◊〉
. 26, 27. [and he that layeth a stone in his neighbours
〈◊〉
. 10, 8. waye, shall stomble thereon,] and he that layeth a snare for another, shalbe taken in it him self.
27 He that worketh euil, shalbe wrapped in euil, and shall not knowe from whence they come vnto him.
28 Mockerie ād reproche follow the proude, and vengeance lurketh for them as a lyon.
29 They that reioyce at the fall of the righteous, shalbe taken in the snare, and anguish shal consume them before they dye.
30 Dispite and angre are abominable things, and the sinful man is subiect to them bothe.
CHAP. XXVIII.
1 We ought not to desire vengeance, but to forgiue the offence.
〈◊〉
Of the vices of the tongue, and of the dangers thereof.
1 HE* that seketh vengeance, shall finde
〈◊〉
. 32. 35. vengeance of the Lord, and he wil surelyRom. 12. 19 kepe his sinnes.
2 Man ought not to seke
〈◊〉
. Forgiue thy neyghbour the hurt that he hathe done to thee, so shal thy sinnes be forgiuen thee also, when thou praiest.
3 Shulde a man beare hatred against man, and
〈◊〉
, 6. 14. * desire forgiuenes of the Lord?
4 He wil shewe no mercie to a man, whiche is like him self: and will he aske forgiuenes of his owne sinnes?
5 If he that is but flesh, nourishe hatred, [and aske pardone of God,] who wil intreate for his sinnes?
6 Remembre the end, and let enimitie passe: imagine not death and destruction to another through angre, but perseuere in the cō mandements.
7 Remember the commandements: so shalt thou not be rigorous against thy neighbour: [consider diligently] the couenant of thy most High, and forgiue his ignorance.
8 *
〈◊〉
of strife, and thou shalt make thyChap. 8.
〈◊〉
. sinnes fewer: for an āgrie mākindleth strife.
9 And the sinfull man disquieteth friends, and bryngeth in false accusations among them that
〈◊〉
at peace.
10 *As the matter of the fyre is, so it burnethProu. 16, 21. and mans angre is accordyng to his power: and according to his riches his angre increa seth, and the more vehement the angre is, the more is he in
〈◊〉
.
11 An hastie braulyng kindleth a fyre, and an hastie fighting
〈◊〉
blood: [a tōgue that beareth false witnes, bringeth
〈◊〉
.]
12 If thou blowe the sparke, it shall burne: if thou spit vpon it, it shal be quenched, and bothe these come out of the mouth.
13 The tongue. Chap.
〈◊〉
. 30. * Abhorre the sclanderer and double tongued: for suche haue destroyed many that were at peace.
14 The double tongue hathe disquieted manie, and driuen them from nacion to nacion: strong cities hathe it broken downe, and ouerthrowen the houses of great men: [the strength of the people hathe it broght downe, and bene the decaye of mightie naciōs.]
15 The double tongue hathe caste out manie vertuous women, and robbed them of their labours.
16 Who so hearkeneth vnto it, shal neuer finde rest, and neuer dwell quietly.
17 The stroke of the rodde maketh markes in the flesh, but the stroke of the tongue breaketh the bones.
18 There be manie that haue perished by the edge of the sworde, but not so manie as haue
〈◊〉
by the tongue.
19 Wel is
〈◊〉
that is kept from an euil tongue, and cometh not in the angre thereof, which hath not drawen in that yoke, nether hathe bene bounde in the bandes thereof.
20 For the yoke thereof is a yoke of yron, and the bands of it are bands of brasse.
21 The death ther of is an euil death: hell were better then suche one.
22 It shall not haue rule ouer them that feare God, nether shall they be burnt with the flame thereof.
23 Suche as forsake the Lord, shal fall therein: and it shall burne them, and no man shalbe able to quenche it: it shal fall vpon them as a lyon, and deuoure them as a leopard.
24 Hedge thy possession with thornes, and make dores and barres for thy mouth.
25 Binde vp thy siluer and golde, and weigh thy wordes in a balance, and make a dore ād a barre, [and a sure bridle] for thy mouth.
26 Beware that thou slide not by it, and so fal before him that lieth in waite, [and thy fall be incurable, euen vnto death.]
CHAP. XXIX.
1 Do lend money, and do almes. 15 Of a faithful man answering for his friend. 24 The poore mans life.
1 HE that wil she we mercie,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. lēdeth to his neighbour: and he that hathe power ouer him self, kepeth the commandements.
2 Lend to thy neighbour in time of his nede, and pay thou thy neighbour againe indue season.
3 Kepe thy worde and deale faithfully with him, & thou shalt alwaye finde the thing that is necessarie for thee.
4 Manie when a thing was lent thē, rekened it to be founde, and grieued them that had helped them.
5 Til they receiue, they kisse his hands, and for their neighbours good they hūble their voyce: but when they shulde paye againe, they prolong the terme, and giue a careles answer, and make excuses by reason of the time.
6 And thogh he be able, yet giueth he scarse the halfe againe, and rekeneth the other as a thing foūde: els he deceiueth him of his mo ney, & maketh him an enemie without a cause: he
〈◊〉
him with cursing and rebuke, & giueth him euil wordes for his good dede.
7 I here be manie which refuse to lend becau se of this inconueniēce, fearing to be defrauded without cause.
8 Yet haue thou pacience with him that humbleth him self, and differre not mercie from him.
9 Helpe the poore for the commandements sake, and turne him not away, because of his pouertie.
10 Lese thy money for thy brothers & neighbours sake, and let it not rust vnder a stone to thy destruction.
〈◊〉
. 4, 24.
11 *Bestowe the treasure after the commandement
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, 41. of the moste High, & it shal bring theeact. 10, 4. more profite then golde.
12
〈◊〉
, giue thine al
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Lay vp thine almes in thy secret chambers and it shal kepe thee from all affliction.
13 [A mans almes is as a purse with him, & shal kepe a mans fauour as the apple of the eye, and afterwarde shal it arise, and paye euerie man his rewarde vpon his head.]
14 It shal fight for thee against thine enemies, better thē the shield of a strong man, or speare of the mightie.
15 An honest man is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. suretie for his neighbour but he that is
〈◊〉
, forsaketh him.
16 Forget not the friendship of thy suretie: for he hathe layed his life for thee.
17 The wicked despiseth the good dede of his suretie.
18 The wicked wil not become suretie: and he that is of an vnthankeful minde, forsaketh him that deliuered him.
19 [Some man promiseth for his neighbour: and when he hathe lost his honestie, he wil forsake him.]
20 Suretie shippe hath destroyed manie a riche man, and remoued them as the waues of the sea: mightie men hathe it driuen away from their houses, and caused them to wander among strange nacions.
21 A wicked man, trangressing the commandements of the Lord, shal fall into suretie shippe: and he that medleth muche with other mens busines, is intangled in controuersies.
22 ¶ Helpe thy neighbour according to thy power, and beware that thou thy self fall not.
23 *The chiefthing of life is water, and bread,Chap. 39.
〈◊〉
. and clothing, and lodging to couer thy shame.
24 () The poore mans life in his owne lodge isSober liuing. better then delicate fare in another mans.
25 Be it litle or muche, holde thee contented, that the house speake not euil of thee.
26 For it is a miserable life to go from house to house for where thou art a stranger, thou da rest not open thy mouth.
27 Thou shalt lodge and fede vnthankeful mē and after shalt haue bitter wordes for the same, (saying,)
28 Come, thou stranger, and prepare the table and fede me of that thou hast readie.
29 Giue place, thou stranger, to an honorable man: my brother cometh to be lodged, and I haue nede of mine house.
30 These things are heauie to a man that hathe vnderstanding, the vp braiding of the house, and the reproche of the lender.
CHAP. XXX.
1 Of the correction of children. 14 Of the commoditie of health. 17 Death is better then a sorowful life. 22 Of the ioye and sorow of
〈◊〉
heart,
1 HE that loueth his sonne, * causeth himProu. 13. 24 &
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. oft to fele the rodde, that he may haue ioye of him in the end.
2 He that chastiseth his sonne, shal haue ioy in him, and shal reioyce of him among his acquaintance.
3 He that* teacheth his sonne, griueth theDeut 6. 7. enemie, and before his friends he shal reioyce of him.
4 Thogh his father dye, yet is he as thogh he were not dead: for he hathe left one behinde him that is like him.
5 In his life he sawe him, and had ioye in him, and was not
〈◊〉
in his death, [nether was he ashamed before his enemies.]
6 He left behinde him an aduenger against his enemies, and one that shulde shewe fauour vnto his friends.
7 He that flattereth his sonne, bindeth vp his woundes, and his heart is grieued at euerie crye.
8 And
〈◊〉
horse wil be stubburne, and a wanto n childe wil be wilful.
9 If thou bring vp thy sonne delicately, he shal make thee afraide: & if thou playe with him, he shal bring thee to heauines.
10 Laugh not with him, lest thou be sorie with him, and lest thou gnash thy teeth in the end.
11 *Giue him no libertie in his youth, and winkeChap. 7. 25. not at his folie.
12 Bowe downe his necke while he is yong, &
beat him on the sideswhile he is a childe, lest he waxe stubberne, and be disobedient vnto thee, and so bring sorow to thine heart.
13 Chastise thy childe, and be diligent therein, lest his shame grieue thee.
14 ¶ The praise of health. Better is the poore, being whole and strong, then a riche man that is afflicted in his bodie.
15 Health and strength is aboue all golde, and a whole bodie aboue infinitie treasure.
16 There is no riches aboue a sounde bodie, and no ioye aboue the ioye of the heart.
17 Death is better then a bitter life, [
〈◊〉
long rest,] then continual sickenes.
18 The good things that are powred on a mouth shut vp, are as messes of me at set vpō a graue.
16 What good doeth the offring vnto an idole for he can nether eat, not smell so is he that is persecuted of the Lord, [and beareth the rewarde of iniquitie.]
20 He seeth with his eyes, and groneth like *Chap. 20. 3. a gelded man, that lieth with a virgine and sigheth.
21 * Giue not ouer thy minde to heauines, andProu. 12. 21. & 15. 13. & 17. 20. vexe not thy self in thine owne counsel.
22 The ioye of the heart is the life of man, and a mans gladnes is the prolonging of his daies.
23 Loue thine owne soule, and comforte thine heart: driue sorow farte frō thee: for sorow hathe slaine many, and there is no profite therein.
24 Enuie and wrath shorten the life, and carefulnes bringeth age before the time.
25 A noble and good heart wil haue consideration of his meat and diet.
CHAP. XXXI.
Of couetousnes. 2 Of them that take
〈◊〉
to gather riches 8 The praise of a riche man without a faute. 12 We ought to flee
〈◊〉
and felowe sobernes.
1 WAkingCouetousnes. after riches pineth away the bodie, and the care thereof driueth away slepe.
2 This waking care breaketh the slepe, as a great sickenes breaketh the slepe,
3 The riche hathe great labour in gathering riches together, & in his rest he is filled with pleasures.
4 The pore laboreth in liuing poorely, and when he leaueth of, he is stil poore.
5 He that loueth golde, shal not be iustified, & he that followeth corruption, shal haue ynough thereof.
6 * Many are destroied by the reason of golde,Chap 8 3. and haue founde their destruction before them.
7 I is as a stumbling blocke vnto thē that sacrifice vnto it, and euerie foole is taken there with.
8 Blessed is the * riche which is founde withoutLuk. 6. 24. blemish, and hathe not gone after golde, (nor hoped in money and treasures.)
9 Who is he, and we wil commende him? for wonderful things hathe he downe among his people.
10 Who hathe bene tryed thereby, & founde perfite? let him be an example of glorie, who might
〈◊〉
, and hathe not offended, or do
〈◊〉
, and hathe not done it.
11 Therefore shal his goods be stablished, and the congregation shal declare his almes.
12 If thou sit at a costlie table,
〈◊〉
open not thy mouth wide vpō it, & say not, Beholde much meat.
13 Remember that an euil eye is a shrewe: and what thing created is worse then a wicked eye? for it wepeth for euerie cause.
14 Stretch not thine hand where soeuer it loketh, and thrust it not with it into the dish.
15 Consider by thy self him that is by thee, & marke
〈◊〉
thing.
16
〈◊〉
molestly that which is set before thee, and
〈◊〉
not, lest thou be hated.
17 Leaue thou of first for nourtous sake, & be not
〈◊〉
, 'est thou offend.
18 When thou sittest among many, teache not thine hand out first of all.
19 * How litle is
〈◊〉
for a men wel taughtChap. 37.
〈◊〉
. and there by he belcheth not in his chamber [nor
〈◊〉
any paine]
20 A wholsome slepe cometh of a tēperat bellie: he riseth vp in the mourning, and is wel at ease in him self: but paine in watching and
〈◊〉
diseases, and pangs of the bellie are with an
〈◊〉
man.
21 If thou hast bene forced to eat, arise, go forthe, vomit, and then take thy rest: (so thou shalt bring no sickenes vnto thy bodie.)
22 My sonne, heare me, and dispise me not, and at the last thou
〈◊〉
finde as I haue tolde thee in all thy workes be quicke, so shal there no sicknes come vnto thee.
23 * Whoso isLiberalitie. liberal in his meat, mē shal blesProu. 22, 9. se him: & the testimonie of his honestie shal be beleued.
24 But against him that is a nigard of his meat, the whole citie shal murmure: the testimonies of his nigardnes shalbe sure.
25 She we not thy valiantnes in wine: for* wineIudeth. 13, 8. hathe destroyed manie.
26 The fornace proueth the edge in the tēpering: so doeth wine the hearts of the proude by drunkennes.Psal. 104, 15.
27 * Wine soberly dronken, is profitable for the lift of man: what is his life that is ouercomeprou.
〈◊〉
, 4. with wine?
28 Wine was made (from the beginning) to ma ke men glad, (and not for drunkēnes.) Wine mesurably dronken & in time, bringeth glad nes and cherefulnes of the minde.
29 But wine drounken with excesse, maketh bitternes of minde with braulings and skoul dings.
30 Drunkennes increaseth the courage of a foole, til be offend: it diminisheth his strēgth and maketh woundes.
31 * Rebuke not thy neighbour at the wine, &Chap. 50, 1 dispise him not in his mirth: giue him no dispiteful wordes, and presse not vpon him
with contrarie wordes.
CHAP. XXXII.
An exhortation to modestie. 3 Let the ancient speake. 14 To giue thankes after the
〈◊〉
. 15 Of the feare, faith and confidence in God.
1 IF thou be made the master (of the feast,)Humblenes. lift not thy self vp, but be among them, as one of the rest: take diligent care for thē, and so sit downe.
2 And when thou hast done all thy duetie, sit downe, that thou maist be merie with thē, & receiue a crowne for thy good behauiour.
3 Speake thou that art the elder: for it becometh thee, but with sounde iudgement, and hinder not musike.
4 Powre not out wordes, where there is no au dience, * and shewe not forthe wisdome outChap. 3. 7. & 20 7. of time.
5 The consent of musicians at a banket is as a signer of carbuncle set in golde.
6 And as the signet of an emeraude wel trimmed with golde, so is the melodie of musicke in a pleasant banket,
7 (Giue eare, and be stil, and for thy good be hauiour thou shalt be loued.)
8 Thou that art yong, speake if nede be, and yet scarsely when thou art twise asked.
9 Comprehende muche in fewe wordes: (in manie things be as one that is ignorant.) be as one that vnderstandeth, and yet holde thy tongue.
10 If thou be among great men, compare not thy self vnto them and when an elder speaketh, bable not muche.
11 Before the * thonder goeth lightning, andIob. 32.
〈◊〉
. before a shamefast man goeth fauour.
12 Stand vp betimes, and be not the last: but get thee home without delay,
13 And there take thy pastime, and do what thou wilt, so that thou do none euil, or vse proude wordes.
14 But aboue all things, giue thākes vnto him that hathe made thee, and replenished thee with his goods.
15 ¶ Who so feareth the Lord, wil receiue his doctrine, and they that rise early, shal finde fauour.
16 He that seketh the Law shalbe filled there with but the hypocrite wil he offēded thereat.
17 They that feare the Lord shal finde that which is righteous, and shal kindle iustice as a light.
18 An vngodlie man wil not be reformed, but findeth out excuses according to his wil.
19 A man of vnderstanding dispiseth not counsel: but a lewde and proude man is not
〈◊〉
ched with feare, euen when he hathe done rashly.
20 (My sonne,) do nothing without aduisemēt so shal it not repent thee after the dede.
21 Go not in the way where thou maist fall, not where thou maist stumble among the stones nether trust thou in the way that is plaine.
22 And beware of thine owne children, (and take hede of them that be thine owne housholde.)
23 In euerie good worke be of a faithful heart for this is the keping of the commandements.
24 Who so beleueth inOr
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the Lord, kepeth the commandements and he that trusteth in the Lord, shal take no hurt.
CHAP XXXIII.
1 The deliuerance of him that feareth God. 4 The answere of the wise. 12. Man is in the hand of God, as the clay is in the hand of the potter. 25 Of euil seruants.
1 THere shal no euil come vnto him that
〈◊〉
seare of
〈◊〉
. feareth the Lord: but when he is in tenta tion, he wil deliuer him againe.
2 A wise man hateth not the Law: but he that is an hypocrite therein, is as a shippe in a storme.
3 A man of vnderstanding walketh faithfully in the Law, and the Law is faithful vnto him.
4 As the question is made, prepare the answer and so shalt thou be heard: be sure of the mat ter, and so answer.
5 The heart of the * foolish is like a cartewhele:Chap. 21. 17. and his thoghts are like a rolling axeltre.
6 As a wilde horse neieth vnder euerie one that sitteth vpō him, so is ascorneful friend.
7 Why doeth one day excell another, seing that the light of the daies of the yere come of the sunne?
8 The knowledge of the Lord hathe parted them a sondre, and he hathe by them disposed the times and solemne feastes.
9 Some of them hathe he chosen and sanctified and some of them hathe he put among the daies to nomber.
10 And all men are of the * grounde, and AdamGene. 1. 27. & 2. 7 was created out of the earth: but the Lord ha the deuided them by great knowledge, and made their waies diuers.
11 Some of them hathe he blessed and exalted and some of them hathe he sanctified, and ap propriate to him self: but some of them hathe he cursed, and broght thē lowe, and put them out of their estate.
12 * As the claye is in the
〈◊〉
hand, to orderIsa 45. 9. it at his pleasure, so are men also in theRom. 9. 20. hand of their creator, so that he may rewarde them as liketh him best.
13 Against euil is good, and against death is life so is the godlie against the sinner, and the vngodlie against the faithful.
14 So in all the workes of the moste High thou maist se that there are euer two, one against another.
15 ¶ I am awaked vp last of all, as one that gathe reth after thē in the vintage. In the blessing of the Lord I am increased, ād haue filled my wine presse, like a grape gatherer.
16 * Beholde, how I haue not labored onelyChap. 24
〈◊〉
for my self, but for all them that seke knowledge.
17 Heare me, ô ye greatmen of the people, & hearken with your eares, ye rulers of the con
〈◊〉
.
18 Giue not thy sonne and wife, thy brother and friend, power ouer thee while thou liuest, and giue not away thy substance to ano ther, lest it repent thee, and thou intreat for the same againe.
19 As long as thou liuest, and hast breth, giue not thy self ouer to anie persone.
20 For better it is that thy children shulde pray vnto thee, then that thou shuldest loke vp to the hands of thy children.
21 In all thy workes be excellent, that thine honour be neuer stained.
22 As the time when thou shalt end thy dayes, and finish thy life, distribute thine inheritance.
23 ¶ The fodder, the whippe and the burden belong vnto the asse: and meat, correction and worke vnto thy seruant.
24 If thou set thy seruant to labour, thou shalt finde rest: but if thou let him go idle, he shal seke libertie.
25 The yoke and the whippe bow downe the hard necke: so tame thine euil seruant with the whippes and correction.
26 Send him to labour, that he go not idle: for idlenes bringeth muche euil.
27 Set him to worke, for that belongeth vnto him: if he be not obedient,How
〈◊〉
were ordered in olde time. put on more heauie
〈◊〉
.
28 But be not excessiue towarde anie, and with out discrecion do nothing.
29 * If thou haue (a faithful) seruant, let him beChap. 7. 22. vnto thee as thine owne soule: for in blood hast thou goten him. If thou haue a seruant, intreat him as thy brother for thou hast nede of him, as of thy self. If thou intreat him euil, and he runne away,
〈◊〉
seke him?
CHAP. XXXIIII.
Of dreames. 13 The praise of them that feare God. 18. The offrings of the wicked. 22 The bread of the
〈◊〉
. 27 God doeth not alowe the workes of an vnfaithful man.
1 THe hope of a foolish man is vaine and fal se,Dreames. and dreames make fooles to haue wings.
2 Who so regardeth dreames, is like him that wil take holde of a shadowe, and followe af ter the winde.
3 Euen so is it with the appearings of dreames, as the likenes of a face is before another face.
4 Who cābe clensed by the vncleane? or what trueth can be spoken of a lier?
5 Soth sayings,
〈◊〉
, & dreaming is but vanitie, & a minde that is occupied with fantasies, is as a woman that trauaileth.
6 Where as suche visions come not of the moste High to trye thee, set not thine heart vpō them.
7 For dreames haue disceiued many, and thei haue failed that put their trust therein.
8 The Law shalbe fulfilled without lies, & wisdome is sufficient to a faithful mouth: [what knowledge hathe he that is not tryed?]
9 A man that is instructed, vnderstandeth muche, and he that hathe good experience, can talke of wisdome.
10 He that hathe no experience, knoweth litle and he that erreth, is ful of crafte.
11 When I wandred to and fro, I sawe many things, and mine vnderstanding is greater then I can expresse.
12 I was oft times in danger of death, yet I was deliuered by these things.
13 ¶ The spirit of those that feare the Lord, shal liue: for their hope is in him that can hel pe them.
14 Who soThe feare of thē Lord. feareth the Lord, feareth nomā, nether is afraied: for he is his hope.
15 Blessed is the soule of him that feareth the Lord: in whome putteth he his trust? who is his strength?
16 * For the eyes of the Lord haue respect vnPsal. 33. 18. to them, that loue him: he is their* mightiePsal.
〈◊〉
. 1. protection, and strong grounde, a defense from the heat, and a shadowe for the noone day, a succour from stombling, and an helpe from falling.
17 He setteth vp the soule, and lightneth the eyes he giueth health, life and blessing.
18 ¶ He that* giueth an offring of vnrighteousProu. 21.
〈◊〉
goods, offreth a mocking sacrifice, and the giftes of the vnrighteous, please not him.
19 [But the Lord is theirs onely, that paciently abide him in the way of trueth and righteousnes.]
20 The moste High doeth not alowe theThe offrings of the wicked and their prayer. offrings of the wicked, * nether is he pacified for sinne by the multitude of sacrifice.
〈◊〉
. 15. 8.
21 Who so bringeth an offring of the goods of the poore, doeth as one that sacrifiseth the sonne before the fathers eyes.
22 The bread of the nedeful is the life of the poore: he that defraudeth him thereof, is a murtherer.
23 He that taketh away his neighbours liuing, slayeth him, * and he that defraudeth the laDeut. 24.
〈◊〉
. bourer of his hyre, is a blood shedder.chap. 7. 22.
24 ¶ When one buyldeth, and another breaketh downe, what profite haue they then but labour?
25 When one prayeth and another curseth, whose voyce wil the Lord heare?Nomb. 19.
〈◊〉
.
26 * He that washeth him self because of a dead bodie, and toucheth it againe, what auaileth his washing?
27 * So is it with a man that fasteth for his sinnes,2.
〈◊〉
. 2. 20. and committeth them againe: who wil heare his prayer? or what doeth his fasting helpe him.
CHAP. XXXV.
1 Of true sacrifices, 14 The prayer of the fatherles, and of the widowe and him that humbleth him self.
1 WHO so kepeth the Law, * bringeth offrings2. Sam. 15. 22. ynough: he that holdeth fastIere. 7. 3. the commandements,True sacrifices. offreth an offring of saluacion.
2 He that is thankeful to them that haue welPhilip. 4. 18. deserued, offreth fine floure: * and he that giueth almes, sacrifiseth praise.
3 To departe from euil is a thankeful thing to the Lord, and to forsake vnrighteousnes, is a reconciling vnto him.
4 * Thou shalt not appeare emptie before theExod 23. 15: & 34. 23. Lord.Deut. 6. 16.
5 For all these things are done because of the commandement.
6 * The offring of the righteous maketh theGen. 4. 4. altar fat, and the smel there of is swete before the most High.
7 The sacrifice of the righteous is acceptable, and the remembrance thereof shal neuer be forgotten.
8 Giue the Lord his honour with a good and liberal eye, and diminish not the first frutes of thine hands.
9 * In all thy giftes shewe a ioyeful countenan2. Cor. 9. 7. ce, and dedicate thy tithes with gladnes.
10 Giue vnto the moste High according as heTob. 4. 6. hathe enriched thee, * and loke what thine hand is able, giue with a chareful eye.
11 For the Lord recompenseth, and wil giue thee seuen times as muche.
12 *
〈◊〉
nothing of thine offring: for he
〈◊〉
22
〈◊〉
. wil not receiue it, and absteine from wrongDeut. 15. 20. ful sacrifices for the Lord is the iudge, and regardeth no * mans persone.
〈◊〉
. 10. 17.
13 He accepteth not the persone of the poore,2 Chio. 9 7.
Iob 14 9 but he heareth the prayer of the oppressed.Wisdom 6. 8.
14 He despiseth not the desire of the fatherles,Act 10. 34.
Rom 2. 11. nor the widdow, when she powreth out her
〈◊〉
, 2. 6. prayer.Ephe 6 9.
15 Doeth not the teares runne downe the widColo. 3. 26. dowes chekes? and her crye is against him1. Pet. 1. 17. that caused them: for from her chekes do they go vp vnto heauen, and the Lord which heareth them, doeth accept them.)
16 He that serueth the Lord, shalbe accepted with fauour, and his prayer shal teache vnto the cloudes.
17 The prayer of him that humbleth him self, goeth thorowe the cloudes, and ceaseth not til it come nere & wil not departe til the most High haue respect thereunto to iudge righteously, and to execute iudgement.
18 And the Lord wil not be slacke, nor the Almightie wil tarie long from thē, til he hathe smitten in sunder the loynes of the vnmerciful, and aduenged him self of the heathen, til he haue takē away the multitude of the cruel and broken the scepter of the vnrighteous, til he
〈◊〉
euerie man after his workes, and rewarde them after their deuises, til he haue iudged the cause of his people, and cōforted them with his mercie.
19 Oh, how faire a thing is mercie in the time of anguish and trouble,! It is like a cloude of raine, that cometh in the time of a drought.
CHAP. XXXVI.
1 A prayer to God in the persone of all faithful men, against those that persecute his Church. 22 The praise of a good woman.
1 HAue mercie vpon vs, ô Lord God of all things, and beholde vs, ād (shewe vs the light of thy mercies,)
2 And send thy feareAgainst the wicked. among the naciōs, whiche seke not after thee, (that they may know that there is no God but thou, and that they may she we thy wonderous workes.)
3 Lift vp thine * hand vpon the strange naciōsIere. 10, 25. that they may se thy power.
4 As thou art sanctified in vs before them, so be thou magnified among them before vs,
5 That they may know thee, as we know thee for there is none other God but onely thou, ô Lord.
6 Renue the signes, and change the wonders shewe the glorie of thine hand, and thy right arme, that they may shewe forthe thy wonderous actes.
7 Raise vp thine indignacion, and powre out wrath: take away the aduersarie, and smite the enemie.
8 Make the time shorte: remēber thine othe, that thy wonderous workes may be praised
9 Let the wrath of the fyre
〈◊〉
them that escape, and let them perish that oppresse the people.
10 Smite in sonder the heades of the princes that be our enemies, and say, There is none other but we.
11A prayer for the godlie.
〈◊〉
all the tribes of Iacob together, (that they may knowe that there is none other God but onely thou, and that they may shew thy wonderous workes,) and inherit thou them as from the beginning.
12 O LORD, haue mercie vpon the people, that is called by thy Name, and vpon Israel,Exod. 4,
〈◊〉
. * whome thou hast likened to a first borne sonne.
13 Oh, be merciful vnto Ierusalem the citie of thy Sanctuarie, the citie of thy rest.
14 Fill
〈◊〉
, that it may magnifie thine oracles and (fill) thy people with thy glorie.
15 Giue witnes vnto those that thou hast possessed from the beginning, and raise vp the prophecies that haue bene shewed in thy Name.
16 Rewarde them that waite for thee, that thy Prophetes may be founde faithful.
17 O Lord, heare the power of thy seruants acNomb. 6, 23. cording to the * blessing of Aaron ouer thy people, (and guide thou vs in the way of righ teousnes) that all they which dwell vpon the earth, may knowe that thou art the Lord the eternal God.
18 ¶ The belie deuoureth all meates, yet is one meat better then another.
19 As the throte tasteth venisone, so doeth a wise minde (discerne) false wordes.
20 A frowarde heart bringeth grief, but a man of experience wil resist it.
21 A woman is aptto receiue euerie man: yet is one daughter better then another.
22 The beautie of a woman chereth the face, and a man loueth nothing better.
23 If there be in her tongue gentlenes, mekenes, and wholesome talke, thē is not herhous band like other men.
24 He that hatheThe praise of a good woman. gotten a (vertuous) woman,
hathe begone to get a possession: she is an helpe like vnto himself, and a piller to rest vpon.
25 Where no hedge is, there the possession is spoiled: and he that hathe no wife, wādereth to and fro, mourning.
26 Who wiltrust a thief that is alway readie & wandereth from towne to towne? and likewise him, that hathe no rest, and lodgeth, wheresoeuer the night taketh him?
CHAP. XXXVII.
1 How a man shulde knowe friends and counselers. 12 To kepe his companie that feareth God.
1 EVerie friēd saith,Or friendship. I am a friend vnto him also: but there is some friend, which is onely a friend in name.
2 Remaineth there not heauines vnto death, when a companion and friend is turned to an enemie?
3 O wicked presumption, frō whence art thou sprong vp to couer the earth with disceite?
4 * There is some companion which in prosperitieChap 6. 10. reioyceth with his friend, but in the time of trouble he is against him.
5 There is some companion that helpeth his friend for the bellie sake, and taketh vp the buckeler against the enemie.
6 Forget not thy friend in thy minde, & thinke vpon him in thy riches.
7 SekeOf whome we shulde take coun
〈◊〉
. no counsel at him of whome thou art suspected, and disclose not thy counsel vnto suche as hate thee.
8 * Euerie counseler praiseth his owne counsel:Chap. 8. 21. & 9. 21. but there is some that counseleth for him self.
9 Beware of the counseler, and be aduised afo reOr, what nede
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. where to thou wilt vse him: for he wil counsel for him self, lest he cast the lot vpon thee.
10 And say vnto thee, Thy way is good, and af terwarde he stād against thee, and loke what shal become of thee.
11 [Aske no counsel for religion of him, that is without religiō, nor of iustice, of him that hathe no iustice,] nor of a woman
〈◊〉
her of whome she is ielous, nor of a cowarde in matters warre, nor of a marchant concerning exchange, nor of a bier for the sale, nor of an enuious mā touching
〈◊〉
, nor of the vnmerciful touching kindenes, [nor of an vnhonest man of honestie,] nor of the slothful for anie labour, nor of an hireling for the finishing of a worke, nor of an idle seruant for muche busines: hearken not vnto these in anie matter of counsel.
12 But be continual with a godlie man whome thou knowest to kepe the commandements of the Lord, whose minde is according to thy minde, and is sorie for thee when thou stumblest.
13 Take counsel of thine owne heart: for there is no man more faithful vnto thee, then it.
14 For a mans minde is some time more accustomed to shewe more thē seuen watchmen that sit aboue in an high tower.
15 And aboue all this pray to the most High, that he wil direct thy waye in trueth.
16 Let reason go before euerie enterprise, and counsel before euerie action.
17 ¶ These [changing] of the countenance is a signe of the chāging of the heart: foure thīgs appeare good and euil, life & death, but the tongue hathe euer more the gouernement ouer them.
18 ¶ Some mā is wittie, & hathe instructed manie, and yet is vn profitable vnto him self.
19 Some man wil be wise in wordes, and is hated, yea, he is destitute of all
〈◊〉
, Wisdome. foode,
20 Because grace is not giuen him of the Lord for he is distitute of all wisdome.
21 Another is wise for him self, and the frutes of vnderstanding are faithful in his mouth.
22 A wise man instructeth his people, and the frutes of his wisdome faile not.
23 A wise man shalbe plenteously blessed, and all they that se him, shal thinke him blessed.
24 The life of man standeth in the nomber of dayes: but the dayes of Irael are in numerable.
25 A wise man shal obteine credit among his people, and his name shalbe perpetual.
26 My sonne, proue thy soule in thy life, and se what is euil for it, and permit it not to do it.
27 For all things are not profitable for all men, nether hathe euerie soule pleasure in euerie thing.
28 Be notOr temperācie griedie in all delites, and be not to hastie vpon all meates.
29 * For
〈◊〉
of meates bringeth sickenes,Chap.
〈◊〉
. 22. & glotonie cometh into choliricke diseases
30 By surfet haue manie perished: but he thatOr, taketh hede
〈◊〉
him self, prolongeth his life.
CHAP. XXXVIII.
1 A physicion is commendable. 16 To burye the dead. 24 The wisdome of him that is learned.
1 HOnour theOr physicions &
〈◊〉
. physicion with that honor that is due vnto him, because of necessitie: for the Lord hathe created him.
2 For of the moste High cometh healing, and he shal receiue giftes of the King.
3 The knowledge of the physicion lifteth vp his head, and in the sight of great mē he shalbe in admiration.
4 The Lord hathe created medecines of the
〈◊〉
. 15, 25. earth, and he that is wise, wil not abhorre it.
〈◊〉
, 5, 15.
5 * Was not the water made swete with wood, that men might know the vertue thereof?
6 So he hathe giuen men knowledge, that he might be glorified in his wōderous workes.
7 With suche doeth he healemen, and taketh away their paines.
8 Of suche doeth the apothecarie make a con fection, and yet he can not finish his owne workes: for of the Lord cometh prosperitie and welth ouer all the earth.
9 My sōne, faile not in thy sickenes, but* parieIsa. 38, 2. vnto the Lord, and he wil make thee whole.
10 Leaue of from sinne, and order thine hāds a right, and clense thine heart from all wickednes.
11 Offer swete incense, and fine floure for a remēbrance: make the offring fat, for thou art not theGod
〈◊〉
first his
〈◊〉
, and we must
〈◊〉
a
〈◊〉
there of to suche vses as he
〈◊〉
, first giuer.
12 Then giue place to the physicion: for the Lord hathe created him: let him not go frō thee, for thou hast nede of him.
13 The houre may come, that their enterprises may haue good successe.
14 For they also shall praye vnto the Lord, that he wolde prosper that, which is giuen for ease, and their physicke for the prolōging of life.
15 He that sinneth before his maker, let hym fall into the hands of the physicion.Chap. 22. 10.
16 My sonne, * powre for the teares ouer the dead,Of mourning. and begynne to mourne, as if thou hadest suffred great harme thy self, & then couer his bodie according toOr, the custome. his appointement, and neglect not his buryal.
17 Make a grieuous lamētacion, and be earnest in mourning, and vse lamentacion as he is worthie, and that, a daye or two, lest thou be euil spoken of, and then comforte thy self for thine heauines.
18 * For of heauines cometh death, and the
〈◊〉
, 15. 13. & 17. 22. heauines of the heart breaketh the strēgth
19 Of the affection of the hearte cometh sorow, and the life of him that is afflicted, is according to his heart.
20 Take no heauines to heart driue it awaye and remember the last end.
21 Forget it not: for there is no turning againe: thou shalt do him no good, but hurt thy self.
22 Remember his iudgement: thine also shalbe likewise, vnto me yester daye, and vnto thee to day.
23 * Seing the dead is at rest, let hys remembrance
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 12 20, rest, and comforte thy self agayne for him, when his Spirit is departed frome him.
24 ¶ The wisdome of a learned mā cometh by vsing wel his vacant time: and he that ceaseth from his owne matters & labour, may come by wisdome.
25 How cā he get wisdome that holdeth the plough, and he that hathe pleasure in the gode, and in driuing oxen, and is occupied in their labours, & talketh but of the brede of bullockes?
26 He giueth his minde to make forowes, & is diligent to giue the kine fodder,
27 So is it of euerie carpēter, and workemaster that laboreth night and daye: and they that cut, and graue seales, and make sondrie diuersities, and giue thē selues to contrefait imagerie, and watche to performe the worke.
28 The smithe in like maner abideth by hys anuil, and doeth his diligence to labour the yron: the vapour of the fyre dryeth hys fleshe, and hemuste fight with the heat of the fornace: the noyce of the hammer is euer in his eares, and his eyes loke stil vpon the thing that he maketh: he setteth his minde to make vp his workes: therefore he watcheth to polish it perfitely.
29 So doeth the potter sit by his worke: he turneth the whele, about with his fete: he is careful alwaye at his worke, and maketh his worke by nomber.
30 He facioneth the claye with his arme, and with his feete he tempereth the hardnes thereof: his heart
〈◊〉
how to couer it with lead, and his diligence is to clen se the ouen.
31 All these hope in their hands, and euerie one bestoweth his wisdome in his worke.
32 Without these can not the cities be mainteined, nor inhabited, nor occupied.
33 And yet they are not asked their iudgemēt in the coūsel of the people, nether are thei hie in the congregacion, nether sit they vpon the iudgement seates, nor vnderstand the order of iustice: they can not declare matters according to the forme of the Law, & they are not mete for hard matters.
34 But thei mainteine the state of the worlde and their desire is concerning their worke and occupacion.
CHAP. XXXIX.
1 A wise man. 16 The workes of God. 24 Vnto the good good things profite but vnto the euil, euen good things are euil.
1 HE one lie that applieth his minde to the Law of the moste High, and is occupied in the meditacion thereof, seketh out theOf
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
me. wisdome of all the ancient, & ex erciseth him self in the prophecies.
2 He kepeth the sayings of famous men & entreth in also to the secrets of darke sen tences.
3 He seketh out the my sterie of graue sentences, and exerciseth him self in darke pa rables.
4 He shal serue amōg great men and appeare before the prīce he shal traueil through strange countreis: for he hathe tryed the good and the euil among men.
5 He wil giue his heart to resorte early vnto the Lord that made him, and to praye before the moste High, and wil open his mouth in prayer, and praie for his sinnes.
6 When the great Lord wil, he shalbe filled with the Spirit of vnderstanding, that he may powre out wise sentences, and giue thankes vnto the Lord in his prayer.
7 Or the Lord. He shal direct his coūsel, and knowledge so shal he meditate in his secrets.
8 He shal shewe for the his science and lear ning, and reioyce in the Law and couenant of the Lord.
9 Manie shal commend his vnderstanding, and his memorie shal neuer be put out, nor departe away, but his name shal continue from generacion to generacion.
10 * The congregacion shall declare his wisdome,Chap. 44 14. and shewe it.
11 Thogh he be dead, he shal leaue a greater same then a thousand: and if he liue still, he shal get the same.
12 Yet wil I speake of mo things: for I am ful as the moone.
13 Hearken vnto me, ye holy children, and bring forthe frute, as the rose that is planted by the brokes of the field,
14 And giue ye a swete smell asOr, Libanus. incense, and bring forth flowres as the lilie giue a smel and sing a song of praise: blesse the Lord in all his workes.
15 Giue honour vnto hys Name, and shewe forthe his praise with the songs of your lippes, and with harpes, and ye shal say after this maner,
16 * All the workes of the Lord are exceadingGen. 1.
〈◊〉
. good, and all his commandemēts are done
〈◊〉
. 7.
〈◊〉
. in due season.
17 And none may say, What is this? wherfore is that? for at time conuenient they shal all be soght out at his cōmandement the water stode as an heape, and at the worde of his mouth the waters gathered thē selues.
18 His whole fauour (appeared) by his commandement, and none can diminishe that which he wil saue.
19 The workes of all fleshe are before him, and nothing can be hid from his eyes.
20 He seeth from euerlasting to euerlasting, and there is nothing wonderful vnto him.
21 A man nede not to say, What is this? wherfore is that? for he hath made all things for their owne vse.
22 His blessing shal renne ouer as the streame, and moisture the earth like a flood.
23 As he hath turned the waters into saltnes, so shal the heathen fele his wrath.
24 As his waies are plaine and right vnto the iust, so are they stumbling blockes to the wicked.
25 ¶ For the good, are good thinges created from the beginning, and euill thinges for the sinners.
26 * The principal thinges for the whole vseChap. 29.
〈◊〉
. of mans life is water, fyre, and yron, and salt, and meale, wheate and hony, & milke, the blood of the grape, and oyle, and clothing.
27 All these things are for good to the godlie: but to the sinners they are turned vnto euil.
28 There be spretes that are created for vē
geance, whiche in their rigour laye on sure strokes: in the time of destructiō thei shewe forthe their power, and accomplishe the wrath of him that made them.
29 Fyre, and haile, and famine, and death: all these are created for vengeance.
30 The teeth of wilde beastes, and the Scorpions, and the serpents, and the sword execute vengeance for the destruction of the wicked.
31 They shalbe glad to do his commandemēts and when nede is, they shalbe readie vpō earth: and when their houre is come they shal not ouerpasse the commandement.
32 Therefore haue I taken a good courage vnto me from the beginning, and haue thoght on these things, and haue put thē in writing.
33 * All the workes of the Lord are good, & he giueth euerie one in due season, & whē nede is:Gene. 1. 31.
34 So that a man nede not to say, This is wor se then that: for in due season they are all worthie praise.
35 And therefore praise the Lord with whole heart and mouth, and blesse the Name of the Lord.
CHAP. XL.
1 Many miseries in mans life. 14 Of the blessing of the righteous and prerogatiue of the feare of God.
1 GReatThe miseries of mans life. trauail is created for all men, & an heauie yoke vpon the sonnes of Adam from the day that they go out of their mothers wombe, til the day that theiretur ne to the mother of all things.
2 (Namely) their thoghts, and feare of the heart, and their imaginacion of the things they waite for, and the daye of death.
3
〈◊〉
him that sitteth vpon the glorious throne, vnto him that is benethī the earth and ashes,
4 From him that is clothedin blewe silke, and weareth a crowne, euen vnto him that is clothed in simple linen.
5 Wrath and enuie, trouble, and vnquietnes and feare of death, and rigour, and strife, & in the time of rest the slepe in the night vpon his bed, change his knowledge.
6 A litle or nothing is his rest, and afterwarde in sleping he is as in a watchetowre in the daye he is troubled with the visions of his heart, as none that renneth out of a battel.
7 And when all is safe, he awaketh, and marueileth that the feare was no thing.
8 Suche things come vnto all flesh, bothe man and beast, but seuen folde to the vngodlie:
9 Moreouer, * death and blood and strife, &Chap. 39. 35. sworde, oppression, famine, destruction, & punishement.
10 These things are all created for the wickedGene 7. 11. and for their sakes came the * flood.
11 * All things that are of the earth, shal turneGene. 3. 19.
Chap. 41. 13. to earth againe: and they that are of the * waters, shal returne into the sea.Eccles. 1, 7.
12 ¶ All bribes and vnrighteousnes shalbe put awaye: butFaithfulnes. faithfulnes shal endure for euer.
13 The substance of the vngodlie shalbe dryed vp like a riuer, and they shal make a sounde like a great thonder in the raine.
14 When he openeth his hand, he reioyceth but all the transgressours shal come to
naught.
15 The children of the vngodlie shal not obteine manie branches: for the vncleane rootes are as vpon the high rockes.
16 Their tender stalke by what water soeuer it be or water bāke, it shalbe pulled vp before all other herbes.
17 ¶ Friendlines is as a moste plentifull garden of pleasure, and mercie endureth for euer.
18 * To labour and to be content with thatPhilip. 4. 12.
1. Tim. 6, 6. a man hathe, is a swete life: but he that findeth a treasure, is aboue them bothe.
19 Children, and the buylding of the Citie maketh a perpetual name: but an honeste woman is counteth aboue them bothe.
20 Wine and musicke reioyce the hearte: but the loue of wisdome is aboue them bothe.
21 The pipe and the psalterion make a swete noyce but a pleasant tongue is aboue thē bothe.
22 Thine eye desireth fauor and beautie but a grene sede time, rather then them both.
23 A friend, and companion come together at opportunitie: but aboue them bothe is a wife with her housband.
24 Friends and helpe (are good) in the time of trouble, but
〈◊〉
shal deliuer more thē them bothe.
25 Golde and siluer fasten the fete: but counsel is estemed aboue them bothe.
26 Riches and strēgth lift vp the minde: but the feare of the Lord is aboue them both: there is no want in the feare of the Lord, and it nedeth no hêlpe.
27 The feare of the Lord is a pleasant gardē of blessing, and there is nothing so beautiful as it is.
28 ¶ My sonne, lead not a beggers life: for better it were to dye then to begge.
29 The life of him that depēdeth on another mans table, is not to be counted for a life: for he tormēteth him self after other mens meat: but a wise man and wel nourtred, wil beware thereof.
30 Begging is swete in the mouth of the vnshame fast, and in his bellie there burneth a fyre.
CHAP. XLI.
1 Of the remembrance of death. 3 Death is not to be feared. 8 A curse vpon them that forsake the Lawe of GOD. 12 Good name and fame. 14 An exhortacion to giue hede vnto wisdome. 17 Of what things a man ought to be ashamed.
1 OOf death. Death, how bitter is the remembrance of thee to a man that liueth at rest in his possessions, vnto the man that hath nothing to vexe him, and that hathe prosperitie in all things yea, vnto him that yet is able to receiue meat!
2 O death, how acceptable is thy iudgemēt vnto the nedefull, and vnto hym whose strength faileth, and that is now in the last age, and is vexed with all things, & to him that dispaireth, and hathe lost pacience!
3 Feare not the iudgement of death: remē
ber them that haue bene before thee, and that come after: this is the ordināce of the Lord ouer all flesh.
4 And why woldest thou be against the pleasure of the moste High? whether it be tene or an hundreth, or a thousand yeres, there is no defense for life against the graue.
5 ¶ The children of the vngodlie are abominable children, and so are they that kepe companie with the vngodlie.
6 The inheritance of vngodlie children shal perish, and their posteritie shal haue a perpetual shame.
7 The chyldren complaine of an vngodlye father, because they are reproched for his sake.
8 Wo be vnto you, ô ye vngodlie, whiche haue forsaken the Lawe of the moste high God: for thogh you increase, yet shall you perish.
9 If ye be borne, ye shalbe borne to cursing: if ye dye, the curse shalbe your porcion.
10 All that is of the earth, shal turne to earth againe: so the vngodlie (go) from the curse to destruction.
11 Thogh men mourne for their bodie, yet the wicked name of the vngodlie shalbe put out.
12 Haue regarde to thy name: for that shal cō tinue with thee aboue a thousand treasures of golde.
13 A good life hath the dayes nombred: butA good name. a good name endureth euer.
14 * My children, kepe wisdome in peace:
〈◊〉
. 20. 33, for wisdome that is hid, and a treasure that is not sene, what profite is in them bothe?
15 A man that hideth his foolishnes, is better then a man that hideth his wisdome.
16 Therefore beare reuerence vnto my wordes: for it is not good in all thinges to beOf shamefastnes. ashamed: nether are all things alowed as faithful in all men.
17 Be ashamed of whoredome before father and mother be ashamed of lies before the princes and men of autoritie:
18 Of sinne before the iudge and ruler: of offence before the congregaciō and people: of vnrighteousnes before a companiō and friend,
19 And of theft before the place where thou dwellest, and before the trueth of God and his couenant, and to leane with thyne elbowes vpon theOr, table. bread, or to be reproued for giuing or taking.
20 And of silence vnto them that salute thee, and to loke vpon an harlot,
21 And to turne away thy face from thy kinsmā: or to take away a portiō or a gift, or to be euil minded toward another mans wife,
22 Or to sollicite any mans maide, or to stand by her bed, or to reproche thy friēds with wordes,
23 Or to vpbraide when thou gyuest anye thing, or to reporte a matter that thou hast
heard, or to reueile secret wordes.
24 Thus maiest thou well be shamefast, and shalt finde fauour with all men.
CHAP. XLII.
1 The Law of God must be taught. 9 A daughter. 14 A woman. 18 God knoweth all things, yea, euen the secrets of thine heart.
1 OF these things be not thouIn what things we ought not to be ashamed. ashamed, nether haue regarde to offend for any persone.
2 Of the Law of the moste High and his couenant, and of iudgement to iustifie the godlie:
3 Of the cause of thy companion, & of strangers, or of distributing the heritage among friends:
4 To be diligent to kepe true balance, and weight, whether thou haue much or litle:
5 To sel marchandise at an indifferent price, and to correct thy children diligently, & to beat an euil seruant to the blood:
6 To set a good locke where an euill wife is, and to locke where manie hands are:
7 If thou giue aniething by nomber, and weight, to put all in writing, both that that is gyuen out, and that that is receyued againe:
8 To teache the vnlearned, and the vnwise, & the aged, that contēd against the yong: thus shalt thou be well instructed, and approued of all men liuing.
9 ¶ The daughterOr, is a secret watche to the father. maketh the father to watch secretly, and the carefulnes that he hathe for her, taketh away his slepe in the youth, lest she shuld passe the floure of her age: and when she hathe an housband, lest she shulde be hated:
10 In her virginitie, lest she shulde be defiled, or gotten with childe in her fathers house, and, when she is with her housband, lest she misbehaue her self: and when she is maried lest she continue vnfruteful.Chap. 26. 10.
11 * If thy daughter be vnshamefast, kepe her straitly, lest she cause thyne ennemyes to laugh thee to scorne, and make thee a cō
mune talke in the citie, and diffame thee among the people, and bring thee to publicke shame.
12 * Beholde not euerie bodies beautie, andChap. 25.
〈◊〉
. companie not among women.
13 For as the moth cometh out of garments: * so doeth wickednes of the woman.Gen. 3. 6.
14 The wickednes of a man is better then the good intreatie of a woman, to wit, of a woman that is in shame, and reproche.
15 ¶ I wil remember the workes of the Lord, and declare the thing that I haue sene: by the worde of the Lord are his workes.
16 The sunne that shineth, loketh vppon all things, and all the worke thereof is full of the glorie of the Lord.
17 Hathe not the LORD appointed that his Saincts shulde declare all hys wonderous workes, whiche the almig htie Lord hathe stablished to confirme all things by in his maiestie?
18 He seketh out the depth, and the hearte, & he knoweth their practises: for the Lord knoweth all science, and he beholdeth the signes of the worlde.
19 He declareth the things that are past, & for to come, and discloseth the paths of things that are secret.
20 * No thogh may escape him, nether mayeIob 41. 4.
Isa. 29. 15. anie worde be hid from him.
21 He hathe garnished the excellent workes of his wisdome, and he is from euerlasting to euerlasting, and for euer: vnto him maye nothing be added, nether can he be minished: he hathe no nede of anie counseler.
22 Oh, how delectable are all his workes, and to be considered euen vnto the sparkes of fyre!
23 They liue all, and endure for euer: & when soeuer nede is, they are all obedient.
24 Thei are all double, one against another: he hathe made nothing that hathe anye faute.
25 The oneOr, stablisheth. commendeth the goodnes of the other, and who can be satisfied with beholding Gods glorie?
CHAP. XLIII.
The summe of the creacion of the workes of God.
1 THis high ornamentThe wonderful workes of God, the cleare firmament, the beautie of the heauen so glo rious to beholde,
2 The sunne also, a marueilous instrument when it appeareth, declareth, at his going out, the worke of the moste High.
3 At noone it burneth the countrey, & who may abide for the heat thereof?
4 The sunne burneth the mountaines thre times more then he that kepeth a fornace with cōtinual heat: it casteth out the fyrie vapours, & with the shining beames blindeth the eyes.
5 Greate is the Lord that made it, and by his commandement he causeth it to runne hastely.
6 * The moone also hathe he made to appeareGen. 1.
〈◊〉
. according to her season, that it shuld be a declaration of the time, & a signe for the worlde.
7 * The feastes are appointed by the moone:Exod. 12. 2. the light therof diminisheth vnto the end.
8 The moneth is called after the name thereof, and groweth wonderously in her changing.
9 It is a campe pitched on high, shining in the firmament of heauen: the beautie of heauen are the glorious starres, and the ornament that shineth in the high places of the Lord.
10 By the commandement of the holye one they continue in their order, and fayle not in their watche.
11 ¶ * Loke vpon the raine bowe, and prayseGen. 9.
〈◊〉
. him that made it: verie beautiful is it in the brightnes thereof.
12 * It compasseth the heauen aboute with aIsa.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
glorious circle, and the hands of the moste High haue bended it.
13 ¶ Thorowe his cōmandement he maketh the snowe to haste, and sendeth swiftly the lightning of his iudgement.
14 Therefore he openeth his treasures, and the cloudes flie for the as the foules.
15 In hys power hathe he strengthened the cloudes, and broken the haile stones.
16 The moūtaines leape at the sight of hym: the South winde bloweth according to his wil.
17 The sounde of his thonder beateth the earth: so doeth the storme of the North: the whirle winde also, as birdes that flie, scattereth the snowe, and the falling downe thereof is as the greshoppers that light downe.
18 The eye marueileth at the beautie of the whitenes thereof, and the heart is astonished at the raine of it.
19 He also powreth out the frost vppon the earth like salt, and when it is frosen, it sticketh on the toppes of pales.
20 When the colde North winde bloweth, an
〈◊〉
is frosen of the water, it abideth vpon all the gatherings together of water, and clotheth the waters as with a brest plate.
21 It deuoureth the mountaines, & burneth the wildernes, and destroyeth that that is grene, like fyre.
22 The remedie of all these is when a cloude cometh hastely, and when a dewe commeth vpon the heat, it refresheth it.
23 [By his worde he stilleth the winde:] by his counsel he appeaseth the depe, & plante thylands therein.
24 They that saile ouer the sea, tel of the perils thereof, and when we heare with our eares, we marueile there at.
25 For there be strange, and wonderous workes, diuers maner of beasts, and the creatiō of whales.
26 Thorowe him are all things directed to a good end, and are stablished by his worde.
27 And when we haue spoken muche, we can not atteine vnto thē: but this is the summe of all, that he is all.
28 What power haue we to praise him: for he is aboue all his workes?
29 The Lord is terrible, and verie great, * andPsal. 96. 4. marueilous is his power.
30 Praise the Lord, and magnifie him as much as ye can, yet doeth he farre excede: exalte him with all your power, & be not wearie, yet can ye not atteine vnto it.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
31 * Who hathe sene him, that he might tel vs? and who can magnifie him as he is?
32 For there are hid yet greater things then these be, & we haue sene but a fewe of hys workes.
33 For the Lord hathe made all things, and giuen wisdome to suche as feare God.
CHAP. XLIIII.
The praise of certein holie men, Enoch, Noe, Abraham, Isaac and Iacob.
1 LEt vs now commende the famous men, and our fathers, of whome we are begotten.
2 The Lord hathe gotten great glorie by them, and that through his great power from the beginning.
3 Thei haue borne rule in their kingdomes, and were renoumed for their power, and were wise in counsel, and declared prophecies.Exod. 18.
〈◊〉
4 * They gouerned the people by counsel & by the knowledge of learning mete for the people, in whose doctrine were wise sē tences.
5 They inuented the melodie of musicke, & expounded the verses that were writen.
6 They were riche and mightie in power, & liued quietly at home.
7 All these were honorable men in their generacions, and were wel reported of their times,
8 There are of them that haue left a name behinde them, so that their praise shal be spoken of.
9 There are some also which haue no memoGene. 1. 28. rial, * and are perished, as thogh they had neuer bene, and are become as thogh they had neuer bene, borne and their children after them.
10 But the former were merciful men, whose righteousnes hathe not bene forgotten.
11 For whose posteritie a good inheritance is reserued, and their sede is conteined in the couenant.
12 Their stocke is conteined in the couenant and their posteritie after them.
13 Their sede shal remaine for euer, & their praise shal neuer be taken away.
14 Their bodies are buryed in peace, but their name liueth for euer more.
15 * The people speake of their wisdome, &Chap. 19. 14. the congregacion talke of their praise.Gene. 5. 14.
16Enoch. * Enoch pleased the Lord God? thereforeebr.
〈◊〉
. 5. was he translated for an example of repentance to the generacions.
17
〈◊〉
Gene. 6. 9. &. 7.
〈◊〉
. ebr. 11. 7. *
〈◊〉
was founde perfite, and in the time of wrath he had a rewarde: therefore was he left as a remnant vnto the earth, when the flood came.
18 An euerlasting couenant was made with him, that all flesh shulde * perish no moreGene 9. 17. by the flood.
19Abraham. Gene. 12. 3. & 15. 5. & 17. 4. Abrahā was a * great father of maniepeo ple: in glorie was there none like vnto him
20 He kepeth the Law of the moste High, & was in couenant with him, and he set couenantGene. 21. 4. * in his flesh, and in tentation he was founde faithful.Gene.
〈◊〉
. 16. gal. 3. 8.
21 Therefore he assured him an * othe, that he wolde blesse the nacions in his sede, and that he wolde multiplie him as the dust of the earth, & exalte his sede as the starres, & cause them to inheritāce from sea to sea, & & frō the Riuer vnto the end of the worlde
22 * With
〈◊〉
. Isaac did he cōfirme likewise forGen. 26. 2. Abraham his fathers sake, the blessing of all men, and the couenant.
23 And caused it to rest vpon the head ofIacob. Iacob, andOr, knewe him. made him selfe knowen by * hysGen. 27
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
1. blessings, and gaue him an heritage andGen. 28. 1. deuided his porcions, * and parted themIos. 18. 19. among the twelue tribes.
24 And he broght out of him a Ioseph. mercifull man, whiche founde fauour in the sight of all flesh.
CHAP. XLV.
The praise of Moyses, Aaron, and Phinees.
1 ANdMoyses, Moyses, the * beloued of God &Exod 11. 3. men, (broght forthe,) whose remembranceAct. 7. 22. is blessed.
2 He made him like to the glorious Saints, and magnified him by the feare of his enemies.
3 By his wordes he caused the wonders to cease, and he made him * glorious in theExod. 6. 7. 8. 9. sight of Kings, and gaue him commandements for his people, and shewed him hys glorie.
4 * He sanctified him with faithfulnes, andNomb. 12. 3. mekenes, and chose him out of all men.
5 He caused him to heare his voyce, and broght him into the darke cloude, * and there he gaue him the commaundementsExod. 19. 7. before his face, euen the Lawe of life and knowledge, that he might teache Iacob the couenant, and Israel his iudgements.
6 He exaltedAaron. Aaron an holie man like vnto him, euē his * brother of the tribe of Leui.Exod. 4. 28.
7 An euerlasting couenant made he with him, and gaue him the Priesthode amōg the people, and made him blessed through his comelie ornament, & clothed him with the garment of honour.
8 He put perfite ioye vpon him, and gyrded him with ornaments of strength, as with breches, and a tunicle, and an ephod.
9 He compassed hym aboute with belles of golde, and with manie belles round about, * that when he went in, the sound might beExod.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
, heard, and might make a
〈◊〉
in the Sanctuarie, for a remembrance to the children of Israel his people,
10 And with an holie garment, with golde also, and blewe silke, and purple, & diuers kindes of workes, and with a brestlappe of iudgemēt, & with the
〈◊〉
and signes of trueth,
11 And with worke of skarlet conningly
〈◊〉
. wroght, and with precious stones grauen like seales, and set in golde by gold smithes worke for a memorial with a writing grauen after the nōber of the tribes of Israel.
12 And with a crowne of golde vpon the mitre, hearing the forme and marke of holines, an ornamēt of honour, a noble worke garnished, and pleasant to loke vpon.
13 Before him were there no suche faire ornaments: there might no stranger put thē on, but onely his children, and his childrēs children perpetually.
14 Their sacrifices were wholy consumed eue rie day twise continually.
〈◊〉
. 8.
〈◊〉
.
15 * Moses filled his hands, and anointed him with holie oyle: this was appointed vnto him by an euerlasting couenant, and to his sede, so long as the heauens shulde remaine, that he shulde minister before him, and also to execute the office of the priesthode and blesse his people in his name.
16 Before all men liuing the Lord chose him that he shulde present offrings before him and a swete sauour for a remembrance to make reconciliation for his people.
17 * He gaue him also his commandements &Deut. 17. 10, &
〈◊〉
autoritie according to the Lawes appointed, that he shulde teache Iacob the testimonies, and giue light vnto Israél by his Law:Nom, 16.
〈◊〉
18 * Strangers stode vp against him, and enuied him in the wildernes, euen the men
〈◊〉
toke
〈◊〉
and Abirams parte, and the companie of Core in furie and rage.
19 This the Lord sake, and it displeased him, and in his wrathful indignaciō were they consumed he did wonders vpon them, and consumed them with the syrie flame.Nom. 17.
〈◊〉
.
20 * But he made Aaron more honorable, and gaue him an heritage, and parted the first frutes of the first
〈◊〉
vnto him vnto him specially he appointed bread in abundance.
21 For the (Priests) did eat of sacrifices of the Lord, which he gaue vnto him and to his sede.Deut. 12. 10 & 18.
〈◊〉
22 * Els had he none heritage in the land of his people, nether had he any porcion among the people: for (the Lord) is the porcion of his inheritance.
23 The third in glorie isPhinees. * Phinees the sonneNom. 25. 13. of Eleazar, because he had zeale in the feare1. mac. 2.
〈◊〉
. of the Lord, and stode vp with good courage of heart, when the people were turned backe, and made reconciliation for
〈◊〉
.
24 Therefore was there a couenant of peace made with him, that he shulde be the chief of the Sanctuarie and of his people, and that he and his posteritie shulde haue the dignitie of the priesthode for euer.
25 And according to the couenant made with Dauid that the inheritance of the king do me shulde remaine to his sonne of the tribe of Iuda: so the heritage of Aaron shuld be to the onelie sonne of his sonne, and to his sede. God giue vs wisdome in our heart to iudge his people in righteousnes, that the good things that they haue be not abolished, and that their glorie may endure for their posteritie.
CHAP. XLVI.
The praise of Iosue, Caleb, and Samuel.
1 IEsusIosue. * the sonne of Naue was valiant in the warres, & was the successour of Moy
〈◊〉
. 27. 18. ses in prophecies, who according vnto hisDeut. 34. 9. name, was a great sauiour of the elect of
〈◊〉
. i. 2. & 12. 7.
God, to take vengeāce of the enemies that rose vp against them, and to set Israél in their in heritance.
2 * What glorie gate he, when he lift vp his
〈◊〉
. 8.
〈◊〉
. hand, and drewe out his sworde against the cities?
3 Who was there before him, like to him? for he foght the battels of the Lord.
4 * Stode not the sunne stil by his meanes,
〈◊〉
. 10,
〈◊〉
. and one day was as long astwo?
5 He called vnto the moste high Gouernour when the enemies preased vpō him on eue rie side, & the mightie Lord heard him with the haile stones, and with
〈◊〉
power.
6 He rushed in vpō the nacions in battel, and in the * going downe (of Bethoron) he destroied
〈◊〉
. 10,
〈◊〉
. the aduersaries, that they might knowe his weapons, and that he foghtOr,
〈◊〉
the Lord fauored his battel. in the sight of the Lord: for heOr, pursued the mightie men. followed the Almightie.
7 * In the time of Moyses also he did a goodNom. 14. 6. worke: he andCaleb. Caleb the sonne of Iephu
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 2. 5. ne stode against the enemie, and with helde the people from sinne, and appeased the wicked murmuring.
8 * And of six hundreth thousand people ofNom. 26. 65. fote, they two were preserued to bring thē
deu. 1, 35. into the heritage, euen into the land that floweth with milke and honey.
〈◊〉
. 14. 11.
9 * The Lord gaue strength also vnto Caleb, which remained with him vnto his olde age, so that he went vp into the high places of the land and his sede obteined it for an heritage.
10 That all the children of Israél might se, that it is good to follow the Lord.
11 Concerning the
〈◊〉
. Iudges, euerie one by name, whose heart wēt not a whoring, nor departed from the Lord, their memorie be blessed.
12 Let * their bones florish out of their place,Chap. 49. 12. and their name by succession remaine to them that are moste famous of their chil dren.
13 ¶Samuel. Samuel the Prophet of the Lord, beloued of his Lord, * ordeined Kings, and anointed the princes ouer his people.1. Sam. 10 1. &
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
14 By the Lawe of the Lord he iudged the cō gregacion, and the Lord hast respect vnto Iacob.
15 This Prophete was approued for his faith fulnes, and he was knowen faithful in his wordes and visions.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 7.
〈◊〉
.
16 * He called vpō the Lord almightie, when his enemies preased vpon him on euerie side, when he offred the sucking lambe.
17 And the Lord thondred from heauen, & made his voyce to be heard with a great noyce.
18 So he discomfited the princes of the Tyrians, and all the rulers of the Philistims.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. 12. 3.
19 * And before his long
〈◊〉
he made protestacion in the sight of the Lord, and his anointed, that he toke no substance of any man, no, not so muche as a shooe, and no man colde accuse him.
20 * After his slepe also he tolde of the Kings
〈◊〉
. Sam. 28.
〈◊〉
death, and from the earth lift he vp his voy ce, and prophecied that the wickednes of the people shulde perish.
CHAP. XLVII.
The praise of Nathan, Dauid and Salomon.
1 AFter him rose vpNathan. * Nathan to prophe cie in the time of Dauid.2. Sam. 12. 1.
2 For as the fat is taken away from the peace offring, so wasDauid. Dauid chosen out of the children of Israél.1. Sam. 17
〈◊〉
.
3 * He plaied with the lions, as with kiddes, and with beares, as with lambes.
4 * Slewe he not a gyante when he was yet1. Sam. 17. 49, but yong, and toke away the rebuke from the people: when he lift vp his hand with the stone in the sling, to beat downe the pride of Goliah?
5 For he called vpon the moste high Lord, which gaue him strēgth in his right hand to slay that mightie warriour, & that he might set vp the horne of his people againe.
6 * SoOr the
〈◊〉
. he gaue him the praise of ten thousand1. Sam. 18. 7. and honored him withOr, with
〈◊〉
sings
〈◊〉
the Lord, great praises and gaue him a crowne of glorie.2. Sam 5. 7:
7 * For he destroied the enemies on euerie side, and rooted out the Philistims his aduersaries, and brake their horne in sunder vnto this day.
8 In all his workes he praised the Holy one and the moste High with honorable wordes, & with his whole heart he sung songs and loued him that made him.1. Chr. 16.
〈◊〉
.
9 * He set singers also before the altar, and according to their tune he made swete songs, that they might praise (God) daily with songs.
10 He ordeined to kepe the feast daies comely, and appointed the times perfitely, that they might praise the holy Name of God, and make the Tēple to sounde in the morning.2. Sam. 12
〈◊〉
.
11 * The Lord toke away his sinnes, and exalted his horne for euer: he gaue him the couenant of the kingdome, and the throne of glorie in Israél.
12 After him rose vp a wise sonne, who by him dwelt in a large possession.
13Salomon. * Salomon reigned in a peaceable time and was glorious: for God made all quiet1. King. 4.
〈◊〉
, rounde about, that he might buyld an house in his Name, and prepare the Sanctuarie for euer.
14 * How wise wast thou in thy youth, & wast1. King. 4. 29. filled with vnderstāding, as with a flood.
15 Thy minde couered the whole earth, and hathe filled it with graue and darke senten ces.
16 Thy Name went abroade in the yles, and for thy peace thou wast beloued.
17 * The countreie marueiled at thee for thy1.
〈◊〉
1.
〈◊〉
. songs, and prouerbes, and similitudes, and in terpretations.
18 By the Name of the Lord God, which is
called the God of Israél, thou hast * gathered1. King. 10, 27. golde as tinne, and hast had as muche siluer as lead.1. King, 11. 1.
19 * Thou didest bowe thy loines to women and wast ouercome by thy bodie.
20 Thou didest staine thine honour, and hast defiled thy posteritie, & hast broght wrath vpon thy children, and hast felt soro we for thy folie.1. King. 12. 17.
21 * So the kingdome was deuided, and Ephraim begā to be a rebellious kingdome
22 * Neuertheles the Lord left not of his mer1. King. 7. 15. cie, nether was he destroied for his workes nether did he abolish the posteritie of his elect, nor toke a way the sede of him that loued him, but he left a remnāt vnto Iacob and a roote of him vnto Dauid.
23 Thus rested Salomon with his fathers, and of his sede he left behinde him
〈◊〉
. Roboam, euenOr, a moste
〈◊〉
foole. the foolishnes of the people, & one that had no vnderstanding, * who turned away
〈◊〉
King. 12 10. the people thorow his counsel, &
〈◊〉
. Ie roboam the sonne of Nabat, * which caused1. King. 2, 28. Israél to sinne, & shewed Ephraim the way of sinne.
24 So that their sinnes were so muche increa sed, that they were driuen out of the land.
25 For they soght out all wickednes, til the vengeance came vpon them.
CHAP. XLVIII.
The praise of Elias, Eliscus, Ezekias and
〈◊〉
.
1 THen stode vpElias. * Elias the Prophete as a fyre, and his worde burnt like a lampe.2. King. 17.
〈◊〉
2 He broght a famine vpon thē, and by his zeale he diminished thē: [for they might not away with the commandements of the Lord.]
3 By the worde of the Lord he shut the heauen, * and thre times broght he the fyre
〈◊〉
King. 18
〈◊〉
8. and. 2. king. 1. 10. from heauen.
4 O Elias, how honorable art thou by thy wonderous dedes: who may make his boast to be like thee:
5 * Which hast raised vp the dead frō death,1 King. 17. 22. and by the worde of the moste High out of the graue.
6 Which hast broght Kings vnto destructiō and the honorable from their seate:
7 Which heardest the rebuke of the Lord in
〈◊〉
. King. 19. 15. Sina, * and in Horeb the iudgement of the vengeance:1. King. 19. 17.
8 * Which didest anoint Kings that they mightThe wickednes
〈◊〉
Achab and Iezabel recompense, and Prophetes to be thy successours:
9 * Which wast taken vp in a whirle winde2. King. 2. 11. offyre, and in a charet of fyrie horses:Mala. 4. 5.
10 Which wast appointed * to reproue in due season, & to pacific the wrath of the Lords iudgemēt before it kindled, & to turne the hearts of the fathers vnto the childrē, and to set vp the tribes of Iacob.
11 Blessed were they that sawe thee, & slept in loue: forThat is, they that aresuche. we shalliue.2. King. 2. 11.
12 * When Elias was couered with the storme() Eliseus. Eliseus was filled with his spirit: while he li ued, he was not moued for any prince, nether colde any bring him into subiection.
13 Nothing colde ouercome him, * and after2 King. 13. 21
〈◊〉
his death his bodie prophecied.
14 He did wonders in his life, and in death were his workes marueilous.
15 For all this the people repented not, nether departed they from their sinnes: * til2. King. 18. 12. they were caryed away prisoners out of their land, and were scatered through all the earth, so that there remained but a very few people with the prince vnto the hou se of Dauid.
16 Howbeit some of them did right, and some heaped vp sinnes.
17 Ezekias. * Ezekias made his citie strong, and con ueied water into the middes thereof he dig2. King. 18. 2. ged thorow the rocke with yron, and made fountaines for waters.
18 * In his time came Sennacherib vp, and2 King. 18. 13. sent Rabsaces, and list vp his hand against Sion, and boasted proudely.
19 Then trembled their hearts and hands, so that they sorowed like a woman in trauel.
20 But they called vpon the Lord, which is merciful, and lift vp their hands vnto him, and immediatly the holy one heard them out of heauen.
21 [He thoght no more vpon their sinnes, nor gaue them ouer to their enemies,] but deliuered them by the hand of Esai.
22 * He smote the hoste of the Assyrians, and2. King. 19, 3
〈◊〉
his Angel destroyed them.isa 32. 36.
tob 5, 21.
23 For Ezekias had done the thing that plea1. mac. 7. 41. sed the Lord, and remained stedfastly in the2 mac 8. 19. wayes of Dauid his father, as () Esai the1. Isaias. great Prophet, and faithful in his visiō had commanded him.
24 * In his time the sonne went backwarde,2 King.
〈◊〉
. 10. and he lengthened the Kings life.isa. 38. 8.
25 He sawe by an excellent Spirit what shulde come to passe at the last, and he comfor ted them that were sorowful in Sion.
26 He shewed what shulde come to passe for euer, and secret things, or euer thei came to passe.
CHAP. XLIX.
Of Iosias, Hezekiah, Dauid, Ieremi, Ezechiel,
〈◊〉
Iesus,
〈◊〉
, Enoch, Ioseph, Sem & Seth.
1 THe remembrāce ofIosias. * Iosias is like the composition of the perfume that is ma2. King. 22,
〈◊〉
& 22. 2. de by the arte of the apothe carie it is swete2. Chro. 34,
〈◊〉
as honie in all mouthes, and as musicke at a banket of wine.
2 He behaued him self vprightly in the refor macion of the people, and toke a way all abominacions of iniquitie.
3 He * directed his heart vnto the Lord, and2. King. 23
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in the time of the vngodlie he established religion.
4 All, except Dauid and Ezekias, and Iosias, committed wickednes: for euen the Kings of Iuda forsoke the Law of the moste High and failed.
5 Therefore he gaue theirOr, power
〈◊〉
horne vnto other, and their honor to a strange nacion.
6 He burnt the elect citie of the Sanctuarie,2. King. 25. 9. * and destroied the stretes thereof according to theOr, hand. prophecie ofIeremias. Ieremias.
7 For thei * intreated him euil, which neuerIerem. 38 6.
Ierem. 1. 5. theles was a Prophete, * sanctified from his mothers wombe, that he might roote out, and a fflict, and destroye, and that he might also buyld vp, and plant.
8 Ezechiel. * Ezechiel sawe the glorious visiō which
〈◊〉
. 1. 2. was shewed him vpon the charet of the Cherubims.
9 * For he made mēcion of the enemines vnEzech, 13. &, 38. der (the figure) of the raine, & directed thē that went right.
10 * ¶ And let the bones of the twelue ProphetesChap. 46 14, florish out of their place, and let their memorie be blessed, for they comforted Iacob, and deliuered them by assured hope.
11 ¶ * How shal we praisezorobabel, Zorobabel, whichHag. 2. 24. was as a ring on the right hand!
〈◊〉
. 3. 2.
12 So wasIesus, * Iesus also the sonne of IosedecZechar. 3. 1. these men in their time buylded the house,
〈◊〉
. 13. 2. and set vp the Sanctuarie of the Lord agai
〈◊〉
. 1. 12. &. 2 3. ne which was prepared for an euerlasting worship.Nehe. 7. 1.
13 ¶ * And among the elect wasNeemias. Neemias whose renoume is great: which set vp for vs the walles that were fallen, and set vp the gates and the barres, and laied the fundacions of our houses.
14 ¶ But vp on the earth was no man created likeEnoch. * Enoch: for he was taken vp from the earth,Gene. 5. 24.
15 Nether was there a like man vntoIoseph. * IosephEbr. 11. 5. the gouernour of his brethren & theChap. 44. 16. vp holder of his people, whose bones wereGene. 41, 44. & 42. 6. & 45 8. kept.
16 Sem. * Sem andSeth. Seth were in great honourGen. 5. 3. among men: and so wasAdam. Adam aboue eue rie liuing thing in the creation.
CHAP. L.
Of Simon the sonne of Onias. 22 An exhortacion to praise the Lord. 27 The autor of this boke.
1 Simeon. SImon * the sonne of Onias the hie Priest
〈◊〉
Mac. 3. 4. which in his life set vp the house againe and in his dayes established theOr people. Temple.
2 Vnder him was the fundacion of the double height laied, & the hie walles that compasseth the Temple.
3 In his dayes the places, to receiue water that were decaied, (were restored) and the brasse was about in measure as theVVhich Salomō made. 1. King. 7. 23. sea.
4 He
〈◊〉
care for his people, that they shulde not fall, & fortified the citié against the siege.
5 How honorable was his conuersation among the people, and when he came out of the house couered with the vaile!
6 He was as the morning starre in the middes of a cloude, and as the moone when it is ful
7 And as the sunne shining vpon the Temple of the moste High, & as the rainebowe that is bright in the faire cloudes.
8 And as the floure of the roses in the spring of the yere, and as lilies by the springs of waters, and as the branches of the frankē censetre in the time of somer.
9 As a fyre and incense in the censer, and as
〈◊〉
a vessel of massie golde, set with all maner of precious stones.
10 And as a faire oliue tre that is fruteful, and as a cypressetre, which groweth vp to the cloudes.
11 When' he put on the garment of honour and was clothed with all beautie, he went vp to the holy altar, and made the garmēt of holines honorable.
12 When he toke the porcions out of the Priests hands, he him self stoode by the herth of the altar, compassed with his bre thren rounde about, as the brāches do the cedre tre in Libanus, and thei compassed him as the branches of the palme trees.
13 So were all the sonnes of Aaron in their glorie, & the oblacions of the Lord in their hāds before all the congregaciō of Israél.
14 And that he might accōplish his ministerie vpon the altar, and garnish the offring of the moste High, and almightie.
15 He stretched out his hand to the drinke offring, & powred of the blood of the grape, and he powred at the fote of the altar a perfume of good sauour vnto the moste high King of all.
16 Then showted the sonnes of Aaron, and blowed with brasen trumpets, and made a great noyce to be heard, for a remēbrance before the moste High.
17 Then all the people together hasted, and fell downe to the earth vpō their faces to worship their Lord God almightie, and moste high.
18 The singers also sang with their voyces, so that the sounde was great, and the melodie swete.
19 And the people prayed vnto the Lord moste high with prayer before him that is merciful, til the honour of the Lord were performed, and they had accomplished his seruice.
20 Then went he downe, and stretched out his hands ouer the whole congregacion of the children of Israél, that they shulde giue praise with their lippes vnto the Lord, and reioyce in his Name.
21 He begā againe to worship, that the might receiue the blessing of the moste High.
22 Now therefore giue praise all ye vnto God that worketh great things euerie where, which hathe increased our dayes from the wombe, and delte with vs according to his mercie.
23 That he wolde giue vs ioyfulnes of heart, & peace in our dayes in Israél, as in olde time
24 That he wolde confirme his mercie with vs, and deliuer vs at his time.
25 ¶ There be two maner of people that mine
heart ab horreth, and the third is no people
26 They that sit vpon the mountaine of Samaria, the Philistims, and the foolish people that dwell inOr,
〈◊〉
. Sicinus.
27 ¶ Iesus the sonne of Sirach (the sonne) of Eleazarus, of Ierusalém, hathe writen the doctrine of vnder standing and knowledge in this boke, &
〈◊〉
powred out the wisdome of his heart.
28 Blessed is he that exerciseth him self therein: & he that layeth vp these in his heart shalbe wise.
29 For if he do these things, he shalbe strong in all things: for he setteth his steppes in the light of the Lord, which giueth wisdome to the godlie. The Lord be praised for euer more: so be it, so be it.
CHAP. LI.
A prayer of Iesus the sonne of
〈◊〉
.
1 I Wil confesse thee, ô Lord and King, and praise thee, ó God, my Sauiour: I giue thankes vnto thy Name.
2 For thou art my defender and helper, and hast preserued my bodie from destruction and from the snare of the sclanderouston gue, and from the lippes that are occupied with lies: thou hast holpen me against mine aduersaries.
3 And hast deliuered me according to the multitude of thy mercie, and for thy Names sake, from the roaring of them that were readie to deuoure me, and out of the hands of suche as soght after my life, and from the manifolde affliction, which I had.
4 And from the fyre that choked me rounde about, and from the middes of the fyrethat I burned not.
5 And from the botome of the belie of hel, from an vncleane tongue, from lying wor des, from false accusation to the King, & frō the sclander of an vn righteous tongue.
6 [My soule shal praise the lord vnto death] for my soule drewe nere vnto death: my life was nere to the hel beneth.
7 They compassed me on euerie side, & there was no man to helpe me: I loked for the succour of men, but there was none.
8 Then thoght I vpon thy mercie, ô Lord, & vpon thine actes of olde, how thou deliue rest suche as waite for thee, and sauest thē out of the hands of theOr, nacions. enemies.
9 Then lift I vp my prayer from the earth, and praied for deliuerance from death.
10 I called vpon the Lord the father of my Lord, that he wold not leauemein the daye of my trouble, and in the time of the proude without helpe.
11 I wil praise thy Name continually, and wil sing praise with thankes giuing: and my prayer was heard.
12 Thou sauedst me from destruction, and deliueredst me from the euil time: therefore wil I giue thankes and praise thee: & blesse the Name of the Lord.
13 When I was yet yong, or euer I wēt abroad I desired wisdome openly in my prayer.
14 I praied for her before the Temple, and soght after her vnto farre countreis, and she was as a grape that waxeth ripe out of the floure.
15 Mine heart reioyced in her: my foote walked in the right way, and from my youth vp soght I after her.
16 I bowed some what downe mine eare, and receiued her, and gate me muche wisdome
17 And I profited by her: therefore wil I ascribe the glorie vnto him, that giueth me wis dome.
18 For I am aduised to do thereafter: I wil be ielous of that that is good: so shal I not be confounded.
19 My soule hathe wresteled with her, and I haue examined my workes: I lifted vp mine hands on hye, and considered the ignoran ces thereof.
20 I directed my soule vnto her an I founde her in purenes: I haue had mine heart ioyned with her from the beginning: therefo re shal I not be forsaken.
21 My bowels are troubled in seking her: therefore haue I gotten a good possession.
22 The Lord hathe giuen me a tongue for my rewarde, where with I wil praise him.
23 Drawe nere vn to me, ye vn lerned, & d well in the house of learning.
24 Wherefore are ye slowe, and what say you of these things, seing your soules are very thirstie:
25 I opened my mouth, & said *Bye her for you
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
without money.
26 Bowe downe your necke vnder the yoke, and your soule shal receiue instruction: she is ready that ye may finde her.
〈◊〉
. 6. 20.
27 Be holde with your eyes, * how that I haue had but litle labour, and haue gotten vnto me muche rest.
28 Get learning with a great some of money: for by her ye shal possesse muche golde.
29 Let your soule reioyce in the mercie (of the Lord) and be not ashamed of his praise.
30 Do your duetie be times, and he wil giue you a rewarde at his time.
BARVCH.
CHAP. I.
1 Baruch wrote a boke during the captiuitie of Babylon, which he red before Ieconiàh and all the people 10 The Iewes sent the boke with money vnto Ierusalém to their other brethren, to the intent that they shulde pray for them.
1 ANd these are the wor des of the boke, whi che Baruch the sonne of Nerias, the son ne of Maasias, the sonne of
〈◊〉
, the sonne of
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. Asadias, the sonne of Helcias wrote in at Babylon.
2 In the fifty ere, and in the seuenth (day) of the moneth, what time as the Caldeans toke Ierusalém; and burnt it with fyre.
3 And Baruch did read the wordes of this boke, that Iechonias the sonne of Ioacim King of Iuda might heare, and all the people that were come to heare the boke,
4 And in the audience of the gouernour, & of the Kings sonnes, & before the Elders, & before the whole people, frō the lowest vnto the hiest, before all them that dwelt at Babylon by the riuerOr,
〈◊〉
. Sud.
5 Which (when they heard it,) went, fasted and made praiers before the Lord.
6 They made a collection also of money, according to euerie mans power,
7 And sent it to Ierusalem vnto Ioacim the sonne of
〈◊〉
the sōne of Salom Priest, and vnto the other Priests, & to all the people, which were with him at Ierusalem.
8 When he had receiued the vessels of the Temple of the Lord, that were taken away out of the Temple, to bring thē againe into the land of Iuda, the tenth day of (the moneth) Siuan, (to wit,) siluer vessels, whiche Sedecias the sonne of Iosias King of
〈◊〉
Or,
〈◊〉
, Iuda had made,
9 After that Nabuchodono sor King of Babylon had led away Iechonias from Ierusalém, and his princes, and his nobles, prisoners, and the people, and caryed them to Babylon.
10 And they said, Beholde, we haue sent you money, wher with ye shal bye burnt offrīgs for sinne, and incense, and prepare aOr, manna for miahah whiche was the
〈◊〉
and morning sacrifice. meat offring, & offre vpon the altar of the Lord our God.
11 And pray for the life of Nabuchodonosor King of Babylon, and for the life of Baltasar his sonne, that their daies may be vpon earth, as the daies of heauen.
12 And that God wolde giue vs strength and lighten our eyes, that we may liue vnder the shadowe of Nabuchodonosor King of Babylon, and vnder the shadowe of Baltasar his sonne, that we may long do thē seruice, and finde fauour in their sight.
13 Pray for vs also vnto the Lord our God [for we haue sinned against the Lord our God, & vnto this day the furie of the Lord and his wrath is not turne from vs]
14 And rede this boke [which we haue sent to you to be rehearsed in the Tēple of the Lord] vpon the feast daies, and at time con uenient.
15 Thus shal ye say, * To the Lord our GodChap.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. (belongeth) righte
〈◊〉
, but vnto vs the confusiō of our faces, as it is come to passe this day vnto them of Iuda, and to the in ha bitants of Ierusalém.
16 And to our Kings, and to our princes, and to our Priests, and to our Prophetes, and to our fathers.
17 Because we haue * sinned before the LordDan 9
〈◊〉
. our God.
18 And haue not obeied him, nether hearkened vnto the voyce of the Lord our God, to walke in the commandements that he gaue vs openly.
19 From the day that the Lord broght our fathers out of the land of Egypt, euen vnto this day, we haue bene disobedient vnto the Lord our God, and we haue bene negligent to heare his voyce.
20 * Wherefore these plagues are come vpō
Deu.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. vs, & the curse which the Lord appointed by Moyses his seruant as the time that he broght our fathers out of the land of Egypt, to giue vs a land that floweth with milke and honie, as (appeareth) this day.
21 Neuertheles, we haue not hearkened vnto the voyce of the Lord our God, according to all the wordes of the Prophetes, whome he sent vnto vs.
22 But euerie one of vs followed the wicked imaginacion of his owne heart, to serue strange gods, and to do euil in the sight of the Lord our God.
CHAP. II.
1 The Iewes confesse that they suffer iustely for their sin nes. The true confession of the Christians
〈◊〉
The Iewes desire to haue the wrath of God turned from thē. 32 He promiseth that he wil call againe the people from captiuitie, and giue them a newe and
〈◊〉
testament.
1 THerefore the Lord our God hathe performed his worde, which he pronounced against vs, and against our iudges that gouerned Israel, and against our Kings, & against our princes, and against the men of Israél and luda,
2 To bring vpon vs great plagues, suche as neuer came to passe vnder the whole heauē as they that were done in Ierusalē, * accorDeu. 28.
〈◊〉
, ding to things, that were written in the La we of Moyses,
3 That some among vs shulde eat the flesh of his owne sonne, & some the flesh of his owne daughter.
4 Moreouer, he hathe deliuered them to be in subiection to all the kingdomes, that are rounde about vs, to be as a reproche & desolation amōg all the people rounde about where the Lord hathe scattred them.
5 Thus they are broght beneth and not aboue, because we haue sinned against the Lord our God, and haue not heard his voyce.
6 * To the Lord our God (apperteineth) righChap. 1. 15. teousnes, but vnto vs & to our fathers open shame, as (appeareth) this day.
7 (For) all these plagues are come vpon vs, which the Lord hathe pronounced against vs.
8 Yet haue we not prayed before the Lord, that we might turne euerie one from the imaginacions of his owne wicked heart.
9 So the Lord hathe watched ouer the plagues, and the Lord hathe broght them vpō vs: for the Lord is righteous in all his workes, which he hathe commanded vs.
10 Yet we haue not earkened vnto his voyce, to walke in the commandements of the Lord that he hathe giuen vnto vs.
11 * And now, ô Lord God of Israél, that hastDan. 9 15. broght thy people out of the land of Egypt with a mightie hand, and an hie arme, and with signes, and with wonders, and with great power, and hast gotten thyself a Name, as (appeareth) this day.
12 O Lord our God, we haue sinned we haue done wickedly: we haue offended in all thine ordinances.
13 Let thy wrath turne from vs
〈◊〉
for we are but a fewe left among the heathen, where thou hast scatred vs.
14 Heare our praiers, ô Lord, & our peticiōs, and deliuer vs for thine owne sake, and giue vs fauour in the sight of them, which ha ue led vs away.
15 That all the earth may know that thou art the Lord our God, and that thy Name is called vpon Israél and vpon their posteritie.
16 Therefore loke downe from thine holy Temple, and thinke vpon vs encline thine eare, ô Lord, and heare vs.
17 * Open thine eyes, and beholde: for the
〈◊〉
26. 15.
〈◊〉
that are in the graues, and whose
〈◊〉
souIsa.
〈◊〉
. 5. les are out of their bodies,
〈◊〉
giue vnto the
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. Lord, netherOr, glorie, nor praise of righteous nes. praise, nor righteousnes.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 7.
Isa
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
18 But the soule that is vexed for the greatnes (of sinne,)
〈◊〉
he that goeth crokedly, and weake, and the eyes that faile, and the hungrie soule wil giue thee praise and righ teousnes, ô Lord.
19 For we do not require me
〈◊〉
in thy sight ô Lord our God, for the righteousnes of our fathers, or of our Kings,
20 But because thou hast sent out thy wrath and indignacion vpon vs, as thou hast spoken byOr, by the hand
〈◊〉
thy
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
, 27. 7 thy seruants the Prophetes saying
21 * Thus saith the Lord, Bowe downe your shulders, and serue the King of Babylon so shal ye remaine in the land, that I gaue vnto your fathers.
22 But if ye wil not heare the voyce of the Lord, to serue the King of Babylon,
23 I wil cause to cease in the cities of Iuda, and in Ierusalém, I wil cause to cease the voyce of mirthe, and the voyce of ioye, and the voyce of the bridegrome, and the voyce of the bride, and the land shalbe desolate of inhabitants.
24 But we wold not hearken vnto thy voyce to serue the King of Babylon: therefore hast thou performed the wordes that thou spakest by thy seruants the Prophetes: (namely,) that the bones of our Kings, and the bones of our fathers shulde be caryed out of their places.
25 And lo, they are cast out to the heat of the day, and to the colde of the night, and are dead in great miserie with famine, & with the sworde, and in banishment.
26 And the Temple wherein thy Name was called vpon, thou hast broght to the state, as (appeareth) this day, for the wickednes of the house of Israél, and the house of Iuda
27 O Lord our God, thou hast intreated vs ac cording to equitie, and according to all thy great mercie.
28 As thou spakest by thy seruant Moyses, in the day when thou didest command him to write thy Lawe before the childrē of Israel, saying,
29 * If ye wil not obey my voyce, then shalLeu 26. 14, this great swarme and multitude be turned
〈◊〉
. 18. 15. into a verie fewe among the nacions where I wil scaterthem.
30 For I knowe that they wil not beare me for it is a stifnecked people: but in the land of their captiuitie they shal remember them selues,
31 And knowe that I am the Lord their God: then wil I giue them an heart (to vnderstād) and eares.
32 And they shal heare, and praise me in the land of their captiuitie,
〈◊〉
thinke vpon my Name.
33 Then shal they turne them from their har de backes, and from their euil workes: for they shal remēber the way of their fathers which sinned before the Lord.
34 And I wil bring them againe into the land which I promised with an othe vnto their fathers, Abraham, Isaac and Iacob, & they shal be lords of it and I wil increase them, and they shal not be diminished.
35 And I wil make an euerlasting couenant with them, that I wil be their God, & they shal be my people: and I wil no more driue my people of Israél out of the land that I haue giuen them.
CHAP. III.
1 The people continueth in their praier begon for their de liuerance. 9
〈◊〉
praiseth wisdome vnto the people
〈◊〉
that so great aduersities came vnto them for the despising thereof. 36 Onely God was the
〈◊〉
of wisdome. 37 Of the incarnacion of Christ.
1 OLord almightie, ô God of Israel, the soule that is in trouble, and the spirit that is ve xed, cryeth vnto thee.
2 Heare, o Lord, and haue mercie: for thou art merciful, and haue pitie vpon vs, because we haue sinned before thee.
3 For thou endurest for euer, and we vtterly perish.
4 O Lord almightie, the God of Israel, heare now the prayer of the dead Israelites, and of their children, which haue sinned before thee, and not hearkened vnto the voyce of thee their God, wherefore these plagues hāg vpon vs.
5 Remēber not the wickednes of our fathers, but thinke vpon thy power, and thy Name at this time.
6 For thou art the Lord our God, and thee, ô Lord, wil we praise.
7 And for this cause hast thou put thy feare in our hearts, that̄ we shulde call vponthy Name, and praise thee in our captiuitie: for we haue considered in our mindes all the wickednes of our fathers, that sinned before thee.
8 Beholde, we are yet this day in our captiuitie, where thou hast scatered vs, to be a reproche, and a curse, and subiect to payments according to all the iniquities of our fathers which are departed from the LORD their God.
9 O Israel, heare the commandements of life: hearken vnto them, that thou maiest learne wisdome.
10 What is the cause, ô Israél, that thou art in thine enemies land, and art waxen olde in a strange countrey?
11 And art defiled with the dead? and art counted with them, that go downe to the graues?
12 Thou hast forsaken the fountaine of wisdome.
13 (For) if thou hadest walked in the way of GOD, thou shuldest haue remained safe for euer.
14 Learne where is wisdome, where is strēght where is vnderstāding, that thou maist know also from whence cometh long continuance, and life, and where the light of the eyes, and peace is.
15 Who hathe found out her place? or who ha the come into her treasures?
16 Where are the princes of the heathen, and suche as ruled the beasts vpon the earth?
17 They that had their pastime with the soules of the heauen, that hoorded vp siluer, and golde, wherein mē trust, and made none end of their gathering?
18 For they that coyned siluer, and were so care ful of their worke, and whose inuētion had none end,
19 Are come to naught, and gone downe to hel and other men are come vp in their steades.
20 When thei were yong, they sawe the light & dwelt vpon the earth: but they vnderstode not the way of knowledge.
21 Nether perceiued the paths thereof, nether haue their children receiued it: but they were farre of from that way.
22 It hathe not bene heard of in the land of Chanaan, nether hathe it bene sene in Theman,
23 Northe Agarines that soght after wisdome vpon the earth, nor the marchans of Nerran and of Theman, nor the expoūders of fables nor the searchers out of wisdom haue know en the way of wisdome, nether do they thinke vpon the pathes thereof.
24 O Israel, how great is the House of God! and how large is the place of his possession!
25 It is great, and hathe none end: it is hie, and vnmeasurable.
26 There were the gyants, famous from the beginning, that were of so great stature, and so expert in warre.
27 Those did not the Lord chose, nether gaue he the way of knowledge vnto them.
28 But they were destroyed, because they had no wisdome, and perish through their owne foolishnes.
29 Wo hathe gone vp into heauē, to take her, and broght her downe from the cloudes?
30 Who hathe gone ouerthe sea, to finde her, and hathe broght her, rather then fine golde?
31 No man knoweth her wayes, nether considereth her paths.
32 But he that knoweth all things, knoweth her, and he hathe founde her out with his vn derstanding: this same is he which hathe pre pared the earth for euermore, and hathe filled it with foure footed beastes.
33 When he sendeth out the light, it goeth: & when he calleth it againe, it obeieth him with feare.
34 And the starres shine in their watch, and reioyce. When he calleth them, they say, Here we be: and so with cherefulnes they shewe light vnto him that made them.
35 This is our God, and there shal none other be compared vnto him.
36 He hathe founde out all the way of knowledge, and hathe giuen it vnto Iacob his seruant, and to Israel his beloued.
37 Afterwarde he was sene vpon earth, and dwelt among men.
CHAP. IIII.
The reward of them that kepe the Law, and the punishment of that despise it. 12 A comforting of the people being in captiuitie. 19 A complaint of Ierusalem & vnder the figure thereof the Church. 25 A
〈◊〉
and comforting of the same.
1 THis is the boke of the cōmandements of God, and the Law that
〈◊〉
for euer all they that kepe it, shal come to life: but suche as forsake it, shal dye.
2 Turne thee, ô Iacob, and take holde of it: walke by this brightnes before the light the reof.
3 Giue not thine honour to another, nor the things that are profitable vnto thee, to a strā ge nacion.
4 O Israel, were blessed: for the things that are acceptable vnto God, are declared vnto vs.
5 Be of good comfort, ô my people, which art the memorial of Israel.
6 Ye are solde to the nacions, not for your de struction: but because ye prouoked God to wrath, ye were deliuered vnto the enemies.
7 For ye haue displeased him that made you, offring vnto deuils and not to God.
8 Ye haue forgotten him that created you, euē the euerlasting God, and ye haue grieued Ierusalem, that nourished you.
9 When she sawe the wrath comming vp on you frō God, she said, Hearkē, ye that dwell about Sion: for God hathe broght me into great heauines.
10 I se the captiuitie of my sonnes and daughters, which the Euerlasting wil bring vpon them.
11 With ioye did I nourish them, but I must lea ue them with weping and mourning.
12 Let no man reioyce ouer me a widdo we, & forsakan of manie, which for the sinnes of my children am desolate, because they depar ted from the Law of God.
13 They wolde not knowe his righteousnes, nor walke in the wayes of his cōmandemēts nether did they enter into the paths of disci pline, through his righteousnes.
14 Come, ye that dwell about Sion, and call to remembrance the captiuitie of my, sonnes & daughters, whiche the Euerlasting hathe broght vpon them.
15 For he hathe broght vpō them a nation frō farre, an impudent nacion, and of a strange langage,
16 Which nether reuerence the aged, nor pitie the yong: these haue caried away the dere beloued of the widdo wes, leauing me alone and destitute of my daughters.
17 But what can I helpe you?
18 Surely he that hathe broght these plagues vpon you, can deliuer you from the hands of your enemies.
19 Go your way, ô children, go your way: for I am left desolate.
20 I haue put of the clothing of peace, & put vpon me the sacke cloth of prayer, and so lōg as I liue, I wil call vpon the Euerlasting.
21 Be of good comfort, ô children: crye vnto God, and he wil deliuer you from the power and hand of the enemies.
22 For I haue hope of your saluation through the Euerlasting, and ioye is come vpon me frō the Holy one, because of the mercie, whi che shal quickely come vnto you from euerlasting Sauiour.
23 For I sent you away with weping, and mour ning: but with ioye and perpetual gladnes wil God bring you againe vnto me.
24 Like as now the neighbours of Sion saw your captiuitie, so shal they also se shortly your saluacion from God, which shal come vnto you with great glorie, & brightnes frō the Euerlasting.
25 My children, suffer paciently the wrath that is come vpon you from GOD: for thine enemie hath persecuted thee, but shortely thou shalt schis destruction, and shalt treade vpō his necke.
26 My darlings haue gone by rough wayes, & were led away as a flocke that is scatered by the enemies.
27 Be of good comfort, my children, and crye vnto God: for he that led you away, hath you in remembrance.
28 And as it came into your minde to go astray from your God, so endeuoure your selues
〈◊〉
ten times more, to turne againe and to se ke him.
29 For he that hathe broght these plagues vpō you, wil bring you euerlasting ioye againe, with your saluation.
30 Take a good heart, ô Ierusalē: for he which gaue thee that name, wil comfort thee.
31 They are miserable that afflict thee, & such as reioyce at thy fall.
32 The cities are miserable who me thy childrē serue: miserable is she that hathe taken thy sonnes.
33 For as she reioyced at thy decay, & was glad of thy fall, so shal she be forie for her owne desolation.
34 For I wil take away the reioycing of her great multitude, and her ioye shalbe turned into mourning.
35 For a fyre shal come vpon her frō the Euerlasting, long to endure, & she shalbe inhabited of deuils for a great season.
36 O Ierusalem, loke towarde the East, and beholde the
〈◊〉
that cometh vnto thee from thy God.
37 Lo, thy sonnes [whome thou hast let go] co me gathered together from the East vnto the West, reioycing in the worde of the Holy one vnto the honour of God.
CHAP. V.
1 Ierusalem is moued vnto gladnes for the returne of her people, and vnder the figure thereof the Church.
1 PVt of thy mourning clothes, ô Ierusalem and thine affliction, and decke thee with the worshippe and honour, that cometh vnto thee from God, for euermore.
2 Put on the garment of righteousnes, that cometh from God, and set a crowne vpon thine head of the glorie of the Euerlasting.
3 For God wil declarethy brightnes to euerie countrey vnder the heauen.
4 And GOD wil name thee by this name for euer. The Peace of righteousnes, and the glo rie of the worship of God.
5 Arise, ô Ierusalem, & stand vpon hie, and loke about thee towarde the East, and beholde thy children gathered from the East vnto the West by the worde of the Holie one, reioycing in the remembrance of God.
6 For they departed from the on foote, and were led away of their enemies: but God wil bring them againe vnto thee, exalted in glorie, as children of the kingdome.
7 For God hathe determined to bring downe euerie high mountaine, and the long enduring rockes, and to fill the valleys, to make the grounde plaine, that Israél may walke safely vnto the honour of God.
8 The woods and all swete smelling tres shall ouershadowe Israél at the commandement of God.
9 For God shall bryng Israél with ioye in the light of hys maiestie, with the mercie and righteousnes that cometh of him.
CHAP. VI.
A copie of the Epistle, that Ieremias sent vnto them that were led away captiues into Babylon by the King of the Babylonians, to certifie them of the thing that was commanded him of God.
1 BEcause of the sinnes, that ye haue commit ted against God, ye shalbe led away capti ues
〈◊〉
Babylon, by Nabuchodono sor, King of the Babylonians.
2 So when ye be come into Babylon, ye shalre maine there manie yeres, and a long season, euen seuen generacions, and after that wil I bring you away peaceably from thence.
3 Now
〈◊〉
ye se in Babylon gods of siluer, and of golde, and of wood, borne vpon mens shulders, to cause the people to feare.
4 * Beware therefore that ye in no wise be likeIsa. 44. 10. the strangers, nether be ye afraide of them,Psal. 115. 9. when ye se the multitude before thē and behindeVVis. 13. 14. them worshipping them.
5 But say ye in your hearts, O Lord, we must worshippe thee.
6 For mine Angel shalbe with you, and shal care for your soules.
7 As fortheir tongue, it is polished by the carpenter, and they them selues are gilted, and laied ouer with siluer: yet are they but lyes, and cannot breake.
8 And as they take golde for a maide that loueth to be dect.
9 So make they crownes for the heades of their gods: some times also the Priests them selues conuey away the golde, and siluer frō their gods, ād besto we it vpon them selues.
10 Yea, they giue of the same vn to the harlots, that are in their houses againe, they decke these gods of siluer, and gods of golde, and of wood with garments like men.
11 Yet can not they be preserued from rust ād wormes.
12 Thogh they haue couered them with clothing of purple, and wipe their faces because of the dust of the Temple, whereof there is muche vpon them.
13 One holdeth a scepter, as thogh he were a certeine iudge of the countrey: yet can he not slay suche as offende him.
14 Another hathe a dagger or an axe in hys right hand: yet is he not able to defende him self from battell, nor from theues: so then it is euident, that they be no gods.
15 Therefore feare them not: for as a vessell that a man vseth, is nothing worthe when it is broken.
16 Suche are their gods: when they be set vp in their temples, their eyes be ful of dust by rea son of the fete of those that come in.
17 And as theOr, courtes. gates are shut in round about vpon him that hathe offended the King: or as one that shulde be led to be put to death, so the Priests kepe their temples with doores, and with lookes, and with barres, lest their (gods) shulde be spoyled by robbers.
18 They light vp candels before them: yea, mo re then for them selues whereof they cā not se one: for they are but as one of the postes of the temple.
19 They confesse, that euen their hearts are gnawen vpon: but when the things, that crepe out of the earth, eat them and their clothes, they feele it not.
20 Their faces are blacke thorow the smoke that is in the temple.
21 The owles, swalowes and birdes flie vpon their bodies, and vpon their heads, yea, and the cattes also.
22 By this ye may be sure, that they are not gods: therefore feare them not.
23 Notwithstandyng the golde, that is about them to make them beautifull, except one wipe of the rust, they can not shine: nether when they were molten, did they fele it.
24 The things wherein is no breth, are boght for amost high price.
25 * They are borne vpon mens shulders, because they haue no feete, whereby they declareIsa. 46. 7. vnto mē, that they be nothing worthe: yea, ād they that worship thē, are ashamed.
26 For if they fall to the grounde at anie time, they cā not rise vp agame of them selues, nether if one set them vp right, can they
〈◊〉
of them selues, nether if they be bowed dow ne, can they make them selues streight: but they set giftes before thē, as vnto dead men.
27 As for the things that are offred vnto thē, their Priests sell them, and abuse them: likewise also the women lay vp of the same but vnto the poore ād sicke they giue nothing.
28 The menstruous women, and they that are in childebed touche their sacrifices: by these things ye may know that they are no gods: feare them not.
29 From whence cometh it then, that they are called gods? because the women bring giftes to the gods of siluer, and golde, and wood.
30 And the Priests sit in their temple, hauyng their clothes rent, whose heades beardes are shauen, and being bare headed.
31 They roare, and crye before their gods, as men do at the feast of one that is dead.
32 The Priests also take away of their garmēts, and clothe their wiues and children.
33 Whether it be euill that one doeth vnto them, or good, they are not able to recompense
it: they can nether set vp a King nor put him downe.
34 In like maner they can nether giue riches, nor money: thogh a man make a vowe vnto them and kepe it not, they wil no require it.
35 They can saue no man from death, nether deliuer the weake from the mightie.
36 They can not restore a blinde man to hys sight, nor helpe anie man at his nede.
37 They can shewe no mercie to the widdowe, nor do good to the fatherles.
38 Their gods of wood, golde and siluer, are as stones, that be hewen out of the mountaine, and they that worship them, shalbe confounded.
39 How shulde a man then thinke or say that they are gods?
40 Moreouer the Chaldeans them selues dishonor them: for when they se a domme mā, that can not speake, they present him to Bel.
41 And desire that he wolde make him to spea ke, as thogh he had anie feling: yet they that vnderstād these things, can not leaue them: for they also haue no sense.
42 Furthermore the woman, girded with coardes, sit in the stretes, and burneOr, branne. strawe.
43 And if one of them be drawen away, and lye with anie suche as come by, she easteth her neighbour in the teeth, because she was not so worthely reputed, nor her coard broken.
44 Whatsoeuer is done among them, is lyes: how may it they be thoght or said, that they are gods?
45 Carpenters and goldesmithes make them: nether be they anie other thing, but euen what the workeman wil make them.
46 Yea, they that make them, are of no long continuance: howe shulde then the things that are made of them, be gods?
47 Therefore they leaue lies, and shame for their posteritie.
48 For when there cometh anie warre or plague vpon them, the Priests imagine with themselues, where they may hide them selues with them.
49 How then can men not perceiue, that they be no gods, whiche can nether defend them selues from warre, nor from plagues?
50 For * seing they be but of wood, and of siluer,Psal.
〈◊〉
. 3. and of golde, men shal knowe hereafterVVisd. 13. 10. that they are but lies, and it shalbe manifest to all nacions and Kings, that they be no gods, but the workes of mens hands, ād that there is no worke of God in them.
51 Where by it may be knowen, that they are no gods.
52 They can set vp no King in the land, nor giue raine vnto men.
53 They can giue no sentence of a matter, nether preserue from iniurie: they haue no power, but are as crowes betwene the heauen and the earth.
54 When there falleth a fyre vpon the house of those gods of wood, and of siluer, and of golde, the Priests will escape and saue them selues, but they burne as the balkes there in
55 They can not withstand anie Kyng or enemies: how can it then be thoght or said that they be gods?
56 Moreouer these gods of wood, of golde, and of siluer can nether defend them selues from theues nor robbers.
57 For they that are strongest, take away their golde and siluer, and apparell, where with they be clothed: and when they haue it, they get them away: yet can they not helpe them selues.
58 Therefore it is better to by a Kyng, and so to shewe his power, or els a profitable vessel in an house, wherby he that oweth it, might haue profite, then suche false gods: or to be a dore in an house, to kepe suche things safe as be therein, then suche false gods: or a piller of wood in a palace, thē suche false gods.
59 For the sunne, and the moone, and the starres that shine, when they are sent downe for necessarie vses, obey.
60 Likewise also the lightning whē it shineth, it is euident: and the winde bloweth in euerie contrey.
61 And when God commandeth the cloudes to go about the whole worlde, they do as they are bidden.
62 When the fyre is sent downe from aboue to destroy hilles and woods, it doeth that whiche is commāded: but these are not like anie of these things, nether in forme, nor power.
63 Wherefore men shuld not thinke, nor say that they be gods, seing they cā nether giue sentence in iudgement, nor do men good.
64 For so muche now as ye are sure, that they be no gods, feare them not.
65 For they can nether curse, nor blesse Kings.
66 Nether cāthey shewe signes in the heauē amōg the heathē, nether shine as the moone.
67 The beastes are better then they: for they can get them vnder a couert, and do them sel ues good.
68 So ye may be certified that by no maner of meanes, they are gods: therefore feare them not.
69 For as askarcrowe in a garden of cucumbers kepeth nothyng, so are their gods of wood, and of siluer, and of golde:
70 And like wise their gods of wood, and gold ād siluer are like to a white thorne in anorcharde, that euerie birde sittest vpon, and as a dead bodie that is cast in the darke.
71 By the purple also and brightenes, whiche fadeth vpon them, ye may vnderstand that they be no gods: yea, they them selues shalbe consumed at the laste, and they shalbe a shame to the countrey.
72 Better therefore is the iust man, that hathe none idoles: for he shalbe farre frō reprofe.
THE SONG OF THE THRE holie children, vvhich follovveth in the third chapter of Daniel after this place,
〈◊〉
fell dovvne bound into the middes of the hote fyrie fornace.
CHAP. I.
23 The praier of Azarias. 46 The crueltie of the King. 48 The flame deuoureth the Chaldeans. 49 The Angel of the Lord was in the fornace. 51 The thre children praise the Lord and prouoke all creatures to the same.
24 AND they walked in the middes of the flame, praysing God, & magnified the Lord.
25 Then Azarias stode vp, & prayed on this maner, and opening his mouth in the mid des of the fyre, said,
26 Blessed be thou, ô Lord God of our fathers: thy Name is worthie to be praised & honored for euermore.
27 For thou art righteous in all the things, that thou hast done vnto vs, and all thy workes are true, and thy wayes are right, and all thy iudgements certeine.
28 In all the things that thou hast broght vpon vs, and vpon Ierusalem, the holie citie of our fathers, thou hast executed true iudgements for by right and equitie hast thou broght all these things vpon vs, because of our sinnes.
29 For we haue sinned and done wickedly, de parting from thee: in all things haue we trespased,
30 And not obeied thy commandements, nor kept them, nether done as thou hadest commanded vs, that we might prosper.
31 Wherefore in all that thou hast broght vpō vs, & in euerie thing that thou hast done to vs, thou hast done them in true iudgement:
32 As in deliuering vs into the hands of our wic ked enemies, & moste hateful traitors, and to an vnrighteous King, and the moste wicked in all the worlde.
33 And now we may not open our mouthes: we are become a shame & reprofe vnto thy seruants, and to them that worshippe thee.
34 Yet for thy Names sake, we beseche thee, giue vs not vp for euer, nether breake thy couenant,
35 Nether take awaye thy mercie from vs, for thy beloued Abrahams sake, and for thy seruant Isaaks sake, and for thine holy Israels sake,
36 To whome thou hast spoken and promised that thou woldest multiplie their sede as the starres of heauen, and as the sand, that is vpō the seashore.
37 For we, ô Lord, are become lesse then anie nacion, and be kept vnder this daye in all the worlde, because of our sinnes:
38 So that now we haue nether prince, nor Pro phet, nor gouernour, nor burnt offring, nor sacrifice, nor oblacion, nor incense, nor place to offer the first frutes before thee, that we might finde mercie.
39 Neuertheles in a contrite heart, and an hum ble spirit, let vs be receiued.
40 As in the burnt offring of rams and bulloc kes, & as in ten thousand of fat lambs, so let our offring be in thy sight this day, that it may please thee: for there is no confusion vnto them that put their trust in thee.
41 And now we follow thee with all our heart and feare thee, and seke thy face.
42 Put vs not tò shame, but deale with vs after thy louing kindenes, and according to the multitude of thy mercies.
43 Deliuer vs also by thy miracles, & giue thy Name the glorie, ô Lord.
44 That all they which do thy seruants euil, may be confounded: euen let them be confounded by thy great force and power, and let their strength be broken,
45 That they maye knowe, that thou onelie art the Lord God, and glorious ouer the whole worlde.
46 ¶ Now the Kings seruants that had cast thē in, ceased not to make the ouen hote withWhich is a certeine kinde of fat & chalkie claye, as
〈◊〉
writeth, 2. boke Chap 105. naphtha, and with pitche, and with to we, and with fagotes,
47 So that the slame went out of the fornace fortie and nine cubites.
48 And it brake forthe, and burnt those Chaldeans, that it founde by the fornace.
49 But the Angel of the Lord went downe into the fornace with thē that were with Azarias, and smote the flame of the fyre out of the fornace,
50 And made in the middes of the fornace like a moyste hissing winde, so that the fyre touched thē not at all, nether grieued, nor troubled them.
51 Then these thre [as out of one mouth] praysed, and glorified, and blessed God in the fornace, saying,
52 Blessed be thou, ô Lord God of our fathers, and praised, and exalted aboue all things for euer, & blessed be thy glorious and holie Name, and praised aboue all things, and magnisied for euer.
53 Blessed be thou in the Temple of thine holy glorie, and praised aboue all things, and exalted, for euer.
54 Blessed be thou that be holdest the depths, and sittest vpon the Cherubims, and praised aboue all things, and exalted for euer.
55 Blessed be thou in the glorious Throne of thy kingdome, and praised aboue all things, and exalted for euer.
56 Blessed be thou in the firmament of heauen & praised aboue all things, and glorified for euer.
57 All ye workes of the Lord blesse ye the Lord praise him, and exalte him aboue all things for
〈◊〉
.
58 O * heauens, blesse ye the Lord: praise him,
〈◊〉
. 148.
〈◊〉
. and exalte him aboue all things for euer.
59 O Angels of the Lord, blesse ye the Lord prai se him, and exalte him aboue all things for euer.
60 All ye waters that be aboue the heauen, blesse ye the Lord: praise him, and exalte him aboue all things for euer.
61 All ye powers of the Lord, blesse ye the Lord praise him, ād exalte him aboue all things for euer.
62 O sunne and moone, blesse ye the Lord: prai se him, and exalte him aboue all things for euer.
63 O starres of heauen, blesse ye the Lord: prai se him, and exalte him aboue all things for euer.
64 Euerie shower, and de we, blesse ye the Lord praise him, & exalte him aboue all things for euer.
65 All ye windes, blesse ye the Lord: praise him and exalte him aboue all things for euer.
66 O fyre, and heat, blesse ye the Lord: praise him, and exalte him aboue all things for euer.
67 OOr, colde. winter and sommer, blesse ye the Lord: praise him, and exalte him aboue all things for euer.
68 O dewes andOr,
〈◊〉
. stormes of snowe, blesse ye the Lord: praise him, and exalte him aboue all things for euer.
69 O frost and colde, blesse ye the Lord: praise him, and exalte him aboue all things for euer
70 O yce, and snowe, blesse ye the Lord: praise him, and exalte him aboue all things for euer.
71 O nightes and dayes, blesse ye the Lord: prai se him: and exalte him aboue all things for euer.
72 O light and darkenes, blesse ye the LORD: praise him, and exalte him aboue all things for euer.
73 O lightenings and cloudes, blesse ye the Lord: praise him, and exalte him aboue all things for euer.
74 Let the earth blesse the Lord: let it praise him, and exalte him aboue all things for euer.
75 O mountaines, and hilles, blesse ye the Lord praise him, and exalte him aboue all things for euer.
76 All things that growe on the earth, blesse ye the Lord: praise him, and exalte him aboue all things for euer.
77 O fountaines, blesse ye the Lord: praise him, and exalte him aboue all things for euer.
78 O Sea, and floods, blesse ye the Lord: praise him, and exalte him aboue all things for euer.
79 O whales, and all that moue in the waters, blesse ye the Lord: praise him, and exalte him aboue all things for euer.
80 All ye foules of heauen, blesse ye the Lord: praise him, and exalte him aboue all things for euer.
81 All ye beasts and cattel, blesse ye the Lord: praise him, and exalte him aboue all things for euer.
82 O children of men, blesse ye the Lord: praise him, and exalte him aboue all things for euer.
83 Let Israel blesse the Lord, praise him and ex alte him aboue all things for euer.
84 O Priests of the Lord, blesse ye the LORD: praise him, and exalte him aboue all things for euer.
85 O seruants of the Lord, blesse ye the Lord: praise him, & exalte him aboue all things for euer.
86 O spirits and soules of the righteous, blesse ye the Lord: praise him, and exalte him aboue all things for euer.
87 O Saints and humble of heart, blesse ye the Lord: praise him: and exalte him aboue all things for euer.
88 O Ananias, Azarias, and Misael, blesse ye the LORD: praise him, and exalte him aboue all things for euer: for he hathe deliuered vs frō the hel, and saued vs from the hand of death and deliuered vs out of the middes of the fornace, and burning flame: euen out of the middes of the fyre hathe he deliuered vs.
89 Confesse vnto the Lord, that he is gracious: for his mercie endureth for euer.
90 All ye that worshippe the Lord, blesse the God of gods: praise him, and acknowledge him: for his mercie (endureth) worlde with out end.
THE HISTORIE OF SVSANna, vvhich some ioyne to the end of Daniel, and make it the 13. chap.
8 The two gouerners are taken with the loue of Susanna. 19 They take her alone in the garden. 20 They sollicite her to wickednes. 23 She choseth rather to obey God, thogh it be to the danger of her life 34 She is accused. 45 Daniel doeth deliuer her. 62 The
〈◊〉
are put to death.
1 THERE dwelt a man in Babylon called Ioacim,
2 And he toke a wife, whose name was Susanna the daughter of Helcias, averie faire woman, and one that feared God.
3 Her father & her mother also were godlie people, & taught their daughter according to the Law of Mosés.
4 Now Ioacim was a great riche man, and had a faire garden ioyning vnto his house, and to him resorted the Iewes, Because he was more honorable then all others.
5 The same yere were appointed two of the ancients of the people to be iudges, suche as the Lord speaketh of, that the iniquitie came from Babylon, and from the ancient iudges, which semed to rule the people.
6 These hanted Ioacims house, and all suche as had anie thing to do in the Law, came (thither) vnto them.
7 Now when the people departed away at noone, Susanna went into her housbands garden to walke.
8 And the two Elders sawe her that she went in daily and walked, so that their lust was inflamed towarde her.
9 Therefore thei turned away theirTo wit, from God. minde & cast downe their eyes, that thei shulde not se heauen, nor remembre iuste iudgements.
10 And albeit they bothe were wounded with her loue, yet durst not one shewe another his grief.
11 For they were ashamed to declare their lust that they desired to haue to do with her.
12 Yet they watched diligently from day to day to se her.
13 And the one said to the other, Letvs go now home, for it is diner time.
14 So they went their way, and departed, one from another: yet they returned againe, and came into the same place, and after that they had asked one another the cause, thei acknowledged their lust: thē appointed they a time bothe together whē they might finde her alone.
15 Now when they had spied out a conueniēt time, that she went in, as her maner was, with two maides onely, & thoght to wash her self in the garden [for it was an hote season]
16 And there was no bodie there, saue the two Elders that had hid thē selues, and watched for her:
17 She said to her maides, Bring me oyle and sope, and shut the garden dores, that I may wash me.
18 And they did as she bade them, and shut the garden dores, and went out them selues at a backe dore, to fet the thing that she had cō manded them: but they sawe not the Elders, because they were hid.
19 Now when the maides were gone forthe, the two Elders rose vp and ranne vnto her, saying,
20 Beholde, the garden dores are shut, that no man can se vs, & we burne in loue with thee: therefore consent vnto vs, and lye with vs.
21 If thou wilt not, we wil beare witnes against thee, that a yong man was with thee, and therefore thou did est send away the maides from thee.
22 Then Susanna sighed, and said, I am in trouble on euerie side: for if I do this thing, it is death vnto me: and if I do it not, I cā not
〈◊〉
pe your hands.
23 It is better for me to fall into your hands, and not do it, then to sinne in the sight of the Lord.
24 With that Susanna cryed with a loude voyce, and the two Elders cryed out against her.
25 Then ranne the one, and opened the garden dore.
26 ¶ So when the seruants of the house heard the crye in the garden, they rushed in at the backe dore, to se what was done vnto her.
27 But when the Elders had declared their matter the seruants were greatly ashamed: for there was neuer suche a reporte made of Susanna.
28 On the morow after, came the people to Ioacim her housbād, and the two Elders came also, ful of
〈◊〉
imaginacion against Susanna, to put her to death,
29 And said before the people, Send for Susan na the daughter of Helcias Ioacims wife. And immediatly they sent.
30 So she came with her father & mother, her children and all her kinred.
31 Now Susanna was very tender, and faire of face.
32 And these wicked mē commanded to vn co uer her (face) [for she was couered] that they might so be satisfied with her beautie.
33 Therefore they that were about her, and all they that knewe her, wept.
34 Then the two Elders stode vp in the middes of the people, and layed their hands vpō her head.
35 Which wept and loked vp to warde heauen for her heart trusted in the Lord.
36 And the Elders said, As we walked in the gar den alone, she came in with two maides, whome she sent away from her, and shut the garden dores.
37 Then a yong man, which there was hid, came vnto her, and lay with her.
38 Then we which stode in a corner of the gar den, seing this wickednes, rāne vnto them, and we sawe them as they were together,
39 But we colde not holde him: for he was stronger then we, and opened the dore, and
leaped out.
40 Now when we had taken this woman, we asked her what yong man this was, but she wolde not tel vs: of these things are we witnesses.
41 Then the assemblie beleued them, as those that were the Elders and iudges of the peóple: so thei condemned her to death.
42 Then Susanna cryed out with a loude voyce, and said, O euerlasting God, that knowest the secrets, and knowest all things afore they come to passe,
43 Thou knowest, that they haue borne false witnes against me, and beholde, I must dye, where as I neuer did suche things as these men haue maliciously inuented against me.
44 An the Lord heard her voyce.
45 ¶ Therefore when she was led to be put to death, the Lordraised vp the holie spirit of a yong childe, whose name was Daniel.
46 Who cryed with a loude voyce, I am cleane from the blood of this woman.
47 Then all the people turned them toward him, and said, What meane these wordes, that thou hast spoken?
48 Then Daniel stode in the middes of them and said, Are ye suche fooles, ô Israelites, that without examination, or knowledge of the trueth, ye haue condemned a daughter, of Israel?
49 Returne againe to iudgement: for they haue borne false witnes against her.
50 Wherefore the people turned againe in all haste, and the Elders said vnto him, Come, sit downe among vs, and shew it vs, seing God hathe giuen thee the office of an Elder.
51 Then said Daniel vnto them, Put these two aside, one farre from another, and I wil examine them.
52 So when they were put a sonder, one from another, he called one of them and said vnto him, O thou that art olde in a wicked life, now thy sinnes which thou hast committed afore time, are come to light.
53 For thou hast pronounced false iudgemēts and hast condemned the innocent, and hast let the giltie go fre, albeit the Lord saith,Exod. 22. 7. The innocent and righteous shalt thou not slay.
54 Now then, if thou hast sene her, tel me, vnder what tre sawest thou them companying together? Who answered, Vnder a lentil ke tre.
55 Then said Daniel, Verely thou hast lyed against thine owneOr, life. head: for lo, the Angel of God hathe receiued the sentence of God, to cut thee in two.
56 So put he him aside, and commanded to bring the other, and said vnto him, O thou sede of Chanaan, and not of Iuda, beautie ha the disceiued thee, and lust hathe subuerted thine heart.
57 Thus haue ye dealt with the daughters of Israel, and they for feare cōpanied with you: but the daughter of Iuda wolde not abide your wickednes.
58 Now therefore tel me vnderwhat tre didest thou take them companying together? Who answered, Vnder aOr,
〈◊〉
tre. prime tree.
59 Thē said Daniel vnto him, Verely thou hast alsolyed against thine head: for the Angel of God waiteth with the sworde to cut thee in two, and so to destroie you bothe.
60 ¶ With that all the whole assemblie cryed with a loude voyce, and praised God, which saueth them that trust in him.
61 And they arose against the two Elders, [for Daniel had conuict them of false witnes by their owne mouth.]
62 *And according to the Law of MoysesDeut. 19. 19. they delt with them, as they delt wickedlyProu. 19. 5. against their neighbour, and put them to death. Thus the innocent blood was saued the same day.
63 Therefore Helcias, and his wife praised God for their daughter Susanna, with Ioacim her housband, and all the kinred, that there was no dishonestie founde in her.
64 Frō that day forthe was Daniel had in great reputacion in the sight of the people.
65 And King Astyages was laide with his fathers, & Cyrus of Persia reigned in his steade
THE HISTORIE OF BEL and of the dragon, vvhich is the fourtenth chapter of Daniel after the Laten.
1 NOw whē King Astya ges was laide with his fathers, Cyrus the Persian receiued his kingdome.
2 And Daniel did eat at the Kings table, and was honored aboue all his friends.
3 Now the Babylonians had an idole, called Bel, and the were spent vpon him euerie day, twelueCalled Attaba, Whereof euerie one
〈◊〉
so me what more thē nine galons, which make in all
〈◊〉
hundreth and eight galons at the least. great measures of fine floure, and fortie shepe, and six greatCalled
〈◊〉
, and euerie one of these measures conteined about ten galons, which in all make thre score. pottes of wine.
4 And the King worshipped it, and went daily to honour it: but Daniel worshipped his owne God. And the King said vnto him, Why doest not thou worship Bel?
5 Who answered, and said, Because I may not worship idoles made with hands, But the liuing God, which hathe created the heauen & the earth, and hathe power vpon all flesh.
6 Then said the King vnto him, Thinkest thou not that Bel is a liuing God? seest thou not how muche he eateth & drīketh euerie day?
7 Then Daniel smiled and said, O King, be not
deceiued: for this is but claye within, & bras se without, and did neuer eat any thing.
8 So the King was wroth, and called for his Priests, and said vnto them, If ye tell me not, who this is that eateth vp these expenses, ye shal dye:
9 But if ye can certifie me that Bel eateth thē then Daniel shal dye: for he hathe spoken blasphemie against Bel. And Daniel said vnto the King, Let it be according to the word
10 [Now the Priests of Bel were thre score & ten beside their wiues and children: and the King went with Daniel into the tēple of Bel
11 So Bels Priests said, Beholde, we wil go out, and set thou the meat there, ô King, and let the wine be filled: then shut the dore fast, & seke it with thine owne signet.
12 And to morowe when thou commest in, if thou findest not that Bel hathe eaten vp all, we wil suffer death, orels Daniel that hathe lyed vpon vs.
13 Now they thoght themselues sure yn ough for vnder the table thei had made a priuie en trance, and there went they in euer, and toke away the things.
14 So when they were gone forthe, the King set meates before Bel. Now Daniel had commanded his seruants to bring ashes, and these they strowed thorow out all the temple, in the presence of the King alone: then went they out, and shut the dore, & sealed it with the Kings signet, and so departed.
15 Now in the night came the Priests, with their wiues and children, [as they were won te to do] and did eat and drinke vp all.
16 In the morning betimes, the King arose & Daniel with him.
17 And the King said, Daniel, are the seales who le? Wo answered, Yea, ö King, they be whole
18 And assone as he had opened the dore, the King loked vpon the table, and cryed with a loude voyce, Great art thou, o Bel, and with thee is no disceite.
19 Then laughed Daniel, and helde the King that he shuld not go in, and said, Behold now the pauement, and marke wel whose footesteppes are these.
20 And the King said, I se the foote steppes of men, women, & children therefore the King was angrie.
21 And toke the Priests, with their wiues, and children, and they shewed him the priuie do res, where they came in, and consumed such things as were vpon the table.
22 Therefore the King slewe them, and deliuered Bel into Daniels power, who destroyed him and his temple.
23 ¶ Moreouer in that same place there was a great dragon, which the Babylonians worshipped.
24 And the King said vnto Daniel, Sayest thou that this is of brasse also lo, he liueth and eateth and drinketh, so that thou canst not say, that he is no liuing God: therefore worshippe him.
25 Then said Daniel vnto the King, I wil worshippe the Lord my God: for he is the liuing God.
26 But giue me leaue, ô King, and I wil slay this dragô without sworde or staffe. And the King said, I giue thee leaue.
27 Then Daniel toke pitche, & fatte, and heere and did seeth them together, and made Iom pes thereof this he put in the dragōs mouthe, and so the dragon burst in sunder. And Daniel said, Beholde, whome ye worshippe.
28 When the Babylonians heard it, they were wonderful wroth, and gathered them together against the King, saying, The King is be come a Iewe:
〈◊〉
he hathe destroyed Bel, and hathe slaine the dragon, and put the Priests to death.
29 So they came to the King, and said, Deliuer vs Daniel, orels we wil destroy thee and thine house.
30 Now when the King sawe, that thei preased sore vpon him, and that necessitie
〈◊〉
him, he deliuered Daniel vnto them:
31 Who cast him into the lions denne, where he was six daies.
32 In the denne there were seuen lions, and they had giuen thē euerie day two bodies & two shepe, which then were not giuē thē, to the intent that they might deuour Daniel.
33 ¶ Now there was in Iewrie a Prophet called Abbacuc, which had made potage, and broken bread into a bowle, and was going into the field for to bring it to the reapers.
34 But the Angel of the Lord said vnto Abbacuc, Go, carye the meat that thou hast, into Babylon vnto Daniel, which is in the lions denne.
35 And Abbacuc said, Lord, I neuer sawe Baby lon, nether do I knowe where the denne is.
36 Then the Angel toke him by the crowne of the head, & barc him by the heereof the head, and through a mightie winde set him in Babylon vpon the denne.
37 And Abbacuc cryed, saying, O Daniel, Daniel, take the dinner that God hathe sēt thee
38 Then said Daniel, O God, thou hast thoght vpon me, and thou neuer failest them that seke thee and loue thee.
39 So Daniel arose, and did eat, and the Angel of the Lord set Abbacuc in his owne place againe immediatly?
40 Vpon the seuenth day, the King went to be waile Daniel: and when he came to the denne, he loked in, and beholde, Daniel sate (in the middes of the lions.)
41 Then cryed the King with a loude voyce, saying, Great art thou, ò Lord God of Daniel and there is none other besides thee.
42 And he drewe him out of the denne, & cast them that were the cause of his destruction into the denne, and they were deuoured in a momente before his face.
THE FIRST BOKE OF THE Maccabees.
CHAP. I.
1 The death of Alxāder the King of Macedonia. 11 Antiochus taketh the kingdome. 12 Many of the children, of Is rael make couenant with the Gentiles. 21 Antiochus sub dueth Egypt and Ierusalem vnto his dominion. 50 Antiochus setteth vp idoles.
1 AFfter that Alexander the Macedoniā, the sōne of Philippe, wēt forthe of the land of Chettiim, & slew Darius King of the Persiās and Medes, & rei gned for him, as he had before in Grecia
2 He toke great warres in hand, and wan strōg holdes, and slewe the Kings of the earth.
3 So went he thorow to the ends of the world and toke spoiles of many naciōs, in so much that the worlde stode in awe of him: therefo re his heart was puffed vp and was hawtie.
4 Now when he had gathered a mightie strōg hoste,
5 And had reigned ouer regiōs, naciōs & king domes, they became tributaries vnto him.
6 After these things he fel sicke, and knewe that he shulde dye.
7 Then he called for the chief of his seruātes, which had bene broght vp with him of chil dren, and parted his kingdome among thē, while he was yet aliue.
8 So Alexander had reigned twelue yeres whē he dyed.
9 And his seruants reigned euerie one in his roume.
10 And they all caused thē selues to be crowned after his death, and so did their childrē after thē many yeres, & muche wickednes increased in the worlde.
11 For out of these came the wicked roote, (euen) AntiochusOr, noble. Epiphanes the sonne of King Antiochus, which had bene an hostage at Rome, and he reigned in the hundreth and seuē and thirtieth yere of the kingdome of the Grekes.
12 In those dayes went there out of Israel wic ked men, which entyced many, saying, Let vs go, & make a couenant with the heathē, that are rounde about vs: sor since we depar ted frō them, we haue had muche sorowe.
13 So this deuice pleased them wel.
14 And certeine of the people were readie, & went to the King which gaue thē licence to do after the ordinances of the heathen.Ioseph Antiq. 12, chap 6.
15 Thē set they vp a place of exercise at Ierusalē, according to the facions of the heathen,
16 And made thē
By drawing the shinne ouer the parte that was
〈◊〉
, as Cels 7. chap. 25. Epiph. lib. de ponderib & mensur. selues vncircumsed, & forsoke the holy couenant, & ioyned thē selues to the heathen, & were solde to do mischief.
17 So whē Antiochus kingdome was set in order, he wēt about to reigne ouer Egypt, that he might haue the dominiō of two realmes.
18 Therefore he entred into Egypt with a migh tie companie, with charets, and elephantes, and with horsement, and with a great nauie,
19 And moued warre against Ptolemeus King of Egypt: but Ptolemeus was afraid of him, & fled, and manie were wounded to death.
20 Thus (Antiochus) wanne many strong cities in the land of Egypt, and toke away the spoi les of the land of Egypt.
21 And after that Antiochus had smittē Egypt he turned againe in the hundreth, fortie & thre yere,
22 And wentvp towarde Israel and Ierusalém with a mightie people.
23 And entred proudly into the Sanctuarie, and toke away the golden altar, and the candlesticke for the light, and all the instruments thereof, and the table of the shewbread, and the powring vessels, and the bowles, and the golden basins, and the vaile, and the crownes and the golden apparel, which was before the Temple, and brake all in pieces.
24 He toke also the siluer and golde, and the precious iewels, and he toke the secret treasures that he founde, and whē he had taken away all, he departed into his owne land,
25 After he had murthered many men, and spo ken verie proudely.
26 Therefore there was a great lamentacion in euerie place of Israél.
27 For the princes and the Elders mourned: the yong women, and the yong men were made feble, and the beautie of the women was changed.
28 Euerie bridegrome toke him to mourning and she that sate in the mariage chāber, was in heauines.
29 The land also was moued for the inhabitāts thereof for all the house of Iacob was couered with confusion.
30 After two yeres the King sent his chief taxe master into the cities of Iuda, which came to Ierusalém with a great multitude.
31 Who spake peaceable wordes vnto them in disceite, and they gaue credit vnto him.
32 Then he fell suddenly vpon the citie, and smote it with a great plague, and destroied muche people of Israél.
33 And when he had spoiled the citie, he set fyre on it, casting downe the houses thereof, & walles thereof on euerie side.
34 The women and their children toke they captiuitie, and led away the cattel.
35 Then fortified they the citie of Dauid with a great and thicke wall, and with mightie towres, and made it a strong holde for them.
36 Moreouer they set wicked people there, and vngodlie persones, and fortified them selues therein.
37 And they stored it with weapons & vitailes
and gathered the spoile of Ierusalém, & laied it vp there.
38 Thus became they a sore snare and were in ambushment for the Sanctuarie, and were wicked enemies euermore vnto Israél.
39 For thei shed innocent blood on euerie side of the Sanctuarie and defiled the Sāctuarie,
40 In so muche that the citizens of Ierusalém fled away because of them, and it became an habitacion of strangers, being desolate of them whome she had borne: for her owne children did leaue her.
41 Her Sāctuarie was left waste as a wildernes: her holie daies were turned into mourning, her Sabbaths into reproche, and her honour broght to naught.
42 As her glorie had bene great, so was her dishonour, and her excellencie was turned into sorowe.
43 Also the King wrote vnto all his kingdome
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
, Chap. 6. & 7. that all the people shulde be as one, and that euerie man shulde leaue his lawes.
44 And all the heathen agreed to the comman dement of the King.
45 Yea, many of the
〈◊〉
consented to his religion, offring vnto idoles, and defiling the Sabbath.
46 So the King sent letters by the messengers vnto Ierusalém, and to the cities of Iuda, that they shulde followe the strange lawes of the countrey,
47 And that they shulde forbid the burnt offrings and sacrifices, and the offrings in the"Or, drinke offrings. Sanctuarie,
48 And that they shulde defile the Sabbaths and the feasts,
49 And pollute the Sanctuarie and the holie men,
50 And
〈◊〉
set vp altars, and groues, and chappels of idoles, and offer vp swines flesh, and vncleane beasts,
51 And that they shulde leaue their children vncircumcised, and defile their soules with vnclennes, and pollute themselues, that they might forget the Law, and change all the ordinances,
52 And that whosoeuer wolde not do according to the commandement of the Kings, shulde suffer death.
53 In like maner wrote he thorow out all his kingdomes, & set ouer seers ouer all the people, (forto compell thē to do these things)
54 And he commanded the cities of Iuda to do sacrifice, citie by citie.
55 Then went many of the people vnto them by heapes, euery one that forsoke the Law, and so they committed euil in the land.
56 And they droue the Israelites into secret places, euen whereso euer they colde slee for succour.
57 The fiftenth day of Casleu, in the hundreth and fiue and fortieth yere, they set vp the abo minacion of desolacion vpon the altar, and thei buylded altars thorow out the cities of Iuda on euerie side.
58 And before the dores of the houses, and in the stretes they burnt incense.
59 And the bokes of the Law, which they founde, they burnt in the fyre, and cutte in pieces.
60 Whosoeuer had a boke of the Testament founde by him, or whosoeuer consented vnto the Law, the Kings commandement was, that they shulde put him to death by their autoritie,
61 And they executed these things euerie moneth vpon the people of Israel that were founde in the cities.
62 And in the fiue & twentieth day of the moneth, they did sacrifice vpon the altar, which was in the stead of the altar of sacrifices.
63 And according to the commādement, they put certeine womē to death, which had caused their children to be circumcised,
64 And they hanged vp the children at their neckes, & they spoiled their houses, & slewe the circumcisers of them.
65 Yet were there many in Israél, which were of courage, and determined in them selues, that they wolde not eat vncleane things,
66 But chose rather to suffer death, then to be defiled with those meats: so because thei wolde not breake the holie couenant, they were put to death.
67 And thisOr,
〈◊〉
. tyrannie was verie sore vpon the people of
〈◊〉
.
CHAP. II.
1 The mourning of Mattathias and his sonnes for the destruction of the holy citie. 19 They refuse to do sacrifice vnto idoles. 24 The zeale of
〈◊〉
for the Law of God.
〈◊〉
They are
〈◊〉
and wil not sight againe because of the
〈◊〉
day. 49 Mattathias dying
〈◊〉
his sonnes to sticke by the worde of God, after the example of the fathers.
1 IN those dayes stode vp Mattathias theIoseph Antiq. 12. Chap. 7. Priest, (the sonne) of Ioannes, (the sonne) of Simeon, of the sonnes of Ioarib of Ierusa lem, and dwelt in Modin.
2 And he had fiue sonnes, Ioanan called Gaddis.
3 Simon called Thassi,
4
〈◊〉
which was called Maccabeus,
5 Eleazar calledOr, Anaran. Abaron, and Ionathā, whose name was Apphus.
6 Now he sawe the blasphemies, which were committed in Iuda and Ierusalém:
7 And he said, Wo is me: wherefore was I bor ne, to se this destruction of my people, and the destruction of the holy citie, and thus to sit
〈◊〉
is deliuered into the hands of the enemies,
8 And the Sanctuarie (is) in the hands of stran gers: her Temple is, as a man that hathe no re
〈◊〉
.
9 Her glorious vessels are caryed away into ca ptiuitie: her infants are slayne in the stretes, and her yong men are fallen by the sworde of the enemies.
10 What people is it, that hathe not some possession in (her) kingdome, or hathe not
〈◊〉
of her spoyles?
11 All her glorie is taken away: of a fre woman she is become an handmaid.
12 Beholde, our Sanctuarie and our beautie, & honor is desolate, and the Gentiles haue defiled it.
13 What helpeth it vs then to liue anie longer?
14 And Mattathias rent his clothes, he, ād his sonnes, and put sacke cloth vpon them, and mourned verie sore.
15 ¶ Then came men from the King to the citie of Modin to compell them to forsake God, and to sacrifice.
16 Somanie of the Israelites consented vnto them: but Mattathias and his sonnes assembled together.
17 Then spake the commissioners of the King and said vnto Mattathias, Thou art the chief and an honorable man, and great in this citie and hast many children and brethren.
18 Come thou therefore first, and fulfil the Kings commandement, as all the heathen haue done, and also the men of Iuda, and suche as remaine at Ierusalem: so shalt thou & thy familie be in the Kings fauour and thou and thy children shalbe enriched with siluer and golde, and with manie rewards.
19 Then Mattathias answered and said with a loude voyce, Thogh all nacions that are vnder the Kings dominion, obey him, and fall away cuerie man from the religion of their fathers, and consent to his commandemēts,
20 Yet wil I and my sonnes, and my brethren, walke in the couenant of our fathers.
21 God be merciful vnto vs, that we forsake not the Law and the ordinances.
22 We wil not hearken vnto the Kings wordes to transgresse our religion, nether on the right side, nor on the left.
23 And whē he had left of speaking the sewor des, there came one of the Iewes, in the sight of all to sacrifice vpon the altar which was at Modin, according to the Kings commande ment.
24 Now when Mattathias sawe it, he was so in flamed with zeale, that his raines shoke, and his wrath was kindled according to the ordi nance (of the Law:) therefore he ran vnto him, and killed him by the altar:
25 And at the same time he slewe the Kings commissioner, that compelled him to do sacrifice, and destroied the altar.
26 Thus bare he a zeale to the Law of God, *Nomb. 25. 7. (doing,) as Phinees did vnto Zambrithe son ne of Salom.
27 ¶ Then cryed Mattathias with a loude voy ce in the citie, (saying,) Who soeuer is zealous of the Law, and wil stand by the couenāt let him come forthe after me.
28 So he, and his sonnes fled into the mountai nes, and left all that thei had in the citie.
29 Then manie thatOr, that liued
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
. soght after iustice and iudgement,
30 Went downe into the wildernes to dwell there, bothe they, and their children, and their wiues, and their cattel: for the afflictiō: in creased sore vpon them.
31 ¶ Now when it was tolde vnto the Kings seruants, and to the garisons, which were in Ierusalem in the citie of Dauid, that mē had broken the Kings commādement, and were gone downe into the secret places in the wil dernes,
32 Then many pursued after them: and hauing ouer taken them, thei camped against them, and set the battel in array against them on the Sabbath day,
33 And said vnto them, Let this now be sufficiēt come forthe and do according to the commandement of the King, and ye shalliue.
34 But they answered, We wil not go forthe, nether wil we do the Kings commandement to defile the Sabbath day.
35 Then they gaue them the battel.
36 But the other answered them nothing, nether cast anie one stone at them not stopped the priue places,
37 But said, We wil dye all in our innocencie: the heauen and earth shal testifie for vs, that ye destroy vs wrongfully.
38 Thus thei gaue thē the battel vpon the Sabbath, and slewe bothe men and cattel, their wiues and their children to the nomber of a thousand people.
39 ¶ When Mattathias and his friends vnderstode this, thei mourned for them greatly,
40 And said one to another, If we all do as our brethrē haue done, and fight not against the heathen for our liues, and for our Lawes, thē shal thei incontinently destroy vs out of the earth.
41 Therefore they concluded at the same time saying, Whosoeuer shal come to make battel with vs vpon the Sabbath daye, we wil fight against him, that we dye not all, as our brethren that were murthered in the secret places.
42 Then came vnto them the assemblie of the Asideans, which were of the strongest men of Israél, all suche as were wel minded toward the Law.
43 And all they that were fled for persecucion ioyned them selues vnto them, and were an helpe vnto them.
44 So they gathered a power, and smote the wicked men in their wrath, and thevngodlie in their angre: but the rest fled vnto the heathen, and escaped.
45 Then Mattathias and his friends wēt about and destroyed the altars,
46 And circumcised the children by force that were vn circumcised, as manie as they foūde within the coasts of Israél,
47 And they pursued after the proude men & this acte prospered in their hands.
48 So they recouered the Law of the hand of the Gentiles, and out of the hand of Kings, and gaue not place to the wicked.
49 Now when the time drewe nere, that Mattathias shulde dye, he said vnto his sonnes,
Now is pride and persecucion increased, & the time of destruction, and the wrath of indignacion.
50 Now therefore, my sonnes, be ye zealous of the Law, and giue your liues for the couenant of our fathers.
51 Call to remembrance what actes our Fathers did in their time: so shall ye receyue great honour and an euerlasting name.
52 * Was not Abraham founde faithful in tē
tacion,Gene. 22. 9. and it was imputed vnto hym for righteousnes?
53 * Ioseph in the time of his trouble kept theGen. 41. 40. commandement, and was made the Lord of Egypt.
54 * Phinees our father, because he was zealousNomb. 23. 13. and feruent, obteined the couenāt of
〈◊〉
. 45. 28. the euerlasting priesthode.
55 * Iesus for fulfilling the worde, was madeIosh, 1. 2. the gouernour of Israel.
56 * Caleb, because he bare witnes beforeNomb. 14. 6, the congregacion, receiued the heritageIosh. 14. 13. of the land.
57 * Dauid, because of hys mercie obteyned2. Sam 2. 4. the throne of the kingdome for euermore
58 * Elias, because he was zealous and feruēt2. King. 2.
〈◊〉
. in the Law, was taken vp euen vnto heauē.Dan. 3. 6.
59 * Ananias, Azarias, and Misael by theyr faith were deliuered out of the flame.
60 * Daniel, because of his innocencie, wasDan. 6. 22, deliuered from the mouth of the lyons.
61 And thus ye maye consider thorowe out all ages, that whosoeuer put their truste in him, shal not want strength.
62 Feare not ye then the wordes of a sinfull mā: for his glorie is but dongue & wormes.
63 To day is he set vp, and to morow he shall not be found: for he is turned into his dust, and his purpose perisheth.
64 Wherefore, my sonnes, take good hearts, and shewe your selues men for the Law: for by it shal you obteine glorie.
65 And beholde, I knowe that your brother Simon is a man of counsell: gyue eare vnto him alway: he shalbe a father vnto you.
66 And Iudas Maccabeus hathe bene mightie and strong, euen from his youth vp: let him be your captaine and fight you the battel for the people.
67 Thus shal ye bring vnto you all those that obserue the Law, and shal aduenge the iniuries of your people.
68 Recompense fully the heathen, and giue your selues to the commandement of the Law.
69 So he blessed them, and was laied with his fathers.
70 And dyed in the hundreth, fortye and six yere, and his sonnes buryed him in his Fathers sepulchre at Modin, and all Israel made great lamentacion for him.
CHAP. III.
1 Iudas is made ruler ouer the Iewes. 11 He killeth Apollonius and Seron the princes of Syria. 44 The considence of Iudas towarde God. 55 Iudas determineth to fight against Lysias, whome Antiochus had made captaine ouer his hoste.
1 THen Iudas his sonne, called Maccabeus, rose vp in his place.
2 And all his brethren helped him, and all they that helde with his father, and foght with courage the battel of Israel.
3 So he gate his people great honour: he put on a brestplate as a gyant, and armed him self, and set the battel in array, and defended the campe with the sworde.
4 In his actes he was like a lyon, and as a lyons whelpe roaring after the pray.
5 For he pursued the wicked, and soght thē out, and burnt vp those that vexed his people,
6 So that the wicked fled for feare of him, & all the workers of iniquitie were put to trouble: & saluacion prospered in his hand.
7 And he grieued diuers Kings, but Iacob reioyced by his actes, and his memorial is blessed for euer.
8 He went also thorowe the cities of Iuda, and destroyed the wicked out of them, and turned away the wrath from Israel.
9 So was he renoumed vnto the ends of the earth, & he assembled together those that were readie to perish.
10 ¶ ButVVho was
〈◊〉
nour of Syria,
〈◊〉
. Antiq. 12, chap. 9. Apollonius gathered the Gentiles, and a great hoste out of Samaria, to fight against Israel.
11 Whiche when Iudas perceiued, he went forthe to mete him, and smote him, and slue him so that many fel downe slaine, and the rest fled.
12 So Iudas toke their spoiles, and toke also Apollonius sworde, and foght with it all his life long.
13 ¶ Now whē Seron a prince of the armie of Syria,
〈◊〉
that Iudas had gathered vnto him the congregacion, and Churche of the faithfull, and went forthe to the warre,
14 He said, I will get me a name, and will be glorious in the realme: for I will go sight with Iudas, & thē that are with him, which haue despised the Kings commandement.
15 So he made him readie to go vp, and there went with him a mightie hoste of the vngodlie to helpe him, and to be aduenged of the children of Israel.
16 And whē he came nere to the going vp of Bethoron, Iudas went forthe to met him with a smale companie.
17 But when they sawe the armie coming against them, they said to Iudas, How are we able, being so fewe, to fight agaīst so great a multitude, and so strong, seyng we be so wearie, and haue fasted all this day?
18 Then said Iudas, It is an easie thing for many to be shut vp in the hands of fewe, & there is no difference before (the God) of heauen, to deliuer by a great multitude, or by a smale companie.
19 For the victorie of the battel stādeth not in the multitude of the hoste, but the strēgth
cometh from heauen.
20 They come against vs with a cruel and proude multitude, to destroye vs, and our
〈◊〉
, and our children, and to robbe vs.
21 But we do fight for our liues, and for our Lawes,
22 And God him self wil destroie thē before our face: therefore be not yet afraied of them.
23 And whē he had left of speaking, he lept suddenly vpon them: so was Seron and his hoste destroied before him.
24 And they pursued them from the going downe of Bethhorō vnto the plaine: where there were
〈◊〉
eyght hundreth men of them, and the residue fled into the lande of the Philistims.
25 Then the feare and terrour of Iudas & his brethren fel vpon the nacios round about,
26 So that his fame came vnto the King: for all the Gentiles colde tell of the warres of Iudas.
27 ¶ But when King Antiochus heard these tidings, he was angrie in his minde: wherefore he sent forthe, and gathered all the
〈◊〉
of his realme a very strong armie,
28 And opened his treasurie, and gaue hys hoste a yeres wages in hand, commanding thē to be readie for a yere for all occasions.
29 Neuertheles, when he sawe that the money of his treasures failed, & that the tribu tes in the countrey were smale, because of the dissencion, and plagues that he had broght vpon the land, in taking a way the lawes which had bene of olde time,
30 He feared lest he shulde not haue now at the secōde time, as at the first, for the charges and gifts that he had giuen with a liberal hād afore for in liberalitie he farre passed the other Kings that were before him.
31 Wherefore he was heauie in his minde, and thoght to go into Persia, for to take tributes of the countreis, and to gather muche money.
32 So he left Lysias a noble man and of the Kings blood to ouerse the Kings busines, from the riuer of Euphrates vnto the borders of Egypt,
33 And to bring vp his sonne Antiochus, till he came againe.
34 Moreouer, he gaue him halfe of his hoste and elephātes, and gaue him the charge of all things that he wolde haue done,
35 And concerning those which dwelt in Iuda and Ierusalem, that he shulde send an armie against them, to destroye and roote out the power of Israel and the remnāt of Ierusalem, and to put out their memorial from that place,
36 And to set straungers for to inhabite all their quarters, and parte their land among them.
37 And the King toke the halfe of the hoste that remained, and departed from Antiochia his royal citie, in the yere an hundreth fortie and seuen, and passed the riuer Euphrates, and went thorow the hie countreis.
38 Then Lysias chose Ptolomeus the sonne of Doriminus, and Nicanor, and Gorgias, mightie men, and the Kings friends,
39 And sent with them fortie thousand fote men, and seuen thousand horsemen, to go into the land of Iuda, and to destroie it, as the King commanded.
40 So they went forthe with all their power and came and pitched byEmmaus. Emmaus in the plaine countrey.
41 Now when the marchāts of the countrey heard the rumour of them, they toke verye muche siluer and golde, and seruants, and came into the campe to bye the childrē of Israel for sclaues, and the strength of Syria and of strange nacions ioyned with them.
42 ¶ Now when Iudas and his brethren sawe that trouble increased, and that the hoste drewe nere vnto their borders, considering the Kings wordes, whereby he had commanded to destroy the people, and vtterly abolish them,
43 They said one to another, Let vs redresse the decay of our people, and let vs fight for our people, and for our Sanctuarie.
44 Then the congregacion were sone ready gathered to fight, and to praye, and to desire mercie and compassion.
45 As for Ierusalem, it was not inhabited but was as a wildernes. There went none that was borne in it, in or out at it, and the Sanctuarie was troden downe, and the straungers kept the forteresse, and it was the habitacion of the heathen: and the mirth of Iacob was taken a way: the pipe and the harpe ceased.
46 So they gathered them selues together, and came to Maspha before Ierusalem: for in Maspha was the place where they praied afore time in Israel.
47 And they fasted that day, and put sackecloth vpon them, and cast ashes vpon their heads, and rent their clothes,
48 And opened the boke of the Law, wherein the heathen soght to paint the lickenes of their idoles,
49 And broght the Priests garments, and the first frutes, and the tithes, and set there the Nazarites, which accomplished their daies.
50 And thei cryed with a loude voyce, toward heauē, saying, What shal we do with these? and whether shal we carye them away?
51 For thy Sanctuarie is troden downe & defiled, and thy Priests are in heauines, and broght downe.
52 And behold, the heathen are come against vs to destroie vs: thou knowest what things they imagine against vs.
53 How can we stand before them, excepte thou helpe vs?
54 Then they blewe the trumpets, and cryed with a loude voyce.
55 And after this Iudas ordeyned captaines ouer the people, euē captaines ouer thousands, and captaines ouer hundreths, and captaines ouer fifties, and captaines ouer ten.
56 And they commanded them that buylded houses, or maried wiues, or planted vineyardes, or were feareful, that thei shulde returne euerie one to his owne house, according * to the Law.Deut.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
57 So the hoste remoued, and pitched vppon
〈◊〉
. 7.
〈◊〉
. the Southside of Emmaus.
58 And Iudas said, Arme your selues, and be valiant men, & be readie against the morning to fight with these naciōs, which are gathered together against vs, to destroye vs and our Sanctuarie.
59 For it is better for vs to dye in battell, thē to se the calamities of our people and of our Sanctuarie.
60 Neuertheles as the wil (of God) is in heauen, so be it.
CHAP. IIII.
1 Iudas goeth against Gorgias which lieth in wait. 14 He putteth Gorgias and his hoste to flight. 28 Lysias inuadeth Iudea. 29 But Iudas driueth him out. 43 Iudas purifieth the Temple and dedicateth the altar.
1 THen toke Gorgias fiue thousand (fote)ioseph lib. 12. chap.
〈◊〉
men, and a thousand of the best horsemen, and departed out of the campe by night,
2 To inuade the campe of the Iewes, and to slaye them suddenly: and the men of the forteresse were his guides.
3 Now when Iudas heard it, he remoued, and they that were valiantmen to smite the Kings armie which was at Emmaus,
4 Whiles yet the armie was dispersed frome the campe.
5 In the meane seasō came Gorgias by night into Iudas campe: and when he founde no man there, he soght thē in the mountaines: for said he, They flee from vs.
6 But assone as it was day, Iudas shewed him selfe in the field with thre thousand men, whiche had nether harnes nor swordes to their mindes.
7 And thei sawe that the armies of the heathen were strong and wel armed, and their horsemen about them, and that these were experte men of warre.
8 Then said Iudas to the men that were with him, Feare ye not their multitude, nether be afraied of their assalt.
9 Remember, how our fathers were deliuered
〈◊〉
, 14. 9. * in the red Sea, when Pharao pursued them with an armie.
10 Therefore now let vs crye vnto heauen, and the Lord will haue mercie vpon vs, & remember the couenant of our fathers, & will destroie this hoste before our face this day:
11 So shal all the heathen knowe, that there is one, which deliuereth and saueth Israel.
12 Then the strangers lift vp theireyes, and sawe them coming against them.
13 And they went out of their tentes into the battel, and they that were with Iudas, blew the trumpets.
14 So they ioyned together, and the heathē were discomfited and fled by the plaine.
15 But the hinmoste of them fel by the sworde, and they pursued them vntoOr,
〈◊〉
Gazeron and into the plaines of Idumea, and of Azo tus, and of Iamnia, so that there were slaine of them about thre thousand men.
16 So Iudas turned againe with his hoste frō pursuing them.
17 And said vnto the people, Be not griedie of the spoiles: for there is a battel before vs.
18 And Gorgias and the armie is here by vs in the mountaine: but stand ye now fast against your enemies, and ouer come them: then may ye safely take the spoiles.
19 As Iudas was speaking these wordes there appeared one parte which loked from the mountaines,
20 But when (Gorgias) sawe that his were fled and that Iudas soldiers burnt the tentes: [for the smoke that was sene, declared what was done.]
21 When they sawe these things, they were sore afraied, and when they sawe also that Iudas and his hoste were in the field readie to set them selues in array,
22 They fled euerie one into the land of stran gers.
23 So Iudas turned againe to spoile the tentes, where he gate muche golde and siluer, and precious stones, and purple of the sea, and great riches.
24 Thus they went home, and sang psalmes, & praised towarde the heauen: for he is gracious, and his mercie endureth for euer,
25 And so Israél had a great victorie in that day.
26 ¶ Now all the strangers that escaped, came, and tolde Lysias all the things that we re done.
27 Who when he heard these things, was sore afraied, and discouraged, because suche things came not vpon Israél as he wolde, nether suche things as the King had commanded him, came to passe.
28 Therefore the next yere following, gathered Lysias thre score thousande chosen (fote) men, and fiue thousande horsemen to fight against Ierusalém.
29 So they came in toOr,
〈◊〉
. Idumea, and pitched their tentes atOr
〈◊〉
. Beth-sura, where Iudas came against them with ten thousand men:
30 And when he sawe that mightie armie, he praied and said, Blessed be thou, ô Sauiour of Israel, * which did est destroie the assalte1. Sam. 17. 50. of the mightie man by the hand of thy seruant1. Sam. 14. 13. Dauid, * and gauest the hoste of the strangers into the hand of Ionathan, the sonne of Saul, and of his armour bearer.
31 Shut vp this armie in the hand of thy people
of Israel, and let them be confounded with their power, and with their horsemē.
32 Make them afraied, and cōsume their boldenes and strength, that they may be astonished at their destruction.
33 Cast them downe by the sworde of them that loue thee: thē shal all thei that knowe thy Name, praise thee with songs.
34 So they ioyned together, and there were slaine of Lysias hoste, fiue thousand men, & they fell before them.
35 Then Lysias, seing hys armie put to flight and the manlines of Iudas soldiers, & that they were readie, either to liue or dye valiantly, he went into Antiochia, and gathered strangers, and when he had furnished his armie, he thoght againe [being prepared] to come against Iudea.
36 Then said Iudas and his brethren, Behold, our ennemyes are discomfited: let vs now go vp to clense, and to repaire the Sāctuarie.
37 So all the hoste gathered them together, and went vp into the mountaine of Sion.
38 Now when they sawe the Sanctuarie layed waste, and the altar defiled, and the dores burnt vp, and the shrubbes growing in the courtes, as in a forest, or as on one of the mountaines, and that the Priests chambers were broken downe,
39 They rent their clothes, and made greate lamentation, and cast ashes vppon theyr heads,
40 And fel downe to the ground on their faces, and blewe an alarme with the trūpets, and cryed towarde heauen.
41 Then Iudas commaunded certeine of the mē to fight against those which were in the castel, til he had clensed the Sanctuarie.
42 So he chose
〈◊〉
that were vndefiled, suche as delited in the Law,
43 And they clensed the Sāctuarie, and bare out the defiled stones into an vncleane place,
44 And consulted what to do with the altar of burnt offrings, which was polluted.
45 So they thoght it was best to destroye it, lest it shulde be a reproche vnto them, because the heathen had defiled it: therefore they destroyed the altar,
46 And layed vp the stones vpon the mountaine of the Temple in a conuenient place, til there shulde come a Prophet, to shewe what shulde be done with them.
47 So they toke whole stones according to the Law, & buylded a new altar according to the former,
48 And made vp the Sanctuarie, & the things that were within the Temple, & the courts and all things.
49 Thei made also new holie vessels, & broght into the Temple the cādel sticke, and the altar of burnt offrings, and of incense and the table.
50 And they burnt in cense vpon the altar, & lighted the lampes which were vpon the candelsticke, that they might burnt in the Temple.
51 Thei set also the shewbread vpon the table, & changed vp the vailes, & finished all the workes that they had begon to make
52 And vpon the fiue and twentieth day of the ninth moneth, which is called the
〈◊〉
of Chaslu, in the hundreth and eight and fortieth yere they rose vp be times in the morning.
53 And offred sacrifice according to the Law vpon the new altar of burnt offrings, that they had made.
54 According to the time, and according to the day, that heathen had defiled it, in the same day was it made new with songs, and harpes, and lutes, and cymbales.
55 And all the people fel vpō aheir faces, wor shipping and praising towarde the heauē him that had giuen them good successe.
56 So they kept the dedication of the altar eight daies, offring burnt offrings with gladnes, and offred sacrifices of deliuerā ce and praise.
57 And decte the fore fronte of the Temple with crownes of golde and shields, and dedicated the gates and chambers, & hanged dores vpon them.
58 Thus there was very great gladnes among the people, & the reproche of the heathen was put away.
59 So Iudas and his brethren with the whole congregacion of Israél ordeined that the daies of dedicacion of the altar shulde be kept in their season from yere to yere, by the space of eight daies, from the fiue and twentie day of the moneth Chasleu, with mirth and gladnes.
60 And as the same time buylded they vp mount Sion with hie walles and strong towers rounde about, lest the Gentiles shulde come, and treade it downe, as they had done afore.
61 Therefore they set a garison there to kepe it, and fortified Beth-sura to kepe it that the people might haue a defense against Idumea.
CHAP. V.
3 Iudas vanquished the heathen that go about to destroie Israel, and is holpen of his brethren Simon and Iouathan. 50 He ouerthroweth the citie of Ephron, because they denyed him passage thorowe it.
1 NOw when the nacions rounde about heard, that the altar was buylded, and the Sanctuarie renued, as a fore, they were sore grieued.
2 Therefore they thoght to destroye thege neracion of Iacob that was among thē, & beganne to slaye and destroy the people.
3 Then Iudas foght against the children of Esau in Idumea atOr,
〈◊〉
Arrabathene, because they besieged the Israelites, and he smote them with a great plague, and droue them to straites, and toke their spoiles.
4 He thoght also vpō the malice of the children of Bean, which had bene a snare and an hinderance vnto the people, when they laye in waite for them in the hie way.
5 Wherefore he shut them vp in towers, and besieged them, and destroied them vtterly, and burnt their towers with fyre, with all that were in them.
6 Afterward, went he against the children of Ammō, where he founde a mightie power, and a great multitude with Timotheus their captaine.
7 So he had
〈◊〉
battels with them, but they were destroyed before him, and so he discomfited them,
8 And toke Gazer with the townes thereof, and so turned againe into Iudea.
9 ¶ Then the heathen that were in Galaad, gathered them together against the Israelites that were in their quarters, to slaye thē: but thei fled to the castel of Dathemā,
10 And sent letters to Iudas, and to his brethren, saying, The heathen that are aboute vs, are gathered against vs, to destroye vs,
11 And they make them readye for to come, and to take the forte resse, whereunto we are
〈◊〉
, and Timotheus is captaine of their hoste.
12 Come now therefore, and deliuer vs out of their hands: for manie of vs are slaine:
13 And all our brethrē that were at Tubin, are slaine, and they haue taken away their wiues, and their children, and their goods, & destroyed there almoste a thousand men.
14 While these letters were yet a reading, beholde, there came other messengers frome Galile with their clothes rent, which tolde the same tidings,
15 And said, that they of Ptolemais, & of Tyrus, and of Sidon, and of all Galile of the Gentiles were gathered against them to destroye them.
16 When Iudas, and the people heard these wordes, a great Congregaciō came together, to consulte what they mighte do for their brethren, that were in trouble, and whome they besieged.
17 Then said Iudas to Simon his brother, Chuse thee out men, and go & deliuer thy brethrē in Galile, & I and my brother Ionathan, wil go into the countrey of Galaad.
18 ¶ So he left Iosephus the sonne of Zacharias, & Azarias to be captaines of the people, and to kepe the remnant of the hoste in Iudea,
19 And commanded them saying, Take the ouersight of this people, & make no warre against the heathē, vntil we come againe.
20 And vnto Simon were giuen thre thousād men to go into Galile, and to Iudas eyght thousand men for the countrey of Galaad.
21 Then went Simon into Galile, & gaue diuers battels to the heathen, and the heathē were discomfited by him.
22 And he pursued them vnto the gates of Ptolemais: and there were slaine of the heathen almoste thre thousand mē: so he toke their spoiles.
23 Thus they rescued them that were in Galile and in Arbatis with their wiues, & their children, and all that they had, and broght them into Iudea with great ioye.
24 ¶ Iudas Maccabeus also, and his brother Ionathan went ouer Iorden, and trauailed thre dayes iourney in the wildernes,
25 Where thei met with the Nabathites, who receiued them louingly, and tolde thē euerie thing that was done vnto their brethrē in the countrey of Galaad,
26 And how that manie of them were besieged in Bosorra, and Bosor, in Alemis,Or, Chaspher. Chas bon, Maged and Carnaim [all these Cities are strong, and great.]
27 And that they were kept in other cities of Galaad, and tomorow they are appointed to bring their hoste vnto these fortes, and to take them, and to destroye them all in one day.
28 So Iudas and his hoste turned in all hast by the way of the wildernes towarde Bosorra, and wan the citie, and slewe all the males with the edge of the sworde, and toke all their spoyle, and set fyre vpon (the citie.)
29 And in the night he remoued from thence, and went towarde the forteresse.
30 And betimes in the morning when they loked vp, beholde, there was an innumerable people bearing ladders, & instruments of warre, to take the forte, and had assalted them.
31 When Iudas sawe that the battel was begon, and that the crye of the citie went vp to heauen with trumpets, & a great sound,
32 Thē he said vnto the armie. Fight this day for your brethren.
33 So he went for the behinde thē with thre companies, and they biew the trumpets, & cryed with prayer.
34 Then the hoste of Timotheus knew, that it was Maccabeus, and
〈◊〉
fled from him, and he smote them with a great slaughter, so that there was killed of them the same day, almoste eight thousand men.
35 ¶ Then departed Iudas vnto Maspha, and laid siege vnto it, and wanne it, and slew all the males thereof, and spoiled it, and
〈◊〉
fyre vpon it.
36 From thence went he and toke Chasbon, Maged, and Bosor, and the other Cities in Galaad.
37 After these things gathered Timotheus another hoste, and he camped before Raphon beyonde the flood.
38 Now Iudas had sent to espie the hoste, and they broght him worde againe, saying, All the heathen that be rounde about vs, are gathered vnto him, and the hoste is verye great,
39 And he hathe hyred the Arabians to helpe
them, and they haue pitched their tentes beyonde the flood, and are readye to come and fight against thee. So Iudas wēt to met them.
40 Then Timotheus said vnto the captaine of his hoste, When Iudas and his hoste come nere the flood, if he passe ouer first vnto vs, we shal not be able to withstand him: for he wil be to strong for vs.
41 But if he be afraid, and campe beyond the flood, we will go ouer vnto him, and shall preuaile against him.
42 Now when Iudas came nere to the flood, he caused the gouernours of the people to remaine by the flood, and commanded thē, saying, Suffernone to pitche a tent, but let euerie man come to the battel.
43 So he went first ouer to warde them, & all people after him and all the heathen were discomfited before him, and cast away their weapons, and fled into the Temple that was at Carnaim.
44 Whiche citie Iudas wanne, and burnt the temple with all that were in it: so was Carnaim subdued, and myght not withstand Iudas.
45 ¶Then Iudas gathered all the Israelites that were in the countrey of Galaad, from the least vnto the moste, with their wiues & their children, and their baggage, a verye great hoste, to come into the land of Iuda.
46 So they came vnto Ephron, which was a great citie by the way, and strongly defensed
〈◊〉
thei colde not passe, nether at the right hand nor at the left, but must go thorowe it.
47 But they that were in the citie, shut them selues in, and stopped vp the gates with stones: and Iudas sent vnto them with peaceable wordes, saying,
48 Let vs passe thorowe your lande, that we may go into our owne countrey, and none shal hurt you: we wil but onely go thorow on fote: but they wolde not open vnto him.
49 Wherefore Iudas commanded a proclamacion to be made thorowe out the hoste, that euerie man shulde assalt it according to his standing.
50 So the valiant men set vpon it, and assalted the citie all that day, and all that night and the Citie was gyuen ouer into hys hands:
51 Who slewe all the males with the edge of the sworde, and destroyed it, and toke the spoile there of, and went thoro we the citie ouer them that were slaine.
52 Thē wēt they ouer Iorden into the great plaine before Bethsan.
53 And Iudas gathered together those that were behinde, and gaue the people good exhortation all the waye thorowe, till they were come into the land of Iuda.
54 Thus they went vp withioye, and gladnes vnto mount Sion, where they offred burnt offrynges, because there were none of them slaine, but came home againe in
〈◊〉
.
55 ¶Now whiles Iudas and Ionathan were in the land of Galaad, and Simō their brother in Galile before Ptolemais,
56 Ioseph the sonne of Zacharias, and Azarias the captaines, hearing of the valiant actes, and battels which they had achiued, said,
57 Let vs get vs a name also, and go fight against the heathen that are rounde
〈◊〉
vs.
58 So they gaue their hoste a commandement and went to warde Iamnia.
59 But Gorgias and his men came out of the citie to fight against them.
60 And Ioseph and Azarias were put to flight and pursued vnto
〈◊〉
the borders of Iudea: and there were slaine that daye of the people of Israel aboute two thousand men: so that there was a great ouerthrowe among the people of Israel,
61 Because they were not obedient vnto Iudas, & his brethren, but thoght to do some valiant thing.
62 Also they came not of the stocke of these men, by whose hands, deliuerance was giuē to Israel.
63 But the man Iudas, and hys brethrē were greatly commēded in the sight of all Israel, and of all the heathen, wheresoeuer theyr name was heard of.
64 And the people came vnto them, bidding them welcome.
65 Afterwarde went Iudas forthe with hysIoseph
〈◊〉
Antiq.
〈◊〉
. chap. 11. & 12. brethren, and foght against the chyldren of Esau in the lād toward the South, where he wanne Hebron, and the townes therof, and he destroyed the castel therof, & burnt the towres thereof round about.
66 Then remoued he to go into the lande of theOr,
〈◊〉
. strangers, and went thorow Samaria.
67 At the same time were the Priests of the cities slaine in the battell, whiche wold shewe their valiantnes, and went forth to battel without counsel: and when Iudas came to Azotus in the strāgers lād, he brake downe their altars, & burnt with fyre the images of their Gods, and toke away the spoiles of the cities, and came againe into the land of Iuda.
CHAP. VI.
1 Antiochus, willing to take the citie of Elimais, is dryuen away of the citizens. 8 He falleth into sickenes, & dyeth. 17 His sonne Antiochus is made King. 34 The maner to prouoke elephantes to fight. 43 Eleazarus valiant acte. 49 The siege of Sion,
1 NOw when Kyng Antiochus trauailedIoseph Antiq. 12.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. thorow the high countreis, he heard that Elimais in the countrey of Persia was a citie greatly renoumed for riches!, siluer and golde.
2 And that there was in it a verie riche temple, where as were couerings of gold, coat
armoures, and harnes, which Alexandre King of Macedonia the sonne of Philippe [that reigned first in Grecia] had left there
3 Wherefore he went about to take the citie and to spoile it, but he was not able:for the citizens were warned of the matter,
4 And rose vp against him in battel, and he fled and departed thence with great heaui nes, and came againe into Babylon.
5 Moreouer, there came one which broght him tidings in the countrey of Persia, that the armies that went against the land of Iu da, were driuen a way.
6 And that Lysias, which went forthe first with a great power, was driuen away of the Iewes, and that they were made strong by the armour, and power, and diuers spoyles which thei had gottē of the armies whome they had destroyed.
7 And that they had pulled downe the abominacion, which he had set vp vpon the altar at Ierusalém, and fen sed the Sanctuarie with high walles, as it was a fore, and Beth sura his citie,
8 So when the King had heard these wordes he was astonished, and sore moued: therefore he laid him downe vpon his bed, and fel sicke for verie sorowe, because it was not come to passe, as he had thoght,
9 And there continued he manie dayes: for his grief was euer more and more, so that he sawe he must nedes dye.
10 Therefore he sent for all his friends, and said vnto them, The slepe is gone from mine eyes, & mine heart faileth for verie care.
11 And I thinke with my self, Into what a duer sitie am I come? and into what floods of mi serie am I fallen now, where as a fore time I was in prosperitie, and greatly set by, by reason of my power?
12 And now do I remember the euils that I ha ue done at Ierusalém for I toke all the ves sels of golde and of siluer that were init, & sent to destroye the inhabitants of Iuda without cause.
13 I knowe that these troubles are come vp on me for the same cause, and beholde, I must dye with great sorowe in a strange land.
14 Then called he for Philippe, one of his friends, whome he made ruler of all his realme.
15 And gaue him the crowne, and his robe, & the ring, that he shulde instruct his sonne Antiochus, and bring him vp, til he might reine him self.
16 So King Antiochus dyed there in the hundreth, and fortie and ninth yere.
17 ¶When Lysias knewe, that the King was dead, he ordeined Antiochus hisIoseph Antiq
〈◊〉
sonne [whome he had broght vp] to reigne
〈◊〉
, Chap. 14. in his fathers stead, and called him Eu pator.
18 Now they that were in the castle (at Ierusalém) kept in the Israelites rounde about the Sanctuarie, & soght alwaies their hurt, and the strengthening of the heathen.
19 Therefore Iudas thoght no destroy them and called all the people together to besie ge them.
20 So they came together, and besieged thē in the hundreth and fiftie yere, and made instruments to shoote and other engins of warre.
21 But certeine of them that were besieged gate forthe, [vnto whome some vngodlie men of Israél ioyned them selues.]
22 And they went vnto the King, saying, How long wilt thou cease from executing iudge ment, and aduenge our brethren?
23 We haue bene readie to serue thy father & to go forowarde in those things, that he appointed, & to obey his commandements
24 Therefore they of our nacions fel from vs for this cause, and wheresoeuer they foun deanie of vs, they slewe them, and spoyled our inheritance.
25 And thei haue not onely laied hand vpon vs, but vpon all about their borders.
26 And beholde,
〈◊〉
this day are they besieging the castle at Ierusalem to take it, and haue fortified the Sanctuarie, and Beth-sura.
27 And if thou doest not preuent them quickely, thei wil do greater things then these and thou shalt not be able to ouercome them.
28 When the King heard this, he was verie an grie, and called all his friēds, the captai nes of his armie, and his horsemen,
29 And bādes that were hired, came vnto him from the Kings, that were confederate, & from theyles of the sea.
30 So the nomber of his armie was and hundreth thousand fote men, and twentie thou sand horsemen, and two and thirtie elephā tes exercised in battel.
31 These came through Idumea & drewe nere to Beth-sura, and besieged it a long season, and made engins of warre: but thei came out, and burnt them with fyre, and foght valiantly.
32 Then departed Iudas from the castle, and remoued the hoste towarde Beth-zacarias ouer against the Kings campe.
33 So the King arose verie earely, and broght the armie and his power towarde the way of Beth-zacarias, where the armies set them selues inarray to the battel, and blewe the trumpets.
34 And to prouoke the elephātes for to fight thei shewed them the blood of grapes and mulberies.
35 And they set the beasts according to the ranges: so that by euerie elephant there sto de a thousand men armed with coates of mailes and helmets of brasse vpon their heads, and vnto euerie beastwere or deined fiue hundreth horsemen of the best,
36 Which were readie at all times wheresoeuer the beast was: and whet hersoeuer
the beast went, they went also, and departed not from him.
37 And vpon them were strong towres of wood that couered euerie beast, which were fastened thereon with instruments, and vpon euerie one was two and thirtie men, that foght in them, and the Indian that ruled him.
38 They set also the remnant of the horsemen vpon bothe the sides in two wings of the hoste to stirre them vp, and to kepe them in the valleis.
39 And when the sunne shone vpon the golden shields, the mountaines glistered there with, and gaue light as lampes of fyre,
40 Thus parte of the Kings armie was spred vpō the hie mountaines, and parte beneth so they marched forowarde warely and in order.
41 And all they that heard the noyce of their multitude, and the marching of the companie, and the ratteling of the harneswere a stonished: for the armie was verie great and mightie.
42 Then Iudas and his hoste entred into the battel, and thei slewe six hundreth men of the Kings armie.
43 ¶ Now when Eleazar (the sonne) ofOr,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Abaron, sawe one of the elephātes armed with royal harnes, and was more excellent then all the other beasts, he thoght that the King shulde be vpon him.
44 Wherefore he ieoparded him self to deliuer his people, and to get him a perpetual name.
45 And ranne boldely vnto him through the middes of the hoste, slaying on the right hand, and on the left, so that thei departed away on bothe sides.
46 So went he to the elephantes fete, and gate him vnder him, and slewe him: then fel the elephant downe vpon him, and there he dyed.
47 But (the other,) seing the power of the King and the fiercenes of his armie, depar ted from them,
48 ¶ And the Kings armie went vp to mete them towarde Ierusalém, and the King pit
〈◊〉
his tents in Iudea towarde moūt Sion
49 Moreouer, the King toke truce with thē that were in Beth-sura: but whē they came out of the citie, because, they had no vitailes there, and were shut vp therein, and the land had rested.
50 The King toke Beth-sura, and set there a garison to kepe it.
51 And besieged the Sanctuarie many dayes, and made instruments to shoote, and other engins of warre, and instruments to cast fyre and stones, and pieces to cast dartes & slings.
52
〈◊〉
Thei also made engins against their engins,
〈◊〉
, the Iewes. and foght a long season.
53 But in the garners there were no vitailes: for it was the seuenth yere, and then they that were in Iudea, and were deliuered frō the Gentiles had eatē vp the residue of the store.
54 So that in the Sanctuarie were fewe men left: for the famine came so vpon thē, that they were scattered euerie man to his owne place.
55 ¶ Now when Lysias heard that Philippe [whome Antiochus the King, whiles he liued, had ordeined to bring vp Antiochus his sonne, that he might be King.]
56 Was come againe out of Persia, and Media, and the Kings hoste with him, & thoght to take vnto him the rule of things.
57 He (and his) hasted, and were stirred forwar de by them in the castel to go and tell the King, and the captaines of the hoste, and to others (saying) We decrease dayly, and our vitailes are but smale: & the place that we laye siege vnto is strong, and the affaires of the realme depende vpon vs.
58 Now therefore let vsOr, giue
〈◊〉
. agre with these men, and take truce with them, and withall their nacion.
59 And grante them to liue after their Law, as they did a fore, for they be grieued, and do all these things, because we haue broken their Lawes.
60 So the King and the princes were content and sent vnto them to make peace, & they receiued it.
61 Whē the King & the princes had made an othe vnto them, they came vpon this out of the forteresse.
62 And the King went vp to mount Sion: but when he sawe that the place was wel defen sed: he brake his othe that he had made, & commanded to breake downe the wall rounde about.
63 Then departed he in all haste, and returned vnto Antiochia where he founde Philippe hauing dominion of the citie: so he foght against him, and toke the citie by force.
CHAP. VII.
1 Demetrius reigned, after he had killed Antiochus and Lysias 5 He troubleth the children of Israel thorowe the counsel of certeine wicked persones. 37 The praier of the Priests against Nicanor. 41 Iudas killeth Nicanor, after he had made his praier.Ioseph. Antiq.
1 IN the hundreth and one fiftieth yere, de parted Demetrius the sonne of Seleucus from Rome, and came vp with a fewe men vnto a citie of the sea coast and reigned there.
2 And when he came into the possession of his fathers kingdome, his soldiers toke Antiochus and Lysias, and broght them vn to him.
3 But when it was tolde him, he said, Shewe me not their faces.
4 So thei put them to death. Now when Demetrius was set vpon the throne of his kingdome.
5 There came vnto him all the wicked and
vngodlie men of Israél, whose captaine was Alcimus, that wolde haue bene the hie Priest.
6 These men accused the people vnto the King, saying, Iudas and his brethren haue slayne all thy friends, and driuen vs out of our owne land.
7 Wherefore send now some man, whome thou trustest, that he maye go and se all the destruction, which he hathe done vnto vs, and to the Kings land, and let him punish them with all their partakers.
8 Then the King chose Bacchides a friend of his, which was a great man in the real me and ruled beyonde the flood, and was faith ful vnto the King, and sent him,
6 And that wicked Alcimus, whome he made hie Priest, and commanded him to be ad uenged of the children of Israél.
10 So they departed, and came with a great hoste into the land of Iuda, and sent messen gers to Iudas and his brethren, deceitfully with peaceable wordes.
11 But they deleued not their saying: for thei sawe that they were come with a great hoste.
12 Then a companie of the gouernours assem bled vnto Alcimus & Bacchides to intreat of reasonable points.
13 And theOr, Hasidims. Asideans were the first that required peace among the children of Israel
14 For said they, He that is a Priest of the sede of Aaron, is come with this armie: there fore he wil not hurt vs.
15 Then he spake vnto them peaceably, and swore vnto them, and said, We wil do you no harme, nether your friends:
16 And they beleued him: but he toke of thē thre score men, and slewe them in one day according to the wordes that were writen
17 * Thei haue (cast) the bodies of thy SaintesPsal. 79. 2. and their blood rounde about Ierusalem, and there was no man that wolde burye them.
18 So there came a feare and trembling among all the people: for they said, There is net her trueth nor righteousnes in them: for they haue broken the appointment & othe that they made.
19 Thē Bacchides remoued from Ierusalém and pitched his tente atOr,
〈◊〉
, or. Bezeth. Beth-zecha, whe re he sent sorthe and toke manie of the mē that forsaken him, and certeine of the peo ple whome he slewe (and cast) into the great pit.
20 Then cōmitted he the countrey vnto Alci mus, & left men of warre with him to helpe him: so Bacchides went vnto the King.
21 Thus Alcimus stroue for the priest hode.
22 And all suche as troubled the people resorted vnto him in somuche, that they obteined the land of Iuda, & did muche hurt in Israél.
23 Now when Iudas sawe all the mischief, that Alcimus and his companie had done amōg the Israelites more then the heathē.
24 He went forthe rounde about all the bor ders of Iudea, and punished those, that were fallen away, so that they came no more abroade in the countrey.
25 But when Alcimus sawe that Iudas & his people had goten the vpper hand, and kne we that he was not able to abide them, he went againe to the King, and accused thē of wicked things.
26 Then the King sent Nicanor one of hisIoseph Anti, 12 chap. 10. chief princes, which hated Israel deadly, & commanded him, that he shulde destroye the people.
27 ¶So Nicanor came to Ierusalem with a great hoste, and sent vnto Iudas, and his brethren deceirfully with friendlie wordes, saying,
28 Let there be no warre betwene me, and you: I wil come with fewe men, to se how ye do, friendly.
29 So he came vnto Iudas, and they saluted one another peaceably: but the enemies were prepared to take away Iudas.
30 Neuertheles, it was tolde Iudas, that he came vnto him vnder disceit: therefore he feared him, and wolde not se his face no more.
31 When Nicanor perceiued that his counsel was bewrayed, he went out to fight against Iudas besideOr,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Carphasalama.
32 Where there were slaine of Nicanors hoste about fiue thousand men: so they
〈◊〉
vnto the citie of Dauid.
33 Afterthis came Nicanor vp vnto mount Sion, and some of the Priests with the Elders of the people went forthe of the San ctuarie to salute him peaceably, & to shew him the burnt offring that was offered for the King.
34 But he laughed at them, and mocked thē and counted them prophane, and spake proudly.
35 And swore in his wrath, saying, If Iudas & his hoste be not deliuered now into mine hands, if euer I come againe in safetie, I wil burnt vp this house. With that, went he out in great anger.
36 Then the Priests came in, and stode before the altar in the Temple, weping, and saying.
37 For so muche as thou, (o Lord,) hast chosen this House, that thy Name might be cal led vpon therein, and that it shulde be an house of prayer, and peticion for thy people.
38 Be aduenged of this man and his hoste, & let them beslaine by the sworde remember their blasphemies, and suffre them not to continue.
39 ¶When Nicanor was gone from Ierusalém, he pitched his tent at Beth-horon and there an hoste met him out of Syria.
40 And Iudas pitched inOr,
〈◊〉
. Adasa with thre thousand men where Iudas prayed, saying.
41 (O Lord,)* because the messēgers of King2. King.
〈◊〉
. 35. Sēn acherib blasphemed thee, thine Angel
〈◊〉
1. 21.
eccles. 48. 24. went for the, and slewe an hundreth, foureisa. 37. 36. score, and fiue thousand of them.2
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 19.
42 So destroye thou this hoste before vs to day, that all other may knowe that he hathe spokē wickedly against thy Sanctuarie & punish him according to his malice.
43 So the armies ioyned together in battel, the thirtenth day of the moneth Adar: but Nicanors hoste was discōfited, and he him self was first slaine in the battel.
44 Now when his armie sawe that Nicanor was slaine, they cast away their weapons and
〈◊〉
.
45 But they pursued after then a dayes iourney from Adasa vnto Gasera, blowing an alarme with the trumpets after them.
46 So they came for the of all the townes of Iudea rounde about, and rushed vpon thē, and threwe them from one to another, so that they all fel by the sworde, & there was not one of them lefte.
47 Then they toke the spoyles, and the pray and smote of Nicanors head, and his right hand, which he helde vp so proudly: and broght it with them, and hanged them vp afore Ierusalem.
48 So the people reioyced greatly, and kept that day as a day of great gladnes.
49 And they ordeined, to kepe yerely that day on the thirtenth day of the moneth Adar.
50 Thus the land of Iuda was in resta litle while.
CHAP. VIII.
1 Iudas considering the power and policie of the Romains, maketh peace with them. 22 The conditions of mutual friendship sent to the Iewes.
1 IVdas heard also the fame of the RomainsIoseph Anti
〈◊〉
, chap. 18, that thei were mightie, and valiant, and agreable to all things that were required of them, and made peace with all that came vnto them.
2 And that they were men of great power, and they tolde him of their battels, & their worthie actes, which they did among theOr,
〈◊〉
. Galatians whome they had conquered & made to paye tribute,
3 And what they had done in the countrey of Spaine: how that they had wonne there the mines of siluer and golde.
4 And that by their counsel, and gentle behauiour they were rulers in euerie place, thogh the place was farre from them, and that they had discomfited, and giuen great ouer throwes to the Kings that came against them, from the vttermost parte of the earth & that others gaue thē tribute euerie yere
5 How they had also discomfited by battel Philippe and Perses Kings of the
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. Macedo nians, and others, that rose against them, and how they ouer came them.
6 And how great Antiochus King of Asia that came against thē in battel, hauing an hundreth and twentie elephāts, with horse men: and charrets, and a verie great armie, was discomfited by them.
7 And how they toke him aliue, and ordeined him, with suche as shulde reigne after him, to paye a great tribute, & to giue hostages, and a separate porcion.
8 Euen the countrey of India, and Media, and Lydia, and of his best coūtreys, which they toke of him and gaue them to King Eumenes.
9 Againe when it was tolde them that the Greciās were comming to destroye them,
10 They sent against thē a captaine, which gaue them battel, and slewe manie of thē, and toke manie prisoners with their wiues and children, and spoyled them, & conquered their land, and destroyed their strong holdes, and subdued thē to be their bondmen vnto this day:
11 Moreouer, how they destroyed, & broght into subiection other kingdomes and yles, whosoeuer had withstand them.
12 But that thei kept amitie with their owne friends, and those that stayed vpon them: finally, that conquered kingdomes, bothe farre and nere, in so muche that whosoeuer heard of their renoume, was afrayed of thē.
13 For whome they wolde helpe to their kingdomes, those reigned, & whome they wolde, they put downe: thus were thei in moste high autoritie.
14 Yet for all this that none of them ware a crowne, nether was clothed in purple, to be magnified thereby.
15 But that thei had ordeined them selues a counsel, wherein thre hundreth and twētie men consulted daiely, and prouided for the commune affaires, to gouerne them wel.
16 And that they committed their gouernement to one man euerie yere, who did rule ouer all their countrey, to whome euerie man was obedient: and there was nether ha tred nor enuie among them.
17 ¶ Then Iudas chose Eupolemus the sonne of Iohn, (the sonne) of Accus, and Iason, the sonne of Eleazar, and sent them vnto Rome to make friendship, & mutual felowship with them,
18 That they might take from them the yoke [for they sawe that the kingdome of the Grecians wolde kepe Israel in bondage.]
19 So they went vnto Rome, which was a verie great iourney, & came into theOr, counsel. Senat where they spake and said.
20 Iudas Maccabeus with his brethren, and the people of the Iewes hathe sent vs vnto you, to make a bonde of friendship, and pea ce with you, and ye to register vs as your partakers and friends.
21 And the matter pleased them.
22 And this is the copie of the epistle that they wrote in tables of brasse and sent to Ierusalém, that they might haue by them a memorial of the peace, and mutual felowship.
23 Good successe to the Romaines, and to the people of the Iewes, by sea, and by land for euer, and the sworde, and enemie be from them.
24 If there come first anie warre vpon the Romaines, or anie of their friends throughout all their dominion.
25 The people of the Iewes shal helpe them, as the time shalbe appointed, with all their heart.
26 AlsoOr, the Romains they shal giue nothing to them that come to fight for thē, nor serue them with wheat nor weapons, nor monei, nor shippes as it pleaseth the Romaines, butOr, the Iewes. they shal kepe their couenātes without taking anie thing of them.
27 Likewise also ifwarre come first against the nacion of the Iewes, the Romains shal hel pe them with a good wil, according as the time shalbe appointed them.
28 Nether shal wheat be giuen vnto thē, that take their parte, nor weapons, nor money nor shippes, as it pleaseth the Romains, who wil kepe these couenants without de ceite.
29 According to these articles the Romains made the bonde with the people of the Iewes.
30 If after these pointes the one partie, or the other wil ade or diminish, they may do it, at their pleasures, and whatsoeuer they shal adde, or take away, shalbe ratified.
31 And as touching the euil that Demetrius hathe done vnto the Iewes, we haue written vnto him, saying, Wherefore laiest thou thine heauie yoke vpon our friends, and confederates the Iewes?
32 If therefore they complaine anie more against thee, we wil do them iustice, and fight with thee by sea and by land.
CHAP. IX.
1 After the death of Nicanor Demetrius sendeth his armie against Iudas.
〈◊〉
Iudas in slaine. 31 Ionathan is put in the stead of his brother. 47 The battel betwene Ionathan and Bacchides. 55 Alcimus is smitten with the palsie and dyeth. 68 He cometh vpon Ionathan by the counsel of certeine wicked persones, and is ouercome. 70 The truce of Ionathan with Bacchides.
1 IN the meane season whē Demetrius had heard how Nicanor, and his hoste had giuenIeseph. Anti. the battel, he sent Bacchides, and Alcimus12, Chap. 18. againe into Iudea, & hisOr, the right bor
〈◊〉
. chief strēgth with them.
2 So they went for the by the way that is towarde Galgala, and pitched their tentes before Mesaloth which is in Arbelis, and wanne it and shewe muche people.
3 And in the first moneth of the hundreth, fiftie and two yere, they layed their siege against Ierusalém.
4 But they raised their campe, and came to Berea, with twentie thousand (fote) men two thousand horsemen.
5 Now Iudas had pitched his tent atOr, Laisa. Eleasa and thre thousand chosen men with him.
6 And when they sawe, that the multitude of the armie was great, they were sore afrai de, and manie conueied them selues out of the hoste, so that there abode no mo of thē, but eight hundreth men.
7 When Iudas sawe that his hoste failest him and that he must nedes fight, he was sore troubled in minde that he had no time to gather them together, and was discouraged.
8 Neuertheles, he said vnto them that remained, Let vs rise, and go vp against our enemies, if peraduenture we may be able to fight with them.
9 But they wolde haue staied him saying, We are not able: but let vs rather faue our liues turne backe now, seing our brethren are departed: for shal we fight against thē, that are so fewe?
10 Thē Iudas said, God forbid, that we shulde do this thing, to He from them: if our time become, let vs dye manfully for our brethren, and let vs not staine our honour.
11 Then the hoste remoued out of the tentes, and stode against them, who had deuided their horsemen in to two troupes, and they that threwe with slings, and the archers marched in the forewarde, and they that foght in the forewarde, were all valiant men.
12 And Bacchides was in the right wing So the armie drewe nere on bothesides, and blewe the trumpets.
13 They of Iudas side blew the trumpets also, and the earth shoke at the noyce of the ar mies: and the battel continued from morning to night.
14 And when Iudas sawe that Bacchides and the strength of his armie was on the right side, he toke with him all the hardie men.
15 And brake the right wing, and followed vpon them vnto mount Azotus.
16 Now when they which were of the left wing, sawe that the right wing was discomfited, they followed Iudas behinde, and thē that were with him hard at the heles.
17 Thē was there a fore battel: for many were slaine of bothe the parties,
18 Iudas also himself was killed, and the remnant fled.
19 So Ionathan and Simon toke Iudas their brother, and buryed him in his father sepul chre in the citie of Modin.
20 And all the Israelites wept for him, & mour ned greatly for him, and lamented many daies, saying.
21 How is the valiantman fallen which deliuered Israel!
22 Concerning the otherthings of Iudas bo the the battels and the valiant actes that he did, and of his worthines, they are not writen for they were very many.
23 ¶ Now after the death of
〈◊〉
, wickedIoseph Anti.
〈◊〉
came vp in all the coastes of Israel, &
〈◊〉
. Chap. 1. &.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
arose all suche as gaue them selues
to iniquitie,
24 In those daies was there a very great famine in the land, and all the countrey gaue ouer them selues with them.
25 And Bacchides did chuse wicked men, and made them lords in the land.
26 These soght out, and made searche for Iudas friends, and broght them vnto Bacchi des, which aduenged him self vpon them, and mocked them.
27 And there came so great trouble in Israél, as was not since the time that no Prophet was sene among them.
28 Then came all Iudas friends together, and said vnto Ionathan.
29 Seing thy brother Iudas is dead, and there is none like him to go forthe against our enemies, euen against Bacchides, andOr, against the enemies of our nacion. against them of our naciō that are enemies vnto vs.
30 Therefore, this day we chuse thee that thou maist be our prince and captaine in his place to order our battel.
31 So Ionathan toke the gouernance vpon him at the same time, and druled in stead of his brother Iudas.
32 But when Bacchides knewe it: he soght for to slay him.
33 Then Ionathan and Simon his brother,
〈◊〉
that, fled into the wildernes of Thecua with all their companie, and pitched their tentes by the water poole of Asphar.
34 Which when Bacchides vnderstode, he came ouer Iorden with all his hoste vpon the Sabbath day.
35 [Now had Ionathan sent his brother (Iohn) a captaine of the people, to pray his friēds the Nabathites, that they wold kepe their baggage which was muche.
36 But the children ofOr,
〈◊〉
. Ambri came out of Me daba, and toke Iohn, and all that he had, and when they had takē it, went their way
37 After this came worde vnto Ionathan, and to Simon his brother, that the children of Ambrimade a great mariage, and broght the bride fromOr,
〈◊〉
. Medaba with great pompe: for she was daughter to one of the noblest princes of Canaan.
38 Therefore they remembred Iohn their bro ther, and went vp, and hid them selues vnder the couert of the mountaine.
39 So they lift vp their eyes, and loked, and be holde, there was a great noyce, and muche
〈◊〉
: then the bridegrome came forthe, and his friends and his brethren met them with tymbrels, and instrumēts of mu sike, and manie weapons.
40 Then Ionathans men that lay in ambushe rose vp against them, and slewe manie of them, and the remnant fled into the mountaines so that they toke all their spoiles
41 Thus the mariage was turned to mourning, and the noyce of their melodie into lamentacion.
42 And so when they had aduenged the blood of their brother, they are turned againe vnto Iorden.
43 When Bacchides heard this, he came vnto the border of Iorden with a great power vpon the Sabbath day.]
44 Then Ionathan said vnto his companie, Let vs rise now, and fight against our enemies, for it is not to day as intime past.
45 Beholde, the battel is before vs, and behin de vs, and the water of Iorden on this side and that side, and the marise, and forest, so that there is no place for vs to turne a side.
46 Wherefore crye now vnto heauen that ye may be deliuered from the power of your enemies: so they ioyned battel.
47 Then Ionathan stretched out his hand to smite Bacchides: but he turned aside from him and reculed.
48 Then Ionathan, and they that were with him, leapt into
〈◊〉
, and swimmed ouer vnto the further bāke, but the otherwolde not passe through
〈◊〉
after them.
49 So in that day were slaine of Bacchides side about a thousand men.
50 Then he turned to againe to Ierusalém, and buylt vp the strong cities in Iuda, as the ca
〈◊〉
of Iericho, and Emmaus, and Bethoron and Bethel, and Thamnatha, Pharathoui, & Tepho, with high walles, with gates, and with barres.
51 And set garisons in them, that they might vse their malice vpon Israel.
52 He fortified also the citie Beth-sura, and Gazara, and the castel, and set a garison in them with prouision of vitailes.
53 He toke also the chiefest mens sonnes in the countrey for hostages, and put them in the castel at Ierusalém to be kept.
54 ¶ Afterwarde in the hundreth,
〈◊〉
and thre yere, in the
〈◊〉
moneth, Alcimus commanded, that the walles of the inner court of the Sanctuarie shuld be destroied and he pulled downe the monumēts of the Prophetes, and began to destroy them.
55 But at the same time Alcimus was plagued, and his enterprises
〈◊〉
hindred, and his mouth was stopped for he was smitten with a palsie, and colde no more speake, nor giue order concerning his house.
56 Thus dyed Alcimus with a great torment at the same time.
57 And when Bacchides sawe, that Alcimus was dead, he turned againe to the King, & so the land of Iuda was in rest two yeres.
58 Then all the vngodlie men helde a counsel saying, Beholde, Ionathan and his companie dwell at ease, and without care: wherefore let vs bring Bacchides hither, and he wil take them all in one night.
59 So they went and consulted with him.
60 Who arose and came with a great hoste: and sent letters priuely to his adherentes which were in Iudea, to take Ionathan, & those that were with him: but they colde
not, for their counsel was knowen vnto thē.
61 AndOr, Ionathan. they toke fiftie men of the countrey, which were the chief workers of thys wickednes, and slewe them.
62 ¶ Thē Ionathan and Simon with their companie departed vntoOr, Bethbassen. Beth-basin whiche is in the wildernes, ād repaired the decay therof, and made it strong.
63 When Bacchides knewe this, he gathered all his hoste, and sent worde to thē that were of Iudea.
64 Thē came he and laid siege to Beth-basin, and foght against it a long season, and made instruments of warre.
65 But Ionathan had left his brother Simon in the citie, and went forthe into the countrey, and came with a certeine nomber.
66 And sleweOr,
〈◊〉
. Odomeras and his brethren ād the children of Phasiron in their tentes: so he began to slay, and increased in power.
67 Simon also and hys companie went out of the citie, and burnt vp the instrumentes of warre.
68 And foght against Bacchides, and discomfited hym, and vexed hym sore, so that hys counsel and iorney was in vaine.
69 Wherefore he was very wroth at the wicked mē, that gaue him counsel to come into the countrey, and slewe many of thē, and pur posed to returne into his owne countrey.
70 Whereof when Ionathan had knowledge, he sent ambassadours ours vnto him, to intreat of peace with him, and that the prisoners shuld be deliuered.
71 Whiche thing he accepted, and did accordyng to his desire, and made an othe, that he wolde neuer do hym harme all the dayes of his life.
72 So he restored vnto him the prisoners that he had taken afore time out of the land of Iu da, and so returned, and went into his owne lande, nether did he come any more into their borders.
73 Thus the sworde ceased from Israél, and Io nathan dwelt at Machmas, and began there to gouerne the people, and destroyed the vn godlie men out of Israél.
CHAP. X.
4 Demetrius desireth to haue peace with Ionathan 18 Alexander also desireth peace with the Iewes. 48 Alexander maketh warre against
〈◊〉
. 50 Demetrius is slaine 51 The friendship of Ptolemeus and Alexander.
1 IN the hundreth and thre score yere cameIosep.
〈◊〉
. 13. Chap. 2.
〈◊〉
. Alexander the sonne of Antiochus Epipha nes, and tōke Ptolemais, and they receiued him, and there he reigned.
2 Now when Demetrius the King heard it, he gathered an exceading great host, and went forthe against him to fight.
3 Also Demetrius sent letters vnto Ionathan, with louing wordes, as thogh he wolde preferre him.
4 For he said, We wil firste make peace with hym, before he ioyne wyth Alexander against vs.
5 Els he will remember all the euil that we haue done against him, and against his brethrē and his nacion.
6 And so he gaue Ionathan leaue to gather an host, and to prepare weapons, and to be con federate with him, and commanded the hostages that were in the castell, to be deliuered vnto him.
7 ¶ Then came Ionathan to Ierusalém, and red the letters in the audience of all the people,
〈◊〉
of them that were in the castel.
8 Therefore they were sore afraied, because they heard that the King had giuen hym licence to gather an armie.
9 So they that were of the castel, deliuered the hostages vnto Ionathan, who restored them to their parents.
10 Ionathan also dwelt at Ierusalem, and begā to buyld, and
〈◊〉
the citie.
11 And he commaunded the workemen to builde the walles, and the mount Sion rounde about with he wen stone, to sortifie it: and so they did.
12 Then the strangers that were in the castels which Bacchides had made fled.
13 So that euerie man left his place, and went into his owne countrey.
14 Onely at Beth-sura remained
〈◊〉
whi che had forsaken the Law and the commandements: for it was their refuge.
15 ¶ Now when King Alexander had heard of the promises that Demetrius had made vnto Ionathan: and when it was tolde him of the battels and nobles actes, whiche he and his brethren had done, and of the paines that they had indured.
16 He said, Might we finde suche a man nowe therefore we will make hymour friend and confederate.
17 Vpon this he wrote a letter, and sent it vnto him, with these wordes, saying.
18 Kyng Alexander to his brother Ionathan, sendeth
〈◊〉
.
19 We haue heard of thee, that thou art a very valiant man, and worthie to be our friend.
20 Wherefore this day we ordeine thee to be the hie Priest of thy nacion, and to be called the Kings friend: and he sent him a purple robe, and aOr,
〈◊〉
. crowne of golde, that thouOr, take on:
〈◊〉
. maist consider what is for our profite, and kepe friendship towarde vs.
21 So in the seuenth moneth of the hundreth and thre score yere, vpon the seast daye of the tabernacles, Ionathan put on the holie garment, and gathered an hoste, and prepared many weapons.
22 ¶ Which when Demetrius heard, he wasIoseph. Antiq.
〈◊〉
Chap 3. marueilous sory, and said.
23 What haue we done, that Alexander hathe
〈◊〉
vs in getting the friendship of the
〈◊〉
for his strength?
24 Yet wil I write and exhorte them, and promes them dignities and rewardes, that they may helpe me.
25 Wherupon he wrote vnto them these wordes,
Kyng
〈◊〉
vnto the nacions of the Iewes sendeth greting.
26 We haue heard that ye haue kept your couenant towarde vs, and continued in our friendship, and haue not ioyned with our enemies, whereof we are glad.
27 Now therefore remaine stil, and kepe fideli tie towarde vs, and we will recompense you for the good things that ye haue done for vs
28 And will release you of many charges, and giue you rewardes.
29 And now I discharge for your sake all the Iewes from tributes, and fre you from the cu stomes of salte, and the crowne taxes, and from the thirde parte of the sede.
30 And from the halfe of the frute of the trees whiche is mine owne duetie, I so release thē that from this day forth, none shal take any thing of the land of Iuda, or of the thre gouernements which are added there unto as of Samaria and of Galile,And of the coū trey beyonde Ior den, as Iosephus
〈◊〉
. from this day forthe for euermore.
31 Ierusalem also with all thyngs belongyng thereto, shalbe holie and fre from the tenthes and tributes.
32 Also I release the power of the castel which is at Ierusalém, ād giue it vnto the hie Priest, that he may set in it suche men, as he shal chu se to kepe it.
33 Moreuer I frely deliuer euerie one of the Iewes that were taken away prisoners out of the land of Iuda through out all my realme, and euerie one of them shalbe free from tributes, yea, euen their catel.
34 And all the feasts, and Sabbaths, and new moones, and the dayes appointed and the thredaies before the feast, and the thre daies after the feast, shalbe daies of fredome and li bertie for all the Iewes in my realme.
35 So that (in them) no man shal haue power to do any thing, or to vexe any of them in any maner of cause.
36 Also thirtie thousand of the Iewes shalbe writen vp in the Kings hoste, and haue their wages payeth them as apperteineth to all them that are of the Kings armie: and of thē shalbe ordeyne certeine to kepe the Kings strong holdes.
37 And some of them shalbe set ouer the Kings moste secret affaires, and their gouernours and their princes shalbe of them selues, and they shal liue after their owne lawes, as the King hathe commanded in the land of Iuda.
38 And the thre gouernements that are added vnto Iudea from the countrey of Samaria shalbe ioyned vnto Iudea, and they shalbe as vnder one, and obey none other power, but the hie Priest.
39 And I giue Ptolemais and the borders therof vnto the Sanctuarie at Ierusalém, for the necessarie expenses of the holie things.
40 Moreouer, I will giue euerie yere fiftene thousād sicles of siluer of the Kings reuenues out of the places apperteining vnto me.
41 And all the ouerplus whiche they haue not paied for thyngs due, as they did in the former yeres, from hence for the they shal giue it towarde the workes of the Temple.
42 And besides this, the fiue thousand sicles of siluer which they receiued yerely of the accounte appointed for the intertein emēt of the Sanctuarie, these yeres passed, euē these things shalbe released because they apperteine to the Priests that minister.
43 Item, whosoeuer they be that flee vnto the Temple at Ierusalém, or within the liberties therof, and are indetted to the King for any maner of thing, they shalbe pardoned, and all that they haue in my realme.
44 For the buylding also and repayring of the workes of the Sanctuarie, expenses shal be giuen of the Kings reuenues.
45 And for the makyng of the walles of Ierusalém, and fortifying it rounde about that the holdes in Iudea may be buylt vp, shall also the costes be giuen out of the Kings reuenues.
46 ¶ But whē Ionathan and the people heard these wordes, they gaue no credit vnto thē, nether receiued them: for they remembred the great wickednes that he had done in Israél, and how sore he had vexed them.
47 Wherefore they agreed vnto Alexander: for he was the first that had intreated of true peace with them, and so were confederat with him alway.
48 Then gathered King Alexander a great hoste, and camped ouer against Demetrius.
49 So the two Kings ioyned battel, but Deme trius hoste fled, and Alexander pursued him, and preuailed against them.
50 So that sore battel continued till the sunne went downe, and Demetrius was slayne the same day.
51 ¶Then Alexander sent ambassadours vntoIoseph. Antiq.
〈◊〉
Chap. 5. Ptolemeus the Kyng of Egypt with these wordes, saying.
52 For so muche as I am come agayne to my realme, ād am set in the throne of my fathers and haue gotten the dominion, and haue destroied Demetrius, and enioye my countrey.
53 Seing that I haue euen giuen him the battel, and he and his armie is discōfited by me, and I sit in the throne of his kingdome.
54 Let vs now make friendship together, and giue me now thy daughter to wife: so shal I be thy sonne in law, ād giue thee rewardes, ād vnto her things according to thy dignitie
55 Then Ptolemeus the King gaue answer, say ing, happie be the day, wherein thou art come againe vnto the lande of thy fathers, and sittest in the throne of their kingdome.
56 Now therefore wil I fulfil thy writings but mete me at Ptolemais that we mayse one an other, and that I may make thee my sonne in law, according to thy desire.
57 So Ptolemeus went out of Egypt with hys daughter Cleopatra, and came vnto Ptolemais in the hūdreth threscore and two yere.
58 Where King Alexāder met him, ād he gaue
vnto him his daughter Cleopatrus, and maried them at Ptolemais with great glorie, as the maner of Kingsis.
59 ¶Then wrote King Alexander vnto Ionathan, that he shulde come and mete him.
60 So he went honorably vnto Ptolemais, and there he met the two Kings, and gaue them great presents of siluer and golde, & to their friends, and founde fauour in their sight.
61 And there assembled certeine pestilent felowes of Israel, & wicked men to accuse him but the King wolde not heare them,
62 And the King commanded that they shulde take of the garments of Ionathan, & clothe him in purple: and so they did: and the King appointed him to sit by him,
63 And said vnto his princes, Go with him into the middes of the citie, and make a proclamacion, that no man complaine against him of anie matter, and that no man trouble him for anie maner of cause.
64 So when his accusers sawe his honour according as it was proclaimed, & that he was clothed in purple, they fled all away.
65 And the King preferred him to honour, and wrote him among his chief friends, & made him a duke, and partaker of his dominion.
66 Thus Ionathan returned to Ierusalem with peace and gladnes.
67 ¶In the hundreth, thre score & fiue yere ca me Demetrius the sonne of Demetrius from Creta into his fathers land.
68 Whereof when King Alexander heard, he was verie sorie, and returned vnto Antiochia.
69 The Demetrius appointed Apollonius the gouernour of Celosyria, who gathered a great hoste, and camped in Iamnia, and sent vnto Ionathan the hie Priest, saying,
70 Darest thou, being but alone, lift vp thy self against vs? and I am laughed at, & reproched, because of thee: now therefore why doest thou vant thy self against vs in the mountaines?
71 Now then if thou trust in thine owne strength, come downe to vs into the plaine field & there let vs trye the matter together: for I haue the strength of cities.
72 Aske and learne who I am, and they shal take my parte: and they shal tell thee that your fote is notable to stand before our face: for thy fathers haue benet wise chased in their owne land.
73 And now how wilt thou be able to abide so great an hoste of horsemen and fotemen in the plaine, where is nether stone, norrocke, nor place to flee vnto?
74 When Ionathan heard the wordes of Apol lonius, he was moued in his minde: wherefore he closeten thousand men, and went out of Ierusalem, and Simō his brother met him for to helpe him.
75 And he pitched his tents at Ioppe: but they shut him out of the citie: for Apollonius garison was in Ioppe.
76 Then they foght against it, and they that were in the citie, for verie feare let him in so Ionathan wan Ioppe.
77 Apollonius hearing of this, toke thre thousand horsemen with a great hoste (of fote) men and went to warde Azotus, as thogh he wolde go forwarde, & came immediatly into the plaine field, because he had so manie hor semen, and put his trust in them.
78 So Ionathan followed vpon him to Azotus, and the armie skirmished with his arriere bande.
79 For Apollonius had left a thousand horsemen behinde them in ambush.
80 And Ionathan knewe that there was an am bushment behinde him, and thogh they had compassed in his hoste, and shot dartes at the people from the morning to the euening,
81 Yet the people stode stil, as Ionathan had cō manded them, til their horses were wearie.
82 Then broght Simon forthe his hoste, and set thē against the bāde: but the horses were wearie, aud he
〈◊〉
them, and they fled: so the horsemen were scattered in the field,
83 And they fled to Azotus, and came into the temple of Dagon their Idole, that thei might there saue them
〈◊〉
.
84 But Ionathan set fyre vpon Azotus and all the cities rounde about it, & toke their spoiles, and burnt with fyre the temple of Dagon with all them that were fled into it.
85 Thus were slayne & burnt about eight thou sand men.
86 So Ionathan remoued the hoste from thence, and camped by Ascalon, where the men of the citie came forthe, and met him with great honour.
87 After this went Ionath an and his hoste agai ne to Ierusalem with great spoiles.
88 And whē King Alexāder heard these things he began to do Ionathan more honour,
89 And sent him a colar of golde, as the vse is to be giuen vnto suche as are of the Kings blood: he gaue him also Accaron, with the borders thereof in possession.
CHAP. XI.
3 The dissension betwene Ptolemeus and Alexander his sō ne in law. 17
〈◊〉
death of Alexander. 19 Demetrius reigneth alter the death of Ptolemeus. 22 Sion is
〈◊〉
ed of Ionathan, 42 Demetrius seing that no man resisted him, sendeth his armie againe. 54
〈◊〉
moueth Antiochus against Demetrius.Ioseph Antiq.
〈◊〉
. chap 7.
1 ANd the King of Egypt gathered a great hoste, like the
〈◊〉
that lyeth vpon the sea shote, and manie ships, and went about through deceit to obteine the kingdome of Alexander, and to ioyne it vnto his owne realme.
2 Vpon this he went into Syria with friendlie wordes, and was let into the cities, and men came forthe to mete him: for King Alexander had commanded them to mete him, be cause he was his father in Law.
3 Now when he entred into the citie of Ptolemais, he lefte bands and garisons in euerie citie.
4 And when he came nere to Azotus, they shewed him the temple of Dagon that was burnt, and Azotus, and the suburbes there of that were destroyed, and the bodies cast abroad, & them that he had burnt in the bat tel: for they had made heapes of them by the way where he shulde passe.
5 And thei tolde the King what Ionathan had done, to the intent they might get him euil wil: but the King helde his peace.
6 And Ionathan met the King with great honour at Ioppe, where they saluted one another, and laye there.
7 So when Ionathan had gone with the King vnto the water that was called Eleutherus, he turned againe to Ierusalem.
8 So King Ptolemeus gate the dominion of the cities by the sea vnto Seleucia vpon the sea coast, imagining wicked counsels against Alexander,
9 ¶ And sent ambassadours vnto King Demetrius, saying, Come, let vs make a league betwene vs, and I wil giue thee my daughter, which Alexander hathe, and thou shalt reigne in thy fathers kingdome.
10 For I repēt that I gaue Alexander my daugh ter: for he goeth about to slaye me.
11 Thus he sclandered Alexander, as one that shulde desire his realme.
12 And he toke his daughter from him, & gaue her vnto Demetrius, and forsoke Alexander, so that their hatred was openly knowen.
13 Then Ptolemeus came to Autiochia, where he set two crownes vpon his owne head, of Asia and of Egypt.
14 In the meane season was King Alexander in Cilicia for they that dwelt in those places had rebelled against him:
15 But when Alexāder heard it, he came to war re against him, and Ptolemeus broght for the his hoste, and met him with a mightie power and put him to flight.
16 Then fled Alexander into Arabia, there to be defended: so Ptolemeus was exalted.
17 And Zabdiel the Arabian smote of Alexanders head, & sent it vnto Ptolemeus.
18 But the third dáy after King Ptolemeus dyed and thei that were in the holdes, were slayne one of another.
19 And Demetrius reigned in the hūdreth, thre score and seuenth yere.
20 ¶ At the same time gathered Ionathan them that were in Iudea, to laye siege vnto the castle, which was at Ierusalem, and they made manie instruments of warre against it.
21 Thē went there certeine vn godlie persones [which hated their owne people] vnto King (Demetrius,) and tolde him that Ionathan besieged the castle.
22 So when he heard it, he was angrie, and immediatly came vnto Ptolemais, and wrote vn to Ionathan, that he shulde laye nomore siege vnto it, but that he shulde mete him & speake with him at Ptolemais in all haste.
23 Neuertheles when Ionathan heard this, he commanded to besiege it: he chose also certeine of the Elders of Israel, and the Priest, & put him self in danger,
24 And toke with him siluer and golde, and ap parel, and diuerse presents, and went to Ptole mais vnto the King, and founde fauour in his sight.
25 And thogh certeine vngodlie men of his owne nacion had made complaintes vpon him,
26 Yet the King intreated him as his predecessers had done, and promoted him in the sight of all his friends,
27 And confirmed him in the hie priesthode with all the honorable things, that he had afore, and made him his chief friend.
28 Ionathā also desired the King, that he wold make Iudea fre with the thre gouernements and the countrey of Samaria, and (Ionathan) promised him thre hundreth talents.
29 Where unto the King consented & gaue Ionathan writing of the same, conteining these wordes,
30 KING DEMETRIVS vnto his brother Ionathan, and to the naciō of the Iewes sendeth greting.
31 We sēd you here a copie of the letter, which we did write vnto our cousin Lasthenes concerning you, that ye shulde se it.
32 King Demetrius vnto Lasthenes his father sendeth greting.
33 For the faithfulnes that our friends the nacion of the Iewes kepe vnto vs, and for their good wil towardes vs we are ditermined to do them good.
34 Wherefore we assigne to thē the coasts of Iudea with the thre gouernements Apherema, and Lydda, and Ramathe [which are added vnto Iudea from the countrey of Samaria] and all that apperteineth to all them that sacrifice in Ierusalem: bothe concerning the paiments which the King toke yerely afore time, bothe for the frutes of the earth, & for the frutes of the trees.
35 As for the other things apperteining vnto vs of the tenths & tributes, which were due vnto vs, and the customes of salte, & crowne taxes, which were payed vnto vs, we discharge them of all from hence for the.
36 And nothing hereof shalbe reuoked from this time for the and foreuer.
37 Therefore se that ye make a copie of these things, and deliuer it vnto Ionathan, that it may be set vp vpon the holy mount in an opē place.
38 After this when Demetrius the King sawe that his land was in rest, and that no resistan ce was made against him, he sent away all his hoste, euerie man to his owne place, except certeine bandes of strangers, whome he broght from the yles of the heathen: where fore all his fathers hoste hated him.
39 Nowe was there one Tryphon, that had bene of Alexanders parte afore, which whē he sawe that all the hoste murmured against Demetrius, he went toOr, Emaleuel. Simalcue the Arabian, that broght vp Antiochus the sonne of Alexander.
40 And lay sore vpon him, to deliuer him this yong Antiochus, that he might reigne in his fathers stead: he tolde hym also what great euill Demetrius had done, and how his men of warre hated hym, and he remained there along season.
41 Also Ionathan sent vnto King Demetrius to driue them out whiche were in the castel at Ierusalém, and those that were in the forteresses: for they foght against Israél.
42 So Demetrius sent vnto Ionathan, saying, I will not onely do these thyngs for thee and thy nacion, but if opportunie serue, I wil ho nour thee and thy nacion.
43 Now therefore thou shalt do me a pleasure, if thou wilt send me men to helpe me: for all mine armie is gone from me.
44 So Ionathan sent him thre thousand strong men vnto Antiochia, and they came vnto the King: wherefore the King was verie glad at their comming.
45 ¶ But they that were of the citie, euen an
〈◊〉
dreth, and twentie thousand men, gathered them together in the middes of the citie, ād wolde haue slaine the King.
46 But the King sled into the palace, and the ci tizens kept the stretes of the citie, and beganne to fight.
47 Then the King called to the Iewes for helpe, which came to him altogether, and went abroade through the citie.
48 And slewe the same day an hundreth thousand, and set fyre vpon the citie, ād toke ma ny spoiles in that day, & deliuered the King.
49 So when the citizens sawe that the Iewes had gotten the vpper hand of the citie, and that they them selues were disappointed of their purpose, they made their supplication vnto the King, saying.
50 Or, giue vs the
〈◊〉
hand. Grant vs
〈◊〉
, and let the Iewes cease frō vexing vs and the citie.
51 So they cast away their weapons, and made peace, and the Iewes were greatly honored before the King, and before all that were in his realme, and they came againe to Ierusalém with great pray.
52 Then King Demetrius sate in the throne of his kingdome, and had peace in his land.
53 Neuertheles he dissembled in all that euer he spake, and withdrewe hym self from Ionathan, nether did he rewarde hym accordyng to the benefites whiche he had done for him, but troubled him verie sore.
54 ¶ After returned Tryphon with the yong childe Antiochus, whiche regned, and was crowned.
55 Then there gathered vnto hym all the men of warre, whome Demetrius had scattered, and they foght against him, who fled and tur ned his backe.
56 So Tryphon toke theOr,
〈◊〉
beasts, and wan Antiochia.
57 And yong Antiochus wrote vnto Ionathan, saying, I appoint thee to the chief Priest, aud make thee ruler ouer the foure gouernements, that thou maist be a friend of the Kings.
58 Vpon this he sent him golden vessels to be serued in, and gaue hym leaue to drynke in golde, and to weare purple, and to haue a colar of golde.
59 He made hys brother Simon also captaine from the coastes of Tyrus vnto the borders of Egypt.
60 Then
〈◊〉
went forthe and passed through the cities beyonde the flood, and all the mē of warre of Syria gathered vnto him for to helpe hym: so he came vnto Ascalon, ād they of the citie receiued him honorably
61 And from thence went he vnto Gaza: but they of Gaza shut hym out: wherefore be laid siege vnto it: and burned the suburbes there of with fyre, and spoiled them.
62 Then they of Gaza made supplication vnto lonathan, and he made peace with them, and toke of the sonnes of the chief men for hostages, and sent them to
〈◊〉
, and went through the countrey vnto Damascus.
63 And when
〈◊〉
heard that
〈◊〉
princes were come into Cades, whiche is in Galile, with a great host, purposing to driue him out of the countrey.
64 He came against them, and left Simon hys brother in the countrey.
65 And Simon besieged Beth-sura, and foght against it along season, and shut it vp.
66 So they desired to haue peace with him, whi che he granted them, and afterwarde put them out from thence, and toke the citie, ād set a garison in it.
67 Then Ionathan with his hoste came to the water of Genesar, and betimes in the morning came to the plaine of Azor.
68 And beholde the hostes of theOr,
〈◊〉
. strangers met him in the plaine, and had layed ambush ments for him in the mountaines.
69 So that when they came against them, the ambushment rose out of their places and skirmished.
70 So that al that were of Ionathans side, fled: and there was not one of them left, except Mattathias the sonne ofOr,
〈◊〉
. Absalomus, and Iudas the sonne of Calphi the captaines of the hoste.
71 Then Ionathan rent hys clothes, and caste earth vpon his head, and prayed.
72 And turned againe to them to
〈◊〉
, and put them to flight, so that they flcd away.
73 Nowe when hys owne men that were fled, sawe this, they turned againe vnto him, and helped him to followe after all vnto their ten tes at Cades, and there they camped.
74 So there were slaine of the strangers the sa me day about thre thousand men, and Ionathan
turned againe to Ierusalém.
CHAP. XII.
1 Ionathan sendeth ambassadours to Rome. 2 And to the people of Sparta, to
〈◊〉
their couenant of friendship 20 Ionathan putteth to flight the princes of Demetrius. 40 Tryphon taketh Ionathan by disceite.Ioseph. Antiq. 13.
1 IOnathā now seing that the time was metechap. 8. for him, chose certeine men, and sent them vnto Rome, to establishe and renew the friendship with them.
2 He sent letters also vntoOr, Lacedemonians. the Spartians and to other places, for the same purpose.
3 So they went vnto Rome, and entred into the Senate, and said, Ionathan the hie Priest ād the nation of the Iewes sent vs vnto you, for to renewe friendship with you, and the bonde of loue, as in times past.
4 So the (Romaines) gaue them fre pasports, that men shulde lead them home, into the land of Iuda peaceably.
5 ¶ AND THIS is the copie of the letters that Ionathan wrote vnto the Spartians.
6 Ionathan the hie Priest with the Elders of the nacion, ād the Priests, and the rest of the people of the Iewes, send gretyng vnto the Spartians their brethren.
7 Heretofore were letters sent vnto Onias theIoseph. Antiq. 12. hie Priest, fromOr, Darius. Arius, which then reignedchap 5. among you, that ye wolde be our brethren, as the copie here vnder writen specifieth.
8
〈◊〉
Onias intreated the ambassadour hono rably, ād receiued the letters: wherein there was mencion made of the bonde of loue ād friendship.
9 But as for vs, we nede no suche writings: for we haue the holy bokes in our handes for comfort.
10 Neuertheles we thoghtit good to send vnto you, for the renewing of the brotherhod and friendship, lest we shulde be strange vnto you: for it is long since the time that ye sent vnto vs.
11 Wherefore we remember you at all seasons continually, and in the feastes and other dayes appointed when we offre sacrifices and prayers, as it is mete and conuenient to thinke vpon our brethren.
12 And we reioyce at your prosperous estate.
13 And thogh we haue bene enuironned with great troubles and warres, so that the kings rounde about vs haue foght against vs.
14 Yet wold we not be grieuous vnto you, nor to other of our confederates and friends in these warres.
15 For we haue had helpe from heauen, that hath soccoured vs, ād we are deliuered from our enemies, and our enemies are subdued.
16 Yet haue we chosen Numenius (the sonne) of Antiochus, and Antipater (the sonne) of Iason, and sent them vnto the Romaines, for to renewe the former friendship with them, and league.
17 We commanded them also to go vnto you, and to salute you, and to deliuer you our letters, concernyng the renewing of our brotherhode.
18 And now ye shal do vs a pleasure to giue vs an answer of these things.
19 ¶ And this was the copie of the letters whiche Arius the King of Sparta sēt vnto Onias.
20 THE KING of the Spartians vnto Onias the hie Priest sendeth greting.
21 It is founde in writing, that the Spartians and Iewes are brethren, and come out of the generacion of Abraham.
22 And nowe for somuche as this is come to our knowledge, ye shal do well, to write vnto vs of your prosperitie.
23 As for vs, we haue writen vnto you, that your cattel and goods are ours, and ours are yours: these things haue we commanded to be shewed vnto you.
24 ¶ Now when Ionathan heard, that Demetrius princes were come to fight against him with a greater hoste then afore.
25 He went from Ierusalém, and met them in the land of Hamath: for he gaue them not space to come into his owne countrey.
26 And he sent spies vnto their tentes, which came againe, and tolde him, that they were appointed to come vpon him in the night.
27 Wherfore, when the sunne was gone down Ionathan cōmanded his men to watche, and to be in armes ready to fight all the night, ād sent watchmen rounde about the hoste.
28 But when the aduersaries heard that Ionathan was ready with hys men to the battel, they feared, and trembled in their heartes, and kyndled fyres in their tentes, and fled away.
29 Neuertheles Ionathan and hys companie knewe it not till the morning: or they sawe the fyres burning.
30 Then Ionathan followed vpon them, but he cold not ouertake them: for they were gone ouer the flood Eleutherus.
31 So Ionathan turned to the Arabians, whiche were called Zabedei, and slewe them, and toke their spoile.
32 He proceded further also, and came vnto Damascus, ād were through al the coūtrey.
33 But Simon his brother went for the, ād came to Ascalon and to the nexte holdes, departing vnto Ioppe, and wanne it.
34 For he heard that they wolde deliuer the holde to them that toke Demetrius parte: wherefore he set a garison there to kepe it.
35 ¶ After this came Ionathan home, and called the Elders of the people together, and deuised with them for to buyld vp the strōg holdes in
〈◊〉
.
36 And to make the walles of Ierusalém hier, and to make a great mount betwixt the castel and the citie, for to separate it from the citie, that it might be alone, and that men shulde nether bye, nor sel in it.
37 So they came together to buylde vp the citie: for parte of the wall vpō the breke of the East side was fallen downe, and they repaired it, and called it Caphenatha.
38 Simon also set vp Adida in Sephela, & made it strong with gates and barres.
39 ¶ In the meane time Tryphon purposed toIoseph Antiq. 13. reigne in Asia, and to be crowned when heChap. 9. had slaine the King Antiochus.
40 But he was afraied that Ionathan wolde not suffer him, but fight against him: wherefore he went about to take Ionathan, and to kil him: so he departed, and came vnto Bethsan.
41 Then went Ionathan for the against him to the battel with fortie thousand chosen men and came vnto Bethsan.
42 But when Tryphon sawe that Ionathan came with so great an hoste, he durst not lay hand vpon him,
43 But receiued him honorably, and commen ded him vnto all his friends, and gaue him rewardes, and commanded his men of warre to be as obedient vnto him as to him self,
44 And said vnto Ionathā, Why hast thou caused this people, to take suche trauail, seing there is no warre betwene vs?
45 Therefore send them now home againe, &
〈◊〉
certeine men to wait vpon thee, and come thou with me to Ptolemais: for I wil giue it thee, with the other strong holdes, and the other garisons, and all them that haue the charge of the commune affaires: so wil I returne, and departe: for this is the cause of my comming.
46 Ionathan beleued him, and did as he said, & sent away his hoste, which went into the
〈◊〉
of Iuda.
47 And reteined but thre thousand with him, where of he sent two thousand into Galile, and one thousand went with him self.
48 Now assone as Ionathan entred into
〈◊〉
, they of
〈◊〉
is shut the gates, and toke him, and slewe all them with the sworde that came in with him.
49 Then sent Tryphon an hoste of fotemen, & horsemē into Galile, & into the great plaine, to destroye all Ionathans companie.
50 But when they knewe that Ionathan was taken, and flaine, & those that were with him they incouraged one another, and came forthe against them readie to the battel.
51 But when thei which followed vpon them, sa we that it was a matter of life, they turned backe againe.
52 By this meanes all they came into the land of Iuda peaceably, and bewailed Ionathan and them that were with him, and feared greatly, and all Israel made great lamentacion.
53 For all the heathē that were rounde about them soght to destroye them.
54 For they said, No we haue they no captaine, nor anie man to helpe them therefore let vs now fight against them, & roote out their memorie from amōg men.
CHAP. XIII.
1 After Ionathan was taken, Simon is chosen captaine. 17. Tryphon, taking his children, and money for the redemption of Ionathan, killeth him and his children. 31 Tryphon killeth Antiochus, and
〈◊〉
the rea me. 36 De metrius taketh
〈◊〉
with
〈◊〉
. 43 Simon winneth Gaz 50 He possesseth the tower of Sion. 53 He maketh his sō
ne Iohn captaine.
1 NOw when Simon heard that Tryphō gatheredIoseph Anti. 13. a great hoste to come into the
〈◊〉
chap. 9. of Iuda, and to destroye it,
2 And sawe that the people was in great trembling and feare, he came vp to Ierusalem, and gathered the people together.
3 And gaue them exhortaciō, saying, Ye know what great things I, and my brethren, and my fathers house haue done for the Law, & the Sanctuarie, and the battels, & troubles that we haue sene.
4 By reason whereof all my brethren are slaine for Israels sake, and I am left alone.
5 Now therefore God forbide, that I shulde spare mine owne life in anie time of trouble for I am not better then my brethren.
6 But I wil aduenge my nacion, and the Sanctuarie, and our wiues, and our children: for all the heathen are gathered together to destroy vs of very malice.
7 In hearing these wordes the hearts of the people were kindled,
8 So that they cryed with a loude voyce, saying, Thou shalt be our captaine instead of lu das and Ionathan thy brethren.
9 Fight thou our battels, and whatsoeuer thou commandest vs, we wil do it.
10 ¶ So he gathered all the men of warre, making haste to finish the walles of Ierusalem, and fortified it rounde about.
11 Then sent he Ionathan the sonne of Absalonius with a great hoste vnto Ioppe, which droue them out that were therein, & remained there him self.
12 Tryphō also remoued, from Ptolemais with a great armie, to come into the lād of Iuda, & Ionathan was with him as
〈◊〉
.
13 And Simon pitched his tentes atOr, Addus. Addidis vpon the open plaine.
14 But when Tryphon knewe that Simō stode vp in stead of his brother Ionathan, and that he wolde fight against him, he sent messēgers vnto him, saying,
15 Where as we haue kept Ionathan thy brother, it is for money that he is owing in the Kings account concerning the busines that he had in hand.
16 Wherefore send now an hūdreth talents of siluer, and his two sonnes for hostages, that when he is letten forthe, he wil not turne
〈◊〉
vs, and we wil send him againe.
17 Neuertheles Simon knewe that he dissembled in his wordes, yet commanded he the money & children to be deliuered vnto him lest he shulde be in greater hatred of the peo ple of Israel.
18 Who might haue said, Because he sent him not the money and the children, therefore is Ionathan dead.
19 So he sent the children and an hundreth
〈◊〉
lents: but he dissembled, and wolde not let Ionathan go.
20 ¶ Afterwarde came Tryphon into the land to destroye it, and wentrounde about by the way, that leadeth vnto Adora: but where soeuer they went, thether went Simon and his hoste.
21 Now they that were in the castel, sent messengers vnto Tryphon, that he shulde make haste to come by the wildernes, and to send them vitailes.
22 So Tryphon made readie all his horsemen: but the same night fell a very great snowe, so that he came not, because of the snowe: but he remoued and went into the countrey of Galaad.
23 And when he came nere to Bascama, he slew Ionathan and he was buryed there.
24 So Tryphon returned, & wēt into his owne land.
25 ¶ Then sent Simon to take the bones of Ionathan his brother, and they buryed him in Modin his fathers cities.
26 And all Israel be wailed him with great lamē tacion, and mourned for him verie long.
27 And Simon made vpon the sepulchre of his father and his brethren, a buylding high to loke vnto, of he wenstone behinde and be fore,
28 And set vp seuen pillers vpon it, one against another, for his father, his mother, and foure brethren,
29 And set great pillers round about them, and set armes vpon the pillers for a perpetuall me morie, and carued shippes beside the armes, that they might be sene of men sailing in the sea.
30 This sepulchre which he made at Modin, standeth yet vnto this day.Ioseph
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 10.
31 ¶Now as Tryphon went forthe with the yong King Antiochus, he slewe him traiterously,
32 And reigned in his stead, and crowned him self King of Asia, and broght a great plague vpon the land.
33 Simon also buylte vp the castels of Iudea, & compassed them about with high towers, & great walles, euen with towers, and gates and barres, and laid vp vitailes in the strong holdes.
34 Moreouer Simon chose certeine men and sent them to King Demetrius, that he wolde discharge the land: for all Tryphons doings were robberies.
35 Whereupon Demetrius the King answered him, and wrote vnto him after this maner,
36 DEMETRIVS the King vnto Simon the high Priest, and the friend of Kings, and to the Elders and to the nation of the
〈◊〉
sendeth greting.
37 The goldē crowne, andOr, Colar, or, bā
〈◊〉
: in Greke Baineu, or
〈◊〉
precious stone that ye sent vnto vs, haue we receiued, and are readie to make a stedfast peace with you, & to write vnto the officers, to release you of the things wherein we made you fre.
38 So the things that we haue granted you, shalbe stable: the strong holdes which ye ha ue buylded, shalbe your owne.
39 Also we forgiue the ouersights, and fautes committed vnto this day, and the crowne taxe that ye ought vs: and where as was anie other tribute in Ierusalem, it shalbe now no tribute.
40 And they that are mete amōg you to be wri ten with our men, let them be writen vp, that there may be peace betwene vs.
41 Thus the yoke of the heathē was takē frō Israel in the hundreth, and seuentie yere,
42 And the people of Israel began to write in their letters, and publike instruments, IN THE FIRST yere of Simon, the high & chief Priest, gouernour, and prince of the Iewes.
43 In those dayes Simon camped against Gaza and besieged it rounde about, where he set vp an engine of warre, and approched nere the citie, and betatowre, and toke it.
44 So
〈◊〉
that were in the engine, leapt into the citie, and there was great trouble in the citie,
45 In so muche that the people of the citie rent their clothes, and climed vp vpon the walles with their wiues, and childrē, & cryed with a loude voyce, beseching Simon to grāt them peace, saying,
46 Deale not with vs according to our wicked nes, but according to thy mercie.
47 Then Simon pitied them, and wolde fight no more against them, but put them out of the citie, and clensed the houses wherein the idoles were, and so entred thereunto with psalmes and thankesgiuing.
48 So when he had cast all the filthines out, he set suche men in it as kept the Law, and fortified it, and buylded there a dwelling place for himself.
49 Now, when they in the castel at Ierusalém were kept, that they colde not come forthe nor go into the countrey, nether bye nor sel, they were very hungrie, and manie of them were famished to death,
50 In so muche that they besoght Simon to make peace with them: which he granted them, and put them out frō thence, and clensed the castel from filthines.
51 And vpon the thre, and twentie day of the seconde moneth in the hundreth, seuentie & one yere, they entred into it with thanke esgiuing, and brāches of palme trees, and with violes, and with psalmes, and songs, because the great enemie of Israel was ouercome.
52 And he ordeined that the same day shulde be kept euerie yere with gladnes.
53 And he fortified the mount of the Temple that was beside the castel where he dwelt him self with his companie.
54 Simon also seing that Iohn his sonne was now a man, he made him captaine of all the hostes, and caused him to dwell in Gazaris.
CHAP. XIIII.
1 Demetrius is ouercome of Arsaces. 11 Simon being captaine there is great quietnes in Israel. 18 The couenant of friendship with the Romains, and with the people of Sparta is renewed.
1 IN the hundreth, seuentie and two yere ga thered King Demetrius his hoste, and departed vnto Media, to get him helpe for to fight against Tryphon.
2 But when Arsaces the King of Persia & Media heard, that Demetrius was entred with in his borders, he sent one of his princes to take him aliue,
3 So he went, and ouercame the armie of Demetrius, and toke him, and broght him to Ar saces, which kept him in warde.
4 Thus all the lād (of Iuda) was in rest, so long as Simon liued: for he soght the welth of his nacion: therefore were they glad to haue him for their ruler, and to do him worship alway.
Simon also wanne the citie of Ioppe to his great honour to be an hauen towne, & made it an entrance vnto the yles of the sea.
6 He enlarged also the borders of his people, and conquered the countreis.
7 He gathered vp manie of their people that were prisoners, and he had the dominion of Gazaris, and Beth-sura, and the castel, which he clensed from filthines, and there was no man that resisted him,
8 So that euerie man tilled his grounde in pea ce, and the land gaue her frutes, & the trees gaue their frute.
9 The Elders
〈◊〉
in the open places, and con sulted altogether for the commune welth, & the yong men were honorably clothed and armed.
10 He prouided vitailes for the cities, and all kinde of munition, so that his glorious fame was renoumed vnto the end of the worlde.
11 He made peace thorow out the land, and Is rael had perfite mirth and ioye.
12 For euerie man sate vnder his vine, and the
〈◊〉
trees, and there was no man to fray them.
13 There was none in the land to fight against them: for then the Kings were ouercome.
14 He helped all those that were in aduersitie among his people: he was diligent to se the Law kept, and he toke away the vngodlie, and wicked.
15 He beautified the Sanctuarie, and encreased the vessels of the Temple.
16 When the Romains heard, and the Spartians had knowledge, that Ionathā was dead they were very sorie.
17 But when they heard, that Simon his brother was made high Priest in his steade, and how he had wonne the land againe with the cities in it,
18 They wrote vnto him in tables of brasse, to renewe the friendship, and bonde of loue, which they had made with Iudas and Ionathan his brethren.
19 Which writings were red before the congregacion at Ierusalém, and this is the
〈◊〉
of the letters that the Spartians sent.
20 THE SENATORS and citie of Spar ta vnto Simon the great Priest, and to the Elders, and to the Priest, and to the residue of the people of the Iewes their brethren send greting.
21 When your ambassadours that were sent vnto our people, certified vs of your glorie & honour, we were glad of their comming.
22 And haue registred their ambassage in the publike recordes in this maner, Numenius (the sonne) of Antiochus, and Antipater (the sonne) of Iason the Iewes
〈◊〉
came vnto vs, to renewe amitie with vs.
23 And it pleased the people, that the men shulde be honorably intreated, and that the copie of their ambassage shulde be registred in the publike recordes, that it might befor a memorial vnto the people of Sparta: and a copie of the same was sent to Simō the chief Priest.
24 After this Simon sent Numenius to Rome, with a great shield of golde of a thousand pounde weight, to confirme the friendship with them.
25 Which when the people vnderstode, thei said, What thankes shal we recōpense againe vnto Simon and his children?
26 For he and his brethren, and the house of his father haue stablished Israel, & ouercome their enemies, and haue confirmed the liber tie thereof: therefore they wrote this in tables of brasse, and set it vpon pillers in mount Sion:
27 The copie of the writing is this, In the
〈◊〉
eight and twentie day of the moneth * Elul in the hūdreth, seuentie and two yere, in the thirde yere of Simon the high Priest.
28 InOr,
〈◊〉
. Saramel in the great congregacion of the Priests, and of the people, and of the gouernours of the nacion, and of the Elders of the countrei, we wolde fignifie vnto you, that manie battels haue bene foghten in our countrey.
29 Wherein Simon the sonne of Mattathias come of the children of
〈◊〉
] and his brethren put them selues in danger, and
〈◊〉
the enemies of their nacion, that their Sanctuarie, and Law might be mainteined, & did their nacion great honour.
30 For Ionathan gathered his nacion together and became their high Priest, and is laid with his people.
31 After that wolde their enemies haue inuaded their countrey, and
〈◊〉
their land, and lay their hands on their Sanctuarie.
32 Then Simō resisted them, and foght for his naciō, and spent muche of his owne substance, and armed the valiant men of his nacion, and gaue them wages.
33 He fortified also the cities of Iudea, and Beth sura that lyeth vpon the borders of Iudea [where the ordinance of their enemies lay some time] & set there a garison óf the Iewes
34 And he fortified Ioppe, which lyeth vpon the sea, and Gazara that bordreth vpon Azo tus [where the enemies dwelt afore] and there he placed Iewes, & furnished thē with things necessarie for the reparation thereof.
35 Now when the people sawe the faithfulnes of Simon, and to what glorie he thoght to bring his nacion vnto, they made him their gouernour, and the chief Priest, because he had done all these things, and for the vprightnes, and fidelitie that he had kept to his nacion, and that soght by all meanes to exalte his people.
36 For in his time they prospered wel by him, so that the heathen were taken out of their countrey, and they also which were in the ci tie of Dauid at Ierusalem, where they had made them a castel, out of the which they wēt, & defiled all things that were about the Sanctuarie, and did great hurt vnto religion.
37 And he set Iewes in it, and fortified it, for the assurance of the land, and citie, and raised vp the walles of Ierusalém.
38 And King Demetrius confirmed him in his high priesthode for these causes,
39 And made him one of his friends, and gaue him great honour.
40 For it was reported that the Romains called the Iewes their friends, and confederates, and that they honorably receiued Simōs ambassadours,
41 And that the Iewes, and Priests consented, that Simon shulde be their prince, and high Priest perpetually, til God raised vp the true Prophet,
42 And that he shulde be their captaine, and haue the charge of the Sanctuarie, and so set mē ouer the workes, and ouer the countrey and ouer the weapons, and ouer the forteres ses, and that shulde make prouision for the
〈◊〉
things,
43 And that shulde be obeyed of euery man, and that all the writings in the countrey shulde be made in his name, & that he shulde be clothed in purple, and we are golde,
44 And that it shulde not be lawful for anie of the people or Priests to breake anie of these things, or to withstand his wordes, or to call anie congregacion in the countrey without him, or be clothed in purple, or weare a
〈◊〉
of gold:
45 And if anie did contrarie to these things or brake anie of them, he shulde be punished.
46 So it pleased all the people to agre that it shulde be done to Simon according vnto these wordes.
47 Simon also accepted it, and was content to be the high Priest, and the captaine, and the prince of the Iewes, and of the Priests, and to be the chief of all.
48 And they commāded to set vp this writing in tables of brasse, and to fasten it to the wall that compassed the Sanctuarie in an open place.
49 And that a copie of the same shulde be laied vp in the treasurie, that Simon and his son nes might haue it.
CHAP. XV.
1 Antiochus maketh a couenant of friendship with Simon 11
〈◊〉
is pursued. 15 The Romains write lettres vnto Kings and nacions in the defence of the Iewes. 27
〈◊〉
refusing the helpe that Simon sent him, breaketh his couenant.
1 MOreouer King Antiochus the sonne of Demetrius sent lettres from the yles of the sea vnto Simon the Priest, and prince of the Iewes, and to all the nacion,
2 Conteining these wordes, ANTIOCHVS the King vnto Simon the great Priest, and to the nacion of the Iewes sendeth greting.
3 For so muche as
〈◊〉
pestilent men haue vsurped the kingdome of our fathers, I am purposed to chalenge the realme againe, and to restore it to the olde estate: wherefore I haue gathered a great hoste, and prepared shippes of warre,
4 That I may go thorowe the countrey, and be
〈◊〉
of them, which haue destroied our countrey, and wasted manie cities in the realme.
5 Now therefore I do confirme vnto thee all the liberties, whereof all the Kings my progenitours haue discharged thee, and all the paiments, where of they haue released thee.
6 And I giue thee leaue to coyne money of thine owne stampe within thy countrey,
7 And that Ierusalém, and the Sanctuarie be fre, and that all the weapons, that thou hast prepared, and the forteresses, which thou hast buylded, and kepest in thine hands, shal be thine.
8 And all that is due vnto the King, and all that shal be due vnto the King, I forgiue it thee, from this time for the for euermore.
9 And when we haue obteined our kingdome, we wil giue thee, and thy nacion and the Temple great honour, so that your honor shalbe knowen thorowe out the worlde.
10 ¶ In the hundreth, seuentie and foure yere, went Antiochus into his fathers land, and allIoseph
〈◊〉
, 13 the bandes came together vnto him, so thatChap. 11. fewe were left with Tryphon.
11 So the King Antiochus pursued him, but he fled and came to Dora, which lyeth by the seaside.
12 For he sawe that troubles were towarde him, and that the armie had forsaken him.
13 Then camped Antiochus against Dora with and hundreth and twentie thousand fighting men, and eight thousand horsemen.
14 So he compassed the citie about, and the shippes came by the sea. Thus they pressed the citie by land, and by sea, in so muche that thei suffered no man to go in nor out.
15 In the meane season came Numenius, & his companie from Rome, hauing lettres writē vnto the Kings and countreis, wherein were conteined these wordes,
16 LVCIVS THE Consul of Rome vnto King Ptolemeus sendeth greting.
17 The ambassadours of the Iewes are come vnto vs as our friends and confederates frō Simon the hie Priest, and from the people of the Iewes to renue friendship, and the bonde of loue,
18 Who haue broght a shield of golde weying a thousand pounde.
19 Wherefore we thoght it good to write vnto the Kings and countreis, that they shulde not go about to hurt them, nor to fight against them, nor their cities, nor their countreie, nether to mainteine their enemies against them.
20 And we were content to receiue of thē the shield.
21 If therefore there be anie pestilent felowes fled from their countrey vnto you, deliuer them vnto Simon the hie Priest, that he maye punish them according to their owne Law.
22 The same things were writen to Demetrius the King, and to Attalus, and to Arathes and to Arsaces,
23 And to all countreis, asOr, Sampsace. Sampsames, and to them of Sparta, and to Delus, and to Mindus and to Sicion, and to Caria, and to Samos, & to Pamphylia, and to Lycia, and to Ha licarnassus, and to Rhodus, and to Phaselis, and to Cos, and to Siden, and to Cortyna, and to Gnidon, and to Cyprus, and to Cyrene.
24 And they sent a copie of them to Simon the hie Priest.
25 ¶ So Antio chus the King cāped against Dora the seconde time euer redie to take it, and made diuers engins of warre, and kepe Tryphon in, that he colde nether go in nor out.
26 Thē Simon sent him two thousand chosen men to helpe him with siluer aud golde, and muche furniture.
27 Neuertheles, he wolde not receiue thē, but brake all the couenant, which he had made with him afore, and withdrewe him self frō him,
28 And sent vnto him Athenobius one of his friends to cōmune with him, saying, Ye with holde Ioppe, and Gazara with the castle that is at Ierusalem, the citie of my realme,
29 Whose borders ye haue destroyed & done great hurt in the land, and haue the gouerne ment of anie places of my kingdome.
30 Wherefore now deliuer the cities, which ye haue taken, with the tributes of the places, that ye haue rule ouer without the borders of
〈◊〉
,
31 Orels giue me for them fiue hundreth talēts of siluer, and for the harme that ye haue done and for the tributes of the places other fiue hundreth talents: if not, we wil come, & fight against you.
32 So Athenobius the Kings friend came to Ierusalem, and when he sawe the honour of Simon, and the cubbert of golde and siluer pla te, and so great preparacion, he was astonished, and tolde him the Kings message.
33 Then answered Simon, and said vnto him, We haue nether taken other mens lands, nor with holden that which apperteineth to others: but our fathers heritage, which our enemies had vnrighteously in possession a certeine time.
34 But when we had occasion, we recouered the in heritance of our fathers.
35 And whereas thouOr, complainest concerning. requirest Ioppe and Gazara, they did great harme to our people, and through our countrey, yet wil we giue an hundreth talens for thē. But Athenobius answered him not one worde.
36 But turned againe angrie vnto the King, & tolde him all these wordes, and the dignitie of Simon, with all that he had sene: and the King was verie angrie.
37 ¶ in the meane time
〈◊〉
Tryphon by shippe vnto Orthosias.
38 Then the King made Cendebeus captaine of the sea coast, and gaue him bandes of fote men and horsemen,
39 And commanded him to remoue the hoste towarde Iudea, and to buylde vp Cedron, & to fortifie the gates, and to warre against the people: but the King pursued Tryphon.
40 So Cendebeus came vnto Iamnia, and began to vexe the people, and to inuade Iudea and to take the people prisoners, and to slay them.
41 And he buyltevp Cedron, where he set horsemen and garisons, that they might make outrodes by the waies of Iudea, as the King had commanded him.
CHAP. XVI.
1 Cendebeus
〈◊〉
captaine of Antiochus hoste is put to flight by the sonnes of Simon.
〈◊〉
Prolemeus the sonne of Abobus killeth Simon and his two sonnes at a banketh, 23 Iohn killeth them that lye in waite for his life.
1 THen came Iohn vp from Gazara, & toldeIoseph Antiq
〈◊〉
. Simon his father, what Cendebeus hadChap. 12. done.
2 So Simon called two of his eldest sonnes, Iudas and Iohn, and said vnto them, I, & my brethren, and my fathers house, haue euer from our youth vnto this day foghtē against the enemies of Israel, and the matters haue had good successe vnder our hands, and we haue deliuered Israel often times.
3 But I am now olde, and ye by (Gods) mercie are of a sufficiét age be ye therefore in stead of me, and my brother, and go forthe & fight for our nacion, and the helpe of heauen be with you.
4 So he chose twentie thousand fighting men of the countrey with the horsemen, which went forthe against Cendebeus, and rested at Modin.
5 In the morning thei arose, and went into the plaine field: & beholde, a mightie great hoste came against them bothe of fotemen, &
〈◊〉
semen: but there was a riuer bet wixt them.
6 And Iohn rāged his armie ouer against him and when he sawe that the people was afrayed to go ouer the riuer, he wēt ouer first him
self, and the men seing him, passed through after him.
7 Then he deuided his men, and set the horsemen in the middes of the fotemen.
8 For their enemies horsemen were verie manie: but when they blewe the trumpets, Cē
debeus fled with his hoste, whereof manie were slayne, and the remnant gate them to the forteresse.
9 Then was Iudas Iohns brother woūded: but Iohn followed after them, til he came to Cedron, which (Cendeleus) had buylt.
10 Also thei fled vnto the towres, that were in the fields of Azotus, and those did (Iohn) bur ne with fyre: thus were there slaine two thou sand men of them: so he returned peaceably into the land of Iuda.
11 ¶ Now in the field of Iericho was Ptolemeus the sonne of Abubus made captaine, and he had abundance of siluer and golde.
12 [For he had maried the daughter of the hie Priest]
13 Therefore he waxed proude in his minde, and thoght to rule the land, & thoght to slay Simon and his sonnes by deceit.
14 Now as Simon went about thorowe the ci ties of the countrey, & studieth carefully for them, he came downe to Iericho with Matta thias, and Iudas his sonnes in the hundreth, seuentie and seuen yere, in the eleuenth moneth, which is the moneth Sabat.
15 Then (the sonne) of Abubus receiued them by treason into a litle holde, called Dochus, which he had buylte, where he made them a great banket, and had hid men there.
16 So when Simon and his sonnes had made good chere, Ptolemeus stode vp with his mē, and toke their weapons, and entred in to Simon in the banket house, & slewe him with his two sonnes, and certeine of his seruants.
17 Whereby he committed a great vilenie, and recompensed euil for good.
18 Then wrote Ptolemeus these things & sent to the King, that he might send him an hoste to helpe him, and so wolde deliuer him the countrey with the cities.
19 He sent other men also vnto Gazara, to take Iohn, and sent letters vnto the captaines to come to him, and he wolde giue them siluer and golde and rewardes,
20 And to Ierusalém he sent other to take it, and the mountaine of the Temple.
21 But one
〈◊〉
before, and tolde Iohn an Gazara, that his father, and his brethren were slaine, and that (Ptolemeus) had sent to slay him.
22 When he heard this, he was sore astonished and laid hāds of them that were come to slay him, and slewe them: for he knewe that they went about to kill him.
23 Concerning other things of Iohn, bothe of his warres, and of his noble actes [wherein he behaued him self manfully] of the buylding of walles which he made, and other of his dedes,
24 Beholde, they are writen in the chronicles of his priesthode, from the time, that he was made high Priest after his father.
THE SECONDE BOKE of the Maccabees.
CHAP. I.
1 An epistle of the Iewes that dwelt at Ierusalem, sent vnto them that dweltin Egypt, wherein they exhorte them to giue thankes for the death of Antiochus. 19 Of the fyre that was hid in the pitte. 24 The prayer of Neemias.
1 THE brethrē the Iewes, which be at Ierusalem, and they that are in the countrey of Iudea, vnto the brethren the Iewes that are thorow out Egypt, send salutation, & prosperitie.
2 God be gracious vnto you and remember his couenant made with Abraham, and Isaac, and Iacob his faithful seruants,
3 And giue you all an heart, to worship him, and to do his wil with a whole heart & with a willing minde,
4 And open your hearts in his Law, and commandements, and send you peace,
5 And heare your prayers, and be reconciled with you, and neuer forsake you in time of trouble.
6 Thus now we praye here for you.
7 When Demetrius reigned, in the hundreth, threscore and nine yere, we Iewes wrote vnto you in the trouble, and violēce that came vnto vs in those yeres, after that Iason, and his companie departed out of the holie land and kingdome,
8 And burnt the porche, and shed innocent blood. Then we praid vnto the Lord, and were heard: we offred sacrifices and fine flou re, and lighted the lampes, and set forthe the bread.
9 Now therefore kepeye the dayes of the feast of the Tabernacles in the moneth Chasleu.
10 ¶ In the hundreth, fourescore & eight yere the people that was at Ierusalem, and in Iudea, and the counsel and Iudas, vnto Aristobulus King Ptolemeus master, which is of the stocke of the annointed Priests, and to the Iewes that are in Egypt, sendeth greting and helth.
11 In so muche as God hathe deliuered vs from great perils, we thanke him highly, as thogh we had ouercome the King.
12 For he broght them into Persia by heapes, that foght against the holie citie.
13 For albeit the captaine, and the armie, that was with him, semed inuincible, yet they were slaine in the temple of Nanea, by the
〈◊〉
of Naneas Priests.
14 For Antiochus, as thogh he wolde dwell with her, came thother, he, and his friends with him, to receiue money vnder the title of a dowrie.
15 But when the Priests of Nanea had laid it forthe, and he was entred with a smale cō
panie within the Temple, they shut the Tē
ple, when Antiochus was come in.
16 And by opening a priuie dore of the vaute, they cast stones, as it were thunder, vppon the captaine (and his,) and hauing bruised them in pieces, they cut of their heads and threwe them to those that were without.
17 God be blessed in all things, whiche hath deliuered vp the wicked.
18 Where as we are now purposed to kepe the purification of the Tēple vpon the fiue and twētie day of the moneth Chasleu, we thoght it necessarie to certifie you therof, thatye also might kepe the feast of the Tabernacles, and of the fyre (which was giuē vs) when Neemias offred sacrifice, after that he had buylt the Temple, & the altar.
19 For whē as our fathers were led away vnto Persia, the Priests, which soght the honorLeuit. 6. 12. & 10, 2. & 16. 3. of God, toke the * fyre of the altar priuely, and hid it in an hollow pit, whiche was drie
〈◊〉
bottom, & there in thei kept it, so that the place was vnknowen vnto euerie mā.
20 Now after manie yeres whē it pleased God that Neemias shuld be sent from the King of Persia, he sent of the posteritie of those Priests, which had hid it to fetche the fyre, and as they tolde vs, they founde no fyre, but thicke water.
21 Then commanded he them to drawe it vp and to bring it and when the thinges apperteining to the sacrifices were broght, Neemias cōmanded the Priests to sprinkle the wood, and the thinges laid thereupon with water.
22 When this was done, and the time came that the sunne shone, which a fore was hid in the cloude, there was a great fyre kindled, so that euerie man marueiled.
23 Now the Priests, and all prayed, while the sacrifice was consuming: Ionathan began, and the other answered thereunto.
24 And the prayer of Neemias was after this maner, O Lord, Lord GOD maker of all things, which art feareful, and strong, and righteous, and merciful, and the onelie and gracious King,
25 Onely liberal, onely iuste and almightie & euer lasting, thou that deliuerest Israel frō all trouble, and hast chosen the fathers, & sanctified them,
26 Receiue the sacrifice for thy whole people of Israel, and preserue thine owne porcion, and sanctifie it.
27 Gather those together, that are scatered from vs: delyuer them that serue among the hearhen loke vppon them whiche are despised, and abhorred, that the heathen may knowe that thou art our God.
28 Punish them that oppresse vs, and with pri de do vs wrong.
29 Plant thy people againe in thine holie pla ce * as Moyse hathe spoken.Deut.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
30 And the Priests sang psalmes thereunto.
31 Now when the sacrifice was consumed Nee mias commanded the great stones to be sprinkled with the residue of the water.
32 Which when it was done, there was kindled a flame, which was consumed by the light, that shined from the altar.
33 ¶ So when this matter was knowen, it was tolde the King of Persia, that in the place where the Priests, which were led away, had hid fyre, there appeared water, wherewith Neemias, and his companie had purified the sacrifices.
34 The King tryed out the thing, and closed the place about, and made it holie.
35 And to them that the King fauoured, he gaue and bestowed manie giftes,
36 And Neemias called the same place Ephthat, which is to say, purification: but manie man call it Nephthar."Or, Nephi.
CHAP. II.
4 How Ieremie hid the tabernacle the Arke, and the altar in the hil. 23 Of the fiue bokes of Iason conteined in one.
1 IT is founde also in the writings of Ieremias the Prophet, that he commanded them, which were caried away to take fyre as was declared, and as the Prophet commanded thē that were led into captiuitie.
2 * Giuing them a Law that they shulde notBatue.
〈◊〉
. forget the commandements of the Lord, and that they shulde not erre in their minde when they sawe images of golde and siluer, with their ornaments.
3 These and suche other things commanded he them, and exhorted them that they shuld not let the Law go out of their hearts.
4 It is writen also, how the Prophet, by an oracle that he had, charged them to take the tabernacle & the arke, and follow him and when he came vp into the mountaine where Moyses went vp, * and sawe the heritage of God.Deut.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
5 Ieremias went forthe and founde an hollowe caue, wherein he laid the Tabernacle and the Arke, and the altar of incense, and so stopped the dore.
6 And there came certeine of those that fol lowed him, to marke the place: but they colde not finde it.
7 Which when Ieremias perceiued, he repro ued them, saying, As for that place, it shalbe vnknowen, vntil the time that God gather his people together againe, and that mercie be shewed.
8 Then shal the Lord shewe thē these things and the maiestie of the Lord shal appeare and the cloude also, as it was shewed vnder1. King. 2. 62
〈◊〉
Moyses: & as * when Salomon desired, that
〈◊〉
. Chro.
〈◊〉
. the place might be honorably sanctified.
9 For it is manifest that he, being a wise man offred the sacrifice of dedication, and consecration of the Temple.
10 * And as when Moyses prayed vnto theLeu. 9. 24. & 10. 16. Lord, the fyre came downe from heauen, & consumed the sacrifice: so, when Salomon prayed, * the fyre came downe from heauē,2 Chro 7. 1. and consumed the burnt offring.
11 And Moyses said, Because the sin offring was not eaten, therefore is it consumed.
12 So Salomon kept those eight dayes.
13 These things also are declared in the writings, and registers of Neemias, and how he made a librarie, and how he gathered the actes of the Kings, and of the Prophets, and the actes of Dauid, and the epistles of the Kings concerning the holie giftes.
14 Euē so Iudas also gathered all things that came to passe by the warres that were amōg vs, which things we haue.
15 Wherefore if ye haue nede thereof, send some to fetche them vnto you.
16 Where as we then are about to celebrate the purification, we haue writen vnto you, and ye shall do well, if ye kepe the same dayes.
17 We hope also that the God, which deliuered all his people, and gaue an heritage to them all and the kingdome, and the priesthode, and the Sanctuarie,
18 * As he promised in the Law, will shortelyDeute, 30. 5. haue mercy vpon vs, and gather vs together from vnder the heauen into his holye place: for he hathe saued vs from great perils, and hathe clensed the place.
19 As concerning Iudas Maccabeus, and his brethren, the purification of the great Tē
ple, and the dedication of the altar,
20 And the warres against Antiochus Epiphanes, and Eupator his sonne,
21 And the manifest signes, that came from heauen vnto those, whiche manfully stode for the Iewes religiō: [for thogh thei were but fewe, yet they ranne through whole countries, and pursued the barbarous armies,
22 And repaired the Temple that was renoumed thorow out all the worlde, and deliuered the citie, & established the Lawes, that were like to be abolished, because the Lord was merciful vnto them with all lenitie.]
23 We will assaye to abridge in one volume those things, that Iason the Cyrenean hath declared in fiue bokes.
24 For considering the wonderful nomber, & the difficultie that thei haue that wolde be occupied in the rehearsal of stories, because of the diuersitie of the matters,
25 We haue indeuored, that they that wolde read, might haue pleasure, & that they whiche are studious, might easily kepe them in memorie, and that who so euer read them, might haue profite.
26 Therefore to vs that haue taken in hand this greate labour, it was no easie thing to make this abbridgement, but required bo the sweat, and watching.
27 Like as he that maketh a feast, and seketh others mens commoditie, hathe no smale labour: so we also for manie mens sakes are verie wel content to vnder take this great labour.
28 Leauing to the autor the exact diligence of euerie particular, we wil labour to go forowarde according to the prescript order of an abbridgement.
29 For as he that wil buylde a newe house, must prouide for the whole buylding, but he that setteth out the plat or goeth about to painte it, seketh but onely what is comlie for the decking thereof:
30 Euen so I thinke for vs, that it apperteineth to the first writer of a storie to enter depely into it: and to make mencion of all thinge, and to be curious in euerie parte.
31 But it is permitted to him that wil shorten it to vse fewe wordes, and to auoyde those things that are curious therein.
32 Here then wil we beginne the storie, adding thus muche to our former wordes, that it is but a foolish thing to abonde in wordes before the storie, and to beshorte in the storie.
CHAP. III.
1 Of the honour done vnto the Temple by the Kings of the Gentiles. 6 Simō vttereth what treasure is in the Tē
ple. 9 Heliodorus is sente to take them away. 26 He is striken of God and healed at the prayer of Onias.
1 WHat time as the holy cītie was inhabited with all peace, and when the Lawes were very wel kept, because of the godlines of Onias the hie Priest, & hatred of wickednes.
2 It came to passe that euen the Kings did honour the place, and garnished the Temple with great giftes.
3 In so muche that Seleuchus King of Asia of his owne rentes, bare all the costes belonging to the seruice of the sacrifices.
4 But one Simon of the tribe of Beniamin being appointed ruler of the Temple, contended with the hie Priest cōcerningOr, the state and prouision, the iniquitie committed in the citie.
5 And when he colde not ouercome Onias, he gate him to Apollonius the
〈◊〉
of Thraseas, which then was gouernour of Coelosyria and Phenice.
6 And tolde him that the treasurie in Ierusalē was ful of innumerable money, which did not belong to the prouision of the sacrifices, and that it were possible that these things might come into the Kings hands.
7 Now when Appollonius came to the King and had shewed him of the money, as it was tolde him, the King chose out Heliodorus his treasurer, and sent him with a commandement, to bring him the foresaid money.
8 Immediately Heliodorus toke his iourney as thogh he wolde visite the cities of Coelosyria and Phenice, but in effect to fulfil the
Kings purpose.
9 So when he came to Ierusalem, and was courteously receiued of the hie Priest into the citie, he declared what was determined concerning the money, and shewed the cause of his comming, and asked if these things were so in dede,
10 Then the hie Priest tolde him that there were suche things laid vp by the widdowes and fatherles,
11 And that a certeyne of it belonged vnto Hircanus (the sonne) of Tobias a noble mā, and not as that wicked Simon had reported, & that in all there were but foure hundreth talents of siluer, and two hundreth of golde,
12 And that it were altogether vnpossible to do this wrong to them that had committed it of trust to the holines of the place & Tēple, which is honored thorow the whole worlde for holines and integritie,
13 But Heliodorus because of the Kings cō
mandemēt giuen him, said that in any wise it must be broght into the Kings treasurie.
14 So he appointed a daye, and went into take order for these things: then there was no smale grief thorowout the whole citie.
15 For the Priests fell downe before the altar in the Priests garments, and called vnto heauen vpon him which had made a Lawe concerning things giuen to be kept, that they shulde be safely preserued for such as had committed them to be kept.
16 Thē thei that loked the high Priest in the face, were wounded in their heart: for hys countenance, and the changing of his colour declared the sorowe of his minde.
17 The man was so wrapped in feare and trē
bling of the bodie, that it was manifest to them that loked vpon him, what sorow he had in his heart.
18 Others also came out of their houses by heapes vnto the cōmune praier, because the place was like to come vnto contempt.
19 And the women, girt with sackecloth vnder their breastes, filled the stretes, and the virgines that were kept in, ranne some to the gates & some to the walles, & others loked out of the windowes.
20 And all helde vp their hands toward heauen, and made prayer.
21 It was a lamentable thing to se the multitude that fell downe of all sortes, and the expectation of the high Priest being in such anguish.
22 Therefore thei called vpon the almightie, Lord that he wolde kepe
〈◊〉
and sure the things, which were layed vp for those that had deliuered them.
23 Neuertheles, the thing that Heliodorus was determined to do that did he performe
24 And as he & his souldiers were now there presēt by the treasurie, he that is the Lord of the Spirits, and of all power, shewed a great vision, so that all thei whiche presumed to come with him, were astonished at the power of God, and fell into feare, and trembling.
25 For there appeared vnto them an horse with a terrible man sitting vpon him, moste richely barbed, and he ranne fiercely, and smote at Heliodorus with his fore fete, & it semed that he that sate vppon the horse, had harnes of golde.
26 Moreouer, there appeared two yong mē, notable in strength, excellent in beautie, & comelie in apparel, which stode by him on ether side, and scourged him continually, and gaue him maniesore stripes,
27 And Heliodorus fell suddenly vnto the grounde, and was couered with great darkenes but they that were with him, toke him vp, and put him in a litter.
28 Thus he that came with so great companie, and manie souldiers into the said treasurie, was borne out: for he colde not helpe himself with his weapons.
29 So thei did know the power of God manifestly, but he was domme by the power of God, & lay destitute of all hope and helth.
30 And they praised the Lord that had honored his owne place: for the Tēple which a litle afore was full of feare and trouble, whē the almightie Lord appeared, was filled with ioye and gladnes.
31 Then streight wayes certeine of Heliodorus friends prayed Onias, that he wold cal vpon the moste High to grant him his life, which lay readie to giue vp the goste.
32 So the hie Priest, considering that the King might suspect that the Iewes had done Heliodorus some euil, he offered a sacrifice for the helth of the man.
33 Now when the hie Priest had made hys prayer, the same yong men in the same clo thing appeared, and stode beside Heliodorus, saying, Giue Onias the hie Priest great thankes: for his sake hathe the Lord granted thee thy life.
34 And seing that thouhast bene scourged from heauen, declare vnto all mē the mightie power of God & when they had spoken these wordes, they appeared no more.
35 So Heliodorus offred vnto the Lord sacrifice, and made great vowes vnto him, whiche had granted him his life, and thanked Onias, and went againe with his hoste to the King.
36 Then testified he vnto euerye man of the great workes of God that he had sene with his eyes.
37 And whē the King asked Heliodorus, who were met to be sent yet once againe to Ierusalem, he said,
38 If thou hast anie enemie or traitor, sēd him thether, and thou shalt receyue him well scourged, if he escape with his life: for in that place, no doubte, there is a special power of God.
39 For he that dwelleth in heauen, hathe his
eye on that place, & defēdeth it, & he beateth & destroieth thē that come to hurt it.
40 This came to passe concerning Heliodorus, and the keping of the treasurie.
CHAP. IIII.
1 Simon reporteth euil of Onias. 7 Iason obteineth the office of the hie Priest by corrupting the King. 27 And was by Menelaus defrauded by like bribing. 34 Onias is slayne traiterously by Andronicus.
1 THis Simon now, of whome we spake afore, being a be wraier of the money & of his owne natural countrey, reported euil of Onias, as thogh he had moued Heliodorus vnto this, and had bene the inuē
ter of the euil.
2 Thus was he bolde to call him a traitour that was so beneficial to the citie, and a defender of his nacion, and so zealous of the Lawes.
3 But whē his malice increased so farre, that thorow one that belonged to Simon, murthers were committed,
4 Onias considering the danger of this cō
tention, & that Apollonius as he that was the gouernour of Coelosyria and Phenice, did rage, and increased Simons malice,
5 He went to the King not as an accuser of the citizens, but as one that intēded the cō mune welth bothe priuatly and publikely.
6 For he sawe it was not possible except the King toke order to quiet the matters, and that Simon wolde not leaue of his folie.
7 But after the death of Seleucus, when Antiochus, called Epiphanes, toke the kingdome, Iason the brother of Onias labored by vnlaw ful meanes to be hie Priest.
8 For he came vnto the King, and promised him thre hundreth and thre score talents of siluer, and of another rente, fourescore talents.
9 Besides this he promised him an hundreth and fiftie, if he might haue licence to set vp a place for exercise, and a place for the youth, and that they woldeOr,
〈◊〉
he wold write the Antiochians that were at Ierusalē, among them. name them of Ierusalem Antiochians.
10 The which thing when the King had grā
ted, and he had gotten the superioritie, he began immediatly to drawe his kinsmē to the customes of the
〈◊〉
,
11 And abolished the friendlie priuiledges of the Kings, that the Iewes had set vp by Iohn, the father of Eupolemus, which was sent ambassadour vnto Rome, to become friends & confederates: he put downe their lawes and policies, and broght vp new statutes, and contrarie to the Lawe,
12 For he presumed to buyld a place of exercise vnder the castell, and broght the chief yong men vnder his subiection, and made them weareOr, buskins in token of wantō
nes as the Gentiles did. hattes.
13 So there began a greate desire to followe the maners of the Gentiles, and they toke vp the facions of strange naciōs by the exceading wickednes of Iason, not the hie Priest, but the vngodlie persone,
14 So that the Priestes were now no more diligent aboute the seruice of the altar, but despised the Temple, and regarded not the sacrifices, but made haste to be partakers of the wicked expenses at the playeThis game was to trye strēgth by casting a stone that had an hole in the middes, or a piece of mettal. after the casting of the stone.
15 For thei did not set by the honour of their fathers, but liked the glorie of the Gentiles best of all.
16 By reason whereof great calamitie came vpon them for they had them to be theyr enemies & punishers, whose custome they followed so earnestly, & desired to be like them in all things.
17 For it is not a light thing to transgresse against the Lawes of God, but the time following shal declare these things.
18 ¶ Now when the games that were vsedeuerie fiue yere, were plaide at Tyrus, the King being present,
19 This wicked Iason sent from Ierusalem men to loke vpon them, as thogh they had bene Antiochians, which broght thre hundreth drachmes of siluer for a sacrifice to Hercules: albeit they that caryed them, desired they might not be bestowed on the sacrifice [because it was not comelie] but to be bestowed for other expenses,
20 So he that sent them, sent them for the sacrifice of Hercules: but because of those that broght them, they were giuen to the making of galleis.
21 ¶ Now Apollonius the sonne of Menestheus was sent into Egypt because of the coronation of King Ptolemeus Philometor but when Antiochus perceiued that he was euill affectioned towarde hys affaires, he soght his owne assurance, and departed from thence to Ioppe, and so came to Ierusalem,
22 Where he was honorably receiued of Iason, and of the citie, & was broght in with torche light, and with great showtings, & so he went with his hoste vnto Phenice.
23 Thre yere afterwarde Iason sent Menelaus the fore said Simons brother, to beare the money vnto the King, and to bring to passe certeine necessarie affaires, whereof he had giuen him a memorial.
24 But he, being commended to the King, magnified him for the appearance of hys power, and turned the priesthode vnto him self: for he gaue thre hundreth talents of siluer more then Iason.
25 So he gate the KingsOr,
〈◊〉
. letters patentes, albeit he had nothing in him self worthye of the hie priesthode, but bare the stomacke of a cruel tyrant, and the wrathe of a wilde beast.
26 Then Iason which had disceiued his owne brother, being deceiued by another, was compelled to flee into the countrey of the Ammonites.
27 So Menelaus gate the dominion: but as for the money that he had promised vnto
the King, he toke none order for it, albeit Sostratus the ruler of the castel required it.
28 For vnto him apperteined the gathering of the customes. wherefore they were both called before the King.
29 Now Menelaus left his brother Lysimachus in his stead in the priesthode, and Sostratus (left) Crates which was gouernour of the Cyprians.
30 ¶ Whiles these things were in doing, the Tharsians and they of Mallot made insurrectiō, because thei were giuē to the Kings concubine called Antiochis.
31 Thē came the King in all haste, to appease the busines, leauing Andronicus a man of autoritie to be his lieutenant.
32 Now Menelaus, supposing that he had gotten a conuenient time, stole certeine vessels of golde out of the Temple, & gaue certeine of them to Andronicus: and some he solde at Tyrus and in the cities thereby.
33 Which when Onias knewe of a suretie, he reproued him, and withdrewe him self into Sanctuarie at Daphne by Antiochia.
34 Wherefore Menelaus, taking Andronicus a parte, prayed him to slay Onias: so when he came to Onias, he counseled hym craftely, giuing him his right hād with an othe: [howbeit he suspect him, and persuaded him to come out of the Sanctuarie] so he slewe him incontinently without anye regarde of righteousnes.
35 For the which cause not onely the Iewes, but many other nacions also were grieued, and toke it heauily for the vnrighteous death of this man.
36 ¶ And when the King was come againe frō the places about Cilicia, the Iewes that were in the citie, & certeine of the Grekes that abhorred the fact also, cōplained because Onias was slaine without cause.
37 Therfore Antiochus was sorie in his mind, and he had compassion, and wept because of the modestie and great discretiō of hym that was dead.
38 Wherefore being kindled with angre, he toke away Andronicus garmēt of purple, and rent his clothes, and commanded him to be led through out the citie, and in the same place where he had cōmitted the wickednes against Onias, he was slaine as a murtherer. Thus the Lord rewarded hym his punishment, as he had deserued.
39 ¶ Now when Lysimachus had done manye wicked dedes in the citie through the coū
sel of Menelaus, and the brute was spred abroad, the multitude gathered them together against Lysimachus: for he had caryed out now muche vessel of golde.
40 And when the people arose, and were full of angre, Lysimachus armed aboute thre thousand, and begā to vse vnlauful power, a certeine tyrāt being their captaine, who was no lesse decayed in wit then in age.
41 But when they vnderstode the purpose of Lysimachus, some gate stones, some great clubbes, & some cast handfuls of dust which lay by, vpon Lysimachus men, and those that inuaded them.
42 Whereby manie of them were wounded, some were slaine, and all the other chased away: but the wicked Church robber him self they killed besides the treasurie.
43 For these causes an accusation was laide against Menelaus.
44 And when the King came to Tyrus, thre men sent from the Senat pleaded the cause before him.
45 But Menelaus, being now conuinced, promised to Ptolemeus (the sonne) of Dorime nes muche money, if he wold persuade the King.
46 So Ptolemeus went to the King into a courte, where as he was to coule him self & turned the Kings minde.
47 In so muche that he discharged Menelaus from the accusacions [notwithstanding he was the cause of all mischief] and condemned those poore men to death, which if they had tolde their cause, yea, before the Scythians, thei shulde haue bene heard as innocent.
48 Thus were they sone punished vniustly, which followed vpon the matter for the ci tie, and for the people, and for the holie vessels.
49 Wherefore they of Tyrus hated that wic kednes, and ministred all things liberally for their buryal.
50 And so through the couetousnes of them that were in power,
〈◊〉
remained in authoritie, increasing in malice, and decla red him selfe a great traitor to the citizens.
CHAP. V.
2 Of the signes and tokens sene in Ierusalém. 6 Of the end and wickednes of Iason. 11 The pursute of Antiochus against the Iewes. 15 The spoiling of the Temple. 27 Maccabeus fleeth into the wildernes.
1 ABout the same time Antiochus vndertoke his seconde voyage into Egypt.
2 And then were there sene through out all the citie of (Ierusalem) fortie dayes long, horsemen running in the aire, with robes of golde, and as bandes of speare men.
3 And as troupes of horsemen set in array, in coūtering & coursing one against another with shaking of shields and multitude of dartes and drawing of swordes, & shoting of arrowes, and the glittering of the golden armour sene, and harnes of all sortes,
4 Therefore euerieman prayed, that those tokens might turne to good.
5 Now when there was gone forthe a false rumour, as thogh Antiochus had benedead Iason toke at the lest a thousand men, and came suddenly vpon the citie, & they that were vpon the walles, being put backe & the citie at length taken.
6 Menelaus fled into the castel, but Iason slewe his owne citizēs without mercie, not considering that to haue the aduantage against
his kinsmen is greatest disaduātage, but thoght that he had gottē the victorie of his enemies, and not of his owne naciō.
7 Yet he gate not the superioritie, but at the last receiued shame for the rewarde of hys traison, and went againe like a vagabound into the countrey of the Ammonites.
8 Finally he had this end of his wicked conuersation, that heOr,
〈◊〉
vp. was accused before Areta, the King of the Arabians, and fled from citie to citie, being pursued of euerie man, and hated as a forsaker of the Lawes, and was in a bominacion, as an ennemie of his countrey and citizens, and was driuen into Egypt.
9 Thus he that had chased manie out of their owne countrey, perished as a banished mā, after that he was gone to the Lacedemonians, thinking there to haue gotten succour by reason of kinred.
10 And he that had cast manie out vnburyed, was throwen out him selfe, no man mourning for him, nor putting him in his graue nether was he partaker of hys fathers sepulchre,
11 ¶ Now when these things that were done, were declared to the King, he thoght that Iudea wolde haue fallen from him: wherefore he came with a furious minde out of Egypt, and toke the citie by violence.
12 He commāded his men of warre also, that they shuld kill, and not spare suche as they mete, and to slaye suche as went into their houses.
13 Thus was there a slaughter of yong men, and olde men, and a destruction of men and women and children, and virgines, and infants were murthered:
14 So that
〈◊〉
in thre daies were slaine foure score thousand, and fortie thousand taken prisoners, and there were as manie solde as were slayne.
15 Yet was he not content with this, but durst go into the moste holy Temple of all the worlde, hauing Menelaus, that traitour to the Lawes, and to his owne countrey, to be his guide,
16 And with his wicked hāds toke the holie vessels, which other Kings had giuē for the garnishing, glorie and honour of that place, & handled them with his wicked
〈◊〉
.
17 So hautie in his minde was Antiochus, that he confidered not, that God was not a litle wrothe forthe sinnes of them that dwelt in the citie, for the which suche contempt came vpon that place.
18 For if they had not bene wrapped in many sinnes, he, assone as he had come, had suddē ly bene punished, & put backe from his pre sumptiō, as Heliodorus was, whome Seleucus the King sent to vewe the treasurie.
19 But God hathe not chosen the naciō for the places sake, but the place for the naciō sake.
20 And therefore is the place become partaker of the peoples trouble, but afterwar de shal it be partaker of the benefites of the Lord, and as it is now for sakē in the wrath of the Almightie, so when the great Lord shalbe reconciled, it shalbe set vp in great worship againe.
21 ¶ So when Antiochus had taken eighten hundreth talents out of the Temple, he ga te him to Antiochia in all haste, thinking in his pride to make men sayle vpon the drye land, and to walke vpon the sea suche and hie minde had he.
22 But he left deputes to vexe the people, at Ierusalē Philippe a Phrygiā by birth, in ma ners more cruel then he that set him there.
23 And at Garixin Andronicus, and with them Menelaus, which was more grieuous to the citizens then the other, and was despiteful against the Iewes his citizens.
24 He sent also Appollonius a cruel prince, with an armie of two and twētie thousand whome he commanded to slaye those that were towarde mans age, and to sell the women, and the yonger sorte.
25 So when he came to Ierusalém, he fained peace, and kept him stil vntil the holy day of Sabbath? and then finding the Iewes ke ping the feast, he commanded his men to take their weapons.
26 And so he slewe all thē that were gone forthe to the shewe, and running through the citie with his men armed, he murthered a great nomber.
27 But Indas Maccabeus, being as it were the tenth, fled into the wildernes, and liued the re in the mountaines with his companie among the beastes, and dwelling there, and eating grasse, lest they shulde be partakers of the filthines.
CHAP. VI.
1 The Iewes are compelled to leaue the Law of God. 4 The Temple is defiled. 10 The women cruelly punished. 28 The grieuous paine of Eleazarus.
1 NOt long after this, sent the King an olde man of Athens, for to compell the"Or,
〈◊〉
. Iewes, to transgresse the Lawes of the fathers, and not to be gouerned by the Law of God.
2 And to defile the Temple that was at Ieru salém, and to call it the temple of Iupiter Olympius, and that of Garizin, according as they did that dwelt at that place, Iupiter that kepeth hospitalitie.
3 This wicked gouernement was sore and
〈◊〉
vnto the people,
4 For the Temple was ful of dissolucion, and glotonnie of the Gentiles, which dallied with harlots, and had to do with women within the circuit of the holie places, and broght in suche things as were not lawful.
5 The altar also was ful of suche things, as were abominable & forbidden by the Law
6 Nether was it lawful to kepe the Sabbaths nor to obserue their ancient feasts, nor
〈◊〉
nely to confesse him felf to be a Iewe.
7 In the day of the Kings birth they were grieuously compelled parforce euerie moneth to banket, and when the feast of Bacchus was kept, they were constrained to go in the procession of Bacchus with garlandes of
〈◊〉
.
8 Moreouer through the counsel of
〈◊〉
, there went out a commandement vn to the next cities of the heathē against the Iewes, that the like custome, andOr eating of the
〈◊〉
that was
〈◊〉
. banketting shulde be kept.
9 And who so wolde not conforme them sel ues to the maners of the Gentiles, shulde be put to death: then might a man haue sene the present miserie.
10 For there were two womē broght forthe that had circumcised their sonnes whome when they hadled rounde about the citie [the babes hanging at their breasts] they cast them downe head long ouer the walles.
11 Some that were runne together into den nes to kepe the Sabboth day secretly, were discouered vnto Philippe, and were burnt together, because that for the reuerence of the honorable day they were afraied to hel pe them selues.
12 ¶ Now I beseche those which reade this boke, that
〈◊〉
not discouraged for these calamities, but that thei iudge these affli ctions, not to be for destruction, but for a chastening of our nacion.
13 For it is a token of his great goodnes not to suffer sinners long to continue, but straight waies to punish them.
14 For the Lord doeth not lōg waite for vs as for other naciōs, whome he punisheth whē thei are come to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of their sins
15 But thus he dealeth with vs, that our sinnes shulde not be heaped vp to the ful, so that afterwarde he shulde punish vs.
16 And therefore he neuer with draweth his mercie from vs and thogh he punish with aduersitie, yet doeth he neuer forsake his people.
17 But let this be spoken now for a warning vnto vs: and now wil we come to the declaring of the matter in fewe wordes.
18 ¶ Eleazar then one of the principal scribes, an aged man, and of a wel fauoured co untenance, was constrained to open his mouth, and to eat swines flesh.
19 But he desiring rather to dye gloriously thē to liue with hatred, offred him self wil lingly to the torment, and spit it out.
20 As thei ought to go (to death) which suffer punishmēt for suche things, as it is not law ful to taste of for the desire to liue.
21 But thei that had the charge of this wicked banket, for that olde frienship of the man, toke him aside priuely, & prayed him that he wolde take suche flesh, as was lauful for him to vse, and as he wolde prepare for him self, and dissemble as thogh he had eaten of the things appointed by the King, euen the flesh of the sacrifice.
22 That in so doing he might be deliuered from death, and that for the olde friendship that was among them, be wolde receiue this fauour.
23 But he began to consider discretely, and as became his age, and the excellencie of his ancient yeres, and the honour of his gray heeres, whereunto he was come, & his moste honest conuersation from his childeho de, but chiefly the holie Law made and giuen by God therefore he answered consequently, and willed them straight waies to send him to the graue.
24 For it becometh not our age, (said he,) to dissemble, whereby manie yong persones might thinke, that Eleazar being foure score yere olde and ten were now gone toOr, to another maner of life. another religion.
25 And so through mine hypocrisie [for a litle time of a transitorie life] they might be deceiued by me, and I shulde procure male diction, and reproche to mine olde age.
26 For thogh I were now deliuered from the torments of men, yet cold I not escape the hand of the Almightie, nether aliue nor dead.
27 Wherefore I wil now change this life mā fully, and wil shewe my self suche as mine age requireth.
28 And so wil leaue a notable example for suche as be yong, to dye willingly and coura geously for the honorable & holie Lawes. And whē he had said these wordes, immediatly he went to torment.
29 Now they that led him, changed the loue which they bare him before, into hatred, because of the wordes that he hast spoken for they thoght it had bene a rage.
30 And as he was readie to giue the gost because of the strokes, be sighed and said, The Lord that hathe the holy knowledge, knoweth manifestly, that whereas I might haue bene deliuered from death, I am scourged and suffer these sore paines of my bodie: but in my minde I suffer thē gladly for his religion.
31 Euē now after this maner ended he his life leauing his death for an exāple of a noble courage, and a memorial of vertue, not one ly vnto yong men, but vnto all his nacion.
CHAP. VII.
The punishment of the seuen brethren & of their mother.
1 IT came to passe also that seuen brethren with their mother, were taken to be cō
pelled by the King against the Law, to taste swines flesh, and were tormented with scourges and whippes.
2 But one of thē, which spake first, said thus What sekest thou?
〈◊〉
what woldest thou knowe of vs? we are readie to dye, rather thē to trāsgresse the Lawes of our fathers.
3 Then was the King angrie, and commanded to heat pannes and cauldrons, which were in continently made hote.
4 And he cōmanded the tongue of him that spake first, to be cut out, and to flay him & to cut of the vtmost partes of his bodie in the sight of his other brethrē & his mother
5 Now when he was thus mangled in all his membres, he commāded him to be broght aliue to the fyre & to frye him in the panne & while the smoke for a long time smoked out of the pāne, the (other brethren) with their mother, exhorted one another to dye courageously, saying in this maner.
6 The Lord God doeth regarde vs, & in dede taketh pleasure in vs, as Moyses* decla
〈◊〉
. 32
〈◊〉
36
〈◊〉
red in the song wherein he restified openly, saying.
That (God) wil take pleasure in his seruāts
7 ¶ So when the first was dead after this ma ner, they broght the seconde to make him a mocking stocke: and when they had pulled the skinne with the heere ouer his head they asked him, if he wolde eat, or he were punished in all the members of the bodie.
8 But he answered in his owne langage, and said, No. Wherefore he was tormented forthe with like the first.
9 And when he was at the last breth, he said, Thou murtherer takest this present life frō vs, but the King of the worlde wil raise vs vp, which dye for his Lawes, in the resurrection of euerlasting life.
10 ¶ After him was the thirde had in derisiō, and when they demanded his tongue, he put it out incontinently, and stretched forthe his hands boldely.
11 And spake manfully, These haue I had frō the heauen, but now for the Law of God, I despise them, and trust that I shal receiue them of him againe.
12 In so muche that the King & they which were with him, marueiled at the yong mās courage, as at one that nothing regarded the paines.
13 ¶ Now when he was dead also, they vexed and tormented the fourth in like maner.
14 And when he was now readie to dye, he said thus, It is better that we shulde chāge this which we might hope for of men, and wait for our hope from God, that we may be raised vp againe by him: as for thee, thou shalt haue no resurrection to life.
15 ¶ Afterwarde they broght the fift also and tormented him.
16 Who loked vpon the King, & said, Thou hast power among men, and thogh thou be a mortalman, thou doest what thou wilt: but thinke not, that God hathe forsaken our nacion.
17 But abide a while, and thou shalt se his greatpower, how he wiltorment thee and thy sede.
18 After him also they broght the sixt, who being at the point of death, said, Deceiue not thy self foolishly: for we suffer these things, whiche are worthie to be wondred at for our owne sakes, because we haue offended our God.
19 But thinke not thou, which vndertakest to fight against God, that thou shalt be vnpunished.
20 But the mother was marueilous about all other, and worthie of honorable memorie: for when she sawe her seuen sonnes slaine within the space of one day, she suffred it with a good wil, because of the hope that she had in the Lord.
21 Yea, she exhorted euerie one of them in her owne langage, and being ful of courage and wisdome, stirred vp her womanlie affections with a málie stomacke, and said vnto them.
22 I can not tel how ye came into my wombe: for I nether gaue you breth nor life: it is not I that set in order the members of your bodie.
23 But douteles the Creator of the worlde, which formed the
〈◊〉
of man, & founde out the beginning of all things, wil also of his owne mercie giue you breth and life againe, as ye now regarde not your owne sel ues, for his Lawes sake.
24 Now Antiochus thinking him self despised, &
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
iniurious wordes, while the yongest was yet aliue, he did exhorte him not onely with wordes, but swore also vnto him by an othe that he wolde make him riche and welthie, if he wolde forsake the Lawes of his fathers, and that he wolde take him as a friend, & giue him offices.
25 But when the yong man wolde in no case hearken vnto him, the King called his mother, and exhorted that she wolde counsel the yong man to saue his life.
26 And when he had exhorted her with manie wordes, she promised him that she wolde counsel her sonne.
27 So she turned her vnto him, laughing the cruel tyrāt to scorne, & spake in her owne langage, O my sonne, haue pitie vpon me, that bare thee nine moneths in my wombe & gaue thee sucke thre yeres, & nourished thee, and toke care for thee vnto this age, and broght thee vp.
28 I beseche thee, my sonne, loke vpon the heauen & the earth, and all that is therein, & cōsider that God made thē of things that were not, & so was mākinde made like wise
29 Feare not this hangman, but shewe thy self worthie suche brethren by suffering death, that I may receiue thee in mercie with thy brethren.
30 While she was yet speaking these wordes the yongman said, Whome waitye for? I wil not obey the Kings commandement: but I wil obey the commandement of the Lawe that was giuen vnto our fathers by Moyses.
31 And thou that imaginest all mischief against the Hebrewes, shalt not escape the hand of God.
32 For we suffer these things, because of our
sinnes,
33 But thogh the liuing Lord be angrie with vs a litle while for our chastening and corre ction, yet wil he be recōciled with his owne seruants.
34 But thou, ô man without religion and most wicked of all men, lift not thy self vp in vaine, which art puffed vp with vncerteine hope, and liftest thine hands against the seruāts of God.
35 For thou hast not yet escaped the iudgemēt of almightie God, which seeth all things
36 My brethren that haue suffered a litle paine, are now vnder the diuine couenant of euerlasting life: but thou through the iudge ment of God, shalt suffer iust punishments for thy pride.
37 Therefore I, as my brethren haue done, offer my bodie and life for the Lawes of our fathers, beseching God, that he wil sone be merciful vnto our nacion, and that thou by torment and punishement mayest confesse, that he is the onelie God,
38 And that in me and my brethren the wrath of the Almightie, which is righteously fal len vpon all our nacion, may cease.
39 Then the King being kindled with anger, raged more cruelly against him then the others, and toke it grieuously, that he was mocked.
40 So he also dyed holely, and put his whole trust in the Lord,
41 Last of all after the sonnes, was the mother put to death.
42 Let this now be ynough spoken concerning the bankets, and extreme cruelties.
CHAP. VIII.
1 Iudas gathereth together his hoste. 9 Nicanor is sent against Iudas. 16 Iudas
〈◊〉
his souldiers to constan cie. 20 Nicanor is ouercome. 27 The lewes giue thankes after they haue put their enemies to flight diuiding parte of the spoiles vnto the fatherles & vnto the widdowes. 30 Timotheus and Bacchides are discomsited. 35 Nican
〈◊〉
fleeth vnto Antiochus.
1 THen Iudas Maccabeus, and they that were with him, went priuely into the townes, and called their kinsfolkes, and friends together, and toke vnto them all suche as continued in the Iewes religion, and assembled six thousand men.
2 So they called vpon the Lord, that he wolde haue an eye vnto his people, which was vexed of euerie man, and haue pitie vpon the Temple that was defiled by wicked mē
3 And that he wolde haue compassion vpon citie that was destroyed, & almost broght to the grounde, & that he wolde heare the voyce of the blood that crye vnto him.
4 And that he wolde remember the wicked slaughter of the innocent children, and the blasphemies committed against his Name & that he wolde shewe this hatred against the wicked,
5 Now when Maccabeus had gathered this multitude, he colde not be withstanding by the heathen: for the wrath of the Lord was turned into mercie,
6 Therefore he came at vn warres, and burnt vp the townes and cities: yet he toke the moste commodious places, and slewemany of the enemies.
7 But specially he vsed the nightes to make suche assalts, in so muche that the brute of his manlines was spred euerie where.
8 ¶ So when Philippe sawe that this man increased by litle and litle, and that things prospered with him for the mosteparte, he wrote vnto Ptolemeus the gouernour of Coelosyria and Phenice, to helpe him in the King busines:
9 Then sent he spedely Nicanor (the sonne) of Patroclus, a special friend of his, and ga ue him of all nacions of the heathen no lesse then twentie thousand mē, to rote out the whole generacion of the Iewes, & ioyned with him Gorgias a captaine, which in matters of warre had great experience.
10 Nicanor ordeined also a tribute for the King of two thousand talents, which the Romaines shulde haue to be taken of the Iewes that were taken prisoners.
11 Therefore immediatly he sent to the cities on the sea coast, prouoking them to bye Iewes to be their seruants, promising to sel foure score and ten for one talent: but he considered not thevengeāce of almightie God, that shulde come vpon him.
12 When Iudas then knewe of Nicanors coming, he tolde them that were with him, of the coming of the armie,
13 Now were there some of them feareful, which trusted not vnto the righteousnes of god, but fled away, & abode notī that place
14 But the other solde all that they had lest, and besoght the Lord together, to deliuer them frō that wicked Nicanor, which had solde them, or euer he came nere them.
15 And thogh he wolde not do it for their sakes, yet for the
〈◊〉
made with their fathers, and because they called vpon his holie and glorious Name.
16 And so Maccabeus called his mē together about six thousand, exhorting thē not to be afraied of their enemies, nether to feare the great multitude of the Gentiles, which came against them vnrighteously, but to fight manly.
17 Setting before their eyes the iniurie that they had vniustly done to the holy place, & the crueltie done to the citie by derision, and the destruction of the orders established by their fathers.
18 For they said he, trust in their weapons and boldenes: but our confidence is in the almightie God which at a becke cābothe de stroy them that come against vs, & all the worlde.
19 Moreouer he admonished thē of the helpe2. King.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. that (God) shewed vnto their fathers aswhē
Isa.
〈◊〉
. 35. there perished an hundreth and foure score
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. 2.
〈◊〉
. 48. 24. and fiue thousand vnder* Sennacherib.
〈◊〉
. mac. 7. 41.
20 And of the battel that they had in Babylon against the Galacians, how they came in all to the battel eight thousand, with foure thousand Macedonians: and when the Macedoniās: were astonished, the eight thousand slewe an hundreth and twentie thousand through the helpe that was giuē them from heauē, whereby they had receiued many benefites.
21 Thus when he had made them bolde with these wordes, and readie to dye for the Lawes and the countrey, he deuided his armie into foure partes.
22 And made his owne brethren captaines ouer the armie (to wit) Simon, and Ioseph and Ionathan, giuing eche one fiftene hun dreth men.
23 And when Eleazarus had red the holie boke, and giuen them a token of the helpe of God (Iudas) which led the forewarde, ioyned with Nicanor.
24 And because the Almightie helped them, they slewe aboue nine thousand men, and wounded and maimed the moste parte of Nicanors hoste, and so put all to slight.
25 And toke the money from those that came to bye them, and pursued them farre: but lacking time they returned.
26 For it was the day before the Sabbath, and therefore they wolde no lōger pursue thē.
27 So they toke their weapons, & spoiled the enemies, & kept the Sabbath, giuing than kes & praising the Lord wōderfully, which had deliuered them that day, and powred vpon them the beginning of his mercie.
28 And after the Sabbath, * they distributedNomb. 31. 27. the spoiles to the sicke, and to the father
〈◊〉
. Sam.
〈◊〉
. 24. les, and to the widdowes, & deuided there sidue among them selues & their children.
29 When this was done, and they all had made a general prayer, they besoght the merciful Lord to be recōcilied at the length with his seruants.
30 Afterwarde with one cōsent they fel vpō Timotheus and Bacchides, & slewe aboue twentie thousand, & wanne hie & strōg hol des, & deuided great spoiles, an gaue ād equal porciō vnto the sicke, & to the father les, and to the widdowes, and to aged persones also.
31 Moreouer they gathered their weapōs to gether, and layed them vp diligently incon uenient places, and broght the remnant of the spoyles to Ierusalém.
32 They slewe also Philarches a moste wicked persone, which was with Timotheus, and had vexed the Iewes manie wayes.
33 And when they kept the feast of victorie in their countrey, they burnt Callisthenes that had set fyre vpō the holie gates which was fled into a litle house: so he receiued a rewarde mete for his wickednes.
34 And that moste wicked Nicanor, which had broght a thousand marchants to bye the Iewes.
35 He was through the helpe of the Lord broght downe of them whome he thoght as nothing, in so muche that he put of his glorious raiment, and fled ouerthwart the countrey like a fugitiue seruant, and came alone to Antiochia, with great dishonour through the destruction of his hoste.
36 Thus he that promised to pay tribute to the Romaines, by meanes of the prisoners of
〈◊〉
, broght newes, that the Iewes had aOr, God their ds fender. defender, and for this cause none cold hurt the Iewes, because they followed Lawes appointed by him.
CHAP. IX.
1 Antiochus wil ling to spoyle Persepolis, is put to flight. 9 As he persecuteth the Iewes, he is striken of the Lord. 13 The fained repentance of Antiochus. 28 He dyeth mi serably.
1 AT the same time, came Antio chus agai ne with dishonour out of the countrey of Persia.
2 For when he came to Persepolia, and went about to robbe the Temple, and to subdue the citie, the people ranne in a rage to defē ded them selues with their weapons, and put them to flight, and Antiochus was put to flight by the inhabitants, and returned with shame.
3 Now when he came to Ecbatana, he vnder stode the things that had come vnto Nicanor, and Timotheus.
4 And then being chased in his fume, he thoght to impute to the Iewes their faute which had put him to flight, and therefore commanded his charetman to driue continually, and to dispatche the iourney: for Gods iudgement compelled him: for he had said thus in his pride, I wil make Ierusalem a commune burying place of the Iewes whē I come the ther.
5 But the Lord almightie and God of Israél smote him with an incurable and inuisible plague: for assone as he had spoken these wordes, a paine of the bowels, that was remediles, came vpon him, and sore torments of the inner partes.
6 And that moste iustely: for he had tormented other mens bowels with diuerse, and strange torments.
7 How be it he wolde in no wise cease from his arrogancie: but swelled the more with pride, breathing outfyre in his rage against the Iewes, and commanded to haste the iornay: but it came to passe that he feldow ne from the charet that rāne swiftely, so that all the mēbres of his bodie were bruised with the great fall.
8 And thus he thata litle a fore thoght he might commande the floods of the sea [so proude was he beyonde the condicion of man] and to weigh the hie moūtaines in the balance, was now cast on the ground, and caried in an horselitter, declaring vnto all the manifest power of God,Act. 12.
〈◊〉
9 * So that the wormes came out of the bo
die of this wicked man in abundance: and whiles he was aliue, his flesh fel of for paine and torment, and all his armie was grieued at hisOr, rotennes. smel.
10 Thus no man colde be are because of his stinke, him that a litle afore thoght he might reach to the starres of heauen.
11 Then he began to leaue of his great pride and self wil, when he was plagued and came to the knowledge of him self by the scourge of God, & by this paine which increased
〈◊〉
moment.
12 And when he him self might not abide his owne stinke, he said these wordes, It is mete to be subiect vnto God, & that a man which is mortal, shulde not thinke him self equal vnto God through pride,
13 This wicked persone prayed also vnto the Lord, who wolde now haue no mercie on him
14 And said thus that he wolde set at libertie the holie citie vnto the which he made haste to destroy it, & to make it a burying place
15 And as touching the Iewes, whome he had iudged not worthie to be buryed, but wolde haue cast them out with their children to be deuoured of the foules & wilde beastes, he wolde make thē all like the citizēs of Athenes.
16 And whereas he had spoiled the holie Tē
ple afore, he wolde garnish it with great giftes, and encrease the holie vessels, and of his ownerentes beare the charges belonging to the sacrifices.
17 Yea, & that he wolde also become a Iewe him self, & go through all the worlde that was inhabited, & preache the power of God
18 But for all this his paines wolde not cease for the iustiudgemēt of God was come vpō him: therefore despairing of his helth, he wrote vnto the Iewes this letter vnder wri ten, cōteining the forme of a supplicatiō.
19 ¶ THE KING & prince Antiochus vnto the Iewes his louing citizens wisheth muche ioye and helth and prosperitie.
20 If ye & your childrē fare wel, & if all things go after your minde, I giue great thankes vnto God hauing hope in the heauen.
21 Thogh I lie sicke, yet I am mindeful of your honour, and good wil for the loue I beare you: therefore when I returned from the countrey of Persia, and fel into a fore disease, I thoght it necessarie to care for the commune safetie of all.
22 Not distrusting mine helth, but hauing great hope to escape this sickenes.
23 Therefore considering that when my father led an hoste against the high coūtreys he appointed who shulde succede him.
24 That if anie controuersie happened contrary to his expectation, or if that anie tidings were broght that were grieuous, they in the land might knowe to whome the affaires were commited, that they shul de not be troubled.
25 Againe, when I ponder how that the gouernours, that are borderers, and neighbours vnto my kingdome, waite for all oc casions, and loke but for opportunitie, I haue ordeined that my sonne Antiochus shal be King whome I oft commende and committed to many of you, when I went into the hie prouinces, and haue writen vn to him as followeth hereafter.
26 Therefore I pray you and require you, to remember the benefites that I haue done vnto you generally and particularly, and that euerie man wil be faithful to me and to my sonne.
27 For I trust that he wil be gentle, and louing vnto you according to my minde.
28 ¶ Thus the murtherer and blasphemer suffered moste grieuously, and as he had intreated other men, so he dyed a miserable death in a strange countrey among the mountaines.
29 And Phillippe that was broght vp with him, carryed away his bodie, who fearing the sonne of Antiochus, went into Egypt to Ptolemeus Philometor.
CHAP. X.
1 Iudas Maccabeus taketh the citie and the Temple. 10 The actes of Eupator. 16
〈◊〉
Iewes fight against the
〈◊〉
. 24 Timotheus inuadeth Iudea, with whome Iudas ioyneth battel. 29 Fiue men appeare in the aire to the helpe of the Iewes. 39 Timotheus is slaine.
1 MAccabeus now and his companie, through the helpe of the Lord, wan the Temple and the citie againe.
2 And destroyed the altars, & chapels that the heathē had buylded in the opē places.
3 And clensed the Temple, & made another altar, & burned stones, & toke fyre of thē, and offred sacrifices, & incense two yeres, and six monethes after, and set forthe the lampes, and the shewebread.
4 When that was done, they fel downe flat vpon the grounde, and besoght the Lord, that they might come no more into suche troubles: but if they sinned anie more agaīst him, that he him self wolde chasten them with mercie, and that they might not be de liucred to the blasphemous, and barbarous nacions.
5 Now vpon the same day, that the strāgers polluted the Tēple, on the verie same day it was clensed againe euen the fiue & twē
tieth day of the same moneth, which is Cha sleu.
6 They kept eight dayes with gladnes as in the feast of the Tabernacles, remembring, that not long afore they held the feast of the Tabernacles when they liued in the mountaines and dennes like beastes.
7 And for the same cause they bare grene bowes, and faire branches and palmes, and sang psalmes vnto him that had giuen thē good successe in clensing his place.
8 They ordeined also by a commune statute & decre that euerie yere those dayes shulde be kept of the whole nacion of the Iewes.
9 And this was the end of Antiochus called Epiphanes.
10 ¶ Now wil we declare the actes of Antiochus Eupator, which was the sonne of this wicked man gathering briefly the calamities of the warres, that followed.
11 For when he had taken the kingdome, he made one Lysias, which had bene captaine of the hoste in Phenice, and Coelosyria, ru ler ouer the affaires of the realme.
12 For Ptolemeus was called Macron, purposed to do iustice vnto the Iewes for the wrong, that had bene done vnto them, and went about to behaue him self peace a bly with them.
13 For the which cause he was accused of his friends before Eupator, and was called oft times traitour, because he had left Cyprus that Philometor had committed vnto him, and came to Antiochus Epiphanes: therefo re seing that he was no more in estimation he was discouraged, and poysonned him self, and dyed.
14 ¶ But when Gorgias was gouernour of the same places, he interteined strangers, & made warre oft times against the Iewes.
15 Moreouer the Idumeans that helde the strōg holds, which were mete for their pur pose, troubled the Iewes, and by receiuing them that were driuen frō Ierusalem, toke in hand to continue warre.
16 Then thei that were with Maccabeus made prayers, & besoght God that he wolde be their helper, and so they fel vpon the strong holdes of the Idumeans.
17 And assalted them sore, that they wanne the places, and slewe all that foght against them on the wall, and killed all that they met with, and slewe no lesse then twentie thousand.
18 And because certeine [which were no lesse then nine thousand] were fled into two strong castels, hauing all maner of things conuenicnt to susteine the siege.
19 Maccabeus left Simon, and Ioseph, and Zaccheus also, and those that were with them, which were ynowe to besiege them, and departed to those places which were more necessarie.
20 Now thei that were with Simon, being Ied with couetousnes, were intreated for monei, [thorowe certeine of those that we re in the castel,] & toke seuentie thousand drachmes, and let some of them escape.
21 But when it was tolde Maccabeus what was done, he called the gouernours of the people together, and accused those men, that they had solde their brethren for money, and let their en emies go.
22 So he slewe them when they were conuict of traison, and immediatly wan the two ca stels:
23 And hauing good successe, as in all the warres that he toke in hand, he flew in the two castels mo then twentie thousand,
24 Now Timotheus whome the Iewes had ouercome afore, gathered an armie of stran gers of all sortes, & broght a great troupe of horsemen out of Asia to winne Iewrie by strength.
25 But when he drewe nere, Maccabeus, and thei that were with him, turned to praye vn to God, & sprinkled earth vpon their heads and girded their reines with sacke cloth.
26 And fel downe at the fote of the altar, and besoght (the Lord) to be merciful to them, and to be an enemie to their enemies, and
〈◊〉
. 23, 20, deu, 20,
〈◊〉
to be an aduersarie to their aduersaries, * as the Law declareth.
27 So after the prayer, they toke their weapons, & went on further from the citie, and when they came nere to the enemies, they toke hede to them selues.
28 And when the morning appeared, they bothe ioyned together: the one parte had the Lord for their refuge, & pledge of prosperitie, and noble victorie, and the other toke courage as a guide of the warre.
29 But when the battel waxed strōg, there ap peared vnto the enemies from heauen fiue comelie men vpon horses with bridles of golde, and two of them led the Iewes.
30 And toke Maccabeus betwixt them, & co uered him on euerie side with their weapōs & kept him safe, but shot
〈◊〉
, and lighte nings against the enemies, so that thei were confounded with blindenes, and beaten downe and ful of trouble.
31 There were slaine of (fotement) twentie thousand and fiue hundreth and six hundreth horsmen.
32 As for Timotheus him self, he fled vnto Ga zara, which was called a very strong holde, wherein Chereas was captaine.
33 But Maccabeus and his companié laie sie ge against the fortresses with courage for foure daies.
34 And thei that were within, trusting to the height of the place, blasphemed excedingly, and spake horrible wordes.
35 Neuertheles vpon theOr, the fiue, and
〈◊〉
day. fifth day in the morning twentie yong men of Maccabeus companie, whose hearts were inflamed, because of the blasphemies, came vnto the wall, & with bolde stomackes smote downe those that they met.
36 Others, also that climed vp vpon the engi nes of warre against thē that were within, set fyre vpon the towers, and burnt those blasphemers quicke with the fyres that they had made, and others brake vp the ga tes, and receiued the rest of the armie, and toke the citie.
37 And hauing found Timotheus, that was crept into a caue, they killed him, and Che reas his brother with Apollophanes.
38 When this was done, they praised the Lord with psalmes, & thankesgiuing, which had done so great things for Israél, and giuen them the victorie.
CHAP. XI.
8 Lysias goeth about to ouercome the Iewes.
〈◊〉
Succour is sent from heauen vnto the Iewes 16 The letter of Lysias vnto the Iewes. 20 The letter of King Antiochus vnto Lysias. 27 A letter of the same vnto the Iewes. 34 A let ter of the Romains to the Iewes.
1 VErie shortely after this, Lysias the Kings stewarde, and a kinsmā of his, which had the gouernance of the
〈◊〉
, toke sore dis pleasure for the things that were done.
2 And when he had gathered about fourescore thousand, with all the horsemen he came against the Iewes, thinking to make the citie an habitacion of the Gentiles.
3 And the Temple wolde he haue to get money by, like the other temples of the heathen: for he wolde sel the Priests office euerieyere.
4 And thus being puffed vp in his minde, because of the great nomber of fotemen, and thousands of horsemen, & in his foure score elephants,
5 He came into Iudea, and drewe nere to Beth sura, which was a castel of defence fiue,Whereof eight make a mile. furlongs from Ierusalem, and laid sore siege vnto it.
6 But when Maccabeus, and his companie knewe that he besieged the holdes, they, & all the people made prayers with weping, & teares before the Lord, that he wolde send a good Angel to deliuer Israel.
7 And Maccabeus him self first of all toke wea pons, exhorting the other that they wolde ieoparde them selues together with him to helpe their brethren: so they went forthe together with a courageous minde.
8 And as thei were there besides Ierusalem, the re appeared before them vpon horsebacke a man in white clothing, shaking his harnes of golde.
9 Then they praised the merciful God all together, & toke heart, in so muche that they were ready, not onely to fight with men, but with the moste cruel beasts, and to breake downe walles of yron.
10 Thus they marched forwarde in array, hauing an helper from heauen: for the LORD was merciful vnto them.
11 And running vpon their enemies like lions, they slewe eleuen thousand (fotemen,) and sixten hundreth horsemen, and put all the other flight.
12 Manie of them also being wounded, escaped naked, and Lysias him self fled away shamefully, and so escaped,
13 Who as he was a man of vnderstanding cō
sidering what losse he had had, and knowing that the Hebrewes colde not be ouercome because the almightie God helped them, sent vnto them,
14 And promised, that he wolde consent to all things which were reasouable, & persuade the King to be their friend.
15 Maccabeus agreed to Lysias requestes, hauing respectin all things to the cōmune welth and whatsoeuer Maccabeus wrote vnto Lysias cōcerning the Iewes, the King grāted it.
16 For there were letters writē vnto the Iewes from Lysias conteining these wordes, LYSIAS vnto the people of the Iewes, sendeth greting.
17 Iohn & Abessalom, which were sent frō you deliuered me the things that you demande by writing, & required me to fulfil the things that they had declared.
18 Therefore what things soeuer were
〈◊〉
to be reported to the King him self, I haue declared them, and he granted that that was possible.
19 Therefore if ye behaue your selues as friēds toward his affaires, hereafter also I wil in deuour my self to do you good.
20 As concerning these things, I haue giuē cō mandemēt to these men, & to those whome I sent vnto you, to cōmune with you of the same particularly.
21 Fare ye wel, the hundreth and eight and for tie yere, the foure and twentieth day of the moneth Dioscorinthius.
22 ¶ Now the Kings letter conteined these wordes, KING ANTIOCHVS vnto his brother Lysias sendeth greting.
23 Since our father is translated vnto the gods our wil is, that they which are in our realme, liue quietly, that euerie man may applie his owne affaires.
24 We vnderstand also that the Iewes wolde not consent to our father, for to be broght vnto the custome of the Gentiles, but wolde kepe their owne maner of liuing: for the which cause they require of vs, that we wolde suffer them to liue after their owne Lawes.
25 Wherefore our minde is that this nacion shalbe in rest, and haue determined to restore them their Temple, that they may be gouerned according to the custome of their fa thers.
26 Thou shalt do wel therefore to send vnto them, and grante them peace, that whē they are certified of our minde, they maye be of good comfort, and cherefully go about their owne affaires.
27 And this was the Kings letter vnto the nacion, KING ANTIOCHVS vnto the Elders of the Iewes, and to the rest of the Iewes sendeth greting.
28 If ye fare wel, we haue our desire: we are also in good helth.
29 Menelaus declared vnto vs that your desire was to returne home, & to applie your owne busines.
30 Wherefore, those that wil departe, we giue them fre libertie, vnto the thirtie daye of the moneth ofOr, April. Panthicus,
31 That the Iewes may vse their owne maner of liuing and Lawes, like as afore, and none of them by anie maner of waies to haue harme for things done by ignorance.
32 I haue sent also Menelaus to comfort you.
33 Fare ye wel: the hundreth and eight and fortie yere, the fiftenth day of the moneth of Pā thicus.
34 ¶ The Romains also sent a letter cōteining these wordes, QVINTVS MEMMIVS and TitusOr, Manlius. Manilius embassadours of the Ro mains, vnto the people of the Iewes send greting.
35 The things that Lysias the Kings kinsman hathe granted you, we grant the same also.
36 But concerning that which he shal report vnto the King, send hether some with spede, when ye haue considered the matter diligently, that we may consult thereupon as shalbe best for you: for we must go vnto Antiochia.
37 And therefore make haste & send some mē, that we may knowe your minde.
38 Fare wel: this hundreth and eight, and fortie yere, the fiftenth day of the moneth of Panthicus.
CHAP. XII.
2 Timothens troubleth the Iewes. 3 The wicked dede of thē of Ioppe against the Iewes, 6 Iudas is
〈◊〉
of thē 9 He setteth fyre in the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
. 20 The pursute of the Iewes against
〈◊〉
. 24 Timotheus is taken and let go
〈◊〉
. 32 Iudas pursueth Gorgias.
1 WHen these couenants were made, Lysias went vnto the King, and the Iewes tilled their grounde.
2 But the gouernours of the places, (as) Timotheus & Appollonius the sonne of Genneus, and Ieronimus, & also Demophon, and besides them
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of Cyprus wolde not let them liue in rest and peace.
3 ¶ They of Ioppe also did suche a vile act: they prayed the Iewes that dwelt among them, to go with their
〈◊〉
and children into the shippes, which they had prepared as thogh they had ought them none euil.
4 And so by the commune aduise of the citie, they obeyed them, and suspect nothing: but when they were gone for the into the depe, they drowned no lesse then two hundreth of them.
5 Now when Iudas knewe of this crueltie shewed against his nacion, he commanded those men that were with him, to make thē readie.
6 And hauing called vpon God the righteous Iudge, he wēt forthe against the murtherers of his brethren, and set fyre in the hauen by night, and burnt the ships, and those that fled thence, he
〈◊〉
.
7 And when the citie was shut vp, he departed as though he wolde come againe, and roote out all them of the citie of Ioppe.
8 ¶ But when he perceiued that the Iamnites were minded to do in like maner vnto the Iewes, which dwelt among them,
9 He came vpon the Iamnites by night, & set fyre in the hauen with the nauie, so that the light of the fyre was sene at Ierusalē, vpon a two hundreth and fortie furlongs.
10 Now when they were gone from thence nine furlongs, in their iourney towarde Timotheus, about fiue thousand men (of fote) and fiue hundreth horsemen of the Arabians set vpon him.
11 So the battel was sharpe, but it prospered with Iudas thorowe the helpe of GOD: theSo called
〈◊〉
se they were
〈◊〉
herds. Nomades of Arabia, being ouercome, be soght Iudas to make peace with them, & pro mised to giue him certeine cattel, & to helpe him in other things.
12 And Iudas thinking that they shulde in dede be profitable concerning manie things, gran ted thē peace: whereupon thei shoke hands and so they departed to their tents.
13 ¶ Iudas also
〈◊〉
a citie called Caspis, whi che was strong by reason of a bridge, and fen ced roūde about with walles, and had diuers kindes of people dwelling therein.
14 So they that were within it, put suche trust in the strength of the walles, and in store of vitailes, that they were the slacker in' their doings, reuiling thē that were with Iudas, & reproching them: yea, they blasphemed and spake suche wordes as were not lawful.
15 But Maccabeus souldiers, calling vpon the great Prince of the worlde [which without anieOr, battel
〈◊〉
mes. instruments, or engins of warre, did * cast downe the walles of Iericho, in the timeIosh. 6, 20. of Iesus] gaue a fierce assalt against the walles,
16 And toke the citie by the wil of God, and made an exceding great slaughter, in so muche that a lake of two furlongs broad, whiche laye thereby, semed to flowe with blood.
17 ¶ Then departed thei from thence, seuē hū
dreth and fiftie furlongs, and came to Characa vnto the Iewes, that are called Tubieni.
18 But they foūde not Timotheus there for he was departed from thence, and had done no thing, and had left a garison in a verie strong holde.
19 But Dositheus, & Sosipater, which were
〈◊〉
with Maccabeus, went forthe, and slewe those that Timotheus had left in the forteresse more then ten thousand men.
20 And Maccabeus prepared, and ranged his armie by bādes, & wēt courageously against Timotheus, which had with him an hūdreth and twentie thousand men of fote, and two thousand and fiue hundreth horsemen.
21 When Timotheus had knowledge of Iudas comming, he sent the women, and children, and the other baggage a fore vnto a forteres se called Carnion [for it was hard to besiege, & vneasie to come vnto because of the straites on all sides.]
22 But when Iudas first bāde came in sight, the enemies were smiten with feare, and a trembling was among them thorow the presence of him that seeth all things, in so muche that thei fleing one here, another there, were oft times hurt by their owne people, and wounded with the pointes of their owne swordes
23 But Iudas was verie earnest in pursuing, and
slewe those wicked mē: yea, he slewe thirtie thousand men of them.
24 Timotheus also hym selfe fell into the handes of Dositheus, and Sosipater, whome he besoght with muche crafte to let hym go with hys lyfe, because he had manie of the Iewes parents and the brethren of some of them, which if they put him to death, shulde be despised.
25 So when he had assured them with manie wordes, and promised that he wolde restore them without hurt, they let hym go for the helth of their brethren.
26 ¶ Thē went Maccabeus towarde Carmon, and Atargation, and slewe fiue and twentie thousand persones.
27 And after that he had chased away and slayne them, Iudas remoued the hoste towarde Ephron a strong citie, wherein was Lysias and a great multitude of all nacions, and the strong yong men kept the walles defending them mightely: there was also great prepara cion of engins of warre, and dartes.
28 But when they had called vpon the Lord, which with his power breaketh the strēgth of the enemies, they wan the citie, and slewe fiue and twentie thousand of them that were within.
29 ¶ Frō thēce wēt thei to Scythopolis, which lieth six hundreth furlongs from Ierusalém.
30 But when the Iewes which dwelt there, testified, that the Scythopolitans delt louingly with them, and intreated them kindely in the time of their aduersities.
31 They gaue them thankes, desiring them to be friendlie still vnto them, and so they came to Ierusalém, as the feast of the wekes approched.
32 ¶ And after the feast called Penticost they went forthe against Gorgias the gouernour of
〈◊〉
.
33 Who came out with thre thousand men of
〈◊〉
and foure hundreth horsemen.
34 And when they ioyned together, a fewe of the Iewes were slayne.
35 And Dositheus one of the Baccenors, whiche was on horsebacke and a mightie man, toke Gorgias, and layed holde of hys garment, and drewe him by force, because he wolde haue taken the wicked man aliue: but an horsemen of Thracia fell vpon him, and smote of hys shulder, so that Gorgias fled into Marisa.
36 And when they that wereOr, with
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. with Eserin, had foghten long, and were wearie, Iudas called vpon the Lord, that he wolde shewe hym selfe to be their helper, and captaine of the field.
37 And then he began in hys owne language, and sung psalmes with a loude voyce, in so much that straight wayes he made them that were about Gorgias, to take their flight.
38 ¶ So Iudas gathered his hoste, and came into the citie of Odolla. And when the seuēth day came, they clensed them selues [as the custome was] and kept the Sabbath in the same place.
39 And vpon the daye following, as
〈◊〉
required, Iudas and his companie came to take vp the bodies of them that were
〈◊〉
, and to burye them with their kynsemen in their fathers graues.
40 Nowe vnder the coates of euerie one, that was slaine, they founde
〈◊〉
wels that had bene consecrate to the idoles of the * Iamnites,
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. whiche thing is forbidden the Iewes by the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. Law. Then euerie man sawe, that this was the cause wherefore they were slayne.
41 And so euerie man gaue thankes vnto the Lord, the righteous Iudge, whiche had opened the things that were hid.
42 And they gaue them selues to prayer, and besoght hym, that they shulde not vtterly be destroyed for the faute committed. Besides that, noble Iudas exhorted the people to kepe them selues from sinne, for so muche as they sawe before their eyes the thinges which came to passe by the sinne of these that were slayne.
43 And hauing made a gathering through the companie, sent to Ierusalē about two thousand drachmes of
〈◊〉
, to offer a sinne offring, doyng very wel, and honestly that he thoght of the resurrection.
44 For if he had not hoped, that they whiche were
〈◊〉
, shulde rise againe, it had bene superfluous, ād vaine, toFrom this
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of this
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
is
〈◊〉
, so that no good
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
doctrine
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
by:
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that this pla ce was not
〈◊〉
by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Gost, both because it
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
res, and also the
〈◊〉
of this
〈◊〉
acknowledgyng his owne
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, if he haue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
And
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
, out of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
this
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
Ioseph
〈◊〉
Go
〈◊〉
, who
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
fiue bookes of these
〈◊〉
, ād
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
place,
〈◊〉
no
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
this
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the dead, lib. 3. chap.
〈◊〉
. For it
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the Iewes,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
this day,
〈◊〉
pray for the dead, And thogh Iudas had so done, yet this particular example is not
〈◊〉
to establish a
〈◊〉
no more thē
〈◊〉
porahs was to proue that women might mini ster the
〈◊〉
Exod. 4, 25, or the example of
〈◊〉
might
〈◊〉
him self, whome this
〈◊〉
so much
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 14, 41. pray for the dead.
45 And therefore he perceyued, that there was great fauour
〈◊〉
vp for those that dyed godly. [It was an holie, and a good thoght] So he made a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the dead that they might be
〈◊〉
from sinne.
CHAP. XIII.
1 The comming of
〈◊〉
into
〈◊〉
. 4 The death of
〈◊〉
. 10 Maccabeus going to fight against Eupator,
〈◊〉
his souldiers vnto prayer. 15 He kylleth
〈◊〉
thousand men in the tentes of Antiochus. 21
〈◊〉
the betrayer of the
〈◊〉
is taken.
1 IN the hundreth, fortie ād nine yere it was tolde Iudas, that Antiochus Eupator was comming with a great power into Iudea.
2 And Lysias the stewarde and ruler of hys affaires with hym, hauing bothe in their armie an hundreth and ten thousand men of
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
, and fiue thousand horsemē, and two and twentie elephants, and thre
〈◊〉
dreth charets set with hookes.
3 Menelaus also ioyned hym selfe with them and with great disceit incouraged Antiochus, not
〈◊〉
the safegard of the countrey, but because he thoght to haue bene made the gouernour.
4 But the Kyng of Kings moued Antiochus minde against this wicked man, and Lysias informed the Kyng that thys man was the cause of all mischief, so that the King commanded to bryng hym to
〈◊〉
to put hym vnto death as the maner was in that place.
5 Nowe there was in that place a tower of fiftie cubites high, ful of ashes, and it had an
instrument that turned rounde, and on euerie side itrouled downe into the ashes.
6 And there whosoeuer was condemned of sa crilege, or ofanie other grieuous crime, was cast of all men to the death.
7 And so it came to passe that this wicked man shulde dye suche a death, and it was a moste iuste thing that Menelaus shulde want buryal,
8 For because he had committed manie sinnes by the altar, whose fyre and ashes were holie he him self also dyed in the ashes.
9 ¶ Now the King raged in his minde, & came to shewe himself more cruel vnto the Iewes then his father.
10 Which things when Iudas perceiued, he cō manded the people to call vpon the LORD night and day, that if euer he had holpen thē he wolde now helpe them, when they shulde be put from their Law, from their countrey and from the holie Temple:
11 And that he wolde not suffer the people, which a litle afore began to recouer, to be subdued vnto the blasphemous nacions.
12 So when they had done this all together, & besoght the Lord for mercie with weping and fasting, and falling downe thre dayes together, Iudas exhorted them to make them selues readie.
13 And he being aparte with the Elders, toke counsel to go forthe, afore the King broght his hoste into Iudea, and shulde take the citie, & commit the matter to the helpe of the Lord.
14 So committing the charge to the Lord of the world, he exhorted his souldiers to fight man fully, euen vnto death for the Lawes, the Temple, the citie, their countrey, and the commune wealth, and camped by Modin.
15 And so giuing his souldiers for a watche worde, The victorie of God, he piked out the manliest yong men, and went by night into the Kings campe, & slewe of the hoste fourtene thousand men, and the greatest elephāt with all that sate vpon him.
16 Thus when they had broght a great feare, and trouble in the campe, & all things went prosperously with them, they departed.
17 This was done in the breake of the day, be cause the protection of the Lord did helpe them.
18 ¶ Now when the King had tasted the manlines of the Iewes, he wēt about to take the holdes by policie,
19 And marched towarde Beth-sura, which was a strong holde of the Iewes: but he was chased away, hurt and lost of his men.
20 For Iudas had sent vnto them that were in it suche things as were necessarie.
21 But Rhodocus which was in the Iewes hoste, disclosed the secretes to the enemies: the refore he was soght out, and when they had gotten him, they put him in prison.
22 After this did the King commune with thē that were in Beth-sura, andOr, gaue &
〈◊〉
the right hand. toke truce with them, departed, and ioyned battel with Iudas, who ouercame him.
23 But when he vnderstode, that Philippe [whome he had left to be
〈◊〉
of his bu sines at Antiochia] did rebell against him, he was astonished, so that he yelded him self to the Iewes, and made them an othe to do all things that were right, and was appeased towarde them, and offred sacrifice & adorned the Temple, and shewed great gentlenes to the place,
24 And embraced Maccabeus, and made him captaine and gouernour from
〈◊〉
vnto the Gerreneans.
25 Neuertheles, when he came to Ptolemais, the people of the citie were not content wit this agrement: and because they were grieued, thei wolde that he shulde breake the co uenants.
26 Then went Lysias vp into the iudgemēt seat and excused the fact as wel as he colde, and persuaded them, and pacified them, & made them wel affectioned, and came againe vnto Antio chia. This is the matter cōcerning the Kings iournay, and his returne.
CHAP. XIIII.
1 Demetrius moued by Alcimus sendeth Nicanor to kil the Iewes. 18 Nicanor maketh a compacte with the Iewes. 29 Which he yet breaketh through the mocion of the King. 37 Nicanor commandeth Razis to be taken, who slayeth him self.
1 AFter thre yeres was Iudas enformed that Demetrius the sonne of Seleucus was come vp with a great power & name by the heauen of Tripolis,
2 When he had wonne the countrey, and slaine Antiochus and his lieutenant Lysias.
3 Now
〈◊〉
, whiche had bene the high Priest, & wilfully defiled himself in the time that all things were confounded, seing that by no meanes he colde saue himself, norhaue anie more entrance to the holie altar,
4 He came to King Demetrius in the hūdreth fiftie & one yere, presēting vnto him a crown of golde, and a palme, and of the boughes, which were vsed solemnely in the Temple, and that day he helde his tongue.
5 But when he had gotten opportunitie, and occasion for his rage, Demetrius called him to counsel, and asked him what deuises or counsels the Iewes leaned vnto.
6 To the which he answered, the Iewes that be called Asideans whose captaine is Iudas Maccabeus, mainteine warres, and make insurrections, and wil not let the realme be in peace.
7 Therefore I, being depriued of my fathers honour [I meane the high priesthode] am now come hether,
8 Partely because I was wel affectioned vnto the Kings affaires, and secondly because I soght the profite of mine owne citiziens: for all our people, thorowe their rashnes, are not a litle troubled.
9 Wherefore, ô King, seing thou knowest all these things, make prouision for the countrey, and our nacion which is abused, according to thine owne humanitie, that is readie to helpe all men.
10 For as long as Iudas liueth, it is not possible that the matter shulde be wel.
11 When he had spoken these wordes, other friends also hauing euil wil at Iudas, set Demetrius on fyre.
12 Who immediatly called for Nicanor, the ruler of the elephantes, and made him captaine ouer Iudea,
13 And sent him forthe, commanding him to
〈◊〉
Iudas, and to scatter them that were with him, and to make Alcimus high Priest of the great Temple.
14 Then the heathen which fled out of Iudea from Iudas, came to Nicanor by flockes, thinking the harme and calamities of the Iewes to be their welfare.
15 Now when the Iewes heard of Nicanors comming, and the gathering together of the heathen, they sprinkled them selues with earth, and prayed vnto him which had appointed him self a people for euer, and did alwais defende his owne porcion with euident tokens.
16 So at the commandement of the captaine, they remoued straight wayes from thence, and came to the towne of Dessan,
17 Where Simon Iudas brother had ioyned battel with Nicanor and was some what asto nished thorowe the sudden silence of the enemies.
18 Neuertheles Nicanor hearing the manlines of them that were with Iudas, and the bolde stomackes that they had for their countrey durst not proue the matter with blood shed ding.
19 Wherefore, he sent Posidonius,Or,
〈◊〉
. Theodocius, andOr, Mattathias. Matthias before, to make peace.
20 So when they had taken long aduisement thereupon, and the captaine shewed it vnto the multitude, they were agreed in one minde, and consented to the couenants.
21 And they appointed a day when they shulde particularly come together: so when the day was come, they set for euerie man his stoole.
22 Neuertheles Iudas commanded certeine men of armes to waite in conuenient places lest there shulde suddenly arise anie euil thorowe the enemies: and so they communed together of the things wherevpon they had agreed.
23 Nicanor, while he abode at Ierusalem, did none hurt, but sent a way the people that were gathered together.
24 HeOr, had Iudas before his eyes. loued Iudas, and fauoured him in his heart.
25 He praid him also to take a wife, and to be get children: so he maried, and they liued together.
26 But Alcimus perceiuing the loue that was betwene them, and vnderstanding the couenantes that were made, came to Demetrius, and tolde him that Nicanor had taken strange matters in hand, and ordeined Iudas a traitour to the realme, to be his successour.
27 Then the King was displeased, and by the reportes of this wicked man, he wrote to Nicanor, saying, that he was very angrie for the couenants, commanding him that he shulde send Maccabeus in all haste prisoner vnto antiochia.
28 When these things came to Nicanor, he was astonished, and fore
〈◊〉
, that he shulde breake the things wherein they had agreed, seing that that man had committed no wickednes.
29 But because it was not cōmodious to him to withstand the King, he soght craftely to accomplishit.
30 Not withstanding when Maccabeus percei ued that Nicanor beganne to be rough vn to him, and that he intreated him more rudely then he was wonte he perceiued that suche rigour came not of good, and there fore he gathered a fewe of his men, and withdrewe himself from Nicanor.
31 But the other perceiuing that he was preuented by (Maccabeus) worthie policie came into the great & holie Temple, and cō
māded the Priests, which were offring their vsual sacrifices, to deliuer him the man.
32 And whē they sweare that they colde not tell where the man was, whome he soght.
33 He stretched out his right hand towarde the Temple, and made an othe in this maner, If ye wil not deliuer me Iudas as a prisoner, I wil make this Temple of God a plaine field, and wil breake downe the altar, and wil erect a notable Temple vnto Bac chus.
34 After these wordes he departed: then the Priests lift vp their hands towarde heauen, and besoght him that was euer the defender of their nacion, saying in this maner.
35 Thou, ô Lord of all things, which hast nede of nothing, woldest that the Temple of thi ne habitacion shulde be amōg vs.
36 Therefore now, ô moste holie Lord, kepe this house euer vndefiled, which lately was clensed, and stoppe all the mouths of the vn righteous.
37 Now was there accused vnto Nicanor, Razis one of the Elders of Ierusalêm, a louer of the citie, and a man of very good reporte, which for his loue was called a father of the Iewes.
38 For this man a fore times when the Iewes were minded to kepe themselues vndefiled and pure, being accused to be of the religion of the Iewes, did offer to spend, his bo die and life with all constancie for the religion of the Iewes.
39 So Nicanor willing to declare the hatred that he bare to the Iewes, sēt about fiue hū
dreth men of warre to take him.
40 For he thoght by taking him to do the Iewes muche hurte.
41 But when this companie wolde haue taken his castel, and wolde haue broken the gates by violence, and commanded to bring fyre to burne the gates, so that he was readie to be taken on euerie side, heAs this priuate example ought not to be folloWed of the godlie because it is contraty to the word of God, although the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
here to approue
〈◊〉
so that place as touching prayer Chap. 12. 44. thogh Iudas had appoin
〈◊〉
it, yet were it not sufficient to
〈◊〉
a doctri ne, because it is onely a particular example. fel on his sworde,
42 Willing rather to dye manfully, them to giue him self into the hands of wicked men, & to suffer reproche vn worthie for his noble stocke.
43 Notwithstanding what time as he missed of his stroke for haste, and the multitude rus shed in violently betwene the dores, he ran boldely to the wall, and cast him self downe manfully among the multitude.
44 Which conueyed them selues lightly away and gaue place, so that he fell vpon his bellie.
45 Neuertheles while there was yet breth in him, being kindled in his minde, he rose vp, and thogh his blood gushed out like a fountaine, and he was verie sore wounded, yet he ran thorow the middes of the people,
46 And gate him to the toppe of an hie rocke so when his blood was vtterly gone, he toke out his owne bowels with bothe his hands, and thre we them vpon the people, calling vpō the Lord of life and spirit, that he wolde restore them againe vnto him, and thus he dyed.
CHAP. XV.
2 Nicanor goeth about to come vpon Iudas on the Sabbath day. 5 The blasphemie of Nicanor. 14 Maccabeus expounding vnto the Iewes the vision incourageth them. 21 The prayer of Maccabeus. 30 Maccabe us commandeth Nicanors head and hands to be cut of and his tongue to be giuen vnto the foules. 39 The autor ex euseth him self.
1 NOw when Nicanor knewe that Iudas & his companie were in the countrey of Samaria, he thoght with all assurance to come vpon them, vpon the Sabbath day.
2 Neuertheles the Iewes that were compelled to go with him, said, O kill not so cruelly and barbarously, but honour and sanctifie the day, that is appointed by him that seeth all things.
3 But this moste wicked persone demāded, Is there a Lord in heauen, that commāded the Sabbath day to be kept?
4 And when thei said, There is a liuing Lord, which ruleth in the heauen, who commanded the seuenth day to be kept,
5 Then he said, And I am mightie vpon earth to commande them for to arme them selues and to performe the Kings busines. Not withstanding, he colde not accomplish his wicked enterprise.
6 For Nicanor lifted vp with great pride, purposed to set vp a memorial of the victorie ob teined of all them that were with Iudas.
7 But Maccabeus had euer sure confidence, and a perfite hope that the Lord wold helpe him,
8 And exhorted his people not to be afraid at the coming of the heathen, but alway to remember the helpe that had bene shewed vn to them from heauen, and to trust now also, that they shulde haue the victorie by the Almightie.
9 Thus he incouraged them by the Law and Prophetes, putting them in remembrance of the battels that they had wonne afore, & so made them more willing,
10 And stirred vp their hearts, and shewed thē also the disceitfulnes of the heathē, and how they had broken their othes.
11 Thus he armed euerie one of them, not with the assurance of shields and speares, but with wholsome wordes and exhortacions, and shewed them a dreame worthie to be beleued, and reioyced them greatly.
12 And this was his vision, He thoght that he sawe Onias [which had bene the high Priest, a vertuous & a good man, reuerent in behauiour, and of so ber conuersation, welspokē, and one that had bene exercised in all pointes of godlines from a childe] holding vp his hands towarde heauen, and praying for the whole people of the Iewes.
13 ¶ After this there appeared vnto him another man which was aged, honorable, and of a wonderful dignitie, & excellēcie aboue him.
14 And Onias spake, & said, This is a louer of the brethren, who prayeth muche for the people, and for the holie citie, (to wit,) Ieremias the Prophet of God.
15 He (thoght also) that Ieremias helde out his right hand, and gaue vnto Iudas a sworde of golde: and as he gaue it, he spake thus,
16 Take this holie sworde a gifte from GOD, where with thou shalt wounde the aduersaries.
17 And so being comforted by the wordes of Iudas, which were very swete and able to stir re them vp to valiantnes and to in courage the heartes of the yong mē, they determined to pitch no campe, but courageously to set vpon them, and manfully to assaile them, and to trye the matter hand to hand, because the citie and the Sanctuarie, and the Temple we rein danger.
18 As for their wiues, and children, & brethré and kinsfolkes, they set lesse by their danger but their greatest & principal feate was for the holie Temple.
19 Againe they that were in the citie, were ca reful for the armie that was abroad.
20 Now whiles they all waited for the tryal of the matter, and the enemies now met with them, and the hoste was set in araye, and theOr, elephants. beastes were separated into conuenient places, and the horsemen were placed in the wings,
21 Maccabeus considering the coming of the multitude & the diuers preparations of wea
pons, and the fiercenes of the beastès, helde vp his hands towarde heauen, calling vpon the Lord that doeth wonders, and that loked vpon them, knowing that the victorie cometh not by the weapons, but that he giueth the victorie to them that are worthie, as semeth good vn to him.
22 Therefore in his prayer he said after this maner, O Lord, * thou that didest send thine
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 19. 35.
Isa. 37. 36. Angel in the time of Ezecias King of Iudea,Teb. 1. 21. who in the hoste of Sennacherib slewe anEccles. 48. 24. hundreth, forescore and fiue thousand,
23 Send now also thy good Angel before vs, ô Lord of heauens, for a feare and dreade vn to them,
24 And let thē be discomfited by the strength of thine arme, which come against thine holie people to blaspheme. Thus with these wordes he made an end,
25 Then Nican or and they that were with him drewe nere with trumpets and shoutings forioye,
26 But Iudas and his companie praying and calling vpon God, incountered with the ene mies,
27 So that with their hands they fought, but with their hearts they prayed vnto God, and slewe no lesse then fiue and thirtie thousand men: for thorowe the presence of God they were wonderously comforted.
28 Now when they left of, and were turning againe with ioye, they vnderstode that Nicanor him self was slaine for all his armour.
29 Then they made a great shoute and a crye, praising the Almightie in their owne langage.
30 Therefore (Iudas,) which was euer the chief defender of his citizēs bothe in bodie and minde, and which bare euer good affection towardes them of his nacion, comman ded to smite of Nicanors head, with his hand and shulder, and to bring it to Ierusalem.
31 And when he came there, he called all then of his nacion, and set the Priests by the altar, and sent for them of the castel,
32 And shewed thē wicked Nicanors head, & the hand of that blasphemour which he had holden vp against the holie Temple of the Al mightie with proude bragges.
33 He caused the tongue also of wicked Nicanor to be cut in litle pieces, and to be cast vnto the foules, and that the rewardes of his madnes shulde be hanged vp before the Temple.
34 So euerie man praised to warde the heauen the glorious Lord, saying, Blessed be he, that hathe kept his place vnderfiled.
35 He hanged also Nicanors head vpon the hic castel, for an euident and plaine token vnto all of the helpe of God.
36 And so they established all together by a cō mune decre that they wolde in no case suffer this day without keping it holie:
37 And that the feast shulde be the thirtenth day of the twelfth moneth, which is called Adar in the Syrians langage, the day before Mardocheus day.
38 Thus farre as concerning Nicanors matters and from that time the Hebrewes had the citie in possession. And here wil I also make and end.
39 If I haue done wel, and as the storie required, it is the thing that I desired: but if I haue spoken slenderly & barely, it is that I colde.
40 For as it is hurtfull to drynke wine alone, and then againe water: and as wine tempered with water is pleasant and deliteth the taste, so the setting out of the matter deliteth the eares of them that read the storie. And here shalbe the end.
THE NEWE TESTAMENT OF OVR LORD IESVS CHRIST.
Conferred diligently vvith the Greke, and best approued translacions in diuers languages.
This is the message vvhiche vve haue heard of him, and declare vnto you, that God is the light, and in him is no darkenes.
IOHN. 1. VER. 5.
No man lighteth a Candell, for to put it vnder a Bushell,
But vpon the Candelstike.
Mathew. v.
If vve vvalke in the light as he is in the light, vve haue felovvship one vvith another, and the blood of Iesus Christ clenseth vs from all sinne.
Iohn. 1. Vers. 7.
PRINTED AT GENEVA.
M. D. LXI.
The order of the yeres from Pauls conuersion shevvyng the time of hys peregrination, and of hys Epistles vvriten to the Churches.
The yeres of the natiuitie of Iesus Christ.
The yeres of the conuersion of S. Paul.
The yeres of Tyberius the Emperour.
35
1
Paul a persecuter. Act. 7. 8. 9. was conuerted as he went towarde Damascus. Act. 9.
20
36
2
From Damascus he went into Arabiato preache the Gospel: after he returned to Damascus where they wolde haue taken hym, but he escaped by the meanes of the faythful, whiche did let him downe in a basket through the walles. Act. 9. Gal. 1.
21
37
3
22
38
4
From thence he came to Ierusalem to se Peter. Gal. 1. Act. 9. 2. Cor. 12.
23 of
〈◊〉
la 2
39
5
40
6
The Iewes wolde haue put hym to death, but he was led to Cesarea, and frome thence sent into Syria and to Tarsus of Cilicia. Act. 9. Gal. 1.
3
41
7
4
42
8
43
9
After he was broght to Antio chia by Barnabas, where the disciples were first named Christians.
44
10
45
11
The famine was prophecied by Agabus vnder C. Cesar. Act. 11.
of Claudius 2
46
12
S. Iames was slaine by Herode. Act. 12.
3
47
13
Paul the gouernour of Cyprus was conuerted by S. Paul. Act. 13.
4
Paul preached the Gospell in Antiochia of Pisidia, whiche is a parte of Galatia. Act. 14.
5
48
14
6
49
15
Thence he went to Iconium where he remained for a time. Act. 13. 14.
7
50
16
He healed a lame man at Lystri, and there was stoned. Act. 14.
8
51
17
When he had appointed the Elders in the Churche, he visited all Pisidia and Pam philia, and returned to Antiochia.
9
52
18
10
53
19
At this tyme was the Councill of the Apostles holden at Ierusalem where sainte Paul appeared, and he returned to Antiochia, whether Peter also came, and Paul resisted him openly, Act. 15. Galat. 2.
11
54
20
Paul went into Syria and Cilicia with Siluanus to confirme the Churches, and afterwarde to Derbe and Lystri, where he taketh Timotheus vnto hym: thence he goeth to Macedonia, and teacheth in a citie called Philippi. Act. 15. 16.
12
55
21
Paul
〈◊〉
at Athenes. Act. 17. and frō thence writeth to the Thessalonians.
13
56
22
He remaineth at Corinthus 18. monethes. Act. 18. and from thence writeth to the Romaines.
14
57
23
He returneth to Ephesus, and from thence to Cesarea: afterwarde to Ierusalem, and so to Antiochia: afterwarde he visiteth the Churches of Galicia and Phrigia. Act. 18.
of Nero
58
24
2
59
25
He commeth to Ephesus, where he preacheth two yeres, and there leaueth Timotheus. Act. 19. 1. Tim. 1.
3
60
26
He writeth from Ephesus the first to the Corinthians. 1. Corinth. 16.
4
61
27
After the tumult that was in Ephesus, he came to Troas, and from thence to Macedonia, and beyng at Philippi he wrote the seconde to the Corinthians by Titus and Luke. 2. Cor. 2. and 13. Act. 20.
5
62
28
Thence he came into Achaia and to Corinthus as he had promised. 1. Corint. 16. and. 2. Cor. 12. and because certeine laid waite for hym, he returned by Macedonia vnto Troas towarde Aristarchus and Timotheus, whiche were gone before him. Act. 20.
6
63
29
From Troas he came to Assos, to Mitylene called Lesbos, vnto Samos, and frome thence to Miletum, where he toke leaue of the Ephesians. Act. 20. Thence he came to Rodes, to Patara, to Tyrus, to Ptolemais, to Cesarea, and last of all to Ierusalem, where he was taken. Act. 21 and 22.
7
64
30
8
65
31
When he was prisoner, he was led to Cesarea before the gouernour Felix. Act. 23 where he remained two yeres. Act. 24.
9
66
32
Afterwarde he was sent prisoner to Rome. Act. 27.
10
67
33
And being in prison there, he wrote to the Galatians, to the Ephesians, and to the Philippians.
11
68
34
Also to the Collossians, and to Philemon.
12
69
35
The seconde to Timotheus.
13
70
36
Finally he was beheaded at the commandement of Nero.
14
The description of the holie land and of the places mencioned in the foure Euangelistes.
THE DESCRIPTION OF THE HOLIE LAND, conteining the places mencioned in the foure Euangelistes, vvith other places about the sea coasts, vvherein may be sene the vvayes and iourneis of Christ and his Apostles in Iudea, Samaria, and Galile: for into these thre partes this land is diuided.
THE PLACES SPECIFIED IN this mappe vvith their situation by the obseruation of the degrees concerning their length and breadth.
Ascalon
65. 24. 31. 32.
Azot
65. 35. 32.
Bethlehem
65. 55. 31. 51.
Bethphage
68. 31. 58.
Bethsaida
66. 51. 32. 29.
Bethabara
66. 51. 32. 1.
Bethania
66. 31. 58.
Cana of Galile
66. 52. 32. 48.
Capernaum
66. 53. 32. 29.
Carmel mount
66. 31. 32. 50.
Cesarea Stratonis
66. 16. 32. 25.
Cesarea Philippi
67. 39. 33. 5.
Corasim
66. 53. 32. 29.
Dam one of the founteins whence Iordan springeth
67. 25. 33. 8.
Ennon
66. 40. 32. 18.
Emaus
65. 54. 31. 59.
Ephen
66. 8. 32.
Gadara or Garaza
66. 48. 32. 29.
Gaza
65. 10. 31. 40.
Iericho
66. 10. 32. 1.
Ierusalém
66. 31. 55.
Ioppe
65. 40. 32. 5.
Ior the other founteine whence Iordan springeth
67. 31. 33. 7.
Magdalon called also Dalmanutha
66. 48. 32. 28.
Naim
66. 35. 32. 33.
Nazareth
66. 56. 32. 42.
Ptolemais
66. 50, 32. 58.
Samaria the
〈◊〉
66. 22. 32. 19.
Sidon
67. 15. 33. 30.
Silo
66. 27. 32. 19.
Tyrus
67. 33. 20.
〈◊〉
66. 44. 32. 26.
THE HOLYThis worde signifieth good
〈◊〉
, and is ta ken here for the storie which cō
teineth the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
of God promised from the beginnyng GOSPEL OF IESVS Christ,That is, written and taught by Matthewe. according to Matthevve.
THE ARGVMENT.
IN the historie written by Matthewe, Marke, Luke, and
〈◊〉
, the Spirit of God so gouerned their hearts, that althogh they were foure in nomber, yet in effect and purpose they so consent, as thogh the whole had bene composed by any one of them. And albeit in stile and maner of writing they be diuers, and sometime one writeth more largely that which the other doeth abbridge: neuertheles in matter and
〈◊〉
they all tende to one end: which is, to publish to the world the fauour of God towarde mankinde through Christ Iesus, whom the Father hathe giuen as a pledge of his mercie and loue. And for this cause they intitle their storie, Gospel, which signifieth good tidings, for asmuche as God hathe perfor med in dede that which the fathers hoped for. So that hereby we are admonished to forsake the worlde, and the vanities thereof, and with moste affectioned hearts embrace this incomparable treasure frely offred vnto vs: for there is no ioye nor consolacion, no peace nor quietnes, no
〈◊〉
nor saluacion, but in Iesus Christ, who is the very substance of this Gospel, and in whome all the promises are yea, and amen. And therefore vnder this worde is conteined the whole Newe testament, but communely we vse this name for the historie, which the foure Euangelists write, conteining Christ coming in the flesh, his death and resurrection, which is the perfite summe of our
〈◊〉
. Matthewe, Marke, and Luke are more copious in describing his life and death: but Iohn more laboureth to set forthe his doctrine wherein bothe Christs office, and also the vertue of his death and resurrection more fully appeare: for without this, to knowe that Christ was borne, dead and risen againe, shulde nothyng profite vs. The which thing notwithstanding that the thre first touche partely, as he also sometime intermedleth the historical narration, yet Iohn chiefly is occupied herein. And therefore as a moste learned interpreter writeth, they describe, as it were, the bodie, and Iohn setteth before our eyes the soule. Wherfore the same aptely termeth the Gospel writ by Iohn, the keye which openeth the dore to the vnderstanding of the others: for whosoeuer doeth knowe the office, vertue and power of Christ, shall reade that which is written of the Sonne of God come to be the redemer of the worlde, with moste proffit. Nowe as concerning the writers of this historie, it is euident that Matthewe was a Publicane or custome gatherer, and was thence chosen of Christ, to be an Apostle. Marke is thoght to haue bene Peters disciple, and to haue planted the first Church at Alexandria, where he dyed the eight yere of the reigne of Nero. Luke was a phisition of Antiochia and became Pauls disciple, and fellowe in all his traueils: he liued foure
〈◊〉
and foure yeres, and was buryed at Constantinople. Iohn was that Apostle whome the Lord loued, the sonne of Zebedeus, and brother of Iames: he dyed thre score yeres after Christ, and was buryed nere to the Citie of Ephesus.
CHAP. I.
1 The genealogie of Christ, that is, the Messias promised to the fathers. 18 who was conceiued by the holy Gost, ād borne of the virgine Marie, when she was betrouthed vnto Ioseph. 20 The Angell satisfied Iosephes minde. 21 why he is called Iesus, and wherefore Emmanuel.
1 T*HeThis is the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
, where of Iesus Christ is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to the fles h booke of the
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. generacion of Iesus Christ theSo called, for that he came of the stocke of Dauid. sonne ofThese two are firste rehearsed, because Christe was especially
〈◊〉
to come of thē and their sede, & therefore christ communly was called the sonne of Dauid, because the promes was more
〈◊〉
confir med vnto him. Dauid, the sonne of Abraham.
2 * Abraham begate Isaac. * And Isaac begate Iacob. And * Iacob begate Iudas ād his brethren.
3 * And Iudas begate Phares, and ZaraBy
〈◊〉
adulterie, the whiche shame setteth forth his great
〈◊〉
, who made hym selfe of no reputatiō, but became a seruāt for our sakes: yea, a worme and no man, the reproche of men, and contempt of the people, and at length suffred the accursed death of the crosse. * 2. Chro. 25. *Ruth. 4 18. of Thamar. And *Phares begate Esrom. And Esrom begate Aram.
4 And Aram begate Aminadab. And Aminadab begate Naasson. And Naasson begate Salmon.
5 And Salmon begate Booz ofRachab and Ruth, being Gentiles, signifie that Christ came not onely of the lewes, and for them but also of the Gentiles, and for their saluation. *Ruth. 4. 18. *
〈◊〉
. Sam. 16. 1. & 17.
〈◊〉
. *2. Sam. 12. 24. *1. King. 11. 43. *1.
〈◊〉
, 3. 10. Rachab. And * Booz begate Obed of Ruth. And Obed begate Iesse.Gen. 2. 2. Gen. 25 24 Gene. 29. 35.
6 And *Iesse begate Dauid the King. And* DauidGen.
〈◊〉
. 27. the King begate Solomon of her that was (the wife) of Vrias.
7 And*Solomon begate Roboam. And
〈◊〉
begate Abia. And Abia begate Asa.
8 And Asa begate Iosaphat. And Iosaphat begate Ioram. And Ioram begate Ozias.
9 And Ozias begateHe hathe omitted three kings,
〈◊〉
, Amasia,
〈◊〉
, abbridgyng the nōber to make the tymes fourtene generatiōs. Ioatham. And Ioatham begate Achaz. And Achaz begate Ezecias.
10 And * Ezecias begate Manasses. And Manasses begate Amon. And Amon begate Iosias.
11 And*Iosias begate Iacim. And Iacim begate Iechonias and his brethren about the tyme they were caryed away to Babylon.2. Kyng. 20.
〈◊〉
. and 2.
〈◊〉
.
12 And after they were caryed away into Babylon, *Iechonias begateAfter the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, the title
〈◊〉
was appo inted vnto him: so that notwith standynge, that they were as
〈◊〉
for the space of seuentie yeres, yet by the prouidence, of God the gouerne ment remained in the familie of Dauid, where it continued till the comyng of Christe. Salathiel. * And1. Chron.
〈◊〉
. 13.
〈◊〉
Salathiel begate Zorobabel.2. kyng. 23. 34. and 24. 1.
13 And Zorobabel begate Abiud. And Abiud1. Chron. 36. 4. begate Eliacim. And Eliacim begate Azor.2. kyng. 24. 6.
14 And Azor begate Sadoc. And Sadoc begate2. Chron. 36. 9. Achim. And Achim begate Eliud.
15 And Eliud begate Eleazar. And Eleazar begate Matthan. And Matthan begate Iacob.
16 And Iacob begate Ioseph, the housband of Marie,Albeit the Iewes nomber their kinred by the malekynd: yet this lignage of Marie is comprehēded vnder the same, because she was maried to a man of her owne stocke and tribe of whome was borne Iesus, that is calledWho is the true Kyng, Priestand Prophet annointed of God to accomplish the office of the redemer. *Luk. 1.
〈◊〉
. Christ.
17 So al the generations from Abraham to Da uid, (are) fourtene generations. And from Dauid vntil they were caryed away into Babylon, fourtene generacions: and after they were caryed away into Babylon vntil Christ fourtene generacions.
18 ¶ Now the byrth of Iesus Christ was thus,1. Chro. 3 17. whē as his mother Marie was *betrowthed
〈◊〉
. 3. 2. and 5. 2. to Ioseph,Before he toke her home to him. before they came together, she was foundeAs the Angels after warde declared to Ioseph. with childe of the holie Gost.
19 Thē Ioseph her housband being aVpright & fea
〈◊〉
God, & ther
〈◊〉
suspectyng that she had committed fornication, before she was be
〈◊〉
, wolde nether receine her, whiche by the Law shulde be
〈◊〉
to another nether by accusing her
〈◊〉
her to shame for her fact. iust mā, and not willing to *make her a publike exam ple, was minded to put her away secretly.
20 But whiles he thoght these things, behold,
the Angel of the Lord appeared vnto him in aThis dreame is witnessed by the
〈◊〉
Gost, & is a kinde of reuelation. dreame, saying, Ioseph theThis name put teth him in remē brance of Gods
〈◊〉
to Dauid. sonne of Dauid, feare not to take Marie (for) thy wife: for that which is conceiued in her, is of the holie Gost.
21 And she shal bring for the a sonne, and thou shalt * call his nameThat is, a Sauiour. * Acts. 4, 12. * Phil. 2, 10. * Isa. 7, 4. Iesus: for he shal * saue his people from their sinnes.
22 And all this was done that it might be fulfilled, which was spoken of the Lord by the Prophet, saying,
23 * Beholde, a virgine shalbe with childe, andDeut. 24, 1. shal beare a sonne, andOr, thou. they shal call his name Emmanuel, which is by interpretacion,God is ioyned with vs by the mea nes of Iesus Christ, who is bothe God and mā. God with vs.
24 ¶ Then Ioseph, being raised from slepe, didNom. 12, 6. as the Angel of the Lord had inioyned him, and toke his wife.
25 But he knewe her not, til she had broght forthe herChrist is here called the first borne, becau se she had neuer none before, & not in respect of any she had after. Nether yet doeth this worde (til) importal wayes a time following: wherein the contrarie may be affirmed, as our Sauiour, saying, that he wil be present with his disciples, til the end of the world, meaneth not, that after this worlde he wil not be with them. first borne sonne, ād he called hisLuk. 1. 38. name Iesus.
CHAP. II.
1 The time and place of Christs birth. 11 The wisemen offer their presents. 14 Christ fleeth into Egypt. 16Luk. 2, 6. The yong children are slaine. 23 Ioseph turned into Galile.
1 WHen * Iesus then was borne at Beth-lehē inFor there is another Bethlehem in the tribe of zebulum. Iudea, in the dayes of Herode the King, beholde, there cameWisemen, or Magi, in the Persians and Chaldeans tongue signifie philosophers, Priests, or astronomers, & are here the first frutes of the Gen tiles that came to worshippe Christ. Wisemen from the East to Ierusalem,
2 Saying, Where is the King of the Iewes that is borne? for we haue sene hisAn extraordinarie signe to set forth that kings honour, whome the worlde did not esteme. starre in the East, and are comeWhich was a declaration of that reuerence, which the Gentiles shulde beare vnto Christ. to worship him.
3 Whē King Herode heard (this,) he was troubled, and all Ierusalem with him.
4 And gathering together all the chief Priests & Scribes of the people, he asked of them, where Christ shulde be borne.
5 They colde wel tell of Christ in general: but whē they shulde professe his name, & giue him his due honor, thei waxe colde, and shrinke backe. And they said vnto him, At Beth-lehem in Iudea: for so it is written by the Prophet,
6 * And thou Beth-lehem in the land of Iuda, art not the least among the Princes of Iuda: for out of thee shal come the gouernour that shal fede my people Israel.
7 Then HerodeAnd euil conscience is a burning fyre. priuely called the Wisemen, (and) diligently inquired of them the time of the starre that appeared,
8 And sent them to Beth-lehem, saying, Go & searche diligently for the babe: and when ye haue founde him, bring me worde againe, that I may come also, and worship him.Micah 5, 2.
9 ¶ So when they had heard the King, they deiohn 7, 42. parted: & lo, theThe starre vanished a way be fore, to the
〈◊〉
thei shulde tary at Ierusalem, ād there
〈◊〉
of the thing, to the confusion of the Iewes. starre which they had sene in the East, went before thē, til it came, and stode ouer (the place) where the babe was.
10 And when they sawe the starre, they reioyced with an exceading great ioye,
11 And went into the house, andOr, sawe. founde the babe with Marie his mother, and fel downe, and worshipped him, and opened their treasures, and presented vnto him giftes,The Persiens maner was not to solute kings without a preset and therefore they broght of that which was most precious in their countrey, whereof euery one of thē offred (euen) golde, and in cense, and myrrhe.
12 And after they were warned of God in a dreame, that they shuldePromes oght not to be kept, where Gods honour and preachyng of hys trueth is hindered: or els it oght not to be broken not go againe to Herode, they returned into their countrey another way.
13 ¶ After their departure, beholde the Angel of the Lord appeareth to Ioseph in adreame saying, Arise, and take the babe and his mother, and flee into Egypt, and be there til I bring thee worde: for Herode wil seke the babe, to destroye him.
14 So he arose and toke the babe and his mother by night, and departed into Egypt,
15 And was there vnto the death of Herode,That which was prefigured by the deliueran ce of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of Egypt, whiche were Christs Church & his bodie, is now verified, & accomplished in the head Christ. that it might be fulfilled, which was spoken of the Lord by the * Prophet, saying, Out of Egypt haue I called my Sonne.
16 ¶Within a certeine time after. Thē Herode, seing that he was mocked of the Wisemen, was exceading wroth, and sent forthe, and slewe all the male children that were in Beth-lehē, and in all the coastes thereof, from two yere olde and vnder, according to the time which he had diligentlyHose 1, 1. searched out of the Wisemen.
17 Then was that fulfilled which was spokenIere. 31, 15. by the Prophet Ieremias, saying,
18 * InHerode renewed the sorowe which the Beniamites had suffred long before: yet for all hys crueltie he colde not bring to passe, that Christ shuld not reigne Rama was a voyce heard, mourning, and weping and great lamentation: Rachel weping for her children, and wolde not be comforted, because theyThat is, they were killed and dead. were not.
19 And when Herode was dead, beholde, an Angel of the Lord appeareth in a dreame to Ioseph in Egypt,
20 Saying, Arise, and take the babe and his mother, and go into the land of Israel: for they areThus the faith ful may how God hathe infinite meanes to preser ue them frō the rage of tyrants. dead which soght the babes life.
21 Then he arose vp, and toke the babe and his mother, and came into the land of Israel.
22 But when he heard that Archelaus did reigne in Iudea in steade of his father Herode, he was afrayed to gothether:Or, therefore. yet after he was warned of God in a dreame, he turned aside into the parties of Galile.
23 And went and dwelt in a citie called Nazaret, that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the Prophetes, (which was,) That he shulde be calledOr, of Nazaret. aWhich is holie and consecrated to God: alluding vnto those that were Nazarites in the olde Law, which were a figure of that holi nes which shuld be manifested in Christe, as was
〈◊〉
, Ioseph. &c Nazarite.
CHAP. III.
1 The office doctrine, and life Iohn. 7 The Pharises are reproued. 8 The frutes of repentance. 13 Christ is baptized in Iordan 17 And autorised by God his Father.Mar. 1, 4.
luk. 1. 3.
1 A * Nd inIn the first yere of the reigne of Tiberius, after Christ had long tyme remayned in Nazaret, and was now about
〈◊〉
. yere olde. those dayes, Iohn the Baptiste came and preached in theSo called in re spect of the plain
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
valleis: and not inhabited. wildernes of Iudea,
2 And said,Or, be sorie for your fautes past, and amend. Repēt: for theWhich is, that God wil reigne ouer vs, gather vs vnto him, pardon our sinnes, and adopte vs by the preaching of the Gospel. kingdome of heauen is at hand.
3 For this is he of whome it is spoken by the Prophet Esaias, saying, * The voyce of him that cryeth in the wildernes, (is,) Prepare ye the way of the Lord: make his paths straight.
4 * And this Iohn had hisWouen with heere, as grosse heere clothe. garment of camels heere, and a gridle of a skin about his loynes: his meat was alsoSuche meares as nature broght for the without mans labour or diligence: reade.
Or, grashoppers Mar. 1,
〈◊〉
. locustes & wilde honie.
5 * Then went out to him Ierusalem & all Iudea,
and all the region rounde about Iordan.
6 And they were baptized of him in Iordan,Acknowledging their fautes for there is no re pentance without confession. confessing their sinnes.
7 Now when he sawe many of the Pharises and of the Sadduces come to his baptisme, he said vnto them, * OOr, broodes. generacions of vipers,Isa. 40. 3. who hathe fore warned you to flee from themar. 1, 3. angre to come?luk. 3. 4.
iob. 1,
〈◊〉
.
8 Bring for the thereforeHe menaceth those venemous and malicious Pharises with the iugement of God except they shew before man suche workes as are agreable to the profession of the godlie, whome Isai calleth the trees of righteousnes, frutes worthie amē
dementMar. 1, 6. of life,
9 And thinke not to say with your selues. *We haue Abraham to (our) father: for I say vnto you, that God is able of these stones to raise vp children vnto Abraham.
10 And now also is theThe iudgemēt of God is at hand to destroye suche as are not
〈◊〉
to be of his Church. axe put to the rooteLeuit. 11 22. of the trees: * therefore euerie tre, whiche bringeth not forthe good frute, is he wenluk.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. downe, and cast into the fyre.
11 * In dede I baptize you with water to amendement of life, but he that cometh after me, is mightier then I, whose shoes I am not worthie to beare: he wil baptize you withChap. 13, 34. the holie Gost, and withWhen God baptizeth inwardely with the vertue of his Spirit, he burneth, & consumeth the vices and inflameth the heartes with loue towarde him. fyre.
12 Which hathe hisWhich is the preaching of the Gospel, whereby he
〈◊〉
the faithful as good corne, &
〈◊〉
the infideles as chaffe. *Mar. 1. 9. *Luk 3. 22. fanne in his hand, and wil make cleane his floore, and gather his wheat into his garner, but wil burne vp the chaffe with vnquencheable fyre.
13 ¶*Thē came Iesus frō Galile to Iordan vnto Iohn, to be baptized of him.
14 But Iohn put him backe, saying, I haue nede to be baptized of thee, and commest thou to me?
15 Then Iesus answering, said to him, Let beChap. 61, 3. now: for thus it becometh vs toWe must rēder perfit obedience to God in all things, whiche he hathe ordeined. fulfil allIohn 8. 39. righteousnes. So he suffred him.act.
〈◊〉
, 26.
16 And Iesus when he was baptized, came straight out of the water. And lo, the heauēs were opened vnto him, and (Iohn) sawe the Spirit of God descending like aTo shewe the state of his kingdome, which is in all mekenes and lowlines. *Chap. 17, 5. 2. per. 1, 17. doue, and lighting vpon him.Chap. 7, 9.
Mark. 1. 8.
17 And lo, a voyce (came) from heauen, saying,luk 3, 19. *The fauour of God restethon Iesus Christ, that frō him it might be powredon vs, whiche
〈◊〉
of our selues his wrath, and indignation. *Colo. 1, 13. This is my *beloued Sonne, in whome Iioh.
〈◊〉
, 26. act. 1, 5, & 2, 1, & 8. 5 & 9, 4. am wel pleased.
CHAP. IIII.
1 Christ fasteth and is tempted. 11 The Angels minister vnto him. 17 He beginneth to preache. 18 He calleth PeMark. 1. 12. ter, Andrew, Iames and Iohn, and healeth all the sicke.Luke. 4. 1.
1 THen * was Iesus led asideBy the holye Gost. of the Spirit into the wildernes, to beTo the ende that he oucrcoming these tentations myght get the victorie for vs. tempted of the deuil.
2 And when he had fasted fortie dayes, and for tie nights, he was after warde hungrie.
3 Then came to him the tempter, and said, If thou be the Sonne of God,Satan wolde haue Christ to
〈◊〉
God, and his worde and folowe other strange and vnlawful meanes.
〈◊〉
that these stones be made bread.
4 But he answering, said, It is written, *Man shal not liue by bread onely, but by euerieHe meaneth the ordre that God hath ordeined to maintein his creatures by. worde that proceadeth out of the mouthDeu. 8. 3. of God.
5 Then the deuil toke him vp into theTo wit,
〈◊〉
. holie Citie, and set him on aOr, vane whiche shewed where the wind stode. pinacle of the temple,
6 And said vnto him, If thou be the Sonne of God, cast thy self downe: for it is written,* that he wil giue his Angels charge ouer thee and with their hands they shalHe alledgeth but halfe the sen tence to deceiue thereby the rather, & cloke his craftie purpose. lifte thee vp, left at anie time thou shuldest dash thy fote against a stone.Psal. 92.
〈◊〉
.
7 Iesus said vnto him, It is written againe, * Thou shalt notWe muste not leaue suche lawfull meanes as God hath appointed, to seke others after our owne fantasie. tempt the Lord thy God.
8 Againe the deuil toke him vp vnto an exceading hie mountaine, andIn a vision. shewed him all the kingdomes of the worlde, and the glorieDeut. 6 16. of them,
9 And said to him, All these wil I giue thee, if thou wilt fall downe, and worship me.
10 Then said Iesus vnto him, Auoide Satan, for it is written,* Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and him onely shalt thou serue.Deut. 6. 13.
11 Then the deuilThe worde of God is the sword of the Spirite, wherewith
〈◊〉
is ouercome. left him: and beholde the AngelsTo cōsort him Mark. 1. 14. came: and ministred vnto him.
12. ¶* And when Iesus had heard that Iohn wasAnd cast in prison by Herode. deliuered vp, he returned into Galile,
13 And leauing Nazaret, wēt and dwelt in Capernaum, which is nere theFor so they cal led the lake of Gennesareth. sea in the borders of Zabulon and Nephthalim,Luke. 4. 14.
Iohn 4. 43.
14 That it might be fulfilled which was spokē by Esaias the Prophet, saying,
15 *The land of Zabulō, and the land of Nephthalim (by) the way of the sea, beyond Iordan,Christ hadde preached nowe
〈◊〉
a yere in Iudea and Sama ria, and after went to preache in the vppermost Galile, whyche was out of the borders of Palestina. Galile of the Gentiles:Isay. 9. 1.
16 The people which sate inWhyche was without cōtort, hathe receyued consolation. darkenes, sawe great light: and to them which sate in the region and shadowe of death, light is risen vp.
17 * From that time Iesus began to preache, ād to say, Amend your liues: for the kingdome of heauen is at hand.
18 ¶* And Iesus walking by the sea of Galile, sawe two brethren, Simō, which was called Peter, and Andrew his brother, casting a net into the sea (for they wereGod hath chosen the weake thynges of the worlde
〈◊〉
confounde the migh tye. fishers.)
19 And he said vnto them, Folowe me, and IMarke. 1. 15. wil make you fishersTo drawe thē out of the sea of this world, wher in thei are drow ned. of men.Marke. 1. 16.
20 And they straight way leauing the nets, followed him.
21 And when he was gone for the from thence he sawe other two brethren, Iames (the sonne) of Zebedeus, and Iohn his brother in a
〈◊〉
. Corin. 1. 27. ship with Zebedeus their Father, mending their nets, and he called them.
22 And theyVVe oght to be moste ready to followe Christe, when he calleth, leauing al world ly respects a part without tarying, leauing the ship and their Father, followed him.
23 So Iesus went about all Galile, teaching in their Synagogues, and preaching the Gospel of theThat is, the blessed tidyngs of forgiuenes of sinnes and recon ciliation wyth God. kingdome, and healing euerie sickenes and euerie disease among the people.
24 And his same spred abroad through all Syria and they broght vnto him all sicke people, that were taken with diuers diseases and gripings, and them that were possessed withSo that by healing incurable di seases Christs diwinitie appeared deuils, and those which wereThey that were
〈◊〉
sicke at a certeine time of the moone. lunatike, and those that had the palsey: and he healed thē.
25 And there folowed him great multitudes out of Galile; andIt was a countrey whercin was tene Cities, as the worde signifieth. Decapolis, and Ierusalē, and Iudea, and from beyonde Iordan.
CHAP. V.
3 Christ teacheth who are blessed. 13 The salt of the earth & light of the worlde. 16 Good workes. 17 Christ came to fulfil the Law. 21 what is ment by killing. 23 Reconciliation. 27 Adulterie. 29 Offences. 31 Diuorcement.
〈◊〉
Not to sweare. 39 To suffer wrong. 43 To loue our enemies. 48 Perfection.
1 ANd when he sawe the multitude, he wēt vp into a mountaine: and when he was set, his disciples came to him.
2 And he opened his mouthe and taught them saying,
3 *Blessed (are) theThat
〈◊〉
thē selues voide of all righteousnes that thei may onely seeke it in Christ. poore in spirit, for theirsLuke 6, 20. is the kingdome of heauen.
4 *Blessed (are) they thatWhiche feele their owne miserie, ād seke their comfort in God. mourne: for they shalbe comforted.
5 *Blessed (are) theWho rather wolde suffer all iniuries, thē they wolde reuenge them selues. meke: for they shal inherit the earth.Isay, 61,
〈◊〉
.
6 Blessed (are) they whichBeing in
〈◊〉
, desire nothing but that which is vpright and godlie. honger and thirstluke. 6, 21. for righteousnes: for they shal be filled.
7 Blessed (are) the merciful: for thei shal obteine mercie.Psal. 73, 11.
8 Blessed (are) the * pure in heart: for they shal se God.
9 Blessed (are) the place makers: for they shalbe called theFor he is called the God of peace 1. Cor. 14. 33. children of God.
10 Blessed (are) they * which suffer persecutiō
Psal. 24, 4. for righteousnes sake: for theirs is the kingdome of heauen.
11 * Blessed are ye when mēreuile you, and per secute (you,) and say all maner of euil against you for my sake, falsely:
12 Reioyce & be glad, for great is your rewarde1. Pet. 3, 14. in heauen: for so persecuted they the Prophets1. Pet. 4, 4. which were before you.act. 5, 41.
Mar. 9, 50.
13 * Ye are theYour office is to season
〈◊〉
with the salt of the heauenlie
〈◊〉
. salte of the earth: but if the saltIuke. 14, 14. haue lost his fauour, where with shal it be salted? It is thence forthe good for nothing, but to be cast out, and to be troden vnderfote of men,Mar. 4, 21.
14 Ye are the light of the worlde. A citie thatluke. 8, 16. &
〈◊〉
. 33. is set on an hill, can not be hid.
15 * Nether do men light a candel, and put it vnder a bushel, but on a candelsticke, and it giueth light vnto all that are in the house.
16 * LetBecause you are sene farre of, giue good exam ple of life. your light so shine before men, that they may se your good workes, and glorifie your Father which is in heauen.1 Pet. 2, 12.
17 Thinke not that I am come to destroye the Law, or the Prophetes.The Gospel is the stablishing, & accomplishing of the Law. I am not come to destroye them, but to fulfil them.
18 * Fortruely I say vnto you, Til heauen, andLuk. 16, 17. earth perish, one iote, or one title of the LawIam. 2, 10. shal not scape, tilThe doctrine of the Law conteineth nothing vn profirable or superfluous. all things be fulfilled.
19 * Whosoeuer therefore shal breake one ofWho soeuer shal transgresse the least of the
〈◊〉
cōmandements in worde and example, he shal be cast out of the kingdom of God except it be pardoned him in Christ. these least commandements, & teache men so, he shalbe called the least in the kingdome of heauen: but whosoeuer shal obserue and teache (them,) the same shal be called great in the kingdome of heauen.
20 For I say vnto you, except your righteousnesLuk. 11, 29. * excede the (righteousnes) of theWhiche nether expounde the Law truely, nor obserue it wel. Scribes and Pharises, ye shal not enter into the kingdome of heauen.
21 He
〈◊〉
how these worthie docters haue falselye glosed this commandement. Ye haue heard that it was said vnto them of the olde time, * Thou shalt not kil: for whosoeuer killeth, shalbeO, subiect punishment. culpable of iudgement.
22 But I say vnto you, whosoeuer is angrieExod. 20,
〈◊〉
. deu. 5, 17. with his brotherOr, without cause.
For GOD knowing his secret malice wil punish him. vnaduisedly, shal be culpable of iudgement. And whosoeuer saieth vnto his brother,Whiche signifieth in the
〈◊〉
tongue anidle
〈◊〉
, & is spoken in contempt Raca, shalbe worthie to be punished with by theLike iudgemēt almoste the Romains obserued: for
〈◊〉
had the examina tiō of smale mat ters, the counsel of xxiii of greater causes & final ly great matters of importance were decided by the senate of lxxi iudges whiche here iscompared to the iudgemēt of God, or to be punished with hel
〈◊〉
. Counsel. And whosoeuer shal say, Foole, shalbe worthie to be punished with hel fyre.
23 If then thou bring thy gift to the altar, and there remēbrest that thy brother hathe oght against thee,
24 Leaue there thine offring before the altar, and go thy way: first beFor that thou hast
〈◊〉
him, or he hathe
〈◊〉
thee: for God preferreth brotherlie reconcilia tion to
〈◊〉
. reconciled to thy brother, and then come and offer thy gift.
25 * Agre with thine aduersarie quickely, whilesthou art in the way with him, lest thine aduersarie deliuer thee to the iudge, and the iudge deliuer thee to the sergeant, and thou be cast into prison.
26 Verely I say vnto thee, thou shalt not come out thence, til thou hast payed the vtmost farthing.
27 ¶ Ye haue heard that it was said to them of olde time, * Thou shalt not commit adulterie.
28 But I say vnto you, that whosoeuer loketh on a woman to lust after her, hathe committedLuk. 12, 58.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
red bothe in bodie and in minde Chap. 18. 8. adulterie with her already in his heart.
29 * Wherefore if thy rightNothing is so precious whiche oght not to be reiected in respect of the glorie of God. eye cause thee to offend, plucke it out, and cast it from thee: for better it is for thee, that one of thy mem bers perish,O, 8 not that. thē that thy whole bodie shulde be cast into hel.Exod. 20, 14.
rom. 13 9.
30 Also if thy right hand make thee to offend, cut it of, and cast it from thee: for better it is for thee that one of thy members perish, thē that thy whole bodie shulde be cast into helmar. 9, 47.
31 It hathe bene said also, *Whosoeuer shal put away his wife, let him giue her a testimonial of diuorcement.
32 But I say vnto you, whosoeuer shal put away his wife (except it be for fornication)In that he giueth her leaue to
〈◊〉
another by causeth her to commit adulterie: & whosoeuerCha. 19, 7. shal marie her that is diuorced, commitden.
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. teth adulterie.mar. 10, 4.
luk. 16, 18.
33 Againe, ye haue heard that it was said to thē
1 cor. 7,
〈◊〉
. of olde time, *Thou shalt not forsweare thy self, but shalt performe thine others to the Lord.
〈◊〉
at
〈◊〉
.
Exod. 20, 7.
34 But I say vnto you,All superfluous othes are
〈◊〉
debarred, whether the Name of God be therein mencioned, or otherwise. Sweare not at all, netherleu. 9, 2. by heauen, for it is the throne of God:deut.
〈◊〉
, 11.
35 Nor yet by the earth: for it is his fote stoole: nether by Ierusalem: for it is the citie of the great King.
36 Nether shalt thou sweare by thine head, because thou canst not make one heere white or blacke.
37 *But let your cōmunication be,
〈◊〉
simplicitie and trueth be in your wordes, ād then yeshal not be so light, and ready to sweare. Yea: yea:
Nay, nay. For whatsoeuer (is) more thē theseIames.
〈◊〉
. 12. commeth ofWhen a men speaketh other wise thē he thin keth in heart, it commeth of an euill conscience, and of the deuil. euil.
38 ¶Ye haue heard that it hathe bene said, An *Albeit thys was spoken for the iudges, yet euerie man applied it to reuen ge hys priuate quarell. eye for an eye, and a tooth for a tooth.
39 But I saye vnto you, * Resiste notOr, iniurie. euil: but whosoeuerRather receiue double wrong, thē reuēge thine ownegriefs. shall smite thee on thy ryght cheke, turne to him the other also.
40 And if anye man will sue thee at the lawe and take awaye thy coate, let him haue thy cloke also.
41 And whosoeuer will compell thee (to go) aExod. 21, 24. mile, go with him twaine.Deut. 19. 21.
Leui. 24, 20.
42 *Giue to him that asketh, ād from him that wolde borow of thee, turne not away.
43 Ye haue heard that it hathe bene sayde, * Thou shalt loue thy neighbour, andThis was added by the false expositers the Pharises. hate thine enemie.
44 But I say vnto you, *Loue your enemies:Luke. 6, 29. blesse them that curse you: do good to themRom. 12, 17. that hate you, * and praye for them whichOr, rush in vpon you.
1. Cór. 6. 7. hurt you, and
〈◊〉
you.
45 *That ye may be the children of your Father that is in heauē: for he maketh his sunne to arise on the euill, and the good, and sendeth raineDeut. 15. 8.
Leuit. 19. 18. on the iuste, and vniuste.
46 For if ye loue them, which loue you, what rewarde shall you haue? Do not theThese did take to
〈◊〉
the taxes,
〈◊〉
, and other
〈◊〉
, & therfore were greately in disdain with almē
Publicanes euen the same?Luke. 6. 27.
47 And if yeOr, embrace. be friendlie to your brethrenLuke. 23. 34. onely, what singular thing do ye? do not euē
Act. 7. 60. the Publicanes likewise?z. Cor. 4.
〈◊〉
.
48 Ye shal therfore beVVe muste labour to atteine vnto the
〈◊〉
of God who of his free libera litie, doeth good to them that are vn worthie. perfite, as your Father which is in heauen, is perfite.Luke. 6. 32.
CHAP. VI.
1 Of almes. 5 Prayer. 14 Forgiuing one another. 16 Fasting. 19 He forbiddeth the careful seeking of worldly things, and willeth men to put their whole trust in him.
1 TAke hede that ye gyue not your almes before men, to be sene of them, or elsye shall haue no rewarde of your Father which is in heauen.
2 *Therefore when thou giuest thyne almes, thou shalt not make a trumpet to be blowē before thee, as theVVhose workes procede not of a ryght fayth, but are done for vaine glorie. hypocrites do in the Synagogues and in the stretes, to be praysedVI. of men. Verely I saye vnto you, they haueRom. 12. 8. theirIn that thei are praised and commended of men re warde.
3 But when thou doest thyne almes, let not thyIt is
〈◊〉
that God appro
〈◊〉
our Workes. left hande knowe what thy ryght hand doeth.
4 That thyne almesmay be in secret, and thy Father that seeth in secret, he will rewarde theeIn that daye when all things shalbe reuerled. openly.
5 And when thou prayest, be not as the hypocrites: for they loue to stand, and pray in the Synagogues, & in the corners of the stretes, because they wolde be sene of men. Verely I say vnto you, they haue their rewarde.
6 But when thou prayest,VVith drawe thyselfe rather a parte. enter into thy chā
ber: and when thou hast shut thy dore, pray vnto thy Father whiche is in secret, and thy Father whiche seeth in secret, shall rewarde thee openly.
7 Also when ye pray,Or, bable not muche.
He commádeth vs to beware of muche bablinge and supetfluous
〈◊〉
. vse no vaine repetitions as the heathen: for they thinke to be heard for their muche babling.
8 Be ye not like them therefore: for yourVVho is not persuaded by elo quent speach, ād longe talke, as men are. Father knoweth where of ye haue nede, before ye aske of him.
9 After thisChrist bindeth them not to the wordes, but to the sense, and for me of prayer. maner therefore pray ye, * Our Father whiche art in heauen, halowed be thyVVe must seeke Gods glorie first, and aboue all things. Name.Luke. 11, 2.
10 ThyReigne thou ouerall, and let vs render vnto thee perfite obedience, as thine Angels do. kingdome come. Thy wil be done euen in earth, as (it is) in heauen.
11 Giue vs this day our daily bread.
12 And forgiue vs our dettes, as we also forgiue our detters.
13 And lead vs not intoTo be ouercom thereby. tentation, but deliuer vs *from euill: forThys conclusion excludeth mans merites, and teacheth vs to grounde our
〈◊〉
onely on God. thyne is the kyngdome, and the power, ādthe glorie for
〈◊〉
. Amen.Chap. 13. 19.
14 *Forifye do forgiue men their trespaces, your heauenlie Father wil also forgiue you.
15 But if ye do not forgiue men their trespaces, no more wil your Father forgiue (you) your trespaces.
16 Moreouer, when ye fast, loke not sowre asMarke. 11. 25. the hypocrites: for theyMake their faces to seme of an other sorte then they were
〈◊〉
to do. diffigure their faces,Eccle. 24. 2. that they myght seme vnto men to fast. Verely I say vnto you, that they haue theyr rewarde.
17 But when thou fastest,VVher by is commanded to auoyde all vaine ostentation. anoint thine head, and wash thy face.
18 That thou seme not vnto men to fast, but vnto thy Father whiche is in secret: and thyLuke. 12. 33. Father which seeth in secret, will rewarde1. Timo, 6. 19. thee openly.Luke. 11. 34.
19 ¶Lay not treasures for your selues vpon the earth, where the mothe and canker corrupt, and where theues digge through, andProuer. 21. 9. steale.
20 *But lay vp treasures for your selues in hea uen, where nether the mothe nor cankerDeut. 15. 9. corrupteth, and where theues nether digge through, nor steale.
21 For where your treasure is, there will your heart be also.
22 ¶* The light of the bodie is the eye: if then thine eye beIf thine eye be disposed to libe
〈◊〉
. single, thy whole bodie shall belight.Luke. 16. 13.
23 But if thyne eye beIf thine affection be corrupt and giuen to couecousnes. wicked, then all thyPsal.
〈◊〉
. 22. bodie shalbe darke. Wherefore if theIf the concupiscēnce, and wicked affections ouercome reason, we muste
〈◊〉
marueil thogh men be blindedand be like vnto beastes. lightLuke. 12. 22. that is in thee, be darkenes, howe greate isPhilip. 4. 6. that darkenes!1. Timo. 6 8.
1. Peter. 5. 7.
24 *No man can serue two masters: for either he shall hate the one, and loue the other, or els he shall leane to the one, and despise the other. Ye can not serue God and riches.
25 *Therfore I say vnto you, be notMans
〈◊〉
nothing
〈◊〉
where
〈◊〉
, grueth not
〈◊〉
. carefull for your life, what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drinke: nor yet for your bodie, what ye shall put on. Is not the life more wroth then meat? and the bodie then raiment?
26 Beholde the foules of the heauen: for they so we not, neither reape, not carie into the barnes: yet your heauenlie Father fedeth them. Are ye not muche better then they?
27 Whiche of you by takyng care, is able to adde one cubit vnto his stature?
28 And why care ye for raiment? Learne, how
the lilies ofThe goodnes of God euē towards the herbes ofthe field, farre passeth al things that man can cō passe byhis pow er and labour. the field do grow: theyThe Worde signifieth, the Wea ry not thē selues labour not, nether spinne:
29 Yet I say vnto you, that euen Solomon in al his glorie was not arayed like one of these.
30 Wherefore if God so clothe the grasse of the field which is to day, and to morowe is cast into the ouen, shall he not (do) muche more vnto you, ô ye of litle faith?
31 Therfore take no thoght, saying, What shal we eat? or what shal we drinke? or wherwith shal we be clothed?
32 (For after all these thingsVVithcare and distrust. seke the Gentiles) for your heauenlie Father knoweth, that ye haue nede of all these things.
33 But seke ye first the kingdome of God, and hisThat is, to be regenerate, and amende your lyues. righteousnes, and al these things shalbe ministred vnto you.
34 Care not then for the morowe: for the morowe shall care forOr, his owne things. itGod Will prouide for euerie daye that that shalbenecessarie thogh We do notincrease the
〈◊〉
griefe by the carefulnes howe to liue in time to come. selfe: the day hathe ynough with his owne grief.
CHAP. VII.
1 Christ forbiddeth rashe iudgement. 6 Not to cast holye things to doggs. 7 To aske, seke, or knocke. 12 The scope of the Scripture. 13 The streict and wide gate 15 Of false Prophetes. 16 The good tre and euil. 22 False miracles. 24 The house on the rocke or vpon the sand.
1 IHe commandeth, not to be
〈◊〉
or malicious to
〈◊〉
our, and condēneour neighbours
〈◊〉
: for
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
their owne fautes, and seke not to amend them, but are curious to re proue other mēs Vdge not, that ye be not iudged.
2 For with what * iudgement ye iudge, ye shal be iudged, and with what * measure ye mette, it shall be measured to you againe.
3 And why seest thou the mote, that is in thy brothers eye, and perceiuest not the beame that is in thine owne eye?
4 * Or howe saist thou to thy brother, Suffer me to cast out the mote out of thine eye, and beholde a beame is in thine owne eye?
5 Hypocrite, firste cast out the beame out ofLuke. 6. 37.
Rom. 2.
〈◊〉
. thine owne eye, and then shalt thou se clearely1. Corin. 4.
〈◊〉
. to caste out the mote out of thy brothersMark. 4. 24. eye.Luke. 6.
〈◊〉
.
Luke. 9. 38. and
〈◊〉
.
6 ¶Declare not the Gospell to the Wicked contemners of God Whom thou seest
〈◊〉
to them selues and forsakē. Giue ye not that which is holie, to dogges, nether caste ye your pearles before swine, lest they treade them vnder their fete, and turning againe, all to rent you.
7 ¶ * Aske, and it shalbe giuen you: seke, and ye shal finde: knocke, and it shalbe opened vnto you.Chap. 21. 22.
Mark. 11. 24.
8 For whosoeuer asketh, receyueth: and heLuke 11. 9. that seeketh, findeth: and to hym that knocketh,Iohn. 14.
〈◊〉
. and 16. 14. it shalbe opened.
9 For what man is there among you, which if
〈◊〉
. 1. 6. his sonne aske hym bread, wolde gyue hym a stone?
10 Or if he aske fish, wil he giue him a serpent?
11 If ye then, which are euill, can giue to your children good giftes, how muche more shal your Father which is in heauen, giue good things to them that aske him?
12 * Therefore whatsoeuer ye wolde that menLuke. 6.
〈◊〉
. shulde do to you, euen so do ye, to them: forIob. 4. 16. this is theThe Whole law ād the
〈◊〉
set
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vs and commande charitie. Law and the Prophetes.
13 ¶ *VVe must ouer come and morti fie our affections if We Wil be
〈◊〉
disciplesof Christ Enter in at the streicte gate: for it is the wide gate, and broadFor the moste part of men
〈◊〉
their owne
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
head long to
〈◊〉
Luke.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
way that leadeth to destruction: and manie there be which goLuke.
〈◊〉
. 24. in thereat.
14 Because the gate is streicte, and the way narowe that leadeth vnto life, and fewe there be that finde it.
15 ¶Be ware of false prophetes, which come to you in sheps clothing, but inwardly they are rauening wolues.
16 Ye shall knowe them by their frutes. Do men gather grapes of thornes? or figges of thystels?
17 So euery good tre brīgeth forth good frute and aOr, a totten. corrupttre bringeth forth euil frute.
18 A good tre can not bring forthe euill frute: nether can a corrupt tre bryng forthe good frute.
19 * Euerie tre that bringeth not forthe goodChap. 3. 10. frute, is hewen down, and cast into the fyre.
20 Therefore by their frutes ye shal know thē.
21 ¶ Not euerye one that sayeth vnto me,He meaneth hirelings and hy
〈◊〉
, Who ra ther serue God With their
〈◊〉
then With their hearte. Lord, Lord, shal enter into the kingdome of heauen, * but he that doeth my Fathers will which is in heauen,
22 * Manie will say to me in that day, Lorde, Lorde, haue we notBy thy vertue, autoritie and power. by thy Name prophecied?Rom. 2. 13. and by thy Name cast out deuils? ād byIames. 1. 22. thy Name done manieOr, miracles. great workes?
23 And then wil I professe to them,I neuer accepted you to be my
〈◊〉
ministers ād disciples Luke. 13. 76. * I neuer knewe you: * depart from me, ye that worke iniquitie.
24 Whosoeuer then heareth of me these wordes, * and doeth the same, I wil liken him to a
〈◊〉
mā, which hathe builded his housePsal. 6. 9. on a rocke:Luke. 6. 47.
25 And the raine fell, and the floods came, and the windes blewe, ād beat vpon that house, ād it fell not: for it was groūded on a rocke.
26 But whosoeuer heareth these my wordes, and doeth them not, shalbe lickned vnto a foolishe mā, which hathe buylded his house vpon the sand:
27 And the raine fell, and the floods came, and the windes blewe, and beat vpō that house, and it fell, and the fall thereof was great.
28 ¶ * And it came to passe, when Iesus had endedMark. 1. 12. these wordes, the people were astoniedLuke. 4. 32. at his doctrine.
29 For he taught them as one hauingThe myghtye power of Gods Spirit appeared in hym, Wherby he declared him self to be God & caused others to belieue in him. autoritie, and not as the Scribes.
CHAP. VIII.
2 Christ healeth the leper. 5 The captaines faith. 11 The vo cation of the Gentiles. 14 Peters mother in law. 19 The Scribes that wolde followe Christ. 21 Christs pouertie. 24 He stilleth the sea and the winde. 28 And driueth the deuils out of the possessed, into the swine.
1 NOwe when he was come downe frome the mountaine, greate multitudes followedMar. 1. 40. him.Luke. 5, 12.
2 * And lo, there came a leaper and worshipped hym, saying, Master, if thou wilt, thou canst make me cleane.
3 And Iesus putting forthe his hand, touched him, saying, I will, be thou cleane: and imme diatly hisIt Was not lik that leprosie that is now, but Was a
〈◊〉
thereof, Which Was
〈◊〉
. leprosie was clensed.Leui. 14. 4.
Luke.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
4 Then Iesus said vnto hym, Se thou tellHe Wolde not
〈◊〉
be throughly knowen, but
〈◊〉
tyme and houre appointed no man, but go, (and) shewe thy selfe vnto theOur Sauiour Wolde not
〈◊〉
that Which Was ordeined by the Lawe
〈◊〉
as yet the ceremonies ther of Were not abolished. Priest, and offer the gift that * Moyses commanded, forTo condemne them of ingratitude, When they shall se the Whole. a witnes to them.
5 ¶ * Whē Iesus was entred into Capernaum,
there came vnto hym aOr, a captaine ouer an hundreth. Centurion, beseching him.
6 And said, Master, myOr, sonne. seruant lieth sicke at home of the palsie, and is grieuously pained
7 And Iesus sayd vnto hym, I will come and heale hym.
8 But the Centurion answered, saying, Master, I am not worthie that shuldest come vnder my rofe: but speake the worde onely, and my seruant shalbe healed.
9 For I am a man also vnder the autoritie (of another,) and haue souldiers vnder me: and I say to one, Go: and he goeth, ād to another, Come: and he cometh; and to my seruant, Do this: and he doeth it.
10 When Iesus heard (that,) he marueiled, and said to them that followed (hym,) Verely, I say vnto you, I haue not founde so greate faith, euen in Israel.
11 But I say vnto you, thatWhiche are strange people and the
〈◊〉
, to Whome the couenāt of God did not properly apperteine. manie shall come from the East and West, and shall sit downe with Abraham, and Isaac, and Iacob in the kingdome of heauen.
12 And the children of the kyngdome shalbe cast out intoFor there is nothynge but mere darkenes out of the kingdome of heauē. vtter * darkenes: there shalbeChap. 22. 13. weping and gnashing of teeth.
13 Thē Iesus said vnto the Cēturiō, go thy way, and as thou hast beleued, so be it vnto thee. And his seruant was healed the same houre.
14 ¶ * And when Iesus came to Peters house,Mar. 2. 29. he sawe his wiues mother laied downe, andLuke. 4.
〈◊〉
. sicke of a feuer.
15 And he touched her hand, and the feuer left her: so she arose, and ministred vnto them.
16 * When the euē was come, they broght vntoMark. 1. 32. him manie that were possessed with deuils:Luke. 4. 40. and he cast out the spirits with (hys) worde, and healed all that were sicke.
17 That it might be fulfilled, which was spokenIsa. 53. 4. by * Esaias the Prophet, saying,The Prophete speaketh chiefly of the feblenes and disease of our soules, Whithe Iesus Christ hath borne: ther fore he setteth his great mercie and power before our eyes by healynge the bodie. He toke1. Peter. 2, 24. our infirmities, and bare (our) sickenesses.Luke. 9. 17.
18 ¶ * And when Iesus sawe great multitudes of people about him, he commanded them to go ouer (the water.)
19 Then came there a certeine Scribe, and said vnto him, Master,He thoght by this meanes to
〈◊〉
fauour With the World: but Iesus sheweth him that he is farre Wide
〈◊〉
that he loketh for in stead of Worldlie Welth, there is but
〈◊〉
in Christ. I will folowe thee whether soeuer thou goest.
20 But Iesus said vnto him, The foxes haue holes, and the birdes of the heauē haue nestes, but the Sonne of man hathe not whereon to rest his head.
21 ¶ AndLuke maketh
〈◊〉
of thre, Whiche Were hyndred by Worldelie
〈◊〉
from comming to Christ. another of hys disciples said vnto him, Master, suffer me first to go, andTo succour ād helpe him in his olde age till he dye, and then I Wil followe thee Wholy. burye my Father.
22 But Iesus said vnto hym, Followe me, and let theNo duetie or loue is to be pre ferred to Gods calling: therfore Iesus calleth thē dead, Which are hindered by
〈◊〉
Worldlie thing to follow Christ. dead burye their dead.
23 ¶ * And when he was entred into the ship, his disciples followed him.
24 And beholde, there are se a greate tempest in the sea, so that the ship was couered with
〈◊〉
4. 35. waues: but he was a slepe.Luke. 8. 22.
25 Then his disciples came, and awoke hym, saying, Master, saue vs: we perish.
26 And he said vnto them, Why are ye feareful, ô ye oflytle faith? Then he arose, and rebuked the windes and the sea: and (so) there was a great calme.
27 And the men marueiled, saying, What man is thys; that bothe the windes and the sea obey him!
28 ¶ * And when he was come to the other side, into the countrey of the Gergesenes, there met hym two possessed wyth deuils, which came out of the graues verie fierce, so that no man might go by that waye.
29 And beholde, they cryed out, saying, Iesus the Sonne of God, what haue we to do with thee? Art thou come hether to torment vsThe Wicked Wolde euer differre their punis hement, thin king al correctiō to come to sone.
Mark. 5. 5.
Luke. 8. 26. before the time?
30 Now there was a farre of frō them, a great herd of swine feeding.
31 And the deuils besoght hym, saying, If thou caste vs out,The deuill desi reth euer to do harme, but he can do no more, then God doeth appoint. suffer vs to go into the herd of swine.
32 And he sayd vnto them, Go. So they went out, ād departed into the herd of swine: and beholde, the whole herd of swine was caryed wyth violence from a
〈◊〉
downe place in theMeaning the lake of Gennesareth. sea, and dyed in the water.
33 Then the herdmen fled: and whē they were come into the citie, they tolde althings, and what was become of them that were posses sed with the deuils.
34 And beholde all the citie came out, to mete Iesus: and whē thei sawe him,These Gergesenes estemed more their hogges then
〈◊〉
Christ. they besoght him to departe out of their coasts.
CHAP. IX.
2 He healeth the palsie. 5 And forgiueth sinnes. 9 He calleth and visiteth Matthewe. 13 Mercie. 15 He answereth the Pharises and Iohns disciples. 16 Of the rawe clothe and new wine. 22 He healeth the womā of the bloodie yssue. 25 He raiseth Iairus daughter. 29 Giueth two blinde men their sight. 33 Maketh a domme mā to speake. 35 Preacheth and healeth in diuerse places. 38 And exhor teth to prayers for the aduancement of the Gospel.
1 THen he entred into a ship, and passed ouer, and came into his owne citie.
2 And * lo, they broght to hym a man sicke ofMarke. 2.
〈◊〉
the palsie, lying on a bed. And Iesus seyngLuke. 5.
〈◊〉
. theirAnd also his faith that had the
〈◊〉
: for ex cept We haue faith, our sinnes can not be forgiuen. faith, said to the sicke of the palsie, Sonne, be of good comfort: thyIesus toucheth the principall cause of all our miseries, Which is sinne. sinnes are forgiuen thee.
3 And beholde, certeine of the Scribes sayd with them selues, This man blasphemeth.
4 But when Iesus sawe their thoghts, he said, Wherefore thinke ye euill thyngsBecause they did maliciously refuse Christe, Who offred him selfe vnto them. in your hearts?
5 For whether is itChrist speaketh accordyng to their capacities for they more estemed outWarde miracles, then the
〈◊〉
and power of Iesus Christe, Whereby their sinnes might be forgiuen. easier to say, Thy sinnes are forgiuing thee, orto say, Arise, ād walke?
6 And that ye may knowe that the Sonne of man hathe autoritie in earth to forgiue sinnes, (then said he vnto the sicke of the palsie,) Arise, take vp thy bed, and go to thyne house.
7 And he arose, and departed to hys owne house.
8 So when the multitude sawe it, they marueiled, and glorified God, which had giuē such autoritie to men.
9 ¶ * And as Iesus passed forthe from thence, he saw a mā sitting at the receite of customeMark. 2.
〈◊〉
. named Matthewe, and sayd to him, followeLuke. 5. 27.
me. And he arose, and followed him.
10 And it came to passe, as Iesus sate at meat in (his) house, beholde, manie Publicanes and sinners, that came (thether,) sate downe at the table with Iesus and his disciples.
11 And when the Pharises sawe that, they said to hys disciples, Why eateth your master with Publicanes and sinners?
12 Now when Iesus heard it, he sayd vnto thē, TheHe reproueth the vaine persua sion of them, which thoght thē selues whole, & contemned the poore sicke sinners, whiche soght
〈◊〉
Christ to be their phisicion. whole nede not a Physicion, but they that are sicke.
13 But goWhich are puffed vp with vain confidence of your owne righteousnes. ye and learne what this is, * IGod requireth not ceremonies, but brotherlie loue of one tow ardes another. willHose. 6. 7. haue mercie, and not sacrifice: for I am notChap. 12. 7. come to call the ryghteous, but the * sinners to repentance.
14 ¶ * Then came the disciples of Iohn to him, saying, Why do we and the Pharises fast oft, and thy disciples fast not?1. Tim.
〈◊〉
. 5.
Mar. 2, 18.
15 And Iesus sayd vnto them, Can theChrist wolde spare his
〈◊〉
a while, not burdening them to muche lest he shulde discourage them. childrenLuke
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. of the mariage chamber mourne as lōg as the bridegrome is with thē? But the dayes wil come when the bridegrome shalbe takē from them, and then shal they fast.
16 Moreouer no mā pieceth anChrist compareth his disciples for their infirmi tie, to olde garments, and olde vessels, which are not able as yet to beare the perfection of his
〈◊〉
, which he meaneth by new cloth, and
〈◊〉
wine. olde garment with a piece ofOr, rawe and vndressed. newe clothe: for that that shulde fil it vp, taketh awaye from the garment, and the breache is worse.
17 Nether do they put new wine intoThe minde which is infected with the dregges of super
〈◊〉
ceremonies, is not
〈◊〉
to receiue the pleasant wine of the Gospel. oldeBottels or bag ges of ledder or
〈◊〉
kinne, wherin wine was caried an asses or camels. vessels: for then the vessels wolde break, and the wine wolde be spilt, ād the vessels shulde perishe: but they put newe wine into newe vessels, and (so) are bothe preserued.
18 ¶ * While he thus spake vnto them, beholde there came a certeine ruler, and worshipped him, saying, My daughter is nowe deceased, but come and lay thine hand on her, and sheMar. 5. 22. shal liue.Luke. 8 4.
19 And Iesus arose and followed him with his disciples.
20 (And beholde a woman which was diseased with anyssue of bloode twelue yeres, came behinde him, and touched the hemme of his garment.
21 For she said in herself, If I may touche but his garment onely, I shalbe whole.
22 Then Iesus turned him aboute, and seyng her, did say, Daughter, be of good comfort: thy fayth hathe made thee whole. And the woman was made whole at that houre.)
23 Now whē Iesus came into the rulers house, and sawe thePlayers vpon
〈◊〉
or pipes or other instruments, whiche in those dayes they vsed at buryales. minstrels and the multitude making noise.
24 He said vnto them, Get you hense: for the maide is not dead, but slepeth. And they laughed hym to skorne.
25 And when the multitude were put forthe, he went in and toke her by the hand, and the maide arose.
26 And this bruite went through out all that land.
27 And as Iesus departed thence, two blinde men followed hym, crying, and saying: O sonne of Dauid, haue mercie vpon vs.
28 And when he was come in the house, the blinde came to him, ād Iesus said vnto them, He wolde proue whether they bare hym that reuerence which was
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
. Beleue ye that I am able to do this? And they said vnto him, Yea, Lord.
29 Then touched he their eyes, saying, Accor ding to your faith be it vnto you.
30 And their eyes were opened, ād Iesus char ged them, saying, Se that no man knowe it.Luke.
〈◊〉
, 14.
31 But when they were departed, they spredChap. 12. 24. abroad his fame throughout all that land.Mark.
〈◊〉
. 22.
32 ¶ * And as they wente out, beholde, theyLuke. 11. 17. broght to him a domme man possessed with a deuill.
33 And when the deuill was caste out, the domme spake: thē the multitude marueiled, saying, The like was neuer sene in Israel.
34 But the Pharises sayd, * HeThis
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of extreme impietie, seing all the people confessed the contrarie. casteth out deuils,Mark. 6. 6. through the prince of deuils.Luke.
〈◊〉
. 22.
35 ¶ And * Iesus went about all cities and tow nes, teaching in their Sinagogues, and preachyng the Gospell of theWhereby God
〈◊〉
his people together, that he may
〈◊〉
ouer them. kyngdome, and healyng euerye sicknes and euerie disease among theMark. 6. 34. people.Luke.
〈◊〉
. 2.
Iohn. 4. 36.
36 But * when he sawe the multitude, he had compassion vpon them, because they were dispersed, and scatered abroad, as shepe hauing no shepherde.
37 Then said he to hys disciples, * Surely theHe meaneth the people are ripe, and ready to receiue the gospel,
〈◊〉
the nomber of the elect to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
haruest. haruest (is) great, but the laborers (are) fewe.
38 Wherfore praye the Lord of the haruest that he woldeOr,
〈◊〉
forth. send forthe laborers into his haruest.
CHAP. X.
5 Christ sendeth out his Apostles to preache in Iudea. 7 He
〈◊〉
them charge, teacheth them, and
〈◊〉
them against
〈◊〉
. 20 The holie Gost speaketh by his ministers. 26 whome we oght to feare. 30 Our heeres are counted. 32 To confesse Christ. 37 Not to loue our parents more thē Christ. 38 To take vp our crosse. 39 To saue or lose the life. 40 To receiue the
〈◊〉
.
1 ANd * he called hys twelue disciples vntoMark. 3. 1. him, and gaue them power againste vncleaneLuke. 9. 1. spirits, to cast them out, and to heale euerie sickenes, and euerie disease.
2 Nowe the names of the twelue Apostles are these. The firste (is) Simon, called Peter, and Andrewe his brother: Iames (the sonne) of Zebedeus, and Iohn his brother.
3 Philippe and Bartleme we: Thomas, and Mat thewe the Publicane: Iames (the sonne) of Alpheus, and Lebbeus whose surname was Thaddeus.
4 SimonOr, the
〈◊〉
the Cananite, ād Iudas Iscariot, who also betrayed him.Act. 13. 46.
Luke.
〈◊〉
. 59.
5 These twelue did Iesus send forth, and commanded them, saying, Go not into the waye of the Gentiles, and into the cities of the Samaritans enter ye not.
6 But go rather* to theFor the kyngdome of God must first be
〈◊〉
ched vnto them, because Christ was especially promised vnto them. lost shepe of the house of Israel.
7 * And as ye go, preach, saying, The kingdomLuke. 9. 3. and 22. 35. of heauen is at hand.
8 Heale the sicke: clense the lepers: raise vp the dead: cast out the deuils. Frely ye haue recei ued,He
〈◊〉
them to offer them selues frely to the Lordes worke, without respect of gaine or
〈◊〉
Mark. 6. 8. frely giue.
9 *"Possesse notBecause he
〈◊〉
deth them not for a long time,
〈◊〉
only for one
〈◊〉
, he defendeth the thinges
〈◊〉
might let them: nether is this a perpetuall commandement. golde, nor siluer, nor money in yourOr prouide for. girdels.
10 Nor a scrippe for the iorney, nether two
coates, nether shoes, nor a staffe: * for the workeman is worthie of his meat.
11 And into * whatsoeuer citie or towne ye shal come, enquire who is worthie in it, and"Or,
〈◊〉
. there abide til ye go thence.1.
〈◊〉
. 5. 18.
Luk. 10. 7.
12 And when ye come into an house, salute theLuk. 10.
〈◊〉
. same.
13 And if the house be worthie, let your peace come vpon it: but if it be not worthie, let you peace returne to you.
14 * And whosoeuer shal not receiue you, norMar. 6. 11
Luk. 9. 8. heare your wordes, when ye departe out ofAct.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. & 18. 6. that house, or that citie, * To signifie that their land is polluted, and that you consent not to their wickednes. shake of the dust of your fete.
15 Truely I say vnto you, it shalbe easier for thē of the land ofWho were not so liuely taught, and
〈◊〉
. Sodom and Gomorrha in the day of iudgement, then for that citie.Luk. 10. 3.
16 ¶ * Beholde, I send you as shepe in the middes of wolues: be ye therefore wise as serpentes, andOr, simple.
Not reuenging wrong, muche lesse doing
〈◊〉
innocent as doues.
17 But beware of men, for they will deliuer you vp to the Councils, and will scourge you in their Synagogues.
18 And ye shall be broght to the gouernours and Kings for my sake, inTo take from them al
〈◊〉
of ignorance, & to make them in excusable. witnes to thē and to the Gentiles.
19 * But when they deliuer you vp, take noMar. 13. 11.
Luk, 12, 11. thoght how or what ye shal spake: for it shal be giuē you in that houre, what ye shall say.
20 For it is not ye that speake, but the spirit of your Father whiche speaketh in you.
21 And the * brother shall betray the brotherLuk, 21, 16. to death, and the father the sonne, and the children shall rise against (their) parents, and cause them to dye.
22 And ye shalbe hated of all men for my Name: * but he that endureth to the end heMar. 13. 13. shalbe saued.Luk, 21, 19.
23 And when they persecute you in this citie, fleeTo profite and do good, ād not to be idle. into another: for verely I say vnto you, ye shall not finish (all) the cities of Israel, till theAnd wil cōfort you & giue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of his presence: and he
〈◊〉
not of their
〈◊〉
sēding but of the whole time of their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Sonne of man be come.
24 * The disciple is not aboue his master, nor the seruant aboue his Lord.
25 It is ynough for the disciple to be as his master (is,) & the seruant as his Lord. * If they haue called the master of the houseIt was the name of an idole whiche signified the god
〈◊〉
, and indispite therof was attributed to the deuil. Read. 2. King
〈◊〉
2. and the wicked called Christ by this
〈◊〉
. Beelzebub, how muche more thē of his housholdeLuk. 6. 40.
26 Feare them not therefore: * for there is nothingIohn 13. 6. & 15. 20 Chap. 12. 2. couered, that shal not be disclosed nor hid, that shall not be knowen.
27 What I tel you in darkenes, that speake ye in light: and what ye heare in the eare, that preache ye on theWhich in those
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
so made that men may walke vpō
〈◊〉
. houses.
28 And feare ye not them which kil the bodie but are not able to kill the soule: but rather feare him, whiche is able to destroye bothe soule and bodie in hel.Mar. 4. 22.
29 Are not two sparrowes solde for a farthingLuk.
〈◊〉
. 17. & 12. 2. and one of them shall not fall on the ground without your Father?
30 * Yea, and all the heeres of you heade are nombred.1. Sam 14.
〈◊〉
.
31 Feare ye not therefore, ye are of more valueAct. 27 34. then manie sparrowes.
〈◊〉
. 8.
〈◊〉
8.
32 *Whosoeuer therefore shalAnd acknow ledge me his one he
〈◊〉
. confesse meLuk 9. 26. & 12. 8. before men, him wil I confesse also before my2. Tim. 2. 12. Father, which is in heauen.
33 But whosoeuer shal denie me before men, him wil I also denie before my Father, whichLuk, 12. 51. is in heauen.
34 * Thinke not that I am come to sendHe giueth vs inwarde peace in our consciences, but outward ly we must haue warre with
〈◊〉
ked worldelings peace into the earth: I came not to send peace, but the sworde.
35 For I am come to set a man atWhich thing cometh not of the propertie of Christ, but procedeth of the malice of men, which loue not the
〈◊〉
, he but darkenes, & are
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the worde of sal
〈◊〉
. variance against his father, & the daughter against her mother, & the daughter in law against her mother in law.
36 * And a mans enemies (shalbe) they of his owne housholde.
37 * He that loueth father or mother more thē me, is not worthie of me. And he that loueth sonne, or daughter more then me, is not wor thie of me.
〈◊〉
. 7. 6.
Luk. 14 26.
38 * And he that taketh not his crosse, andAlso they that inuentanie other way to honour God, then that he
〈◊〉
prescribed by
〈◊〉
worde, follow not Christ, but go before him. followethChap. 16. 24. after me, is not worthie of me.Mar. 8. 14.
39 * He that wil saue hisHe that dothe preferre his life before my glorie Luk. 10 6. life, shal lose it, and heLuk. 9. 23. & 14. 27 that loseth his life for my sake, shal saue it.
40 He that receiueth you, receiueth me: and he that receiueth me, receiueth him that hathe sent me.
41 * He that receiueth aWe must reuerence Christ in his
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
them, as sent from him, & honour them for their
〈◊〉
sake. Mar. 9. 4. Prophet in the name of a Prophet, shal receiue a Prophetes rewar de and he that receiueth a righteous man in the name of a righteous mā, shal receiue the rewarde of a righteous man.
42 * And whosoeuer shal giue vnto one of theseIoh. 3. 20. litle ones to drinke a cup of colde water onely, in the name of a Disciple, verely I say vnto you, he shal not lose his rewarde.
CHAP. XI.
1 Christ preacheth. 2 Iohn Baptist sendeth his disciples vnto him. 7 Christs testimonie concerning Iohn. 18 The opinion of the people concerning Christ
〈◊〉
Iohn. 20. Christ vp breadeth the vnthankful cities.
〈◊〉
The Gospel is
〈◊〉
to the simple. 28 They that labour, and are laden
〈◊〉
Christs yoke.
1 ANd it came to passe that when Iesus had made an end of commanding his twelue disciples, he departed thence to teach and to preach in their cities.
2 ¶ * And when Iohn heard in the prison theLuk. 7. 18. workes of Christ, heNot because Iohn was ignorant of Christ: but that he might teach his disciples that his office was to lead them to Christ. sent two of his disciples, and said vnto him.
3 Art thou he that shulde come; or shal we loke for another?
4 And Iesus answering, said vnto them, Go and she we Iohn, what things ye haue heard and sene.
5 The blinde receiue sight, and the halt go: the lepers are clensed, and the deaf heare: the dead are raised vp, * and the pore receiueIsa. 6.
〈◊〉
. the Gospel.
〈◊〉
. 4. 16.
"Or, the Gospel is preached to the poore.
6 And blessed is he that shal not
〈◊〉
take no
〈◊〉
by Christ to be
〈◊〉
from the Gospel be offended in me.
7 And as they departed, Iesus began to speake vnto the multitude, of Iohn, What went ye out into the wildernes to se? AA man
〈◊〉
. reed shaken with the winde?
8 But what went ye out to se? A man clothed in soft raiment? Beholde, they that weare soft
clothing, are in Kings houses.
9 But what went ye out to se? A Prophet? Yea, I say vnto you, andFor the Prophetes
〈◊〉
Christ lōg before he came but Iohn as it Were pointed him With his finger. more then a Prophet.
10 For this is he of whome it is written, * Beholde. I send my messenger before thy face, whiche shall prepare thy way before thee.
11 Verely I say vnto you, among thē whiche areWhiche Were begotten & borne by the meanes of man, ād after the commune
〈◊〉
of nature: for Christ
〈◊〉
by the holie Gost. be gotten of women, arose there not aMalach. 3. 1. greater then Iohn Baptist: notwithstanding, he that is theThe least of thē that shal preache the Gospel in the new estat of Christs Churche, shal
〈◊〉
more
〈◊〉
knowledge thē Iohn, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, e shallbe more ex cellent. least in the kingdome of heauen, is greater then he.
12 And from *the time of Iohn Baptist hitherto, the kingdome of heauen
〈◊〉
zeales are inflamed With desire to
〈◊〉
God
〈◊〉
offered, & are most
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. suffreth violence, and the violent take it by force.
13 For al the Prophetes and the LawThey prophecied things to come, Whiche
〈◊〉
We se present and more cleare prophecied vnto Iohn.
14 And if ye will receiueMeaning histe
〈◊〉
concerning Iohn. it, this is * Elias whiche was to come.
15 ¶ He that hath eares to heare, let him heare
16 * But whereunto shall I liken this generation? It is like vnto litle children which sit in the markets, and call vnto their felowes.
17 And say, We haue piped vnto you, and yeLuk. 16. 16. haue not danced, we haueOr,
〈◊〉
mour
〈◊〉
. mourned vnto you, and ye haue not lamented.
18 For Iohn came nether eating nor drinkyng and they say, He hathe a deuil.
19 The Sonne of man came eatyng and drinking, and they say, Beholde a glotton and a drinker of wine, a friend vnto Publicanes and sinners: butThey that are Wise in dede, acknowledge the Wisdom of God in him,
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
contemne
〈◊〉
. wisdome is iustified of her children.
20 ¶ * Then began he to vp braide the cities, where in most of his great worke were done because they repented not.
21 Wo (be) to
〈◊〉
. Chorazin: Wo (be) to thee
〈◊〉
4. 5. Bethsaida: for if the great workes, whicheLuk. 7 32. were done in you, had bene done in! Tyrus and Sidon, they had repented long agone in
〈◊〉
and ashes.
22 But I say to you, It shalbe easier for Tyrus and Sidon at the day of iudgement, then for you.
23 And thou, Capernaum, whiche art lifted vpLuk. 7. 29. vnto heauen, shalt be broght downe to hell:Luk 10. 13.
l
〈◊〉
of great
〈◊〉
full of dissolution &
〈◊〉
. for if the great workes, whiche haue bene done in thee, had bene done among them of Sodom, they had remained to this day."Or, therefore.
24 But I say vnto you, that it shalbe easier for them of the land of Sodom in the day of iudgement, then for thee.
25 * At that time Iesus answered, and said, ILuk. 10.
〈◊〉
giue thee thankes, ô Father, Lord of heauen and earth, because thou hast hid these things from the wise and men of vnderstandyng, & hast opened them vnto babes.
26 It is so, ô Father, because thy goodFaith cometh not of mans Wil or power, but by the secret
〈◊〉
nation of God, Which is the declaration of his eternall counsel. pleasure was suche.
27 * Al things are giuen vnto me of my Father: and * no man knoweth the Sonne, but the Father: nether knoweth any man the FatherIohn. 3. 36. but the Sonne, and he to whome the SonneIohn 6. 46. will reueile (him.)
28 Come vnto me, all ye thatWhich fele the Waight, & grief of your sinnes and
〈◊〉
. are wearie and laden, and I wil ease you.
29 Take myTo be gouerned by my Spirit and to
〈◊〉
your affections. yoke on you, and learne of me, that I am meke and lowlie in heart: and ye shal finde * rest vnto your soules.
30 *For my yoke is easie, and my burden light.Ier. 6,
〈◊〉
.
1. Iohn. 5.
〈◊〉
CHAP. XII.
3 Christ excuseth his disciples which plucke the eares of corne. 10 He healeth the dryed hand, 22 Helpeth the possessed that was blinde and domme, 31
〈◊〉
. 34 The generacion of vipers. 35 Of good wordes. 36. Of idle wordes. 38 He rebuketh the vnfaithful that wolde nedes haue tokens. 49 And sheweth who is his brother, sister and mother.
1 AT * that time Iesus wēt on a Sabbath dayMar. 2. 25. through the corne, ād his disciples wereLuk. 6. 1 an hungred, (and) began to plucke the earesDeut. 23. 21. of corne and to eat.
2 And when the Pharises sawe it, they said vnto him, Beholde, thy disciples do that which is not lawful to do vpon the Sabbath.
3 But he said vnto them, *Necessitie
〈◊〉
keth that lawful Which is prohibited for a certei ne respect, in things apperteining to ceremonies, Haue ye not red1. Sam, 21. 6. what Dauid did when he was an hungred, ād they that were with him?
4 How he entred into the House of God, and ate the shewe bread, which was not lawful for him to eat, nether for them which were with him, but onely for the * Priests?
5 Or haue ye not red in the Law how that onExod.
〈◊〉
. 33. the Sabbath dayes the Priests in the TempleLeui 8. 31. & 24. 9. *Not that the Priests
〈◊〉
the Sabbath in doing that Which Was commanded by the Law, but he speaketh thus to confuce the error of the people, Who thought the Sabbath broken, if any necessarie Worke Was done that day. breake the Sabbath, and are blameles?Nomb. 28. 9
6 But I say vnto you, that here is one greater then the Temple.
7 Wherefore if ye knewe what this is, * wil haue mercie and not sacrifice, ye wolde not haue condemned the innocents.
8 For the sonne of man is,Christ hathe power to exēpt his from keping of the Sabbath, seing the seruice required in the Tēple, Was able to excuse them that labored
〈◊〉
the same. Lord, (euen) of the Sabbath.
9 * And he departed thence, and went into their Synagogue:
10 And beholde, there was a man which had (his) hand dryed vp. And they asked him,
〈◊〉
. 6 7. saying, Is it lawful to heale vpon a SabbathChap. 9. 13. day? that they might accuse him.
11 And he said vnto them, What man shal there be among you, that shal haue a shepe, and if it fall on a Sabbath day into a pit, wil not he take it and lift it out?
12 How muche more then is a man better then a shepe? therefore, it is lawful to do wel on a Sabbath day.Mark. 3. 10
Luk. 6. 6.
13 Then said he to the man, Stretch forthe thine hand. And he stretched it forthe, and it was made whole as the other.
14 Then the Pharises went out, and consulted against him, how they might destroye him.
15 But when Iesus knewe it, he departed thence, and great multitudes followed him, and he healed them all,
16 And charged them that they shulde not ma ke him knowen,
17 That it might be fulfilled, which was spoken by Esaias the Prophet, saying,
18 *Beholde my seruant whome I haue chosen,Isa. 42, 1. my beloued in whome my soule deliteth: I wil put my Spirit on him, and he shal sheweThe right trade of gouernement not, onely to
〈◊〉
Iewes, but also to strange nacions. iudgement to the Gentiles.
19 He shal notHe shall not make great noise nor seke out War depōpe & glorie striue, nor crye, nethershal anie
man heare his voyce in the stretes.
20 AHe Wil beare With them that be infirme and Weake. bruised rede shal he not breake, and smo king flaxe shal he not quenshe, til he bring forthe iudgementChrist shall ouercome al lettes Which hinder the course of the Gos pel, ād then snall giue
〈◊〉
as a cōquerer against all his enemies. vnto victorie.
21 And in his Name shal the Gentiles trust.
22 ¶* Then was broght to him one, possessed with a deuil (bothe) blinde, and domme, andLuk. 11. 14. he healed him, so that he which was blinde and domme, bothe spake and sawe.
23 And all the people were amased, & said, Is not this the sonne of Dauid?
24 But when the Pharises heard it, they said, *This mā casteth the deuils no other wise out,Chap. 9. 34. but through Beelzebub the prince of deuils.Mar. 3 22.
25 But Iesus knewe their thoghtes, and said toLuk. 11. 17. them, Euerie kingdome deuided against it self, shalbeOr, desolate. broght to naught: and euerie citie or house, deuided against it self, shal not stand.
26 So if Satan cast out Satan, he is deuided against him self: how shal then his kingdome endure?
27 Also if I through Beelzebub cast out deuils, by whome do yourVVhich
〈◊〉
deuils by the
〈◊〉
of Gods name, all beit it Was expresly against the Law of God. children cast them out? Therefore they shalbe your iudges.
28 But if I cast out deuils by the Spirit of God, then is the kingdome of GOD come vnto you.
29 Els how can a man enter into a strong mans house and spoile his goods, except he first binde the strong man, and then spoile his house.
30 HeHe declareth to the Pharises, that they Were int Wo sortes his enemies, not onely because thei did forsake him, but also make open
〈◊〉
against him. that is not with me, is against me: & he that gathereth not with me, scattereth.
31 *Wherefore I say vnto you, euerie sinne and blasphemie shalbe forgiuen vnto men: butMar. 3 28.
Luk. 2. 10. the blasphemie (against) the holie Gost shall1. ioh. 5. 3. not be forgiuen vnto men.
32 And whosoeuer shal speake a worde against the Sōne of man, it shalbe forgiuen him: but whosoeuer shal speake against theThat is, he that striuech against the
〈◊〉
Which he knoweth, and against his owne conscience, can not returne to repentance: for he sinneth against the holie Gost. holie Gost, it shal not be forgiuen him, nether in this world nor in the worlde to come.
33 Ethēr make the tre good, and his frute good or els make the treOr, corrupt, euil, and his frute euil: for the tre it knowen by the frute.
34 OOr, broodes. generaciōs of vipers, how can you speakeLuk. 6. 45. good things, when ye are euil? For of the* abundance of the heart the mouth speaketh.
35 A good man out of the good treasure of his heart bringeth for the good things: & an euil man out of an euil treasure, bringeth forthe euil things.
36 But I say vnto you, that of euerieMuche more they
〈◊〉
giue a counte of their
〈◊〉
. idle word that men shal speake, they shal giue acounte there of at the day of iudgement.
37 For by thy wordes thou shalt beTheir Wicked Wordes shal be a
〈◊〉
, proffe to condemne the vngodlie, if there Were no other thing. iustified, and by thy wordes thou shalt be cōdemned.
38 ¶* Then answered certeine of the ScribesChap. 16. 2.
Ink. 11 29. & of the Pharises, saying. Master,This Was to finde some newe
〈◊〉
or pretext to
〈◊〉
his doctrine. we wolde1. Cor. 1. 22. se a signe of thee.
39 But he answered, and said to them, An euil andThey Were become bastardes and
〈◊〉
from their holie
〈◊〉
. adulterous generacion seketh a signe, but no signe shal be giuen vnto it, saue the signe of the Prophet Ionas.
40 *For as Ionas was thre dayes, ād thre nightsIona. 2 8. in the whales bellie: so shal the Sonne of man be threHe taketh
〈◊〉
te of the day
〈◊〉
the Whole day. dayes and thre nights in the heart of the earth.
41 The men of Nineue shal rise in iudgement
〈◊〉
. 3. 1. with this generacion, and cōdemne it: for they * repented at the preaching ofVVho Was a poore stranger, & yet these knowe not the Messias Which Was promised to be their king. Ionas: & beholde, a greater then Ionas is here.
〈◊〉
. king
〈◊〉
. 2.
2 Ch.
〈◊〉
. 1.
42 *The Quene of the South shal rise in iudgement with this generacion, and shalIt is ment as touching her fact in comming to se Solomō, and not her persone: for she Was not instructed in the Lawe of God. cōdem ne it: for she came from the vt most parties of the earth to heare the wisdome of Solomon: and beholde, a greaterthen Solomon (is) here.Luk. 11, 24.
43 ¶* Now when the vncleane spirit is gone out of a man, he walketh throughout drye places, seking rest, and findeth none.
44 Then he saith, I wil returne into mine house from whence I came: & when he is come, he findeth it emptie, swept and garnished.
45 ¶ Then he goeth, & taketh vnto himMeaning an infinite nomber. seuen"Or, Wildernes. 2. Pet. 2. 20. otherIf Satan be cast out; We must Watche stil, that he enter not againe: for since he Was once mans oldegest, he knoWeth
〈◊〉
and corner of our house. spirits worse then him self, and they
〈◊〉
. 6. 4. &
〈◊〉
26, Mar. 3. 31. entre in, and dwell there:* and the end of that man is worse then the beginning. Euen soLuk. 8. 20. shal it be with this wicked generacion.
46 ¶* While he yet spake to the multitude, beholde, his mother, and hisThis Worde in the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
times euerie kinsman. brethren stode without, desiring to speake with him.
47 Thē one said vnto him, Beholde, thy mother and thy brethren stand without, desiring to speake with thee.
48 But he answered, and said to him that tolde him, Who is my mother? and who are my brethren?
49 And he stretched forthe his hand towarde his disciples, and said, Beholde my
〈◊〉
preferreth the
〈◊〉
kinred to the car nal. mother and my brethren.
50 For whosoeuer shall do my Fathers wil which is in heauen, the same is my brother and sister and mother.
CHAP. XIII.
3 The state of the kingdome of God set forthe by the parable of the sede. 24. Of the tares 31. Of the mustarde sede. 33. Of the leauen. 44. Of the treasure hid in the field. 45. Of the perles. 47. And of the nette. 57. The Prophet is contemned in his owne contrey.
1 THe * same day wēt Iesus out of the house,Mar 4. 1. and sate by the sea side.Luk 8. 5.
2 AndAll desired to heare his doctrine, but there Was not like affection in all. great multitudes resorted vnto him, so that he went into a ship, and sate downe: and the whole multitude stode on the shore.
3 Then he spake many things to them in parables, saying, Beholde, a sower went forthe to sowe.
4 And as he sowed, some fel by the wayes side and the foules came and deuoured them vp.
5 And some fel vpō stonie groūde, where they had not muche earth, and anone they sprong vp, because they had no depth of earth.
6 And when the sunne rose vp, they were parched, & for lacke of rooting, withred away.
7 And some fel among thornes, ād the thornes sprong vp, and choked them.
8 Some agayne fell in good grounde, and broght forth frute, one (corne) an hundreth
folde, some sixte folde, and another thirtie folde.
9 He thatHe sheweth that all men can not vnderstande these mysteries, and also maketh his disciples mo re
〈◊〉
. hath eares to heare, let him heare.
10 ¶ Then the disciples came, and said to him, Why speakest thou to them in parables?
11 And he answered and sayd vnto them, Because it is giuen vnto you, to knowe the secrets of the kingdome of heauē, but to thē it is notThe Gospell is hid to them that perish. giuen.
12 *Christ increaseth in his children his graces. For whosoeuer hathe, to him shalbeChap.
〈◊〉
. 29. giuen, and he shal haue abundance: but whosoeuer hathe not, from him shalbe taken away, euenEuen that whi che he semeth to haue. that he hathe.
13 Therefore speake I to them in parables, be cause they seing, do not se: and hearing, theyIsay. 6. 9. heare not, nether vnderstand.Marke. 4. 12.
14 So in them is fulfilled the prophecie ofLuke. 8. 10. Esaias,Iohn. 12. 40. which (prophecie) saith, * By hearing,Act. 18. 26. ye shal heare, and shall not vnderstande, andRom. 11. 8. seing ye shal se, and shal not perceiue.
15 That
〈◊〉
the Prophete referreth to the secret counsell of God, is here attri buted to the hard stubbernes of the people: for the one can not be separated frome the other. For this peoples heart is waxed fatte, and their eares are dul of hearing, and with their eyes they haue winked, lest they shulde se with eyes, and heare with their eares, and shulde vnderstande with their hearts, and shulde returne, that I might heale them.
16 But blessed (are) your eyes, for theyTo wit, the glo rie of the Sonne of God, to acknowledge hym their Sauiour. se: and your eares, for they heare.
17 * Forverely I say vnto you, that many Prophetes, and righteous men haue desired to se those things which ye se, ād haue not sene (them,) and to heare those things whiche yeLuke. 10. 24. heare, and haue not heard (them.)
18 ¶ * Heare ye therefore the parable of theMarke. 4. 15. sower.Luke. 8. 11.
19 Whensoeuer a man heareth the worde of the kingdome, and vnderstandeth it not, the euil one cometh, & catcheth away that whi che was sowē in his heart: & this is he which Or, was sowen. hathe receiued the sede by the way side.
20 And he that receyued sede in the stonie grounde, is he which heareth the word, and incontinenly with ioye receiueth.
21 Yet hathe he no roote in him self, ād dureth but a season: for assone as tribulation or persecution cometh because of the worde, by and by he is offended.
22 And he that receiueth the sede amōg thornes, is he that heareth the word: but the care of this worlde, ād the deceitfulnes of riches choke the worde, and he is made vnfrutful.
23 But he that receyueth the sede in the good grounde, is he that heareth the worde, & vnderstandeth it, which also beareth frute, and bringeth forth, some an hūdreth folde, some sixtie folde, and some thirtie folde.
24 ¶ Another parable put he forthe vnto thē, saying, The kingdome of heauen is like vnto a mā which sowed good seed in his field.
25 He
〈◊〉
that the good ād the bad shal be
〈◊〉
together in the Church to the end that the
〈◊〉
many arme thē selues with pacience nd constancie. But while men slept, there came hys enemie, and sowed tares among the wheat, and went his way.
26 And whē the blade was sprōg vp, & broght forthe frute, then appeared the tares also.
27 Then came the seruants of the householder, and sayd vnto him, Master, sowedst not thou good sede in thy field? frō whence then hathe it tares?
28 And he said to them, The enuious mā hathe done this. Then the seruants said vnto him, Wilt thou thē that we go and gather thē vp?
29 But he said, Nay, lest while ye, go about to gather the tares, ye pluck vp also with them the wheat.
30 Christ
〈◊〉
onelye that the Churche shal ne uer be without some wicked men: althogh they be neuer so
〈◊〉
punished by suche meanes as he hathe left to pur ge
〈◊〉
Church. Let bothe growe together vntill the haruest, and in tyme of haruest I will say to the reapers, Gather ye first the tares, and bynde them in sheaues to burne them: but gather the wheat into my barne.
31 ¶* Another parable he put forthe vnto thē, saying, The kingdome of heauen is like vnto a graine of mustard sede, which a mā taketh and soweth in his field:Marke. 4. 30.
32 Which in dede is theThis teacheth vs
〈◊〉
to be
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
at the smale
〈◊〉
of the Gospell. least of all sedes: butLuke. 13. 18. whē it is growē, it is the greatest among her bes, and it is a tre, so that the birdes of heauē come and buylde in the branches thereof.
33 ¶* Another parable speake he to them, The kyngdome of heauen is lyke vnto leauen,Luke. 13. 11. which a woman taketh and hideth in three peckes of meale,
〈◊〉
this be
〈◊〉
thē to wai e
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of the Gospel
〈◊〉
. til all be leauened.
34 ¶* Al these things spake Iesus vnto the mul titude in parables, and without parables spake he not to them.Marke. 4. 33.
35 That it might be fulfilled, whiche wasPsal. 78. 2. spoken by the Prophet, saying, * I wil open my mouth inThys worde signifieth graue and
〈◊〉
prouerbes, to the end that the doct ine myght
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
maiestie, ād the wicked myght thereby be confounded. parables, ād will vtter the things which haue bene kept secret from the funda cion of the worlde.
36 Then sent Iesus the multitude awaye, and went into the house. And his disciples came vnto hym; saying, Declare vnto vsthe parable of the tares of the field.
37 Then answered he, and said to thē, He that soweth the good sede, is the Sonne of man.
38 And the field is the worlde, and the good sede, they are the children of the kingdome, and the tares are the children of the wicked
39 And the enemie that soweth them, is the deIoel. 3
〈◊〉
. uil, * and the haruest is the end of the world,Reuel. 14.
〈◊〉
. and the reapers be the Angels.
40 As then the tares are gathered and burned in the fyre, so shall it be in the end of thys worlde.
41 The Sonne of man shal sende forthe hys An gels, and they shall gather out of his kyngdome althings thatThe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
theyr euill example. offend, ād them which do iniquitie.
42 And shall caste them into a furnais of fyre. There shalbe wailing ād
〈◊〉
of teeth.Dan. 22. 3.
43 * Then shall the iust men shine as the sunne
〈◊〉
. 3. 7. in the kyngdome of their Father. He that hathe eares to
〈◊〉
, let him heare.
44 ¶ Againe the kingdome of heauen is lyke vnto a treasure hid in the field, which when a man hath founde, he hideth it, and for ioye thereof departeth and selleth al that he hath, and byeth that field.
45 ¶ Againe the kingdome of heauen is lyke to a marchant man, that seketh good perles.
46 Who hauing founde a perle of great price, went and solde all that he had, and boght it.
47 ¶ Againe the kingdome of heauen is likeIt is a kinde of
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
in al things that come in the waye. vnto a drawe net cast into the sea, that gathe reth of all kindes (of things.)
48 Which, when it is full, men drawe to land, and sit and gather the good into vessels, and cast theThe Greke worde signifieth rotten things. bad away.
49 So shal it be at the end of the worlde, The Angels shal go forthe, and feuer the bad frō among the iust.
50 And shall cast them into a furnais of fyre: there shall be wailling, & gnashing of teeth.
51 ¶ Iesus said vnto them, Vnderstand ye all these things? They said vnto him, Yea, Lord.
52 Then said he vnto them, Therefore euerieBecause the Scribes office was to expoūde the Scriptures, he meaneth hym that doeth inter pret thē a right, and accordynge to the Spirit. Scribe which is taught vnto the kingdome of heauen, is like vnto an householder, whiche bringeth forth out of hisThe preachers of Gods worde must haue store of
〈◊〉
and ample
〈◊〉
Marke. 6. 1. treasure thinges bothe newe and olde.
53 ¶ And it came to passe, that when Iesus had ended these parables, he departed thence.Luke. 4. 16.
54 * And came into his owne countrey, andIohn. 6. 42. taught thē in their Synagogue, so that they were astonied, ād said, Whence cometh this
〈◊〉
. 6. 4.
Luke. 4. 24. wisdome and great workes vnto this man?Iohn. 4 44
55 Is not thys the carpenters sonne? Is not his mother called Marie,* and hisOr Confiue. brethren Iames and Ioses, and Simon and Iudas?
56 And are not his sisters all with vs? Whence then hathe he all these things?
57 And they were offended with him. Then Ie sus said to them, * A prophet is not without honour,Men commune ly neglect them, whome they ha ue knowen of children: also they do enuie them of the same countrey: & such is' their ingratitude that they take light occasion to cōtemne the graces of God in others. saue in his owne countrey, and in his owne house.
58 And he did not many greate workes there, for their vnbeliefes sake.Chap. XIIII.
CHAP. XIIII. Marke. 6. 14.
2 Herodes opinion cōcerning Christ. 10 Iohn is beheadedLuke. 9. 7. 19 Christ fedeth fiue thousand men with fiue loaues ād two fishes. 23 He prayeth in the mountaine. 25 He
〈◊〉
reth by night vnto his disciples vpon the sea. 31 And saueth Peter. 33 They confesse him to be the sonne of God. 36 He healeth al that touched the hemmes of his
〈◊〉
.
1 AT* that time Herode the Tetrarch heardMarke. 6. 17. of the fame of Iesus.Luke.
〈◊〉
. 14.
2 And said vnto his seruants, This is IohnLeui 18. 16. and. 20. 21. Baptist.He spake after the commune errour: for they thoght that the soules of them that were depar ted, entred into another bodie. He is risen againe from the dead, and therfore greatTo approue his resurrection, and to get him great autoritie. workes are wroght by him.
3 * For Herode had taken Iohn, and bounde him, ād put him in prison for Herodias sake, his brother Philips wife.
4 For Iohn said vnto him, It is not *Aswel because
〈◊〉
abhorreth suche horrible in ceste, as also that he had taken
〈◊〉
by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his brother. law ful for thee to haue her.
5 And when he wolde haue put him to death, he feared the multitude, because theyChap.
〈◊〉
. 26. counted him as a * Prophet.
6 But when Herodes birth day was kept, the daughter of Herodias danced before them, and pleased Herode.
7 Wherefore heThe
〈◊〉
was wicked: but yet it was more vile to obstinate in the same, that he myght seme constant. promised with an othe, that hewold giue her whatsoeuer she
〈◊〉
old aske.
8 And she being before instructed of her mother, said, Giue me here Iohn Baptist head in a platter.
9 And the King was sorie: neuertheles because of the othe, and them that sate with him at the table, he commanded it to be giuē (her.)
10 And sent, ād beheaded Iohn in the prison.
11 And his head was broght in a platter, and giuen to the maide, and she broght it vnto her mother.
12 And his disciples came, and toke vp hisOr, karkeis. bo die, and buried it, and went, and tolde Iesus.
〈◊〉
. 6 38.
13 * And when Iesus heard it, he departedLuke. 9. 10. thē
ce by ship into aTo the
〈◊〉
that his disciples nowe after their ambassagemight some what reste them, or els that he might
〈◊〉
them to greater entreprises. desert place a parte. And when the multitude had heard it, they followed him a fote out of the cities.
14 And Iesus went forthe ād sawe a great mul titude, and was moued with compassion to warde them, and he healed their sicke.
15 ¶ And when euen was come, * his disciplesMarke. 8. 35. came to him, saying, This is a desert place, ādLuke. 9. 12. the houre is alreadie paste: let the multitudeIohn. 6. 5. departe, that they may go into the townes, and bye them vitailes.
16 But Iesus said to them, They haue noChrist leaueth them
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
nourishmente,
〈◊〉
whiche seke the fode of the
〈◊〉
nede to go away: giue ye them to eat.
17 Then said they vnto him, We haue here but fiue loaues, and two fishes.
18 And he said, Bring them hether to me.
19 And he commanded the multitude to sit downe on the grasse, ād toke the fiue loaues and two fishes, and loked vp to heauen and Or, praied and gaue thankes to God. blessed, and brake, and gaue the loaues to his disciples, & the disciples to the multitude
20 And they did all eat, and were sufficed, and they toke vp of the fragments that remained twelue baskets ful.
21 And they that had eaten, were aboute fiue thousand mē, beside women & litle childrē.
22 ¶ And straight way IesusThe disciples were lothe to de part from
〈◊〉
but yet they shewed their obedience. cōpelled his disciples to enter into a ship, and to go ouer be fore him, while he sent the multitude away.
23 And assone as he had sent the multitude awaye, he went vp into a mountaine alone toMarke. 6. 46. pray: * and when the euening was come, heIohn. 6. 16. was there alone.
24 And the ship was now in the middes of the sea, and was tossed with waues: for it was a contrarie winde.
25 And in theThe night was deuided into foure watches, whereof euerie one conteined thre houres. fourth watche of the night, Iesus went vnto them, walking on the sea.
26 And when his disciples sawe him walking on the sea, they were troubled, saying, It is a spirit, and cryed out for feare.
27 But strayght waye Iesus spake vnto them, saying,The presence of Christ
〈◊〉
his bolde. Be of good comforte. It is I: be not afrayed.
28 Then Peter answered him, and said, Master, if it be thou,His zeale was great, but he had
〈◊〉
sufficiently considered the measure of hys faith. byd me come vnto thee on the water.
29 And he sayd, Come. And when Peter was come downe out of the ship, he walked on the water, to go to Iesus.
30 But when he sawe a mightie winde, he was afraied: ād as heHis entreprise was to greate, and therefore he must nedes fall in danger, when his faith failed. beganne to sinke, he cried, saying, Master, saue me.
31 So immediatly Iesus stretched forthe hys hand, and caught him, and said to him,Christ
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
, & also giueth reme die bothe at once O
thou of litle faith, wherefore didest thou dout?
32 And assone as they were come into the ship the winde ceased.
33 Then they that were in the ship, came and worshipped him, saying, Of a trueth thou art the sonne of God.
〈◊〉
. 6, 54.
34 ¶* And when they were come ouer, thei came into the land of Gennesaret.
35 And when the men of that place knewe him, they sent out into all that countrey rounde about, and broght vnto him all that were sicke.
36 And besoght him, that they might touche the hemme of hisIt semeth they we eled with a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, not withstan ding our Sauiour wold not quēche the smoking
〈◊〉
; and therefore did beare with these smale beginnings. garment onely: and as manie as touch edit, were made whole.
CHAP. XV.
3 Christ excuseth his disciples, and rebuketh the
〈◊〉
, &
〈◊〉
, for transgressing Gods commādement by their owne tradicions.
〈◊〉
The plant that shalbe rooted out. 18 what things defile a man. 22 He deliuereth the woman of Cananees daughter. 26 The bread of the children. 30 He healeth the sicke, 36 And feedeth foure thousand men, beside women and children.
1 THen came to Iesus the Scribes, and Pharises, which were of Ierusalem, saying,Marke, 7, 1.
2 *Why do thy disciples transgresse the tradicion of the Elders? for theyMen are more rigorous to
〈◊〉
their owne traditions then Gods commandement. wash not their hands when they eatOr, meat. bread.
3 But he answered & said vnto them, Why do ye also transgresse the cōmandemēt of God by your tradicion?Exod. 20,
〈◊〉
.
4 * For God hathe cōmanded, saying, HonourDeut 5, 16. thy father and mother: * and he that curseth
〈◊〉
. 6, 2.
〈◊〉
. 21, 17. father or mother, let him dye the death.
〈◊〉
. 20, 9.
5 But ye say, Whosoeuer shal say to father orprou. 20, 20. mother,The
〈◊〉
dis pensed with thē that did not their dueties to their owne
〈◊〉
, so that thei wolde recompense the same to their pro fite by their offrings. By the gift that is (offred:) by me, thou maiest haue profite,
6 Thogh he honour not his father, or his mother, (shalbe fre:) thus haue ye made the cō
mandement of God of no autoritie by your tradicion.
7 O hypocrites, Esaias prophecied well of you, saying,
8 * This people draweth nere vnto me withIsai. 29, 12. their mouth, and honoureth me with the lip
〈◊〉
, but their heart is farre of from me.
9 ButGod wil not be honoured according to mans fā tasie, but detesteth all good in tentions, whiche
〈◊〉
not groūded on his worde. in vaine they worship me, teaching (for) doctrines, mens precepts.
10 * Then he called the multitude vnto him, & said to them, Heare and vnderstand.Marke. 7, 17.
11 That which goeth into the mouth, defileth not the man, but that whiche cometh out of the mouth, that defileth the man.Iohn 15, 2.
12 ¶ Then came his disciples, and said vnto him Perceiuest thou not, that the Pharises are offended in hearing (this) saying?
13 But he answered and said, *All thei which
〈◊〉
not grafted in Iesus Christ by fre adoption, and euerie doctrine, that is not established by Gods
〈◊〉
. Euerie plant which mine heauenlie Father hathe not plā
ted, shalbe rooted vp.
14 They are not worthie to be cared for. Let them alone: they be the* blinde leaders of the blinde: & if the blinde leade the blinde bothe shal fall into the ditche.Luke 6, 39.
15 ¶* Then answered Peter, and said to him,Marke. 7,
〈◊〉
. Declare vnto vs this parable.
16 Then said Iesus, Are ye yet without vnderstanding!
17 Perceiue ye not yet, that whatsoeuer entreth into the mouth, goeth into the bellie, and is cast out into the draught?
18 But those things which procede out of the mouth, come from the heart, and they defile the man.
19 For out of the heart* come euilAll vices proce de of the corrupt affection of the heart. thoghts,Gen 6, 5. & 8, 21. murders, adulteries, fornicacions, thefts, false testimonies, sclanders.
20 These are the things, which defile the man: but to eat with vnwashen handes, defileth not the man.
21 *And Iesus went thence, and departed intoMarke 7. 24. the coasts of Tyrus and Sidon.
22 And beholde, a woman a Cananite came out of the same coasts, and cryed, saying vnto him, Haue mercie on me, ô Lord, the sonne of Dauid: my daughter is miserably vexed with a deuil.
23 But he answered her not a worde. Thē came to him his disciples, & besoght him, saying,The disciples were offended at her importunitie. Send her away, for she cryeth after vs.
24 But he answered, and said, I am not sent, but vnto the* lost shepe of the house of Israel.Chap. 10, 6.
25 Yet she came and worshipped him, saying, Lord, helpe me.
26 And he answered, and said, It is not good to take the childrens bread, and to cast it toChrist calleth them dogs, or whelpes whiche are strangers frō the house of God whelpes.
27 But she said, Trueth, Lord: yet in dede the whelpes eat of the crommes, which fall frō their masters table.
28 Then Iesus answered, and said vnto her, O woman, great is thyChrist granted her
〈◊〉
, for her faiths sake, & not at the request of his disciples. faith: be it to thee, as thou desirest. And her daughter was made whole at that houre.
29 ¶ So Iesus*
〈◊〉
away from thence, & came
〈◊〉
7, 31. nere vnto the sea of Galile, and went vp into a mountaine and sate downe there.
30 And great multitudes came vnto him, * hauingIsa. 35, 5. with them, halt, blinde, domme, maymed and manie other, and cast them downe at Iesus feete, and he healed them,
31 In so muche that the multitude wondered, to se the domme speake, the maymed whole the halt to go, and the blinde to se: and they glorified the God of Israel.
32 *Then Iesus called his disciples vnto him,Marke. 8, 1. and said, IChrist can nōt
〈◊〉
those that
〈◊〉
him. haue compassion on this multitude, because they haue continued with me alreadie thre dayes, and haue nothing to eat: and I wil not letthē departe fasting, lest they fainte in the way.
33 And his disciples said vnto him, Whence shulde we get so muche bread in the wildernes, as shulde suffice so great a multitude!
34 And Iesus said vnto thē, How manie loaues haue ye? And they said, Seuē, and a fewe litle fishes.
35 Then he commanded the multitude to sit downe on the grounde,
36 And toke the seuen loaues, and the fishes, & gaue thākes, and brake (them,) & gaue to his disciples, and the disciples to the multitude.
37 And they did all eat, and were sufficed: and they toke vp of the fragments that remained, seuen baskets full.
36 And they that had eaten, were foure thousand men, beside women, and litle children.
39 Then (Iesus) sent awaye the multitude, and toke shippe, and came into the partes ofOr
〈◊〉
. Magdala.
CHAP. XVI.
1 The Pharises require a token. 6 Iesus warneth his disciples of the Pharises doctrine. 16 The confession of Peter 19 The keyes of heauē. 24 The faithfull must heare the crosse. 25 To winne or lose the life. 27 Christs cōming.Chap. 12.
〈◊〉
.
1 THen * came theAlthogh they did not agre in doctrine, yet they ioyned together to fight against the truth Pharises and Sadduces,Mark. 8
〈◊〉
. and didMen tempte God eyther by their incredulitie, or curiositie. tempt (hym,) desirynge hym toLuke.
〈◊〉
. 54. shewe them asigne from heauen.
2 But he answered, and said vnto them, When it is euenyng, ye say, Fayre wether: for the skie is red.
3 And in the morning (ye say,) To day (shalbe) a tempeste: for the skie is red and lowryng. O hypocrites, ye can discerne the face of the skie, and can ye not (discerne) theVVhich apperteine to the heauenlie and spiritual life. signes of the times?
4 *The wicked generacion, and adulterousChap. 12. 14. seketh a signe, and there shal no signe be giuen it, but theChrist shalbe to them as a
〈◊〉
raised vp frō death. signe of the Prophet* Ionas: so he left them, and departed.
5 ¶ And when his disciples were come to theIonas. 2. 1. other side, they had * forgottē to take breadMarke. 8. 14. (with them.)
〈◊〉
. 12. 1.
6 Then Iesus sayd vnto them, Take hede and beware of the leauen of the Pharises and Sad duces.
7 And theyOr, reasoned with thē selues. thoght in them selues, saying, (It is) because we haue broght no bread.
8 But IesusA token of Christs diuinitie to knowe mens
〈◊〉
. knowing it, said vnto them, O ye of litle faith, why thinke you (thus) in your selues, because ye haue broght no bread?
9 Do ye not yet perceiue, nether rememberChap. 14. 17. the fiue loaues, when there were *fiueIohn. 6. 9. thousand (mē,) & how manie baskets toke ye vp?
10 Nether the seuen loaues when there wereChap. 15. 34. * foure thousand (men,) and how manie baskets toke ye vp?
11 Why perceiue ye not that I said not vnto you concerning bread, that ye shuld be ware of the leauen of the Pharises, and Sadduces?
12 Then vnderstode they that he had not sayd that they shulde beware of the leauen of bread, but of theWe may bolde ly by Christs admonition reiect and cōtemne all
〈◊〉
doctri ne and mans
〈◊〉
, & oght onely to cleaue to the worde of GOD. doctrine of the Pharises, and Sadduces.
13 ¶ *Now when Iesus came into the coastes of Cesarea Philippi, he asked hys disciples, saying, Whome do men say that I, the Sonne of man am?
14 And they said, Some (say,) Iohn Baptist, and some, Elias: and others, Ieremias, or one ofMarke. 8. 27. the Prophetes.Luke. 9. 28.
15 He said vnto them, But whome saye ye that I am?
16 Then Simon Peter answered, and sayd,*Iohn. 6.
〈◊〉
. Thou art the Christ the Sonne of the liuyng God.
17 And Iesus answered, and said to him, Blessed art thou, Simō, the sonne of Ionas: forHe meaneth any thing that
〈◊〉
in man. fleshIohn. 1. 41. and blood hathe not reueiled it vnto thee, but my Father which is in heauen.
18 And I say also vnto thee, that thou art* Peter, and vponVpō that faith
〈◊〉
thou hast confessed ād acknoweledged me: for it is groū ded vpon an infallible trueth. this rocke I will buylde my Church: and theThe power of Satan which
〈◊〉
deth in craft and violence. gates of hell shal notIohn. 20.
〈◊〉
. ouercome it.
19 The preachers of the Gospel
〈◊〉
pen the gates of heauen with the worde of God, whyche is the right keye
〈◊〉
so that where this worde is not pu rely taught, ther is nether keye, nor autoritie. And I* will giue thee the keyes of the kingdome of heauen, and whatsoeuer thou shaltCondemne by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. binde vpon earth, shalbe bound in hea uen: & whosoeuer thou shaltOr, absolue. lose on earth, shalbe losed in heauen.
20 Then he charged hys disciples, that they shuldeBecause he wolde yet
〈◊〉
them, and not preuent his tyme. tell no man that he was Iesus the Christ.
21 ¶He wold pluck out of their hear tes that false opi nion, which they had of his temporal kingdome Chap. 10. 38. From that tyme forthe Iesus began to shewe vnto his disciples, that he must go vnto Ierusalem, and suffer manie things of the Elders, and of the hie Priests, and Scribes, ād be slaine, and rise againe the thirde day.
22 Then Peter toke hym aside, and began to rebuke him, saying, Master, pitie thy self: this shal not be vnto thee.
23 Then he turned backe, and
〈◊〉
vnto Peter, Get thëe behinde me,
〈◊〉
worde signifieth an aduersarie, who re sisteth the will of God, either of malice, as did
〈◊〉
das, or of rashenes and arrogan cie, as Peter did. Satan: thou art an offence vnto me, because thou vnderstandest not the things that are of God, but the thinges that are of men.
24 Iesus then said to his disciples, *If any man
〈◊〉
. 8. 14. wil followe me, let him forsake him self, andLuk. 9. 23. & 14.
〈◊〉
take vp his crosse, and followe me.Chap. 10. 39.
25 For* whosoeuer wilThat is, whosoeuer thinketh to saue him selfe by forsaking Iesus Christ. saue his life, shal loseMarke. 8. 34. it: and whosoeuer shall lose his life for myLuk. 9. 24. & 17.
〈◊〉
sake, shal finde it.Marke. 8. 36.
Luke. 9. 25.
26 Rom. 2. 6. For what shall it profite a man thogh heIohn. 12. 25. shuld winne the whole worlde, if he lose his owne soule? or what shall a man giue for recompense of his soule?
27 For the Sonne of man shal come in the glorie of his Father with his Angels, andMar. 9. 1. then shal he giue to euerie man accordyng to his dedes.
28 Luk. 9.
〈◊〉
.Verely I saye vnto you, there be some of them that stand here, which shal not taste of death,This was fulfilled in his resurrection which was
〈◊〉
an entrie into his kingdome, and was also confirmed by sending the holie Gost, whereby he wroght so great and sondrie miracles. till they haue sene the Sonne of man come in his kingdome.Psal. 62. 12.
CHAP. XVII.
2 The
〈◊〉
of Christ vpō the mountaine of Thabor. 5 Christ oght to be heard. 11. 13 Of Elias and Iohn Baptiste. 15 He healeth the lunaticke. 20 The power of faith. 21 Prayer and fasting. 22 Christ telleth them before of his passion. 27 He
〈◊〉
tribute.
1 ANd*Or, the
〈◊〉
, day after. after six dayes, Iesus toke Peter,XVII. ād Iames, and Iohn his brother, and broghtMarke. 9. 2. them vp into an hie mountaine a parte.Luke. 9.
〈◊〉
.
2 And was
〈◊〉
shewed them his glories that they might not thinke that he suffred throu ghe infirmitie, but that he offered vp him selfe willingly to
〈◊〉
. transfigured before them: and his face did shyne as the sunne, and his clothes were as white as the light.
3 And beholde, there appearedBy these two
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
are represented the Lawe and the Prophets, which lead vs to Christ. vnto them Moses, and Elias, talking with him.
4 Then answered Peter, and said to Iesus, Master, it isAfter Moses & Elias
〈◊〉
Peter fearing he shulde lose that ioyful sight, spea
〈◊〉
as a man distract ād wold haue lodged thē in earthlie houses, whiche were receiued in
〈◊〉
. good for vs to be here: if thou wilt let vs make here thre tabernacles, one for
thee, and one for Moses, and one for Elias.
5 While he yet spake, behold, a bright cloude shadowed them: and beholde, there (came) a voyce out of the cloude, saying, *This is my beloued Sonne,VVe are recon ciled to God by Christ onely. in whom I am wel pleaChap. 3.
〈◊〉
, sed:Christ is our chief and onely
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Chap. 11. 14. heare him.2. Peter. 2. 17.
6 And
〈◊〉
the disciples heard that, theyAnd so worshipped Christ. fel on their faces and were sore afrayed.
7 Then Iesus came ād touched them, and said, Arise, and be not afraid.
8 And when they lifted vp their eyes, they sawe no man, saue Iesus onely.
9 ¶ And as they came downe from the mountaine, Iesus charged them, saying, Shewe the vision to no man,For men wold not haue belieued them, before that Christ had made his glorie more manifest by hys resurrection. vntill the Sonne of man rise againe from the dead.
10 * And his disciples asked him, saying, Why then saye the Scribes that* Elias must firsteMarke. 9. 11. come?
11 And Iesus answered, and sayd vnto them, Certeinely Elias must first come, and restoreMala. 4. 5. all things.
12 But I say vnto you, that Elias is come already, and they knewe him not, but haue done vnto him whatsoeuer they wolde: like wise shal also the Sonne of man suffer of them.
13 Then the disciples perceiued that he spake vnto them of Iohn Baptist.
14 ¶* And when they were come to the multi tude, there came to him a certeine man, andMarke. 9. 14. kneled downe to him.Luke. 9. 37.
15 And said, Master, haue pitie on my sonne: for he is lunatike, and is sore vexed: for oft times he falleth into the fyre, and oft tymes into the water.
16 And I broght him to thy disciples, ād they colde not heale him.
17 Then Iesus answered, and said,He speaketh chieflye to the Scribes, who began to bragge, as
〈◊〉
they had now gotten the victo
〈◊〉
ouer
〈◊〉
because his disci ples were not able to do thys miracle. O generacion, faithles, and croked, howe long nowe shall I be with you! how longe nowe shall I suffer you! bring him hither to me.Luke. 17. 6.
18 And Iesus rebuked the deuill, and he went out of him: and the childe was healed at that houre.
19 Then came the disciples to Iesus a parte ād said, Why colde not we cast him out?
20 And Iesus said vnto them, Because of your vnbeliefe: for* verely I say vnto you, if ye haChap. 20. 17. ue faith (as muche) as (is) a graine of mustardMarke. 9.
〈◊〉
, Luke. 9. 44. &. 24. 7. sede, ye shal say vnto this mountaine,By this maner of speache is
〈◊〉
, that they shulde do thyngs by their faith that shulde seme impossible. Remo ue hence to yonder place, ād it shal remoue: and nothing shalbe vnpossible vnto you.
21 How be it this kinde goeth not out, but byThe best remedie to strēgthen the weake faith is prayer, which hath
〈◊〉
added to it, as an helpe to the same. prayer and fasting.
22 ¶ And asOr,
〈◊〉
conuersant, or retur ned into Galile. they* abode in Galile, Iesus sayd vnto them, The Sonne of man shal be deliue red into the hands of men.
23 And they shal kil him, but the third day shal he rise againe: and they were very sorie.
24 ¶ And when they were come to Capernaum, they that receiuedThe Greke worde is (didrachma) which was of value about ten
〈◊〉
of olde sterlyng monie, and the Israelites payed it once by the Law. Exo. 30. 13. and at this time they payed it to the Romains. polle money, came to Peter, and sayd, Doeth not your Master pay tribute?
25 He said, Yes. And when he was come into the house, Iesus preuēted him, saying, What thinkest thou Simō? Of whom do the Kings of the earth take tribute, or polle money? of their children, or of strangers?
26 Peter said vnto him, Of strangers. Then said Iesus vnto him, Then are the children fre.
27 Neuertheles, lest we shuld
〈◊〉
giue occasion to forsake the trueth. offende them, go to the sea, and cast in an angle, and take the first fishe that cometh vp, and whē thou hast opened his mouth, thou shalt finde aThe worde is (Statera) which conteineth two didrachmas, and in valued about fiue grotes of olde
〈◊〉
.
XVIII. piece of twentie pence: that taken, and giueMarke 9. 33. vnto them for me and thee.
CHAP. XVIII. Luke. 9 46.
1 The greatest in the kingdome of heauen. 3 He teacheth his disciples to be humble and harmeles. 6 To auoide occasions of euil. 10 Not to cōtemne the litleones. 11 Why Christ came. 15 Of brotherlie correction. 17 Of the autoritie of the Church. 19 The commendacion of prayer ād godlie assemblies. 21 Of brotherlie forgiuenes.
1 THe * same tyme the disciples came vntoChap. 19. 24. Iesus, saying,They striue for the rewarde before they haue taken any paine and where as they shuld haue holpen and reue
〈◊〉
not another, they were
〈◊〉
and despicers of their
〈◊〉
. Who is the greatest in the1. Cor. 14, 20. kingdome of heauen?
2 And Iesus called a litle childe vnto him, and set him in the middes of them.
3 And said, Verely I say vnto you, except ye be * cōuerted, and become as litle
〈◊〉
lack of discretion, but that they be not vayne glorious,
〈◊〉
to aduan cethem selues to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. childrē, ye shal not enter into the kingdome of heauen.
4 Whosoeuer therefore shal humble him self as this litle childe, the same is the greatest in the kingdome of heauen.
5He calleth thē litle childrē now whiche humble them selues with all humilitie and subiectiō. Marke 9. 42. Luke. 17. 1. And whosoeuer shall receiue suche a lytle childe in my Name, receiueth me.
6 *But whosoeuer shall offende one of these litleones which beleue in me, it were better for him, that aThe worde
〈◊〉
a
〈◊〉
milstone whiche an
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and it is spoken in
〈◊〉
of that which is tourned with mans hand, whiche is lesse. mylstone were hāged about his necke, and that he were drowned in the depth of the sea.
7Christ warneth his to take heed that they shrink not backe from him for any
〈◊〉
example or offence that man can giue. Wo (be) vnto the worlde because of offences: for it must nedes be that offences shall come, but wo (be) to that man, by whomeChap. 5. 30. the offence cometh.
8Marke. 9. 45. *Wherefore, if thine hand or thy fote cause thee to offende, cut them of, and cast (them) from thee: it is better for thee to enter into life, halt, or maimed, then hauing two hands or two fete, to be cast into euerlasting fyre.
9 And if thine eye cause thee to offend, plucke it out, and cast it from thee: it is better for thee to enter into life with one eye, then ha uing two eyes, to be cast into hell fyre.
10Christ toucheth the cause of this offence, whiche is pride and disdeyne
〈◊〉
our
〈◊〉
. Se that ye despice not one of these lytleones: for I say vnto you, that in heauen theirPsal. 34. 7. *Seyng GOD hath
〈◊〉
his Aungels to
〈◊〉
the charge of hys children, the wicked may be
〈◊〉
that if they dispice thē, God wil reuēge their cause. Angels alwayes behold the face of my FaLuke. 13. 10. ther which is in heauen.
11Luke. 15. 4. For * the Sonne of man is come toVVe maye not lose by our offen ce that whyche God hath so derely boght. saue that which was lost.
12 How thinke ye? * If a man haue an hūdreth shepe, and one of them be gone astraye, doeth he not leaue ninetie and nine, and go into the mountaines, and seke that which is gone astray?
13 And if so be that he finde it, verely I saye vnto you, he reioyceth more of that shepe, then of the ninetie and nine whiche went not astray.
14 So is it not the wil of your Father whiche is in heauen, that one of these litleones shulde perish.
15 ¶* Moreouer, if thy brother trespace againstWhere with thou maist be offended: he spea keth of secret or particular sinnes & not of open or knowē to others thee, go, andOr, reproue him Deu. 19, 15. tell him his faute betweneLeu. 19, 17. thee and him alone: if he heare thee, thoueccle. 19, 13. hast wonne thy brother.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 3.
16 But if he heare thee not, take yet with thee
〈◊〉
. 5, 18. one or two, that by the * mouth of two or thre witnesses euerie worde may be confirmed.
17 And if he wil not vouche saue to heare thē, tel it vnto theHe meaneth according to the order that was amōgs the Iewes who had their coūcel of ancient and expert men to reforme maners, & execute discipline. This assemblie represēted the Church whiche had appointed them to this charge. Church: and if he refuse toiohn 8, 17. heare the Church also, let him be vnto theeebr. 10, 28. as an heathen man, and a Publicane.2. cor. 13, 1.
18 Verely I say vnto you, * Whatsoeuer yeIn the 16. Chap. 19. he ment this of doctrine, and here of eccle siastical discipline, which depen deth of the doctrine.
1. Cor. 5. 9. binde on earth, shalbe bounde in heauē, and2. thes. 3. 14. * whatsoeuer ye lose on earth, shal be losedIohn. 20, 23. in heauen.
19 Againe, verely I say vnto you, that if two of you shal agre in earth vpon any thing, whatsoeuer they shal desire, it shal be
〈◊〉
, done to. Luk. 17, 4. giuē them of my Father which is in heauen.
20 For where two or thre are gathered together in my Name, there am I in the middes of them.
21 Thē came Peter to him, & said, Master, how oft shal my brother sinne against me, and I shal forgiue him?* vnto seuen times?
22 Iesus said vnto him, I say not to thee, vnto seuen times, but vntoVVe muste be cōtinually ready to forgiue and be forgiuen. seuentie times seuen times.
23 Therefore is the kingdome of
〈◊〉
likened vnto a certeine King, whiche wolde take a countes of his seruants.
24 And when he had begonne to recken, one was broght vnto him, whiche oght him ten thousandA commune
〈◊〉
was valued at thre score pounde: some also were greater and some lesse. talents.
25 And because he had nothing to paye, his master commanded him to be solde, and his wife, and (his) children, and all that he had, & (the dette) to be payed.
26 The seruant therefore fel downe, and besoght him, saying, Master, appease thine angre towarde me, and I wil pay thee all.
27 Then that seruants master had compassion, and losed him, and for gaue him the dette.
28 But when the seruāt was departed, he foūde one of his felowes, which oght him an hundrethWhich amoū
teth of our money to the
〈◊〉
of 25. shillings, or verie nere, and was nothing in respect of the for mer whiche his master forgaue him. pence, & he layed hands on him, and toke him by the throte, saying, Pay me that thou o west.
29 Then his felowe fel downe at his fete, and besoght him, saying, Appease thine angre towards me, and I wil pay thee all.
30 Yet he wolde not, but went and cast him into prison, til he shulde pay the dette.
31 And whē his (other) felowes sawe what was done, they were very sorie, and came, and de clared vnto their master all that was done.
32 Then his master called him, and said to him, O euil seruant, I forgaue thee all that dette, because thou prayedst me.
33 Oghtest not thou also to haue had pitie on thy felow, euen as I had pitie on thee?
34 So his master was wroth, and deliuered him to the iaylers, til he shulde pay all that was due to him.
35 So like wise shal mine heauenlie Father do vn to you, except ye forgiueGod estemeth onely the heart and affection. from your hearts eche one to his brother their trespaces.
CHAP. XIX.
3 Christ sheweth for what cause a woman may be diuorced. 11 Continence is a gift of God. 14 He receiueth litle babes. 16 To obteine life euerlasting. 24 That riche men can scarsely be saued. 28 He promiseth them which haue left all to folowe him, life euerlasting.
1Mar. 10,
〈◊〉
ANd* it came to passe, that when Iesus had finished those sayings, he departed from Galile, and came into the coastes of Iudea beyonde Iordan.
2 And great multitudes followed him, and he healed them there.
3 ¶Then came vnto him the Pharises tēpting him, and saying to him, It is lawful for a man to put away his wife for euerieOr, cause. faute?
4 And he answered and said vnto them, Haue ye not red, *that he which made (them) atGen. 1, 27. the beginning, made them male and female,
5Gene. 2,
〈◊〉
. And said, * For this cause, shal a man leaue1. cor. 6, 16. father and mother, and cleaue vnto his wife,ephe. 5, 31. and theyThey that afore were as twoshalbe now as one persone. twaine shalbe one flesh?
6 Wherefore they are no more twaine, but one flesh. Let not man therefore put a sundre that, which God hathe coupled together."Or persone. Deu. 24, 1.
7 They said to him, Why did then*Moses commande to giue a bil of diuorcement, and toChap. 5. 32. put her a way?mar. 10, 11.
8 He said vnto thē, Moses, because of theIt was to auoide the crueltie, that men wolde haue vsed to wards their wiues, if they had bene forced to reteine them in their displeasure, furie and malice. hardIuk. 16, 18. nes of your heart,
〈◊〉
you to put away1. cor. 7, 11. your wiues: butThat is, at the beginning, and by Gods ordinance. from the beginning it was not so.
9 I say therefore vnto you, *that whosoeuer shal put away his wife, except (it be) for whoredome, & marie another,For this bande can not be brokē at mās pleasure. committeth adulterie: & whosoeuer marieth her which is diuorced, doeth commit adulterie.
10 (Thē) said his disciples to hī,
〈◊〉
the matter be so betwene mā & wif, it is not good to marie
11 But he said vnto thē, All men can not receiue this thing, saue they to whome it is giuen.
12 For there areSome by nature are vnable to marie, and some by arte. someThe worde signifieth (gelded) and they were so made because they
〈◊〉
, kepe the chambers of noble women: for they were iudged
〈◊〉
. chaste, which were so borne of (their) mothers bellie: and there be some chaste, which be made chaste by men: and there be some chaste,VVhich haue the gift of
〈◊〉
ce, & vse it to serue God with mo re free
〈◊〉
. which haue made themselues chaste for the kingdome of heauen. HeThis gift is not commune for all men, but is verie rare, and giuē to
〈◊〉
: therefore men
〈◊〉
not rashly absteine from mariagechap. 18, 3. that is able to receiue (this,) let him receiue it.
13 ¶*Then were broght to him litle children, that he shulde put (his) hands on them, and pray: and the disciples rebuked them.
14 But Iesus said, Suffer the litle children, and forbid them not to come to me: for of suche is the kingdome of heauen.
15
〈◊〉
And when he had put his hands on them, he departed thence.
16 ¶* And beholde one came, and said vnto him, Good Master, what good thing shal I do, that I may haue eternal life?
17 And he said vnto him,Because this yong man knewe nothing in Iesus Christ but his manhode, he leadeth him to higher things, to the intent, that his doctrine might better takeplace. Why callest thou me good? there is none good but oue euen
God: but if thou wilt entre into life;He spake this that he might learne to knowe himself. kepe the commandements.Mar. 10. 13.
18 He said to him, Whiche? And Iesus said,Iuk. 18, 11. These, Thou shalt not kil: Thou shalt notMar. 10, 17. commit adulterie: Thou shalt not steale:Iuk. 18, 18. Thou shalt not beare false witnes.
19 Honour thy father and mother: and thou shalt loue thy neighbour as thy self.
20 The yong man said vnto him, I haueHe boasteth muche because as yet he knewe not himself. obser ued all these things from my youth: what lacke I yet?
21 Iesus said vnto him, If thou wilt be perfite, go,Christ hereby discouered his
〈◊〉
, and caused him to feele his owne weakenes, not generally cōman ding all to do the like. sel that thou hast, and giue it to the poore, and thou shalt haue treasure in heauē and come and followe me.Exod, 20, 13.
22 And when the yong man heard that saying,deu. 5, 16. he went away sorowful: for he had greatWhat hinderā
ce men haue by riches.
rom. 13, 9. possessions.
23 Then Iesus said vnto his disciples, Verely I say vnto you, that a riche man shal hardely enter into the kingdome of heauen.
24 And againe I say vnto you, It is easier for aOr, cable rope. camel to go through the eye of 2 nedle, then for a riche man to enter into the kingdome of God.
25 And when his disciples heard it, thei were excedingly amased, saying, Who thē can be saued?
26 And Iesus behelde them, and said vnto thē, With men this is vnpossible, but with GodWho can frame
〈◊〉
heartes, so that they shal not set their min des on their riches. all things are possible.
27 ¶ * Then answered Peter, and said to him, Beholde, we haue for saken all, and followed thee: what shal we haue?Mar, 10, 18.
28 And Iesus said vnto them, Verely I say toIuk. 18. 28. you, that when the Sonne of man shal sit in the throne of his maiestie, ye which followed meIn this Worke whereby the Worlde is changed, renued & re generate: or to ioyne this word with the
〈◊〉
following and so
〈◊〉
regeneratiō for the day of iudgement, whē the elect shal in
〈◊〉
& bodie en ioye their inheritāce, to the end that they might knowe that it is not sufficient to haue begonne once. in the regeneracion, *shal sit also vpon twelue thrones, and iudge the twelue tribes of Israel.
29 And whoso euer shal forsake houses, or brethren, or sisters, or Father, or mother, or wife or children, or lands, for my Name sake, he shal receiue anThe ioye of cō
science whiche Gods children feele euē in their afflictions is a 1000 folde more worthe then all worldelie treasures. hundreth folde more, and shal inherite euerlasting life.
30 But manie that are first, shalbe last, and tho last (shalbe) first.
CHAP. XX.
1 Christ teacheth by a similitude, that God is deter vnto no men, and how he alway calleth man to his labour. 18Luk. 22, 10. He admonisheth them of his passion. 20 He teachethChap. 20,
〈◊〉
. his to flee ambition. 28 Christ prayeth our ransome. 30mar. 10,
〈◊〉
. He giueth two blinde men their sight. Iuk. 13, 30.
1 FOr the kingdome of heauen is like vnto a certeine house holder, which went out at at the dawning of the day to hier laborers into his vineyarde.
2 And he agreed with the laborers forWhich was called denarius, and was of
〈◊〉
about foure pēce halfe penie of olde monely, and was cōmunely a workemans hier penie a day, and sent them into his vine yarde.XX.
3 And he went out about theThey deuided the day into twelue houres, so that the third was the fourth part of the day six of the clocke, was none, nine was thre of the clocke after dyn ner, & the eleuēth houre was an houre before the sunne sett. thirde houre, and sawe other standing ydle in the market place,
4 And said vnto them, Go ye also into (my) vineyarde, and whatsoeuer is right, I wil
〈◊〉
you, and they went their way.
5 Againe he went out about the sixt and ninth houre, and did like wise.
6 And he went about the eleuenth houre, and founde other standing ydle, and said vnto them, Why stand ye here all the day ydle?
7 They said vnto him, Because no man hathe hired vs. He said to thē, Go ye also into (my) vineyarde, and whatsoeuer is right, that shal ye receiue.
8 ¶ And when euen was come, the master of the vineyard said vnto his steward, Call the laborers, and giue thē their hier, beginning at the last, til (thou come) to the first.
9 And they (which were hired) about the eleuenth houre, came and receiued euerie man a penie.
10 Now when the first came, they supposed that they shulde receiue more, but they like wise receiued euerie man a penie.
11 And when they had receiued it, they murmured against the master of the house,
12 Saying, These last haue wroght but one houre, and thou hast made them equal vnto vs, which haue borne the burden, and heat of the day.
13 And he answered one of them, saying,Or,
〈◊〉
. Friend, I do thee no wrong: didest thou not agre with me for a penie?
14 Take that which is thine owne, and go thy way: I wil giue vnto this last, as muche as to thee.
15 Is it not lawful for me to do as I wil with mine owne? Is thine eyeOr
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
cause of my liberalitie. euil because I am good?
16 *SoTherefore
〈◊〉
man in his vocation, as he is called first, oght to go forwarde, and
〈◊〉
others, seing the hyer is
〈◊〉
for all. the last shalbe first, and the first last:*forDeut. 1.
〈◊〉
. manie are called, but fewe chosen.Chap. 19, 30.
17 * And Iesus went vp to Ierusalem, and tokemar. 10,
〈◊〉
the twelue disciples aparte in the way, andluk. 13, 30. said vnto them.Chap.
〈◊〉
, 14.
18 Beholde, we go vp to Ierusalem, and theMar. 10, 37. Sōne of man shalbe deliuered vnto the chiefluk 18, 31. Priests, and vnto the Scribes, and they shal condemne him to death,
19 And* shal deliuer him to the Gentiles,
〈◊〉
mocke, and to scourge, & to crucifie (him:) but the thirde day he shal rise againe.Ioh 18,
〈◊〉
.
20 *Thē came to him the mother of Zebedeus childrē with her sonnes, worshipping (him) and desiring a certeine thing of him.
21 And he said vnto her, What woldest thou? She said to him, Grante that these my two sonnes may sit, the one at thy right hand, and the other at thy left hand in thy kingdome.
22 And Iesus answered and said, Ye knowe not what ye aske. Are ye able to drinke of theHe settech the crosse before their eyes to drawe them frō ambitiō, calling it a cup, to signifie the measure of the afflictions, which Cod
〈◊〉
ordeined for euerie man: the which thing also he calleth baptisme. cup that I shal drinke of, and to be baptized with the baptisme that I shalbe baptized with? They said to him, We are able.
23 And he said vnto them, Ye shal drinke in dede of my cup, and shalbe baptized with the baptisme, that I am baptized with, but to sit at my right hand, and at my left hand, isGod my Father hathe not
〈◊〉
me charge to bestowe offices of honour here: but to be an example of humilitie vnto all Mar. 10,
〈◊〉
not mine to giue: but (it shalbe giuen) to thē for whome it is prepared of my Father.
24 * And when the (other) ten heard this, theyluk,
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
.
disdained at the two brethren,
25 Therefore Iesus called them vnto him, and said, Ye knowe that the lords of the Gētiles haue domination ouer them, and they that are great, exercise autoritie ouer them.
26 But it shal not be so among you: but whosoeuer wil be great among you, let him be your seruant.
27 And whosoeuer wil be chief among you, let him be your seruant,
28 *Euen as the Sonne of man came not to bePhilip. 27. serued, but to serue; and to giue his life for the ransome of manie.
29 ¶* And as they departed from Iericho, aMar. 10, 46. great multitude followed him.
〈◊〉
, 18.
〈◊〉
.
30 And beholde, two blinde men, sitting by the way side, when they heard that Iesus passed by, cryed saying, O Lord, the sonne of Dauid, haue mercie on vs.
31 And the multitude rebuked them, because they shuld holde their peace: but they cryed the more, saying, O Lord, the sonne of Dauid haue mercie on vs.
32 Then Iesus stode stil, and called them, and said, What wil ye that I shulde do to you?
33 They said to him, Lord, that our eyes may be opened.
34 And Iesus moued with compassiō touched their eyes, & immediatly their eyes receiued sight, and they followed him.
CHAP. XXI.
7 Christ rideth into Ierusalem on an asse. 12 The byers and sellers are chased out of the Temple. 15. The childrē wish prosperitievnto Christ. 19 The fig tre Withereth. 22 Faith requisit in prayer. 25 Iohns baptisme. 28 The two sonnes. 33 The parable of the housband men. 42 The corner stone reiected. 43 The Iewes reiected and the Gentiles receiued.
1 ANd*when they drew nere to Ierusalem, and were come to Bethphage, vnto theMar. 1. 1. mount of the oliues, then sent Iesus twoLuk, 19, 29. disciples.
2 Saying to them, Go into the towne that is ouer against you, and anone ye shal finde anBy this entrie Christe wolde shewe the state and condition of his kingdome,
〈◊〉
is tarre cō trarie to the pō
pe and glo ie of the worlde. asse bounde, and a colte with her: lose them and bring them vnto me.
3 And if anie man say oght vnto you, say ye, that the Lord hathe nede of them, & straight way he willet them go.
4 All this was done that it might be fulfilledIsa. 62 11. which was spoken by the Prophet, saying,zach. 9. 9.
5 ¶*Tel ye theThat is, the citie Sion, or Ierusalem. daughter of Siō, Beholde, thyIohn. 12 15. King cometh vnto thee, meke and sitting vpon an asse, and aIt is a maner of speache called sinech doche,
〈◊〉
two are taken for one colte, the fole of an asse vsed to the yoke.
6 So the disciples went, and did as Iesus had commanded them,
7 And broght the asse and the colte, & put onHe ridde on the fole and the dame went by. them their clothes, and set him thereon.
8 And a great multitude spred their garments in the way: and other cutte downe branches from the trees, and strawed them in the way.
9 Moreouer, the people that went before, and they also that followed, cryed, saying,VVhich is to say,
〈◊〉
I pray thee, desiring God to prosper and sende good successe to the Messias. Hosanna the sonne of Dauid: blessed (be) he that cometh in the Name of the LORD, Hosanna (thou which art) in theFor God
〈◊〉
is in h auē must onely saue. hiest (heauens).
10 * And when he was come into Ierusalem, allMar.
〈◊〉
37. the citie was moued, saying, Who is this?Luk. 19. 45.
11 And the people said, This is Iesus the ProphetIoh. 2. 3. of Nazaret in Galile.
12 ¶And Iesus went into the Temple of God, and cast out all them that solde & boght in theIn the
〈◊〉
the or entrie into the Temple. Temple, and ouerthrew the tables ofIsa. 56 7. the money changers, and the seates of themIere 7. 11. that solde doues;Mar. 11. 17.
13 And said to them, It is written, *Mine houseLuk. 19 46. shalbe called the house of prayer:Vnder the
〈◊〉
tence of religion hypocrites seke their owne gaine and spoyle God of his true worship. but*ye haue made it a denne of thieues.
14 Then*the blinde, and the halt came to him in the Temple, and he healed them.
15 But when the chief Priests and Scribes sawe the marueils that he did, and the children crying in the Temple, and saying, Hosanna the sonne of Dauid, they disdained,
16 And said vnto him, Hearest thou what these say? And Iesus said vnto thē, Yea: red ye neuerPsal. 8. 2. *By theIf God
〈◊〉
his glorie and might by
〈◊〉
, that can not as yet speake, is it
〈◊〉
, if they that can speake, do set for the, ād magnifie the same. mouth of babes ād suckelings thou hastIn Ebrewe it is, hast ordeined or grounded the strength: which is all to one
〈◊〉
, because god is then moste praised when his strength is beste knowen. made perfite the praise?
17 ¶So he left them, and went out of the citie vnto Bethania, and lodged there.
18 And*in the morning as he returned into the citie, he was hungrie,
19 And seing a figgetre in the way, he came to it, and founde nothing thereon, but leauesMaike. 11. 13. onely, ād said to it. Neuer frute grow on thee hence forwardes. And anone the figge tree withered.
20 And whē his disciples sawe it, they marueiled, saying, How sone is the figge tre with red!
21 And Iesus answered ād said vnto them, *Verely I say vnto you, if ye haue faith, and dout not, ye shal not onely do that, (which I haueChap. 17. 20. done) to the figge tree, but also if ye say vnto this mountaine,VVhich thing semeth to be impossible. Take thy self away, ād cast thy self into the sea, it shalbe done.
22 * And whatsoeuer ye shal aske in prayer, ifChap. 7. 7. ye beleue, ye shal receiue it.Ioh. 15. 7.
23 ¶* And when he was come into the Tēple,1. Ioh. 3. 24. the chief Priests, ād the Elders of the people
〈◊〉
. 11, 27. came vnto him, as he was teaching, and said,Luk, 20. 1. By what autoritie doest thou these things? & who gaue thee this autoritie?
24 Then Iesus answered and said vnto them I also wil aske of you a certeine thing, which if ye tel me, I like wise wil tell you by what autoritie I do these things.
25 The baptisme of Iohn whence was it?Or, of God. from heauen, or of men? Then they reasoned among them selues, saying, If we shal say from heauen, he wil say vnto vs, Why did ye not then beleue him?
26 And if we say, Of men, weThe hypocrites feare man more then God, and maliceneuer iustifieth
〈◊〉
trueth. feare the people: *for all holde Iohn as a Prophet.
27 Then they answered Iesus, and said, We can not tel. And he said vnto them, Nether tel I you by what autoritie I do these things.
28 ¶But what thinke ye? A (certeine) man hadChap. 14. 5. two sonnes, and came to the elder, and said,
〈◊〉
. 6. 20. Sonne, go and worke to day in my vineyard.
29 But he answered and said, I wil not: yet afterwarde he repented him self, and went.
30 Then came he to the seconde, and said like wise. And he answered, and said, I wil, syr: yet he went not.
31 Whether of them twaine did the wil of the Father? They said vnto him, The first, Iesus said vnto them, Verely I say vnto you, that theSo farre it is impossible for them to repen & be saued, that stande in their owne conceite, that the greatest sinners that are, shal more sone come
〈◊〉
repentance. Publicanes and the harlots shal go before you into the kingdome of God.
32 For Iohn came vnto you in theGod taught by Iohn the way of righteousnes
〈◊〉
se life was vpright and perfite. Isa. 5,
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 2, 21. mar. 12,
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 20, 9 way of righteousnes, and ye beleued him not: but the Publicanes, and the harlots beleued him, and ye, thogh ye sawe it, were not moued with repentance afterwarde, that ye might beleue him.
33 ¶Heare another parable, There was a certeine housholder, *which planted aThe vineyarde is the people, whome he had
〈◊〉
. vineyarde, andVsed all meanes to preserue it, and to make it fruteful. hedged it round about, andOr, digged. made a winepresse therein, & buylt a tower, and let it out to housband men, and went into a strange countrey.
34 And when the time of the frute drewe nere he sent hys seruants toWhich were the Priests & rulers. the housband men to receiue the frutes thereof.
35 And the housbandmen toke hisThe Prophetes. seruants & beat one, and killed another, and stoned another.
36 Againe he sent other seruants, mo then the first: and they did the like vnto them.
37 But last of all he sent vnto them his owneIesus Christ. sonne, saying, They wil reuerēce my sonne.
38 But when the housbandmen sawe the sōne,Chap. 26, 3. & 27,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
11, 13. they said among them selues, * This is the heire: come, let vs kill him, and let vs take his inheritance.
39 So they toke him, and cast him out, of the vineyarde, and slewe him.
40 When therefore the Lord of the vineyarde shal come, what wilhe do to those housbādmen?
41 They said vnto him, He wil cruelly destroyePsal. 118, 22. those wicked men, and wil let out his vineyardeAct. 4, 11. vnto other housbandmen, which shalRom 9, 33. deliuer him the frutes in their seasons.1. Pet. 2, 7.
42 Iesus said vnto them, Redye neuer in the Scriptures, * The stone which the buyldersAs not
〈◊〉
or sit for their buylding. refused, the same is made theTo
〈◊〉
and ioyne the buylding
〈◊〉
, & to vpholde the whole. head of the corner? This was the Lords doing, and it is marueilous in our eyes.
43 Therefore say I vnto you, the kingdome of God shalbe taken from you, and shalbe giuē to a nacion, which shal bring forthe the frutes thereof.
44 * And whosoeuer shal fall on this stone, heIsa. 8, 14. shalbe brokē: but on whosoeuer it shal fall: it wil grinde him to powder.
45 And when the chief Priests and Pharises had heard his parables, they perceiued that he spake of them.
46 And they seking to lay hands on him, feared the people,
〈◊〉
they toke him as a Prophet.
CHAP. XXII.
2 The parable of the mariage. 9 The vocation of the Gentiles. 11 The mariage garment. 17 Of paying of tribute. 25 Of the resurrection. 36 The Scribes question. 44 Christs diuinitie.
1 THen * Iesus answered, and spake vnto thē
Luk. 14, 16. againe in parables, saying.reuel. 19, 9.
2 The kingdome of heauen is like vnto a certeine King which maried his sonne,
3 AndChrist reprocheth the Iewes of their ingrautude and obstina te malice, in that they reiected the grace of GOD, which was so plentifully offered vnto them. sent forthe his seruants, to call thē that were bid to the wedding, but they wolde not come.
4 Againe he sent forthe other seruants, saying, Tel them which are bidden, Beholde, I haue prepared my dinner: mine oxen and my fatlings are killed, & all things are readie: come vnto the mariage.
5 But they made light of it, and went their wayes, one to his ferme, and another about his marchandise.
6 And the remnant toke his seruants, & intreated them sharpely, and slewe them.
7 But when the King heard it, he was wroth, and sent forthe his
〈◊〉
, andGod punisheth extremely suche ingratitude. destroyed those murtherers, and burnt vp their citie.
8 Then said he to his seruants, Truely the wed ding is prepared: but they which were bidden, were not worthie.
9 Go ye therefore out into the high wayes, and as manie as ye finde, bid them to the mariage.
10 SoThe ingratitude of thē which are bid, can not cause Gods liberalitie and his holie meares to perish. Which she hathe prepared for his. those seruants went out into the (hie) wayes and gathered together all that euer they founde, bothe In the Church the hypocrites are mixed with the godlie. good and bad: so the wedding was furnished with ghestes.
11 Thē the King came in, to se the ghestes, and saw there a man which had not on aHe had not a pure affectiō and vpright conscien ce, which proceded of faith. wedding garment.
12 And he said vnto him, Friend, howThogh God suf fre for a time hy
〈◊〉
in the
〈◊〉
, yet he knoweth how to
〈◊〉
them, and
〈◊〉
them out. Chap. 8, 12. & 13, 42, & 25, 30. camest thou in hither, & hast not on a wedding garment? And he was speacheles.
13 Then said the King to the seruants, Binde him hand and fote: take him away, and cast him into vtter darkenes: * there shalbe weping and
〈◊〉
of teeth.
14 * For manie areBy the outwarde, and gene ral calling. called, but fewe chosen.Chap. 20,
〈◊〉
.
15 ¶ * Thē went the Pharises and toke counsel how they might tangle him in talke.Mar. 12, 13.
16 And they sent vnto him their disciples withluk. 20 26. theThese were cet
〈◊〉
flatterers of the court, which euer main teined that religion, which king Hero de best
〈◊〉
: & thogh they were enemies to the
〈◊〉
: yet in this thing thei consented, thinking to intāgle Christ and so ether to accuse him of treason, or to bring him into the hatred of all his people. Herodians, sayinge, Master, we knowe that thou art true, and teachest the waye of GOD truelye, nether carest for anye man: for thou considerest not the As touching the outwarde qualitie as whether a man he riche or poore. persone of men.
17 Tell vs therefore, how thinkest thou? Is it lawful to giue tribute vnto Cesar, or not?
18 But Iesus perceiued their wickednes, and said, Why tempt ye me, ye hypocrites?
19 Shewe me the "tribute money.
〈◊〉
And thei broght him aVVhich was of value about
〈◊〉
pencehalfepenie Mar. 12 10. penie.
20 And he said vnto them, Whose is this image and superscription?
21 They said vnto him, Cesars. Then said he vnto them, *Giue therefore to Cesar, the thingsRom. 13. 7, which are Cesars, and giue vnto God, those which are Gods.
22 And when they heard it, thei marueiled, and left him, and went their way.
23 ¶*The same day the Sadduces came to him"Or the coyne of the tribute. (which say that there is no resurrection) and asked him,
24 Saying, Master, * Moses said, If a man dye, hauing no children, let his brotherBy the title of aliance: and here by brother he meaneththe next kinsmā, that law fully might marie her. marie his wife, and raise vp sede vnto his brother.Luk. 20. 17.
Act. 23. 6.
25 Now there were with vs seuen brethren, ādDeu.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
"Or sonnes. the first maried a wife, ād deceased: & hauing none yssue, left his wife vnto his brother.
26 Likewise also the seconde, and the third, vnto the seuenth.
27 And last of all the woman dyed also.
28 Therefore in the resurrection, whose wife shal she be of the seuen? for all had her.
29 Then Iesus answered, and said vnto them, YeVVhere Gods worde is not preached and vnderstand, there must nedes reigne blindenes ād errous. are deceiued, not knowing the Scriptures, nor the power of God.
30 For in the resurrection they nether marie wiues, nor wiues are bestowed in mariage, but are as theForasmuche as theishalbe exem
〈◊〉
from the in
〈◊〉
of this present life. Angels of God in heauen.
31 And concerning the resurrectiō of the dead haue ye not red what is spoken vnto you of God, saying,
32 *I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Iacob? God is not the God of the dead, but of the liuing,Exod. 3. 6.
33 And when the people heard it, they were astonied at his doctrine.
34 ¶*But when the Pharises had heard, that heMar. 12. 28. had put the Sadduces to silence, they assembled together.
35 And one of them, (which was) an expounder of the Law, asked him a question, tēptingDeut. 6 5. him, and saying,Luk. 10. 27.
36 Master, which is the great commandementLeui. 19. 18. in the Law?Mar. 12. 31.
37 Iesus said to him, *Thou shalt loue the LordRom. 13 9. thy God with all thine heart, with all thy soule,Gal. 5. 14. and with all thy minde.Iam. 2. 8.
38 This is the first and the great cōmandemēt.Mar. 12. 35.
39 And the seconde is like vnto this, * ThouLuk 20 41. shalt loue thy neighbour as thy self.
40 On these two commandements hāgeth the whole Law, and the Prophetes.
41 ¶*While the Pharises were gathered together, Iesus asked them,
42 Saying, What thinke ye of Christ? whoseOfwhat
〈◊〉
or
〈◊〉
. sonne is he? They said vnto him, Dauids.
43 He said vnto them, How then doeth Dauid inBy the spirit of prophecie speaking of the king dome of Christ. spirit call him Lord, saying,
44 *The Lord said to my Lord, Sit at myBy the right hand is signified the autoritie and power, which God giueth his Sonne Christ in making him his lieurenant and gouernour ouer his Church. rightPsal 110. 1. hand,Not that his kingdome shal then end: but the office of his humanitie shal cease and he with the Father and holie Gost shal reigne for euer as one God all in all. til I make thine enemies thy fote stole?
45 If then Dauid call him? Lord, how is he his sonne?
46 And none colde answer him a worde, nether durst anie from that daye forthe aske him anie mo questions.s Christ is Dauids sonne touching his manhode, ād his Lord, concerning his GOD head.
CHAP. XXIII.
3 Christ condemneth the ambicion, couctousnes, and hypo crisie of the Scribes and Pharises. 31 Their persecutions against the seruants of God. 37 He prophecieth the destruction of Ierusalem.
1 THen spake Iesus to the multitude, and to his disciples,Nehe. 8. 4.
2 Saying, The * Scribes and the PharisesAnd teache that which Moses saith. sit in Moses seat.
3 All therefore what soeuer they byd you obserue, thatAccording to Moses whome they read, but not that which they teache of them selues. obserue and do: but after their workes do not: for they say, and do not.
4 *For they binde heauie burdens, ād grieuous to be borne, and laye them on mens shuldersLuk. 11. 46. but they them selues wil not moue thē with (one) of their fingers.Actes. 15 10.
5 All their workes they do for to be sene of mē: for they make theirThey weres
〈◊〉
les of
〈◊〉
where in the cō
mandemēts
〈◊〉
written: & to this day the Iewes vse the same and close them in a piece of lether, and so binde thē to their browe and left arme, to the intent they might haue continual remēbran ce of the Law. phy lacteries broad & make long the * fringes of their garmēts.
6 * And loue the chief place at feasts, and to haue the chief seates in the assemblies,
7 And gretings in the markets, and to be called of men, Rabbi, Rabbi.
8 *But be not ye called,Christ for bideth nor to giue iuste honour to Magistrates ād Masters but condemneth ambicion and
〈◊〉
perioritie ouer our brothers faith which office apperteineth to Christ alone. Rabbi: for one is your"doctor, (to wit) Christ, and all ye are brethren.
9 And* call no man your father vpon the earth:Nom. 15 38. for their is but one, your Father which is inDeut 22. 12. heauen.Mar. 12 38.
10 Be not calledThe Pharises were called Masters or Fathers, and the Scribes Docters. doctors: for one is your doctor,Luk. 11. 43. & 20. 46. (euen) Christ."Or, master. Iam. 3. 1.
11 But he that isThe highest dignitie in the
〈◊〉
is notlord shippe, or dominion, but ministe rie and seruice. greatest among you, let him be your seruant."Or, teacher. Mal. 1. 6.
12 *For whosoeuer wil exalt him self, shalbeLuk. 14.
〈◊〉
. and 18 14. broght low: and whosoeuer wil humble him self, shalbe exalted.
13 ¶Wo therefore (be) vnto you Scribes and Pharises, hypocrites, because yeYe kepe backe the pure religion & knowledge of God when men are readie to em brace it. shut vp the kingdome of heauē before men: for ye your selues go not in, nether suffer ye themWhich haue now their
〈◊〉
within the dores that wolde enter, to come in.
14 *Wo (be) vnto you Scribes and Pharises, hy pocrites: for ye deuoure widdowes houses, euen vnder a colour of long prayers: wherefore ye shal receiue the greater damnacion.
15 Wo (be) vnto you, Scribes and Pharises, hypocrites: for ye compasseThey soght all meanes, thatthei colde inuent, to make of a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. sea and land to make one of your profession: and when he is made, ye make him two folde more the childe of hel, then you your selues.
16 Wo (be) vnto you blinde guides, whiche say, Whosoeuer sweareth by the Temple, it is nothing: but whosoeuer sweareth by the golde of the Temple, he offendeth.
17 Ye fooles and blinde, whether is greater, the golde; or the Temple thatAnd maketh it to be taken as an
〈◊〉
thing, because of the vse: and hereby Christ sheweth that mans doctrine doeth not onely obscure the worde of God, but is
〈◊〉
to it. sanctifieth the golde?Marke. 12. 40.
luke. 20. 47.
18 And whosoeuer sweareth by the altar, it is nothing: but whosoeuer sweareth by the offring (that is) vpon it, offendeth.
19 Ye fooles and blinde, whether is greater, the offryng, or the altar whiche sanctifieth the offring?Or, is a detter.
20 Whosoeuer therefore sweareth by the altar, sweareth by it, ād by all things thereon.
21 1. King. 8.
〈◊〉
. And whosoeuer sweareth by the Temple, sweareth by it, ād by hym that dwelleth therein.*
〈◊〉
. Chro. 6. 1.
22 * And he that sweareth by heauen, swearethChap.
〈◊〉
, 34. by the throne of God, & by him that sitteth thereon.
23 ¶ * Wo (be) to you, Scribes and Pharises,Luk,
〈◊〉
, 42. hypocrites: for ye tythe mynt, and annyse, and commyn, and leaue the weightier matters of the Law, (as) iudgement, and mercie, and fidelitie. These oght ye to haue done, & not to haue left the other.
24 Ye blinde guides, whicheYe staye at that which
〈◊〉
and let passe that
〈◊〉
is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
importance. straine out a gnatte, and swalow a camel.
25 ¶ Wo (be) to you, Scribes and Pharises, hypocrites:Ye seke how to get estimaciō with men and passe not whether ye haue a good conscience or no. for, ye make cleane the vtter side of the cup, & of the platter: but within thei are ful of briberie andOr, intemperancre. excesse.
26 Thou blinde Pharise, clense first the inside of the cup and platter, that the outside of them may be cleane also.
27 Wo (be) to you, Scribes and Pharises, hypocrites:"Or, painted. forye are like vnto whited tombes, which appeare beautiful out warde, but are within ful of dead mens bones, and of all filthines.
28 So are ye also: for outwarde ye appeare righ teous vnto men, but within ye are ful of hypocrisie and iniquitie.
29 ¶ Wo (be) vnto you, Scribes and Pharises, hypocrites: for ye buylde the tombes of the
〈◊〉
a remembrance of thē, & in the meane sea son they passed not for their doctrine. Prophetes, and garnish the sepulchres of the righteous,
30 And say, If we had bene in the dayes of our fathers, we wolde not haue bene parteners with them in the blood of the Prophetes.
31 So them ye be witnesses vnto yourselues, that yeIt is not now onely that our nacion hathe be gōne to be cruel against the seruants of God, & therefore it is no
〈◊〉
thogh the children of suche mu therers
〈◊〉
roughly the Prophetes. are the children of them that murthered the Prophetes.
32 Fulfil ye also the measure of your fathers.
33 O serpents, the generacion of viperes, how shulde ye escape the damnacion of hel!
34 Wherefore beholde, I send vnto youTo conuince you of greater in gratitude. Prophetes, and wise men, and Scribes, and of thē ye shal kil and crucifie: and of them shal ye scourge in your Synagogues, and persecute from citie to citie,
35 That vponChrist meaneth that all their race shal be punished so that the iniqui tie of the fathers shalbe
〈◊〉
in to the bosome of the children, which resemble their fathers. you may come all the righteousGen. 4, 8. blood that was shed vpon the earth, *Ebr. 11, 44. from the blood of Abel the righteous vnto the bloodRead 2. Chro. 24, 22. of Zacharias the sonne of Barachias, * whome ye slewe betwene the Temple and the altar.
36 Verely I say vnto you, all these things shal come vpon this generation.
37 * Ierusalem, Ierusalem, which killest the Pro phetes and stoned them whiche are sent to thee, how often wolde I haue gathered thy childrē together, * as the hēne gathereth herLuke. 13, 14. chickēs vnder her wings, and ye wolde not!2. Esdr. 1, 30.
38 Beholde, your habitacion shalbe left vnto you desolate.
39 For I saye vnto you, ye shal not se meHe wil returne no more to them as a teacher, but as a iudge, when as they shalbe cō
p lled to confesse (althogh to late) that he is the verie Sōne of God. hēce forthe til that ye say, Blessed (is) he that cometh in the Name of the Lord.
CHAP. XXIIII.
1 Christ sheweth his disciples the destruction of the Tem ple. 5. 24. The false Christs. 13 To perseuere. 14 TheChap.
〈◊〉
Marke 13, 1. luke. 21, 5. preaching of the Gospel. 6. 29 The signes of the end of the worlde. 42 He warneth them to wake. 44 The sudden comming of Christ.a whose excellen cie appeareth in that that Herode for the space of 8. ye: es kept 10000 men in worke, the stones were 15 cubites long, in height 12, in breadth 8, as losephus writeth, Luke. 19, 44.
1 ANd * Iesus went out, & departed frō the Temple, and his disciples came to him,
2 And Iesus said vnto them, Se ye not all these things? Verely I say vnto you, * there shal not be here left a stone vpon a stone that shal not be cast downe.
5 And as he sate vpon the mount of Oliues, his disciples came vnto him aparte, saying. TEll vs whē these things shalbe, and what signe (shalbe) of thy comming,
〈◊〉
thoght the worlde
〈◊〉
be at an end, when Ierusalem were destroyed. Ephe. 5, 6. and of the end of the worlde.
4 And Iesus answered, and said vnto them *He answereth them not according to their mindes, but admonisheth them of that which is necessarie for them to knowe.
Colos. 2, 28. Take hede that no man deceiue you.
3 For manie shal come in my Name, saying, I am Christ, and shal deceiue manie.
6 And ye shal heare of warres, and rumors of warres: se that ye be not troubled: for all these things must come to passe, but the end is not yet.
7 For nacion shal rise against nacion, and realme againste realme, and there shalbe pestilence, and famine, and earth quakes in diuers places.
8 Al these are but theGreat ād cruel warres haue en sued since amongs the heathen for the contempt of the Go spel and increase more and more. Chap. 10. 17. beginning of sorowes.
9 * Then shall they deliuer you vp to be afflicted,Luke. 21, 12.
Iohn. 15 20. and 16. 2. and shall kill you, and ye shalbeAs if you were the cause of these troubles. hated of all nacions for my Names sake.
10 And then shal manie be offende, & shal betray one another, and shal hate one another.
11 And manie false prophetes shall arise, and shal deceiue manie.
12 And becauseManie wil kep backe their charitie, because they are
〈◊〉
and euill, vpon whō they shuld besto wit, 2. Thes. 3. 13. iniquitie shalbe increased, the loue of manie shalbe colde.
13 * But he that endureth to the end, he shalbe saued.2. Tim. 2. 3.
14 And thys Gospell of the kingdome shalbeMarke. 13. 14.
Luke. 22. 20. preached through the whole worlde for aDan. 9 27. witnes vnto all nacions, and then shall the ende come.
15 ¶WhenWhen the
〈◊〉
shal be pollu ted, it shal be a signe of extreme desolation: the sacrifices shall end and neuer be restored. ye* therefore shal se theThe horrible destructiō of the Temple and the corruption of Gods pure religion. abomi nation of desolation spoken of by * Daniel the Prophet, standing in the holie place, (let him that readeth consider it.)
16 Then let them which be in Iudea, flee into the mountaines.
17 Let him which is on the house top, not come downe to fetch anie thing out of his house.
18 And he that is in the field, let not him returneAct. 1. 12. backe to fetch his clothes.
19 And wo (shalbe) to thē that are with childe, and to them that giue sucke in those dayes.
20 But pray that your flight be not in the winter, nether on the * Sabbath (day.)
21 For then shalbe great tribulation, suche as was not from the beginnyng of the worlde to this time, nor shalbe.
22 And except those daies shuldbe shortned, there shulde noOr man. flesh be saued: but for theGod preuideth for hys children in the middes of troubles. electes sake those dayes shalbe shortened.Marke.
〈◊〉
. 21.
23 * Then if anie shal say vnto you, Lo, here isLuke. 17. 23. Christ, or there, beleue it not.
24 For there shal arise false Christs, and false prophetes, and shal shewe great signes and wonders, so that if it were possible, they shulde deceiue the verie elect.
25 Beholde, I haue tolde you before.
26 Wherefore if they shal say vnto you, Beholde, he is in theWhiter the false Christs, and deceiuers leade the people, hyding them selues in holes as if they were ashamed of their pro fession. desert, go not forthe, Beholde, he is in theOr, clossetes. secret places, beleue it not
27 For as the lightning cometh out of the East and shineth into the West, so shal also the comming of the Sonne of man be.
28 * For wheresoeuer a dead
〈◊〉
despite of
〈◊〉
the faithful shal he gathered and ioyned with Christ, as the
〈◊〉
assemble to adead
〈◊〉
. carkeis is, thither wil the egles resort.
29 * And immediatly after theVVhen God
〈◊〉
made an end of the troubles of his Church. tribulations of those dayes, shal the sunneHe
〈◊〉
an horrible trem bling of the worlde, and as it were, an alteration of the ordre of nature. be darkened and the moone shal not giue her light, and the starres shal fall frō heauen, & the powersLuk. 17. 37. of heauen shalbe shaken.Mar. 13. 24.
30 And then shal appeare the signe of the Sōne
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
25. of man in heauen: & then shal all the kinreds
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. 10. of the earth mourne, & they shalse the Sōne
〈◊〉
. 32 7. of man come in the cloudes of heauen with
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. & 3. 15. power and great glorie.
31 * And he shal send his Angels with a great sounde of a trumpet, and they shal gather together his elect, from the foure windes & frō the one end of the heauen vnto the other.
32 Now learne the parable of the figge tre: whē her bough is yet tender, & it bringeth forthe leaues, ye knowe that sommer (is) nere.Reuel. 1. 7.
33 So likewise ye, when ye se all these things,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. 12. knowe that the (kingdome of God) is nere,
〈◊〉
. 4. 16. (euen) at the dores.
34 Verely I say vnto you, thisFor within fiftie yeres after, Ierusalem was destroied: the godlie were persecuted, falle teachers seduced the people, religion was polluted, so that the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to beat an
〈◊〉
. generation shal not passe, til all these things be done.
35 * Heauen and earth shal passe away: but my wordes shal not passe away.
36 But of that day and houre knoweth no mā, no not the Angels of heauen, but my Father onely.
37 But as the dayes of Noe (were,) so likewiseMar. 13 32. shal the comming of the Sonne of man be.Gene. 7. 5.
38 * For as in the dayes (before) the flood they
〈◊〉
. 17.
〈◊〉
. did eat and drinke, mary, and giue in mariage
〈◊〉
. 3. 20. vnto the day that Noe entred into the Arke,
39 AndBecause of their incredulitie knewe nothing, til the flood came & toke them all awaye, so shal also the comming of the Sonne of man be.
40 *This teacheth euerie man to walke warely not respecting his companion althogh he be neuer so dere vnto him. Thē two men shalbe in the fields, the oneLuk 17.
〈◊〉
. shalbe receiued, & the other shalbe refused.1. thes. 4. 17.
41 Two women shalbe grindring at the mil: the one shalbe receiued, and the other shalbe refused.
42 * Wake therefore: for ye knowe not what houre your master wil come
43 Of* this be sure, that if the good man of the house knewe at what watche the thief woldMar. 13. 35. come, he wolde surely watche, and not suffreLuk. 12. 19. his house to be digged through.2. thes. 3. 2.
44 Therefore be ye also readie: for in the
〈◊〉
. 16. 18. houre that ye thinke not, wil the Sonne of man come.
45 * Who then is a faithful seruant and wise,Luk. 12, 42. whome his master hathe made ruler ouer his householde, to giue them meat in season?
46 Blessed (is) that seruant whome his master, when he cometh, shal finde so doing.
47 Verely I say vnto you, he shal make him ruler ouer all his goods.
48 But if that euil seruant shal say in his heart, My master doeth deferre his comming,
49 And begin to smite his felowes, and to eat and to drinke with the drunken,
50 That seruants master wil come in a day, whē he loketh not for him, and in an houre that he is not ware of,
51 And wilOr separat him Chap
〈◊〉
. 42, and 25. 30. cut him of, and giue him his portiō with hypocrites:* there shalbe weping, and gnasshing of teeth.
CHAP XXV.
1 By the similitude of the virgines Iesus teacheth euerie mā to watche. 14 And by the talents to be diligent. 31 The last iudgement. 32 The shepe and the goates. 35 The workes of the faithful.
1 THen theThis similitud̄e teacheth vs, that it is not sufficiēt to haue once giuē our selues to followe Christ, but that we muste continue. kingdome of heauen shalbe likened vnto tē virgins, which toke their lampes, and went toTo do him ho nor, as the maner was. mete the bride grome.
2 And fiue of them were wise, and fiue foolish.
3 The foolish toke their lampes, but toke none oyle with them.
4 But the wise toke oyle in their vessels with their lampes.
5 Now while the bridegrome taryed long, all slombred and slept.
6 And and at midnight there was a crye made, Beholde, the bridegrome cometh: go out to mete him.
7 Then all those virgins arose, and trimmed their lampes.
8 And the foolish said to the wise,Manie seke that which they haue contemned, but it is to late. Giue vs of your oyle, for our lampes areOr, quenched. out.
9 But the wise answered, saying, (We feare) lest there wil not be ynough for vs and you: butThis was spokē in reproche, because they made not prouision in time. go ye rather to them that sel, and bie for your selues.
10 And while they went to bie, the bridegrome came: and they that were readie, wēt in with him to the wedding, & the gate was shut.
11 Afterwardes came also the other virgins, saying, Lord, Lord, open to vs.
12 But he answered, and said, Verely I say vnto you,I wil not open to you because you haue failed in the midde way. I knowe you not.
13 * Watche therefore: forye knowe nether the day, nor the houre, when the Sonne of man wil come.
14 *This similitude teacheth how we oght to continue in the knowledge of God, & do good with those graces that God hathe giuen vs For the (kingdome of heauen is) as a manChap 24. 43.
mar. 13. 33. that going into a strange countrey, calledLuk. 19. 12. his seruants, and deliuered to them his goods.
15 And vnto one he gaue fiueEuerie talent
〈◊〉
made threscore poūde read. talents, and to another two, and to another one, to euerie man after his owne habilitie, and straight way went from home.
16 Then he that had receiued the fiue talents, went and occupied with them, andOr, made. gained other fiue talents.
17 Like wise also, he that (receiued) two, he alsoChap. 18. 24. gained other two.
18 But he that receiued that one, went and dig ged it the earth, and hid his masters money.
19 But after a long season, the master of those seruants came, and rekened with them.
20 Then came he that had receiued fiue talēts, and broght other fiue talents, saying, Master thou deliueredst vnto me fiue talēts: behold, I haue gained with them other fiue talents.
21 Thē his master said vnto him, It is wel done good seruant and faithful, Thou hast bene faithful in litle, I wil make thee ruler ouer much:The master receiueth him into his house to giue him parte of his goods and
〈◊〉
. entre in into thy masters ioy.
22 Also he that had receiued two talents, came and said, Master, thou deliueredst vnto me two talents: beholde, I haue gained two other talents
〈◊〉
them.
23 His master said vnto him, It is wel done good seruant, and faithful, Thou hast bene faithful in litle, I wil make thee ruler ouer muche: enter into thy masters ioye.
24 Then he which had receiued the one talēt, came and said, Master, I knewe that thou wast an hard man which reapest where thou sowedst not, ād gatherest where thou strawedst not:
25 I was therefore afraide, and went and hid thy talent in the earth: beholde, thou hast thine owne.
26 And his master answered, and said vnto him Thou euil seruāt, &Or, lingerer. slouthful, thou knowest that I reap where I sowed not, and gather where I strawed not.
27 Thou oghtest therefore to haue put my mo ney to the exchangers, and then at my comming shulde I haue receiued mine owne with vantage.
28 Take therefore the talent from him, andChap. 13.
〈◊〉
. giue it vnto him which hathe ten talents.
〈◊〉
. 8. 18. and
〈◊〉
. 26.
29 * For vnto euerie man that hathe, it shal bemar. 4.
〈◊〉
. giuen, and he shal haue abundance, andThe
〈◊〉
of God
〈◊〉
takē away from him that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them to Gods glorie and his neighbours profite. frō him that hathe not, euen that he hathe, shalbe taken away.
30 Cast therefore that vnprofitable seruant into vtter* darkenes: there shalbe weping, and gnasshing of teeth.
31 ¶ And when the Sonne of man cometh inChap 8. 12. and 22 13. his glorie, and all the holie Angels with him, then shal he sit vpon the throne of his glorie.
32 And before him shalbe gathered all naciōs, and he shal separate them one frō an other, as a shepherde separateth the shepe from the goates.
33 And he shal set the shepe on his right hand, and the goates on the left.
34 Then shal the King say to them on his right hand, Come yeFor our saluation
〈◊〉
of the blessing and fauour of God. blessed of my Father, inheriteFphe. 1. 4. ye the kingdome prepared for you fromIsa 58. 7. theHereby God de clareth the certei
〈◊〉
of our predestination, whe reby we are
〈◊〉
because we were chosen in Christ before the
〈◊〉
of the worlde. fundations of the worlde.
〈◊〉
. 18. 7.
35 * ForChrist
〈◊〉
not that our saluation dependeth on our workes or meri tes, but teacheth what it is to liue iustly according to godlines, and charitie, and that God recompenseth his of his fre mercie, likewise as he doethelect them. I was an hungred, and ye gaue me
〈◊〉
. 7. 19. meat: I thursted, and ye gaue me drinke: I was a stranger, and ye lodged me:
36 (I was) naked, and ye clothed me, I was *Or, infirme. sicke, and ye visited me: I was in prison, and ye came vnto me.
37 Thenshal the righteous answere him, saying Lord, when sawe we thee an hungred, ād fed thee? or a thurst, and gaue thee drinke?
38 And when sawe we thee a stranger, and lodged thee? or naked, and clothed thee?
39 Or when sawe we thee sicke, or in prison, and came vnto thee?
40 And the King shal answere and say vnto them. Verely I say vnto you, in as muche as ye haue done it vnto one of the least ofthese my brethren, ye haue done it to me.
41 Then shal he say vnto them on the left hād,Psal. 6. 9. *Departe from me ye cursed, into euerlastingChap. 7.
〈◊〉
fyre which is prepared for the deuil and hisLuk. 13. 27. angels.
42 For I was an hungred, and ye gaue me no meat: I thursted, and ye gaue me no drinke:
43 I was a stranger, and ye lodged me not: I was naked, and ye clothed me not: sicke, and in prison, and ye visited me not.
44 Then shal they also answere him, saying, Lord, when saw we thee an hungred, or a thurst, or a stranger, or naked, or sicke, or in prison, and did not minister vnto thee?
45 Then shal he answer them, and say, Verely I sai vnto you, in as muche as ye did it not to one of the least of these, ye did it not to me.Dan. 11. 1.
46 * And theseWe muste there fore onely do that which God requireth of vs, and not followe mens foolish fan tasies. shal go into euerlasting paine,Iohn 5. 29. and the righteous into life eternal.
CHAP. XXVI.
3 Conspiracie of the Priests against Christ. 10 He excuseth Magdalene. 26 The institutiō of the Lords supper. 31 The disciples weakenes. 48. The traison of Iudas. 62 The sworde. 64 Because christ calleth him self the Sōne of God he is iudgedworthie to dye. 69 Peter denieth, & repēteth.
1 ANd* it came to passe, when Iesus had finishedMar. 14. 1. all these sayings, he said vnto hisLuk. 22. 1. disciples.
2 Ye knowe that within two dayes is the Passe ouer, and the Sonne of man shalbe deliuered to be crucified.
3 *Then assembled together the chief PriestsIoh. 11. 47. and the Scribes, and the Elders of the people into the hall of the high Priest, called Caiaphas.
4 And consulted how they might take IesusMar. 14. 3. by subtilitie, and kill him.Iohn. 11, 2. and 2. 5.
5 But they said, Not on the feast (day,) lest anie vprore be among the people.
6 ¶* And when Iesus was in Bethania, in the house of Simon the leper,
7 There came vnto him a woman, which had a boxe of verie costel eointemēt, andHe sheweth what occasion Iudas toke to commit his traison. powred it on his head, as he sate at the table.
8 And when his disciples sawe it, thei hadThis was through Iudas
〈◊〉
to whome they gaue credit. in dignation, saying, What neded this waste?
9 For this ointmēt might haue bene solde for muche, and bene giuen to the poore.
10 And Iesus knowing it, said vnto them, Why trouble ye the woman? for she hathe wroght a good worke vpon me.
11 *For ye haue the poore alwayes with you, but me shal ye notThis fact was extra ordinarie, nether was it left as an example to be followed: also Christ is not present with vs
〈◊〉
to be honoured with anie outwarde pompe. haue alwayes.
12 For in that she powred this ointment on my bodie, she did it toTo honour my burial with all. burye me.
13 Verely I say vnto you, Wheresoeuer this Go spel shalbe preached throughout all the worlde, there shal also this that she hathe done, be spoken of for a memorial of her.
14 ¶* Then one of the twelue, called Iudas Iscariot,Mar. 14 10. went vnto the chief Priests,Luke.
〈◊〉
. 14.
15 And said, What wil ye giue, and I wil deliuer him vnto you? and they appointed vnto him thirtieEuery one in value was about foure pence halfe pennie of olde sterling. (pieces) of siluer.
16 And from that time, he soght opportunitie to betraye him.
17 ¶* Now on the first (day) of the feast of vnleauenedMarke. 14. 12. bread the disciples came to Iesus,luk. 21. 7. saying vnto him, Where wilt thou that we prepare for thee to eat the Passeouer?
18 And he said, Go into the citie to suche a man and say to him, The master saith,He maketh hast to a more worthie sacrifice, to wit, to that which the Passeouer signified. My time is at hand: I wil kepe the Passeouer at thine house with my disciples.
19 And the disciples did as Iesus had giuen thē charge, and made ready the Passeouer.
20 * So when euen the was come, he sateMarke. 14. 18. downe with the twelue.luke. 22. 14.
21 And as they did eat, he said, Verely I say vntoiohn 13. 21. you, that one of you shal betraye me.
22 And they were exceading sorowful, and began euerie one of them to say vnto him, Is it I, Master?
23 And he answered and said, He thatHe that is accu
〈◊〉
to eat with me daily at the table. dippeth his hand with me in the dish, he shal be traye me.
24 Surely the Sonne of man goeth his way,To
〈◊〉
his disciples might knowe that all this was appointed by the prouidence of God. as it is written of him: but wo (be) to
〈◊〉
Psal. 41. 9. man, by whome the Sōne of mē is betrayed it had bene good for that man, if he had neuer bene borne.
25 Then Iudas which betrayed him, answered said, Is it I, Master? He said vnto him,
〈◊〉
hast said it.1. Cor. 11. 24.
26 ¶* And as they did eat, Iesus to ke the bread and when he had giuen thankes, he brake it, and gaue it to the disciples, and said, Take, eat:That is, a true signe and testimonie that my bodie is made yours, and by me your soules are nourished. this is my bodie.
27 Also he toke the cup, and whē he had giuē thankes, he gaue it them, saying, Drinke ye all of it.
28 For this is myThe Wine signi fieth that our sou les are refreshed and
〈◊〉
with the blood of Christ, spiritually receiued, so that without him we haue no nourishment. blood of the Newe testament, that is shed for manie, for the remissiō of sinnes.
29 I say vnto you, thatYou shal no more enioye my
〈◊〉
presence til we mete toge ther in heauen. Marke. 14. 27.
〈◊〉
16. 30. & 18. 8 I wil not drinke hence forthe of this frute of the vine vntil that day when I shal drinke it newe with you in my Fathers kingdome.
30 And when they had sung a psalme, they went out into the mount of oliues.
31 ¶* Then said Iesus vnto them, All ye shal beShal turne backe and
〈◊〉
discouraged. offended by me this night: for it is written I * wil smite the shepherd, and the shepe of the flocke shalbe scattred.Zach. 13. 7.
32 But * after I am risen againe, I wil go beforeMarke. 14. 28. and 16. 7. you into Galile.
33 But Peter answered, and said vnto him,This declareth what danger it is to trust to muche to our owne strength. Iohn. 13. 38. Thogh that all men shulde be offended by thee, ýet wil I neuer be offended.
34 * Iesus said vnto him, Verely I say vnto thee, that this night, before the cocke crowe, thou shalt denie me thrise.
35 Peter said vnto him, Thogh I shulde dye with thee, yet wil I not denie thee. Likewise also said all the disciples.
36 ¶ * Then went Iesus with thē into a placeMarke. 14. 32. whiche is called Gethsemane, and said vntoluke. 22. 39. his disciples, Sit ye here, while I go and pray yonder.
37 And he toke Peter, and the two sonnes of Zebedeus, and began to waxe sorowful,He feared not death of it self, but trembled for feare of Gods anger towarde sinne, the burdé whereof he bare for our sakes. & grieuously troubled.
38 Thē said Iesus vnto them, My soule is verie heauie (euen) vnto theFor he s. we Gods angre kindled towardes vs. death: tarie ye here, and watche with me.
39 So he went a litle further, and fel on his face and prayed, saying, O my Father, if it be possible, let thisThat is, the angre of God for mans sinnes. cupHe knewe wel what his Father had determined, and therefore was ready to obey but he
〈◊〉
as the faithful do in their troubles without respect of the eternal counsel of God. passe from me: neuertheles, not as I wil, but as thou wilt.
40 After he came vnto the disciples, & founde them a slepe, and said to Peter, What? colde ye not watche with me one houre?
41 Watch, and pray, that ye enter not into tentation: the spirit in dede is readie, but the flesh isAnd therefore we muste continually sight against the flesh. weake.
42 Againe went away the seconde time and prayed, saying, O my Father, if this cup can not passe away from me, but that I muste
〈◊〉
it, thy wil be done.
43 And he came, and founde them a slepe againe: for their eyes were heauie.
44 So he left them and went away againe, and
〈◊〉
the third time, saying the same
〈◊〉
.
45 Then came he to his disciples, and said vnto them,He speaketh this in a contiarie sense, meaning they shulde anone be wel wakened. Slepe hence forthe, & take your rest: beholde, the houre is at hand, and the Sonne of man is giuen into the hands of sinners.
46 Christ dyed willingly, and therefore presented him
〈◊〉
to his enemies. Rise, let vs go: beholde, he is at hand that betrayeth me.
47 * And while he yet spake, lo, Iudas, one of the twelue, came, and with him a great multitudeMarke. 14. 43. with swordes and staues, from theIuke. 22. 47. high Priests and Elders of the people.Iohn. 18. 3.
48 Now he that betrayed him, had giuen thē a token, saying, Whomesoeuer I shal kisse,"Or Halie, rabbi. that is he, lay holde on his.
49 And forthe with he came to Iesus, and said, God saue thee, Master, and kissed him.
50 Then Iesus said vnto him,He rebuketh his vnkindenes vnder the cloke of presented
〈◊〉
shippe. Friend, wherefore"Or, sheathe. Gen. 9. 6. art thou come? Thē came they, and laid hands on Iesus, and
〈◊〉
him.reuel. 3.
〈◊〉
.
51 And beholde, one of them whiche were with Iesus, stretched out (his) hand, & drewe his sworde, and stroke a seruant of the high Priest, and smote of his eare.
52 Then said Iesus vnto him, Put vp thy sword into his "place:* for all thatThe exercising of the sworde is forbide to
〈◊〉
persones. Also he wolde haue hindered by his vndiscrete zeale the worke of God. take the sword
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
with the sworde.
53 Ether thinkest thou, that I can not now pray to my Father, and he wil giue me mo
〈◊〉
Euery legion conteined communely 6000.
〈◊〉
, and 732. horsemen. legions of Angels?
54 How then shulde the * Scriptures be fulfilled,VVhereby here
〈◊〉
meaneth an infinit nomber. Isa
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. (which say), that it must be so?
55 The same houre said Iesus to the multitude,
Ye be come out as (it were against a thief, with swordes and staues, to take me: I sate daily teaching in the Temple among you, & ye toke me not.Lamen. 4. 20.
56 But all this was done, that the*Scriptures ofChap. 20 93. the Prophetes might be fulfilled. *Then all
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 53. the disciples forsoke him, and fled.Luk 22. 54.
57 ¶* And they toke Iesus, and led him to Caia
〈◊〉
. 18. 4. phas the hie Priest, where the Scribes ād theMar. 14 55. Elders were assembled.
58 And Peter followed him a farre of vnto the hie Priests hall, and went in, and sate with the seruants to se the end.
59 Now*the chief Priests and the Elders, and all the whole councilHe declareth
〈◊〉
Iesus was wrōg fully accused, to the end that we
〈◊〉
knowe his innocencie, and not that he suffe
〈◊〉
ed for him self, but for vs. soght false witnes against Iesus, to put him to death.
60 But they founde none, and thogh many false witnesses came, yet founde theyVVhich colde iustely witnes against him. none:Iohn. 2. 19. but at the last came two false witnesses,
61 And said, This man said, * I can destroy the Temple of God, and buylde it in thre dayes.
62 Then the chief Priest arose, and said to him, Answerest thou nothing? What is the matter that these men witnes against thee?
63 But Iesus
〈◊〉
did neglect
〈◊〉
false
〈◊〉
& moreouer he was not there to defend his cause, but to suffer condemnation. helde his peace. Then the chief Priest answered, and said to him, IOr adiure thee by thine alegeāce towards God. charge thee by the liuing God, that thou tell vs, if thou be the Christ the Sonne of God.
64 *Iesus said to him,Christ cōfesseth that he is the Son ne of God. Thou hast said it: neuerthelesChap. 16. 27 I say vnto you, hereafter shal ye seRom. 14. 10, 1. Thes. 4. 14. the Sonne of man, sitting at the right hand of the power of (God) and come in the cloudes of the heauen.
65 Then the hie Priest rent his
〈◊〉
was one of their owne traditiōs
〈◊〉
they had heard any
〈◊〉
raelite blaspheme. clothes, saying, He hatheThe ennemies of God call a true confession blasphemie. blasphemed: what haue we any more nede of witnesses? beholde, now ye haue heard his blasphemie.
66 What thinke ye? They answered, and said,Isa. 50. 6. He is worthie to dye.
67 *Then spat they in his face, and buffeted him: &The officers smite
〈◊〉
with their roddes or
〈◊〉
staues. other smote him with their roddes,
68 Saying,They mocked him after this sor te that he might not seme to be a Prophet, and so wolde tu ne the
〈◊〉
les mindes from him. Prophecie to vs, ô Christ, Who is he that smote thee?
69 ¶*Peter sate without in the hall: ād a maide came to him, saying, Thou also wast with Iesus of Galile.
70 But he denied before them all, saying, I wotMar. 14. 65. not what thou saist.Luk. 22. 55.
71 And when he went out into the porche, anotherIohn. 18. 25. (maide) sawe him, and said vnto them that were there, This man was also with Iesus of Nazaret.
72 AndAn example of our
〈◊〉
that we may learne to depēde vpon God and not put our trust in our selues. againe he denyedwith an othe, saying I knowe not the man.
73 So after a while, came vnto him thei that stode by, and said vnto Peter, Surely thou art also one of them: for euen thy speache bewrayeth thee.
74 Then began he to curse (him) self, and to sweare, saying, I knowe not the man. And immediatly the cocke crewe.
75 Then Peter remembred the wordes of Iesus which had said vnto him, Before the cocke crowe, thou shalt deny me thrise. So he went out, andHe was liuely touched with repentance by the motion of Gods Spirit, whoneuer suffereth
〈◊〉
is to
〈◊〉
v terly, thogh
〈◊〉
a time they fall, to the intent they may fele their owne weaknes and acknoledge his great
〈◊〉
. wept bitterly.
CHAP. XXVII.
2 Christ is deliuered vnto Pilate. 5. Iudas hangeth him self. 24 Christ is pronounced innocent by the iudge, and yet is condēned, and crucified among thieues 46 He prayeth vpon the crosse. 51 The vaile is rent. 52 The dead bodies arise. 57 Ioseph buryeth Christ. 64 Watchmen kepe the graue,
1 WHen * the morning was come, all theMar. 15. 5. chief Priests, and the Elders of the peopleLuk, 22. 66. toke counsel against Iesus, to put him toIohn. 17. 20. death.
2 And led him away bounde, andFor they had no autoritie to condemne him or to put any to death. deliuered him vnto Pontius Pilate the gouernour.
3 ¶ Then when Iudas which betrayed him, sawe that he was condemned,Ouer late repentāce bringeth despairetion. he repented him self, & broght againe the thirtie (pieces) of siluer to the chief Priests, and Elders,
4 Saying, I haueAlthogh he
〈◊〉
his sinnes, yet is he not displeased there with, but disparreth in Gods mer cies, and seketh his owne destruction. sinned betraying the innocent blood. But they said, What is that to vs?
〈◊〉
hypocrites laye the
〈◊〉
faute vpon
〈◊〉
. se thou to it.
5 And when he had cast downe the siluer (pieces) in the Temple, he departed, and went, *and hanged him self.Act. 1 18.
6 And the chief Priests toke the siluer (pieces) and said, It is notThe hypocrites are full of cō
science in a matter of nothing at it. lawful for vs to put them into theOr, corbana. Act 1. 19. treasure, because it is the price of blood.
7 And they toke counsel, ād boght with them a potters field, for the buryal ofFor the
〈◊〉
wes thoght it a great offence to be buryed in the same place that the strangers were. Mark. 15 3. strangers.
8 Wherefore that field is called, *the field of blood, vntil this day.
9 (Then was fulfilled that which was spok enzach. 11. 13. by Ieremias the Prophet, saying, * And they toke thirtie siluer (pieces,) the price of him that was valued, whome (they) of the childrē of Israel valued.
10 And thei gaue them for the potters field, as the Lord appointed me)Luk. 23. 3.
11 ¶* And Iesus stode before the gouernour, &Iohn. 18. 33. the gouernour asked him, saying, Art thou the King of the Iewes? Iesus said vnto him, Thou saist it.
12 And whē he was accused of the chief Priests and Elders, he answered nothing.
13 Then said Pilate vnto him, Hearest thou not how many things they laye against thee?
14 But he answered him not to one worde, in so muche that the gouernour marueiled greatly.
15 Now at the feast, the gouernour was wont toOr, quiete. deliuer vnto the people aIt was a tradition of the Iewes to deliuer a
〈◊〉
at Easter. prisoner, whome they wolde.
16 And they had then a notable prisoner, called Barabbas.
17 *When they were then gathered together, Pilate said vnto them, Whether wil ye that I let loose vnto you Barabbas, or Iesus which is called Christ?
18 (For he knewewel, that for enuie they had deliuered him.
19 Also when he was set downe vpon the iudgement seat, his wife sent to him, saying,This wàs to the greater condemnation of Pilate whome neither
〈◊〉
knowledgecolde teache, nor coun sel of others, to defende Christs innocencie. Ha ue thou nothing to do with that
〈◊〉
man: for I haue suffered many things this day in a dreame by reason of him.)
20 * But the chief Priests and the Elders had
〈◊〉
. 15,
〈◊〉
. persuaded the people that thei shulde askeIuke. 23. 18. Barabbas, and shulde destroy Iesus.Iohn. 18. 40.
21 Then the gouernour answered, and said vntoAct. 3. 14. thē, Whether of the twaine wil ye that I let loose vnto you? And they said,The multitude preferre the wic ked to the righteous. Barrabas.
22 Pilate said vnto them, What shal I do then with Iesus whiche is called Christ? Thei all said to him, Let him be crucified.
23 Thē said the gouernour, But what euil hath he done? Then thei cryed the more, saying, Let him be crucified.
24 When Pilate sawe that he auailed nothing, but that more tumulte was made, he toke waterand washed his hands before the multitude, saying. I am innocent of the blood of thisPilate beareth witnes that he is innocent, before he condemne him. iust man: loke you to it.
25 Then answered all the people, and said, HisIf his death be not lawful, let the punishment fall on our heades & our childrens, and as they wisned, so this
〈◊〉
taketh place to this day. blood (be) on vs, and on our children.
26 Thus let he Barabbas loose vnto them, and scourged Iesus, and deliuered him to be crucified.
27 ¶*Thē the souldiours of the gouernour toke Iesus into the commune hall, and gathered about him the whole bande.
28 And thei stripped him, and put vpon him aTo deride him because he called him, self a king. skarlet robe,Marke. 15. 16.
29 And platted a crowne of thornes, and put itIohn. 19. 1. vpon his head, and a rede in his right hand, and bowed their knees before him, and moc ked him, saying, God saue thee King of the Iewes,
30 And spitted vpon him, and toke a rede, and smote him on the head.
31 Thus when they had mocked him, they toke the robe from him, and put his owne raimēt on him, and led him away to crucifie him.Marke. 15. 22.
32 * And as they came out, they founde a manIuke.
〈◊〉
. 26. of Cyrene, named Simon: him they compelled to beare his crosse.
33 * And when they came vnto the place calledIohn. 9 16. Golgotha, (that is to say, the place of (dead mens) skulles.)
34 Thei gaue himIt was a kinde of drinke to
〈◊〉
the vaines, and so to hasten his death, which was giuen him vpon the crosse. vineger to drinke, mingled with gall: and when he had tasted thereof, he wolde not drinke.
35 ¶ And when they had crucified him, they parted his garments, and did cast lottes, that it might be fulfilled, whiche was spoken by the Prophet, * They deuided my garmentsPsal. 22. 19. among them, and vpon my vesture did castmar. 15. 24. lottes.
36 And they sate, and watched him there.
37 ¶ Thei set vp also ouer his head his cause written,The maner thē was to set vp a writing to signi fie wherefore a man was executed: but here God gouerned Pilates hand to write other wise then he thoght. THIS IS IESVS THE KING OF THE IEWES.
38 ¶ And there were two thieues crucified with him, one on the right hand, and another on the left.
39 And they that passed by, reuiled him, wagging their heads,
40 And saying,* Thou that destroyest the Tē
ple,Iohn. 2. 19. and buyldest it in thre dayes, saue thy self: if thou be the Sōne of God, come downe from the crosse.
41 Likewise also the hie Priests mocking him, with the Scribes, and Elders, and Pharises, said,
42 He saued others, (but) he can not saue him self: if he be the King of Israel, let him now come downe from the crosse, and we wil be leue him.
43 * HeThis was a great tētation, to go about to take from him his
〈◊〉
ste in God, and so to bring him to
〈◊〉
. trusteth in God, let him deliuer himPsal 22 9. now, if he wil haue him: for he said, I am theVVis. 2. 28. Sonne of God.
44 That same also theMeaning by this synechdoche the one of the
〈◊〉
. thieues whiche were crucified with him, cast in his teeth.
45 Now from theThat was frō none til thre of the clocke. sixt houre was there darkenes ouer all theOf Iewrie and the countrey there about. land, vnto the ninth houre.
46 And about the ninth houre Iesus cryed with a loude voyce, saying, * Eli, Eli, lamasabacthani? that is,Not withstanding that he
〈◊〉
him self as it were wounded with God, wrath and forsaken for our sinnes, yet he ceaseth not to put his confidence in God and call vpon him
〈◊〉
which is writen to teache vs in all afflictions to trust stil in God, be the assautes neuer so grieuous to the flesh. My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me?
47 And some of them that stode there, when thei heard it, said, This man callethThey mocked at Christs prayer as if it had bene in vaine. Elias.
48 And straight way one of them ran, and toke * a sponge, and filled it with vineger, and putPsal. 22. 2. it on aOr, hyssope ftal ke. Iohn. 19. 29. rede, and gaue him to drinke.
49 Other said, Let be: let vs se, if Elias wil come and saue him.
50 Thē Iesus cryed againe with a loude voyce and yelded vp theVoluntarely af ter hehad obeyed his Father in all things. gost.
51 And beholde, * theVVhich signified an end of all the ceremonies of the Lawe. vaile of the Temple was rent in twayne, from the top to the bottome, and the earth did quake, & the stones were clouen,
52 And the graues did open them selues, and many bodies of the Sainctes whiche slept, arose,
53 And came out of the graues after his resurrection, and went into theOr, Ierusalem. holie Citie, and appeared vnto many.
54 When the Centurion, and they that werePsal. 69. 22. with him watching Iesus, sawe the earthquake, and the things that were done, they feared greatly, saying, TruelyThis iudgemēt of an heathen man was sufficient to condem ne the grosse malice of the Iewes
〈◊〉
. 15. 48. this was the Sonne of God.
55 ¶ And many women were there, beholding
〈◊〉
Chro. 3. 14. him a farre of, which had folowed Iesus frō Galile, ministring vnto him.
56 Among whome was Marie Magdalene, & Marie the mother of Iames and Ioses, & the mother of Zebedeus sonnes.
57 ¶ * And whē the euē was come, there came aVVho was so muche the more in danger by declaring him self to be Iesus disciple. riche man of Arimathea, named Ioseph, who had also him self bene Iesus disciple.
58 He went to Pilate, and asked the bodie of Iesus. Then Pilate commanded the bodie toluk. 23. 50. be deliuered.Iohn. 19. 38.
59 So Ioseph toke the bodie, and wrapped it in a cleane linnen cloth,
60 And put it in his newChrists burying
〈◊〉
h so muche more verifie his death and resurrection. tōbe, which he had hewen out in a rocke, & rolled a great stone to the dore of the sepulchre, & departed.
61 And there was Marie Magdalene, and the other Marie sitting ouer against the sepulchre.
62 ¶ Now the next day that folowed thewhich was the day before the
〈◊〉
. Preparation (of the Sabbath, the hie Priests and Pharises assembled to Pilate.
63 And said, Sir, we remember that that deceiuer said, while he was yet aliue, Within thre dayes I wil rise.
64 Commande therefore, that the sepulchre be made sure vntill the third daye, lest his disciples come by nyght, and steale hym away, and say vnto the people, He is risen frō the dead: so shall the lasteMore will folow his doctrine then did
〈◊〉
he was put to death. errour be worse then the first.
65 Then Pilate sayd vnto them, Ye haueThat is, men appointed for the keping of the Temple. a watche: go, and make it sure as ye knowe.
66 And they wente, and made the sepulchreThe more that men go about to subdue Christes power the more shewe thei their owne malice, ād procure to them
〈◊〉
the greater
〈◊〉
for as muche as Gods glorie the more appeareth thereby. sure with the watche, and sealed the stone.
CHAP. XXVIII.
6 The resurrection of Christ. 10 The brethren of Christ. 12 The hie Priests bribe the souldiers. 17 Christ appeareth to hys disciples, and sendeth them forthe to preache,Chap. XXVIII. and to baptize. 20 Promising to them continuall assistance.Mark. 16. 6.
Iohn. 20. 11.
1 NOw * in theOr, euening. end oftheHere th'
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the naturall day from the sunne rising to
〈◊〉
rising againe, and not as the Iewes did, whiche began to counte at the first houre af ter the sunne set Sabbath, when the first (day) of the weke begā to dawn Marie Magdalene, ād the other Marie came to se the sepulchre.
2 And beholde, there was a great earth quake, for theThere were two: but it is a maner of speach to vse the singular nomber for the plurall, and contrarie. Angel of the Lord descended from heauē, and came and rolled backe the stone from the dore, and sate vpon it.
3 And his countenāce was like lightning, and his raiment white as snowe.
4 And for feare of him, the kepers were astoniest, and became as dead men.
5 But the Angel answered, and said to the women, Feare ye not: for I knowe that ye seke Iesus which was crucified:
6 He is not here, for he is risē, as he said: come, se the place where the Lord was laid.
7 And go quickely, and tell hys disciples that he is risen frome the dead: and beholde, he goeth before ye into Galile: there ye shall se him:He assureth thē: hat it is so. lo, I haue tolde you.
8 So they departed quickely from the sepulchre, with feare and greateTheir ioye was mixte with feare, bothe because of the Angels presence, ād also for that thei were not assured. ioye, and dyd runne to bring his disciples worde.
9 And as they went to tell hys disciples, beholde, Iesus also met them, saying, God saue you. And they came, ād toke him by the fete and worshipped him.
10 Then said Iesus vnto them, Be not afraied. Go, (and) tell my brethren, that they go into Galile, and there shal they se me.
11 ¶ Nowe when they were gone, beholde, some of the watche came into the citie, and shewed vnto the hie Priests all the thynges that were done.
12 And they gathered them together withChap. 1. 27. the Elders, and toke councel, ād gaue largeIohn. 17. 2. money vnto the souldiers.Marke. 16. 15.
13 Saying, Say, His disciples came by night ād stole him away while we slept.
14 And if the gouernour heare of this, we will persuade him, and saue you harmeles.
15 So they toke the money, and did as they were taught: and thisAn extremevē geance of God, whereby the Iewes were the more-hardened, so that they can not fele the profite of his death and resurrection Ebr. 1. 3. saying is noised among the Iewes vnto this day.
16 ¶ Then the eleuen disciples went into Galile, into a moūtaine, where Iesus had appointed them.
17 And when they saw e hym, they worshipped him: but some douted.
18 And Iesus came, and spake vnto them, saying, * All power is giuen vnto me in heauen, and in earth.
19 * Go therefore, and teache all nacions, baptizynge them in the Name of the Father, and the Sonne, and the holie Gost.
20 Teaching them to obserue all things, what soeuer IMen maye not teach their own doctrine, but what so euer christ
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them: for he
〈◊〉
this auto ricie to him self, to be onelie teacher and
〈◊〉
of the doctrine. Iohn. 14. 16. haue commanded you: and lo, * I am with you alwaye, vntill theBy power, grace and vertue of the holie Gost end of the worlde,
Amen.
THE HOLY GOSPEL of Iesus Christ, according to Marke.
CHAP. I.
2 The office, doctrine and life of the Baptiste. 9 Christ is baptized. 13 And tempted. 14 He preacheth. 17 Calleth the fishers. 23 Christ healeth the man with the vncleane spirit. 27
〈◊〉
doctrine. 29 He healeth Peters mother in lawe. 34 The deuils knowe him. 41 He clenseth the leper, and healeth diuers other.
1 THeHe sheweth that Iohn baptist was the firste preacher of the Gospel. begynnynge of the Gospell of Iesus Christe, the Sonne of God:Malae. 3. 1.
2 As it is written in the Prophetes, * Behold, I send myIn Greke, Angel, or Ambassadour. messēgerIsa. 40. 3. before thy face, whicheIuke. 3. 4. shal prepare thyIohn. 1. 15. way before thee.Mat. 3. 4.
3 * The voyce of him that cryeth in their wildernes (is,)Take away all lettes, whiche myght hinder Christ to come to you. Prepare the waye of the Lorde: make his paths straight.
4 * Iohn dyd baptize in the wildernes, andHe did bothe baptize ād preache, but preached first and after
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, as appeareth by Mat. 3. 1. so that the ordre is here inuerted, whiche thyng is commune in the Scriptures. preach the baptisme of amendement of life; for remission of sinnes.
5 And all the countrey of Iudea, and they of Ierusalem went out vnto hym, and were all baptized of him in the riuer Iordan, confessing their sinnes.
6 Now Iohn was clothed with camels heere, and with a girdle of a skinne about his loines and he did eatOr, gras hoppers. * locustes and wilde honie,Leui. 11. 22.
7 * And preached, saying, A stronger thenMat. 3. 12. I, commeth after me, whose shoes latchetLuke. 3. 16. I am not worthie to stoup downe, and vnlose.Iohn. 1. 27.
8 Trueth it is, I haue * baptized you withHe declareth that he isbut the minister of the outward signe, and that it is Iesus Christ that giueth the force
〈◊〉
.
Act. 1.
〈◊〉
. & 2. 4. & 11. 6. and 19 4. water: but he wil baptize you with the holie Gost.Mat. 3. 14.
9 ¶* And it came to passe in those dayes, thatIuk.
〈◊〉
. 22. Iesus came from Nazaret, (a citie) of Galile,
〈◊〉
1. 33. and was baptized of Iohn in Iordan.
10 And assone as he was come out of the water, (Iohn) sawe the heauens clouē in twaine and theThis was done for the confirma cion of Iohn and thē that stode by. Mat.
〈◊〉
. 1. holie Gost descending vpon him like a doue.
〈◊〉
Or, Iesus.
11 Then there was a voyce frō heauē, (saying,) Thou art my belouedThe Father heareth
〈◊〉
that Christis the verie Sonne of God. Sonne, in whome I am wel pleased.
12 * And immediatly theOr, the holie Gost. Spirit driueth him into the wildernes.Iuk. 4. 1.
13 And he was there in the wildernes fortie daies, and wasChrist wolde he tempted to persuade vs, that he wil helpe thē that be tempted. Ebr. 2. 18. tempted of Satan: he was also with the wilde beasts, and the Angels ministred vnto him.
14 ¶ * Nowe after that Iohn was committed (to prison,) IESVS came into Galile, preachyngBy the whiche Gospel he wil rule and reigne ouer all. the Gospel of the kingdome of God,
15 And saying, The time is fulfilled, and the kingdome of God is at hand: repent and beleueMat. 4. 12. the Gospel.Iuk. 4. 14.
16 ¶* And as he walked by theOr, lake. sea of Galile,iohn 4. 43. he sawe Simon, and Andre
〈◊〉
his brother, casting a nette into the sea, (for they were fishers.)Mat 4. 18.
17 Then Iesus said vnto them, Folowe me, and
〈◊〉
. 5. 2. I wil make you to beTo drawethem from perfection. fishers of men.
18 And straight waye they forsoke their nettes and folowed him.
19 And when he had gone a litle further thēce, he sawe Iames (the sonne) of Zebedeus, and Iohn is brother, as they were in the shippe, mending their nettes.
20 And anone he called them: and they left their Father Zebedeus in the ship with his hyred seruants, and went their waye after hym,
21 ¶ So * they entred into Capernaum, andMat. 4. 23. straight way on the Sabbath daye he intredIuk 4. 31. into the Synagogue and taught.
22 And they were astonied at his doctrine: *Mat. 7. 28. for he taughtt hem as one that had autoritieIuk. 4. 32. andWhose doctrine was dead, & nothing sauoured of the spirit. not as the Scribes.
23 ¶ And there was in their Synagogue a man whyche had an vncleane Spirite, and he cryed.
24 Saying, Ah, what haue we to do with thee, o Iesus of Nazaret? Art thou come to destroy vs? I knowe thee what thou art, (euen) that holie one of God.
25 And Iesus rebuked him, saying,Christ wolde not suffer the father of lyes to beare
〈◊〉
to the trueth. Holde thy peace, and come out of him.
26 And the vncleane Spirite tarie hym, and cryed with a loude voyce, and came oute of hym.
27 And they were all amased, so that they demanded one of another, saying, What thing is this? whatThei referre the miracle of the kinde of doctrine, & so marueil at it, as newe and strāgething, & do not cōsider the power of Christ, who is the autor of the one and the other. new doctrine is this? for he cō
mandeth the foule spirits with autoritie, and they obey him.
28 And immediatly his fame spred abroad throughout all the region bordering on Galile.
29 ¶* And assone as they were come oute of the Synagogue, they entred into the house of Simon and Andrewe, with Iames and Iohn.Mat. 8 14.
30 And Symons wyues mother in lawe layeIuk. 4. 32. sicke of a feuer, and anone they tolde hym of her.
31 And he came and toke her by the hand, and lift her vp, and the feuer forsoke her by and by and she ministred vnto them.
32 And when euen was come, and the sunne was downe, they broght to him all that were diseased, and them that were possessed with deuils.
33 And the whole citie was gathered together at the dore.
34 And he healed manie that were sicke of diuers diseases: and he cast out manie deuils, andChrist wolde not haue suche witnesses to
〈◊〉
him and his Gospel. So
〈◊〉
was offended that the Pythonesse shulde testifie of him. suffred not the deuils to say that they knewe him.
35 And in the morning verie earely,Or, being yet night. before day (Iesus) arose and went out into a solitarie place, and there prayed.
36 And Simon, and thei that were with him, folowed after him.Act. 16. 18.
37 And when they had founde him, they said vnto him, All men seke for thee.
38 Then he said vnto them, Let vs go into the next townes, that I may preache there also: for I came out for that purpose.
39 And he preached in their Synagogues, through out all Galile, and cast the deuils out
40 ¶ * And there came a leper to him, besechingMat. 8. 1.
Iuk. 5. 12. him, and kneled downe vnto him, and said to him, If thou wilt, thou canst make me cleane.
41 And Iesus had compassion, and put forthe his hand, and touched him, and said to him, I wil: be thou cleane.
42 And assone as he had spoken, immediatly the leprosie departed from him, and he was made cleane.
43 And after he had giuen him a streictForbidding him to tel anie man, because as yet his time was not come to be knowen. commandement, he sent him awaye forthewith,
44 And said vnto him, Se thou say nothing to anie man, but get thee hence, and shewe thy self toIt belonged to the Priest to knowe if a man were healed of the leprosie. the *Priest, and offer for thy clensingLeui. 14. 4. those things, which Moses commanded, for aTo take all maner of excuse frō them, and to con demne them of ingratitude. testimonial vnto them.
45 But when he was departed, * he beganne to tel manie things, and to publish the matter: so that IesusThe
〈◊〉
was so
〈◊〉
, that he shulde
〈◊〉
bene througed.
〈◊〉
colde no more openly enterLuke 5, 18. into the citie, but was without in desert places: and they came to him from euerie quarter.
CHAP. II.
3 He healeth the man of the palsie. 5 He forgiueth sinnes. 14 He calleth Leui the customer. 16 He eateth with sinners. 18 He excuseth his disciples, as touching fasting, and keping the Sabbath daye.
1 AFter* (a fewe) dayes, he entred into CapernaumMat. 9. 1. againe, and it was noysed thatLuke. 5. 18. he was in theVVhere he was wonte to remaine. house.
2 And anone, manie gathered together, in so muche that the places about the dore colde not receiue anie more: and he preached the worde vnto them.
3 And there came vnto hym, that broght one sicke of the palsie, borne of foure men.
4 And because they colde not come nere vnto him for the multitude, they vncouered the rofe of the house where he was: and when they had broken it open, they let down the bed, wherein the sicke of the palsie laye.
5 Now when Iesus sawe their faith, he said to the sicke of the palsie, Sonne, thyBy these wordes Christ sheweth that he was sent of his Father with
〈◊〉
to take away our sinnes sinnes are forgiuen thee.
6 And there were certeine of the Scribes, sitting there, and reasoning in their hearts.
7 Why doeth this man speake suche blasphe mies?* who can forgiuen sinnes, but GodIob. 14. 4. onelie?Isa. 43. 15.
8 And immediatly when Iesus perceyued in his spirit, that thus they thoght with them selues, he said vnto thē, Why reasō ye these things in your hearts?
9 Christe speaketh accordyng to their capacitie, who were so blinde that they wolde belie ue nothing, but that which they sawe with their eyes, and there fore sheweth hys
〈◊〉
ouer the soule by the power whiche he hathe ouer the bodie. Whether is it easier to say to the sicke of the palsie, Thy sinnes are forgiuē thee? or to say, Arise, and take vp thy bed, and walke?
10 And that ye may knowe, that the Sonne of man hathe autoritie in earth to forgiue sinnes, (he said vnto the sicke of the palsie.)
11 I say vnto thee, Arise and take vp thy bed, and get thee hence into thine owne house.
12 And by and by he arose, & toke vp his bed, and went forthe before them al, in somuche that they were all amased, ād glorified God, saying,Their
〈◊〉
cōsciences cause thē to confesse the trueth. We neuer sawe suche a thing.
13 ¶Then he went again to warde the sea, and all the people resorted vnto hym, and he taught them.
14 *And as Iesus passed by, he sawe Leui (the
〈◊〉
. 9. 9. sonne) of Alpheus sit at the receite of custome,Luke, 5. 27. and said vnto him, Followe me. And he arose and followed him.
15 ¶And it came to passe, as Iesus sate at table in his house, many Publicanes and sinners sate at table also with Iesus, and his disciples for there were many that followed him.
16 And when the Scribes and Pharises sawe him eat with the Publicanes & sinners, they said vnto his disciples, Howe is it, that he eateth & drinketh with Publicanes ād sinners?
17 Now when Iesus heard it, he said vnto thē, The whole haue no nede of the physicion,1.
〈◊〉
. m. 1.
〈◊〉
but the sicke. * I came not to call theHe speaketh of such as persuade them
〈◊〉
to be iuste althogh they be nothing lesse. righteous, but the sinners to repentance.
18 * And the disciples of Iohn, and the Pharises dist fast, and came ād said vnto him, Why do the disciples of Iohn and of the PharisesMat. 9 14, Luke. 5. 33. fast, and thy disciples fast not?
19 And Iesus sayd vnto them, Can theChrist sheweth that he wil
〈◊〉
his and not buden them before it be necessarie. childrē of the mariage chamber fast, whiles the bridgrome is with thē? as long as they haue the bridegrome with them, they cā not fast.
20 But the dayes wil come, when the bridegrome shalbe taken from them, and thē shal they fast in those dayes.
21 Also no man soweth a pieceThe worde pro perly signifieth newe clothe whiche as yet hathe not passed the handes of the fuller. of new cloth in an olde garment: for els the new (piece) ta keth away the filling vp from the olde, and the breache is worse.
22 Likewise, no man putteth new wine into olde vessels: for els the new wine breaketh the vessels, and the wine runneth out, and the vessels are lost: but new wine must be put into new vessels.
23 ¶* And it came to passe as he went throughMat. 12. 1. the corne on the Sabbath day, that his disciples,Luk. 6. 1. as they went on their way, began to plucke the eares of corne.
24 And the Pharises said vnto him, Beholde, why do they on the Sabbath day, that which is not lawful?
25 And he said to them, Haue ye neuer red1. Sam. 2i. 6. what* Dauid did, when he had nede, ād was an hungred, (bothe) he, and they that were with him?
26 How he went into the house of God, in the dayes ofHe was also called Achimelech, as his father was, sothat both the father and the sonne were called by bothe these names. Abiathar the hie Priest, and dit eat the shewe bread, which were not lawful to1, Chron. 24. 2. eat, but for the* Priests, and gaue also to them2. sam. 8. 17. & 15. 29 1. king. 2. 26. which were with him?Exod 29. 33.
27 And he said to thē, The Sabbath wasSeing the Sabbath was made for mans vse, it was not mere it shulde be vsed to his hinderan ce, & incommoditie. madeLeuit. 8.
〈◊〉
& 24. 9. for man, and not man for the Sabbath.
28 Wherefore the Sonne of man is Lord, euen of the Sabbath.
CHAP. III.
1 He healeth the man with the dryed
〈◊〉
14. He choseth his Apostles. 21 Christ is thoght of the worldelings to be besides him self. 22 He casteth out the vncleane spi rit, which the Pharises ascribe vnto the deuil. 29 Blasphe mie against the holie Gost. 35 The brother, sister and mother of Christ.
1 ANd* he entred againe into the Synagogue,Mat. 12 9. and there was a man which had aLuk. 6 6. withered hand.
2 And they watched him, whether he wolde heale him on the Sabbath day, that they might accuse him.
3 Then he said vnto the man which had the withered hand, Arise: (stand forthe) in the middes.
4 And he said to them, Is it lawful to do a good dede on the Sabbath day, or to do euil? to saue the life, or to kil? But theiThey
〈◊〉
their tongues of malice: for they wolde nether cō fesse nor denie. helde their peace.
5 Then he loked rounde about on themChrist is in suche sorte angrie with man that he pitieth him & seketh to winne him. an gerly, mourning also for the hardenes of their hearts, and said to the man, Stretch forthe thine hand. And he stretched it out: and his hand was restored, as whole as the other.
6 ¶And the Pharises departed, & straightwaye gathered a councel with theAlthogh they hated one another deadly, yet this hindered them, not to ioy ne their malice to resiste Christ, read. Herodians against him, that they might destroye him.
7 But Iesus auoyded with his disciples to the sea: ād a great multitude followed him from Galile, and from Iudea,
8 And from Ierusalem, and from Idumea, andMat. 22
〈◊〉
. beyonde Iordan: and they that dwelled about Tyrus and Sidon, when thei had heard
what things he did, came vnto hym in great nomber.
9 And he commāded his disciples, that a ship shulde waite for hym, because of the multitude, lest they shulde throng him.
10 For he had healed many, in so muche that"Or,
〈◊〉
meanyng
〈◊〉
. they preassed vpō him, to touche him as ma ny as had plagues.
11 And when the vncleane spirits sawe hym, they fell downe before him, and cryed, saying, Thou art the Sonne of God.
12 And he sharpely rebuked them, to the end they shulde not vtter him.
13 ¶* Then he went vp into a mountaine, andChap. 6 7. called vnto him whome he wolde, and theyMat. 10. 1. came vnto him.Luke 9. 1.
14 And he appointed twelue that they shulde be with him, and that he might send them to preache.
15 And that they myght haue power to heale sickenesses, and to cast out deuils.
16 And the first (was) Simon, and he named Simon, Peter.
17 Then Iames (the sonne) of Zebedeus, and Iohn, Iames brother (and named them Boanerges, which is the sonnes of thunder.)
18 And Andrew, and Philippe, and Bartlemew, and Matthew, and Thomas, and Iames, (the sonne) of Alpheus, andOr, Lebbeus, or Iudas. Thaddeus and Simon theOr, zealous. Cananite.
19 And Iudas Iscariot, who also betrayed him, and they cameThe disciples were now conuersaunt wyth Christ bothe at home ād abroad home.
20 And the multitude assembled againe, so that they colde notso muche as eat bread.
21 And when his kinsfolkes heard of it, they went out to layHis
〈◊〉
wolde
〈◊〉
shut him within
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
haue come vnto them if anye
〈◊〉
had bene made: for some wolde haue made hym a King, and the
〈◊〉
with others soght hys life: so that hereby they myght haue procured the hatred
〈◊〉
. He
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
of the Pharises and of the Romains. holde on him: for they thoght"Or, they that were about him Mat. 9 14. and 12. 4. he had bene beside him self.
22 ¶* And the Scribes which came from Ieru salem, said, He hath Beelzebub, and throughLuke.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. the prince of deuils he casteth out deuils.
23 But he called them vnto hym, and said vnto them in parables, Howe can Satan driue out Satan?
24 For if a kingdome be deuided againste it self, that kingdome can not stand.
25 Or if a house be deuided againste it self, that house can not continue.
26 So if Satan make insurrection against hym self, and be deuided, he can not endure, but is at an end.
27 No man can entre into a strong mans house, & take away his goods, except he first binde that strong man, and then spoile his house.
28 ¶* Verely I say vnto you, all sinnes shall beMat. 12.
〈◊〉
forgiuen vnto the children of men, and blasphemies,Luke. 12 10. wherewith they blasphemies.1.
〈◊〉
. 5. 16.
29 But he thatWhiche is
〈◊〉
a man
〈◊〉
against his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
againste the trueth whiche is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to him: for suche one is in a
〈◊〉
epro bate sense & can not come to repentance. blasphemeth against the holie Gost,
〈◊〉
neuer haue forgiuenes, but is culpable of eternal damnation.
30 Because they said, He had an vncleane spirit.
31 ¶* Then came hysOr,
〈◊〉
. brethren and mother, and stode without, and sent vnto hym, and called hym.
32 And the people sate about hym, and they said vnto him, Beholde, thy mother, and thy brethren seke for thee without.Mat. 12.
〈◊〉
.
33 But he answered them, saying, Who is myLuk. 8. 19. mother and my brethren?
34 And he loked round about on them, which sate in compasse about him, and said, Beholde my mother and my brethren.
35 For whosoeuer doeth the wil of God, he is my brother, and my sister, and mother.
CHAP. IIII.
2 By the parables of the
〈◊〉
, ād the mustarde corne Christ sheweth the state of the kingdome of God. II A special gift of God to knowe the mysteries of his kingdome. 37 He stilleth the tempeste of the sea which obeyed him.
1 ANd * he began againe to teache by theMat.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. seaside, and there gathered vnto him aLuk.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. great multitude, so that he entred into a ship, and sate in the sea, and all the people was by the sea side on the land.
2 And he taught thē many things in parables, and said vnto them inIt is called Christs doctrine, either for that he was accustomed to speake vnto them by
〈◊〉
des: or
〈◊〉
because it had
〈◊〉
ād maiestie that men colde not denie but it came from heauen.
Or, as hetaught his doctrine.
3 Heark en: Beholde, there went out a sower to so we.
4 And it came to passe as he sowed, that some fel by the way side, and the foules of the heauen came and deuoured it vp.
5 And some fel on stonie grounde, where it had not muche earth, and by and by sprang vp, because it had not depth of earth.
6 But assone as the sunne was vp, it caught heate, and because it had not roote, it withered away,
7 And some fel among the thornes, and the thornes grewe vp and choked it, so that it gaue no frute.
8 Some againe fel in good grounde, and did yelde frute that sprong vp, and grew, and it broght for the, some thirtie folde, some sixtie folde, and some an hundreth folde.
9 Then he said vnto thē, He that hatheFor God doeth not open all mens heartes to vnderstand this mysteries. eares to heare, let him heare.
10 And when he was alone,
〈◊〉
that were about him with the twelue, asked him of the parable.
11 And he said vnto them, ToVVhich are
〈◊〉
by the Spirit of God. you it is giuen to knowe the mysterie of the kingdome of God: but vnto them that areAnd are not of the nomber of the faithful, nether atteine to the
〈◊〉
and substance, but onely staye in the
〈◊〉
warde
〈◊〉
and barke. without, all things be done in parables,
12 *That they seing, may se, and not discerne: & they hearing, may heare, and not vnderstand lest at any time they shulde turne, and their sinnes shulde be forgiuen them.
13 Againe
〈◊〉
said vnto them, Perceiue not thisIsa. 6. 9. parable? how then shulde ye vnderstand allMat. 13. 14. (other) parables?Luk. 8. 10.
14 The sower soweth the worde:Iohn. 2. 40.
15 And these are they that (receiue the sede)Act 28. 28. 26. by the wayes side, in whome the worde isRom.
〈◊〉
. 8. sowen: but when they haue heard it, Satan cometh immediatly, and taketh away the worde that was sowen in their hearts.
16 And likewise they that receiue the sede in stonie grounde, are they, which when they haue heard the worde, straight wayes receiue it with gladnes.
17 Yet haue they no roote in them selues, and
endure but a time: (for) when trouble and persecutiō ariseth for the worde, immediatly they be offended.
18 Also they that receiue the sede among the thornes, are suche as heare the worde:
19 But the cares of this worlde, and the * disceitfulnes of riches, & the lustes of other
〈◊〉
. Tim. 6. 17. things entre in, and choke the worde, and it is vnfruteful.
20 But they that haue receiued sede in good grounde, are they that heare the worde and receiue it, ād bring forthe frute, one (corne) thirtie, another sixtie, & some an hundreth.
21 ¶ Also he said vnto them, * IsChrist
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
their eyes the true patron of a Christian life. the candlyeMat.
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
.
Or broght. light to be put vnder a busshel, or vnder theLuke. 8. 16 and
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. table, and not to be put on a candlesticke?
22 * For there is nothing hid, that shal not be opened: nether is there a secret, but that it shal come to light.
23 If any man haue eares to heare, let himMat. 10 26. heare.Luk. 8. 17. & 12. 2.
24 And he said vnto them, Take hede what yef VVe may not take occasion to do euil vnder colour to hide our doings: for all shal be disclosed the length. heare. * With g what measure ye mette, it shalbe measured vnto you: and vnto 'you that heare, shal more be giuen.
25 * For vnto him that hathe, shal it be giuen, and from him that hathe not, shalbe takenMat. 7. 2 away,That which he thinke
〈◊〉
self to haue. euen that he hathe.Luk. 6. 38.
26 ¶ Also he said, So is theThese two similitudes following proue, that a thogh the kingdome of God
〈◊〉
to haue very litle appearance or beginning, yet God doeth increase it aboue mans reason. kingdome of God,
〈◊〉
If you do your endeuour faithfully, ye shall be recompensed iustely. as if a man shuldeIf the ministers do
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, God wil giue the increase. cast sede in the grounde.
27 And shulde slepe, and rise vp night and day, and the sede shulde spring and grow vp, heMat. 13. 12. & 25. 29. not knowing how.Luk. 8. 18. & 9. 26.
28 For the earth bringeth for the frute of her self, first the blade, then the eares, after that ful corne in the eares.
29 And assone as the frute sheweth it self, anone he putteth in the sickel, because the haruest is come.
30 ¶ * He said moreouer, Whereunto shal we liken the kingdome of God? or with what comparison shal we compare it?
31 It (is) like a graine of mustarde sede, which when it is sowen in the earth, is the least ofMat. 13 31. all sedes that be in the earth:Luk. 13. 19.
32 But after that it is sowen, it groweth vp, and is greatest of all herbes, and beareth great branches, so that the foules of heauen may buylde vnder the shadow of it.Mat. 13. 34.
33 And * with many suche parables he preached the worde vnto them, as they were able to heare it.
34 And without parables spake he nothing vnto them: but he expounded all things to his disciples aparte.
35 ¶ * Now the same day when euen was come,Mat 8 23. he said vnto them, Let vs passe ouer vnto theLuk. 8. 22. otherside.
36 And they left the multitude, andAnd set forwarde. toke him as he was in the ship: ād there were also with him other shippes.
37 And there arose a great storme of winde, & the waues dashed into the ship, so that it was now ful,
38 And he was in the sterneChrist leaueth vs often times to our selues, bothe aswel that we may learne to know our own weakenes, as his mightie power. a slepe on a pillowe: and they awoke him, and said to him, Master, carest thou not that we perish?
39 And he rose vp, and rebuked the winde, and said vnto the sea, Peace, & be stil. So the winde ceased, and it was a great calme.
40 Then he said vnto them, Why are ye so feare ful?Or, haue yennes yet faith? how is it that ye haue no faith?
41 And they feared excedingly, and said one to another, Who is this, that both the winde and the sea obey him?
CHAP. V.
8 Iesus casteth the deuils out of the man and suffereth thē to enter into the swine. 25 He healeth a woman from the blodie
〈◊〉
, 41 And raiseth the captaines daughter.Mat.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
1 ANd * they came ouer to the other sideLuk. 8. 26. of the sea into the countrey of the Gadarens.
2 And whē he was come out of the ship, there met him incontinently out of the graues, a man which had an vncleane spirit:
3 Who had his abyding among the graues, and no man colde binde him, no not with chaines,
4 Because that when he was often bounde with fetters ād chaines, he plucked the chaines a sondre, and brake the fetters in pieces, nether colde anie man tame him.
5 And alwayes bothe night and day he cryed in the mountaines, and in the graues, and stroke him self with stones.
6 And when he saw Iesus a farre of, he ranne, and worshipped him,
7 And cryed with a loude voyce, and said,The deuil
〈◊〉
constrained to confesse
〈◊〉
Christ, and yet ceaseth not to resist him. What haue I to do with thee, Iesus, the Sonne of the moste high God?Or, adiure thee to sweare by God I charge thee byHe abuseth the Name of God, to mainteine his ty rannie. God, that thou torment me not.
8 (For he said vnto him, Come out of the man thou vncleane spirit.)
9 And he asked him, What is thy name? and he answered saying, My name (is)A Legion conteined about 6000 in nomber,
〈◊〉
Legion: for we are manie.
10 And he prayed him instantly, that he wolde not send them away out of the countrey.
11 Now there was there in the mountaines aMat. 26
〈◊〉
. great herd of swine, feeding.
12 And all the deuils besoght him, saying, Send vs into the swine, that we may entre into them.
13 And incontinently Iesus gaue them leaue. Then the vncleane spirits went out & entred into the swine, and the herdOr, ran with violence headlong. ran headling from the high bāke into the sea, (and there were about two thousand swine) and they were drowned in theOr in the
〈◊〉
. sea.
14 And the swineherds fled and tolde it in the citie, and in the countrey, and they came out to se what it was that was done.
15 And they came to Iesus, and sawe him that had bene possessed with the deuil, and had the legion, sit bothe clothed, and in his right minde: and they were afraid.
16 And they that sawe it, tolde them, what was done to him that was possessed with the deuil, and concerning the swine.
17 ThenMarke how loue of riches ād worldelie respects
〈◊〉
men to receiue Christ. they began to praye him, that he woldeThe worldelings more esteme their swine, then they do Iesus christ. departe from their coastes.
18 And when he was come into the ship, he that had bene possessed with the deuil, prayed him that he might be with him.
19 How beit, Iesus wolde not suffre him, but said vnto him, Go thy way home to thy friends, andVVe must decla re vntoo. hers the benefites
〈◊〉
God sheweth towardes
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
there by they may glue
〈◊〉
praise and glorie. shewe them what great things the Lord hathe done vnto thee, and (how) he hathe had compassion on thee.
20 So he departed, and began to publish inOr, in the
〈◊〉
of the tene
〈◊〉
. Decapolis, what great things Iesus had done vnto him: and all men did marueil.
21 ¶ And when Iesus was come ouer againe by ship vnto the other side, a great multitude gathered to him, ād he was nere vnto the sea.
22 * And beholde, there came one of the rulersMat. 9. 18. of the Synagogue, whose name was Iairus: &Luk. 8. 41. when he sawe him, he fel downe at his fete,
23 And besoght him instantly, saying, My litle daughter lieth at point of death: I praye thee that thou
〈◊〉
come and laye thine hāds on her, that she may be healed, and liue.
24 Then he went with him, and a great multitude followed him, and thronged him.
25 (And there was a certeine woman, which was diseased with an yssue of blood twelue yeres,
26 And had suffered many things of many physicions, and had spent all that she had, and it auailed her nothing, but she became muche worse.
27 When she had heard of Iesus, she came in the preasse behinde, andHer faithe broght her t, Christ and moued her
〈◊〉
approche nere vnto him, and not a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
nion, to attribute any vertue to his garment. touched his garment.
28 For she said, If I may but touche his clothes I shal be whole,
29 And straight wayOr, fountaine. the course of her blood was dryed vp, and sheOr knewe. felt in her bodie, that she was healed of thatOr,
〈◊〉
, plague.
30 And immediatly when Iesus did knowe in him self the vertue that went out of him, he turned him rounde about in the preasse, and said, Who hathe touched my clothes?
31 And his disciples said vnto him, Thou seest the multitude throng thee, and sayest thou, Who did touche me?
32 And he loked rounde about, to se her that had done that.
33 And the woman feared and trembled: for she knewe what was done in her, and she ca me and fel downe before him, and tolde him the whole trueth.
34 And he said to
〈◊〉
, Daughter, thy faith hath made thee whole: go in peace, and be whole of thy
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. plague.)
35 While he yet spake, there came from the (same) ruler of the Synagogues house (certei ne) which said, Thy daughter is dead: why diseasest thou the Master anie further?
36 Assone as Iesus heard that worde spoken, he said vnto the ruler of the Synagogue, Be not a fraide: onely beleue.
37 And he suffered no man to followe him, saue Peter and Iames, and Iohn the brother of Iames.
38 So he came vnto the house of the ruler of the Synagogue, and sawe the tumulte, and them that wept and wailed greatly.
39 And he went in, and said vnto them, Why make ye this trouble, and wepe? the childe is notHe ment,
〈◊〉
was not dead to remaine so
〈◊〉
se the shulde incontinently be restored againe to life. dead, but slepeth.
40 And theyFor thei had no hope to se her liue againe. laught him to scorne: but he put them all
〈◊〉
, and toke the father, and the mo ther of the childe, andThat is, his thre disciples. them that were with him, and entred in where the childe laye,
41 And toke the childe by the hand, and said vnto her, Talitha cumi, which is by interpretation,
〈◊〉
, I say vnto thee, arise.
42 And straight way the maiden arose, and wal ked: for she was of the age of twelue yeres, and they were astonied out of measure.
43 And he charged them straitely that no man
〈◊〉
knowe of it, and commanded to giue her meat.
CHAP. VI.
4 How Christ and his are receiued in their owne countrey. 7 The Apostles commission. 15 Soudrie opiniōs of Christ 25 Iohn is put to death, and buryed. 31 Christ giuest rest to his
〈◊〉
. s. 38 The fiues loaues and two
〈◊〉
. 48. Christ walketh on the water. 55 He healeth manie.
1 AFterwarde * he departed thence, andMat,
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. came into his owne countrey, and hisLuk. 4. 16. disciples followed him.
2 And when the Sabbath was come, he began to teache in the Synagogue, and manie that heard him, were astonied, & said,Christ is neglected of his owne
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
Frō whence hathe he these things? and what wisdome is this that is giuen vnto him, that euenOr,
〈◊〉
suche great workes are done by his hands!
3 Is not this the
〈◊〉
Maries sonne, theOr cousin. brother of Iames and Ioses, and of Iuda and Simon? and are not his sisters here with vs? And they wereThat which oght to moue them o come to Christ,
〈◊〉
them to go backe from him, which cometh of their owne wickednes. offended in him.
4 Then Iesus said vnto them, A * Prophet is not without honour, but in his owne country, & amōg his owne kinred, & in his owne house.
5 AndThat is, he wol de
〈◊〉
. he colde thereLacke of faith maketh vs vnable
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Gods
〈◊〉
. do no great workesMat. 13.
〈◊〉
. saue that he laid his hands vpon afewe sickeLuk. 4. 24. folke, and healed (them.)Ioh. 4. 44.
6 * And he marueiled at their vnbeliefe, and went about by the townes on euerie side, teaching.
7 ¶ * And he called the twelue, and began toMat. 4. 35. send them two and two, ād gaue thē powerLuk. 13. 22. ouer vncleane spirits,Mat. 10. 1.
8 And commaunded them, that they shuldechap.
〈◊〉
. 14. take nothing for (their) iorney, saue astaffeLuk 9 1. onely: netherChrist onely forbiddeth them to carye
〈◊〉
thing, which might be
〈◊〉
or hinder their message. scrip, nether bread, nether money in theirOr, purses. girdles,
9 But that thei shulde be shod with *
〈◊〉
were a kinde of light shoes tied to the feere with strings. sandals, and that they shulde not put on two coates.
10 And he said vnto them, wheresoeuer ye shal entre into an house, there abide til ye de parteHe forbiddeth
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
their
〈◊〉
in thys
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
mes sage. thence.Act.
〈◊〉
. 8.
11 * And whosoeuer shal not receiue you, nor heare you, when ye depart
〈◊〉
,In token of
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
the horrible ven geance of God whyche shall light vpon them
〈◊〉
. 5. 14. * shake of the dust that is vnder your feete, for a witnesMat. 10. 14. vnto thē. Verely I say vnto you, It shalbeLuk. 9.
〈◊〉
. easier for Sodom, or Gomorrha at the dayAct. 13. 51. and
〈◊〉
. 6.
of iudgement, then for that citie.
12 ¶And they went out and preached, that (men) shulde amende their liues.
13 And they cast out manie deuils: and they * anointed manie that were sicke, withThe oyle was a
〈◊〉
of thys
〈◊〉
wor kyng, and not a
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
diseases: so that the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
ceasing the ceremonie is to no vse. oyle and healed(them.)
14 ¶* Then King Herode heard(of him) (for his name was spred abroade)and said, Iohn Baptist is risen againe from the dead ād therfore great workes are wroght by him.
〈◊〉
.14.1.
15 Other sayd, It is Elias: and some sayd, It is aLuke.9.7 Prophet, or as oneMeaning, of the old Prophets of the Prophetes.
16 *So whē Herode heard it, he said, It is Iohn whom I beheaded: he isThey had then thys commune error, that they thogh the soules being departed out of one bodie went straight in to another. risen from the dead
17 For Herode him self had sent forthe, ād had taken Iohn, and bound him in prison for He
〈◊〉
sake, whiche was his brother Philippes wife, because he had maried her.
18 For Iohn said vnto Herode,* It is notThe libertie that
〈◊〉
vsed to
〈◊〉
vice
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
persone, de
〈◊〉
how the true ministers oght to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
selues lawLuke 3.19. ful for thee to haue thy brothers wife.
19 Therefore Herodias had a quarell againste hym, and wolde haue killed hym, but she colde not.
20 For Herode feared Iohn, knowing that he (was)a iuste man, and an holie, and reuerenced him, and when he hard hym, he did manie things, andSuche is the na ture of Godds worde, that it compelleth the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
it: as no
〈◊〉
the kyng had some good
〈◊〉
, but the seedefel in
〈◊〉
places
〈◊〉
so toke no roote. heard him gladly.Leui 18.16. and 20.21.
21 But the time beyng conuenient, when Herode on his birth day made a
〈◊〉
to his princes and captaines, and chief estates of Galile:
22 And the daughter of the same Herodias came in andVVhat
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
cometh by
〈◊〉
dan
〈◊〉
danced, and pleased Herode and thē that sate at table together, the King said vnto the maide, Aske of me what thou wilt, and I wil giue it
〈◊〉
.
23 And he sware vnto her, Whatsoeuer thou shalt aske of me, I wil giue it thee, (euen) vn to the halfe of my kingdome.
24 *So she went forthe, and sayd to her mother, What shall I aske? And she sayd, Iohn Baptists head.
25 Then she came in strayght way with haste vnto the King, and asked, saying, I wold that thou shuldest giue me euē now in a charger the head of Iohn Baptist.
26 Then the King was verie sorye: (yet) for hisMat.14.8. othes sake, and for their sakes which sate at table with him, he wolde not refuse her.
27 And immediatly the King sent the hāgman, and gaue charge that his head shulde be broght. So he wēt and be headed him in the prison,
28 And broght his head in a changer, and gaue it to theIosephꝰ calleth her name Salomē the daughter of Philippe, and He
〈◊〉
. maide, and the maide gaue it to her mother.
29 And
〈◊〉
his disciples heard it, they came and toke vp hisOr, carkeis. bodie, and put it in a tombe
30 ¶* And the Apostles gathered them seluesLuk.9. 10. together to Iesus, andThe Apostles rendre counte of their message, whiche is to declare their
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
. tolde, him all things, bothe what they had done, & what they had taught.
31 And he said vnto them, Come ye aparte into the wildernes,Christ beareth
〈◊〉
the infirmitie of his
〈◊〉
, and bringeth thē to quietnes, that he may
〈◊〉
them and make them strong against troubles. & reste a while: for there were manie commers and goers, that they had not leasure to eat.
32 * So they went by ship out of the way into a desert place.
33 But the people saw thē when they departed and manie knewe him, and ranne a foote thither out of all cities, and came thither beforeMat.14.13.
〈◊〉
.9,
〈◊〉
. them, and assembled vnto him.Mat.9.36. & 14.14.
34 * Then Iesus went out, and sawe a great mulLuk.9.11. titude, and had cōpassion on them, becauseMat.14.15. they were likeThis declareth that there is an horrible disordre among that people, where the true preaching of Gods worde wanteth. shepe whiche had no shepherde: *ād he began to teache them manie things.
35 * And when the day was now farre spent, his disciples came vnto him, saying, This is a desert place, and now the day is farre passed
36 Let them departe, that they may go into the villages and townes about, and bye them bread: for they haue nothing to eat?
37 But he answered, and said vnto them, Giue ye them to eat. And thei said vnto him, Shal we go and byeWhich is about
〈◊〉
pounde
〈◊〉
. two hundreth penie worthe of bread, and giue them to eat?Mat.14.17.
38 *Then he said vnto them, How manie loaues
〈◊〉
. 9. 13.
Iohn 6.9. haue ye? go and loke. And when thei knewe it, they said, Fiue, and two
〈◊〉
.
39 So he commanded them, to make them all sit downe byOr, by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for in euerie rāk were as manie as a table colde holde. cōpanies vpō the grene grasse.
40 Then they sate downe byThe Greke worde signifieth
〈◊〉
beddes as are made in a gar den, so that the companie which were there set, might seme as
〈◊〉
or orders of beddes in a garden. rowes, by hundreths, and by fifties.
41 And he toke the fiue loaues, and the two fisshes, and loked vp to heauen, & gaue than kes ād brake the loaues, & gaue them to his disciples to set before them, & the two fishes he deuided among them all.
42 So they did all eat, and were satisfied.
43 And they toke vp twelue baskettes ful of the fragments, and of the fishes.
44 And they that had eaten, were about fiue thousand men.
45 ¶And straight way he caused his disciples to go into the ship, and to go before vnto the other side vnto Bethsaida, while he sent away the people.
46 Then assone as he had sent them away, he departed into a mountaine to pray.Mat.14.
〈◊〉
47 * And when euen was come, the ship was inIoh.6.
〈◊〉
. the middes of the sea, & he alone on the land.
48 And he sawe them troubled in rowing, (for the winde was contrarie vnto them) and about the fourthVVhich was about two or thre houres before day. watche of the night, he came vnto them, walking vpon the sea, and wolde haue passed by them.
49 And when thei sawe him walking vpon the sea, they supposed it had bene a spirit, and cryed out.
50 For they all sawe him, ād were sore afraide: but anone he talked with them, ād said vnto thē, BeChrist assureth his and maketh thē bolde, bothe by his worde, and mightie power. of good cōfort: it is I be not afraide.
51 Then he went vp vnto thē into the ship, ād the winde ceased, ād they were sore amased in thē selues beyonde measure, & marueiled.
52 They had for got the miracle which was
〈◊〉
oght with the fiue loaues. For they had not considered (the matter) of the loaues, because their hearts were hardened.Mat.14.34.
53 ¶* And they came ouer, and went into the
land of Gennesaret, and arriued.
54 So when they were come out of the ship, straight way they knewe him.
55 And ranne about through out all that regiō round about, (and) began to carye hither ād thither in beddes all that were sicke, where they heard that he was.
56 And whither soeuer he entred into townes, or cities, or villages, they laid their sicke in theOr, markets. stretes, and prayed hym that they myght touche at the least the
〈◊〉
for anye such
〈◊〉
that was in hys garment, but for
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
whi
〈◊〉
they had in hym. edge of his garmēt. And as manie as touched him, were made whole.
CHAP. VII.
2 The disciples eat with vnwashen hands. 8 The commandemēt of God is trāsgressed by mans traditiōs. 22
〈◊〉
defiled man. 24 Of the woman of Syrophenissa. 32 The healing of the domme. 37 The people praise Christ.
1 THen * gathered vnto him the Pharises, ādMat.15 2. certeine of the Scribes whiche came frō Ierusalem.
2 And when they sawe some of hys disciples eat meat withOr,
〈◊〉
. communeThe Pharises wolde not eat with vnwashē hands because they thoght that the cōmune hād ling of things de filed thē, so that they made holines and religion to depēd in hāds washings. hands, (that is to say vnwashen)they complained.
3 (For the Pharises, and all the
〈◊〉
, except they wash their handsOr contentiously, striuing to wash best. ost, eat not, holding the tradition of the Elders.
4 And (when they come) from the market, except they washe, they eat not: and manie other things there be, which they haue taken vppon them to obserue, (as)the washyng of cuppes, and
〈◊〉
pottes, some what more in
〈◊〉
thē a wine pinte. pottes, and of brasen vessels, ād of tables.)
5 Then asked hym the Pharises and Scribes, Why walke not thy disciples according to the tradition of the Elders, but eatOr, breade. meat with vnwashen hands?
6 Then he answered and said vnto them,
〈◊〉
* Esai hathe prophecied well of you, hypocrites,Isa. 29.13. as it is written, This people honoreth me with theirVVith an outward shew. lippes, but their heart is farre away from me.
7 But they worship me in vaine, teaching(for) doctrines theWhosoeuer tea
〈◊〉
anie doctri ne but Goddes worde, is a false worshipper, ād a seducer of the people, seme his doctrine neuer so probable to the iudgement of man. commandements of men.
8 Forye laye the commaundement of God a parte, and obserue the tradition of men, (as) the washing of pottes ād of cuppes, and ma nie other suche like things ye do.
9 And he said vnto them, Wel, ye
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
cō
mandemēt of God that ye may obserue your owne tradition.
10 For Moses said, * Honour thy father, ād thy mother: and, * Whosoeuer shal curse fatherExod. 20. 12. or mother, let himThat is, with out anie hope of pardone. dye the death.Deut. 5.16.
11 But ye say, If a man say to father or mother,
〈◊〉
.6.2. Corban, (that is,) By the gift that is (of fead)Exod.21. 17. by me, thou maist haue profit (he shalbe fre.)Leui. 20.9.
12 So ye suffre him no more to do aniethyngProu. 20. 20. for his father, or his mother.
13 Making the worde of God of none autoritie, by your tradition which
〈◊〉
haue ordeined: and ye do manie suche like things.
14 *Then he called the whole multitude vntoMat. 15. 10. him, and said vnto them, Hearken you al vnto me, and vnderstand.
15 ThereThere is no out
〈◊〉
or corpo ral thing, which entreth into mā, that can
〈◊〉
hym:
〈◊〉
chiefly of
〈◊〉
which if they be taken
〈◊〉
, it cometh of the inordinate lust of the heart, and
〈◊〉
the lust is euil. is nothyng without a man, that can defile him, when it entreth into him: but the things which procede out of him, are they which defile the man.
16 If anie haue eares to
〈◊〉
, let him heare.
17 And when he came into an house (away) from the people, his disciples asked him cō cerning the parable.
18 And he said vnto them, What? are ye without vnderstandyng also? Do ye not knowe that whatsoeuer thyng frō without entreth into a man, can not defile him.
19 Because it entreth not into his heart, but into the bellie, and goeth out into the draught which is the purging of all meates?
20 Then he said, That whiche cometh out of man, that defileth man.
21 * For from within, (euen) out of the heartGene 6. 3. and 8. 21. of men, procede euil thoghts, adulteries, for
〈◊〉
, murthers.
22 Theftes, couetousnes, wickednes, disceite,Or,
〈◊〉
. vnclennes, a wicked eye, backebiting pride, foolishnes."Or, enuie.
23 All these euil things come from within, and defile a man.
24 ¶ * And from thence he rose, and went intoMat.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. the borders of Tyrus ād Sidō, and entred into an house, and wolde that no man shulde haue knowen: but he colde not be hid.
25 For a certaine womā,
〈◊〉
litle daughter had an vncleane spirit, heard of him, & came, and fell at his fete.
26 (And the woman was a Greke, a Syrophenissian by nacion) and she besoght him that he wolde caste out the deuill out of her daughter.
27 But Iesus said vnto her, Let theMeanyng the
〈◊〉
, to whom the
〈◊〉
were
〈◊〉
made. children first be fed: for it is not good to take the chil drens bread, and to cast it vntoThe
〈◊〉
tok strangers no better thē the dogs, & therfore Christ speaketh accordyng to their
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
28 Thē she answered, & said vnto him, trueth, Lord: yet in dede the whelpes eat vnder the table of the childrensShe asketh but the poore crommes, ād not the chyldrens bread, wherein she declareth her faith and humilitie. crommes.
29 Then he sayd vnto her, For thys saying go thy waye: the deuill is gone out of thy daughter.
30 And whē she was come home to her house, she founde the deuil departed, & her daughter lying on the bed.
31 ¶ And he departed againe from the coastes of Tyrus and Sidon, and came vnto the sea of Galile, through the middes of the coastes of Decapolis.
32 And they broght vnto hym one that was deafe, and stambred in his speache, and prayed him to put his hand vpon him.
33 Then he toke hym aside from the multitude, and put hys fingers in hys eares, and did spit, and touched his tongue.
34 And lokyng vp to heauen, heDeclaryng by this signe the
〈◊〉
that he hath vpon
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. sighed, and said vnto him, Ephphatha, that is, be opened
35 And straight waye hys eares were opened and the string of hys tongue was losed, and he spake plaine.
36 And he commanded them, that they shuld tel no man: but how much soeuer he forbad
them, the more a greate deale they published it.
37 And were beyonde measure astonied, saying,Gen. 1.
〈◊〉
. *As if they wolde say,
〈◊〉
sides all the mitacles that he hath done, euen this no we declareth that whatsoeuer he doeth, is verie wel. He hathe done all things wel, he makEccle. 39.
〈◊〉
. eth both the deafe to heare, & the domme to speake.
CHAP. VIII.
2 The miracle of the seuen loaues. 11 The Pharises aske a signe. 15 The leauen of the Pharises, 22 The blinde receiueth his sight. 29 He was knowen of his disciples. 33 He reproueth Peter. 34 And sheweth howe necessarie persecution is.
1 IN* those dayes, when there was a veryeMat. 15. 32. greate multitude, and had nothyng, to eat, Iesus called his disciples to him, and said vnto them.
2 I haueChrist prouideth for his whē they
〈◊〉
to be
〈◊〉
and for saken. compassion on the multitude, becau se they haue nowe continued with me thre dayes, and haue nothyng to eat.
3 And if I send them awaye fastyng to their owne house, they wolde faint by the waye: for some of them came from farre.
4 Then his disciples answered him,Or,
〈◊〉
. How can a man satisfie theseIf bread were so hard to come by it, semeth vnpossible to obteine other meat with bread here in the wildernes?
5 And he asked them, How manie loaues haue ye? And they said, Seuen.
6 Then he commaunded the multitude to sit down on the grounde: and he toke the seuē loaues, and gaue thankes, brake (them,) and gaue to his disciples to set before (them,) ād they did set (them) before the people.
7 They had also a fewe smale fishes: and when he had giuen thankes, he commanded them also to be setbefore (them.)
8 So they did eat, and were suffised, and they toke vp of the broken meat that was left, seuen baskets ful.
9 (And they that had eaten, were about foure thousand) so he sent them away.
10 ¶ And anone he entred into a shyp withMat. 15. 39. hys disciples, and came into the parties ofVVhiche was nere to
〈◊〉
betwen the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
ād mount
〈◊〉
. Dalmanutha.
11 * And the Pharises came forthe, and began to dispute with hym, sek yng of him a signeMat. 16. 1. from heauen, and tempting him.
12 Then heOh the incomprehensible loue of our Christe how long shall we abuse
〈◊〉
great
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
diepely in his spirit, and said, Why doeth
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
rpcnes of speache to saue
〈◊〉
from wilfull
〈◊〉
. uction. this generacion seke a
〈◊〉
? Verely I say vnto you,Or, if a signe be giuen.
As if he wolde say, if I shewe them any signe let me be a lyar and
〈◊〉
. a signe shal not be giuen vnto this generacion.
13 ¶ So he left them, and went into the ship againe, and departed to the other side.
14 ¶ * And they had forgotten to take bread, nether had they in the ship with them, butMat. 16 5. one loafe.
15 And he charged them, saying, Take hede, and beware of theHe willeth
〈◊〉
to beware contagious doctrine and suche sub. ile practises as the aduersaries vsed to suppres hys Gospel. leauen of the Pharises, and of the leauen of Herode.
16 And they thoght among them selues, saying, (It is,) because we haue no bread.
17 And when Iesus knewe it, he said vnto thē, Why reason you (thys) because ye haue no bread? perceiue ye not yet, nether vnderstand? haue ye your hearts yet hardened?
18 Haue ye eyes and se not? and haue ye eares, and heare not? and do ye not remember?
19 * When I brake the fiue loaues among fiueIohn, 6.
〈◊〉
. thousand, how manie baskets ful of brokē meat toke ye vp? They said vnto him, twelue
20 And when (I brake) seuen amonge foure thousande, howe manie baskets of the leauings of broken meat toke ye vp? And they said, Seuen.
21 Then he said vnto them,Christ reproueth them becau se their mindes are as yet vppon the material leauen not withstandynge they had preuen by
〈◊〉
miracles that he gaue thē theyt dayelye bread. How (is it) that ye vnderstand not?
22 And he came to Bethsaida, and they broght a blinde man vnto hym, and desired hym to touche him.
33 Then he toke the blinde by the hand, and led him out of the town, and spit in his eyes, and put his hands vpon him, and asked him, if he sawe oght.
24 And he loked vp, and said, I se men: for I se them walking like trees.
25 After that, he put hys handes againe vpon his eyes, and made him loke againe. And he was restored to his sight, and sawe
〈◊〉
mā a farre of clearely.
26 And he sent him home to his house, saying, Nether go into the towne,
〈◊〉
tell it to
〈◊〉
in the towne.
27 ¶* And Iesus went out, and his disciples intoMat. 16. 13. the townes of Cesarea Philippi. And byLuke. 9. 19. the waye he aske hys disciples, saying vnto them, Whome do men say that I am?
28 And they answered, (Some say) Iohn Baptist: and some, Elias: and some, one of the Pro phetes.
29 And he said vnto them, But whome sayye that I am? Then Peter answered and said vnto him, Thou art theHe that is the
〈◊〉
of God ād
〈◊〉
with all grace for mās
〈◊〉
. Christ.
30 And he sharpelyDifferring it to a more
〈◊〉
dious time, lest
〈◊〉
hast shuld
〈◊〉
binder then further the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
comming. charged them that concerning him they shulde tell no man.
31 Then he began to teache them that the Sonne of man must suffer manie things, and shulde be reproued of the Elders, and of the hie Priests and of the Scribes, and be slayne, and with in thre dayes rise againe.
22 And spake that thyng plainely. Then Peter toke him aside, and began to rebuke him.
33 Then he turned backe, and loked on hys disciples, ād rebuked Peter, saying, Get thee behinde me,This worde signifieth, aduersa rie, or
〈◊〉
he calleth hym so, because he hid as muche as in him laye, to pull him from
〈◊〉
God. Satan: for thou vnderstandest not the things that are of God, but the thinges that are of men.
34 ¶ And he called the people vnto hym with hys disciples, and sayd vnto them, * Whosoeuer wyll followe me, let hym forsake hym self, and take vp his crosse, and followeMat. 0 38, &, 16. 24. Luke. 9. 23. and 14. 27. me.
35 For whosoeuer wyll * saue hys lýfe, shallMat. 10. 35. and 16. 25. lose it: but whosoeuer shal lose his life for myLuke. 9. 24. and 17. 33. sake and the Gospels, he shalFor mortalitie and corruption, hes
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ue immortaliue and
〈◊〉
. saue it.Iohn. 12. 25.
36 For what shall it profite a man, thogh he shulde winne the whole worlde, if he lose his soule?
37 Or what shall a man giue for recompense of his soule?
38 * For who soeuer shalbe ashamed of me, andMat. 10. 33. of my words among this adulterous and sinfulLuke. 9. 26. and 12. 8. generacion, of him shal the Sonne of mā
be ashamed also, whē he cometh inthe glorie of his Father with the holie Angels.
CHAP. IX.
2 The transfiguracion. 7 Christ is to be heard. 26 The domme spirit is cast out. 29 The force of prayer and fasting, 31 Of the death and resurrection of Christ. 33 The disputacion who shulde be the greatest. 38 Not to hinder the course of the Gospel. 42 Offences are forbidden.Mat. 16. 28.
1 ANd * he said vnto them, Verely I say vntoLuk. 9. 17. you, that there be some of thē that stand here, whiche shal not taste of death, til they haue sene theThe preaching of the Gospel receiued & increased the spake this to cōforte them, and that they shulde not think thei trauailed in vaine. kingdom of God come with power.
2 * And six dayes after Iesus toke Peter, and Iames, and Iohn, and broght them vp into an hie mountaine out of the way alone, and heMat. 17. 1. was transfigured before them.luk. 9. 28.
3 And his raiment didChrist sheweth his
〈◊〉
so
〈◊〉
as their
〈◊〉
was able to cōprehend it. shine, (and was) verie white, as snow, so white as no fuller cā make vpon the earth.
4 And there appeared vnto them Elias with Moses, and they were talking with Iesus.
5 Then Peter answered, and said to Iesus, Master, it is good for vs to be here: let vs make also thre tabernacles, one for thee, and one for Moses, and one for Elias.
6 Peter measured this vision
〈◊〉
ding to his owne capacitie,
〈◊〉
cō
sidering the end thereof. Yet he knewe not what he said: for they were afrayed.
7 And there was a cloude that shaddowed thē, and a voyce came out of the cloude, saying, *Mat. 3. 17. & 17. 5. This is my beloued Sonne:Christ onely must be the chief teacher and instructour of all them, which pro ses them selues to be his members, seing that God the father giueth him this autoritie and comman deth vs this obedience. heare him.
〈◊〉
. 3. 22.
8 And suddenly they loked rounde about, andchap. 1. 11. sawe no more anie man saue Iesus onelyMat. 17 9. with them.
9 * And as thei came downe from the moūtaine, he charged them that thei shulde tell no man what they had sene saue when the Sōne of man were risen from the dead againe.
10 So they kept that matter to them selues, & demanded one of another, what the rising from the dead againe shulde meane?
11 Also they asked him, saying, Why say the Scribes, that * EliasTheir false opinion was that ether Elias shuld rise againe from the dead, or that his soule shulde enter into some other bodie. must first come?Malach. 4 3.
12 And he answered, and said vnto them, Elias verely shal first come and restore all things: and * as it is written of the Sonne of man, he must suffer manie things, and be set at noght.
13 But I say vnto you, thatThat is, Iohn Baptist. Elias is come, (and they haue done vnto him whatsoeuer they wolde) as it is *, written of him.Isa. 13. 4.
14 ¶ * And when he came to (his)To the nine, which he left the day before. disciples,Mat. 17. 14. he sawe a great multitude about them, andluk. 9. 38. the Scribes disputing with them.
15 And straight waye all the people, when thei behelde him, were amased, and ranne to him and saluted him.
16 Then he asked the Scribes, What dispute youOr, against thē. among your selues?
17 And one of the compagnie answered, & said Master, I haue broght my sonne vnto thee, which hathe a domme spirit:
18 And wheresoeuer he taketh him, heWhen the spirit cometh
〈◊〉
him he teareth him with inwarde sorow & pangs as in a colike a man feeleth such grief, as
〈◊〉
his bow els were rent a sunder. teareth him, & he fometh, & gnassheth his teeth & pineth away: & I spake to thy disciples that they shulde cast him out, and they colde not
19 Then he answered him, and said,It semeth that this mā deserued not so sharpe an answer: but Christ speaketh in his persone to the Pharises, which were stub burne and desperate. O faithles generacion, how long now shal I be with you! how long now shal I suffer you! Bring him vnto me.
20 So they broght him vnto him, and assone as the spirit sawe him, he tare him, and he fel downe on the grounde, walowing & foming
21 Then he asked his Fathers, How log time is it since he hathe bene thus? And he said, Of a childe.
22 And oft times he casteth him into the fyre, and into the water to destroye him: but if thou canst do anie thing, helpe vs, and haue compassion vpon vs.
23 And Iesus said vnto him, IfThe Lord is euer readie to helpe vs, so that we put him not backe through our
〈◊〉
. thou canst beleue it, all things areAll things that are agreable to the wil of God, shalbe granted to him that
〈◊〉
: for faith seketh nothing, that is
〈◊〉
to his wil, or that is not reueiled in his worde. possible to him that be leueth.
24 And straight way the Father of the childe crying with teares, said, Lord, I beleue: helpe myThat is, the feblenes, & imperfe & iō
〈◊〉
my faith. vnbelief.
25 When Iesus sawe that the people came running together, he rebuked the vncleane spirit, saying vnto him, Thou domme and deafe spirit, I charge thee, come out of him, and entre no more into him.
26 Then (the spirit) cryed, and rent him sore, & came out, &Meaning, the childe. he was as one dead, in so much that manie said, He is dead.
27 But Iesus toke his hand and lift him vp and he rose.
28 And when he was come into the house, his disciples asked him secretly, Why colde not we cast him out?
29 And he said vnto them, This kinde can by no other meanes come forthe, but byMeaning that prayer whiche is surely grounded vpon faith and hathe fasting ioy ned vnto it as a profitable aide. pray er, and fasting.
30 ¶ * And they departed thence, and went through Galile, and he wolde not that anie shulde haue knowen it.Mat. 17. 22.
31 For he taught his disciples, and said vntoluk. 9. 22. them, The Sonne of man shalbe deliuered into the hands of men, and they shal kil him, but after that he is killed, he shal rise againe the third day.
32 ButBecause
〈◊〉
imagined that Christ shulde reigne temporally, this matter of his death was so strā ge, that they colde perceiue nothing. they vnderstode not that saying, and were afraide to aske him.
33 * After he came to Capernaum: and when he was in the house, he asked them, What was it that ye disputed amōg you by the way
34 And thei held their peace: for by the wayMat. 18. 1. they reasoned amōg thē selues, who (shulde be the chiefest.luk. 9. 45.
35 And he sate downe, and called the twelue, and said to them, If anie man desire to be first the same shalbe last of all, and seruant vnto all.
36 And he toke a litle childe and set him in the middes of them, and toke him in his armes, and said vnto them,
37 Whosoeuer shal receiue one of suche litle childrē in my Name, re ceiueth me: and who soeuer receiueth me, receiueth notTo wit, onely as mā, but as him in whome is all perfection, & fulnes of all graces and benefites. me, but him that sent me.Luk. 9. 49.
38 ¶ * Then Iohn answered him, saying, Master,1,
〈◊〉
. 12. 30
we sawe one casting out deuils by thy Name which followeth not vs, ād we forbade him, because he followeth vs not.
39 * But Iesus said, Forbid him not: for there is no man that can do aOr,
〈◊〉
great worke. miracle by my Name, that can lightly speake euil of me.
40 For whosoeuer is not
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
not him self to be myne, yet in that he beareth
〈◊〉
ence to my Name, it is ynough for vs. against vs, is on our parte.
41 * And whosoeuer shal giue you a cup of wa ter to drinke for my Names sake, because ye belong to Christ, verely I say vnto you, he shal not lose his rewarde.Mat 10.
〈◊〉
.
42 * And whosoeuer shal offend one of these
〈◊〉
. 18 6. litle ones, that beleue in me, it were betterforLuk. 17. 1. him rather, that a milstone were hāged about his necke, and that he were cast into the sea.
43 * Wherefore if thineIt is a
〈◊〉
of speache, which
〈◊〉
, that we shulde
〈◊〉
of all things which
〈◊〉
der vs to serue Christ. hand cause thee to offende,Mat.
〈◊〉
. 29. &
〈◊〉
. 8. cut it of: it is better for thee to entre into life, maimed, then hauing two hands, to go into
〈◊〉
into the fyre that neuer shal be quenched,
44 * Where their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
declare the peines, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
. worme dyeth not, and the fyre
〈◊〉
goeth out.Isa.
〈◊〉
. 24.
45
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, if thy foote cause thee to offende cut it of: it is better for thee to go halt into
〈◊〉
, then
〈◊〉
two feete to be cast into hel into the
〈◊〉
that neuer shalbe quenched,
46 Where their worme dyeth not, and the fyre neuer goeth out.
47 And if thine eye cause thee to offende, pluc ke it out: it is better for thee to go into the kingdome of God with one eye, thē hauing two eyes, to be cast into hel fyre,
48 Where their worme dyeth not, and the fyre neuer goeth out.
49 For euerie man shalbeHe teacheth that it is better to be
〈◊〉
to God by salte and fyre that is, to be purged, and
〈◊〉
, them to be sent into hel
〈◊〉
salted with fyre: ād * euerie sacrifice shalbe salted with salte.Leu 2. 23.
50 * Salte is good: but if theThey which destroye the grace that thei haue receiued of God, are as
〈◊〉
which hathe lost
〈◊〉
sauour and are worse then infideles. salte be vnsauerie,Mat. 5. 13. where with shal it be seasoned? Haue salteLuk. 14. 34. in your selues, and haue peace, one with another.
CHAP. X.
2 Of diuorcement. 17 The riche man questioneth with Christ. 30 Their
〈◊〉
that are persecuted. 35 Of the sonnes of Zebedeus. 46 Bartimeushathe his eyes opened.
1 ANd * he arose from thence and went intoMatth. 19. 1. the coastes of Iudea by the farre side of Iordan,
〈◊〉
the people resorted vnto him againe, and as he was wont, he taught them againe.
2 Then the Pharises came and asked him, if it were lawful for a man to put away (his) wife, and tempted him.
3 And he answered, and said vnto them, What
〈◊〉
. 24. 1. did * Moses commande you?
4 And they said, Moses suffred to write a bil of diuorcement, and to put her away.
5 Then Iesus answered, and said vnto thē, For the hardnes of your heart he wrote this preceptGene. 1. 27. vnto you.Mat. 19. 4.
6 But at theThe true
〈◊〉
to amende abuses is to returne to the institution of thinges, and to trie thē by Gods worde. beginning of the creacion * GodGene. 2.
〈◊〉
. made them male and female.1. Cor. 6. 16.
7 * For this cause shal man leaue his fatherandEphe.
〈◊〉
. 31. mother, and cleaue vnto his wife.
8 And they twaine shalbe oneOr, persone. flesh: so that thei are no more twaine, but one flesh.
9 * Therefore, what God hathe coupled together,1. Cor. 7. 10. let not man separate.
10 And in the house his disciples asked him againe of that matter.Mat 5.
〈◊〉
& 19 9.
11 And he said vnto them, * Whosoeuer shal putLuk 16. 8. away his wife and marie another,For the seconde is not his wif, but his harlot. committeth1. Cor. 7. 10. adulterie against her.
12 And if a woman put away her houshand, and be maried to another, she committeth
〈◊〉
. 19.
〈◊〉
. adulterie.Luk. 18. 15.
13 ¶ * Then they broght litle children to him that he shulde touche them: and his disciples rebuked those that broght them.
14 But when Iesus sawe it, he was displeased, and said to them, Suffre the litle children to come vnto me, and forbid them not: for of suche is the king dome of God.
15 Verely I say vnto you, Whosoeuer shal not receiue the kingdome of God as,We must be
〈◊〉
and voide of all pride, &
〈◊〉
. a litle chil de, he shal not entre therein.
16 And he toke them vp in his armes, and put
〈◊〉
. 19 16. (his) hands vpon them, andIt was
〈◊〉
with the Iewes that the greater shulde blesse the inferior. blessed them.Luk. 18. 18.
17 ¶ And when he was gone out on the way, there came one * running, and kneled to him and asked him, Good Master, what shal I do that I may possesse eternal life?Ebr. 7. 7.
18 Iesus said to him, Why callest thou me goodTherefore Christ, being the head of his Church, did by a solenne kind of prayer offer vp and
〈◊〉
the babes to God. there is noneChrist wolde
〈◊〉
that his goodnes was far re other wayes then the goodnes which is attributed o men which is ful of
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
. good but one, (euen) God.
19 Thou knowest the commandemēts, * Thou shalt not commit adulterie. Thou shalt not kil. Thou shal not steale. Thou shalt not beareExo. 20 19. falsewitnes. Thou shalt hurt no (man.) Honour thy father and mother.
20 Then he answered, and said to him, Master, all these things I haue obserued from my youth.
21 And Iesus behelde him andThat is heappro
〈◊〉
certeine good seed that was in him, which gaue him a litle
〈◊〉
Ioued him, and said vnto him, One thing is lacking vnto thee Go andHe toucheth his maladie, and sore, which before he
〈◊〉
not. sell all that thou hast, and giue to the poore, and thou shalt haue treasure in heauen, and come, followe me, and take vp the crosse.
22 But he was sad at that saying, ād went away sorowfull: for he had great possessions.
23 And Iesus loked rounde about, and said vnto his disciples, How hardely do they that ha ue riches, entre into the kingdome of God!
24 And his disciples were astonied at his wordes. But Iesus answered againe, and said vnto them, Children, how hard is it for them that trust in riches, to entre into the kingdome of God!
25 It is easier for a
〈◊〉
, cable rope. camel to go through the eye of a nedle, then for aWhich
〈◊〉
his trust in riches. riche man, to entre into the kingdome of God.
26 And they were muche more astonied, saying with them selues, Who then can be saued?
27 But Iesus loked vpon them, and said, With men (it is) impossible, but not with God: for with GodFor he can giue grace to the riche to cause him to enioye his riches, as if he had them not. all things are possible.
28 ¶ * Then Peterbegan to sayvnto him, Lo, we haue forsaken all, and haue followed thee.Mat. 19. 27.
29 Iesus answered, and said, Verely I say vntoLuk. 18. 28. you, there is no man that hathe forsaken
house or brethren or sisters, or father or mother, or wife, or childrē, or lands for my sake and the Gospels.Mat. 10. 30.
30 But he shal receiue an hundreth folde nowLuke. 13. 30. at this present: houses, and brethren, and sisters, and mothers, and children, and landes withVVe must not measure these promises by our owne
〈◊〉
desires, but refer re the
〈◊〉
to Gods will, who euen in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and afflictions performeth the same so
〈◊〉
as they be
〈◊〉
. Let vs there fore learne to ha ue ynough and to want, that beyng tryed. We maye
〈◊〉
our treasures in heauen. persecutions, and in the worlde to come, eternal life.
31 * But manie (that are)He saith this be cause they that
〈◊〉
firste called, shuld go
〈◊〉
for
〈◊〉
de and not
〈◊〉
others. firste, shalbe last, and the last, first.
32 ¶ * And they were in the way going vp to Ierusalem, and Iesus went before them, and they were amased, ād as they followed, they were afraide, and Iesus toke the tweue agayne, and began to tell them what thyngs shulde come vnto him.
33 (Saying,) Beholde we go vp to Ierusalem, and the Sonne of man shalbe deliuered vnto the high Priests, and to the Scribes, and they shall condemne hym to death, and shall deliuerMat. 20. 17. him to the Gentiles.Luke. 18. 31.
34 And they shal mocke him, ād scourge him, and spit vpō him, and kil him: but the thirde day he shall rise againe.
35 ¶ * Then Iames and Iohn the sonnes of Zebedeus came vnto hym, saving, Master, weMat. 20. 20. wolde that thou shuldest do for vs that that we desire.
36 And he sayd vnto them, What wolde ye I shulde do for you?
37 And they said to hym, Grante vnto vs, that we may sit one at thy ryght hand, and the other at thy left hand in thy glorie.
38 But Iesus said vnto them, Ye knowe not what ye aske. Can yeCan you be partakers of my
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
. drynke of the cup that I shall drinke of, and be baptized with the baptisme that I shalbe baptized with?
39 And they sayd vnto him, We can. But Iesus sayd vnto them, Ye shall drinke in dede of the cup that I shall drinke of, and be baptized with the baptisme where with I shalbe baptized:
40 But to sit at my ryght hand and at my left, is notI haue not this commission for this time. mine to giue, but (it shalbe giuen) to them for whome it is prepared.
41 And when the ten heard that, they began to disdaine at Iames and Iohn.
42 But Iesus called them vnto him, and said toLuke 22. 25. them, * Ye knowe that they which delite to beare rule among the Gentiles, haue domina tion ouer them, and they that be amonge them, exercise autoritie ouer them.
43 But it shallChrist wolde not that his disci ples ād ministers shuld beare rule as worldelie go
〈◊〉
do. not be so amonge you: but whosoeuer wil be great among you, shalbe your seruant.
44 And whosoeuer wil be chief of you, shal be the seruant of all.
45 For euen the Sonne of man came not to be serued, but to serue, and to giue hys life forMat. 20. 29. the raunsome of manie.Luke. 18. 35.
46 ¶ * Then they came to Iericho: and as he went out of Iericho with hys disciples, and a great multitude,The other Euā gelistes mencion two, but Marke nameth him that was most know
〈◊〉
. Bartimeus the sonne of Timeus a blinde man, sate by the wayes side begging.
47 And when heard that it was Iesus of Nazareth, he began to crye & to say, Iesus the Son ne of Dauid, haue mercie on me.
48 And manie rebuked him, because he shulde hold his peace: but heThe more that Satan
〈◊〉
vs, the more our faith oght to increase. cryed muche more, O Sonne of Dauid, haue mercie on me.
49 Then Iesus stode stil, ād commaunded him to be called: and they called the blinde, saying vnto hym, Be of good comfort: arise, he calleth thee.
50 So he trewe away hys cloke, and rose and came to Iesus.
51 And Iesus answered, & said vnto him, What wilt thou that I do vnto thee? And the blind said vnto him, Lord, that I may receiue sight
52 Then Iesus said vnto hym, Go thy way: thy saith hath saued thee. And by & by, he receiued (his) sight, ād followed Iesus in the way.
CHAP. XI.
11 Christ rideth to Ierusalem. 13 The figge tree dryeth vp. 15 The biers and sellers are cast out of the Temple. 24 He declareth the vertue of faith and how we shuld pray. 27 The Pharises question with Christ.
〈◊〉
. 21. 1.
1 ANd * when they came nere to Ierusalem,Luke. 19. 29. to Bethphage and Bethania vnto the mounte of oliues, he sent forthe two of his disciples.
2 And sayd vnto them,Christ sheweth by this poore en trie the
〈◊〉
of hys kingdome, and it is not like to the great magnificence of this worlde. Go your wayes into that towne that is oueragainst you, & assone as ye shall entre into it, ye shall finde a colte bounde, whereon neuer man sate: lose hym and bring hym.
3 And if anie man say vnto you, Why do ye this? Say that the Lord hathe nede of him, ād straight way he wil send him hither.
4 And they went their
〈◊〉
and founde a colte tied by the dore without, in a place where two wayes met, and they losed him.
5 Then certeine of them, that stode there, said vnto them, What do ye losing the colte?
6 And they said vnto them, as Iesus had commaunded them. So they let them go.
7 ¶ And they broght the colte to Iesus, andIol.
〈◊〉
. 12. 14. cast their garments on him, and he sate vpon hym.
8 AndEuerie one she wed some signe of honour and reuerence. manie spred their garmentes in the way: other cut
〈◊〉
branches of the trees and strawed them in the way.
9 And they that went before, ād they that followed, cryed, saying,Or, saue, I pray thee. Hosanna: blessed (be) he that cometh, in the Name of the Lord.
10 Blessed (be) the kyngdome that cometh in theMany came in their own
〈◊〉
, but Christ came in the Name of the Lord. Name of the Lorde of our fatherBecause the Promes was made to him. Dauid: Hosanna, (ô thou which art) in the hiest (heauens.)
11 * So Iesus entred into Ierusalem, and intoMar. 21. 16. the Temple: and when he had loked aboutLuke. 19.
〈◊〉
. on al things, ād now it was euening, he went forthe vnto Bethania with the twelue.
12 * And on the morow whē they were comeMar. 21. 19. out from Bethania, heChrist was sub iect to our infirmities. was hungrie.
13 And seing a figgetre a farre of, that had leaues, he went (to se) if he might
〈◊〉
any thing thereon: but whē he came vnto it, he founde nothing but leaues: for the time of figgs was
not yet.
14 Then Iesus answered, and said to it,This was to de clare how much they displease God which haue but an out ward shewe and appearance without frute. Neuer man eat frute of thee hereafter while the worlde standeth: and his disciples heard it.
15 ¶ And they came to Ierusalem, and Iesus went into the Temple, and began to cast out thē that solde and boght in the Temple, and ouerthrew the tables of the money chāgers, and the seates of them that solde doues.
16 Nether wolde he suffer that any māshulde cary a vessel through the Temple.
17 And he taught, saying vnto them, Is it not writtē, * Mine House shalbe called the HouseIsa. 56. 7. of prayer vnto all nacions? * but you haue
〈◊〉
. 7.
〈◊〉
. made it a denne of theues.
18 And the Scribes and hie Priests hard it, and soght how toFor nether colde they suffer reprehensiō, nor that their profit shulde
〈◊〉
hyndered. destroye him: for they feared him, because the whole multitude was astonied at his doctrine.
19 But when euen was come, (Iesus) went out of the citie.
20 ¶ * And in the mornyng as they passed by,Mat. 21. 19. they sawe the figge tre dryed vp frome the rootes.
21
〈◊〉
Peter remembred, and said vnto him, Master, beholde, the figge tre whiche thou cursedst, is withered.
22 And Iesus answered, and said vnto them, HaueChrist taketh occasion to instruct thē of the vertue of faith. faith in God.
23 For verely I say vnto you, that whosoeuer shal say vnto this mountaine, Take thy selfe away, & cast thy self into the sea, & shall not wauer in his heart, but shal beleue that those things whiche he saith, shall come to passe, whatsoeuer he saith, shalbe (done) to him.
24 * Therefore I say vnto you,He teacheth vs not hereby to aske whatsoeuer semeth good in our fantasies: for our prayer must be
〈◊〉
on faith, and our fayth vppon the worde of God. whatsoeuer yeMat. 7 7. desire when ye pray, beleue that ye shal haueLuke. 11. 9. it, and it shalbe (done) vnto you.
25 * But when ye shal stand, and pray, forgiue, if ye haue any thing agaynst any man, that your Father also which is in heauen, may for giue you your trespaces.
26 For if you will not forgiue, your Father which is in heauē, will not pardon you your trespaces.Mat. 6. 14.
27 ¶ * Then they came agayne to Ierusalem:Mat 22. 19. and as he walked in the Temple, there cameLuke. 20. 1. to him the high Priests, and the Scribes, and the Elders.
28 And said vnto him, By what autoritie doest thou these things? and who gaue thee thys autoritie, that thou shuldest do these things?
29 Then Iesus answered, and said vnto them, I will also aske of you a certeine thing, and answer ye me, and I wil tel you by what auto ritie I do these things.
30 TheHe comprehen deth hys whole office, and ministerie. baptisme of Iohn, was it frō heauen, or of men? answer me.
31 And they thoght with them selues, saying, If we shal say from heauen, he will say, Why then did ye not beleue him?
32 But if we say of men, we feare the people: for all men counted Iohn, that he had bene averie Prophet.
33 Then they answered, and said vnto Iesus, We can not tell. And Iesus answered, and said vnto thē,They came of malice, and not to learne therefore Christ thogh thē vnworthie to be taught. Nether wil I tel you by what autoritie I do these things.
CHAP. XII.
1 The vineyarde is let out. 14 Obedience and tribute due to princes. 25 The resurrection of the dead. 28 The summe of the Lawe. 35 Christ the sonne of Dauid. 38 Hypocrites muste be eschewed. 41 The offryng of the poore widowe.
1 ANd he began to speake vnto them in parables,Isa. 5.
〈◊〉
.
Iere. 2. 21. * A (certeine) man planted a vineyarde,Mat. 21. 33. and compassed it with and hedge, andLuke. 20. 9. digged a pit for theThe Greke word signifieth the vessel or fat, which standeth vnder the winepresse to receiue the ioyce or licour. winepresse, and buylt a towre in it, and let it out to housbandmen, and went into a straunge countrey.
2 And at a time, he sent to the housband men a seruant, that he might receiue of the housband men of the frute of the vineard.
3 But they toke him, and bet him, and sent him away emptie.
4 And againe, he sent vnto them another seruant, and at him they cast stones, and brake hys head, and sent hym awaye shamefully handled.
5 And againe he sent another, and hym they slewe, and manie other, beatyng some, and killing some.
6 Yet had he one sonne, his dere beloued: him also he sent the last vnto them, saying, They wil reuerence my sonne.
7 But the housband men said among them sel ues, This is the heire: come, let vs kill hym, and the inheritance shalbe ours.
8 So they toke him, and killed him, and caste him out of the vineyarde.
9 What shall then the Lorde of the vineyarde do? HeHe sheweth the plague that shal befale these ambitious ād co uetous rulers, whose
〈◊〉
are hardened against Christ. will come and destroye these housband man, ād giue the vineyarde to others.
10 Haue ye not red so much as this Scripture? * The stone which the buylders did refuse, isPsal. 118 21. made the head of the corner.Isa. 28. 16.
11 ThisIt is the ordinā ce of God that it shuld be so, whiche most cōmunely is contrarie to mans reason: & thus that whiche was spoken figuratiuely of Dauid, is fulfilled in Christ, read Matth. 22. 16. was done of the Lord, and it is marueilousMat. 22. 42. in our eyes.Act. 4.
〈◊〉
.
12 Then they went about to take him, but theyRom. 9. 33. feared the people: for they perceiued that1. Pet. 2. 8. he spake that parable against them: therfore they left him, and went their way.
13 ¶ * And they sent vnto him certeine of the Pharises, and of the Herodians that they might take him in (his) talke.
14 And when they came, they said vnto hym, Master, we knowe that thou art true, and ca rest for no man: for thou considerest not theAs the qualities of the minde or bodie, or of outward things. persone of men, but teachest theAs godlie ma ners, agreable to Gods Law. way ofMat. 22. 15. God truely, Is it lawful to giue tribute to Cesar,Luke. 20. 20. or not?
15 Shulde we giue it, or shulde we not giue it? But he knewe their hypocrisie, and said vnto them,He gaue them to vnderstande that he knewe their malicious intent. Why tempt ye me? Bring me a penie, that I may se it.
16 So they broght it, and he sayd vnto them, Whose is this image and superscription? and they said vnto him, Cesars.
17 Then Iesus answered, and said vnto them, *Rom. 13. 7. Giue to Cesar the things that are Cesars, and
to God, those that are Gods: and they marueiled at him.
18 ¶ * Thē came the Sadduces vnto him, (whichMat
〈◊〉
25. say, there is no resurrection) and they askedLuk. 20 27. him saying,
19 Master, * Moses wrote vnto vs, If any mansDeu. 15. 5. brother dye, and leaue (his) wife, ād leaue no children, thatThis was a politike law giuen for a time for the preseruation of families, read Mat. 22. 24. his brother shulde take his wife, and raise vp sede vnto his brother.
20 There were seuen brethren, and the first toke a wife, and when he dyed, left no yssue.
21 Then the seconde toke her, and he dyed, nether did he yet leaue yssue, and the thirde likewise.
22 So seuen had her, and left no yssue: last of all the wife dyed also.
23 In the resurrection then, when they shal rise againe, whose wife shal she be of them? for seuen had her to wife?
24 Then Iesus answered, and said vnto them, Are ye not therefore deceiued, because ye knowe not the Scriptures, nether the power of God?
25 For when they shal rise againe frō the dead, nether men mary, nor wiues are maried, but areNot as touching the spiritual nature, but concerning the
〈◊〉
of incorruption, and immortalitie, so that then there shal nede no more mariage. as the Angels which are in heauen.
26 And as touching the dead, that they shal rise againe, haue ye not red in the boke of Moses how in the bush God spake vnto him, saying, I * am the God of Abraham, and the God ofExod. 3. 6. Isaac, and the God of Iacob?Mat. 22. 32.
27 He is not the God of the dead, but the God of theThen it followeth that they liue, althogh thei be disceased out of this life. liuing. Ye are therefore greatly deceiued.
28 ¶ * Then came one of the Scribes that hadMat. 22. 35. heard them disputing together, and perceiuing that he had answered thē wel, he asked him, Which is the first cōmandement of all?
29 Iesus answered him, The first of all the comExod. 20. 2. mandements (is,) * Heare, Israel, The LordDeut. 6. 4. our God is the onelie Lord.
30 Thou shalt therefore loue the Lord thy God with all thine heart, and with all thy soule, & with all thyOr, thoght. minde, & with all thy strengthLeuit. 19. 18. this is the first commandement.Mat. 22. 39.
31 And the seconde (is)That is, dependeth on the first and procedeth of the loue of God. like, that is, * ThouRom. 13. 9. shalt loue thy neighbour as thy self. There isGalat. 5. 14. none other cōmandemēt greater then these.Iam. 2 8.
32 Then the Scribe said vnto him, Wel Master, thou hast said the trueth, that there is one God, and that there is none but he,
33 And to loue him with all the heart, and with all the vnderstanding, and with all the soule, and with all the strength, and to loue (his) neighbour as him self, is more then all burntHe meaneth all the
〈◊〉
of the Law, whe rein the hypocrites put great holines. offrings and sacrifices.
34 Then, when Iesus sawe that he answered discretely, he said vnto him, ThouBecause he shewed him self willing to be taught and wel perceiued the dif ference betwixt our outwarde profession, and that which Go
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
require of vs. art not farre from the kingdome of God. And no man after that durst aske him any question.
35 ¶ * And Iesus answered and said teaching in the Temple, How say the Scribes that Christ is the sonne of Dauid?
36 For Dauid him self said by theInspired by the holie Gost and by the Spirit of
〈◊〉
. holie Gost, * The Lord said to my Lord, Sit at my right hand, til I make thine enemies thy fotestole.
37 Then Dauid him self calleth him Lord: byMat. 22. 41. what meanes is he then his sonne? ād mucheLuk. 20. 41. people heard him gladly.Psal. 110.
〈◊〉
.
38 * Moreouer he said vnto them inOr, as he taught his doctri ne, Beware of the Scribes which loue to go in longHe cōdemneth not their apparel but theirvaine os tentatiō and out warde shewe of holines, whereby they deceiued the simple people. robes, and (loue) salutacions in theMat. 23. 6. markets,Luk. 11 43, and 20. 45.
39 And the chief seates in the Synagogues, and the first roumes at feastes,
40 Which * deuour widowes houses,Or, and vnder
〈◊〉
praye long. euen vnder a coulour of long prayers. These shal receiue the greater damnation.
41 * And as Iesus sate ouer against the treasurie, he behelde how the people cast money īto the treasurie, & many richemē cast in muche.
42 And there came a certeine poore widoweMat. 23. 14. and she threw in two mites, which make aLuk. 20. 47.
VVhich is about half a
〈◊〉
. quadrin.Luk. 21. 1.
43 Then he called vnto him his disciples, and said vnto thē, Verely I say vnto you, that this poore widowe hathe castOur Sauiour estemeth our gif tes by our affections and ready willes. more in, then all they which haue cast into the treasurie.
44 For they all did cast in of their superfluitie: but she of her pouertie did cast in all that she had, (euen) all her liuing.
CHAP. XIII.
2 The destruction of Ierusalem. 10 The Gospel shalbe prea ched to all. 9 22 The persecutions and false Prophetes which shal be before the cōming of Christ, whose houre is vncerteine. 33 He exhorteth euery one to watch.
1 ANd * as he went out of the Temple, one ofMat. 24. 1. his disciples said vnto him, Master, seLuk. 21. 5. what stones, and what buyldings (are here.)
2 * Then Iesus answered and said vnto him,Luk. 9. 43. Seest thou these great buyldings? there shal not be left one stone vpon a stone, that shal not be throwen downe.
3 And as he sate on the mount of oliues, ouer against the Temple, Peter, and Iames, and Iohn, and Andrew asked him secretly,
4 Tel vs, when shal these things be? and what (shalbe) the signe when all these things shalbe fulfilled?Ephes.
〈◊〉
.
5 And Iesus answered them, and began to say,2. Thess. 2. 3.
〈◊〉
* He doeth answer them of things that were more necessarie for them to know them the things that they demanded. Take hede lest any man deceiue you.
6 For many shal come in my Name, saying, Ivsurping the au toritie of Christ. am (Christ,) and shal deceiue many.
7 Furthermore when ye shal heare of warres and rumors of warres, be ye not troubled: for (suche things) must nedes be: but the end (shal) not be yet.
8 For nacion shal rise against nacion, and king dome against kingdome, and there shalbe earth quakes in diuers quarters, and there shalbe famine and troubles: these (are) the be ginnings of sorowes.
9 But take eye hede to your selues: for they shal deliuer you vp to the Councils, and to the Sy nagogues: ye shalbe beaten, and broght before rulers and Kings for my sake for aThat they may be inexcusable. testimonial vnto them.Mat. 10. 19.
10 And the Gospel must first be published amongLuk. 12 11. & 21. 14. all nacions.
11 * But when they lead you, and deliuer you vp
take ye noHe onely forbiddeth that care whiche cometh of distrust. thoght a fore, nether premeditateThis it not to make thē negligēt, but to assure them that he wil
〈◊〉
them and instruct thē sufficiently with answers, so that thei may hereby perceiue that their defence slā
deth not in their owne wisdome, or cloquence. what ye shal say: but whatsoeuer is giuen you at the same time, that speake: for it is not ye that speake, but the holie Gost.
12 Yea, and the brother shal deliuer the brother to death, and the father the sonne, and the children shal rise againste their parents, and shal cause them to dye.
13 And ye shalbe hated of all men for my Names sake: but whosoeuer shal endure vnto the end, he shalbe saued.
14 * Moreouer, when ye shal se the abominacion of desolation (spoken of by * DanielMat. 24.
〈◊〉
. the Prophet)This is ment of that time that the Romains shulde profane the Temple.
Or, being. standing where it oght not,Dan. 9. 25. (let him that readeth, consider it) * then letLuk.
〈◊〉
. 20. thē (that be) in Iudea, flee into theBecause the destruction shal be moste extreme and cruel. mountaines,
15 And let him that is vpon the house, not come downe into the house, nether entre therein, to fetch any thing out of his house.
16 And let him that is in the field, not turne backe againe vnto the things which he left behinde him, to take his clothes.
17 Thē wo (shalbe) to thē that are withFor they shal not be able to flee. childe, and to them that giue sucke in those dayes.
18That you haue no let to hinder you when you shulde escape. Pray therefore that your flight be not in the winter.
19 For there shalbe in those dayes suche tribulation, as was not from the beginning of the creation which God created vnto this time, nether shalbe.
20 And except that the Lord had shortened those dayes, noOr, man. flesh shulde be saued: but for the elects sake, whiche he hathe chosen, he hathe shortened thoses dayes.
21 Then * if any man say to you, Lo, here isMat. 24.
〈◊〉
. Christ, or, lo, (he is) there, beleue it not.
〈◊〉
. 21. 8.
22 For false Christs shal rise, and false Prophetes, and shal shewe signes and wonders, to
〈◊〉
if it wereThe elect may wauer & be trou bled, but they cā not vtterly be de ceiued, and
〈◊〉
. possible, the very elect.
23 But take ye hede: beholde, I haue shewed you all thingsWherefore he that suffreth him self now to be seduced, hathe none excuse. before.
24 ¶ Moreouer * in those dayes, after that tribulation the sunne shal waxe darke, and the moone shal not giue her light,
25 And theThis
〈◊〉
that
〈◊〉
shalbe a change of the whole ordre of
〈◊〉
. starres of heauen shal fall: and the powers which are in heauen, shal shake.
26 And then shal they se the Sonne of man comingIsa. 13 10. in the cloudes, with great power andeze. 32. 7. glorie.ioel 2. 10. & 3. 15.
27 * And he shal then send his Angels, and shalMat. 24. 30. gather together his elect from the foure windes, (aud) from the vtmost parte of the earth to the vtmost parte of heauen.
28 Now learne a parable of the sigge tre. Whē her bough is yet tender, & it bringeth forthe leaues, ye knowe that sommer (is) nere.
29 So in like maner, when ye se these things come to passe, knowe that (the kingdome of God) is nere, (euen) at the dores.
30 Verely I say vnto you, that thisThe worde signifieth the space of a 100. yeres: albeit this came to passe be fore fiftie yeres. generaciō shal not passe, til all these things be done.
31 Heauen and earth shal passe away, but my wordes shal not passe away.
32 But of thatWhen the destruction of Ierusalem, the persecutions and illusions shal comes but chiefly these are vnderstand of the seconde comming of Christ. day and houre knoweth no mā no, not the Angels which are in heauen, nether theIn that he is man & mediator Sonne him self, saue the Father.
33 * Take hede: watche, & pray: for ye knowe not when the time is.
34 (For the Sonne of man is) as a man going in to a strange countrey, and leaueth his house, and giueth autoritie to his seruants, and toMat. 24. 13. euerie man his worke, and commandeth the porter to watch.
35For of the comming we are most assured: but of the time, the yere, the day or houre, we are ignorant, & there fore must watch continually. Watch therefore, (forye knowe not whē the Master of the house wil come, at euen, or at midnight, at the cocke crowing, or in the dauning)
36 Lest if he come suddenly, he shulde finde you sleping.
37 And those things that I say vnto you, I say vnto all men, Watch.
CHAP XIIII.
1 The Priests conspire against Christ. 3 Marie Magdalene anointeth Christ. 12 The Passeouer is
〈◊〉
. 38 He telleth afore of the treason of Iudas. 22 The Lords supper is institute.
〈◊〉
Christ is taken. 27 Peter denyeth him.
1 ANd * two dayes after folowed (the feastMat. 26.
〈◊〉
. of) the Pasteouer, and of vnleauened
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 1. bread: and the hie Priests, and Scribes soght how they might take him by craft, and put him to death.
2 But they said, Not in the feast (day,) lest there be any tumult among the people.Mat. 26. 6.
3 * And when he was in Bethania in the house
〈◊〉
12. 2. of Simō the leper, as he sate at table, there came a woman hauing a boxe of ointment ofOr, of pure narde and faithfully made. spikenarde, verie costlie, and she brake the
〈◊〉
, and powred it on his head.
4 ThereforeAs Iudas who caused this murmuring. some
〈◊〉
among them selues, and said, To what end is this waste of ointment?
5 For it might haue bene solde for more thenWhich are in value about six pound sterling. thre hundreth pence, and bene giuen vnto the poore,To wit, Iudas: who was offended there with, & therefore made a busines. and they grudged against her.
6 But Iesus said, Let her alone: why trouble ye her? she hathe wroght a good worke on me.
7 For ye haue the poore with you alwayes, & when ye wil ye may do them good, but me ye shal not haue alwayes.
8 She hathe done that she colde: she came afore hād to anoint my bodie to the burying.
9 Verely I say vnto you, wheresoeuer this Gospel shalbe preached throughout the whole worlde, this also that she hathe done, shalbe spoken of in remembrance of her.
10 ¶ * Thē Iudas Iscariot, one of the twelueHe toke oceasion by this oyne mēt as of a thing euil done.
Mat. 26. 14. went away vnto the high Priests, to betray
〈◊〉
. 22. 4. him vnto them.
11 And when they heard it, they were glad, and promised that they wolde giue him money: therefore he soght how he might conueniently betray him.
12 ¶ * Now the first day of vnleauened bread,Mat. 26. 17. when they sacrificed the Passeouer, his disciples
〈◊〉
. 22.
〈◊〉
. said vnto him, Where wilt thou that we go the prepare, that thou maist eat the Passeouer?
13 Then he sent forthe two of his disciples, & said vnto them, Go ye into the citie, and there shal a man mete you bearing a pitcher of water: folowe him.
14 And whithersoeuer he goeth in, say ye to the good man of the house, The Master saith, Where is the lodging where I shal eat the Passeouer with my disciples?
15 And he wil shewe you an vpper chamber (which is) large, and trimmed and prepared: there make it readie for vs.
16 So his disciples wēt forthe, and came to the citie, and founde as he had said vnto them, & made readie the Passeouer.
17 ¶ And at euen he came with the twelue.
18 * And as thei sate at table and did eat, IesusMat 26
〈◊〉
. said, Verely I say vnto you, that one of you
〈◊〉
. 22 14. shal betray me, which eateth with me.iohn
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
19 Then they began to be sorowful and to say to him one by one, Is it I? And another, Is it I?
20 And he answered and said vnto them, (It is) one of the twelue thatTo dip the hād is as much to sav as he that is accu stemed to
〈◊〉
with me. dippeth with me in the platter.
21 * Truely the Sonne of man goeth his way,Psal. 41. 10. as it isThis declareth that nothing can be done without Gods prouidēce. written of him: but wo (be) to thatmat. 25 23, man, by whome the Sōne of mā, is betrayed:Iohn 13. 18. it had bene good for that man, if he had neueract 1. 16. bene borne.
22 * And as they
〈◊〉
, IesusRead Matth. Chap 26. 26. toke the bread and when he had giuen thankes, be brakeMat. 26. 26. it and gaue it to them, and said, * Take, eat,1. cor. 11
〈◊〉
. this is my bodie.
23 Also he toke the cup, and when he hadThe Greke worde is no bles se, which is here taken onely to giue thankes as S. Luk. & S. Paul interprete it, & S. Marke also speaking of the cuppe. giuen thankes, gaue it to them: and they all dranke of it.
24 And he said vnto them, This is my blood of the new Testament, whiche is shed for manie.
25 Verely I say vnto you, I wil drinke no more of the frute of the vine, vntil that day, that I drinke it new in the kingdome of God.
26 And when they had sung a psalme, they wēt out to the mount of oliues.
27 ¶ * Then Iesus said vnto them, All ye shalbeIohn 16.
〈◊〉
.
That is, turned from me, because of the persecutio. offended by me this night: for it is written, * I wil smite the shepherd, and the shepeZac. 13. 7. shalbe scattered.
28 But after that I am risen, I wil go into * GalileChap. 16. 7. before you.
29 And Peter said vnto him, Althogh all men shulde be offended, yet wolde not I.
30 Then Iesus said vnto him, Verely I say vnto thee, this day, (euen) in this night, before the cocke crowe twise, thou shalt denie me thrise.
31 But he said more earnestly, If I shulde dye with thee, I wil not denie thee: like wise also said they all.Mat. 26. 36.
32 ¶ * After they came into a place named Geth
〈◊〉
. 12 39. semane: then he said to his disciples, Sit ye here, til I haue prayed.
33 And he toke with him Peter, and Iames, and Iohn, and he beganHis diuinitie was it were hid and his humanities hewed it self fully. to be afraied, & in great heauines,
34 And said vnto them, My soule is verie heauie, (euen) vnto the death: tary here and watch.
35 So he went forwarde a litle, and fel downe on the grounde, and prayed, that if it were possible, that houre might passe from him.
36 And he said,Ab in
〈◊〉
, and Abba in the Syrian tongue
〈◊〉
Father. Abba, Father, all things are possible vnto thee: toke away this cup from me: neuertheles not that I wil, but that thouHe standeth not so to his owne wil, but that willingly he offreth him self to obey God. wilt, (be done.)
37 Then he came and founde them sleping, & said to Peter, Simon, slepest thou? coldest not thou watch one houre?
38 ¶ Watch ye, and pray, that ye entre not into tentacion: the spirit in dede is readie, but the flesh is weake.
39 And againe he went awaye, and prayed, and spake the same wordes.
40 And he returned, and founde them aslepe againe: for their eyes were heauie: nether knewe they what they shulde answer him.
41 And he came the thirde time, and said vnto them,He meaneth that the houre wil come when they shalbe kept from sleping. Slepe hence forthe, and take your rest: it is ynough: the houre is come: behold, the Sonne of man is deliuered into the hāds of sinners.
42 Rise vp: let vs go: lo, he that betrayeth me, is at hand.Mat. 26. 47.
43 * And immediatly while he yet spake, came
〈◊〉
. 22. 47. Iudas that was one of the twelue, and withiohn. 18. 3. him a great multitude with swordes & staues from the hie Priests, and Scribes and Elders.
44 And he that betrayed him, had giuen thē a token, saying, WhomesoeuerIt was the faciō then to grete with kissing at their meetings, and also at their departure. I shal kisse, he it is: take him and leade him awaye safely.
45 And assone as he was come, he went straight waye to him, and said,He
〈◊〉
it twise, as if he had bene moued with a certeine pitie in taking his last leaue. Master, Master, and kissed him.
46 Then they layed their hands on him, & toke him.
47 AndTo wit, Peter. one of them that stode by, drewe out a sworde, and smote aCalled Malchus seruant of the hie Priest, and cut of his eare.
48 And Iesus answered and said vnto thē, Ye become out as vnto a thefe with swordes & with staues to take me.
49 I was daiely with you teaching in the Tē
ple, and yeWhich declareth that no man can do anie thing cō trarie to Gods or dinance. toke me not: but (this is done) that the Scriptures shulde be fulfilled.
50 Then theyMeaning all the disciples. all forsoke him, and fled.
51 And there folowed him a certeine yong mā clothed in linnen vpon his bare (bodie,) and the yong men caught him.
52 But he left his linnen cloth, and fled from them naked.Mat. 26. 57.
53 * So thei led Iesus away to the hie Priest, and
〈◊〉
. 22 54. to him came all theThat is, thei whiche had chiefest autoritie
〈◊〉
the Priests hie Priests, and theiohn 18. 24. Elders, and the Scribes.
54 And Peter followed him aWhiche signified that his hot zealebegā now to beabated. farre of, euen in to the hall of the Priest, and sate with the ser uants, and warmed (him self) at theOr light. fyre.
55 And the * hie Priests, and all the Council soght for witnes against Iesus, to put him to death, but founde none.Mat. 26 59.
56 For manie bare false witnes against him, but
their witnesOr, were not like. agreed not together.
57 Then there arose certeine, and bare false witnes against him, saying,
58 We heard him say, * IThese two wit nesses
〈◊〉
, in that the one reported that Christ said, he colde destroye the Tēple, (as
〈◊〉
. writeh) & the other said, that he heard him saye, that he wolde do it as is here noted. wil destroy this Tē
ple
〈◊〉
2, 19. made with hands, and with in thre dayes I wil buylde another, made without hands.
59 But their witnes yet agreed not together.
60 Then the hie Priest stode vp amongs them, and asked Iesus, saying, Answerest thou nothing? what is the matter that these beare witnes against thee?
61 But he held his peace, & answered nothing Againe the hie Priest askest him, and said vnto him, Art thou Christ the Sonne of theThat is, of God who is worthie all praise: the which worde in their language the Iewes when they spake of God, vse commu nely in their wri tings euen to this day. Blessed?
62 And Iesus said, I am (he,) * and ye shal se theMat. 24. 30.
Whome thei now
〈◊〉
in this base estate, thei shulde se ap peare at the last day withmaiestie and glorie. Sonne of man sit at the right hand of the power of (God,) and come in the cloudes of heauen.
63 Then the hie Priest rent his clothes, and said What haue we anie more nede of witnesses?
64 Ye haue heard the blasphemie: what think ye? And they all condemned him to be worthie of death.
65 And some began to spit at him, and to couer his face, and to beate him with fystes, and to say vnto him, Prophecie. And theThis declareth the wickednes and insolencie of the gouernours, and rulers, seing their officers con
〈◊〉
to all iustice, thus raged &
〈◊〉
him, that was innocent. sergeants smote him with (their) rods.Mat. 26, 69.
66 * And as Peter was beneath in the hall, there
〈◊〉
, 22. 55. came one of the maides of the hie Priest.ioh. 18. 25.
67 And when she sawe Peter warming (him self,) she loked on him, and said, Thou wast also with Iesus of Nazaret.
68 ButWe oght to con sider our owne
〈◊〉
, that we may learne onely to trust in God, and not in our
〈◊〉
he denied it, saying, I knowe him not, nether wot I what thou saiest. Then he wēt out into theOr, entrie.
Peterprepareth him self to flee if he were further laied vnto. porche, and the cocke crewe
69 * Then a maide sawe him againe, and beganMat. 26. 71. to say to them that stode by, This is (one) of
〈◊〉
, 22. 51. them.Ioh. 18. 25.
70 But he denied it againe, & anone after, they that stodeby, said againe to Peter, Surely thou art (one) of them: for thou art of Galile, and thy speache is like.
71 And he began to curse, & sweare, (saying,) I knowe not this man of whome ye speake.
72 * Then the seconde time the cocke crewe, and Peter remembred the worde that Iesus had said vnto him, Before the cocke crowe twise, thou shalt denie my thrise, &Or, russhed out of the dores and wept. wayingMat. 26. 75. that with him self, he wept.ioh. 13. 38.
CHAP, XV.
1 Iesus is led to Pilate. 15 He is condemned, reuiled and put to death, 46 And is buryed by Ioseph.
1 ANd * anone in the dawning, the hieMat 26. 1. Priests heldeFor the Romains gaue thē no autoritie to put anie man to death. a counsel with the Elders
〈◊〉
. 22. 66. and the Scribes, and the whole Council, andioh. 18. 20. bounde Iesus, and led him away, and deliuered him to Pilate.
2 Then Pilate asked him, Art thou the King of the Iewes? And he answered, and said vnto him, Thou sayest it.
3 And the hie Priests accused him of manie things.
4 * Wherefore Pilate asked him againe, sayingMat. 27. 12. Answerest thou nothing? beholde how manieLuk. 23. 3. things thei witnes against thee.Ioh. 18. 35.
5 But Iesus answeredHe wolde not defend his cause but presented him self willing ly to be condem ned. no more at all, so that Pilate marueiled.
6 Now at the feast Pilate did deliuer a prisoner vnto them, whomesoeuer thei wolde desire.
7 Thē there was one named Barabbas, which was bounde with his fellowes, that had made insurrection, who in the insurrection had committed murther.
8 And the people cryed a loude, and began to desire (that he wolde do) as he hadThe people alwaies mainteine their customes, altogh thei be worthe nothing euer done vnto them.
9 Then Pilate answered them, and said, Wil ye that I let lose vnto you the King of the Iewes)
10 For he knewe that the hie Priests had deliuered him of enuie.
11 But the hie Priests had moued the people (to desire) that he wolde rather deliuer Barab bas vnto them.
12 And Pilate answered, and said againe vnto them, What wil ye then that I do (with him,) whome ye call the King of the Iewes?
13 And thei cryed againe, Crucifie him.
14 Then Pilate said vnto them, But what euil hathe he done? And they cryed the more feruently, Crucifie him.
15 So PilateWhen a iudge hathe respect to men, he quite for
〈◊〉
iustice. willing to content the people, lo sed them Barabbas, ād deliuered Iesus when he had scourged him, that he might be crucified.
16 Then the souldiers led him awaye into the hall, which is theOr, Pretorie. commune hall, and called together the whole band,
17 And clad him with purple, and platted a crowne of thornes, & put it about (his head)
18 And began to salute him, (saying) Haile KingMat. 27.
〈◊〉
. of the Iewes?
〈◊〉
. 23. 26.
19 And they smote him on the head with aOr stalke. ree de, and spat vpon him, and bowed the knees and did him reuerence.
20 And when they had mocked him, they toke the purple of him, and put his owne clothes on him, ād led him out to crucifie him.
21 * And theyIt was the
〈◊〉
to make him that was condemned, to carie his crosse, but Iesus was not able for
〈◊〉
. compelled one that passed by,Mat. 27. 33. (called) Simon of Cyrene (which came outLuk. 23. 33. of the countrey, and was father of AlexanderIoh. 19. 16. and Rufus) to beare his crosse.
22 * And they broght him to a place named Golgotha, which is by interpretacion, the place of (deadmens) skulles.
23 And they gaue him to drinke wine mingledWhich was to hasten his
〈◊〉
but he wolde not drinke it, because he wolde
〈◊〉
te for the houre that his Father had appointed, that he might render vnto him perfect obediēce. with myrrhe: but he receiued it not.
24 And when they had crucified him they par ted his garments, casting lottes for thē, what euerie man shulde haue.
25 And it wasThe
〈◊〉
deuided their day into 4 partes, so that by the third
〈◊〉
is here mēt the thirde parte of the day which was from six a clocke to nine, at what time Mat.
〈◊〉
he was
〈◊〉
. the thirde houre, when they crucified him.
26 And the title of his cause was written aboue, THE KING OF THE IEWES.
27 Thei crucisied also with him two theues, the one on the right hand, and the other on his left.
28 Thus the Scripture was fulfilled, which saith * And he was counted among the wicked.
〈◊〉
. 53. 12.
29 And they that went by, railed on him, wagging theirheads, & saying, * Hey, thou that deIohn.
〈◊〉
. 19. stroyest the Tēple, & buyldest it in thredayes.
30 Saue thy self, & come downe frō the crosse.
31 Like wise also euen the hie Priests mocking, said among them selues with the Scribes, He saued other man, him self he can not saue.
32 Let Christ the King of Israel now come downe from the crosse, that we may se, and beleue.Meaning the one of them that were crucified. They also that were crucified with him, reueiled him.
33 ¶ Now when the sixt houre was come, darkenes arose ouerBecause this darkenes was onely ouer the land of Chanaan when therest of the worlde was light, the miracle is the greater. all the land vntil the ninth houre.
34 And at theWhich was the third parte of the day, & about thre of the clocke after none. ninth houre Iesus cryed with aloude voyce, saying, * Eloi, Eloi, lamma-sabachthani? which is by interpretacion, My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me?Psal. 22. 1.
35 And some of them that stode by, when theyMat. 27. 46. heard it, said,This was spokē mockingly. Beholde, he calleth Elias.
36 And one ran, and filled a *sponge ful of vine ger, and put it on a reede, and gaue him to drinke, saying, Let him alone: let vs se if EliasPsal. 69. 22. wil come and take him downe.
37 And Iesus cryed with a loudevoyce, and gaue vp the gost.
38 ¶ And the vaile of the Temple was rent in twaine, from the top to the bottome.
39 Now when theWho had char ge
〈◊〉
an hundreth men. Centurion, which stode ouer against him, sawe that he thus crying gaue vp the gost, he said, Truely this man was the Sonne of God.
40 ¶ There were also women, which behelde a farreof, among whome was Marie Magdalene, ād Marie (the mother of Iames the lesse and of Ioses) and Salome,
41 Which also when he was in Galile, * followedLuk 8. 2. him and ministred vnto him, and many other women which came vp with himMat. 27. 57. vnto Ierusalem.Luk. 23 50.
42 ¶*And now when night was come (becauseIohn. 19. 38. it was the day of the preparacion that is before the Sabbath)
43 Ioseph of
〈◊〉
, anA
〈◊〉
man and of great
〈◊〉
. honorable Coū
sellour, which also loked for the kingdome of God, came, and went inThis man shewed his faith boldely when the danger semed to bemoste
〈◊〉
boldely vnto Pilate, and asked the bodie of Iesus.
44 And Pilate marueiled, if he were alreadie dead, and called, vnto him the Centurion, and asked of him whether he had bene any while dead,
45 And when he knewe (the trueth) of the Cen turion, he gaue the bodie to Ioseph,
46 Who boght a linnen cloth, and toke him downe, and wrapped him in the linnen cloth and layd him in atombe that was hewen out of a rocke, and rolled a stone vnto the dore of the sepulchre:
47 And Marie Magdalene, and Marie Ioses (mother) behelde where he shulde be layd.
CHAP, XVI.
1 The women come to the graue. 9 Christ being risen agai ne, appeareth to Magdalene. 14 Also to the eleuen and
〈◊〉
proueth their vnbelief. 16 He committeth the preaching of the Gospel and the ministration of baptisme vnto thē.
1 ANd* whē the Sabbath day was past, MaLuk 24.
〈◊〉
. rie Magdalene, and Marie the mother
〈◊〉
20.
〈◊〉
. of Iames, & Salome, boght swete ointments that they might come, and embaulme him.
2 Therefore early in the morning, the first day of the weeke, they came vnto the sepulchre, when the sunne was yet rising,"Or not risen.
3 And they said one to another, Who shal rool vs away the stone from the doore of the sepulchre?
4 And whē they loked, they sawe that the stone was rolled away (for it was a very great one.)
5 *So they went into the sepulchre, and saweMat. 28.
〈◊〉
.
The Angel of God in the likenes of a yong man. a yong man sitting at the right side, clothedIohn. 20. 12. in a long white robe: and they were afrayed.
6 But he said vnto them, Be not afrayed: ye seke Iesus of Nazaret, which hathe bene cruci fied: he is risen, he is not here: beholde the place, where they put him.
7 But go your way, and tel his disciples, andHe especially maketh mencion of Peter to
〈◊〉
him, because he had fallen into greater danger then the rest. Peter, that he wil go before you into Galile: there shal ye se him, *as he said vnto you.
8 And they went out quickely and fled from the sepulchre: for they trembled and were a mased: nether said they any thing to any manMat. 26 32. for they were afrayed.Chap. 14. 28.
9 ¶And when Iesus was risen againe, in the morow (which was the first day of the weke) he appeared first to Marie Magdalene, *outIohn. 20. 16. of whome he had cast seuen deuils.Luk. 8. 2.
10 And she went and tolde them that had bene with him, which mourned and wept.
11 And when they heard that he was aliue, and had appeared to her, theyThey had sone forgotten that that Christ
〈◊〉
fore tolde them of his
〈◊〉
. beleued it not.
12 ¶*After that, he appeared vnto two of them in another forme, as they walked and went into the countrey.Luk. 14. 13.
13 And they went and tolde it to the remnant, but they beleued them not.Luk. 24. 36.
14 ¶*Finally, he appeared vnto the eleuen asIohn. 20. 19. theyMourning and praying. sate together, and reproued them ofMat 28 19. their vnbelief and hardnes of heart, because they beleued not them which had sene him, being risen vp againe.Iohn. 12. 18.
15 And he said vnto thē, *go ye into all the worldAct. 16. 18. and preache the Gospel toAs wel Gentile as Iewe. euerie creature.
16 He that shal beleue and be baptized, shalbe saued: *but he that wil not beleue, shalbe damned.
17 And theseThis gifte was but for a time to cause men
〈◊〉
more willingly to receiue the Gospel which as yet was not euidently knowen. tokens shal followe them that beleue, *In my Name thei shal cast out deuilsAct 2, 4. & 10. 46. and * shal speake withWith other and diuers, as Luke saith. newe tongues,
18 *And shal take away serpents, and if theyAct 28, 5. shal drinke any deadlie thing, it shal not hurtAct 18 8. them: *they shal lay their hands on the sickeLuk. 24. 5. and they shal recouer.Eb. 2. 4.
19 *So after the Lord had spoken vnto them, he was receiued into heauen, and sate at the right hand of God.
20 And they went forthe, and preached euerie where. And the * Lord wroght with them, and confirmed the worde withThe miracles and signes followe the doctrine, as certein seales, so that if the doctrine be false, the miracles
〈◊〉
be no better. signes that followed. Amen.
〈◊〉
. 13. 3.
THE HOLY GOSPEL of Iesus Christ, according to Luke.
CHAP. I.
5 Of
〈◊〉
, and Elisabet. 11 The Angel sheweth him of the natiuitie of Iohn Baptist. 20 His incredulitie is punished. 28 The talke of the Angel, and Marie. 46 Hersong. 57 The birth, Circumcision, and graces of Iohn. 68 Zacharias giueth thankes to God, and prophecieth.
1 FOr as muche as many haue takē in hand to set forthe the storie of those things, where of we are fully persuaded,
2Meaning, the
〈◊〉
with whome he was
〈◊〉
. As they haue deliuered them vnto vs, which from the begynnyng sawe thē their selues, & were ministers of theOr of the thing and it may be
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to Christ or to the Gospel, and here by is
〈◊〉
that they were the ministers of Christ, who is cal led the
〈◊〉
: or ministers of the
〈◊〉
that is to say, of the Gospel and this cōmendeth the autoritie of his doctrine
〈◊〉
he receiued it of the Apostles. worde
3 It semed good also to me (moste noble Theo philus)
〈◊〉
as I had searched out perfitely all things from the beginning, to write vnto thee there of from point to point,
4 That thou mightest acknowledge the certeintie of those things, whereof thou hast bene instructed.
5 IN the time ofThe sonne of Antipater. Herode King of Iudea, there (was) a certeine Priest named Zacharias of theRead. 1. Chr. 24. 10. course of Abia: and his wife (was) of theBy her Father: for by her mothers
〈◊〉
she was of
〈◊〉
house of Dauid. daughters of Aarō, and her name (was) Elisabet.
6 Bothe wereThis perfection or
〈◊〉
is
〈◊〉
by the frutes and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ap pearance, & not by the cause: which onely cometh of Gods
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
through Christ. iust before God, and walked in all the commaundements andThe
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, whe reby is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ded
〈◊〉
God. ordinances of the Lord, without reprofe.
7 And thei had no childe, because that Elisabet was barren and bothe were wel strickē in age.
8 And it came to passe, as he executed the Priests office before God, as his course came in order,
9 According to the custome of the Priests office, his lot was to
〈◊〉
is, the eue ning &
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
accordīg to the Law. burne incense, when he went into theThe
〈◊〉
was deuided
〈◊〉
thre partes: the first was the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
called
〈◊〉
, where the people was: these
〈◊〉
called,
〈◊〉
where the Priests and
〈◊〉
were &
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, into the which the
〈◊〉
Priest entred once a yere to sacri fice. Temple of the Lord.
10 And the whole multitude of the people were without in prayer, * while the incēse was burning.
11 Then appeared to him an Angel of the Lord standing at the right side of the altar of incense.
12 And whē Zacharias sawe (him,) he was trou bled, and feare fel vpon him.
13 But the Angel said vnto him, Feare not, Zacharias: for thy prayer is heard, and the wife Elisabet shal beare thee a sonne, and thou shalt call his nameWhiche signifieth the grace of the Lord. Iohn.
14 And thou shalt haue ioye and gladnes, and many shal reioyce at his birth.
15 For he shalbe great in the sight of the Lord, and shal nether drinke wine, norThe worde signifieth all
〈◊〉
ner of drinke whiche maketh men dronken. strong drinke: and he shalbe filled with the holieExod.
〈◊〉
. 7. Gost, euen from his mothers wombe.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 17.
16 * And many of the children of Israel shal he turne to their Lord God.
17 * For he shal goAs a King in his royaltie hath one to go before him, who signifieth the king to beat hand. before him in the spirit & power of Elias, to turne the hearts of theWhen Christ saieth he came to set the Father against the sonne &c. he meaneth the successe which cometh of the Gospel through the malice of mē but here he
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
& prosperitie of the Gospel. Fathers to the children, and the disobedient to the wisdome of the iust men, to make readieMal. 4. 3. a people prepared for the Lord.mat. 11. 14.
18 Then Zacharias said vnto the Angel,
〈◊〉
Mat. 3. 14. shall knowe this? for I am an olde mā, and my wife is of a great age.
19 And the Angel answered, and said vnto him, I amWhiche signifieth, the
〈◊〉
or soueraintie of God. Gabriel that stand in the presence of God, and am sent to speake vnto thee, and to
〈◊〉
thee these good tidings.
20 And beholde, thou shalt be
〈◊〉
, and not be able to
〈◊〉
, vntilWe must not measure Gods promes by our weake senses. the day that these things be done, because thou beleuedst not my wordes, whiche shalbe fulfilled in their season.
21 Now the people waited for Zacharias, and marueiled that he taried so long in the Tēple
22 And when he came out, he colde not speake vnto them: then they
〈◊〉
that he had sene a vision in the Temple: for he made signes vnto them, and remained domme.
23 And it came to passe, when the dayes of his office were fulfilled, that he departedWhiles their course
〈◊〉
ed to
〈◊〉
, they might not lie with their wiues nor drinke anie licour that might make one
〈◊〉
to his owne house.
24 And after those dayes, his wife Elisabet cō
ceiueth, & hid her self fiue moneths, saying,
25 Thus hathe the Lord dealt with me, in the dayes wherein he loked on (me,) to take frō meFor the barren women enioyed not the promes which God mad to thē that were married, to haue
〈◊〉
but
〈◊〉
they were
〈◊〉
of that promes whiche God made to Abraham, that he wolde
〈◊〉
se his sede. my rebuke among men.
26 ¶ And in the sixt moneth, the Angel Gabriel was sent from God vnto a citie of
〈◊〉
, named Nazaret,
27 To a virgine affianced to a man whose name (was) Ioseph, of the house of Dauid, and the virgins name (was) Marie.
28 And the Angel went into her, & said,Or gladnes be to thee. Haile thou (that art) freely beloued: the Lord (is) with thee: blessed (art) thou among women.
29 And when she sawe (him,) she was troubled at his saying, and toght what maner of saluta cion that shulde be."Or receiued into
〈◊〉
.
30 Then the Angel said vnto her, Feare not, Marie: forNot
〈◊〉
her me rites: but onely
〈◊〉
Gods fre mercie, who loued vs when we were sinners that whosoeuer
〈◊〉
h, shulde reioyce in the
〈◊〉
. thou hast founde fauour with God.
31 * For lo, thou shalt conceiue in thy wombe, and beare a sonne, and shalt call his name IESVS.
32 He shalbe great, and shalbe called the SonneBecause he is the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of God, begotten from
〈◊〉
all beginning, and
〈◊〉
in flesh at the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
at time. of the moste High, and the Lord God shal giue vnto him the throne of his FatherIsa. 7. 14. Dauid.mat. 1. 21.
33 * And he shal reigne ouer the house of Iacobchap. 2 21. for euer, & of his kingdome shalbe none end
34 Then said Marie vnto the Angel,She wolde be
〈◊〉
solued of all dou tes to the end that she might more surely embrase the promes
〈◊〉
God. How shal this be, seing, I know no man?
35 And the Angel ansIt shalbe a secret operatiō of the holie Gost.
〈◊〉
, and said vnto her, The holie Gost shal come vpon thee, & the power of the most High shalHe must be pure and without
〈◊〉
, whiche must take away the sinnes of the worlde. ouer shadoweDan. 7. 14. thee:
〈◊〉
also that yholie thing whichmicah 4. 7,
shalbe borne of thee, shalbe called the Sonne of God.
36 And beholde, thy
〈◊〉
withstanding that
〈◊〉
was maried to one of the
〈◊〉
of Leui, yet she was Maries cousin
〈◊〉
was of the stocke of Dauid. For the law whiche
〈◊〉
mariage out of their own
〈◊〉
, was onely that the tribes shulde not be mixt and
〈◊〉
ded, which colde not be in maryīg with the Leuites for they had no portion assigned vnto them. cousin Elisabet, she hath also cōceiued a sonne in her olde age: & this is her sixt moneth, which was called barren.
37 For with God shal nothing be vnpossible.
38 Then Marie said, Beholde, the seruant of the Lord: be it vnto me according to thy worde. So the Angel departed from her.
39 ¶ And Marie arose in those dayes, and went into the hill (countrey) with haste to aWhich was also called,
〈◊〉
ar ba, or Hebron, Iosh 14. 15 & 21. 11. citie of Iuda,
40 And entred into the house of Zacharias, & saluted Elisabet.
41 And it came to passe, as Elisabet heard the saluaciō of Marie, the babeThis mouing was extraordinarie and not na tural, which was to commend the miracle. sprāg in her bel lie, & Elisabet was filled with the holie Gost.
42 And she cryed with a loude voyce, and said, Blessed art thou among women, because theHe
〈◊〉
the cause why Marie was blessed. frute of thy wombe is blessed.
43 And whence (cometh) this to me, that the mother of my Lord shulde come to me?
44 For lo, assone as the voyce of thy salutation sounded in mine eares, the babe sprang in my bellie for ioye.
45 And blessed (is) she that beleued: for those things shalbe performed, which were tolde herBy the message of the Angel. from the Lord.
46 Then Marie said, MyThe soule, and the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the vnderstāding &
〈◊〉
, which are the two prin cipal partes of the soule. soule magnifieth the Lord,
47 And my spirit reioyceth in God my Sauiour.
48 For he hathe loked on theOr, lowe estate poore degre of his seruant: for beholde, from hence forthe shal all ages callThis fauour that GOD hathe shewed me, shal be spoken of for euer. me blessed.
49 Because, he that is mightie, hathe done for me great things, and holie (is) his Name.
50 And hisAccording to the promes made to Abraham that he wolde be his God, ād the God of his sede for euer. mercie (is) from generacion to generacion on them that feare him.
51 * He hathe shewed strenght with his arme: * he hathe scattered the proude in theThe wicked lay snares for
〈◊〉
, wherein they them selues are taken. imagination of their hearts.
52 He hathe put downe the mightie frō (their) seates, and exalted them of lowe degre.
53 * He hathe filled the hungrie with good things, and sent away the riche emptie.
54 * He hathe vpholden Israel his seruāt, being mindeful of (his) mercie.Isa.
〈◊〉
. 9.
55 [* As he hathe spokē to our fathers, (to wit,)Psal. 33. 10. to Abraham and hisOr,
〈◊〉
. sede] for euer.isa. 29. 15.
56 ¶ And Marie abode with her about thre mo neths: after, she returned to her owne house.
57 ¶ Now Elisabets time was fulfilled, that she shulde be deliuered, and she broght forthe a sonne.
58 And her neighbours, and cousins heard tel
〈◊〉
. Sam. 2. 6. how the Lord had shewed his great merciepsal. 34. 11. vpon her, and they reioyced with her.
〈◊〉
. 30. 38 & 41. 8. and 54. 5.
59 And it was so that on the eight day theyiere. 31. 5. came to circumcise the babe, and called himGen. 7. 19. & 22. 16 Zacharias, after the Name of his Father.psal. 132. 12
60 But his mother answered, and said, Not so, but he shalbe called Iohn.
61 And they said vnto her, There is none of thy kinred, that is named with this Name.
62 Then they made signes to his Father, how he wolde haue him called.
63 So he asked for writing tables, and wrote, saying, His name is Iohn, and they marueiled all.
64 And his mouth was opened immediatly, & his tōgue (losed,) and heNot onely for his
〈◊〉
in pardoning his
〈◊〉
, but also to shewe that he was iustly punished for his in
〈◊〉
. spake and praised God.
65 Then feare came on all them that dwelt nere vnto them, and all these wordes were noised abroade throughout all the hil (countrey) of Iudea.
66 And all they that heard them, laid (them) vp in their hearts, saying, what maner childe shal this be! and theThe mightie power of God & his graces which declared that he shulde be an excellent
〈◊〉
. hand of the Lord was with him.
67 Then his Father Zacharias was filled withMat. 1. 21. the holie Gost, and prophecied, saying.chap 2 30.
68 Blessed (be) the Lord God of Israel, because he hatheIn
〈◊〉
him self
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his people, and therefore is come from
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
and redeme them. visited * and redemed his people,
69 * And hathe raised vp theWhen the pro
〈◊〉
of God
〈◊〉
to haue failed, & the
〈◊〉
of Israel to haue
〈◊〉
rished, then sent he his Christ who by his inuincible strength, as with a strong horne
〈◊〉
his enemies.
〈◊〉
of saluaciō vnto vs, in the house of his seruant Dauid,
70 * As he spake by the mouth of his holie ProPsal. 132, 17. phetes, which were since the worde began,
〈◊〉
. 23.
〈◊〉
& 30 10. (saying.)
71 (
〈◊〉
he wolde send vs) deliuerance from our enemies, and from the hands of all that hate vs,
72 That he wolde sheweHe declareth the cause and foū taine of our redemption. mercie towards our fathers, and remembre his holie couenant,
73 * (And) the othe which he sware to our Father Abraham:
74 (Which was,) that he wolde grante vnto vs,Gen. 22 16. that we being deliuered out of the hands ofiere. 31. 6. our enemies, shuldThis is the end of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
serue him without feare
〈◊〉
. 6. 13.
75 All the dayes of our life, in *
〈◊〉
& righteousnes
〈◊〉
whome no
〈◊〉
can be acceptable. before him.
76 And thou, babe, shalt be called the Prophete1. Pet. 1. 15. of the moste High: for thou shalt go before the face of the Lord, to prepare his wayes,
77 (And) to giue knowledge of saluation vnto his people, by theHe sheweth that our
〈◊〉
consisteth in the
〈◊〉
of sinnes, which is the principal parte of the Gospel. remissiō of their sinnes.
78 Through the tender mercie of our God, whereby * theOr, branche of a tre, meaning
〈◊〉
Messias, who is the sunne of righ
〈◊〉
whiche shineth frōheauē. day spring from an hie hathe visited vs,
79 To giue light to them that sit in darkenes,zach. 3. 9. and in the shadowe of death, & to guide our fete into the way ofThat is, of all fe licitie. peace.mal. 4. 2. & 6.
〈◊〉
.
80 And the childe grewe & waxed strōg in spirit, & was inHe meaneth that parte of Iudea whiche was least inhabited where also the grosse and
〈◊〉
people dwelled. the wildernes, til the day came, that he shulde shewe him self vnto Israel.
CHAP. II.
7 The birth and circumcision of Christ. 22 He was receiued into the Temple. 28
〈◊〉
and Anna prophecie of him. 46 He was founde among the doctours.
〈◊〉
His obedience to Father and mother.
1 ANd it came to passe in those dayes, that there came a commandement from Augustus Cesar, that all theSo much as was subiect to the Romains. worlde shulde beOr, put in writing.
Chap. 11. taxed.
2 [This firstVVhere by the people were
〈◊〉
re charged and
〈◊〉
. taxing was made when Cyrenius was gouernour of Syria.]
3 Therefore went all to be taxed euerie man to his owne citie.
4 AndHe sheweth by what
〈◊〉
Iesus was borne in Bethlehem. Ioseph also went vp from Galile out of a citie called Nazaret, into Iudea, vnto the citie of * Dauid, which is called Beth-lehem [because he was of the house and linage of Dauid,]Iohn. 7. 42.
5 To be taxed with Marie that was giuen him to wife, which was with childe.
6 ¶ And so it was, that while thei were there, the daies were accomplished that she shulde be deliuered.
7 And she broght forthe herRead Mat. 1 25. first begotten sonne, and wrapped him in swadling clothes and laid him in a
〈◊〉
appeared his pouer tie, and their
〈◊〉
ie which wolde not piue suche a woman in suche case. cratche, because there was no rowme for them in the ynne.
8 ¶ And there were in the same countrey shep herds, abiding in the field, and keping watch by night because of their flocke.
9 And lo, the Angel of the Lord came vpon them, ād the glorie of the Lord shone about them, and they were sore afraide.
10 Then the Angel said vnto them, Be not afraide: for beholde, I bring you tidings of great ioye, that shalbe to all the people:
11 (That is,) that vnto you is borne this day in the citie ofWhich was
〈◊〉
lehem. Dauid, a Sauiour, which is christ the Lord.
12 AndBecause thei shulde not be offended with Christs
〈◊〉
estate, the Angel preuenteth this
〈◊〉
, and sheweth in what sorte they
〈◊〉
finde him. this (shalbe) a signe to you, Ye shal finde the childe swadled, and laid in a cratch.
13 And straight way there was with the Angel a multitude of heauenlie souldiers, praying God, and saying,
14 Glorie (be) to God in the high (heauens,) and peace in earth, and towards menThe fre mercie and good wil of God, which is the founteine of our peace and felicitie, and is chief ly declared to the elect. good wil.
15 And it came to passe when the Angels were gone away from them into heauen, that the shepherds said one to another, Letvs go then vnto Beth-lehem, and se this thing that is come to passe, which the Lord hathe shewed vnto vs.
16 So they came with haste, and founde bothe Marie and Ioseph, and the babe laid in the cratche.
17 And when they had sene it, they published abroade the thing, which was tolde them of that childe,
18 And all that heard it, wondred at the things which were tolde them of the shepherds.
19 But Marie kept all those sayings and ponde red (them) in her heart.
20 And the shepherds returned, glorifying and praising God, for all that they had heard and sene, as it was spoken vnto them.
21 ¶ * And when the eight daies were accomplished,Gene. 17. 12. that they shulde circumcise the childe,Mat. 1. 21. his name was then called * Iesus whichChap. 1.
〈◊〉
. was named of the Angel, before he was conceiuedIohn 7 22. in the wombe.Leu. 12 3.
22 * And when the dayes ofOr, their. her purificationExod. 13. 2. after the Law of Moses were accomplished,Nomb. 8. 16. they broght him to Ierusalē, to present him to the Lord,
23 [As it is writen in the Law of the Lord, * Eue rie man childeOr, that is first borne. that (first) openeth the wombe,Leui. 12. 6. shalbe called holie to the Lord:]
24 And to giue an oblation, * as it is cōmanded in the Law of the Lord,Vhich
〈◊〉
was appointed to them which were so poore
〈◊〉
they were not able to offer a lambe. a paire of turtle doues, or two yong pigeons.
25 And beholde, there was a man in Ierusalem, whose name was Simeon: this man (was) iuste, and feared God, and waited for the consolation of Israel, and theThe Spirit of
〈◊〉
. holie Gost was vpon him.
26 And a reuelation was giuen him of the holie Gost, that he shulde not se death, before he had sene the Lords
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Christ.
27 And he cameGreke, in the Spirit. by (the motion) of the Spirit into the Tēple, and when the parents broght in the childe Iesus, to do for him after the cu stome of the Law,
28 Then he toke him in his armes, and praised God, and said,
29 Lord,Simeon
〈◊〉
him self
〈◊〉
dye
〈◊〉
sin cehe
〈◊〉
sene the Messias which was promised. now lettest thou thy seruant departe in peace, according to thy worde.
30 For mine eyes haue sene thyThe meane and substance of saluation. saluation,
31 Which thou hast prepared before the face of all people:
32 A light toOr, for the reuelation of. be reueiled to the Gentiles, and the
〈◊〉
of thy people Israel.
33 And Ioseph and his mother marueiled at those things, which were
〈◊〉
touching him.
34 And SimeonThat is, praied to God for them & for the prospe ritie of
〈◊〉
kingdome. blessed them, and said vnto Marie his mother, Beholde this (childe) is ap pointed for theTo be the fall of the
〈◊〉
which perishe through their
〈◊〉
defaut, and
〈◊〉
vp of the elect to whome God giueth faith * fall and rising againe ofIsa. 8. 14. manie in Israel, and for a signe which shalbeRom. 9. 32. spoken against,1.
〈◊〉
. 2 8.
35 [Yea and aThat is, sorrowes shuldepearce
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, as a sworde. sworde shal pearce through thy soule] that theThis chiefly appeareth when the crosse is layd vpon vs, whereby mens
〈◊〉
are tryed. thoghts of manie hearts may be opened.
36 And there was a Prophetesse, one Anna the daughter of Phanuel, of the tribe of Aser, which was of a great age, ād hadShe was seuen yeres
〈◊〉
. liued with an hous band seuē yeres from her virginitie.
37 And she (was) widowe about foure score, and foure yeres, and wentShe was continually in the Temple. not out of the Temple, but serued (God) with fastings and prayers, night and day.
38 She then coming at the same instant vpon them,Or, praised. confessed likewise the Lord, and spake of him to all that loked for redemption in Ierusalem.
39 And when thei had performed all things ac cording to the Law of the Lord, they returned into Galile to their owne citie Nazaret.
40 And the childe
〈◊〉
, and vaxed strong in Spirit, and was filled with wisdome, and the grace of God was with him.
41 ¶ Now his parents went to Ierusalem euerie yere, * at the feast of the Passeouer.Deut. 16. 1.
42 And whē he was twelue yere olde, and they were come vp to Ierusalem, after the custome of the feast,
43 And had finished the dayes (thereof,) as they returned, the childe Iesus remained in Ierusa lem, and Ioseph knewe not nor his mother.
44 But they supposing, that he had bene in the companie, went a dayes iorney, and soght him among (their) kinsfolke, and acquaintance.
45 And whē they founde him not, they turned backe to Ierusalem, and soght him.
46 And it came to passe thre dayes after, that they founde him in the Tēple, sitting in the middes of theOr, learned mē. doctours, bothe hearing thē, and asking them questions.
47 And all that heard him, were astonied at his vnderstanding, and answers.
48 So when thei saw him, they were amased, & his mother said vnto him, Sonne, why hast thou thus dealt with vs? beholde, thy Father and I haue soght thee with heauie hearts.
49 Then said he vnto them, How is it that ye soght me?Our duetie to God is to be
〈◊〉
before Father and mother knewe ye not that I must go about my fathers busines?
50 But theyFor hisvocatiō was not yet
〈◊〉
knowen. vnderstode not the worde that he spake to them.
51 Then he went downe with them, and came to Nazaret, & was subiect to thē: and his mother kept all these sayings in her heart.
52 And Iesus increased in wisdome, & stature, and in fauour with God and men.
CHAP. III.
3 The preaching, baptisme, and prisonment of Iohn. 15 He is thoght to be Christ. 21 Christ is baptized, 23 His age, and genealogie.
1 NOw in the fiftenth yere of the reigne of Tiberius Cesar, Pontius Pilate being gouernour of Iudea, &This was the sonne of Herode called the great. Herode being tetrarch of Galile, ād his brother Philippe tetrarch of lturea, and of the countrey of Trachonitis, and Lysanias the tetrarch of Abilene,
2 (* When Annas & Caiaphas were the highAct. 4. 6.
There colde be by Gods Law but one sacrificer at once: but because of the trou bles that then rei gned, the office was so mangled by reason of
〈◊〉
and bribe rie, that bothe Caiaphas & Annas his father in law had it deuided betwene thē
Priests) the worde of God came vnto Iohn, the sonne of Zacharias in the wildernes.
3 * And he came into all the coastes about Iordan, preaching the baptisme of repentance for the remission of sinnes,
4 As it is written in the boke of the sayings of Esaias the Prophet, which saith, * The voyce of him that cryeth in the wildernes (is,) Prepare ye the way of the Lord: make his paths straight.
5 EuerieAll impediments shalbe
〈◊〉
away, which shulde hinder the way of God or of saluation, so that the way shal be plaine by Christ to lead vs vnto God. valley shalbe filled, and euerie mounMat. 3. 2. taine, and kil shalbe broght lowe, & crokedmar. 1. 4. things shalbe made straight, and the roughIsa. 40. 3. wayes (shalbe made) smothe.Ioh. 1.
〈◊〉
.
6 And all flesh shal se theThat is, the Mes sias shalbe reueiled to the worlde Mat. 3 7. saluation of God.
7 Then said he to the people that were come out to be baptized of him,Or, vipers broodes. * O generations of vipers, who hathe forewarned you to flee from the wrath to come?
8 Bring forthe therefore frutes worthie amendement of life, and beginne not to say with"Or, euerie man. your selues, We haue Abrahā to (our) father: for I say vnto you, that God is able of these stones to raise vp children vnto Abraham,
9 Now also is theThe vengeance of God is at hād. axe laid vnto the roote of the trees: therefore euerie tre whiche bringeth not forthe good frute, shalbe hewen downe and cast into the fyre.
10 ¶ Then the people asked him, saying, What shal we do then?
11 And he answered, and said vnto them, * HeHe willeth that the riche helpe the poore according to their necessitie.
Iam. 2. 15. that hathe two coates, let him parte with1 iohn. 3. 17. him that hath e none: & he that hathe meat, let him do likewise.
12 Then came thereWhose office was to receiue the tribute and
〈◊〉
. Publicanes also to be baptized, and said vnto him, Master, what shal we do?
13 And he said vnto thē, Require no more then that which is appointed vnto you.
14 The souldiers likewise demanded of him, saying, And what shal we do? And he said vnto thē, Do violence to no man, nether accuse anie falsely, and be content with your wages
15 As the people waited, and all men mused in their hearts of Iohn, if he were not the Christ,
16 Iohn answered, and said to them all, * In dedeMat. 3. 21. IThe vertue and force of baptisme
〈◊〉
in Iesus Christ, and
〈◊〉
was but the minister thereof. baptize you with water, but one stronMar. 1. 8. gerthen I, cometh, whose shoes latcher I amioh. 1. 26. not worthie to vnlose: he wil baptize youact. 1. 5 & 8 4. & 11 16. & 19. 4. with the holie Gost, andThat is, with a mightie, and vehement Spirit: whose propertie is to cōsume, and purge our filth as fyre doeth the mettals. with fyre.
17 * Whose fanne (is) in his hād, & he wil makeMat. 3. 12. cleane his flooer, & wil gather the wheat into his garner, but the chaff wil he burne vp with fyre that neuer shalbe quenched.
18 Thus then exhorting with manie other things, he preached vnto the people.
19 * But whenNamed Antipas. Herode the tetrarch was rebuked of him for Herodias his brother Philippes wife, and for all the euils which Herode had done,
20 He added yet this aboue all, that he shut vp Iohn in prison.Mat. 14. 3.
21 * Now it came to passe, as all the people wereMar 6. 17. baptized, and that Iesus was baptized and did pray, that the heauen was opened:Mat. 3. 23.
22 And the holie Gost came downe in a bodlieMar 1. 9. shape like a doue, vpon him, and there was aioh. 1 32. voyce from heauen, saying, Thou art my beloued Sonne: in thee I am wel pleased.
23 ¶ And Iesus him self began to be about thir tie yere of age, being as men supposed the sō ne ofLuke ascendeth from the last Father to the first, and Matthewe descendeth from the first to the last. Matthewe extēdeth not his rehearsal further then to Abrahā, which is for the
〈◊〉
of the promes for the Iewes. Luke referreth it euen to Adam, whereby the Gentiles also are assured of the promes, because they came of Adā, & are restored in the secōde Adam: Mathewe counteth by the legal descent, & Luke by the natural: finally both two speaking of the same persones applie vnto thē diuers names Ioseph, (which was the sonne) of Eli,
24 (The sonne) of Matthat, (the sonne) of Leui, (the sonne) of Melchi, (the sonne) of Ianna, (the sonne) of Ioseph,
25 (The sonne) of Mattathias, (the sonne) of Amos, (the sonne) of Naum, (the sonne) of Esli, (the sonne) of Nagge,
26 (The sonne) of Maath, (the sonne) of Matta thias, (the sonne) of Semei, (the sonne) ofOr, Iosech. Io seph, (the sonne) of Iuda,
27 (The sonne) of Ioanna, (the sonne) of Rhesa (the sonne) of Zorobabel, (the sonne) of Salathiel, (the sonne) of Neri,
28 (The sonne) of Melchi, (the sonne) of Addi (the sonne) of Cosam, (the sōne of Elmodā, (the sonne) of Er,
29 ¶ (The sonne) ofOr, Iesus. Iose, (the sonne) of Eliezer, (the sonne) of Iorim, (the sonne) ofOr, Mattha. Mat that, (the sonne) of Leui,
30 (The sonne) of Simeon, (the sonne) of Iuda (the sonne) of Ioseph, (the sonne) of Ionan, (the sonne) of Eliacim,
31 (The sonne) of Melea, (the sonne) of Mainā (the sonne) of Mattatha, (the sonne) of Nathan,"Or, Menna. (the sonne) of Dauid.
32 (The sonne) of Iesse, (the sonne) of Obed; (the sonne) of Booz, (the sonne) of Salmon, (
〈◊〉
sonne) of Naasson.
33 (The sonne) of Aminadab, (the sonne) of Aram (the sonne) of Esrom, (the sonne) of Phares, (the sonne) of Iuda.
34 (The sonne) of Iacob, (the sonne) of Isaac; (the sonne) of Abraham, (the sonne) of Thara, (the sonne) of Nachor.
35 (The sonne) of Saruch, (the sonne) of Ragau, (the sonne) of Phalec, (the sōne) of Eber, (the sonne) of Sala.
36 (The sonne) of Cainā, (the sonne) of Arphaxad, (the sonne) of Sem, (the sonne) of Noe, (the sonne) of Lamech.
37 (The sonne) of Mathusala, (the sonne) of Enoch, (the sonne) of Iared, (the sonne) of Ma leleel, (the sonne) of Cainan.
38 (The sonne) of Enos, (the sonne) of Seth; (the sonne) of Adam, (the sonne)Not that Adam was the sonne of God by generacion, but by creation, in the which sense God also calleth himself father. of God.Deut. 32. 6. and ver. 18. and, 19.
CHAP, IIII.
1 Iesus is led into the wildernes to be tempted. 13 He ouercometh the deuil. 14 He goeth into Galile. 16 Preacheth at Nazaret, and Capernaum. 22 The Iewes despise him. 38 He cometh intö Peters house, and healeth his mother in law. 41 The deuils acknowledge Christ. 43 He preacheth through the cities.
1 ANd Iesus full of the holie Gost returnedMat. 4. 1. from Iordan, and was led by the SpiriteMarke. 1. 12. into the wildernes.
2 * And was (there) fourtie dayes tempted of the deuill, and in those dayesThys fast was miraculous, to cō firme the Gospel & oght no more of men to be fol Iowed them the other miracles that Christ did. he did eat nothing: but when they were ended, he afterwarde was hungrie.
3 Then the deuill said vnto him, If thou be theDeut. 8. 3. Sonne of God, commande this stone that itMat. 4. 4. be made bread.
4 But Iesus answered him, saying, It is writen, * The man shall not liue by bread onely, but by euerieThat is, by the ordinance, and prouidence of God. worde of God.
5 Thē the deuil toke him vp into an high moū taine, and shewed him all the kingdomes of the worlde,Greke, in amoment of time. in the twinkeling of an eye.
6 And the deuil said vnto him, All this power wil ISatā promiseth that, whiche he cā not giue, thin kynge thereby that he might de ceiue the more craftely: for he is but prince of the worlde by permission, ād hath his power limited. giue thee, ād the glorie of those (king domes:) for that is deliuered to me: and to whomesoeuer I wil, I giue it.
7 If thou therfore wiltOr, fall downe before me. worship me, they shal be all thine.
8 But Iesus aunswered hym, and said,Greke, Go behinde me. Hence from me, Satan: for it is written, * Thou shalt worship the Lord thyChrist sheweth that all creatures oght onelye to worship and ser ue God. God, and hym aloneDeut. 6. 16. and 10. 20. thou shalt serue.
9 Then he broght him toThis declareth howe hard it is to refist the tentacions of Satā: for he giueth not ouer for twise or thrise putting
〈◊〉
. Ierusalem, and set him on a pinacle of the Temple, and said vnto hym, If thou be the Sonne of GOD, cast thy selfe downe from hence.
10 For it is written, * That he will giue his Angels charge ouer thee to kepe thee:
11 And with (their) hands they shal lift thee vp, lest at anie time thou shuldest dash thy foote against a stone.
12 And Iesus aunswered and sayd vnto hym,Psal. 9 1. 12. It is said, * Thou shalte not tempt the LordeDeut. 6. 16. thy God.
13 And when the deuil had ended all the tenta cion, he departed from himIt is not ynough, twise or thrise to resist Sa tan: for he neuer ceaseth to
〈◊〉
or if he relent a litle, it is to the end, that he may renew his force ād assaile vs more sharply. for a season.
14 ¶ And Iesus returned by the power of the spirit into Galile: and there went a fame of him throughout all the regiō rounde about.
15 For he taught in their Synagogues, and was honoured of all men.
16 * And he came to Nazaret where he had bene broght vp, & [at his custome was] wentMat. 13 54. into the Synagogue on the Sabbath day, ādMarke. 6. 1. stode vp to reade.Iohn. 4. 43.
17 And there was deliuered vnto hym the boke of the Prophet Esaias: ād when he had opened the boke, he foūde the place, where it was written.
18 * The Spirit of the Lord (is) vpon me, becauIsa. 61. 1. se he hathThat is, endued with graces. anointed me, that I shuld preach the Gospell to the poore: he hathe sent me, that I shulde heale the broken hearted, that I shulde preache deliuerance to the captiues, & recouering of sight to the blinde, that I shulde set at libertie them that are bruised.
19 And that I shulde preache theHe alludeth to the yere of Iubile, which is mencioned in the Lawe, whereby this great deliue rāce was figured acceptable yere of the Lord.
20 And he closed the boke, and gaue it againe to the minister, and sate downe: and the eyes of al that were in the Synagogue were fastened on him.
21 Then he began to say vnto them, This daye is this Scripture fulfilled in your eares.
22 And allThey approued and commended whatsoeuer
〈◊〉
sayd. bare him witnes, and wondered at the gracious wordes, whiche proceded out of his mouth, and sayd, Is not this Iosephes sonne?
23 Then he sayd vnto them, Ye will surely saye vnto me this prouerbe, Physicion,Bestow thy be nefites vpon thē, whiche apperteine more vnto thee. heale thy selfe whatsoeuer we haue heard done in Capernaum, do it here lykewise in thyne owne countrey.
24 And he said, Verely I saye vnto you, * NoTheir infidelitie stayed Christ frome workyng miracles.
Iohn. 4. 44. Prophet is accepted in his owne countrey.
25 But I tell you of a trueth, manie widdowes were in Israell in the dayes of * Elias, when1. Kyng. 17. 9. heauen was shut three yeres and six moneths,Iames. 5. 27. when greate famine was through out all the land.
26 But vnto none of them was Elias sent, saue into Sarepta, (a citie of) Sidon, vnto aHe sheweth by exāples that God ofte times preferreth the strangers to thē of the houshold. certeine widdowe.
27 Also manie lepers were in Israell, in the tyme of * Eliseus the Prophet: yet none of them was made cleare, sauyng Naaman the2 King 5. 54. Syrian.
28 Then all (that were) in the Synagogue, whē they heard it, wereBecause they perceiue that the grace of GOD shulde be taken frome them and giuen to others. filled with wrath.
29 And rose vp, and thrust him out of the citie, and led hym vnto the edge of the hil, where on their citie was buylt; to cast hym downe headlong.
30 But he passedAnd escaped miraculously out of their handes: for hys houre was not yet come. through the middes of thē, and went his way.
31 ¶ * And came downe into Capernaum a citieMat. 4. 13. of Galile, and there taught them on theMarke. 1. 21. Sabbath dayes.Mat. 7. 29.
32 * And they were astonied at his doctrine: forMarke. 1. 22.
his worde was withFul of dignitie & maiestie, which touched the heart of the auditours and caused them to beare reueren ce to his wordes autoritie.
33 And in the Synagogue there was a man whiche had aThat is, the mo cion of the deuil, or that was tormented with a verie deuil. spirit of an vncleane deuil, which cryed with a loude voyce,
34 Saying, Oh, what haue we to do with thee, thou Iesus of Nazaret? art thou come to destroy vs? I knowe who thou art, (euen) the Holie one of God.
35 And Iesus rebuked him, saying, Holde thy peace, and come out of him. Then the deuil throwing him in the middes (of them,) came out of him, and hurt him not.
36 So feare came on them all, and they spake among them selues, saying, What thing is this? for with autoritie and power he commaundeth the foule spirits, & they came out
37 And the fame of him spred abroad through out all the places of the countrey rounde about.
38 ¶ * And he rose vp, and came out of the Synagogue,Mat. 8. 14. and entred into Simons house. Andmar. 1. 29. Simons wiues mother was takē with a great feuer, and they required him for her.
39 Then he stode ouer her, and rebuked the feuer, and it left her: & immediatly she arose, and ministred vnto them.
40 Now when the sunne was downe, all they that had sicke (folkes) of diuers diseases, broght them vnto him, and he laied his hāds on euerie one of them, and healed them.
41 * And deuils also came out of manie, crying,Mar. 1.
〈◊〉
. and saying,The deuils are constrained to cō fesse Christ to be the
〈◊〉
of God and yet it doeth nothing auaile them because it cometh not of
〈◊〉
. Thou art the Christ the Sonne of God: but he rebuked them, and suffred them not to say that thei knewe him to be
〈◊〉
.
42 And when it was day, he departed and went forthe into a desert place, and the people soght him, and came to him, and kept him that he shulde not departe from them.
43 But he said vnto them, Surely I muste also preache the kingdome of God to other cities: for therefore am I sent.
44 And he preached in the Synagogues of Galile.
CHAP. V.
1 Christ preacheth out of the ship. 6 The great draught of fish. 10 Certeine disciples are called. 12 He clenseth the lepèr. 18 He healeth the man of the palsie. 27 He calleth Matthewe the customer. 30 Eateth with sinners, 34 And excuseth his, as touching fasting.
1 THē * it came to passe, as the people preasMat. 4. 18. sed vpō him to heare the worde of God,Mar. 1. 16. that he stode by the lake of Gennesaret,
2 And sawe two shippes stand by the lake side but the fisshermen were gone out of them, & were wasshing their nettes.
3 AndTo the intent that he might not be thronged of the preasse, & also that
〈◊〉
might the better be heard. he entred into one of the shippes, which was Simons, and required him that he wolde thrust of a litle from the land: and he sate downe, and taught the people out of the ship.
4 ¶ Now when he had left speaking, he said vnto Simon, Lanche out into the depe, and let downe your nettes to make a draught.
5 Then Simon answered, and said vnto him,The worde signifieth him that is made ruler ouer anie
〈◊〉
. Master, we haue trauailed all night, and haue taken nothing: neuertheles at thyHe sheweth his prompt obedience to Christs commandement worde I wil let downe the net.
6 And when they had so done, they inclosed a great multitude of fishes, so that their net brake.
7 And they beckened to their parteners, which were in the othership, that theishuld come and helpe them, who came then, and filled bothe the shippes, that they didThei were so laden that thei al moste sunke. sinke
8 Now whē Simon Peter sawe it, he fell down at Iesus knees, saying, Lord, go from me: for I am a sinful man.
9 For heThe feeling of Gods presence maketh afrayed. was vtterly astonied, and all that were with him, for the draught of fishes, which they toke.
10 And so was also Iames and Iohn the sonnes of Zebedeus, which were companions with Simon. Then Iesus said vnto Simon, Feare not: fromHe
〈◊〉
him to the office of an Apostle. hence forthe thou shalt catch mē.
11 And when they had broght the shippes to land, they forsoke all, and followed him.
12 ¶ * Now it came to passe, as he was in a certeineMat. 8. 2. citie, beholde, (there was) a man ful ofmar. 1. 40. leprosie, and when he sawe Iesus, he fel on his face, & besoght him, saying, Lord if thou wilt, thou canst make me cleane.
13 So he stretched forthe his hand, ād touched him, saying, I wil, be thou cleane. And imme diatly the leprosie departed from him.
14 And he commaunded him that he shulde tell it no man: but Go, (saith he) and sheweLeui. 14. 4. thy self to theHereby he shewed thē that he wolde not transgresse the Law, and that thei shulde be inexcusable, who seing the miracle wroght, wolde not beleue Christ. Priest, and offer for thy clensing, as * Moses hathe commaūded, for a wit nes vnto them.
15 But so much more wēt there a fame abroad of him, and great multitudes came together to heare, and to be healed of him of their infirmities.
16 But he kept him self aparte in the wildernes, and prayed.
17 ¶ And it came to passe, on a certeine daye, as he was teaching, that the Pharises and doctours of the Law sate by, which were come out of euerie towne of Galile, and Iudea, and Ierusalem, and the power of the Lord was (in him) to heale them.Mat. 9. 2.
18 * Then beholde, men broght a man lying inmat. 2. 3. a bed, which was taken with a palsie, & they soght meanes to bring him in, & to laye him before him.
19 And when they colde not finde by what way they might bring him in, because of the preasse, they
〈◊〉
vp on the house, and let him downe through the tiling, bed and all, in the middes before Iesus.
20 And when he sawe their faith, he said vnto him, Man, thyChrist toucheth the principal cau
〈◊〉
of all our euils sinnes are forgiuen thee.
21 Then the Scribes and the Pharises began to thinke, saying, Who is this that speaketh blaspemies? who can forgiue sinnes, but god onelie?
22 But when Iesus perceiued their thoghts, he answered, and said vnto them, What thinke ye in your hearts?
23 Whether is easier to say, ThyFor as muche as his
〈◊〉
iewas sufficienth shewed by this miracle, he gaue thē hereby to vnderstand that he had power to forgiue sinnes. sinnes are for giuen thee, or to say, Rise and walke?
24 But that ye may know that the Sōne of mā hathe autoritie to forgiue sinnes in earth (he said vnto the sicke of the palsie) I say to thee, Arise: take vp thy bed, & go to thine house.
25 And immediatly he rose vp before them, & toke vp (his hed) whereon he laie, and depar ted to his owne house, praising God.
26 And they were all amased, and praised God, and were filled with feare, saying, Douteles we haue seneOr, aboue our ex ectacion. strange things to daye.
27 ¶ * And after that, he went for the ād sawe aMat 9. 9. Publicane namedOr, Matthevve. Leui, sitting at the receiteMat. 2. 14. of custome, and said vnto him, Followe me.
28 And he left all, rose vp, and followed him.
29 Thē Leui made him a great feast in his owne house, where there was a great companie of Publicanes, and of other, that sate at table with them.
30 But they that were Scribes and Pharises among them, murmured against his disciples, saying, Why eat ye and drinke ye with Publi canes and sinners?
31 Then Iesus answered, and said vnto them, They that are whole, nede not the physicion but they that are sicke.1. Tim. 1. 15.
32 * I came not to call theWhich seme to be righteous and yet are but hypocrites. righteous, but sinners to repentance.
33 ¶ * Then they said vnto him, Why do the disciples of Iohn fast often, andGreke, make prayers. pray, and theMat. 9. 14. (disciples) of the Pharises also, but thine eat,Marke. 2. 18. and drinke?
34 And he said vnto them, Can ye make theThe friends and familiars of Christ and hereby Iesus Christ declareth that he wil not burden his, before thathe hathe made them able to beate. children of the wedding chamber to fast, as long as the bride grome is with them?
35 But the dayes wil come, euen when the bridegrome shalbe taken away frō them: then shal they fast in those dayes.
36 Againe he spake also vnto them a parable, No man putteth a piece of a newe garment into and oldevesture: for then the new erenteth it, and the piece (taken) out of the new, agreeth not with the olde.
37 Read Mat. 9. 17 Also no mā powreth newe wine into olde vessels: for then the newe wine wil breake the vessels, and it wil runne out, and the vessels wil perish.
38 But newe wine must be powred into newe vessels: so bothe are preserued.
39 Also no man thatHe admonisheth them not to trust to muche to their owne sense or iudgement: nor because they haue accu stomed them selues to one thing, to condemne another, which is better. drinketh olde wine, straightway desireth newe: for he saith, The olde is better.
CHAP. VI.
3 Christ standeth in his disciples defence and his owne, as touching the breache of the Sabbath. 12 After watching and prayer he electeth his Apostles. 18 He healeth and teacheth the people. 20 He sheweth who are blessed. 27 To loue our ennemies. 37 Not to iudge rashly 41 And to auoide hypocrisie.
1 ANd * it came to passe on the secondeThose feasts which conteined
〈◊〉
dais as the Passeouer, ād the feast of Tabernacles, had two Sab baths: the first day of the feast, and the last.
Mat. 12. 1. Sabbath, (after) the first, that he wentMarke. 2.
〈◊〉
through the corne fields, and his disciples plucked the eares of corne, and did eate, and rubbe them in (their) hands.
2 And certeine of the Pharises said vnto them, Why doye that which is not lawful to do on the Sabbath dayes?
3 Then Iesus answered them, and said, * Haue1. Sam 21. 6. ye not red this, that Dauid did when he himExod. 19 33. self was an hungred, and they which wereLeui. 8. 32. & 24. 9. with him,
4 How he went into the house of God, & toke and ate the shewe bread, and gaue also to them which were with him, which was not law ful to eate, but for the * Priests onely?Mat. 12. 5.
5 And he said vnto them, The Sonne of man isMarke. 3. 1.
Hauing power to dispense with and qualifie the keping of thesab bath and other ceremonies. Lord also of the Sabbath day.
6 ¶ * It came to passe also on another Sabbath, that he entred into the Synagogue ād taught and there was a man, whose right hand was dryed vp.
7 And the Scribes and Pharises watched him, whether he wolde heale on the Sabbath (day,) that they might sinde an accusation (against) him.
8 But he knewe their thoghts, and said to the man which had the withered hand, A rise, and stand vp in the middes. And he arose, and stode vp.
9 Then said Iesus vnto them, I wil aske you a questiō, Whether is it lawful on the Sabbath dayes to do good, or to do euil? to saueOr, a persons. life, or to destroye it?
10 And he behelde them all in compasse, and said vnto the man, Stretch forthe thine hand And he did so, and his hād was restored againe, as whole as the other.
11 Then they were filled ful of madnes, and communed one with another, what they might do to Iesus.
12 ¶ And it came to passe in those dayes, that heMat. 10. 1. went into a mountaine to pray, and spent theMark. 3. 13. & 6. 7. night in prayer to God.Chap 9. 1
13 * And when it was day, he called his disciples, and of them he choseAccording to the similitude of the twelue Patri arkes, of whome the Churche of God is sprong. twelue, which al so he calledAmbassadors or messengers whome he had elected before, but now enioyneth them their charge. Apostles.
14 (Simon whome he named also Peter, and Andrewe his brother, Iames and Iohn, Philippe, and Bartlemewe:
15 Matthewe, and Thomas: Iames (the sonne) of Alpheus, and Simon called zelous,
16 Iudas Iames (brother, and Iudas Iscariot, which also was the traytour.)
17 Then he came downe with them, and stode inOr, champion. a plaine place, with the companie of his disciples, ād a great multitude of people outMatth. 5. 2. of all Iudea, and Ierusalem, and from the seaIsa. 65. 13. coast of Tyrus and Sidon, which came to heaIsa 61. 3. re him, and to be healed of their diseases:Matth. 5. 3.
18 And they that were vexed with foule spirits and they were healed.
19 And the whole multitude soght to touch him: for there went vertue out of him, and healed them all.
20 ¶ * And he lifted vp hie eyes vpon his disciples, ād said, Blessed (be) yeThey that are humble and submit them selues willingly to obei God. poore: for yours is the kingdome of God.
21 * Blessed (are) ye that hunger now: for ye shal be satisfied: blessed (are) ye that * wepe now:
for ye shal laugh.
22 * Blessed are ye when men hate you, and whenHe meaneth ex communication which also he cal leth putting out their names, S. Iohn calleth it casting out of the Synagogue: S. Paul, deliuerīg to
〈◊〉
, which punishement as it is moste terrible when it is iustly executed, so is it
〈◊〉
to the godlie when they are cast out of wicked
〈◊〉
cōpanie as the Prophet de clareth, thy separate you, and reuile (you,) & put out your name as euil, for the Sonne of mans sake.
23 Reioyce ye in that day, and beThe worde signifieth to leape for ioye, or to shewe mir the by outwarde gesture. glad: for bePsal. 1. 1. holde, your rewarde (is) great in heauen: for after this maner their fathers did to the Prophetes.
24 * But wo (be) to you (that are)That put your trust in your riches, & forget the life to come. riche: for ye haue receiued your consolation.
25 * Who (be) to you that are ful: for ye shalAmos 6. 1. hunger. Who (be) to you that nowSignifying thē that liue at case & after the pleasures of the fiesh. laugh:eccle. 31. 8. for ye shal waile and wepe.
26 Wo (be) to when allHe reproueth
〈◊〉
& vaine glorie when as men go about by all meanes to get fauour, & world lie pompe. men speake wel of you: for so did their fathers to the salse prophetes.Isa. 65. 13.
27 ¶ * But I say vnto you which heare, Loue your enemies: do wel to thē which hate you
28 Blesse them that curse you, and pray for thē which hurt you.
29 * And vnto him thatRather endure more iniurie thē reuenge your selues. smiteth thee on the (one) cheke, offer also the other: * and him that taketh away thy cloke, forbid not (to take thy) coate also.Mat. 5. 44.
30 Giue to euerie man that asketh of thee: andMat.
〈◊〉
. 39. of him that taketh away thy (goods,)Be not so careful for the losse of thy goods, that thoushuldest be discouraged to serue God. aske them not againe.
31 * And as ye wolde that mē shulde do to you,1. Cor. 6. 7. so do ye to them likewise.
32 * For if ye loue them which loue you, what thanke shal ye haue? for euen theThey are communely called sinners, whiche of a wicked life, and
〈◊〉
all feare of God. sinners loue those that loue them.
33 And if ye do good for them which do goodMat. 7. 12. for you, what thanke shal ye haue? for euentob. 4 16. the sinners do the same.Mat 5. 45.
34 * And if ye lend to (them) of whome ye ho pe to receiue, what thanke shal ye haue? for euen the sinners lend to sinners, to receiue the like.
35 Wherefore loue ye your enemies, and doMat. 5. 42. good, and lend,Not onely
〈◊〉
hoping for profite, but to lose the stocke &
〈◊〉
forasmuch as Christ bindeth him self to repay the whole with a moste liberal interest. loking, far nothing againe,deu. 15 8. and your rewarde shalbe great, & ye shalbe the children of * the moste High: for he is kinde vnto the vnkinde, and to the euil.
36 Be ye therefore merciful, as your Father also is merciful.
37 ¶ * Iudge not, and ye shal not be iudged: con demne not, and ye shal not be condemned:Mat. 5. 42. forgiue, and ye shalbe forgiuen.Mat. 7 1.
38 Giue, and it shalbe giuen vnto you: * a goodMat. 7. 2. measure, pressed downe, shaken together &Mat. 4. 24. running ouer shal men giue īto your bosome for with what measure ye mette, with the same shal men mette to you againe.
39 And he spake a parable vnto them, * CanMat. 15. 54. the blinde lead the blinde? shal they not both fall into the ditch?
40 * The disciple is not aboue his master: butMat 10. 24. whosoeuer (wilbe) aperfite disciple, shalbe
〈◊〉
13. 16. & 15. 10. as his master.
41 ¶ * And whyHe reproueth the hypocrisie of suche as winke at their owne horrible fautes, and yet are to curious to
〈◊〉
out the least
〈◊〉
in their brother. seest thou a mote in thy brothersMat. 7. 3. eye, and cōsiderest not the beame, that is in thine owne eye?
42 Ether how canst thou saye to thy brother, Brother, let me pul out the mote that is in thine eye, when thou seest not the beame that is in thine owne eye? Hypocrite, cast out the beame out of thine owne eye first, and then shalt thou se perfectly, to pul out the mote that is in thy brothers eye.
43 ¶ * For it is not a good tre that bringethMat. 7. 17. forthe euil frute: nether an euil tre, that bringeth forthe good frute.
44 * For euerie tre is knowen by his owne fruMat. 12. 33. te: for nether of thornes gather men figges,Mat. 7. 16. nor of bushes gather they grapes.
45 AThe name and title are nothing worthe to proue that a mā is sent of God, except in effect he shewe the same. good man our of the good treasure of his heart bringeth forthe good, and an euil man out of the euil treasure of his heart brin geth forthe euil: for of the abundance of the heart his mouth speaketh.Mat. 7. 21.
46 ¶ But why call ye meHe speaketh not onely to the false prophetes, but to all false pa stours, hirelings and
〈◊〉
. Master, Master, andRom, 2. 13. do not the things that I speake?Iam. 1. 21.
47 Whosoeuer cometh to me, and heareth my wordes, and doeth the same, I wil shewe you to whome he is like.
48 He is like a man which buylt an house, and digged depe, & laid the fundatiō on a rocke: and when the waters arose, the flood bet vpon that house, and colde not shake it: for it was grounded vpon arocke.
49 But he that heareth and doeth not, is like a man that buylt an house vpō the earth with out fundacion, against which the flood dyd beat, and it fel by and by: and the fall of that house was great.
CHAP. VII.
2 He healeth the captaines seruant. 11 He raiseth vp the widowes sonne from death to life. 10 He answereth the di sciples whome Iohn Baptiste sent vnto him. 24 He commendeth Iohn. 31 And reproueth the Iewes for their vnfaithfulnes. 36 He eateth with the Pharise. 37 The woman wassheth his fete with her teares, and he forgiueth her sinnes.
1 WHen * he had ended al his sayings in the
〈◊〉
. 8. 5. audience os the people, he entred into Capernaum.
2 And a certeineIt might be, that this captaine did lie with his garrison in
〈◊〉
. Centurions seruāt was sicke and ready to dye, which was dere vnto him.
3 And whē he heard of Iesus, he sent vnto him the Elders of the Iewes, beseching him that he wolde come and heale his seruant.
4 So they came to Iesus, and besoght him instantly, saying that he was worthie that he shulde do this for him.
5 For he loueth, (said they,) our nacion, and he hathe buylt vs aIn buylding them a Temple for their assemblies, he shewed his zeale towardes the true seruice of God. Synagogue.
6 Then Iesus went with them: but when he was now not farre from the house, the Cen turion sent friends to him,The friends speake to Iesus in the captaines name. saying vnto him, Lord, trouble not thy self: for I am not worthie that thou shuldest enter vnder my roōfe
7 Wherefore I thoght not my self worthie to come vnto thee: butOr, commande by a worde onely that it so be. say the worde, and my seruant shalbe whole.
8 For I likewise am a man set vnder autoritie, & haue vnder me souldiers, & I say vnto one, Go, and he goeth, and to another, come, and he cometh, and to my seruant, do this, and he
doeth it.
9 When Iesus heard these things, he marueiled at him, and turned him, & said to the people, that followed him, I say vnto you, I haue not found soHe commendeth this heathen cadraine because he
〈◊〉
him self vpon Christs worde alone. great faith, no not in Israel.
10 And when they that were sent, turned backe to the house, they founde the seruant that was sicke, whole.
11 And it came to passe the day after, that he went into a citie calledWhich was a
〈◊〉
of Galile
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
not farre from Tiberias. Nain, and manie of his disciples went with him, and agreat multitude.
12 Now when he came nere to the gate of the citie, beholde, there was a dead man caryed out, (who was) the onelie begotten sonne of his mother, which was a widowe, and muche people of the citie was with her.
13 And when the Lord sawe her, he had compassion on her, and said vnto her, Wepe not.
14 And he went and touched the coffin (and"Or, biere. they that bare him, stode stil) and he said,Christ calleth those things that are not, as if they were, and giueth life to
〈◊〉
that be dead. Yong man, I say vnto thee, Arise.
15 And he that was dead, sate vp, and began to speake, and he deliuered him to his mother.
16 Then there came a feare on them all, and they glorified God, saying, A great Prophet is raised vp among vs, ād God hatheThat is, to establish, and restore them. visited his people.
17 And this rumour of him wēt forthe through out all Iudea, and throughout all the region rounde about.
18 ¶ And the disciples of Iohn shewed him of all these things.
19 So Iohn called vnto him two certeine men of his disciples, ād sent them to Iesus, saying, Art thouTo wit, the Messias, and redemer. he that shulde come, or shal we waite for another?
20 And when the men were come vnto him, they said, Iohn Baptist hathe sent vs vnto thee, saying, Art thou he that shulde come, or shal we wait for another?
21 And at that time, he cured manie of their sickenes, and plagues, and of euil spirits, and vnto manie blinde men he gaue sight.
22 And Iesus answered, and said vnto them, Go your wayes and shewe Iohn,He
〈◊〉
declareth by the vertues, and power that were in
〈◊〉
that he was the Christ what things ye haue sene and heard: that the blinde se, the halte go, the lepers are clensed, the deafe heare, the dead rise againe, and theSuche as fele their owne miserie, and
〈◊〉
nes.
Or,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
is preached to the poore. poore receiue the Gospel.
23 And blessed is he, that shal not beThat
〈◊〉
per seuere and not
〈◊〉
backe for anie thing that cam cōme
〈◊〉
them. offended in me.
24 And when the messengers of Iohn were departed, he began to speake vnto the people of Iohn, What went ye out into the wildernes to se? ARead Mat. 11. 7. rede shaken with the winde?
25 But what went ye out to se? A man clothed in soft raiment? beholde, they which are gor geously apparelled, and liue delicately, are in Kings courtes.
26 But what went ye forthe to se? A Prophet? yea, I say to you, and greater thē a Prophet.
27 This is he of whome it is writen, *BeholdeMatth. 3. 1. I send my messenger before thy face, which
〈◊〉
Angel. shal prepare thy way before thee.
28 For I say vnto you, there is no greater Prophet then Iohn, among them that areOr, borne. be got ten of womē: neuertheles, he that is the least in the kingdome of God is greater then he.
29 Then all the people that heard, and the PublicanesThey praised him as iust, faith ful good and mer ciful, so that the
〈◊〉
of their bap
〈◊〉
appeared in them. iustified God, being baptized with theThis worde comprehendeth the whole doctrine that Iohn
〈◊〉
. baptisme of Iohn.
30 But the Pharises and the expounders of the Law despised the counsel of GodMeaning to their owne condemnation
〈◊〉
as some read, with them selues because they durst not openly speak against Iohns
〈◊〉
: for they feared the people. against them selues, and (were) not baptized of him.
31 * And the Lord said, Whereunto shal I likenMat. 11. 16. the men of this generaciō? and what (thing) are they like vnto?
32 They are like vnto childrē sitting in the mar ket place, & crying one to another, & saying, The songs of litle children are sufficient to condemne the Pharises and suche like We haue piped vnto you, and ye haue not danced: we haue mourned to you, and ye haue not wept.
33 For Iohn Baptist came, nether eating bread nor drinking wine: and ye say, He hathe the deuil.
34 The Sonne of man is come, andLiueth according to the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
men. eateth and drinketh: and ye say, Beholde, a man (whichMatth. 21. 46. is) a glotten, and a drinker of wine, a friend of Publicanes and sinners.
35 But wisdome isHe sheweth that the wicked, althogh they tur ne from God, shal
〈◊〉
hin der the
〈◊〉
to cō tine we in the faith of the Gospel. iustified of all her children.
36 ¶ * And one of Pharises desired him that he wolde eat with him: and he went into the Pharises house, and sate downe at table.
37 And beholde, a woman in the citie, which was a sinner, when she knewe that Iesus sate at table in the Pharises house, she broght a boxe of ointement.
38 * And she stode at is fete behinde him weping, and began to wash his fere with teares, and did wipe them with the heeres of her head, and kissed his fete, and anointed themMar. 15. 40. with the ointment.Iohn. 20. 11.
39 Now whē the Pharise which bade him, sawe it, he spake within him self, saying, If this man were a Prophet, he wolde surely haue knowen who, & what maner of woman this is which toucheth him: for she is a sinner.
40 And Iesus answered, and said vnto him, Simon, I haue some what to say vnto thee. And he said, Master, say on.
41 There was a certeine lender which had two detters: the one oght fiue hundreth pence, and the other fiftie.
42 When they had nothing to pay, he forgaue them bothe. Which of them therefore, tell (me,) will oue him moste?
43 Simon answered, and said, I suppose that he, to whome he forgaue moste. And he said vnto him, Thou hast truely iudged.
44 Then he turned to the woman, and said vnto Simon, Seest thou this woman? I entred into thine house, and thou gauest me no water to my fete: but she hathe washed my fete with teare, and wiped them with the heeres of her head.
45 Thou gauest me no kisse: but she since the time I came in, hathe not ceased to kisse my fete.
46 Mine head with oyle thou diddest not anoint:
but she hathe anointed my feete with ointement.
47 Wherefore I saye vnto thee, manie sinnes are forgiuen her: for sheThis great loue is a signe that she felt her self muche
〈◊〉
vnto Christ, who had forgiuen her so manie sinnes. loued muche. To whome a litle is forgiuen, he doeth loue a litle.
48 And he said vnto her, Thy sinnes are forgiuen thee.
49 And they that sate at table with him, began to say with in them selues, Who is this that euen forgiueth sinne?
50 And he said to the woman, Thy faith hathe saued thee: go inThe peace of
〈◊〉
cometh onely of faith. peace.
CHAP. VIII.
2 Christ with his Apostles go from towne to towne and preache. 3 The women minister vnto them of their goods 5 He sheweth the parable of the sede. 21 He telleth who is his mother and his brother. 24 He stilleth the raging of the lake. 27 He deliuereth the possessed. 33 The deuils enter into the heard of swine. 41 He healeth the sicke woman, and Iairus daughter.
1 ANd it came to passe after warde, that he himself went through euerie citie and towne, preaching, and publishing the kingdome of God, & the twelue (were) with him
2 And certeine women, which were healed of euil spirits, and infirmities, (as)* Marie whichMarke. 16. 9. was called Magdalene, out of whome went seuen deuils,
3 And Ioanna the wife of Chuza Herodes stewarde, and Susanna, & manie other whichWhereby they acknowledged the benefite which they had receiued of him, and also shewed their perseuer ance, which proued their knowledge
〈◊〉
be of God. ministred vnto him of their substance.
4 *Now when muche people were gathered together, and were come to him out of all cities, he spake by a parable,
5 A sower went out to sowe his seed, and as he sowed, some fel by the way side, and it was troden vnderfete, and the foules of heauen deuoured it vp."Or, to them.
6 And some fel on the stones, and when it wasMatth. 13. 3. sprong vp, it withered away, because it lackedMarke. 4. 10. moistnes.
7 And some fel among thornes, and the thornes sprang vp with it, and choked it.
8 And some fel on good grounde, and sprang vp, and bare frute, an hundreth folde. And as he said these things, he cryed, He that hathe eares toThat is, to vnderstand, and beleue these things. heare, let him heare.
9 Then his disciples asked him, demanding, what parable that was?
10 And he said, Vnto you it is giuen to know the secrets of the kingdome of God, but to other inwhich worde is here taken for an obscure or dar ke saying. parables, that when* they se, theyIsa. 6. 9. shulde not se, and when they heare, they shuldeMatth. 13. 14. not vnderstand.Mark. 4. 12.
11 *The parable is this, The sede is the wordeIoh 12. 40. of God.Act 28. 26.
12 And thei that are beside the way, are theiRom.
〈◊〉
8. that heare: after warde commeth the deuil,Mat. 13 18. and taketh away the worde out of theirMark. 4. 15. hearts, left they shulde beleue, and be saued?
13 But they that are on the stones, (are they) which vhē they haue
〈◊〉
, receiue the word with ioye: but they haue no rootes, whiche for a whileThat is, acknowledge and consent to the worde and, also reuerence it. beleue, but in the time of tentation go away.
14 And that which fel among thornes, are they which haue heard, andwhen they returne home to their
〈◊〉
. after their departure are choked with cares and with riches, and voluptuous liuinge, and bring forthe no frute.
15 But that (which fel) in good ground, are they which with an honest and good heart heare the worde, and kepe it, and bring forth frute with pacience.
16 ¶ NoChrist warneth his to do good with their light which they haue receiuede, and to set it forthe before all mens faces. man when he lighteth a candel, couerethChap. 12. 13. it vnder a vessel, nether putteth it vnderMatth. 5.
〈◊〉
. theOr, bed. table, but setteth it on a candlesticke,Marke. 4. 22. that they that entre in, may se the light.
17 * For nothing is secret, that shal not be euident: nether any thing hid, that shal not be knowen, and come to light.
18 Take hede therefore howye heare: * forChap. 12 2. whosoeuer hathe, to him shalbe giuen: andMat. 10. 26. whosoeuer hathe not, from him shalbe takē
Mar. 4.
〈◊〉
. euen that, whichBothe to him self, and to others it semeth that he hathe.Matt. 3. 12. and 25
〈◊〉
.
19 ¶ * Then came to him his mother & his brethrenMar. 4. 15. and colde not come nere to him forChap. 19. 20. the preasse.Mat. 12. 46.
20 And it was tolde him (by certeine) whicheMar. 3 32. said, Thy mother and thyOr,
〈◊〉
. brethren stand without, and wolde se thee.
21 But he answered, and said vnto thē, My mother, and my brethren areThe spiritual kinred is to be preferred to the carnal and natural for asmuche as thereby of many we are made one, confessing to gether one God, one faith, and one baptisme, louing God aboue all, thing, and our neighbour as our selues. these which hea re the worde of God, and do it.
22 ¶* And it came to passe on a certeine day, that he went into a ship with his disciples, and he said vnto them, Let vs go ouer vnto the other side of the lake. And they lanched forthe.
23 And as they sailed, he fel aThe worde signifieth a depe or sounde
〈◊〉
. slepe, and there came downe a storme of winde on the lake, and they were filled with water, and were in ieopardie.Matt. 8. 23.
24 Then they went to him, and a woke him,Mar. 4. 16. saying, Master, master, we perish. And he aro se, and rebuked the winde, and the waues of water: and they ceased, and it was calme.
25 Then he said vnto thē, Where is your faith! and they feared, and wondered among them selues, saying, Who is this that commandeth bothe the windes and water, and they obey him!
26 ¶ *So they sailed vnto the region of the GaMat 8 8. darenes, which is ouer against Galile.Mar. 5. 4.
27 And as he went out to land, there met him a certeine man out of the citie, whiche had a deuil long time, and he ware no clothes, nether abode in house, but in the graues.
28 And when he sawe Iesus, he cryed out, and fel down before him, and with a loude voyce said, What haue I to do with thee, Iesus the Sonne of God, the most high? I beseche theeSatan is tormented where Christ is
〈◊〉
torment me not.
29 For he cōmaunded the foule spirit to come out of the mā: [forOr, many a day agone. oft times he had caught him: therefore he was boūd with chaines, & kept in fetters: but he brake the bandes, and wasThe worde signifieth to be inforced with violence, as an horse when he is spurred. caryed of the deuil into wildernesses.]
30 Then Iesus asked him, saying, What is thy name? And he said,A Legion, as writteth Vegetius, conceiued 6000 footemen, and 732 horsemē but here it is taken for an vncer teine ād infinite nomber. Legion, because many deuils were entred into him.
31 And they besoght hym, that he wolde not commande them to go out into theThat is so, to depart that they colde do no harme: & this word Chap. 16. 25. is called hel, where the deuils are chained in the obscuritie of dar kenes, 2, Pet. 2. 6. diepe.
32 And there was there by, an herd of many swine, feding on an hill, and the (deuils) besoght him, that he wolde suffre them to entre into them. So he suffred them.
33 Then went the deuils out of the man, and entred into the swine: and the herd was caryed with violence from a stepe down place into the lake, and was choked.
34 When the herdmen sawe what was done, thē fled: and when thei were departed, they tolde it in the citie and in the countrey.
35 Then they came out to se what was done, and came to Iesus, and founde the man, out of whome the deuils were departed, sitting at the fete of Iesus, clothed, and in his ryght minde: and they were afraid.
36 They also whiche sawe it, tolde them by what meanes he that was possessed with the deuil, was healed.
37 Then the whole multitude of the countrey about the Gadarenes, besoght him, that he wolde departe from them: for they were taken with a great feare: and he went into the ship, and returned.
38 Then the man, out of whome the deuils were departed, besoght hym that he might be with him: but Iesus sent him away, saying.
39 Christ knewe that he shulde better serue him being absent thē with him. Returne into thine owne house, ād shewe what great things God hath done to thee. So he went hys awaye, and preached through out all theThis was his owne citie called Gadaris, whi che was in the countrey of Decapolis, & therefore Luke dissen teth not frome Marke who writeth that he preached in Decapolis. citie, what greate thyngs Iesus had done vnto him.
40 ¶ And it came to passe whē Iesus was come againe, that the people receiued him: for they all waited for him.
41 ¶ * And beholde, there came a man named Iairus, and he was the ruler of theOf the Congregation of the Iewes. Synagogue, who fel downe at Iesus fete ād besoght him that he wolde come into his house.
42 For he had but a daughter onelye, abouteMat. 9. 18. twelue yeres of age, and she laye a dying [adMat. 5. 22. as he went, the people thronged him.
43 And a woman hauyng an yssue of bloode, twelue yeres long, whiche had spent all her substance vpon physicions, and colde not be healed of any:
44 Whē she came behinde (him,) she touched theBeing assured of the
〈◊〉
and power of Iesus Christ ād not attributynge any vertue to the gar ment. hemme of his garment, and immediatly her yssue of blood stanched.
45 Then Iesus said, Who is it that hathe touched me? When euerie man denyed, Peter said ād they that were with him, Master, the multitude thrust thee, and tread on thee, and sayest thou, Who hathe touched me?
46 And Iesus said, Some one hath touched me: for I perceiue that vertue is gone out of me.
47 When the woman sawe that she was not hid, she came trembling, and fel downe before him, ād tolde him before all the people, for what cause she had touched him, & how she was healed immediatly.
48 And he said vnto her, Daughter, be of good comfort: thyChrist
〈◊〉
not impute vnto vs the weaknes of our faith, but doeth accept it, as thogh it
〈◊〉
perfite. faith hathe made thee whole: go in peace.]
49 While he yet spake, there came one from the ruler of the Synagogues house, which said to him, Thy daughter is dead: disease not the Master.
50 When Iesus heard it, he answeredMeanyng the ruler of the Syna gogue. him, saying, Feare not: beleue onely, and she shal be made whole.
51 And when he went into the house, he suffred no man to go in with him, saue Peter, and Iames, and Iohn, and the father and mother of the maide.
52 And all wept, and sorowed for her: but he said, Wepe not: for she is notAlthogh she was verely dead: yet to Christ it was more easie to restore her to life, then it is for one mā to wake another out of his slepe. dead, but slepeth.
53 And they laught hym to skorne, knowyng that she was dead.
54 So heHe meaneth those which he
〈◊〉
in the house. thrust them all out, and toke her by the hand, and cryed, saying, Maid, arise,
55 And her spirit came againe, and she rose straight way: and he commanded to giue her meat.
56 Then her parents were astonied: but he commanded them that they shulde tell no man what was done.
CHAP. IX.
2 He sendeth out the twelue Apostles to preache. 7 Herode heareth tel of him. 12 He feedeth fiue thousand men with fiue loaues, and two fishes. 19 Diuerse opinions of Christ. 28 He trans figureth him self vpon the mount. 42 He deliuereth the possessed. 47 And teacheth his disciples to belowlie. 54 They desire vengeance, but he reproueth them.
1 THen * called he the twelue disciples together,Mat. 10. 1. and gaue them power and autoriMarke. 3. 13 and 6. 7. tie ouer all deuils, and to heale diseases.Mat. 10. 7.
2 * And he sent thē to preache the kyngdomeMarke. 6. 8. of God, and to cure the sicke.
3 And he said to them,To the ende they myght do
〈◊〉
charge with greater di
〈◊〉
whē they had nothyng to let them. Take nothing to your iourney, netherOr, roddes. staues, nor scrip, nether bread, nor siluer, nether haue two coates.
4 And whatsoeuer house ye entre into, there abide, andHe willeth thē not to tary long, but to preache from towne to towne. thence departe.
5 And whosoeuer will not receiue you, when ye go out of that citie, * shake of the verieVVhich was a signe of detestation, and of the vengeance whiche was prepared for such contemners of Gods benefites which are vnworthie that one
〈◊〉
receyue anye thyng at theyr hands. dust from your fete for a testimonie agaynst them.Chap. 10. 11.
Act. 13. 51.
6 And they went out, and went through euerie towne preachyng the Gospell, and healing euerie where.
7 ¶ * Nowe Herode the tetrarche heard of all that was done by hym: and he douted, because that it was said of some, that Iohn was risen againe from the dead:
8 And of some, that Elias had appeared: and of some, that one of the olde Prophetes was risen againe.Mat. 14. 1.
9 Then Herode sayd, Iohn haue I beheaded:Marke. 6. 14. who then is thys of whome I heare sucheMarke. 6. 30. things? and he desired to se him.
10 ¶ * And when the Apostles returned, theyMat. 14. 13.
Marke. 6. 32. tolde him what great things they had done. * Then he toke them, and went aside into a
solitarie place, (nere) to the citie called Bethsaida.
11 But when the people knewe it, they followed him: and he receiued them, and spake vnto them of the kingdome of God, and hea led them that had nede to be healed.
12 * And when the day began to we are away,Mat. 4. 15. the twelue came, and said vnto him, Send themar. 6. 3. people away, that they may go into the townes
〈◊〉
6. 5. and villages rounde about, & lodge and get meat: for we are here in a desert place.
13 But he said vnto them,Christ fersaketh not them that folowe him but sendeth them sufficient relief. Giue ye them to eat. And they said, We haue no mo but fiue loaues and two fishes, except we shulde go and bye meat for all this people.
14 For they were about fiue thousand mē. Thē he said to his disciples, Cause them to sit downe by fifties in a companie.
15 And they did so, and caused all to sit downe.
16 Then he toke the fiue loaues, and the two fishes, and loked vp to heauen, andIohn sayeth, he gaue thankes. blessed them, and brake, and gaue to the disciples, to set before the people.Ioh. 6. 11.
17 So they did all eat, and were satisfied: & there was takē vp of that remained to thē, twelue baskets ful of broken meat.
18 ¶ * And it came to passe as he was alone prayMat. 16. 13. ing, his disciples were with him, and he askedmar. 8. 27. them, saying, Whome say the people that I am?
19 They answered, and said, Iohn Baptist: and others say, Elias: & some say, that one of the olde Prophetes is risen againe.
20 And he said vnto them, But whome say ye that I am? Peter answered, & said, The Christ of God.
21 And he warned, and commaunded thē, that they shulde tellFor he knewe best his
〈◊〉
time which was appointed for him to be manifested in. that to no man.Mat. 17. 38.
22 Saying, * The Sonne of man must suffre manymar. 8.
〈◊〉
. things, and be reproued of the Elders, & of the hie Priests and Scribes, and be slaine, and the thirde day rise againe.Chap. 14. 27.
23 ¶ * And he said to them all, If any man wilmat 10. 38 & 16 24 mar. 8. 35. come after me, let him denye him self, and take vp his crosseFor as one day followeth another, so doethone crosse folo we in the necke of ano ther. daily, and folowe me.
24 For whosoeuer wilsaue his life, shal lose it: and whosoeuer shal lose his life for my sake, the same shal saue it.
25 For what auantageth it a man, if he winne the whole worlde, and destroye him self, or lose himself?Chap. 12. 9. & 17. 33
26 * For whosoeuer shalbe ashamed of me, andMat. 10 33. of my wordes, of him shal the Sonne of manmar. 8 38. be ashamed, when he shal come in his glorie2. tim. 2 12. and (in the glorie) of the Father, and of the holie Angels.Mat. 16. 23.
27 * And I tell you of a suretie, there be someMar. 9. 1. standing here, which shal not taste, of death, til they haue sene theEstablished & enlarged by the preaching of the Gospel. kingdome of God.
28 * And it came to passe about an eight dayes after those wordes, that he toke Peter, and Iohn, and Iames, and went vp into a mountaineMat. 17. 1. to pray.mar. 9. 2.
29 And as he prayed, the facion of his countenarice was chāged, & his garmēt (was) white and glistered.
30 And beholde, two men talked with him, which were Moses and Elias,
31 Which appeared in glorie, and tolde of hisThat is, what yssue he shulde haue and how he shulde dye. departing, which he shulde accomplish at Ierusalem.
32 But Peter and they that were with him, were heauie with slepe, and when they awooke, they sawe his glorie, & the two men standing with him.
33 And it came to passe, as they departed from him, Peter said vnto Iesus, Master, it is good for vs to be here: let vs therefore make thre tabernacles, one for thee, and one for Moses, and one for Elias, and wist not what he said.
34 While he thus spake, there came a cloude andFor other wayes they had not bene able to comprehend his great maieslie. ouershadowed them, and they feared when these were entring into the cloude.
35 * And there came a voyce out of the cloude, saying, This is my beloued Sonne heare him.Mat. 3. 17.
Mat. 1. 11.
36 And when the voyce was past, Iesus was founde alone: and they kept it close, and tol de no mā inThei conceled it til Christs
〈◊〉
, as Marke writeth. those dayes any of those things which they had sene.
37 ¶ And it came to passe on the next day, as they came downe from the mountaine, muche people met him.
38 * And beholde, a man of the cōpanie cryedMatth. 17. 14. out, saying, Master, I beseche thee, beholdeMark 9. 17. my sonne: for he is all that I haue.
39 And lo, a spirit taketh him, and suddenly he cryeth, and he teareth him, that he fometh, and with muche paine departeth from him, when he hathe bruised him.
40 Now I haue besoght thy disciples to cast him out, but they colde not.
41 Then Iesus answered, and said,Vnder the
〈◊〉
that his disciples colde not heale the sicke man, he reproueth thē which wolde haue dimi nished his
〈◊〉
. O generacion faithles, and croked, how long now shall be with you, and suffer you! bring thy sonne hither.
42 And whiles he was yet comming, the deuil rent him, and
〈◊〉
him: ād Iesus rebuk ed the vncleane spirit, and healed the childe, and
〈◊〉
liuered him to his father.
43 ¶ And thei were all amased at the mightie power of God: and while thei all wondred at all things, which Iesus did, he said vnto his disciples,
44 Greke, put these wordes into your
〈◊〉
. Marke these wordes diligently: for it shal come to passe, that the Sonne of man shalbe deliuered into the hands of men.
45 But theyThey were so blinde with this opinion that Christ shulde ha ue a temporal kingdome, that they wolde not vnderstand when he spake of his death. vnderstode not that worde: for it was hid from them, (so) that they colde not perceiue it: and they feared to aske him of that worde.
46 ¶* Then there arose a disputacion among them, which of them shulde be the greatest.
47 When Iesus sawe the thoghts of their hearts, he toke a litle childe, and set him byMat. 18. 1. him.Mar. 9 33.
48 And said vnto them, Whosoeuer receiueth this litle childe in my Name, receiueth me: and whosoeuer shal receiue me, receiueth him that sent me: for he that is least among
you all, he shalbe great.
49 ¶* And Iohn answered, and said, Master, weMar. 9. 38. sawe one casting out deuils in thy Name, and we forbade him, becausehe followeth (thee) not with vs.
50 Then Iesus said vnto him, Forbid ye (him) not: for he that is not against vs,For as muche as he letteth vs not, and
〈◊〉
is glorified by his occasion. is with vs.
51 ¶ And it came to passe, whē theOf his death Where by he Was exalted. dayes were accomplished, that he shulde be receiued vp, he setteled him self fully to go to Ierusalem.
52 And sent messengers before him: and they went and entred into a towne of the Samaritans, to prepare him (lodging.)
53 But they wolde not receiue him, because hisOr
〈◊〉
, or apparel: for they knewè he Was a Iewe, and as tou ching the
〈◊〉
opinion of the Temple, read Iohn. 4. 20: also thei hated
〈◊〉
Iewes, because they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them in religion. behauiour was, (as) thogh he wolde go to Ierusalem.
54 And when his disciples, Iames and Iohn sawe it, they said, Lord, wilt thou that we cō
mande, that fyre come downe from heauen, and consume them, euen as * Elias did,
55 But Iesus turned about, and rebuked them, & said, Ye knowe not of whatHe reproueth their rashe and carnal affection, Which Were not
〈◊〉
With Elias spirit. spirit ye are,2. king. 1. 10.
56 * For the Sonne of man is not come to destroyeMat.
〈◊〉
. 19. mens liues, but to saue thē. Then they
〈◊〉
to another towne.
57 ¶ And it came to passe that as they went in the way, a certeine man said vnto him, I wil followe thee, Lord, whethersoeuer thou goest.
58 And Iesus said vnto him, TheWe must not fol lowe Christ for riches and commodities, but pre pare our selues to
〈◊〉
& to the
〈◊〉
by his example. foxes haue holes, and the birdes of the heauen haue nestes, but the Sonne of man hathe not whereon to laie his head.
59 But he said vnto another, Followe me. And the same said, Lord, suffer me first to go andThat is, til he be dead and I haue done my duetie to him in
〈◊〉
him. burye my father.
60 And Iesus said vnto him,We may not followe What semeth best to
〈◊〉
, but onely Gods calling, and
〈◊〉
by dead he meaneth those that are vnprofitable to
〈◊〉
God. Let the dead burye their dead: but go thou and preache the kingdome of God.
61 Then another said, I wil followethee, Lord: but let me first go bid them fare wel, which are at mine house.
62 And Iesus said vnto him, No man that putteth his hand to the plough, andTo be hindered or entangled With respect of
〈◊〉
Worldlie commoditie or staied to go for Warde for anie paine, or trouble. loketh backe, is apte to the kingdome of God.
CHAP. X.
1 He sendeth the seuentie before him to preache, and giueth them a charge how to behaue them selues 13 He threateneth the obstinate. 21 He giueth thankes to hisChap. X. heauēhe Father. 25 He answereth the Scribe that tēpted him. 33 And by the example of the
〈◊〉
sheweth who is a mans neighbour, 38 Martha receiueth the Lord into her house. 40 Marie is feruent in hearing his worde.
1 AFter* these things, the Lord appointed other seuentie also, ād sent them, two & two before him into euerie citie and place, whether he him self shulde come.
2 And he said vnto them, *Meaning a great nomber of people, Which are readie to be broghtvnto God. The haruest (is) great, but theThat is, the preachers. laborers (are) fewe: pray thereforeMat. 9. 37. the Lord of the haruest to send forthe2. king. 4. 29. laborers into his haruest.Mat. 10. 12.
3 *Go your waies: beholde, I send you fortheMark. 6. 10. as lambs amongNot that they shal hurt you, but that you
〈◊〉
preserued by my prouidence. wolues.
4 Beare no bagge, nether scryp, nor shoes, *ādHe
〈◊〉
that thei shulde dispatche this iourney with diligen ce not occuping thē selues about other dueties. salute no man by the
〈◊〉
5 * And into what soeuer houseye enter first sayIt Was their ma ner of salutacion Whereby they Wisshed helth &
〈◊〉
. Peace (be) to this house.
6 And if theVVhiche loueth the doctrine of peace and the Gospel. sonne of peace be there, your peace shal rest vpon him: if not, it shal turne to you againe.
7 And in that house tarie stil eating, and drinking
〈◊〉
. 24. 14. suche things as by them (shalbe set beforemat. 10. 10. you:) * for the laborer is worthie of his1
〈◊〉
. 5. 18. wages. Go not fromHe Wolde not that they shulde tary long in one towne, nether yet to be careful to change their lodging. house to house.
8 But into what soeuer citie ye shal enter, if they receiue you,Doute
〈◊〉
to receiue nourishe ment of them, of Whome you
〈◊〉
. eat suche things as are set before you,
9 And heale the sicke that are there, and say vnto them, The kingdome of God is come nere vnto you.
10 But into whatsoeuer citie ye shal enter if they wil not receiue you, go your waies out into the stretes of the same, and say,
11 Euen the verie * dust, which cleaueth on vsChap. 9. 5. of your citie, we wipe of against you, notmat. 10. 14. with standing know this, that theyGod did present him self vnto you by his messēgers and Wolde haue reigned ouer you kingdomeact 13. 51 & 18. 6. of God was come nere vnto you.
12 For I say to you, that it shalbe easier in that day for them of Sodom, then for that citie.
13 *Wo (be) to thee, Chorazin: wo (be) to thee,Mat. 11. 21. Beth-saida: for if the miracles had bene done in Tyrus and Sidon, which haue bene done in you, they had a great while agone repēted sittingVVhiche Were the signes of repentance. in sacke clothe and asshes.
14 Therefore it shalbe easier for Tyrus,The mo benefites that God besto Wethvpō anie people, the more
〈◊〉
their ingra titude deserue to be punished. andMat. 0. 40. Sidon, at the iudgement, then for you.ioh. 13 20.
15 And thou, Capernaum, which art exalted to heauen, shalt be thrust downe to hel.
16 ¶*He that heareth you, heareth me: and he that despiseth you, despiseth me: and he that despiseth me, despiseth him that sent me,
17 ¶ And the seuentie turned againe with ioye saying, Lord, euen the deuils are subdued to vs through thy Name.
18 And he said vnto them, I saweThe power of
〈◊〉
is beaten downe by the preaching of the Gospel. Satan, like lightening, fall downe from heauen.
19 Beholde, I giue vnto you power to treade on serpents, & scorpiōs, & ouer all the power of the enemie, and nothing shal hurt you.
20 Neuertheles, in this reioyce not, that the spirits are subdued vnto you: but rather reioyce, because your names are written in heauen.
21 ¶That same houre reioyced Iesus inOr, in his minde. the spi rit, and said, I confessevento thee, Father Lord of heauen and earth, that thou hast hid these things from theHe attributeth it to the free electiō of God, that the Wise & World lings knowe not the Gospel, & the poore hase people vnderstand it wise and learned, and hast reueiled them to babes: euen so, Father, because it so pleased thee.
22 Then he turned to his disciples, and said, All things areChrist is our onlie meane to receiue Gods mer cies by. giuen me of my Father: andTherefore We must esteme him as the fathers
〈◊〉
hathe taught vs, & not according tomās iudgement. no man knoweth who the Sonne is, but the Father: nether who the Father is, saue theIn Whome We se God as in his
〈◊〉
image. Sonne, and he to whome the Sonne wil reueile him.
〈◊〉
. 13. 16.
23 ¶ And he returned to his disciples, and said secretly, *Blessed (are) the eyes, which se that ye se.Mat. 12.
〈◊〉
.
24 For I tell you that manie Prophetes and
〈◊〉
12 28. Kings haue desired to se those things,
which ye se, and haue not sene (them:) and to heare those things, which ye heare, ād haue not heard (them.)
25 ¶* Then beholde, a certeine expounder of the Law stode vp, and tempted him, saying, Master, what shal I do, to inherite eternal life.
26 And he said vnto him, What is written in the Law? how readest thou?
27 And he answered, and said, *Thou shalt loueDeut. 6. 1. thy Lord God with all thine heart, and with all thy soule, and with all thy strength, and with all thy thoght, * and thy neighbour asLeui. 19 18. thy felf.
28 Then he said vnto him, Thou hast answered right: this do, and thou shalt liue.
29 But he willing toOr, to approue him self as iust. iustifie him self, said vnto Iesus, WhoFor they counted no mā their neighbour, but their friend. is then my neighbour?
30 And Iesus aunswered, and said, A certeine man went down from Ierusalem to Iericho, and fell among theues, and they robbed him of his rayment, and wounded him, and depar ted, leauing him halfe dead.
31 And byFor so it semed to mans iudgement, althogh this Was so appointed by Gods counsell and
〈◊〉
uidence. chāce there came down a certeineHe priuely noteth the greate
〈◊〉
, Whiche was among this people & chiefly the gouernours. Priest that same way, and whē he sawe him, he passed by on the other side.
32 And lykewise also a Leuite, when he was come nere to the place, went and loked (on (him,) and passed by on the other side.
33 Then a certeineThis nacion Was odious to the Iewes. Samaritan, as heiourneyed, came nere vnto him, and when he sawe him, he had compassion on him.
34 And went to hym, and bounde vp his wondes, and powred in oyle and wine, and put hym on his owne beast, and broght hym to an ynne, and made prouision for him.
35 And on the moro we when he departed, he toke
〈◊〉
VVhich Was a
〈◊〉
. pence of slerling money. two pence, and gaue them to the hoste, and said vnto hym, Take care of hym, and whatsoeuer thou spendest more, when I come againe, I wil recompense thee.
36 Which nowe of these thre, thinkest thou, was neyghbour vnto hym that fell amonge the theues?
37 And he sayd, He that shewed mercye on him. Then said Iesus vnto him, Go,Helpe hym that hath nede of thee althogh thou know him not. and do thou likewise.
38 ¶ Nowe it came to passe as they went, that he entred into a certeine towne, and a certeine woman named Martha, receyued hym into her house.
39 And she had a sister called Marie, which also sate at Iesus fete, and heard his preaching.
40 But Martha was combred about muche ser uing, and came to him, ād said, Master, doest thou not care that my sister hathe lefte me to serue alone? bid her therefore, that she helpe me.
41 And Iesus answered, and said vnto her, Mar tha, Martha, thou carest, and artFor she forgate the principal, Whiche Was to heare Gods Worde. troubled about manie things.
42 But one thyng is nedeful, Marie hathe cho sen the good parte,It Was not mere that she shuldhaue bene drawen from so
〈◊〉
a thing, Whereunto she cold not alwaies haue opportunitie. which shall not be taken away from her.
CHAP. XI.
2 He teacheth hys disciples to praye. 14 He driueth
〈◊〉
a deuill. 15 And rebuketh the blasphemous Pharises. 28 He preferreth the spirituall cousinage. 29 They require signes and tokens. 37 He eateth with the Pharise, and
〈◊〉
the hypocrisie of the Pharises, Scribes and hypocrites.
1 ANd so it was, that as he was praying in a certeine place, when he ceased, one of his disciples said vnto him, Master, teache vs to praye, as Iohn also taught his disciples.Mat. 6.
〈◊〉
.
2 * And he said vnto them, When ye pray, say, Our Father, which art in heauē, halowed be thy Name: Thy kingdome come: Let thy wil be done euen in earth, as (it is) in heauen.
3 Our daily bread giue vsOr euerie day, or asmuche as is sufficient for this day. for the day.
4 And Or,
〈◊〉
. forgiue vs our sinnes: for euen we forgiue euerie man that is indetted to vs: And lead vs not into temptacion: but deliuer vs from euil.
5 ¶ Moreouer he sayde vnto them,By this similitude he
〈◊〉
vs that We oght not to be discouraged, if We obteine not incontinentlye that Whiche We demande. Whiche of you shall haue a friend, and shall go to him at midnight, and saye vnto hym, Friend, lend me thre
〈◊〉
?
6 For a friende of myne is comeOr, in passing by the Way. out of the way to me, and I haue nothing to set before hym.
7 And he wythin shulde aunswere, and saye Trouble me not: the dore is nowe shut: and my children are with me in bed: I can not rise and giue them to thee.
8 I say vnto you, thogh he wolde not arise and giue him, because he is his friende, yet doutles because of hysOr,
〈◊〉
. importunitie, he wolde rise, and giue him as many as he neded.
9 * And I saye vnto you, Aske, and it shalbe giuenMat. 7. 7. and 21. 22. you: seke, and ye shal finde: knocke, andMarke. 11. 24. it shalbe opened vnto you.Iohn. 14. 13. and 16. 12.
10 For euerie one that asketh, receiueth: and he that seketh, findeth: ād to hymthat knocIames 1. 10. keth, it shalbe opened.
11 * If a sōne shal aske bread of any of you thatMat 9. 32. and 12. 21. is a father, wil he giue him a stone? or if (he as ke) a fish, wil he for a fishe giue him a serpēt?Marke 3. 20.
12 Or if he aske an egge, wil he giue him ascor pion?
13 If ye then whiche are euill, can giue good giftes vnto your children, how muche more shall your heauenlie Father giueThe chiefest thing that We
〈◊〉
desire of God, is his holie spirit. the holye Gost to them, that desire him?
14 ¶ Then he caste out a deuill whyche was domme: and whē the deuil was gone out the domme spake, and the people wondred.
15 But some of them sayd, He casteth out deuils through Beel-zebub the chief of the deuils.
16 And others tempted him, sekyng of hym a signe from heauen.
17 But he knewe their thoghtes, and said vntoMat. 12. 25. to them, * Euerie kingdome deuided againstMarke. 3. 44. it self, shalbe desolate, ād an house (deuided) againe an house, falleth.
18 So yf Satan also be deuided agaynste hym selfe, howe shall his kyngdome stande, because ye saye that I caste out deuils through Beel-zebub?
19 If I through Eeel-zebub cast out deuils, by whom do yourThat is to say, your coniurers. children cast thē out? Therfore shal they be your iudges.
20 But if I by theThe finger of God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for that
〈◊〉
and power of God. And the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
ād the Sonne is the holie
〈◊〉
: for so
〈◊〉
doeth interpret thys place. finger of God cast out deuils, doutles the kyngdome of God is come vnto you.
21 When a stronge man armed, kepeth hysThe worde signifieth, an entrie
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
be fore an house. palace, the things that he possesseth, are inOr,
〈◊〉
. peace.
22 But when a stronger then he, cometh vpon him, and ouer commeth him: he taketh from hym all hys armour wherein he trusted, and deuideth his spoiles.
23 He that is notThey
〈◊〉
do not wholy applye
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
the kingdome of Sa tan, can not be coūted to be on Christe, side but are his
〈◊〉
: how much more is be
〈◊〉
hym that
〈◊〉
open
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
with him as Satan doeth? with me, is againste me: and he that gathereth not with me, scattereth.
24 * When the vncleanes Spirite is gone out of a man, he walketh through drye places, sekyngTo the
〈◊〉
that he myght work according to his malicious nature. rest: and when he findeth none, he saith, I wil returne vnto mine house whence I came out.
25 And when he commeth, he findeth it swept andMore
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
then it was afore. garnished.
26 ThenIf by
〈◊〉
we turne backe from God Satan hathe greater power ouer vs then he had before. goeth he, and taketh to himHe
〈◊〉
an infinite nomber Ion. 2. 1. seuen other spirits worse then hym selfe: and they entre in, and dwell there, * so the last state ofMat. 12. 43. that man is worse then the first.
27 ¶ And it came to passe as he sayde these thyngs, a certeine woman of the companie lifted vp her voyce, and sayd vnto hym, BlessedEbr. 6. 4. (is) the wombe that bare thee, and the1. Peter 2. 20. pappes which thou haste sucked.
28 But he sayd,Christe
〈◊〉
her a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for that she
〈◊〉
ted the chief
〈◊〉
se which
〈◊〉
due vnto hym: that was, that they are blessed in deed to whome he communicateth him self by this worde. Yea, rather blessed (are) they that heare the worde of God, and kepe it.
29 ¶ * And when the people were gathered thicke together, he began to saye, This is a wicked generacion: they seke a signe, and there shal no signe be giuen them, but the signe of * Ionas the Prophet.Mat. 12. 48.
30 For as Ionas was a signe to the Nineuites, so shall also the Sonne of man be to
〈◊〉
generacion.
31 * The Quene of the South shall rise in iudgement, with the men of this generacion, ād
〈◊〉
condemne them: for she came from the vtmost partes of the earth to heare the wisdome of Solomon, and becholde, a greater then Solomon (is) here.
32 The men of Nineue shall ryse in iudgement with thys generacion, and shall condemne
〈◊〉
Kyng. 10 1. it: for they * repented at the preaching2
〈◊〉
. 9. 1. of Ionas: and beholde, a greater then Ionas (is) here.Ion. 3. 5.
33 ¶ * No man lighteth a candell, and putteth it in a priuie place, nether vnder a bushel: butChap.
〈◊〉
. 16. on a candle sticke, that they which come in,Mat. 5. 15. may se the light.Marke. 4. 21.
34 *Or, candle. The light of the bodie is the
〈◊〉
it s huld guide and lead the bodie. eye: therforeMat. 6. 22. when thyne eye isVVithout spot
〈◊〉
vice. single, then is thy whole bodie lyght: but if thine eye be euill, then thy bodie is darke.
35 Take hede therefore, that the light which is in thee, be not darkenes.
36 If therefore thy whole bodie (shalbe) light, hauing no parte darke, then shal all be light euen as when a candel doeth light thee with the brightnes.
37 ¶ And as he spake, a certeine Pharise besoght him to dyne with him: and he went in, and sate downe at table.
38 And when the Pharise sawe it, he marueiled that he had not first washed before dyner.
39 * And the Lord said to him, In dede ye PharisesMat. 23.
〈◊〉
. make cleane the out side of the cup, and of the platter: but the inwarde parte is ful of rauening and wickednes.
40 Ye fooles, did not he that made that which is without, make that which is with in also?
41 Therefore,Christ here
〈◊〉
two things: first
〈◊〉
we come
〈◊〉
by
〈◊〉
meat and drinke: and next that we
〈◊〉
part to the poorer for
〈◊〉
is the
〈◊〉
of the Law giue almes ofOr, of that that you naue. those things which are within, and beholde, all things shalbe cleane to you.
42 But wo (be) to you, Pharises: for ye tithe the mynt and the rewe, and all maner herbes, ād passe ouer iudgement and the loue of God: these oght ye to haue done, andHe wolde not
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
least commande ment
〈◊〉
all things were
〈◊〉
hed: but taught them to stick to the
〈◊〉
and not
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
ceremonies whi che
〈◊〉
quickly be
〈◊〉
. not to haue left the other vndone.
43 * Wo (be) to you, Pharises: for ye loue the vpper most seates in the Synagogues, and gre tings in the markets."
〈◊〉
, that which is
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
.
44 Wo (be) to you, Scribes and Pharises, hypocrites:Chap. 20. 46. for ye are as graues whichVVhose
〈◊〉
and infection ap peare not suddenly. appeareMat. 23. 6. not, and the men that walke ouer them, perceiue
〈◊〉
. 12. 38. not.
45 ¶ * Then answered one of the expounders of the Lawe, and said vnto him, Master, thus saying thou puttest vs to rebuke also.
46 And he said, Wo (be) to you also, ye interpreters of the Lawe: for ye lade men with bur dens grieuous to be borne, and ye your selues touche not the burdens with one of your fingers.
47 Wo (be) to you: for ye
〈◊〉
you
〈◊〉
in remembrance the
〈◊〉
dedes of your fathers. buylde the sepulchres of the Prophetes, and your Fathers killed them.Act. 15. 10.
48 You shewe your selues as great
〈◊〉
as
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
fathers, makynge men beleue ye honour GOD when you
〈◊〉
nour him. Truely ye beare witnes, and allow the dedes of your fathers: for they killed them, ād yeThey were more curious to buylde their
〈◊〉
ues
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
followe their
〈◊〉
. buylde their sepulchres.
49 Therefore sayd the wisdome of God, I will send them Prophetes and Apostles, and of them they shal slay andOr,
〈◊〉
expel them. persecute.
50 That the blood of all the Prophetes, shed from the fundacion of the worlde, maye be required of this regeneracion.
51 Frome the blood of * Abell vnto the blood of * Zacharias, whiche was slayne betwene
〈◊〉
altar and the Temple: verelye I saye vnto you, it shalbe required ofBecause they were culp able of the same
〈◊〉
that their ancestors were. thys generacion.
52 Wo (be) to you, interpreters of the Law: for ye haueThey hid and toke awaye the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ād true
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
ptures. taken away the keye of knowledge:Gen. 4. 8. ye entred not in your selues, and thē that2, Chron. 24. 22. came in, ye forbade.
52 And as he say de these thynges vnto them, the Scribes and Pharises began to vrge hym sore, and to prouoke hym to speake of
〈◊〉
.
54 Laying wait for him, and sek yng to catche some thyng of hys mouth, whereby they might accuse him.
CHAP, XII.
1 Christ commaundeth to auoide hypocrisie. 4 That we shulde not feare man but God. 5 To confesse his Name. 10 Blasphemie against the Spirit. 14 Not to passe our vocation. 15 Not to giue our selues to
〈◊〉
care of this life. 32 But to ryghteousnes, almes, watching, patiente, wisdome and concorde.
1 IN * the meane tyme, there gathered togetherMat. 16
〈◊〉
. an innumerable multitude of people,
〈◊〉
. 8. 14. so that they trode one another: and he began to say vnto his disciples first, Take hede to your selues of the leauen of the Pharises, which is hypocrisie.
2 * For there is nothyng couered, that shall
〈◊〉
. 10. 26. not be reueiled: nether hid, that shall not beMarke. 4 22. knowen.
3 Wherefore whatsoeuer ye haue spoken in darkenes, it shalbe heard in the light: ād that which ye haue spoken in the eare, in secret places, shalbe preached on theOpenly that al men may heare. houses.
4 * And I say vnto you, my friendes, be
〈◊〉
afraidMat. 10 28. of thē that kil the bodie, and after that are not able to do any more.
5 But I will forewarne you, whome ye shall feare: feare hym whiche after he hathe killed, hathe power to cast into hell: yea, I saye vnto you, him feare.
6 Are not fiue sparowes boght for two farthings, (and) yet not one of them is forgottenChap. 9. 26. before God?Mat 10. 32.
7 Yea, and all the heeres of your head are nomMarke 8. 38. bred: feare not therfore: ye are of value then2.
〈◊〉
. 2.
〈◊〉
, many sparowes.
8 * Also I say vnto you, Whosoeuer shall confesse me before men, hym shall the Sonne of mā confesse also before the Angels of God.
9 But he that shal denie me before men, shalbe denyed before the Angels of God.
10 And whosoeuer shal speake a word against the Sonne of man, it shalbe forgiuen hym:Mat. 10. 29. but vnto hym thatHe that shal re siste against the worde of God purposely, and against his
〈◊〉
. shall blaspheme the holieMarke. 13 32. Gost, it shall not be forgiuen.
11 * And when they shal bring you vnto the Sy nagogues, and vnto the rulers and princes, take noBe not so doutfull that you shulde be discou raged or distruct thoght how, or what thing ye shal answer, or what ye shal speake.
12 For the holie Gost shall teache you in the sameOr, moment. houre, what ye oght to say.1. Cor. 6 1.
13 And one of the cōpanie said vnto him, Master, bid my brother deuide the inheritance with me.
14 And he said vnto him, Man, who made me aChriste chiefly came to be
〈◊〉
, & not
〈◊〉
ding he
〈◊〉
the Christians to be iudges and de cide controuersies betwixte their
〈◊〉
. iudge, or a deuider ouer you?
15 Wherefore he said vnto them, Take hede, and beware of couetousnes:
〈◊〉
condemneth the atrogā cie
〈◊〉
the riche worldlings who as thogh they had God locked vp in their
〈◊〉
and barnes, set their whole
〈◊〉
in their goods, not consi dering that God gaue them lyfe and also can take it awaye when
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. for thogh a man haue abundance, (yet) his life standeth not in his riches.
16 And he put forthe a parable vnto them, saying, * TheOr, countrey. grounde of a certeine riche man broght forthe frutes plenteously.
17 Therefore he thoght with him self, saying,Eecle 11. 19. What shall I do, because I haue no (roume,) where I may lay vp my frutes?
18 And he said, This wil I do, I will pull downe my barnes, and buylde greater, and therein wil I gather all my frutes, and my goods.
19 And I wil say to my soule, Soule, thou haste muche goods laid vp for many yeres: liue at ease, eat, drinke, and take thy pastime.
20 But God said vnto him, O foole, thys night wil they fetche awaye thy soule fromthee: then whose shal those things be which thou hast prouided?
21 So (is) he that gathereth riches to hym self, and is not riche inTo depend one ly on his prouidence knowing that he hathe ynough for all. God.
22 And he spake vnto his disciples, Therefore I saye vnto you, * Take no thoght for your life, what ye shal eat: nether for your bodie,Mat. 6. 15. what ye shal put on.2. Peter. 5. 7.
23 The lyfe is more then meat: and the bodiePsal. 55. 26. (more) then the raiment.
24 He exhorteth vs to caste our care on God,
〈◊〉
to submit our sel ues to his
〈◊〉
. Consider the rauens: for they nether sowe nor reape: whiche nether haue store house nor barne, and (yet) God fedeth them: howe muche more are ye better then foules?
25 And which of you with taking thoght, can adde to his stature one cubit?
26 If ye then be not able to do the least thing; why take ye thoght for the remnant?
27 The liberalitie of God whiche
〈◊〉
in the herbes and floures, surmounteth all that man can do by his riches or
〈◊〉
. Consider the lilies how they growe: they labour not, nether spin they: yet I saye vnto you, that Solomon him self in all his royaltie was not clothed like one of these.
28 If then God so clothe the grasse whiche is to day in the field, and to morow is cast into the ouen, how muche more (will he clothe) you, ô ye of litle faith?
29 Therfore aske not what ye shal eat, or what ye shal drinke, netherOr, make discourses in the ayre. stand in doute.
30 For all such things the people of the world seke for: and your Father knoweth that ye haue nede of these things.
31 But rather seke ye after the kyngdome of God,VVhich are but accessaries, and
〈◊〉
commune as wel to the wieked men as to the godlie. and all these thyngs shalbe ministred vnto you.
32 Feare not, litle flocke: for it is your Fathers pleasure, to giue you theVVhiche is the
〈◊〉
thynge that can be giuē, & therefore you can not want those thynges whiche are of lesse importance 1. Peter. 1, 13. kingdome.
33 ¶ * Sel that ye haue, and giue almes: makeMat. 6. 20. you bagges, whiche waxe not olde, a treasure that can neuer faile in heauen, where no thefe commeth, nether moth corrupteth.
34 For where your treasure is, there will your hearts be also.
35 ¶ * Let your loines beBe in a readines to execute the charge which is committed vn to you. girde aboute, and your lights burning.
36 And ye your selues like vnto men that wait for their master, when he will returne from the wedding, that when he cometh & knoc keth, they maye open vnto him immediatly.
37 Blessed (are) those seruāts, whom
〈◊〉
Lord when he cometh shall finde wakyng: verely I say vnto you, he willBecause they did vse long garmēts, the
〈◊〉
was to girde or
〈◊〉
them vp when they went about anye busines. girde him self about, and make them to sit downe at table, ād will come forthe, and serue them.
38 And if he come in the seconde watche, or come in the thirde watche, and shall
〈◊〉
them so, blessed are those seruants.
39 * Now vnderstand this, that if the good mā
Mat. 24. 43. of the house had knowen at what houre theReuela. 16.
〈◊〉
. thefe wolde haue come, he wolde haue watched, and wolde not haue
〈◊〉
his house
to be digged through.
40 Be ye also prepared therefore: for the Sonne of man wil come at an houre when ye thinke not.
41 Then Peter sayd vnto hym, Master, tellest thou this parable vnto vs, or euen to all?
42 And the Lord said, Who is a faithfull stewarde, and wise, whome the master shall make ruler ouer his housholde, to giue them theirThe porcion of
〈◊〉
euerie moneth was foure
〈◊〉
of corne as Donatus writeth in Phormio. portion of meat in season?
43 Blessed (is) that seruaunt, whome his master when he cometh, shal find so doing.
44 Of a trueth I say vnto you, that he wil make him ruler ouer all that he hathe.
45 But if that seruant say in hys heart, My master doeth deferre his comming, and shal be ginne to smite the seruants, and maidens, ād to eat, and drinke, and to be drunken.
46 The master of that seruant will come in a day whē he thinketh not, & at an houre whē he is not ware of, and wil cut him of, and giue him his portion with the vnbeleuers.
47 ¶ And that seruaunt that knewe hys masters will, and prepared not himselfe, nether did according to his wil, shal be beaten with manie (stripes.)
48 But he that knewe it not, and yet did commit thingsTherfore igno rance is inexcusable. worthie of stripes, shal be beaten with fewe (stripes:) for vnto whome soeuerTo whom God hathe giuen manie graces. muche is giuen, of him shal be muche re quired, and to whome men muche commit, the more of him wil they aske.
49 ¶ I am come to putThe Gospel is as a burning fire most vehement, which maketh a change of things through all the worlde. fyre on the earth, and what is my desire, if it be allIf there be great troubles & alterations vpō the earth, which things come not by the proprietie of the Gospel but through the wyckednes of man. ready kindled?
50 Notwithstanding I must beHe compareth hys death to baprisme. baptized with a baptisme, and howe am I grieued, till it be ended?
51 * Thinke ye that I am come to giue peace onMat. 10. 34. earth? I tel you, nay, but rather debate.
52 For from hence forthe there shal be fiue in one house deuided, thre against two, ād two against thre.
53 The Father shal be deuided agaynste the sonne, and the sonne againste the father: the mother against the daughter, ād the daughter against the mother: the mother in lawe against her daughter in law, and the daughter in law, against her mother in law.
54 ¶ Then said he to the people, When ye se aMat. 15. 2. cloude rise out of the West, straight way ye say, A shower commeth: and so it is.
55 And when (ye se) the South wynde blowe, ye say, that it wil be hote: and it commeth to passe.
56 Hypocrites, ye can discerne the face of the the earth, and of the skie: but why discerne ye not this time?
57 Yea, and why iudge ye not of yourselues what is right?
58 ¶ * While thou goest with thine aduersarieMat. 5. 25. to the ruler, as thou art in the way, giue diligence in the way, that thou maist beThoght it be to thy
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
derance. deliue red frō hym, lest he bryng thee to the iudge, and the iudge deliuer thee to the iayler, and the iayler cast thee into prison.
59 I tell thee, thou shalte not departe thence, til thou hast payed the vtmost mite.
CHAP, XIII.
1 The crueltie of Pilate. 2 We oght not to condemne all to be wicked men which suffre. 3 Christ exhorteth to repen tance. 11 He healeth the croked woman. 15 Aunswered to the master of the Synagogue 18 By diuers similitudes he declareth what the kingdome of God is. 23 Also that the nomber of them whiche shall be saued, is smale. 33 Finally he sheweth that no worldelie policie or force can let the worke and counsel of God.
1 THere were certeine men present at the same season, that shewed him of the Galileans, whose blood Pilate hadHe murthered them as they were
〈◊〉
& so their blood was myngled with the bioode of the beastes whiche were sa crificed. mingled with their owne sacrifices.
2 And Iesus answered, and said vnto them, Sup pose ye, that these Galileans wereFor the Iewes toke occasion hereby to condē ne them as most wicked men. greater sinners then all the (other) Galileans, because they haue suffred suche things?
3 I tell you, nay: but exceptHe warneth thē rather to cō
sider their owne estate, then to
〈◊〉
other mens. ye amende your liues, ye shall all lykewise perish.
4 Or thynke you that those eyghtene, vppon whome the towre inWhich towre
〈◊〉
by the riuer Siloe
〈◊〉
fish poole in
〈◊〉
Siloam fell, and slewe them, wereOr, detters. sinners aboue all men that dwel in Ierusalem?
5 I tell you, nay: but except ye amende your liues, ye all shall likewise perish.
6 ¶ He spake also this parable, A certeine man had a figge tre planted in hys vineyarde: and he came and soght frute thereon, ād founde none.
7 They sayd he to the dresser of hys vineyarde, Beholde,By this similitude is declared the great
〈◊〉
that God vseth towarde sinners in lokynge for their amendement: but thys delay auaileth them nothynge, when they still remaine in their corruption. thys thre yeres haue I come and soght frute of thys figge tre, and finde none:We se our state if we bring not for the frute. cut it downe: why kepeth itFor bothe it is
〈◊〉
itself, and doeth hurte to the grounde where it groweth. also the ground baren?
8 And he answered, and said vnto him, Lord let it alone this yere also, til I digge round about it, and dongue it.
9 And if it beare frute, (wel:) if not, then after thou shalt cut it downe.
10 ¶ And he taught in one of the Synagogues on the Sabbath day.
11 And beholde, there was a woman whiche had aVVhom Satan had strokē with a disease, as the spirite of couetousnes is that spirit, that maketh a man
〈◊〉
. spirit of infirmitie eightene yeres, and wasAs they are whose sinewes are shronke. bowed together, and colde not lift vp (herself) in anie wise.
12 When Iesus sawe her, he called her to him, and said to her, Womā, thou artOr, set as libertie out of Satan, bandes. losed from thy disease.
13 And he laid his hands on her, and immediat ly she was made strayght agayne, and glorified God.
14 And the ruler of the Synagogue aunswered wyth indignation because that Iesus had healed on the Sabbath (daye,) and said vnto the people, There are six dayes in which mē oght to worke: in them therefore come and be healed, and not on the Sabbath day.
15 Then aunswered hym the LORDE, and sayde, Hypocrite, doeth not eiche one of you on the Sabbath (daye) lose hys oxe or hys asse from the stall, and lead hym away to the water?
16 And oght not thys daughter of Abraham,
whome Satan had bounde, lo, eightene yeres, be losed from this bōde on the Sabbath day?
17 And when he said these things, all his aduer saries were ashamed: but all the people reioy ced at all the excellēt things, that were done by him.
18 ¶ * Then said he, What is theBy these simili tudes he sheweth the increase, whe reby God augmē teth his kingdome, cōtrarie to all mens opiniōs kingdomeMat. 13. 31. of God like? or whereto shal I compare it?mat. 4. 31.
19 It is like a graine of mustarde seed, whiche a man toke and sowed in his garden, and it grewe, and waxed a great tre, and the foules of the heauen made nestes in the branches thereof.Mat. 9. 33.
20 ¶ And againe he said, Whereunto shal I likē
Mat, 6. 6. the kingdome of God?Mat. 7. 13.
21 It is like leauen, which a woman toke, and hid in thre peckes of floure, til all was leauened.
22 ¶ * And he went through all cities and townes, teaching, and iourneying towardes Ierusalem.
23 Then said one vnto him, Lord, (are there) fewe that shal be saued? And he said vnto thē
24 * We must endeuour and cut of all impediments which may let vs m He warneth the Iewes, that they depriue not them selues by their ownen egli gence of that sal uation, whiche was offred vnto them. Striue to entre in at the straite gate: for manie, I say vnto you, wil seke to enter in, &Mat. 7. 13. & 25. 41. shal not be able.Psal. 6. 13.
25 When the good man of the house is risen vp, and hathe shut to the dore, and ye beginne to stand without, and to knocke at the dore, saying, Lord, Lord, open to vs, and he shal answer and say vnto you, I knowe you not whence ye are,
26 m Then shal ye beginne to say, We haue eatē and drunke in thy presence, and thou hast taught in our stretes.
27 * But he shal say, I tel you, I know you not whence ye are: departe from me, all ye workers of iniquitie.Mat. 19. 30. & 20 16 mat. 10. 31.
28 There shal be weping & gnasshing of teeth when ye shal se Abraham, and Isaac, and Iacob, and all the Prophetes in the kingdome of God, and your selues thruste out at dores.
29 Then shal come (manie) from theThe people whiche thē were strangers. East, and from the West, and from the North, and frō the South, and shal sit at table in the kingdome of God.
30 * And beholde,Christ cutteth of the vaine cōfidence of the Iewes who glorified in that that God had chosen them for his peo ple: yet they obeied him not according to his worde. there are last, which shal be first, and there are first, which shal be last.
31 The same day there came certeine Pharises, and said vnto him, Departe, and go hence: for Herode wil kil thee.
32 Then said he vnto them, Go ye and tell that foxe, Beholde, INether the enuie of the Pharises, who wolde haue put him in feare of Herode, nor yet anie policie of mā colde
〈◊〉
him frō that office whiche God had enioyned him. cast out deuils, & wil heale stilMeaning a litle while. to day, and to morowe, & the third dayBy Christs death we are made
〈◊〉
for euer. I shal beOr, mak an end perfited.
33 Neuertheles I muste walke to daye, and to morowe, and the day following: for it can not be, that a ProphetHe noteth their malice, whiche by all meanes soght his death more thē did the
〈◊〉
, of whom they willed him to
〈◊〉
. shulde perish out ofMat. 23 37. Ierusalem.
34 * O Ierusalem, Ierusalem, which killest the Prophetes, and stoned them that are sent to thee, how often wolde I haue gathered thy children together, as the henne gathered her broode vnder (her) wings, and ye wolde not!
35 Beholde, yourChrist
〈◊〉
war
〈◊〉
them of the
〈◊〉
of the Temple, and of their
〈◊〉
policie. house is left vnto you desolate: and verely I tel you, ye shal not se me vntil (the time) come that ye shal say,Whē your own consciēce shal re proue you & can se you to confesse that whiche ye nowe denie, whiche shal be when you shal se me in my maiestie. Blessed (is) he that cometh in the name of the Lord.
CHAP. XIIII.
1 Iesus eateth with the Pharise. 4 Healeth the dropsie vppon the Sabbath. 8 Teacheth to be lowlie & to bid the poore to our table: 15 He telleth of the great supper. 28 He warneth them that wil followe him, to lay their accountes before, what it wil cost them. 34 The salt of the earth.
1 ANd it came to passe that when he was entred īto the house of one of the chief Pharises on the Sabbath (day,) toOr, take his refection. eat bread they watched him.
2 And beholde, there was a certeine man before him, which had the dropsie,
3 Then Iesus answering, spake vnto the expoū ders of the Law, & Pharises, saying, Is it lawful to heale on the Sabbath (day?)
4 And they held their place. Thē he toke him, and healed him, and let go,
5 And answered them, saying, Whiche of you (shal haue) an asse, or an oxe fallen into a pit, and wil not straight way pul him out on the Sabbath day?
6 And they colde not answer him againe to those things.
7 ¶ He spake also a parable to the ghests, whē he marked how they chose out the chief roumes, and said vnto them,
8 He reproueth their ambition, which desire to sit in the
〈◊〉
places. When thou shalt be bidden of anie man to a wedding, set not thy self down in the chiefest place, lest a more honorable mā thē thou, be bidden of him,
9 And he that bade bothe him and thee, come and say to thee, Giue this man roume, and thou then beginne with shame to take the lowest roume.Prou.
〈◊〉
. 7.
10 * But when thou art bidden, go & sit downe in the lowest roume, that when he that bade thee, cometh, he may say vnto thee, Friend, sit vp hier: thē shalt thou haue worship in the presence of them that sit at table with thee.
11 * For whosoeuer exalteth himself, shal beChap. 18. 14. broght low, and he that humbleth him self,Mat. 23. 2. shal be exalted.
12 ¶ Thē
Christ reprehedenth onely the blinde affection of mā, which regardeth nothing but a woldelie recompense. said he also to him that had bidden him, * When thou mak est a dyner or a supper,Prou. 3. 9. call not thy friends, nor thy brethren, netob. 4, 7. ther thy kinsemen, nor the riche neighbours lest they also bid thee againe, and a recompense be made thee.
13 But when thou makest a feast, call the poore the maimed, the lame, (and) the blind,
14 And thou shalt be blessed, because they can not recompense thee: for thou shalt be recō pensed at the resurrection of the iuste.
15 ¶ Now when one of them that sate at table, heard these things, he said vnto him, Blessed (is) he that eateth bread in the kingdome of God.
16 Then said he to him, *He casteth the Iewes in teeth With their ingratitude, which wolde not eat of those holie meates of Gods worde, which was presented vnto them, and whereunto they were bid a
〈◊〉
me before. A certeine mā madeMatt. 22. 2. a great supper, and bade manie.reuel. 19. 9.
17 And sent his seruant at supper time to say
to them that were bidden, Come: for all things are now ready.
18 By they all with one (minde) began to make excuse: The first said vnto him, I haue boght a ferme, and I must nedes go out and se it: I pray thee haue me excused.
19 And another said, I haue boght fiue yoke of oxen, and I go to proue them: I pray thee, haue me excused.
20 And another said, I haue maried a wife, and therefore I can not come.
21 So that seruant returned, and shewed his ma ster these things. Then was the good man of the house angrie, and said to his seruāt,Here is signified the callynge of the Genules. Go out quickely into the places and stretes of the citie, and bring in hither the poore, and the maimed, and the halt, and the blinde.
22 And the seruāt said, Lord, it is done as thou hast commanded, and yet there is roume.
23 Then the master said to the seruant, Go out into theGod wil rather receyue all the raskal people of the worlde to his banket, thē them which are vnthankful. hie wayes, and hedges, andThis
〈◊〉
cometh of the feling of the power of Gods worde after that his worde hathe bene
〈◊〉
. compel them to come in, that mine house may be filled.
24 For I say vnto you, that none of those men which were bidden, shal taste of my supper.
25 Now there went great multitudes with him and he turned and said vnto them,
26 If anie man come to me, andThat is, he that casteth not of all affections and desires, which drawe vs from Christ. hate not his father, and mother, and wife, and children, & brethren, and sisters: yea, and his owne life also, he can not be my disciple.
27 *And whosoeuer beareth not his crosse, ādChap. 9. 23. cometh after me, can not be my disciple.Matt. 10. 17. and. 16. 24.
28 For which of you minding to builde aMar. 8. 24. towre, sitteth not downe before, andHe that wil professe the Gospel, muste diligently consider what his profession requireth, and not rashely to take in hand so great an enter prise: nether yet when he hathe
〈◊〉
in hand, in
〈◊〉
case to
〈◊〉
ke it. coun teth the cost, whether he haue sufficient to performe it,
29 Lest that after he hathe laid the fundation, and is notable to performe it, all that beholde it, beginne to mocke him,
30 Saying, This man began to buylde, and was notable to make an end?
31 Or what King going to make warre against another King, sitteth not downe first, and taketh counsel, whether he be able with ten housand, to mete him that cometh against him with twentie thousand?
32 Orels while he is yet a great way of he sendeth an ambassage, and desireth condicions of peace.
33 So likewise, whosoeuer he be of you thatHe that is not persuaded to leaue all at euerie houre to bestowe himself frankely in Gods seruice. forsaketh not all that he hathe, he can not be my disciple.
24 *Salt is good:If they that shulde season others, haue lost it them selues, where shulde a man recouer it? but if salt haue loste his sauour, where with shal it beOr, seasoned. salted?
35 It is nether mete for the land, nor yet for theMat. 5. 13. dongue hil, but men cast it out. He that hatheMar. 9. 50. eares to heare, let him heare.
CHAP. XV.
2 The Pharises murmure because Christ receiueth sinners. 4 The louing mercie of God is openly set forthe in the parable of the hundreth shepe. 7 loye in heauen for one sinner. 12 Of the prodigal sonne.
1 THen resorted vnto him all the Publicanes, and sinners, to heare him.
2 Therefore the Pharises and scribes murmured, saying, He receiueth sinners, and eateth with them.
3 Then spake he this parable to them, saying,
4 *What man of you hauing an hundreth shepe,Matt. 18. 12, if he loose one of them, doeth not leaue ninetie and nine in the wildernes, & go after that which is lost, vntil he finde it?
5 And when he hathe founde it, he laieth it on his shulders with ioye.
6 And when he cometh home, he calleth together his friends and neighbours, saying vn to them, Reioyce with me: for I haue founde my shepe, which was lost.
7 I say vnto you, that likewise ioye shalbe in heauē for one sinner that conuerteth, (more) then for ninetie and nineWhich iustifie them selues, and knowe not their owne fautes. iuste men, which nede none amendement of life.
8 Ether what woman hauing tenThe worde is (drachma,) whiche is some what re in value then fyue pēce of olde
〈◊〉
money and was equal with a Romaine penie. pieces of siluer, if she loose one piece, doeth not light a candel, and swepe the house, and seke diligently til she finde it?
9 And when she hathe founde it, she calleth her friends, and neighbours, saying, Reioyce with me: for I haue founde the piece which I had lost.
10 Likewise I say vnto you, there is ioye in the presēce of the Angels of God, for one sinner that conuerteth.
11 ¶He said moreouer, A certeine mā had two sonnes.
12 And the yonger of them said to hys Father, Father, gyue me theThis declareth that we
〈◊〉
not to desire to haue our portion separate from God except we wil Ioseall. portion of the goods that falleth to me. So he deuided vnto them (his) substance.
13 So not longe after, when the yonger sonne had gathered altogether, he toke his iorney into a farre countrey, and there he wasted his goods withThe Greke worde signifieth so to waste all that a man
〈◊〉
nothing to him self. riotous liuing.
14 Nowe when he had spent all, there arose a greate dearth throughout that land, and he began to be in necessitie.
15 Then he went and claue to a citizen of that countrey, and he sent hym to hys, farme, to feede swine.
16 And he wolde faine haue filled hys bellye with the huskes, that the swine ate:For no mā had
〈◊〉
vpon him, but no man gaue (them) him.
17 Then he came to him selfe, and said, Howe manie hired seruaunts at my Fathers haue bread ynough, and I dye for hunger?
18 I will rise and go to my father, and say vnto hym, Father, I haue sinned againstThat is, against God. heauen, and before thee.
19 And am no more worthie to be called thy sonne: make me as one of thy hired seruāts.
20 So he arose and came to hys Father, and when he was yet aGod
〈◊〉
vs and heareth our gronings before we crye to him. great way of, hys Father sawe him, and had compassion, and ran and fell on his necke, and kissed him.
21 And the Sonne sayd vnto hym,He was touched with the feeling of his sinne and therefore was ashamed thereof, and heauie in heart. Father, I haue sinned agaynste heauen, and before thee, and am no more worthie to be called thy sonne.
22 Then the Father said to his seruants, bring
forthe the best robe, and put it on him, & put a ring on his hand, and shoes on his feete,
23 And bring the fat calf, and kil him, and let vs eat, and be merie.
24 For this my sonne was dead, and is aliue againe: and he was lost, but he is founde. And they began to be merie.
25 Now theGod reproueth the enuie of such as grudge when God receiueth sinners to mercie Elder brother was in the field, & when he came and drewe nere to the house, he heard melodie, and dancing,
26 And called one of his seruants, and asked what those things ment.
27 And he said vnto him, Thy brother is come, and thy father hathe killed the fated calfe, because he hathe receiued him safe and sounde.
28 Then he was angrie: and wolde not go in: therefore came his Father out and entreated him.
29 But he answered and said to his Father, Lo these manie yeres haue I done thee seruice, nether brake I at anie time thy commandement, & yet thou neuer gauest me a kid that I might make merie with my friends.
30 But when this thy sonne was come, whiche hathe deuoured thy goods with harlots, thou hast for his sake killed the fat calfe.
31 And he said vnto him,Thy parte, which art a
〈◊〉
is nothing diminished by that that Christ was al so killed for the Gentiles: for he accepteth not the persone, but feedeth indifferently all thē that be leue in him, with his bodie and blood to life euerlasting. Sonne, thou art euer with me, and all that I haue, is thine. It was mete that we shulde make mery, & be glad: for this thy brother was dead, and is aliue againe: and he was lost, but he is founde.
CHAP. XVI.
1 Christ exhorteth his to wisdome and liberalitie by the example of the steward. 13 None can serue two masters 14 He reproueth the couetousnes and hypocrisie of the Pharises. 16 Of the end and force of the Law. 18 Of the holie state of mariage. 19 Of the riche and Lazarus.
1 ANd he said also vnto his disciples,Christ teacheth hereby, that like wise as he which is in autoritie & hathe riches, if he get friends in his
〈◊〉
, may be relieued in his
〈◊〉
so our liberalitie towards our neigh bour shal stand vsin suche steade at the daye of iudgement that God wil accept it as done vnto him. There was a certeine riche man, whiche hast a stewarde, and he was accused vnto him, that he wasted his goods.
2 And he called him, and said vnto him, How (is it) that I heare this of thee? Giue an accounts of thy stewardship: for thou maiest be no longer stewarde.
3 Thē the stewarde said within him self, what shal I do: for my master wiltake away from me the stewardeship? I can not digge, (and) to begge I am ashamed.
4 I knowe what I wil do, that when I am put out of the stewardeship they may receiue me into their houses.
5 Then called he euerie one of his masters det ters, & said vnto the first, How muche owest thou vnto my master?
6 And he said, An hundreth measures of oyle. And he said to him, Take thy writting, and sit downe quickely, and write
〈◊〉
.
7 Then said he to another, How muche owest thou? And he said, An hundreth measures of wheat. Then he said to him, Take thy writing, and write foure score.
8 And the Lorde commendedGod, who doeth here represēt the master of the hou se, doeth rather cōmende the pro digal waste of his goods, & the libe ral giuing of the same to the poore, then the strait keping and hurding of them. the vniust stewarde, because he had done wisely. Whe refore the childrē of this worlde are in their generacion wiser thē the children of light.
9 And I saye vnto you, Make you friēdsThat is, ether wickedly gotten or wickedly kept or wickedly
〈◊〉
& hereby we be warned to suspect riches whiche for the most parte are an occasion to their possessours of great wickednes with the riches of iniquitie, that when ye shal want, they may receiue you into euerlasting habitacions.
10 He that is faithful in the least, he is also faith ful in muche: and he that is vniust in the least is vniust also in muche.
11 If then ye haue not bene faithful inThei which can not wel bestowe worldie goods, wil bestowe euil spiritual treasures: & therefore they oght not to be cōmitted vnto them. the wicked riches, who wil trust you in the true (treasure?)
12 And if ye haue not bene faithful inAs are riches & suche like things which God hath giuen not for your selues onely, but to bestowe vpon others. another mans (goods,) who shal giue you that which isChrist calleth the gifts whiche he giueth vnto vs, ours. yours?
13 *No seruant can serue two masters: for etherMat. 6. 14. he shal hate the one, and loue the other: or els he shal leane to the one, and despise the other. Ye can not serue God and riches.
14 All these things heard the Pharises also whiche were couetous, and theyBecause thei iudged no man happie, but those that were riche. mocked him.
15 Then he said vnto them, Ye are they, whichWhich loue out warde appearan ce, & vaine glorie iustifie your selues before men: but God knoweth your hearts: for that whiche isMat. 11. 12. highly estemed among men, is abominacion in the sight of God.
16 *The Law and the Prophetes (endured) vntil Iohn: and since that time the kingdome of God is preached, & euerie manTheir zeale is so inflamed, that thei folowe the Gospel
〈◊〉
respect of world lie things. preassethMat. 5. 18. into it.Mat. 5. 32.
〈◊〉
.
17 *Now it is more easie that heauen and earth9. 1. Cor. 7. 11. shulde passe away, then that one title of the Law shulde fall.
18 ¶*Whosoeuer putteth away his wife, and marieth another, committeth adulterie: and whosoeuer marieth her thatThis is, whiche is not lawfully diuorced. is put away from her housband, committeth adulterie.
19 ¶ There was aBy this storie is declared what punishemēt thei shal haue, which liue deliciously and neglect the poore. certeine riche man, whiche was clothed in purple and fine linen, & fared wel and delicately euerie day.
20 Also there was a certeine begger named La zarus, which was laied at his gate ful of sores
21 And desired to be refresh with the crommes that fell from the riche mans table: yea, and the dogs came and licked his sores.
22 And it was so that the begger dyed, and was caryed by in the Angels intoAs the fathers in the olde Law were said to be gathered
〈◊〉
the bosome of Abra ham, because thei receiued the frute of the same faith with him: so in the newe
〈◊〉
we say: that the mēbers of Christ are ioy ned to their head or gathered vnto him. AbrahamsWhereby is signified that most blessed life, which they that dye in the faith that Abraham did, shal enioye after this worlde bosome. The riche man also dyed and was buryed.
23 And being in helin torments, he lift vp his eyes, and sawe Abraham a farre of, and Lazarus in his bosome.
24 Then he cryed, and said, Father Abraham, haue mercie on me, and send Lazarus that he may dippe the typ of hisChrist describeth spiritual things by suche maner
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
as is most
〈◊〉
to our vnderstan
〈◊〉
our sou les haue nether fingers nor eyes, nether are they
〈◊〉
speake but the Lord as it were in a table painteth forthe the state of the life to come, as out capacitie is able to comprehend it. finger in water, & coole my tongue: for I am tormented in this flame.
25 But Abraham said,In calling him
〈◊〉
, he
〈◊〉
his vaine boasting, who in his life vanted him self to be the son ne of Abraham: warning vs also hereby how litle glorious title auaile. Sonne, remember that thou in thy lifetime receiuedst thyOr, good things pleasures, and like wise LazarusOr,
〈◊〉
things. paines: now there fore is he comforted, and thou art tormēted.
26 Besides all this, betwene you and vs there is a greatOr, swallowing
〈◊〉
. gulfe set, so that they which wolde
go from hence to you, can not, nether can they come from thence to vs.
27 Then he said, I pray thee therefore Father, that thou woldest send him to my Fathers house,
28 [For I haue fiue brethren] that he may testifie vnto them, lest they also come into this place of torment.
29 Abraham said vnto him, They haue Moses and theVVhich declareth that it is to late to be instructed by the dead, if in their life time thei can not profite by the liuelie worde of God. Prophetes: let themAs faith cometh by Gods worde, so is it maintened by the same. So that nether we oght to loke for Angels from heauen, or the dead to confirme vs therein, but onelie the worde of God is sufficient to life euer lasting. heare them.
30 And he said, Nay, Father Abrahā: but if one came vnto thē from the dead, they wil amēd their liues.
31 Then he said vnto him, If they heare not Moses and the Prophetes, nether wil thei be persuaded, thogh one rise from the deadagaine.
CHAP. XVII.
2 Christ teacheth his disciples to auoid occasions of offēce. 3 One to forgiue another. 5 We oght to pray for the increase of faith. 6 He magnifieth the Vertue of faith, 10 And sheweth the vnhabilitie of mā, 11 Healeth ten Iepers 20 Speaketh of the latter dayes, and of the end of the worlde.
1 THen said he to the disciples, * It can notMat. 18. 7. be auoided, but that offences wil come,Mat. 9. 42. but wo (be) to him by whome they come.
2 It were better for him that a great milstone were hanged about his necke, and that he were cast into the sea, then that he shuldeThat is, to turne him backe frō the knowledge of God, and his saluacion. offende one of these litle ones.
3 ¶ Take hede to your selues: if thy brother trespace against thee rebuke him: and if he repent, forgiue him.Mat. 18. 21.
4 * And thogh he sinne against theeThat is, manie times: for by a certeine nomber he meaneth an vncerteine. seuen times in daye, and seuen times in a daye turne againe to thee, saying, It repenteth me, thou shalt forgiue him.
5 ¶ And the Apostles said vnto the Lorde, Increase our faith.Mat. 17. 20.
6 And the Lord said, * If ye had faith, (as much) as (is)That is, if thei had neuer so litle of pure and
〈◊〉
faith. a graine of mustard sede, and shulde say vnto this mulbery tre,Meaning, thei shulde do wonderful and incre dible things. plucke thy self vp by the rootes, and plante thy self in the sea, it shulde euen obey you.
7 ¶ Who is it also of you that hauing a seruant plowing or feding cattel, wolde saye vnto him by and by, when he were come from the field, Go, and sit downe at table?
8 And wolde not rather say to him,Hereby is decla red that it is not ynough to do a piece of our duetie for a time, but also we must con
〈◊〉
to the end. Dresse where with I may suppe, and girde thy self, and serue me, til I haue eaten and droken, & afterwarde eat thou, and drinke thou?
9 Doeth he thanke that seruant, because he did that which was commaunded vnto him? I trowe not.
10 So likewise ye, when ye haue done all those things, which are commaunded you say, We areFor God receiueth nothing of vs, whereby he shulde stād boū
de vnto vs. vnprofitable seruants: we haue done that which was our duetie to do.
11 ¶ And so it was when he went to Ierusalem, that he passed through the middes of Samaria and
〈◊〉
.
12 And as he entred into a certeine towne, there met him ten men that were lepers, which stode a farre of.
13 And they lift vp their voyces and said, Iesus, Master, haue mercie on vs.
14 And when he sawe (them,) he said vnto thē,Leui 14. 2. * Go, shewe your selues vnto theTo whome
〈◊〉
did
〈◊〉
to iudge of the
〈◊〉
, Leui. 14 2: and hereby also the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
haue no oc casion to grudge or murmute. Priests. And it came to passe, that as thei went, they were clensed.
15 Then one of them, when he sawe that he was healed, turned backe, and with a loude voyce praised God,
16 And fell downe on his face at his fete, and gaue him thankes: and he was a Samaritan.
17 And Iesus answered, and said, Are there not ten clensed? but where (are) theHe noteth here by their ingratitude, & that the greatest parte ne glect the benefites of God. nine?
18 There are none founde that returned to giue God praise, saue this stranger.
19 And he said vnto him, Arise, go thy way, thy faith hathe made thee whole.
20 ¶ And when he was demanded of the Pharises, when the kingdome of God shuld come he answered them, and said, The kingdome of God cometh notIt can not be de cerned by anie outwarde shew, or
〈◊〉
, whereby
〈◊〉
might the rather be knowen. with obseruacion.
21 Nether shal men say, Lo here, or lo there: for beholde the kingdome of God isOr, among you.
Ether by reasō of the worde of God, which is receiued by faith, or that the Messias whome
〈◊〉
soght, as absent, is now present, euē within their owne dores, and yet they knowe
〈◊〉
not. within you.
22 And he said vnto the disciples, The dayes wil come, when ye shal desire to seHe speaketh of his first cōming into the worlde. one of the dayes of the Sonne of man, and ye shal not se it.
23 * Then they shal saye to you, Beholde here, or beholde there: (but) go not thither, nether folowe them.
24 For as the lightening that lighteneth out of the one (parte) vnder heauen, shineth vnto the other (part) vnder heauen, so shal the Sō
neIohn 1.
〈◊〉
. of man be in hisMeaning his secōde comming wherein he shal appeare in glorie daye.Mat. 24. 23.
25 But first must he suffer manie things, and be
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 21. reproued of this generacion.
26 * And as it was in theWhen men cō
temned the iudgement of God, where with they were before menaced. dayes of Noe, so shal it be in the dayes of the Sonne of man.Gen. 7. 5. mat. 24. 38.
〈◊〉
. pet. 3. 20.
27 They ate, they dranke, they maried wiues, and gaue in mariage vnto the daye that Noe went into the Arke: and the flood came, and destroyed them all.
28 * Like wise also, as it was in the dayes of Lot: they ate, they drāke, they boght, they solde they planted, they buylt.
29 But in the daye that Lot went out of SodomGen. 19. 24. it rained fyre and brimstone from heauen, and destroyed them all.
30 After these (ensamples) shal it be in the daye when the Sonne of man shalbe reueiled.
31 At that daye he that is vpon theWe must forgee that
〈◊〉
we ha ue left behinde vs, to the end, that we may the better folowe our heauenlie vo cacion. house, and his stuffe in the house, let him not come downe to take it out: & he that is in the fieldGen. 19. 26. like wise, let him not turne backe to that heCha. 9 24 & 16. 25. left behinde.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
39.
〈◊〉
. 8.
〈◊〉
.
32 * Remember Lots wife.
〈◊〉
12 35.
33 * Whosoeuer wil seke to saue his soule, shal lose it: and who soeuer shal lose it,This
〈◊〉
death shal engen dre life euerlasting. shal get it life.
34 * I tell you, in that
〈◊〉
there shalbe two inMatt. 24.
〈◊〉
. oneHe meaneth that no bande or coniunction is so strait that shulde stay vs. bed: the one shalbe receiued, and the other shalbe left.
35 Two women shalbe grinding together: the one shalbe taken, and the other shalbeMat. 24. 28. left.Two shalbe in the field: one shal
〈◊〉
receiued, and another shalbe left.
36 And they answered, and said to him, Where, Lord? And he said vnto them, * Nothing can hinder the faithful to be ioyned to their head
〈◊〉
Christ: for thei shal gather vnto him, as the rauening birdes about a
〈◊〉
. Wheresoeuer the bodie (is) thither wil also the egles resorte.
CHAP. XVIII.
2 By the example of the widowe, and the Publicane Christ teacheth how to pray. 15 By the example of children he exhorteth to humilitie. 18 Of the way to be saued and what things let. 29 The rewarde promised to his. 31 And of the crosse.
1 ANd * he spake also a parable vnto them,Eccle. 18. 22. (to this end,) that they oght alwayes toRom. 12. 12. pray, and not toThe Greke wor de signifieth, not to shrinke backe as cowards do in warre, or to giue place in afflictiōs or dangers. waxe fainte,
〈◊〉
. Thes 5. 17.
2 Saying, There was a iudge in a certeine citie, which feared not God, nether reuerenced man.
3 And there was a widow in that citie, which came vnto him, saying,Or, auenge me. Do me iustice against mineWho pleadeth against me. aduersarie.
4 And he wolde not for a time: but afterwarde he said with him self, Thogh I feare not God, nor reuerence man,
5 Yet because this widowe troubleth me, I wil do her right, lest at the last she come & make me wearie.
6 And the Lord said, Heare what the vnrighteous iudge saith.
7 Now shal not God aduenge his elect, which crye day and night vnto him, yea, thoghAnd seme
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
their wrongs. he suffer long for them?
8 I tel you he wil aduenge them quickely: but when the Sonne of mā cometh, shal he finde faith on the earth?
9 ¶ He spake also this parable vnto certeine which trusted in them selues that they were iuste, and despised other,
10 Two men went vp into the Temple to pray the one a Pharise, and the other a Publican.
11 The PhariseWhereby he declared his prou de, ād disdainful heart. stode and prayed thus with him self, O God, I thanke thee that I am not as other men, extorsioners, vniust, adulterers, or euen as this Publican.
12 I fast twise in the weke: I giue tithe of all that euer I possesse.
13 But the Publicane stāding a farre of, wolde not lift vp so muche as hisThese were signes of an humble
〈◊〉
and lowlie heart. eyes to heauen, but smote his brest, saying, O God, be merciful"Or, and not the other. to me a sinner.Chap. 14. 11.
14 I tel you, this man departed to his houseMatth
〈◊〉
. 12. iustified, rather then the other: * for euerieMat. 19. 13. man that exalteth him self, shalbe broght
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
13. low, and he that humbleth him self? shalbe exalted.
15 ¶ * They broght vnto him alsoThe worde signifieth yong
〈◊〉
king babes which thei caryed in their armes. babes, that he shulde touche them. And when his disciples sawe it, they rebuked them.
16 But Iesus calledHe meaneth the nourtes or them that bare the babes, whome the Apostles rebuked. them vnto him and said, Suffre the babes to come vnto me, and forbid them not: for ofHe comprehen deth aswel them that are infants of age, as them al so, which are like vnto infants in simplicitie and plainenes. suche is the kingdome of God.
17 Verely I say vnto you, who soeuer receiueth not the kingdome of God asSignifying that they
〈◊〉
to lay aside all malice and pride. a babe, he shal not enter therein.
18 * Then a certeine ruler asked him, saying, Good master, what oght I to do, to inherite eternal life?Mat. 19. 16.
19 And Iesus said vnto him, Why callest thouMar. 10.
〈◊〉
. meBecause communely they abu sed this worde, Iesus sheweth him that he colde not confesse him to be good except also he acknowledged that he was of God. good? none is good, saue one, (euen) God.
20 Thou knowest the commandements,Exod. 20. 13. * Thou shalt not cōmit adulterie: Thou shalt not kil: Thou shalt not steale: Thou shalt not beare false witnes: Honour thy father and thy mother.
21 And he said, All these haue I kept from my youth.
22 Now when Iesus heart that, he said vnto him, Yet lackest thou one thing. Sel all that euer thou hast, and distribute vnto the poore, and thou shalt haue treasure in heauen, and come, folowe me.
23 But whē he heard those things, he was verie heauie: for he was marueilous riche.
24 And when Iesus sawe him sorowful, he said, With what difficultie shal they that haue riches, entre into the kingdome of God?
25 Surely it is easier for aOr, cable rope. camel to go through a nedles eye, then for a riche man to entre in to the kingdome of God.
26 Then said they that heard it, And who then can be saued?
27 And he said, The things which are vnpossible with men, areFor he so gouer neth the hearts of his, that their riches do
〈◊〉
blin de them. possible with God.
28 ¶ * Then Peter said, Lo, we haue left all, and haue followed thee,
29 And he said vnto them, Verely I say vntoMat. 19. 27. you, there is no man that hathe left house, orMat.
〈◊〉
. 28. parents, or brethren, or wife, or children for the kingdome of Gods sake,
30 Which shal not receiueThe litle the a man
〈◊〉
which the grace of God, is an hun dreth folde better them all the abundance that one can haue without him: but the chief recompencé is in heauen. muche more in this worlde, and in the worlde to come life euerlasting.
31 ¶ * Then Iesus toke vnto hym the twelue, ād said vnto them, Beholde, we go vp to Ieru salē, & al things shalbe fulfilled to the Sonne of man, that are written by the Prophetes.
32 For he shalbe deliuered vnto the Gentiles ād shalbe mocked, and shalbe spitefully entreated,Mat 20. 17. and shalbe spitted on.
〈◊〉
. 10. 32.
33 And when they haue scourged hym, they will put hym to death: but the third daye he shal rise againe.
34 But they vnderstode none of these things, and this saying was hid frō them, nether per ceiued thee things, which were spoken.
35 ¶ * And it came to passe, that as he wasMat. 20. 29. come nere vnto Iericho, a certeine blind mā
〈◊〉
. 10.
〈◊〉
. sate by the way side begging.
36 And when he heard the people passe by, he asked what it ment.
37 And thei said vnto him, that Iesus of Nazaret passed by.
38 Then he cryed, saying, Iesus the Sonne of Dauid, haue mercie on me.
39 And they which wēt before, rebuked him, that he shulde holde his peace, but he cryed muche more, OThe people vsed to
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
by t is Name, because they knewe he i i
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of the stocke of
〈◊〉
auid, Psal.
〈◊〉
. 11. Sonne of Dauid, haue mercie on me.
40 And Iesus stode stil, and commaunded him to be broght vnto him. And when he was come nere, he asked him.
41 Saying, What wilt thou that I do vnto theeAct. 2.
〈◊〉
. And he said, Lord, that I may receiue my sight.
42 And Iesus said vnto him, Receiue thy sight: thy faith hathe saued thee.
43 Then immediatly he receiued his sight, and folowed himHe was minde ful of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
receiued and also the people were moued thereby to glorifie God. praising God: and all the people, whē they sawe (this,) gaue praise to God
CHAP. XIX.
2 Of Zaccheus 12 The ten pieces of money. 28 Christ rideth to Ierusalem, and wepeth for it. 45 He chaseth out the marchants, 47 And his enemies seke to destroy him.
1 NOw whē Iesus entred & passed through Iericho.
2 Beholde, there was a man named Zaccheus, which (was) the chief receiuer of the tribute and he was riche.
3 And he soght to se Iesus, who he shulde be, & colde not for the preasse, because he was of a lowe stature.
4 Wherefore he ran before, and climed vp into a wilde figge tre, that he might se him: for he shulde come that (way.)
5 And when Iesus came to the place, he loked vp, and sawe him, & said vnto him, Zaccheus, come downe at once: for to day I must abide at thine house.
6 Then he came downe hastely, and receiued him ioyfully,
7 And when all they sawe it, they murmured, saying, that he was gone in to lodge with aOr, a man of a wicked life. sinneful man.
8 And Zaccheus stode forthe, & said vnto the Lord, Beholde, Lord, the halfe of my good I giue to the poore: and if I haue taken fromNot
〈◊〉
this
〈◊〉
, God
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
self fre libertie ether to chuse or forsake as in Abrahams house Mar. 18. 11. anie man byOr, false
〈◊〉
. forged cauillation, I restore him foure folde.
9 Then Iesus said to him, This day is saluation come vnto this
〈◊〉
adoption was a signe that the whole familie was receiued to mercie. house, forasmuche as he is also become theTo be the sonne of Abraham, is to be chosen
〈◊〉
Rom. 9 8 to wal ke in the
〈◊〉
of the faith of Abraham, Rom 4. 12. to do the workes of Abraham, Iohn. 8. 19. by the whiche things we are most
〈◊〉
ssu red of life euer la sting. sonne of Abraham.
10 * For the Sonne of man is come to seke, and to saue that which was lost.
11 And whiles they heard these things, he con tinued and spake aparable, because he was nere to Ierusalem, and because also they thoght that the kingdome of God shulde shortely appeare.
12 He said therefore, * A certeine noble man went intoThis was to de clare to them that he must yet take great paines before his kingdome shulde be established. a farre countrey, to receiue for him self a kingdome, and (so) to come againe
13 And he called his ten seruants, and deliuered them tenThis piece of money is called Mina, and the whole some moū teth about the value of 17. poun de, esteming eue
〈◊〉
piece, about fiue nobles and seuen pence. pieces of money, and said vntoRom. 8. 29. them,God wil not that his graces re maine idle with vs. Occupie til I come.
〈◊〉
. 25. 14.
14 Now his citizens hated him, and sent an am bassage after him, saying, We wil not haue this man to reigne ouer vs.
15 And it came to passe, when he was comeVVhereby we learne that the se conde comming of our Sauiour Christ shalbe more glorious, & excellent, thē it doeth now appeare. againe, and had receiued his kingdome, that he commaunded the seruants to be
〈◊〉
to him, to whome he gaue his money, that he might knowe what euerie man had gained.
16 Then came the first, saying, Lord, thy piece hathe encreased ten pieces.
17 And he said vnto him, Wel, good seruant: be cause thou hast bene faithful in a verie litle thing, take thou autoritie ouer ten cities.
18 And the seconde came, saying, Lord, my piece hathe encreased fiue pieces.
19 And to the same he said, Be thou also (ruler) ouer fiue cities.
20 So the other came and said, Lord, beholde thy piece, which I haue laid vp in a napkin.
21 For I feared thee, because thou art a strait man: thou takest vp, that thou laidest not downe, & reapest that thou diddest not sowe
22 Then he said vnto him, Of thine owneThey that suppresse the giftes of God, &
〈◊〉
in idlenes, are with out all excuse. mouth wil I iudge thee, ô euil seruant. Thou knewest that I am a strait man, taking vp that I laid not downe, and reaping that I did not sowe.
23 Wherefore thē gauest not thou my money into the banke, that at my comming might haue required it with vantage?
24 And he said to them that stode by, Take frō him that piece, and giue it him that hathe ten pieces.
25 [And they said vnto him, Lord, he hathe ten pieces.]Chap. 8. 18.
26 * For I say vnto you, that vnto all them thatmatth. 13. 12. & 25. 29. haue, it shalbeHe that faithfully bestoweth the graces of God shal haue them increased: but they shalbe takē away
〈◊〉
him that is vnprofita ble, and vseth thē not to Gods glorie. giuē: and from him that hathmar. 4. 25. not, euen that he hathe, shalbe taken from him.
27 Moreouer those mine enemies, which wold not that I shulde reigne ouer them, bring hither, and slay them before me.
28 ¶ And when he had thus spoken, he went fortheHereby we per ceiue the excellent constancie of
〈◊〉
, who
〈◊〉
he did now fight against the terrour of death, & Gods iudgement yet went before his feareful disciples and led the way to death. before, ascending vp to Ierusalem.
29 * And it came to passe, when he was come nere to Bethphage, and Bethania, besides theMat. 21. 1. mount which is called (the mount) of oliues,mar. 11. 1. he sent two of his disciples,
30 Saying, Go ye to the towne which is before (you, wherein, assone as ye are come, ye shal finde a colte tied, whereon neuer man sate: lose him, and bring him (hither.)
31 Christ preuenteth such difficulties as might haue troubled his
〈◊〉
. And if anie mā aske you, why ye lose (him,) thus shal ye say vnto him, Because the Lord hathe nede of him.
32 So they that were sent, went their way and founde it as he had said vnto them.
33 And as they were losing the colte, the owners thereof said vnto them, Why lose ye the colte?
34 And they said, The Lord hathe nede of him
35 ¶ * So they broght him to Iesus, and they castMat. 21. 7. their garments on the colte, and set Iesusiohn 2. 4. thereon.
36 And as he went, they spred their clothes in the way.
37 And when he was now come nere to the going downe of the mount of oliues, the whole multitude of the disciples begā to reioyce, and to praise God with a loude voice,
for all the great workes that thei had sene.
38 Saying, Blessed (be) the King that cometh in the Name of the Lord:They wish that God may be appeased, & reconci led with men: & so by thi
〈◊〉
be glorified. peace in heauen, and glorie in the hiest (places.)
39 Then some of the Pharises of the companies said vn to him, Master, rebuke thy disciples.
40 But he answered, and said vnto them, I tel you, that if these shulde holde their peace, the stones wolde crye.
41 ¶ * And when he was come nere, he beheldeChap. 21 6.
mat 24. 1. the citie, and wept for it,mar 13. 1.
42 Saying,Christ partely pitieth the Citie which was so ne re her destruction and partely vp braideth their malice whiche wolde not embrace Christ their Sauiour, & therefore pronoūceth greater punishment to Ierusalē then to other cities, whiche had not receiued like graces. O if thou haddest euen knowen at the least in this thy dayMeaning Christ without whome there is no saluation, and with whome is all telicitie. those things, which (belong) vnto thy peace: but now are theyThrough thine owne malice thouart blinded Isa. 56. 7. hid from thine eyes.
43 For the dayes shal come vpon thee, that thine enemies shal cast a trenche about thee and compasse thee rounde, and kepe thee in on euerie side,
44 And shal make thee eauen with the groun de, and thy children which are in thee, and they shal not leaue in thee a stone vpon a stone, because thou knewest not the time of thyAnd receiuedst not the redemer, which was sent
〈◊〉
. visitation.
45 ¶ * He went also into the Temple, and began to cast out them that solde therein, and them that boght,
46 Saying vnto them, It is writtē, * Mine house is the house of prayer, * but ye haue made it a denne of theues.
47 And he taughtOr in the day time. daily in the Temple. Andmat. 21. 12. the high Priests & the Scribes, and the chiefmar. 11. 17. of the people soght to destroye him.Iere. 7. 11.
48 But they colde not finde what thei might do to him: for all the peopleThat is, were moste attent to heare. hanged vpon him when they heard him,
CHAP. XX.
4 Christ stoppeth his aduersaries mouthes by
〈◊〉
question. 9 Sheweth their destructiō by a parable. 22
〈◊〉
autoritie of princes. 27 The resurrection, & his diuine power. 46 He reproueth the ambition of the Scribes.
1 ANd* it came to passe that on one of thoseMat 21 23. dayes, as he taught the people in the Tē
mar. 11. 27. ple, & preached the Gospel, the high Priests and the Scribes came vpon him with the Elders,
2 And spake vnto him, saying, Tell vs by what autoritie thou doest these things, or who is he that hathe giuen
〈◊〉
this autoritie?
3 And he answered and said vnto them, I also wil aske you one thing: tell me therefore:
4 TheBy baptisme he cōprehendeth all Iohns ministerie who bare witnes
〈◊〉
Christ. baptisme of Iohn was it from heauen, or of men?
5 And they reasoned within them selues, saying, If we shal say from heauen, he wil say, Why then beleued ye him not?
6 But if we shal say, Of men, all the people wil stone vs: for thei be persuaded that Iohn was a Prophet.
7 Therefore they answered, that they colde not tell whence it (was.)
8 Then Iesus said vnto them,By this meanes he made them ashamed and astonished. Nether tell I you by what autoritie I do these things.
9 ¶ * Then began he to speake to the peopleMat. 21. 33. this parable, * A certeine man planted aThe Iewes were as
〈◊〉
and his owne grafting. vineyarde,mar. 12. 1.
〈◊〉
. 5. 1. andGod
〈◊〉
ted his people to the Gouernors and Priests. let it forthe to housbandmenIer. 2.
〈◊〉
. and went into a strange countrey, for a great season.
10 And at a time he sent aHe raised vp
〈◊〉
seruant to the hous band men, that they shulde giue him of the frute of the vineyarde, but the housband mē did beat him, and sent him away emptie.
11 Againe he sent yet another seruant: and they did beat him, and fowle entreated him, and sent him away emptie.
12 Moreouer, he sent the third, and him they wounded, and cast out.
13 Then said the Lord of the vineyarde, What shal I do? I wil send my beloued sonne: it may be that thei wil do reuerēce, when they se him.
14 But when the housband mē sawe him, they reasoned with them selues, saying, This is the heire: come, let vs kil him, that the enheritance may be ours.
15 So they cast him out of the vineyarde, and killed him. What shal the Lord of the vineyarde therefore do vnto them?
16 He wil come and destroy these housbandmen,Psal. 117.
〈◊〉
& wil giue out his vineyarde to others.isa. 28. 16. But when they heard it, they said, God forbid.act. 4. 11.
〈◊〉
. 9 33.
1. pet. 2. 8.
17 ¶ And he behelde them, and said, What meaf For by it the building is ioyned together & made strong. neth this then that is written, * The stone that the buylders refused; that is made the head of the corner?
18 They that stom ble and fall on Christ, thinking to oppresse him, shalbe ouer throwen thē selues & destroyed. Whosoeuer shal fail vpon that stone, shalbe broken: and on whome soeuer it shal fall, it wil grinde him to powder.
19 Then the hie Priests & the Scribes the same houre went about to lay hands on him: [butMat. 22. 16. they feared the people] for they perceiuedmar. 12. 13. that he had spoken this parable against thē.
20 * And theyThey wayted for a conuenient time and place. watched (him,) and sent forthe spies, whiche shulde
〈◊〉
them selues iuste men, to take him in his talke, and to deliuer him vnto the power and autoritie of the gouernour.
21 And they asked him, saying, Master, we knowe that thou sayest, and teachest right, nether doest thou accept mans persone, but teachest the way of God truely.
22 Is itThey thoght it vnlawful to pay to a prince being an infidel, that which thei were wont to pay to God in his Temple. lawful for vs to giue Cesar tribute or no?
23 But he perceiued their craftines, and said vn to them, Why tempt ye me?
24 Shewe me a penie. Whose image and super scription hathe it? They answered and said, Cesars.
25 Then he said vnto them, *The duetie whiche we owe to princes, letteth nothing that which is due vnto God. Giuē then vntoRom. 13. 7. Cesar the things whiche are Cesars, and to God those which are Gods.
26 And they colde not reproue his saying before the people: but they marueiled at his answer, and helde their place.
27 * Then came to him certeine of the SadducesMat. 22
〈◊〉
. [whiche denie that there is anie resurrection]mar. 12. 18. and they asked him,
28 Saying, Master, * Moses wrote vnto vs, IfDeu. 25. 5. anie mans brother dye hauing a wife, and he
dye without children, that his brother shulde take (his) wife, and raise vp sede vnto his brother.
29 Now there were seuen brethren, and the first toke a wife, and he dyed without children.
30 And the seconde toke the wife, ād he dyed childeles.
31 Then the third toke her: and so likewise the seuen dyed, and left no children.
32 And last of all, the woman dyed also.
33 Therefore at the resurrection, whose wife of thē shal she be? for seuen had her to wife.
34 Then Iesus answered, and said vnto them, TheIn this place he calleth all them
〈◊〉
of this worlde which remaine in the sa me: or els
〈◊〉
shulde not seme to apparteine to the
〈◊〉
of God, as that wicked mō
stre pope
〈◊〉
taught against the manifest Scriptures. children of this worlde marie wiues and are maried.
55 But they which shalbe counted worthie to enioye that worlde, and the resurrectiō from the dead, nether marie wiues, nether are maried.
36 Since mariage is ordeined to mainteine
〈◊〉
in crease mā kinde, when we shal be immortal, i. shal not be in anie vse For they can dye no more, for as muche as thei are equal vnto the Angels, and are the Sonnes of God,For althogh the wicked rise againe,
〈◊〉
that life is but death and an eternal destru ction. since they are the children of the resurrection.
37 And that the dead shal rise againe, euen * Moses shewed it besides the bushe, when he said, The Lord (is) the God of Abraham, &Exod. 3. 6. the God of Isaac, and the God of Iacob.
38 For he is not the God of theOf them which are not, but of them which are. dead, but of them which liue:The immortalitie of the soule can not be separate from the resurrection of the bodie, whereof here Christ
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. for all liue vnto him.
39 Then certeine of the Pharises answered and said, Master, thou hast wel said.
40 And after that, durst they not aske him anie thing at all.
41 ¶ * Then said he vnto them, How say they that Christ is Dauids sonne?Matth. 22. 44.
42 And Dauid him self saith in the boke of theMarke. 12. 35. Psalme, *The Lord said vnto my Lord, sit atPsal.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. my right hand,
43 Til I shal make thine enemies thy fotestole.
44 Seing Dauid calleth him Lord, how is he then hisFor the sonne is not Lord of his father, and
〈◊〉
it
〈◊〉
that Christ is God. sonne?
45 ¶ Then in the audience of all the people he said vnto his disciples,
46 *Beware of the Scribes, which desire to go in long robes, and loue salutation in the markets,Chap. 11. 43. and the hiest seates in the Synagogues,Mat.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. and the chief roumes at feasts:
〈◊〉
. 12.
〈◊〉
.
47 Which deuoure widowes houses, euen vnder a colour of long praying: these shal receiue greater damnation.
CHAP. XXI.
3 Christ the poore widdowe. 6 He forewarneth of the destruction of Ierusalem. 8 Of false teachers. 9 Of the tokens and troubles to come. 27 Of the end of the worlde 37 And of his daylie exercise.
1 ANd * as he beholde, he sawe the riche
〈◊〉
. 12. 41. men, which cast their giftes into the treasurie,
2 And he sawe also a certeine poore widowe, which cast in thither two mites,
3 And he said, Of a trueth I say vnto you, that this poore widowe hathe cast in more then they all.
4 God estemeth not the gift or almes by the
〈◊〉
titie or value, but by the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
affection. For they all haue of their superfluitie cast into the offrings of God but she: of her penu rie hathe cast in all the liuing that she had.
5 *Now as some spake of the Temple, how it was garnished with goodlie stones and withChap. 19. 43.
Or, giftes. consecrat things, he said,Mat. 24. 1.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
1.
6 Are these the things that ye loke vpon? the dayes wil come wherein a stone shal not be left vpon a stone, that shal not be throwen downe.
7 Then they asked him, saying, Master, but when shal these things be? and what signe (shal) there (be) when these things shal come to passe?
8 *And he said,Christ then
〈◊〉
keth answer of that, which was more necessarie for them, and not to the question they demanded. Take hede, that ye be not deceiued: for many wil come in my Name, saying, I am (Christ,) and the time draweth nere: followe ye not them therefore.
9 And when ye heare of warres and seditions be not afrayed: for these things must first come, but the end followeth not by and by.
10 Then said he vnto them, Nacion shal rise against nacion, and kingdome against kingdome.
11 *And great earthquakes shalbe in diuers
〈◊〉
. 24. 8. places, and hunger, and pestilence, and fearefulMar. 13. 9. things, and great signes shal there be from heauen.
12 But before all these, they shal lay their hāds on you, and persecute (you,) deliuering you vp to the Synagogues, and into prisones, and bring you before Kings and rulers for my Names sake.
13 And this shal turne to you, for aThis their
〈◊〉
france shal bothe be a greater confirmation to the Gospel, and also by their constancie the tyrannie of their
〈◊〉
shal at length be manifest before God and man. testimonial.
14 *Lay it vp therefore in your hearts, that ye premeditate not, what ye shal answer.
15 For I wil giue you a mouth and wisdome, where against all your aduersaries shal not be able to speake, norFor thogh they were so impudent to resist, yet
〈◊〉
euer
〈◊〉
the victorie. resist.
16 Yea, ye shalbe betrayed also of your parents,Chap. 12. 12. and of your brethren, and kinsmen, ādMat. 10. 19. friends, and (some) of you
〈◊〉
they put to
〈◊〉
. 13
〈◊〉
. death.
17 And ye shal be hated of all men for my Names sake.
18 *Yet there shal not one heere of your heades perish.
〈◊〉
. 10.
〈◊〉
.
19 By your patienceThat is liue ioy fully and blessed ly,
〈◊〉
vnder
〈◊〉
crosse. possesse your soules.
20 ¶ *And when ye se Ierusalem besieged with souldiers, then vnderstand that the desolation thereof is nere.Mat. 24. 15.
Marke.
〈◊〉
. 14.
21 Thē let them which are in Iudea, flee to theDan. 9. 17. mountaines: and let them which are in the middes thereof, departe out: ād let not them that are in the countrey, enter therein.
22 For these be the dayes of vengeance, to fulfil all things that are written.
23 But wo(be) to them that be with childe, ād to them that giue sucke in those dayes: for there shalbe great distresse in this land, andGods wrath against this people shal appeare by the calamities and plagues, whe rewith he wil punish them. wrath ouer this people,
24 And they shal fall on the edge of the sworde, and shalbe led captiue into all nacions, & Ierusalem shalbe troden vnderfote of the
Gentiles, vntill theHe meaneth their
〈◊〉
to receiue likewise their punishement
〈◊〉
. tyme of the Gentiles be fulfilled.
25 *Then there shalbe signes in the sunne, and in the moone, and in the starres, ād vpon the earth trouble among the nacions
〈◊〉
perplexitie:
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 10. the sea and the water shal roare.Ezek. 32 7.
26 And mens hearts shall faile them for feare,Mat. 24. 29. and for loking after those thyngs which shal
〈◊〉
. 13. 24. come on the worlde: for the powers of heauen shal be shaken.
27 And thē shal they se the Sonne of mā come in a cloude, with power and great glorie.
28 And when these thyngs begyn to come to passe, then loke vp, and lift vp your heades: * for yourThe effecte of that redemption whyche Iesus Christ hath purchased, shal then fully appeare. redemption draweth nere.Rom. 8. 23.
29 And he spake to them a parable; Beholde, the figge tre, and all trees.
30 When they nowe shote forthe, ye seyng them, knowe of your owne selues, that sommer is then nere.
31 So likewise ye when ye se these things come to passe, knowe ye that the kyngdome of God is nere.
32 Verely I saye vnto you, Thy sage shall notFor all these thynges came within 50. yeres after. passe, til all (these) things be done.
33 Heauen and earth shall passe awaye, but my wordes shal not passe away.
34 Take hede to your selues, lest at any tyme your hearts be oppressed with
〈◊〉
and drunkennes, and cares of thys life, and lest that day come on you at vnwares.
35 For as aTo
〈◊〉
and intangle them, whersoeuer thei be in the world. snare shal it come on all them that dwell on the face of the whole earth.
36 Watche therefore, and pray continually,Or, that ye may be made worthie that ye may be counted worthie to escape al these things that shal come to passe, and that ye may stand before the Sonne of man.
37 ¶ Nowe in the daye tyme he taught in the Temple, and at night he went out, and abode in the mount that is called (the mount) of oliues.
38 And all the people came in the morning to him, to heare him in the Temple.
CHAP, XXII.
4 Conspiracie against Christ. 7 They
〈◊〉
Passeouer. 19 They institucion of the Lords supper. 24 They striue who shalbe greatest, and reproueth them. 42 He prayeth. vpon the mount. 47 Iudas treason 54 They take him, ād bring him to the hie Priests house. 60 Peter
〈◊〉
him thrise, and yet repenteth. 67 Christe is broght before the Council, where he maketh ample confession
1 NOwe * theThe feaste was so called, because they colde eat no leauened breade for the space of seuen dayes: for so long the feaste of the Passeouer continued. feast of vnleauened breadeMat. 26.
〈◊〉
. drewe nere; whiche is called the Passeouer.Marke. 14. 1.
2 And the hie Priests & Scribes soght how they might kill him: for they feared the people.
3 Then entred Satan into Iudas, who was called Iscariot, and was of the nomber of the twelue.
4 And he went his way, and communed with the hie Priests andSuche as were appointed to kepe the Temple captaines, how he might betray him to them.
5 So they wereFor they were in doute what way to take before this occasiō was offred. glad, and agreed to giue hym money.
6 And he consented, and soght opportunitie to betray hym vnto them, when the people were away.
7 ¶ * Then came the day of vnleauened breadMat.
〈◊〉
. 17. when the Passeouer must be sacrificed.
〈◊〉
. 14. 13.
8 And he sent Peter and Iohn, saying, Go, andd According to Gods commandement whiche was
〈◊〉
to offer it, and after to eat it. prepare vs the Passeouer, that we may eat it.
9 And they said to him, Where wilt thou, that we prepare it?
10 Then he said vnto them, Beholde, when ye be entred into the
〈◊〉
, there shal a mā mete you, bearing a pitcher of water: followe him into the house that he entreth in.
11 And saye vnto the good man of the house, The Master saith vnto thee, Where is the lodging where I shal eat my Passeouer with my disciples?
12 Then he shal shewe you a great hie chamberMat. 26.
〈◊〉
. trimmed: there make it readie.Marke. 14. 18.
13 So they went and founde as he had said vnto them, and made readie the Passeouer.
14 * And when theVVhich was in the euenynge about
〈◊〉
twye light, which time was appointed to
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
. houre was come, he sate downe, and the twelue Apostles with him.
15 Then he sayd vnto them, I haue earnestly desired to eat this Passeouer with you before I suffre.
16 For I say vnto you,He meaneth that this is the last time that he wolde he cōuersant with them as he was before, or so eat with them. Hence forthe I wil not eat of it any more, vntill it be fulfilled in the kingdome of God.
17 And he toke the cup, and gaue thankes, ād said, Take this, and deuide it among you.Mat. 26. 28.
18
〈◊〉
I say vnto you, I will not drinke of theMarke. 14. 22. frute of the vine, vntil the kingdome of God1. Cor. 11
〈◊〉
. become.
19 * And he toke breade, and when he had giuen thankes, he brake it, and gaue to them, saying,The bread is a true signe, ād an assured testimonie that the bodie of
〈◊〉
Christ is giuen for the
〈◊〉
of our soules: likewise the wine signifieth that
〈◊〉
bloode is
〈◊〉
drinke to
〈◊〉
and quicken vs
〈◊〉
. This is my bodie, which is giuē for you: do this in the remembrance of me.
20 Likewise also after supper (he toke) the cup, saying, This cup (is) the neweThe signe of the newe
〈◊〉
whiche
〈◊〉
established &
〈◊〉
tified by Christs bloode. Testament in my blood, which is shed for you.
21 * Yet beholde, the hand of him that betrayeth me, is with me at the table.Iohn. 13. 18.
22 And truely the Sonne of man goeth as it isPsal 40. 11. *
〈◊〉
the secrete counsell of God, as Act. 4. 28. appointed: but
〈◊〉
(be) to that man, by whome he is betrayed.
23 Then they began to enquire among them selues which of them it shuld be, that shulde do that.Mat. 20. 25.
〈◊〉
. 10. 42.
24 ¶ * And there arose also a strife amōg them, which of thē shulde seme to be the greatest.
25 But he said vnto them, The Kings of the Gen tiles reigne ouer them, and they that beare rule ouer them, are calledMeaning that they haue vaine and
〈◊〉
titles
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, for
〈◊〉
as thei are nothing lesse thē their na mes do signifie. Gracious Lords.
26 But ye (shall) not (be) so: but let the greatest among you be as the
〈◊〉
: and the chiefest as he that serueth.
27 For who is greater, he that sitteth at table,"Or,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. or he that serueth? Is not he that sitteth at table? And I am among you as he that serueth.
〈◊〉
. 19. 28.
28 And ye are they whiche haue continued with me in my tentations,
29 Therefore IOr, leaue by bequest. appoint vnto you a kyngdome, as my Father hathe appointed to me.
30 * That ye mayBy these similitudes he declareth that they shalbe
〈◊〉
of his glorie: for in heauen is nether
〈◊〉
nor drinking eat, and drinke at my table in my kingdome, and sit on seates, and iudge
the twelue tribes of Israel.1. Pet. 5. 8.
31 ¶ And the Lord sayd, Simō, Simon, beholde, * Satan hathe desired you,Satan seketh by all meanes to disquiet the Chur che of Christ, to dispe se it, and to shake it frō the true faith. to wynow you, as wheat.
32 But I haue prayed for thee, that thy faith a faile not: therefore whē thou art conuerted, strengthen thy brethren.n It was sore shaken, but yet not not ouerthro
〈◊〉
33 * And he said vnto hym, Lord, I am ready to go with thee into prison, and to death.Mat. 26. 34.
34 But he said, I tell thee, Peter, the cocke shalMark. 14. 30. not crowe this day, before thou hast thriseIohn. 13. 38. denyed that thou knewest me.Mat. 10. 9.
35 ¶ And he said vnto them, * When I sent you without bagge, and scrip, and shoes, lacked ye any thing? And they said, Nothing.
36 Then he said to them, But now he that hath a bagge, let him take it, and likewise a scrip: and he that hathe none, let him sel his coate, andBy thys he sheweth then that they
〈◊〉
susteine greate troubles and afflictions. bye a sworde.
37 For I say vnto you, That yet the same which is written, must be performed in me, * Euen with the wicked was he nombred: for doutles thoses things whiche (are written) of me,Isa. 53. 12. haue an end.
38 And they sayd, Lorde, beholde, here areThey were yet so rude that thei thoght to haue resisted Wyth materiall Weapons, Where as Christ
〈◊〉
them of a spiritual fight, Wherin aswell their lif as faith shuld be in danger. two swordes. And he sayd vnto them, It is ynough.
39 ¶ * And he came out, and went [as he was wont] to the mount of oliues: and his disciples also followed him.
40 * And when he came to the place, he said to them, Pray, lest ye enter into tentation.
41 And he gate hym selfe from them, aboute aMat. 26. 36. stones cast, and kneled downe, and prayed.Mark. 14. 32.
42 Saying, Father, if thou wilt, take away thisIohn. 18. 1.
Meaning, hys death & passion. cup from me: neuertheles, not my will, butMat. 26. 41. thine be done.Mark. 14. 38.
43 And there appeared an Angell vnto hym from heauen, comforting him.
44 But beyng in anThe Worde signifieth that hor rour that Christ had conceyued not onelye for feare of death, but of his fathers Iudgement and Wrath agaynste sinne. agonie, he prayed more earnestly: and his sweate was lyke droppes of blood, trickling downe to the grounde.
45 And he rose vp frome prayer, and came to (his) disciples, and founde them slepyng for heauines.
46 And he said vnto them, Why slepe ye? riseMat. 26. 47. and pray, lest ye enter into tentacion.Marke. 14. 43.
47 ¶ * And while he yet spake, beholde a comIohn. 18. 3. panie, ād he that was called Iudas one of the twelue, went before them, and came nere vn to Iesus to kisse him.
48 And Iesus sayd vnto hym, Iudas, betrayest thou the Sonne of man with a kisse?
49 Now when they whiche were about hym, sawe what wolde follow, they said vnto him, Lord, shal we smite with sworde?
50 And one of them smote a seruant of the hie Priest, and strake of his right eare.
51 Then Iesus aunswered, and sayd, Suffre (them) thus farre: and he touched hys eare, and healed him.
52 Then Iesus said vnto the hie Priests, and captaines of the Temple, and the Elders which were come to him, Be ye come out as vnto a thefe with swordes and staues?
53 When I was daily with you in the Temple, ye stretched not forthe the hands agaynste me: but thys is your verye houre, and theFor now God gaue
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
whose mi nisters they Were, to execute his rage against him Which thing We se is gouerned by the prouidence of God. power of darkenes.
54 ¶ Then toke they hym, and led hym, and broght him to the hie Priests house. And Pe ter followed a farre of.
55 * And when they had kindled a fyre in the middes of the hal, and were set downe together, Peter also sate downe among them.Mat 26. 54.
56 And a certeine maide behelde him as he sateMark. 14. 66. by the fyre, and hauyng well loked on hym,Iohn. 18. 26. said, This man was also with him.
57 But he denyed hym, saying, Woman, I knowe him not.
58 And after a lytle while, another man sawe hym, and said, Thou art also of them. But Peter said, Man, I am not.
59 And about the space of an houre after a cer teine other affirmed, saying, Verely euē this man was with him: for he is also a Galilean.
60 And Peter sayd, Man, I knowe not what thou sayest. And immediatly while he yet spake, the cocke crewe.
61 Then the Lorde turned backe, and loked vpon Peter: and Peter remembred the word of the Lorde, howe he had sayd vnto hym, *Mat. 26. 34. Before the cocke crowe, thou shalt denyeIohn. 13. 31. me thrise.
62 And Peter went out, and wept bitterly.
63 ¶ And the men that helde Iesus, mocked him, and stroke him.
64 And whē they had blinde folded him, they smote him on the face, and asked hym, saying,They skossed at him, because the people thoght he Was a Prophete. Prophecie who it is that smote thee.
65 And manie other thynges blasphemously spake they against him.
66 * And assone as it was daye, the Elders ofMat. 27. 1. the people, and the hie Priests and the ScribesMark. 15. 1. came together, and led hym into theyrIohn. 18. 28. Council.
67 Saying,They asked not to the ende that the trueth might be knowen, (for the thing was to manifeste but for malice) they bare towardes Christ. Art thou the Christe? tell vs. And he said vnto them, If I tell you, ye wil not beleue it.
68 And if also I aske you, ye will not aunswer me, nor let me go.
69 At his seconde comyng. Hereafter shal the Sonne of man sit at theAs in the secon de place of honour & dignitie. right hand of the power of God.
70 Then sayd they all, Art thou then the Sonne of God? And he said to them, Ye saye that I am.
71 Then said they, What nede we anie further witnes? for we our selues haue heard it of his owne mouth.
CHAP. XXIII.
1 Iesus is broght before Pilate and Herode. 18 Of Barabbas. 26 Of Simon the Cyrenian. 27 The women make lamentacion. 33 Christ crucified. 34 He prayeth for hys enemies. 40 He conuerteth the these and many others at his death. 53 And is buryed.Mat. 22.
〈◊〉
.
Mark. 12. 17.
1 THen * the whole multitude of them arose, and led him vntoVVho Was the chief gouernour, and had the exa minaciō of matters of lyfe and death.
〈◊〉
.
2 And they began to accuse hym, saying, We haue founde this mā peruerting the people, and forbyddynge to paye tribute to Cesar,
saying, That he is Christ a King.
3 * And Pilate asked him, saying, Art thou theMatth 27. 11. King of the Iewes? And he answered him, ādMark 15. 2. said, Thou faist it.Iohn. 12.
〈◊〉
.
4 Then said Pilate to the hie Priests, and to the people, I finde no faute in this man.
5 But they were the more fierce, saying, He moueth the people, teaching through out all Iudea, beginning at Galile, euen to this place.
6 Now when Pilate heard of Galile, he asked whether the man were a Galilean.
7 And when he knewe that he was of Herodes iurisdiction, heTo rid his hāds and to graftie He iode. sent him to Herode, which was also at IerusalemOr, at that time. in those daies.
8 And when Herode sawe Iesus, he was exceadingly glad: for he wasOf a certeine curiositie. desirous to se him of a long season, because he had heard manie things of him, and trusted to haue sene someOr, miracle. signe done by him.
9 Then questioned he with him of manie things: but he answered himFor Christ came to defend him self, nether yet Wolde please the vaine curiosirie of this tyrant. nothing.
10 The hie Priests also and Scribes stode for the and accused him vehemently.
11 And Herode with hisOr, bande, or traine. men of warre, despised him, and mocked him, and arrayed him inCommunely, this Was a robe of honour, or excellencie: but it Was giuen to Christ in mockage.
Or, in bright colour. white, and sent him againe to Pilate.
12 * And the same daye Pilate and Herode were made friends together: for before they were enemies one to another.
13 ¶ Thē Pilate called together the hie Priests; and the rulers, and the people,
14 And said vnto thē, Ye haue broght this manMat. 27. 23. vnto me, as one that peruerted the people:Mat. 15. 14. and beholde, I haue examined him beforeIohn. 18. 38. & 19 4. you, and haue founde no faute in this man, of those things where of ye accuse him:
15 No, nor yet Herode: for I sent you to him: and lo, nothing worthie of death is doneOr, by him. to him.
16 I wil therefore chastise him, and let him lowse.
17 [For ofFor the Romains had giuen suche
〈◊〉
and liberties to the Iewes, Which Was but a tradition, and not according to the Worde of God. necessitie he must haue let one lowse vnto them at the feast.]
18 Then all the multitude cryed at once, saying, Away with him, and deliuer to vs Barrabbas:
19 Which for a certeine insurrection made in the citie, and murther was cast in prison.
20 Then Pilate spake againe to them, willing to let Iesus lowse.
21 But they cryed, saying, Crucifie, crucifie him.
22 And he said vnto them the third time, But what euil hathe he done? I findeThe iudge giueth
〈◊〉
With Christ, before he
〈◊〉
him, Whereby plainely appeareth Iesusinnocencie. no cause of death in him: I wil therefore chastise him and let him lowse.
23 But they were instant with loude voyces, and required that he might be crucified: and the voyces of them and of the hie Priests preuailed.
24 So Pilate gaue sentence, that it shulde be as they required.
25 And he let lowse vnto them him that for insurrection and murther was cast into prison, whome thei desired, and deliuered Iesus to do with him what they wolde.
26 ¶ * And as they led him awaye, they caughtMatth. 27. 12. one Simon of Cyrene, comming out of theMark. 15. 21. field, ād on him they laid the crosse, to beare it after Iesus.
27 And there followed him a great multitude of people, and of women, which women bewailed and lamented him.
28 But Iesus turned backe vnto thē, and said,Or, Women of Ierusalem. Daughters of Ierusalē, wepe not for me, but wepe for your selues, and for your children.
29 For beholde, the daies wil come, when men shal say, Blessed (are) the barren, and the wom bes that neuer bare, and the pappes which neuer gaue sucke.
30 Then shal they beginne to say to the mountaines, * Fall on vs: and to the hilles, CouerIsa. 2. 19. vs.Hose. 10. 8.
Reuel. 6. 16.
31 * For if they do these things to aIf the innocent be thus handled, What shal the Wicked man be? grenetre,1. Pet. 4. 17. what shalbe done to the drye?
32 * And there were two others, which wereMatth. 27. 38. euil doers, led with him to be slayne.Mark. 15. 27.
Iohn. 19. 18.
33 And when they were come to the place, which is calledOr, the place of skulles. caluerie, there thei crucified him, and the euil doers: one at the right hand and the other at the left.
34 Then said Iesus, Father, forgiue them: for they knowe not what thei do. And thei parted his rayment, and cast lots,
35 And the people stode, and behelde: and the rulers mocked him with them, saying, He saued others: let him saue him self, if he be the Christ, theWhome God hathe before all others appointed to be the Messias
〈◊〉
Wise the Scriptures calleth them the elect of God Whome be hathe chosen before all beginning to life euerlasting. Chosen of God.
36 The souldiers also mocked him, and came and offred himMixt With myr the and gall to hasten his death. vineger,
37 And said, If thou be the King of the Iewes, saue thy self.
38 And a superscription was also written ouer him, inThat the thing might be knowē to all nacions, because these thre languages Were moste commune. Greke lettres, and in Latin, and in Hebrewe, THIS IS THE KING OF THE IEWES.
39 ¶ And one of the euil doers, which were hanged, railed on him, saying, If thou be the Christ, saue thy self and vs.
40 But the other answered, and rebuked him, saying,The condemnaciō Which
〈◊〉
now suffrest,
〈◊〉
seth it thee
〈◊〉
to feare
〈◊〉
Fearest thou not God, seing thou art in the same condemnacion?
41 We are in dede righteously (here): for were ceiue things worthie of that we haue done: but this man hathe done nothing amisse.
42 And he said vnto Iesus, Lord, remember me, when thou comest into thy kingdome.
43 Then Iesus said vnto him, Verely I say vnto thee, to day shalt thou be with me in Paradise.
44 ¶ And it was about theWhich Was middaye. sixt houre: and there was a darkenes ouer all the land, vntil the ninth houre.
45 And the sunne was darkened, and the vaile of the Temple rent through the middes.
46 And Iesus cryed with a loude voyce, and said, * Father, into thine hands I commendPsal. 30. 6. my spirit. And when he thus had said, He gaue vp the gost.
47 ¶ Now when theOr, Captaine.
The
〈◊〉
Captaine who had charge ouer an hūdreth men. Centurion sawe what
was done, he glorisied God, saying, Of a sure tie this man was iuste.
48 And all the people that came together to that sight, beholding the things, which were done, smote their brests, and returned,
49 And all his acquaintance stode a farre of, and the women that followed him from Galile, beholding these things.
50 ¶ *And beholde, there was a man namedMat. 27.
〈◊〉
. Ioseph, which was a counseller, a good manMark. 15. 43. and a iust.Iohn. 19. 38.
51 He did not consent to the counsel and dede of them, (which was) of Arimathea; a citie of the Iewes: who also himselfOr, had embraced
He loked for the redemer by whome all shulde be restored. waited for the kingdome of God.
52 He went vnto Pilate, and asked the bodie of Iesus,
53 And toke it downe, and wrapped it in a linnen cloth, and laid it in a toumbe hewen out of a rocke, where in was neuer man yet laid.
54 And that day was thewhen men pre pared all
〈◊〉
readie for the feast. Preparacion, and the SabbathThat is, began the same euening. drewe on.
55 And the women also that followed after, which came with him from Galile, behelde the sepulchre, and how his bodie was laid.
56 And thei returned and prepared odores, & ointmens, and rested the Sabbath (day) according to the commandement.
CHAP. XXIIII.
1 The women come to the graue. 13. Christ appeareth vnto the two disciples that go towarde Emmaus. 36 He stan deth in the middes of his disciples, and openeth their vnderstanding in the Scriptures. 47 He giueth them a char ge 51. He ascendeth vp to heauen. 52 His disciples worship him. 53 And of their daiely exercise.
1 NOw the *
〈◊〉
was the first day after the first Sabbath of the feast. first (day) of the weke early in
〈◊〉
. 2.
〈◊〉
Marke 16. 1. the morning, they came vnto the sepulchte,Iohn. 20. 1. and broght the odores, which they had prepared, and certeine (women) with them.
2 And they founde the stone rolled awaye frō the sepulchre,
3 And went in, but founde not the bodie of the Lord Iesus.
4 And it came to passe, that as they were amased there at, beholde,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in forme of men. two men suddenly stode by them in shining vestures.
5 And as they were afrayed, and bowed downe their faces to the earth, they said to them, Why seke ye him that liueth, among the dead?
6 He is not here, but is risen: remember * howChap. 9 21. he spake vnto you, when he was yet inMat. 17. 23. Galile,Marke. 1. 31.
7 Saying, that the sonne of man must be deliuered into the hands of sinful men, and be crucified, and the third daye rise againe.
8 And they remembred his wordes,
9 And returned from the sepulchre, and tolde all these things vnto the eleuen, and to all the remnant.
10 Now it was Marie Magdalene and Ioanna, and Marie the (mother) of Iames, and other women with them, which tolde these things vnto the Apostles.
11 But their wordes semed vnto them, as a fained thing, nether beleued they them.
12 Then arose Peter, ād ran vnto the sepulchre, and loked in, ād sawe the linnen clothes laid by them selues, and departed wondering in himself at that which was come to passe.
13 ¶* And beholde, two of thē went that sameMat. 16. 12. day to a towne which was from Ierusalem aboutwhich is about seuen miles and an halfe. thre score furlongs; called Emmaus.
14 And theyHereby appeareth that they had faith, althogh it was weake. talked together of all these things that were done.
15 And it came to passe, as they communed together, & reasoned, that Iesus him self drewe nere, and went with them.
16 But their eyesThis declareth that we can nether se nor vnder stand till God open our eyes. were holden, that they colde not knowe him.
17 And he said vnto them, What maner of communications are these that ye haue one to another as ye walke, and are sad?
18 And the one [named Cleophas] answered and said vnto him, Artthou onely aFor the thing was so
〈◊〉
that all
〈◊〉
might haue knowen it. stranger in Ierusalem, ād hast not knowen the things which are come to passe therein in these dayes?
19 And he said vnto them, What things? And they said vnto hī, Of Iesus of Nazaret, which was a Prophet, mightie in dede and inworde before God, and all the people,
20 And how the hie Priests, and our rulers deliuered him to be condemned to death, and haue crucified him.
21 But weThey vnderstode not yet what was the de liuerance that Iesus Christ purchased for vs, but loked for some worldelie prospe
〈◊〉
. trusted that it had bene he that shul de haue deliuered Israel, and as touching all these things, to day is the third day, that they were done.
22 Yea, and certeine women among vs made vs astonied, which came early vnto the sepulchre.
23 And when they founde not his bodie, they came, saying, that they had also sene a vision of Angels, which said that he was aliue.
24 Therefore certeine of them which were with vs, went to the sepulchre, and founde it euen so as the women had said, but him they sawe not.
25 Then he said vnto them,
〈◊〉
is re proued. O fooles and slowe of heart to beleue all that the Prophetes haue spoken,
26 Oght not Christ to haue suffred these things and to enter into his glorie?
27 And he began atChrist onely is the interpreter of the Scriptures for bothe the beginning and end thereof direct vs to him, because he is the Sauiour that promised. Moses, and at all the Prophetes, and interpreted vnto them in all the Scriptures the things which were (written) of him.
28 And they drewe nere vnto the towne, which they went to, but heBecause Christ did bothe shut their eyes and open them, he wolde kepe them in
〈◊〉
til his time came to ma
〈◊〉
him self vnto them. made as thogh he wolde haue gone further.
29 But they constrained him, saying, Abide with vs: for it is towardes night, and the day is farre spent. So he went in to tarie with them.
30 And it came to passe, as he sate at table with them, he toke the bread,According
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
which maner of praying before meales they vse to this day. and gaue thankes, and brake it, and gaue it to them.
31 Thē their eyes were opened, ād thei knewe him: but he was taken out of their sight.
32 And they said betwene them selues, Did not our hearts burne with in vs, while he talked with vs by the way, and when he opened to vs the Scriptures?
33 And they rose vp the same houre, and returned to Ierusalem, and founde the Eleuen gathered together, & thē that were with them,
34 Which said, The Lord is risen in dede, and hathe appeared to Simon.
35 Then they tolde what things (were) done in the way, and how he was knowen of them in So sone as he beganne to breake bread. breaking of bread.
36 ¶* And as they spake these things, Iesus him self stode in the middes of them, and said vnto them, Peace (be) to you.Mar. 16. 14.
37 But they were abashed ād afraid, supposingIohn. 20. 19. that they had sene a spirit.
38 Then he said vnto them, Why are ye troubled? and wherefore do doutes arise in your hearts?
39 Beholde mine hands and my fete: for it is I my self: handle me, and se: for a spirit hathe not flesh and bones, as ye se me haue.
40 And when he had thus spoken, he shewed them (his) hands and fete.
41 And while they yet beleued not for ioye, and wondered, he said vnto them, Haue ye here any meat?
42 And they gaue him a piece of a broiled fish, and of an honie combe,
43 And he toke it, and did eat before them.
44 And he said vnto them, These are the wordes, which I spake vnto you while I was yet with you, that all must be fulfilled which are written of me in the Law of Moses, and in the Prophetes, and in the Psalmes.
45 Then opened he their vnderstanding, that they might vnderstand the Scriptures,
46 And said vnto them, Thus is it written, and thus it behoued Christ to suffre, and to rise againe from the dead the thirde day,
47 And that repentance, and remission of sinnes shulde be preached in his Name among all nacions, beginning at Ierusalem.
48 Now ye are witnesses of these things.
49 And beholde, I wil send the * promes of myIohn. 15.
〈◊〉
. Father vpon you: but tary ye in the citie ofAct. 1. 4. Ierusalem,
〈◊〉
was til
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the holie Gost was sent from heauen. vntil ye be endued with power from an hie.
50 Afterwarde he led them out into Bethania, and lift vp his hands, and blessed them.
51 And it came to passe, that as he blessed them, * he departed from them, and was caryed vp into heauen.Mark. 16. 19, Act. 1. 9.
52 And they worshipped him, and returned to Ierusalem with great ioye,
53 And were continually in the Temple, praising, and lauding God, Amen.
THE HOLY GOSPEL of Iesus Christ, according to Iohn.
CHAP. I.
1 14. 17. The diuinitie, humanitie, and office of Iesus Christ 15 The testimonie of Iohn. 39 The calling of Andrewe. Peter. &c.
1 INOr, before the beginning. the beginning was the Worde, and the Worde was withChrist is God before all time. God & that Worde was God.
2 The same wasThe Sonne is of the same substance with the Father. in the beginning with God.
3 All things were made by it, ādNo creature was made with out Christ. without it was made nothing that was made.
4 In it waswhereby all things are quicke ned and preserued. lif, & the lif was theThe life of man is more excellent then of any other creature, because it is ioyned with light and vnderstanding. light of men.
5 And the light shineth inMans minde is ful of darknes because of the corruption thereof. the darkenes, and the darkenes comprehended it not.
6 ¶* There was a man sent from God, whose name (was) Iohn.Mat. 3. 1.
Mar. 1. 4.
7 The same came for a witnes, to beare witnesLuke. 3. 3. of the light, that all men through him might beleue.
8 He was not that light, but (was sent) to beare witnes of the light.
9 That was the true light, which lighteth euerieEbr 1 4. man thatOr, are borne. cometh into the worlde.
10 He was in the worlde, and the worlde was *made by him: & the worldBecause they did not worship him as their God knewe him not.Rom. 1. 21.
11 He came vntoTo the Israelltes who were his peculiar people. his owne, and his owne receiuedAct. 14 15. him not.
12 But as many as receiued him, to them he ga ueMeaning a priuiledge, or dignitie. power to be the sonnes of God, (euen) to them that beleue in his Name,
13 Which are borne not of blood, nor of theMat. 1. 16. wil of the flesh, nor of the wil of man, but ofLuke. 2. 7. God.Mat. 17 2
14 * And the Worde was madeHe was fotmed and made man by the operation of the holie Gost without the operation of mar. flesh, and2. Peter. 1. 17. dwelt among vs, [ād we* sawe the glorie thereof,Colos. 1. 19. &. 2 9. as the glorie of the onely begotten (Son ne)Or, proceding from the Father. of the Father]* ful of grace and trueth.
15 ¶ Iohn bare witnes of him, ād cryed, saying This was he of whome I said, He that commeth after me, is preferred before me: for he wasOr, more excellent then 1. before me.
16 And of his fulnes haue all we receiued, and More abundant grace then by Moses. grace for grace.
17 For the Lawe was giuen by Moses, but grace and trueth came by Iesus Christ.1. Tim. 6. 16.
18 * No man hathe sene God at any time: the1. Iohn. 4. 12. onely begottē Sonne, which is in theMeaning be is moste deare, and straictly ioyned to his Father, not onely in loue, but also in
〈◊〉
and vnion. bosome of the Father, he hatheAnd so
〈◊〉
that before was inuisible, was made, as it were visible in Christ, Act.
〈◊〉
, 25. declared him.
19 ¶ Then this is the recorde of Iohn, whē the Iewes sent Priests & Leuites from Ierusalem, to aske him, Who art thou?
20 And he confessed and denyed not, and said plainely, I* am not the Christ.
21 And they asked him, What then? Art thou Elias? And he said, I am not. Art thou theVVhome thei loked for to be suche one as Moses Was. Prophet? And he answered, No.
22 Then said they vnto him, Who art thou that we may giue an answer to them that sent vs? what
〈◊〉
thou of thy self?
23 He said, I * am the voyce of him that cryethDeut. 18. 15.
Isa. 40. 3. in the wildernes, Make straight the way ofmat. 3. 3. the Lord, as said the Prophet Esaias.luk. 3. 4.
24 Now they whiche were sent, were of the Pharises.
25 And they asked him, ād said vnto him, Why baptizest thou then, if thou be not the Christ nether Elias, nor the Prophet?
26 Iohn answered them, saying, I baptize with water: but there is one among you, whome ye knowe not.
27 * He it is that commeth after me, whiche isMat. 3. 11. preferred before me, whose shoe latchet IMat. 1. 7.
luk. 3. 16. am not worthie vnlose.Act. 1. 5. & 11. 16. & 19. 4.
28 These things were done in Bethabara beyonde Iordan, where Iohn did baptize.
29 ¶ The next day Iohn seeth Iesus comming vnto him, & saith, Behold the lambe of God, which taketh away theSignifiing the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
is the foū
taine of all sinnes & there with all other sinnes. sinne of the world.
30 This is he of whome I said, After me cometh a man, whiche is preferred before me: for he was before me.
31 And I knewThat is, by sight but onely by the reuelatio of God. him not: but because he shuld be declared to Israel, therefore am I come, baptizing with water.
32 So Iohn bare recorde, saying, I sawe * theMat. 3. 16. Spirit come downe from heaue, like a doue,mar. 1. 10. and it abode vpon him.Luk. 3. 22.
33 And I knewe him not: but he that sent me to baptize with water, he said vnto me, Vpon whome thou shalt se the Spirit come downe and tary stil on him, that is he whiche baptizeth with theVVho giueth the vertue and effect to baptisme, accōplishing that thing waich is thereby represented. holie Gost.
34 And I sawe, and bare recorde that this is the Sonne of God.
35 ¶ The next day, Iohn stode againe, and two of his disciples:
36 And he behelde Iesus walking by, and said, Beholde theHe alludeth to the
〈◊〉
lābe, which was a figure of Christ. lambe of God.
37 And the two disciples heard him speake, & folowed Iesus.
38 Then Iesus turned about, and sawe thē followe, & said vnto them, What seke ye? And they said vnto him, Rabbi [which is to say by interpretatiō, Master]Or where is thy lodging? or whither goest thou? For he dwelled in
〈◊〉
, and was there as a
〈◊〉
. where dwellest thou?
39 He said vnto them, Come, ādse. They came & sawe where he dwelt, & abode with him that day: for it was about theThat was two houres before night. tenth houre.
40 Andrewe, Simon Peters brother, was one of the two which had heardHow Iohn said that Iesus was the lābe of God. it of Iohn, and that folowed him.
41 The same founde his brother Simon first, and said vnto him, We haue founde the Messias, whiche is by interpretation,Or, the Anointed. the Christ.
42 And he broght him to Iesus. And Iesus behelde him, and said, Thou art Simō the sonne of Iona: thou shalt be called Cephas, which is by interpretation,Or, Petrus. a stone.
43 ¶ The day following, Iesus wolde go into Galile, & founde Philippe, and said vnto him Folowe me.
44 ¶ Now Philippe was of Bethsaida, the citie of Andrewe and Peter.
45 Philippe founde Nathanael, and said vnto him, We haue founde him, of whome * MosesGen. 49. 10. did write in the Law, and the * Prophetes,Deut. 18. 18. Iesus of Nazaret the sonne of Ioseph.Isa. 42. 4 10. 45. 8.
〈◊〉
. 23. 5.
46 Then Nathanael said vnto him, Can thereeze. 34 25. & 37 24 dan. 9. 24. anyThose things which are
〈◊〉
to the
〈◊〉
, are eslemed and preferred of God: & those things which the world preferreth, God abhorreth. good thing come out of Nazaret? Philippe said to him, Come, and se.
47 Iesus sawe Nathanael coming to him, and said of him, Beholde, in dede an Israelite, in whome is no guile.
48 Nathanael said vnto him, Whence knewest thou me? Iesus answered, and said vnto him, Before that Philippe called thee, when thou wast vnder the figge tre, I sawe thee.
49 Nathanael answered, & said vnto him, Rabbi, thou art the Sonne of God: thou art the King of Israel.
50 Iesus answered, and said vnto him, Because I said vnto thee, I sawe thee vnder the figge tre,Or, thou beleuest. beleuest thou? thou shalt se greater things then these.
51 And he said vnto him, Verely, verely, I say vnto you, hereafter shal ye se heauenChrist openeth the heauens, that we may haue accesse to God, and maketh vs felowes to the Angels open, and the Angels of God * ascending, and descending vpon the Sonne of man.Gen. 28. 12.
CHAP. II.
8 Christ turneth the water into wine. 14 He driueth the byers, and sellers out of the Temple. 19 He forewarneth his death and resurrection. 23 He conuerteth many, and distrusteth man.
1 ANd the thirde day, was there a mariage in Cana (a towne) of Galile, and the mother of Iesus was there.
2 And Iesus was called also, and his disciples vnto the mariage.
3 Now whē the wine failed, the mother of Iesus said vnto him, They haue no wine.
4 Iesus said vnto her, Woman, what haue I to do with thee? mine houre is not yet come.
5 His mother said vnto the seruants, Whatsoeuer he saith vnto you, do it.
6 And there were set there, six waterpottes of stone, after the maner of theWho vsed
〈◊〉
washings to purifie thē selues VVhich superstition Hebion the heretike wolde haue broght into the Churche and now the papists haue receiued it. purifying of the Iewes, conteining two or threOr, measures.
Whereof euerie one conteined 15. gallons. firkins a piece.
7 And Iesus said vnto thē, Fil the waterpottes with water. Then they filled them vpto the brim.
8 Then he said vnto them, Drawe out now & beare vnto theOr, stewarde. gouernour of the feast. So they bare it.
9 Now when the gouernour of the feast had tasted the water that was made wine, [for he knewe not whence it was: but the seruants, whiche drewe the water, knewe] the gouernour of the feast called the bridegrome,
10 And said vnto him, All men at the beginning set forthe good wine, & when men haue wel drunke, then that which is worse: (but) thou hast kept backe the good wine vntil now.
11 This beginning ofOr, signes. miracles did Iesus in Cana (at owne) of Galile, and shewed for the his glorie: and his disciples beleued on him.
12 After that he went downe into Capernaum he and his mother and hisOr, cousins. brethren, and his disciples: but they continued not manie dayes there.
13 For the Iewes Passeouer was at hand. There fore Iesus went vp to Ierusalem.
14 * And he founde in the Temple those thatMat. 21.
〈◊〉
. solde oxen, and shepe, and doues, and changersmar. 11. 17. of money, sitting (there.)luk. 19. 46.
15 Then he made a scourge of smale cordes, & draue them all out of the Temple with the shepe, and oxen and powred out the changers money, and ouerthrewe the tables,
16 And said vnto them that solde doues, Take these things hence: make not my Fathers house, an house of marchandise.
17 And his disciples remembred, that it wasPsal. 6 written, * TheThis affection was so burning in him, that it su mounted and swallowed vp all the others. zeale of thine house hathe eaten me vp.
18 Then answered the Iewes, and said vnto him WhatOr, miracle. signe shewest thou vnto vs, that thou doest these things?
19 Iesus answered and said vnto them, * Destroye this tēple, and in thre dayes I wil raiseMat.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, & 27. 40. it vp againe.
〈◊〉
. 14. 18. & 15. 29.
20 Then said the Iewes, Fortie and six yeres was this Temple a buylding, and wilt thou reare it vp in thre dayes.
21 But he spake of the temple of hisChrists bodie might iustly be called the tēple, because the fulnes of the God
〈◊〉
Welleth in it corporally, Collos. 2. 9. bodie.
22 Assone therefore as he was risen from the dead, his disciples remembred that he thus said vnto them: and they beleued the Scriptu re, and the worde which Iesus had said.
23 Now when he was at Ierusalem at the Passeouer in the feast, many beleued in his Name, whē they sawe his miracles which he did
24 But IesusFor he toke not thē for true disciples, as he knewe by their inwarde thoghtes, what religiō soeuer they did pretende outwardely. did not commit him self vnto thē because he knewe them all,
25 And had no nede that any shulde testifie of man: for he knewe what was in man.
CHAP. III.
3 Christ instructeth Nichodemus in the regeneratiō. 15 Of faith. 16 Of the loue of God towards the worde. 23 The doctrine and baptisme of Iohn. 28 And the witnes that he beareth of Christ.
1 THere was now a man of the Pharises named Nicodemus, a ruler of the Iewes.
2 He came to Iesus by night, and said vnto him Rabbi, we knowe that thou art a teacher come from God: for no man colde do these miracles that thou doest, except God were with him.
3 Iesus answered, and said vnto him, Verely, verely I say vnto thee, except a man be borne againe, he can notTo entre therein. se theWhich thing is to be assembled and incorporate into the Churche of God. kingdome of God.
4 Nichodemus said vnto him. How can a man be borne which is olde? can he enter into his mothers wombe againe, and be borne?
5 Iesus answered, Verely, verely I say vnto thee except that a man be borne ofVVhiche is the spiritual water where the holie Gost doeth washe vs into newnes of life. water and of the Spirit, he can not enter into the kingdome of God.
6 That which is borne of the flesh, is flesh: and that that is borne of the Spirit, is spirit.
7 Marueile not that I said to thee, Ye must be borne againe.
8 TheAs the power of God is manifest by the mouīg of the aire, so is it in changing & renuing vs, althogh the maner be hid from vs. winde bloweth where it listeth, and thou he arest the soūde there of, but canst not tel whence it cometh, and whether it goeth: so is euerie man that is borne of the Spirit.
9 Nicodemus answered, & said vnto him, How can these things be?
10 Iesus answered, and said vnto him, Art thou a teacher of Israel, andAlthogh he was excellently learned, yet knewe he not those things which the very babes in Christs
〈◊〉
oght to knowe. knowest no these things?
11 Verely, verely I say vnto thee, we speake that weVVe may not teache our owne inuentions. knewe, & testifie, that we haue sene but yeHe reproueth him, for that mē do teache things which they
〈◊〉
not, & yet others beleue thē. but Christ tea cheth thīgs most certeineād knowen, & men wil not
〈◊〉
his doctrine. receiue not our witnes.
12 If when I tel youwhich was after a cōmune & grosse maner. earthlie things, ye beleue not, how shulde ye beleue, if I shal tell you of heauenlie things?
13 For no man ascendeth vp to heauen, but he that hathe descended from heauen, the Sōne of man which is inBy reason of the vnion of his God head with his man hoode. heauen.
14 * And as Moses lift vp the serpent in the wil dernes, so must the Sōne of man beHis power must be manifest which is not yet knowen. lift vp,Nom. 21. 9.
15 That whosoeuer beleueth in him, shuld not perish, but haue eternal life.
16 * For God so loued the worlde, that he hath giuen his onely begotten Sōne, that whosoeuer1. Iohn. 4. 9. beleueth in him, shulde not perish, but haue euerlasting life.
17 * For God sent not his Sōne into the worldeChap. 9.
〈◊〉
and 12. 47. that he shuldeThe contempt of Christ, and the sinnes of the wic ked cōdemne thē yet Christ as a iu ste iudge giueth sentence against the reprobate. condemne the worlde, but that theNot onely the Iewes, but whosoeuer shulde be leue in him. worlde through him might be saued.
18 He that beleueth in him, shal not be condem ned: but he that beleueth not, is condemned already, because he beleueth not in the Name of the onely begotten Sonne of God.
19 * And this in theThe cause and matter of condē
nation. condemnation, that light is come into the worlde, and men loued darkenes rather then light, because their dedesChap. 1. 9. were euil.
20 For euerie man that euil doeth, hateth the light, nether commeth to light, lest his dedes shulde be reproued.
21 But he that doethIn walking roundely, and sin cerely. trueth, commeth to the light, that his dedes might be made manifest, that they are wroghtOr, in God.
As they do whiche set God onely before their eyes, & followe the rule of his worde. according to God.
22 ¶ After these things, came Iesus and his disciples into theOr, territorie. land of Iudea, & there taried with them, and * baptized.
23 And Iohn also baptized in Enon besides Salim, because there was much water there:Chap. 4. 1. and they came, and were baptized.
24 For Iohn was not yet cast into prison.
25 Thē there arose a question betwene Iohns disciples and the Iewes, aboutThat is, how they might be made cleane, before God, which the washings vnder the law did represent. purifying.
26 And they came vnto Iohn, & said vnto him, Rabbi,They wereled with ambition fearing left their master shuldhaue lost his fame. he that was with thee beyonde Iordan,Chap. 1. 17. to whome * thou barest witnes, behold, he baptized, and all men come to him.
27 Iohn answered, and said, A man can receiue nothing, except it be giuē him from heauen.Chap. 1. 20.
28 Ye your selues are my witnesses, that * I said,No mā oght to vsurpeaniething further then God giueth him. I am not the Christ, but that I am sent before him.
29 He that hathe the bride, is the bridegrome: but the friend of the bridegrome which stā
deth and heareth him, reioyceth greatly, because of the bridegromes voice. This my ioye therefore is fulfilled.
30 He mustAnd be exalted and
〈◊〉
estemed as his seruant. increase, but I (must) decrease.
31 He that is come from on high, is aboue all: he that is of theThe minister cōpared to Christ is but earth. earth, is of the earth, and speaketh of the earth: he that is come from heauen, is aboue all.
32 And what he hathe sene and heard, that he testifieth: but no man receiueth his testimonie.
33 He that hathe receiued his testimonie, hathRom. 3. 4. sealed that* God is true.
34 For he whome God hathe sent, speaketh the wordes of God: for God giueth (him) not the Spirit byFor vnto Christ was giuen the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of all grace, that we might
〈◊〉
of him as of the onelie fountaine. measure.
35 The Father loueth the Sonne, and hathe * giuen all things into his hand.
36 *He that beleueth in the Sonne, hathe euer
〈◊〉
. 10. 26. lasting life, and he that obeieth not the Sōne,Abac 2 4. shal not se life, but the wrath of God abideth1. Iohn. 5. 10. on him.
CHAP. IIII.
1 The communication of Christ with the woman of
〈◊〉
. 34 His zeale towarde his Father and his haruest. 39 The conuersion of the Samaritans, 45 And
〈◊〉
. 47 How he healeth the rulers soune.
1 NOw whē the Lord knewe, how the Pharises had heard, that Iesus made and baptized modisciples then Iohn,
2 [Thogh Iesus him self baptized not: but his disciples.]
3 HeTo giue place to their rage. left Iudea, and departed againe into Galile.
4 And he must nedes go through Samaria.
5 Then came he to a citie of Samaria calledOr,
〈◊〉
.
Gen 33. 19. & 48. 22. Sychar, nere vnto the possession that* Iacob gaue to his sonne Ioseph.ios. 24. 32.
6 And there was Iacobs well. Iesus then wearied in the iorney, sateEuen wearie as he was. thus on the well: it was about theVVhiche was midday. sixt houre.
7 There came a woman of Samaria to drawe water. Iesus said vnto her, Giue me drinke.
8 For his disciples, were gone away into the citie, to bye meat.
9 Then said the woman of Samaria vnto him, How is it, that thou being a Iewe, ask est drinke of me, which am a woman ofFor the Iewes estemed the
〈◊〉
as wicked, and prophane.
〈◊〉
For the Iewes medle not with the Samaritans.
10 Iesus answerest and said vnto her, If thou knewest theMeaning of
〈◊〉
self
〈◊〉
his Father had sent to conuert this woman. gift of God, and who it is that saith to thee, Giue me drinke, thou woldest haue ask est of him, and he wolde haue giuē theeVVhiche is the Ioue of God in his Sōne powred into our hearts by the holie Gost vnto eucrlasting life. Rom 5. 5.
Or, the
〈◊〉
water. water of life.
11 The woman said vnto him, Syr, thou hast nothing to drawe with, and the well is depe: frō whence thē hast thou that water of life?
12 Art thou greater then our Father, Iacob, which gaue vs the well, and he him self dranke1. Ioh. 3. 5. thereof, and his children, and his cattel?
13 Iesus answered, & said vnto her, Whosoeuer drinketh of this water, shal thirst againe:
14 But whosoeuer drinketh of theOf the spiritual grace, water that I shal giue him, shal neuer be moreHe shal neuet be dryed vp
〈◊〉
destitute. a thirst: but the water that I shal giue him, shalbe in him a well of water, springing vp into euerlasting life.
15 The woman said vnto him, Syr, giue me of that water, that I may no thirst, nether come hither to drawe.
16 Iesus said vnto her, Go, call thine housband, and come hither.
17 The woman answered, and said I haue no housband. Iesus said to her, Thou hast wel said, I haue no housband.
18 For thou hast had fiue housbands, and he whome thou now hast, is not thine housbād that saidest thou truely.
19 The woman said vnto him, Syr, ITil she was liuely touched with her fautes, she mocked and
〈◊〉
not heare Christ. se that thou art a Prophet.
20 Our fathers worshiped in this mountaine, & ye say, that in* Ierusalem is the place where men oght to worship.Deut. 12. 6.
21 Iesus said vnto her, Woman, beleue me, the houre cometh, when ye shal nether in this mountaine, nor at Ierusalem worship the Father.
22 Ye worship that which ye* knowe not: we2. king. 17.
〈◊〉
. worship that which we knowe: for saluation is of the Iewes.
23 But the houre cometh, and now is, when the true worshippers shal worshippe the Father in spirit, and trueth: for the Father requireth euen suche to worship him.
24 *God is aGod being of a spiritual nature
〈◊〉
spiritual seruice, and agreable to his nature. Spirit, ād they that worship him2. Corin. 3.
〈◊〉
. must worship him in spirit and trueth.
25 The woman said vnto him, I know wel that Messias shal come, which is called Christ: when he is come, he wil tell vs all things.
26 Iesus said vnto her, I am he, that speak vnto thee.
27 ¶And vpō that came his disciples, and marueiled that he talketh with a woman: yet no mā said vnto him, What ask est thou? or why talkest thou with her?
28 The woman then left her waterpot, and wēt her way into the Citie, and said to the men.
29 Come, se a man whiche hathe tolde me all things that euer I did: is not he the Christ?
30 Then they went out of the Citie, and came vnto him.
31 ¶In the meane while, the disciples prayed him, saying, Master, eat.
32 But he said vnto them, I haue meat to eat, that ye knowe not of.
33 Then said the disciples betwene them selues Hathe anie man broght him meat?
34 Iesus said vnto them,There is nothing, that I hunger for more, or wherein I take greater pleasure. My meat is that I may do the wil of him that sent me, and finish his worke.
35 Say not ye, There are yet foure moneths, ād (then) cometh haruest? Beholde, I say vnto you, Lift vp your eyes, & loke on the regions
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
37. *for they are white already vnto haruest.Luke. 10. 2.
36 And he that reapeth, receiueth wages, and gathereth frute vnto life eternal, that bothe he that soweth, and he that reapeth, mightWithout
〈◊〉
the one at the others
〈◊〉
.
reioyce together.
37 For herein is theOr,
〈◊〉
. saying
〈◊〉
that one soweth and another reapeth.
38 I sent you to reape that, whereon ye bestowed no labour:Meaning, the
〈◊〉
. other men laboured, and ye are entred into their labours.
39 Now manie of the Samaritans of that citieThe
〈◊〉
shewed them selues willing to re ceiue his doctrine who being but strangers and skarsely knowing Christ, are a cōdemnation to the Iewes, and all others, which neglect Gods worde when it is offered. beleued in him, for the saying of the woman which testified, He hathe tolde me all things that euer I did.
40 Then when the Samaritans were come vnto him, they besoght him, that he wolde tarie with them: and he abode there two dayes,
41 And manie mo
〈◊〉
is had the right and true faith. beleued because of his owne worde.
42 And thei said vnto the woman, Now we beleue, not because of thy saying: for we haue heard him our selues, and knowe that this is in dede the Christ the Sauiour of the worlde.
43 ¶So two dayes after he departed thence, and went into Galile.
44 For Iesus him self had* testified that a
〈◊〉
. 13.
〈◊〉
. Prophet hathe none honour inHere by his owne countrey he meaneth Ierusalem, and the countrey about. his owneMar. 6 4. conntrey.Luke. 4. 24.
45 Then when he was come into Galile, the Galileans receiued him, which had sene all the things that he did at Ierusalem at the feast: for they went also vnto the feast.
46 And Iesus came againe into* Cana a (towne)Chap. 2. 1. of Galile, where he had made of water wine. And there was a certeineThe worde signifieth royal or one of the kings court
〈◊〉
it semeth, that he was one of Herods court, who was in great estimation with Herode, whome the people called king, ruler, whose sonne was sicke at Capernaum.
47 When he heard that Iesus was come out of Iudea into Galile, he went vnto him, and besoght him that he woldeOr, come. go downe, & heale his sonne: for he was euen ready to dye.
48 Then said Iesus vnto him, Except ye se signes and wonders, ye wil not beleue.
49 The ruler said vnto him, Sir, go downe before my sonne dye.
〈◊〉
. 6. 14.
50 Iesus said vnto him, Go thy way, thy sonne liueth: and the man beleued the worde that Iesus had spoken vnto him, and went his way.
51 And as he was nowOr,
〈◊〉
. going downe, his seruants met him, saying, Thy sonne liueth.
52 Then enquired he of them the houre when he began to amende. And they said vnto him, Y esterday the seuenth houre the feuer left him.
53 Then the father knewe, that it was the same houre in the which Iesus, had said vnto him, Thy sonne liueth. And he beleued, and all his houshold.
54 This seconde miracle did Iesus againe, after he was come out of Iudea into Galile.
CHAP. V.
8 He healeth the man that was sicke eight and thirtie yeres. 10 The Iewes accuse him. 19. Christ answereth for him self, and reproueth them. 32 Shewing by the testimo nie of his Father. 33. Of Iohn. 36 Of his workes, 39 And of the Scriptures who he is.
1 AFter* that, there was a feast of the IewesLeuit.
〈◊〉
. 2. and Iesus went vp to Ierusalem.
〈◊〉
. 16. 1.
2 And there is at Ierusalem byOr, the
〈◊〉
market. the place of the shepe, aWhere the shepe were washed, that shulde be sa
〈◊〉
. poole called in EbreweWhich signifieth the house of powring
〈◊〉
because the water ranne
〈◊〉
by con duits. Bethesda, hauing fiue porches:
3 In the which lay a great multitude of sicke folke, of blinde, halte, and withered, waiting for the mouing of the water.
4 For an Angel went downe at a certeine season into the poole, and troubled the water: whosoeuer then first, after the stirring of the water, stepped in, was made whole of what soeuer disease he had.
5 And a certeine man was there which had be ne diseased eight and thirtie yeres.
6 When Iesus sawe him lie, and knewe that he now lōg time had bene diseased he said vnto him, Wilt thou be made whole?
7 The sicke man answered him, Sir, I haue no man, when the water is troubled, to put me into the poole: but while I am comming, another steppeth downe before me.
8 Iesus said vnto him, Rise:This was, to the end that the miracle might be so euident, that no man colde speake against it. take vp thy bed, and walke.
9 And immediatly the man was made whole, and toke vp his bed, and walked: & the same day was the Sabbath.
10 The Iewes therefore said to him that wasIer. 17. 22. made whole; It is the Sabbath (day:)* it is not lawful forthee to carie thy bed.
11 He answered them, He that made me whole, he said vnto me, Take vp thy hed, and walke.
12 Then asked they him, What man is that whiche said vnto thee, Take vp thy bed, and walke?
13 And he that was healed, knewe not who it was: for Iesus had conueyed him self away from the multitude that was in that place.
14 And after that, Iesus founde him in the Tē
ple, and said vnto him, Beholde, thou art
〈◊〉
whole,The
〈◊〉
that we endure, are
〈◊〉
ments for our sinnes. sinne no more, lest a worse thing come vnto thee.
15 ¶The man departed, and tolde the Iewes that it was Iesus, which had made him whole
16 And therefore the Iewes did persecute Iesus, & soght to slay him, because he had done these things on the Sabbath (day.)
17 But Iesus answered them, My Father worketh hitherto, and I worke.
18 Therefore the Iewes soght the more to kil him: not onely because he had broken theExod. 4. 22. Sabbath: but said also that God wasThat is, propre and
〈◊〉
to him alone, hisIt was
〈◊〉
for all Israel
〈◊〉
call God their Fa ther. Father,But because Christ did
〈◊〉
to him self, that he had power ouer all things, and wroght as his Fa ther did, thei gathered that Christ did not
〈◊〉
ma
〈◊〉
him self the Sonne of God, but also equal
〈◊〉
him. and made him self equal with God.
19 Then answered Iesus, and said vnto them, Verely, verely I say vnto you, The Sonne can do nothing of him self, saue that he seeth the Father do: for whatsoeuer things he doeth, the same things doeth the Sonne also.
20 For the Father loueth the Sonne, andThat is, he doeth communicate with him, hauing the same power and the same wil. sheweth him all things, whatsoeuer he him self doeth, and he wil shewe him greater workes then these, that ye shulde marueile.
21 For likewise as the Father raiseth vp the dead, and quickeneth them, so the Sonne quickencth whome he wil.
22 For the Father iudgeth no man, but hathe committed all
〈◊〉
giuing him power and rule ouer all. iudgement vnto the Sonne.
23 Because that almen shulde honour the Son ne, as they honour the Father: he that honoreth not the Sonne, the same honoreth not the Father, which hathe sent him.
24 Verely, verely, I say vnto you, he that heareth my word, and beleueth in hym that sent me, hathe euerlasting life, and shal not come into condemnacion, but hathe passed frome death vnto life.
25 Verely, verely, I saye vnto you, the houre shall come, and nowe is, when the dead shall heare the voyce of the Sonne of GOD: and they thatThey that recei ue it by faith. heare it, shal liue.
26 For as the Father hathe life inTo communicate it with vs. him self, so like wise hathe he giuen to the Sonne to haue life in him self.
27 And hathe giuen him power also to executeThat is to gouerne and
〈◊〉
all
〈◊〉
. iudgement, in that he is the Sonne of man.
28 Marueile not at thys: forthe houre shall come in the which all that are in the graues, shal heare his voyce.
29 And they shall come forthe, * that haueMat. 25. 41. done good, vnto the resurrection of
〈◊〉
: but they that haue done euill, vnto the resurrection of condemnacion.
30 I can do nothyng of mine owne selfe: as I heare, I iudge: and my indgement is iust, because I seke not mine owne wil, but the will of the Father who hathe sent me.
31 If I * shulde beare witnes of my life, my witnesChap. 8. 14. were notChrist had respecte to their weakenes, that hearde him, and
〈◊〉
said his owne witnes shulde not be
〈◊〉
. true.
〈◊〉
. 3. 17.
32 There is another that beareth witnes of me, and I knowe that the witnes, whiche he beareth of me, is true.
33 * Ye sent vnto Iohn, and he bare witnes vnto the trueth.
34 But I receyue not the recorde of man: neuertheles these thyngs I saye, that ye mightChap. 1. 27. be saued.
35 He was a burnyng, and a shinyngOr, lampe. candle and ye wolde for aBut ye
〈◊〉
him quickely
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
not perseuere. season haue
〈◊〉
in his light.
36 But I haue greater witnes then the witnes of Iohn: for the workes whiche the Father that hathe giuen me to finish, the same workes that I do, beare witnes of me, that the Father sent me.
37 And the * Father hym selfe, whiche hatheMat. 3. 17. and 17. 5. sent me,In the Law ād Prophetes. beareth witnes of me. Ye haue notDeut. 4. 12. heard hys voyce at anie tyme, * nether haue ye sene hys shape.
38 And his worde haue ye not abiding in you: for whom he hathe sent, him ye beleue not.
39 * Searche the Scriptures: for in thē ye thinkAct. 17. 11. to haue eternall life, and they are they which testifie of me.
40 But ye will not come to me, that ye myght haue life.
41 I receiue not praise of men.
42 But I knowe you, that ye haue not the loue of God in you.
43 I am come in my Fathers Name, and ye receiue me not: ifThe people are more readie to receiue false prophetes, then Iesus Christ. another shall come in hys owne name, him wil ye receiue.
44 How can ye beleue, whicheVaine glorie is a greate let for a man to come to God. receiue * honour one of another, and seke not the honourChap. 12. 43. that cometh of God alone!Gen. 3. 15. and, 22.
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
10.
45 Do not thinke that I will accuse you to myDeut. 18 15. Father: there is one thatAs Moses shal accuse thē truste in hym: so they shall haue no greater enemies at the day of iud gement, then the virgine Marie and the Saintes, vpon whome nowe they call: but whosoeuer doeth accuse. Christ and their owne
〈◊〉
shall condemne the reprobat. accuseth you, (euē) Moses, in whome ye trust.
46 For had ye beleued Moses, ye wolde haue beleued me:* for he wrote of me.
47 But if ye beleue not his writings, how shal ye beleue my wordes!
CHAP. VI.
10 Iesus fedeth fiue thousand men with fiue loaues ād two fishes. 15 He departeth awaye, that they shulde not make him King. 26 He reproueth the fleshlie hearers of his word. 41 The carnall are offended at hym. 63 The fleshe profiteth not.
1 AFter these things, Iesus went his way ouerChap. VI. theCalled the lake of Gennesareth. sea of Galile, (or) of
〈◊〉
, Fethsaida, and Capernaum, were on this side the
〈◊〉
, in
〈◊〉
of Galile: but it
〈◊〉
here said that he wēt ouer because there were diuers crikes and turninges, ouer the which men feried. Tiberias.
2 And a great multitude followed him, because they sawe his miracles, whiche he did on them that were diseased.
3 Then Iesus went vp into a mountaine, and there he sate with his disciples.
4 Nowe the Passeouer, a * feast of the Iewes, was nere.
5 * Then Iesus lift vp (his) eyes, and seing that a great multitude came vnto him, he said vnto Philippe, Whence shall we bye breade, that these might eat?Leui. 23. 2.
6 [And this he said to proue hym: for he hymDeut. 16. 1. selfe knewe what he wolde do.]Mat. 14. 16.
Marke. 6 38.
7 Philippe answered him,This summe
〈◊〉
mounteth to about fiue pound sterling. Two hundreth penyLuke. 9. 13. worthe of bread is not sufficient for thē, that euerie one of them may take a litle.
8 Then said vnto him one of his disciples, Andrewe, Simon Peters brother.
9 There is a litle boye here, which hathe fiue barlie loaues, & two fishes: but what are they among so
〈◊〉
?
10 And Iesus said, Make the people sit down. [Now there was muche grasse in that place] Then the men sate downe in nomber, about fiue thousand.
11 And Iesus toke the bread, andPrayer and
〈◊〉
do sāctifie our meates where with we are nourished. gaue thankes, and gaue to the disciples, and the disciples to them that were set downe: and likewise of the fishes as muche as they wolde.
12 And when they were satisfied, he said vnto hys disciples, Gather vp the broken meat which remaineth, thatThe abundante store of Goddes gifts
〈◊〉
not to make vs prodigal to wast thē. nothing be lost.
13 Then they gathered it together, and filled twelue baskets with the broken meat of the fiue barlie loaues, which remaineth vnto them that had eaten.
14 Then the mē when they had sene the miracle that Iesus did, sayd. This is of a trueth the Prophete that shulde come into the worlde.
15 When Iesus therefore perceiued that they wolde come, and take hym to make hym aThey imagined an
〈◊〉
king dome wythout the testimonie of Gods worde, so that by thys meanes his spiri tuall kingdome shuld haue
〈◊〉
abolished. King, he departed againe into a mountaine him self alone.
16 ¶When euen was nowe come, his disciples went downe vnto the sea.
17 * And entred into a ship, and wentOuer a corner of the lake. ouer the sea towardes Capernaum: and nowe it wasMat. 14. 25. darke, and Iesus was not come to them.Marke. 6. 47.
18 * And the sea arose with a great winde that
blewe.
19 And when they had rowed about fiue and twentie, or thirtieWhereof eight make a mile. furlongs, they sawe Iesus walking on the sea, and drawing nere vnto the ship: so they were afraied.
20 But he said vnto them, It is I: be not afraied.
21 Then willingly they receiued him into the ship, and the ship was by and by at the land, whether they went.
22 ¶The day following, the people which stode on the other side of the sea, sawe that there was none other ship there, saue that one, where into his disciples were entred, & that Iesus went not with his disciples in the ship, but that his disciples were goneWherefore it
〈◊〉
nedes fol lowe that Christ passed miraculously. alone.
23 And that there came other shippes from Tiberias nerevnto the place where they ate the bread, after the Lord had giuen thankes.
24 Now when the people sawe that Iesus was not there, nether his disciples, thei also toke shipping, and came to Capernaum, seking for Iesus.
25 And when they had founde him on theThis was not straight ouer the lake from side to side, but ouer a crike, or arme of the lake which saued mu che labour to thē that shulde haue gone about by land. other side of the sea, thei said vnto him, Rabbi, when camest thou hither?
26 Iesus answered them, and said, Verely, verely I say vnto you, ye seke me not, because ye sawe the miracles, but because ye ate of the loaues, and were filled.
27 Laboure not for the meat which perisheth, but for the meat thatWhich nourisheth ād augmen
〈◊〉
our faith. endureth vnto euerlasting life, which the Sonne of man shal giueChap. 1 32. vnto you: for him hathe * God the FatherMatt. 3. 17. & 17. 3.
For when he appointed him to be the Mediator, he set his marke and seale in him to bethe onelie one to reconcile God and man together. sealed.1. Iohn. 3. 23.
28 Then said they vnto him, What shal we do, that we might worke theSuche as be acceptable vnto God. workes of God?
29 Iesus answered, and said vnto them, * This is the worke of God, that ye beleue in him, whome he hathe sent.
30 They said therefore vnto him, What signe shewest thou then, that we maye se it, and beleue thee? what doest thou worke?
31 * Our fathers did eat Manna in the desert, asExod. 16. 14. it is * written, He gaue them bread from heauenNomb 11. 7. to eat.Psal. 77 24.
Wisd. 16. 20.
32 Then Iesus said vnto them, Verely, verely I say vnto you,He compareth Moses with the Father, and man na with Christ, who fedeth vs in to euerlasting life. Moses gaue you not bread from heauen, but my Father giueth you the true bread from heauen.
33 For the bread of God is he which cometh downe from heauen, and giueth life vnto the worlde.1. Cor. 10. 3.
34 Then thei said vnto him, Lord, euermore giue vs this bread.
35 And Iesus said vnto them, I am the bread of life: he that cometh to me, shal not hunger,
〈◊〉
. 24. 29. and * he that beleueth in me, shalHe shal neuer want spiritual nourrishment. neuer thrust.
36 But I said vnto you, that ye also haue sene me, and beleue not.
37 AllGod doeth regenerate his elect and causeth them to obey the Gospel. that the Father giueth me, shal come to me: and him that cometh to me, I cast not away.
38 For I came downe from heauen, not to do mine owne wil, but his wil which hathe sent me.
39 And this is the Fathers wil whiche hathe sent me, that of all which he hathe giuē me, I shulde lose nothing, but shulde raise it vp againe at the last day,
40 And this is the wil of him that sent me, that euerie man which seeth the Sonne, and beleueth in him, shulde haue euerlasting life: & I wil raise him vp at the last day.
41 The Iewes then murmured at him, because he said, I am the bread, which is come downe from heauen.
42 And they said, * Is not this Iesus the sonneMat. 13. 55. of Ioseph, whose father & mother we know how then saith he, I came downe from heauen?
43 Iesus then answered, and said vnto thē, Mur mure not among your selues.
44 No man canThat is, or beleue in me. come to me, except the Father which hathe sent me,By lightening his heart with his holie Spirit. Isa. 54. 13. drawe him: and I wil raise him vp at the last day.
45 It is written in the * Prophetes, And they shalbe all taught of God. Euerie man thereforeierem. 31. 33. that hathe heard, and hathe learned of the Father, cometh vnto me,Mat.
〈◊〉
27.
46 * Not that anie man hathe sene the Father, saue he which is of God, he hathe sene the Father.
47 Verely, verely I say vnto you, He that beleueth in me, hathe euerlasting life.Exod. 16. 15.
48 I am the bread of life.
49 * Your fathers did eat Manna in the wildernes,Then there
〈◊〉
no fode that can nourish our soules, but Iesus Christ. and are dead.
50 This is the bread, whiche cometh downe from heauē, that he which eateth of it, shuld not dye.
51 I am theWhich giue life to the worlde. liuing bread, which came downe from heauen: if anie man eat of this bread, he shal liue for euer: and the bread that I wil giue, is my flesh, which I wil giue for the life of the worlde.
52 Then the Iewes stroue among them selues, saying, How can this man giue vs (his) flesh to eat?
53 Then Iesus said vnto them, Verely, verely I say vnto you, Except ye eat the flesh of the Sōne of man, and drinke his blood, ye haueVVhere Christ is not, there death reigneth. no life in you.
54 Whosoeuer* eateth my flesh, and drinketh1. Cor. 11. 27. my blood, hathe eternal life, and I wil raise him vp at the last day.
55 For my flesh is meat in dede, and my blood is drinke in dede.
56 HeAs our bodies are susteined with meat and drinke: so are our soules nourished with the bodie, & blood of Iesus Christ. that eateth my flesh, and drinketh my blood,To eat the flesh of Christ and drinke his blood is to dwell in Christ ād to haue Christ dwelling in vs. dwelleth in me, and I in him.
57 As the liuing Father hathe sent me, so liue I by the Father, and he that eateth me, euē he shal liue by me.
58 This is the bread which came downe from heauen: not as your fathers haue eate Manna, & are dead. He that eateth of
〈◊〉
bread, shal liue for euer.
59 These things spake he in the Synagogue as he taught in Capernaum.
60 Manie therefore of his disciples [when thei
heard this] said, This is an hard saying: who canThat is, vnderstand it. heare it?
61 But Iesus knowing in him self, that his disci ples murmured at this, said vnto thē, Doeth this offende you?
62 (What) then if ye shulde se the Sonne of mā
He meaneth not that his humanitie descended
〈◊〉
heauen: but he speaketh touching the vnion of bothe na tures,
〈◊〉
buting to the one that which
〈◊〉
to the other ascende vp * where he was before?Chap. 3. 13.
63 It is the Spirit that quickeneth: the fleshTo wit, if it be separate from the Spirit,
〈◊〉
of it hathe the force for it cometh of the power of the Spirit that the flesh of Christ gi ueth vs life. profiteth nothing: the wordes that I speake vnto you, are spirit and life.
64 But there are some of you that beleue not: for Iesus knewe from the beginning, which they were that beleued not, and who shulde betraye him.
65 And he said, Therefore said I vnto you, that no man can come vnto me, except it be giuē vnto him of my Father.
66 From that time, manie of his disciples went backe, and walked no more with him.
67 Thē said Iesus to the twelue, Wil ye also go away?
68 Then Simon Peter answered him, Master to whome shal we go? Thou hast the wordes ofThen without Christ there is but death: for his worde onely lea deth vs to life. eternal life:
69 And we beleue and knowe that thou art the Christ the Sonne of the liuing God.
70 Iesus answered thē, Haue not
〈◊〉
* chosen youMat. 16. 16 twelue andAlthogh your nomber be smale yet shal ye be di minished. one of you is a deuil?
71 Now he spake it of Iudas Iscariot the (sonne) of Simon: for he it was that shulde betraye him, thogh he was one of the twelue.
CHAP. VII.
6 Iesus reproueth the ambition of his cousins. 12 There are diuers opinions of him among the people. 17 He sheweth how to knowe the trueth. 20 The iniurie they do vnto him. 47 The
〈◊〉
ebuke the officers becau se they haue not taken him, 52 And chide with Nicode mus for taking his parte.
1 AFter these things, Iesus walked in Galile and wolde not walke in Iudea: for the Iewes soght to kil him.Leui. 23.
〈◊〉
.
2 Now the Iewes * At
〈◊〉
is feast they dwelled
〈◊〉
dayes in the tentes, whiche put thē in
〈◊〉
ce, that they had no citie here per manent, but that they muste seke one to come. feast of the Tabernacles was at hand.
3 His brethren therefore said vnto him, departe hence, and go into Iudea, that thy disciples may se thy workes that thou doest.
4 For there is no man that doeth anie thing secretly, and he himself seketh to beOr, manifest. famous. If thou doest these things, shewe thy self to the worlde.
5 For as yet his brethren beleued not in him.
6 Then Iesus said vnto them, My time is not yet come: but your time is alway readie.
7 The world can not hate you: but me it hatethwhy the world hateth Christ. because I testifie of it, that the workes there of are euil.
8 Go ye vp vnto this feast: I wilChrist doeth not vtterly denie that he wolde go to the feast, but signifieth that as yet he was not fully determined not govp yet vnto this feast: for my time is not yet fulfilled
9 ¶ These things he said vnto them, and abode stil in Galile.
10 But assone as his brethren were
〈◊〉
vp thē went he also vp vnto the feast, not openly, but as (it were) priuely.
11 Then the Iewes soght him at the feest, and said, Where is he?
12 And muche murmuring was there of him among the people. Some said, He is a good man: other said, Naye: but be deceiueth the people.
13 How be it no man spake openly of him for feare of theThese were the heads of the people who did
〈◊〉
Christ. Iewes.
14 Now when half the feast was done, Iesus went vp into the Temple and taught.
15 And the Iewes marueiled, saying, How knoweth this man theOr, letters. Scriptures, seing that he neuer learned.
16 Iesus answered them, and said, My doctrine is notIn that, that he is man onely. mine, but his that sent me.
17 If anie man wil do his wil, he shal knowe of the doctrine, whether it be of God, or whether I speake of my self.
18 HeBy this marke we may knowe whither the doctrine be of God, or of man. that speaketh of him self, seketh his owne glorie: but he that seketh his glorie that sent him, the same is true, and noNothing cōter
〈◊〉
or vntrue. vnrighteousnes is in him.
19 * Did not Moses giue you a Lawe, and (yet) none of you kepeth the Law? * Why go yeExod. 24. 3. about to kil me?Chap. 5. 18.
20 TheVVho did not know the
〈◊〉
of the Scribes. people answered, and said, Thou hast a deuil: who goeth about to kil thee?
21 Iesus answered, and said to them, I haue done one worke, and ye allBecause I did it on the Sabbath day. marueile.
22 * Moses therefore gaue vnto you circumcision, [not because it is of Moses, but of theLeui. 12. 3. * fathers] and ye on the Sabbath (day) circumGen. 17. 10. cise a man.
23 If a man on the Sabbath receiue circumcision, that the Law of Moses shulde not be brokē, be ye angrie with me, because I haue made a man euerie whit whole on the Sabbath (day?)
〈◊〉
. 1. 16.
24 * Iudge not according to the appearance, but
〈◊〉
righteous iudgement.
25 ¶ Then said some of them of Ierusalem, is not this he, whome they go about to kil?
26 And beholde, he speakethOr, frely. openly, & they say nothing to him: do the rulers knowe in dede that this is the verie Christ?
27 How beit we knewe this man whence he is but when the Christ cometh, no man shal knowe whence he is.
28 ¶ Thē cryed Iesus in the Tēple as he taught saying, YeHe speaketh this, as it were scornefully. bothe knowe me, and knowe whence I am: yet am I not come of my self, but he that sent me, is true, whome ye know not.
29 But I knowe him: for I am of him, and he hathe sent me.
30 Then they soght to take him, but no man laid hāds on him, because his houre was nor yet come.
31 Now manie of the peopleThey were wel minded to heare him: whiche preparation is here called (althogh
〈◊〉
) faith. beleued in him, and said, When the Christ cometh, wil he do momiracles then this man hathe done?
32 The Pharises heard that the people murmured these things of him, and the Pharises, and high Priests sent officers to take him.
33 Then said Iesus vnto them, Yet am IHe sheweth vnto them that they haue no power ouer him til the time come that his Father hathe ordeined. a litle while with you, and then go I vnto him that sent me.
34 * Ye shal seke me, and shal not finde (me,) &Chap. 13. 35. where IOr, shalbe. am, can ye not come.
35 Then said the Iewes amongs them selues, Whither wil he go, that we shal not finde him? Wil he go vnto them that areGreke, dispersiō
dispersed among theAmong the
〈◊〉
whiche were scatered here and there among the Gentiles. Grecians, and teache the Grecians?
36 What saying is this that he said, Ye shal seke me, and shal not finde (me?) and where I am, can ye not come?Leu. 23. 36.
37 Now in the last (and) * great day of the feast, Iesus stode and cryed, saying, I
〈◊〉
mathirst let him come vnto me, and drinke.
38 He thatThe true
〈◊〉
to come to Christ is by faith. beleueth in me, * as saith the Scripture,Deu. 18. 15. out of his bellie shal flowe riuers of waterwhich shal neuer drye vp. of life.
39 [*
〈◊〉
his spake he of the Spirit which they that beleued in him, shulde
〈◊〉
for theThese were the visible graces, which were giuē to the
〈◊〉
after his
〈◊〉
siō
〈◊〉
l. 2. 28. holie Gost was not yet (giuen) because thatAct. 2 17. Iesus was not yet glorified.]
40 So manie of the people, when they heard this saying, said Of a trueth this is theThey loked for some
〈◊〉
Prophet besides the
〈◊〉
. Prophet.
41 Other said, This is the Christ: and some said, But shal Christ come out of
〈◊〉
?
42 * Saith not the Scripture that the Christ shalChap.
〈◊〉
21. come of the sede of Dauid, and out of theMicah 5. 2. towne of Beth-lehem, where Dauid was?Mat 2 5.
43 So was there dissention among the people for him.
44 And some of them wolde haue taken him, but no man laid hands on him.
45 Then came the officers to the high
〈◊〉
and Pharises, and they said vnto them, Why
〈◊〉
ye not broght him?
46 The officers answered,wherein appeareth the mightie power of Christs worde against his enemies. Neuer man spake like this man.
47 Then answered them the Pharises,
〈◊〉
ye also deceiued?
48 Doeth anie of theThey alledge the autoritie of mā against Gods
〈◊〉
. rulers, or of the Pharises beleue in him?
49 But this people, which know not the Law, are cursed.
50 Nicodemus said vnto them, [*he that cameChap. 3. 2. to Iesus by night, and was one of them.]
51 Doeth our Law iudge a man before it heare him, * and knowe what he hathe done?Deu. 17. 8. & 19.
〈◊〉
.
52 They answered and said vnto him, Art thou also of Galile? Search and loke: for out of Ga lile
〈◊〉
no Prophet.
53 And euerie man went vnto his owne house.
CHAP. VIII.
11 Christ deliuereth her that was taken in adulterie. 12 He is the light of the worlde. 14 He sheweth from whence he is come, wherefore, and whether he goeth. 32
〈◊〉
are fre, & who are bounde.
〈◊〉
Of fremen and
〈◊〉
, and their rewarde. 46 He defieth his enemies. 59 And being persecuted, with draweth him self.
1 ANd Iesus went vnto the mount of oliues,
2 And early in the mourning came againe into the Temple, and all the people came vn to him, and he sate downe, and taught them.
3 Then the Scribes, and the Pharites broght vnto him a woman, taken in adulterie, and set herin the middes,
4 And said vnto him, Master, this woman was taken in adulterie, in the veric act.
5 * Now Moses in the Law commanded vs,Leu. 20. 10. that suche shulde be stoned: what saist thou therefore?
6 And this they said to tempt him, that thei might haue, whereof toEther for brea king the Law, if he did deliuer her or of lightnes, & inconstātie, if he did condēne
〈◊〉
. accuse him. But lesus stouped down, and with his finger wrote on the grounde.
7 And while they continued asking him, he list him self vp, and said vnto them, * Let himDeu. 17. 7. that is amōg you without sinne, cast the first stone at her.
8 And againe he stouped downe, and wrote on the grounde.
9 And when they heard it, being accused by their owne conscience, they went out one by one, beginning at the eldest euen to the last: so Iesus was left alone, and the woman standing in the
〈◊〉
.
10 When
〈◊〉
had lift vp himself againe, and sawe no man, but the woman, he said vnto her, Woman, where are those thine accusers? hathe no man
〈◊〉
thee?
11 She said, No man, Lord. And Iesus said,Iesus wold not̄ medle, but with that whiche did
〈◊〉
to his
〈◊〉
, to wit, to bring sinners to
〈◊〉
: and therfore did not
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
against adulterie
〈◊〉
. 1.
〈◊〉
& 9. 5. Nether do I condemne thee: go and sinne no more.
12 Then spake Iesus againe vnto them, saying, I * anthe
〈◊〉
of the worlde: he that follow
〈◊〉
me, shal not walke in darkenes, but shal
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of life."Or, liuelie light.
13
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
therefore said vnto him,
〈◊〉
bearest recorde of thy self: thy recorde is notChap. 5. 31.
Or, iuste. true.
41 * Iesus answered, and said vnto thē,That whiche Christ denied chap. 5. 37. here he granteth, to declare vnto them their
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
that be ing God he beareth witnes to his humanitie
〈◊〉
likewise doeth God the Father witnes the same
〈◊〉
are two
〈◊〉
persones, thogh but one God. Thogh I beare recorde of my self, (yet) my recorde is true: for I knowe whence I came ād whether I go: but ye can not telIn that he came from his
〈◊〉
, he sheweth that he is not onely mā, but God also whence I come and whether I go.
15 Ye iudge after the flesh:He wolde not iudge rashely, as they did. I iudge no man.
16 And if
〈◊〉
also iudge, my iudgement is true: for I am not alone, but I and the Father that sent me.
17 And it is also written in your Law, * that the testimonie of two men is true.
18 I amVVhich place proueth Christ to be verie God, and man. one that be are witnes of my self, & the Father that sent me, beareth witnes of me.
19 Then said they vnto him, Where is thy Father?
〈◊〉
answered, Ye nether knowe me, nor my Father. If ye had knowē me, ye shuldDeu. 17 6. & 19. 15. haue knowen my Father also.mat. 18. 16.
〈◊〉
Cor. 13. 1.
20 These wordes spake Iesus in theThat is, the pla ce where the vessel and other things belōging to the Temple, were kept. treasurie,ebr. 10. 28. as he taught in the Temple, and no man laid hands on him: for his houre was not yet come.
21 Then said Iesus againe vnto them, I go my way, and ye shal seke me, ād shal dye in yourBecause of their rebellion where in they did
〈◊〉
uere. sinnes. Whether I go, can ye not come.
22 Then said the Iewes, Wil he kil him self because he saith, Whether I go, can ye not come?
23 And he said vnto them,He sheweth the differēce betwen the Gospel, & the subtil wit of mā. Ye are frō beneth: I am from aboue: ye are of this worlde: I am not of this worlde.
24 I said therefore vnto you, That ye shal dye in your sinnes: for except ye beleue, that I am he, ye shal dye in your sinnes.
25 Then said they vnto him, Who art thou? And Iesus said vnto them,Or, from the be ginning euē that I said
〈◊〉
you. Euen the same thing that I said vnto youThat is, who he was, whence he was and why he came into this worlde. from the beginning.
26 I haue manie things to say, and to iudge of you: but he that sent me, is true, & the things that I haue heard of him, those speake I to the worlde.
27 They vnderstode not that he spake to thē of the Father.
28 Then said Iesus vnto them, When ye haueTheir
〈◊〉
& practises whereby they thike to destroye him,
〈◊〉
serue to exalte, & magnifie his glorie. lift vp the Sonne of man, then shal yeNor to beleue in him, but to be conuicted. knowe that I amTo wit, the Messias. he, and that I do nothing of my self, but as my Father hathe taught me, (so) I speake these things.
29 For he that sent me, is with me: the Father hath not left me alone, because I do alwayes those things that please him.
30 ¶ As he spake these things, many beleued in him.
31 Then said Iesus to the Iewes which beleued in him, If ye continue in my worde, ye are ve rely my disciples,
32 And shal knowe the trueth, and the truethFor we were sclaues to sin. shal make you fre.
33 They answered him,These were not the beleuing Iewes, but the mockers that answered thus. We be Abrahams sede and were neuer bonde to any man: why saist thou then, Ye shalbe made fre?
34 Iesus answered them, Verely, verely I say vnto you, that whosoeuer committeth sinneRom. 6. 20. is the * seruant of sinne.2. pet. 2. 19.
35 And the seruant abideth not in the house for euer: but the Sonne abideth foreuer.
36 If the Sonne therefore shal make you fre, ye shalbe fre in dede.
37 IHe granteth their sayings in suche sorte, that he she weth vnto them that their owne dedes proue them liers knowe that ye are Abrahams sede, but ye seke to kill me, because my worde hathe no place in you.
38 I speake that whiche I haue sene with my Father: and ye do that which ye haue sene with your Father.
39 They answered, and said vnto him, Abrahā is our Father. Iesus said vnto them, If ye were Abrahams children, ye wolde do theWhich were his obedience, charitie and such good workes whiche proceded of faith workes of Abraham.
40 But now ye go about to kill me, a man that haue tolde you the trueth, whiche I haue heard of God: this did not Abraham,
41 Ye do the workes of your Father. Then said they to him, We are not borne of fornicatiō we haue one Father, which is God.
42 Therefore Iesus said vnto thē, If God were your father, then wolde ye loue me: for I pro ceded forthe, ād came frō God nether came I of my self, but he sent me.
43 Why do ye not vnderstand my talke? because ye can notFor you are car nal and can not vnderstand spiri tual things. heare my worde.
44 * Ye are of your Father the deuil, and the lustes of your Father ye wil do: he hathe bene a murthererSince the first creation of man. from the beginning, &It followeth then that he was once i the trueth: for he was not created euil. abode1. Iohn 3. 8. not in the trueth, because there is no trueth in him. Whē he speaketh a lie, then speaketh he of hisAccording to his wont and cu stome. owne: for he is a liar, & the Father thereof.
45 And because I tell you the trueth, ye beleue me not.
46 Which of you can rebuke me of sinne? & if I say the trueth, why do ye not beleue me?1. Iohn 4. 6.
47 *He that is of God, heareth Gods wordes: ye therefore heare them not, because ye are not of God.
48 Then answered the Iewes, and said vnto him, Say we not wel that thou art a Samaritā and hast a deuil?
49 Iesus answered, I haue not a deuil, but I ho nour my Father, and ye haue dishonored me.
50 And I seke not mine owne praise: but there is one that seketh it, andWho wil
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
that you do against me, or rather against him iudgeth.
51 Verely, verely I say vnto you, If a man kepe my worde, he shal neuerFor the faithful
〈◊〉
in death se life. se death.
52 Then said the Iewes to him, Now knowe we that thou hast a deuil. Abraham is dead, and the Prophetes, and thou saist, If a man kepe my worde, he shal neuer tast of death.
53 Art thou greater then our Father Abraham, which is dead? and the Prophetes are dead: whome makest thou thy self?
54 Iesus answered, If I honour my self, mine ho nour is nothing worthe: it is my Father that honoureth me, whom ye say, that he is your God.
55 Yet ye haue not knowen him: but I knowe him, and if I shulde say I knowe him not, I shulde be a liar like vnto you: but I knowe him, and kepe his worde.
56 Your Father Abraham reioyced to se myWhich was to se the comming of Christ in the flesh: which thīg Abrahā sawe far re of with the eyes of faith, day, and he sawe it, and was glad.
57 Then said the Iewes vnto him, Thou art not yet fiftie yere olde, and hast thou sene Abraham?Ebr. 11. 10.
58 Iesus said vnto them, Verely, verely I say vntoChap. 10.
〈◊〉
. you, before Abraham was,Not onely God but the Mediator betwene God, & man, appointed from before all eternitie. I am.
59 * Then toke they vp stones, to cast at him, but Iesus hid him self, and went out of the TempleAnd he passed through the mid des of them and so went his way..
CHAP. IX.
1 Of him that was borne blinde. 11 The confession of him that was borne blinde. 39 To what blinde men Christ giueth sight.
1 ANd as Iesus passed by, he sawe a man which was blinde from his birth.
2 And his disciples asked him, saying, Master, who did sinne, this man, or his parents, that he was borne blinde?
3 Iesus answered,God doeth not alwayes punish men for their sinnes. Nether hathe this man sin ned, nor his parents, but that the workes of God shulde be shewed on him.
4 I must worke the workes of him that sent me, while it isVVhen opportunitie & the season serueth. day: the night cometh when no man can worke.Chap. 1. 9. & 8. 12. & 12. 35.
5 As long as I am in the world, * I am the light of the worlde.
6 Assone as he had thus spoken,This was not for any vertue that was in the earth, in the spit tle, or ī the claye to make one set but it onely plea sed him to vse these signes and meanes. he spate on the grounde, and made claye of the spettle, and anointed the eyes of the blinde with the clay,
7 And said vnto him, Go wash in the poole of
Siloam [which is by interpretation,Hereby was prefigured the Messias, who shulde be sent vn to them. Sent.] He went his way therefore, and washed, and came againe seing.
8 Now the neighbours and they that had sene him before, when he was blinde, said, Is not this he that sate and begged?
9 Some said, This is he: and others said, He is like him: but he him self said, I am he.
10 Therefore they said vnto him. How were thine eyes opened?
11 He answered, and said, The man that is called Iesus, made claye, and anointed mine eyes, and said vnto me, Go to the poole of Siloam and wash. So I went and washed and receiued sight.
12 Then they said vnto him, Where is he? He said, I can not tell.
13 ¶ They broght to the Pharises him that was once blinde.
14 And it was the Sabbath (day,) when Iesus made the claye, and opened his eyes.
15 Then againe the Pharises also asked him, how he had receiued sight. And he said vnto them, He laid claye vpon mine eyes, and I washed, and do se.
16 Then said some of the Pharises, This man is not of God, because he kepeth not the Sabbath (day,) Others said, How can a man that is a sinner, do suche miracles? and there was a dissension among them.
17 Then spake they vnto the blinde againe, What saist thou of him, because he hath ope ned thine eyes? And he said, He is a Prophet.
18 Then the Iewes did not beleue him [that he had bene blinde, and receiued his sight] vntil they had called the parēts of him that had re ceiued sight.
19 And they asked them, saying, Is this your sonne, whome ye say was borne blinde? How doeth he now se then?
20 His parents answered them, and said, We know that this is our sonne, and that he was borne blinde:
21 But by what meanes he now seeth, we know not: or who hathe opened his eyes,They durst not speake the trueth for
〈◊〉
they shulde be excommunicate. can we not tell: he is olde ynough: aske him: he shal answer for himself.
22 These wordes spake his parents, because they feared the Iewes: for the Iewes had ordeined alreadie, that if any man did confesse that he was the Christ, he shulde be (excommunicate) out of the Synagogue.
23 Therefore said his parēts, He is olde ynough aske him.
24 Then againe called they the man that had bene blinde, and said vnto him,That is, Consider that nothing is hid from God: therefore tel vs the trueth that God may be glorified thereby, Giue glorie vnto God: we knowe that this man is a sinner.
25 Then he answered, and said, Whither he be a sinner or no,He spake this in mockery. I can not tell: one thing I knowe, that I was blinde, and now I se.Ios. 7 29.
1. sam. 6. 5.
26 They thoght ether to driue him frōthe trueth
〈◊〉
to make him swerue by their oft
〈◊〉
examining him: which practise
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
bers euer do obserue in examining the Christiās Thē said they to him againe, What did he to thee? how opened he thine eyes?
27 He answered them, I haue tolde you alreadie, & ye haue nor heard it: wherefore wolde ye heare it againe?He derideth their wilful malice and
〈◊〉
wil ye also be his disciples?
28 Then checked they him, and said, Be thou his disciple: we be Moses disciples.
29 We knowe that God spake with Moses: but this man we knowe not from whence he is.
30 The man answered, and said vnto them, Doutles, this is a marueilous thing, that yeThey douted not of his countrey or parents, but of his office and
〈◊〉
. knowe not whence he is, and yet he hathe opened mine eyes.
31 Now we knowe that God heareth notOr, wicked
〈◊〉
contemners of God & suche as delite in sinne. sinners: but if any man be a worshipper of God, and doeth his wil, him heareth he.
32 Since the worlde began was it not heard that any man opened the eyes of one that was borne blinde.
33 If this man were not of God, he colde haue done nothing.
34 They answered, and said vnto him, Thou art altogether borne in sinnes, and doest thou teache vs? so they cast him out.
35 Iesus heard that they hadOr, excommunicate him. cast him out: and when he had founde him, he said vnto him, Doest thou beleue in the Sonne of God?
36 He answered, and said, Who is he, Lord, that I might beleue him?
37 And Iesus said vnto him, Bothe thou hast sene him, and he it is that talketh with thee.
38 Then he said, Lord, I beleue, andAs all astonished he fel down and worshipped him. worshipped him.
39 And Iesus said, I am come vntoMeaning with rule & autoritie, to make the poore blinde to se, ād the proude
〈◊〉
blinde. iudgement into this worlde, that they whiche se not, might se: and that they * which se, might be made blinde.
40 And some, of the Pharises which were with him, heard these things, and said vnto him,Chap. 3. 17. & 12, 47. Are we blinde also?
41 Iesus said vnto them, If ye were blinde,You shulde not be so muche in faute. ye shulde not haue sinne: but now ye say, We se therefore your sinne remaineth.
CHAP. X.
11 Christ is the true shepherd and the dore. 19 Diuers opinions of Christ. 24 He is asked if he be Christ. 32 His workes declare that he is God. 34 The princes called gods.
1 VErely, verely I say vnto you, He that entreth not in by the dore into the shepe folde, but climeth vp another way, he is a thefe and a robber.
2 But he that goeth in by the dore, is the shepherd of the shepe.
3 To him the porter openeth, and the shepe heare his voyce, and heThat is, there is mutual agrement & consent of faith betwene the pastour and the shepe. calleth his owne shepe by name, and leadeth them out.
4 And when he hathe sent forthe his owne shepe, he goeth before them, and the shepe followe him: for they knowe his voyce.
5 And they wil not followe a stranger, but they flee from him: for they know not the voyce of strangers.
6 This parable spake Iesus vnto thē: but they vnderstod not what things they were which he spake vnto them.
7 Then said Iesus vnto them againe, Verely,
verely I saye vnto you, I am the dore of the shepe.
8 All,He meaneth al the false prophe tes, who led not men to Christe, but from him. that euer came before me, are theues and robbers: but the shepe dyd not heare them.
9 I am the dore: by me if any man enter in, he shalbe saued, and shallHe shalbe sure of hys life. go in and go out, and sinde pasture.
10 The thefe commeth not, but for to steale, and to kyll, and to destroye: I am come that they myght haue lyfe, and haue it in abundance.Isa. 40. 11.
11 * I am the good shepherde: the good shepherd giueth his life for his shepe.Ezek. 34. 23.
12 But an hirelyng, and he whiche is not the shepherde, nether the shepe are hys owne, seeth the wolfe commyng, ād he leaueth the shepe, and fleeth, and the wolfe catcheth them, and scattereth the shepe.
13 So the hireling fleeth, because he is an hireling, and careth not for the shepe.d Christ knoweth his because he lo ueth thē, careth ād prouideth for them.
14 I am the good shepherd, ād knowe mine, and am knowen of mine.
15 As the Father can not forget him, no more cā he forget ye. As the FatherIn that he Ioueth and approueth me. knoweth me, so knowe I the Father: and I lay downe my life for (my) shepe.Eze. 37. 22.
16 To wit, amōg the
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
then were strangers frome the Churche of God. Other shepe I haue also, which are not of this folde: them also must I bring, and theyIsa. 53. 7.
Act 2. 24. shal heare my voyce: and * there shal be one shepefolde, (and) one shepherd.
17 Christ euen in that that he is man, hathe deser ued hys Fathers loue and euerlasting life, not to his
〈◊〉
he onely, but to vs also which by his obediēce and perfect iustice are imputed righteous. Rom. 5. 19. Phili. 2. 7. Therefore doeth my Father loue me, because * I lay down my life, that I might take it againe.
18 No man taketh it frome me, but I lay it downe of my selfe: I haue power to laye it down, & haue power to take it againe: this * cōmandement haue I receiued of my Father.
19 ¶ Then there was a dissention agayne among the Iewes for these sayings.
20 And many of them said, He hathe a deuill, and is madde: why heare ye him?
21 Others sayd, These are not the wordes of hym that hathe a deuill: can the deuill open the eyes of the blinde?1. Mac. 4. 59.
22 And it was at Ierusalem theVVhich was in stitute, that the people myght gi ue thankes to God for their de liuerance and re storyng of their religion and Tē
ple, whiche Antiochus had corrupted and polluted. (feast of the) * Dedication, and it was winter.
23 And Iesus walked in the Temple, inVVhiche was builded agayne after the patron of that which So lomon builded. Solomons porche.
24 Then came the Iewes rounde about hym, and said vnto hym, Howe long doest thouOr, holdest out minde in suspēse make vs doute? If thou be the Christ, tell vs plainely.
25 Iesus answered them, I tolde you, and ye beleue not: the workes that I do in my Fathers Name, they beare witnes of me.
26 But ye beleue not:The cause wherfore there probate can not beleue. for ye are not of my shepe, as I said vnto you.
27 My shepe heare my voyce, and I knowe them, and they followe me,
28 And I giue vnto them eternal life, and they shal neuer perish, nether shal any plucke thē out of mine hand.
29 My Father which gaue (them) me, isVVhereby we learne how safely we are preser
〈◊〉
againste all dangers. greater then all, and none is able to take them out of my Fathers hand.
30 I and my Father are one.
31 * Then the Iewes againe toke vp stones, to stone him.Chap. 8.
〈◊〉
.
32 Iesus answered them, Many good workes haue I shewed you from my Father: for whi che of these workes do ye stone me?
33 The Iewes answered hym, saying, For the good worke we stone thee not, but for blasphemie, and that thou beyng a man, makest thy self God.
34 Iesus answered thē, Is it not written in yourPsal. 82. 6. Law, * I said, ye areMeanyng of Princes and rulers, who for their office sake are called gods, ād are made here in earth as hys lieutenāts: wher fore if thys noble title be giuen to man, muche more it appertei ned to hym that is the Sonne of God equall with his Father. gods?
35 If he called them Gods, vnto whome the worde of God was (giuen,) and the Scripture can not be broken.
36 Say ye of him, whome the Father hathe sanctified, and sent into the worlde, Thou blasphemest, because I sayd, I am the Sonne of God?
37 If I do not the workes of my Father, beleue me not.
38 But if I do, then thogh ye beleue not me, (yet) beleue the wordes, that ye may knowe and beleue, that the Father (is) in me, and I in hym.
39 Againe they went about to take hym: but he escaped out of their hands.
40 And went againe beyonde Iordan, into the place where Iohn first baptized, and there abode.
41 And many resorted vnto him, and said, Iohn dydVVhereby
〈◊〉
gathered that Christ was more excellent then Iohn. no miracle: but all thyngs that Iohn spake of this man, were true.
42 And many beleued in him there.
CHAP. XI.
2 Christ raiseth Lazarus from death. 47 The hie Priest and Pharises gather a counsel against him. 50 Caiaphas prophecieth. 54 Christ getteth him out of the way.
1 ANd a certeine man was sicke, (named) Lazarus of Bethania, the towne of Marie, and her sister Martha.Chap. 12. 3.
2 [And it was that * Marie which anointed theMat. 26. 7. Lord with ointment, ād wiped his fete with her heere, whose brother Lazarꝰ was sicke.]
3 Therefore (hys) sisters sent vnto hym, saying, Lord, beholde, he whome thou louest, is sicke.
4 When Iesus heard it, he sayd, This sickenes is notFor althogh he dyed, yet beyng restored so sone to life, it was al most no death in comparison. vnto death, but for the glorie of God, that the Sonne of God myght be glorified thereby.
5 ¶ Now Iesus loued Martha and her sister and Lazarus.Chap. 7. 30. and 8. 59. and 10. 33.
6 And after he had heard that he was sicke, yet abode he two dayes stil in the same place where he was.
7 Then after that, said he to his disciples, Let vs go into Iudea againe.
8 The disciples sayd vnto hym, Master, the Iewes lately soght to * stone thee, and doest thou go thither againe.
9 Iesus aunswered, are there notHe that walketh in his voca tion, and hathe the light of God for his guide, nedeth to feare no dāgers. The day also, bothe sommer and Winter was wyth the Iewes diuided into 12, houres. twelue houres in the daye? If a man walke in the day, he stombleth not, because he seeth the lyght of
this worlde.
10 But if a man walke in the night, he stombleth, because there is no light in him.
11 These things spake he, and after he said vnto them, Our friend Lazarus slepeth: but I go to wake him vp.
12 Then said his disciples, Lord, if he slepe, heThey labored to stay Christ frō going into Iudea as thogh there had bene no nede. shal be safe.
13 How beit, Iesus spake of his death: but they thoght that he had spoken of theOr,
〈◊〉
slepe. natural slepe.
14 Then said Iesus vnto them plainely, Lazarus is dead.
15 And I am glad for your sakes, that I was not there, that ye may beleue: but let vs go vnto him.
16 Then said Thomas [which is calledWhich signisieth in our tongue, a twynne in birth. Didymus] vnto his fellowe disciples, Let vs also go that we may dye with him.
17 ¶ Then came Iesus, and founde that he had liue in the graue foure dayes already.
18 [Now Bethania was nere vnto Ierusalem, aboutWhich were almost two mile. fiftene fur longs of.]
19 And many of the Iewes were come to Martha and Marie to comfort them for their brother.
20 Then Martha, when she heard that Iesus was coming, went to mete him: but Marie sate stil in the house.
21 Then said Martha vnto Iesus, Lord, if thou haddest bene here, my brother had not bene dead.
22 But nowShe sheweth some faith, which not withstāding was almost ouer come by her affections. I knowe also, that whatsoeuer thou ask est of God, God wil giue it thee.
23 Iesus said vnto her, Thy brother shal rise againe.
24 Martha said vnto him, I knowe that he shal rise againe in the resurrection at the last day.
25 Iesus said vnto her,Christ restoreth vs from death to giue vs euerlastīg life. I am the resurrection and the life: he that beleueth in me, thogh he were dead, (yet) shal he liue.
26 And whosoeuer liueth, and beleueth in me, shal neuer dye. Beleuest thou this?
27 She said vnto him, Yea, Lord, I beleue that thou art the Christ the Sonne of God, which shulde come into the worlde.
28 ¶ And when she had so said, she went her way, & called Marie her sister secretly, saying The Master is come, and calleth for thee.
29 And when she heard it, she arose quickely, and came vnto him.
30 For Iesus was not yet come into the towne, but was in the place where Martha met him.
31 The Iewes then which were with her in the house, and comforted her, when they sawe Marie, that she rose vpWherein she declared her affe ction and reuerence that she ba re to Christ. hastely, & went out, followed her, saying, She goeth vnto the gra ue, to wepe there.
32 Then when Marie was come where Iesus was, and sawe him, she fel downe at his fete, saying vnto him, Lord, if thou haddest bene here, my brother had not bene dead.
33 When Iesus therefore sawe her wepe, and the Iewes (also) wepe which came with her, heFor
〈◊〉
for he felr our
〈◊〉
series, as
〈◊〉
he suffred
〈◊〉
like. groned in the spirit, and was troubled in him self,
34 And said, Where haue ye laid him? Thei said vnto him, Lord, come, and se.
35 (And) IesusWe read
〈◊〉
that his
〈◊〉
were so
〈◊〉
that he kept
〈◊〉
measure, as
〈◊〉
do in our
〈◊〉
es, ioyes and
〈◊〉
ther affections. wept.
36 Then said the Iewes, Beholde, how he loued him.
37 And some of them said, Colde not he, which opened the eyes of the blinde, haue made also, that this man shulde not haue dyed?
38 Iesus therefore againe groned in him self, and came to the graue. And it was a caue, and a stone was laid vpon it.
39 Iesus said, Take ye away the stone. Martha the sister of him that was dead, said vnto him, Lord, he stinketh alreadie: for he hathe bene (dead) foure daies.
40 Iesus said vnto her, Said I not vnto thee, that if thou diddest beleue, thou shuldest se theThat is a
〈◊〉
cle whereby Gods Name
〈◊〉
de be glorified. glorie of God?
41 Then they toke away the stone (from the place) where the dead was laid. And Iesus lift vp his eyes, and said, Father, I thanke thee, because thou hast heard me.
42 I knowe that thou hearest me alwayes, but because of the people that stand by, I said it, that they maye beleue, that thou hast sent me.
43 As he had spoken these things, he cryed with a loude voyce, Lazarus, come forthe.
44 Then he that was dead, came forthe, bounde hand and fote with bandes, and his face was bounde with a napkin. Iesus said vnto them, Lose him, and let him go.
45 ¶ Then manie of the Iewes, which came to Marie, and had sene the things, which Iesus did, beleued in him.
46 But some of them went their way to the Pharises, and tolde them what things Iesus had done.
47 Then gathered the hie Priests, and the Pharises a council, and said, What shal we do? For this man doeth manie miracles.
48 IfThey resiste God, thinking to hinder his worke by their owne
〈◊〉
. we let him thus alone, all men wil beleue in him, and the Romaines wil come and take away bothe our place, and the nacion.
49 Thē one of them (named) Caiaphas, which was the hie PriestOr, for that pre sent time. that same yere, said vnto them, Ye perceiue nothing at all,
50 Nor yet do you consider that it is expedient for vs, that one man dye for the people, and that the whole nacion perish not.
51 This spake he not of him self: but being hie Priest that same yere, heGod made him to speake, nether colde his impietie let Gods purpose, who caused this wicked man euen as he did Balaam, to be an instrument of the holie Gost. prophecied that Iesus shulde dye for the nacion:
52 And not for the nacion onely, but that he shulde gather together in one the children of God, which were scattered.
53 Then from that day forthe they consulted together, to put him to death.
54 Iesus therefore walked no more openly among the Iewes, but went thence vnto a countrey nere to the wildernes, into a citie called Ephraim, and there continued with
his disciples.
55 ¶ And the Iewes Passeouer was at hand, and manie went out of the countrey vp to Ierusalem before the Passeouer, to
〈◊〉
purifie themBecause thei
〈◊〉
hereby to
〈◊〉
them
〈◊〉
more holie
〈◊〉
thei shul
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
: but they
〈◊〉
not
〈◊〉
by God
〈◊〉
vse this
〈◊〉
. selues.
56 Then soght they for Iesus, and spake among them selues, as thei stode in the Temple, What thinke ye, that he cometh not to the feast?
57 Now bothe the hie Priests and the Pharises had giuen a commādement, that if anie man knewe where he were, he shulde shewe it, that they might take him.
CHAP. XII.
7 Christ excuseth Maries fact. 13 The affection of some towards him, and the rage of others against him and Lazarus. 25 The commoditie of the crosse. 27 His praier. 28 The answer of the Father. 32 His death, and the frute the reof. 36 He exhorteth to faith. 40 The blindenes of some and the
〈◊〉
of others.
1 THen *Iesus six dayes before the PasseouerMart. 26. 6. came to Bethania, where Lazarus was,Mar. 14. 3. which was dead, whome he had raised from the dead.
2 There they made him a supper, and Martha serued: but Lazarus was one of them that sate at the table with him.
3 Then toke Marie a pound of ointment of spikenarde verie costlie, and anointed IesusEuen from the head to the
〈◊〉
. fete, and wipte his fete with her heere, and the house was filled with the sauour of the ointment.
4 Then said one of his disciples, (euen) Iudas Iscariot Simon (sonne,) which shulde betraye him.
5 Why was not this ointment solde forRead Mark. 14. 5. 5
〈◊〉
thre hundreth pence, and giuen to the poore?
6 Now he said this, not that he cared for the poore, but because he was a thefe, and * hadChap. 13. 29. the bagge, and bare that which was giuen.
7 Then said Iesus, Let her alone: against the day of my burying she kept it.
8 For the poore alwayes ye haue with you, but me ye shal not haue alwaies.
9 Then muche people of the Iewes knewe that he was there: & they came, not for Iesus sake onely, but that they might se Lazarus also, whome he had raised from the dead.
10 The hie Priests therefore consulted, that they might put Lazarus to death also.
11 Because that for his sake manie of the Iewes went away, and beleued in Iesus.Matt. 21 8.
12 ¶ * On the morowe a great multitude thatmark 11. 7. were come to the feast, whē they heard thatLuk. 19. 35. Iesus shulde come to Ierusalem,
13 Toke branches of palme trees, and went forthe to mete him, and cryed,
〈◊〉
is, saue, I besech thee. Hosanna, Blessed (is) the King of Israel that cometh in the Name of the Lord.
14 And Iesus founde aThis doeth Wel declare that his kingdome stode not in out Warde things. yong asse, ād sate theron, as it written,
15 * Feare not, daughter of Sion: beholde, thy King cometh sitting on an asses colte.
〈◊〉
. 9 9.
16 But his disciples vndestode not these things at the first: but when Iesus was glorified, then remembred they, that these things were written of him, and that they had done these things vnto him.
17 The people therefore that was with him, bare witnes that he called Lazarus out of the graue, and raised him from the dead.
18 Therefore met him the people also, because thei heard that he had done this miracle.
19 And the Pharises said among them selues, Perceiue ye how ye preuaile nothing? Beholde, theOr, the preasse. worlde goeth after him.
20 ¶ Now there were certeineThey Were of the race of the Iewes, and came out of Asia and Grecia: for els the Iewes Wolde not haue permitted that they shulde Worship With them in the Tem ple. Grekes among them that came vp to worship at the feast,
21 And they came to Philippe; which was of Bethsaida in Galile, and desired him, saying, Syr, we wolde se Iesus.
22 Philippe came and tolde Andrewe: and againe Andrewe and Philippe tolde Iesus.
23 And Iesus answered them, saying, The houre is come, that the Sonne of man must beWhich is, that the knowledge of him shulde be manifest through all the Worlde. glorified.
24 Verely, verely I say vnto you, Except the wheate corne fall into the grounde and dye, it bideth alone: but if it dye, it bringeth forthe muche frute.
25 * He thatIf the loue thereof let him from comming to Christ. loueth his life, shal lose it, and he thatAnd so
〈◊〉
it for Christs sake. hateth his life in this worlde, shal kepe it vnto life eternal.
26 * If anie man serue me, let him followe me:Mat. 10. 39. & 16.10. for where I am, there shal also my seruant beMarke. 8. 35. and if anie man serue me, him wil my FatherLuk 9. 24. & 17.
〈◊〉
honour.Chap. 17. 24.
27 Now is my soule troubled: and what shal I say? Father, saue me from this houre: but ther fore came I vnto this houre.
28 Father, glorifie thy Name. Then came there a voyce from heauen, (saying,) I haue bothe glorified it, and wil glorifie it againe.
29 Then said the people that stode by and heard, that it was a thundre: others said, an Angel spake to him.
30 Iesus answered, and said, This voyce came not because of me, but for your sakes.Chap. 3. 14.
31 Now is theThe reformacion and restoring of those things, Which Were out of order. iudgement of this worlde: now shal the prince of this worlde be cast out.
32 * AndThe crosse is the meane to
〈◊〉
the Church of God together, and to drawe men to heauen. I if I were lift vp from the earth wil draweNot onely the Iewes but also the Gentiles. all men vnto me.
33 Now this said he, signifying what death he shulde dye.
34 The people answered him, We haue heardPsal 89. 37. &
〈◊〉
4. & 117. 2. out of the * Law, that the Christ by deth for euer: and how saist thou, that the SonneEzek. 37. 25. of man must be lift vp? who is that Sonne of man?
35 Then Iesus said vnto them, Yet a litle while is * the light with you: walke while ye haueChap.
〈◊〉
light, lest the darkenes come vpon you: for he that walketh in the darke, knoweth not whether he goeth.
36 While ye haue light, beleue in the light, that ye may be the children of the light, These things spake Iesus, and departed, and
〈◊〉
him self from them.
37 ¶ And thogh he had done so manye miracles before them, (yet) beleued they not on hym:
38 That the saying of Esaias the Prophet might
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. be fulfilled, that he said, * Lord, who beleuedRom. 10. 6. our reporte? and to whome is theThat is, the Go spel, Which is the power of God to saluacion to
〈◊〉
one that doeth beleue. arme of the Lord reueiled?
39 Therefore colde they not beleue, because that Esaias saith againe.Isa. 6. 9.
40 * He hathe blinded their eyes, and hardenedMat. 13. 14. their heart, that they shulde not se withMark. 4. 12. (their) eyes, nor vnderstande with (their)Luke. 8. 11. heart, and shulde be conuerted, and I shuldeAct. 28. 26.
By deliueryng them from their miseries, and giuing them true felicitie. heale them.Rom. 11. 8.
41 These things said Esaias when he sawe hys glorie and spake of him.
42 Neuertheles euen among the chief rulers manie beleued in hym: but because of the Pharises, they did not confesse him, lest they shuldeOr,
〈◊〉
. be (cast) out of the Synagogue.
43 * For they loued theTo be estemed of men. praise of men, moreChap. 5. 44. then the praise of God.
44 And Iesus cryed, and said, He that beleueth in me, beleueth not in me, but in hym that sentme.
45 And he that seeth me, seeth hym that sent me.
46 I * am come a lyght into the worlde, thatChap. 3. 19. and 9. 39. whosoeuer beleueth in me, shulde not abide in darkenes.
47 And if anie mā heare my wordes, and beleue not, IOr, condemne iudge him not: for I came not toOr, condemne iud ge the worlde, but to saue the worlde.
48 He that refuseth me, and receiueth not my wordes, hathe one thatOr, condēneth. iudgeth him: * the worde that I haue spoken, it shall iudge himMark. 16. 25. in the
〈◊〉
that daye shalbe the apptobacion of the Gospel. last day.Chap. 3. 17.
49 For I haue not spoken of my selfe: but the Father, whiche sent me, he gaue me a commandement what I shulde saye, and what I shulde speake.
50 And I knowe that hys commandement is lyfe euerlastyng: the thyngs therefore that I speake, I speake (them) so as the Father sayd vnto me.
CHAP, XIII.
5 Christ washeth the disciples fete. 14 Exhortyng them to humilitie and charitie. 21 Telleth them of Iudas the traitour. 34 And commandeth them earnestly to loue one an nother. 38 He forewarneth of Peters denial.
1 NOw * before the feast of the Passeouer,Mat. 26.
〈◊〉
when Iesus knewe that hys houre wasMark. 14.
〈◊〉
come, that he shulde departe out of thysLuke.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
worlde vnto the Father, for asmuche as he loued his owne whiche were in the worlde, vnto the end heBecause he sawe the danger great Which Was towarde them, therfore he toke the greater eare for them. loued them.
2 And whenVVhiche Was the eating of the passeouer. supper was done [and that the deuil had now put in the heart of Iudas Isca riot, Simons (sonne,) to betraye him.]
3 Iesus knowing that the Father had giuen all things into his hands, and that he was come from God, and went to God.
4 He riseth frome supper, and lyeth aside (hys vpper) garments, ād toke a towel, and girde him self.
5 After that, he powred water into a basin, and began to wash the disciples fete, and to wipe them with the towell, wherewith he was girde.
6 Then came he to Simon Peter, who said to him, Lord, doest thou wash my fete?
7 Iesus answered and sayd vnto hym, What I do, thou knowest not nowe: but thou shalt knowe it hereafter.
8 Peter said vnto him, Thou shalt neuer washe my fete. Iesus answered hym, If IAnd makethee cleane from thy sinnes. wash thee not, thou shalt haue no parte with me.
9 Simon Peter said vnto him, Lord, not my fete onely, but also the hands and the head.
10 Iesus sayd to hym, He that is washed, nedeth not, saue toThat is, to be con inually purged of hys corrupte affections and
〈◊〉
cares Whiche remaine daylye
〈◊〉
vs. washe (hys) fete, but is cleane euerie whit: and ye are * cleane, but not all.
11 For he knewe who shuld betraye him: therfore said he, Ye are not all cleane.
12 ¶ So after he had washed their fete, and hadChap. 15.
〈◊〉
. taken hys garmentes, and was set downe againe, he sayd vnto them, Knowe ye what I haue done to you?
13 Ye call me Master; and Lord, and ye say wel: for (so) am I.
14 If I then your Lorde, and Master, haue washed your fete, ye also ought to washeTo serue
〈◊〉
another. one anothers fete.
15 For I haue gyuen you an example, that ye shulde do, euen as I haue done to you.
16 Verely, verely I say vnto you, * The seruantChap. 15. 20. is not greater then his master, nether the ambassadMat. 10. 4. our greater then he that sent him.Luke. 6.
〈◊〉
.
17 If ye knowe these things, blessed are ye, if ye do them.
18 ¶ I speake not of you all: I knowe whome I haue chosen: but (it is) that the Scripture might be fulfilled, * He that eateth breadwithPsal. 41. 10. me, hatheVnder pretence of friendes
〈◊〉
seketh hys destruction. lift vp his hele against me.
19 Frome hence forthe tell I you before it come, that when it is come to passe, ye might beleue that I amTo Wit, the Christ and redemer of the World Mat. 10, 40. he.
20 * Verely, verely I saye vnto you, If I send anye, he that receyueth hym, receyueth me, and he that receiueth me, receiueth him thatLuke. 10. 16. sent me.
21 When Iesus had sayd these
〈◊〉
, he wasFor verie horror, and
〈◊〉
tion of suche an abominable acte as Iudas shulde commit. troubled in the Spirite, andHe did openly affirme. testified, and sayd, Verely, verely I saye vnto you, that one of you shal betraye me.
22 * Then the disciples loked one on another, douting of whome he spake.Mat 26. 21.
23 Nowe there was one of hys disciples, whicheMarke. 14. 18. leaned on IesusTheir
〈◊〉
Was not to
〈◊〉
at table, but hauing their shoes of, & cust hions vnder theyr elbowes,
〈◊〉
on their sides, as it Were halfe lying. bosòme, whome IesusLuke. 22. 21. loued.
24 To hym beckened therefore Symon Peter, that he shuld aske who it was of whome he spake.
25 He then, as
〈◊〉
on Iesus brest, sayd vnto him, Lord, who is it?
26 Iesus aunswered, He it is, to whome I shall gyue a soppe, when I haue dipte it: and he wet a soppe, and gaue it to Iudas Iscariot, Simons (sonne.)
27 And after the soppe,Satan toke ful
〈◊〉
of him. Satan entred into him. Then said Iesus vnto him, That thou doest, do quickely.
28 But none of them that were at table, knewe for what cause he spake it vnto him.
29 For some of them thoght because Iudas had the bagge, that Iesus had said vnto him, Bie those things that we haue nede of against the feast: or that he shulde giue some thing to the poore.
30 Assone then as he had receiued the soppe, he went immediatly out, and it was night.
31 ¶ When he was gone out, Iesus said,Meaning that his crosse
〈◊〉
in gēder a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and that in it shal
〈◊〉
: he
〈◊〉
bountie of God. Now is
〈◊〉
Sonne of man glorified, and God is glo rified in him.
32 If God be glorified in him, God shal also glo rifie him in him self, and shal straight way glo rifie him.
33 Litle children, yet a litle while am I with you: ye shal seke me, but as I said vnto the *
〈◊〉
, Whither I go, can ye not come: alsoChap. 7. 34. to you say I now,
〈◊〉
. 19 18.
34 *VVhereof we oght to
〈◊〉
cou
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ce as
〈◊〉
it
〈◊〉
newly
〈◊〉
. A new commandement giue I vnto you,Mat. 22. 39. that ye loue one another: as I haue loued youChap. 15. 2. that ye also loue one another.
〈◊〉
. Iohn 4. 21.
35 By this shal all men knowe that ye are my disciples, if ye haue loue one to another.
36
〈◊〉
Peter said vnto him, Lord, whither goest thou? Iesus answered him, Whither I go, thou canst not folowe me now: but thouVVhen thou shalt be more strong. shalt followe me afterwardes.
37 Peter said vnto him, Lord, why can I not folMat 26. 14. lowe thee now? * I wil lay downe my life for
〈◊〉
. 14. 30. thy sake.
38 Iesus answered him, Wilt thou lay downe thy life for my sake? Verely, verely I say vnto thee, The
〈◊〉
shal not crowe, til thou haue denyed me thrise.
CHAP. XIIII.
1 He armeth his disciples with consolation against trouble 2 He ascendeth into heauē to
〈◊〉
vs a place. 6 The way, the trueth and the life. 10 The Father and Christ one. 13 How we shulde pray. 23 The promes vnto thē that kepe his worde.
1 ANd he said to his disciples, Let not your hēart be troubled: ye beleue in GodFor in so beleuing no troubles shall ouercome them. be leue also in me.
2 In my Fathers house areSo that there is not onely place for him, but for all his. many dwelling places: if it were not so, I wolde haue tolde you: I go to prepare a place for you.
3 And thogh I go to prepare a place for you, I wilAt the
〈◊〉
day. Act. 1. 11. come againe, and receiue you vnto my self, that where I am, there may ye be also.
4 And whither I go, ye knowe, and the way ye knowe.
5 Thomas said vnto him, Lord, weHe was not altogether igno:
〈◊〉
at but his knowled ge wis weake & imperfite. knowe not whither thou goest: how can we then knowe the way?
6 Iesus said vnto him, I am theTherefore we muste begin in him, contine we in him, and
〈◊〉
end in him. Way, and the Trueth, and the Life. No man commeth vnto the Father, but by me.
7 If ye had knowē me, ye shulde haue knowē my Father also: and from hence for the ye knowe him, and haue sene him.
8 Philippe said vnto him, Lord, shewe (thy) Father, and it suffiseth vs.
9 Iesus said vnto him, I haue bene so long time with you, and hast thou not knowen me, Phi lippe? he that hathe sene me, hathe sene my Father: how then saist thou, Shewe vs (thy) Father?
10 Beleuest thou not, that I am in the Father, &For the verie fulnes of the diuinitie remaineth in Christ. the Father is in me? The wordes that I spea ke vnto you, I speake not of myIn that, that he is man. self: but the Father that dwelleth in me, heWho declareth his maiestie and vertue by his
〈◊〉
and miracles. doeth the workes.
11 Beleue me, that I (am) in the Father, and the Father in me: at the least, beleue me for the very workes sake.
12 Verely, verely I say vnto you, he that beleleueth in me, the workes that I do,This is referred to the whole bo die of the Church in whome this vertue of Christ doeth shine and remaine for euer Chap. 16. 23. he shal do also, and greater then these shal he do: for I go vnto my Father.
13 * And whatsoeuer ye aske in my Name, that wil I do, that the Father may be glorified in the Sonne.mat. 7. 7.
14 If ye shal aske any thing in my Name, I wilmar. 11. 24. do it.iam. 1. 5.
15 If ye loue me, kepe my commandements,
16 And I wil pray the Father, and he shal giue you anotherI haue comforted you whiles Comforter, that he may abide with you for euer,
17 (Euen) the Spirit ofWas with you, but hensforthe the holie Gost shal comfort you and preserue you I So called becau se he worketh in vs the trueth. trueth, whome the worlde can not receiue, because it seeth him not, nether knoweth him: but ye know him: for he dwelleth with you, and shalbe in you.
18 I wil not leaue you comfortles: (but) I wilVVhich thing he doeth by the vertue of his Spirit. come to you.
19 Yet a litle while, and the worlde shal se me no more, but ye shal seme: because I liue, ye shal liue also.
20 At that day shal ye knowe that I am in my Father, and you in me, and I in you.
21 He that hathe my commandements, and kepeth them, is he that loueth me, and he that loueth me,He shal sensibly
〈◊〉
that the grace of God abi deth in him. shalbe
〈◊〉
of my Father: and I wil loue him, and wil shewe mine owne self to him.
22 Iudas said vnto him [notBut the brother of
〈◊〉
. I scariot] Lord, what is the cause that thou wilt shewe thy self vnto vs, and not vnto the worlde?
23 Iesus answered, and said vnto him, If any man loue me, he wilVVhereby he aduertiseth them not to haue respect to the worlde, lest they shulde be drawē backe by
〈◊〉
example. kepe my worde, & my Father wil loue him, and we wilcome vnto him, and wil dwell with him.
24 He that loueth me not, kepeth not my wor des, and the worde whiche ye heare, is notThat is, not his alone: for he had nothing separate from his Father. mine, but the Fathers which sent me.
25 These things haue I spokē vnto you, being, present with you.
26 But the Comforter, which is the holie Gost whome the Father wil send in my Name, he shal teache you all things, ād bring all things to your remēbrance, which I haue tolde you
27All comfort & prosperitie. Peace I leaue with you: my peace I giue vn to you: not as the worlde giueth, giue I vnto you. Let not your heart be troubled, nor feare.
28 Ye
〈◊〉
heard how I said vnto you, I go away, and wil come vnto you. If ye loued me
ye wolde verely reioyce, because I said, I go vnto the Father: for my Father isIn that, that Christ is become man to, be Media
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
God and vs. greater then I.
29 And now haue I spoken vnto you, before it come, that when it is come to passe, ye might beleue.
30 Hereafter wil I not speake many things vnto you: for theSatā executeth his rage & tyran nie by the permission of God. prince of his worlde cōmeth and hatheSatā shal assaile me with all his force, but he shal not finde that in me whiche he loketh for: for I am that innocēt lambe without spot. noght in me.
31 But (it is) that the worlde may knowe that
〈◊〉
(my) Father: and as the Father hathe cō
manded me, so I do. Arise, let vs go hence.
CHAP. XV.
6 The swete consolation, and mutual loue betwene Christ and his membres vnder the parable of the vine. 18 Of their commune afflictions and persecutions. 26 The office of the holie Gost and the Apostles.
1 I Am the true vine, and my Father is an hous
〈◊〉
men.Mat.
〈◊〉
. 13.
2 * Euerie branche that beareth not frute in me he taketh away: and euerie one that beareth frute, he purgeth it, that it may bring for the more frute.Chap.
〈◊〉
. 11.
3 * Now are ye cleane through the worde, which I haue spoken vnto you.
4 Abide in me, and I in you: as the branche can not beare frute of it self, except it abide in the vine, no more can ye,VVe can bring forthe no frute, except we be in greffed in Christ. except ye abide in me.
5 I am the vine: ye (are) the branches: he that abideth in me, and I in him, the same bringeth forthe muche frute: for without me can ye do nothing.
6 If a man abide not in me, he is cast forthe as a branche, and withereth: and men gather them, and cast (them) into the fyre, and they burne.
7 If ye abide in me and myVVe muste be rooted in Iesus Christ by faith,
〈◊〉
cometh of
〈◊〉
word of God wordes abide in you, askeSo that ye folowe Gods word which ye cōprehend by faith. what ye wil, and it shalbe done to you.
8 Herein is my Father glorified, that ye beare muche frute, and be made my disciples.
9 As the Father hathe loued me, so haue I loued you: continue inVVhere with I
〈◊〉
you. my loue.
10 If ye shal kepe my commandements, ye shal abide in my loue, as I haue kept my Fathers commandements, and abide in his loue.
11 These things haue I spoken vnto you, that my ioye might remaine in you, and that your ioye might bePerfect & entier Chap. 13. 34. ful.
12 * This is my commandement, that ye loue1. Thess. 1. 9. one another, as I haue loued you.1.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
3. 11. &. 4. 21.
13 Greater loue then this hathe no man, when any man bestoweth his life for his friends.
14 Ye are my friends, if ye do whatsoeuer I cō
mande you.
15 Henceforthe, call
〈◊〉
you not seruants: for the seruant knoweth not what his master doeth but I haue called you friends: forSo that there is nothing omitted that is necessarie for vs and concer ning our saluaciō Mat. 28. 19. all things that I haue heard of my Father, haue I made knowen to you.
16 Ye haue not chosen me, but I haue chosen you, and ordeined you, * that ye go and bring forthe frute, and that your frute remaine, that what so euer ye shal aske of the father in my Name, he may giue it you.
17 These things commande
〈◊〉
you, that ye loue one another.
18 If the worlde hate you, ye know that it hated me before you.
19 If ye were of the worlde, the worlde wolde loue his owne: but because ye are not of the worlde, but I haue chosen you out of the worlde, therefore the worlde hateth you.
20 Remember the worde that I said vnto you, * The seruant is not greater then his master. * If they haue persecuted me, they wil perse cute you also: if they haueThe worde also signifieth, to be diligent to espie fautes to trippe one in. kept my worde, they wil also kepeWhich is the self same worde, but
〈◊〉
called
〈◊〉
because
〈◊〉
preache it. yours.Chap. 11. 16.
21 But all these things wil they do vnto you forMatt. 10. 24. my Names sake, because they haue not knowenMatth. 24. 9. him that sent me.
22 If I had not come and spoken vnto them, theyBut shulde haue semed to be innocent, if I had not discouered their malice. shulde not haue had sinne: but nowe haue they noIn that they
〈◊〉
Christ
〈◊〉
taketh frō them all excuse where
〈◊〉
they wolde haue iustified thē selues as if they had bene very holie ād without all sinne. cloke for their sinne.
23 He that hateth me; hateth my Father also.
24
〈◊〉
had not done workes among them whiche none other man did, they had not had sinne: but now haue they bothe sene, and haue hated bothe me, and my Father.
25 But (it is) that the worde myght be fulfilled,Psal. 35. 19. that is written in theirThat is, in the holie
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, Chap. 14 26. Law, * They hated me without a cause.
26 But when the Comforter shall come, * whom I will send vnto you from the Father,
〈◊〉
. 24.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
(euen) the Spirit of trueth, whiche proceadeth of the Father, he shal testifie of me.
27 And ye shall witnesse also, because ye haue bene with me from the beginning.
CHAP. XVI.
2 He putteth them in remembrance of the crosse, and of their owne infirmitie to come. 7 And therefore doeth comfort them with the promes of the
〈◊〉
Gost. 16 Of the comming againe of Christ. 17 Of his ascension. 23. To aske in the Name of Christ. Peace in Christ, and in the worlde affliction.
1 THese things haue I said vnto you, that ye shulde not beAnd so shrinke from me. offended.
2 They shalGreke, put you out of the Synagogues. excommunicate you: yea, the time shal come, that whosoeuer killeth you, wil thinke that he doeth God seruice.
3 And these things wil they do vnto you, because they haue not knowen the Father, nor me.
4 But these things haue I tolde you, that when the houre shal come, ye might remember, that I tolde you thē. And these thingsHe bare with thē because they were but weakelings. said I not vnto you from the beginning, because I was with you.
5 But now I go my way to him that sent me and none of you asketh me,For if you did cōsider,
〈◊〉
wold reioyce. Whither goest thou?
6 But because I haue said these things vnto you, your hearts are ful of sorowe.
7 Yet I tel you the trueth, It is expedient for you that I go away: for if I go not away, the Comforter wil not come vnto you: but if I departe,
〈◊〉
wil send him vnto you.
8 And when he is come, he wilOr, conu
〈◊〉
. This is to be vnderstand of the comming of the holie Gost when his vertue and strength shal shine in the
〈◊〉
. reproue the worlde of sinne, and of righteousnes, and of
iudgement.
9 OfHis enemies which contēned him, and put him to death, shalbe
〈◊〉
by their owne conscience for that they did not beleue
〈◊〉
him. Act. 2. 37, & shall know that with our Iesus Christ there is nothing but sinne. sinne, because they beleue not in me:
10 OfWherefore the W
〈◊〉
must nedes confesse that he was iuste, and beloued of his Father, and not condemned by him as a blasphemer or
〈◊〉
. righteousnes, because I go to my Father and ye shal se me no more:
11 OfWhen they shal knowe that I (whome they called the carpen
〈◊〉
sonne, and willed to come downe from the crosse) am theve rie Sonne of God which haue ouer come all the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of hel and reigne ouer all. iudgement, because the prince of this worlde is iudged.
12 I haue yetThese things are conteined in the doctrine of the Apostles which onely is sufficient. manie things to say vnto you, but ye can not beare them now.
13 How beit, when he is come which is the Spi rit of trueth, he wil lead you into all trueth: for he shal not speake of him self, but whatsoeuer he shal heare, shal he speake, and he wil shewe you the thingsAs touching the spiritual kingdome of God: for the Apo stles knewe
〈◊〉
that til after the resurrection. to come.
14 He shal glorifie me: for he shal receiue of mine, and shal shewe it vnto you.
15 All things that the Father hathe, are mine: therefore said I, that he shal take of mine, & shewe it vnto you.
16Mine absence
〈◊〉
not be long: for
〈◊〉
wil send you the holie Gost, who shal remaine with you for euer. A litle (while,) and ye shal not se me: and againe a litle (while,) and ye shal se me, for IFrom death I passe to glorie & so
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in due you with mine heauenlie vertue. go to my Father.
17 Then said (some) of his disciples among thē selues, What is this that he saith vnto vs, A litle (while,) and ye shal not se me, and againe, a litle (while, and ye shal se me, and, For I go to my Father?
18 They said therefore, What is this that he2. Cor. 10. 12. saith, A litle (while?) we knowe not what heephe. 1. 19. saith.
19 Now Iesus knewe that they wolde aske him and said vnto them, Do ye enquire among your selues, of that I said, A litle (while,) and ye shall not se me: and againe, a litle (while,) and ye shal se me?
20 Verely, verely I say vnto you, that ye shal wepe and lament, and the worlde shal reioyce: and ye shal sorowe, but your sorowe shalbe tourned to ioye.
21 A woman when she trauaileth, hathe sorowe, because her houre is come: but assone as she is deliuered of the childe, she remēbreth no more the anguishe, for ioye that a man is borne into the worlde.
22 And ye now therefore are in sorowe: but I wil se youBy thepower and vertue of the
〈◊〉
Gost. againe, and your hearts shal reioyce, and your ioye shalFor it shalbe grounded vpon my resurrection the grace of the holie Gost. no man take from you.
23 And in that day shal ye aske meFor ye shal haue perfect knowledge, and shal no more
〈◊〉
as you were wont. nothing. * Verely, verely I say vnto you, whatsoeuer ye shal aske the Father in my Name, he wil giue it you.Chap. 14. 13.
24 Hitherto haue ye askedIn respect of that that you shal
〈◊〉
, if you aske in faith. nothing in my NaMat. 7. 7. & 21. 22. me: aske, and ye shal receiue, that your ioye
〈◊〉
. 11. 24. may be ful.Luk.
〈◊〉
. 9.
25 These things haue I spoken vnto you inIam 1. 5. parables: but the time wil come, when I shal no more speake to you in parables: but I shal shewe you plainely of the Father.
26 At that day shal ye aske in my Name, and I say not vnto you, that IChrist denieth not that he is the mediator, but
〈◊〉
that they shal obteine their requests without difficultie or any paine. wil pray vnto the Father for you.
27 For the Father him self loueth you, because ye haue loued me, * and haue beleued that IChap 17. 8. came out from God.
28 I am come out from the Father, and came into the worlde: againe I leaue the worlde, and go to the Father.
29 His disciples said vnto him, Lo, now speakest thou plainely, and thou speak est no parable.
30 Now knowe we that thou knowest all things, and nedest not that any man shulde aske thee. By this we beleue, that thou art come out from God.
31 Iesus answered them, Do you beleue now?Matth. 26. 37.
32 *Beholde, the houre cometh, and is alreadieMark. 14. 27. come, that ye shalbe scattred euerie man into his owne, and shal leaue me alone: but I am notAlthogh men forsake Christ, yet is
〈◊〉
whit diminished: for he and his Father are one. alone: for the Father is with me.
33 These things haue I spoken vnto you, thatWe haue rest and comfort whē we
〈◊〉
are truely graffed in Christ. in me ye might haue peace: in the worlde ye shal haue affliction, but be of good comfort: I haue ouercome the worlde.
CHAP. XVII.
1 The prayer of Christ vnto his Father, bothe for himself and his Apostles, and also for all suche as receiue the trueth.
1 THese things spake Iesus, and lift vp his eyes to heauen, and said, Father the houre is come: glorifie thy Sonne, that thy Sonne also may glorifie thee,Mat. 28. 8.
2 * As thou hast giuen himChrist hathe all rule and dominion ouer men. power (ouer) all flesh, that he shulde giue eternal life to allWhich are the elect. them that thou hast giuen him.
3 And this is lif eternal, that they knowe thee (tobe) the onely verie God, and whome thou hast sent, IesusThat is, that thei acknowledge bothe the Father, and the Son ne to be verie God. Christ.
4 I haueAswel by doctrine as miracles. glorified thee on the earth: I haue finished the worke which thou gauest me to do.
5 And now glorifie
〈◊〉
, thou Father, with thine owne self, with theglorie which I had with thee before the worlde was.
6 I haue declared thy Name vnto the men which thou gauest me out of the worlde:Our election standeth in the good pleasure of God, which is the onelie funda tion, and cause of our saluation,
〈◊〉
is declared to vs in Christ,
〈◊〉
whome we are iustified by faith and sanctified. thine they were, and thou gauest them me, & they haue kept thy worde.
7 Now they knowe that all things what soeuer thou hast giuen me, are of thee.
8 For I haue giuen vnto them the wordes, which thou gauest me, and they haue receiued (them,) * and haue knowen surely that I came out from thee, and haue beleued thatRom. 8. 39. thou hast sent me.Ephes. 1. 4.
9 I pray for them: I pray not forThat is, the reprobate. the worlde,Chap. 16. 27. but for them which thou hast giuen me: for they are thine.
10 And all mine are thine, and thine are mine, and I am glorified in them.
11 And now am I no more in the worlde, but these are in the worlde, and I come to thee. Holie Father, kepe them in thy Name, (euen) them whome thou hast giuen me, that they may beThat they may be ioyned in vni tie of faith and spirit. one, as we (are.)
12 While I was with them in the worlde, I kept them in thy Name: those that thou gauest me haue I kept, and none of them is lost, but theHe was so called, not onely for that he perished, but because God had appointed ād ordeined him to this end. childe of perdition, that the * Scripture might be fulfilled.
13 And now come I to thee, and these things speake I in the worlde, that they might haue my ioye fulfilled in them selues.
14 I haue giuen them thy worde, and the world hathe hated them, because they areBut are separate by the spirit of regeneration. not ofAct. 1. 16. & 4. 27. the worlde, as I am not of the worlde.Psal. 10. 9.
〈◊〉
.
15 I pray not that thou shuldest take them out of the worlde, but that thou kepe them from euil.
16 They are not of the worlde, as I am not of the worlde.
17Or, consecrat them
〈◊〉
thy self.
Rene we them with thine heauenlie grace, that they onely may seke thy wil. Sanctifie them with thy trueth: thy word is trueth.
18 As thou diddest send me into the worlde, so haue I sent them into the worlde.
19 And for their sakes sanctifie I my self, that they also may beWhich thing declareth that Christs holinesis ours. sanctified through the trueth.
20 I pray not for these alone, but for them also which shal beleue in me, through their worde,
21 That they all may be one, as thou, ô Father, (art) in me, & I in thee: (euē) that they may be also one in vs, that theThat the infideles may be experience be conuicted to confesse my glorie. worlde may beleue that thou hast sent me.
22 And the glorie that thou gauest me, II haue shewed
〈◊〉
the example and patron of perfect felicitie. haue giuen them, that they may be one, as we are one,
23 I in them, and thou in me, that they may be made perfect in one, ād that the worlde may know, that thou hast sent me, and hast loued them, as thou hast loued me.
24 * Father, I wil that they which thou hastChap. 12. 16. giuen me, beThat they maie profit, ād growe vp in suche sort that in the end they may enioy the
〈◊〉
glorie with me. with me euen where I am, that they may beholde my glorie, which thou hast giuē me: for thou louedst me before the fundation of the worlde.
25 O righteous Father, the worlde also hathe not knowen thee, but I haue knowen thee, & these haue knowē, that thou hast sent me.
26 And I haue declared vnto them thy Name, and wil declare it, that the loue where with thou hast loued me, may be in them, and I inFor without him we can not comprehēde the loue where with God loueth vs. them.
CHAP. XVIII.
3 Christ is betrayed. 6 The wordes of his mouth smite the officers to the grounde. 10 Peter smiteth of Malchus
〈◊〉
. 13 Iesus is broght before Annas and Caiaphas. 25. where Peter denieth him. 36 He telleth Pilate what his kingdome is.
1 WHen Iesus had spoken these things, he went forthe with his disciples ouer the1.
〈◊〉
. 15. 13.
Which was a deepe valley through the which a streame ranne after a
〈◊〉
raine. broke * Cedron, where was a garden, intoMatt. 26. 36. the which he entred, and his disciples.Mat. 14. 32.
2 And Iudas which betrayed him, knewe alsoLuk. 22. 39. the place: for Iesus oft times resorted thither with his disciples.
3 *Iudas then after he had receiued aThe which he had obteined of the gouernour of the Temple. bande of men and officers of the high Priests, and of the Pharises, came thither with lanternesMatth. 26. 47. and torches, and weapons.
〈◊〉
. 14. 43.
Luk. 22. 47.
4 Then Iesus, knowing all things that shulde come vnto him, went forthe and said vnto them, Whome seke ye?
5 They answered him, Iesus of Nazaret. Iesus said vnto thē, I am he. Now Iudas also which betrayed him, stode with them.
6 Assone then as he had said vnto thē, I am he they wēt backewards, & fel to the grounde.
7 Then he asked them againe, Whome seke ye? And they said, Iesus of Nazaret.
8 Iesus answered, I said vnto you, that I am he: therefore if ye seke me, let these go their way,
9 (This was) that the worde might be fulfilled which he spake, *He bothe
〈◊〉
their bodies and also saueth their soules. Of them which thou gauestChap. 17. 12. me, haue I lost none.
10 Then Simon Peter hauing a sworde, drewe it, and
〈◊〉
the high Priests seruant, and out of his right eare. Now the seruants name was Malchus.
11 Then said Iesus vnto Peter, Put vp thy sword into the sheath: shal I not drinke of the cup which (my) Father hathe giuen me?
12 Then the bande and the captaine, and the officers of the Iewes toke Iesus, and bounde him,Luk. 3. 2.
13 And led him away to *Who sent Christ vnto Caiaphas the high Priest bounde. Annas first [for he was Father in law to Caiaphas, which was the high PriestAlthogh this office was for ter me of life by Gods ordinance, yet the ambition and
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
caused the Romaines
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
time to
〈◊〉
it either for briberie or fa uour. that same yere]
14 * And Caiaphas was he, that gaue counselChap. 11. 50. to the
〈◊〉
, that it was expedient that one man
〈◊〉
dye for the people.
15 ¶*Now Simon Peter followed Iesus, and another disciple, & that disciple was knowen of the high Priest: therefore he went in with Iesus into the hall of the high Priest.
16 But Peter stode at the dore without. Then went out the other disciple which was knowen vnto the high Priest, and spake to herMatth. 26. 38. that kept the dore, and broght in Peter.Matth. 14. 54.
17 Then said the maide that kept the dore, vntoLuk. 22.
〈◊〉
. Peter, Art not thou also one of this mans disciples? He said, I am not.
18 And the seruants and officers stode there, which had made a fyre of coles: for it was colde, and they warmed them selues. And Peter also stode among them and warmed him self.
19 [¶The high Priest then asked Iesus of his disciples, and of his doctrine.
20 Iesus answered him, I spakeThat is,
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
openly to the worlde: I euer taught in the Synagogue and in the Temple, whither the Iewes resorte continually, and in secret haue I said nothing.
21 Why askest thou me? aske them which heard me what I said vnto them: beholde, they knowe what I said.
22 When he had spoken these things, one of the officers which stode by, smote Iesus with (his) rod, saying, Answerest thou the high Priest so?
23 Iesus answered him, If I haue euil spoken, bearewitnes of the euil: but if I haue wel spo ken, why smitest thou me?After that Caiaphas had first sent him to
〈◊〉
.
24 ¶Now Annas
〈◊〉
sent him bounde vnto Caiaphas the high Priest?]Matth. 26. 57.
25 * And Simon Peter stode and warmed him
〈◊〉
. 14.
〈◊〉
. self, and they said vnto him, Art not thouLuk. 22.
〈◊〉
.
also of his disciples? He denied it, and said, I am not.
26 One of the seruants of the high Priest, his cousin whose eare Peter smote of, said, Did not I se thee in the garden with him?
27 Peter then denied againe, and immediatly the cocke crewe.Mat. 27. 2.
28 ¶ *Then led they Iesus from Caiaphas into
〈◊〉
. 16. 15 the commune hall. Now it was morning and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. thei them selues went not into the communeAct. 10. 28. & 11. 3. hall, lest they shulde be* defiled, but that thei might eat the Passeouer.
29 Pilate then went out vnto them, and said, What accusation bring ye against
〈◊〉
man?
30 They answered and said vnto him, If he were not an euil doer, we wolde not haue de liuered him vnto thee.
31 Then said Pilate vnto them, TakeHe spake this
〈◊〉
, because they were so
〈◊〉
against
〈◊〉
& e
〈◊〉
. ye him, and iuge him
〈◊〉
your
〈◊〉
nelaw. Then the Iewes said vnto him, It is not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
they shul de say:
〈◊〉
wilt not suffre vs to do
〈◊〉
: for he knew: hat
〈◊〉
was not
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
by the
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
death. lawful
〈◊〉
vs to put anie man to
〈◊〉
.
32 (it was) that the worde of Iesus * might be
〈◊〉
. 20. 19 fulfilled which he spake,
〈◊〉
what death he
〈◊〉
dye.
33 *
〈◊〉
Pilate entred into the commune hall againe,
〈◊〉
called
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
said
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, Art
〈◊〉
the King of the Iewes?
34 Iesus answered him, Saist thou that of thy self, or did other tel it thee of me?
〈◊〉
27 11.
35 Pilate answered,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
a
〈◊〉
Thine owne
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 2. nation, and the high Priests haue
〈◊〉
Luk.
〈◊〉
31. thee vnto me. What hast thou done?
36 Iesus answered, My kindome is not of this
〈◊〉
standeth not in strength of mē nor in world
〈◊〉
defence. worlde: if my kingdom
〈◊〉
of this world my seruants wolde surely fight, that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
not be deliuered to the Iewes: but
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
my king
〈◊〉
not from hence.
37 Pilate then said vnto him, Art
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
King then? Iesus answered, Thou
〈◊〉
that I am
〈◊〉
King: for this cause am I borne, and for this cause came I into the worlde, that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
beare witnesvnto the
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that is of the trueth, hearest my voyce.
38 Pilate said vnto him,This was a
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
question. What is trueth? And when he had said that, he went out
〈◊〉
vnto the Iewes, and said vnto them, I finde in him no cause at all.
〈◊〉
27. 15.
39 *But you haue aThis was one of their blinde abuses: for the Law of God gaue no
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
quite a wicked trespaser. custome, that I shulde deMark
〈◊〉
. 6.
〈◊〉
you one lose at the Passeouer: wil veLuk 2 27. then that I lose vnto you the King of the
〈◊〉
?
40 * Then cryed they all againe, saying Not him, but
〈◊〉
: now this Barabbas was a murtherer.Act.
〈◊〉
. 14.
CHAP. XIX.
1 When Pilate colde not aswage the rage of the Iewes against Christ, he deliuereth him
〈◊〉
with his supe
〈◊〉
to be hanged
〈◊〉
two
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
They cast lottes for his garments 26 He commendeth his mother vnto Iohn. 28 Calleth for drinke 33 Dyeth, and his side is perced, and taken downe from the crosse. 38. He is buried.
1 THen *Pilate toke Iesus andHe thoght to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the furie of the Iewes by some in
〈◊〉
correction. scourgedMatth. 27.
〈◊〉
. him.Mark 15 18.
2 And the souldiers platted a crowne of thornes, and put it on his head, and they put on him a purple garment,
3 And said,
〈◊〉
, King of the Iewes. And they smote him with (their) roddes.
4 Then Pilate went forthe againe, and said vnto them, Beholde, I bring him forthe to you, that ye may knowe, that
〈◊〉
finde no faute in him at all.
5 Then came Iesus forthe wearing a crowne of thornes, and a purple garment. And (Pilate) said vnto them,He spake in
〈◊〉
i
〈◊〉
Christ called him
〈◊〉
King. Beholde the man.
6 Then when the high Priests and officers sawe him, thei cried, saying, crucifie, crucifie (him.) Pilate said vnto them, Take ye him and crucifie (him:) for I finde no faute in him.
7 The Iewes answered him, We haue a Law, & by our Law he ought to dye, because he mad him self theChrist was in dede the
〈◊〉
of GOD, and therefore might
〈◊〉
call him
〈◊〉
so without
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
: wherefore then
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
was falsely applied. Sonne of God.
8 ¶ When Pilate then heard that worde, he was the more afraide,
9 And went againe into the commune hall & said vnto esus, Whence art thou
〈◊〉
But Iesus
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
none answere.
10 Then said Pilate vnto him,
〈◊〉
thou
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Knowest thou not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
haue power to
〈◊〉
thee, and haue power to lose thee?
11
〈◊〉
answered, Thou coldest haue noHereby he
〈◊〉
him,
〈◊〉
ought not to
〈◊〉
his office and
〈◊〉
. power at all against me, except it were giuen thee
〈◊〉
aboue: therefore he that deliuered me vnto thee, hathe the
〈◊〉
sinne.
12 From thence forthe
〈◊〉
soght to lose
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
cryed, saying, If thou deliuer
〈◊〉
, thou art not Cesars
〈◊〉
: (
〈◊〉
) who soeuer maketh him self a King, speaketh against Cesar.
13 ¶ When Pilate heard that worde, he broght
〈◊〉
forthe,
〈◊〉
sate downe in the
〈◊〉
seat in a place called theA place some what high and
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
vp. Pauement, and in
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
.
14 And it was the Preparation of the Passeouer and
〈◊〉
theWhich was midday. sixt houre: and he said vnto
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, Beholde your King.
15 But
〈◊〉
cryed, Away
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, away with him, crucifie him.
〈◊〉
said vnto them, Shal
〈◊〉
your
〈◊〉
The high Priests answered, We haue no
〈◊〉
but Cesar.
16 Then deliuered he him vnto them, to be
〈◊〉
27. 31.
〈◊〉
15 21. crucified. * And they toke esus, and led himLuk. 23. 26. away.
17 And he bare his crosse, and came into a place named (of dead mens)
〈◊〉
, which is cal led in Ebrewe,Which was the place
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
:
18 Where thei crucified him, and two other with him, on ether side one, and
〈◊〉
in the middes.
19 ¶ And Pilate wrote also a title and put it on the crosse, and it was written, I ES VS OF NAZARET THE KING OF THE IEWES.
20 Thys title then red manie of the Iewes: for the place where Iesus was crucified, was nere to the
〈◊〉
: and it was written inBecause all
〈◊〉
might vnderstand it.
〈◊〉
, Greke and Latin.
21 Then sayd the hye Priests of the Iewes to Pilate, Write not, The Kyng of the Iewes,
but that he said, I am Kyng of the Iewes.
22 Pilate answered, What I haue written, I haue written.Mat. 27. 35.
23 ¶ Then the * souldiers, when they had crucifiedMark. 15. 14. Iesus, toke hys garmentes and madeLuke. 23. 33, foure partes, to euerie souldier a parte, and (his) coate: ād the coate was without seame, wouen from the top throughout.
24 Therefore they said one to another, Let vs not deuide it, but cast lots for it, whose it shal be. (This was) that theThat whiche was prefigured in Dauid, was ac complished in Iesus Christ. Scripture might be filled, which saith, * They departed my garmēts amōg thē, & on my coate did cast lots. So the souldiers did these things in dede.
〈◊〉
. 22. 20.
25 ¶ Then stode by the crosse of Iesus his mother, and his mothers sister, Marie (the wife of)Or,
〈◊〉
. Cleopas, and Marie Magdalene.
26 And when Iesus sawe his mother, ād the disciples standing by whome he loued, he said vnto his mother, Womā, beholde thy sonne.
27 Then said he to the disciple, Beholde thy mother: and frome that houre, the disciple toke her home vnto him.
28 ¶ After, when Iesus knewe that all thyngesPsal. 68.
〈◊〉
. were performed, that the * Scripture myght be fulfilled, he said, I thirst.
29 And there was set a vessell full of vinegre: and they filled a sponge with vinegre, andOr
〈◊〉
it vpon an hyssope stalke. put it aboutIt may appeare that the crosse was not hye, seyng a man myght
〈◊〉
Christes mouthe with an hyssope stalke, which as
〈◊〉
. 1. King. 4. 33. Was the lowest
〈◊〉
herbes, as the cedre was hyest amonges
〈◊〉
. an hyssope (stalke,) and put it to his mouth.
30 Now when Iesus had receiued of the vinegre, he sayd,Mans saluacion is perfected by the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
: and all the ceremonies of the Lawe are ended. It is finished, and bowed hys head, and gaue vp the gost.
31 The Iewes then [because it was the Preparacion, that the bodies shulde not remaine vppon the crosse on the Sabbath (daye:) for that Sabbath was anBecause the dai of the Passeouer fel on the Sabbath day. hie day]
〈◊〉
Pilate that their legges myght be broken, and that they might be taken downe.
32 Then came the souldiers and brake the legges of the first, and of the other, whiche was crucified with (Iesus.)
33 But when they came to Iesus, and sawe that he was dead alreadye, they breake not hys legges.
34
〈◊〉
one of the souldiers with a speare
〈◊〉
declareth that he was dead in dede as he rose
〈◊〉
e
〈◊〉
death to life. per ced his side, and forthe with came there out blood and water.
35 And he that sawe it, bare recorde, and his re corde is true: and he knoweth that he sayth true, that ye might beleue it.
36 For these things were done, that the * ScriptureExod. 12. 46. shulde be fulfilled, Not a bone of himNomb. 9. 12. shalbe broken.
〈◊〉
. 12. 10.
37 And againe another Scripture saith. * They shal se him whom thei haue thrust through.Mat. 27.
〈◊〉
.
38 * And after these things, Ioseph of ArimatheaMark.
〈◊〉
. 42. [who was a disciple of Iesus, butThat is to say,
〈◊〉
Christes death, but now he declareth him selfe manifestly. secretlyLuk. 23. 50. for feare of the Iewes] besoght Pilate that he myght take downe the bodie of Iesus. And Pilate gaue hym licence. He came then and toke Iesus bodie.Chap. 3. 2.
39 And there came * also Nicodemus [whiche first came to Iesus by night] ād broght of myr
〈◊〉
and aloes mingled together about an hundreth pounde.
40This honorable burial
〈◊〉
as a
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
vnto the
〈◊〉
. Then toke they the bodie of Iesus, and wrapped it in linnē clothes with the odours as the maner of the Iewes is to burie.
41 And in that place where Iesus was
〈◊〉
, was a garden, and in the garden a new sepulchre, wherein was neuer man yet laid.
42 There then layd they Iesus, because of the Iewes Preparacion (daye,) for the sepulchre was nere.
CHAP, XX.
1 Marie Magdalene cometh to the sepulchre. 3 So do Peter and Iohn. 12 The two Angels appeare. 17 Christ appeareth to Marie Magdalene. 19 And to all his disciples. 27 The
〈◊〉
and confession of Thomas.
1 NOw * the first (daye) of the weke cameMark. 16. 1. Marie Magdalene, earely when it wasLuke. 24. 1. yetShe departed frome home before day, & came thether aboute the
〈◊〉
. darke, vnto the sepulchre, ād sawe the stone taken away from the tombe.
2 Then she ranne, and came to Simon Peter, and to the other disciple whom Iesus loued,Marke.
〈◊〉
. 2. and sayd vnto them, They haue taken away the Lord out of the sepulchre, ād we knowe not where they haue layd him.
3 Peter therefore went forthe, and the other disciple, and they came vnto the sepulchre.
4 So they ranne both together, but the other disciple did out runne Peter, and came firste to the sepulchre.
5 And he stouped downe, and sawe the linnen clotheslying: yet went he not in.
6 Then came Simon Peter followyng hym, and went into the sepulchre, ād sawe the linnen clothes lye.
7 And the kerchefe that was vpon his head,Or, napkins notlying with the linnen clothes, but wrapped together in a place by it self.
8 Then went in also theThat is, Iohn̄ whiche wrote this Gospell. other disciple, whiche came first to the sepulchre, and he sawe it,He beleued that Christs body was taken
〈◊〉
, accordyng as Marie reported. and beleued.
9 For as yet they knewe not the Scripture, that he must rise agayne from the dead.
10 And the disciples went away agayne vnto theirOr, to their cō panie. owne home.
11 ¶* But Marie stode without at the sepulchre weping: ād as she wept, she bowed herMat. 28.
〈◊〉
. self into the sepulchre.Mark. 16.
〈◊〉
.
12 And sawe two Angels in white, sitting, the one at the heade, and the other at the fete, where the bodie of Iesus had laine.
13 And they said vnto her, Woman, why wepest thou? She said vnto them, They haue taken away my Lord, and I knowe not where they haue laid him.
14 When she had thus said, she turned her self backe and sawe Iesus standyng, and knewe not that it was Iesus.
15 Iesus sayth vnto her, Woman, why wepest thou? whom sekest thou? She supposing that he had bene the gardener, sayd vnto hym, Syr, if thou haste borne hym hence, tell me where thou haste layd him, and I will take hym away,
16 Iesus sayth vnto her, Marie. She turned her self, ād said vnto him, Rabboni, whiche is to
say, Master.
17 Iesus sayth vnto her, Touche me not: for I am not yetBecause she was to much addicted to the cor porall presence. Christe teacheth herto lift vp her minde by faith
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
where onely after hys ascension he remaineth & wher we sit with him at the right hand of the Father. ascēded to my Father, but go to myThat is, the disciples: for he was the first borne
〈◊〉
manye brethren. brethren, and say vnto them, I ascende vnto my Father, and to your Father, and to my God, and yourHe is our Father and our God, because
〈◊〉
Christ is
〈◊〉
brother. God.
18 Marie Magdalene came and tolde the disci ples that she had sene the Lord, and that he had spoken these things vnto her.
19 ¶ * The same day then at nyght, which was the first (daye) of the weeke, and when theSo that no man opened him the dores, but by his diuine power he caused them to open of theyr owne accord, as of Peter is
〈◊〉
. dores were shut where the disciples were assembled for feare of the Iewes, came IesusMark. 16. 14. and stode in the middes, and said to them,Luke. 24. 36.
Or all prosperi tie: whiche maner of gretyng the Iewes vsed. Peace (be) vnto you.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 15. 5.
20 And when he had so sayde, he shewed vnto them (his) hands, and hys side. Then were the disciples glad when they had sene the Lord.Psal. 22. 23.
21 Then sayd Iesus to them againe, Peace (be)Rom. 8. 29. vnto you: as my Father sent me, so send IColos. 1. 18. you.
22 And when he had sayd that, heTo giue them greater power and vertue to ex ecute that weigh tie charge that he wolde commit vnto them. breathed on them, and said vnto them, Receiue the hoMat. 28. 18. lie Gost.
23 * Whosoeuers sinnes ye remit, they are remitted vnto them: (and) whosoeuers sinnes ye reteine, they are reteined.
24 ¶ But Thomas one of the twelue, called Didymus, was not with them when Iesus came.Act. 5. 19. &. 12. 10.
25 The other disciples therfore said vnto him, We haue sene the Lorde: buthe sayd vnto them, Excepte I se in hys hands the print of the nayles, and put my finger into theOr, place. print of the nailes, ād put mine hand into his side, I wil not beleue it.
26 ¶ And eight dayes after againe his disciples were within, and Thomas with them, (Then) came IESVS, when the dores were shut, and stode in the middes, and said, Peace (be) vnto you.
27 After, sayd he to Thomas, Put thy finger here, and se mine hands, and put forth thine hand, and put it into my side, and be not faith les, but faithful.
28 Then Thomas answered, ād said vnto him, (Thou art) my Lord, and my God.
29 Iesus said vnto hym, Thomas, because thou hast sene me, thou beleuest: blessed (are) they that haueVVhich
〈◊〉
vpon the simplicitie of Goddes worde, and grounde not thē selues vpon mās sense and reason Chap.
〈◊〉
. 23. not sene, and haue beleued.
30 ¶ * And manie other signes also did Iesus in the presence of his disciples, whiche are not written in this boke.
31 But these things are written, that ye myght beleue, that Iesus is the Christ the Sonne of God, and that in beleuing ye might haue life through his Name.
CHAP. XXI.
1 Christ appeareth to his disciples againe. 15 He commaundeth Peter earnestly to fede hys shepe. 18 He forewarneth hys of hym death. 25 And of Christes manifolde miracles.
1 AFter these things, Iesus shewed him selfe againe to his disciples at theOr, lake of
〈◊〉
. sea of Tiberias: and thus shewed he (him self.)
2 There were together Simon Peter, and Tho mas, whiche is called Didymus, and Nathanael of Cana in Galile, and the (sonnes) of Zebedeus, and two other of his disciples.
3 Simon Peter sayd vnto them, I go a fishyng, They sayd vnto hym, We also will go wyth thee. They went their waye and entred into a ship strayght way, and that nyght caught they nothing.
4 But when the morning was now come, Iefus stode on the shore: neuertheles the disciples knewe not that it was Iesus.
5 Iesus then said vnto them,Or, Children. Sirs, haue ye anie meat? They answered him, No.
6 Then he said vnto them, Cast out the net on the ryght side of the ship, and ye shall finde. So theyAlbeit they knewe him nor, yet
〈◊〉
folowed his counsell, because thei had al night taken
〈◊〉
in vaine. cast out, and they were not able at all to drawe it, for the multitude of fishes.
7 Therefore said the disciple whome IESVS loued, vnto Peter, It is the Lorde: When Simon Peterheard that it was the Lorde, he girde hisIt was some linnen garment, whiche fishers vsed to weare, whiche beyng
〈◊〉
vnto him couered hys
〈◊〉
partes, and also letted not his swimming. coate to hym [for he was naked] and cast him self into the sea.
8 But the other disciples came by shyppe [for they were not farre from lande, but aboute two hundreth cubites] and they drewe the net with fishes.
9 Assone then as they were come to land, they sawe hotte coles, and fishe layd thereon, and bread:
10 Iesus sayd vnto them, Bryng of the fishes, whiche ye haue now caught.
11 Simon Peter stepped forth and drewe the net to land, full of great fishes, an hundreth, fiftie and thre: and albeit there were so manie, yet was not the net broken.
12 Iesus sayde vnto them, Come, (and) dyne, And none of the disciples durste aske hym, Who art thou, seing they knew that he was the Lord.
13 Iesus then came and toke bread, and gaue them, and fish likewise.
14 This is nowe the third tyme that IESVS shewed him self to his disciples, after that he was risen againe from the dead.
15 ¶ So when they had dined, Iesus said to Simon Peter, Simō (sonne) of Iona,The minister cā not wel teach his congregatiō, excepte he loue Christ effectually, whiche loue is not in them that feed not the flocke. louest thou me more then these? He said vnto hym, Yea Lord, thou knowest that I loue thee, He said vnto him, Fede my lambes.
16 He said to him againe the seconde time, Simon (the sonne) of
〈◊〉
, louest thou me? He said vnto him, Yea Lord, thou knowest that I loue thee. He said vnto him, Fede my shep.
17 He said vnto hym theBecause Peter shulde be establi shed in his office of an Apostle, Christe causeth him by these thre times cōfessing, to wipe awaye the shame of his thre tymes denying. thirde tyme, Simon (the sonne) of Iona, louest thou me? Peter was
〈◊〉
because he said to hym the third tyme, Louest thou me: ād said vnto him, Lord, thou knowest all things: thou knowest that I loue thee. Iesus said vnto him, Fede my shepe.
18 Verely, verely I say vnto thee, When thou wast yong, thou girdedst thy selfe, and walkedst whither thou woldest: but when thou shalt be olde, thou shalt stretch forthe thine hāds, & another shalIn steed of a gir dle, thou shalt be tyed with bands & cordes: & where as now thou goest at libertie, then thou shalt be drawen to pu nishment when thy flesh shal after a sorte resist. girde thee, & lead thee
THE DESCRIPTION OF THE COVNTREIS AND PLACES MENCIONED IN THE ACTES OF THE APOSTLES FROM Italie on the VVest parte, vnto the Medes and Persians tovvardes the East, conteining about 2200. mile in length. The vvhich description serueth for the peregrination of S. Paul, and other of the Apostles, and for the vnderstanding of manie things conteined in this boke.
The names of the yles and countreis mencioned in this mappe.
Achaia.
Arabia the deserte.
Arabia the stonie.
Armenia.
Asia the lesse.
By thinia.
Cappadocia.
Chios yle.
Cilicia.
Chaldea.
Clauda yle.
Coos yle,
Creta or Candia yle.
Cyprus.
Galatia.
Grecia.
〈◊〉
.
Illyria, or Sclauonie.
Iudea.
〈◊〉
boysyle.
Lycaonia.
Lycia.
Maliayle.
Macedonia.
Mysia.
Media.
Pamphilia
Persia.
Ponthus.
Phenicia.
Pisidia.
Phrygia.
Rhodesyle.
Samos yle.
Samothraciayle.
Siciliayle.
Syria.
The Tovvnes specified in this mappe and their situation vvith the obseruation of the length and breadth.
Amphipolis.
50. 0. 41. 30.
Antiochia of Syria.
70.
〈◊〉
. 37. 20.
Antiochia of Pisidia
62, 30. 39. 0.
Appollonia
49. 30. 40. 30.
Assos
56. 0. 40. 15.
Athenes
52. 45. 37. 15.
Attalia
62. 15. 36. 30.
Babylon
79. 0. 35. 0.
Beroe
48. 45. 39. 50.
Cenchrea hauen.
51. 20. 37. 0.
Cesarea Straton.
66. 16. 32. 25.
Charram
73. 55. 37. 10.
Corinthus
51. 15. 36. 55.
Damascus
68. 55. 33. 0.
Derbe
64. 20. 38. 15.
Ephesus
57. 40. 37. 40.
Fayre hauens
56. 46. 35. 10.
Gaza
65. 10. 31. 40.
Gnidum
57. 10. 35. 30.
Iconium
64. 30. 38. 45.
Ierusalem
66. 0. 31. 55.
Ioppe
66. 40. 31. 55.
Laodicea.
68. 30. 35. 5.
Lystri
64. 0. 39. 0.
Miletum
58. 0. 37. 0.
Myra
61. 36. 40. 0.
Mytilene
55. 0. 35. 0.
Neapolis
51. 15. 41. 40.
Paphos in Cyprus
65. 0. 36. 0.
Patara
60. 30. 36. 0.
Perge
62. 15. 36. 56.
Phenix an hauen
53. 45. 34. 20.
Philip
50. 45. 41. 46.
Ptolemais
66. 50. 32. 58.
Puteoli
39. 50. 41. 0.
Rhegium
40. 0. 39. 0.
Rome
56. 40. 41. 40.
Salamine yle of Cyprus
66. 40. 35. 30.
Samaria
66. 20. 32. 19.
Seleucia
68. 35. 25. 40.
Sidon.
67. 15. 33. 30.
Syracuse
39. 30. 37. 15.
Tarsus
67. 40. 36. 50.
Thessalonica
49. 50. 40. 30.
Troas
55. 0. 41. 0.
Tyrus.
67. 3. 33. 20.
NORTH.
WEST.
EAST.
SOVTH.
whither thou woldest not.
19 And this spake he, signifying by what death he shulde glorifie God. And when he had said this, he said to him, Followe me.
20 Then Peter turned about, and sawe the disciple whome IESVS loued, following, which had also *leaned on his brest at supper, & had said Lord, which is he that betrayeth thee?
21 When Peter therefore sawe him, he said toChap. 13. 23. Iesus, Lord, what shal this man (do?)
22 Iesus said vnto him, If I wil that he tarie til I come, what is it to thee? folowe thou me.
23 Then went this worde abrode among the brethren, that this disciple shulde not dye. Yet Iesus said not to him, He shal not dye: but if I wil that he tarie til I come, what is it to thee?
24 This is that disciple, which testifieth of these things, & wrote these things, and we knowe that his testimonie is true.
25 *Now there are also manie other thingsChap. 20. 3. which Iesus did, the which if they shulde be writtē euerie one,But God wolde not charge vs with so great an heape: seing there fore that we haue so muche as is necessarie, we ought to content ou. selues and praise his me. cie I suppose the world colde not conteine the bokes that shulde be written, Amen.
THE ACTES OF THE holie Apostles vvritten by Luke the Euangeliste.
THE ARGVMENT.
CHrist, after his ascension, performed his promes to his Apostles, and sent them the holie Gost, declaring thereby, that he was not onely mindeful of his Church, but wolde be the head and mainteiner thereof for euer. Wherein also his mightie power appeareth, who notwithstanding that Satan and the worlde resisted neuer so muche against this noble worke, yet by a fewe simple men of no reputation, replenished all the worlde with the sounde of his Gospel. And here, in the beginning of the Church, and the increase thereof, we may plainely perceiue the practise and malice whiche Satan continually vseth to suppresse, and ouerthrowe the Gospel: he raiseth conspiracies, tumultes, commotions, persecutions, sclāders and all kinde of crueltie. Againe we shal here beholde the prouidence of God, who ouerthroweth his enemies enterprises, deliuereth his Church from the rage of tyrants, strengtheneth, and incourageth his most valiantly and constantly to followe their captaine Christ, leauing as it were by this historie a perpetual memorie to the Church that the crosse is so ioyned with the Gospel, that they are felowes inseparable, and that the end of one affliction, is but the beginning of another. Yet neuertheles God turneth the troubles, persecutions, imprisonings and tentations of his, to a good yssue, giuing them as it were, in sorowe, ioye: in bandes, fredome: in prison,
〈◊〉
: in trouble, quietnes: in death, life. Finally, this boke cōteineth manie excellent sermons of the Apostles and discipies, as touching the death, resurrection, and ascension of Christ. The mercie of God. Of the grace, and remision of sinne through Iesus Christ. Of the blessed immortalitie. An exhortatiō to the ministers of Christs flocke. Of repentance, and feare of God, with other principal points of our faith: so that this onelie historie in a maner may be sufficient to instruct a man in all true doctrine and religion.
CHAP. I.
7 The wordes of Christ & his Angels to the Apostles. 9 His ascension. 14 Wherein the Apostles are occupied til the holie Gost be sent. 26 And of the election of Matthias.
1 Haue made the former treatise, ô Theo philꝰ, of all that Iesus begātoVVhereby is ment Christs doctrine, & his mira cles declared for the cōfirmation of the same. do, & teach Vntil the day, that he was taken vp; after that he through the holie Gost, had giuē
To preache the Gospel. cōmandements vn to theVVho as thei where called by God, so had thei their consciences assured by his ho lie Spirit. Apostles, whome he had chosen:
2
3 To whome also he presented him self aliue after that he had suffered, by manie infallible tokens, being sene of them by the (space) of fourtie dayes, and speaking of those things which (apperteine) to theWhereby God reigneth in vs. kingdom of God
4 And when he hadBecause thei shuld be all witnesses of his ascē
sion. gathered (thē) together, he commanded them, that they shulde not departe frō Ierusalem, but wait for the promes of the Father, * which, (said he,) ye haueLuk. 24 49. heard of me.Iohn 14. 25. & 15 26 & 16. 7.
5 * For Iohn in dede baptized with water, butMat. 3. 11. ye shalbe baptized with theThat is, with those spiritual graces which Iesus onely giueth by his Spirit. holie GostMar. 1. 8. within these fewes dayes.Luk. 3. 12.
6 When they therefore were come together,Ioh. 1. 26. they asked of him, saying, Lord, wilt thouThis declareth mans
〈◊〉
who can not
〈◊〉
quietly
〈◊〉
Gods appointed time come, but wolde haue all things accomplished according to their affectiōs, read. zach. 6. 14. atChap. 2. 2. & 11. 16. & 19. 4. this time restore the kingdome to Israel?
7 And he said vnto them, It is not for you to knowe theFor this passeth our capacitie, & God reserueth it to him self. times, or the seasons, whiche the Father hathe put in his one power,
8 But ye shal receiue power of the holie Gost, when he shal come on you: and ye shalbeTo stand in the face of the whole worlde which signifieth that thei must entre into heauen by afflictiōs, & there fore muste fight before thei get the victorie. witnesses vnto me bothe in Ierusalem, and in all Iudea, and in Samaria, and vnto theHereby thei might learne that the Messias was not onely for the Iewes, but also for the Gentiles. vtter most parte of the earth.
9 * And when he had spoken these things, while they behelde, he wasVVhereby they knewe certeinly whether he
〈◊〉
. taken vp: for a cloude toke him vp out of their sight.Luk. 24. 52.
10 And while thei loked stedfastly towarde heauē, as he went, beholde,VVhiche were Angels in mens forme. two men stode by them in white apparel.
11 Which also said, Ye men of Galile, why stād yeAnd seking him with carnal eyes. gasing into heauen? This Iesus which is taken vp frō you into heauen, shalAs the true redeiner to gather vs vnto him. so come as ye haue sene him go into heauen.
12 ¶ Then returned they vnto Ierusalem from the mount that is called (the mount) of oliues which is nere to Ierusalem, conteining aVVhiche was two mile, according to the Iewes
〈◊〉
, albeit it was not so appointed by the Scriptures. Sabbath (dayes) iourney.
13 And when thei were come in they went vp into an vpper chamber, where abode bothe Peter, and Iames, and Iohn, and Andrewe, Phi lippe, & Thomas, Bartlemewe, & Matthewe, Iames (the sonne) of Alpheus, and Simon zelotes, and Iudas Iames (brother.)
14 These all continued with oneA liuelie patrō to learne how to dispose ourselues to receiue the giftes of the holie Gost. accorde inPartely to obteine the holie Gost, & partely to be deliuered frō the present dangers. prayer and supplicatiō with theOr, wiues. womē, and
Marie the mother of Iesus, and with his brethren.
15 ¶And in those dayes Peter stode vp in the middes of the disciples and said [now the nō ber ofOr, men. names that were in one place, were about an hundreth and twentie]
16 Ye men (and) brethrē, thisThe offense, which might ha uecome by Iudas fall, is hereby
〈◊〉
away, because the Scripture had so fore warned. Scripture must nedes haue bene fulfilled, which the * holie Gost by the mouth of Dauid spake before of Iudas, which was* guide to thē that toke IesusPsal. 49 9.
17 For he was nombred with vs, and had obteiIohn 23.
〈◊〉
. nedOr, porcion. feloship in this ministration.
18 He therefore hathe purchased a field with the
〈◊〉
infamie is thereward of all suche as by vnlawfully
〈◊〉
gods bye anie thing. rewarde of iniquitie: and when he* had throwen downe him selfe head lōgs he brast a sondre in the middes, and all his bowelsMat. 27. 5. gushed out.
19 And it is knowen vnto all the inhabitans of Ierusalem, in so muche, that that field is called in their owne langage, Aceldama, that is, The field of blood.
20 For it is written in the boke of Psalmes, * Let his habitacion be voyde, and let no mādwell therein?* also, Let another take hisOr, ministerie. charge.
21 Wherefore, of these men which haue cōpa nied with vs, all the time that the Lord Iesus wasGreke, went in & went out. conuersant among vs,
22 Beginning from the Baptisme of Iohn, vnto the day that he was taken vp from vs, muste one of them be made a witnes with vs of hisIn that he men cioneth the prin cipal article of our faith, he comprehendeth also the rest. resurrection.
23 And they presented two, Ioseph called Barsabas,Psal. 68. 26. whose surname was Iustus, and Matthias.Psal. 109 8.
24 And they prayed, saying, Thou Lord, which knowest the hearts of all men, shewe whether of these twoTo the intent that he that shuld take in hand that excellent officé of an Aposlle, might be chosen by the autoritie of God. thou hast chosen.
25 That he may take the roume of this ministration and Apostleship, from which Iudas hathe gone astray, to go to his owne place.
26 Then they gaue forthe their lottes: and the lot fel on Matthias, & he was by a cōmune consent counted with the Eleuen Apostles.
CHAP. II.
3 The Apóstles hauing receiued the holie Gost, make their hearers astonished. 14 When Peter had stopped the mouthes of the mockers, he
〈◊〉
by thy visible graces of the holie Spirit that Christ is come. 41 He baptizeth a great nomber that were conuerted. 42 The godlie exer cise, charitie, and diuers vertues of the faithful.
1 ANd when theThe holie Gost was sent when muche people was assembled in Ierusalem at the feast, Exod. 23. 16. Leui. 23. 16. deu. 16 9. because the thing might not onely be knowē there, but also through the worlde. day of Pentecoste was come, they wereThat is, the Apostles. all with one accorde in one place.
2 And* suddenly there came a sounde frō heauen; as of a russhing (and) mightieVVhereby is signified the holie Gost. winde, & it filled all the house where they sate.
3 And there appeared vnto them clouenThis signe agreeth with
〈◊〉
thing, which is si gnified thereby. tongues, likeTo declare the vertue, and force that shulde be in them. fyre; and it sate vpon eche ofChap. 1. 5. & 11. 15. & 19. 6. them.Mat. 3. 11.
4 And they were all silled with the holie Gost,Mar. 1. 8. and began to speake with other tongues, asLuk. 3. 16. the Spirit gaue themOr, to speake. vtterance.
5 And there were dwelling at Ierusalem Iewes men that feared God, of
〈◊〉
nation vnder heauen.
6 Now when this wasHow the Apostles spake
〈◊〉
langages. noised, the multitude came together and were astonied, because that euerie man heard them spake his owne langage.
7 And they wondred all, and marueiled, saying
〈◊〉
them selues, Beholde, are not all these which speake, of Galile?
8 How then heare we euerie man our owneFor they colde speake all langages, so that they were able
〈◊〉
spea ke to euerie man in his owne langage. langage, wherein we were borne?
9 Parthians, and Medes, and Elamites, and the inhabitans of Mesopotamia, and of Iudea, and of Cappadocia, of Pontus, and Asia,
10 And of Phrygia, and Pamphilia, of Egypt, & of the parties of Lybia, which is beside Cyrene, andOr, those that dwelt at Rome. strangers of Rome, andVVhose ancestres were not of the Iewish natiō but were conuer ted to the Iewes religion, which their childrē did professe. Iewes, andThat is, such as were conuerted to the Iewish religion, whiche were before
〈◊〉
and ido
〈◊〉
. proselytes,
11 Cretes, and Arabians: we heard thē speake in our owne tōgues the wonderful (workes) of God.
12 They were all then amased, and douted, saying one to another, What may this be?
13 And othersThere is no worke of God so excellent, which the wicked skoffers do not decide. mocked, and said, They are ful ofOr,
〈◊〉
. newe wine.
14 ¶But Peter standing with the Eleuen, lift vp his voice, and said vnto them, Ye men of Iudea, (and) ye all that inhabit Ierusalem, be this knowen vnto you, and hearken vnto my wordes.
15 For these are not drōkē, as ye suppose, since it is but the thirde houre of the day.
16 But this is that, which was spoken by theHe
〈◊〉
I
〈◊〉
midde without binding him self to his wordes. Prophet * Ioel,Ioel 2. 28.
17 And it shalbe in the last dayes, saith God, IIsa. 44. 3.
〈◊〉
. wil powre out of my Spirit vpon allOr man: meaning yong and olde
〈◊〉
man and woman. flesh, and your sonnes, & your daughters shal prophecie, and your yong men shal se visions; & yourMeaning, that God wil she we him self verie familiarely & plainely bothe to old and yong. olde men shal dreame dreames.
18 And on my seruāts, & on mine handemaides I wilEuen in great abundance. powre out of my Spirit in those dayes, and they shal prophecie.
19 And I wil shewe wonders in heauen aboue, and tokens in the earth beneth, blood, and fyre, and the vapour of smoke.
20 *TheGod wil shewe such signes of his wrath through all the worlde, that men shalbe no lesse amased thē if the whole ordre of nature were changed. sunne shalbe turned into darkenes, and the moone into blood, before that great and notable day of the Lord come.Ioel. 2 32.
21 And it shalbe, * that whosoeuer shal call on theHereacheth this
〈◊〉
to auoydethe wrath and to obteine saluation. Name of the Lord, shalbe saued.
22 Ye mē of Israel, heare these wordes, IESVS of Nazaret, a man approued of God among you with great workes, and wondres, and signes, which God did by him in the middes of you, as ye your selues also knowe:Rom 10. 13.
23 Him, (I say,) haue ye taken by the hands ofGod caused their wickednes to set forthe his glorie
〈◊〉
to their mindes. the wicked, being deliuered by theAs Iudas traison ād the Iewes
〈◊〉
toward Christ were most
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, so were they not onely knowen to the
〈◊〉
wisdom of God, but also directed by hys
〈◊〉
counsell to a most
〈◊〉
end determinate counsel, andOr,
〈◊〉
. fore knowledge of God and haue crucified and slaine:
24 Whome God hathe
〈◊〉
vp, and losed the
〈◊〉
as touching the paine, and also the hor
〈◊〉
of GODS wrath ād curse. sorowes of death, because it was vnpossible that he shulde be holden of it.
25 For Dauid saith concerning him, * I beheldPsal. 15. 7. the Lord alwayes before me: for he is at myTo signifie that nothing cā comfort vs in our af flictions excepte we knowe that God is present with
〈◊〉
. right hand, that I shulde not be
〈◊〉
.
26 Therefore did mine heart reioyce, and my tongue was glad, and moreouer also my flesh
shalrest inOut hope
〈◊〉
in Gods desense. hope.
27 Because thou wilt not leaue myOr, life, or persone. soule in graue, nether wilt suffer thine holie one toOr,
〈◊〉
. se corruption.
28 Thou hast shewed me the
〈◊〉
restorynge me
〈◊〉
death to lyfe. wayes of lyfe, and shalt make me ful ofioye with thy coun tenance.
29 Men (ād) brethren, I may boldely speake vn to you of the Patriarke Dauid, * that he is bothe dead and buryed, ād his sepulchre remaineth with vs vnto this day.
30 Therefore, seyng he was aAnd so knowe by
〈◊〉
ād speciall promes that whiche els he colde not haue knowen. Prophete, and knewe that God had * sworne with an othe to hym, that of the frute of hys loynes he wolde raise vp Christ concernyng the fleshe to set him vpon his throne,
31 He knoyng this before, spake of the resurrection of Christ, that * hisOr, persone. soule shulde not be left inThe worde signifieth a place where one can se nothing. graue, nether his flesh shuldeOr, feele. se corruption.
32 This Iesus hath God raised vp, whereof we all are witnesses.
33 Since then that he by theBy the vertue and power. ryght hande of God hathe bene exalted, and hatheHe
〈◊〉
of his father power to accōplis h the promes whiche he made to hys Apostles, as touching the holie Gost to be sent vnto them. receyued of hys Father the promes of the holye Gost, he hathe shed forthe thys whiche ye1. Kyng. 2. 10. nowse and heare.
34 For Dauid is not ascended into heauen, but he saith, * The Lord said to my Lord,d And therefore
〈◊〉
doeth farre excell Dauid. Sit at my right hand.
35 Vntil IChriste is the onelye redemer vnto whom all powers are sub iect & mustobey. make thine enemies thy forestole.Chap. 13. 36.
36 Therefore, let al the house of Israel knowePsal.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. for a suretie, that God hathThat is, hathe appointed as King and ruler: and note, that in all thys Sermon Peter speaketh of Christs manhode, as bewas dead, burved, risen and
〈◊〉
to heauen. made him bothPsal. 15. 10. Lord, and Christ, thys Iesus, (I say,) whomeChap, 13. 55. ye haue crucified.
37 Nowe when they heard it, they were pricked in their hearts, and sayd vnto Peter and the other Apostles, Men (ād) brethren, what shal we do?
38 Then Peter sayd vnto them, Amende your lyues, and beHe speaketh not here of the forme of baptisme, but teacheth that the whole effect therof
〈◊〉
in Iesus Christ. baptized euerie one of you in the Name of Iesus Christ for the remission of sinnes: and ye shal receiue theThe visible signes. gift of the holie Gost.
39 For the promes (is made) vnto you, and to your chyldren, and to all that are a
〈◊〉
of,Psal. 110. 1. (euen) as many as the Lord our God shal cal.
40 And with many other wordes he besoght, and exhorteth (them,) saying, Saue your selues from this frowarde generacion.
41 Then they that gladly receiued hys worde; were baptized: and the same day, there were added (to the Churche) about thre thousandOr, protested before God. soules.
42 And they continued in the Apostles doctrine, andVVhich standeth in brotherlie loue, and liberalitie. * Rom 15. 26. * 2. Cor. 9. 13. * Ebr. 13. 16. felowship, andWhichwas the ministraciō of the Lords supper. * Cha. 4 32. breaking of bread; and prayers.
43 ¶ And feare came vpon euerie soule: and many wonders and signes were done by the Apostles.
44 And al that beleued, were in one place, and had all things * commune.
45 And they solde their possessions &Not that their goods were mingled all together: but suche order was obserued that
〈◊〉
man frank ly relieued anothers
〈◊〉
. * Chap. 20. 7. goods and parted them to almen, as euerie one had nede.
46 And thei continued daily with one accorde in the Temple, * andThey did eat together, and at these feast, did vse to minister the Lords supper, *
〈◊〉
. Cor. 11. 21. * Iude. 12. breakyng bread,Or, from house to house. at home, did eat their meat together with gladnes and singlenes of heart.
47 Praysing God, and had fauour with all the people: and the Lord added to the Churchi Christ is promi sed bothe to the Ie wes and Gentiles, but the Iewes haue the first place.
VVhereby we se that the Apostles
〈◊〉
not in vaine. from day to day, suche as shulde be saued.Or, persones.
CHAP, III.
The lame is restored to his fete. 12 Peter preacheth Christ vnto the people.
1 NOwe Peter and Iohn went vp together into the Temple, at theWhichi is with vs, thre a clocke afternone, whiche was their euening sacrifice, at whiche the Apostles were present to teach, that the shadowes of the Law were abolyshed by that lambe that toke awaye the sinnes of the worlde. ninthe houre of prayer.
2 And a certeine man which was a creple from hys mothers wombe, was caryed, whome they laid daily at the gate of the Temple called Beautifull, to askeBecause his disease was in cura ble, he gaue him self to liue of almes. almes of them that entred into the Temple.
3 Who seyng Peter and Iohn, that they wolde entre into the Temple, desired to receyue an almes.
4 And Peter earnestly beholdyng hym with Iohn, said, Loke on vs.
5 And he gaue hede vnto them, trustyng to receiue some thing of them.
6 Then sayd Peter, Siluer and Golde haue I none, but suche as IHe had the gift of healyng sicknesses. haue, that giue I thee: In theIn the vertue of
〈◊〉
: for Christ was the autor of this miracle, and Peter was the minister. Name of Iesus Christ of Nazaret rise vp and
〈◊〉
.
7 And he toke hym by the right hand, and lift (him) vp, and immediatly hys fete and ancle bones receiued strength.
8 And he leaped vp, stode, and walked, and entred with them into the Temple, walking and leaping, and praising God.
9 And al the people sawe hym walke, and prai sing God.
10 And they knewe him, that it was he whiche sat for the almes at the Beautiful gate of the Temple, and they were amased, and sore
〈◊〉
nied at that, which was come vnto hym.
11 ¶ And as the creple whyche was healed, helde Peter and Iohn, all the people ran ama sed vnto them in the porche which is called Solomons.
12 So when Peter sawe it, he answered vnto the people, Ye men of Israel, why marueile ye at this? or why loke ye so stedfastly on vs, as thogh by our owneHe correcteth the abuse of men who attribute that to mans
〈◊〉
, which one ly apperteineth to God. power or godlynes, we had made this man go?
13 The God of Abraham, and Isaac, and Iacob, the * God of our Fathers hathe glorified his Sonne Iesus, whome ye betrayed, and denyedChap. 5. 30. in the presence of Pilate, when he hadMat. 27. 20. iudged him to be deliuered.Mark. 15 11.
14 * But ye denyed the holie one and the iust,Luke. 23. 18. and desired aTo wit, Barrabbas. murtherer to be giuen you,Iohn. 18. 40.
15 And killed the Lorde of lyfe, whome God
hathe raised from the dead, whereof we are witnesses.
16 And his To wit, Gods Name, whereby it appeareth that they did stri ue against God. Name hath made this mā sounde, whome ye se, and knowe, through faith in * his Or, in Christ. Name: and the fayth whiche is by hym, hathe giuen to hym thys disposition of hys1. Peter. 1. 21. whole bodie in the presence of you all.
17 And now brethren, I knowe that through He doeth not excuse their malice, but because that ignorance & a blinde zeale led many, he put teth thē in hope of saluation. ignorance ye did it, as (dyd) also your He meaneth some, ād not all. gouerners.
18 But those thyngs whiche God before had shewed by the mouth of all hys Prophetes, that Christe shulde suffre, he hathe thus fulfilled.
19 Amend your liues therfore, and turne, that your sinnes may be put away, when the time of refreshing VVhen Iesus shal come to iud ge the world, ye i hall know that he wilbe your re demer and not your Iudge. shal come from the presence of the Lord.
20 And he shal send Iesus Christ, which before was preached vnto you.
21 Whome the heauen must VVe therefore beleue constantly, that he is in none other place conteine vntill the time that all things VVhich is begon and continueth: but the ful accomply
〈◊〉
, and perfection is differed to the last daye. be restored, which God had spoken by the mouth of all his holie Prophetes since the worlde began.
22 * For Moses said vnto the Fathers, The Lord your God shal raise vp vnto you a Prophet, (euen) of your Of the stocke of Abraham. brethren lyke vnto me: ye shall heare hym in all things, whatsoeuer heDeut. 18 15. shall say vnto you.Chap. 7. 37.
23 For it shalbe that euerie persone whiche shall not heare that Prophet, shalbe destroyed out of the people.
24 Also all the Prophetes frome Samuel, and thence for the as many as haue spoken, haue like wise foretolde of these dayes.
25 Ye are the Because they came of the same nacion, and therfore were beires of the same promes whiche apperteined to the whole bodye of the people. children of the Prophetes, and of the couenant, whiche God hathe madeGene. 12. 1. vnto our fathers, saying to Abraham, * EuenGala. 3. 8. in thy sede shall all the Both Iewe ād Gentile. kinreds of the earth be None are blessed but in Christ. blessed.
26 First vnto you hathe GOD raysed vp hys Sonne Iesus, and hym he hathe sent to blesse you, in So that our regeneracion and newnes of life is inclosed vnder this blessing. turning euerie one of you from your iniquities.
CHAP. IIII.
3 Peter and Iohn deliu cred out of prison, preache the Gospel boldely. 10 They cōfesse plainely the Name of Christ 16 They are cōmanded to preache no more in that name. 24 They pray for the good successe of the Gospel. 32 The increase, vnitie and charitie of the Church.
1 ANd as they spake vnto the people, they Priests ād the It is to be thoght that this was the Captaine of the Romaines garison. captaine of the Temple, and they Sadduces came vpon them.
2 Takyng it grieuously that they taught the people, and preached in Iesus (Name) the The Sadduces were great enemies to this doctrine. resurrection from the dead.
3 And they layd hands on them, and put them in holde, vntill the next day: for it was nowe euen tide.
4 Howbeit, many of them whyche heard the worde, beleued, and the nombre of the men was about The whole Church was increased to thys nomber. fiue thousand.
5 ¶ And it came to passe on the morrow, that their rulers, and Elders, and Scribes, were ga thered together at Ierusalem.
6 And Annas the chief Priest, and Caiaphas, and Iohn, and Alexander, ād as many as were of the kinred of the hie Priests.
7 And when they had set them before them, they asked, By what power, or By whose autoritie or commaundement? in what Name haue ye done this?
8 Then Peter full of the For he colde not haue so spoken of him selfe. holie Gost, sayd vnto them, Ye rulers of the people, and Elders of Israel.
9 For asmuche as we thys daye are examined of the Iudges ought
〈◊〉
to condemne, but approuue and commende that whiche is well done. good dede (done) to the impotent mē, (to wit,) by what meanes he is made whole.
10 Be it knowen vnto you all, and to all the people of Israell, that by the Name of Iesus Christ of Nazaret, whome ye haue crucified, whome God raised agayne frome the dead, (euen) by him doth this man stande here before you, whole.
11 * Thys is the stone caste a side of you,Psal. 117. 12.
Meaning Priestes, Elders, and Gouerners. buylders, whiche is become the head of theIsa. 28. 16.
For to vp hold the waight and force of the buyldyng. corner.Mat. 21. 42.
Mark 12. 10.
12 Nether is there saluation in any other: forLuke. 20. 17.
Rom. 9. 33. amongmen there is giuen none other name1. Peter. 2. 7.
That is, none other cause or meane. vnder heauen, whereby we must be saued.
13 Nowe when they sawe the boldenes of Peter and Iohn, and vnderstode that they were vnlearned men ād without knowledge, they
〈◊〉
, and knewe them, that they had bene with Iesus:
14 And beholdyng also the man whiche was healed stāding with them, they had nothing to say against it.
15 Then they commaunded them to go aside out of the Council, and The wicked still rage against Christe, thogh their owne conscience do condē ne them. conferred among them selues.
16 Saying, What shall we do to these men? for surely a manifest signe is done by them, (and it is) openly knowen to all them that dwelin Ierusalem: and we can not denye it.
17 But that it be noysed no farther amonge the people, let vs threaten and charge them, that they speake hence forthe to no man in this They gaue commaundement to preach Christ no more. Name.
18 So they called them, ād commaunded them, that in They preferre their autoritieto the ordinance of God. no wise they shuld speake or teach in the Name of Iesus.
19 But Peter and Iohn aunswered vnto them, and said, Whether it be right in the sight, of God, to obey you rather thē God, iudge ye.
20 For we can not but speake the things whiche we haue To the intent that we shulde beare witnes, ād preache them. sene and heard.
21 So they God hathe put a ring through the wickeds nosesso that he stay eth them their mischiuous purposes. threatened them, and let them, go and founde nothing how to punishe them, because of the people: for all men praysed God for that which was done.
22 For the man was aboue fourtie yere olde, on whome this miracle of healing was shewed.
23 Then assone as they were let go, they came to their To encourage one another, and to
〈◊〉
God. felowes, and shewed al that the hie Priests and Elders had said vnto them.
24 And when they heard it, they lift vp theyr voyces to God with one accorde, and said, O Lord, thou art the God whiche hast made
the heauen and the earth, the sea, ād al things that are in them.
25 Which They grounde their prasers vpō Gods promes, who had assured that he wolde en large the kingdo me of Christ. by the mouth of thy seruant Dauid hast said, * Why did the Gentiles rage, ād the people imagine vaine things?
26 The Kings of the earth assembled, and the rulers came together against the Lord, and against his Christ.Psal. 2. 1.
27 For This is the verifying of the pro phecie. douteles, against thine holie Sonne Iesus, whome thou haddest And appointed to be King. anointed, bothe Herode and Pontius Pilate, with the Gentiles and the people of Israel gathered them selues together,
28 To do what soeuer thine Power, and
〈◊〉
. hand, and thy All things are done by the force of Gods purpo se, according to the decree of his wil, counsel had determined before to be done.
29 And now, ô Lord, beholde their Aswage their rage and malice which they entre prise against thee threatnings, and They seke not how to liue at ease, but whereby they may muste glorifie God. grante vnto thy seruants with all boldenes to speake thy worde,
30 So that thou stretche forthe thine hand,Ephes. 1. 11. that healing, and signes, and wonders may be done by the Name of thine holie Sonne Iesus.
31 And when as they had prayed, the place was shaken where they were assembled together, and they were all This was a signe of Gods presence and the per formans of his promes filled with the holie Gost, and they spake the worde of God This boldenes and constancie declared that their praier toke effect. boldely.
32 And the multitude of them that beleued, were of one heart, and of one Of one minde wil, consent and affection. soule: nether any of thē said, that any thing of that which he possessed, was his Their hearts were so
〈◊〉
in God, that being all membres of one bodie they colde not suffer their fellow membres to be destirute. owne, but they had all things * commune.
33 And with great power gaue the Apostles witnes of the resurrection of the Lord Iesus:Chap. 2. 44. and great grace was vpon them all.
34 Nether was there any among them, that As the Apostles suffred none to lacke, so. lacked: for as many as were possessers of lands or houses, solde them, and broght the price of the things that were solde,
35 And laid it downe at the Apostles fete, and it was distributed vnto euerie man, The goods were not alike deuided amongs all, but as euerie man had want, so was his necessitie moderatly relieued. according as he had nede.
36 Also Ioses which was called of the Apostles Barnabas [that is by interpretation the sonne of consolation] being a Leuite, (and) of the countrey of Cyprus.S. Paul comm andeth, that no idle loyterers be main teined,
37 Where as he had land, solde it, and broght the money, and laid it downe at the Apostles2. Thes. 3. 10. fete.
CHAP. V.
5 The
〈◊〉
of Ananias and Sapphira is punished 12 Miracles are done by the Apostles. 17 They are taken, but the Angel of God bringeth them out of prison 29 Their bolde confession before the Council. 34 The counsel of Gamaliel. 40 The Apostles are beat, and reioyce in trouble.
1 BVt a certeine man named Ananias, with Sapphira his wife, solde a possession,
2 And Which signified their sacriledge, distrust, and hypocrisie. kept away (parte) of the price, his wife also being of councel, and broght a certeine parte, and laid it downe at the Apostles fete.
3 Then said Peter, Ananias, why hathe Satan filled thine heart, that thou shuldest lie vnto the holie VVho moued thine heart to sel thy possession: where as thou turnest parte to another vse, as if God did not se thy dissimulatiō
Gost, and kepe away (parte) of the price of the possession?
4 Whiles it remaineth, His sinne there fore was so much greater in that he committed it willingly. apperteined it not vnto thee? and after it was solde, was it not in thine owne Then no man was cōpelled to sel his
〈◊〉
, nor to put his money to the cō mune vse. power? how is it that thou hast cōceiued this thing in thine heart? thou hast not lied vnto men, but vnto God.
5 Now when Ananias heard these wordes, he feldowne, and gaue vp the gost. Then great feare came on all them that heard these things.
6 And the yong men rose vp, and toke him, vp and caryed (him) out, and buryed (him.)
7 And it Because that God so disposed it. came to passe about the space of thre houres after, that his wife came in, ignorant of that which was done.
8 And Peter said vnto her, Tell me, solde ye the land for so muche? And she said, Yea, for so muche,
9 Thē Peter said vnto her, Why haue ye agreed together, to And to mocke him as if he shuld not haue knowē your craftie fetch which declareth that when men do any thing of an euil cōscience they do not onely pronoūce the sentēce of damna tiō vpō them selues, but also prouoke the wrath of God, because they do proue, as it were, purpose ly, whether God be righteous and almightie. tempt the Spirit of the Lord? be holde, the feete of them which haue buryed thine housband, (are) at the dore, and shal carye thee out.
10 Then she fell downe straight way at his fete and yeldest vp the gost: and the yong men came in, and founde her dead, & caryed her out, and buryed her by her housband.
11 And great feare came on all the Church, and on as many as heard these things.
12 Thus by the hands of the Apostles were many signes and wonders shewed amōg the people [and they were all with one accorde in Read the anno ratiō vpon the figure. 1. King. 6. pa ge 152. Solomons porche.
13 And of the other Because of their owne euil cōsciē
ces which made them to tremble: for they that were not assured of Gods mercies in Christ, were astonished at these his strange iudgements. durst no man ioyne him self to them: neuertheles the people That is, thei gaue them great praise. magnified them,
14 Also the nombre of them that beleued in the Lord, bothe of men and women, grewe more and more]
15 In so muche that thei broght the sicke into the stretes, and laid them on beddes and cou ches, that at the least way the shadowe of Pe ter, when he came by, might shadowe some of them.
16 There came also a multitude out of the cities rounde about vnto Ierusalem, bringing sicke folkes, & thē which were vexed with vncleane spirits, who were all healed.
17 ¶ Then the chief Priest rose vp, and all they that were with him [whiche was the secte of the VVhiche then were the chief among them. Sadduces] and were ful of They were ful of blinde zeale, emulation and ielousie, in defen ce of their supersticion. indignation,
18 And laid hands on the Apostles, and put thē in the commune prison.
19 But the Angel of the Lord, by night opened the prison dores, and broght them forthe, & said,
20 Go your way, and stand in the Temple, and speake to the people all the wordes That is, of the liuelie doctrine, whereby the way to life is declared of this life.
21 So when they heard it, they entred into the Temple early in the morning ād taught. And the chief Priest came, and they that were with him, and called the Council together, and all the Elders of the children of Israel,
and sent to the prison, to cause them to be broght.
22 But when the officers came, and sounde them not in the prison, they returned and tolde it.
23 Saying, Certeinly we founde the prison shut as sure as was possible, and the kepersSo that there was no fraude
〈◊〉
deceit, nor negligence, but it huelie
〈◊〉
forthe the power of God & his pro uidence for his. standing without, before the dores: but when we had opened, we founde no man within.
24 Then whē the (chief) Priest, and the captaine of the Temple, and the hie Priests heard these things, they douted of thē, whereunto this wolde growe.
25 Then came one and shewed thē, saying, Beholde, the men that ye put in prison, are stan ding in the Temple, and teache the people.
26 Then went the captaine with the officers, & broght them without violence [for they feared the people, lest they shulde haue bene stoned]
27 And when they had broght them, they set them before the Council, & the chief Priest asked them,
28 Saying, Did not we straitely commande you that ye shulde not teache in this Name? and beholde, ye haue filledHe accuseth tl ē of rebellion and sedition. Ierusalem with your doctrine, & ye wolde bring this māsAnd to make
〈◊〉
of Christs death. blood vpon vs.
29 Then Peter and the Apostles answered, and said, We ought rather to obey God thenVVhen they cō mande, or forbid vs any thing con trary to the
〈◊〉
of God. men.
30 The * God of our Fathers hathe raised vp Iesus, whome ye
〈◊〉
, and hanged on a tre.
31 Him hathe God lift vp
〈◊〉
his right hand,Chap 3. 13. (to be) a Prince and aMeaning that he is
〈◊〉
mediator and onelie meane betwene God and man. Sauiour, to giue repen tance to Israel, and forgiuenes of sinnes.
32 And we are his witnesses concerning these things which we say: yea, and the
〈◊〉
Gost whome God hathe giuen to them that obeyThat is, Christ. him.
33 Now when they heard it, they brast for anger, and consulted to slay them.
34 Then stode there vp in the Coūcil a certeine Pharise named Gamaliel, a doctour of the Law, honored of all the people, and commā
ded to put the Apostles forthe a litle space,
35 And said vnto them, Men of Israel, take hede to your selues, what ye entēd to do touching these men.
36 For before these times, rose vpThis Theudas was ahoue thirtie yeres before him, of whome Iosephus mencio neth li. 20. de An tiq. chap. 4. that was after the death of Herode the Great, when Archelaus his sonne was at Rome, at what time Iudea was ful of
〈◊〉
so that it is not sure to giue
〈◊〉
to Eusebius in this point. Theudas boasting him self, to whome resorted a nom ber of mē, about a foure hundreth, who was slayne: and thei all which obeied him, were scattered, and broght to noght.
37 After this man, arose vpOf him maketh menciō Iosephus li. 18. where he speaketh of the taxing. Luk. 2. 1. Iudas of Galile, in the dayes of the tribute, & drew away much people after him: he also perished, & all that obeied him, were scattered abroad.
38 And now I say vnto you, refraine your selues from these men, and let them alone: for if this counsel, or this worke be of men, it wil come to noght:
39 But if it be ofHe groundeth vp ō good principles, but he douteth of the qualitie of the cause, nether dare affirme whether it be good or bad: whe re in appeareth he
〈◊〉
but a
〈◊〉
, God, ye cā not destroie it, lest ye be founde euen fighters against God.
40 And to him they agreed, and called the Apo stles: and when thei had beaten them, they commanded that they shulde not speake in the Name of Iesus, and let them go.
41 So they departed from the Council, reioycing, that they were counted worthie to suffer rebuke for his Name.
42 And daiely in the Temple, and from house to house they ceased not to teache, and prea che Iesus Christ.
CHAP. VI.
3 Seuen deacons are ordeined in the Church. 8. The graces and miracles of Steuen, whome they accused falsely.
1 ANd in those daies, as the nomber of the disciples grewe, there arose a murmuring of theWhose ancesters were Iewes and dwelled in Grecia: therefore these spake
〈◊〉
ke, and not Hebrewe, Grecians towardes the Hebrewes, because their widdowes wereThey were not loked vnto in the distribucion of the almes. neglected in the daielie ministring.
2 Then the twelue called the multitude of the disciples together, and said, It is not mete that we shulde leaue the worde of God to serue theThat is, to make prouision for the maintenance of the poore, forasmuche as they were not able to satisfie bo the
〈◊〉
offices. tables.
3 Wherefore brethren, loke ye out among you seuen men of honest reporte, and ful of the holie Gost, ād of wisdome, which we may appoint to this busines.
4 And we wil giue our selues continually to prayer, ād to the ministracion of the worde.
5 And the saying pleased the whole multitude: and they chose Steuen a man ful ofHe ioyneth faith with the other giftes of the holie Gost. faith and of the holie Gost, and * Philippe, and Prochorus, and Nicanor, and Timon, and Parmenas, and Nicolas aMeaning one that was turned to the Iewish re ligion. proselyte of Antio chia,Chap. 21 8.
6 Which they set before the Apostles: and they praied, andThis ceremonie the Iewes obserued in solenne sa crifices, laid their hands on them.
7 And the worde of God increased, and theLeui. 3. 2. and also in praier and pri uate blessings, nomber of the disciples was multiplied in Ierusalem greatly, and a great companie of theGene. 48. 14. Priests were obedient to theThat is, to the Gospel, which is receiued by faith. faith.likewise in the
〈◊〉
Church it was vsed, ether when they made ministers, or gaue the gifts of the ho lie Gost: which gifts being now taken away, the ceremonie must cease.
8 ¶ Now Steuen ful of faith and power, did great wonders and miracles among the people.
9 Then there arose certeine of theOrcolledge: di uers nacions had colledges at Ierusalem, where in their youth was instructed, as we sein
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
, which are called Libertines, & Cyreniās and of Alexandria, and of them of Cilicia, ād of
〈◊〉
, and disputed with Steuen.
10 But they were not able to resist the wisdome and the Spirit by the which he spake.
11 Then theyThat is, instructed and set forthe false witnesses: and thus malice seketh false shiftes when tru eth
〈◊〉
he. suborned men, which said, We haue heard him speake blasphemous wordes against Moses, and God.
12 Thus they moued the people ād the Elders, and the Scribes: & running vpon him, caught him, and broght him to the Council,
13 And set forthe false witnesses, which said, This man ceaseth not to speake blasphemous wordes against this holie place, and the Law.
14 For we haue heard him say, thatThei speake this in
〈◊〉
. this Iesus of Nazaret shal destroye this place, and shal change the ordinances, which Moses gaue vs.
15 And as all that sate in the Council, loked stedfastly on him, they sawe his face as (it had bene) theNot onely a cer teine considence, but also
〈◊〉
maiestie appearing in him. face of Angel.
CHAP. VII.
Steuen maketh answer by the Scriptures to his accusers. 51. He rebuketh the hardnecked Iewes, 57 And is stoned to death. 58 Saul kepeth the tourmentours clothes.
1 THen said the chief Priest, Are these things so?
2 And he said, YeSteuen was ac cused that he denied God, and therefore he is more diligent to purge this crime. men, brethren and fathers hearken. The God ofHereby he is di
〈◊〉
from the
〈◊〉
gods. glorie appeared vnto our father Abraham, while he was inHe speaketh he re of Mesopotamia, as it
〈◊〉
babylon ād Chaldea in it. Mesopotamia, before he dwelt in Charran,Gen. 12. 1.
3 * And said vnto him, Come out of thy countrey, and from thy kinred, and come into the land, which I shal shewe thee.
4 Then came he out of the land of the Chaldeans, and dwelt in Charran. And after that his father was dead, (God) broght him from thēce into this land, where in ye now dwell,
5 And he gaue him none inheritance in it, no, not the breadth of a fote: yet he promised that he wolde giue it to him for a possession, and to his sede after him, when as yet he had no childe.
6 But God spake thus, that his * sede shulde beGene. 15.
〈◊〉
. a soiourner in a strange land, and that they shulde kepe it in bondage, and entreate it euilBeginning to recken
〈◊〉
yeres from the time that Isaac was borne. foure hundreth yeres.
7 But the nacion to whome they shalbe in bondage, willTake vengeance of them and deliuer my people. iudge, saith God: and after that, they shal come forthe and serue me in this place.
8 * He gaue him also the couenant of circumcision: and so (Abraham) begate * Isaac, andGenes. 17. 9. circumcised him the eight daye: and Isaac,Genes. 21. 3. (begate) * Iacob, and Iacob the twelue * Patriarkes.Genes. 25. 24.
Gen. 29. 33. &. 30. 5. and 35. 23.
9 And the Patriarkes moued with enuie soldeGen. 37. 28. * Ioseph into Egypt: but God wasThat is preserued and broght all things to a good
〈◊〉
. with him,
10 And deliuered him out of all his afflictions,Gen. 41. 37. and * gaue him fauour and wisdome in the sight of Pharao King of Egypt, who made him gouernour ouer Egypt, and (ouer) his whole house.
11 ¶ Thē came there a famine ouer all the land of Egypt and Canaan, and great affliction, that our fathers founde no sustenance.Gen. 42. 1.
12 But when * Iacob heard that there was corne in Egypt, he sent our fathers first.Gen. 45 4.
13 * And at the secōde time, Ioseph was know en of his brethren, and Iosephs kinred was made knowen vnto Pharao.
14 Then sent Ioseph and caused his father to be broght, ād all his kinred, euenAfter the Hebrewe, threscore and ten. thre score and fiftene soules.
15 So * Iacob went downe into Egypt, and heGene. 46. 5. * dyed, and our fathers,Gene. 49. 31.
16 And were remoued into * Sychem, and wereGene. 50. 7. put in the sepulchre, thatIt is probable that some writer through negligence put in Abraham in this place, in
〈◊〉
of Iacob who boght this field. Abraham hadIos h. 24. 32. boght * for money of the sonnes of Emor,Gen. 23. 16. (sonne) of Sychem.Exod. 1 7.
17 But when the time of the promes drewe nere, which God had sworne to Abraham, the people* grewe and multiplied in Egypt,
18 Til another King arose, which knewe not Ioseph.
19 The same dealtHe inuented craftiewaiesboth to destroye the Israelites with ouer muche labour, and also to get great profite by them. subtely with our kinred, and euil intreated our fathers, ād made themGene. 33. 19, or, by Abraham he mea neth the posteritie of Abraham. to cast out their yong children, thatOr, that their race shulde faile. they shulde not remaine aliue.
20 * The same time was Moses borne, and wasExod. 2. 2. acceptable vnto God, which was nourishedEbr. 11. 23. vp in his fathers house thre moneths.
21 And when he was cast out, Pharaos daugh ter toke him vp, and nourished him for her owne sonne.
22 And Moses was learned in all the wisdome of the Egyptians, and was mightie in wordes and in dedes.Exod. 1. 10.
23 Now when he was ful fortie yere olde, it ca me into his heart to wisit his brethren, the children of Israel.
24 * And when he sawe one (of them) sufferExod. 2. 11. wrong, he defended him, and auenged his quarel that had the harme done to him, and sinote the Egyptian.
25 For he supposed his brethren wolde haue vnderstand, that God by his hand shulde giue them deliuerance: but thei vnderstode it not.Exod. 2.
〈◊〉
.
26 * And the next day, he shewed him self vnto them as they stroue, and wolde haue set them at one againe, saying, Syrs, ye are brethren: why do ye wrong one to another?
27 But he that did his neighbour wrong, thrust him away, saying, Who made thee a prince, and a iudge ouer vs?
28 Wilt thou kil me, as thou did dest the Egyptian yesterday?
29 Then fled Moses at that saying, and was a stranger in the land of Madian, where he begate two sonnes.
30 And when fourtie yereswere expired, thereExod. 3. 2. appeared to him in the *wildernes of mount Sina, an Angel of the Lord in a flameThis fyre repre sented the fornace of affliction wherein the people of God were. of fyre in a bush.
31 And when Moses sawe it, he wondred at the sight: and as he drewe nere to consider it, the voyce of the Lord came vnto him, (saying,)
32 I am theSeing thie Angel called him self God, it declareth that he was Christ the Mediator, who is the eternal God. God of thy fathers, the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Iacob. Then Moses trembled, and durst not beholde it.
33 Then the Lord said to him,In signe of reuerence, read. Put of thy shooes from thy fete: for the place where thou standest, is holie grounde.Exod. 3. 5.
34 I haue sene, I haue sene the affliction of my people, which is in Egypt, and I haue heard their groning, ād am came downe to deliuer them: ād now come, and I wil send thee into Egypt.
35 This Moses whome thei forsoke, saying, Who made thee a prince and a iudge? the same God sent for a prince, ād a deliuerer byExod. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 14. the hands of the Angel, which appeared toExod. 16.
〈◊〉
. him in the bush.Deut. 18. 15.
36 He * broght them out, doing wonders, andChap. 3. 22. miracles in the land of Egypt, and in the red sea, and in the wildernes * fourtie yeres.
37 This is that Moses, which said vnto the chil dren of Israel, * AHe proueth that Christ is the end of the Law and the
〈◊〉
, Prophet shal the Lord
your God raise vp vnto you, (euen) of yourExod. 19. 2. brethren, like vnto me: him shal ye heare.
38 * This is he that was in the Congregation, in the wildernes with theMoses was the Angels or Christs minister, and a guide to the fathers. Angel, which spake to him in mount Sina, and with our fathers, who receiued theBy oracles is ment the sayings that God spake to Moses. liuelie oracles to giuevnto vs.
39 To whome our fathers wolde not obey, butExod.
〈◊〉
. 1. refused, and in their hearts turned backe againe into Egypt,
40 Saying vnto Aaron, * MakeFigures, or testimonies of the presence of God. vs gods that may go before vs: forYet they knew he was absent for their commoditie, and so wolde shortely
〈◊〉
and bring them the Law. we knowe not what is
〈◊〉
of this Moses that broght vs out of the land of Egypt.
41 And they made a calfe in those daies, and offred sacrifice vnto the idole, and reioycedRom. 1 24. in the workes of their owne hands.
42 Then God turned him self away, and * gaue them vp to serue theAs the sunne, mone and other
〈◊〉
. hoste of heauen, as itDeut. 17. 3. is written in the boke of the Prophetes,
〈◊〉
5
〈◊〉
. *Your fathers be gan in wildernes to contemne mine ordinances and you now far re passe them in impietie. O house of Israel, haue ye offred to me slayne beasts and sacrifices by the space of fourtie yeres in the wildernes?
43 And yeAnd caryed it vpon your shulders. toke vp the tabernacle of * Moloch, and the starre of your god Remphan, figures,Leui. 20. 2. which ye made to worship them: there fore I wil carie you away beyonde Babylon.
44 Our fathers had the tabernacle ofThey ought to haue bene cōtent with this conuenant onely, and not to haue gone after their lewd fantasies. witnes in the wildernes, as he had appointed, speaking vnto * Moses, that he shulde make it according to the facion that he had sene.
45 Which (tabernacle) also our Fathers receiued, and broght in with * Iesus into theExod. 25. 40. possessiō of the Gentiles, which God draue outEbr. 8. 5. before our fathers, vnto the dayes of Dauid:Ios. 3 14.
46 * Who founde fauour before God, and1. Sam. 13. 14. desired that he might * finde a tabernacle forPsal 89 21. the God of acob.2. Sam. 7.
〈◊〉
.
Psal. 132. 5.
47 *But Solomon buylt him an house.1. Chro. 17. 12.
48 How beit the moste High * dwelleth not in1. king. 6. 1.
Chap. 17. 24.
He reproueth the grosse dulnes of the people
〈◊〉
the power of God in that they wolde haue conteined it within the tēple. Isa. 66. 1. temples made with hands, as saith the * Pro phet,
49 Heauen (is) my throne, and earth (is) my fote stole: whatGod can not be conteined in any space of place. house wil ye buylde for me, saith the Lord? or what place is it that I. shuld rest in?
50 Hathe not myne hande made all these thyngs?
51 * Ye stiffenecked and of vncircumcisedWhich nether forsake your olde wickednes, nor so muche as heare
〈◊〉
God speaketh to you,
〈◊〉
rebel. hearts ād eares, ye haue alwayes resisted theIere 9 26. holie Gost: as your fathers (did,) so (do) you.Ezek. 44 9.
52 Whiche of the Prophetes haue not your fathers persecuted? and they haue slayne thē, which shew ed before of the coming of thatWhich is Iesus Christ who is not onely iust for his
〈◊〉
, but because all true iustice commeth of him. lust, of whome ye are nowe the betrayers and murtherers.
53 * Whiche haue receiued the Lawe by theBy their ministerie or office. ordinance of Angels, and haue not kept it.
54 But when they heard these thynges, theyr hearts brast for anger, and they gnashed at him with (their) teeth.
〈◊〉
. 16. 13.
55 But he beyng full of the holie God, loked stedfastly into heauen, and sawe the glorie of God, and Iesus standing atAn I reignīg in his flesh wherein he had suffied. the right hand of God.
56 And said, Beholde, I se the heauens opē, and the Sonne of man standing at the ryghth and of God.
57 Then they gaue a shoute with a loude voice, and stopped their eares, andThis was done of furious violen ce and by no for me of iustice. ranne vpon hym all at once.
58 And cast hym out of the citie, and stoned hym: and the * witnesses layd downe theirChap. 22. 20. clothes at a yong mans fete, named Saul.
59 And thy stoned Steuē, who called on (God,) and said, Lord Iesus, receiue my spirit.
60 And he kneled downe, and cryed wyth a loude voyce, * Lorde, lay not thys sinne toMat. 5. 44. their charge. And when he had thus spokenLuk. 23. 34. he slept.1. Cor. 4. 12.
CHAP. VIII.
2 Steuen is lamented and buryed. 3 The rage of the Iewes and of Saul against them. 4 The faithful scattred, preache here and there 9 Samaria is seduced by Simon the sorcerer but was conuerted by Philippe, and confirmed by the Apostles. 18 The couetousnes and hypocrisie of Simon: 26 And conuersion of the Eunuche.
1 ANd Sāul consented to his death, and at that time, there was a great persecution against the Church which was at Ierusalem, and they were all scattered abroade through the regions of Iudea and of Samaria, except the apostles.
2 Then (certeine) men fearing God,From the
〈◊〉
where he was stoned. caryed Steuen amongs thē, (to be buryed,) ād made greatWhen the Church is depriued of any worthie member, the re is iuste cause of sorrowe: and note that here is no mention of any relikes or prayers for the dead, or worshiping. lamentation for him.
3 But Saul made hauocke of the Church, and entred into euerie house, & drewe out both men and women, and put them into prison.
4 Therefore they thatwere scattered abroade went to and fro preaching the worde.
5 ¶ Then came Philippe into the citieThe conuersion of Samaria was as it were the first frutes of the calling of the Gentiles. of Samaria, and preached Christ vnto them.
6 And the people gaue hedevnto those things which Philippe spake, with one accorde, hea ring and seing the miracles which he did.
7 For vncleane spirits crying with a loude voyce, came out of many that were possessed (of them:) and many taken with palsies, and that halted, where healed.
8 And there was greatioye in that citie.
9 And there was before in the citie a certeine man called Simon, which vsed witchecraft, & bewitched the people of Samaria, saying, that he him self was some great man.
10 To whome theyThis declareth how much more we are inclined to folow the illu sions of Saran
〈◊〉
the trueth of God. gaue hede from the least to the greatest, saying, This man is the greatThis is the
〈◊〉
of Saran to couer all his illusions vnder the Name of God. power of God.
11 And they gaue hede vnto him, because that of long time he had bewitched them with sorceries.
12 But assone as they beleued Philippe, which preached the things that cōcerned the king dome of God, & in the Name of Iesus Christ they were baptized bothe men and women.
13 Then Simon him selfThe maiestie of Gods worde forced him to confesse the trueth: but yet was he not regenerat therefore. beleued also and was baptized, and continued with Philippe, and wondred, when he sawe the signes and great miracles which were done.
14 ¶ Now when the Apostles, whiche were at
Ierusalem, heard say, that Samaria had receiued the worde of God, they sent vnto them Peter and Iohn.
15 Which whē they were come downe, prayed for them, that they might receiue theMeaning the particular gifts of the holy Spirit holie Gost.
16 [For as yet, he was come downe on none of them, but they were baptizedThey had onely receiued the commune grace of adoption & rege neracion whiche are offered to all the faithful in baptisme, and as yet had not recei ued the gift to spake in diuers languages, & to do miracles. onely in the Name of the Lord Iesus]
17 Then laid they their hands on them, & they receiued the holie Gost.
18 And when Simon sawe, that through laying on of the Apostles hands the holie Gost was giuen, he offred them money,
19 Saying, Giue me also this power, that on whomesoeuer I lay the hands, he may receiue the holie Gost.
20 Thē said Peter vnto him, Thy money perish with thee, because thou thinkest that the gift of God may be obteined with money.
21 Thou hast nether parte norThou art not worthie to be of the nomber of the faithful. fellowship in this busines: for thine heart is not right in the sight of God.
22 That is, turne away from thy wickednes. Repent therefore of this thy wickednes, & pray God, that if it beHereby he wold make himto feele his sinne & not that he douted of Gods mercies, if he colde repent. possible, the thoght of thine heart may be forgiuen thee.Deut. 29. 18.
23 For I se that thou artOr
〈◊〉
heart is ful of dispitful of malice, & deuelisn poyson of impietie, so that now Satan hath thee
〈◊〉
as capti ue in his bands. in the gall of* bitternes, and in the bonde of iniquitie.
24 Then answered Simon, and said, Pray ye to the Lord for me, that none of these things which ye haue spoken, come vpon me.
25 ¶ So they, when they had testified and preached the worde of the Lord, returned to Ierusalem, and preached the Gospel in many townes of the Samaritans.
26 Then the Angel of the Lord spake vnto Philippe, saying, Arise, & go towarde the South vnto the way that goeth downe from Ierusa lem vnto Gaza, which isAfter that Ale xander had destroyed it, it was not much peopled, as it was afore, and therefore in respect was as my sister waste.
27 And he arose and went out and beholde a certeineEunuche signifieth him that is gelded: but becau se in the East par tes great affaires were commit to suche, it came in vse that noble mē were called Eunu ches, althogh they were not gelded: also all maner officers & seruāts, thatwere put in credit or necessarie affaires, were called by this name, as. Eunuche of Ethiopia Cadaces the Quene of the Ethiopians chief Gouerner, who had the rule of all her treasure, & came to Ierusalem to worship:
28 And as he returned sitting in his charet, he red Esaias the Prophet.
29 Then the Spirit said vnto Philippe, Go nere and ioyne thy self to yonder charet.
30 And Philippe ranne thether, and heard him read the Prophet Esaias, and said, But vnderstandest thou what thou readest?Isa. 39. 7.
31 And he said, How can I, except I had a guideIsa. 53. 7. And he desired Philippe, that he wolde come vp and sit with him.
32 Now the place of the Scripture which he red, was this, * He was led as a shepe to the slaughter: and like a lābe domme before his shearer, so opened he not
〈◊〉
mouth.
33 Albeit Christ was in graue and in deathes bādes feling also his Fa thers angre against sinne, yet he brake the ban des of death and was exalted. In his humilitie hisThe
〈◊〉
which he suffred was the beginning of his glorie iudgemēt hathe beneAct. 2. 24. exalted: but who shal declare hisThat is, how long his age shal endure: for being risen frō death, death shal no more reigne, nether shal his king dome euer haue end: or els we may take generatiō, for his Church which neuer shal haue ende: for now they sit in the heauenlie pla ces with Christ their head, as. generaciō? for his life is taken from theAnd he now reigneth in heauen. earth.
34 Then the Eunuche answered Philippe, and said, I pray thee of whome speaketh the Pro phet this? of him self, or of some other man?
35 Then PhilippeHe declared at length this matter of so great im portance, opened his mouth, and began at the same Scripture, and preached vnto him Iesus.
36 And as they went on their way, they came vnto a certeine water, and the Eunuche said, So, (here is) water: what doeth let me to be baptized?
37 And Philippe said vnto him, If thou beleuest withWith a pure & perfect heart. all thine heart, thou maist. Then he answered, and said, I beleue that Iesus Christ is the Sonne of God.
38 Then he commanded the charet to stand stilEphes 2. 6. and they went downe bothe into the water, bothe Philippe and the Eunuche, and he baptized him.
39 And assone as they were comevp out of the water, the Spirit of the Lord caught away Philippe, that the EunucheThis was, to the intent that he might knowe so muche the bet ter that Philip was sent to him by God. sawe him no more: so he went on his way reioysing.
40 But PhilippeOr, perceiued him self to be. was founde atSome thinke this citie was also called Asdod. Azotus, and he walked to and fro preaching in all the cities, til he came to Cesarea.
CHAP. IX.
3 The conuersion of Saul. 15 His vocation to the Apostleship. 20 His zeale to execute the same. 25 How he escapeth the Iewes conspiracies. 26 His accesse to the Apost les. 31 The prosperitie of the Church. 34 Peter healeth AEneas, 40
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. 42 He conuerteth manyIos. 15. 47. to Christ 43 And lodgeth in a tanners house.
1 ANd * Saul yetHe persecuted with a great rage, and crueltie the innocent blood which he thirsted for
〈◊〉
which declareth wherunto man is led by his rash zeale, before he haue the true knowledge of God. breathing out threatRom. 9.
〈◊〉
nings and slaughter against the disciplesGal. 1. 13. of the Lord, went vnto the hie Priest,
2 And desired of him letters to Damascus to the Synagogues, that if he founde any that were of thatThat is of that secte, or sorte. way [ethermen or women] he might bring them bounde vnto Ierusalem.
3 Now as he iourneyed, it came to passe that as he was come nere to Damascus, * sudden ly there shined roūde about him a light from heauen.
4 And he fel to the earth, and heard a voyce, saying to him, Saul, Saul, why persecutestChap. 22. 6. thou me?1. Cor. 15. 8.
5 And he said, Who art thou, Lord? And the Lord said, I am Iesus whom thou persecutest it is hard for thee to kicke againstThat is, to resist God when he pricketh and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
our consciences. prickes:
6 He (then) bothe trembling & astonied, said, Lord, what wilt thou that I do? And the Lord said vnto him, Arise and go into the citie, and it shalbe tolde thee what thou shalt do.
7 The men also which iorneyed with him, stode amased, hearingMeaning Sauls voice, as. (his) voyce, butFor onely Saul knewe that Iesus spake vnto him. seing no man.Chap. 22. 9.
8 And Saul arose from the grounde, and opened his eyes, (but)For he was blinde. sawe no man. Then led they him by the hand, and broght him into Damascus,
9 Where he was thre dayes without sight, & netherHe was so rauished with the vision that he did meditate nothing, but heauenlie things and there with was satisfied. ate nor dranke.
10 And there was a certeine disciple at Damascus named Ananias, and to him said the Lordin a vision, Ananias. And he said, Beholde, I am (here,) Lord.
11 Then the Lord said vnto him, Arise, and go into the strete which is called Straight, and seke in the house of Iudas after one called
Saul of Tarsus: for beholde, he prayeth.
12 [And he sawe in a vision a mā named Ananias coming in to him, and putting his hands on him, that he might receiue his sight]
13 Then Ananias answered, Lord, I haue heard by many of this man, how much euil he hath done to thy sainctes at Ierusalem.
14 Moreouer here he hath autoritie of the hie Priests, to binde all that call on thy Name.
15 Then the Lord said vnto him, Go thy way: for he is aA worthie seruant of God and endued with excellent graces aboue others. chosen vessel vnto me, toTo beare me witnes, and set for the my glorie beare my Name before the Gentiles, and Kings, & the children of Israel.
16 For I wil shewe him, how many things he must suffre for my Names sake.
17 Then Ananias went his waye, and entred in to the house, and put his hands on him, and said, Brother Saul, the Lord hathe sent me [(euen) Iesus that appeared vnto thee in the way as thou camest] that thou mightest recei ue thy sight, & be filled with the holie Gost.
18 And immediatly there fel from his eyes as (it had bene) scales, and suddēly he receiued sight, and arose, and was baptized,
19 And receiued meat, and was strengthened. So was Saul certeine dayes with the disciples which were at Damascus.
20 And straight way he preached Christ in the Synagogues, that he was the Sonne of God,
21 So that all that heard him, were amased, and said, Is not this he, that destroyed thē which called on this Name in Ierusalem, and came hither for that intent, that he shuld bring thē bounde vnto the hie Priests?
22 But Saul encreased the more in strēgth, and confounded the Iewes which dwelt at Damascus,Prouing by the conference of the Scriptures. cōfirming, that this was the Christ.
23 And afterThat was after thre
〈◊〉
, that he had remained at
〈◊〉
, and in the countrey about. that many dayes were fulfilled, the Iewestoke counsel together, to kill him
24 But their laying await was knowen of Saul now they *The Gouernour at their request appointed a watche as he de clareth to the Co
〈◊〉
. watched the gates day & night that they might kill him.
25 Then the disciples toke him by night, andGal 1. 18. put him through the wall, and let him downeCor. 11. 32. in a basket.
26 And when Saul was come to Ierusalem, he assaide to ioyne him self with the disciples: but they were all afraid of him, and beleued not that he was a disciple.
27 But Barnabas toke him, and broght him to the Apostles, and declared to them, how he had sene the Lord in the way, & that he had spoken vnto him, & how he had spoken bol
〈◊〉
at Damascus in the Name of Iesus.Gal. 1. 19.
28 And heGreke, went in and out. was conuersant withVVith
〈◊〉
& Iames. them at Ierusalem.
29 And spake boldelyMaking open profession of the Gospel. in the Name of the Lord Iesus, & spake and disputed with theVVhich were Iewes, but so cal led because they were dispersed through Grecia and other countreis. Grecians: but they went about to slay him.
30 But whē the brethrē knewe it, they broght him to Cesarea, and sent him forthe toBecause it was his owne countrey, and there he might haue some autoritie.
〈◊〉
.
31 Then had the Churches rest through all Iudea, and Galile, and Samaria, and were edified, and walked in the feare of the Lord, & were multiplied by the comfort of the holie
〈◊〉
.
32 And it came to passe, as Peter walked through out all (quarters,) he came also to the sainctes which dwelt at Lydda.
33 And there he founde a certeine man named A Eneas, which had kept his bed eight yeres, and was sicke of the palsie.
34 Then said Peter vnto
〈◊〉
, A Eneas, Iesus Christ maketh thee whole: arise andOr,
〈◊〉
thy
〈◊〉
together. make vp thy bed. And he arose immedirtly.
35 AndMeaning, the greatest parte. all that dwelt at Lydda andA place so called, & not a citie, Saron, sawe him, and turned to the Lord.
36 There was also at Ioppa a certeine (woman) a disciple named Tabitha [which by interpre tation is calledThat is, a
〈◊〉
, or rebucke. Dorcas] she wasOr, riche. ful of good workes and almes which she did.
37 And it came to passe in those dayes, that she was
〈◊〉
and dyed: and when they hadTo the
〈◊〉
they might burie her
〈◊〉
for this was their custome. washed her, they laid her in an vpper chamber.
38 Now forasmuche as Lydda was nere to Ioppa, and the disciples had heart that Peter was there, they sent vnto him two men, desiring that he wolde not delaye to come vnto them.
39 Then Peter arose and came with them: and when he was come, they broght him into the vpper chamber, where all the widdowes stode by him weping, ād shewing the coates and garmēts, which Dorcas made, while she was with them.
40 But Peter put them all forthe, and kneled downe, and praid, and turned him to the bodie, and said, Tabitha, arise. And she opened her eyes, and when she sawe Peter, sate vp.
41 Then he gaue her the hand and lift her vp, and called theFor she was restored to life, rather that others might
〈◊〉
occasion to beleue, and glorifie God, then for her owne sake, sainctes and widdowes, and restored her aliue.
42 And it was knowen through out all Ioppa, and manie beleued in the Lord.
43 And it came to passe that he taryed manie dayes in Ioppa with one Simon aOr,
〈◊〉
. tanner.
CHAP. X.
3 Cornelius admonished by the Angel, 7 He sendeth to Ioppa, 11 The vision that Peter sawe, 17 How he was sent to Cornelius. 19 The Gentiles also receiue the Spirit, and are baptized.
1 FVrthermore there was a certeine man in Cesarea called Cornelius, a captaine of the bande called the Italian (bande,)
2 A deuout man, andWho had for sa ken all superstitions, and gaue him self to the true seruice of God. one that feared God with all his housholde, which gaue muche almes to the people, and prayed God continually.
3 He sawe in a vision euidently [about the ninthe houre of the day] an Angel of God comming in to him, and saying vnto him, Cornelius.
4 But when he loked on him, he was afraid, & said, What is it, Lord? And he said vnto him, Thy prayers and thine almes are comeThat is, God did accept
〈◊〉
whereof it followeth that he had faith: for
〈◊〉
it is impossible to please God. vp into remembrance before God.
5 Now therefore send men to Ioppa, & call for Simon, whose surname is Peter.
6 He lodgeth with one Simon a tāner, whose house is by the sea side:He shal speake wordes vnto thee whereby thou shal be saued & all thine house. he shal tell thee what thou oughtest to do.
7 And when the Angel which spake vnto Cor nelius, was departed, he called two of his seruants, and a souldier that feared God, one of them that waited on him,
8 And tolde them all things, and sent them to Ioppa.
9 On the morowe as they went on their iorney, and drewe nere vnto the citie, Peter wēt vp vpon the house to pray, about theVVhich was midday. sixt houre.
10 Then waxed he an hungred, and wolde haue eaten: but while they made (some thing) readie, he fel into a trance.
11 And he sawe heauen opened, and a certeine vessel come downe vnto him, as (it had bene) a great shete, knit at the foure corners, and was let downe to the earth.
12 Wherein wereAs camels hordogs, oxen, shepe swine and suche like which man nourisheth for his vse. all maner of foure foted beastes of the earth, and wilde beastes and creping things, and foules of the heauen.
13 And there came a voyce to him, Arise, Peter kill, and eat.
14 But Peter said, Not so, Lord: for I haue neuer eaten anything that isOr, commune. polluted, or vncleane.
15 And the voyce (spake) vnto him againe the seconde time, The things that God hatheIn taking away the difference
〈◊〉
vncleane bestes and cleane he sheweth there is no difference betwixt the Iewes &
〈◊〉
purified,Take it not for polluted
〈◊〉
impure. pollute thou not.
16 This was so done thrise: and the vessel was drawen vp againe into heauen.
17 ¶ Now while Peter douted in him self what this visiō which he had sene, meant, beholde the men which were sent from Cornelius, had inquired for Simons house, and stode at the gate,
18 And called, & asked, whether Simō, which was surnamed Peter, were lodged there.
19 And while Peter thoght on the vision, the Spirit said vnto him, Beholde, thre men seke thee.
20 Arise therefore, and get thee downe, & go with them, andThē
〈◊〉
obedience which
〈◊〉
of faith, ought to bewith out dout or questioning. doute nothing: for I haue sent them.
21 ¶ Thē Peter went downe to the men, which were sent vnto him frō Cornelius, and said, Beholde, I am he whome ye seke: what is the cause wherefore ye are come?
22 And they said, Cornelius the captaine, a iust man, and one that feareth God, and of good reporte among all the nacion of the Iewes, was warned from heauen by an holie Angel, to send for thee into his house, and to heare thy wordes.
23 Then calledOr, Peter. he them in, & lodged them, and the next day, Peter went forthe with them, and certeine brethren from Ioppa accompa nied him.
24 ¶ And the day after, thei entred into Cesarea. Now Cornelius waited for them, & had called together his kinsmen, and special friends.
25 And it came to passe as Peter came in, that Cornelius met him, and fel downe at his fete andShewed to muche reuerēce, and farre passing decent ordre, as thogh Peter had bene God. worshipped him.
26 But Peter toke him vp, saying, Stand vp: for euen I my self am a man.
27 And as he talked with him, he came in, and founde manie that were come together.
28 And he said vnto them, Ye knowe that it is an vnlawful thing for a man that is a lewe, to compagnie or come vnto one of another na tion: but God hathe shewed me, that I shulde not call anie manOr,
〈◊〉
. polluted, or vncleane.
29 Therefore came I vnto you without saying naye, when I was sent for. I aske therefore, for what intent haue ye sent for me.
30 Thē Cornelius said, Foure dayes ago, about this houre, I fasted, and at the ninthe houre I praid in mine house, and beholde, a man stode before me in bright clothing,
31 And said, Cornelius, thy prayer is heard, and thine almes are had in remembrance in the sight of God.
32 Send therefore to Ioppa, and call for Simō, whose surname is Peter [he is lodged in the house of Simon a tanner by the seaside] who when he cometh, shal speake vnto thee.Deu. 10. 17.
33 Then sent I for thee immediatly, and thou2. Chro. 19. 17. hast wel done to come. Now therefore areIob. 34. 19. we all here present before God, to heare allWisd. 6. 8. things are commaunded thee of God.
〈◊〉
35. 16.
Rom. 2. 11.
34 Then Peter opened (his) mouth, and said,Gal 2. 6. Of a trueth I perceiue, that * God is no accepterEphe. 6. 9. of persones.Col. 3. 25.
1. pet. 1. 17.
35 But in euerie nation he thatBy this speache the Ebrewes meane
〈◊〉
whole religiō of God, which without faith profiteth
〈◊〉
nothing. feareth him, & workethThat is, he that is vpright and doeth
〈◊〉
to no man, but doeth good to all. righteousnes, is accepted with him.
36 Ye knowe the worde which God hath sent to the childrē of Israel, preachingMeaning the re conciliation betwene God and man through Christ Iesus, peace by Iesus Christ, which is Lord of all.Luk 4. 14.
37 (Euen) the worde which came through all Iudea* beginning in Galile, after the baptisme which Iohn preached,
38 (To wit,) how GodThat is, endued him with graces & giftes aboue all others. annointed Iesus of Na zaret with the holie Gost, and with power: who went about doing good, and healing all that were oppressed of the deuil: for God was with him.Luk. 2. 14.
39 And we are witnesses of all things which he did bothe in the land of the Iewes, and in Ierusalem: whome they slewe, hanging him on atre.
40 Him God raised vp the third day, & caused that he was shewed openly:
41 Not to all the people, but vnto the witnesses chosen before of God, (euen) to vs whiche did eat and drinke with him, after he arose from the dead.
42 And he commaunded vs to preache vnto the people, & to testifie, that it is he that is or deined of God a iudge of quicke and dead.
〈◊〉
. 31. 34.
43 To him also giue all the * Prophetes witnes,Micah. 7. 11. that through his Name all that beleue in himChap. 15. 9. shal receiue remission of sinnes.
44 While Peter yet spake these wordes, the holie Gost fel on all them which heard the worde.
45 So they of the circumcision which beleued were astonied, as manie as came with Peter, because that on the Gētiles also was powred out the gift of the holie Gost.
46 For they heard them speake with tongues, and magnisie God. Then answered Peter,
47 Can
〈◊〉
manWe oght not to debatre them of baptisme whom God testifieth to be hist for seing they haue the principal, that is lesse, ought not to be denied thē. forbid water, that these shuld not be baptized, which haue receiued the holie Gost, as wel as we?
48 So he commaunded them to be baptized in the Name of the LordIesus Christ.. Then prayed they him to tarie certeine dayes.
CHAP. XI.
4 Peter sheweth the cause wherefore he went to the Gentiles, 18 The Church approueth it. 21 The Church increaseth. 22 Barnabas and Paul preache at Antiochia. 28 Agabus prophecieth
〈◊〉
to come. 29 And the remedie.
1 NOw the Apostles and the brethren that were in Iudea, heard, that the Gentiles had also receiued the worde of God.
2 And when Peter was come vp to Ierusalem, they of the circumcisionFor they colde not yet comprehende this secret which was hid from the Angels them selues, euen from the creatiō of the worlde, contended against him,
3 Saying, Thou wentest in to men vncircumcised, and hast eaten with them.
4 Then Peter began, and expoūded (the thing) in order to themHe purgeth his fact before the Church. them, saying,Eph. 3. 8.
5 I was in the citie of Ioppa, praying, and in aCol. 1. 26. trance I sawe (this) vision, A certeine vessel cōming downe as (it had bene) a great shete, let downe frō heauen by the foure corners, and it came to me.
6 Toward the which whē I had fastened mine eyes, I cōsiderest, and sawe fowre foted beastes of the earth, and wilde beastes, and creping things, and foules of the heauen.
7 Also I heard a voyce, saying vnto me, Arise, Peter: slay and eat.
8 And I said, God forbid, Lord: for nothing pol luted or vncleane hathe at anie time entred into my mouth.
9 But the voyce answered me the second time from heauen, The things that God hathe purified, pollute thou not.
10 And this was done thre times, and all were taken vp againe into heauen.
11 Then beholde, immediatly there were thre men already come vnto the house where I was, sent from Cesarea vnto me.
12 And the Spirit said vnto me, that I shulde go with thē, without douting: moreouer these six brethren came with me, and we entred in to the mans house.
13 And he shewed vs, how he had sene an Angel in his house, which stode and said to him, Sēd men to Ioppa, and call for Simon whose surname is Peter,
14 He shal speake wordes vnto thee, whereby bothe thou and all thine house shalbe saued.
15 And as I began to speake, the holie Gost fel on them, * euen as vpon vs at the beginning.Chap. 2. 4. & 3. 6.
16 Then I remembred the worde of the Lord, how he said, * Iohn baptized with water, butChap. 1. 5. & 19. 4. ye shalbeThat is,
〈◊〉
with the
〈◊〉
of the holie Gost baptized with the holie Gost.Mat. 3. 11.
Mar. 1. 8.
17 For as muche then as God gaue them a likeLuk. 3. 16.
Iohn. 1. 17. gift, as (he did) vnto vs, when we beleued in the Lord Iesus Christ, who was I, that I colde let GodNot to giue thē the holie Gost??
18 When they heard these things,Their modestie declareth that they were not ashamed to vnsay that where of they had vniustly blamed Peter. they helde their peace, and glorified God, saying, Then hathe God also to the Gentiles grantedThis
〈◊〉
dependeth vpon faith. repentance vnto life.
19 ¶ And thei which were * scattred abroade because of theOr, trouble. afflictiō that arose about Steuen, walked throughout til they came vntoChap. 8. 1. Phenice & Cyprus, & Antiochia, preaching the worde to no mā, but vnto the Iewes only
20 Now some of them were men of Cyprus & of Cyrene, which when they were come into Antiochia, spake vnto theHe meaneth not the Iewes which being scatered abroad in diuers countreis were called by this name, but the Grecians which were Gentiles. Grecians, and preached the Lord Iesus.
21 And theThe power & vertue. hand of the Lord was with thē so that a great nomber beleued and turned vnto the Lord.
22 Then tidings of those things came vnto the eares of the Church, which was in Ierusalem and they sent forthe Barnabas that he shulde go intoThis was the moste famous citie of
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
vpon
〈◊〉
. Antio chia.
23 Who whē he was come & had sene the gra ce of God, was glad, and exhorted all, that with purpose of heart they woldeOr, continue with the Lord. cleaue vnto the Lord.
24 For he was a good man, and ful of the holie Gost, and faith, and muche people ioyned them selues vnto the Lord.
25 ¶ Then departed Barnabas to Tarsus to seke Saul:
26 And when he had founde him, he broght him vnto Antiochia, and it came to passe that a whole yere they were conuersant with the Church, & taught much people, inso much, that the disciples were first calledVVhere as before they were called disciples, now they are named Christiās. Christians in Antiochia.
27 In those dayes also came Prophetes frō Ieru salem vnto Antiochia.
28 And there stode vp one of them named Aga bus, and signified by theThis prophecie was an occasion to the Antiochians to relieue the necessitie of their brethren in Ierusalem. Spirit, that there shulde be great famine throughout all the world, which also came to passe vnder Clau dius Cesar.
29 Then the disciples, euerie man according to his habilitie,To signifie that it came of a chari table minde towardes them. purposed to send succour vnto the brethren which dwelt in Iudea.
30 Which thing they also did, & sentit to the Elders, by the hands of Barnabas and Saul.
CHAP. XII.
1 Herode persecuteth the Christians. 2 He killeth Iames, 4 And putteth Peter in prison. 7 Whome the Lord de liuereth by an Angel. 21 The horrible death of Herode 24 The Gospel
〈◊〉
. 25 Barnabas & Saul returning to Antiochia take Iohn Marke with them.
1 NOw about that time,VVho was called Agrippa the sōne of Aristobu lus: he was nephe we vnto Herode the Great, & bro ther of Herodias Herode the King stretched forthe (his) hands to vexe certeine of the Church.
2 And he killed Iames theThere was another so named whiche was the sonne of Alpheꝰ brother of Iohn with the sworde.
3 And when he sawe that itIt came them of no zeale
〈◊〉
religion, but one ly to flatter the people. pleased the Iewes he proceded further, to take Peter also [then were the dayes of vnleauened bread]
4 And when he had caught hym, he put hym in prison, and deliuered hym toThe nomber beyng sixtene was deuided by
〈◊〉
, to kepe diuers wardes. foure quaternions of souldiers to be kept, intendyng after the Passeouer to bryng hym forthe to the people.
5 So Peter was kept in prison, but earnest prayer was made of the Churche vnto
〈◊〉
for hym.
6 And when Herode wolde haue broght hym out vnto the people, the same uight slept Peter betwene two souldiers, bounde wyth two chaines, and the kepers before the dore kept the prison.
7 * And beholde, the Angel of the Lord cameChap. 5. 19. vpon them, and a lyght shined in the house, and he smote Peter on the side, and raysed him vp, saying, Arise quickely. And his chaines fel of from (his) hands.
8 And the Angel said vnto him, Girde thyself, and binde on thyRead Mark. 6 9 sandales. And so he dyd. Then he said vnto him, Cast thy garment about thee, and followe me.
9 So (Peter) came out and followed hym, and knew not that it was true, which was done by the Angel, but thoght he had sene a visiō.
10 Now when they were past the first and the seconde watche, they came vnto the yron gate, that leadeth vnto the citie, whiche ope ned to them by his owne accorde, and they went out, and passed through one strete, and by and by the Angel departed from him.
11 ¶ And when Peter was come to him self, he said, Now I know for a trueth, that the Lord hath sent his Angell, and hathe deliuered me out of the hand of Herode, and from all theFor thei thoght that Herode wolde haue put him to death, as he had purposed waiting for of the people of the Iewes.
12 And as he considered (the thing,) he came to the house of Marie, the mother of Iohn, whose surname was Marke, where manie were gathered together and prayed.
13 And when Peter knocked at the entrie dore, a mayde came forthe to hearken, named Rhode.
14 But when she knewe Peters voyce, she opened not the entrie (dore) for gladnes, but ran in, and tolde how Peter stode before the entrie.
15 But they said vnto her, Thou art
〈◊〉
. Yet she affirmed it constantly, that it was so. Thē said they, It is hisFor they dyd knowe by Gods worde that An gels were appoin ted to defēde the faithful, and also in those dayes they were accustomed to se suche sights. Angel.
16 But Peter continued knockyng, and when they had opened it, and sawe hym, they were astonied.
17 And he beckened vnto thē with the hand, to holde their peace, and tolde them howe the Lord had broght hym out of the prison. And he said, Go shewe these things vnto Iames and to the brethren: and he departed and went intoVVhiche was lesse suspect, by reason of the brethren. another place.
18 ¶ Nowe assone as it was daye, there was no smale trouble amōg the souldiers, what was become of Peter.
19 And when Herode had soght for hym, and founde him not, he examined the kepers, ād commanded them to be led to be punished. And he went downe from Iudea to Cesarea, and (there) abode.
20 Then Herode intended to make warre agaynste them of Tyrus and Sidon, but they came all with one accorde vnto hym, andBothe by flatte ring wordes, ād also by
〈◊〉
. persuaded Blastus the Kings chamberlaine, and they desired peace, because their countrey was nourished by the Kings (land.)
21 And vppon a day appointed, Herode arayed hym selfe in royall apparell, and on the iudgement seat, and made an oration vnto them.
22 And the people gaue a shoute, (saying,) The voyce of God, and not of man.
23 But immediatly the Aungell of the Lorde smote him, because heVVhiche he
〈◊〉
haue done, if he had punished the flatterers, of whose vanitie he complained, when he was a dying, as Iosephꝰ
〈◊〉
gaue not glorie vnto God, so that he was eatenThe
〈◊〉
of the punishment declareth howe GOD detesteth pride, and tyran nie: his grande fa ther also was eaten of
〈◊〉
. of wormes, and gaue vp the Gost.
24 And the worde of GodThe more that tyrants go about to supresse Gods worde, the more doeth it increase grewe, and multiplied.
25 So Barnabas and Saul returned frome Ierusalem, when they had fulfilled theirVVhiche was to distribute the almes sent from Antiochia. office, and toke with them Iohn, whose surname was Marke.
CHAP, XIII.
2 Paul and Barnabas are called to preache amonge the Gentiles. 7 Of Sergius Paulus, and Elymas the sorcerer. 13 The departure of Marke
〈◊〉
Paul preacheth atChap. 11. 29. Antiochia. 42 The fayth of the Gentiles. 46 The Iewes reiected. 48 They that are ordeyned to lyfe, beleue. 52 The frute of faith.
1 THere were also in the Churche that was at Antiochia, certeine Prophets and teachers, as Barnabas, and Simeon called Niger, and
〈◊〉
of Cyrene, andThis declareth that God calleth of all
〈◊〉
both hie and lowe. Manahen [whiche had bene broght vp wyth Herode the Tetrarch] and Saul.
2 Nowe as theyThe worde signifieth to execute a publicke charge, as the Apostleship was so that here is shewed, that
〈◊〉
preached, ād pro phecied. ministred to the Lorde, and fasted, the holie Gost sayd, Separate me Barnabas and Saul, for the worke whereunto I haue called them.
3 Then fasted they and prayed, and layd theyr hands on them, and let them go.
4 And they, after they were * sent forth of theChap. 14. 26. holie Gost, came downe vnto Seleucia, and from thence they sailed to Cyprus.
5 And when they were Salamis, they preached the worde of GOD in the Synagogues of the Iewes: ād they had also Iohn to (their) minister.
6 So when they had gone throughoute the yle vnto Paphus, they founde a certeine sorcerer, a false Prophete, beyng a Iewe, named Bariesus.
7 Whiche was with the Deputie Sergius Paulus, a prudent man. He called vnto hym Barnabas and Saul, and desired to heare the worde of God.
8 But Elymas, the sorcerer [for so is hys name by interpretacion] with stode thē, and soght to turne away the Deputie from the faith.
9 Then Saul [which also (is called) Paul] beyng ful of the holie Gost, set his eyes on him.
10 And sayd, O full of all subtiltie and all mischief, the childe of the deuill, (and) enemie
of all ryghteousnes, wilt thou not cease to peruert the straightVVhich are the doctrine of the the Apostles, that onelie leadeath vs to God. waies of the Lord?
11 Nowe therefore beholde, the hande of the Lord(is) vpon thee, and thou shalt be blind, and not se the sunne for a season. And immediatly there fell on him a miste and a darkenes, and he went about, seking some to lead him by the hand.
12 Then the Deputie when he sawe what was done, beleued, and was astonied at the doctrine of the Lord.
13 Nowe when Paul and they that were with hym were departed by shyp frome Paphus, they came to Perga (a citie) of Pamphylia: then Iohn departed frome them, and returned to Ierusalem.
14 But when they departed frome Perga, they cametoThis was another Antiochia then that whyche was in Syria. Antiohia (a citie) of Pisidia, & went into the Synagogue on the Sabbath day, ād sate downe.
15 And after the lecture of the Lawe and Prophetes, the rulers of the Synagogue sent vnto them, saying, Ye men and brethren, if ye haue anye worde ofThis declareth that the Scripture is giuen to tea che and exhorte vs, and that they refused none that had giftes to set forth Gods glorie and to edi he his people. exhortation for the people, say on.
16 Then Paul stode vp and beckened wyth the hand, and said, Men of Israel, and ye that feare God, hearken.
17 The God of this people of Israel chose our fathers, and exalted the people when theyExod. 1. 1. dwelt in the land of * Egypte, and with an *Exod. 13. 14. high arme broght them out thereof.Exod. 16. 1.
18 And about the time * of fortie yeres suffred he theirHere is declared the great pa cience and
〈◊〉
suffring of God before he punis heth. maners in the wildernes.
19 And he destroyed seuen nacions in the land of Chanaan, and * deuided their lande to them by lot.Iosh. 14. 1.
20 Then afterw arde he gaue vnto themIud. 3. 9. * IudgesFor these 450 yeres were not
〈◊〉
accomplished, but there lacked 3. yere countyng from the birth of Isaac to the distribucion of the land of Canaan. about foure hundreth and fiftie yeres,1. Sam. 8. 5. vnto the time of Samuel the Prophet.1. Sam, 9.
〈◊〉
. and 10. 1.
21 So after that they desired a * King, and God gaue vnto them * Saul, the sonne of Cis, a man of the tribe of Beniamin, (by the space) of fortie yeres.
22 And after he had taken him away, he raised vp * Dauid to their King, of whome he witnessed, saying, I haue foūd Dauid (the sonne) of Iesse, a man aftermine owne heart,1. Sam. 16. 13. whiche wil do all things that I wil.
〈◊〉
. 89. 21.
23 Of this mans sede hathe God* accordyng to
〈◊〉
. 11. 1. (his) promes raised vp to Israell, the Sauiour Iesus.
24 When * Iohn had first preached before hisMat. 3. 5. comming the baptisme of repentance to allMark. 1. 2. the people of Israel.Luke. 3. 2.
Mark. 1. 7.
25 And when Iohn had fulfilled (his)VVhen his office drewe to an end, he
〈◊〉
his di sciples to Christ. course,Iohn. 1. 20. he said, * Whome ye thynke that I am, I am not he: but beholde, there cometh one after me, whose shoe of (hys) fete I am not worthie to lose.
26 Ye men and brethren, children of the gene racion of Abraham, and whosoeuer amonge you feareth God, to you is theThat is, this message and tidings of
〈◊〉
worde of this saluacion sent.
27 For the inhabitants of Ierusalem, and their
〈◊〉
, because theyHe rebuketh them for their ignorance. knewe him not, nor yet the wordes of the Prophetes, which areAlthogh they red the Law, vet their
〈◊〉
are couered that they can not vnderstande. red euerie Sabbath (daye,) they haue fulfilled them in condemning him.
28 And thogh they founde no cause of death (in him * yet) desired they Pilate to kill him.
29 And when they hadIn Christ all the promises are Yea, and Amen. fulfilled al things that2.
〈◊〉
. 1. 14. were written of hym, they toke him downeMat. 27.
〈◊〉
. from the tre, and put him in a sepulchre.Mark. 15. 13.
Luke. 21. 23.
30 But God * raised him vp from the dead.Iohn. 19. 6.
31 And he was sene manie dayes of them, whicheMat. 28. 2. came vp with him from Galile to Ierusalē,Mark. 16. 6. whiche are his witnesses vnto the people.Luke. 14. 7.
Iohn. 20. 19.
32 And we declare vnto you, that touching the promes made vnto the fathers.
33 God hath fulfilled it vnto vs their children,2. Cor. 1. 20. in that heIn that he was borne &
〈◊〉
raised vp Iesus, euen as it is written in the seconde Psalme, * Thou art myPsal. 2. 7. Sonne: this day haue I begoten thee.Ebr 1. 5.
and 5. 5.
34 Nowe as concernyng that he raised hym vp frō the dead, no more to returne to the graue,Isa. 55.
〈◊〉
. he hathe sayde thus, I wyll giue you thePsal. 15. 10.
Meaning, that he wolde faithfully accomplish the promises, whiche he made of his fre mercie with the forefathers: and
〈◊〉
sheweth that
〈◊〉
the grace,
〈◊〉
God hath giuen to his Sonne,
〈◊〉
permanent for euer, so likewise the lyfe of the Sonne is eternal. holye thynges of Dauid, whiche are faithfull.Chap. 2. 31.
35 Wherefore he saith also in another place, * Thou wilt not suffre thine Holie one to se corruption.
36 Howbeit, Dauid after he had serued his time by the counsel of God, he*slept, and was laid with his fathers, and sawe corruption.
37 But he whome God raised vp, sawe no corruption.
38 Be it knowenvnto you therefore, men(and) brethren, that through this man is preached vnto you the forgiuenes of sinnes.1. Kyng. 2. 10.
39 And from all things, from whiche ye coldeChap.
〈◊〉
29. not be iustified by the Law of Moses, by him euerie one that beleueth, is iustified.
40 Bew are therfore, lest that come vpon you, which is spoken of in the Prophetes.Habak. 1. 5.
41 * Beholde, yeHe reproueth them sharpely
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
wolde not preuaile. despisers, and wonder, and vanishe away: fori worke aVVhiche is, vē
geance vnspeakeable, for the cō tempt of God
〈◊〉
worde. worke in your dayes, a worke whiche ye shall not beleue, if a man wolde declare it you.
42 ¶ And when they were come out of the Synagogue of the Iewes, the Gentiles besoght, that they wolde preache these wordes to them the next Sabbath (day.)
43 Nowe when the Congregacion was dissolued, manie of the Iewes, and proselytes that feared God, folowed Paul and Barnabas, whi che spake to them, and exhorted them to cō tinue in the grace of God.
44 And the nexte Sabbath (daye) came almost the whole citie together, to heare the word of God.
45 But when the Iewes sawe the people, they were full ofThei disdained that the
〈◊〉
shulde be made equall with thē. enuie, and spake against those things, which were spoken of Paul, contrarying (them,) and railing on (them.)Mat. 10. 6.
46 Then Paul and Barnabas spake boldelye, and sayd, * It was necessarie that the worde of GOD shulde first haue bene spoken vnto you: but seing ye put it from you, and iudge your selues vnworthie ofVVhiche is,
〈◊〉
knowe one onelie GOD and whome he hathe sent Iesus Christ. euerlastynge
life, lo, we turne to the Gentiles.
47 For so hathe the Lord cōmāded vs, (saying,) * I haue made thee a light of the Gentiles,Isa. 49. 6. that thou shuldest be the saluacion vnto theLuk. 2. 31. end of the worlde.
48 And when the Gentiles heard it, they were glad, and glorified the worde of the Lord: & as manie as wereNone cābeleue, but they whome God doeth appoint before all beginnings to be
〈◊〉
. ordeined vnto eternal life, beleued.
49 Thus the worde of the Lord was published throught the whole countrey.
50 But the Iewes stirred (certeine)He meaneth su
〈◊〉
women, & suche, as
〈◊〉
led with a blinde zeale, albeit the cōmune people estemed thē godlie: & therefore Luke spea keth as the world estemed them. deuoute & honorable womē, & the chief men of the citie, & raised persecuciō against Paul and Barnabas, and expelled thē out of their coasts.
51 But they * shouke of the dust of their fete against them, and came vnto I conium.
52 And the disciples were filled with ioye, and with the holie Gost.Mat. 10. 14.
Mat. 6. 11.
Luk. 9.
〈◊〉
.
Chap.
〈◊〉
. 6.
CHAP. XIIII.
God giueth successe to his worde. 6 Paul and Barnabas preache at I conium and are persecuted. 13 At Lystra thei wolde do sacrifice to Barnabas and Paul, which refuse it, and exhorte the people to worship the true God. 19 Paul is stoned. 22 They confirme the disciples in faith and pacience. 23 Appointe ministers. 26 And passing through manie places, make reporte of their diligence at Antiochia.
1 ANdit came to passe in Iconiū, that they went bothe together into the Synagogue of the Iewes, and so spake, that a great multitude bothe of the Iewes & of the Grecians beleued.
2 But theVVhich
〈◊〉
not obey the doctrine, nether suf fer the n
〈◊〉
to be persuaded, to beleue the trueth and to embrace Christ. vnbelening Iewes stirred vp, & corrupted the mindes of the Gentiles against the brethren.
3 So therefore they abode there a long time, and spake boldely in the Lord, which gaue testimonie vnto the worde of his grace, and caused signes and wonders to be done by their hands.
4 But the people of the citie were diuided & some were with the Iewes, and some with the Apostles.
5 And when there was an assaut made bothe of the Gentiles, and of the Iewes with their rulers, to do them violence, and to stone them,
6 They were ware of it, and fled vnto Lystra, and Derbe, cities of Lycaonia, & vnto the region rounde about,
7 And there were preaching the GospelIn so muche that all the people were moued at the doctrine. So bothe Paul & Barnabas remained at Lystra..
8 ¶ * Now there sate certeine man at Lystra, impotent in his fete, which was a creple from his mothers wombe, who had neuer walked.
9 He heard Paul speake: who beholding him, and perceiuing that he had faith to be healed,
10 Said with a loude voyce,I say to thee in the Name of the Lord Iesus Christ Stand vpright on thy fete. And he leaped vp, and walked.
11 Then when the people sawe what Paul had done, they lift vp their voyces, saying in the speache of Lycaonia, Gods are come downe to vs in the likenes of men.
12 And thei called Barnabas, Iupiter, and Paul, Mercurius, because he was the chief speaker
13 Then Iupiters priest, which was before their citie, broght bulles withThat is, trimmed with flowres and
〈◊〉
. garlandes vnto theHe meaneth be forethe
〈◊〉
of the house where the Apostles lodged: for the
〈◊〉
was without the towne, & therefore the Priests broght the
〈◊〉
(as hethoght) to the gods them
〈◊〉
. gates, and wold haue sacrified with the people.
14 But when the Apostles, Barnabas and Paul heard it, theiIn signe of
〈◊〉
& abhorring it. rent their clothes, and ran in among the people, crying,
15 And saying, O men, why do ye these things? We are euen menThat is, not without our infirmities and sin nes &
〈◊〉
subiect to death. subiect to the like passions that ye (be,) and preache vnto you, that ye shulde turne from these vaine (idoles)Gen. 1. 1. vnto the liuing God, * which made heauenPsal. 145. 6. and earth, and the sea, and all things that inreuel. 14. 7. them are.
16 Who in times past * suffred all the Gentiles to walke in their owneTo liue after their owne fanrasies not prescri bing vnto them anie religion. wayes.
17 Neuertheles, he left not him self withoutTo take from men all
〈◊〉
. witnesse, in that he did good (and) gaue vsPsal. 81. 13.
Rom. 1. 2. raine from heauen, and fruteful seasons, filling our hearts with foode, andThat being
〈◊〉
they might reioyce. gladnes,
18 And speaking these things, scarse refrained they the people, that they had not sacrificed vnto themBut that they shulde go euerie man home. And whiles they
〈◊〉
and taught, there came, &c..
19 Then there came certeine Iewes from Antiochia and Iconium, which when they had persuaded the people,And disputing boldely persuaded the people to forsake them: for, said thei,
〈◊〉
say nothing true but lie in all things. * stoned Paul, and drewe him out of the citie, supposing he2 Cor.
〈◊〉
. 22. had bene dead.
20 How beit, as the disciples stode rounde about him, he arose vp, and came into the citie, and the next day he departed with Barna bas to Derbe.
21 And after they had preached to that citie, & had taught manie, they returned to Lystra and to Iconium, and to Antiochia,
22 Confirming the disciples hearts, and exhorting them to cōtinue in the faith, (affirming) that we must through manie afflictions entre into the kingdome of God.
23 And when they had ordeined thē Elders byThe word signi fieth
〈◊〉
elect by
〈◊〉
vp the hands which declareth that mini sters were not made without the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
people. election in euerie Church, and praid, and fasted, they commended them to the Lord in whome they beleued.
24 Thus they went through out Pisidia, & came to Pamphilia.
25 And when they had preached the worde in Perga, they came downe to Attalia,Chap. 13. 1.
26 And thence sailed to Antiochia, *frō whēce they had bene commended vnto the grace of God, to the worke whiche they had fulfilled.
27 And when they were come and had gathered the Church together, they rehearsed all the things that God had doneBy their ministerie. by them, & how he had opened the dore of faith vnto the Gentiles.
28 So there they abode a long time with the disciples.
CHAP. XV.
1 Variance about circumcision. 22 The Apostles send their determination to the Churches, 35 Paul and Barnabas preache at Antiochia, 39 And separate compagnie because of Iohn Marke.
1 THen came downeAs Cerinthus & others: so writeth Epiphanius against the Cerinthians: also the fame of the place
〈◊〉
they came did much preuaile to persuade abrode. certeine from Iudea and taught the brethren, (saying,) * Except ye be circumcised after the maner of Moses, ye can not be saued.
2 And when there was great dissention, & disputation by Paul and Barnabas against them, they ordeined that Paul and Barnabas, and certeine other of them, shulde go vp to IeruGal. 5. 1. salem vnto the Apostles & Elders about this question.
3 Thus being sent forthe by the Church, they passed through Phenice, and Samaria, declaring the conuersion of the Gētiles: and they broght great ioye vnto all the brethren.
4 And when they were come to Ierusalē, they were receiued of the Church, & of the Apostles ād Elders, & they declared what things God had done by them.
5 But (said they,) certeine of the secte of theWhich were sa ctious, & giuen to dissension. Pharises, which did beleue, rose vp, saying, that it was nedeful to circumcise thē, and to cōmande (them) to kepe the Law of Moses.
6 Then the Apostles & Elders came together to loke to this matter.
7 And when there had bene great disputation Peter rose vp, and said vnto them, * Ye menChap. 10. 20. (and) brethren, ye knowe that a good while ago, among vs God chose out (me,) that the Gentiles by my mouth shuld heare the word of the Gospel, and beleue.
8 And God which knoweth the hearts, bare them witnes, in giuing vnto them the holie Gost, euen as (he did) vnto vs.
9 And he put noAs touching adoption, and
〈◊〉
nallife. difference betwene vs and thē, after that by faith heBy faith God
〈◊〉
the heart. had*purified their hearts.1. Cor. 1 2.
10 Now therefore, whyThei purposely tēpt God which lay greater charges on mens con sciences, thē they are able to
〈◊〉
. temptye God, to*layChap. 10 43. a yoke on the disciples neckes, whiche nether our fathers, nor we were able to beareMat. 23 4.
11 But we beleue, through theAnd not by the Law: for it is a clog to the cōsciē ce, and we cā not be deliuered thereby. grace of the Lord Iesus Christ to be saued, euen as they (do.)
12 Then all the multitude kept silence, & heard Barnabas and Paul, which tolde what signes and wondres God had done among the Gē
tiles by them.
13 And when they helde their peace, Iames answered, saying, Men (&) brethren, hearken vnto me.
14 *Simeon hathe declared, how God first did
〈◊〉
, Pet 1, 1. visite the
〈◊〉
, to take (of them) a people vnto his Name.
15 And to this agre the wordes of the Prophetes, as it is written,
16 * After this I wil returne, and wil buylde againeAmos. 9. 11. theThat is the Church where of the Tēple was a figure. tabernacle of Dauid, which is fallen downe, & the ruines thereof wil I buylde againe, and I wil set it vp,
17 That the residue of men might seke after the Lord, and all theVVhich are gathered into one familie with the Iewes to the intēt thei shulde ac knowledge all one God, & one Sauiour Christ Iesus. Gentiles vpō whome my Name is called, saith the Lord whiche doeth all these things.
18 From the beginning of the worlde God knoweth all his workes.
19 Wherefore my sentence is, that we trouble not them of the Gentiles that are turned to God,
20 But that we write vnto them, that they absteine them selues fromFor some thoght it none offence to be pre sent in the idoles tēples, & there to banket: whiche S. Paul saith, is to drinke the cup of the deuils, filthines of idoles, andThe heathen thoght this no vice, but made it a commune
〈◊〉
me. As touching a strangled thing and blood, they were
〈◊〉
vnlawful of thē selues, &
〈◊〉
were obserued but for a time. fornication, and that that is strangled, and from bloodAnd whatsoeuer they wolde not shulde be done to them sel ues, that they shulde not do it to others.
21 ForTherefore the ceremonies commanded by God colde not so sone be
〈◊〉
, til the libertie of the Gospel were
〈◊〉
ter knowen. Moses of olde time hathe in euerie citie them that preache him, seing he is red inCor. 10. 21. the Synagogues euerie Sabbath (day.)
22 Then it semed good to the Apostles and Elders with the whole Church, to send chosen men of their owne companie to Antiochia with Paul & Barnabas: (to wit,) Iudas whose surname was Barsabas and Silas, which were chief men among the brethren,
23 And wrote letters by them after this maner, THE APOSTLES, AND the Elders, & the brethren, vnto the brethren which are of the Gentiles in Antiochia, and in Syria, & in Cilicia, send greting.
24 Forasmuche as we haue heard, that certeine which departed from vs, haue troubled you with wordes, & cumbred your mindes, saying, Ye must be circūcised and kepe the Law to whome we gaue no suche cōmandement.
25 It semed therefore good to vs, whē we were come together with one accorde, to send chosen men vnto you, with our beloued Bar nabas and Paul,
26 Men that haue giuen vp their liues for the Name of our Lord Iesus Christ.
27 We haue therefore sent Iudas and Silas, whiche shal also tell you the same things by mouth.
28 For it semed good to the holie Gost, andWhome the ho lie Gost hathe moued and directed to ordeine, and write these
〈◊〉
, not as the
〈◊〉
of this do ctrine, but as the ministers of Gods ordinance, to vs, to lay no more burden vpon you, then these necessarie things.
29 (That is,) that ye absteine from things offered to idoles, and blood, and that that is strangled, and from fornication:And whatsoeuer ye wold not that men shulde do vnto you, do not to others. frō which if ye kepe your selues, ye shal do wel. Fare ye wel.Exod. 14. 31.
30 Now when they were departed, they cameIud. 7. 20. to Antiochia, & after that they had assēbledHag. 1. 12. the multitude, they deliuered the epistle.
31 And when they had red it, they reioyced for the consolation.
32 And Iudas and Silas being Prophetes,Or,
〈◊〉
. exhorted the brethren with manie wordes, & strengthened them.
33 And after they had taried there a space, they were let go inHauing desired leaue of the Church, the
〈◊〉
prayed God to prosper
〈◊〉
iorney. peace of the brethren vnto the Apostles.
34 NotwithstandingVVho for iuste causes, changed his minde. Silas thoght good to abide there stilAnd onely Iu das went.
35 Paul also and Barnabas continued in Antiochia, teaching and preaching with manie other the worde of the Lord.
36 ¶But after certeine dayes, Paul said vnto Barnabas, Let vs returne, and visite our brethren in euerie citie, where we haue preached the worde of the Lord, (and se) how thei do.
37 And BarnabasWolde
〈◊〉
Iohn, &
〈◊〉
. counseled to take with thē Iohn, called Marke.
38 But Paul thoght it not mete to take him vnto their companie, which departed from them from Pamphilia, and went not with them to the worke.
39 Then were they so stirred that theyGod suffreth the moste
〈◊〉
to fall, and yet turneth their infirmities to the setting
〈◊〉
of his glorie, as this breache of companie caused the worde to be preached in
〈◊〉
places. departed a sunder one from the other, so that Barnabas toke Marke, and sailed vnto Cyprus.
40 And Paul chose Silas and departed, being commended of the brethren vnto the grace of God.
41 And he went through Syria and Cilicia, stablishing the Churches.
CHAP. XVI.
1 when Paul had circumcised Timothie, he toke him with him. 7 The' Spirit calleth them from one, countrey to another.
〈◊〉
Lydia is conuerted. 28 Paul and Silas imprisoned conuert the iayler. 37 And are deliuered as Romaines.
1 THen came he to Derbe & to Lystra: and beholde, a certeine disciple was there named*Timotheus, a womans sonne, whichRom. 16. 21. was a Iewesse and beleued, but his fatherPhilip. 2. 19. was a Grecian.1. Thes 3.2.
2 Of whome the brethren which were at Lystra and Iconium, reported wel.
3 Therefore Paul wolde that he shulde go forthe with him, and toke and
〈◊〉
the Iewes shulde
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
as one that were prophane, and without God. circumcised him, because of the Iewes, which were in those quarters: for they knew all, that his father was a Grecian.
4 And as they went through the cities, they deliuered them the decrees to kepe, ordeined of the Apostles and Elders, which were at Ierusalem.
5 And so were the Churches stablished in the faith, and encreased in nombre daily.
6 ¶Now when they had gone through out Phrygia, and the region of Galacia, they wereGod chuseth not onely men, but also appointeth countreis where his worde shalbe preached, and onely as he wil. forbidden of the holie Gost to preache the worde inMeaning, Asia the lesse. () Of Iesus. Asia.
7 Then came they to Mysia, and soght to go into Bithynia: but the Spirit () fuffred them not.
8 Therefore they passed through Mysia, and came downe toCalled also' An tigonia, and Alexandria. Troas,
9 Where a visiō appeared to Paul in the night There stode a man of Macedonia, & prayed him, saying, Come into Macedonia, and helpe vs.
10 And after he had sene the vision, immediatly we prepared to go into Macedonia, beingWe oght not to credit visions, except we be assured thereof by the Spirit of God. assured that the Lord had called vs to preache the Gospel vnto them.
11 Then went we forthe from Troas, and with a straight course came to Samothracia, and the next day toWhich is in the borders of
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
. Neapolis,
12 ¶And from thence to Philippi, which is the chief citie in the partes of Macedonia, andIn Greke and Latine the worde is called Colonia which can not otherwise be wel expressed but by suche circumstance of wordes. whose inhabitants came from Rome to dwell there, and we were in that citie abiding certeine dayes.
13 And on the Sabbath day, we went out of the citie, besides a riuer, where they were wont toWhere the Christians accustomed to assemble their Church, when the
〈◊〉
persecuted them. pray: and we sate downe, and spake vnto the
〈◊〉
, which were come together.
14 And a certeine
〈◊〉
named Lydia, a seller of purple, of the citie of the Thyatirians, which worshipped God, heard (vs:)
〈◊〉
heart the Lord opened, that she attended vn to the things, which Paul spake.
15 And when she was baptized, and her housholde she besoght vs, saying, If ye haue iudged me to be faithful to the Lord, come into
〈◊〉
house, and abide (there): and she constrained vs.
16 And it came to passe that as we went to prayer, a certeine maide hauing * a spiritWhich colde gesse and
〈◊〉
me of things past present and to come: which knowledge in manie things God
〈◊〉
to the deuil. ofLeu.
〈◊〉
. 27. diuination, met vs, which gate her mastersDeu. 18. 7. muche vantage with diuining.1. Sam. 18. 7.
17 She followed Paul and vs, and cryed, saying, These men are the seruants of the moste high God, which shewe vnto vs theSatan althogh he spake the
〈◊〉
, yet was his
〈◊〉
pur pose to cause the Apostles to be troubled as sedicious persones and teachers of strange religion. way of saluacion.
18 And this did she manie dayes: But Paul being grieued,For
〈◊〉
subtiltie increased, and also it might seme that Satan, and the Spirit of God taught bothe one doctrine, Read. turned about, and said to the spirit, I commande thee in the Name of Iesus Christ, that thou come out of her. And he came out the same houre.
19 Now when her masters sawe that the hope of their gaine was gone, they caught Paul & Silas, and drewe them into the market place vnto the magistrates,
20 And broght them to the
〈◊〉
, saying, These men which are Iewes, trouble our citie,
21 And preache ordinances, which are not lawful for vs to receiue, nether to obserue, seing we are Romaines.Mark.
〈◊〉
. 34.
22 The people also rose vp together against them, and the gouernours rentTo wit, the clothes of Paul and Silas. their clothes, and * commanded (them) to be beaten2. Cor. 11. 3. with roddes.1.
〈◊〉
. 2. 2.
23 And when they had beatē them sore, they cast (them) into prison, commanding the iailer to kepe them surely.
24 Who hauing receiued suche commandement, cast them into theOr, in the bottome of the prison, or in a
〈◊〉
. inner prison, and made their fete fast in the stockes.
25 Now at midnight Paul & Silas prayed, (and) sainge a psalme vnto God: and the prisoners heard them.
26 And suddēly there was a great earthquake so that the fundation os the prison was shaken: and by and by all the dores opened, and euerie mans bandes were losed.
27 Then the keper of the prison waked out of his slepe, and when he sawe the prison dores open, he drewe out his sworde and wolde, haue killed him self, supposing the prisoners had bene fled.
28 But Paul cryed with a loude voyce, saying, Dothy self no harme: for we are all here.
29 Then he called for a light and leaped in and came trembling, and fel downe before Paul and Silas.
30 And broght them out, and said, Syrs, what must I do to be saued?
31 And they said, Beleue in the Lord Iesus Christ, and thou shalt be saued, and thine housholde.
32 And they preached vnto him the worde of the Lord, and to all that were in his house.
33 Afterwarde he toke them the same houre of the night, and washed (their)Or woundes or hurtes. stripes, and was baptized with all that belōged vnto him straight way.
34 And when he had broght them into his house, heGreke, he set the table. set meat before them, and reioyced that he with all his housholde beleued in God.
35 And when it was day,The Gouernours assembled together in the market, and remembring the
〈◊〉
quake that was, they feared and sent, &c. the gouernours sent the sergeants, saying, Let those men go.
36 Then the keper of the prison tolde these wordes vnto Paul, (saying,) The gouernours haue sent to lose you: now therefore get you hence, and go in peace.
37 Then said Paul vnto them, After that they haue beaten vs openly vncondemned, which areNo man had
〈◊〉
to beat or put to death a citizen Romaine but the Romaines them selues by the consent of the People. Romaines, they haue cast vs into prison and now wolde they put vs out
〈◊〉
? nay verely: but let them come and bring vs out.
38 And the sergeants tolde these wordes vnto the gouernours, whoFor the punish ment was great against thē that did
〈◊〉
to a
〈◊〉
Romaine. feared when they heard that they were Romaines.
39 Then came they and prayed thē, and broght them out, and desired them to departe out of the citie.
40 And they went out of the prison, ād entred into the (house of) Lydia: and when they had sene the brethren, they comforted them, and departed.
CHAP. XVII.
1 Paul commeth to Thessalonica. 4 where some receiue him, and others persecute him. 11 To searche the Scriptures. 17 He disputeth at Athens, and the frute of his doctrine.
1 NOw as they passed through Amphipolis, and Appollonia, they came to Thessalonica, where was a Synagogue of the Iewes.
2 And Paul, as his maner was, went in vnto thē and thre Sabbath (dayes) disputed with them by the Scriptures,
3 Opening, and alledging that Christ must haue suffred, and risen againe from the dead: and this is Iesus Christ, whome, (said he,) I preache to you.
4 And some of them beleued, and ioyned in companie with Paul and Silas: also os the Gre cians that feared God a great multitude, and of the chief women not a fewe.
5 But the Iewes which beleued not, moued with enuie, toke vnto them certeine vagabondes and wicked felowes, and when they had assembled the multitude, they made a tumulte in the citie, and made assaut against the house of Iason, and soght to bring them out to the people.
6 But when they founde thē not they drewe Iason and certeine brethren vnto, the heades of the citie, crying, These are they which
〈◊〉
subuerted the state of the worlde, and here they are.
7 Whome Iason hathe receiued, and these all do against the decrees of Cesar, saying that there is anotherLike quarell piking thei vsed against Christ: ād these be the wea pons where with the worlde continually
〈◊〉
against the mem bres of Christ, trayson and sedition. King, one Iesus.
8 Then they troubled the people, & the heads of the citie, when they heard these things.
9 Not withstāding when they had receiuedOr, a sufficient answer. sufficient assurance of Iason and of the other they let them go.
10 And the brethren immediatly sent away Paul and Silas by night vnto Berea, which when they were come thither, entred into the Synagogue of thē Iewes.
11 These were alsoNot more excellent of birth, but more prōpt, and couragious in receiuing the worde of God: for he compareth them of Berea with thē of Thessalonica who persecuted the Aposties in Betea. more noble men thē they which were at Thessalonica, which receiued the worde with all readines, and * searched the Scriptures daily,This was not onely to
〈◊〉
if these thīgs which thei had heard, were true, but also to confirme them selues in the same, and to increase their faith. whether those things were so.
12 Therefore manie of them beleued, and of honeste women, which were Grecians, and men not a fewe.
13 ¶But when the Iewes of Thessalonica knewe, that the worde of God was alsoIoh. 5. 39. prea ched of Paul at Berea, they came thither also and moued the people.
14 But by and by the brethren sent away Paul to go as (it were) to the sea: but Silas and Timotheus abode there stil.
15 And they thatOr, had the char ge to conduit him safely. did conduit Paul, broght him vnto Athenes: and when they had receiued a commandement vnto Silas and Timotheus that they shulde come to him at once, they departed.
16 ¶Now while Paul waited for them at Athenes, his spirit was stirred in him, whē he sawe the citieThat citie which was the fountaine of all knowledge, was now the sinke of moste horrible Idolatrie. subiect to idolatrie.
17 Therefore he disputed in the Synagogue with the Iewes, and with them that where religious, & in the market dailySuche was his feruent zeale towards God glo rie, that he labored to amplifie the same bothe in season, and out of season, as he taught
〈◊〉
de to Timothie. with whom soeuer he met.
18 Then certeine philosophers of thewho helde, that pleasure was mās whole folicitie. Epicucures, and of thewho taught that vertue was onely mans felicitie, which not withstāding they neuer atteined vnto. Stoickes disputed with him, and some said, What wil this babler say? Others (said) He semeth to be a fetter forthe of strange gods [because he preached vnto them Iesus, and the resurrection.]
19 And they toke him, and broght him intowhere iudgement was giuen of waightie matters, but chiefely of
〈◊〉
against their gods, whereof Paul was accused: or els was led thither because of the resorte of peo ple whose eares euer tickled to heare newes. Mars strete, saying, May we not knowe, what this new doctrine, whereof thou speakest, is?
20 For thou bringest certeine strange things vnto our eares: we wolde knowe therefore, what these things meane."Or,
〈◊〉
, or,
〈◊〉
.
21 For all the Athenians, and strangers which dwelt there,Or, had leasure gaue them selues to nothing els, but ether to tel, or to heare some newes.
22 Then Paul stode in the middes of i Mars strete, & said, Ye men of Athenes, I perceiue that in all things ye are to superstitious.
23 For as I passed by, and beheld your deuocions, I founde an altar where in was written k VNTO THE VNKNOWEN GOD. Whome ye then ignorātly worship, him shewe I vnto you.
24 God that made the worlde, and all things
that are therein, seing that he is Lord of heauen & earth, * dwelleth not in temples madeChap. 7. 48. with hands,Psal. 50.
〈◊〉
.
25 * Nether is worshipped with mens hāds, as thogh he neded any thing, seing he giueth to all life and breath and all things,
26 And hathe made of one blood all mankinde to dwell on all the face of the earth, and hath Before mā was created, God had appointed his sta te and condition assigned the times which were ordeined, before, & the boundes of theirThis is
〈◊〉
as touching the sondrie changes of the worlde, as when some people departe out of a countrey, & others come to dwel therein. habitaciō,
27 That they shuld seke the Lord; if so be they might haue groped after him, and foundeMen
〈◊〉
in darkenes til Christ the true light shine in their hearts. (him,) thogh douteles he be not farre from euerie one of vs.
28 For in him we liue, and moue, and haue our being, as also certeine of your
〈◊〉
As Aratus and others. Poetes haue said, For we are also his generacion.
29 *For asmuch thē, as we are the generaciō of God, we ought not to thynke that the God head is like vntoHe condēneth the matter and the forme where with God is coū
terfaited gold, or siluer, or stone gra uen by arte and the inuention of man.
30 And the time of this ignorāce GodBut pardoned it, and did not
〈◊〉
nish it as it deser ued. regardedIsa. 40. 23. not: but now he admonishethThis is ment of the vniuersal worlde, and not of euery particular man: for who soeuer sinneth without the Law shal die without the Lawe. all men euerie where to repent.
31 Because he hathe appointed a day in the which he wil iudge the worlde in righteousnes, by that man whome he hath appointed (whereof) he hathe giuen an assurance to all mē, in that he hathe raised him frō the dead.
32 Now when they heard of the resurrection from the dead, some mocked, and other said We wil heare thee againe of this thing.
33 And so Paul departed from among them.
34 How beit certeine men claue vnto Paul, and beleued: among whome was also Denis!Or, a iudge of Mars strete. Areopagita, and a woman named Damaris, & other with them.
CHAP. XVIII.
3 Paul laboureth with his hands, and preacheth at Corinthus, 6 He is detested of the Iewes, 7 Yet receiued of many, 9 And cōforted of the Lord. 14 Gallio refuseth to medle with religion. 18 Pauls vowe. 21 His faith in the prouidence of God. 22 And care for the brethren, 24 The praise of Apollos.
1 AFter these things, Paul departed frō Athe nes, and came to Corinthus,Rom. 16. 3.
2 And founde a certeine Iewe, named * Aquila borne in Pontus, lately come from Italie, and his wife Priscilla [because thatThis was Clau dius Cesar who then was Emperour. Claudius had commaunded all Iewes to departe from Rome] and he came vnto them.
3 And because he was of the same crafte, he abode with them &Thus he vsed where euer he came: but principally at Corinthus because of the false Apostles whiche preached with out wages to winne the peo ples fauour. wroght [for their crafte was to makeOr pauillions
〈◊〉
thē were made of skinnes. tentes.]
4 And he disputed in the Synagogue euerie Sabbath (day,) and exhorted the Iewes, and the Grecians.
5 Now when Silas and Timotheus were come from Macedonia, PaulAnd boyled with a certeine zeale. burned in spirit, testifying to the Iewes that Iesus was the Christ.
6 And when they resisted and blasphemed, he * shouke his raiment, and said vnto them, Because they haue none excuse, he denounceth the vengean ce of God against them through their owne
〈◊〉
, 1. Cor. 1. 14. Your blood (be) vpon your owne head: IChap. 11.
〈◊〉
. am cleane: from hence forthe wil I go vnto
〈◊〉
. 16. 14. the Gentiles.
7 So he departed thence, and entred into a certeine mans house; named Iustus, a worshipper of God, whose house ioyned hard to the Synagogue,
8 And * Crispus the chief ruler of the Synago gue, beleued in the Lord with all his housholde: and many of the Corinthians hearing it, beleued and were baptized.
9 Then said the Lord to Paul in the night by a vision, Feare not, but speake, and holde not thy peace.
10 ForGod promiseth him a special pro tection, whereby he wolde defende him from the violent rage of his enemies. I am with thee, and no man shal lay (hands) on thee to hurt thee: for I haue muche people in this citie.
11 So he continued there a yere & six moneths and taught the worde of God among them.
12 ¶Now when Gallio was Deputie ofOr, Grecia. Achaia, the Iewes arose with one accorde against Paul, and broght him to the iudgement seat,
13 Saying, This felow persuadeth men to worship God contrary to theThey accused him because he
〈◊〉
the seruice of God appointed by the Law. Law.
14 And as Paul was about to open his mouth, Gallio said vnto the Iewes, If it were a matter of wrong, or an euil dede, ô ye Iewes, I wolde according to reason mainteine you.
15 But if it be a question of wordes, and names, and of your Law, loke ye to it your selues: for I wil be no iudge of those things.
16 And he draue them from the iudgemēt seat.
17 Then toke all the GreciansOf whome
〈◊〉
spoken. Sosthenes the chief ruler of the Synagogue, and bet him1. Cor. 1. 1. before the iudgement seat: but Gallio cared nothing for those things.
18 But when Paul had taried there yet a good while, he toke leaue of the brethren, and sailed into Syria [and with him Priscilla and Aquila] after that he hadPaul did thus
〈◊〉
with the Iewes infirmities which as
〈◊〉
were not sufficiently instructed Nomb 6. 18. shorne his head in Cenchrea: for he had a * vowe.
19 Then he came to Ephesus, and left them there: but he entred into the Synagogue and disputed with the Iewes.
20 Who desired him to tary a longer time withChap. 21. 24. them: but he wolde not consent,
21 But bade them fare wel, saying, I must nedes kepe this feast that commeth, in Ierusalem: but I wil returne againe vnto you, * if God2. Cor. 4. 19. wil. So he sailed from Ephesus.Iam. 4. 15.
22 ¶And when he came downe toCalled Cesaria
〈◊〉
. Cesarea, he went vp (to Ierusalem:) and when he had saluted the Church, he went downe vnto An tiochia.
23 Now when he had taried (there) a while, he departed, and went through the countrey of Galacia and Phrygia by order, strengthening2. Cor. 1. 12. all the disciples.
24 And a certeine Iewe named * Apollos, borne at Alexandria, came to Ephesus, an eloquēt man, andOr, wel instructed. mightie in the Scriptures.
25 The same wasThat is, wasome what entred. instructed in the way of the Lord, and he spake feruently in the Spirit, ād taught diligently the things of the Lord, and knewe but theHe had but as yet the first principales of Christs religionand by baptisme is here ment the doctrine. baptisme of Iohn onely.
26 And he began to speake boldely in the Syna
gogue. Whome when Aquila and Priscilla had heard, they toke him vnto them, andThis great lear ned, and eloquēt man
〈◊〉
not to be taught of a poore
〈◊〉
man. expounded vnto him theThe way to sal uation. way of God more perfectly.
27 And whē he was minded to go into Achaia the brethren exhorting him, wrote to the disciples to receaue him: & after he was come thither, he holpe them muche which had be leued through grace,
28 For mightely he confuted publikely the Iewes with great vehemencie, shewing by the Scriptures, that Iesus was the Christ.
CHAP. XIX.
6 The holie Gost is giuen by Pauls hands. 9 The Iewes
〈◊〉
his doctrine, which was confirmed by miracles 13
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and punishment of the coniurers, and the frute that came thereof. 24 Demetrius raiseth sedition
〈◊〉
pretence of Diana. 41 Yet God deliuereth his and appeaseth
〈◊〉
by the towne clarke.
1 ANd it came to passe, while Apollos was at Corinthus, that Paul when he passed through the vpper coastes, came to Ephesus, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
disciples.
2 And said vnto them, Haue ye receiued theThat is, the par ticular
〈◊〉
of the Spirit: for as yet they knewe not the visible
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Gost sence ye beleued? And they said vnto him, We haue not so muche as heard whether there be an holie Gost.
3 And he said vnto them,Meaning, what doctrine they did professe by their baptisme: for to be baptized in Iohns bap tisme signifieth to
〈◊〉
the do ctrine which he taught, & sealed with the signe of baptisme: to be baptized in the Name of the Father, &c. is to be dedicate and con secrate vnto him to be
〈◊〉
in the death of Christ, or for the dead, or into one bodie, vnto remission of sinnes is, that sinne by Christs death may be abolished and dye in vs, & that we may growe in Christ our head, & that our sinnes may be washed away by the blood of Christ. Vnto what were ye then baptized? And they said, Vnto Iohns ba ptisme.
4 Then said Paul, *Iohn verely baptized with the baptisme of repentance, saying vnto the people, that they shulde beleue in him, which shuld come after him, that is, in Christ Iesus.
5 So when they heard it, they wereEndewed with the visible graces of the holie Gost baptized in the Name of the Lord
〈◊〉
.
6 And Paul laid his hands vpon them, and the holie Gost came on them, & they spake the tongues, and prophecied.
7 And all the men were about twelue.
8 ¶Moreouer he went into the Synagogue, & spak e boldely for the space of thre moneths disputing and exhorting to the things that (apperteine) to the kingdome of God.
9 But when certeine were hardened, & disobeyed speaking euil of the way (of God) before the multitude, he departed from thē, & separated the disciples, and disputed daily in the schole of oneThat is, of a cer teine man so cal led. Tyranus
〈◊〉
fiue a clocke vnto ten..Mat. 3. 11.
Mat. 1. 8.
10 And this was done by the space of twoLuk. 3. 16. yeres, so that all they which dwelt in Asia, heardIohn. 1. 27. the worde of the Lord Iesus, bothe Iewes & Grecians.Chap, 1. 5. &
〈◊〉
. 2. & 11. 16.
11 And God wroght no smale miracles by the hands of Paul,
12 So that from his bodie were broght vnto the sicke,Or, napkins. k erchefsThis was to au torize the Gospel, & to cōfirme Pauls ministerie not to cause men to worship him or his napkins. or handk erchefs, and the diseases departed from them, and the euil spirits went out of them.
13 Then certeine of the vagabonde IewesOr, coniurers. exorcistes, toke in hand to name ouer them which had euil spirits, the Name of the Lord Iesus, saying, WeThey abuse Pauls autoritie, and without any vocation of God vsurpe that which is not in mans power. adiure you by Iesus, whom Paul preacheth.
14 [And there were certeine sonnes of Sceua a Iewe, the Priest, (about) seuen which did this]
15 And the euil spirit answered, and said, Iesus I acknowledge, and Paul I knowe: but who are ye?
16 And the man in whome the euil spirit was, ran on them, and ouercame them, and preuai led against them, so that they fled out of that house, naked, and wounded.
17 And this was knowen to all the Iewes and Grecians also, which dwelt at Ephesus, and feare came on them all, and the Name of the Lord Iesus was magnified.
18 And many that beleued, came and cōfessed, andThat is, declared by
〈◊〉
of their sinnes and by their good workes that they were
〈◊〉
. shewed their workes.
19 Many also of them which vsed curious artes, broght their bokes, and burned them before all men, and they counted the price of them, and founde itThis mounteth to of our money about 2000 markes. fiftie thousand (pieces) of siluer.
20 So the worde of God grewe mightely, and preuailed.
21 ¶Now when these things were accomplished, Paul purposedBy the motion of the holie Gost he vndertoke this iorney. by the Spirit to passe through Macedonia ād Achaia, and to go to Ierusalē, saying, After I haue bene there, I must also se Rome.
22 So sent he into Macedonia two of them that ministred vnto him, Timotheus and Erastus, (but) he remained in Asia for a season.
23 And the same time there arose no smale trou ble about thatThat his, about the state of the Christians: for they contemned the Christians be cause they left the olde religion and broght in another trade of doctrine. way.
24 For a certeine man named Demetrius a siluersmith, which made siluerOr, sorines. temples of Diana,What impietie doeth not couetousnes driue a man vnto. broght great gaines vnto the craftes men:
25 Whome he called together, with the workemen of like things, and said, Sirs, ye knowe that by this crafteHe was moued with his pro fit: and the others for their bellies, so that they wolde rather lose bothe their liues and religiō then their filthie gaine we haue our goods.
26 Moreouer ye se and heare, that not alone at Ephesus, but almoste through out all Asia this Paul hathe persuaded, and turned away muche people, saying That they be not gods which are made with hands,
27 So that not onely this thing is dangerous vnto vs,Meaning their arte and occupation. that the state shulde be reproued, but also that theReligion is his seconde argument which he lesse estemeth, then his profit, and therefore put
〈◊〉
it last, which
〈◊〉
is
〈◊〉
to the
〈◊〉
of the faithful: for they
〈◊〉
religion aboue all. temple of the great goddesse Diana shulde be nothing estemed, and that it wolde come to passe that her magnificence, which all Asia and theHe groundeth his religionvpon the multitude & autoritie of the worlde, as do the Papistes. worlde worshippeth, shulde be destroyed.
28 Now when they heard it, they were ful of wrath, and cryed out, saying, Great (is) Diana of the Ephesians.
29 And the whole citie was ful of confusion, and they rushed into the commune place with one assent, and caught*Gaius, and*Aristarchus, men of Macedonia, and Pauls companions of his iourney.
30 And when Paul wolde haue entred in vnto the people, the disciples suffred him not.Rom. 16.
〈◊〉
.
31 Certeine also of the chief of Asia which1. Cor. 1. 14. were his friends, sent vnto him, desiring himColos.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
that he wolde not present him self in the commune place,
32 Some therefore cryed one thing, and some another: for the assemblie was out of order, and the more parte knewe not wherefore they were come together.
33 And (some) of the companieAnd set him in an hie place where the people tolde not comenere him but whence thei might wel heare his voyce. drewe forthe Alexander, the Iewesthrusting him forwardes. Alexander then beckened with the hād, and wolde haue excused the matter to the people.
34 But when they knewe that he was a Iewe, there arose a shoute almoste for the space of two houres, of all men crying, Great (is) Diana of the Ephesians.
35 Then the towne clarkewhen he had stayed the people, said, Yemen of Ephesus, what man is it that knoweth not how that the citie of the Ephesians is a worshipper of the great goddesse Diana, and of (the image,) which came downe fromAntiquitie and the acouetousnes of the Priests broght in this superstition: for it is writen that the temple being repaired seuen times, this idole was neuer chan ged. Plin lib. 16. 40. by suche delu sions the worlde is moste easely abused. Iupiter?
36 Seing then that no man canHe pacifieth the People by worldelie wisdome, and hathe no respect to religion. speake against these things, ye ought to be appeased, ād to do nothing rashly.
37 For ye haue broghthither these men, which haue nether commit sacrilege, nether do blaspheme your goddesse.
38 Wherefore, if Demetrius and the craftes men which are with him, haue a matter against any man, the
〈◊〉
is open, ād there are Deputies: let them accuse one another.
39 But if ye inquire anie thing concerning other matters it maye be determined in a lawful assemblie.
40 For we are euen in ieopardie to be accused of this daies sedicion, forasmuche as there is no cause, whereby we may giue a reason of this concourse of people.
41 And when he had thus spoken, he let the assemblie departe.
CHAP. XX.
Paul goeth into Macedonia and into Grecia. 7 He celebrateth the Lords supper and preacheth. 9 At Troas he raiseth vp Eutychus. 17 At Ephesus he calleth the Elders of the Church together, committeth the keping of Gods flocke vnto them, warneth them of false teachers, maketh his praier with them, and departeth by ship towards Ierusalem.
1 NOw after the tumulte was ceased, Paul called the disciplesvnto him, & embrased them, and departed to go into Macedonia.
2 And when he had gone through those parties, & had exhorted thē with manie wordes, he came into Grecia.
3 And hauing taried (there) thre moneths, because the Iewes laid waite for him, as he was about to saile into Syria, he purposed to returne through Macedonia.
4 And there accompanied him into Asia Sopater of Berea, and of them of Thessalonica, Aristarchus, and Secundus, and Gaius of Der be, and Timotheus, and of them of Asia Tychicus, and Trophimus.
5 These went before, and taried vs at Troas.
6 And we sailed forthe fromHe remained there these daies because he had better opportunitie to teache: also the
〈◊〉
of the Law was not yet knowē. Philippi, after the daies of vnleauened bread, and came vnto them to Troas in fiue daies, where we abode seuen daies.
7 Andwhich we call Sonday. Of this place and also of the. 1. Cor. 16. 2. we gather that the Christians vsed: o haue their
〈◊〉
assemblies this day, laying aside the ceremonie of the
〈◊〉
Sabbath. the first day of the weke, the disciples being come together toTo celebrate the Lords Supper Chap. 2. 46. breake bread, Paul preached vnto them, readie to depart on the morowe, and continued the preaching vnto midnight.
8 And there were manie lightes in an vpper chamber, where they were gathered together.
9 And there sate in a windowe a certeine yongOr, boye. mā named Eutychus, fallen into depe slepe: and as Paul was long preaching he ouercome with slepe, fell downe from the third lofte, and was taken vp dead.
10 But Paul went downe, and laid him self vpon"Or, we. him, and embrased him, saying, Trouble not your selues: for his life is in him.
11 So when (Paul) was come vp againe, and had broken bread, and eaten, he commoned a long while til the dawning of the daye, (and) so he departed.
12 And they broght the boie aliue, and thei were not a litle comforted.
13 ¶Then we went forthe to ship, and sailed vnto (the citie)which was a citie of Mysia Apollonia. Plin. called otherwise lib. 5. Chap. 50. Assos, that we might receiue Paul there: for so had he appointed & wolde him self go a fote.
14 Now when he was come vnto vs to Assos, and we had receiued him, we came to Mytylenes.
15 And we sailed thence, and came the next day ouer against Chios, ād the next dayewe arriued at Samos, and taried at Trogyllium: the next daye we came to Miletum.
16 For Paul had determined to saile by Ephesus, because he wolde not spend the time in Asia: for he hasted to be, if he colde possible, at Ierusalem, at the day ofOr, witsontide. Pentecoste.
17 ¶ Wherefore from Miletum he sent to Ephesus, and called the Elders of the Church.
18 Who when they were come to him, he said vnto them, Ye knowe from the first day that I came into Asia, after what maner I haue bene with you at all seasons,
19 In my vocatiō and ministerie. Seruing the Lord with allThis vertue is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
boasting and hie minded: which vices are
〈◊〉
in the
〈◊〉
of Iesus Christ. modestie, and with manie teares, and tentacions, which came vnto me by the layings awaite of the Iewes,
20 And how I keptI nether held my tongue for feare, not dissembled for gaine. backe nothing that was profitable, but haue shewed you, and taught you openly, and through out euerie house,
21 Witnessing bothe to the Iewes, and to the Grecians thewhich is the tourning to God by newnes of lif. repentance towarde God, ādwhich is the receiuing of the grace, which Christ doeth offer vs. faith towarde our Lord Iesus Christ.
22 And now beholde, I goThat is, by the impulsion and commandement of the holie Gost, who draweth me as with a hand. bounde in the spirit vnto Ierusalē, and knowe not what things shal come vnto me there,
23 Saue that the holie GostBy the Prophetes. witnesseth in euerie citie, saying, that bandes and afflictions abide meIn Ierusalem.
24 But I passe not at all, nether is my life deare vnto my self, so that I may fulfil my course with ioye, and the ministracion which I
haue receiued of the Lord Iesus, to testifie the Gospel of the grace of God.
25 And now be holde, I knowe that hence forthe ye all, through whome I haue gone preaching the kingdome of God, shal se my face no more.
26 Wherefore I take you to recorde this day, that I am pure from theI am not the occasion of anie of your destructions. blood of all men.
27 For I haue kept nothing backe, but haue shewed youWhich concer neth your saluacion. all the counsel of God.
28 Take hede therefore vnto your selues, and to all the flocke, whereof the holie Gost hath made you Ouerseers, to fede the churh of God, which he hathe purchased with hisThat which ap
〈◊〉
to the humanitie of Christ, is here attributed to his diuinitie, because of the communion of the proprieties, & vnion of the two natures in one persone. owne blood.
29 For I knowe this, that after my departing shal grieuous wolues entre in among you, not sparing the flocke.
30 Moreouer of your owne selues shal men arise speakingThrough their ambicion, which is mother of all heresic and wickednes. peruerse things, to drawe disciples after them.
31 Therefore watche and remember, that by (the space) of thre yeres I ceased not to warne euerie one, bothe night and daye with teares.
32 And now brethren, I commende you to God, and to the worde of his grace, whichTo increase you with
〈◊〉
graces and to finish his worke in you. is able to buylde further, and to giue you anHe promiseth to the faithful continual increase of grace, til they enter into the possession of that inheritance, which is prepared for them. inheritance: among all them, which are sanctified.
33 I haue coueted no mans siluer, nor golde, nor apparel.
34 Yea, ye knowe, that these hands haue ministred vnto my* necessities, and to them that were with me.
35 I haue shewed you all things, how that so laboring, ye ought to
〈◊〉
the weake, & to remember the wordes of the Lord Iesus1. Cor. 4. 12. how that he said,Althogh his be not orderly so writ in anie one place, yet it is gathered of
〈◊〉
places of the Scri pture in effect.
〈◊〉
is a blessed thing to giue1, Thes. 2. 9. rather then to receiue.2. Thes. 36.
36 And when he had thus spoken, he kneled downe, and praied with them all.
37 Then they wept all abundantly, and fel on Pauls necke, and kissed him,
38 Being chiefly sorie for the wordes which he spake, That they shulde se his face no mo re. And thei accompanied him vnto the ship.
CHAP. XIX
5 The commune prayers of the faithful 8 Philippes foure daughters prophetesses. 23 Pauls constantie to beare the crosse, as Agabus and others forespake, althogh he was otherwise counseled by
〈◊〉
brethren. 28 The great danger that he was in, and how he escaped.
1 ANd as we launched forthe, and were departed from them, we came with a straight course vnto Coos, and the daye following vnto the Rhodes, and from thence vnto Patara.
2 And we founde a ship that went ouer vnto Phenice, and went abroade, and set forthe.
3 And when we had discouered Cyprus, we left it on the left hand, & sailed towarde Syria and arriued at Tyrus: for there the ship vnladed the burden.
4 And when we had founde disciples, we taryed there seuen dayes. And they tolde PaulBy the reuelacion of Gods Spirit. through theThe helie
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vnto them the persecu cions that Paul
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
made against him and the same Spi rit also strengthened Paul to susteine them, Spirit, that he shulde not go vp to Ierusalem.
5 But when the daies were ended, we departed, and went our way, and thei all accompanied vs with (their) wiues and children, euen out of the citie: and we kneling downe on the shore, prayed.
6 Then when we had embraced one another, we toke ship, and thei returned home.
7 And when we had ended the course from Tyrus, we arriued at Ptolemais, and saluted the brethren, & abode with them one daye.
8 And the next day, Paul and thei that were with him, departed, and came vnto Cesarea: and we entred into the house of* PhilippeChap. 6. 5. the Euangelist, which was one of theThis office of Deaconship was but for a time, according as the Congregaciō had nede, or other wise. seuen (Deacons,) and abode with him.
9 Now he had foure daughters virgines, which did prophecie.
10 And as we taryed there manies dayes, there came a certeine Prophet from Iudea, named Agabus.
11 And when he was came vnto vs, he toke Pauls girdle, and bounde his owne hands ād fete, and said,God wolde ha ue his
〈◊〉
bandes knowen to the
〈◊〉
that no man shulde thinke
〈◊〉
he cast him self into wilful danger. Thus saith the holie Gost, So shal the Iewes at IerusalemThis was not to make Paul afraied, but to encourage him against the brunt. binde the man that oweth this girdle, and shal deliuer him into the hands of the Gentiles.
12 And when we had heard these things, both we and other of the same place besoght him that he wolde not go vp to Ierusalem.
13 Then Paul answered, and said, What do ye weping and breaking mine heart? For I am readie not to be boūde onely, but also to dye at Ierusalem for the Name of the Lord Iesus.
14 So when he wolde not be persuaded, we ceased, saying, The wil of the Lord be done.
15 And after those dayes we trussed vp our fardeles, and went vp to Ierusalem.
16 There went with vs also (certeine) of the disciples of Cesarea, & broght with thē one Mnason of Cyprus, an olde disciple, with whome we shulde Iodge.
17 And when we were come to Ierusalem, the brethren receiued vs gladly.
18 And the next daye Paul went in wyth vs vntoWho was the chief, or superintendent of the Church of Ierusalem. Iames: and all the Elders were there assembled.
19 And when he had embraced them, he tolde by ordre all things, that God had wroght among the Gentiles by his ministracion.
20 So when they heard it, they glorified the Lord, ād said vnto him, Thou seest, brother, how manie thousand Iewes there are which beleue, and they are all zealous of the Law.
21 Now they are informed of thee, that thou teachest all the Iewes, whiche are amonge the Gentiles, to forsake Moses, and saist, that they ought not to circumcise their children, nether to liue (after) theThat is, according to the maners that our fathers obserued, which were commanded by God. customes.
22 What is then (to be done?) the multitude must nedes come together: for they shall heare that thou art come.
23 Do therfore this that we say to thee, We ha
ueVVho as yet were not wel in
〈◊〉
in Christ Nomb. 6. 18. foure men, which haue made a vowe.
24 Then take, andThe end of this ceremonie was thankes
〈◊〉
,ād was
〈◊〉
by God, and part ly of ignorance and
〈◊〉
reteined: therefore S. Paul supported the, in the weak nes of others ād made him self al to all men, not
〈◊〉
his cō science. purifie thy self with them and contribute with them, that they maȳe* shaue their heades: and all shall knowe, thatChap. 18. 18. those things, whereof they haue bene informed concerning thee, are nothing, but that thou thy self also walkest & kepe it the Law.
25 For as touching the Gentiles, whiche beleue, we haue written, and determined* that they obserue no suche thinge, but that they kepe them selues from things offred to idoles, and from bloode, and from that that is stangled, and from fornication.
26 Then Paul toke the men, and the next daye was purified with them, and entred into theChap. 15 20. Temple,* declaring the accomplishment ofNomb 6. 13. the dayes of purification, vntyll that anChap. 24. 8. offerynge shulde be offered for euerye one of them.
27 And when the seuen dayes were almost ended, the lewes whiche were of Asia, [when they sawe hym in the Temple] moued all the people, andIn thinking to appease the faith full, and to support the
〈◊〉
, he falleth into the handes of his enemies. layd hands on him.
28 Crying, Men of Israel, helpe: this is the man that teacheth all men euery where againste the people, and the Law, and this place: more ouer, he hath broght Grecians into the Tem ple, and hathe polluted this holie place.l By bringing in such as were not circumeised.
29 For they had sene before Trophimus an Ephesian with him in the citie, whom they sup posed that Paul had broght into the Temple
30 Then all the citie was moued, and the people ran together: and they toke Paul, and drewe him out of the Temple, ād forth with the dores were shut.
31 But as they went about to kill hym, tydings came vnto the chief Captaine of the bande, that all Ierusalem was on an vproare.
32 Who immediatly toke the
〈◊〉
andVVhiche were vnder
〈◊〉
and had charge ouer an hūdreth souldiers. Centurions, and ranA notable example of Gods prouidence for the defence of his. downe vnto them: and when they sawe the chief Captaine and the souldiers, they left beating
〈◊〉
Paul.
33 Then the chief Captayne came nere and toke him, ād commanded him to be bounde with two chaines, and demaunded who he
〈◊〉
, and what he had done.
34 And one cryed thys, another that, amonge the people. So when he colde not know the certeintie for the tumulte, he commanded him to be led into the castle.
35 And when he came vnto the grieces, it was so that he was borne of the souldiers, for the violence of the people.
36 For the multitude of the people followed after, crying, Away with him.
37 And as Paul shulde haue bene led into the castle, he sayd vnto the chief captaine, MayChap.
〈◊〉
. 36. I speake vnto thee? Who sayde, Canst thou (speake) Greke?
38 Art not thou the*Iosephus li. An tiq. 20. cha. 11. and de bello Iuda, li. Egyptian, who before these dayes raised a sedition, and led out into
〈◊〉
. chap. 12. the wildernes foure thousand men that were murtherers?
39 Then Paul said, Doutles I am a man whicheChap. 22. 3. am a Iewe, and citizen of* Tarsus, a famous citie in Cilicia, and I beseche thee, suffre me to speake vnto the people.
40 And when he had giuen hym licence, Paul stode on the grieces, and beckened with the hand vnto the people: and when there was made great silēce, he spake vnto them in the Hebrue tongue, saying.
CHAP. XXII.
3 Paul rendreth an account of his life and doctrine. 25 He escapeth the whippe by reason he was a citizen of
〈◊〉
.
1 YEmen, brethren and fathers, heare myOr, raison, or excuse. defence now towards you.
2 [And when they heard that he spake in the He brue tongue to them, they kept the more silence, and he said]Chap. 21. 39.
3 I am verely a man, (whiche am) a Iewe, borne in* Tarsus in Cilicia, but broght vp in thys citie at theVVhereby he declareth his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
. fete of Gamaliel, and instructed accordyng to the perfect maner of the Law of the Fathers, ād was zealous toward God,Chap. 8.
〈◊〉
. as ye all are this day.
4 * And I persecuted thysOr
〈◊〉
profession
〈◊〉
the Christians. waye vnto the death, bindyng and deliuerynge into prison bothe men and women.
5 As also the chief Priest doeth beare me witnes, and all the state of the Elders: of whome also I receyued letters vntoTo the Iewes to whome the
〈◊〉
were directed. brethren, and went to Damascus to
〈◊〉
them whiche were there, bound vnto erusalem, that they might be punished.
6 ¶ And so it was, as Iiourneid and was come nere vnto Damascus about noone, that suddenly there shone from heauen a great light rounde
〈◊〉
me.
7 So I fell vnto the earth, and heard a voyce, saying vnto me, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me?
8 Then
〈◊〉
aunswered, Who art thou, Lord? And he said to me, I am Iesus of Nazaret, whome thou persecutest.
9 Moreouer they that were withme, sawe in dede
〈◊〉
and were afraid: but they heard not the voyce of him that spake vnto me.
10 Then I said, What shal I do, Lord? And the Lord said vnto me, Arise, and go into Damascus: and there it shalbe
〈◊〉
thee of all things, which are appointed for thee to do.
11 So when I colde not se for the glorie of that lyght, I was led by the hande of them that were with me, and came into Damascus.
12 And one Ananias a godlye man, as perteyning to the Law, hauing good reporte of all the Iewes which dwelt there.
13 Came vnto me, and stode, and said, vnto me, Brother
〈◊〉
, receiue thy sight: and that same houre I loked vpon him.
14 And he said, The God of our fathers hatheThis may be re ferred to the
〈◊〉
nall counsell of God, or els to the executiō and de claration of the same whiche semeth here to be more
〈◊〉
. appointed thee, that thou shuldest knowe his will, and shuldest se that Iust one, and shuldest heare the voyce of his mouth.
15 For thou shalte be hys witnes vnto all men of the things, which thou hast sene & heard.d which is Christ
16 Now therefore why tariest thou? Arise, and1. Iohn. 2. 1.
be baptized, and washe away thy sinnes, in calling on theHe sheweth that sinnes can not be washed awaye, but by Christ who is the substance of Baptisme: in whom also is
〈◊〉
the Father and the holie Gost. Name of the Lord.
17 ¶ And it came to passe, that whē I was come againe to Ierusalem, and prayed in the Temple, I was in a traunce.
18 And sawe him saying vnto me, Make hast, ād get thee quickely out of Ierusalem: for they wil not receiue thy witnes concerning me.
19 Then I said, Lord, they knowe that I * prisoned, ād bet in euerie Synagogue them thatChap. 8. 3. beleued in thee.
20 And when the blood of thy martyr Steuen was shed, I also * stode by, and consentedChap. 7 58. vnto his death, ād kept the clothes of them that slewe him.
21 Then he said vnto me, Depart: for I wil send thee farre hence vnto the Gentiles.
22 ¶ And they heard vnto this worde, (but) thē they lift vp their voyces, and said, A way with suche a felowe frome the earth: for it is not mete that he shulde line.
23 And as they cryed and cast of their clothes, and threwe dust into the aire.
24 The chief captaine commanded hym to be led into the castle, and bade that he shulde be scourged, ād examined, that he might know wherefore they cryed so on him.
25 And as they bounde him with thongs, Paùl sayd vnto the Centurion that stode by, Is it lawfull for you to scourge one that is aNot because he was borne at Rome, but by reason of his citie: for Tarsus was inhabited by the Romains, and was their Colonia, whereof read cha. 16. 12. Romaine, and not condemned?
26 No we when the Centurion heard it, he went, and tolde the chief Captaine, saying, Take hede what thou doest: for this man is a Romaine.
27 Then the chief captaine came, and sayd to hym, Tell me, art thou a Romaine? And he said, Yea.
28 And the chief captaine answered, With a great summe obteined I this burgeship. Then Paul said, But I wasThis priuiledge was oft times gi uen in recompē
se of seruice to
〈◊〉
that were farre of Rome, and to their chil dren, thogh they were not borne in the citie. so borne.
29 Then strayght waye they departed frome him, whiche shulde haue examined hym: and the chief Captaine also was afrayd, after he knewe that he was a Romaine, and that he had bounde him.
30 On the next daye, because he wolde haue knowen the certeintie wherfore he was accused of the Iewes, he losed him frome (hys) bondes, and commanded the hie Priests and all their Council to come (together:) and he broght Paul, and set him before them.
CHAP. XXIII.
3 The answer of Paul being smit, and the ouerthrowe of his enemies.
〈◊〉
The Lord encourageth him. 23 And becau se the Iewes layed waite for him, he is sent to Cesarea.
1 ANd Paul behelde earnestly the Council, and sayd, Men (and) brethren, I haue in all good conscience serued GOD vntil this daye.
2 Then the hie Priest Ananias commanded thē that stode by, to smite him on the mouth.
3 Then said Paul to him, GodPaul doeth not curse the hye Priest, but denounceth sharply the punishement of GOD whiche shulde light vpon him, who vnder pretence of maintei nyng the Lawe
〈◊〉
transgresse it. will smite thee, thou whited wall: for thou sittest to iudge me accordyng to the Law, and commaundest thou me to be smiten contrary to the Law?
4 And they that stode by, sayd, Reuilest thou Gods hie Priest?
5 Then say de Paul, I
〈◊〉
made this excuse as it were in mockerie, as if he wolde say, I knowe nothing in
〈◊〉
man wor thie the office of the hie Priest. knewe not, brethren, that he was the hie Priest: for it is written, * Thou shalte not spake euill of the Ruler of thy people.Exod.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
6 But when Paul perceiued that the one parte were of the Sadduces, and the other of the Pharises, he cried in the Council, Men (and) brethren, * I am a Pharise, the sonne of a Pha rise: I am accused of the hope andHe denieth not but there were other points, but he expresseth that for the whi che the Sadduces that were the chief
〈◊〉
, hated hī most for Mat. 22.
〈◊〉
. resurrection of the dead.Phili 3 5.
7 And whē he had said this, there was a dissenChap. 24. 22. sion betwene the Pharises and the Sadduces, so that the multitude was deuided.
8 * For the Sadduces say that there is no resurrection, nether Angel, nor spirit: but the Pha risses confesseVnderstanding both-kindes, the Angels
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
, which he concludeth
〈◊〉
one,
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
whi
〈◊〉
is the other
〈◊〉
. bothe.
9 Then there was a great crye: and the Scribes of the Pharises parte rose vp, and stroue, saying, We finde none euill in this man: but if a spirit or an Angel hathe spoken to him, let vs not fight against God.
20 And when there was a great dissension, the chief captaine, fearing lest Paul shulde haue bene pulled in pieces of them, commaunded the souldiers to go do wne, and to take him from among them, and to bring him into the castel.
11 ¶ Now the night following the Lord stode by hym, and said, Be of good courage, Paul: for as thou hast testified of me in Ierusalem: so must thou beare witnes also at Rome.
12 And when the day was come, certeine of the Iewes made an assemblie, and bounde thē sel ues with anThe worde signifieth cursing, as when a man either
〈◊〉
, vo weth or wis heth him self
〈◊〉
die, or to be giuē to the deuill, except
〈◊〉
bring
〈◊〉
purpose to passe. othe, saying, that they wold ne ther eat nor drinke, til they had killed Paul.
13 And they were more then fourtie, whiche had made this conspiracie.
14 And they came to the chief Priests and Elders, and sayd, We haue bounde our selues with a solēne othe, that we will eat nothing, vntill we haue slaine Paul.
15 Nowe therefore, ye and the Council signifie to the chief Captaine, that he bring him for the vnto you to morowe, as thogh ye wolde knowe some thynge more perfitely of him, and we, or euer he come nere, wil be readie to kil him.
16 But when Pauls sistersThis declareth that God hath so many meanes to deliuer his children out of danger as there are creatures in the worlde, so that the aduersaries can not
〈◊〉
so
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thē, but he
〈◊〉
infinite meanes to defeat
〈◊〉
wicked
〈◊〉
sonne heard of their laying await, he went, and entred into the castle, and tolde Paul.
17 And Paul called one of the Centurions vnto him, and said, Bring thys yong man vnto the chief captaine: for he hathe a certeine thing to she we him.
18 So he toke hym, and broght hym to the chief Captaine, and sayd, Paul the prisoner called me vnto him, and prayed me to bryng this yong man vnto thee, which hath some thing to say vnto thee.
19 Thē the chief captaine to ke him by the hād, and went aparte with him alone, and asked
him, What hast thou to shewe me?
20 And he said. The Iewes haue conspired to desire thee, that thou woldest bring for the Paul to morow into the Council, as thogh they wolde inquire some what of him more perfitely.
21 But let them not persuade thee: for there lie in waite for him of them, more then fourtie men, whiche haue bounde them selues with an othe, that they wil nether eat nor drinke, til they haue killed him: and now are they readie, and wait for thy promes.
22 The chief captaine then let the yong man departe, and charged him to speake it to no man, that he hadGreke, that thou
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
these things to me. shewed him these things.
23 And he called vnto him two certeine Centurions, saying, Make readie two hundreth souldiers, that they may go to Cesarea, and horsmen thre score and ten, and two hundreth, with dartes at the thirde houre of the night.
24 And let thē make readie an horse that Paul being seton, may be broght safe vnto Felix the Gouernour.
25 And he wrote anThis letter was writ partely in the fauour of Paul, that his
〈◊〉
might not oppresse him epistle in this maner.
26 Claudius Lysias vnto the moste noble Gouernour Felix sendeth greting.
27 As this man was taken of the Iewes, and shulde haue bene killed of them, I came vpō them with the garison, and rescued him,The Captaine dissembleth to cōmend his own diligence: for
〈◊〉
did not knowe that Paul was a Romain before he had rescued him, and giuen him to be straictly
〈◊〉
. per ceiuing that he was a Romaine.
28 And when I wolde haue knowen the cause wherefore they accused him, I broght him for the into their council.
29 (There) I perceiued that he was accused of questions of their Law, but had no crime worthie of death, or of bondes.
30 And when it was shewed me, how that the Iewes laid wait for the mā, I sent (him) straight way to thee, and commaunded his accusers to speake before thee the things that they had against him. Fare wel.
31 Then the souldiers as it was commaunded them, toke Paul, and broght him by night to Antipatris.
32 And the next day, they left the horsmē to go with him, and returned vnto the castel.
33 Now when they came to Cesarea, they deliuered the epistle to the Gouernour, and presented Paul also vnto him.
34 So when the Gouernour had red it, he asked of what
〈◊〉
this name the Romaines called euerie coū trey which they had subdued. prouince he was: & when he vnder stode that he was of Cilicia,
35 I wil heare thee, said he, whē thine accusers also are come, and commaunded him to be kept in Herodes iudgement hall.
CHAP. XXIIII.
10 Paul being accused, answereth for his life and doctrine against his accusers. 25 Felix gropeth him, thinking to haue a bribe. 28 And after leaueth him in prison.
1 NOw after fiue dayes, Ananias the high Priest came downe with the Elders, and (with) Tertullus a certeine oratour, whiche appeared before the Gouernour against Paul.
2 And when he was called for the, Tertullus began to accuse (him,) saying, Seing that we haue obteined great quietnes through thee, and that manie worthie things are done vnto this nation through thy prouidence.
3 We acknowledge it wholy, and in all places mosteFor Felix by his diligence had taken Elea
〈◊〉
the captaine of the
〈◊〉
, and put the Egyptian to flight which raised vp tumultes in Iudea: for these the
〈◊〉
praiseth him: other wise he was both
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
, read Ioseph. li. 20. Antiq. chap. 11. & 12. & li. 2. de
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
chap. 12. noble Felix, with all thankes.
4 But that I be not tedious vnto thee, I pray thee, that thou woldest heare vs of thy courtesie a fewe wordes.
5 Certeinely we haue founde this man a pestilent felowe, & a mouer of sedition among all the Iewes throughout the worlde & a chief mainteiner of theOr heresie: for so the wicked
〈◊〉
med the true
〈◊〉
stian religion. secte of theVVhich
〈◊〉
the people to
〈◊〉
their libertie againste the Romainess and thogh the
〈◊〉
cusers approued bothe this
〈◊〉
and their doctrine, yet to get Paul punished, thei seme to con demne it. Nazarites:
6 And hathe gone about to pollute the Tēple: therefore we toke him, and wolde haue iudged him according to our Law:
7 But theOr, captaine of a thousand. chief captaine Lysias came vpō vs, and with great violence toke him out of our hands,
8 Cōmanding his accusers to come to thee: of whom thou maist [if thou wilt inquire] know all these things where of we accuse him.
9 And the Iewes like wise
〈◊〉
, saying that it was so.
10 Then Paul, after that the gouernour had beckened vnto him that he shulde speake, answered, I do the more gladly answer for my self, for asmuche as I knowe that thou hast bene of manie yeres aOr, gouerner: for before this he ruled
〈◊〉
, Batanea, and
〈◊〉
. iudge vnto thisSo that thou art not
〈◊〉
of their facions. nation,
11 Seing that thou maist knowe, that there are but twelue dayes since I came vpNot that his purpose was
〈◊〉
worship there, but the Iewes so
〈◊〉
unde him by the counsel of others: for
〈◊〉
thoght to
〈◊〉
wōne the simple brethren, and to stop the enemies mouthes. to worship in Ierusalem.
12 And thei nether founde me in the Temple disputing with anie man, nether making vpro are among the people, nether in the Synagogues, nor in the citie.
13 Nether can they proue the things, where of they now accuse me.
14 But this I confesse vnto thee, that after the way [which they callAs the Seribes and Pharises termed the
〈◊〉
doctrine. heresie] so worship I the God of my Fathers, beleuing all things which are written in the Law and the Prophetes,
15 And haue hope to wards God, that the resurrection of the dead which they them selues loke for also, shalbe bothe of iust and vniust.
16 And here in I endeuour my self, to haue alway a cleare consciēce to warde God, & to warde men.
17 Now afterMeaning, that it was a lōg time since he had
〈◊〉
at
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
was when
〈◊〉
broght
〈◊〉
. many yeres, I came and broght * almes to my nacion and offrings.
18 * At what time, certeine Iewes of Asia foūde me purified in the Temple.
19 Nether with multitude, nor with tumult.Chap. 11. 29.
20 WhoFor his
〈◊〉
spake but vpon, false
〈◊〉
which these be lowes of
〈◊〉
had
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and durst not them selues appeare. ought to haue bene present before
〈◊〉
. 15. 26. thee, & accuse (me,) if they had ought against2. Cor. 9. 2. me.Chap. 21. 27.
21 Or let these thē selues say, if they haue foūde any vniust thing in me, while I stode in the Council,
22 Except (it be) for this one voyce, that I
cryed standing among them, * Of the resurrection of the dead am I accused of you this day.Chap. 23. 7.
23 Now when Felix heard these things, he differ red them, and said, Whē I shal more perfitely knowe the things which cōcerne thisOr, sect. way, by the coming of Lysias the chief Captaine, I wil decise your matter.
24 Then he cōmande a Centurion to kepe Paul and that he shulde haue ease, & that he shuld forbid none of his acquaintance to minister vnto him, or to come vnto him.
25 ¶ And after certeine dayes, came Felix with his wife Drusilla, which was aBy whose coū
sel Felix called for Paul. Iewesse, (&) he called forthe Paul, and heard him of the faith in Christ.
26 And as he disputed of righteousnes, and tē
perance, and of the iudgemēt to come, FelixThe worde of God maketh the verie wicked asto nished, and there fore to them it is the sauour of death vnto death trembled, ād answered, Go thy way for this time, and when I haue conuenient time, I wil call for thee.
27 He hoped also that money shulde haue bene giuen him of Paul, that he might lose him: wherefore he sent for him the oftener, and communed with him.
28 When two yeres were expired, Porcius Festus came into Felix roume: and (Felix) willing toOr; to do a plea
〈◊〉
. get fauour of the Iewes, left Paul bounde.
CHAP. XXV.
2 The Iewes accuse Paul before Festus. 8 He answereth for him self, 11 And appealeth vnto the Emperour. 14 His matter is rehearsed before Agrippa, 23 And he is broght forthe.
1 WHen Festus was then come into the pro uince, after thre dayes he went vp from Cesarea vnto Ierusalem.
2 Then the high Priest, and the chief of the Iewes appeared before him against Paul: and they besoght him,
3 AndThe enuious sute of the Priests against Paul. desired fauour againste him, that he wolde send for him to Ierusalem: ād they laid wait to kil him by the way.
4 But Festus answered, that Paul shuld be kept at Cesarea, and that he him self wolde shortly departe (thither.)
5 Let them therefore, said he, which amōg you areVVhich may moste
〈◊〉
. able, come downe with vs: and if there be anie wickednes in the man, let them accu se him.
6 ¶ Now when he had taried among them no more then ten dayes, he went downe to Cesarea, and the next day sate in the iudgement seat, and commaunded Paul to be broght.
7 And when he was come, the Iewes whiche were come from Ierusalem, stode about him and laid manie and grieuous complaintes against Paul, which they colde not proue,
8 Forasmuche as he answered,Paul defendeth himself in iudge ment. that he had nether offended anie thing against the Law of the Iewes, nether against the Temple, nor against Cesar.
9 Yet Festus willing toOr, to
〈◊〉
pleasu
〈◊〉
. get fauour of the Iewes answered Paul, and said, Wilt thou go vp to Ierusalem, & there be iudged of these things things before me?
10 Then said Paul, I stand atSeing him self betrayed by the ambition of the iudge, he desireth that in considera tiō of his fredom he may be sent to Rome. Cesars iudgemēt seat, where I ought to beIt is lawful to require the defē
se of the Magistrate to maintei ne our right. iudged: to the Iewes I haue done no wrong, as thou verie wel knowest.
11 For if I haue done wrōg, or committed anie thing worthie of death, I refuse not to die: but if there be none of these things where of they accuse me, no man can deliuer me to them: I appeale vnto Cesar.
12 Then when Festus had spoken withWithout whose consent he colde do nothing. the Council, he answered, Hast thou appealed vnto Cesar? vnto Cesar shalt thou go.
13 ¶ And after certeine dayes, King Agrippa andThis was his owne sister whome he enter teined. Bernice came downe to Cesarea to salute Festus.
14 And when they had remained there manie dayes, Festus proposed Pauls cause vnto the King, saying, There is a certeine man left in prison by Felix.
15 Of whome when I came to Ierusalem, the high Priests and Elders of the Iewes informed me, and desired to haue iudgement against him.
16 To whome I answered, that it is not the maner of the Romaines for fauour to deliuer anie mā to the death before that he which is accused, haue the accusers before him & haue place to defēd him self, cōcerning the crime.
17 Therefore when they were come hither, without delay the day folowing I sate on the iudgement seat, and cōmaunded the man to be broght forthe.
18 Against whome when the accusers stode vp, they broght no crime of suche things as I sup posed:
19 But had certeine questions against him of their owneThis worde doeth also signifie religion: but he speaketh in contempt of
〈◊〉
true doctrine. superstition, and of one Iesus which was dead, whome Paul affirmed to be aliue.
20 And because I douted of suche maner of question, I asked him whether he wolde go to Ierusalem, and there be iudged of these things.
21 But because he appealed to be reserued to the examination of Augustus, I commanded him to be kept, til I might send him to Cesar.
22 Then Agrippa said vnto Festus, I wolde also heare the man myself. To morowe, said he, thou shalt heare him.
23 And on the morow whē Agrippa was come and Bernice with great pompe, and were entred into theOr,
〈◊〉
Cōmune hall with the chief ca ptaines and chief men of the citie, at Festus commaundement Paul was broght forthe.
24 And festus said, King Agrippa, and all men whiche are present with vs, ye se this man, about whome all the multitude of the Iewes haue called vpon me, bothe at Ierusalem, & here, crying, that he ought not to liue anie longer.
25 Yet haue I founde nothing worthie of death that he hathe committed: neuertheles, seing that he hathe appealed to Augustus, I
haue determined to send him.
26 Of whom I haue no certeine thing to write vnto myPlatterers firste vsed to call
〈◊〉
by this name, and after it so growed into vse, that
〈◊〉
princes refu sed it not, as appeareth by Plipies Epistles to Traiane. Lorde: wherefore I haue broght him forthe vnto you, and specially vnto thee, Kyng Agrippa, that after examination had, I might haue some what to write.
27 For me thinketh it vnreasonable to send a prisoner, and not to shewe the causes which are (layed) against him.
CHAP. XXVI.
1 The innocencie of Paul is approued by rehearsing hys conuersation. 25 His modest answere againste the iniurie of Festus.
1 THen Agrippa said vnto Paul, Thou art per mitted to speake for thy selfe. So Paul stretched forthe the hand, and answered for hym self.
2 I thinke my self happie, Kyng Agrippa, because I shall aunswer thys day before thee of all the thyngs whereof I am accused of the Iewes:
3 Chiefly, because thou haste knowledge of al customes, and questions which are among the Iewes: wherefore, I beseche thee,Forasmuche as he beste vnderstode the religion, he ought to be more attentiue. to heare me paciently.
4 As touchyng my life from (my) childehode and what it was from the begynning among myne owne nation at Ierusalem, knowe all the Iewes.
5 Which knewe me heretofore [if they wolde testifie] that after the moste straitePaul speaketh of this sect according to the peoples estimation who preferred it as moste holie aboue all others: for their doctrine was least corrupte. secte of our religion I liued a Pharise.
6 And nowe I stande and accused for the hope of the promes made of GOD vnto our Fathers.
7 Whereunto our twelue tribes instantly seruing (God) day and nyght, hope to come: for the whyche hopes sake, ô Kyng Agrippa, I am accused of the Iewes.
8 Why shulde it be thoght a thyng incredible vnto you, that GOD shulde raise againe the dead?
9 I also verely thoght in my self, that I ought to do manie contrarie things against the Name of Iesus of Nazaret.
10 * Whiche thynge I also did in Ierusalem: forChap. 8. 3. manie of the Sainctes I shut vp in prison, hauyng receiued autoritie of the hygh Priests, and when they were put to death, IThat is, I appro ued their crueltie whiche they vsed against him gaue (my) sentence.
11 And I punished them throughout all the Sy nagogues, and cōpelled them to blaspheme, and being more madde against them, I perse cuted them, euen vnto strange cities.Chap. 9. 3.
12 At which time, euen as I went to * Damascus with autoritie, and commission from the high Priests,
13 At mid day, ô King, I sawe in the way a light from heauen, passing the, brightnes of the sunne, shine rounde about me, and them which went with me.
14 So when we were all fallen to the earth, I heard a voice speaking vnto me, and sayingChap. 9. 4. and 22. 7. in the Hebrewe tongue, * Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me? It is hard for thee to kicke against prickes.
15 Thē I said, Who art thou, Lord? And he said, I am Iesus whome thou persecutest.
16 But rise and stand vp on thy fete: for I haue appeared vnto thee for this purpose, to appoint thee a minister a witnes, bothe of the things which thou hast sene, ād of the things in the which I wil appeare vnto thee.
17 Deliuering thee from theOf the Iewes. people, and frō the Gentiles, vnto whome now I send thee.
18 ToAlthogh this properly
〈◊〉
vnto God, yet he applieth this vnto his ministers vnto whome he
〈◊〉
hys holye Spirite. open their eyes, that they may turne frō darkenes to light, and from the power of Sa tan vnto God, that they may receiue forgiuenes of sinnes, and inheritance among thē, which are
〈◊〉
by faith in me.
19 Wherefore, Kyng Agrippa, I was not disobedient vnto the heauenlie vision.
20 * But
〈◊〉
first vnto them of Damascus,Chap 13. 14. and at Ierusalem, ād throughout all the coastes of Iudea, and (then) to the Gentiles, that they shulde repent, and turne to God, and do workes worthie amendement of life.
21 For this cause the Iewes caught me in the *Chap. 21. 30. Temple, and went about to kil me.
22 Neuertheles, I obteined helpe of God, and continue vnto this day, witnessing bothe to smal and to great, saying none other things, then those which the Prophetes and
〈◊〉
did say shulde come.
23 (To wit,) that Christ shulde suffer, and that he shuld be the first that shulde rise from the dead, and shulde shewe lyght vnto the people, and to the Gentiles.
24 And as he thus aunswered for hym self, Festus said with a loude voyce, Paul, thou art be sides thy selfe: muche learnyng doeth make thee madde.
25 But he said, I am not madde, ô noble Festus, but I speake the wordes of trueth and sobernes.
26 For the Kyng knoweth of these thynges before whome also I speake boldely: for I am persuaded thatHe knewe that the Law and the
〈◊〉
were of God, but he did not vnder stand the true ap plyinge of the same. none of these things are hid from hym: for this thyng was not done in a corner.
27 O King Agrippa, beleuest thou the Prophe tes? I knowe that thou beleuest.
28 Then Agrippa said vnto Paul, Almost thou persuadest me to become a Christian.
29 Then Paul said, I wolde to GOD that not onely thou, but also all that heare me to day, were bothe almost, and altogether suche as I am, except these bondes.
30 And when he had thus spoken the Kynge rose vp, and the gouernour, and Bernice, and they that sate with them.
31 And whē they were gone apart, they talked betwene themselues, saying, This man doeth nothing worthie of death, nor of bondes.
32 Then sayd Agrippa vnto Festus, Thys man might haue bene losed, if he had not appealed vnto Cesar.
CHAP. XXVII.
1 Pauls dangerous viage and his companie toward Rome. 44 How, and where they arriue.
1 NOwe when it was concluded, that we shulde saile into Italie, they deliuered bothe Paul, and certeine other prisoners vnto a Centurion named Iulius, of the bande of Augustus.
2 And* we entred into a ship of Adramyttium2. Cor.
〈◊〉
. 25. purposing to saile by the costes of Asia, and launched for the, and had Aristarchus of Ma cedonia,
〈◊〉
Sidon to Myra they shuld haue sayled north, and by west: but the windes caused them to
〈◊〉
to Cyprus plaine North: thence to Cilicia North ād by East, and so to Pamphilia, and
〈◊〉
playne west. Thessalonian, with vs.
3 And the next day we arriued at Sidon: and Iu
〈◊〉
courteously entreated Paul, and gaue him libertie to go vnto his friends, that they might refresh hym.
4 And frome thence we launched, and sailed hard by Ciprus, because the windes were contrarie.
5 Then sailed we ouer the sea by Cilicia, and Pamphylia, and came to Myra, (a citie) in Lycia.
6 And there the Centurion founde a shyp of Alexandria, sailing into Italie, and put vs therein.
7 And when we had sailed slowly manie dayes, & scarce were come against
〈◊〉
, because the winde suffered vs not, we sailed harde byOr,
〈◊〉
. Candie, nere toVVhiche was an hygh
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
bowing to the sea ward. Salmone.
8 And with muche a do sailed beyonde it, and came vnto a certein place called the Faire ha uēs, nere vnto the which was the citie Lasea
9 So when muche time was spent, and sailyng was nowe
〈◊〉
, because also theThis
〈◊〉
the Iewes obserued aboute the moneth of October in the Faste of their expiration
〈◊〉
, 23. 37. So that Paul thoght it better to winter there, then
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in the
〈◊〉
of winter whiche was at hande. Fast was now passed, Paul exhorted (them.)
10 And sayd vnto them. Syrs, I se that thys viage will be with
〈◊〉
and muche domage, not of the ladyng and shippe onely, but also of our liues.
11 Neuertheles the
〈◊〉
beleued rather the gouerner ād the master of the ship, then those things which were spoken of Paul.
12 And because the hauen was not commodious to winterin, manie toke counsell to depart thence, if by anie meanes they might atteine to Phenice, (there) to winter, whiche is an hauen of Candie, and lieth towarde the Southwest and by West, and Northwest and by West.
13 And when the southern winde blewe softely, they supposing to obteine their purpose, losed nerer, and sailed by Candie.
14 But anone after, there arose by it a stormie winde calledThat is, the Northeast wind, or
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
winde that is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ād stormie Euroclydon.
15 And when the shyp was caught, and colde not resist the winde, we let her go, and were caryed away.
16 And we ranvnder a litle yle named
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
west & be South frome Candye straight toward the goulf
〈◊〉
, which were certeine
〈◊〉
sandes that swal lowed vp all that thei caught. Clauda, and had muche a do to get the boat.
17 Whiche they toke vp and vsed all helpe, vn der girding the ship, fearing lest they shulde haue fallen into Syrtes, and they let downe theOr, boat. vessel, and so were caryed.
18 The next day when we were tossed with an exceading tempest, theyOr,
〈◊〉
out the
〈◊〉
. lightned the ship.
19 And the third day we cast out with our own hands the takling of the ship.
20 And when nether sunne nor starres in manie dayes appeared, and no small tempest lay vpon vs, all hope that we shuld be saued, was then taken away.
21 But after long abstinence, Paul stode for the in the middes of them, and said, Syrs, ye shuld haue hearkened to me, and not haue losed from Candie: so shulde ye haueThat is, ye shulde
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the losse by auoydynge the
〈◊〉
. gained this hurt and losse.
22 But now I exhorte you to be of good coura ge: for there shalbe no losse of
〈◊〉
mans life among you, saue of the shippe onely.
23 For there stode by me this night the Angell ofThey colde not the
〈◊〉
hym of
〈◊〉
, seing that this was the ordināce of God God, whose I am, and whome I serue.
24 Saying, Feare not, Paul: for thou muste be broght before Cesar: and lo, God hath giuen vntoThe graces ād
〈◊〉
, which God giueth to his
〈◊〉
, pro fire
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, whi che are vnworthie to
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
therof. thee all that saile with thee.
25 Wherefore, sirs, be of good courage: forFaith is groun ded vppon the worde of God. I beleue God, that it shalbe so as it hathe bene tolde me.
26 How beit, we muste be caste into a certeine yland.
27 And when the fourtēth nyght was come, as we were caryed to & fro in theThys sea in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
taken for al that
〈◊〉
, whyche was
〈◊〉
the mountaines
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and so
〈◊〉
Italie from Dalmatia, and goeth vp to Venice. Adriatical (sea) about mydnight, the shyp men demed that some countrey approched vnto them.
28 And sounded, and founde it twentie fathoms: and when they had gone a lytle further, they soūded againe, and founde fiftene fathoms.
29 Then fearynge lest they shulde haue fallen into some rough places, they cast foure ancres out of the sterne, and wished that the day were come.
30 Nowe as the mariners were aboute to flee out of the ship, & had let down the boate into the sea vnder a colour as thogh they wold haue cast ancres out of the foreship.
31 Paul said vnto the Centurion and the souldiers, Except these abide in the ship,Paul wolde vse suche meanes, as God had ordeined, lest he shuld seme to haue
〈◊〉
hym. ye can not be safe.
32 Then the souldiers cut of the ropes of the boate, and let it fall away.
33 And when it began to be daye, Paul exhorted them all to take meat, saying, This is the fourtenth day that ye haue taryed, and continuedHe meaneth an extraordinarie abstinence, whiche came of the feare of death, ād so toke away, their
〈◊〉
: fasting, receiuing nothing.
34 Wherefore I exhorte you to take meate: for thys is for your sauegarde: for there shall notBy thys
〈◊〉
phrase is ment that they shulde be in all
〈◊〉
safe and sounde 1. Sam. 14 45. 1. Kyng. 1. 52. an heere fall frome the heade of anye of you.
35 And when he had thus spoken, he toke bread, and gaue thankes to God, in presence of them all, and brake it, and began to eat.
36 Then were they all of good courage, and they also toke meat.
37 Nowe we were in the shyp in all two hundreth, thre score and sixtene soules.
〈◊〉
. 10. 30.
38 And when they had eaten ynough, they lyghtened the shyp, and cast out the wheat into the sea.
39 And when it was daye, they knewe not the countrey, but they spyed a certeine creeke with a banke, into the which they were min ded [if were it possible] to thrust in the ship.
40 So when they had taken vp the ancres, they
committed (the ship) vnto the sea, and losed the rudder bondes, and hoysed vp the maine saile to the winde, and drewe to the shore.
41 And when they fell into a place, where two seas met, they thrust in the ship: and the fore parte stucke fast, and colde not be moued, but the hinder parte was broken with the violence of the waues.
42 Then the souldiers counsel wasThis declareth the great and bat barous ingratitude of the wicked, which can not be wonne by no
〈◊〉
. to kil the prisoners, lest anie of them, when he had swome out, shulde flee away.
43 But the Centurion willing to saue Paul, staied them from (this) counsel, and cōmaunded that they that colde swime, shulde cast thē selues first into the sea, and go out to land
44 And the other, some on boardes, & some on certeine (pieces) of the ship: ād so it came to passe, that thei came all safe to land.
CHAP. XXVIII.
2 Paul with his compagnie are gently intreated of the barbarous people. 5 The viper hurteth him not. 8 He healeth Publius father and others, and being fornished by them of things necessarie he fared towarde Rome, 15 Where being receiued of the brethren, he declareth his busines. 30 And there preacheth two yeres.
1 ANd when they were come safe, thē they knewe that the yle was calledNow called Malta. Melita.
2 And the Barbarians shewed vs no litle kindenes: for they kindled a fyre, and receiued vs euerie one, because of the present showre, and because of the colde.
3 And when Paul had gathered a nomber of stickes, & laid them on theOr, heape. fyre, there came a viper out of the heat, and leapt on his hand
4 Now when the Barbarians sawe the worme hang on his hand, they said among thē selues This man surely is aSuche is the per uers iudgement of men, that they condemne suche as thei se in anie affliction. murtherer, whome, thogh he hathe escaped the sea, yetVVhome thei made a Goddesse & called
〈◊〉
Dice or Nemesis. Vengeance hathe not suffred to liue.
5 But he shoke of the worme into the fyre, and felt no harme.
6 Howbeit thei waited when he shulde haue swolne, or fallen downe dead suddenly: but after they had loked a great while, and sawe no inconuenience come to him, thei chāged their mindes, and said, That he was aBeholde the ex tremitie of these infideles, & how muche thei are bent to superstitiō: for after one rage and errour
〈◊〉
fell into another. God.
7 In the same quarters, the chiefman of the yle [whose name was Publius] had possessions: the same receiued vs, & lodged vs thre dayes courteously.
8 And so it was, that the Father of Publius lay sicke of the feuer, and of a bloodie flixe: to whome Paul entred in, & when he prayed, he laid (his) hands on him, and healed him.
9 When this then was done, other also in the yle, which had diseases, came to him & were healed,
10 Which also did vs great honour: and when we departed, they laded vs with things neces sarie.
11 ¶ Now after thre moneths we departed in a ship of Alexādria, which had wintred in the yle, whose badge wasThese the Paynims fained to be
〈◊〉
children, and gods of the sea. Castor and Pollux.
12 And when we arriued at Syracuse, we taryed (there) thre dayes.
13 And from thence we fet a compasse, & came to Rhegium: and after one daye, the South winde blewe, and we came the seconde daie to Putioli,
14 Where we founde brethren, and were desired to tarie with them seuen dayes, and so we went towarde Rome.
15 ¶ And from thence, when the brethren heard of vs, they came to mete vs at the Market of Appius, and at theThese places were
〈◊〉
from Rome a daies iourney, or there about. ThreOr,
〈◊〉
. tauernes, whome when Paul sawe, he thanked God, and waxed bolde.
16 So when we came to Rome, the Centurion deliuered the prisoners to the general Captaine: but Paul wasNo doute the Captaine vnderstode bothe by Festus lettres, ād also by the repor te of the vnder captaine that Paul had commit ted no faute. suffred to dwel by him self with a souldier that kept him.
17 And the third day after, Paul called the chief of the Iewes together: and when they were come, he said vnto them, Men (and) bre thren, thogh I haue commited nothing against the people, or Lawes of the fathers (yet) was I deliuered prisoner frō Ierusalem into the hands of the Romaines.
18 Who when thei had examined me, wolde haue let me go, because there was no cause of death in me,
19 But when the Iewes spake contrarie, I was constrained to appeale vnto Cesar, not because I had ought to accuse my nacion of.
20 For this cause therefore haue I called for you, to se (you,) and to speake with (you:) for the hopeThat is, for
〈◊〉
Christs cause whome thei had long loked for as he that shulde be the redemer of the worlde. of Israels sake, I am bounde with this chaine.
21 Then they said vnto him, We nether receiued letters out of
〈◊〉
concerning thee, nether came anie of the brethren that shewed or spake anie euil of thee.
22 But we wil he
〈◊〉
of thee what thou thinkest: for as concerning this secte, we knowe that euerie where it is spoken against.
23 And when they had appointed him a daye, there came manie vnto him into (his) lodging to whome he expounded and testified theThat this kingdome, which was spoken of by the Prophetes, was offred vnto them
〈◊〉
the comming of Christ. kingdome of God, and preached vnto them concerning Iesus bothe out of the Law of Moses and out of the Prophetes, from morning to night.
24 And some were persuaded with the things, which were spoken, and some beleued not.
25 Therefore when thei agreed not among them selues, they departed, after that Paul had spoken one worde, (to wit) Wel spakeIsa. 6. 9. the holie Gost by Esaias the Prophet vntoMat. 13. 14. our fathers,Mar. 4 12.
26 Saying, *Hereby the hearts of the infideles ought to be molified, & the weakelings confirmed that thei
〈◊〉
not offended by the slubbernes of the
〈◊〉
. Go vnto this people, and say, ByLuk 8 10.
Iohn. 12. 40. hearing ye shal heare, and shal not vnderstādRom. 11, 8. and seing ye shal se, and not perceiue.
27 For the heart of this people is waxed fat, and their eares are dull of hearing, and with their eyes haue they winked, lest they shulde se with (their) eyes, & heare with (their) eares, and vnderstād with (their) hearts, and shulde returne that I mightThe worke of God healeth
〈◊〉
the vertue of the Spirit is ioyned with it: and it is preached generally, that all might be inexcusable. heale them.
28 Be it knowen therefore vnto you, that this
saluacion of God is sent to the Gentiles, and they shal heare it.
29 And whē he had said these things, the Iewes departed, and had great reasoning among them selues.
30 And Paul remained two yeres ful in an house hired for himself, and receiued all that came in vnto him,
31 Preaching the kingdome of God, and teaching those things, which cōcerne the Lord Iesus Christ, with all boldenes of speache, without let.
THE EPISTLE OF THE Apostle Paul to the Romaines.
THE ARGVMENT.
THe great mercie of God is declared towarde man in Christ Iesus, whose righteousnes is made ours through saith. For when man by reason of his owne corruption colde not fulfil the Law, yea, committed most abominably, bothe against the Law of God and nature, the infinite bountie of God, mindeful of his promes made to his seruant Abraham, the Father of all beleuers, ordeined that mans saluation shulde onely stand in the perfect obedience of his Sonne Iesus Christ: so that not onely the circumcised Iewes; but also the vn circumcised Gentiles shulde be saued by faith in him: euen as Abraham before he was circumcised, was counted iuste onely through faith, and yet afterwarde receiued circumcisiō, as a seale or badge of the same righteousnes by faith. And to the intent, that none shulde thinke that the couenant which God made to him, and his posteritie, was not performed: other because the Iewes receiued not Christ [which was the blessed sede] orels beleued not that he was the true redemer, because he did not onely, or at least more notably preserue the Iewes, the examples of Ismael & Esau declare, that all are not Abrahams posteritie, which come of Abrahā according to the flesh: but also the verie strangers and Gentiles grafied in by faith, are made heires of the promes. The cause whereof is the onlie wil of God: forasmuche as of his fre mercie he electeth some to be saued, and of his iuste iudgement reiecteth others to be damned, as appeareth by the testimonies of the Scriptures. Yet to the intent that the Iewes shuld not be to muche beaten downe, nor the Gentiles to muche puffed vp, the example of Elias proueth, that God hathe yet his elect euen of the natural posteritie of Abraham, thogh it appeareth not so to mans eye: and for that preferment that the Gētiles haue, it procedeth of the liberal mercie of God, whiche he at length
〈◊〉
towarde the Iewes againe, and so gather the whole Israel [which is his Church] of them bothe. This grounde worke of faith and doctrine layed instructions of Christian maners followe: teaching
〈◊〉
man to walke in roundenes of conscience in his vocation, with all patience and humblenes, reuerencing, and obeying magistrate, exercising charitie, putting of the olde man, and putting on Christ, bearing with the weake, & louing one another according to Christs example. Finally S. Paul after his commendacions to the brethren exhorteth thē to vnitie, and to flee false preachers and flatterers, and so concludeth with a prayer.
CHAP. I.
1 Paul sheweth by whome, and to what purpose he is called. 13 His ready wil. 16 What the Gospel is. 20 The vse of creatures and wherefore they were made. 21. 24. The ingratitude, peruersitie and punishment of all mankinde.
1 PAVLaOr, minister. seruant of IESVSCHRIST,Through Gods mercie, and also appointed by cō
mandement to this Apostle ship. called (to be) an Apostle,Or chosen by the eternal coun sel of God, or by the declaration of the same counsel.* put aparte (to preache) the Gospel of God,Act. 13. 2.
2 [Which he hadDeu. 18. 15. pro mised afore by his*Act.
〈◊〉
. 22. Prophetes in theThe Scriptures onely set forthe the great benefite of God promi sed and performed to the world in Iesus Christ: ho lie Scriptures]
3 Concerning his Sonne Iesus christ our Lord [which was made of theMeaning of the posteritie and of the flesh of the virgine Marie. sede of Dauid according to the flesh,
4 And declared mightely (to be) the Sonne of God, touching the Spirit ofBy the Spirit he declareth that Christ is God whose power did so
〈◊〉
his humanitie, that it colde not fele corruption, nor yet remaine in death. sanctification by the resurrection from the dead]
5 By whome we haue receiuedWhich was that moste liberal benefite to preache the vnsearcheable riches of Christ: grace and Apostleship [that obedience might be giuen vnto the faith] in his Name among all the Gentiles,
6 Among whome ye be also theThat is, by the mercie of God are adopted in Iesus Christ. called of Iesus Christ:
7 To all (you) that be at Rome beloued of God called (to be) Saints:*The fre mercie of God and prosperous successe in all things. Grace (be) with you, and peace from God our Father, and (from) the Lord Iesus Christ.
8 First I thanke my God through Iesus Christ for you all, because your faith is published throughoutThat is through all Christian Churches. the whole worlde.
9 For God is my witnes [whome I serue in myEarnestly, and from the heart. spirit in theIn preaching the Sonne of God that is,
〈◊〉
tion and peace through Christ. Gospel of his Sōne] that with out ceasing I make mencion of you.
10 Alwayes in my prayers, beseching, that by some meanes one time or other I might haue a prosperous iourney by the wil of God, to1. Cor. 1. 2. come vnto you.
〈◊〉
. 1. 3.
2. Tim. 1. 6.
11 *For I long to se you, that I might bestowe among you some spiritual gifte, to strengthen you,
12 That is, that I might be comforted together with you, through (our) mutual faith, bothe yours and mine.
13 Now my brethren, I wolde that ye shulde not be ignorāt, how that I haue often times purposed to come vnto you [but haue beneEther by Satan. lethitherto] that I might haue some
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
spo ken.
〈◊〉
. 15. 16. frute also among you, as (I haue) among the other Gentiles.
14 I am detter bothe to the Grecians, and to1. Thess. 2. 18. the Barbarians, bothe to the wisemen andor by the holie Gost, vnto the vnwise.Act. 16. 6.
15 Therfore, asmuche as in me is, I am readyor called to some other place to preache the Gospel. to preache the Gospel to you also that are at Rome.
16 For I am notHe passeth not for the mocking of the wicked. ashamed of the Gospel ofChap. 15. 20. Christ: for it is the *Or, effectual in strument. power of God vnto saluation to euerie one that beleueth, to the Iewe first, and also to theOr, Gentile, Habak. 2. 4. Grecian.
17 For by it the iusteThe perfection and integritie which whoseeuer hathe, appea reth before God holie, blameles, and can be accused of no faute: & this iustice is contrarie to
〈◊〉
iustice, or the iustice of workes, & onely is apprethē ded by faith which daily increaseth, Psa. 84. 7 righteousnes ofWhich God approueth. God is reueiled, from faith to faith: as it is written,*1 Cor. 1. 18.
The iuste shal liue by faith.
18 For the wrath of God is reueiled from heauen against allHe deuided the law of nature corrupt into vngodlines, and vnrighteousnes, Vngodlines conteineth the false worshipping of God: vnright eous nes, breache of loue toward mā. vngodlines, and vnrighteousnes of men, which with holde the truethIn that they nether worship God, as nature
〈◊〉
teacheth them, nor loue one another. inGal. 3.
〈◊〉
. ebr. 10.
〈◊〉
vnrighteousnes,
19 Forasmuche as that, which may be knowen of God, is manifest in them: for God hathe shewed it vnto them.
20 For the inuisible things of him, that is, his eternal power and Godhead, are sene by the creation of the worlde, being considered in (his) workes, to the intent that they shulde be without excuse:
21 *Because that when they knewe God, theyThey worshiped him not as he prescribed but after their good intentions. glorified him not as God nether were thankeful, but became vaine in their imaginations, and their foolish heart was ful ofEphe. 4. 18. darkenes.
22 When they professed them selues to be wise, they became fooles,
23 For thei turned the glorie of the incorruptible God to the similitude of the image of a corruptible man, and of birdes, and foure foted beastes, and of creeping things.
24 Wherefore also GodOr deliuered them as a iuste iudge.
Seing men wolde not accor ding to the knowledge that God gaue them, worship him a right, he smote their hearts with blindnes that they shulde not knowe them selues, but do iniurie one to another and commit suche horrible vilenie. gaue them vp to their hearts lustes, vnto vnclennes, to defile their owne bodies betwene them selues.
25 Which turned the trueth of God vnto a lie, and worshipped and serued the creature, * forsaking the Creator, which is blessed for euer, Amen,
26 For this cause God gaue them vp vnto vile affections: for euen their women did change the natural vse into that which is against nature.
27 And likewise also the men left the natural vse of the woman, and burned in their lusteone towarde another, and man with man wroght filthines, and receiued in them selues suche recōpense of their errour, as was mete.
28 For as thei regarded not to knowe God, (euen so) God deliuered them vp vnto aThat is, suche one as was desti ture of all iudgement. reprobat minde, to do those things which are not conuenient,
29 Being ful of all vnrighteousnes, fornicatiō, wickednes, coueteousnes, maliciousnes full of enuie, of murther, of debat, of disceite taking al things in the euil parte, whisperers.
〈◊〉
, aboue the Creator.
30 Backebiters, haters of God, doers of wrōg,"Or, appetite. proude, boasters, inuenters of euil things, disobedient to parents, without vnderstanding couenant breakers, without natural affection, suche as can neuer be appeased, merciles.
31 Which men, thogh they kneweWhich Law God writ in their consciences and the Philosophers called it the Law of natur re: the lawers, the law of nations, whereof Moses Law is a plaine exposition. theor, righteousnes Law of God, how that they which commit suche things, are worthie of death, yet not one ly do the same, but alsoOr consent to
〈◊〉
which is the ful measure of all
〈◊〉
. fauour them that do them.
CHAP. II.
1 He feareth the hypocrites with Gods iudgemēt. 7 And comforteth the faithful. 12 To beat done all vaine pretence of ignorance, holines, and of alliance with God, he proueth all men to be sinners, 15 The Gentiles by their conscience. 17 The Iewes by the Law written.
1 THerefore thou art inexcusable, ô man, whosoeuer thou art thatOr, blamest.
Nether they which do approue euil doers, nor they which reproue them, are excusable before God. iudgest: * for in that that thou iudgest another, thou condēnestFor ether
〈◊〉
art giltie of the same faute, or
〈◊〉
thy self: for thou that iudgest, doest the same things.
2 But we knowe that the iudgement of GodMat. 7. 1. is according toFor he iudgeth the hearte and regardeth not the outwarde persone. trueth, against them which1. Cor. 4. 5. commit suche things.
3 And thinkest thou this, ô thou man, that iud gest them which do suche things, and doest the same, that thou shalt escape the iudgement of God?
4 Ordespisest thou the riches of his2 Pet. 3. 13. bountifulnes, and * pacience, and long sufferance,
〈◊〉
. 3. 3. not knowing that the boūtifulnes of GOD leadeth thee to repentance?
5 But thou, after thine hardnes and heart that can not repent, * heapest vnto thy self wrathPsal.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 22. 2.
〈◊〉
. 16 7. against the day ofThe wicked shalbe condemned, and the faith ful deliuered. wrath and of the declaration of the iuste iudgement of God,
6 *Who wil rewarde euerie man according to hisThe commune
〈◊〉
of men are moste vnable to be iustified by their workes, seing Abraham thefather of beleuers hathe nothing to glorie of before God, and therefore all mēs workes shal condemne them, and they onely shalbe saued, which apprehende Iesus Christ by faith to be their onelie iustice, & sancticatiō. workes:
7 (That is) to them which by continuance in wel doing seke glorie, and honour, and immortalitie, eternal life:
8 But vnto them that are contentious and disobey the trueth, and obey vnrighetousnes, (shalbe) indignation and wrath.
9 Tribulation and anguish (shalbe) vpon the soule of euerie man that doeth euil: of the Iewe first, and (also) of theBy the Grecian he vnderstandeth the Gentile, and euerie one that is not a Iewe. Grecian.
10 But to euerie man that doeth good, (shalbe) glorie, and honour, and peace, to the Iewe first, and (also) to the Grecian.Deut. 10. 17.
2, Chro.
〈◊〉
7.
11 For there is no* respect ofAs touching anie outwarde qualitie, but as the porter before he make his vessels, he doeth appoint some to glorie, ād others to ignominie. persones withIob. 37. 19. God.Act. 10. 34.
12 For as manie as haue sinned without theMat. 7.
〈◊〉
. Law, shal perish alsoThat is, without the knowled ge of the Law written, which was giuen by Moses. without the Law: andIam. 1.
〈◊〉
. as manie as haue sinned in the Law, shalbe iudged by the Law.
13 [*For the hearers of the Law (are) not righteous before God: but the doers of the Law shalbe iustified.
14 For when the Gentiles which haue not the Law, do by nature the things (conteined) in the Law, they hauing not the Law, are a Law vnto themselues,
15 Which shewe the effect of the Law written in theirFor mans conscience sheweth him whēhedoeth good or euil. hearts, their cōscience also bearing witnes, and their thoghts accusing one another, or excusing,]
16 At the day when God shal iudge the secretes of men by Iesus Christ, according to my Gospel.
17 ¶He awaketh the Iewes which were a stepe through a certeine
〈◊〉
and confidence in the Law. Chap. 9. 4. Beholde, thou art called a Iewe, and restest in the Law, and* gloriest in God,
18 And knowest (his) wil, andOr, triest the things that dissent from it. alowest the things that are excellent, in that thou art instructed by the Law:
19 And persuadest thyself that thou art a guide of the blinde, a light of them which are in darkenes.
20 An instructer of them which lacke discretion, a teacher of the vnlearned, which hast theThe way to teache others in the knowledge of the trueth. forme of knowledge, and of the trueth
in the Law.
21 Thou therefore, which teachest another, tea chest thou not thy self? thou that preachest, A man shulde not steale, doest thou steale?
22 Thou that saist, A man shulde not commit adulterie, doest thou commit adulterie? thou that abhorrest idoles, committest thou sacrilege?
23 Thou that gloriest in the Law, through breaking the Law dishonorest thou God?
24 For the Name of God is blasphemed amongIsa. 52. 5. the Gentiles through you, * as it is written.Eze. 36, 20.
〈◊〉
.
25 For circumcision verely is profitable, if thou do the Law: but if thou be a transgressor of the Law, thyThe end of circumcisiō was the keping of the Law, ād the Sacrament separared from his end is of none effect, circumcision is made vncircumcision.
26 Therefore if the vncircumcision kepe the ordinances of the Law, shal not his vncircumcision be counted for circumcision?
27 And shal not vncircumcision which is by nature [if it kepe the Law] Or, condemne. iudge thee, which by theWhen the Law is called the letter or that it
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
death in vs, or that it killeth or is the minister
〈◊〉
of death, or that it is the strength of sinne it is ment as we cōsider the Law of it selfe without Christ. letter and circumcision (art) atransgressor of the Law?
28 For he is not a Iewe, which is one outwarde nether is that circumcision, which is outwarde in the flesh:
29 But he is a Iewe which is one within, and the * circumcision (is) of the heart, in theIn the inward man and heart. spirit, not in the letter, whose praise is not of men, but of God.
〈◊〉
. 1. 11.
CHAP. III. Chap. III.
1 Hauing granted some prerogatiue to the Iewes, because of Gods fre and stable promes, 10 He proueth by the Scriptures, bothe Iewes and Gentiles to be sinners. 21. 24 And to be
〈◊〉
by grace through faith, and not by
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
And so the Law to be established.Chap. 9 5.
2.
〈◊〉
. 2 12.
1 WHat is then the preferment of the Iewe or what is the profite of circumcision?Psal.
〈◊〉
. 11.
2
〈◊〉
che euerie maner of way: for chiefly, bePsal.
〈◊〉
. 6. cause vnto them were committed theOr, wordes, Isa. 46 13. oracles of God.
3 For what, thogh some did not beleue? shal their * vn belief make theOr, promes. Iohn.
〈◊〉
. 34. faith of God with out effect?
4 God for bid: yea, let God be * true, and * euerie man a liar, as it is written, * That thou mightest beThat thou maist be declared
〈◊〉
, & thy good nes and trueth in performing thy promises may appeare, when man ether of
〈◊〉
or arrogācie wolde iudge thy workes. iustified in thy wordes, and ouercome, when thou art iudged.
5 Now ifHe sheweth how the wicked do reason against God. our vnrighteousnes commende the righteousnes of God, what shal we say? Is God vnrighteous which punisheth? [I speakeWhose carnal wisdome wil not obey the will of God. as a man.]
6 God for bid: els how shal God iudge the worlde?
7 For if the veritie of God hathe more abunded through my lie vnto his glorie, why am I yet condemned as a sinner?
8 And [as we are blamed, and as some affirme that we say] why do we not euil, that good may come (there of?) whose damnation is iust.
9 What then? Lest the Iewes shulde be pussed vp in that
〈◊〉
pre ferred them to the Gentiles, he sheweth that this their preferment stāde h onely in the
〈◊〉
of God, for
〈◊〉
as bothe
〈◊〉
and Gentil through sinne are subiect to Gods wrath, that they might both be made equal in Christ. are we more excellent? No, in no wise: for we haue already proued, that all, bothe Iewes and Gentiles are * vnder sinne.
10 As it is written, * There is none righteous, no not one.
11 There is none that vnderstandeth: there isGal. 3. 21. none that seketh God.Psal. 14. 1. &
〈◊〉
.4.
12 They haue all gone out of the way: theyPsal. 5. 10.
Psal. 140. 4. haue bene made altogether vn profitable: therePsal. 10. 7. is none that doeth good, no not one.Isai. 59. 7.
Prouer. 1 16.
13 * Their throte is an open sepulchre: they haue vsed their tongues to deceit: * the poyson of aspes (is) vnder their lippes.Psal. 36. 1.
Gal. 2. 17.
14 * Whose mouth is ful of cursing and bitternes.
15 * Their fete are swift to sheade blood.
16 Destruction and calamitie (are) in their wayes,
17 And theA peaceable & innocent life. way of peace they haue not knowen.
18 * The feare of God is not before their eyes.
19 * Now we knowe that whatsoeuer theThat is, the olde
〈◊〉
. Law saith, it saith it to them which are vnder the Law, that euerie mouth may be stopped, and all the worlde beThe Law doeth not make vs giltie, but doeth declare that we are giltie before God and deserue condemnation. culpable before God.
20 Therefore by the workes of theHe meaneth the Iaw ether written or vn written which commendeth or forbideth any thing, whose workes can not
〈◊〉
because we can not performe them. Law shal no flesh be iustified in his sight: for byChap. 2. 17. the Lawe (commeth) the knowledge of sinne.
21 But now is the * righteousnes of God made manifest without the Law, hauing witnes of the Law and of the Prophetes,
22 (To wit,) the righteousnes of God by the faith of Iesus Christ, vnto all, and vpon all that beleue.
23 For there is no differēce: for all haue sinned, and areThe worde signifieth them which are left be hinde in the race and are not able to runne to the marke, that is to euer lasting, life, which here is cal led the
〈◊〉
of God. de priued of the glorie of God,
24 And are iustified frely by his grace, through the redemption that is in Christ Iesus,
25 Whome God hathe set forthe (to be) a reconciliation through faith in his blood to declare hisOr fidelitie in performing his promes. righteousnes, by the forgiuenes of the sinnes that are passed through the pacience of God,
26 To shewe at this time his righteousnes, that he might be iuste, and a iustifier of him which is of the faith of Iesus.
27 Where is then the reioycing? It is excluded. By what Law? of workes? Nay: but by theThe Law of faith is the Gospel which offreth saluation with condition (if thoube Ieuest) which condition also Christ frely giueth to vs. So the condition of the Law is (if thou doest
〈◊〉
these things) the whiche onely Christ hathe fulfilled for vs. Law of faith.
28 Therefore we conclude that a man is iustified by faith without the workes of the Law.
29 (God) is he the God of the Iewes onely, and not of the Gentiles also? Yes, euen of the Gentiles also.
30 For it is one God who shal iustifie circumcisionMeaning, that they are all insti fied by one meanes, & if they wil haue anie differē ce, it onely standeth in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
is
〈◊〉
. of faith, and vn circūcision through faith.
31 Do we then make the Law of none effect through faith? God for bid: yeaThe doctrine of faith is the ornament of the Law: for it embraceth Christ, who by his death hath
〈◊〉
the Law: so that the Law which colde not bring vs to saluation by reason of our owne corruption, is now made
〈◊〉
to vs by, Christ Iesus. we establish the Law.
CHAP, IIII.
1. 17 He declareth that iustification is a fre gift euen by them selues, of whome the Iewes moste boasted as of Abraham and of Dauid, 15 And also by the office of the Law and faith.
1 WHat shal we say then, that Abraham our Father hathe foundeThat is, by workes. concerning the flesh?
2 For if Abraham were iustified by workes, he hath wherein toHe might
〈◊〉
de some merite or work worthie to be recompensed. reioyce, but not with God
3 For what saith the Scripture? * Abraham beleued God, & it was counted to him for righteousnes.Gen. 15. 6.
4 Now to him that
〈◊〉
by his workes. worketh, the wages is notGal. 3. 6. counted by fauour, but by dette,Iam 2, 23.
5 But to him thatThat depēdeth not on his workes, nether thinketh to merit by them. worketh not, but beleueth in him thatWhich maketh him that is wicked in him self, iuste in Christ. iustifieth the vngodlie, his faith is counted for righteousnes.
6 Euen as Dauid declareth the blessednes of the
〈◊〉
, vnto whome God imputeth righteousnes without workes, (saying,)
7 * Blessed (are) thei, whose iniquities are forgiuen, and whose sinnes are couered.Psal. 32. 1.
8 Blessed (is) the man, to whome the Lord imputeth not sinne.
9 (Came) this blessednes then vpon the
〈◊〉
this excellent sacrament he comprehēdeth the whole Law. circumcision (onely,) or vpon the vncircumcision also? For we say, that faith was imputed vnto Abraham for righteousnes.
10 How was it then imputed? when he was cir cumcised, or vncircumcised? not when he was circumcised, but when he was vncircum cised.
11 * After he receiued the signe of circumcisiō
Gen. 17. 11. (as) the seale of the righteousnes of the faith which he had, when he was vncircumcised, that he shulde be the Father of all them that beleue, not being circūcised, that righteousnes might be imputed to them also,
12 And the Father of circumcision, not vnto them onely which are of the circumcision, but vnto thē also that walke in theThis may not be vnderstand of the
〈◊〉
of faith (for thereof the Apostle doeth hereafter expressy intreat) but of the faith it selfe. steppes of the faith of our Father Abraham, (which he had) when he was vncircumcised.
13 For the promes that he shulde be the heire of the worlde, was not (giuen) to Abraham, or to his seed, through theIn fulfilling the workes thereof. law, but through the righteousnes of faith.
14 For if they whichAnd thinke to performe the same by workes. are of the Law, (be)If it be requisit to fulfil the Law for him that shal be of Abrahams inheritance, then it is in vaine to beleue the promes: for it
〈◊〉
to no vse. heires, faith is made voyde, & the promes is made of none effect.
15 For the Law causethThrough our de
〈◊〉
, and not of it self. wrath:
〈◊〉
where no Law is, there (is) noThat is no breache of commandement. transgression.
16 Therefore (it is) by faith, that (it might come) by grace, and the promes might be sure toWhich beleue. all the sede, not to that onely which is of the Law: but also to that which is of the faith of Abraham, who is the Father of vs all,Gen. 17. 4.
17 [As it is written, * I haue made thee a Father of many naciōs] (euen)By a spiritual kinred which God
〈◊〉
accepteth. before God whom he beleued, who quickeneth theAbraham be gate the circumci sed euen by the vertue of faith & not by the power of nature, which was extinguished so the Gentils which were nothing, are called by the power of God to be of the nomber of the faithful. dead,
〈◊〉
calleth those things which be not, as thogh they were.
18 Which (Abraham) aboue hope, beleued vnder hope, that he shulde be the Father of many nacions: according to that which wasGene. 15. 5. spoken (to him, * So shal thy sede be.
19 And heBut moste strōg and
〈◊〉
. not weake in the faith, considered not his owne bodie, which was now dead, being almost an hundreth yere olde, netherIn that she was past childe bearing. the deadnes of Saras wombe.
20 Nether did he doubte of the promes of God through vnbeliefe, but was strengthened in the faith, and gaueFor his mercie and trueth. glorie to God.
21 Being fully assured that he which had promised, was also able to do it.
22 And therefore it was imputed to him for righteousnes.
23 Now it is not written for him onely, that it was imputed to him for righteousnes,
24 But alsoFor our
〈◊〉
for we shal be iustified by the same meanes. forvs, to whome it shalbe imputed (for righteousnes,) which beleue in him that raised vp Iesus our Lord from the dead.
25 Who was deliuered (to death) for our sinnes andTo accomplish & make perfect our iustification. is risen againe for our iustification.
CHAP. V.
1 He declareth the frute of faith 7 And by comparison setteth forthe the loue of God and obedience of Christ, which is the fundacion and grounde of the same-
1 THen being iustified by faith, we haueBy peace here is ment that
〈◊〉
dible and moste constant ioye of minde persuaded of when we are deliuered frō all terror of cōscience, and fully the fauour of God: & this peace is the frute of faith. peace towarde God through our Lord Iesus Christ.
2 *By whome also we haue accesse through faith vnto this grace, where in we stand, and reioyce vnder the hope of the glorie of God.
3 Nether (do we so) onely, but also we * reioyce in tribulations, knowing that tribulation bringeth forthe patience,Ephes. 2 23.
4 And patience experience, and experienceIam. 1. 3. hope,
5 And hope maketh notFor it hathe euer good sucesse. ashamed, because theHe meaneth that loue where with God loueth vs. loue of God is shed abroad in our hearts by the holie Gost, which is giuen vnto vs.
6 For Christ, when we were yet of nostrength, at (his) time, dyed for theEbr. 9. 15. * vngodlie.1. Pet. 3. 18.
7 Douteles one wil scarse dye for aBy this compa rison he amplifieth the death of Christ. righteous man: but yet for aThat is, for suche one of whome he hathe recei
〈◊〉
good. good man it may be that one dare dye.
8 But God setteth out his loue towarde vs, seing that while we were yet sinners, Christ dyed for vs.
9
〈◊〉
more then, being now iustified by his blood, we shal be saued from wrath through him.
10 For if when we wereBecause of sinne: yet friendes by the grace of Christ. enemies, we were reconciled to God by the death of his Sonne, muche more being reconciled, we shalbe saued by his life.
11 And not onely (so) but we also reioyce in God through our Lord Iesus Christ, by whome we haue now receiued the atonement.
12 Wherefore, as by one man sinne, entred into the worlde, and death by sinne, and so death went ouer all men: for asmuche as all men haue sinned.
13 For vnto theFrom Adam to Moses. time of the Law was sinne in the worlde, but sinne is not imputed, whille there is no Law.
14 But death reigned from Adam to Moses euen ouer thē also that sinned notHe meaneth yong babes, which nether had the knowledge of the Law of nature, nor any mo tion of concupiscence, muche Iesse cōmitted any actual sinne: and this may also comprehend the Gentiles. after the like maner of the trāsgressiō ofYet all mankinde, as it were sinned when thei
〈◊〉
as yet inclo sed in Adames
〈◊〉
. Adā which was the figure ofWhich was Christ. him that was to come.
15 But yet the gift is not so, as is the offence: for if through the offence of one, many be dead
muche more the grace of God, and the gift by grace, which is by one man Iesus Christ, hath abunded vnto many.
16 Nether is the gift (so,) as (that which entred in) by one that sinned: for the faute (came) of one (offence) vnto condēnacion: but the gift (is)For by Christ we are not onely deliuered from the sinnes of Adā but also from all such as we haue added thereunto of many offences to iustification.
17 For if by the offence of one, death reigned through one, muche more shal they which receiue the abundance of grace, and of the gift ofThe iustice of Iesus Christ whichis īputed to the faithful. righteousnes, reigne in life through one, (that is) Iesus Christ.
18 Likewise thē as by the offence of one (the faute came) on all men to condemnation, so by the iustifying of one (the benefit abūded) towardVVhich beleue to be saued in
〈◊〉
Christ. all men to the iustification of life.
19 For as by one mans disobediēce many were made sinners, so by the obediēce of one shal many also be made righteous.
20 Moreouer theThe Lawe of Moses. Law entred thereup on that the offence shuldThat it might be more manifestly knowen, & set before all
〈◊〉
eyes. abūde: neuertheles where sinne abunded, (there) grace abunded much more?
21 That as sinne had reigned vnto death, so might grace also reigne by righteousnes vnto eternallife, through Iesus Christ, our Lord
CHAP. VI.
Because no man shulde glorie in the flesh, but rather seke to subdue it to the Spirit, 3 He sheweth by the vertue & end of Baptisme, 5 That regeneration is ioyned with iustification, and therefore exhorteth to godlie life. 21 Setting before mens eyes the
〈◊〉
of sinne aud righteousnes.
1 WHat shal we say then? Shal we continue stilin sinne, that grace may abunde? God forbid.
2 How shal we, that areHe dyeth to sin ne in whome the strength of sinne is broken by the
〈◊〉
of Christ, and so now
〈◊〉
to God. dead to sinne, liueGal. 3. 27. ye therein?Col. 2. 12.
3 Knowe ye not, that* all we which haue bene baptized intoWhich is, that growing together with him we
〈◊〉
rec̄eiue vertue to kill sinne, and raise vp our new mā. Iesus Christ, haue bene bapti zed into his death?
4 *We are buryed then with him by baptisme into his death, that like as Christ was raised vp from the dead by the glorie of the
〈◊〉
. 4. 23. Father, so we also shulde* walke in newnesCol. 3. 8.
〈◊〉
.Ebr 12. 2.
2.
〈◊〉
. 2. 1.
5 *For if we beThe Greke worde meaneth, that we growe vp together with Christ, as wese mosse, yuie, misteltowe, or such like growe vp by a treandare nou
〈◊〉
with the ioyse thereof. grasted with himIf we by hisver tue dye to sinne. to the simi1. Cor. 6. 14. litude of his death, euen so shal we be (to the2. Tim. 2. 11. similitude) of his resurrection,
6 Knowing this, that our olde man is crucified with him, that theThe fleshwhere in sinne sticketh fast. bodie of sinne might be destroyed, that henceforthe we shulde not serue sinne.
7 For he that is dead, isBecause that being dead we can not sinne. freed from sinne.
8 Wherefore, if we be dead with Christ, we be leue that we shal liue also with him,
9 Knowing that Christ being raised from the dead, dyeth no more: death hath no more do minion ouer him.
10 For in that he dyed, he dyed onceThat he might destroy sinne in
〈◊〉
. to sinne: but in that he liueth, he liueth toAnd sitteth at the right hand of the Father. God.
11 Likewise thinke ye also, that ye areWe may gather that we are dead to sinne, when sinne beginneth to dye in vs: which is by the participation of Christs death, by whome also being quickened we liue to God, that is, to righteousnes. dead to"Or, instruments or armoure. sinne, but are aliueIn that ye are led with the Spirit of God. to God in Iesus Christ our Lord.
12 Let not sinne reigne therefore in your mortal bodie, that ye shulde obey it in theThe minde first ministreth euil motions, whereby mans wil is entised: thence burst forthe the lustes, by them the bodie is prouoked, and the bodie by his actions doeth solicitie the mindet therefore he commandeth, at the least that we rule our bodies. lustes thereof.
13 Nether giue ye'your membres (as) weapons of vnrighteousnes vnto sinne: but giue your selues vnto God, as they that are aliue from the deàd, and (giue) your membres (as) weapons of righteousnes vnto God.
14 For sinne shal not haue dominion ouer you for ye are not vnder theWhich is the declaration of sin ne. Law, but vnderIndewed with the
〈◊〉
of Christ. grace.
15 What then? shal we sinne, because we are not vnder the Law, but vnder grace? God forbid.
16 *Knowe ye not, that to whome soeuer ye giue your selues as seruants to obey, his seruants ye are to whome ye obey,
〈◊〉
it be of sinne vnto death, or ofShewing that none can be
〈◊〉
which doeth not obey God. obedience vnto righteousnes?
17 But God (be) thanked, that ye haue bene the seruants of sinne, but ye haue obeyed from the heart vnto the forme of the doctrine, whereunto ye wereTo conforme your selues vnto it. deliuered.
18 Being then madeIt is a most vile thyng for him that is deliuered from the selauerie of sinne, to
〈◊〉
againe to the same. fre from sinne, ye are made the seruants of righteousnes.
19 I speakeLeauing to speake of heauenlie things, according to your capacicitie,
〈◊〉
vse these
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
and fredome, that ye might the better vnderstād. after the maner of man, because of the infirmitie of your flesh: for as ye haue giuen your members seruants to vnclennes ad to iniquitie, to (commit) iniquitie, so now giue your members seruants vnto righteousnes in holines.
20 For when ye were the seruants of sinne, ye were freed from righteousnes.Iohn. 8. 4.
2. Pet. 2. 19.
21 What frute had ye then in those things, whereof ye are now ashamed For theOr, there warde & recōpense. end of those things (is) death.
22 But now being freed from sinne, and made seruants vnto God, ye haue your frute in holines, and the end, euerlasting life.
23 For theSinne is cōpared to a tyrāt which reigneth by force, who giueth death as an allowance to thē that were preferred by the Lawe. wages of sinne is death: but the gifte of God (is) eternal life through Iesus Christ our Lord.
CHAP. VII.
1. 7 12 The vse of the Law. 6. 24 And how Christ hathe de liuered vs from it. 16 The infirmitie of the faithful. 23 The dangerous fight betwene the flesh and the Spirit.
1 KNowe ye not, brethren, [for I speake to them that knowe the Lawe] that theMeaning, the moral Lawe. Law hathe dominion ouer a man as long as he liueth?1 Cor. 7. 39.
2 *For theBothe in this first mariage and in the seconde, the housband ād the wife must be considered with in our selues: the first housbād was Sinne, and our flesh was the wife: their children
〈◊〉
the frutesof the flesh Gala. 5. 19. woman which is in subiection to a man, is bounde by the law to the man, while he liueth: but if the man be dead, she is deliuered from the law of the man.
3 So then, if while the man liueth, she take another man, she shalbe called an* adulteresse: but if the man be dead, she is fre from the Law, so that she is not an adulteresse, thogh she take another man.
4 So ye, my brethren, are dead also to the LawIn the seconde mariage the Spirit is the housbād the new creature is the wife, and their children are the frutes of the Spirit. by the bodie of Christ, that ye shulde be vnto another, (euen) vntoWhich is the Spirit or the seconde housband him that is raised vp from the dead, that we shulde bring forthe
frute vnto God.
5 For when we wereVVhen we were destitute of the Spirit of God. in the flesh, theOr, affections. motiōs of sinnes, which were by the Law, had force in our membres, to bring for the frute vnto death.
6 But now we are deliuered from the Law, being deadMeaning to sinne, our first housband. vnto it, wherein we were holdē that we shulde serue in newnes of Spirit, and not in the oldenes of the letter.
7 What shal we say then? (Is) the Law sinne? God forbid. Nay, I knewe not sinne, but by the Law: for I had not knowen glust, exceptf There is nothing more enemie to sinne then the Law if so be therefore that sinne rage more by reason thereof them before, why shulde it be imputed to the Lawe which discloseth the sleightes of sinne her enemie? the Law had said, * Thou shalt not lust.
8 But sinne toke an occasion by the cōmaundemēt, and wroght in me all maner of concu piscēce: for without the Law sinne (is) dead.
9 For I onceHe thoght him sel to be aliue, when he knewe not the Lawe. was aliue, without the Law: but when the cōmandemēt came, sinne reuiued.
10 But I dyed: and the same commaundement which was (ordeined) vnto life, was founde (to be) vnto me vnto death.
11 For sinne toke occasion by the cōmaundemēt,Exod. 20, 7. & disceiued me, and thereby slew (me).Dent. 5. 21.
12 Wherefore the Law (is*) holie, and the comg VVhich is an in warde vice not openly knowen. maundement (is) holie, and iust, and good.
13 Was that then which is good, made death vnto me? God
〈◊〉
: but sinne, that it mightSinne being disclosed by the Lawe so muche more detestable because it turneth the goodnes of the Lawe to our destructiō
appeare sinne, wroght death in me by that1. Tim. 1. 8. which is good, that sinne might be out of measure sinful by the commaundement.
14 For we knowe that the LaweSo that it can iudge the affections of the heart. is spiritual, but I am carnal, solde vnder sinne.
15 For I alowe not that which I do: for what IHe is not able to do that which he desiret to do, and therefore is farre from the true perfection. wolde, that do I not: but what I hate, that do I.
16 If I do then that which I wolde not, I consent to the Law, that (itis) good.
17 Now then, it is no more I, that doHe doeth not excuse him self but sheweth that he is not able to accomplish that good desire whiche is in him. it, but the sinne that dwelleth in me.
18 For I knowe, that in me, that is, in my flesh, dwelleth no good thing for: to wil is present with me: but I finde no meanes to performe that which is good.
19 For I do not the good thing, which I wolde,The flesh stayeth euen the moste perfect to runne forwarde as the spirit wisheth. but the euil, which I wolde not, that do I.
20 Now if I do that I wolde not, it is no more I that do it, but the sinne that dwelleth in"Or, in my nature. me.
21 I finde then by the Law, that when I wolde do good, euil is present with me.
22 For I delite in the Law of God, concernig theThat is, in my spirit. inner man:
23 But I se anotherOr commaunde ment. law in myEuen the corruption which yet remaineth. membres, rebel ling against the law of my minde, & leading me captiue vnto the law of sinne, which is in my membres.
24 Owreched man that I am, who shal deliuer me from theThis fleshlie
〈◊〉
of sinne & death. bodie of this death!
25 I thanke God through Iesus Christ our Lord. Then I my self in myIn that parte which is regene rate. minde serue the Law of God, but in myWhich is the parte corrupted. slesh the law of sinne.
CHAP. VIII.
1 The asseurance of the faith ful & of the fruthe the holie Gost in them. 3 The weakenes of the Lawe and who accomplished it, 4 And wherefore, 5 Of what sorte the faithful ought to be. 6 The frute of the Spirit in them. 17 Of hope 18 Of pacience vnder the crosse. 28 Of the mutual loue betwitx God and his children. 29 Of his foreknowledge.
1 NOw then there (is) noThogh sinne be in vs, yet it is not imputed vnto vs through Christ Iesus. comdemnation to them that are in Christ Iesus, which walke notHe annexeth the cōdition lest we shulde abuse the libertie. after the slesh, but after the Spirit.
2 For theThe power & autoritie of the Spirit, that is, the grace of regeneration. Law of the Spirit flif (which is) inWhose sanctification is made ours. Christ Iesus, hathe freed me from the law of sinne and of death.
3 For [that that was impossible to the Law, in as muche as it wasOr, of no strength. weake, because of the flesh [God sending his owne Sonne, in theChrist did take flesh, which of nature was subiect to sinne which not withstanding he sanctified euen in the
〈◊〉
instant of his conce ption, and so did appropriate it vnto him, that he might
〈◊〉
sinne in it. 2. 7 Cor. 5. 21. similitude of sinful flesh, andOr, by
〈◊〉
. for sinne, condemned sinne in the flesh.
4 That theThat which the Law requireth. righteousnes of the Law might be fulfilled in vs, which walke not after the flesh, but after the Spirit.
5 For they that are after the flesh, sauour theThe worde comprehendeth all that which is moste excellent in man, as wil, vnderstanding, reason, wit, &c. things of the flesh: but they that are after the Spirit, the things of the Spirit.
6 For the wisdome of the flesh (is) death: but the wisdome of the Spirit (is) life & peace.
7 Because the wisdome of the flesh (is) enimitie against God: for it is not subiect to the Law of God, nether in dede can be.
8 So then they that are in the flesh, can not please God.
9 Now ye are not in the flesh, but in the Spirit,Or, his sobe. because the Spirit of God dwelleth in you: but if anie man hathe not the Spirit of Christ, the same is not his.
10 And if Christ be in you, theOr
〈◊〉
. bodie is dead, because of sinne: but theThe Spirit of regeneracion which abolisheth sinne in our flesh not all at once, but by de grees wherfore we muste in the meane time call to God through pacience. Spirit (is) life for righteousnes sake.
11 But if the Spirit of him that raised vp Iesus from the dead, dwell in you, he that raised vp Christ frō the dead, shal also quicken your mortal boides, because that his Spirit dwelleth in you.
12 Therefore brethren, we are detters not to the flesh, to liue after theBut to liue after the Spirit. flesh:
13 For if ye liue after the flesh, ye shal dye: but if ye mortifie the dedes of the bodie by the Spirit, ye shal liue.
14 For as manie as are led by the Spirit of God, they are the sonnes of God.
15 For ye haue not receiued the Spirit of bondage to feare againe: but ye haue receiued the Spirit ofSo he nameth the holie Gost of the effect, which he causeth in vs, When he proposeth vs saluacion by the Law with an impossible condicion, who also doeth seale our
〈◊〉
in our hearts by Christs fre adoption, that we cōsider not God now as a rigorous Lord,
〈◊〉
as a moste merciful Father. ad opcion, whereby we crye * Abba, Father.
16 The same SpiritSo that we haue two witnesses, Spirit and ours, who is certified by the Spirit of God. beareth witnes with our Spirit, that we are the children of God.
17 If (webe) children (we are) alsoFrely made
〈◊〉
of the Fathers treasures heires, euē, the heires of God, and heires annexed withGala. 4. 5. Christ, if so be that we suffer with him, that we maye also beglorified with him.
18 For I counte that the afflictions of this present time (are) notOr, of like value worthie of the glorie, which shalbe shewed vnto vs.
19 For the seruēt desire of the creature waiteth when the sonnes of God shalbe reueiled.
20 Because theThe creatures shal not be restored before that Gods children be broght to their perfection: in the meane season thei waite. creature is subiect toThat is, to destruction, because of mans sinne. vanitie, not of it owne wil, but by reason of him, which hathe subdued it vnder hope,
21 Because the creature also shalbe deliuered from the bondage of corruption into the glorious libertie of the sonnes of God.
22 For we knowe that euerieHe meaneth not the Angels nether deuils nor men. creature groneth with vs also, and trauaileth in paine together vnto this present.
23 And not onely (the creature,) but we also which haue theAnd yet are farre from the perfection. first frutes of the Spirit, euē we do sigh in our selues, waiting for the adopcion, (euen) the *redemption of ourWhich
〈◊〉
in the resurrectiō when we shalbe made conformable to our head Christ. bodie
24 For we are saued by hope: butBy hope is, mēt y thing, which we hope for. hope thatLuk. 2, 28, is sene, is not hope: for how can a man hope for that which he seeth?
25 But if we hope for that we se not, we do with pacience abide for it.
26 Likewise the Spirit also helpeth our infirmi ties: for we knowe not what to praye as we ought: but the Spirit it self maketh
〈◊〉
for vs with sighs, which can not be expressed
27 But he that searcheth the hearts, knoweth what is the meaning of the Spirit: for heIn that he stirreth their hears to pray, and sheweth bothe whome to aske, and how. maketh request for the Sainctes. according to (the wil of) God.
28 Also we knowe that all things worke together for the best vnto them that loue God euen to them that are called of (his) purpose.
29 For those wich heHe sheweth
〈◊〉
by the ordre, of our election that afflictions are meanes to make vs like the Sonne of God. knewe before, he also predestinate to be made like to the image of his Sonne, that he might be the first borne among manie brethren.
30 Moreouer whome he predestinate, them also he called, and whome he called them also he iustified, and whome he iustified, them he also glorified.
31 What shal we then say to these things? If God be on our side, who (can be) against vs?
32 Who spared not his owne Sonne, but gaue him for vs all (to death,) how shal he not with him giue vs all things also?Isa. 50 8.
33 Who shal lay anie thing to the charge of Gods chosen? (it it) God that *Who pronoun ceth his iust in his Sonne Christ. iustifieth,
34 Who shal condemne? (it is) Christ, which is dead, yea or rather, whiche is risen againe, who is also at the right hand of God, and maketh request also for vs.
35 Who shal separate vs from the loue ofWhere with he loued vs, or God in Christ: which
〈◊〉
, is grounded vpon his determinate purpose, and Christ is the pledge thereof. Psal. 44. 23. Christ? shal tribulacion or anguish, or persecucion, or famine, or nakednes, or peril, or sworde?
36 As it is written, For thy sake are weWhich is to signifie the condicion of Christes Church. killed all day long: we are counted as shepe for the slaughter.
37 Neuertheles, in all these things we are more then conquerers through him that loued vs.
38 For I am persuaded that nether death, nor life, nor Angels, nor
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
forthe by these wordes the wōderful nature of the spirits, aswel the good, Eph. 1. 21. col. 11. as the euil spirits Ephes. 6. 12. col. 2. 15. principalities, nor pow ers, nor things present, nor things to come.
39 Nor height, nor depth, nor anie other creatu re shalbe able to separate vs from theThat is, wherewith God loueth vs in his Sonne Christ Iesus. loue of God, which is in Christ Iesus our Lord.
CHAP. IX.
1 Heauing testified his great loue towardes his nacion, and the signes thereof, 11 He entreateth of the election and reprobacion. 24 Of the vocation of the Gentiles, 30 And reiection of the Iewes.
1 I Say the truethAs becometla him that
〈◊〉
en ceth Christ, or whose tongue Christ ruleth and so taketh Christ for his witnes. in Christ, I lye not, my conscience bearing me witnes in the holie Gost.
2 That I haue great heauines and continual sorowe in mine heart.Act 9. 2.
3 * For I wolde wish my self to beHe wolde redeme the reiection of the lewes with his
〈◊〉
damnaciō, which
〈◊〉
his zeale towards Gods glorie read Exod. 32. 32. separate1. Cor. 15. 8. from Christ, for my brenthren that are my kinsmen according to the flesh,
4 Which are the Israelites, to whome (perteineth) the adoption, and theThe Arke of the
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
was a signe of Gods presence, was called Gods glorie, glorie, and theThe two
〈◊〉
of the couenant, Deut. 11. 9. * Couenantes, and the giuing of the Law, & the seruice (of God,) and the promises.
5 Of whome (are) the Fathers, and of whomeChap. 2. 17. concerning the flesh, Christ (came,) who isChrist is verie God. God ouer all blessed for euer, Amen.Chap. 2. 28.
6 *Not withstanding it can not be that the worde of God shuldeGreke,
〈◊〉
away. take none effect: for all they are notThat is, of Iacob whose name was also Israel. Israel, which are of Israel:
7 Nether (are they) all children, because they are the sede of Abraham: *but, InThe Israelites must not be estemed by
〈◊〉
kinred, but by the secret electiō of God, which
〈◊〉
aboue the external vocation. Isaac shal thy sede be called:1. Sam. 4. 21.
Psal. 26. 8.
Gen.
〈◊〉
. 12.
Ebr. 11. 17.
8 That is, they which are the children of theAs, Ismael. flesh, are not the children of God: but the* children of the promes are counted for the sede.
9 For this is a worde of promes, *In this sameGal. 4. 28. time wil I come, and Sara shal haue a sonne.Gen. 18. 10.
10 Nether (he) onelie (felt this,) but also *Rebecca when she had cōceiued by one, (euē) by our Father Isaac.
11 For yer (the children) were borne, & when they had nether done good, nor euil [thatGen. 25. 1. the purpose of God might remaine according to election not by workes, but by him that calleth]
12 It was said vnto her, * The elder shal serue the yonger.
13 At it is written, *I haue loued Iacob, & haue hated Esau.Gen. 25.
〈◊〉
.
14 What shal we say then? Is there vnrighte ousnesMalac. 1. 2. with God? God forbid.Exod. 33. 19.
15 For he saith to Moses, * IAs the
〈◊〉
wil & purpose of God is the chief cause of election &
〈◊〉
: so his fre mercie in Christ is an inferior cause of saluacion, & the har
〈◊〉
of the heart, an
〈◊〉
cause of dānaciō. wil haue mercie on him, to whome I wil she we mercie: and wil haue compassiō on him, on whome I wil haue compassion.
16 So then (it is) not in him that willeth, nor in him that runneth, but in God that sheweth mercie.
17 For theThat is, God in the Scripture. Scripture saith vnto Pharao, *For this same purpose haue I stirred thee vp, that I might shew my power in thee, and that myExod. 9. 16. Name might be declared through out all the earth.
18 Therefore he hathe mercie on whome he wil, and whome he wil, he hardeneth.
19 Thou wilt say then vnto me, Why doeth he yet complaine? for who hath resisted hisOr speakest
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
20 But, ô man, who art thou which pleadestIsa. 45 9.
〈◊〉
28. 6. against God? shal the * thing formed say toVVisd. 15. 7.
him that formed it, Why hast thou made me thus?
21 Hathe not the potter power of the claie to to make of the same lompe one vessel toOr, vnto honest vses. honour, and another vnto dishonour?
22 (What) and if GOD wolde, to shewe hys wrath, and to make his power knowen, suffre with long pacience the vessels of wrath, prepared to destruction?
23 And that he might declare the riches of his glorie vpon the vessels of mercie, whiche he hathe prepared vnto glorie?
24 Euen vs, whome he hathe called, not of the Iewes onely, but also of the Gentiles.
25 As he saith also in Osee, * I wil call them, MyHose, 2. 23. people, which were not my people: and her,1. Peter. 1. 10. Beloued, which was not beloued.
26 And it shalbe in the place where it was said vnto thē, * Ye are not my people, that thereHose, 1. 10. they shalbe called, The chyldren of the lyuing God.
27 Also Esaias cryeth cōcerning Israel, * thoghIsa. 10. 21. the nomber of the children, of Israel were as the sand of the sea, (yet) shall (but) a ramnant be saued.
28 God wil make suche waste of that people that the sewe, whiche shall remaine, shalbe a worke of his iustice, ād, shall set for the his glorie in his Churche. For he wil make his account, and gather it into a short summe with righteousnes: for the Lord wil make a short count in the earth.
29 * And as Esaias sayd before, Excepte the Lorde of hostes had left vs a sede, we had bene made asThat is, vtterly lost. Sodome, and had bene lyke to Gomorrha.
30 What shall we iaye then? That the GentilesIsa. 1. 9. whiche folowed not ryghteousnes, haue atteined vnto righteousnes, euen the rightous nes which is of faith.
31 But Israel which folowed the Law of rightousnes,
〈◊〉
not atteine vnto the Lawe of righteousnes.
32 Wherefore? Because (they soght it) not by fayth, but as (it were) by the workes of the Lawe:
〈◊〉
they haue stombled at the stombling stone.
33 As it is written, * Beholde, Ilaye in Sion aIesus Christ is to the infideles destruction, and to the faythfull life and
〈◊〉
.
Isa. 8. 14. and 28. 16. 1. Peter. 2. 6. Psal. 118. 22. stombling stone, and a rocke to make men fall: and euerie one that beleueth in him, shal not be ashamed.
CHAP. X.
1 After that he had declared his zeale towardes them. 3 He sheweth the cause of the ruine of the Iewes. 4. The end of the Lawe. 5 The difference betwene the iustice of the Lawe, and of faith. 17 Wherof saith
〈◊〉
, and to whome it belongeth. 19 The reiection of the Iewes, and calling of the Gentiles.
〈◊〉
1 BRethren, myne hearts desire and prayer to GOD for Israelis, that they myght be saued.
2 For I beare them recorde, that they haueThat is a certeine affectiō, but not a true know ledge. the zeale of GOD, but not accordynge to knowledge.
3 For they, beyng ignorant of the righteousnes of God, ād going about to stablish their owne righteousnes, haue not submited them selues to the righteousnes of God.Gal. 3. 24.
4 * For Christe (is) theThe end of the Lawe is to iustifie them whiche obserue it: therefore Christe hauyng fulfilled it for vs, is made our iustice, sancti fication, &c. end of the Lawe for righteousnes vnto euerie one that beleueth.Lcui.
〈◊〉
. 5.
5 For Moses (thus) describeth the ryghteousnes
〈◊〉
. 20.
〈◊〉
.
Gal. 3. 12. whiche is of the Lawe, * That the man
〈◊〉
. 30. 12. which doeth these things, shal liue thereby.Deut. 30. 14.
6 But the righteousnes which is of faith, speaketh on this wise,Because we can not performe the Law, it
〈◊〉
vs to doute, who shall go to
〈◊〉
and to say, who shal go downe to the depe to de liuer vs thences but fayth teacheth vs that Christ is
〈◊〉
vp to take vs with hym and hathe descended into the depth of death to
〈◊〉
death, and deliuer vs. * Saye not in thine heart, Who shall ascende into heauen? [that is to bring Christ from aboue]
7 Or, Who shall descende into the depe? [that is to bring Christ againe from the dead.]
8 But what saith it? * The worde is nere thee, (euen) in thy mouth, and in thine heart. This is theThat is, the pro mes and the Gospell whiche agreeth with the Lawe. worde of faith which we preache.
9 For if thou shalt confesse with thy mouth the Lorde Iesus, and shalt beleue in thine heart, that God raised him vp from the dead, thou shalt be saued.
10 For with the heart man beleueth vnto rightIsa. 28. 16. ousnes, and withThat is, the way to be saued is to beleue with heart that we are saued onely by Christ, and to confesse the same before the world. Isa. 32. 7. the mouth man
〈◊〉
to saluation.
11 For the Scripture saith, *Whosoeuer beleueth in him, shal not be ashamed.Ioel. 2. 32.
12 For there is no difference betwene the Iewe and the Grecian: for he that is Lord ouer all,Act. 2. 21. is riche vnto all, that call on him.
13 * For whosoeuer shal call vpon the Name of the Lord, shalbe saued.
14 But how shal they cal on him, in whom they haue not beleued? and how shal they beleue iu hym, of whome they haue not heard? andNaum. 1. 15. how shall they heare without a preacher?
15 And howe shall they preache, except they be sent? as it is written, * How beautifull are theOr, the
〈◊〉
. fete of them whyche bryng glad tydyngs of peace, and brynge glad tydings of good things!Isa. 53. 8.
16 But they haue not all obeyed the Gospell:Iohn. 12. 38. for Esaias saith, * Lorde, who hathe beleued ourMcanynge the Gospell and the good tydyngs of saluacion which they preached. reporte?
17 Then faith (is) by hearyng, and hearingThat is, by Gods commādement, of whome they are
〈◊〉
that preache the Gospell, It maye be also taken for the verye preaching it self. by the worde of God.
18 But I demande, HaueBoth the Iewes and Gentiles. they not heard? * No doute theyrThe Hebrewe worde signifieth the line or proportiō of the
〈◊〉
uēs, whose most excellent frame, besides the reste of Gods creatures, preacheth vnto the whole worlde and secreth forthe the worthines of the Creator. so unde went out through all the earth, and their wordes into the ends ofPsal. 19. 5. theThen seing all the world knew God by his creatures, the Iewes cold not be igno rant, and so sinned of malice. worlde.
19 But I demande, Did not Israel know (God?) First Moses saith, * I wil prouoke you to enuie by a nation that is not (my) nation, and by a foolish (nation) I wil anger you.
20 * And Esayas is bolde, & sayth, I was founde of them that soght me not, and haue bene made manifeste to them that asked not after me.
21 And vnto Israel he saith, * All the daye long haue I stretched forthe myne hande vnto aOr, vnbeleuing disobedient, and gainesaying people.
CHAP. XI.
4 God hath his Church althogh it be not sene to mās eye. 5 The grace shewed to the elect. 7 The iudgement of the reprobate 8 God hathe blinded the Iewes for a time, and reueiled him self to the Gentiles. 18 Whome he warneth
〈◊〉
. 32. 21. Isa. 65. to humble them selues. 29 The giftes of God without repentance.1. Isa. 65. 2. 33 The depth of Gods iugdement.
1 I Demande then, Hathe God cast awaye hys people? God forbid: for I also a man Israelite,
of the sede of Abraham, of the tribe of Beniamin.
2 God hathe not cast away his people which heAnd elected before all beginning. knewe before Knowe ye not what the1. King. 19. 10. Scripture saith of Elias, how he maketh request vnto GodHe talked With God not that he shulde punish Israel, but yet lamēted their falshode & so his Wordes made against them. against Israel, saying,
3 * Lord, they hane killed thy Prophetes, and digged downe thine altars: and I am left alone, and they seke my life?
4 But what saith the answer of God to him? * I haue reserued vnto my self c seuen thousand1. King. 19. 18.
Meaning an infinit nomber. men, which haue not bowed the knee to Baal."Or, fre election Isa. 6. 29. and 9. 10.
5 Euen so then at this present time is there a remnant through the election of grace.Mat. 13. 14.
6 And if (it be) of grace, it is no more of workesiohn 12. 40.: orels were grace no more grace: but ifact. 28. 26.
Psal. 69. 22 it be of workes, it is no more grace: orels were worke no more worke.
7 What then? Israel hathe not obteined that he soght: but the election hathe obteined
〈◊〉
and the rest haue bene hardened.
8 According as it is written, * God hathe giuen then the spirit ofOr, pritking. slomber: eyes that they shulde not se, and eares that they shulde not heare vnto this day.
9 And Dauid saith, * Let theirChrist by the mouth of thep to pherwisheth that Which came vpō the Iewes, that is that as birdes are taken Where as they thinke to finde fode, so the Law Which the Iewes of a blinde
〈◊〉
preferred to the Gospel thinking to haue saluation by it, shulde turne to their destruction. table be made a snare, ād a net, and a stombling blocke, euen for are compence vnto them.
10 Let their eyes be darkened that they se not, andTake from thē thy grace and strength. bowe downe their backe alwayes.
11 I demande then, Haue they stombled, that theyWithout hope to be restored. shulde fall? God forbid: but through their fall saluation (commeth) vnto the Gentiles, toThe Iewes to followe the Gentiles. prouoke them to follow them.
12 Wherefore if the fall of them (be) the riches of the worlde, and the diminishing of them theIn that the Gentiles haue the knowledge of the Gospel. riches of the Gētiles, how muche more shal their abundance (be?)
13 For (in that) I speake to you Gentiles, in asmuche as I am the Apostle of the Gentiles, I magnifie mine office,
14 (To trie) if by any meanes I mightThat they might be ielouse ouer Christ against the Gentiles, and so to be more seruent in loue toward Christ then the Gentiles. prouoke them of my flesh to followe them, and might saue some of them.
15 For if the casting away of them (be) the reconciling of the worlde, what (shal) the recei uing (be) butThe Iewes now remaine, as it Were, in death for lacke of the Gospel: but When bothe they & the Gentiles shal embrace Christ, the Worlde shalbe restored to a newe life. life from the dead?
16 For ifAbraham Was not
〈◊〉
sanctified, but his sede also Which negle cted not the promes. the first frutes (be) holie, so (is) the whole lompe: and if theMeaning Abraham. roote be holie, so (are) the branches.
17 And thogh some of the branches be broken of, and thou being a wilde oliue tre, wast grafte inOr, in them. for them, and made partakers of the roote, and satnesse of theThat is, the Church of the Israelites. oliue tre,
18 Boast not thy self against the branches: and if thou boast thy self, thou bearest not the roote, but the roote thee.
19 Thou wilt say then, The branches are broken of, that I might be grafte in.
20 Wel: through vnbelefe they are broken of, and thou stādeth by faith: be not hie minded butBe careful: Wor ship God, and
〈◊〉
in his
〈◊〉
. feare.
21 For if God spared not the natural branches (take hede,) lest he also spare not thee.
22 Mespeaketh of the Iewes and Gentiles in
〈◊〉
. Beholde therefore the bountifulnes, and seueritie of God: to warde them which haue fallen, seueritie: but towarde thee, bountiful nes, if thou continue in (his) bountifulnes: or els thou shalt also be cut of.
23 And thei also, if thei abide not stil in vnbele fe, shalbe graffed in: for God is able to graffe them in againe.
24 For if thou wast cut out of the oliue, tre, which was wilde by nature, and wast graffed contrary to nature in a right oliue tre, how muche more shal they that are by nature, be graffed in their owne oliue tre?
25 For I wolde not, brethren, that ye shulde be ignorant of this secret [lest ye shulde be arrogant in your selues] that partelyMeaning stubbernes and induration against Gods Worde. obstinacie is come to Israel, vntil the fulnes of the Gentiles be come in,Isa 59, 20.
26 And soHe sheweth that the time shal come that the Whole nation of the Iewes thogh not euery one particularly, shal be ioyned to the Church of Christ. Isa. 27. 9. all Israel shalbe saued, as it is written, * The deliuerer shal come out of Sion, and shal turne away the vngodlines from
〈◊〉
.
27 And this is my couenant to them, * When I shal take away their sinnes.
28 As cōcerning the Gospel, (they are) enemiesIerem. 22.
〈◊〉
. Ebr. 8. 8. & 10. 16. for your sakes: but as touching the election, they are beloued for the fathers sakes.
29 For theTo Whome God giueth his Spirit of adoptiō and Whome he calleth effectually he can not perish for Gods eternal counsel neuer changeth. giftes and calling of GOD are without repentance.
30 For euen as ye in time past haue not beleued God, yet haue now obteined mercie through their vnbelefe,
31 Euen so now haue they not beleuedOr that by your mercie. by the
〈◊〉
(shewed) vnto you, that they also may obteine mercie.
32 For God hathe shut vpThat is, bothe Iewes and Gentiles. all in vnbelefe, that he might haue mercie on all.Isa. 40.
〈◊〉
.
33 O the depnes of the riches, bothe of theWisdom. 9. 13. wisdome, and knowledge of God! how vnsearcheable1. Cor. 2. 16. are his iudgemēts, and his wayes past finding out!
34 * ForHe reproueth the rashnes of men Which mur mure against the iudgements of God. who hathe knowen the minde of the Lord? or who was his counseller?
35 Or who hatheThat is,
〈◊〉
ked him by his good
〈◊〉
giuen vnto him first, and he shalbe recompensed?
36 For ofAll things are created & preserued of God to set for the his glorie. him, and through him, and for him are all things: to him (be) glorie for euer. Amen.
CHAP. XII.
The conuersation, loue and workes of suche as beleue in Christ 19 Not to seke reuengeance.
1 I Beseche you therefore, brethren, by the mercies of God, that ye giue vp your bodies aIn stede of dead beasts, liuelie sacrifice: in ste de of the blood of beastes Which Was but a shad owe and pleased not God of it self the acceptable sacrifice of the spiritual man, framed by faith to godlines and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. liuing sacrifice, holie, acceptable
〈◊〉
God, (which is) yourThat is, true, lawful and spiritual. 1. Pet. 2. 5. reasonable seruing of God.
2 And facion not your selues like vnto this worlde, but be ye changed by the renuing of your minde, that ye may * proue what is theVVhatsoeuer is not agreable to Gods Wil, is euil, displeasant and vnperfect. good wil of God, and acceptale, & perfite.
3 For I say through the grace that is giuen vntoEphes. 5. 17. me, to euerie one that is among you, that1. Thess. 3. 1. no man presume to vnderstand aboue that which is mete to vnderstand, but that heTWo things are required, if We Wil iudgesoberly of Gods giftes in vs: the one that We do not attogate to ourselues that Which We haue not: next
〈◊〉
We boast not of the giftes, but reuerētly vse thē to Gods honour: Mat. 6. 2. vn derstād according toThat is, soberly not neglecting Gods
〈◊〉
, but vsing them to his glorie. sobrietie, as God hath1. Cor.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
dealt to euerie man the * measure of faith.Ephes. 4. 7.
4 For as we haue many members in one bodie, and all members haue not one office.
5 So we being many are one bodie in Christ, & euerie one, one anothers members.1. Pet. 4. 10.
6 * Seing then that we haue giftes that are diuers, according to the grace that is giuē vnto vs, whether (we haue)By prophecying here he meaneth preaching & teaching, & by office or ministerie, all such offices, as ap perteme to the Church as Elders Deacons, &c. prophecie, (let vs pro phecie) according to the proportiō ofBy faith he me a neth the knowledge of God in Christ With the gifes of the holie Gost. faith
7 Or an office, (let vs waite) on the office: or he that teacheth, on teaching:
8 Or he that exhorteth, on exhortatiō: he that Of these officers some are Deacōs, some Gouernors some kepe the
〈◊〉
. distributeth, (let him do it) * with simplicitie: he that ruleth, with diligence: he thatHe meaneth thē Which Were appoīted to loke vnto the poore, as for the moste parte Were the Widowes. sheweth mercie, with * cherefulnes.
9 (Let) loue (be) without dissimulation.2. Cor. 9. 7. * Abhorre that which is euil, and cleaue vnto thatAmos. 5.
〈◊〉
. which is good.
10 * Be affectioned to loue one another with brotherlie loue. In giuing honor, go one before another,Ephes. 4. 2.
11 Not slouthful to do seruice: feruent in spirit:1. pet. 2. 17. seruingOr, the time. the Lord,Ebr. 13. 1.
12 Reioycing in hope, pacient in tribulation,Luk. 18. 1. * continuing in prayer,1. Cor. 16. 1.
Ebr. 13. 2.
13 * Distributing vnto the necessities of the1. pet. 4. 13. Saintes: * giuing your selues to hospitalitie.Mat. 5. 44.
14 * Blesse them which persecute you: blesse, (I say,) and curse not.
15 Reioyce with them that reioyce, and wepe with them that wepe.
16 Be of like affection one towards another: * be not hie minded: but make your selues equal to them of the lower sorte: be not wise inThat is, in your owne conceit. * Prou. 20. 22. * Mat. 5.
〈◊〉
. * 1. Pet. 3. 9. * 2. Cor. 8. 11. your selues.
17 * Recompense to no man euil for euil:Liue so honestly & godly that no man can finde faute With you. * Ebr. 12, 14. * Eccle 28. 1. * Mat. 5. 38. * Deu 32 35. *
〈◊〉
. 10 30 * Prou. 25. 21. procure things honest in the sight of all men.
18 * If it be possible, asmuche as in you is, haue peace with all men.
19 Dearly beloued, * auēge not your selues, but giue place vnto wrath: for it is written, * Vengeance is mine: I wil repaye, saith the Lord.
20 * Therefore, if thine enemie hunger, fede him, if he thirst, giue him drinke: for in so doing, thou shalt heapeFor ether thou shalt Wōne him With thy benefit, or els his
〈◊〉
albeare him Witnes that Gods burning Wrath
〈◊〉
ouer him. coles of fyre on his head.
21 Be not ouercome of euil, but ouercome euilAct. 6. 1.
1. Tim. 5. 9. * Prou. 3. 7. * Isa. 5. 11. with goodnes.
CHAP. XIII.
1 The obediēce to the Rulers. 4 Why they haue the sword 8 Charitie ought to measure all our doings. 11 An exhortation to innocencie and puritie of life.
1 LEt * euerie soule be subiect vnto the higherVVisd. 6. 4. powers: for there is no power but of God:Tit. 3. 1.
1. pet. 2.
〈◊〉
. & the powers that be, are ordeined of God.
2 Whosoeuer therefore resisteth the power, resisteth the ordinance of God: and they that resist, shal receiue to them seluesNot onely the punishement of the Iudges, but al so the vengeance of God. iudgement
3 For princes are not to be feared (for) good workes, but (for) euil. Wilt thou thē be with out feare of the power? do wel: so shalt thou haue praise of the same:
4 For he is the minister of God for thy wealth: but if thou do euil, seare: for he beareth not the sworde for noght: for he is the minister of GodGreke, a reuenger With Wrath. to take vengeance on him that doeth euil.
5 Wherefore ye must be subiect, not because of wrath onely, but also forFor no priuate man can
〈◊〉
ne that gouernemēt Which God hathe appointed Without the brea che of his consciē ce, & here he spea keth of ciuil
〈◊〉
: so that Antichrist & his can not Wrast this place to establish their tyran nie ouer the conscience. conscience sake
6 For, for this cause ye paye also tribute: for they are Gods ministers, applying thē selues for the sameThat is, to
〈◊〉
the good and to punish the euil. thing.
7 * Giue to all men therefore their duetie: tribu te, to whome (ye owe) tribute: custome, to whome custome: feare, to whome feare: honour, to whome (ye owe) honour.
8 Owe nothing to any man, but to loue one another: for he that loueth another, hathe fulfilled theHe meaneth onely the
〈◊〉
table. Law.
9 For this, * Thou shalt not commit adulterie,Mat. 22. 11. Thou shalt not kill, Thou shalt not steale, Thou shalt not beare false witnes, Thou shalt not couet: and if there be any other cōmaundement, it is briefly comprehended in this saying, (euen) in this, * Thou shalt loue thy neighbour as thy self.Exod. 20. 14.
Deut. 5. 18.
10 Loue doeth not euil to his neighbour: thereLeuit. 19. 18. fore is loue the * fulfilling of the Law.Mat.
〈◊〉
59.
Gal. 5. 14.
11 And that, considering the season, that (it is)Iam. 2. 8. now time that we shulde arise from slepe: for1. Tim. 1
〈◊〉
. now is our saluationBefore We beleued, it had bene in vaine to
〈◊〉
these things: but now seing our saluation is nere let vs take hede that We neglect not this occasion Luk 21. 34. nerer, then when we beleued it.
12 The night is past, & the day is at hand: let vs therefore cast away the workes of darkenes and let vs put on theThat is, honest maners & godlie. armour of light,
13 So that we walke honestly, as in the day: not in * Or, riote. glotonie, and dronkennes, nether in chambering and wantonnes, nor in strife and enuying:
14 * But put ye on the Lord IESVS CHRISTGal. 5. 16. and take no thoght for the flesh, to (fulfil) the1. pet. 2.
〈◊〉
. lustes of it.
CHAP. XIIII.
1 The weake ought not to be despised. 10 No man shulde offende anothers conscience. 15 But one to supporte another in charitie and faith.
1 HIm that is weake in theThat is the doctrine of the Gos pel. faith, receiue vn to you, (but) notLest
〈◊〉
departe ether more ignorant then he came, or elswith a greater
〈◊〉
of conscience. for controuersies of disputations.
2 One beleueth that he may eat of all things: & another, which is weake, eateth herbes.
3 Let not him that eateth, despise him that eateth not: and let not him which
〈◊〉
not, iudge him that eateth: for God hathe receiued him.
4 * Who art thou that condemnest anotherIám. 4. 12. mans seruant? he standeth or falleth to his owneIt is the Lords matter and not thine. master: yea, he shalbe established: for God is able to make him stande.
5 This man estemeth one day aboue another day, and another man counteth euerie daye a like: let euerie man beVVe muste be assured in our cō
science by Gods Worde in all things that We do: that if We be strong, We may know What is our libertie: & if We be Weake, We may learne to profit daily. fully persuaded in his minde.
6 He thatThat counteth one day more holi thē another obserueth the day, obserueth it to theVVbo iudgeth whether he doeth wel or no. Lord: and he that obserueth not the day obserueth it not to the Lord. He that eateth, eateth to the Lord: for he giueth God thākes
and he thatBecause he
〈◊〉
keth the meates vncleane by the Law. eateth not,Here we must
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
things: first, that he speaketh of things which of them selues are indiffe rēt,
〈◊〉
in the Law thei were not: next, that he reproueth not the condemning of the act but of the persones, thirdly that he meaneth not the slubburne & malicious, whom he ealieth dogges &
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
the weake and infirme tō whome as yet God had not reueiled the perfite libertie. eateth not to the Lord, and giueth God thankes.
7 For none of vs liuethBothe our life, and death ought to profite our brother. to him self, nether doeth anie dye to him self.
8 For whether we liue, we liue vnto the Lord: or whether we dye, we dye vnto the Lord: whether we liue therefore, or dye, we are the Lords.
9 For Christ therefore dyed and rose againe, and reuiued, that he might be Lord bothe of the dead and the quicke.
10 But why doest thou iudge thy brother? or why doest thou despise thy brother? *for we shal all appeare before the iudgemēt seat of Christ.
11 For it is written, * IThis othe parti cularly apperteinech to God who is the true life of him self, & giueth it to all other,. liue, saith the Lord, & euerie knee shal bowe to me, and all tōgues shalAnd acknowledge
〈◊〉
for their God. confesse vnto God.
12 So then euerie one of vs shal giue accountes of him self to God.
13 Let vs not therefore iudge one another anie more: but vse (your) iudgement rather in this that no man putte an occasion to fall, or a stombling blocke before (his) brother.
14He preuenteth the obiection which the Christians might vse. 1. Cor. 8. 1. I knowe, and am persuaded through the Lord Iesus, that there is nothing vncleane of it self: but vnto him that iudgeth any thing to be vncleane, to him (it is) vncleane.
15 But if thy brother be grieued: for the meat: now walk est thou not charitably: * destroy2. Cor. 5 10. not him with thy meat, for whome ChristIsa. 45. 23. dyed.Phil. 2. 10.
16 Cause not yourwhich is the be
〈◊〉
of Christ ā libertie by abusing
〈◊〉
ye cause, the weake lings to blasp heme the Gospel which might seme to them cō
trarie to Gods wil, and the doctrine of the
〈◊〉
commoditie to be euil spoken of.
17 For theGod wil not reigne ouer his by such obseruatiōs. Tit. 1. 15. kingdome of God is not meat nor drinke, but righteousnes, and peace, & ioye in the holie Gost.
18 For whosoeuerIn peace and righteousnes. in these things serueth Christ, is acceptable vnto God, and is approued of men.
19 Let vs then folowe those things which con cerne peace, and where with one may edifie another.
20 Destroy not the worke of God for meats sake: * all things indede are pure: but (it is) euil for the man whiche eateth with offence.
21 * (It is) good nether to eat flesh, nor to drinke wine, nor any thing, whereby thy bro ther stombleth, or is offended, or made weake.
22 Hast thouFaith here is ta ken for a fulpersuasion of the Christian libertie in things indifferent as the Apostle interpreteth it in the 14 verse. faith? haue it with thy self before God: blessed is he thatVVhich hath none euil remorse of cōscience in his doing,
〈◊〉
Meaning, of a right cōsciēce. condemneth not him self in that thing which he aloweth.
23 For he that douteth, is condemned if he eat1. Cor 8. 13. because (he eateth) not of faith: and whatsoeuer is not
〈◊〉
saith, is sinne.
CHAP. XV.
1 Paul exhorteth thē to support and loue one an other by the example of Christ, 9 And by the onelie mercie of God which is the cause of saluation bothe of the one & the other. 14 He sheweth his zeale towarde them, and the Church, 30 And requireth the same of them.
1 WE which are strōg, ought to beare the infirmities of the weake, and not to please our selues.
2 (Therefore) let euerie man please his neighbour in that that is good toTo
〈◊〉
signi fieth to do all maner dueties to our neighbour, ether to bring him to Christ, or if he be wonne, that he may growe frō faith to faith: for the faithful are called the temple of God wherein he is resident by his h he Spirit: and these faithful are the stones of the newe
〈◊〉
: that is, the vniuer sal Church, Isa. 54
〈◊〉
. 21. of the which buylding Christ is
〈◊〉
, chief corner stone, Eph. 2. 20. edification.Psal. 69. 10.
3 For Christ also wolde not please him self, but as it is written, *The rebukes of them which rebuke thee, felI did so beare them, as if they
〈◊〉
bene done to me and not to my Father. on me.
4 For whatsoeuer things are writtē afore time are writtē for our learning, that we through pacience, and comforte of the Scriptures might haue hope.
5 Now the God ofVVhiche is the autor of
〈◊〉
. 1. Cor. 1. 10. pacience and consolation giue you that ye be * like minded one towards another, according to Christ Iesus,
6 That ye with one minde, (and) with one mouth may praise God euen the Father of our Lord Iesus Christ.
7 Wherefore receiue ye one another, as Christ also receiued vs to theTo make vs partakers of Gods glorie. glorie of God.
8 Now I say, that Iesus Christ was a
〈◊〉
to gather the Iewes, and then the Gētiles that bothe might be made one flocke. minister of the circumcision, for theThat God might be knowē true. trueth of God; to confirme the promises (made) vnto the Fathers.
9 And let the Gentiles praise God for (his) mercie, as it is written, * For this cause I wil confesse thee among the Gentiles, and sing vnto thy Name.
10 And againe he saith, * Reioyce, ye Gentiles with his people.Philip. 3. 16.
11 And againe, *Praise the Lord, all ye Gentiles and laude ye him, all people together.
12 And againe Esaias saith, * There shalbe a roote of lesse, andwhich is Christ who did spring as a yong budde out of the drye & dead rote. he that shal rise to reigne ouerThen seing he toke bothe the Iewes and Gentiles to his fathers glorie they ought by his example to loue together. the Gentiles, in him shal the Gentiles trust.
13 Now the God of hope fil you with all ioye, and peace in beleuing, that ye may abunde in hope through the power of the holiePsal. 18. 50. Gost.2. Sam. 22. 50.
Deu. 32. 43.
14 And I my self also am persuaded of you, myPsal. 117. 1. brethren, that ye also are ful of goodnes, andIsa. 11. 10. filled with all knowledge, and are able to admonish one another.
15 Neuertheles brethren, I haue somewhat boldly after a sort written vnto you, as one that putteth you in remembrance, through the grace that is giuen me of God,
16 That I shulde be the minister of Iesus Christ towarde the Gentiles, ministring the Gospel of God, that the offring vp of the Gentiles might be acceptableThe minister
〈◊〉
vp the people to God by the Gospel. being sanctified by the holie Gost.
17 I haue therefore whereof I may reioyce in Christ Iesus in those things which (perteine) to God.
18 For I dare notGod gaue him suche ample occasions to set forthe his excellent workes that he had done by him that the Apostle nede not to seke anie other thing to boast vpon. speake of aniething, which Christ hathe not wroght by me, (to make) the Gentiles obedient in worde anddede,
19 With the power of signes and wonders, by the power of the Spirit of God: so that from
Ierusalem, and rounde about vnto Illyricum, I haue caused to abunde the Gospel of Christ.
20 Yea, so I enforced myself to preache the Go spel, not where CHRIST was named, lest I shulde haue buylt on another mans fundation.
21 But as it is written, * To whome he was notIsa. 52. 15. spoken of, they shal se (him) and they that heard not, shal vnderstand (him)
22 Therefore also I haue bene * oft let to comeChap. 1.
〈◊〉
. vnto you.1. Thes. 2. 17.
23 But now seing I haue no more place in these quarters, and also haue*bene desirous manieChap. 1. 1. yeres agone to come vnto you,
24 When I shal take my iourney into Spaine, I wil come to you: for I trust to se you in my iorney, and to be broght on my way thither warde by you, after that I haue bene some what filled with your (companie.)
25 But now go l to Ierusalem, towhich was to
〈◊〉
the almes. minister vnto the Saintes.
26 For it hathe pleased them of Macedonia and Achaia, to make a certeine distribution vnto the poore Saintes which are at Ierusalem.
27 For it hathe pleased them, and their detters are they: *for if the Gentiles be made partakers1. Cor. 9. 11. of their spiritual things, their duetie is also to minister vnto them in carnal things.
28 When I haue therefore performed this, and haueI shal faithfully leaue it with them, and as it were sealed most surely. scaled them thisAlmes is the frute of faith and charitie. frute, I wil passe by you into Spaine.
29 * And I knowe when I come, that I shal come to you withHis coming shalbe profitable vnto thē: for God wil giue him abundant knowledge of Dinine mysteries to communi cate vnto them. abundāce of the blessingChap. 1. 10, of the Gospel of Christ.
30 Also brethren I beseche you for our Lord Iesus Christs sake, and for the loue of the Spirit, that ye* wolde striue with me by pray ers to God for me.
31 That I may be deliuered from them which are disobedient in Iudea, ād that my seruice which I haue to do at Ierusalem, may beHe feared lest sclandrous tongues wolde haue made his message ether odious, or lesse acceptable. Isa. 9. 6. accepted of the Saintes,
32 That I maye come vnto you with ioye by2. Cor. 1. 11. the will of GOD, and may with you be refreshed.
33 Thus the * God of peace (be) with you all. Amen.
CHAP. XVI.
1 After manie recommendations, 17 He admonisheth them to beware false brethren and to be circumspect. 20. He prayeth for them, and giueth thankes to God.
1 I Cōmende vnto you Phebe our sister which is a seruant of the Church of Cenchrea,
2 That ye receiue her in the Lord, as it be cometh Saintes, and that ye assist her in what soeuer busines she nedeth of your aide: for she hathe giuen hospitalie vnto manie, and to me also.
3 Grete *Priscilla and Aquila my fellow helpersAct. 18.
〈◊〉
. in Christ Iesus.
4 [Which haue for my life laid downe their owne necke, Vnto whome not I onely giue thankes, but also all the Churches of the Gentiles]
5 Like wise (grete) the Church that is in their house. Salute my beloued Epenetus, which is theThe first which was cōsecrate to the Lord by embracing the Gospel. first frutes ofOr, Asia. Achaiain Christ.
6 Grete Marie which bestowed muche labour on vs.
7 Salute Andronicus and Iunia my cousins and fellow prisoners, which are notable among the Apostles, andThey were grafred in Christ by faith a fore I was called, and were wel estemed of the Apostles, and of the Churches. were in Christ before me.
8 Grete Amplias my beloued in the Lord.
9 Salute Vrbanus our felowe helper in Christ and Stachys my beloued.
10 Salute Apelles approued in Christ. Salute them which are of Aristobulus (friends.)
11 Salute Herodion my kinsman. Grete then which are of the friends of Narcissus which are in the Lord.
12 Salute Tryphena and Tryphosa, which (women) labour in the Lord. Salute the belo ued Persis, which (woman) hathe laboured muche in the Lord.
13 Salute Rufus chosen in the Lord, and his mother and mine.
14 Grete Asyncritus, Phlegon, Hermas, Patrobas, Mercurius, and the brethren which are with them.
15 Salute Philologus and Iulias, Nereas, and his sister, and Olympas, and all the Saintes which are with them.
16 Salute one another with an * holieThis was a signe of amitie among the Iewes which he willeth to be holie, that is, that it come from a minde ful of godlie charitie 2. Iohn. 10. kisse.1. Corin. 16. 20.
2. Cor. 13. 12. The Churches of Christ salute you.1. Pet. 5. 14.
17 ¶ Now I beseche you brethrē, marke them diligently which cause diuision and offences contrarie to the doctrine which ye haue learned, and*auoide them.
18 For they that are suche, serue not the Lord Iesus Christ, but their owneThese be markes to knowe the false Aposties by. bellies, and withThe worde signifieth him that promiseth muche and performeth nothing, who semeth also to spea ke for thy profite but doeth nothing lesse. faire speache and flattering deceiue the hearts of the simple.
19 For your obedience is come abrode amōg all: I am glad therefore of you: but yet I wold haue you wise, vnto that which is good, and simple concerning euil.
20 The God of peace shal treade stan vnder your fete shortly. The grace of our Lord Iesus Christ (be) with you:
21 * Timotheus my companion, and LuciusAct. 16. 1. and Iason, and Sosipater my kinsmen, salutePhilip, 2 19. you.
22 I Tertius, which wrote out this epistle, salute you in the Lord.
23 *Gaius mine hoste, & of the whole Church1. Cor. 1. 14. saluteth you. Erastus theOr, receiuer. chamberlaine ofCorinthus. the citie saluteth you, and Quartus a brother.
24 The grace of our Lord Iesus Christ (be) with you all. Amen.
25 *To him now that is of power to establisheEphes 3 19. you according to my Gospel, and preachingEphes. 3. 9.
Colos. 1 26. of Iesus Christ, *by the reuelationBothe as touching the doctrine of the Gospel, and also the calling of the Gentiles. of the2. Tim. 1. 10. mysterie, which was kept secret since theTit. 1. 2. worlde began:1. Pet. 1,
〈◊〉
,
26 [But now is opened, and published among all nations by the Scriptures of the Prophetes, at the commandement of the euerlasting God for the obedience of faith]
27 To God, (I say,) onely wise, be praise through Iesus Christ for euer.
Amen.
Written to the Romaines from Corinthus (and sent) by Phebe, seruāt of the Church, which is at Cenchrea.
THE FIRST EPISTLE of Paul to the Corinthians.
THE ARGVMENT.
AFter that S. Paul had preached at Corinthus a yere and an halfe, he was compelled by the wickednes of the Iewes to saile into Syria. In whose absence false Apostles entred into the Church, who being puffed vp with vaine glorie, and affectat eloquence, soght to bring into contempt the simplicitie which Paul vsed in preaching the Gospel By whose ambition suche factions and schismes sprang vp in the Church, that from opinions in pollicies and ceremonies they fel to false doctrine and heresies, calling into doute the resurrection from the dead, one of the chiefest points of Christian religion. Against these euils the Apostle procedeth, preparing the Corinthians hearts, and eares with gentle salutations: but sone after he reproueth their contentions and debates, their arrogancie and pride, and exhorteth them to concorde and humilitie setting before their yes the spiritual vertue, and heauenlie wisdome of the Gospel, which can not be persuaded by worldlie wit and eloquent reasons, but is reueiled by Gods Spirit, & so sealed in mens hearts. Therefore this salutation may not be attribute to the ministers, but onely to God, whose seruāts they are, and haue receiued charge to edifie his Church: wherein S. Paul be haued himself skilfully, buylding according to the fundation [which is Christ] and exhorteth others to make the end proportionable to the beginning, taking diligent hede that they be not polluted with vaine doctrine, seing they are the Temple of God. And as for those which douted of his Apostleship, he sheweth them that he dependeth not on mans iudgement, albeit he had declared by manifest signes that he neuer soght his owne glorie, nether yet how he might liue, but onely the glorie of Christ: which thing at his comming he wolde declare more amply, to the shame of those vaine glorious braggers, who soght them selues onely, and therefore suffred moste horrible vices vnreproued and vnpunished, as incest, contentions, pleadings before insideles, fornication, and suche like, to the great sclander of the Gospel. This done, he answereth to certeine points of the Corinthians letter, as touching single life, duetie of mariage, of discorde and dissension among the maried, of virginitie, and seconde mariage. And because some thoght it nothing to be present at idole seruice, seing in their heart they worshiped the true God, he warneth them to haue respect to their weake brethren, whose faith by that dissembling was hindred, and their consciences wounded, which thing rather then he wolde do, he wolde neuer vse that libertie which God had giuen him. But forasmuche as pride, and self wil was the cause of those great euils, he admonisheth them by the example of the Iewes not to glorie in these outwarde giftes, whose horrible punishmēt for the abuse of Gods creatures, ought to be a warning to all mē to followe Christ vprightly, without all pollution and offence of others. Then he correcteth diuers abuses in their Church, as touching the behauiour of men, and women in the assemblies of the Lords Supper, the abuse of the spiritual giftes, which God hathe giuen to mainteine loue and edifie the Church: as concerning theresurrection from the dead, without the which the Gospel serueth to no vse. Last of all he exhorteth the Corinthians to relieue the poote brethren at Ierusalem, to perseuere in the loue of Christ, and wel doing, sending his commendations, and wishing them peace.
CHAP, I.
1 He praiseth the great graces of God shewed towarde them. 10 Exhorting them to concorde and humilitie. 19. He beateth downe all pride, and wisdome which is not grounded on God. 26 Shewing whome God hathe chosen to confounde the wisdome of the worlde.
1 PAVL called (to be) an Apostle of IESVS CHRIST, through the wil of God, and (our) brother Softenes,
2 Vnto the Church of God
〈◊〉
is at Corinthus, to them that are*Whome God hathe separate from the rest of the Worlde, purified, and ginen to his Sonne that he mightbe in them and they in him. sanctified in Christ Iesus, *Made holie by the fre mercie & calling of God. Saintes byAct
〈◊〉
9.
1. Thes. 4. 7. calling, * with all thatWhich is to
〈◊〉
knowledge him to be euerie God to Worship him, and seke vnto him for helpe. call on the Name ofRom. 1. 7.
Ephes. 1, 1. our Lord Iesus Christin euerie place, botheCol. 1. 22. their (Lord) and ours:2. Tim. 1. 9. tit. 2. 1.
3 Grace (be) with you, and peace from God2. Tim. 2. 23. our Father, and (from) the Lord Iesus Christ.
4 I thanke my God alwayes on your behalfe for theFor all the benefites Which ye haue receiued by the Gospel. grace of God, which is giuen you in Iesus Christ,
5 * That in all things ye are made riche
〈◊〉
membres of the same bodie Which communi cate With their head. in him, inHe
〈◊〉
those giftes in them Whose
〈◊〉
se aster he doeth
〈◊〉
, as eloquence, philosophie, and their knowledge of Gods Worde. all kinde of speache, and in all know ledge:
6 As the testimonie of Iesus Christ hathe bene confirmed in you.
7 So that ye are not destitute of anie gift: * wayting for the appearing of our Lord Iesus Christ.
8 Who shal also confirme you vnto the end, that ye may beFor there is
〈◊〉
condemnation to them that are grafted in Chriss Iesus. blamelesse in the day of our Lord Iesus Christ.
9 1. Thes. 5. 24, * Rom. 15.
〈◊〉
. * Philip. 3. 16. God is faithful, by whome ye are called vnColos. 1. 10. & 2. 7. to the felowship of his Sonne Iesus ChristPhilip. 3. 20. our Lord.Tit. 2.
〈◊〉
.
10 Now I beseche you, brethren, by the Name of our Lord Iesus Christ,1. Thes. 5. 24. * Rom. 15.
〈◊〉
. * Philip. 3. 16. that ye allDisagreing in Wordes ingendreth dissention of minde, Whereof procedeth repugnancie of iudgement, Which
〈◊〉
the mother of schisme &
〈◊〉
. speake one thing, and that there be no dissentions among you: but be ye knit together in one1. Thes 3.
〈◊〉
& 5. 23. minde, and in one iudgement,
11 For it hathe bene declared vnto me, my brethren, of you by them that are of the house ofWhich Was a vertuous Woman &
〈◊〉
of Gods glorie and soght the
〈◊〉
of the Church. Act. 18. 24. Cloe, that there are contentious among you.
12 Now this I say, that euerie one of you saith, I am Paules, and I am * Apollos, and I am Cephas, and I am Christs.
13 Is Christs deuided? was Paul crucified for you? ether were ye baptizedRead the anno tacion, Act 3. 16. Act. 18. 8. into the name of Paul?Psal. 138. 8.
14 I thanke God, that I baptized none of you, but * Crispus, andThis Gaius Was Pauls hoste, in Whose house also the Church Was at Corinthus. Gaius,
15 Lestanie shulde say, that I had baptized into mine owne name.
16 I baptized
〈◊〉
the housholde of Stephanas furthermore knowe I not, whether I baptized anie other.
17 For Christ sent me not toThat is, chiefly and peculiacly. baptize, but toRom. 16. 23: there Was yet another so called, Whiche Was of Derbe, ād followed Paul. preache the Gospel, not with *As the toricke,
〈◊〉
arte
〈◊〉
. wisdome of wordes,
〈◊〉
men shuld attribute that vn to eloquence, Which onely belonged to the power of God. lest the crosse of Christ shulde be made of none effect.
18 For the preaching of the crosse is to thē thatAct. 10. 4.
Chap. 2. 19. perish, foolishnes: but vnto vs, whiche areGalat. 5. 4. saued, it is the * power of God.2. pet. 1. 16.
19 For it is writté, I * wil destroye the wisdome of the wise, and wil cast away the vnderstandingRom. 1. 16. of the prudent.Isa. 29. 14.
20 Where is the wise? where is theThat is, the interprete of the Law. Scribe? where is theHe that is so subtil in discussing questions? & herein Paul repro cheth euen the best learned, as thogh not one of them colde perceiue by his own Wisdome this mysterie of Christ reueiled in the Gospel. disputer of this worlde? hathe not God made the wisdome of this worlde foolishnes?
21 For seing the world by wisdome knewe not God in the wisdome of God, it pleased God by the foolishnes of preaching to saue them that beleue:Mat. 12. 38.
22 Seing also that the Iewes require a * signe, and the Grecians seke after wisdome.
23 But we preache Christ crucified: vnto the Iewes, euen a stombling blocke, & vnto the Grecians, foolishnes:
24 But vnto them which are called, bothe of the Iewes & Grecians (we preache) Christ, the power of God, and the wisdome of God
25 For theHe speaketh in the persone of Wicked, Who con trarie to their cō
science rather attribute these things to God, then acknowledge their owne follie & Weakenes foolishnes of God is wiser thē men and the weakenes of God is stronger then men.
26 Forbrethren, you se your calling, how that not manie wise menAccording as the Wolde termeth Wise men. after the flesh, not manie mightie, not manie noble (are called.)
27 But God hathe chosen the foolish things of the worlde to confounde the wise, and God hath chosen the weake things of the world, to confounde the mightie things.
28 And vile things of the worlde and things which are despised, hathe God chosen, and thingsVVhiche are in mans iudgemēt almost nothing, but taken for abiects and castaWayes. whiche are not, to bring to noght thingsEstemed and in reputacion. Ierem.
〈◊〉
. 5. that are,
29 That noThus he calleth man in cōtempt & to beare down his atrogancie. flesh shulde reioyce in his presence.
30 But ye are of him in Christ Iesus, who of God is made vnto vs * wisdome & righteousnes, and sanctification, and redempcion.
31 That, according as it is written, * He that reioyceth,That is,
〈◊〉
te all things to God With thankesgiuing. let him reioyce in the Lord.Ierem. 9. 24.
2. cor. 10. 17.
CHAP. II.
1 He putteth for example his maner of preaching, whiche was according to the tenor of the Gospel. 8 Which Gos pel was contemptible and hid to the carnal, 10 And againe honorable and manifest to the spiritual.Chap. 1. 17.
1 ANd I, brethrē, when I came to you, came not with * excellencie of wordes, or of wisdome, shewing vnto you theOr, mysterie.
That is, the Gos pel, Whereby God doeth manifest him self to the World, or Where of God is the autor and Witnes. testimonie of God.
2 For I estemed not toOr, I thogh nothing Worthis to be knowen. know anie thing amōg you, saue Iesus Christ, and him crucified.
3 * And I was among you inHerein appeareth his great mo destie, Who Was not glorious, but abiect & humble, not ful of vaine hoastings &
〈◊〉
gancie, but With feare and trembling set forthe the
〈◊〉
power of God. weakenes, and in feare, and in muche trembling.Act. 18. 1.
4 Nether (stode) my worde, and my preachingChap. 1. 17. in the * entising speache of mans wisdome,2. pet. 1. 16. but in plaine euidence of "the Spirit of power.
5 That your faith shuld not be in the wisdom of men, but in the power of God.
6 And we speake wisdome among them that areThey Whose vn derstandings are illuminate by faith, acknowledge this Wisdome, Which the Worlde calleth follie. perfite: not the wisdome of this worlde, nether of theThe Worde is here taken for thē Whome ether for Wisdome, riches or power mē moste esteme Isa. 64. 4. prīces of this worlde, which come to noght.
7 But we speake the wisdome of God in a mysterie, (euen) the hid (wisdome,) which God had determiued before the worlde, vnto our glorie.
8 WhichThat is, very fewe. none of the princes of this worlde hathe knowen: for had thei knowen it, thei wolde not haue crucified theHe calleth Iesus the mightie-God ful of true glorie and maiestie, Whome Dauid also calleth the King of glorie, Psal. 24. 7. & Steuē nameth him the God of glorie, Act. 7. 2: & heareby appeareth the diuinitie of Christ & coniunction of
〈◊〉
natures in one persone. Lord of glorie.
9 But as it is written, * The things which eye hathe not sene, nether eare hathe heard, netherMā is not able to thinke Gods prouidence toWards his. came into mans heart, (are,) which God hathe prepared for them that loue him
10 But God hathe reueiled (them) vnto vs by his Spirit: for the SpiritFor he is one God With the Fa ther & the Sōne. searcheth all things yea, the deepe things of God.
11 For what man knoweth the things of a mā, saue the spiritMans minde, Which vnderstan deth and iudgeth of a man, which is in him? euē so the things of God knoweth no man, but the Spirit of God.
12 Now we haueVVe are not moued with that Spirit, Which tea cheth things Where With the World is delited, & Which men vnderstād by nature. receiued not the Spirit of the worlde, but the Spirit, which is of God, that we might knowe theAll the benefites of God in Iesus Christ. things that are giuen to vs of God.
13 Which things also we speake, not in the * wordes which mans wisdome teacheth, butChap. 1. 17. which the holie Gost teacheth, comparing2 pet. 1. 16.
As, that Which We teache is spiritual, so
〈◊〉
kinde of teaching must be spiritual, that the Wordes may agre With the matter. spiritual things with spiritual things.
14 But theVVhose
〈◊〉
& iudgement is not cleared by Gods Spirit. natural man perceiueth not the things of the Spirit of God: for they are foolishnes vnto him: nether can he knowe (thē,) because they are spiritually discerned.
15 But he that isProu. 27. 19. *Isa. 40. 13. *VVisd. 9. 17. * Rom. 11. 34. spiritual, discerneth all things yet he him self isFor the trueth of God is not subiect to the iudgement of man. iudged of no man.
16 * For who hathe knowen the minde of the Lord, that he might instruct him? But we haue theThat is, Christ: Spirit, * Iohn 16. 13. * Rom. 8. 9. minde of Christ.
CHAP. III.
3 Paul rebuketh the sectes and autours thereof. 7 No man ought to attribute his saluacion to the ministers, but to God. 10 That they beware erronius doctrines. 11 Christ is the fundacion of his Church. 16 The dignitie and office bothe of the ministers and also of all the faithful.
1 ANd I colde not speake vnto you, brethrē as vnto spiritual men, but as vnto carnal (euen) as vntoBeing
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
by faith we begin to moue by his
〈◊〉
, & as we
〈◊〉
in faith, we growe vp to a ripe age. And here let him take hede
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
for milke he giue poysō: for milke and
〈◊〉
meat in effect are one, but onely differ in maner and forme. babes in Christ.
2 I gaue you milke to drinke, and not meat: for ye were not yet able (to beare it,) nether yet now are ye able.
3 For ye are yet carnal: for where as (there is) among you enuying, and strife, and diuisions, are ye not carnal, and walke as men?
4 For when one saith, I am Pauls, and another I am Apollos, are ye not carnal?
5 Who is Paul then? and who is Apollos, but the ministers by whome ye beleued, and as the Lord gaue to euerie man?
6 I haue planted, Apollos watred, but God gaue the encrease.
7 So then,
〈◊〉
is he that plāteth, anie thing nether he that watreth, but God that giueth the encrease.
8 And he that planteth, & he that watreth, areHe chargeth them with two fautes: the one, that thei
〈◊〉
ted to muche to the
〈◊〉
, & the other, that thei preferred one minister to another. one, * & euerie man shal receiue his wagesPsal. 62. 13. according to his labour.
〈◊〉
. 6. 5.
9 For we together are GodsSo made by his grace. laborers: ye are Gods housbandrie, (and) Gods buylding.
10 According to the grace of God giuen to me as a skilful master buylder, I haue laid the fundacion, and another buyldeth thereon: butlet euerie manHe reproueth the ministers of
〈◊〉
, as teachers of curicus doctrines and questions. take hede how he buyldeth vpon it.
11 For other fundacion can no man lay, then that which is laid, which is Iesus Christ.
12 And if anie man buylde on this fundacion, golde, siluer, precious stones, tymber, haye, (or) stubble,
13 Euerie mans worke shalbe made manifest: for theOr the time: which is, when the light of the trueth shal expel the darkenes of ignorance, then the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of mans wisdome shalbe broght
〈◊〉
noght daye shal declare it, because it shalbe reueiled by theBy the tryal of Gods Spirit. fyre: and the fyre shal trye euerie mans worke of what sort it is.
14 If anie mans worke, that he hathe buylt vpon, abide, he shal receiue wages.
15 If anie mans worke burne, he shalBothe his
〈◊〉
& rewarde. Chap. 6. 19. lose, but heHe
〈◊〉
thē not as
〈◊〉
apostles, but as curious
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
humaine scien ces as they which lothing at the simplicitie of Gods Word, prea che philosophical speculacions. shalbeAs touching his life, if he,
〈◊〉
fast the fundaciō. Iob. 5. 13. safe him self: neuertheles yet as it were by the fyre.
16 * Knowe ye not that ye are the Temple of God, and that the Spirit of God dwelleth in2. cor. 6. 16. you?
17 If anie man destroy the Tēple of God, him shal God destroy: for the Temple of God is holie, which ye are.
18 Let no man deceiue him self. If anie man among you seme to be wise in this worlde, let him be a foole, that he may be wise.
19 For the wisdome of this world is foolishnes with God: for it is written, * He catcheth the wiseWhen they thē selues are
〈◊〉
in the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
which
〈◊〉
laid for others. Psal. 94. 11. in their owne craftines.
20 * And againe, The Lord knoweth that the thoghts of the wise be vaine.
21 Therefore let no manBut in God who
〈◊〉
by his ministers to his owne
〈◊〉
and the cōfort of his Church. reioyce in men: for all things are yours.
22 Whether it be Paul, or Apollos, or Cephas, or the worlde, or life, or death: whether they be things present, or things to come, (euen) all are yours,
23 And ye Christs, and Christ Gods.
CHAP. IIII.
1 After that he had described the office of a true Apostle, 3 Seing they did not acknowledge him suche one. 4 He appealeth to Gods iudgement, 7 Beating downe their glorie which hindered them to praise that, which they dis praised in him. 16 He sheweth what he requireth on their parte, and what they ought to loke for of him at his returne.
1 LEt a man so thinke of vs, as of theAs it is a thing
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
ministers of God, so it is greatly reprehensible
〈◊〉
attribute more vnto them then is
〈◊〉
. ministers of Christ, ād disposers of the secrets of Cod.
2 And as for the rest, it is required of the disposers, that euerie man be founde faithful.
3 * As touching me, I passe verie litle, to be iud ged of you, or ofGreke, mās day. Mat 7. 1. mans iudgement: no, IiudgeMat. 7. 1. notWhether I haue great gifts or litle, few or manie. mine owue self.
4 For IFor as I do not knowe, whereby I shuldde take anie occasion of glorie: so I am
〈◊〉
thac before God another maner of iustice is required, knowe nothing byConcerning mi ne office. my self, yet am IRom. 2. 1. not thereby iustified: but he that iudgeth me, is the Lord.
5 Therefore * iudge nothing before the time, vntil the Lord come, who wil lighten things that are hid in darkenes, and make the counsels of the hearts manifest: and then shal euerie man haue praise of God.
6 Now these things, brethren, I haue figuratiuely applied vnto mine owne self and Apollos, for your sakes, that ye might learneBy our example. by vs, that no man presume aboue that which is written, that one swel not against another for anie mans cause,
7 For whoTo
〈◊〉
, from other men and preferreth
〈◊〉
. separateth thee? and what hast thou, that thou hast not receiued? if thou hast receiued it, why reioycest thou, as thogh thou hadest not receiued it?
8 Now ye are ful: now ye are made riche: ye reigne as Kings without vs, and wolde to God ye did reigne, that we also might reigne with you.
9 For I thinke that God hathe set forthe vsTo
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
they obiected, that he was not made an Apostle by Christ, but after wardes. the laste Apostles, as menappointed to death for we are made a gasing stocke vnto the worlde, and to the Angels, and to men.
10 We (are)By this bitter
〈◊〉
in abiecting him self and
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
thians, he make
〈◊〉
them ashamed of their vaine glorie. fooles for Christs sake, and ye (are) wise in Christ: we (are) weake, and ye strong: ye (are) honorable, and we (are) despised.
11 Vnto this houre we bothe honger, & thirst, and are naked, and are buffeted, and haue noAct 20. 34. certeine dwelling place,1. Thess. 2. 9.
12 * And labour working with our owne hāds2. Thess 3. 8. we are reuiled, and (yet) we blesse: we are persecuted,Mat. 5. 44.
Luk. 23. 34. (and) suffer it.Act. 7 60.
13 * We are euil spoken of, and weOr, vse gentle wordes. pray: we are made as the filthe of the worlde, the of skowring of all things, vnto this time.
14 I write not rhese things to shame you, but as my beloued children I admonish you.
15 For thogh ye haue ten thousandOr, pedagogues & skole masters, instructours in Christ, yet (haue ye) not manie fathers: for in Christ Iesus I haue begotten you through the Gospel.
16 Wherefore, I pray you, be ye followers of me.
17 For this cause haue I sent vnto you Timotheus, which is my beleued sonne, and faithful in the Lord, which shal put you inFor as muche as they had so sone forgotten. remem brance of my waies in Christ as I teache eue rie where in euerie Church.
18 Some are puffed vp as thogh I wolde not come to you.
19 But I wil come to you shortely, * if the LordAct. 19. 21. wil, and wil knowe, not the speache of themIam. 4. 15. which are puffed vp, but the power.
20 For theThat is what soeuer giftes we haue receiued of God to this end that he may reigne among vs. kingdome of God (is not) in word but inOf the holie Gost. power.
21 What wil ye? shal I come vnto you with a rod, or in loue, and in the spirit of mekenes?
CHAP. V.
1 He reproueth sharpely their negligence in punishing him that had committed inceste, 3 Willing them to excommunicate him, 7 To embrace puritie, 9 And flee wickednes.
1 IT is heard certeinely (that there is) fornica tion among you, and suche fornication as is not once named among theWho wolde
〈◊〉
that you wolde suffer that mischief vnpunished, which the
〈◊〉
barbarous uations abhotre to speake of. Gentils, * that one shulde haue his fathers wife.
2 And ye are puffed vp and haue not rather sorowed, that he which hathe done this dede, might be put from among you.
3 * For I verely as absent in bodie, but presentLeuit. 18. 8. in spirit, haue determined already as thoghColoss. 2. 5. I were present, that he that hatheHauing now
〈◊〉
the Gospel. thus done this thing,
4 When ye are gathered together, and myMy wil and con sent, spirit,With inuocatiō of Gods Name, as becometh thē which procure the Lords busines and not their owne. in the Name of our Lord Iesus Christ that suche one, I (say) by the power of our Lord Iesus Christ,
5 * Be deliuered vntoWhich is to be as an heathen man & publicane. Satan, for theFor being wounded with shame and sorrowe, his flesh or olde man shal dye: and the spirit or newemā shal remaine aliue ād enioye the
〈◊〉
in that day when the Lord shal iudge the quicke and dead. destruction of the flesh, that the spirit may be saued in the day of the Lord Iesus.
6 Your reioycing is notSeing you suffer suche
〈◊〉
vices among you. good: * know ye1. Timo. 1. 20. not that a litle leauen, leaueneth the whole lumpe?
7 Purge out therefore the olde leauen, that ye may be a newe lumpe,As euerie man particularly is pure, so the whole
〈◊〉
in general may be pure. as ye are vnleauened: for Christ our Passeouer
〈◊〉
sacrified for vs.
8 Therefore let vs kepe the feast, not with olde leauen, nether in the leauen of maliciousnes and wickednes: but with the vnleauened bread of sinceritie and trueth.
9 I wrote vnto you in an epistle, * that ye shulde not companie together with fornicators,2. Corin. 4. 18.
10 AndBut he meant of those that were conuersant in the Church, whome they oght by discipline to haue corrected: for as touching strangers they oght by all meanes godly to winne them to Christ. not all together with the fornicators1. Pet. 4. 6.
Gal. 5. 9. of this worlde, or with the couetous, or with extorcioners, or with idolaters: for then ye muste go out of the worlde.
11 But now I haue written vnto you, that yeMat, 18. 17. companie not together: if anie that is called2. Thess. 3. 14. a brother, be a fornicator, or couetous, orWho to please bothe partes wolde be present at idole
〈◊〉
and yet
〈◊〉
the Gospel. an idolater, or a railar, or a drunkard, or an extorcioner, with suche one eat not.
12 For what haue I to do, to iudge them also, which areVnto whome the Ecclesiastical diseipline doeth not stretch. without? do ye not iudge thē that areWhich are subiect to Gods worde, and to the discipline of the Church. within?
13 But God iudgeth them that are without. Put away therefore from among your selues that wicked man.
CHAP. VI.
1 He rebuketh them for going tolaw together before the Heathen. 7 Christians ought rather to suffer. 12 He reproueth the abusing of Christian libertie, 15 And sheweth that we ought to serue God purely bothe in bodie, and in soule.
1 DAre anie of you, hauing busines against another, be iudged vnderOr, iudges & ma gistrates which are infideles. theHe calleth them vniuste, whosoeuer are not sanctified in Christ. vniust, and not vnder the Saintes?
2 * Do ye not knowe, that the Saintes shal iudWisd. 3. 2. ge the worlde? If the worlde then shalbe iud ged by you, are ye vnworthie to iudge the smallest matters?
3 Knowe ye not that we shal iudge theWhom are now apostates and deuils. Mat. 25. 41. Angels? how muche more things that perteine to this life?
4 If then ye haue iudgements of things perteining to this life,Tat is, make them iudges. set vp them which are
〈◊〉
ye so burne with desire to pleade, kepe a court among your selues, and make the least estemed your iudge: for it is moste easie to iudge
〈◊〉
brethren. least estemed in the Church.
5 I speake it to your shame. Is it so that there is not a wise man among you? no not one, that can iudge betwene his brethren?
6 But a brother goeth to lawe with a brother, aud that vnder the infideles.
7 Now therefore there is vtterlyOr,
〈◊〉
of minde. a faute amōg you, because ye go to law one with another:Matth. 5. 39. why rather suffer ye not wrong? why ratherLuke. 6. 29. susteine ye not harme?rom. 12. 19. 1.
8 * Nay, ye your seluesHe doeth then
〈◊〉
reprouethe godlie whiche with a good conscience vseth the
〈◊〉
to defende his right, but con demneth hatred, grudges and desi res of
〈◊〉
. do wrong, & do harmeThess, 4. 6. and that to your brethren.
9 Knowe ye not that the vnrighteous shal not inherite the kingdome of God? Be not deceiued: * nether fornicatours, nor idolaters, nor adulterers, nor wantons, nor bouggerers,
10 Nor theues, nor couetous, nor drunkards, nor railers, nor extorcioners shal inherite the kingdome of God.Ephe. 5. 3.
1. tim 1. 9.
11 And suche were * some of you: but ye areEph. 2. 12. washed, but ye are sanctified, but ye are iustifiedtit. 3. 3. in the Name of the Lord Iesus, & by the1. pet. 4. 3. Spirit of our God.Chap. 10. 23.
eccle. 37. 31.
12 ¶ * AllHere he spea keth of things indifferent of their nature, and first as touching carnal libertie. things are lawful vnto me: but all things are not profitable. I may do all things but I wil not be broght vnderFor we are subiect to those things which we cannot want. the power of anie thing.
13 Meates (are ordeined) for the bellie, and the bellie for the meates: but God shal destroie bothe it, ād them. Now the bodie (is) not forThey abused meates, bothe in that they offended others thereby, and also prouoked their own lusts
〈◊〉
vnclennes Rom. 6. 5. fornication, but for theGod wil be Lord bothe of the soul & bodie. Lord, ād the Lord for the bodie.
14 And God hathe also raised vp the Lord, and * shal raise vs vp by his power.
15 Knowe ye not, that your bodies are the mē
bres of Christ? shal I then take the members of Christ, and make them the members of anWhereby he signifieth, that bothe we shal se the glorie of the resurrection of the iuste, aud also that dignitie, and priuiledge where by we be mad the mēbers of Christ. harlot? God forbid.
16 Do ye not knowe, that he which coupleth him self with an harlot, is one bodie?Ephe. 5. 31. * Chap. 3. 17. * 2 Cor. 6 16. * Chap. 7. 23 * 1. Pet. 1. 10. for two, saith he, shalbe one flesh.
17 But he that is ioyned vnto the Lord, is one spirit.
18 Flee fornicatiō: euerie sinne that a mā doeth is without the bodie: but he that cōmitteth fornicatiō, sinneth against hisThat is, he more polluteth his owne bodie, then he that
〈◊〉
anie other sinne. owne bodie.Gen. 2 24.
19 Know ye not, that * your bodie is the tēpleMat. 19. 5.
〈◊〉
. 10. 7.
of the holie Gost, (which is) in you, whome ye haue of God? and ye are not your owne.
20 * For ye are bought for a price: therefore glo rifie God in your bodie, and in your spirit: for they are Gods.
CHAP. VII.
1 The Apostle answereth to certeine questions, which the Corinthians desired to knowe, 2 As of single life, 3 Of the duetie of mariage, 11 Of discordes and dissension in mariage. 13 Of mariage betwene
〈◊〉
faithful & vnfaithful 18 Of vncircumcising the
〈◊〉
. 21 Of seruitude. 25 Of virginitie, 39 And seconde mariage.
1 NOw concerning the things whereof ye wrote vnto me, It (were)Or, expedient because mariage through mans corruption, and not by Gods institutiō bringeth eares &
〈◊〉
. good foramā not to touche a woman.
2 Neuertheles, to auoide fornication, letSpeaking to all men in general. eue rie man haue his wife, and let euerie woman haue her owne housband.
3 * Let the honsband giue vnto the wifeWhich conteineth all dueties perteining to ma riage. due1. Pet. 3. 7. beneuolence, and like wise also the wife vnto the housband.
4 The wife hathe not the power of her owne bodie, but the housband: and like wise also the housbād hath not the power of his owne bodie, but the wife.
5 Defraude not one another, except (it be) with consent for a time, that ye may giue your selues to fasting and prayer, and againe come together that Satan tempt you not for your incontinencie.
6 But I speake this by permission,He sheweth that be comman deth not precisely all men to marie, but that God hathe granted this temedievnto them. Which can not liue chaste. not by commandement.
7 For I wolde that all men were euen as I my self (am:) but euerie man hathe his proper gift of God, one after this maner, ād another after that.
8 Therefore I say vnto the vnmaried, and vnto the widowes, it is good for them if theyMat. 5. 32. & 9 9. abide euen as I (do.)Mar. 10. 11.
9 But if they can not absteine, let them marie:
〈◊〉
. 16. 18. for it is better to marie then toWith the fyre of concupiscence, that is when mās
〈◊〉
so giueth place to the lust that temteth, that he can not call vpon God with a quietconscience.
10 And vnto the maried I commāde, not I but the Lord, Let not the wife * departe from herMatth. 5. 32. housband.
11 But and if sheEor hatred,
〈◊〉
, angre, &c departe, let her remaine vnmaried, or be reconciled vnto her housband, and let not the housband putSaue for whor dome, as. away (his) wife.
12 But to the remnant I speake, and notIn asmuche as there Was nothig expressy spoken hereof in the Law, or
〈◊〉
: or els he spake this moued by the Spirit of God as he testifieth in the
〈◊〉
. ver. the Lord, If anie brother haue a wife, that beleneth not, if she be content to dwell with him let him not forsake her.
13 And the woman which hathe an housband that beleueth not, if he be content to dwel with her, let her not forsake him.
14 For the vnbeleuing housband isMeaning, that the faith of the be leuer hathe more power to
〈◊〉
mariage then the wickednes of the other to pollute it. sanctified by the wife, and the vnbeleuing wife is sanctified by the housband, els were your children vncleane: but now are theyThey that are
〈◊〉
of ether of the parents faith ful, are also coun
〈◊〉
members of Christs Church, because of the promes. holie.
15 But if the vnbeleuing departe, let him departe: a brother or a sister is not in subiection inWhen suche things come to passe, that the faithful and vnfaithful be maried together,
〈◊〉
the one forsake the other without cause. suche things: but God hathe called vs in peace.Act 2
〈◊〉
.
16 For what knowest thou, ô wife, whither thou shalt saue thine housband? Or what knowest thou, ô mā, whither thou shalt saue thy wife?
17 But as God hathe distribute to euerie man, as the Lord hatheThe lawful
〈◊〉
cation in outwarde things must not lightly be neglected. called euerie one, so let him walke: and so ordeine I, in all Churches.
18 Is anie man called being circūcised? let him notWhich is when the surgeon by arte draweth out the skinne to couer the parte, Celsus lib. 7. ca. 25 Epiphan. lib. de ponderib & men sur. 1. Maccab 1.
〈◊〉
gather (his vncircumcision:) is anie called vncircumcised? let him not be circūcised
19 It is all one whither thou be
〈◊〉
or Gentil. Circumcision is nothing, and vncircumcision is nothing, but the keping of the commaundements of God.
20 * Let euerie man abide in the same vocatiō wherein he was called.
21 Art thou called (being) a seruant?Althogh God hath called thee to serue in this life, yet thinke not thy conditiō vnworthie for a Christian: but reioyce, that thou art deliuered by Christ from the miserable
〈◊〉
of sinne and death. care not for it: but if yet thou maist be fre, vse it rather
22 For he that is called in theBeing seruant by condition is made partaker, of Christ. Lord (being) a seruant, is the Lords freman: likewise also heEp he. 4. 1. that is called (being) fre, is Christs seruant.1. Tim. 6. 1.
23 * Ye are boghtOr, dearly. with a price: be not the seruants of men.
24 Brethren, let euerie man, wherein he was called, therein abideSyncerely: as in the presence of God. with God.
25 Now concerningOr, the state of virginitie. virgines, I haue noHe bindeth no mā
〈◊〉
thatwhich God hath left fre but sheweth what is moste agreable to Gods wil, according to the circūstance of the time, place & persones. cō
maundement of the Lord: but I giue mine aduise, as one that hathe obteined mercie of the Lord to beOr, beleued. faithful.
26 I suppose thenTo be single. this to be good for the pre sentIn these afflictions and
〈◊〉
. necessitie: (I meane) that it is good for a man so to be.
27 Art thou bounde vnto a wife? seke not to be losed: art thou losed from a wife? seke notChap. 6. 20. a wife.1. per. 1. 20.
28 But if thou takest a wife, thou sinnest not: and if a virgine marie, she sinneth not: neuer theles, suche shal haueAs wordlie cares of their chil dren & familie.
He doeth not preferre
〈◊〉
as a thing more holie then mariage, but by reason of incōmodities, whiche the one hathe more then the other. trouble in the flesh butIn wishing that you colde liue without
〈◊〉
. spare you.
29 And this I say, brethren, because the time is short,Or, it remaineth that. here after that bothe they which haue wiues, be as thogh they had none:
30 And they thatVVhiche be in aduersitie. wepe, as thogh they wept not: and they thatVVhiche be in prosperitie. reioyce, as thogh thei reioyced not: & thei that bie, as thogh they possessed not:
31 And they that vse this worlde, as thogh they vsed it not: for theIn this
〈◊〉
there is nothing but me revanitie. facion of this worlde goeth away.
32 And I wolde haue you without care. The vnmaried careth for the things of the Lord, how he may please the Lord.
33 But he that is maried, careth for the things of theVVhich onely apperteine to this present life. worlde, how he maye please (his) wifeAnd he is diuided, meaning
〈◊〉
diuers cares.
34 There is difference also betwene a virgine & a wife: the vnmaried womā careth for the things of the Lord, that she may beShe may atteine vnto itson
〈◊〉
then the other, because she is without
〈◊〉
holie, bothe in bodie and in spirit: but she that is maried, careth for the things of the worlde, how she may please her housband.
35 And this I speake for your owne commoditie, not toSeing S. Paul colde by ndeno mans
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, what
〈◊〉
tiō is it that any other shuld do it tangle you in a snare, but that (ye followe) that, which is honest, and that ye may cleaue fast vnto the Lord without separation.
36 But if anie man thinke that it is vncomelye for his virgine, if she passe the flowre of (her) age, andThat is, that she shulde
〈◊〉
to auoide
〈◊〉
. nede so require, let him do what he wil, he sinneth not: let them be maried.
37 Neuertheles heMeanynge, he that is fully
〈◊〉
that he hathe nō nede. that standeth firme in his heart, that he hathe no nede, but hathFor the fathers wil depēdeth on his childrens in this point: en so muche as he is bounde to haue respecto their in firmitie, nether can he iustly require of thē
〈◊〉
, if they ha ue not that gifte of God so to liue pow er ouer his owne will, and hathe so decreed in his heart, that he will kepe his virgine, he doeth wel.
38 So thē he that giueth her to mariage, doeth well, but he that giueth her not to mariage, doethAnd more cō
modious for his children in preseruing thē from cares. better.
39 The wife is bounde by theOf matrimonie Roma. 7. 1. law, as long as her housband * liueth: but if her housband be dead, she is atlibertie to mary with whom she wil, onely in the Lord.
40 But she is more blessed, if she so abide, in my iudgement: * and I thinke that I haue also the Spirit of God.
CHAP. VIII.
He rebuketh them that vse their libertie to the sclander of other in goyng to the idolatrous sacrifices. 9 And sheweth how men ought to behaue them towarde suche as be weake. 1. Thes. 4 8.
1 ANd as touchyng thyngs sacrificed vnto idoles, we knowe that we all haueOf the libertie that God hathe giuē vs touching outward things knowledge: knowledge puffeth vp, but loue edifieth.
2 Nowe, if any man thinke that he knoweth any thynge, he knoweth nothynge yet as he ought to knowe.
3 But if any man loue God, the same isOr, taught. knowen of him.
4 Concernyng therefore meat sacrificed vnto idoles, we knowe that an idoll (is)This he
〈◊〉
in their per sone which brag ged so muche of
〈◊〉
liberrie, say ing that an image amongs all things that are made, is of no
〈◊〉
. nothyng in the worlde, and that there (is) none other God but one.
5 For thogh there be that are called Gods, whe ther in heauen, or in earth, [as there be many gods, and manyVVhiche being idoles, yet are estemed of men as Lordes and
〈◊〉
. Lords.]
6 Yet vnto vs there (is) but one God, (whiche is) the Father, of whome are all thyngs, and we in hym: and * one Lorde Iesus Christ, by whome (are) all things, and we by him.
7 But euerie man hathe not knowledge: forIohn. 13. 23. some hauingIn that they thogh the meate offered vp to the image, not to be pure, and therefore cold not eat it with a good conscience. conscience of the idole, vntillChap. 12. 3. this houre, eat as a thing sacrificed vnto the idole, and so their conscience being weake, is defiled.
8 But meat maketh not vs acceptable to God: for nether if we eat, haue we theThis abundance and want is referred to spiritual things. more: nether if we eat not, haue we the lesse.
9 But take hede lest by any meanes thisOr,
〈◊〉
in thyngs indifferent. power of your be an occasion of fallyng to them that are weake.
10 For if any man se thee whiche haste knowledge,Roma. 14. 17. sit at table in the idoles temple, shall not the conscience of hym which is weake, beGreke, buylded vp.
By thine exam ple without any grounde of doctrine. boldened to eat those thyngs whiche are sacrificed to idoles?
11 And through thy knowledge shall the * VVhich eateth against his cōscience, or indoute. weake brother perishe, for whome Christ dyed.Roma. 14. 15.
12 Now when ye sinne so against the brethren, and wounde their weake conscience, ye sinne against Christ.
13 * Wherefore if meat offende my brother IRoma. 14. 21. wil eat no fleshe while the worlde standeth, that I may not offend my brother.
CHAP. IX.
He exhorteth them by his example to vse their libertie to the
〈◊〉
of other. 24 To runne on forthe in the course that they haue begonne.
1 AMI not an Apostle? am I not fre? haue I not sene Iesus Christ our Lord? are ye not my worke in the Lord?
2 If I be not an Apostle vnto other, yet douteles I am vnto you: for ye are theI nede no further declaration but the workes
〈◊〉
I haue
〈◊〉
among you. seale of mine Apostleship in the Lord.
3 My defense to thē
And call into doure myne office. that examine me, is this.
4 Haue we not power to eatOn the Church charge. and to drinke?
5 Or haue we not power toThe Apostles led their
〈◊〉
about with thē. lead about a wife beyng aA faithfull and Christian wife. sister, as wel as the rest of the Apostles, and as theOr, cousins? brethren of the Lorde, and Cephas?
6 Or I onely and Barnabas, haue not we powerVVhether they myght not as lawefullye liue wythout labouring for
〈◊〉
liuing with their owne handes, as other Apostles. not to worke?
7 Who goeth a warfarre anye tyme at hys owne cost? who planteth a vineyarde, and eateth not of the frute thereof? or who fedeth a
〈◊〉
, and eateth not of the milke of the flocke?
8 Saye I these thyngs accordyng to man? sayth not the Law the same also?Deut. 25. 4.
9 For it is written in the Law of Moses, * Thou1. Tim. 5. 18. shalte not mussell the mouth of the oxe that treadeth out the corne: doeth GOD takeHad God respect properlye to the oxē them selues when he made thys
〈◊〉
, and not rather vnto men? care for oxen?
10 Ether saith he it not all together for our sakes? For our sakes no doute it is written, that he whiche eareth, shulde eare in hope: and that he that thre sheth in hope, shuld be par taker of his hope.Roma. 15. 27.
11 * If we haue sowen vnto you spirituall things, (is it) a greate thyng if we reape your carnal things?
12 If others with you be partakers of (thys)To liue on other mens charges? power, (are) not we rather? neuertheles, we haue not vsed thys power: butOr, take in worthe. suffre all things, that we shulde not hinder the Gospel of Christ.
13 Do ye not knowe, that they whiche ministerDeut. 18,
〈◊〉
about the * holie things, eat of the things of the Temple? and they whiche wait at the altar, are partakersFor that parte that was burnt, was deuored of the altar, ād the other was due vnto the Priests by the Law. with the altar?
14 So also hathe the Lorde ordeined, that they whiche preache the Gospell, shulde lyue of the Gospel.
15 But I haue vsed none of these thyngs: nether wrote I these thynges, that it shulde be so done vnto me: for it were better for me to dye, then that anie man shulde make myFor now you haue no iustcause against me,
〈◊〉
that I preached the Gospel frely vnto you. re ioycing vaine.
16 For thogh I preache the Gospel, I haue nothing to reioyce of: for necessitie is laid vpō me, and wo is vnto me, if I preache not the Gospel.
17 For if I do it willingly, I haue are warde: but if I do it against my wil,
〈◊〉
he is char ged to preach, he muste willingly and earnestly
〈◊〉
lowe it: for if he do it by constrainte, he doeth not his duetie. (not withstanding) the dispensation is committed vnto me.
18 What is my rewarde then? verely that when I preache the Gospel, I make the Gospel of ChristeThat
〈◊〉
not chargeable to thē vnto whome I preache,
〈◊〉
that they thinke that I preache for gaines. fre that I abuse not mine autoritie in the Gospel.
19 For thogh I be fre from all men, yet haue I made my selfe seruaunt vnto all men, that I might winne the mo.
20 * And vnto the Iewes I become as a Iewe,Act. 16. 3. that I may winne the Iewes: to them that areGal. 2. 3. vnder the Lawe, as (thogh I were) vnder theAs touchynge the ceremonies. Lawe, that I maye winne them that are vnder the Law:
21 To them that are without lawe, as (thogh I were) without lawe [when I am not without Lawe as perteyning to God, but (am) in the Law through Christ] that I may winne them that are without Law.
22 To the weake I become as weake, that I may winne the weake: I am madeIn things indif ferent, as
〈◊〉
of meats,
〈◊〉
of feastes and daies ād such like, he facioned him selfe to men in suche sorte as he myght beste game them to Christ. all things to all men, that I myght by all meanes saue some.
23 And thys I do for the Gospels sake, that I might be partaker thereof with you.
24 Knowe ye not, that they whiche runne in a race, runne all, yet one receyueth the price? so runne, that ye may obteine.
25 And euerie man that proueth masteries,That is, kepeth a straict dyet: ād refrayneth from suche thyngs as might distenpre his bodie. absteineth from althings: and they (do it) to obteine a corruptible crowne: but we for an vncorruptible.
26 I therefore so runne, not as vn certeinly: so fight I, not as one that beateth the ayre.
27 But I beat downe myOr, olde man whiche rebelleth against the Spirit bodie, and bring it into subiection, lest by any meanes after that I haue preached to other, I my self shulde beLest he shulde be reproued of men when they shulde se hym do contrarie, or contemne that thing whiche he taught others to do. reproued.
CHAP. X.
He feareth them with the examples of the Iowes, that they put not their trust carnally in the graces of God. 14 Exhortyng them to
〈◊〉
all
〈◊〉
. 23 And offence of their neighbour.
1 MOreouer, brethren, I wolde not that yeExod. 13, 21.
Nomb. 9.
〈◊〉
. shulde be ignorant, that all our fathersExod.
〈◊〉
. 22.
Exod. 16. 15. were vnder * the cloude, ād al passed through the * sea.
2 And were all * baptized vntoMoses beyng their guide, or minister, or as some read, they were baptized vnto Moses Law others, by Moses Exod. 17. 6. Moses, in the cloude, and in the sea.
3 And did all eat the sameThat is, Manna whiche was the out warde signe or Sacrament of the Spirituall grace.
They are the same meate that we do, because the substance of theirs and
〈◊〉
Sacramentes is al one. spiritual meat.
4 * And did al drinke the same spiritual drinke [for they dranke of the spirituall RockeNomb 20. 10. that followed them: and the RockeThat is, signified Christ as all Sacraments do. was Christ.]
5 But with many of them GOD was not pleased: for they were * ouerthrowen in the wildernes.Nom. 26. 65.
6 Now these are ensamples to vs, to the intentNom, 11. 4. and 26. 64. that we shulde not lust after euil things * asPsal. 106. 14. they also lusted.
7 Nether be ye idolaters as (were) some of thē, as it is written, * The people sate downe toBecause hereby occasion was taken to forget God, and cōmit idolatrie, therefore these indifferent things are counted idolatrie. eat and drinke, and rose vp to playe.
8 Nether let vs commit fornication, as some of them committed fornication, and fel in one *Moses readeth foureād Wentie thousand, which declareth an infi nite nomber. daye thre and twentie thousand.
9 Nether let vs temptWho was their leader and was called the Angel of God. Christ, as some of them also tempted (him,) and were * destroyed ofExod. 32. 6. serpents.Nom. 25. 9.
Nom. 21 6.
10 Nether murmure ye, as some of them * alsoPsal 106. 14. murmured, and were destroyed of theMeaning ether the good or
〈◊〉
Angel whose mi nisterie God vseth to execute his iudgement to the
〈◊〉
destruction of the wicked. destroyer.
11 Nowe all these thyngs came vnto them for ensamples, and were written to admonisheHow God will plague vs if we be subiect to the like vices. vs, vpon whome theOr, later daies of Christs commyng. ends of the worlde are come.
12 Wherefore, let hym that thinketh he standeth, take hede lest he fall.
13 There hathe no tentation taken you, but suche as
〈◊〉
to man: and GOD is faithfull, whiche will not suffer you to be tempted aboue that you be able, butHe that led you into this tentation which commeth vnto you ether in prosperi tie or aduersitie, or for your sinnes past, wil turne it to
〈◊〉
commoditie and deliuer you. wyll euen giue the yssue with the tentation, that ye may be able to be are it.Nom. 14. 37.
14 Wherefore my beloued, flee frome idolatrie.
15 I speake as vnto them whiche haue vnderstanding: iudge yewhat I say.
16 The cuppeOr, thankes giuyng. of blessing whiche weOr, prepare to this holye vse with praise and thankes giuen. blesse, is it not the communion of the bloode of Christ? The bread whiche we breake,The
〈◊〉
badge of our
〈◊〉
and incorporatiō with Christ? is it not the communion of the bodie of Christ?
17 For we that are many, areIf we that are manye in nomber, are but one bodie in effecte, ioyned with our head Christ, as many cornes make but one loafe, let vs reno unce idolatrie which doeth sepa rate our vnitie. one bread and one bodie, because we all are partakers of one bread.
18 Beholde Israel (whiche is) after theVVhiche is gouerned accordīg to the ceremonies of the Law. fleshe: are not they whiche eat of the sacrifices, par takers of the altar?
19 What say I then? that the idole is anything? or that that whiche is sacrificed to idoles, is anything?
20 (Nay,) but that these thyngs whyche the Gentiles sacrifice, they sacrifice to deuils, ād not vnto God: and I wolde not that ye shuld haueVVhich is to as semble in that companie where idoles are called vpon. felowshippe with the deuils.
21 Ye can not drinke the cup of the LORD, and the cup of the deuils. Ye can not be partakers of the Lordes table and of the table of deuils.
22 Do we prouoke the Lord to anger? are we stronger then he?
23 * All things are lawfull for me, but althings are not expedient: all things are lawfull for me, but all things edifie not.
24 Let no man seke his owne, but euerie man anothers wealth.
25 Whatsoeuer is solde in theFor in those days they were accustomed to sel
〈◊〉
of the fles he of beastes sacrificed in the shambles and turned the money to the
〈◊〉
profit. * Psal. 24. 1. shambles, eat ye; andOr, doute
〈◊〉
. aske no question for conscience sake.
26 * For the earth (is) the Lords, and all that there in is.
27 If any of them whiche beleue not, call you (to a feast,) and if ye wil go, whatsoeuer is set before you, eat, asking no question for conscience sake.
28 But if any man saye vnto you, This is sacrificed vnto idoles, eat it not, because ofChap. 6. 13. hym that shewed it, and for the conscienceEccl. 37. 35. [for the earth (is) the LORDS, and all that therein is)
29 And the conscience I say, not thine, but of that other: for why shulde myVVe must take hede that through our abuse, our libertie be not con demned. libertie be condemned of another mans conscience?
30 ForIf by the benefi te of God I may eat any kinde of meat, why shuld I by any defaut cause this benefi te to be euil spoken of? if I through (Gods) benefite be partaker, why am I euil spokē of, for that where fore I giue thankes?
31 * Whether therefore ye eat or drinke, or whatsoeuer ye do, do all to the glorie of God
32 Giue none offence, nether to the Iewes, nor to the Grecians, nor to the Church of God:Colos. 3. 17.
33 Euen as pleaseThat is, the infirme. all menVVhich are indifferent. in all things, not seking mine owne profite, but (the profite) of many, that they might be saued.
CHAP. XI.
He rebuketh the abuses which were crept into their Church, 4 As touching prayer, prophecying, 18 And ministring the Lords Supper, 23 Bringing them againe to the first institution thereof.
1 BE* ye the followers of me, euen as I am of2. Thes. 3. 9. Christ.
2 Now, brethren, I commend you, that ye remembreOr, in all thing remembreme. all my things, and kepe the ordinā ces, as I deliuered them to you.
3 But I wil that ye knowe, that Christ is the *Ephe. 5. 23. head of euerie man: and the man is the womans head: and God is Christs head.
4 Euerie manThis is referred to cōmune prayer ād preaching: for althogh one spea ke, yet the action is commune, so that the whole Church may be said to praye or preache. praying or
〈◊〉
preaching. prophecying hauing (anything) on (his) head,This tradition was obserued according to the time and place that all things might be done in comelines and to edification. Gen. 1. 26. & 5 1. & 9 6. dishonoreth his head.
5 But euerie woman that prayeth orRead chap. 14. 34. prophecieth bareheaded, dishonoreth her head: for it is euen one very thing, as thogh she were shauen.
6 Therefore if the woman be not couered, let her also be shorne: and if it be shame for a woman to beOr, powlled. shorne or shauen, let her be couered.
7 For a man ought not to couer (his) head: for asmuche as he is the *The image of Gods glorie, in whome his maie stie and power shine concerning his autoritie. image and glorie of God: but the woman is theOr receiueth her glorie, in cō
mēdation of mā, and therefore is subiect. glorie of the mā
8 For the man is not of the woman, but the woman of the man.Col. 3. 3. 10.
9 * For the man was not created for the womās sake: but the woman for the mans sake.Gen. 2. 22.
10 Therefore ought the womā to haueSome thing to couer her head in signe of subie ction. power on (her) head, because of theTo whom thei also shewe their dissolution, and not onely to Christ. Angels.
11 Neuertheles, nether is the man without the woman, nether the woman without the man in theWho is
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
of their mutual con iunction.
For as God made the womā of mā so now is man multiphedby the woman. Lord.
12 For as the woman is of the man, so is the man also by the woman: but all things are of God.
13 Iudge in your selues, is it comelie that a woman praye vnto God vncouered?
14 Doeth not nature it self teache you, that if a man haue longAs women vse to weare. heere, it is a shame vnto him?
15 But if a woman haue long heere, it is a praise vnto her: for her heere isFor God hathe giuen to woman longer
〈◊〉
thē vnto man, to the end she shulde
〈◊〉
it vp about her head, whereby she declareth that she must couer her head. giuen her for a couering.
16 But if any man luste to be contentious, we haue no such custome, nether the Churches of God.
17 ¶ Now in this that I declare, I praise (you) not, that ye come together, not with profit, but with hurt.
18 For first of all, when ye come together in the Church, I heare that there are dissensions among you: and I beleue it (to be true)Not that all were so, but the moste parte. in some parte.
19 For there must beGods Church is not onely subiect to discension as touching
〈◊〉
and maners, but also to
〈◊〉
as touching doctrine. heresies euen among you, that they which are approued among you, might be knowen.
20 When ye come together therefore into one place, (this) is not to eat the Lords Supper.
21 For euerie man when they shulde eat, taketh his owne supper afore, and one is hungrie, and another is drunken.
22 Haue ye not houses to eat & to drinke in? dispise ye the Church of God, and shame thē that haue not? what shal I say to you? shal I praise you in this? I praise you not.
23 For I haue receiued of theWho ought one ly to beare autoritie in the Church. Lord that which I also haue deliuered vnto you, (to wit,) That the Lord Iesus in the night that he was betrayed, to ke bread.
24 * And when he had giuen thākes, he brakeMat. 26. 26. it, and said, Take, eat: this is my bodie, whichmar. 14. 22.
〈◊〉
. 22. 19. isSignifying the maner of his death when his bodie shulde, as it were, be torne and broken with most grieuous torments (albeit not as the thies of the thieues were) the which thing the breaking of the bread as a figure, doeth moste liuely represent. broken for you: this do ye in remembrā
ce of me.
25 After the same maner also (he toke) the cup when he had supped, saying, This cup is the Newe testament in my blood: this do as oft as ye drinke it, in remembrance of me.
26 For as often as ye shal eat this bread, and drinke this cup, ye shewe the Lords death til he come.
27 Wherefore, whosoeuer shal eat this bread, and drinke the cup of the LordBy peruerting the true ād pure vse of the same. vn worthely, shalbe giltie of the bodie & blood of the Lord.
28 * Let a man therefore examine him self, and so let him eat of this bread, & drinke of this2. Cor. 13. 1. cup.
29 For he that eateth and drinketh vnworthely, eateth & drinketh his owne damnatiō (because) he discerneth notBut as thogh these holie
〈◊〉
of the Lords bodie and blood were commune
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
without reuerence he cōmeth vnto thē
the Lords bodie
30 For this cause many (are) weake, and sicke among you, and manyOr, dye. Let thē loke to thē selues which ether adde or take away frō the Lords institu tion. slepe.
31 For if we wolde iudge our selues, we shulde not be iudged.
32 But when we are iudged, we are chastened of the Lord, because we shulde not be condemned with the worlde.
33 Wherefore, my brethren, when ye come together to eat, tary one for another.
34 And if any man be hungrie, let him eat at home, that ye come not together vnto condemnation. Other things will I set in order when I come.
CHAP. XII.
The
〈◊〉
of the giftes of the holie Gost ought to be vsed to the edifying of Christs Church. 12 As the mem bres of mans bodie serue to the vse one of another.
1 NOw cōcerning spiritual (giftes,) brethrē I wolde not haue youThe Corinthiā: hauing notable gifts, semed to ha ue forgotten, of whome, and for what end they had receiued thē. Mar. 9.
〈◊〉
. ignorant.
2 Ye knowe that ye were Gentiles, and were caryed away vnto theVVhich colde not heare your prayers. domme idoles, as ye wereBy Satans suggestion. led.
3 Wherefore, I declare vnto you, that no man* speaking by theAs no mā that hathe the Spirit of God, can blaspheme Christ, & worship idoles, so none can acknowledge christ for Lord ād God withoutthe same Spirit. Spirit of God, calleth Iesus *execrable: also no man can say that Iesus is the Lord, but by the holie Gost.Iohn 13. 12.
4 Now there are diuersities of giftes, but theC ap. 8. 6. same Spirit.Phil 2. 10.
5 And there are diuersities of administrations but the same Lord.
6 And there are diuersities of operations, but God is the same, which worketh all in all.
7 But the manifestation of the Spirit is giuen to euerie man, toTo wit, the Church, which is the whole body. profit with all.
8 For to one is giuen by the Spirit the worde of wisdome: and to another the worde ofThat is, the vnderstanding of the Scriptures. knowledge, by the same Spirit:
9 And to another (is giuen)To do onely miracles by. faith, by the same Spirit: and to another the giftes of healing, by the same Spirit:
10 And to anotherTo worke by miracles against Satan & hypocrices, as was done against Ananias, Elymas, &c. the operations of great workes: and to another,Meaning the de claration of Gods mysteries. prophecie: and to another,To trie bothe the doctrine and the persones. the discerning of spirits: and to another, diuersities of tongues: and to another the interpretation of tongues.
11 *And all these things worketh euen the self same Spirit, distributing to euerie man seuerallyRom. 2. 3. as he wil.Ephes. 4. 8.
12 For as the bodie is one, and hathe many mē bres, & all the membres of the bodie, which is one, thogh they be many, (yet) are (but) one bodie: euen so is Christ.
13 For by one Spirit are we all baptized intoThat we might be one bodie with Christ, and the whole Church one Christ: of the which
〈◊〉
Baptisme, & the
〈◊〉
Supper are effectual signes: for by baptisme we are regenerat into one Spirit, and by the Lords Supper we are in corporat into
〈◊〉
bodie to be gouerned by the same Spirit. one bodie, whether (we be) Iewes or Grecians, whether (we be) bonde, or fre and haue bene all made to drinke into one Spirit.
14 For the bodie also is not one member, but many.
15 If the fote wolde say, Because I am not the hand, I am not of the bodie, is it therefore not of the bodie?
16 And if the eare wolde say, Because I am not the eye, I am not of the bodie, is it therefore not of the bodie?
17 If the whole bodie (were) an eye, where (were) the hearing? If the whole (were) hearing, where (were) the smelling?
18 But now hathe God disposed the membres euerie one of them in the bodie at his owne pleasure.
19 For if they were all one member, where (were) the bodie?
20 But now (are) there manie members, yet butAnd therefore whatsoeuer the diuersitie is, yet the profite ought to be commune and serue to the
〈◊〉
of the Church. one bodie.
21 And the eye can not say vnto the hand, I haue no nede of thee: nor the head againe to the fete, I haue no nede of you.
22 Yea, muche rather those membres of the bodie, which seme to beVVhose vse semeth to be more vile. more feble, are necessarie.
23 And vpon those (membres) of the bodie, which we thinke moste vnhonest, put we moreVVe are more careful to couer them. honestie on: and our vncomelie (partes) haue more comelines on.
24 For our comelie (partes) nede it not: but God hathe tempered the
〈◊〉
together, & hathe giuen the more honour to that (parte) which lacked,
25 Left there shulde be anie diuision in the bodie: but that the members shuldeEuerie one in his office for the preseruacion of the bodie. haue the same care one for another.
26 Therefore if one member suffer, all suffer with it: if one member be had in honour, all the membres reioyce with it.
27 Now ye are the bodie of Christ, and membresFor all Churches dispersed throughout the worlde are diuers membres of one bodie.
Or, euerie one for his parte. for (your) parte.
28 * And God hathe ordeined some in theEphes. 4. 11. Church: (as) first, Apostles, secondly Prophe tes, thirdly teachers, then them that do mira cles: after that, the giftes of healing,As Deacons. helpersAs Elders. gouernours, diuersitie of tonges.
29 Are all Apostles? are all Prophetes? are all teachers?Chap. XIII.
30 Are all doers of miracles? haue all the giftes of healing? do all speake with tongues? do all interprete?
31 ButOr, do you then desire the best giftes. desire you the best gifts, and I wil yet shewe you a more excellent way.
CHAP. XIII. Mat. 17. 20.
Because loue is the fountaine & rule of edifying the ChurchLuk. 17. 6. he setteth forthe the nature, office and praise thereof.
1 THogh I speake with the tongues of men andIf the Angels had tongues, & I had the vse there of, & did not bestowe them to profite my neigh bour, it were nothing but vaine babling. Angels, and haue not loue, I am (as) sounding brasse, or a tinkling cymbal.
2 And thogh I had the (gift) of prophecie, and knewe all secretes and all knowledge, yea, if hadFaith is here ta ken, for the
〈◊〉
of doing miracles, which the wicked may ha ue, as. Mat. 7. 22. and also for that faith (called histo rical) which beleueth the mightie power of Christ, but can not apprehend Gods mercie through him: ād this deuils haue. I am. 2. 19: & there fore is separate frō charitie, but the faith that iustifieth in effect can not, as. all faith, so that I colde remoue *mountaines and had not loue, I were nothing.
3 And thogh I fede the poore with all my goods, and thogh I giue my bodie, that I be burned, and haue not loue, it profiteth me nothing.
4 Loue suffreth long: it is bountiful: loue enuieth not: loue doeth not boast it self: it is not puffed vp:1. Iohn. 2. 9.
5 It disdaineth not: it seketh not her owne things: it is not prouoked to anger: it thinketh not euil:
6 It reioyceth not in iniquitie, but reioyceth in the trueth.
7 It Suffreth all things: it beleuethNot that it suffreth it self to be abused, but iudgeth others by all loue and humanitie. all things: it hopeth all things: it endurethVVhich may be without offence of Gods worde. all things.
8 Loue doeth neuer fall away, thogh that pro phecyings be abolished, or the tōgues cease or knowledge vanish away.
9 ForKnowledge it self shalbe perfited in the worlde to come, and not abolished: but the maner of knowing ād teaching shal cease, when we shalbe before Gods presence, where we shal nether nedescho les nor teachers. we knoweThat is, imperfectly. in parte, and weOr, teache. prophecie in parte.
10 But when that which is perfite, is come, then that which is in parte, shalbe abolished
11 When I was a childe, I spake as a childe, I vnderstode as a childe, I thoght as a childe: but when I became a mā, I put away childish things.
12 For now we seThe Mysteries of God. through a glasse darkely: but thē (shal we se) face to face. Now I know in parte: but then shall knowe euen as I amOr, taught of God. knowen.
13 And now abideth faith, hope (and) loue, (euen) these thre: but theBecause it serueth bothe here and in the life to come: but faith & hope apperreine onely to this life chiefest of these (is) loue.
CHAP. XIIII.
1 He exhorteth to loue, commendeth the gif of tongues, & other spiritual gifts. 5. But chiefly prophecying. 34. He commaundeth women to kepe silence in the Church 40. And sheweth what good ordre ought to be obserued in the Church.
1 FOllowe after loue, and couet spiritual (gifts,) and rather that ye mayeThat is, to expounde the worde of God to the edification of the Church. prophecie.
2 For he that speaketh (a strāge) tongue, speaketh not vnto men, but vnto God: for no mā
Vnder stādeth him. heareth (him): howbeit inBy the Spiritual gift, which he hathe reciued. the spirit he speaketh secret things.
3 But he that prophecieth, speaketh vnto mē to edifying, and to exhortacion, and to comfort
4 He that speaketh (strange) language, edifiethFor he
〈◊〉
none saue him self. him self: but he that prophecieth, edifieth the Church.
5 I wolde that ye all spake (strāge) languages, but rather that ye prophecied: for greater is he that prophecieth, then he that speaketh (diuers) tongues, except he expounde it, that the Church may receiue edification.
6 And now, brethren, if I come vnto you spea king (diuers) tōgues, what shal I profite you except I speake to you, ether byThe prophecie expoundeth that which God hath reueiled: and the doctrine teacheth that which he hath giuen vs to vnderstand. reuelation or by knowledge, or by propheciyng, or by doctrine?
7 Moreouer things without life which giue a sounde, whether (it be) aOr, flute. pipe or an harpe, except they make a distinctiō in the sounds, how shal it be kenowen what is piped or harped?
8 And also if the trumpet giue an vncerteine sounde, who shal prepare him self to battel?
9 So likewise you, by the tongue, except ye vtterwordes that haue signification, how shal it be vnderstand what is spoken? for ye shal speake in theYour wordes shalbe loste: for ye shal nether glorifie God thereby, nor profit man. ayre.
10 There are so manie kindes of voyces [Or, as the thīg
〈◊〉
. as it cometh to passe] in the worlde, and none of themThat is, they may be able to be vnderstand. is domme.
11 except I konowe then the power of the voyce, I shalbe vnto him that speaketh,He cōdemneth the Corinthians of barbarousnes in that things whereby they thoght to haue atteined to the greatest praise of eloquence. a barbarian, and he that speaketh, shalbe a bar barian vnto me.
12 Euen so, for asmuche as ye couet spiritual (gifts) seke that ye maye excel vnto the edifying of the Church.
13 Wherefore, let him that speaketh a (strāge) tongue, praie, that he may interpret.
14 For if I pray (in) a (strange) tongue, my spirit And doeth his parte. praieth: but mine vnderstanding is without,Not in respect of him, that praieth, but in respect of the Church, which is nothing edified thereby. frute.
15 What is it then? I wil praye with the spirit but I wil pray with the vnderstanding also: I wilOr, giues tankes by singing. sing with the spirit, but I wil sing with the vnderstanding also.
16 Els, when thou blessest with the spirit, how shal he that occupieth the roume of the vnlearned, sayOne onely ma de the praiers, and the rest of the cople followed in heart his wordes, & when he had prayed thei all said. Amen, signifying that they beleued asseuredly that God wolde grāte their requeste. Amen, at thy giuing of thankes, seing he knoweth not what thou
〈◊〉
?
17 For thou velery giuest thankes wel, but the other is not edified.
18 I thanke my God, I speake languages more then ye all.
19 Yet had I rather in the Church to speakeThat is, moste fewe. fiue wordes mine vnderstāding that I might also instruct others, then ten thousand wordesMat. 18. 3. in a (strange) tongue.Isa. 28. 11.
20 Brethren, be not* children in vnderstāding,Deut. 28. 49. but as concerning maliciousnes be children,ierem. 5. 15. but in vnderstanding be of a ripe age.ezek. 3. 6.
21 In the Law it is written, *He
〈◊〉
then moste shar pely, that God wil punish the contempt of his worde, and their contrefait ignorāce, forasmuche as to speake which vnknowē tongues is à signe of Gods curse towards the
〈◊〉
. By men of other tongues, & by other languages wil I speake vnto this people: yet: so shal they not heare me, faith the Lord.
22 Wherefore (strange) tongues are for aOf Gods curse when they are not vnderstand. signe, not to them that beleue, but to them that beleue not: but prophecying (serueth) not for them that beleue not, but for them which beleue.
23 If therefore, when the whole Church is come together in one, & all speake (strange) tongues, there come in they that are vnlearned, or they which beleue not, wil they not say, that ye are out of your wittes?
14 But if all prophecie, and there come in one that beleueth not, or one vnlearned,By hearing his secret
〈◊〉
ript vp, and his sinnes reproued by Gods worde, he is compelled by his owne conscience to praise God. he is rebuked ofWhich expounde the worde of God. all men, and is iudged of all.
15 And so are the secretes of his heart made manifest, & so he wil fall downe on his face and worship God, and say plainely that God is in you in dede.
26 What is to be (done) then brethren? when ye come together, (according as euerie one of you hathe a psalme, (or) hathe doctrine, (or) hathe a tongue, (or) hathe reuelaciō (or) hathe interpretacion, let all things be done vnto edifying.
27 If anie man speake a (strange) tongue, (let it be) by two, or at thePaul beareth as yet with their weakenes, because also these were the gifts of God: but yet he sheweth that
〈◊〉
shuld not passe this measure that first one, after another and at the vtmost the third shulde read in a strange language which was to declare Gods miracle in the gift of tongues but chiefly he
〈◊〉
mandeth that nothing be done without interpre tacion. most, by thre and that by course, and let one interpret.
28 But if there be no interpreter, let him kepe silence in the Church, (Which speaketh lan guages,) and let him speake to him self, and to God.
29 Let the Prophetes speake two, or thre, and let the other iudge.
30 And if anie thing be reueiled to another that sitteth by, let the first holde his peace.1. Tim. 2. 11.
31 For ye may all prophecie one by one, that all may learne, and all may haue comfort.
32 And theOr learning, which Gods Spirit moue th them to vtter. spirits of the Prophetes areTo the intent that others maye iudge of him that hathe spoken if he haue passed the compas of Gods worde: wherefore. subiect to the Prophetes.Gen. 3. 16.
33 For God is not (the autor) of confusion, but of peace, as (we se) in all the Churches of the Saintes.
34 *Let your women kepeBecause thys disordre was in the Churche, that women vsurped that which was peculiar to men, the
〈◊〉
here sheweth what is mete to be done, and what is not: and albeit he mencioned this abuse afore, yet he referred it to this place to be reproued, because there he broght it in for another purpose. silence in the Churche: for it is not permitteth vnto them to speake: but (they ought) to be subiect, asS, Iohn comman deth to trye thy spirits whether thei be of God. also * the Law saith.
35 And if thei will earne anie thing, let them aske their housbands at home: for it is a shame for women to speake in the Churche
36 Are ye the first or the last Christians, that ye nether submit your selues to the churches of whom you haue receiued the Gospel? nor ha ue respect to the others to whom the Gospel doeth likewise apperteine? Came the worde of God out from you? ether came it vnto you onely?
37 If anie mā thinke him self to be a Prophet,
orTo haue vnder standing of spiritual things. spirituall, let him acknowledge, that the things, that I write vnto you, are the commandements of the Lord.
38 If anie man haue iudgement, let him acknowledge that I speake of the Spirit of God, and so let him obey: & if he haue no iudgemēt, let him acknow ledge his ignorance, and trouble not the Church, but credit them that are learned. And if anie man be ignorant, let hym be ignorant.
39 Wherefore, bretherē, couet to prophecie, and forbid not to speake languages.
40 Let all things be done honestly & by order.
CHAP. XV.Gal. 1. 11.
He proueth the
〈◊〉
surrection of the dead. 3 And first that Christe is risen. 22 Then that we shall
〈◊〉
. 52 And the maner how.
1 MOreouer, Menander in Thaidi. bretherē, I declare vnto you the Gospel, which I preached vnto you, whiche ye haue also receiued, and wherein ye continue.
2 And whereby ye are saued, if ye kepe in memorie,Isa. 53. 5. after what maner I preached it vnto1. Pet. 2. 42. you,If you beleue to be saued by the Gospell, ye must beleue also the resurrection of the dead, whiche is one of the principal points therof, or elles your belief is but vaine. except ye haue beleued in vaine.
3 For first of all, I deliuered vnto you that whiche IHe sheweth that nothynge ought to be taught, which we ha ue not learned by Gods worde. receiued, howe that Christ dyed for our sinnes according to the Menander in Thaidi. Scriptures.
4 And that he was buryed, and that he aroseIonas. 2. 1. the third day according the Menander in Thaidi. Scriptures.Iohn. 20. 19.
5 Menander in Thaidi. And that was sene of Cephas, then of theAlthogh Iudas wanted, yet they were so called still. twelue.
6 After that, he was sene of mo then siue hundreth brethren at once: whereof many remaine vnto this present, and some also are a slepe.
7 After that, he was sene of Iames: then of all the Apostles.Act. 9. 4.
8 Menander in Thaidi. And last of all he was sene also of me as ofRoma. 6. 3. one, borne out of due time.Ephe. 3. 8.
9 For I am the least of the Apostles, which amEphe. 3. 7. not mete to be called an Apostle, because I persecuted the Church of God.
10 Menander in Thaidi. But by theFor he was but the instrument, and minister ād giueth the whole glorie to God, grace of God, I am that I am: and his grace which is in me, was not in vaine: but I laboured more abundantly then they all: yet not I, but the grace of God whiche is with me.
11 Wherefore whether it were I, or they, so we preache, and so haue ye beleued.
12 ¶ Now if it be preached, that Christ is risen frō the dead, how say some among you, that there is no resurrection of the dead?
13 For if there be no resurrection of the dead, then is Christ not risen.
14 And if Christ be not risen, then is our preachingChristes death
〈◊〉
not effectual excepte he ryse from death. vaine, and yourFor if Christ be swaloed vp of death, there remaineth no hope of life anymore faith is also vaine.
15 And we are founde also false witnesses of God: for we haue testified of God, that he hathe raised vp Christ: whome he hathe not raised vp, if so be the dead be not raised.
16 For if the dead be not raised, then is Christ not raised.
17 And if Christ be not raised, your faith isAs mortification and remission of sinnes de pend on Christs death: so oure quickenyng and restoring to life stand in hys resurrection. vaine: ye are yet in yourYou are not forgiuen norsan ctified. sinnes.
18 And so they whiche are a slepe in Christ, are perished.
19 If in this lifeOr, onelye for this life sake. onely we haue hope in Christ, we are of all men the moste miserable.
20 But nowe is Christe risen frome the dead, (and) was made the Menander in Thaidi. firstAs by the offring of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the whole frute is sanctified so by Christ whi che is the
〈◊〉
that is raised, all haue assurance of the resurrectiō
frutes of them that slepte.
21 For since by man (came) death, by man (came) also the resurrection of the dead.Col. 1. 18.
Reuel. 1. 5.
22 For as in Adam all dye, euen so inVVho
〈◊〉
first from the dead to take possession in our fleshe for vs his members. Christe1. Thes. 4 15. shalTo wit, the faithfull. all be made aliue.
23 But euerie man in his Menander in Thaidi. owne order: the first frutes (is) christ, afterwarde, they that are of Christ, at his comming (shal rise againe.)
24 Then (shalbe) the end, when he hatheChrist as he is man and
〈◊〉
of the Churche
〈◊〉
said to be subiect to God: but in respecte of the worlde, is kyng of heauen and earth: this kingdome stādeth in gouernynge the faithfull: ād ouer comming the ad uersaries, euen death the chiefest whyche done, Christ being per fited with all his membres, shal as he is mā, & head of he Churche, with his felowe heires deliuer his kingdome, ād be
〈◊〉
to GOD with whom and the holie Gost in God head he
〈◊〉
equall. deliuered vp the kingdome to God, euen the Father, when he hath put downe all rule, and all autoritie and power.
25 For he must reigne Menander in Thaidi. till he hathe put all his enemies vnder his fete.
26 The last enemie that shalbe destroyed, (is) death.
27 Menander in Thaidi. For he hathe put downe all thynges vnder his fete. [And when he sayth that all thyngs are subiect (to hym,) it is manifest that he is excepted, whiche did put downe all things vnder hym.]
28 And when all things shalbe subdued vnto him, then shal the Sonne also him self be sub iect vnto him, that did sub due all thyngs vnder him, that God may beVVe shalbe per fectlye fulfilled
〈◊〉
hys glorie and
〈◊〉
. all in all.
29 Els what shal they do which are baptizedThat is, as dead and because thei were but
〈◊〉
come to Christe, wolde be baptized before they dyed.
Psal. 110. 1.
Except
〈◊〉
things be true of Christs kingdom and his subiectiō what shall become of thē whom the Church daily baptizeth, for to destroye death in them whyche is the end of baptis me, and so they to rise againe? Isa. 22, 13. for dead? if the dead rise not at all, why areAct. 2. 3 4.
Ebr. 1, 12, and 10. 13. they then baptized for dead?Psal, 8. 7.
30 Why are we also in ieoperdie euerie houre?Ebr. 2. 8.
31I take to witnes all my sorrowes, wherein I may iustly rereioyce in the Lord, that I haue susteined them among you. By our reioycing whiche I haue in Christ Iesus our Lord, I dye daily.
32 If I haue foght with beasts at Ephesus afterThat is, hauing regarde to this present life, and not to Gods glorie, and to life euer lasting. the maner of men, what aduantageth it me, if the dead be not raised vp? Menander in Thaidi. let vs eat and drinke: for tomorowe we shal dye.
33 Be not deceiued: Menander in Thaidi. euill speakings corrupt good maners.
34 A wake to (liue) ryghteously, and sinne not: for some haue not the knowledge of God. I speake this to your shame.
35 But some man will saye, Howe are the dead raised vp? and wyth what bodye come they forthe?
36 O foole, that which thousowest, is not quic kened, except it dye.
37 And that whiche thousowest, thousowest not that bodie that shalbe, but bare corne, as it faileth, of wheat, or of some other.Wisdo. 2. 6.
38 But God giueth it a bodie at hys pleasure, euen to euerie sede his owne bodie.
39 All fleshe (is) not the same fleshe, but there is oneThere is one sub stāce as touching the flesh both of man & beast, but the difference is as touching the qualitie. fleshe of men, and another fleshe of beastes, and another of fisshes, and another of byrdes.
40 There (are) also heauenlie bodies, and earth lye bodyes: but the glorye of the heauenlie (is) one, and (the glorie) of the earthlye (is)
another.
41 There is another glorie of theEuen as the sū
ne and the moone being of one substance differ in dignitie: so in the resurrection our bodies shal haue more excel lent qualities thē they haue now. sunue, and another glorie of the moone, and another glorie of the starres: for one starre differeth from (another) starre in glorie.
42 So also (is) the resurrection of the dead. (The bodie) is sowen in corruption, (and) is raised in incorruption.
43 It is sowen inFor what is more vile to loke vnto thē the dead carkeis? diwonour, (and) is raised in glorie: it is sowen in weakenes, (and) is raised in power.
44 It is sowen a natural bodie, (and) is raised a
〈◊〉
changing the substance, but made partaker of the diuine nature. spiritual bodie: there is a natural bodie, (&) there is a spiritual bodie.
45 As it is also written, The first man * Adam was made a liuing soule: and the last Adam (was made) aChrist bringeth vs from heauen the Spitit of life. quickening Spirit.
46 Howbeit that (was) not first (made) which is spiritual: but that (which is) natural, & afterGen. 2. 7. warde that (which is) spiritual.
47 The firstman (is) of the earth, earthlie: the secondeman (is) the LordThis is attributero Christ as cō cerning
〈◊〉
not in respect of his humanitie whose flesh hath this glorie by the power of God who dwelleth in it. from heauen.
48 As (is) the earthelie, suche (are) they that are earthlie: and as (is) the heauenlie, suche (are) they also that are heauenlie.
49 And as we haue borne theBothe in substā
〈◊〉
and forme we are earthlie. image of the earthlie, so shal we beare the image of the heauenlie.
50 This say I, brethren, thatThis natural bo die as it is now, til it be made newe by the Spirit of Christ. flesh & blood can not inherit the kingdome of God, nether doeth corruption inherit incorruption.
51 Beholde, I shewe you a secret thing, We shal not all slepe, but we shal all beWhen the Lord cometh to iudge ment, some of the Saintes shalbe aliue, whome he wil change euen as if they were dead, so that this chāge is in steade of death to thē, Mat. 24. 31. changed,
52 In a moment, in the twinkling of an eye at the last * trumpet: for the trumpet shal blowe, and the dead shal be raised vp incorruptible and we shalbe changed.
53 For this corruptible must put on incorruption: and this mortal (must) put on immortalitie.
54 So when this corruptible hathe put on incorruption, and this mortal hathe put on immortalitie, then shalbe broght to passe the saying that is written, * Death is swalowed vp into victorie.
55O death, whe re is thy victorie o graue, where is thy sting! * O death, where (is) thy sting! ô graue where1. thess. 4. 16. (is) thy victorie!Isa. 25. 8.
56 The sting of death (is) sinne: and theSinne first broght in death and giueth it power ouer vs, & the strength of sinne is the Law because it doeth
〈◊〉
the iudge ment of God against vs: or els the chief cause of our destruction is in our selues. strēgthReuel. 7, 17. of sinne (is) the Law.
57 * But thankes (be) vnto God which hathe giuen vs victorie through our LORD IesusHose. 13. 14. Christ.Ebr. 2. 14.
58 Therefore my beloued brethren, be ye sted fast, vnmoueable, abundant alwayes in the worke of the Lord, for asmuch as ye knowe that your labour is not inThe hope of re surrectiō causeth the faithful to sur
〈◊〉
all difficulties. vaine in the Lord
CHAP. XVI.
He putteth them in remembrance of the gathering for the poore brethren at Ierusalem. 13 We must perseuere in faith, in the loue of Christ & our neighbour. 15 After his commendations he wisheth to them all prosperitie.
1 COncerning * theVpon the first day of the weke which the Scripture calleth the Lordsday,
〈◊〉
Sonday, they accustomed not onely in the Church but at home also according to euery mans zeale, to lay vp some piece of money towar de the relief of the poore
〈◊〉
. gathering for the Saintes,2. Iohn. 5. 5. as I haue ordeined in the Churches * of Galacia, so do ye also.
2 Euerie first (day) of the weke, let euerie one of you put aside by him self, and laye vp asChap. XVI. (God) hathe prospered him, that then thereAct. 11. 29. & 12. 25. be no gatherings when I come.Rom. 12. 13.
3 And when I am come, whosoeuer ye shal aloweWhich ye shal send by thē that cary the money. by letters, them wil I send to bring your liberalitie vnto Ierusalem.
4 And if it be mete that I go also, they shal go with me.
5 Now I wil come vnto you, after I haue gone through Macedonia [for I wil passe through Macedonia]
6 And it may be that I wil abide, yea, or winter with you, that ye may bring me on my way whithersoeuer I go.
7 For I wil not se you now in my passage: but I trust to abide a while with you, if the Lord permit.Act. 18.
〈◊〉
8 And I wil tary at Ephesus vntil Pentecost.
9 For a great dore andBecause God blessed his labour. effectual is opened vn to me: but there are many aduersaries.
10 ¶ Now if Timotheus come, se that he beWilling that they shulde defēde him against the aduersaires of Christ because it is the Churche duetie to be care ful for the preseruation of their ministers. without feare with you: for he worketh the worke of the
〈◊〉
, euen as I (do.)
11 Let no man thereforAs thogh he were to yong to be a minister. despise him: but conuaye him fortheThat is, safe and sounde. in peace, that he may come vnto me: for I loke for him with the brethrē.
12 As touching (our) brether Apollos, I great ly desired him, to come vnto you with the brethren: but his minde was not at all to come at this time: howbeit he wil come when he shal haue conuenient time.
13 ¶Lest
〈◊〉
steale vpon you at
〈◊〉
. Watch ye: stand fast in the faith: quite you like men, (and) be strong.
14 Let all your things be done inFor they had euery mā respect to himself
〈◊〉
ry to loue. loue.
15 Now, brethren, I beseche you [ye knowe the house of
〈◊〉
, that it is theThat is, the first which embraced the Gospel. first frutes of Achaia, and that they haue giuen them selues to minister vnto the Saintes]
16 That ye beAnd reuerence them. obedient euen vnto such, and to all that helpe with vs and labour.
17 I am glad of the comming of Stephanas, and Fortunatus, and Achaicus: for they haueThe grief that I toke for your absence, was greatly aswaged by their presence. sup plied the want of you,
18 For they haue comforted myOr, minde. spirit and yours: acknowledge therefore suche men.
19 The Churches of Asia salute you: Aquila and Priscilla with the Church that is in their house, salute you greatly in the Lord
20 All the brethren grete you. Grete ye one another with an * holieIn token of mutual
〈◊〉
, whichthing was obserued in the primatiue church when the Lords Supper was ministred. kisse.Rom. 16. 16.
21 The salutation of (me) Paul with mine2. Cor. 13.
〈◊〉
.
1. Pet. 5. 15. 19. owne hand.
22 If any man loue not the Lord Iesus Christ let him be had in execration,Or, Maranatha. (yea excommunicate to death.
23 The grace of our Lord Iesus Christ (be) with you.
24 My loue (be) with you all in Christ Iesus, Amen.
The first (Epistle) to the Corinthians, written fromOr, as is most probable, from Ephesus. Philippi, (and sent) by Stephanas, and Fortunatus, and Achaicus, and Timotheus.
THE SECONDE EPISTLE of Paul to the Corinthians.
THE ARGVMENT.
AS nothing can be written, ether so perfitely, or with so great affection and zeale, which is not vnprofitable to many, and resisted by some: so the first epistle written by S. Paul to the Corinthiaus, besides the puritie and perfectiō of the doctrine, sheweth a loue towarde them farre passing all natural affectiōs: which did not onely not profit all, but hardened the hearts of many to remaine in their stubbernes, and contemne the Apostles autoritie. By reason whereof S. Paul, being let with iuste occasions to come vnto them, wrote this epistle from Macedonia, minding to accomplish the worke whiche he had begonne among them. First therefore he wisheth them welin the Lord, declaring that albeit certeine wicked persones abused his afflictions to condemne thereby his autoritie, yet they were necessarie schoolings, and sent to him by God for their bettering. And where as they blame his long absence, it came of no inconstancie, but to beare with their inhabilitie and imperfection, lest contrary to his fatherlie affection, he shulde haue bene compelled to vse rigour and seueritie. And as touching his sharpe writing in the former epistle, it came through their faute, as is now euident bothe in that, that he par doneth the trespacer, seing he doeth repent: and also in that he was vnquiet in his minde, til he was certified by Titus of their estate. But forasmuche as the false Apostles went about to vndermine his autoritie, he confuteth their arrogant bragges, and commendeth his office, and the diligent executing of the same: so that Satan must haue greatly blinded their eyes which se not the brightnes of the Gospel in his preaching: the effect whereof is newnes of life, forsaking of our selues, clea uing to God, fleing from idolatrie, embracing the true doctrine, and that sorowe which engendreth true repentance: to the which is ioyned mercie and compassion towards our brethren: also wisdome to put difference betwixt the simplicitie of the Gospel, and the arrogancie of the false preachers, who vnder pretence of preaching the trueth, soght onely to fil their bellies, where as he contrariwise, soght them, and not their goods, as those ambitious persones sclandered him: wherefore at his comming he
〈◊〉
suche as rebell against his autoritie, that he wil declare by liuelie example, that he is the faithful ambassadour of Iesus Christ.
CHAP. I.
4 He declareth the great profite that cometh to the faithful by their afflictions. 15. 17 And because they shulde not impute to lightnes that he differred his comming contrarie to his promes, he proueth his constancie, bothe by the synceritie of his preaching, and also by the immutable trueth of the Gospel. 21 which trueth is grounded on Christ, and sealed in our hearts by the
〈◊〉
Gost.
1 PAul an Apostle of IESVS CHRIST by the wil of God, & (our) brother Timotheus, to the Church of God, which is at Corinthus with all the Saintes, whiche are in allMeaning that countrey where of
〈◊〉
was the chief citie, Ep hes. 13. Achaia:
2 Grace (be) with you, and peace from God our
〈◊〉
, and (from) the Lord Iesus Christ.
3 *Or praise and glorie be giuen. Blessed (be) God euen the Father of our1. Peter. 1. 3. Lord Iesus Christ, the Father of mercies, and the God of all comforte,
4 Which comforteth vs in all our tribulation, that we may be able to comforte thē which are in anie affliction by the comforte where with we our selues are comforted of God.
5 For as the which I suffer for Christ, or which Christ suffereth in me. sufferings of Christ abunde in vs so our consolatiō abundeth through Christ.
6 And whether we be afflicted, (it is) for your consolation andFor seing him indure so muche, they had occasion to be confirmed in the Gospel. saluatiō, whichAs God onely worketh al things in vs: so doeth he also our saluation by his fre mercie, and by suche mea nes as he hathe here left in this life for vs to be
〈◊〉
in. is wroghtRom. 7. 5. and 8. 5. in the induring of the same suffrings, whichColos. 1. 14. we also suffer: or whether we be comforted, (it is) for your consolation and saluation.
7 And our hope is stedfast concerning you, in as muche as we knowe that as ye are partakers of the suffrings, so (shal ye be) also of the consolation.
8 For brethren, we wolde not haue you ignorant of our affliction, which came vnto vs in Asia, how were pressedHereby he sheweth his owne in firmitie that it might appeare how wonderfully Gods graces wroght in him. out of measure passing strength, so that we all together douted, euen of life.
9 Yea, weI was vtterly resolued in my self to dye. receiued the sentence of death in our selues, because we shulde not trust in our selues, but in God, which raiseth the dead.
10 Who deliuered vs from so So manie dangers of death. Rom. 15. 30.great a death, and doeth deliuer: (vs) in whome we trust, that yet here after he wil deliuer (vs,)
11 * So that ye labour together in prayer for vs, that for the gift (bestowed) vpon vs for manie, thankes may be giuen by manie persones for vs.
12 He rendreth a reason why they ought to prayevn to God for his
〈◊〉
.For our reioycing is this, the testimonie of our conscience, that in simplicitie and godlie purenes, and not in fleshlie wisdome, Vsing that wisdome which God gaue me from heauen.but by the grace of God we haue had our conuersation in the worlde, and moste of all to you wardes.
13 For weYe knowe Par tely my constancie bothe by my dwelling with you, and also my writting vnto you: and I trust ye shal knowe me to be the same to the very end, write none otherthings vnto you, then that yeread or els that ye acknowledge and I trust ye shal acknowledge vnto the end.
14 Euen as ye haue acknowledged vs partely, that we are yourIn that we ha ue taught you the Gospel so syncere ly. reioycing, euen as ye areBecause we haue wonne you to Christ ours, in thewhich shal abolish al worlde lieglorie. day of (our) Lord Iesus.
15 And in this confidence was I minded first to come vnto you, that ye might haue had a double grace,
16 And to passe by you into Macedonia, and to come againe out of Macedonia vnto you, and to be led forthe towarde Iudea of you.
17 When I therefore was thus minded, did I vse lightnes? or minde I those things which I minde,which is rashely to promes and not to performe. according to the flesh, that with me shulde be,Now to affirme one thing, and
〈◊〉
to deny it, whichis a signe of inconstancie. Yea, yea, and Nay, nay?
18 Yea,He taketh God to witnes that he preacheth the
〈◊〉
. God is faithful, that ourworde toward you was not Yea, and Nay.
19 For the Sonne of God Iesus Christ who was preacheh among you by vs, (that is) by me, and Siluanus, and Timotheus, was not Yea, and Nay: but in him it wasHe preached no thing vnto them but onely Iesus Christ who is the moste constāt and infallible trueth of the Father. Yea.
20 For all the promises of God in him (are)They aremade performed and we are partakers onely by him, who
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in that he hathe fulfilled them for vs. Yea, and (are) in him Amen, vnto the glorie of God through vs.
21 And it is God which stablisheth vs with you in Christ, and hathe anointed vs.
22 Who hathe also sealed vs, and hathe giuen the * earnest of the Spirit in our hearts.
23 Now, I call God for a recorde vnto my soule, that to spare you, I came not as yet vnto Corinthus.
24 Not that weIn that I say I tame not because I wolde spare you, I meane not that I haue autoritie to alter true religion, or to binde your consciences: but that I am Gods minister to confirme and comfort you. haue dominion ouer your faith, but we are helpers of your ioye: for by
〈◊〉
. 4. 30.
And faith is not in subiection to man.faith ye stande.
CHAP. II.
He sheweth his loue towardes them, 7 Requiring like wise that thei wolde be fauorable to the incestuous adulterer, seing he did repent. 14 He also reioyceth in God for the efficacie of his doctrine, 17 Confuting thereby suche quarelpikers, as vnder pretence of speaking against his persone, soght nothing, but the ouerthrowe of his doctrine.
1 BVt I determined thus in my self, that I wolde not come againe to you in heauines.
2 For if I make you sorie, who is he then that shulde make me glad, but the same which is madewhich was giuen to Satan but now doeth repent. sorie by me?
3 And I wroteWhich made you & him sory in my further epistle. this same thing vnto you, lest when I came, I shulde take heauines of thē, of whome I ought to reioyce: this confidēce haue I in you all, that my ioye is the (ioye) of you all.
4 For in great affliction, and anguish of heart I wrote vnto you with many teares: not that ye shulde be made sorie, but that ye might perceiue the loue which I haue, specially vnto you.
5 And if any hathe caused sorow, the same hathe notAfter this adul
〈◊〉
did repent and amend, paul did sovtterly cast of alsorowe, that he denieth that inmaner he was anie with sorie. made me sorie, but partely [lest I shulde more charge (him)] you all.
6 It is sufficient vnto the same man, that he was rebuked of manie,
7 So that now contrarie wise ye ought rather to forgiue (him,) and comforte (him) lest thed And so shulde increase his soro- we which I wolde diminish. sameThe adulterer, which interteined his mother in Law. shulde be swalowed vp with ouer muche heauines.
8 Wherefore, I praye you, that you woldeThat at my in
〈◊〉
you wolde declare by the publike consent of the Church that you embrace him againe as a brother seing he was excommunicate by the commune consent. con firme your loue towards him.
9 For this cause also did I write, that I might knowe the profe of you, whether ye wolde be obedient in all things.
10 To whome ye forgiue aniething, I (forgiue) also: for verely if I forgaue anie thing, to whome I forgaue it, for your sakes (forgaue I it) in theThat is, truely, and from mine heart, euen as in the presence of Christ. sight of Christ,
11 Lest Satan shuldeBy our rigorous punishing. circumuent vs: forwe are not ignorant of his enterprises.
12 ¶ Furthermore, when I came to Troas (to preache) Christs Gospel, and a dore was ope ned vnto me of the Lord,
13 I had no restOr, in my minde. in my spirit, because I founde not Titus my brother, but toke my leaue of thē, and went away into Macedonia.
14 From this place vnto the 6. Chap. 11. he
〈◊〉
onely of the ministers, saue he some time intermedeleth that which apperte ineth to the whole Church,
〈◊〉
Chap. 3. 17, & 18. vetses, and not onely to the mini
〈◊〉
.Now thankes (be) vnto God which alwayes maketh vsIn working
〈◊〉
by vs partakers of his victorie and triumph. to triumph in Christ, and maketh manifest the sauour of his knowledge by vs in euerie place.
15 For we are vnto God the swete sauour of Christ, in them that are saued, and in them which perish.
16 To the one (we are) theThe preaching of the crosse bringeth death to them which onely consider Christs death as a commune death, and be thereat offended, or els thinke it
〈◊〉
bringeth againe life to them who in in his death beholde their life. sauour of death, vnto death, and to the other the sauour of life, vnto life, * and who is sufficient for these things?
17 * For we are not as manie,That is, which preache for gaine, and corrupt it to serue mens affectiones. which make marchandise of the worde of God: but as ofRom. 11. 16. synceritie, but as of God in the sight of GodChap. 4. 2. speake we inOr, through Christ, or of Christ. Christ.
CHAP. III.
1 He taketh for example the faith of the Corinthians for a probation of the trueth which he preached. 6 And to exalte his Apostleship against the bragges of the false apostles. 7. 13 He maketh comparison betwixt the Law and the Gospel.
1 DOMeaning him self,
〈◊〉
and Siluanus. we beginne to praise our selues againe? or nede we as some other, epistles of recommendation vnto yon, or (letters) of recommendation from you?
2 Ye are our epistle, written in our hearts, which is vnderstand and red of all men,
3 In that ye are manifest, to be the epistle of Christ,who were Gods penne. ministred by vs, and written, not with yncke, but with the Spirit of the liuing God not inThe hardnes of mās heart before he beregenerat, is as a stonie table, Ezech. 11. 19. & 36. 26. but being
〈◊〉
nerat by the
〈◊〉
of God, it is as softe as flesh, that the grace of the Gospel may bewritteninit, as in new tables,
〈◊〉
. 31. 32. tables of stone, but in fleshlie tables of the heart.
4 And suche trust haue we through Christ to God:
5 Not that we are sufficient of our selues, to thinke anie thing, as of our selues: but our sufficiencie (is) of God.
6 Who also hathe made vs able ministers of the New testament, not of thewhose minister Moses was. letter but of thewhich Christ gaue. Spirit: for the letter killeth, but theMeaning, the spiritual doctrine which is in our hearts. Spi rit giueth life.
7 If then the ministrationThus he nameth the Law in cōparison of the Gospel. of death (written) with letters and ingrauen in stones, was glorous so that the children of Israel colde not beholde the face of Moses for theAfter that God had spoken with him and giuen him the Law. glorie of his contenāce [which (glorie) is done away]
8 Ho shal not the ministration of the Spirit be more glorious?
9 For if the ministerie ofFor the Law declareth all men to be vnder condemnation. condēnation (was) glorious, muche more doeth the ministratiō ofMeaning, of the Gospel which declareth that Christ, is made our righteousnes. righteousnes excede in glorie.
10 For euen that which was glorified, was not glorified in this point, (that is,) as touching the exceding glorie.
11 For if that which shulde be abolished, (was) glorious, muche more shal that which remaineth, be glorious.
12 Seing then that we haue suche trust, we vseIn preaching the Gospel. great boldenes of speache.Exod. 34. 33.
13 * And (we are) not as Moses, (which (Moses shewed the Law as it was couered with shadowes, so that the Iewes
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ligh tened
〈◊〉
blinded and so colde not come to
〈◊〉
who was the
〈◊〉
thereof
〈◊〉
againe the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
for the the glorie of God
〈◊〉
, not
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
eyes, but
〈◊〉
the darkenes away frō
〈◊〉
. put a
vaile vpon his face, that the childrē of Israel shulde not looke vnto the end of that which shulde be abolished.
14 Therefore their mindes are hardened: for vntil this day remaineth the same couering vntak
〈◊〉
away in the reading of the Olde testament, which (vaile) in Christ is put away.
15 But euen vnto this day, when Moses is red, the vaile is layed ouer their hearts.
16 Neuertheles when their (heart) shalbe turned to the Lord, the vaile shalbe taken away.
17 Now the
〈◊〉
is our
〈◊〉
, and au tor of New
〈◊〉
ment, whose doctrine is
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
life to the Law. Lord is the * Spirit, and where the Spirit of the Lord (is,) libertie.
18 But we all beholde as in aIn Christ, who is God
〈◊〉
in the
〈◊〉
, we se god the Father as in a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
cleare glasse. mirrour the glorieIoh. 4. 24. of the Lord with open face, & are changed into the same image, from glorie to glorie, as by the Spirit of the Lord.
CHAP. IIII.
1 He declareth his diligence and roundenes in his office. 8 And that which his
〈◊〉
toke for his disaduantage to wit the crosse and
〈◊〉
which he endured, he tur ned it to his great aduantage. 11, 17. Shewing what profit cometh thereby.
1 THerefore, seing that we haue this ministerie, as we haue
〈◊〉
mercieFor anie troubles or afflictiōs. we fainte not:
2 But haue cast from vs theMeaning suche shiftes and pretences as become not them that haue such a great
〈◊〉
in hand. clokes of shame and * walke not in craftines, nether handle we the worde of God disceitfully: but in declaration of the trueth we approue our selues to euerie mans conscience in the sight of God.Chap. 3. 17
3 If our Gospel be then hid, it is hid to them, that are lost.
4 In whome theTo wit Satan. Ioh. 12.
〈◊〉
. & 14. 30. Ephes. 6.
〈◊〉
. god of this worlde hathe blinded the mindes, (that is,) of the infideles, that the light of the glorious Gospel of Christ, which is theIn whome god doeth shew him self to be
〈◊〉
: and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
is called so in respect of his office.
〈◊〉
of God, shulde not shine vnto them.
5 For we preache not ourAs they, which
〈◊〉
for
〈◊〉
or
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
seke to besene and knowen,
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
. selues, but Christgene. 1. 3. Iesus the Lord, and our selues your seruants for Iesus sake.
6 For God that * commanded the light to shine out of darkenes, (is he) which hathe shined inWhich are your seruants. our hearts, to giue theThat we hauing
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, shuld communicate the same with
〈◊〉
and therefore Christ calieth thē the light of the world, Mat. 5. 14. light of the knowledge of the glorie of God in the fa ce of Iesus Christ.
7 But we haue thisAlbeit the ministers of the gospel be contem ptible as touchīg their persone, yet the treasure which they carie is nothing worse or inferior. treasure in earthen vessels, that the excellēcie of that power might be of God and not of vs.
8 We are afslicted on euerie side, yet (are we) not in distresse: in pouertie, but no ouer come of pouertie.
9 (We are) persecuted, but not forsaken: cast downe, but we perish not.
10 Euerie where we beare about in our bodie theAll the faithful, and
〈◊〉
the ministers must drinke of this cup, because the worlde heateth Christ: and also that the
〈◊〉
shulde bē comformable to Christ their head yet by the mightie power of Christ, who ouer came death, they are made conque
〈◊〉
. dying of the Lord Iesus, that the life of Iesus might also be made manifest in our bodies.
11 For we which liue, are alwayes deliuered vnto death for Iesus sake, that the life also of Iesus might be made manifest in our mortal flesh.
12 So thenBy our death you haue life: so that the frute of our afflictions co meth to you. death worketh in vs, and life in you.
13 And because we haue the sameThe same faith by the inspiratiō of the holie Gost Spirit of faith, according as it is written, * I beleued, and therefore haue I spoken, we also beleue, and therefore speake,
14 Knowing that he which hathe raised vp the Lord Iesus, shalIn
〈◊〉
vs from these dan gers, which is as it were a restoring from death to life. raise vs vp also by Iesus, & shal set vs with you.Psal. 116. 10.
15 For all things (are) for your sakes that moste plenteous grace by the thank esgiuing ofThat in being deliuered and restored to you againe, may not onely myself
〈◊〉
God thankes for this infinite
〈◊〉
of deliuerance, but also you all which
〈◊〉
bothe partakers of mine affliction and comforte, may abundantly set forthe his glorie. Or, be
〈◊〉
. manie may redounde to the praise of God.
16 Therefore we faint not, but thogh our out warde man "perish, yet the inwarde man isGroweth stronger. renewed daily.
17 For ourWhich is so called in respect of the euerlasting life. light affliction which is but for a moment, causeth vnto vs a farre moste excellent and an eternal waight of glorie:
18 While we loke not on the things which are sene, but on the things, which are not sene: for the things which are sene, (are) temporal: but the things which are not sene, (are) eternal.
CHAP. V.
1 Paul procedeth to declare the vtilitic that cometh by the crosse. 4 How we ought to prepare ourselues vnto it. 5. By whome. 9 And for what end. 14. 19 He setteth forthe the grace of Christ, 10 And the office of ministers, and all the faithful.
1 FOr we knowe that ifAfter this bodie shalbe dissol ued, it shalbe made incorrupti ble & immortal. our earthlie house of this tabernacle be destroied, we haue buylding (giuen) of God, (that is,) an house not made with hands, (but) eternal in the heauens.
2 For therefore we sigh, desiring to be clothed with our house, which is from heauen.
3 Or, if so be we shalbe founde clothed, and not naked. Because that if we be clothed, we shal not be founde * naked.
4 For in dede we that are in this tabernacle,Reuel. 16. 15. sigh and are burdened,Or, wherein. because we wolde not be vnclothed, but wolde be clothed vpon, that mortalitie might be swalowed vp of life.
5 And he that hathe created vs for this thing, (is) God, who also hathe giuen vnto vs the earnest of the Spirit.
6 Therefore we are alwayNot onely quiet in minde, but also ready to susteine all dangers: being assured of the good successe thereof. bolde, thogh we knowe that whiles we areOr strangers in the bodie. at home in the bodie, we are absent from the Lord.
7 [For weFor here onely we beleue in God and se him not. walke by faith, and not by sight.]
8 Neuertheles, we are bolde, and loue rather to remoue out of the bodie, & to dwell with the Lord.
9 Wherefore also we couet, that bothe dwellingIn this bodie. at home, & remouingOut of this bo die, to heauen. from homeRom. 14. 10. we may be acceptable to him.
10 *For we must all appeare before the iudgement seat of Christ, that euerie man may receiue the things which are (done) in his bodie according to that he hathe done, whether (it be)That is, ether glorie, or shame. good or euil.
11 Knowing therefore theHis feareful iudgement, terror of the Lord weHe reproueth the dignitie of his ministerie by the frute and effect therof which is to bring
〈◊〉
to Christ. persuade men, and weBy imbracing the same faith which we preache to others. are made manifest vnto God, & I trust also that we are made
manifest in your consciences.
12 For we praise not our selues againe vnto you, but giue you an occasion to reioyce of vs, that ye may haue (to answere) against thē, which reioyce in theAs they, which more estemed the outward shewe of wisdome and
〈◊〉
, then true godlines, face, and not in the heart.
13 For whether we beAs the aduersa ries said,
〈◊〉
colde not abide to heare them praised. out of our wit, (we are it)Our folie serueth to Gods glorie. to God: or whether we be in our right minde, (we are it) vnto you.
14 For the loue of Christ constraineth vs: because we thus iudge, that if one be dead for all, then wereTherfore who so euer giueth pla ce to ambition or vaine glorie, is yet dead, and liueth not in Christ. all dead,
15 And he dyed for all, that theyAs the onely faithful do in Christ. which liue, shulde not hence forthe liue vnto them selues, but vnto him which dyed for them, and rose againe.
16 Wherefore, hence for the know we no manAccording to the estimation of the worlde: but as he is guided by the Spirit of God after the flesh, yea thogh we had knowen Christ after the flesh, yet now hence fortheWe do not este me, nor commen de Christ him self now, as he was an excellent man but as he was the Sonne of God, partaker of his glorie, and in whome God dwelled corpotally: and do you thinke, that I wil
〈◊〉
my self or anie man, in setting for the his giftes; Yea, when I praise my ministerie, I commende the power of God: when I commende our worthie factes, I praise the mightie power of God, set forthe by vs wormes and wretches. know we (him) no more.
17 Therefore if anie man (be) in CHRIST,Isa. 41
〈◊〉
. (let him be) aLet him be
〈◊〉
, and renounce him self, els all the rest is nothing. newe creature. * Olde thingsReucl. 21. 5. are passed away: beholde, all things are beco me newe.
18 And all things (are) of God, which hathe reconciled vs vnto him self by Iesus Christ, and hathe giuen vnto vs the ministerie of reconciliation.
19 For God wasTherefore without Christ we can not enioye the life euerlasting nor come to God. in Christ, and reconciled the worlde to him self, not imputing their sinnes vnto them, and hathe committed to vs the worde of reconciliation.
20 Now then are we ambassadours for Christ: as thogh God did beseche (you) through vs, we praye you in Christs stede, that ye be reconciled to God.
21 For he hathe made him (to be)That is, a sacrifice for sinne. sinne for vs which knew no sinne, that we shulde beBy
〈◊〉
, when we shalbe
〈◊〉
with Christs iustice. made the righteousnes of God in him.
CHAP. VI.
1 An exhortation to Christian life, 11 And to beare him like affection, as he doeth them, 14 Also to kepe them selues from all pollution of idolatrie bothe in bodie, and soule, and to haue none acquaintance with idolaters.
1 SO we therefore as workers together be seche (you,) that ye receiue not the grace of God in vaine.Isa. 43. 8.
2 For he saith, * I haue heard thee in a time accepted, and in the day of saluation haue I suckered thee: beholde now theTo wit, Gods
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, whetein he hathe powred for the his infinite loue. accepted time, beholde now the daye of saluation.
3 We giue no occasion of offence in anie thing, that (our) ministerie shulde not beBy the infideles, if they sawe no frute come thereof. re prehended.
4 But in all things we approue our selues as * the ministers of God, in muche patience, in1. Cor. 4.
〈◊〉
. afflictions, in necessities, in distresses,
5 In stripes, in prisones, in tumultes, in labours.
6 ByHe declareth with what weapons he resisted his afflictions. watchinges, by fastinges, by puritie, by knowledge, by long suffering, by kindnes, by theWho is the efficient cause. holie Gost, byWhiche is, the final cause loue vnfained.
7By the Gospel, and the power of God and hys owne integritie, he ouer
〈◊〉
Satan, & the worlde as with weapōs on
〈◊〉
side most
〈◊〉
. By the worde of trueth, by the power of God, by the armour of righteousnes on the right hand an on the lefte.
8 By honour, and dishonour, by euill reporte and good reporte, as deceiuers, & (yet) true:
9 As vnknowen, and (yet) knowen: as dying, and beholde, we liue: as chastened, and (yet) not killed:
10 As sorowing, and (yet) alway reioycyng: as poore, and (yet) make manie riche: as hauing nothing, and (yet) possessing all thyngs.
11 O corinthians, ourSignifying his
〈◊〉
vehement affection. mouth is open vnto you our heart is made large.
12 Ye are not kept straite in vs, but ye are kept straite in your owneTheir iudge
〈◊〉
was so corrupted that they were not likewise affectioned towardes hym, as he was to
〈◊〉
them. bowelles.
13 Now for the same recompense, I speake as to (my) children,She we like affection towardes me. Be you also enlarged.
14 He semeth to allude to that which is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. 22. 10. Be not vnequally yoked with the infideles: for what felowship hathe righteousnes with vnrighteousnes? and what communion hathe light with darkenes?
15 And what concorde hathe Christ withOr the deuill. Belial?Eccle. 13. 31. or what parte hathe the beleuer with the infidel?
16 And what agrement hathe the Temple of God with idoles? * for ye are the TempleWhere the Lorde
〈◊〉
that an oxe and an asse be not yoked together, because the match is vnequal: so if the faithfull marie with the infideles, or elshaue to do with them in anie thing vnlawful, it is here reproued. of theSo called because he hath not onely life in
〈◊〉
selfe, but
〈◊〉
it also to all
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. liuyng God: as God hathe said, * I will dwell among them, and walke there: and I will be their God, and they shalbe my people.
17 *Wherefore come out from among them, and separate yourselues, saith the Lord: and touche none vncleane thing, and I will receiue you.
18 *And I wil be a Father vnto you, & ye shalbe my sonnes and daughters, saith the Lord almightie.1. Cor. 3. 13. and 6. 19.
Leui. 26. 11.
CHAP. VII. Isa. 52.
〈◊〉
.
1 He exhorteth them by the promise of God to kepe themIerem. 31. 1. selues pure. 37 Assuring thē of his loue. 8. 13 And doeth not excuse his
〈◊〉
, toward their, but
〈◊〉
therat, considering what profite came thereby. 10 Of two sortes of sorow.
1 SEing then we haue these promises dearely beloued, let vsConsider this wel, ye that serue idoles with your bodies, and yet thinke your consciences pure towarde God: God wil one day
〈◊〉
you for your
〈◊〉
. clense our selues from all filthines of theOf bodie and soule. flesh and Spirit, and growe vp vnto ful holines in the feare of God.
2 That we may teache you. Receiue vs: we haue done wrong to no man we haue consumed no man: we haueBy griedie
〈◊〉
. defrauded no man.
3 I speake it not to (your) condemnacion: for I haue said before, that ye are in our hearts, to dye and liue together.
4 I vse great boldenes of speach towarde you: I reioyce greatly in you: I am filled with comfort, and am exceadyng ioyous in all our tribulacion.
5 For when we were come into Macedonia, our flesh had no reste, but we were troubled on euerie side, fightingsHe had nether rest in bodie nor
〈◊〉
, and it semeth that he al ludeth to that
〈◊〉
is written
〈◊〉
. 32. 25. for the crosse to mans eye is commune bothe to the godlie and to the wicked, althogh to
〈◊〉
ends without, and terrours within.
6 But God, that comforteth the abiect, comforted vs at the comming of Titus:
7 And not by his comming onely, but also by the consolacion where with he was comforted of you, whēhetolde vs your great desire your mourning, your feruent minde to me warde, so that I reioycedThis ioye
〈◊〉
all my sorowes. muche more.
8 For thogh I made you sorie with a letter, I re pent not, thogh I did repent: for I perceiue that the same epistle made you sorie, thogh (it were) but for a season.
9 I now reioyce, notthat ye were sorie, but that ye sorowed to repentance: for ye sorowed godly, so that in nothing ye were hurt by vs.
10 *For godlie sorowe causeth repentance vnto1.
〈◊〉
. 2. 19. saluacion, not to be repented of: but the worldlie sorowe causeth death.
11 For beholde, this thing that ye haue beneWhose hearts Gods Spirit doeth touche, he is
〈◊〉
for his sinnes committed against so merciful a Father and these
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of his repentance, as witnes Dauids and Peters
〈◊〉
: others which are sorie for their sin nes onely for feare of punishment and Gods vengeance, fall in
〈◊〉
desperacion, as Cain, Saul, Achitophel and
〈◊〉
. godly sorie, what great care it hath wroght in you: yea, whatIn asking God forgiuenes. clearing of your selues: yea (what) indignacion: yea, (what) feare: yea (how) great disire, yea, (what) a zeale: yea, (what)
〈◊〉
in iudging and
〈◊〉
your selues, you preuented Gods angre. punishment: in all things ye haue shewed your selues, that ye are pure in this matter.
12 Wherefore, thogh I wrote vnto you, I did not it for his cause that had done the wrong, nether for his cause that had the iniurie, but that our care toward you in the sight of God might appeare vnto you.
13 Therefore we were comforted, because ye were comforted: but rather we reioyced muche more for the ioy of Titus, because hisHeart. spirit was refreshed by you all.
14 For if that I haue boasted anie thing to him of you, I haue not
〈◊〉
ashamed: but as I haue spoken vnto you all things in trueth, enē so our boasting vnto Titus was true.
15 AndThe Greke worde
〈◊〉
, his
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
is ment moste great loue and tender
〈◊〉
. his in warde affection is more abundant towarde you, when he remembreth the obedience of you all, (and) how with feare and trembling ye receiued him.
16 I reioyce (therefore) that I mayBothe in thinking and reporting wel of you. put my cō
fidence in you in all things.
CHAP. VIII.
1 By the example of the
〈◊〉
9 And Christ he exhorteth them to continue in relieuing the poore Saintes, commending their good beginning. 23 After he cō
mendeth Titus and his felowes vnto them.
1 WE do you also to wit, brethren, of theThis benefite of God appeared in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
: first, that the Ma cedonians being in so great afflictions were so prompt to helpe others: and next that being in great pouertie, were verie liberal towards others. grace of God bestowed vpōthe Chur ches of Macedonia,
2 Because in great tryal of affliction their ioye abunded, and their moste extreme pouertieSo that a moste abundant riuer of riches flowed out of their
〈◊〉
. abunded vnto their riche liberalitie.
3 For to (their) power [I beare recorde] yea, & beyonde their power, they were willing,
4 And prayed vs with great instance that we wold receiue theSo he
〈◊〉
their liberalitie ether because thei were the bestowers of Gods graces, or because thei receiued thē of God frely, and
〈◊〉
they desired. Paul to se to the distribution thereof. grace, and felowship * of the ministring which is towarde the Saintes
5 And (this they did,) not as we loked for: but gaue their owne selues, first to the Lord, and (after) vnto vs
〈◊〉
the wil of God,
6 That we shulde exhorte Titus, that as he had begonne, so he wolde also accomplish the same grace among you also.
7 Therefore, as ye abunde in euerie thing, in faith and worde, and knowledge, and in all diligence, and in your loue towards vs, (euen so se) that ye abunde in this grace also.
8 This say I not by commandement, but because of the diligence of others: therefore proue I the naturalnes of your loue.
9 For
〈◊〉
knowe the grace of our Lorde Iesus Christ, that he being riche, for your sakes became poore, that ye through his pouertie might be made riche.
10 And I shewe (my) minde herein: for this is expedient for you, which haue begonne not to do onely, but also toEuerie man may do good that hathe abilitie thereunto, but towil and haue aminde to do good, cometh of
〈◊〉
charitie. wil, a yere ago.
11 Now therefore performe to do it also, that as (there was) a readines to wil, euen so ye maye performe it of that which ye haue.
12 For if there be first a willing minde, it is accepted according to that a man hathe, and not according to that he hathe not.
13 Nether (is it) that other men shulde be eased and you grieued.
14 But vpon like condicion, at this time yourThat as you helpe others in their nede, so
〈◊〉
shal releue your want. abundance (supplieth) their lacke, that also their abundance may be for your lacke that there may beThat bothe you and others, as occasion shal serue may relieue the godlie according to their necessities. equalitie:
15 As it is wiritten, *He that (gathered) mucheExod. 16. 18. had nothing ouer, & he that (gathered) litle, had not the lesse.
16 And thanke (be) vnto God, which hathe put in the heart of Titus the same care for you.
17 Because he accepted theAnd willing ly offred him self to gather your almes. exhortacion, yea he was so careful that of his owne accorde he went vnto you.
18 And we haue sent also with him the brother, whose praise (is)In
〈◊〉
the Gospel. Some vnderstād Luke. others
〈◊〉
. in the Gospel through out all the Churches.
19 [And not so onely, but is also chosen of the Churches to be a felowe in ouriourney concerning this grace that is ministred by vs vn to the glorie of the same Lord, and (declaracion) of your prompt minde.]
20 Auoyding this, that no mā shulde blame vs in this abundance that is ministred by vs.
21 *Prouiding forHis wel doing is approued before God and man, honest things, not onelyRom. 12. 17. before the Lord, but also before men.
22 And we haue sent with then ourbrother, whome we haue of times proued to be diligent in manie things, but now, muche more diligent, for the great confidence, whiche I haue) in you.
23 Whether (anie do enquire) of Titus, (he is) my felowe and helper to you warde: or of our brethren, they are messengers of the Churches, (and) theThat is, by whome Christs glorie is greatly aduanced. glorie of Christ.
24 Wherefore shewe towarde them, and befo re the Churches the profe of your loue, and of the reioycing that we haue of you.
CHAP. IX.
3 The cause of Titus and his companions cōming to thē, 6 He exhorteth to giue almes cherefully. 7 Shewing what frute wil
〈◊〉
thereof.
1 FOr as touching the ministring to the Sain tes, it is superfluous for me to write vnto you.
2 For I knowe your readines of minde, whereof I boast my self of you vnto them of Macedonia, (and say,) that Achaiawas prepared a yere ago, and your zeale hathe prouoked manie.
3 Now haue I sent the brethren, lest our reioycing ouer you shulde be in vaine in this behalfe, that ye [as I haue said] be readie:
4 Lest if thei of Macedonia come with me, and finde you vnprepared, we [I nede not to say you]
〈◊〉
be ashamed in this my constant boasting.
5 Wherefore, I thoght it necessarie to exhorte the brethen to come before vnto you, and to finish your beneuolence appointed a fore that it might be readie, (and come) as of beneuolence, and not as of sparing.
6 This yet (remember,) that he which so weth sparingly, shal reape also sparingly, and he that soweth liberally, shall reape also liberally.
7 As euerie man wisheth in his heart, (so
〈◊〉
him giue) not grudgingly, or of necessitie:Prouerb.
〈◊〉
. * for God loueth a chereful giuer.Rom. 12 8.
8 And God is able to make all grace to aboun
〈◊〉
. 35. 11. de to warde you, that ye
〈◊〉
hauingLest thei
〈◊〉
giue but
〈◊〉
, distrusting
〈◊〉
impo uerish thē
〈◊〉
thereby, he sheweth that God wil so blese their liberal hearts, that
〈◊〉
they shal haue ynough for
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and also to helpe others with all.
〈◊〉
sufficiencie in all things, may abounde in euerie
〈◊〉
ve may do
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
others at
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. good worke,
9 * As it is written,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of that
〈◊〉
feareth
〈◊〉
and loueth his
〈◊〉
. He hathe sparsed abroad and hathe giuen to the poore: his
〈◊〉
ce remaineth for euer.
10 Also he that findeth seede to the sower, wil minister
〈◊〉
wise bread for foode, and multiplie your sede, and increase the frutes of your beneuolence,Psal.
〈◊〉
. 9.
11 That on all partes ye may be made riche vnto all
〈◊〉
, which causeth through vs
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vnto God.
12 For the ministracion of this seruice not one ly
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of the Saintes, but also is abundant by the thank esgiuing of manie vnto God,
13 [Which by the experimente of this ministracion praise God for your voluntarie submission to the Gospel of CHRIST, and for your liberall distribution to the, and to all men]
14 And byBesides that by their liberalitie God shal be praised, thei also shalbe commended to God by their prayers whome thei haue holpen, yea, & all men shal reuerence them, as being endued with an
〈◊〉
gift of God. their praier for you,
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
affe ctioned towarde you. desiring after you greatly, for the abundant grace of God in you.
15 Thankes therefore (be) vnto God for his vnspeakeable gift.
CHAP. X.
He toucheth the false apostles and defendeth his
〈◊〉
, exhorting them to obedience, 11 And sheweth what his pouer is, 13 And how he vseth it.
1 NOw I Paul my self beseche you by the mekenes, and gentlenes of Christ, which when I am present among you, (am)These wordes his
〈◊〉
thinking thereby to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, as verse
〈◊〉
. base, but am bolde towarde you being absent:
2 And (this) I require you, that I nede not to be bolde when I am
〈◊〉
, with that same confidence, where with I thinke to be bolde against some, which esteme vs as thogh we walkedAs
〈◊〉
we
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
ues by a
〈◊〉
affection. according to the flesh.
3 Neuertheles, thogh we walke in the
〈◊〉
, yet we do not warre after the flesh,
4 [For the weapons of our warrefare are not carnal, but mightie through God, to cast downe holdes]
5 Casting downe the imaginations, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
thing that is exalted against the knowledge of God, and bringing into captiuitie euerie thoght to the obedience of Christ,
6 And hauing ready the vengeance against all disobedience, when our obedience is fulfilled.
7 Loke ye on things
〈◊〉
the appearance? If anie man trust in him self that he is Christs, let him consider this againe of him self, that as he (is) Christs? euen so (are we) Christs.
8 For thogh I shulde boast some what more of our autoritie, which the Lord hathe giuen vs for edification, and not for your destruction, I shulde haue no shame.
9 (This I say) that I may not seme as (it were) to feare you with letters.
10 For the letters,Meaning, a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
man
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
which
〈◊〉
spake of Paul. saith he, are sore and strong but his
〈◊〉
presence is weeke, and his speache is of no value.
11 Let suche one thinke this, that suche as we are in
〈◊〉
by letters when we are absent, suche (wil we be) also in dede, when we are present.
12 For we dare not make ourselues of the nom ber, or to compare our selues to them,
〈◊〉
praise them selues: but they vnderstand not that they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
anie thing, must haue some line or measure to metre by, and not to measure a thing by it self:
〈◊〉
these boasters must
〈◊〉
them
〈◊〉
by their worthie
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
if they wil cōpare with others, let them
〈◊〉
what
〈◊〉
, what cities, and people they
〈◊〉
wonne to the Lord: for who wil
〈◊〉
that soul
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
onely at the table can fine ly
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
, & when he cometh,
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
, is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
expert? measure them selues with them selues, and compare them selues with them selues.
13 But we wil not reioyce of things, which are not with in (our) measure, * but according to theThat is, the giftes and
〈◊〉
which God
〈◊〉
giuen him to winne others by. measure of the line, whereof GOD hathe distributed vnto vs a measure to atteine euen vnto you.
14 For we stretch not ourselues beyonde (our) measure, as thogh we had not atteined vnto you: for euen to you also haue we come (in preaching) the Gospel of Christ,
15 Not boasting of things which are without (our) measure: (that is,) of other mēs labours and we hope, when your faith shal increase, to be magnified by you according to our
〈◊〉
abundantly,
16 And to preache the Gospel in those (
〈◊〉
) which (are) beyonde you: not to reioyce inGod gaue the whole
〈◊〉
to the Apostles to
〈◊〉
, so that Paul here meaneth by the line his
〈◊〉
of the countreis where he preached, *
〈◊〉
. 9 24 * 1. Corinth 1. 31. another mans line, (that is) in the things that are prepared already.
17 But let him that reioyceth, reioyce in the
〈◊〉
4, 8. Lord.
18 For he that praiseth him self, is not alowed, but he whome the Lord praiseth.
CHAP. XI.
2 He declareth his affection towarde them. 5 The excellencie of his ministerie, 9 And his diligence in the same. 13 The fetches of the false apostles. 16 The peruerse iudgement of the Corinthians, 22 And his owne praises.
1 WOlde to God, ye colde suffer a litle myHe calleth the praising of him
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to the which thing the
〈◊〉
of the false apostles compelled him, who
〈◊〉
nothing els but to ouer throwe the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
diminishing the
〈◊〉
of his ministerie. foolishnes, and in deed,To speake in mine owne commendation. ye suffer me.
2 For I am ielous ouer you, with godlie ielousie: forThe minister marieth Christ &
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
hous band and wife by the preaching of the Gospel. I haue prepared you for one housband, to present you (as) a pure virgine to Christ:
3 But I feare lest as the * serpent beguiled Eue through his subtilitie, so your mindes shulde be corrupte from the simplicitie that is in Christ.Gene. 3 4.
4 For if he that cometh, preacheth anotherThat is, more
〈◊〉
doctrine
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Iesus. Iesus then him whome we haue preached: or if ye receiue anotherMore excellent
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
by other mens preaching. spirit then that which ye haue receiued: ether another Gospel, then that ye haue receiued, ye might wel haue suffered (him.)
5 Verely IThey did not preache Christ more purely then I did: for in this behalfe I was nothing inferior to the chiefest
〈◊〉
. suppose that I was not inferior to the verie chief Apostles.
6 And thogh (I be)That is, vse no worldelie
〈◊〉
. rude in speaking, yet (I am) not (so) in knowledge, but
〈◊〉
you we haue bene made manifeste to the vtmost, in all things.
7 Haue I commited an offence, because I abased my self, that ye might be exalted, and because I preached to you the Gospel of God frely?
8 IOther
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
me. robbed other Churches, and toke wages (of them) to do you seruice.
9 And when I was present with you, and had nede, I wasHe did not one ly labour with his hands for his liuing, but in his extreme
〈◊〉
preached
〈◊〉
, without burdening
〈◊〉
man, or els waxing
〈◊〉
to do his
〈◊〉
to euerie man. not slothful to the hinderance of anie man: for that which was lacking vnto me, the brethren which came from
〈◊〉
nia, supplied, and in all things I kept and wil kepe my self that I shulde not * be grieuous to you.
10Let not the trueth of Christ be thogh to be in me, if I suffer my
〈◊〉
to be shut vp which I haue
〈◊〉
of Gre
〈◊〉
. The trueth of Christ is in me, that this reioycing shal not be shut vp against me in the regions of Achaia.
11 Wherefore? because I loue you not? GOD knoweth.
12 But what I do, that wil I do? that I may cut away occasion, from them which desire ocChap. 12. 3. casion, that they might be founde like vntoAct. 20. 34. vs in that where in they reioyce.
13 Forsuche falseBy false
〈◊〉
here is not ment suche as teache false doctrine (which
〈◊〉
, they wolde
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vnto) but suche as were vaine glorious, and did not their duerie syncerely. apostles are deceitful workers, and transforme them selues into the Apostles of Christ.
14 And no marueile: for Satan himself is trans
〈◊〉
To
〈◊〉
my ministerie, if I shulde receiue
〈◊〉
. formed into an Angel of light.
15 Therefore it is no great thing, thogh his ministers transforme them selues, as thogh (they were) the ministers of righteousnes, whose end shalbe accordyng to their workes.
16 I say againe, let no man thinke, that I am foolish: or els take me euen as a foole, that I also may boast my self a litle.
17 That I speake, I speake it not after theIn his earth
〈◊〉
had respect to the Lord: but this facion of
〈◊〉
semed according to man, whereun to they compelled him. Lord: but as (it were) foolishly, in this (my) great boasting.
18 Seing that manie reioyceIn
〈◊〉
things. after the flesh, I wil reioyce also.
19 For ye suffer fooles gladly, because that ye are wise.
20 For ye suffre euen if a man bring you into bondage, if a man deuoure (you) if a man take (your goods) if a man exalte him self, if a man smite you on the face.
21 I note this dishonour, which they dovnto
〈◊〉
Philip. 3. 5. I speake as concerning the reproche: as thogh that we had beneThat is
〈◊〉
, vile, miserable, a craftes man, an idiot, and subiect to a thousand calamities, which things the false apostles obiected against him as moste
〈◊〉
stimonies of his
〈◊〉
. weake: but where in anie mans is bolde [I speake foolishly] I am bolde also.
22 They are Ebrewes, * so am I they are Israelites, so am I: they are the sede of Abraham, so am I:
23 They are the ministers of Christ [IPut
〈◊〉
ye terme it so, yet is it true. speake as a foole] I am more: in labours more abundant: in stripes aboue measure: in prison more plenteously: inIn the present danger of death. death oft.
24 Of the Iewes fiueAt
〈◊〉
seueral times
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
times receiued I fortie (strippes) * saue one.
〈◊〉
25. 3.
25 Of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
magistrates. I was thrise * beaten with roddes: I was *Act
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. once stoned: I suffered thrise * ship wracke:Act. 14. 19. night and day haue I bene in the depe sea.Act. 27
〈◊〉
.
26 In
〈◊〉
(I was) often, in perils of waters, in perils of robbers, in perils of mine owne nation, in perils among the Gentiles, in perils in the citie, in perils in wildernes, in perils in the sea, in perils amongs false brethren,
27 In wearines and painefulnes, in watching often, in honger and thirst, in fastings often, in colde and in nakednes.
28 Beside the things which are outwarde, I am combred daily, (and haue) the care of all the Churches.
29 Who is weake, and I am not weake? who is offended, and I burne not?
30 If I must nedes reioyce, I wil reioyce of mineAs imprisonements,
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
, thirst, colde, nakednes and
〈◊〉
likes which things the
〈◊〉
condemne as infirme in me. infirmities.
31 The God, euen the Father of our Lord Iesus Christ, which is blessed for euermore, know eth that I lye not.
32 In * Damascus the gouerner of the people vnder KING Aretas, laide watche in the citie of the Damascens, and wolde haueAct. 9. 24. caught me.
33 But at a windo we was I let downe in a basket through the wall, and escaped his hands.
CHAP. XII.
1 He reioyceth in his preferment, 5. 7 But chiefly in his humblenes, 11 And layeth the cause of his boasting vpon the Corinthians 14 He sheweth what good wil he
〈◊〉
them, 20 And promiseth to come vnto them.
1 IT is not expedient for me no dout to reioy ce: for I wil come to visions and reuelatiōs of the Lord.Act. 9. 3.
2 * I knowe a manThat is, a
〈◊〉
stian or, I
〈◊〉
it in Christ. in Christ aboue fourtene yeres agone, [whether (he were) in the bodie I can not tel, or out of the bodie, I can not tel,
God knoweth] whiche was taken vp into theThat is to say, into the highest heauen. thirde heauen.
3 And I knowe suche a man [whether in the bodie, or out of the bodie, I cannot tel: God knoweth.]
4 How that he was taken vp into Paradise, and heardMans infirmitie was not able to declare them, nether were they shewed vn to hym for that end. wordes whiche can not be spoken, whiche are notOr, lawfull. possible for man to vtter.
5 Of suche a man will I reioyce: of my selfe will I not reioyce, except it be of mine infirmities.
6 For thogh I wolde reioyce, I shulde not be a foole: for I wil say the trueth, but I refraine, lest anie man shuld thinke of me aboue that he seeth in me, or that he heareth of me.
7 And lest I shulde be exalted out of measure through the abundāce of reuelations, there was giuen vnto meThe greke worde signifieth a sharpe piece of wood as a pale, or stake, and also a litle spilde or sharpe thynge whiche pricketh one as he goeth through busihie ād
〈◊〉
places, ād entring into the
〈◊〉
, can not be takē out with out
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
: & this was the rebelling of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
against the spirit, and warned hym that Satan was at hand. a pricke in the flesh, the messenger of Satan to buffet me, because I shulde not be exalted out of measure.
8 For this thing I besoght the LordThat is to say, often times. thrise, that it might departe from me.
9 And he sayd vnto me, My grace is sufficient for thee: for my power is madeIs knowen, ād euidently sene.
〈◊〉
through weakenes. Verie gladly therefore wil I reioyce rather in mine infirmities, that the power of Christ may dwell in me.
10 ThereforeHe doeth not onely paciently beare his
〈◊〉
, but also ioy fully, and as one that taketh pleasure therein for
〈◊〉
sake. I take pleasure in infirmities, in reproches, in necessities, in persecutions, in anguishe for Christs sake: for when I am weake, then am I strong.
11 I was a foole to boast my self: ye haue compelled me: for I ought to haue bene commen ded of you: for nothyng was I inferior vnto the verie chief Apostles, thogh I be nothing
12 The signes of an Apostles were wroght among you with al pacience, with signes, and wonders, and great workes.
13 For what is it, wherein ye were inferiors vnto other Churches, * except that I haueChap. 11. 9. not beneOr, chargeable. slothfull to your hinderance? forgiue me this wrong.
14 Beholde, theFor firste, he was minded to departe from Ephesus into Macedonia, and so to Corinthus. 1. Cor. 16. 5. Then when the Lord letted this purpo se, he appointed to go straight from Ephesus to Corinthus. thirde tyme I am readie to come vnto you, and yet wil I not be sloth full to your hinderance: for I seke not yours, butVVhiche declareth his fatherlie affection. you: for the childrē ought not to lay vp for the fathers, but the fathers for the children.
15 And I wil moste gladly bestowe, and will be bestowed for yourOr, your cause or persones. soules: thogh the more I loue you, the lesse I am loued.Chap 1. 15. Which intent being
〈◊〉
ge, he
〈◊〉
to Ma cedonia, frō
〈◊〉
ce now he appointeth the thirde time to come vn to them,
16 But be it that I charged you not:Thus said hys aduersaries that thogh he toke it not by him self, yet he did it by the meanes of others. yet forasmuche as I was craftie, I toke you wyth guile.
17 Did I pill you byanie of them whome I sent vnto you?
18 I haue desiredTo go to you. Titus, and with him I haue sent a brother: did Titus pil you of anything? walked we not in the selfe same spirit? (walked we) not in the same steppes?
19 Againe, think e ye that we excuse our selues vnto you? we speake before God in Christ. But (we do) all thyngs, dearly beloued, for your edifying.
20 For I feare lest whē I come, I shall not finde you suche as I wolde: and that I shalbe founde vnto youMeaning,
〈◊〉
pe and seuere. suche as ye wolde not, and lest (there be) strife, enuying, wrath, con tentions, back ebitings, whisperings, swellings (and) discorde.
21 (I feare) lest when I come againe, my GODThere was no thyng where at he so muche reioyced, as when his preachīg
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
therfore he calleth the
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
& ioye
〈◊〉
also nothing did more cast
〈◊〉
his heart as
〈◊〉
hys labour dyd no good. abase me amonge you, and I shall be waile manie of them whiche haue sinned already, and haue not repented of the * vnclennes, and fornication, and wantonnes, which they haue committed.
CHAP. XIII.
1 He threateneth the obstinate. 5 And declareth what his power is by their owne testimonie. 10 Also he sheweth what is the effect of this Epistle. 11 After hauing
〈◊〉
them to their duetie, he wisheth them all prosperitie.
1 THis (is) theHis firste commyng was hys dwellyng
〈◊〉
them: his second was his first
〈◊〉
, and now he is ready to come the thirde time: which thre commings he calleth his thre witnes. thirde time that I come vnto you. * In the mouth of two or thre witnesses shall euerie worde stand.
2 In my first epistle. Chap. 4. 20. I tolde you before, and tell you before: as thogh I had bene present the seconde time, so write I now beyng absent to them which heretofore haue sinned, and to all others,
〈◊〉
. 19. 15.
〈◊〉
. 18. 16. Iohn. 8. 17. Ebr. 10. 28. that if I come againe, I wil not spare.
3 Seing that ye seke experience of Christ, that speaketh in me, whiche towarde you is not weake, but is mightie in you.
4 For thogh he was crucified concerning (his)In that he hum bled him selfe ād
〈◊〉
vppon him the forme of a seruant. infirmitie, yet liueth he through the power of God. And we no dout are weake in him:Christ as
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
in mans iudgemēt wasvile &
〈◊〉
therfore we that are hys mēbers, can not be other
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
: but being crucified, he shewed him self
〈◊〉
God: so thinke, that we whom ye
〈◊〉
ne as dead mē
〈◊〉
cast aways, haue through God suche power to ex ecut against you that ye may fele sensibly that we
〈◊〉
in Christ. but we shall liue with him, through the pow er of God towarde you.
5 * Proue your selues whether ye are in the faith: examine your selues: know ye not your owne selues, how that Iesus Christ, is in you, except ye be reprobates?
6 But I trust that ye shal know that we are not reprobates.
7 Nowe I pray vnto God that ye do none euil, not that we shulde seme approued, but that ye shulde do that which is honest: thogh we be asIn mans iudge ment who for the most part
〈◊〉
the best, & approueth the worste. reprobates.
8 For we cannot (do) anie thyng againste the trueth, but for the trueth.
9 For we are glad when we are weake, ād that ye areHauing
〈◊〉
ce of the grace of God. strong: this also we wishe for (euen)1. Cor. 11. 22. your perfection.
10 Therefore write I these thyngs beyng absent, lest when
〈◊〉
am present, I shulde vse shar penes, accordyng to the power whiche the Lord hath giuen me, toCōmit not by your negligence that, that which is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
, turne to your destruction edification, and not to destruction.
11 Finally brethren, fare ye well: be perfite: be of good comforte: be of one mynde: lyue in peace, and the God of loue and peace shalbe with you.
12 Grete one another with an * holieVVhich was ac cording to those
〈◊〉
in those dayes bothe of the lewes
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
other
〈◊〉
. kysse.Roma.
〈◊〉
. 16. All the Saintes salute you.1. Cor, 16. 20.
13 The grace of our Lord Iesus Christ, and the1. Pet. 5. 14. loue of God, and the communion of the holie Gost be with you all.
Amen.
The seconde (Epistle) to the Corinthians, written from Philippi, a citie in Macedonia, (and sent) by Titus and Lucas.
THE EPISTLE OF the Apostle Paul to the Galatians.
THE ARGVMENT.
THe Galatians after they had bene instructed by Saint Paul in the trueth of the Gospell, gaue place to false Apostles, who entring in, in his absence corrupted the pure doctrine of Christ, and taught that the ceremonies of the Law must be
〈◊〉
obserued, whiche thing the Apostle so earnestly reasoneth againste, that he proueth that the grantyng thereof is the ouerthrowe of mans saluacion purchassed by Christ: for thereby the lyght of the Gospel is obscured: the conscience burdened: the Testaments confounded: mans iustice established. And because the false teachers did pretend, as thogh they had bene sent of the chief Apostles, and that Paul had no
〈◊〉
, but spake of him selfe, he proueth bothe that he is an Apostle ordeined by God, and also that he is not inferior to the rest of the Apostles: whiche thing established, he procedeth to his purpose, prouing that we are frely iustified before God without any workes or ceremonies: whiche notwithstanding in their time had their vse and commoditie: but now they are not onely vnprofitable figures, but also pernicious, because Christ the trueth and the end thereof is come: wherefore men ought now to embrace that libertie, whiche Christ hathe purchassed by his blood, and not
〈◊〉
haue their consciences snared in the grennes of mans traditions: finally he sheweth wherein this libertie standeth, and what exercises apperteine thereunto.
CHAP. I.
6 Paul rebuketh their inconstancie whiche suffred them selues to be seduced by the false Apostles who preached that the obseruation of the ceremonies of the Law were necessarie to saluacion. 8 And detesteth them that preache anye otherwise then Christe purely. 13 He
〈◊〉
hys owne conuersation, magnifieth hys office and Apostleshyp, and declareth hym selfe to be equall wyth the chief Apostles.
1 PAVL * an ApostleTit. 1. 3. [notFor God is the autor of all mini
〈◊〉
. of men, nether byThis prerogatiue was peculiar to the
〈◊〉
. man, by Iesus Christ, and God the Father which hathe raised hym from theLuke 1. 74. dead.]
2 And all the brethren which are with me, vnto the Churches of Galatia:
3 Grace (be) with you and peace from God the Father, and (from) our Lord Iesus Christ.
4 Whiche gaue him self for our sinnes, that he myght deliuer vs * from thysVVhiche is, the corrupt
〈◊〉
of man wythoute Christ. present euill worlde accordyng to the will of GOD euen our Father.
5 To whome (be) glorie for euer and euer, Amen.
6 I marueile that ye are so sone remoued away vnto anotherOr, doctrine. Gospel, frome hym that had called you in theThat is, to be
〈◊〉
of the saluacion offred frely by Christ. grace of Christ.
7 Whyche is not another (Gospell,) saue that there be some whiche trouble you, and intende toFor what is more cōtrarie to our fre iustification by saith, thē the iustification by the Lawe, or our works? ther fore to ioyne these two together, is to ioyne light with
〈◊〉
nes, death with life, ād doeth
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
throw the Gospel. peruert the Gospel of Christ.
8 But thogh that we, or anIf it
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, that
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
so do: wherby Paul de clareth the
〈◊〉
of hys preaching. Angel
〈◊〉
heauen preache vnto you other wise, then that whiche we haue preached vnto you, let him beOr, abominable accursed.1. Cor.
〈◊〉
. 1.
9 As we said before, so say I nowe againe, If anie man preache vnto you otherwise then that ye haue receiued, let him be accursed.
10 ForSince that
〈◊〉
Pharise I was made an
〈◊〉
. nowe preache I mans (doctrine,) or Gods? or go I aboute to please men? for if I shulde yet please men, I were not the seruant of Christ.
11 * Nowe I certifie you, brethren, that the GospelAct 9 1. spel which was preached of me, was not afterBy
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
That is, doctrine inuented by man,
〈◊〉
by mans
〈◊〉
do I preache
〈◊〉
. man.
12 For nether receiued I it of man, nether was"Or, age. I taught it, but by theHe
〈◊〉
thre
〈◊〉
in Gods eternal predestination: firste hys eternall counsel, then
〈◊〉
appointing frō the mothers wombe, &
〈◊〉
hys callyng. reuelation of Iesus Christ.
13 For ye haue hearde of my conuersation in time paste, in the Iewish religion, howe that * I persecuted the Church of God extremely, and wasted it.
14 And profited in the Iewish religion aboue manie of my companions of myne owne nacion, and was muche more zealous of theThat is, of the Lawe of GOD
〈◊〉
was giuē to the ancient fa thers. traditions of my fathers.
15 But when itHe
〈◊〉
thre
〈◊〉
in Gods eternal predestination: firste hys eternall counsel, then
〈◊〉
appointing frō the mothers wombe, &
〈◊〉
hys callyng. pleased God [whiche had sepa ratedEphes.
〈◊〉
. 8. me from my mothers wombe, and called (me) by his grace]
16 To reueile hys SonneOr,
〈◊〉
me. in me, that I shulde preache hym * among the Gentiles, immediatly I communicated not with
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, with anye man, as thogh I had nede of his counsel to approue my do ctrine. fleshe and blood:
17 Nether came I gayne to Ierusalem to them whyche were Apostles before me, but I went into Arabia, and turned againe vnto Damascus.
18 Then after thre yeres I came againe to Ierusalem to visite Peter, and abode with him fiftene dayes.
19 And none other of the Apostles sawe I, saue Iames the Lords brother.
20 Nowe the thynges whyche I write vnto you, beholde, (I witnesse) before God, that I lie not.
21 After that, I wente into the coastes of Syria and Cilicia: for I was vnknowen by face vnto the Churches of Iudea, whiche were in Christ.
22 But they had heard onelye (some saye,) He whyche persecuted vs in tyme paste, nowe
〈◊〉
theThat is, the Go spel vvhich is the doctrine of faith fayth, whiche before he destroyed.
23 And they glorified God for me.
CHAP. II.
Confirming his Apostleship to be of God. 3 He sheweth why Titus was not circumcised.
〈◊〉
that he is nothing inferior to other Apostles: II. Yea, and that he hathe reproued Peter the Apostle of the Iewes. 16 After he cometh to the principal scope, whiche is to proue that iusti fication onely commeth of the grace of God by faith in Iesus Christ, and not by the workes of the Law.
1 THen fourtene yeres after, I went vp again to Ierusalem with Barnabas, & toke with me Titus also.
2 And I went vp by reuelation, andPaul nothing
〈◊〉
of his
〈◊〉
but because many reported that he taught cō trary doctrine to the other Apostles, which rumors hindered the
〈◊〉
of the Gospel, he endeuored to remedie it, & to proue that they consen ted with him. communicated with them of the Gospell whiche I preache among the Gentiles, * but particularly with thē that were the chief, lest by any meanes I shuld runne, or had runneGreke, without profit. in vaine
3 But nether yet Titus whiche was with me, thogh he were a Grecian, wasVVhich declareth that the other Apostles agreed with him compelled to be circumcised.
4 For all the false brethren that crept in: who came in priuely to spie out our libertie, whiche we haue in Christ Iesus, that they mightAct. 15. 2. bring vs into bondage.
5 To whome weLest we shulde haue betrayed the
〈◊〉
libertie. gaue not place by subiectiō for an houre, that the trueth of the Gospell might continue with you.
6 And of them which semed to be great, (I was not taught) [what theyAlbeit they had bene conuer sant with Christ afore time. were in time passed it maketh no matter to me. * God accepteth no mans persone] neuertheles they that are the chief,But approued my
〈◊〉
perfect in all
〈◊〉
. did cōmunicate nothing with me
7 But contrariwise, when they sawe that the
〈◊〉
. 10. 17. Gospel ouer the vncircumcision was committed2. Chro. 19. 7. vnto me, as (the Gospel) ouer the CircumcisionIob. 14, 9. was vnto Peter:Wisdo. 6. 8.
8 [For he that was mightie by Peter in the ApostleshipEccles. 35. 6. ouer the Circumcision, was alsoAct. 10. 34. mightie by me towarde the Gentiles]Rom. 2. 11.
9 And when Iames, and Cephas, and IohnEphe. 6. 9. knewe of the grace that was giuen vnto meColoss. 3 26. whiche
〈◊〉
counted to be pillers, they gaue1. pet. 1. 17. to me and to BarnabastheIn
〈◊〉
that we all agreed in doctrine. right hands of felowship, that we (shulde preache) vnto the Gentiles, and they vnto the Circumcision.
10 * (Warnyng onely that we shulde rememberAct. 11. 30. the poore: whiche thing also I was diligent2. Cor. 9. 3. to do.
11 ¶ And when Peter was come to Antiochia, I withstode him
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
all men. to his face: for he was to be blamed.
12 For before that certeine came from Iames, he ate with the Gētiles: but when they were come, he with drewe, and separated hym self, fearing them whiche were of the Circumcision.
13 And the other Iewes dissembled likewise with hym, in somuche that Barnabas was broght into their
〈◊〉
also.
14 But when I
〈◊〉
, that they went not the
〈◊〉
, with a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. right way to the trueth of the Gospel, I said vnto Peter before all men, If thou being a Iewe, liuest as the Gentiles, and not like the Iewes, whyIn bringing their consciences into
〈◊〉
by thine exāple and
〈◊〉
& here the
〈◊〉
commeth to his chief point. constrainest thou the Gentiles to do like the Iewes?
15 We (whiche are) Iewes by nature, and not"Or, man.
For so the Iewes called the
〈◊〉
in
〈◊〉
. sinners of the Gentiles.
16 Knowe that a man is not iustified by the workes of the Law, but by the faith of Iesus Christ euen we (I say,) haue beleued in IesusRom. 3. 19. Christe, that we might be iustified by thePhil 3. 9. faith of Christ, and not by the workes of the Law, because that by the workes of the Law no flesh shalbe iustified.
17 * If thē while we seke to be made righteous by Christ, we our selues are foundeExcept our
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to our
〈◊〉
, we declare
〈◊〉
we haue
〈◊〉
Christ. sinners is Christ therfore the minister of sinne? GodFor he caused thē not
〈◊〉
sinne, but disclosed it, nether toke he away the righteousnes of the Law, but
〈◊〉
their hypocrisie which were not able to performe that whereof they boasted. forbid.
18 For if I buylde againe the things that I haue destroyed,For my doctri ne is to destroy sinne by faith in Christ and not to establish sinne. I make myself a trespaser.
19 For I through the Law am dead to the Law and that I might liue vnto God, I amAnd
〈◊〉
his strength in me which killeth sinne. crucified with Christ.
20 Thus I liue (yet,)Not as I was once, but regenerat, and changed
〈◊〉
a new creatu re, in
〈◊〉
, &
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
substance. not I now, but Christ liueth in me: and in that that I now liue in theIn this mortall bodie. flesh, I liue by the faith in the Sonne of God who hathe loued me, and giuen him self for me.
21 I do not abrogate theAs did the false Apostles which preached not the faith in Christ. grace of God: for if righteousnes (be) by the Law, then Christ dyedOr, for nothing without a cause.
CHAP. III.
1 He rebuketh them sharpely. 2 And proued by diuers reasons that iustification is by faith. 6 As appeareth by the example of Abraham. 10. 19. 24. And by the office, & the end bothe of the Law. 11. 25. And of faith.
1 O Foolish Galatians, who hath bewitched you that ye shulde not obey the trueth, to whome Iesus Christ beforeTo whome Christ
〈◊〉
so liuely preached, as if his
〈◊〉
ima ge were set
〈◊〉
your eyes, or els had bene crucified among you. was described in your sight, and among you crucified.
2 This onely wolde I learne of you, Receiued ye theMeaning the
〈◊〉
of the Spirit. Spirit by the workes of the Law, or by the hearing ofThat is, the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
through faith in Iesus Christ, as cha. 1.
〈◊〉
. faith (preached?)
3 Are ye so foolish, that after ye haue begonne in the Spirit, ye wolde nowThe false apostles taugh that Christ
〈◊〉
nothing except they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, and that the Law was the perfection, and Christs doctrine onely the rudiments thereunto. be made perfite by theAnd ceremonies of the Law? flesh?
4 Haue ye suffred so many things in vaine? if so be it be euen in vaine.
5 He therefore that ministreth to you the Spirit, and worketh miracles amōg you, (doeth he it) through the workes of the Law, or by the hearing of faith (preached?)
6 (Yea rather) as Abraham beleued God, and it was * imputed to him for righteousnes.
7 Knowe ye therefore, that they whiche are of faith, the same are the children of Abraham.Gen. 15. 6.
Rom. 4. 3.
8 For the Scripture foreseing, that God woldeIam 2 23. iustifie the Gentiles through faith, preachedGen. 12. 13. before the Gospel vnto Abraham, (saying,)Eccle. 44. 20. * In thee shall all the Gentiles be blessed.Act. 3 25.
9 So then they whiche be of faith, are blessed with faithful Abraham.
10 For as many as are of thewhiche thinke to be iustified by them. workes of the Law, are vnder the curse: for it is written, *Deut 27. 26. Cursed is euerie man that continueth not inHabak. 2. 4. all things, which are written in the boke ofRom. 1. 17. the Law, to do them.Ebr. 10 38.
11 And that no man is iustified by the Law in
〈◊〉
. 18. 5. the sight of God, it is euident: * for the iust shal liue by faith.
12 And the Law is not of faith: but * the mang
〈◊〉
Law pronounceth not thē iust, which beleue, but whiche worke, and so condemneth all them which in al points do not fulfil it. that shal do those thing
〈◊〉
shal liue in them.
13 Christ
〈◊〉
redemed vs from the curse of the Law, when he was made a curse for vs [for it is written, * Cursed is euerie one that hangeth on tre]Deut.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
14 That the blessing of Abraham might come
on the Gentiles through Christ Iesus, that we might receiue theWhich is the Gospel. promes of the Spirit through faith.
〈◊〉
. 9. 17.
15 Brethren,I wil vse a commune example that you may be
〈◊〉
to attri bute
〈◊〉
vnto God, thē to suche
〈◊〉
, which one man maketh to another. I speake as men do, * Thogh it be but a mans couenant when it is confirmed (yet) no man doeth abrogate it, orNo more is the promes or couenant of God abrogate by the Law, not yet is the Law added to the promes to take any
〈◊〉
away that was super
〈◊〉
, or to supplie any thing that wanted. addeth any thing thereto.
16 Now to Abraham and his sede were the pro mises made. He saith not, And to the sedes, as (speaking) of many: but, And to thy sede, as of one, whichWhich declareth that the Iewes &
〈◊〉
are bothe partakers of the promes, because thei are ioyned in Christwaich is
〈◊〉
blessed sede. is Christ.
17 And this I say, that the Law which was fou re hundreth and thirtie yeres after, can not disanul the couenant that was confirmed a fore of God in respect of Christ, that it shuld make the promes of none
〈◊〉
.
18 For if the inheritance (be) of the Law, (it is) no more by the promes, but God gaue it vnto Abraham by promes.
19 Wherefore then (serueth) the Law? It was added because of theThat sinne might appeare &
〈◊〉
made more abundant, and so all to be
〈◊〉
vp vnder sinne. transgressions, til the sede came vnto the which the promes was made: and it was ordeined byWho as ministers
〈◊〉
it to Moses by the autoritie of Christ. Angels in the hand of a Mediatour.
20 Now a Mediatour is not (To whome Christ
〈◊〉
so liuely preached, as if his
〈◊〉
ima ge were set
〈◊〉
your eyes, or els had bene crucified among you. Mediatour) ofBut serueth bothe for the Iewes & Gentiles to ioyne them to God. one: but God isConstant, and alwayes like him self. one,
21 (Is) the Law then
〈◊〉
the promes of God God forbid: for if
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
had bene a Law giuen which colde haue giuen life, surely righteousnes shulde haue bene by the Law.
22 But the Scripture hathe* concludedBothe men and all their workes. all vnder sinne, that the promes by the faith of Iesus Christ shulde be giuen to them that beleue.
23 But beforeThe ful reuelation of things which were hid vnder the shadowes of the Law. faith came, we were keptvnder the Law, and shut vp vnto the faith, which shulde
〈◊〉
warde be reueiled.Rom. 3. 9.
24 Wherefore the* Law was our scholemaster (to bring vs) to Christ, that we might be made
〈◊〉
by faith.
25 But after that faith is come, we are no longer vnderNot that the doctrine of the Law isabolished but the condemnotion thereof is
〈◊〉
away by faith. a scholemaster.
26 For ye are all the sonnes of God by faith, in Christ Iesus.
27 *For al ye that areSo that Baptisme succedeth Circumcision, and so through Christ bothe Iewe and Gentile
〈◊〉
saued. baptized into Christ, haRom. 10 4. ue put on Christ.
28 There is nether Iewe nor Grecian: there is nether bonde nor fre: there is nether male nor female: for ye are allAs all one mā. one in CHRIST IESVS.
29 And if (ye be) Christs, then are ye AbrahamsRom. 63. sede, and heires by promes.
CHAP. IIII.
2 He sheweth wherefore the ceremonies were ordeined. Which being shadowes must end when CHRIST the trueth commeth. 9 He moueth them by certeine exhortations. 22 And confirmeth his argument with a strongChap. IIII. example or allegorie.
1 THen I say, that theThe Church of Israel was vnder the Lawe as the pupil subiect his tutor, euen vnto the time of Christ
〈◊〉
he waxed
〈◊〉
, & them her
〈◊〉
hip ended. heire as long as he is a childe, differeth nothing from a seruāt, thogh he be Lord of all,
2 But is vnderThat is, the Lawe, which be fore he called a scholemaster, Chap. 3. 25. tuters and gouerners, vntil the time appointed of the father.
3 Euen so, we when we were children, were in bondage vnder theThat is, vnder the Law, which was but an, a b.c in respect of the Gospel. rudiments of the world.
4 But when the fulnes of time was come, God sent forthe his Sonne made of awomā, (and) madeThat is, who was subiect vnto the
〈◊〉
. vnder the Law,
5 That he might redeme them which were vn der the Law, that we * might receiue the ado ption of the sonnes.
6 And because ye are sonnes, God hathe sent forthe theFor our adoptionvnto Christ is sealed by him. Spirit of his Sonne into yourRom. 8. 13, hearts, which cryeth,He instructeth both Iewes, and
〈◊〉
to call God their Father in euerie lāgage, so that none are excepted. Abba, Father.
7 Wherefore, thou art no moreWhich maist not vse thy liber tie. a seruant, but a sonne: now if (thou be) a sonne, (thou art) also the heire of God through Christ.
8 But euen then, when yeWhen ye recei ued the Gospel, ye were
〈◊〉
therefore it is shame for you to refuse libertie ād become seruants, yea, and seing the Iewes desire to be out of their tutle sh ip. knewe not God, ye did seruice vnto them, which byNot in dede, but in opinion. nature are not gods.
9 But now seing ye knowe God, yea, rather are knowen of God, how turneThe Galatians, of painims began to be Christians, but by false apost les were turned backewarde to begine a newe the Iewish ceremonies, and so in
〈◊〉
of going for ward towarde Christ, they ran backewarde frō him. ye againe vnto impotent and beggerlie rudiments, whereunto (as) from the beginning ye wil be in bondage againe?
10 Ye obserueYe obserue daye, as
〈◊〉
new moones, &c: ye obserue moneths as the first and seuenth
〈◊〉
: ye
〈◊〉
times, as Easter, witson:
〈◊〉
, the
〈◊〉
of Tabernacles: ye
〈◊〉
yeres as the
〈◊〉
, or, yere of
〈◊〉
, which
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
nies are moste pernicious to thē which haue recei ued the swete libertie of the Gospel, & thrust thē backe into
〈◊〉
stitious sclauerie. dayes, and moneths, and times, and yeres.
11 I am in feare of you, lest I haue bestowed on you labour in vaine.
12 Be ye asSo
〈◊〉
to me, as I am affectioned towards you. I: for I am euen as you: brethren, I beseche you: ye haue not hurtFor I pardon you, if yourepent meat all.
13 And ye knowe, how throughBeing in great dangers and affli ctiōs, or without pompe and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. infirmitie of the flesh I preached the Gospel vnto you at the first.
14 That is, the troubles & vexacious which God sent to trie me While I was among you. And the tryal of me which was in my flesh, ye despised not, nether abhorred: but ye receiued me as anFor my mininisteries sake. Angel of God, (yea,) as Christ Iesus.
15 What was then your felicitie? for I beare you recorde, that if it had bene possible, ye wolde haue plucked out your owne eyes, & haue giuen them to me.
16 Am I therefore be come your enemie, because I tell you the trueth?
17 They are ielous ouer youFor they are but ambitious. amisse: yea, they wolde excludeThey wold turneyou from me that you might followethem. you, that ye shulde altogether loue them.
18 But it is a good thing to loue earnestly alwayes in a good thing, and not onely when I am present with you,
19 My litle children, of whome I trauaile in birth againe, vntil CHRIST beAnd imprinted so in your hearts, that you
〈◊〉
none other. formed in you.:
20 And I wolde I were with you now, that I might change my voice: for I am in doute of you.
21 Tell me, ye that wil be vnder the Law, do ye not heare the Law?
22 For it is written, that Abraham had two sonnes, * one by a seruant, and * one by a fre woman.
23 But he which was of the seruant, was borne after the flesh: and he which was of the fre woman, (was borne) by promes.
24 By the which things another thing is ment: for these (mothers)That is
〈◊〉
are the two Testaments the one which isAgar, and Sina represente the Lawe: Sara and
〈◊〉
the Gospel:
〈◊〉
the Iewish Synagogue, and Isaac the Churche of Christ. Agar of mounte Sina, which gendreth vnto bondage.
25 [For Agar (or) Sina is a mountaine inThat is,
〈◊〉
of the lande of promes. Arabia,
and it answereth to
〈◊〉
whiche now is] and she is in bondage with her children.
26 But Ierusalem, which isOr, hie and heauenlie. aboue, is fre: whiche is the mother of vs all.
27 For it is written, * Reioyce thouMeaning Sara Gen. 21. 10. barren that bearest no children: breake forthe, and cryethou that trauailest not: for the desolat hathe many mo children, then she whiche hathe an housband.
28 *Therefore brethren, were after the manerGen. 16. 15. of Isaac, children of the promes.Gen. 21. 2.
29 But as then he that was borne after the flesh persecuted hym that (was borne) after the spirit, euen so (it is) now.
30 But what saith the Scripture?* Put out the seruant and her sonne: for the sonne of the seruant shall not be heire with the sonne of the fre woman.
31 Then brethren, we are no children of theIsa. 54. 1. seruant, but of theFor weare in the Churche of Christ, whiche is our mother, and not of the Synagogue whiche is a seruant vnder the Law. fre woman.
CHAP. V.
2 He laboureth to drawe them away from Circumcision. 17Rom. 9. 8. And sheweth them the battel betwixt the spirite and the flesh, and the
〈◊〉
of them bothe.
1 STand fast therefore in the libertie wherewith Christ hathe made vs fre, and be() By the libertie wherewith Christ hath made vs fre. not intangled againe with the yoke of bondage.
2 *Beholde, I Paul say vnto you, that if ye beIf you ioyne circumcision to the Gospel, as a thing necessarie to saluacion. circumcised, Christe shall profite, you nothing.
3 For I testifie againe to euerie man, which is circumcised, that he is bounde to kepe the whole Law.Chap. V.
4 Ye are* abolished from Christ: whosoeuerAct. 15. 2. are iustified by the Law, ye are fallen frome grace.
5 For we through the SpiriteWe liue in hop through that Spi rit whiche causeth faith, and whiche is giuen to the faithfull that we shulde
〈◊〉
faith and not by the Law obtaine
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of glorie, whiche Christe gyueth frely. waite for the1. Cor. 1. 17. hope of righteousnes through faith.
6 For in Iesus Christ nether Circumcision auaileth aniething, nether vncircumcision, but faith which worketh by loue.
7 Ye did
〈◊〉
well: who did let you that ye did not obeie theThen whatsoeuer is not the worde of God, whiche here he calleth trueth, is verie lies. trueth?
8 (It is) not the persuasion of hym thatWhich is God. calleth you.
9 * A litleA litle corruption doeth destroy the whole doctrine. leauen doeth leauen the whole lompe.
10 I haue trust in you through the Lord, that1. Cor. 5. 6. ye will be none otherwiseThat ye wil
〈◊〉
the word of God purely. minded: but he that troubleth you shall beare (his) condemnacion, whosoeuer he be.
11 And brethren, if I yet preache circumcision why do I yet suffer persecucion? Then is theThat is the doctrine of the Gospell, whiche the worlde ab horred, as a sclanderous thing, and therewith were offended. sclander of the crosse abolished.
12 Wolde to God they were euen cut of, whiche do disquiet you.
13 For brethrē, ye haue bene called vnto libertie: onely vse not (your) libertie as an occasiō vnto the flesh, but by loue serue one another
14 ForMeaning the seconde table. all the Lawe is fulfilled in one worde, whiche is this, * Thou shalt loue thy neighbour as thy self.
15
〈◊〉
ye byte and deuoure one another, take hede lest ye be consumed one of another.
16 Then I say, * walke in the Spirite, and ye
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 18. shal not fulfill the lustes of the flesh.
〈◊〉
. 22. 39.
17 For theThat is, the na tu all man
〈◊〉
against the
〈◊〉
of of
〈◊〉
. flesh lusteth against the Spirit, andMar. 12. 31. the Spirit against the flesh: and these are conIam. 2. 8. trarie one to the another, so that ye can notRom. 13. 14. do the same things that ye wolde.1. Pet 2. 10.
i In the man regenerat.
18 And if ye be led by the Spirite, ye are not vnder the Law.
19 Moreouer the workes of the fleshe are manifest, whiche are adulterie, fornicacion, vnclennes, wantonnes.i If you be
〈◊〉
by the Spirit of
〈◊〉
, that whiche ye do,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to God althogh it be nor be
〈◊〉
fity.
20 Idolatrie, witchcraft, hatred, debate, emulacions, wrath, contētions, sedicions, heresies.
21 Enuie, murthers, dronkennes, glotonnie, & suche like, whereof I tel you before, as I also haue tolde you before, that they whiche do suche things, shal not inherite the kingdom of God.
22 But the frute of the Spirit is loue, ioye, peace long suffring, gentlenes, goodnes, faith.
23 Mekenes, temperancie: against suche there isFor they are vnder the
〈◊〉
, or grace. no Law.
24 For they that are Christs,Christ hath
〈◊〉
onely remitted their sinnes, but sanctified tl.
〈◊〉
into
〈◊〉
. es of lif haue crucified the flesh with the affections and the lustes.
25 If we liue in the Spirite, let vs also walke in theThat being dead to sinne & liuyng to God, we may declare the same in holines and innocencie of life. Spirit.
26 Let vs not be desirous of vaine glorie, prouoking one another, enuying one another.
CHAP. VI.
1 He exhorteth them to vse gentlenes towarde the weake; 2 And to shewe their brotherlie loue and modestie: 6. Also to prouide for their ministers. 9 To perseuer 14 To reioyce in the crosse of Christ. 15 To newnes of life. 16. And last of ai wisheth to them with therest of the faithfull all prosperitie.
1 BRethren, if a man beFather by reason of his flesh or Satan. fallen by occasion into anie faute, ye whiche are spirituail, restore suche one with the Spirite of mekenes, considering thy selfe, lest thou also be tempted.
2 Beare ye one anothers burden, and soChriste exhorteth in
〈◊〉
places to mutual loue, &
〈◊〉
brotherlie loue is here called the Lawe of Christ, and his comman
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
. n. 13. 14. and. 5. 12. fulfil the Law of Christ.
3 For if anie man seme to him selfe, that he is some, what, when he isHe sheweth that man hathe nothing of him
〈◊〉
whereof he shulde
〈◊〉
. nothing, he deceiueth2.
〈◊〉
. 1. 12. him self in his imaginacion.Wherein he may reioyce
〈◊〉
me, but not before God.
4 But let euerie man proue his owne worke, and then shal he haueFor his reioycing is a
〈◊〉
of a good conscience. reioycing in him self onely and not in another.
5 *For euerie man shal beare his owne burden
6 Let him that is taught in the worde, make him that hathe taught hym, partaker of all (his)For it were a shame not to prouide for their corporal necessities whiche fede our soules with the heauenlie things.* goods.
7 Be not deceiued: God is not mocked: for1. Cor. 5 8. whatsoeuer a man soweth, that shall he also1.
〈◊〉
. 9. 7. reape.
8 For he thatHe proueth that the ministers must be nowrished: for if men onely prouide for wordely thinges
〈◊〉
out respect of the life euerlasting, then they procure to them selues death, and mocke God, who hath giuen them his ministers
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them heauenlie thing. 2. Thes. 3. 13. soweth to his flesh, shall of the flesh reape corruption: but he that soweth to the Spirit, shall of the spirit reape lif euerlasting.
9 * Let vs not therefore bewearie of wel doing: for in due season we shallThe frute whiche God hathe promised reape, if we faint not,
10 While we haue therefore time, let vs do good vnto all men, but specially vnto them,
which are of the housholde of, faith.
11 ¶ Ye se how large a lettre I haue written vnto you with mine owne hand.
12 As manie as desire to make a faire sheweBy the outwarde ceremonies. in the flesh, they constraine you to be circumcised, onely because they wolde not suffer persecucion for theThat is, for prea
〈◊〉
Christ
〈◊〉
crosse of Christ.
13 For they them selues which are circumcised, kepe not the Law, but desire to haue you circumcised, that they might reioyceThat thei haue made you Iewes. in your flesh.
14 But God forbid that I shulde reioyce, but in the crosse of our Lord Iesus Christ, whereby theBy the
〈◊〉
he meaneth all ou warde pom pe,
〈◊〉
& things, which please mens fantasies. worlde is crucified vnto me, and I vnto the worlde.
15 For in Christ Iesus nether circumcision auaileth anie thing, nor vncircumcision, but a neweWhich is rege nerate by faith. creature.
16 And as manie as walke according to this rule, peace (shal) be vpon them, and mercie,Rom. 2. 19.
That is, vpon the Iewes, as. vpon the Israel of God.
17 From hence forthe let no manLet no man trouble my preaching from hēce forthe: for my markes are witnesses how valiantly I haue foght. put me to busines: for I beare in my bodie theWhich
〈◊〉
odious to the worlde, but glorious before God. markes of the Lord Iesus.
18 Brethren, the grace of our Lord Iesus Christ (be) with your spirit,
Amen.
Vnto the Galathians written from Rome.
THE EPISTLE OF Paul to the Ephesians.
THE ARGVMENT.
WHile Paul was prisoner at Rome, there entred in among the Ephesians false teachers, who corrupted the true doctrine which he had taught them, by reason whereof he wrote this Epistle to confirme them in that thing, which they had learned of him. And first after his salutacion, he assureth them of saluacion, because they were thereunto predestinate by the fre election of God, before they were borne, and sealed vp to this eternal life by the holie Gost, giuen vnto them by the Gospel, the knowledge of the which mysterie he prayeth God to confirme towarde them. And to the intent they shulde not glorie in themselues, he sheweth them their extreme miserie, wherein they were plonged before they knewe Christ, as people without God, Gentiles to whome the promises were not made, and yet by the fre mercie of God in Christ Iesus, they were saued, and he appointed to be their Apostle, as of all other Gentiles: therefore he desireth God to lighten the Ephesians hearts with the perfite vnderstanding of his Sonne, and exhorteth thens like wise to be mindeful of so great benefites, nether to be moued with the false apostles, which seke to ouerthrowe their faith, and treade vnder fote the Gospel, which was not preached to them, as by chance or fortune, but according to the eternal counsel of God: who by this meanes preserueth onely his Church. Therefore the Apostle commendeth his ministerie, forasmuche as God thereby reigneth among men, and causeth it to bring forthe moste plentiful frutes, as innocentie, holines, with all suche offices apperteining to godlines. Last of al, he declareth not onely in general what ought to be the life of the Christiās, but also sheweth particularly, what things concerne euerie mans vocacion.
CHAP. I.
After his salutacion, 4 He sheweth that the chief cause of their saluacion standeth in the fre election of God through Christ. 16 He declareth his good wil towarde them giuing thankes and praying God for their faith. 21 The maiestie of Christ.
1 PAul an Apostle of Iesus Christ, by the wil of God, to the * Saintes, which are at Ephesus, and to the faithful in Christ Iesus:
2 Grace (be) with you and peace from God our Father, & (from) the Lord Iesus Christ.
3 *Blessed (be) God euen the Father of our Lords Iesus Christ, which hathe blessed vs with allAs with the knowledge of God in Christ, with faith, hope, charitie & other gifts. spiritual blessing in heauēlieOr, places. things in Christ,
4 * As he hatheThis election to lif euerlasting can neuer
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ged: but in temporal offices, which God hathe appointed for a certeine space, when the terme is expired, he chā geth his election, as we se in Saul and Iudas.
〈◊〉
vs in him, before the fundacion of the worlde, that we * shulde be1. Cor. 1. 2.
When Christs iustice is imputed ours. holie, and without blame before him in loue:
5 Who hathe predestinate vs, to beWhereas we were not the
〈◊〉
children he receiued vs by grace, and made vs his children. adopted2. Cor. 1. 3. through Iesus Christ vnto him self, according1. Pet. 1. 3. to the good pleasure of his wil,2. Tim. 1. 9.
6 To theThe principal end of our election is to praise and glorifie the grace of God. praise of the glorie of his grace, where with he hathe made vs accepted in (his) beloued,
7 By whome we haue redemption throughColos. 1. 22. his blood, (euen) the forgiuenes of sinnes, according to his riche grace:
8 Wherby he hathe bene abundant toward vs in all wisdome and vnderstanding,
9 And hathe opened vnto vs the mysterie of his wil according to his good pleasure, which he had purposedThat is, in Christ. in him,
10 That in the dispensacion of the fulnes of the times he might gather together in oneBy this he mea neth the whole bodie of the Churche, which he deuideth into them, which are in heauen, and them which are in earth: also the faithful which re maine in earth, stād of the Iewes and the Gentiles. all things, bothe which are in heauen and which are in earth, (euen) in Christ:
11 In whome also we are chosen when we were predestinate according to the purpose of him, which worketh al things after the coun sel of his owne wil.
12 ThatTo wit, the Iewes. we, which first trusted in Christ, shuld be vnto the praise of his glorie:
13 In whome also ye (haue trusted) after that ye heard the worde of trueth, (euen) the Gospel of your saluacion, where in also after that ye beleued, ye were sealed with the holie Spi rit of promes,
14 Which is the ernest of our inheritance,Thogh we be redemed frō the bondage of sinne by the death of Christ, vntil the redemption of the possession purchas sed vnto the praise of his glorie.
15 Therefore also after that I heard of the faithRom 6. 22,
〈◊〉
we hope for this seconde
〈◊〉
which
〈◊〉
be when we shal possesse our inhe ritāce in the heauens, whereof we haue the holie Gost for a gage, as Chap. 4. 30. which ye haue in the Lord Iesus, and loue towarde all the Saintes,
16 I cease not to giue thankes for you, making mention of you in my prayers.
17 That the God of our Lord Iesus Christ the Father of glorie, might giue vnto you the Spirit of wisdome, and reuelation through the knowledge ofOf Christ. him,
18 That the eyes of your vnderstandyng may be lightened that ye may knowe what the hope is of his calling, and what the riches of his glorious inheritance (is) in the Saintes.
19 And what is the exceading greatnes of hys power toward vs, which beleue, * according to the working of his mightie power.
20 Which he wroght in Christe, when he raised him from the dead, &Made him Go uernour of all things bothe in heauen and in'earthe: so that Christs bodie is now onely there or elsit shuld not be a true bodie and his ascenciō shulde be but a fantasticall thing and onely imagi ned. set him at his right hand in the heauenlie (places,)
21 Farre aboue all principalitie, and power, &Col. 2. 12. might, and domination, and euerie Name,Chap. 3. 7. that is named, not in this worlde onely, butPsal. 8. 8. also in that that is to come.Ebr. 2. 8.
22 * And hathe made all things subiect vnder his fete, and hath appointed hym ouer all things (to be) the head to the Churche.
23 Whiche is his bodie, (euen) theThis is the great - loue of Christe towarde his Churche that he counteth not him selfe perfect without vs whiche are his members: & therefore
〈◊〉
Church is also Christ, as. fulnes of him that filleth all in all things.
CHAP. II.
5 To magnifie the grace of Christe, whiche is the onely cause of saluation. II He sheweth them what maner1. Cor. 12. 12. of people they
〈◊〉
before their cōuersion. 18 And what they are now in Christ.
1 ANd * you(hath he quickened, t)hat wereCol. 2. 13. dead in trespasses and sinnes.
2 Wherein, in time past ye walked, according to the course of this worlde, and after the * aChap. 6. 12. prince that ruleth in the aire, (euen) the spirit,
〈◊〉
Meaning Satan that now worketh in the children of disobedience.
3 Among whome we also had our conuersation in time past, in the lustes of our fleshe in fulfilling the wil of the
〈◊〉
, & of the minde, and wereNot by creation, but by Adās
〈◊〉
, & so by
〈◊〉
. by nature the children of wrath, as wel as others.
4 But God whiche is riche in mercie, through his great loue wherewith he loued
〈◊〉
.
5 Euen when we were dead by sinnes, hathe quickened vsBothe Iewe & Gentil. togetherOr, with Christ. in Christ, (by who se) grace ye are saued.
6 And hatheWe that are the members are raised vp
〈◊〉
death and reigne without head christ in heauen by faith. raised vsvp together, and made vs sit together in the heauenlie (places) in Christ Iesus.
7 That he might shew in the age to come the exceding riches of his grace, through his kindnes towarde vs in Christ Iesus.
8 For by grace are ye saued through faith, and that not of your selues: it (is) the gifte of God.
9 Not of workes, lest any man shulde boaste himself.
10 For we areHere he meaneth, as concerning grace, and not by nature. his workemanship created in Christ Iesus vnto good workes, which God hathe ordeined, that we shulde walke in them.
11 WhereforeHe sheweth here that the further the Gentiles were of frome the grace of God the greater detters they are now to the
〈◊〉
remember that ye being in time past Gentiles in the fleshe, (and) called *
〈◊〉
of them, whiche are called circumcision in the flesh, made with hands,1. Sam. 17. 26.
12 That ye were, (I say,) at that time withoutEze. 44 7. Christ, and were aliantes from the communeRom. 9. 4. welth of Israel, and were * strangers frō theIt was but one couenant, but because it was diuers times confirmed: and established,
〈◊〉
here he calleth them Couenants. couenants of promes, and had noWhereno promesis, there is no hope: hope, & (were)Or,
〈◊〉
. without God in the worlde.
13 But now in Christ IESVS, ye which once were farre of, are made nere by the blood of Christ.
14 For he is our peace, which hathe made of bothe one, and hathe broken theThat is, the cau se of the diuision that was
〈◊〉
ne the Iewes & the Gentiles. stoppe of the particion wall,
15 In abrogating through hisFor in Christ
〈◊〉
all things were accomplished, which were pre figurate in the Law. flesh the hatred, (that is) the Law of commandements (which standeth) in ordinances, for to make of twaine one newe man in himself, (so) making peace,
16 And that he might reconcile bothe vnto God in oneFor of the Iewes and the Gentils he made one flocke. bodie by (his)Or, death. crosse, and slaye hatred thereby,
17 And came, & preached peace to you which were a farre of, and to them that were nere.
18 * For through him we bothe haue an entran ce vnto the Father by one Spirit.Rom. 5. 2.
19 Now therefore ye are no more strangers ād forenes: but citizens with the Saintes, and of the housholde of God,
20 And are buylt vpon the fundacion of the Apostles and Prophetes, Iesus Christ him self being the chief corner stone,
21 In whome all the buylding coupled together, groweth vnto an holie Temple in the Lord,
22 In whome ye also are buylt together to be the habitation of God by the Spirit.
CHAP. III.
1 He sheweth the cause of his imprisonment: 13 Desireth them not to faint because of his trouble, 14 And prayeth God to make them stedfast in his Spirit.
1 FOr this cause, I Paul (am) theHe reioyceth in that he suffred imprisonmēt for the maintenance of Christs glorie. prisoner of Iesus Christ for you Gentiles,
2 If ye haue heard of theWhich was his
〈◊〉
to prea che vnto the
〈◊〉
. dispensation of the grace of GOD, which is giuen me to you warde,
3 (That is,) that (God) by reuelation hathe shewed this mysterie vnto me [as I wroteThat is, in the first chap of this Epistle, ver. 9. aboue in fewe wordes,
4 Whereby when ye read, ye may know mine vnderstanding in the mysterie of Christ]
5 Which in other ages wasAlthogh the fathers, and the Prophetes had reuelations certeine, yet it was not in comparison of that
〈◊〉
which was shewed when the Gētiles were called: nether
〈◊〉
was the time,
〈◊〉
the maner knowen. not opened vnto the sonnes of men, as it is now reueiled vnto his holie Apostles and Prophetes by the Spirit,
6 That the Gentiles shulde be inheriters also, and of the same bodie, and partakers of his promes in Christ by the Gospel,
7 Whereof I am made a minister by the gifte of the grace of God giuen vnto me* throughChap. 1 19. the working of his power.
8 * Euen vnto me the least of all Saintes is this1. Cor. 15 9. grace giuen, that I shulde preache among the * Gentiles the vnsearcheable riches of
〈◊〉
. 1. 16. Christ,
9 And to make cleare vnto all men what the felowship of the * mysterie is, which frō the
beginning of the worlde hathe bene hid inRom. 16. 25. God, who hathe created all things by IesusCol. 1. 26. Christ,2. Timo. 1. 10.
10 To the intēt, that now vntoThe Angels. principalitiesTit. 1. 2. and powers in heauenlie (places) might be1. Pet. 1. 20. knowenThe Churche being gathered of so many kindes of people, is an example, or a glasse for the An gels to beholde the wisdome of God in who hath turned their particular discords in to an vniuersal concorde, and of the
〈◊〉
of bondage, hathe made the Church of
〈◊〉
dome. by the Church the manifolde wisdome of God,
11 According to the eternal purpose, which he wroght in Christ Iesus our Lord.
12 By whome we haue boldnes and entrance with confidence, by faith in him.
13 Wherefore I desire that ye faint not at my tribulations for your sakes, which is your glorie.
14 For this cause I bowe my knees vnto the Father of our Lord Iesus Christ,
15 [Of whome is named the wholeHe that is not of the bodie of Christ, is in death. familie inThe faithful which
〈◊〉
befo re Christ
〈◊〉
, were adopted by him, and make one familie with the Saincts which yet remaine a liue. heauen and in earth]
16 That he might grante you according to the riches of his glorie, that ye may be strengthned by his Spirit in the inner man,
17 That Christ may dwell in yourFor we confesse that, which we beleue. hearts by faith, that ye, being rooted and grounded in loue,
18 May be able to comprehend with all Saintes, what is theAll perfection on euerie side is in him. breadth, & length, & depth, and height:
19 And to knowe the loue of Christ, which pas seth knowledge, that ye may be filled with allThat all the graces of God may abounde in you. fulnes of God.
20 *Vnto him therefore that is able to do exceadingRom. 16. 25. abundantly aboue all that we aske or thinke, according to the power that wor keth inIn that we fele Christ in vs. vs,
21 (Be) praise in the Church by Christ Iesus, throughout all generations for euer, Amen,
CHAP. IIII.
He exhorteth themvnto mekenes, long suffering, vnto loue and peace, 3 Euerie one to serue and edifie another with the gift that God hathe giuen him, 14 To beware of strange doctrine. 22 To lay aside the olde conuersation of griedie lustes, and to walke in a newe life.
1 I *Therefore, being prisoner in theFor the Lords cause. Lord,Philip. 1. 27. praye you that ye walke worthie of the voCol. 1. 10. cation whereunto ye are called,1. Thess. 2. 12.
2 With all humblenes of minde, and mekenes, with long suffring, supporting one another through loue,
3 Endeuoring to kepe the vnitie of the Spirit in the bonde of peace.
4 There (is)
〈◊〉
by
〈◊〉
you sepa rate a sonder. one bodie, and oneSo that ye can not dissent one from another, seing the Spirit,
〈◊〉
ioyneth you in one bodie
〈◊〉
not dissent from him self. Spirit, euen as ye are called in one hope of your vocation.
5 (There is) one Lord, one Faith, one Baptisme,Mal. 2. 10.
6 *One God and Father of all, which isIn power. aboue all, andBy his prouidence. through al, & in you all.
7 *But vnto euerie one of vs is giuen grace,Rom. 12. 3. according to the measure of theWhich he giueth vs. gift of1. Cor. 12.
〈◊〉
. Christ.
8 Wherefore he saith, *When he ascended2. Cor. 10 13. vp on hie, heThe Messias ca me downe from heauen into the earth, to
〈◊〉
ouer Satan death and sinne, & led thē as prisoners and
〈◊〉
whiche before were
〈◊〉
, and kept al in
〈◊〉
: whiche victorie he gate & also gaue it
〈◊〉
moste precious gift to his Church 1. Cor. 12. 27. led captiuitie captiue, and gauePsal
〈◊〉
. 19. giftes vnto men.
9 [Now, in that he ascended, what is it but that he had also descēded first into the louest partes of the earth?
10 He that descended, is euen the same that ascended, farre aboue all heauens, that he might fillWith his gifts and benefites. all things]
11 *He therefore gaue some (to be) Apostles, and some Prophetes, and some Euangelistes and some Pastours, and Teachers.
12 For theTo restore that whiche was out of order. gathering together of the Saintes for the worke of the ministerie,That the bodie of Christ might be perfect. (and) for the edification of the bodie of Christ.
13 Till we all mete together [in the vnitie of faith and knowledge of the Sonne of God) vnto aThat we may be of a rip Christian age & come to the full measure of that knowledge whi che we shal haue of Christ. perfite man, and vnto the measure of the age of the fulnes of Christ.
14 That we hence forthe be no more children, waueringe and caryed about with euerie winde of doctrine, by the deceit of men, and with craftines, wherby the laye in waite to deceiue.
15 But let vs followe the trueth in loue, and in all things growe vp into him, whiche is theChriste being head of his Churche,
〈◊〉
his membres and
〈◊〉
thē
〈◊〉
ther by iointes, so
〈◊〉
euene
〈◊〉
hathe hys iuste
〈◊〉
of fode, that at length the bodie may grow vp to perfect. on. head, (that is) Christ.
16 By whome all the bodie being coupled and knit together by euerie ioynt, for the furniture (thereof) [according to the effectuall power, (whiche is) in the measure of euerie parte] receiueth increase of the bodie, vnto the edifying of it self in loue.
17 This I say therefore and testifie in the Lord, that ye henceforthe walke not as * other Gentiles walke, in vanitie of theirMan not regenerat hathe his minde,
〈◊〉
ding and heart corrupt. minde.
18 Hauing their cogitation darkened, & being strangers from the life ofBy the which God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his God through the ignorance that is in them, because of theThe hardenes of heart is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of ignorance. hardenes of their heart:
19 Which beingOr without remorse of
〈◊〉
ence. past * feling haue giuen thē selues vnto
〈◊〉
, to worke all vnclennes, (euen) with griedines.
20 But ye haue not so learned Christ.1. Tim. 4. 2.
21 If so be ye haue heard him, and haue bene taught by him, as theAs they are taught whiche truely knowe Christ. trueth is in Iesus.
22 (That is,) * that ye cast of, concernyng theCol. 3. 12. conuersatiō in time past, theThat is, all the natural corruption that is
〈◊〉
. olde man, whiche is corrupt through deceiueable lustes.
23 And be renewed in the spirit of your minde.
24 *And put on the new man, whicheWhich is created according to the image of God after God is created in righteousnes, and true holines,Rom. 6. 4:
Col. 3. 8.
25 *Wherefore cast of lying, and speake euerieEbr.
〈◊〉
. 2. man trueth vnto his neighbour: for we1. Pet. 21. and 4. 2. are members one of another.zacha. 8. 16.
26 *BeIf so be that ye be angry, so moderat your affection that it
〈◊〉
not out into an euill worke, but be sone appeased Chap. 5. 3. angry, but sinne not: let not the sunne go downe vpon you wrath.
27 *Nether giue place to the deuil.Psal. 4. 5.
28 Let hym that stole, steale no more: but letIam. 4. 7. him rather labour and worke with hys hāds the thing which is good, that he may haue to giue vnto him that nedeth.
29 *Let no corrupt communication procede out of your mouth: but that whiche is good, to the vse of edifying, that it may ministerAnd cause thē to profit in godlines. grace vnto the hearers.Col. 4. 6.
30 AndSo to be
〈◊〉
your selues that the holie Gost may willingly dwel in you, and giue him no occasion to
〈◊〉
for sorrow by your abusing of Gods graces. grieue not the holie Spirit of God by whome ye are sealed vnto the day of redē
ption.
31 Let all bitternes, and angre, and wrath, crying, and euil speaking be put away from you with all maliciousnes.
32 *Be ye courteous one to another, and tender hearted, forgiuing one another, euen as God for Christs sake forgaue you.
CHAP. V. Col. 3. 19.
2 He exhorteth them vnto loue. 3 Warneth them to beware of vnclennes, couetousnes, foolish talking, and false doctrine. 17 To be circumspecte. 18 To auoide dronkennes. 19 To reioyce and to be thākefull towarde God 21 To submit them selues one to another. 22 He entrea teth of corporall mariage and of the spirituall betwixt Christ and his Churche.
1 BE ye therefore followers of God, as dereIohn. 13. 24. &
〈◊〉
12 children,1. Iohn. 3. 23.
2 *And walke in loue, euen as Christe, hathe loued vs, and hathe giuen himself for vs, (to be) an offring and a sacrifice of a sweteAlluding to the persumes & incensing in the Law. smelMar. 7. 21. ling sauour to God.Chap. 4.
〈◊〉
.
3 *But fornication, and all vnclennes, or couetoCol. 3. 5. usnes, let it not be once named among you2. Thes. 2. 17. as it becometh Saintes.
4 Nether filthines, nether foolish talking, netherWhich is ether vaine, or els by example ād euil speaking may
〈◊〉
your neighbour: for other wise there be
〈◊〉
examples in the Scriptures of pleasant
〈◊〉
, whiche is also godlie as. iesting, which are thing not comelie, but rather giuing of thankes.
5 For this ye knowe, that no whoremonger, nether vncleane persone, nor couetous persone, which isBecause he thin keth that his life standeth in his
〈◊〉
. an idolater, hathe any inheritance in the kingdom of Christ, & of God.
6 *Let noEther in excusing sinne, or in
〈◊〉
at the
〈◊〉
, ād iudgements of God man deceiue you with vaine wordes:1. King. 18 27. for suche things commeth the wrath of God vpon the children of disobedience.
7 Be not therefore companions with them.Mat. 24 4.
8 For ye were once darkenes, but are now
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 5. light in the Lord: walke asSeing God hath adopted your for his that ye shulde be holie. childrē of light.Luk. 21 8.
9 [For the frute of the Spirite (is) in all goodnes,a Thess. 2. 3. and righteousnes, and trueth]
10 Approuyng that whiche is pleasing to the Lord.
11 And haue no fellowship with the vnfruteful workes of darkenes, but euenAnd make thē knowē by your honest & godlie life. reproue thē rather.
12 For it is shame euen to speake of the things whiche are done of them in secret.
13 But all thinges when they are reproued of theThe worde of God discouereth the vices whiche were hid before. light, are manifest: for it is light, that ma keth all things manifest.
14 Wherefore he saith,God thus speaketh by his seruants to drawe the infideles frō their blindenes. A wake thou that slepest, and stand vp from the dead, and Christe shall giue thee light.
15 Take hede therefore that ye walke circumspectly, not as fooles, but as * wise.Colos. 4. 5.
16 Selling al worldlie pleasures to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. Redemyng the time: for theIn these perilous dayes and crafte of the aduersaries, take hede how to bye againe the occasions of godlines which the world hath taken from you. dayes, are euil.
17 * Wherefore, be ye not vnwyse, but vnderstandRom. 12. 2. what the will of the Lord is.
〈◊〉
. Thes 4 3,
18 And be not drunke with wine, wherein is excesse: but be fulfilled with the Spirit.
19 Speaking vnto your selues in psalmes, and hymnes, and spiritual songs, singing, and making melodie to the Lord in yourAnd not onely with
〈◊〉
. hearts.
20 Giuing thankes
〈◊〉
for all things vnto God euen the Father, in the Name of our"Or,
〈◊〉
of prai se & thākesgiuig Lord Iesus Christ.
21 Submitting yourselues one to another in theExcept our
〈◊〉
, be ioyned, and
〈◊〉
in God, it is not to be estemed. feare of God.Col. 3. 18.
22 ¶ * Wiues, submit yourselues vnto yourTit. 2. 5. housbands, as vnto the Lord.1.
〈◊〉
. 3. 1.
23 *For the housband is the wiues head, euen1. Cor. 11. 3. as Christ is the head of the Church, and the same is the sauiour of (his)The Church: so the housband oght to nourish, gouerne and
〈◊〉
his wife frō
〈◊〉
. bodie.
24 Therefore as the Churche is in subiection to Christ, euen so (let) the wiues (be) to their housbands in euerie thing,
25 ¶ *Housbands, loue your wiues, euen as Christ loued the Churche, and gaue him self for it.Col 3. 19.
26 That he might sanctifie it and clense it by theBaptisme is a token that God hath
〈◊〉
the Churche to him self, & made it holie by his worde: that is his promes offre iustification, and sanctification in Christ. washing of water through the worde.
27 That he might make it vnto himself a glorious Church, not hauingBecause it is couered &
〈◊〉
with Christs
〈◊〉
ce and holines. spot or wrincle, or anie suche thing: but that it shulde be holie and without blame.
28 So ought men to loue their wiues, as their owne bodies: he that loueth his wife, loueth him self.
29 For no man euer yet hated his owne flesh, but nourisheth and cherisheth it, euen as the Lord (doeth) the Church.
30 For we are members of his bodie,This our coniunction with Christ must be considered as Christe is the housband & we the wife, which are not only ioy ned to him by na ture, but also by the communion of substance through the holie Gost and by faith: the seale and testimonie there of is the Supper of the Lord. of his flesh, and of his bones.
31 *For this cause shal a man leaue father and mother, and shal cleaue to his wife, and they twaine shalbe one flesh.
32 This is a great secret, but I speake concerning Christ, and concerning the Churche.* Gen. 2. 24.
33 Therefore euerie one of you, (do ye so:) let* Matt. 19.
〈◊〉
. euerie one loue his wife, euen as him self, &* Mar. 10 7. (let) the wife (se) that she feare her housbād.* 1. Cor. 6. 16.
CHAP. VI.
1 How children shulde behaue themselues towarde their fathers and mothers. 4 Likewise parents towarde their children. 5 Seruants towarde their masters. 9 Masters towarde their seruants 13 An exhortation to the spiritual battel and what weapōs the Christians shulde fight with all.
1 CHildren, *obey your parents in the LordColos. 3. 10. for this is right.
2 *Honour thy father and mother [whiche isExod. 20. 12. the first commandement withThis is the first commandement of the seconde ta ble and hathe the promes with
〈◊〉
. promes]Deut. 5. 16.
3 That it may be wel with thee, and that thouEccle. 3. 10. maist liue long on earth.Mat. 15. 4.
4 And ye, fathers, prouoke not your childrenMat. 7. 10. toBy austeritie wrath: but bring them vp inThat they be not broght vp in
〈◊〉
but in the feare of the Lord. instruction and information of the Lord.
5 *Seruants, be obedient vnto them that are (your) masters,Whiche haue dominion
〈◊〉
your bodies, but not ouer the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
according to the flesh, withCol. 3. 22. feare & trēbling in singlenes of your heartsTit. 2. 9. as vnto Christ.1. Pet. 2. 8.
6 Not with seruice to the eye, as men pleasers; but as the seruants of Christ, doyng the will of God from the heart.
7 With good will seruing the Lord, and not men.
8 And know ye that whatsoeuer good thing any man doeth, that same shall he receiue
of the Lord, whether (he be) bonde or fre.
9 And ye masters, do the same things vnto thē, putting away threatning: and knowe that euenOr bothe yours ād their
〈◊〉
your maister also is in heauen, nether
〈◊〉
. 10. 17. *
〈◊〉
her he be seruant or
〈◊〉
respect of persone with hym.2 Cl ro. 19. 7.
10 ¶ Finally, my brethrē, be strong in the LordIob 4 19. is there and in the power of his might.Wisdo. 6. 8.
11 Put on theOr comples har nesse. whole armour of God, that ye
〈◊〉
. 35
〈◊〉
. may be able to stand against the assauts ofAct 10
〈◊〉
. the deuil.Rom. 2. 11.
12 For we wrestle not againstThe
〈◊〉
ful ha ue not
〈◊〉
to striue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and them
〈◊〉
but
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
mie,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
: for he is
〈◊〉
our
〈◊〉
so that we can not teache him, but he must be
〈◊〉
by Gods peace. flesh and blood,Gal. 2. 6. but against * principalities, against powers,Col. 3. 25. (
〈◊〉
) against the wordlie gouernours, (the1. Pet. 1. 1. 17. princes of the darkenes of this worlde, against spiritual wickednesses, (whiche are) in the hie places.
13 For this cause take vnto you the whole armour of God, that ye may be able to resist in the euil daye, & hauing finished al things, stand fast.
14 Stand therefore, & your loines girde about with veritie, and hauing on the brest plate of righteousnes.
15 And your fete shod with theThat ye may be ready to suffer all things for the Gospel. preparation of the Gospel of peace.
16 Aboue al, take the shielde of faith, wherewith ye may quenche all the fyrie dartes of the wicked.
17 * And take the helmet ofThe saluation purchased by Iesus Christ. saluation, andChap. 2. 1. the sworde of the Spirit, which is the worde of God.g Innocencie and
〈◊〉
life.
18 And pray alwaise with all maner prayer and supplication in the Spirit: and * watch thereunto with al perseuerance and supplication for all Saintes.
19 * And for me, that vtterance may be giuenIsa. 59 17. vnto me, that I may open my mouth boldly1. Thes 5. 9. to publish the secret of the Gospel.
20 Whereof I am the ambassadour in bondes,Col. 4. 3. that therin I may speake boldely, as I ought2. Thess. 3.
〈◊〉
. to speake.
21 ¶ But that ye may also knowe mine affaires (and) what I do,
〈◊〉
chicus (my) deare brother and faithfull minister in the Lorde, shall shewe you of all things.
22 Whome I haue sent vnto you for the same purpose, that ye might knowe mine affaires and that ye might comfort your hearts.
23 Peace (be) with the brethren, and loue with faith from God the Father, and (frome) the Lord Iesus Christ.
24 Grace (be) with all them whiche loue our Lord Iesus Christe, to (their)Or to be
〈◊〉
our
〈◊〉
, that is, to haue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
which is the end of this grace. immortalitie.
Amen.
Written from Rome vnto the Ephesians, (and sent) by Tychicus.
THE EPISTLE OF Paul to the Philippians.
THE ARGVMENT.
PAul being warned by the holie Gost to go to Macedonia, planted first a Churche at Philippi a citie of thesame coun trey: but
〈◊〉
his charge was to preache the Gospel vniuersally to all the Gentiles, he trauailed from place to place
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
he was taken prisoner at Rome, whereof the Philippians, being
〈◊〉
, sent their minister
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
with
〈◊〉
vnto him: who declaring him the state of the Churche caused him to write this Epistle, wherein he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
against the false apostles, putting
〈◊〉
in minde of his good will towarde
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
that his
〈◊〉
make them not to shrinke: for the Gospel thereby was consirmed and not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
he desireth them to
〈◊〉
ambition, and to embrace modestie, promising to send Timotheus vn to
〈◊〉
, who
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in matters more amply: yea, and that he him
〈◊〉
wolde also come vnto them, addyng
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
cause of
〈◊〉
ministers so long abode. And because there were no greater enemies to the crosse then the false
〈◊〉
, he confuteth their false doctrine, by
〈◊〉
onely Christ to be the end of all true religion, with whome we haue all thing, and without whome we haue nothing, so that his death is our life, and hisresurrection our
〈◊〉
. After this
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
bothe particular and general with
〈◊〉
of hisaffection towarde them and thankeful accepting of their
〈◊〉
.
CHAP. I.
1 S. Paul discouereth his heart towarde them. 3 By his thā
kes giuyng. 4 Prayers. 8 And wishes for their
〈◊〉
, and saluation. 7. 12. 20 He
〈◊〉
the frute of his crosse. 15. 27. And
〈◊〉
them to vnitie 28 And
〈◊〉
.
1 PAul and Timotheus the seruants of Iesus Christe, to all the Saintes in Christe
〈◊〉
whiche are at Philippi, with the
〈◊〉
bishops here he meaneth
〈◊〉
that had charge of the Worde & gouerning, as pa stours doctors, elders: by
〈◊〉
, such as had charge of the poore and sicke. Bishops, and Deacons:
2 Grace (be) with you, & peace from God our Father, and (from) the Lord Iesus Christ.
3 * I thanke my God (hauing) you in perfect memorie.
4 [Alwaise in all my prayers for all you, praying with gladnes]
5 Because of theWith other Churches. fellowship whiche ye haue1. Thes. 1. 2. in the Gospel, from theThat ye receiued the Gospel. first day vnto now.
6 And I am persuaded of this same thing that he that hathe begone (this) good worke in you, wil performe it vntil theWhen you shal receiue the croun of
〈◊〉
. day of Iesus Christ.
7 As it becometh me so to iudge of you al becausel haue you in remembrāceIt was a sure token of their loue, that they did helpe him by all meanes possible,
〈◊〉
he was absent, & in prison, euē as if they had bene prisoners with bym. that both in my bandes, and in (my) defense, and confirmation of the Gospell you all were partakers of myOf this peculiar
〈◊〉
to suffer for Christs sake. grace.
8 For God is my recorde, how I long after you al from the verie heart rote in Iesus Christ.
9 And this I pray, that your loue may abunde, yet more and more in knowledge, and in all iudgement.
10 That ye may discerne thinges thatOr, are
〈◊〉
differ
(one from another,) that ye may be pure, ādThat you so in crease in godlines that not one ly ye can put dif ference betwene good and euill: but also that ye profit more and more withoute
〈◊〉
backe, or standyng in a staye. with out offence, vntill the day of Christ.
11 Filled with the frutes ofRighteousnes is the tre, good workes the frute. righteousnes whi che are by Iesus Christe vnto the glorie and praise of God.
12 ¶ I wolde ye vnderstode, brethren, that the things which (haue come) vnto me, are turned rather to the furthering of the Gospel.
13 So that my bandes inVVhich I sustei ne for Christes cause. Christe are famous throughout all theThat is, in the court or Palais of the
〈◊〉
Nero. iudgement hall, and in all other (places.)
14 In so muche that manie of the brethren in the Lord are boldened through my bandes, and dare more frankely speake theOr, professe the Gospel, considering my cōstācie worde.
15 Some preache Christ euen through enuie and strife, and some also of good wil.
16 The one parte preacheth Christ of conten tion (ād) notBut with a corrupt minde. purely, supposing to adde more affliction to my bandes.
17 But the others of loue, knowing that IOr, lie in bādes am set for the defense of the Gospel.
18 What then? yet Christ is preached all maner wayes, whether (it)Their pretence was to preache Christ, and there fore their doctrine was true: but they wereful of ambition ād enuie thinking to deface Paul and preferre them selues. (be) vnder a pretence, of syncerely: and I therein ioye: yea, and will ioye.
19 For I knowe that this shal turne to my salua tion, through your prayer, and by the helpe of the Spirit of Iesus Christ.
20 As I hartely loke for, and hope, that in nothing I shalbe ashamed, but that with all con fidence, as all wayes, so nowe Christ shal be magnified in my bodie, whether (it be) by life or by death.
21 For Christ (is) to me bothe in lyfe, and in death aduantage.
22 And whether toTo liue in the
〈◊〉
his to liue in this
〈◊〉
bodie till webe called to liue euerlastingly: but to liue according to the
〈◊〉
or to be in the flesh, si gnifie, to be destitute of the Spi rit and to be
〈◊〉
ged in the filtie concupiscēces of the flesh. lyue in the fleshe (were) profitable for me, and what to chose I know not.
23 For I am greatly in doute on bothe sides, de siring to be losed and to be with Christ, whiche is beste of all.
24 Neuertheles, to abide in theOr, bodie. flesh (is) more nedeful for you.Ephes. 4. 1.
25 And this am I sure of, that I shal abide, andCol. 1. 10. with you all continue, for your furtherance1. Thes. 2. 12. and ioye of (your) faith.
26 That ye maye more abundantly reioyce in Iesus Christ for me, by my commyng to you againe.
27 * Onely let your cōuersation be, as it becometh the Gospel of Christ, that whether I come ād se you, or els be absent, I may heare of your matters that yeOr, stand. continue in one Spi rite, (and) in one minde fightyng together through the faith of the
〈◊〉
.
28 And in nothing feare your aduersaries, whi che is to them aThe more the tyrants rage against the Gospel the more manifestly they declare that they runne to their own destruction: and
〈◊〉
constant perseuerance for Christs sake is an euident signe of saluation. token of
〈◊〉
, and to you of saluation, andGod sheweth by this meanes of bearyng the crosse who are hys, and who are not. that of God.
29 For vnto you it is giuenOr, Christes cause. for Christe, that not onely ye shulde beleue in hym, but also suffer for his sake.
30 Hauyng the same fight, whiche ye sawe in me, and now heare (to be) in me.
CHAP. II.
3 He exhorteth them aboue all things to humilitie, whereby pure doctrine is chiefly mainteined. 19 Promising that he and Timotheus will spedely come vnto them. 27 And excuseth the long tarying of Epaphroditus.
1 IF (there be) therefore anieIf you so loue me that you desire my comfort. consolation in Christ, if anie comforte of loue, if anie felowship of the Spirit, if anie compassion ād mercie,
2 Fulfill my ioye, that ye be lyke minded, hauing the same loue, being of one accorde, and ofFrom the consent of Wils and mindes he proce deth to the agrement in
〈◊〉
, that there might be ful and perfect cōcorde. one iudgement.
3 That nothing (be done) through contention or vaine glorie, but that in mekenes of minde * euerye man esteme other better then himself.
4 Loke not euerie man on hys owne thynges,Nom. 12. 10. but euerie man also on the thyngs of otherMat. 20.
〈◊〉
. men.
5 Let the same minde be in you that was euen in Christ Iesus.
6 WhoIf Christ being verie God equall with the Father laid aside his glo rie, and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, because a seruaunt, ād willingly submitted him self to moste shameful death, shal whiche are nothing but vile sclaues, through arrogācie
〈◊〉
downe our
〈◊〉
, and preferre our selues? being in the forme of God, thoght it noFor he that was God, shuld haue done none iniurie to the Godhead. robbery to be equal with God.
7 * But he made him self of no reputation, and toke on hym theThe poore and weake nature of man. forme of a seruaunt, and was made like vnto men, and was founde inHe was sene ād heard of men, so that his behauiour and persone declared that he
〈◊〉
as a miserable man. shape as a man.
8 * He humbled hymselfe, and became obedient vnto the death, euen the death of the crosse.
9 Wherefore God hathe also hyghly exaltedEbr. 2. 9. hym, and giuen hym a Name aboue euerye name.
10 * That at the Name of Iesus shulde euerieVVorship, and be subiect to him knee bowe (bothe) of things in heauen andRom, 14. 11. things in earth, and things vnder the earth.Isa, 45. 23.
11 * And that euerie tongue shulde confesseIohn. 13. 13. that Iesus Christ (is) the Lord, vnto the glorieI. Cor. 8. 6. and
〈◊〉
. 3. of God the Father.
12 Wherefore my beloued, as ye haue alwaise obeyed, not as in my presence onelye, but nowe muche more in myne absence, (so)Runne forwarde in that race of righteous nes, wherein God hathe
〈◊〉
placed you throu ghe Iesus Christ ād cōducted you his children by his Spirit to walke in good workes and so to make your vocation sure. make an end of your owne saluation with
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
make your careful and
〈◊〉
. feare and trembling.
13 For it is God which worketh in you, bothe the will and the dede, (euen) of (hys)VVhiche is
〈◊〉
fregrace. good1. Pet. 4. 9. pleasure.
14 Do all things without * murmuring and reasonings.Mat. 5. 19.
15 That ye maye be blameles, and pure, (and) the sonnes of God wythout rebuke in the middes of a naughtie and croked nation among whom ye shine as*lights in the world.
16 As they which in the night
〈◊〉
forth a candle to giue light to others. Holdyng forthe theThe Gospel. worde of life, that I may reioyce in the day of Christ, that I haue not runne in vaine, nether haue labored in vaine.
17 Yea, and thogh I beThe worde signifieth to pow er out as the drinke
〈◊〉
was powred on the sacrifice. offered vp vpon the sacrifice, ād seruiceTo confirme you in your faith Act. 16. 1. of your faith, I am glad, and reioyce with you all.
18 For the same cause also be ye glad, and reioyce with me.
19 And I trust in the Lord Iesus, to send * Timo theus shortly vnto you, that I also may be of good comforte, when I knowe you state.
20 For I haue no man lyke minded, who will faithfully care for your matters.
21 *For allThey rather soght
〈◊〉
by their preachyng
〈◊〉
Gods glorie seke their owne, (and) not that which is Iesus Christs.
22 But ye knowe the profe of hym, that as a sonne with the father, he hathe serued with me in the
〈◊〉
.
23 Hym therefore I hope to send assone as I knowe how it wil go with me.
24 And trust in the Lord, that I also my self shal1. Cor. 10. 24. come shortly.
25 But I supposed it necessarie to send (my) brother Epaphroditus vnto you, my compa nion in labour, and fellowe souldier, euen your messenger, and he that ministred vnto me suche things as I wanted.
26 For he longed after all you, and was full of heauines, because ye had heard, that he had bene sicke.
27 And no doute he was sicke, verie nere vnto death: but God had mercie on hym, and not on him onely, but on me also, lest I shuld haue sorowe vpon sorowe.
28 I sent him therfore the more diligently, that when ye shulde se hym againe, ye myght reioyce, and I might be the lesse sorowful.
29 Receiue him therefore in the Lord with all gladnes, and make muche of suche.
30 Because that forHe calleth it here the worke of Christ to visit Christ who was bonde in the per sone of Paul, and was in nede of necessaries. the worke of Christ heHe
〈◊〉
them which hazard their life to relieue the priso ners of Christ. was nere vnto death, and regarded not hys life, to fulfil that seruice which was lacking on your parte towarde me.
CHAP. III.
2 He warneth them to beware of false teachers. 3 Against
〈◊〉
he setteth Christ. 4 Likewise himself. 9 And his doctrine. 12 And reproueth mans owne righteousnes.
1 MOreouer, my brethren, reioyce in the Lorde. It grieueth me not to writeVVhiche ye haue often hard of me. the same thyngs to you, and for you it is a sure thyng.
2 Beware ofVVhich barke against the true doctrine to fill their bellies. dogges: beware of euil workers: beware of theThe false
〈◊〉
gloried in their circumcision, whereunto Saint Paul here alludeth calling them concision, which is cutting of and tearyng
〈◊〉
sundre of the Churche. concision.
3 For we are the circumcision, which worship God in the spirit, ād reioyce in Christ Iesus, and haue no confidenceIn outwarde things. in the flesh:
4 Thogh I might also haue confidence in the fleshe. If anie other man thinketh that he hathe whereof he might trust in the fleshe, muche more I:
5 Circumcised the eight day, of the kinred of
〈◊〉
. Cor. 11. 22. Israel, of the tribe of Beniamin, *an EbreweAct. 23. 6. of the Ebrewes, *by theOr, profession law a Pharise.
6 Concerning zeale, I persecuted the Church: touching the ryghteousnes whiche is in the Law, I was vnrebukeable.
7 But the thyngs that were vantage vnto me, the same I counted losse for Christs sake.
8 Yea, doutles I thinke all things but losse for the excellent knowledge sake of Christ Iesus my Lorde, for whome I haue counted all thyngs losse, and do iudge (them) to be dongue, that I might winne Christ.
9 And might beAs one grafted in him
〈◊〉
faith founde in him, (that is,) not hauing mine owne righteousnes, which is of the Law, but that which is through the faith of Christ, (euē) the righteousnes which is of God through faith.
10 That I maye knowe him, and the vertue of hys resurrection, and the fellowshyp of hys afflictions, and be made conformable vnto his death.
11 If by anie meanes I might atteyne vnto theThat is, to lyfe
〈◊〉
lasting. resurrection of the dead:
12 Or haue nowe taken ful possession thereof, not that he douted to atteine vnto it, but because he wolde declare the excellencie thereof. Not as thogh I had alreadie atteined (to it,) ether were alreadie perfect: but I followe, if that I maye comprehende (that) for whose sake also I amVVe can runne no further
〈◊〉
God
〈◊〉
vs strength ād sheweth vs the way comprehended of Christe Iesus.
13 Brethren, I counte not my selfe, that I haue atteined (to it,) but one thing (I do:) I forget that which is behind, and endeuoure my self vnto that which is before.
14 And followe hard towarde theThat is, to obteine the crown of glorie in the heauens. marke, for the prise of the hie calling of God in Christ Iesus.
15 Let vs therefore as manie asOr, haue more profited then others. beThis perfection standeth inforsa king sinne, and to be renued through faith by him whiche is onely
〈◊〉
. perfecte, be thus mynded: and if ye be otherwyse minded, God shall reueile euen theThat is, that this is the true wisdome, and straight rule of liuing. same vnto you.Rom. 15. 5.
16 Neuertheles, (in that) whereunto we are1. Cor. 1. 10. come, let vs procede by one rule, * that we may minde one thing.
17 Brethren, be folowers of me, and loke on them, whiche walke so, as ye haue vs for an ensample.
18 * For manie walke, of whome I haue toldeRom. 10. 17. you often, and nowe tell you wepyng, (that they are) the enemyes of theThat is, of the Gospel, which is the preaching of the crosse. Crosse of Christ.
19 Whose
〈◊〉
, rewarde. end (is) damnation, whose God (is their) belie, and (whose)The vaine glorie whiche they seke after in this worlde, shal turne to their confu sion, and shame. glorie (is) to their shame, which minde earthlie things.
20 But ourIn minde, and affection. conuersacion is in heauen, from whence also we loke for the * Sauiour, (euē)1. Cor. 1. 7. the Lord Iesus Christ.
〈◊〉
. 2. 11.
21 Who shall chaunge our vile bodie, that it may be facioned lyke vnto his glorious bodie, according to the working, wherby he is able euen to sub due all things vnto him self.
CHAP. IIII.
1 He exhorteth them to be of honest conuersation. 15 And thanketh them, because of the prouision that they made for him beyng in prison. 21 And so concludeth with salutacions.
1 THerefore, my brethren, beloued and longed for, (my) ioy and my crowne, so continue in the Lord, ye beloued.
2 I pray Euo dias, and beseche Syntyche, that they be of one accorde in the Lord.
3 Yea, ād I beseche thee, faithful yoke felow, helpe those (women,) which laboured withPsal. 69. 18. me in the Gospel, with Clemente also, andLuke. 10. 20. with other my felowe laborers, whose namesReuel. 3. 5. and. 10. 8. and 21. 27. (are) in the *This boke Ezekiel calleth the writting of the house of Israel, and the secret of the Lord. boke of life.Mat. 6. 25.
4 Reioyce in the Lorde alway, againe I say reioyce.
5 Let your patient minde be knowen vnto all men. The Lord (is)To succour
〈◊〉
at hand.
6 * Be nothyng carefull, but in all thyngs letChap. 13. 9. your requestes be shewed vnto God in prayer, and supplicacion with giuing of thankes.
7 And the peace of God whiche passeth al vnderstanding, shall
〈◊〉
Satan, who seketh to take from vs this peace of
〈◊〉
. preserue your hearts and mindes in Christ Iesus.
8 Furthermore, brethren, whatsoeuer thinges are true, whatsoeuer thynges (are) honeste, whatsoeuer thyngs (are) iuste, whatsoeuer things (are) pure, whatsoeuer things perteine to loue, whatsoeuer things (are) of good reporte, if there (be) anie vertue, or if there (be) anie praise, thinke on these things.
9 Which ye haue bothe learned and receiued, and heard, and sene in me: those thyngs do, and the God of peace shalbe with you.
10 Now I reioyce also in the Lord greatly, that nowe at the last ye areThat is, begyn a newe to helpe me. reuiued againe to care for me, wherin notwithstāding ye were careful, but ye lacked opportunitie.
11 I speake not because ofThat I was not able to endure my pouertie. want: for I haue learned in whatsoeuer state I am, there with to be content.
12 And I can be abased, and I can abunde: euerie where in all things I am instructed bothe to be ful, and to be hongrie, and to abunde, and to haue want.
13 I am able to (do) all things through the helpe ofNot of his own vertue of
〈◊〉
Christ, which strengtheneth me.
14 Notwithstanding ye haue wel done, that ye did communicate to mine affliction.
15 And ye Philippians knowe also that in theVVhen I firste preached the Go spel vnto you. beginning of the Gospel, when I departed from Macedonia, no Church communicated with me concerning theHe had giuen of his parte in communicating which them spiritual things, but he receiued no thynge of them, whiche ought at least to haue relieued him in his necessitie. matter of giuing and receiuing, but ye onely.
16 For euen (when I was) in Thessalonica, ye sent once, and afterwarde againe for my necessitie.
17 Not that I desire a gift: but I desire the frute which mayOr, abunde towarde your counte. further your reckening.
18 Nowe I haue receiued all, and haue plentie: I was euen filled, after that I had receiued of Epaphroditus that which (came) from you, an odour that smelleth swete, a sacrifice acceptable and pleasant to God.
19 And my God shall fulfil all your necessities through his riches with glorie in
〈◊〉
Christ
20 Vnto God euen our Father (be) praise for euermore. Amen.
21 Salute all the Saintes in Christ Iesus. The brethren, which are with me, grete you.
22 All the Saintes salute you, and moste of all they which are ofOf suche as
〈◊〉
belong to the Emperour
〈◊〉
Cesars housholde.
23 The grace of our Lord Iesus Christ (be) with you all,
Amen.
Written to the Philippians from Rome, (and sent) by Epaphroditus.
THE EPISTLE OF Paul to the Collossians.
THE ARGVMENT.
IN this Epistle S. Paul putteth difference betwene the liuelie, effectual & true Christ: and the fained,
〈◊〉
and imagined Christ, whome the false Apostles taught. And first: he confirmeth the doctrine whiche Epaphras had preached, wishing them increase of faith, to esteme the excellencie of Gods benefite towarde them, teachyng them also that saluacion, and whatsoeuer good thing can be desired, standeth onely in Christ, whome onely we embrace by the Gospell. But for asmuche as the false brethren wolde haue mixed the Lawe with the Gospel, he toucheth those flatterers vehemently, and exhorteth the Collossians to staye onely on Christ, without whome all things are but mere vanitie. And as for Circumcision, abstinence from meates, externall holines, worshiping of Angels as meanes whereby to come to Christ, he vtterly condemneth, shewing what was the office and nature of ceremonies, whiche by Christ are abrogate: so that now the exercises of the Christians stande in mortification of the flesh, new
〈◊〉
of life, with other lyke offices apperteyning bothe generally and particularly to all the faithful.
CHAP. I.
3 He giueth thankes vnto God for their faith.
〈◊〉
Confirmeth the doctrine of Epaphras. 9 Prayeth for the increase of their faith. 13 He sheweth vnto them the true Christ, and discouereth the contrefait Christ of the false Apostles 25 He approueth his autoritie and charge. 28 And of his faithful executing of the same.
1 PAVL an Apostle of IESVS Christ, by the wil of God, and Timotheus (our) brother.
2 To thē, which are atVVhiche was a citie of Phrygia. Coloce Saintes & faithful bretherē in Christe: Grace (be) with you, and peace from God our Father, and (from) the Lord Iesus Christ.
3 We giue thankes to God euen the Father of our Lorde Iesus Christ, alwayes praying for you:
4 Since we heard of your faithFor without Christ there is no faith to be saued by, but onely a vaine opinion. in Christ Iesus, and of (your) loue towarde all Saintes.
5 For the hopes sake, whyche is layd vp for you in heauen, whereof ye haue hearde before by the worde of trueth, (which is) the Gospel.
6 Which is come vnto you, euen as (it is) vnto all the worlde, and is fruteful, as (it is) also among you, from the daye that ye heard and truely knewe the grace of God.
7 As ye also learned of Epaphras our deare felowe seruaunt, whiche is for you a faithfull minister of Christ.
8 Who hathe also declared vnto vs your loue, (which ye haue)VVhich cometh of the holy Gost. by the Spirit.
9 For thys cause we also, sinne the daye we heard (of it,) cease not to praye for you, and to desire that ye myght be fulfilled wyth knowledge ofThat is, Gods his will, in all wisdome, and spiritual vnderstanding.Eplies. 4. 1.
10 * That ye might walke worthie of the LordPhilip. 1. 27. and please (him) in all things, beyng * frutefull1. Thes. 2. 12. in all good workes, and increasing in the1. Cor. 1. 5. knowledge of God.
11 Strengthned with all might through his glo
rious power; vnto all pacience, and long suffring with ioyfulnes.
12 Gyuing thankes vnto the Father, whiche hathe made vs mete to be partakers of the inheritance of the Saintes in light.
13 Who hathe deliuered vs from the power of darkenes, and hathe translated vs into the kingdome * of his deare Sonne.Mat. 3. 17. and 17. 5.
14 In whom we haue redemption through his2. Peter. 1. 17. bloode, (that is,) the forgiuenes of sinnes.
15 Who is the * For God is is made visible in the
〈◊〉
he of Christ, and the diuinitie dwelleth in him corporally. image of the inuisible God, the Borne before
〈◊〉
thinge was created. first borne of euerie creature.
16 * For by him were all things created, which are in heauen, and which are in earth, things visible and inuisible: whether (they be) Thro
〈◊〉
. 1. 3. nes, or Dominions, or Principalities, or Pow ers, all thynges were created by hym and for hym.Iohn. 1. 3.
17 And he is before all thynges, and in hym all things consist.
18 And he is the head of the bodie of the Chur che. he is the beginning, * (ād) He that rose first againe from the dead to take possession of life euer lasting: whi che rising maye be called a newe birth. the first borne of the dead, that in all things he might haue the preeminence.
19 * For it pleased (the Father,) that in hym1. Cor. 15. 20. shulde all That the Churche, which is his bodie, might receiue of his abū
dance. fulnes dwell.Reuel. 1, 5.
20 And by him to reconcile That is, the whole Churche. all thynges vnto
〈◊〉
. 1. 14. hymselfe, and to set at peace through theChap. 2 9. blood of his crosse both the things in earth, and the things in heauen.
21 And you whiche were in times past strangers and enemyes, because (your) mindes (were set) in euil workes, hathe he now alsoLuk. 1. 75. reconciled.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 1.
〈◊〉
.
22 In the bodie of his flesh through death, toEphe. 1. 4. make you * holie, ād vnblameable and without
〈◊〉
. 2. 11. faute in his sight.Iohn. 15. 6.
23 * If ye continue, grounded and stablished in the fayth, and be not moued awaye from the hope of the Gospell, whereof ye haue heard, and whiche hathe bene preached to euerie creature which is vnder heauē wherof I Paul am a minister.
24 Nowe
〈◊〉
I in my suffrings for Or your commoditie. you, and fulfil As Christ hathe once suffered in him self to redeme his Churche, and to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
it: so doeth he
〈◊〉
suffer in his members, as partake: of their infirmities, and therfore a reuenger of their iniuries. the rest of the afflictions of Christ in my flesh, for his bodies sake, which is the Church.
25 Whereof I am a minister, accordynge toRoma. 16. 25. the dispensation of GOD, whiche is giuenEphes. 3. 9. me vnto you warde, to fulfill the VVhiche is the
〈◊〉
of Christ, ād of the calling of the Gentiles. worde of2. Tim. 1. 10. God.
〈◊〉
. 1. 2.
26 * (Whiche is) the mysterie hyd since the1. Peter. 1. 20, worlde began, and from (all) ages, but now is made manifest to his Whom he hath elected and consecrated to hym by Christ. Saintes.
27 To whome GOD wolde make knowen1. Timo, 1. 1. what is the riches of this glorious mysterie among the Gentiles, which (riches) is Christ in you, * the hope of glorie.
28 Whome we preache, admonishyng euerie man, and teaching euerie man in al wisdome, that we may present euerie man perfecte in Christ Iesus.
29 Whereunto I also labour and striue, accordyng to his working which worketh in me myghtly.
CHAP. II.
1 Hauing protected his good wil towarde them. 4 He admonisheth them not to turne backe from Christ. 8 To the seruice of Angels or anie other inuention, or els ceremonies of the Law. 17 which haue finished their office, and are ended in Christ.
1 FOr I wolde ye knowe what greate Or, peine and
〈◊〉
. fighting I haue for your sakes, and for them of Lao dicea, and for as manie as haue not sene my Me present
〈◊〉
bodie. persone in the flesh.
2 That their hearts myght be comforted and they knit together in loue, and in all ryches of the full assurance of vnderstandynge, to knowe the mysterie of God euen the Father, and of christ:
3 In whom are hid al the treasures of wisdome and knowledge.
4 And this I saye, lest anie man shulde beguile you with entising workes.1. Cor. 5. 3.
5 * For thogh I be absent in the In bodie. flesh, yet am I with you in the In minde. spirite reioycing, and beholding your ordre, and your stedfast fayth in Christ.
6 As ye haue therefore receiued Christ Iesus the Lord, (so) walke in him,
7 Roted and buylt in him, and stablished in the1. Cor. 1. 5. fayth, as ye haue * bene taught, abundynge therein with thankes giuing.
8 Beware lest there be anye man that spoile you through Teaching you vaine
〈◊〉
, as worshiping of Angels, of blinde ceremo nies and beggerlie
〈◊〉
:
〈◊〉
no we they haue none vse seynge Christ is come. philosophie, and vayne deceit, through the traditions of men, accordyng to the rudiments of the worlde, and not after Christ.
9 * For in hym dwelleth all the fulnes of the In sayng that the (Godhead) is really in Christ, he sheweth
〈◊〉
he is verie God: also saying, (in him,) he declareth two distincte natures, and by thys worde (dwelleth) he
〈◊〉
that it is there for euer.
Chap, 1. 19. Godhead Or, essentially. bodely.Iohn. 1. 14.
10 And ye are compleate in him, whiche is theRom. 2. 19. head of all Principalitie and Power:
11 In whome also ye are
〈◊〉
with * cir cumcision made without hands, by puttyng of the sinful bodie of the fleshe, through the circumcision Made by the Spirit of Christ. of Christ.
12 In that ye are * buryed wyth hym through Baptisme, in whome ye are also raysed vp together through * the fayth In beleuynge that God by his power raised vp Christ, whereof we haue a sure to ken in our Baptisme. of the operation of God whiche raised hym from the dead."Or, vs all our.
13 * And ye whiche were dead in sinnes, andRom 6. 4. in the vncircumcision of your flesh, hathe heEphe. 1. 19. quickened together with hym, forgiuing Or, obligation.
Ephe. 2. 1. you all (your) trespaces.Ephe. 2. 13.
14 And putting out the * The
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
were as it were
〈◊〉
publyke profession, ād hand wryttynge of the miserable state of mā kinde for circumcision did declare our natural
〈◊〉
: the
〈◊〉
, and washings signified the
〈◊〉
of sinne: the sacrifices testified that we were giltie of deathe, whiche were al taken away by Christs death. hande writing of ordinances that was againste vs, whiche was cōtrarie to vs, he euē toke it out of the way, and fastened it vpon the crosse.
15 And hatheAs Satan and his Angels from whome he hath taken al power. spoiled the Principalities, and Powers, and hathe made a shewe of them openly, and hathe triumphed ouer them in the same (crosse.)
16 Let no man therefore condemne you in meat and drynke, or in respect of anOr, distinction as to make difference betwixt dayes. holye daye, or of the newe moone, or of the Sabbath (dayes.)
17 Whiche are (but) a shaddowe of thyngs to come: but the bodie is in Christ,
18 * Let no manMeaning that the
〈◊〉
thē at their pleasure into all superstition & error. at his pleasure beare rule ouer you by humblenes of minde, and worshiping of Angels, aduancing him self those things whiche he neuer sawe, rashly put vp with his fleshlie minde.
19 And holdeth not the head, whereof all the bodie furnished ād knit together by iointes, and bandes, encreaseth with the increasing of God.
20 Wherfore if ye (be) dead with Christ from the ordinances of the worlde, why, as thogh ye liued in the worlde, are ye burdened withMat. 24. 4. traditions?
21 (As,) Touche not, Taste not, Handel not.
22 Which al And
〈◊〉
nothing to the kingdome of God perish with the vsing, (and are) after the commandements and doctrines of men.
23 Which things haue in deed a shewe of wisdome,"Or, defraude
〈◊〉
of your prise in n voluntarie religion ād humblenes of minde, and in not sparyng the bodie: Or, but they are of no value saue for the filling of the
〈◊〉
, on Suche as men haue chosen according to their owne
〈◊〉
. nether haue they it anie estimation to satisfie the flesh.o They
〈◊〉
and defraude theyr bodie to shewe thē selues greater hypocrites.
CHAP. III.
1 He sheweth where we shulde
〈◊〉
Christ. 5 He exhorteth to mortification. 10 To put of the old man and to put on Christ. 12 To the which he addeth exhortation, bothe general and particular to charitie and humilitie.
1 IFye then beAfter that ye haue bene dead to beggerlie ceremonies. risen with Christ, seke those things which are aboue, where Christ sitteth at the right hand of God.
2 Set your affections on thinges whiche are aboue, (and) not on thinges, whicheVVhich ether serue but
〈◊〉
a time, or els are
〈◊〉
by men. are on the earth.
3 For ye areWith Christ. dead, and your lyfe is hid with Christ in God.
4 When Christ which is our lif, shal appeare, then shall ye also appeare wyth hym in glorie.
5 * Mortifie therefore your members whichEphe 5. 3. are on the earth, fornication, vnclennes, thed Extinguish all the strength of the corrupt nature which resisteth against the Spirit, that ye may
〈◊〉
in the
〈◊〉
, and not in the flesh. in ordinate affection, euill concupiscence, & couetousnes which is idolatrie.
6 For the whiche thinges sakes the wrath of God cometh on the childrē of disobediēce.
7 Wherein ye also walked once, whē ye liued in them.
8 *But now put ye away euen all these things,Rom. 6. 4. wrath, angre, maliciousnes, cursed speaking,Ephe. 4
〈◊〉
. filthie speaking, out of your mouth.Ebr. 12 2.
9 Lie not one to another, seynge that ye haue1. Pet.
〈◊〉
. 1. & 4. 1. put of the olde man with his workes.
10 And haue put on the newe, whiche is renewed in knowledge * after the image of
〈◊〉
. 1. 26. & 5. 1. & 9. 6. him that created him.
11 Where is nether Grecian nor Iewe, circumcision nor vncircumcision, Barbarian, Scythian, bonde, fre: but Christ is all and in all things.
12 * Now therefore as the elect of God He sheweth what frutes are in them that are dead to the worlde and are risen again with Christ. holyeEphe. 6.
〈◊〉
. & beloued, put onOr, the bowels of mercies. tender mercie, kindnes, humblenes of mind, mekenes, long suffring:
13 For bearing one another, and forgiuing one another, if anie mā haue a quarel to another:
〈◊〉
as Christ forgaue you, euen so do ye.
14 And aboue all these thinges (put on) loue, which is the bonde of perfectnes.
15 And let the peace of GODLet it guide all your doings. rule in your heartes, to the whiche ye are called in one bodie, and be ye
〈◊〉
, gracious,
〈◊〉
thankefull. amiable.
16 Let the The doctrine of the Gospel. worde of Christ dwell in you plenteously in all wisdome, teaching and admonishing your owne selues, in Psalmes properly
〈◊〉
complainings to God, narrations, and expostulations: hymnes,
〈◊〉
thankes giuing: songs
〈◊〉
praises, and thankes
〈◊〉
, but not so
〈◊〉
and amply, as hymnes do. psalmes, and hymnes, and spirituall songs, singing with a * Or, thankes giuing. grace in your hearts to the Lord.
17 * And whatsoeuer ye shall do, in worde or dede, (do) all in the Name of the Lord Iesus, giuing thankes to God euen the Father by him.
18 ¶ * Wiues, submite your selues vnto your housbands, as it is comelie in the Lord.Ephe. 4 29.
19 *Housbands, loue your wiues, and be not bitter vnto them.
20 ¶ * Childrē, obey your parēts in VVhich are in the Lord. all things:1. Cor. 10.
〈◊〉
. for that is well pleasing vnto the Lord.
〈◊〉
5. 22.
21 Fathers, By to muche rigour. prouoke not your childrē to anger,1. Pet. 3. 1. lest they be discouraged.Ephe. 6. 1.
22 ¶ * Seruants, be obedient vnto them that are (your) masters accordyng to the fleshe in allEphe. 6. 5. things, not with eye seruice as men pleasers,
〈◊〉
2 9. but in singlenes of heart, fearing God.1. Pet. 2. 18.
23 And whatsoeuer ye do, do it heartely, as to the Lord, and not vnto men.
24 Knowing that of the Lorde ye shall receyue the rewarde of the inheritance: for ye serue the Lord Christ.
25 But heThe
〈◊〉
master. that doeth wrong, shall receiue for
〈◊〉
. 10. 27. the wrong that he hathe done, and there isWisd. 6 8. no * VVhether
〈◊〉
be master
〈◊〉
seruant. respect of persones.Eccle.
〈◊〉
. 26.
CHAP. IIII. Rom 2. 11.
2 He exhorteth them to be feruent
〈◊〉
prayer. 5 To walke
〈◊〉
. 2. 6. wiselye towarde them that are not yet come to the trueEphe. 6. 9. knowledge of Christ He saluteth them, and wisheth thē all prosperitie.
1 YEmasters, do vnto your seruauntes, that which is iuste, and equal, knowing that ye also haue a master in heauen.Luk. 18. 1.
2 *Continue in prayer, and watch in the same1. Thes. 5. 17. with thankes giuing.Ephe. 6 18.
3 *Praying also for vs, that God maye open2. Thes, 3. 1. vnto vs theThat I maye frely preache the Gospel. dore of vtterance, to speake the mysterie of Christ: wherefore I am also in bondes.Ephe. 5. 15.
4 That I maye vtter it, as it becometh me to speake.
5 ¶* WalkeTo the commoditie of your neighbours. wiselye towarde them that are without, and Bestowe the time well, with the malice of
〈◊〉
euerie where plucked frome you and causeth you to abuse it. redeme the time.
6 (Let) your speache (be) gracious alwais, and powdred with Perteining to edification, and mixt with do vanitie. salt, that ye may know how to answer euerie man.
7 ¶ Tychicus (our) beloued brother, & faithful minister, and felowe seruant in the Lord, shal declare vnto you my whole state.
8 Whome I haue sent vnto you for the same purpose that he might know your state, and might comforte your hearts.
9 *With Onesimus a faithfull and a beloued
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
brother, who is one of you. They shal shewe you of all things here.
10 Aristarch us my prison fello we saluteth you and Marcus, and Barnabas sisters sonne [tou ching whome ye receiue hym]
11 And Iesus whiche is called Iustus, whiche are of the circumcision. TheseIf they onely
〈◊〉
helpe him to preache the
〈◊〉
at Rome, where was
〈◊〉
? or those fiue and
〈◊〉
yeres that thei faine he
〈◊〉
at Rome? onely are myIn preaching the Gospel. worke fellowes vnto the kingdome of God, which haue bene vnto my consolatiō.
12 Epaphras the seruant of Christe, whiche is one of you, saluteth you, and alwais striueth for you in prayers, that ye may stande perfite, and ful in al the wil of God.
13 For I beare him recorde, that he hath a great zeale for you, and for thē of Laodicea, and them of Hicrapolis.
14 * Luke the beloued physition greteth you,2. Tim. 4. 11. and Demas.
15 Salute the brethren which are of Laodicea, and Nymphas, and the Church whiche is in his house.
16 And when this epistle is red of you, cause that it be red in the Churche of the Laodiceans also, and that ye likewise read the epistlesEther to Paul, or
〈◊〉
whiche thei wolde writt as an answere to this Epistle sent to the Colossians (written) from Laodicea.
17 And say to Archippus, Take hede to the ministerie, that thou hast receiued in the Lord, that thou fulfil it.
18 The salutation by the hand of me Paul. Remēber my bādes Grace (be) with you.
Amē.
Written from Rome to the Colossians (and sent) by Tychicus, and One simus.
THE FIRST EPISTLE of Paul to the Thessalonians.
THE ARGVMENT.
AFter that the Thessalonians had bene wel instructed in the faith persecution, which perpetually follo weth the preaching of the Gospel, arose, against the which althogh they did constantly stand, yet S. Paul [as moste careful for them] sent Timothie to strengthen them, who sone after admonishing him of their estate, gaue occasion to the Apostle to confirme them by diuers arguments to be
〈◊〉
in faith, & to suffer what soeuer God calleth them vnto for the testimonie of the Gospel, exhorting them to declare by their godlie liuing
〈◊〉
puritie of their religion. And as the Church can neuer be so purged, that some cockle remaine not among the wheat, so there were among them wicked men, which by mouing vaine and curious questions to ouerthrowe their faith, taught falsely, as touching the point of the resurrection from the dead: whereof he briefly instructeth them what to thinke, earnestly forbidding them to seke curiously to knowe the times, willing them rather to watche lest the sudden comming of Christ come vpon them at vnwares: and so after certeine exhortations, and his commendations to the
〈◊〉
, he endeth.
CHAP. I.
2 He thanketh God for thē that thei are so stedfast in faith and good workes. 6 And receiue the Gospell with suche earnestnes.
〈◊〉
That they are an example to all others.
1 PAul and Siluanus, & Timotheus, vnto the Church of the Thes salonians, (which is) inFor
〈◊〉
is no Churche whiche is not
〈◊〉
together in God. God the Father, & in the Lord Iesus Christe: Grace (be) with you, and peace frō God our Father, and (from) the Lord Iesus Christ.
2 * We giue God thankes alwayes for you al,2 Thes. 1. 3. making * mention of you in our prayers.Philip. 1. 3.
3 Without ceasing, remembryng yourWhiche declareth it selfe by
〈◊〉
liuelie frutes. effectual faith, andWhereby you declared your sel ues moste readie and painfull to helpethe poore. diligent loue & the pacience of (your) hope in our Lord Iesus Christ in the sight of God euen our Father.
4 Knowing, beloued brethren, that ye are elect of God.
5 For ourThe effectual preaching of
〈◊〉
Gospel is an euidēt token of our election. Gospel was not vnto you in word onely, but also in power, & in the holie Gost, and in much assurāce, as ye know after what maner we were among you for your sakes.
6 And ye became followers of vs, and of the Lord, and receiued the worde in much affliction, withTo beleue, and to be fully persuaded to haue the
〈◊〉
of the holie Gost, and Ioyfully to suffer for Christs sake, are most certeine signes of our ele ction. ioye of the holie Gost.
7 So that ye were asOr, paternes. ensamples to all that beleue in Macedonia and Achaia.
8 For from you sounded out the worde of the Lord, not in Macedonia and in Achaia only: but your faith also whiche is towarde God, spred abroade in all quarters, that we nede not to speake anything.
9 ForTo wit, al that faithfull. they them selues shewe of you what maner of entring in we had vnto you, & how ye turned to God from idoles, to serue theFor
〈◊〉
are dead things and onely fained fantasies. liuyng and true God.
10 And to loke for his Sonne frome heauen, whome he raised from the dead (euen) Iesus which deliuereth vs frō theWhich he shall execute vpon the wicked. wrath to come
CHAP. II.
1 To the intent they shulde not faint vnder the crosse. 2 He cōmendeth his diligēce in preaching. 13 And theirs in obeing.
〈◊〉
He excuseth his absence, that he colde not come and open his heart to them.
1 FOr ye your selues knowe, brethren, that our entrāce in vnto you was not inNot in outwarde shew and in pompe, but in trauel and in the feare of God. vaine
2 But euen after that we had suffred before, & were shamefully entreated at, * Philippi [as ye knowe] we were holdeBy his helpe & grace. in our God, toAct. 16.
〈◊〉
. speake vnto you the Gospell of God with muche striuyng.
3 For our exhortation was not by deceit, nor by vnclennes, nor by guile.
4 But as we were alowed of God, that the Gospell shulde be committed (vnto vs,) so we speake, not as they thatWhiche declareth a naughtie conscience. please mē, but God, which trieth our hearts.
5 Nether yet did we euer vse flattering wordes, as ye knowe, nor colored couetousnes,
God (is) recorde.
6 Nether soght we praise of men, nether of you, nor of others,
7 When we might haue beneOr, inautoritie. chargeable, as the Apostles of Christ: but we were gentle among you, euen as aHe hūbled him self to supporte all things with out al respecte of
〈◊〉
: euen as the tender mother which nourceth her children, and thinketh no office to vile for her childrens sake. nource cherisheth her children.
8 Thus being affectioned towarde you, our good wil was to haue dealt vnto you, not the Gospel of God onely, but also our owne soules, because ye were dere vnto vs.
9 For ye remember, brethren, * our labour & trauail: for we laboured day and night, becau se we wolde not be chargeable vnto anie ofAct. 20.
〈◊〉
. you, & preached vnto you the Gospel of God.1 Cor. 4
〈◊〉
.
10 Ye (are) witnesses, and God (also) how holily,2. Thes. 3. 8. and iustly, and vnblameably we behaued our selues amongFor it is not possible to auoide the reproches of the wicked,
〈◊〉
euer hate good doings. you that beleue.
11 As ye knowe how that we exhorted you, & comforted, and besoght euerie one of you [as a father his children]
12 That ye * wolde walke worthie of God,
〈◊〉
. 4.
〈◊〉
. who hathe called you vnto his kingdome &
〈◊〉
. 1. 27. glorie.Col. 1. 10.
13 For this cause also thanke we God without ceasing, that when ye receiued of vs the worde of the preaching of God, ye receiued it not as the worde of men, but as it is in dede the worde of God, which also worketh in you that beleue.
14 For brethren, ye are become followers of the Churches of God, which in Iudea are inIn his Name and vnder his pro tection. Christ Iesus, because ye haue also suffred the same things of your owne countrey men, euen as they (haue) of the Iewes.
15 Who bothe killed the Lord Iesus and their owne Prophetes, and haue persecuted vs, ād God they please not, and are contrarieAnd wolde hinder all men from their saluation. to all men,
16 And forbid vs to preache vnto the Gentiles that they might be saued, toAnd heape vp the measure. fulfil their sinnes alwais: for the wrath (of God) isHe meaneth not this of all the Iewes in general: but of certeine of thē particu larly which ceased not after they had put Christ to death, to persecu te his worde and his ministers. comeMat. 3. 32. on them, to the vt moste.Rom. 1. 11.
17 Forasmuche brethrē, as we were kept from you for a season, concerning
〈◊〉
, but not in the heart, we * enforced
〈◊〉
more to se your face with great desire.
18 Therefore we wolde haue come vnto you [I Paul, at least once or twise] but Satan hindered vs.
19 For what is our hope or ioye, or crowne of reioycing? areTherefore I
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
forget you, except I wolde forget my self. not euen you it in the presen ce of our Lord Iesus Christ at his comming?
20 Yes, ye are our glorie and ioye.
CHAP. III.
2 He sheweth how greatly he was affectioned towarde them bothe in that he sent Timotheus to them, 10 And also prayed for them.
1 WHerefore since we colde no longer forbeare, we thoght it good to remaine at AthensRather seking your cōmoditie, then mine owne in sending of Timotheus to you. alone,
2 * And haue sent Timotheus our brother & minister of God, and our labour felow in theAct. 16.
〈◊〉
. Gospel of Christ, to stablish you, and to comfort you touching your faith,
3 That no man shulde be moued with these afflictions: for ye your selues knowe, that we are appointed thereunto.
4 For verely whē we were with you, we tolde you before that we shulde suffre tribulatiōs, euen as it came to passe, and ye knowe it.
5 Euen for this cause, whenHis great
〈◊〉
toward the smale flocke. I colde no longer for beare, I sent (him) that I might know of your faith, lest theMeaning
〈◊〉
tempter had tempted you in any sorte, and that our labour had bene in vaine.
6 But now lately when Timotheus came from you vnto vs, & broght vs good tidings of your faith and loue, and that ye haue good remem brance of vs alwayes, desiring to se vs, as we also (do) you,
7 Therefore, brethren, we had consolation in you, in all our affliction and necessitie throu ghe your faith.
8 For no we are weIf ye remaine constant in faith and true doctrine I shal thinke that all mine
〈◊〉
be so many
〈◊〉
, and
〈◊〉
restored from death to life. aliue, if yeIf you perseuere in faith. stand faste in the Lord.
9 For what thankes can we recōpense to God againe for you for al the ioye where with we reioyce for your sakes before our God.
10 Night and day * praying excedingly that weRom. 1. 10. & 15. 23. might se your face, and mightVVe must daily growe from faith to faith. accomplishe that which is lacking in your faith?
11 Nowe God hym selfe, euen our Father, and our Lorde Iesus Christ, guide our iorney vnto you.
12 And the Lorde increase you and make you abunde in loue one towarde another, and towarde all men, euen as we (do) toward you
13 * To make your hearts stable and vnblameaChap.
〈◊〉
23. ble in holines before God euen our Father,
〈◊〉
. corin.
〈◊〉
. 8. at the commyng of our Lorde Iesus Christ with all his Saints.
CHAP. IIII.
1 He exhorteth them to holines. 6 Innocencie. 9 Loue. 11 Labour. 13 And moderation in lamentyng for the dead. 17 Describing the end of the resurrection.
1 ANd furthermore we beseche you, brethren, and exhorte you in the Lord Iesus thatAnd as it were ouercome your selues. ye increase more and more, as ye haue receyued of vs, how ye ought to walke, and to please God.
2 For ye knowe whatThe greke worde signified suche commande ments as one receiueth from
〈◊〉
man to giue them in his name to others. commaundements we gaue you by the Lord Iesus.
3 * For this is the wil of God (euen) your sanctification,That is, that you shulde dedicate your selues wholy vnto God. (and) that ye shulde absteine frō
Rom. 12. 2. fornication.Ephes. 5. 17.
4 That euerie one of you shulde know, how to possesse hisThat is, his bodie which is pro phaned by suche filthines. vessel in holines and honour,
5 (And) not in the lust of concupiscence, euen as the Gentiles which knowe not God:
6 * That no man oppresse or defraude his bro ther in any matter: for the Lord (is) a venger1. Cor. 6. 8. of all suche things, as we also haue tolde you1. Cor. 1. 2. before time and testified.
7 * For God hathe not called vs vnto vnclennes, but vnto holines.
8 He therefore that despisethBy these precepts of godlie life it appeareth what were
〈◊〉
commadements, which Paul
〈◊〉
vnto them. (these things,) despiseth no man, but God who hathe euen giuen * you his holie Spirit.1. Cor. 7. 40.
9 But as touching
〈◊〉
loue, ye nede notIoh. 13. 34. & 15. 12. that I write vnto you: *for ye are taught of1. Iohn. 2. 8. & 4. 21 God to loue one another.2. Thess 3. 7.
10 Yea, and that thing verely ye do vnto all the brethren, which are through out all Macedo nia: but we beseche you, brethren, that ye in crease more and more,
11 *And that ye studie to be quiet, & to medle with your owne busines, and to worke with yourAnd not be idle. owne hands, as we commanded you,
12 That ye may behaue your selues honestly to warde them thatAs strangers and
〈◊〉
. are without, and that nothing beBut that ye may be able by your diligence to supplie your wāt and necessitie. lacking vnto you.
13 ¶ I wolde not, brethren, haue you ignorant cōcerning thē which are aslepe, that yeHe doeth not condemne all kinde of sorrow but that which procedeth of mfidelitie. sorowe not euē as other which haue no hope.
14 For if we
〈◊〉
that Iesus is dead, & is risen euen so them which slepe inOr, haue continued constantly in the faith of Christ. Iesus, wil GodBy raising their bodies out of the graue. bring with him.
15 For this say we vnto you by theWhich is in the Name of the Lord, and as
〈◊〉
shulde speake him self. worde of the Lord, *that we which liue, and are remai ning in the comming of the Lord, shal not1. Cor. 15 23. preuent them which slepe.
〈◊〉
. 24. 31.
16 For the Lord him self shal descend from1. Cor. 15. 12. heauē with a
〈◊〉
, (and) with the voyce of
〈◊〉
Meaning them which shal be founde a
〈◊〉
. the Archangel and * with the trūpet of God: and the dead in Christ shal rise first.
17 Then shal: we which liue and remaine, beIn this sudden taking vp
〈◊〉
shalbe a kinde of
〈◊〉
of the qualities of
〈◊〉
bodies which shalbe as a kinde of death. caught vp with them also in the cloudes, to mete the Lord in the ayer: and so shal we euer be with the Lord.
18 Wherefore,
〈◊〉
yourselues one another with these wordes.
CHAP. V.
1 He enformeth them of the day of iudgement and comming of the Lord, 6 Exhorting them to watch, 12 And to regard suche as preache Gods worde among them.
1 BVt of theSo muche the more we ought to be ware of all
〈◊〉
& fantasies of men which
〈◊〉
them selues & others in searching out
〈◊〉
the time that the Lord shal appeare,
〈◊〉
for them selues a vaine prophecie, and moste falsely ascribed to Elias 2000
〈◊〉
the reuel 3, 3 & 16, 15. that 2000. yere before the Lawe 2000, vnder the Lawe and 2000. after the Lawe hee worlde shal endure times and seasons, brethren, ye
〈◊〉
no nede that I write vnto you.
2 For ye your selues knowe perfitely, that the * day of the Lord shal come, euen as a thefe in the night.
3 For when they shal say, Peace, and safetie, then shal come vpon thē sudden destruction, as theThat is, sud denly and vnloked for. trauail vpon a woman with childe, & they shal not escape.
4 But ye, brethrē, are not in darkenes, that that day shulde come on you, as (it were) a thefe.
5 Ye are all the children of light, and the childrenMat. 24. 44. 2. of the day: we are not of the night nether
〈◊〉
3. 10. of darkenes.Reuel. 3. 3 & 16.
〈◊〉
.
6 Therefore let vs notHere
〈◊〉
is taken for contempt of saluation, when men
〈◊〉
we in sinnes ad wil not a walke to god lines. slepe as do other, but let vsAnd not be ouercome with the
〈◊〉
of the worlde. watch and be sober.
7 For they that slepe, slepe in the night, & they that be dronken, are dronken in the night.
8 But let vs which are of theThat is lightued by the Gospel. day, be sober, * putting on, the brest plate of faith and loue, and of the hope of saluation for an helmet.
9 For God hathe not appointed vs vnto wrath but to obteine saluation by the meanes of our Lord Iesus Christ.
10 Which dyed for vs, that whether we wake orHere it is
〈◊〉
onely to dye, & is ment of the faith ful. slepe, we shulde liue together with him.
11 Wherefore exhorte one another, and edifieIsa. 59. 17. one another.
〈◊〉
. 6, 17.
12 Now we beseche you, brethren, that ye knowe them, which labour among you, and are ouer you in the Lord, &As the flocke is bounde to loue the
〈◊〉
, so is it his duetie to teache them ād ex hort them in true religion. admonish you.
13 That ye haue them in singular loue forWhere this cause ceaseth, that they worke not: the ho nor also ceaseth, and they must be expelled as wol ues out of the flocke. their workes sake. Be at peace among your selues.
14 We desire you, bethren, admonish them that are vnrulie, comforte the feble minded: beare with the weake: by pacient towarde all men.
15 * Se that none recompense euil for euil vnto any man: but euer followe that which is good, bothe towarde your selues, and towarde all men.Prou. 17. 13. & 20, 22.
16 Haue a quiet min de &
〈◊〉
in Christ which shal make you reioice in the middes of sorrowes, Reioyce euermore.mat. 5,
〈◊〉
.
17 * Pray continually.rom. 12, 17.
18 In all things giue thankes: for this (is) the1.
〈◊〉
. 3, 9. wil of God in Christ Iesus to warde you.
19 Quench not theGod that hathe giuen his Spirit to his elect, wil neuer suffer it to be quenched, but hathe
〈◊〉
by what meanes it may be mainteined, that is, by suche exhortations as these, & by con tinual increase in godlines. Spirit.
20 Despise notThe preaching of the worde of God prophecying.
21 Trye
〈◊〉
things, (and) kepe that which is good.Rom. 5, 3. 2. cor. 6, 10.
22 Abstaine from all appearance of euil.Luk 18, 1.
23 Now the verie God* of peace sanctifie you
〈◊〉
. 18. 12. throughout: and (I pray God) that yourThen is a man fully sanctified & perfect, when his minde thinketh no thing, his soule, that is, his vnderstanding and
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
nothing: nether his bodie doeth execute any thing contrary to the wil of God.
colos. 4, 3. whole spirit and soule & bodie, may be kept blameles vnto the comming of our Lord Iesus Christ.
24 * Faithful (is he) which calleth you, which wil also do it.
25 Brethren, pray for vs.
26 Grete
〈◊〉
the brethren with and holie kisse.
27 I chargey
〈◊〉
the Lord, that this epistle be red vnto all the brethren the Saintes.
28 The grace of our Lord Iesus Christ (be) with you,Chap. 3, 12.
Amen.
The first (epistle) vnto de Thessalonians
1. cor. 1, 8.
written from Athens.
1. Cor. 1, 8.
THE SECONDE EPISTLE to the Thessalonians.
THE ARGVMENT.
LEst the Thessalonians shulde thinke that Paul neglected them, because he went to other places, rather then came to them
〈◊〉
writteth vnto them and exhorteth thē to pacience and other frutes of faith nether to be moued with that vaine opinion of suche as taught that the comming of Christ was at hand, for asmuch as before that day there shulde
〈◊〉
a fallyng away from true religion, euen by a great parte of the worlde and that Antichrist shulde reigne in the Temple of God finally commending him self to their prayers, and encouraging them to constancie, he will eth them to correct suche sharpely, is liue idelly of other mens labours, whome, if they do not obey his
〈◊〉
, he cōmādeth to excōmunicate.
CHAP. I.
3 He thanketh God for their faith loue and pacience. 11 He praieth for the encrease of the same. 12 And sheweth what frute shal come thereof.
1 PAVL and Siluanus, and Timotheus, vnto the Churche of the Thessalonians, (whiche is) in GOD our Father, ād in the Lord Iesus Christ.
2 Grace (be) with you, and peace from God our Father, and from the Lord Iesus Christ.
3 *We ought to thanke God alwayes for you,1. Thess. 1. 2. brethrē, as it is mete, because that your faith groweth excedingly, and the loue of euerie one of you towarde another abundeth.
4 So that we our selues reioyce of you in the Churches of God, because of yourWhiche procedeth of your faith as a moste notable frute. paciēce and faith in all your persecutions and tribulations that ye suffre.
5 *(Whiche is) aThe faithful by their
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in a cleare glasse the end of Gods iust iudgement, when as they shal reigne with Christ whiche haue suffered with him, ād the wicked shal
〈◊〉
his extreme wrath and vengeance. token of the righteous iudIude. 6. gemēt of God, that ye may be counted worthie of the kingdome of God, for the which ye also suffre.
6 For it is a righteous thyng with God, to recōpense tribulation to thē that trouble you.
7 And to you which are troubled, rest with vs * when the Lord Iesus shall shewe him selfe from heauen with hisBy whome he declareth hys might. mightie Angels,
8 In flamyng fyre, rendryng vengeance vnto them, that do not knowe God, and whiche1.
〈◊〉
. 4. 16. obey not vnto the Gospel of our Lord Iesus Christ.
9 Which shalbe punished withAs God is euer lasting, so
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
punishmēt be euerlasting & as he is moste mightie of power so shal their punishment be moste sore. euerlastyng perdition, from the presence of the Lorde, and from the glorie of his power.
10 When he shall come to be glorified in hys Saintes, and to be made marueilous in al thē that beleue [because our testimonie toward you was beleued] in that day.
11 Wherefore, we also praye alwayes for you, that our God may make you worthie of (his) callyng, and fulfillThe frebeneuo
〈◊〉
of Gods goodnes, compre hendeth his purpose, his predesti nation & vocatiō the worke of faith conteineth our iustification, to the which God addeth glorification: and al these he worketh of his mere grace through Christ. all the good pleasure of (his) goodnes, and theFaith is Gods wōderful worke in vs. worke of faith with power.
12 That the Name of our Lorde Iesus Christe may beAs the head with the bodie. glorified in you, and ye in him, according to the grace of our God, and of the Lord Iesus Christ.
CHAP. II.
3 He sheweth them that the day of the Lord shal not come till the departyng from the faith come first. 9 And the kingdome of Antichrist. 15 And therefore he exhorteth thē not to be deceiued, but to stand stedfast inthe things that he hathe taught them.
1 NOw we beseche you, brethren, by the comming of our Lord Iesus Christ, and by our assembling vnto him.
2 That ye be not suddenly moued from (your) minde, nortroubled nether byAs false
〈◊〉
tion, or dreames. spirit, nor byWhich are spo ken or written. worde, nor by letter, as (it were) from vs, asEphes. 5 6. thogh the daye of Christ were at hand.
3 *Let no man deceiue you by any meanes for (that day shal not come,) except there come aA wonderful
〈◊〉
of the moste parte from the faith. departing first, and that thatThis wicked Antichrist comprehendeth the whole succession of the
〈◊〉
of the Church, & all that abominable kingdome of
〈◊〉
, whereof some were beares some lyōs, others leopardes, as Daniel describeth thē, and is called the man of sinne because he setteth him self vp agaīst God. man of sinne be disclosed, (euen) the sonne ofWho as he destroyeth others, so shal he be destroyed him self. perdition,
4 Which is an aduersarie, and exalted him self against all that is called God, or that is worshipped: so that he doeth sit as God in the Temple of God, shewing himself that he is God.
5 Remember ye not, that when I was yet with you, I tolde you these things?
6 And now ye knowe whatBecause the false apostles had persuaded after a sorte the Thessalonians, that the day of the Lord was nere, and so the redemption of the Church, Paul
〈◊〉
thē to loke for this horrible dissipation before, and therefore rather to prepare them selues to patience then to rest and quietnes: for as yet there was a let that is, that the Gospel shulde be preached through out all, with holdeth, that he might be reueiled in his time.
7 For the mysterie of iniquitie doeth alreadieTo wit,
〈◊〉
, and is therefore called a mysterie because it
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. worke: onely he whichWhich shal
〈◊〉
for a time. now with holdeth (shal let) til he be taken out of the waye.
8 And then shal the wicked man be reueiled, * whome the Lord shal consume with theThat is with his worde. Spirit of his mouth, and shal abolish with the brightnes of his comming,
9 (Euen him) whoseMeaning the whole time that he shal remaine. comming is by the wor king of Satan, with all power and signes, and lying wonders,
10 And in all deceiueablenes of vnrighteousnes, among them thatSatans power is limited that he can not
〈◊〉
the elect to their destruction. perish, because they receiued not the loue of the trueth, that thei might be saued.
11 And therfore God shal send them strong de lusion, that they shulde beleue lyes,
12 That all they might be damned which bele ued not the trueth, but hadDelited in false doctrine. pleasure in vnto righteousnes.
13 But we ought to giue thākes alwaye to God for you; brethrenThe
〈◊〉
of our election is the loue of God: the sanctification of the Spirit, and beleuing the trueth are testimonies oft e same election. beloued of the Lord, because
〈◊〉
. 24. 14. that God hathe fromBefore the fundacion of the worlde. the beginning chosen you to saluacion, through sanctification of the Spirit, and the faith ofAnd Gospel. trueth,
14 Whereunto he called you byBy our preaching. our Gospel, to obteine the glorie of our Lord IESVS Christ.Isay. 11. 4.
15 Therefore, brethren, stand fast and kepe theThat is, the doctrine,
〈◊〉
. instructions, which ye haue bene taught, etherThat is, by my 3. 6. preaching of the Gospel. by worde, or by our Epistle.
16 Now the same Iesus Christ our Lord ād our God euen the Father which hathe loued vs, and hathe giuen vs euerlasting consolacion and good hope through grace,
17 Comforte your hearts, and stablish you in* Thes. 2. 2 euerie worde and good worke.* Chap.
CHAP. III.
1 He desireth them to pray for him, that the Gospel may prosper 6 And geueth thē warning to reproue the ydle. 16 And so wisheth them all wealth.
1 FVrthermore, brethren, * pray for vs, thatEphes 6.
〈◊〉
. the worde of the Lord may haue fre passage,Colos. 4. 3. and be glorified, euen as (it is) with you
2 And that we may be deliuered from vnreasonable and euill men: for all men haue notAlthogh they
〈◊〉
them selues there of. faith.
3 But the Lorde is faithful, whiche wil stablish you, and kepe you fromFrō the slaights of Satan. euil.
4 And we are persuaded of you through the Lord, that ye bothe do, and wil do the things whiche weBy the Worde of God. commande you.
5 And the Lord guide your hearts to the loue of God, and the weatyng for of Christ.
6 We commande you, brethren, in the Name of our Lord Iesus Christ, that ye withdrawe your selues frō euerie brother that walketh inordinately, and not after theWhich is to tra
〈◊〉
, if he Wil eat Chap. 2.
〈◊〉
. instruction, whiche he receiued of vs.
7 For ye your selues knowe * how ye ought to1. Cor. 4. 12. folowe vs: * for we behaued not our selues1. Thes. 4 11. inordinately among you.Act. 20. 34.
8 Nether toke we pread of anie mā for noght1
〈◊〉
4. 12. but we wroght with labour & trauaile night1. Thes, 2. 9. and day, because we wolde not be chargeable to anie of you.
9 Not but that we had autoritie, * but that we1. Cor, 11. 10 might make our seluesan ensample vnto you to folowe vs.
10 For euen when we were with you, this we warned you of, that if there were anie, whiche wold notThen by the Worde of God noneogh. to liue
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
him selfe to some
〈◊〉
, to get his
〈◊〉
by, & to do good to others. worke, that he shuld not eat.
11 For we heard, that there are some whiche walke among you inordinately, and worke not at all, but are busie bodies.
12 Therefore them that are suche, we commande and exhorte by our Lord Iesus Christ that thei worke with quietnes, and eat their owne bread.Galat. 6. 9.
13 * And ye, brethrē, be not wearie ī wel doing
14 If anie man obey not our sayings, note hymMat. 18. 27. by a lettre, * and haue no companie with him that he maie be ashamed.1. Cor. 5. 9.
15 Yet count him not as anThe end of excommunicacion is not to
〈◊〉
from the Church suche as haue fallē, but to Winne thē to the Church by amendement. enemie, but admo nish him as a brother.
16 Now the Lord of peace giue you peace alwaies by all meanes. The Lord (be) with you all.
17 The salutation of me Paul, with mine owne hand, which is theWhether they be mine Epistles or other mens. token in euerie Epistle: so I write.
18 The grace of our Lorde Iesus Christe (be) with you all. Amen.
The seconde (Epistle) to the Thessalonians, written from Athens.
THE FIRST EPISTLE of Paul to Timotheus.
THE ARGVMENT.
IN writing this Epistle Paul semed not onely to haue respect to teache Timotheus, but chiefly to kepe other in awe, which wolde haue rebelled against him because of his youth And therefore he doeth arme him against those ambitious
〈◊〉
, which vnder pretence of zeale to the Law, disquieted the godlie with foolish and vnprofitable questions, whereby they declared, that
〈◊〉
the L w they knewe not what was the chief end of the Law. And as for him self, he so confesseth his
〈◊〉
, that he
〈◊〉
to what
〈◊〉
the grace of God hathe preferred him: and therefore he willeth prayers to be made for all degrees and
〈◊〉
of men, because that God by
〈◊〉
his Gospel and Christ his Sonne to thē all is indifferent to euerie sorte of men, as his Apostleship which is peculiar to the Gentiles, witnesseth. And forasmuche as God hathe left ministers as
〈◊〉
meanes in his Church to bring men to saluacion, he describeth what maner of men they ought to be, to whome the
〈◊〉
of the Sonne of God manifested in fleshis committed to be preached. After this he
〈◊〉
him what troubles the Church at all times shal susteine but specially in the latter dayes, when as vnder pretence of religion men shal teache things
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
worde of God. This done, he teacheth what widdowes shulde be receiued or refused to minister to the sicke:
〈◊〉
what Elders ought to be chosen into office, exhorting him nether to be hastie in admitting, nor in iudging anie: also what is the duetie of
〈◊〉
, the nature of false teachers, of vaine speculations, of couetousnes, of riche men, and aboue all things he chargeth him to beware false doctrine.
CHAP. I.
3 He exhorteth Timotheus to waitevpon his office, namely to se that nothing be taught but Gods worde, &c. 5. Declaring that faith, with a good cōscience, charitie and edification are the end thereof. 20 And admonisheth of Himeneus and Alexander.
1 PAul an Apostle of IES V S Christ, by theOr, ordinance. cōmandement of God our Sauiour, and of (our) Lord Iesus Christ * our hope,
2 * Vnto Timotheus (my)So called becau se he followed the simplicitie of the Gospel. natural sonne in the fayth: Grace, mercie, and peace from God our Father, and (frō) Christ Iesus our Lord.
3 As I besoght thee to abide stil in Ephesus, whē I departed into Macedonia, (so do) that thou maiest cōmande some, that thei teache none other doctrine,
4 Nether that they giue hede to * fables and genealogies, * (which are) endles, which brede questiones rather then godlie edifying which is by faith.Colos. 1. 8.
5 For * theBecause these questionistes preferred their curious
〈◊〉
to all other knowledge, and
〈◊〉
them with the Law, as if thei had bene theverie Law of God, S. Paul sheweth that the end of Gods Law is loue which can not be without a good conscience, nether a good
〈◊〉
science without faith, nor faith
〈◊〉
the wor de of God: so their doctrine which is an occasion of
〈◊〉
, is worth nothing. end of the Or, of the Law. commandement isAct. 16
〈◊〉
loue out of a pure heart, and of a good conscience,Chap. 4. 7. and of faith vnfained.Tic. 1. 14.
6 From the which things some haue erred, &Chap. 6. 4. haue turned vnto vaine iangling.Rom. 13. 10.
7 They wolde be doctours of the Law, and yet vnderstand not what they speake, nether whereof they affirme.
8 * And we knowe, that the Law is good, if a man vse it lawfully.
9 Knowing this, that the Law is not giuen vnto aWhose hearts God spirit
〈◊〉
direct to do that willingly which the Law requireth so that their
〈◊〉
affection is to thē as a Law without further
〈◊〉
. righteous man, but vnto the lawles & disobedient, to the vngodlie, and toSuche as onely delite in sinning. sinners to the vnholie, and to the prophane, toRom. 7. 12. murtherers of fathers and mothers, to manslayers.
10 To whoremongers, to buggerers, toWhiche steale away children or seruants. men stealers, to liers, to the periured, and if there be anie other thing, that is cōtrarie to wholsome doctrine.
11 (Whiche is) according to the glorious Gospel of the * blessed God, whiche is committed vnto me.
12 ThereforeHe declareth to
〈◊〉
the ex cellent-force of Gods Spirite in them whome he hath chosen to beare his worde althogh before they were Gods
〈◊〉
enemies, to encourage hym in this battel that he shulde fight against al insideles & hypocrites Chap. 6. 13. I thanke him, which hath made me strong, (that is,) Christ Iesus our Lord: for he counted me faithfull, and put me in (his) seruice:
13 When before I was a blasphemer, and a per secuter, and an oppresser: but I was receiued to mercie: for I did itNot knowing that I foght against God. ignorantly through vnbelief.
14 But the grace of our Lorde was excedyng abundant withWhiche chased away
〈◊〉
faith andWhiche ouercame crueltie, Mat. 9. 13. loue, whiche in Christ Iesus.
15 This (is) a true saying, and by almeanes worthie to be receiued, that * Christ Iesus cameMar. 2. 17. into the worlde to saue sinners, of whome I am chief.
16 Not withstanding, for this cause was I recei ued to mercie, that Iesus Christe shulde first shewe on me allong suffring vnto the ensam ple of them, which shal in time to come beleue in him vnto eternal life.Chap. 6. 12.
17 He brasteth forthe into these godlie affections cōsidering Gods greate mercie toward him. Now vnto the King euerlasting, immortal inuisible, vnto God onely wise, (be) honour (and) glorie for euer, and euer. Amen.
18 This commandement commit I vnto thee, sonne Timotheus, according to theIt appeareth that the vocatiō of
〈◊〉
was approued by notable prophecies which thē were reueiled in the primatiue Churche as Paul & Bar nabas by the ora cle were appointed to go to the Gentles. prophecies, which went before vpon thee, that thou by them shuldest * fight a good fight.
19 HauingThat is sounde doctrine. faith and a good consciēce, whiche some haue put away, and as concerning faith, haue made ship wracke.1. Cor. 5. 5.
20 Of whome is Himeneus, and Alexander, * whome I haueExcommunicate, and cast out of the Churche. deliuered vnto Satan, that they might learne not to blaspheme.
CHAP. II.
1 He exhorteth to pray for all men. 4 wherefore. 8 And how. 9 As touching the apparel and modestie of women
1 IExhorte therefore, that first of al supplicacions, praiers, intercessions (and) giuing of thankes be made forThat is of euerie degre, & of all sortes of people. all men.
2 ForAlthogh they
〈◊〉
the Churche of God, so it be of ignorance: els if they do it maliciously as Iulianus A
〈◊〉
they may not be praied for Galat. 5. 12. Kings, and for all that are in autoritie, that we may lead a quiet and a peaceable life in all godlines and honestie.
3 For this is good and acceptable in the sight of God our Sauiour.1. Thes. 2. 16.
4 * Who will thatAs Iewe & Gē tile poore & riche
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 3.
〈◊〉
. all men shalbe saued, and2. Tim. 4. 14. come vnto the knowledge of the trueth.1. Iohn. 5. 16.
5 For there is one God and oneWho wil reconcile of all nations, people and
〈◊〉
to one god Mediator betwene God and man, (which is) theWho being God was made man. man Christ Iesus,
6 Who gaue him self aHe sheweth that there can be no
〈◊〉
or, except he be also the redemer. raunsome for allWhich shulde beleue. men (to be) aWhich the
〈◊〉
testified, that Christ shulde offre him self forthe redem ption of man at the time that god had determined. 1. Pet. 3. 3. testimonie in due time,
7 * Whereunto I am ordeined a preacher and an Apostle [I speake the trueth in Christ, ād lie not] (euen) a teacher of the Gentiles in faith and veritie.
8 I wil therefore that the men pray, euerie where lifting vpAs testimonies of a pure heart & conscience. pure hands without wrath2. Tim. 1. 11. or douting.
9 * Like wise also the women, that they araye them selues in comelie apparel, with shamefastnes ād modestie, not withThe worde signifieth to plat, to crispe, to
〈◊〉
de, to folde, to bush, to hurle, or tolay it curiously whereby al
〈◊〉
pe & wantonnes is condemned which women vse in trimming their heades. broyded heare, or pearles, or costlie apparel,Gen. 1. 27.
10 But [as be commeth women that professe the feare of God] with good workes.
11 Let the woman learne in silence with all sub iection.
12 I permit not a woman toRead. teache, nether to vsurpe autoritie ouer the man, but to be in silence.
13 ForGen. 3 6. Adam was first formed, then Eue.
14 1. Cor. 14. 34.And Adam wasThe woman was first deceiued, and so became the instrument of Satan to deceiue the man: and thogh therefore God punis heth them with subiection and paine in their trauel, yet if they be faithful and godlie in their vocacion, they shal be saued. not deceiued, but the woman was deceiued, and was in theThat is, giltie of the transgression. transgression.
15 Not withstanding, through bearing of children she shalbe saued ifOr, women. they continue in faith, and loue, and holines with modestie.
CHAP. III.
2 He declareth what is the office of ministers. 11 And as touching their families, 15. The dignitie of the Church 16 And the principal point of the heauenlie doctrine.
1 THis (is) a true saying, * If any manWith a
〈◊〉
zeale to
〈◊〉
the Church of God, whereso euer he shal call him. desireTit. 2. 6. the office of aWhether he be Pastor or Elder. bishoppe, he desirethBothe for the difficultie of the charge and also the excellencie thereof, and the necessitie of the same. a worthie worke.
2 A bishop therefore must be vnreproueable, the housband ofFor in those countries at that time some men had mo thē one, which was a signe of incontinencie. one wife, watching, sober modest, harberous, apt to teache,
3 Not giuen to wine, no striker, not giuen to filthie lucre, but gentle, no fighter, not couetous,
4 One that can rule his owne house honestly, hauing children vnder obedience with allOr, reuerence. honestie.
5 For if any can not rule his owne house, how shalbeIf it be requisite that a man shulde take care in gouerning his owne house, how muche more are they
〈◊〉
to be careful which shal gouer ne the Church of God? care for the Church of God?
6 He may not be a yongIn the doctrine of faith. scholer, lest he being puffed vp fall into theLest being proude of his degreehe be condemnation of the deuil.
7 He must also be wel reported of, euen of the which are
〈◊〉
condemned as the deuil was for lifting vp him self by pride. without, lest he fall intoAs being defamed, shulde become impudent, & do muche harme. rebuke, and the snare of the deuil.
8 Like wise (must) deacons (be) honest, not dou ble tongued, not giuen vnto muche wine, nether to filthie lucre,
9 Chap 1. 19.
That is, no man may haue any thing
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
lay to his charge.Hauing the mysterie of the faith in pure conscience.
10 And let them first be proued: then let themk Hauing the true
〈◊〉
of the Gospel, and the feare
〈◊〉
God. minister, if they be founde blameles.
11 Like wise theirOf the bishopes and Deacons. wiues (must be) honest, not euil speakers, (but) sober, (and) faithful in all things.
12 Let the deacons be the housbands of one wife, and suche as can rule their childrē wel, and their owne housholdes,
13 For they that haue ministred wel, get them selues aThe good reporte
〈◊〉
all men. good degre, and greatTo serue God with
〈◊〉
assurance, because
〈◊〉
haue alway a good
〈◊〉
libertie in the faith, which is in Christ Iesus.
14 These things write I vnto thee, trusting to come very shortely vnto thee.
15 But if I tary long, that thou maist yet know how thou oghtest to be haue thy selfe in the house of God, whiche is the Churche of the liuing God, theThis is spoken in the respect of men, for as much as in this world the trueth onely
〈◊〉
the Chu ch, by trason of Gods
〈◊〉
: for othe wise Christ is the fundation, and the corner stone, whiche bothe beareth, & mainteineth his Churche pillar & grounde of trueth.
16 And without controuersie, great is the mysterie of godlines, (whiche is,) God is manifested in the flesh,Approued
〈◊〉
in that he was not onely a man but God also. iustified in the SpiriteSo that the Angels marueilled at his excellencie, sene of Angels, preached vnto the Gentiles, beleued on in the worlde, (and) receiued vp inTo the right hand of God the Father. glorie.
CHAP. IIII.
2 He teacheth him what doctrine be ought to flee. 6. 8. 11. And what to followe. 15 And wherein ought to exercise himself continually.
1 NOw the Spirit speaketh euidently, that2. Tim. 3. 1. in the * latter times some shall departe2. Pet. 3. 3. from the faith, and shal giue hede vntoFalse teachers which boast thē selues that they haue the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
Gost. spiritsIud 18. 5. of errour, and doctrines of deuils.
2 Whiche speak elyes through hypocrisie, & haue theirTheir dul consciences first wa xed harde, then after canker and corruption bred therein, last of all it was burnt of with an hote
〈◊〉
, so that he
〈◊〉
such as haue no conscien ce. Ephe. 4. 19. consciēces burned with an hore yron.
3 Forbidding to marie, (and commandyng) to absteine from meats which God hath created to be receiued with giuyng thankes of them whiche beleue and knowe the trueth.
4 For euerie creature of God (is) good, and nothing (ought) to be refused, if it be receiued with thank esgiuing.
5 For it isVnto vs, which receiue it, as at Gods hands Chap. 1. 4. & 6. 20. 2. Tim. 2. 16. & 23.
〈◊〉
. 3. 9. sanctified by the worde of God, and prayer.
6 If thou put the brethren in remembrance of these things, thou shalt be a good minister of Iesus Christ, whiche hast bene nourished vp in the wordes of faith, and of good doctrine, which thou hast continually followed.
7 *But cast away prophane, and olde wiues fables, and exercise thy
〈◊〉
vnto godlines.
8 ForMeaning to be giuen to ceremo nies and to such things as delite the fantasies of man. bodelie exercise profiteth litle: butThat is, he that hath faith and a good conscience is promised to haue al things ne cessarie for this life, and to enioy life euer lasting. godlines is profitable vnto
〈◊〉
, which hathe the promes of the life present, and of that that is to come.
9 This (is) a true saying, and by al meanes worthie to be receiued.
10 For therefore we labour and are rebuked, because we trust in the liuing God, whiche is theThe goodnes of God declareth it self towarde all men but chiefely towarde the faithful by preser uing thē: & here he meaneth not
〈◊〉
euerlasting. Sauiour of all men, specially of those that beleue.
11 These things commande and teache.
12 Let no man despise thy youth, but be vnto them that beleue, an ensample, in worde, in conuersation, in loue, inIn godlie zeale or giftes of the Spirit. spirit, in faith, & in purenes.
13 Til I come, giue attendance to reading, to exhortation, and to doctrine.
14 Despise not the gift that is in thee which was giuen theeAnd reuelation of the holie Gost. by prophecie with the laying on of the hands of the companie of theVnder this name he conteineth the whole ministe rie of the Church which was at Ephesus. Eldership.
15 These things exercise, (and) giue thy self vn to them, thatOr, that all may se how thou profitest. it may be sene how thou profitest among all men.
16 Take hede vnto thy self, and vnto learning: continue therein: for in doing this thouThou shaltfaith fully do thy duetie which is an assurance of thy saluation. shalt bothe saue thy self, and them that heare thee.
CHAP. V.
1 He teacheth him how he shal behaue him self in rebuking all degrees. 3 An ordre concerning widowes 17 The establishing of ministers. 23 The gouuernance of his bodie, 24 And the iudgement of sinnes.
1 REbuke not an elder, but exhort him as a father, and the yonger men as brethren.
2 The elder women as mothers, the yonger as sisters, with all purenes.
3Take care for them. Honour widowes, whiche are widowes in dede.
4 But if any widow haue childrē or nephewes, letPaul willeth that the widdowes put the Chu ch to no charge which haue
〈◊〉
children or
〈◊〉
that are able to relieue them, but that the children
〈◊〉
rish their mother or kinsfolkes according as nature bindeth them. them learne first to shewe godlines towarde their owne house, and to recompense their kinred: for that is an honest thinge and acceptable before God.
5 And she that is a widoweWhich hathe no maner of worldlie meanes to helpe her selfe with. in dede and lefte alone, trusteth in God, and cōtinueth in supplications and prayers night and day.
6 But she that liueth in pleasure, isBecause she is vtterly vnprofitable. dead, while she liueth.
7 These things therefore commāde, that they may be blameles.
8 If there be any that prouideth not for hys owne, and namely for them of his housholde, he denieth the faith, and is worse then an infidel.
9 Let not a widowe be taken into the nomber vnder thre score yere olde, that hathe bene the wife ofHe meaneth suche widowes which being iustly diuorced from their first housbands maried again to the selander of the Church for els he doeth not reproue the widowes that haue bene oftener maried them once. one housband.
10 And wel reported of for good workes: if she haue nourished her children, if she haue lodged the strangers, if she haue washed the Saintes fete, if she haue ministred vnto them which were in aduersitie, if she were continually giuen vnto euerie good worke.
11 But refuse the yonger widowes: for when they haue begonne to waxeForgetting their vocation. want on against Christ, they wil marie,
12 HauingNot onely haue sclandred the Churchin leauing their charge, but haue forsaken their religion, & therefore shalbe punished with euer lasting death damnation, because they haue broken theThey haue not onely done disho nour to Christ in leauing their vocation, but also haue brokē their faith. first faith.
13 And like wise also being ydle they learne to go about from house to house: yea, (they are) not onely ydle, but also prattelers and busibodies, speaking things which are not comelie.
14 I wil therefore that the yonger women marie, and beare children, and gouuerne the house, (and) giue none occasion to the aduersarie to speake euil.
15 For certeine are already turned backe after Satan.
16 If any faithful man, or faithful woman haue widowes, let them minister vnto them, and let not the Churche be charged, that there may be sufficient for them that are widowes inWhich are with out al mās helpe and succour. dede.
17 ¶The Elders that rule wel, are worthie of* double honour specially they which labourDeut. 15. 18. in the worde and doctrine.
18 For the Scripture saith, * Thou shalt notDeut. 25. 4. mousel the mouth of the oxe that treadeth1. Cor. 9. 9. out the corne: and, * The labourer is worthieMat. 10. 10. of his wages.Luk, 10. 7.
19 Against an ElderExcept that he which doeth
〈◊〉
him, haue at least two witnesses whiche promesse with the accoser to proue that whiche they laye to his charge. receiue none accusation but vnder two orthre witnesses.
20 Them that sinne, rebuke openly, that the rest also may feare.
21 ¶*Chiefly the ministers and so all others.
Or, protest. charge (thee) before God & the Lord Iesus Christ, and the elect Angels, that thou obserue these thyngs withoutOr without ha
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. preferryngChap. 6. 13. one to another, and do nothing parcially.
22 Layhands suddenly on no man,In
〈◊〉
them without suf ficient trial. nether be partaker of othermens sinnes: kepe thy selfFrom iuste offence. pure.
23 Drinke no longer water, but vse a litle wine for thy stomakes sake, and thine often infirmities.
24 Some mens sinnes are openAs Simon the sorcerer, before hand, and go before vnto iudgement: but some mensTheir sinnes followe, whiche for a ime haue deceiued the god lie, and after
〈◊〉
detected,
〈◊〉
Saul, Iudas, and other
〈◊〉
. followe after.
25 Likewise also the good workes are manifest before hand, and thei that are otherwise can not be hid.
CHAP. VI.
1 The duetie of sernants to
〈◊〉
their masters. 3 Against suche as are not satisfied with the worde of God. 6 Of true godlines and contentation of minde. 9 Against couetousnes. 11 A charge giuen to Timothie.
1 LEt as many * seruants as are vnder theEphe. 6. 5. yoke counte their masters worthie of alCol 3. 22. honour, that the Name of God, and (his) doctrine1. Pet. 2. 18. be not euil spoken of.
2 And they whiche haue beleuing masters, let thē not despise them, because they are brethren, but rather do seruice, because thei are faith ful, and beloued, and
〈◊〉
of theThat is of the grace of God, as
〈◊〉
seruāts are and hauyng the same adoption. benefite. These things teache and exhorte.
3 If any man teach other wise, and consenteth not to the wholsome wordes of our Lorde Iesus Christe, and to the doctrine, whiche is accordyng to godlines.
4 He is pufte vp and knoweth nothyng, but doteth about * questions and strife of wordes,Chap. 1.
〈◊〉
. whereof cometh enuie, strife, railings, euil surmisings.
5 Vaine disputations of men of corrupt mindes, ād destitute of the trueth, which thinke that gaine is godlines: from suche separate thy self.
6They that measure religion by riches, are here taught, that onely religion is the true riches. But godlines is great gaine, if a man be con tent with that he hathe.
7 * For we broght nothing into the worlde, (&) it is certeine, that we cā carie nothīg out
8 Therefore when we haue fode and raimentIob. 1. 21. let vs there with be content.
〈◊〉
. 27. 26.
9 For they that will beThat set their felicitie in riches riche, fall into tentationEccies 5. 14. and snares, and into many foolish and noysome lustes, whiche drowne men in perdition and destruction.
10 For the desire of money is the roote of all euil, whiche while some Iusted after, they erred from the faith, andFor they are
〈◊〉
quiet nether in soule nor bodie. perced them selues through with many sorowes.
11 But thou, ôWhome Gods Spirit doeth rule. man of God, flee these thyngs, and followe after righteousnes, godlines, faith, loue, pacience, (and) meek enes.
12 Fight the good fight of faith: laye holde of eternall life, whereunto thou art also called, and hast professed a good profession before many witnesses.Chap. 5. 11.
13 * I charge thee in the sight of GOD, who quickneth althings, and before Iesus ChristMat. 27. 11. whiche vnder Pontius Pilate * witnessed aIohn. 18. 37. good confession.
14 That thou kepe (this) commandement with out spot, and vnrebukeable, vntil the appeaChap. 1. 11. ring of our Lord Iesus Christ.Reuel 17. 14. & 19. 16.
15 Whiche in duetime he shal shewe, that is * blessed and prince onely,By this mightie power of God the
〈◊〉
are admonished
〈◊〉
dely to stande in their vocation althogh the
〈◊〉
, Satan &
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
them. the King of Kings and Lord of Lords.
16 Who onely hathe immortalitie, and dwelleth in the light that none can atteine vnto, * whome neuer man sawe, nether can se, vnto whome (be) honour & power euerlasting. Amen.
17 Charge them that are richeIn things
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
life. in this worlde,Iohn. 1. 18. that they be not high minded, and that they1. Iohn. 1. 12. * trust not in vncerteine riches, but in the liuingMar. 4. 19. God, [whiche giueth vs abundantly allLuk. 22. 15. things to enioye]
18 That they do good, (and) be riche in goodMat. 6 20. workes, (and) readie to distribute, and communicate.Luk. 6. 9.
19 * Laying vp in store for them selues a good fundatio against the time to come, that they may obteine eternall life.
20 O Timotheus, kepeThe gifes of God for the vtilitie of the Church Chap. 1. 4. & 4, 7. that whiche is committed vnto thee, and * auoide profane (and) vaine bablings, andAs when question,
〈◊〉
question. oppositions of science falsely so called.
21 Whiche while some professe, they haue erred concernyng the faith. Grace (be) with thee.
Amen.
The first (epistle) to Timotheus written from Laodicea, whiche is the chiefest citie of Phrygia Pacaciana.
THE SECONDE EPISTLE of Paul to Timotheus.
THE ARGVMENT.
THe Apostle being now ready to confirme that doctrine
〈◊〉
his blood, which he had professed and taught, encourageth simotheus [and in him all the faithful] in the faith of the Gospel, and in the constant and syncere cōfession of the same: willing him not to shrinke for feare of afflictions, but patiently to attende the yssue, as do housband men, which at length receiue the frutes of their labours, and to cast of alfeare and care, as souldiers do which seke onely to please their
〈◊〉
shewing him briefly the summe of the Gospel, which he preached, cōmanding him to preache the same to others diligently taking hede of contentions, curious disputations, and vaine questions, to the intēt that his doctrine may al together edifie. Considering that the examples of Hymeneus and Philetus, which subuerted the true doctrine of the resurre ction, were so horrible: & yet to the intent that no man shulde be offended at their fall, being men of autoritie & inestima tion, he sheweth that all that professe Christ are not his, & that the Churche is subiect to this calamitie that the euill must dwel among the good til Gods trial come: yet he reserueth them whom he hathe elected, euen to the end. And that Timotheus shulde not be discouraged by the wicked, he declareth what abominable men, and dangerous times shall followe, willing him to arme him self with the hope of the good yssue that God wil giue vnto his, & to exercise him self diligētly in the Scriptures, bothe against the aduersaries, and for the vtilitie of the Churche, desiring him to come to hym for certeine necessarie affaires, and so with his and others salutations endeth.
CHAP. I.
6 Paul exhorteth Timotheus to stedfastnes and pacience in persecution, and to continue in the doctrine, that he had taught him. 12 Whereof his bonds and afflictions were agage. 16 A commendation of Onesiphorus.
1 PAul an Apostle of Iesus Christ by the will of God,Being sent of God to preache that life
〈◊〉
he had promised in Christ Iesus. accordyng to the promes of life, whiche is in Christ Iesus.
2 To Timotheus (my) beloued sonne: Grace, mercie, (and) peace from God the Father, and (from) Iesus Christ our Lord.
3 I thanke God,* whome I serue from (mine)Act. 22.
〈◊〉
.
Following the steppes of mine ancestres, as Abraham,
〈◊〉
Iacob, and others of whome I am come and of whome I receiued the true reli gion by successiō
elders with pure conscience, that without ceasing I haue remembrance of thee in my prayers night and day.
4 Desiring to se thee, mindful of thy teares, that I may be filled with ioye:
5 When I call to remembrance the vnfained faith that is in thee, whiched welt first in thy grandmother Lois, and in this mother Eunice, and am assured that (it dwelleth) in thee also.
6 Wherefore, I put thee in remembrance that thouThe gift of God is a certein huelie flame
〈◊〉
in our hearts whiche Satan & the flesh labour to quenche, and therfore we must
〈◊〉
it, and
〈◊〉
it vp. stirre vp the gifte of God whiche is in thee, by the putting on ofWith the rest of the Elders of Ephesus. 1. mine hands.
7 For God hathe not giuen to vs the Spirit ofAs thogh God wolde destroye vs. feare, but of power, and of loue, and of a sounde minde.
8 Be not therefore ashamed of the testimonie of our Lord, nether of me his prisoner: but be partaker of the afflictions of the Gospel, according to the power of God.Tim. 4. 14.
9 Who hathe saued vs, and called vs with an1. Cor. 1. 2. * holie calling, not according to our* workes
〈◊〉
. 1. 3. but according to his owne purpose & grace which was giuen to vs through Christ Iesus before the * worlde was.
〈◊〉
. 16. 25.
10 But is now made manifest by theHe speaketh here of his first
〈◊〉
; which
〈◊〉
it semed
〈◊〉
& contemptible, yet was honorable & glo rious: therefore our mindes ought to be lifted vp from the consideration of worldlie things to contemplate the maiestie ther of. appearing
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 9. of our Sauiour Iesus Christ, who hatheCol.
〈◊〉
. 26. abolished death, and hathe broght life andTit 1. 2. immortalitie vnto light through the Gospel.1. Pet.
〈◊〉
. 20.
11 * Whereunto I am appointed a preacher, &
〈◊〉
. Tim 2. 7. Apostle, and ateacher of the Gentiles.
12 For the which cause I also suffre these things but I am not ashamed: for I knowe whome I haue beleued, and I am persuaded that he is able to kepe that whiche I haueWhiche is my self. cōmitted to him against that day.
13 Kepe the true paterne of the wholsome wordes, whiche thou hast heard of me in faith and loue whiche is in Christ Iesus.
14 ThatThe grace of the holie Gost. worthie thing, which was committed to thee, kepe through the holie Gost, whiche dwelleth in vs.
15 This thou knowest, that all they which are in Asia, be turned from me: of whiche sorte are Phygellus and Hermogenes.
16 The Lorde giue mercie vnto the house of One siphorus: for he oftrefreshed me, & was not ashamed of my chaine.
17 But when he was at Rome, he soght me out verie diligently, and founde (me.)
18 The Lord grant vnto him, that he may finde mercie with the Lord at that day, and in how manie things he hathe ministred vnto me at Ephesus, thou knowest verie wel.
CHAP. II.
2 He exhorteth him to be constant in trouble, to suffer manly to abyde faste in the wholsome doctrine of our Lord Iesus Christ. 11 Shewing him the fidelitie of Gods counsel touching the saluation of his. 19 And the marke thereof.
1 THou therfore, my sonne, be strong in the grace that is in Christ Iesus:
2 And what things thou hast heard of me,Or, in the presence of manie witnesse, by manie witnesses, the same deliuer to faithfull men, whiche shalbe able toSo that the trueth of God may remaine
〈◊〉
. teache other also.
3 Thou therefore suffer afflictions as a good souldier of Iesus Christ.
4 No man that warreth, entangleth hym self withAs with hys hous holde, and other ordinarie affaires. the affaires of (this) life, because he wolde please him that hathe chosen hym to be a souldier.
5 And if anie man also striue for a masterie, he is not crowned, excepthe striue as he ought to do.
6 The housband manSo that the paine must go before the
〈◊〉
. must labour before he receiue the frutes.
7 Consider what I say: and the Lord giue thee vnderstanding in all things.
8 Remember that Iesus Christ (made) of the sede of Dauid, was raised againe from the dead accordyng to my Gospel.
9 Wherein I suffer trouble an euil doer, ouen vnto bondes: but the worde of God is notNot withstanding mine impri
〈◊〉
the worde of God hathe it race, and increaseth. bounde.
10 Therefore I suffer all things, for the *To confirme their faith, more esteming the edi fication of the Church then him selfe. elects sake, that they might also obteine the the saluation which is in Christ Iesus, with2. Cor. 1. 4. eternal glorie.Col. 1. 24.
11 It (is) a true saying, For if we be* dead wythRom. 6. 5. him, we also shal liue with him.
12 If we suffer, we shal also reigne with hym:* if we denie him, he also wil denie vs.
13 If* we beleue not, (yet) abideth he faithful: he can not denie him self.Mat. 10. 33.
14 Of these thyngs put them in remembrance,Mar.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
, and protest before the Lord, that they striueRom. 3 3. not aboute wordes, whiche is to no profit, (but) to the peruerting of the hearers.
15 Studie to she we thy selfe approued vnto God, a workeman that nedeth not to be asha med,Giuing to euerie one his iuste portion, VVherin he alludeth to the Priests of the olde Lawe whiche in their sacrifice gaue to God hys parte, toke their owne parte and gaue to him that broght the sacrifice, his duetie. diuiding the worde of trueth a right.
16 *Stay prophane, and vaine bablings: for they shal encrease vnto more vngo
〈◊〉
.
17 And their worde shall fret as a cancre of which sorte is Hymeneus and Philetus.
18 Whiche as concernyng the trueth haue erred, saying that the resurrection is past already,1. Tim. 4 7. and 6. 20. and do destroye the faith of certeine.Tit. 3. 9.
19 But the fundation of God remayneth sure, and hathe thys seale,He
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Gods election and mans fayth. The LORD knoweth who are his, and, Let euerie one that calleth on the Name of Christ, departe frome iniquitie.
20 Notwithstanding in aBecause the wicked shulde not couer them selues vnder the name of the chur the he sheweth by this similitude, that bothe good and bad may
〈◊〉
therein. great house are not onely vessels of Golde and of Siluer, but also of wood and of earth, and some for honour, and some vnto dishonour.
21 If anie man therefore purge him selfe fromThat is, bothe separate him self fro the wicked, and also purge his naturall corruption by Gods Spirit. these, he shalbe a vessel vnto honour, sanctified, and mete for the Lord, and prepared vn to euerie good worke.
22 Flee also frome the lustes of youth, and followe after ryghteousnes, fayth, loue, (and) peace, with them that* cal on the Lord with pure heart.2. Cor. 1. 2.
23 * And put away foolish, andVVhich do not edifie. vnlearned que1. Tim. 1. 4. and 4. 7. stions, knowing that they in gendre strife.Tite. 3. 9.
24 But the seruant of the Lord must not striue, but (must) be gentle towarde all men apt to teache,VVhich faile of ignorance. suffring the euil men (paciently.)
25 Instructing them with mekenes that are cō trarieHe meaneth not this of Apostates or heretikes, whome he willeth to
〈◊〉
but of them onely whiche as yet are not come to the knowledge of the trueth, and falthrough igno rance. minded, (prouyng) if GOD at anye time will gyue them repentaunce, that they may knowe the trueth.
26 And that they maye come to amendement out of the snare of the deuill, which are takē of him at his wil.
〈◊〉
Or, thus beyng deliuered out of the snare of
〈◊〉
deuill of whome they are taken, they maye come to amendement ād performe his wil.
CHAP. III.
1 He prophecieth of the perilous times. 2 Setteth out hypo crites in their colours. 12 Sheweth the state of the Christians. 14 And how to auoide dangers. 16 Also what profit cometh of the Scriptures.
1 THys knowe also, that in the * laste dayes shal come perilous times.
2 ForHe speaketh of thē which make profession to be Christians. men shalbe louers of theyr owne selues,Chap. III. couetous, boasters, proude, cursed speakers,2. Tim. 4. 1. disobedient to parents, vnthankefull,2. Peter. 3. 3. vnholye.Iude. 18.
3 Without naturall affection, truce breakers, false accusers, intemperate, fierce,
〈◊〉
of them which are good.
4 Traitours, headie, hygh mynded, louers of pleasures more then louers of God.
5 Hauyng a she we of godlynes, but haue denied the power thereof: turne away therfore from suche.
6 For of this sorte are they whichAs, monkes,
〈◊〉
, and suche
〈◊〉
. crepe into houses, and lead captiue simple women laden with sinnes, and led with diuers lustes.
7 (Whiche women are) euerlearnyng, and are neuer able to come to the knowledge of the trueth.
8 * And as Iannes and Iambres with stode MoExod. 7. 12. ses, so do these also resiste the trueth, men ofVVhiche
〈◊〉
iudge nothyng a ryght. corrupte myndes, reprobate concernyng the fayth.
9 But they shall preuaile no longer: for theyr madnes shalbe euident vnto al men, as theirs also was.
10 ¶ But thou hast fully knowen my doctrine, maner of lyuing,Not onelye what I taught and did, but also what my minde and wil was. Act. 3. 14. purpose, faith, long suffering, loue, pacience.
11 Persecutions, (and) afflictions whiche came vnto me at* Antiochia, at Iconium, and at I ystri, whiche persecutions I suffered: but from them all the Lord deliuered me.
12 Yea, and all that will liue godly in Christ Iesus, shal suffer persecution.
13 But the euill men andThe worde signifieth them. that by anie craf
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
or conueiance beguile men with false colors, fiatteries and illusions, and suche God setteth vp to exercise hys by them: ād here S. Paul admonis heth vs of them 2. Peter. 1. 20. deceiuers, shall waxe worsse and worsse, deceyuyng, and beyng de
〈◊〉
.
14 But continue thou in the thyngs whyche thou hast learned, and art persuaded (thereof,) knowyng of whome thou hast learned (them.)
15 And that thou hast knowen the holie Scriptures of a childe, whiche are able to make thee wise vnto saluation through the fayth whiche is in Christ Iesus.
16 * For the whole Scripture (is) giuen by inspiration of God, and (is) profitable to teache, to improue, to correct (and) to instructe in ryghteousnes.
17 That theVVhiche is content to be gouer ned by Goddes worde. man of GOD may beThe onely Scri pture sufficeth to lead vs to per fection. absolute, being made perfite vnto all good workes.
CHAP. IIII.
1 He exhorteth Timotheus to be feruēt in the worlde, and to suffer aduersitie. 6 Maketh mention of his own death 9 And biddeth Timothie come vnto him.
1 IOr, adiure. Charge (thee) therefore before God, and (before) the Lord Iesus Christ, whiche shal iudge the quicke and dead at his appearing, and in his kingdome.
2 Preache the worde: be instant,Leaue
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
casion to preach and to
〈◊〉
. in season and out of season: improue, rebuke, exhorte with all long suffring and doctrine.
3 For the time will come, when they will not suffer wholsome doctrine: but hauyng their eares itching, shal after their owne lustes get them an heape of teachers.
4 And shall turne their eares from the trueth, and shal be giuen vntoTo false, and vnprofitable doctrine. fables.
5 But watch thou in all thyngs: suffer aduersitie: do the worke of an Euangeliste: makeSo behaue thy self in this office that men may be able to charge thee with nothing, but rather approuue thee in all thyngs. thy ministerie fully knowen.
6 For I am nowe ready to beOr, dissoluing. offered, and the time of myRead Phi, 2. 17. departing is at hand.
7 I haue foght a good fight, and haue finished
(my) course: I haue kept the faith.
8 (For) hence forth is laid vp for me the crown of righteousnes, which the Lorde the rightous iudge shall giue me at that daye: and not to me onely, but vnto all them also that loue his appearyng.
9 Make spede to come vnto me atonce.
10 For Demas hath forsakē me, and hath embraced this present worlde, and is departed vnto Thessalonica. Crescens (is gone) to Galacia, Titus vnto Dalmacia.
11 *Hereby it is ma nifest that Peter as yet was not at Rome, and if euer he was there it is vncerteine. Onely Luke is with me. Take Marke andColos. 4. 19. bring him with thee: for he is profitable vnto me to minister.
12 And Tychicus haue I sent to Ephesus.
13 TheSome reade cof fre: others, boke. cloke that I left at Troas with Carpus, when thou comest, bring with thee, and the bokes, but specially the parchements.
14 Alexander the copper smith hath done me muche euil: the LordeFor Paul sawe in him manifest signes of reprobation. rewarde hym according to his workes.
15 Of whome be thou ware also: for he withstode our preaching sore.
16 At my first answeringIf S. Peter, had bene there he wolde not haue for saken him. no man assisted, me but all forsoke me: (I praye God,) that it may not be laid to their charge.
17 Notwithstanding the Lord assisted me, and strengthened me, that by me the preachyng myght be fully knowen, and that all the Gen tiles shulde heare, and I was deliuered out of the mouth of theOut of the great danger of Nero. lion.
18 And the Lord will deliuer me from euerieThat I commit nothing vnworthie mine office, Chap. 1. 16. euil worke, and wil preserue me vnto his hea uenlie kingdome: to whome (be) praise for euer and euer. Amen.
19 Salute Prisca, and Aquila, and the * housholde of Onesiphorus.
20 Erastus abode at Corinthus: Trophimus I left at Miletum sicke.
21 Make spede to come before winter. Eubulus greteth thee, and Pudens, and Linus, and Claudia, and all the brethren.
22 The Lorde Iesus Christ (be) with thy spirit. Grace (be) with you.
Amen.
The seconde (Epistle) written from Rome vnto Timotheus the first bishop elected, of the Churche of Ephesus, when Paul was presented the second time before the Emperour Nero.
THE EPISTLE OF Paul to Titus.
THE ARGVMENT.
WHen Titus was left in Creta to finish that doctrine which Paul had there begonne, Satan stirred vp certeine which went about not onely to ouerthrowe the gouernement of the Churche, but also to corrupt the doctrine: for some by ambition wolde haue thrust in them selues to be Pastours, others, vnder pretext of Moses Law broght in manie trifles. Against these two sortes of men Paul armeth Titus: first teachyng him what maner of Ministers he ought to chose, chiefly requiryng that they be men of sounde doctrine to the intent they myght resiste the aduersaries, and amongs other things he noreth the Iewes whiche put a certeine holines in meates and suche outwarde ceremonies, teachyng them whiche are the true exercises of a Christian life, and what things apperteine to euerie mans vocation. Againste the whiche if anie man rebelle or els doeth not obey, he willeth him to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
CHAP. I.
5 He aduertiseth Titus touchyng the gouernement of the Church. 7. The ordinance and office of ministers. 12 The nature of the Cretians, and of them which sowe abroade Iewish fables and inuentions of men.
1 PAVLaOr, minister. seruant of God, and an Apostle of IESVS Christ, accordynge to theThat is, to prea che the faith, to increase
〈◊〉
knowledge, to
〈◊〉
them to
〈◊〉
godly that at length they may obteine eter nal life. fayth of Gods elect and the knowledge of the trueth, which is accordyng to godlines.Rom. 16. 25. Ephe.
2 Vnder the hope of eternall life, whiche God39. Col. 1. 26. that can not lie, hatheHath willingly, ād of his mere
〈◊〉
promi sed without fo e seyng our faith or workes as a cause to moue hym to this
〈◊〉
mercie. promised before the2. Tim.
〈◊〉
. 10. 1 per. *worlde began.1 20. Gal. 11.
3 But hathe made hys worde manifeste in due time through the preachyng, which is* committed vnto me, according to the commandement of God ourVVho bothegi
〈◊〉
life, and pre ser ueth life.
〈◊〉
:
4 To Titus (my) naturallIn respecte of faith which was commune to thē both, so that here by they are brethren: but in respect, of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Paul
〈◊〉
him as his sonne is faith. sonne accordynge to the commune faith, Grace,
〈◊〉
, (and) pea ce from God the Father, and (from) the Lord Iesus Christ our Sauiour.
5 For this cause left I thee in Creta, that thou shuldest continue to redresse the things that remaine, and shuldest ordeine Elders in eucrie citie, as I appointed thee.
6 *If anyeThat is, without all infamie whereby his au toritie might be diminished. be vnreproueable, the housbande of one wife, hauyng faithfull children, whiche are not sclandered of riote, nether are disobedient.1. Tim. 3. 2.
7 For a byshop muste be vnreproueable, asVVho hath the dispensation of his gifts. Gods stewarde, not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
willy. frowarde, not angrie, not giuen to wyne, no striker, not giuen to
〈◊〉
lucre.
8 But harberous, one that louethOr, good men. goodnes, wise,Toward men. righteous,Towarde God holie, temperate.
9 Holding fast the faithfull worde accordyng to doctrine, that he also may be able to exhorte with wholsome doctrine, and improue them that say against it.
10 For there are manie disobedient and vayne talkers and deceiuers of mindes, chiefly they of theVVhiche were not onelye the Iewes, but also the Hebionites, &
〈◊〉
here tikes, which taught that the law muste be ioyned with Christ. Circumcision.
11 Whose mouths
〈◊〉
be stopped, which sub uert whole houses, teachyng things, whiche they ought not, for filthie lucre sake.
12 One of thē selues, (euen) one of their owneHe calleth Epimenides the Philosopher, or Poet, whose verse he here recireth,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, because the Cretians so
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and as Laertius writeth, they sacrificedvnto him as to a God, forasmuch as he had a marueilousgift to vnderstand things to come: which thing Satan by the permission of God hathe opened to the infideles frō time to time, but it
〈◊〉
to their greater cō
demnacion, 1. Tim. 1. 4. prophetes said, The Cretians (are) alwayes lyars, euil beastes, slowe belyes.
13 This witnes is true: wherfore rebuke them sharpely, that they may be soūde in the faith.
14 And not taking hede to *Iewish fables and commandements of men, that turne from the trueth.
15 Vnto the pure *(are) all things pure, but vnto them that are defiled, and vnbeleuing, (is) nothing pure, but euen their mindes and consciences are defiled.
16 They professe that they knowe God, but byForasmuche as thei stay at thīgs of nothing, and passenor for thē that are
〈◊〉
, and so giue them selues to al wickednes. workes they denie (him,) and are abominable and disobedient, and vnto euerie good worke reprobate.
CHAP. II.
1 He commendeth vnto him the wholsome doctrine, and telleth him how he shall teache all degrees to be haue thē
Rom. 14. 20. selues. 11 Through the benefite of the grace of Christ.
1 BVt speake thou the things which becomeWher with our soulesarefed and mainteined in helth. wholsome doctrine.
2 That the Elder men be sobre, honest, discrete sounde in the faith, in loue, (and) in paciēce.
3 The Elder women likewise, that they be inChap. II. suche behauiour as becometh holines, not false accusers, not giuen to much wine (but) teachers of honest things.
4 That they may instruct the yong women to be sobre minded, that they loue their housbands, that they loue their children.
5 (That they be) discrete, chast,Not running to and fro without necessarie occasions, which is a signe of
〈◊〉
. kepyng at
〈◊〉
. 5. 23. home good and * subiect vnto their housbands, that the worde of God be not euill spoken of.
6 Exhorte yong men likewise, that they be sobreminded.
7 Aboue althings shewe thy self an ensample of good workes with vncorrupt doctrine, with grauitie, integritie.
8 (And) with the wholsome worde, whiche can not be reproued, that he whiche withstandeth, may be ashamed, hauing nothyng concerning you to speake euill of.
9 *Let seruants be subiect to their masters, andEphes. 6. 3. please (thē) in al things not answering againColos. 3. 22.
10 Nether pykers, but that they shewe al good1. Pet. 2. 18. faithfulnes that they may adorne the doctrine of God our Sauiour in all things.
11 *For the grace of God, that bringethOf what condicion or state
〈◊〉
they be. saluacion1. Cor. 1. 2. vnto all men, hathe appeared.Colos. 1. 22.
12 And teacheth vs that we shulde denie vngodlines, and worldlie lustes, and that we shulde liue sobrely and righteously, & godly in this present worlde.
13 Loking for the blessed hope, ād appearyng of the glorie of the mightie God, and of our Sauiour Iesus Christ.
14 Who gaue him self for vs, that he might redeme vs from all iniquitie, and purge vs (to be) aMost dere and precious. peculiar people vnto him self, zealous of good workes.
15 These things speake, and
〈◊〉
, and rebuke with allAs becometh the ambassadour of God. autoritie.
〈◊〉
that no man despice thee.
CHAP. III.
1 Of obedience to suche as be in autoritie. 9 He warneth Titus to be ware of foolish and vnprofitable questions. 12 Concluding with certeine
〈◊〉
matters. 15 And salutacions.
1 PVt them in remembrance that they *Althogh the rulers be infideles, yet we are bounde to obey them in ciuil polices, and where as they cōmande vs nothing against the worde of God. beRom. 19. 1. subiect to the Principalities and Powers,1. Pet. 2. 13. (and) that they be obedient, (and) readie to euerie good worke.
2 That they speake euil of no man, that they be no fighters, (but) softe, shewing all mekenes vnto all men.
3 *For let vs consider what we our selues were when God shes wed vs fauour. For we our selues also were in times past vnwise, disobedient, deceiued, seruing the1 Cor 6. 11. lustes and diuers pleasures,
〈◊〉
in maliciousnes and enuie, hatefull, (and) hatyng one another.
4 But when the bountifulnes and loue of God our Sauiour to warde man appeared.
5 *NotGod doeth not iustifie vs for respect of anie thīg whiche he seeth in vs, but doeth preuent vs with his grace & frely accepteth vs. by the workes of righteousnes, which2. Tim. 1. 9. we had done, but accordyng to his mercie he saued vs, by theBaptisme is a sure signe of our regeneraciō, whi che is wroght by the holie Gost. washing of the new birth and the renuyng of the holie Gost.
6 Whiche he shed on vs abundantly, through Iesus Christ our Sauiour.
7 That we, being iustified by his grace, shulde be made heires accordyng to the hope of eternall life.
8 This (is) a true saying, and these things I will thou shuldest affirme, that they whiche haue beleued in God, might be carefull to shewe forthe good workes. These thyngs (are) good and profitable vnto men.
9 *But stay foolish questions, and genealogies and contentions, and brawlings about the Law: for they are vnprofitable and vaine.
10 This commandement is giuen to the minister, & so particularly to all men to whome the sworde is not cō
mitted: but
〈◊〉
the magistrate, whose chief office is to
〈◊〉
Gods
〈◊〉
in his Church ought to cut of al suche rotten and
〈◊〉
members from the bodie.
〈◊〉
him that is an heretike, after once or twise admonicion.
11 Knowing that he that is suche, isSo that there is no hope of amen dement. peruerted, andWillingly, and wittingly. sinneth being damned of his owne self.
12 When I shall send Artemas vnto thee, or1. Tim. 1. 4. & 4. 7. Tychicus, be diligent to come to me vnto2. Tim. 2. 23. Nicopolis: for I haue determined there to winter.
13 Bring ZenasIt is probable, that he was an interpreter of the Law of Moses. as Apollos. &c. the expounder of the Law, and Apollos on their iourney diligently, that they lacke nothyng.
14 And let ours also learne to shewe for: the good workes for necessarie vses that they be not vnfruteful.
15 Al that are with me, salute thee.
〈◊〉
them that loue vs in the faith. Grace (be) with you all,
Amen.
To Titus, elect the first bishope of the Church of the Cretians, written from Nicopolis in Macedonia.
THE EPISTLE OF of Paul to Philemon.
THE ARGVMENT.
ALbeit the excellencie of Pauls spirit wonderfully appeareth in other his Epistles, yet this Epistle is a greate witnes, and a declaration of the same For farre passing the basenes of his matter, he fleeth as it were vp to heauen, and speaketh with a diuine grace and
〈◊〉
. Onesimus seruant to Philemon bothe robbed his master, and fled away, whome Paul hauing wonne to Christ, sent againe to his master, earnestly begging his pardone, with moste waightie arguments prouing the duetie of one Christian to another, and so with salutacions endeth.
5 He reioyceth to heare of the faith and loue of Philemon 9 whome he desireth to forgiue his seruant Onesimus, and louingly to receiue him ag
〈◊〉
.
1 PAVL a prisoner of Iesus Christ, & (our) brother Timotheus vnto Philemon our dere friend, and fellow helper.
2 And to (our) dere (sister) Apphia, and to Archippus our felowe souldier, and to the Churche that is in thine house.
3 Grace (be) with you, and peace from GOD our Father, and (from) the Lord Iesus Christ.
4 I* giue thankes to my God, making mēcion1. Thes. 1.
〈◊〉
. alwaies of thee in my prayers.2. Thes. 1,
〈◊〉
.
5 [When I heare of thy loue and faith, which thou hast towarde the Lord Iesus, and to warde all Saintes]
6 That theThy beneuolen ce towarde the Saintes whiche procedeth of a liuelie and effectual faith. felowship of thy faith may be made fruteful, and that whatsoeuer good thing is in youThat experiēce may declare that you are the mem bers of Iesus Christ through Christ Iesus, may be knowen.
7 For we haue great ioye and consolacion in in thy loue, because by thee, brother, the SaintesMeaning their in warde
〈◊〉
and affections were through his charitie comforted. hearts are comforted.
8 Wherefore, thogh I be verie bolde in Christ to commande thee that which is cōuenient.
9 (Yet) for loues sake I rather beseche thee, thogh I be as I am, euen Paul aged, and euen now a prisoner for Iesus Christ.
10 I beseche thee for my sonne* Onesimus, whome I haue begotten in my bondes.Colos. 4. 9.
11 Whiche in time past was to thee vnprofitable, but now profitable bothe to thee, and to me,
12 Whome I haue sent againe: thou therefore receine him, that is mine owne bowels.
13 Whome I wolde haue reteined with me, that in thy stede he might haue ministred vnto me in the bondes of the Gospel.
14 But without thy minde wolde. I do nothyng that thy benefite shulde not be as it were of necessitie, but willingly.
15 It may be that he thereforeHe fled away from thee. departed for a ceason, that thou shuldest receiue hym for euer.
16 For he is thy seruant by condicion, and also now the Lords so that bothe for thine owne sake ād for the Lords thou
〈◊〉
to loue him.Not now as a seruant, but aboue a seruant, (euen as) a brother beloued, specially to me: how muche more than vnto thee, bothe in the flesh, and the Lord?
17 If therefore thou counte our thingsThat althine is mine, ād al mine is thine. commune, receiue him as my self.
18 If he hathe hurt thee, or oweth thee ought, that put on mine accountes.
19 I Paul haue written (this) with mine owne hand: I wil recompense it, albeit I do not say to thee, that thou owest vnto me euen thine owne self.
20 Yea, brother, let me obteine this pleasure of thee in the Lord: comforte myGrant me this benefite, whiche shalbe most acceptable vnto me of all others. bo wels in the Lord.
21 Trusting in thine obedience, I wrote vnto thee, knowing that thou wiltdo euen more then I say.
22 Moreouer also prepare
〈◊〉
lodgyng: for I trust through your prayers I shalbe giuen vnto you.
23 There salute thee Epaphras my fellowe pri sonerThat is for Christs cause. in Christ Iesus.
24 Marcus, Aristarchus, Demas, (and) Luke, my fellowe helpers.
25 The grace of our Lorde Iesus Christe (be) with your spirit.
Amen.
Written from Rome to Philemon, (and sent) by Onesimus a seruant.
THE EPISTLE TO the Ebrevves.
THE ARGVMENT.
FOrasmuche as diuers, bothe of the Greke writers and Latines witnesse, that the writer of this Epistle for iuste causes wolde not haue his name knowen, it were curiositie of our parte to labour muche therein. For seing the Spirit of God is the autor thereof, it diminisheth nothing the autoritie althogh we knowe not with what penne he wrote it. Whether it were Paul [as it is not like,]
〈◊〉
Luke, or Barnabas, or Clement, or some other, his chief purpose is to persuade vnto the Ebrewes [whereby he principally meaneth them that abode at Ierusalem, and vnder them all the rest of the Iewes] that Christ Iesus was not onely the redemer, but also that at his comming all ceremonies must haue an end: forasmuche as hys doctrine was the conclusion of al the prophecies, & therfore not onely Moses was inferior to him, but also the Angels: for they al were seruants, & he the Lord, but so Lord, that he hathe also taken our flesh, and is made our brother to assure vs of our saluation through him self: for he is that eternal Priest, whereof all the Leuitical Priests were but shadowes, and therfore at his comming they ought to cease, and all sacrifices for
〈◊〉
to be abolished, as he proueth from the seuenth chap.
verse. 11. vnto the 12. chap. verse 13. Also he was that Prophet of whome all the Prophetes in time past witnessed, as is de clared from the 12. chapter, verse 18. to the twentie and fiue verse of the same chapter: yea, and is the King to whome all things are subiect, as appeareth from that verse 25. to the beginning of the last chapter. Wherefore according to the examples of the olde fathers we must constantly beleue in him, that being sanctified by his iustice, taught by his wisdome, and gouerned by his powet, we may stedfastly, and courageously perseuere euen to the end in hope of that ioye that is set before our eyes, occupying our selues in Christian exercises that we may bothe be thankeful to God, & duetiful to our neighbour.
CHAP. I.
1 He sheueth the excellencie of Christ. 4 Aboue the Angels, 7 And of their office.
1 AT sondrie times and in diuers manersGod, who is euer cōstant, and merciful to his Church, declared his wil in time past, not all at on ce, or after one sorte, but from ti me to time, and in sondrie sortes: but now last of all he hathe fully declared altrueth to vs by his Sonne. God spake in the olde time to (our) fathers by the Prophetes:
2 In theseSo that now we may not cred it anie new reue
〈◊〉
after him. last dayes hathe spoken vnto vs by his Sōne whom he hathe made heir of all things,He entreateth here of Christ, both as touching his persone which is verie God, and verie mā, by who me all things are made, and also as touching his office, whereby he is King, Prophet & Priest. by whome also he made the worldes,Wis. 7. 26.
3 *Who being the brightnes of the glorie, &Colos. 1 14. theThe liuelieima ge and paterne, so that he that seeth him, seeth the Father, Iohn, 14 9: for els the persone of the Father is not sene, but apprehended by faith. ingraued forme of his persone, and bea ring vp al things by his mightie worde, hathe by him selfSo that our sin nes cābe purged by none other meanes. purged our sinnes, and sittethPsal. 2. 7. at the right hand of the maiestie in the highChap. 5. 9. est places,Act. 13. 33.
4 And is made so muche more excellent then2. Sam. 7. 14. theMuche more then thē all other things created. Angels in as muche as he hath obteined2. Chro. 22. 10. a more excellent name then thei.Psal. 97. 8.
5 For vnto which of the Angels said he at anie time, * Thou art my Sonne,Because he was at the time appointed declared to the worlde. Psal. 104. 4. this day begate I thee? and againe, I * wil be his Father, and he shalbe my sonne?
6 And againe when he bringeth in (his) first begotten Sonne into the worlde, he saith, * And let all the Angels of God worship him.
7 And of the Angels he saith, * He maketh theHe compareth the Angels to the windes, which are here beneth as Gods messengers. Psal. 45. 7.Spirits his messengers, and his ministers a flame of fyre.
8 But vnto the Sonne (he saith,) * O God, thy throne (is) for euer and euer: theThe administra tion of thy kingdome is iuste. scepter of thy kingdome (is) a scepter of righteousnes.
9 Thou hast loued righteousnes and hated iniquitie. Wherefore God, (euen) thy GOD, hatheThis is ment in that that the worde is made flesh, and that the holie
〈◊〉
was powred on him with out measure, that we may all receiue of him euerie one according to his measure. Psal., 110, 26. anointed thee with the oyle of gladnes aboue thy fellowes.
10 And,Mat, 22. 44. Thou, Lord, in the beginning hast established the earth, ād the heauens are the workes of thine hands.
11 They shal perish, but thou doest remaine: and they all shal waxe oldeas doeth a garment.
12 And as a vesture shalt thou folde them vp, and they shalbe changed: but thou art the same and thy yeres shal not faile.
13 Vnto which also of the Angels said he at anie time,1. Cor.
〈◊〉
. 25. Sit at my right hand, til I make thine enemies thy fotestole?
14 Are they not all ministring spirits, sent forthe to minister, for their sakes which shalbe heires of saluation?Psal. 120. 1.
Chap. 10. 12.
CHAP. II.
1 He exhorteth vs to be obedient vnto the new Law which Christ hathe giuen vs, 9 And not to be offended at the infirmitie and Iowe degre of Christ, 10 Because it was necessarie that for oursakes he shulde take suche an humble state vpon him, that he might be like vnto his brethren.
1 WHerefore we ought diligently to giue hede to the things which we haue heard, lest at anieWe must diligently kepe in memorie the doctrine, which we haue learned, left like vessele ful of chappes weleake and runne out on euerieparte. time we shulde let them slippe.
2 For if thewhich was the Law giuen to Moses by the hands of the Angels. worde spoken by Angels was stedfaste, and euerie transgression, and disobedience receiued a
〈◊〉
recompense of rewarde,
3 How shal we escape, if we neglect soAs the Gospel is which onely offereth
〈◊〉
. greatGal 3. 19. saluation, which at the first began to be preachedAct. 7.
〈◊〉
. by the LORD, and (afterwarde) wasMar. 16. 20. confirmed vnto vs byThat is, the Apostles. them that heard him,
4 *God bearing witnes there to, bothe with signes and wonders, and with diuers miracles, and giftes of the holie Gost, according to his owne wil?
5 For he hathe not put in subiection vnto the Angels the
〈◊〉
Esai cal leth the new hea uens, and the newe earth, Chap 65. 17. where of Christ is the fa ther. worlde to come, whereof we speake.Isa. 9. 6 that is, the head of vs his members. Psal. 8. 5.
6 But* one in a certeine place witnessed, sayingHe speaketh here chiefly of the faithful, which are made through Christ citizens of the worlde to comewhere they shal enioye with their prince all these things which now they haue onely but in parte. What is man, that thou shuldest be mindeful of him! or the sonne of man that thou woldest consider him!
7 Thou madest him a litle inferior to the Angels: thou crownedst him withIn making him fellowe heire with Christ. glorie and honour, and hast set him aboue the workes of thine hands.
8 *Thou hast put all things in subiection vnder his fete. And in that he hath put al things in subiection vnder him, he left nothing that shulde not be subiect vnto him.To thē which obiect that they se not these things accomplished in man, the Apostle answereth that they are fulfilled in
〈◊〉
our
〈◊〉
who
〈◊〉
his to the same glorie with him. Psal. 22. 25. But we yetMat. 28. 18. se not all things sub dued vntoTo man, as he is of Christ. him.1. Cor. 15. 27.
9 But we se IesusBy his
〈◊〉
which moste
〈◊〉
appeareth in the Church. crowned with glorie andPhilip, 2. 8. honour, which was made a litle inferior to the Angels, through the suffering of death, that by Gods grace he might taste death for all men.
10 For it became him, for whomme (are) all things, & by whome (are) all things, seing that he broght manie children vnto glorie, that he shulde consecrate theIesus Christ by humbling him self and taking vpon him the forme of a seruant, which was our flesh, and mortalitie, giueth vs assurance of our sal uation. Prince of their saluation throughTherefore we by afflictions are made like to the Sonne of God. afflictions.
11 For he that sanctifieth, and they which are sanctified, are allThe head and the members are of one nature: so Christ which san ctifieth vs, & we that are sanctified are all one by the vniō of our flesh. of one: wherefore he is not ashamed to call them brethren.
12 Saying, * I wil declare thy Name vnto myThis proueth Christs humanitie. brethren: in the middes of the Church will sing praises to thee.
13 And againe, * I wil put myMeaning, that Christ touching his humanitie put his
〈◊〉
in God. trust in him.Psal. 18.
〈◊〉
. And againe, *Isai speaketh this of him
〈◊〉
, and his disciples, but properly it is applied to Christ the head of all
〈◊〉
. Beholde, here am I, and theIsa. 8, 18. children which God hathe giuen me.Hose.
〈◊〉
. 14.
14 Forasmuche then as the children were partakers
〈◊〉
. Cor. 15.
〈◊〉
. of fleshe and bloode, he also him self likewise toke parte with them, that he might destroye * through death, him that had the power of death, that is the deuil,
15 And that he might deliuer all them, which for feare ofAnd Gods angre. death were all their life time sub iect to bondage.
16 For he in no sorte toke theNot the nature of Angels but of man. Angels, but the toke the seed of Abraham.
17 WhereforeNot onely as touching nature, but also qualities, onely sinne except. in all things it became him to be made like vnto his brethrē, that he might be merciful, & a faithful high Priest in things concerning God, that he might make recon ciliation for the sinnes of the people.
18 For in that he suffered, and was tempted, he is able to sucker them that are tempted.u For asmuche as he is exercised in our
〈◊〉
, we may be assured, that at all times in our tentations he wil sucker vs.
CHAP. III.
1 He requireth them to be obedient vnto the worde of Christ, 3 who is more worthie then Moses. 12 The punishement of suche as wil harden their hearts, and not belieue, that they might haue eternal rest.
1 THerefore, holie brethren, partakers of the heauenlievocation,Take hede to his wordes and receiue him. consider the Apostle and high Priest of ourOf that doctrine which we beleue and ought to confesse. profession Christ Iesus:
2 Who was faithful to him that hathe appoin tedTo be the ambassadour and high Priest. him, euen as * Moses (was) in all his hou se.
3 For this man is counted worthie of moreNomb. 12. 7. glorie then Moses, inasmuche as he whiche hathe buylded the house,Moses was but patte of the hou se, that is, of the Church whereof the pastours are liuelie stones, but Christ buylded it, and layed the sto nes: therefore he deserueth more praise. hathe more honour then the house.
4 For euerie house is buylded of some mā, and he that hathe buylt all things, (is)That is Christ: for Christ is the fundation, and head of his Church: he is our brother, and Lord he is the Sonne of God, and verie God, working all things by his owne power, God.
5 Now Moses verely was faithful in all his house, as a seruant, for a witnes of the things which shulde be spoken after.
6 But Christ (is) as the Sonne, ouer his owne house, whoseFor in obeying the Sonne we are made the house of God. house we are, if we holde fast the confidence and the reioycing of the hope vnto the end.
7 Wherefore, as the holie Gost saith, * To day if ye shal heare his voyce,
8 Harden not you hearts, as in theAs when ve prouoked Gods anger in Massa and Meriba, Exod. 17. 7. prouocation, according to the day of the tentation in the wildernes,
9 Where your fathers tempted me, proued me and sawe my workes fortie yeres long.Psal. 95 8.
10 Wherefore I was grieued with that generaChap. 4 7. tion, and said, They erre euer in (their) heart, nether haue they knowen my wayes.
11 Therefore I sware in my wrath,Meaning by this other that they shulde not enter. If thei shal enter into myAs disobeing God, they in olde time were
〈◊〉
red frō the
〈◊〉
of the land of Chanaan: so thei which do not obey Christ, shal not enter
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
heauenlie rest. rest.
12 Take hede, brethren, lest at anie time there be in anie of you an euil heart, and vnfaithful to departe away from the liuing God.
13 But exhorte one another daily, while it is calledWhich is all that time where in God doeth call vs: while he there fore speaketh, let vs heare. To day, lest anie of you be hardened through the deceitfulnes of sinne.
14 For we are made partakers of Christ, if we kepe sure vnto theWhich is by faith to embrace, and holde fast
〈◊〉
true doctrine of Iesus Christ. end theOr, fundacion of our assurance,
〈◊〉
beginning, whe re with we are vp holden,
15 So long as it is said, To day if ye heare his voyce, harden not your hearts, as in the prouocation.
16 For some when they heard, prouokedTo wit, the Lord. him to angre: how beit, not all that came out of Egypt by Moses.
17 But with whome was he displeased fortie yeres? Was he not displeased with them that sinned, * whoseOr, bodies and members. carkeises fell in the wildernes?
18 And to whome sware he that they shulde not enter into his rest, but vnto them, that obeyed not?Nomb. 14.
〈◊〉
.
19 So we se that they colde not enter in becau se of vnbeliefe.
CHAP. IIII.
2 The worde without faith is vnprofitable. 3 The Sabbath or rest of the Christians. 6 Punishement of vnbeleuers. 12 the nature of the worde of God.
1 LEt vs feare therefore, lest at anie time by forsaking the promes of entring into his rest anie of you shulde seme to be depriued.
2 For vnto vs was the Gospel preached as also vnto them: but the worde that they heard profited not them, because it was notHe compareth the preaching of the
〈◊〉
, as it were, to wine, whereof if we wil taste, that is, heare and vnderstand withprofite, we must temper or mixe it with faith. mixed with faith in those that heard it.
3 For we which haue beleued, do enter into rest, as he said (to the other,) * As I haue swor ne in my wrath, IfAlthogh that God by his rest, after the creation of his workes, si gnified the spirirual rest of the faithful, yet he swate to giue rest in
〈◊〉
which was but a figure of the heauenlie rest, and dured but for a time. they shal enter into my rest: althoghThe perfection of Gods workes, and so his rest, signifie our heauen lie rest. the workes were finished from the fundation of the worlde.
4 For he spake in a certeine place of the seuenth day on this wise, * And God did rest the seuenth day from all his workes.
5 And in this place againe, If they shal enter into my rest.
6 Seing therefore it remaineth that some must enter thereinto, and they to whome it was first preached, entred not therein for vnbele fes sake:
〈◊〉
2. 2.
7 Againe he appointedThat is, in the psalmes. in Dauid a certeineDeut. 5. 14. day by To day, after so long a time, saying, asChap. 3. 7. it is said, * This day if ye heare his voyce, harden not your hearts.
8 ForMeaning Ioshua. if Iesus had giuen them rest, then wolde he not after this day haue spoken of another.
9 There remaineth therefore a rest to the peo ple of God,
10 For he that is entred into his rest,Hathe cast of his appetites, mortified
〈◊〉
flesh, renounced him self, and followeth God. hathe also ceased frō his owne workes, as God (did) from his.
11 Let vs studie therefore to entre into that rest, lest anie man fall after the same ensample of disobedience.
12 For the worde of God (is) liuelie, ād mightie in operation, & sharper then anie two edged sworde, andFor it mortally woundeth the re bellious, and in the elect it killeth the oldeman that they shulde liue vnto God. entreth through, euen vnto the diuiding a sonder of theWhere the affections are. soule and theWhich
〈◊〉
wil and rea son. spirit, and of the ioynts, and the marie, and is a discerner of the thoghtes and the intentes of the heart.
13 Nether is there anie creature, which is not manifest in his sight: but all things (are) naked andAs that thyng which is
〈◊〉
a sunder euen through the mid des of the backe, & so is made opē that it may be sene throughout open vnto his eyes,Or, concernyng whom we spake with whome we haueTherfore when we heare hys worde we must trēble, knowing thereby that God soundeth our hearts. to do.
14 Seing then that we haue a greate hie Priest which is entred into heauen, (euen) Iesusthe Sonne of GOD, let vs holde fast our profession.
15 For we haue not an hie Priest, which can not be touched with the feling of our infirmities but was in all things tempted in like sorte, (yet) without sinne.
16 Let vs therefore go boldely vnto the throne of grace, that we may receiue mercie, and finde grace to helpe in time of nede.
CHAP. V.
5 He compareth Iesus Christ with the Leuiticall Priests, shewing wherein they ether agre or dissent. 11 Afterwarde he reproueth the negligence of the Iewes.
1 FOr euerie hie Priest is taken from among men, and isHe sheweth that man can haue none acces to God without an hie Priest, because that of him self he is prophane and sinful. ordeined for men, in things perteining to God, that he may offer botheWhiche were of thyngs without lif. giftes andAs of beasts whiche are killed sacrifices for sinnes.
2 Whiche is able sufficiently to haue compassion on themThat is, of sinners. that are ignorant, and that are out of the way, because that he also is compassed with infirmitie.
3 And for the sames sake he is bonde to offer for sinnes, as wel for his owne parte, as for the peoples.
4 * And no man taketh this honour vnto him self, but he that is called of God, as (was)1. Chro. 13. 10. Aaron.
5 So likewise Christ toke not to him * self this honour, to be made the hie Priest, but he that said vnto him, * Thou art my Sonne, thisPsal. 2. 7. day begate I thee, (gaue it him.)Chap. 1. 5.
6 As he also in another place speaketh, *ThouPsal. 110. 4. art a Priest for euer after theWho was both Priest and King. order of Melchi-sedec.Chap. 7. 17.
7 Whiche in theWhen he liued in this
〈◊〉
. dayes of his flesh did offer vp prayers and supplications, withHe meaneth that most earnest prayer whiche Christ prayed in the gardē where he swer droppes of blood. strong crying and teares vnto him, that was able to saue him from death, and was also heardBeing perple xitie and fearing the horrors of death. in that which he feared.
8 And thogh he were the Sonne, yet learned he obediēce, by the things which he suffred
9 And being consecrate was made the autor of eternall saluation vnto all them that obey hym.
10 And is called of God an hie Priest after the order of Melchi-sedec.
11He digresseth til he come to the beginning of the 7. Chap. Of whome we haue many things to say, which are hard to be vttered, because ye are dull of hearing.
12 For when as concerning the time ye ought to be teachers, yet haue ye nede againe that we teache you the firstOr, rudiment.
〈◊〉
of the worde of God: and are become such as haue nede ofRead. milke, and not of strong meat.
13 For euerie one that vseth milke, is inexperte1. Cor. 3. 2. in theThat is the Gospel which is that true
〈◊〉
that teacheth vs wherewe haue our iustice.
〈◊〉
of righteousnes: for he is a babe.
14 But strong meat belongeth to thē that are of age, whiche through long custome haue their wittes exercised, to discerne bothe good and euil.
CHAP. VI.
1 He procedeth in reprouing them, and
〈◊〉
them not to faint, 12 But to be stedfast and patient, 18 Forasmuche as God is sure in his promes.
1 THerefore, leauing the doctrine of theThat is, the first rudiments of our Christian religiō. beginning of Christ, let us be led forward vnto perfection, not laying againe the funda tionHemencioneth flue points of the
〈◊〉
which was then in
〈◊〉
the confession of amendement of life: the summe of the faith: a brief explication of Ba ptisme, ád laying on of hands: the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, &
〈◊〉
last iudgement. of repentance from dead workes, and of faith towarde God,
2 Of the doctrine ofThen the vse of baptisme was declared when on the solēne dayes appointed to baptize the Churche came together. baptismes, and laying on of hands, and of the resurrection from the dead, and of eternal iudgement.
3 And this wil we doIt is Gods singular gift to
〈◊〉
in knowledge, and to go forward in the vnderstāding of Gods worde. if God permit.
4 * For it is impossible that they, which were once lightened, and haue tasted of the heauenlie gift, and were made partakers of the holie Gost,Mat. 12.
〈◊〉
.
5 And haue tasted of the good worde of God,2. Pet. 2. 20. and of the powers of the worlde to come,Chap. 10 26.
6 If they fall away, shulde be renued againe by repentance: seing theyThey
〈◊〉
are apostats, and sinne against the holy Gost, hate Christ,
〈◊〉
& mocke him, but to their owne destruction, & therfore fall into desperation, and cā not
〈◊〉
. crucifie againe to them selues the sonne of God and make a mocke of him.
7 For the earth which drinketh in the raine that cometh ofte vpon it, and bringeth forthe herbes mete for thē by whome it is dressed, receiueth blessing of God.
8 But that which beareth thornes and briars, (is) reproued, and is nere vnto cursing, whose end (is) to be burned.
6 But beloued, we haue persuaded our selues better things of you, and suche as accompanie saluation, thogh we thus speake.
10 For God (is) not vnrighteous, that he shulde forget your worke, and labour of loue, which ye shewed to warde his Name, in that ye haue ministred vnto the Saintes, and (yet) minister.
11 And we desire that euerie one of you shewe the same diligence, to theWhereby it may appeare that you are fully persuaded of life euerla sting. ful assurance of hope vnto the end,
12 That ye be not slothful, but followers ofAs the holie fa thers,
〈◊〉
and martyrs, that were before vs. them, which through faith and patience, inherite the promises.
13 For when God made the promes to Abraham, because he had no greater to sweare by he sware by him self.
14 Saying, * Surely I wil abundantly blesse theeGene. 12. 3. & 17.
〈◊〉
and 22. 16. and multiplie thee marueilously.
15 And so after that he had taryed paciently, he enioyed the promes.
16 For men verely sweare by him that is greater (then them selues) and an othe for confirmation is among them an end of all strife.
17 So God willing moreBecause of
〈◊〉
wickednes which wil not
〈◊〉
God except he sweare. abundantly to shewe vnto the heires of promes the stablenes of his counsel, bound him self by anothe,
18 That byGods
〈◊〉
and othe, are two things in him vnchangeable. two immutable things, wherein it is vnpossible that GOD shulde lye, we might haue strong consolation, which haue our refuge to holde fast the hope that is set before vs,
19 Which we haue, as an ancre of the soule both
sure and stedfast, and itHe returneth to the coparison betwene ChristPriesthode and the Leuitical whiche he had begon in the 5. Chap. entreth into that whiche within theWhiche is heauen whether Christ is gone before to prepare vs place. vaile.
30 Whether the forerunner is for vs entred in (euen) Iesus that is made an hie Priest for euer after the order of Melchi-sedech.
CHAP. VII.
1 He compareth the Priesthode of Christ vnto Melchisedec. 11 Also Christs Priesthode with the Leuites.
1 FOr this Melchi-sedec * (was) King of Salem, the Priest of the most hie God, whoChap VII. met Abraham, as he returned frō the slaughterGen. 14. 18. of the Kings, and blessed him:
2 To whome also Abraham gaue the tithe of al things: who first is by interpretation King of righteousnes: after that, (he is) also King of Salem, that is, King of peace.
3 WithoutSo called because that Moses Maketh no mention of his
〈◊〉
or kinsfolkes, but as he had bene suddēly sent of God into the worlde to be
〈◊〉
figure of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, & shortely taken out of the world againe so Christ
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
his
〈◊〉
had no
〈◊〉
, & cōcerning his
〈◊〉
no mother. father, without mother without kinred, and hathe nether beginning of (his) dayes, nether end of life: but is likened vnto the Sonne of God, and continueth a Priest for euer.
4 Now consider how great this man (was,) vn to whome euen theThat is, the chief of fathers. Patriarke Abraham gaue the tithe of the spoiles.
5 For verely they whiche are the children of Leui, which receiue the office of the Priesthode, haue a*The
〈◊〉
commandement to receiue that, which Abraham gaue
〈◊〉
y to Mel
〈◊〉
. commandement to take according to the Law, tithes of the people [that is, of their brethren] thogh theyWas begotten of Abraham. came out of the loynes of Abraham,
6 But he whose kinred is not counted among them, receiued tithes of Abraham, & blessedNom. 18. 19. him that had the promises.
〈◊〉
. 18. 1.
7 And without all contradiction the lesse isIos. 14. 1. blessed of the greater.
8 And here men that dye, receiue tithes: but there he (receiueth them,) of whome it is witnessed, that heBecause there is no mention of
〈◊〉
death. liueth.
9 And to say as the thing is, Leui also whiche receiueth tithes, payed tithes in Abraham.
10 For he was yet in the loines of his Father
〈◊〉
The Leuites re
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of their brethren, but Melchi
〈◊〉
of Abraham, the
〈◊〉
: therefore his priesthode is more excellent then the
〈◊〉
. (Abraham,) when Melchi-sedec met him.
11 If therefore perfection had bene by the Priesthode of the Leuites [for vnder in the Law was established to the people] what neded it furthermore, that another Priest shuld rise after the order of Melchi-sedec, and not to be called after the order of Aaron?
12 For if the Priesthode be changed, then of necessitie must there be a change of theThe Lawe and the Priesthode are
〈◊〉
of one
〈◊〉
: so that bothe
〈◊〉
& Moses
〈◊〉
perteine to
〈◊〉
, whiche is Priest and Law maker Law.
13 For he of whome these things are spoken, perteineth vnto another tribe whereof no man serued at the altar.
14 For it is euident, that our Lord, sprong out of Iuda, concernyng the whiche tribe Moses spake nothyng, touchyng the Priesthode.
15 And it is yet a more euident thyng, because that after the similitude of Melchi-sedec, there is risen vp another Priest.
16 Which is not made (Priest) after the LawWhiche stode in outwarde & corporal
〈◊〉
nies. of the carnal commandement, but after the power of the endles life.Psal. 110. 4.
17 For he testifieth (thus,) * Thou art a PriestChap. 5. 6. for euer, after the order of Melchi-sedec.
18 For the commandement that went afore is disanulled, becauseFor the Lawe hathe no vertue nor
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
a man become to
〈◊〉
. of the weakenes thereof, and vnprofitablenes.
19 For the Law made nothing perfite, butOr, it was as in troduction of a better hope. the bringing in of a better hope (made perfite,) whereby we drawe nere vnto God.
20 And forasmuche as it is not wythout an othe [for these are made Priests wythout an othe.
21 But this, he (is made) with an othe by hymPsal. 110. 4. that said vnto him, * The Lord hath sworne ād will not repent, Thou art a Priest for euer after the order of Melchi-sedec.]
22 By so muche is Iesus made a suretie of a betterOr,
〈◊〉
. Testament.
23 And amonge them many were made Prists, because they were not suffred to endure, by the reason of death.
24 But this man, because he endureth euer, hathe anTherefore
〈◊〉
others are blasphemous, that ether make them selues his sucessors, or pretende any
〈◊〉
sa
〈◊〉
. euerlasting Priesthode.
25 Wherefore, he is able alsoThe
〈◊〉
of his Priesthode is to saue and that fully & perfectly, not by supplying that thatwanteth but by taking away the Lawe which is vnperfect by reason of our infirmities. perfitely to saue them that come vnto God by hym, seyng he euer liueth, to make intercession for them.
26 For suche an hye Priest it became vs to haue, (whiche is) holie, harmeles, vndefiled, separate frome sinnes, and made hier then the heauen:
27 Which neded not daily as those hie Priests to offer vp sacrifice, * first for hys owne sinnes, and then for the peoples: for that did heAnd can not without blasphemie be said to be offered againe, or els by any
〈◊〉
re: for none colde offre him, but him self. once, when he offred vp him self.
28 For the Law maketh men hie Priests, whichLeu. 16. 3. haue infirmitie: but the worde of the othe that wasNot that it was first made after the Lawe was giuen: but because the
〈◊〉
of that
〈◊〉
othe was thē
〈◊〉
to the
〈◊〉
. since the Law, (maketh) the Sonne, who is consecrated for euermore.
CHAP. VIII.
6 He proueth the abolishing aswel of the Leuitical Priest hode, as of the olde Couenant by the spiritual and euerla
〈◊〉
Priesthode of Christ, 8 And by the new Couenant
1 NOw of the things which we haue spoken, (this is) the summe, that we haue su che an hie Priest, that sitteth at the righthand of the throne of the maiestie in heauens,
2 And (is) a minister of theThat is,
〈◊〉
Sanctuarie, and of the trueWhich is the bodie of Christ. Tabernacle which the Lord pight, and notFor
〈◊〉
it shuld be
〈◊〉
. man.
3 ForHe proueth that Christs bodie is the true Tabernacle, and that he muste nedes be made man, to the intent that he might haue a thing to offre, which was his bodie. euerie hie Priest is ordeined to offer bothe giftes and sacrifices: wherefore it was of necessitie, that this man shulde haue some what also to offer,
4 For he were not a Priest, if he were on the earth, seing there are Priests that according to the Law offer giftes,
5 Who serue vnto the paterne and shadowe of heauenlie things, as Moses was warnedExod 25. 40. by God, when he was about to finish the Tabernacle.Act 7. 44. * Se, said he, that thou make all things according to the
〈◊〉
the offerings of the Leui tes were but sha dowes of heauen lie things, as appeareth by the oracle to Moses, it foloweth then that Christs heauenlie, Sanctuarie, his Ta bernacle and offi ce are farre more excellent. paterne, shewed to thee in the mount.
6 But now (our hie Priest) hathe obteined a more excellent office, in asmuche as he is the Mediatour of a bettterOr, couenant. Ier. 31. 31. Testament, which is established vpon better promises.
7 For if that first (Testament) had bene fauteles,
no place shulde haue bene soght for the seconde.
8 For in rebuking them he saith, * Beholde, the dayes wilThat is, when Christ shal
〈◊〉
our sinnes by the preaching of the Gospel. come, saith the Lord, when I shal make with the house of Israel, and with the houseSignifying that there shulde be no more diuisiō, but all
〈◊〉
be made one Church of Iuda a new Testament:Rom. 11. 27.
9 Not like the Testament that I made withChap. 10. 16. their fathers, in the day that I toke them by the hand, to leade them out of the land of Egypt: for theyMan by transgressing the bandes of the Couenant, colde not enioye the commoditie thereof. continued not in my Testament, and I regarded thē not, saith the Lord.
10 For this is the Testament that I wil make with the house of Israel, After those dayes, saith the Lord, I wil put my lawes in their min de, and in their heart I wil write them, & I wil be their God, and they shalbe my people,
11 And they shal notMen shal not in the time of the
〈◊〉
be so igno rant as they were before, but shal knowe God muchemore perfitely through Christ. teache euerie man his neighbour & euerie man his brother, saying, Knowe the Lord: for all shall knowe me, frō the least of them to the greatest of them.
12 For I wil be merciful to their vnrighteousnes, and I wil remember their sinnes ād their iniquities no more.
13 In that he saith a newe (Testament,) he hathe abrogate the olde: now that which is disanulled and vaxed olde, is readie to vanish away.
CHAP. IX.
1 How that the Ceremonies and sacrifices of the Lawe are abolished. 11 By the eternitie and perfection of Christs sacrifice.
1 THen the firstOr, Tabernacle. (Testament) had alsoOr, ceremonies. ordinances of religion, and aNot heauenlie and spiritual. Exod. 26. 1. & 36. 1. worldlie San ctuarie.
2 For the first * Tabernacle was made, wher in was the candlesticke, & the table, and the shew bread, which (Tabernacle) is called the Holie places.
3 And after theThat is, on the inwarde
〈◊〉
of the vaile which was hid from the people. seconde vaile (was) the Taber nacle, which is called the Holiest of all,
4 Which had the golden senser, and the Arke of the Testament ouerlaide rounde about with gold, wherein the golden pot whichNomb. 17. 10. had manna (was,) and* Aarons redde that1. king. 8. 9. had bud ded, & the *tables of the Testament.2. Chron. 5. 10.
5 *And ouer the Arke were the glorious CheExod.
〈◊〉
. 22. rubims, shadowingOr, couer of the arke. theOr, errors. mercie seat: ofExod. 30. 10. which things we wil not now speake particularly.Leuit. 16. 2.
6 Now when these things were thus ordeined the Priests went alwayes into the first Tabernacle, and accomplished the seruice.
7 But into the second went the * hie Priest alone, once euerie yere, not without blood which he offered for him self, and for theOr, errors. ignorances of the people.
8 Whereby the holie Gost this signified, that theFor so long as the hie Priest offered once a yere for his owne sin nes and for the peoples, and also while this earthlie tabernacle sto de, the way to the heauenlie Tabernacle, which is made open by Christs blood, colde not be entred into. way into the Holiest of all was, not yet opened, while as yet the first Tabernacle was standing,
9 Which was a
〈◊〉
for the time present, wherein were offred giftes and sacrifices that colde not makeOr, perfect. holie concerning the conscience,Nether yet him for whome they were
〈◊〉
. him that did the seruice,
10 Which onely stode in meats and drinkes, and diuers washings, andWhich ceremonies althogh they were ordeined of God, yet consi dered in them sel ues, or els compa red with Christ, are but carnal, grosse, and earthlie & touche
〈◊〉
the soule. carnal rites, vntil the time ofTil the newe testament was appointed. reformation.
11 But Christ being come an hie Priest of good things to come, by a greater and a more perfitewhich was his bodie and huma ne nature. Tabernacle, not made with hands, that is, not of this buylding,
12 Nether by the blood of goates and calues:Leui. 16 14. but by his owne blood entred he in once vnNomb. 19. 4. to theWhich is heauen. holie place,For Christ was the sacrifice, the Tabernacle and the Priest. Galat. 3. 15. and obteined eternal1. Pet. 1. 19 redemption (for vs.)1. Iohn. 1. 9.
13 * For if theThe Leuitical Priest offered beats blood: but Christ the true & eternal Priest
〈◊〉
his owne blood,
〈◊〉
was moste holie and pure: the
〈◊〉
Priest offred yerely, & the
〈◊〉
did onely represent the true holines: but Christ by one one ly sacrifice hathe made holie for euer all thē that beleue. blood of bulles and of goates
〈◊〉
1. 5. and the ashes of an heifer, sprinkling them that are vncleane, sanctifieth as touching theLuk. 1. 74. purifying of theOut wardely
〈◊〉
the sight of man. flesh,
14 How muche more shal the blood of Christ which through the eternal Spirit offred himRom. 5. 6. self without spot to God, purge your conscience1. Pet. 3. 18. fromWhich of thē selues procure death and are the frutes thereof. dead workes, to * serue the liuing God?
15 And for this cause is he the Mediatour of the new Testament, that through * death which was for the redemption of the transgressions (that were) in theMade betwene God and Christ, who by his death shulde make vs heires. former Testament, they which were called, might receiue the promes of eternal enheritance.
16 Forwhere a testament (is) there must be the death of him that made the testament.
17 * For theHe proueth that Christ must dye, because the
〈◊〉
or testamēt is of none effect without the death of the
〈◊〉
. testamēt is confirmed when men are dead: for it is yet of no force as long as he that made it, is a liue.
18 Wherefore nether was the first ordeined withoutWithout the death of
〈◊〉
that were sacrificed which signified, that Christ wolde
〈◊〉
his Fathers wrath with his blood. Exod. 24. 8. blood.
19 For when Moses had spoken euerie precept to the people, according to the Law, he toke the blood of calues and of goates, with water and purple wolle and hyssope, and sprinkled bothe the boke, and all the people,
20 *Saying, This is the blood of the Testament which God hathe appointed vnto you.
21 Moreouer, he sprinkled likewise the Tabernacle with blood also, and all the ministring vessels.
22 And almost al things are by the Law purged with blood, and without sheading of blood is no remission.
23 It was then necessarie, that the similitudes of heauēlie things shulde be purified with such things: but the heauenlie things them selues (are purified) with betterAlbeit there is but one sacrifice, which is Christ him selfe once offered, vet because this true andeter nal sacrifice is cō
pared with all those which were figuratiue, and is more
〈◊〉
then all they, therefore he calleth it in the plural nomber,
〈◊〉
. sacrifices then are these.
24 For Christ is not entred into the holie places that are made with hands, which areOr, paterns. similitu des of the true (Sanctuarie:) but (is entred) in to very heauen, to appeare now in the sight of God for vs,
25 Not that he shulde offer him selfTherefore to make any other offring or sacrifice for sinne after that Christs bodie was once offred, is blasphemie. often as the hie Priest entred into the Holie place eue rie
〈◊〉
with other blood,
26 [For them must he haue often suffred since the fundacion of the worlde] but now in theWhich is the
〈◊〉
daies When Christ came. end of the worlde hathe he appeared once to put away sinne, by the sacrifice of him self.
27 And as it is appointed vnto men that they shal once dye, and after that (commeth) the
iudgement,
〈◊〉
Rom. 5. 8.
28 So1. Pet. 3. 18. Christ was once offred to take away the sinnes ofOf the elect. many, and vnto them that loke for him, shal he appeare the seconde timeThat is, without a sacrifice for
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
abolished. without sinne vnto saluation.
CHAP. X.
1 The olde lawe had no power to clense awaye sinne. 10. But
〈◊〉
did it with offering of his bodie once for all. 22 An exh rtation to receiue the goodnes of God than kefully with patience and stedfast faith
1 FOr the * Lawe hauing theWhich was as it were the first draught and purtrait of the liuelie paterne to come. shadowe ofLeui. 16. 14. good things toWhich are eternal. come, and not the veryOr, substance. image of the things, can neuer with those sa crifices, which they offer yere by yere continually,Or, make perfire. sanctifie the commers thereunto.
2 For wolde they not then haue ceased to haue bene offred, because that the offerers once purged, shulde haue had no more conscice of sinnes?
3 But in those (sacrifices) there (is) a remēbran ce againe
〈◊〉
euerie yere.
4 For it is vnpossible that the blood of bullesPsal. 40 7, and goates shulde * take away sinnes.
5 Wherefore when heWhen Christ was made man. Leuit. 16. 14. commeth into the worlde, he saith, *Sacrifice and offring thou woldest not: but aIn the hebrewe it is, thou hastper ced mine eares throwe, that is, hast made me prompt and ready to heare: and in the greke, thou hast made me a bodie, that is, to obey thee, which both
〈◊〉
to one purpose. bodie hast thou ordeined me.
6 In burnt offrings, and sinne offrings thou hast had no pleasure.
7 Then I said, Lo, I come [In the beginning of theOr role and folding: for in olde
〈◊〉
they vsed to folde bokes like
〈◊〉
. boke it written of me] that I shulde do thy wil, ô God.
8 Aboue, when he said, Sacrifice and offring, and burnt offrings, and sinne offrings thou woldest not haue, nether hadst pleasure (ther in) [which are offred by the Law]
9 Then said he, Lo, I come to do thy wil, ô God he taketh awayThat is, sacrifices. the first, that he may stablish theWhich is, the wil of God to stand content with Christs sacrifice. seconde.
10 By the which wil we are sanct. fied, (enen) by the offring of the bodie of Iesus Christ once (made.)
11 And euerie Priest appeareth daiely ministring, and ofttimes offreth one maner of offring, which can neuer take awaye sinnes:
12 But this man after he had offred one sacrifice for sinnes, * sitteth for euer at the rightChap. 1. 13. hand of God.
13 And from hence forth tarieth, * til his enemiesPsal. 110. 1. be made his fotestole.1. Cor. 15. 25.
14 For with one offring hathThat is, sanctified to God and made perfect. he consecratedChap 1 13. for euer them that are sanctified.
15 For the holie Gost also bearest vs recorde: for after that he had said before.
16 *This (is) the Testament that I wil make vntoIerem. 38. 33. them after those daies, saith the Lorde, IChap 8 8. wil put my Lawes in their heart, and in theirRom. 11. 27. mindes I wil write them.
17 And their sinnes and iniquities wil I remem ber no more.
18 Now whereWhere there remaine no sinnes to be forgi uen, there is no more sacrifice: seing therefore that onely Christs death hathe washed awaye all sinnes, ād doeth euer a fresh whē sinners do repēr, there can be none other sacrifice but that, & it can be no more
〈◊〉
-rat. remission of these things things (is,) there (is) no moreFor the offring of thanke sgiuing which is the one lie sacrifice now of the Christians, is not for sinnes but a thankesgiuing and an of
〈◊〉
vp of our selues and ours for the same. offring for sinne.
19 Seing therefore, brethrē, that by the blood of IesusWe by Christ haue that libertie which the
〈◊〉
rathers colde not haue by the Law. Chap. 6. 14. may be bolde to enter into the holie place.
20 By the new andThe blood of Christ is alwaies fresh and liuelie, before the father
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and quicken vs. liuing way, which he hath prepared for vs, through the vaile, that is, his flesh:
21 (And seing we haue) an hie Priest, (whiche is) ouer the house of God.
22 Let vs drawe nere with a true heart in assurance of faith,That is, hauing our hearts made pure sprinkeled in our hearts frō an euil conscience, and washed in our bodies with pure water.
23 Let vs kepe the profession of our hope, without wauering [for (he is) faithfull that promised]
24 And let vs consider one another, to prouoke vnto loue, and to good workes.
25 Not forsakyng the
〈◊〉
that we haue among our selues, as the maner of some (is:) but let vs exhorte (one another,) and that so muche the more, because ye se that theOf Christs seconde comming day draweth nere.
26 *For if we sinneThat is, forsake Iesus Christ, as Iudas, Saul, Arrius, Iulian, theapostat did. willingly after that we haue receiued the knowledge of the trueth, there remaineth no more sacrifice for sinnes.
27 But a feareful loking for of iudgement, and violent fyre, which sha; deuoure the aduersaries.
28 He that despiceth Moses Law, dyeth withoutmercie* vnder two, or thre witnesses.
29 Of how muche forer punishment suppose ye shal he be worthie, which tradeth vnder fote the Sonne of God, and counteth the blood of the Testament as an vnholie thing, where with he was sanctified, andWhereby it is euident that the Apostle here one ly meaneth of the sinne, which against against the holie Gost, as also. doethDeut. 19. 17. despite the Spirit of grace?Mat. 18 16.
30 For we knowe him that hathe said, * VengeanceIohn 8. 17. (be ongeth) vnto me: I wil recompen se, saith the Lord. And againe, The Lord shalDeut. 32. 33.
Defend the god lie and punish the wicked. iudge his people.Rom. 12 19.
31 It is a feareful thing to fall into the hands of the liuing God.
32 Now call to remembrance the dayes that are passed, in the which, after ye had receiued light, ye endured a great fight in afflictions,Chap. 6. 4.
33 Partely while you were made a gazing stocke bothe by reproches and afflictions, and partely while ye becameFor the which thing also S. Paul praiseth the Philippians ād Thessalonians. companions of them which wereOr, of that
〈◊〉
. so tossed to and fro.
34 For bothe ye sorowed with me formy bon des, and suffred with ioye the spoyling of your goods, knowing in your selues how that ye haue in heauen a better, and an enduring substance.
35 Cast not away therefore your confidence which hathe great recompense of rewarde.
36 For ye haue nede of patience, that after ye haue done the wil of God, ye might receiue the promes.
37 *For yet a verie litle while, and he that shalHabak. 2. 4. come, wil come, and wil not tarie.Rom. 1. 17.
38 Now the iust shal liue by faith: but if (anie)Galat. 9. 12. with drawe him self, my soule shal haue no
pleasure in him.
39 But we are not they which withdrawe our selues vnto perdicion, but (folowe) faith vnto the conseruacion of the soule.
CHAP. XI.
1 What faith is, and a commendacion of the same. 9 Without faith we can not please God. 16 The stedfast belefe of the Fathers in olde time.
1 NOw faith is the grounde of things, whiche are hoped for, and the euidence of things which are not sene.
2 For by it (our) elders were welHaue bene approued, and so obteined saluacion. reported of.
3 * Through fayth we vnderstande that the worlde was ordeined by the worde of God, so that the things which we se, are not made of things, whichFor God made all thyngs of nothyng. did appeare.Iohn. 1. 10.
4 By faith Abel * offred vnto God a greater sacrifice then Cain,Meaning faith. Gene. 1. 3. by *the which he obteined witnes that he wasBecause God re ceiued hym to mercie, therefore he imputed him righteous. righteous, God testifying of his gifts: by the which (faith) also he being dead, yetThat is, liueth. Gen. 4. 4. speaketh.Mat. 23. 25.
5 By faith was *For Enochs and Elias taking vp was such a thing as is spoken of. 1. Cor. 15. 51. and. 1. Enoch taken awaye, that he shulde not se death: nether was he founde: for God had taken him away: for before he was taken, he was reported of, that he had pleased God.Thes. 4. 15.
6 But with out fayth it is vnpossible to pleaseGene
〈◊〉
. 24. (him:) for he that cometh to God, must beleueEccles. 44. 15. and 49. 16. that (God) is, and that he isFirst God must finde vs before wecā seke him: then we muste seke him with a pure hearte in Christ, who is reueiled in hys worde: and ther by we learne to beleue Gods fre mercie towards vs in his Sonne, through whome we obteine the rewarde of hys promes, and not of our desertes. Gen. 12. 4. a rewarde ofGene. 6. 13. them that seke him.Eccles. 44.
〈◊〉
.
7 By faith * Noe beyng warned of God of the things whiche were as yet not sene, moued with reuerence, prepared the Arke to the sauing of his housholde, through the which (Arke) he condemned the worlde, and was made heire of the ryghteousnes, whiche is by faith.
8 By faith * Abraham, when he was called, obeyed (God,) to go out into a place, whiche he shulde afterwarde receiue for inheritance, and he went out, not knowyng whether he went.
9 By fayth he abode in the land of promes, as in a straunge countrey, as one that dwelt in tentes with Isaac and Iacob heires with him of the same promes.
10 For he loked for a citie hauyng aFor all things in the World are subiect to corruption. fundacion, whose buylder and maker (is) God.
11 Through faith * Sarra also receiued strength to conceyue sede, and was deliuered of aGen. 17. 19 & 21. 2. chylde when she was past age, because she
〈◊〉
. 44. 22. iudged him faithful which had promised.
12 And therefore sprang there of one, euen of one which wasEuen as dead. dead, (so manie) as * the star res of the skie in multitude, and as the sand of the sea shore which is innumerable.
13 All these dyed in fayth, andVVhiche was the enioying of the lād of Canaā
receiued not the promises, but sawe themVVith the eyes of faith. a farre of, and beleued (them,) and receiued (them) thanke fully, and confessed that they wereAnd therfore put not their cō
fidence in things of this Worlde. strangers and pilgremes on the earth.
14 For they that say such things, declare plainly that they seke a countrey,
15 And if they had bene mindefull ofThat is, of
〈◊〉
. that (countrey,) from whēce they came out, they had leasure to haue returned.
16 But now they desire a better, that is an heauenlie: wherefore God is not ashamed of thē to be called their God: for he hath prepared for them a citie.
17 By faith * Abraham offred vp Isaac, whē heGen 21. 10.
For it myghe seme to the
〈◊〉
that the promes was cōtrarie to this commandement, to sactifice his sonne. was tryed, and he that had receiued the proEccles. 44.
〈◊〉
mises, offred his onely begotten sonne.Gene. 22. 12.
18 [To whome it was sayd, * In Isaac shall thyRom. 9. 7. sede be called]
19 For he considered that GOD was able to raise (him) vp euē from the dead: frō whence he receiued him also after a sorte.
20 By faith * Isaac blessed Iacob and Esau, conGen. 27. 28. cerning things to come.Gen. 49. 15.
21 By fayth * Iacob when he was a dying,Gen. 47. 31. blessed bothe the sonnes of Ioseph, and *Or, Worshiped toward the end of his staffe. (leanyng) on the end of his staffe, worshiped (God.)
22 By faith * Ioseph when he dyed, made mentionGen. 50. 29. of the departyng of the children of Israel, and gaue commandement of his bones.Exod. 2. 2.
23 * By fayth Moses when he was borne, wasAct 7. 21. hid thre moneths of his parēts, because they sawe he was a proper childe, nether feared they the Kings * commandement.Exod. 1. 16.
24 By fayth * Moses when he was come to age,Exod. 2. 11. refused to be called the sonne of Pharaos daughter.
25 And chose rather to suffer aduersitie with the people of God, then to enioy theThe
〈◊〉
of the Worlde, whiche draw vs frome God, and Whiche we can notvse without
〈◊〉
of Gods angre. pleasures of sinnes for a ceason.
26 Estemyng the rebuke of Christ greater riches then the treasures of Egypt: for he had respect vnto the recompense of the reward.
27 By fayth he forsoke Egypt, and feared not the fiercenes of the Kyng: for he endured, as he that sawe him which is inuisible.Exod. 12. 22.
28 Through faith he ordeined the * Passeouer and the effusion of blood, left he that destroyed the first borne, shulde touche them.Exod. 14.
〈◊〉
.
29 By fayth they * passed through the red sea as by drye lande, whiche the Egyptians had assayed to do, they were drowned.Iosh. 6. 20.
30 By fayth the * walles of Iericho fell downe afterthei were cōpassed about seuen dayes.Iosh. 6. 23.
31 By
〈◊〉
the harlot * Rahab peryshed notIosh. 2.
〈◊〉
. with them whiche obeyed not, when * she had receiued the spies peaceably.
32 And what shall I more saye? for the tymeIudg. 6. 11. wolde be to shorte for me to tell of *Gedeon,Iudg. 4. 6. of * Barac and of * Sampson, and of * Iephte,Iudg. 13. 24. also of * Dauid, and Samuel, and of theIudg. 11. 1. & 12. 7. Prophetes:1. Sam. 1. 20. and
〈◊〉
. 14.
33 Which through faith subdued kingdomes, wroght righteousnes, obteined the
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. promises, stopped the mouthes oflyons,
34 Quenched the violēce of fyre, escaped the edge of the sworde, of weake were made stronge, waxed valiant in battell, turned to flight the armies of the aliantes.
35 TheAs Elias raised vp the widdowe of Sareptas sonne, and Eliseus the
〈◊〉
sonne. women receiued their dead raised to life: other also were racked, and wolde not be deliuered, that they might receiue a better resurrection.
36 And others haue bene tryed by mockings and scourgyngs, yea, more ouer by boundes and prisonment.
37 They were stoned, they were hewen a sunder, they were tempted, they were slayne with the sword, they wandered vp ād downe in shepes skinnes, and in goates skinnes, being destitute; afflicted, (and) tormented:
38 Whom the worlde was not worthie of they wandred in wildernesses and mountaines, ād dennes, and caues of the earth.
39 And these all through faith obteined good reporte, and receiuedThey had not suche cleare light of Christ as we: for they loked for that whiche we haue: therefore it were shame for vs, if at least we haue
〈◊〉
as great constancie as they. not the promes.
40 God prouidyng a better thyng for vs, that theyFor we are all one bodie together. without vs shuld not be made perfite.
CHAP. XII.
1 An exhortation to be patient and stedfast in trouble and aduersitie, vpon hope of ouerlasting rewarde. 25 A commendacion of the new Testament aboue the olde.
1 WHerfore, * let vs also, seyng that we areRom. 6. 4. compassed with so greate aOr, multitude. cloude ofEphe. 4. 23. witnesses, cast away euerie thyng thatAs riches, cares and suche like, ād so to become Christs disciples, by denying our selues, ād taking our crosse to followe him. pressethColos. 3. 8. downe, and the sinne thatOr, so easely compasseth vs aboute. hangeth so
〈◊〉
. Pet. 2. 1. fast on: let vs runne with pacience the race that is set before vs.
2As beyng our
〈◊〉
. Lok yng vnto Iesus the autor and finisher of our fayth, who for the ioye that was set be fore hym, endured the crosse, and despised the shame, and is set at the ryght hand of the throne of God.
3 Consider therefore him that endureth such speaking against of sinners, lest ye shulde be wearied and fainte in your mindes.
4 Ye haue not yet resisted vnto blood, striuing againstVVhiche by rea son of our concu
〈◊〉
assaileth vs on all sides. sinne.
5 And ye haue forgotten the consolation, whi che speaketh vnto you as vnto chyldren: * My sonne, despise not the chastenyng of theProu
〈◊〉
. 21. Lorde, nether faint when thou art rebukedReuel. 3. 17. of hym.
6 For whome the Lord loueth, he chasteneth and he scourgeth euerie sonne that he receiueth.
7 If ye endure chastenyng, God offreth hym self vnto you as vnto sonnes: for what sonne is it whome the father chasteneth not?
8 If therefore ye be without correction, wher of all are partakers, then are ye bastardes, ād notHe concludeth that they which refuse the
〈◊〉
, denie to be of the nomber of
〈◊〉
children, but are bastardes. sonnes.
9 Moreouer we haue had the fathers of ourVVhiche haue naturally begotten vs. bodies whiche corrected vs, and we gaue them reuerence: shulde we not much rather be in subiection vnto the Father ofAs he doeth creat our spirits withoute anye worldely meane, so he doeth instructe and
〈◊〉
teine thēby the wonderful
〈◊〉
of his Spirit. spirits, that we might liue?
10 For they verely for a fewe dayes chastened vs after their owne pleasure: but he (chasteneth vs) for our profit, that we might be partakers of his holynes.
11 Nowe no chastisinge for the present semeth to be ioy ous, but grieuous: but afterwarde, it bryngeth the quiet frute of righteousnes, vnto them whiche are thereby exercised.
12 Wherefore lift vp (your) hands which hang downe, and (your) weakeknees.
13 And make strayght steppes vnto your fete, lestTheir
〈◊〉
partely declared their sloenes and partly their incō stancie in
〈◊〉
: therefore thei were in danger to be punished. Rom 12. 18 that which (is) halting, be turned out of the way, but let it rather be healed.
14 * Followe peace with all men; and holynes, without the which no man shal se the Lord.
15 Take hede, that no man fall away from the grace of GOD: let noAs her esies or apostasie. roote of bytternes spring vp and trouble (you,) lest thereby many be defiled.
16 Let there be no fornicator, or prophaneGen.
〈◊〉
. 33. persone as * Esau, whyche for a portion of meatsolde his byrth right.Gen. 27. 38.
17 * Forye knowe howe that afterwarde also when he wolde haue inherited the blessing, he was reiected: for he founde no place toHe was full of despire and disdaine, but was not touched with true
〈◊〉
to be displeased for his sinnes ād so seke amendemēt Exod. 19. 13. and 20. 21. repentaunce, thogh he soght (the blessyng) with teares.
18 Forye are not come vnto the * mount thatVVhich might be touched and sene, for as it was materiall, but God had commā ded that none shuld touche it. Exod. 19. 13. might be touched, nor vnto burnyng fyre, nor to blackenes and darkenes, and tempest.
19 Nether vnto the sounde of a trumpet, and the voyce of wordes, which they that heard it, excused them selues, that the worde shuld not be spoken to them any more.
20 [For they were not able to abyde that whiche was commaunded, * Yea, thogh a beast touche the mountaine, it shalbe stoned, or thrust thorowe with a darte:
21 And so terrible was the sight which appeared, that Moses said, I feare and quake.]
22 But ye are come vnto the mounteVVhence the worde of God must come. Sion, and to the citie of the liuing God, theWhich shalbe
〈◊〉
through all the worlde. celestiall Ierusalem, and to the companie of innumera bleBy the Gospel We are ioyned with the Angels and Patriarkes. Angels.
23 And to the congregacion of the first borne, which are writen in heauen, and to God the iudge of all, and to the Spirits of iust and perfite men.
24 And to Iesus the Mediator of the newe Testament, ād to the blood of sprinkeling that speaketh better things then that of * Abel.Gene. 4. 10.
25 Se that ye despise not hym that speaketh: for if they escaped not whiche refused him, that spake onVVhiche spake but rudely in cō parison of Christ who preached not the Law but the Gospel. earth: muche more shall we (notescape,) if we turne away from him, that (speaketh) from heauen.
26 Whose voyce then shouke the earth, and nowe hathe declared, saying, * Yet onceHag. 2. 7. more wil I shake, not the earth onely, but also heauen:
27 And thys (worde,) Yet once more, signifieth remouyng of those thyngs, whyche are shaken, as of thyngs whiche are made (with hands,) that the things whiche are not shaken, may remaine.
28 Wherefore seing we receiue a kingdome, which can not be shaken, let vs haue grace, whereby we may so serue God, that we may please him with reuerence and feare.Deut. 4. 24.
29 For * euen our God (is) aTo destroy
〈◊〉
that resist him. consuming fire.
CHAP. XIII.
1 He maketh vs vnto loue. 2 To hospitalitie. 3 To thinke vppon suche as be in aduersitie. 4 To mainteine wedlocke. 5 To auoyde couetousnes. 7 To make muche of them that preache Gods worde. 9 To beware
of strange learning. 13 To be content to suffre rebuke with Christ. 15 To be thankefull vnto God. 17 And obe dient vnto our gouernours.
1 LEt * brotherlie loue continue.Rom. 12. 10.
2 Be not forgetful to lodge strangers: for1.
〈◊〉
. 4. 9. thereby some haue * receiued Aungels intoGen. 18. 3. & 19. 3. their houses vnwares.
3 Remember thē that are in bondes, as thogh ye were bunde with them: and them that are in affliction, as if ye were also, (afflicted) in the bodie.
4As incontinen cie is a disease cō mune to men of al sortes and degrees, so mariage the remedie is offred by the fre mercie of God to all maner of men without respect Mariage (is) honorable among all, and the bed vndefiled: but whoremungers: and adulterers God wil iudge.
5 Let your conuersation be without couetousnes, and be content with those thyngs that ye haue: forThe Lord. he hathe said, * I will not faile thee, nether forsake thee:
6 So that we may boldely say, * The Lord (is) mine helper, nether will I feare what manIosh. 1.
〈◊〉
. can do vnto me.Psal. 118. 6.
7 Remember them which haue the ouersight of you, whiche haue declared vnto you the worde of God: whose faith followe, considering what hath benethe end of their con uersation.
8 Iesus ChristHe was, is, and shalbe the
〈◊〉
of the Churche
〈◊〉
euer. yester day, and to day, the same also (is) for euer.
9 Be not caried about with diuers (and) strangeWhatsoeuer doctrine is not according to the simple trueth of Gods worde, is strange. doctrines: for it is a good thing that the heart be stablished with grace, (ād) not withBy reprouyng thē which supersticiously
〈◊〉
difference betwixt meats he condē
neth all the serui ce whiche stode in ceremonies, cōparing it with the spiritual worshipping, &
〈◊〉
. Leui. 6. 36. & 16. 27 meates, whiche haue not profited thē that haue bene occupied therein.
10 We haue an altar whereof they haue no autoritie toThei that sticke to the ceremonies of the Law, cā not eate, that is can not be partakers of our altar, whiche
〈◊〉
thankes giuynge and
〈◊〉
, which two
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
or
〈◊〉
are now onely left to the Christians. eate which serue in the Tabernacle.
11 * For the bodies of those beastes whose blood is broght into the Holie place by the hie Priest for sinne areSo that the Priests had no piece thereof. burnt without the campe.
12 Therefore euen Iesus, that he might sanctifie the people with his owne blood, suffred without the gate.
13 Let vs go forthe therefore out of the campe, bearing his reproche.
14 For here haue we no continuing citie: but we seke one to come.
15 Let vs therefore by hym offer the sacrifice of praise alwayes to God, that is, the * frute of the lippes, whiche confesse his Name.
16Thankesgiuing and doing good are
〈◊〉
onelie sa crifices whiche please God. To do good, and to distribute forget not:Hos. 14. 3. for with suche sacrifices God is pleased.
17 Obey them that haue the ouersight of you and submit your selues: for they watche for your soules, as thei that must giue accountes that they may do it with ioye, and not with grief: for that is vnprofitable for you.
18 Pray for vs: for we are assured that
〈◊〉
haue a good conscience in all thyngs, desiryng to liue honestly.
19 And I desire you some what the more earnestly, that ye so do, that I may be restored to you more quickely.
20 The God of peace that broght againe frō the dead our Lord Iesus, the greatRead. shepherdAct 20, 28. and ioh. 10.
〈◊〉
of the shepe, through the blood of the euerlasting Couenant.
21 Make you perfite in all good workes, to do his will, working in you that whiche is pleasant in his sight through Iesus Christ, to whome (be) praise for euer and euer. Amen.
22 I beseche you also, brethren, suffre the wordes of exhortation: for I haue writen vn to you in fewe wordes.
23 Knowe that (our) brother Timotheus is deliuered, with whome [if he come shortely] I wil se you.
24 Salute all them that haue the ouersight of you, and all the Saintes, They of Italie salute you.
25 Grace (be) with you all.
Amen.
Written to the Hebrewes from Italie, (and sent) by Timotheus.
THE That is, writ to no one man citie or countrey, but to all the Iewes generally, being now
〈◊〉
. GENERAL Epistles of Iames.
THE ARGVMENT.
IAmes the Apostle and sonne of Alpheus wrote this Epistle to the Iewes which were conuerted to Christ, but dispersed throughout diuers countreis, and therefore he exhorteth them to pacience & prayer, to embrace the true worde of God, and not to be partial, nether to boast of an ydle faith, but to declare a true faith by liuelie frutes, to auoide ambitiō, to bridel the tongue, to rule the affections, to be humble and loue their neighbours, to beware of swearing, to vtter their fautes when they haue offended, to praye one for another, and to bring him which is out of the way, to knowledge of Christ.
CHAP. I.
2 He exhorteth to reioyce in trouble. 6 To be feruent in prayer with stedfast belief. 17 To loke for al good things from aboue. 21 To forsake all vice, and thankefully to receiue the worde of God. 22 Not onely hearyng it, and speaking ofit, but to do thereafter in dede. 27 What true religion is.
1 IAMES a seruant of GOD, and of the Lord IES VS CHRIST to the twelue Tribes, whiche are scattered abroade, salutation.
2 My brethren, counte it exceadyng ioye, whē ye fell into diuersOr, afflictions.-
〈◊〉
. 5. 3. tentations,
3 *Knowyng that the A
〈◊〉
trye our faith and ingendre patience.trying of your faith bringeth for the pacience.
4 And let pacience haue (her)Our pacience ought to cōtinue to the end
〈◊〉
by working it bath polished vs,
〈◊〉
made vs perfect in Christ. perfite worke, that ye may be perfite and entier, lackyng nothyng.
5 If any of you lackeTo endure paciently whatsoeuer God layeth vpon him. wisdome, let hym aske of God, whiche giueth to all men liberally, and reprocheth no man, and it shalbe giuen hym.
6 *But let him aske in faith, and wauer not, for he that wauereth, is like a waue of the sea, tost of the winde, and caryed away.Mat 7. 7.
7 Nether let that man thinke that he shall receiueMar. 11. 24. any thyng of the Lord.Luk 11. 9.
8 ADouting in doct ine, or of Gods wil.
Or, double. wauering minded man (is) vnstable in alIohn. 14 13. & 16. 23. his wayes.
9 Let the brother of lowe degree reioyce in that he isThat he is called to the companie of Christ and his Angels. exalted:
10 Againe he that is riche, in that he is madeOr contēptible to the worlde. Iob. 5. 17.
〈◊〉
: for as the flower of the grasse shall he* vanish away.Eccles. 14 18.
11 For (as when) the sunne riseth with heat, thē
Isa. 40. 6. the grasse withereth, and his flower falleth1. Pet. 1. 24. away, and the beautie of the facion of it perisheth: euen so shal the riche man fade away in (all) hisOr, in all his
〈◊〉
& dedes. wayes.
12 *Blessed (is) the man, that endureth tentatiō: for when he is tryed, he shall receiue the crowne of life, whiche the Lord hath promi sed to them that loue him.
13 Let no man say when he isOr, moued to euil.
He meaneth now of the inwarde tētations as of our disorde red appetites, whiche cause vs tosinne. tempted I am tempted of God: for God can not be tēpted with euil, nether tempteth he any man.
14 But euerie man is tempted, when he is drawne away by his owne concupiscence, and is entised.
15 Then when lust hathe conceiued, it bryngeth forth sinne, and sinne when it is finished, bringeth forthe death.
16 Erre not, my deare brethren.
17 Euerie goodSeing al good things come of God, we ought not to make
〈◊〉
the autor of euil. giuyng, and euerie perfite gift is from aboue, and cōmeth downe from the Father of lights, with whome is no varia blenes,He alluderb vnto the sunne whi che in his
〈◊〉
& turning some time is cleare and bright, some time darke and cloudie: but Gods liberalitie is euer like it self bright and continually shinyng. nether shadowing by turning.
18 Of his owne will begate he vs with the worde of trueth, that we shulde be as the first frutes of his creatures.
19 Wherefore my deare brethren, *let euerie man beThat is, prōpt to learne. swift to heare, slowe to speake, (and)For we can not heare God except we be peaceable and modeste. slowe to wrath.
〈◊〉
. 17. 27.
20 For the wrath of man doeth not accomplish theBut hindereth Gods worke
〈◊〉
vs. righteousnes of God.
21 Wherefore lay aparte al filthines, and superfluitie of maliciousnes, (and) receiue with
〈◊〉
the worde that isBy
〈◊〉
the worde preached, Mat. 7. 21. graffed in you, whiche is able to saue your soules.
22 *And be ye doers of the worde, and not hearers onely, deceiuyng your owne selues.Rom. 2. 13.
23 For if anic heare the worde, and do it not, he is like vnto a man, that beholdeth his natural face in aSo Gods worde is a glasse wherein we must
〈◊〉
holde our selues and become like vnto him. glasse.
24 For when he hathe considered him self, he goeth his way, and forgetteth immediatly what maner of one he was.
25 But who so loketh in the perfit Law of libertie, and cōtinueth (therein,) he not being a forgetfull hearer, but a doer of the worke, shalbe blessedIn so behauing himself. in his dede.
26 If anie man among you semeth religious, and refraineth not his tongue, but deceiueth his owne heart, this mans religion (is) vaine.
27 Pure religion and vndefiled before GOD, euen the Father, is this, to visite the fatherles, and widdowes in their aduersitie, (and) to kepe him self vnspotted of the worlde.
CHAP. II.
1 He forbiddeth to haue anie respect of persones. 5 But to regarde the poore as well as the riche. 8 To be louyng and merciful. 14 And not to boast of faith where no dedes are. 17 For it is but a dead faith, where good workes followe not.
1 MY brethren, haue not the faith of our glorious Lord Iesus ChristAs esteming saith and religiō by the outwarde
〈◊〉
of mē
inOr, acceptation respect of persones.
2 For if there come into your companie a mā wth a gold ring, and in goodlie apparell, and there come in also a poore man in vile raiment.
3 And ye haue a respect to hym that weareth the gaye clothyng, and say vnto hym, Sit thou here in a good place, and say vnto the poore, Stand thou there, or sit here vnder my
〈◊〉
.
4 Are ye not partiall in your selues, and are become iudges of euill That is are ye not euil affectioned? thoghts?
5 Hearken my beloued brethren, hathe notSeing God
〈◊〉
meth thē we mai not
〈◊〉
thē. God chosen the poore of this worlde, (that they shulde be) riche in faith, and heires of the kingdome whiche he promised to them that loue him?
6 But ye haue despised the poore. Do not the riche oppresse you by tyrannie, and do not they drawe you before the iudgemēt seates?
7 Do not they blaspheme theThe Name of God and Christ, whereof you make profession and in that they dishonour God, it is not merethat you his children shuld honour thē
worthie Name after which ye be named?
8 But if ye fulfill thewhiche is here taken puerbially for the high or brode way, wherein there is no turnings, and euerie mā can go it: so euerie man is our neighbour as wel the poore as the riche. royal Law accordyng toLeui. 19. 18. the Scripture, (whiche saith,) *Thou shaltMat. 22. 39. loue thy neighbour as thy self, ye do wel.Mar. 12.
〈◊〉
.
Rom. 13. 9.
9 *But if ye regarde the persones, ye commit
〈◊〉
, 5. 14. sinne, and are rebuked of the Law, as transgressours.Leui. 19. 15.
10 For* whosoeuer shal kepe the whole Law,Deut. 1.
〈◊〉
. &
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
(and) yet faileth in one (point,) he is giltie ofMat 5. 19. all.Exo. 20. 14.
Deuter. 5. 18.
11 For he that said, *Thou shalt not commit adulterie, said also, Thou shalt not kill. Now thoghthou do est none adulterie, yet if thou killest, thou art a transgressor of the Law.Luk.
〈◊〉
. 11.
12 So speake ye, and so do, as they that shalbe1. Iohn. 3. 17. iudged by the Law ofBy the mercie of God which de liuereth vs frome the
〈◊〉
of the Lawe. libertie.
13 For there shalbe iudgement merciles to him that sheweth no mercie, and mercieAnd
〈◊〉
not. reioyceth against iudgement.
14 What auaileth it, my brethren, thogh a man saith he hathe
〈◊〉
. Paul to the Romains & Galatians disputeth against thē which attributed iustificatiō to the workes: & here S.
〈◊〉
reasoneth against thē whiche vtterly condemne
〈◊〉
therefore Paul sheweth the cau ses of our iustification, ād Iames the effectes: there it is declaredhow we are iustified: here how we are knowen to be iustified: there workes are excluded as not the cause of our iusti fication: here thei are approued as effects proceding thereof: there they are denied to go before thē that shalbe iustified: and here they are sayd to followe them that are iustified. faith, when he hath no workes? can the faith saue him?
15 For if a brother or sister be* naked and destitute of dailie fode.
16 And one of you say vnto them, Departe in peace: warme your selues, and fill your bellies, not withstandyng ye giue thē not those things which are nedeful to the bodie, what helpeth it?
17 Euen so the fayth, if it haue no workes, is dead in it self.
18 But some man myght saye, Thou hasteIn thine owne opinion. the faith, and I haue workes: shewe me thy faith out of thyOr, without workes.
Here dedes are cosidered as ioy ned wyth true faith. workes, and I will shewe thee my faith by my workes.
19 Thou beleuest that there is one GOD: thou doest wel: the deuils also beleueit, and tremble.
20 But wilt thou vnderstand, ô thou vaine mā, that the fayth (whiche is) without workes, is dead?
21 Was not Abraham our Father iustified through workes, when he offred Isaac hysGen. 15. 6. sonne vpon the Altar?Rom. 4. 5.
22 Seest thou not that the faythSo that fayth was not ydle. wroght withGal. 3. 6. his workes? ād through the workes was the faith madeThe more his faith was declared by hys obedience and good workes, the more was it knowen to men to be perfite, as the goodnes of a tre is knowen by her good frute, otherwise no man can haue perfectiō in this worlde: for euerieman must pray for remission of his sinnes, and increase of fayth. persite.
23 And the Scripture was fulfilled which saith, *Abraham beleued God, and it was imputed vnto hym for righteousnes: and was called the friend of God.
24 Ye se then howe that of workes a man isIs so knowen and declared to man iustified, and notOf that
〈◊〉
and dead fayth whereof ye boast. of faith onely.
25 Likewise also was not *Meaning hereby all them that were not Iewes and were receiued to grace.Rahab the harlot iustified through workes, when she hadreceiued the messengers, and sent them out an other waye?
26 For as the bodie without the spirit is dead, euenVVherefore we are iustified onely by that liuelie faith, whiche doeth apprehende the mercie of God towarde vs in Iesus Christ. so the fayth without workes is dead.
CHAP. III.
2 He forbiddeth all ambition to seke honour aboue our brethren. 3 He describeth the propertie of the tongue. 15 16 And what difference there is betwixt the wisdome of God, and the wisdome of the worlde.
1 MY brethren, be notVsurpe not through ambitiō autoritie ouer your brethren. manye masters, knowing that we shal receiue the greater condemnation.
2 For in manie things weOr stomble.
He that well considereth him selfe, shal not be rigorous toward his brethren.sinne all. *If anieEccle. 14. 1. and 19. 16. and 25
〈◊〉
. man sinne not inHe that is able to moderate his tongue, hathe
〈◊〉
to an excellent vertue. worde, he is a perfect man, and able to bridel all the bodie.
3 Beholde, we put bits into the horses mouthes that they shulde obey vs, and we turne about all their bodie.
4 Beholde also the shippes, which thogh they be so greate, and are driuen of fierce windes, yet are they turned aboute wyth a verye smale rudder, whethersoeuer the gouerner lysteth.
5 Euen so the tongue is a litle member, and boasteth of great things: beholde, how great aOr, matter. thing a litle fyre kindleth.
6 And the tongue is fyre, (yea,) aAn heape and ful measure of all
〈◊〉
. worlde of wyckednes: so is the tongue set among our membres, that it defileth the whole bodye, andThe intemperant e ofthe
〈◊〉
gue is as a flame of hel fyre. setteth on fire the course of nature, and it is set on fyre of hel.
7 For the whole nature of beastes, and of birdes and of crepyng thyngs, and thyngs of the sea is tamed and hath bene tamed of the nature of man.
8 But the tongue can no mantame. (It is) an vnrulie euil, ful of deadelye poyson.
9 Therewith blesse we God euen the Father, ād there with curse wemen, which are made after the similitude of God.
10 Out of one mouth proceadeth blessings ād cursing: my brethrē, these thyngs ought not so to be.
11 Doeth a fountaine send forthe at one place swete (water) and bytter?
12 Can the figge tre, my brethren, bring forthe oliues, other a vine figges? so can no foūtaine make bothe salte water and swete.
13 Who is a wyse man and endued with knowledge amonge you? let hym shewe by good conuersation hys workes in mekenes of wisdome.
14 But if ye haue bitter enuying and strife in your hearts, reioyce not, nether be lyers against the trueth.
15 This wisdome descendeth not from aboue, but (is) earthlie, sensual, and diuelish.
16 For where enuying and strife (is,) there (is) sedition, and all maner of euill workes.
17 But the wisdome that (is) frome aboue is firstVVithout mixtion and dissimulation. pure, then peaceable, gentle, easie to be entreated, ful of mercie ād good frutes with outAnd examining thynges with extreme ri gour as hypocrites, who onely iustifie them selues, and condemne all others. iudging, and without hypocrisie.
18 And theSo that
〈◊〉
life is according to their profession. frute of ryghteousnes is sowen in peace, of them that make peace.
CHAP. IIII.
1 Hauing shewed the cause of all wrong, and wickednes, and also of all graces and goodnes. 4 He exhorteth them to loue God. 7 And submit them selues to him. 11 Not speaking euil of their neighbours. 13 But patiently to depend on Gods prouidence.
1 FRom whence (are) warres ād contentions among you? are they not hence, (euen) of your lustes, thatFor the Lawe of the members continually fighteth against the Lawe of the minde. fight in your members?
2 Ye luste, and haue not: ye enuie, and haue indignation, and can not obteyne: ye fight and warre, and get nothing, because ye aske not.
3 Ye aske, and receyue not because ye aske amisse, that ye myght consume it on your lustes.
4 Ye adulterers andHe calleth adul terers here
〈◊〉
the maner of the Scriptures, then whiche preferre the
〈◊〉
of the worlde to the loue of God. Iohn. 2. 15. adulteresses, knowe ye not that the amitie of the worlde is the eni- mitie of God?* Whosoeuer therefore wil be a friend of the worlde, maketh him selfe the enemie of God.
5 Do ye thinke that the Scripture sayth in vaine, TheThe imagination of
〈◊〉
heart is wicked. Gen. 6. 5. & 8 21. spirit that dwelleth in vs, lusteth after enuie?
6 But (the Scripture) offereth more grace (ād) therefore sayth, *God resisteth the proude,Prou. 3. 34. and giueth grace to the humble.1. Peter. 5. 5.
7 *Submit your selues to God: resist the deuil,Ephes. 4. 27,
and he wil flee from you.
8 Drawe nere to God, and he will drawe nere to you. Clense your hands, ye sinners, ād pur ge your hearts, ye wauering minded.
9 Suffer afflictions, andThe Greke worde signifieth that
〈◊〉
, which is ioyned
〈◊〉
a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
fastnes, as appeareth in the countenance. soro we ye, and wepe: let your laughter be turned into mournyng, and (your) ioye into heauines.
10 * Cast downe your selues before the Lord, and he wil lift you vp.
11 Speake not euill one of another, brethren. He that speaketh euill of hys brother, or he1. Peter 5. 6. that condemneth his brother, speaketh euill of the Law, andIn vsurpynge the autoritie of iudging whiche is due to the Lawe. condemneth the Law: and if thou condemnest the Law, thou art not an obseruer of the Law, but a iudge.
12 There is oneHe she weth that this seuere iudgynge of others is to depriue God of his
〈◊〉
. Law giuer, whiche is able toRom. 14. 4. saue, and to destroye. * Who art thou that iud gest another man?
13 Go to no we ye that saye,VVe ought to submit our selues to the proui dence of God. To daye or to morowe we wyll go into suche a citie, and continue there a yere, and bye and sel, and get gaine.
14 [And yet ye can not tell what (shalbe) to moro we. For what is your lyfe? It is euen a vapour that appeareth for a litle time, and af ter warde vanisheth away.]Act. 19. 21.
15 For that ye ought to say, * If the Lord wyll,1. Cor. 4. 19. and, If we liue, we wil do this or that.
16 But no we ye reioyce in your boastyngs: all suche reioycing is euil.
17 Therefore,He answereth to them, whiche said they knewe what was good, but they wolde not do it. to him that knoweth howe to do wel, and doeth it not, to him it is sinne.
CHAP. V.
2 He threateneth the wicked riche men. 7 Exhoiteth vnto pacience. 12 To beware of swearyng. 16 One to knowledge his fautes to another. 20 And one to labour to bring another to the trueth.
1 GO to nowe, ye ryche men: wepe, andHe meaneth them with the vengeance of God, which shal not onely make them to wepe, but to howleād
〈◊〉
. howle for your miseries that shall come vpon you.
2 Your riches are corrupt: and your garments are moth eaten.
3 Your Golde and Siluer is cankred, and the rust of them shalbe aAnd kindle the wrath of God against you Rom. 2. 5. wytnes agaynste you, and shall eat your fleshe as (it were) fyre. * Ye haue heaped vp treasure for theTo suffice till the end of the worlde. last dayes.
4 Beholde, the hyre of the laborers, which haue reaped your fields [whiche is of you kept backe by fraude] cryeth, and the cryes of them which haue reaped, are entred into the eares of the Lord of hostes.
5 Ye haue liued in pleasure on the earthe, and in wantōnes. Ye haue nourished your hearts as in a day ofVVhiche were the dayes of the sacrifices, or feastes when they vsed to banket & fede more
〈◊〉
then other dayes. slaughter.
6 Ye haue condemned (and) haue killed the iuste, and he hathe not resisted you.
7 Be pacient therefore, brethren, vnto the commyng of the Lorde. Beholde, the housband man waiteth for the precious frute of the earth, and hathe longe pacience for it, vntill he receiue theVVhich is
〈◊〉
the corne is sow en, and a litle be fore it is mowen former, and the latter rayne.
8 Be ye also pacient therefore and setle your hearts: for the commyng of the Lord draweth nere.
9 Be not greiued not aske vengeance. Grudge not one against another, brethren, lest ye be condemned: beholde, the iudge standeth before the dore.
10 Take, my brethren, the Prophetes for an ensample of suffering aduersitie, and of long pacience, whiche haue spoken in the Name of the Lord.
11 Beholde, we count them blessed whiche endure. Ye haue heard of the pacience of Iob,
〈◊〉
haue knowen what end the Lord (made) For the Lord is verie pitiful and mercifull.
12 But before all thyngs, my brethren, * sweare not, nether by heauen, nor by earth, norMar. 5. 34. by anie other othe: but let yourThat whiche must be astirmed affirme it simply ād without othes
〈◊〉
that whiche must be deuied: by thys he
〈◊〉
not from the magistrate his autoritie who may require an othe for the maintenance of iustice, iudgement, ād trueth. yea, be yea, and (your) naye, naye, lest ye fall intoOr,
〈◊〉
. condemnation.
13 Is anie among you afflicted? Let him pray. Is anie merie? Let him sing.
14 Is anie sicke among you? Let hym call for theThe gift of hea ling was then in the Church. Elders of the Churche, and let them praye for him, and anoint hym with * VVhich in those dayes
〈◊〉
asigne of the gift beyng
〈◊〉
away, the signe is to no vse Mat. 6. 13. oyle in theIn callynge
〈◊〉
the Name of the Lord. Name of the Lord.
15 And the prayer of fayth shal saue the sicke, and the LORDE shall rayse him vp: and if he haue committed sinne, it shalbe forgiuen hym.
16 AcknowledgeOpen that whi che greueth you, that a remedie may be
〈◊〉
and this is commanded bothe for him that cō
plaineth, and for him that heareth that the one shulde shew his
〈◊〉
to the other your fautes one to another, and pray one for another, that ye may be hea led: for the prayer of a ryghteous man auaileth muche, if it be feruent.
17 * Helias was a man subiect to lyke passions1. King. 17.
〈◊〉
. as we are, and he prayed earnestlye that itEccl.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. myght not rayne, and it rained not on theLuke. 4.
〈◊〉
. earth for thre yeres and six moneths.
18 And he prayed agayne, and the heauen gaue rayne, and the earth broght forthe her frute.
19 Brethren, if anye of you hathe erred frome the trueth, and some man hathe conuerted hym.
20 Let him knowe that he whiche hathe conuerted the sinner from goyng astraye out of his way, shal saue a soule from death, ād shal hide a multitude of sinnes.
THE FIRST EPISTLE general of Peter.
THE ARGVMENT.
HE exhorteth the faithful to denie them selues, and to contemne the worlde, that being deliuered from all carnal affections and impediments, they may more spedely atteine to the heauēlie kingdome of Christ, whereunto we are called by the grace of God reueiled to vs in his Sonne, and haue already receiued it by faith, possessed it by hope, and are therein confirmed by holines of life. And to the intent this faith shulde not faint, seing Christ contemned and reiected almost of the whole worlde, he declareth that this is nothyng els but the accomplishyng of the Scriptures whiche testifie that he shulde be the stombling stone to the reprobate and the sure fundation of saluation to the faithfull: therefore he exhorteth them courageously to go forwarde, considering what they were, and to what dignitie God hathe called them. After, he entreateth particular points, teaching subiects how to obey their gouernours, and seruants their masters, & how maried folkes ought to behaue them selues. And because it is appointed for all that are godlie, to suffre persecutions, he sheweth them what good yssue their asflictions shal haue, and contrariewise what punishment God reserueth for the wicked. Last of all he teacheth how the ministers ought to behaue them selues forbidding them to vsurpe autoritie o
〈◊〉
the Churche: also that yong men ought to be modest, and apt to learne, and so endeth with an exhortation.
CHAP. I.
2 He sheweth that through the abundant mercie of God we are elect and regenerate to a liuelie hope. 7 And how faith must be tried. 10 That the saluation in Christ is no newes, but a thing prophecied of olde. 13 He exhorteth them to a godlie conuersation forasmuche as they are now borne a newe by the worde of God.
1 PETER an Apostle of Iesus Christ, toWhiche were Iewes to whome he was appointed to be an Apostle. the strangers that dwel here and there throughout Pontus Galacia, Cappadocia, Asia & Bithynia,
2 Elect according to theThe fre
〈◊〉
of God is the efficient cause of our saluariō, the material cause is Christs
〈◊〉
, our effectual calling is the formal cause, & the finall cause is our
〈◊〉
. fore knowledge of God the Father vnto sanctificatió of the spiritOr, vnto obedience. throughTo wit, of Christ obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Iesus Christ: Grace and peace be multiplied vnto you.
3 * Blessed (be) God euen the Father of our Lord Iesus Christ, whiche accordyng to his abundant mercie hathe begotten vs againe vnto aFor it is but dead and vaine hope whiche is without Christ. liuelie hope by the resurrection of2. Cor.
〈◊〉
, 3. Iesus Christ from the dead.Ephe. 1. 3.
4 To an inheritance immortall and vndefiled, and that fadeth not away, reserued inTherefore they ought to loke for no earth lie king dome of the Messias. heauen for you.
5 Whiche are kept by the power of GOD through faith vnto saluation, whiche is prepared to be shewed in theAt the day of iudgement. last time.
6 Wherein ye reioyce, thogh now for a ceason [if nedeAnd nede doeth so require whē it pleaseth God to lay hys crosse vpon his, for to drawe thē from
〈◊〉
things and make them partakers of his heauenlie graces. require] ye are in heauines, through manifolde tentations.
7 That the triall of your faith, being muche more precious then golde that perisheth [thogh it be tried with fyre] might be foūde vnto (your) praise, and honour and glorie at theAt his seconde comming. appearing of Iesus Christ.
8 Whome ye haue not sene, and yet loue (him) in whome now, thogh ye se him not, yet do you beleue, and reioyce with ioye vnspeakeable and glorious,
9 Receiuing theOr, rewarde. end of your faith, (euen) the saluation of your soules.
10 Of the which saluation the Prophetes haue inquired and searched, which prophecied of the grace that shulde come vnto you,
11 Searching when or what time the Spirit which testified before of Christ which was in them, shulde declare the suffrings (that shulde come) vnto Christ, and the glorie that shulde followe.
12 Vnto whome it was reueiled, thatTheir ministerie was more pro fitable to vs then to thē: for we se the things accomplished which they prophecied. not vnto them selues, but vnto vs they shulde minister the things which are now shewed vnto you by them which * haue preached vnto you the Gospel by the holie Gost sent downe from heauen, the which things the Angels desire to beholde.
13 Wherefore,Prepare your selues to the Lord. girde vp the * loynes of yourLuk. 17.
〈◊〉
. minde: be sober, and trust perfectly on the grace that is broght vnto you, by theVntil is seconde comming. reuelacion of Iesus Christ,
14 As obediēt childrē, not facioning your selues vnto the formerWhen you were in ignorance and
〈◊〉
not Christ. lusts of your ignorāce.
15 But as he which hathe called you, is holie, so be ye holie in * all maner of conuersacion.Luk. 1.
〈◊〉
.
16 Because it is written, * Be ye holie, for I amLeui. 11. 44. & 19. 2. & 20. 7. holie.Deut. 10. 17.
17 And if ye call him Father, which without * Rom. 2. 1. respect of persone iudgeth according to eueGalat. 2. 6. rie mansAccording
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of the heart. worke, passe the time of your dwelling here in feare,
18 Knowing that ye were not redemed with corruptible things, (as) siluer ād golde, from your vaine conuersacion, receiued by the tra1. Cor. 6. 20. & 7. 27. dicions of theRead Ezek. 20. 18. fathers,Ebr. 9. 14.
1. Ioh. 1. 7.
19 * But with the precious blood of Christ, asReuela. 1. 6. of a Lambe vndefiled, and without spot.Rom. 16.
〈◊〉
.
Ephes. 3. 9.
20 Which was ordeined before the fundacionColos. 1.
〈◊〉
. of the worlde, but was declared in theWhen Christ appeared vnto the worlde, and when the Gospel was preached. last2. Tim. 1. 10. times for your sakes,Tit. 1. 2.
21 Which by his meanes do beleue in God that raised him from the dead, and gaue him glorie, that your faith and hope might be in God.Rom. 12. 10.
22 Seing your soules are purified in obeing theEphes. 4. 2. trueth through the spirit, to * loue brotherlyChap. 2. 17. without faining, loue one another with a pure heart feruently,
23 Being borne a new, not of mortal sede, butIsa. 40 6. ofTherefore we must renounce our former
〈◊〉
, immortal, by the worde of God, who liuethEccles. 14. 18. and endureth for euer.Iam. 1. 10.
24 For all * flesh (is) as grasse, and all the glorie of man (is) as the flower of grasse. The grasse with ered, and the flower falleth away.
25 But the worde of the Lord endureth for euer and this is the worde which is preached among you.
CHAP. II.
1 He exhorteth them to laye a side all vice, 4 Shewing that Christ is the fundacion whereupon they buylde. 9 The excellent estate of the Christians. 11 He praieth them to absteiue from
〈◊〉
lustes. 13 To obey the rulers, 18 How seruants shulde behaue them selues to ward their masters. 20 He exhorteth to suffer after the ensample of Christ.Rom. 6. 4.
1 WHerefore, * laying aside all maliciousnesEphes. 4. 23.
Colos.
〈◊〉
. 8. and al guile, and dissimulacion,Ebr.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
.
and enuie, and euil speaking.
2 As new borne babes desireIn this their infancie & new cō ming to Christ he willeth them to take hedelest for the pure milke, which is the first beginnings of learning the sincere worde, they be not deceyued by them whiche chop and change it, & giue poyson in stede there of. theOr, the milke of vnderstandynge whiche is with as deceit. syncere milke of the worde, that ye maye growe thereby.
3 If so be that ye haue tasted how bountifull the Lord (is.)
4 To whome ye come as vnto a liuyng stone disalowed of men, but chosen of God (and) precious.
5 And ye as liuelie stones, be made a spirituall house, and holie* Priesthode to offer vp spiritual sacrifices acceptable to God by Iesus Christ.
6 Wherefore it is conteined in the Scripture, *Beholde, I put inMeaning that God hath appoin ted Christe to be chief and head of his Churche. Sion a chief corner stone elect & precious: & he that beleueth thereinReuel 1. 6.
Isa, 28. 16. shal not be ashamed.Rom. 9. 33.
7 Vnto you therefore whiche beleue, it is precious: but vnto them which be disobedient, the * stone which theThe Priests, Do ctors & Anciēts of the people. buylders disalowed, the same is made the head of the corner.Psal. 119. 22.
8 And a * stone to stomble at, and a rocke ofMat. 21 42. offence, euen (to them) which stomble at theAct. 4. 11. worde being disobedient, vnto the whicheIsa. 8. 14.
Rom. 9. 31. thing they were euen ordeined.
9 But ye are a chosen generacion, aThat is partakers of Christes Priesthode and kingdome. royall * Priesthode, an holie nacion, aOr, gotten by
〈◊〉
. peculiar people,Exod. 19. 6. that ye shulde shew forthe the vertuesReuel 5. 10. of hym that hathe called you out of darkenes into his marueilous light.
10 * Whiche in time past were not a people, yet (are) now the people of God: whiche in time past were not vnder mercie, but nowHosea. 2. 23. haue obteined mercie.Rom. 9. 25.
11 Derely beloued, I beseche you, as strangers and pilgrems, * absteine from fleshlie Iustes,Galat. 5. 17. whiche fight against the soule.Rom. 13. 14.
Chap. 3. 16.
12 * And haue your conuersacion honest amōg the Gentiles, that they which speake euil of you as of euill doers, maye by (your) * goodMat. 5. 26. workes whiche they shal se, glorifie God inRom. 13. 1. the day ofYour good con uersacion shalbe as a preparatiue against that day that God: shall shew mercie vn to thē and turne them. the visitacion.
13 * Submit your selues vnto allOr, publike gouernement. maner ordinance of man for the Lords sake, whether it be vnto the King, as vnto the superiour.
14 Or vnto gouernours, as vnto them that are sent of him, for the punishmēt of euil doers, and for the praise of them that do wel.
15 For so is the wil of God, that by wel doyng ye may put to silence the ignorance of the foolish men.
16 As fre, and not as hauing the libertie for a cloke of maliciousnes, but as the seruants ofChap. 1.
〈◊〉
. God.Rom. 12 10,
Ephes. 6. 5.
17 Honour all men: * loue
〈◊〉
thē whiche acknowledge one self Father in heauen. brotherlie felowship:Colos 3.
〈◊〉
. feare God: honour the King.2. Cot. 7. 10.
18 * Seruants, be subiect to your masters with all feare, not onely to the good & courteous but also to theIn all obediēce this must before
〈◊〉
eyes, that we obey in the Lord for if anie commande things against God, then let vs answer, It is better to obey God then men. frowarde.
19 * For this is thanke worthie, if a man forKnowing that God
〈◊〉
this charge vpō him. conscience towarde God endure grief suffering wrongfully.
20 For what praise is it, if when ye be buffeted for your fautes, ye take it paciently? but and if when ye do wel, ye suffer (wrong) and take it paciently, this is acceptable to God.
21 For hereunto ye are called: for Christ also suffred for vs, leauing vs an ensample that ye shulde folowe his steppes.
22 *Who did no sinne; nether was there guileIsa. 53. 9. founde in his mouth.1. Iohn, 3. 2.
23 Who whē he was reuiled, reuiled not againe when he suffred, he threatened not but committed it to him that iudgeth righteously.
24 *Who his owne self bare our sinnes is his bodie on the tre, that we being deliueredIsa. 53. 5. from sinne, shulde liue in righteousnes: byMat. 8. 17. whose stripes ye were healed.
25 For ye were as shepe going astraye: but are now returned vnto the shepherd and bishope of your soules.
CHAP. III.
1 How wiues ought to ordre them selues towarde their housbands. 3 And in their apparel. 7. The duetie of men towarde their wiues. 8 He exhorteth all men to vnitie and loue. 14 And paciently to suffre trouble by the example and benefite of Christ.
1 LIkewise * let the wiues be subiect to theirCol. 3. 18. housbands that euen thei which obeyEphes. 5, 22. not the worde, may without the worde be wonne by the conuersacion of the wiues,
2 While they he holde your pure conuersacion, with feare.
3 * Whose apparelling let it no be out warde,2. Tim. 2. 9. (as) with broyded heere, and golde put about, or in putting on of apparel.
4 But let the hid man of the heart be vncorrupt, with a meke & quiet spirit, which is before God a thing muche set by
5 For euen after this maner in time past did the holie women, which trusted in GOD, tier them selues, and were subiect to their housbands.
6 As Sarra obeied Abraham, and * called himOr, master. Sir: whose daughters ye are, while ye doGen. 18. 12. wel, not beingBut willingly do your dueties for your condicion is not the worse for your obedience. afraid of anie terrour1. Cor. 7. 1.
7 * Likewise ye housbands, dwel with them as men ofBy nether keping them to streite, nor in giuing thē to much libertie. knowledge,Taking care, and prouiding for her. giuing honour vnto the woman, as vnto the weaker vessel, euen as they which areMan ought to loue his wife, because they lead their life together also for that she is the weaker ves sel, but chiefly because that God hathe made them as it were felowe heires together of life euerlasting. heires together of the grace of life, that yourFor they can not pray when they are at
〈◊〉
tion. prayers be not interrupted.
8 Finally, be ye all of one minde: one suffre with another: loue as brethren: (be) petiful: (be) courteous,
9 * Not rendring euil for euil, nether rebukeProu. 17. 11. & 20. 22. for rebuke: but contrarie wise blesse, knowingMat 5. 19. that ye are there unto called, that ye shuldeRom. 12. 17. beGod hath made vs when we were his enemies, heires of his kingdo me, and shal not we forgiue our
〈◊〉
a smale faute? heires of blessing.1. Thes 5. 15.
Psal 33. 13.
10 * For if anie man long after life, and to se good daies, let him refraine his tongue from euil, and his lippes that they speake not guile.Isay. 1. 16.
11 * Let him eschewe euil and do good: let him seke peace, and folow after it.
12 For the eyes of the Lord (are) ouer the righteous, and his eares (are open) vnto their prayers: and the face of the LordTo take venge ance on him. (is) vpon them that do euil.
13 And who is it that wil harme you, if ye folowe
that which is good?
14 * Not withstanding blessed are ye, if ye suffreMat. 5. 10. for righteousnes sake. Yea,That is, when thei thinke to make you a fraid by their threatnings. feare not their feare, nether be troubled.
15 ButGiue him praise and depende on him. sanctifie the Lord God in your hearts and be readie alwaies to giue an answer toIsa.
〈◊〉
. 13. euerie man that asketh you a reason of the hope that is in you,
16 * (And that) with mekenes and reuerence,Chap. 2. 12. hauing a good conscience, that when theyr speake euil of you as euil doers thei may be ashamed, which blame your good conuersacion in Christ.
17 For (it is) better [if the wil of God be so] that ye suffer for wel doing, then for euil doing.
18 * For Christ also hathe once suffred for sinnes,Rom. 5. 6. the iust for the vniust, that he might bringEbr. 9. 15. vs to God, and was put to death concerning the flesh, but was quickened in theBy the power of God. spirit.
19 By the whichChrist being from the beginning head and gouernour of his Church, came in the daies of Noe, not in bodie, which then he had not, but in Spirit, and preached by the mouth of Noe for the space of 120 yere to the disobedient, which wolde not repēt, and therefore are now in prison re serued to the last iudgement. he also went, & preached vnto the spirits that were in prison.
20 Which were in time passed disobedient when once the long suffring of God abode in the daies of * Noe, while the
〈◊〉
was preparing, wherein fewe, that is, eight soules were saued in the water.
21 To the which also the figure that now saueth vs, (euen) Baptisme (agreeth) [not the putting awaye of the filth of the flesh, but inOr, persones, that a good conscience maketh request to God] by the resurrection of Iesus Christ.
22 Which is * at the right hand of God, gone into heauen, to whome the Angels, and Powers, and might are subiect.Gen. 6. 14.
Mat. 24. 38.
CHAP. IIII.
1 He exhorteth men to cease from sinne, 2 To spende noLuk. 17. 26.
Ebr. 1. 3. more time in vice, 7 To be sober and apt to praye, 8 To loue echeother, 12 To be pacient in trouble, 15 To be"Or, the taking to witnes of a good conscience. ware that no man suffre as an euildoer, 16 But as a Christian man, and so not to be ashamed.
1 FOrasmuche then as Christ hathe suffred for vs in the flesh, arme your selues likewise with the sameOur sanctification standeth in two points, in dying to sinne, & liuing to God. minde, (which is) that he which hathe suffred in the flesh, hathe ceased from sinne,
2 That he hence forwarde shulde liue [as muche time as remaineth in the flesh] not"Or, bodie. after the lustes of men, but after the wil of God.
3 *For it is sufficient for vs that we haue spentEphes. 4. 23. the time past of the life, after the lust of the Gentiles, walking in wantonnes, lustes, dron kennes, in glottonie, drinkings and in abominable idolatries.
4 Wherein it semeth to them strange that ye runne not with them vnto the same excesse of ryote: (therefore) speake thei euil (of you.)
5 Which shal giue accountes to him, that is ready to iudge quicke and dead.
6 For vnto this purpose was the Gospel preached also vnto theAlthogh the wicked thinke this Gospel newe and vexe you that imbrace is: yet, hath it bene prea ched to them of time past, which now are dead, to the intent that thei might haue bene condemned or dead to sinne in the flesh, and also might haue liued to God in the spirit, which two are the effect of the Gospel. dead, that they might be condemned, according to men in, the flesh, but might liue according to God in the spirit.
7 Now the end of all things is at hand Be ye therefore sober, and watching in prayer.
8 But aboue all things haue feruent loue among you:* forAs liate moueth vs to reproche our brother when he offendeth vs: so loue hideth and pardoneth the fautes which he commiteth against, vs thogh they be neuer so manie. loue couereth the multitude of sinnes.
9 Be ye * herberous one to another, without grudging.
10 * Let euerie man as he hathe receiued the gifte, minister the same one to another, as good disposers of the manifolde grace of God.Prou. 10. 12.
11 If anie mā speake, (let him talke) as the wordesRom. 12. 13. of God. If anie man minister, (let him doEbr. 13. 2. it) as of the abilitie which God ministreth,Rom. 12. 6.
Philip. 2. 14. that God in al thīgs may be glorified through Iesus Christ, to whome is praise and dominion for euer, and euer, Amen.
12 Dearly beloued, thinke it not strange concerning the fyrie trial, which is among you to proue you, as thogh some strange thing were come vnto you:
13 But reioyce, in asmuche as ye are partakers of Christs sufferings, that whē his glorie shal appeare, ye may be glad and reioyce.
14 *If ye be railed vpon for the Name ofMat. 5. 110. Christ, blessed (are ye) for the Spirit of glorie, and of God resteth vpon you: (which) on theirThat is, by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. parte is euil spoken of: but on your parte is glorified.
15 But let none of you suffer as a murtherer, or (as) a thefe, or an euil doer, or as a busibodie in other mens matters.
16 But if (anie man suffer) as a Christian, let him not be ashamed: but let him glorifie God in this behalfe.
17 For the time (is come,) thatOr,
〈◊〉
. iudgement must beginne at * the house of God. If it firstIere. 25. 29. (begin) at vs, what shal the end be of themLuk. 23. 31. which obey not the Gospel of God?
18 *And if the righteous scarsely beAs concerning this life where he is punished. saued,Prouerb
〈◊〉
. 31. where shal the vngodlie and the sinner appeare?
19 Wherefore let them that suffer according to the wil of God, cōmit their soules (to him) in wel doing, as vnto a faithful Creator.
CHAP. V.
2 The duetie of Pastours is to fede the flocke of Christ, and what rewarde they shal haue if they be diligent. 5 He exhorteth yong persones to submit them selues to the elders, 8 To be sober, and to watche that they may resist the enemie.
1 THeBy elders he vn derstandeth all them which prea che, teache, or minister in the Church. elders which are among you, beseche which am also an elder, and a witnes of the suffrings of Christ, and also a partaker of the glorie that shalbe reueiled,
2 Fede the flocke ofOr, Christ. God, whichOr, which is cōmit vnto you or, as muche as in you lyeth. dependeth vpō you, caring for it not by constraint but willingly: not for filthie lucre, but of a readie minde:
3 Not as thogh ye were lords ouer (Gods) heritage, but that ye may be ensamples to the flocke.
4 And when the chief shepherd shal appeare, ye shal receiue an incorruptible crowne of glorie.
5 Like wise ye yonger, submit your selues vnto the elders, and submit your selues euerie man, one to another: * decke your selues inRom. 11. 10. wardely in low lines of minde: for God * resistethIam. 4. 6. the proud & giueth grace to the hūble.
6 Humble * your selues therefore vnder theIam. 4. 10. mightie hand of God, that he may exalt you in due time.
7 Cast * all your care on him: for he careth forPsal. 54.
〈◊〉
. you.Wisd. 12. 13.
Mat. 6. 25.
8 Be sober and watch: for * your aduersarie theLuk. 12. 22, deuil as a roaring lyon walk eth about, sekingLuk. 22. 31. whome he may deuoure:
9 Whome resist sted fast in the faith, knowingNothing cometh vnto vs, Which We se not to apperteine to the rest of Christs members: and therefore We ought not to
〈◊〉
se that condition Which is commu ne to all the Saintes. that the same afflictions are accomplished in your brethren which are in the worlde.
10 And the God of all grace, which hath called vs vnto his eternal glorie by Christ Iesus, after that ye haue suffred a litel, make you perfect, cōfirme, strengthen & stablish (you.)
11 To him be glorie and dominion for euer and euer. Amen.
12 By Siluanus a faithful brother vnto you, as I suppose, haue I writen briefly, exhorting and testifying how that this is the true grace of God, where in ye stand.
13 (The Church) that is atWhich Was a famous citie in Assyria Where Peter then Was the Apostle of the
〈◊〉
. Babylon elected to gether with you, saluteth you, and Marcus my sonne.
14 Grete ye one another with the * kysse of loue. Peace be with you all which are, inRom. 16. 16. Christ Iesus. Amen.1. Cor. 16.
〈◊〉
.
2. Cor. 13. 13.
THE SECONDE EPISTLE general of Peter.
THE ARGVMENT.
THe effect of the Apostle here is to exhorte them which haue once
〈◊〉
the true faith of
〈◊〉
, to stande to the same euen to the last breath: also that God by his effectual grace towardesmen moueth them to holines of life, in punishing the hypocrites which abuse his Name, and in increasing his gifts in the godlie: wherefore by godlie life he being now almost at deaths dore, exhorteth them to approue their vocation, not setting their affection on worldlie things [as he had oft writ vnto them] but lifting their eyes towarde heauen, as they be taught by the Gospel, whereof he is a cleare witnes chiefly in that he heard with his owne eares that Christ was proclaimed from heauen to be the Sonne of God, as likewise the Prophetes testified. And lest they shulde promise to them selues quietnes by professing the Gospel, he warneth them bothe of troubles which they shulde susteine by the false teachers, and also by the mockers and
〈◊〉
of religion, whose maners and trade he liuely setteth forthe as in a table: aduertising the faithful not onely to waite diligently for Christ, but also to beholde presently the day of his comming, and to preserue them selues vnspotted against the same.
CHAP. I.
4 Forasmuche as the power of God hathe giuen them all things perteining vnto life, he exhorteth them to flee the corruption of worldlie lusts, 10 To make their calling sure with good, workes, and frutes of faith. 14 He maketh mention of his owne death, 17 Declaring the Lord Iesus to be the true Sonne of God, as he him self had sene vpon the mounte.
1 SIMON Peter a seruant and an Apostle of IESVSCRIST to you which haue obteined like precious faith with vs by theIn that he declared him self iuste and faithful in accomplishing his
〈◊〉
by Christ. rightousnes of our God and Sauiour Iesus Christ.
2 Grace and peace be multiplied to you, by the knowledge of God and of Iesus our Lord,
3 According as his
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of Christ as he is God ād Sauiour. godlie power hathe giuen vnto vs all things that (perteine) vntoThat is, saluation. life and godlines,The summe of our saluation and religion is to be
〈◊〉
by Christ to the
〈◊〉
, Who calleth vs in the Sonne. through the knowledge of him that hathe called vsOr, through his glorie. vnto glorie and vertue.
4 Whereby most great, and precious promises are giuen vnto vs, that by them ye shulde be
〈◊〉
of theWe are made partakers of the
〈◊〉
nature, in that We
〈◊〉
the corruption of the World: or as Paul
〈◊〉
, are dead to sinne and are not in the flesh. godlie nature, in that ye flee the corruption, which is in the worlde through lust.
5 Therefore giue euen all diligence thereunto ioyne moreouerGodlie maners. vertue with your faith: and with vertue, knowledge:
6 And with knowledge, temperāce: and with temperance, pacience: and with pacience, godlines:
7 And with godlines, brotherlie kindenes: and with brotherlie kindenes, loue.
8 For if these things be among you, and abun de, they wil make you that ye nether shalbe ydle, nor vnfruteful in the knowledge of our Lord Iesus Christ.
9 For he that hathe not these things, is blinde, andThe Greeke Worde signifieth him, that natural ly can not se, except he holdeth nere his eyes So Peter calleth suche as can not se heauenlie things Which are
〈◊〉
of, pure blinde or sand blinde. can not se farre of, and hathe forgotten that he was purged from his olde sinnes.
10 Wherefore, brethren, giue rather diligence to make your calling and electionA
〈◊〉
it be sure in it self forasmuche as God can not change: yet We must con
〈◊〉
it in
〈◊〉
selues, by the frutes of the Spirit, knowing that the purpose of God electeth, calleth, sanctifieth, and iustifieth vs. sure: for if ye do these things, ye shal neuerFor God Wil euer vp holde you. fall.
11 For by this meanes an entring shalbe ministred vnto you abundātly into the euerlastiug kingdom of our Lord & Sauiour Iesus Christ.
12 Wherefore, I wil not be negligent to put you alwais in remembrance of these things, thogh that ye haue knowledge, and be stablished in the present trueth.
13 For I thinke it mete as long as I am in thisIn this bodie 2. Cor. 5. 3. tabernacle, to stirre you vp by putting you in remembrance.
14 Seing I knowe that the time is at hand that I must lay downe this my tabernacle, euen as
〈◊〉
. 21. 19. our Lord Iesus Christ hathe * she wed me.
15 I wil endeuour therefore alwaise, that ye also may be able to haue remembrāce of these1. Cor. 1. 17. &
〈◊〉
. things after my departing.
16 For we folowed not *Or, sophistical and
〈◊〉
. deceiueable fables when we opened vnto you the power, and comming of our Lord Iesus Christ, but with
our eyes we saw his maiestie:
17 For he receiued of God the Father honourMat. 17,
〈◊〉
. and glorie, whē there came suche a voyce to him frō the excellent glorie, * This is my beloued Sonne, in whome I am well pleased.
18 And this voyce we heard whē it came from heauē, being with him in theFor by Christs presence it Was for the time holie holye mounte.
19 We haue also a moste sureThat is the doctrine of the Pro
〈◊〉
. worde of the Prophetes; to the whiche ye do well that ye take hede, as vnto a light that shineth in a darke place, vntil theA
〈◊〉
knowledge then vnder the Law. day dawne, and theMeaning Christ the sunne of iustice by his Gospel. daye starre arise in your hearts.
20 * So that ye first know this, that no prophecie2. Tim. 3. 16. in the Scripture is ofCometh not of men. anie priuateOr, interpretation. motion.
21 For the Prophecie came not in olde time by the wil of man: but holie men of God spake as they were moued by the holie Gost.
CHAP. II.
He prophecieth of false teaches, and sheweth their punishment.
1 BVt * there were false prophetes also amongAct. 20.
〈◊〉
. the people, euen, as there shalbe1. Tim. 4. 2. false teachers among you: whiche priuelyIud. 11. shal bring in dānable heresies, euen denying the Iord, that hathe boght them, and bryng vpon them selues swift damnation.
2 And manie shall followe theirOr,
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
, damnable wayes, by whome the way of trueth shalbe euil spoken of.
3 And through couetousnes shall they with fained wordes makeThis is
〈◊〉
sene in the Pope and his Priests, Whiche by lies & flatteries sel mēs soules, so that it iscerteine that he is not the successour of Simon Pe ter, but of Simon Magus. marchandise of you, whose iudgement long agone is not farre of and their damnation slepeth not.
4 For if God spared not the * Angels, that had sinned, but caste them downe into hell and deliuered them into chaines of darkenes, to be kept vnto damnation.
5 Nether hathe spared the olde worlde, but saued * Noe the eight (persone) a preacher ofIob. 4. 18. righteousnes, and broght in the flood vponIude. 6. the worlde of the vngodlie.Gen. 7. 2.
6 And * turned the cities of Sodome andGen. 19. 24. Gomorrhe into ashes, condemned them and ouerthrewe thē, ād made them an ensample vnto them that after shulde liue vngodlie.
7 * And deliuered iuste Loth vexed with theGen. 19.
〈◊〉
. vnclenlie conuersation of the wicked.
8 [For he being righteous, & dwellyng among them, in seing and hearing, vexed his righteous soule from day to day with their vnlawful dedes.]
9 The Lorde knoweth to deliuer the godlye out of tentation, and to reserue the vniust vnto the day of iudgement to be punished:
10 And chiefely thē that walke after the flesh,1. King. 22. 22. in the lust of vnclennes, and despise the gouernement,Iob. 1. 12. (whiche are) presumpteous, and stand in their owne conceite, and feare not to speake euill of thē that are in dignitie.
11 Where as the Angels which are greater both in power and might, * giue notAlbeit the An gels condemne the vice and
〈◊〉
of Wicked anagistrates, yet they blame not the autoritie and power Which is giuen thē of God railing iudgement against them before the Lord.
12 But these asAs beasts Without reasō or Wit followe
〈◊〉
nature leadeth them: so these Wicked mē desti
〈◊〉
of the Spirit of God, onely seke to fulfil
〈◊〉
sensualitie, and as they are vessels made to destructiō, and
〈◊〉
to this iudgement, so thei
〈◊〉
into the snares of Satan to their
〈◊〉
struction. brute beasts, led with sensualitie and made to be taken, and destroyed speake euil of those things which they knowe not, and shal perish through their owne corruption.
13 And shal receiue the wages of vnrighteousnes, as they which counte it pleasure to liue deliciously for a season. Spottes (they are) ād blottes,For in your
〈◊〉
lie feasts they sit as members of the Church Where as in dede they be but spottes, & so deceiue you, read Iude 12. deliting them selues in their deceiuings, in feasting with you.
14 Hauing eyes ful of adulterie, and that can not cease to sinne, beguiling vnstable soules they haue hearts exercised with couetousnes cursed children,
15 Whiche forsakyng the right waye, haue gone astraye, following the way of * Balaam, (the sonne) of Bosor, which loued the wages of vnrighteousnes.
16 But he was rebuked for his iniquitie: (for) the domme asse speaking with mans voyce,Nomb. 22, 23. forbade the foolishnes of the Prophet.Iude
〈◊〉
.
17 * These are welles without water, (and)Thei haue some appearance outWarde, but With in they are drie and barren or at moste they cause but a tempest.
Iude 12. cloudes caryed about with atēpest, to whom the blacke darkenes is reserued for euer.
18 For in speaking swelling wordes of vanitie they beguile with wantonnes through the lustes of the flesh them that were cleane esca ped from thē which are wrapped in errour.
19 Promising vnto them libertie, and are them selues the * seruants of corruption: for ofIohn. 8. 34. who me so euer a man is ouer come, euen vntoRom. 6. 20. the same is he in bondage.
20 * For if they, after they haue escaped fromMat. 12.
〈◊〉
. the filthines of the worlde, through theWhich commeth by hearing the Gospel preached.
Ebr. 6. 4. & 10 16. knowledge of the Lord, and of the Sauiour Iesus Chaist, are yet tangled againe therein, and ouercome, the latter end is worse with them then the beginning.
21 For it had bene better for them, not to haue knowen the way of righteousnes, then after they haue knowen it, to turne from the holieOr, doctrine. commandement giuen vnto them.
22 But it is come vnto them, according to the true prouerbe, * The dogge is returned toProue 29.
〈◊〉
. his owne vomit: &, The sowe that was washed to the wallowing in the myer.
CHAP. III.
3 He sheweth the impitie of them which mocke at Gode promises. 7 After what sorte the end of the worlde shalbe. 8 That they prepare them selues thereunto. 16 who they are which abuse the writings of S. Paul, and the rest of the Scriptures, 18 Concluding with cternal thankes to Christ Iesus.
1 THis seconde Epistle I now write vnto you, beloued, where withFor We fall quickely
〈◊〉
and forget that Which We
〈◊〉
taught. stirre vp, and warne your pure mindes,
2 To call to remembrance the wordes, which were tolde before of the holie Prophetes, & also the commandement of vs the Apostles1. Tim. 4.
〈◊〉
. of the Lord and Sauiour.2.
〈◊〉
. 3. 1.
Iude 18.
3 * This first vnderstand, that
〈◊〉
shal come in the last dayes, mockers, which wil walke after their lustes,
4 And say, Where is the promes of his cōming for since the fathers dyed, all things continue a like from the beginning of the creation.
5 For this theyHe
〈◊〉
them Which had once professed Christian religiō, but became after Warde
〈◊〉
& mockers, as Epicurians
〈◊〉
atheistes. willingly knowe not, that the
heauens were of olde, and the earth that was of the water and by the water, by the worde of God.
6 Wherefore theAs touching the beautie therof, & things whiche were therein except thē which were in the arke worlde that then was, perished, ouer flowed with the water.
7 But the heauens and earth, whiche are now, are kept by the same worde in store, and reserued vnto fyre against the day of iudgement, and of the destruction of vngodlie men.
8 Derely beloued, be not ignorant of this onePsal.
〈◊〉
. 4. thyng, that one day is with the Lorde, * as a thousand yeres, and a thousand yere, as one day,
9 The Lorde is not slacke concernyng (hys) promes [assome men count slackenes] but isEze. 33. 32. pacient towarde vs, and *He
〈◊〉
not here of the
〈◊〉
and eternal counsel of God, whereby he
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
it pleaseth him, but of the preaching of the Gospell whereby all are called and biddē to the banket. wolde haue no1. Tim. 2. 4. man to perish, but wolde all men to come to repentance.
10 *But the day of the Lord wil come as a thief in the night, in the whiche the heauens shall passe away with a noyce, and the elements shal melt with heate, and the earth with the workes, that are therin, shalbe burnt vp.
11 Seing therefore that all these things must be dissolued, what maner persones ought ye toMat. 24. 44. be in holie conuersation and godlines.1. Thes.
〈◊〉
. 2.
12 Loking for, and hasting vnto the commingReuel. 3. 3. & 16. 15. of the day of God, by the which the heauens being on fyre, shalbe dissolued, and the elements shalt melt with heat?
13 But we loke for * new heauens, and a newIsa. 65. 17. & 66.
〈◊〉
. earth, according to his promes, whereinReuel.
〈◊〉
. 1. dwelleth righteousnes.
14 Wherefore, beloued, seing that ye loke for suche things, be diligent that ye may be founde of him inIn quiet conscience. peace, without spotte & blameles.Rom. 2. 4.
15 * And suppose that the long suffring of our Lord is saluation, euen as our beloued brother Paul according to the wisdome giuen vnto him wrote toAlbeit his epistles were writ to peculiar Churches, yet they
〈◊〉
a generall doctrine apperteining to al
〈◊〉
. you.
16 As one, that in all (his) Epistles speaketh of these things: among the which some things areAs no man
〈◊〉
the bright nes of the sunne because his eye is not able to sust
〈◊〉
ne the clearnes thereof: so the hardenes whiche we cannot some time compas or perfectly
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the Scri ptures ought not to take away from vs
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
. hard to be vnderstand, which they that are vnlearned and vnstable, peruert, as they (do) also other Scriptures vnto their owne destruction.
17 Ye therefore beloued, seing ye know these things before, beware, lest ye be also plucked away with the errour of the wicked, & fall from your owne stedfastnes.
18 But growe in grace, and in the knowledge of our Lord and Sauiour Iesus Christ: to hym (be) glorie bothe now and for euer more. Amen."Or,
〈◊〉
.
THE FIRST EPISTLE generall of Iohn.
THE ARGVMENT.
AFter that S. Iohn had sufficiently declared, how that our whole saluation doeth consiste onely in Christ, lest that any man shulde thereby take a boldenes to sinne, he sheweth that no man can beleue in Christ, onles he doeth endeuour him self to kepe his commandements, which thing being done, he exhorteth them to beware of false prophetes, whome he calleth Antichrists, and to trye the spirits. Laste of all he doeth earnestly exhorte them vnto brotherlie loue, and to beware of
〈◊〉
.
CHAP. I.
2 True witnes of the euerlasting worde of God. 7 The blood of Christ is the purgation of sinne. 10 No man is without sinne.
1 THat which wasThat is, Christ God
〈◊〉
. from the beginning, which we haueThat is, Christ being man. heard, which we haue sene with our eyes, which we haue loked vpon, and our hands haue handled of the WordeWhich giueth
〈◊〉
and had it in him self. of life,
2 [For the life appeared, and we haue sene it, and beare witnes, ādIohn. 14. she we vnto you the eternal life, which wasBefore all beginning. with the Father, and appeared vnto vs]
3 That, (I say,) which we haue sene and heard declare we vnto you, that ye may alsoThe effect of the Gospel is, that we all being ioyned together in Christ by faith, shulde be the sonnes of God. haue felowship with vs, and that our felowship also may be with the Father and with his Sonne Iesus Christ.Iohn. 8. 18.
4 And these things write we vnto you, that your ioye may be ful.
5 This then is the message which we haue heard of him, and declare vnto you, that God * isThe frutes of our faith must de clare whether we beioyned in God or no: for God being the verie puritie and
〈◊〉
wil not haue felowship with them which lie in sinne and darkenes. light, & in him is no darkenes.
6 If we say that we haue felowship with him and walke in darkenes, we lye, and do not truely.
7 But if we walke in the light as he is in the light, we haue felowshipThat is, Christ with vs and we with our selues. one with another,g In an euil conscience, and with out the feare of God. and the * blood of Iesus Christ his Sonne clenseth vs from al sinne.
8 *If we say that we haue no sinne, we deceiue our selues, and trueth is not in vs.
9 If weIf we be not ashamed, earnest ly and openly to acknowledge our selues before God to
〈◊〉
sinners. acknowledge our sinnes, he is faithfulEbr. 9. 14.
1. Pet. 1. 19. and iust, to forgiue vs our sinnes, and to clense
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. 6. vs from all vnrighteousnes.1 king 8 46.
2. Chron. 6.
〈◊〉
.
10 If we say we haue not sinned, we make himProu. 20 9. a lier, and hisOr, doctrine. worde is not in vs.Eccle. 7. 20.
CHAP. II.
1 Christ is our Aduocate. 19 Of true loue, and how it is tried. 18 To beware of Antichrist.
1 MY babes, these things write I vnto you, that ye sinne not: and if any man sinne, we haue anChriste is our
〈◊〉
Aduocate and
〈◊〉
: for the office of intercession and redemption are ioyned together. Aduo cat with the Father, Iesus Christ, the Iust.
2 And he is the reconciliation for our sinnes:
and not for ours onely, but also for (the sinnes) ofThat is, of thē which haue embraced the Gospel by faith in all ages, degrees, & places: for there is no saluation without Christ. the whole worlde.
3 And hereby we are sure that weThat is by faith and so obey him for knowledge cannot be without obedience. know him if we kepe his commandements.
4 He that saith, I knowe hym, and kepeth not his commandements, is a lier, and the trueth is not in him.
5 But he that kepeth his worde in hym isWhereby
〈◊〉
loueth God: so that to loue God is to obey his worde. the loue of God perfite indede: hereby we know that we are in him.
6 He that saith he remaineth in hym, ought euen so to walke, as he hathe walked.
7 Brethren, I write no neweOr, doctrine. commandement vnto you: but an olde commandement, whiche ye haue had from theWhen the Law was giuen. beginning: theLouechy neigh bour as thy self, is the olde cōmā
〈◊〉
taught in the Law: but whē Christ saith, So loue one another as I haue loued you, giueth a newe commandement onely as touching the forme, but not as touching the nature or substance of the precept. olde commandement is the worde, whiche ye haue heard from the beginning.
8 Againe, a newe commandement I write vnto you, that whiche is true in him, and
〈◊〉
in you for the darkenes is past, & the true light now shineth.
9 He that saith that he is in the light, and hateth his brother, is in darkenes vntill this time.
10 * He that loueth his brother, abideth in the light, and there is none occasion of euil in hym.
11 But he that hateth his brother, is in darkenes, and walketh in darkenes, & knoweth not whither he goeth, because that darkenes hathe blinded his eyes.
12 He namethall the faithful, children, as he being their spiritual father attributing to olde
〈◊〉
know ledge of greate things, to yong men
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
childrē
〈◊〉
and reuerence to their gouernours Litle children. I write vnto you, because your sinnes are forgiuen you forFor Christs sake his NamesChap. 3. 14. sake.
13 I write vnto you, fathers, because ye haue knowen hym that is from the beginnyng. I write vnto you, yong men, because ye haue ouercome theOr, the deuil. wicked.
14 I write vnto you, babes, because ye haue knowen the Father. I haue written vnto you fathers, because ye haue knowen hym, that is frō the beginning. I haue writen vnto you, yong men, because ye are strong, & the word of God abideth in you, and ye haue ouercome theOr, the deuil.
〈◊〉
.
15 Loue not the
〈◊〉
it is aduersarie to God. worlde nether the things that are in the worlde. If any man loue the*worldIam. 4. 4. the loue of the Father is not in hym.
16 For all that is in the worlde [(as) the luste of theTo liue in
〈◊〉
. flesh, the
〈◊〉
. luste of the eyes, and theAmbition & pride. pride of life] is not of the Father, but is of the worlde.
17 And the worlde passeth awaye, and the luste thereof: but he that fulfilleth the will of God abideth euer.
18 Babes, it is the last time, and ye haue heard that Antichrist shall come, euen now are there many Antichrists: whereby we know that it is the last time.
19 Whiche of semed to haue bene of our nōber, because for atime they occupied a place
〈◊〉
the Church They went out from vs, but thei were not of vs: for if they had bene of vs, they wolde haue continued with vs. But (this commeth to passe,) that it might appeare, that they are not all of vs.
20 But ye haue anThe grace of the holie Gost. ointement from hym, that isWhich is Christ Holie, and ye haue knowen all things.
21 IIn this Epistle. Whiche I now write vnto you. haue not written vnto you, because ye knowe not the trueth: but because ye know it, and that no lye is of the trueth.
22 Who is a lyer, but he that denyeth that Iesus isHe that taketh away
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ether of the natures in Christ, or he that confoundeth or separateth them, els, he that putteth not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the per sone of the
〈◊〉
, and also he that beleueth not to haue
〈◊〉
of sinnes by his onely
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to be the
〈◊〉
Messias. Christ? the same is the Antichrist that denyeth the Father and the Sonne.
23 Whosoeuer denyeth the Sonne, the sameThen the inside les worship not the true God. hathe not the FatherBut he
〈◊〉
cō
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
, hathe also the Father.
24 Let therefore abide in you that same which ye haue heard from the beginnyng. If that whiche ye haue heard from the beginnyng, shall remaine in you, ye also shall contine we in the Sonne, and in the Father.
25 And this is the promes that he hathe promised vs, (euen) eternall life.
26 These things haue I writen vnto you, concernyng them that deceiue you.
27 But the anointyng whiche ye receyued of hym, dwelleth in you: and ye nede not that any man teache you: but as the same
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
him self vnto you & teacheth you by the holie Gost and his
〈◊〉
. Anointing teacheth you of al things, and it is true, and is notlying, and as it taught you, ye shall abideOr, in Christ. in him.
28 And now,By this name he meaneth the w
〈◊〉
Churche of Christ in general. litle children, abyde in hym, that when he shal appeare, we may be bolde and not be ashamed before hym at his comming.
29 If ye knowe that he is righteous, knowe ye that he whiche doeth righteously, is borne of him.
CHAP. III.
1 The singular loue of God towarde vs. 7 And how we againe ought to loue one another.
1 BEholde, what loue the Father hathe shewed on vs, that we shulde beBeing made the sonnes of God in Christ, he
〈◊〉
what qualities we must haue to be discer ned frō
〈◊〉
called the sonnes of God: for this cause the worlde knoweth you not, because it knoweth not hym.
2 Dearly beloued, now are we the sonnes of God, but yet it doeth not appeare what we shalbe: and we knowe that whenThat is Christ. he shall appeare, we shalbeAs the
〈◊〉
and head
〈◊〉
which make one perfect bodie. like him: for we shall se him as he is.
3 And euerie man that hathe this hope in him, purgeth him self, euen as he is pure.
4 WhosoeuerThat is, in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
doeth reigne, so that he seketh not be sanctified. committeth sinne, transgresseth also the Law: for sinne is the transgression of the Law.
5 And ye knowe that he appeared that heIsa
〈◊〉
. 9. might * take away our sinnes, and in hym is1. Pet. 2.
〈◊〉
. no sinne.
6 Whosoeuer abideth in hym, sinneth not whosoeuer sinneth, hathe not sene him, nether hathe knowen hym.
7 Litle children, let no man deceiue you: he that doeth righteousnes, is righteous, as he is righteous.Iohn. 8. 44.
8 He that * committeth sinne, is of the deuill: for the deuill sinneth from theAs
〈◊〉
by Adam. beginnyng: for this purpose appeared the Sonne of God that he might lose the workes of the deuill.
9 Whosoeuer is borne of God: sinneth not: for hisWhiche is the holie Gost. sede remaineth in him, nether can heHe can not
〈◊〉
vnder the power of sinne because the Spirit of God correcteth hiseuil and corrupt affections. sinne, because he is borne of God.
10 In this are the children of God knowen, & the children of the deuil: whosoeuer doeth not righteousnes, is not of God, nether he thatHe descendeth from the first cable of the commandements to the seconde. loueth not his brother.
11 For this is the message, that ye heard from the beginning, that * we shulde loue one another.
12 Not as * Cain whiche was of the wicked, and slewe his brother: and wherefore sleweIohn. 13. 14. & 15. 12 he him? because his owne workes were euilGen. 4. 8. and his brothers good.
13 Marueile not, my brethren, thogh the worlde hate you.
14 We knowe that we are translated frome death vnto life, because weThis loue is the speciall frute of our faith & a certeine signe of our
〈◊〉
. loue the brethren: * he that loueth not (his) brother, abideth in death.
15 Whosoeuer hateth his brother, is a manslayer: and yc knowe that no manslayer hatheChap. 2 10. eternall life abidyng in hym.Leuit. 19. 17.
16 * Hereby haue we perceiued loue, that heIohn. 15. 13. laid downe his life for vs: therfore we oughtEphe. 5. 2. also to lay downe (our) liues for the brethrē.
17 * And whosoeuer hathe this worldesgoodLuk. 3. 11. and seeth his brother haue nede, & shutteth vp his compassion from hym, how dwelleth the loue of God in hym?
18 My litle children, let vs not loue in worde, nether in tongue (onely,) but inwhiche is not the cause, wherefore we are the sonnes of God, but a moste certeine signe. dede and in trueth.
19 For there by we knowe that we are of the trueth and shal before him assure our hearts.
20 For if ourIf our
〈◊〉
being giltie of any thing, be able to condēne vs, muche more the iudgemēt of God whiche knoweth our hearts better thē we our selues, is able to cōdemne vs. heart condemne vs, GOD is greater then our heart, & knoweth althings
21 Beloued, if our heart condemne vs not, thē haue we boldenes towarde God.
22 * And whatsoeuer we aske, we receiue of him, because we kepe his cōmādemēts, & do those things whiche are pleasing in his sight
23 * This is then his commandement, That we beleue in the Name of his Sonne Iesus Christ, and loue one another, as he gaue cō
mandement.
24 * For he that kepeth his commandements,Iohn 15. 7. & 16. 23. dwelleth in him, and he in him: and herebyMat. 21. 22. we knowe that he abydeth in vs, (euen) byChap.
〈◊〉
. 24. the Spirit which he hathe giuen vs.Iohn. 6. 29, & 17. 3.
Iohn. 13. 34. & 15. 10
CHAP IIII.
1 Difference of spirits. 2 How the Spirit of God may be knowen from the spirit of errour. 7 Of the loue of God and of our neighbours.
1 DErely beloued, beleue not euerie spirit, but trye theThem whiche boast: that they haue the Spirit to
〈◊〉
or ptophecie. spirits whether they are of God: for many false Prophetes are gone out into the worlde.
2 Hereby shall ye knowe the Spirit of God, Euerie spirit that cōfesseth that Iesus
〈◊〉
being very God came frō his Father & toke vpō him our flesh He that
〈◊〉
or preacheth this truely,
〈◊〉
the Spirit of God, els not. Christ is come in the flesh, is of God.
3 And euerie spirit whiche confesseth not that Iesus Christ is come in the flesh, is not of God but this is the (spirit) of Antichrist, of whome ye haue heard, how that he shulde come andHe began to builde the misterie of
〈◊〉
. now already he is in the worlde.
4 Litle children, ye are of God, and haue ouercome them: for greater is he that is in you, thenSatā the prince of the worlde. he that is in the worlde.
5 They are of the worlde, therefore speake they of the worlde, and the worlde heareth them.Iohn. 8. 47.
6 We are of God, * he that knoweth God,With pute affe ction & obediēce heareth vs: he that is not of God, heareth vs not. Here by knowe we the Spirit of trueth, and the spirit of errour.
7 Beloued, let vs loue one another: for loue cometh of God, and euerie one that loueth, is borne of God, and knoweth God.
8 He that loueth not, knoweth not God: for God is loue.Iohn. 5. 10.
9 InTrueth it is that God hathe declared his loue in many other thīgs but herein hathe passed all other. this appeared the loue of God towarde vs, because God sent his onely begotten Sonne into the worlde, that we might liue through him.
10 Herein is loue, not that we loued God, but that he loued vs, and sent his sonne (to be) aBy his
〈◊〉
death. reconciliation for our sinnes.
11 Beloued, if God so loued vs, we ought also loue one another.
12 * No man hathe sene God at any time. If weIohn. 1. 18. loue one another, God dwelleth in vs, and1. Tim. 6. 15. his loue is persite in vs.
13 Hereby knowe we, that we dwell in hym, and he in vs: because he hath giuen vs of his Spirit.
14 And we haue sene, and do testifie, that the Father sent the Sonne (to be) the Sauiour of the worlde.
15 WhosoeuerSo that his con
〈◊〉
procedeth of faith. confesseth that Iesus is the Sonne of God, in him dwelleth God, and he in God.
16 And we haue knowen, and beleued the loue that God hatheOr, towarde vs.
By inspiring it into vs. in vs. God is loue, and he that dwelleth in loue, dwelleth in God, & God in hym.
17 Herein is the loue perfite in vs, that we shuld haue boldenes in the day of iudgemēt for as he is, euen so are we in this worlde.
18 There is noSuche as shulde trouble the conscience. feare in loue, but perfect loue casteth out feare: for feare hathe painfulnes: and he that feareth, is not perfect in loue.
19 We loue him, because he loued vs first.
20 If anie man say, I loue God, and hate his brother, he is a lyer: forFor god
〈◊〉
teth him self to vs in thē whiche beare his image. how can he that loueth not his brother whom he hathe sene loue God whome he hathe not sene?
21 * And this commandement haue we of himIohn. 13. 43. & 15.
〈◊〉
that he whiche loueth God, shulde loue hys brother also.
CHAP. V.
1. 10. 13 Of the frutes of faith. 14. 20 The office, autoritie, and diuinitie of Christ. 21 Against images.
1 WHosoeuer beleueth that Iesus is the Christ, isIs regenerat by the vertue of his Spirit. borne of God, and euerie one that loueth him, whiche begate, loueth, him also whiche is begotten of him.
2 In this we knowe that we loue the children of God, when we loueThe loue of God must go before, or els we cā not loue a right. God, and kepe his commandements.
3 For this is the loue of God that we kepe his commandements: and his * commandementsMat. 11. 30. are notThey are easie to the sonnes of God, whiche are led with his Spi rit: for thei delite there in. grieuous.
4 For all that is borne of God, ouercometh the worlde: and this is the victorie that ouercometh the worlde, (euen) our faith.
5 * Who is it that ouer cometh the worlde, but he whiche beleueth that Iesus is the Sonne1. Cor. 15. 57. of God?
6 This is that Iesus Christ that came byThat is, regene racion. waterThe water and blood that came out of his side, de clare that we ha ue our sinnes wa shed by him, ād he hath made ful
〈◊〉
for the same. and blood, not by water onelye, but by water and blood: and it is theOur minde inspired by the holie Gost. spirit, that be a reth witnes: for the Spirit isVVhich
〈◊〉
our hearts, that we be the children of God. trueth.
7 For there are thre, whiche beare recorde in heauen, the Father, the Worde, and the holie Gost: and these thre are one.
8 And there are thre, whiche beare recorde in the earth, the Spirit and the water and the blood: and these thre agre in one.
9 If we receiue the witnes of men, the witnes of GOD is greater: for this is the witnes of God, whiche he testified of his Sonne.
10 * He that beleueth in the Sonne of GOD,
〈◊〉
. 3. 37. hathe the witnesof God. in him self: he that belieueth not God, hathe made him alyer, because he beleued not the recorde, that God witnessed of his Sonne.
11 And thys is the recorde, that GOD hathe giuen vnto vs eternallyfe, and this lyfe is in hys Sonne.
12 He that hathe the Sonne, hathe lyfe: and he that hathe not the Sonne of GOD, hathe not lyfe.
13 These thyngs haue I written vnto you, thatMat. 7. 7. and 21. 22. beleue in the Name of the Sonne of GOD,Chap. 3. 22. that ye may knowe that ye haue eternal life, and that ye maye beleue in the Name of the Sonne of God.
14 And thys is the assurance, that we haue in him, * that if we aske aniething accordyng to his wil, he heareth vs.Mat. 12. 31.
15 And if we knowe that he heareth vs, whatsoeuerMar. 3. 29. we aske, we knowe that we haue theLuke. 12. 10. peticions that we haue desired of him.
16 If anie man se his brother sinne a sinne, that is not vnto death, let hym aske, and he shall giue him lyfe for them that sinne notAlthogh
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
be to death, yet God through his mer cie pardonoth his in his Sonne Christ. vnto death. * There is a sinneAs theirs is whome GOD doeth so forsake that they fal into vtter dispaire. vnto death: I saye not that thou shuldest praye for it.
17 All vnryghteousnes is sinne, but there is a sinne not vnto death.
18 We knowe that whosoeuer is borne of God,
〈◊〉
not him selfe so ouer to sinne, that he forgetteth God. sinneth not: but he that is begottenLuke. 24. 45. of God,Tak̄eth hede that he sinne not kepeth himself, and theThat is, Satan. wickedVVith a mortal wounde. toucheth him not.
19 We knowe that we are of GOD, and the whole worldeThat is, al men generally, as of them selues lye as it were buryed in euil. lyeth in wickednes.
20 But we knowe that the Sonne of God is * come, and hathe giuen vs a minde to knowe him, whiche is true: and we are in him that is true, (that is,) in his Sonne Iesus Christ: this same is verieChriste verye God. God, and eternal life.
21 Babes, kepe your selues fromMeaning from euerie
〈◊〉
and facion of thinge whiche is set vp for anie
〈◊〉
to worship God. idoles. Amē.
THE SECONDE EPISTLE of Iohn.
He writeth vnto a certeine ladie. 4 Reioycing that her children walke in the trueth. 5 And exhorteth vnto loue. 7 Warneth them to beware of such deceiuers as denie that Iesus Christ is come in the flesh. 8 Prayeth them to continue in the doctrine of Christ. 10 And to haue nothing to do with them that brynge not the true doctrine of Christ Iesus our Sauiour.
1 THe Elder to theOr, worthie and noble. elect Ladie, and her chyldren, whome I loue in
〈◊〉
the trueth: ād not I onelye, but also all that haue knowē the trueth.
2 For the trueths sake whyche dwelleth in in vs, and shalbe with vs for euer:
3 Grace be with you, mercie ād peace frō God the Father, and frō the Lord Iesus Christ the Sonne of the Father, withVVe can not re ceiue the grace of God, except we haue the true knowledge of him, of the whiehe knowledge loue procedeth. trueth and loue.
4 I reioyced greatly, that I founde of thy children walkyngAccordyng to Gods
〈◊〉
. in trueth, as we haue receiued a commandement of the Father.
5 And now beseche I thee, Ladie, [not as writing a new commandement vnto thee, but that same whiche we had frō the beginning] that we * loue one another.
6 And this is the loue, that we shulde walke afIohn.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
. ter hisOr,
〈◊〉
. commandements. This commandement is, that as ye haue hearde from the begynning, ye shulde walke in it.
7 For manie deceiuers are entred in the world, which confesse not that Iesus Christ is come in the flesh. He that is suche one, is a deceiuer and an Antichrist.
8 Loke to your selues, that weBy
〈◊〉
our selues to be seduced. lose not the thyngs, whiche we haue done, but that we may receiue a ful rewarde.
9 WhosoeuerHe that
〈◊〉
the limites of pu re
〈◊〉
. transgresseth, and abideth not in the doctrine of Christ, hathe not God. He that continueth in the doctrine of Christ, he hath bothe the Father and the Sonne.
10 If there come anie vnto you, and bring notRom. 16. 17. this doctrine, * receiue him not to house, nether bid him,Haue nothinge to do with him, nether shew him anie signe of
〈◊〉
or
〈◊〉
. God spede.
11 For he that biddeth him, God spede, is partaker of his euil dedes. Althogh I had manie thynges to write vnto you, yet I wolde not (write) with paper and yncke: but I trust to come vnto you, ād speake mouth to mouth, that our ioye may be ful.
12 The sonnes of thineOr,
〈◊〉
elect sister grete thee, Amen.
THE THIRD EPIstle of Iohn.
3 He is glad of Gaius that he walketh in the trueth. 8 Exhorteth to be louyng vnto the poore Christen in their persecution. 9 Sheweth the vnkinde dealing of Diotrephes. 12 And the good reporte of Demetrius.
1 THE Elder vnto the beloued Gaius, whome I loue in the trueth.
2 Beloued, I wishe chiefly that thou prosperedst and faredst wel, as thy soule prospereth.
3 For I reioyced greatly when the brethren came, and testified of the trueth that is in thee, how thou walkest in the trueth.
4 I haue no greater ioye then this, (that is,) to he are that my sonnes walke inThat is, in godlie conuersacion, as they whiche haue bothe the knowledge and feare of God. veritie.
5 Beloued, thou doest faythfully whatsoeuer thou doest to the brethren, and toBy keping hospitalitie. strāgers.
6 Whiche bare witnes of thy loue before the Churches, Whome if thou bringest of their iourney as itIf thou surnishest them with necessities towarde they iourney, knowyng that the Lorde saith, He that receiueth you, receiueth me. besemeth accordyng to God, thou shalt do wel.
7 Because that for hys Names sake they went forthe, and toke nothing of the Gentiles.
8 We therefore ought to receiue suche, that we might be helpers to the trueth.
9 I wrote vnto the Churche: but Diotrephes whiche loueth to haue the preeminence among them, receiueth vs not.
10 Wherefore if I come, I will declare hys dedes whyche he doeth, prateling againste vs with malicious wordes, and not there with content, nether he him self receiueth the bre thren, but forbiddeth them that wolde, and thrusteth them out of the Church.
11 Beloued, followe not that which is euil, but that whiche is good: he that doeth well, is of god: but he that doth euil, hath notOr, knowen. sene god
12 Demetrius hathe good reporte of all men, and of the trueth itselfe: yea, and we ourselues beare recorde, and ye knowe that our recorde is true.
13 I haue manie thyngs to write: but I will not with yncke and pen write vnto thee.
14 For I truste I shall shortely se thee, and we shal speake mouth to mouth. Peace (be) with thee. The friends salute thee. Grete the friends by name.
THE GENERAL Epistle of Iude.
THE ARGVMENT.
SAint Iude admonisheth all Churches generally to take hede of deceiuers which go about to drawe awaye the hearts of the simple people from the trueth of God, and willeth them to haue no societie with suche, whome he setteth forthe in their liuelie colours, shewing by diuers examples of the Scriptures what horrible vengeance is prepared for thē: finally he comforteth the faithful and exhorteth them to perseuere in the doctrine of the Apostles of Iesus Christ.
1 IVde a seruant of Iesus Christ, and brother of Iames, to them whiche are calIohn. 17. 6. led and sanctifiedThe faithful are sanctified of God ther in the Sonne by the holie Gost of God the Father, andThat he shulde kepe you. reserued to Iesus Christ:2. Peter. 2. 1.
2 Mercie vnto you, and peace and loue be multiplied.
3 Beloued, when I gaue all diligence to write vnto you of the commune saluation, it was nedeful for me to write vnto you to exhorte you, that ye shulde earnestlyAgainste assaltes of
〈◊〉
and her
〈◊〉
. contende for (the maintenance) of the faith, whiche wasThat ye shulde kepe it foreuer. once giuen vnto the Saintes.
4 For there are certeine men crept in whiche were before of oldeHe confirmeth their hearte, against the contē
ners of religion and Apostates. ordeyned to this condemnationNom 14
〈◊〉
.: vngodlie men (they are) whiche2 Peter. 2. 4. turne the grace of our God into wantonnes, and * denye God the onelie Lorde, and our Lord Iesus Christ.
5 I wil therefore put you in remembrance, forasmuche as ye once knewe thys, howe thatGen. 19. 24. the Lord, after that he had deliuered the peo ple out of Egypte, * destroyed them afterwarde whichTheir increduli tie was the fourtaine of all their
〈◊〉
. beleued not.
6 The * Angels also which kept not their firstOr, original. estat, but left their own habitaciō, he hath reserued in euerlasting chaines vnder darke nes vnto theThen shalbe their extreme punishment. iudgement of the great day.
7 As * Sodom and Gomorr he, and the cities about them, which in like maner as they did, committed, and followedMoste horrible pollutions. strange flesh, areIos. 10. 13. set forthe for an ensample, and susfre the ven2. Chro 9. 29. geance of eternal fyre.
〈◊〉
. Christe vnder the name of the Angel rebuked Satan as knowing that he went about to hinder the Churche: but here we are admonished not to seke to reuenge our selues by euil speaking, but to referre the thing to God.
8 Likewise not withstandyng theseVVhich shewe them selues dull and impudent. deamers also
〈◊〉
the fleshe, and despise gouernement, and speake euill of them that are in autoritie.
9 YetIt is moste like that this exāple was writin som of thoses
〈◊〉
of the Scripture which are now lost Nomb. 21. 14. Michael the Archāgel, when he stroue against the deuil, & disputed about the bodie of Moses, durst not blame hym with cursed speaking, but saith,In zacharie. 3. The Lord rebuke thee.
10 But these speake euil of those things, whiche they knowe not: and whatsoeuer things they knoweBy their carnal iudgement. naturally, as beastes, whiche are without reason, in those things they corruptGen. 4. 8. them selues.Nom. 22 23.
Nom. 16. 1.
11 Wo (be) vnto thē: for they haue followed2. Peter. 2. 16. the way * of Cain, and are cast awaye by the deceite * of Balaams wages, and perish in theFor as Core, Dathan and
〈◊〉
ron rose vp and spake againste Moses, so to these againste thē that are in autoritie. gaine saying * of Core.
12 These are spottesThese were ge neral feasts whi che the faythfull kept, partely to protest their bro therlie loue, and partely to relieue the nedye. Tertull. in
〈◊〉
in your feasts of charitie when they feast with you, withoutEther of God, or of his Churche all feare, fedynge them selues: cloudes (they are) without water, caryed about of windes, corrupt trees (and) without frute, twise dead (&) plucked vp by the rootes.
13 (They are) the ragyng waues of the sea, foming out their owne shame: (they are) wandring starres, to whome is reserued the darknesChap. 39.
of darkenes for euer.Reuel. 1. 7.
14 And Enoche also the seuenth from Adam, prophecied of suche, saying, *This saying of Enoch might for the worthines ther of haue bene as a cōmune saying among men of al times, or els haue bene written in some of those bookes whi che now remaine not: yet by the prouidēce of God so many are left as
〈◊〉
eable to instrust vs in the faith of Iesus Christ to
〈◊〉
Iohn. 20. 31. Beholde, the Lord cometh with thousands of his Saintes,
15 To giue iudgement against all men, and to rebuke all the vngodlie among them of all their wicked dedes, whiche they haue vngodly committed, and of al their cruel speakings, whiche wicked sinners haue spoken against him.
16 These are murmurers, cōplainers, walkyng after their owne lustesIn vngodlines and iniquitie.: * whose mouths speake proude things, hauing menspersones in admiration because of a vantage.
17 But, ye beloued, remember the wordes whi che were spoken before of the Apostles of our Lord Iesus Christ.Psal. 16. 10.
18 How that they tolde you that there shulde bemockers * in the last time, whiche shulde1. Tim. 4. 1. walke after their owne vngodlie lustes.2. Tim. 1. 1.
19 These are makers of sectes, fleshlie, hauing2. Pet. 3. 3. not the Spirit.
〈◊〉
Of regeneratiō
20 But, ye beloued, edifie your selues in your most holie faith, praying in the holie Gost.
21 And kepe your selues in the loue of God, lokyng for the mercie of our Lorde Iesus Christ, vnto eternall life.
22 And haue compassion of some,Some may be wonne with
〈◊〉
, other by sharpenes. in puttyng difference:
23 And other saue withBy sharpe reprofes to drawe thē out of danger feare, pulling thē out of the fyre, and hate euen theHe willeth not onely to cut of the euill but to take away al occasions whiche are as preparatiues, and accessoties to the same. garment spotted by the flesh.
24 Now vnto him that is able to kepe you, that ye fall not, and to present you fautles before the presence of his glorie with ioye.
25 (That is,) to God onely wise, our Sauiour, (be) glorie, and maiestie, and dominion, and power, bothe now and for euer. Amen.
THE REVELATION of Iohn the Diuine.
THE ARGVMENT.
IT is manifest, that the holie Gost wolde as it were gather it were gather into this moste excellent booke a summe of those prophecies, whiche were written before, but shulde be fulfilled after the comming of Christ, addyng also suche things as shulde be expedient, aswel to forewarne vs of the dangers to come, as to admonish vs to beware some, and encou rage vs against others. Herein therefore is liuely setforthe the Diuinitie of Christ, and the testimonies of our redēption: what things the Spirit of God alloweth in the ministers, and what things hereproueth: the prouidēce of God for his elect and of their glorie and consolation in the day of vengeance: how that the hypocrites which sting like scorpions the members of Christ, shalbe destroyed, but the Lambe Christ shal defende thē, whiche beare witnes to the trueth, who in despite of the beast and Satan wil reigne ouer all. The liuelie description of Antichrist is set forthe, whose time and power not with standing is limited, and albeit that he is permitted to rage against the elect, yet his power
〈◊〉
no farther then to the hurt of their bodies: and at length he shall be destroyed by
〈◊〉
wrath of God, when as the elect shall giue their bodies: and at length he shall be destroyed by the wrath of God, when as the elect shall giue praise to God for the victorie: neuer theles for a season God wil permit this Antichrist, & strōpet vnder colour of faire speache and pleasant doctrine to deceiue the worlde: wherefore he aduertiseth the godlie [whiche are but a smale portion] to auoide this harlotsflateries, and bragges, whose
〈◊〉
without mercie they shall se, and with the heauenlie companies sing continuall
〈◊〉
: for the Lambe is maried: the worde of God hathe gotten the victorie: Satan that a long time was vntied, is now cast with his ministers into the pit of fyre to be tormented for euer, where as contrari
〈◊〉
the faithfull [whiche are the holie Citie of Icrusalē, and wife of the Lambe] shall enioye perpetual glorie. Read diligently: iudgesoberly, and call earnestly to God for the true vnderstanding hereof.
CHAP. I.
1 The cause of this reuelation. 3 Of them that read it. 4 Iohn writeth to the seuen Churches. 5 The maiestie and office of the Sonne of God. 20 The vision of the cādlestickes and starres.
1 THEOf things whiche were hid before. reuelation of IESVS CHRIST, whicheChrist receiued this reuelation out of his fathers bosome as his owne doctrine, but it was hid in respect of vs so that Christe as Lord and God re ueiled it to Iohn his seruāt by the ministerie of his Angel, to the edi ficacion of his Churche. God gaue vnto him, to shewe vnto his seruants things which must shortely beTo the good and bad. done: whiche he sent, and shewed by his Angel vnto his seruant Iohn.
2 Who bare recorde of the worde of God, and of the testimonie of Iesus Christ, and of all things that he sawe.
3 Blessed (is he) that readeth, and they that heare the wordes of thisWhich expoun deth the olde pphetes &
〈◊〉
what shall come to passe in the newe testament prophecie, and kepe those things which are written therein for the time isAnd began euen then. at hand.
4 Iohn, to theMeaning the Church vniuersal. seuen Churches whiche are in Asia, Grace (be) with you and peace frome him which * is, and Which was, and Whiche is to come, & from theThat is, frō the holie Gost: or these seuē Spirits were ministers before God the Father & Christ, whome after he calleth the hornes and eyes of the Lambe. seuen Spirits which are before his Throne.
5 And from Iesus Christ, whiche is a * faithfulExo. 3. 14. witnes, (and) * the first begotten of the dead and Prince of the Kings of the earth, vntoPsal 89. 38. him that loued vs, and washed vs from our1. Cor. 15. 21. sinnes in his * blood.Colos. 1. 18.
Ebr. 9 14.
6 And made vs * Kings and Priestes vnto God1. Pet. 1. 19. euen his Father, to him (be) glorie, and dominion1. Iohn. 1. 9.
1. Pet. 2. 5. for euermore. Amen.
7 Beholde, he cometh with * cloudes, and euerie ye shall se him: (yea,) euen they whicheThey that
〈◊〉
Christ &
〈◊〉
cruelly per secuted him, and put him to death shal thē acknow ledge him. pearced him through: and all kinreds of the earth shal waileOr, for him. before him, Euen so. Amen.
8 I * amAlpha & Omega are the first and last letters of the a b c of the Greks and, the beginnyng and the ending, saith the Lorde, Whiche is, and Whiche was, and Whiche is to come, (euen) the Almightie.Chap. 5. 6.
9 I Iohn, euen your brother, and companionIn a like phrases Paul taketh God and Christ, & the Angels to witnes.
〈◊〉
. Tim. 5. 21. in tribulation, and in the kingdome and pacience of Iesus Christ, was in the yle called Patmos, for theOr, for him. worde of God, and for theOr, for him. witnessing of Iesus Christ.Mat. 24. 30.
Isa. 3. 14.
10 And I was (rauished) in spirit onWhiche some cal sunday S. Paul the first day of the weke. 1. Cor. 16. 1. Act 20. 7. and it was established after that the Iewes Sabbath was abolished. the LordsIude. 14. day, and heard behinde me a great voyce, as
it had bene of a trumpet.
11 Saying, I amI am before whome nothing was, yea, by whome whatsoe uer is made, was made, ād he that shal remaine whē al things shal perish, euen I am the eternal God. and, the first and the last: and that whiche thou seest, write in a boke, and send it vnto theOf the whiche some were fallē: others decayed: some were prou de: others negligent: so that he sneweth remedie for all. seuen Churches whiche are in Asia, vnto Ephesus, and vnto Smyrna,Chap. 21. 6. & 22. 13 and vnto Pergamus, and vnto Thyatira, and vnto Sardi, and vnto Philadelphia, and vnto Laodicea.
12 Then I turned backe to setheThat is, hym whose voyce I heard. voyce, that spake with me: and whē I was turned I sawe Meanyng the Churches. seuen golden candlestickes.
13 And in the middes of the seuen candlestickes, one like vnto theWhiche was Christe the head of the Churche. Sonne of man, clothed with a garmentAs the chief Priest. downe to the feete, & girde aboutFor in him was no concupiscence whiche is signified by girdyng the loynes. the pappes with golden girdle
14 His head, and heeres (were) To signifie hys wisdome, eternitie and
〈◊〉
.white as white woll, (and) as snowe, and his eyes (were) asTo se the secrets of the heart. a flame of fyre.
15 And his fete like vntoOr, alcumine. u His iudgements and Waies are most perfect. fine u brasse, burning as in a fornace: andBothe because all nations praise him, and also his worde is heard and preached through the worlde. voyce as the sounde of many waters.
16 And he had in his right hand seuen y starres: and out of his mouth went aThis sworde signified his worde & the vertue thereof, as is declared. *Ebr. 4. 12. sharpe two edged sworde: and his face (shone) as the sunne shineth in his strength.
17 And when I sawe him, I fell at his fete as Dani. 0. 9. dead: then he laid his rightTo comfort me. hand vpon me, saying vnto me, Feare not: I am theIfa. 41. 4. &. 44. 6.
Equal God with my Father, and
〈◊〉
first and the last.
18 And am aliue, but I was dead: and beholde, I am a liue for euermore. Amen: and I haue theThat is power ouer them. keyes of hel and of death.
19 Write the things which thou hast sene, and the things whiche are, and the things which shal come hereIn the latter dayes. after.
20 The misterie of the seuen starres whiche thou sawestIn my protection. in my right hand, and the seuen golden candlestickes, (is this,) The seuen starres are theThat is, the ministers. *
〈◊〉
. 2. 3. Aungels of the seuen Churches: and the seuen candlestickes whiche thou sawest, are the seuen Churches.Whiche are the pastors of the Churches.
CHAP. II.
1 He exhorte foure Chuches. 5 To repentance. 10 To perseuerance pacience and amendement. 5. 14, 20. 23. Aswel by threatenings. 7. 10. 17. 26. As promises of rewarde,
1 VNto theTo the Pastor or minister whiche are called by this Name becau se they are Gods
〈◊〉
, and haue their office commune with Iesus Christ who also is called an Angel. Angel of the Church of Ephesus write, These things saith he thatRead. chap. 11. 3. hol deth the seuen starres in hisIn his protectiō
right hand, and According to his promes.walketh in the middes of the seuen golden candlestickes.
2 I knowe thy workes, and thy labour, ād thy pacience, and how thou canst not forbeare them whiche are euil, and hast examined thē whiche say they are Apostles, and are not, & hast founde them lyers.
3 And thou hast suffred, and hast pacience, &Mat 28. 20. for my Names sake hast labored, and hast notHe wilbe with them to the end of the worlde. fainted.
4 Neuertheles, I haue (somewhat) against thee, because thou hast left thy firstThy first loue, that thou hadest towarde God & thi neighbour at the first preachīg of the Gospel. loue.
5 Remember therefore from whēce thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first workes: orels I wil come against thee shortly, and wil remoue thyThe office of the Pastor is compared to a cādelsticke or lampe for asmuche as he ought to shine before men. candlesticke out of his place, except thou amende.
6 But this thou hast, that thou hatest the workes of theThese were he retikes whiche helde that wiues shulde becōmune & as some thinke were named of one called Nicolas, of whome is wrot. Act. 6. 5. which was chosen among the Deacons. Nicolaitans, which I also hate.
7 Let him that hathe an eare, heare, what the Spitit saith vnto the Churches, To him that ouercometh, wil I giue to eate of the tree of Meanyng the life euerlastyng: thus by corporall benefites he raiseth thē vp to cō
sider spirituall blessings.life whiche is in the middes of the Paradise of God.
9 ¶ And vnto theThis is thoght to be Policarpus who was minister of Smyrna
〈◊〉
yeres, as he hym self confessed before He rodes Whē as he was led to be burned for Christs cause. Aungell of the Churche of the Smyrnians write, These things saith he that is first, and last, Whiche was dead and is The eternal diuinitie of Iesus Christe is here most plainely declared with his man hode, & victorie ouer death to assure his that they shall not be ouercome by death.a liue.
9 I know thy workes andThis was the persecutiō vnder the
〈◊〉
Domitian. tribulation, and pouertie [but thou artIn spirituall treasures. riche] and (I knowe) the blasphemie of them, which say they are Iewes andThey are not Abrahams children accordyng to the faith. are not, but (are) the Synagogue of Satan.
10 Feare none of those things, whiche thou shalt suffer: beholde, it shall come to passe that theHere he nameth the autor of, al our calamitie in couraging vs mā fully to fight against him, in promising vs the victorie. deuill shall cast some of you into prison, that ye may beThe end of afflictiō is that we may be tryed & not destroyed. tryed, and ye shall haue tribulationSignifying ma nie times as Genes, 31. 41. Nomb. 14. 22. Althoght there shalbe comfort and release. ten dayes: be thou faithfull vnto the death, and I will giue thee the crowne of life.
11 Let him that hathe an eare, heare what the Spirit saith to the Churches. He that ouercometh, shal not be hurt of theThe first death
〈◊〉
the natural death bodie, the secōdeis the eter nal death: frō the which all are fre that belieue in Iesus Christ. secōde death
12 And to the Angel of the Church whiche is at Pergamus write, This saith he which hath the sharpeThe Worde of God is the sword With two edges. Ebr. 4. 12. sworde with two edges.
13 I knowe thy workes and where thou dwellest, (euen) where SatansAll to Wnes & countreies When
〈◊〉
Gods Worde, and good liuing is banished, are the throne of Satan, & also those places Where the Worde is not preached syncerly, nor maners a right reformed, throne is, and thou kepest my Name, and hast not denied my faith,In the verie heat of persecution & slaughter of the Martyrs they continued in the pure faith and therefore are commēded after a sorte. euen in those dayes when Antipasmy faithful martyr was slaine among you, where Satan dwelleth.
14 But I haue a fewe things against thee, because thou hast there them that mainteine theAll suche are like counsellours to Balaam, Which for luere persuade to idolatrie, or Whoredome. doctrine of * Balaam, whiche taught Balac, to put a stumbling blocke before the children of Israel, that they shulde eat of things sacrificed vnto idoles, and commit fornication.
15 Euen so hast thou them, that mainteine the doctrine of the Nicolaitans, whiche thyng I hate.Nō. 24. 14. & 25.
〈◊〉
16 Repent thy self, or els I wil come vnto thee shortely, and will fight against them with the sworde of my mouth.
17 Let him that hathe an eare, heare what the spirit saith vnto the Churches, To him that ouercometh, wil I giue to eat of the Manna that isAnd not commune to all. hid, and will giue hym aSuche a stone Was Wont to be giuen to thē that had gotten anie victorie or prise, in signe of honour, and therefore it signifieth here a token of Gods fauour and grace: also it Was a signe that one Was cleared in iudgement. white stone, and in the stone aThe newe name also signifieth renome and honour. newe name writen, whiche no man knoweth sauing he that receiueth it.
18 ¶ And vnto the Angel of the Church which is at Thyatira write, These thyngs saith the Sonne of God, which hathe his eyes like vnto a flame of fyre, and his fete like,Or, alcumine. fineIohn.
〈◊〉
. 24. brasse,
19 I knowe thy workes and thy loue, andTo helpe the Saincts. *1. King. 16. 31. seruice, and faith, and thy pacience, and thy wor kes, and that (they are) mo at the last, then at the first.
20 Notwithstanding, I haue a fewe things against thee, that thou suffrest the
〈◊〉
* As that harlot Iezabel mainteined strange religion and exercised cruelrie against the seruants of God, so are there among them that do the like,Ie sabel, which calleth her self a Prophetesse, to teache and to deceiue my seruants to make themThey that consent to Idolattie and false doctrine, commit spirituall Who redome, Whereof foloweth corporal Who redome, *Hose. 4. 13. *1. Sam 16. 7. *Psal. 7. 10. *Iere. 11. 29. and 17. 10. commit fornication, and to eat meats sacrified vnto idoles.
21 And I gaue her space to repent of her fornication, and she repented not.
22 Beholde, I wil cast her into a bed, and them that commit fornication with her, into great affliction, except they repent them of their workes.
23 And I wil kill herThē that followe her Wayes. children with death: and all the Churches shal knowe that I am he which * searche the reines and hearts: and I wil giue vnto euerie one of you according vnto your workes.
24 And vnto you I say, the rest of them of Thya tira, As many as haue not this learning, nether haue knowen theThe false theachers termed their
〈◊〉
by this name,
〈◊〉
thogh it conteined the most depe knowledge of heauenlie things, and Was in deed drawen out of the depe dongeon of helleby suche termes now the Anabaptists, Libertines, Papists, Arrians, & evse to beautifie their monstruous errors and blasphemies. *Psal. 2 9. depnes of Satan [as The children of Iezabel.they speake] I wil put vpō you none other burden.
25 But that which ye haue all ready, holde fast til I come.
26 For he that ouercometh and kepeth my workes vnto the end, * to him wil I giue power ouer nations,
27 And he shal rule them with a rodde of yron: (and) as the vessels of a potter, shal
〈◊〉
be broken.
28 Euen as I receiued of my Father, so will I giue him the morning starre.
29 Let him that hathe an eare, heare what the Spirit saith to the Churches.
CHAP. III.
He exhorteth the Churches or ministers to the true profession of faith and to watching, 12 With promises to them that perseuere.
1 ANd write vnto the Angel of the Church which is at Sardi, These things saith he that hathe the seuen Spirits of God, and the seuen starres, I know thy workes: for thou hast a name that thouThe minister liueth When he bringeth for the good frutes, els he is dead. liuest, but thou art dead.
2 Be awake and strengthen the things which remeine, that are readie to dye: for I haue not founde thy workes perfite before God.
3 Remember therefore, how thou hast receiued and heard, and holde fast, and repent. *Chap. 16.
〈◊〉
. If therefore thou wilt not watch, I wil come1. Thess. 5. 2. on thee as a thefe, and thou shalt not knowe
〈◊〉
. pet. 3. 10. what houre I wil come vpon thee.
4 (Notwithstanding) thou hast a feweOr, persones. names yet in Sardi, which haue notEther by consenting to idolaters, or els polluting their conscience With any euil. defiled their garments: and they shal walke with me in white: for they are worthie.
5 He that ouercometh, shalbe clothed in white araye, and I wil not put out his name out of the * boke of life, but I wil confesse his name before my Father, & before his Angels.Chap. 20. 12. & 21. 27.
6 Let him that hathe an eare, heare, what the Spirit saith vnto the Churches.Philip. 4. 4.
7 ¶ And write vnto the Angel of the Church which is of Philadelphia, These things saith he that is Holie and True which hathe the * Which signifieth that Christ ha the all the power ouer the house of Dauid, Which is the Churche, so that he may ether receiue or put
〈◊〉
Whome he Wil.keye of Dauid, which openeth and no man shutteth, and shutteth and no man openeth,Isa. 22. 22.
Iob. 22. 14.
8 I knowe thy workes: beholde, I haue set before thee an openWhich is to ad uāce the
〈◊〉
me of God dore, and no man can shut it: for thou hast a litel strength and hast kept my worde, & hast not denied my Name.
9 Beholde, I wil make them of the synagogue of Satan, which call them selues Iewes and are not, but do lye: beholde, (Isai) I wil make them, that they shal come andI Wil cause
〈◊〉
in thy sight to humble them sel ues, and to giue due honour to God, and to his Sonne Christ. worship before thy fete, and shal knowe that I haue loued thee.
10 Because thou hast kept the worde of my pacience, therefore I wil deliuer thee from the houre of tentatiō, which wil come vpon all the worlde, to trye them that dwell vpon the earth.
11 Beholde, I come shortly: holde that which thou hast, that no man take thyLet no man plucke thē away Which thou hast Wonne to
〈◊〉
for they are thy crowne, as Saint Paul Writteth, saying, Brethren ye are my ioye and my crowne. crowne.
12 Him that ouercometh, wil I make a pillar in the Temple of my God, and he shal go no more out: and I wil write vpon him the Name of my God, and the name of the citie of my God, (which is) the new Ierusalem, which co meth downe out of heauen from my God, & (I wil write vpon him) my new Name.
13 Let him that hathe an eare, heare what thePhil. 4. 1. Spirit saith vnto the Churches.1. Thes. 2. 19.
14 And vnto the Angel of the Church of the Laodiceans write. These things saithThat is, Trueth it self. Amen the faithful and true witnes, theOf Whome all creatures haue their beginning. beginning of the creatures of God.
15 I knowe thy workes, that thou art nether colde not hote: I wolde thou werest colde or hote.
16 Therefore, because thou art luke warme, & nether colde nor hote, it wil come to passe, that I shal spewe thee out of my mouth.
17 For thou saist, I amPersuading thy self of that Which thou hast not. riche and increased with goods, and haueThus the hypo
〈◊〉
boast of their owne power and do not vnderstand their infirmities to seke to Christ for remedie. nede of nothing, & know est not how thou art wretched and miserable and poore, and blinde, and naked.
18 I counsel thee to bie of me golde tryed byProu. 3. 11. the fyre, that thou maiest be made riche, andEbr. 12. 5. white raiment, that thou maiest be clothed & that thy filthie nakednes do not appeare: andSuffer the
〈◊〉
of thine vnderstanding to be opened. anoint thine eyes with eye salue, that thou maist se.
19 As manie as I loue, I * rebuke and chasten: beNothing mo re displeaseth God then indiffe rencie, and colde nes in religion, & therefore he wil spewe suche out as are not zealous & feruent. zealous therefore and amende.
20 Beholde, I stand at the dore, and knocke. If anie man heare my voyce and open the
dore, I wil come in vnto him, and wil suppe with him, and he with me.
21 To him that ouer cometh, wil I grante to sit with me in myIn my seate royal, and to be partaker o'mine heauenlie ioyes. throne, euen as I ouer came, and sit with my Father in his throne.
22 Let him that hathe an earc, heare what the Spirit saith vnto the Churches.
CHAP. IIII.
1 The vision of the maiestie of God. 2 He
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
, and one sitting vpon it, 8 And 24. seates about it with 24 elders sitting vpon them, and foure beastes praising God day and night.
1 AFter this I loked, and beholde, a
〈◊〉
that he make mencion of the great affli ctions of the Church, he setteth forthe the maiestie of God, by whose wil, wisdome and prouidence all thing are created, and gouerned, to teache vs pacience. dore was open in heauen, and the first voyce which I heard, was as it were of a trumpet talking with me, saying, Come vp hither, & I wil shewe thee things which must be done hereafter.
2 And immediatly I was (rauished) in the spirit and beholde, a throne was set in heauen, and one sate vpon the throne.
3 AndHe describeth the Diuine and incomprehensible vertue of god the father as. Chap. 5. 6. and the Sonne who is ioyned with him he that sate, was to loke vpon, like vn to a iasper stone, and a sardine, & there (was) a raine bowe roūde about the throne in sight like to an emeraude.
4 And rounde about the throne (were) foure and twentie seates, and vpon the seates I sawe By these are ment all the holie companie of the heauens. foure and twentie Elders sitting, clothed in white raiment, and had on their heads crownes of golde.
5 And out of the throneFrom the
〈◊〉
of the Fa ther, and the Son ne procedeth the holie Gost, who hauing all but one throne, decla re the vnitie of that God head. procededThe holie Gost is as alightening vnto vs that beleue, and as a feareful thunder to the disobedient. lightnings, and thundrings, and voyces, and there were seuen lampes of fyre, burning before the throne, which are the seuen spirits of God.
6 And before the throne there (was) aThe worlde is compared to a sea because of the changes and vnstablenes. sea of glasse like vntoIt is as cleare as christal before the eyes of God, because there is nothing in it so litle that is hid from him. cristal: and in theOr, vnder the throne. middes of the throne, and rounde about the throne (were (foureThey are called Cherubins. beastes full of eyes before and
〈◊〉
.
7 And the first beast (was) like a lion, and the seconde beast like a calfe, & the thirde beast had a face as a man, and the fourthe beast (was) like a flying egle.
8 And the foure beasts had eche one of them six wings about him, and they were ful of eyesIsa. 6. 3. within, and they ceased not day nor night saying,we are hereby taught to giue glorie to God in all
〈◊〉
workes.
〈◊〉
wil
〈◊〉
no autoritie, honour nor power before God. * Holie, holie, holie Lord GOD almightie, which Was, & Which is and Which is to come.
9 And when those beasts gaue glorie, and honour, and thankes to him that sate on the throne, which liueth for euer and euer,
10 The foure and twentie elders fell downe before him that sate on the throne, ād worshippedEze 10. 20. him, that liueth for euermore, k and cast their crownes before the throne, saying,
11 Thou art * worthie, ô Lord, to receiue glorie and honour, ād power: for thou hast created all things, and for thy willes sake they are, & haue bene created,
CHAP. V. Chap. 5. 12.
1 He seeth the Lambe opening the boke. 8. 14 And therefore the foure beasts, the 14. elders, and the Angels praise the Lambe, and do him worship 9 For their redemption and other benefites.
1 ANd I sawe in the right hand of him that sate vpon the throne,A similitude taken of earthlie princes, which iudge by bokes and writtings: and here it doeth signifie all the counsels and iud gements of God which are onely knowē to Christ the Sonne of Da uid, vers. 5. a Boke written with, and on the backeside, sealed withThat is, manie. seuen seales.
2 And I saue a strong Angel which preached with a loude voyce, Who is worthie to open the boke, and to lose the seales thereof?
3 And no man in heauen, nor in earth, nether vnder the earth, was able to open the Boke nether to loke thereon.
4 Then I wept muche, because no man was founde worthie to open, and to reade the Bo ke, nether to loke thereon.
5 And one of the elders said vnto me, Wepe not: beholde, the * lion which is of the tribeGenes.
〈◊〉
. 9. of Iuda, the rote of Dauid, hathe obteined to open the Boke, and to lose the seuen seales thereof.
6 Then I behelde, and lo, in the middes of the throne, and of the foure beasts, and in the middes of the elders, stodeThis vision con firmeth the power of our Lord Iesus, which is the Lā
be of God that taketh away the sinne of the worlde. a Lābe as thogh he had bene killed, which hadThat is, manifolde power. seuen hornes andSignifying the fulnes of the Spi rit, which Christ powreth vpō all. seuen eyes, which are the seuen, spirits of God, sent into all the worlde.
7 And he came, and toke the Boke out of the right hand of him that sate vpon the throne.
8 And when he had taken the Boke, the foure beasts and the foure and twentie eldersThe Angels ho nour Christ: he is therefore God. fell downe before the Lambe, hauing euerie one harpes & golden viales full of odours, which are theThis declareth how the prayers of the faithful are are agreable vnto God, read. prayers of the Saintes,
9 And they sung a new song, saying, Thou art worthie to take the Boke, and to open the seales thereof because thou wast killed, and hastOur Sauiour Iesus hathe redemed his Church by his blood shending and ga thered it of all nations. redemed vs to God by thy blood out of euerie kinred, and tongue, and people, & nation,
10 And hast made vs vnto our God * Kings andAct: 10. 4. Priests, and we shalNoc corporally reigne on the earth.Chap. 8. 3.
11 Then I behelde, and I heard the voyce of manie Angels rounde about the throne and (about) the beasts and the elders, and there (were) * thousand thousands,
12 Saying with a loude voyce, Worthie is the1. Pet 2. 8. * Lambe that was killed to receiue power & riches, and wisdome, and strength, & honour,Dan. 7. 10.
Chap. 4. 11. and glorie, and praise.
13 And all the creatures which are in heauen, and on the earth, and vnder the earth, and in the sea, and all that are in them, heard I, saying Praise and honour, and glorie, and power (be) vnto him, that sitteth vpon the throne, & vnto the Lambe for euermore,
14 And the foure beasts said, Amen, and the foure and twentie Elders fell downe, and worshipped him that liueth for euer more.
CHAP. VI.
The Lambe openeth the sixe seales, and manie things follow the opening thereof, so that this conteineth a general prophecie to the end of the worlde.
1 AFter, I behelde when the Lambe had opened oneThe opening of the seale is the declaration of Gods wil, and the executing pf his iudgements. of the seales, ād I heard one of the foure beasts say, as (it were) theSignifying, that there was maruelious things to come. noyce of thunder, Come and se.
2 Therefore I behelde, and lo, there (was) a
The white horse signifieth innocencie victorie, and felicitie whiche shulde come by the prea ching of the Gospel. white horse, and he thatHe that rideth on the white horse, is Christ. sate on hym, had a bowe, and a crowne was giuen vnto hym, & he went for the conquering that he might ouercome.
3 And when he had opened the seconde seale, I heard the seconde beast say, Come and se.
4 And there wēt out another horse (that was) Signifying the cruel warres that ensued when the Gospel was refused. red, and power was giuen to him thatwho was Satā. sate thereon, to take peace from the earth and that they shulde kill one another, and there was giuen vnto him a great sworde.
5 And when he had opened the thirde seale, I heard the third beast say Come and se. Then I behelde, and lo,This signifieth an extreme famine, & want of all things. a blacke horse, & he that sate on him, had balances in his hand.
6 And I heard a voyce in the middes of the foure beasts say, AThe Greke worde signifieth that measure whi che was ordinarily giuen to seruants for their portion or
〈◊〉
of meate for one day. measure of wheat for awhich amounted about foure pence halfe penie penie, ād thre measures of barlie for a penie, and oyle, and wine hurt thou not.
7 And when he had opened the fourth seale, I heard the voyce of the fourth beast say, Come and se.
8 And I loked, and beholde, awhereby is ment sickenes, plagues,
〈◊〉
and death of mā and beast. pale horse, & his name that sate on him was Death, andOr, the graue. Hel followed after him, and power was giuē vnto thē ouer the fourth parte of the earth, to kill with sworde, and with honger, and with death, and with the beasts of the earth.
9 And when he had opened theThe continuall persecutiō of the Church noted by the fift seale. fift seale, I sawe vnder the altarThe soules of the Saintes are vn der the altar whi che is Christ, mea ning that they are in his safe custodie in the hea uens. the soules of thē, that were killed for the worde of God, and for the testimonie whiche they mainteined.
10 And they cryed with a lowde voyce saying How long, Lorde, holie and true! do est not thou iudge and auenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth?
11 And long white robes were giuen vnto eue rie one, and it was said vnto them, that they shulde rest for a litel ceason vntil their felow seruants, and their brethren that shulde be killed euen as they were, were fulfilled.
12 And I behelde when he had opened the sixt seale, and lo, there was a greate
〈◊〉
signifieth the change of the true doctri ne, which is the greatest cause of motions & troubles that come to the worlde, earthquake, & theThat is, the brightnes of the Gospel. sunne was as blacke asThe traditions of men. sackcloth of heere, & theThe Church mi serably defaced with idolatrie & afflicted by tyrants. moone was like blood
13 And theDoctours and preachers that de parte from the trueth. starres of heauē fel vnto the earth as a figge tre casteth her grene figges when it is shaken of a mightie winde.
14 AndThe kingdome of God is hid, and withdrawē frō men, and appeareth not. heauen departed away, as a scrole when it is rolled, and euerie mountaine and yle were moued out of their places.
15 And the Kings of the earth, and the greate men &, the riche men, & the chief captaines and the mightie men, and euerie bondman, & euerie fre man, hid them selues in dennes, and among the rockes of the mountaines.
16 And said toRealmes, kingdomes &
〈◊〉
, that did seme to be asstable i that faith, as moun taines the mountaines and rockes,Isa. 2. 19. * Ose. 10. 8. * Luk. 23. 30.
Suche men afterwarde, of what estat soeuer thei be shalbe desperate, and not able to susteine the weight of Gods wrath, but shall continually feare his iudgement. Fal on vs, and hide vs from the presence of him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lambe.
17 For the great day of his wrath is come, and who can stand?
CHAP. VII.
4. 9. He seeth the seruants of God sealed in their forheades out of all nations and people. 15 whiche thogh they suffer trouble, yet the Lābe fedeth them, leadeth them to the fountaines of liuing water, 17 And God shal wipe awaye all teares from their eyes.
1 ANd after, that, I sawe foure Angels stand on the foure corners of the earth, holding the foureThe spirit is compared to winde, and the doctrine also: & thogh there be one spirit & one doctrine, yet foure are here
〈◊〉
respect of the
〈◊〉
of the foure quarters of the earth where the Gospel is spred, and for the foure writers thereof, & the preaches of the same throughe the whole worlde. windes of theMeaning, the men of
〈◊〉
earth earth, that the windes shulde not blowe on the earth, nether on theThat
〈◊〉
, the ylands. sea, nether on anieSignifying all men in general, who can no more liue without this spiritual doctrine, then treen can blossome & beare, except the winde blowe vpon them. tre.
2 And I saw anotherOr, Christ. Angel comevp from the East, which had the seale of the liuing God, and he cryed with a loude voyce to the foure Angels to whome power was giuen to hurt the earth, and the sea, saying,God preuenteth the dangers and euils, which otherwise wolde ouer
〈◊〉
the elect. Hurt ye not the earth, nether the sea, nether the trees, til we haueThose that are sealed by the Spirit of God, and marked with the blood of the Lā
be, & lightened in faith by the worde of God, so that they make open profession of the same, are exēpted frō euil. sealed the seruants of our God in their foreheades.
4 And I heard the nomber of them, which were sealed, and there (were) sealedThogh that this blindenes be broght into the world by the ma lice of Satan, yet the mercies of God reserue to him self an infinite nomber which shalbe saued bothe of the Iewes and Gētiles through Christ. an hundreth and foure & fortie thousand of all the tribes of the children of Israel.
5 Of the tribe of Iuda were sealed twelue thou sand. Of the tribe of Ruben were sealed twel ue thousand. Of the tribe of
〈◊〉
were sealed twelue thousand.
6 Of the tribe of Aser, were sealed twelue thou sand. Of the tribe of Nepthali were sealed twelue thousand. Of the tribe of Manasses were sealed twelue thousand.
7 Of the tribe of Simeon were sealed twelue thousand. Of the tribe ofHe omitteth Dan, & putteth Leui in, where by he meaneth the twelue tribes Leui were sealed twelue thousand. Of the tribe of Issachar were sealed twelue thousand. Of the tribe of Zabulon were sealed twelue thousand.
8 Of the tribe ofThat is, the tribe of
〈◊〉
, which was Iosephs sonne. Ioseph were sealed twelue thousand. Of the tribe of Beniamin were sealed twelue thousand.
9 After these things I behelde, and lo, a great multitude, which no man colde nomber, of all nacions and kinreds, and people, and tongues, stode before the throne, and before the Lambe, clothed with longIn signe of
〈◊〉
ritie. white robes, ād In token of victorie & felicitie palmes in their hands.
10 And they cryed with a loude voyce, saying, All that are saued, attribute their saluaciō vnto God onely & to his Christ & to none other thing Saluation (cometh) of our God, that sitteth vpon the throne, and of the Lambe.
11 And all the Angels stode rounde about the throne, and (about) the Elders, and the foure beastes, and they fell before the throne on their faces, and worshipped God.
12 Saying, Amen Praise and glorie, & wisdome, and thankes, and honour, & power, & might (be) vnto our God for euermore, Amen.
13 And one of the Elders spake, saying vnto me, What are these which are araied in long white robes? and whence came they?
14 And I said vnto him, Lord, thou knowest. And he said to me, These are they which came out of great tribulaciō, and haue washed their long robes and haue made their long robes white inThere is no
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
clennes but by the blood of
〈◊〉
onely, whiche purgeth,
〈◊〉
& so maketh vs white. the blood of the Lambe.
15 Therefore are they in the presence of the throneThat is, of the maiestie of God the Father, the Sonne, and the holie Gost of God, & serue him day andMeaning continually: for els in heauen there is no night. night in his Temple, and he that sitteth on the thro ne, wil dwell among them.
16 *They shalFor all
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
shalbe then taken a way. hunger no more, nether thirst anie more nether shall the sunneThey shall haue no more
〈◊〉
and paine, but
〈◊〉
ioy and consolacion. light on them, nether anie heate.
17 For theIesus Christ the mediator and
〈◊〉
. Lambe, which is in the
〈◊〉
is
〈◊〉
God. middes of the throne, shall gouerne them, & shal leade them vntoHe shal giue them life and conserue thē in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. the liuelie fountaine of waters, and * God shall wipe away all teares fromIsa.
〈◊〉
. 10. their eyes.*
〈◊〉
25.
〈◊〉
.
* Chap. 21. 4.
CHAP. VIII.
1 The seuenth seale is opened: there is silence in heauen. 6 The foure Angels blowe their trumpettes, and great plagues followe vpon the earth.
1 ANd when he had opened theVnder the sixt
〈◊〉
he touched in generall the corruptiō of the
〈◊〉
: but vnder the seuēth he sheweth the great dāger ther of, and what trou bles, sectes &
〈◊〉
hathe bene & shalbe broght
〈◊〉
the Churche thereby. seuenth seal, there wasThat the
〈◊〉
might more attentiue. silence in heauen about halfe an houre.
2 And I sawe the seuen Angels, whiche stodeHe sheweth the onelie remedie in our
〈◊〉
, to wit, to appeare before the face of God by the meanes of Iesus Christ,
〈◊〉
is the Angel, the
〈◊〉
, and the
〈◊〉
, which
〈◊〉
senteth our pray ers, whiche remaine yet
〈◊〉
before the altar and diuine maie
〈◊〉
of God. before God, and to them were giuen seuen trumpettes.
3 Then another Aungell came and stode before the altar hauing a golden censer, and muche odours was giuen vnto hym, that he shulde offre with the prayers of all Saintes vpon the golden altar, whiche is before the throne.
4 And the smoke of the odours with the prayers of the Saintes, went vp before God out of the Angels hand.
5 And the Angel toke the censer, and filled it withHe meaneth by
〈◊〉
the grace of God wherby we are purged and made cleane, fyre of the altar, and cast it into theHe powreth the graces of the
〈◊〉
Gost into the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
. earth, andWhē this grace is declared,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
arise against
〈◊〉
by reason of the wic ked, whiche can nether abide to heare their sinnes touched, nor
〈◊〉
offred. there were voyces, & thundrings and lightenings, and earthquake.
6 Then the seuen Angels, which had the seuē trumpettes, prepared them selues to blowe the trumpettes.
7 So the first AngelThat
〈◊〉
, proclai meth
〈◊〉
against the Church & troubles
〈◊〉
fal se doctrine, & so
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
watche. blewe the trumpet, and there was haile ād fyre, mingled with blood and they were cast into the earth, and the third parte ofThat is, the moste parte of
〈◊〉
were seduced trees was burnt, and al greneEuen the verie
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
grasse was burnt.
8 And the seconde Angell blewe the trumpet, and as it (were) a greatDiuers
〈◊〉
of her
〈◊〉
were spred
〈◊〉
in the worlde. mountaine, burningIsa. 6. 6. with fyre, was cast into the sea, and the third parte of the sea became blood.
9 And the third parte of the creatures, which were in the sea, and had life, dyed, and the third parte of
〈◊〉
were destroyed.
10 Then the third Angell blewe the trumpet, and there fellThat is, some excellent minister of the Church, which shal corrupt the Scriptures. a greate starre from
〈◊〉
heauen burning like a torche, and it fell into the third parte of the riuers, and into the fountaines of waters.
11 And the name of the starre is called worme wood: therefore the third parte of the waters became worme wood, and manie men dyed of the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
signifie false and corrupt doctrine. waters, because they were made bitter.
12 And the fourthe Angel blewe the trumpet, and the third parte of theThat is, of Christ who is the sunne of iustice, meaning that men by boasting of their workes and merites obscure Christ & tread his death vnder
〈◊〉
. sunne was smitten, and the third parte of theThat is, of the Church. moone, and the third parte of theOf the ministers and teachers, which haue not taught, as they ought to do. starres, so that the third parte of thē wasThese are plagues for the contēpt of the Gospel. darkened: & the day (was smitten), that the third part of it colde not shine, and like wise the night.
13 And I behelde, and heard one Angel flying through the middes of heauen, saying with ai Meaning the ship masters, and so them that had
〈◊〉
gouernement. lowde voyce,Horrible threatnings against the infideles and rebellious persones. Wo, wo, wo to the inhabitants of the earth, because of the soundes to come of the trumper of the thre Angels, which were yet to blowe the trumpettes.
CHAP. IX.
1 The fift and sixt Angel blowe their trumpettes: the starre falleth from heauen 3 The locustes come out of the smoke.
〈◊〉
The first wo is paste. 14 The foure Angels that were bounde, are losed. 18 And the third parte of men is killed.
1 ANd the fift Angel blewe the trumpet, & I saweThat is, my
〈◊〉
shopes and ni sters, which forsake the worde of God, and so fall out of heauē, and become An gels of darkenes. a starre fall from heauē vnto the earth, and to him was giuen theThis
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
is
〈◊〉
to the Pope in signe where of he
〈◊〉
the keyes in his
〈◊〉
. keye of the bottomles pit.
2 And he opened the bottomles pit, and there arose the smoke of the pit, as theA bundā ce of
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
, which couer
〈◊〉
darkenes Christ and his Gospel. smoke of a great fornace, and the sunne, and the ayre were darkened by the smoke of the pit.
3 And there came out of the smokeLocustes are false teachers, he
〈◊〉
, ād world lie
〈◊〉
Prelates, with Mōkes,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, Archebishops. Locustes vpon the earth, and vnto them was giuenFalse and deceiuable doctrine which is
〈◊〉
to the flesh. power, as theThat is, secretly to persecute and to sting with the ir
〈◊〉
as scorpions do: suche is the facion of the
〈◊〉
. scorpions of the earth haue power.
4 And it was commanded thē, that they shulde not hurt the g grasse of the earth, nether anie grene thing, nether anie tree: but onely thoseThat is, the infideles whome
〈◊〉
blindeth with the
〈◊〉
of error. men which haue not the seale of God in their forheades.
5 And to them was commanded that they shulde notThogh the elect be hurt, yet they can not perish. kil them, but that they shulde beThe elect for a certeine space and at times are in troubles: for the
〈◊〉
endure but from April to September, which is fiue moneths. vexed fiue moneths, and that their paineBishops, Doctors Baschelers & ma sters which forsa ke Christ to main teine false doctri ne. shulde be as the paine that cometh of aFor at the beginning the sting of, their conscien ce semeth as nothing, but except thei sone seke re medie, they perish. scor pion, when he hathe stung a man.
6 *Therefore in those daies shal menSuche is the terrour of the vn beleuing conscience, which
〈◊〉
no assurance of mercie, but feleth the iudgement of God against
〈◊〉
, when men imbrace error and refuse the
〈◊〉
simplicitie of Gods worde. seke death, and shal not finde it, and shal desire to dye, and death shal flee from them.
7 *And the forme of the locustes (was) like vn toWhich signifieth that the Popes
〈◊〉
shalbe proude, ambicious, bolde stoute, rash, rebellious
〈◊〉
cruel, Iecherous and autors of warre ād destruction of the simple children of God. horses prepared vnto battel, and on their heades (were) as it (were)They pretend a certeine title of honour, which in dede belōgeth nothing vnto thē as the Priests by their crownes & strange
〈◊〉
declare. crownes, like vnto golde, and their facesThat is, thei pretend great gentlenes & loue thei are wise, politicke, subtil, elo quent and in worldlie
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
all in all
〈◊〉
doings. (were) like the faces of men.
8 And they had heere as theThat is,
〈◊〉
, delicate,
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
them selues to please
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
lots. heere of women and theirSignifying their oppression of the poore and crueltie against Gods
〈◊〉
. teeth were as the teeth of lions.Isa. 2. 19.
9 And they had
〈◊〉
signifie their hardenes of heart and
〈◊〉
in, their errors, with
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ce vnder the protection of
〈◊〉
princes, habbergions, like to habberHose. 10. 8. gions of yron: and the sounde of theirFor as thogh they had
〈◊〉
, so are they listed vp aboue the commune sorte of men and estemed moste holie and do all things with rage and fiercenes. wingsLuk 23. 30. (was) like the sounde of charets when manieChap. 6. 16. horses runne vnto battel.Wisd 16 9.
10 And they had tailes like vnto scorpiōs, and
〈◊〉
For the false
〈◊〉
cā not destroie the elect but suche as are
〈◊〉
to perdicion. there wereTo infect, and kil with their venemous doctrine. stings in their tailes, and their power was to hurt men fiue moneths.
11 And they haue a King ouer them, which is theWhich is Antichrist the Pope, king of
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
ambassadour. Angel of the bottomles pit, whose name in Hebrewe (is,)That is, destroied: for Antichrist the sonne of perdicion
〈◊〉
mens soules with false doctrine, and the whole worlde with fyre and sworde. Abaddon, and in Greke he is named Apollyon.
12 One wo is past, (and) beholde, yet two woes2. Thes. 2.
〈◊〉
. come after this.
13 ¶ Then the sixt Angel blewe the trumpet, & I heard aWhich was the voyce of Christ sitting at the right hand of the Father. voyce frō the foure hornes of the golden altar, which is before God,
14 Saying to the sixt Angel, which had the trumpet, Lose the foureMeaning the enemies of the East countrey, which shulde afflict the Church of God, as did the Arabians.
〈◊〉
. Turkes and Tartarians. Angels, which are bounde in the great riuer Euphrates.
15 And the foure Angels were losed, which were prepared at anThis signifieth the great readines of the enemies. houre, at a day, at a moneth, and at a yere, to slay the third parte of men.
16 And the nomber of horsemen of warre were twentie thousand times ten thousand: for I heard the nomber of them.
17 And thus I sawe the horses in a vision, and them that sate on them, hauing fyrie habber gions, and of Iacinth and of brimstone, & the heads of the horses were as the heads of lyons: and out of their mouthes went forthe fire and smoke and brimstone.
18 Of these thre was the third parte of men killed, (that is) of the fyre and of the smoke, and of the brimstone, which came out of their mouthes.
19 For their power is in theirWhich signifieth their false doctrine and hypocrisie. mouthes, and in their tailes: for their tailes were like vnto serpents, and had heades, where with they hurte.
20 And the remnant of the men which were not killed by these plagues,And therefore were iustely destroyed. repēted not of the workes of their hands that thei shulde not worship deuils, andPsal. 115. 4. and 133. 15. idoles of golde & of siluer, and of brasse and of stone, & of wood, which nether can se nether heare nor go.
21 Also thei repented not of their murther, and of their sorcerie, nether of their fornicacion, nor of their thefte.
CHAP. X.
1 The Angel hathe the boke open. 6 He sweareth there shalbe no more time. 9 He giueth the boke vnto Iohn which
〈◊〉
it vp.
1 ANd I sawe another mightieWhich was Ie sus Christ that came to comfort his Church against the furious assaltes of Satan and Antichrist: so that in al their troubles, the faithful are sure to finde
〈◊〉
in him. Angel come downe from heauen, clothed with a cloude, and theIesus Christ
〈◊〉
the testimonie of Gods
〈◊〉
towardes
〈◊〉
. raine bowe vpon his head, and his face was as theIt ouercame al the darkenes of the Angel of the bottomles pit. sunne, and hisStraight,
〈◊〉
and pure from al corruptions. feete as pillers of fyre.
2 And he had in is hand a litleMeaning the Gospel of Christ, which Antichrist cā not hide, seing Christ
〈◊〉
it open in his hand. boke open, and he put his right fote vpon the sea,
〈◊〉
(his) left on the earth,
3 And cryed with aWhich declareth that in despite of Antichrist the Gospel shulde be preached through all the worlde: so that the enemies shalbe
〈◊〉
. lowde voyce, as when a lyon roareth: and when he had cryed, seuenThe
〈◊〉
graces of Gods Spirit bent them selues against Antichrist. thondres vttered their voyces.
4 And when the seuen thonders had vttered their voyces, I was about to write: but I heard a voyce frō heauen saying vnto me,*Beleue that that is written: for there is no nede to write more for the vnderstanding of Gods
〈◊〉
. Seale vp those things which the seuen thondres haue spoken, and write them not.Dan. 12. 7.
5 And the Angel which I sawe stand vpon the sea and vpon the earth, lift vp his hand to heauen,
6 And swareThat is, by God with whome Christ by his diuinitie is equall. by him that liueth for euermore, which created heauen, and the things that therein are, & the earth and the things that therein are, and the sea ād the things, which there in are, that time shulde be no more.
7 But in the daies of the voyce of the seuen Angel, when he shal beginne to blowe the trumpet, euen theThe faithful shal vnderstand and se this myste rie of the last iud gement, the
〈◊〉
nacion of Antichrist & infideles and also the glorie of the iust at the
〈◊〉
. mysterie of God shalbe finished, as he hathe declared to his seruants the Prophetes.
8 And the voyce which I heard from heauen, spake vntoAs S. Iohn vnderstode, this by reuelation, so is the same reueiled to the true preachers to discouer the Pope, and Antichrist me againe and said, Go and take the litle boke which is open in the hand of theMeaning, Christ. Angel, which standeth vpon the sea and vpon the earth.
9 So I went vnto the Angel, and said to him, Giue me the litleThat is, the holie Scripture: which declareth that the minister must receiue them at the hand of God before he can preache them to others. boke. And he said vnto me, *Take it, andWhich signifieth that the ministers ought to receiue the worde into their hearts, and to
〈◊〉
graue, and depe iudgement, and
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
it, and with zeale to
〈◊〉
it. eat it vp, and it shal make thy bellie bitter, but it shalbe in thy mouth as swete as honie,
10 Then I toke the litle boke out of the Angels hand, and ate it vp, & it was in my mouth as
〈◊〉
that albeit that the minister haue
〈◊〉
by the worde of God, yet shal he haue sore, and grieuous enemies, which shalbe trouble some vnto him. swete as honie: but when I had eaten it, my bellie was bitter,
11 And he said vnto me, Thou must prophecieNot onely meaning in his lifetime, but that this boke after his death shulde be as a preaching vnto all
〈◊〉
. againe among the people and nations, and tongues, and to many Kings.* Eze. 3. 1.
CHAP. XI.
1 The temple is measured. 3 Two witnesses raised vp by the Lord, are murthered by the beast, 11 But after receiued to glorie. 15 Christ is exalted, 16 And God praised by the 24. elders.
1 THen was giuen me a rede, like vnto arodde, and the Angel stode by, saying, Rise andWhich declareth that Christ Iesus wil builde his Churche and not haue it destroyed: for he measureth out his spiritual Tem ple. mette the temple of God, and the altar, and them that worship there in.
2 ButThe Iewish temple was deuided into thre parts: the bodie of the temple which is called the court, whereinto euerie man entred: the holie places where the leuits wereand the holiest of all, whereinto the high Priest once a yere entred: in respect therefore of thesetwo later the first is said to be cast out, becau seas a thing prophane it is negle cted when the temple is measured, and yet the aduersaries of Christ boast that
〈◊〉
are in the Tē ple, ād that none are of the Temple, but they. the court which is without the temple cast out, and mette it not: for it is giuen vnto the Gentiles, and the holieThat is, the Church of God. citie shal they treade vnder fote two and fortie moneths.
3 But I wil giue power vnto myBy two witnesses he meaneth all the preachers that shulde buylde vp Gods Church, alluding to
〈◊〉
& Iehoshua which were chiefly appointed for this thing, and also to this saying, In the mouthe of two
〈◊〉
slandeth euerieword two witnesses, and they shal prophecie aSignifying a c: r teine time: for whē God
〈◊〉
strength to his ministers, their
〈◊〉
seme, but as itwere for a day or two. thousand, two hundreth, and threscore dayes, clothed inIn poore and simple apparel. sacke cloth.
4 These are twoWhereby are signified the
〈◊〉
graces of thē which beare witnes to the Gospel. oliue trees, and two candel stickes, standing before the God of theWho hathe dominion ouer the whole earth. earth.
5 And if anie man wil hurte them, fyre procedeth out of their mouthes, and deuoureth
their enemies: for if anie man wolde hurt them,By Gods word whe eby his ministers discomsit the enemies. thus muste he be killed.
6 These haue power to shutThey denounce God iudgement against the wicked, that they cā not enter into heauen. heauen, that it raine not in the dayes of their prophecyng, & haue power ouer waters to turne them in toWhich is to declaré and procure God vengeance. blood, and to smite the earth with all maner plagues, as often as thei wil.
7 And when they haue finished their testimonie, theThat is, the Popewhich hathe his power our of hil and cometh thence. beast that cometh out of the bottomles pit, shal make warre against them, and shalHe sheweth how the Pope gaineth the victo rie, not by Gods worde, but by cruel warre. ouercome them, and kill them.
8 And their corpses shal lie in the stretes of the greatMeaning the whole iurisdictiō of the Pope, which is compared to
〈◊〉
for their abominable sinne, and to Egypt because the true libertie to serue God is taken away
〈◊〉
the faithful: and Christ was condemned by Pilate, who represented the Romaine power which s hulde be enemie to the godlie. citie, which spiritually is calledd Meaning, a cer teine time: for God hath limited the time of Anti christs tyrannie. Sodom and Egypt, where our Lordalso was crucified.
9 And they ofthe people and kinreds, and tōges, and Gentiles shal se their corpses thre dayes and an halfe, and shal not suffer their carkeises to be put in graues.
10 And they that dwell vpon the earth, shal reioyce ouer them and be glad, and shal send giftes one to another: for these two prophetesThe infidels are tormented by
〈◊〉
the trueth preached. vexed them that dwelt on the earth.
11 But after thre dayes and an halfe, the spirit of life (comming) from God, shal enter into them, & they shalWhich shalbe at the last resurrection. stand vp vpon their fete: and great feare shal come vpon them which sawe them.
12 And they shal heare a great voyce from heauen, saying vnto them,For it semed that Antichrist had chased them out of the hearth. Come vp hither. And they shal ascēdevp to heauē in a cloude and their enemies shal se them.
13 And the same houre shal there be a great earth quake, and the tenth parte of the citie
〈◊〉
the power of Antichrist shal fall, and in the earth quake shalbe slaine in nomber seuen thousand: and the remnant shalbe afraid,When they shal vnderstand by Gods worde the glorie of his, and the punishment of his
〈◊〉
, thei shal fall from the Pope and glorifie God. and giue glorie to the God of heauen.
14 The seconde wo is past, (and) beholde the thirde wo wil come anone.
15 And the seuenth Angel blew the trumpet & there were great voyces in heauen, saying, TheAlbeit Satan by that Pope Tur ke and other instruments troubleth the worlde neuer so muche, yet Christ shal rei gne. kingdomes of this worlde are our Lords, and his Christs, and he shal reigne for euermore.
16 Then the foure and twentie Elders, which sate before GOD on their seates, fell vpon their faces, and worshippedIesus Christ. God,
17 Saying,This declareth the office of the godlie, which is to giue God thankes for the deliuerance of his, and to praise his iustice for
〈◊〉
hing of his enemies. We giue thee thankes, Lord God almightie, Which art, and Which wast, and Which art to come: for thou hast receiued thy great might, and hast obteined thy kingdome.
18 And the Gentiles were angrie, and thy wrath is come, and the time of the dead, that they shulde be iudged, ād that thou shuldest giue rewarde vnto thy seruants the Prophetes, and to the Saintes, and to them that feare thy Name, to smale, and great, and shuldest destroye them, which destroye the earth,
19 Then the Temple of God was opened in heauen, and there was sene in his Temple the Arke of his couenāt: and there wereWhich signifie the destruction of the enemies. lightnings, and voyces, and thōdrings, and earthquake, and muche haile.
CHAP. XII.
1 There appeareth in heauen a woman clothed with the sunne. 7 Michael fighteth with the dragon, which persecureth the woman. 11. The victorie is gotten to the comfort of the faithful.
1 ANd there appeared a great wonder in heauen: AIn this third vision is declared how the Church which is comapssed about with lesus Christ the Sonne of righteousnes, is
〈◊〉
ted of Antichrist woman clothed with the iunne, and theThe
〈◊〉
ch treadeth vnderfo te whatsoeuer is mutable, and inconstant, with all corrupt affections and suche like. moo ne (was) vnder her fete, and vpon her head aWhich signifie God and his worde. crowne of twelue starres.
2 And she was with childe andThe Church euerwith a
〈◊〉
seruent desire lōged that Christ shulde be borne, and that the faith ful might be
〈◊〉
nerate by his power. cryed trauailing in birth, and was pained readie to be
〈◊〉
.
3 And there appeared another wonder in heauen: for beholde, a greatThe deuil, and all his power whiche burneth with furie and is red with the blood of the
〈◊〉
. red dragon hauingFor he is prin ce of this world and almoste hath vniuersal gouernement. seuen heades, and ten hornes, and seuen crownes vpon his heads:
4 And his taile drue theBy his flatteries and promises he gaineth manie of the excellent ministers and honorable persones, and bringeth them to destruction. third parte of the star res of heauen, and cast them to the earth. And the dragon stode before the woman, which was readie to be deliuered, to deuoure her childe when she had broght it forthe.
5 Which is Iesus Christ the first borne among manie brethren, who was borne of the virgin Marie as of a special member of the Churche. So she broght forthe a man childe, whiche shulde rule all nations with a * rod of yron, and her sonne was taken vp vnto God and to this throne,
6 And the woman fled intoThe Churche was remoued from among the Iewes to the Gē
tiles, which were as a baren wildernes, and so it is persecuted to and fro. wildernes wherePsal. 2. 9. she hathe a place prepared of God, that they shulde fede her there a thousand, two hundreth and threscore dayes.
7 And there was a battel in heauen.Iesus Christ ād his members, as Apostles, Martyrs, and the rest of the faithful. Michael and his Angels foght against the dragon, and the dragon foght and his Angels.
8 But they preuailed not, nether was their pla ce founde anie moreFor the dragon was depriued of al his dignitie and had no more place in the Church. in heauen.
9 And the great dragon, that olde serpent, called the deuil and Satan, was cast out which deceiueth all the worlde: he was (euen) cast into the earth, and his Angels were cast out with him.
10 Thē I heard a loude voyce, saying, Now is saluation in heauen, and strength and the kingdome of our God, and the power of his Christ: for the accuser of our brethren is cast downe, which accused them before our God day and night.
11 But they ouercame him by the blood of the Lambe, and by the worde of their testi monie, and theyThey put their liues in daunger so oft as nede required. loued not their liues vnto the death.
12 Therefore reioyce, ye heauens, and ye that dwell in thē. Wo to theMeanyng thē that are geuen to the worlde and fles hlie lustes. inhabitants of the earth, and of the sea: for the deuil is come downe vnto you which hathe great wrath knowing that he hathe but a short time.
13 And when the dragon sawe that he wasAnd was ouer come of Christe, then
〈◊〉
foght against his mēbets cast vnto the earth, he persecuted the womā which had broght forthe the man (childe.)
14 But to the woman were giuen two winges of a greate egle, that she myght flie into the wildernes, intoVVhiche the Lord had appoin ted for her. ther place, where she nourished for a time, and times, and halfe a time, from the presence of the serpent.
15 And theGod gyueth meanes to hys Churche to escape the furie of Sa
〈◊〉
making his creatures to serue to the sup po: t there of. serpent cast out of his mouth was water after the woman lyke a flood, that he myght cause her to be caryed awaye of the flood.
16 But the earth holpe the woman, and the earth opened her mouth, and swalowed vp the flood, whiche the dragon had cast out of his mouth.
17 Then the dragon was wroth with the woman, and wente and made warre wyth the
〈◊〉
was not ableto destroy the head nor the bodie, and therefore sheweth his rage against the members. remnant of her sede, whiche kepe the commandements of God, and haue the testimonie of Iesus Christ.
18 And I stode on the sea sand.
CHAP. XIII.
1.8 The beast deceiueth the reprobate. 2. 4. 12. And is confirmeth by another. 17 The priuiledge of the beastes marke.
1 ANd I sawe aHere is the description of the Romaine empire whiche standeth in
〈◊〉
and tyrannie. beast rise out of the sea, hauingMeanyng Rome, because it was firste gouerned by seuen kyngs or Emperours after Nero, and also is cō
passed aboure with seuen moū taines. seuen heads, andVVhich signifie manie prouinces ten hornes, and vpon his hornes (were) ten crownes, and vppon his heades the name of blasphemie.
2 And the beast which I sawe, was lyke a leoparde, and hys fete lyke a beares, and hys mouth as the mouth of a lion: and theThat is, the deuil. dragon gaue him his power and his throne, and great autoritie.
3 And I sawe one of hysThis may be vn derstand of Neto, who moued the first persecution againste the Churche, and after slewe hym self, so that the fa milie of the Cesarsended in him heades as it (were) wounded to death, but hisFor the empire was established againeby
〈◊〉
. deadlie wounde was healed, and al the worlde wondred (and) followed the beast.d By these beastes are signified the Macedoniās, Persians & Chaldeās whom the Romaines ouercame.
4 And they worshipped the dragon which gaue power vnto the beast, and theyBy receyuinge the staturs, ordinances, decrees, ceremonies, and religiō of the Ro maine empire. worship ped the beast, sayinge, Who is lyke vnto the beast! who is able to warre with
〈◊〉
!
5 And there was giuen vnto hym a
〈◊〉
, that spake greate thynges and blasphemies, and power was giuen vnto hym, to do
〈◊〉
time and power is limited. two and fortie moneths.
6 And he opened his mouth vnto blasphemie against God, to blaspheme his Name ādhis tabernacle, and them that dwel in heauen.
7 And it was giuen vnto hym to make warre wyth the Saintes, and toIn their bodies not in soule. ouercomethem, and power was giuen him ouer euerieHe meaneth that vniuersal de parryng where of S. Paul speaketh to the Thes salonians. kinred and tongue, and nation.
8 Therefore all that d well vpon the earth, shal worship hym, whoseAntichryste hath not power ouer the elect. names are not * writen in the Boke of life of the Lambe, whiche was slaineAs God ordeined from before al beginning, ād all the sacrifices were as signes & sacramentes of Christ death. frō the beginning of the worlde.
9 If anie man haue an eare, let him heare.
10 If anie lead into captiuitie, he shal goThey whiche soules captiues, go them selues in to captiuitie. into captiuitie: ifanie kill with a sworde; he must be killed by a sworde: here is the pacience, and the faith of the Saintes.
11 And I behelde another beast commyng vp out of theAs the kyngdome of Christis from heauen, ād bryngeth men thither: so the po pes king dome is of the earth and leadeth to
〈◊〉
and is begonne, and established by ambition, couer ousnes, beastlines, craft, treason and tyr
〈◊〉
. earth, whiche had twoVVhiche signifie the priesthode & the kingdome and therefore he giueth in his armes two keis, and hathe two
〈◊〉
caryeē before him. hornes like the Lābe, but heHe spake
〈◊〉
doctrine, accused Gods worde of im perfection, set vp mans traditions, and spake things contrarie to God and his word. spake like the dragō.
12 And he did all that the firstFor the Pope in
〈◊〉
, crueltte, idolatrie, and blasphemie did folowe and imitare the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. beast colde do before him, and he caused the earth, ād them whiche dwel therein, to worship the firste
〈◊〉
them to idolatrie and astonished them with the name of that
〈◊〉
(asne
〈◊〉
meth it.) beast, whose deadlie wounde was healed.
13 AndThe man of sinne according to the operation of Satan
〈◊〉
be with all power, signes ād miracles of lyes. *2 Thes. 2. 10. he did great wonders, so that he made fyre to come down frō heauen on the earth, in the sightof men.
14 And deceiued them that dwel on the earth by the signes, which were permitted to him to do in theBefore the whole empire whiche
〈◊〉
the firste beast, and is the imageth reof. sight of the beast, saying to thē that dwel on the earth, that they shuld make theFor the first empire
〈◊〉
was as the paterne, and this seconde empire is but an image and shadowe therof. image of the beaste, whiche had the wounde of a sworde, and did liue.
15 And it was permitted to him to giue
〈◊〉
spirit vnto the image of the beast, so that the image of the beaste shuldeThe same things whiche the Pope, or false prophets
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
in. speake, and shulde cause that as manie as wolde notRe ceiue the ordinances and
〈◊〉
of the seat of Rome, and to kisse the vilens rote, if he
〈◊〉
put ther eunto. worshyp the image of the beast, shulde be killed.
16 And he made al, bothe small and great, riche and poore, fre ād bonde,
〈◊〉
receiue a
〈◊〉
he
〈◊〉
Christ: for as faith, the
〈◊〉
and the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the Christians markes: so this Antichrist wil accept none
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
approue his doctrine: so that it is not ynough to confesse Christ, and to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, but a man must
〈◊〉
to the Popes doctrine: moreouer their
〈◊〉
es,
〈◊〉
, vowes, othes and
〈◊〉
are signes of this marke in so muche as no
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
excepted that had not manie of these marked beasts marke in their right hand or in their forheads.
17 And that no man might bye or sell, saue he that had the marke, or the name of the beast or the nomber of his name.
18 Heare is wi dome. Let hym that hathe wit, count the nomber of the beaste: for it is the nomberSuch as may be
〈◊〉
by
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
about
〈◊〉
after this reuelation the Pope or Antichrist bega to be
〈◊〉
in the Worlde: for these characters, signifie 666: & this nomber is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the smale nomber, whiche in the whole marke 666: and signifieth Lateinus, or Latin, which note h the Pope or
〈◊〉
who
〈◊〉
in all things the Latin tongue, and in
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
contemneth the
〈◊〉
and Greke wherin the worde of God was first and best writen: and because
〈◊〉
in oldetime was called Latinum, the Italians are called
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
that hereby he noteth of what countrey chiefly he shulde come. of a man, and his nomber is six hun dreth, threscore and six.So
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
ordeined the
〈◊〉
, shewed him selfe one day in apparel
〈◊〉
Pope, and the next day in harnes as the Emperour, and the two hornes to the
〈◊〉
hops
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
signes her
〈◊〉
.
x For excepte he Pope
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
of the kyng Romaines, he is not estemed
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
be made Emperour.
d He that is not sealed with
〈◊〉
ists mat ke, can not be
〈◊〉
to liue among men.
CHAP. XIIII.
1 The notable companie of the Lābe. 6 One Angel annoū
〈◊〉
the Gospel. 8 Another the fal of Babylon. 9 And the
〈◊〉
warneth to flee from the beast 13 Of their blessed nes which dye in the Lord. 18 Of the Lords haruest.
1 THen Iloked, and lo, aIesus Christ
〈◊〉
in his Churche to defend ād
〈◊〉
it, thogh the beast rage ne uer sō muche: ād seing Christ is pre sēt euer with his Churche, there cā be no vicare: for where there is a vicaire, there is no Church. Lambe stode on mount Sion, and with him anMeanynge a great and
〈◊〉
Church. hundreth, fortie ād foure thousand, hauing his FathersVVhiche was the marke of their election, to wit, their faith. Name writen in the forheads.
2 And I hearde a voyce frome heauen, as the sounde of manieSignifying that the nōber of the Church shulde be greate, and that they shuld speak boldly, & aloude, and so glorifie the Lord. waters, and as the sounde of a great thunder: and I heard the voyce of harpers harping with their harpes.
3 And they sung as it (were) a new song before the throne, and before the foure beasts, and
the Elders, & noNone cā praise God, but the elect whome he hath boght. mā colde learne that song, but the hundreth, fortie ād foure thousand, whiche were boght from the earth.
4 These are they, whiche are notBy whoredom: ād vnder this vice he comprehen deth al other: but this is chiefly mēc of idolatrie whi cheis the spiritu al whoredome. defiled with women: for they are virgins: these followe the LābeFor their who le delite is in the Lambe Iesus and they loue none but hym. wither so euer he goeth: these are boght from men, beyng theVVhich decla reth that the faithful ought to hue iustely & ho lely, that they may be the firste fiures and an excellent offringe of the Lord. first frutes vnto God, and to the Lambe.
5 And in their mouths was founde no guile: for they are withoutFor asmuche as their sinnes are pardoned, and thei are cledwith the iustice of Christ. Act. 14. 20. spot before the throne of God.
6 ¶ Thē I sawe anotherBy this Angell arement the true mynysters of Christ whiche preache the Gospel faithfully. Angel slee in the middes of Heauē, hauing an euerlasting Gospel, to preache vnto thē, that dwell on the earth, and to euerie nation, ād kinred, and tongue, and people.
7 *Saying with a loude voyce,The Gospel teacheth vs to feare God and honour him, which is the beginning of hea uenlie wisdome. Feare God, ād giue glorie to him: for the houre of his iudge ment is come: and worship him that made* heauen and earth, and the sea, and the fountaines of waters.
8 And there followed another Angel; saying,* It is fallen, it is fallen,Signifying Ro me, for asmuch as the vices whiche were in Babylō, are
〈◊〉
in Rome in greater abundāce, as perse eutiō of the Chur
〈◊〉
of God,
〈◊〉
selauerie with destruction of the people of God,
〈◊〉
, superstitiō,
〈◊〉
, impietie, ād as Babylō the firste
〈◊〉
was destroyed, so shall this wicked kīgdom of Antichrist haue a miserable
〈◊〉
, thogh it be greate and semeth to extende throughoute all Europa. Babylon the great citie: for she made all nations to drinke of the wine of theBy the whiche fornicatiō God is
〈◊〉
to wrath: so that he suffreth many to walk in the way of the Romish do etcine to their de struction. wrath of her fornication.
9 ¶And the thirde Angel followed them, saying with a loude voyce, If any man worship the beast & his image, ād receiue (his) marke in his forhead, or on his hand.Psal. 145. 6.
10 The same shall drynke of the wyne of the wrath of God, yea, of theThat is, of his terrible iugemēt pure wine, which is powred into the cup of his wrath, and he shalbe tormented in fyre and brimstone before the holie Angels, & before the Lambe.
11 And the smoke of their torment shal ascend euermore: & they shall haue no rest daye nor night, which worship the beast & his image, & whosoeuer receiueth the prīt of his nameIsa. 21. 9. Iere. 51. 8.
12 Here is the pacience ofThe faithful are exhorted to paci ence. Saintes: here areChap 18. 8. they that kepe the commādements of God, and the faith of Iesus.
13 Then I heard a voyce frome heauen, saying vnto me, Write,For they are deliuered frō the horrible troubles which are in the Church, and rest with God. Blessed (are) the dead, whiche hereafter dyeOr, for the Lords cause. in theVVhich are ingraffed in Christ by faith, which rest and stay onely on him and
〈◊〉
to be with him: for immediately after their death they are receiued into ioye. Lord. Euē so saith the Spirite: for they rest from their labours, and their workes followe them.
14 ¶And I loked, & beholde, a whiteSignifying that Christ shal come to iudgement in a cloude, euē as he was sent to go vp. cloude, and vpon the cloude on sitting like vnto the Sonne of man, hauyng on his head a golden crowne, and in his hand a sharpe sickle.
15 And another Angell came out of the Temple, crying with a loude voyce to hym that sate on the cloude,
〈◊〉
3. 13.
The ouerthrowe of the people is cōpared to an haruest. Isa. 19 5. also to a vintage, Isa. 6. 3. Trustin thy sickle and reape: for the tyme is come to reape: for the haruest of the earth is ripe.
16 And he that sate on the cloud,This is spoken familiarly for our capacitie, alluding vnto an housband man who suffereth him self to be aduertised by his seruants when his haruest is rioe, ād not that Christ hath nede to be tolde whē he shuld come to iudgement for the comfort of his Church and destructiō of his enemies. thrust in his sickle on the earth, ād the earth was reaped.
17 Thē another Angel came out of the temple, which is in heauē, hauing also a sharpe sickle
18 And another Angell came out from theThis was Christ who is also the altar, the Pricst and sacrifice. altar, whiche had power ouer fyre, and cryed with a loude crye to him that had the sharpe sickle, and sayd, Thrust in thy sharpe sickle, and gather the clusters of the vineyarde of the earth: for her grapes are ripe.
19 And the Angel thrust in his sharpe sickle on the earth, and cut downe the vines of the vineyarde of the earth, and cast them into the great wine presse of the wrath of God.
20 And theThat is, a certeine place appointed and not in the heauen. wyne presse was troden without the citie, and blood came oute of the wine presse, vnto theBy this
〈◊〉
he declareth the
〈◊〉
confusion of the tyrants and infideles, whiche delite in nothing but
〈◊〉
,
〈◊〉
, persecutions and effusion of blood. horse bridles by the space of a thousand and six hundreth furlongs.
〈◊〉
. 13. 39.
CHAP. XV.
1 Seuen Angels haue the seuen last plagues. 3 The song of them that ouercome the beast. 7 The seuen viales full of God wrath.
1 ANd I saw anotherThys is the fourth visiō whi che
〈◊〉
the doct ine of Gods iudgemēts for the destiuctiō of the wicked ād comforte of the godlye. signe in heauen great and marueilous,Meaning an in finite nomber of Gods ministers. Whiche had infinite maners of sorres and punishemēt. Exo 15.
〈◊〉
Psal. 145. 17. Iere. 20. 16. seuen Angels hauynge the seuen laste plagues: for by them is fulfilled the wrath of God.
2 And I sawe as (it were) aSignifying this brittel &
〈◊〉
world mixt with fyre, that is, troubles & affictions, but the
〈◊〉
of God ouercome
〈◊〉
all, and singe diuine songes vnto God by whose power they get the victorie. glassie sea, mingled with fyre, and them that had gotten victorie of the beast, ād of his image, ād of his marke, and of the nomber of his name, stande at the glassie sea, hauing the harpes of God.
3 And they sung the songe of Moses the *seruant of God, and the song of the Lambe, saying, Great and marueilous (are) thy workes, Lord God almightie: iuste and true (are) thy*Or, actes and dedes. wayes, Kyng of
〈◊〉
.
4 *Who shal not feare thee, ô Lord, and glorifie the Name! for thou onely (art) holie, and all nations shal come and worshyppe before thee: for thy iudgements are made manifest.
5 And after that I loked, and beholde, the temple of the tabernacle of testimonie was opē in heauen.
6 And the seuen Angels came out of the tēple, which had the seuen plagues, clothed in pure andVVhich is to declare that Gods iudgemēts are cleare, iust ād Without spot. bright linnen, ād hauing theirAs readie to ex ecute the vengeā ce of God. breastes girded with golden girdles.
7 And one of theBy the foure beasts are ment all the creatures of God whiche willingly serue him for punishment of the infideles. foure beastes gaue vnto the seuen Angels seuen golden viales full of the wrath of God, which liueth for euermore.
8 And the Temple was ful of the smoke of the glorie of God & of his power, ād no mā was able toGod giueth vs full entrie into his Churche by
〈◊〉
his enemies: for the Saintes can not clearely knowe all Gods iudgements before the ful
〈◊〉
of all thyngs. enter into the Temple, til the seuen plagues of the seuen Angels were fulfilled.
CHAP. XVI.
1 The Aungels
〈◊〉
out their vials full of wrath. 6 And what plagues followe thereof. 15 Admonition to take hede and watch.
1 ANd I heard a great voyce out of the Tem ple, saying to the seuen Aungels, Go your wayes, and powre out the (seuen) viales of the wrath of God vpon the earth.
2 And the firste went, and powred out hys vial
vpon the earth: and there fel a noysome, and a grieuousThis was lyke the
〈◊〉
of Egipt. Whiche was sores & boiles or pockes: ād this reigneth cō
〈◊〉
amōg Canōs, mōkes, friers nonnes Priests & suche filthie vetmin which beare the marke of the beast. sore vpon the men, whiche had the marke of the beast, and vpon them whiche worshipped his image.
3 And the second Aungel powred out his viall vpon the sea, and it became as theThis is lyke to the first plague of Egipt whiche
〈◊〉
all kindes of pestilences and contagious diseases. blood ofThat is, corrupt and infect. a deadman: and euerie liuyng thyng dyed in the sea.
4 And the thirde Aungell powred out his viall vpon the riuers and fountaines of waters, and they becameThe first plague of Egypt was like vnto this. blood.
5 And I heard the Aungell of theHe bringeth forthe these two Angels the one whiche is
〈◊〉
of the waters, & the other from vnder the al tar, as witnesses and cōmenders of Gods iust iudgements. waters say, Lord, thou art iust, Whiche art, and Whiche wast, and Holie, because thou hast iudged these things.
6 For they shed the blood of the Saintes, and Prophetes, and therefore hast thou giuē thē blood to drinke: for they are worthie.
7 And I heard another out of the Sanctuarie say, Euen so, Lord God almightie,For asmuch as thou destroyest there belles, and preseruest thine. true and righteous are thy iudgements.
8 And the fourth Aungell powred out his viall on the sunnes, and it was giuen vnto him to torment men withSignifying famine, drought &
〈◊〉
diseases whi che pcede therof heat of fyre.
9 And men boyled in great heat, andThe wicked were hard hearted and stubbern when God punished them. blasphemed the Name of God, whiche hathe power ouer these plagues, and they repēted not, to giue him glorie.
10 And the fift Angel powred out his vial vpon the throne of theThis answereth to the ninth plague of Egipt, whi che signifieth that the Popes do ctrine is an borri ble plague of God which kepeth mē stil in darke igno rance & errours. beast, and his kingdome waxed darke, and theyThei shal shewe their furie, rage & blasphemio against God whē the light of hys Gospel shal shine gne we their tongues for sorowe.
11 And blasphemed the GOD of heauen for their paines, and for their sores, and repented not of their workes.
12 And the sixt Angel powred out his viall vpō the great riuerBy Euphrates whiche was the shēgth of Babylō is mēt the riches,
〈◊〉
, pleasures & cōmodities of Rome the secōd Babylon, whiche the
〈◊〉
which are the true
〈◊〉
&
〈◊〉
in Christ haue takē awy by disclo singtheir wicked disceit. Euphrates, and the water thereof dryed vp, that the way of the Kings of the East shulde be prepared.
13 And I sawe threThat is, a strōg nomber of this greate deuil the Popes ābassadors whiche are euer crying & croking like frogs & come out of Antichrists mouth, because thei shulde spake nothyng burlies and vse al maner of
〈◊〉
deceit to
〈◊〉
their riche Euphrates against the true Christians. vncleane spirits like frog ges come out of the mouth of the dragon, & out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet.
14 For they are the spiritsAlbeit they eal thē leues spiritual & holie fathers. of deuils, working miracles, to go vnto theFor in alkings courtes the Popes hath had his am bassadours to hinder the kingdome of Christ. Kyngs of the earth, and of the whole worlde, to gather them to the battell of that greate day of GOD Almightie.
15 [* Beholde, I come as a
〈◊〉
. Blessed (is) he that watcheth and kepeth hisOf righteousnes & holines, wherewith we are cled through Iesus Christ. * Iere. 25. 35. garmēts, lest he walke naked, and men se his filthines.]
16 And they gathered them together into a place called in Hebrue
〈◊〉
he wolde say, The craftines of destruction whē as kings & Princes shal warre against God, but by the
〈◊〉
of Satā are broght to that place where they shalbe destroyed. Arma-gedon.
17 ¶And the seuenth Aungel powred out his vial into the ayre: & there came a loude voyce out of the Temple of heauen from the throne, saying,This is the Last
〈◊〉
, whē christ shal come to de stroy the wicked & deliuer his Churche It is done.
18 And there were voyces, and thundrings, & lightnings, & there was a great earth quake, suche as was not since men were vppon the earth, euen so mightie an earthquake.
19 And the greateMeaning the whole nomber of them that shal cal thēselues Christians, whereof some are so in
〈◊〉
, some are Papistes & vnder prerence of Christ serue Antichrist, and some are neuters whiche are nether on the one side nor of the other. citie was diuided into thre partes, and theSignifying, all strange religions, as of the Iewes Turkes and others, which then shall fall with that greate whore of Rome, and be tormented in eternall paines. cities of the nacions fel: and greate Babylon came in remembrance before GOD, *to giue vnto her the cup of the wine of the fiercenes of his wrath.
20 And euerie ydle fled away, and the mountaines were not founde.
21 And there fell a great haile, like talents, out of heauen vppon the men, and men blasphemed GOD, because of the plague of theChap. 3. 7. haile: for the plague thereof was excedyngMat 24. 44. great.Luk 12 39.
CHAP. XVII.
3 The description of the great whore. 8 Her sinnes and punishment. 14 The victorie of the Lambe.
1 THen there cameWhiche was Christ Iesus who wil take vēgeā
ce on this Romish harlor. one of the seuen Angel whiche had the seuen viales, and talked with me, saying vnto me, Come: I will shewe thee the danation of the greatAntichrist is cō pared to an harlot because he seduceth the world with vaine wor des, doctrines of lies, & outwarde appearance. whore that sitteth vpon manyMeanīg diuers natiōs &c
〈◊〉
waters.
2 With whome haue committed fornication the Kings of the earth, and the inhabitants of the earth are drunken with the wine of her fornication.
3 So he caried me away into the wildernes in the Spirit, and I sawe a woman sit vpō askarlat colouredThe beast signi fieth the ancient Rome: the womā that sitteth there on, the newe Rome whiche is the
〈◊〉
, whose crueltie & blood shedīg is de clared by skarlat beast, full of names ofFul of idolatrie superstition and contempt of the true God blasphemie, which had seuē heads, & tē hornes.
4 And theThis womā is the Antichrist, that is, the Pope with the whole bodie of his filthie creatures, as is expounded. vers. 18. whose beautie onely stā
〈◊〉
in outward pompe and impudencie &
〈◊〉
like a strumpet. woman was araied in purple and skarlat, and guilded with golde, ād precious stones, and pearles, and had a cup of golde in her hand, ful ofOf false doctrines and blasphemies. abominations, and filthines of her fornication.
5 And in her forhead (was) a name written,Which none
〈◊〉
know to auoide but the elect. A Mysterie, great Babylong, the mother of whoredomes, and abomination of the earth.
6 And I sawe the woman drunken with the blood of Saintes, and with the blood of the Martyrs of Iesus: and when I sawe her, I won dred with great marueile.
7 Then the Aungell said vnto me, Wherefore marueilest thou? I will shewe thee the mysterie of the woman, and of the beast, that beareth her, whiche hathe seuen heads, and ten hornes.
8 TheThis is the Romaine empire which being fallen into decay, the whore of Rome vsurped autoritie, & proceded frō the deuill and thether shal returne. beast that thou hast sene, was, and is not, and shal ascende out of the bottomles pit, and shal go into perdicion, and they that dwel on the earth, shal wōdre [whose names are not writen in the Boke of life from the fundacion of the worlde] whē they beholde the beast that was, and is not, and yet is.
9 Here (is) the minde that hathe wisdome, The seuen heads areWhiche are about Rome. seuen mountaines, whereon the woman sitteth: they are alsoFor after that the empire was decayedin Ncro Galba, Otho. Vitellius. Vespasian and Titus dyed in lesse thē fourtene yeres & reigned as kyngs: Domitian then reigned, & after him
〈◊〉
Ner ua which was the seuenth. seuen Kyngs.
10 Fiue are fallen, and one is, ād another is not yet come: and when he cometh, he must con tinue a shortspace.
11 And the beast that was, and is not, is
〈◊〉
theHe meaneth Traian the empe ror who was a Spanyard & adopred by Nerua, but because he persecuted the faithful he go eth also to perdition eight, and is one of the seuen, and shall go into destruction.
12 And the ten hornes which thou sawest, are ten Kings, whiche yet haue not receyued a kingdome, but shall receiue power, as Kings at one houre with the beast.
13 He signifieth the horrible persecutions which haue bene vnder the empire of Rome, and in all other realmessub iect to the same. These haue one minde, and shal giue their power, and autoritie vnto the beast.
14 These shall fight with the Lambe, and the Lambe shalAnd, breake them to shyuers as a potters pot. ouercome them: *for he is Lord of Lords, and King of Kings: and they that are on his side, called, and chosen, and faithfull.
15 And he said vnto me, The waters whiche thou sawest, where the whore sitteth, are people, & multitudes, & nations, and tōgues
16 And theDiuers nations as the
〈◊〉
, Vand ales. Hūnes and other nations whiche were once
〈◊〉
to Rome, shal rise againstit and destroy it. ten hornes whiche thou sawest vpon the beast, are they that shall hate the whore, and shal make her desolate & naked, and shal eat her flesh, & burne her with fyre.
17 For God hatheThat in stede of doing homage to
〈◊〉
Iesus, they shulde be cast into a reprobate sense to serue Antichrist, and to dedicat them selues and theirs wholy vnto him. put in their hearts to fulfill his will, and to do with one consent for to1. Tim. 6. 15. giue their kingdome vnto the beast, vntillChap 19. 16. the wordes of God be fulfilled.
18 And the woman whiche thou sawest, is the great citie, whiche reigneth ouer the Kings of the earth.
CHAP. XVIII.
3. 9. The louers of the worlde are sorie for the fall of the whore of Babylon. 4 An admonition to the people of God to
〈◊〉
out of her dominion. 20 But they that be of God, haue cause to reioyce for her destruction.
1 ANd after these things, I sawe (another) Aungell come downe from heauen, hauing great power, so that the earth was lightened with his glorie.Isa. 21. 9
2 And he cryed out mightely with a loudeIerem. 51. 8. voyce, saying, *This descriptiō of the ouerthrowe of the greate whore is like to thatwher by the prophetes vse to declare the
〈◊〉
of Babylon. It is fallen, it is fallen, BabylonChap. 14. 8. the great (citie,) and is become the habitation ofHe describeth Rome to be the sincke of all abomination and de uelistines, and a kinde of hel. deuils, and the holde of all fowle spirits, and a cage of euerie vncleane & hatefull byrde.
3 ForThe
〈◊〉
parte of the worlde hath bene abused & sedu ced by this spiritual whoredome all nations haue dronken of the wine of the wrath of her fornication, and the Kyngs of the earth haue committed fornication with her, and the marchants of the
〈◊〉
are waxed riche of the abundance of her pleasures.
4 And I heard another voyce from heauen sayWhē God
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the wicked,
〈◊〉
euer comforteth & counseleth his what thei ought to do that is, that they do not communi cat with the sinnesof thewicked Go out of her, my people, that ye be not partakers in her sinnes, and that ye receiue not of her plagues.
5 For her sinnes areThe greke worde is that her sinnes so follow one an other, and so rise one after another, that they growe to suche an heape, that at lēgth they touche the verie heauen. come vp vnto heauen, & God hathe remembred her iniquities.
6 Blessed ishe that cā repaye to the whore the lyke, as is writen. Rewarde her, euen as she hathe rewarded you, and giue her double accordyng to her workes: (and) in the cup that she hath filled to you, filher the double.
7 In asmuche as she glorified her self, and liued in pleasure, so muche giue ye to her torment and sorowe: for she saith in her heart, * I sitIsa. 47. 8. beingThe
〈◊〉
boastyng of the
〈◊〉
. a quene, and am noBut ful of people and mightie. widowe, & shall se no mourning.
8 Therefore shall her plagues come at one day death, and sorowe, and famine, & she shalbe burnt with fyre: for strong is the Lorde God whiche wil condemne her.
9 And the Kings of the earth shal be waile her and lament for her, whiche haue committed fornication, and liued in pleasure with her, when they shal se the smoke of her burning
10 And shal stande a farre of for feare of herPsal. 137. 9. torment, saying, Alas, alas, the great citie Babylon the mightie citie: for in one houre is thy iudgement come.
11 And theBoth they that temporally haue had profite by the strumpet, and also the spiritual marchants shall for sorow & wāt of theirgaine crie
〈◊〉
and despaire marchants of the earth shal wepe and waile ouer her: for no man byeth their ware any more.
12 The ware of golde and siluer, and of precious stone, and of pearles, and of fine linen, and of purple, and of silke, and of skarlet, and of all maner of ThyneWhich is verie odoriferous and
〈◊〉
. wood, and of al vessels of yuorie, and of all vessels of moste precious wood, and of brasse, and of yron, and of marble.
13 And of synamon, and odours, and ointments, and franck incense, and wine, and oile and fine floure, and wheat, and beastes, and shepe, and horses, andSuch as thewā
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
charets, and seruants, andThis is the vilest ware that these marchants sel, &
〈◊〉
cheape whiche soules not withstāding the Sonne of God redemed with his precious blood. 1. Pet. 1. 19 soules of men.
14 [And theThat is,
〈◊〉
things whiche thou louedst
〈◊〉
apples that thy soule lusted after are departed from thee, and al things which were fat and excellent, are departed frō thee and thou shalt finde them no more.]
15 The marchants of these things which were waxed riche, shall stand a farre of from her, for feare of her torment, weping & wailyng.
16 And saying, Alas, alas, the greate citie, that was clothed in fine linen and purple, & skarlet, and guilded with golde, and precious stone, and pearles.
17 For in one houre so greate riches are come to desolation. And euerie shippe master, and all the people that occupie shippes, and shipmen, and whosoeuer trauaill on the sea, shal stand a farre of.
18 And crye, when they se the smoke of her burnyng, saying, What (citie was) like vnto this great citie?
19 And they shall castAnd so
〈◊〉
signes of greate sorrow. dust on their heads, & crye weping, and wailing, and say, Alas, alas, the great citie, where in were made riche all that had shippes on the sea by herOr, noble
〈◊〉
costlines for in one houre she is made desolate.
20 O heauen, reioyce of her, and ye holie Apostles and Prophetes: for God hatheAnd hathe reuēged your cause in punishing
〈◊〉
Ierem. 51. 63. giuē your iudgement on her.
21 Then a mightie Angel toke vp a stone lyke a great milstone, "and cast it into the sea, saying, With suche violence shall the great citie Babylon be cast, & shalbeIt shall not be like to other cities whiche may be builded again but it shalbe destroyed without mercie. founde no more.
22 And the voyce of harpers, and musicians, and of pipers, and trumpetters shalbe heard no more in thee, and no craftes man, of what soeuer crafte (he be) shalbe founde anymore in thee: and the founde of a milstone shalbe heard no more in thee.
23 And the light of a candle shall shine no more in thee: and the voyce of the bridegrome and of the bride shalbe hearde no more in thee: for thyThe Romis he
〈◊〉
and marchants of soules are as Kings and princes: so that their couetousnes & pride must be punished: secondely their crafts & deceites: and thirdly their
〈◊〉
. marchants were the great men of the earth: and wyth thine inchantements were deceiued all nations.
24 And in her was founde the blood of the Pro phetes, and of the Saintes, and of al that were slaine vpon the earth.
CHAP. XIX.
1 Praises are giuen vnto God for iudging the whore, and for auenging the blood of his seruants. 10 The Aungell will not be worshipped. 17 The fouls and birdes are called to the slaughter.
1 ANd after these things I heard a great voyce of a greate multitude in heauen, saying,That is, praise ye God, because the Antichrist & all wickednes is taken out of the worlde. Hallelu-iah, saluacion ād glorie, and ho nour, and power (be) to the Lord our God.
2 ForSo that all the Saintes are confirmed ād ought nothing to dout of the saluacion of the faithfull. true and righteous (are) his iudgemēts: for he hathe condemned the greate whore, which did corrupt the earth with her fornicacion, and hath aduenged the blood of his seruants (shed) by her hand.
3 And againe they sayd, Hallelu-iah: and herThe wycked shalbe burned in
〈◊〉
fyre, that neuer shalbe extinguished. smoke rose vp for euermore.
4 And the foure and twentie Elders, and the foureBy the foure beastes are ment all creatures. beastes fell downe, and worshyped God that
〈◊〉
on the throne, saying,Signifying that his iudgementes are true and iust, & that we ought to praise him euermore for the destruction of the Pope. Amen, Hallelu-iah.
5 Then a voice came out of the throne, saying, Praise our God, al ye his seruants, and ye that feare him, bothe smale and great.
6 And I heard like a voyce of a greate multitude, and as the voyce of manie waters, and as the voyce of strong thondrings, saying, Hallelu-iah: for (our) Lord God almyghtie hathe reigned.
7 Let vs be glad and reioyce, and giue glorie to him: for theGO D made Christe the bridgrome of hys Church at the beginning, and at the laste
〈◊〉
it shalbe fully accōplished when we shal be ioyned with oure head. mariage of the Lābe is come and his wife hathe made her selfe readie.
8 And to her was gtaunted, that she shulde be araied wyth pure fyne linen and shyning, for the fine linen is the righteousnes of Sainctes.
9 ThenThat is, the Angel. he said vnto me, Write, * Blessed (are) they which areVVhome God offre mercie calleth to be partakers of his heauenlie graces, ād deliuereth from the silthie pollucions of Antichrist. called vnto the Lambes supMat.
〈◊〉
. 2. per. And he sayd vnto me, These wordes ofChap. 14. 13. God are true.
10 And I fell before hys feete, * to worshippeChap. 22 9. hym: but he sayd vnto me, Se thou do it not: I am thy fellowe seruant, and one of the brethren, whiche haue theVVho am
〈◊〉
ged to testifie of Iesus, or whiche am partaker of the same Gospel and faith. testimonie of Iesus. Worship God: for theHe sheweth that none ought to be wors hipped but onelye God, and that he is of their nomber whome God vseth to
〈◊〉
secrets by to
〈◊〉
Prophetes, that they may declare thē to others, also that we must beleue no other
〈◊〉
of prophecie, but that whiche doeth
〈◊〉
of Iesus, and lead vs to hym. testimonie of Iesus, is the spirit of prophecie.
11 And I sawe heauen open, and beholde a whiteVVhereby is signified that lesus Christ our iud ge shalbe victorious, ād shal triumphe ouer hys
〈◊〉
. horse, and he that sate vpon him, was called,He meaneth Christ. Faithful and true, and heSo that the
〈◊〉
ked shal tremble before his face. iudgeth and fighteth righteously.
12 And hys eyes (were) as a flame of fyre, and on his head (were)To
〈◊〉
that he was ruler of all the worlde. manie cro wnes: and had a name written, that no manThat is, none can haue so ful re uelacion
〈◊〉
Christe is verie God, eternal, infi
〈◊〉
and almightie, as he him self. knewe butIsay. 63 2. hym self.
13 And * he was clothed with a garment dipte inVVhereby is si gnified his
〈◊〉
, ād the destruction of hys enemyes. bloode, and hys name is called, THESignifying that Iesus Christ, whi che is the word, is made
〈◊〉
h, ād is our Lorde, our God and the
〈◊〉
ge of the quicke and dead. WORDE OF GOD.
14 And theThis
〈◊〉
that his Aungels shall come wyth him to Iudge the worlde. warriers whyche were in heauen folowed hym vppon white horses, clothed with sine linen white and pure.
15 And out of hys mouth wente out a sharpeVVhiche driueth the wicked into eternall fyre. * Psal. 2. 9. * 2. Tim. 6. 15. * Chap.
〈◊〉
. 14. sworde, that with it he shulde smite the heathen: for he * shall rule them with arod of yron: for he it is that treadeth the wyne presse of the fiercenes ād wrath of almightie God.
16 And he hathe vppon hys garment, and vppon hysVVhich declareth his humanitie, wherein he is Lord of all, and shall iudge the worlde. thygh a name written, * THE KING OF KINGS, AND LORDE OF LORDS.
17 And I sawe an Aungell stand in theThis signifieth that the day of iudgement shalbe cleare and euident, so that none shal be hid: for the trumpet shall blowe a lowde and all shal vnderstand it. sunne, who cryed with a lowde voyce, saying to all the foules that did flye by the middes of hea uen, Come, and gather your selues together vnto the supper of the great God.
18 That ye may eat the fleshe of Kynges, and the fleshe of hie Captaines, and the fleshe of mightie men, and the fleshe of horses, and of them that sit on them, and the flesh of all fre men and bondemen, and of smale and great.
19 And I sawe the bèast, and the Kinges of the earth, and theirFor the Pope and the worldlie princes shall fight againste Christ,
〈◊〉
vntil this laste daye. warriers gathered together to make battel against him, that sate on the horse and against his souldiers.
20 But the beast wasThe ouerthro we of the beast and hys whiche shalbe chiefly accomplished at the seconde comming of Christ. taken, and wyth hym that false Prophete that wroght miracles before hym, whereby he deceyued them that receyued the beastes marke, and them that worshiped his image. These both were aliue caste into a lake of fyre, burnyng wyth brimstone.
21 And the remnant were slayne wyth the sworde of hym that sitteth vppon the horse, which cometh out of his mouth, and all the foules were filled full with their flesh.
CHAP. XX.
2 Satan being bounde for a certeine time. 7 And after let lose, vexeth the Churche grieuously. 10. 14 And after the world is iudged, he ād his
〈◊〉
castinto the lake of fyre.
1 ANd I sawe anThis Angel represēreth the ordre of the Apost
〈◊〉
, whose vocacion & office was from heau n: or maye signifie Christe, whiche shulde treade downe the
〈◊〉
head. Angel come downe from heauē, hauing theHereby he mea neth the Gospell whereby hel is shut vp to the faithfull, and Satan is chained that he can not hurt them, yea & the ministers hereby open it to the infideles,
〈◊〉
through their im
〈◊〉
and stubbernes. keye of the bottomles pit, and a great chaine in his hand.
2 And he toke the dragon that olde serpent, which is the deuil and Satan, and he bounde himThat is,
〈◊〉
Christs
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the time of Pope Syluester the seconde: so long the pure do
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. a thousand yeres.
3 And caste him into the bottomles pit, and he shut him vp, and sealed (the dore) vpon hym, that he shulde deceiue the people no more, til the
〈◊〉
this terme Satā had
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
then he had before. thousand yeres were fulfilled: for after that he must be losed for a litle season.
4 And I saweThe glorie and
〈◊〉
of them that suffer for Christs sake. seates: ād they sate vpon them, and iudgement was giuen vnto them, and (I sawe) the soules of thē, that were beheaded for the witnes of Iesus, and forthe worde of God, and whiche did not worship the beast, nether hys image, nether had taken hys marke vpon their forheads, or on their handes: and they liued, and reigned with Christ
aThat is, whiles they haue remained in this life. thousand yere.
5 But the rest of theHe meaneth them, whyche are
〈◊〉
dead: for in whome Satan li
〈◊〉
, he is dead to God. dead men shall not lyue againe, vntil the thousand yeres be finished: this is theVVhiche is to
〈◊〉
Iesus
〈◊〉
in true faith, and to
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
sinne in new nes of life. first resurrection.
6 Blessed and holie is he, that hathe parte in the firste resurrection: (for) on suche theThe death of the soule, which is eternall damnacion. seconde death hath no power: but theyShalbe true par
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of his dignitie shalbe the Priests of God and of Christ, and shall reigne with him aThat is, for euer. thousand yere.
7 * And when the thousande yeres areAfter that the
〈◊〉
is broken and the true prea chynge of
〈◊〉
worde is corrupte. expired, Satan shalbe losed out of his prison.
8 And shall go oute to deceyue the people, whyche are in the foure quarters of the earth: (euen)By them are ment
〈◊〉
and strange enemies of the Church of GOD, as the Turke, the Sarazins and others,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
. 2. by whome the
〈◊〉
of God shulde be grieuously tormented. Philip 4. 4.
〈◊〉
Chap. 3. 5. and
〈◊〉
. 23. Gog and Magog, to gather them together to battel, whose nomber (is,) as the sand of the sea.
9 And they wente vp into the plaine of the earth, whyche compassed the tentes of the Saintes aboute, and the beloued citie: but fyre came downe frome God out of heauen, and deuoured them.
10 And the deuil that deceiued them, was cast into a lake of fyre and brimstone, where the beast and the false prophete shalbe tormentedEzek. 39. 2. euen day and night for euermore.
11 And I sawe a greate white throne, andVVhiche was Christe, prepared iudgement with glorie and maiestie. one that sate on it, frome whose face fled awaye bothe the earth and heauen, and their place was no more founde.
12 And I sawe the dead, bothe great and small stand before God: and theEuerie mans conscience is as a boke wherein his dedes are writen, whiche shall
〈◊〉
when God openeth the boke. bokes were ope ned, and * another boke was opened, which is (the boke) of lyfe, and the dead were iudged of those things, whiche were written in the bokes, according to their workes.
13 And the sea gaue vp her dead, whiche were in her, and
〈◊〉
all kindes of death whereby men haue bene
〈◊〉
. death and hell deliuered vp the dead, which were in them, and they were iud ged euerie man according to their workes.
14 AndHell and death whiche are last enemies, shalbe
〈◊〉
. death and hell were cast into the lake of fyre: this is the seconde death.
15 And whosoeuer was not founde wrytten in the boke of lyfe, was caste into the lake of fyre.
CHAP. XXI.
3. 14. The blessed estate of the godlie 8.
〈◊〉
And the miserable condicion of the wicked. 11 The description of the heauenlie Ierusalem, and of the wife of the Lambe.Isa. 65 17. and 66. 21.
1 ANd I sawe * a newe heauen, and a newe2. Pet. 2 13. earth:All things shal be
〈◊〉
ād restored
〈◊〉
a most excellēt and perfect estate, and therefore the
〈◊〉
of the
〈◊〉
is
〈◊〉
. The day of
〈◊〉
of al things for * the firste heauen, and the first earth wereFor all
〈◊〉
shalbe purged from their
〈◊〉
pt on, and the faithfull shal
〈◊〉
into heauen with their head Christe. passed away, and there was no more sea.
2 And I Iohn sawe theThe holie cōpa nie of the elect, holye citie newe Ierusalem comeMeaning, that God by his diuine maiestie
〈◊〉
glorifie and renewe his, ād take them vnto him. downe from God out of heauen, prepared as a bride trimmed for her housband.
3 And I heard a great voyce out of heauen saying,Act 5 21. Be hold, the Tabernacle of God (is) with men, and he will dwell with them: and they
〈◊〉
his people, and God him selfe shalbe their God with them.
4 * And God shall wipeAll occasions of sorowes shalbe taken away: so that they shal haue
〈◊〉
ioye. away all teares frome their eyes: and there shalbe no more death, nether sorowe, nether crying, nether shall there be anie more paine: for the first things are passed.
5 And he that sate vppon the throne, sayd, * Beholde, I make all things newe: and he sayd vnto me, Write: for these wordes are faythfulIsa. 25. 8. and true.Chap. 7. 17.
6 And he sayd vnto me, * It is done; I am and, the beginning and the end. I will giue to him that is a thirst, of theThat am the eternal life, will giue vnto mine to drinke of the liuelie waters of thys euerlastyng lyfe. well of the water of life frely.
7 He that ouercometh, shall inherite all thinges,Isa. 43. 19. and I will be his God, and he shalbe my2. Cor. 5. 17. sonne.Chap. 1. 8. and 22. 13.
8 But theThey whiche feare man more then God. fearefull and vnbeleuing, and theThey whiche mocked and iest at religion. abominable and murderers, and who remon gers, and sorcerers, and idolaters, and all lyars shal haue their parte in the lake, whiche burneth with fyre and brimstone, whiche is the seconde death.
9 And there came vnto me one of the seuen Aungels, whiche had the seuen viales full of the seuen laste plagues, and talked with me, saying, Come: I will shewe thee the,Meanynge the Church, which is maried to Christ by faith. bride, the Lambes wife.
10 And he caryed me awaye in the spirite to a great and an hie mountaine, and he shewed me the greatBy this description is declared the incomprehē
sible excellencie, whiche the heauenlie companie do enioy. citie, holie Ierusalem,It is sayde to come downe frō heauen, because all the benefites that the Churche hathe, they acknowledge it to come of GOD through Christ. descen ding out of heauen from God.
11 Hauing the glorie of God: and her shyning was like vnto a stone moste precious, as aEuer grene ād florishing. Iasper stone cleare as cristal.
12 And had a greatSignifying that the faithfull shal be surely kept in heauen. wal and hie, and had twelueThat is, place ynough to enter for els we know there is but one way and one gate, euen
〈◊〉
Christ. gates, and at the gates twelue Aungels, and the names written, whiche are the twelue tribes of the children of Israel.
13 On the East parte (there were) thre gates, (and) on the Northside thre gates, on the Southside thre gates, (and) on the Westside thre gates.
14 And the wall of the citie had twelue fundacions, and in them the names of the Lambes twelueFor the Apostles were meanes whereby Iesus Christe the true fundacion was reueiled to the worlde, Apostles.
16 And he that talked wyth me, had a golden rede to measure the citie with all, and the ga tes thereof, and the wall thereof.
16 And the citie laye foure square, and the length is as large as the bredth of it, and he measured the citie wyth the rede, twelue thousande furlongs: and the length, and the bredth, and the height of it are equal.
17 And he measured the wall thereof, an hundreth, fortie and foure cubites, by the measure of man, that is, of the Angel.
18 And the buyldyng of the wall of it was of Iasper: and the citie was pure golde like vnto cleare glasse.
19 And the fundacions of the wall of the citie were ganished with all maner of precious stones? the first fundacion (was) Iasper: the second of Saphire: the third of a Chalcedonie: the fourth of an Emeraude.
20 The fift of a Sardonyx: the sixt of a Sardius:
the seuenth of a Chrysolite: the eigh of a Beryl: the ninth of a Topaze: the tenth of a Chri sophrasus: the eleuenth of a Iacinth: the twelueth an Amethist.
21 And the twelue gates (were) twelue pearles and euerie gate (is) of one pearle, and theIsa. 60. 13 strete of the citie (is) pure golde, as shinyngIsa. 60. 5 glasse.
22 And I sawe no Temple therein: for the Lord God almightie and theThis declareth that Christ is God inseparable with his Father. Lambe are the Temple of it.
23 * And the citie hathe no nede of the sunne, nether of the moone to shine in it: for the glorie of God did light it: and the Lambe is the light of it.
24 * And the people whiche are saued, shall walke in the light of it: and theHere we se as in infinit other places that kings & Princes (
〈◊〉
to that wicked opinion of the Anabaptists) are partakers of the heauenlie glo rie, if they rule in the feare of the Lord. Kings of theIsa. 60. 11 earth shall bring their glorie and honour vnPhilip. 4. 4 to it.Chap. 3. 5. & 10. 11
25 * And the gates of it shal not be shut by day: for there shalbe no night there.
26 And the glorie, and honour of the GentilesChap XXII. shalbe broght vnto it.
27 And there shal entre into it none vncleane thing, nether whatsoeuer worketh abomination or lies: but they whiche are writen in the Lambes * Boke of life:
CHAP. XXII.
1 The riuer of the water of life. 2 The frutefulnes & light of the citie of God. 6 The Lord giueth euer his seruants warning of things to come. 9 The Angel wil not be wor shipped. 18 To the worde of God may nothyng be added nor diminished there from.
1 ANd he shewed me a pureHe alludeth to the visible paradise to set for the more sēsibly the spiritual: ād this agreeth with that which is writen Ezeck. 47. 1 riuer of water of life, cleare as crystal, proceding out of the throne of God, and of the Lambe.
2 In theMeaning that Christ who is the life of his Church is cōmune to all his and not pecu liar for any one sorte of people. middes of the strete of it, & of ether side of the riuer, was the tre of life, whiche bare twelue maner of frutes, and gaue frute euerieFor there are al things pleasunt and ful of al con tentation continually. moneth: and the leaues of the tre (serued) to heale theWhiche some time were vnpure as Gentiles, but now are pur ged and made whole by Christ. nations with.
3 And there shalbe no more cursse, but theIsa. 60. 15 throne of God and of the Lambe shalbe in it, and his seruants shall serue him.
4 And they shal se his face, & his Name shalbe in their forheades.
5 * And there shalbe noThe light shalbe vnchangeable & shine for euer. night there, and they nede no candle, nether light of the sunne: for the Lord God giueth them light, and they shall reigne for euermore.
6 And he said vnto me, These wordes are faithful and true: and the Lord God of the holye Prophetes sent his Angel to shewe vnto hys seruants the things whiche must shortely be fulfilled.
7 Beholde, I come shortely. Blessed (is) he that kepeth the wordes of the prophecie of this boke.
8 And I am Iohn, which sawe and heard these things: and when I had heard and sene, * INow this is the secōde time that he suffered him self to be caried away with the excellēcie of the persone: which is to admonishvs of our infirmitie & readines to falex cept to God strēg thēvs miraculous ly with his Spirit Chap. 19. 10 fell downe to worship before the fete of the Angel, which shewed me these things,
9 But he said vnto me, Se thou (do it) not: for I am thy felowe seruant, and of thy brethren the Prophets, and of them which kepe the wordes of this boke: worship God.
10 And he said vnto me,This is not̄ thē as the other Prophecies whiche were
〈◊〉
to be hyd til the time appointed, as in Daniel, 12, 4, because
〈◊〉
at
〈◊〉
things shul de be quickely accomplished, & did now begin. Seale not the wordes of the prophecie of this boke: for the time is at hand.
11 He that is vniust, let him bevniust stil: and he which is filthie, let him be filthie stil: and he that is righteous, let him be righteous stil: &Rom, 2, 6. he that is holie, let him be holie stil.Isa. 41, 4. & 44. 6.
12 And beholde, I come shortely, and my rewardeChap. 1, 8. & 18. 6. is with me, * to giue euerie man accor ding as his worke shalbe.
13 I am * and, the beginning and the end, the first and the last.
14 Blessed (are) they, that do his commandements, that their right may be in theThey shal liue eternally with the Sōne of God tre of life, and may entre in through the gates into the citie.
15 For without (shalbe) dogges and enchanters and whoremongers, and murtherers, & idolaIsa. 55. 1. ters, and whosoeuer loueth or makethThat mainteine false
〈◊〉
& delite therein. lyes.
16 I Iesus haue sent mine Angel, to testifie vnto you these things in the Churches: I am the roote and theThat is, a
〈◊〉
and natural man and yet God equal with my Father. generacion of Dauid, and the bright morningFor Christ is the light that gi ueth light to eue rie one that cō
meth into this worlde. starre.
17 And the Spirit ād the bride say, Come. And let him that heareth, say,Let them be afraid of Gods horrible iudgements, and
〈◊〉
as thei heare the Lambe call,
〈◊〉
them come. Come: and let him that is aHe that feleth him
〈◊〉
oppressed with afflictions, and desireth the heauēlie graces & cōfort, thirst, come: and * let whosoeuerThat is, when God beginneth to reforme our wilby his Spirit wil, take of the water of life frely.
18 For I protest vnto euerie man that heareth the wordes of the prophecie of this boke, * if any man shaladde vnto these things, God shaladde vnto him the plagues, that are writē in this boke.
19 And if any man shal diminish of the wordes of the boke of this prophecie, God shal take away his parte out of the Boke of life, ād out2, Pet. 3. 9. of the holie citie, and frō those things which are writen in this boke.
20 He which testifieth these things, saith,Seing the Lord is at hand, we ought to be con stant and reioyce, but we must beware we este me not the lēgth nor shortenes of the Lords comming by our owne imagination. Surely, I come quickely. Amen. Euen soThis declareth the earnest desire that the faithful haue to be deliuered out of these miseries, and to be ioyned with their head Christ Iesus. come Lord Iesus.
21 The grace of our Lord Iesus Christ (be) with you all,
Amen.
A BRIEF TABLE OF THE INTER PRETATION OF THE PROPRE NAMES VVHICH ARE CHIEFLY FOVNDE IN THE OLDE TESTAMENT, WHErein the first nomber signifieth the chapter; the seconde the verse.
WHereas the wickednes of time, and the blindnes of the former age hathe bene suche that all things altogether haue bene abused and corrupted, so that the very right names of diuerse of the holie men named in the Scriptures haue bene forgotten, and now seme strange vnto vs, and the names of infants that shulde euer haue some godlie aduertisements in them, and shulde be memorials and markes of the children of God receiued into his housholde, hathe bene hereby also changed and made the signes and badges of idolatrie and heathenish impietie, we haue now set forthe this table of the names that be moste vsed in the olde Testament with their interpretatiōs, as the Ebrewe importeth, partly to call backe the godlie from that abuse, when they shal know the true names of the godlie fathers, and what they signifie, that their children now named after them may haue testimonies by their very names, that they are within that faithful familie that in all their doings had euer God before their eyes, and that they are bounde by these their names to serue God from their infancie and haue occasion to praise him for his workes wroght in them and their fathers: but chiefly to restore the names to their integritie, whereby many places of the Scriptures and secret mysteries of
〈◊〉
holie Gost shal better be vnderstand. We haue medled rarely with the Greke names because their interpretation isvncerteine, and many of them are corrupted from their original, as we may also se these Ebrewe names set in the margent of this table, which haue bene corrupted by the Grecians. Now for the other Ebrewe names that are not
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, let not the diligēt reader becareful for he shal finde them in places moste conu enient amongs the annotations: at least so many as may seme to make for any edification, and vnderstanding of the Scriptures.
A
A Arōn, or Aháron, a teacher Exod. 4. 14Abdia
¶ Abdá, a seruant. 1. King. Chap. 4. ver. 6
Abdeél, a seruant of God. Ierem. 36. 26
Abdi, my seruant. 1. Chro. 6. 7
〈◊〉
Abdiáh, a seruant of the Lord. 1. King. 18. 3. andAbdi and Audias Obadiah one of the twelue Prophetes.
Abdiél, the same. 1. Chron. 55. 15
Abéd-negō, seruant of shining. Dan. 1. 44Abdenago
Abél, mourning, the name of a citie, but Habél, the name of a man, doeth signifie vanitie. Gen. 4. 2
Abgathá, father of the wine presse
〈◊〉
Abiáh, the wil of the Lord. 2. Chro. 29. 1
Abiám, father of the sea. 1. King. 14. 31
Abiasáph, a gathering father. 1. Chro. 6. 33.
〈◊〉
Abiathár, father of the remnant, or excellent father. 1. King. 22. 21
Abidá, father of knowledge. Gen. 25. 4
Abidán, father of iudgement. Nomb. 1. 11
Abiél, my father (is) God. 1. King. 9. 1
Abiezér, the fathers helpe. Ios. 17. 2
Abigáil, the fathers ioye. 1. King. 25. 3Abigal
Abiháil, the father of strength. Nomb. 3. 35
Abihu, he is a father. Exod. 6. 23
〈◊〉
Abihúd, the father of praise. 1. Chro. 8. 3Abiud
Abilene, lamentable. Luk. 3. 1
Abimáel, a father from God. Gen. 10. 25
Abimélech, the Kings father, or a father of con sel, or the chief King. Gen. 20. 3
Abinadád, a father of a vowe, or of a free minde
〈◊〉
or prince. 1. King. 16. 8
Abinoám, father of beautie. Iud. 4. 6Abinoom
Abirám, an high father. 1. King. 16. 34Abirom
Abishág, the fathers ignorance. 1. King. 1. 3
Abishāi, the fathers rewarde. 1. King. 26. 6
〈◊〉
Abishalōm, the father of peace, or the peace of the father. 1. King. 15. 2Abisne
Abishúa, the father of saluation. 1. Chro. 6. 4
Abishúr, the father of a song, or of a wall, or of righteousnes. 1. Chro. 2. 29
Abitál, the father of the dew. 2. King. 3. 4
Abitōb, the father of goodnes. 1. Chro. 8. 11Abitub
Abnér, the fathers candel. 1. Sam. 14. 49
Abrám, an high father. Gen. 11. 31
Abrahám, a father of a great multitude, as the name was changed. Gen. 17. 5
Abshalom, a father of peace, or the fathersAbesalom peace, or rewarde. 2. Sam. 3. 3Abessalom
¶ Achan, troubling. Ioshu. 7. 1. who iscalled Achár. 1. Chro. 2. 7
¶ Adadézer, read Adarézer, beautiful helpe
〈◊〉
Adaiáh, the witnes of the Lord. 1. Chro. 6. 41
Adaliah, pouertie. Ester. 9. 8
Adam, man, earthlie, read. Gen. 2. 15
Adiél, the witnes of God. 1. Chro. 4. 36.
〈◊〉
Adoniáh, the Lord is the ruler. 2. Sam. 3. 4
Adonihézek, the Lords thunder. Iud. 1. 5
Adonikám, the Lord is risen. Neh. 2. 13
Adoniram, the high Lord. 1. King. 4. 6
Adonizédek, the Lords iustice. Ios. 10. 1
¶ Agabùs, a greshopper. Act. 11. 28
Agár, a stranger. Gen. 16. 1
¶ Aház, taking, or possessing. 2. King. 16. 1
Ahasuéros, a prince or head. Dan. 9. 1
Ahbam, a brother of vnderstanding. 1. Chr. 2. 29
Ahiiáh, brother of the Lord. 1. Chro. 2. 26.
Ahimáa, brother of councel. 1. Sam. 14. 49
Ahimán, brother of the right hād. Nomb. 13. 23.
Ahimélech, a Kings brother. 1 Sam. 21. 1
Ahimōth, a brother of death. 1. Chro. 6. 25.
Ahinōam, the brothers beautie. 1. Sam. 14. 49
Ahiōr, the brothers light. Iud. 5. 5
Ahiláb, an heartie brother. Iud. 1. 31Ahalab
Ahráh, a swete sauoring medow. 1. Chro. 8. 1.Ahara
Ahikàm, a brother arising, or aduenging. 2.Achiam King. 22. 12
Ahiézer, the brothers helpe. Nomb. 1. 12
Aholàh, a mansion or dwelling in her selfAod
Aholibáh, my mansion in her. Ezek. 23. 4.Aluan
Ahud, praising or confessing. Iud. 3. 15
¶ Alián, high. 1. Chron. 1. 40.
¶ Amálek, a licking people. Gen. 36. 21.
Amariáh, the Lord said, or the Lambe of the Lord. Zephan. 1. 1.
Amasá, sparing the people. 2. Sam. 17. 25.
Amashái, the gift of the people. 1. Chro. 6. 24
Amashsi, the treading of the people. Neh. 11. 12
Amasiáh, the burden of the Lord. 2. Chro. 17. 15.
Amithi, true or fearing. 2. King. 14. 25.
Ammiél, a people of God, or God with me. 1. Chron. 3. 5
Ammishádai, the people of the Almightie. Nomb. 1. 12.
Ammon, a people. Gen. 19. 38Amnon
Aminon
Amon, faithful. 2. King. 21. 18
Amos, a burden, one of
〈◊〉
twelue Prophets.
Amoz, strong, the father of Ishai. Isa. 1. 1
Amzi, strong. 1. Chron. 6. 46
¶ Anáh, afflicting, answering, or singīg. Ge. 36. 2.Annas & Hanna, gratious or merciful. 1. Sam. 1. 2
Ananiáh, the cloude of the Lord. Act. 5. 1
Andréas, manlie. Mat. 4. 18
Anùb, a grape. 1. Chron. 4. 8
Antipas, for all, or against all. Reuela. 2. 13.
¶ Apadno, the wrath of his iudgemēt. Da. 11. 46Aphdeno
Apollō, a destroyer. 18. 24. the name also of an idole.Apollos
Apphia, bringing forthe, or encreasing. Phile. 2
¶ Arám, hight or their curse. Gen. 10. 23.Ram
Arbel, Bel or God hathe aduenged. Hos. 10. 15Aran, oren
Archeláus, a prince of the people. Mat. 2. 22.
Areli, the altar of God. Gen. 46. 16
Arétas, verteous. 2. Macc. 5
Artahsháste, feruent to spoile. Ezra. 7. 21.
¶ Asâ, a physicion. 1. King. 15. 8.
Asaél, God hathe wroght. 2. Sam. 2. 18
Asáph, gathering. 1. Chron. 6. 39
Asharélah, the blessednes of God. 1. Chr. 25. 2Ashriel
Ashbél, an olde fyre. 46. 21
Ashér, blessednes. Gen. 30. 13
Ashiél, the worke of God. 1. Chro. 4. 35Aiael
Ashúr, blessed or trauailing. Gen. 10. 21.
Asmodeus, a destroyer. Tob. 3. 8
Astyages, gouernour of the citie. Dan. 13. 64
¶ Ataráh, a crowne. 1. Chron. 2. 26.Atarias
Athaiáh, the time of the Lord. Nehe. 11. 4.
Athaliáh, time for the Lord. 2. King. 8. 26.
¶ Aza, strength. Esra. 23. 47
Azaniáh, hearkening the Lord. Neh. 10. 9.
〈◊〉
Azaréel, the helpe of God. 1. Chro. 12. 6.Asarias
Azariáh, helpe of the Lord. 4. King. 14. 21.
Azarikám, helpe rising vp. Neh. 11. 14.Azmoth
Azmáueth strength of death. 2. Sam. 23. 30
Azubáh, forsaken. 1. King. 22. 43.
Azùr, holpen or helper. Ierem. 28. 1.
B
BAal, Bealim, lord, lords: the name of the idoleBeel of the Sydonians, or a general name to all idoles, because they were as the lords and owners of all that worshiped them.
Baaliada, a master of knowledge. 1. Chr. 14. 7Beellada
Báal-meōn, the Lord or master ōf the mansion
〈◊〉
or the house, as also Báalzibul, signifieth the same. Luk. 11. 15
Báal-zebûb, the master of flies.
Baanāh, in affliction. 2. Sam. 4. 2.
Babél, confusion. Gen. 10. & 11. 9.Babylon
Bacchides, one that holdeth of Bacchus, or a dronkard. 1. Macc. 7. 8.
Bacchenor and bacenor the same, 2. Mac. 12. 15.
〈◊〉
Badaiáh, the Lord alone. Ezr. 10. 31
Baladán, ancient in iudgement. 2. King. 20. 12.Bildad
Baldád, olde loue or without loue. Iob 8. 1
Barachél, blessing God. Iob 32. 2.
Barachiáh, blessing the Lord. Zech. 1. 1.
Bar-ionáh, sonne of a doue. Mat. 16. 17
Barnabas, the sonne of consolation. Act. 4. 36.
Barabbas, sonne of confusion. Mat. 27, 16
Barûch, blessed. Iere. 32. 10
Bathséba, the seuēth daughter, or the daughterBethsabe of an othe. 1. Sam. 11. 3.
Bathshûa the daughter of saluation. 1. Chro. 3. 5Baltasar
¶ Belshatsár, without treasure, or searcher ofBeltesnatzas treasure. Dan. 5. 1.
〈◊〉
Benaiáh, the Lords buylding. 1. Chro. 4. 36
Beniamin, sonne of the right hand who was first called Benoni the sonne of sorow. Ge. 35. 18
Beraiáh, the Lords creature. 1. Chro. 8. 20
Berák, lightening. Iud. 4. 6
Béred, hail. 1. Chron. 7. 21
Bethiáh, the Lords daughter. 1. Chro. 4. 18
〈◊〉
Bezaleél, in the shadow of God. Exod. 31. 2Bezeleel
¶ Bileâm, the ancient of the people, Nom. 22. 5.Balaam
Bilháh, olde, or fading. Gen. 29. 29
¶ Boas, in powre, or strength. Ruth 2. 2Boos
C
CAiap has, a searcher. Mat. 26. 57
Calcôl, nourishing. 1. King. 4. 31.
Caleb, as a heart, Nomb. 13. 6.
Canáan, a merchant. Gene. 9. 18.
Carmî, my vine. Gen. 46. 9.Chaselon
Caseluhim, as pardoned. Gen. 10. 14.Chastomim
¶ Cephás, a stone. Iōh. 1. 42
Cephirâh, alionesse. Ezr. 2. 28
¶ Cherúb, as a childe. Ezr. 2. 57.
Chileáb, the restraint of the father. 2. Sam. 3. 3
Chilion perfite, or all like a doue. Ruth 1. 2.
¶ Cislón, hope, or confidens. Nomb. 34. 21.
¶ Clemens, meke. Philip. 4. 3
Cleopatra the glorie of the coūtrie 1. Mac. 10. 57
¶ Col-hōzeth, seing all. Neh. 3. 15.
Coneniáh, the stabilitie of the Lord. 2. Chr. 31. 13
Cosbi, a liar. Nomb. 25. 18.
¶ Cusân, Cusi, blacke or an Ethiopiā. 2. Sam. 18
D
DAlaiáh, the poore of the Lord. 1. Chro. 3. 24
〈◊〉
Daliláh, a bucket or consumer. Iud. 16. 4Delaias
Dámaris, a litle wyfe. Act. 17. 34
Dan, a iudgement. Gen. 14. 15
Daniél, iudgement of God. Dan. 1. 6
Dathân, statute or law. Nomb. 16. 1
Dauid, beloued. 1. Sam. 17. 12
¶ Deboráh, a worde or a bee. Gen. 35. 8.
Delphôn, a droping downe. Est. 9. 7
Demas, fauoring the people. Col. 4. 14.
Demophôn, slaying the people. 2. Mac. 12. 2
Deu-el, knowe God. Nomb. 1. 14.Duel
¶ Diblám, a cluster of figges. Hos. 1. 2
〈◊〉
Didymus, a twinne. Iohn. 11. 16
Dináh, iudgement, Gen. 30. 21.Dina
Diotrephés, nourished of Iupiter
Dishán, a treshing. Gen. 36. 21.Dishon
¶ Dodanáh, loue. 2. Chro. 20. 37.
Dodanim, beloued. Gen. 10. 4.
〈◊〉
Doég, careful. 1. Sam. 21. 7.
Dorcas, a do. Act. 9. 39.
Dordà, generation of knowledge. 3. King. 4. 31.
Dositheus, giuen to God. 2. Mac. 19.
E
EBer, passing or passage. Gene. 10. 23.
¶ Edén, pleasure. 2. King. 19. 12.
Eder, a flocke. 1. Chron. 23. 23.
Edóm, reddie or earthie. Gene. 25. 30.
¶ El chánan, the mercie of God. 2. Sam. 23. 24.
Eldaáh, the knowledge of God. Gene. 25. 4.
Eldáh, the loue of God. Nomb. 11. 26.Elead
Eleadáh, witnes of God. 1. Chr. 7. 21.
Eleasáh, the worke of God. 1. Chro. 2. 39.Eleazarus
Eleazár, the helpe of God. Exod. 6. 22.
〈◊〉
4.Eliazar
Eli
Eliáb, my God the father. Nomb. 26. 8.Elias
Eliáh, God the lord. 1. Chron. 8. 26.
Eliakim, God ariseth. Isa. 22. 20.
Eliám, the people of God. 2. Sam. 23. 34.
Eliasáph, the Lord encreaseth. Nomb. 1. 14.
Eliashib, the Lord returneth. 1. Chr. 3, 24.
Eliathá, thou art my God. 1. Chro. 25. 4.
〈◊〉
Eliehoenái, to the Lord mine eyes. 1. Chro. 26. 3.
Elidád, the beloued of God. Nomb. 34. 21.
Elihú, he is my God. 1. Chro. 12. 10.
〈◊〉
Elimélech, my God the King, or the counsel of God. Ruth. 1. 2.
Elioenái, to him mine eyes. 1. Chro. 3. 23.Elionai
Eliphál, a miracle of God. 1. Chr. 11. 36.
〈◊〉
Eliphálet, the God of deliuerance. 2. Sam. 5. 16.Elishua
Elisseus
Elishá, my God saueth. 1. King. 19. 16.Elisseus
Elisháh, the lambe of God. Gen. 10, 4.Elissa
Elishaphát, my God iudgeth. 2. Chr. 23. 1.
Elishéba, the othe of God, or the fulnes of God
〈◊〉
Exod. 6. 23.
Elizúr, the strength of God. Nomb. 1. 5.
Elkanáh, the zeale of God. Exod. 6. 24.
Elmodéd, God measureth. Gen. 10. 24.
Elnathán, Gods giste. Ierem. 26. 22.
Elphaal, Gods worke. 2. Chro. 8. 11
Eluzái, God my strength. 1. Chro. 12. 5.
Elymás, a corrupter, or sorcerer. Act. 13. 8.
¶ Enós, man or miserable. Gen. 4. 27.
¶ Epaphroditus, pleasant. Philip. 2. 25.
Epenetus, laudable. Rom. 16. 5.
Epháh, wearie. Gen. 25. 4.
Epher, dust. Gen. 25. 4.
〈◊〉
Ephráim, fruteful, or encreasing: Gen. 41. 52.
〈◊〉
¶ Eractus, amiable. Act. 19. 22.
¶ Esau, working. Genes. 25. 25.
Eshcól, a cluster. Gen. 14. 14.
Eshék, violence. 1. Chron. 8. 38.
Estér, hidde. Est. 2. 7.
¶ Ethán, strength. 1. Kings. 4. 31.
〈◊〉
¶ Eubulus, wife or of good counsel. 2. Tim. 4. 21
〈◊〉
Eupolemus, a good warriour. 1. Macc. 8. 27.
Eutychus, fortunate. Act. 20. 9.
¶ Ezbôn, hasting to vnderstand. 1. Chro. 7. 7.
〈◊〉
Ezekiél, strength of the Lord. Ezek. 1. 3.
Ezeliáh, nere the Lord. 2. Chro. 34. 7.
Ezer, an helpe. 1. Chro. 4. 4.
〈◊〉
Ezrá, an helper. Ezr. 1. 7.
Ezriél, the helpe of God. Ier. 36. 26.
Ezrikám, an helpe arising. 1. Chro. 3. 23.
G
GAál, an abomination. Iud. 9. 35.
Gabriel, a mā of God, or the strēgth of God the name of an Angel. Dan. 8. 16.
Gad, a band, or garrison. Gen. 30. 11.
Galál, a rolle. 1. Chron. 9. 15.Gamariah
Gamaliél, Gods rewarde. Act. 5. 34.
Gamariá, a consuming of the Lord. Iere. 29. 3.Godoliah
Gazabár, a treasurer. Ezr. 1. 8.
¶ Gedaliáh, the greatnes of the Lord. Ier. 38. 1.Giezi
Gedeon, a breaker or destroyer. Iud. 6. 13.
Gehazi, vallie of vision. 2. King. 4. 12.
Gerá, a pilgrime, or stranger. Gen. 46. 21.
¶ Gináth, a garden. 1. King. 16. 21.
¶ Gog, a roofe of an house. Ezek. 38. 2.
Goliáth, a captiuitie. 1. King. 7. 4.
Gomer, a consumer. Gen. 10. 2.
Gorgias, terrible. Macc. 3. 38.
HAbakuk
HAbakúk, a wrasteler. Hab. 1. 1.
Habazaniáh, the hiding of the Lords shilde.Achaliah
Habiáh, the hiding of the Lord. Nehem. 7. 63.Hecheliah
Hacaliáh, waiting of the Lord. 2. Nehem. 10. 1.Hadar
Hadád, ioye. Gen. 25. 15. 1. Chro. 1. 30,Hagaba
Hagáb, a grashopper. Nehem. 2. 46.Aggia
Haggiáh, the Lords feast. 1. Chro. 6. 29.Amatha
Ham, Hamathi, indignation, or heat. Ge. 10. 17.Abatha
〈◊〉
of iudgement. Gen. 36, 26.
Hamúl, merciful. Gen. 46. 12.Anameel
Hanaméel, the mercie of God. Ier. 32. 7.Haniel
Hananéel, the grace of God. Nef. 3. 1.
Hanáni, gratious or merciful. 1. King. 16. 7.Ananias
Hananiah, grace of the Lord. Iere. 37. 12.
Harim, dedicate to God. 1. Chro. 24. 8.Asadiah
Hasadiáh, the mercie of the Lord. 1. Chr. 3. 20.Eua
Hattil, an howling for sinne. Ezr. 2. 57.
Hauáh, liuing, or giuing life. Genes. 3. 20.Azael
Hazaéel, seing God. 1. King. 19. 17.Ozea
Hazaráh, seing the Lord. Nèh. 11. 5.Chobor
Helchi
¶ Heber, a companion. Gen. 46. 17.Hanoch
Helkiáh, the portion of the Lord. 2. Kin. 18. 18.Enoch
Henôch, taught or dedicate. Gen. 5. 18.
Hépher, a digger or deliuer. 1. Chr. 4. 6.Haphfiba.
Epsiba.
Hephzi-báh, my delite in her. 2. King. 2. 1.
Heth, feare or breaking. Gen. 23. 3.Ezron
Hezri, or Hezro, Hezro, Hezron, Asari, EsriHuram
¶ Hiél, the Lord liueth. 1. King. 16. 34.Ezechias
Hirám, the hight of life. 2. Sam. 5. 11.Obab
Hizkiiáh, strength of the Lord. 2. King. 18.
¶ Hobab, beloued. Nomb. 19. 29.
Hori, a prince. Genes. 36. 22.
Hoshaiáh, saluation of the Lord. Iere. 42. 1.
Hoshea, saluation. Hos. 1. 1.
Hosa, trusting. 1. Chron. 26. 10.
Hothám, a seale or signet. 1. Chron. 7. 32.Huziel
Hoziél, seing God. 1. Chron. 23. 9.
¶ Hul, sorow or infirmitie. Genes. 10. 23.
〈◊〉
Hur, libertie or prince. 1. Chron. 4. 1.
Husháh, hasting. 1. Chron. 4. 4.
I
IAakób, a supplanter. Genes. 25. 26.Iakob
Ioakan
Iaakán, destroying. 1. Chron. 5. 13.
Iaasiél, the
〈◊〉
of God. 1. Chron. 11. 47.
〈◊〉
Iaazaniah, the hearkening of the Lord Kings. 25. 23.Iobel
Iabál, bringing or budding. Gen. 4. 20.
Iabesh, drought. 2. Kings. 15. 10.
Iabez, sorowe. 1. Chron. 4. 9.
Iabin, vnderstanding. Iosh. 11. 1.Iedaiah
Iachin, stabilitie. Genes. 46. 10.
Iadiáh, knowing the Lord. Nehem. 2. 36.
〈◊〉
Iaél, a do or ascending. Iud. 4. 16.
〈◊〉
Iahalleél, praising God. 1. Chr. 4. 16.
Iahaziél, God hasteth. Gen. 46. 24.
Iahaziel, seing God. Ezr. 8. 5.Asiel
〈◊〉
, Iahiel
Iahehel, hope in God or beginning in God. Genes. 46. 14.
〈◊〉
Iair, lightened. Deut 3. 14.
Iakim, stablishing. 1. Chron. 8. 19.Iambres
Iambri, rebellious. 1. Macc. 9. 37.Iamrah
Iamin, right hand. Gen. 46. 10.
Iamuél, God is his day. Genes. 46. 10Iemuel
Ianoháh, resting. Ios. 16. 6.
Ianúm, sleping. Ios. 15. 55.
Iápheth, persuading or enticing. Gene. 5. 32.Iaphie
Iaphia, lightning. 2. Sam. 5. 16.
Iarephél, helth of God. Iose. 18. 27.
Iarib, fighting or aduenging. Gen. 46. 10.
Iashén, ancient. 2. Sam. 23. 32.
Iashér, righteous. Ios. 21. 39.Iaasar
Iashûb, a returning. 1. Chron. 7. 1.Iasub
Iathauael
Iathniél, a gifte of God. 1. Chron. 26. 2.Iether
Iattir, a remnant or excellent. Iosh. 15. 48.
〈◊〉
Ithri, Ithro, Ithron the same.Ionia
Iauán, making sad. Gen. 19. 1.
Iaziél, the strength of God. 1. Chron. 15. 18.
Iaziz, brightnes. 1. Chro. 27. 31.
¶ Ibhâc, chosen. 2. Kings. 5. 15.
¶ Ichahôd, where is glorie? 1. Sam. 4. 21.
〈◊〉
¶ Iddo, his confession. 1. Chron. 27. 21.Chonias
¶ Iechoniáh, stabilitie of the Lord. 1. Chr. 3. 16.Ieddia
Iedaiáh, the hand of the Lord or confessing the Lord. 1. Chron. 4. 37.Ieddida
Iedidáh, be loued. 2. Sam. 22. 1.
Iediel, knowledge of God. 1. Chron. 7. 6.
Ieduthun, confessing. 1. Chro. 9. 16.
Iehiàh, the Lord liueth. 1. Chro. 5. 23.
Iehiél, God liueth. 1. Chron. 26. 21.
Iehoadán, the Lords pleasure. 2. King. 14. 2.
〈◊〉
Ioahas
Iehoahás, the possession of the Lord. 2. Kings. 23. 34.
Iehoásh, the fyre of the Lord. 2. Kings. 11. 21.Ioas
Iehohanán, grace or mercie of the Lord. 2. Chr. 26. 3.
〈◊〉
. Iohannes
Iehoiada, the knowledge of the Lord. 2. King. 11. 15.
Iehoiakim, the rising or aduenging of the LordIoacim 2. Kings. 23. 34.Iosaphat
Iehoshaphát, the Lord is the iudge. 1. Chro. 3. 10
Iehoshúa, the Lords saluation. Zach. 3. 1.
Iehozadák, the iustice of the Lord. 1. Chr. 6. 14.Iosedec
Iehudáth, confession or praise. Gene. 29. 35.Iuda
Iekannáh, the Lord shal arise, establish, or aduenge. 1. Chro. 2. 41.Iacenna
Iekodeám, the burning of the people. Ios. 15. 56
Iephlét, deliuered. 1. Chron. 7. 32
Iephunnéh, beholding. Nomb. 13. 7
Ierahmeél, the mercie of God Ier. 36. 36
Iéred, ruling. Gen. 5. 15Ieruel
Ieriél, the feare of God. 1. Chro. 7. 2
Ierimôth, fearing death. 1. Chro. 7. 7
Ieroboám, encreasing the people. 2. Kin. 14. 23.
Ierohám, high. 1. Chro. 6. 27Iehoram
Ierubbaál, let baal aduenge. Iud. 6. 32Ioram
Ierobaal
Ieshaiáh, saluation of the Lord. Isa. 1. 1.Esaiah, Isaiah
Ieshúa, a sauiour. Mat. 1. 16Iesus
¶ I gál, redemed. 2. Chro. 3. 22
Igdaliáh, the greatnes of the Lord. Ier. 35. 4
¶ Ioáb, willing or voluntarie. 1. Chro. 2. 16
Iob, sorowful or hated. Iob. 1. 1
Iobamáh, the buylding of the Lord. 1. Chro. 9. 8Iobab
Iochébed, glorious. Exod. 6. 20Iochabed
Ioél, willing or beginning. Ioel. 1. 1
Iokshán, an offence. Gen. 25. 2Iechsan
Ioktán, a litle one. Gen. 10. 25Iectan
Ionáh, a doue. 2. Kyngs. 14. 25
Ionadáb, voluntarie or willing. 2. Kyng. 13. 5Iehonadab
Ionathán, the gifte of the Lord. Iud. 18. 30Iehonathra
Ioseph, encreasing. Gen. 30. 24
Ioshabéth, the fulnes of the Lord. 2. Chr. 22. 11.Iehoshabas
Ioshiáh, the fyre of the Lord. 2. King. 22. 3
Iothám, perfite. 2. Kings. 15. 23
Iozabád, end wed. 1. Chro. 12. 20
¶ Iphdiáh, the redemption of the Lord. 1. Chro. 8. 25.
Iphtáh, opening. Iud. 11. 1
¶ Irá, a watchman. 1. Chro. 11. 28Iras
Irád, a wilde asse. Gen. 4. 18
Itiáh, the feare of the Lord. Ier. 37. 12
Irmeiáh, exalting the Lord. 1. Chro. 5. 24
〈◊〉
¶ Ishacar, a wages. Gen. 30. 18
Ishâi, a gifte or oblation. Rut. 4. 17Iessai
Ishbôsheth, a man of shame. 2. Sam. 2. 12
Ishcariôt, an hyreling, or man of death. Mat.Iscariot 10. 1
Ishmaél, God hath heard. Gen. 16. 11
Ishtôb, good man. 2. Sam. 10. 8
Israél, a prince of God, or preuailing with God Gen. 35. 10
¶ Ithamár, wo to the change. Exod. 6. 23Itti,
〈◊〉
Ittái, strong. 2. Sam. 23. 29Ethai
Ittiél, God with me. Nehem. 11. 6
¶ Iubal, bringing, or fading. Gen. 4. 21
〈◊〉
Iuchál, mightie. Ierem. 38. 1
¶ Izebel, wo to the house. 1. King. 16. 31
Izhak, laughter. Gen. 17. 19Isaak
Izrahiáh, the Lord ariseth, or the clearenes of the Lord. 1. Chro. 7. 3
Izreél, the seed of God. Iosh. 15. 56.
K
KAháth, a congregacion. Gen. 46. 11Chaath
Choath
Kainán, a biar, or owner. Gen. 5. 9
Káin, a possession. Gen. 4. 1
〈◊〉
Kamuél, God is risen. Gen. 22. 21
Karéah, balde. 2. King. 25.
¶ Kedár, blackenes. Gen. 25. 13
Kédem. East. Ierem. 49. 26
Kéren-happúch, the horne of beautie
Kallaiáh, the voyce of the Lord. Nehem. 12. 19.
〈◊〉
¶ Kish, harde, or sore. 1. Sam. 9. 1.
¶ Kolaiáh, the voyce of the Lord. Nehem. 11. 2,
〈◊〉
Korah, balde. Gen. 36. 5
Koré, crying. 1. Chro. 9. 19
¶ Kushaiá, hardenes. 1. Chro. 15. 17.
L
LAadáh, to gather, or testifie. 1. Chro. 4. 21
Laadán, for pleasure. 1. Chro. 7. 26
〈◊〉
Labán, white. Gen. 24. 29
Laél, to God, or to the mightie. Nomb. 3. 24
〈◊〉
Láhad, to praise. 1. Chro. 4. 1.
Lamuél, with whome is God? Prou. 31. 1
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Lehabim, enflamed. Gen. 10. 13
〈◊〉
Lémech, poore, or smitten. Gen. 4. 18Lamech
Lappidóth lightenings. Iudg. 4. 4
〈◊〉
, hammer men. Gen. 25. 3
Leui, ioyned, or coupled, Gen. 29. 34
Leáh, painful, or wearied. Gen. 29. 16
¶ Lobin, whitenes. Exod. 6. 17
〈◊〉
Lot wrapped, or ioyned. Gen. 11. 26
〈◊〉
¶ Lud, a natiuitie, or generacion. Gen. 10. 22
¶ Lysias, dissoluing. 1. Mat. 3. 32.
Lysimachus, dissoluing battel. 2. Mac. 4. 29
M
MAachathi, broken. 2. King. 25. 23.
〈◊〉
Mahaziōth, seing a signe. 1. Chro. 25. 4
Mahseiáh, the protectiō of the Lord. Iere. 32. 12
Mahlá, weakenes, or a dance. Nomb. 26. 33
〈◊〉
Maasai, my worke. 1. Chro. 9. 12Maasei
Maaseiáh, the worke of the Lord. 1. Chro. 15. 18Maasias
Maaziáh, the strength of the Lord. 1. Chr. 24, 18Maasaios
Makáz, finishing, or watching. 1. King. 4. 9Machabani
Macbanái, my poore sonne. 1. Chro. 12. 13
Machi, poore, or a smiter. Nomb. 13. 16
Machir, selling, or knowing. Gen. 50. 23
Madái, a measure, or iudging. Gen. 10. 2
Madán, strife. Gen. 25. 2
〈◊〉
Magdalena, magnified, or exalted. Mat. 27. 56
Magdiél, preaching God. Gen. 36. 43
Magôg, couering, or melting. Gen. 10. 2Mahalon
Mahalah, infirmitie, or sickenes. 2. Chro. 11. 18
Maharái, hasting. 2. Chro. 11. 30
Mahath, wiping away, or fearing. 1. Chro. 6. 35
Malachi, my messenger. Malach. 1. 1
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
, praising God. Gen. 5. 12
〈◊〉
Mamzér a bastard. Deut. 23. 2.
Manahém, a comforter. 2. King. 15. 14
Manōach, rest. Iudg. 13. 2
〈◊〉
Maonathi
Maón, a dwelling place. Iosh. 15. 55
Mordechái, bitter, contricion. Ester. 2. 5
Marthá, bitter, or prouoking. Luk. 10. 38
Mattán, a gift. 2. Chro. 23. 17
〈◊〉
Mattani, Mattaniáh, Matthaniáh, Matthatáh
〈◊〉
his gift. Ezr. 10. 33
〈◊〉
Mattithia, a gift of the Lord. 1. Chro. 9. 31Mathias
Malchiél, God is my King. Gen. 46. 17
〈◊〉
Malchiáh, the Lord my Kyng. Ierem. 21. 1
〈◊〉
Malchi-zédek, Kyng of righteousnes. Gen. 14.
〈◊〉
18
Malchishúa, my Kyng the sauiour. 1. Sam. 14. 49
¶
〈◊〉
, how good is God! Gen. 36. 39
Mehumán, troubled. Ester. 1. 10.
〈◊〉
Mehuiaél, teaching God. Gen. 4. 18
Methushaél, asking death. Gen. 4. 18
Metushèlah, spoyling his death. Gen. 5. 21.
Melatiáh, deliuerance of the Lord. Nehem. 3. 7.Meltirs.
Menelaus, strength of the people. 2. Mac. 4. 23.
Menasheh, forgettin. Gen. 41. 51.
〈◊〉
Meraióth, bitternes. 1. Chro. 9. 11.
〈◊〉
Méred, rebellious. 1. Chro. 4. 17.
Meshá, saluacion. 1. Chro. 2. 42.Mousa
Messhelemiáh, the peace of the Lord. 1. Chro. 26. 1.
Meshullám, peaceable. 2. King. 22. 3.
Mephiboshéth, shame of mouth. 2. Sam. 4. 4.
Méshech prolonging. Gen. 10. 2.
Milcháh, a woman of counsel. Gen. 11. 29.
〈◊〉
Milchóm, their King, or counseller, the idole of the Ammonites. 2. King. 23. 13.
Mizzáh, a dropping, or consuming. Gen. 36, 13.
Micháh, poore, or smitten, or who is here? 2.
〈◊〉
Chro. 34. 20.
〈◊〉
Michaiáh, who is like the Lord? 2. King. 22. 12.
〈◊〉
Michael, who is like God? 1. Chro. 7. 3.
Michal, who is perfect? 1. Sam. 14. 49.
Mishael, who demandeth? Exod. 7. 22.
〈◊〉
Miriám, exalted, or teaching. Exod. 6. 20.
Mithredath, dissoluing the Law. Ezr. 1. 8.
¶ Moáb, of the father. Gen. 19. 36.
Moshéh, drawne vp. Exod. 10. 2.
Mozá, founde, or vnleauened. 1. Chro. 2. 46.
¶ Musach, anointing. 2. King. 16. 18.
Mushi, departing. Exod. 6. 19.
N
NAamáh, beautiful. Gen. 4. 22.
〈◊〉
.
Naamán, faire, or beautiful. Gen. 46. 21.
Naaráh, a maide, or watching. Iosh. 16, 7
Naariáh, a childe of the Lord. 1. Chro. 3, 22Nebo
Nabaiōth, buddes, or prophecies. Gen. 25. 13.Naboth
Nabál, a foole. 1. Sam. 25. 3.
Nadáb, a prince, or liberal. Exod. 6. 23.
Naggái, clearenes, Luk. 3. 25.
Nahaliél, the inheritance of God. Nomb. 21. 19.
Nahám,
〈◊〉
, a comforter, or repentant.
〈◊〉
1. Chro. 4. 19.
Nahás, a serpent. 1. Chro. 4. 12.
Nahôr, hoarse, or angrie. Gen. 11. 22.
Naioth, beautie, or a dwelling place. 1. Sam. 19. 18.
Naphtali, wrastling, or comparison. Genes. 30. 8
〈◊〉
, giuen. 2. Sam. 5. 14.
¶ Nebuchad-nezzár, which is written for the
〈◊〉
. moste parte in Ieremie, and some times in Ezekiel, Nebuchadrezzar, signifieth the mourning of the generacion.
Nepheg, weake. 2. Sam. 5. 15.
Nephtúim, an opening. Genes. 10. 13.
Ner, a light. 1. Sam. 14. 51.
〈◊〉
the gift of God. 2. Chro. 35. 9.
〈◊〉
, a gift of the Lord. 2. Sam. 25. 23.
¶ Nimrod, rebellious. Gen. 10. 8.Nemrod.
¶ Noadiáh, the witnessing, or testificacion of the Lord. Ezr. 8. 33.
Noáh rest. Gen. 5. 29.
Nogah, brightnes. 1. Chro. 14. 16.
¶ Nun, sonne, or posteritie. Nomb. 13. 9.
OObdiah
OBadiáh, seruant of the Lord. 1. Chro. 3. 21.
〈◊〉
Obed, a seruant. Iudg. 9. 26.
Obed-edóm, the seruant of Edóm, or a seruant
Edomite. 2. King. 6. 10
Obil, borne, or broght. 1. Chro. 27. 30.
¶Omár, speaking, or exalting. Gen. 36. 11
¶Onán, sorow, strength. Gen. 36. 23Om. in
Onán, sorow, or iniquitie. Gen. 38. 4Aunan
¶Ophél, a towre, or darkenes. 2. Chro. 17. 3
Ophit, ashes. Gen. 10. 28
〈◊〉
¶Ornán, reioycing. 1. Chro. 21. 18
Orpáh, a necke. Ruth. 1. 4
Ortosias, testified. 1. Macc. 15. 37.
¶Othni, my time. 1. Chro. 26. 7
Otholiáh, time to the Lord. 1. Chro. 8. 26
Othoniél, the time of God. Iosh. 15. 17
¶Ozaziáh, the strength of the Lord. 1. Chro.Oziáh 15. 21
Ozziel, the helpe of God. 1. Chro. 27. 19
P
PAgiél, God hathe met. Nomb. 1. 13
Palál, praying or iudging. Nehem. 3. 25
Palti, deliuerance. Nomb. 13. 10Phalall
Paltiél, deliuerance of God. Nomb. 34. 36
Palú, marueilous. Gen. 46. 19Phaltias
Paróh, vengeance. Exod. 8. 1
Paruáh, florishing, or fleing. 1. King. 4. 17
Pashúr, encreasing libertie. Ierem. 20. 3
¶Pedahél, the redemption of God. Nōb. 34. 28.
Pedah-zúr, a mightie redemer. Nomb. 1. 10Phadassur
Pedaiah, the Lords redeming. 2. King. 22. 1
Pekaiáh, the Lords opening. 2. King. 15. 22
Pelaiáh, the miracle of the Lord. 1. Chro. 3. 24
Pelaiáh, a miracle of the Lord. Nehem. 8. 7
Pelatiáh, deliuerance of the Lord. 1. Chro. 3. 21Phalatias
Péleg, a diuision. Gen. 10. 25Phaltias
Pélet, deliuerance. 1. Chro. 2. 33
〈◊〉
, seing God. 1. Chro. 4. 4Phanuel
Péresh, a horseman. 1. Chro. 7. 16
Pérez, a diuision. Gen. 38. 29
Perudáh, a diuision. Ezr. 2. 55
Pethaiáh, the Lord openeth. Ezr. 10. 23
¶Picól, the mouth of all. Gen. 21. 22Phicol
Pinehás, a bolde countenance. Nomb. 25. 7
¶Puah, a mouth. Gen. 46. 13.
〈◊〉
R
RAamiáh, thondre of the Lord. Nehem. 7. 7
Raddái, ruling. 1. Chro. 2. 14
Raháb, proude, or strong. Iosh. 2. 1.
Rahám, mercie, or compassion. 1. Chro. 2. 44
Rahél, a shepe. Gen. 29. 9
Rám, high. 1. Chro. 2.
Ramiáh, exaltacion of the Lord. Ezr. 10. 25
Raphá, release, or medecine. Gen. 46. 21
¶Reaiáh, a vision of the Lord. 1. Chro. 5. 5
Réba, the fourth. Iosh. 13. 21
Rechab, a rider. 2. King. 10. 15
Reelaiáh, a shepherd to the Lord. Ezr. 2. 2Roboam
Rehabeam, dilating the people. 1. King. 11. 43
Rehúm, pitieful, or pitied. Ezr. 2. 2
Remaliáh, the exaltation of the Lord. 2. Kyng. 15. 27Raphael
Rephaél, medecine of God. 1. Chro. 26. 7
Rephaiáh, medecine of the Lord. 1. Chro. 3. 21
Reú, his shepherd. Gen. 11. 19
Reubén, the sonne of vision, so named, because the Lord did see his mothers affliction Gen. 29. 32
Reuel, a shepherd of God. Exod. 2. 19
〈◊〉
Rezón, a secretarie, or leane. 1. King. 11. 23
¶Ribái, strife, or encreased. 2. Sam. 23. 29Rebecca
Ribkáh, fed. Gen. 22. 23Rebekáh
Rinnáh, song, or reioycing. 1. Chro. 4. 20
Riphath, medecine, or release. Gen. 10. 3
¶Rogel, a foteman, or an accuser. Iosh. 15. 8
¶Ruth, watered, or filled. Ruth. 1, 4.
S
SAbtáh, a compasse, or olde age. Gen. 10. 7Sabatha
Sabteca, the cause of smiting. Gen. 10. 7
Saráh, a ladie, or dame. Gen, 17. 15
Sarai, my dame, or mastres. Gen. 11. 29Saba
¶Sebá, a compasse. Gen. 10. 7
Séled, affliction. 1. Chro. 2. 30
Semachiáh, cleauing to the Lord. 1. Chro. 26. 7.Sheal
¶Shaál, Shaúl, asked. Ezr. 10. 29. 1. Sam. 9. 2Saaph
Sháaph, flying, or thinking. 1. Chro. 4. 7
Shabbethái, my rest. Nehem. 11. 16
Shachir, wages. 1. Chro. 11. 35
Shage, ignorant. 1. Chron. 11. 34Sellum
Shallum, peaceable. 2. King. 15. 10Sallum
Shalman, peaceable. Hose. 10. 15
〈◊〉
Shalmon, peaceable. Ruth. 4. 21Shalma
Shamgár, desolation of the stranger. Iudg. 3. 31Salmon
Shammáh, desolation, destruction. 1. Sam. 16. 9Shamma
Shammúa, obedient. Nomb. 13. 5
Shaphán, a conie, or one hidde. 1. Chro. 5. 12
Shaphát, a iudge. Nom. 13. 6
Sharézer, a treasurer. 2. King. 19. 37
Shealthiél, asked of God. Hag. 1. 1Salathiel
Sheariáh, the gate of the Lord. 1. Chro. 8. 38Shaba
Shebá,
〈◊〉
. Gen. 10. 7
Shebarim, hope. Iosh. 7. 5
Sheber, hope, or wheat. 1. Chro. 2. 48Sechia
Shecaniáh, the habitation of the Lord. 1. Chro. 3. 21
Shéchem, a parte, or portion. Nom. 26. 31
Shedeúr, a field of fyre, or the light of the almightie. Nomb. 1. 5
Shegúb, exalted. 1. King. 16. 34
Shehariáh, the morning of the Lord. 1. Chr. 8. 26
〈◊〉
Sheir, rough, or heerie. Gen. 36. 20
Sheláh, dissoluing. Gen. 38. 5
Sheláh, sending, or spoiling. Gen. 10. 24
〈◊〉
Shelemiáh, peace of the Lord. Ezr. 10. 39
Shéleph, drawing out. Gen. 10. 26
Shélesh, a captaine. 1. Chro. 7. 35
Shelomith, peaceable. Leuit. 24. 11
Shelomóh, peaceable. 2. Sam. 5. 15
Shelumiél, the peace of God. Nomb. 1. 6Ishmaiah
Shemaiáh, hearing the Lord. 1. Chro. 4, 37
Shemariáh, the keping of the Lord. Ezr. 10. 32
Shémed, destroying. 1. Chro. 8. 12
Shémer, a keaper. 1. King. 16. 24
Shemidá, a name of knowledge. Nomb. 26. 32Semuel
Shemuél, appointed of God. Nom. 3. 4Samuel
Shemuêl, heard of God. 1. Sam. 1. 20
Shephatiáh, the Lord iudgeth. 2. Sam. 3. 4Seraiah
Sheraiáh, a prince of the Lord. 1. Chro. 4. 14
Sherúgh, a bough, or plante. Gen. 11. 20
〈◊〉
Sheth, set, or put. Gen. 4. 25
Shethár, a remnant, or hid. Est. 1. 14
Sheuá, vanitie. 1. Chro. 2. 49
Shiciáh, the protection of the Lord. 1. Chr. 8. 10
〈◊〉
Shimei, hearing, or obedient. Exod. 6. 17
〈◊〉
Shimeón hearing, or òbedient. Gen. 29. 33.
〈◊〉
Shimshon, there the seconde time, because the
〈◊〉
Angel appeared the seconde time at the prayer of his father. Iud. 13. 24
Shiphtán, a iudge. Nomb. 34. 24
Shipráh, faire. Exod. 1. 15
Shobáb, returned. 2. Sam. 5. 14.
〈◊〉
Shobál, a path. Gen. 36. 20
Shobnáh, a buylder. 2. King. 8. 18.
Shúa, crying, or sauing. Gen. 38. 2
〈◊〉
Shuáh, praying, or humiliation. Gen. 25. 2
〈◊〉
Shubaél, the returning of God. 1. Chr. 24. 20
Shuháh, a pitre. 1. Chron. 4. 11
Shumathi, renoumed. 1. Chro. 2. 53
Shuni, changed, or sleping. Gen. 46. 16
¶Sithri, my secret. Exod. 6. 22
¶Sodi, my secret. Nomb. 13. 11
¶Suáh, rooting vp. 1. Chron. 7. 36
T
TAbeél, good God. Isa. 7. 6
Tahásh, hasting. Gen. 22. 24
Taháth, feare. 1. Chro. 6. 37
〈◊〉
Talmái, a forow. Iosh. 15. 14
〈◊〉
Tamár, a palmetree. Gen. 38. 6
Tanhúmeth, consolation. Ier. 40, 8.
Talmón, dew prepared. 1. Chr. 9. 17
Tapháth, a litle one. 1. King. 4. 11.
¶Tebáh, a cooke. Gen. 22. 24.
Tehinnáh, merciful, or prayer. 1. Chr. 4. 12
Térah, smelling. Gene. 11. 24.
¶Tiknáh, hope. 2. King. 22. 14
Tilón, murmuring. 1. Chro. 4. 20
〈◊〉
Tirás, a destroyer. Gen. 10. 2
Tirhanáh, a searcher of mercie. 1. Chro. 2. 48
Tiriá, a searche. 1. Chro. 4. 16
¶Tóah, a dearte. 1. Chron. 6. 34
Tobiáh, the Lord is good. Ezr. 2. 60
To garmáh, strong, or bonie. Gen. 10. 3
〈◊〉
Tóhu, liuing. 1. King. 1. 1
Tolá, a worme. Gen. 46. 13
〈◊〉
Tom, at wine: Mat. 10. 3
¶Tubál, borne, or broght, or worldlie. Ge. 10. 2
Tubál-káin, worldlie possession. Gen. 4. 22
V
VAniáh, nourishmēt of the Lord. Ezr. 10. 36
〈◊〉
Vashni, changed. 1. Chro. 6. 28
Vashti, drinking. Est. 1. 9
¶Vopsi, a thing brokē, or patched. Nom. 13. 15
¶Vri, my light. 1. Chro. 2. 20Hur
〈◊〉
, the light of the Lord. 2. Sam. 11. 3Ourias
Vrièl, light or fyre of God. 2. Chr. 13. 2
¶Vthái, mine iniquitie, or time. 1. Chro. 9. 4
¶Vzál, wandering. Gen. 10. 27
Vzzáh, strength. 1. Chro. 6. 29. 2. Sam. 6. 3
〈◊〉
Vzzi, my strength. 1. Chr. 6. 5
Vzziél, the strength of God. 1. Chro. 7. 7
Z
ZAauan, trembling. Gen. 36. 27
Zabád, a dowrie. 1. Chro. 2. 36
Zabadiáh, a dowry of the Lord. 1. Chro. 8. 15
Zabdiél, a dowrie of God. 1. Chro. 27. 2
Zaccúr, mindeful. 1. Chro. 4. 26
Zachái, pure. Ezr. 2. 9
〈◊〉
Zachariáh, mindeful of the Lord. 1. Chro. 5. 7
Zadok, iustified, or iuste. 2. Sam. 8. 17
Zalmonáh, our image. Nom. 33. 41
Zanoáh, forgetfulnes. Nehem. 11. 30
¶Zebulún, a dwelling. Gen. 30. 20
Zeeb, a wolfe. Iudg. 7. 25
Zelophehád, a shadow offeare. Nom. 26. 33
Zemiráh, a song. 1. Chro. 7. 8
Zephaniáh, the hiding of the Lord. 2. King. 25. 18
Zephi, a honie combe. Gen. 36. 11
Zéra, clearenes, or rising vp. Gen. 36. 13
Zeraiáh, the Lord arising. 1. Chro. 6. 6
Zeresh, scattering heritage. Est. 5. 10
Zerubbabél, strange from confusion, or a stranger at Babel. Hag. 1. 1
Zethan, their oliue. 1. Chro. 26. 22
¶Zia, swete, or swelling. 1. Chro. 5. 13
Zidkiáh, the iustice of the Lord. 2. King. 24. 17
Zidón, a hunter. Gen. 10. 15
Zimri, a song. 1. Chro. 2. 6
Ziphoráh, amounting. Exod. 2. 21
¶Zohéth, a separation. 1. Chro. 4. 20
¶Zuph, a watch, or a couering. 1. Chro. 6. 35
Zuriél, the rocke of God. Nom. 3. 35
Zurishadái, the rocke of the almightie. Nō. 1. 6
A TABLE OF THE PRINCIPAL THINGS THAT ARE CONTEINED IN THE Bible, after the ordre of the alphabet. The first nomber noteth the chapter, and the seconde the verse.
A
AAron and his doings, exod. 4. and 10 and 28. and 29. leuit. 2, 10. nomb. 17. 3. ebr. 9. 7
aaron and miriam speake agaynste
〈◊〉
, nom. 12. 1
aaron, elo quent, exod. 4. 14
¶Abba, father. marke. 14. 36. roma. 8. 15 gal. 4. 6
abdon, a iudge in Israel. iud. 12. 13
abell, a citie where dwelte the wise. 2. sam. 20, 18
abiathar the sonne of ahi-melech, and hys doyngs. 1. sam. 22. and 23. 1. kin. 1. and 2
abigail the
〈◊〉
of nabal. 1. sam. 25. 3
abihu burnt with fyre frome the Lord. leuit, 10. 2
abihu seeth god in sina. exod. 24. 10
abiiam king of iudah. 1. king. 15. 1
abimelech king of gerar, ād his doings. gen. 20 and 26
abimelech the sonne of gideon murdereth his brethren, and after reigneth in israel. iudg. 9
abishai pursueth sheba. 2. sam. 20. 10
abner, his doings and his death. 1. sam. 17. 55. vnto the 2. sam. 3
the Abomination of the Iewes. isa. 1. 3. of Ierusalem. eze. 16. 1
abraham and hys doings, frome the 12 of gen. vnto the 25. his faith. rom. 4. 3. ebr. 11. 17
abraham a prophet. gen. 20. 7
absalom ād his doings, from the 2. sam. 13 vnto the 19
absent from god. 2. cor. 5. 6
the Abstinence of moses & eliiah. exod. 34. 28. 1. king. 19. 8
abundance cometh of god. deu. 8. 17
¶Accesse to GOD by Christ. rom. 5. 2 ephes. 2. 18 and 3. 12
euenie man shal giue Accountes of him self to god, rom. 14. 12
christe is Accursed for oure sakes. gal. 3. 13
achan the sonne of carmi stoned and burnt to death. iosh. 7. 25
achior. iud. 5. 5 and 14. 6
achish king of gath. 1. sam. 21. 11 & 27. 2
¶Adā ād his creation. gen. 1. 27 and 2. 7
adam laboreth. gen. 3. 23
adam the figure of christ, rom. 5. 14
adam the first, adā the last. 1. cor. 15. 45
adoni-bezek king. iudg. 1. 6
adoniiah dauids sonne, and his ambition. 1. king. 1 and 2
adopted in Christ. ephe. 1. 5. rom. 9. 4. gatal. 4. 5
adoram stoned to death. 1. king. 12. 18
aduersitie and prosperitie are of God. iob 2. 10. prouer. 3. 33
adulterie forbidden. gen. 26. 10. exod. 20, 14. 1. cor. 6. 9. ebr. 13. 4
adulterie must be auoided. exod. 20 14. prou. 5. 3. 1. cor. 10. 8. 1. thes. 4. 3
the Adulterie of dauid. 2. sam. 11. and 12
our Aduocate towarde god the father, Iesus christ. 1. iohn 2. 1
¶degrees of Affinitie. leuit. 18
the Affliction ād crosse of dauid for hys sinne. 2. sam. 12. 10
The afflictions of this present time are not worthie, &c. rom. 8. 18
affliction to them, that
〈◊〉
in anie other then in god. deut. 31. 17
affliction to them that afflict the faythful. 2. thes. 1. 6
to Afflict the soule for a day, isa. 58. 5
¶Agabus the prophete. act. 11. 28 and 21. 10
agag king of the amalekites. 1. sam. 15. 9
agre with thine aduersarie. mat. 5. 25
agrippa king. act. 25. 13
¶Ahab and his wicked doyngs, frome the 16 of. 1. king. vnto the 22
ahaziah the sonne of ahab, and hys doings. 1. king.
〈◊〉
. 49. 2. king. 1. 2
ahaziah the sonne of ioram, and hys doings. 2. king. 8
ahaz king of iudah, an idolater. 2. kings. 16. 11
ahiah the sonne of Ahitub. 1. sam. 14. 3
ahimaaz. 2. sam. 17. 17 and 18. 19
ahimelech, 1. sam. 21. 1. and 22. 9
ahithophel and hys doyngs. 2. sam. 15. and 16 and 17
aholah and Aholibah. eze. 23. 4
aholiab, an excellent workeman. exod. 31. 6
¶our Aide of christ. ebr. 4. 14
the Aide of Israell is of GOD, deut. 33. 26
¶Alcimus a wycked man, 1. macc. 7. 9. and 9. 54
alexander the coppersmith. 2. tim. 4. 14
alexander the sonne of antiochus epiphanes. 1. mac. 10. 1
almes dedes are pleasant sacrifices. philip. 4. 18
gyue not thyne Almes grudgyngly. 2. cor. 9. 7
christ our Altar. ebr. 13. 10
the Altar and the forme thereof. exod. 20. 24
the Altars of the gentiles. exod. 34. 13
¶Amalekites, exod. 17. 8. nomb. 14. 25 deut, 25. 17. 1. sam. 15. 2
amasa the head of absaloms armie, 2. sam. 17. 25, and 20. 4
amaziah king of iudah. 2. king. 14. 1
amaziah the prieste of beth-el, Amos 7. 10
ammonites. gen. 19. 38. deut. 23. 3. iudg. 11, 4. 2. sam. 10
amnon defileth hys sister Tamar. 2. sam. 13
amon kyng of iudah, wicked, 2. kyng. 2. 19 and 20
amorites. gen. 14. 7. deut, 2. 24 and 20. 17 iudg. 1. 34. 1. sam. 7. 4
amos the prophet, amos 1. 1
amram the sonne of kohath. exod. 6. 28
¶io shua killeth the Anakims, iosh. 11. 21. iudg. 1. 20
ananias and hys wife Sapphiras death. act. 5. 10
ananias the chief priest. act. 23. 2
ananias the disciple of christ. act. 9. 10
andronicus is slaine, 2. mac. 4. 38
the seuentie Ancients of the people of israel. nomb. 11. 16
angels and their creation, col. 1. 15
the Angel denyeth to be worshiped. reuel, 19. 10. and 22. 9
the Aungel guideth the hoste of Israel. exod. 14. 19
the Aungell sheweth of Christs birth. luk. 2. 10
angels kepers of the litle ones. mat. 18. 10. peters Angel. act. 12. 15
the Aungels minister vnto christ. mat. 4. 11. they comforte hym in the garden, luk. 22. 43
angels the ministers of god, ebr. 1. 7
the thre Angels that abraham receyued into hys house. gen. 18. 5. lot also receiueth two, 19. 3
to be Angrie with thy brother, is damnable, mat. 5. 22
anna the mother of To bie the yonge. tob. 11. 9
anna the prophetesse, luk. 2. 36
annas father in lawe to Caiaphas. iohn. 18. 13
be readye alwayes to gyue an Aunswere of the hope that is in you. 1. pet. 3. 15
antichrist, who? 1. iohn 2. 22. and 4. 3. 2. thes, 2. 3
the Antiochians, firste that were named christians, act. 11. 26
antiochus epiphanes. 2. macc. 2. 20. and 9, 1
antiochus eupator. 1. mac, 6. 17. 2. mac. 10. 10. and 13. 1
¶Apollonius discomfited by ionathan, 1. mac, 10. 82
apollos a learned man, act. 18. 24
the Apostles afflicted for Christs sake. act. 4. 3. 5. 18
the Apostles aske who is the greatest in the kingdome of heauen. mat. 18. 1
the Apostles firste sent to the Iewes. mat. 10. 6
the Apostles shall iudge the twelue tribes. mat. 19. 28
apostles why they were ordeined in the church. 1. cor. 1. cor. 1. 28
god iudgeth not accordynge to the appearance. 1. sam. 16. 7
¶Aquila and priscilla do herberthe Church. 1. cor. 16. 19
the ruine of the Arabians, Isa. 21. 14
¶king Arad slayne. nomb. 21. 3
the Aramites. 2. sam. 8. and 10. 2. kyng. 5. and 6. and 7. and 8
araunáh selieth his threshyng floore to dauid. 2. sam. 24. 24
mamré a citie of Arbáh, called also hebrón, gen. 35. 27
aristarchus felo we prisoner with paul, col. 4. 10
the Arke of GOD, the forme and vse thereof, exod. 25. 10. deut, 10. 3 and 3. 26. iosh. 3. 3. 1. sam, 4. vnto the 7. 2. sa. 15. 24
the Arke of noáh, genes. 6. 14, and 7, 1, 1. pet. 3. 20
the stretched out Arme of god. 1. king 8. 42
arpachshad, his birth ād age, gen. 11. 10 and 12
flee Arrogancie, rom. 12. 3
¶ Asa king of iudáh, and hys doings. 1. king. 15. 8
asahelioabs brother slayne, 2. sam. 2. 23
asaph the brother of hemán, chanter. 1. chro. 6. 39
asher iaakobs sonne. gene. 30. 13. hys blessing and hys portion, deut. 33. 24 iosh. 19. 24
ashima the idole that the men of hamath made in samaria, 2. kynge, 17. 30
ashtaroth, the idole that the Iewes wor shipped. iudg, 2. 3 and 13. 7
paul is forbid to preache in Asia. act. 16. 6. at length he preacheth there. act. 19. 10
Askelon taken by iuda. iudg. 1. 18
iesus entreth on an Asse into Ierusalem. mat. 21. 7
Asses in vse among the israelites, gene. 42. 26. iudg. 12. 14
the Asse of Balaam speaketh. nomb. 22. 28
ashur went out of the lande of shynor. gen. 10. 11
assuerus kyng, his doings and his lawes in the boke of Ester.
¶ Athaliah reygneth ouer iudah. 2. king. 11. 3
paul reproueth the Athenians, for their superstitions. act. 17. 22
¶ Azariah reigneth in stead of his father amaziah, and is striken with a leprosie, 2. king. 15. 1. and 5
azariah the prophe, 2. chron. 15. 1
B
BAal-perazim, a certeine place, 2. sam. 5. 20
baal peor, an idole: the israelites for ioyning them selues thereunto, are put to death, nom. 25. 3. deut. 4. 3
baanah and rechab kyll ish-bosheth. 2. sam. 4. 6
baasha, kyng of Israel, and his doyngs, 1. king. 15. 16
the destruction of Babel fore spoken, isa. 13
the buyldynge of Babels towre. gene. 11. 4
babes in christ. 1. Cor. 3. 1
against Beblers, ecclesiasti. 20. 5
bachides, captaine of kyng demetrius armie, disconfited. 1. mac. 9. 68
backe byting forbidden. leuit. 19. 16 ecclesiast. 4. 4. pro. 26. 22. 1. pet. 2. 2
backe bytyng is to be auoyded. 1. pet. 2. 1
bago as, the eunuch. iud. 12. 11
balaam, the sonne of beor. nomb. 22 and 23 and 24. 2. pet. 2. 15. he is slaine iosh. 13. 22
balak, king of the moabites. nomb. 22. and 24
iust Balances. leuit. 19. 36
one Baptisme. ephes. 4. 5
iohn sent to Baptize. ioh. 1. 33
the disciples of Christe Baptize. iohn. 24
christ is Baptized, mat. 3. 15
to be Baptized in the name of the Father, &c. or of Iesus. mat. 28. 19. Act. 2. 38
to be Baptized vnto christ, is to put on christ. rom. 6. 3. gal. 3. 27
We are Baptized vnto the deathe of christ. rom. 6. 3
christ Baptized with the holie gost and with fyre. mat. 3. 11. mark. 1. 8. luk. 3. 16. ioh. 1. 16
barrabbas, the murtherer, luke, 23. 18. iohn 18. 40
barake and deborah deliuer Israell. iudg. 4
baruch ieremiahs scribe. ier. 36. 4
barzillai, and his doyngs. 2. sam. 19. 31. 1 king. 2. 7
the Bastarde shall not entre into the congregation of the Lorde, Deut. 23. 2
¶ priests are forbid to shaue their heads or Beards. leuit. 21. 5
the shauen Beard was a signe of sorowe to the Iewes. isa. 15. 2
creation of Beasts. gen. 1. 24
paul foght with Beastes at Ephesus. 1. cor. 15. 32
beasts cleane and vncleane. leuit. 11. 2. deut. 14. 4
when thou goest to Bed, thynke on gods worde. deut. 11. 19
behemoth, and hys propertie. Iob. 40. 10
bela, a citie, called also zoar. gene. 14. 2
beleue in Iesus Christe, and thy sinnes shal be forgiuen. act. 10. 9
to Beleue is the gift of God. mat. 13. 11. and 16. 17. iohn. 6. 44
to hym that Beleueth, all things are possible. mar. 9. 23
he that Beleueth in Christe, shall neuer perish. iohn. 3. 15
belshazzár kynge of the Babylonians. dan. 5
benaiáh killeth ioab. 1. king. 2. 34
ben-hadad king of aram, ād his doings. 1. king. 15. 18. 2. chro. 16. 2
beniamin. gene. 35. 18 and 43 and 44 and 45. deut. 33. 12
beth-el or luz. gene. 28. 19. iudg. 1. 23. 1. sam. 10. 3
beth-lehem, called also eprath, gene. 35. 19. mic. 5. 2. luk. 2. 4
bethsaida an vnfaythfull citie. Matt. 11. 21
beth-sheba vriahs wife lyeth with dauid. 2. sam. 11. 4
beth-shemites are punyshed for loking into the arke of the LORD. 1. sam. 6. 19
bethuel the Father of rebekah. gene. 22. 23
betholia is delyuered frome siege. iud. 7
bezaleel an excellent worke man, and his doings, exod. 31. 2 and 35. 30
¶ who Bideth in christ. 1. iohn. 2. 6
how god Bideth in vs. 1. iohn. 3. 24
billiah rahels mayde. genes. 29. 29. and 30. 3
a Bil of diuorcement. deut. 24. 1
to Binde and lose. Matth. 16. 19. Iohn. 20. 23
birdes created. gene. 1. 29
birdes cleane and vncleane. leui. 11. 13
esau estemeth not his Birth right. gene. 25. 32
the office of a true Bishop. 1. tim. 3. tit. 1. 5. 1. pet. 5. 2
bishops must be fautles. tit. 1. 7
the Bishop of our soules, iesus christ. 1. pet. 2. 25
bitternes and fiercenes to be auoyded ephes. 4. 31
¶ the Blasphemer ought to be stoned to death. leuit. 24. 15
blasphemie against the holie gost. mat. 12. 31. mar. 3. 28
the description of a Blessed man. psal. 1. mat. 5. 3
the Blessed of GOD are called shepe. mat. 25. 33
to Blesse god, for to giue thankes vnto him. gen. 24. 27
blessing, for gift. gene. 33. 11. 2. cor. 9. 5
the maner of Blessing the people. nom. 6. 24 and gen. 48. 20
blessyng to those that obeye and serue the lord. exod. 23. 25. deu. 8. 6. and 11. 27 and 28. 2
laye no stomblynge blocke before the Blinde. leuit. 19. 14
the Blinde borne for the glorie of God. iohn. 9. 3
the blinde guide. mat. 15. 14
the Blinde healed by christ. mat. 9. 29
Christ healeth the Blinde with his spitle Mar. 8. 23
Blindnes of heart. Rom. 11. 8. Ephe. 4. 18
The Blood, for the man that is slaine Iosh. 20. 5
By the blood of christ we haue remission of sinnes. Mat. 26. 28. Ebr. 9. 14 1. Pet. 1. 2
¶ Iohn and Iames called Boanerges by christ, and what that is to saye. Mar. 3. 17
Boaz and his doings. Ruth. 2. & 3. & 4
Our Bodies are conse crat vnto christ. 1 Cor. 6. 15. they are the temples of the holie gost. 1. Cor. 6. 19
All the faithful are one Bodie. Rom. 12. 5
To bryng the Bodie in subiection. 1 Cor. 9. 27
The bodie of christ, the church, Eph. 1. 23
Our Bodies are earthen vessels. 2. Cor. 4 7, & 5. 1
To be in the Boke of life. Philip. 4. 3. & and to be raised out of it. Exod. 32. 32
The Bokes of curious artes are burnt Act. 19. 19
Iosiah commandeth to saue the prophetes Bones. 2. King. 23. 18
He that is Borne of god, sinneth not. 1 Iohn. 3. 9
They that are Borne of god. Iohn. 1. 13 1. Iohn. 5. 1
Change not the anciēt Boundes. Deut. 19. 14. 27. 17. Prou. 22. 28. 23. 10
The Bowe in the cloude. Gen. 9. 14
¶ Man liueth not onely by Bread. Deut. 8. 3
We are all one Bread. 1. Cor. 10. 17
Christ, the liuing, Bread. Ioh. 6. 51
The feast of vnleauened Bread. Exo. 23 14. & 34. 18
The breakyng of Bread. Act. 2. 46
The shew Bread. leuit. 24. 5
Bread comforteth the heart. Gen. 18. 5 Iud. 19.
〈◊〉
. Psal. 104. 15
Commune Bread, halowed Bread. 1. Sam 21. 4
To eat Bread in the sweat of the browes Gen. 3. 19
Iaak ob desireth onely Bread to eat, and clothes to put on. Gen. 28. 20
Breaking of Bread. Act. 2. 42
Whome Iaakob calleth his Brethren. Gen. 29. 4
Christ ashameth not to call vs Brethren. Ebr. 2. 11
The Brethren or cousins of Christ beleue not in him. Ioh. 7. 5
Brotherlie loue. Rom. 12. 10
¶ Buggerers shall not possesse the kingdome of heauē. 1. Cor. 6. 9. 1. Tim. 1. 16
Euerie one shal beare his owne Burden Gal. 6. 5
We must beare one anothers Burden. Gal. 6. 2
Burnt offrings. Leuit. 6. 12
The fyrie bush. Exod. 3. 2
The faithful are gods Buylding. 1. Cor. 3. 9
To Buylde vpon christ golde, siluer. &c. 1. Cor. 3. 12
C
CAiaphas and his doings. Mat. 26. 57 Ioh. 11. 49
Ten Caldrons for the temple. 1. King. 7. 38
Caleb and his doings. Nomb. 13. 7. & 14. 6. Iosh. 14. 6
The golden Calf. Exod. 32. It is grounde into powder. 32. 20
Manie Called, and fewe chosen. Mat. 20 16. Rom. 9. 6
Christ is come to Call sinners. Mat. 9. 13
Loue thē that Call vpon the Lord with pure heart. 2. Tim. 2. 22
The goldē Calues of Ieroboam. 1. Kyng 12. 28
Canaan is accursed. Gen. 9. 25
Canaan, a fat, land, flowing with milke and honie. Exod. 3. 8
The land of Canaan is the holie habitation of God. Exo. 15. 13. promised to Abraham. Gen. 12. 7
The sonnes
〈◊〉
Canaan, of whome descended the Canaanites. Gen. 10. 15
The
〈◊〉
discomfited by the tribe of Iudah. Iudg. 1. 4
The Canaanite
〈◊〉
the Israelites Nomb. 14. 45
The Canaanites, that remained, were as thornes to Israel. Iudg. 2. 3
The Canaanitish woman. Mat. 15. 22
The Candlesticke and facion thereof Exod. 25. 31 & 37. 17. & 40. 24
〈◊〉
vnbeieuing citie. Mat. 11. 23
The Caphtorims destroyed the auims. Deut. 2. 23
The Captiuitie of the Kyngs of Iudah fore spoken. 2. Kyng. 20. Ierem. 16. 13 and 20. 4
The Cares of this worlde do choke vp The worde. Mar. 4. 19
Cartes of yron in vse among the Canaanites. Iudg. 1. 19 & 4. 3
God Caryed the children of Israel vpon egles wings. Exod. 19. 4
¶ Cendebeus, captaine of the sea coast. 1. Macc. 15. 38
The Centurion and his faith. Mat. 8. 5
God reiecteth the iewish Ceremonies Isa. 1. 11. & 66. Ebr. 10. 5
The decre of Augustus Cesar. Luk. 2. 1
¶ Chamois. Deut. 14. 5
Eliiah, the Charet of Israel. 2. Kyng. 2. 12
To make him self Chaste for the kingdome of heauen. Mat. 19. 12
Blessed is the man that god Chastiseth. Iob. 5. 17
Chastise thy childe betime. Prou. 13. 24. 19. 18. & 22. 16
Chastitie is the gift of god. Wis. 8. 21
Chemosh the abomination of moab. 1. King. 11. 7
The Cherubims kepe the way of the tre of life. Gen. 3. 24
Offend not litle Children. Mat. 18. 6
The rodde of correction for Children. Prou. 22. 15. Ecclesiasti. 30. 13
The Angels of litle Children. Mat. 11. 10
Childrenas concernyng maliciousnes, and not in vnderstandyng. 1. Cor. 14. 20
Children broght to Christ. Matth. 19. 13.
Christ receiueth the Childe into his armes. Mar. 9. 36
We are the Children of god by faith. Gal. 3. 26
Childrens obedience to their parents. Ephes. 6. 1
Chorazin, a citie that Christ proueth for her vnbelief. Mat. 11. 21
Paul, a Chosen vessel. Act. 9. 15
Christ conceiued. Luk. 1. 35. Isborne Luk. 2. 7. is circumcised. Luk. 2. 21. is baptized. Mat. 3. 15. sent to preache libertie to the captiues. Isa. 61. Luk. 2. 31. and 4. 43. and 5. 52. he speaketh the wordes of God. Iohn. 3. 34. he preacheth that the kingdome of the Messias is at hand, and exhorteth to repē
tance, and to beleue the Gospel.
〈◊〉
. 4. 17. & 9. 35. he is hungrie. Mat. 4. 2. he is wearie. Ioh. 4. 6. he is pore. Mat. 8. 20. he entreth into Ierusalem ridyng vpon an asse. Mat. 21. 7. he is solde by Iudas. Mat. 26. 14. he is buffeted. Mat. 26. 67. he is deliuered to be crucified. Mat. 27. 26. He prayeth for then that persecute him. Luk. 23. 34. he yeldeth vp the gost. Mat. 27. 50. His resurrection. Mat. 28. He is caryed vp into heauen. Mark. 16. 19. Luk. 24. 51
The coming of Christ fore spoken. Nō. 24. 17. Isa. 40. 10
Christ, God eternal. Iohn. 1
Christ greater then Dauid. Matth. 22. 44
Christ promised to Adam. Gen. 3.
〈◊〉
. to Abraham. Gen. 12. 3
Christ sent of god. Iohn. 8. 42
Christ sent to saue the Iewes Matth. 15. 24
Christ without sinne. 1. Pet. 2. 22
False Christs and false Prophetes do great miracles. Mat. 24. 5. 24
Christiane so named first in Antiochia. Act. 11. 26.
Christians are fre. 1. Pet. 2. 16. Iohn. 8. 32
Christians hated of the worlde. Matth
10. 22. Luk. 21. 17
The Church is the house of god. 1. Tim. 3. 15
The Church of god is not contentious. 1. Cor. 11. 16
¶ The Apostles forbid the gentiles to be Circumcised. Act. 15. 28
Circumcise the foresk inne of the heart Deut. 10. 16. & 30. 6. Rom. 2. 29. Colos. 2. 11.
Paul Circumciseth timothie. Act. 16. 3
God Circumciseth our hearts, and why Deut. 30. 6
Abraham commanded to Circumcise his familie. Gen. 17. 9
Circumcision and vncircumcision are nothing. 1. Cor. 7. 19
Circumcision is seruitude. Gal. 2. 4
The seconde Circūcision vnder ioshua. Iosh. 5. 2
We haue no continuing Citie here. ebr. 13. 14
¶ None Cleane before god. Iob. 25. 4
Cleopatra the daughter of Ptolomeus. 1. Macc. 10. 57
The cloude filleth the house of the lord 1. King. 8. 10
The renting of the Clothes a signe of greatheauines. Iosh. 7. 6. Matt. 26. 65. 2. Sam. 1. 11
¶ To heape Coles vpon the head of his enemie. Rom. 12. 20
One ought to Comfort another. 1. Thes. 4. 18. & 5. 14
The Comforter is promised. Ioh. 14. 16 & 15. 26 & 16. 7
The
〈◊〉
Commandements. Deut. 5. 7
Teache thy childe the commādements of God. Deut. 6. 7
Commandements of men, being contrarie to gods, are not to be receiued. Tit. 1. 14
The comming of Christ in the daye of Iudgement. Matth. 24. 30. 2. Pet. 3. 10. Isa. 3. 14. & 13. 9
The Commyng of christ with his Aungels. Mat. 16. 27
The Commyng of the Lord. Malac. 4. 1 Isa. 35. 4. & 62. 11
The Commune vse of goods in the primatiue Churche. Act. 2. 44
The worde Concubine for wife. Iudg. 19. 2
Ashame not to Confesse christ. 2. Tim. 1. 8
To Confesse god, for, to praise hym, is oft times in the Psalmes.
To Confesse that Iesus is Christ, is the gift of God. Mat. 16. 17
Remission to them that Confesse their sinnes. 1. Iohn. 1. 9
Moses Confesseth to God the sinne of the people. Exod. 32. 31
Confession of sinnes commanded to the priests of the Iewes. Leuit. 16. 21.
Confession of thy sinnes to God. 1. King. 8. 47. Psal. 32. 5
Cursed is he that hathe his Confidence in man. Iere. 17. 5
God is not the autor of Confusion, but of peace. 1. Cor. 14. 33
Who ought to be excluded out of the Congregation of the Lord. Deut. 23. 1
The Conscience of the wicked is alwayes feareful. Prou. 28. 1
Christ the Consolation of Israel. Luk. 2. 25
The good Conuersation of christians. Phil. 1. 27. & 3. 17
The
〈◊〉
of saincts shulde prouoke vs to followe their faith. Ebr. 13. 7
Contemners of the worde of god shalbe punished. 1. Sam. 2. 30. Isa. 28. 14
Cornelius the captaine. Act. 10. 1.
Brotherlie correction. Prouer. 27. 5. Mat. 18. 15
They that refuse correction, are threatned of God. Leuit. 26. 22
The Correction of the Lord. Ebr. 12. 5.
It is permitted to Correct thy brother: but to hate him, is forhidden. Leuit. 19. 17
Circumcision the Couenant of God. Gen. 17. 13
The Couenant of god with noah. Gen. 9. 11
Couetousnes is idolatrie. Col. 3. 5
Couetousnes is insatiable. Pro. 27. 20
Couetousnes the roote of all euill. 1. Tim. 6. 10
Couetousnes to be auoided Pro. 15. 16. Isa. 3. 12. Iere. 8. 10. Ephes. 5. 3
Be of good Courage in affliction. Ioh. 16. 33
The Counsels of god are vnsearcheable Rom. 11. 33
The Israelites aske Counsel of god in their affaires. Iudg. 1. 1. & 20. 18. 23. 1. Sam. 10. 22. and herein they vse the helpe of the Prophetes. 1. Sam. 9. 9. 2. King. 22. 13
God breaketh the Counsels of the heathen. Psal. 33. 10
Courteousnes required in christians. Ephes. 4. 32. 1. Cor. 13. 4
Zealous phinehas killeth Cozbi the midianitish harlot. Nomb. 25. 15
¶ Allthings Created by christ. coloss. 1. 16
The Creation of man. Gen. 1. 27
God is our Creator. Deut. 32. 18
The gospel hath bene preached to euerie Creature. colos. 1. 6
Euerie Creature of god is good. 1. Tim. 4. 4
The Creature is subiect to vanitie. Rom. 8. 20
God vseth his Creatures accordyng to his pleasure. Isa. 45. 9
We are new Creatures by faith in christ 2. cor. 5. 17. Gal. 6. 15
They of Creta, lye rs. Tit. 1. 12
The faith of Crispus, and his whole house. Act. 18. 8
Take thy Crosse. Mat. 10. 38. & 16. 24
Paul reioyced in the Crosse of Iesus christ. Gal. 6. 14.
The Crowne of rightousnes. 2. tim. 4. 8
The Crowne of thornes. Mat. 27. 29
Who Crucifie the flesh, and the lusts thereof. Gal. 5. 24
¶ The Cuppe and bread that we receiue in remembrance of christ. 1. cor. 10. 16
The Cuppe, for death and crosse. Mat. 20. 22
Cursed is he that fulfilleth not the law. Gal. 3. 10
Cursed is he that hangeth on the tre. Deut. 21. 23
The Curtaines of the tabernacle. Exo. 26. 5. & 36. 8
Olde Custome can not be forgotten. Prou. 22. 6
¶ Cyrus King of persia, and his doings. Isa. 44. 28. & 45. 1. Ezr. 1. 1
D
DAgon the God of the philistims. 1. Sam. 5. 2
Damar is beleueth in christ. Act. 17. 34
The Damned are called goats. Matth. 25. 32
Daniels doings from the first chapter of his boke to the. 14
Dan the sonne of Iaakob. Gen. 30. 6. & 49. 16. Deut. 33. 22. Iosh. 19. 40
The dedes of Darkenes. Rom. 13. 12
Darius doings. dan. 5. 31. & 6. 14. Ezr. 6. 1
Dathan for his rebellion is consumed with fyre. Nomb. 16
Dauid danceth before the Lord. 2. Sam. 6. 14
Dauid deceiued saul. 1. Sam. 20. 5. he deceiued King a chish. 1. Sam. 27. 10
Dauid despiseth the commandement of the Lord in committing adulterie 2. Sam. 12. 9
Dauid doeth not punish the cursed spa king of shimey. 2. Sam. 16. 10
Dauid lamenteth his sonne amnon. 2. Sam. 13. 31
Dauid of necessitie eateth the shewe loaues. 1. Sam. 21. 6. Mat. 12. 3
Dauid of what stocke he came. Ruth. 4. 17
Dauids doings from the 13. Of the. 1. Sam. to the. 2. of. 1. Kyng.
Dauid slewe a lion. 1. Sam. 17. 34
Dauid vp right before the Lord. 1. king 14. 8. & 15. 3
No difference of Dayes among the faithful. Rom. 14. 5
¶ Debate and strife are workes of darkenes. Rom. 13. 12. 1. Corint. 1. 10. and 11. 16.
Debir, a citie. Iosh. 10. 3 & 15. 15
what is required in Deacons. 1. Ti. 3. 8.
Deacons ordeined in the church by the apostles. Act. 6. 5
we must not excede measure in lamēting the Dead. 1. Thess. 4. 13
Saul seketh to the Dead. 1. Sam. 28. 11.
Seke not to the Dead for aniething. Deut. 18. 11. Luk. 16.
〈◊〉
The Dead shal heare the voyce of the sonne of God, & shal liue. Ioh. 5. 25
Christ fore speaketh his owne Death Matth. 16. 21
Death swalowed vp into victorie. 1 Cor. 15. 54
The seconde Death. Reuel. 20. 14
Death cometh through disobedience. Deut. 30. 17
The day of Death vncerteine. Luke. 12. 40.
Curse not the Deafe. Leuit. 19. 14
Christ healeth the Deafe. Mar. 7. 32
Of Deborah and of barak. Iudg. 5. 1
Deborah, rebekahs nource dyeth. gen. 35. 8.
Deborah the wife of lapidoth. Iudg. 4. 4.
Deceiue not thy brother. Leuit. 19. 14
God wil rewarde euerie one according to his Dedes. Matth. 16. 27
Delilah betrayeth samson. Iudg. 16.
Demetrius, seleucus sonne, & his doings 1. Macc. 7. 1. vnto the 14. of the. 2. boke.
If we Denie Christ, he wil denie vs, 2. Tim. 2. 12
The assurance of the Desperate. Ezek. 33. 10
Dettes not demanded before the yere of redome. Deut. 15. 2.
Christ healeth two possessed of Deuils Matth. 8. 28 & 12. 22
the Deuil confesseth that he knoweth Christ and paul. Mark. 1. 24. Luk. 4. 34. Act. 19. 15
The Deuil is a murtherer. Iohn. 8. 44
The Deuil prince of this worlde. Ephes. 2. 2. Iohn. 12. 31. Colos. 2. 15.
The accuser of the faithful. Reuel. 12. 10.
Our aduersarie and enemie. 1. Peter. 5. 8. Ephes. 6. 12
Deuils driuen out by fasting and prayer. Mat. 17. 21
The Deuil seduceth the woman, and is therefore cursed. Gen. 3.
the King is bounde to read the boke of Deuteronomie, and why. Deutero. 17. 19
Deuteronomie is commanded to be red to women and children. Deut. 31. 12
Deuteronomie is deliuered to the leuites and elders. Deut. 31. 9
Iosiah red the boke of Deuteronomie to the people. 2. King. 23. 2
¶ The Diligence of ministers. 27. 23
Dinah, the daughter of iaakob, rauished Gen. 34. 2
Dionysius an areopagite beleueth in Christ. Actes. 17. 34
Diotrephes reproued for his arrogācie. 3. Iohn. 9
Seuentie Disciples sent to preache. Luk. 10. 1.
The Disciples wherein they may be knowen iohn. 8. 31 & 13. 35
Diseases are the frutes of sinne: Iohn. 5. 14.
In Diseases God ought to be soght vnto 2. King. 1. 16
Disguising raiment is forbidden bothe to man and woman. Deut. 22. 5.
How God hateth Disobedience. 1. Sam. 15. 23
The Disobedient striken with madnes, and blindnes. Deut. 28. 28
The man that Disobeyeth the iudge, shal dye. Deut. 17. 12
He that Disobeyeth God, is subiect to manie curses. Deut. 28. 15
Against Diuorcement. 1. Cor. 7. 10
Diuination forbidden. Leuit. 20. 27. Deut. 18. 10. Isa. 8. 19
He or she that hathe the spirit of Diuina tion, ought to be stoned to death. Leuit. 20. 27
¶ Sounde Doctrine. tit. 2. 8
No Doctrine, but Christs ought to be re ceiued. 2. Iohn. 10. Coloss. 2. 8
Doctrines of deuils. 1. Tim. 4. 1.
Doeg disclosed dauid to saul. 1. Samuel. 22. 9.
Giue not holie things to Dogges. Matth. 7. 6
The Dogge is returned to his womit. 2. Pet. 2. 22
Dommage, that one doeth to another. Exode. 22. 4
The Domme is healed. Mat. 9. 32
The doue
〈◊〉
out of the
〈◊〉
. Genese. 8. 8.
¶ The Dragon, the olde serpent. Reuel. 20. 2.
By Dreames God speaketh to the prophetes. Nomb. 12. 6
Spiritual Drinke. 1. Cor. 10. 4
the Dropsie is healed. Luk. 14. 2
the euils that come of Drunkennes. Prouer. 23. 29
Christ was sclandered to be a Drunkarde. Matth. 11. 19. the Apostles also, Actes. 2. 13
Drunkēnes to be auoyded, euē of kings Prou. 31. 4. Luk. 21. 34. Ephes. 5. 18.
¶ Man is Dust. Gen. 3. 19
the Dust of the feete shaken of against whome. Mat. 10. 14
¶ Manie Dwelling places in the house of God. Ioh. 14. 2
¶ Paul desireth to Dye. Philip. 1. 23
Christ prayeth, not to Dye. Matth. 27. 39.
Christ desireth to Dye for vs. Luke.
〈◊〉
. 50.
It is ordeined for all to Dye once. Ebre. 9. 27.
Christ Dyed for our sinnes. Rom. 4. 25
E
THe Earth is cursed for adams transgression. Gen. 3. 17
The Earth is corrupt. Gen. 6. 11
Man shal returne to the Earth. Gene. 3 19.
To Eat the flesh of Christ. Ioh. 6. 51. 63.
¶ Ebed-melech the blacke more. Ier. 38. 7
Eber and his sonnes. Gen. 10. 25
¶ Esau, why he is called Edom. Gen. 25. 30
Edom denyeth passage to Israel. Nomb. 20. 14
Edom rebelleth from vnder iudah. 2. King. 8. 29
¶ The Egyptians eat not with the ebrewes. Gene. 43. 32. of them loke in Exod. 11. and 12. Deut. 23. 7. Iere. 46. 2. Ezek. 32. 12
Egypt the yron fornace. Deuteronome. 4. 20
¶Ehud a iudge in israel. Iudg. 3. 15
¶The Ekronites and their doings. 1. Sam. 5. 10
¶What condicions the Elders ought to haue. Tit. 2. 2
〈◊〉
the sonne of aaron. Exode. 6. 25 Iosh. 24. 33
Gods purpose is by his Election. Rom. 9. 11
Election of grace. Rom. 11. 5
make your calling and Election sure. 2. Pet. 1. 10
As touching the Election they are loued for the fathers sakes. Rommains. 11. 28.
The Elect haue obteined that israel obteined not. Rom. 11. 7
We knowe that ye are Elect of God. 1. Thess. 1. 4.
Election lyeth in god and not in vs. Rom 9. 11 and 16.
the Elect are fewe in nomber. Matth. 7 14.
Elected before the fundacion of the worlde. Ephes. 1. 4
the elect of God can not be condemned Rom. 8. 34
the Elect were chosen before the funda cions of the worlde. Ephes. 1. 4. 1. Pet. 1. 2
Eli the priest and his doings. 1. Sam. 1. & 2 & 3. & 4.
Eliakim, called also iehoiakim. 2. King. 23. 34
Elias and Eliseus. Luk. 4125. 27
Eliiah the prophet and his doings. 1. King. 17 vnto the 2. King. 2
Elimelech and his wife naomi. Ruth. 1. 2
Elisabetzacharies wife. Luk. 1. 5.
Elisha balde. 2. King. 2. 23.
Elisha doeth good for euil. 2. King. 6. 22.
Elisha, his life and his doings. 1. King. 19 vnto the 2. King. 13
Elisha is called from the plow to prophe cie. 1. King. 19. 19
Elisheba aarons wife. Exod. 6. 23
Elon a iudge in israel. Iudg. 12. 12
Ely mas the sorcerer withstanding pauls preaching. Act. 13. 8
¶Emmanuel. Mat. 1. 23
¶Take from among you al. Euchanters Deut. 18. 11
Enchanters and south sayers driuen out of Israel by saul. 1. Sam. 28. 3
The End of all things is at hand. Peter. 4. 7
He that Endureth to the end, shalbe saued. Mat. 24. 13. 2. Thess. 3. 13
Eneas healed by the meanes of peter. Act. 9. 33
Ioue thine Enemies. Mat. 5. 44. prouerb. 25. 21
Christ prayeth for his Enemies. Luk. 23. 34
〈◊〉
the sonne of sheth. Gen. 4. 26 flee Enuie. Gal. 5. 26. 1. Pet, 2. 1. enuious persones. Prou. 23. 6
¶Ephesians worshiped diana. Actes. 19 35.
Ephraim and his doings. Gen. 41. 52. and 48. 5. 49
The Ephraimites rise vp against gideon Iudg. 8. 1
The Epicures dispute with Paul. Actes. 17. 18
Pauls Epistles hard to be vnderstand. 2. Pet. 3. 16.
¶The Ernest of the spirit in our hearts. 2. Cor. 1. 22. & 5. 5.
¶
〈◊〉
reigneth after saneherib. 2. King. 19. 37
Esau and his doings. Genese 25 vnto the 36.
Who are to be Eschewed. 2. Tim. 3. 5
Ester and her doings. Ester 2. and 4. and 5. and 7.
¶Hate that that is Euil. Rom. 12. 9
Recompense not Euil for euil. Rom. 12. 17.
God turneth the Euil into good Genes. 50. 20. Rom. 8. 28
Do not companie with Euil men. Prou. 24. 1.
We are Euil of nature. Mat. 7. 11. Genes. 6. 5.
an Eunuch, candaces chief gouernour, beleueth in Iesus Christ. Actes. 8. 17.
Eutychus restored to life. Actes. 20. 10
¶He that Exalteth him self, shalbe broght lowe. luk. 18. 14
Examine all things. 1. Thess. 5. 21
Examine thy self before thou come to the supper of the Lord. 1. Corinth. 11. 28
Excommunicate those that loue not Iesus Christ. 1. Cor. 16. 22
The Excommunicacion that paul vsed. 1. Cor. 5. 5
Exorcistes, hurt by the euil spirit. Act. 19. 13
Experience bringeth hope. Rom. 5. 4.
¶The good Eye, Mat. 6. 22.
Eye for Eye. Exod. 21. 24. Mat. 5. 38
F
OLde wiues Fables. 1. Tim. 4. 7. euerie one ought to proue his Faith 2. Cor. 13. 5
Continuance in Faith. Coloss. 1. 23
The shield of Faith. Ephes. 6. 16
Christ prayeth for peters Faith. Luk. 22 32.
The definicion of Faith. Ebr. 11. 1
Faith cometh by hearing. Rom. 10. 17
The apostles praye to haue their Faith increased. Luk. 17. 5.
Faith in God by Christ. 1. Pet. 1. 21. Mat. 12. 21
Faith ioyned with charitie. 1. Tim. 1. 5
Faith is the gift of God. Philip. 1. 29 2. Pet. 1. 3
The end of Faith is the saluacion of our soules. 1. Pet. 1. 9
The Faith of Abraham. Gen. 15. 6 & 24. 7
The Faith of the fathers. Ebr. 11.
By Faith the spirit is receiued. Galat. 3. 2.
By Faith the hearts are purified. Actes. 15 9. Iohn. 15. 3
By Faith we resist the deuil. 1. Pet. 5. 9
Faith without workes is dead. Iames. 2. 17.
The Faithful are the children of Abraham. Rom. 9. 8.
the Faithful shal not come into condem nacion. Iohn. 5. 24
To Fall into the hands of the liuing God Ebr. 12. 31
To Fall vpon the face. Gen. 17. 17. Ruth. 2. 10.
A great Famine in samaria. 1.
〈◊〉
. 18. 2. 2. King. 6. 25
The Famine of gods worde fore spoken Amos. 8. 11
Moses Fasteth fortie daies and fortie nights. Exod. 34. 28. Christ like wise. Matth. 4. 2
fained Fasting. Isa. 58. 3. Zech. 7. 5. Matth. 6. 16.
The father of Christ is our Father. Iohn. 20. 17.
He that knoweth Christ, knoweth the Father. Iohn. 14. 7
Honour thy Father and mother. Mat. 15. 4. Mar. 7. 10
Fathers are charged to teache their chil dren the law of God. Deut. 11. 19
He that beateth his Father, or mother, shal dye the death. Exod. 21, 15. Prou. 20. 20
God doeth right vnto the Fatherles. Deut. 10. 18
The Fatherles. Deut. 14. 29 & 24, 19 and 26. 12 &
〈◊〉
. 19
¶The Feareful must absent them selues from warre. Deut. 20. 8
Learne to Feare God. Deut. 14. 23
The Feare of God is true wisdome. Iob. 28. 28.
The worthiest places at Feasts. Matth. 23. 6
Feasts made at shepeshearings. 2. Samu. 13. 23.
¶God teacheth to Fight. 2. Sam. 22. 35
The Finger of God, for his power. Exo. 8. 19.
The First borne in the land of egypt dye Exod. 11. 4
of First frutes. Exod. 22. 29
The First frutes perteined to the hie priests. Nomb. 5. 9
fishes cleane and vncleane. Leuit. 11. 9.
¶Paul neuer vsed Flatterie. 1. Thessallo. 2. 5.
slee in time of persecution. Mat. 10.
〈◊〉
the dedes of the Flesh. Gal. 5. 17
Man is but Flesh. Genes. 6. 3
To be in the Flesh, for, to liue according to the Flesh. Rom. 7. 5
Flesh and blood, that is, whatsoeuer is in man Matth. 16. 17
The wisdome of the Flesh is death. Rom. 7. 24. & 8. 6
Flesh lusteth against the spirit. Gal. 5. 17.
the Flesh of Christ eaten by faith. Iohn. 6. 54.
The care of the Flesh ought to be reiected. Rom. 13. 14
To eat the Flesh with the blood is forbid. Gen. 9. 4
Be careful ouer your Flockes. Prouerb. 27. 23.
noahs Flood. Gen. 6. & 7 & 8.
The cause of the vniuersal Flood. Gen. 6. 5.
An offring of Floure. Leuit. 2. 1.
¶By the Folde is vnderstand the church Iohn. 10. 16
A Rodde belongeth to the Fooles backe. Prou. 26. 3.
for beare one another. Ephe. 4. 2.
Christ deliuered by the determinant counsel and Foreknowledge of God Act. 2. 23.
We are elect according to the Fore
knowledge of God. 1. Pet. 1. 2
Our Forerunner, christ. Ebr. 6. 20
How oft thou oughtest to Forgiue thy brother. Mat. 18. 21
Fornication ought not to be named among vs. Ephes. 5. 3
Fornicatours shall not inherit the kingdome of God. 1. Cor. 6. 9
Forsake thy father & mother for christs sake. Mat. 19. 29
Forsake thy self. Mat. 16. 24
Fooles. Prou. 12. vnto. 18
The Foxes of samson. Iudg. 15. 4
¶Mans Fragilitie. Isa. 40. 6
The tre is knowen by the frute. Mat. 7. 18.
¶Wo to them that be Ful. Luk. 6.
〈◊〉
¶The piller of Fyre. Exod. 40. 38
Christ is come to put Fyre, on the earth Luk. 12. 41
Euerlastyng Fyre prepared for the deuil. Mat. 25. 41
A law touching the Fyre that cōsumeth the corne. Exod. 22. 6
The Fyrie law. Deut. 33. 2
G
GAal ebeds sonne, and his doings. Iudg. 9. 26
Gad the prophet. 1. Sam. 22. 5. 2. Sam. 24. 11.
Gad the sonne of Iaakob. Gen. 30. 11. & 49. 19. Iosh. 22
The counsel of Gamaliel. Act. 5. 35
The Garment made of linen and wollen forbidden. Deut. 22. 11
Aarons Garments. Exod. 28
The strait Gate leadeth to life. Matth. 7. 13
Iudgement done in the Gates of the citie. Deut. 22, 15
Gatherings for the saintes. 1. Cor. 16. 1
¶Gedaliah is slaine. 2. King. 25. 25
The Gelded shall not entre into the con gregacion of the Lord. Deut. 23. 1
Gentlenes is praise worthie. Prou. 16. 21 Ephes. 4. 2
Election of the Gentiles. Psal. 2. 8, and 18, 47
Israel is forbidden to be at peace with the Gentiles. Deut. 7. 2
The conuersion of the Gentiles. Isa. 2. 2. Act. 11. 17. & 14. 27
The holie gost fell vpon the Gentiles. Act. 10. 44
The vocacion of the Gentiles by preaching. Isa. 66. 18
The conuersacion of the Gētiles, before they knewe the trueth. Ephes. 2. 1
Christ calleth the Gentiles, dogges. Mat. 15. 26
God for a time suffred the Gentiles to walke in their owne ways. Act. 14. 16
¶The men of Gibeah and their wickednes. Iosh. 19. 22
Gideon and his doings. Iudg. 6. & 7. & 8
The tryal that Gideon toke of his souldiers, & how manie they were. Iudg. 7. 5
God measureth the Gift accordyng to the heart. Mar. 12. 44
Saluacion is the Gift of god. Ephes. 2. 8.
The Gift of God is not boght with money. Act. 8. 20
Gebazi receiued Gifts of naaman. 2. King. 5. 27
The Gifts of the holie gost are diuers. 1. Cor. 12. 4
To be Girded with veritie. Ephes. 6. 14
Giue and it shalbe giuen vnto you. Luk. 6. 38
It is a blessed thing to Giue rather then to receiue. Act. 20. 35
God loueth a cherefull Giuer. 2. Cor. 9. 7
¶The desire of vaine glorie. Gal. 5. 26
Man ought not to Glorie in him self. 1. Cor. 4. 7. But in the knowledge of God. Ierem. 9. 23
Glotons and drunkards are to be auoyded. Prou. 23. 20
Glottonie. Rom. 13. 13
¶The Goat charged with all the iniquities of the people. Leui. 16. 22.
The people require newe God. Exod. 32. 23
God is almightie. Gen. 17. 1. & 35. 11
God is a spirit. Ioh. 4. 24
God is euerie where and seeth al things Ierem. 23. 23
God is immortal. 1. Tim. 1. 17 & 6. 16
God is inuisible. Exod. 33. 20. Iohn. 1. 18. moses sawe him, and how. Exod. 24 10. so did iaak ob. Gen. 32. 30
The liuing God is the God of Israel. Exod. 29. 45. Leuit. 26. 13. 2. Cor. 6. 16
God is with thee, a kinde of salutation. Iudg. 6. 12. Ruth. 2. 4
There is but one God to the faithful. 1. Cor. 8. 6
The Gods that are made with mans hād, cannot saue them selues. Bar. 6. 14
Gog and his fall. Ezek. 38 & 39
Going out of Egypt. Exod. 12. 37.
Goliath slaine by Dauid. 1. Sam. 17.
Gomorrah consumed with fyre from heauen. Gen. 19. 24
Followe that that is Good. Rom. 12. 9 no
Goodnes dwelleth in our flesh. Rom. 7. 18.
Thou that art taugh, minister to thy teacher in all Good things. Gal. 6. 6. Cor. 9. 14
Do God without fainting. Gal. 6. 9. euen to thine enemies. Luk. 6. 35
The definition of the Gospel. Rom. 1. 16
The summe of the Gospel. Ephes. 1. 7.
Christ preacheth the Gospel. Mar. 1. 14.
The Gospelis the worde of the eternal God. 1. Peter. 1. 23. it is the worde of trueth. Ephes. 1. 13
The end of them that obeye not the Gos pel of God. 2. The ssalon. 2. 10. 1. Peter. 4. 17.
The Gospel of Iohn why it is written. Iohn. 20. 30
The Gospel ought to be preached to al creatures. Mar. 16. 15
Blasphemie against the holie Gost. Mat. 12. 31
The graces and giftes of the holie Gost are diuers. 1. Cor. 12. 4
The holie Gost is sent. Act. 2. 2
The holie Gost promised to the apostles Luk. 24. 49. Iohn. 14. 16. act. 1. 8
God giueth the holie Gost to them that desire him. Luk. 11. 13
To Go vnto his fathers, for, to dye. Gen. 15. 15
¶Trough Grace we are saued. Ephesi. 2. 5.
The Graine of corne that falleth or the grounde. Iohn. 12. 24
Eat of thy neighbours Grapes, but beare none awaye. Deut. 23. 24
The Grekes seke for wisdome. 1. Cori. 1. 22
Grieue not the holie spirit of God. Ephe 4. 30.
¶Gyants. Gen. 6. 4
Gyants in the land of canaā. Nom. 13. 34
H
HAbacuc feedeth daniel, read the storie of bel.
Habel murdered by his brother. Gene. 4. 8. Ebr. 11. 4. Mat. 23. 35
Hadad salomons enemie. 1. King. 11. 14
Haggai the prophet. Ezr. 5. 1
Hagar sara is maid. Gen. 16. & 21.
Ham mock eth his father noah. Genese. 9. 22.
Haman is hanged. Ester. 8. 9. 10
Hannah the wife of elkanah & mother of samuel. 1. Sam. 1 & 2.
Hananiah the false prophet. Ier. 28. 1
Commune Hands. Mark. 7. 2
The laying on of Hands. Actes. 19. 6. 1. Tim. 4. 14.
Christ sitteth at table with vn washen Hands. luk. 11. 38
None can escape the Hand of God. Amos. 9. 2. Deut. 32. 39
Christ by laying on of Hāds healeth the sicke. Luk. 4. 40
To stretch the Hands out towards heauen. 1. King. 8. 22. Exod. 9. 22. & 17. 11
The mans Hand, that was dryed vp, is hea led. Mat. 12. 10
Christ layeth his Hands vpō the infants Mat. 19. 15
Hannah nourced her childe. 1. Sam. 1. 23
Of Hanun king of the ammonites, and of the il entreatie of dauids seruants. 2. Sam. 10, 4
Haran the sonne of terah, Gen, 11, 27
Haraphah of the stocke of gyants, 2
sam. 21. 16
god whome he wil, he maketh Hard hearted. Rom. 9. 18
nothing is Hard to god. gen. 18. 14
the Haruest. leuit. 19. 9
the Haruest of the faithful. mat. 937 ioh. 4. 35
Hazael king ouer aram. 1. King. 19. 15. vnto the 2. king. 13
¶ The Head of the churche, christ. ephes. 4. 15
Heare christ. deut. 18. 18. mat. 17. 5
Singlenes of Heart. 2. Cor. 1. 12. 1. Pet. 1. 22
Vncircuncised Hearts.
〈◊〉
. 9. 26. Deut. 10. 16. out of the whiche come euill thoghts. Mat. 15. 19
The lord seeth the Heart of man. 1. sam. 16. 7. Rom. 8. 27
The Heart of man is wicked. Gen. 6. 5 Deut. 29. 19
God lawes writen in the Hearts of the faithful. Ebr. 8. 10
The good Heart speaketh good things Mat. 12. 35
The creation of Heauen. Gen. 1. 6
New Heauens and new earth. 2. pet. 3. 13
The Heauen shut vp because of gods wrath. Deut. 11. 17
Hebron, a citie. Gen. 35. 27
It is comelie for a woman to haue long Heere. 1. Cor.
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
Not an
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
shall perish, that suffre for
〈◊〉
. Luk. 21. 18
Our Heeres be nombred. Mat. 10. 30
Christ the Heire of all things. Ebr. 1. 2
A description of Hel. Isa. 30. 33
Heman the singer. 1. Chron. 6. 33
Henoch the first citie. Gen. 4. 17
Henoch the sonne of kain. Gen. 4. 17
Henoch taken vp. Gen. 5. 24
Herbes created. Gen. 1. 11
There must be Heresies, and why. 1. Cor. 11. 19
Heresies are dedes of the flesh. Gal. 5. 19
Heretikes must be auoided. Tit. 3. 10
The Heritage of him that dyed without manchilde. Nom. 27. 8
God, the Heritage of the leuites. Deut. 18. 2
An Heritage reserued for vs in heauen. Matth. 25. 34. Gal. 3. 17. Tit. 3. 7. 1. Pet. 1. 3
Christ calleth Herode a foxe. Luk. 13. 32 Herode killest the infants. Mat. 2. 16
The daye of Herodes natiuitie. Mar. 6. 21
Herodes opinion of Christ. Mat. 14. 2
Hezekiah kyng of iudah, and his doings. 2. King. 18 and 19 and 20. Isa. 36
Vnto the. 39
¶ The riuer Hiddekel. Gen. 2. 14
Giue the workeman his Hier. leuit. 19.
13. Deut. 24. 14
Hiram the king of tyre and his doings. 2. Sam. 5. 11. and hiram the cunnyng workeman. 1. King. 7. 13
God commandeth the Hittites to be de stroyed vtterly. Deut. 20. 17
¶ Honie in the lions bodie. Iudg. 14. 8
Honour all men. 1. Pet. 2. 17
Giue Honour to thy wife, as to the weaker vessel. 1. Pet. 3. 7
Giue Honour, to whom ye owe honour Rom. 13. 7
We are saued by Hope. Rom. 8. 24
Hope maketh not ashamed. Rom. 5, 5
Hophni the sonne of eli. 1. Sam. 2. 34. & 4. 4
Horeb a mountaine, called also sinai. Deut. 1. 2
God is the Horne of our saluation. 2 Sam. 22. 3
Horims chased out by the sonnes of esau. Deut. 2. 12
The nōbre of salomons Horses. 1. King. 4. 26. 2. Chron. 9. 25
Abraham and lots Hospitalitie. Gen. 18 2 & 19. 2
Vse Hospitalitie. Rom. 12. 13. 2. Ebr. 13. 2 1. Pet. 4. 9
Of Housbands. 1. Cor. 7. 11. Ephes. 5. 22
The bodie of man is called an earthlie House. 2. Cor. 5. 1
The House infected with the plague of leprosie. leui. 14. 14
The House of god, the house of prayer Isa, 65, 7. Mat, 21, 13
The House of god, the people of Israel Nomb, 12, 7
The House of God, the temple. 2. Sam. 12. 20
¶ Huldah the prophetesse. 2. King. 22. 14. 2. Chron. 34. 22
He that Humbleth him self, shalbe exalted. Matth. 23. 12. Philippi. 2. 8. Iames. 4. 10.
Humilitie. Prou. 16. 19. mat. 11. 29. Luk. 14 11. Ephes. 4. 2
An Hundreth folde is promised to them that shal forsake that they haue to followe Christ. Mat. 19. 29.
Rulers ouer Hundreths established by Moses. Exod. 18. 21
Blessed are they that Hungre and thirst for righteousnes. mat. 5. 6
Christ is an Hungred. mat. 4.
〈◊〉
Hushai, and his doings. 2. Sam. 15. 32 & 17. 5
¶ Hypocrisie. Prou. 12. 6. 30. 12
Hypocrisie reproued. Isa. 58. 2
An Hyreling. Ioh. 10. 12.
I
IAakob and esau abunde in
〈◊〉
. Gen. 36. 7
Iaakob and his doings. Gen. 25. vnto the 49.
Iaakob beloued of God. Rom. 9. 13
Iaakob is accompanied of God, whether soeuer he goeth. Gen. 28. 15.
Iaakob is called Israel. Gen. 32. 28
Iaakob wrestleth with God. Gen. 32. 24
Iab in King of canaan. Iudg. 4. 2
Iahaziel a prophet. 2. Chron. 20. 14
Iair aiudge in israel. Iudg. 10. 3.
Iames sawe Christs resurrection. 1. Cor. 15. 7
Iames the brother of iohn is put to death. Act. 12. 2
Iannes and iambres resisted moses. 2. Timot. 3. 8
Iaphet & his sonnes. Gen. 10. 2
Iasons assurance for receiuing of Paul. Act. 17. 9
¶ Ibzan a iudge in israel. Iud. 12. 8
¶ Idolaters ought to dye, and wherefore. Deut. 17. 2. they shal not inherit the kingdome of heauen. 1. Cor. 6. 9.
Idolaters slaine by the sonnes of Leuit. Exod. 32. 26
Things consecrated to Idoles. 1. Cor. 8. Actes. 15. 20
Idoles are but vanitie. 1. Sam. 12. 21. 1
〈◊〉
. 16. 26. They are abomination. Deut. 7. 25 & 27. 15
Idoles forbidden. Leuit. 26. 1. Deut. 18. 9.
¶ Iehoahaz, the sonne of Iehu the king, & his doings. 2. King. 13. 1
Iehoiachin succedeth iehoiak im his father. 2. King. 24
Iehoiada, the hie priest. 2. King. 11. 4.
Iehoiak im seruant to the king of babel 2. King. 24. 1
Iehonadab the sonne ofrechab. 2. King. 10. 15
Iehoram the king of iudah, and his doings. 1. King. 22. 50. 2. King. 8. 16
Iehoram the sonne of ahab. 2. King. 3. 1.
Iehoshaphat King of Iudath. 1. King. 15. 24. 2. King. 3. 1
Iehoshua the sonne of iehozadak. Hag. 1. 1
Iehu a prophet. 1. King. 16. 7
Iehu king of israel, and his doings. 1. King. 19. 16. vnto the 2. King. 10
God is a
〈◊〉
God. Exode. 20. 5. Deut. 5. 9
The law of Ielousie. Nomb. 5.
Iericho destroyed. Iosh. 2 & 6. buylt vp againe by hiel. 1. King. 16. 34
Iericho wholy consecrated to the Lord. Iosh. 6. 17
the hand of Ieroboam dryed vp. 1. King 13. 4.
Ieroboam king of Israel, and his doings 1. King. 11. 26. vnto the 15.
the ruine of Ierusalem. Mat. 23. 38
Ierusalem buylt againe. Nehe. 3. 1
Ierusalem, cailed also iebusi. iosh. 15 8. & 18. 28
Gideon called Ierubbaal, and wherefore Iudg. 6. 32
Iesus the name of the messias. Mat. 1. 21 Luk. 1. 31. Philip. 2. 10
vaine Iesting forbid. Ephes. 5. 4.
iethro moses father in law. Exod. 3. 1. & 18. 1
the Iewes baptized in moses. 1. Corinth. 10. 2
the Iewes exercised in afflictions. Deut. 8. 16
the Iewes obstinacie. Isa. 48. 4. Actes. 28 27.
the remnant of the Iewes shal returne. Isa. 10. 21.
Iezebei, and her cruel doings. 1. King. 16 & 18. & 19. & 21. 2. King. 9. 30
¶ The Image is a curse to him that maketh it. Deut. 27, 15
mans Imaginations are euil. Gen. 6. 5.
¶ we oght not to companie with Infide les. 2. Cor. 6. 4
infideles are called the drye tre. Luke. 23 31.
infirmities come vpon vs for our sinnes. Ioh. 5. 14
the leuites Inheritance. Deut. 10. 9
euerie one shal beare his owne Iniquitie Deut. 24. 16
iniuries ought to be forgotten. leu. 19. 18
innocent as concerning euil & wisevnto that which is good. Rom. 16. 19
none is Innocent before god. exod. 34 7
thre things are Insatiable. Prouer. 30. 15.
wicked Inuentions. Deut. 28. 20
Christ is our Intercessour. Rom. 8. 34
Ioab, and his doings. 2. Sam. 2. 13. & 11. & 14 & 19. 1. King. 21. 5
ioashpreserued through the helpe of his aunt iehosheba. 2. King. 11. 2
ioash the father of gideon. Iud g. 6. 29
ioash the sonne of ahaziah, and Iehoash the sonne of iehoahaz. 2. King. 11. and 14.
Iob an example of pacience. Iam. 5. 11.
iochebed, the wise of amram. Exod. 6. 20
iohanan. Iere. 40. & 41 & 42 & 43
iohn baptist exhorteth to repentance. Mat. 3. 2.
Iohn baptist is buryed. Mat. 14. 12
iohn marke the minister of paul and bar nabas. Act. 12. 25.
ionathan a gouernour of the iewes. 1. Mac. 9 & 11 & 12.
ionath an the sonne of saul, & his doings 1. Sam. 14 & 18 & 19 & 20 & 31
ioseph and his doings, from the 30. of. Gene. vnto the. 50
ioseph of arimathea. Mat. 27. 57
ioses called barnabas. Act. 4. 36.
the good king Iosiah, & his doings, 1. King. 13. 2. 2. King. 21. 24. & 22. 1
ioshua, and his doings. Exod. 24. 13. & 32.
17. Nomb. 11, 28 & 13 & 14. Deut. 1. 38. and throughout his whole boke.
Iothan the sonne of Ierubbaal. Iudges. 9. 5.
the iourne is of the children of Israel. Nomb. 33
¶ Iphtah, and his doings. Iudg. 11. and 12
¶ Isaiah the prophet. 2. King. 19. 20. & 20 his visions. 1 & 2. & 6.
Ishai dauids father. ruth. 4. 22. 1. Sam. 16. 11.
ish-bosheth, and his doings. 2. Sam. 2. & 3. & 4.
ishmael, and his life. Gen. 16 and 17 & 21. & 25.
why iaak ob was called israel. Gene. 32. 28
true Israelites, who. rom. 9. 6.
carnal Israel described. hose. 9. 7
israel sinned not of ignorance. Rom. 10. 19.
¶ Iubal, the inuentour of the harpe. Gen. 4. 21
the Iubile. leuit. 25. 10
the rest of Iudah led away to babel. 2. King. 25. 11
iudah leahs sonne. Gen. 29. 35
of Iudasmaccabeus read the bokes of maccabies.
iudas that betrayed Christ. Ioh. 18. 2 his repentance. Mat. 27. 3. he slewe him self, and brast in the middes. Act. 1. 18
the general Iudgement. Isa. 2. 19 and 26. 11. the signes that shal come before it Math. 24. 29
Iudgement, for affliction. 1. pet. 4. 17
iudgement beginneth at the house of God. 1. Pet. 4. 17
Gods Iudgements are a great deapth, Psal. 36. 6
the office of a Iudge. Exod. 23. 6
Speake not euil of Iudges. Exod. 22. 28
What maner of men ought to be Iudges Exod. 18. 21. & 23. 2
Iudge not another. Mat. 7. 1. & 12. 7
the Iudge of all the worlde. Gen. 18. 25
a Iudge ought not to haue anie respect of persones. Leuit. 19. 15
iudges are called gods. Exod. 22. 8 Psal. 82. 6.
the Iudges gaue sentence according to moseslaw. Deut. 17. 11
iustified by faith. Rom. 5. 1. not by workes. Gal. 3. 10
We are Iustified, or condemned by our wordes. Mat. 12. 37
iustified, what it signifieth. Tit. 3. 4. actes 13. 38
¶ Izhak the sonne of Abraham, and his doings. Gen. 21. vnto the. 28
K
NAtiuitie of Kain, and his doings. Ge. 4. 1. & 2. 1. Ioh. 3. 12.
¶ Keilah a citie, deliuered by dauid. 1. Sam. 23. 1
God Kepeth his as the apple of the eye. Deut. 32. 10
keturah the wife of abraham. Gen. 25. 1
the Keyes of the kingdome of heauen promised. Matt. 16. 19. Are giuen by christ to his apostles. Ioh. 20. 23
¶ Man ought to kepe him frō all Kinde of euil. 1. Thess. 5. 22
the rigour of a King. 1. Sam. 8. 11
what is required in Kings. Deu. 17. 15
what is the honour of Kings. Prou. 25. 2.
the Kingdome of christ eternal. Isay. 9. 7 Luk. 1. 33
the Kingdome of heauen suffreth violence. Mat. 11. 12
the Kingdome within vs. Luk. 17. 21
kiriath-arba a citie, called also hebron. Iosh. 14. 15
kiriath sepher a citie, called also debir. Iosh. 15. 15
paul Kissed of the faithful. Act. 20. 37.
the holie Kisse of Christians. Rom. 16. 16 2. Corin. 13. 12
¶ God hathe not cast away his people, which he Knewe before. Rom. 11. 2
Whome God Knewe before, thē he ordeined to be like facioned vnto the image of his sonne. Rom. 8. 29
to Knowe god and Iesus Christ, whome he hathe sent, is life eternal. Ioh. 17. 3.
the Knowledge of saluation. Luk. 1. 77
¶ Kohath and his sonnes. Exode. 5. 18. Iosh. 21. 5
korah for his rebellion is striken of god Nomb. 16
the red Know, Nomb. 19.
L
LAban the brother of rebekah, & his doings. Gen. 24. 29
the Laborers are few. Mat. 9. 37
man appointed to labour. Gen. 3. 19.
he that doeth not Labour, ought not to eat. 2. Thess. 3. 10
we ought to liue by our Labours. Prou. 5. 15.
We ought to Labour with our hands. 1. Thess. 4. 11
the Ladder that iaak ob sawe in his drea me. Gen. 28. 12
Christ calleth to him thē that are Laden Mat. 11. 28
the pascal Lambe. Exod. 12. 3
Iesus the Lambe of God. Iohn. 1. 29
Lamech; and his two wiues. Gen. 4. 19. & 5. 26
the Lame, from his mothers wombe is healed. Actes. 3. 7
the Last shal be the first. Mat. 19. 30.
wo to them that Laugh, and why. Luk. 6. 25
the Law, ayoke. Act. 15. 10
the end of the Law, Christ. Rom. 10. 4
by the Law cometh knowledge of sinne Rom. 3. 20
the Law giuen to the lawles. 1. Ti. 1. 9.
the Law is giuen vnto the people. Exod. 20. Deut. 5
the Law not giuen for the iuste. Galat. 5. 18.
the Law, our schole master to bring vs to christ. gal. 3. 24
before the Law sinne was not counted sinne. rom. 5. 13
the Law writen in the heart of the faithful. Ebr. 8. 10.
Lazarus raised vp. Ioh. 11 & 12.
Lazarus sicke. Ioh. 11. 4
¶ Lea conceiueth. Gen. 29. 32
the Leaper, healed by faith. mat. 8. 2.
the ten Leapers healed. Luk. 17. 12.
the iudging of Leprosies. Deut. 24. 8. Leuit. 13. & 14.
the Law of Lending. Exod. 22. 14.
lend to the nedie. Deut. 15. 8. Mat. 5. 42.
the Letter killeth, and the spirit giueth life. 2. Cor. 3. 6
purge the olde Leuaine. 1. Cor. 5. 7
leuaine for wicked doctrine. Mat. 16. 6
Leuites elected to the ministerie. Nomb 3. 45.
Leuithe sonne of iaakob. Gene. 29. 34. he slayeth the sichimites. Ge. 34. 25
¶ Paul vseth not his Libertie. 1. Cor. 9. 4.
libertie giueth not occasion to the flesh Gal. 5. 13.
the Libertie of the spirit. 2. Cor. 3. 17.
the breuitie of mans Life. Psalm. 90. Iob. 7.
to finde his Life, and to lose it. Mat. 10. 39
our Life, Christ. Ioh. 14. 6. Colos. 3. 4
the Life of man is as the dayes of an hyreling. Iob. 7. 2
the Life of man is but a vapour. Iam. 4. 14
the Life of the flesh is in the blood. Leui. 17. 11.
the creation of the Light. Gen. 1. 3.
the Lion of the tribe of
〈◊〉
. Reuelat. 5. 5
the frute of the Lippes. Ebr. 13. 15.
as thy soule Liueth, a kinde of othe. 1. Sam. 1. 26.
to Liue in ioye. Ecclesiastique. 8. 15. & 9. 7
man Liueth by the worde of god. Deut. 8. 3.
¶ Twentie Loaues do fil an hundreth men. 2. King. 4. 42.
Lois the grand mother of timothie. 2. Tim. 1. 5
to Lose sinnes. mat. 18. 18. ioh. 20. 23.
Lot abrahams neuew, and his doings. Gen. 11. & 13. & 19. Deut. 2. 9. 19
Lots wife turned into a piller of salt. Gen 19. 26. luk. 17. 32.
precepts of Loue. prou. 3. 28
the force and power of Loue. 1. Cor. 13
loue couereth the multitude of sinnes. Prou. 10. 12. 1. pet. 4. 8.
god is Loue. 1. Ioh. 4. 16.
god Loued vs first. 1. ioh. 4. 19.
loue excelleth faith and hope. 1. Cor. 13. 13.
loue enuieth not. 1. Cor. 13. 4
they Loue god that kepe his commande ments. 1. Iohn. 2. 5.
loue is not prouoked to angre. 1. Corin. 13. 5.
loue is the fulfilling of the law. Rom. 138.
the Loue of god in our hearts. Ro. 5. 5.
in whome the Loue of god is perfite. 1. Iohn. 2. 5
loue one another. Iohn. 13. 34
to Loue the stranger as thy self Leuit. 19. 34. to loue thine enemies. Mat. 5. 44
He that Loueth another, hathe fulfilled the law. Rom. 13. 8.
he that Loueth christ, kepeth his commandements. ioh. 14. 15. & 21.
god so Loueth the worlde, that he hathe giuen his sonne, &c. ioh. 3. 16
¶ Luke a physicion. colos. 4. 14
the Lunatike healed. Mat. 17. 15
lust is forbidden. Deut. 5. 21. Exod. 20, 17. 1. Cor. 10. 6
the people Lusteth for flesh, and is punished. Nomb. 11. 33
¶ God can not Lye. Tit. 1. 2
he that denieth christ, is a Lyer. 1. Ioh. 2. 22.
All men are Lyers. Isa. 9. 17
The father of Lyes. Ioh. 8. 44
the Lye of ananias & his wife. Act. 5. 3
iaakob Lyeth to his father. Gen. 27. 19
the prophet is punished for his Lying.
1. King. 13. 18
the Lying spirit in the mouth of the prophetes. 1. King. 22. 23
lying to be auoyded. Ephes. 4. 25.
Lysias. 1. Mac. 3. 32
M
THe worde preached to the Macedonians. Act. 16. 10.
seke not to Magicians. leuit. 19. 31.
magicians banished out of israel by saul 1. Sam. 28. 3
obeye the Magistrates. Rom. 13. 1.
magistrates that feare god. Exod. 18. 21. Deut. 1. 13.
the bonde Maides of the iewes. Exod. 21 7. Leuit. 19. 20 & 25. 44. Deut. 15. 12
Makkedah, a citie taken by ioshua. Iosh 10. 28
Malchus, whose eare was smiten of. ioh. 18. 10
He that ceaseth not from Malice, shal perish. 1. Sam. 12. 25
all things subiect to Man. Gen. 1. 26.
the outwarde man. 2. Cor. 4. 16
man & wife are one flesh. Gen. 2. 24
the olde Man is crucified with Christ. Rom. 6. 6. Colos. 3. 9
Man made according to the image of God. Gen. 1. 26
Man naturally is the childe of wrath. Ephes. 2. 3
the Mā of God, for, the prophet. 2. King 1. 9 & 8. 11.
man a, a meat vnknowē to the children of israel. Exod. 16. 15. Deut. 8. 3. the people lothe to eat it. Nomb. 11. 6 it ceaseth to fall from heauen. Iosh. 5. 12.
Manasseh the King of iudah. 2. King. 21. 34.
Manasseh the sonne of ioseph, and his doings. Gen. 41. 51 and 48. 1. iosh. 13. 29 & 14. 4. and 22. 1
the Mandrakes of leah. Gen. 30. 14.
Maneh. Ezek. 45. 12
the Mantle of eliiah, and of elisha. 1. King. 19. 19. 2. King. 2. 13
Marah, the place of bitter waters. Exod. 15. 23
the praise of Mariage. Ebr. 13. 4
of Mariage. 1. Cor. 7
they that breake the lawes of Mariage, are reproued. mal. 2. 14
the institution of Mariage. Gen. 9. 1
And the confirmátion thereof. Gen. 9. 1.
Vnlawful Mariages. Leuiti. 18. 6
Mariage in cana. Ioh. 2. 1
the Mariage of rebekah. Gen. 24. of tobias. Tob. 7. 13
they that forbid to Marie, are spirits of errour
〈◊〉
Tim. 4. 3.
Marie magdalene and her doings. Matt. 27. 61. Ioh. 20. 1
Marie sitteth at christs fete. Luk. 10. 39
Marie the sister of Martha. Ioh. 11. 1 and 12. 3. Luk. 10. 39. Mat. 26. 7
Marie the virgine, and mother of our sauiour Iesus Christ, according to the flesh. Luk. 1. 31 and 2. 7. Ioh. 2. 3
Marke barnabas sisters sonne. Colos. 4. 10.
Martha receiueth Christ into her house Luk. 10. 38. her faith. Ioh. 11. 27.
the Martyr dome of the seuen brethren and of their mother. 2. mac. 7
Christ our Master. Ioh. 13. 13. Mat. 23. 8
christ forbiddeth vs to be called masters Mat. 23. 8. Iam. 3. 1.
the duetie of Masters towards their seruants. ephes. 6. 9.
Matthewe called of Christ. mat. 9. 9
Matthias elected to be an apostle. Actes. 1. 26
¶ Iust Measures. Leuit. 19. 36
Medad and eldad do prophecie. Nomb. 11. 27
Christ our Mediatour. 1. Tim. 2. 5
Moses the Mediatour of Israel. Deu. 5. 5
Meditate in the worde of God day and night. Deut. 11. 19. Iosh. 1. 8
Melchi-zedek. Gen. 14. 18. Ebr. 7. 1
Mortifie your Members. Colos. 3. 5.
the duetie of our members. Rom. 6. 19
Menahem who, and his crueltie. 2. King. 15. 14. 17
men ought to loue their wiues. Ephes. 5. 28. Prou. 5. 18
Mephibosheth the sonne of ionathā & his doings. 2. Sam. 4. 4. 9. 7. & 16. 1
the gentiles receiued to Mercie.
〈◊〉
. 11. 30
mercie is praised. Prou. 14. 21. & 19. 17
mercie more then sacrifice. Mat. 9. 13
the Mercie of Dauid towardes saul. 1. sam. 24. 7
the Mercie of God throughout al ages. luk. 1. 50
the forme of the Mercie seat. exod. 25. 17 and 37. 6
mercie shalbe shewed to the mercieful. mat. 5. 7. prou. 11. 25
shew Mercie with chearfulnes,
〈◊〉
. 12. 8
god is mercifull to those that loue hym. exod. 20. 6 and 34. 7. deut. 5. 10
God be Mercifull vnto thee, a maner of blessing. gen. 43. 29.
Methushael. gen. 4. 18
¶ Michael striueth agaynste the deuill. iude. 9
Michah an ephraimite. iudg. 17
Michaiah the prophet, and his doings. 1. king. 22. 8
Michal the wife of Dauid. 1. sam. 18. 19 and 25. 44. 2. sam. 3. 13 and 6. 16
Micha the sonne of mephiboshed. 2. sam. 9. 12
the Midianites are slaine at gods commandement. nomb. 25. 17
begynners muste be fed wyth Milke. ebr. 5. 12
the syncera Milke of the worde. 1. pet. 2. 2
Millo buylt by Salomon. 1. king. 9. 24
the nether and vpper Milstone, deute. 24. 6
the wycked are deliuered into a lewde Minde. isa. 52. rom. 1. 28
the Ministerie of the worde is the preaching of the same. act. 20. 24
Christe is our Minister. Matth. 20. 28. ebr. 8. 2
against false Ministers. Ier. 23. 25
whoso murmureth agaynste the Ministers, murmureth agaynst God. exod. 16. 8
the Ministers of God what maner men they ought to be. leuit. 21. 21
ministers ought for their preachyng to haue sufficient. rom. 15. 27
ministers that tikle the eares with pleasant fables. 2. tim. 3. 6 and 4. 3. tit. 1. 10
Chryste came to Minister vnto. Matt. 20. 28
the iewes
〈◊〉
Miracles. mat. 12. 38
the Lord proueth vs by Miracles. deut. 13. 3
he that by false Miracles deceiueth the people, shal dye the death. deut. 13. 5
christ by Miracles glorifieth his father. mat. 15. 31
Miriāthe sister of moses, & her doings. exod. 15. 20. nōb. 12 & 20. 1. deu. 24. 9
¶ Moabites. nomb. 21. deut. 2. 9. iudg. 3. 1. king. 11. 7. 2. king. 23. 13
Moab the sonne of lot. gen. 19. 37
modestie required in yong men. ecclesiasti. 32. 9
offre not thy children to Molech. leui. 18. 21 and 20. 2
Molech the abominacion of the Ammo nites. 1. king. 11. 7
money deliuered to be kept. exod. 22. 7
of Money that one hathe receyued to kepe. exod. 22. 7. leui. 6. 4. deu. 24. 10
the worshipers of the Moone were put to death. deut. 17. 3
Mordecai & his doings. est. 4 and 6. 13
the Morians and their ruine. zeph. 2. 12
mortifie the members of sinne. colos. 3. 5
the Lord buryeth Moses. deut. 34. 6
Moses and the prophetes are the scripture of the olde testamēt. Luk. 16. 29.
Moses disobeyed of the israelites. act. 7. 39
Moses murmureth. nomb. 11. 11
Moses shall accuse the Iewes. Iohn. 5. 45
the Mote in thy brothers eye. Mat. 7. 3
he that doeth not honour hys Mother, is accursed. deut. 27. 16
the froward Mouth. prou. 4. 24
mouth is giuen to man of GOD. exod. 4. 11
¶ a law for Murther. nom. 35. 11
the Murtherer shal dye the death. leuit. 24. 21. deut. 19. 11
he is a Murtherer that hateth hys brother. 1. iohn. 3. 15
beware that thon Murmure not against god. 1. cor. 10. 10
murmurers consumed wyth the fyre of the lord. nomb. 11. 1
the Murmuring israelits are consumed by the hand of god. nomb. 16. 41
N
NAaman the leaper washeth him self in iorden, and is healed. 2. Kyng. 5. 14
Nabals vnthankefulnes. 1. Sam. 25
Naboth stoned to death. 1. Kyng. 21. 13
Nadab and abihu burnt with fyre from the Lord. Leui. 10. 2
nadab the sōne of ieroboā. 1. kin. 14. 20
Nahor the father ofterad. Gen. 11. 24
Nahshon the sonne of amminadab. nomb. 1. 7
a good Name. prou. 22. 1
the Name of god defiled by swearyng. leuit. 19. 12
to take the Name of god in vaine. exod, 20. 7. deut. 5. 11
the Name of god was heard of in all pla ces. 1. king. 8. 42
women gaue the Names to their children. gene. 29. 32 and 30. 6. as of samson. iudg. 13. 24
Naomi the wyfe of elimelech. ruth. 1. 2
Naptali. iosh. 19. 32
Nathanael, a true Israelite. Iohn. 1. 47
Nathan the prophete. 2. samu. 7. 2. 1. king. 1. 22
christ nourced in Nazaret. mat. 2. 23 and 13. 54
Nazarites and their law, nomb. 6
they of Nazaret despise Christe. Mat. 13. 55
¶ Nebat. 1. king. 15. 1
Nebuchad-nezzar. 2. kyng. 24. 1. dan. 1 and 2 and 3 and 4. isa. 14. ier. 27. 8
Nehemiah, and hys doyngs, reade hys boke.
euery man in his necessitie is our Neigh bour. luk. 10. 29
a good Neighbour. prou. 27. 10
the birds Nest. deut. 22. 6
newenes of life. rom. 6. 4
¶ Nicanor and hys doynges. 1. macca. 7. 26
Nicodemus. iohn. 3. 1 and 19. 39
Nimrod. gen. 10. 9
Nimrod. gen. 10. 9
Niniueh buylt vp. genes. 10. 11. her destruction is forewarned. nah. 3. 1. she repenteth. ion. 3. 9
¶ Noah, and hys doyngs. genes. 5. vnto the 9
Noah in his dronkennes is mocked of his sonne. gen. 9. 21
Noah the preacher of ryghteousnes. 2. pet. 2. 5
Nob, a citie that saul destroyed. 1. sam. 22. 19
O
OBadiah hideth the prophetes of god. 1. king. 18. 4
Obed-edom blessed of the Lorde, and why. 2. sam. 6. 11
Obed the sonne of ruth. ruth. 4. 17
Obed the prophet, reproueth the israelites. 2. chro. 289
by christs Obedience we are made righ teous. rom. 5. 19
obedient to Father and mother. exod. 20. 12. deut. 5. 16
christ became Obedient vnto the death philip. 2. 8. ebr. 5. 8
to Obeye God rather then men. act. 4 19 and 5. 29
to Obeye is better then sacrifice. 1. sam 15. 22
We must Obey the voyce of God.
〈◊〉
30. 20
oblation for sinne. nomb. 19
diuers oblations, read the booke of
〈◊〉
uiticus.
destruction of the obstinate. ezek. 6.
¶ giue no occasion of Offence to
〈◊〉
brother. rom. 14. 13. 1. cor. 10. 32
the disciples offended at Christe.
〈◊〉
6. 66
the pharises Offended wyth
〈◊〉
mat. 15. 12
offend not. mat. 18. 6
to offre beasts in sacrifice. leuit. 1
christ was Offred once for vs. ebr.
〈◊〉
the pure Offryng of the Gentiles.
〈◊〉
1. 11
¶ Og, the kyng of bashan, and his people conquered. nomb. 21. 33
¶ the praise of Olde age. prou. 16. 31
the personne of the Olde man shuld be honored. leuit. 19. 32
the wilde Oliue. rom. 11. 17
Olofernes, and his doings, from the 7 of iudeth vnto the 15
¶ Omri king of israel. 1. king. 16. 16
¶ Onan is slaine by the Lorde, and why gene. 38. 9
One siphorus. 2. tim. 1. 16
Onias the high priest. 2. mac. 3 and 4
¶ they beleue that are Ordeined to eter nal life. act. 13. 48
publicke Ordonnances. prou. 16. 11
vnlawfull Ordonnances. isa. 10
Oreb is staine. iudg. 7. 25
orgaines inuented by whom. gen. 4. 21
¶ moses calleth Oshea, the sonne of nun, iehoshua. nomb. 13. 17
¶ an Othe is the ende of all strife. ebr. 6. 16
Othniel iudged israel. iud. 1. 13 and 3. 9
¶ the Oxe that goreth man or woman is stoned to death. exod. 21. 28
¶ the holie oynting Oyle. exod. 30. 31
the oynting of christ. dan. 9. 24
the oynting of Christ, the holie gost. 1. iohn. 2. 27
the Oynting of kyngs. 1. sam. 9. 16 and 10. 1 and 16. 13
to Oynt the sicke with oyle. iam. 5. 14
P
PAcience necessarie. ebr. 10. 36
the praise of Pacience. prou. 16. 32
the Pacience of iob. Iob. 1. and 2.
god is Pacient. exod. 34. 6. rom. 15. 5
be Pacient. 1. thess. 5. 14
the sicke of the Palsie is healed. Matt. 9. 2
the Parable of the bramble. iudg. 9. 14. of trees. iudg. 9. 8. of children sittyng in the market. Mat. 11. 16. of the vncleane Spirite that turned backe to the house. mat. 12. 43. of the sower. mat. 13. 3. of the tares & of the leuame & of the mustardsede. mat. 13. of the hid treasure. Mat. 13. 44. of the net cast into the sea. mat. 13. 47. of the pu blicane and the pharisie. luk. 18. 9. of two sonnes. mat. 21. 28. of the figge tree. mat. 24. 32. of the thief. mat. 24. 43. of the talentes. mat. 25. 15. of the samaritane. luke. 10. 30. of the yonge man that was so riche. Luke. 12. 16. of the figge tree that was fruteles. Luk. 13. 6. of the prodigal sonne. luk. 15. 11 of hym that gaue accountes of hys stewardeshyp. Luke. 16. 1. of the widdowes importunitie. luke. 18. 2 of the ten virgines. mat. 25. 1
〈◊〉
in old time was executed the right of Parentage. Ruth. 4. 1
〈◊〉
Paschal lambe, christ. 1. cor. 5. 7
the Passeouer. Exod. 12. 21
the daye of the Passeouer. Exod. 12. 14. deut. 16. 1
isaiah reproueth the
〈◊〉
of hys time. isa. 56. 10
the Patriarkes. rom. 9. 5
Paul the minister of the gentiles. rom.
15. 16. galla. 1. 16. 1. tim. 2. 7. the ambassadour of Iesus Christ. 2. cor. 5. 20. a pharise. act. 23. 6. an Ebrewe. 2. cor. 11. 22. phillip. 3. 5. an example of lyfe and doctrine. philip. 3. 17. he fleeth. act. 14. 6. he is stoned. act. 14. 19. beaten with roddes. act. 16. 22. in danger to be drowned in the sea. act. 27. 14. he fasteth and prayeth. act. 14. 23. he laboreth with hys handes. actes. 18. 3 and 20. 34. 1. thessa. 2. 9. 2. thess. 3. 8. 1. cor. 4. 12. he was a tente maker. act. 18. 3. he speaketh well of his sclanderers. 1. cor. 4. 12. he was no man pleaser. 1. thess. 2. 4. satan wolde not suffer him to come to the thessalonians. 1. thess. 2. 18. no man assisted hym before nero. 2. tim. 4. 16
¶ we are called to Peace. col. 3. 15
god is the autour of Peace. 1. Thessal. 5. 23
peace be vnto you, a salutation of the iewes. gen. 43. 23
peace makers, the children of god. mat. 5. 9
sacrifices of Peace offrings. leu. 3. 1
the Peace that salomon had rounde about him. 1. king. 4. 24
peace to the Churches of iewrie, galile and samaria. act. 9. 31
haue Peace with all men. rom. 12. 18
peace with God to them that are iustified by faith. rom. 5. 1
be peaccable. 1. thess. 4. 11
Peleg the sonne of Eber. gen. 10. 25 and 11. 16
the lost Penie, luk. 15. 8
Peninnah, one of elkanahs wyues. 1. sam. 1. 4
the feast of Pentecost. exod. 23. 16
the People of GOD are a royall priest hode. 1. pet. 2. 9
Perah the riuer. gen. 2. 14
paul exhorteth vs to Perfection. Ebr. 6. 1
against Periurie. leuit. 19. 12
the Perrizzites. deut. 20. 17. iudg. 1. 4
feare not them that Persecute. Matt. 10. 28
blessed are they, that suffer Persucution. mat. 5. 10
persecutions are sent of GOD, Psal. 39. 10
persecutions make some to be offended. mar. 4. 17
persecution to them that wolde liue in iesus christ. 2. tim. 3. 12
christ exhorteth vs to Perseuere in him. iohn. 15. 4
Peter and Iohn men vnlearned. actes. 4. 13
andre we bryngeth Peter to Chryste. Iohn. 1. 42. he is called satan. Mark. 8. 33
dauid of three plagues choseth rather the Pestilence. 2. sam. 24. 14
¶ The Pharises and sadduces, generations of vipers. Mat. 3. 7. serpentsmat. 23. 33 theues and robbers, Iohn 10. 8
the Pharises deuoure widdowes houses Luk. 20. 47
the Pharises mocke christ. luk. 16. 14
Pharez birth. gen. 38. 29 and 46. 12
Philippe is called. iohn. 1. 43 and 14. 8 act. 8. 26 and 21. 8
out of whom came the Philistims. gen. 10. 14. of them read iudg. 3 and 10 and 13 and 14 and 15 & 16. 1. sam. 4 & 5 & 6 & 7 13 & 2 sam. 5 and 21
beware lest thou be spoiled by Philosophie. coloss. 2. 8
The Phioles of the Temple. 2. Chron. 4. 11
Phine has the sonne of eli the priest. 1. sam. 1. 3 and 2. 12 and 4. 11
Phine has the sonne of eleazar the priest exod. 6. 25. he slayeth zimri and cozbi nomb. 25. 7
¶ Pilate and his doings. iohn. 18. 29
Pylate sinned lesse then Iudas. Iohn. 19. 11
the Piller conducteth the chyldren of israel. exod. 13. 21
the pillers of the tabernacle, and their facion. 1. king. 7. 41
plishon one of the riuers of paradise ge nes. 2. 11
pithom a citie. exod. 1. 11
¶ ieroboam buyldeth the hygh places. 1. king. 12. 31. they are throwen down by ezekiiah. 2. king. 18. 4
plagues sent vppon the disobedient. deut. 28. 15
plagues sent vpon the egyptians. exod. 7 vnto the 11
plagues to the disobedient, deuterono. 28. 22
Israell planted in the mountayne of
hys inheritance. exode. 15. 17. 2. samu. 7. 10
paul planted the Corinthians. 1. Corint. 3. 6
men pleasers can not be the seruants of christ. gal. 1. 10.
¶ pollution that cometh in the nyght ceason. deut. 23. 10
there shalbe poore alwayes. deut. 15. 11 mat. 26. 11
shut not thine hearte frome thy poore brother. deut. 15. 7. pro. 28. 27
he that giueth to the poore, giueth to christ. mat. 25. 40
Poore in spirit. Mat. 5. 3
The Poore receiue the gospel. Matth. 11. 5
Pouertie to the disobedient. Deut. 28. 22
The Poole bethesda. Ioh. 5. 2
If it be Possible, haue peace with al mē. Rom. 12. 18
Christ prayed that if it were Possible, that houre might passe from hym. Mar. 14. 35
If it were Possible, the very elect shulde be deceiued. Mat. 24. 24. mar. 13. 22
If it had bene Possible, you wolde haue giuen to me your eyes. Galat. 4. 15
All things are Possible, to god. Matth. 19. 26
Ezechiel prepareth a Pot. Ezek. 24. 3
The Potter maketh of the claye what he wil. Ier. 18. 6
There is no Power but of God. Rom. 13. 1
Man by his owne Power is not able to atteine to riches. Deut. 8. 17. nether doeth he possesse anie thyng for hys righteousnes. Deut. 9. 4
The mightie Power of god. Isa. 50. 2
The Power of god shewed in pharaoh. Exod. 9. 16
¶ Praye alwayes. Matth. 7. 7. Luk. 18. 1. Rom. 12. 12. Ephes. 6. 18. Colos. 4. 2. 1. Tim. 2. 8
Prayer and fasting. Act. 13. 3. & 14. 23
Paul desireth the faithfull to Praye for him. Rom. 15. 30. 2. Cor. 1. 11. Ebr. 13. 18
Praye for Kings, Princes, Magistrates. 1. Tim. 2. 2
Praye for them that hurt thee. Matth. 5. 44
Praye one for another. Iam. 5. 16
Christ fallyng flat vppon his face maketh his Prayer. Mat. 26. 39. Ioh. 17. 1 Luk. 22. 41. the seme doeth paul. Act. 20. 36
The Prayers of al saintes. Reuel. 8. 3
Praye with the spirit and vnderstādyng 1. Cor. 14. 15
Christ Prayeth all the night long. Luk. 6. 12
Moses Prayeth fortie daies and fortie nights. Deut. 9. 25
Christ Prayeth for vs. Ioh. 16. 26. and 17. 9. and 20. he prayeth for peter. Luk. 22. 32
Christ Prayeth to the Father for vs. Ebr. 7. 25. and 9. 24
Paul Prayeth without ceasing. 1. Thes. 1. 2. He prayeth in the temple. Act. 22. 17
None can Preache, but he that is sent. Rom. 10. 15
Christ Preached alwaies openly. Iohn. 18. 20
Preachers are god laborers. 1. Corin. 3. 9.
Preachers ought to beware of vsurped autoritie. 1. Pet. 5. 3
Christ Preacheth in the shippe. Matth. 13. 2
We were Pred estinate according to the purpose of god. Ephes. 1. 11
We are Predestinate to be adopted in Iesus christ. Ephes. 1, 5
Pleade not against god in his Predestinacion. Rom. 9. 20
The Presumption of the corinthians. 1. Cor. 4. 6
Christ our high Priest. Ebr. 2. 17. and 3. 1 and 7. 15
The office of Priests. Leuit. 10. 6. & 16. 2. their couetousues. Isa. 3. 12
The high Priest wherfore he was ordei ned. Ebr. 5. 1. & 8. 3
An exhortacion to Princes. Ezek. 45. 9
Wicked Princes. Iob. 34. 30
Princes are the ministers of god. Rom. 13. 4
God leadeth awaie Princes as a pray. Iob. 12. 19
Against those Princes that oppresse the poore amos. 4. 1. & 6. 5. Zeph. 3. 3
The remembrance of Prisoners. Ebr. 13. 3
Christ our Prophet. Deut. 18. 15
The childe of Promes. Rom. 9. 8
The land of Promes. Deut. 8. 7
The Promises of god are true. Gen. 32. 10
The Promes of the Father, the holie gost. Act. 1. 4
To Prophecie is better then to speake strange tongues. 1. Cor. 14. 5
Prophecie is the gift of God. Rom. 12. 6
The Prophet reproueth Ieroboam. 1. King. 13. 2
Obadiah hid an hundreth Prophetes. 1. King. 18. 4
Eliiah slayeth baals Prophetes. 1. King. 18. 40. Iehu destroyeth them also. 2. King, 10. 19. 25
The doctrine of false Prophetes. Ezek. 13. 2. & 22. 25. Ierem. 23. 9
450 false Prophetes against eliiah the true and onelie prophet of God. 1. King. 18. 19
The Spirits of Prophetes are in the power of the prohetes. 1. Cor. 14. 32.
The false Prophet shall dye the death. Deut. 18. 20. & 13. 1
Baals Prophetes cut them selues with kniues. 1. King. 18. 28
The Prophetes example to vs of pacien ce. Iam. 5. 10
The autoritie of the Prophetes of god Mic. 3. 8. 2. King. 5. 8
The Prophetes did desire to se christ. Mat. 13. 17
The Prophetes in olde time were cal led Seers. 1. Sam. 9. 9
The sonnes of the Prophetes, poore. 2. Kyng. 6. 2. They were refreshed by elisha. 2. Kyng. 4. 43
False Prophetes worke miracles. Deut. 13. 1. Mat. 24. 24
Prosperitie and aduersitie are of the Lord. Prou. 3. 33
The Prosperitie of the wicked. Iob. 21. 7
God resisteth the Proude. 1. pet. 5. 5
God Proueth Abraham. Gen. 22. 1
God Proueth his people. Exod.15. 25. and 16. 4
Gods Prouidence, towardes the
〈◊〉
1. Kyng. 18. 1
¶ Of Publicanes. Luk. 3. 12
The Publicanes belieued in Christ Mat. 21. 32. they iustified god. Luk 7. 29
The Publicane is iustified rather thē
〈◊〉
pharise. Luk. 18. 14
Sharpe Punishment purgeth awaye
〈◊〉
euil. Prou. 20. 30
The Pure of heart are blessed. Matth 5. 8
Christ him self hathe Purged our sinn Ebr. 1. 3
Phygellus turned from paul. 2. Tim. 1. 15
Physicions created of God. Eccle sti. 38. 1.
Q
QVailes fall vpon the campe.
Exod. 16. 13. Nom. 11. 31
Foolish Questions. 2. Tim. 2. 23.
Auoide foolish Questions. Tit. 3. 9.
Questions and strife of wordes. 1. T. 6. 4.
R
RAbbah, a citie of the ammonites Sam. 12. 26
Rahab the harlot. Iosh. 2. &. 6.
Rahel Iaak obs wife, and her doing Gen. 29. and 30. and 31. and 35
First and latter Raine. Deut. 11. 14
Christ Raised from death, deliueret from the wrath to come. 1. T 1. 10.
To be Raised vp with Christ. Rom
We shall be Raised through Chr Cor. 4. 14.
Ahab and iehoshaphat go vp aga Ramoth gilead. 1. King. 22. 29
Raphael. tob. 5. and 6. and 9. and 12.
The Rauen sent out of the arke. G 8. 7.
Rauens sent by the prouision of go feede eliiah. 1. King. 17. 6
¶ Follow not thine owne Reason D 12. 8.
The Rebellion of the Israelites. D 24. and 31. 27.
The Rebellion of korah. Nomb. 16.
〈◊〉
Rebellion of the people of Israell. Deut. 9. 22.
Rebekah the wife of izhak. Gen. 22. vn to the. 27. Rom. 9. 10.
What frute they haue that Receiue christ. Iohn. 1. 12.
Rechabites. Ierem. 35. 2.
Rechab killeth ish-bosheth. 2. Sam. 4. 7.
Reconciled vnto God by christ. Rom. 5. 11.
Reconcile thee to thy brother. Matth. 5. 23.
The day of Reconciliation. Leui. 23. 27.
Christ, our Red emer. 1. Cor. 1. 30. Mar. 10. 45.
Redemption by grace. Ephes. 1. 7
Redemption by the blood of christ. 1. Pet. 1. 19. Ephes. 1. 7. Ebr. 9. 13
A bruised Reede. Isa: 42. 3. Mat. 12. 20
God is our Refuse. 2. Sam. 22. 2. Psal. 9. 10 Ierem. 16. 19
〈◊〉
of Refuge. Iosh. 20. 2.
〈◊〉
, and his doings. 1. Kyng. 11. 43. and 12. and 14.
Wherein pure Religion standeth. Iam. 1. 27.
〈◊〉
of sinnes, fre. Psal. 32. 1. Coloss. 1. 22.
〈◊〉
Renuyng of the holie gost. Tit. 3. 5.
〈◊〉
to Repentance. Act. 2. 38. and 3. 19, and 17. 30. and 26. 20.
〈◊〉
and conuersion. Act. 3. 19
〈◊〉
is the gift of god. Lament. 5. 21.
〈◊〉
Repenteth. 1. Sam. 15. 11.
〈◊〉
Repenteth that he had made man. Gen. 6. 6.
〈◊〉
the Reprobate. Mat. 13. 13
〈◊〉
resurrection of the dead. 1. Cor. 15. 12.
〈◊〉
promised to them that bearer the yoke of christ. Mat. 11. 29.
〈◊〉
promised to the troubled. 2. Thess. 1. 7.
〈◊〉
remaineth for the people of god. Ebr. 4. 9.
Reteine sinnes. Ioh. 20. 23
〈◊〉
, his birth and his doings. Gen.
〈◊〉
. 32. and 35. 23. and 37. 21. and 42. 22
〈◊〉
49. 3.
〈◊〉
the priest of midian. Exod. 2. 18.
〈◊〉
taketh no Rewarde. Deut. 10. 17
Rewarde blindeth the eyes. Deut.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
Rewarde is according to the worke. 1. Cor. 3. 8.
〈◊〉
Rewarde of Abraham, god. Gen.
〈◊〉
. 1
〈◊〉
Rewarde of sinne is death. Rom.
〈◊〉
. 23.
〈◊〉
the King of Aram. 2. King. 16. 5.
Woman was made of the Ribbe of adam. gen. 2. 21
wo to the Riche, and why. Luke. 6. 24. iam. 5. 1. 1. timo. 6. 9
the couetous Riche man. ecclesiastes. 6. 2
man can not serue GOD and Ryches. luk. 16. 13
The disceitfulnes of Riches. Marke. 4. 19
¶the Churche is founded vpon christ, the sure Rocke. mat. 16. 18
water gusheth out of the Rocke horeb exod. 17. 6
a prophecie of the Romaines. nomb. 24. 24
Christe the Roote of Iesse. rom. 15. 12
ropes on the heade was a signe of submission. 1. king. 20. 31
auoyde Roaryng and cursed speakyng ephes. 4. 31
¶ curse not the Ruler of the people. exod. 22. 28
Rulers appointed ouer ten by moses. exod. 18. 25
what maner of Rulers God requireth. exod. 18. 21. deut. 1. 13
he that Ruleth, let him rule with diligen ce. rom. 12. 8
S
THe euerlastyng Sabbath. Isa. 66. 23.
The? true obseruacion of the Sabbath. Isa. 56. 2. and 58. 13.
Sacrifice for sinne. Ebr. 5. 1. and 8. 3
Sacrifices of iustice. Deut. 33. 10.
The Sale and the seller. Leuit. 25
Salomon and his doings. 2. Sam. 12. 24. vnto the. 1. King. 12.
Euerie man shalbe Salted with fyre. Mat. 20. 49.
The Salt of the earth, the Apostles. Matth. 5. 13.
Salute no man by the way. Luk. 10. 4
Samaria besieged. 1. Kyng. 20. 2. Kyng. 6. 19.
Samaria full of Idolatrie. 2. Kyng. 17. 29.
Samson and his doings. Iudg. 13. vnto the. 16. chap.
Samuel and his doings. 1. Sam. 1. vnto the. 25. chap.
Sanctifie the Lord god in your hearts. 1. Pet. 3. 15.
The forme of the Sanctuarie. Exod. 25. 8.
The purgyng of the Sanctuarie. Leuit. 16. 16.
Sarah nourceth her sonne izhak. Gen. 21. 27.
Sarra the daughter of raguel. Tob. 3. & 7. and 10.
Satan the god of this worlde. 2. Cor. 4. 4.
The nombre of them that shalbe Saued is smale. Luk. 13. 23.
Saul king of Israel, and his doings. 1. Sam. 9 vnto the. 31. chap.
¶The profite of the Scriptures. 2. Tim. 3. 16.
The vnderstanding of the Scriptures is the gift of God. Luk. 24. 45.
¶The scribes sit in moses Seat. Matth. 23. 2
Christ the Sede of Dauid. 2. Sam. 7. 12.
a Seer, that is, a prophet. 1. Sam. 9. 11.
The ceremoniall law forbiddeth to Seeth meat on the sabbath. Exod. 16. 23
To Sell his goods, and to giue them. &c Mat. 19. 21. Luk. 12. 33. and 18. 22
The Sepulchre of Christ. Mat. 27. 60
Sergius paulus. Act. 13. 7
The Brasen Serpent set vp. Nomb. 21. 9. Iohn. 3. 14. broken in pieces. 2. King 18. 4
Of Seruants. Exod. 21. 2. Deut. 15. 12
The Seruant that knoweth the wil. &c. Luk. 12. 47.
The duetie of Seruants. Ephes. 6. 6
Serue god. Exod. 23. 25. Ebr. 12. 28. Deu. 6. 13. Iosh. 24. 14
Serue god, with a good heart. Deut. 28. 47.
The true Seruice of god. Isa. 1. 16
The outwarde Seruice, that lacketh faith, is reiected. Isa. 43. 22.
¶Shall maneser the King of asshur. 2. King. 18. 9.
Shaminah alone sleke manie philistims 2. Sam. 23. 11
Shallum killeth zechariah the sonne of Ieroboam. 2. King. 15. 10
Shebnah. 2. King. 18. 18. Isa. 22. 15
The Shechemites are burnt. Iudg. 9. 45.
Sheehem slayne. Gen. 34. 26
Shem. Gen. 5. 32. and 10. 21
Shemaiah a prophet. 1. King. 12. 22
Shelah the sonne of arpachshad. Gen. 11. 12.
Shelah the sonne of Iudah. Genes. 38. 5.
Lost Shepe. Mat. 15. 24.
The Shepe of christ heare his voyce. Iohn. 10. 27
The office of a Shepherd. Ezek. 33. 2.
The good Shepherd, christ. Iohn. 10. 11. 1. Pet. 5. 4.
Christ the Shepherd of the faithfull. Ezek. 34. 23.
Christs birth declared to the Shepherds Luk. 2. 9
False Shepherds. Ierem. 12. 10. and 23. 1. Ezek. 34. 2
Shepherds that admonish not. Ezek. 3. 18
the golden Shields of Salomon. 1. king. 10. 17. and 14. 26.
Shimei and his vilenie. 2. Sam. 16. 5. and
19. 16. 1. King. 2. 36.
In Shiloh was the tabernacle of the con gregacion. Ioshu. 18. 1. 1. Samuel. 1. 24.
Shuah the father of iudahs wife. Genes. 38. 2
¶The Sicke ought to send for the elders of the church. Iam. 5. 14
Christs Side is perced. Iohn. 19. 34.
a Signe giuen to hezekiah. 2. King. 20. 9.
a Signe giuen to saul for a confirmacion 1. Sam. 10, 2
Feare not the Signes of heauen. Ierem. 10. 2.
Signes which shal not come before the latter daye. Luk. 21. 25.
Sion king of heshbon giuen into the hands of israel. Deut. 2. 24
Simeon and his doings. Gen. 29 and 34 & 42 & 46 & 49
Simon, iudas maccabeus brother. 1. Mac. 13. 14.
Simon the pharise. Luk. 7. 36
Simon the forcerer. Act. 8. 9
Sinai a mountaine. Exod. 19. 1. Galat. 4. 24.
Dauid the swete Singer of israel. 2. Sam. 23. 1.
Dauids Singers. 1. Chro. 25. 1.
Sing spiritual songs to the Lord. Ephes. 5. 19.
To Sing with the spirit and vnderstanding. 1. Cor. 14. 15.
Christ hathe deliuered vs from Sinne. Luk. 1. 74.
God onelie forgiueth Sinne. Nombres. 14. 18.
The knowledge of Sinne by the law. Rom. 3. 20.
He that committeth Sinne, is of the deuil. 1. Iohn. 3. 8.
He that committeth sinne, is the seruant of sinne. Ioh. 8. 34.
sinne against the holie Gost. Mar. 3. 29.
By the Sinne of adam death entred into the worlde. Rom. 5. 12.
the Lord washeth awaye our sinnes. Isa. 4. 4. 1. Cor. 6. 11.
sinners captiues. Rom. 7. 23.
Christ is come to call Sinners. Matth. 9. 12.
the penitent Sinner shalliue. Ezek. 33. 11. Deut. 30. 2.
Sisera. Iudg. 4
¶The Skye red in the morning. Matth. 16. 2.
¶To Sleape, for to dye. Gen. 47. 30. Mat. 9. 24.
He that Slayeth a mā, shal dye the death Exod. 21. 12. Leuit. 24. 17.
¶The Smel of noahs sacrifice. Gene. 8. 21.
what punishmēt he shal haue, that Smiteth his father, or a woman with childe. Exod. 21. 22
¶Of the Sodbmites. Gene. 13 & 14 & 19 Ezek. 16. 48.
Ioseph Solde by gods prouidence. Gen. 45. 5.
The Solemne feasts of the iewes. Exod. 23. 14.
Christ prayeth in a Solitarie place. Mar. 1. 35.
The Songs of moses. Deut. 32. 1.
The Songs of salomon, a thousand and fiue. 1. King. 14. 32
The disobediēt Sōne is stoned to death. Deut. 21. 21.
Sopater. Act. 20. 4.
Sorcerers ought to dye the death. leuit. 20. 27.
Sorowe not aboue measure for thē that are dead. 1. Thes. 4. 13.
Sosthenes. Act. 18. 17.
The duetie of Souldiers. Luk. 3. 14.
Iosiah toke away South sayers. 2. King. 23. 24.
What man Soweth, that shal he reape. Gala. 6. 7.
¶Gods prouidence euen vpon the Sparow. Mat. 10. 29.
Euil Speakers shal not inherit the kingdome of god. 1. Cor. 6. 10
whoso speaketh, let him Speake the wordes of God. 1. Pet. 4. 11.
Sobrietie in Speaking. Prou. 17. 27
the Spies of the land of promes are slaine for stirring vp the people. Nomb. 14. 36.
spies sent into iericho. iosh. 2. 1
sanctification of the Spirit. 1. Pet. 1. 2.
the frute of the Spirit. Gal. 5. 22.
The wisdome of the Spirit. Rommains. 8. 6.
we must not beleue euerie Spirit. 1. Ioh. 4. 1.
Lying Spirits. Isa. 19. 14
the Spirit and the flesh lust one against another. Gal. 5. 17
Spirit, for winde. Gene. 8. 1.
Grieue not the holie Spirit of God. Ephes. 4. 30.
the Spirit prayeth for vs. Rom. 8. 26.
Spoiles deuided equally. 1. Sam. 30. 24. Iosh. 22. 8.
the Spouse of Christ, the Church. Psal. 45. 10.
¶Paul baptized Stephanas and his fami lie. 1, Cor. 1. 16.
Steuen and his death. Act. 6. 5 & 7.
Christ, the corner Stone, is refused. Mat. 21. 42. 1. Pet. 2. 7. the stone to stō
ble at. 1. Pet. 2. 8.
It raineth Stones. Iosh. 10. 11.
God loueth the Stranger. Deut. 10. 18.
Oppresse not Strangers. Exod. 13. 9. Leuit. 19. 33.
strangers had the tithes giuen them. Deut. 14. 29.
Strangled things forbidden. Genes. 9. 4.
God is our Strength. 2. Samuel. 22. 3. Exod. 15. 2.
The waters of Strife. Nomb. 20. 13
striue not with anie. Prou. 20. 3. 2. Timo. 2. 23.
¶The elders of Succoth put to death & how. Iudg. 8. 14.
¶The Sunne and moone for signes, and for ceasons. Gen. 1. 14.
the Sūne stayed at the wordes of ioshua. Iosh. 10. 12.
the Supper of our Lord with his disciples. Mat. 26. 26.
the Supper of the Lord ought to be do ne in his remembrance. Luk. 22. 19.
¶Sweare by the name of the liuing god Deut. 6. 13.
sweare not at all. Mat. 5. 34.
sweare not by the name of strange god. Exod. 23. 13.
sweare not in vaine. Deut. 5. 11.
Paul Sweareth. 2. Cor. 2. 1
the autoritie of the temporal Sworde. Gen. 9. 6. Rom. 13. 6.
T
THe forme of the Tabernacle. Exod. 26 and 36 & 39. 32.
the feast of Tabernacles. Leuit. 23. 24.
to bias biddeth the godlie to his Table Tob. 2. 2.
the Tables of testimonie. Exod. 32. 15
Tabitha is raised vp againe. Act. 9. 36.
against Tale bearers. Prou. 26. 22. 18. 8.
Tamar a widow, and her doings. Ce. 38
Tamar the daughter of dauid. 2. Samue 13. 1.
¶Teachers ordeined in the church. 1. Cor. 12. 28.
the holie Gost in the Teacher of t faithful. Iohn. 14. 26.
the Temple, for, the bodie of Christ. Ioh. 2. 21.
the Temple is buylt vp againe. hag. 1. 14. Ezr. 4. 1.
the Temple of salomon. 1. King. 6. 1. and 8. 13.
the Temple of the Lord is burnt. 2. King. 25. 9.
tempt not God. Deut. 6. 16. Matth. 4 1. Cor. 10. 9.
Terah abrahams father. Gen. 11. 27.
Terah dyeth in haran. Gene. 11. 32.
the description of the olde Testan Iosh. 24. Ebr. 9.
the blood of the Testament. Ebr. 9.
the newe Testament. Gen. 3. 15. Ebr. and 10. 16. for the remission of sil Mat. 26. 28.
¶Thankesgiuing becometh saintes Ephes. 5. 4
the punishment of Theft. Exod. 22.
theft forbidden. Exod. 20. 15.
the Thoghts of mans heart, wicke Gen. 6. 5.
〈◊〉
not the Thoghts of thine owne heart. Nomb. 15. 39
〈◊〉
as an apostle. Iohn. 11. 16 & 20, 24.
〈◊〉
sede choked with Thornes. Marke.
〈◊〉
4. 7.
Thryphon. 1 Mac. 13. 12
〈◊〉
The latter Times. 1. tim. 4. 1
〈◊〉
diuersitie of Times. Genes. 1. 14. and 8. 22.
〈◊〉
must not be obserued. Galat. 4. 10
Timotheus. 1. Cor. 4. 17
Who liue of the Tithes. Deut. 14. 29
the Tithes of sedes are at the kings plea sure. 1. Sam. 8. 15.
the Tithes of the land are the lords. Leuit. 27. 30
〈◊〉
Toi the king of hamath. 2. Sam. 8. 9.
〈◊〉
a iudge in israel. Iudg. 10. 1.
〈◊〉
faut and vertue of the Tongue. I am. 3. 5. Prou. 12. 13. & 13. 2 & 14. 3.
〈◊〉
thy Tongue from euil. 1. Peter. 3, 10.
〈◊〉
of Tongues. 1. Cor. 12. 28 and 14. 2.
〈◊〉
the for to the. Exod. 21. 24.
〈◊〉
The Good Treasure of the heart. Mat. 12. 35.
〈◊〉
Tre, grene Tre. Luk. 23. 31.
〈◊〉
Good Tree beareth good frute. Mat. 12. 33.
〈◊〉
Tre of life, the tre of knowledge, Gen. 2. 9.
〈◊〉
Tre that maketh the waters swete. Exod. 15. 25.
〈◊〉
created for man. Gene. 1. 12. and 2. 9. 16.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
must stād in time of warre Deut. 20. 19
〈◊〉
fruteful Trees thre yeres vncircum cised. Leuit. 19. 23.
〈◊〉
and her commendation. 1. Esdr. 4. 34.
〈◊〉
of siluer. Nomb. 10. 2.
〈◊〉
. Rom. 8. 35. Ebr. 12. 5.
〈◊〉
bringeth patience. Ro. 5. 3.
〈◊〉
by Tribulations entre into the
〈◊〉
of heauen. Actes. 14. 22.
〈◊〉
to the faith. 1. Pet. 4. 12
〈◊〉
Tribute. Rom. 13. 7
〈◊〉
payeth Tribute to the magistrate
〈◊〉
at. 17. 27.
〈◊〉
the first
〈◊〉
and yron
〈◊〉
. Gen. 4. 22.
V
〈◊〉
a worke of the flesh. Gal. 5. 20.
〈◊〉
of the tabernacle. Exod. 26. 31.
〈◊〉
on moses face. Exod. 34. 33.
〈◊〉
is forbid. Prou. 20. 22.
〈◊〉
. 11. 12. Leuit. 19. 18. Luk. 9. 55.
〈◊〉
perteineth to God. Deut. 23.
Rom. 12. 19. Ebr. 10. 30. 1. Thess. 4. 6
〈◊〉
the Veritie. iohn. 14. 6.
〈◊〉
of the yong men, that is, their
〈◊〉
. 1. Sam. 21. 5.
¶Noahs Vineyarde. Gene. 9. 20.
Lawes concerning Vineyardes. Exod. 22 5. Deut. 20. 6 & 22. 9 & 23. 24.
Virgines taken in warre. Nomb. 31. 18.
¶Hearts Vncircumcised. Leuit. 26. 41.
Vnclennes ought not once to be named among Christians. Ephes. 5. 3.
cōpanie not with the Vngodlie. 1. cor. 5. 11. an Vnion of the iewes and gentiles in Christ. Isa. 19. 24.
¶Vocation of the iewes and Gentiles. Rom. 15. 9.
hearken to the Voice of the Lord. Exo. 15. 26. Deut. 13. 4 & 30. 20.
Vowes ought to be performed. Nomb. 30. 3. Deut. 23. 21.
¶Vriah the housband of beth-sheba. 2. Sam. 11. 3.
Vriiah the priest. 2. King. 16. 11.
¶Of Vsurie. Deut. 23. 20.
A law against Vsurie. Deut. 23. 19.
¶Vzziah otherwise called azariah, the sonne of amaziah, king of iudah. 2. King. 14. 21. & 2. Chro. 26. 1.
¶to Walke with God. Gen. 5. 24.
Diuers causes of fredome from Varre. Deut. 20. 5.
Warre is sent for the sinne of the people 1. King. 8. 33. Leuit. 26. 23.
No man Warreth at his owne cost. 1. Cor. 9. 7.
to Watch. Mat. 24. 42. & 25. 1. 1. Thess. 5. 2. Cols. 4. 2.
Vncleane Water. liuit. 11. 38.
Water changed into wine. Iohn. 2. 8.
the Water of life. Iohn. 4. 14 & 7. 38.
Bitter Waters. Exod. 15. 23.
Waters flowing out of the rocke. Exod. 17. 6.
the Kings Waye. Nomb. 21. 22.
to go the Waye of all the earth, for, to dye. 1. King. 2. 2.
the Waye of the lord is vncorrupt. 2. Sam. 22. 31.
the Waye of veritie. 2. Pet. 2. 2.
¶The Weake in knowledge eat herbes. Rom. 14. 2.
Dauids Weapons against goliath. 1. Sam. 17. 40
the Veapons of the faithful. 1. Cor. 10. 4. Ephes. 6. 11.
a Wedding garment. Mat. 22. 12.
of Weights. Deut. 25. 13. Hos. 12. 7.
the feast of Wekes. Exod. 34. 22.
wel doing cometh of the lord. Philip. 1.
Prouer. 16. 1. & 20. 24.
the philistims fil vp abrahams Wels. Gen 26. 14.
Israel in his Welts forsoke God. Deut. 32. 15.
Blessed are they that Wepe Matth. 5. 4. Luk. 6. 21.
Wepe with them that wepe. Rom. 12. 15.
¶The vision of wheles. Ezek. 1. 15.
the vision of the great whore. Reuel. 17.
Whoredome punished by death. Gene. 38. 24. Leuit. 18. 29.
the hyre of a whore ought not to be giuen vp for a vow. Deut. 23. 18.
Auoide the companie of Whores. Prou. 6. 24 & 23. 27.
¶Yong Widowes. 1. Tim. 5. 11.
the duetie of the Wife, Ephes. 5. 22. Tite. 2. 5.
the praise of a vertuous Wife. Pro. 18. 22
the good Wife and the bad. Prou. 12. 4.
A prudent Wife is the gift of God. Prou. 19. 14.
A contentious Wife is to be auoyded. Prouer. 21. 9.
the Wife not founde to be a virgine. Deut. 22. 14.
the Wife ought to be careful for her familie. Tit. 2. 5.
the Wife suspect of adulterie. Nōb. 5. 12.
God worketh in vs both the Wil and the dede. Phil. 2. 13.
to Wil, is present with vs, but to performe is not. Rom. 7. 18.
Priests may not drinke Wine. Leu. 10. 8.
Wine maketh glad the heart of man. Iudg. 9. 13. Psal. 104. 15.
Wisdome and simplicitie required. Mat. 10. 16.
the Wisdome of the flesh disobedient to the law of God. Rom. 8. 7. 1. Corint. 1. and 2. & 3.
Christ is the Wisdome of God. Luk. 11. 49.
the wisdome of God hid in the Gospel. 1. Cor. 2. 7.
what the wisdome of this worlde is with God. 1. Cor. 1. 19 & 3. 19.
Beare no false witnes. Exode. 20. 16. and 23. 1.
the testimonie of witnesses. Deut. 17. 6.
what punishemēt is appointed for false witnes bearing. Deut. 19. 16.
¶The woman, diseased with an yssue of blood, is healed. Mat. 9. 20.
the woman that hathe the bloodie yssue. Leuit. 15. 19.
Let euerie woman haue her housband. 1. Corin. 7. 2. Ephes. 5. 22.
the woman that turneth her housband from the true God, shal dye the death Deut. 13. 6.
He that striketh a woman with childe. Exod. 21. 22.
womans duetie. 1. Cor. 11. 6 and 14. 34.
Paul preacheth to women. Act. 16. 13.
the iewes might not marie strāge womē. Exod. 34. 16. Ezr. 10. 3.
women preserued in taking of cities. Deut. 20. 14.
the elder women shuld instruct the yōg to loue their housbands. Tit. 2. 3
Against womē that disguise them selues in mens apparel. Deut. 22. 5.
The famine of Gods worde. Amos. 8. 11.
〈◊〉
that sinneth not in Worde, is perfite Iam. 3. 2
〈◊〉
is the Worde of God. Iohn. 1. 1.
〈◊〉
nothing to the Worde of god, nor take anie thyng from it. Deut. 4. 2. and 12. 32
〈◊〉
awaye the Worde of the Lord. 1. Sam. 15. 23.
〈◊〉
Worde shulde be laid vp in our hearts Deu. 6. 6. & 11. 18. we ought to follow it. Deut. 5. 32. We ought to teache it to our children. Deut. 4. 9. and 11. 19
〈◊〉
Worde of god how we ought to handle it.
〈◊〉
6. 7.
〈◊〉
Wordes thou shalt be iustified. Mat. 12. 37.
〈◊〉
Workeman is worthie of his meat. Mat. 10. 10.
〈◊〉
Workes. Ephes. 5. 11.
〈◊〉
Workes do witnesse of faith.
〈◊〉
. 5. Ebr. 6. 10. 2. Pet. 1. 5.
〈◊〉
of mercie. Mat. 25. 31
〈◊〉
of darkenes. Tit. 2. 12
〈◊〉
of gentiles we must
〈◊〉
Ephes. 4. 17.
〈◊〉
of god are perfite. deu. 32. 4
〈◊〉
of iniquitie. Mat. 25. 41
〈◊〉
of light. Ephes. 5. 9.
〈◊〉
that defile a mā. Mar. 7. 20
〈◊〉
workes we are not saued. Rom.
〈◊〉
Ephes. 2. 8. Tit. 3. 5
〈◊〉
shall iudge the Worlde. 1. Cor. 6. 2.
Christ prayeth not for the worlde. Ioh. 17. 9
Loue not the worlde. 1. Ioh. 2. 15
The facion of this worlde goeth awaye 1. Cor. 7. 31
The Worlde made by christ. Ioh. 1. 10
True Worshippers. Ioh. 4. 23
The Worshippers of strange gods are stoned to death. Deut. 17. 5. are deliuered into the hands of spoilers. iud. 2. 14.
The Worshipers of strange gods shall dye the death. Deut. 6. 14.
To Worship god in spirit. Ioh. 4. 23
Worship god onely. Mat. 4. 10
The Worship of strange gods is forbidden. Exod. 23. 13
¶ The Wrath of god on the children of disobedience. Coloss. 3. 6.
Y
THe Ydle are reproued. Prou. 21. 25. & 22. 13. and 26. 13
The euils that come of yldenes. prou. 24. 30.
Yalenes to be auoyded. prou. 20. 13. and 21. 25.
¶ The Yere of iubile. Leuit. 25. 11.
¶ A Yoke of yron for the disobedient. Deut. 28. 48.
The duetie of Yong women. Tit. 2. 4
The lustes of Youth are to be auoided. 2. Tim. 2. 22.
Z
ZAccheus the Publicane. 19. 2.
Zachariah the kyng of Israel. 2 14. 29.
Zalmunna and zebah slaine by Iudg. 8. 21.
Zamzummin, a people. Deut. 2.
〈◊〉
¶ The Zeale of god against the ma. walketh according to the
〈◊〉
nes of his heart. Deut. 29. 20.
The Zeale of moses. Exod. 32. 26. of
〈◊〉
nebas. Nomb. 25. 7. of eliiah. 1. King. 18. 40. of Iehu. 2. King. 10. 16.
Zebulun, his genealogie and hys doings. Gen. 30. 20. and 46. 14. & 49. 13. Deut. 53. 18.
Zechariah the sonne of iehoiada the priest. 2. Chron. 24. 20.
Zechariah the sonne of berechiah. zecha. 1. 1. Mat. 23. 35.
Zedekiah, King. 2. Kyng. 24. 17. & 25. 7. Ierem. 52. 1. Ezek. 12. 13
Zeeb slaine. Iudg. 7. 25
Zerubbabel the sonne of shealtiel. hag. 1. 12
¶ Zibba. 2. Sam. 9. 2.
Zidkitah, a false prophet. 1. King. 22. 11
Zimri the King of Israel, and his doings. 1. King. 6. 9
Zion the citie of Dauid. 2. Sam. 5. 9. 1. Chron. 11. 5.
¶ The end of the table.
A PERFITE SVPPVTATION OF THE YERES AND TIMES FROM ADAM VNTO CHRIST PROued by the Scriptures, after the collection of diuers autors.
The summe of the yeres of the first age.
〈◊〉
Adā vnto Noes flood are yeres. 1656.
〈◊〉
when Adam was a 130 yere olde, he
〈◊〉
Seth.
〈◊〉
being 105. yeres, begate Enos.
〈◊〉
being 90. yeres, begate Cainan.
〈◊〉
being 70 yeres, begate Mahalaleel.
〈◊〉
being 65. yeres, begate Iared.
〈◊〉
at the age of a 162. yeres, begate Enoch.
〈◊〉
being 65 yeres, begate
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
at the age of 187. eyeres,
〈◊〉
Lamech.
〈◊〉
being 182, yeres, begate Noe.
〈◊〉
the comming of the flood was
〈◊〉
yeres olde, as appeareth in the
〈◊〉
of Genesis.
The whole summe of the yeres are 1656.
FRom the said flood of Noe vnto Abra hams departing from Chalde were 363. yeres, and ten dayes.
For the said flood continued one whole yere and ten dayes.
Sem [which was Noes sonne] begate Ar phaxat two yeres after that.
Arphaxat begate Salah when he was 35. yeres olde.
Salah being 30. yeres olde, begate Heber.
Heber at his age of 34. begate Phalech.
Phalech being 30 yeres, begate Regu.
Regu being 32. yeres, begate Saruch.
Saruch being 30. yeres, begate Nahor.
Nahor being 29. yeres, begate Thare.
Thare being 70. yeres, begate Abraham.
And Abraham departed from Chalde when he was 70. yeres olde. These said yeres accounted are 363. yeres, & ten dayes.
FRom Abrahams departing from Vr in Chalde vnto the departing of the children of Israel from Egypt are 430. yeres, gathered as followeth.
Abraham was in Charran fiue yeres, & departed in the 75. yere.
He begate Isaac whē he was 100. yeres olde, and in the 25 yere of his departing.
Isaac begate Iakob when he was 60. yeres olde.
Iak ob went into Egypt with all his familie, when he was 130. yere olde.
Israel was in Egypt 220. yeres, which re maine from that time.
Then rebate 80. yeres from this: for so olde was Moses when he conducted the Israelites from Egypt.
So the reste of the yeres, that is to say 130, are deuided betwixt Amram and Chath.
Then Chath begate Amram at
〈◊〉
67 yeres
〈◊〉
. 65. yeres, begate
〈◊〉
who in the. 80. yere of his age
〈◊〉
with the Israelites frome
〈◊〉
.
〈◊〉
supputation is the. 430
〈◊〉
mencioned in the. 12 of Exod. and the. 3. to the Galatians.
Rom the goyng of the Israelites frō Egypt vnto the first buylding of the Temple ate. 480. yeres, after this supputation and accounte.
Moses remained in the desert or wildernes. 40. yeres.
Iosue and Othonied ruled. 40. yeres
Aioth. 70. yeres
Debora. 40. yeres
Gedeon. 40. yeres
Abimelech. 3.
〈◊〉
Thela. 23. yeres
Iair. 22. yeres
There were they without a captaine vnto the 18. yere of Iepthe
Iepthe. 6. yeres
Abissam. 7. yeres
Elom. 10. yeres
Abaton. 8. yeres
Sampson. 20. yeres.
Heli Iudge and Priest. 44. yeres
Samuel and Saul reigned. 40. yeres
Dauid was King. 40. yeres
Salomon in the. 4. yere of his reigne began the buylding of the Temple. These are the. 480. yeres mencioned in the first of the Kings, & the. 6. chap.
FRom the first buyldyng of the Temple vnto the captiuitie of Babylon are. 419. yeres and an halfe
Salomon reigned yet. 36. yeres
Roboam. 17. yeres
Abia. 3. yeres
Iosaphat. 25. yeres
Ioram. 8. yeres
Ochasias one yere
Athalia the Quene. 7. yeres
Ioas. 40. yeres
Amasias. 29. yeres
Ozias. 52. yeres
Ioathan. 16. yeres
Achas. 16. yeres
Ezechias. 29. yeres
Manasses. 55. yeres
Amon. 2. yeres
Iosias. 31. yeres
Ioachas. 3. moneth
Eliacim. 11. yeres
Ioachim. Iechonias. 3. moneth
And here beginneth the captiuitie of Babylon.
The summe of these yeres are 419. yeres.
IErusalem was testified and buylded againe after the captiuitie of Babylon 143. yeres.
The captiuitie continued 70 yeres.
The children of Israel were deliuered and restored to their fredome in the first yere of Cyrus.
The Temple was begonne to be builded in the 2 yere of the said Cyrus, and finished in the 46 yere, which was the 6 yere of Darius. After that
〈◊〉
had reigned 20 yere, Nehemias restored to libertie, and went to
〈◊〉
de the citie, which was finished in 32. yere of the said Darius.
All the yeres from the buylding of Temple againe are 26 yeres. The whole summe of yeres amount to 143 yeres.
FRom the reedifying of the citie v the comming of Christ, are 483, yeres, after this supputation or
〈◊〉
bring.
It is mencioned in the 9 of Daniel Ierusalem shulde be buylt vp
〈◊〉
and that from that time vnto the
〈◊〉
ming of Christ are 67 weekes,
〈◊〉
euerie weeke is reckened for
〈◊〉
yeres. So 67 weekes amount to
〈◊〉
yeres. For from the 32 yere of
〈◊〉
vnto the 42 yere of
〈◊〉
in which yere our Sauiour
〈◊〉
borne, are iust and complet
〈◊〉
yeres, whereupon we
〈◊〉
from Adam vnto Christ are 39 six moneths and ten dayes,
〈◊〉
the byrth of Christ vnto this yere, is 1560.
Then the whole summe and
〈◊〉
yeres from the beginning of
〈◊〉
de vnto this present yere of out God 1560 are iust 5534. 6 mon. the said oddeten dayes.
The End.
IOSHVA CHAP. 1. VERS. 8.
Let not this boke of the Lavv departe out of thy mouth, but mediate therein daye and night, that thou mayest obserue and do according to all that is vvritten therein: so shalt thou make thy vvay prosperous, and then shalt thou haue good successe.